I^PpP.ENOE Glasgow TUnlversitg Xtbrarg 4h=h y. y. u.+n. i«7 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2016 https://archive.org/details/b24923515_0002 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; OR, BOTANICAL, MEDICAL, AND AGRICULTURAL H)aG. 4. Laetia Thamnia. Flowers apetalous ; peduncles many- flowered, subdivided, axillary ; leaves oblong, acute, sub- crenate, shining. — This shrub is found in the red hills above the Angels in Jamaica, but is not common. Lagerstroemia ; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, six-cleft, bell-shaped, rather acute, smooth, perma- nent. Corolla: petals six, ovate, obtuse, cusped, undulated, contorted ; claws filiform, longer than the calix, inserted into the receptacle. Stamina : filamenta very many, filiform, longer than the calix, inserted into the calix below the germen, the six exterior ones are twice the thickness of the rest, and are longer than the petals ; antherae oval, incum- bent. Pistil: germen subglobose ; style filiform, length of the longer stamina ; stigma simple. Pericarp : capsule sub- globose, crowned with the style on its bluntish top, six- furrowed, six-celled, six-valved ; the dissepiments coalescing with the sutures. Seed: several, ovate, awl-shaped at the base, compressed, adhering to a central hexagonal pillar. Observe. The number of parts sometimes varies. Essen- tial Character. Calix: six-cleft, bell-shaped. Petals: six, curled. Stamina: very many, the six outer thicker than the rest, and longer than the petals. — —The species are, 1. Lagerstroemia Indica. Leaves alternate, ovate; calices naked, even. The trunk of this tree is about a fathom high, and smooth all over. Corolla purple. — Native of the East Indies, China, Cochin-china, and Japan. 2. Lagerstroemia Speciosa. Leaves alternate, ovate ; calices and leaves tomentose underneath. — Native of China. 3. Lagerstroemia Regina. Leaves opposite, oblong, smooth; calices grooved ; trunk erect ; branches horizontal, spread- ing; flowers much larger and more beautiful than those of the first species, colour in the morning that of a pale rose, growing deeper through the day, and acquiring a purple tinge ; calix inferior, on the outside beautifully grooved into trape- zoid figures. — Native of the East Indies, on many woody mountains of the northern parts of the Circars, where it grows to a tree of a midling size, flowering in the hot season, and ripening seeds in August. It is very beautiful when in flower, and well deserves a conspicuous place in our stoves. We know not of any use that this tree is put to by the natives. 4. Lagerstroemia Parvifiora. Leaves opposite, oblong, smooth abov£, downy underneath ; calices grooved ; trunk erect, with smooth ash-coloured bark; branches numerous; flowers small, white. — This small tree is a native of the Circar mountains ; it flowers during the hot season, and the seeds are ripe in August and September. The wood is used by the natives for various (economical purposes, but neither the beauty of the flower, nor the appearance of the tree, recommend it for ornament on a footing with the other species. Lagcecid ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: involucre univer- sal eight-leaved ; leaflets feather-toothed, ciliated, reflex, containing the umbeilule ; involucre proper four-leaved ; leaflets hair feathered, involving a single foot stalk, shorter than the leaflet itself; perianth proper five-leaved; hair I many-cleft, superior. Corolla : petals five, two-horned, shorter than the calix. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, length of the corolla; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen roundish, below the receptacle of the perianth ; style length of the stamina ; stigmas two, the one truncated. Pericarp: none. Seeds : solitary, ovate-oblong, crowned by the peri- anth. Observe. The alternate seed is abortive. Essen- tial Character. Involucre universal and partial, C LAG THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; LAM Petals: bifid. Seeds : solitary, inferior.- The only known species is, 1. Lagoecia Cuminoides; Wild or Bastard Cumin. This is an annual plant, about a foot high, with leaves resembling those of Honey-wort. The flowers, which appear in June and July, are collected into spherical heads at the extre- mity of the stalks, and are of a greenish-yellow colour. — Native of the Levant. Sow the seeds in autumn on a warm border soon after they are ripe ; or if they he permitted to scatter, they will soon come up of themselves. When the seeds are sown in the spring, they commonly remain in the ground a year, and sometimes two or three years before they grow- Loguncea ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Poly- andria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, bell-shaped, somewhat cornered, half five-cleft, per- manent; according to Cavanilles, deciduous. Corolla: petals five, ovate-oblong, obtuse, spreading, affixed to the base of the tube of the stamina. Stamina: filamenta several, (from twenty-five to thirty,) conjoined into a tube below, in the top and sides of the tube receding from it and free; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen ovate-oblong ; style thread-shaped, longer than the stamina, five-cleft at the tip : divisions spread- ing, or undivided; stigmas headed. Pericarp: capsule ovate, oblong, somewhat five-cornered, five-celied, five-valved ; partitions contrary. Seeds: some, roundish, three-sided. Observe. The genus Hibiscus shews that both had better be conjoined than separated. Essential Character. Calix: simple, five-cusped ; style simple ; stigma peltated ; capsule five-celled, five valved. — Plants of this genus may be propa- gated and cultivated in the same manner with those species of Hibiscus which come from hot countries. See Hibiscus. The species are, 1. Lagunaea Aculeata ; Prickly Lagunaea. Stem prickly, tomentose; leaves deeply many-parted; flowers axillary, soli- tary; flowers on short peduncles; corolla yellow, twice as long as the calix, spreading. — Native of Coromandel, near Pondicherry, where it is called Cattacacheree by the natives. 2. Lagunaea Solandra; Maple-leaved Laguncca. Leaves subcordate, three-cusped, serrate ; flowers corymbed. This plant is about two feet high, and hirsute ; stem upright, round, stiff, the thickness of a goose-quill ; flowers corymb racemed at the ends of the stem and branches ; corolla pur- plish white, truly one-petalled, with a short cylindrical tube. — Found in the Isle of Bourbon. See Hibiscus Solandra, which is the same plant. It ripens seed in England, and may be increased by them. 3. Lagunaea Ternata ; Three-leaved Lagunaea. Stem her- baceous, villose; lower leaves terridte, with the middle leaflet very long; upper leaves subhastate ; flowersaxillary, solitary; root round, not very fibrous. — Native of Senegal. Lagurus : a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. —Generic Character. Calix: glume one-flowered, bivalve; valves long, linear, spreading, very thin, each end- ing in a villose awn. Corolla: bivalve, thicker than the calix ; valve exterior, longer, terminated by two small upright awns; a third awn from the middle of the back of the same valve, reflex-twisted; valve interior, small, sharp; nectary two-leaved; leaflets lanceolate, obtuse, gibbous at the base. Stamina : filamenta three, capillary ; antheras oblong. Pis- til: germen top-shaped; styles two, setaceous, villose; stig- mas simple. Pericarp: none. Corolla: grows to the seed. Seed: solitary, oblong, covered, awned. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: two-valved, with a villose awn. Corolla: having on the outer petal two terminating awns, and a third dorsal, one twisted back. The only known species is. 1. Lagurus Ovatus. This is an annual grass, growing to the height of a foot or eighteen inches, and even more, very soft and hoary, as are also the leaves and spikes. — Native of the soutli of Europe, France, Italy, Sicily, and Portugal: Lamb's Lettuce. See Valeriana. Lamium ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno- spermia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, tubular, wider above, five-toothed, awned, nearly equal, permanent. Corolla : one-petalled, ringent ; tube cylindric, very short ; border gaping; throat inflated, com- pressed, gibbous, marked on each edge with a reflex tooth- let; upper lip arched, roundish, obtuse, entire; lower lip shorter, obcordate, emarginate, reflex. Stamina: filamenta four, awl-shaped, covered beneath the upper lip, two of them longer; antherie oblong, hairy. Pistil: germen four- cleft; style filiform, length and situation of the stamina; stigma two-cleft, sharp. Pericarp : none. Calix: open, and bearing in its bosom the seeds, which are flat at top. Seeds: four, short, three-sided, convex on one side, truncated on both sides. Essential Character. Corolla: upper lip entire, vaulted ; lower two-lobed ; throat with a reflex tooth- let on each side. The species are, 1. Lamium Orvala ; Baum leaved Archangel. Leaves cordate, unequally and sharply serrate ; corollas inflated at the throat; calix coloured ; root perennial; stem from half a yard to nearly a yard high; corolla an inch long, of a deep red colour. Indeed the brilliance and size of the flowers have secured it admittance into the garden, while all the rest are excluded, notwithstanding its strong and unpleasant smell. The Orvala Garganica of Linneus is a mere variety of this, owing its apparent difference to having grown in a moist shady place. — Native of Italy, Silesia, and Hungary. It rarely produces good seeds in England, nor do the roots propagate very fast. October is the best time to part and remove these roots, but they must not be transplanted oftener than every third year, if they are required to flower strongly. It is hardy, and thrives best in a soft loamy soil. Mr. Curtis says it grows readily; but that flowering about the end of April, it is then apt to be injured if cold winds prevail, unless it be placed in a sheltered part of the garden. 2. Lamium Ltevigatum ; Smooth Archangel. Leaves cor- date, wrinkled ; stem even ; calices smooth, the length of the tube of the corolla; root perennial, somewhat creeping ; whorls of flowers separated by leaves, ten in a whorl at most. — Native of Italy, Silesia, and Siberia. See the sixth species. 3. Lamium Rugosum ; Wrinkled Archangel. Leaves cor- date, acute, wrinkled, hairy with the stem ; whorls many- flowered ; a single bristle-shaped tooth at the throat. This plant is about a foot high. The flowers are like those of the common sort, and of a deep rose-colour. Sometimes in cold situations it produces curled leaves, round like those of the Lime-tree. — Native of Italy. See the sixth species. 4. Lamium Garganicum ; Woolly Archangel. Leaves cor- date, pubescent; throat of the corolla inflated ; tube straight, a double tooth on each side ; root perennial, creeping; stems many, thick, a foot high; flowers in whorls from the upper joints, large, of a pale purplish colour, continuing in succes- sion most part of the summer. — Native of Italy, Silesia, China, Cochin-china, and Japan. It is propagated by seeds, and its roots spread very fast. 5. Lamium Maculatum ; Spotted Archangel. Leaves cor- date, acuminate ; whorls ten-flowered. This is very nearly allied to the next sort. It differs from it in having a purple corolla ; the leaves marked with a longitudinal w hite area, which however disappears in summer ; the petioles not widened ; flowers five on each side, not ten ; two teeth on 4 L A M OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L A M each side of the throat, the upper one bristle-shaped. — Native of Germany, Silesia, Dauphiny, and Italy. See the next species. 0*. Lamium Album ; White Archangel, or Dead Nettle. Leaves cordate, acuminate, serrate, petioled ; whorls twenty- flowered ; root perennial, white, jointed, creeping ; stems numerous, a foot high, unbranched, slender at bottom, hol- low, slightly hairy, sometimes almost smooth ; in exposed situations reddish purple; the young shoots erect and ascend- ing. It is common in hedges, on banks, by road-sides, and in corn-fields, flowering in April and May, when it is much resorted to by bees, for the honey secreted into the bottom of the tube by the gland that surrounds the base of the germen. Hence it is called in some countries Bee nettle, which is corrupted into Bean-nettle. It has also the name of Die-nettle, which is a corruption of Dead-nettle, and that, as well as Blind-nettle, means a nettle without stings. The Germans call it, Taube Nessel ; the Dutch, Doovenetel, Hondsnetel ; the Danes, Doednelde, Doevnelde, Blindnelde ; the Swedes, Blindnesla, Pipnesla ; the French, Lamier, Lamion, Ortie blanche or morte, Archangelique ; the Italians, Ortica morta, or Bianca ; the Spaniards, Ortiga mnerta or blanca, Lamio bianco, Arcangelica ; and the Portuguese, Ortiga morta, or branca. Lamia branca. — This plant has a disagreeable smell when bruised. The Phalaena Chrysitis, or burnished brass moth, feeds on it. Linneus says the leaves are eaten in Sweden as a pot-herb in the spring. No cattle however appear to touch it ; and having a strong creeping perennial root, it should be extirpated, unless retained for medical purposes. The flowers made into a conserve are an excellent remedy for that troublesome, weakening, and often- times obstinate and dangerous, female complaint, the fluor albus or whites. Doses of a few grains, gradually increased, have been found very effectual. The whole plant is of an astringent nature, and the dried roots are sometimes given with success in fluxes. A strong infusion of the leaves bids fair to answer the same purposes, and may be serviceable in all other kinds of weakness and debility. It propagates itself copiously by the roots ; so also do the second, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, tenth, and thirteenth species, which are pro- bably mere varieties. 7. Lamium Bifidum. Leaves cordate, acuminate; upper lip of the corolla bifid ; segments divaricated; stems a foot or eighteen inches high, procumbent, tinged with red at bottom, and branched there ; flowers white, appearing in February and March. — It is an annual plant, native of Italy, near Naples, several places on the coast of Tuscany, and of the isle of Elba. See the preceding species. 8. Lamium Purpureum ; Purple Archangel. Leaves cor- date, blunt, petioled ; root annual, fibrous ; stems several, at the bottom weak and branched, near the top almost naked, and frequently coloured, six inches or more in height, hollow, and somewhat rugged ; flowers growing thickly toge- ther on the tops of the stalks in whorls, six together, in a double row; corolla red; seeds pale brown, triangular, trun- cate, margined. — -This, like the sixth species, is common in most parts of Europe, in the same situations, and is a com- mon weed in gardens and other cultivated land ; flowering a great part of the year, from April to September, and in mild seasons both earlier and later. Bees resort also to this for the honey-juice in the flowers. Linneus says it is boiled in Upland, a province of Sweden, as a pot-herb. The herb and flowers, either fresh or dried, afford a decoction that is good for floodings, bleedings at the nose, spitting of blood, or any kind of haemorrhage. The leaves are also useful to staunch wounds, when bruised, and outwardly applied. It is propagated by seeds. 9. Lamium Dissection; Cut-leaved Archangel. Leaves deeply and irregularly cut; stem-leaves decurrent. It is annual, and not unfrequent, according to Ray, in kitchen-gardens and fallow fields. Mr. Curtis observed it on a bank between Pimlico and Chelsea ; and Mr. Robson, about Darlington. See the sixth species. 10. Lamium Molle ; Pellitory-leaved Archangel. Leaves petioled, slightly toothed, lower cordate, upper ovate ; flow- ers white. — Native place unknown. 11. Lamium Amplexicaule ; Perfoliate Archangel. Floral leaves sessile, embracing, blunt; root annual, fibrous, whitish; stems several, nine inches or a foot high, nearly upright, smooth, with a few opposite branches ; flowers in whorls, to fifteen, perfect and imperfect ; the latter short, a little longer than the calix, the tips very red, hairy, and closed ; the former four times the length of the calix, bright purple, generally breaking out from the top of the stem. The imper- fect corollas are very hairy, of a bright red colour, and the mouth closed. The tube of the perfect ones is very long, cylindrical, and nearly upright; the edge of the throat is turned back, spotted, and has two little teeth ; the neck is a little prominent ; the upper lip hirsute, and nearly entire ; the lower turning down, and dividing into two lobes, which are spotted with purple. The imperfect flowers appear in February and March, the perfect ones not till May or June: if the progress of the flowers be watched, it will be found that the corolla is gradually enlarged in different flowers, till the weather being sufficiently warm, they come forth fully formed. The imperfect flowers are neither rudiments of the long ones, nor are they barren, for .they have both stamina and pislillum. Linneus informs us that this plant scarcely ever produces perfect flowers in Sweden. Here then we have a process somewhat similar to what is observed in the Violet, and some other plants, in which perfect seed is pro- duced, although the corolla be not perfectly formed; analo- gous to what happens in the animal kingdom : when a cater- pillar, previously to its changing into the Chrysalis state, has been deprived of its proper quantity of food, the fly comes forth perfect in all its parts except the wings, which are crumpled up, and never expand. — This plant is common in most parts of Europe, in cultivated ground, on light soils, and on walls. The old name of it is Great Henbit. It is pro- pagated by the seeds, and by the roots. 12. Lamium Multifidum. Leaves many-parted. — Native of the Levant. 13. Lamium Moschatum ; Musky Archangel. Leaves cordate, blunt, smooth; floral-leaves sessile; calicos deeply gashed ; stems eight or nine inches high ; flowers white, appearing in April ; the leaves are marked with w hite, some- what like those of the autumnal Cyclamen ; they are smooth, and in dry weather have a musky scent, but in wet weather are fetid. The seeds ripen in June. It is probably a mere variety of the sixth species. 14. Lamium Hispidulum. Stalk hispid ; leaves widely cor- date, pubescent; axils one-flowered ; flowers1 large, white. — Found in the shady woods of Tennassee, North America. Lanaria ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Monogy- nia — Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: bne-petalled, subcampanulated, outwardly wool-haired ; tube short; border six-parted; divisions linear- lanceolate, some- what spreading. Stamina : filamenta six, filiform, shorter than the corolla, inserted into the base of the divisions; antherm ovate, somewhat incumbent. Pistil: germen infe- rior, top-shaped, outwardly woolly ; style filiform, upright, length of the stamina ; stigmas three-cleft. Pericarp : cap- sule ovate, three-celled. Seeds: few. Essential Cha^ 10 LAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; LAN Bactek. Corolla: superior, woollyt larger than 'he fila- menta; border six-parted, somewhat spreading Capsule: three-celled. The only known species is, 1. Lanaria Plumosa ; Woolly Lanaria. Root fibrous; stem woolly, upright; stem leaves sessile, nerved, smooth; flowers terminating, in a close panicle; spathes simple. It has the habit of Wachendorfia.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Land. — It is correctly stated, in an able work on the landed property of England, that land, viewed in the light of agri- culture, is the foundation on which it rests, the materials on which it operates, and the visible source of its productions. This may generally be considered as being composed of three distinct parts; the soil, the subsoil, and the base, or substruc- ture on which they rest. The soil, or plant-feeding stratum, is equally various in quality and depth. The soils of culti- vated lands, however, have their limits as to depth. These limits may, it is conceived, be fixed at three and fifteen inches. For although in many instances the component parts of land are pretty uniform to a greater depth than fifteen inches, a uniformity of colour and vegetative quality seldom reaches to that depth. The influence of the atmosphere, the fibres of vegetables living and decayed, the operations of animalculee and larger animals that inhabit soils, and above all the pow- erful effects of manures, tend to furnish the surface-mould with qualities which the substrata have not the means of acquiring. The medium depth of cultivated soils in Eng- land may, we suppose, be set down at about nine inches. For although a majority of the cultivated soils of the kingdom may not reach that depth, it is probable that the major part might be advantageously sunk to that depth by proper management. The subsoil, or intervening stratum of land, is Still less definite with regard to depth. In some instances, as where the cultivated soil rests upon rocks, it may be said to be wanting, though in most cases of this a stratum of a gravelly nalure, composed of broken rock and earth, is found between them. In many cases a regular bed of gravel, sand, or other earth, intervenes between the soil and the substruc- ture; while in others a uniform mass of earthy materials reaches to a great depth. If therefore a definite thickness or depth may be assigned to the subsoil, it must be in a degree arbitrary, or without any degree of accuracy or cor- rectness. It seems evident that the soil affords nourishment and stability to agricultural plants, and that the subsoil assigns them temperature, with respect to moisture and inter- nal warmth. If the subsoil be of such a nature, or so situated, as to receive and retain more moisture than is requisite for the natural growth of plants, their health is injured. If it not only holds water in its own pores, but freely communi- cates it to those of the soil, the more valuable plants in agri- culture will give way to ranker herbage, let the surface soil be what it may. On the contrary, if an open stratum of sufficient depth intervenes between the cultivated soil and the base, to permit the superfluous moisture which filters through the soil to pass off, the plants in cultivation will be relieved from collected moisture in the immediate region of their feeding fibres, though the substructure may be charged to the full with water. Hence, where nature has not furnished land with this valuable interstratum, it is the business of art to remedy the defect, which is generally best done by drain- ing off the superfluous moisture to a sufficient depth to pre- vent its evil effects on the soil, and thereby supplying the required stratum. In doing this, the artist must be led by the given properties of the base, and he can seldom lower it to any determinate or arbitrary depth. Nevertheless he should endeavour to form an adequate idea of the medium depth riqnired, in doing which much depends on the specific quality of the soil. Sand will hold up water that is lodged at its base to a much greater height than gravel, a stratum of which one foot deep forms a drier subsoil than a bed of sand of twice or three times that thickness. But clean sand or gravel is rarely found in land, sand and gravelly loams being the most common in absorbent subsoils ; and these are capable of raising and holding up water to a considerable height. Let us therefore admit that effective subsoils may vary from one to two feet, and fix the medium depth at eighteen inches ; by thus placing the mean depth of soils at nine inches, and that of subsoils at eighteen inches, we shall place the base or substructure of the land at twenty-seven inches beneath its surface, which is a depth of land equally conformable with theory and with practice. To this depth drains may be sunk at a moderate expense ; especially covered stone drains, which would be effectual, and yet not be liable to injury in tillage. In the practice of skilful workmen, the depth of ordinary subsoil drains varies from eighteen inches to three feet, according to the circumstances of the given case, and the method of draining employed. After this general view of the component parts of land, and of their due arrangement, the common varieties of it, as they are given by soil, subsoil, and base, remain to be considered. We shall divide them into classes, and mark the varieties of each. First Class. This comprehends such lands as are liable to surface-water only, with their absorbent strata (if any) open, so as freely to discharge the superfluous water that falls upon them. The varieties of this are, first, where the soil, the subsoil, and the base, are repellent, or in a state of moistness impenetrable by water; as clay and strong deep clayey loam. The second, where the soil is repellent, the subsoil absor- bent, and the base repellent. The third, where the soil is repellent, the subsoil and base absorbent, or in a state of moistness conducting water; as sand, gravel, open rock, and the lighter more open loams. The fourth, where the soil, the subsoil, and the base, are absorbent. The fifth, where the soil and the subsoil are absorbent, but the base repellent. And the sixth, where the soil is absorbent, the subsoil repellent, and the base absorbent or repellent. — Second Class. This includes such lands as are liable to surface-water only, with their absorbent strata closed, or permitting an imperfect dis- charge, either for want of sufficient descent, or by reason of impervious strata, or beds of impenetrable materials. The varieties of which are, first, where the soil is repellent, the subsoil absorbent, and the base repellent or absorbent. The second, where the soil and the subsoil are absorbent, but the base repellent or absorbent. The third, where the absor- bent and repellent strata or masses are thrown together irregularly, or not disposed in regular strata, which corre- spond with the surface or upper part. — Third Class. This comprises such lands as are liable not only to surface-waters, but to those which are subterrene, and which either descend from higher grounds in their respective neighbourhoods, or rise beneath them from subjacent reservoirs; the absorbent strata of this class being dosed, and thereby rendered reten- tive, as in the second class or kind of land. The varieties of which are, first, where the soil is absorbent or repellent; the substrata absorbent and closed, and uniformly charged with descending waters by an even stratum of gravel, free- sand, or some other similar material. The second, where the same soil and substrata are partially charged with de- scending wafers, through veins of sand, or gravel, or fissures of rock, &c. The third, where the soil is repellent or absorbent, the subsoil absorbent and closed, and uniformly charged with descending waters; the base repellent, with a LAN OH, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. LAN 11 Sub-base freely absorbent and open. The fourth, where the soil is absorbent or repellent, the substrata uniformly absorb- ent and closed, and charged with rising waters. And the fifth, where the soil is repellent or absorbent, the substrata complex and closed, and charged with rising and descending waters.— Observations. It may be observed, that the nature of these different kinds or classes of lands, and their varieties, with that of their different constructions, the effects to which they are each particularly exposed from a superabundance of water, the methods of removing such wetness, both with a view of ameliorating the lands for the purposes of cultivation, and that of providing supplies of water for economical uses, as the working of light machinery, the consumption of pas- turing stock, and, in some particular cases, where a sufficient quantity can be procured for the watering of land, belong to the two objects of applying water to the use of live-stock, and that of irrigation, which should be constantly kept in mind by the improver of the soil. It is sufficiently evident, from various circumstances in the management of lands, that some sorts are much better calculated for the production of grain- crops than those of the grass kinds ; while, on the contrary, others are much more suitable and better adapted to the raising of grass than corn ; and that there are still others that may be cultivated under a convertible system of corn and grass with more success than with either crop separately. All those lands which possess a sufficient degree of dryness, whether they have much depth of mould or not, and which in their natural state have but little tendency to produce good herbage; such as those covered with different sorts of coarse plants and vegetable productions, whether in an open or inclosed state, are proper for tillage. And it has been well observed by Mr. Davis, that grounds of this nature are of considerably more value when in a state of tillage than in pasture, as they are particularly adapted to the improved methods of cultivation ; and, in addition to the quantity of grain to be produced from them, will afford a greater quantity of food for animal stock, when in a tillage state, than they did when kept entirely in that of pasture or sward. The same writer likewise states, that there are various other descriptions of light lands that may be kept in a state of tillage with more advantage than in that of grass, as they are peculiarly suited to those improved methods of cultivation that are necessary lor raising large supplies of green food for the support of live-stock of different kinds. That the poorer sorts of sand lands, where marly clay, chalk, or other similar substances, can be readily procured, are much more proper for the pur- poses of tillage than those of grass, is sufficiently shown by the improvements that have been made in many of the more southern districts of the kingdom ; and that lands of the chalky kind, whether of the more superficial or deep descrip- tions, are in most cases better suited for tillage than grass, is proved from their wetness in the winter season, and then openness and friability in the summer, rendering it almost impossible to establish good herbage upon them. Besides these, there is another sort of land that is better for the pur- poses of tillage than those of grass, which is that which, in the state of grass, is constantly so disposed to the production of moss, as to afford but a very scanty share of good herbage in any circumstances. It has been stated by the author of Practical Agriculture , that most of the clayey and more heavy descriptions of land, especially when situated in valleys or other low confined exposures, though they may be capable ot affording good crops of particular kinds when under the plough, as those ot the wheat and bean kind, are, on account of their retention ot moisture, the increased expenses of labour, and the uncertainty of season for tilling them, as well as their inaptitude for most other sorts of crops, and their fit* ness for the production of good herbage, much more benefi- cial in the state of grass than in that of tillage. When there is an opportunity of procuring sea-sand, and of applying it at an easy expense, they may notwithstanding be converted to the purposes of tillage in a profitable manner. Most of those strong cold grass-lands, which in a state of tillage would be improper for the growth of turnips, and other applications of improved cultivation, should also constantly remain in a state of grass : those lands likewise that are situated near large towns, where manure is plentiful, and of course procured at a reasonable rale, and where the produce of such land is always in great demand, and therefore capable of being dis- posed of to great advantage; such lands as are situated on the banks of large rivers or brooks, which are capable of improvement by watering, are likewise more beneficial when kept constantly under the grass system, than any other mode of cultivation that can be practised. The lands of a calca- reous nature, which are distributed in the valleys of the more mountainous districts, where old grass land is rare and of much importance, and most part of that in the state of tillage incapable of being converted to the condition of good grass, may be the most advantageous when continued in a perma- nent state of herbage. The sorts of land that are most adapted to the practice of convertible husbandry, are those of the loamy kinds, which are not too strong for the growth of turnips. These, in all their different varieties, are capable of being changed from the state of tillage to that of grass, and the contrary, not only without sustaining any injury, but frequently with the most evident advantage, as the prac- tice of some of the western and midland districts has fully proved. The richer kinds of lands also are generally well suited to this sort of husbandry, especially where marl is at hand, to be applied at the time of laying them down to grass. Grounds of the peaty sort may likewise in many cases be the most beneficially employed in this mode of culture, as, from their producing little else than plants of the aquatic kind, it is obvious that they must be completely destroyed, and those of the proper grass kind introduced, before any useful herbage can be produced. And this is capable of being accomplished in by much the most perfect manner under the state of tillage. But as they are in most instances much too tender and moist for the purpose of remaining long in the state of tillage, as soon as the above intention has been fully effected they should be restored to the state of perma- nent grass, either as meadows or pasture-lands. Lantana ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one- leafed, very short, converging, obscurely four-toothed, tubu- lar. Corolla: one-petalled, nearly equal; tube cylindric, slender, longer than the calix, rather oblique; border flat, unequally four-cleft, obtuse. Stamina : filamenta four, very small, placed in the midst of the tube of the corolla, very slender, of which two are a little higher; antherae roundish. Pistil : germen roundish ; style filiform, short ; stigma refracted, sharp downwards like a hook, and as it were obliquely growing to the tip of the style. Pericarp: drupe roundish, one-celled. Seed: nut round-pyramidal, three- celled, the lowest cell sterile; kernels solitary, oblong. Ob- serve. The involucre is many-leaved ; the common recepta- cle of the fructifications oblong, collecting the flowers, which are often very unequal. Essential Character. Calix: obscurely four-toothed ; stigma hook-refracted ; drupe with a two-celled nucleus. — The plants of this genus are all, except the fourth species, propagated by cuttings. They may also be propagated bv seeds, which several of the sorts produce D 12 LAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; LAN in England, and the others may be easily procured from the West Indies, where there is a greater variety of these plants than is at present known in Europe; they are all called Wild Sage by the inhabitants of the British Islands, but they do not distinguish the sorts. These seeds should be sown in pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tan, because they frequently remain long in the ground before they vegetate; therefore if the plants should not come up the same year, the pots should be placed in the stove in winter, and the following spring plunged into a new hot-bed, which will bring up the plants. When these are fit to remove, they should be each planted in a small pot, and plunged into another hot-bed, observing to shade them until they have taken new root; then they should have air admitted to them every day, in proportion to the warmth of the season, to prevent their being drawn up with weak stalks; afterwards they, must be treated in the same manner as other plants from the same country, till they have obtained strength ; they then may be removed into an airy glass-case, or a dry stove, where they may have a large share of air in warm weather, but protected from the cold. This is necessary for the young plants, which should not the first year be exposed to the open air, but afterwards they may be placed abroad in the warmest part of summer, and in winter placed upon stands in the dry-stove, where they will continue long in flower, and many of the sorts will ripen their seeds; but in winter they should be sparingly watered, for much moisture will rot their roots, if they be propagated by cuttings, the best time for planting them is in July, after the plants have been exposed to the open air for about a month, by which time the shoots will be hardened, so as to be out of danger of rotting with a little moisture. These cuttings should be planted in small pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot- bed ; and if they are screened from the violence of the sun in the middle of the day, they will be rooted in about six weeks, when they must be gradually hardened to bear the open air, and treated afterwards as the old plants. The species are, 1. Lantana Misfa; Various-flowered Lantana. Leaves opposite, ovate, acute, hairy ; stem prickly at bottom ; flow ers in roundish heads ; bractes lanceolate. It is about five feet, high. Trunk round, or roundish, with an ash-coloured bark. Whilst the flower is yet closed, the lower part of the border appears of a pale red ; when it opens, the tube and upper part of the border are saffron-coloured, but become reddish, and finally dark red: this change of colour begins from the circumference, and finishes in the centre. Hence the flowers in an umbel not being all open at once, the middle appears of a saffron yellow, and the circumference of a red colour. From this change of colour, and diversity in the same umbel, this plant has acquired the name of mista, or mixed. — Native of America. 2. Lantana Trifolia; Three-leaved Lantana. Leaves tern or quatern, elliptic, serrate, wrinkled above, villose beneath ; stem unarmed ; spikes oblong, imbricated ; flowers pale blood -red, and not changeable. Mr. Miller says there is a variety with white flowers, and leaves not quite so round, entire on the edge. It flowers from June to September. — Native of the West Indies. 3. Lantana Viburnoides. Leaves opposite, ovate-lanceo- late; stem unarmed: flowers in headed spikes; involucres lanceolate. — Native of Mount Barah in Arabia. 4. Lantana Annua ; Annual Lantana. Leaves opposite and tern cordate, rugged ; stem unarmed ; spikes oblong ; corollas flesh-coloured, with a yellow throat, not changeable; fruits purple, succulent, and eatable. It can only be propa- gated by seeds. — Native of Vera Cruz, and the north side of Jamaica. 5. Lantana Stricta. Leaves opposite, oblong, lanceolate, acute ; stem unarmed ; heads roundish ; bractes ovate-lan- ceolate, squarrose. — Native of Jamaica, on Mount Diablo. 6. Lantana Radula. Leaves opposite, ovate, acute, ser- rate, wrinkled, rough, hirsute beneath ; stem almost unarmed, rough; heads oblong ; bractes ovate-acute. It has its name from its rugged lea ves. — Native of the West Indies. 7. Lantana Camara ; Various-coloured Lantana. Leaves opposite; stem unarmed, branched; flowers headed-um- belled leaflets ; corolla funnel-form ; the tube and border at first pale sulphur-coloured, changing to saffron, light red, and pale crimson ; tube round at the base, gibbous, widen- ing towards the throat; drupe the size of red currants, black green, with a nauseous smell. A decoction of the leaves of this plant is an excellent diaphoretic, and of great use in fevers, and for strengthening the stomach. Out- wardly applied, it will cleanse the worst ulcers, and heal up wounds, and is a good ingredient in the aromatic bath. The tea, with twenty drops of laudanum to half a pint, is good in the dysentery, and useful as a gargle in malignant sore throats. It flowers from April to September. — Native of the West Indies. 8. Lantana Odorata ; Sweet-scented Lantana. Leaves op- posite and tern, elliptic, wrinkled; stem unarmed; heads squarrose; bractes lanceolate; peduncles shorter than the leaf. — Native of the West Indies : it flowers from May to November. 9. Lantana Recta ; Upright Lantana. Leaves opposite, oval, wrinkled; stem unarmed; heads squarrose; bractes oblong; peduncles longer than the leaf. It flowers from June to August. — Native of Jamaica. 10. Lantana Involucrata ; Round-leaved Lantana. Leaves opposite and tern, rhomb-ovate, blunt, wrinkled, to- mentose; stem unarmed; heads squarrose; bractes ovate; peduncles short; flowers of the same colour as in the second species, but the yellow colour of the throat soon changes to white ; and hence the flower is whitish with a pale flesh-co- loured margin. — Native of the West Indies. 11. Lantana Melissaefolia ; Baum-leaved Lantana. Leaves opposite, ovate, oblong, villose, soft; stem prickly; spikes hemispherical ; bractes shorter by half than the tube ; colour of the corolla constant and always yellow. — Native of South America. 12. Lantana Scabrida; Rough Lantana. Leaves op- posite, ovate elliptic, rugged; stem prickly; spikes hemi- spherical ; bractes shorter by half than the tube, lanceolate, acute. It flow'ers in September. — Native of the West Indies. 13. Lantana Aculeata; Prickly Lantana. Leaves op- posite, ovate, subcordate, softish underneath ; stem prickly ; bractes of the heads linear, wedge-form ; colour of the tube of the corolla pale-red ; border lemon-coloured, changing into an orange and sometimes deeper colour. It flowers from April to November. — Native of the West Indies. 14. Lantana Aurea ; Golden-flowered Lantana. Leaves ovate, oblong, shining; stem obscurely quadrangular, almost unarmed ; corollas golden, changing to saffron-colour : seven feet high. — Native of the Bahama Islands. 15. Lantana Sanguinea ; Bloody-flowered Lantana. Leaves ovate-acuminate; stem quadrangular, prickly; corol- las saffron, changing to blood-red, but afterwards the tube only keeps this hue; the border, especially the upper surface, being saffron- coloured, then scarlet, and finally of the same colour as the tube. This may be distinguished from all the other species by the very deep colour of the flower, and the LAP OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. LAS property of losing its spines. It is the handsomest plant of the genus, and deserves to be esteemed for its pleasant though powerful smell, and the brightness of its colour, as well as for its flowering through the whole summer. Some think it a variety of the thirteenth species. 16. Lantana Inermis. Stem unarmed ; leaves lanceolate, toothed, alternate; flowers in corymbs; peduncles axillary, very slender; flowers purple ; berries purple, one-seeded. — Native of La Vera Cruz and Jamaica. 17. Lantana Urticsefolia. Stem prickly; leaves oblong- cordate, serrate, opposite; flowers in corymbs, yellow. — Native of the West indies. 18. Lantana Builata. Leaves oblong-ovate, acuminate, serrate, wrinkled, alternate ; flowers in heads, white. — Na- tive of the West Indies, 19. Lantana Alba. Stem unarmed ; leaves ovate, serrate ; flowers in axillary sessile heads, white : they come out in pairs, and sit close to the branches. — This species was sent from Campeachy by Dr. Houston, Laphago ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix : glume three-valved ; valves alternate, ovate-oblong, acuminate, ventricose, cartila- ginous, striated, muricated, one-flowered. Corolla : bivalve ; the larger valve oblong, ventricose, acute, membranceous, opposite the calicine glume, and of the same length ; the smaller one lanceolate, received by the margins of the larger in the bosom of the calicine glume. Nectary : two leaved ; leaflets lanceolate, acute. Stamina: filamenta three, capil- lary, length of the floscule ; antherae roundish. Pistil: ger- men ovate ; styles two, capillary ; stigmas villose. Pericarp: none. Corolla: includes the seed. Seed: single, ovate, compressed. Observe. The spikeiet is ovate, compressed, three or four-flowered ; all the flowers received by the calicine valve, and hermaphrodite ; sometimes there is a fifth floscule, calculated in like manner, but imperfet. It is singular that each floscule has its calicine glume ; and that the exterior valve of the corolla is directed inwards, or towards the shaft of the spikeiet, but the interior one is turned out- wards ; whence the corolla becomes inverse or resupine. — This Grass has been already described under Cenchrus Racemosus; which see. Lapsana ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamy iEqualis.— Generic Character. Calix: common caliculated, ovate, cornered ; scales of the tube eight, equal, linear, bollow-caliculated, keeled, sharp ; of the base six, imbri- cated, small, the alternate one smallest. Corolla: compound imbricated, uniform ; corollules hermaphrodite, about sixteen, equal; proper one-petalled, ligulate, truncated, five-toothed. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, very short; antherm cylindric, tubular. Pistil: germen somewhat oblong ; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma bifid, reflex. Peri- carp: none. Calix: ovate, converging. Seeds: solitary, oblong, cylindric, three-sided, striated. Down : none. Re- ceptacle: naked, flat. Observe. The second species has a down to the seed, and so has the fifth in some instances. Essential Character. Calix: calicled, each of the inner scales channelled. Receptacle : naked. Authors are by no means agreed respecting this genus : some would unite it with Hyoseris ; others with Crepis. Haller and Gaertner regard Hyoseris foetida, as a species of Lapsana ; the latter places the second species under the name of Zacintha ; the third and fifth, under that of Rhagadiolus. Pallas made a new genus of the fourth species, under the name of Kolpinia ; but there is no end of these differences in the class Synge- nesia. The species are, 1. Lapsana Communis ; Common Nipplewort. Calices of 18 the fruit angular ; peduncles slender, very much branched ; root annual; stem upright, stiff, from two to four feet high; branches smooth ; florets yellow, from fifteen to eighteen. — Common all over Europe in hedges, shady and waste places, and all cultivated grounds; flowering during most of the sum- mer months. Nature has amply supplied the want of that down to the seed, with which most of this class are furnished, by the great abundance which every plant produces. It derives the English name from its supposed efficacy in curing sore nipples. Dr. Withering calls it Dock Cresses* At Constantinople it is said to be eaten raw, just before it comes into flower. It is a common weed, and universally known. 2. Lapsana Zacintha; Warted Nipplewort. Calices of the fruit torulose, depressed, blunt, sessile ; stein subdicho- tomous, striated, stilfish; flowers sessile, pendulous whilst young ; corollas tawny underneath, yellow above ; root-leaves lyrate, acute; stem-leaves sagittate, embracing, toothed. — Native of the south of Europe. 3. Lapsana Stellata ; Starry Nipplewort. Calices of the fruit spreading all round ; rays awl-shaped ; stem leaves lanceo- late, undivided ; stems inclined and branched ; flowers small, appearing in July. — Native of the south of France, Italy, and Spain. 4. Lapsana Kolpinia ; Small Nipplewort. Calices of the fruit spreading; rays spreading in a bow, and muricated; leaves linear. It is an annual plant, resembling the preced- ing; flowers in July; and is a native of Siberia and the Levant. 5. Lapsana Rhagadiolus ; Heart-leaved Nipplewort. Cali- ces of the fruit spreading all round ; rays awl-shaped ; leaves lyrate ; stem herbaceous, annual, a foot and a half high, upright, round, striated ; flowers saffron-coloured, on sub- divided, smooth, terminating peduncles ; some of the seeds have a hairy down, others none. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Istria, the Levant, and Cochin-china. Larch Tree. See Pinus. Larkspur. See Dalphinium. Laserpitium ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: umbel universal, very large, with from twenty to forty rays ; partial with a great many rays, flat ; involucre universal many-leaved, small ; partial many-leaved, small ; perianth proper five- toothed, obscure. Corolla: universal uniform; floscules all fertile ; proper of five petals, which are inflex-emarginated, almost equal, spreading. Stamina: filamenta five, bristly, the length of the corolla ; antherae simple. Pistil: germen roundish, inferior ; styles two, thickish, acuminated, distant ; stigmas obtuse, spreading. Pericarp: none; fruit oblong, angulated with eight longitudinal membranes, bipartite. Seeds: two, very large, oblong, semicylindric, flat on one side, on the other furnished at the back and margins with mem- branes (four in all). Observe. The seed of the ninth species is furrowed, and without membranes. Essential Charac- ter. Petals : bent in, emarginate, spreading; fruit oblong, with eight membranaceous angles. — Most of the plants of this genus are very hardy, and will thrive in any soil and situa- tion : sow the seeds in autumn, and the plants will come up in the spring ; but when they are sown in spring, the seeds commonly remain in the ground a whole year ; transplant them the following autumn, where they are designed to remain, for they send out long deep roots, which are frequently broken by transplanting them when large ; place them three feet asunder. They will decay to the ground every autumn, but the roots continue many years, and require no other culture but to clear them from weeds. 14 LAS THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; LAS and dig between the roots every spring. The species are, 1. Laserpitiuin Latifolium ; Broad-leaved Laserwort. Leaflets cordate, gash-serrate ; root about the thickness of a finger, striking two feet into the ground ; stem round, striated, green, with a glaucous bloom on it, smooth, filled with white pith ; umbel upright, flat, or somewhat convex, in the largest half a foot in diameter, composed of very many, round, striated rays; flowers white; petals inflex, obcordate, almost equal. It varies so much that it might be mistaken for a different species. This acrid aromatic plant has something of bitterness, and seems to merit a place among the aromatic stimulants, emmenagogues, and aperient sudo- rifics ; the root is the hottest part of the plant, the whole of which is used in medicine by the peasants and farriers of some countries, but not by regular practitioners. It flowers in July, and ripens seed in September. — Native of many parts of Europe. 2. Laserpitium Trilobum ; Columbine-leaved Laserwort. Leaflets three-lobed, gashed ; root perennial, round, a foot or more in length, with abundance of fibres at top, blackish on the outside, white within, with a yellowish pith in the middle, smelling when bruised, and having a bitter unplea- sant taste ; stem round, from four to six feet in height, marked with lines but not grooved, firm, upright, shining, glaucous green, becoming dark purple with age, having brachiate branches, and an aromatic sweetish taste; petals small, white, attenuated at the base. It flowers from May to July. — Native of the Levant and Austria. 3. Laserpitium Gallicum; French Laserwort. Leaflets wedge-form, forked ; root perennial ; stem not much branch- ed, and having only one or two (seldom three) leaves at the lower part ; it varies with entire rounded leaflets ; indeed, few plants vary more. It flowers in June and July. — Native of the south of Europe. 4. Laserpitium Silicifolium. Root many, forked ; stem smooth ; leaflets pinnatifid, with lanceolate segments ; stem on open rocky hills, perennial, one or two lines thick, and sometimes not more than a span high ; in a lower situation among bushes, and on the borders of woods, it grows to the height of four feet, with a stem the thickness of a pen ; umbels close, flattish, composed of numerous rays ; petals white or yellowish, almost equal, inflex, cordate, almost upright ; antherae pale ; seeds elliptic. — Native of Carniola and Italy. 5. Laserpitium Angustifolium ; Narrow-leaved Laserwort. Leaflets lanceolate, quite entire, sessile ; flowers white ; seeds winged, curled. It flowers in June and July. — Native of the southern parts of Europe. 6. Laserpitium Prutenieum. Leaflets lanceolate, quite entire, the outmost united; root perennial; stem hirsute; seeds pubescent, acrid, and aromatic. — Native of Prussia, Leipsic, Austria, Carniola, Dauphiny, and Italy. 7. Laserpitium Dauricum. Stem spotted ; leaflets pinna- tifid, acuminate ; root subfusiform, the thickness of a finger, dirty white, with thickish fibres all round ; stem upright, firm, round, marked with lines, fistular, shining, branched from the axils of most of the upper leaves, green, with dark purple spots ; root and stem-leaves tripinnate, the upper ones pinnate; petals white, sometimes one or two half pur- ple. This is a biennial plant, the whole of which is smooth, has some smell when bruised, and a slightly aromatic acrid taste.— Native country unknown. 8. Laserpitium Peucedanoides. Leaflets linear-lanceolate, veined, striated, distinct; flowers white; stem a foot high. — Native of Monte Baldo. 9. Laserpitium Siler ; Mountain Laserwort. Leaflets oval-lanceolate, quite entire, petioled ; root perennial, with a thick head, which is crowned with abundant bristly remains of former leaves, a foot and a half in length, the thickness of the human thumb, round, with an irregular brown bark, fleshy, and white within, with a yellowish pith ; the whole plant smooth ; leaves manifold, pinnate, smelling when bruised, aromatic, scarcely acrid, not pleasant ; universal umbel convex, from four to eight inches in diameter ; rays roundish, smooth on the back, striated, and roughish above, twenty or more; petals white, almost equal, inflex, cordate, spreading very much, wide ; seeds flat and striated on one side, convex on the other, with four narrow membranaceous wings, with raised lines between them, having a strong smell of cumin, and an aromatic subacrid bitter taste; the root is extremely bitter, and might be useful in fevers, cachexies, loss of appetite, &c. ; an infusion of it in wine has been successfully given in disorders of the stomach ; it yields an aromatic resinous juice on being wounded, and, being made into a syrup, is recommended in disorders of the breast. It flowers in July and August, and ripens seed in September. — Native of Austria, Switzerland, and France. 10. Laserpitium Diffusum. Leaves superdecompound ; leaflets linear, awl-shaped, somewhat hairy ; universal invo- lucres lanceolate, membranaceous; root perennial, striking very deep, and but little branched ; stem a foot and a half high, terminated by one or tw'o umbels, solid, smooth, slightly striated ; umbels very numerous, convex ; petals white. — Native of Switzerland, France, and Italy. 11. Laserpitium Lucidum ; Shining Laserwort. Leaves superdecompound, linear, awl-shaped ; universal involucre smooth, pinnate ; root woody, large, with several forks, crowned with bristles and scales of fallen leaves ; stem straight, grooved, half a foot high ; flower often purple ; the petals a little unequal, inflex, cordate. It flow'ers in July. — Native of Switzerland. 12. Laserpitium Chironium. Leaflets obliquely cordate; petioles hirsute. — Native of Montpellier in the south of France. 13. Laserpitium Ferulaceum ; Fennel leaved Laserwort. Leaflets linear. It flowers in June. — Native of the Levant. It requires a warm situation. 14. Laserpitium Simplex. Scape naked ; leaflets simple ; leaves pinnate multifid, acute, linear; umbel semiglobular ; root perennial, knobbed, and often multiplied at top, so as to produce several stems, which are only two or three inches high, terminated by a solid, rounded, reddish umbel ; petals white, with a tinge of red. — Native of the mountains of Switzerland, Austria, and Dauphiny. 15. Laserpitium Aciphylla. Stein sheathed ; petioles di- lated ; leaves digitate, linear, elongated, mucrouate. — Native of New Zealand ; found in Queen Charlotte’s Sound. Laserioort. See Laserpitium. Lasiostoma ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, very short, five-parted; divisions acute; at its base two opposite scales. Corolla : one-petalled, funnel-form ; tube cylindric ; border four-cleft ; divisions acute, villose. Stamina: filamenta four, capillary, villose at the base, in- serted into the tube of the corolla ; antheras oblong. Pistil: germen ovate, superior; style longer than the corolla; stigma obtuse. Pericarp : capsule orbiculate, one-celled, with a brittle bark. Seeds: two, hemispherical. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: very short, five-petalled, with two acute scales. Corolla: funnel-form, four-cleft. Capsule: orbicu- late, one-celled, two-seeded/ The only known species is, 1. Lasiostoma Rouhamon. This is a shrub, with a trunk L A T OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L A T seven or eight feet in height, and six or seven inches in diameter, with a grayish, irregular, rugged bark, and a whitish wood ; branches and branchiets opposite, covered with a russet down; the branchiets are knobbed, and at each joint have a pair of leaves, which are entire, smooth, oval, ending in a point, and three-nerved underneath; they are of a very pale green, and on very short petioles; the largest are two inches long, and an inch and four lines in breadth ; flowers in small axillary corymbs, on a small peduncle which has two scales at the base ; they are opposite, in pairs, and almost sessile; corolla white; capsule yellow: from the axils of the leaves there spring at intervals simple tendrils, two inches and a half long, curved back in form of a cross at top, where they become thicker: by means of these tendrils, the branches support themselves on the neighbour- ing trees. A variety occurs with smooth branches, larger leaves, smaller flowers and fruits ; it has no tendrils, but the branches are straight. This shrub is called Rouhahamon by the Caribs. — It is in flower and fruit during the months of October and November, and is found on the banks of the river Sinemari, in Guiana, forty leagues from its mouth. Laihrcea; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spennia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, campanulate, straight; mouth deeply four-cleft. Corolla: one-petaJled, ringent; tube longer than the calix; border ringent, veutricose ; upper lip concave, galeated, broad, witli a narrow hooked tip; lower lip less reflex, obtuse, trifid. Nectary: an emarginate glandule, depressed on each side, very short, inserted into the receptacle of the flower at the other corner of the germen. Stamina: fila- menta four, awl-shaped, length of the corolla, hid under the upper lip ; autherae obtuse, depressed, converging. Pistil: germen globose, compresse'd ; style filiform, length and situation ot the stamina ; stigma truncated, nodding. Pericarp: capsule roundish, obtuse with a point, one-celled, two-valved, clastic, coated with a very large spreading calix. Seeds: few, subglobose, affixed to the middle of the valves. Observe. It approaches nearly, on account of its glandule, to Orobanche. Essential Character. Calix: four-cleft; gland depressed at the base of the suture of the germen; Capsule: one celled.- The species are, 1. Lathnea Clandestina. Stem branched almost under ground; flowers upright, solitary; root thick, long, fibrous; leaves thick, sharp, and very short. — Native of France, the Pyrenees, and Italy. 2. Lathraea Phelypaea. Corollas spreading, bell-shaped. This is a tender juicy plant, a palm and half high ; stem surrounded by abundance of soft succulent leaves, broad at the base, and ending in a sharp point ; from the top come out three or four tubular funnel-shaped flowers, an inch oi an inch and a half in length, of a vellow colour, divided at top into five segments. The structure of the flower is certainly very different from that of Lathrma. 3. Lathraea Anblatum. Lips of the corollas undivided.— Native of the Levant. 4. Lathraea Squamaria ; Great Toothwort. Stem quite simple; corollas pendulous; lower lip trifid; root beaded, branched, and surrounded with white succulent scales; it “ parasitical, and generally attached to the roots of Elms, Hazels, or some other trees in a shady situation; flowers in a spike, from one side of the stem, in a double row ; corolla pale purple or flesh-coloured, except the lower lip, which is white; the upper lip is rather short and truncate, lhe flowers appear in April, emerging from the decayed leaves of trees, among which the plant is mostly found half buried. I he English name, Toothwort, is derived from the re- 07. IS semblance of the scaly roots to the human foreteeth, and hence it was fancied formerly to be good for the tooth ache. — Native of most parts of Europe ; with us it is found near Maidstone, in Kent ; Harefield, in Middlesex ; Exton, near Stamford ; in the woods of Derbyshire ; at Conzick-scar, near Kendal, Westmoreland ; and near Gainsford, in Dur- ham ; in Scotland it has been observed at Mevisbank, towards Laswade, four or five miles from Edinburgh ; and in Morvern, near the Sound of Mull. Lathyrus: a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decan- dria.— Generic Character. Calix: one-leafed, half five-cleft, bell-shaped ; divisions lanceolate, sharp ; the two upper oues shorter, the lowest longer. Corolla: papilion- aceous ; standard obcordate, very large, reflex on the sides and tip; wings oblong, lunulate, short, obtuse. Keel: haif- orbiculate, size of the wings, and wider than the wings, gaping inwards in the middle. Stamina: filamenta diadel- phous, (single and nine-cleft) rising upwards; antherae round- ish. Pistil : germen compressed, oblong, linear ; style erected upwards, flat, wider above, with a sharp lip ; stigma from the middle of the style to the tip villose in front. Peri- curp: legume very long, cylindric or compressed, acuminate, one celled, bivalve. Seeds: several, cylindric, globose, or but little cornered. Essential Character. Calix: two upper segments shorter; style flat, villose above, broader at the end. — All the plants of this genus may be propagated by sowing their seeds either in spring or autumn ; but those sown in autumn, should have a light soil and a warm situa- tion, where the plants will abide the winter, flower early in the following spring, and ripen their seeds in July; but those which are sown in spring should have an open exposure, and may be planted upon almost any soil, if not too wet, for they are not tender plants, nor do they require much culture. They should all be sown where they are designed to remain, for they seldom succeed when they are trans- planted, unless it be done while the plants are young; so that where they are sown for ornament, there should be four or five seeds sown in a small patch, in different parts of the borders of the flower-garden ; when they come up, weed them carefully, and when they are grown two or three inches high, put some sticks down to support them, otherwise they will trail on the ground, or on whatever plants stand near them, and become unsightly. The species are, * With one-jlowered Peduncles. 1. Lathyrus Aphaca; Yellow Lathyrus, or Vetchling. Peduncles one-flowered ; tendrils leafless; stipules sagitlate- cordate ; root annual, fibrous ; stem from a foot to eighteen inches more in height, trailing, or climbing, four-cornered, smooth; flowers small, solitary, axillary; corolla, standard yellow-, striped on the inside with blue lines ; wings yellow, nearly round, the length of the keel, with two unequal paler claws ; keel pale sulphur-coloured, cloven behind. — Native of most parts of Europe, in corn fields, chiefly in light land, flowering in June, July, and August. It has been observed near Tottenham and Enfield, but is not com- mon near London, and between Bungay and Norwich ; it is not uncommon in Cambridgeshire. 2. Lathyrus Nissolia ; Crimson Lathyrus, or Grass Vetch. Peduncles one-flowered ; leaves simple ; stipules awl-shaped ; stem upright, simple, angular, twisted, slightly hairy ; corolla beautiful crimson colour: hence the flowers are so elegant, that it deserves to be admitted into the garden. The young plant before it flowers is so like a grass, owing to its sim- ple grassy leaves, that an experienced botanist might fail to discover it, especially among mowing grass, where it usually occurs : it is also found on the borders of corn-fields, E 16 L A T THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; L A I among bushes and in woods; but does not appear to be very common in England, which certainly may arise from its being so liable to be overlooked. It has been observed at Ripton, in Huntingdonshire; at Hadnam, in Cambridgeshire: near Ampthill-park, in Bedfordshire ; in Cottonfield, Stafford ; at Belmont; and in various parts of Staffordshire ; in Hadsor- wood, near Droitwich ; about Teignmouth ; near Wick Clifts ; and at Dulwich, Peckham, and Streatham, in the neighbourhood of London. 3. Latbyrus Spheericus. Peduncles one-flowered, awned ; tendrils two-leaved, quite simple; leaflets ensiform ; stem angular, three-sided at top ; flowers small, like those of the preceding. — Native place unknown. 4. Lathyrus Amphicarpos; Subterranean Lathyrus, or Earth Pea. Peduncles one-flowered, longer than the calix ; tendrils two-leaved, quite simple ; root annual, filiform, with here and there ovate-sessile tubercles; flowers pale purple ; stems several, weak, aucipital, or two-edged ; there are other stems destitute of leaves, roundish, creeping under ground, whitish, and bearing flowers and fruit absolutely perfect, and resembling those on the stems above ground, except that the flowers are smaller, and do not expand. From this singular peculiarity, it has obtained its English names. — Na- tive of the Levant. 5. Lathyrus Cicera ; Flat-podded Lathyrus, or Dwarf Chickling Vetch. Peduncles one-flowered ; tendrils two- leaved ; legumes ovate, compressed, channelled on the back ; root annual, simple ; flower of a middling size ; corolla white or pale yellow, or red and white, very seldom blue, sometimes quite red, or deep purple. It flowers in June and July. — Native of France and Spain. 6. Latbvrus Sativus; Common Lathyrus, or Blue Chichling Vetch. Peduncles one-flowered ; tendrils two or four-leaved; legumes ovate, compressed, two-edged at the back. The same habit as the preceding; flower twice as large, generally white, sometimes tinged with purple, or having a rose-coloured standard, or blue or blue and white variegated, in its native countries; but in our gardens it is distinguished by the blue colour of the corolla, though we sometimes have a milk- white variety. The seed-pods afford a more certain mark of distinction, being unusually short, broad, and winged on the back. In several parts of the continent, a white light pleasant bread is made from the flour of this pulse ; but it produced such dreadful effects, that the dukes of Wirtem- berg forbad the use of it by edict in 1671, 1705, and 1714. Mixed with wheat flour in half the quantity, it makes very good bread, that appears to be harmless ; but bread made of this flour only, has brought on a most surprising rigidity of the limbs in those who have used it for a continuance ; insomuch that the exterior muscles could not by any means be reduced, or have their natural action restored. These symptoms usually appeared on a sudden, without any previous pain ; but sometimes they were preceded by a weakness and disagreeable sensation about the knees; baths both hot and cold, fomentations, and ointments of various kinds, have been tried without effect; insomuch that it is regarded as incurable, and being neither very painful nor fatal, those who were seized with it usually submit to it with patience. Swine fattened with the meal, lost the use of their limbs, but grew very fat lying upon the ground. A horse, fed some months on the dried herb, was said to have his legs perfectly rigid. Cows are reported to grow lean on it, but sheep not to be affected. Pigeons, especially if young, lose the power of walking by feeding on_fhe seed ; poultry will not readily touch it ; but geese eat it without any apparent detriment ; and as it is commonly sown in Switzerland for soiling horses, and the cattle there feed on the herb without any harm, it would be well worth the trouble of ascertain- ing, whether the noxious qualities of this plant do not greatly, if not entirely, depend upon the soil in which it is cultivated, for it has been already observed, that the seed is much more deleterious from a strong, fat, moist soil, than from dry lands. The Florentine peasants eat it boiled, or mixed with wheat flour, in the quantity of one-fourth, without receiving any harm. In the countries where it is cultivated, the seeds are sown at the end of August or the beginning of September, or in the spring, and in strong ground ; for in a light dry soil, the roots are very weak, and it is apt to be destroyed by spring frosts. Its produce is very abundant, and the culture not being expensive, is very general in some parts. 7. Lathyrus Inconspicuus ; Small flowered Lathyrus. Peduncles one-flowered, shorter than the calix ; tendrils two-leaved, simple; leaflets lanceolate ; root annual; stand- ard and wings of the corolla deep red ; keel pale. — Native of the Levant. 8. Lathyrus Setifolius ; Narrow-leaved Lathyrus. Pedun- cles one-flowered ; tendrils two-leaved ; leaflets setaceous, linear. — Found near Mqntpellier; and on Monte Baldo, in Italy. 9. Lathyrus Angulatus. Peduncles one-flowered, awned ; tendrils two-ieaved, quite simple; leaflets linear; stipules lanceolate. — Native country unkown. 10. Lathyrus Articulatus ; Joint ed-podded Lalhyrus. Pe- duncles one or two-flowered; tendrils many-leaved; leaflets alternate; the flower has the keel of the pea; standard bright red, with white wings and keel. — Native of the south of Europe. ** With two-flowered Peduncles. 11. Lathyrus Odoratus ; Sweet Lathyrus or Pea. Pedun- cles two-flowered; tendrils two-leaved ; leaflets ovate-oblong; legumes hirsute. This is an annual plant, which rises from three to four feet high, by means of its long claspers or tendrils. The flower-stalks come out at the joints, are about six inches long, and sustain two large flowers, which have a strong odour ; and are succeeded by oblong hairy pods, having four or five roundish seeds in each. In the common sort, the corolla has dark purple standards, with the keel and wings of a light blue. Other varieties are, the white; the pink, with a white keel and the wings pale blush colour ; the pink or blush-coloured standard, with both keel and wings white; the rose-coloured standard, with the wings and keel pale blue : those that have a mixture ol red with white or pale blue, are called Painted Ladies. There is also a variety of the common dark sort, with the keel pale violet, and the wings dark violet. According to Linneus, the com- mon dark sort is a native of Sicily, and the Painted Lady of Ceylon. They all deserve a place in every good garden, as well for their fragrance as their beauty. The Garden- ers, who raise Sweet Peas for the London markets, sow them in the autumn in pots, and secure them from severe weather, by placing them in hot-bed frames, by which means they can bring them early to market. They may be continued in flower the whole summer by repeated sowings in the spring; and must be watered frequently when sown in pots. 12. Lathyrus Annuus ; Two-flowered F ellow Annual La- thyrus. Peduncles two-flowered ; tendrils two leaved ; leaf- lets ensiform; legumes smooth; stipules two-parted. This rises with a climbing stalk five or six leet high, having two membranes or w ings rdnning from joint to joint ; the flowers are small, yellow', and succeeded by long taper pods contain- ing several roundish seeds, — Native of France and Spain. L AT OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L A T 17 13. Lathyrus Fruticosus ; Shrubby Lathyrus. Stem shrubby; peduncles two-flowered ; leaves pinnate, tomentose; flowers axillary, on short, white, tomentose peduncles, with one bracte to each, flower; corolla yellow ; calix globular. — Native of Peru, on the hills near Huanuco. 14. Lathyrus Tingitanus ; Tangier Lathyrus or Pea. Peduncles two-flowered ; tendrils two-leaved ; leaflets alter- nate, lanceolate, smooth ; stipules crescent shaped. — Native of Batbary. The flowers are beautiful, and worth culti- vation. 15. Lathyrus Clymenum ; Various-flowered Lathyrus. Peduncles two-flowered; tendrils many-leaved; stipules toothed.— Native of the Levant. *** Peduncles many flowered . 16. Lathyrus Hirsutus; Hairy Lathyrus. Peduncles commonly three-flowered; tendrils two-leaved; leaflets lan- ceolate; legumes hirsute; seeds rugged; stems angular, twisted, slightly hairy ; flowers an inch or an inch and half from each other; corolla purple, with yellow lines within. — Native of many parts of Europe. It is not common in England, but was found by Mr. Miller in places overspread with brambles near Hockerel in Essex, in which county it has been since observed about Hockley and Raleigh, and in other parts of R’ochford hundred ; also near Munden church, and Laydon Hall, in Dengy hundred ; found likewise upon the hills north of Pensford, on the Bristol road ; and between Pensford and Keynsham, in Somersetshire. It flowers in July. 17. Lathyrus Tuberosus ; Tuberous Lathyrus. Peduncles many-flowered ; tendrils two-leaved ; leaflets oval ; iuternodes naked ; root creeping, putting out irregular tubers, about as bigas those of the Pig Nut, covered with a brown skin. These shoot up several weak trailing stalks ; corollas deep red. — This plant is cultivated in Holland for the roots, which are sold in the market, and eaten, there. With us it is only cultivated for ornament, being a beautiful hardy perennial, resembling the Everlasting Pea, but of an humbler growth ; it should however be introduced with caution, on account of its creeping roots, and is perhaps better suited to the unclipped hedge of the pleasure-ground, than the border of the flower-garden. It flowers in July and August. — Native of France, Germany, Flanders, Holland, Switzer land, Austria, and Siberia. This is a most noxious weed to the husbandman, and exceedingly difficult to extirpate. In Eng- land it is propagated by the tubers of the root, and thrives best on light ground. 18. Lathyrus Pratensis; Meadow Lathyrus. Peduncles many-flowered ; tendrils two-leaved, quite simple ; leaflets lanceolate ; root perennial, creeping; stems a foot or eighteen inches high, and sometimes three feet or even more in length ; flowers in a raceme ; corolla yellow. In old authors, this plant is much reprobated as a vile weed, that spreads much by means of its creeping roots; and accord- ingly Mr. Miller excludes it from gardens. Many modern writers however recommend it as an excellent food for cattle, and not without reason, since its quality is good, and it bears a large burden of succulent leafy stalks. Among its patrons we observe Linneus, Haller, Schreber, Anderson, Curtis, and Young. Mr. Swayne, however, asserts that it does not seem at all agreeafde to cattle, and that, w'here they have a choice of feed, they seldom touch it. But with respect to this, and many other leguminous plants, it is unfair to infer that they are disagreeable to cattle, because they do not feed upon them in a fruiting state. They may still be excellent hay, and the cattle may be fond of the young succulent herbage. He mentions another difficulty, which is not so easily removed; this is, that it produces very few seeds, and that those few are, for the most part, devoured by a species of Curculio. Probably with care in a garden, a sufficient quantity of seed might be produced ; or, if not, we might have recourse to the ordinary methods of increasing perennial plants, by the roots, layers, or cuttings. This, together with other leguminous plants, are best mixed with, good grasses in permanent meadows. Mr. Curtis informs us that he observed a piece of stiff7 soil belonging to Lord Loughborough near Mitcham, which produced an excellent crop, consisting chiefly of this plant and Festuca Pratensis. There could not w'ell be a better mixture than this made by art for a strong land. The English names are, Common Yellow or Meadow Vetchling, and Tare Everlasting. Linneus says that horses, kine, sheep, and goats, eat it ; swine refuse it; the badger is said to feed on it. — Native of meadows, pastures, woods, thickets, and hedges, in most parts of Europe, flowering from June to August. 19. Lathyrus Sylvestris ; Wild Lathyrus, or Narrow-leaved Everlasting Pea. Peduncles many-flowered ; tendrils two- leaved ; leaflets ensiform ; internodes membranaceous; root perennial ; stems six feet or more in height, climbing or trailing, spreading widely, branched, winged, and smooth; corolla red and white; standard large, rose-coloured, faintly netted-veined ; wings violet; keel whitish green. This is distinguished from the next species by the leaves not being broader than the stem, and three-ribbed, and the flowers of a much smaller size; and though greatly inferior to it, it is often met with in gardens. — Native of most parts of Europe. In England it is found between Castle Camps and Bartlow, in Cambridgeshire; between Bath and Bristol; near Conw'ay, in Wales; between Pershore and Eckington, in Worcestershire; on Shelton bank near Salop ; and near Pensford, in Somerset- shire: in the vicinity of London it is rare, but has been observed in the Oak-of honour Wood near Peckham ; and it grows abundantly in many parts of Kent and Bedfordshire. 20. Lathyrus Latifolius.; Broad-leaved Lathyrus, or Ever- lasting Pea. Peduncles many-flowered ; tendrils two-leaved; leaflets ovate, or lanceolate ; internodes membranaceous; root perennial; stalks several, thick, climbing by means of ten- drils to the height of six or eight feet, or even higher in woods: these die to the ground in autumn, and new ones rise in the spring from the same root ; corolla pale purplish rose-colour. — This is a showy plant for shrubberies, wilderness quarters, arbours, and trellis w'ork ; but too large and rampant for the borders of the common flower-garden. Bees resort much to it, and the flowers furnish them with abundance of honey. It yields a great quantity both of green fodder and seeds ; but iu what degree the former might be agreeable to cattle, and the latter to pigeons or poultry, must be seen by experience. It is a native of many parts of Europe, in hedges and woods. Mr. Rav observed it, about a century and a half ago, in the Cambridgeshire woods, and it still keeps its post there. It is also found on the rocks near Red Neese, by Whitehaven ; and at Severn Stoke Copse, in Worcestershire. The flowers appear at the end of June and beginning of July. 21. Lathyrus Heterophyllus. Peduncles many-flowered; tendrils two and four leaved ; leaflets lanceolate ; internodes membranaceous; root perennial ; stems quadrangular, winged, two wings broader, three or four feet high ; flowers in racemes of about six together; standard and wings flesh-coloured; keel whitish. — Native of Sweden, Switzerland, France, and Silesia. 22. Lathyrus Palustris ; Marsh Lathyrus. Peduncles many-flowered ; tendrils many-leaved ; stipules lanceolate ; root perennial, creeping; whole plant smooth; stems from three to four feet high when supported, but little branched 18 LAV THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; LAV and winged ; flowers in erect racemes; corolla vivid purple blue, of great beauty. —Native of many parts of Europe, in moist woods and pastures, but not common in England : it lias however been found in Peckham field on the back of Southwark; in a wood near Abingdon; near Ranaugh and Burgh, in Norfolk; Little Eversden and Bardwell Fens, in Cambridgeshire; in East Fe», Lincolnshire; on Bardon Hill and in Chorley Forest, Leicestershire ; and in Lancashire, Yorkshire, and Scotland. 23. Lathyrus Pisifortnis ; Siberian Lathyrus. Peduncles many-flowered; tendrils many-leaved ; stipules ovate, broader than the leaflet; root perennial; plant growing like the pea; corolla with the standard and wings whitish with purple veins. It flowers in June. — Native of Siberia. 24. Lathyrus Myrtifolius. Stalk naked, tetragonal; sti- pules half sagittate, lanceolate, acuminate ; leaflets four, oblong-lanceolate, acute, nnicronate, venose-reticulate; pe- duncles longer than the leaf; commonly three-flowered. It resembles the twenty-second species, flowers in July and Au- gust, and grows in the salt-marshes of Pennsylvania and New York, and is very abundant about Lake Qnondago. 25. Lathyrus Venosus. Stalk naked, tetragonal; stipules half-sagittate, ovale, acuminate ; leaflets numerous, subalter- nate, ovate, obtuse, mucronate, venose ; peduncles shorter than the leaf; containing from five to ten flowers. It pro- duces purple flowers in July and August, and grows in the low meadows of Pennsylvania. 26. Lathyrus Decaphyllus. Stalk tetragonal ; stipules half sagittate, linear; leaflets oblong-elliptical, mucronate; peduncles with three and four large purple flowers; the pods are also large. — Native of the banks of the Missouri. Lavandula ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gym- nospermia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one- leafed, ovate; mouth obscurely toothed, short, permanent, supported by bractes. Corolla : one-petalled, ringent, resu pine; tube cylindric, longer than the calix; border spread- ing, one lip looking upwards, larger, bifid, spreading, the other lip looking downwards, trifid ; divisions all roundish, nearly equal. Stamina ; filamenta four, short within the tube of the corolla, deflected, of which two are shorter; antherre small. Pistil: germen four-parted; style filiform, length of the tube; stigma two-lobed, obtuse, converging. Pericarp: none; calix converging with the mouth, and guarding the seed Seeds: four, obovate. Essential Character. Calix: ovate, obscurely toothed, supported by a bracte. Corolla : resupine. Stamina : within the tube. • The species are, 1. Lavandula Spica ; Common Lavender. Leaves sessile, lanceolate-linear, rolled back at the edge; spike interrupted, naked ; root perennial, thick, woody ; stem shrubby, much branched, frequently five or six feet high, four-cornered, acute-angled, tomentose. The flowers are produced in ter- minating spikes from the young shoots, on long peduncles; the spikes are composed of interrupted whorls, in which the flowers are from six to ten, the lower whorls more remote: each flower is upright, on a short pedicel. The common colour of the corolla is blue, but it varies with white flowers. The variety called the Broad-leaved Lavender, has much shorter and broader leaves, also shorter branches. It will continue several years without producing flowers; and when it does, the leaves on the flowering stalks approach nearer to those of Common Lavender, hut still remain broader. The stalks grow taller, the spikes looser and larger, and appear a little later in the season. — This plant has been long celebrated for its virtues in nervous disorders. According to Dr. Cullen, it is, whether externally or internally, a powerful stimulaut to the nervous system ; and amongst others of this order, named Cephalics, the Lavender has probably the best title to the name. He adds, it appears to me probable that it will seldom go farther than exciting the energy of the brain to a fuller impulse of the nervous power into the nerves of the animal functions, and seldom into those of the vital. It may, however, be with great propriety that Professor Murray has dissuaded from its use, where there is any danger from a stimulus applied to the sanguiferous system. It is, however, still probable that Lavender stimulates the nervous system only, and therefore may be more safe in palsy than the warmer aromatics, especially when not given in a spirituous menstruum, or along with heating aromatics, as is commonly done in the case of the Spiritus Lavandulae Compositus. The oflicinal preparations of Lavender are, the essential oil, a sim- ple spirit, and a compound tincture. The essential oil has been used for stimulating paralytic limbs, and for several external purposes. Hill says the flowers are the parts used : they are good against all disorders of the head and nerves, and may be taken in the form of tea. The famous spirit of Lavender called Palsy-drops, and the Sweet Lavender-water, are made with them. The best way to make the Palsy-drops is as follows: put into a small still a pound of Lavender flowers, and five ounces of the tender tops of Rosemary, put to them five quarts of common molasses spirit, and a quart of water: distil off three quarts; put to this, cinnamon and nutmegs, of each three quarters of an ounce, red Sander’s wood half an ounce ; let them stand together a week, and then strain off the spirit. The Lavender-water is thus made: put a pound of fresh Lavender flowers into a still with a gallon of molasses spirit, and draw off five pints; this is laven- der water. A conserve made of the young tops, just as they are going into flower, possesses all the virtues of the plant, and is an excellent cordial medicine, of great efficacy in most nervous disorders, and paralytic complaints ; it likewise operates by urine, and promotes the menses. The Compound Spirit of Lavender is also an excellent preparation for the above purposes, as it has the advantage of containing many other ingredients of a like nature. It is best taken on a lump of sugar, in which method forty'or fifty drops may be given for a dose. — This plant is propagated by cuttings or slips planted in March in a shady situation, or in a border where ihey may be shaded by mals until they have taken root; after which they may be exposed to the sun, and when they have obtained strength, should be removed to the places where they are to remain. These plants w ill abide much longer in a dry, gravelly, or strong soil, in which they will endure our severest winters; but they will grow much faster in summer on a rich, light, moist soil, but are li en generally destroyed by the winter, and are neither so strong scented, nor so fit for medicinal uses, as those which grow on a barren rocky soil. It was formerly in use to make edgings to borders, but it grows too large for the purpose ; if often cut in dry wea- ther, it is subject to decay, and, in hard winters, some of the plants will be killed : it should therefore be planted in beds in the kitchen-garden, where the soil is driest. On account of its odour, plants of it should be interspersed among low shrubs and large herbaceous plants, in the bor- ders of large gardens and plantations.— Native of the south of Europe, and of Asia and Africa. 2. Lavandula Stoechas ; French Lavender. Leaves sessile, linear, tomentose, rolled back at the edge; spikes contracted, comose; bractes subtrilobate. It has alow thick shrubby stalk, about two feet high, sending out woolly branches the whole length ; leaves about an inch long, hoary and pointed, of a strong aromatic scent. The branches are terminated LAV OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. LAV 19 with scaly spikes of purple flowers, four-cornered, and an inch in length ; and at the top a coma, or small tuft of purple leaves. The whole plant has a very strong aromatic agree- able odour. There is a variety with peduncles three times the length of those in the common Stoechas, and naked. The spikes are longer, and not so thick, and the leaves of the coma are more numerous, longer, and of a brighter pur pie colour. Both these vary to purple and white in the corolla, but the most common colour is blue. It flowers from May to July. This plant, which our old authors call Sticadone, Sticados, and Sticadore, from the Italian Sticade, on account of its being found on the islands called Stoechades, may be cultivated by sowing the seeds upon a bed of light dry soil in March. When they come up, clear them from weeds until they are two inches high, and then remove them. For this, prepare a spot of light dry grouud, lay it level, and tread it out into beds, into which set the plants, at five or six inches’ distance every way, watering and shading them until they have taken root. If the winter should prove severe, cover them with mats, or pease-haulm, to defend them from the frost. In March or at the beginning of April, in the following spring, remove them into the places where they are to remain, taking a warm moist season, if possible, for this purpose, and not letting them remain long above ground. The soil should be a dry warm sand or gravel; and the poorer the soil is, the better will this plant endure the winter. In a rich moist ground it will not pro- duce so many flowers, nor will they have so strong an aro- matic scent. It may also be increased by slips or cuttings; but the seeds ripen well in this country, and plants raised from them are by far the best. — Native of the south of Europe. 3. Lavandula Viridis ; Madeira Lavender. Leaves sessile, linear, wrinkled, villose, rolled back at the edge ; spike comose ; bractes undivided. It differs from the preceding by its wrinkled villose leaves, which are green, and not hoary as in that. It flowers from May to July. — Native of the island of Madeira. This, and most of the following sorts, require the protection of a green house. They may be increased by slips or cuttings ; and also by seeds, but they do not all pro- duce seeds in our climates. 4. Lavandula Dentata; Tooth-leaved Lavender. Leaves sessile, linear, pectinate-pinnate ; spike contracted, cornose. It has a woody stalk, two or three feet high, with four-cor- nered branches on every side the whole length. The leaves have a pleasant aromatic odour, and warm biting taste. The flowers are produced in scaly spikes at the ends of the branches, on long naked peduncles. It flowers from June to September. — Native of Spain and the Levant. This is pro- pagated by slips and cuttings planted in April, and treated as directed for the first and second sorts. They will take root very freely, but must be transplanted into pots, that they may be sheltered from severe frost in winter, especially while young. When they have acquired strength, some may be planted in a warm situation on a dry soil, where, being prevented from growing too vigorously, they will endure cold better than in richer ground, 6. Lavandula Pinnata ; Pinnated Lavender. Leaves peti- oled, pinnate; leaflets wedge-form; spike imbricate. This is a low, very branching shrub, with a brownish bark ; pedun- cles leafless ; corolla purple or pale violet. The flowers have a sweet smell, but the leaves have very little smell or taste. It flowers from April to October. — Native of Madeira. See the third species. 6. Lavandula Multifida; Canary Lavender. Leaves peti oled, pinnate; leaflets decursively pinnatifid ; spike quadran- 07. gular ; angles spiral ; corolla varying from blue to white. The leaves are always moist, and somewhat clammy with the oil that exudes from them. There is a variety with an upright branching stalk, four feet high, and flowers smaller than the common Lavender. — It is a native of the Canary islands, and is rather tender Sow the seeds on a moderate hot-bed, in the spring. When the plants come up, put each into a separate small pot filled with light earth. Plunge the pots into another hot-bed ; and in the beginning of June inure them to the open air, and towards the end of the mouth place them in a sheltered situation. In July the flou'ers will appear, and, if the autumn prove warm, the seeds will ripen in September: but when they do not perfect seeds, the planis may be preserved through the winter in a good green house, where they will produce flowers and seeds most part of that season. The former sort is a native of Spain, the same as Gerarde calls Jagged Lavender or Jagged Sticados. It may be sown in a border of light earth in the spring, and transplanted into the borders of the flower-garden, or into pots. They may be preserved through the winter in a green- house; but never continuing longer than two years, are gene- rally raised from seed every season, Lavatera; a genus of the class Monadelpbia, order Poly- andria.— Generic Character. Calix : perianth double; exterior one-leafed, trifid, obtuse, short, permanent ; interior one-leafed, half five-cleft, more acute, more erect, permanent. Corolla: petals five, obcordate, flat, spreading, affixed below to the tube of the stamina. Stamina: filamenta numerous, coalescing below into a tube, loose above, (gaping at the tip and surface of the tube;) antherae reniform. Pistil j germen orbicular; style cylindric, short; stigmas several, (seven to fourteen,) bristly, length of the style. Pericarp capsule orbicular, composed of as many cells as there are stigmas, bivalve, and articulated in a whorl round the colum- nar receptacle, at length falling off. Seeds: solitary, reni- form. Essential Character. Calix: double, outer trifid ; arils very many, one-seeded.— Most of the plants of this genus require the protection of the green house, or at least to have the ground about them covered with old tanner’s bark, to keep out the frost in severe winters, The species are, 1. Lavatera Arborea ; Tree Lavatera or Mallow. Stent arboreous; leaves seven-angled, hairy, plaited; peduncles clustered, one-flowered, axillary; outer calices larger. It rises in gardens with a strong thick stalk to the height of eight or ten feet, dividing into many branches at the top; flowers mostly in pairs, sometimes three together, on upright peduncles, an inch and half in height; corolla purplish red, with dark blotches at the base ; seeds kidney-shaped, ash- coloured.— Native of Italy, the Levant, and Britain. Mor- rison found it growing plentifully upon the island of Pierre Pierce, on the coast of Bretagne. With us it is smaller than it appears in the gardens, and js found near Hurst Castle, upon Portland Island, and Denny Island ; near Bristol ; in Cornwall and Devonshire, at Teignmouth; upon the rocks of Caldey Island ; in Anglesea and other parts of Wales ; upon the Basse Islands near Edinburgh, and upon Inch Garvie and Mykrie Inch in the Firth of Forth. It flowers from June or July to September or October. This, with all the other shrubby sorts, are easily propagated by seeds, which should be sown in the spring, upon a bed of light earth; and when the plants are about three or four inches high, they should be transplanted to the places where they are designed to remain, for as they shoot out long fleshy roots which have but few fibres, they do not succeed well if they are trans- planted after they are grown large. If the seeds of this plant 20 LAV THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; L A U be permitted to scatter on the ground, the plants will come up in the following spring ; and when they happen to fall into dry rubbish, and are permitted to grow therein, they w ill be short, strong, woody, and produce a greater number of those flowers than plants which are more luxuriant. As these plants continue a long time in flower, a few plants of each sort may be allowed a place in all gardens where there is room. Several of them will only last two years, except upon dry ground, where they will endure three or four years, but seldom longer. 2. Lavatera Micans. Stem arboreous ; leaves seven-angled, acute, crenate, plaited, tomentose ; racemes terminating. On the upper surface of the leaves are brimstone-coloured micae, shining in the sun. — Native of Spain and Portugal. For its propagation and culture, see the preceding species. 3. Lavatera Olbia; Downy-leaved Lavatera. Stem shrub- by ; leaves five-lobed, hastate; flowers solitary; flowers on short peduncles, axillary, solitary, very seldom two together; terminating ones in a spike. It flowers from June to October. — Native of the south of France. For its propagation and culture, see the preceding species. 4. Lavatera Triloba ; Three-lobed Lavatera. Stem shrubby ; ♦leaves subcordate, subtrilobate, rounded, crenate ; stipules cordate; peduncles one-flowered, aggregate; flowers axillary; corolla large, spreading, pale purple, with the claws white, hairy. It flowers from J tine to September. — Native of France and Spain. See the first species. ft. Lavatera Lusitanica ; Portuguese Lavatera. Stem shrubby ; leaves seven-angled, tomentose, plaited ; racemes terminating. It flowers in August and September. — Native of Portugal. See the first species, for its propagation and culture. G. Lavatera Maritima. Stem shrubby ; leaves cordate, roundish-lobed, crenate, tomentose; flowers solitary ; corolla large, twice the size of the first species, spreading very much, whitish, with very narrow' purple claws. It flowers from July to September. — Native of Spain and the south of France See the first species. 7. Lavatera Thuringiaca ; Great -flowered Lavatera. Stem herbaceous; fruits naked; calices gashed; lower leaves heart- shaped, crenate, roundish-lobed ; upper hastate, on short petioles; corolla large, spreading, pale violet or purplish.— Native of Sweden, Germany, Hungary, and Tartary. It flowers from July to September. See the first species. 8. Lavatera Cretica ; Cretan Lavatera. Stem upright ; lower branches diffused; peduncles clustered, one flowered ; leaves lobed, upper ones acute; root annual, fibrous, of thick fibres a foot in length, with innumerable other capillary fibres; corolla twice the length of the calix, pale blue, with oblong emarginate petals. It flowers in July. — Native of the island of Candia. It is propagated by seeds sown at the end of March or the beginning of April, upon a bed of fresh light earth. When the plants are come up, carefully clear them front weeds, and in very dry weather now and then refresh them with water. When they are about two inches high, transplant them into the places where they are designed to remain, which should be in the middle of the borders in the flower-garden ; for if the soil be good, they will erow two or three feet high. Be careful, in transplanting them, to preserve a ball of earth to their roots, otherwise they are apl to miscarry; and also water and shade them until they have taken root, after which they will require no other care, excel ■ to weed, and fasten them to stakes to prevent their beim injured by strong winds. The seeds may be sown also in autumn. When the plants come up, transplant them into small pots, which, toward the end of October, should be placed in a common hot-bed frame; where, being defended from severe frosts, the plants will abide the winter very well. In the spring, shake them out of the pots, and replant them into larger, or else into the full ground, yvhere they may remain to flower. The plants thus managed will be larger, and flower stronger and earlier, than those sown in the spring; and from these you will constantly have good seeds, whereas those sown in the spring sometimes miscarry. 9. Lavatera Trimestris; Common Annual Lavatera. Stem herbaceous, rugged ; leaves smooth : peduncles one-flowered; fruits covered with a ring; root annual, white, with spread- ing beards; flowers solitary, axillary, on peduncles shorter than the petioles; corolla large, spreading, bell-shaped, pale flesh-colour, with whitish lines; seeds ferruginous. This species varies very much, and the varieties are constant, it flowers from July to September, — Native of the south of Europe and thp Levant For the propagation and culture, see the preceding species. Lavender. See Lavandula. Lavender Cotton. See S .’nfolina. Lavender , Sea. See Statue Lunoninm. Lavenia ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- ganua ^Equalis. — Gen eric Character. Calix: com- mon ovate, subimbricate ; scales ten to fourteen, lanceolate, equal, permanent. Corolla: compound uniform; conflicts hermaphrodite equal, (fifteen to twenty i; proper funnel- form, dilated at the base; border five-cleft, patulous. Sta- mina: fiiamenta five, filiform, shorter than the tube; anllierae oblong, flatfish, twin, slightly connate. Pistil: gerinen oblong ; style filiform, longer than the corollet, two parted; stigmas flattish, clubbed. Pericarp: none; calix perma- nent, spreading. Seeds : subcla'ate, a little wrinkled, viscid, with glandules; down with three awl shaped awns, glandu- lose at the base. Receptacle: naked. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: nearly regular. Style: bifid. Down: three awned, glandular at the tip. Receptacle: naked. ■ The species are, 1. Lavenia Decumbens. Stems simple, decumbent ; leaves subcordate, bluntly serrate ; pistil longer than the corollet; annual, and a native of Jamaica. 2. Lavenia Erecta. Stem branched, erect ; leaves elliptic, sharply serrate ; root annual, fibrous, whitish ; heads of flowers flat, consisting of numerous pale blue florets. — Native of the East Indies, and of the Society Isles. Laageria; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one- leafed, tubular, superior, with unequal mouth, small, decidu- ous. Corolla: one-petalled, salver-form; tube very long; border five-cleft; divisions obovate. Stamina: fiiamenta five, very short; antherae linear, long, beneath the throat. Pistil: germen subovate, inferior; style filiform, rather longer than the tube; stigma headed. Pericarp: drupe roundish, umbilicated with a point. Seed: nut, two or five-celled, according to Swartz ; furrowed, according to Jacquin. Essen- tial Character. Corolla: five cleft. Drupe: with a five-celled nut. — — The species are, 1. Laugeria Odorata. Leaves subovate, acute, smooth ; stem somewhat spiny ; racemes panicled ; drupes with five- celled nuts; flowers of a dirty red, very sweet during the night; fruits black, larger than peas, soft, very numerous, failing when ripe with every slight motion of the bush.— Native of America, Carthagena, and Havanna. 2. Laugeria Lucida. Leaves oblong, blunt, entire, mem- branaceous, shinmg ; racemes dichotomous; drupes with two-celled nuts; flowers on short pedicels, distant. — Nativ# oi the West Indies, Jamaica, and Santa Cruz. L A U OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L A U 21 3. Laugeria Tomentosa. Leaves ovate, acute, entire, tomentose underneath; racemes dichotomous; drupes with two-celled nuts. — Native of Jamaica. Laurel. See Laurus and Prunus. Laurel Spurge. See Daphne. Laurus; a genus of the class Enneandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character Calix: none, except it be the corolia. Corolla : petals six, ovate, acuminate, concave, erect ; the alternate ones exterior. Nectary : consisting of three acuminated coloured tubercles, ending in two bristles, standing round the germep. Stamina: filameuta nine, shorter than the corolla, compressed, obtuse, three in each rank ; anther® growing on each side to the margin of the fiiamentum, ou the upper part; glandules two, globose, with a very short footstalk affixed to each fiiamentum of the inner rank near the base. Pistil: germen subovate ; style simple, equal, length of the stamina; stigma obtuse, oblique. Pericarp: drupe, (or berry) oval, acuminate, one-ceiled, comprehended by the corolla. Seed: nut, ovate-acuminate; kernel of the same form. Observe. The greater part of the species, including the Cinnamon and Camphor, are hermaphrodite ; but in some there are male flowers apart in Dioecia, as in the ninth species, where there are also frequently from eight to fourteen stamina, with naked four parted corollas. The corpuscles annexed to some of the stamina afford the essen- tial character. The stamina vary in number. Calix: none. Corolla: calicine, six parted; nectary of three two-bristled glands surrounding the germen ; filameuta, inner glanduli ferous ; drupe one-seeded. The species are, 1. Laurus Cinnamomum ; Cinnamon Tree. Leaves three- nerved, ovate-oblong; nerves disappearing toward.the end. The Cinnamon-tree of America is twenty feet or more high, trunk about six feet high, a foot and half in diameter; the outer bark smoothish, and of a dusky cinereous colour; it has spread- ing branches that form an elegant head ; flowers small, green- ish-yellow, almost insipid, with a somewhat fetid smell, resem- bling that of Lilium Martagon. Fruit the form and size of a middling olive. The inner bark perfectly resembles the orien- tal cinnamon in smell, taste, and figure ; the only difference is, that it has a coarser texture and a more acrid taste, which may arise from the climate. But the varieties of Cinnamon are numerous. The timber is white, and not very solid, the root is thick and branching, and exudes abundance of Camphor. It flowers in February and March, and is a native of Marti- nico on the mountain Calebrasse, and also of Brazil. Lou- reiro describes the Wild Cinnamon of Cochin-china as a middle-sized tree. Gaertner describes the fruit of the Cey- lonese Cinnamon as a subglobular berry, flatted a little at top, and torulose, covered at the base by the calix, which is thick, coriaceous, angular, sublobate, and having from six to nine unequal teeth ; the pulp or flesh is very thick, and grows fungose with age, smelling strong of cinnamon ; seed spherical, covered with a erustaceous brittle thin coat. The inner bark of this species is the spice so well known under the name of Cinnamon. The use of the cinnamon-tree, how- ever, is not confined to the bark, for it is remarkable that the leaves, fruit, and root, all yield oils of different qualities and of considerable value. That produced from the leaves is called Oil of Cloves, and Oleum Malabathri; that from the fruit is extremely fragrant, and of a thick consistence, and at Ceylon is said to be made into candles for the sole use of the king; and the bark from the root not only affords an aromatic oil, which has been called Oil of Camphor, but also a species of camphor which is purer and whiter than the common sort. Cinnamon is one - they may je trained for the purposes designed. Also, by suckers, which it sends forth in great plenty. But these are not easily kept within bounds, nor do they rise so high as those which are increased by layers. Thirdly, by cuttings, planted in the autumn on a shady border, and in a loamy soil. But the strongest and best plants are raised from seeds. Gather the berries w hen ripe, put them into a pot with sand, bury them in the ground, as is practised with Holly berries and Haws. After they have laid a year iu the ground, take them up, and sow them in the autumn on a border exposed to the east, where the plants will come up in the following spring. The varieties with striped leaves may be increased by budding or inarching upon the plain sort ; or by laying down the branches, but they seldom shoot so fast as to produce branches proper for this purpose. Being more tender, they should have a dry soil, and a warm situation. In a rich soil, they soon lose their variegation, and become plain. The Italian or Evergreen Privet, is now generally found in the nurseries instead of the common one. It is equally hardy, and will thrive in almost any situation. It is increased in the same manner; but as it seldom produces berries here, they must be procured from Italy. 2. Ligustrum Japonicum; Broad-leaved Privet. Leaves ovate-acuminate ; panicle decompoundedly trichotomous ; stem arboreous, very much branched, a fathom and half in height ; branches opposite, roundish ; panicle spreading. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Japan. 3. Ligustrum Sinense. Leaves lanceolate ; racemes oblong, lateral, and terminating. This is a small tree, about eight feet high ; flowers white, small ; corolla bell-shaped. — Native of China about Canton. Lilac. See Syringa. Lilium ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: six- petalled, bell shaped, narrowed beneath ; petals upright, incumbent, obtusely carinated on the back, gradually more expanding, wider, with thick reflex obtuse tips; nectary a longitudinal tubular line, engraven on each petal from the base to the middle. Stamina: filamenta six, awl-shaped, upright, shorter than the corolla ; anther* oblong, incumbent. Pistil: germen oblong, cylindric, striated with six furrows ; style cylindric, length of the corolla; stigma thickish, tri- angular. Pericarp : capsule oblong, six-furrowed, with a three-cornered hollow obtuse tip, three-celled, three-valved; the valves collected by hairs, disposed in a cancellated man- ner. Seeds: numerous, incumbent, in a twin order, flat out- wardly, semiorbicular. Observe. The nectary in some is bearded, in others beardless; petals iu some totally revolute, in others not so. Essential Character. Corolla: six- petalled, bell-shaped, with a longitudinal nectareous line. Capsule : the valves connected by cancellated hairs. The species are, 1. Lilium Candidum ; Common White Lily . Leaves scat- tered ; corollas bell-shaped, smooth w ithin ; bulb large, from which proceed several succulent fibres ; stem stout, round, upright, usually about three feet in height ; flowers large, white, terminating, the stem in a cluster, on short peduncles; petals within of a beautiful shining white, on the outside rigid and less luminous. The principal varieties of this L I L OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L I L 41 species are, 1. With the flowers striped or blotched with purple. This is become very common ; but the purple stain giving the flower a dull colour, the common white is preferred. 2. With variegated or striped leaves, or with the leaves edged with yellow. This is chiefly valued for its appearance in winter and spring: for the leaves coming out early in the autumn, spreading themselves flat on the ground, and being finely edged with a broad yellow band, make a pretty appearance during the winter and spring months. It flowers earlier than the plain sort. 3 With double flowers. This variety is of little value, because the flowers never open well, unless they are covered with glasses; nor have they any of the rich colour of the common sort. 4. With pendulous flowers; which Miller and others consider as a distinct spe- cies. It came originally from Constantinople. The stalk is much more slender; the leaves are narrower and fewer in number; the flowers are not so large, and the petals more contracted at the base; they always haDg downwards. — The flowers of the Lily were formerly considered as antiepileptic and anodyne ; a distilled water of them was employed as a cosmetic ; and oil of lilies was supposed to possess anodyne and nervine powers: but their odorous matter, though very powerful, is totally dissipated in drying, and entirely carried otf in distillation either with spirit or water, and no essential oil can be obtained from them. The roots only are now in use; they are extremely mucilaginous, and are chiefly em- ployed iu emollient and suppurating cataplasms, boiled with milk or water. Physicians, however, arc generally of opinion that bread or meal poultices possess every advantage of those prepared from the lily-root. Meyrick, however, says that the root bruised and applied to hard tumors, softens and ripens them sooner than almost any other application. Made into an ointment, they take away corns, and remove the pain and inflammation arising from hums and scalds. Country people sometimes, continues lie, make an oil from the flowers by infusing them in oil of olives, and apply it to any part affected with pain and inflammation with great success. It is likewise an excellent application to contracted tendons. — Native of the Levant: Linneus says, of Syria; and Thunberg, of Japan. It flowers in June and July. This plant, with all its varieties, and in short with all the planls of the genus, may easily be increased from offsets, which the bulbs of this sort send out in such great plenty, as to make it necessary to take them oft' every other, or at most every third year, to prevent I heir w eakening the principal bulb. The t ime for removing them is the end of August, soon after the stalks decay. They will thrive iu almost any soil and situation, and as they grow tall and spread, they must he allowed room, and in large borders they are very ornamental. They are so hardy that no frost injures them; and increasing very fast, are become so very common as to lie little regarded, notwith- standing the great beauty of the flowers, and their rich odour, which is too powerful for many persons. 2. Lilium Japonicum; Japan White Lily. Leaves scat- tered, lanceolate; corollas drooping, subcampauulate ; stem round, smooth, and even, two feet high ; flowers terminating, reflex, and hanging down; corolla white. — Native of Japan. 3. Lilium Catesbad ; Cutesby's Lily. Leaves scattered, lanceolate; corollas upright, bell-shaped; petals with claws. Of all the lilies cultivated in this country, this is the least; the whole plant, when in bloom, being frequently not more than a foot high, though it is said to grow to the height of two feet in its native soil. The stalk is terminated by one upright flower, which has no scent. It was first observed by Catesby on open moist savannas iu many parts of Carolina. He says that the bulb is about the size of a walnut ; that the petals turn back in a graceful manner, and are tapering, termi- nating in points, and edged with small indentures; and that the whole flower is variously shaded with red, orange, and lemon colours. — It flowers in July and August; native of South Carolina. This may he raised from seeds or offsets, which, however, are not very plentifully produced, and will not grow in perfection without great care ; the roots in particular are to be guarded against frost. 4. Lilium Bulbiferum ; Bulb bearing or Orange Lily. Leaves scattered ; corollas bell-shaped, erect, rugged within; bulb subovate, consisting of thick white loosely imbricate scales, putting out a few thick fibres from the bottom; stem upright, a foot and half high, striated, angular; flower with- out scent, red orange within, pale-orange on the outside; all the petals, from the base to beyond the middle, are rugged with little scales and apophyses, with a few black dots. There are many varieties, in size, leaves, and flowers. Mr. Miller mentions the following : 1. Orange Lily with double flowers. 2. Orange Lily with variegated leaves. 3. Smaller Orange Lily. 4. Bulb-hearing Fiery Lily. These seldom rise more than half the height of the others; the leaves are narrower; the flowers smaller, and of a brighter flame colour, few in number, and more erect. They come out a month before those of the common sort, and the stalks put out bulbs at most of the axils, which, if taken off when the plants decay, and planted, will produce plants. There are also several subordinate varieties, but not worth enumeration. 'The Orange Lily is found wild in Austria: it also grows in Italy, and other southern regions of Europe; in Siberia, and in Japan. This sort is grown so common, and increases so readily by offsets, that it is almost rejected. It should not, however, be excluded from large gardens, since, when pro- perly disposed, it makes a handsome appearance while in flower. The stalks decay in September, the roots may be then transplanted, and the offsets taken off; but as it does not put out new leaves till toward spring, this may be done till near Christmas. It should be repeated once in three years. It will thrive in any soil or situation; but will be strongest in a soft, gentle, and not too moist loam. The bulb-bearing varieties may also be increased without takiug up the plants, by means of the little bulbs that are put forth in plenty from the axils of the leaves. Both these sorts, with their varieties, will thrive under the shade of trees, and are therefore proper to be introduced into plantations, and on the borders of woods. 5. Lilium Potnponiuin; Pomponian Lily. Leaves scattered, awl-shaped ; flowers turned back ; corollas rolled back. This has a pretty large scaly root, from which rises an upright stalk nearly three feet high. The upper part of the stalk divides into four or five peduncles, each sustaining a single flower of a fine carmine colour, with a few dark spots scattered over it. They appear in July, and in hot seasons continue a consider- able time in beauty. The peduncles are very long, so that the flowers spread out very wide. — Native of the Pyrenees, Japan, and China. This, aud the four following species, may be propagated by offsets, which some produce in great plenty, hut others send out very few, and are therefore more scarce. The roots may be taken up when the stalks decay, and if there be a necessity for keeping them out of the ground to remove them to a distant place, they should be wrapped in dry moss, which will preserve them for two months. The best time to replant them is at the beginning of October, hut if the ground be not ready to receive them, they should he covered with dry sand or wrapped in mos6, to prevent the scales from shrinking, which weakens the bulbs, and often occasions them to he mouldy and rot. The roots should be planted five or six inches deep in the ground, especially if 42 L I L THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; L I L the soil be light and dry ; but where it is mqist, raise the borders five or six inches; for if the water come near the roots in winter, it will rot them; and where the soil is stiff and binding, mix a good quantity of sea-coal ashes or rough sand with it. 6. Lilium Chalcedonicum; Scarlet Mart agon Lily. Leaves scattered, lanceolate ; flowers turned back ; corollas rolled back. It is from Ihree to four feet high ; the leaves are much broader than those of t lie preceding, and appear as if they were edged with white; they are placed very closely upon the stalks. The flowers are of a bright scarlet, and seldom more than five or six in number. It flowers late in July, and in cool seasons continues in beauty great part of August. There are some varieties of this species in the size and colour of the flowers, which are sometimes of a blood retl. — Native of the Levant, and the mountains between Caruiola and Carinthia. Sec the preceding species. 7. Lilium Superbum; Great Yellow Martagon Lily. Leaves scattered ; flowers in a branched pyramid, turned back ; corollas rolled back; stem round, very smooth and even, panicled at top, two feel high and more; branches alternate, divaricating, upright, like the stem, reflex at top, flower- bearing ; one flower at the end of eac h branch ; corollas large and handsome; petals oblong, acute, white, with large pur- ple spots and smaller black ones from the middle to the base. See l lie fifth and eighth species. 8. Lilium Martagon; Purple Martagon Lily. Leaves in whorls; flowers turned back ;, corollas rolled back. This rises with a strong stalk from three to four feet high ; flowers dark purple with some spots of black; they are produced in loose spikes, appear in June, and have a disagreeable odour when near, but not so offensive as the preceding; stem Straight, round, shining, from a foot and half to four feet in height. — Native of the south of Europe, and of Siberia. There is a variety which flowers early in June, known in old gardens by the name of Turk’s Caps. In Holland they raise a great variety of Martagons: those most commonly found in the English gardens are, 1. The Common Martagon with double flowers: 2. The White; 3. The Double White ; 4. The White Spotted ; 5. The Imperial ; G. The Early Scarlet ; 7. The Constantinople Vermilion Martagon. The way of obtaining these and other varieties is, by sowing the seeds of the best flowers in square boxes, six inches deep, with holes bored in their bottoms, and filled with light sandy earth ; the beginning of October, soon after the seeds are ripe, is the proper season. Sow them pretty thick, covering then) about half an inch with light sifted ear tli ; place the boxes where they may have the morning sun oniy, and refresh them with water often, if the season prove dry. In November remove them to where they may have as much sun as possible, and be screened from wind About the beginning of April restore them to their former position: for now the young plants, which are impatient of heal, will appear; and the s < i I will dry too fast, if exposed to the full sun at noon. Keep them entirely free from w eeds, and refresh them gently and cautiously with water in dry seasons. Let the boxes remain till the beginning of August; then prepare some beds of fresh light earth, level them, and take the earth out of the boxes with the small bulbs, and strew it equally over the beds, covering it half an inch thick with fine silted earth. If the season prove hot and dry, shade the beds in the middle of the day, and refresh them with water. — If the following winter season be severe, cover the beds with pease-haulm, or other light covering, to keep out the frost ; but this would injure the bulbs iu mild weather. At the end of February, or the beginning of March, when the hard frosts are over, gently clear off the earth upon the surface of the beds, and sift a little fresh earth over them : hut in doing this, do not disturb or injure the bulbs. Keep them clear from weeds; water them gently in dry weather, and in very hot days shade them from the sun. When their leaves are quite decayed, stir the surface of the beds again ; and in September sift more fresh earth over the beds. During winter and spring manage them as before directed. In September following, transplant the bulbs to a greater distance, on beds prepared as above ; place them about eight inches asunder, with the buds uppermost, and fom inches deep: this should be done in moist weather. The second year after being planted in these beds, the stronjest bulbs will begin to flower; then place a stick wherever you observe any peculiar varieties ; and when the leaves are decayed, remove these bulbs into other beds at a greater distant e, or into the borders of the flower-garden; hut never reject any till they have flowered two years: for frequently some will make a mean appearance the first year, and afterwards become fair handsome flowers, when they have obtained strength. When such have been selected as are worth preserving, the rest may be planted in shady outer walks, or in the borders’ of plantations. See the three preceding and the first species. 9. Lilium Canadeuse ; Canada Martagon Lily. Leaves in whorls; flowers turned back ; corollas resolute, bell shaped; bulbs oblong and large ; stems from four to five feet high ; flowers large, yellow, spotted with black; they come out in the beginning of August, and, when the roots are large, in great numbers, making a fine appearance. There is a variety of it with larger and deeper-coloured flowers. — Native of Canada; observed also in Pennsylvania and Japan. Seethe four preceding species, and also the first species. 10. Lilium Kamschalcense ; Kamtschatka Lily. Leaves in whorls; flower erect ; corolla bell-shaped; petals sessile; bulb roundish, small; stem quite simple, round, even, afoot high ; flowers terminating, few, an inch and half in diameter, on very short, naked, almost upright peduncles. — Native of Kamtschatka, and also of China and Cochin-china. 1 1. Lilium Pliiladelphicum; Philadelphian Martagon Lily. Leaves in whorls; flowers erect ; corolla bell-shaped ; petals with claws; root smaller than in other sorts, scaly and white; stem single, upright, nearly a foot and half high, terminated by two flowers, which stand erect upon short separate pedun- cles: they are shaped like those of the Bulb-bearing Fiery Lily; but the petals are narrower at their base; towards which lliey are marked with several dark purple spots, their general colour being a bright purple. If flowers in July, and the seeds ripen at the end of September. — Native of North America ; observed also in Japan. This species growing in a small compass, and the flowers having no ill smell, is proper for the borders of small gardens. The stalks decay soon after the seeds are ripe: then is the proper time to remove the roots, which do not put out new fibres till after Christmas. The bulbs do not put out many offsets. 12. Lilium Umbellatum. Leaves linear, short; top-leaves verticillated, shorter than the peduncles ; flowers from three to five, umbellated, erect ; petals recurvo-patent, snbequal, ovate-oblong, subunguiculate ; the flowers are of an uniform deep scarlet colour, and are highly ornamental. — It was found upon the banks of the Missouri by Messrs. Lew-is and Nuttail. Pursh conjectures it to be the same with the one figured iu the Paradisv* Londinensis, nnder the name of Lilium Concolor. Lily, Day. See Hcmerocallis. Lily, Guernsey. See Amaryllis. Lily, May. See Comallaria Maialis. Lily, Persian. See Frilillaria. Lily, Superb. See Gloriosu. L I M OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L I M 43 Lily, Thorn. See Catesbcea. Lily of the Valley. See Convallaria. Lily, Water. See Nymphcea. Lime Tree. See Citrus and Tilia. Limeum ; a genus of the class Heptaudria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved; leaflets ovate, acuminate, keeled, membranaceous on the mar- gin, two exterior, permanent. Corolla : petals five, equal, ovate, somewhat clawed, obtuse, shorter than the calix; nectary, a margin surrounding the germen, bearing the sta- mina. Stamina: filamenta seven or fewer, awl-shaped, shorter than the corolla; antherae ovate. Pistil: germen globose; style parted, cylindric, shorter than the stamina; stigmas rather obtuse. Pericarp: none; fruit bipartite into Seeds: two, hemispheric, hollow', naked; according toGaert- ner, shaped like a meniscus. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved; Petals: five, equal; Capsule: globular, two-celled. The species are, 1. Limeum Africanum ; African Limeum. Leaves oblong, petioled ; (according to Thunberg, ovate-lanceolate, sub- petioled ;) sterns prostrate, weak, a span long, angular, naked, perennial at the base; corymbs terminating, solitary, com- pound, naked, on long peduncles. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Limeum Incanum ; Hoary Limeum. Leaves ovate, with a strong midrib underneath ; tomentose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. S. Limeum .Ethiopicum. Leaves linear-lanceolate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Limnopeuce. See Hippuris. Limodorum ; a species of the class Gynandria, order Di- andria. — Generic Character. Calix: spathes vague; spadix simple; perianth none. Corolla: petals five, ovate- oblong, about equal, spreading, the superior ones converg- ing; nectary one-leafed, concave, foot-stalked, within the lowest petal ; the length of the petals. Stamina: two; fila- mentum an oblong ascending body, the length of the corolla ; antherae two, ovate, looking forwards. Pistil: germen co- lumnar, the length of the corolla, inferior; style filiform, growing to the body of the filamenta; stigma funnel-form. Pericarp: capsule columnar, three-valved, oue-celled, gaping at the corners. Seeds: numerous, sawdust-like. Observe. Swartz says it is scarcely different from the Serapias, except in the inflorescence or scape. Essential Character. Nectary: one-leafed, concave, pedicelled, within the lowest petal. -The species are, 1. Limodorum Tuberosum; Tuberous-rooted Limodorum. Flowers subspiked, bearded ; root tuberous ; stem a foot and half high ; the number of flowers not exceeding five, dark purple. — Native of Virginia and South Carolina. From the little experience we have had of the management of this spe- cies, it appears to be scarcely hardy enough for the open border, yet not tender enough to require a stove. The first plants were produced here by planting the roots in pots filled with bog-earth, and plunging them into a tan-pit which had a gentle heat, for the purpose of raising plants or seeds, and for striking cuttings. 2. Limodorum Altunr ; Tall Limodorum . Flowers beard- less ; spikes subpanicled ; root shaped like that of the true Saffron, but the outer cover of a darker brown colour: the flower-stalk arises immediately from the root, on one side of the leaves ; it is naked, smooth, and of a purplish colour towards the top, nearly a foot and half high, and terminated by a loose spike of purplish red flowers on short peduncles. According to Swartz, this is the plant which Browne calls Jamaica Salop ; and recommends the root, properly cured, as a stomachic. — Native of the West Indies ; particularly of Jamaica, in the cooler parts of the mountains. This and all the following species are much too tender to thrive in the open air of England, and seldom flow'er even in a green house: they are therefore kept in the tan-bed in winter; and if in summer the pots be plunged in a tan-bed under a deep frame, the plants will thrive, and flower strongly. They are propa- gated by offsets from the roots, which are sent out pretty freely while the roots are in vigour. They should be taken off and transplanted, at the time when the plant is most destitute of leaves; and must have a soft loamy soil, with but little water- ing, especially in winter. 8. Limodorum Tankervilliae ; Chinese Limodorum. Flow'ers beardless, in racemes. It flowers in March and April. — Native of China. See the preceding. 4. Limodorum Utriculatum. Root tuberous; root-leaves twin-sheathed; radical sheath inflated ; scape sheathed; flowers sessile. — Native of Jamaica and St. Domingo. See the secoud species. 5. Limodorum Gentianoides. Root tuberous; leaflets stem sheathed ; flowers peduncled. — Native of Jamaica. See the second species. 6. Limodorum Striatum. Scape angular, smooth; leaves ensifonn, nerved; petals lanceolate, with an oblong flat lip. See Epidendrum Striatum. 7. Limodorum Ensatum. Scape round, even ; leaves ensi- form, striated ; petals lanceolate ; lip recurved, broader. — Native of China and Japan. See Epidendrum Ensifolium. 8. Limodorum Falcatum. Horn filiform, very loug; leaves ensiform, channelled, sickled ; scape upright, smooth, shorter than the leaves; flowers in spikes, terminating. — Native of Japan. See the second species. 9. Limodorum Monile. Scape round, striated, jointed like a necklace, simple; leaves linear, simple. S ee Epidendrum Moniliforme. It is not parasitical ; but grows on walls, and in hedges. 10. Limodorum Virens. Root scaly; scape branched, spotted; bractes acute; flowers remote, greenish yellow; bulbs many, connected near the base, conical, pointed ; scape axillary, erect, often branched, from one to two feet high, round, smooth, coloured with purple spots ; flowers striated ; petals nearly equal, erect or ascending. — Native of Coromandel, on dry uncultivated ground; flowering during the dry season. See the second species. 11. Limodorum Recurvum. Root tuberous; scape bend- ing, nodding, shorter than the leaves; leaves broad lanceolate, five-nerved; spike globular, nodding; bulbs striated, nearly round, surrounded with one or two rings, and having many thick fleshy fibres from their lower parts ; stem from the side or base of the bulb; flowers numerous, crowded, white, with a small tinge of yellow'. — Native of Coromandel, in moist val- leys, among the hills ; flowering at the beginning of the rainy season. See the second species. 12. Limodorum Nutans. Root tuberous; scape arched, longer than the leaves, ovate, five-nerved; spike oblong, pen- dulous. This differs from the preceding, in having the bulbs smooth, the leaves oval, the scape longer than the leaves, the spike oblong and pendulous, with the flowers at some distance from one another, of a beautiful rose-colour, and the under lip of the nectary sharp-pointed. — Native of Coro- mandel ; flowering as the preceding. See the second species. 13. Limodorum Aphyllum. Plant without leaves; root fibrous; flowers solitary, naked, sessile; stems pereunial, several, most simple, spreading or pendulous, as the situation admits; flowers geneVally issuing single from the joints of the stems. — Native of Coromandel, but very rare, on dry rocky M 44 L I M THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; L I N hills; flowering in the beginning of the hot season. See the second species. Limonia ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, three or five-cleft, acute, very small, permanent. Corolla: petals three to five, oblong, obtuse, upright, spreading at the tip. Stamina.' filamenta six to ten, awl-shaped, upright, shorter than the corolla; anther* linear, upright. Pistil: germen oblong, superior; style cylindric, length of the stamina; sligtna headed, flat. Pericarp: berry ovate or subglobose, three-celled; partitions membranaceous. Seeds: solitary, ovate. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Petals: five. Berry: three celled. Seeds: solitary. — The species are, 1. Limonia Monophylla; Simple leaved Limonia. Leaves simple ; spines solitary ; trunk irregular, with a smooth green- ish ash-coloured bark; branches numerous, very irregular; racemes short; corolla four or live-petalled. — Native of Coro- mandel, in the forests on the coasts, where it grows to a small tree, though oftener found in the state of a large shrub. 2. Limonia Lucida. Unarmed: leaves simple ; peduncles axillary. — Native of the Island of Mallieolla in the South Seas. 3. Limonia Trifoliata ; Three-leaved Limonia. Leaves ter- nate; spines in pairs; spines stipular, longer than the petiole. This has the appearance of an orange-tree, with flexuose branches. Jussieu says the whole tree is smooth, the height of a man in the stove, with a trunk the thickness of a human arm, covered with a brownish ash-coloured bark, very much branched ; the branchlets alternate, spreading ; flowers sweet- smelling, on very short peduncles, axillary, in pairs, or three together, slowly succeeding each other; corolla and filamenta white; fruit red, very soft, the size of a hazel-nut; pulp colourless, very sweet, with a slight taste of turpentine. — It is a native both of China and Cochin-china, where it is much cultivated both for its beauty and fragance, as well as the pliancy of its branches. Burman says it is also a native of Java. 4. Limonia Pentapbylla ; Five-leaved Limonia. Unarmed: leaves commonly quinate ; leaflets oblong, entire ; trunk scarcely any, with an ash-coloured bark ; branches numerous, nearly erect ; flowers white, very fragrant. — This is an elegant fragrant shrub, very common in most uncultivated lands in Coromandel ; but chiefly under large trees, where birds have dropped the seeds: it flowers there all the year. The whole plant, when drying in the shade, diffuses a pleasant permanent scent; the flowers are exquisitely fragrant ; and birds eat the berries greedily. 5. Limonia Acidissima. Leaves pinnate ; spines solitary. This tree is said to attain the height of thirty feet, with a trunk ten inches in diameter: the leaves and fruit have the smell of Anise. — Native of the East Indies. 0. Limonia Arborea. Stem arboreous, unarmed; leaves quinate; leaflets linear, serrate. The berries are eaten by- birds; and the flowers are equally fragrant with those of the fourth sort. These two agree in habit : the serrate leaves are the chief distinction. — Native of the mountainous parts of the Circars, where it grows to a middle sized tree, with a large branching head. 7. Limonia Cretiulata. Leaves alternate, fascicled ; leaflets two or three pairs, with broad-winged petioles ; spines soli- tary; flowers white, small, fragrant, collected in small um- bels or racemes, over various parts of the branchlets.- — Native of Coromandel, on the low lands near the coast. It is there a shrub, but in the mountains it grows to a middle-sized tree ; flowering in the hot season. Limosella ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, five-cleft, upright, sharp, permanent. Corolla: one- petalled, bell shaped, upright, equal, five-cleft, acute, small; divisions spreading. Stamina: filamenta four, upright; of which two are approximated to the same side, shorter lhan the corolla; anther* simple. Pistil: germen oblong, obtuse, two-celled; style simple, length of the stamina, declinate; stigma globose. Pericarp : capsule ovate, half involved by the calix, one-celled, divided below by the partition, two- valved. Seeds: very many, oval; receptacle ovate, large. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft. Corolla : H\c- deft, equal. Stamina: approximating by pairs. Capsule: one-celled, two-valved, many-seeded. — The species are, 1. Limosella Aquatica; Common Mudivort, or Bastard Plantain. Leaves lanceolate; root annual, throwing out naked cylindrical prostrate runners, which take root at their extremities and form new plants; flowers small, radical, on simple flower-stalks, which become infiexed, as the fruit ripens.— Native of most parts of Europe, in muddy and gra- velly places liable to be flooded,' and w here water has stood during the winter. It flowers from July to September. 2. Limosella Diandra. Leaves sublinear. This has the same habit as the preceding, but is only one-fourth of the size: hence it is one of the smallest plants we know. It increases by very short runners. — Found by Koenig on the coast at the Cape of Good Hope. Linconia; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, four- leaved; leaflets ovate, permanent; the inferior opposite pair shorter. Corolla: petals five, lanceolate, sessile, upright; nectary a dell impressed on the bottom of the petal, begirt beneath by the margin. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, margined upright, middling; anther* obtuse, sagittated with nutant gaping auricles. Pistil: germen half inferior, with respect to the corolla; with respect to the calix, superior ; styles two, filiform, striated; stigmas simple. Pericarp: cap- sule two-celled. Seeds: two. Observe. The perianth might perhaps be taken for bractes; and then the flower would be entirely superior. Essential Character. Petals: five, with a nectareous excavation at the base ; capsule two-celled. — The only known species is, 1. Linconia Alopecuroidea. Leaves scattered in a sort of whorl, five or six together ; subpetioled, linear, three-sided, slitfish, shining, an inch long, rugged at the angles; the upper- most ciliate. This is a shrub with wand-like branches, which are few in number, and determinate, irregular from the base of the fallen leaves, as in the fir-tree; flowers at the cuds of the branches, not however in bundles, but separate, lateral, sessile, the length of the leaves; corollas tenacious, flesh- coloured, or white. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope, in watery places among the mountains. Lindera ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: petals six, ovate, obtuse. Stamina: filamenta six, many times shorter than the corolla; anther* minute. Pistil: germen ovate, smooth, superior; style upright, rather shorter than the corolla; stigmas two, reflex. Pericarp: capsule two-celled. Seeds: undescribed. Essential Character. Corolla : six-pctalled. The only known species is, 1. Lindera Umbeliata. Leaves aggregate at the ends of the branchlets, petioled, oblong, acute, entire, above green and smooth, underneath pale and villose, an inch long ; petioles scarcely a line in length, villose above ; stem shrubby, loose; branches and branchlets alternate, flexuose, smooth, spreading very much; flowers terminating in a simple many- L I N OH, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L I N 45 flowered umbel; peduncles a little hairy, unguicular; pedicels tomentose about half the length. The Japanese use the wood for making soft brushes to dean their teeth with. — Native of Japan. Lindernia ; a genus of the class Didvnamia, order Angio- spermia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- parted ; divisions linear, sharp, permanent. Corolla: one- petalled, ringent, two-lipped; under lip very short, concave, emarginated ; lower lip upright, three-cleft; the middle one rather larger. Stamina: tilamenta four, twin; the superior ones simple; the two inferior ascending, with a terminal upright tooth; anthene. twin, the inferior ones sublateral. Pistil: germen ovate; style filiform ; stigma emarginated. Pericarp: capsule oval, one-celled, two-vulved. Seeds: numerous. Receptacle : cylindric. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: ringent, with the upper lip very short. Stamina: the two lower with a terminating tooth, and a sublateral anthera?. Capsule: one-celled. — The species are, 1. Lindernia Pyxidaria. Leaves sessile, quite entire; peduncles solitary ; root annual ; stem smooth, square, brittle, sometimes branched, and putting forth runners; flowers axil- lary, solitary, on a long slender peduncle ; corolla pale blue. — Native of Virginia, in watery and boggy places; flowering in July and August. Hence it has migrated into Europe; and is now found in similar situations in Alsace and Piedmont. 2. Lindernia Dianthcra. Leaves petioled, ovate, round ish, subserrate; stem creeping. — Annual, and a native of St. Domingo. 3. Lindernia Japonica. Leaves ohovate, toothed, the lowest petioled; root annual; stem herbaceous, branched, weak; branches alternate, somewhat villose, from an inch to a span in length; flowers at the ends of the branches in racemes; corollas rufcscent. — Native of Japan. Lirtnaa ; (so named by Gronovius, in honour of the illtis trious Carl von Linne or Linnaeus, a native of Sweden, and the prince of botanists;) a genus of the class Didvnamia, order Angiospermia.— Generic Chakacteb. Calix: peri- anth double. Perianth of the fruit : inferior, four-leaved ; the two opposite leaflets very small, acute; the remaining two elliptic, concave, upright, hispid, embracing the germen, converging, permanent. Perianth of the flower: superior, one-leafed, five-parted, upright, narrow, sharp, equal. Co- rolla: one-petalled, bell-shaped, half five cleft, obtuse, sub- equal, twice as large as the calix of the flower. Stamina : filameuta four, awl-shaped, inserted into the bottom of the corolla; of which two are very small, the two nearest longer; shorter than the corolla; antherae compressed, versatile. Pittil: germen roundish, inferior; style filiform, straight, length ot the corolla, declinate; stigma globose. Pericarp: berry juiceless, ovate, three-celled, covered bv the hispid glutinous perianth of the fruit, deciduous. Seeds: two, roundish. Essential Character. Calix : double, of the fruit two leaved, of the flower five-parted, superior. Corolla: bell shaped. Berry: dry, three-celled.- — -The only known species is, 1. Liuinea Borealis; Twofloivered Linneea. Root peren- nial, fibrous; stems filiform, from three to six feet long, loose, creeping, round, perennial, ferruginous, with a lew white hairs scattered over them ; leaves opposite, roundish, ovate, spreading, attenuated into the petioles; branches alter- ri-ite, imple, upright, with six or eight leaves on them; peduncles terminating the older branches, solitary, a finger's length, upright, having different hairs scattered over them, some very minute, reflex-pellucid, others spreading, secreting a glutinous juice ; corolla turbinate, three times as long as the calix, smooth and white on the outside, having a few hairs scattered over it within, with blood-red veins within the cavity, which are yellow on the lower side. The smell of the flowers approaches to that of Ulmaria, or Meadow Sweet; and is so strong during the night, as to discover this little plant at a considerable distance. In Sweden, where the plant is common, an infusion of the leaves in milk is employed in the rheumatism. In Norway they cure the itch with a decoc- tion of it. And in Ostrobothnia they apply it in a cataplasm, or by fomentation, to disorders of the feel in sheep. — Native of Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Silesia, Italy, Russia, Siberia, and Canada, in large forests and woods, especially where moss abounds; and flowers in June. It has been dis- covered in an old fir-wood at Mearns, near Aberdeen in Scotland. Linociera ; a genus of the class Diandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix ; perianth very small, four-toothed, obtuse, permanent. Corolla: petals four, equal, linear, channelled, upright, spreading at top, many times longer than the calix. Stamina: filameuta two, very short, rather broad; anthera; linear, two-furrowed, length of the corolla, upright, each adhering slightly to the other side of the two petals. Pistil: germen superior, ovate, four- cornered; style short; stigma oblong, two cleft. Pericarp: berry ovate, sharp-pointed, two-celled. Seeds: soliiary, oblong. Essential Character. Calix: four-toothed. Corolla: four-petalled. Anther a: : connecting two opposite petals at the base. Berry : two celled. — Dr. Smith suggests, that by examining the fruit in an early state, it will be found that the Linociera ofSchreber is not distinct from Chionanthus. See Chionanthus. There is hut one species, Linociera Ligus- trina, a native of open places in the West Indies. Lintim ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Pentagynia. -Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved [lan- ceolate, upright, small, permanent. Corolla: funnel-form. Petals : five, oblong, gradually wider above, obtuse, more spreading, large. Stamina: filameuta five, awl-shaped, up- right, length of the calix ; (also five rudimenta, alternating;) anthene simple, arrowed. Pistil: germen ovate; styles five, filiform, upright, length of the stamina ; stigmas simple, reflex. Pericarp: capsule globose, rudely pentagonal, ten-valved, gaping at the lip; partitions membranaceous, very thin, con- necting the valves. Seeds: soliiary, ovate-flattish, acumi- nated, smooth. Observe. In many species, if not in all, the filameuta are united at the base: in the twenty-third, a fifth part is excluded. Essential Character. Calix: five- leaved. Petals: five. Capsule: ten-valved, ten-celled. Seeds: solitary. — The species are, * With alternate Leaves. 1. Linum Usitatissimum ; Common Flax. Calices and capsules mucronate ; petals eremite ; leaves lanceolate ; stem generally solitary ; roots annual, simple, fibrous, pale brown; stem upright, eighteen inches, two feet, and even more, in height, round, smooth, leafy, branched only at top; flowers large, growing in a panicle, on round smooth peduncles ; petals wedge-shaped, deciduous, sky-blue, streaked with deeper-coloured lines, while at the claws, and somewhat gnawed at the lip. — Flax is now found wild in many parts of Europe, in corn-fields. In England we cannot assert it to be aboriginal, though it is said to be very common in the western counties, not only in corn fields, but in pastures and on downs. It flowers in June and July. The plants of Flax, when crowded together in cultivation, rise only a foot and half high, with a slender unbranched stalk; yet when they arc allowed room, will rise more than two feet high, and put out two or three side-branches towards the top, especially in 40 L I N THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; L I N a good soil. There is a dwarf variety, which has stronger and shorter stalks, branching out more, the leaves broader, the flowers larger, with the petals iudented at the extremity, the seed-vessels much larger, and the peduncles longer. This valuable plant is supposed to have been derived originally from those parts of Egypt which are exposed to the inunda- tions. In the earliest record we have, Exodus ix. 31. flax is mentioned as a plant cultivated in that country ; on which account antiquaries have been surprised to find the vestments of mummies made of cotton. It is highly probable, however, that mankind made thread of cotton before the use of flax was discovered ; the former being produced in a state ready for spinning, whereas the latter requires a long process before .it can be brought to that state. It is difiicult, or perhaps impossible, to determine when the culture of flax was first introduced iuto this country. In the simplicity of ancient times, when families provided within themselves most of the necessaries and conveniencies of life, every garden supplied a proper quantity of hemp and flax. The macerating or steeping necessary to separate the fibres, bv rotting the rest of the stalk, was found to render water so offensive, that by the 33rd of Henry VIII. it was enacted that no person should water any Hemp or Flax, in any river or stream, or in any common pond, where beasts arc used to be watered. The seeds of flax, called Linseed, yield, by expression only, a large proportion of oil, which is an excellent pectoral, as is like- wise the mucilaginous infusion. The oil is of a healing bal- samic nature, and very useful in coughs, atteuded with spit- ting of blood, in colics, and obstinate costiveness. Out- wardly applied, it softens and eases pain. The seeds in sub stance are used as poultices, to soften and ripen inflammatory tumors, and are well adapted for that purpose. The infusion is likewise a good medicine in the strangury, heat of urine, thin sharp deductions on the lungs, and other similar disorders. An ounce of the seeds is a sufficient quantity for a quart of water; for if added iu a larger quantity, they render the liquor disagreeably slimy. After the oil is expressed from the seeds, the remaining farinaceous part, called oil-cake, is given to oxen, who soon grow fat upon it. This oil differs in several respects from other expressed oils : it does not congeal in winter, nor does it form a solid soap with fixed alkaline salts, and it acts more powerfully as a menstruum upon sulphure- ous bodies. When heat is applied during the expression, it acquires a yellowish colour, and a peculiar smell. In this state it is used by painters and varnishers. It is well known that the fibres of the stem are manufactured into linen, and that this linen, when worn to rags, is made into paper. Flax in German is called Flacks, or Lein ; in Dutch, Plasch ; in Danish, Horr or Harr ; in Norwegian* Lun ; in Swedish and French, Lin; in Italian and Spanish, Lino; in Portu- guese, Linho ; in Russian, Polish, and all the languages from the Sclavonian, Len, or Lan. All the Europeans, except the Danes, use Lin, when speaking of the seed. — Flax requires a rich dry soil, or fat sandy loam, particularly that which is formed from the sediment of great rivers; hence old grass- land of this description is its most proper matrix. It is, how- ever, not unfrtquently sown on arable land ; and, when the soil is in heart, dry, friable, and clean, with good success. Much depends on the state of the soil at the time of sowing. It should neither be wet nor dry, and the surface ought to be made as fine as that of a garden bed. For the crop should all rise together, and the surface should be evenly seeded. If the plants come up at several times, or if by accident or mismanagement they be thin upon the ground, the crop is irreparably injured. This will be the case in a severe season of drought, or when spring frosts are severe, or when the crop is attacked by a small white slug; or when the ground being full of clods, the seeds are not evenly dis- persed, and not being able to pierce the clods, come up in circles round them, leaving vacancies in the centre favouring their early branching, than which nothing is more detrimen- tal to the crop, the goodness of it depending much on its running up with a single stalk, for wherever it branches, the fibres terminate, and they are worked off in dressing. If the crop be intended for thread of the first quality, tiie time of pulling it is when the seeds are formed ; but if they be suf- fered to ripen, the advantage gained by the seed is balanced by the inferior quality of the flax, the filamenta being harsh, and the cloth made from them not taking a good colour in whitening. It is also a great exhauster of the soil, when it stands for the seed to ripen. The flax crop interferes with harvest, and therefore ought to be confined to rich grass- land districts, where harvest is a secondary object, and where exhaustion may be rather favourable than hurtful to succeed- ing arable crops, by checking the too great rankness of the rich fresh-broken ground. It has been strongly recommended, instead of steeping the flax in ponds or other cold water, to separate the boon or pulp of the stalk, from the hnrle or fibrous part, which constitutes the flax, by boding it iu water. If this process should be found to answer as well as the com- mon one, much time and labour would be saved, and the air and waters would not be poisoned, as they now are where flax and hemp are steeped. The flax would also in all pro- bability be of a finer colour, and the operation of bleaching safer and less tedious; but whether the strength of the thread would be improved or diminished, experience only can decide. — The common mode of cultivating flax is as follows. In order to have the ground as clear front weeds as possible, it should be fallowed two winters, and one summer, and har- rowed between each ploughing, particularly in summer, to destroy the young weeds soon after they appear. This will also break the clods by separating their parts, so that they will fall to pieces on being stirred. If the land should require dung, that ought not to be laid on till the last ploughing, when it must be buried in the ground : but this dung should be clear from seeds of w'eeds, which it may be by laying it in a heap, and fermenting it well. Just before the season for sou'iug the seed, the land is well ploughed, and laid very even. The seeds are sown at the end of March, or the beginning of April, when the weather is mild and warm. The seed is sown broad-cast, two to three bushels to an acre; but from many repeated trials, says Mr. Miller, 1 have found it a much better method to sow the seed in drills, at about ten inches’ distance from each other, by which half the quan- tity of seed usually sown will produce a greater crop; and when the flax is thus sowm, the seed may be easily hoed to destroy the weeds: if this operation be twice repeated in dry weather, it will keep the ground clean till the flax is ripe ; this may be done at half the expense which hand-weed- ing will cost, and will not tread down the plants nor harden the ground, which by the other methods is always done; and it is absolutely necessary to keep the flax cleau from weeds, otherwise they will overbear and spoil the crop. Towards the end of August, or the beginning of September, the flax will begin to ripen, and it must not stand to be over-ripe, but be pulled up by the roots as soon as the heads begin to change brown, and hang downward*, otherwise the seeds will soon scatter and be lost ; so that the pluckers must be nimble in tying up the plants in handfuls, and setting them upright, till they are dry enough to be housed. If the flax be pulled when it first begins to flower, the thread will be whiter, but then the seed will be lost. The thread, however, will be stronger when L I N OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L I N 47 die flax is left till the seed is ripe, provided it does uot staud too long; but the colour of it will not be so good. Some recom- mend sheep-feeding with the flax, when it is a good height, and affirm that they will eat the weeds and grass, and do the flax good; and that if they should beat it down, that it will rise again with the next rain. But this is a very wrong practice, for if the sheep gnaw the flax, it will shoot up very weak, and never attaiu to half the size it would have done if it had not been cropped ; and if the sheep like the crop better than the weeds, they will devour that, and leave the weeds untouched. 2. Linum Perenne ; Perennial Flax. Calices and capsules blunt; leaves lanceolate, quite entire. From its perennial root arise three or four inclining stalks, having short narrow leaves towards tlreir base, but scarcely any about the top. The flowers are produced at the ends of the stalks, sitting very close ; they are of a delicate texture, and very elegant blue colour. Mr. Miller distinguishes the upright Siberian plants. The stems of this are strong, in number according to the size of the root, in height from three to five feet according to the soil ; they divide into several branches at top. The flowers are large, of a fine blue, appearing in June, and are succeeded by obtuse seed-vessels, ripening in September. lie recommends the cultivating it for use ; being perennial, earlier, more productive, and yielding a stronger though not so fine a thread. — Native of Cambridgeshire, Norfolk, Suffolk, and Northamptonshire, on calcareous pas- tures. This flax has been tried, and answers very well for making common strong linen, but the thread is not so fine or white as that which is produced from the common sort; but as the roots of this will continue many years, it will require little other culture, but to keep it clean from weeds, which caunot well be done, unless the seeds be sown in drills, that the ground may be constantly kept hoed to destroy the weeds when young. This sort must have the stalks cut off close to the ground when ripe, and then managed in the same way as the common sort; but it seldom produces more than three crops that will pay for standing. 3. Linum Monogynum ; <) ne-styled Flax. Calices acute ; leaves linear-lanceolate, even ; stem round, shrubby, and branched at the base; flowers onc-styled. — Native of New Zealand, in Queen Charlotte’s Sound. 4. Linum Viscosum ; Clammy Flax. Leaves lanceolate, hairy, five-nerved ; root woody, perennial. — Native of Ger- many. 5. Linum Hirsutum; Hairy Flax. Calices hirsute, acu- minate, sessile, alternate; branch-leaves opposite ; root woody, perennial ; stems round, simple, hairy, from « foot to two feet in height ; flowers on very short peduncles ; petals blue, marked with lines. — Native of Austria and Hungary. 0. Linum Narbonnense ; Narbonne Flex. Calix acuminate; leaves lanceolate, stiff, rugged, acuminate ; stem round, branched at the base; filameuta connate ; root perennial ; stem from a foot to eighteen inches high, branching out almost to the bottom into many long slender branches ; flowers at. the ends of the branches — Native of the south of France, Swit- zerland, and Italy. It flowers from May to July. 7. Linum Iletiexum; Reflex-leaved Flax. Calices acu- minate; leaves ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, reflex, even ; filament, t connate; stem a foot high, round, woody, branched from the base; flowers in a sort of umbel, large, blue. It flowers in July. — Native of the south of Europe. 8. Linum Tenuifolium ; Fine-leaved. Flax. Calices acumi nate ; leaves linear, setaceous, rugged backwards ; root per ennial, woody, branching; stems ascending at the base; flow- ers in a sort' of panicle, peduncled ; petals rose-coloured, 70. purple, or white, nearly twice as long as the calix. — Native of the south of Europe. 9. Linum Angustifolium ; Narrow-leaved Flax. Calix obsoletely three-nerved ; leaflets and capsule acuminate ; leaves linear-lanceolate, three-nerved ; stems numerous, a little inclined. This is very much allied to the first species. — Native of Cornwall and Devonshire, in dry sandy pastures, especially near the sea. It is also found at Dorsham in Suffolk; Minsler in the isle of Sheppey; at Beacon Hill, and Deal in Kent ; and near Hastings in Sussex. 10. Linum Gallicuiu ; Annual Yellow Flax. Calices awl- shaped, acute; leaves linear-lanceolate; peduncles of the panicle two-flowered ; flowers subsessile ; root annual; flow- ers yellow. — Native of the south of France. 11. Linum Maritimum; Sea Flax. Calices ovate-acute, awnless; leaves lanceolate, the lower ones opposite; root perennial; stems herbaceous, round, almost upright, glaucous; petals yellow'. It flowers in July and August.— Native of the south of Europe and the Levant. t2. Linum Alpinum ; Alpine Flax. Calices rounded, blunt ; leaves linear, sharpish ; stems declinate ; root peren- nial, branched; stems herbaceous, simple, half a foot or more in length ; flowers peduncled, large ; petals pale blue. — Native of Austria, Piedmont, Dauphinv, and Silesia. 13. Linum Austriacum; Austrian Flax. Calices rounded, blunt; leaves linear, sharp, straightish; root perennial, woody; stems herbaceous, annual, from six to eighteen inches long ; peduncles one-flowered ; petals w'hite, purplish, blue or violet, with darker lines and a yellow' claw. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Austria and t lie Palatinate. 14. Linum Virginiamun ; Virginian Flax. Calices acute, alternate; capsules awnless ; panicle difform ; leaves lanceo- late; root-leaves ovate ; stem filiform, a foot high, panicled; flowers on very short peduucles ; corollas yellow. — Native of Virginia and Pennsylvania. 15. Linum Flavum ; Perennial Yellow Flax. Calices sub- serrate-rugged, lanceolate, subsessile ; panicle with dichoto- mous branches; root perennial, woody; stems herbaceous, upright, from six to eighteen inches high ; flowers elegant, upright, on short peduncles, at the end of the branches, and at the divisions of them. The flowers open most in the morning, when the sun shines, and continue in succession during June, July, and part of August. l(i. Linum Strictum ; Upright Flax. Calices awl-shaped; leaves lanceolate, stiff, mucrouate, rugged at the edge. This is an annual plant, with an upright stalk nearly a foot and half high. — Native of the south of France, Spain, and Sicily. 17. Linum Suffruticosum ; Shrubbxj Flax. Leaves linear, acute, rugged ; stems suffruticose. This has a shrubby stalk, a foot high, sending out several branches ; flowers at the ends of the branches, erect, on long slender peduncles; petals large, entire, white, but before the flowers open pale yellow. They appear in July, but the seeds seldom ripen in England. — Native of Spain, about Aranjuez, but common in the king- dom of Valencia. 18. Linum Arboreum ; Tree Flax. Leaves wedge-shaped ; stems arborescent. This beautiful species forms (if not a tree, as its name imports,) a shrub of the height of several feet. It begins to flower in March, and continues flowering to the close of summer, but has not jet produced seeds in England. — Native of the island of Candia. 19. Linum Canipanulatum. The base of the leaves dotted- glandular on both sides ; stem simple, a finger long. — Native of the south of France, and of Russia. ** With opposite leaves. 20. Linum Africanutn; African Flax. Leaves linear-Ian- N 48 L I P THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; LIP ceolate; flowers terminating, peduncled ; stem suffruticose, stiff, a foot high, round, with simple branches; flowers in a terminating umbel ; petals yellow, with villose claws, and turning tawny. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Africa. 21. Linum Nodiflorum ; Knotted Flax. Floriferous leaves opposite, lanceolate ; flowers alternate, sessile ; calices the length of the leaves ; stem angular, even, bifid, or trifid ; root perennial; corolla yellow. — Native of Italy. 22. Linuin Catharticum ; Purging Flux. Leaves ovate- lanceolate; stem dichotomous; corollas acute; root annual, very small ; flowers terminating, solitary, pendulous before they open, then erect; petals white. It sometimes varies with four stamina and four styles. This small delicate spe- cies of flax, called also in some places Mill Mountain, is very common throughout England in dry hilly pastures, and flowers from the end of May to August. Gerarde celebrates this little plant as a purge. His receipt is a handful of the herb infused in a pint of warm while wine all night, and taken in the morning. Lewis prescribes an infusion in water or w hey of a handful of the fresh leaves, or a drachm in substance of them dried. Dr. Withering recommends an infusion of two drachms or more of the dried herb, as an excellent purge in many obstinate rheumatisms; and adds, that it frequently acts as a diuretic. — Native of most parts of Europe. 23. Linum Radiola ; Least Flax, or All-seed. Stem dicho- tomous ; flowers four-stamined, four-styled ; root annual ; leaves sessile, ovate, acuminate ; flowers upright, solitary, small, white. With us it is called All-seed and Least Rup- ture Wort, and is found on moist sandy heaths ; flowering in July and August. — Native of many parts of Europe. 24. Linum Quadrifolia; Four-leaved Flax. Leaves in fours. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 25. Linum Verticillatum ; Whorl-leaved Flax. Leaves in whorls. Annual ; stems round, branched, not more than a foot high ; flowers violet or bin egray. — Native of Italy, near Rome. 26. Linum Lewisii. Leaves of the calix ovate-acuminate; petals cuueate, rounded at the top; leaves lanceolate-linear, mucronate; stems lofty, numerous. — Found by Lewis in the valleys of the Rocky Mountains, and on the banks of the Missouri. The flowers are large and blue ; it is a very good perennial; and Pursh thiuks it would be useful if cultivated. 27. Linum Rigidum. Leaves of the calix ovate, acuminate, three-nerved, ciliate ; petals oblong, very narrow ; leaves stiffly erect, linear, short ; flowers sulphur-yellow coloured. — This plant was discovered on the banks of the Missouri by Mr. Thomas Nuttall, to whose unwearied diligence the de- lightful science of Botany is already greatly indebted. Lions Foot. See Catananche. Lion's Leaf. See Leontice. Lion’s Tail. See Phlomis Leonurus. Liparia ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, very obtuse at the base, half five-cleft, acute ; the lowest division very long, elliptic, petal-like. Corolla: papilionaceous, without processes of the keel or wing ;. standard oblong, con- duplicated, straight, the sides reflex ; wings oblong, straight, narrower at the base, two-lobed at the lower margin. Keel: lanceolate, subascending, two-parted at the base. Stamina: filamenta diadelplious, simple and nine-parted, filiform, three shorter than the rest ; antherse ovate. Pistil: germen sessile, very short; style filiform, middliug; stigma simple. Peri- carp: legume ovate. Seeds: few. Essential Charac- ter. Calix : five-cleft, with the lowest segment elongated. Corolla : wings two-lobed below. Stamina : the larger, with, three shorter teeth. Legume: ovate. For their propagation and culture, see Borbonia. The species are, 1. Liparia Sphasrica; Globe-flowered Liparia. Flowers in heads ; leaves lanceolate, nerved, smooth ; stem four feet high, stout, smooth and even ; corolla tawny. The manner in which the wings wrap round each other before the flower, which is remarkably handsome, opens, is very singular; head terminating. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Liparia Graminifolia ; Grass-leaved Liparia. Flowers in heads; leaves linear, alternate, acute, sessile; calices vil- lose ; stem shrubby, determinately branched, smooth and even, angular; head made up of a raceme ; corolla yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Liparia Umbellata; Umbelled Liparia. Flowers ura- belled ; leaves lanceolate, smooth and even; corollas smooth ; calices and bractes hairy. It is the same with Borbonia Leevigata, which see. 4. Liparia Villosa; Woolly Liparia. Flowers in heads; leaves ovate-acute, villose ; branches round ; corolla red. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Liparia Sericea ; Silky Liparia. Flowers subspiked, axillary ; leaves oblong-ovate, acute, villose. Allied to the preceding. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Lippia; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angiosper- mia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, compressed, four-toothed, bivalved when mature ; valves membranaceous, acuminate, keeled, upright, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, unequal; border four-cleft ; divisions rounded, the inferior and superior one larger, the superior erect. Stamina : filamenta four, shorter than the corolla, two of them longer than the others ; antherse simple. Pistil: germen ovate, compressed, flat ; style filiform, of the situa- tion and length of the stamina; stigma oblique. Pericarp: none; valves of the calix the seeds. Seeds : solitary, oblong. Observe. Several fructifications are collected into a little head. Essential Character. Calix: four-toothed, roundish, upright, compressed, membranaceous. Capsule: one-celled, two-valved, two-seeded, straight. Seed : two- celled. The species are, 1. Lippia Americana. Heads pyramidal; height sixteen or eighteen feet, with a rough bark ; branches and leaves in pairs; peduncles axillary, sustaining many pyramidal scaly heads, about the size of a large gray pea, in which are many small yellow flowers between the scales — Found at La Vera Cruz. These shrubs, being natives of the continent and islands of the West Indies, must be preserved in a bark-stove. The seeds should be sown on a hot-bed, and the plants treated as other shrubby plants from the same country; by keeping them always in the stove, plunged in the bark bed, observing to give them a large share of air in warm weather, and to refresh them frequently with water. In winter they must be watered more sparingly, and be kept in a moderate degree of warmth ; otherwise they will not live through the winter, especially when young: but when they have acquired strength, they may be preserved w ith a less share of warmth. As the plants advance in their growth, shift them into larger pots; but this should not be too often repeated. Once every Spring will be sufficient, for these and many other exotic plants do not thrive so well when frequently removed, as when they are permitted to fill the pots with their roots. Shift them in April; at which time the tan of the hot-bed should be stirred, and fresh tan mixed with it, to increase the heat. The earth in which these plants are placed should be light and fresh, but not too rich. 2. Lippia Hemisphserica. Heads hemispherical. This is LIQ OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L I R a shrub ten feet high, the whole odoriferous and aromatic ; flowers small; corolla white. — Native of Carthagena, in New Spain. 3. Lippia Ovata, Heads ovate; leaves linear, quite entire. — Native place unknown. 4. Lippia Hirsuta. Hirsute: leaves oblong, wrinkled, ser- rate, tomentose underneath ; paniclesaxillary; heads ovate; stem four-cornered ; flowers minute, white. — Found in Ame- rica by Mutis. 5. Lippia Cymosa. Flowers cymed ; leaves ovate, almost entire. This shrub has often several steins from the same root, each no larger than a goose quill, round, and woody ; the flowers come out at the top, they are small, and many together. — Native of Jamaica. Liquidambar ; a genus of the class Moucecia, order Poly- andria. — Generic Character. Male Flowers: numerous, on a long conical loose ament. Calix: involucre common four-leaved ; leaflets ovate, concave, caducous ; the alternate ones shorter. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta numerous, very short, on a body convex on one side, flat on the other; antherae upright, twin, four-furrowed, two-celled. — Female Flowers: at the base of the male spike, heaped into a globe. Calix: involucre as in the male, but double; perianths pro per bell-shaped, cornered, several, connate, warty. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen oblong, growing to the perianth ; styles two, awl-shaped ; stigmas growing on one side, length of the style, recurved, pubescent. Pericarp: capsules as many, ovate, one-celled, bivalve, at the tip acute, disposed into a globe, woody. Seeds : several, oblong, glossy, with a membrane at the point, mixed with a great many chaffy cor- puscles. Gaertner has furnished us with the following Emen- dations, — Pistil: germina two, conjoined between each other, and with the perianth ; style to each long, awl-shaped ; stigma recurved. Pericarp: capsules twin, leathery, beaked, one- celled, gaping inwards. Seeds: several, oblong, glossy, compressed, ending in a little membrane. Essential Cha- racter. Male. Calix: common, four-leaved. Corolla: none. Filamenta: numerous. Female. Calix: in a globe, four-leaved. Corolla: none. Styles: two. Capsules: many in a globe, two-valved, many-seeded. The species are, 1. Liquidambar Styraciflua ; Maple-leaved Liquidambar, or Sweet Gum. Leaves palmate-lobed, with the sinuses of the base of the veins villose. The trunk of this tree is usually two feet in diameter, straight, and free from branches to the height of about fifteen feet; from which the branches spread and rise, in a conic form, to the height of forty feet and upwards from the ground. The leaves of this species are distinguished from those of the second, by the little tufts of hairs placed where the veins divide from the midrib. From between the wood and the bark issues a fragrant gum, which trickles from the wounded trees, and, by the heat of the sun, congeals into transparent drops, which the Indians chew as a preservative to their teeth. It is an excellent balsamic medicine, inferior to none, for the whites, and weaknesses occasioned by venereal disorders : it operates by urine, brings away gravel, and is beneficial in disorders of the lungs: it may be chewed in small quantities, like Gum Arabic; and smells so like Balsam of Tolu, that it is not easy to distinguish them. 1 he bark of this tree is of singular use to the Indians, for covering their huts: the wood has a fine grain, and is ben u I i fully variegated ; but when wrought too green, is apt to shrink : to prevent which, no less than eight or ten years is sufficient to season the plants; after which, it forms excellent timber, and is used in wainscoting. — It is a native of clayey ground in North America. The seeds of this tree, if sown in the spring, commonly remain in the ground a whole year, 4» before the plants come up ; so that the surest way to raise them, is to sow' the seeds in boxes or pots of light earth; which may be placed in a shady situation during the first summer, and be removed in autumn to where they can have more sun : but if the winter should prove severe, it will be proper to cover them with pease-haulm, or other light cover- ing ; which ought constantly to be removed in mild weather. In the succeeding spring, if these boxes or pots be placed upon a moderate hot-bed, it will cause the seeds to come up early, so that the plants will have time to get strength before the winter; but during the tw’o first winters, it will be proper to screen them from severe frost, as they will afterwards bear the cold very well. 2. Liquidambar Imberbe ; Oriental Liquidambar . Leaves palmate-lobed, with the sinuses of the base of the veins smooth. — Native place unknown. Liquorice. See Glycyrrliiza. Liquorice Vetch. See Astragalus. Liquorice, Wild. See Abrus. Liriconfancy. See Convallaria Maialis. Liriodendron ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Polygynia. — Gen eric Character. Calix: involucre pro- per two-leaved; leaflets triangular, flat, deciduous; perianth three-leaved; leaflets oblong, concave, spreading, petal-form, deciduous. Stamina: filamenta numerous, shorter than the corolla, linear, inserted into the receptacle of the fructi- fication; antlierae linear, growing longitudinally to the sides of the filamentum. Pistil: germina numerous, disposed into a cone ; style none ; stigma to each globose. Pericarp : none; seeds imbricated into a body resembliug a strobile. Seeds: numerous, ending in a lanceolate scale, emitting an acute angle towards the base of the scale from the inner side, compressed at the base, acute. Essential Character. Calix: three-leaved. Petals: six seeds imbricated into a strobile. The species are, 1. Liriodendron Tulipifera ; Common Tulip Tree. Leaves lobed. Mr. Marshall describes the tulip-tree as seventy or eighty feet in height. He mentions two varieties, one with yellow, and the other with white wood : the first soft and brittle, much used for boards, and heels of shoes, also for turning into bowls, trenchers, &c. the white heavy, tough, and hard, sawed into joist boards, &c. for buildings. He remarks that the flower has sometimes seven petals, or more. The young shoots of this tree are covered with a smooth pur- plish bark ; they are garnished with large leaves, the foot- stalks of which are four inches long. The flowers are pro- duced at the end of the branches; they are composed of six petals, three without, and three within, which form a sort of bell-shaped flower: whence the inhabitants of North America give it the title of Tulip. These petals are marked with green, yellow, and red spots, making a fine appearance when the trees are well charged with flowers. The time of this tree’s flowering is in July; and when the flowers drop, the germen swells, and forms a kind of cone : but these do not ripen in England. Catesby, in his Natural History of Carolina, says, there are some of these trees in America, which are thirty feet in circumference, making several bends or elbows; which render the trees distinguishable at a great distance, even when they have no leaves ou them. They are found in most parts of the northern continent of America, from the Cape of Florida to New England; where the timber is of great use, particularly for making of periauguas, their trunks being large enough to be hollowed into the shape of those boats; so they are of one piece. Kalm observes, that it is very agreeable at the end of May to see one of these large trees with its singular leaves, and covered for a fortnight toge- 60 L I R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; LI R ther with flowers, which have the shape, size, and partly the colour, of tulips; the wood is used for canoes; whence the Swedes in North America call it Canoe-tree. He speaks of having seen a barn of considerable size, the sides and roof of which were made of a single tulip-tree split into boards. But one inconvenience attends it, for there is no wood that contracts and expands itself so much as this. The bark is divisible into very thin laininte, which are tough, like libres of bass-mats : it is pounded, and given to horses that have the hots. The roots are supposed to be as efficacious in agues as Jesuit’s bark.— One of the handsomest trees of this kind is in the garden of Mr. Jones, at Waltham Abbey. — This tree is propagated by seeds, which are annually imported in great plenty from America. They may either be sown in pots or tubs filled with light earth from the kitchen-garden, or in a bed in the fidl ground: those which are sown in the first way may be placed on a gentle hot-bed, which will forward their growth, so that the plants will acquire more strength before winter. When they are thus treated, the glasses of the hot-bed should be shaded from the sun every day, and the earth in the pots should be frequently refreshed with water; for uuless it is kept moist, the seeds will not grow : but this must be done with care, so as not to make it too wet, which will rot the seeds. When the plants appear, they must be still shaded in the heat of the day from the sun ; but fresh air must be admitted daily, to prevent their drawing up weak ; and as the season advances, they must be gradually hardened, to bear the open air. While the plants are young, they do not require much sun, and should be either shaded, or placed where the morning sun only shines upon them ; they must also be con- stantly supplied with wafer, but not have it in too great plenty. As the young plants commonly continue growing late in the summer, so when there happens early frosts in autumn, it often kills their tender tops, which occasions their dying down a considerable length in winter; therefore they should be carefully guarded against these first frosts, which are always more hurtful to them than harder frosts afterwards, when their shoots are better hardened : however, the first winter after the plants come up, it will be the better way to shelter them in a common hot bed frame, or to arch them over with hoops, and cover them with mats; exposing them always to the open air in mild weather. The following spring, just before the plants begin to shoot, they should be transplanted into nursery-beds, in a sheltered situation, where they are not too much exposed to the sun. The soil of these beds should be a soft gentle loam, not too stiff, nor over light ; this should be well wrought, and the clods well broken and made fine. Great care must be taken not to break the roots of the plants, in taking them up, for they are very tender; they should be planted again as soon as possible ; for if their roots are long out of the ground, they will be much injured thereby. — These may be planted in rows at about a foot distance, and at six inches’ distance in the rows : for as they should not long remain in these nursery- beds, so this will be room enough for them to grow ; and by having them so close, they may be shaded in the summer, or sheltered in the winter with more ease than when they are farther apart. When the plants are thus planted, if the sur- face of the beds is covered with rotten tanner’s bark, or with moss, it will prevent the earth from drying too fast ; so that the plants will not require to be so often watered, as they must be where the ground is exposed to the sun and air: after this, the farther care will be to keep them clean from weeds; and if the latter part of summer should prove moist, it will occasion the plants to grow late in autumn ; so the tops will be tender, and liable to be killed by the first frosts: in this case they should be covered with mats, to protect them. If the plants make great progress the first summer, they may be transplanted again the following spring; part of them may be planted in the places where they are to remain, and the other should be planted in a nursery, where they may grow two or three years to acquire strength, before they are planted out for good: though the younger they are planted in the places where they are to stand, the larger they will grow, for the roots run out into length, and when they are cut, it greatly retards their growth: so that these trees should never be removed when large ; for they rarely succeed, when they are grown to a large size, before they are transplanted. When the seeds are sown upon a bed in the full ground, the bed should be arched over with hoops, and shaded in the heat of the day from the sun, and frequently refreshed with water; as also should the plants when they appear: for when they are exposed much to the sun, they make small progress. The care of these in summer must be to keep them clean from weeds, supplying them duly with water, and shading them from the sun in hot weather: but as these seeds will not come up so soon as those which were placed on a hot -bed, tlsey generally continue growing later in autumn, and will there- fore be sheltered from the early frosts ; for as their shoots will be much softer than those of the plants which had longer tunc to grow, so if the autumnal frosts should prove severe, they will be, in danger of being killed down to the surface of the ground ; by which the whole summer’s growth will be lost, and the unprotected plants are sometimes entirely killed by the first winter. As these plants will not have advanced so much in their growth as the other, they should remain in the seed bed, to have another year’s growth, before they are removed ; therefore all that will be necessary the second year, is to keep them clean from weeds. After the plants have grown two years in the seed beds, they will be strong enough to remove ; therefore in the spring, just at the time when their buds begin to swell, they should be carefully taken up, and transplanted into nursery beds, and treated in the same way as has been before directed for the plants raised upon a hot-bed. There are some persons who propagate this tree by layers, which are commonly two or three years before they take root ; and the plants so raised seldom make such straight trees as those raised from seed, though indeed they will pro- duce flowers sooner ; as is always the case with stinled plants. This tree should be planted on a light loamv soil; on which, when not too dry, it will thrive much better than upon a strong clay, or a dry gravelly ground: for in America they are chiefly found upon a moist light soil, growing to a prodigious size. It will not however be proper to plant these trees in a soil which is too moist in England, which might rot the fibres of the roots, by the moisture continuing too long about them ; especially if the bottom be clay, or a strong loam, which will detain the wet. To raise them in the open ground, at the beginning of March prepare a bed of good mellow rich earth well mixed with old rotten cow-dung, exposed to the sun, and sheltered from cold wiuds : place an old frame over the bed ; and having sown the seeds, sift over them, half an inch thick, a soil composed some months before, of one load of old pasture earth, one of well rotted cow-dung, and half a load of sea or fine pit sand. Some of these seeds will probably make their appearance in nine or ten weeks, but much the greater part will lie in the ground till next spring. Water the beds therefore no more than barely suflicient to cherish the plants that have appeared : for four or five weeks screen them from the sun during the heat of the day, but afterwards let them receive its full influence. During bad weather in winter throw double mats over the frames. In March, the succeeding year, pick off all mossy hard-crusted earth from the bed. L I S OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L I T smooth it, and sift on ?ome fine rich mould. At the end of April, or the beginning of May, plants will appear in abun- dance; when they must be frequently, but gently, watered. Till the beginning of August, they must be screened from a mid-day sun by part of an old reed-fence, or by nailing some thin boards together, high enough to shade the bed : after ibis, it will only be necessary to give them frequeul moderate waterings, and to throw a mat over the frame during any severe winter storm. At. the beginning of April, in the next season, take up the plants with a trowel, without bruising the roots; and if they cannot be planted immediately, mix a pailful of sifted mould and water to the consistence of pap; draw the plants through it, till as much adhere as will cover their roots and fibres: in this condition they may be kept several days out of the ground. Cut only a little of the tap- roots smoothly off, but let all the fibres remain; and then plant them in drills cut out with the spade, at a foot distance row from row, and six inches in the row: plant five of these lines, and then leave an alley three feet wide; water them frequently and plentifully during the summer months; throw mats over them, in case of very severe frost in the first winter, and let them remain two years. Then remove them to another nursery, in rows three (Vet and a half distant, and eighteen inches in the row, and let them coutiuue three years; at the end of which, they will he of a good size for planting where they are (o remain. No tree hears pruning its roots and branc hes worse tliau this ; none however surpasses it in beauty and stateliness: so that it deserves a place in all noble and elegant plantations. 2- Liriodendron Liliifera. Leaves lanceolate. This is a middle-sized tree, with spreading branches ; flowers pale, large, scentless, heaped at the ends of the branches, one on a peduncle. — Native of China near Cauton, aud of Amboyna. Litianthus ; a genus of the class Peutaudria, order Mo- nogynia.— Generic Characteu. Caliv: perianth five- parted ; leaflets lanceolate, keeled, membranaceous on the margin, very short, permanent. Corolla: oue-petallcd, fun- nel-form; tube long, somewhat ventricose, straitened at the base within the calix ; border five-parted ; divisions lanceolate, shorter than the tube, recurved. Stamina: filamenta five, filiform, longer than the tube; anthers ovate, incumbent. Pistil: germen oblong, sharp-pointed; style filiform, length of the stamina, permanent; stigma headed, two-plated. Pericarp: capsule oblong, acuminate, two-celled; the mar- gins of the valves intorted. Seeds: numerous. Essential Character. Calix: keeled. Corolla: with a ventricose tube, and recurved divisions. Stigma: two-plated; capsule two-celled, two-valved ; the margins of the valves intorted. • The species are, 1. Lisianthus Longifolius. Leaves lanceolate ; segments of the corolla lanceolate, acute. This elegant little plant rises generally to the height of fourteen or sixteen inches, or mqre : the flowers are large, and appear at the ends of the branches. -Native ot Jamaica, in a dry, sandy, but cool soil. All the plants of this genus require to be kept in the bark-stove. 2. I.isianthus Cordifolius. Leaves cordate ; segments of the corolla lanceolate, acute. This is said to be a variety of the preceding.— Native of Jamaica. See the preceding. G. Lisianthus Exsertus. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, pedun- cles trichotomous ; genitals very long. — Native of Jamaica. See the first species. ■1. Lisianthus Latifolius. Leaves lanceolate-elliptic, acumi- nate; peduncles trichotomous; segments of the corolla erect, genitals included.- Native of Jamaica. See the first species. 5. Lisianthus Umbellatus. Leaves elongated, obovatc; flowers terminating, peduncled, umbelled; segments of the corolla very short, blunt, upright. — Native of Jamaica. See the first species. 6. Lisianthus Frigidus. Leaves ovate, acuminate, cori- aceous; panicle terminating, trichotomous; corollas ventri- cose, with rounding segments.— ^Native of the mountains of Gtiadaloupe. See the first species. 7. Lisianthus Sempervirens. Leaves lanceolate-elliptic; segments of the corolla ovate, blunt. See Bignonia Sem- pervirens: it is the same plant. 8. Lisianthus Glaber. Smooth: leaves ovate, petioled ; corymbs terminating ; stem upright, branched, round, leafy;, flowers on few-flowered simple umbels; corolla yellow. — Found by Mutis in South America. See the first species. 9. Lisianthus Chelonoides. Smooth : leaves opposite, sub- connate, oblong; panicle terminating, dichotomous, racemose; stem herbaceous, simple, round, smooth, from two to three feet high ; flowers alternate, remote, directed one way, pen- dulous, yellow. The herb is very bitter, and strongly pur- gative.— Native of Surinam. See the first species. Lila; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogynia, — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, tubular, erect, coloured, five-cleft, sharp, permanent. Co- rolla: one-petalled, salver-shaped ; tube cvlindric, very long, enlarged at the base and tip; border five-cleft; divisions ovate, spreading. Stamina: filamenta none; anthers five, twin, in the throat of the corolla. Pistil: germen oblong; style filiform, length of the tube; stigma beaded, truncated. Pericarp: oblong, one-celled, two-valved. Seeds: numerous, sawdust like, affixed to the margins of the valves. Observe. This genus is allied to to Gentiana, but differs in the corolla, pistil, and fruit. Essential Character. Calix: five- cleft, with two or three scales at the base. Corolla: salver- shaped, with a very long tube, dilated at the base and throat; border five-cleft ; anthers: twio, inserted in the throat; cap- sule one-celled, two-valved. Stcds: numerous. The spe- 1. Lita Rosea. Flowers in pairs; segments of the corolla acute; root tuberous, fibrous, about a foot deep in the ground; stem knobbed, quadrangular ; corolla rose-coloured. — It grows wild in Guiana, where the root, which much resembles potatoes, is eaten by the inhabitants. It flowers in May. 2. Lita Coerulea. Flowers in pairs ; segments of the corolla rounded ; colour of the corolla blue, ft flowers in May. — - Native of Guiana. Lilhophila ; a genus of the class Diandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth three- Itaved ; leaflets lanceolate, sharp. Corolla : petals three, ovate-lanceolate, upright, converging, length of the leaflets of the calix; nectary two-leaved ; leaflets opposite, smaller than the corolla, keeled, acute, upright, compressed. Sta- mina: filameuta two, awl-shaped, upright from the base of the germen, of the length of the nectary; anthers roundish. Pistil: germen roundish, superior; style upright, length of the stamina; stigma obtuse, emarginatc. Pericarp: two- celled. Seed: undivided. Essential Character. Ca- lix: three-leaved. Corolla: three-petalled. Nectary: two- leaved. The only species known is, 1. Lithopbila Muscoides.— Native of Navaza. Lithospermum ; a genus of the class Peutandria, order Mouogyuia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-parted, oblong, straight, sharp, permanent; divisions awl-shaped, keeled. Corolla: oue-petalled, funnel-form, length of the calix; tube cvlindric; border half five-cleft, obtuse, upright; throat perforated, naked. Stamina: fila- meuta five, very short ; anthers oblong, incumbent, covered. O 52 L I T THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; L O A Pistil: germinafour; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma obtuse, emarginate. Pericarp: none; calix grown larger, upright, containing the seeds in its bosom ; seeds four, rather oblong, obtuse, gibbous. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: funnel-form, perforated at the throat, naked. The species are, 1. Lithospermum Officinale ; Common or Officinal Grom- well, Gromill, or Graymill. Seeds smooth and even ; corollas scarcely longer than the calix ; leaves lanceolate ; root perennial, strong; stems erect, roundish. The seeds operate powerfully as a diuretic, and are said to be service- able in the stone, gravel, and most other obstructions : the best method of giving them is in barley-water, after having reduced them to a fine powder. — Native of most parts of Europe, in dry, gravelly, and chalky soils. It flowers in Way and June. All the plants of this genus may be culti- vated, by sowing their seeds soon after they are ripe in a bed of fresh earth, allowing them room, and keeping them clear from weeds. They will thrive in almost any soil and situation ; and where the seeds are permitted to scatter, generally rise without care. The sixth and seventh are handsome, and worth cultivating. 2. Lithospermum Arvense; Corn or Bastard GromwcU. Seeds ovate, wrinkled; calicine leaflets lanceolate; corollas scarcely longer than the calix; leaves lanceolate, sharpish, hispid ; root annual, small, and not much branched: its buTk abounding with a deep red dye, which stains paper and linen, and is easily communicated to oily substances ; hence it is sometimes called Bastard Alkanet. Linneus, in his Flora Suecica, informs us, that the country girls in the north of Sweden use the root to stain their faces on days of festivity. — It is common in corn-fields, and waste places; flowering from May to July. See the first species. 3. Lithospermum Incanum; Hoary Gromwell. Seeds rough ; spikes terminating, compound, contracted ; leaves linear, villose. — This is a shrubby species, found in Tcautea and Savage Islands. See the first species. 4. Lithospermum Virginianum ; Virginian Gromwell. Co- Tollas larger than the calix, acute, rough-haired on the out- side; leaves ovate, acute, hispid, nerved; root perennial; corolla white. — Native of Virginia and Maryland. See the first species. 5. Lithospermum Tinclorum ; Dyer's Gromwell. Seeds smooth and even ; spike solitary, terminating, directed one way ; bractes lanceolate ; leaves linear-lanceolate, blunt ; root fusiform, two inches long, aunual; stems several. — Native of Egypt. 6. Lithospermum Orientale; Yellow Gromwell, or Bugloss. Flowering branches lateral ; bractes cordate, embracing ; stem barren, upright: perennial. — It flowers in May and June; and is a native of the Levant. See the first species. 7. Lithospermum Purpuro-cceruleum ; Creeping Gromwell. Seeds smooth and even ; corollas twice as long as the calix ; leaves lauceolate, somewhat hairy ; the long woody perennial root produces many round, hairy, leafy stems, most of which are procumbent, and throw out roots; corolla first purple, then blue, with a pale reddish tube. — Native of most of the temperate parts of Europe: found near Taunton, in Somer- setshire, and near Denbigh, in North Wales ; also in a chalky soil near Greenhithe, in Kent. See the first species. 0. Lithospermum Teuuiflorum. Corollas filiform ; leaves linear-lanceolate, strigose; stem upright. — Native of Egypt. See the first species. 9. LithospermumFruticosum; Shrubby Gromwell. Shrubby: Leaves linear, hispid; stamina equalling the corolla; root perennial, running deep into the ground ; stem upright, shrubby, from two to three feet high, pretty closely set with hairs. — Native of the south of Europe, and the Levant. See the first species. 10. Lithospermum Callosum. Leaves lanceolate-linear, callous, warted, hispid; stem suffruticose, hispid. — Native place unknown. See the first species. 11. Lithospermum Ciliatum. Leaves ovate, hoary, callous at the edge, ciliate; stem suffruticose, inuricated, hispid. It is a small, stiff, upright shrub, a span in height. — Native place unknown. See the first species. 12. Lithospermum Dispermum. Seeds only two; calices spreading; root annual; stem herbaceous, a hand high; corolla bluish white, small. — Native of Spain, between Madrid and Cadiz. See the first species. 13. Lithospermum Latifolium. Seeds turgidly ovale, lucid, cavo-punctate ; leaves ovate-oblong, nervous ; flowers pale yellow. — Found in shady woods from Virginia to Kentucky. 14. Lithospermum Angustifolium. Seeds the same as the preceding; flowers lateral, white ; leaves linear, adpresso- pubescenl ; stem prostrate. — It grows in shady woods in the vicinity of the river Ohio. 15. Lithospermum Apulum. Seeds muricate; spikes ter- minal, fruitful; bractes lanceolate; leaves linear-lanceolate, acute; flowers yellow, very small. — It grows in the dry woods of Virginia, and in the neighbourhood of the rivers Ohio and Mississippi. Lilt orel la ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Tetran- dria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth four-leaved, upright. Corolla: one-pelalled ; tube the length of the calix; border four-parted, upright, permanent. Sta- mina: filamenta four, filiform, very long, inserted into the receptacle ; antherm heart-shaped. Female, in the same plant. Calix: none. Corolla: one-petalled, conic, with slightly four- cleft mouth; permanent. Pist il : germen oblong ; style fili- form, very long; stigma acute. Pericarp: the investing corolla. Seed: nut one-celled. Observe. The flower is that of Plantain, but the fruit different. Essential Cha- racter. Male. Calix: fmr leaved. Corolla: four-cleft. Stamina: long. Female. Calix: none. Corolla: slightly four-cleft. Styles: long. Seed: a nut. The only known species is, 1. Littorclla Lacustris; Plantain Shoreweed. The roofs shoot out long running fibres, which take root afresh, and llius in a short time cover the brink of the lakes with tufts of semi cylindrical, linear, acute leaves, about two inches long. — Native of t Ire north of Europe, on the shores of lakes. It has been observed on Hounslow Heath ; near Lowestoff, in Suf- folk ; at Hoseley lough, in Northumberland ; is common in Scotland, and some parts of Wales, and on the margins of all the gravelly-shored lakes in Ireland. Live-in-Idleness. See Viola. Live-long. See Telephium. Liver Wort. See Lichen Caninus. Lizard’s Tail. See Saururus. Loasa; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved, superior, permanent; leaflets lanceolate, very spreading, with reflex sides. Corolla: petals five, obovate, hooded, large, extremely spreading, narrowed at the base into claws ; nectary of five-leaflets, alternating with the petals, converging into an acute cone, rather shorter thau the calix, lanceolate, rugose, awned with a double filamentum. Stamina: filamenta numer- ous, capillary, longer than the nectary, from fifteen to seven- teen to each petal; antherae incumbent, roundish. Pistil: germen stibovate, seed-bearing; style filiform, upright, the length of the stamina; stigma simple, obtuse. Pericarp: LOB OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. LOB 63 capsule top-shaped, one-celled, three-valved at the tip ; valves semi-ovate, acute, spreading. Seeds: a great many, ovate, small ; receptacles three longitudinal lines miming from the bottom of the capsule to the incisures of the valves. Observe. In point of affinity it approaches Mentzelia ; in habit and situation of the germen and seeds, it approaches the Cucurbi- taceous plants. Essential Character. Calix : five- leaved, superior. Corolla: five-pctalled ; petals hooded; nectary five-leaved, converging ; capsule turbinate, one-celled, three-valved, many-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Loasa Hispida. This is an elegant annual plant, rising from a fibrous white root, the thickness of the little finger; stems round, whitish-green, marked here and there with short brown longitudinal lines; flowers handsome, but scentless; petals yellow. — Native of South America. Lobelia ; a genus of the class Syngenesis, order Rlonoga- mia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five-cleft, very small, growing round the germen, withering; toothlets nearly equal, the two superior ones looking more upward. Corolla: one-petalled, irregular; tube cvlindric, longer than the calix, divided longitudinally above ; border five-parted ; divisions lanceolate, of which the two superior ones are smaller, less reflex, more deeply divided, constituting an upper lip, the three inferior ones more spreading, frequently larger. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, the length of the lube of the petal, connate above; antherae connate into an oblong cylinder, gaping five ways at the base. Pistil: germen sharp-pointed, inferior; style cylindric, length of the stamina; stigma obtuse, hispid. Pericarp: capsule ovate, two or three celled, two or three valved, gaping at the top, girt by the calix ; dissepiments contrary to the valves. Seeds : a great many, very small; receptacle conic. Essential Character. Cahx: five-cleft. Corolla: one petallcd, irre- gular. Capsule: inferior, two or three-celled. The spe- cies are, * With entire Leaves. 1. Lobelia Simplex; Slender Lobelia. Stem upright; leaves linear, quite entire ; peduncles solitary. It is a small annual plant, scarcely a hand high.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. 2. Lobelia Colunmem ; Mealy Lobelia. Leaves oblong, blunt, revolute, very much wrinkled, shining above, tomentosc beneath ; branch or stem somewhat woody, angular, tomen lose, mealy. — Native of New Granada. 3. Lobelia Bellidifoliu ; Daisy-leaved Lobelia. Stem up- right, panicled ; leaves obovate, crenate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. 4. Lobelia Pinifolia; Pine-leaved Lobelia. Shrubby: leaves linear, clustered, quite entire; flowers many, small, blue; they are found at the tops of the twigs, among the leaves. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. 5. Lobelia Dortmanna; Water Lobelia, or Gladiole. Leaves linear, two-celled, quite entire; stern almost naked, erect, round, hollow, smooth; flowers about nine, in a loose spike, above the water; corolla white, faintly tinged with blue. Linneus remarks, that the whole plant, even the leaves beneath the water, are milky, and that the flowering-stalk is of a length proportional to the depth of water in which the plant grows. It flowers in July and August.— Native of the north of Europe, in mountain lakes: hence it is found in Wales, West- moreland, Cumberland, and Scotland. See the twenty-fourth species. G. Lobelia Tupa. Leaves lanceolate, quite entire ; raceme spiked. The root and herb of this species are a violent poi son. — Native of Peru. 7. Lobelia Kalmii. Stem upright ; leaves lanceolate linear, bluntish, alternate, quite entire; raceme terminating, afoot high; corolla blue. — Annual, and a native of Canada. See the twenty-fourth species. 3. Lobelia Panieulata ; Panicled I^obelia. Leaves linear, quite entire, panicled, dichotomous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. 9. Lobelia Grandis; Great Lobelia. Leaves oblong, quite entire, smooth; corymbs bracted; corollas hispid. — Native of South America. 10. Lobelia Ferruginea; Rust-coloured Lobelia. Stem villose; leaves lanceolate, serrate, acute, where the veins anastomoze rust coloured tomentose on both sides; genitals elongated. —Native of America. l i. Lobelia Chinensis; Chinese Lobelia. Leaves lanceolate, quite entire; flowers solitary, terminating; stem creeping; corolla pale blue. — Native of China, near Canton. 12. Lobelia Cornuta; Horned Lobelia. Leaves ovate, petioled ; stamina very long. It is distinguished by its horned form, and the great length of the stamina. — Native of Cayenne. 13. Lobelia Fulgens. Plant erect, simple, subpubescent ; leaves elongate-lanceolate, attenuate, very entire ; raceme multiflorous. — It grows on the banks of the Mississippi. This species exceeds in splendour of colour, and size, the Lobelia Cardinalis. ** With an upright Stem, and gashed Leaves. 14. Lobelia I’byteuma. Leaves ovate-oblong, crenate; stem almost naked, spiked ; antheraj hirsute, distinct. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Seethe thirty-eighth species. 15. Lobelia Bulbosa; Tuberous-rooted Lobelia. Stem upright ; lower leaves pedate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. 16. Lobelia Triquetra; Tooth leaved Lobelia. Stem up- right; leaves lauceolate, toothed ; raceme terminating, leafless. It flowers from May to September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. 17. Lobelia Longiflora ; Long-fiowered Lobelia. Leaves lanceolate, toothed; peduncles very short, lateral; tube of the corolla filiform, very long. This is an annual herbaceous elegant plant, seldom above fourteen or sixteen inches high ; stem upright ; corolla handsome, white. It is altogether very poisonous, and brings on an invincible purging. If, after handling it, the hand be unawares applied to the eyes or lips, it brings on an inflammation. Horses are said to hurst with eating it : whence in the Spanish West Indies it is called Reventa Cavallos. It is well known in Dominica under the name of Quedec. It is also a native of Jamaica, Cuba, and Martinico, by rivulets, and in moist cool shady places. It flowers from June to August.— The seeds of this plant should be sown, after it is ripe, in pots filled with rich earth, and plunged into the tan-bed in the stove, observing to refresh the earth frequently with water. In the spring, these pots may he removed, and plunged into a hot-bed, which will soon bring up the plants : when they are fit to remove, they should he each transplanted into a separate small pot filled with rich earth, and plunged into a fresh hot-bed, shading them from the sun till they have taken new root; then they may be treated in the same way as other tender plants from the same country, in allowing them a large share of air in warm wea- ther, and frequently refreshing them with water. In autumn the plants must he plunged into the tan-bed of the stove, where they will flower the following summer, and produce ripe seeds ; soon after which the plants will decay. If the seeds of this plant are brought from the West Indies, they should he sow n, as soon as they arrive, in pots filled with rich earth: and if it happen in the winter, the pots should be 54 LOB THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; LOB plunged into the tan-bed in the stove ; but if it be in the spring or summer, they may be plunged into a hot-bed in the com moil frames. These seeds, when sown in the spring, seldom grow the same year; therefore, the following autumn, the pots should be removed into the stove, and managed according to the above directions. 18. Lobelia Tomentosa ; Downy Lobelia. Straight, tomen- tose; leaves linear, toothed; peduncles terminating, very long, one or two flowered. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. 19. Lobelia Secunda. Upright, smooth; lower leaves oblong, toothed; upper lanceolate, entire ; peduncles racemed, directed one way. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the twenty-fifth species. 20. Lobelia Assurgens; Tree Lobelia. Leaves broad -lan- ceolate, serrate, toothletted, and decurrent below; racemes compound, terminating; root perennial; stem herbaceous, three or four feet high; flowers numerous, heaped, blood-red, very large. — Native of the cooler mountains of Jamaica. For its propagation and culture, see the sixteenth species. 21. Lobelia Patula; Spreading Lobelia. Herbaceous, diffused, virgate, smooth: leaves ovate-toothed ; peduncles lateral. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty- fourth species. 22. Lobelia Acuminata ; Pointed-leaved Lobelia. Stem upright, suffruticose ; leaves lanceolate, attenuated, serru- late; raceme terminating, many-tlowered ; flowers yellow. — Native of the lower shady hills of Jamaica. For its propaga- tion and culture, see the seventeenth species. 23. Lobelia Stricta. Stem suflfruticose ; lower leaves ovate- lanceolate, smooth, toothletted, and prickly at the edge; raceme terminating, spiked. — Native of the island of Guada- loupe. See the seventeenth species. 24. Lobelia Cardinalis; Scarlet Lobelia , or Cardinal's Flower. Stem upright, herbaceous; leaves oblong-lanceolate, serrate, somewhat villose; flowers in a sort of spike ; calices smooth; segments quite entire. The stalk is terminated by a spike or raceme of flowers of an exceedingly beautiful scarlet colour. They appear at the end of July and in August, when they make a fine appearance for a month or more; and, when the autumn proves favourable, they will produce good seeds here. It grows naturally by the side of rivers and ditches iu North America. — Both this and the next are propagated by seeds, which, wdien they ripen in England, should be sown in autumn in pots filled with rich kitchen-garden earth, and placed under a common hot-bed frame; or, if the seeds come from their native countries, sow them as soon as they arrive, for if kept out of the ground till spring, they will lie a year in the earth before ihey will vegetate. The pots iu which these seeds are sown should be exposed to the open air at all times in mild weather, and screened from hard rain and frost. In the spring, the plants will appear. They must have fresh air in mild weather, and be refreshed with water in dry seasons. As soon as they are fit to remove, let each be planted in a small pot, filled with the same rich earth, and placed in the shade till they have taken new root ; then they may be set so as to enjoy the morning sun till autumn. Water them during the dry weather in summer, and when their roots have filled the small pots, remove them into larger. In autumn, put them under a common frame to screen them from winter frost, taking care that they have fresh air in fine weather. Next spring, new pot them, placing them in the morning sun, and taking care to water them in dry weather, which will cause their stalks to be stronger and produce larger spikes of flowers in August. There are many who propagate them by cutting their stalks into proper lengths, which they plant in pots filled with good earth, or into an east border, covering them close with glasses. They frequently take root, but are not so good as seedlings. 25. Lobelia Siphilitica ; Blue. Lobelia, or Cardinal Flower. Slem upright; leaves ovate-lanceolate, subserrate ; sinuses of the calix reflex ; root perennial ; stem from a foot to two feet in height; flowers axillary, solitary, numerous, large; corolla blue, varying in shades from a rich violet to a pale blue. It flowers from August to October, and is a native of Virginia. — Every part of the plant abounds with a milky juice, and has a rank smell. The root, which is the part prescribed for medical use, resembles tobacco in taste, and tends ‘to excite vomiting. It derives its trivial name from its efficacy in the cure of siphilis, as experienced by the North American Indians, with whom it was a secret. Sir William Johnson purchased the secret; which has been published, and is as follows: A decoction is made of a handful of the roots in three measures of water. Of this, half a measure is taken in the morning fasting, and repeated in the evening : the dose is gradually increased till the purgative effects become too violent, when n is to be omitted for a day or two, and then renewed, till a perfect cure is effected. During the use of this medicine, a proper regimen is enjoined; and the ulcers also are to be frequently washed with the decoction, or, if deep and foul, to be sprinkled with the powder of the inner baik of the New Jersey Tea Tree, (see Ccnnothus Ameriranus.) But although this plant is said to cure the disease in a very short time, its virtues have not been confirmed by any instances of European practice. For its propagation and culture, see the preceding s)>ecies. 20*. Lobelia Lactescens. Shrubby : leaves smooth, ellip- tic-lanceolate, serrate; peduncles axillary; solitary, without bractes : calices smooth. — Native of St. Helena. 27. Lobelia Surinamensis. Suffruticose : leaves oblong, serrate, smooth; peduncles axillary, solitary, hracted at the base; calices torulose. It flowers in April. — Native of the West Indies. See the seventeenth species. 28. Lobelia Inflata; Bladder-podded Lobelia. Stem upright; leaves ovate, subserrate, longer than the peduncle; capsules inflated; flowers small ; corolla light blue. — Native of Virginia and Canada. Sow the seeds in autumn, in pots filled with rich earth, and treat the plants iu the same way as above directed under the twenty-fourth species. 29. Lobelia Cliffortiana ; Purple Lobelia. Stem upright; leaves cordate, even, obsoletely toothed, petioled ; corymb terminating; flowers small, purplish. — Native of America. When the seeds are permitted to scatter on pots which stand near them, and these are sheltered from frosts, the plants will come up plentifully in the following spring: or if they be be sown in pots in autumn, and sheltered in winter, the plants will rise in the following spring; and should be transplanted into small pots, placed under a frame. 30. Lobelia Urens; Stinging Lobelia. Stem upright, smooth, angular ; leaves lanceolate, toothed, smooth ; racemes spike-shaped; calicine segments awl-shaped, even; corolla bright blue. The whole plant is milky, of a warm taste, and the root, especially if chewed, excites a pungent sense of burning in the tongue. — Native of France, Spain, aud Eng- land : it lias been found on Sliute Common, between Axmin- ster and Honiton, flowering in July aud August. Sow the seeds in autumn, on a warm border, or in pots filled with loamy earth, and placed under a common frame in wiuter. When they' come up in the spring, transplant them into a border of soft loamy earth, or into other pots, shading them till they have taken new root, and duly watering them in dry weather, which will cause them to flower strong, and produce good seeds annually. LOB OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY L O L 55 31. Lobelia Minuta; Least Lobelia. Root-leaves ovate; scapes axillary. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. 32. Lobelia Volubilis; Twining Lobelia. Stem twining. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. 33. Lobelia Amoena. Plant erect, very smooth ; leaves lato-lanceolate, serrate; spikes multiflorous; laciniae of the calix very entire ; flowers of a beautiful sky-blue. This grows to the height of from two to three feet, and is found on the mountains of Virginia and Carolina. 34. Lobelia Glandulosa. Plant erect; suhracemose, sub- pubescent, lucid ; leaves lanceolate, glandulous-serrate, sub- carnous; flowers racemose, on short footstalks; lacinise of the calix revolute, dentated ; flowers dark blue. — It grows from eight inches to a foot high, and is found in Pine-swamps from Virginia to Florida. 35. Lobelia Puberula. Plant erect, very simple, pubes- cent ; leaves oblong-oval, repand-serrulate ; flowers spicated, alternate, subsessile; germen hispid; calix ciliate; flowers middle size, sky-blue. — It grows from one to two feet high, and is found in the range of mountains from Virginia to Carolina. *** \,Vith a prostrate Stem, and gashed Leaves. 30. Lobelia Laurentia; Italian Annual Lobelia. Stem prostrate ; leaves lanceolate-oval, crenate ; stem branched ; peduncles solitary, one-flowered, very long.— Native of Italy about Pisa; also of the islands of Elba, Corsica, and Sicily. 37. Lobelia Repanda. Stem prostrate, quite simple ; leaves roundish, repand -toothed ; pedunclesaxillary, solitary, one- flowered. — Native of New Zealand. 38. Lobelia Erinus; Small Spreading Lobelia. Stem patulous ; leaves lanceolate, somewhat toothed ; peduncles very long; flowers small and blue, appearing in July. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. If the seeds of this and of the next species, together with the seeds of all those which are natives of the Cape of Good Hope, be sown in autumn, they will succeed much better than when they are sown in spring. They may be sown in pots, and placed under a common hot- bed frame in winter, always exposing them to the open air in mild weather, but screening them from the frost. In the spring, they should be plunged into a moderate hot-bed, which will soon bring up the plants; and when they are fit to remove, they should be each planted in a separate small pot, filled with rich earth, and replunged into a moderate hot-bed. Here they should be shaded from the sun till they have taken new root, and afterwards must have a large share of air in mild weather. Then they should be gradually hard- ened to bear the open air, into which they ought to be removed in June, placing them in a sheltered situation, where they will flower in July: and if the season should prove favour- able, the seeds will ripen in September; but if the season should prove cold, it will be proper to remove one or two plants into a glass-case, to obtain good seeds. 39. Lobelia Erinoides; Trailing Lobelia. Stems prostrate, filiform ; leaves petioled, oblong, toothed.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the preceding species. 40. Lobelia Anceps. Leaves lanceolate, decurrent ; root annual. — Native of the East Indies. 41. Lobelia I’ubescens ; Downy leaved Lobelia. Stems angular, prostrate; leaves lanceolate, toothed, rough-haired; peduncles axillary, one flowered. It flowers from May to August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty- eighth species. 42. Lobelia Zeylanica. Stems procumbent ; leaves ovate, serrate, acute, lower obtuse; peduncles one-flowered; cap- sules subvillose ; flowers blue. — Native of China, in watery and shady places. 43. Lobelia Lutea; Yellow Lobelia. Stems procumbent ; leaves lanceolate, serrate ; flowers sessile, subspiked. It flowers in June and July. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. 44. Lobelia Hirsuta. Shrubby, hirsute, prostrate : leaves ovate, toothed ; peduncles lateral, very long, two or three- flowered. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. 45. Lobelia Coronopifolia. Leaves lanceolate, toothed ; peduncles very long. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. **** With a prostrate Stem, and entire Leaves. 4G. Lobelia Depressa. Depressed: leaves lanceolate ; stem fleshy; flowers dark purple. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the thirty-eighth species. Loblolly Bay. See Gordonia. Locker-Goulans. See Troll ius. Locust Tree. See Hymencca. Loejlingia ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- leaved, upright ; leaflets lanceolate, marked on each side at the base with a toothlet, sharp-pointed, permanent. Corolla: petals five, very small, oblong-ovate, converging into a globe, round. Stamina: filamenta three, length of the corolla; anther.® roundish, twin. Germen: superior, ovate, three-cornered ; style filiform, rather wider above ; stigma a little obtuse. Pericarp : capsule ovate, somewhat three-cornered, one-celled, three-valved. Seeds : a great many, ovate, oblong. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved. Corolla: five-petalled, very small. Capsule: one-celled, three-valved. The only known species is, 1. Loeflingia Hispanica. Root annual; branches prostrate, alternate; corolla white. It flowers in June. — Native of Spain, on open hills. Loeselia ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spcrmia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, tubular, four-cleft, sharp, short, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, unequal; tube the length of the calix; border five-parted ; all the divisions deflected to the lower side, ovate-lanceolate, equal. Stamina : filamenta four, length of the corolla, of which two are shorter; all opposite the divi- sions of the petals, and reflected in a contrary situation to the corolla; antherae simple. Pistil: germen ovate; style simple, situated as the stamina ; stigma thickish. Pericarp: capsule ovate, three-celled. Seeds: solitary or twro, obscurely cornered. Observe. Gaertner remarks, that the stamina are five, one of which is shorter than the rest, and fastened to the nearest segment of the corolla, the rest inserted into the tube. Essential Character. Calix : four- cleft; accord- ing to Gaertner, five-toothed. Corolla: with all the segments directed one way; Gaertner says, deeply five-cleft, with oblong ciliated segments. Stamina: opposite to the petal; according to Gaertner, five, unequal. Capsule: three-celled ; gaping at top, according to Gaertner. The only known species is, 1. Loeselia Ciliata. Stem upright; leaves opposite. — Found at La Vera Cruz in South America. Logwood. See Hamatoxylum. Lolium ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: receptacle common, elon- gated into a spike, pressing the flowers, distichally spiked to the angle of the culm ; glume univalve, opposite the shaft, awl-shaped, permanent. Corolla: bivalve; valvule inferior narrow-lanceolate, convolute, sharp-pointed, the length of 56 L O L THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; LON Ihecalix; valve superior, shorter, linear, more obtuse, con- cave upwards; nectary two-leaved; leaflets ovate, obtuse, gibbous at the base. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary, shorter than the corolla; ■ntherae oblong. Pistil: germen top-shaped; stales two, capillary, reflex; stigmas plumose. Pericarp: none. Corolla cherishes the seed, gapes, lets it fall. Seed: single, oblong, convex on one side, furrowed, flat on the other, compressed. Observe. The sessile spikes are placed in the same plane with the culm ; hence the stem nears the office of a second caliciue valve, deficient and oppo- site. The species are, 1. Lolium Perenne ; Perennial Darnel, or Ray Grass. Spikes awnless; spikelets compressed, longer than the calix, and composed of several flowers; root perennial, creeping; stems several from the same root. They are frequently rus- set-coloured at the joints. The spike is generally flat, but sometimes nearly cylindrical. The number of flowers in each spikelet varies from three or four, to six, seven, or eight, and even sometimes nine, ten, and eleven ; but six or seven is the most common number. — This species was probably selected for cultivation because it is common, and the seeds are easily collected. In reply to the objections brought against this grass, Mr. Curtis judiciously remarks, that although it may not possess all that is desirable in a grass, it ought uot therefore to be indiscriminately rejected. The complaint so generally urged against it, of its producing little more than stalks or bents, will be only found valid when the plant grows in upland pasture : in rich moist meadows its foliage is more abundant, and it seems to be the general opinion of Agriculturists, that it is highly nutritious and acceptable to cattle. Certainly it is not adapted to all soils and situations equally. Several sorts may even be preferable to it; and though early, it is not the first that springs; not only the Vernal, but the Fox-tail and Meadow Grasses, all excellent in their kind, appearing earlier than this. Ray Grass is, notwithstanding, valuable both as an early seed, and as being fit to mow for hay a fortnight before mixt grasses. For the latter use, the abundance of stalks is an excellence, provided the grass be cut whilst the sap is in them, the chief nutriment of hay residing in these. This grass is usually sown with clover, upon such lands as arc designed to be ploughed again in a few years, and the common method is to sow it with Spring Corn; but from many repeated trials, it has always been found, that by sowing their seeds in August, when a few showers have fallen, the crop has answered much better than any sown in the common way; for the grass has often been so rank, as to afford a good feed the same autumn; and in the following spring there has been a ton and half of hay per acre mowed very early in the season, and this has been upon cold sour land : 1 liis proves it to be the best season for sowing these grasses, though it will be very difficult to persuade those persons to adopt this practice who have been long wedded to old customs. The necessary quantity of seed is about two bushels, and eight pounds of the common clover, to an acre. This will produce as good plants as can be desired ; but is not to be practised upon lands where the beauty of the verdure is principally regarded, but only where profit is the main end in view. When this grass is fed, mow oft’ the bents in the beginning of June, otherwise they will dry upon the ground, and have the appearance of a stubble field all the latter part of summer; and they will not only be disagreeable to the sight, but troublesome to tjie cattle, who will not touch them. By permitting them to stand, the after growth of the grass is greatly retarded, and the beauti- ful verdure lost for three or four months; so that it is good husbandry to mow the bents before they grow too dry, and rake them off the ground : if they are then made into hay, it will serve for cart-horses or drv cows in the winter. This plant is common in most parts of Europe, by wav-sides, and in pastures, flowering in June. It is called Ray Grass from Ivraie, the name given to the third species by the French, who call this Fausse Ivraie. Ray calls it, Red Darnel Grass; it is sometimes called Crap ; in Devonshire, Eaver ; in Nor- folk, White Nonesuch. The Germans give it many names, Perenriirende, or Duuernde Lolch, Winter Lolch, Sasser JLolch, Englische Reygrass, &c. ; the Danes call it, llaigrees ; the Swedes, Renrepe, Engelmans Rijegras; the Italians, Loglio Vivace, Loglio Salvatico, Fenice ; the Spaniards, Ballico, Vallico ; the Portuguese, Joyo Vivace; and the Russians, Pschanez. 2. Lolium Tenue. Spike awnless, round ; spikelets three- flowered. This is smaller than the preceding, and is distin- guished by ihe tenuity of the culm and spike.— Native of France and Germany. 6. Lolium Temulentum ; Annual Darnel, or Ray Grass. Spike awned ; spikelets compressed, many-flowered ; root annual; stems or culms from two to three feet high, upright. There is a variety without awns, and with a smooth culm, which Withering makes a distinct species, under the name of White Darnel. Though there can be no doubt that the Peren- nial and Annual Darnel are distinct sppeies, yet we are at a loss for specific distinctions ; for the first has sometimes awns to the flowers, and the latter very often none. It is, however, besides being annual, taller and larger in every respect, and of a paler hue. Its place of growth is also different ; for it is a weed among corn, especially wheat and barley; and also among flax; flowering in July and August. The flour of the seeds, mixed with wheat- flour, disorders the human body, pro- ducing vomiting, purging, and violent colics; but it has not a sensible effect unless taken in considerable quantity ; or, as Linneus says, unless it be eaten hot. The seed, malted w'ith barley, soon occasion drunkenness: hence the French name Ivraie; and, by corruption, our English Ray. In York- shire, it is called Droke ; and in Ireland, Sturdy. The Ger- mans call it Jakrige Lolch, and Germaine Lolch, with about thirty other names; the Danes, Heyre and Heyregrccs, &c. the Swedes, Darrepe ; the Italians, Loglio, Gioglio, and Zi- zania; the Spaniards, Joyo, Cizana, and Zizana ; the Portu- guese, Joyo, Zizania Bastarda, and the Russians, Kukol. In this enlightened agp, it can scarcely be necessary to correct an old vulgar error, that wheat degenerates into this grass. The fact is, that in very wet seasons, and among very bad hus- bandmen, the Darnel has so far prevailed, as to suffocate the wheat, and to take its place. Celsus recommends the meal of Lolium to be used in poultices, in common with that of wheat, for barley and lentil. Those who do not keep their wheat free from this Darnel, which is sown along with the seed of wheat, and may be separated from it by the sieve, are guilty of unpardonable negligence ; as it is very injurious, and may be easily extirpated. 4. Lolium Bromoides; Sea Darnel. Panicle simple, point- ing one way ; spikelets awned ; root annual ; culms several, from six inches to a foot high. It flowers in June and July. — Native of England, in loose sand on the sea coast. 5. Lolium Distachyon. Spikes in pairs; calices one- flowered; corollas woolly; culms decumbent, branched at the base. — Native of Malabar. Lonchilis ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Filices. — Generic Character. Capsules: disposed in lunulated lines, lying under the sinuses of the frond. — These Ferns, being natives of very hot climates, must be planted in pots, aud plunged iuto the bark-pit: they may be increased by parting LON OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. LON 57 the roots. In summer they should have plenty of free air, and be frequently watered. The species are, 1. Lonchitis Hirsuta. Fronds pinuatifid, blunt, quite entire; shoots branched, hirsute, four feet high. — Native of South America and Jamaica. 2. Lonchitis Aurita. Fronds pinnate, the lowest pinnas two-parted; shoots undivided, prickly. — Native of Soutli America. 3. Lonchitis Repens. Fronds pinnate; pinnas alternate, sinuate ; shoots branched, prickly. — Native of South America. 4. Lonchitis Pedata. Frond pedate; pinnas pinnalifid, serrulate. — Native of Jamaica, in the mountains of New Liguance. 5. Lonchitis Tenuifolia. Arborescent : fronds decom- pounded; leaves pinnate ; pinnas linear oblong, serrate, the lower pinuatifid. — Native of the IsieofTanna, in the South Seas. London Pride. See Saxifraga. Lonicera ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogy- uia.— Generic Character. Culix: perianth five-parted, superior, small. Corolla: one-petalled, tubular; tubeoblong, gibbous ; border five-parted ; divisions revolute, one of which is more deeply separated. Stamina: filamenta awl-shaped, nearly the length of the corolla; antheras oblong. Pistil: gernien roundish, inferior; style filiform, the length of the corolla; stigma obtuse-headed. Pericarp: berry umbilicated, two-celled. Seeds: roundish, compressed. Observe. The first species has the inferior division of the corolla separated twice as deep; berries distinct: the sixth has the divisions of the corolla cut almost equally deep; berries distinct: the eighth has the lower division of the corolla twice as deeply cut; two berries seated on the same base: the tenth has the divisions of the corolla almost equally cut ; two berries on the same base: the twelfth and fourteenth are singular, in having one germen for two floscules, like Mitchella : the sixteenth has the corolla nearly bell-shaped ; fruit two-celled, half four-celled ; seeds solitary. Essential Character. Corolla: one-petalled, irregular. Berry: many-seeded, two- celled, inferior: according to Gaertner, in the tenth, one- celled, and in the twelfth, three-celled. The species are, * Pcrich/mena, with a twining Stem. 1. Lonicera Caprifolimu; Italian Honeysuckle. Flowers ringent, in terminating whorls ; leaves deciduous, the upper ones connate-perfoliate. This is a very smooth shrub, in its natural state twining round trees, with its long, round, oppo- site branches ; flowers about six in a whorl, slender and deli- cate, white, reddish-white, red, or yellow, extremely fragrant. There are three varieties. — Native of the south of Europe. The Germans call it Geisblatt ; the Dutch, Italianschc Kamperfolie : the Danes, Italians/: Gedtblad ; the Swedes, It alien it Getblad; the French, Cherre/euille des Jar dins, or U’ltalie ; the Italians, Madreselca , Caprifoglio : the Spa niards, Madreselca; the Portuguese, Matrisylva. A strong decoction of Honeysuckle-leaves is no despicable remedy in complaints arising from obstructions of the liver. It operates by urine, and is a good ingredient in gargles for sore throats. The distilled water of the flowers is much esteemed by many as an excellent cosmetic. All the sorts of Honeysuckle are propagated either by layers or cuttings : when by layers, the young plants only should be chosen. They should be laved in the autumn, and by the following autumn will have taken root; when they should be cut oft' from the plants, and either planted where they are to remain, or into a nursery, to be trained up for . standards, which must be done by fixing down stakes to the stem of each plant, to which their prin- cipal stalk should be fastened, and all the others cut oft ; the principal stalk must be trained to the intended height of the stem, and should then be shortened, to force out lateral branches, which should be stopped, to prevent their growing too long; by constantly repeating this, as the shoots are pro- duced, they may be formed into a sort of standard : but if any regard be had to their flowering, they cannot be formed into regular heads ; for by constantly shortening their branches, the flower-buds will be cut oft’ so that few flowers can be expected : and as it is an unnatural form for these trees, but few of them should be so sacrificed ; for when they are planted near other bushes, among the branches of which the shoots of the honeysuckles may run aud mix, they will flower much better, and have a finer appearance than where more regularly trained. When the plants are in the nursery, if two or three of the principal shoots are trained up to the stakes, and the others are entirely cut off, they will be fit to transplant in the following autumn to the places where they are to remain; for though the roots may be transplanted of a greater age, yet they do not thrive so well as when they are removed while they are young. When these plants are propagated by cuttings, they should be planted in September, as soon as the ground is moistened by rain. Three of the four joints of the cuttings should be buried in the ground; from the fourth, remaining above the surface, the shoots will be produced. They may be planted in rows, at about a foot distance row from row', and four inches asunder in the rows, treading the earth close to then) ; aud as the Evergreen and late Red Honeysuckles are a little more tender than the other sorts, if the ground between the rows where these are planted is covered with tanner’s bark, or other mulch, to keep out the frost in winter, and the drying winds of the spring, it will be of great advantage to the cuttings: and if the cuttings have a small piece of the two years’ wood at their bottom, there will be no hazard of their taking root. The plants which are raised from cuttings are preferable to those which are propagated by layers, as they have generally better roots. They may also be propa- gated by seeds ; but unless they are sown in the autumn, soon after they are ripe, the plants will not come up the first year. They will grow in any soil or situation. Few shrubs deserve to be cultivated before those of this genus; for their flowers are very beautiful, and perfume the air to a great distance with their odour, especially in the mornings and evenings, and in cloudy weather, when the sun does not evaporate their odour, and raise it too high to be perceptible: so that in all retired walks there cannot be too many of them intermixed with other shrubs. 2. Lonicera Dioica ; Glaucous Honeysuckle. Whorls sub- capitate, bracted ; leaves deciduous, glaucous beneath, the upper ones connate-perfoliate; corollas ringent, gibbous at the base. — Native of North America. 3. Lonicera Sempervircns ; Trumpet Honeysuckle. Spikes naked, terminating; the upper leaves connate-perfoliate; corollas almost regular; tube bellying at top. There are two varieties, if not distinct species, of tins ; one much hardier than the other. It has been long known in our gardens by the name of Virginia Trumpet Honeysuckle. The flowers have no odour; but for the beauty of their flowers, and their long continuance together, with their leaves being evergreen, they are preserved in most curious gardens. This is usually planted against walls and pales, to which their branches are trained ; for they are too weak and rambling to be reduced to heads, and are liable to be killed in severe winter. Hence it ought to have a warm aspect, where it will begin to flower at the end of June, and there will be a succession of flowers till autumn. It may be trained like the other honeysuckles, and will flower among other shrubs in the south border of a plan- 08 LON THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; LON tation, in a warm soil, till injured or killed by an unusually severe winter. It is propagated by laying down the young, branches, which will easily take root ; and may be after- wards treated like the common honeysuckles. See the first species. 4. Lonicera Grata ; Evergreen Honeysuckle. Flowers in terminating whorls; leaves perennial, obovate, glaucous be- neath, the upper ones connate, superfoliate ; corollas ringent ; colour of the flowers red outside, and yellow within, of a strong aromatic flavour. — Native of North America. This will not thrive where it is too much exposed to the cold in winter, but flourishes best in a soft sandy loam, and will retain its leaves in greater verdure in such ground than in a dry gravelly soil, where, in warm dry seasons, the leaves often shrink, and hang in a very disagreeable manner; nor will those sorts which naturally flower late in the autumn continue so long in beauty on a dry ground, uuless the season should prove moist and cold, as those placed in a gentle loam. 5. Lonicera Implexa ; Minorca Honeysuckle. Fowers rin- gent in whorls ; bractes even ; leaves perennial, smooth, oblong, the upper ones connate-perfoliate, the uppermost dilated. — Native of Minorca. 6. Lonicera Periclymenum ; Common Honeysuckle. Flowers ringent, in terminating heads; leaves deciduous, all distinct. This species trails over bushes, and twines round the boughs of trees, with its very slender hairy or smooth branches ; the corollas are usually red on the outside, and yellowish within, but they vary much in colour, between red, purple, and yellow, and are very pale in the shade. They are exceedingly sweet, especially in the evening. In climbing, it turns from east to west, with most of our other English climbers ; and, in com- mon with them, it bears clipping and pruning well. When placed near buildings, it is liable to be disfigured and injured by aphides, vulgarly called blights. These insects are not very numerous in spring; but as the summer advances, they increase in a surprising degree; their first attacks therefore should be watched, and the branches they first appear on cut off and destroyed ; for when they have once gained ground, they are defended by their numbers. Small plants may be cleared from them by tobacco dust, or Spanish snuff; but this is not practicable for large trees. The leaves are likewise liable to be curled up, by a small caterpillar, which produces a beautiful little moth, Phaloena Tortrix. In the evenings some species of Sphinges or Hawk-moths, are frequently observed to hover over the blossoms, and with their long tongues to extract the honey from the very bottom of the flowers. A considerable quantity of nectareous juice may sometimes be discerned in the tube. Insects that are too large to penetrate into the narrow part of the tube, and have not a long tongue, like the Sphinges, to reach the juice, let it out by making a puncture towards the bottom, and so fairly tap the liquor. — There are several varieties : that called the Late Red Honeysuckle produces a greater quantity of flowers together than either the Italian or Dutch Honeysuckle; so that it makes a finer appearance than any of them during the time of flowering. There is also a variety with variegated leaves. The English call this plant Woodbine, Suckling, and Caprifoly, as well as Honeysuckle ; the Germans, among a host of other names, call it Specklilie, Geisli/ie; the Dutch, Gewoone Katnper/olie ; the Danes, Gedeblad; the Swedes, Matlesfrad ; the French, Le Chevrefeuille des bois ; the Ita- lians, Caprifoglio and Vincibosco ; the Spaniards, Madreselra , Virginia, and Periclimeno ; and the Portuguese, Matrisylva do Norte. For its medical uses, and method of propagation and culture, see the first species. 7. Lonicera Japonica; Japonese Honeysuckle. Flowers 5 terminating in pairs, sessile ; all the leaves distinct ; stem twining. — Native of Japan. ** Chamaecerasa — with two-Jlowered Peduncles. 8. Lonicera Nigra; Black-berried Upright Honey suckle Peduncles two-flowered; berries distinct; leaves elliptic, quite entire ; height three or four feet; corolla purple on the outside, white within, or quite white, pubescent. It flowers in March, April, and May. — Native of France, Switzerland, Austria, Silesia, and Piedmont. 0. Lonicera Tartarica ; Tartarian Upright Honeysuckle. Peduncles two-flowered; berries distinct; leaves cordate, obtuse. This is a tree, often six feet high, rising with several trunks, frequently thicker than the wrist, spreading, branched very much from the bottom; corollas before they open paral- lel, club-shaped, of a deep rose-colour, when open flesh- coloured. In shady groves it varies with a white flower, and in autumn the leaves put off their fringes and become quite smooth. — Native of Russia, but not beyond lat. 55. N. It flowers in April, and the fruit is ripe in July. It is infested by the insect called Meloe Vesicatoria, and the insect is col- lected from this shrub for the apothecaries. The berries of this plant are eaten by the common people of Russia, though they are nauseously bitter, and purgative. The flowers have hardly any smell. The wood is very hard and solid, of a yellowish gray colour, beautifully veined, and used to make walking sticks, and the handles of tools. 10. Lonicera Xylosteum; Fly Honeysuckle. Peduncles two-flowered ; berries distinct; leaves quite entire, pubescent. It rises with a strong woody stalk, six or eight feet high, covered with a whitish bark, dividing iuto many branches. The flowers come out on each side of the branches opposite, on slender peduncles, each sustaining two white flowers stand- ing erect. Linneus says, that this shrub makes excellent hedges in a dry soil; that the parts between the joints of the shoots are used in Sweden for Tobacco pipes ; and that the wood, being extremely hard, makes teeth for rakes. Gmelin says, that the Russians prepare an empyreumatic oil per de- scensum from the wood, which they recommend for cold tumors and chronical pains. Animals seldom touch the leaves. Birds eat the berries only in hard weather ; they are reputed to be purgative and emetic. — It is common in the more northern parts of Russia, and in Siberia as far as the river Jenisea, and even in Hungary, the south of France, and Italy : Dr. Withering says it is a native of England. See the first species. 1L. Lonicera Pyrenaica ; Pyrenean Upright Honeysuckle. Peduncles two-flowered ; berries distinct ; leaves oblong, smooth. — Native of the Pyrenees, and of Siberia. 12. Lonicera Alpigena ; Red-berried Upright Honeysuckle. Peduncles two-flowered ; berries coadunate-twin ; leaves oval-lanceolate. This has a short, thick, woody stem, which divides into many strong woody branches, growing erect ; flowers red on the outside, pale within. — Native of the south of Europe. See the first species. 13. Lonicera Caucasica. Peduncles two-flowered ; berries coadunate-twin ; leaves ovate-lanceolate, quite entire ; height five feet; trunk covered with a whitish bark; branches spreading, red or hoary, testaceous; corolla irregular, red. The wood is hard, weighty, like ivory, beautifully veined with green, much esteemed for walking-sticks, which are sent to Petersburg. The Russians call it Togustun, and the Tartars Tokus-tuun, which signifies nine-skins, because this shrub every year casts its epidermis, which adheres copiously to the twigs. — Native of Caucasus. 14. Lonicera Ccerulea; Blue-berried Upright Honey-suckle. Peduncles two-flowered; berries coadunate-globular ; styles LOP OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. LOR 59 undivided. It seldom rise more than four or five feet high ; flowers white; wood hard, beautifully veined with gray and pale yellow. — Native of Switzerland, Austria, and Siberia. *** Stem upright, peduncles many-flowered. 15. Lonicera Mongolica. Peduncles many-flowered, ber- ries simple, one-flowered ; leaves ovate, serrate, pubescent ; stem upright ; corolla yellowish white. — Native of Russia and Dauria. 1(>. Lonicera Symphoricarpos ; Shrubby St. Peter's Wort. Heads lateral, peduncled ; leaves petioled ; height about four feet, sending out many slender branches ; flowers herbaceous colour, in whorls. They appear in August and September. — Native of Virginia and Carolina. 17. Lonicera Bubalina. Heads terminating, peduncled ; leaves oblong, quite entire; branches round, smooth. — Found by Sparmann at the Cape of Good Hope, where the Dutch call it Buffelharn. It!. Lonicera Diervilla; Yellow-flowered Upright Honey- suckle. Racemes terminating; leaves serrate. This is a low shrub, seldom rising more than three feet high ; flowers small, pale yellow. — Native of North Amerira. 19. Lonicera Corymbosa. Corymbs terminating; leaves ovate-acute. — Native of Peru. Looking Glass Plant. See Heritiera. Looking Glass, Venus’s. See Campanula. Loose-Strife. See Anaga/lis and Lysimuchia. Loose-Strife, Codded. See Epilobium Hirsutum. Loose- Strife, Spiked. Sec Lythrum. Lopping. It is very observable that most old trees are hollow within; which does not proceed from the nature of the trees, but is the fault of those who suffer the tops to grow large before they lop them, as the Ash, Elm, and Hornbean, and persuade themselves that they may have the more great wood : but in the mean time do not consider that the cutting oft' great tops or branches- endangers the life of a tree, or at least wounds it so that the trees which are thereby yearly decayed in their bodies, amount to much more than the quantity of tops produced. The lopping of young trees at ten or twelve years old, will preserve them much longer, and will occasion the shoots to grow more into wood in one year, than they do in old tops at two or three. But when iarge boughs are clumsily taken off, it often spoils the trees; so that they should always be spared, except in a case of abso- lute necessity; and when they must be cut off, it should be close and smooth, not parallel to the horizon, and the wound ought to be covered with loam and horse-dung mixed, to pre- vent the wet from entering the body of the tree. When trees are at their full growth, there are several signs of their decay; as, the withering or dying of many of their top branches, or if the wet enters at any knot, or they are anywise hollow or discoloured, it they make weakly shoots, and when the wood- peckers drill holes in them. This lopping of trees is only to be understood for pollard trees, because nothing is more injurious to the growth ot timber-trees, than that of lopping or cutting off great branches from them: whoever will be at the trouble of trying the experiment upon two trees of equal size and age, growing near each other, to lop oft' the side branches from one of them, and suffer all the branches to grow upon the other, will in a few years find the latter to exceed the other in growth in every way, and that it will not decay so soon. All sorts of resinous trees, or such as abound with a milky juice, should be lopped very sparingly, for they are subject to decay when oflcn cut. Tiie best sea- son for lopping these trees, is soon after Bartholomew tide, at which time they seldom bleed much, and the wound is commonly healed over before the cold weather comes on. n i Loranthns; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Mono- .gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth of the fruit inferior ; margin entire, concave — of the flower superior, or the margin entire, concave. Corolla : petals six, oblong, revolute, equal. Stamina: filamenta six, awl-shaped, fastened to the bases of the petals, the length of the corolla ; antherae oblong. Pistil: germen oblong, between the two calices, or inferior; style simple, the length of the stamina; stigma blunt. Pericarp: berry oblong, one celled. Seed: oblong. Observe. The fifth species has diaecous flowers. The thir- teenth has half five-cleft five-stamined flowers. Essential Character. Germen: inferior; calix none; corolla six- cleft, revolute. Stamina: at the tips of the petals. Berry: one-seeded. The species are, 1. Loranthus Tetrapetalns. Peduncles one-flowered, sub- solitary; leaves ovate, obtuse, subscssile. — Native of New Zealand. 2. Loranthus Scurrula. Peduncles one-flowered, heaped ; leaves obovate. — Native of China and the Philippine Islands. 3. Loranthus Uniflorus. Racemes quite simple. — Native of St. Domingo. 4. Loranthus Glaucus. Peduncles axillary, one-flowered; leaves ovate, glaucous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Loranthus Enropaeus. Racemes simple, terminating ; flowers dioecous. — Native of Austria, parasitical on oaks ; and also of Siberia. 6. Loranthus Americanos. Racemes somewhat branched, cymed ; flowers nodding; leaves ovate, difform. — This spe- cies ramps over the highest trees in Jamaica, Marlinico, &c. It especially climbs the Coccoloba Grandifolia, with the root adhering firmly to the bark like Misselto. If a large bough, on which it grows, be cut oft', the next day it withers and perishes. 7. Loranthus Emarginatus. Racemes axillary, simple; leaves wedge-shaped, ovate, emarginate. — Native of Hispa- niola. 8. Loranthus Occidentalis. Racemes simple ; flowers irre- gular. They appear in April and May. It is found upon trees. — Native of South America and the West Indies. 9. Loranthus Loniceroides. Flowers aggregate-capitate. — Native of the East Indies. 10. Loranthus Stelis. Racemes trichotomous ; peduncles three-cornered ; flowers equal. — Native of South America, and the Society Isles. 11. Loranthus Parvifolius. Peduncles axillary, trifid; pedicels one-flowered; leaves ovate, entire. — Native of Ja- maica. 12. Loranthus Pauciflorus. Peduncles trichotomous, shorter than the leaves; leaves obovate. — Native of Jamaica. 13. Loranthus Pentandrus. Racemes simple ; flowers five- cleft; leaves alternate, petioled — Native of the East Indies. 14. Loranthus Falcatus. Racemes few-flowered, axillary; leaves linear, blunt, laterally sickled, glaucous. — Found upon trees near Madras. 15. Loranthus Spicatus. Spikes quadrangular; flowers small, inodorous, red ; leaves quite entire, blunt, smooth. 'I’liis branching shrubby plant grows upon other shrubs. It flowers in April and May. — Native of Carthagena in New Spain. I fj. Loranthus Cochinensis. Peduncles many-flowered, heaped; leaves acute; stem woody, twisted, short, very much branched. — It grows Upon the branches of trees in the gardens of Cochin-china. 17. Loranthus Pedunculatus. Racemes simple, solitary ; flowers in threes, peduncled. — Native of Carthagena, in woody salt-marshes. 60 LOT THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; LOT 10. Loranthus Sessilis. Racemes simple, solitary ; flowers in threes, sessile. — Native of the woods in Carthagena. Lords and Ladies. See Arum Maculatum. Lotus ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decandria. — Generic Character. Calix: umbel simple; perianth one-leafed, tubular, half five-cleft; teeth acute, equal, erect, permanent. Corolla: papilionaceous; banner roundish, bent down; claw oblong, concave; wings roundish, shorter than the banner, broad, converging upwards; keel gibbous below, closed above, acuminate, ascending, short. Stamina : fila- menta diadelphous, simple, and nine-cleft, ascending, with broadish tips; anthers small, simple. Pistil: germen colum- nar, oblong; style simple, ascending; sligma an inflected point. Pericarp: legume cylindric, stiff and straight, stuffed, longer than the calix, many-celled, two-valved. Seeds: several, cylindric. Essential Character. Calix: tubu- lar. Wings : converging longitudinally upwards. Legume: cylindric. The species are, * With few Legumes, not forming a head. 1. Lotus Maritimus; Sea Bird's foot Trefoil. Legumes solitary, membranaceous, quadrangular; leaves smooth; bractes lanceolate ; root perennial ; steins several, decumbent, slender, half a foot long; corolla large, yellow.— Native of many parts of Europe on the sea-coast, as Sweden, Denmark, the south of France, the county of Nice, &c. flowering in October, This, with those species that are referred to it, may be piopagaled by seeds, w hich should be sown early in April, upon an open bed or border exposed to the sun, where the plants are to remain: when they come up, they must be thinned, leaving them nearly two feet asunder, and afterwards weeding will be all the culture they require. 2. Lotus Siliquosus; Square-podded Bird's-foot Trefoil. Legumes solitary, membranaceous-quadrangular; stems pro- cumbent; leaves pubescent underneath; flower solitary, ter- minating, large, pale yellow. — Native of moist meadows in the south of Europe. See the preceding species. 3. Lotus Tetragonolobos ; Winged Bird’s-foot Trefoil. Legumes solitary, membranaceous-quadrangular; bractes ovate; root annual; stems several, decumbent, upright, about a foot long, having at each joint a ternate leaf. It flowers in June and July, and the seed ripens in autumn. It was for- j merly cultivated as an esculent plant, for the green pods, I which are still said to be eaten in some of our northern coun- ties, but they are very coarse. This plant is now chiefly cultivated in flower-gardens for ornament. The seeds are sown in patches, five or six together, where they are designed to remain: if they all grow, some of the plants may be pulled up, leaving only two or three in a patch, and afterwards they will require no other care but to keep them clean from weeds. —Native of Sicily. 4. Lotus Conjugatus; Twin-podded Bird’s-foot Trefoil. Legumes conjugate, membranaceous-quadrangular; bractes obloug-ovate. It differs from the preceding in having corollas only half as large. — Native of the south of France. See the first species. 5. Lotus Tetraphyllus ; Four-leaved Bird’s-foot Trefoil. Legumes solitary ; leaves ternate, obcordate, wedge-shaped ; stipule solitary, similar; bractes one-leafed; stems filiform; corolla yellow, with the back of the banner dark purple. — Native of Majorca. 6 Lotus Edulis; Esculent Bird’s-foot Trefoil. Legumes solitary, gibbous, curved in. The Caudians eat the pods when young. — Native of Italy and Candia. It flowers with us in July, but seldom ripens seed. See the first species. 7. Lotus Peregrinus; Flat-podded Bird’s-foot Trefoil . Legumes subbinate, linear, compressed, nodding.— Native of the south of Europe. See the first species. 8. Lotus Angustissimus ; Narrow-podded, Bird’s-foot Tre- foil. Legumes subbinate, linear, stiff, upright; stem upright; peduncles alternate; root weak, branched; stems straight, numerous, a foot high. — Native of the south of France. 9. Lotus Glaucus; Glaucous Bird’s-foot Trefoil. Legumes subbinate, cylindrical, smooth; leaflets somewhat wedge- shaped, fleshy, hoary; stipules leaf-form. Biennial, flower- ing from June to August. — Native of Madeira. 10. Lotus Arabicus ; Red-Jlowered Bird’s-foot Trefoil. Legumes cylindrical, awned ; stems prostrate ; peduncles three-flowered; bractes one leafed ; root perennial; stems several. — Native of Arabia. 11. Lotus Ornithopodioides; Claw-podded Bird’s-foot Tre- foil. Legumes subternate, bowed, compressed ; stems dif- fused ; peduncles axillary, two or three inches long, termi- nated by a cluster of yellow flowers, which sleep during the night with the bractes covering them.— Native of Sicily, Pro- vence, and Siberia. See the first species. 12. Lotus Jacobsens ; Dark-flowered Bird’s-foot Trefoil. Legumes subternate ; stem herbaceous, upright ; leaflets linear; flowers three to five together, of a verv rich brown purple. — Native of the Cape de Verd Islands. It is too ten- der to live abroad ; the plants therefore are kept in pots, which in winter are placed in a warm airy glass-case, or dry stove, but in summer are placed abroad in a sheltered situa- tion. It may be easily propagated by cuttings during the summer season, and also by seeds ; but the plants which have been two or three times increased by cuttings are seldom fruitful. They are subject to dying off all at once, and therefore new ones should be constantly raised, especially as this is a very beautiful sort, and almost always in flower. 13. Lotus Creticus ; Silvers/ Bird’s-foot Trefoil. Legumes subternate; stem suffrutescent ; leaves silky, shining. — Native of Spain and the Levant. This will not endure the open air of our climate, and must be treated in the same way as the preceding species. It may be increased by seeds, sown on a bed of light earth in April. The plants will come up in about a month, and in another month will be fit to remove ; when each should be put into a separate small pot filled with fresh light earth; placing them in the shade till they have taken new root : then they may be removed to a sheltered situation, where they may remain till autumn. It may also be propa- gated by cuttings, planted during any of the summer months upon a bed of light earth, covering them close with a bell or hand-glass, and screening them from the sun; in five or six weeks they will have taken root, when they must be inured to the open air, and soon after may be plauted in pots, and treated in the same wav as the seedling plants. 14. Lotus Dioscorides. Stem upright, branched ; pedun- cles snbbiflorous ; legumes columnar, ovate torose ; root annual; stems a palm and half in height, round; flowers yellow, small. Native of the county of Nice. 15. Lotus Arboreus ; Tree Bird's-foot Trefoil. Legumes quinate ; leaflets obcordate ; stem arboreous. — Native of New Zealand. With many flowered Peduncles, forming a head. 16. Lotus Hirsutus; Hairy Bird's-foot Trefoil. Heads roundish; stem upright, rough-haired; legumes ovate ; stalk perennial, three feet high ; corollas dirty white, with a few marks of pale red. It flowers from June to August. — Native of the south of France, Italy, Sicily, and of the Levant. It is propagated by seeds in the same way as the thirteenth spe- cies: the plants will live through the winter in the open air ! in moderate winters, but it will be proper to keep one or two LOT OK, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L U D 61 plants in pots, to be sheltered in winter, lest those abroad should be destroyed by severe frost. 17. Lotus Graeeus; Five-leaved Bird's foot Trefoil. Heads roundish ; stem upright, rough-haired ; leaves quinate ; legumes ovate ; stem annual; flowers white. — Native of the Levant. 18. Lotus Rectus; Upright Bird’s-foot Trefoil. Heads subglobular; stem upright, even; legumes straight, smooth; root strong, perennial ; corolla pale flesh -colour. — Native of the south of Europe. It may be cultivated for cattle, in the same manner as Lucerne. It rises easily from seeds, is very hardy, and will thrive on any light poor ground. 19. Lotus Corniculata ; Common Bird’s-foot Trefoil. Stems prostrate; heads of flowers flat; legumes cylindric, spreading; root perennial, tapering, strikiog deeply into the earth; corolla, before it opens, of a bloody red on tbe out- side, and of a yellowish green within; when expanded, of a full yellow ; leaves ternate, pelioled, one at each joint. This is cultivated in Hertfordshire as a pasturage for sheep. It makes extremely good hay ; and in moist meadows grows to a greater height than the trefoils, and, in quality, seems to equal, if not surpass, most of them. In common with several other leguminous plants, it gives substance to the hay, and perhaps contributes to render it more palatable and whole- some for cattle. It is found in most parts of Europe, in meadows, pastures, heaths, by road sides, in hedges, among bushes, and in wood-; flowering from June to August. Withering calls it Bird’s-foot Clover; in Yorkshire they term it Cheesecake Grass ; and in some other counties, Butter- jags, and Crow-toes ; the Germans call it Gthornlc Schoten- klee ; the Dutch, Gehoornde Klaveren ; the Danes, Kinring- tund, Krugekloner ; the Swedes, Karin get ander ; and the French, Le Lotier Cornicule ou des pres, Trefle jaune. — There are several varieties ; one found near Worcester, an- other in the chalk-pits at Greenhithe, and another on the high grounds north of Marlborough, in June. Mr. Curtis observes, that, whether this plant be deserving of the encomium bestowed upon it by different authors, the practical farmer must determine. There appears no reason why seed might not be obtained from it ; and it should seem that land, not I strong enough to bear Clover, might be improved by the ^ introduction of this plant. 20. Lotus Cytisoides ; Downy Bird's-foot Trefoil. Heads halved ; stem diffused, very much branched ; leaves tomen- tose. This is a perennial plant, sending out many stalks from the root. — Native of the south of Europe, on the sea-coast. See the first species. 21. Lotus Dorycnium ; Shrubby Bird’s-foot Trefoil. Heads leafless; leaves sessile, quinate; stalks weak, shrubby, three or four feet high; flowers in heads, at the extremity of the branches, very small, and white, appearing in June, July, and September.— Native of the south of Europe. This will live in the open air, if it be planted in a dry soil, and warm situ- ation. It is propagated by seeds, which will come up in a common border. 22. Lotus Medicaginoides. Legumes umbelled, bowed ; leaflets obcordate, tooth-letted; root annual; stem prostrate, grooved, rough-haired ; peduncles axillary, with five or six small yellow flowers. — Native of Siberia. 23. Lotus Oligoceratos. Legumes binate, round, straight, striated, villose, dotted with white ; root annual ; stems from ascending upright, branched, villose, half a foot or more in height; corolla yellow, not longer than the calix. It flowers at the beginning of July. —Native of Italy. ** * Peduncles axillary, uniflorous. 24. Lotus Sericeus. Leaves subsessile, oblong, acute, seri- ceo-viilose; peduncles axillary, uniflorous, louger than the leaf; flower uuibracteate, yellow; lacinise of the calix linear; legume glabrous, very long. — Found on the banks of the Missouri. Lovage. See Ligusticum. Lovuge, Bastard. See Laserpitium Siler. Love-Apple. See Solanum Lycopersicum. Love-lies-a-bleeding. See Amaranthus Caitdatus. Louichea ; a genus of the class of Mouadelphia, order Tetrandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth common uone; perianth proper one-leafed, four-parted; seg- ments awl-shaped, acuminate, concave, unequal. Corolla: none. Stamina • filainenta four, awl-shaped; slightly con- nate; anthene roundish. Pistil: germen superior, turbinate ; style filiform, bilid; stigmas simple. Pericarp: none; calix closed, covering the seed. Seeds: solitary, obovate, covered by a membranaceous aril. Receptacle : common peduncle- shaped, trichotomous, producing the flowers. Essential Character. Receptacle : common peduncle-shaped, tri- chotomous, producing the flowers. Pericarp : proper four- parted ; segments concave, subulate-acuminate, irregular, growing together. Corolla: none. Filarnenta : four, con- nate, inserted into the receptacle. Germen: superior. Style: bifid. Seed: single, drilled, within the calix. The only known species is, 1. Louichea Cervina. This is an annual very branching plant, a spau high; stem almost upright, round ; branches in whorls, the upper oues opposite; leaves six, in whorls, the two outer opposite ; flowers terminating, coming out succes- sively, sessile, close; the middle ones solitary, herbaceous, two or three lines broad. See Camphorosma. Lousewort. See Pedicularis. Lucerne. See Mtdicngo. Ludwigia ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, four-parted, superior, permanent; segments lanceo- late, spreading very much, length of the corolla. Corolla: petals four, obcordate, flat, spreading very much, equal. Stamina: filainenta four, awl shaped, upright, short; antheraj simple, oblong, upright. Pistil: germen four-cornered, covered with the base of the calix, inferior; style cylindrical, length of the stamina ; stigma obsoletely four-cornered, capi- tate. Pericarp: capsule four-cornered, blunt, covered, and crowned by the calix, four-celled, four-valved ; partitions opposite to tbe valves. Seeds: numerous, small; receptacle columnar, membranaceous, four-winged; wings in the angles of the partitions, seed-bearing on each side. Essential Character. Calix ; four-parted, superior. Corolla: four- petalled. Capsule: inferior, four-cornered, four-celled. Re- ceptacle: distinct from the axis of the fruit, bearing the seeds on each side. — These plants must be raised from seed in a hot- bed, and treated as directed for Armaranthus. If not brought forward in tbe spring, they seldom produce good seed in England. -Tbe species are, 1. Ludwigia Alternifolia ; Alternate-leaved Ludwigia. Leaves alternate, lanceolate ; stem upright, annual ; flowers small; corolla yellow. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Virginia and South Carolina. 2. Ludwigia Oppositifolia ; Opposite-leaved Ludwigia. Leaves opposite, lanceolate; stem diffused, procumbent, a span long; flowers solitary, axillary; corolla yellow. — Native of tbe East Indies. 3. Ludwigia Repens; Creeping Ludwigia. Leaves oppo- site, ovate ; peduncles solitary, axillary ; stem creeping. — Native of Jamaica. 4. Ludwigia Erigata ; Upright Ludwigia. Leaves oppo- 02 L U N THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; L U P site, lanceolate ; stem upright ; corolla scarcely visible. — Native of the East Indies. 5. Ludwigia Pedunculosa. Plant creeping, pubescent; leaves opposite, linear-lanceolate, glabrous ; peduncles axil- lary, uniflorous, very long ; capsules clavate-oblong, crowned ; laciniae of the calix lanceolate; flowers large, yellow. — It grows in swamps near the sea-coast, from Virginia to South Carolina. 0. Lndwigia Glandulosa. Leaves alternate, spathulate- oboval; plant procumbent, very smooth; flowers sessile, axillary, solitary ; capsules very small, crowned; laciniae of the calix round, acuminate. — Grows in the swamps of Lower Carolina. 7. Lndwigia Mollis. Plant erect, branchy, pubescent; leaves alternate, lanceolate-oblong; flowers sessile, alternate, superior, heaped together; capsules subrotund. — Grows in the swamps of Lower Carolina. 0. Lndwigia Virgata. Plant erect, virgaled, glabrous; leaves alternate, linear, obtuse ; flowers terminal, subspicate, pedicellate small ; capsules globose tetragonal. — It grows in the dry sandy woods of Lower Carolina. 9. Ludwigia Decurrens. Plant erect, very branchy, gla- brous; leaves alternate, linear-lanceolate, decurrent; flowers axillary, subsessile, solitary, alternate; capsules clavated, crowned ; laciniae of the calix oval-lanceolate. This plant arises to the height of about a foot, and bears large yellow flowers — it grows in shady woods, near ponds and ditches, in Virginia and Lower Carolina. 10. Lndwigia Capitata. Plant erect, glabrous; leaves alternate, lato-linear, acute, rounded at the base; petals shorter than the calix ; capsules subglobose, crowned; laci- nim of the calix dilatated, short ; the infertile branches with short obovate leaves; flowers small, yellow. — It grows in the swamps of North and South Carolina. 11. Ludwigia Macrocarpa. Plant erect, ramose, slightly glabrous; leaves alternate, lanceolate, hoary on the under- side; peduncles uniflorous, axillary; capsules globose-tetra- gonal ; laciniae of the calix great, coloured, crowned ; flowers yellow; stem purple. — It grows in wet pastures"aud swamps, from New England to Florida. 12. Ludwigia Hirsuta. Plant erect, ramose, rough ; leaves alternate, ob|ong, sessile, rough on both sides; peduncles uniflorous, axillary; capsules globose-tetragonal, crowned, bibraetealed at the base. — It grows in ditches and ponds, on a sandy soil, from New Jersey to Carolina. 13. Ludwigia Linearis. Plant erect, virgated, glabrous, very branchy; leaves alternate, linear, acute; flowers axil- lary, solitary, sessile; capsules oblong, turbinate; laciniae of the calix serni-laneeolale ; flowers small, yellowish brown. It grows from two to five feet high, and is found near ditches and ponds, in sandy soils, from Virginia to Carolina. Lunar ia ; a genus of the class Tetradynamia, order Silicu- losa. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth four-leaved, oblong; leaflets ovate-oblong, blunt, converging, deciduous, of which the two alternate ones are gibbous, and bagged at th.e base. Corolla: four-pelallcd, cruciform; petals entire, blunt, large, the length of the ealix, ending in claws of the same length. Stamina: filamenta six, awl-shaped, four the length of the ealix, two a little shorter; anlherae from upright spreading. Pistil: germen pedicelled, ovate-oblong; style short; stigma blunt, entire. Pericarp: silicle elliptic, flat, entire, upright, very large, pedicelled, terminated by the style, two-celled, two-valved ; partition parallel, and equal to the valves, flat. Seeds: some, kidney-shaped, compressed, marginal, in the middle of the silicle; receptacles filiform, long, inserted into the lateral sutures. Essential Cha- racter. Silicle: entire, elliptic, compressed-flat, pedi- celled ; valves equal, and parallel to the partition, flat. Calix: with bagged leaflets. The species are, 1. Lunaria Rediviva ; Perennial Hone sly. Silicles lance- olate; root perennial. This is a very large plant ; stem three to four feet high. — Native of the south of France, Italy, Switzerland, Silesia, Austria, and Hungary. This and the next species are propagated by seeds sown in the autumn : those sown in the spring often miscarry, or lie a long time in the ground. They will grow in almost any soil, hut love a shady situation; and require only to be kept clean from weeds: if the seeds be permitted to scatter, the plants will rise w ithout further care ; and if they be left unremoved, they will grow much larger than those which are transplanted. 2. Lunaria Annua ; Annual Honesty. Silicles roundish ; root biennial — Native of Germany. See the preceding spe- cies. This plant has acquired the name of White Satin: it used to be dried and preserved to places in chiinnies. The name Honesty seems to have been given to these plants, from the transparency of the seed-vessels; in which the wdiole may be seen without any optical deception. The Germans call ft Silberblume ; the Dutch, Zilrerbloem ; the Danes, Maaneviol; the Swedes, Manrjioltr ; the French, Salin-blanc ; and the Italians, Lunaria. 3. Lunaria /Egypt jaca; Egyptian Honesty. Silicles oblong, pendulous; leaves snperdecompound, with trifid leaflets; annual, with a smooth branching stalk little more than a foot high. It flowers here in June and July. — Native of Egypt. Sow the seeds in an open border, where they are to remain : if they he sown soon after they are ripe, the plants will come up in the autumn, and live through the winter in a sheltered situation. These will flower early the following summer; whereby ripe seeds may be obtained : they may also be sown in the spring. Keep them clean, and thin them where they are loo close. If the seeds be permitted to scatter, they wilt rise without care. Lungwort . See Pulmonaria. Lungwort, Cow’s or Bullock’s. See Verbascum. Lupine. See Lupinus and Trifolium. Lupinus ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, bifid. Corolla: papilionaceous; banner cordate-roundish, emarginate, bent back at the sides, compressed ; wings sub- ovate, almost the length of the banner, not fastened to the keel, converging below; keel two-parted at the base, sickle- shaped upwards, acuminate, entire, the length of the wings, narrower. Stamina: filamenta ten, united, somewhat ascend- ing, distinct above ; antherae five, roundish, and as many oblong. Pistil: germen awl-shaped, compressed, villose; style awl-shaped, ascending; stigma terminating, blunt. Pericarp: lepume large, oblong, coriaceous, compressed, acuminate, one-celled. Seeds: several, -roundish, compressed. Observe. The calix is different in different species. Essen- tial Character. Calix: two-lipped. Anthtrck: five oblong, five roundish. Legume: coriaceous. — These plants are cultivated for ornament in the borders of the flower-garden, where they are sown in patches with other annuals in the spring, where they are to remain, thinniug them where too close, and keeping them clean from weeds. To have a suc- cession of flowers, the seeds may be sown at different times, as in April, May, and June; but the seeds of those sown in April only will ripen. They all make a pretty appearance when in flower. The species are, 1. Lupinus Perennis; Perennial Lupine. Calices alter- nate, without appendicles ; upper lip emarginate, lower entire ; root perennial, creeping ; stalks erect, channelled, a foot and L U P OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L Y C G3 half high; flowers pale blue, bn short pedqncles, in long loose spikes. — Native of Virginia, and other parts of North America. This is propagated by seeds sown where the plants are to remain. If in a dry soil, the root will continue several years, and produce many spikes of flowers; .and though the usual season of flowering is in June and July, yer when rain falls in August, fresh stalks arise from the roots, which flower at the end of September, or the beginning of October. 2. Lupinus Albus; White Lupine. Calices alternate, without appendicles ; upper lip entire, lower three-toothed ; stalk upright, about two feet high, dividing towards the top into several smaller hairy branches; leaves digitate, composed of seven or eight narrow oblong leaflets. The flowers are produced in loose spikes at the end of the branches; they are white and barren, appearing in July, and ripening seeds in autumn. The leaves have the sides contracted at night, and hang down, being bent back to the petiole. It grows naturally in the Levant, and is cultivated in some parts of Italy, as other pulse, for food: likewise in the south of France, in poor dry extensive plains, as a meliorating crop, to be ploughed in where no manure is to be had, and the ground is too barren for clover or other better plants. A decoction of the seeds of this plant increases the urinary secretions, removes obstructions of the menses, and is frequently found serviceable in the jaundice, and the beginning of dropsical complaints. It is likewise an excellent lotion for children's sore heads, speedily cleansing and disposing them to heal. Sweetened with honey, it destroys worms in the intestines. This and the next species are frequently sown in Italy to manure the grounds, especially that which is intended for vineyards. They plough them into the ground as soon as they begin to flower. 3. Lupinus Varius ; Small Blue Lupine. Calices half- whorled, appendicled; upper lip bifid, lower slightly three- toothed; stalk firm, straight, channelled, nearly three feet high, divided towards the top into several branches; corolla blue. It flowers in July. — Native of the south of France, Spain, Italy, and Sicily. See the preceding species. 4. Lupinus Hirsutns ; Great Blue Lupine. Cuticles alter- nate, appendicled ; upper lip two parted, lower three- toothed ; stalk strong, firm, channelled, from three to four feet high, dividing upward into several long branches, garnished with digitate leaves. The flowers are placed in whorls round the stalks above each other, forming a loose spike, w hich proceeds from tlie ends of the branches : they are large, ami of a beau tiful blue colour, but have no scent. — This and the next species are generally late in ripening tiie seeds, so that unless the autumn prove warm and dry, they do not ripen; therefore the best way to have good seeds is to sow them in September, close to a warm wall, on dry ground, where they will live through our ordinary winters; and these plants will flower early in the following summer, so that there will be time for the seeds to ripen before the rains fall in the autumn, which frequently rots those seeds which are not ripe. If a few of the seeds of both he sown in small pots the beginning of September, and, when the frosts begin, the pots be removed into a common hot bed frame, where they may he protected from hard frost, hut enjoy the free air in mild weather, the plants may he thus secured in winter; and in the spring the\ may be shaken out of the pots, preserving the earth to their roots, and planted in a warm border, where they will flower early, and produce very good seeds. 5. Lupinus Pilosus; Bose Lupine. Calices in whorls, appendicled; upper lip two-parted, lower entire; corollas are pale flesh-colour. It flowers in July and August.— Native of the south of Europe. See the preceding species. (>■ Lupinus Angustifolius ; Narrow-leaved Blue Lupine. Calices alternate, appendicled ; upper lip two-paTted, lower entire ; flowers blue ; seeds ovate, globular. — Native of Spain and Sicily. 7. Lupinus Luteus; Yellow Lupine. Callow ;n whorls appendicled ; upper lip two-parted, lower three-toothea , stem a toot high, branching ; flowers yellow, odorous. This is very much esteemed for its sweetness, though the flowers are of short duration, especially in warm weather; there- fore the seeds should be sown at several times, that there may be a succession of flowers through the season, for they will continue flowering till they are stopped by hard frost ; and rhose which come to flower, will continue in beauty a longer time than the early ones. 8. Lupinus Cocliin-chinensis ; Single leaved Lupine. Ca- lices appendicled, in spikes; upper lip bifid, lower three- toothed; leaves simple, oval; stem herbaceous, annual; flowers yellow. — Native of Coelrin-china and Bengal. 1). Lupinus Africanus. Calices appendicled, five-cleft; peduncles many flowered, terminating; leaves ternate, lan- ceolate; stem shrubby, diffused’; flowers yellow. — Native of the eastern coast of Africa. 10. Lupinus Trifoliatus. Calices five-toothed; legumes in spikes, upright; leaves ternaie, ovate; stem herbaceous ; flowers blue. — Native of Mexico. 11. Lupinus Nootkatensis. Stalk and stalk-leaves rough ; leaves digitate; folioles seven or eight, lanceolate, obtuse; calix verticillate ; upper lip eniarginale, lower one entire. — Found on the north-west coast. 12. Lupinus Sericea. Stalk and leaves sericeo-tomentose; leaves digitate; folioles seven or eight, lanceolate, acute; calix subvertii iliate, inappendiculate ; upper lip cut, lower one entire; flowers pale purple, or rose-coloured. — Found on the hanks of the Kooskoosy, in North America. 13. Lupinus Argenteus. Leaves digitate ; folioles from fire to seven, linear lanceolate, acule ; calix alternate, in- appeiidiculate ; upper leaf obtuse, lower one entire; flowers small, cream-coloured — Grows on the banks of the Koos- koosy, in North America. I I. Lupinus Pusilfus. Plant perennial, very villose; leaves simple, oblong; spikes elongated; calices alternate, inap- pendioulHte; upper Itp bifid, lower one entire, elongated. The flowers are very variable ill colour; white, rose red, and purple. It is a beautiful plant, but very difficult of cultiva- tion — It grows in the dry sand fields of Carolina and Florida. Lychnis ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Pentagynia. ( • ' veric Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, oblong, membranaceous, five-toothed, permanent. Corolla: pelals five; claws the length of the calix, flat, margined; bor- der often cloven, flat. Stamina: filamenta ten, longer than the calix, alternately shorter, each of these fixed to a claw of each petal ; anthene incumbent. Pistil: gennen snbovate; sty les five, aw l shaped, longer than the stamina ; stigmas reflex against the sun, pubescent. Pericarp: capsule approaching to an ovate form, covered, one, three, or five ceiled, five-valved. Seeds: very many, roundish. Observe. The tenth species has the sexes distinct, and the capsule one-celled, ten valved at the lip ; in the first it is also one celled, but five-valved at the tip. The sixth has undivided petals, and a five-celled capsule. The fourth varies with three, four, and five styles. The seventh has four styles; Villars says, six and more. Most of the species are one-ce!!ed. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: one-leafed, oblong, even. Petals: five, with claws, and a subbifid border. Capsule: five-celled; Grert- ncr says, in most one-celled.- The species are, 1. Lychnis Chalcedonica ; Scarlet Lychnis. Flowers fas- U 64 L Y C THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; L Y C cicled, fastigiate; root perennial; steins three feet h'gh. upright, stiff, round, jointed, hairy, at every joint two large leaves of a brownish green colo*"-i corolla of a scarlei 01 bright red orange colour, varying to white, blush, and vari able, that is, jv^ *ed, growing paler till it becomes almost ilie variety with double flowers is a valuable plant The root is perennial, with two, three, or four strong ereci hairy stalks, garnished the whole length with spear-shaped leaves sitting close to them. The flowers, which are of a most beautiful scarlet colour, are produced inclose clusters sitting at the top of the stalk; and when the roots are strong, the clusters of flowers will be very large, and make a fine appear ance. They appear at the latter end 6f June, and in mode rate seasons continue nearly a month in beauty. The stalks decay in autumn, and new ones rise in the spring. — The sin- gle flowers are easily propagated by seeds sown on a border exposed to the east, in the middle of March. They will appear in April, when, if the season be dry, they should be refreshed with water two or three times a week. By the beginning of June the plants will be fit to remove, when there should be a bed of common earth prepared to receive them ; into which they should be planted at about four inches apart, observing to water and shade them till they have taken new root; after which they will only require to be weeded until the following autumn, when they should be transplanted into the borders of the pleasure-garden, where they are to con tinue. The summer following these plants will flower, and produce ripe seeds; but the roots will abide several years, and continue to flower. It may also be propagated by offsets ; but as the seeds ripen freely, few persons trouble themselves to propagate the plants any other way. The double-flowered variety is propagated by slips taken from the roots in autumn ; but as this is a slow method of increasing the plants, the best way to have them in plenty, is to cut off the flower-stalks in June before the flowers appear. These may be cut into small lengths of three or four joints each, which should be planted on an east border of soft loamy earth, putting three of the joints into the ground, leaving one eye just level with the surface ; these must be watered, and then covered close with bell or hand glasses, excluding the outward air, and shaded with mats when the sun shines hot upon them. The cuttings so managed will put out roots in five or six weeks, when they must be exposed to the open air, and in very dry weather should be now and then refreshed with water, but it must not be repeated too often, nor given in large quantities, for too much moisture will cause them to rot. These roots will make good plants by the following autumn, when they may be trans- planted into the borders of the pleasure-garden, and will flower there in the next summer. The French call these beautiful flowers Lychnoide dr Calceduine, Croix de Jerusalem ou de Malt he ; the Italians, Croce di Camlierr ; the Spaniards, Cruces de Jerusalem ; and the Portuguese, Cruz de Malta. 2. Lychnis Flos Cuculi; Red-flowered Meadow Lychnis. Petals quadrifid ; fruit roundish, one-celled ; root perennial, brownish white, subacrid ; stems from one to three feet high; corolla pink or purplish red. It flowers in May and June. — Native of most parts of Europe in moist meadows. This plant has a variety of names in English, as Meadow Pink, Wild Williams, Cuckow-flower, Ragged Robin, Crow-flower. The variety with double flowers is frequently cultivated in flower-gardens for ornament. It only differs from the single in the multiplicity of the petals, and is commonly known by the title of Double Ragged Robin. — Found near Bungay in Suffolk. This plant is increased by slipping the roots in September. S. Lychnis Alpestris. Petals four-cleft, crowned ; leaves recurved ; root perennial ; stems a span high, upright, smooth; flowers white, in a dichotomous panicle. — Native of Switzer- land and Austria. 4. Lychnis Quadridentata. Petals four-toothed ; stem dichotomous; leaves smooth, recurved; stems a span high. — Native of Austria. 6. Lychnis Coronata ; Chinese Lychnis. Smooth : flowers axillary and terminating, solitary ; petals laciniated; stem simple, round, upright, a foot high. It flowers in June and July. — Na'ive of China and Japan. (i. Lychnis Vi-cana ; Viscous Lychnis, or Catchfly. Petals nearly equal; root perennial, yellowish on the outside, white within; stem round, not grooved; flowers terminating, in close whorls, all together forming a spike. It is called Nar- row leaved Catchfly, or Limewort, Red German Catchfly, Catchfly Cuckow flower, and Viscous Lychnis. It is scarce in Great Britain, but has been found in Wales; upon the rocks in Edinburgh Park; and near Cioydon, in Surry. It flowers in May and June. — Native of most parts of Europe, in dry and mountainous pastures, especially among bushes. This plant is propagated by parting the roots in autumn, at which time every slip will grow; or if the seeds be sown in the same manner as is directed for the first sort, the single flowers may be produced in plenty: the double flowers, how- ever, have almost excluded them from our gardens. They never produce seeds, and can only be propagated by parting and slipping t he roots; the best time for which is autumn, when every slip will grow. If this be performed in Septem- ber, the slips will have taken good root before the frost, aud w ill flower w ell the following summer ; but if they are expected to flower strong, the roots must not be divided into small slips, though for multiplying the plants it matters not bow small the slips are. They should be planted on a border exposed to the morning sun, and shaded when the sun is warm till they have taken root. If the slips are planted in the beginning of September, they will be rooted strong enough to plant in the holders of the flower-garden by the middle or latter end of October. The roots of this multiply so fast, as to make it necessary to transplant and part them every year; for when they are let remain longer they are very apt to rot. 7. Lychnis Alpitia ; Alpine Lychnis. Petals bifid ; flowers four-styled; root perennial. — Native of the Alps in Europe, and Siberia. It flowers in May. This and the ninth species are propagated by seeds, and also by parting the roots. The roots may be parted, and the plants removed, in autumn. The seeds may be sown upon a shady border in March, keeping the ground moist in dry weather. When the plants are of a size to remove, transplant them into a shady border, where they may remain to flower. a. Lychnis Laeta ; Small Portugal Lychnis, or Campion. Petals bifid ; flowers solitary; leaves linear-lanceolate, smooth ; calices ten-keeled. — Annual, and a native ot Portugal. This is increased by slips, in the same manner as these, but coin- ing from a warm country, it is impatient of cold, aud will not live through the winter in an open border, nor does it thrive well in a pot. It succeeds best when planted close to a south wall in dry uiidunged earth, or brick-rubbish; for in rich or moist ground the root presently rots, as they also do when they are watered. 9. Lychnis Sibirica ; Siberian Lychnis. Petals bifid ; stem dichotomous ; leaves somewhat rough haired ; root perennial. — Native of Siberia. Sec the seventh species. 10. Lychnis Diurna; Rose Jlou'ered Lychnis, or Wild Red Campion. Flowers dioecous ; capsules one celled, roundish; root perennial, thickness of the little finger; stalks several, upright, from one to three feet high ; petals purple. It flow- LVC OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L Y C G5 ers in May and June. — Native of many parts of Europe, in moist shady ditehes, by the sides of hedges, and sometimes in woods. A variety of this with double flowers is cultivated in gardens by the name of Red Batchelor's Buttons. It is an ornaineutai plant, and continues long in flower. The double varieties, both red and white, are propagated by slips in the beginning of August in a shady border of loamy earth, where they will take root in six weeks or two months, and may then be transplanted into the borders of the flower-garden. These roots should be annually removed, otherwise they fre quentiy rot: and young plants must be propagated by slips to supply the decay of the old roots, which are not of very long duration. Tne red thrives best in a soft loamy soil, and in a shady situation, where it has only the morning sun. 11. Lychnis Vespertina; White-flowered Lychnis, or Wild White Campion. Flower dimcous ; capsules one-celied, conical. This is distinguished from the preceding by its calix, which is thicker, harder, almost cartilaginous, covered with veins forming a net. There are seveial varieties. 1. With purple or blush-coloured flowers. 2. With quadrifid petals. 3. With hermaphrodite flowers. 4. With double flowers; which, though they do not make so good an appearance as the red varieties of the preceding species, will thrive in a drier soil and a more open exposure. — Common in Sweden, Silesia, at the foot of the Alps, and with us in Cambridge- shire. For cultivation, Arc. see the preceding. 12. Lychnis Apetala. Calix inflated ; corolla shorter than the calix; flowers hermaphrodite, one or two on the stem ; root fibrous; stem single, upright, a span high, entire. A single flower generally terminates the stem, nodding horizon- tally.— Native of the mountains of Lapland and Siberia. Lycium ; a genus of the class Peulandria, order Monogy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth subquin- quefid, obtuse, erect, very small, permanent, Corolla : mouopelalous, funnel-form ; tube cylindric, spreading, in- curved ; border five-parted, obtuse, spreading, small. Sta- mina: filainenta five, awl-shaped, from the middle of the tube, with a beard; antherac erect. Pistil: germen round- ish; style simple, longer than the stamina; stigma bifid, thickish. Pericarp: berry roundish, two celled. Seeds: several, kidney-form; receptacles convex, affixed to the par- tition. Essential Character. Corolla: tubular, closed at the throat by the beard of the filainenta. Berry: two- celled, many-seeded. The species are, L Lycium Japonicum; Japan Box-thorn. Unarmed: leaves ovale, nerved, flat; flowers sessile. This shrub is scarcely a fathom high, very much branched, upright. It is frequently planted for hedges in Japan, where it is a native. This, with the second, third, filth, sixth, eleventh, and twelfth, may be increased by seeds, cuttings, or layers. If by seeds, they should be sown in the autumn, soon after they are ripe; for if they are kept out of the ground till spring, they seldom come up the first year. If the seeds be sown in pots, the pots should be plunged into some old tau in the winter, and in very severe frost covered with pease-haulm or straw, but in inild weather should he open to receive the wet. In the spring, tile pots ought to be plunged into a moderate hot bed, w hich will soon bring up the plants, which must be inured to bear the open air as soon as the danger of frost is over; and when they are three inches high, they may be shaken oui of the pots, and each planted in a small sepa rate pot, filled with loamy earth, and placed in (lie shade till they have taken new root, when they may be removed to a sheltered situation, where they may remain till the autumn ; then they should he removed either into the green house, or placed under a hot lied frame to shelter them from bard frost: for these plants being too tender to live in the open air in England, they must be kept in pots, and treated in the same way as myrtles, aud other hardy greenhouse plants; but when the plants are grown strong, there may be a few of them planted in the full ground in a warm situation, where they w ill live in moderate winters, but in hard frosts they are com- monly destroyed. If the cuttings of these plants be planted in a shady border in July, and duly watered, they will take root, and may then be treated in the same way as the seed- ling plants. Some of them never produce seeds in England. 2. Lycium Barbatum. Unarmed: leaves ovate, smooth; branches flexuose ; flowers panicled. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the preceding species. 3. Lycium Africanum; African Box-thorn. Thorny: leaves linear, fascicled; branches stiff; stem straight, rigid. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. There is a variety with purplish white flowers; native of France, Spain, and Italy, in hedges. See the first species. 4. Lycium Kuthenicum. Thorny : leaves linear, fascicled; branches hanging dowu; shrub six feet high; flowers two or lour together, outwardly pale, and of a greeenish purple. This, with the eighth and ninth species, are hardy, and may be increased by cuttings or layers. — Native country unknown. 5. Lycium Tetrandrum. Thorny: leaves ovate, obtuse; branches angular ; corollas four-cleft. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 6. Lycium Boerhaavisefolium ; Glaucous leaved Box-thorn. Thorny : leaves ovate, quite entire, acute, glaucous ; flowers panicled ; stem upright, round, branched, full of chinks, ash- coloured ; corolla blue, sweet-smelling ; branches alternate, spreading, smooth. — Native of Peru. See the first species. 7. Lycium Barbarum ; Willow-leaved Box thorn. Thorny; leaves lanceolate ; branches loose; calices bifid. This is a weak, nodding, and decumbent shrub. — Native of Europe, Asia, and the Cape of Good Hope. It is increased by cut- tings planted in the spring, before they begin to shoot, in a border exposed to the morning sun. They should not be removed till the autumn, when they may be planted to cover walls ; for the branches are too weak to support them- selves. 8. Lycium Europium ; European Box-thorn. Thorny : leaves oblique; branches flexuose, round. The Spaniards eat the tender shoots of this shrub with oil and vinegar : and Michael says, that it is used for hedges in Tuscany, where they call it Spina da corone di croflssi ; supposing it, in common with several other prickly shrubs, to he that of which our Saviour’s crown of thorns was made. — Native of the south of Europe, Spain, Portugal, France, and Italy. See the fourth species. 9. Lycium Tartaricum ; Tartarian Box-thorn. Thorny : leaves linear, fascicled ; branches supine. This is an elegant shrub, on account of the whiteness of the branches, rods, or twigs, which are many, a foot or eighteen inches long, or more, branched, ascending; tube of the corolla white. — Native of Tartary, about the Volga. See the fourth species. 10. Lycium Capsulare. Thorny: leaves lanceolate, thin, smooth ; peduncles and calices pubescent ; pericarpia capsu- lar.— Native of Mexico. 11. Lycium Cinereum. Thorny: leaves lanceolate, smooth'; branches spinescent ; peduncles very short. — Native of the Cape of Good Mope. 12. Lycium Hoii idum. Thorny: leaves obovate, fleshy, smooth ; branches spinescent; peduncles very short. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Lycium Cochin-chinense. Unarmed: leaves oblong* LYC THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; L Y M blunt; cymes terminating; shrub four feet high ; flowers white. — Native of Cochin china, in woods. Lycoperdon ; a genua of the class Crvptogamia, orderFungi. — Generic Character. Fungus: roundish, fleshy, firm, becoming powdery, ami opening at the top; seeds fixed, to filamenta, connected witli t lie inner coat of the plant. These singular Fungi are described by Dr. Withering: see hi- Arrangement. There is also an elaborate dissertation on the British Stellated Lycoperdoos, by Mr. Woodward, in the second volume of the Transactions of the Linncean Society oj London. Lycopodium ; a genus of the class Crvptogamia, order Miscellani®.— - Generic Character. Fructifications: in the axils of the scales, digested into long imbricate spikes, or of the leaves themselves, sessile. Capsule: kidney-shaped, two-valved, elastic, many seeded. Veil : none. Only six spe- cies of this genus are natives of Great Britain. See Murray's edition of the Systema Vegetabilium. Lycnpsis ; a genus of the class I’eutandria, order Monngy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-parted ; segments oblong, acute, spreading, permanent. Corotlai one- petalled, funnel-form ; tube cyliudric, from curved bent; border half five-cleft, blunt; throat closed, with five convex, prominent, converging scales. Stamina: filamenta five, very small, at the bending of the tube of tbe corolla; anther* small, covered. Pistil: germina four; style filiform, the length of the stamina ; stigma blunt, bifid. Pericarp: none ; calix very large, inflated. Seeds: four, lougisb. Observe. The essence of this genus consists in the curvature of the tube of the corolla. Essential Character. Corolla: with the tube bent in. The plants of this genus are hardy, and will generally rise from scattered seeds, but do not bear trans- planting well ; they are, 1. Lycopsis Vesicaria ; Bladder-podded Wild Bug/oss. Leaves quite entire; stem prostrate; fruiting calices inflated, pendulous; root annual; flowers axillary, appearing in June and July. — Native of dry hills in the south of Europe. 2. Lycopsis Pulla; Dark-flowered Wild Bugloss. Leaves quite entire; stem upright ; fruiting calices inflated, pendu- lous; corolla small, dark, blackish purple.— Native of dry pastures in Austria and Germany. 3. Lycopsis ^Egyptiaca ; Egyptian Wild Bugloss. Leaves quite entire, rugged; stems ascending; fruiting calices in- flated, pendulous. See Asperugo AEgyptiara. 4. Lycopsis Variegata ; Variegated Wild Bugloss. Leaves repand-toothed, callous; stem decumbent; corollas drooping; flowers small, bright blue, collected into small bunches at the extremity of the branches. It varies with red flowers elegantly streaked with white. — Native of the county of Nice, and the island of Candia, on tbe walls of the city: observed also on mount Hymettus, near Athens. 5. Lycopsis Arvensis; Small Wild Bugloss. Leaves lan- ceolate, hispid, flowering; calices upright; root annual, sim- ple, fibrous, whitish. It is an extremely harsh, rough, and bristly plant ; stem thick, afoot or more high; corolla sky- blue, varying to red and white. It has lately been recom- mended as a remedy for the anthrax, or corrosive ulcer, com- monly called a Carbuncle, by laying the bruised plant on the tumor; but upon whose authority we cannot acertain: for there seems no reason to suppose that such a plant as this could have any efficacy in such a disease. When the plants grow on dunghills, their leaves are often an inch and half broad. It flowers from May to July. — Native of most parts of European corn-fields with sandy soil, and on dry banks. (5. Lycopsis Bullata ; Bladdery leaved Wild Bugloss. Leaves lanceolate-ovate, hispid, bladdery ; stem procumbent. 3 Probably this is a variety of the preceding; root annual, sim- ple.— Common on waste grounds about Naples. 7. Lycopsis Orieiildlis ; Oriental Wild Bugloss. Leaves ovate, quite entire, rugged ;. calices upright ; annual. — Native of the 1 ^evant. 8. Lycopsis Virginica ; Virginian Wild Buyloss. Leaves liuear-lanceolate, clustered, tomentose, soft; stem upright; perennial. — Native of Virginia. Lycop.ua : a genus of the class Diandria, order Monogynia. — Gen eric Character.' Calix: perianth one-leafed, tubular, half five cleft; segments narrow, acute. Corolla: one-petalled, unequal; tube cylindrical, the length of the calix ; border four-cleft, blunt, spreading ; segments almost equal, upper broader, emargmate, lower smaller. Stamina: filamenta two, commonly longer than the corolla, inclining lo the upper segment ; auihera; small. Pistil: germen four- cleft ; style filiform, straight, the length of the stamina ; stigma bifid, reflex. Pericarp : none;, calix containing the seeds in its bottom. Seeds: four, roundish, ret use. Essential Character. Corolla: four-cleft, with one division, emar- ginate; stamina distant. Seeds: four, fetuse.- The spe- cies are, 1. Lycopus dLuropams ; Water Horchound. Leaves sinu- ate-serrate ; root perennial, creeping; stalks square : flowers indense; whorls numerous, small; corolla white: the leaves vary, more or less hairy, and divided. It dyes black, and gives a permanent colour to wool and silk. Gypsies are said t<> stain their skins with it; and it would probably be essen- tially useful to dyers, if more regarded. — Common in all parts of Europe, on the banks of streams and ponds : flowering from July to September. Tbe Germans call it Wo/fsfuss, Ac. tbe Dutch, Wolfspoot ; the Danes, Vandmurru ; the Swedes, VargJ'ot ; the French, Marrube Aquatique, Licope, Patte de Loup; and the Italians, Licopo. 2. Lycopus Virginicus; Virginian Water ilorehound. Leaves equally serrate. — Native of Virginia. 3. Lycopus Exaltatus ; Lojty Water ilorehound. Leaves pinnatifid, serrate at the base; stem the height of a man; corollas four-cleft, white. — Native of Italy. 4. Lycopus Pumilus. Leaves lanceolate, subserrate, gla- brous; stohmes procumbent; flowers solitary; stem low — ■ Found in Canada. 5. Lycopus Obtusifolius. Leaves lanceolate, obtusely ser- rated.— Found at Hudson's Bay. Lygeum ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: spathe one-leafed, con- volute, ovate, acuminate, opening downwards, permanent. Corolla: in pairs, placed on the germen, equal all ways; glume of the corollet two-valved, outer valve convex, oblong, acute, smaller, inner linear, narrow, twice as long, bifid, acute. Stamina: (to each) filamenta three, very slender, flattish, long; anther* linear. Pistil: germen common to bolh, hirsute, inferior to the corollas; style simple, flattish, long; stigma simple. Pericarp: nut oblong, extremely hir- sute, two-celled, not opening. Seeds: solitary, linear-oblong, convex on oue side, flattish on the other. Essential Cha- racter. Corolla: two on the same germen. Nut: two- celled. The only known species is, 1. Lygeum Spartum; Rush leaved Lygeum, or Hooded Matweed. The Spaniards use it for making baskets and ropes, and also for filling their palliasses, or lower mattresses. They call both this and Stipa tenacissima, which is used for the same purposes, by the name of Esparto. — It is a native of Spain, in clayey fields, where it flowers in March; and with us in May and June. Lyme Grass. See Elymus. L Y S OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. L Y S 67 Lysimachia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth five- parted, acute, erect, permanent. Corolla : one-petal led, wheel- shaped ; tube none; border five-parted, flat ; divisions ovate-oblong. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, opposite to the divisions of the corolla ; anther® acuminate. Pistil: germen roundish ; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stigma obtuse. Pericarp: capsuleglobular.mucronate.one- celled, ten-valved ; according to Gasrtner, five-valved. Seeds: very many, augular; receptacle globular, very large, doited. Observe. In some species the stamina ar>- united at the base. The ninth species has a five cleft corolla, and a five-valved fruit. Essential Character. Corolla: wheel-shaped. Capsule: globular, mucronate, ten-valved; according to Gacrtner, five-valved, with Receptacle, free; and Seeds with a ventral navel, opposite to the embryo. The species are, 1. Lysimachia Vulgaris ; Common Loose-strife. Panicled ; racemes terminating ; root perennial, creeping; stem three feet or more high; leaves in pairs, or three, four, or five together, sessile, ovate, or lanceolate ; corolla yellow. — Native of most parts of Europe, on the. banks of streams, and in marshy meadows; flowering from the end of June to September. It derives the English name Loose strife, from the quality ascribed to it by the ancients, of quieting oxen when put upon their yokes. Willow Herb is a name applied to it, from the shape of the leaves. This is of an astringent balsamic nature, and has the credit of being so excellent a vulnerary, that if the young leaves are bound about a fresh wound, they will imme- diately cheek the bleeding, and perform a cure in a very short time. Hill says, the root dried and given in powder is good against the whites, immoderate menstrual discharges, the bloody flux, and purgings. The Germans call it Gelbe Wei- derich ; the Dutch, Gemeene Weiderich ; the Danes, Pretilos : the French, Lisimaque Vu/gaire ; and the Italians, Lisimarhia. This, together with the fifth and eighth species, though not often admitted into gardens, because their creeping roots are troublesome, still deserve cultivation, for the beauty of their large flowers; especially as they will grow in moist places, where nothing better will thrive. 2. Lysimachia Ephemerum ; Willow-leaved Loose-strife. Racemes terminating; petals obovate, spreading; leaves li- near lanceolate, sessile; root perenuial; stems several, upright, more than three feet high; corolla white.— Native of Spain. 1 his, which is the finest plant of the genus, may be pro- pagated by parting the roois in autumn; but this method increases it slowly: so that the best way is to sow the seeds upon an eastern-aspected border soon after they are ripe, in autumn, then the plants will come up the following spring ; but those which arc sown in the spring will not grow the same year. When they come up, they should he kept clean from weeds; and if they are too close, some of them may be drawn out, and transplanted on a shady border; which will give the remaining plants room to grow till autumn, when thev may be transplanted into the borders of the flower-garden, where they are designed to flower: after which, they will require no other culture but to keep them clean from weeds, and dig the ground between them every spring. It is very ornamental for shady borders, and deserves a place in every pleasure-garden, delighting in a moist soil, where it will continue long in beauty. 3. Lysimachia Stricta; Upright Loose-strife. Racemes terminating; petals lanceolate, spreading; leaves lanceolate ; stem erect, four-cornered, smooth. After flowering, it throws out bulbs from the axils, which falling- oft' in October, pro- duce young plants in the ensuing spring.— Native of swampy ground in North America. It increases by its bulbs, which it produces instead of seeds, and requires a very moist situation. 4. Lysimachia Dubia; Purple-flowered Loose-strife. Ra- cemes terminating ; petals converging; stamina shorter than the corolla; leaves lanceolate, peticled. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the Levant. It is propagated by seeds sown on a moderate hot-bed in the spring; often water- ing the ground, to bring up the plants, if the season should prove warm. The glasses of the hot-bed should be shaded in the beat of the day. When the plants are up, they should have a large share of fresh air admitted to them, and ought to be frequently refreshed with water: when they are fit to remove, plant each in a separate pot, plunging each into a moderate hot-bed, to forward their taking new root; after this, inure them gradually to bear the open air, into which they should be removed at the beginning of June, and remain till October; when they should be placed under a common frame, where they may be sheltered from frost in winter; but always partake of free air in mild weather. The spring fol- lowing, some of the plants may be shaken out of the pots, and planted in borders ; but a tew should be put into larger pots, where they may flower and seed. 5. Lysimachia Thyrsiflora ; Tufted Loose-strife. Racemes lateral, peduncled ; root perennial, creeping and spreading in the mud, bearded, with long fibres; stems in tufts, porous, jointed, round, succulent; corolla small, yellow. — Native of many parts of Europe, in bogs, marshes, ponds, ditches, and banks of rivers. Though not common in England, it has been found near King’s Langley, in Hertfordshire; in York- shire; and in the isle of Anglesea, North Wales: also along the banks of the river Ballynahinch, above the bridge near Belfast, Ireland. 6. Lysimachia Quadrifolia; Four-leaved Loose-strife. Leaves in fours; peduncles in fours, one-flowered; flowers yellow.— Native of Virginia. 7. Lysimachia Punctata ; Dotted Loose-strife. Leaves in fours, subsessile; peduncles in whorls, oue-flowered; root perenuial, creeping ; stalks many, erect, about two feet high. — Native of Virginia and Canada. 8. Lysimachia Ciliata; Ciliated Loose-strife. Petioles cili- ated ; flowers drooping; stems one or two, slender, not more than three inches high. It flowers in the spring. — Native of France and Italy. 0. Lysimachia Linum-Stellatum ; Small Loose-strife. Ca- lices exceeding the corolla; stem upright, very much branched. This is an annual plant, two inches, seldom three, high, from a slender whitish hair-like root. The leaves are short, ending in a fine point ; flowers small, pale green, or herbaceous, stel- late.— Native of France and Italy; flowering in the spring. 10. Lysimachia Nemorum ; Wood Loose-strife, or Yellow Pimpernel Leaves ovate, acute; flowers solitary; stem piocumbent : root perenuial, with whitish fibres ; stems several, roundish, grooved ou each side alternately, smooth, red, root- ing from the lower joints; corolla yellow. When the flowers are expanded, they somewhat resemble in shape those of Anagallis Arvensis, or Common Red Pimpernel: and hence the botanists of former times considered it as an Anagallis. It differs from the next species, to which it bears no small affinity in its general habit, in having the leaves more pointed, the flowers smaller, less bell-shaped, and on much longer pedun- cles, aud the stalks generally redder. — Native of many parts of Europe, in moist woods; flowering from June to Septem- ber: fouud in Charlton wood; at the hanging wood near Woolwich; in Shooter’s Hill wood; between Dartford road and Leeson heath; also between Muswell bill and Highgate; in Cane wood ; at Scarlet Spring, near Ilarefidd ; in Slow and L YT THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; L YT Stokenchurch woods, in Oxfordshire ; at Pychley, in North- amptonshire; and near Nottingham. 11. Lysimachia Numimilaria; Creeping Loose-strife, or Moneywort, or Herb Two-pence. Leaves subcordate ; flowers solitary ; stem creeping ; root perennial, with simple fibres, striking downwards; corolla yellow, about the same size with the leaves. The whole plant is smooth. The leaves of this plant are subastringent, and slightly acid : hence Boerhaave recommended them in the hot scurvy and haemorrhages; they are best given in powder, in doses of ten grains. The juice of the leaves is a well-known remedy among country people for overflowing of the menses; and the roots dried and pow- dered are good in purgings. It is also a good antiscorbutic ; and the leaves bruised, and applied to green wounds, speedily heal them. It is called Nummularia, from the leaves being shaped like money; hence our Moneyivort, Herb Two-pence, and Two-penny Grass: which names are translated into all the languages of modern Europe. — Native of most parls of Europe, in moist meadows ; on the sides of ditches, and under hedges, in moist situations: flowering in June and July. 12. Lysimachia Japonica ; Japan Loose-strife. Leaves sub- cordate; flowers axillary; peduncles shorter than the leaf; root annual, fibrous; stem filiform, decumbent. — Native of Japan. 13. Lysimachia Angustifolia. Leaves opposite and verti- cillate, longo-linear, punctated ; raceme terminal, short ; laci- nite of the corolla oblong ; flowers yellow, very small. — Pound in Lower Carolina. 14. Lysimachia Heferopbylla. Leaves opposite, linear, sessile, ciliated at the base ; root-leaves suborbiculate ; flowers stooping. — Grows in wet meadows, from Virginia to Georgia. Lythrum ; a genus of the class Dodecandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Catix: perianth one- leafed, cylindric, striated; with twelve teeth, alternately smaller. Corolla: petals six, oblong, bluntish, spreading, with the claw s inserted into the teeth of the calix. Stamina : filamenta twelve, filiform, the length of the calix, the upper ones shorter than the lower ; antheras simple, rising. Pistil: germen oblong ; style awl-shaped, the length of the stamina, declined; stigma orbiculate, rising. Pericarp: capsule ob- long, acuminate, straight, two-celled, or nne-celled. Seeds: numerous, small. Observe. In some species, one-sixth part of the number is taken from the flower ; others have only six stamina. Essential Character. Calix: twelve-toothed. Petals: six, inserted into the calix. Capsule: two-celled, many-seeded. The species are, J. Lythrum Salicaria; Common or Purple Willow-herb. Leaves opposite, cordate-lanceolate ; flowers in spikes, twelve- stamined ; root perenuial, thick, branched, somewhat woody, widely extended ; stem from two or three to four or six feet high, upright, tiuged with red; corolla red-purple. Dr. Wi- thering remarks, that sometimes a single antheras grows to one of the petals ; and in this case, besides the twelve perfect stamina, a single filamenlum is found without an antherae. It is astringent ; and is recommended by De Haen, and several other foreign physicians, in long-protracted diarrhoeas and dysenteries. A decoction, or the expressed juice, is given from one to three ounces. When dried and powdered, it imbibes a great quantity of water, before it loses its glutinosity. It has been successfully used in tanning leather, and seems in general to remain untouched by cattle; though Schreber asserts that they feed upon it. The Germans call it Braune We i derich ; the Dutch, Partyke; the French, Salicaire ; the Italians, Salicaria; and the Russians, Plakun. There are several varieties of this handsome plant; which deserve a place in large gardens and plantations, and may be easily cultivated, by parting the roots in autumn; but should be planted in a rich soil. 2. Lythrum Virgatum; Fine-branched Willow-herb. Leaves opposite, lanceolate ; panicle virgate ; flowers twelve-stamined, in threes; root perennial, thick; stems upright, panicled, from a foot to two feet in length. — Native of Austria, Silesia, and Siberia. This, with the other hardy foreign sorts, may be increased in the same manner. When raised from seed, they should be sown in autumn ; otherwise they will remain a year in the ground. 3. Lythrum Fruticosum; Shrubby Willow-herb. Leaves subtomentose underneath ; flowers ten-stamined ; corolla shorter than the calix ; calix shorter than the genitals. This shrub has a lacerated bark ; flowers solitary, peduncled, sub- terminating. — Native of China. This, and most of the follow- ing species, are too tender to live in the open air. Sow the seeds in pots, and plunge them into an old hot-bed : they w'ill not rise, unless they are sown in autumn. Shelter them through the winter, and in spring place them in a fresh hot- bed : after which, treat them as other tender plants from hot countries. 4. Lythrum Verticillatum ; Whorled Willow-herb. Leaves opposite, tomentose underneath, subpetioled ; flowers in whorls, lateral ; peduncles many-flowered, very short. — Native of Virginia. 5. Lythrum Petiolatum ; Footstalk-leaved Willow-herb . Leaves opposite, linear-petioled ; flowers twelve stamined ; they are axillary, solitary, small, and of a pale purple colour, appearing in July. — Native of Virginia. 6. Lythrum Lineare ; Linear-leaved Willow-herb. Leaves opposite, linear ; flowers opposite, six-stamined ; stem slender, about a foot high. — It flowers in June; and is a native of Virginia. 7. Lythrum Parsousia. Leaves opposite, oval ; flowers alternate, six-stamined, sessile ; stem diffused: roots filiform ; stem slender, prostrate, or creeping. — Native of Jamaica and Hispaniola; flowering the whole year. See the third species. 8. Lythrum Melanium. Leaves opposite, ovate; flowers alternate, mostly ten-stamined ; stem prostrate. This is a weakly plant, with a slender stem, well supplied with branches towards the top; and having a disagreeable smell, approach- ing much to that of Guinea-hen Weed, but more subtle, and less perceptible, when placed close to the nose. Swartz dis- tinguishes it by the alternate situation of the flowers. — Native of Jamaica. See the third species. 9. Lythrum Cordifolium ; Heart-leaved Willow-herb. Leaves opposite, insubsessile, cordate, acute, rugged ; racemes termi- nating and axillary; flowers ten-stamined. — Native of Hispa- niola. See the third species. 10. Lythrum Ciliatum ; Ciliated Willow-herb. Leaves opposite, petioled, ovate, smooth, ciliated ; racemes termi- nating ; flowers mostly pointing one way, ten-stamined. — Native of Jamaica. See the third species. 11. Lythrum Cuphea ; Clammy Willow-herb. Leaves oppo- site, petioled, ovate-oblong, somewhat rugged ; flowers twelve- stamined; root fibrous, annual ; stalk delicate, slender, round, upright, ten inches or a foot in height, pubescent, purple; branches few, alternate, simple; petals unequal, the two upper ones larger. It flowers in July and August. — Native of America, as well as Brazil and Jamaica. See the third species. 12. Lythrum Triflorum ; Three-Jlowered Willow-herb. Very smooth: leaves opposite, subsessile, lanceolate, entire; pedun- cles axillary, opposite ; head three-flowered ; root perennial. L YT OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. LYT 69 This species is easily distinguished from the rest, by its filiform peduncles, terminated by two lanceolate-channelled spreading bractes, longer than the flower, and between these three regular flowers, on short pedicels, blue and small. Jussieu however doubts whether it really belongs to this genus. — Native of America. See the third species. 13. Lythrum Pemphis. Shrubby, hirsute : leaves opposite, oblong, entire; flowers axillary, peduncled, solitary ; capsule cut round horizontally, one-celled. This is a hoary shrub. — Found on the coast of Ceylon ; and by Forster, in the island of Teautea, in the South Sea. See the third species. 14. Lythruin Racemosum. Diffused : leaves opposite, pe- tioled, ovate ; racemes terminating ; flowers opposite. — Native of South America. See the third species. 15. Lythruin Dipetalum. Hispid-viscid : leaves in threes, or opposite, sessile, ovate; flowers axillary, nodding, two- petalled ; petals large, inserted into the upper margin of the calix, erect, obovate, violet or blue. The flowers, which are handsome, render this a very distinct species. — Native of South America. See the third species. 16. Lythrum Iiyssopifolia ; Hyssop-leaved Willow-herb. Leaves alternate, linear; flowers six-stamined ; root annual; stems prostrate, stiflish, simple, or branched, only near the root rod-like; colour of the flowers blue. Linncus says, purple and white at the base; Mr. Miller, light purple; and Krocker describes the petals as rose-coloured. Viliars says, the leaves are very bitter. It is generally called Grass Poly, or Small Hedge Hyssop. — Native of many parts of Europe, as Germany, Switzerland, Austria, France, Italy, and Eng- land, in wet meadows, watery places, and especially where water stagnates in winter ; but it does not seem to be very common any where. With us it is found on Hounslow Heath ; between Staines and Laleham ; on Histon, Hinton, and Fe- versham Moors ; and at Oakington, in Cambridgeshire ; on the Banbury Road, from Oxford, near the first turnpike- gate ; at Feversham, in Kent, in the ditches near the abbey- pond ; near the Wheat-sheaf, five miles beyond Huntingdon, on the north road ; and about Wilford, in Northamptonshire. It flowers in July. Being annual, it must be raised from seeds, like the next species; but they are seldom admitted into gardens. 17. Lythrum Thymifolia; Thyme-leaved Willow herb. Leaves alternate, linear; flowers four-stainined ; root annual, very like the preceding, but only half or one-third of the size ; petals commonly four, rose-coloured. It flowers in August. — Native of the south of France, Italy, and Silesia, in moist meadows and ditches. See the preceding species ; of which Krocker suspects it to be a variety. 18. Lythrum Americanum; South American Willotv-herb. Leaves oblong-ovate, below opposite, above alternate ; flowers six-stainined ; root woody, from which arise two or three slender stalks upwards, of two feet high. — Found at La Vera Cruz. See the third species. 19. Lythrum Alatum. Plant very smooth ; leaves oppo- site, ovate-oblong, acute, subcordated at the base; flowers axillary, solitary, sessile, hexandrous, small, purple. — It grows from three to four feet in height; and is found in Lower Georgia. M A B MABA ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Triandria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth semi- trifid; divisions acute, villose. Corolla: one-pctalled, tubu- lar, villose on the outside; tube cylindric, longer than the calix ; border trifid ; divisions ovate, thickish, upright. St a mina : filainenta three, filiform, shorter than the calix ; anthera* erect, ovate. Pistil: rudiment globular, subsessile, in the centre of the flower. Female. Calix: perianth iuferior, per- manent, as in the males. Corolla and Pistil: undescribed. Pericarp: drupe superior, ovate, oblong, two-celled; cells two-seeded. Seeds: nuts two, oblong, three-sided, some- what convex at the back, with two plane sides. Essential Character. Male. Calix: tririd. Female. Corolla: trifid. Drupe: superior, two-celled. The only known species is, 1. Maba Elliptica. Leaves alternate, on very short petioles, elliptic, veined, very smooth; peduncles axillary, short, often three-flowered ; flowers small, and singular, having the outside of the calix and corolla more villose than any of the plant. There is another species, or variety, which Forster calls Maba Major, because the drupe or fruit is three times the size of the other; having three-sided kernels in the cells, which are tough and insipid : they are however eaten by the inhabitants, and were brought for sale to our people.— The inhabitants of the Friendly Islands, of which it is a native, plant it about their houses. Mubea; a genus of the class Moncecia, order Polvandria. —Generic Character. Male. Calix: one-lcafed, five toothed, acute. Corolla: none. Stamina: filainenta nine to twelve, inserted into the bottom of the calix ; antherae round ish. Female. Calix: perianth onc-leafed, upright, live- M A C toothed, acute. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen oblong, subtrigonal, longer than the calix ; style long: Jussieu asks, if it be not rather three styles glued together? stigmas three, filiform, revolute, or twisted spirally. Pericarp: capsule covered with a thick bark, roundish, tricoccous, three-celled; cells bivalve, bursting elastically. Seeds: solitary, roundish. Essential Character. Calix: one-leafed, five-toothed. Corolla: none. Male. Filamenta : nine to twelve, inserted into the bottom of the calix. Female. Germen and style one; stigmas three, revolute; capsule covered with a thick bark, three-celled, three-seeded. The species are, 1. MabeaPiriri. Leaves ovate-oblong, acuminated ; trunk about six feet high, and about six inches in diameter: from this trunk rise, to a great height, several twiggy branches, which spread and catch upon the neighbouring trees. The flow ers are borne in great numbers on the tops of the branches, ranged in a long panicle ; the upper part of which sustains the male, and the lower the female flowers, which are about six or eight in number. All the parts of this shrub yield a milky juice. The Creoles and Negroes use the smaller branches for pipes : hence the tree is called Pipe-U'ood, ( Bois d Calumet.) — Native of Guiana. 2. Mabea Taquari. Leaves ovate, obtuse, marked with red veins beneath. It differs from the preceding, in having a reddish bark, and larger leaves and fruit. — Native of Guiana, where it is used for the same purposes as the former. Macaw Tree. See Cocos. Macedonian Parsley. See Bubon. Macrocnemum ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- M A G THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MAG 70 leafed, superior, turbinate, five-toothed, permanent. Corolla : one-petalled, somewhat bell-shaped, five-cleft. Divisions : ovate, upright. Stamina : filamenta five, awl-shaped, villose, shorter than the corolla ; antherae ovate, compressed, in the jaws of the flower. Pistil: germen inferior, conical; style simple, the length of the stamina ; stigma thickish, two-lobed. P tricarp: capsule oblong, turbinate, two-celled, two-valved. Seeds: very many, imbricate. Essential Character. Corolla: bell shaped. Capsule: two-celled, two-valved, with the valves gaping outwardly at the sides. Seeds: imbricate. The species are, 1. Macrocnemum Jamaicense. A small tree, with a branch- ing smooth trunk ; branches long, loose, round, and warted ; leaves approximating towards the upper part of the branchlets, petioled, opposite, large, oblong, with a short point, entire, nerved, smooth on both sides; flowers in a sort of panicle; corollas rather large, of a yellowish green. It generally rises to the height of twelve or fourteen feet. — Native of the southern part of the island of Jamaica, on the banks of rivulets. 2. Macrocnemum Coccineuni. Racemes with elliptic coloured leaves ; leaves lanceolate, elliptic. This is a tree, with hairs branches ; corolla funnel-form. — Found in the island of Trinidad by Von Rohr. 3. Macrocnemum Candidissiinum. Corymbs trichotomous, with roundish leaves ; leaves ovate. This is a tree, with round, smooth, opposite branches, jointed at top, compressed, dilated under the leaves; capsule oblong. — Found by Von Rohr in the neighbourhood of St. Martha. Macrolobium ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth double, outer two-leaved; leaflets opposite, ovate-oblong, fastened to the base of the inner; inner one-leafed, turbinate, short; mouth oblique, five-toothed. Corolla : five-petalled, un- equal ; upper petal very large, upright, clawed, oblong, blunt, concave, waved, inserted into the inner perianth ; lower petals four, small, ovate, spreading, fastened to the inner perianth above. Stamina : filamenta four, inserted into the inner perianth; one short, barren, under the great petal; three very long, filiform, antherae-bearing, fastened below the smaller petals ; antherae four-cornered. Pistil: germen pedi- celled, ovate; style filiform; stigma blunt. Pericarp: legume ovale, compressed, coriaceous, one-celled. Seed : single, roundish, compressed. Essential Character. Calix: double; outer two-leaved ; inner one-leafed. Petals: five; upper very large, the four other very small, equal. Germen: pedicelled. Legume. The species are 1. Macrolobium Vouapa. Leaves binate; legume sharp on one side, and two-winged. This is a branching tree, sixty feet high, with flowers of a pale violet colour at the ends of the branches. — Found in the large forests of Guiana. 2. Macrolobium Simira. Leaves binate; legume rounded on all sides. This tree is much branched, has a thick trunk rising to eighty feet high. The bark is reddish, thick, and wrinkled. — Native of South America. 3. Macrolobium Outea. Leaves two-paired. This tree, which is very branchy at top, rises to the height of fifty feet. --^Native of the forests of Guiana. Mad Apple. See Solatium. Madder. See Rubia. Madwort. See Alyssum. Magnolia; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Poly- gynia. — Gen*eric Character. Calix: perianth three- leaved ; leaflets ovate, concave, petal-shaped, deciduous. Corolla: petals nine, oblong, concave, blunt, narrower at the base. Stamina; filamenta numerous, short, acuminate, com- pressed, inserted into the common receptacle of the pistilla below the germina ; antherae linear, fastened on each side to the margin of the filamenta. Pistil: germina numerous, ovate-oblong, two-celled, covering a club-shaped receptacle ; styles recurved, contorted, very short; stigmas longitudinal of the style, villose. Pericarp: strobile ovate, covered with capsules, which are compressed, roundish, scarcely imbricate, clustered, acute, one-celled, two-valved, sessile, opening outwards, permanent. Seeds: two or one, roundish, berried, hanging by a thread from the sinus of each scale of the strobile. Observe. The germina are two-celled and two- seeded ; the ripe capsules one-celled, two-valved. Essen- tial Character. Calix: three-leaved. Petals: nine. Capsule: one-celled, two-valved. Seeds: berried, pendulous. The species are, 1. Magnolia Grand i flora; Laurel-leaved Magnolia. Leaves perennial, oblong, tomentose underneath ; petals obovate. The trunk of this tree is straight, two feet or more in diame- ter, rising to above seventy or eighty feet, dividing into many branches, which form a large regular head. The flowers are produced at the ends of the branches; they are very large, and composed of eight or ten petals, narrow at their base, but broad, rourided, and a little waved at their extremities ; they spread open very wide, are of a pure white colour, and have an agreeable scent. In its native country it begins to flower in May ; the flowers continue a long time, perfuming the woods with their odour during the greatest part of the summer; but in England it seldom begins to flower till the middle or end of June, and does not continue long in beauty. — Native of Florida and Carolina. This, with all the other species, is best propagated by seeds, procured from the places of their natural growth, which should be put up in sand, and sent over as soon as possible ; for if they are kept long out of the ground, they rarely grow, and therefore should be sown as soon as they arrive. It is a good way to sow them in pots, and plunge them into an old bot-bed of tanner’s bark. They may also be raised from layers and cuttings ; but do not then thrive so well, or grow so large, as those raised from seed. To increase them by layers, choose the young pliable shoots, giving them a gentle twist, or a slit. It may be done either in spring or autumn. Some may root the first year, but more probably not till the second. Take them off in March, plant them in pots, and plunge them in a moderate hot-bed for a month or two, and thus they will make good plants by autumn. Shelter them during w'inter for a year or two, and then plant them in the full ground. For cuttings, take young shoots of the preceding year ; in March or April, plant them in pots up to the brim in a hot-bed ; water and shade them occasionally; and when they are rooted, inure them by degrees to the open air. 2. Magnolia Plumieri ; Plumier’s Magnolia. Leaves per- ennial, ovate-roundish, smooth on both sides. — Native of the island of St. Lucia, Martinico, and Guadaloupe. See the preceding species. 3. Magnolia Glauca; Swamp Magnolia. Leaves ovate- oblong, glaucous underneath. It grows about fifteen or six- teen feet high. The flowers are produced in May and June, at the extremity of the branches; they are white, and have an agreeable sweet scent; and have only six concave petals. After these are past, the fruit increases to the size of a walnut, with its cover of a conical shape ; the seed is about the size of a kidney-bean. In America this tree is known by the names of White Laurel, Swamp Sassafras, and Beaver Tree. It has the last name, because the root is eaten as a great dainty by beavers, who are caught by means of it. — These trees are natives of the woods of America, and may be discovered by the scent of the blossoms at the distance of three quarters of MAH OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. M A L 71 a mile, if the wind be favourable; and while they are iu flower, it is exceedingly pleasant to travel in the woods, especially in the evening: they retain their flowers three weeks, and even longer. The berries also look very handsome when they are ripe, being of a rich red colour, and hanging in bunches on slender threads. Coughs, and other diseases of the breast, are said to be cured by putting these berries into brandy, and giving a draught of the liquor every morn- ing: which is also reputed to be salutary in consumptions. A decoction of the bark also, or an infusion of it in brandy, is not only supposed to cure pectoral diseases, but to assuage internal pains and heat, and cure dysenteries. For colds, they commonly boil the branches in water. The wood, w hich is white and spongy, is used for joiners’ planes. — This tree, in our climate, requires a moist loamy soil. For further par- ticulars, see the first species. 4. Magnolia Obovata. Leaves obovate, parallel, nerved, and netted underneath. — Native of Japan. 5. Magnolia Tomentosa. Leaves elliptic, tomcntose under- neath. This and the preceding species are cultivated by the Japanese for the elegance of their flowers.— Native of Japan. 6. Magnolia Acuminata ; Blue Magnolia. Leaves ovate- oblong, acuminate; the flowers appear early in spring, they are composed of twelve large bluish-coloured petals ; the fruit is about three inches long, somewhat resembling a small cucumber: whence the North Americans call it Cucumber Tree. The wood is of a fine grain, and an orange colour. — — Native of North America. 7. Magnolia Tripetala ; Umbrella Magnolia, or Umbrella Tree. Leaves lanceolate ; outer petals hanging down ; trunk slender, from sixteen to twenty feet high ; the leaves are often from twelve to fifteen inches long, and five or six inches wide, narrowing to a point at each extremity, placed at the ends of the brandies in a circular manner, somewhat like an umbrella ; and hence the name : the flowers are composed of ten, eleven, or twelve large oblong white petals, the outer ones hanging down ; the wood is soft and spongy ; and the leaves drop off at the beginning of winter. — Native of North America. 8. Magnolia Macrophylla. Branches pithy, fragile ; leaves very large, glaucous underneath ; petals six, ovate, obtuse. This small stately tree has extremely large leaves, and white flowers, tinged with red at the bottom, and larger than those of the first species. — It grows in the deep forests of Tenassee, and is one of the most ornamental trees America produces. 9. Magnolia Cordata. Leaves cordate, subtomentose ; petals lanceolate-oblong, acute; flowers yellow.— Found on dry ridges of mountains, in Upper Carolina and Georgia. 10. Magnolia Auriculata. Leaves large, obovate-lanceolate, acute, glaucous underneath, cordated at the base, auriculate; lobes approximate ; petals ovate, acute, subunguiculate ; flowers yellowish-white, large. — Found in the Alleghany mountains, from the head waters of the Susquehanna to Carolina. The hark of this species is esteemed a valuable medicine, particularly in intermitting fevers: from which circumstance it is, in some places, known by the name of Indian Physic. It. Magnolia l’yramidata. Leaves rhomboidal-oboval, ab- ruptly acute, subcordate, auriculate; lobes divaricate; petals lanceolate, somewhat acute. Pursh observes, that this tree has been generally confounded with the preceding ; from which it not only differs as above, but in habit, being of a more upright pyramidal growth, and the leaves not one-fourth the size of that species. — Native of the western parts of Carolina and Georgia. Mahernia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Pcnta- gynia.— Generic Charactkb. Calix: perianth one-leafed. five-cleft, hell-shaped, with awl-shaped longer teeth ; perma- nent. Corolla: petals five, heart-shaped, oblong, spreading, twice as long as the calix; nectaries five, obcordate, pedi- celled, surrounding the germen, shorter than the calix. Sta- mina: filamenta five, capillary, placed on the nectary, united at the base, shorter than the calix; antherae oblong, acumi- nate, erect. Pistil: germen subpedicelled, obovate, five- angled; styles five, bristle-shaped, erect, the length of the petals ; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsule ovate, five celled. Seeds: few, kidney- form. Observe. It has a very great affinity to Hermannia, hut their nectaries cannot be combined iu the same character. Essential Character. Calix: five- toothed. Petals: five. Nectary: five, obcordate, placed under the filamenta. Capsule: five-celled. The spe- cies are, 1. Mahernia Verticillata ; Whorl leaved Mahernia. Leaves in whorls, linear; stem shrubby, diffused, with filiform branches; corolla yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. They may be increased by cuttings. 2. Mahernia Pinnata ; Wing-leaved Mahernia. Leaves three-parted, pinuatifid ; stem shrubby, near thiee feet high, sending out many delicate branches, covered with a reddish bark ; the flowers come out from the side of the branches in small clusters, they are of a lively red when they first open, and hang down like little hells, commonly two together, appearing from June to August and September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. It may be increased by cuttings. 3. Mahernia Incisa; Cut-leaved Mahernia. Leaves lan- ceolate, gashed. In point of size and mode of growth, this beautiful species comes near to the preceding; but differs essentially in the singular hispidity of its stalks, the form of its leaves, and the colour of its flowers. The flowers, when in bud, are of the richest crimson ; as they open, they incline to a deep orange, and finally become yellowish. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope It may be increased by cuttings. Mahogany Tree. See Swietenia. Maidenhair. See Adiantium and Asplenium. Maidenhair Tree. See Ginkgo. Maiden Plum. See Comocladia Integrifolia. Maithes. See Anthemis. Maithes, Red. See Adonis. Malabar Nightshade. See Basella. Malabar Nut. See Justicia. Malachodendrum ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Polyandria.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, deeply five-cleft; divisions lanceolate, acute, per- manent. Corolla: petals five, roundish, erose, spreading, equal, large. Stamina : filamenta numerous, capillary, uniting at bottom iuto a short cylinder, shorter than the corolla; anther® kidney-form. Pistil: germen pear-shaped, penta- gonal, villose ; styles five, erect, the length of the stamina ; stigmas globular. Pericarp : capsules five, ovate-acuminate, coadunate, two-valved. Seeds: solitary, ovate, three-sided. Essential Character. Calix: simple. Germen pear- shaped, pentagonal ; styles five. Capsules: five, one-seeded. The species are, 1. Malachodendrum Ovatum. Leaves ovate, smooth ; stem arborescent, branchy, a fathom or more in height ; corolla two inches long, yellow, or whitish. 2. Malachodendrum Corchoroides. Leaves villose; stem shrubby, a foot and half high ; flowers small and yellow. Malaehra ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Poly- andria.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth com- mon mostly five-flowered, three or five leaved, large; leaflets cordate, acute, permanent ; chaffs bristle-shaped, set round the proper perianths; perianth proper one-leafed, bell-shaped,, 72 M A L THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MAL small, five-cleft, permanent. Corolla: proper, petals five, obovate, eniiie, fastened at bottom to the tube of the sta- mina. Stamina: filamenta many, conjoined below into a tube, above loose, gaping along the whole surface of the cylinder; anthers kidney-form. Pistil: germeri orbicular; style cylindric, ten-cleft; stigmas globular. Pericarp: cap- sule roundish, divisible into five cells, compressed on one side, gibbous on the other. Seeds: solitary, roundish, angu- lar. Observe. The divisions of the style, and the stigmas, are twice as many as the capsules. Essential Character. Calix: common tlnee-leaved, many- flowered, larger; arils five, one-seeded. The species are, 1. Malachra Capitata; IJeart-ltaved Malachra. Heads peduncled, tlnee-leaved, seven-flowered; stem thick, erect, two feet high, rough, as is the whole plant ; corolla yellow. — Native of marshy places in the Caribbee islands. 2. Malachra Radiata. Heads peduncled, five-leaved, many- flowered ; leaves palmate; stem tender, round, whitish green, covered with rufous pungent hairs; corolla purplish. — Native of marshy places in St. Domingo. 3. Malachra Bracfcata. Leaves palmate; heads many- flowered; flowers very small, and bracteated. —Native of America. 4. Malachra Fasciata. With serrate thrce-lobed leaves, the lowest five-lobed ; the common involucre three-leaved, and about five-flowered ; stem single, six feet high, and twice the thickness of the thumb. — Native of America. 5. Malachra Aleaeifolia. With five-lobed leaves, cordate at the base; the common involucre five-leaved, and about ten-flowered ; stem single, six feet high, upright, an inch thick. — Native of Martinico. Malaxis ; a genus of the class Gynandria, order Diandria. — Generic Character. Calix: spathesnone; perianth none. Corolla: petals five, three outer, of which two upper, one lower, lanceolate, blunt, spreading; two inner linear, acute, reflex about the germeu; nectary in the middle of the corolla, less than the petals, concave, with concave margins, cordate, acuminate behind, bifid in front. Stamina: antherae two, ovate, scarcely pedicelled, inserted into the pitcher of the pistil, at the edge, sitting on two little excavations at the bottom. Pistil: germen pedicelled, somewhat cylindric, inferior; style a pitcher in the middle of the nectary, halved, very short, spreading, bearing the stamina on its hinder mar- gin; stigma before the little excavations, near the antherae. Pericarp: capsule pedicelled, oblong, three-keeled, one- celled, opening under the keels, cohering at top and bottom. Seeds: extremely minute. Essential Character. Nec- tary: one-leafed, concave, cordate, acuminate backwards, bifid in front, cherishing the genitals in the middle. The species are, 1. Malaxis Spicata. Scape quadrangular ; flowers in spikes. —Native of Jamaica. 2. Malaxis Umbelliflora. Scape quinquangular ; flowers umbelled. — Native of Jamaica. Male Balsam Apple. See Momordica. Mallow. See Malva. Mallow, Jews’. See Corchorus. Mallow, Marsh. See AUhcea. Mallow, Indian. See Sida. Mallow Tree. See Lavatera . Mallow, Venice. See Hibiscus. Malope ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Polyan- . Manulea Heterophyila. Leaves linear, scattered, villose, entire, or toothed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Manulea Ccerulea. Leaves linear, opposite, tomentose, toothed ; flowers racemed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Manulea Cuneifolia. Leaves elliptically ovate, smooth, toothed; spikes oblong. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Manulea Capillaris. Stem leaves obovate, smooth, tooth- ed ; branches linear; spikes ovate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Manulea Plantaginis. Leaves ovale, somewhat toothed, or entire, smooth; heads ovate; branches diffused. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Manulea Capitata. Leaves ovate, serrate, villose ; heads globular; branches diffused. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. II. Manulea Antirrhinoides. Leaves ovate, toothed, smooth; flowers alternate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. MAN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MAN 77 12. Manulea Thvrsiflora. Leaves obovate, tomentose, toothed ; corymb terminating, elongated, compound. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Manulea Corymbosa. Leaves oblong, toothed, smooth ; corymb fastigiate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 14. Manulea Altissima. Leaves lanceolate, somewhat toothed, villose; spike ovate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 15. Manulea Rubra. Leaves lanceolate, villose, serrate; flowers racemed, remote. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Hi. Manulea Argentea. Leaves obovate, wedge-form, ser- rate, silver-dotted; flowersaxillary. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Manuka Pinnatifida. Leaves ovate, gash pinnatifid ; pinnas toothed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Manuka Hirta. Rough-haired: leaves obovate ; spikes very long. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Manure — It is a fundamental mistake, to suppose that tillage may be substituted in the place of manure. Without tillage, indeed, manures will be of little avail: but although good tillage, by separating the soil, may bring a greater num- ber of nutritious particles within the reach of the crop, yet the soil cannot possibly continue to be so completely divided, as it is by the fermentation excited by dung and other manures; which are found to enrich the best pulverised soil again and again, after it is exhausted by crops, and therefore promote vegetation, by increasing the quantity of vegetable food. Some manures lose part of their strength, by long exposure to the air. Thus, after dung is sufficiently fer- mented, the longer it lies, the less is its value. Cow-dung dried on the pasture, gathered and laid upon other land, has scarcely any effect; whereas the same quantity carried from the cow-house, or collected by folding the cattle, enriches the land. Other manures, on the contrary, operate sooner, and with greater violence, the longer they are exposed to the air before they are used. Lime and inarL are of this kind. They are observed to have a strong power of attracting certain qualities from the atmosphere ; and operate, by communicating to the soil with which they are mixed, a power of attracting vegetable food from the air. Again, some manure-, exhaust land of its vegetable food, and do not restore it again when imme- diately applied ; which is thought to be the case with lime. Land thoroughly limed, after having carried many very good crops, seems to be exhausted.-and reduced to a worse condition than before. When in this case lime has been applied a second time, its effects have been found to be far inferior to what they were when first applied. This manure, therefore, seems to operate by dissolving the vegetable food which it meets with in the soil, and fitting it for entering the roots of plants. It should however he kept in mind, that exhaustion of land by lime is ow ing to had management, and unmerciful forcing of it with continued white crops. It is not certain that land will not bear a second liming; but it is certain, that the effects of the lime may be long kept up, by the proper application of dung and other oily manures; and there have been instances of the effects of lime continuing forty, fifty, or even a hundred years. All kinds of manures certainly* con- tribute to open the soil. Any one mav be convinced of this, who will take the trouble to compare a piece of land on which dung or any other manure has been laid, with a piece con- tiguous that has not been manured: he will find the former much softer, much more free and open, than the latter. It must be allowed, therefore, that all manures operate by en larging t lie vegetable pasture. They are applied either to supply the defective ingredients of a soil, to improve its texture, or to correct its vices. — For Clayey Soils, the best manure is marl; and that which is most calcareous should be preferred. These soils are defective both in constitution and texture ; they want the calcareous ingredient and coarse sand. Calcareous marl supplies the first chiefly; limestone gravel will supply both. A mixture of marl and dung is still more advantageous, because the dung supplies the carbonaceous ingredient: but the same quantity of marl must be used, as if no dung had been applied ; or else the operation must be more frequently repeated. If marl cannot be had, a mixture of coarse sand, and lime perfectly effete or extinguished, or chalk, will answer the same purpose, as it will supply the defective ingredient, and open the texture of the clay; so also sand alone, or chalk, or powdered limestone, may answer, though less advantageously. Lime alone seems less proper, as it is apt to cake, and does not sufficiently open the soil. Where these manures cannot be had, coal ashes, chips of wood, burned clay, brick-dust, gravel, or even pebbles, are useful: for all these improve the texture; and the former supply ulso the carbonaceous ingredients. Nothing is per- haps equal to good stable and fold-yard dung, for strong tillage land; because it opens this heavy soil, at the same time that it supplies the richest nutriment. But dung is a proper ingredient in the appropriated manures of all sorts of soils, as it supplies the carbonaceous principle. — Clayey Loam, is defective, either in the calcareous ingredients, or in the sandy, or in both: if in the first, the proper manure is chalk ; if in the sccoud, sand ; if in both, siliceous marl, or lime- stone gravel, or effete lime and sand. — Chalky Soil, wants both the clayey, and the stony, sandy, or gravelly ingredients : the best manure for it, therefore, is clayey loam, or sandy loam: but when the chalk is so bard as to keep of itself the soil sufficiently open, then clay is the best manure ; for in such cases the coarse saud or gravelly ingredients of loams are of no use. Some indeed think that pebbles in a field serve to preserve or communicate heat: this use however is not sufficiently ascertained : they detain moisture; and thus on chalk lands a complete covering of great black flints insures a tolerable crop in a dry season. — Chalky Loam. The best manure for this soil is clay, or clay mail ; because it is prin- cipally defective in I lie clayey ingredients. Light limestone soils, not differing essentially from these, require the same manure. —Sands. The best manure for these is calcareous marl, for they want both clay and calx; and this marl sup- plies both : the next best is clay marl ; and next to these, clay mixed with lime, or calcareous or clayey loams. Lime or chalk arc less proper, because they do not give sufficient coherence to the soil : however, when mixed with earth or dung, these answer well ; because they form a sort of marl, or compound, comprehending the defective ingredients. — Sandy Loams, are defective chiefly in the calcareous ingre- dient, and in some degree also in the argillaceous: their texture also is imperfect, as they abound both in fine and coarse sand. Chalk or lime would supply the first defect, hut leave the texture unamended. Calcareous or argillaceous marls are most proper. Clay, after land has been chalked, answers well, because it remedies the texture. — Grarelly Loams, are benefited by the application of marl, whether argillaceous or calcareous. If the gravel be calcareous, clay may be employed. A mixture of effete lime and clay should answer in all cases. — ferruginous Loam, or Till, and Vitriolic Soils, necessarily require the calcareous ingredient to neutra- lize their peccant acid : hence chalk, limestone, gravel, and calcareous marl, are most advantageously applied to them. — Bogs, or Boggy Soils, must be first drained; and then the nature of the soil being explored, an appropriate manure must MAN MAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; 7a be 'applied. In general they should be burned, and then covered with limestone, gravel, or lime mixed with coarse sand or gravel, because they are usually of a clayey nature ; if they are more sandy, lime may answer well, or calcareous marl. If their upper parts contain a sufficiency of the car- bonaceous principle, as it often happens, they need not be burned. For all moorish aud cold soils, gravel, road dirt, small stones, coal ashes, soaper’s ashes, hog-dung, &c. are good. But in cold wet lands, no manure can be effectual without draining. — Heathy Soils, should first be burned, to destroy the heath, and increase the carbonaceous principle. Lime also will destroy heath. Limestone gravel is the fittest manure, when the soil is clayey ; lime, when it is gravelly. Gypsum also answers remarkably well when the soil is dry. — Manure is usually applied in three different ways. The first and most common is that of ploughing it, and thus mixing it with the whole soil. This is the best system, where it is necessary to enrich the field for a succession of exhaust- ing crops; and also in strong heavy lands, which require to have their parts separated as much as possible; which effect is produced by nothing better than by ploughing in long dung or green crops. It may perhaps be questioned whether this be the best means to make the most of the manure, as some valuable parts of it may be ploughed in too deep, and even entirely lost. The second is spreading or scattering the manure upon young crops, which is called top-dressing or hand-dressing. This mode is confined to particular sub- stances, as soot, rape cake, pigeon’s dung, asses’, &c. and has been found to answer, especially with crops which tiller, as wheat and barley. Even dung well rotted, and made into a compost with earth, ljme, or other active sub- stances, may be thus employed, and being applied on the surface, and at a season when the crop stands most in need of it, a much less quantity of manure will be sufficient; but then it will be of little or no use to succeeding crops, and the expense of preparing it will be greater. When crops are sickly or backward in the spring, top-dressings are certainly of great use, except the season should prove uncommonly dry. The third way of applying manure is laying it into drills, and sowing the crop upon it. This is used only for particular crops, as potatoes, turnips, &c. which thus receive the whole benefit of the manure in all stages of their growth. — Dung, is the most common, general, and upon the whole the most efficacious of all manures. It promotes vegetation, by increasing the vegetable food, by enlarging the pasture of plants, by communicating to the soil a power of attracting the vegetable food from the air, and by preparing the vege- table food for the nourishment of plants. It is properly the excrement of animals; but is used also to signify all rotten vegetables, when used as manures. Duug of quadrupeds is the most common manure in use. Stable-dung is used either fresh or putrified ; the first is called long, the second short dung. It abounds in animal matter, easily putrifies, and serves to hasten the decay of other dead vegetable substances. Its fermentation is promoted by frequent turning and exposure to the air: yet it should be covered, to prevent water from carrying oft" most of its important ingredients ; or, at least, the water that imbibes them should not be lost. Farm-yard-dung consists of various vegetables, chiefly straw, sometimes weeds, leaves, fern, &c. impregnated with animal matter: it fer- ments more slow ly than stable-dung, should be piled in heaps, and stirred from time to time: fern in particular putrifies very slowly. — Management. When any considerable quantity of stable or yard dung, or other mixture of animal and vegetable substances, is collected together in a heap, and ferments ; when this process is completed, if the mass be examined, we find that the vegetables, of which it was originally com- pounded, are decomposed, and in a situation to nourish new plants The more completely therefore these substances are submitted to the process of fermentation, the more beneficial will be their effects upon the soil. Hence it is an object of the first importance to farmers to have their dunghills so situ- ated and constructed, as to promote their fermentation, and retain all the useful parts of them. These circumstances have been very little attended to; the greater part of dung- hills being either placed in hollows, and surrounded with water, which effectually checks fermentation by chilling them ; or upon declivities, where every drop of water runs away: cattle are allowed to spread it by trampling, weeds to exhaust it, and carts and waggons are driven over it. Thus the mid- dle, from being hard pressed, will be imperfectly fermented; and the sides, from being scattered about and dried, will not be fermented at all, but in a condition little better than dry straw. To promote fermentation in dung, air and moisture are necessary. It is well known to gardeners, that in making hot-beds, by laying the dung lightly in heaps, and watering it geutly, fermentation is immediately brought on; and that hot-bed dung is as completely fermented in a fortnight, as that in a farm-yard generally is in six or eight months. The farmer should imitate this practice as nearly as the nature of his situation will admit; and instead of having his dunghill in the yard, and allowing carts, cattle, <&c. to disturb it, he should place it in some distinct situation, convenient for his offices, where the urine may be kept with it, or else run into a receptacle, whence it may be thrown back into the dung to enrich it and promote the fermentation, or be carried off in carts to manure his land. When dung is taken to the dung- hill, it should not be driven over the heap, as is commonly practised ; because the feet of the horses and the weight of the carriage will press it so hard as to exclude the air, and thereby prevent the fermentation : when the quantity also is considerable, the horses are strained and the harness damaged by the exertions necessary to drag a loaded carriage over a hill of such loose materials. Every load ought therefore to be laid down by the side of the dunghill, at least after the work has made such progress a9 to render passing over it a matter of difficulty, and afterwards thrown up lightly with a fork ; the labour of which is trifling, compared with the advan- tage resulting from it. If dung laid up in this manner con- tain a sufficient proportion of moisture, it will immediately begin to ferment; if therefore it be too dry, it should be watered, and in summer this will frequently be found neces- sary : it will thus be completely fermented in six or seven weeks, and will be more valuable by half than that made in the common slovenly manner. The situation best calculated for a dunghill is that which is nearest to a level, with a bot- tom capable of retaining moisture, and covered with a shed. If the whole be enclosed with a wall, except an open space at one end for carting away the dung, it will he a great improvement. The wall on the south side should be of such a height as entirely to prevent the sun s rays from reaching the dung; on the other three sides, six feet high from the ground will be sufficient. The roof may be thatched, and supported on pillars. If the bottom be not clay or chalk naturally, it must be laid with one of those substances, and the upper part should be paved with broad flags or common paving-stones. At the end opposite to the opening, a reservoir may be dug to receive the moisture ; it should be water-tight, and a pump should be put into it to draw off the moisture daily. This may be thrown back on the dung-heap, or drawn into a barrel on a cart, and either spread immediately on the land, or mixed with other substances in a compost. — M A N M A N 79 OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. Application. Dung is applied indiscriminately upon all soils, at almost any season, and for every crop. Of all manures commonlv in use, none can be considered as a more imme- diate food for plants : and when applied to vegetables in a growing state, they immediately begin to thrive. On this theory, it seems absurd that great quantities of rich dung should be laid upon the fallows at the end of autumn, and still worse about Midsummer, there to remain till the ensuing spring before it can be of any use to the plants: for if the fallow be sown with wheat, or any other winter crop, the growth of the plants being stationary, they need little nou- rishment ; in the mean time, the salts contained in the dung, after having been spread abroad a month, or perhaps six weeks, dissolving readily in water, are carried off by the win- ter rains ; and when the spring arrives, and the plants begin to vegetate, a great part of what was destined for their nourish- ment has been washed away and lost : where fallows have been well wrought, and the soil thus completely reduced, mixing it with dung in that stale prevents it from acquiring a sufficient degree of compactness to shelter the roots of the plants, especially if the soil be naturally of a light open tex- ture, and the dung full of half-rotted straw, as is com- monly the case. The operation of the winter’s frost renders it stiil looser, so that in spring it is nearly in the state of a mole-hill ; the baneful effects of which, to a wheat crop, are obvious. Now, were a portion at least of the dung withheld till the spring, the land would be more compact, the plants less liable to be thrown out of the ground by frost, and the dung being applied as a top-dressing at the time when vege- tation was commencing, the useful parts of the dung would be taken up by tbe plants, every time it was moistened, as the crop in its progressive growth most wanted it. In this mode of application no part of the dung would be lost, and a less quantity being required for the dressing, three times the quantity of the land might be dressed annually; and being applied in a quantity sufficient only for the nourishment of the crop, the plants are fed in the same manner as the animal body, every srna'I dose operating like a meal. Some are of opinion that the first rank quality of dung is highly beneficial, and its principal virtue. Mr. Belcher, on the con trary, is inclined to think that it is more or less injurious ; greatly so in horse-dung, which is evidently unfit for plants when new. In his opinion, the best mode of using all dung, except in compost, on cold stiff ground especially, is to carry it on rough, and to fallow that and the soil together; whereby, at the same time that they are incorporated, the seeds of weeds are forced into vegetation, and completely destroyed. The common practice is to set the dung upon the land in small luaps or hillocks, and to spread it by a man standing on the ground. In some of the midland counties, the pre- vailing custom is to spread it out of the carriage, as it is brought iuto the field, by a man or men standing in the carriage. Dung should never be moved in summer. The immediate action of the sun’s rays exhausts it of its moisture; and it is an erroneous idea that this evaporation carries off merely aqueous particles, for the salts, the oils rendered miscible with water by alkaline salts or calcareous earth, and the inflammable air, are all dissipated with the water. To turn a dunghill over, then to throw it into carts, exposed in heaps; and to spread it a second time in summer, is to give the sun a power of nearly exhausting its virtues. A Hert- fordshire farmer, on the contrary, never canies clung out to choose in winter, thinking that the rains, iVc. damage it much; but in summer he does not think its being exposed to the sun a detriment, supposing the heat to exhale only the watery particles. He has found one load laid on at 'mid- summer as good -as two or three at Christmas. The fresher the dung is used, the better he thinks it for any crop, even for grass, provided it be laid on early in autumn. He has found long dung, of only one or two months old, to be better, load for load, than black spit dung, for turnips. In forming a dunghill, he says, the dung will not rot if the carts drive on to it ; but if the dung be shot out of the carts at the side of the hill, and then thrown up, without any trampling, it will rot much sooner and better. This also is the Norfolk prac- tice. At whatever time the dung is carried on the land, it should be spread, and ploughed in as soon as possible. It is said to be a wrong practice to lay dung upon clover-leys in autumn : for if the field has to remain another year in grass, not only a part of the dung is washed away by the winter rains, but tbe remainder injures the plants ; it being well ascertained that the action of dung upon broad clover, when the plants are not in a growing state, is fatal to them. But in the spring, a light top-dressing of dung is highly useful to broad clover, though soot is preferable. If the clover-ley is to be ploughed for wheat, and dung be laid on, if the grass crop has been good, the furrow will be turned over entire, and the dung laid flat under it ; and as the roots of the wheal must penetrate through the sod before it can reach tile dung, little benefit can be expected from it, allowing the qualities of the dung to remain unimpaired : but in this case the loss from the winter rains wili be greater than when dung is laid on fallow; for these being incorporated with the soil, a part of the salts will be entangled with the earth; but upon ley, it is either laid in the bottom of the furrow, or, if the sod be set on edge, it remains crammed into the inter- spaces through which the whole of the rain passes. When- ever wheat therefore is sown upon ley, the dung ought to be used as a top-dressing in the spring, when every part of the crop will have the benefit of it; and the barrows having loosened the top of the furrow, so that the moisture of the dung will readily enter the land, no part of the dung will be lost. If tbe ley is to be ploughed for oats, provided the land was well laid down, there is no occasion for dung; but if the land be poor, and dung is required, it cannot be employed in any way so useful as in the form of a top-dressing at the time when t lie seed is sown. Perhaps “there is no way in which dung is used, where its effects are so certain and visible as upon potatoes and turnips. For potatoes, it is laid on when the spring is pretty far advanced, after which there are few heavy rains; of course the strength of the dung is not impaired by washing, and t he crop is left in quiet possession of the whole of its fertilizing powers. For turnips, the case is nearly the same; indeed the advantage is still greater, dung not being laid upon turnip land sooner than June, after which there is seldom much wet weather till autumn, and by that time the crop is in full vigour. As to laying dung upon meadows, farmers differ in opinion : some preferring the spring, for producing an early vegetation and a plentiful crop; others thinking, that though dressings of soot and fine ashes at that season are of much use, yet that dung ought to he laid on at the end of autumn, not to taint the juices of the ensuing crop. It is thought to be a good practice by some, to spread the dung as soon as the hay is cleared. If laid on in t lie winter, or early in the spring, the frost will take effect upon the manure before t lie grass can reap any advantage ; and the rains coming whilst the manure is exposed on the surface, washes away its virtues before vegetation is awakened by the sun. But in July, if there be any showers, the quick growth of the after-grass will shelter and protect the manure; and nothing is to be feared but a severe drought. In this case, however, the after growth should be left through winter to M A N THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MAN be fed in the spring, when the value of such feed will be great, and the dung, by means of such a covering, will be guarded against the frost in the best possible manner. Mr. Miller, however, reprobates the dressing of grass ground in summer, soon after the crop of hay is taken off the land: because before Michaelmas the sun will have exhaled most of the goodness, if the dressing be of dung, or any other soft manure. It is mostly the custom to collect manure of every description into one heap. Hence substances very opposite in their nature, and which may be wanted at dif- ferent times and for different purposes, are laid together, and, instead of formiug a useful combination, perhaps prevent the dung from fermenting as it ought. Every farmer therefore should have at least two or three dunghills, to be prepared for use, according to the time at which the contents of each may be wanted, and the articles of which they are respectively composed. If earth, moss, shovellings of highways, &c. can be procured, the bottom of any dunghill composed of rank stable-dung, or short excremental dung, may be laid three or four feet deep with these substances. This will increase the quantity of manure, for the moisture that is pressed out during the fermentation will sink into the earth, &c. and impregnate it with its salts ; and if the whole be after- wards turned and incorporated, what was laid in the bottom will be found of nearly equal value with the dung itself. Some distinctions are to be made respecting the different sorts of animal dung. — Horse-dung , is more distinguished for the readiness with which it ferments, than for its intrinsic richness. Stable-muck, or horse-dung mixed with straw, properly fermented, is of primary use in the kitchen-garden, where it supplies the want of the sun’s heat in winter; afford- ing at an early season many esculent plants, which we could otherwise have only for a short time in the middle of summer, and others which our moist and cold climate could not pro- duce at all in any perfection ; as Asparagus, Cucumbers, Melons, Colliflowers, Salad-herbs, &c. &c. Sec Hot-beds. — Horse-dung is certainly one of the best improvements for cold lands that can be procured in any quantity, yet alone, when it is too new, it is prejudicial to some plants; and if it be spread thin over lands in the summer, it is of very little service, because the sun draws all the goodness out of it, and it becomes little better than thatch or dry straw. Although too much of it cau scarcely be used in a kitchen-garden, yet it may be a fault to lav too much on corn-land, because it may be apt to make the corn run too much to straw. In very moist cold land, crops will succeed better if new horse- dung, as it comes from the stable, be buried in it, than if the ground be dressed with very rotten dung. Horse-dung in a raw state is well calculated for potatoes, because it leaves room for the roots of that plant to spread; but if it be not fermented, it contains much undigested vegetable matter, and consequently the seeds of many weeds which may have been mixed with the food of the animal. Cow-dung, is very useful for lean, dry, hot, shady, or gravelly soils. The excrement of a ruminating animal is held to be preferable to that of horses at grass, owing to the quantity of animal juices mixed with their food in chewing; but since it does not contain much undigested matter, it will hardly heat. The best way of managing it, is to lay it together, and keep it moist till it be sufficiently putrified. Mixed with mud, it makes a good manure for some soils; and for almost any, when mixed with horse-dung. — Sheep’s dung and Deer’s dung do not differ much in quality, and are esteemed by some persons as the best manure for cold clays. Others recommend them to be used as top-dressings to autumn and spring crops, four or five loads to an acre, in the same manner with ashes, malt- dust, &c. — Hogs’ or Swine’s dung is the fattest and most bene- ficial of all the animal dungs: one load, it is said, will go as far as two loads of other dung. It is commonly asserted, that the dung is richer in proportion as the animal is fatter; and being of an oily and saponaceous quality, is excellent for arable lands, but should be used cautiously, because it is apt to be full of weeds. It is the best suited for fruit-trees, espe- cially apples and pears in a light soil, and a very rich manure for grass. Mr. Miller declares he has often used it to fruit- trees when it was well rotted, and found it the most bene- ficial of any manure. — Rabbit’s dung, appears, by an expe- riment of Mr. Arthur Young, to be superior even to that of pigeons, and to last the longest. But this experiment should be repeated, before we can give credit to what seems impro- bable.— Dung of Birds. Pigeon’s dung is certainly a rich manure, but not lasting; it must therefore be renewed the oftener. It is most applicable to cold and deep stiff land. Sometimes it is sown upon wheat-crops in the spring. It should always be broken very small, and sown during moist weather ; and if circumstances will admit of its being har- rowed in, so much the better. Poultry manure is of the same nature, and, where it can be had in any quantity, is an excel- lent top dressing, particularly for cold land. The dung of pigeons, poultry, and geese, is also a great improver of mea- dow lands: but before it is used, it ought to lie abroad some time, that the air may sweeten it a little, and mollify the fiery heat of these dungs. They should be dried before they are strewed, being apt to clod in wet; and they ought to be mixed with sand, earth, or ashes, to keep them from clinging together, that they may be strewed thin, being naturally very hot and strong. They are recommended as the best manure for Asparagus, Strawberries, and any sort of flowers ; but for the latter, they should be well rotted, and mixed with earth. They are also said to be good for trees, the leaves of which are apt to turn yellow; and for this purpose should be spread an inch thick at the foot of the tree in autumn. Con- siderable quantities of valuable manure might be raised by those who, living near large commons, keep great flocks of geese, if they were regularly housed at night, and the place were littered w ith straw, fern, saw-dust, ashes, or sand. The same advantage might be reaped by littering the places where other kinds of poultry roost. Every three or four weeks the places should be cleaned out, and the dung laid in heaps to ferment, either alone or mixed with soil. — Night Soil, or Privy Manure, says Mortimer, is of all sorts of dung the greatest improver of land, especially if mixed with other dung, straw, or earth, to give it a fermentation, and to ren- der it convenient for carriage. It sells in foreign parts at a much greater rate than any other sorts of manure, and may be bought in Loudon for five shillings a load. In China and Japan, wonderful attention is paid to saving this manure, which in those countries is preferred to all others, both on account of its richness, and its being free from weeds: inso- much that Thunberg, the famous botanist, passing through Japan with the Dutch embassy, could scarcely find any other plants in the corn-fields but the corn itself. In those countries the law prohibits the waste of human excrement ; and every house has reservoirs for it, to the great annoyance of the traveller through their towns. Mr. Young has found the effect of night-soil (from 1G0 to 320 bushels per acre) pro- digious, trebling the produce on lands uumanured : and he asserts, that in all the experiments he has made with this manure, he has found the result almost uniform. In a mea- dow lately laid dovyn, and in very poor condition, two acres of the worst part being covered after hay-time with four wag- gon loads of night-soil, unmixed with any thing, and spread MAN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MAN 81 directly, the herbage thickened surprisingly, and grew most luxuriantly. The cattle neglecting the rest of the field, were perpetually feeding on this part; so that by autumn it was pared down like a fine greeu lawn, the other part being a dusky, rough, rugged pasture. The part of the field manured with night-soil continued excellent. How strange then does it seem, that this manure has been neglected in most parts of Europe, and particularly in England, where the greater part is suffered to run to waste, beside poisoning our rivers. Lime thrown into the privy, will make an excellent mixture with the excrement, and at the same time removes the ill smell and noxious vapours of it. Saw-dust, peat-moss, or any common earth, will be highly useful in absorbing the urine. Lime will also render the excrement so short and dry, that it may be used as a top-dressing. Two cart-loads of ordure, mixed with ten loads of earth and one of lime, will be a sufficient top- dressing for an acre, and is excellent upon light lands for wheat and barley : for the former of which, it should be used early in the spring ; and for the latter, it may be either scat- tered upon the young crop, or harrowed in with the seed. lt- is particularly convenient for all drill crops. — Urine, of every sort, is found to be of great use, when laid upon grass or young crops early in the spring. The most convenient way of apply- ing it seems to be in the form of a compost, with earth and a small proportion of lime. In this shape it is a good manure for moist soils, particularly such as are light, sandy, or gravelly. Great quantities of 1 his article might be saved; and, judiciously used, would ensure one or two good crops: about all farms, and great towns, it might be collected into reservoirs, with other excrements, without much trouble. In some countries this is an object of police, especially in the towns, where reservoirs are established for collecting it ; the farmers carry it away in barrels, and either sprinkle it immediately upon their fields, or mix it into composts. — Bones, are used as a manure, both by themselves and with other substances. The common way of preparing them is, to break them with a mill into pieces about the size of a marble or nutmeg; they are afterwards laid upon the field in small heaps, at regular distances, and covered with earth: after remaining in this state for some lime, they are spread on fallows, on grass, or on turnip-land. Of all manures, bones are probably the most permanent; and when used in their simple state, without the addition of earth or lime, they ought never to be laid upon any but the sharpest and most active soils ; such as limestone, chalk, or gravel: upon all these they will meet with more or less calcareous earth : which will, in some degree, disengage their fixed air, and dissolve the oil contained in them : but upon deep clays, tills, or loams, they should never be applied in that state. But when made into a compost, they may be applied with advantage upon soils of every description, by laying them upon or near the surface, when the crop is in a growing state. Upon wheat, it should be used early in the spring, without harrowing; upon barley and oats, it may be harrowed in along with tire grain. For drill crops, such as turnips, beans, &c. they are particularly convenient, as they admit of being put into the drill at the same time with the seed, more readily than most other manures.— Horns, of every kind, are useful in manure, when cut into small pieces; in their natural state they produce little effect: the proportion proper to be employed varies with the size of the chips or shavings; fewer being necessary, when small; but the effect of the larger are longer felt. If they are of a middling size, about sixty stone to an acre is a reasonable quantity ; if more be used, the grain is apt to be too luxuriant, and too long m ripening: it is also liable to be injured by mildew. The small pieces are chiefly turner’s shavings, bought at twelve or thirteen shillings per quarter, and are much the most useful : the large ones are refuse pieces of horn, costing about two shillings less per quarter, and are generally ploughed in three months before sowing wheat or barley. They both answer in most soils and seasons, except very dry seasons. Hoofs are of the same nature with horns, and answer the same purpose. The offal of fish would be worth attending to, especially where they are cured in considerable quantities, as at Yarmouth. — All Recent Animal Substances, as blood, and the whole refuse of slaughter-houses, shambles, &c. afford a very rich manure: mixed with earth, and fresh horse-dung, they make a very rich compost. Blood mixed with saw-dust makes a good land-dressing, to be sown upon w heat in the spring. — Putrid Animal Substances, are good manures, if pro- perly managed : when used alone, they should always be laid upon the most active soils, such as chalk, limestone, &c. The most proper way of preparing them for use is, to mix them witli chalk and quick lime; the mixture should be laid in heaps of three or four cart-loads each, and covered with earth : after remaining in this state for eight or ten days, the heap should be turned over, and ten cart-loads of earth added to each cart-load of the mixture. It should then remain for a month in the heap, and may afterwards be applied as a top-dressing, or harrowed in with theseed. Refuse of Manufactures. Under this head, a variety of articles may be enumerated. Fe/lmongers’ Cuttings, or Poake, is used in Surry and Kent, and about Dunstable, where the price is sixpence a bushel ; and they use from twenty to forty bushels an acre. It is composed of sheep’s trotters, hair, scrapings of the pelts, lime, &c. There are two sorts, the white and the brown : the white is much the best, having more oil, lime, and hair, in it; but, they are both good, and go farther in dressing land than almost any manure, in the proportion of four to one. — Furriers’ Clippings, are sown by hand, from the seed-scultle, on land intended for wheat and barley, and immediately ploughed in: the pieces that are left above ground are pricked in by a slick, to prevent their being devoured by dogs or crows: from two to three quarters are used on a statute acre. They answer well on light dry chalk or gravelly soils ; where they hold moisture, and help the crop greatly in dry seasons.— Sea Weed. Ware, or Ore, is used as a manure upon almost every part of the coast w here it can be obtained in sufficient quantity. In several parts of the kingdom, the value of land has increased six-fold, from the circumstance of the proprietor or occupier having easy access to it. Upon lands situated on a dry limestone bottom, it has produced the most surprising effects. The sea-weed commonly used in Scotland, is of threq different sorts: the best is that which is cut from the rocks, and of which kelp is made; the second is called the peasy sort; the worst is that with a long stalk. The common prac- tice is, to spread the weed, immediately after it is brought from the shore, either upon the stubbles or grass lands : when laid upon the stubbles, it is generally ploughed in as soon as possible. Farmers who can use it fresh do not lay it in heaps to ferment ; because a load of fresh ware will be of more ser- vice fresh, than two loads laid in a heap to ferment. In most cases sea- weed may be conveniently used in this way ; for where a farm is under proper rotation, there will always be ground to lay it upon. During the winter months, it may be put upon the ley and stubble fields ; in the spring, upon the bean and barley lands; during summer, the fallows will require all that can be collected ; and by the time these are sufficient manured, the clover fields, after the first cutting, will be ready to receive the remainder; through the autumn, the stubble fields will require all that can be collected. Thus, throughout the year this valuable manure may be used as 82 MAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MAN soon as it is thrown upon tiie beach ; and experience proves that its greatest value is in that state. If, moreover, more weed is thrown up than is wanted for immediate use, it is an object of importance to preserve its qualities as much as pos- sible. This is best done by making it into a compost, with earth, and a small proportion of lime. If the quantity of earth be great enough to absorb and retain the juices and salt of the sea weed, the proportion of lime moderate, the whole well incorporated, and protected from heavy rains, it will be found nearly as valuable as in a fresh state. After the com- post is properly mixed, lay it up in the form of a ridge, with a prelty sharp angle at top, covered two or three inches with earth, well beat with the back of a spade, and defended from the rains with straw. This compost will be found a good dressing for young crops of every description, and may be used either at Ihe time of sowing the grain, and harrowed in along with it, or after the plants have made some progress. Upon wheat, it should always be used to the young crop early in the spring; upon rich deep land, it is bad husbandry to lay sea-weed, or indeed any heavy rich manure : lime, chalk, and shells, are the proper substances. This manure seems peculiarly adapted to lands that have been hurt by over-liming: the bad effects of which it will more readily correct, than any other, except oil and animal substances. — River Weed. In summer great quantities might be gathered, in lakes, in rivers where the water is deep and has no current, and in all wet ditches. Its effects upon wheat and other grain, as well as upon tur- nips, cabbages, and other green crops, are well ascertained. It may be laid on the land green, and ploughed in ; or it may be mixed with earth and dung. The best way of preparing it for manure is, to let it lay in small heaps for a day or two, to drain off the superfluous moisture. It may then be put into large heaps, of three or four cart-loads each, till the ferment- ation is over: each heap should then have three times the quantity of earth or mud mixed with it, Incorporate them well, and let them remain for a week or ten days; turn them, adding at the same time a quantity of hot new-slacked linte. This compost will be ready for use in a month. — Other Weeds. Rotten vegetables, of most sorts, will enrich land. Not only the weeds of ponds, lakes, rivers, or ditches, but any other sort of weeds, laid n heaps to rot, will make good manure: such as the weeds which too commonly disgrace the head- lands and balks of arable lands, commons, &c. the refuse of kitchen-gardens, &c. Whenever any weeds are used for manure, they should be cu-t down as soon as they begin to flower, for if they be suffered to stand till their seeds are ripe, the land will be stored with weeds, which cannot easily fie destroyed : and some kinds of weeds, if permitted to form their seeds, will perfect them after they are cut down. The surest method, therefore, is to cut them just as they begin to flower, when they are in the greatest vigour, and fuller of juice than when they are farther advanced. In rotting these weeds, it will be proper to mix earth or mud with them, to prevent their taking fire; as they are apt to do, when laid in iarge heaps. When they are well rotted, they form a solid mass; which will cut like butter, and be very full of oil. Fern mowed while it is green and tender, and laid in heaps to rot, will make a good manure : or it may first serve the pur- pose of litter in the stable or yard, and thus increase the quantity of dung. This, with thistles and other large weeds, may be laid in heaps and burnt to great advantage; the ashes being an excellent top-dressing for any crops.— Mud, whe- ther from the sea, rivers, or ponds, is an excellent manure, on any soil, with or without lime. Its greatest value is upon thin soils; the fertility of which it increases amazingly, at the same time adding to the staple of the land. It should not be laid on fresh, or as soon as it is dry ; but it should be well turned over, and fermented with dung, or mixed with lime, to make the seeds in it vegetate, or to destroy their vegetation. Innumerable seeds tall, or are carried into the water, sink to the bottom ; and not being aquatics, if they have much oil in them, are embalmed in the mud for years or ages, to vegetate whenever they shall happen to come within reach of the atmo- sphere, in a proper matrix. It may be dug between hay-time and harvest; and either made into a compost when dry, or, being turned over and levelled, and exposed to a winter’s frost, may be dug in spring, and planted with potatoes. In Cheshire, the soil deposited at the extremity of salt marshes, commonly known there under the name of Sea-sludge, after it has been grassed over for a few years, is said to be the most productive and lasting of any sort of manure ; containing all the strength of marl, and the richness of black dung.— Street Sweepings. This is a mixture of most substances valuable in agriculture, and needs the assistance of ferment- ation less than any of them, to render it fit for use; being made tip principally of the offal of houses, dung of horses and cattle, ashes, &e. It may be either ploughed in as dung, or used in the spring, to invigorate wheat that is weak, from not having been sufficiently manured, or from any other cause. It may be employed in general as a top-dressing, or put into the furrow with drilled crops. — Road Sweepings. The dung and sand swept up, or dirt shovelled up, on turnpike roads, would make an excellent manure, and at the same time remove a great annoyance to travellers. Where roads are made with limestone, this manure will be particularly valu- able ; and where they are made with flints, it answers for grass land. — Rubbish. The backs of ditch-banks, the borders of fences in general, the sides of lanes, and the nooks of yards, which are suffered to remain from generation to gene- ration the nursery of weeds, turned up into ridges to rot the roots, Sic. make an excellent manure; as also does the rub- bish of old buildings. Sea-stone walls afford a great quantity of this valuable article ; which, from its immediate effect and duration jointly, is considered by some as superior to marl, mould, or even dung itself, especially upon scalds and hot- burning soils. The rubbish of old lath and plaster buildings is incomparable manure for clover leys, or grass lands, tw o loads to an acre; and is said to last twenty years. Lime-rubbish is used by gardeners to bottom gravel-walks, to mix with earth for tulips, &e. and to plant vines and figs. Mud or earth walls acquire considerable fertility; and as they moulder, or fall away, become useful in the compost dunghill. — Malt- dust, Comb, or Coombs, is the dust that separates from the malt in the act of drying; and is used as a top-dressing for barley, clover, turnips, &c. This is reckoned one of the most efficacious manures. Mr. Miller says, it is a great enrielier of barren ground, having a natural heat and sweet- ness iu it; which imparts to the soil a proper fermentation, especially where grounds are aniatura! clay, and have con- tracted a sourness and austerity; whither (iom having long lain unfilled and unexposed to the air, or from water having stagnated upon them. — Oak Bark, or 'funner' s Bark, after the tanners have used it for tanning leather, when laid in a heap and rotted, is an excellent manure, especially for stiff cold land; in which, one load of this manure will improve the ground more, and last longer, than two loads of the richest dungs; and yet ;! is very common to see large heaps of this remaining for many years in the tanners’ yards ; where manure of other kinds is very scarce, and often carried to a great distance. Of late years this has been much used for hot- beds in several parts of England,- and is found greatly to excel horse-dung for that purpose; the fermentation being MAN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MAN moderate, and of long continuance: so that a bed of tan, when rightly made, will continue in a moderate temper of beat three or four months ; and when the heat begins to decay, if it be stirred up with a dung-fork, and some fresh tan added to it, the heat will renew again, and will last for some months ; so that these beds are by far the most kindly for exotic plants : and whatever plants are plunged into these beds, if they are permitted to root through the bottom of the pots, they will thrive more in one month after, than they did in four months while they were confined to the pots. Many plants that root through the pots into the tan, send forth rbots upwards of twelve feet each way, in less than three months; and the plants advance in proportion. After the tan is used for a hot-bed, it may be spread on the ground for manure, and will greatly enrich it ; because it is of a warm nature, and will loosen and separate the earth. When this manure is laid upon grass, it should be done soon after Michaelmas, that the rains may wash it into the ground ; for if it be laid on in the spring, it will bum the grass, and, instead of improving, will greatly injure it, at least for that season. Where it is used on corn-land, it should be spread on the surface before the last ploughing, that it may be turned down, for the fibres of the corn to reach it in the spring: for if it lie too near the surface, it will forward the growth of the corn in winter; but in the spring, when nourishment is chiefly wanted, it will be nearly consumed, and the corn will reap but little advantage from it. Nor will it be proper to have this manure lie too near the roots of any plants ; as in that case it is injurious to most of them, but especially to bulbous and tuberous-rooted flowers. But when it is buried just deep enough for the fibres of the roots to reach it in the spring, the flowers have been exceedingly improved by it : and in some places where this manure has been used in kitchen-gar- dens, it has greatly improved the vegetables. — Soot, is used ; as a manure in almost every part of our island, where it can be procured in sufficient quantities, and is applied in every ; different shape, and to all crops. Used in its simple state, it answers best upon light gravel, chalk, or limestone soils : if i in a compost, the proper proportions are, two loads of soots, i the same quantity of lime, and ten loads of earth. The soot and earth should be well incorporated, and remain in a heap i a week or ten days, then turned, and the lime added in strata I as it is turned over; in this state it may remain a month i or six weeks, and be again turned, taking care to break every i part of it as small as possible, by working it well with the j spade: in a week or two more it will be ready for use. This compost may be applied upon every sort of grain, especially I wheat or barley ; and if rain fall soon after it is laid on, it \ will immediately begin to operate. It answers best on light, < dry, chalky soils, and in moderately wet seasons : it does little ; good on strong or wet land, or in very dry seasons, unless i sown earlier than usual. The London coal-soot is generally 1 mixed w ith cork-dust, coal-ashes, or sweepings of the streets : \ yet even in this adulterated state, it is found to answer much r better than country soot from wood. It is an excellent manure i for pasture land, in the quantity of forty bushels to an acre. ( Peat Moss, can only be made useful by fermentation; to \ bring on which, dry the peat-moss well, break it into small a pieces, and lay it on the ground to the thickness of three or i four inches. Let the whole of the dung from the stables be £ laid over it. The moisture of the dung will sink down, and a not only correct the acidity, but saturate the peat-moss com- a pletely with the valuable properties of the dung. Turn the v dunghill over, and mix the dung and peat-moss carefully i together, throwing them up lightly ; and a gentle fermentation i will come on. After a few weeks turn it over again, adding t one load of lime to five loads of moss; the whole being well broken, and accurately mixed. The addition of the lime will hasten the putrefaction of the moss, dissolve the oil contained in it, and give a due degree of activity to the whole. Another way of effecting this is, to pour the urine of cattle, the moisture of the dunghill, soap-leys, and offal of the house, upon peat moss; and afterwards to mix it with stable-dung and lime. — Ploughing in Green Crops. Many sorts of vege- tables may be sown, in order to be ploughed in when they are in full growth, to enrich the land. The ancients ploughed in Lupines for this purpose; and that practice is still continued in Italy, and the south of Frauce, but they are too tender for our climate; and we have belter plants for the purpose, as pease, beans, buckwheat, turnips, vetches, clover, spurrey, and other moist and juicy plants, as mustard, coleseed, and other large- growing plants, which are cut before they form their seeds, when they are in full bloom, and abound most in sap. When we consider at what small expense of prime cost, carriage, and other charges, this manure is obtained, and how com- pletely it smothers the weeds, it is wonderful that it has not more generally been adopted. It might, no doubt, be used on many occasions, in place of a complete summer fallow, as a preparation for wheat : in which case the price of the seeds, which is almost the only expense, would be amply repaid by the saving in the article of labour. Their value might be much improved by laying on a certain quantity of lime, chalk, or marl, according to the nature of the soil; which would tend greatly to hasten the fermentation, and bring the land sooner into a proper state for affording nourishment to the succeeding crop of wheat. Earth. Maiden or untried earth, such as is found six or seven inches deep under turfs oi [ commons, headlands, and by the sides of roads in many places, where it is of good quality, is of inestimable value as a manure for fruit-trees, raising shrubs and trees in nurseries, all sorts of crops in kitchen-gardens, and ornamental flowers, as well as corn and grass. The nurserymen near London send many miles for a loamy maiden earth, as. absolutely necessary for their purpose. It is recommended in preference to dung, for both fruit and kitchen garden, particularly for Asparagus, laid a foot and half deep, without any dung what- soever: mixed with dung or lime, it makes excellent manure for corn or turnips. Doubtless there are many sorts of earth that might be employed with success, besides those in common use, if they were examined by men skilled in their respective properties, and applied by persons versed in their operations. — Chalk, is in high esteem in the southern counties of Eng- land, where it abounds: its best effects are upon deep soils, which contain no calcareous earth, and is observed to have very little effect upon lands where the substratum is chalk ; and even does mischief, where the soil is thin. When used upon light soils, it is made into compost with earth and dung. When this is well mixed, and duly proportioned, it produces valuable crops; and the effects continue for many years. The common method of using this compost is, either to lay it, upon fallows for wheat, and mix it intimately with the soil, or upon grass, as a top-dressing; in both cases it answers well : in the latter, it destroys moss-rushes, and all coarse aquatic plants that grow in sour or wet lands; in the former, it opens and pulverises the soil, and never fails to produce good crops. Chalk should be broken as small as possible, and in no case ploughed in till its parts are properly separated ; and then it should be completely harrowed in, and well mixed with the soil. — Lime. Respecting the proper quantity of lime, it may be observed in general, that the greatest should be used upon the deepest and richest soils ; and the least, upon those that are thin and light. Upon strong clays and deep Y 84 MAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MAN loams there is a substantial body for the lime to operate upon, containing abundance of rich substances; and consi- derable quantity will be required, to pervade and give due activity to the whole : but as the soil is lighter, the quantity must be less, and the after-management, with regard to the crops, extremely cautious. In liming a single held, an atten- tion to the quautity will often be found necessary; the soil of the higher parts being for the most part more light and free, and that of the lower more deep and compact, where the ground is unequal. On some soils, particularly where the bottom is chalk, limestone, or marl, lime will be pernicious, especially if the soil be thin. Lime is found to produce the best effects upon fallows, when laid on early in the season, and well incorporated with the soil. By the assistance of lime, whole districts, formerly useless, have been made to pro- duce not only good crops of turnips, but also valuable crops of corn and broad clover. Its greatest value, however, seems to be upon light soils for those crops ; insomuch, that where lime is the principal manure, they seldom sow turnips, clovers, peas, or beans, except upon lands that have been previously limed. Instances of this are often met with on the up-lands ; where if any of the broad-leaved crops are sown where a part has been limed, and a part not, the parts where the lime has been laid will produce a valuable return ; while that which has been dunged only, will hardly repay the expense of seed and labour. Farmers differ in their methods of using lime upon turnip lands: some lay it on only before the last plough- ing, and plough it in without harrowing ; they also lay it in heaps, hot from the kiln, without being slaked. But the sooner it is laid upon the land, and the more ploughings and harrowings it receives before the seed is sown, the better it will be incorporated with the soil, and the more certain and valuable will be its effects. Upon clover-ley, for oats, is per- haps the worst way in which lime can be used. It is generally laid on in the autumn, and ploughed down in the spring; and the returns are inadequate to the expense. Lime is used as a top-dressing, in spring, upon grass, or wheat, and other grain. Upon the latter it is dangerous, unless the lime be made into a compost with dung or earth : in this form it will not only be safe, but profitable. Upon the former it is no better, except upon coarse meadows, abounding with rushes and weeds, which it destroys. Upon light soils, if several white crops be taken in succession after liming, the land will be worn out. A white and a green crop should be taken alternately. Upon clay lands, a summer fallow is sometimes indispensable; in that case the lime should be laid on in July or August, aud completely harrowed in before ploughing : two or three ploughings at least are required to incorporate it well with the soil, and a suitable harrowing with each. — Marl, has been long celebrated as a manure. Barren sands, and poor heaths, have been rendered productive by marl, but at a great expense : indeed there is reason to believe that the greatest part of the southern district of Lancashire has been reclaimed by it; but it will not produce its full effects upon the soil, til! it is incorporated with it by several plough- ings, and dung, or other oily manure, mixed with it. Mr. Coke, of Holkam, in Norfolk, who lias marled many hundred acres, always spreads the marl on the new ley, that is, on the seeds, after the barley harvest, from eighty to one hundred loads an acre; and on these dry soils it does little injury to the grasses. By this mode, the marl is on the ground at least three years before the plough enters ; which is far better, and more durable, than ploughing it directly. In open fields, marling seldom answers the expense ; for this is only a begin- ning of improvement: by going on directly with a course of ploughing, which cannot well be avoided in shiftable fields, the marl is often buried and lost before it mixes properly with the soil, especially if turned in too deep in the first earth, of which great care should be taken. Marling, therefore, can only or chiefly answer on inclosed land, that can be managed as the occupier pleases. In that case, it should be laid down with clover, ray grass, and trefoil, the spring twelve-months before laying on the marl, and remain at least six months after, that it may have time to sink into the flag before it is ploughed up; and then there will be little danger of losing it, as it will be in some measure incorporated with the soil. No pains should be spared to break all the lumps, and to get it fine by repeated harrowings and rollings, and to have the stones picked and carried away, that the grass may get through, for stock to be grazing upon it ; which is the great and finishing improvement. After the land has been got fine, and laid six or eight months longer ; in February, or the beginning of March, break it up, and sow it with pease; then fallow for turnips, giving it four or five earths, with harrowings, &c. After feeding off" the turnips upon the land, sow barley, and lay it down again with clover, trefoil, and ray-grass. Let it lay two summers ; after which, by either folding or dunging it, if not too poor a sand, there will be a good chance for a crop of wheat : after which, fallow again for turnips and bar- ley, or rapeseed and oats, and so on; always bearing in mind, that taking two following crops of corn, without a fallow, or summer grazing, will soon bring newly improved land to its former impoverished state. — Crag, is a sort of shell marl, being chiefly shells whole, or in a decaying state, mixed with calcareous earth ; which probably is nothing but the shells perfectly decayed. For turnips, the benefit has been found equal to that of dung, in Suffolk ; yet the greatest effect was on a moory bottom. The Sandlings, a tract of land in that county, near Woodbridge, seem to be upon a foundation of this red shell marl or crag ; the use of which is, however, discon- tinued, except for taking in walk land, as they call it, for sheep. Upon old improved lands they never lay it singly, but mix it with dung, earth, or ouze; thinking that it makes light lands blow more. Mr. Young, in his Eastern Tour, says, that crag is dry, and not in the least soapy ; that it does not effervesce in acids, and does not fall in water; that notwithstanding this, all the effects, and even more, produced in Norfolk by sixty, eighty, or one hundred loads of marl, are gained in Suffolk by ten or twelve of crag ; and that it lasts even longer: which they have discovered from an idea, probably unfounded, that land once cragged will not bear a repetition of it, except in a compost with dung; and accordingly, in many cases, it has lasted with such additions, fifty, sixty, and even one hundred years. The nature of the poor sands in that county is quite changed with it ; and they gain an adhesion, which they retain for ever. Crag is a great fertilizer, as appears from the sudden increase of the crops after its application. — Shells and Sea Sand, are used to great advantage in several parts of England, especially in Devonshire; where they are at the expense of fetching the sand and shells, on horses’ backs, twelve or four- teen miles. The land on which they lay this manure, is a strong loam, inclining to clay. Where the land lies near the sea, so that either sand, shells, corals, wrack or sea-weeds, can be obtained at an easy expense, they are by far the best kinds of manure, because they enrich the land for several years; for as their salts are closely locked up, they are com- municated by degrees to the land, as the heat and cold causes the various bodies to pulverize, and fall into small parts: so that where sands, and smaller kinds of sea weeds, are used, if they are laid on land in proper quantities, it will enrich it for six or seven years ; but shells, corals, and other hard bodies, will continue many years longer. All shells are principally cal- MAN OH, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MAN careous earth, and, when burnt, afford the best of lime. In a recent state they are of little value as a manure, unless they are broken very small ; but in a decayed state they resemble shell-marl. Upon deep loams and strong clays their operation is similar to chaik or marl ; but upon light gravels or sands, little benefit is to be expected from them, unless they are previ- ously made into a compost with dung, clay, or loam. When such lands are in grass, by top-dressings of any of the different earths, their value will be much improved ; and the thinner the soil, the greater will be the profit arising from this management. On clay pastures, shells in their simple state will correct acidity, destroy rushes, and render the soil less retentive of moisture. Sea-sand is an excellent manure on a summer fallow for wheat; but being repeated two or three times, loses much of its good effects, without a change of til- lage. Straw being scarce at Yarmouth, they litter their stables with sea-sand ; as the bed becomes soiled or wet, fresh sand is scattered on, until the whole is in a manner saturated with dung and urine; the stall is then cleared, and a fresh bed of sand laid in. Thus muck of a singularly excel- lent quality is produced. Sea-sand is much used by florists in Holland, where they draw their parterres into ridges before winter, and spread it on the tops of them. — Common Sand. This can scarcely be considered as a manure ; it is, however, beneficial upon all clays, and other tenacious stiff land, by separating their parts, and destroying their cohesive quality; by which means the sun, air, and frost, penetrate them the better. It is likewise of great use upon rough coarse mea- dows: nothing fines the surface more, or produces a thicker sward of Dutch clover. The best sand is that which is washed out of highways or from hills, by rains, or that which lies in rivers. — Clay. As sands are an improvement to clays, so, on the other hand, clays are an improvement to gravelly and sandy lands ; yet we have frequently observed clayey and sandy grounds lying almost contiguous, without any attempt having ever been made to make an experiment on this obvious interchange of soils. It must be remembered that marl and clay are often confounded, and that marling is frequently called claying. The extent to which claying has been carried in the sand districts of Suffolk, is very consider- able. An excellent cultivator near Bury, though not on a very large farm, has carried 140,000 loads. But when this clay is not of a good sort, that is, when it has very little clay in it, but is rather an imperfect hard chalk, there are great doubts how far it answers, and in many cases it has certainly been spread to little or no profit. The usual quan- tity is from sixty to eighty, and sometimes one hundred loads, of thirty-two bushels, to an acre. The duration, and indeed the whole effect, depends much on the course of crops. If the plough be too frequently used, and corn sown too often, it answers badly, and the effect is soon lost ; but with management it lasts twenty years. In many cases, a course of fallow and rye, or light oats, is converted to fine barley, clover, and wheat, and the produce multiplied twenty- fold ; but the cases in which the return has been inadequate are not a few : and on soils that will yield saintfoin, it is more profitable to cultivate that, than to clay the land for corn. Probably this clay was more properly a marl. In stiff deep clays, where manure is not to be had in sufficient quan- tities, and fuel is cheap, it may be no bad process to burn some of the clay, which will not only break the cohesion of the soil, and make it more easily cultivated, but will also render it less retentive of moisture, and thus more friendly to vegetation ; but upon thin soils, it is evident, any attempt at burning would he highly improper.-— Ashes, of all kinds of vegetables, are an excellent manure or top-dressing for land. — Pot ash , or fixed vegetable Alkali. In places far removed from the means of improvement, a substitute for common manures, that is of easy carriage, and can be had at a moderate expense, must be valuable. Prom experimenls that have been made, it appears that two hundred pounds of pot-ash are sufficient for an acre of strong land ; for lighter soils, much less is required, if laid on by itself; on these, however, a compost of this and oil, incorporated with mould, will be the best way of employing it. Upon strong clays, and deep loams, however, it ought always to be applied by itself. When the expense of carriage is considered, pot-ash will often be found a cheaper manure than lime. In one respect it is superior, for the union of pot ash with all the different acids form a neutral, which is in some degree useful in vegetation ; whereas when lime meets with the vitriolic acid, it is almost entirely lost. — Kelp. The operation of kelp depends upon the same principles as lime, pot ash, &c. Like them, it produces the best effects on deep loams or clays ; and the benefit will be still farther increased, if lime be made use of along with it. Kelp should be broken very small with large hammers, or by passing it through a mill. — Bleacher’s Ashes. or Refuse, consists principally of the hard undissolved parts of pot ash, kelp, weed-ash, and barilla. Alone, they are too stimulating, and ought never to be used but with earth, or earth and dung ; they answer well with blood, garbage, and putrid animal substances. They are generally laid upon fal- lows for wheat. The greatest advantage derived from them is upon clay or deep loams. Upon rushy grounds, or coarse wet meadows, they will be found particularly useful. — Soap Ashes, which are in some measure the same as the refuse of bleach-fields, are generally made into composts with earth and well-fermented dung, in the proportion of two loads of dung to one of earth ; the ashes are then added, in the quan- tity of one load to ten of this mixture, turning and incorpo- rating the whole completely. The quantity necessary for strong clays or deep loams is ten cart-loads to an acre. If the dung has been well fermented, perhaps the most profit- able way of using this compost, will be as a top-dressing har- rowed in with the grain; taking care, however, that the caustic quality of the ashes is properly blunted by a sufficient mixture of dung and earth. These ashes, when beaten small, may be made into a rich compost with oil and earth, and used as a top-dressing for young crops. They will destroy slugs and vermin of every description; and are therefore highly valuable on lands where the early wheat is injured by the worm. Laid upon grass lands in the end of autumn, this manure produces a deep verdure during the winter, and an early vigorous vegetation in the spring ; it is therefore par- ticularly calculated for cold wet pastures.— Peat-ashes. Eight or ten bushels of rich peat-ashes are sufficient to dress an acre. They should be laid on in the spring, before the plants have attained any great size, in wet, or at least cloudy weather. Or, they may be sown and harrowed in with the grain ; in which case a greater quantity will be requisite than when they are used as a top-dressing. They greatly improve grass lands, particularly clover and saintfoin ; the quantity is from fifteen to twenty-five bushels, according to the condition of the land. Peat-dust, or peat ground to powder, answers equally well with the ashes in the same quantity. It is esteemed the best manure for asparagus, onion beds, and flowers, mixed with dung; and destroys thistles, if laid on in sufficient quantity, or repeated. — Wood-ashes, are useful as a manure, principally upon account of the pot-ash which they contain. The ashes of fir, pine, &c. have very little of it ; but oak, ash, and most of the hard woods, abound in pot-ash. Except upon the strongest and most tenacious soils, MAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; »I A N 8(> the rich kinds of wood-ashes are too stimulating, and are best used in a compost with earth and dung, or any animal substances. They effectually correct sour soils : conse- quently upon poor meadows, or rushy grounds, they produce effects similar to lime; and if mixed with quick lime, their beneficial effects will be heightened. — Coal-ashes, are well adapted to clays and deep loams, by. breaking the tenacity of the soil. On light soils they should never be used but in the form of a compost with earth, or earth and dung. From fifty to sixty bushels is a complete dressing for a statute acre; and they are of great use in a kitchen-garden, wdiere the natural soil is too strong and stubborn. -Composts, are various, and ought to be different according to the different nature or quality of the soils which they are designed to meli- orate; and according as the land is either light, sandy, loose, heavy, clayey, or cloddy. A light loose sand requires a compost of a heavy nature, as the scouring of deep ditches, ponds, &c. A heavy land requires a manure of a lighter nature, that will insinuate itself into the lumpish clods. — For Gardens. The great use of composts in gardening is for such plants as are preserved in pots or tubs ; or in small beds, or borders of flower-gardens. As some plants delight in a rich light soil, others in a poor sandy soil, and some in a loamy soil, there should be different composts prepared in all those gardens, where a great variety of plants are culti- vated ; and this is much more necessary in countries at a great distance from London, than in the neighbourhood of it, because there is so great a variety of lands within ten miles round London, which have been so long dressed and culti- vated, that a supply of earth fit for all sorts of plants may be easily procured ; but in some places which are at a distance from large towns, it is very difficult to procure a quantity of earth proper for the choicer sorts of flowers and plants ; therefore the composts will require more care, and should be mixed a considerable time longer before they are used, that they may have the advantage of heat and cold to soften and improve them ; and should be frequently turned over, that the parts may be well mixed and incorporated, and the clods well broken and divided. Almost every one who has written upon this subject has directed the procuring the upper surface of earth from a pasture ground, as one of the principal ingredients in most composts for plants ; which is certainly a very good one, provided it has time to incorporate before it is used : for if this be mixed up hastily, and put into pots or tubs before it has had a winter’s frost, and summer’s heat, to loosen the parts effectually, it will unite and cake together so hard as to starve the plants that are put into it. For all earth, when put into pots or tubs, is much more apt to bind than when it is in beds ; therefore it should be in proportion made looser, according to the nature of the plants for which it is designed, than when it is intended for beds or borders. So that if this earth from a pasture cannot be pre- pared and mixed at least one year before it is used, it will be much better to take the earth of a kitchen-garden which has been well wrought and dunged; but this should be clear from all roots of trees and bad weeds. If this earth be well mixed with the other composts six months, and often turned over, it will be better for pots and tubs than the other will in twice that time. This earth, being the principal ingre- dient in those composts designed for such plants as require a rich soil; the next is to have a quantity of very rotten dung, from old hot-beds ; or for those plants which delight in a cool soil, a quantity of rotten cow-dung is preferable. The proportion of this must be according to the quality of the earth; for if that be poor, there should be one third part of dung; but if it be rich, a fourth part or less will be suf- ficient. These, when well incorporated, andt he parts divided, will require no other mixture, unless the earth be inclinable to bind, in which case it will be proper to add some sand, or sea-coal ashes, to it : if sea-sand can be procured, that is best, and the next to it is drift-sand; but the sand procured from pits is by no means proper. The proportion of this must be according to the nature of the earth, for if that be stiff there must be a greater proportion used, but this should not exceed a fifth part; unless it is very strong, in which case it will require more, and a longer time to lie, and must be often turned over before it is used. The next compost, which is designed for plants which do not require so good earth, and naturally grow ou loose soils, should be half of the before- mentioned earth from a pasture, or that from a kitchen-garden; and if these are inclinable to bind, there should be a third part sand, the other part rotten tan, which will be of great use to keep the parts divided, and let the moisture pass off. The composition for most of the succulent plants, is prepared with the following materials : the earth from a common, where it is light, taken on the surface, one half, the other half sea or drift sand, and old lime-rubbish screened, of equal parts ; these, well mixed, and often turned over, form the best of all composts for the very succulent plants. The other sort of compost, which is designed for plants that delight in a very loose, light, rich earth, should be made of light earth, taken from a kitchen-garden which has been well dunged and thoroughly wrought, like those near London, one half; of rotten tanner’s bark, one-third : and the other part mud from 'the scouring of ditches, or from the bottom of ponds where the soil is fat; but this mud should lie exposed in small heaps a whole year, and be |ofien turned over, before it is mixed with the other, and afterwards frequently turned and mixed for eight months or a year, before it is used. In all mixtures, where rotten wood may be required, if the rotten tanner’s bark, taken from old hot-beds, be used, that will answer every purpose of the other: and wherever sand is necessary in any compost, the sea-sand should always be preferred to all other; but this should not be used "fresh, because the salts should be exposed to the air, which will loosen the particles, and thereby render them better adapted to the nutriment of vegetables. There are some who have directed the use of rotten leaves of vegetables as an excellent ingredient in most composts ; but they are of little use, and contain the least quantity of vegetable pasture of any kind of dressing. Others, who never had any experience in the culture of plants, have directed different composts for almost evejy plant ; and these composts consist of such a variety of ingredients as greatly to resemble the prescriptions of a quack doctor: no person conversant in the business of gardening, could commit such gross absurdities, for it is well known that a few different composts will be sufficient for all the known plants in the world. Those who pretend to give direction for the culture of plants from theory only, begin at the wrong end ; for the true knowledge of gardening or agri- culture must be from experience. In making any compost, great care should he had that the several parts are properly mixed together; not to have too much of any one sort: therefore when three or four several sorts are to be mixed together, there should be a man or two placed to each sort, in proportion to the quantity ; for if two parts of any one sort are requisite to be added, there should be two men put to that, and but one to each of the other: and these men must be instructed carefully to spread each sort in such a manner over the other, as that they may be exactly mixed together. Another thing which should be observed is, never to lay these composts in too large heaps; but rather continue them MAN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MAN 87 in length, laying them up in a ridge, so that the sun and air may more easily penetrate through it : and as these composts should, if possible, be made a year before they are used, they should be frequently turned over; which will prevent the growth of weeds, and expose every part of the heap equally to the sun and air: and the more they are exposed to the influence of these, the better they will be prepared for vege- tation.— Field Composts, are usually made, by mixing various substances with stable or yard dung: and hence in some counties they are called Mixens. The most common materials for this purpose are, turf pared from waste places, virgin earth, peat earth, lime, the scourings of brooks, ponds, and ditches, weeds, rubbish of buildings, coal-ashes, &c. That dung alone, properly managed and applied, is a most valuable manure, is unquestionable; yet it is not equally useful in all soils and situations. It is much better calculated for active than inactive soils. On limestone, chalk, &c. it meets with abundance of active materials ; but upon clays, deep loams, &c, it operates best in conjunction with lime, or some other stimulating substance. When dung is intended for a compost, no attempt should be made to add a large quantity of lime, earth, &c. till it is properly fermented ; every addition of this kind checking the fermentation. The lime, earth, &c. should be added after the fermentation is finished ; and the whole then carefully mixed and laid up together. In a few days, a second fermentation will come on ; and if the mixture has been properly turned over, and thoroughly incorporated, it will be fit for use in a month or six weeks. Some judgment and attention will be requisite, with regard to the quantity of lime and other active principles employed : for if the quantity employed be small, their action upon the rich substances in the dung will be partial and imperfect; and if too great, a considerable loss may be sustained by their over-action. If the quantity of earth also be such as to press the dung too hard, the air will be excluded, and the second fermentation be impeded or prevented. It is certainly a right method to lay a good coat of earth as a foundation for the dunghill, into which the moisture of the dung may soak down: and it is no bad way to make a heap of such substances as can be readily obtained, apart from the dung; and to throw the moisture of the dunghill, and the urine of the cattle, over it. The following is a good method of making a compost : in a field conveniently situated, plough and harrow a head-land, till the soil is well divided and in fine tilth ; then take a cart- load, or forty bushels, of lime, fresh from the kiln, and place it in little heaps, about a bushel in each, along the middle, of the headland, at four feet distance from each other: cover the heaps with four or five times their quantity of pulverized earth, and pat it down olose with the back of a shovel, so as to exclude both rain and .air. In a few days the moisture of the earth will have dissolved the lime, and reduced it to a powder. If the heaps have any fissures in them, they should from time to time be filled up, fry having more earth thrown upon them, and patted down .close. When the lime is per- fectly reduced to a powder, that and the earth must be chopped down with a spade, and intimately blended together. This is most conveniently done., in the form of a long bank or ridge; in the middle of which, a large furrow or opening must be made, sufficient to receive five cart-loads, of forty bushels each, ot good spit dung; when the earth and lime must be thrown over the dung, so as to cover the whole. In this manner it must lie some months, or till the dung is in a state of dissolution ; when it must be turned over again, well mixed, and formed into a heap or clamp, to be kept for use. Earth, lime, and dung, thus managed, constitute an unctuous mass, of great fertility. An eflectual mode of raising a large quantity of compost manure is, to bed the farm-yard about two feet deej) with earth ; and on this, to cleanse the stables, cow-houses, hog-sties, &c. and to move the cribs, in which loose cattle are fed with straw, about it. This bed of earth will retain the urine; so that when the whole is mixed toge- ther, it will all he nearly of equal goodness, and admirably adapted to gravelly and loose soils in general ; through which the essence of dung alone will be washed in one season : a top-dressing of soot, pigeons’-dung, &c. will last but one crop : and very rotten pure dung is little better. Another method of making compost dunghills is, by making them into clamps. Make a layer of hedge-earth, from a grubbed border, two feet deep, and about twelve feet square, in the beginning of November: the quantity of earth will be about twenty-six loads, of sixteen bushels each : on this clean all the yards and sheds. The yard, not being bedded with earth, should be well littered, to soak up the urine, and to be made into dung by the hogs and loose cattle: this may be cleaned once a fortnight, and the sheds once a week ; and piled regularly on the foundation of earth, until the heap is about seven feet high ; and when one clamp is thus filled up, another foun- dation of earth may be laid adjoining. In order to enrich the compost, the flowings of the heap should be prevented from running off, and thrown up occasionally on the heap. By thus piling the compost in clamps, it will be in very good order for arable land early in the spring: which will not be the case, if it be left to be trodden flat over the whole yard, and every particle to be washed by the rain. Fermentation goes on much quicker in this method ; and it would be better still, if the heap were made under a roof, to keep off all moisture but what is thrown up. Another advantage of this method is, that any part of the compost may be used, by taking a division of the hill that has been the longest finished. Where there is a deficiency of materials for malting good composts proper for the soil, in many cases a mixture of dif- ferent soils may answer the purpose. Thus, where clay pre- dominates, the addition of sand, where it is happily within reach, is often sufficient to ensure fertility ; and where sand prevails, the addition of clay or chalk will answer the same purpose. Gravel enriches peat-moss ; and that in return improves gravel. The farmer, therefore, should search every where above ground, and below, for such substances as may improve his (several soils, by a due mixture,- Top- dressings, answer particularly well on crops that tiller, as wheat and barley ; and when these are sickly and backward in the spring, in consequence of a bad seed-time, immoderate wet, severe frosts, and other causes, help them prodigiously, by quickening their vegetation ; and thus enabling them to cover the soil from the ensuing drought of summer. They are peculiarly applicable to poor, light, sandy and gravelly, or limestone lands. The advocates for top-dressings, in pre- ference to ploughing in manure, assert, that when a consider- able quantity of dung is laid upon lend, and mixed with the whole soil, a great proportion of its richest suits may be car- ried down by raius; and not only be lost to the present crop, but if the sub-soil he of a loose and porous nature, will very soon escape beneath the reach of the plough. Whereas, if stable-dung, and other enriching manures, were mixed with lime, or other active substances, into a compost, and thus employed as a top-dressing, a much smaller quantity than is usually applied might probably be found sufficient. By thus laying manures upon or near the surface, they sink by slow degrees: their beneficial effects are exerted upon the crop in their passage downwards ; and very little, if any, of the fer- tilizing parts penetrate beyond where they are useful. Top- dressings, however, are frequently attended with great expense : 88 MAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MAR their effects also are not permanent; and in dry seasons they do little or no good. In applying them, the nourishment of the plants only is considered ; no regard being had to loosen- ing the earth: they are not, therefore, sufficient for heavy lands. Stiff loams and clay require lime and dung, to break the cohesion of their parts. Beans also, and tap-rooted plants, in general require such manures as are worked into the land by the plough : for top-dressings operate but a little way within the surface, except on thin soils, where they certainly are of great use; and are also beneficial to turnips, by push- ing the young plant hastily into rough leaf, and thereby securing it against the fly; but they are of no farther utility. Folding. This is resorted to by all open field farmers, as the preparation for wheat ; and their chief dependence is upon this species of top-dressing, where the quantity of farm- yard dung is insufficient for their purpose. This mode of manuring is peculiarly adapted to farms of considerable extent of hill or common pasture, or grass-lands that never come under the plough. In such farms, by bringing the sheep in the evening to the fold, a considerable quantity .of manure will be made, that would otherwise be lost. If the pasture, upon which the sheep feed through the day, be good, they may be folded, without much detriment to the animal, for a great part of the year: but where the pasture is scanty, this cannot well be done ; for the sheep will not be able to pick up a sufficiency of food through the day, to enable'tnem to bear the fatigue of travelling to and from the fold, and fasting all night. And unless the sheep have turnips or hay during the winter, their dung will be of small value. It is a bad practice to crowd more sheep into a fold than can lie down at their ease ; and it is equally bad to confine young and old, strong and weak, in the same fold. It is far better to afford them room enough, and to let them remain on the same spot two or three nights, till it be sufficiently manured. Feeding sheep in a fold can only be practised on light dry soils. Here it is still more necessary, neither to crowd the stock, nor to put in the weak with the strong: for they will tread down and waste the food ; and in the contention for it, the strong will deprive the weak of their proper share. On light dry soils, sheep will do good, by giving it cohesion with much treading ; but on clays or strong loams this does much injury to the land : turnips, &c. cannot therefore be fed off in such soils, except in dry seasons; but must be pulled and eaten upon a dry stubble or pasture. If folding be supposed necessary on account of the manure, where farm-yard dung is not made in a sufficient quantity, and other manure is not readily to be obtained ; might not a greater stock of muck be raised, by littering a dry part of the yard, or a warm corner of some pasture, with straw, fern, or whatever litter could be had in greatest plenty? penning them there in hard weather, and letting them run into the adjacent pasture only during the day in fine weather. A great quantity of manure might thus be raised in winter from a flock; and, provided they had ample room in the pen, and were to be well supplied with dry litter, the sheep might sustain less injury in thus lying warm and dry, than from being folded on naked land, often wet, and in an open exposure. Water, may fairly be considered as a manure, if we attend to the effects of stagnant and putrid water, and the watering of meadow lands. Water, if allowed to remain stagnant, is disposed to putrify, from the animal or vegetable matters contained in it; and when it has undergone a putrefaction, it deposits a mucilaginous substance. Water, therefore, may be rendered an excellent manure, by making a pond or a reservoir, near a house and farm-yard, the common receptacle of the drains from the kitchen, scul- lery, and wash-house, or of the yard, stables, &c. or else by throwing into it weeds, and the refuse of the garden. By either of these means, there may always be a large supply of putrid water; with which, particularly in dry seasons, mea- dows and pasture land may be watered with great effect, by means of water carts, such as are used on the roads near London. The water in which flax or hemp is steeped, might be used advantageously in the same manner ; and in general, where there are any pits or pools, the water might soon be rendered putrid, and fit for manuring pasture or even arable lands, by throwing into them a large quantity of green vege- table substances. In Devonshire, it is a practice to enrich ponds by the drain of an adjoining yard, with the addition of a bag of lime at different times. Mappia ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, five-parted, permanent ; parts roundish, concave, coloured within. Corolla: petals five, roundish, having claws, spreading, scarcely larger than the calix. Stamina: filamenta numerous, (sixty,) capillary, broader at the (ip, the length of the corolla, inserted into the receptacle; antherae ovate. Pistil: germen globular, superior; style columnar, incurved, permanent; sligma capitate. Pericarp: berry ovate, one- celled. Seed: single, ovate, large, involved in a thick viscid Aril. Essential Character. Calix: five parted. Co- rolla: five-petalled. Germen: superior. Berry: one-seeded. Seed: arilled. The only known species is, 1. Mappia Guianensis. This is a shrub, with branches full of little tubercles, ramping over trees to their very tops, and dividing into many alternate branchlets, which are long, and hang down ; corolla white ; berry red, the size of a cherry ; the skin fleshy, firm, slightly acid. — Native of Guiana, on the banks of the river of Sinemari; flowering and fruiting in May. Maranta ; a genus of the class Monandria, order Moiio- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth three- leaved, lanceolate, small, superior. Corolla: one-petalled, ringent ; tube oblong, compressed, oblique, bent in ; border six-cleft ; alternate outer segments ovate, equal, smaller ; one of these the lowest, two the uppermost ; two alternate lateral very large, roundish, representing the lower lip ; uppermost small, two-parted. Stamina : filamentum membranaceous, resembling a segment of the corolla; antherae linear, fastened to one edge of the filamentum. Pistil: germen roundish, inferior; style simple, the length of the corolla; stigma obso- letely three-cornered, bent in. Pericarp : capsule roundish, obsoletely three-cornered, three-celled, three-valved. Seed: single, ovate, wrinkled, hard. Essential Character. Calix: three-leaved; corolla trifid. Nectary: three-parted, the third part bearing the antherae on its upper side. The generic or natural character of Maranta, is given differently from Schreber’s, as above, by Swartz, in his observations. — Calix: perianth three-leaved, superior; leaflets lanceolate, longer than the tube of the corolla, contiguous. Corolla: one petalled, ringent; tube cylindric, compressed, oblique, gibbous ; border trifid ; divisions equal, lanceolate-ovate, one lowest, two lateral ; nectary three-parted, connate with the tube; two lower divisions oblong, lateral, larger, representing a lower lip ; the third upper larger, vaulted, serving for a filamentum. Stamina: filamentum none; antherae linear, fastened to the upper edge of one of the segments of the nec- tary ; the rest as before, except that the style is crooked in the middle. The species are, 1. Maranta Arundinacea ; Indian Arrow-Root. Culm branched, herbaceous ; leaves ovate-lanceolate, somewhat hairy underneath. It is called Arrow-root, from its curing wounds inflicted by poisoned arrows. The roots being MAR OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MAR scraped, washed, and. pounded in wooden mortars, and macerated in water, yield a flower of a snowy whiteness, w hich no worms will touch : made into a jelly with boiling W'ater, it is a most cordial and nourishing food, that will remain on the stomach when nothing else will ; and a pudding made of it is most excellent for convalescents. It is also used for starch, which is far superior in quality to that made of wheat flour, one pound being equal to two pounds and a half of that prepared from wheat; so that by its use immense quantities of wheat might be annually saved. The root might be candied as Eryngo, possessing nearly the same virtues. The fresh expressed juice of the root with water, is a power- ful antidote to vegetable poisons, such as the Savanna flower, taken inwardly; the bruised root, outwardly applied, is a cure for the wounds of poisoned arrows, scorpions, or black spiders; and arrests the progress of gangrene. — It is propa- gated by cuttings of the roots, and made for sale inconsider- able quantities in the West Indies, for about a dollar per pound. It has thriven in America, in the states of South Carolina and Georgia, and produced 1840 pounds per acre ; and perhaps would be well worth attention in the East Indies. The Arrow Root sold in the shop is not always unadulterated ; but if genuine, it affords the largest portion of mucilage of any vegetable yet discovered. Its medical virtues are astrin- gent, cordial, diaphoretic, and said by Dr. Barham to be in some degree an emmenagogue : a decoction of the fresh roots makes an excellent ptisan or cooling drink in acute diseases. When prepared with milk for children, if it ferment on the stomach, the addition of a little animal jelly will prevent it. Native of South America. — This, with the other plants of this genus, are very tender; and therefore will not live in this climate, unless they are preserved iu stoves. They may be propagated by their creeping roots, which should be parted in the middle of March, just before they begin to push out new leaves. These roots should be planted in pots tilled with light rich earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tan- ner's bark, observing now and then to refresh them with water; which must not be administered to them in large quantities, as it would rot the roots in an unactive state. Where they are constantly kept in the tanner's bark, and have proper air and moisture, they will thrive. 2. Maranta Galanga. Culm simple ; raceme terminating, loose, with alternate flowers ; lip of the nectary emarginate ; leaves lanceolate. — Native of South America. See Amomum Galanga. 3. Marauta Tonchat. Culm branched, shrubby; leaves ovate, smooth. — Native of the East Indies, Cochin-china, the Island of Cayenne, and Guiana, where it is used for making baskets. See the first species. 4. Maranta Malaccensis. Culm simple; leaves oblong, petioled, silky, pubescent underneath. — This is a doubtful plant. See the first species. ■). Maranta Comosa. Stemless; scape spiked, comose; leaflets of the coma reflex. — Native of Surinam. See the first species. Marattia ; a genus of the class Cryptogatnia, order Filices. Essential Character. Capsules oval, gaping longitu- dinally at top, with several cells on each side. The spe- cies are, 1. Marattia Alata. Rachises scaly, the partial ones winged ; leaflets sharply serrate ; frond bipinnate, with the pinnas gene- rally opposite. — Native of Jamaica. 2. Marattia Laevis. Rachises even, the partial ones winged : leaflets bluntly serrate at top, the uppermost confluent ; frond subtripinnate, with the lower pinnas alternate. — Native of St. Domingo. 3. Marattia Fraxinea. Rachises even, simple ; leaflets lan- ceolate, serrate, all distinct. This is a very hard fern, with a handsome leaf, like that of the ash ; frond unequally bipin- nate, with the pinnas alternate. — Native of the Mauritius. Marcgravia ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth six-leaved, imbricate, permanent; leaflets roundish, concave, the two outmost larger. Corolla: 6ue-petalled, conic-ovate, entire, closed like a calyptre, parting at the base, caducous. Sta- mina: filamenta very many, awl-shaped, short, spreading, deciduous; antherae upright, large, ovate-oblong. Pistil: germen ovate; style none; stigma headed, permanent. Peri- carp: berry coriaceous, globular, many-celled, many-valved. Seeds: numerous, small, oblong, nestling in soft pulp. Essen- tial Character. Corolla : one-petalled,calyptre-sliaped. Calix: six-leaved, imbricate. Berry: many-celled, many- seeded. The only known species is, 1. Marcgravia Umbellata. This is a shrubby creeping plant, but not properly parasitical. — Native of the West Indies, in the cool woody mountains. Browne says, it is frequent in the woods of Jamaica ; and appears in such various forms, that it has been mistaken for different plants, in the different stages of its growth. Marchantia ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Hepatic®. Essential Character. Male. Calix: salver- shaped; anther® numerous, imbedded in its disk. Female. Calix: peltate, flowering on the under side; capsules opening at top; seeds fixed to elastic fibres. — Seven species of this genus are enumerated in the Systema Vegetabitium. Five of them are natives of Britain. Maranta Polymorpha is very common in wet places ; as on shady walls, and by the sides of wells and springs. In figure it somewhat resembles an oak-leaf. The peduncles are in the angles of the lobes, from one to three inches high; capsules greenish, dividing into eight or ten segments ; on the upper surface are here and there glass-shaped conical cups, on short pedicels, with a wide scalloped margin, and inclosing about four little bodies, very finely serrated at the edges. Mr. John Lindsay, surgeon, in Jamaica, sowed that part of the fructification of this Alga composed of fine elastic filamenta and small globules, here- tofore considered as the male parts, where none of the plants had ever been seen before ; and in a short time raised several young Marchauti®, which grew freely. Mare’s Tail. See Hippuris. Margaritaria ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Octan- dria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth one- leafed, four-toothed, minute, permanent. Corolla: petals four, roundish, inserted into the calix. Stamina: filamenta eight, bristle-shaped, patulous, louger, inserted into the recep- tacle; anther® roundish, small. Pistil: germen superior, roundish; style bristle-shaped, the length of the stamina; stigma blunt. Female: on a distinct individual. Calix: as in the male, permanent. Corolla: as in the male. Pistil: germen superior, globular; styles four or five, filiform; stig- mas simple, permanent. Pericarp: berry globular, crowned with short patulous styles. Seed: aril, four or five grained, four or five celled, cartilaginous, very shining; with twro- valved lobes; seeds ovate, compressed inwards. Observe. The calix always is four-cleft ; styles and arils four or five. Essential Character. Male. Calix: four-toothed; corolla four-petalled. Female. Calix and Corolla : as in the' male; styles four or five. Berry: cartilaginous, four or five grained. The only known species is, 1. Margaritaria Nobilis. — Found by Dalberg in Surinam. Marica ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Mouo- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: spathes bivalve. 90 M A R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MAR Corolla: six-parted; petals, three outer ovate, three inner I smaller, all connate at the claws. Stamina: filamenta three, very short, inserted into the tube of the corolla ; antherae oblong, erect. Pistil: germen inferior, angular ; style three- cornered ; stigmas three, petal-form, simple, acute. Peri- carp: capsule oblong, angular, three celled. Seeds: several, angular. Essential Character. Corolla: six-parted, with three alternate segments as small again as the others; stigma petal-form, trifid, with the three divisions simple, acute ; capsule three-celled, inferior.' The only known species is, 1. Marica Paludosa. Root a fleshy bulb, covered with several membranes, as in saffron ; stem stout, with two leaves at the top. It flowers in August. — Native of the moist mea- dows of Guiana, at the foot of the mountain Courou. Marigold. See Calendula. Marigold, Marsh. See Caltha. Marigold. See Calendula. Marigold, African and French. See Tagetes. Marigold, Fig. See Mesembryanthemum. Marita ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved; leaflets oblong, blunt, spreading. Corolla : petals five, obo- vate, waved at the edge, spreading, longer than the calix. Stamina: filamenta very numerous, inserted into the recep- tacle, a little connate at the base, filiform, the inner ones the same length with the corolla, the outer gradually shorter; antherae ovate. Pistil: germen linear, four-cornered, supe- rior; style short, thick; stigma blunt, subcapitate. Peri- carp: capsule subcolumnar, incurved, four-cornered, four- celled, four-valved. Seeds: very numerous, like saw-dust, ciliate. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved. Corolla: five-petalled. Capsule: four-celled, many-seeded. Stigma : simple. The only species is, 1. Marila Racemosa. — Native of the West Indies. Marjoram. See Origanum. Marrubium : a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gym- nospermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, salver-shaped, rigid, ten-streaked ; mouth equal, patu- lous, often ten toothed ; toothlets alternate, smaller; corolla one-petalled, riugent; tube cylindrical; border gaping, with a long tubular opening ; upper lip erect, linear, bifid, acute ; lower reflex, broader, half three-cleft; the middle segment broader, emarginate; the lateral ones acute. Stamina: fila- menta four, shorter than the corolla, concealed beneath the upper lip, two longer; antherai simple. Pistil: germen four- cleft; style filiform, of the same length, and in the same situ- ation with the stamina ; stigma bifid. Pericarp: none; calix contracted at the neck, spread out at the mouth, inclosing the seeds. Seeds: four, somewhat oblong. Essential Character. Calix ; salver-shaped, rigid, ten-streaked. Corolla: upper lip bifid, linear, straight.— — The species are, * With jive-teethed Calices. 1. Marrubium Alyssum ; Plaited-leaved White Horehound. Leaves wedge-shaped, five-toothed, plaited ; whorls without any involucre ; root biennial ; stems about the same height with the common sort ; flowers large, of a dark purple colour. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Spain and Italy. Most of the plants of this genus are easily propagated by Seeds, which should be sown on a bed of poor earth in the spring; and when the plants come up, they must be kept clean from weeds ; and where they are too close, they should be thinned, leaving them a foot and half asunder, that their branches may have room to spread : after this, they require no other culture. They may also be propagated by cuttings, in the same manner as the tenth and eleventh species. If these plants are upon a dry poor soil, they will live several years; but in rich land, they seldom last above three or four. 2. Marrubium Peregrinum. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, ser- rate ; toothlets of the calices bristle-shaped ; stems nearly three feet high, branching much more than the common sort. — Native of the Levant, Austria, Sicily, &c. See the pre- ceding species. 3. Marrubium Candidissimum ; Woolly White Horehound. Leaves subovate, woolly, emarginate, crenate at top ; calicine toothlets awl-shaped. This has stalks about the same length as those of the common sort; flowers at the end of the stem and branches, in close whorls, white. It flowers from July to September. — Native of the Levant. See the first species. 4. Marrubium Astracanicum. Leaves ovate, crenate, to- mentose, very much wrinkled ; calicine teeth awl-shaped ; upper segments of the corolla acute; stems several, perennial, half a foot high, branched and procumbent. — Native of Astracan. See the first species. 5. Marrubium Supinum ; Procumbent White Horehound. Calicine teeth bristle-shaped, straight, villose; stems seldom above eight or nine inches long, covered with a soft hoary down. It flowers from August to October. — Native of Spain and the south of Europe. See the first species. ** With ten-teethed Calices. 6. Marrubium Vulgare; Common White Horehound. Teeth of the calix bristle-shaped, hooked ; root perennial ; the whole plant white with down ; stems upright, a foot or eigh- teen inches high, branching towards the top ; corolla small, white, compressed. The whole plant is bitterish, and has a strong, but not altogether unpleasant, smell. It was a famous medicine, with the ancients, for obstructions of the viscera ; and, taken in large doses, operates as a gentle purgative : it is likewise a principal ingredient in the negro Caesar’s antidote for vegetable poisons. A young man, says Linneus, w ho had occasion to take mercurial medicines, was brought into a sali- vation, which continued for more than twelve months ; aud every meaus tried to remove it only served to make the com- plaint worse: at length an infusion of this plant was ordered him ; by the use of which, he got well in a very short time. A strong decoction of the young tops, boiled into a thin syrup with honey, is an excellent medicine for colds, coughs of long standing, hoarseness, and all other disorders of the breast and lungs. The leaves, dried and reduced to powder, are sup- posed to destroy worms in the stomach and intestines. Two or three ounces of the juice taken frequently for a dose, is efficacious in menstrual obstructions, and all other disorders which proceed from a thick viscid state of the fluids, or obstructions of the viscera. A drachm of the dried leaves, or an infusion of a handful of the green leaves, is a sufficient dose. — Native of most parts of Europe, by road sides, and in waste places; flowering from June to September. See the first species. 7. Marrubium Africanum; African White Horehound . Leaves cordate, roundish, emarginate, crenate; root peren- nial ; stem two feet high, upright, subtomentose, deeply grooved on the opposite sides. It flowers from July to Sep- tember.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 8. Marrubium Crispum ; Curled White Horehound. Leaves cordate, roundish, crenate, subdentate; calices ten-toothed, awnless ; stem suffruticose, upright, rough-haired. — Native of Italy, Sicily, and Spain. See the first species. 9. Marrubium Hispanicum; Spanish White Horehound. Borders of the calices spreading ; toothlets acute ; stalks more erect than those of the common sort; the whole plant very hairy. — Native of Spain. See the first species. MAR OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MAR 91 10. Marrubium Pseudo-dictamnus ; Shrubby White Hore- hound. Borders of the calices flat, villose; leaves cordate, concave; stem shrubby ; flowers white.— Native of the island of Candia. The whole of this plant is very hoary, with a dense compact cotton. Both it and the next species are pre- served in botanic gardens, for the sake of variety. They are rather tender; and in very severe winters are killed, unless they are screened from the hard frosts : especially those plants which grow in good ground, where, becoming luxuriant in summer, their branches are more replete with juice, and very liable to suffer by cold : but when they are in a poor dry rubbish, the roots being short, firm, and dry, are seldom injured by cold, and will continue much longer than those in better ground. 11. Marrubium. Acetabulosum ; Saucer-leaved White Hore- hound. Borders of the calices longer than the tube, membra- naceous; the greater angles rounded ; stems hairy, about two feet high; corolla small, pale purple.— Native of the island of Candia. See the preceding species. Marshallia ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia iEqualis. — Generic Character. Calix: common many-leaved, spreading; leaflets linear-lanceolate, blunt, concave, almost equal, permanent. Corolla: compound, uni- form, longer than the calix ; corollets hermaphrodite, equal, numerous; proper one-petalled, funnel-form, villose; tube the length of the calix ; border five-cleft, subventricose ; segments linear, almost erect, two more deeply serrated. Stamina: fiiamenta five, capillary; antherae cylindric, tubular, the length of the border. Pistil: germen ovate; style filiform, a little longer than the stamina; stigmas two, recurved. Peri- carp: none. Essential Character. Calix: unchanged. Seeds : solitary, ovate, five-cornered, pubescent, crowned with the small five-leaved calicle ; leaflets ovate, acumi- nate, scariose, erect. Receptacle : chaffy, flat ; chaffs linear, a little dilated, and blunt at the tip, green, the length of the calix. No species of this genus have been yet described. Marsh Cinquefoil. See Comarum. Marsh Elder. See Viburnum. Marsh Mallow. See Althaea. Marsh Marigold. See Call ho. Marsh Trefoil. See Menyanthus. Marsilea ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Mis- cellaneas. — Generic Character. Calix: common oval, subcompressed, coriaceous, hairy, gaping at the base, inter- nally divided into several (fourteen or fifteen) cells, in two longitudinal rows, separated by a membranaceous partition. Corolla: none. Stamina: fiiamenta none ; antherae several, inserted round each pistil, very small, obovale, sharp below, one-celled, gaping transversely, exploding a spherical pollen. Pistil: in each cell several, co-ordinate in a transverse row, oval; style none; stigma short, blunt. Pericarp: none. Seeds: as many as there ure pistilla. Receptacle', membrane somewhat fleshy, clothing the cells internally. Observe. Calices one, two, or three pedicelled, issue from the petiole of the leaf a little above the rest. Essential Character. Involucrum ovate, closed, of myandrogynous cells, in two rows; antherae numerous, clustered round the base of the pistilla, of one cell, with globose pollen ; germina in two rows, sessile, oval. The species are, 1. Marsilea Natans. Leaves opposite, simple ; branches floating. Native of Italy, in stagnant and slow-flowing marsh ditches, as near Pisa; also in North America. 2. Marsilea Quadrifolia. Leaves in fours, quite entire ; stem creeping, rooting, — Native of France, Alsace, Siberia, and India, in ditches. 73. 3. Marsilea Minuta. Leaves in fours, toothletted. — Native of the East Indies. Martynia; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Anigo- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- cleft, unequal, shrivelling. Corolla: one-petalled, bell-shaped ; tube spreading, ventricose, gibbous below at the base, melli- ferous; border five-cleft, obtuse, spreading; segment almost equal, the lower straight, the lowest more erect, concave, erenate. Stamina: fiiamenta four, filiform, curved inwards; the rudiment of a fifth filamentum within the upper pair of stamina, short, like a cusp ; antherae connected, converging. Pistil: germen oblong; style short, simple, the length of the stamina; stigma two lobed. Pericarp: capsule woody, ob- long, gibbous, quadrangular, two-furrowed on each side, acuminate, with the tip bent back, opening two ways, four or five celled, inclosing the seeds, as in a four-celled nucleus. Seeds: several, oblong, berried. Essential Character. Calix-. five-cleft. Corolla: ringent. Capsule: woody, cor- ticate, with a hooked beak, four-celled, two-valved. The species are, 1. Martynia Perennis ; Perennial Martynia. Stem simple; leaves serrate; root perennial, thick, fleshy, divided into scaly knots, somewhat like those of Toothwort ; stems annuaJ, about a foot high, thick, succulent, purplish. — Native of Car- thagena, in New Spain. This species dies to the root every winter, and rises again the succeeding spring : it must be con- stantly preserved in the bark-stove, and plunged into the bark-bed ; otherwise it will not thrive in this country. During the winter season, when the plants are decayed, they should have but little water; as at that time it will rot tbe roots. In the middle of March, just before the plants begin to shoot, is the proper season to transplant and part the roots ; when they should be transplanted into middle-sized pots, filled with a light rich earth, and then plunged into the bark-bed, which, at I his time, ought to be renewed with some fresh lan. When the plants come up, they should be frequently refreshed with water; but it must not be given to them in large quantities, lest it rot their tender roots: and as the warmth of the season increases, it will be proper to admit a large share of fresh air; which will greatly strengthen the plants, which should never be transplanted while in leaf. 2. Martynia Longiflora ; Long-flowered Martynia. Stem simple ; leaves roundish, repand ; tube of the corolla gibbous at the base, and flatted. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This and the three following species must be propagated by seeds, sown in pots filled with light rich earth, and plunged into a hot bed of tanner’s bark; where, if the earth be duly watered, the plants will appear in three weeks or a month i transplant them in a little time after they come up, each into a separate pot, and plunge them into the hot-bed again, water- ing them well, and shading them, until they have taken new root ; after which, they should have a large share of fresh air admitted to them in warm weather, by raising the glasses of the hot-bed everyday: with this management, the plants will make great progress, so as to fill the pots with their roots in about a month or six weeks time ; when they should he shifted into pots, about a foot diameter at the top, filled with light rich earth, and then plunged into the hot bed in the bark- stove; where they should be allowed room, because they put out many side-branches, and will grow three feet high or more, according to the warmth of the bed. 3. Martynia Diandra ; Two-stamined Martynia. Branches dichotomous ; leaves cordate, orbicular, toothed ; flowers two- stamined. — This is a large handsome plant, two feet high ; stein single, round; reddish^green ; corolla inferior, five times the length of the calix ; tube white; tinged with purple, and MAT THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MAT spotted red and yellow. Miller says, the corolla is shaped like the Fox glove, but a paler purple-eoloui. Tlie flowers at the divisions of the branches may be brought forward in July ; those at the extremities come afterwards : so that there is a succession of beautiful flowers on the same plant till October, when the plants decay. This has been much con- founded with the fifth species. — Native of La Vera Cruz, in New Spain. See the preceding species. 4. Martynia Craniolaria; While-flowered Martynia. Branches dichotomous; leaves half five-lobed ; calix with a one-leafed spatlie. See Craniolaria, which is the same plant. 5. Martynia Proboscidea ; Hairy Martynia. Stem branch- ed ; leaves quite entire, cordate; sinuses dilated. This is a large plant, two feet high, flexuose, herbaceous, villose, vis- cid ; root-leaves none. It flowers from June to August. — Native of America. 0*. Martynia Fruticosa; Shrubby Martynia. Shrubby: leaves lanceolate, serrate, toothed ; upper lip of the corolla with numerous curled segments. This plant belongs to the genus Gesneria; which see. Marvel of Peru. See Mirabilis. Massonia; a genus of the class Hcxandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: petals six, lanceolate, spreading, upright, placed externally on the nectary ; which is inferior, cylindrical, membranaceous, six-streaked, six-toothed. Stamina: six, filiform, incurved, a little longer than the petals, inserted into the teeth of the nectary; antherae ovate, upright, yellow. Pistil: germen superior (in respect of the nectary); style awl-shaped, de- clining, the length of the stamina; stigma simple, acute. Pericarp: capsule three-sided, thickening above, obtuse, smooth, three-celled, tluee-valved, opening longitudinally at the corners. Seeds: very many, angular, globular, smooth. Essential Character. Corolla: inferior, with a six- parted border; filamentum on the neck of the tube; capsule three-winged, three-celled, many-seeded. The species, which are all propagated like Hamanlhus, are, 1. Massonia Latifolia; Broad-leaved Massonia. Leaves roundish, smooth, spreading ; segments of the corolla spread- ing.—Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Massonia Angustifolia; IS arrow-leaved Massonia. Leaves lanceolate, smooth, upright; segments of the corolla reflex. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Massonia Undulata; Wave-leaved Massonia. Leaves lanceolate, waved, smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Massonia Echinata ; Rough-leaved Massonia. Leaves ovate, muricated, hairy. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Masterwort. See Astrantia and Imperatoria. Masterwort, Wild. See JEgopodium. Mastic Tree. See Pistacia Lentiscus. Mat-Felon. See Centaurea Nigra. Mat, Garden ; a kind of coarse mat or covering formed of bass, which is much used in gardening for sheltering various sorts of plants in winter and spring, during cold and frosty weather; and in summer, for shading many sorts of young or tender kinds occasionally from the sun ; besides being used for many other purposes in the different garden compartments. They are found to differ greatly in regard to size and sub- stance, there being small, middling, and large sizes; but for general use, those called Russia mats are superior, both in dimensions, substance, and durability. It may also be pro- per to have some of the smaller or middling sizes for particular occasions, and small gardens ; in which, for Some purposes, they may be more convenient than large ones. They were sold formerly by most of the principal nursery and seeds men at from six to eight, twelve, or fifteen shillings the dozen, according fo size and strength ; but for some years past the prices have been much higher. These mats also are of essential use in all hot-bed works, for covering or spreading over the lights or glasses of the frames in the nights, in w inter and spring, to exclude the external night cold ; also occasion- ally in the day time, in very severe weather, and heavy falls of snow or rain : and likewise for occasionally covering several sorts of small young esculent plants, in the full ground, in beds and borders, in these seasons; as young lettuces, cauli- flowers, small salad herbs, early radishes, &c. in the open beds, and under frames and hand-glasses, to defend them from cutting frosts, snow* and other inclement weather ; and sometimes in raising, transplanting, or pricking out small or moderate portions of particular sorts of plants, both of the hardy and tender kinds, whether of the esculent or annual flowery kinds in the spring, on beds or borders of natural earth, or in hot-beds without frames, by being arched over with hoops or rods. They are likewise extremely useful in spring and summer, in hot, dry, sunny weather, for shading several sorts, both in seed-beds before and after the young plants are come up, and in beds of pricked out small young plants, to shade them from the sun till they take fresh root; as also for shading the glasses of hot-beds occasionally, when the sun is too powerful for particular soils of plants in the heat of the day, as in cucumbers, melons, and various other kinds. For kitchen and other garden districts furnished with wall trees, they are of great use in spring, to cover the seeds of particular sorts when in blossom, and when the young fruit is setting and advancing in its early growth, after the decay and fall of the bloom ; by which assistance, in cold winters and springs, when sharp frosts sometimes prevail, a tolerable good crop is often saved, while in trees fully exposed the whole is cut off by the severity of the weather. In the flower- garden, and pleasure-ground, they are also found useful on different occasions: in the former, in sheltering beds of curi- ous sorts of choice flower plants, both in their advancing growth, and to protect them from cold in winter and spring; and when in full bloom, to shade and screen the flowers from sun and rain, to preserve their beauty more effectually, and to continue them longer in blow of a fine lively appearance, as well as to cover beds, &c. in raising various tender annual plants from seed in the spring: and in the latter, occasionally iu winter to defend some kinds of curious evergreens, &c. such as some of the Magnolias, broad-leaved Myrtle, Olive, Tea-tree, &c. when standing detached, and trained against walls and other places. And, besides, in nurseries they are of considerable utility in the propagation and culture of numerous sorts of tender exotics; in defending them from cold, and shading from scorching sun, while they are in their minor growth, &c. They are necessary also in tying round bundles or baskets of tender or curious plants, when conveyed to a distance. They are also occasionally of great use, in severe winters, on such glass-works as green-houses, hot- houses, forcing-frames, &c. in covering the glasses alternately in the nights, and occasionally in the day-time. In using them when the ends are open or loose, they should be secured by tying the end threads or strings of the bass close and firm ; otherwise they will soon ravel out loose in that part, and are spoiled. Where they are used for covering and shading, when wetted by rain or snow, they should be spread across some rail-hedge or fence to dry, before folded together; without which, they will soon rot, and cannot last long. The com- mon slovenly practice of drawing bass out of the mats, in order to tie plants with it, should never be permitted ; it soon wholly spoils them. MAT OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MAT 93 Mat Grass. See Nardus. Matricaria; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamiaSuperflua. — Generic Character. Calix: common hemispherical ; scales linear, imbricate, almost equal, not sca- riose. Corolla: compound radiate ; corollets hermaphrodite, tubular, numerous, in a hemispherical disk ; females in the ray, several; proper of the hermaphrodite funnel-form, five- cleft, spreading ; female oblong, three-toothed. Stamina: to the hermaphrodites, filamenta five, capillary, very short ; anthers cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: to the hermaphrodites, germeu oblong, naked ; style filiform, the length of the sta- mina ; stigma bifid, spreading ; to the females, germen naked ; style filiform, almost the length of the hermaphrodite ; stigmas two, revolute. Pericarp: none; calix unchanged. Seeds: solitary, oblong, without any pappus or down, to both sorts of florets. Receptacle: naked, convex. Observe. In the first species the calicine scales are scariose, and sometimes the ray is wanting. Essential Character. Calix: hemispherical, imbricate; the marginal scales solid, sharpish. Down: none. Receptacle: naked. -The species are, 1. Matricaria Parthenium; Common Feverfew. Leaves compound, flat; leaflets ovate, gashed ; peduncles branched ; root biennial or perennial, composed of a great number of fibres, and spreading wide on every side; stem from two to three feet high, erect, firm, round, striated, slightly hairy, branched on every side ; flowering-heads solitary, sometimes on simple, but oflener on branched peduncles. The whole plant has a strong, and, to most persons, an unpleasant smell, and a bitter taste. It yields an essential oil by distillatiou ; and lias always been esteemed a good emmenagogue, as its names denote. It is also serviceable in hysteric complaints: the best way of taking it is, a slight infusion. The expressed juice is said to kill worms in the bowels: and it has been recommended as a febrifuge ; whence the English name Fever- few. It is an agreeable carminative and bitter, strengthening the stomach, and dispersing flatulencies. Mr. Miller enu- merates the following varieties of this plant: — 1. With very double flowers. 2. Willi double flowers, having the florets of the ray plane ; of the disk, fistular. 3. With very small rays. 4. With very short fistular florets. 5. With naked heads, bavins no rays. G. Willi naked sulphur-coloured heads. 7. With elegant curled leaves. They flower in June, and ripen seeds in autumn. — Native of many parts of Europe, in waste places, under hedges and walls, in church-yards, some- times in corn-fields, in gardens, where it is also cultivated in a double state. The Germans call it Mutterkraut, Matro- menkraut, Fieberkruut, ike. the Dutch, Moederkruid ; the Danes, Moderurt ; the Swedes, Matram ; the French, Matri- caire, Esporgoutle ; the Italians, Spaniards, and Portuguese, Matricaria; and the Russians, Matoschnaja Traiva. This plant is frequently cultivated in the physic gardens near Lon- don, to supply the market. Some of the varieties are pretty constant, if care be taken in saving the seeds; but where these are suffered to scatter, it is almost impossible to pre- serve the varieties without mixture. The seeds should be sown in March, upon a'bed of light earth, and, when they are come up, they should be transplanted out into nursery-beds, at about eight inches asunder ; where they may remain till the middle of May, when they may be taken up, with a hall of earth to their roots, and planted in the middle of large bor- ders, where they will flower in July and August, and, if the autumn be favourable, will produce ripe seeds the same year. But it is not advisable to permit them to seed; which often weakens and decays the roots : therefore, when their flowers are past, you should cut down their stems, which will cause them to push out fresh heads, whereby the roots may be maintained. When the different varieties of these plants are intermixed with other plants of the same growth, they make a handsome appearance during the season of flowering ; which commonly continues a full month, or more. But as their roots seldom abide more than two, or at most three years, fresh plants would be raised from seeds to supply their places ; for although they may be propagated by parting their roots either in spring or autumn, yet these seldom make so good plants as those obtained from seeds: but the second variety seldom produces any good seeds; therefore, that must be propagated in this manner, or by planting cuttings in the spring or summer months ; which will take root, and make good plants. 2. Matricaria Maritima ; Sea Feverfew. Receptacles hemi- spherical ; leaves bipinuate, somewhat fleshy, convex above, keeled underneath ; the stalks of this plant branch out pretty much, and spread near the ground ; root woody, running deep, apparently perennial ; flowers several on a stem. In smell it approaches to the true Chamomile, but is much weaker, and grows so luxuriantly in gardens, as to seem a different species. — Native of the sea-coast of Great Britain. It is sel- dom cultivated, except in botanic gardens. Sow the seeds in autumn, soon after they are ripe, or in the spring, upon a bed of common earth, in almost any situation: when the plants come up, thin them where they are too close, and clean them from weeds. 3. Matricaria Suaveoleus ; Sweet Feverfew. Receptacles conical ; rays bent down ; calicine scales equal at the edge. Some think this a mere variety of the next species. The scent is sweet and pleasant ; and it resembles the Anlhemis Nobilis, in its qualities. The Finlanders use an infusion of it in consumptive cases. Cows, goats, and sheep, eat it; horses are not partial to it, and swine wholly refuse it. It flowers from May to August. — Native of Siberia, Germany, Sweden, and Great Britain. For its propagation and culture, sec the preceding species. 4. Matricaria Chamomilla ; Corn Feverfew. Receptacles conical; rays spreading; calicine scale equal at the edge; root annual; stem green, striated, smooth, branched; flow- ering heads solitary. Mr. Curtis remarks, that the florets begin to hang down in the evening, and continue to do so till morning, both in this and Anlhemis Cotula, which it resembles most of all the many plants with which it is con- founded, under the common name of Mayweed, Maithes, Dog-Finkle, or Fennel. It differs, however, from the Stink- ing Mayweed, by its scent, for the heads of its flowers, bruised, smell like the real Chamomile, only not so pleasant; but those of the Stinking Mayweed are very disagreeable, and the plant will blister the skin on being much handled. See Anthemis Cotula. It is a common weed among slovenly cultivators of arable land. 5. Matricaria Inodora; Silvery-leaved Feverfew. Leaves bipinuate ; peduncles solitary ; stem a foot high ; flower white. — Sow the seeds in April, on a bed of light earth, in a good exposure ; and when the plants are of a proper size, remove them into the borders of the flower-garden. G. Matricaria Asteroides ; Starwort-Jlowercd Fcverfeiv. Leaves lanceolate, entire, smooth, oblique. It is the same with Boltonia Asteroides; which see. — Sow the seeds in autumn soon after they are ripe, in the full ground ; and when the plants are fit to remove, if they are planted in the borders of the flower-garden, they will continue some years without protection, and annually produce flowers and seeds. 7. Matricaria Prostrata. Leaves simple, ovate, toothed ; peduncles lateral, one-flowered ; branches decumbent. — Native of Curafao. 04 M E A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; M E A 8. Matricaria Cantoniensis. Lower leaves serrate, upper- most quite entire; peduncles one-flowered ; florets of the ray entire ; receptacle convex ; stems herbaceous, a foot and half high. — Native of China. Matthiola ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth cylindric, quite entire, erect, short, permanent. Corolla: petal one, very long, from a slender tube ending gradually in an entire border, with a repand mouth. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, shorter than the corolla ; an thene simple. Pis- til: germen globular, inferior; style filiform, the length of the corolla; stigma thickish, blunt. Pericarp: drupe glo- bular, crowned with the calix, one-celled. Seeds: nut glo- bular ; nucleus globular. Observe. This genus is obscure, it is probably nothing more than a species of Guettarda, perhaps Guettarda Speciosa. Essential Character. Calix : entire. Corolla : tubular, superior, undivided. Drupe: with a globular nucleus, The only known spe- cies is, 1. Matthiola Scabra. This tree rests on the authority of Plunder, and requires farther inquiry before any thing can be determined about it. Mattuschkeea ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth four-parted; segments ovate, acute, villose. Corolla: oue- petalled ; tube long ; border four-cleft. Stamina : fllamenta four, almost equal, the length of the segments of the corolla; anthene roundish. Pistil: germen superior, four-cleft; style filiform; stigma simple. Pericarp: none. Seeds: two or four, very small, naked. Essential Character. Calix: four-parted, with linear leaflets. Corolla: one-petalled, with a long tube, and four-cleft border. Germen: superior, four- cleft. Seeds: four, naked. The only known species is, 1. Mattuschkiea Hirsuta. Stem Aliform, erect, frequently quite simple, hirsute, as is the whole plant, especially the calix ; flowers in a terminating sessile head, the size of a pea. — Native of Guiana. Maudlin. See Achillea. Mauritia ; a genus of Palms. — Generic Charac- ter. Male. Flowers: in an oblong sessile ament, covered all round with flowers closely approximating, with blunt scales between the flowers. Calix: perianth one-leafed, cup- shaped, truncated, entire, three-sided, short. Corolla: one- petalled; tube short, the length of the calix; border three- parted; segments equal, spreading, a little lanceolate, rigid, apparently woody, blunt. Stamina: fllamenta six, inserted into the throat of the tube, thick, very short; antherae linear, angular, the length of the segments of the corolla; three alternate ones extended between the segments of the corolla, and horizontal; the three others erect, pressed close to the channel of the segments. Female. Flowers : unknown. Es- sential Character. Male. Flowers: in an oblong ses- sile ament. Calix: one leafed, cup shaped, entire. Corolla: one-petalled, with a short tube, and a three parted border ; fllamenta six.- The only known species is, 1. Mauritia Flexuosa. This is a singular tree, almost without leaves; branches angular, flexuose, smooth. — Native of the woods of Surinam. May Apple. See Podophyllum, May Bush. See Crateegus. May Lily. See Convallaria. Mays. See Zta. May-weed. See Anthtmis and Matricaria. iMny-wort. See Artemisia. Meadows. — Under this title all pasture-land is commonly comprehended, or at least all grass-land which is mown for 4 hay. By this appellation we shall distinguish such land as is too moist for cattle to graze upon in winter, being generally too wet to admit heavy cattle, without poaching ami spoiling the sward ; and for those grass-lands which are drier, we refer the reader to the article Pasture. There are two sorts of meadows in England, one of which is styled Water Mea- dows, and the other are simply called Meadows. Water Meadows are those which lie contiguous to rivers or brooks, from whence the water can be carried to overflow the grass at pleasure. Of these there are large tracts in several parts of England, which, if skilfully managed, would become much more profitable to their owners than they are at present : for nothing can be more absurd than the common practice of plowing these low grounds all the winter, whereby the roots of all the sweetest kinds of grass are destroyed, and those only left, which, being natives of marshes, are sour aud coarse. If cultivators were curious to examine the herbage of these water meadows, they would find the bulk of them composed of bad weeds, such as grow by the sides of rivers, brooks, and ditches, of which the several sorts of docks make no small share; and although many of these meadows produce a great burden of what the country people call hay, yet it is only lit for cows, cart-horses, and other animals which by hard labour and hunger are driven to eat it; for horses which have been accustomed to feed on good hay, will starve before they touch it. After the grass is mown oil' these mea- dows, and cattle turned in to graze upon them, how common is it to see the land almost covered with these rank weeds, the seeds of which ripen in autumn, and, falling into the water, are carried by the stream, and deposited on the flowed land, where they grow, and fill the ground in every part: but so incurious are the generality of farmers in this respect, that if the ground be but well covered, they care not what it is, few' of them ever taking any pains to weed or clean their pastures. The best method for the management of these meadows is, never to flow them till the middle or latter end of March, excepting once or twice in winter, when there may happen floods, bringing down a great deal of soil from the upper lands; at which times it will be of great service to let water upon the meadows, that the soil may settle there; but the sooner the wet is drained off when this is lodged, the greater advantage the meadows will receive by it; but from the end of March to the middle of May, in dry seasons, by frequently letting on the water, the growth of the grass will be greatly encouraged; and at this season there will be no danger of destroying the roots of the grass: and after the hay is carried off the ground, if the season should prove drv, it will be of great service to the grass if the meadows arc flowed again; but when this is practised, no cattle should be turned in till the surface of the ground is become firm enough to bear their weight without poaching the land, for otherwise the grass will suffer more from the treading of the cattle, than it will receive benefit by the flowing: but these are things which the country people seldom regard ; so that the meadows are generally very unsightly, and rendered less pro- fitable, These meadows should be weeded twice a year; the first time in April, and again in October; at which times, if the roots of docks, aud all bad weeds, are cut up with a spaddle, the meadows will soon be cleared of this trumpery, and the herbage greatly improved. Another great improve- ment of these lands might be procured by rolling them with a heavy roller in spring and autumn. This will press the sur- face of the ground even, whereby it may be mown much closer, and it will also sweeten the grass ; and this piece of husbandry is of more service to pastures thau most people are aware. Watering oj Meadow s. There being no M E A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. M E A 96 part of tbe kingdom where the system of watering meadows is so well understood, and carried to so great perfection, as in Wiltshire, the account of that practice, as delivered by Mr. Thomas Davis, in his General View of the Agriculture of that county, drawn up for the Board of Agriculture, is here subjoined.— Many of the most valuable and best-formed meadows were made at tbe beginning of this century. Au imperfect scheme of watering had been practised before that period; but the regular mode in which this system, as con- nected with sheepfolding, is now conducted, is not more ancient. At present there is scarcely a river or brook iu the district, that is not applied to this purpose. It has been always observed, that winter floods produce fertility, pro- vided the water does not remain too long on the land. But it is the taking oft' the water, and bringing it on again at will, that is the great business of irrigation; and thus making a water-meadow a hot-bed for grass. The knowledge of the proper time and manner of doing this, is the result of obser- vation. Provided this great object can be accomplished, namely, tbe bringing on and carrying off the water at plea- sure, it is n-»t material what the shape of a water-meadow is, or that the disposition of the trenches should be uniform. But as very little land can be entirely commanded by water, unless its inequalities are reduced by manual labour, it has been found expedient to adopt two different kinds of water- meadows; one for land lying on declivities, and which must in general be watered from springs or small brooks, and the other for low lands near rivers, to be watered from those rivers. The first kind is called in Wiltshire Catch-uork Meadows, and the latter Flowing Meadows, which are by far the most general in this district. To elucidate the dis- tinction between the two kinds of meadow, and to give some idea what are the situations in which they may be intro- duced, it may be necessary to remark that the Catch-work meadow is made by turning a spring or small stream along the side of a hill, and thereby watering the land between the New Cut, or, as it is provincially termed. Main Carriage, and the original water-course, which now becomes the main drain. This is sometimes done, in particidar instances, merely by making the New Cut level, and stopping it at the end, so that when it is full, the water may run out at the side, and flood the laud below. But as the water would soon cease to run out equally for auy great length, and would wash the land out in gutters, it has been found necessary to cut small paral- lel trenches or carriages, at distances of twenty or thirty feet, to catch the water again ; and each of these being likewise stopt at its end, lets the water over its side, and distributes it until it is caught by the next, and so on over all the inter- mediate beds, to the main drain at the bottom of the mea- dow, which receives the water, and carries it on to water another meadow below, or, if it can be so contrived, another part of the same meadow on a lower level. To draw the water out of these parallel trenches or carriages, and lay the intermediate beds dry, a narrow deep drain crosses them at right angles, at about every nine or ten poles length, and leads them from the main carriage at top, to the main draiu at the bottom of the meadow. When this meadow is to be watered, the ends of the carriages adjoining the cross-drains, are stopt with turf dug on the spot, and the water is thrown over as much of the meadow as it will cover well at a time, which the watermen call a pitch of work; and when it is necessary to lay this pitch dry, they take out the turves, and let the water into the drains, and proceed to water another pitch. This kind of water-meadow is seldom expensive: the stream of water being usually small and manageable, few hatches are necessary; and the land lying on a declivity, 74. much less manual labour is required to throw the water over it regularly, and particularly to get it off again, than in the flowing meadows. The expense of making such a meadow is usually from three to five pounds per acre ; the improve- ment frequently from fifteen shillings an acre to at least forty. The annual expense of keeping up the works, and watering the meadow, which is usually done by the acre, seldom amounts to seven and sixpence per acre. — The Flowing Meadows require much more labour and system in their formation. The land applicable to this purpose being fre- quently a flat morass, the first object to be considered is how water is to be got off when it is brought on ; and in such situations this can seldom be done, without throwing up the land in high ridges, with deep drains between them. A main carriage being then taken out of the river at a higher level, so as to command the tops of these ridges, the water is carried by small trenches or carriages along the top of each ridge, and by means of moveable stops of earth is thrown over on each side, and received in the drains below, from whence it is connected into a main drain, aud carried on to water other meadows, or lower parts of the same mea- dow. One tier of these ridges being usually watered at once, is commouly called a pitch of work. The ridges are com- monly made thirty or forty feet wide, or, if water be abun- dant, perhaps sixty feet, and nine or ten poles in length, or longer, according to the strength and plenty of the water. It is obvious from this description, that as the water in this kind of meadow, is not used again and again in one pitch, as in the catch-meadows, that this meadow is only applicable to large streams, or to valleys subject to floods ; and as these ridges must be formed by manual labour, the expense of this kind of meadow must necessarily exceed the more simple method first described : and the hatches that are necessary to manage and temper the water on rivers, must be much more expensive than those on small brooks. The expense therefore of the first making such a meadow as this, will be from twelve pounds to tweuty pounds per acre, according to the difficulty of the ground, and tbe quantity of hatch- work required : but the improvement in the value of the land by this operation is astonishing. The abstract value of a good meadow of this kind may fairly be called three pounds per acre : but its value when taken as part of a farm, and particularly of a sheepbreeding farm, is almost beyond com- putation; and when such a meadow is once made, "it may be said to be made for ever, the whole expense of keeping up the works, and watering it frequently, not exceeding five shillings per acre yearly, and the expense of the hatches, if well done at first, being a mere trifle for a number of years afterwards. It has been alleged by those who know very little of water-meadows, that they render the country unwhole- some, by making the water stagnant. Daily observation proves the fact to be otherwise in Wiltshire; and the reason is obvious. It has been already said that a water-meadow is a hot-bed for grass; the action of the water on the kind excites a fermentation ; that fermentation would certainly in time end in a putrefaction ; but the moment putrefaction begins, vegetation ends. Every fanner knows the commence- ment of this putrefactiori, by the scum the water leaves on the land ; and jf the water is not then instantly taken off, the grass will rot, and the meadow be spoiled for the season. The very principle of water-meadows will not permit water to be stagnant in a water-meadow country : it must be always kept in action, to be of any service; besides many of the best water-meadows were, in their original state, a stagnant unwholesome morass. The draining such laud, and making it so firm, that the water may be taken off at w ill, must coa- 2 B THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; tribute to the healthiness of the country, instead of injuring it. We are frequently asked, how it comes to pass, that although water-meadows are so useful, as to be almost iudis- pensable in South Wiltshire, yet in other counties where they are not known, the want of them is not felt; nay, that there are even in this district many parishes who have none, and even breed Iambs without them ? To this, says Mr. Davis, I answer, that the fair question is not how do other counties do without them, but how would the farmers of this district, who are happy enough to have water-meadows, pursue their present system of sheep-breeding, if those mea- dows were taken away? A system which I do not hesitate to say, is more profitable to themselves, their landlords, and the community at large, than any other that could be sub- stituted in its room ; and perhaps this question cannot be answered better, than by exhibiting the contrast between those who have water-meadows, and those who have none, in the same district. Every farmer who keeps a flock of sheep, and particularly a breeding flock, in so cold and late- springing a district as South Wilts, knows and feels the con- sequences of the month of April ; that month between hay and grass, in which he who has not water-meadow for his ewes and lambs, frequently has nothing. The ewes will bring a very good lamb with hay only ; perhaps a few tur- nips are preserved for the lambs, which in a very favourable season may last them through March ; but if they are then obliged to go to hay again, the ewes shrink their milk, the lambs pinch and get stinted, and the best summer food will not recover them. To prevent this, recourse is had to feed- ing the grass of those dry meadows that are intended for hay, the young clovers, and frequently the young wheat, in fact, every thing that is green. And who will pretend to estimate what is the loss that a farmer suffers by this expedient? The ray-grass, on the exposed parts of this district, is seldom a bite for the sheep till near May-day. If the season should permit any turnips to be kept till that time, which can sel- dom be depended upon, they are not only of little nourish- ment to the stock, but they exhaust the land so as to pre- judice the succeeding crop. And it ought to be remarked by the way, that in many parts of this district, the soil is not at all favourable to the production of turnips. It there- fore necessarily follows, that a farmer, under these circum- stances, has no certain resource, to support his stock during this month, but hay; and even in that he is sometimes disap- pointed, by having been obliged, in the preceding spring, to feed off the land which he had laid out for a hay-crop: he is then obliged to buy hay, and that frequently at the dis- tance of many miles. And, to add to his distress at this cri- tical time, his young ewes are then brought home from win- tering, to be kept nearly a month on hay alone. In this month, which so often ruins the crops, and exhausts the pockets of those sheep-breeding farmers who have no water- meadows, the water-mead farmers may be truly said to be “in clover.” They train up their dry meadows early, so as almost to insure a crop of hay ; they get their turnips fed off in time to sow barley, and have the vast advantage of a rich fold to manure it. They save a month’s hay, and have no occasion to touch their field grass, till there is a good bite for their sheep : and their lambs are as forward at May-day, as those of their less lucky neighbours are at Midsummer : and after all, they are almost certain of a crop of hay on their water- meadows, let the season be what it will. Management of Water-Meadow. As soon as the after-grass is eaten off as bare as can be, the manager of the mead, provincially called the drowntr, begins cleaning out the main drain, then the main carriage, and then proceeds to right up the works. that is, to make good all the water-carriages that the cattle have trodden down, and open all the drains they may have trodden in, so as to have one tier or pitch of work ready for drowning; and which is then put under water (if water is plenty enough) during the time the drowners are righting up the next pitch. In the flowing meadows, this work is or ought to be done early enough in the au'umn, to have the whole mead ready to catch the first floods after Michaelmas, the water being then thick and good, teing the washing of the arable land, on the sides of the chalk hills, as well as of the dirt from the roads. The length of this autumn water- ing cannot always be determined, as t depends on situations and circumstances ; but if water can ! • commanded in plenty, the rule is to give it a thorough good st king, at first perhaps of a fortnight or three weeks, with a dv ferval of a day or two, and sometimes two fortnights, with a dry interval of a week, and then the works are made as dry as possible, to encourage the growth of the grass This first s>-. king is to make the land sink and pitch close together; a circumstance of great consequence, not only to the quantity, but the qua- lity of the grass, and particularly to favour the shooting of the new roots which the grass is continually forming, to sup- port the forced growth above. While the grass grows freely, a fresh watering is not wanted ; but as soon as it flags, the watering may be repealed for a few days at a time, whenever there is an opportunity of getting water; always keeping this fundamental rule in view, to make the meadows as dry as possible between every watering, and to stop the water the moment the appearance of any scum on the land shews that it has already had water enough. Some meadows that will bear the water three weeks in October, November, or December, will perhaps not bear it a week in February or March, and sometimes scarcely two days in April or May. In the catch- meadows watered by springs, the great object is to keep the works of them as dry as possible between the intervals of watering ; and as such situations are seldom affected by floods, and generally have too little water, care is necessary to make the most of the water by catching and rousing it as often as possible; and as the top-works of every tier or pitch will be liable to get more of the water than those lower down, care should be taken to give to the latter a longer time, so as to make them as equal as possible. It has been already said, that the great object in this district of an early crop of water- meadow grass, is to enable the farmer to breed early lambs. As soon as the lambs are able to travel with the ewes, per- haps about the middle of March, they begin to feed the water meadows. Care is or ought to be taken, to make the meadows as dry as possible for some days before the sheep are let in. The grass is hurdled out daily in portions, according to what the number of sheep can eat in a day, to prevent their trampling the rest; at the same time leaving a few open spaces in the hurdles, for the lambs to get through and feed forward in the fresh grass. One acre of good grass will suffice five hundred couples for one day. On account of the quickness of this grass, it is not usual to allow the ewes and lambs to go into it with empty bellies ; at least not before the dew is off in the morning. The hours of feeding are usually from ten or eleven o’clock in the morning till four or five in the evening, when the sheep are driven to fold, being gene- rally at that time of the year on the barley fallow ; and the great object is to have water-mead grass sufficient for the ewes and lambs till the barley sowing is ended. As soon as this first crop of grass is eaten off by the ewes and lambs, the water is immediately thrown over the meadows, (at this time of the year, two or three days over each pitch is generally sufficient,) and it is theu made perfectly dry, aud laid up for MEA OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY M E A 97 a hay-crop : six weeks are usually sufficient for the growth of the crop; it seldom requires eight; aud there have been in- stances of great crops being produced in live. The hay of water-meadows beiti" frequently large and coarse in its nature, it is necessary to cut it young ; if made well, it then becomes of a peculiarly nourishing milky quality, either for ewes or dairy cows. The water-meadows are laid up for a second crop in some instances; but this is only usual when hay is scarce: not that it is supposed to hurt the land, but the hay is of that herbaceous soft nature, and takes so long time in drying, that it is seldom well made. It is usually of much greater value to be fed with dairy cows, and for that purpose a flush of after-grass, so early and so rank, will be precisely of the same comparative service to the dairy, as the spring feed has been described to be for ewes and lambs. The cows remain in the meadow till the drowner begins to prepare for t lie winter watering. Water-meadows are reckoned to be perfectly safe for sheep in the spring, even upon land that would rot sheep, if it was not watered; but in the autumn the best water-mea- dows are supposed to be dangerous. But the circumstance is rather an advantage than a disadvantage to this district, as it obliges the farmers to keep a few dairy cows, to feed the water-meadows in autumn, and to provide artificial grasses, or other green crops, for their sheep during that period. From what lias been so repeatedly urged, on the necessity of making water-meadows dry, as well as wet, every reader must have inferred the advantage of having them, if possible, on a warm absorbent bottom. The bottom or sub- soil of a water-mead, is of much more consequence than the quality or the depth of the top soil; not but the lands on peaty or clay bottoms may be considerably improved by watering; and there are many good water-meadows on such soils, but they are not so desirable, on account of the difficulty of draining the water out of them, and making them firm enough to bear treading. A loose gravel, or, what perhaps is still better, a bed of broken flints, with little or no inter- mixture of earth, wherever it can be obtained, is the most desirable bottom. As to those meadows which cannot be flowed, there should be the same care taken to weed and roll them as the water-meadows; as also never to let heavy cattle graze upon them in winter when they are wet, for the cattle will then poach them, and greatly injure the grass ; therefore these should be fed down as soon as possible in the autumn, before the heavy rains fall to render the ground soft ; and those pastures which are drier, may be kept to supply the want of these in winter; and where there are not catlle enough to eat down the grass in time, it will be much better to cut off what is left, than to suffer it to rot upon the ground, for that will prevent the grass from shooting early in the spring; but where people have not cattle enough of their own to eat down the grass in time, they had much better take in some of their neighbours’, than suffer their fog, as it is called, to remain all the winten When these mea- dows are fed in the autumn, the greater variety of animals are turned in, the closer they will eat the grass; and the closer it is eaten, the better the grass will come up the fol- lowing spring; aud if during the time the cattle are feeding the meadows be well rolled, the animals will eat the grass much closer than they otherwise would. Those persons who are best skilled in this part of husbandry, always dress their meadows every other, or at least every third year, without which it is vain to expect any good crop of hay; but the generality of the farmers are so much distressed for dressing to supply their corn-land, as not to have any to spare for their meadows; they are therefore content with what the land will naturally produce, rather than take any part of their manure from their arable ground. But this is a very imprudent piece of husbandry, for if land is to be annually mown for hay, it cannot be supposed that it will produce a good crop long, unless proper dressings are allowed it ; and when land is ouce beggared for want of manure, it will be seme years before it can be recovered again. See Pasture. The scour- ing of ditches, mud of ponds, and almost any earth, form good dressings for meadow lands, if suffered to lie, and well turned over. These, together with alternate mowing and feeding, will in general keep meadows in heart, without rob- bing the arable land. — Draining. The draining of land is another great improvement, for though meadows which can be overflowed produce a much greater quantity of herbage, yet where the wet lies too long upon the ground, the grass will be sour and coarse, and so overrun with rushes and flags as to be of small value. Cold stiff clays are most liable to this, where the water cannot penetrate, but is contained as in a dish; so that the wet which it receives in winter con- tinues fill the heat of the sun exhales it. The method of draining such lands is to cut several drains across them where the water lodges; and from these cross-drains to make others, to carry off the water to ponds, brooks, or rivers, in the lower parts of them. These drains need not be made very large, unless the ground be very low, and so situated as not to be near any outlet ; in which case large ditches should be dug at proper distances, in the lowest part of the ground to contain the water; and the earth which comes out of these ditches, should be spread on the land to raise the surface. But where the water can be conveniently carried off, under-ground drains should be made at proper distances, which may empty themselves into the large ditches. The usual method of making under-ground drains, is to dig trenches, and fill the bottoms with stones, bricks, rushes, or bushes; covering them over with the earth dug out of the trenches. But when there is a flood, these drains are often stopped by the soil which the water brings down. The best method of making these drains is, to dig the principal ones three feet wide at top, sloping them down for two feet in depth, where there should be a small bank left on each side, upon which cross-stakes or bearers should be laid ; and below this set-off, an open drain should be left, at least one foot deep, and ten or eleven inches wide. Smaller drains of six or seven inches wide, and the hollow under the bushes eight or nine inches deep, should be cut across the ground, to discharge the water into the large drains. The number and situation of these must be in proportion to the wetness of the land, and the depth of earth above the bushes must be pro- portioned to the intended use of it ; for if the laud is to be ploughed, the drain must not be shallower than fourteen inches, but for meadow land, one foot will be enough: for when the bushes lie too deep in strong land, they will have little effect, the ground above binding so hard as to detain the wet on the surface. The drains being dug, the larger sticks of the brush-wood should be cut out, to pieces of six- teen or eighteen inches in length, to lay across upon the side- banks of the drain, at about four inches’ distance; and the smaller brush-wood, furze, broom, heath, &c. should be laid lengthwise pretty close over these, with rushes, flags, &c. on the top of them, and then the earth to cover the whole. Such drains will continue good many years, and the water w ill find an easy passage through them. Where there is plenty of brush-wood, they are made at an easy expense ; but where brush-wood is scarce, they are very chargeable. In this case cuttings of willow or black poplar might be planted in moist places, which would furnish brush-wood for this purpose in four or five years. In countries where there is plenty of stone, M E A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; M E A that is the best material for under-ground drains; for when these are properly made, they will never want repairing. The best time for making these drains is about Michaelmas, before the heavy rains of autumn fall ; because the land being then dry, the drains may be dug to a proper depth. When the drains are finished, and the water carried off the land, pare off the rushes, Hags, &c. lay them in heaps to rot, and they will afford manure. Plough the ground to destroy the roots of noxious weeds; and if it be laid fallow for one sea- son, and ploughed two or three times, it will greatly mend the land. Spread the rotten rushes and flags over it, and sow' grass seeds. Some persons burn the rubbish that is pared off the land, and spread the ashes. When bricks are used for drains, if tire ground be soft and spungy, the bottom of the drain is laid with the bricks placed across; tiles or slates will answer the purpose. Over these, on each side, two bricks are laid flat, one upon the other: this is covered with bricks laid flat. The bricks should be ten inches long, four broad, and three thick; but this work is too expensive unless a drawback might be allowed from the heavy tax upon the material. When the bottom of the trench is firm and solid in clay or marl, no bricks need be laid in the bot- tom : the sides are then formed by placing one brick edge- wise, instead of two laid flat. This is much cheaper, and in such land equally durable. Double bricks, with a hollow drain through the middle, form a good drain, which is laid very expeditiously. Where stone is plentiful and near at band, no material is superior to it for this purpose. These drains are in general made larger than those with brick, the bottom being at least eight inches wide. In Wiltshire their stone drains are in general ten or twelve inches in width, with perpendicular sides. Sometimes the stones are so placed as to leave a water-course at bottom, by setting two flat stones triangularly, to meet at the points; but it is a better way to cover the bottom with a flat stone, and then to put three other flat stones, upright, leaving the w'ater to find its way between them ; in both cases filling up the residue of the drain to the top, or near it, with loose stones. Where only small round stones can be got, the drain may be made taper, from nine inches at top to nothing at bottom, and about three feet deep; filling it up with the small stones first, and finish- ing with a thin turf at top. Where gravel is more plentiful, it is found to answer the purpose very well, if screened or washed. In all cases, the general opinion is, that those drains last longest, which have the least or narrowest water- way left at bottom ; the force of the water being then suffi- cient to clear away any little obstacles. Where none of the above materials are to be had, there is still another sort of covered drain, which may be adopted in a stiff tenacious soil. This is made with turfs or sods, and, besides being the cheap- est, is as lasting as any, where the land is sufficiently cohe- sive. The inverted turf is either put upon a shoulder, leaving a hollow part under it, and the remainder of the drain is filled up with the earth that came out of it; or the drain is cut out in a wedge, or the form of the letter V, and when the earth is taken out, six or eight inches of the bottom part of the wedge are cut off, and the remainder is filled up. If a few rushes were put round the bottom of this wedge, so as to keep ihe lower part from dropping, and the ends of the rushes were drawn upwards, between the sides of the drain and the w'edge, it would be an improvement. Care must be taken to keep off all cattle'till these draius have had time to settle. The entrances should have a fence of brick or stone to secure them. Their aperture at top should be eighteen inches, their depths thrity inches. The strength with which the sods are supported, and their depth in the ground being at least twelve inches, will effectually prevent their removal by any weight on the surface ; and secure them from all effects of the weather. When a bog or morass is to be drained, the direction in which the trench is to be dug is first to be ascertained. This is the most difficult part of the whole business, and cannot be fully understood but from much practice. The following rules, however, may be of service: 1. The whole depending upon the nature of the bog to be drained, and the state of the adjacent country, the neighbouring strata must be ascertained as far as possible whether they be of stone, gravel, sand, or marl ; for the water must be lodged in one of these, and it is necessary to ascertain iu which. 2. -The trench must be directed so as to fall in with the bottom of the bed which occasions the mischief, and the particular spot where the main spring lies. One spring may probably occasion the whole bog, which, having no proper vent, forces the water through many small veins, even to a great distance, making the whole a swamp. By draining the main spring, the others follow of course. 3. If there are various beds through which water issues, stone is to be preferred for draining the whole; the water being much more easily drawn through that, than through gravei, sand, and marl ; consequently by draining the spring there, the whole water which communicates therewith flows to it, water always preferring a straight or clear to a crooked chan- nel. But in stone beds, the trench ought to be made from six or eight yards from the tail of the bed, or the place where the rock ends, because in limestone, and other rocks, the tail is harder than any other part of the rock, and there are few, if any, fissures in it; but by going a few yards above, you get into a softer part of the bed, and the water is more accessible. The tail of these beds may often be found at a point or promontory jutting out from the adjacent heights. 4. The trench in general should be directed in a line with the bottom of the hill, because it makes the best separation between the upland and the meadow inclosures, and the spring can best be intercepted. The trench, how- ever, must be carried in the line of the spring, or near it; for if it diverges from it any distance, all prospect of reach- ing the spring, by tapping or otherwise, is lost. 5. It is bet- ter to make a new trench, than to tap the spring in any old brook or run of water, where that may be practicable; for though the spring, when once it bursts out, has force enough to throw up any stones, sand, &c. that may accidentally fall into it, yet brooks in a flood may bring down such immense quantities as completely to choak up the spring; and so much caution is necessary to prevent any risk of such a cir- cumstance, that when the trench crosses any runlet of water proceding from a small brook, or from a collection of surface water, the trench is puddled so as to receive it, lest it should blow' up, and destroy the works. Lastly, the general line of direction being fixed on, and the trench marked out, begin at the bottom, or lowest level, carrying the trench gradually up, under the guidance of the spirit level: a few inches fall in a hundred yards will be sufficient. In digging the trench, no tools but those of the common sort are made use of; and common labourers can carry it on, under an expe- rienced foreman or overseer. The auger, which must often be used for tapping the spring, may be from an inch and half to two inches diameter, and is applied in the ordinary manner: if, in boring, a stone be met with, the auger must be taken off, and a chisel or punch screwed on, to penetrate so hard a substance. Sometimes the spring is cut off by the trench alone; but in many cases it lies greatly below the level of the trench, and then it is necessary to use the auger for tapping the spring. The trench being made, and the MED OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MED spring cut off, either by tapping or otherwise, it is then necessary to determine whether the drain should be open or covered. If it can at the same time be made a fence, it had better be open : if not, it should be uncovered. No appre- hension need be entertained of the holes made by the auger being filled up, in either case, unless other waters be admit- ted ; because such is the force of the spring, that it will throw up any stones, earth, or other substances, that might accidentally get into it, and can be injured by nothing but great quantities coming upon it at once. This system of draining is sometimes attended with extraordinary conse- quences. By it not only the land below the natural spring, or even above the artificial spring, is drained, but the waters from the neighbouring heights, finding a new and readier channel, abandon the places to which they formerly went, and thus a tract of country may be drained without any appa- rent communication with the spring intended to be drained, or the trench made to it. Nay, a drain made on one side of a hill has been known to make springs and wells on the other side quite dry, by opening a channel to which the water more naturally draw's. This practice may not only serve the purpose of draining land, but the complete command of a treasure of water being thus obtained, it is probable it may in many cases be used for flooding land, for mills and navi- gations, for supplying private houses, and even villages and towns, with wholesome water. A country thus loses that dampness which is so pernicious to the health of its inha- bitants, and is also at the same time freed from its trouble- some attendant, a foggy atmosphere. The produce of the soil is considerably increased in quantity, and improved in quality; while the rot, that destructive malady, to which so many millions of sheep fall a sacrifice, is prevented. In short, the advantages of draining are so many, that it is astonishiug that the principles of the art have not been better understood, and that greater and more extensive exertions have not been made in so salutary and beneficial a practice. Meadow Grass. See Poa. Meadow Rue. See Thalictrum. Meadow Saffron. See Colchicum. Meadow Saxifrage. See Peucedanum and Seseli. Meadow Sweet. See Spircca. Mealy Tree. See Viburnum Lantana. Medeola ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Trigynia. — Generic Character. Calix: none, unless the corolla be called so. Corolla: petals six, ovate-oblong, equal, spreading, revolute. Stamina: filamenta six, awl shaped, the length of the corolla ; antherae incumbent. Pistil: ger- inina three, horned, ending in styles; stigmas recurved, thickish. Pericarp: berry roundish, three-cleft, three-cell- ed. Seeds: solitary, heart-shaped. Observe. The first species has only four petals. Essential Character. Calix: none. Corolla : six parted, revolute. Berry: three- seeded. The species are, 1. Medeola Virginiana ; Virginian Medeola. Leaves in whorls ; branches unarmed. It has a small scaly root, from which arises a single stalk about eight inches. It flowers in June. — Native of Virginia. 2. Medeola Asparagoides ; Broad-leaved Shrubby Mede- ola. Leaves alternate, ovate, subcordate, at the base oblique. This has a root composed of several oblong knobs, which unite at the top, like that of the Ranunculus; petals dull white. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This and the next species propagate freely by the offsets from the roots; so that when they are once obtained, there will be no necessity of sowing their seeds, which commonly lie a year in the ground, and the plants will not be strong enough to flower in less than two years more; whereas the offsets will flower the following season. The time for transplanting and parting the roots is in July, when their stalks are entirely decayed, for they begin to shoot towards the end of August, and keep growing all the winter, and decay in the spring. They should be planted in pots filled with good kitchen- garden earth, and may remain in the open air till there is danger of frost, and must then be removed into shelter, as they are too tender to live through the winter in the open air. As the flowers make no great appearance, the plants are not preserved for their beauty, but on account of their climbing stalks and leaves, that are in full vigour in winter, as an addition to the variety of the green-house. 3. Medeola Angustifolia ; Narrow leaved Shrubby Mede- ola. Leaves alternate, ovate, lanceolate. This has a root like the preceding, but the stalks are not so strong, though they climb higher. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and culture, see the preceding species. Medieago ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decan- dria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, straight, campanulate-cylindrical, half five-cleft, acuminate, equal. Corolla: papilionaceous; banner ovate, entire, the margins bent in, the whole bent back; wings ovate-oblong, affixed by an appendage to the keel, with the sides converg- ing under the keel ; keel oblong, bifid, spreading, blunt, bent dow'n from the pistil, and gaping from the banner. Stamina: filamenta diadelphous, united almost to the tops ; antherae small. Pistil: germen pedicelled, oblong, curved in, compressed, involved in the filamenta, starting from the keel, bending back the banner, ending in a short, awl-shaped, almost straight style; stigma terminating, very small. Peri- carp: legume compressed, long, bent in. Seeds: several, kidney-shaped or angular. Essential Character. Legume compressed, bent in. Keel: bent down from the banner. The species are, 1. Medieago Arborea; Tree Medick, or Moon Trefoil. Legumes crescent-shaped, quite entire about the edge ; stem arboreous. This shrub, which is also called Moon Trefoil from the shape of the leaves, bids the fairest of any to be the Cytisus of Virgil, Columella, and other ancient writers on husbandry ; and being celebrated by them, has been recommended for cultivation here. But however useful it may be in Candia, Rhodes, Sicily, and other warm countries, it will not thrive in England so as to furnish food for animals, nor is it worth the trial, as we have so many other plants preferable to it. Yet though of no use to us as fodder, the beauty of its hoary leaves, which abide all the year, together with its long continuance in flower, render it deserving of a place in every good garden and plantation with shrubs of the same growth. — It may be propagated by sowing the seeds upon a moderate hot-bed, or a warm border of light earth, in the beginning of April, and when the plants come up, they should be carefully cleared from weeds ; but must remain undisturbed, if sown in the common ground, till September following; if on a hot-bed, they should be transplanted about Midsummer into pots, placing them in the shade until they have taken root, after which they may be removed into a situation where they may be screened from strong winds, and abide till the end of October, when they must be put into a common garden frame, to shelter them from bard frosts ; for those plants which have beeu brought up tenderly, will be liable to suffer by hard weather, especially while they are young. In April following, these plants may be shaken out of their pots, and placed in the full ground where they are designed to remain, which should be in a light soil and a warm situation, in which they will endure the cold of our 2 C 100 MED THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MED ordinary winters extremely well, and continue to produce flowers most part of the year, and retaining their leaves, makes them more valuable. Those also which were sown in an open border may be transplanted in August following, in the same manner; but in doing this, be careful to take them up with a ball of earth to their roots, if possible, as also to water and shade them until they have taken root; after which they will require little more care than to keep them clean from weeds, and to prune off the luxuriant branches to keep them within due compass; but never prune them early in the spring, nor late in autumn, for if frost should happen soon after they are pruned, it will destroy the tender branches, whereby the whole plant is often lost. They may also be propagated by cuttings, which should be planted in April upon a bed of light earth, and watered and shaded until they have taken root, after which they may be exposed to the open air; but they should remain in the same bed till July or August following, before they are transplanted, by which time they will have made strong roots, and may be removed with safety to the places where they are to remain ; observing, as was before directed, to water and shade them until they have taken root ; after which you may train them up with straight stems, by fastening them to sticks, otherwise they are apt to grow crooked and irregular; and when you have reared their stems to the intended height, they may be reduced to regular heads, and with pruning their irregular shoots every year, they may be kept in very good order. 2. Medicago Virginica; Virginian Medick. Stem upright, very much branched ; flowers in terminating bundles ; the corolla is red and white variegated.- — Native of Virginia. 3. Medicago Radiata; Ray-podded Medick. Legumes kidney-form, toothed at the edge; leaves ternate. — Native of Italy and the Levant. This and the two following species are annuals, and preserved in the gardens of those who are curious in botany. The seeds should be sown upon an open bed of fresh ground, in the places where the plants are to remain, because they do not bear transplanting well, unless where they are very young. As the plants spread their branches on the ground, they should not be sown nearer than two feet and a half asunder; when the plants come up, they w ill require no other care but to keep them clean from weeds. In June they will begin to flower, and as the stalks and branches extend, there will be a succession of flowers, and such as will have good seeds succeed them ; for those which come late in summer, have not time to ripen before the cold weather comes on. 4. Medicago Circinata; Kidney-podded Medick. Legumes kidney-form, toothed at the edge ; leaves pinnate. The whole plant is pubescent. — Native of Spain and Italy. See the preceding species. 5. Medicago Obscura; Doubtful Medick. Peduncles racemed ; legumes kidney-form, quite entire ; stem diffused, rough-haired; root annual; stems decumbent, long, four-cor- nered.— Probably a native of Germany. See the third species. 6. Medicago Sativa; Cultivated Medick, or Lucern. Peduncles racemed ; legumes contorted ; stem upright, smooth ; root perennial ; flowers in thick spikes ; corolla purple, vary- ing with pale blue, and with variegated flowers. This plant has been greatly celebrated for increasing the milk of cows ; though Haller, who was certainly well acquainted with it, asserts that the cattle are liable to be blown by, and soon grow tired of it. We have never heard of either of these inconveniences in England. — It may possibly have been a native of Europe, continuing to be disregarded till it was imported into Greece from the East, after Darius had dis* I covered it in Media, whence its name. It is said to be the principal green fodder for horses in Persia to this day. It has not. been cultivated in very considerable quantities, though it is evident that it will succeed here as well as in France or Switzerland, and that it resists the severest cold of our climate. The Germans and other northern nations have adopted the modern name Lucern from the French, who also call it, Trejle, or Foin de Bourgogne, and Grand Trejle; the Italians name it Medica, Lucerna, and Erba Spagna ; the Spaniards, Alsalfa, Mielga, and Medica ; the Portuguese, Luzerna, and Medicagem dos pastos ; and the Persians, Gunscha. — • Propagation and Culture. A rich loamy earth is certainly an excellent soil for Lucern, but not being the most common, we must frequently be contented with such soils as are worse. Rocque says, that the strongest is to be preferred; and Mr. Belcher, that although it will succeed on middling sorts of land, it should, if possible, have a soil both stiff and drv, or, as he elsewhere says, such as is close, firm, and sound ; in opposition to the foreign writers, with Tull and Miller, who recommend a light, loose, sandy soil. The right soils, according to others, are deep, rich, friable loams, whether sandy or gravelly, or flexible loams, dry, deep, and rich ; in a word, all rich soils that are dry. In Kent, it is sown in dry lands. Under the South Downs of Sussex, in the vicinity of East Bourne, where Lucern is a common article of cultivation, they rarely sow it upon any but the richest and deepest soils, thinking that it does not answer on any other. Their land is such a happy mixture of the calcareous and argillaceous, and is of so deep a staple, that any thing will grow upon it; and Lucern, Saintfoin, and Clover, may be found side by side. Good crops of Lucern have, how- ever, been produced in gravelly, sandy, and stony loams, which were by no means rich, and even upon poor sandy gravel apt to burn. It has a better chance on thin loams, on rock, and on poor sands, (though no man would choose such soils for it if he had better,) because the roots of Lucern will travel far in search of nutriment. The great business of the culture is to keep it free from weeds, especially whilst it is young; much depends upon preparing the soil in such a manner that all sorts of useless plants shall be killed. It is much cheaper to prevent weeds than to destroy them'; and every shilling laid out in cleaning the land, will save a crown in hoeing the crop. For this reason two successive crops of turnips or carrots prepare the land well for it: but as turnips upon good loams, if carted in a wet season, arc apt to pre- vent that friability which is necessary for Lucern, the turnips should be fed off in autumn, and the land immediately ploughed. Carrots are not liable to any objection, for they should always be drawm and laid up before winter; and the incessant hoeing which they require, cleans the land admira- bly. If the land be prepared by a fallow’, let a man with a basket and four-pronged fork follow the plough in every furrow’, and the harrows whenever they work, to pick up all roots and weeds, and to clear away such knots and tufts as the plough does not go deep enough to eradicate. Carrots, turnips, or cabbages, may be made the preparatory crops ; at least there should be two hoeing crops in succession. In the second spring, previous to the sowing, there should be three ploughings, and harrowings enough to pulverize the soil well. In Kent the common tillage is a good summer fallow, ploughed as deep as possible, with a good covering of manure. Circumstances must decide whether broad-cast or drilling should be preferred in sowing the seed. If the farmer be doubtful whether he shall be able to give a regular and constant attention to hand and horse-hoeing, or if he ! be satisfied with his crop lasting eight or ten years, then the MED OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MED 161 broad cast may be preferred. But if he be willing and able to have the crop perfectly well managed in respect to hoeing, and if he be desirous to have it last twenty or thirty years, he will then probably prefer the drill culture. Both have their advantages and disadvantages ; but whichever method be adopted, the time of sowing is chiefly during the month of April. The end of March is commonly too early : and the chance of a failure is greater in May than in April, both on account of the drought and the fly. It should be sown later on heavy than on light lands ; and if possible in dry weather when there is a prospect of showers. Twenty pounds of seed to an English acre is generally allowed to be the proper quantity. As to the distance between the rows, some respect should be had to the quality of the land. The rows may be closer on land that is less rich. Thus some recom- mend one-foot rows on soils worth thirty shillings an acre, and nine-inch rows on those worth only twenty shillings: reputing soils of less value as in general not to be much recommended for Lucern. Two-feet rows will admit of horse-hoeing; and the plants cannot be kept clean without it, except at too great an expense. Mr. Miller was a decided enemy to sowing this or any other leguminous crop with corn, though many others are advocates for the mixture. If the Lucern be sown with corn, and that be suffered to stand for a crop, as soon as harvest is over, nothing isi to be done except keeping out cattle; or at least the stubble should be fed only by calves and young cattle, and that in dry weather. The weeds should be collected and carried off, and then it may be levelled for the scythe with a barley roller. Half a growth in autumn, instead of being mown, maybe fed off with cattle. Before every harrowing, if there be any thin places, some seed may be scattered into them. “ I do not see why," says Mr. Young, “in sowing Lucern broad-cast, the plants may not be singled out and kept clean with the hand-hoe, in the same manner as turnips. After the frosts are over, and vegetation begins, the land may be harrowed, if foul; but if clean, that operation will not be required till after the first cutting. In the drilled culture, when the rows are come up, and weeds begin to appear, in dry weather a shim should be run between them, to cut up the weeds and loosen the soil ; and a hand-hoeing and picking should follow, to clear them perfectly. These operations must be repeated as they are wanted. The year following, so soon as the land is dry enough in the spring, and through the w'bole summer, it must he a constant conflict between the shim or hoe and any weeds that may appear. The crop must be kept constantly and absolutely clean; hut the principal attention is to be given immediately after every cutting, the w'eeds being then best discovered, and most easily destroyed, particularly by the horse-hoe, where the rows are wide enough to admit of that instrument. If the rows be very straight, the shim is of great use, because it may be directed so near ihe rows as to save much hand-hoeing, and for getting out such weeds as grow among the plants, a pronged hoe is of much service. Every one knows the precariousness of annual grasses; but in Lucern the farmer has a provision for his cattle, nutritious, plentiful, early, and sure. Still to enhance it, part of the plantation may be sown with tares, and part with white oats: in order to cut for the first crop, the part under which are the tares, before they are advanced; for the second, that with the oats; and thirdly, that) with the tares the second time. This last will be a prodigious crop, and by matting together, pow- erfully subdue the weeds. It must be a very indifferent acre that will not keep a horse the summer, and a very good one will maintain two. The seed for transplanting should be sown early in the spring, in order that the plants may be sizeable in the following August. It is best sown in drills, and the young plants may be much assisted in their growth with a small hand-hoe, such as gardeners use among onions. The management of transplanted Lucern while growing, must be the same as the drilled crops; only the first season, it being set in August, will require one or two hoeings in the autumn. Transplanted Lucern has two advantages over that which is drilled, and still more over broad-cast: first that each root will stand at a proper distance from its neighbour, and receive its due proportion of nourishment; or if a few sets chance to fail, they may be supplied from the nursery, any moist day, from April to the middle of September: secondly, by cutting the tap-root, it is prevented from penetrating ten or twelve feet perpendicular into the ground, which it natu- rally does in three or four years, except it be obstructed by a stratum of rock, or chilled at root by weeping springs, or find admission into a bed of cold clay; in all which cases the crop makes a poor appearance, or goes off all at once. The early springing of Lucern is one of its most valuable proper- ties. It may be depended on for much earlier food for sheep and lambs than any grass, and in rich warm land will yield a feeding of some account by the middle of March, and continue very productive all April, in which season the sheep-master is more distressed than at any other time of the year. Sheep must not, however, be kept on it in such num- bers, and so long, as to make them eat into the crown of the plants, w hich damages them much ; they will not, however, do this while there are any young shoots remaining. The proper time of cutting grasses, and this, with other leguminous plants, vulgarly called artificial grasses, is when they are in full blossom ; but this rule can only be followed for hay. The best use of Lucern is for soiling, and consequently such por- tions of it should be set out for every day as will ensure a constant supply. Broad-cast crops will, not grow so fast as those which are drilled or transplanted, nor usually yield more than three full growths in the six growing months. Drilled and transplanted crops, on good land, may be dis- tributed into forty divisions; but on very fine land, into thirty. By this means, which of course is to be varied as the cultivator finds the growth of his crop, he will always have a succession ready for the scythe. The growth on well- cultivated rich land is very great, rising to eighteen inches in thirty or forty days, and yielding five good cuttings between April and September. The reaping hook or sickle has been recommended for cutting it, in preference to the scythe : this may do where small parcels are cultivated, and where the rows are forty inches asunder ; but in broad cast and closer drilled Lucern, the scythe will do the work verv well, and for less than a fourth of the expense. The Lucern should be gathered into a one-horse skeleton cart, and carried directly to the stable door, if it be for soiling horses. Broad- cast Lucern, with good management, may last seven or eight years. It does not attain its full vigour before the third, or, according to others, not until the fifth year. This therefore is an objection to sowing broad-cast/which declines, and even wears out, fast after the seventh or eighth year. Upon soils that are not remarkably fertile, manure should be occa- sionally given to this crop. Rotten dung is the best spread upon it early in winter; about twenty tons to an acre, once in five or six years, will be an ample allowance. If dung cannot be spared, soot or ashes may be substituted. — Pro- duce. The produce of a Lucern crop, like that of all others, will depend on soil and management. They reckon in some parts of France, that an acre of it produces more than six acres of good grass ; in others, as much as three only ; and of hay, more than four tons. Some of their crops have risen to 102 MED THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; M E D nine tons. Mr. Wynne Baker mentions eight tons of hay to the Irish acre, which is five to the English measure. Others state good crops at from twenty to forty tons, and twenty- live at an average. Duhamel mentions forty tons; and near Barcelona the produce of green fodder amounts to fifty tons on an acre in one season. Rocque, at Waliiam Green, got eight loads an acre at five cuttings ; and to the value of thirty- five pounds for soiling. Mr. Harte, the first year after transplanting, had about eight tons from an acre. Mr. Baldwin had above fourteen tons from four cuttings. Some persons are of opinion that constaut mowing exhausts the crop ; that, however, does not appear to he the case, but, on the contrary, agrees better with it than leaving it for a ful) crop of hay: yet even thus the advantage is considerable; for at three mowings, a good acre will produce four tons of dry hay, and sometimes even five ; which though it does not greatly exceed two cuttings of clover, yet considering that the latter is exhausted in one year, and that Lucern lasts as long as you please, is a very great superiority. “ Horses, (says Monsieur Duhamel,) fed with Lucern, except when employed in journeys, or other hard work, require neither oats nor beans.” No food makes their coats so smooth and well-coloured. But when a horse begins this succulent food, he should have a small quantity, as ten pounds, w hich should be gradually increased for three weeks to twenty, thirty, and perhaps forty pounds. It should also be given in small quantities, and slightly moistened with water, to such horses as are touched in their wind. It is too full of nourishment for hunters, and should be given in less quantities to saddle horses, than to coach and cart-horses. When they are first fed with it in the spring, it may not be amiss to take a little blood from them ; and if those who feed them can be per- suaded to give them a little, and often, they will eat with more appetite, and make no waste. Lucern is excellent for soiling cows and young cattle in a farm-yard, and for working oxen. A middle-sized cow will eat from ninety to a hundred and ten pounds in twenty-four hours ; but the same caution is necessary to prevent their hoving or being blown, as with clover. This plant appears to be admirable for fatten- ing beasts. Mr Young remarks, from an experiment of his own, that the effect of it in fattening is a proof of its great value; that its superiority over tares is prodigious; and that, when once established, it is far cheaper. With respect to sheep there is some doubt whether they are not apt to damage the crown of the root, and thereby to prevent, or at least weaken, the shoots that should furnish the succeeding cuttings. This should be a caution not to let sheep lie on Lucern too long. The first growth in the spring is of great use for ewes and lambs. Mr. Baldwin fattened Welsh weathers on it with great success. It is best given them in racks. It may be fed after the last cutting, in dry weather, with any kind of stock; in wet weather, with sheep, to whom no plant is more agreeable or nourishing. There is no doubt that Lucern is excellent fond for swine, who do it no damage, as they do not bite closely like sheep ; but it is better to soil them with it in the yard or sty, on account of the great value of their dung. Lucern makes excellent hay, and should not be stirred about much, that the leaf may be preserved. Rocque directs that it should be mown for hay as soon as the bloom appears, or sooner; that it should lie in the swath, and be turned as clover. With respect to saving the seed of this plant, Mr. Miller, from his own experience, commends Eng- lish seed in preference to foreign ; others say that the seed is not worth saving in England. Rocque directs it to be saved, not from the first, but from the second growth. The difference of Lucern from English seed and French, sown on 1 the same day upon the same soil, was prodigiously in favour of the latter. The home seed-xvas larger, did not come up so soon by two days, and then not near so thick ; however, the produce being weighed, was nearly equal in both: whence it appears that the difference was entirely at starting, and they were equal afterwards. One main obstruction to the more general cultivation of Lucern, seems an idea of the great expense attending it. Mr. Young observes, that plants sown on well-cleaned land, and kept clean by hoeing afterward, is procured at an expense which is seldom calculated fairly. Besides the annual expense of probably three pounds per acre, a crop of corn on good land cannot be estimated at less than five pounds ; and to balance this, the produce the first year is very inconsiderable. The second year must be very good, to pay its ow n charges, and the drawback of the preceding year. Now a cultivation, which at the end of two years shall have paid nothing in profit, is not worth attention. If it can be got with corn, the case is different ; and foreign Lucern is all sown with corn. When Lucern, however, is sown broad cast, a small crop of barley or oats may be obtained, sufficient at least to p<^y all expenses, without much injuring the Lucern, in favourable seasons. Between the rows of drilled or transplanted Lucern, any of the crops usually drilled may be put in, as Beaus, Cabbages, &c. or Vetches may be sow n at intervals ; or, Broad Clover may be mixed with broad-cast Lucern, or sown in the spaces of that which is drilled or transplanted. This practice may in some degree meet the above objection to the culture of this valuable plant, and render it worth the attention of the farmer for profit as well as convenience. And even admitting it not to be so profitable as its too sanguine friends believe; still it may be convenient to have a quantity for ewes and lambs early in the spring, for soiling horses occasionally, and sup- plying the deficiencies of other foddering crops. 7. Medicago Falcata ; Ytllow Me dick. Peduncles racem- ed ; legumes crescent-shaped; stem prostrate; root peren- nial; stems round, smooth, slightly striated, procumbent, but ascending or bending upw ards towards the end, branching two, three, and sometimes four feet in length ; corolla yel- low, varying much in the colour, which is sometimes white, quite white, or greenish, as well as of different shades of yellow. The roots strike very deep, and are difficult to era- dicate. It is common in the south of Europe by way-sides and in dry pastures. With us it is also common in the sandy grounds near Bury in Suffolk. It has been observed near Norwich and Yarmouth, between Watford and Bushy; and at Quey, Bournbridge, Wilbraham, and Linton, in Cam- bridgeshire.— The Variegated Medick, which appears to be a variety of this species, is less erect and less succulent than Lucern ; but more succulent, and much more luxuriant, than the Yellow Medick. The flowers are beaulifully varied in every shade of blue and greenish yellow, and some are almost white; and Mr. Young thinks it may bid fair to rival Lucern itself. — The Yellow- Medick is hardier thau Lucern, roots stronger, grows in drier soils, yields abundance of fodder very nearly allied to Lucern in quality, and loses less in drying. 8. Medicago Lupulina; Hop or Black Medick. Spikes oval; legumes kidney-form, one-seeded; stems procumbent; root annual, or biennial, with few fibres, and penetrating deeply into the earth ; stems about a foot long, numerous, trailing unless supported; flowers small, yellow, from thirty to forty and upwards in a head, which is at first roundish, afterwards oval. The ripeness of the seeds is known by the blackness of the seed-vessels, from which it has obtained the uames of Black-seed and Black Nonesuch, among some culti- MED OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY, MEL 10S vators. It grows naturally on dry banks and hilly pastures, chiefly in a sandy or dry soil, and is common in New Eng- land, flowering in June and July. This plant has been much sown of late years for sheep-feed in open fields, where it is a considerable improvement, first for the sweet food, and then to help the land by ploughing it in, getting a good crop of wheat after it on indifferent soils. The seed falls so rea- dily, that great loss ensues from moving it; and in threshing, the least stroke clears it. The best way therefore is to thresh it in the field on a cloth, which is moved to the seed, and not the seed to the cloth. 9. Medicago Mariua ; Sea Medick. Peduncles racemed ; legumes spiral, spiny ; stem procumbent, tomentose. Miller describes it as a perennial plant, with trailing woolly branches about a foot long, divided into many small branches; leaves small, downy, on short footstalks at each joint ; flowers from the side and at the ends of the branches, in small clusters, of a bright yellow colour. They appear in June and July, and the seeds ripen in September. — This plant is propagated by seeds, sown upon a warm border of dry soil in the spring, where the plants are designed to remain. When they come up, two or three of them may be transplanted into small pots, to be sheltered in winter, because in very severe frosts those which are in the open air are frequently destroyed; though it will endure the cold of our ordinary winters, in a dry soil and sheltered situation. The remaining plants require only to be thinned and kept clean. It may also be increased by cuttings, planted in June or July, in a shady border, covering them close with a glass, to exclude the external air: they will take root in about six weeks, and may then be either planted in a warm border or in pots, and treated in the same way as the seedlings. 10. Medicago Polymorpha; Variable Medick. Legumes spiral ; stipules toothed ; stem diffused ; root annual, oblong, branched. Linneus justly names this species Polymorpha ; and remarks, that, like the dog among the animals, this plant produces numerous varieties, though not in the same country. Some of these varieties are erected into species by Gerard, Miller, Gaertner, and others, but they are not worth enume- ration here. Some of them are common in flower-gardens among other annuals, under the names of Snails and Hedge- hogs, from the singular form of their seed-vessels. — They are propagated by seeds sown in the middle of April, where they are to remain ; they require no culture but to be thinned and kept clean. The variety called Heart Trefoil, or Heart Clover, but more properly Heart Medick, or Spotted Medick, is frequently very luxuriant among Lucern, Saintfoin, and Tre- foil, and might be cultivated for the same purpose as the latter ; but on account of its hairiness, and the roughness of the seeds, it should be cut or pastured when young. — Native of the south of Europe, Great Britain, . Melissa Fruticosa; Shrubby Baum. Branches attenu- ated, rod-like; leaves tomentose underneath; stem shrubby. The whole plant has a strong scent of Pennyroyal, and is of short duration. — It may be increased by seeds, or by cut- tings, planted in any of the summer months, and shaded from the sun. On a warm border they will frequently live through the winter; but it is prudent to keep a plant or two in pots, sheltered under a frame in winter. Melittis; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno- spermia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafcd, bell shaped, round, straight, with a two-lipped mouth; upper lip higher, emarginate, acute ; lower shorter, bifid, acute, with the divisions gaping. Corolla: one-petalled, ringent ; tube much narrower than the calix ; opening scarcely thicker than the tube; upper lip erect, roundish, entire; lower spreading, trifid, blunt ; middle segment larger, flat, entire. Stamina: filamenta four, awl-shaped, under the upper lip, the middle ones shorter than the two outer; anther® converging by pairs in form of a cross, bifid, blunt. Pistil: germen blunt, four-cleft, villose; style filiform, the length and situation of the stamina ; stigma bifid, acute. Pericarp: none; calix unchanged, containing the seeds at the bottom. Seeds: four. Observe. The lower lip of the calix is some- times crenated. Essential Character. Calix: wider than the tube of the corolla. Corolla: upper lip flat, lower crenated ; anther® crosswise.- The species are, 1. Melittis Mclissophyllum ; Bastard Baum. Leaves ellip- tic ; root perennial, sending up in the spring three, four, or more stems, a foot and half high or more, upright, with a few Branches at the base. Clusius mentions a variety in all respects smaller: it is a native of Switzerland and Austria. Mr. Curtis remarks, that the cruciform appearance of the anther® ought not to form a part of the essential character, being common to many of the didynamous plants: we may a(»d, that it is a character which is only apparent for a short time. Most authors describe the Melittis as having an unplea- sant smell : the fresh herb when bruised partakes of the scent ot Bajm and of Stinking Horehound, (see Bullota ;) but when dried it becomes delightfully fragrant; the flowers, when they first open, are odoriferous. Much honey is secreted from a gland that encircles the base of the germen; hence this is a favourite plant with bees, and it accords well with its name Melittis. It flowers in May or June, and is a native of several parts of Europe. It occurs only in the west of our island, as about Totness, Barnstaple, &c. in Devonshire; in the New Forest, Hampshire; and about Haverfordwest in Pem- brokeshire, South Wales, in woods and shady places, k is a handsome plant, continuing in flower three weeks or a month, unless the season be very hot. As it rarely produces good seeds in the gardens ; it is usually propagated by part- ing the roots ; but where the plants are intended for ornament, the roots should not be disturbed ofieiier than every third year; nor should they then be divided into small parts, lest it prevent them from flowering the first year. The best time to remove and part the roots is the beginning of October, that they may have time to get root before the frosts come on. They should have a loamy soil, and an eastern exposure, where they will thrive and flower plentifully. 2. Melittis Japonica. Leaves alternate, ovate, obtuse, unequally serrate ; calix villose ; stem upright, villose, simple, a span high. — Native of Japan. Melochia ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Pent- andria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth (often double; outer one-sided, three-leaved;) inner one-leafed, half five-cleft ; segments half ovate, acute, permanent. Co- rolla : petals five, obcordate, spreading, large. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, united at the base into a pitcher, involving the germen; anther® simple. Pistil: germen roundish ; styles five, awl-shaped, erect, the length of the stamina, permanent ; stigmas simple. Pericarp : capsule roundish or five-cornered, five-celled, five-valved ; valves acute; partitions contrary, doubled. Seeds: solitary, or in pairs, on one side roundish, on the other angular, compressed. Observe. The calix in some species is double, in others siu- gle. Essential Character. Five-styled ; capsule five- celled, one-seeded. — To propagate the plants of this genus, sow the seeds on a hot-bed ; and when the plants come up, treat them in the same manner as is directed for Sida. The shrubby sorts may with care be preserved through the winter in a stove, whereby good seeds may be obtained, for they seldom ripen their seeds well the first year, unless the plants be brought forward early in the spring, and the summer proves warm. The other sdrts generally ripen their seeds the same year they are sown. The species are, 1. Melochia I’yramidata; Pyramidal Melochia. Flowers umbelled ; capsules pyramidal, five-cornered ; angles inucro- nate ; leaves naked ; stem shrubby at the base, branched, a foot high; corollas small, blood-red, frequently closed. — Browne describes it as a very elegant little plant. — Native of Brazil and Jamaica. 2. Melochia Tomenlosa ; Downy Melochia. Flowers umbelled, axillary; capsules pyramidal, five-cornered ; angles mucronate; leaves tomentose. This is an upright shrub, little branched, only three feet high in open rocky situations, but seven feet high in woods. — Native of Jamaica, Martinico, St Martins, and other islands of the West Indies. tt. Melochia Crenata ; Notch-leaved Melochia. Leaves roundish, crenate, tomentose, marked with lines ; umbels axillary and terminating, peduncled. This shrub has a pur- plish bark, and alternate, villose, tomentose, hoary branches. — Native of South America. 4. Melochia Depressa ; Flat-fruited Melochia. Flowers solitary; capsules depressed, five-cornered; angles blunt, ciliate ; stalk shrubby. Browne says it commonly rises to 2 F 112 MEL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MEL the height of two or three feet, throwing out a few slender flexile branches on all sides; the leaves spread themselves every day about noon, to receive the heat of the sun more freely, but as the air grows cooler, they generally rise upright, and stand almost parallel to the stem or branches ; this mechanism of the leaves is greatly forwarded by the knee in the footstalk of each. — Native of Jamaica. 5. Melochia Venosa; Veiny-leaved. Melochia. Peduncles distinct, terminating, many-flowered ; leaves ovate, serrate, veined, tonrentose underneath ; stem hairy. — Found in Jamaica and South America. 6. Melochia Concatenata. Racemes clustered, terminating; capsule globular, sessile. Perennial. — Native of the East Indies. 7. Melochia Nodiflora. Flowers conglobate, axillary ; capsules globular; leaves ovate, acuminate, smooth. — Native of most of the West India Islands. 8. Melochia Lupuhna. Racemes clustered, axillary ; cali- ces inflated, membranaceous ; leaves ovate, cordate, gash serrate, tomentose underneath. — Native of Jamaica. 9. Melochia Corchorifolia ; Red Melochia. Flowers in sessile heads ; capsules roundish ; leaves subcordate, sub- lobate. Annual; hardish, and diffused, with rugged rod like branches; corollas pale, with a yellow bottom. — Native of the East Indies. 10. Melochia Supina; Prostrate Melochia. Flowers in heads ; leaves ovate, serrate ; stems procumbent. — Native of the East Indies. 11. Melochia Odorata ; Sweet-scented Melochia. Panicles peduncled, compound ; leaves ovate, subcordate, sublobate, biserrate, smooth. Forster’s specific character is: Cymes corvmbed, axillary; leaves cordate, acuminate, serrate; flow- ers large. — Native of the islands of Tanna and Tongataboo in the South Seas. Melodinus ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five-parted, permanent; leaflets ovate, lying over each other at the edge. Corolla: one-petalled, salver-shaped; tube cylindrical, three times as long as the calix ; border five- parted, flat; segments sickle-shaped, crenulate, twisted to the right, shorter than the tube; nectary in the mouth of the tube, stellate; segments five, cloven, lacerated. Sta- mina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, very short, in the middle of the tube; ant herae ovate. Pistil: germen globular, stipe rior ; style round, the length of the calix, bipartite ; stigma conical, acute. Pericarp: berry fleshy, globular, many seeded, with a fleshy partition. Seeds: numerous, ovale- roundish, flatted a little, nestling. Essential Character. Contorted. Nectary: in the middle of the tube, stellate. Berry: two-celled, many seeded. The only known species is, 1. Melodious Scandens. A very smooth shrub with a climbing stem ; leaves oblong, ovate, veined, quite entire, very smooth, opposite. It has great affinity to Rauwolffia. — Native of New Caledonia. Melon. See Cucumis. Melonary, — The portion of ground in the kitchen garden principally alotted for the business of early and general hot- bed work, in the culture of Melons and Cucumbers, as well as occasionally in other framing culture. These compart- ments are mostly inclosed by some sort of fence, and are particularly convenient and useful, as in the practice of hot- bed culture there is unavoidably a considerable littering occa- sioned at times, by means of the necessary supplies of hot dung, straw, litter, and other materials, both in the making of the beds and after culture, which by this means being confined to a particular part, the whole is performed more conveniently, and without incommoding the economy of the other parts of the garden. They are also very useful when properly chosen in the driest and warmest situations, in the advantage bof having the hot-beds on dry ground, and shel- tered from cutting winds, with the full benefit of the whole day’s sun, as well as in being more secure. In considerable gardens, the places allotted for this use are sometimes of such extent, as to have the hot-houses, or forcing-houses, and other appurtenances of that kind, where culture by artificial heat is required, near together, by which time and trouble is saved, and great advantage in other respects gained. In the choice of a place for this purpose, some part of the warmest, best-sheltered, dry quarter of the garden, which is well defended from the northerly and north-easterly winds, not liable to inundation or the stagnation of water, and con- veniently situated for bringing in dung, tan, earth, &c. should be selected It will be more proper still, if, with these advan- tages, it lie a little higher, or very gently sloping towards some lower part, especially when towards the full sun from rising to setting, so as to admit of ranging the hot-beds longitudinally east and west, or as nearly in that direction as possible. With respect to the extent or dimensions, they must be according to the quantity of hot-bed framing required, as from two or three to ten, twenty, or thirty frames, or more ; and sometimes also for hot-bed ridges for hand-glasses in the same proportions. They may of course be from two or three to five or ten rods square, oi to that of a quarter or half an acre, or more; in which, besides the part immediately allotted for the hot-beds, it is convenient to have room for the previous preparation of the dung, &c. for earthing the beds. The most eligible form is an even or an oblong square. When inclosed, the fences may be six, seven, or eight feet high, in the northerly or back part, and live or six in front, the sides corresponding, though when extensive they may be nearly of equal height all round. The internal part, or place where the hot-beds are, even when dry, should be a little elevated, to throw oft’ the water in heavy rains, and, when unavoidably low or liable to be wet in winter' or spring, be raised, with some dry materials, con- siderably above the general level, that the hot-beds may stand dry, as well as to afford advantage in performing the business of cultivation. The ground for the immediate place of the hot-beds may generally remain even or level ; some however form shallow trenches the width and length of the intended hot-beds, as from six to twelve inches deep, and make the lower par» of the bed in the trench ; which, how- ever, is more proper in a dry, or somewhat elevated situation, than in low or wet ground, as water is apt to settle in the bottom, and chill the beds by suddenly reducing the heat. Besides, by having the beds wholly above the ground, there is a better opportunity of applying ihe occasional linings quite from the bottom upwards. By proper attention in the con- struction of the different parts of these grounds, and in the building of the fence, they may be also rendered highly use- ful in raising various kinds of fruit, which could not other- wise be the case. Melon Thistle. See Cactus. Melothria ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, bell-shaped, ventricose, five-toothed, superior, deciduous. Corolla: one-petalled, wheel-shaped ; tube the length of the calix, and fastened all round to it; border five-parted, flat; segments broader outwards, very blunt. Stamina: filamenta three, conical, inserted iuto the tube of the corolla, and of the same length ; antherae twin, roundish, compressed. Pis- til: germen ovate-oblong, acuminate, subinferior; style cylin- MEN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. M E N 113 dric, the length of the stamina; stigmas three, thickish, oblong. Pericarp: berry ovate, oblong, internally without the partitions, three-parted. Seeds: several, oblong, com- pressed. Observe. Two male flowers were seen once, besides the hermaphrodites. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft, Corolla : bell-shaped, one-petalled ; berry three- celled, many-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Melolhria Pendula. It grows wild in the woods of Carolina, Virginia, and also in many of the American islands; creeping upon the ground with slender vines, having angular leaves, somewhat resembling those of the Melon, but much smaller. These vines strike out roots at every joint, which fasten themselves into the ground, and thereby a larger share of nourishment is drawn to the plants, by which means their stalks extend to a great distance each way, and closely cover the ground. The flowers are very small, in shape like those of the Melon, and of a pale sulphur colour. The fruit in the West Indies grows to the size of a pea, of an oval figure, and changes black when ripe, and the inhabitants sometimes pickle them whe> green. In England the fruit are much smaller, and are so hidden by the leaves, that it is difficult to find them. -The plants will not grow in the open air of our climate, the seeds must therefore be sown upon a hot- bed, and if the plants be permitted, will soon overspread the surface of a large bed ; and when the fruit is ripe, if it scatter the seeds, the plants will come up where the earth happens to be used on a hot-bed again, and if they arc supplied with water, will require no further care. The plant is w'orth pre- serving for the sake of variety. Memecylon ; a genus of the class Octandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth undi- vided, superior, bell-shaped, turbinate, quite entire, with a pitcher-shaped, striated base, permanent. Corolla: petals four, ovale, acute, spreading. Stamina: filamenta eight, erect, widened and truncated at top; anthera: simple, inserted by their sides into the apex of the filament. Pistil : germen turbinate, inferior; style awl-shaped ; stigma simple. Peri- carp: berry crowned with a cylindrical calix. Seeds: not described. Essential Character. Calix : superior, with A striated base, and the margin quite entire. Corolla : one-petalled. Ant fierce : inserted into the side of the apex of the filament. Berry: crowned with a cylindrical calix. The species are, 1. Memecylon Capitellatuni. Leaves ovate, bluntish ; heads axillary, subpeduncled. This is a tree, with round branchlets. — Native of Ceylon. 2. Memecylon Grande. Leaves ovate, acuminate ; pedun- cles axillary, with many-flowered pedicels. This is a large tree, with round branches. — Native of the East Indies. 3. Memecylon Umbellatum. Berry inferior, globular, crowned with the calix, permanent, tubular, eight-streaked within, or not streaked, and merely four-toothed, one-celted, rufescent. 4. Memecylon Edule. Leaves ovate, acute; umbellets compound, naked. This a very common tree, or large shrub, in every jungle on the coast of Coromandel. It flowers about the beginning of the hot season. The ripe berries arc eaten by the natives; they contain a large quantity of bluish black pulp of an astringent quality. Menais ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth three-leaved; leaflets concave, lax, acuminate, small, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, salver-shaped; tube cylindrical, longer than the calix ; border flat, five-parted, with rounded segments. Stamina: filamenta five, very short, inserted into the tube ; anthera awl-shaped, at the throat of the corolla. Pistil: germen roundish; style filiform, the length of the tube* stigmas two, oblong. Pericarp : berry globular, four-celled. Seeds: solitary, subovate, sharp at one end. Essential Character. Calix : three-leaved. Corolla : salver-shaped. Berry: four-celled. Seeds: solitary. The only known species is, 1. Menais Topiaria. Leaves alternate, ovate, entire, rough ; stems round, somewhat villose. — Native of South America. Meniscium ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Filices or Ferns. — Generic Character. Capsules heaped in crescents, interposed between the veins of the fronds. The only species known is, 1. Meniscium Keticulatum. Root fibrous, black; fronds several, pinnate, four feet long; stipe black, grooved in front, angular, brown, appearing somewhat villose when mag- nified ; pinnas very many, alternate, with an odd one, on short petioles, from an ovate base, long, lanceolate-acuminate, crenate, a little sickle-shaped at the end, smooth above, somewhat villose along the nerves underneath, from six to nine inches long, an inch or an inch and half wide. The midrib is prominent at the back, and at a very obtuse angle puts forth on both sides towards the edges numerous parallel nerves, which are also prominent: these are connected by several arched veins; whence the piuuas seen against the light appear like beds in a parterre. On these veins are placed as many arched, oblong, parallel, dark, rufous fructifi- cations, composed of very minute shining globules, those which arc next the midrib larger. They are not so close upon the whole as in most of the Aspleniums ; and even some- times exhibit distinct globnles thinly placed. — Native of Mar- tinico, Brazil, &c. Menispermum ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Dode- candria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix : perianth two-leaved; leaflets linear, short. Corolla: petals, outer six, ovate, spreading, equal ; inner eight, obcordate, concave, smaller than the outer, four of them in the inner row wider. Stamina: filamenta sixteen, cylindric, a little longer than the corolla ; anthera: terminating very short, bluntly four- lobed. Female. Calix and Corolla: as in the male. Sta- mina: filamenta eight, like those of the male; anthera: pel- lucid, barren. Pistil: germina two or three, ovate, curved inwards, converging, pedicelled ; styles solitary, very short, recurved; stigmas bifid, blunt. Pericarp: berries two or three, roundish kidney form, one-celled. Seeds: solitary, kidney form, large. Observe. The above character is taken from the Menispermum Canadense, and should be compared with the fructifications of the other species: the calix being six-leaved, the corolla six-petalled, six stamina, and three pistilla, according to Willich, Miller, and others; or, accord- ing to Walter, the calix three-leaved, petals three, scales of the nectary six, six stamiua, six germina, without any styles, and six berries. Essential Character. Male. Petals: four outer, eight inner. Stamina: sixteen. Female. Co- rolla: as in the male. Stamina: eight, barren ; berries two, one-seeded. Gaertner remarks, that the species of this genus vary much in their number, in the flower and fruit; but that they all not only agree in the position of the cotyledons, but differ from all other plants in having a distinct cell for each cotyledon. The species are, 1. Menispermum Canadense; Canadian Moon-seed. Leaves peltate, cordate, roundish-angular; root thick, woody; stems many, climbing, becoming woody, and rising to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, twisting themselves about the neighbouring plants for support. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Virginia, Canada, and Siberia. This and the next species are (easily propagated by layiug down the 114 MEN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MEN branches in autumn. They will have made good roots by the following autumn, when they may be separated from the old plant, and transplanted where they are designed to remain. Their branches being slender and weak, require support. They thrive better uear trees than in an open situation. 2. Menispernmm Virginicum ; Virginian Moon-seed. Up- per leaves undivided; lower peltate, cordate-lobed. This differs from the preceding in the shape of the leaves, which are angular, and sometimes heart-shaped, but not peltate, having the footstalk at the base. The stems become woody, and rise nearly as high as those of the first sort. The flowers and berries do not differ.— For its propagation and culture, see the preceding species. 3. Menispermum Japonicum; Japonese Moon-seed. Leaves peltate, rounded, ovate, entire; stems herbaceous, twining, striated with several angles, smooth in all parts, simple.— Native of Japan. -4. Menispermum Carolinum ; Carolina Moon-seed. Leaves cordate, villose underneath. This differs from the second species in the brandies not becoming woolly as in that; stems herbaceous. — Native of Carolina. It may be propagated by parting the roots, which spread out on one side, so that the rest of them may be cut oft' every other side; the best time for doing this is in the spring, a little before the plants begin to shoot; these should be planted in a warm situation, and have a light soil, for in strong land, where the wet is detained in win- ter, the roots are apt to rot ; therefore if they are planted close to a wall exposed to the south or west, their stalks may be fastened against the wall to prevent their trailing upon the ground ; and in this situation the plants will flower frequently, and by having- a little shelter in severe frost their stalks mav be preserved. 5. Menispermum Cocculus; Jogged Moon-seed. Leaves cordate, retuse, mucronafe; stem jagged. The twisting stems are usually the thickness of the human arm, or thicker, irre- gular, and covered with a thick, lacerated, wrinkled bark ; the branches terminate in strong simple tendrils ; bunches of flowers a foot and half long, dividing into several lateral ones. They have an unpleasant smell; fruit in bunches like grapes, but smaller; first white, then red, arid finally blackish pur- ple; usually two or three, seldom four together, on a thickisb, pyramidal, wrinkled peduncle; pulp soft; stone round, like that of a cherry, but a little larger, wrinkled, and granulated, having a fissure or aperture on one side, and a white bifid kernel within. In the East Indies, where this plant is a native, the berries are used to intoxicate fish, birds, &e. in order to take them, being made into a paste for that purpose. In England they are used by many brewers as a substitute for malt, and, with many other equally noxious ingredients, are introduced into the London porter ; which from a highly nutritious and wholesome beverage, has through these vile practices latterly degenerated iuto a deleterious and stupify- ing liquor; towards which the -British farmer and the hop- merchant contribute nothing, in comparison with the numerous importers of foreign drugs. See the latter part of the article Hop, under Humulus Lupulus. Vol. 1. p. 715.— Hillobserves, that the berries are of a poisonous nature, and, taken inter- nally in considerable doses, would be attended with fatal effects. The innkeepers and brewers have many of them got into a practice (which is truly execrable) of putting these berries into their malt liquors to increase their strength, and make them intoxicate sooner: reduced to powder, and strewed on children's heads, they destroy vermin the most effectually of any thing. Made into a paste with flour and water, with the addition of a little red lead to give it a colour, and thrown in little pellets iuto ponds, &c. where there are fish kept, they will take it greedily, and be so intoxicated in a short time after, as to swim on the surface of the water with their bellies upwards, and suffer themselves to be taken out with the hands. G. Menispermum Crispum ; Curled Moon-seed. Leaves cor- date, exquisite; stem quadrangular, curled. — Native of Bengal. 7. Menispermum Acutum ; Sharp-leaved Moon-seed. Leaves cordate behind, angular, acuminate; stem round, striated. — Native of Japan. 8. Menispermum Orbiculatam ; Round-leaved Moon-seed. Leaves orbicular, villose underneath; stem round, twining, w'itli alternate branches like the stem ; flowers axillary, pani- cled, dicecolis. — Native of the East Indies and Japan. i). Menispermum Ilirsutum ; Hairy-leaved Moon-seed. Branch-leaves ovate; stem-leaves cordate, villose, tomentose underneath. — Native of the East Indies. 10. Menispermum Edule; Eatable Moon-seed. Leaves oblong, smooth ; flowers six-stamined. This much resembles the preceding. — Native of Arabia. 11. Menispermum Myosotoides. Leaves linear-lanceolate, hirsute. — Native of the East Indies. 12. Menispermum Trilobum. Leaves three-lo bed. — Native of China and Japan. 13. Menispermum Fenestratum. Drupe berried, obovate, solitary, pubescent, hoary. — Native of Ceylon. 14. Menispermum Lyoni. Leaves cordate, palrnate-lobate, with very long footstalks; racemes simple ; flowers hexapeta- lous, dodecandrous ; berries large, black, one-seeded ; stem climbing to the height of twenty feet. — Grows in Kentucky and Tenuassee, and flowers in June and July. Mentha ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno- spermia.— Generic Character. Calix : perianth one- leafed, tubular, upright, five-toothed, equal, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled ; petals upright, tubular, a little longer than the calix ; border four-parted, almost equal ; the upper segment wider, entarginate. Stamina: filamenta four, awl- shaped, upright, distant; the two nearest longer; anther* roundish. Pistil : germen four-cleft; style filiform, upright, longer than the corolla ; stigma bifid, spreading. Pericarp: none; calix upright, with the seeds in the bottom. Seeds: four, small. Essential Character. Coi'olla : almost equal, four-cleft, the broader segment emarginate. Stamina: upright, distant. — All the plants of this genus are easily pro- pagated by parting their roots in spring, or by planting cut- tings during any of the summer months, but they should have a moist soil ; and after the cuttings are planted, if the season should prove dry, they must be often watered until they have taken root; after which they will require no farther care but to keep them clear from weeds: they should be planted in beds about four feet wide, allowing a path about two feet broad between the beds to water, weed, and cut the plants. The distance they should beset is four or five inches or more, because they spread very much at their roots ; for whieh reason, the beds should not stand longer than three years before you plant them again, for by that time the roots will be matted so closely as to rot and decay each other, if permitted to stand longer. Some persons are very partial to mint salad in winter and spring; iu order to obtain which they take up the roots before Christmas, and plant them upon a moderate hot-bed, pretty close, covering them with fine earth about an inch thick, and cover the beds either with mats or frames of glass. In these beds the mint will come up in a month’s time, and will soon after be fit to cut. When the herb is wanted for medicinal use, it should be cut in a very dry season, just when it is in flower; for if it stand longer it will not be so well tasted ; and if it be cut w hen it is wet, it will change black, and be little worth: this should MEN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY MEN 115 be hung up to dry in a shady place, where it may remain until it he used. If the soil in which they are planted be good, it will afford three crops every year: but after July, Mint seldom proves good, therefore the shoots produced after that time should be permitted to remain till Michaelmas, when they must be cut dov'n close; and after having cleared the bed from weeds, you should spread a little fine rich earth all over them, which will greatly forward them against the next spring. The species are, 1. Mentha Auricularia. Spikes cylindrical ; leaves oblong, acute, serrate, hairy, subscssile ; stem strigose ; stamina longer than the corolla. — Native of the East Indies. 2. Mentha Niliaca. Tomentose, hoary: spikes oblong; leaves ovate-lanceolate, serrate, sessile; stems villose, branch- ed, weak, a foot high, ascending. — Native of Egypt. 3. Mentha Glabrata. Flowers racemed, verticillate ; leaves petioled, ovate-lanceolate, serrate, smooth ; peduncle termi- nating.— Native of Egypt. 4. Mentha Stellata. Spikes heaped, terminating; leaves stellate, serrate; stem herbaceous, upright, four-grooved, one foot high. — Native of Cochin-china. 5. Mentha Sylvestris ; Horse Mint. Spikes oblong ; leaves oblong, serrate, tomentose, sessile; stamina longer than the corolla; stem upright, four-grooved, branched at top, smooth at bottom; calix hardly a line long, hoary; corolla twice as long, pale purple; filamcnta twice or thrice as long as the corolla. It varies with filamenta equal only to the corolla. — Native of many parts of Europe, Denmark, Germany, Switzerland, France, and England, in hedges, ditches, and watery places. It is common in Lincolnshire, Cambridge- shire, Essex, Suffolk, and Kent. (>. Mentha Viridis ; Spear Mint. Spikes oblong: leaves lanceolate, naked, serrate, sessile; stamina longer than the corolla. This is very nearly allied to the preceding, but is smaller and smoother; the leaves are not white, are narrower and more pointed, the spikes are thinner, and the corolla is purplish red. — Native of Germany, Switzerland, France, and England, in watery places, and on the banks of rivers, as on the Thames, and near Exmouth in Devonshire. This species is not so hot to the taste as peppermint, and, having a more agreeable flavour than most of the others, is generally pre- ferred for culinary and medical purposes. The leaves or tops are used in spring salads, and eaten dried as sauce with lamb, and in soups. The preparations of Spearmint are more pleasant than those of Peppermint, but perhaps less effica- cious. This herb, and indeed all the species, contains much essential oil, hut of a less agreeable odour than that of Laven- der or Marjoram. It is therefore less employed as a cephalic; but it acts very powerfully on parts to which it is immediately applied, and therefore considerably on the stomach : and as it operates especially as an antispasmodic, and therefore relieves pains and colics arising from spasm, it will also put a stop to vomiting, arising from the same cause; but if it arise from inflammation in the stomach itself, or in other parts of the body, it aggravates the disease. The infusion of Mint in warm water agrees better with the stomach than the distilled water. The officinal preparations are, an essential oil ; a con- serve, very grateful ; and the distilled waters, both simple and spirituous, which are generally thought pleasant. Lewis observes, that Mint is said to prevent the coagulation of milk ; and hence it has been recommended to be used with milk diets, and even in cataplasms and fomentations for resolving coagulated milk in the breasts: upon experiment, the curd of milk, digested in a strong infusion of mint, could not be perceived to be any otherwise affected than by common water; but milk in which Mint leaves were set to macerate, did not coagulate near so soon as an equal quantity of the same milk kept by itself. Dried Mint, digested in rectified spirits of wine, gives out a tincture, which appears by day- light of a fine dark green, but by candle-light of a bright red colour. The fact is, that a small quantity of this tincture is green, either by day-light or candle-light, but a large quan- tity seems impervious to common day-light; however, when held between the eye and a candle, or between the eye and the sun, it appears red : so that, if put into a flat bottle, it appears green; but when viewed edgewise, red. The distilled water, or infusion, is much used in crudities and weaknesses of the stomach, heaving or retchings, hiccup, windiness, and burning heat. It is likewise good in griping pains of the stomach and bowels, and in giddiness and swimmings of the head. Applied externally, it takes away hardness of the breasts, and cures the head-ach. A strong decoction is an excellent wash for eruptions on the skin, chaps, and sore heads. 7. Mentha Rotundifolia ; Round-leaved Mint. Spikes oblong; leaves roundish, rugged, shagged, sharply crenate, sessile; bractes lanceolate; stamina longer than the corolla; stems from two to three feet high, erect, hairy, or shaggy, the hairs pointing more or less downwards. — Native of several parts of Europe. It is rather rare in England ; it is found at Shingham in Norfolk; near Faulkburn Hall in Essex; in Cambridgeshire ; near Ross in Herefordshire ; and in Hornsey and Harefield church-yards, Middlesex. 0. Mentha Crispa; Curled Mint. Flowers in heads; leaves cordate, toothed, waved, sessile; stamina equalling the corolla; stems hairy, about the same height with common Spearmint. 1 — Native of Siberia, China, and Cochin-china. t). Mentha Hirsuta; Round-headed Mint, or Hairy Water Mint. Flowers in dense, compound, terminating heads; leaves ovate, serrate, subsessile, pubescent ; stamina longer than the corolla; roots long, branched, creeping under water; stein branched, very generally purplish, rough, with deflex hairs scattered all over it. The degree of hairiness throughout the whole plant varies very much. When out of the water, it grows much smaller, more purple, and with a simple head of flowers. It flowers in August, and is very common in clear ditches, rivulets, and other watery places, growing sometimes among large grasses and reeds, sometimes by itself. 10. Mentha Aquatiea ; Water Mint. Flowers in heads; leaves ovate, serrate, petioled ; stamina longer than the corolla. This is not a rough haired plant. 11. Mentha Piperita; Pepper Mint. Flowers in heads; leaves ovate, petioled ; stamina shorter than the corolla. This species has smooth purple stalks. The stem and leaves are beset with many very minute glands, containing the essen- tial oil, which rises plentifully in distillation. It has the most penetrating smell of any of its genus, and also the strongest taste, pungent and glowing like pepper, sinking as it were into the tongue, and followed by a sensation of coldness. Its stomachic, antispasmodic, and carminative, qualities, render it useful in flatulent colics, hysterical affections, retchings, and other dyspeptic symptoms, acting as a cordial, and often producing immediate relief. The officinal preparations are an essential oil, a simple water, and a spirit. The essence of Peppermint is an elegant medicine, and seems to be the rectified oil dissolved in spirits of wine. Meyrick observes, it is a valuable medicine in flatulent colics, hysteric de- pressions, and other complaints of a similar nature; exert- ing its salutary effects as soon as it arrives in the stomach, and diffusing a glowing warmth throughoiH the whole body, and yet without heating the body near so much as might be expected from the great warmth and pungency of its taste. 116 M E N THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MEN 12. Mentha Sativa; Marsh Whorled Mint. Flowers in whorls; leaves ovate, sharpish, serrate; stamina lunger than the corolla; stem upright; leaves on winged footstalks, ovate, serrate, pubescent; peduncles and calix hairy ; root throwing out long, creeping, horizontal shoots, and one erect hairy stem, furnished all the way up to the dowering part with shortish, axillary, leafy branches. This is suspected to be a variety of the ninth species. It flowers in August and September. 13. Mentha Gentilis; Red Mint . Flowers in whorls; leaves ovate-lanceolate, acute, nearly sessile, scarcely hairy ; peduncles perfectly smooth; teeth of the calix hairy; stems several, erect, growing in tufts, about eighteen inches high, with harsh and somewhat hairy angles. The smell of the leaves is said to be like that of the variety called Garden Mackarel Mint ; but nothing is more variable than the smell of these plants, and, we may safely add, than the judgment of different persons on the same smell. There is a variety of this species, having the same delightful scent as Basil. — Native of several parts of Europe, in watery places, and by the sides of rivulets. Found near Walthamstow, and on a small common at Saham in Norfolk. 14. Mentha Arvensis; Corn Mint. Flowers in whorls; leaves ovate, acute, serrate; stamina equalling the corolla ; stem not tinged, withered. The whole plant is covered with soft white hairs pointing downwards. It prevents the coagu- lation of milk ; and when cows have eaten it, as they will do largely at the end of summer when pastures are bare, their milk can hardly be made to yield cheese; a circumstance which sometimes puzzles the dairy maids. — Native of many parts of Europe, in watery places and moist corn-fields. lb. Mentha Austriaea; Austrian Mint. Flowers in whorls, all the segments of the corolla blunt ; leaves subovate, villose; stamina shorter than the corolla. This very much resembles the preceding, but differs from it in being of a lower stature, in its smell, the shortness of the stamina, its greater hoariness, &c. Stems half a foot high and more, upright, almost simple. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Austria, iu the islands of the Danube, and probably of Piedmont. 16. Mentha Canadensis; Cunadian Mint. Flowers in whorls; leaves lanceolate-serrate, petioled, hairy; stamina equalling the corolla. — Native of Canada. 17. Mentha Pulegium ; Pennyroyal. Flowers in whorls ; leaves ovate, blunt, subcreuate ; stems roundish, creeping; stamina longer than the corolla ; root fibrous, perennial. There is a variety called Spanish Pennyroyal, with erect stems and larger whorls of flowers, and longer and narrower leaves, which has almost superseded our wild one in the markets, because the erect stems are more easily tied in bunches, and it comes earlier to flower, and has a brighter appearance. Pennyroyal has a warm pungent flavour resembling Mint, but more acrid and less agreeable. Its active principle is an essential oil, of a more volatile nature than that of Mint, coming over hastily with water at the beginning of the distil- lation, and rising also in great part with highly'rectified spirit; in taste very puugent, and of a strong smell; wheu newly drawn, of a yellowish colour with a cast of green, turning brownish by gge. It certaiuly possesses the general properties of Mint, but is supposed to be of less efficacy as a stomachic, but more useful as a carminative and emmenagogue, and more commonly employed in hysterical affections. We are told by Boyle and others, that it has been successfully used in the hooping-cough ; but the chief purpose to which it has been long administered is promoting the uterine evacuation. For this purpose Haller recommends an infusion of the herb with steel in white wine. Iu the opinion of Dr. Cullen, how- 3 ever. Mint is more effectual than Pennyroyal, and nothing, he says, but the neglect of established principles, could have made physicians regard this as a peculiar medicine distinct from the Mints; and accordingly this plant is less frequently used now than formerly. Lewis says, it is not so proper as Mint to be administered in common sicknesses or weaknesses of the stomach, but is much more efficacious in windy com- plaints, hysterics, and disorders of the breast. Meyrick adds, the distilled water, a strong infusion, or the juice fresh expressed from the plant, is excellent for obstructions of the menses. A conserve of the young tops acts as a diuretic, has been many times very serviceable in the gravel, and is also useful for the jaundice, and all other complaints arising from obstructions of the viscera. — This and the next species both propagate very fast by their creeping stems, which may be cut off and planted in fresh beds, allowing them at least a foot distance every way : or, the young shoots planted in the spring will take root like Mint. The best time for this work is in September, that the plants may be rooted before winter. The young plants also will be much stronger, and produce a larger crop, than if they were removed in the spring. And if the roots remain so close as they generally grow, they are subject to rot iu winter. They delight in a moist and stroug soil. 13. Mentha Cervina ; Hyssop-leared Mint. Flowers in whorls; hractes palmate ; leaves linear; stamina longer than the corolla ; stems erect, nearly two feet high, sending out side-branches all their length. It flowers about the same time. There is a variety with white flowers, which grows taller than the common one with purple flowers. The scent is not quite so strong as that of Pennyroyal, but it is by some preferred to it for medicinal uses ; it is called Hart's Penny- royal.— Native of the south of France and Italy. It). Mentha Perilloides. Racemes lateral, directed the same way. — Native of the East Indies. 20. Mentha Borealis. Leaves petiolate, oval-lanceolate, very acute; flowers verliciilate ; stamina standing out; flowers pale purple, appearing in July and August. — Grows on the banks of rivers and springs, from Canada to Pennsylvania. 21. Mentha Tenuis. Leaves lanceolate-ovate, subsessile; spikes slender, interrupted with very small whorls ; stamina not standing out; flowers white, appearing from June to August. — Native of wet places near springs, from Pennsylvania to Georgia. Mentzelia ; a genus of the class Folyandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved, spreading, superior, deciduous ; leaflets lanceolate, concave, acuminate. Corolla: petals five, obovale, acuminate, a little longer than the calix, spreading. Stamina : filamenta many, (thirty,) the leuglh of the calix, erect, bristle-shaped, the ten outer membranaceous at top; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen cylindric, very long, inferior; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stigma simple, blunt. Pericarp: capsule cylindric, long, one-celled, three valved at top. Seeds: about six, oblong, angular. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved. Corolla: five-petalled. Capsule: inferior, cylindric, many-seeded.- -The only species is, 1. Mentzelia Aspera. Brown says this plant is very com- mon in all the dry savannas about Kingston, and that it seems to be an annual, and seldom rises above three or four feet iu height. He describes the fruit as a succulent cylindric cap- sule, well furnished with short, rough, uncinated bristles, like the rest of the plant, and containing only three or four rugged seeds, compressed on one side, and disposed at some distance from each other in the pulp. —As this is an annual plant, which perishes soon after the seeds are ripe, the seeds MEN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. M E R 117 must be sown on a hot-bed early in the spring, that the plants may be brought forward early in the season, otherwise they will not produce ripe seed in this country. When the plants are come up about an inch high, they should be each trans- planted into a separate halfpenny pot filled with light rich earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, being careful to shade them from the sun until they have taken new root ; after which time they must be constantly watered every other day in warm weather, and should have fresh air every day admitted to them, in proportion to the warmth of the season, and the heat of the bed in which they are plunged. In about six weeks or two months after transplanting, if the plants have made a good progress, they w ill have filled the pots with their roots, and should be shifted into larger pots filled with light rich earth, and then plunged into the bark-bed in the stove, that they may have room to grow in height, observ- ing as before to water them duly, as also to admit fresh air to them every day in warm weather. With this management they will grow three feet high, and produce ripe seeds at the end of August or beginning of September. Menyanthes ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one leafed, five-parted, erect, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel- form; tube cylindric, funnel-form, short; border five-cleft beyond the middle; clefts reflex, spreading, blunt, conspi- cuously shaggy. Stamina : filamenta five, awl-shaped, short; anthers acute, bifid at the base, erect. Pistil: germen conical; style cylindric, almost the length of the corolla; stigma bifid, compressed. Pericarp: capsule ovate, sur- rounded by the calix, one-celled. Seeds : many, ovate, small. Observe. The first species was distinguished by the petals being ciliate, not shaggy. Essential Character. Co- rolla: shaggy. Stigma: bifid. Capsule: one-celled. The species are, 1. Menyanthes Nymphoides ; Fringed Buckbean, or Water Lily. Leaves cordate, quite entire ; corollas ciliate ; root perennial, long, and stringy, as are also the stem ; these smooth, round, and jointed. It flowers front June to August. — Native of Denmark, Holland, Germany, Piedmont, Siberia, and England, in large ditches and slow streams. It is found in little recesses upon the banks of the Thames, as near Walton bridge, Botley bridge, Godstow bridge, and Ilinksey ferry in Oxfordshire; and in the river Cam, at Strealhem ferry ; and very commonly in the fens of Ely. 2. Mmyanthes Indica; Indian Buckbean. Leaves cor- date, suberenate; petioles floriferous; corollas hairy within. — Native of both Indies. Sir William Jones, in his Select Indian Plants, describes another species, probablv only a variety, with ten stamina, five of which are fertile. He calls •it Cumada, or Delight of the Water, which seems to be a general name tor beautiful aquatic flowers. 3. Menyanthes Ovata ; Cape Buckbean. Leaves ovate, petioied ; stem panicled. This has the appearance of Alisina. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Menyanthes Trifoliata; Common Buckbean, or Marsh Trefoil. Leaves ternate ; root perennial, creeping, long, jointed, and fibrous; stein procumbent, various in length according to situation, covered by the sheaths of the leaves, which are on round striated petioles. An infusion of the leaves is extremely bitter, and of late years has been in com- mon use as an alterative and aperient in impurities of the humours, and some hydropic and rheumatic complaints. A drachm in powder purges and vomits. It is sometimes given to destroy worms. As an active and eccophrotic hitter, it seems not ill adapted to supply the want of bile in the prim a: tice; and thus may be of use m protracted jaundice, and other biliary obstructions. Cullen mentions several instances of its good effects in some cutaneous diseases of the herpetic and seemingly cancerous kind. It may be necessary for delicate stomachs to join some grateful aromatic with the infusion. In a scarcity of hops, this plant is used in the north of Europe to give a bitter to beer; two ounces will supply the place of a pound of hops. The powdered roots are sometimes used in Lapland instead of bread, but they are unpalatable. Some say that sheep will eat it, and that it cures them of the rot. Meyriek observes, that it promotes the fluid secretions of the body, loosens the belly, and is good in the jaundice, dropsy, scurvy, rheumatism, ague, and scrophulous disorders. For the dropsy, the best method is to bruise the plant, and extract the juice with a little white w ine. In scorbutic complaints, a strong infusion should be drank for a considerable time, to the amount of three half pints or a quart a day. For the ague, it must be dried and finely powdered, in which state half a drachm is a full dose, and, if properly repeated, will frequently effect a cure when most other means prove inef- fectual. Boerhaave says, the juice of the leaves mingled with whey is serviceable in the gout. This was formerly called Marsh Trefoil, and Marsh C/avtr or Clover. The Germans call it Bocsbohne ; the Danes Bukkeblade. Buckbean, or Faba Hircina, therefore, whatever it meaus, is probably right. It flowers from May to July, and is found in wet boggy meadows, in ditches, and upon the sides of ponds and lakes: asiri Battersea meadows; about the island ofSt. Helena; near Rotherhithe; about Staines; on Bromley Common; between Faruborough arid Caston Mark ; at Caesar’s Camp near Bromlev ; upon Hayes Common, Hamstead Heath, Hare- field Moor, and at several places iu Cambridgeshire. This plant is frequently rooted out by the simplers. To such as wish to have it flower in perfection, Mr. Curtis recommends to collect the roots in spring or autumn, to put them in a large pot having a hole in the bottom, and filled with bog- earth, and to immerse the pot about two-thirds of its depth in water. The foreign species must be kept in pots or tubs of water in the stove. 5. Menyanthes Hydrophyllum ; Water-leaf Buckbean. Leaves cordate, quite entire; flowers axillary, heaped, nec- tariferous.— Native of Cochin-china. Mercurialis ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Ennean- dria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth three-parted ; parts ovate-lanceolate, concave, spreading. Corolla : none, except the calix. Stamina : filamenta nine or twelve, capillary, straight, the length of the calix ; anther® globular, twin. Female. Calix: perianth as in the male. Corolla : none ; nectaries two, awl-shaped ; points one on each side of the germen, impressed on the groove of the germen. Pistil: germen roundish, compressed, scored on each side, hispid ; styles two, reflex, horned, hispid ; stigmas acute, reflex. Pericarp: capsule roundish, shaped like the scrotum, twin, two-celled. Seeds: solitary, round. Observe. The second and fifth species are moneecous. Essential Character. Male. Calix: three-parted. Corolla : none. Stamina: nine or twelve ; anther® globular, twin. Female. Calix: three-parted. Corolla: none. Styles: two. Cap- sules: dioecous, two-celled, one-seeded. The species are, 1. Mercurialis Perennis ; Dog’s Mercury. Stem quite simple ; leaves rugged ; root perennial, creeping, white, very fibrous. The male and female plants are rarely found inter- mixed, each sort usually growing in large patches; whence it is probable that this plant, which increases by the root, rarely produces perfect seeds. In the third edition of Ray’s Synopsis there is a very circumstantial relation from Sir Hans Sloane, of a man w ith his wife and three children experiencing highly 118 M E S THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MES deleterious effects from eating this plant fried with bacon ; but as Mr. Miller asserts the same thing without citing any instance, it would be well to ascertain the fact, for this is a common plant, and very much resembles the third species, which is used for a pot-herb, and sometimes as an emollient. Linneus says it is injurious to sheep; but with us, no qua- druped appears to eat it. In drying, it turns blue ; and steeped in water, yields a fine deep blue colour, which is said to be unfortunately destructible both by acids and alkalies, and not recoverable by any means yet discovered. It is easily propagated by the roots, and requires a warm situation and a dry rubbishy soil. It is often killed by hard frosts. 2. Mercurialis Ambigua; Doubtful Mercury. Stem bra- chiate; leaves sinoothish ; flowers in whorls, female and male; root fibrous; annual. — Native of Spain, on the walls of Cadiz and Gibraltar. It is propagated abundantly by the seeds. 3. Mercurialis Annua; Annual Mercury. Stem brachiate; leaves smooth; flowers in spikes; root annual, fibrous, white. This may be distinguished from the first species by its annual root, branched stem, more numerous flowers, its want of nectaries, or barren stamina, and its smaller hairy seed-vessels. It also flowers late in the summer, whereas Dog’s Mercury flowers only in the spring. This plant is mucilaginous, and was formerly much employed as an emollient. Tournefort informs us that the French made a syrup of it, two ounces of which was given as a purge; and that they used it in clysters and pessaries, mixing one part of honey with one and a half of juice. The seeds taste like those of hemp. It is now disregarded in England. — Native of many parts of Europe. Found in Great Britain, upon waste places and dunghills about towns and villages, but seldom at a distance from inhabited places. It scatters seed, and increases so much as to be a common weed in gardens. 4. Mercurialis Tomentosa ; Woolly Mercury. Stems suf- fruticose ; leaves tomentose. — Native of the south of-France, Spain, and Italy. If the seeds be permitted to scatter, they will come up in the following spring; if they are sown, it should be in autumn. 5. Mercurialis Afra; Cape Mercury. Stem prostrate, herbaceous; leaves ovate, subtomentose ; flowers androgy- nous.— Found at the Cape of Good Hope. G. Mercurialis Indica. Stem shrubby, branched; leaves lanceolate, even ; flowers three-styled. The fresh leaves boiled in soup were found to purge gently. — Native of Cochin- china. Mercury. See Mercurialis. Mercury English. See Chenopodium. Mesembryanthemum ; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Pentagynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one-leafed, five cleft, superior, acute, spreading, permanent. Corolla: one petalled; petals lanceolate linear, very numerous, in several rows, a little longer than the calix, slightly united at the claws into one. Stamina: filamenta numerous, capil- lary, the length of the calix ; antherae incumbent. Pistil: germen inferior, with five blunt angles ; styles commonly five, awl-shaped, upright, and then bent back ; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule fleshy, roundish, the navel marked with rays, the cells corresponding with the styles in number. Seeds: very many, roundish. Observe. The eighth, ninth, and sixty third species are four-styled. The twenty-fourth, forty- third, forty-fifth, sixty-sixth, seventy-second, and seventy- third species, are ten-styled. Essential Character. Calix: five cleft ; petals numerous, linear. Capsule: fleshy, inferior, many-seeded. — There are several circumstances which may assist us in distinguishing the several species of this beautiful genus. Thus ; Some are annuals, though most are perennials. Some are stemless. Some are lax, with a pendu- lous stem or branches; and the rest are shrubby, with a woody hard stem. The greater part has opposite leaves, but some have them alternate. Most of them have five styles, some four, and others ten ; and the number varies in several of the spe- cies. 'File thirty-second species has trichotomous thorns, and the thirty-third species has a tuberous root. The species are, * With white Corollas. 1. Mesembryanthemum Nodiflorum; Egyptian Fig Mari- gold. Leaves alternate, roundish, blunt, ciliate at the base; stems decumbent and diffused ; the whole plant papulose. — Native of Egypt, where they cut up the plants, and burn them for pot-ash ; it is esteemed the best sort for making hard soap, and the finer glass. It also grows wild in Italy about Naples, on high sea-banks exposed to the spray. In the stove the stalks grow long and slender, and are not productive of flowers. Raised in a hot-bed, and afterwards exposed to the open air, it flowers freely. This, with the other annuals of this genus, is propagated by seeds, sown upon a hot-bed early in the spring. When the plants come up, plant them on a hot-bed to bring them forward. After they have taken root in the hot-bed, they should have very little water. When they are large enough to transplant again, plant each in a small pot filled with light fresh earth, but not rich, and plunge them into a hot-bed of tan, shading them in the heat of the day, until they have taken new root, and then giving them plenty of fresh air. At the end of June, some of the plants may be inured to the open air, and afterwards may be turned out of the pots, and planted in a warm border, where they will thrive and spread, but will not be very productive of flowers. Some therefore must be continued in the pots, and removed to the shelves of the stove, that they may flower plentifully, and produce good seeds. 2. Mesembryanthemum Ciliatum; Ciliated Fig Marigold. Leaves opposite, connate, half round ; stipules membrana- ceous, reflex, jagged, ciliary. This is a beautiful little shrub, with a perennial fibrous root. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Mesembryanthemum Caducum; Small-flowered Fig Marigold. Leaves filiform, half round, distinct; teats ovate, lateral; flowers sessile, terminating,; flowers surrounded by a pair of leaves. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Mesembryanthemum Crystallinum ; Diamond Fig Ma- rigold, or Ice Plant. Leaves alternate, ovate, papulose; flowers sessile; calices broad ovate, acute, retuse. This plant is an annual, and is distinguished by its leaves and stalks, being closely covered with pellucid pimples full of moisture, which w hen the suu shines on them reflect the light, and appear like small bubbles of ice; whence it has been called by some the Ice Plant, and by others the Diamond Plant, or Diamond Ficoides. It flowers in July and August. Native of Greece. For its propagation and culture, see the first species. 5. Mesembryanthemum Humifusum ; Narrow-leaved Icy Fig Marigold. Leaves embracing, spatulate, keeled ; teats conical, rugged; petals very minute. — This shrub is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. This, like all the perennial and shrubby sorts, may be increased very readily in a stove, either from seeds or cuttings not covered by bell-glasses. Sow the seed as soon as procured, unless it be in the depth of winter, in a poor, light, sandy soil, kept damp, but not wet: its germination will be much assisted by the bark-bed. They all remain a long time in the seed-leaf. When the young plants appear, they should have rather more water and air until they have four or five leaves, when they may be transplanted into the smallest pots, kept in the same gentle MES OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MES 119 hot-bed until they have got fresh roots, when they should be gradually hardened to the open air, if it be summer, or placed near the' old plants in the dry-stove in winter. When they have tilled the small pots with their roots, they should be supplied with larger. If raised from cuttings, the shoots need not be large, and the youngest are the best ; they should be divested of a few of the old leaves, and, if very succulent, laid in a dry shady place, from one to twenty-four hours, to heal their wounds; after which, plant them in a light, sandy, unmanured soil, which will not bind, with the earth pressed close ; water them very sparingly, and shade them from the sun until they have stricken root, but without covering them with a hand-glass. Their striking will be greatly accelerated by plunging them into a gentle hot-bed, though most of them will succeed very well without that assistance if kept in the house; and many will do well during the summer even in open borders, provided they are gently watered when dry. May is the most favourable season for striking them ; but they may be struck at almost all times of the year, in a very mode- rate stove. Some strike in ten days, some take a fortnight, and others require a month or six weeks. 6. Mesembryanthemum Copticum ; Coptic Fig Marigold. Leaves half round, papulose, distinct ; flowers sessile, axil- lary; calices five-cleft. — Annual, (see the first species,) and a native of Egypt. 7. Mesembryanthemum Apetalum ; Dwarf Spreading Fig Marigold. Leaves embracing, distinct, linear, flat above, longer than the internodes, papulose; papula* oblong ; flow- ers peduncled ; calices five-cleft; stem herbaceous, round, red, and, like the whole plant, covered with obsolete, papulose, shining dots. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and culture, see the first species. 8. Mesembryanthemum Geniculiflorum ; Jointed Fig Ma- rigold. Leaves half round, papulose, distinct ; flowers ses- sile, axillary; calices four-cleft. Herbaceous while young, becoming; shrubby by age; flowers small, making a poor appearance. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This plant strikes readily from young shoots, but with difficulty from old ones, and is apt to lose its leaves, and then looks like a dif- ferent plant. See the fifth species. 9. Mesembryanthemum Noctiflorum ; Night-flowering Fig Marigold. Leaves semi cylindric, undotted, distinct; flowers peduncled ; calices four-cleft. The trunk becomes about the thickness of a little finger, is smooth and even, covered with a bay-coloured bark, and has frequent joints where branches have fallen. The flowers are closed during the day, open in the evening, and continue open during the night, when they smell very sweet. There is a variety with larger flowers, out- side of a pale yellow colour. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 10. Mesembryanthemum Splendens ; Shining Fig Mari- gold. Leaves roundish, undotted, recurved, distinct, heaped ; calices finger-shaped, terminating; stems woody, afoot and more high, with many short branches, and clustered leaves ; flowers pale yellow, appearing in July and August. They open before and after noon when the sun shines, opening and shutting several times, and finally closing about the fruit. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and culture, see the fifth species. 11. Mesembryanthemum Umbcllatum ; Umbelled Fig Ma- rigold. Leaves awl-shaped, rugged, dotted, connate, with a patulous tip, upright ; corymb trichotomous ; stems woody, forming a regularly branched handsome shrub, standing with- out support with a stout stem, from two to three feet high, and even more ; flowers terminating, white, opening when the sun shines, from seven or eight in the morning to two or three in the afternoon, and smelling like those of May or White-thorn. They appear from June to September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and culture, see the fifth species. 12. Mesembryanthemum Expansum; Houseleek-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves flatfish, lanceolate, undotted, spreading, distinct, opposite and alternate, remote ; stems and branches irregular and distorted. The dots upon the leaves shine like silver in the sun. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. It flowers in July and August. For its propagation and culture, see the fifth species. 13. Mesembryanthemum Testicularc; Short White-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves four, decussated, flat above. Stem- less, very white and short. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 14. Mesembryanthemum Criniflorum ; Hairy-flowered Fig Marigold. Leaves ovate ; scapes one-flowered. This plant is the size of the common Daisy. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 15. Mesembryanthemum Tripolium ; Plane-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves alternate, lanceolate, flat, undotted ; stems loose, simple; calices five-cornered; root biennial. — This and the other succulent sorts may be propagated by cuttings taken from the plants ten days or a fortnight before they are planted, that they may have time for their wounded part to heal over and dry. The lower leaves should be stripped off, that their naked stalks may be of a sufficient length for planting. As they are mostly plants of humble growth, so if their stalks be divested of their leaves an inch and half, it will be sufficient. The cuttings require to be covered with glasses, to keep off the wet; they must also have less water than the other, but in other particulars require the same treatment. They must not have much water in summer, and still less in winter. If these succulent sorts are placed in an open airy glass-case in winter, where they may have free air admitted plentifully to them in mild weather, and be at the same time screened from frost, they will thrive better than when more tenderly treated. Theytequire to be shifted twice a year. 10. Mesembryanthemum Calamiforme ; Quill /eared Fig Marigold. Stemless: leaves roundish, ascending, undotted, connate ; flowers eight-styled ; petals very narrow, white, shining like silver in the sun, void of scent, opening about noon in July, August, and September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and culture, see the preceding species. 17. Mesembryanthemum Digitatum ; Blunt-leaved Fig Marigold. Almost stemless: leaves alternate, round, blunt; flowers axillary, sessile. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifteenth species. 18. Mesembryanthemum Pallens; Pate or Channel-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves opposite, embracing, distinct, oblong, lanceolate, acute, bluntly keeled ; teats minute. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifteenth species. ** With red Corollas. 19. Mesembryanthemum Papulosum ; Angular-stalked Fig Marigold. Leaves opposite, distinct, ovate-spatulate ; teats subglobular; calices angular, five-cleft; branches angular; root biennial; stem short, nearly the thickness of the little finger. The flowers have no scent, and are open from three to six in the afternoon. It flowers from April to October.—- Native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and culture, see the fifteenth species. 20. Mesembryanthemum Cordifolium ; Heart-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves opposite, petioled, cordate ; calices four- cleft; stem round; root perennial; stem rather shrubbv, 2 H 120 M E S THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; M E S fleshy, upright, much branched, roundish, smooth, covered, as well as the leaves and calix, with depressed dots. It flow- ers from May to September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. If planted in a south border, it will cover many feet of ground, and flower and perfect seeds. 21. Mesembryanlhemutn Limpidum ; Transparent Fig Marigold. Leaves opposite, spatulate, blunt, rugged ; teats oblong; calicine leaflets oblong, blunt, contracted in the middle; root annual; stems round, branching, purple, half a foot long or more, procumbent, the whole covered with icy blebs like the fourth species; flowers elegant, an inch and half in diameter, void of scent. It flowers in July. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 22. Mesembryanthemum Bellidiflorum ; Daisy -flowered Fig Marigold. Stemless : leaves three-sided, linear, undot- ted, toothed in three rows at the top; flowers solitary, ter- minating, the form and size of a Daisy, whitish with a tinge of purple, and streaked with a purple line along the middle of each petal both within and without. They open about noon, and appear from June to August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 23. Mesembryanthemum Deltoides ; Delta-leaved Fig 3Iarigold. Leaves deltoid, three-sided, toothed, undotted, distinct ; corollas pale purple, sweet-smelling, not longer than the calix ; stamina white, upright, and forming a cone ; antherae yellow. There are three varieties, one with the flowers in a sort of umbel at the ends of the branches, smelling like May or White-thorn, pale purple, with only one row of petals, which are commonly entire and blunt, but sometimes slightly cut at the end. In warm weather the flowers continue open day and night. The second variety has larger and paler flowers, rather inclining to violet, and appearing three or four weeks later. The third variety has flowers smelling like those of the Hawthorn, inclining to violet-colour; they open in a morning as soon as the sun shines strongly upon them. These varieties all agree in having triquetrous leaves shaped like the GreekrfeZZa A, of a smooth and even surface, appearing porous when held up to the light. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 24. Mesembryanthemum Barbatum ; Bearded Fig Mari- gold. Leaves subovate, papulose, distinct, bearded at the tip. The least interior petals which surround the stamina are white. There are several varieties : the first has stems somewhat woody and slender. The flowers open when the sun shines from seven or eight in the morning till noon, but shut soon after noon although the sun still shines. They open several days successively, and have a scarcely percep- tible Hawthorn smell. The second variety is sessile or stem- less the first and second year, but afterwards acquires a low stem and resupine branches. The flowers come out later, namely in September and October, they are somewhat smaller, a pale purple tending to pale violet, and shining. A third variety might be taken for a younger plant of the other; how- ever, the cuttings never protrude such thick and long leaves. It flowers from June to August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This, as well as the twenty-fifth, thirty first, thirty- ninth, fifty-ninth, and sixtieth species will sometimes abide several winters, on a dry artificial rock, or upon the top or at the foot of a dry wall. These plants thrive best in winter in a dry, light, airy stove or large glass-case, not overstocked with plants, especially such as cause watery vapours by cast- ing their leaves. The flues should be gently worked in cold and damp weather, and the plants should not be placed too near each other, but ought to have as much free air as possible when the weather is dry and favourable, and should be watered only sparingly in cold weather. Those which hold w-ater within the centre should not be watered over the tops in winter-time. 25. Mesembryanthemum Hispidum ; Bristly Fig Mari- gold. Leaves cylindric, papulose, distinct; stem hispid; peduncle very rugged downwards, rather to the sight than the touch; calix awnless; flower sweet-smelling, very like that in the preceding species, from which perhaps it originally sprung, losing the beard of the leaves, and having it scat- tered over the stem. There are several varieties ; one in which the globules are less protuberant in this than in the third hereafter mentioned, and more confluent, so that the leaves appear wrinkled with them. The second variety is lower, more branched and upright, than the preceding ; flowers pale purple. A third variety with flowers of the same size, but of a paler colour. This is very often in bloom; it opens its gay striated flowers in the forenoon, which being numerous, make a fine appearance when expanded, but are handsomest the first time of opening, for they lose their gayest colours long before they fade quite away. It flowers the greatest part of the year. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the pre- ceding species. 26. Mesembryanthemum Villosum ; Hairy-stalked Fig 3Iarigold. Leaves pubescent, connate, undotted ; stem hairy ; branches in pairs. The flowers are solitary, terminating, rarely seen, opening only in the forenoon to a very warm sun. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and culture, see the fifth species. 27. Mesembryanthemum Bracteatum ; Bracteated Fig Marigold. Leaves somewhat sabre-shaped, dotted, recurved at the tip ; bractes embracing, broad, ovate, keeled ; stem not very shrubby nor very thick, from a foot and half to two feet high ; branches woody. The flowers smell like those of the Hawthorn, remaining from July to October in succession, and being open both day and night. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. — For its propagation and culture, see the fifth species. 28. Mesembryanthemum Scabrum ; Rugged Fig Marigold. Leaves awl-shaped, distinct, muricate, clotted all round un- derneath; calices awnless ; stems woody, at bottom bay, the branches yellowish brown, procumbent; flowers solitary, (two or three,) violet purple and shining, but becoming paler, opening two or three times before and after noon. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 29. Mesembryanthemum Reptans; Creeping Fig Mari- gold. Leaves three-sided, acute, rugged ; stem creeping. In the open air it will extend the branches above a foot and half every way, and they will be firmly fixed to the ground by strong fibres at every joint. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifteenth species. 30. Mesembryanthemum Emarginafum ; Notch-flowered Fig Marigold. Leaves awl-shaped, heaped, so.mevvhat rug- ged; calices spiny ; petals emarginate, shrubby but procum- bent. The flowers only expand at noon when the sun is hot. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifteenth species. 31. Mesembryanthemum Uncinatum; Hook-leaved Fig 31arigold. Joints of the stem terminated by connate, acumi- nate, dotted leaves, toothed underneath; stems slender, round. There are several varieties. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and culture, see the twenty-fourth species. 32. Mesembryanthemum Spinosum ; Thorny Fig Marigold. Leaves from round three-sided, dotted, distinct ; thorns branched ; flowers pale violet purple, on slender, leafless, green peduncles. It is an upright thorny shrub. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and cuiture, see the fifth species. MES OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY, MES 121 33. Mesembryanthemum Tuberosum; Tuberous-rooted Fig Marigold. Leaves awl-shaped, papulose, distinct, patulous at the tip; root headed. This forms a low, much branched, and spreading shrub. It flowers about noon. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and culture, see the fifth species. 34. Mesembryanthmum Tenuifolium ; Slender-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves subfiliform, smooth, distinct, longer than the internodes; stems procumbent; stems woody, procum- bent, slender, round, with a yellowish bark ; flowers at the ends of the branches, solitary, on long slender peduncles; they are large, especially on young plants, pale scarlet, shin- ing, and appearing powdered with gold dust in full sun-shine. They are abundant, and open several days successively about noon, especially in June. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 35. Mesembryanthemum Stipulaceum ; Upright Shrubby Fig Marigold. Leaves subtriquetrous, compressed, curved inwards, dotted, distinct, heaped, margined at the base ; plant upright, woody, firm, growing to a larger size than most of the species; flowers terminating in a sort of corymb, large, showy, and purple. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 36. Mesembryanthemum Lseve; Upright White-wooded Fig Marigold. Leaves cyliudric, blunt, embracing, even ; calices five-cleft; segments oblong, blunt. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and culture see the fifth species. 37. Mesembryanthemum Deflexum ; Bending Fig Mari- gold. Leaves three-sided, acute, glaucous ; dots obsolete, somewhat rugged ; interior calicine segments membranaceous. This is a very low, small, spreading, or trailing shrub. It flowers from July to October. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 38. Mesembryanthemum Australe; New Zealand Fig Ma- rigold. Leaves subtriquetrous, small, dotted, connate, blunt- ish ; stem round, creeping; peduncles bluntly ancipital, soli- tary.— Native of New Zealand, flowering in July and August. 39. Mesembryanthemum Crassifolium ; Thick-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves semicylindric, undotted, connate, three- sided at top ; stem creeping, semicylindric. This is a hand- some plant, with creeping stems a span long, thickly fur- nished with leaves; and the branches, which sometimes hang a full yard from the pot, are naturally prostrate and reptant, angular and slender. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and culture, see the fifteenth species. 40. Mesembryanthemum Falcatum ; Sickle-leaved Fig l Ma- rigold'. Leaves somewhat sabre-shaped, curved inwards, dotted, distinct; branches round. It is a very low, bushy, divaricating, almost decumbent shrub, rarely above six or eight inches high. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 41. Mesembryanthemum Glomeratum ; Clustered Fig Marigold. Leaves roundish, compressed, dotted, distinct; stem panicled, many-flowered. This is a small, very bushy, and rather glaucous shrub, from six inches to a foot high. It is a very variable little plant, but not in the least liable to be taken for any other species; it assumes different appear- ances, according to its treatment, and the different stages of growth. The very numerous beautiful purple flowers, cover- ing the whole plant, and produced every season, make this a valuable species. It flowers from June to August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 42. Mesembryanthemum Brevifolium; Short-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves cylindric, very blunt, papulose, spread- ing ; branches diffused. This is a slender, branched, woody shrub, two feet high, or more. It assumes very different appearances, according to its age and the treatment it receives. In the full ground under a south wall, in a poor soil, the leaves will be above an inch in length and nearly semicylin- dric, and the young shoots will be covered with pilescent papulae, pointing downwards, and appearing in a microscope like minute hooks of glass or ice. Whereas the leaves in the stove, when not luxuriant, are seldom a quarter of an inch in length, and the papulae are not pilescent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 43. Mesembryanthemum Loreum ; Leathery -stalked Fig Marigold. Leaves semicylindric, recurved, heaped, gibbous at the inner base, and connate; stem pendulous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 44. Mesembryanthemum Filamentosum ; Thready Fig Marigold. Leaves equilaterally triangular, acute, somewhat dotted and connate; angles rugged; branches hexangular; plant trailing on the ground ; flowers purple, pretty, not showy. 45. Mesembryanthemum Acinaciforme; Cimetar-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves cimetar-shaped, undotted, connate, rug- ged at the angle of the keel ; petals lanceolate ; flowers large, three inches in diameter, handsome, of a very vivid shining purple ; branches three quarters of a yard, or a yard, long. 46. Mesembryanthemum Forficatum ; Forked Fig Mari- gold. Leaves cimetar-shaped, blunt, undotted, connate, thorny at the tip, ancipital. This is a decumbent plant, and almost herbaceous while young, but becoming shrubby by age. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 47. Mesembryanthemum Spectabile; Showy or Great Pur- ple-flowered Fig Marigold. Leaves perfoliate, very long, glaucous, dotted, quite entire, three-sided, awl-shaped at the tip; stem woody, ascending; shrubby, not erect ; flow- ers solitary, very large and spacious, bright purple, making a fine contrast with the very glaucous leaves and deep brown branches. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. *** With yellow Corollas. 48. Mesembryanthemum Edule; Eatable Fig Marigold. Leaves equilaterally triangular, acute, strict, undotted, con- nate, subserrate at the keel; stem ancipital; flowers three inches in diameter, yellow, shining in the sun; capsule eight and sometimes ten or eleven celled. It is called Hottentots’ Figs, being eaten by the Hottentots, and also by the Dutch inhabitants of the Cape of Good Hope. 49. Mesembryanthemum Bicolorum; Two-coloured Fig Marigold. Leaves awl-shaped, even, dotted, distinct; stem frutescent; corollas two-coloured. Shrubby, two feet high. —Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 50. Mesembryanthemum Aureum; Golden Fig Marigold. Leaves cylindric, three-sided, dotted, distiuct; pistils black purple. Shrubby, scarcely capable of supporting itself upright when tall. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 51. Mesembryanthemum Serratum ; Serrate-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves awl-shaped, three-sided, dotted, indis- tinct, serrate backwards at the angle of the keel. This is an elegant species, three quarters of a yard in height, with woody stems not so thick as the little finger, and not much branched, procumbent, covered with an ash-coloured bark; flowers on the upper branches, solitary, terminating, large, of an elegant yellow colour. They open several times from eight in the morning to three or four in the afternoon, if the sun shines, and have a little smell. Dilienius received it from Holland, and gives a caution constantly to raise young plants, because the old ones are very apt to perish : and it is probably for want of attending to this caution, that this species can hardly 122 MES THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MES be found in any of our collections. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifth species. 52. Mesembryanthemum Micans ; Glittering Fig Mari- gold. Leaves subcylindric, papulose, distinct; stem rugged ; flowers large, concave; the narrow middle petals next the white filamenta being very dark, by which it is easily distin- guished from all the other sorts. It varies with smaller flow- ers.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 53. Mesembryanthemum Grossum ; Gouty Fig Marigold. Leaves subcylindric, clustered, papulose; trunk thickened at the base; branches diffused, smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 54. Mesembryanthemum Brachiatum ; Three-forked Fig Marigold. Stem and leaves cylindric, papulose ; branches trichotomous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 55. Mesembryanthemum Rostratum ; Heron-beaked Fig Marigold. Stemless: leaves semicylindric, connate, exter- nally tubercled. Dillenius remarks that this species is distin- guished from all others by the central leaves being long and narrow, notill representing a heron’s bill. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifteenth species. 56. Mesembryantlremum Compactuin; Dotted thick-leaved Fig Marigold. Stemless : leaves connate, dotted, half round, three-sided at the tip, somewhat reflex, sharp; flowers sessile; calix subcylindric, six-cleft. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 57. Mesembryanthemum Veruculatum; Spit-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves three-sided, cylindric, acute, connate, bowed, undotted, distinct; stem shorter, thickish; flowers fila- meutose; where they are white, they shine with a silvery brightness in the sun, but in the middle next the stamina they are slightly tinged with yellow, and shine less. They are scentless, and open two or three times in the day-time only. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 58. Mesembryanthemum Molle ; Soft Fig Marigold. Leaves three-sided, connate, erect, glaucous, undotted ; branches half round ; peduncles axillary, compressed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 59. Mesembryanthemum Glaucum ; Glaucous-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves three-sided, acute, dotted, indistinct; calicine leaflets ovate-cordate ; stems a foot and half high, or more, woody ; flowers large, pale yellow or sulphur-coloured on both sides, sometimes slightly tinged with red on the out- side. They remain expanded only a few hours, and contract about noon; but open several times, and have a succession during the summer months. It is a strong upright shrub. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the twenty-fourth species. 60. Mesembryanthemum Corniculatum ; Horned Fig Ma- rigold. Leaves three-sided, semicylindric, rugged-dotted, with a raised line above the base, and connate; stems half erect or reclining, scattered, round at top. The flowers continue some days, and expand about noon. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the twenty-fourth species. 61. Mesembryanthemum Pinnatifidum ; Pinnated Fig Marigold. Leaves flat, oblong, pinuatifid ; root annual, not much branched, of short duration. The whole plant is sprinkled over with glittering particles like the Ice Plant, to which it bears some affinity in its duration. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 62. Mesembryanthemum Sessiliflorum ; Sessile-flowered Fig Marigold. Leaves flat, spatulate, both these and the stems papulose; branches divaricate; flowers sessile. Annual. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 63. Mesembryanthemum Tortuosum; Twisted-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves flattish, oblong-ovate, subpapillose, clus- tered, connate; calices three-leaved, two-horned; stem short, thickish. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 64. Mesembryanthemum Glabrum ; Smooth-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves embracing, distinct, spatulate, very smooth; peduncles the length of the leaves; calices hemispherical. Annual. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 65. Mesembryanthemum Helianthoides ; Spatula-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves spatulate, flat, even ; peduncles very long ; calices flat at the base, angular. Annual. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 66. Mesembryanthemum Pomeridianum ; Great-flowered Fig Marigold. Leaves oblong-ovate, subtriquetrous, gib- bous, ramentaceous-hispid ; calicine segments leaf-shaped; root annual ; stem herbaceous, a span high, scarcely thicker than a goose-quill. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 67. Mesembryanthemum Echinatum ; Echinated Fig Ma- rigold. Leaves oblong-ovate, subtriquetrous, gibbous, ramen- taceous, hispid ; calicine segments leaf-shaped. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 68. Mesembryanthemum Ringens ; Ringent Fig Marigold. Almost stemless; leaves ciliate-toothed, dotted. There are several varieties of this species. That called the Dog-chap Fig Marigold is stemless while young, but acquires by age considerable trailing woody stems, with large showy yellow flowers, opening in the afternoon, and closing in the evening. The Cat-chap Fig Marigold is entirely sessile, of a whitish glaucous colour; corolla golden-coloured within, not having the tinge of red, yellow with a tinge of red on the outside. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 69. Mesembryanthemum Dolabriforme ; Hatchet-leaved Fig Marigold. Stemless : leaves hatchet-shaped, dotted. This is a low plant at first, but grows larger and stronger; seeds small like sand. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fifteenth species. 70. Mesembryanthemum Difforme ; Various-leaved Fig Marigold. Stemless: leaves difform, doited, connate. — Native of the Cape, of Good Hope. See the fifteenth species. 71. Mesembryanthemum Albidura ; White Fig Marigold. Stemless : leaves three-sided, quite entire. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 72. Mesembryanthemum Linguiforme; Tongue-leaved Fig Marigold. Stemless: leaves tongue-shaped, thicker at one edge, undotted. The leaves of this species in all the varieties are not decussated, but lie in the same oblique plane. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 73. Mesembryanthemum Pugioniforme; Dagger-leaved Fig Marigold. Leaves alternate, clustered, awl-shaped, three- sided, very long, undotted. This species grows up into a stem an inch and more in thickness, and two or three feet in height. It flowers from May to August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. **** With green Corollas. 74. Mesembryanthemum Viridiflorum ; Green-flowered Fig Marigold. Leaves semicylindric, papulose, hairy; calices five-cleft, hirsute. — Native of the Cape. 75. Mesembryanthemum Capillare. Leaves connate, round, papulose; stem upright; branchlets one-flowered, filiform, smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Mespilus; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Pcntagv- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, concave, spreading, five-cleft, permanent. Corolla: petals five, roundish, concave, inserted into the calix. Stamina: filamenta twenty, awl-shaped, inserted into the calix; anther* M E S OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. M E S 123 simple. Pistil: gennen inferior; styles five, simple, erect; stigmas headed. Pericarp: berry globular, umbilicated, closed by the converging calix, but almost perforated by the navel. Seeds: five, bony, gibbous. Observe. The genera of Crataegus, Sorbus, and Mespilus, are so very nearly allied as scarcely to be distinguished, except by the number of styles. 'The leaves in Sorbus are pinnate, in Crataegus angular, and in Mespilus commonly entire. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft. Petals: five. Berry: inferior, five-seeded. — All the plants of this genus are hardy enough to thrive in the open air in England, and some of them are very orna- mental plants for gardens, where, during the season of their Dowering, they will make a fine appearance; and again in autumn, when their fruit are ripe, they will afford an agree- able variety, and their fruit will be a food for deer and birds: chimps of each sort planted in different parts of the garden are exceedingly ornamental. The American kinds are usually propagated in the nurseries, by grafting or budding them upon the Common White Thorn, but the plants so propagated will never reach half the size of those which arepropagated byseeds; so that those plants should always be chosen which have not been grafted or budded, but are upon their own roots. But there are many who object to raising the plants from seeds, on account of their seeds not growing the first year, as well as on account of the tediousness of their growth afterwards: but where a person can furnish himself with the fruit in autumn, and take out the seeds soon after they are ripe, putting them into the ground immediately, the plants will come up the following spring. If they are kept clean from weeds, and in very dry weather supplied with water, they will make good progress; but if they are planted in the places where they are to remain, after two years’ growth from seeds, they will suc- ceed much better than when the plants are of greater age ; the ground should be well trenched, and cleansed from the roots of all bad weeds. The best time to transplant them is in autumn, when their leaves fall oft'; they should be con- stantly kept clean from weeds, and if the ground between the plants is dug every winter, it will greatly encourage the growth of the plants, so that if they are cleaned three or four times in the summer, it will be sufficient. All the sorts of Mespi- lus and Cratasgus will take, by budding or grafting upon each other; they will also take upon the Quince, or Pear stocks, and both these will take upon the Medlars; so that these have great affinity with each other. The species are, 1. Mespilus I’yracantha; Evergreen Thorn or Mespilus. Thorny: leaves lanceolate-ovate, crenate; caliees of the fruit blunt. This is a bushy irregular shrub ; Dowers white, scarcely larger than those of Elder. — Native of the south of Europe. 2. Mespilus Germaniea ; Dutch Rledlar. Unarmed: leaves lanceolate, tomentose underneath ; Dowers sessile, solitary. This is a small or middle-sized branching tree. There are several varieties: that called the Dutch Medlar, bearing the largest fruit, is now generally cultivated ; but the Nottingham Medlar is of a much quicker and more poignant taste. The other varieties are now little noticed.— Native of the south of Europe, and in Asia. 3. Mespilus Arbutifolia ; Arbutus-leaved Mespilus. Un- armed : leaves lauceolate, crenate, tomentose underneath ; fruit small, roundish, a little compressed, purple when ripe. It varies with red, black, and white Iruit, and seldom rises more than five or six feet high in Virginia, where it is found in moist woods. 4. Mespilus Amelanchicr; Alpine Mespilus. Unarmed: leaves oval, serrate, hirsute underneath; stems slender, three or four feet high. The wood of this shrub is very hard, and the bark black. The Dowers are white, and larger than in those of the other species. The fruit is good to eat; sweet, and reputed wholesome. The name Amelanchier is derived from Amelanchos, as it is called in Provence, on account of the berries having the taste of honey. — Native of the south of Europe. 5. Mespilus Chamaj-Mespilus ; Bastard Quince or Mes- pilus. Unarmed : leaves oval, acutely serrate, smooth ; Dow- ers corymb capitate ; stalk smooth, four or five feet high ; fruit small, red. — Native of the Pyrenees, the mountains of Austria, and found by Ray on the higher parts of Mount Jura, near Geneva. 6. Mespilus Canadensis ; Snowy Mespilus. Unarmed : leaves ovate-oblong, smooth, serrate, sharpish. A low shrub. — Native of Canada and Virginia. 7. Mespilus Japonica; Japan Mespilus. Unarmed : leaves oblong, blunt, serrate at the tip, tomentose underneath. This is a large lofty tree. The fruit seems rather to be a pome, with from one to five cells; and the taste of it ap- proaches to that of the apple; it is ripe in May and June. — Native of Japan. 8. Mespilus Cotoneaster ; Dwarf Mespilus. Unarmed: leaves ovate, quite entire, sharpish, tomentose underneath; germina smooth ; berries two-seeded, or three-seeded. This is a low spreading shrub, not more than two or three feet high. — Native of many parts of Europe and Siberia. ft. Mespilus Tomentosa; Quince-leaved Mespilus. Un- armed : leaves ovate, quite entire, blunt, tomentose under- neath ; germina woolly ; berries five-seeded ; stalk smooth, about eight feet high. The fruit is large and roundish, and of a fine red colour w hen ripe. It Dowers in April and May. Messerschmidia ; a genus of the class Peutandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five parted ; segments sublinear, erect, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel-form; tube cylindric, rude, longer than the calix, globular at the base; border five-cleft, plaited, membranaceous at the sides ; throat naked. Stamina: filamenta five, minute, in the lower part of the tube; antherm awl-shaped, upright, within the middle of the tube. Pistil: gennen subovate; style cylindric, very short, permanent; stigma capitate, ovate. Pericarp: berry dry, suberous, eylin- dric-ronnded, with a retusc umbilicus, surrounded with four blunt teeth, bipartile. Seeds: two, within each part of the pericarp, oblong, bony, incurved, outwardly rounded, in- wardly angular. Essential Character. Corolla: fun- nel-form, with a naked throat. Berry: suberous, bipartile, each two-seeded. The species are, 1. Messerschmidia Fruticosa. Stein shrubby; leaves peti- oled ; corollas salver-shaped. This is a tall, rugged, rough- haired, branching shrub, with the branches panicled at the top. — Native of the Canary Islands. 2. Messerschmidia Arguzia. Stem herbaceous ; leaves sessile ; corollas funnel shaped ; root creeping ; stem upright, a span high; corolla white. — Native of Siberia. Mcsua ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Poly an- dria.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth four- leaved ; leafiets ovate, coffcave, blunt, permanent, the two outer smaller ones opposite. Corolla : petals four, retuse, waved. Stamina: filamenta numerous, capillary, the length of the corolla, connate at the base into a pitcher; anthem ovate. Pistil: germen roundish; style cylindric; stigma tbickish, concave. Pericarp: nut roundish, acuminate, with four longitudinal raised sutures. Seed: single, roundish. Essential Character. Calix: simple, four-leaved. Corolla: four-petalled. Pistil: one. Nut: four-cornered, one-seeded. The only known species is, i. Mesua Ferrea. Rheede says, it is much cultivated in 2 I 124 M E T THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; M 1 C Malabar, for the beauty of the flowers, which come out there in July and August; and that it bears fruit in six years from the nut, continuing frequently to bear during three centuries. He describes it as a very large tree, spreading like the Lime, with flowers the size and shape of the Wild Rose or Sweet Britain, but with only four white petals; fruit when it begins to ripen smooth and greenish, but rufous and wrinkled when ripe, with a rind like that of the Chestnut, and three or four kernels within, the shape and size, sub- stance and taste of Chestnuts. Metrosideros ; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Mo- nogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, five-cleft, half superior. Corolla: petals five, con- cave, nearly sessile, deciduous. Stamina: very long, stand ingout, free or separate; antherae incumbent. Pistil: ger- roen turbinate, fastened to the bottom of the calix; style filiform, erect; stigma simple, small, scarcely dilated. Peri carp: capsule three-celled, (sometimes four celled,) three- valved, ^sometimes lour-valved,) partly covered with the belly of the calix. Seeds: very numerous, when unripe linear, chaffy; when ripe very few, rounded or angular Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft, half-superior. Petals: five. Stamina: very long, standing out. Stigma: simple. Capsule: three-celled. The species are, 1. Metrosideros Hispida. Leaves opposite, cordate at the base, embracing; branchlets, peduncles, and calices hispid; flowers yellow, with a wide-spreading stamina. This is a magnificent species. — Native of New South Wales. 2. Mestrosideros Floribunda. Leaves opposite, petioled, ovate lanceolate ; panicle brachiate; pedicels umbelled ; flow- ers white. — Native of New South Wales. 3. Melrosideros Costata. Leaves opposite, petioled, linear lanceolate, acuminate, oblique; panicle brachiate, decom- pound; pedicels subumbelled ; flowers white, larger than those of the preceding species. — Native of New South Wales. 4. Metrosideros Diffusa. Leaves opposite, ovate, veined, smooth on both sides; panicles axillary or terminating; pedi- cels opposite. — Native of New Zealand. 5. Metrosideros Villosa. Leaves opposite, ovate, veined, pubescent underneath; thvrse axillary or terminating, oppo- site, villose ; flowers sessile, clustered. This strongly resem- bles the preceding species.— Native of Otaheite. 0. Metrosideros Florida. Leaves opposite, obovate-oblong, veined, smooth; thyrse terminating; calices turbinate, naked. — Native of New Zealand. 7. Metrosideros Glomulifera. Leaves opposite, ovate, netted-veined, pubescent underneath ; beads lateral, pedun- cled, both they and the bractes tomentose. This species is slightly aromatic. — Native of New South Wales. 8. Metrosideros Angustifolia. Leaves opposite, linear- lanceolate, naked ; peduncles axillary, umbelled ; bractes lanceolate, smooth, deciduous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Metrosideros Ciliata. Leaves scattered, almost oppo- site, elliptic, blunt, coriaceous, subciliate at the base; co- rymbs terminating, hairy ; flowers large, handsome, of a deep red colour. — Nati\e of New South Wales. 10. Metrosideros Linearis. Leaves scattered, linear, chan- nelled, acute, becoming rigid ; flowers lateral, clustered, ses- sile.—Native of New South Wales. 11. Metrosideros Lanceolata. Leaves alternate, lanceolate, mucronate; flowers lateral, clustered, sessile, pubescent. This is a beautiful shrub. — Native of New South Wales. 12. Metrosideros Saligna. Leaves alternate, lanceolate, attenuated to both ends, mucroiiute; flowers lateral, clustered, sessile, smooth. — Native of New South Wales. 13. Metrosideros Capitata. Leaves scattered, obovale, mucronulate ; heads terminating ; calices and branchlets hairy. — Native of New South Wales. Meutang. The name of a flower much esteemed by the Chinese, and which they call King of Flowers. It is larger than our rose, and resembles it in figure, but is more expanded.., It falls short of the rose in fragrance, but exceeds it in beauty. It has no prickles, and its colour is a mixture of white with purple, but so as to incline most to white, though sometimes they are found of a reddish and of a yellow colour. The tree it grows upon i, not unlike our Alder tree, and is cultivated with great care all over the vast empire of China, being covered in the summer time with a shade to defend it from the scorch- ing beams of the sun. Mezereon. See Daphne. Mice, are highly destructive to several sorts of garden crops, such as peas, beans, &c. in the early spring: and lettuces, melons, and cucumbers, in frames in the winter season. It is supposed also that the destruction of grain after it is sown, is in some seasons very great, owing to the field mice which mine their way very quickly under newly ploughed lands near the surface, and devour, or remove and hoard up, the seed. Hence the tussocks of wheat, seen to arise in many fields, are produced from the granaries of these diminutive animals; which, when they are accidentally destroyed, grows into a tuft, and have been found to contain nearly a handful of corn. It is also asserted that they feed much on the young plants as they arise from the seed, and multiply very fast about that time. Their habitations are detected by small mounds of earth being thrown up, on or near the apertures of their dwellings, or of the passages which lead to their nests and granaries; by following the course of which, they and their progeny may be found and destroyed. It is found that acorns when sown, as well as garden beans and peas are liable to be dug up or devoured bv these voracious little animals, ! which may be destroyed by traps baited with cheese, and also by the poisonous substance usually called mix vomica, which should be finely rasped down, and mixed with some sort of meal, or other similar material of which they are fond; but the easiest, cheapest, and most effectual mode of extir- pating lliese little plunderers, is to encourage the breed of owls, so active in the pursuit of nocturnal vermin, and on that account so useful to the gardener and farmer, who never- theless still inconsiderately permit their servants and children to destroy their eggs, and torture and kill their callow young. See Vermin. Michauxia ; a genus of the class Octandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, sixteen-parted ; segments lanceolate, unequal, the alternate ones reversed. Corolla: one-pelalled, wheel-shaped, eight-parted, larger than the calix ; segments linear-lanceo- late, spreading very much, revolute at the tip; nectary eight- valved, staminiferous. Stamina : filaments eight, awl-shaped, permanent; antherae linear, very long, pressed close to the style. Pistil: germen inferior, turbinate; style columnar, permanent; stigma eight-parted ; segments awl shaped, revo- lute. Pericarp: capsule turbinate, truncated, eight-celled, valveless; cells rhombed. Seeds: very numerous, small, oblong, inserted into the receptacles. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: sixteen-parted. Corolla: wheel-shaped, eight-parted. Nectary: eight-valved, staminiferous. Cap- sules: eight-celled, many-seeded. The only known - pe- des is, 1. Michauxia Campanuloides ; Rou^h-kared Michauxia. Stem simple, panicled when in flower, upright, heibaceous, rough-haired, green, two feet high, the thickness of the little M I C OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. M I C 125 linger. Tlie seeds have not ripened in this country ; so tiiat, being a biennial plant, we cannot keep it at present. 1 1 requires the protection of the green house. — Native of the Levant. Michelia; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Polygv- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth three-leaved, leaflets petal-form, oblong, concave, deciduous. Corolla : petals fifteen, lanceolate; the outer ones larger. Stamina: filamenta very many, awl shaped, very short; anther® erect, acute. Pistil: germina numerous, imbricate, in a long spike; styles none; stigma reflex, blunt. Pericarp : berries (her ried capsules) as many, globular, one celled, half-bivalved ; according to Gartner, dispersed in a raceme. Seeds: four, (from two to eight, according to Gaertner,) convex on one side, angular on the other Observe. It differs from Mag- nolia in the number of seeds, and in the softness of the peri- carp. Essential Character. Calix : three leaved. Petals: sixteen Berries: many, four-.seeded. The spe cies are, 1. Michelia Champaca. Leaves lanceolate. This is a lofty tree, with a trunk as large as a man can compass, covered wit : a thick ash-coloured bark; flowers on the extreme twigs, axil- lary, on thick upright peduncles an inch and half in length, and having a very fragrant smell — Native of the East Indies. 2. Michelia Tsjampaca. Leaves lanceolate, ovate. — Native of the East Indies. Micropus : a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polvga- mia Necessaria.— Generic Character. Calix: common, inferior five-leaved; leaflets thin, small, obsolete; interior very large, five-leaved; leaflets loose, distinct, helmet shaped, compressed, converging longitudinally by the margin. Co- rolla: compound of ten hermaphrodites in the disk, and five females in the circuit; proper of the hermaphrodite one- petalied, funnel-form, five-toothed, erect; of the female none. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites; filamenta five, bristle- shaped, very short; anther® cylindric, tubular, the length of the corollet. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites; germen obsolete; style filiform, longer than the stamina; stigma obsolete. In the females; germen obovafe, compressed, within each scale of the common inner calix ; style from the inner side of the germen, bristle-shaped, bent in towards the hermaphrodites, the length of the calix; stigma two-parted, slender, acuminate. Pericarp: none; calix unchanged, but the inner one larger, indurated. Seeds: of the hermaphro dites, none; of the females, solitary, obovate, included in the proper leaflet of the inner calix; down none. Receptacle: with sharp very small chaffs, separating the, seeds of the females, but not the florets of the disk. Essential Cha uacter. Calix : calicled. Ray: of the corolla, none. Female florets wrapped up in the calicine scales. Down none. Receptacle: chaffy.- The species are, 1. Micropus Supinus ; Trailing Micropus. Stem procum- bent; leaves in pairs. It is an annual plant. The roots send out several trailing stalks, six or eight inches long. -Native of Portugal, Spain, Italy, and the Levant. This is some- times preserved in gardens for the beauty of its silvery leaves. If the seeds be sown in autumn, or permitted to scatter, the plants will come up in the spring, and require only to be kept clean from weeds, and thinned where they are loo close. "When the seeds are sown in the spring, they seldom grow the first year. 2. Micropus Erectes. Stem upright; calices toothless; flowers solitary. This also is an annual. — Native of Spain, France, and the Levant. Microtea ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved; leaflets oblong, permanent. Corolla: none. Stamina: fdu- menta five, filiform, the length of the calix, inserted into the receptacle; anther® subglobular, twin. Pistil: germen superior, subglobular, echinated ; styles two, very short, divaricating; stigmas simple, acute. Pericarp: drupe dry, coriaceous, thin, echinated. Seed: tint roundish, smooth, with a single kernel. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved, spreading. Corolla: none. Drupe: dry, echi- nated. The only known species is, 1. Microtea Debilis. Stem herbaceous, branched, diffused, almost upright, striated, smooth. — Native of most of the West India Islands. Miegia; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogyhia. — Generic Character. Calix: glume one-flowered, two-valved ; valves ovale, concave, nerved ; upper valve shorter, blunt ; lower a little longer, sharpish. Corolla: tvvo- valved; valves ventricose, nerved ; outer ovate, blunt within, and longer than the calicine valve; inner oblong, compressed at the tip, sharpish, the edges convoluted, longer than the outer, within the upper calicine valve; nectary one-leafed, ovate, gibbous at the back, somewhat compressed, acute, even, t hick, suberous, thinner at the tip and edges, shorter than the corolla, opposite to the larger corolline glume, involving the gernitn. Stamina: filamenta ihree, capillary, longer than the corolla; anther® oblong, acute. Pistil: germen oblong, subtriquetrous, within the nectary; style simple, capillary, longer than the corolla; stigmas two, capil- lary. Pericarp: none. Seeds: single, oblong, triquetrous- rounded, rolled up in the nectary, inclosed within 1 he per- manent calix and corolla. Essential Character. Calix, one -flowered ; and Corolla, two valved. Nectary : one- valved, involving the germen. Seed: triquetrous-rounded, included within the calix, corolla, and nectary.- -The only known species is, 1. Miegia Maritima. Root creeping; culms half a foot high, covered with leaves, branched at the lop ; leaves lan- ceolate, striated, acute, rigid ; panicle terminating, contracted into an ovate spike. — Native of the sandy coasts of Cayenne and Guiana. Mignonette. See Reseda. Mildew, is common to all kinds of grain in every kind of soil or situation, whether sheltered or exposed; and in all possible circumstances. All plants, whether cultivated or spontaneous, appear to be equally liable to it. it has been attributed to fogs and dews, to the vicinity of rivers and of stagnant waters, to the putrid effluvia of animal or vegetable substances, to late frosts, and to the Barberry-tree; but upon no better foundation than mere conjecture, ft attacks the blades and stems of corn, which it covers with a powder of the colour of the rust of iron, when at the height of their vege- tation. High and ventilated situations are perhaps mbst likely to admit of a remedy, but are equally liable with low grounds. Plentiful rains sometimes wash it almost entirely away, so that the grain suffers but little in the end. Late crops have gene- rally suffered most, says Mr. Lambert, but there have been instances of the reverse. Others say that low lands and sheltered situations have suffered most; but litis lias been perhaps attributable to the wheat growing more luxuriantly, from its situation, than the stamina of the land could support when it was arriving at maturity ; to which may be added, a want of vpntillation. A huge crop may be considered a cause of mildew ; for an unfavourable season, or a want of stamina in the land, may check the vegetable mucilage before lie corn is completely filled, and thereby produce a predisposition to mildew. No difference is observed in new and old seed, where the situations have been similar. The first cause of mildew appears to be a predisposition in the wheat, which 120 M I L THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; M I L predisposition is created by a decrease of mucilage in the straw, which allows the watery particles to insinuate them- selves, and still further check the circulation of the juices in the stein that are necessary to the perfection of the grain, and had before become languid from the unkindness of the season, or the feebleness of the soil. When the watery particles have insinuated themselves, the straw becomes discoloured, and probably a complete putrefaction would immediately succeed, if it were not prevented by a circulation of air. At all times during their growth, the straw of barley and oats appears to have sufficient mucilage in itself to resist the effects of the watery particles ; but when it is once cut, it becomes like the stubble in the fields, and cannot resist it much longer. Fallows and layers have been equally liable. An over luxu- riant growth in the spring is favourable to the mildew, and that distemper may be produced by particular manure, such as green vetches, wers make a charming appearance, when the tree is covered with them ; and when the pods, which 77. are ferruginous, are ripe, and hanging plentifully from every bough, the appearance is very pleasing, from a small distance. — Native of La Vera Cruz. See the fiftieth species. 54. Mimosa Cinerea; Ash-coloured Mimosa. Spines soli- tary; leaves bipinnate; flowers in spikes; stem branched^ even. — Native of the East Indies. 55. Mimosa Cornigera ; Horned Mimosa, or Cuckold Tree. Spines stipulary, connate, divaricating, compressed, awl- shaped at the tip ; leaves bipinnate ; leaflets from twelve to twenty paired ; spikes axillary, elongated. This tree is sin- gular for its writhed horn like spines : it grows eyety where in the woods about Carthagena, in New Spain. See the fiftieth species. ^50. Mimosa Catechu. Spines stipulary ; leaves bipinnate, many-paired ; glands of the partial ones single; spikesaxil- lary, in pairs or threes, peduncled. This is a sinall tree, about twelve feet high; abounds in the mountains of Hin- doostan, where it is a native. An Indian drug, long jtnown by t he name of Terra Japonica, and now more properly called Cate-chu, (from Cate a tree, and Chit, juice,) is ascer- tained to he the produce of this tree. This extract, in its purest state, is a dry pulverable substance, outwardly reddish, inwardly shining dark brown, tinged with a reddish hue: to the taste, it discovers considerable astringency, succeeded by some sweetness. It dissolves wholly in water, except the impurities, which are usually sandy, and amount to about one-eighth of the mass. Rectified spirits dissolves about seven- eighths, into a deep red liquor. It may be usefully employed as an astringent, especially in alvine fluxes; also in uterine profluvia; debility of the viscera, in general; and catarrhal affections. It is the basis of several formulae; but the best way of taking it, is by an infusion in warm water, with cinna- mon or cassia. 57. Mimosa Horrida ; Horrid Mimosa. Spines stipulary, the length of the leaves; leaves bipinnate, partial ones six- paired, branches even; branches angular and smooth, with a brown bark. — Native of both Indies and Arabia. 58. Mimosa Fera ; Fierce Mimosa. Spines branched ; leaves pinnate ; flowers in spikes. This is a large tree, with spreading branches. — Native of China and Cochin-china; where it is planted for hedges, which are impenetrable by animals. 59. Mimosa Eburnea ; Irory-thorned Mimosa. Spines stipulary, connate, divaricating, round, awl-shaped; leaves bipinnate; leaflets six-paired; spikes globular, peduncled, axillary, several. This small tree is remarkable for spines two inches long, at the ends of the branches. — Native of the East Indies. GO. Mimosa Latronum ; Rogues’ Mimosa. Spines stipu- lary, connate, divaricating, round, awl-shaped; leaves bipin- nate ; leaflets four-paired ; spikes elongated, peduncled, axillary, commonly in pairs. This is a very thorny branch- ing depressed shrub. — Native of the East Indies. These thorny Mimosas, with their interwoven branches, and terrible spines, form impenetrable thickets in the mountainous parts of India, and are the secure retreat of smaller animals, birds, and thieves ; from whom this species has obtained its name. 01. Mimosa Filicioides ; Fern-like Mimosa. Unarmed: leaves bipinnate, partial ones six-paired; leaflets very nu- merous, very small, ciliate, without glands; stem shrubby, branched. — Native of Mexico. 62. Mimosa Tortnosa; Writhed Mimosa. Spines stipu- lary; leaves bipinnate, four-paired, a gland between the lowest; pinnas sixteen -paired ; spikes globular. This is a shrub with a branching stem: between the outer coat of the pod and the inner membrane, separating the seeds, there is a 2 L 132 M I M THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; M I M liquor of the consistence and colour of a syrup, which smells very strong, and is bitter and astringent. Browne says, that it would prove an excellent medicine, where rough astringents are requisite. The whole plant is bitter; and the flowers have a very strong smell : indeed, the smell of all the parts is .so rank and disagreeable, that it cannot be used even for fire- wood, and is chiefly employed iu hedges. It is said to make the milk of the cattle rank, w hen they browse upon the tender shoots in dry weather. — Native of Jamaica, where it is com- mon in the low lands; and is called the Common Acacia, or Acacee Bush. 03. Mimosa Farnesiana ; Farncsian Mimoso, or Sponge Tree. Spines stipulary, distinct ; leaves bipinnate, partial ones eight-paired ; spikes globular, sessile. This species is know n throughout Europe for the sweetness of its flowers. — Native of the West Indies, Barbary, and Egypt, and of Cochin-china, in a slate of cultivation. This beautiful tree, with the forty-ninth and fifty-eighth species, are very tender while young; therefore should have a hot-bed of tanner’s bark; and as they increase in bulk, should be shifted into bigger pots. The earth for these should be a little lighter, and more inclined to a sand, than for the others : they should never be planted in over large pots ; nor have too much water, especially in winter. This species is the hardiesl of the three, and will, when grown to be woody, stand in a common stove, which should be kept to the point of temperate heat, in winter; and in the warm weather, in summer time, may enjoy the open free air. The other two not only require a bark-stove in winter, but should not be exposed to the open air in sum- mer, at least for four or five years, until they are grown very woody ; for they are very tender, and with great difficulty preserved in this climate. The stove in which these should be placed in winter, must be kept above the temperate point, as marked in the botanical thermometers. These should have very little water in winter ; but in summer time, will require frequent refreshings ; though at that season it should not be given them in great quantities at one time. The forty- ninth species sheds its leaves just before the new ones come on ; so that it is naked of leaves about a month or six weeks in the spring of the year; which has led some persons to throw them away as dead, when, if they had let them remain, they would have come out fresh again. G4. Mimosa Nilotica ; Egyptian Mimosa. Spines stipu- lary, spreading; leaves bipinnate, the outer partial ones separated by a gland ; spikes globular, peduncled. This tree grows to a large size in its native country, but in England is rarely more than eight or ten feet high. — Native of Egypt and Arabia. This is the tree that yields the Gum Arabic, which is brought from Suez, not far from Cairo, in Egypt. The medical character of Gum Arabic, is its glutinous quality : in consequence of w hich, it proves useful in tickling coughs, hoarsenesses, iu dysenteries attended with griping, and where the mucus is abraded from the bowels or from the urethra. Iu a dvsuria, the true Gum Arabic should be pre- ferred before any other of the vegetable gums : one ounce of it renders a pint of water considerably glutinous ; four ounces give it a thick syrupy consistence; but for mucilage, one part gum to two parts water is required ; and for some purposes, an equal proportion will be necessary. 65. Mimosa Stellata. Spines stipulary; leaves bipinnate; petioles having recurved prickles underneath; flowers ra- cemed. — Native of Arabia. 66. Mimosa Pigra. Prickly, even; leaves bipinnate, with opposite prickles, spine erect between each of the partial ones. — Native of South America. 67. Mimosa Asperata; Hairy podded Mimosa. Prickly, rough-haired: leaves bipinnate, with opposite prickles; spine erect, between each of the partial ones; stalk shrubby, erect, five feet high. — Native of Vera Cruz. See the twenty-sixth species. 68. Mimosa Senegal. Spines in threes, the middle one reflex; leaves bipinnate; flowers in spikes. — Native of Africa. 69. Mimosa Caesia ; Gray Mimosa. Prickly : leaves bi- pinnate ; pinnas oval-oblong, obliquely acuminate. — Native of the East Indies. See the fiftieth species. 70. Mimosa Pennata; Small-leared Mimosa. Prickly; leaves bipinnate, very numerous, linear, acerose; panicle prickly; heads globular. — Native of the East Indies and of Cochin-china ; where the bark is converted into a sort of tow, used for caulking boats, and stopping cracks in houses. 71. Mimosa Intsia ; Angular -stalked Mimosa. Prickly: leaves bipinnate; pinnas curved inwards ; stem angular; sti- pules longer than the prickle ; branches obtuse-angled, even. — Native of the East Indies. 72. Mimosa Semispinosa. Prickly: leaves bipinnate; joints of the stem prickly above. — Native of America. 73. Mimosa Quadrivalvis. Prickly : leaves bipinnate; stem quadrangular, with recurved prickles; legumes four-valved. — Native of La Vera Cruz. See the twenty-sixth species, for its propagation and culture. 74. Mimosa Tenuifolia. Prickly : leaves bipinnate, partial ones twenty-paired; pinnas many-paired.— Native of South America. 75. Mimosa Ceratonia. Prickly: leaves bipinnate, five- paired ; partial ones three-paired : pinnas three-nerved. — Native of South America. 76. Mimosa Tamarindifolia. Prickly: leaves bipinnate, five-paired ; partial ones ten-paired ; petioles unarmed. — Native of America. 77. Mimosa Sinuata. Prickly: leaves bipinnate, many- paired; heads axillary, solitary; legumes sinuate; stem climbing. — Native of Cochin-china, in woods. 78. Mimosa Saponaria ; Soap Mimosa. Unarmed : leaves bigeminate and pinnate; panicle terminating. This is an arboreous shrub, with spreading unarmed branches. The bark yields excellent soap. — Native of Cochin-china, in woods. 79. Mimosa Lutea; Yellow Mimosa. Prickly: leaves bi- pinnate, smooth; flowers globular, peduncled ; prickles very long. — Native of South America. 80. Mimosa Angustissima ; Narrow-leaved Mimosa. Un- armed : leaves bipinnate ; pinnas very narrow, smooth ; legumes swelling. — Native of South America. 81. Mimosa Campeachiana; Split -horned Mimosa. Thorny : leaves bipinnate ; pinnas narrow, with thorns like an ox’s horn split lengthwise. This is eue of the most singular species yet known ; the spines being spread open and flat, appearing as if split lengthwise. The leaves are very beauti- ful ; but the flowers being small and of an herbaceous colour, make no great appearance. In the natural place of its growth, this tree produces flowers almost through the year; and a succession of pods is generally found on it: but the seeds are commonly eaten by insects, before they come to maturity. — Native of Egypt. 82. Mimosa Microphylla; Prickly Red Mimosa. Prickly all over: leaves bipinnate, eight-paired; leaflets sixteen- paired ; heads axillary, peduncled, solitary, or in pairs. — Native of Egypt. 83. Mimosa Nitida; Shining Mimosa. Thorny: leaves bipinnate, two-paired, a gland between each ; leaflets five- paired ; spikes globular, peduncled ; branches round, purple, flexuose, pubescent.— Native of the East Indies. 84. Mimosa Umbellata; Umbelled Mimosa. Thorny: M I M OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. M I R 133 leaves conjugate and bipinnate, two-paired ; flowers uni belled; legumes spiral. This tree has round, smooth, dotted branches. — Native of Ceylon. 85. Mimosa Asak. Spines in threes, straight ; leaves bipin- nate, three-paired ; proper five-paired, a gland between the lowest pair of the partial ones; branches purple, smooth, flexuose. — Native of Arabia. Mimulus ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one- leafed, oblong, prismatic, five-cornered, five-folded, five- toothed, equal, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, ringent; tube the length of the calix; border two-lipped; upper lip upright, bifid, rounded, bent back at the sides ; lower lip wider, trifid, with the segments rounded ; the middle one smaller; palate convex, bifid, protruded from the base of the lip. Stamina : filamenta four, filiform, within the throat, two shorter; antheras bifid, kidney-form. Pistil: gerinen conical; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stigma ovate, bifid, compressed. Pericarp: capsule oval, two- celled, opening transversely at top; partition membranaceous, contrary to the valves. Seeds: very many, small. Recep- tacle: obloug, fastened on each side to the partition. Essen- tial Character. Calix: four-toothed, prismatical. Co- rolla : ringent ; the upper Jip folded back at the sides. Cap- sule: two-celled, many-seeded. -The species are, '1. Mimulus Ringens ; Oblong-leaved Monkey flower. Erect: leaves oblong, linear, sessile; root perennial; stalk annual, square, a foot and half high. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Virginia and Canada. This plant is very hardy in respect to cold, but should have a loamy soft soil, rather moist than dry, and not too much exposed to the sun. It may be increased by parting the roots in autumn; but they should not be divided too small. It may also be propagated by seeds sown in autumn, soon after they are ripe; for those which are sown in the spring seldom grow the same year : they should be sown on a border exposed to a morning sun. 2. Mimulus Luteus ; Ovate-leaved Monkey flower. Creep- ing : leaves ovate. — Native of Peru. 3. Mimulus Alatus ; Wing-stalked Mimulus. Erect: leaves ovate, petioled ; stems square-winged. This has the resemblance of the first species; which see, for its propagation and culture. — Native of North America. 4. Mimulus Aurantiacus ; Orange Monkey flower. Stem erect, shrubby, round ; leaves ovate-lanceolate, bluntish ; stalk about three feet high, much branched, shrubby. It is propagated by cuttings. 5. Mimulus Lewisii. Plant erect, small, pubescent; leaves sessile, oblong-lanceolate, acute, nervous, mucronate-denti- culate ; flowers few, terminal, with very long footstalks ; teeth of the calix acuminate. The flowers are of a very beautiful pale purple, and larger than any other known species. It grows on the head springs of the Missouri, at the foot of Portage hill, and is seldom above eight inches high. Mimusops; a genus of the class Octandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth eight- leaved, coriaceous; leaflets in a double row, ovate, acute, permanent. Corolla : petals eight, lanceolate, spreading, the length of the calix. Stamina: filamenta eight, awl-shaped, hairy, very short; antheraj obloug, erect, the length of the calix. Pistil: germen superior, round, hispid; style eylin- dric, the length of the corolla; stigma simple. Pericarp: drupe oval, acuminate: berry one-celled, according to Gaert- ner. Seed: single, or two? oval: hard, shining, according to Gaertner. Essential Character. Calix: four-leaved; Gartner says, eight parted. Petals: four; Linneus says eight, and Gaertner many. Nectary : sixteen-leaved. Drupe: acuminate ; (berry one-celled, according to Gasrtner.) Or thus, from Jussieu — Calix: eight-parted, in two rows. Corolla: eight-parted, with the segments entire, or three-parted ; appen- dices eight, small, like scales. Drupe: with one or two seeds. The species are, 1. Mimusops Eleugi. Leaves alternate, remote, lanceolate, acuminate. This is a middle-sized tree. — Native of the East Indies, where it is much planted on account of its fragrant flowers, which come out chiefly in the hot season. 2. Mimusops Kaoki. Leaves clustered. — Native of the East Indies and Arabia. S. Mimusops Hexandra. Leaves alternate, obovate, emar- ginate. This is a large tree, with an erect trunk, and covered with an ash-coloured bark; when old, it has frequently large rotten excavations. The wood being remarkably heavy, is much used by the washermen in the East Indies to beetle their cloth on. — Native of the East Indies, in mountainous uncultivated parts of the Circars. Mint. See Mentha. Minuartia ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Trigynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved, upright, long; leaflets awl-shaped, somewhat rigid, perma- nent. Corolla: none. Stamina : filamenta three, capillary, short; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen three-cornered; style three, short, filiform ; stigmas thickish. Pericarp : capsule oblong, triangular, much shorter than the calix, one- celled, three-valved. Seeds: some, roundish, compressed. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved. Corolla: none. Capsule: one-celled, three-valved. Seeds: some.— — - The species are, 1. Minuartia Dichotoma. Flowers clustered, dichotomous. This is a rigid, hard, tough, little annual plant. — Native of Spain. 2. Minuartia Campestris. Flowers terminating, alternate, longer than the bracte. — Native of Spain, where it is found in the lower hills. 3. Minuartia Montana. Flowers lateral, alternate, shorter than the bracte ; stems several, diffused, a finger’s length. — Native of Spain. Mirabilis ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth outer one-leafed, erect, ventricose, inferior, five-parted ; segments ovate-lanceolate, sharp, unequal, permanent ; inner globular, placed under the petal, with a contracted entire mouth, and permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel-form; tube slen- der, long, thicker at top, placed on the inner calix; border from upright spreading, entire, bluntly five-cleft, plaited; nectary spherical, fleshy, surrounding the germen, with a five- toothed mouth ; teeth very small, triangulart converging. Stamina: filamenta five, inserted into the orifice of the nec- tary, and alternate with its teeth within the inner calix free, more slender, fastened at bottom to the lube of the corolla, filiform, the length of the corolla, inclining, unequal; anthera} twin, roundish, rising. Pistil: germen turbinate, within the nectary; style filiform, the length and situation of the stamina; stigma globular, dotted, rising. Pericarp: none. The inner calix incrusts the seed, and falls with it. Seed: single, ovate, five-cornered. Observe. Some toothlets of the nectary are commonly obsolete. Essential Character. Calix: inferior. Corolla: funnel-form, superior. Nectary: globular, inclosing the germen. The species are, 1. Mirabilis Jalapa; Common Marvel of Peru. Flowers heaped, terminating, erect; root tuberous; stem herbaceous, round, often trichotomous. This is a perennial plant, and the roots in their native country grow to a great size. There are many varieties in the colour of the flower, such as purple or 134 M I R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; M I T red, white, yellow, variegated purple and white, and varie- gated purple and yellow. These however resolve themselves into two principal varieties ; the first of which has purple and white flowers, which are variable; some are plain purple, others plain white, but most of them are variegated with the two colours, and all are sometimes found upon the same plant: the second has red and yellow flowers, generally mixed, but sometimes distinct on the same plants ; some plants have only plain flowers, others only are variegated, and others again both plain and variegated : but plants raised from the seeds of the purple and white never produce red and yellow flowers, nor the contrary. These varieties are very ornamental plants in the flower-garden, during the months of July, August, and September; and if the season should continue mild, they ofien last till near the end of October. The flowers do not open till towards the evening, whilst the weather continues warm ; but in moderate cool weather, while the sun is ob- scured, they continue open almost the whole day. They are produced so plentifully at the ends of the branches, that when they are expanded, the plants seem entirely covered with them; and some being plain, others variegated, on the same plant, they make a fine appearance. — Native of the East and West Indies, China, Cochin-china, and Africa; but was introduced into Europe first from Peru. Thunberg informs vs, that the Japanese ladies make a white paint from the meal of the seeds of this plant, to improve their complexions. — Propagation and culture. Sow the seeds on a moderate hot- bed, in March. When the plants come up, admit plenty of air to them, when the weather is mild: when they are two inches high, transplant them ou another very moderate hot- bed ; or plant each in a small pot filled with light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed ; whence they may be shaken out into the borders with more security. When they are in the second liot-bed, let them be shaded, till they have taken fresh root ; after which, they must have plenty of free air; and in May, should be gradually inured to the open air. In the beginning of June, if the season be favourable, transplant them into the borders of the pleasure-garden, giving them proper room ; and after they have taken new root, they will require no fur- ther care. If the seeds be sown in a warm border, at the beginning’of April, they will grow very well; but the plants will be late in the season before they flower. As the seeds ripen very well, there are not many persons who are at the trouble of preserving the roots: if these, however, betaken out of the ground in autumn, and laid in dry sand all the winter, secured from frost, and planted again in the spring, they will grow much larger, and flower earlier than the seed- ling plants: or if the roots be covered with tanner’s bark in winter, to keep out the frost, they may remain in the borders, if the soil be dry. If the roots, which are taken out of the grouud, be planted the following spring, in large pots, and plunged into a hot-bed, under a deep frame, they may be brought forward, and raised to the height of four or five feet ; and come earlier in the season to flower. In the choice of seeds, care should be taken not to save any from the plants with plain flowers; and in order to have variegated flowers, the plain flowers should be pulled off from the plants intended for seeds. 2. Mirabilis Dicholoma ; Forked Marvel of Peru. Flowers sessile, axillary, erect, solitary. — It is a native of Mexico; but is very common in all the islands of the West Indies, w here the inhabitants call it the Four-o’clock Flower, from the flowers opening at that time of the day. This is not quite so hardy as the first species ; so that unless the plants be brought forward in the spring, they will not flower till very late ; and their seeds will not ripen. 3. Mirabilis Longiflora; Sweet-scented Marvel of Peru. Flowers heaped, very long, somewhat nodding, terminating; leaves subvillose : the stalks of this sort fall on the ground, if not supported ; the flowers come out at the ends of the branches, are white, have very long slender tubes, and a faint musky odour: as in the other species, they are shut during the day, and expand as the sun declines. It flowers from June to September. — Native of Mexico. 4. Mirabilis Viscosa ; Clammy Marvel of Peru. Flowers racertied ; leaves cordate, orbiculate, acute, tomentose ; stems thick, round, swelling at the joints, with opposite branches, three or four feet high. — Native of Peru. Misseltoe. See Viscum. Mitchella ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: flowers two, sitting on the same germen ; perianths two, distinct, four-toothed, erect, permanent, superior. Corolla: one petalled, funnel- form; tube cylindric ; border four-parted, spreading, hirsute within. Stamina: filamenta four, filiform, erect, within the sinuses of the corolla; antherie oblong, acute. Pistil: ger- men twin, orbiculate, common to two inferior; style filiform, the length of the corolla ; stigmas four, oblong. Pericarp: berry two-parted, globular, with separate navels. Seeds: four, compressed, callous. Essential Character. Co- rollas: one petalled, superior, two on the same germen. Stigmas: four. Berry: bifid, four-seeded. The only know n species is, 1. Mitchella Repens; Creeping Mitchella. — Native of Carolina, Maryland, and Virginia. Mitella ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, half five-cleft, bell-shaped, permanent. Corolla: petals five, mul- tifid, capillary, twice as large as the calix, and inserted into it. Stamina: filamenta ten, awl-shaped, inserted into the calix, shorter than the corolla; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen roundish, bifid ; styles scarcely any ; stigmas blunt. Pericarp: capsule ovate, one-celled, half two-valved ; valves flat, rolled back at top, equal. Seeds: very many. Essen- tial Character. Calix: five-cleft. Corolla: five petalled, inserted into the calix; petals pinnntifid. Capsule: one- celled, two-valved ; valves equal. These plants are increased by parting the roots in autumn. They love shade, and a soft loamy soil. The species are, 1. Mitella Diphylla ; Two leaved Mitella. Scape two- leaved; root perennial ; stalks eight or nine inches high, and are terminated by a loose spike of small whitish flowers, the petals of which are fringed on their edges. — Native of most parts of North America, in woods. 2. Mitella Nuda; Naked Mitella. Scape naked. — Native of the north of Asia. 3. Mitella Cordifolia. Leaves orbiculate, reniform, sub- duplicate, crenate, lucid ; scape setaceous, aphyllous. — It flowers in May and June; and is found in Canada, and on the high mountains of New' York and Pennsylvania. 4. Mitella Prostrata. Root creeping; stalks prostrate; leaves alternate, rotund-cordate, subacute, obtusely sub- lobate. It flowers in May and June. — Found in the mo3t southern parts of Canada; and growing also upon the moun- tains of Virginia, near the sweet springs. 5. Mitella Grandiflora. Plant very rough ; leaves rotund- cordate, obtusely lobate, dentate; flowers pedicellated ; calices campanulate. — Found ou the north-west coast of America. The flowers are more than four times the size of the oiher species. Mithridatea ; a genus of the class Monandria, order Mono- gynia,— Generic Character. Calix: receptacle common M N I OK, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MOL 135 one leafed, fleshy, bell-shaped, four-cleft; clefts large, ovate, spreading, covered above with very numerous, immersed, very small florets; perianth proper, scarcely any. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamentuni one, very short, upright ; antherae erect, channelled, embracing the style. Pistil: gerrnen inferior; style shorter than the stamina, within the excavation of the antherae; stigma simple. Pericarp: none; common recep- tacle enlarged, more fleshy; the segments Converging, tur- binate, hollow in the middle, containing the seeds within its substance. Seeds: solitary, ovate. Observe. According to Jussieu, the flowers are monoecous. The male has the invo- lucre at first ovate, converging, entire; afterwards four- parted, spreading, covered on the inside with very numerous antherae: the female has the involucre ovale, hollow within, pervious at the navel at top ; germina numerous, immersed in the internal surface ; styles and stigmas the same in num- ber; capsules the same number, in the enlarged thickened involucre; each one-seeded, with a pulpy aril. Essential Character. Cali. v: common four-cleft, enlarged, fleshy, containing the seeds. Corolla: none. Fruit: globular, depressed. Seeds: solitary, arilled. The only known species is, 1. Mithridatea Quadrifida. . Leaves subopposite, entire, evergreen ; flowers in racemes, very seldom, solitary, growing on the trunk and low'er branches; females fewer, mixed with the males. It is a milky tree, with branches opposite. The fruit is fleshy, about the size of an apple. — Native of the Islands of Madagascar, Mauritius, and Bourbon. Mithridatc, Mustard. See Tb/aspi. Mithridate, Mustard, Bastard . See Biscutella. Mnasium a genus of the class Ilexandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: spatlie two-valved ; valves ovate, terminated by a linear patulous leaflet; perianth one-leafed, three-parted ; segments lanceolate, concave, acute, margined. Corolla: one-pctalled ; tube very short; border three-parted; parts lanceolate, concave, acute. Stamina: filamenta six, very short, inserted into the tube; anthenc Jong, four cornered, terminated by an ovate, excavated acute leaflet. Pistil: gerrnen three-lobed; style long, striated; stigmas three, rolled spirally. Essential Character. Calix: one-leafed, three-parted. Corolla: one-petalled, three- parted, with a very short tube. Anthera: four-cornered, terminated by an ovate leaflet. Gerrnen: three-lobed. Stig- mas: three spiral. The only known species is, 1. Mnasium I’aludosum. This is a perennial plant, with a fibrose woody root ; the leaves are very long, narrow', sharp, and smooth, striated, perfectly entire, sheathing at the base, and mutually embracing each other, and are narrowed above the sheath; the stalks are several, naked, two feet high, stri- ated, compressed, margined ; corolla yellow. — Native of Guiana ; growing in marshy woods. Mniarum ; a genus of the class Monandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: involucre four leaved, two-flowered; leaflets ovate, acute; the two lowest united; perianth one-leafed, four-cleft. Corolla: none. Stamina : filamenta one, (Solander says two,) capillary, erect, scarcely longer than the calix, and inserted into the base of it; antherae roundish, grooved. Pistil : gerrnen inferior, oval, scarcely angular, hard, longer than the calix; styles two, filiform, gradually divaricating, the length of the calix ; stig- mas simple. Pericarp: none. Seed: one, oblong, very small, inclosed in the hardened bottom of the calix. Essen- tial Character. Calix: four-parted, superior. Corolla: none. Seed: one. The only known species is, l. Mniarum Biflorum. This plant resembles Minuartia so uiucImii its appearance, that, without examining the flower, it would be ranked with that genus. It is very smooth, dicho- tomous, covered all over with approximating, acerose, connate flow ers, terminating in pairs, subsessile, generally shorter than the leaves.- — Native of New Zealand and Terra del Fuego. Mnium; a genus of the class Crvptogamia, order Musci. — Generic Character. Capsule: with a lid. Calyptre: smooth ; bristle from a terminating tubercle. Male Flowers: headed or discoid. — Or thus, from Withering. Capsule: w'ith a veil. Fringe: with sixteen teeth ; sometimes, though rarely, with four. Male. Bud circular, rarely knob-like, mostly on a separate plant. — Of all the numerous species, the most remarkable is Mnium Hygrometricum. If the fruit-stalk be moistened at the bottom, the head makes three or four turns; and if the head be moistened, it turns the contrary way. Moehringia ; a genus of the class Octandria, order Digy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth four-leaved; leaflets lanceolate, spreading, permanent. Corolla : petals four, ovate, undivided, spreading, shorter than the calix. Stamina: filamenta eight, capillary; antherae simple. Pistil: gerrnen globular; styles two, erect, the length of the stamina; stigmas simple. Pericarp : capsule subglobular, one-celled, four-valved. Seeds: very many, roundish, convex on one side, angular on the other. Essential Character. Calix: four-leaved. Petals: four. Capsule: one-celled, four- valved. The only known species is, 1. Moehringia Muscosa. Root slender; stems filiform, eight, ten, or twelve inches long, upright, very much branched ; flowers axillary, erect, on slender one-flowered peduncles; petals narrow, milk white. — Native of the mountains of France, Italy, Switzerland, Austria, and Silesia; among moss on rocks, by the trunks of trees, or springs or little rills of water. Mogorin ; a name given by the Portuguese to an Indian or Chinese flower, which grows upon a small shrub. It is of a wonderfully white colour, and not unlike the Ginseng, only that it abounds more with leaves, and smells much sweeter; one single flower filling a whole house with its odoriferous effluvia. On this account the Chinese value it highly, and carefully defend the shrub it grows upon from the inclemency of the winter, by covering it with vases provided on purpose. Molluga : a genus of the class Triandria, order Trigynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved; leaflets oblong, from upright, spreading, coloured within, permanent. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta three, bristle- shaped, shorter than the corolla, approximating to the pistil; antherae simple. Pistil: gerrnen superior, ovate, three- grooved ; styles three, veiy short ; stigmas blunt ; or, according to Gaertner, style one, trifid at top. Pericarp: capsule ovate, three-celled, three-valved. Seeds: numerous, kidney- form. Essential Character. Calix : five-leaved. Co- rolla: none. Capsule: three-celled, three-valved. — To pro- pagate the plants of this genus, permit them to scatter their seeds, and the plants will sometimes come up in the following spring; but if they be sown upon a hot-bed, they will come up more certainly, and also be forwarder and stronger. The species are, 1. Mollugo Oppositifolia ; Opposite leaved Mollugo. Leaves opposite, lanceolate; branches alternate; peduncles lateral, clustered, one-flowered. Annual. — Native of Ceylon. 2. Mollugo St ricta ; Upright Mollugo. Leaves commonly in fours, lanceolate; flowers panicled, nodding; stem erect, angular; root fibrous ; stems three or four, stiff’, even; flowers white.— Native of Africa, Ceylon, and Japan. 3. Mollugo Flirta; Hairy Mollugo. Leaves in fours, obovate, villose; stem decumbent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Mollugo Pentaphylla ; Five-leaved Mollugo. Leaves in 2 M 136 M O M THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; M O M fives, obovate, equal; flowers panicled ; root-leaves oblong ; stein decumbent. — Native of Ceylon. 5. Mollugo Verticillata ; Whorl-leaved Mollugo. Leaves in whorls, wedge-form, acute ; stem subdivided, decumbent; peduncles one-flowered. This is a trailing plant, spreading out seven or eight inches every way. — Native of Virginia and Jamaica, where it is pretty common in the dry savannas of Liguanee. 6. Mollugo Triphylla; Three leaved Mollugo. Leaves in threes, lanceolate; flowers dichotomous ; stem herbaceous, annual. — Native of China, near Canton. mI'IucII’ Baum. } S" Motoccdh. Molnccella ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno- spermia. — Generic Character. Cali. v: perianth one- leafed, very large, turbinate, gradually finishing in a very wide, bell shaped, tooth-spiny, incurved, permanent border. Corolla: one-petalled, ringent, less than the ealix; tube and throat short; upper lip upright, concave, entire; lower lip trifid ; the middle segment more produced, einarginate. Sta- mina: filamenta four, under the upper lip, of which two are shorter; antherae simple. Pistil: germen four-parted ; style the size and situation of the stamina ; stigma bifid. Pericarp: none; fruit turbinate, truncate, in the bottom of the open calix. Seeds: four, convex on one side, angular on the other, at top w ide and truncate. Observe. The calix in some is longer, in others shorter, than the corolla. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: bell-shaped, widening, broader than the corolla, spiny. The species are, 1. Moluccella Lievis; Smooth Molucca Baum. Calices bell-shaped, commonly five-toothed; toothlets equal; root annual ; stem three feet high, spreading out into many branches, which are smooth, and c#me out by pairs. — Native of Syria. This and the next species are annuals, which decay soon after the seeds are ripe, and being natives of warm countries, seldom perfect their seeds in England wdien they are sown in the spring. They should be raised therefore in autumn, and planted in small pots, placed under a bot-bed frame in winter, where they may have free air in mild weather, by taking off the glasses; but they must be covered in frosty weather, observing to keep ihem pretty dry, otherwise they are very subject to rot. In the spring the plants may be turned out of the pots, with all the earth about their roots, and planted in a warm border, defended from strong winds, giving them a little water to settle the earth to their roots ; after this, they will require no other care but to keep them clean from weeds, and to support them with stakes to prevent their being broken by the winds. The plants thus preserved through the winter, will flower at the end of June, and good seeds may be expected from them. 2. Moluccella Spinosa ; Prickly Molucca Baum. Calices ringent, eight-toothed ; root annual ; stems smooth, purplish, four feet high, branching out in the same manner with the first.— Native of the Levant : it is commonly said to be a native of the Molucca islands. 2. Moluccella Frutescens ; Shrubby Molucca Baum. Cali- ces funnel-form, five cleft ; corollas longer than the calix. This is a small shrub, with dichotomous branchlets. — Native of Persia, whence it has migrated into Italy : is has also been observed in Piedmont. Moly. See Allium . Momordica : a genus of the class Moncecia, order Synge- nesia. — Generic Character Male Flowers: Calix: perianth one-leafed, concave, five-cleft; segments lanceolate, spreading. Corolla: five-parted, fastened to the calix, more spreading, large, veined, wrinkled. Stamina: filamenta three, awl-shaped, short; antherae on two filaments, bifid, eared at the sides ; on the third simple, one-eared only, consisting of a compressed body, and a fariniferous line once reflex. Fe- male Flowers: on the same plant. Calix : perianth as in the male, superior, deciduous. Corolla: as in the male. Sta- mina : filamenta three, very short, without antherae. Pistil: germen inferior, large; style single, round, trifid, columnar; stigmas three, gibbous, oblong, pointing outwards. Pericarp: pome dry, oblong, opening elastically, three-celled ; cells membranaceous, soft, distant. Seeds: several, compressed. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft. Corolla: de- parted. Male. Filamenta three. Female. Style trifid. Pome : opening elastically. The species are, 1. Momordica Balsamina; Common Momordica, or Male Balsam Apple. Pomes angular, tubercled ; leaves smooth, spreading, palmate ; stem trailing like those of the Cucum- ber and Melon, extending three or four feet in length. This plant is famous in Syria for curing wounds. They cut open the unripe fruit, and infuse it in sweet oil, exposed to the sun for some days, until the oil is become red. This oil, dropped on cotton, is applied to a fresh wound, and is esteemed by the Syrians next to the Balsam of Mecca. The leaves and stems are also used for arbours or bowers. — To propagate this and the six following species, sow the seeds on a hot-bed at the beginning of March ; and when the plants come up, prick them into a fresh hot-bed, letting them have fresh air in warm weather, and refreshing them frequently with water. When the plants have four or five leaves, plant them out into the hot-bed where they are to remain, putting one or two plants into each light; watering and shading them until they have taken root. After this, treat them as Melons or Cucumbers, permitting their branches to extend in the same manner, and keeping them clean from weeds. With this management, if they have not too much wet, and are not too much exposed to the open air, they w ill produce fruit in July, and the seeds will ripen in August and September; when it must be gathered as soon as it opens, otherwise the seeds will be cast abroad, and with difficulty gathered up again. 2. Momordica Charantia ; Hairy Momordica. Pomes angular, tubercled; leaves villose, longitudinally palmate; stem round, slender, branched, climbing by lateral tendrils. — Native of the East Indies. See the preceding species. 3. Momordica Operculata; Lidded Momordica. Pomes angular-tuberclcd, having a lid from the falling of the top ; leaves lobed. — Native of America. j 4. Momordica Luflfa ; Egyptian Momordica. Pomes ob- ! long; grooves like a chain; leaves gashed; stem angular, ! very much branched, climbing by bifid spiral tendrils. The fruit when young is made into a pickle, like the Mango, but it has a disagreeable taste, and is not accounted very whole- some. The Arabians call this plant Liff or LufiF; they culti- vate it, and it climbs up the Palm-trees, covering and ele- gantly adorning their trunks. 1 1 is largely cultivated in China and Cochin-china. — Native of the East Indies. 5. Momordica Cylindrica; Long-fruited Momordica. Pomes cylindric, very long; leaves with acute angles. — Native of Ceylon and China. For its propagation and culture, see the first species. 6. Momordica Trifolia; Three-leaved Momordica. Pomes ovate, muricate; leaves ternate, toothed. — Native of the East Indies. 7. Momordica Pedata ; Pedate-leaved Momordica. Pomes striated ; leaves pedate, serrate. — Native of Peru. 8. Momordica Elaterium ; Elastic Momordica. Pomes hispid ; tendrils none. It has a large, fleshy, perennial root; stems thick, rough, trailing, dividing into many branches, MON OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. M O N and extending every way two or three feet. When the fruit is designed for medicinal use, it should be gathered before it is ripe, otherwise the greatest part of the juice, which is the only valuable part, will be lost; for the expressed juice is not to be compared with that which runs out of itself ; and the Elaterium made from the clear juice is whiter, and will keep much longer, than that which is extracted by pressure. The dried juice or feculae of the fruit, known in the shops by the name of Elaterium, is the only part now medicinally employed. The method for preparing this medicine, is to slit the ripe fruit, and pass the juice, very lightly pressed, through a very fine sieve into a glass vessel ; then to set it by for some hours, until the thicker part has subsided ; to pour off the thinner part swimming at the top, and separate the rest by filtering; to cover the thicker part which remains after filtration with a linen cloth, and to dry it with a gentle heat. The sensible qualities of this inspissated juice are not remarkable either to the smell or taste: it is inflammable, and dissolves readily in water or spirituous menstrua. It is undoubtedly the most violent purgative in the Materia Medica, and ought therefore to be administered with great caution, and only where milder cathartics have proved ineffectual. Pauli, Sydenham, and Lister, have particularly recommended it in hydropic cases. The dose is from half a grain to three grains: the most pru- dent and effectual way in which dropsies are treated with this remedy, is by repeating it at short intervals in small doses. We call it Wild, Spirting, Squirting, or Asses Cucumber ; and the French, Concombre sauvage oud'ane. — Native of the south of Europe. It is easily propagated by seeds, which, if permitted to scatter, will come up in the following spring: or if the seeds be sown in a bed of light earth, the plants will come up in about a month after, and may be transplanted to an open spot of ground, in rows at three or four feet distance, and almost as far asunder in the rows ; if these are carefully transplanted while young, there will be little hazard of their growing; and after they have taken new root, they will require no further care, but to keep them clear from weeds. li the ground is dry in which they are planted, the roots will con- tinue three or four years, unless the whiter should prove very severe. Monarda ; a genus of the class Diandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-Ieafed, tubular, cylindric, striated, with a five-toothed equal mouth, permanent. Corolla: unequal; tube cylindric, longer than the calix; border ringent; upper lip straight, narrow, linear, entire ; lower lip reflex, broader, trifid ; middle segment longer, narrower, emarginate; latter blunt. Stamina: fila- menta two, bristle-shaped, the length of the upper lip, in which they are involved ; antherae compressed, truncate at top, convex below, erect. Pistil: germen four-cleft; style filiform, involved with the stamina; stigma bifid, acute. Pericarp: none. Calix: containing the seeds at the bottom. Seeds: four, roundish. Observe, The third species has four stamina, two of which are castrated. Essential Cha- racter. Corolla: irregular; the upper lip linear, involving the filnmenta. Seeds: four. The species are, 1. Monarda Fistulosa ; Purple Monarda. Leaves oblong- lanceolate, cordate, villose, flat ; root perennial ; stem nearly three feet high, and, as well as the branches, terminated by heads of purple flowers. — Native of Canada. This and the four following sorts may be propagated by parting their roots; the first does not multiply so fast as the third, but as that produces plenty of seeds, so it may be easily propagated that way. It the seeds are sown in autumn soon after they are ripe, the plants will come up the following spring; but if they are not sown till spring, the plants seldom rise till the | next year. When the plants are come up, and fit to remove, they should be transplanted into a shady border about nine inches’ distance, and when they have taken new root, they will require no other care but to keep them clean from weeds till the autumn, when they should be transplanted into the borders where they are to remain. The following summer they will flower, and produce ripe seeds, but the roots will continue several years, and may be parted every other year to increase them. This loves a soft loamy soil, and a situa- tion not too much exposed to the sun. 2. Monarda Oblongata ; Long-le-aved Monarda. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, rounded, attenuate at the base, villose, flat., — Native of North America. 3. Monarda Didyma ; Scarlet Monarda, or Oswego Tea. Leaves ovate, smooth; heads in whorls; flowers subdidv- namous; stem acute-angled. — This seldom ripens seed in England, but increases fast enough by its creeping roots, as also by slips or cuttings, which, if planted in a shady border in May, will take root in the same manner as Mint or Balm ; but as the roots multiply so fast, there is seldom occasion to use any other method to propagate them. It delights in a moist soil, and in a situation where the plants have only the morning sun, where they will continue in flower longer than those which are exposed to the full sun. This is a very orna- mental plant in gardens, and the scent of the leaves is very refreshing and agreeable to most people, and some are very fond of the tea made with the young leaves. 4. Monarda Rugosa ; White Monarda. Leaves ovate-lan- ceolate, cordate, smooth, wrinkled. — Native of North Ame- rica. See the first species. 5. Monarda Chinopodia. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, rounded at the base, unequal, smooth; root creeping. — Native of Vir- ginia. See the first species. 6. Monarda Punctata ; Spotted Monarda. Flowers in whorls ; corollas dotted ; bractes coloured ; stems about two feet high, branching Out from the bottom to the top.— Native of North America. It is propagated by seeds sown on a border of light earlli exposed to the east. When the plants are fit to remove, they may be transplanted into a shady border; and if they should shoot up stalks to flower, they should be cut down to strengthen the roots, that they may put out lateral buds, for when they are permitted to flower the first year, the roots seldom live through the winter. In autumn the plants may be removed into the open borders of the pleasure-garden, where they will flower the following summer; and if the season should prove dry, they must be duly watered. 7. Monarda Ciliata. Flowers in whorls ; corollas longer than the involucre; root creeping; stem hairy, thickish, a foot high and more, with few joints ; flowery large, blue, elegantly marked with dark purple spots. — Discovered in Virginia. 8. Monarda Kalmiana. Heads large, simple; leaves oblong, attenuate-serrate, covered over with hairs; rough stalk acute-angled; petioles ciliate, pilose ; bractem coloured, lan- ceolate, attenuate ; calices and corollae pubescent. The flowers are very long, and of a beautiful crimson. It grows in boggy woods in black rich soil near Gnondago and Oswego, New York. 9. Monarda Gracilis. Plant very smooth; heads small, lateral, and terminal ; bracteae linear, ciliate; calicesf pubes- cent, ciliate; corollae short, glabrous; leaves linear-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate, glabrous; stalk obtuse-angled, glabrous; flowers yellowish while. It grows on the mountains of South Carolina and Virginia. 10. Monarda Oblongata. Plant rough all oyer; heads 138 M O N MON THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; simple; bracte® ovate, acute; calices short; teeth divari- cate; stalk obtuse-angled, rough on the upper part; flowers pale purple. — Frequent in the mountains of Pennsylvania and Virginia. 11. Mouarda Hirsuta. Plant very rough all over, with long while hairs; flowers small, verticillate; bracte® veiy short, oblong, acuminate; calices with long awns; leaves ovate, acuminate, serrate, with long petioles; stalk acute- angled, rough ; flowers small, very pale purple. It grows on the high mountains of North Carolina and Virginia. Monetia ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, ventricose, four-toothed, two of the divisions deeper ; seg- ments lanceolate, acute, reflex, permanent. Corolla: petals four, linear, acute, recurved, longer than the calix. Stamina: filamenta four, erect, inserted into the receptacle, almost the length of the corolla; anther® ovate, incumbent. Pistil: germcn superior, slightly four-cornered, ending in a thickish conical style, shorter than the stamina; stigma acute. Peri- carp : berry juiceless, globular, with a little point, surrounded by the calix, two-celled. Seeds: solitary, flat on one side, convex on the other. Observe. Flowers sometimes trifid or bifid. Essential Character. Calix : four-cleft. Pe- tals: four. Berry : two-celled ; seeds solitary. The only species is, 1. Monetia Barlerioides ; Four-spined Monetia. Stem upright, full of chinks, ash-coloured; branches opposite, dif- fused, dense, ash-coloured ; leaves opposite, spreading, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, entire, acuminate. It is a middle-sized prickly shrub. — Native of the East Indies and the Cape of Good Hope. Moneywort. See Anagallis. Moneywort, Cornish. See Sibthorpia. Monkey Flower, See Mimulus. Monkey's Bread. See Adansonia. Monk's Hood. See Aconitum. Monk’s Tthubarb. See Rumex. Monniera ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Pentan- dria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-parted, permanent ; upper segment linear, long, curved in, covering the corolla ; the outer lanceolate, and shorter by half; the rest blunt, short. Corolla: tubular, ringent; tube cylindric, more contracted in the middle, curved ; border two-lipped ; upper lip undivided, blunt, ovate; lower lip four-cleft, straight ; segments oblong, blunt ; nectary an ovate scalelet at the base of the germen, below the lower base. Stamina : filamenta two, fi iu Sphagnum. Female Flowers. These are furnished with a MOS OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MOS 147 germen, style, and stigma; but being accompanied by other sub- stances much resembling them, they are difficult to be distin- guished until the germen begins to swell in consequence of its Impregnation. The pistils after impregnation daily growing larger, and rising upwards, shew the calvptra, or veil, which may be considered as a kind of petal, and is perforated at the top by the style. This style is sometimes permanent, falling off only with the veil itself ; but where it is not so, the remains of it are always to be found. It is evident, from what has been said, that what Linneus calls the antherae, are really the seed- vessels: but by sowing the seeds which they contain, a crop of young plants has been repeatedly procured, in all respects simi- lar to their parents. The capsules of Mosses are always sup- ported upon a peduncle, though sometimes it is very short, and, excepting only in Sphagnum palustre, it is sheathed and conical at its base. The capsules vary in shape, size, and consistence. In some species there is an elastic ring between the capsule and the veil, which, when the seed is ripe, throws off the veil with more or less force. The veil being thrown off, certain fringe-like processes or projections appear, vary- ing greatly in size, shape, structure, number, and disposi- tions: they surround the opening of the capsule in a single or double, rarely in a triple scries. These substances con- stitute the Peristoma or Fringe, which seems designed to defend the seeds in wet weather. In dry weather it expands and leaves the mouth of the capsule open, but upon the least moisture, even that of the breath, it closes again. The seeds of the Mosses are spherical*, generally smooth, sometimes dotted, as in Bryum extinct orinm ; sometimes prickly, as in Bryum pyriforme and heteromallum. They are brown, yel- lowish, or greenish. Some of the above observations being made with very high magnifiers, are to be received with some degree of caution. Mosses thrive best in barren places ; most of them love cold and moisture. — Uses. Trifling and insignificant as they are generally supposed to be, their uses are by no means inconsiderable. They protect the more ten- der plants when they first begin to expand in the spring, as the experience of the gardener can testify, which teaches him to cover with moss the soil and pots which contain his ten- derest plants; for it equally defends the roots against the scorching sun-beams and the severity of the frost. In the spring particularly, the roots of young trees and shrubs are liable to be thrown out of the ground, especially in light spongy soils : but if they are covered with moss, this accident never can happen. They who raise trees from seed, will find an interest in attending to this remark. Mosses retain mois- ture a long time without being disposed to putrefy. The angler takes advantage of this circumstance to preserve his worms, and the gardener to keep moist the roots of such plants as are to be transported to any considerable distance. It is a vulgar error to suppose that Mosses impoverish land. It is true they grow upon poor land which can support nothing ; but their roots penetrate very little, in general hardly a quarter of an inch into the earth. Take away the moss, and instead of more grass there will be less; but if the land be drained and manured, the grass will increase and the moss disappear. Sphagnum palustre, Mnium trique- trum, Bryum paludosum and ecstivutn, Hypnum eeduncum , Scorpioides ripariuni and cuspidatum, grow upon the sides and shallower parts of pools and marshes ; in process of time occupying the space heretofore filled with water, they are hi their half decayed state dug up, and used as fuel under the name of Peat. These marshes, drained partly by human industry, and partly by the long-continued operations of vege- tables, are at length converted into fertile meadows. Very few Mosses are eaten by cattle; a few moths feed upon some 78. of them. For their medicinal virtues, see Lichen. It is pro- bable, on account of their astringent properties, that some of them might be worth trying as a substitute for oak-bark in tanning leather. Moss is most apt to fix itself upon the sur- face of old grass lands of the meadow and pasture kinds, in which it produces much injury by drawing away the nourish- ment of the grass plant, and of course lessening in a high degree the grassy herbage. It affects such as are of the clayey moist description, in cold exposed situations, most frequently choaking the grass by spreading closely over it. Various means have been proposed by writers on husbandry for the removal of this destructive vegetable, which, as it requires a considerable proportion of superficial moisture to promote its growth aud extension on the soils which it infects, it is probable that the application of such substances as have a tendency to absorb and take up the superabundant degree of wetness by which it is supported, must be of great utility and advantage. In this view lime has been applied evenly over the surface, in such cases, with much benefit. Superior advantages have however been obtained by covering mossy grass lands with a thin even coat of attenuated calcareous matter, in union with a sandy material, such as is scraped up from roads, when formed into a compost with about one fourth part of well rotted farm-yard dung ; as by this appli- cation a new and more vigorous description of grasses is brought up, which soon overpowers the moss plants, and thus wholly destroys them. For the same purpose, and at the same time, promoting the improvement of the lands, as well as bringing the herbage into a finer state, the penning or folding of sheep has been advised. This will probably succeed best either in close of the summer season, or early in the spring months; the latter is however to be preferred, as, from the grass immediately covering the surface, more effect may be produced in smothering the mossy vegetation. In this practice, advantage is obtained different ways; as, by the effect which the treading has in opening and removing the close netted texture of the Moss, and that of the urine and dung in promoting the grow th of the grass plants. Har- rowing with short, sharp-tined, light harrows, is likewise a practice that may be found useful in some cases, especially previous to the application of such substances or composts as have been just mentioned, as by such means the matted nature of the Moss is broken down, and rendered more open and fit for admitting the manure to the roots of the grass plants, and exerting their full influence in promoting its vigorous growth, and at the same time the spreading of the moss is in some measure prevented. After such harrowings have been performed, some have recommended it as an advantageous practice to sow grass seeds, and especially white clover, over the surface. Different sorts of implements have been con- trived for dressing the swards of grass lauds when in this condition ; such as the above harrow, different sorts of sca- rifiers and sward cutters ; but it may be very conveniently performed by a sward dresser not long since invented by Mr. Amos, in his Minutes on Agriculture and Planting, which tool should be in the hands of all farmers where grass hus- bandry is much practised. All old grass lands, when much overrun with Moss, ought certainly to be broken up for the purpose of tillage, in order to their being laid down again to grass after a proper course of crops; as it is probably impossible to render them good grass lands by any other process ; and in most instances this mode of proceeding would produce great improvement. Though very injurious to plants, Mosses, as has been already observed, are applied to a variety of useful purposes. The Moss of common trees, as oak, ash, poplar, &c. is used for caulking of vessels; and 148 MOS THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MOS by bird merchants to prepare cages for the incubation of certain birds. The soft marsh and bog Mosses serve the poor in many places for stuffing their beds; and in the transpor- tation of plants from one climate to another, nothing is so serviceable as the stalks and leaves of these little vegetables ; the succulent plants arriving iu great vigour and beauty from foreign countries, when rolled up in dry moss; trees and shrubs also are preserved by having their roots covered with such as is somewhat moist. The great quality of the Mosses which makes them so useful on these occasions is, that they do not heat and ferment on being moistened, as bay and straw would. Several of the Mosses are great and valuable medi- cines, used as desiccatives and astringents : the Common Cup Moss is one of the greatest remedies in the convulsive coughs of children, see hychen Pyxidafus ; and Dr. Mead has ennobled the Lichen Caninus, or Grey Ground Lichen, by publishing its virtues in one of the most terrible of all diseases, the bite of a mad dog. The Common Green Liverworts are known medicines in disorders of the breast, as are also all the species of Polytricha. The seeds of our Lycopodium are successfully given in nephritic cases; and the Indians give one of their species in many distempers, and, as they say, with great benefit. The Common White Ground Corolloides serves the reindeer of Lapland for food, when all other herbage is lost ; and the Confervae serve for food to many of the lish both oil he sea and rivers, and to several water-fowl; and these, as well the land mosses, afford shelter and habitation to many insects, and their young. Many of the species of Corolloides and Licbnoides are found of great use in that profitable branch of commerce, the art of dyeing; and doubtless many others have also the same qualities, though not yet dis- covered; and we may be guided in searches of this kind by observing that many of them tinge the papers between which lliey are dried with very beautiful and lasting colours. — The Genera of Linneus have been split into several others by Hedwig and the other reformers. Hypnum and Bryum were indeed so unwieldly that it was very desirable they should he divided. The genera of Mosses as they stand in Schreber are, Phascum, Sphagnum, Gynniostomum, Tetraphis, Octo hlrpharis, Splac/tniim, Grunmia, Enculypla, Dicranum, Trichostomum, Didymodon, Tortula, IVrissia, Po/tlia, Funa via, Bryum, Timmia, Meesia, Bartramia, Fontinalis, llyp- mim, Lc'hia, Nechera, Buxbuumia, Polytrichum. See their characters under those names. Other Mosses were placed by Linneus in his order of Alga; they are now separated from that, and form a distinct order, under the name of tlepalica. In these, the Female fructifications are inclosed in a veil, which splits open at the top and discharges the capsule The Capsule opens lengthwise, and is filled with numerous Seeds, fixed to an elastic cord, formed of one or two spiral threads. Some plants are referred to this subdi vision on account of their agreement in general habit, though the female fructification has no veil, but is placed upon or jumursed in the substance of the leaf: the leaves are mostly lobed, exhibiting a net work of vesicles, and thong!) dried reviving again when moistened with water. H< dwig observes, that all the female florets have a double calix, or a calix and corolla. In shape and structure, he says, they greatly resemble the proper Mosses, but that he never found the succulent threads: the pistil like substances are however found, accompa nying botli the germen and ripened capsule : but not in all the species. The capsule, like those of the true Mosses, is inclosed in a veil, to which the style adheres; but this veil is not, as in them, loosened at its attachment, and raised along with the growing capsule; it tears open in two, three, or four places, and has therefore been sometimes considered as a petal. All these Mosses agree in ripening their fruit, which is raised upon an elongated peduncle, and opens by four valves, filled with the seeds, attached to elastic cords. These seeds have been found to reproduce their respective plants. The genera comprehended under this subdivision of the Mosses are Anthoceros, Blasia, Jnngermannia, Marchantia, Riccia, Sphxerocarpus, and Targionia. Moss, — is a term frequently used to signify a particular sort of earthy or boggy material, found in some low situations, in different parts of the kingdom, but particularly in the more northern districts, being formed by the decay of different vegetable and other' substances. This earthy matter is of different natures in different situations, as wood moss, black peat-moss, flow-moss, or red-bog, See. The first, which is principally composed of ligneous substances, is probably the best for manure; and the black peat, which is chiefly composed of heath, decayed sphagnum, and the roots of the eriophora, is the next in the goodness of its properties. The third, which is chiefly derived from the sphagnum in a fresher stale, is the least useful. Mosses are of very different depths, textures, and qualities; but all of them are greatly impreg- nated and loaded with water, holding it like a sponge; some have the depth of not more than three or four feet, while others have as many yards. They require much draining and consolidating to bring them into cultivation. The most cer- tain and short method for the improvement of moss land, if the ground be designed only for grass, and its situation be such as to admit of it, is this: first drain the moss, and, if there he heath upon it, burn that off, and make the surface even. Then make a dam at the lowest part, and a sluice, and work the water upon it through the winter. The mud which comes with the land-flood will bring a fine sward upon it iu two or three years ; and be afterwards a yearly manure; so that it will hear annual cutting, and, besides, be good pas- ture for cattle, after the sward is become strong enough to hear them. Moss on Trees, — a distemper caused by the moss plant fixing itself upon them ; which is highly prejudicial to the growth and increase of those both of the timber and fruit sorts; and much damages the fruit- of the latter kind. The best remedy is the scraping it off from the body and large branches, by means of a kind of wooden knife that does not hurt the bark, or a piece of rough hair-cloth after soaking rain. But the most effectual cure is to remove tire cause, which is the superfluous moisture at the roots of the trees, which should he drained off, and which may be greatly guarded against in the first planting of the trees, by not set- ting them too deep in the ground. In cases where trees stand thick in a cold moist ground, they are always covered with Moss; and the best way to remedy the fault is to thin them. When the young branches of trees are covered with a long and shaggy Moss, it utterly ruins them ; and there is no way to prevent it but that of rubbing it off, or cutting the branches away near the trunk, and even to take oft' the head of the tree, if necessary ; when, if the cause be removed by thinning the plantation or draining the land, the young shoots continue clear afterwards. This disease arises from the Moss plant establish- ing itself upon the trees which are in an unhealthy state of growth, or which have been planted too closely together, by which proper circulation of air and dryness are prevented. The trees are not merely injured by the plants establishing them- selves upon them, and hindering their growth, but probably also by the large proportion of moisture that is attracted, and the danipuess induced in consequence of it. In order to pre- vent or remove this evil, Mr. Forsyth advises the washing tire trees with a mixture of fresh cow-dung, urine, and soap-suds, ia MOW OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. MOW 149 order that the establishment of the moss plants may be pre vented, and the bark kept in a fine healthy condition. Where the disease proceeds from an unhealthy state of the trees in consequence of the unfriendly nature of the soil, the speedy removal of the Moss appears to be the only way of saving them from destruction. In some cases the only remedy is to cut down part of the trees, and to plough up the ground between those left remaining, ami in the spring of the year, in moist weather, to scrape oft' the Moss with an iron instru- ment made a little hollow, the better to surround the branches, and to carry it off the place: by cleansing the trees thus two or three times together, with carefully stirring the ground, the Moss may be entirely destroyed : but if part of the trees be not cut down, and the ground well stirred, rubbing off the Moss will signify little ; for the cause not being removed, the effect will not cease, but the Moss will in a short time be as troublesome as ever. Mowing. — In the mowing of grain crops, such scythes are used as are shorter in the blade than the common ones, and which, instead of a cradle, have two twigs of osier put semi-circularwise into holes made in the handles, near the blades, in such a manner that one semi-circle intersects the other; but for the cutting of grass, longer and thinner scythes are generally in use. In the cutling of grass crops foi the purpose of converting them into hay, it is necessary, as a late practical writer states, that they should be in the most suitable states of growth and maturity for affording the best and most nutritious fodder. With this view, it would seem that they should neither be cut at too early a period, nor suffered to stand too long; as, in the former case, there will be considerable loss in the drying, from the produce being in so soft and green a condition ; and in the latter, from a large proportion of the nourishing properties being expended. It is probable therefore that grass when mown before it becomes in full flower, while the rich saccharine juice is in part retained at the joints of the flower-stems, is in the most proper condition for being cut down, as at that period it must contain the largest proportion of nutritious material-,, but which then begin to be absorbed and taken up in pro portion as the flowers expand and the seeds ripen, so as to constitute the meal or starch of the seed-lobes, and is either dispersed upon the land, or fed upon by birds; the grass- stems with their leaves being left in a similar situation to that i of the straw of ripened grain. But there are other circum- < stances besides those of ripeness, to be attended to in deter- t mining the period of cutting crops of gross, as, in some cases, ’ when they are thick upon the ground the bottom parts become ■ of a yellow colour before the flowering fully takes place : \ under such circumstances it will always be the most ad vis- > able practice to mow as soon as the weather will possibly ' admit ; for it this be neglected, there will be great danger of t its rotting, or at any rate of its acquiring a disagreeable fla- i vour, and ot becoming of but little value. Where glass is « very tall, as is often the case in moist meadows, it is liable i to fall down and lodge, by which the same effects are pro t duced. In this case also the mowing should he performed s as soon as possible, as, when much laid, it soon rots, and is of l little or no use as hay. However, in cases where there is k nothing of this sort, it appears evident, that the most proper time for performing the business is when the grass lias begun to flower, before the seed-stems become hard and wiry T as at this period it would seem to contain the largest portion of useful matter. Besides, when left to stand too long, the after grass is less abundant, and the crumbling down of the stem- occasions great additional loss in the different operations ot | bay-making. It may be noticed, that the usual time of cutting | for hay, in the first crops, is from about the middle of June ? to the beginning of July, according to the nature of the i land, or as the district is earlier or later with its produce. i The chief art in the operation of mowing consists in cutting ; the crop as close to ihe surface of the ground as possible, i and perfectly level, pointing the swathes well our, so as to leave scarcely any ridges under them. But in cutting rouen or second crops of grass, more attention in these different respects will be necessary than in the first, as the crops are mostly much lighter and more difficult to cut, the scythe being apt to rise and slip through the grass without cutting it fairly, except when in ihe hands of an expert workman. Crops of this sort should always be cut as much as possible when rhe dew is upon them, and as soon as ever there is a tolerable growth, as by waiting the season becomes more unfavourable for making them into hay; and unless well made, this hay is of baldly any value. When the grass has been decided t • be in a proper condition for being cut down, a set of mowers proportioned to the extent of the crop should be at once provided. In some districts it is the custom to pay these labourers by the day, but the general and best practice is to let the work at a certain price per acre. The extent or proportion of ground that eau be mown in any given space of time, must obviously vary much, according to t lie nature of the ground, the fulness of the crop, and the goodness of the workmen; hut in general an acre is supposed a full day’s work for an expert mower. In mowing barley, oats, or other grain crops, the corn is generally on the right hand of the workman; but M. de Lisle had a method of mowing wheat, in which the corn was at his left hand : he mowed it inward, bearing the corn he cuts on his scythe, till it comes to that which is standing, against which it gently leans. After every mower a gatherer follows, who may be a lad or a woman. The gatherer keeps within five or six feet of the mower, and being provided either with a hook or a stick about two feet long, gathers up the corn, making it into a gavel, and laying it gently on the ground: this must he done with spirit, as another mower immediately follows, and to every mower there is a particular gatherer. And to do this work properly, the mower should form but one track with his feet, advancing in a posture nearly as if he were going to fence, one foot chasing the other. In this manner the -.landing corn is mowed; and the workman should take care lo have the wind at his left, as it bears the corn towards the scythe, and causes it to he cut nearer the ground. When wheat is bent, the workman takes the corn as it pre- sents itself to him, which has the same effect as if tire w ind was at his left side. And when it is laid, it is more trouble- some to the gatherer, because the corn is apt to be mixed wit!) that which is standing; hut a good mower takes advan- tage of the wind, and cuts it against the way it is laid. No particular directions can he given for corn that is lodged and entangled, unless it be lo take it as it is inclined, as if the wind were on the back of the mower. The usual method of mowing grain is, however, in the same manner as grass, the scythe only having a cradle or bow fixed upon t he heel of the handle. In the practice of every department of the kingdom, the scythe is swung horizontally, or nearly level, leaving the stubble of almost an even heigh) ; or, if it rise on either side, forming wliat are called swaili-bulks, the butts l the swaths are suffered to rest upon them, the heads or ears iif the corn falling into the hollow or close mown part of the preceding swath-width. They are ol course liable in a wet eason not only to receive an undue portion of rain water, but to be folded with the splashings of heavy showers. But that iu the Kentish practice, which is said to excel those of 150 M UT THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; MY A other districts, the position of the swaths is different. Here the heads of the corn rest on the top of the swath-bulk, pro- vincially the beever, which is left of extraordinary height, as ten to fifteen inches, so that the wind has a free circula- tion between the swaths. The workman, in performing this judicious operation, proceeds with his right foot forwards, entering the point of his scythe with a downward stroke, and raising it as abruptly out, bringing the handle round to the left until it forms nearly a right angle with the line of the swath, carrying the corn in the cradle three or four feet behind the place where it grew', lifting it high and letting it fall on the beever behind his left foot, and in the position above described. But the disadvantages of this method are, the loss of some straw, the incumbrance arising from the length of the stubble, and a little additional labour: but in a district where cattle are not numerous, the loss of straw is not felt; and in any country the principle of laying the heads instead of the butts of the corn upon the swath bulk, whether left high or low, might be well adopted. Musk Cranesbill.} See Erodium- Musk Ocra. See Hibiscus. Mussaenda ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth superior, five-parted, unequal ; leaflets linear, acuminate, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel-form; tube long, filiform, hir- sute ; border five-clelt, equal ; segments ovate. Stamina : filamenta five, the length of the corolla, growing to the tube on the inside; antherae linear, bristle-shaped, long within the tube. Pistil: germen inferior, ovate; style filiform ; stigmas two, simple, thickish. Pericarp: berry oblong, crowned. Seeds: numerous, in four parcels. Essential Charac- ter. Corolla: funnel-form; stigmas two, thickish. Berry: oblong, inferior. Seeds: disposed in four rows. The species are, 1. Mussaenda Frondosa. Panicle with coloured leaves. This is a large, woody, climbing shrub, without tendrils or thorns, having many long scattered branches ; leaves ovate-lanceolate, quite entire, wrinkled, hairy, subsessile, opposite ; flowers gold-coloured, in large, spreading, terminating cymes, with large, ovate, nerved, very white, petioled bractes. — Native of the East Indies and Cochin-china; and Otaheite and Namooka in the South Seas. 2. Mussaenda Glabra. Branches and leaves of the branches and panicle very smooth. — Native of the East Indies. 3. Mussaenda Chinensis. Leaves in bundles ; flowers soli- tary. This is a small tree, with diffused unarmed branches. — Native of China. Mustard. See Sinapis. Mustard, Hedge. See Erysimum and Sisymbrium. Mustard. See Thlaspi. Mustard, Tower. See Turrit is. Mustard, Treacle. See Erysimum Cheiranthoides. Mutisia ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polyga- mia Superflua. — Generic Character. Calix: common oblong, cylindric, imbricate ; scales lanceolate ; the inner ones longer. Corolla : compound radiate ; corollets of the disk three times more than of the ray, hermaphrodite; of the ray, eight female ; proper of the hermaphrodites tubular, trifid ; the outer segment lanceolate, the inner segments linear. Female: oval, oblong, entire, with a linear claw. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites, filamenta five, linear; antherae cylin- able in that troublesome complaint, the nightmare. Two ounces of the expressed juice is a dose. It is a good female medicine, and may be used with advantage in hysteric and other fits. The infusion moderately promotes the menses when suppressed, and the evacuations after delivery. This plant flowers from July to September, and is a native of most parts of Europe, being found on banks and hedges, and in calcareous soils. The Germans call it Nepte, Katzennepte, ) &c. ; the Dutch, Katlekruid, or Nepte; the Danes, Katteurt, or Sisenbrand’t ; the Swedes, Kattmynta ; the French Cha- , taire, Cataire, herbe aux Chats ; the Italians, Gattaria ; the N E P OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. N E R 16? Spaniards, Gat era ; the Portuguese, Neveda dos Gatos; and the Russians, Koschitza melita. 2. Nepeta Angustifolia; Narrow-leaved Catmint. Corymbs pedicelied, spiked; leaves lanceolate, wrinkled, tomentose, bluntly serrate; stem erect, a foot high, branched : the whole plant tomentose hoary. It is by no means a variety of the preceding, nor does it change its appearance when cultivated in a garden. — Native of Arragon in Spain. 3. Nepeta Parmonica ; Hungarian Catmint. Cymes pe- duncled, many-flowered ; leaves lanceolate, oblong, cordate, naked; lateral lobes of the corolla reflex; root perennial, branched, woody, the size of a quill or more, brown on the outside, knobbed at the end ; stems several, from three to four feet in height, grooved, smoothish, w ith opposite branches forming a panicle. It flowers from August to October. — Native of Hungary. 4. Nepeta Ccerulea; Blue flowered Catmint. Cymes peduncled, many-flowered, rough-haired ; leaves oblong, cor- date, villose, subsessile; lateral lobes of the corolla reflex. It flowers in June. — Native country unknown. 5. Nepeta Yiolacea; Violet-coloured Catmint. Cymes pc- duncled, many-flowered, hairy ; leaves subcordate, subpetioled, almost naked; lateral lobes of the corolla spreading ; stalks about two feet high, with a few slender branches coming out from the sides; flowers in roundish whorls, peduncled, blue. There is a variety with white flowers. They appear from July to September. — Native of Spain, Piedmont, Carniola, and Siberia. 6. Nepeta Ucranica. Flowers pauicled ; leaves lanceolate, serrate, sessile, naked. — Native of the Ukraine. 7. Nepeta Incana; Hoary Catmint. Panicles axillary; leaves petioled, ovate, serrate, tomentose; stem herbaceous, roundish at bottom, decumbent, naked, bluntly four-cornered above, erect, tomentose, undivided, a span or a little more in height. — Native of Japan. 8. Nepeta Nepetella; Small Catmint. Cymes peduncled ; leaves cordate, oblong lanceolate, deeply serrate, tomentose. This is only one-third the size of the common sort. — Native of the south of Europe. 9. Nepeta Nuda; Naked or Spanish Catmint. Racemes whorled, naked ; leaves cordate, oblong, sessile, serrate ; stems two feet high, smooth, strict, four-grooved, the older ones dark purple. — It flowers from June to August, has a pale blue corolla, and is a native of the south of Europe. 10. Nepeta Hirsuta; Hairy Catmint. Flowers sessile, whorl-spiked ; whorls involved in nap ; stalks about two feet high, branching from the bottom; leaves heart-shaped, obtuse, a little indented, on pretty long petioles ; corolla white, appearing in July. — Native of Sicily. 11. Nepeta Italica; Italian Catmint. Flowers sessile, whorl-spiked; bractes lanceolate, the length of the calix; leaves petioled ; stalks seldom more than a foot high ; strong- scented. — Native of Italy. 12. Nepeta Tuberosa; Tuberous-rooted Catmint. Spikes terminating; bractes oblong acuminate; nerve lined, coloured; leaves cordate, pubescent; lateral lobes of the corolla reflex; this has a thick knobbed root, from which come out one or two stalks that often decline to the ground ; they are about two feet and a half long, and send out side-branches oppo- site. It flowers from Juue to August. — Native of Spain and Portugal. 13. Nepeta Scordotis ; Cretan Catmint. Spikes termina- ting, sessile; bractes subcordate, villose; leaves cordate, blunt; root large, from which proceed many tomentose leaves, like those of White Horehound, spreading on the ground in a circle; from the middle of these rise several stems, which are also tomentose like White Horehound, and on the top of them are white flowers in a large thick spike; saed black. The whole plant is larger and thicker than the Common Scordium, for which it is used in Crete or Candia, where it grows abun- dantly on rocks by way sides and on the borders of fields. 14. Nepeta Lanata; Woolly Catmint. Spikes terminating; bractes ovate; nerve wrinkled, subscariose; leaves oblong cor- date, villose; lateral lobes of the corolla spreading. The root consists of various fleshy, roundish, or filiform tubers ; the first year forming the root-leaves, and the second many- flowering stems. — Its native place is unknown. 15. Nepeta Virginica ; American Catmint. Heads termi- nating; stamina longer than the flower-leaves, lanceolate; stems two feet high ; flowers in whorls ; the lower lip of the corolla is serrate, butTiot concave. It flowers in August. — Native of Virginia. 16. Nepeta Malabarica ; Malabar Catmint. Spike whorled ; bractes filiform ; leaves lanceolate, quite entire below; stems erect, obtuse angled, tomentose; corolla pale violet. — Native of Malabar. 17. Nepeta Indica; Indian Catmint. Upper lip of the corolla quite entire, very short; flowers in whorls. 18. Nepeta Multitida. Flowers in spikes; leaves pinnatifid, quite entire ; stems erect, without branches. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Siberia. 19. Nepeta Botrvoides. Flowers in spikes ; lateral lobe* of the corolla somewhat spreading ; leaves pinnatifid ; segments linear, almost equal ; stems several, erect, scarcely a foot high, decussately branched; branches opposite, erect. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Siberia. 20. Nepeta Lavandulacea. Spike compact; leaves ovate, gash-serrate, marked with lines ; stem erect, brachiate, round, purple, with white hairs ; a span or a foot in height. — Native of Siberia. Nephelium ; a genus of the class Moncecia, order Pentaiv dria. — Generic Character. Male Flowers: in a spiked raceme. Calix : perianth one-leafed, bell-shaped, five-toothed. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, longer than the calix; anthene blunt, two-parted at the base. Female Flowers : in the same raceme. Calix: perianth one- leafed, bell shaped, four-toothed, with two opposite teeth more remote, shrivelling. Corolla: none. Pistil: germina two, superior, roundish, muricated, larger than the calix ; styles two to each, filiform, recurved, springing up between the ger- mina; stigmas thickish, blunt. Pericarp: drupe ovate, hairy, with a cartilaginous rind, and a watery pulp. According to Goertner, capsules two, muricated, one-celled, one seeded. Seed: nut, solitary. Essential Character. Male Calix: five-toothed. Corolla: none. Female Calix: four-cleft. Co- rolla: none. Germina: two, with two styles to each drupe; or, as Gsertner says, capsules two, muricated, one-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Nephelium Lappacenm. Leaves alternate, pinnate, two- paired, abrupt ; leaflets obovate, the outer ones larger ; ra- ceme consisting of a few spikelets, erect, shorter than the leaves. — Native of the East Indies. Nerium ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-parted, acute, very small, permanent. Corolla : one pelalied, funnel- form; tube cylindric, shorter than the border; border very large, five-parted; segments w'ide, blunt, oblique. Nectary: a crown terminating the tube, short, lacerated into capillary segments. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, very short, in t lie tube of the corolla; antherae sagittate, converging, ter- minated by a long thread. Ppstil: germen roundish, bifid; style cylindric, the length of the tube; stigma truncate, sitting on an orblet, fastened to the antherae. Pericarp : follicles N E R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; N E R two, round, long, acuminate, erect, one-valved, opening longi- tudinally. Seeds: numerous, oblong, crowned with down placed imbricately. Essential Character. Contorted Corolla: with the tube terminated by a lacerated crown; follicles two, erect. — These plants are generally propagated by layers in this country, for although they will sometimes take root from cuttings, yet that being an uncertain method, the other is generally pursued; and as the plants are very apt to produce suckers or shoots from their roots, those are best adapted for laying, for the old branches will not put out roots; when these are laid down, they should be slit at a joint in the same manner as is practised in laying Carnations, which will greatly facilitate their taking root : if these branches are laid down in autumn, and are properly supplied with water, they will have taken root by that time twelvemonth, when they should be carefully raised up with a trowel; and if they have taken good root, they should be cut oft’ from the old plant, and each planted in a separate small pot tilled with soft loamy earth ; those of the common sort will require no other care but to be placed in a shady situation, and gently watered as the season may require, till they have taken new root ; but the two other species should be plunged into a very moderate hot-bed to forward their taking root, obser- ving to shade them from the sun in the heat of the day : after the common sort has taken new root, the plants may be placed in a sheltered situation with other hardy exotics, where they may remain till the end of October, when they should either be removed into the green-house or placed under a hot- bed frame, where they may be protected from frost in winter, but enjoy the free air at all times in mild weather. The species are. 1. Nerium Oleander; Common Rosebay, or Oleander. Leaves linear-lanceolate, in threes, transversely nerved under- neath; calicine leaflets squarrose; nectaries flat, three-cusped. This species rises with several stalks to the height of eight or ten feet. The branches come out by threes round the prin- cipal stalks, and have a smooth brtrk, which in that with red flowers is of a purplish colour, but in that with white flowers is of a light green. In warm dry summers this plant makes a fine appearance, the flowers then opening in great plenty; but in cold moist seasons the flowers often decay without expanding, unless the plants are placed in a green-house or under a glass-case. That with the white flowers is the most tender. Other varieties are, the striped-leaved, the broad- leaved double-flowered, the striped double-flowered, and different shades of red from purple to crimson or scarlet. The leaves of Oleauder are acrid and poisonous, therefore certainly not proper to be internally used without great caution. Oil, in which the leaves are infused, is recom- mended in the itch and other cutaneous disorders, in pre- ference to mercurial preparations, for children and delicate constitutions. — Native of the Levant, Spain, Portugal, Italy, by the sides of streams, and near the sea-coast. It abounds every where in the island of Candia by rivers and torrents, and there the variety with white flowers is chiefly found ; in the mountains and plains about Antioch or Scanderoon it is found abundantly-; in Sicily, by all the torrents descending from Mount Etna, in many parts of Italy, as between Nice and Genoa; near Monte Baldo, &c; but particularly in all the low grounds of Magna Grecia in the kingdom of Naples. Belon says, that in Crete, and on Mount Athos, the Rhodo- dendron, which is this shrub, grows to a great size, inso- much that in Crete it is sometimes used for building-timber. It has the name Rhododendron, from the similitude of its flowers in size and colour to the Rose ; Rhododaphne, for the same reason, and because, as Gerarde expresses it, it makes a gallant shew like the Bay-tree. Hence also our English name Rosebay ; which is now superseded by the officinal name Oleander, which is adopted in almost all the European languages. This tree is so hardy as to live abroad in mild winters, if planted in a warm situation; but as they are liable to be destroyed in severe frost, the best way is to keep the plants in pots, or, if they are very large, in tubs, that they may be sheltered in winter, and in the summer removed abroad, placing them in a warm sheltered situation ; in the winter it may be placed with myrtles, and others of the hardier kinds of exotic plants, in a place where they may have as much free air as possible in mild weather, but screened from severe frost ; for if these are kept too warm in winter, they will not flower strong, and when the air is excluded from them, the ends of their shoots will become mouldy; so that the hardier they are treated, provided they are not exposed to hard frost, the better they will thrive. The two varieties of this species require a different treatment, otherwise they will not make any appearance; therefore the young plants, when they have taken new root, should be gradually iuured to bear the open air, into which they should be removed in July, where they may remain till October, provided the weather continues mild ; but during this time, they should be placed in a sheltered situation, and upon the first approach of frost they will change to a pale yellow', and will not recover their usual colour till the following autumn. They may be preserved in a good green house through the winter, and the plants will be stronger than those which are more tenderly treated ; but in May, when the flower-buds begin to appear, the plants should be placed in an open glass-case, where they may be defended from the inclemency of the weather; but when it is warm weather, the air should at all times be admitted to them in plenty. With this management, the flowers will expand, and continue long in beauty, and during that time, there are few plants which are equal to them, either to the eye or the nose, for their scent is very like that of the flowers of the White Thorn ; and the bunches of flowers will be very large, if the plants are strong. 2. Nerium Odorum; Sweet-scented Rosebay, or Oleander. Leaves linear-lanceolate, in threes; calicine leaflets erect; nec- taries many-parted ; segments filiform. This has been con- founded with the first species. It flowers from June to August. There is a variety with the leaves six inches long, but both are supposed to be of a poisonous quality. The young branches when cut or broken discharge a milky juice or sap; and the larger branches, w hen burnt, emit a very disagreeable odour. Mr Miller informs us, that it is a native of both Indies, and first introduced into the British American Islands from the Spanish Main, where it is called the South Sea Rose. The beauty and sweetness of the flowers induced the inha- bitants to cultivate the plants, and in many places to form hedges of them; but many of the cattle that browsed on them were killed, so that they are now only preserved in gardens, where they make a fine appearance great part of the year. 3. Nerium Salicinum ; Willow leaved Rose-bay, or Olean- der. Leaves linear-lanceolate, in threes, nerveless. Nearly allied to the first species. 4. Nerium Obesum. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, scattered, villose underneath; trunk soft, resembling a bulb under ground, the size of a man’s head ; branches the thickness of the little finger, the same substance as the trunk, attenuated above; when flowering, woody and warted. 5. Nerium Zeylanicum. Leaves lanceolate, opposite ; branches straight; stems round, very dark purple, smooth, erect, swelling at the joints ; flowers at the ends of the branches. — Native of the East Indies. N E R OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. N EU 109 6. Nerium Divaricatum. Leaves lanceolate, ovate; brandies divaricating; stem frutescent, round, decumbent or scandent, ferruginous; branches alternate, divaricating, villose. The wood of this and of the above species is proper for the turner, and to make cabinets and other elegant fur- niture. It is very w hite, and of a fine grain, like ivory, only much lighter .It mixes admirably with ebony ; and is reputed to be a specific in the dysentery. — Native of the Etist Indies, Japan, and Cochin-china. 7. Nerium Antidysentericum ; Oval leaved Rose-bay. Leaves oblong, ovate ; panicles terminating. This is a mid- dle-sized tree, with brachiate leaves ; flowers herbaceous, or greenish white, in short subterminating racemes ; segments of the crown oblong, alternately trifid and linear. Tiie trunk is very irregularly shaped ; when very old it is from one and a half to two feet in diameter; but when of that size it is full of large rotten cavities; its height to the branches, when large, is from ten to fifteen feet; the bark of the old wood is scabrous, of the young pretty smooth, and ash-coloured. — The Nerium Tinctorium tree is a native of the lower regions of the mountains directly north from Coringa, in the Rajahmundry Circar; it contains a mild milky juice, chiefly in the tender branches and young leaves, from which it flows on their being wounded. The natives make scarcely any use of this tree, except for fire-wood ; and the more it is cut down, the more it increases, many shoots issuing from the old stumps. These in one year acquire the height of eight or ten feet, and are thick in proportion ; it casts its leaves during the cold season, but would probably retain them if in a state of cultivation. About the beginning of the hot season, in March and April, the young leaves begin to make their appearance together with the flowers; by the end of Mpy, those that first begun to be unfolded will have attained to their full size ; about this time also it ceases flowering, and the seed-vessels are fully formed, but the seeds are not ripe till January or February. The quick and luxuriant growth of this tree, in its native soil, will be a great induce- ment to those who wish to cultivate it ; which can require little or no trouble: and the soil that it is always found wild in, is the barren, dry, rocky hills, and lower region of moan tains, which is totally unfit for every sort of agriculture. The lower parts of the steep rocky mountains of Saint Helena seem to be the very soil and situation it delights in ; its size and quick growth will render it valuable there, if it be only for fire-wood ; with that view Dr. Roxburgh sent a pretty large quantity of seeds to the Planters’ Society on that island. The colour the leaves sometimes acquired in drying for the Hortus Siccus, first induced Dr. Roxburgh to think they were possessed of colouring matter ; and the result of some experiments fully answered his expectations, although he had often been deceived in the leaves of other plants. The method lie took to extract the colour, was by collecting pro miseuously the large and small leaves, while fresh; putting them on the fire in common uuglazed earthen pots, with soil well water, and when scalding hot straining off the liquor, which had acquired a deep green colour, with something of the violet-coloured scum that is observed on the common Indigo, not towards the end of the fermentation: with little agitation this liquor began to granulate ; and to promote the granulation as well as the precipitation, he tried various liquors, as cold infusion of Jamblong bark, which is what the Hindoos universally use to precipitate their indigo, lime water, a lixivium of wood-ashes, a mixture of lime-water and lixivium of wood-ashes, and also a ley made of equal parts of caustic vegetable alkali and quick lime; these five he repeatedly tried, and as often found that lime-water and a lixivium of wood-ashes, mixed together, answered best; the faecula was washed, filtrated, and dried in the usual manner. It may be said, that we are already in possession of a suffi- cient number of good blues, consequently that it is unneces- sary to attend to this new Indigo : to obviate this objection, it may be observed, that the common Indigo plant is only to be brought to perfection by nice, expensive, and labourious culture ; is liable to many accidents from changes of weather, and other causes that no human foresight can prevent; these are well known facts to any one that cultivates Indigo to any extent, while this tree is not subject to these inconve- niences, and does not require the smallest care, being found in the greatest abundance, growing wild in the most barren tracts that can possibly be imagined, and requires only to be cut down once a year, to make it produce a large supply of young shoots with very luxuriant leaves the following sea- son; besides, the colour that this Indigo may give to cloth, &c. may be different to any other hitherto known, and may therefore prove of great value to a commercial nation like Great Britain. 8. Nerium Coronarium ; Broad-leaved Rose-bay. Leaves elliptic; peduncles in pairs from the forks of the branches, two-flowered. This is an elegant branched shrub, four feet high, milky, with an ash-coloured bark. The younger branches are shining green, compressed a little, opposite at the end. — Native of the East Indies. 9. Nerium Scandens ; Climbing Rose bay. Stem climbing; peduncles terminating, many-flowered ; segments of the corolla very long. This is a large shrub, with scandent branches; leaves ovate-oblong, quite entire, subacuminate, smooth, oppo- site ; flowers large, with a white tube and a very red border. — Native of Cochin-china. Nerteria; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: a superior, very small, undivided rim. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel-form, superior; tube short, gradually enlarging ; border four-cleft, with sharp segments bent back, and shorter than the tube. Stamina : filamenta four, equal, inserted into the base of the corolla, filiform ; anthera; oblong, two-lobed, erect. Pistil: germen inferior, oval, somewhat compressed, even; styles two, fili- form, slightly connate at the base, smooth; stigmas acute, reflex, divaricating. Pericarp: berry globular, umbilicate at top, with a very small round scar, two-celled. Seeds : solitary, roundish, acuminate at the base, flat on one side, convex on the other. Observe. This genus is allied to Manetica. Essential Character. Corolla: funnel- form, four-cleft, superior ; berry tw o-celled. Seeds : solitary. The only known species is, 1. Nerteria Depressa. Root fibrous, annual; stems her- baceous, procumbent, rooting at the joints, branched, leafy, filiform, somewhat angular, smooth. — Native of the wet marshy parts of New Grenada, and of New Zea- land. Nettle. See Urlica. Nettle, Dead. See Lamium. Nettle, Hemp. See Galeopsis. Nettle Tree. See Ce/tis. Neurada ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Deeagy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-parted, superior, very small. Corolla: petals five, equal, larger than the calix. Stamina: filamenta ten, the length of the calix; antherae simple. Pistil: germen gibbous, inferior; styles ten, the length of the stamina; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule orbiculate, depressed, convex underneath, defended all over with ascending prickles, ten celled. Seeds: solitary. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Petals: 170 N I C THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; N I C five. Capsule: inferior, ten-celled, ten-seeded, prickly. Tlie only species yet discovered is, 1. Neurada Procumbens. Stems depressed, rigid, round, a palm high, or more ; branches from each of the lower axils. — Native of Egypt, Arabia, and Numidia. New Jersey Tea. See Ceanothus. Nicandra ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, turbiuate, thick, coloured, four-parted ; segments wide, concave, blunt; the two outside ones larger; and the two internal ones less. Corolla: one-petalled ; tube very short; border deeply ten-cleft; segments oblong, imbricate, curved inwards at top, rigid. Nectary: a short membrana- ceous ring, surrounding the base of the germen. Stamina : filamenta ten, very short, connected with the nectary, inserted into the receptacle ; antherte linear, four-cornered, acute, erect, approximating. Pistil: germen ovate; styles short; stigma peltate, orbicular, six-rayed. Pericarp: berry round- ish, six-grooved, three-celled. Seeds: very many, very small, angular. Essential Character. Calix: turbinate, coloured, four-parted. Corolla: one petalled, ten-cleft. Ger- men: encircled with a membranaceous riug ; stigma peltate, orbicular, six-rayed. Berry: roundish, six-grooved, three- celled, many-seeded. The only known species is, X. Nicandra Amara. Stem simple, straight, hard, woody, knotty, the thickness of a finger; leaves simple, entire, smooth, narrow at the base, wide above, rounded and pointed at the end ; flowers terminating, on one, or two, or three peduncles, the base enveloped in a sheath. The corolla is white. The fruit yellow, fleshy, and the size of a cherry. All parts of this plant are bitter: the leaves and tender twigs arc used in venereal cases, and where there is suspicion of poison. It is highly emetic in a large dose. Nicker Tree. See Guilandina. Nicotiana ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order M0110- gynia. — Generic Character. Cfl/fa;;.perianlhone-leafed, ovate, half five-cleft, permanent. Corolla: one petalled, funnel-form; tube longer than the calix; border somewhat spreading, half five-cleft, in five folds. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, almost the length of the corolla, ascending ; anthers; oblong. Pistil: germen ovate; style filiform, the length of the corolla; stigma capitate, emarginate. Peri- carp: capsule subovate, marked with a line on each side, two-celled, two-valved, opening at top ; receptacles half ovate, dotted, fastened to the partition; seeds numerous, kidney- form, wrinkled. Observe. The acuminate and blunt figure is various in this genus. Essential Character. Corolla: funnel-form, with a plaited border ; stamina inclined. Cap- sule: two-valved, two-celled.- The species are, 1. Nicotiana Fruticosa; Shrubby Tobacco. Leaves lan- ceolate, subpetioled, embracing; flowers acute; stem fru- tescent. It rises with very branching stalks about five feet high. The stalks divide into many smaller branches, termi- nated by loose bunches of flowers of a bright purple colour, succeeded by acutely pointed seed-vessels. There is a vari- ety about five feet high, the stalk of which does not branch so much as the former. — It is a native of the woods of the island of Tobago. Sir George Staunton informs us that great quantities of Tobacco are planted in the low grounds of China, through which the embassy passed : and that there is no traditional account of its being introduced into that country, or into India, where it is likewise cultivated, and used in vast abundance. In neither country are foreign usages adopted. It is possible that, like the Ginseng, it may be naturally found in particular spots, both in the old and new world. In China, where the use of Tobacco both in snuff and for smoking is very general, buildings are not thought necessary, as they are in the West Indies, for curing it; there being little apprehension of rain to injure the leaves when plucked. They are hung on cords to dry without any shelter, upon the spot in which they grew. Each owner with his family takes care of his own produce. This indicates both the nature of the climate, little subject to moisture, and the general division of property into minute parcels. Tobacco is cultivated in open fields in several parts of the continent of Europe; and some think it might b- advantage- ously grown in England, if it were not prohibited by the legislature. All the species however, except the third and fourth, require the same culture, and are loo tender to grow from seeds sown in the full ground to any degree of perfection in this country, but must be raised on a hot bed. The seeds must be sown iu March, and when the plants are come up fit to remove, they should be transplanted into a new hot- bed of a moderate warmth, about four inches asunder each way, observing to water and shade them until they have taken root ; after which let them have air in proportion to the warmth of the season, as without it they will draw- up very weak, and be thereby less capable of enduring the open air: water them frequently, but in small quantities ; while they are very young, it should not be given to them in too great quantities; though, when they are grown strong, they will require to have it often and in abundance. In this bed the plants should remain till the middle of May, by which time, if they have succeeded well, they will touch each other; therefore they should be inured to bear the open air gradu- ally; after which they must be taken up carefully, preserving a large ball of earth to each root, and planted into a rich light soil in rows four feet asunder, and the plants three feet distance in the rows, observing to water them until they have taken root; after which they will require no further care, except weeding, until they begin, to shew their flower-stems; when their tops should be cut off, that their leaves may receive more nourishment, and become larger and of a thicker substance. In August they will be full grown, when they should be cut for use; for if they be permitted to stand longer, their under leaves will begin to decay. This is to be understood of such plants as are propagated for use; but those designed for ornament should be planted in the bor- ders of the pleasure garden, and permitted to grow their full height, where they will continue flowering from July till the frost puts a stop to them. 2. Nicotiana Tabacuni ; Virginian Tobacco. Leaves lan- ceolate, ovate, sessile, decurrent; flowers acute; root large, long, annual ; stalk hairy, upright, strong, round, branching towards the top; leaves numerous, large, pointed, entire, veined, viscid, pale green; bractes long, linear, pointed ; flow- ers in loose clusters or panicles ; calix hairy, about half the length of the corolla, cut into five narrow segments ; tube of the corolla hairy, gradually swelling towards the border, where it divides into five folding acute segments of a reddish colour; capsule ovate, conical, clothed with the calix, smooth, with four depressed streaks, two-celled, opening four ways at top; partition simple, contrary to the valves; receptacle very large, fungous, ovate-acuminate, convex on one side, and flat on the other, or reniform, concave, fastened on both sides to the partition; seeds very numerous, small, ovate, subreni- forin, with raised lines or nerves beautifully netted of a yel- lowish bay colour. Mr. Miller describes three species of Virginian Tobacco: 1. The Great Broad-leaved, which he says was formerly the most commonly sown iu England, and has been generally taken for the Common Broad-leaved To- bacco of Caspar Bauhin and others, but is very different from it. N I C OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY N I C 171 The leaves are more than a foot and half long, and a foot broad, their surfaces very rough and glutinous, and their bases half embrace the stalk. In a rich moist soil the stalks are more than ten feet high, and the upper part divides into smaller branches, which are terminated by loose bunches of flowers, standing erect; they have pretty long tubes, and are of a pale purplish colour. It flowers in July and August, and the seeds ripen in August. This is the sort which is commonly brought to market in pots, and by some is called Oroonoko Tobacco. 2. The stalks of the next of Mr. Mil- ler’s species seldom rise more than five or six feet high, and divide into more branches. It is the Broad leaved Tobacco of Caspar Bauhin. The leaves are about ten inches long, and three and a half broad, smooth, acute, sessile; the flowers are rather larger, and of a bright purple colour. It flowers and perfects seeds at the same time ; is often called Sweet-scented Tobacco. 3. Narrow-leaved Virginian To- bacco, rises with an upright branching stalk, four or five feet high; the lower leaves are a foot long, and three or four inches broad; those on the stalks are much narrower, lessen- ing to the top, and end in very acute points, sitting very close to the stalks ; they are very glutinous. The flowers grow in loose bunches at the top of the stalks, they have long tubes, and are of a bright purple or red colour. They appear at the same time with the former, and ripen their seeds in the autumn. They are all natives of America. — Linneus informs us that Tobacco was known in Europe from the year 1560, when it was brought into Spain and Portugal, and derived its name from Nicot, the Spanish Ambassador at the Portuguese Court, who sent it to Catharine de Medicis as a plant of the new world possessing extraordinary virtues. AndrewThevet, however, who was almoner to the aboveQueen, and returned from Brazil in 1556, disputes the claim of Nicot, and probably was the first importer of this noxious weed. The filthy practices of chewing and smoking Tobacco, and of taking it up the nose in snuff, have now prevailed in civilized Europe for more than two centuries, notwithstand- ing their injurious effects upon the health and appearance of those who indulge such uncleanly and pernicious habits, and the great expense attending their indulgence. For the full history, and a most interesting account of this famous herb, we refer our readers to Dr. Adam Clarke’s Dissertation on the Use and Abuse of Tobacco, from which we forbear to quote any part, because every lover of decency and order ought to be in possession of the whole; and should by all means endeavour to dissuade his fellow creatures from acquir- ing such slavish and disgusting habits. It is really surprising that in a country like ours, where the influence of the ladies is so exceedingly great that England has been justly termed their earthly Paradise, that with all their influence they should not have succeeded in persuading their husbands, parents, and brothers, to abstain for their sakes from the use of a weed which discolours and destroys the teeth, taints the breath, and gives an unwholesome appearance to the whole person, besides seriously injuring their health. Our fair countrywomen are certainly no advocates for such sottish customs, which we rejoice to say are of late years gradually vanishing from among those who think for themselves, and will, it is ardently hoped, be finally proscribed by the decent and rational part of mankind. Tobacco it is well known is of a narcotic quality: even a small quantity, snuffed up the nose, will sometimes produce giddiness, stupor, and vomit- ing; and when applied by different ways in larger quantities, there are many instances of its more violent effects, and even of its proving a mortal poison. It operates in the same way as other narcotics, but also possesses a strongly stimulant power, perhaps with respect to the whole system, but espe- cially over the stomach and intestines, so as readily, even in small doses, to prove emetic and purgative. Hence it is some- times employed to excite vomiting, but more commonly as a purgative in clysters, or by throwing the smoke up the anus. An infusion of Tobacco leaves has been advantageously used as a lotion for obstinate ulcers ; but many instances having occurred in which, being absorbed, it has proved a violent poison, we dissuade from such a practice, especially as there are other medicines of as much efficacy that may be employed with more safety. Bergius recommends it for a fomentation in the paraphymosis. The smoke has been successfully used in the way of injection, for obstructions and inveterate con- stipations of the belly, ever since the time of Sydenham, and is also recommended in cases of suspended animation. — In America, when a regular plantation of Tobacco is intended, the beds being prepared, and well turned up with the hoe, the seed, on account of its smallness, is mixed with ashes, and sown upon them a little before the rainy season. The beds are raked or trampled with the feet, to make the seed take the sooner. The plants appear in two or three weeks. So soon as they have acquired four leaves, the strongest are drawn up carefully, and planted in a field by a line, at the distance of about three feet from each plant. If no rain fall, they should be watered two or three times. Every morning and evening the plants must be looked over, in order to destroy a worm which sometimes invades the bud. When they are about four or five inches high, they are to be cleaned from weeds, and moulded up. As soon as they have eight or nine leaves, and are ready to put forth a stalk, the top is nipped off, in order to make the leaves longer and thicker. After this, the buds which sprout at the joint of the leaves are all plucked ; and not a day is suffered to pass without examining the leaves, to destroy a large caterpillar which is sometimes very destructive to them. When they are fit for cutting, which is known by the brittleness of the leaves, they are cut with the knife close to the ground ; and, after lying some time, are carried to the drying shed or house, where the plants are hung up by pairs upon lines, leaving a space between them that they may not touch one another. In this state they remain to sweat and dry. When perfectly dry, the leaves are stripped from the stalks, and made up in small bundles tied into one of the leaves. These bundles are laid in heaps, and covered with blankets. Care is taken not to over-heat them, for which reason the heaps are laid open to the air from time to time, and spread abroad. This operation is repeated till no more heat is perceived in the heaps, and the Tobacco is then stowed in casks for exportation. 3. Nicotiana Rustica; Common or English Tobacco. Leaves petioled, ovate, quite entire ; flowers obtuse ; stalks seldom more than three feet high. This is commonly called English Tobacco from its having been the first introduced here, and being much more hardy than the other sorts, in- somuch that it has become a weed in many places; it came however originally from America, by the name of Petum. The derivation of the name Tobacco is uncertain; but it has prevailed over the original name, in all the European languages, and even in Tartary and Japan. — This and the next species may be propagated by sowing their seeds in March, upon a bed of light earth, whence they may be trans- planted into any part of the garden, and will thrive without further care. 4. Nicotiana Paniculata; Panicled Tobacco. Leaves pe- tioled, cordate, quite entire; flowers panicled, blunt, club- shaped; stalk three feet high and upwards. — Native of Peru. See the preceding species. 172 N t G THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; N I P 5. Nicotiana Urens; Stinging Tobacco. Leaves cordate, crenate; racemes recurved; stem hispid, stinging. — Native of South America. This and the two following species, being somewhat more tender than the others, should be sown early in the spring on a hot-bed ; when the plants are come up, transplant them on another moderate hot-bed ; water them duly, and give them a large share of air in warm weather; and when the plants have obtained a good share of strength, transplant them into separate pots, and plunge them iuto a moderate hot-bed, to bring them forward. About the middle of June, some of the plants may be shaken out of the pots, and planted in beds of rich earth; but it will be proper to keep one or two plants in pots, to be placed in the stove, in case the season should prove bad, that they may ripen their seeds. 6. Nicotiana Glutinosa; Clammy-leaved. Tobacco. Leaves petioled, cordate, quite entire ; flowers in racemes, pointing one way, and ringent ; stalk round, nearly four feet high, sending out two or three branches from the lower part. — Native of Peru. See the preceding species. 7. Nicotiana Pusilla. Leaves oblong-oval, radical; flowers in racemes, acute; root pretty thick, and taper, striking deep in the ground, at the top of it come out six or seven leaves, spreading on the ground, about the size of those of the com- mon Primrose, but of a deeper green; stalk about a foot high. — Native of La Vera Cruz. See the fifth species. 8. Nicotiana Quadrivalvis. Leaves oblong-ovate, petio- late; flowers on the top of the branchlets scattered, solitary; corolla funnel-shaped; segments oblong; capsules subglobose, four-valved ; colour of the flowers white, with a tinge of blue. The tobacco prepared from it, is said to be of a superior quality, and the Indians prepare the most delicate sort from the dried flowers. It is cultivated, and also grows sponta- neously, on the Missouri, principally among the Mandan and Ricara nations. Nidus Avis. See Ophrys. Nigella; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Fenta- gynia*— Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: petals five, ovate, flat, blunt, spreading, more contracted at the base ; nectaries eight, placed in a ring, very short ; each two-lipped ; outer lip larger, lower, bifid, flat, convex, marked with two dots; inner lip shorter, narrower, from ovate end- ing in a line. Stamina: filamenta numerous, awl-shaped, shorter than the petals ; antherae compressed, blunt, erect. Pistil: germina several, (five to ten,) oblong, convex, com- pressed, erect, ending in styles which are awl-shaped, angular, very long, but revolute, permanent; stigmas longitudinal, adnate. Pericarp: capsules as many, oblong, compressed, acuminate, connected on the inside by the suture, gaping on ihe inside at top; seeds very many, angular, rugged. Observe. The fifth species has ten pistils, straight, longer than the corolla; seeds membranaceous margined. The fourth species has also ten pistils, equalling the corolla. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: none. Petals: five; nectary five or more, two-lipped within the corolla ; capsules as many, connected, or, according to Gaertner, separate, beaked, opening inwards. — All the plants of this genus may be propagated by sowing their seeds upon a bed of light earth, where they are to remain, for they seldom succeed well if transplanted ; therefore, in order to have them intermixed among other annual flowers, in the borders of the flower garden, the seed should be sown in patches, at proper distances; and when the plants appear, pull up those which grow too close, leaving but three or four of them in eacli patch, observing also to keep them clear from weeds; which is all the culture they require. In July they produce their flowers, and ripen seeds in August, when they should be gathered and dried ; then rub out each soft separately, and preserve them in a dry place. The season for I sowing these seeds is in March ; but if you sow some of them ! in August, soon after they are ripe, upon a dry soil, and in a warm situation, they will abide through the winter, and flower I strong through the succeeding year; by sowing the seeds at different times, they may be continued in beauty most part of the summer. The varieties with double flowers, are chiefly sown in flower-gardens ; those with single flowers are rarely admitted into any but botanic gardens. They are all annual plants, perishing soon after they have perfected their seeds ; which, if permitted to scatter upon the borders, will come up without any further care. The species are, , * With Jive Styles. 1. Nigella Damascena ; Common Fennel Flower. Flowers surrounded with a leafy involucre ; stalk upright, branching, a foot and half high; colour of the flowers pale blue. There is a variety with single white flowers, and another with double I flowers, w hich is frequently sown in gardens, along with other annuals, for an ornament : from the fine-cut leaves about the flowers, it has the names of Fennel-flower, Devil-in-a-bush, and Love-in a-mist, but the first has become obsolete. The expressed juice of this plant is an excellent thing for the head-ache, for which purpose it is to be snuffed up the nose; when thus used, it excites sneezing, and a considerable dis- charge of mucus and watery humours from the head ; taken inwardly, it increases the urinary secretion, and relieves the j jaundice. 2. Nigella Sativa; Small Fennel Flower. Pistils five; cap- sules muricated, roundish; leaves somewhat hairy. This rises to the same height as the preceding. Its seeds were formerly much used as carminative, stimulant, and errhine; but though they are no longer employed medicinally, they are still used, in some parts of Germany and Asia, for culinary purposes instead of spice, as they are pleasantly aromatic. It flowers from June to September. — Native of Candia and Egypt. 3. Nigella Arvensis ; Field Fennel Flower. Pistils five; petals entire; capsules turbinate; stalks slender, nearly a foot high, either single or branching out at the bottom ; each branch is terminated by one star-pointed flower of a pale blue colour, without any leafy involucre. There is a variety with i while flowers, and another with double flowers; they appear from June to September. — Native of Germany, France, Italy, Carniola, and Switzerland. ** With ten Styles. 4. Nigella Hispanica; Spanish Fennel Flower. Pistils ten, equalling the corolla; stalk a foot and half high. The \ flowers are larger than those of the other species, and of a fine blue colour, with green veins at the back. There is a ij variety of it with double flowers. It flowers from June to : September, and is a native of Spain and the south of France. < 5. Nigella Orientalis ; Yellow Fennel Flower. Pistils ten, l longer than the corolla; stalk branching a foot and halfhigh, i with pretty long leaves, finely divided. The flowers are pro- f duced at the ends of the branches. It flowers from July to September. — Native of corn-fields in Syria. Nightshade. See Solarium. Nightshade, Deadly. See Atropa. Nightshade, Enchanter's. See Circcca. Nightshade, Malabar. See Basella. Nill. See Indigojera Tinctoria. Nipa ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Monadelphia. j —Generic Character. Male Flowers: lateral, below if the females on the same plant. Calix: spathes oblong, con- | cave, acuminate, coriaceous; outer larger, inner gradually H inclosing; perianth proper none. Corolla: petals six, linear, f N I T OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. N U R equal, from spreading reflex. Stamina: filamentuin one, Aliform, erect, the length of the petals ; anthera at the top of the filamentum, perforated, twelve-grooved, oblong. Females: terminating. Calix: spathes as in the male. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen angular, often five angled, obliquely truncate, smooth; style and stigma none, but in their stead a groove on each side. Pericarp : drupes very many, aggregate in a head, the size of the human head, angular; angles unequal, acute or blunt, attenuated below, blunted above, and smooth. Essential Character. Male: spathe. Corolla: six- petalled. Female: spathe. Corolla: none. Drupes: angu- lar. The only known species is, 1. Nipa Fruticans. Trunk in the young Palm none, but in an adult state some feet in height ; leaves pinnate, pinnas striated, margined, acuminate, smooth. Flowers male and female on the same Palm, but distinct on different peduncles. The fruit is eaten both raw and preserved. — Native of Java and other islands in the East Indies, where the leaves are used for covering houses and making mats. Nipplewort. See Lapsana. Nissolia ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafvd, bell- shaped, five-toothed, with the upper teeth deeper. Corolla: papilionaceous; banner roundish, subemarginate, reflex, with the sides reflex; wings oblong, blunt, erect, broader at top, spreading in front. Keel: closed, of the same form with the wings. Stamina: filamenta ten, united into a cylinder, cloven above ; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen oblong, compressed ; style awl-shaped, ascending at a right angle; stigma capitate obtuse. Pericarp: capsule oblong, round, running out into a ligulate wing. Seed: usually one, oblong, round, blunt. Essential Character. Calix: five-toothed; capsule one-seeded, ending in a ligulate wing. The species are, 1. Nissolia Arborea; Tree Nissolia. Stem arboreous, erect. This is an inelegant tree, twelve feet high, the branches of which being often weak and bending, require support. Leaves deciduous, pinnate or ternate — Native of Carthagena in New Spain ; where it is found flowering in the woods, in July and August. 2. Nissolia Fruticosa; Shrubby Nissolia. This is a thorn- less shrub, with numerous twining stems and branches, climbing the trees to the height of fifteen feet. Leaves numerous, alternate, pinnate, subvillose; flowers peduncled, small, yellow, inodorous. — Native of Carthagena, in woods and coppices ; flowering in September. Nitraria; a genus of the class Dodecandria, order Mono- gynia.. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, five-cleft, erect, very short, permanent. Corolla; petals five, oblong, spreading, channelled, arched at top witli an inflex dagger-point. Stamina: filamenta fifteen, awl- shaped, almost erect, the length of the corolla; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen ovate, ending in a t hickish style, longer than the stamina; stigma simple. Pericarp: drupe one celled, ovate oblong, acuminate. Seed : one, three-celled, ovate, acuminate. Observe. The germen when immature is three-celled ; nut scorbiculate, one-celled, six-valved at top ; style very short, trifid. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft. Corolla: five-petalled, with the petals arched at top. Stamina: fifteen or more ; drupe one-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Nitraria Schoberi ; Thick leaved Nitraria. There are two varieties of this shrub; one in the squalid nitro saline parts of the desert, extending from the north of the Caspian Sea; the stems of which are almost upright, almost unarmed : it is also the largest in all its parts: the other is found in the salt plains of Siberia, between the rivers Irtis aud Obo, by the salt lakes near the Jenisca, and beyond the lake Baikal. It is prostrate, tender, thorny, and smaller than the other in all its parts. Pallas informs us, that the berries, though saltish aud insipid, are eateu in the Caspian desart, and are almost the only luxury in that arid soil. Linneus had this shrub twenty years, before it flowered in Sweden : and during ten years having in vain tried to make it flower in the gar- den at Upsal, he at length succeeded, by watering it with salt water. Nolana ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leaf- ed, turbinate at the base, five-parted, five-cornered; segments cordate, acute, permanent. Corolla : one-petalled, bell-shaped, plaited, spreading, somewhat five-lobed, twice as large as the calix. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, erect, equal, shorter than the corolla ; antherae sagittate. Pistil: germina five, roundish ; style among the germina, cylindric, straight, the length of the stamina; stigma capitate. Pericarp: pro- perly none. According to Gaertner, drupes five, decumbent, three or five celled. Seeds: five, with a succulent rind, roundish, with the inner base naked, immersed in the recep- tacle, two-celled, and four-seeded. Essential Charac- ter. Corolla: bell-shaped; style among the germina. Seeds: five, berried, two celled. According to Gaertner, drupes five, three or five celled, with one seed in each cell, The only known species is, 1. Nolana Prostrata ; Trailing Nolana. Root annual, simple, filiform, often three feet long, blackish ; stem a foot long, herbaceous, prostrate, roundish, very smooth, with white dots scattered over it; branches alternate, the lower ones the length of the stalk ; leaves alternate, two together, reflex, rhomb-ovate, quite entire, blunt, somewhat fleshy, an inch long; flowers inferior; corolla of a fine blue colour, with dark purple veins at the throat; calix pale purple. Supposed to be a native of Spain. It flowers in July, and ripens seed in September. — To propagate it, the seeds should be sown on a hot-bed in March. When the plants are tit to remove, trans- plant them singly into small pots filled with light earth, and plunge them into a fresh hot-bed to bring the plants forward, otherwise they will not ripen their seeds in this country. When their flowers open in July, they should have a large share of air admitted to them when the weather is warm, to prevent their flowers from falling away without producing seeds. With this management, the plants will continue flower- ing till the early frosts destroy them; and ripe seeds will be produced in the beginning of September. Noli me Tangcre. See Impatiens. None so-Pretty. See Saxi/raga. None such. See Medicago Lupulina. Nose-bleed. See Achillea Ptarmico. Nursery. — Upon this subject, so important to all farmers and gardeners, and to the public in general, we shall subjoin the observations of the celebrated Philip Miller at full Length. He defines the nursery-garden to be a piece of land set apart for the raising and propagating all sorts of trees and plants to supply the gardens and plantations. Of this kind there is an immense number in various parts of the kingdom, but especially in the neighbourhood of Loudon, which are occupied by the gardeners, whose business it is to raise trees, plants, and flowers, for sale; and in many of these there is at present a much greater variety of trees and plants culti- vated than can be found in any other part of Europe. But I do not, says Mr. Miller, propose to treat of these extensive nurseries, nor to give a description of them, and shall con- fine myself to such nurseries only as are absolutely necessary for all lovers of planting to have upon the spot where they 174 NUR THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; NUR design to make their plantation. For if these are large, the expense of carrying a great number of trees, if the distance be great, will be no small expense, besides the hazard of their growing ; which, when the plants have been trained up in good land, and removed to an indifferent one, is very great. Therefore it is of the utmost consequence to every planter to begin by making a nursery. But in this article I must beg leave to observe, that a nursery should not be fixed to any particular spot: I mean by this, that it would be wrong to continue the raising of trees any number of years upon the same spot of ground, because hereby the ground will be so much exhausted by the trees, as to render it unfit for tiie; same purpose. Therefore all good nursery gardeners shift | and change their land from time to time, for wdien they have drawn oft’ the trees from a spot of ground, they plant kitchen herbs, or other things, upon the ground for a year or two; by which time, as also by dunging or trenching the land, it is recovered, and made fit to receive other trees. But this they are obliged to from necessity, being confined to the same land ; which is not the case with those gentlemen who have large extent of ground in the country. Therefore I would advise all such persons to make nurseries upon the ground which is intended for planting, where a sufficient number of trees may be left standing after the others have been drawn out to plant in other places; which, for all large-growing trees, but particularly such as are cultivated for timber, will be-found by much the most advantageous method ; for all those trees which come up from the seed, or which are transplanted very young into the places where they are designed to remain, will make a much greater progress, and become larger trees, than any of those which are transplanted at a greater age. Therefore the nurseries should be thinned early, by removing all those trees which are intended for other plantations while they are young, because hereby the expense and trouble of staking, watering, &c. will be saved, and the trees will succeed much better. But in exposed situations, where there are nurseries made, it will be neces- sary to permit the trees to stand much longer, that by grow- ing close together they may shelter each other, and draw themselves up ; and these should be thinned gradually as the trees advance, for by taking away too many at once the cold will check the growth of the remaining trees. But then those trees which are taken out from these nurseries, after a certain age should not be depended on for planting; and it will be prudent rather to consign them for fuel than to attempt to remove them large, whereby in endeavouring to get them up with good roots, the roots of the trees left standing will often be much injured. What has been here proposed must be understood for all large plantations in parks, woods, &e. but those nurseries which are only intended for raisiug evergreens, flowering shrubs or plants, which are designed to embellish gardens, may be confined to one spot, because a small compass of ground will be sufficient for this purpose. Two or three acres of land employed this way, will be sufficient for the most extensive designs, and one acre will be full enough for those of moderate extent. And such a spot of ground may be always employed for sowing the seeds of foreign trees and plants, as also for raising many sorts of biennial and perennial flowers to transplant into the borders of the pleasure-garden, and for raising many kinds of bulbous-rooted flowers from seeds ; whereby a variety of new sorts may be obtained annually, which will recompense for the trouble and expense, and will also be an agreeable diver- sion to all those persons who delight in the amusements of gardening. Such a nursery as this should be situated con- veniently for water; for where that is wanting, there must be an expense attending the carriage of water in dry weather. It should also be as near the house as it can with conveniency be admitted, in order to render it easy to visit at all times of the year, because it is absolutely necessary it should be under the inspection of the master, for unless he delights in it there will be little hopes of success. The soil of this nursery should also be good, and not too heavy and stiff, for such land will be very improper for sowing most ports of seeds ; because as this will detain the moisture in the spring and winter, the seeds of most tender things, especially nf flowers, will rot in the ground, if sown early ; therefore where persons are confined to such land, there should be a good quantity of sand, ashes, and other light manures, buried, in order to separate the parts, and pulverize the ground; and if it be thrown up in ridges to receive the frost in winter, it will be of great use to it, as will also the frequent forking or stirring of the ground, both before and after it is planted. The many advantages which attend the having such a nur- sery, are so obvious to every person who has turned his thoughts in the least to this subject, that it is needless for me to mention them here; and therefore I shall only repeat here what I have so frequently recommended, which is the carefully keeping the ground always clean from weeds; which would soon rob the young trees of their nourishment. Another principal business is to dig the ground between the young plants at least once every year, to loosen it for the roots to strikeout; but if the ground is stiff, it will be better if it is repeated twice a year, in October and March, which will greatly promote the growth of the plants, and prepare their roots for transplanting. But there may be many persons who have the curiosity to raise their own fruit-trees, which I would recommend to every lover of good fruit, because the uncertainty of procuring the intended kinds of each fruit is very great, when taken from the common nursery gardens, so that most gentlemen who have planted many, have con- stantly complained of this disappointment; but besides this there is another inconvenience, which for want of skill is scarcely taken notice of, which is, the taking the buds or grafts from young trees in the nurseries which have not borne fruit; this having been frequently repeated, renders the trees so raised as luxuriant as willows, making shoots to the top of the wall in two or three years, and hardly ever becomo fruitful with the most skilful management. I shall therefore treat of the proper method to make a nursery of these trees; in the doing which the following rules must be observed. 1. That the soil in which you make the nursery, be not better than that where the trees are to be planted out for good ; the not observing this is the reason that trees are often at a stand, or make but little progress, for three or four years after they come from the nursery, as it commonly happens to such trees as are raised near London, and carried into the northern parts of England, where, being planted in a poor soil and a much colder situation, the trees seldom succeed well: therefore it is by far the better method, when you have obtained the sorts you would wish to propagate, to raise a nursery of the several sorts of stocks proper for the various kinds of fruit, upon which you may bud or graft them ; and those trees which are thus raised upon the soil, and in the same degree of warmth, where tliey are to be planted, will succeed much better than those brought from a greater dis- tance and from a richer soil. 2. This ground ought to be fresh, and not such as has been already worn out by trees, or other large-growing plants; for in such soil your stocks will not make any progress. 3. It ought never to be too wet, nor over dry, but rather of a middling nature; though of the two extremes a dry is to be preferred, because in such OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. soils, though the trees do not make so great a progress as in moist, yet they are generally sounder, and more disposed to fruitfulness. 4. Observe to inclose it, that cattle and ver- min may be excluded ; for they make sad havoc with young trees, particularly in winter, when the ground is covered with snow, and they have little other food which they can come at. Some of the most mischievous are hares and rab- bits, which devour the bark, and soon destroy the trees. The ground being inclosed, should be carefully trenched about eighteen inchi-s or two feet deep, provided it will allow it; this should be done in August or Septemb* r, that it may be ready to receive young stocks at the season for planting, which is commonly in the middle or end of October. In trenehing the ground, be careful to cleanse it from the roots of all noxious weeds, such as Couch-grass, Docks, &c. which, if left in the ground, will get in among the roots of the trees, so as not to be gotten out afterwards, and will spread and overrun the ground, to the great prejudice of your young stocks. After having dug the ground, and the season being come for planting, you must level down the trenches as equal as possible, and then lay out the ground into quarters pro- portionable to the size thereof, and those quarters may be laid out in beds for the sow ing of seeds, or the stones of fruit. The best sorts of stocks for Peaches, Nectarines, &c. are such as are raised from the stones of the Muscle and White Pear Plumb, but you should never plant suckers of these, (which is what some people practise,) for they seldom make so good stocks, nor are ever well rooted plants ; besides, they are very subject to produce great quantities of suckers from their roots, which are very troublesome in the borders or walks of a garden, and greatly injure the tree; so that you should annually, or at least every other year, sow a few stones of each, that you may never be at a loss for stocks. For Pears, you should have such stocks as have been raised from the kernels of the fruit where perry has been made, or else preserve the seeds of some sorts of summer pears, which generally shoot strong and vigorous, as the Cuisse Madame, Windsor, dfcc. but w hen this is intended, the fruit should be suffered to hang upon the trees till they drop, and afterwards permitted to rot; then take out the kernels and put them in sand, being careful to keep them from vermin, as also to place them where they may not grow damp, which will make them mouldy. These should be sown for stocks early in the spring, upon a bed of good light fresh earth, where they will come up in about six weeks, and, if kept clear from weeds, will be strong enough to transplant in Octo- ber following. But for many sorts of summer and autumn Pears, Quince stocks are preferable to free stocks, that is, Pear stocks. These are generally used for all the sorts of soft melting Pears, but they are not so good for the breaking Pears, being apt to render those fruits which are grafted upon them stony : these are very often propagated from suckers, which are generally produced in plenty from the roots of old trees; but those are not near so good as such as are pro- pagated from cuttings or layers, which have always much better roots, and are not so subject to produce suckers as the other; which is a very desirable quality, since these suckers do not only rob the trees of great part of their nourishment, but are very troublesome in a garden. Apples are grafted or budded upon stocks raised from seeds which come from the cider press, or upon Crab stocks, the latter of which are esteemed for their durableness, especially for large standard trees; these should he raised from seeds, as the pear-stock, and must be treated in the same manner, for those procured from suckers, <&c. are not so good : the Para- dise stock has been greatly esteemed for small gardens ; it 80. being of very humble growth, causes the fruit trees grafted or budded thereon to bear very soon, and they may be kept in small compass; but they are only proper for very small gar- dens, or by way of curiosity, since the trees thus raised are but of short duration ; and seldom arise to any size to produce fruit in quantities, uuless the graft or bud be buried in planting, so that they put forth roots; and then they will be equal to trees grafted upon free stocks, since they receive but small advantage from the stock. For Cherries, stocks should be raised from the stones of the common Black or the Wild Honey Cherry, both of which are strong free growers, and produce the cleanest stocks. For Plums, you may use the stones of most fiee-growing sorts; which will also do very well for Apricots, these being less difficult to take than Peaches and Nectarines ; but these ought not to be raised from suckers for the reason before assigned, but from stones. There are some persons who recommend the Almond stock for several sorts of tender peaches, upon which they will take much better than upon Pluin stocks; but these being tender in their roots, and apt to shoot early in the spring, and being also of short duration, are by many people rejected ; but such lender sorts of Peaches which will not take upon Plum stocks, should be budded upon Apricots, upon which they will take very well; and all sorts of Peaches which are planted upon dry soils, will continue much longer, and not be so subject to blight, if they are upon Apricots ; for it is observed, that upon such soils where Peaches seldom do well, Apricots will thrive exceedingly, which may be owing to the strength and compactness of the vessels in the Apri- cots, w hich render it more capable of assimilating, or drawing its nourishment from the Plum stock, which in dry soils seldom afford it in great plenty to the buds ; and the Peach- tree being of a loose and spongy nature, is not so capable of drawing its nourishment therefrom, which occasions that weakness which is commonly ob?erved in those trees when planted on a dry soil; therefore it is the common practice of the nursery gardeners, to bud the Plum stock either with Apricots or some free-growing Peach ; and after these have grown a year, they bud the tender sorts of Peaches upon these shoots : by w hich method many sorts succeed well, which in the common way will not thrive, or scarce keep alive; and the gardeners call these Double-worked Peaches. The budding anil grafting of Cherries upon stocks of the Cornish and Morello Cherry, produces the same effect as the Paradise stock upon Apples. Hating provided young stocks of all these different sorts, which should be raised in the seminary the preceding year, they must be transplanted into the nursery in October. If intended for standards, they should be planted three feet and a half or four feet row from row, anil at a foot and half distance in the row ; but if for dwarfs, three feet row from row, and one foot in the row, will be a sufficient distance. In taking these stocks out of the seed-beds, you must raise the ground with a spade, in order to preserve the roots as entire as possible; then with your knife prune off all the very small fibres; and if there be any which have a tendency to root downright, such roots should he shortened : having thus prepared the plants, draw a line across the ground intended to be planted, and with your spade open a trench thereby exactly straight, into which place them at the distance before mentioned, setting them exactly upright, and then put the earth in close to them, filling up the trench, and with your foot press the earth gently to the roots of them, observing not to displace them so as to make the rows crooked, which will render them unsightly : these plants should by no means be headed or pruned at top, which will weaken them, and cause them 2 Y 176 NUR THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL NUR to produce lateral branches, by which tiiey are spoiled. If the winter should prove very cold, it will be of great service to your young stocks, to lay some mulch upon the surface of the ground near their roots, which will prevent the frost from penetrating the ground, so as to hurt the tender fibres which were produced after planting; but you should be careful not to let it lie too thick near the stems of the plants, nor remain too long, lest the moisture should be prevented from penetrating to the roots of the plants, which it often does where there is not due care taken to remove it as soon as the frost is over. In the summer, hoe and destroy the weeds, which if permitted to remain in the nursery, will greatly weaken and retard the growth of your stocks; and in the succeeding years, dig up the ground every spring between the rows, which will loosen it so that the fibres may easily strike out on each side, and the weeds will thereby be destroyed. If any of the stocks have put forth lateral branches, prune them off, that they may be encou- raged to grow upright and smooth. The second year after planting, such of the stocks as are designed for dwarf trees will be fit to bud, but those which are designed for standards should be suffered to grow six or seven feet high before they are budded or grafted. See Inoculation and Grafting. The stocks which were budded in summer aud have failed, may be grafted the following spring ; but Peaches and Necta- rines never take well from grafts, aud should therefore be always budded. — The ground reserved for the flower nursery should be well situated to the sun, but defended from strong winds by plantations of trees or buildings, and the soil should be light and dry; which must always be observed, especially for bulbous rooted flowers, which are designed to be planted therein, the particulars of which are exhibited under the several articles of flowers. In this part of the nursery should be planted the offsets of all bulbous rooted flowers, where they are to remain until they become blowing roots, when they should be removed into the pleasure-garden, and planted either in beds or borders, according to the good- ness of the flowers, or the management which they require. In this ground also the different sorts of bulbous-rooted flowers may be raised from seed, by which means new varieties may be obtained ; but most people are discouraged from setting about this work, from the length of time before the seedlings will come to flower : but notwithstanding this, after a person has once begun, and continues sowing every year, after the parcel first sown has flowered, the regular succession of them coming annually to flower will not render this method so tedious as it at first appeared. The seedling Auriculas Polyanthuses, Ranunculuses, Anemonies, Carna- tions, &c. should be raised in this nursery, where they should be preserved until they have flowered ; then mark all that are worth transplanting into the flower-garden, which should be done in their proper seasons; for it is not so well to have all these seedling flowers exposed to public view in the flower- garden, because there are a great number of ordinary flowers produced among them, which would make but an indifferent appearance in the pleasure-garden. — For a nursery, Dr. Hunter recommends a rich, deep, and stiflish mould, though the trees should afterwards be removed into a poorer soil. Reason, says he, teaches that young trees growing luxuriantly and freely in a good soil, will form vigorous and healthy roots; and when they come to be afterwards planted in worse land, thev wiil be able from the strength of their constitution to feed themselves freely with coarse food. On the contrary, young trees raised upon poor land, by having their vessels contracted, and their outward bark mossy and diseased, will be a long time, even after being removed to a rich soil, before they attain to a vigorous slate. Having fixed upon a proper place, of sufficient size for the purpose, fence it with hedges, pales, or walls, to keep out cattle, hares, and rabbits; then in October or November trench the land two spits deep, and in spring turn it over again ; after which, let the surface be laid smooth, and set out into quarters. A very judicious planter, adds Dr. Hunter, recommended to him the followin'* method of making a seminary or nursery for forest trees. Trench the ground in November eighteen inches deep, if the soil will admit of it; but where the staple is too thin, one foot will be sufficient, in which case the sward must be pared off very thin, and laid in the bottom of the trench. The following year let this land be cultivated with a crop of cabbages, turnips, or rape, which must be eaten off with sheep. After this, a common digging will be sufficient, pre- viously to its being formed into beds for the reception of the seeds. The urine of sheep is one of the most cherishing manures for all plants raised in a seminary or nursery. The soil of the nursery, according to Mr. Marshall, should be rich and deep, and should be prepared by double diggings and other meliorations’: if not deep and rich by nature, it must be made so by art ; for if the roots of tender plants have not a soil they affect, or sufficient room to strike in, there will be little hope of their furnishing themselves with that ample stock of fibres which is necessary to a good plant, and w ith which it is the principal use of the nursery to supply them. The situation of the nursery is determimed by the soil, or by local conveniences: the nearer it is, the more attendance will probably be given it; but the nearer it lies to the scene of planting, the less carriage will be requisite. In pruning seedlings, layers, and suckers, for the nursery, the roots should not be left too long, but trimmed off pretty close, to form a snug globular root. By this means the new fibres will be formed immediately round the main root, and may of course easily be removed with it, without disturbing the earth interwoven among them. The tops should, in °nost cases, be trimmed close up to the leader ; or, if awkward or defective, be cut off a little above the root. Various methods are practised for putting in seedlings ; by the dibble, by the scoop, by a single chop with the spade, by two chops one across the other, by square holes made by four chops of the spade, bringing up the mould with the last, or by beddiu", a method chiefly made use of for quicksets. The chief art in putting them in, lies in not cramping the fibres of the roots, but letting them lie free aud easy in the mould: the particular mode or instrument to be made use of depends much upou the size of the plants to be put iu. This also determines in a great measure the proper distance between the rows, * and between plant and plant. The proposed method of cleaning is also a guide to the distance. The natural tendency of the plant itself must also be considered. From six to twenty-four inches in the rows, with intervals from one to four feet wide, will comprehend the whole variation of distances. Pruning is necessary, to prevent the plants from crowding to each other, and to give them stem. Shrubs which do not require a stem should be planted in a quincunx, that they may spread every way; but forest and other trees require some length of stem, and in giving them this, the leading shoot is more particularly to be attended to. If the heads be double, one of the shoots must be taken close off; if it be maimed or defective, it may be well to cut the plant down to the ground, and train a fresh shoot ; or if the head be taken off smooth, immediately above a strong side-shoot, this will sometimes outgrow the crooked- ness, and in a few years become a straight plant. The time of the plants remaining in the nursery is determined by a N U R OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. N U R 177 variety of circumstances ; and a seasonable thinning often becomes necessary. The general rule for this is to thin as soon as the tops or roots interfere. In taking up trees or shrubs for the purpose of planting them out where they are to stand, every root and fibre ought as much as possible to be preserved ; and therefore no violence should be used in this operation. The best way is to dig a trench close by the side of the plant, and having undermined the roots, to let it fall of itself, or with a very little assistance, into the trench : if any roots still have hold, cut them off with a sharp instrument, so as to jar the main root as little as possible. If the root was properly pruned before planting, it w ill now turn out a globular bundle of earth and fibres. When the uursery lies at a distance from the plantations, much depends upon packing the plants judiciously. Valuable plants are sent in pots or baskets ; straw however is used in general, and will sufficiently protect them from frost and drought, especially if, for the latter purpose, the straw be occasionally moistened with water. Moss is the most effectual article for keeping the roots moist and supple when removed to a great distance. Having given the opinions of the above able horticulturists, we shall proceed to detail the remarks of other eminent authors, upon this important subject: Mr Boutcher states, that it is an almost universally received opinion, that trees ought to be raised in the nursery ou a poorer soil than that to which they are afterwards to be transported for good; and it has been directed by many of the most respectable authors: lie himself adhered to it in early life, and it is so seemingly consistent with nature, that he is not surprised that it has been generally followed by young planters; at the same time that he cannot account for those who have had long practice, and much experience, not exposing the fallacies of that system. He adds, that he has given some examples, from frequently repeated experiments, of the ill effects he has felt by planting young and tender seedlings on the poorest soils, and the greater success attending those that are well grown on the same or in similar situations. The consequences of raising plants on poor hungry land are no less fatal than planting seedlings in such soils, and should be avoided as much as possible. In the culture of manv trees, it is necessary to promote their vigorous growth at first, that they may after- wards become stately and handsome, which can only be effected by their being early nursed in a generous soil ; if they are but barely supported from infancy on meagre ground, they will never afterwards become strong, though removed to that which is rich in feeding. He has sown the seeds of forest trees on the poorest ground, planted seedlings and strong well-nursed trees from five to ten feet high, on the same ground and at the same time; where the old well culti- vated plants have frequently made good trees, when the seed- lings have perished, and, from the sterility and coldness of the soil, the seeds have not so much as vegetated. In short, tiie roots of seedlings are not so well titled as larger plants, to draw sufficient nourishment from crude, rank, and unculti- vated soils; and as he has truly found what he has here said in many instances to be the case, it compels him to believe that the general practice of planting seedlings in poor, and large trees in good land, should be quite reversed. It has also been stated by others, that almost all writers on agricul- ture advise the farmer to be very careful to make choice of such plants only as have beeit raised in a nursery of poor soil, and always to reject such as have been reared in a richer soil than that in which he has to plant them ; because a plant which has been reared in a barren soil, has been inured from its infancy to live hardily, and will advance with a great degree of luxuriance, if it be planted in one that is better; whereas a plant that has been nursed in a fertile soil, and has been rushed up to a great size, like an animal that has been pampered with high feeding, and swelled up with fat, will languish and pine away, if transplanted to a more indifferent soil. But it would be no difficult matter to shew the fallacy of this mode of reasoning, and to point out many errors which have crept into almost all sciences, from pursuing such fanci- ful analogies between objects so dissimilar as those men- tioned in this example. But as this would be a digression, it may just be noticed, that it could seldom be attended with worse consequences than in the present case, as it leads to a conclusion directly the reverse of what is warranted by ex- perience ; for it has been found from reiterated experiments, that a strong and vigorous plant, that has grown up quickly, and arrived at a considerable magnitude in a very short time, never fails to grow better after transplanting, than another of the same size that is older and more stinted in its growth, whether the soil in which they are planted be rich or poor : so that instead of recommending a poor hungry soil for a nursery, it would perhaps be the best in all cases to set apart lor this purpose the richest and most fertile spot that could be found ; and in the choice of plants, always to prefer the youngest and most healthy, to such as are older, if of an equal size: this is given as the result of much experience in this business. And this practical planter suggests, that so much has been said concerning the question, whether a nursery should be on a soil and in a situation corresponding to those on which the trees are ultimately to be placed, that he should deem it unpardonable to dismiss the subject in silence. He briefly delivers his own opinion, so that the reader may apply or reject what agrees with his personal experience. His first remark is, that experience had convinced him that it is'only for an extensive planting, that the nursery can be had recourse to ; in other cases, it is no saving for a gentleman to rear a uursery. He confines himself to the nursing of seedlings only on the same principle; and from indisputable proofs demon- strated, both by himself, and others who have had much expe- rince, and made impartial trials how far it might be to a gentle- man’s advantage to rear his own nursery from seed— his trials proved it to be unprofitable, and attended with considerable perplexity; which is not at all surprising when we reflect on the multiplicity of business at that season most critical for ensuring success in this branch. If the soil and situation whereon the trees are ultimately to remain be good, or nearly resemble that which we are about to describe; then, if all other circumstances concur, he conceives the trees ought to be nursed on the spot; but for no other reason, than that it is less expensive to carry to a distance, seedling, than trans- planted trees. But if the soil whereon the trees are to be planted be bad, or essentially different from that we are about to describe, and if the situation be bleak, and exposed to violent winds, then he should conceive the attempt to rear nursery plants, clean, healthy, and well rooted, opposed to common sense. After stating that great care and attention are necessary in rearing young plants, and that some are raised with more difficulty than others; it is asked, are the ash, the beech, the birch, the elm, the larch, and the oak, reared in infancy with equal ease? Do they not, if properly treated, all flourish equally afterwards, on the mountain and in the vale; where soil is hardly found, and where it is found in abundance? Do we sow seed in sand, gravel, day, the crevice of a rock, on the bleak top of a mountain, or in a fertile vale, with equal expectation of seeing it rise a good plant? — Soil. That which Mr. Nicol supposes to be best suited for this purpose, is a loam of a middling texture, rather 178 N U R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; N U R inclining to sand, neither rich nor poor, from eighteen to twenty-four inches in depth, lying on a free porous substra- tum, as this will be found more generally congenial to the nature of the different forest trees than any other soil. But there is no general rule without exception : if there be a diversity of soils, and if they do not too nearly approach the extremes of meagre sterility and excessive fertility, so much the belter; since all the kind do not exactly thrive in the same soil, and an opportunity would thereby be afforded of placing each in that congenial to its nature. The site should be neither high nor low, sheltered nor exposed, in any extreme, for the same reason, which is that it may the more generally answer all purposes. For a nursery of this description, nothing can be more eligible than the spot which may occasionally be occupied as a kitchen garden. The pulverization and mellowness afforded by the previous growth of various culinary crops, bring the land into the most suitable state for the raising of young trees, and at the same time clear it most effectually from vermin, such as the grub and insect. In all cases it will be advisable to trench the ground to its full depth, in preparing it for a nursery; and if necessary, to give it a dressing with lime, marl, dung, &c. in compost. Other manure should never be applied to nursery ground at the time of cropping with timber trees. But at the time of cropping with esculents, manure, either simple or in a compost, may be applied, as convenience, or the nature of the crop in question, shall determine. But that the trees should immediately follow a manured culinary crop, is the best of all methods; as in that case no manure would be required for the timber crop. He has known an instance where a field was taken in for a nursery, from an old pasture of rough sward, and in which myriads of the grub-worm, slug, Ac. had found an asylum. It was conceived that by subtrenching, or deeply digging it, the land might be effec tually cleaned; and accordingly the field was planted with nursery plants, without any preparatory crop of grain, &c. But the result was, that most of the firs, the larches, the elms, the beeches, Arc. became a prey to the vermin in the ensuing season; and their stems were found peeled entirely round, about an inch under the surface. For this reason it becomes a matter of caution, that a like misfortune be avoided, to take a crop or crops of grain, potatoes, turnips, Arc. in order thoroughly to cleanse the soil of those noxious vermin, before venturing in it the more valuable crop of the nursery. But, in respect to the proper rotation, much must be left to the judgment of the operator and existing circumstances. The following example is given, on the supposition that it may be applied, or partly rejected, according to the exigency of the case: 1st. Vegetables with manure; winter fallow. 2nd. Evergreen and rcsiuous trees without manure. 3rd. Sub- trenched ; deciduous trees, resinous trees without manure. 4th. Potatoes or turnips with manure. 5th. Evergreen and resinous trees, as before. However, for the extensive plan- tations of the Duke of Portland in Nottinghamshire, where the soil is of a light sandy kind, some well-situated valley is usually chosen, as near llie centre of the intended plauta tions as possible, for the purpose of a nursery. If this valley be surrounded with hills on all sides but the south, so much the better. A piece of ground, consisting of as many acres as is convenient for the purpose, is fenced about in such a manner as to keep out all noxious animals. At each end of the nursery, large boarded gates are fixed, and also a road made down the middle wide enough to admit carriages to go through, which is found to be very convenient for remov- ing young trees from thence to the plantations. After the fence is completed, the ground on each side of the road is trenched about twenty inches deep, which may be don*> for about <£3 10s. or £± an acre, and should be performed in the spring when the planting season is over. If after the ! trenching two or three chaldrons of lime be laid on an acre, the land will produce an excellent crop either of cabbages or turnips, which being eaten off by sheep in the autumn, will make the land in fine order for all sorts of tree seeds ; but as the oak is the sort of tree generally cultivated, this is the method pursued in raising and managing that most valuable I species. — Culture. As soon as the acorns fall, afier being provided with a good quantity, sow them in the following manner: Draw drills with a hoe in the same manner as is | practised for pease, and sow the acorns therein so thick as nearly to touch each other, leaving the space of one foot between row and row, and between every fifth row the space of two feet for the alleys. While the acorns are in the ground, great care must be taken to keep them free from | vermin, which would very often make great havoc among the beds, if not timely prevented ; and this caution applies to most other sorts of tree seeds. As soon as the seed- lings appear, the beds should be weeded, which should be often repeated, until they want thinning: and as the plants frequently grow more in one wet season where the soil is tolerably good, than in two dry ones where the soil is poor, the time for doing this is best ascertained by observing I when the tops of the rows meet; which is done, when that j is the case, by taking away one row on each side the middle- | most, which leaves the remaining three rows the same dis- ! tance apart as the breadth of the alleys. In taking up these rows, the workman ought to be careful neither to injure the I plants removed, nor those left on each side. The rest of ' the young oaks being now left in rows at two feetfr.apart, let them again stand till the tops meet; then take up every other row, and leave the rest in rows four feet asunder, till they arrive to the height of about five feet; which is full as large a size as can be wished to be planted. In taking up the two last sizes, the method is to dig a trench at the end of each row full two feet deep; then undermine the plants, and let them fall into the trench with their roots entire: the same mode is necessary with the other sorts of trees, very much of their future success depending on the point of their being well taken up. But Mr. Nicol does not nurse trees in general more than two seasons, as they are either one or two years in the seminary, according to their kinds, before they come under view; and as the after treatment for many kinds is the same, for the sake of brevity he classes such as with propriety may be classed together, and whose culture in the nursery is similar, particularly those only that are of the greatest importance, and whose treatment is materially different. He advises that the alder and the birch should remain two years in the seminary, and then be removed into nursery rows. The richest and choicest ground in the nursery, provided it be of such soil and in such situation as is described above, should be allotted for them. They are to be planted in lines twelve inches asunder, and about four inches in line. The roots of the alders may be trimmed a little with the knife. The birches must not be touched. And he adds, that whether plants should be put in with the spade or setting-stick, is a question frequently agitated. He is of opinion, it is a matter of little importance to plants of this age which method is practised, provided either be well performed. The size of the roots should determine; for it would certainly be improper to force a large root into a small hole, to the evident detriment of the plant, by its roots and fibres being bundled together in a mass, without the intervention of mould. It is equally improper to force NUR OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. NUR 179 a plant into a slit or gash, the sides of which, by the operation of making it, are hardened, and rendered impenetrable, in a great measure, by the tender fibrils, for a time, until rain and the influence of the weather soften them. He therefore, for the better performance of both methods, would advise: 1st. for dibbling; that the ground be well broke in the ope- ration of digging or trenching; that whatever is dug be also planted the same day; that it neither be dug nor planted in too wet nor too dry a state; that the hole be made large or loose by a twitch of the hand; that the plant be just suf- ficiently fastened to keep it in proper position ; and that at the end of each day’s work, the whole be levelled, and the earth closed to the stems with a short headed rake: 2nd. for laying in with the spade ; that (instead of digging over the ground first, and then planting in a slit or gash, whereby the sides of the slit are hardened, and the roots crowded in,) the digging and planting be both carried on together; that is, turn one furrow farther than where the row is to be placed, cut perpendicularly by the line; place in the plants; turn another furrow to their roots ; turn a second, or if neces- sary a third furrow; cut and place as before, &c.; treading none, but smoothing all with the rake. Farther, the Ash, and mountain sort, shoidd also remain two years in the semi- nary. The poorest soil in the nursery should be their por- tion, reserving better for the kinds to follow. They should also be planted in lines twelve inches asunder, and four in line; the roots of both being moderately trimmed with the knife. The Beech and the Oak are to remain two years in the seminary, and should be planted, in good soil, in lines fifteen inches apart, and five or six in line. Their roots ought on no account to be trimmed at this time ; otherwise not one half of the plants will strike. They should remain for two seasons in this situation ; at the end of the first, let their tap-roots be cut at the depth of six inches below the surface, a person cutting on each side the row with a spade sharpened on purpose, so as to effectually cut the tap-root of each plant, with as little injury to the upper part as possible, then pointing up the intervals of the rows, levelling all the stems of the plants. It is supposed, that at the end of the second season the plants will have made fibrous roots, and be fit for removal to almost any situation. But if for any particular purpose it be necessary to nurse them longer, in that case they should be transplanted next season into fresh nursery rows ; allowing them a little more room, and short- ening all roots which have a tendency downwards. The common Chesnut, and also the Horse-chesnut, should also stand two years in the seminary, and any part of the nursery will suit them. They should then be planted in lines fifteen inches apart, and four or five in line. Their roots may be gently pruned. They should stand two or three seasons, according to their progress in this situation. Being chiefly ornamental plants, and designed for the less untoward situa- tions, they are frequently required of larger size. If so, at the end of the second season they should be moved, and planted into rows eighteen or twenty inches apart, and eight or nine inches in line; previously shortening all the roots that tend downwards, and tapping, as advised above for beech and oaks. But the Elm, the Hornbeam, and the Sycamore, qre sometimes removed from the seminary at one, and some- times at two years old; he prefers the latter, planting ihem in lines twelve inches apart, and four in line, and pruning the roots if required. At the end of the second season, they will be fit for removal to any situation where soil to the depth of four inches is found; but if intended for more barren sites, they should be removed at the end of the first year. In respect to the Larch, it should never remain more 81. than one season in the seminary. Mr. Nicol is convinced of this, from having made a variety of experiments for ascer- taining the quickest and most advantageous methods of rear- ing this useful tree. The result of experiment has proved to his entire satisfaction, that a healthy seedling of one year, nursed in moderately good soil, having a sufficiency of room, and kept properly clean of weeds, will in any soil or situation wherein it may afterwards be placed, outgrow another of any age within the seventh year after transplanting. He has planted many of this description, and within that period has measured them fifteen feet in height; while those on the same spot, planted the same day, and which were some two, some three years nursed, did not measure above twelve feet, nor were they so straight and beautifully formed. With regard to the Scotch Fir, and the Weymouth Pine, the former, unless for the purpose of decoration, or where it is w’auted for variety, is never nursed, but taken from the seminary at two years old, and then planted out for good. Mr. Nicol approves of this practice, provided the plants stand thin in the seminary ; but otherwise they should be nursed one year in row's a foot asunder, and an inch in line. If they are required of a larger size, they should be removed from this into other nursery lines, at twelve or fifteen inches apart, and four or five in line, according to the time they are to remain there, which however should not be longer than two years for any purpose whatever. The Weymouth Pine should also stand two years in the seminary, and then be nursed two or three years in the rows, according to the purpose intended, or the quality and depth of soil wherein it is to be afterwards planted, in either case, fifteen inches between the lines would have been sufficient; and if they are to remain two years, four in line ; but if three, five or six. The tap-roots of the seedlings of either may be shortened a little; but at the second, or any subsequent removal, their roots must not be touched. But the common or Norway Spruce should be removed from the seminary at two years old, and nursed in lines twelve inches apart, and three in line, for two seasons; at the end of which, remove them into other lines fifteen inches apart, and four or five in line; there to remain one, or at most two years, in proportion to their progress, or the soil they are planted in. If they are intended for any barren sites, plants nursed for two seasons only are preferred. The roots of this plant should not be pruned at any time, if it can be avoided ; nor indeed should any of the resinous tribes, except a small piece of the tap-root of seedling infants. The American Spruce and the Silver Fir, are also to be taken from the seminary at the end of the second year, and planted in lines twelve inches apart, and four in line ; nursing them there for two seasons, and then removing them into other lines, eighteen inches apart, and six in line, there to remain for one or two seasons more, according to circumstances. Longer they should not be nursed. If they be intended for bleak exposures and barren soil, they should be removed thereto at the end of the two first seasons of nursing, if possible. In regard to the Quick or White Thom, which is a most useful plant, it may remain either one or two seasons in the seminary, according to the progress it may have made; then planting in lines twelve inches apart, and two in line ; at the end of one season, removing the plants into other lines, twelve inches apart and four in line. The roots may be gently pruned. It is observed that the reason of removing them at the end of the first year, is to encourage the progress of their fibrous roots. At the end of the second, they will be fit for hedging in any situation whatever; nor will plants of any age or size outgrow them within the third year, if thev 2 Z 180 N Y C THE UNIVERSAL HEEBAL ; N Y M are properly weeded and kept clean after that period. — Season of Planting. For the deciduous kinds, from the middle of February to the middle of March is considered the most eligible season ; and for the evergreens, from the middle of July to the middle of August; taking advantage of wet or cloudy weather, and frequently watering in hot dry weather, till the plants have struck root perfectly. The plants of all descriptions should be carefully kept clean from weeds in the summer months ; and the interstices of all the rows, which stand over a year, be pointed in with a narrow spade, in any of the winter months, taking care not to injure the roots of the plants in the operation. With respect to pruning, the evergreens must not be touched, unless they put forth rival stems or leaders ; in which case the weakest must be displaced. The larch is to be treated in the same manner. All branches of the deciduous kinds, which seem to rival the stem in size, or take upon them the office of leaders, are to be cut clean off by the bole with a sharp knife. This is the general management which is necessary to be noticed here. See Planting. Nut, Bladder. See Staphylcca. Nut, Cashew. See Anacardium. Nut, Cocoa. See Cocos. Nut, Earth. See Arachis. Nut, Malabar. See Justicia Adhatoda. Nutmeg Tree. See Myristica. Nut, Physic. See Jatropha. Nut, Common Hazel. See Corylus . Nut, Poison. See Strycknos. Nut, Wall. See Juglans. Nux. See Juglans. Nux Vomica. See Strychnos. Nycianthes ; a genus of the class Diandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, tubular, truncate, quite entire, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, salver-shaped; tube cvlindric, the length of the calix; border five-parted, spreading, with the lobes two lobed. Stamina: filamenta two, in the middle of the lube, very short; antherae obloug, the length of the tube. Pistil: germen superior, subovate ; style filiform, the length of the tube; stigmas two, acute. Pericarp: capsule obovate, com- pressed, with an emarginated dagger-point, coriaceous, two- celled, bipartite ; cells parallel, appressed, valveless. Seeds: solitary, obovate, convex on one side, flat on the other, fastened to the bottom of the cell. Observe. The corolla appears for the most part to be five-parted, but it is some- times six or seven parted, and Linueus observed it to be four-parted. Essential Character. Corolla: salver shaped, with truncated segments. Capsule: two-celled, margined. Seeds: solitary. The plants of this genus, (which really belong to the genus Jasminum ,) may be culti- vated in the same manner as the Jasminum Sambac, to which the reader is referred. The species are, 1. Nyctanthes Arbortristis ; Square stalked Nycianthes. Stem four-cornered ; leaves ovate-acuminate ; pericarp mem- branaceous, compressed; branches four-cornered. — -Native of the East Indies. 2. Nyctanthes Undulata ; Wave-leaved Nyctanthes. Leaves ovate-acuminate, waved ; branches round. This shrub attains to the height of a man. The young shoots are hairy ; flowers white, three or five together; fruit superior, smooth, and black, like a small cherry, with a thin skin, and a soft, dark, red, sweetish pulp, containing a round hairy seed. — Native of the East Indies, where it is much cultivated on account of the sweetness of the flowers, which are worn by the females to ornament their hair. 3. Nyctanthes Hirsuta ; Hairy Nyctanthes. Petioles and peduncles villose. This is a tall tree, with a thick trunk of a close white wood, covered with a dark purple, smooth, inodorous, insipid bark; leaves opposite, decussated, acu- minate, soft, smooth, shining, dark green above, on round rufous, lanuginous petioles ; flowers on the more tender branches, on long, rufous, lanuginous peduncles, from the axils of the leaves three or four or more together, white, smell- ing very sweet, opening during the night, and fading at sun- rise.— Native of the East Indies and China. 4. Nyctanthes Angustifolia ; A arrow-leaved Nyctanthes. Leaves obtuse-lanceolate, and ovate. This species is com- pared with the Jasminum Sambac by Rheede. It has a very tine smell, and flowers in June and July. — Native of Mala- bar, where it is found in a sandy soil about Cranganoor, Catoor, &c. 5. Nyctanthes Elongata; Long-leaved Nyctanthes. Leaves cordate, lanceolate-ovate, elongated and smaller branches; round. — Native of the East Indies. G. Nyctanthes Viminea. Branches round, elongated; leaves ovate-acuminate; peduncles axillary, one-flowered; terminating ones three- flow'ered. This shrub has weak, smooth, osier-like branches. The flowers are white, double, terminating, one or two together, three times as large as those of the Sambac, handsomer, but not so fragrant. — Native of China and Cochin-china. 7. Nyctanthes Pubescens. Branches round, hirsute; leaves cordate, pubescent on both sides; flowers in bundles at the ends of the branches. — Native of the East Indies. Nymphwa ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, four, or five, or six, large, coloured above, permanent. Corolla: petals numerous, often fifteen, placed on the side of the germen, in more than one row'. Stamina: filamenta numerous, often seventy, flat, curved, blunt, short; antherae oblong, fastened to the margin of the filamenta. Pistil: germen ovate, large; style none; stigma orbiculate, flat, peltate sessile, rayed, crenate at the edge, permanent. Peri- carp: berry hard, ovate, fleshy, rude, narrowed at the neck, crowned at the top, many-celled, (cells Irom ten fifteen,) full of pulp. Seeds: very many, roundish. Observe. The second species differs from the rest in having a five-leaved calix, with roundish leaflets, and the petals very small. The sixth species has the pericarp turbinate, truncate, with one seed in each cell, the cells opening by their proper holes along the disk. Essential Character. Calix : four, five, or six leaved. Corolla: many-petalled ; berry many- celled, truncated. These are herbaceous perennial plants, with long tuberous roots ; leaves alternate, on a very long petiole, half sheathing, below floating ; peduncles long, naked like scapes, one-flowered; flowers large, emerging; germen and stigma approaching to the Poppy. The species are, 1. Nymphaea Aavena ; Three-coloured Water Lily. Leaves cordate, quite entire; lobes divaricate; calix six-leaved, longer than the petals ; petioles half round, commonly erected above the water. It flowers in July. — Native of North America. 2. Nymphaea Lutea; Yellow Water Lily. Leaves cor- date entire ; lobes approximating; calix five-leaved, longer than the petals. The leaves are smooth, plane, except that they turn up a little at the edge to keep off the water, tough and pliant, ten or twelve inches in diameter, floating, ovate, or nearly orbicular, bright green above, paler underneath, with branched raised nerves or veins; petioles smooth, three- sided, their length depending on the depth of water. The case is the same with the peduncle, which always elevates N Y M OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. N Y M the flower above the water; but after it is impregnated, the seeds are ripened under water, and fall into the mud at bottom to produce new plants. The peduncles are round, succulent, and one flowered ; flowers an inch and half in diameter, having a vinous smell. Linneus informs us that swine are fond both of the leaves and root of this plant but that horses, cattle, sheep, and goats, refuse it: he asserts, that crickets are driven out of houses by the smoke in burning it, and that both they and cockroaches are destroyed by the roots rubbed or bruised with milk. Ray observes, that the flowers smell like brandy; and Dr. Wither ing remarks, that an infusion of a pound of the fresh root in a gallon of water, taken in the dose of a pint night and morning, cured a leprous eruption of the arm. The Ger mans have a variety of names for this plant, such as die Gelba Seeblume, Gelbe Seerose, Gelbe P lumpen, Gelbe Mum mein, &c. ; the Dutch call it, Geele Plompen; the Danes, Aaekandel, Soeblomster, and Haarrod ; the Swedes, Nack- blad ; the Smolanders, Siol/on ; the French, le Nenuphar Jaime; the Italians, Nenufaro Giallo, Ninfea Gialla ; the Spaniards, Nenuphar Amarilla, Escudete ; and the Portu- guese, Nymphea Amarella, Go/fiad. — It is a native of most parts of Europe, in slow rivers, pools, and ditches; flower- ing in July and August. Kalm observed the same species in Canada, with a flower hardly so large as the Calf ha pains tris. The best method of propagating this and the next species is, to procure some of their seed-vessels just as they are ripe and ready to open, and to throw them into canals or large ditches of standing water, where the seeds will sink to the bottom, and the following spring the plants will appear floating upon the surface of the water. When they are once fixed to the place, they will multiply exceedingly, so as to cover the whole surface of the water in a few years. They may also be cultivated in large troughs or cisterns of water, having earth at the bottom, and will flourish very well in them, annually producing a great quantity of flowers. 3. Nymphaea Alba; White Water Lily. Leaves cordate, quite entire ; lobe imbricate, rounded ; calix four-leaved ; root tuberous, frequently the size of the human arm, creep- ing far and wide, and deep in the mud. The whole plant is larger in all its parts than the preceding; flowers large, being sometimes six inches in diameter, and double; petals white, from sixteen to twenty or twenty-four in number, in two or three rows, wider than the leaves of the calix, and more ovate. According to Linneus, the flower raises itself out of the water, and expands about seven o’clock in the morniug, and closes again, reposing upon the surface about four in the evening. The roots have an astringent bitter taste; they arc used in Ireland, in the Highlands of Scotland, in the islands of Jura, &c. to dye a dark brown or chesnut colour. Swine are said to eat it ; goats not to be 'fond of it; cows and horses to refuse it. — This plant is a native of most parts of Europe, in slow streams, pools, and ditches, flow- ering in July and August. Both it and the preceding are called Watercan or Candock, and Watersocks, in some coun- ties of England. The Germans call it die. fVeisse Seeblume or Serose, &c. ; the Dutch, II itte Plumpen, and Wateroos, Ac.; the Danes Aekande, Sueblomster, Ac.; ihe Swedes, Sjoblad; the French, le Nenuphar Blanc, Lis d' Etang ; the Italians Ninfea Bianca; the Spaniards Ninfea Blanca ; the Portuguese, Nymphea Bianca; and the Russians, Wodanoi Lelei, &c. For its propagation, &c. see the preceding species. 4. Nymphaea Odorata; Sweet smelling Water Lily. Leaves cordate, entire, emarginatc ; lobes divaricating, with an ob- 181 fuse point; calix four-leaved. It flowers in July. — Native of North America and the eastern parts of Siberia. •5. Nymphaea Lotus ; Egyptian Water Lily. Leaves cor- date, toothed. This resembles our common white species very much in the form of the flower and leaves, but the latter are toothed about the edge. — It is a native of the hot parts of the East Indies, Africa, and America. It is very common in ponds, lakes, and rivers, in Jamaica ; and grows in vast quantities in the plains of Lower Egypt, near Cairo, while those parts are under water. It flowers there about the mid- dle of September, and ripens towards the end of October. The Arabians call it Nuphar. The ancient Egyptians made a bread of the seed of this plant dried and ground. (1. Nymphaea Nalumbo; Peltated Water Lily. Leaves peltate, entire all round ; root horizontal, long, creeping, consisting of joints linked together, ovate-oblong, white, fleshy, esculent, tubular within ; petioles erect, very straight, round, hispid, or muricated, thicker below, attenuated above; peduncle the thickness of a finger below, attenuated above, spongy, muricated, one-flowered ; flower as large as the palm of the hand, or larger, purple. This plant is the connecting link between the monocotyledonous and dicotyledonous plants; for by the structure of the seed it appears to belong to the latter, but in reality it ranks with the former, for it constantly puts forth one leaf only in germination, and does not produce a second until the first is entirely unfolded above water: this Gaertner found to be the case with more than fifty nuts which he received from Lerche. — This plant is a native of both the East and West Indies, China, Cochin- china, Japan, Persia, and some parts of the Russian empire. Browne says it is pretty commou in the lagoons beyond the ferry in Jamaica, but not in the deeper waters. Thunberg informs us that it is considered as a sacred plant in Japan, and pleasing to their deities, and that the images of their idols were often seen sitting on its large leaves. The long stalks are eaten among other pot-herbs. It differs from the Egyptian Lotus in having entire thin leaves, with the petiole and peduncle rugged. Loureiro relates, that it abounds in muddy marshes, and is cultivated iti large handsome pots in the gardens and houses of the maudarines ; that there is a variety with the flower of a pure white, and another with a very beautiful luxuriant flower, having about one hundred large petals, white or rose-coloured. Both root and seeds are esculent, sapid, and wholesome. They are accounted cooling and strengthening, and to be of service in extreme thirst, diarrhoea, tenesmus, vomiting, and too great internal heat. In China it is called Lien-icha ; and the seeds and slices of the hairy root, with the kernels of apricots and walnuts, and alternate layers of ice, were frequently pre- sented to tiic British ambassador and his suite, at breakfasts given by some of the principal mandarines. The Chinese have always held this plant in such high value, that at length they regarded it as sacred. That character, however, has not limited it to merely ornamental purposes: for the roots are not only served up in summer with ice, but they are also laid up in salt and vinegar for the winter. The seeds are somewhat of the form and size of an acorn, and of a taste more deiicate than that of almonds. The ponds are gene- rally covered with it, and exhibit a very beautiful appearance when it is in flow'er ; and the flowers are no less fragrant than handsome. Sir George Staunton remarks, that ihe leaf, besides its common uses, has from its structure, growing entirely round the stalk, the advantage of defending the flower and fruit, growing from its centre, from any contact with the water, which might injure them. He also observes, that the stem never fails to ascend in the water, from what- 182 N Y S THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; N Y S ever depth, unless in case of a sudden inundation', until it attains the surface, where its leaf expands, rests, and swims upon it, and sometimes rises above it. Though it is so diffi- cult to rear this plant in England, it bears the rigorous cold of a Pekin winter. The Tree Lotus must not be confounded with theNymphata. Mungo Park, in his extensive peregrina- tions in Africa, discovered it to abound in all the countries he traversed, but flourishing most in a sandy soil. It is rather a thorny shrub than a tree. The fruit is a small farinaceous berry, which being pounded and dried in the sun, is made into excellent cakes, resembling, in colour and flavour, the sweetest gingerbread. Theophrastus describes the Lotus tree, as something less than a pear-tree. The classic poets represent it as an aquatic tree. Ovid. ix. 1, 96. calls it, Aquatica Lotus; and Martial, lib. iv. Ep. 13. says, Nee plus Lotos aquas, littora myrtus amat. Virgil joins it with the Willow; and as a most deliciously sweet liquor is prepared from the fruit, it is probably that beverage that produced such extraordinary effects upon the companions of Ulysses. Nyssa; a genus of the class Polygamia, order Dioecia. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth five-parted, spreading, with a plain bottom. Corolla: none. Stamina: filarnenta ten; awl-shaped, shorter than the calix; antherae twin, the length of the filarnenta. Hermaphrodite. Calix: perianth as in the male; sitting on the germen. Corolla: none. Stamina: filarnenta five, awl-shaped, erect; antherae simple. Pistil: germen ovate, inferior; style awl-shaped, curved inwards, longer than the stamina; stigma acute. Peri- carp: drupe. Seed: nut oval, acute, scored with longitudinal grooves, angular, irregular. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: none. Male: stamina ten. Her- maphrodite. Stamina: five. Pistil: one. Drupe: inferior. — Tiiese plants may be propagated by seeds procured from the places where they grow naturally, and put into the ground as soon as they arrive, for they always lie a year before they come up. Sow them in pots filled with a light loamy earth, placing them where they may have only the morning sun ; during the first summer the pots must be kept clean from weeds, and in dry weather duly watered. In autumn, plunge the pots into the ground; and if the winter should prove severe, cover them with old tan, pease-haulm, or other light covering; the follow- ing spring, plunge them into a moderate hot-bed, hooped over and covered with mats, observing constantly to keep the earth moist. This will bring up the plants by the beginning of May. They must be gradually hardened, to bear the open air; during the following summer, plunge the pots again into an east border, and duly water them in dry weather. In autumn remove them into a frame, where they may be screened from frost, but in mild weather exposed to the air. The spring following, before the plants begin to shoot, part them carefully, Rnd plant each in a small pot filled with loamy earth, and if they are plunged into a moderate hot-bed, it will accelerate their putting forth newr roots ; then they may be plunged into an east border, and in winter sheltered again under a frame. The spring following, such plants as have made the greatest progress, may be planted in a loamy soil, in a sheltered situation, where they will endure the cold of this climate; but unless the ground be moist, they make very little progress. The species are, 1. Nyssa Integrifolia ; Mountain Tupelo, or Sour Gum. ! Leaves quite entire; nuts roundish, striated. This tree rises with a strong upright trunk to the height of thirty or forty feet, and sometimes nearly two feet in diameter; sending off many horizontal, and often depending, branches. The timber of this tree is close-grained and curled, so as not to be split or parted ; and therefore much used for hubs of wheels of carriages. — Native of Pennsylvania. 2. Nyssa Denticulata; Water Tupelo. Leaves remotely- toothed ; nuts oblong, grooved, somewhat wrinkled. This tree rises with a strong upright trunk to the height of eighty or a hundred feet, dividing into many branches towards the top. The berries are near the size and shape of small olives, and preserved in the same manner by the French inhabitants upon the Mississippi, where it greatly abounds, and is called the Olive-tree. The timber is white and soft when unsea- soned, but light and compact when dry, which renders it very proper for making trays, bowls &c. It grows naturally in wet swamps, or near large rivers, in Carolina and Florida. There is a species called the Lime-tree, which is described as singularly beautiful, growing naturally in water, in the southern states of America, and rising to the height of about thirty feet. Mr. Bartram informs us, that he saw large tall I trees of this sort on the banks of the Alatamaha river, growing in the water near the shore. He calls it Nyssa Coccinea: and observes, that there is no tree which exhibits a more desirable appearance than this in the autumn, when the fruit is ripe, and the tree divested of its leaves, for then they look as red as scarlet, with their fruit of the same colour. The most northern settlement of this tree yet known is on great Ogeechee, where it is called Ogeechee Lime, from the acid fruit being about the size of limes, and being sometimes used in their stead. See the next species. 3. Nyssa Candicans ; Ogeechee Lime Tree. Leaves very slightly petiolated, oblong, entire, cuneated at the base, hoary underneath; female peduncles uniflorous; drupes oblong. This appears to be the Nyssa Coccinea of Mr. Bartram above men- tioned, the only difference being, that Pursh describes the fruit as large and orange coloured, not scarlet-coloured. He states it to be full of an acid juice similar to a lime, and that it is found on the banks of rivers in Carolina, and particu- larly on the river Ogeechee, where it is called the Ogeechee Lime. 4. Nyssa Villosa. Leaves oblong, very entire, acute on both sides; female peduncles subtriflorous; nuts short-obovate, ! and obtusely striated. — Found in all the woods from New England to Carolina. The flowers are small, and of a green- ish hue; and the berries black, and of the size of a pea. The natives call it Sour-gum. See the first species. 5. Nyssa Tomentosa. Leaves petiolate, oblong, acuminate, remotely serrate, tomentose underneath ; female peduncles uniflorous ; drupes oblong. Fruit the size of the preceding species, of a dark blue colour.— It grows on the banks of the | river St. Mary, and also in Florida. OCH OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. O C I 183 OAK. See Quercus. Oak of Cappadocia. See Chenopodium Ambrosioides. Oak of Jerusalem. See Chenopodium Anthelminticum. Oat. See Arena Sativa. Oat Grass. See Arena. Obolaria; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia. — Generic Character. Cnlix: none, except two bractes. Corolla /one-petalled, unequal; tube bell-shaped, ventricose, pervious; border four-cleft, spreading a little; segments shorter than the tube, bilid, a little unequally laci niated. Stamina: filamenta four, awl-shaped, from the slits of the corolla, the nearest a little longer; anther* small. Pistil: germen ovate, compressed; style subcylindric, t lie length of the stamina; stigma bifid, thickish, permanent. Pericarp : capsule subovate, compressed, ventricose, one celled, two-valved, with the partition contrary. Seeds: nume- rous, small like meal. Essential Character. Calix : two-leaved, or none, except two bractes. Corolla : four cleft, bell-shaped; stamina from the slits of the corolla; capsule one-celled, two-valved, many-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Obolaria Virginica. Stem simple; leaves opposite, the upper ones purple on the outside; flowers in terminating spikes, clustered at the top, pale red. It has the habit of Orobanche, and is allied to that genus. — Native of Vir- ginia. Ochna ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, inferior, coriaceous, permanent, five-parted ; parts ovate, blunt, spreading, (rather five-leaved.) Corolla: petals five to twelve, caducous. Stamina: filamenta many, short; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen ovate, angular, five-cleft; style angular, erect, permanent ; stigma simple. Pericarp: none. Seeds: nuts five, ovate, erect, compressed a little on the out- side, somewhat convex, slightly excavated within, blunt, with a thin shell; receptacle very large, fleshy, depressed, five cornered; corners protuberant, rounded, keeled at top, to each of which is fastened a nut, with a triangular rounded scar; ribs five, between the corners of the receptacle, running down from the vertex to the base, and raised F.ssentiai Character. Calix: five-leaved. Corolla: five-petalled ; berries one-seeded, fastened to a large roundish receptacle. The species are, 1. Ochna Squarrosa. Racemes lateral. This is a small tree. Leaves alternate, oblong, acute, finely serrate, smooth, on short petioles, the youngest remarkably coloured with purple, four or live inches long, and two broad ; flowers large, yellow, inodorous. This is the Yerrajuvie of the Telingas, which the Cingalese call Bokaerae. —Native of the East Indies and Africa. In the Circar mountains, it flowers about the beginning of the hot season, about which time they produce their leaves, which they cast in the cold season. 2. Ochna Jabotapita. Racemes terminating. This is a middle sized tree, with a grey it regular bark, and a soft pliant wood. Leaves alternately opposite, pale green; flowers abun- dant, on certain bianclilets, yellow and very sweet. — Native of South America. 3. Ochna Parvifolia. Peduncles one-flowered. This is a shrub resembling the first species, except in the size of the leaves and inflorescence. — Native country not ascertained. Ochroma : a genus of the class Monadelpliia, order Pent- andria.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth double; outer three-leaved ; leaflets lanceolate, caducous; inner one- leafed, fuunel form, five-cleft. Corolla: petals five, wedge-form, coriaceous. Stamina: iilamentum one.cylindric; anther* five, large, linear, conuate, creeping up and down. Pistil: germen superior, oblong; style filiform, covered with the cylinder of the stamina ; stigmas five, awl-shaped, wide, contorted. Peri- carp: capsule coriaceous, subcylindric, five-grooved, com- monly ten-cornered, five-celled, five-valved ; valves woolly within, rolled back at the edge; partitions kidney form. Seeds: very many, oblong. Essential Character, Calix: double ; outer three-leaved ; anther* connate, anfrac- tuose. Capsule: five-celled, many-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Ochroma Lagopus. This is a very large tree, with divaricating branches; wood white, tender, and so light that it is used instead of cork to nets. Bark thick, fibrous, ash- coloured, varied with white spots, and netted with rufescent wrinkles. —Native of the Antilles, and of America. Ochroxylum: a genus of the class Pentandria, order Tri- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-cleft, very small, permanent; segments ovate, acute, spreading a little. Corolla: petals five, ovate, reflex, bluntish, excavated below the tip, thickish, with a thinner margin ; nectary an annular gland, subtrilobate, fleshy. Stamina: filamenta five, awl shaped, flatfish below, erect, a little longer than the co- rolla; anther* roundish, incumbent. Pistil: germina three, placed on the nectary, outwardly gibbous; styles short; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsules three, approximating, subglobular, inwardly compressed, placed on the lobes of the nectary, now become larger, and three-iobed, one-celled, opening on the inside? Seeds: two, convex on one side, compressed and angular on the other. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: five cleft. Petals: five. Aectary: an annular three-iobed gland. Capsula : three, approximating, one-celled, two-seeded. Ocimum ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gyrnno- spermia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, two lipped, very short, permanent; upper lip flat, or- bieulate, wider, ascending; lower lip four-cleft, acute, con- verging. Corolla: one petalled, ringent, resupine ; tube very short, spreading; one lip turned upwards, wider, half four- cleft, blunt, equal; the other lip turned downwards, narrower, entire, serrate, longer; stamina filamenta four, declined ; two a little longer, and two putting forth a reflex process at the base; anther* balf-mooned. Pistil: germen four-parted; style filiform, situation and length of the stamina; stigma bifid. Pericarp: none. Calix: closed, cherishing the seeds. Seeds: four, ovate. Observe. The flexure of the slamina shows, that it is the upper lip of the petal which is turned downwards, and the lower which is turned upwards. The lissenlial Character, consists in the reflex process of the two filamenta. Essential Character. Calix: with the upper lip nrbiculate, the lower four-cleft. Corolla: resupine, with one lip four-cleft, the other undivided. Filamenta : the two outer putting forth a reflex process at the base. — These plants being most of them annual, are propagated from seeds, sown in March upon a moderate hot-bed, and tiansplanted into another hot-bed, where they must be watered, and shaded until they have taken root ; after which, they must have plenty of air in mild weather, and must be watered frequently. In May they should be taken up with a ball of earth to their roots, and planted out in either pots or borders; shading and watering them as before. They may also be increased by cuttings, taken oft' any time in May, and planted in a moderate hot-bed, observing to shade and water them during ten days; and in three weeks’ time they will be fit to remove. The seeds are usually brought from the south of France, or Italy, every spring, because some of the sorts seldom ripen their seeds in t Iiis country in the open air. But seeds may be saved here, by placing the plants in an airy glass-case or stove, in the 184 O C I THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; autumn; supplying them with water, and letting them have free air in mild weather. The species are, 1. Ocimum Thyrsiflorum ; Thyrse-Jlowered Basil. Flow- ers, panicle fascicled; plant very much branched ; stem erect, woody, a foot and half high, the whole subdivided into branches, channelled on both sides ; corollas purple, pale on the outside, with the lower lip white. — Native of the East Indies. It may be sown in a hot-bed early in the spring, and when the plants come up, transplanted on another tem- perate hot-bed to bring them forward, and when they have obtained strength, transplanted into separate pots, and laid in the stove. 2. Ocimum Monachorum ; Monk's Basil. Stamina tooth- less, the alternate ones bearded at the base ; stem erect, a foot high, roundish, somewhat hairy, with the branches commonly superaxillary ; braetes heart-shaped, caducous; corollas smaller, white, with the lower tip purple. This is an anuual plant, but its native place is unknown. 3. Ocimum Gratissimum ; Shrubby Basil. Stem suffru- ticose ; leaves lanceolate, ovate ; racemes round ; flowers small; corollas white, with yellow anther®. — Native of the East Indies: cultivated like the first species. 4. Ocimum Album ; White Basil. Leaves ovate, blunt ; whorls of the racemes approximating, the mature ones four- cornered ; corollas crenate ; stem a foot high, greenish white, woody at the base. — Annual; native of the East Indies and the island of Java. Cultivated in the same way as the first species. 5. Ocimum Verticillatum ; Whorled Basil. Leaves ovate, blunt ; raceme elongated, naked ; flowers whorled, in fours, peduncled ; stem a loot high, the whole even, shorter than the raceme, ascending. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Ocimum Basilicum ; Common Siveet Basil. Leaves ovate, smooth; calices ciliate; stem suffruticose, three feet high, erect, round, tomentose, with straight ascending branches ; flowers white. The whole plant of the Great Basil has a strong scent of cloves: it rises with a branching stalk, a foot and half high. Of this there are the following varieties: 1. Purple-fringe leaved. 2. Green fringe leaved. 3. Green with studded leaves. 4. Large-leaved Basil. The Common Basil, which is used in medicine, and also for culi- nary purposes, especially in France, is a hairy plant, and has also a strong scent of cloves, too powerful for most per- sons, but very agreeable to some. The varieties of this spe- cies are, 1. Common Basil, with very dark green leaves, and violet coloured floweTS. 2. Curled-leaved Basil, with short spikes of flowers. 3. Narrow-leaved Basil, smelling like Fennel. 4. Middle Basil, with a scent of Citron. 5. Basil with studded leaves. 6. Basil with leaves of three colours. There are many other varieties, differing in the size, shape, odour, and colour of the leaves, in Europe, but particularly in the East, w here it is not only used in cookery, but the herb is reckoned good in the head-ache, and wandering rheumatic pains ; and the seeds are reckoned very efficacious against the poison of serpents, both taken inwardly and laid upon the wound. It is common enough in our gardens. An infusion of the green herb in boiling water, is good in all kinds of obstructions, particularly of the menses, which it gently, though effectually removes, and of consequence all the numerous train of disorders which originate from a sup- pression of that evacuation. The dried leaves are much used as an ingredient in cephalic and herb snuffs, and other sternutatory powders. 7. Ocimum Minimum ; Bush Basil. Leaves ovate, quite entire. This, as its name intimates, is a low bushy plant, seldom above six inches high. The flowers are in whorls O C I towards the top of the branches, smaller than those of the preceding, and seldom succeeded by ripe seeds in England. The varieties are, 1. Smallest Basil with black purple haves. 2. With variable leaves. They are both annuals, flowering in July and August — -Native of the East Indies. For their propagation and culture, see the first species. 8. Ocimum Scabrum; Rugged Basil. Racemes simple, erect ; leaves ovate, dotted underneath ; stem upright, pani- cled, a foot high and more, the whole plant hairy and rugged. — Native of Japan. 9. Ocimum Capitellatum. Leaves ovate; flowers aggre- gate; petioles lateral; stem oleraceous, bluntly quadrangu- lar, two-grooved, sparingly branched, a foot high ; corolla white. — Native of China. 10. Ocimum Sanctum ; Purple-stalked Basil, or Sacred Herb. Leaves somewhat oblong, blunt, serrate, waved; stem rough haired ; braetes cordate; corolla bright purple, scarcely larger than the calix. It is almost scentless, flowers in September, and is a native of the East Indies. For its propagation and culture, see the first species. 11. Ocimum Americanurn ; American Basil. Leaves sub lanceolate, acuminate, subserrate ; racemes round ; stem subherbaceous. From a branched root springs an upright stalk, bluntly four-cornered, smooth, somewhat woody at bottom, perennial, and brownish, pale above, with a tinge of green; corolla flesh-coloured. The whole plant has a very grateful smell.— Native of Martinico. 12. Ocimum Campeachianum ; Campeachy Basil. Leaves lanceolate, hoary underneath ; petioles very long, villose ; flowers peduncled ; stalk upright, nearly two feet high, send- ing out two or four branches towards the top; colour of the flow ers white. The whole plant has a strong aromatic odour, and grows naturally iu Campeachy. Cultivated like the first species. 13. Ocimum Tenuiflorum ; Slender-spiked Basil. Leaves ovate oblong, serrate ; braetes cordate, reflex, concave ; spikes filiform ; stem from one to two feet high, roundish, purple, brachiate, having spreading hairs scattered over it. The flowers are so small as to be scarcely visible to the naked eye: they begin to open from the top of the spike. — Native of Malabar, and other parts of the East Indies: cul- tivated in the same way as the first species. 14. Ocimum Polystachyon ; Many spiked Basil. Corollas four-cleft; racemes leafless, nodding at top; stem erect, two feet high, brachiate, four-cornered, the corners sharp and rugged. This plant is assigned a place among the Ocima, although it has no teeth to the filamenta; because it cannot be a Nepeta, on account of the lower lip not being crenate; nor a Mentha, because the stamina are declined. It is per- ennial, flowering early in July and August. — Native of the East Indies: cultivated like the first species. 15. Ocimum Serpyllifolium ; Wild Thyme-leaved Basil. Leaves linear-lanceolate, quite entire; genitals very loug. This is a very branching shrub; the branches divaricating, villose, and hoary. — Native of Egypt. 16*. Ociinum Grandiflorum ; Great flowered Basil. Stem shrubby; leaves ovate, serrate; genitals very long. This is a fragrant undershrub, three feet in height. — It was found by Forskahl in Egypt, and was brought from Abyssinia by the celebrated traveller, Bruce. 17. Ocimum Menthoides; Mint-leaved Basil. Leaves linear-lanceolate, serrate; stem a foot high, upright, bra- chiate, four-cornered ; flowers each on their proper pedicels. It flowers in July. — Native of the island of Ceylon. Propa- gated in the same way as the first species. 18. Ocimum Molle ; Heart-leaved Basil. Leaves ovate, CE D E OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY'. (ENA 18-5 cordate, acute, serrate, wrinkled ; sinuses closed ; bractes roundish, wedge-form. This is an annual, pubescent, sweet- smelling plant; stem thick, bluntly quadrangular. It flowers in September and October. — Native of the East Indies, and propagated in the same way as the first species. 19. Ocimum Scutellarioides. Corollas sickle-shaped ; pedicels branched ; stem pubescent. It differs so much from its congeners in the flowers as to be almost of a distinct genus. — Native of the island of Tanna, and of the East Indies. Cultivated in the same way as the first species. 20. Ocimum Prostratum ; Prostrate Basil. Steins pros- trate; leaves elliptic, marked with lines; corolla very small, bluish. — Native of the East Indies. For its cultivation, &c. see the first species. 21. Ocimum Acutum; Sharp-leaved Basil. Racemes fili- form; leaves ovate, acuminate, serrate; bractes rough-haired ; stem upright, smooth, even. — Native of the East Indies. 22. Ocimum Crispum; Curl leaved Basil. Racemes ter- minating ; leaves ovate, serrate, curled ; calices hispid ; stem upright, villose, branched. — It is a native of Japan, and is cultivated about Nagasaki, where it flowers in October and November. The Japanese esteem an infusion of this herb for colds and rheumatism, and colour the roots of black radishes and turnips, with various fruits, of a deep red, with a decoction of this plant. 23. Ocimum Rugosum ; Wrinkled Basil. Racemes ter- minating; leaves ovate, acute, serrate, wrinkled underneath; stem grooved very finely, tomentose, two feet high and more. — Native of Japan. 24. Ocimum Inflexum. Panicle terminating, racemed ; stem and branches flexuose. The powder of this plant is used by the Japanese to burn incense to their idols. — Native of Japan. 25. Ocimum Virgatum. Racemes whorled, rod-like ; leaves oblong, serrate; stem deeply grooved, very finely tomentose, flexuose, erect, brauched. — Native of Japan. (Edera ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polyga- mia Segregata.— Generic Character. Calix: common many-flowered, many-leaved, larger than the flowers, squar- rose; leaflets lanceolate, the lower ones larger, containing several partial calicles ; partial many-leaved ; leaflets chaffy, lanceolate, equal to the florets. Corolla : common, radiate, with many partial flowers; partial radiate, placed also in the disk ; proper of the disk hermaphrodite, funnel-form, five-cleft, erect; — of the ray female, ligulate, lanceolate, the length of the common calix. Stamina: in the hermaphro- dites; filamenta five, very short; anther* cylindric. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites ; germen oblong; style filiform; stig- mas two, filiform, blunt. In the females; germen oblong; style filiform; stigmas two, filiform, longer. Pericarp: none. Calix: unchanged. Seeds: in the hermaphrodites oblong, crowned with very many acute short chaffs. In the females oblong, crowned also with very many chaffs. Recep- tacle: common, chaffy; partial with linear deciduous chaffs. Essential Character. Calices: many-flowered ; corol- lets tubular; hermaphrodite, with one or two female ligulate florets. Receptacle: chaffy. Doivn ; of several chaffs.- The species are, 1. CEdera Prolifera. Leaves lanceolate, opposite, ciliate, smooth on both sides; stem shrubby, compound, with ascend- ing branches, covered below with scars from fallen leaves, above with green leaves at the ends of the branches ; seeds uniform, oblong, compressed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. (Edera Aliena. Leaves linear, tomentose underneath. The genus of this plant is doubtful : it has the appearance of Stachlina or Gnaphaiium, with the flowers of Calendula. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. CEnanthe ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: umbel universal, with fewer rays; partial heaped, with very many rays, but very short, insomuch that there are often none ; universal involu- cre many-leaved, simple, shorter than the umbel; partial many-leaved, small, proper ; perianth five-toothed, awl- shaped, permanent. Corolla Universal: diftorm, rayed; florets of the ray abortive; proper of the disk hermaphrodite, with five inflex, cordate, almost equal petals ; proper of the ray, male, with five very large, unequal, iuflex, bifid petals. Stamina: filamenta five, simple; anther* roundish. Pistil: germen inferior; styles two, awl-shaped, permanent; stigmas blunt ; pericarp none ; fruit subovate, crowned with the perianth and pistil, bipartile; seeds two, subovate, on one side convex and striated, on the other flat, toothed at the top. Observe. The perianth is more manifest in this genus than in the other umbellate plants. Essential Charac- ter. Florets difform; in the disk sessile, barren; fruit crowned with the calix and pistil.- The species are, 1. (Enanthc Fistulosa ; Common Water Dropwort. Stolo- niferous: stem-leaves pinnate, filiform, fistular; roots tuber- ous. According to Haller, they are diffused widely in the water and mud, where they sometimes have bundles of fibres hanging to them, in gardens they are little bulbs; stem from twelve to eighteen inches, and even two feet in height, rushy, upright, striated, smooth, green, and glaucous, except at the bottom, where it is red, and hollow within. The smell is unpleasant, and the taste hot and nauseous, as in many of the umbellate plants. The root is said to be poisonous, to have killed within three days; and that out of seventeen Corsican soldiers, who had eaten it, three died, the rest being cured by emetics. Linneus affirms that cows and horses refuse it, though on experiment it did not appear to be noxious to the former. Schreber informs us that it is left untouched by cattle. The seed is slightly aromatic. So little were deleterious effects suspected in this plant, that it was recommended formerly, in common with many umbellate plants, as a diuretic, and good in the stone and gravel : but Linneus’s is a good general rule, that aquatics of this natural order, if not absolutely poisonous, are at least to be dis- trusted.— Native of most parts of Europe, in ponds, ditches, by river sides, in wet meadows, and marshes, flowering in June and July. This plant will grow very well in the com- mon ground, as will also the second and sixth species. 2. CEnanthe Peucedanifolin ; Sulphurwort-leaved Water Dropwort. All the leaves linear; root-leaves bipinuate; stem-leaves pinnate; universal involucre none; tubers of the root ovate, sessile. The roots of this are composed of many cylindric, ovate, white, sessile tubers, collected iuto a bunch, each terminating in a white fibre at the base. Dr. Withering, who considers this as only a variety of the preceding, says, that in the plants which he procured in the Isle of Wight, the leaflets are three or four inches long, wdiereas in the preceding they are rarely more than half or three quarters of an inch in length. Dr. Plot observed it in the ditches about Medley aud Binsey common, and almost every where about Oxford ; at Blackstoue, on Wandsworth common; in Harefield river; and at Ham Abbey in Essex: Dr. John Sibthorp found it on the banks of the Isis beyond Ifiey, and on peat bogs under Headington Wick copse. See the first species. 3. CEnanthe Crocata; Hemlock Water Dropwort. All the leaves many-cleft, blunt, nearly equal ; stalks four or five feet high, emitting a yellowish fetid juice when broken. CE N A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; CE N O 106 The root divides into four or live large taper ones, which, when separated, bear some resemblance to Parsneps, for which some ignorant persons have boiled them. An infu- sion of the leaves, or three tea spoonfuls of the juice of the root, taken every morning, effected a cure in a very obstinate cutaneous disease, but not without occasioning a very great disturbance, and suffering in the constitution. The country people in Westmoreland apply a poultice of the herb to the ulcer which forms in the forepart of the hoof in horned cattle, and is called the foul. Dr. Withering says, the whole of this plant is poisonous; and, Dr. Pulteney remarks, that the root is the most virulent of all the vegetable poisons that Great Britain produces. Many instances of its fatal effects are recorded, wherein it has been eaten for Water Parsneps, or Celery, which it very much resembles in its leaves. Mr. Ehret, the botanic painter, was heard to say, that while he was drawing this plant, the smell rendered him so giddy, that he was several times obliged to quit the room, and walk out in the fresh air, to recover himself; but that having opened the door and windows of the room, the free air enabled him to finish his work. A large spoonful of the juice of this plant being given to a dog, made him very sick and stupid, but in about an hour he recovered. Goats and sheep eat it with impunity, but horses and cattle refuse it. It may be safely used in external applications, but should be taken with great caution internally, as is evident from the above account, and also from the following. It is recorded in the Philosophical Transactions, that two French prisoners at Pembroke died by eating the root, which the inhabitants of that place call Five- lingered Hoot, and use as a cataplasm for the felon, or worst kind of whitlow. Eight young lads near Clonmel in Ireland, where the plant is called Tahow, mistook the root for the Water Parsnep, and having eaten of it, five of them died. Dr. Allen mentions an instance of four children, who had eaten of these roots, but by proper care did well; and also that a hog having grubbed up and eaten some of the roots, died in convulsions; Mr. Miller himself informed Sir Willi m Watson, that a whole family were poisoned with this plant at Battersea. The method of cure is, to empty the stomach and intestines as soon as possible, and then to cause the patient to swallow large quantities of olive oil, or of oleaginous fluids: this is attended with difficulty, because the jaws are, as it were, locked together by the violence of the spasm. Hence the necessity of caution respecting this dangerous plant becomes very obvious, especially as it abound- in some places, and resembles Smallage very much; besides, the flavour of the root is by no means disagreeable, and is likely to prove very tempting to children. It will not grow except in muddy places; and whoever wishes to cultivate it for botamcai or medical purposes, must treat it accordingly, by planting it in very moist places. 4. CEnanthe Prolifera; Proliferous Water Dropwort. Mar ginat peduncles of the umbels longer branched, male; root perennial, consisting of several tubers, which are round, narrowing to each end, long, of a dirty brown on the outside, white within; stem herbaceous, a foot and half in height, up right, a littie branched, green, angular, striated. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Sicily, and Italy 5. CEnanthe Globulosa; Globular headed Water Dropwort Fruits globular; roots like those of Navew, perennial, brauched ; stem a foot high, or more, branched, angular at the base, and often purple. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Portugal. 6. CEnanthe Pimpinelloides ; Parsely Water Dropwort. Root leaflets wedge-shaped, cloven ; those of the stem entire, linear, very long, simple. — Native of the southern parts of Europe, and of England, grow ing in marshes, especially near ! the sea-coast; as at Quaplod in Lincolnshire; near Spalding; Hinton Moor, in Cambridgeshire; Bulvan Fen in Essex; near Mortlake; and between Sydenham and Southend. 7. CEnanthe Inebrians. Pinnas of the lower leaves ovate, ! of the upper linear; petioles angular. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. CEnanthe Tenuifolia. Leaves bipinnate; pinnas linear, the upper ones undivided. — Native of the Cape of Good I Hope. f). CEnanthe Ferulacea. Leaves superdecompound ; pin- nules awl-shaped, grooved. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. CEnanthe Interrupta. Leaves interruptedly bipinnate; segments gash-serrate — Native of the Cape of Good Mope. 11. CEnanthe Exaltata. Stems striated; seeds turbinate, striated. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. (Enothera; a genus of the class Octandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, superior, deciduous ; tube cylindrical, erect, long, deciduous; border four-cleft; the segments oblong, acute, bent down. Corolla: petals four, obcordatc, flat, inserted into the inter- stices of the calix, and the same length with the divisions of the calix. Stamina: filamenta eight, awl-shaped, curved inwards, inserted into the throat of the calix, shorter than the corolla; antherae oblong, incumbent. Pistil: germen cylindric, inferior; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stigma tour-cleli, thick, blunt, reflex. Pericarp: capsule cylindrical, four-cornered, four-celled, four-valved, with con- trary partitions. Seeds: very many, angular, naked ; recep- tacle columnar, free, four-cornered, with the angles contigu- ous to the margins of the partitions. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: iour-cleft. Petals : four. Capsule: cylindrical, inferior, Seeds: naked - -The species are, 1. (Enothera Biennis; liroad-leaved Tree Primrose. Leaves ovate lanceolate, flat ; stem muricaled, subvillose ; root fusi- form, fibrous, yellowish on the outside, white within, biennial. From these, the hist year, arise many obtuse leaves, which spread flat on the ground. From am-ng these, in the second year, the stems come out ; l. ey are three or tour feet high. File flowers are pioduced ail along the stalks, on axillary branches, and in a terminating spike. They usually open between six anti seven o clock in ihe evening: and hence the plant is cadetl the Evening, or Night Primrose. The mode of their expanding is curious: the petals are held together at lop by Hie hooks at the end ot the calix, the segments of which hist separate at bottom, and discover the corolla; a long time before it acquires sufficient expansive force to un- hook the calix at top ; when it has accomplished this, it expands very last, almost instantaneously, to a certain point, and then makes a stop, taking a little tune to spread out quite flat ; it may be halt an hour from the first bursting of the calix at bottom, lo Hie final expansion of the corolla, which commonly becomes flaccid in the course of the next day, f sooner or later, according to the heat oi coolness ol the weather. The uppeimost flowers come out first in June, the sialk keeps continually advancing in height, and there is a constant succession of flowers till late in autumn. The roots are eaten in some countries in the spring ; for though a native of North America, it has been imported, first into Italy, and has been carried all over Europe. We often meet with it in t English gardens, where it is cultivated as a hardy plant, iu ' the following way : sow the seeds in autumn ; when the plants appear, thin them, and keep them clean; the following I autumn, transplant them to places where they are designed to flower; as the roots strike deep in the ground, care should s as. n o OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. n that account. This singularly beautiful plant is not uncommon on our calcareous soils, near woods, and in meadows. It can scarcely be found at all in the vicinity of London, owing to the rapacity of florists, who root up all that can be found for sale. It lias been found near Charlton Church, and Chisselhurst in Kent, as well as on Trunhill downs in the same county ; about Harefield in Middlesex ; in Madingley wood; at Hinton, Feversham, Fulboiirn, Bur- rough green, Chippenham, and Linton, in Cambridgeshire; at Bolnhurst in Bedfordshire; at Bradenham in Bucking- hamshire; at Blatherwick and Asply in Northamptonshire ; at Fenlly Hangings in Oxfordshire; about Earshain and Mulbarton in Suffolk; on St. Vincent’s Rocks near Bristol; 198 O P H THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; O P H near Carisbrooke Castle in the Isle of Wight; and at Great, Comberton towards Woller’s Hill; and at Tedestone near Whitbourne in Worcestershire. It flowers in June and July, and ripens seed in the end of August. See the twelfth species. 14. Ophrys Aramifera ; Spider Ophrys. Bulbs roundish ; stem leafy; lip of the nectary roundish, entire, emarginate, convex, longer than the petals; leaves next the root an inch and half long, almost an inch broad, ovate-lanceolate, somewhat blunt, marked with impressed lines, smooth, spreading on the ground, those of the stalk few, narrower, and more pointed; flowers from three to six, in a thin spike. The nectary, which at first is of a bright and very rich brown colour, soon changes to a faded yellow green ; when the flowering is past, the petals incline forward close over the nectary. The flower is not so beautiful as that of the two preceding species: it is fancied by some to resemble a bee, by others a spider; from the breadth of the lip, and its being marked with different shades of brown, it derives its resemblance to the latter. Others have discovered a likeness to a small bird in the flowers. — It is a native of England, in chalky pastures; as about Northfleet, Bocton church-yard, and other places, in Kent; Heatherhead in Surry; near Wheatley, between Whitney and Burford; Caversham warren and Stansfield in Oxfordshire ; about Branham near Tad- caster in Yorkshire; about Bury in Suffolk; at Shelford, Abington, Hildersham, and Bartlow, in Cambridgeshire. With a little attention and management, this plant will grow and flower more freely than many of the same tribe. The following treatment has succeeded. Take up the roots care- fully when in flower, bare them no more than is necessary to remove the roots of other plants ; fill a large-sized garden pot with three parts choice loam moderately stiff, and one part chalk mixed well together, and passed through a sieve somewhat finer than a common cinder sieve : in this mixture place your roots at about the depth of two inches and three inches apart, water them occasionally during summer, if the weather prove dry ; at the approach of winter, place the pot in a frame under a glass, to keep it from wet and frost, which combined destroyed the beauty of the foliage, if not the plant itself. Observe : this species emerges in the autumn before any of the others make their appearance. See the twelfth species. 15. Ophrys Monorchis ; Yellow or Musk Ophrys. Bulb globular; scape naked; lip of the nectary trifid, cross- shaped ; stem about six inches high, round, and smooth ; root-leaves two or three, sheathing the stem, lanceolate, acute, smooth. The flowers are greenish yellow, with a faint musky smell. They appear in July. — Native of Sweden, Denmark, Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Prussia, Italy, and England ; where it is found near Enfield in Middlesex ; at the chalk pits near Gogmagog hills in Cambridgeshire; and at Marliam near Swaftham, and near Snettisham, in Nor- folk. See the twelfth species. 10. Ophrys Alpina; Alpine Ophrys. Bulbs ovate; scape naked ; leaves awl-shaped ; lip of the nectary undivided, blunt, one-toothed on each side. — Native of the mountains of Lapland, Denmark, Switzerland, Dauphiny, Piedmont, Carniola, Austria, &c. 17. Ophrys Camtschatea; Siberian Ophrys. Scape fili- form, sheathed ; raceme close ; lip of the nectary linear, bifid. — Native of Siberia. 18. Ophrys Anthropophora ; Man Ophrys. Bulbs round- ish ; stem leafy; lip of the nectary linear, three-parted, the middle segment elongated, bifid ; root leaves four or five, sheathing the stem at the base, lanceolate, but varying in breadth, spreading ; above these, one or two more closely embracing the stem; flowers numerous, in a long loose spike. It varies in size; and in the colour of its flowers, from yellow green to bright ferruginous. The root, and indeed the whole plant, emits a strong odour. — Native of the southern parts of Enrope, and of England, where it is prin- cipally found in dry pastures and old chalk-pits; as near Northfleet, Greenhilhe; between Gravesend and Cliffe; at Dartford ; in Bocton churchyard; in the way to Branley; and at Truhill, &c. in Kent ; about Croydon and Leather- head in Surry ; near Linton in Cambridgeshire ; at Kimbolton in Huntingdonshire; at Dalmgton near Sudbury in Suffolk; and at Ashwelthorpe near Norwich. It flowers in June. See the twelfth species. 19. Ophrys Crucigera. Bulbs roundish; stem leafy ; lip of the nectary undivided, marked with a convex cross. — Suspected to be a variety of the thirteenth species. 20. Ophrys Volucris. Bulbs roundish ; leaves oblong, sheathing the stem ; lip cutout ovate; stem a foot high. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 21. Ophrys Bracteata. Bulbs roundish; spikes mixed with longer bractes; lip three lobed ; stem a span high. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 22. Ophrys Atrata. Leaves linear, setaceous ; lip cordate, spatulate; stem simple, a hand high; spike terminating; flowers sessile, remote, under each a bristle-shaped bracte, the length of the flower. The whole piant turns black in drying. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 28. Ophrys Catholica. Bulbs fibrous ; flowers three- petalled ; helmet ventricose, large; lip cross-shaped; stem leafy; leaves three, alternate, embracing, lanceolate; the root leaves shorter; raceme four or five flowered; bracte the length of the corolla; helmet one leafed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 24. Ophrys Circumflexa. Bulbs undivided ; flowers three- petalled ; wings emarginate; lip trifid, the lateral segments bent round ; leaves lanceolate ; spikes five-flowered or there- abouts, with ventricose bractes. — Native of the Cape. 25. Ophrys Caffra. Stem three-leaved ; lip bifid; flow- ers in a raceme, three or four, yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 26. Ophrys Bivalvata. Flowers in bundles ; lip lanceolate; stem a span or a foot high ; spike corymbed, without a dis- tinct peduncle ; germen streaked. 27. Ophrys Alaris. Lip of the nectary entire, waved ; stem a span high or more; stem-leaves three, the first obso- lete, the second oval, lanceolate, the third spatheform; spike few-flowered, with ovate acute bractes. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 28. Ophrys Patens. Leaves awl-shaped ; lip of the nec- tary very short, capillary; stem hardly a hand high, longi- tudinally imbricated with leaves ; root-leaves short, linear; flowers two to four, rather large. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 29. Ophrys Nervosa. Stem naked, angular ; leaves ovate, nerved ; lip of the nectary entire, reflex ; flowers at the top of the scape elongated in a spike, alternate, drooping, purple; spike sharply angular, erect, smooth, about a span in length; corolla three-petalled. Under each flower a very short, ovate, purple bracte — Native of Japan. 30. Ophrys Triphylla. Stem three-leaved ; lip triangular, toothed at the base. — Native of the Cape. 31. Ophrys lnversa. Leaves ensiform ; lip bifid, entire. — Native of the Cape. 32. Ophrys Bicolor. Leaves linear, ensiform ; lip cut out bifid. — Native of the Cape. 33. Ophrys Squamata. Bulbs bundled ; scape elongated, 4 ORC OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. ORC 199 leafless, spiked ; root-leaves imbricate, oblong, acute, keeled; lip of the nectary trifid, bearded, bent down. — Native of New Caledonia. ’ 34. Ophrys Unifolia. Bulb ovate; scape round, sheathed ; leaf round, fistular, reflex, perforated in the middle to let the scape pass. — Native of New Zealand. Opobatsamum. See Amyris. Opuntia. See Cactus. Oruche. See Atriplex. Orange. See Citrus. Orchard. — In planting an orchard, great attention should be paid to the nature of the soil; and such sorts of fruits only should be chosen, as are best adapted to the ground designed for planting; otherwise there can be little hopes of their succeeding: and it is for want of rightly observing this method, that we see in many places orchards planted which never arrive to any tolerable degree of perfection, the trees starving, and their trunks either covered with moss, or the bark cracked and divided, both which are evident signs of the weakness of the trees; whereas if perhaps instead of Apples, the orchard had been planted with Pears, Cherries, or any other sort of fruit adapted to the soil, the trees would have grown very well, and produced fruit in abun- dance. As to the position of an orchard ; where you are at full liberty to choose, a rising ground open to the south-east is to be preferred ; but by no means plant upon the side of any hill where the declivity is very great ; for in such places the great rains commonly wash down the better part of the ground, which deprives the tree.-- of their necessary support : but where the rise is gentle, it is advantageous to the trees, by admitting the sun and air between them more effectually than can be done upon an entire level; which is exceedingly advantageous fur the fruit, by dissipating fogs, and drying up the damp, which when detained amongst the trees, mix with the air, and render it rancid. If the ground be defended from the west, north, and east winds,, it will also render the situation still more advantageous, for it is chiefly from those quarters that fruit-trees receive the greatest injury ; therefore if the place be not naturally defended from these by rising hills, which is always to be preferred, let large-growing timber-trees be planted for that purpose at some distance from the orchard. A great regard should also be had to the distance of planting the trees, which is what few persons properly consider. Planting them too close exposes them to blights; and will cause the fruit to be ill-tasted, by con- fining the air, when laden with a great quantity of damp vapours arising from the perspiration of the trees and exha- lations from the earth, which being imbibed by the fruit, render their juices crude and unwholesome. To prevent this, plant the trees fourscore feet asunder, but not in regular rows. The ground between the trees they plough and sow with wheat and other crops, in the same manner as if it were clear from trees, (and the crop is found to be as good as those quite exposed, except just under each tree,) until they are grown large, and afford a great shade; while the trees, by the ploughing and tilling of the ground, are ren- dered more vigorous and healthy, scarcely ever exhibiting any moss, or other marks of poverty, and will abide much longer, and produce much better fruit. If the ground selected for an orchard, have been a pasture for some years, plough it in the green sward the spring before you plant the trees, and let it lie a summer fallow ; which will greatly improve it, provided it be stirred two or three times, to rot the sward of grass, and prevent weeds growing. At Michael- mas plow it rather deeply, in order to loosen it for the roots of the trees, which should be planted in October, if the soil be dry ; but if moist, it will be better to defer it till the beginning of March. Their distance apart, even in a close orchard, must never be less than forty feet ; and they will succeed better, if placed eighty feet asunder. When you have finished planting the trees, provide some stakes, to sup- port them, and prevent their being blown out of the ground, especially if it should happen after they have been planted some time; for the ground in the autumn being warm, and for the most part moist, the trees will very soon push out a great number of young fibres, which, if broken off’ by their being displaced, will greatly retard the growth of the trees. In the spring following, if the season should prove dry, you should cut a quantity of green sward, which must be laid upon the surface of the ground about their roots, turning the grass. downward, which will prevent the sun and wind from drying the ground, w hereby a great expense of watering will be saved; and after the first year they will be out of danger, if they have taken well. In ploughing the ground between the trees, be careful not to go too deeply among their roots, lest you should cut them olf, which would greatly damage the trees; but when the ground is cautiously stirred, the effect will be very beneficial. It is a good rule never to sow too near the trees, nor to suffer any great- rooting weeds to grow about them, which starve their roots by exhausting the soil. If after the turf which was laid round the trees be rotted, you dig it in gently about the roots, it will, greatly encourage them. There are some persons who plant many sorts of fruit together in the same orchard, mixing the trees alternately ; but this is a method which should always be avoided, for it occasions a greater difference in the growth of the trees, and not only renders them unsightly, but also the fruit upon the lower trees ill tasted, by the tall ones overshadowing them : so that whoever is determined to plant several sorts of fruit upon the same spot, should observe to place the largest growing trees backward, and so proceed to those of the next least growth, continuing the same method quite through the whole plantation; whereby it will appear at a distance in a regular slope, and the sun and air will more equally pass through the whole orchard, affording equal benefit to every tree; though it must be admitted that this can only be practised upon good ground, in which most sorts of fruit-trees will thrive. The orchard should be dunged or manured every two or three years ; which Is -equally necessary for every crop raised from among the trees; so that where persons are not inclinable to improve their orchards, on account of the expense of manure, the crop expected from the ground in addition to the fruit yielded by the trees, will more readily induce them lo incur that expense. In choosing trees for an orchard, always observe to procure them from a soil nearly akin to that where they are to be planted, or rather poorer ; for if you procure them from a very rich soil, and plant them in indifferent land, they will not thrive well, especially for four or five years after planting; so that, as we have shown under the article Nursery, it is a very wrong thing to raise young trees in a very rich soil, and afterwards to transplant them into a very poor soil. The trees should be young and thriving; for, whatever some persons may advise to the contrary, it has always been observed, that though large trees may grow and produce fruit after being removed, they never make so good trees, nor are so long-lived, as those which are planted while young. After the trees are planted out, they will require no other pruning, except cutting out dead branches, and lopping off those that cross each other, and render the heads of the trees confused and unsightly : the pruning them too often, and the shortening their branches, is very injurious ; espe- 3 E 200 O R C THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; O R C daily to cherries and stone-fruit, which will gum prodigiously, and decay in places where they are cut ; while the Apples and Pears, which are not of so nice a nature, will produce a greater quantity of lateral branches, which will til! the heads of the trees with weak shoots, whenever their branches are thus shortened ; which often occasions the casting off of the fruit produced at the extremity of their shoots. It may seem strange to some persons, says the celebrated Mr. Miller, that I should recommend the allowing so much distance to the trees in an orchard, because a small piece of ground will ad- mit of but very few trees, planted in this method ; but if they will please to observe, when the trees are grown up, they will product; a great deal more fruit than twice the number when planted close, and their fruit will also be better tasted. The trees planted at a great distance, are never so liable to be blighted, as has been observed in Herefordshire ; where they find when orchards are so planted or situated, that the air is pent up amongst the trees, and the vapours that arise from the ground, and the perspiration of the trees, collect the heat of the sun, and reflect it in streams, so as to cause what they call afire-blast; which is the most injurious to their fruits, and is most frequent where the orchards are open to the south sun. But as orchards should never be planted, except where large quantities of fruit are desired, so it will be the same thing to allow twice or three times the quantity of ground ; since, as has been already observed, there may be a crop of any sort of grain upon tire same place, so that there is no considerable loss of ground ; and for a family only, it is hardly worth while to plant an orchard, since a kitchen-garden w'ell planted with espaliers, will afford more fruit than can be eaten while good, especially if the kitchen- garden be proportioned to the size of the family. Even if cider be required, there may be a large avenue of Apple-trees extended across a neighbouring field, which would render the path pleasant; or, there may be some single rows of trees planted, to surround fields, which will effectually answer the same purpose, without being liable to the fire-blasts before- mentioned, Those small pieces of ground adjoining to houses, and that are called orchards because they are stuck full of fruit-trees, without much regard to soil or aspect, seem to have only one advantage, that the proprietor is at hand to protect the fruit from plunderers. But the orchards in the cider counties, and particularly in Herefordshire, are dispersed over all parts of the country, at various de- grees of elevation, and in aspects that look to every point of the compass; although the south-east, with a screen to the north, seems to be the favourite aspect. But though this has reason on its side, wherever the fruit plantations are ex- tensive, it is prudent to place them with different aspects ; for, as Mr. Marshall has observed, in the year 1783, orchard fruit was cut off in every aspect, except the north-west. This was probably owing to the blossoms being kept back, till frost and blight were past; but there can be little doubt that on ground gently inclining to the south, or south-east, and well defended to the north and east, there will be in general a greater probability of a crop, and the fruit will be better flavoured. The richest soil is commonly in valleys, and they are there more sheltered from storms; but they are also more subject to spring frosts, insects, and blights. The best orchards of Apples are on a strong clayey soil, which is con- genial to most varieties of this fruit ; some of them however affect a light sandy loam, as the Stire, Ilagloe Crab, and Golden Pippin ; and it is a fact, w'ell ascertained, that cut- tings from the same tree, and grafted upon similar stocks, will produce cider of a different quality, when planted in different soils. It seems to be admitted, that the liquor pro- duced from trees in clay, is of a stronger body, and will keep better, than that which is made from trees on a sandy soil. Pears are less difficult in their soil than Apples, and they are not so liable to be injured bv frost and blight. They are generally supposed to flourish most in a calcareous soil; though the Squash Pear draws the finest Perry from deep strong land. Stocks for grafting upon are raised either in November or February. The must, or residue of Apples or Crabs after the cider or vinegar has been squeezed out, is sown on a bed of highly cultivated mould in a garden, and ' is kept clean by hand. If new varieties, or the improvement of old ones, be the object, the seed-bed ought to be made as rich as possible; but if the preservation of varielies be all that is wanted, a common loamy soil is sufficient. It must however be remarked, that this method of sowing the must is a bad one, because ihe largest and best kernels are bruised in the press; and thus the stocks are mostly raised from the smaller ones. It would surely be better to pick a few of the best Apples from the tree, or rather to let them remain till they are so ripe as to drop off themselves, and then to take out the soundest and healthiest kernels. Stocks raised from apple kernels are, however, much inferior to such as are raised from the crab. The tree will bear fruit three or lour years sooner; but the crab stock will endure twenty or thirty years longer, and is not so liable to moss and canker. At the end of two years, the seedlings are planted out in the nursery, in rows, three feet distant, and from fifteen to eighteen inches or even two feet asunder in the rows; care being bad not to j cramp the roots, but to bed them evenly in the mould. The plants should be sorted according to their strength, the tap- roots taken off, and the longer side rootlets shortened : w hilst they remain in the nursery, which they generally do till they are finally planted out in the orchard, they are trimmed twice a year. It is a good method to retransplant them two years before they are to be transferred to the orchard, into fresh unmanured ground, double dug, and set in a quincunx order, four feet apart every way. For raising and improving varie- ties, the soil should be deep and good ; and the plants should be moved every second, third, or fourth year; but all this trouble is very seldom taken. While the plants are small, the intervals may be cropped with such kitchen-garden pro- ; duce as will not overshadow them, or exhaust the ground. In trimming or pruning, if there be two leaders, the weaker should be taken off; if the leader be irrecoverably lost, cut the plant down, to within a handsbreadth of the soil, and train a fresh stem ; take the undermost boughs oft' by degrees, always preserving sufficient heads to draw up the sap; not trimming them up to naked twigs, as is the common practice, thereby drawing them up tall and feeble. The length of stem to which stocks are usually trained is six feet, or sometimes near seven ; if they were still higher, they would be more out of the reach of stock, and be much less injurious to whatever grows under it. The usual size at w hich stocks of the com- mon height are planted out, is four to six inches girth, at three feet high ; to which size they will attain in seven or eight years, with proper management. In planting the or- chard, the proper distance ought to be proportionable to the natural growth, or spread of the trees; in old orchards, the trees are only eight or even six yards asunder, and the more prevailing distance has since been ten yards, though some ; allow twelve yards, which is still better, but yet not enough; for in the grass grounds of Gloucestershire, and the arable fields of Herefordshire, twenty yards is a common distance ; some of twenty-five yards, so that a chains’length, or twenty- two yards, might be taken as a good medium distance, and in this case each acre would hold forty trees. In grounds, the O R C OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. O R C 201 trees should be in lines, for the convenience of ploughing ; in close orchards, they should be set in the quincunx manner. The time of planting, is October and November, or February, March, and April. Where the soil is dry and light, autumn is preferable; but in a cold wet situation and tenacious soil, the spring months are best. The leader should now be short- ened, and the smaller side-boughs be taken off, leaving a proper choice of the larger side-boughs entire and untouched, to draw up the sap, and to furnish wood proper for grafting. The common method of planting is to dig a hole, wide enough to receive the roots, which being placed within it, the mould is returned upon them, in the order in which it came out, carefully replacing the sods on the surface, that no graz- ing ground may be lost. A belter method is this: the ground being set out with stakes, driven in at the centres of the in- tended holes, describe a circle, five or six feet in diameter round each stake; if the ground be in grass, remove the sward in shallow spits, placing it on one side of the hole ; put the best of the loose mould by itself on another side, and the dead earth in a third heap : where the subsoil is cold and retentive, the holes should not be made much deeper than the cultivated soil ; in a dry light soil, the holes should be made deeper, both to obtain a degree of coolness and moisture, and to establish the plants firmly in the ground. In soils of a middle quality, the hole should be of such a depth, that when the sods are thrown to the bottom of it, the plant will stand at the same depth in the orchard as it did in the nursery. The holes ought to be made previous to the day of planting; and if the ground and weather be dry, the holes should have two or three pails full of water thrown into each, the evening before. In planting, the sods should be thrown to the bottom of the hole, chopt with the spade, and covered with some of the finest of the mould: if with this the bottom be not raised high enough for the plant, return some of the worst mould before the sods are put in. Upon the fine mould spread the lowest tier of roots, drawing them out horizontally with all their fibres, pressing them evenly into the soil, and covering them by hand with some of the finest of the mould ; one person steadying the plant, another adjusting and bedding the roots, and a third supply- ing the mould; which being raised high enough to receive another tier of roots, they are to be spread and bedded like the former: thus proceeding till the roots are all bedded freely, yet firmly, among the best of the soil. When they are covered some depth, press the earth in well with the foot, and raise the remainder into a hillock round the stem, to afford coolness, moisture, and stability to the plant. It is a common fault to plant fruit-trees too deeply in the ground; though, provided they can withstand the violence of the wind, they can scarcely be planted too near the surface. Young trees are frequently planted in hop grounds, and therefore want no protection; the land not being converted either into arable or pasture, till the trees are out of the reach of cattle: but when they are planted in pasture land, or open fields, tall thorns, fastened by withes, are commonly placed round them ; this however is a slender guard, and the thorns are apt to chafe the stem of the tree. The most effectual, but expensive guard, is composed of four posts put down in a square, with rails mortised into them; and to be effectual, the posts should be put at such a distance and height, and the rails so close, that cattle may not be able to injure the tree: the posts also should be set slanting outwards, that the anea of the fence may be widest at top. Some persons set only three posts in a triangle, connected by rails, in the same way as four; in both cases, care should betaken that the lower be sufficiently close, to prevent sheep front creeping through, for, especially when snow is on the ground, they will be sure to bark the young trees. The plantation will require copious watering the first summer, if the season should prove dry : the surface over the roots should be kept from grass and weeds, and in a loose pulverized state, so as to allow the roots to spread horizontally on every side. In Herefordshire, the soil of orchards is generally kept under tillage; in Gloucestershire, in grass: either mode has its dis- advantages. Fruit-trees when fully grown, especially if they be of a spreading growth, and are suffered to form drooping branches, are very injurious to arable crops, at least in our moist climate; their roots, their drip, and their shadows, are destructive, not to corn only, but to clover and turnips : they also impede the circulation of the air, as has been before noticed, and are in the way of the plough-teams. It is how- ever certain that tillage is favourable to the growth of young trees; whereas in grass grounds, their progress is compara- tively slow, for want of the earth being stirred about their roots, and through the injuries they receive from cattle w hen grazing. Hence, where circumstances will allow, it is best to plant fruit-trees upon a newly broken-up sward, to keep the soil under a state of arable management until the trees be well grown ; then to lay it down to grass, and let it so remain . until the trees be removed, and their roots decayed, when it will again require a course of arable management. After orchard trees are planted and fenced, they have seldom any more care bestowed upon them; boughs are suffered to haug dangling to the ground, their heads so loaded with wood as to be impervious to the sun and air, and they are left to be exhausted by the moss and misletoe. By this redundancy of wood, the roots are unprofitably exhausted ; the bearing wood is robbed of a part of its sustenance, and the natural life of the tree unnecessarily shortened ; the outer surface only is able to mature fruit properly ; every inner and under- ling branch ought therefore to be removed. It is common to see fruit-trees with two or three tiers of boughs pressing hard upon one another, with their twigs so intimately inter- woven, that a small bird can hardly creep in amoug them. Trees thus neglected, acquire, from want of due ventilation, a stinted habit, and their fruit becomes of a crude and inferior quality. Misletoe is a great enemy to Apple orchards, and is frequently permitted to be very injurious to them: the ordinary method of clearing trees from it, is to pull it out with hooks in frosty weather, when being brittle it breaks off from the branches. Sheep are as fond of it as they are of Ivy; but although a labourer could clear fifty or sixty trees in one day, the Herefordshire orchards are generally injured, and often exhausted, by this parasite. The trees are also very often entirely subdued by Moss, which kills many trees, and injures others so much, that they are only an incum- brance to the ground, and a disgrace to the country: this evil may be easily checked, and in great measure avoided. In Kent, there are men who make it their business to clean orchard trees from Moss, at a certain price by the tree, or by the whole. Draining the land, if too retentive of moisture, will sometimes prevent or cure Moss; or digging round the trees in winter, and bringing fresh mould, or the scouring of ponds and roads, or the rubbish of old walls well prepared and pulverized, and laid round the trees ; for whatever pro- motes the health of the tree, will in some degree mitigate these and other diseases. When fruit-trees are hidebound, they are scored, by cutting the bark with the point of a knife, from the top to the bottom of the stem. Spring frosts are an enemy against which it is very difficult to guard orchard trees: dry frosts are observed only to operate in keeping the blossoms back ; but wet frosts after rain, or a foggy air, and O R C THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; O R C 202 before 1 lie trees have had time to dry, are very injurious, even to the buds. This cannot be avoided: much however may depend on tiie strength of the blossoms; and the assist- ance that art can give in this case is, to keep the trees in a healthy vigorous state, to enable them to throw out strong buds and blossoms; and by keeping them thin of wood, to give them an opportunity of drying quickly, before the frost sets in. Blights are very often fatal to the vernal blossoms, and the consequent crop of fruit. Were it not for this enemy invading orchards in May, many persons think there would be a crop of fruit every year as regularly as there is a crop of corn. Perhaps if trees in the full vigour of their life were to be, kept in perfect order, and not suffered to over bear themselves, this constant fertility might be looked for, if they were not attacked by natural evils; and perhaps these natural evils might be in some degree mitigated. But when trees are badly planted on an unpropitious soil, are ill grafted on an infirm stock, have little care bestowed on them to protect them from cattle and to keep them free from Moss and Misletoe, are suffered to run to unprofitable wood, and when they have a hit, as it is called, or bear a large crop of fruit, it is beaten down with poles or sticks, by which the buds that are forming for the succeeding year are mostly bruised or beaten off; is it any wonder that with all this ill management, neglect, and bad usage, that the crop of fruit should often fail, or that spring frosts and blights should have their full effect upon the trees so weakened and injured ] It seems rather surprising that, instead of bearing once in two or three years, they should ever bear at all. The term Blight, (see that article,) seems to be vague and indefinite; and whether insects be the cause or effect of it, does not yet seem to be settled. It has however been asserted, that if a piece of mat or white paper be thrown over a tree at night and examined in the morning, if there has been a blight, there will be little black spots like the point of a pin. They seem lifeless; but if the sun shine, by twelve o’clock they will be in motion. By next morning they will be gone from the mat, and then, and not till then, they go into the leaves of the trees, where they form nests, and do the mischief. In tw ■ or three days after the blight has infected an orchard, the leaves of the trees will be curled. If the inside be examined with a powerful microscope, a thousand small insects will be seen; these will seize upon the half-formed embryo, and destroy it in the midst of its fading leaves. If the blossom be not out, or the fruit formed, when these vermin arrive, they do no injury; but if the young fruit be just formed, and not of sufficient strength to repel their attack, it falls an immediate sacrifice to their depredations. The critical period at which the fruit is subject to the mortality of the blight, lasts only a few days; and therefore by having orchards in dif- ferent aspects, there will be a great probability that one or other of them may escape it: the utmost assistance that art can afford, is to keep the trees in a state of health and vigour. Smaller insects are hurtful to the leaves, blossoms, and nascent fruit ; larger insects devour the fruit in a state of maturity. Apples, particularly cider fruit, are of a texture firm enough to resist their attacks : but in some years wasps devour great quantities of pears; so that if a price were set in the spring upon every wasp that comes out in May, it might be the means of destroying many nests by anticipation. The Devon- shire orchards are generally situated in valleys, and dips, or hollows, or near houses, and not spread over the arable land and pasture ground as in Herefordshire and Gloucestershire. Some of them lie bleakly exposed to the north ; others in the current of the south-west wind. But those which succeed best are neither exposed to the north-east, nor to the sea-winds from the west and south-west. The richest deepest soils appear to have been chosen for orchard grounds; the shallower soils are probably unfit for fruit-trees; but where situation will admit, such as are encumbered with large stones, with good soils intervening, are singularly eligible. In Kent, par- ticularly about Maidstone, are many small inclosures, from one to ten acres, and somewhat more, planted with fruit of different kinds, for which the rocky soil of the neighbour- hood seems particularly adapted. The best method known there for raising orc hards’’ of Apples and Cherries, and plan- tations of Filberts, is to plant them among hops. Theconslant culture of the land for the hops, with the warmth and shelter they afford the young trees, causes them to grow with great luxuriance. It is a very common practice to plant Hops, Apples, Cherries, and Filberts, all together. Eight hundred Hop-hills, two hundred Filberts, and forty Cherry and Apple trees, to an acre. The Hops stand about twelve, and the Filberts about thirty years; by which time the Apple and Cherry trees require tiie whole land. Sometimes Apple and Cherry trees are planted in alternate rows, with two rows of i Filberts between each row. The method of planting Apple and Cherry trees, is to dig holes about two feet square, and j two spits deep, taking out the rock, and turning down the surface of the soil, on which the young tree is placed, and the remainder of the earth is trodden down close about the roots. The trees are supported by stakes until they get sufficient strength not to be hurt by gales of wind. A composition of lime and night-soil is painted on their stems with a brush, which is said to promote not only their growth, but to protect them from cattle. The soil preferred for Cherries is a deep loam upon the rock : if grown by themselves, they are planted from twenty to thirty feet dis- tant. and are put somewhat deeper in the earth than Apples, though in other respects the management is the same. Cher- ries seem to affect a calcareous soil, if we may judge from the size and flourishing state of the Black Cherry in the Chiltern part of Buckinghamshire, on the almost bare chalk- rock. In some parts of Ireland it is the common practice, in planting orchards for Apples for making cider, to set cuttings three or four feet long half way in the ground, of such sorts as grow rough and knotty in the wood. They are called Pitchers, and rarely fail to yield well and soon. — Pruning Orchards. It pruning be judiciously performed, fruit trees will come into bearing sooner, and continue in vigour for nearly double their common age. No branch should ever be shortened, except for the figure of the tree, and then it should be taken off, close at the separation. The more the range of branches shoot circulaily, a little inclining upwards, the more equally will the sap be distributed, and the better will the tree bear. The ranges of branches should not be too near each other, that the fruit and leaves should all have their full share of sun ; and where it. suits, the middle of the tree should be so free from wood, that no branch crosses another, but all the extremities point outwards. October or November, or as soon as the fruit is off, is the proper season for pruning. Few men cut true enough with a bill, it is therefore best to take off superfluous branches with a saw, and afterwards to smooth the places with a knife; for it is essential that every branch which is to come off should be cut perfectly close and smooth. The wounds must then be smeared over with a medicated tar. The bark cannot grow over a stump, because there is no power to draw the sap that way ; for which reason it is always advis- able to cut a little within the wood. Every branch should be taken off that comes near to the ground, that has received any material injury, where the leaves are much curled, or O R C OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. O R C 203 that has a tendency to cross the tree, or run inwards : a little attention may also be paid to the beauty of the head, leaving all the branches as nearly equidistant as possible. If then there be any remaining blotches, open or score them with a knife, and, where the bark is ragged from any laceration, pare it gently down till you come to the live wood, touching over each with the medicated tar. After this, rub the Moss clean off, and score the trees; in doing which, take care not to cut through the inner or white rind which joins the bark to the wood. When trees are much thinned, they are sub- ject to throw out a great quantity of young shoots in the spring; these should be rubbed oft’, and not cut, for cutting increases the number. The medicated tar is composed of half an ounce of corrosive sublimate, reduced to fine powder by beating it with a wooden hammer, and then put into a three-pint earthen pipkin, with about a glassful of gin or other spirit, stirred well together, and the sublimate thus dissolved. The pipkin must then be filled by degrees with vegetable or common tar, and constantly stirred till the mix ture is intimately blended. This quantity w ill be sufficient for two hundred trees. Being of a very poisonous nature, it should not be suffered to lie about the house. The sublimate dissolves better, when united with the same quantity of spirit of hartshorn or sal ammoniac. This mixture being apt to run, consistency may be given it by mixing pounded chalk or whiting. — On Planting Orchard Trees, &c. If possible, choose the trees the year before they are to be planted, and see that they are properly pruned in the nursery, by taking off close all rambling and unsightly branches, leaving only three or four good leading shoots: by this forecast the trees will not require pruning for some time; and it will greatly acce- lerate their growth, that they have no wounds to be healed in the year of their being transplanted. Take care that your trees be young; and plant no galled, fretted, or cankered plants. When they are taken up, retain the roots as long as is convenient, which will dispose them to run horizontally, from which, as they are more under the influence of the sun, the sap becomes better concocted and produces the fairest and sw'eetest fruit. An orchard should be screened on the east, north, and west sides, and open to the south. The natural growth of the different fruit should be attended to in the disposition of the trees. One row of the tallest strongest growers should be planted on the three cold sides, and that row should be planted twdce as thick as any other; then one row more of the next free-growers, parallel to the last rows; and so on, gradually declining in size till you come to the centre. The intention here is to raise shelter; and it would be advisable, on the outside of these outer rows, to run a shaw or belt of underwood, more than a pole wide, of four or six rows of the freest-growing trees which the country produces; the wood of which will more than pay the expense. Half the trees should be cut down in about fourteen vears, to become stools, and the other half at a proper distance of time; so that the belt, for the whole duration of the orchard, shall be of young wood, and feathering down to the bottom. Nothing can be better for this purpose than the Sweet Chest- nut, where the soil suits it. The Hawthorn likewise, properly trained, lias a wonderfully good effect in blunting or absorbing the baneful quality attendant upon the blighting air. Before the ground be laid out, be careful to secure the little risings or inflections, to catch the sun, and exclude the cold. Firs may be happily introduced at a distance, for shelter: all together might be so disposed as at the same time to protect the fruit, and heighten the appearance of the grounds. Such an orchard may often bear a crop when the neighbourhood in general fails; and every one knows the value of a good crop in a failing year. The plantations, belt, and larger trees, will keep off the blighting winds; and the orchard being open in the middle and to the south, the stagnant vapours which stint the fruit in the spring will be dissipated, and each tree will enjoy the influence of the sun and air. Besides, the ground being open in the middle, the herbage will be the more valuable. In new plantations, avoid planting too deep or too thick. Sunshine will bring sweet fruits; while shade, and planting the trees too deeply in the earth, will place the roots beyond the influence of genial warmth, and produce crude acid juices. When the top of a tree separates by the weight of its branches, an iron bolt may be introduced, by boring a hole through the upper part of the cleft with an half-inch auger; first cutting the bark and some of the wood with a chisel, so as the head at one end, and the nut and screw at the other, may be hid under the bark, which will soon grow' over the iron, if often touched over with the medicated tar. There is not any culture we are acquainted with equal to Hops, for raising an orchard ; and when the proper time for grubbing up the Hops comes, the trees may be secured, and the land turned to grazing. It would be bettei not to take up the Hops all at once, and to crop the vacant land for two or three years with potatoes. Thus the trees would continue in better health by taking away the shelter gradually. Let the agriculture be what it may, the land should never be ploughed or dug deep directly over the roots of a newly planted fruit-tree; for as the roots collect the best sap from their extreme points, if those points be broken off from the upper side of the roots, the tree is com- pelled to subsist on nurture drawn from the under strata, and consequently the sap will be of a worse quality. Where hogs and poultry are constantly running over the ground, the trees seldom fail of a crop, which is the best proof that manure is necessary. Any manure will suit an orchard; but the sweepings of cow-houses, hog-yards, slaughter-houses, dog-kennels, emptyings of drains, &c. are more disposed to facilitate the growth and promote the health of fruit trees, than manure from the stable. Watering in dry weather tends much to keep the trees in health, and to secure their bearing by swelling the buds for the next year’s crop ; for when the buds are strong at first coming out, they are not so liable to blight. Those sorts of fruit which are known to thrive best in the neighbourhood, should in general be preferred : and care should be taken not to suffer trees to bear much fruit whilst young. Where trees are much overrun with Moss, a strong man, with a good birch broom, in a wet day, would do great execution. On young trees the best method of destroying Moss, is to rub all the branches, spring and autumn, with a hard scrubbing-brush and soap-suds, as a groom does a horse’s legs. Canker in a great measure arises from animalcules; and where the only object is to remove this disease, hog’s lard is preferable to tar; but where wet is to be guarded against, tar is better. If the soil of an orchard be a strong clay, chalk, or a cold sharp gravel, plant the trees above ground, raising over them a little mound of good fresh mould, as large as an extensive ant-hill, sowing the top with White Dutch Clover. It is recommended that the rows of trees should not stand north and south, but a point of the compass towards the east; as the sun will then shine up the rows soon after ten o’clock, which in the spring will serve to dissipate the vapours collected in the ljight, and thus prevent the fruit from being stinted in the early stages of its growth. — On Root Pruning. When a tree has stood so long that the leading roots have entered into the under strata, they are apt to draw a crude fluid, which the organs of more delicate fruit-trees cannot convert into such 3 F 204 ORC THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; ORC balsamic juices as to produce fine fruit. To prevent this evil, as soon as a valuable tree begins to show a sickly piukiness upon the leaves, or the fruit inclining to ripeness, before it has acquired its full growth, at the same time the bark becoming dry, hard, and disposed to crack; let the ground be opened for three or four feet, and with a chisel cut close every root the least tending downwards. Should there be any mouldy appearance or rottenness among the roots, take them off, and wash the others clean: and if the ground be too wet, throw a few stones or brickbats under the stem of the tree. As the roots invariably collect the sap from the extreme points, this cutting compels the hori- zontal roots to work and exert themselves ; and if there be any energy left, they will soon throw out fresh fibres, and thus collect a more congenial sap for the support of the tree. At the same time cover the ground thinly over with manure as far as the roots may be supposed to extend; rub the stem and branches with soap-suds; and water the ground in very dry weather. There is nothing so likely to produce canker as the descending roots, though canker may certainly arise from an improper soil, a vitiated sap, the generation of vapour, animalcules, and the want of a free circulation of the fluids ; the last especially often causes it, being brought on by injudiciously shortening the leading branches. The medi cation before recommended will stop the progress of the evil on the parts to which it is applied ; but the canker may again break out on the other parts of the same tree, and that arises from the roots striking into a cold congenial sub soil. — The tools wanted in an orchard are: two pruning knives, a saw, two chisels, a mallet, a spoke-shave, and a painter’s brush. With the chisels and spoke-shave work upwards, or the bark will shiver: the saw must be coarse-set, all the other tools sharp and smooth. The blade-bone of a doe will be found better than the iron of the spoke-shave, to rub off the rotten bark-moss, &c. See Ntirsery, Planting, Pruning, and the genera Pyrus and Prnnus. Orchis; a genus of the class Gynandria, order Diandria. — Generic Character. Calix : spathes wandering; spadix simple; perianth none. Corolla: petals five, three outer, two inner, converging upwards into an helmet; nec- tary one leafed, fastened to the receptacle by the lower side between the division of the petals; upper lip erect, very short ; lower lip large, spreading, wide ; tube behind horn- shaped, nodding. Stamina: filamenta two, very slender, very short, placed on the pistil; anlherae obovate, erect, covered with a bilocular folding of the upper lip of the nec- tary. Pistil: germen oblong, twisted, inferior; style fast- ened to the upper lip of the nectary, very short; stigma compressed, blunt. Pericarp: capsule oblong, one-celled, three-keeled, three-valved, opening three ways under the keel, cohering at the top and base. Seeds: numerous, very small, like saw-dust. Essential Character. A ectary: a horn or spur behind the flower. — All the plants of this genus, for the singularity and beauty of their flowers, deserve a place in every good garden; and the reason of their not being more cultivated in gardens is, that it is difficult to transplant them. This difficulty may however be easily overcome, where a person has an opportunity of marking their roots in the time of flowering, and letting them remain until their leaves are decayed, when they may be transplanted with safety; for it is the same with most sorts of bulbous or fleshy-roofed plants, which if transplanted before their leaves decay, seldom live, even where a large ball of earth is pre- served about them ; for the extreme parts of their fibres extend to a great depth in the ground, from whence they receive their nourishment; and if these fibres be broken or damaged by taking up the roots, they seldom thrive after, although they may remain alive a year or two. This remark applies to Tulips, Fritillarias, and other similar roots, when removed after they have made shoots : so that whoever would cultivate them, should search them out in their season of flowering, and mark them; and when 1 heir leaves are decayed, or just as they are going off, the roots should be taken up and planted in a soil or situation as nearly as possible resem- bling that wherein they naturally grow, otherwise they will not thrive; so that they cannot be placed all in the same bed, for some are only found upon chalky hills, others upon moist meadow’s, and some in shady woods, or under trees: but if the soil and situation be adapted to their various sorts, they will thrive and continue several years, and, during their season of flowering, will afford as great varieties as any flowers that are at present cultivated. These plants, Mr. Curtis remarks, multiply themselves very little, the small increase they make appearing to be from offsets: hitherto we have no satisfactory proof of their being propagated from seed ; yet the seed-ves- sels in many of them are large, well-formed, and filled with seeds, which, though extremely minute, appear perfect. The smallness of the seed is certainly no argument against its vegetating: some of the Ferns, the seed of which are much smaller, are now well known to be propagated from seed ; and it is most probably owing to a want of minute attention, that the progress of Orchis seedlings has not been yet accu- rately observed. Such as are disposed to doubt the vege- tative power of these seeds, may perhaps urge that their barrenness is owing to their not being properly impregnated; the antherae in this tribe appearing to be different in tlieir structure from those of other plants, and not containing, so far as we have yet been able to discover, any similar pollen. The species are, * Helmet of the Corolla spurred. 1. Orchis Carnea ; Great flowered Cape Orchis. Bulbs undivided ; helmet of the corolla two spurred ; bractes erect; leaves roundish, grooved underneath; spike compact; flowers inodorous, white within, flesh-coloured without. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Orchis Bicornis; Yellow-flowered Cape Orchis. Bulbs undivided; helmet of the corolla two-spurred ; lip five-parted; bractes reflex; leaves ovate, oblong, marked with lines under- neath; spike loose; flowers very fragrant, smelling like cloves, of a yellowish green colour. They are extremely sweet-scented, and appear in September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Orchis Biflora ; Two-flowered Orchis. Bulbs undivided; helmet of the corolla one-spurred ; wings spreading ; lip lan- ceolate, acuminate; root-ieaves ovate, small; flowers from three to five in a raceme, remote, pedicelled. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Orchis Cornuta; Horned Orchis. Bulbs undivided; helmet of the corolla one-spurred : wings spreading; lip very small, subovate ; leaves on the stem many, alternate, large, lanceolate, sheathing at the base ; spike loose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Orchis Spathulata; Spathulate Orchis. Bulbs undivided; helmet of the corolla spurred ; root-leaves very many, linear, shorter by half than the stem; scape a span high, sheathed; leaves acute, scariose, wider; flowers generally turn, alter- nate.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. G Orchis Tripetaloides ; Three petalled Orchis. Leaves lanceolate ; helmet of the corolla arched, blunt, spurred ; nectary lanceolate, very small; stem a foot high, even; root- leaves several, a hand in length; flowers alternate, distinct. -Native of the Cape of Good Hope. ORC OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. ORC 7. Orchis Sagitlalis. Helmet of the corolla spurred, two- eared ; lip lanceolate; root leaves four or five, shorter by half than the stern, lanceolate, bluntish ; stem a span high, covered entirely with leafy, membranaceous, acute sheaths. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. S. Orchis Barbata ; Bearded Orchis. Helmet of the corolla erect, spurred ; nectary subtrifid, ciliate ; bulbs oblong, undivided, very hairy. — Native of the Cape. 9. Orchis Draconis ; Dragon Orchis. Bulbs undivided; helmet of the corolla spurred ; nectary linear, ovate at the tip ; scape a foot and half high, of the thickness of a goose- quill, wholly sheathed with leaves ; spike with few flowers, somewhat remote ; bractes broad lanceolate, netted, veined, the length of the gerruen. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Orchis Tenella ; Delicate. Orchis. Helmet of the corolla spurred, conical at the base; nectary linear; stem the length of the thumb; leaves both on the root and stem linear; spike oblong, with from five to eight flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 11. Orchis Monorrhiza ; One-bulbed Orchis. Bulb soli- tary ; lip of the nectary three-parted, the lateral parts bristle- shaped; horn linear, compressed, the length of the germen ; leaves oblong ; stem simple, upright, from eighteen to twenty- two inches high. — Native of Jamaica and Hispaniola. ** Bulbs undivided. 12. Orchis Sancta ; Palestine Orchis. Bulbs undivided; lip of the nectary lanceolate, five-tool lied, horned, curved in; petals converging ; stem a foot high, for the most part naked, but having oue or two sharp leaflets at top. — Native of Palestine. 13. Orchis Susannre. Bulb undivided ; wings of the nec- tary wider, ciliate; stem a long span or a foot high, slender; flowers white; lower leaves short, acuminate, embracing; upper longer, green, round, smooth. — Native of Amboyna, and a very elegant species. 14. Orchis Badiata. Bulbs undivided ; wings of the nec- tary wider, ciliate; stem round, striated, sheathed with leaves, erect, a span high; leaves alternate, sheathing, ensiform, channelled, from erect spreading, striated, smooth, nearly equal to the stem, the upper ones smaller, about five in num- ber; flowers alternate, about three, flowering successively. — Native of Japan. 15. Orchis Ciliaris; Fringe lipped Orchis. Bulb undi- vided; lip of the nectary lanceolate, ciliate ; horn very long; stem tall, firm, having at the lower part two or three oblong, wide, liliaceous, embracing leaves, and some smaller leaves above; spike not very long, composed of clustered flowers; helmet small, and acute. — Native of Maryland, Virginia, and Canada. 16. Orchis Habenaria. Bulbs solitary, undivided; lip of the nectary three-parted ; lateral ones bristle-shaped ; horn filiform, much longer than the germen ; stem erect, leafy, from one to two feet high, simple, angular, smooth; flowers in spikes, alternate, scattered at a little distance, white ; corollas five-petalled. The flowers of I his species are very singular. — Native of low meadows at the foot of the moun- tains of Jamaica. 17. Orchis Bifolia; Butterfly Orchis. Bulbs undivided; lip of the nectary lanceolate, quite entire; horn very long; petals spreading. One of the bulbs is always wrinkled and withered, while the other is always plump and delicate. The first is the parent of the actual stem ; the second is an offset, from the centre of which the stem of the succeeding year is destined to arise. Such is the mode of increase, not only in this species, but in the other bulbed Orchises; and such are the means that nature uses not only to disseminate 205 plants, but to enable them to change their place, and thus to draw in fresh nutriment ; for the second root is always about half an inch from the centre of the first, insomuch that in tweuty years the plant will have marched ten inches from the place of its birth. The process is the same in the handed sorts, or those species which have the bulbs divided, and lengthened out like the fingers ; and even in fibrous roots, for some of the fibres are continually rooting and perishing, whilst other young and tender ones are protruding, lengthening, increasing, and preparing for the vegetation of the succeeding year. This species has obtained the name of Bifolia, on account of its radical leaves being generally two; three however are frequently met with ; and they are com- monly said to be opposite. The root of this species appear- ing to be large, it appears to be as well calculated for making Salep as any other. This Orchis, if not so common as some, is much more so than others, being found generally in woods, pastures, and heaths, especially in soils somewhat stiff and moist. In dry pastures it is often so small as to be noted for a variety. It varies not only in size, but in the shape and number of the leaves, the number of flowers, the length of the spur, and the time of flowering, which is later in the small one. It occurs in Norwood in Surry; in Charlton wood, and on Pens common near Beckenham in Kent; in Madingley wood, Whitwell, Linton wood, Balydown hill, Kingston wood, Gamlingay wood, Cambridgeshire; Shotover hill, and Tar wood, Oxfordshire ; Short-wood, near Puckle- church, Gloucestershire; Envil in Staffordshire ; and is com- mon in the shady woods and laues of Leicestershire. 18. Orchis Ornithis; Bird Orchis. Bulbs undivided; lip of the nectary roundish ; horn twice the length of the germen, the three outer petals converging, the others spread- ing very much ; stem a foot and half high, leafy, round, upright, striated above the leaves. The two outer petals spread out like the wings of a bird in the act of flying, from which the name is derived ; corolla white. They have the same sweet smell as the thirty-eighth species, only in a weaker degree. It flowers in August. — Native of the moun- tains of Austria. 19. Orchis Flexuosa; Winding-stalked Orchis. Bulbs undivided; lip of the nectary imbricate; two petals concealed, filiform; scape flexuose ; root-leaves ovate ; leaves alternate, remote, sheathing, lanceolate, small ; flowers small, remote. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 20. Orchis Cucullata ; Cowled Orchis. Bulbs undivided ; lip of the nectary trifid ; petals confluent; stem naked; root- leaves two, ovate. — Native of Siberia. 21. Orchis Globosa ; Round-spiked Orchis. Bulbs undi- vided ; lip of the nectary resupinate, trifid ; middle emargi- nale; horn short; petals awl-shaped at the tip ; scape firm, a foot or eighteen inches high, leafy ; spike short, very much erowded ; flowers frequently turned upside dow n, so that the lip turns to the base of the spike, and the helmet or hood recedes from it. The whole corolla is purple, with deeper spots on the lip. — Native of Germany, Austria, Car- niola, Switzerland, the south of France, and Italy. 22 Orchis Pyramidalis ; Pyramidal Orchis. Bulbs undi- vided ; lip 'of the nectary two-horned, trifid, equal, quite entire; horn long; petals sublauceolate ; stem from eight to fifteen inches high, round, or slightly angular, smooth and firm, almost covered w ith leaves ; flowers very numerous, crowded into a short blunt cone, forming a most elegant ter- mination to the stem, deep flesh colour, or pale purple. It flowers later than the other species. — Native of many parts of Europe; as, Sweden, Belgium, Switzerland, Austria, Car niola, France, Italy, and Britain. It is found about Harefield 206 ORC THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; ORC in Middlesex ; Dartford in Kent; Stocking wood in Leicester- shire; Chesterton, Hinton, Devil’s Ditch near Newmarket, and Linton, in Cambridgeshire; Whichwood forest, between Woodstock and Enston ; and on Caversham warren in Oxford shire ; and also in Scotland. 23. Orchis Corsoppora ; Lizard Orchis. Bulbs undivided; lip of the nectary tritid, reflex, crenate ; horn short; petals converging; stem erect, a foot high, round, jointed, smooth, leafy ; leaves seven or eight, all sheathing, the lowest four inches long, the others gradually less, bright green, very smooth, five or six of them spreading, the others rolled round the scape. Some say the flowers smell like a goat, and others like a bug; so that whichever be right, they in either case stink abominably. — Native of Denmark, Germany, the southern parts of Europe, and the Levant. It flowers in June. 24. Orchis Cubitalis. Bulbs undivided ; lip of the nectary trifid, filiform, middle ovate; horn shorter than thegermina; stem a foot and half high ; leaves towards the root four or five, alternate, sheathing, lanceolate; the rest of the stem without leaves. — Native of the island of Ceylon. 25. Orchis Morio ; Female or Meadow Orchis. Bulbs undivided; lip of the nectary quadrifid, crenulate; horn blunt, ascending ; petals blunt, converging ; flowers few, from six to eight, seldom more than twelve, purple, sitting loosely on the stalk. In all the varieties it retains more or less strongly the green parallel lines, with which the two outer- most petals are strikingly marked. This has been said to be the true sort which produces the Oriental Salep; but it is clear that more species than one are used for it, because some of the roots imported in that drug are undivided, as in this, and others are palmated. Some of the other species have larger roots than this; and the quality of all appears to be the same. It grows in meadows that are moderately dry, suc^as Cow- slips are usually found in, and is sometimes so abundant as to empurple the spot it grows on. It flowers in May and June; and is eaten by goats, but horses refuse it 26. Orchis Mascula; Male or Early Spotted Orchis, or Fools’ Stones. Bulbs undivided ; lip of the nectary four-lobed, crenulate ; horn blunt ; dorsal petals bent back ; flowers in a loose spike, numerous; bractes lanceolate, membranaceous, longer than the gernieu. The spikes of the flowers, says Lightfoot, are the Long Purples, or Dead-men’ s Fingers, which helped to compose Ophelia’s garland. The Queen describing the manner of Ophelia’s death, says, “ There is a willow growing o’er a brook, That shows his hoary leaves to’the glassy stream, Near which fantastic garlands she did make Of Crow flowers, Nettles, Daisies, and Long Purples, Which lib’ral shepherds give a grosser name. But our cold maids, Dead-men’s Fingers call them.” Hamlet, Act IV. The grosser name here alluded to, is that of Fools’ Stones, by which there appears no reason to doubt, that this is the plant alluded to, although the name of Dead-men’s Fingers, would better suit the thirty fourth species. The roots abound with a glutinous slime, of a sweetish taste, and a faint and somewhat unpleasant smell. This mucilaginous or gelatinous quality of the Orchis root, has recommended it as a demul cent; and it is generally used in the same complaints as the roots of Althea, and the Gum Arabic. — M. Mault, of Roch- dale, has favoured the world with the following method of curing the Orchis root: It is to be washed in water while fresh, and the fine brown skin which covers it is to be sepa- rated by means of a small brush, or by dipping the root in hot water, and rubbing it with a coarse linen cloth ; when a sufficient number of roots have been thus cleaned, they are to be spread on a tin plate, and placed in an oven heated to the usual degree, where they are to remain six or ten minutes, in which time they will have lost their milky whiteness, and acquired a transparency like horn, without any diminution of bulk : being arrived at this state, they are to be removed, in order to dry and harden in the air, which will require several days ; or by using a very gentle heat, they may be finished in a few hours. The properest time for gathering the roots, is when the seed is formed, and the staik is ready to fall ; because the new' bulb is then arrived at its full matu- I rity, and may be distinguished from the old one by a white bud rising from the top of it. Salep, considered as an article of diet, is accounted extremely nutritious, containing a great quantity of farinaceous matter in a small bulk ; and hence it has been thought fit to constitute a part of the provisions of every ship’s company, to prevent a famine at sea. For it is observed by Dr. Percival, that this powder, and the dry gela- tinous part of a flesh or portable soup, dissolved in boiling water, form a rich thick jelly, capable of supporting life for a considerable length of time. An ounce of each of these articles, with two quarts of boiling water, will be sufficient subsistence for each man per day. The same physician, not only recommends the use of Salep in diarrhoea, dysentery, dysury, and calculous complaints; but he thinks that in the symptomatic fever, which arises from the absorption of pus, from ulcers in the lungs, from wounds, or from amputation, Salep, used plentifully, is an admirable demulcent, and well adapted to resist that dissolution of the crasis of the blood which is so evident in these cases. Dr. Withering justly ex- presses a hope, that as this plant can be procured at home in almost any quantity, we shall no longer depend upon foreign markets for supplies. It flowers in April and May, and is common in most of our woods and meadows. 27. Orchis Ustulata ; Dwarf Orchis. Bulbs undivided ; lip of the nectary quadrifid, rugged with dots; horn blunt, very short; petals distinct; stem from four to-six or eight inches high, angular, almost hid by the upper leaves. Villars observes, that this is one of the smallest species : the leaves narrow, glaucous, or silvery ; spike short, ovate, close, small, appearing blackish at the top, whence its name Ustulata ; and bright red, or whitish towards the base; this appearance is caused by the upper petals, which open last, being of a very deep colour on the outside, and of a bright red within, con- trary to the usual case with flowers, which have commonly the colours lighter in the parts most exposed to the air. This elegant little plant is distinguished at first sight by its small dotted flowers, which appear in May and June. It appears in great quantities on many of our downs, and affects a dry calcareous soil. It occurs near Harefield, in Middlesex ; on Gogmagog hills, in Devil’s Ditch, and at Chippenham, in Cambridgeshire; at Barneck heath, near Stamford; and between Stamford and Duddington, in Northamptonshire; on Wick cliffs; and on the Wiltshire downs, as upon Salis- bury plain, particularly on the Barrows, near Stonehenge; on Burford down, and Caversham warren, in Oxfordshire. 28. Orchis Militaris ; Man Orchis. Bulbs undivided ; lip of the nectary five-cleft, rugged with dots; horu blunt; petals confluent; stem about one foot high, round, smooth; leaves about four, sheathing, acutely lanceolate, the three lower spreading, the upper one closely embracing, bright green, with numerous parallel veins; spikes from one to two inches long, with numerous flowers. It is found in calcareous mea- dows and pastures : as at Cawsham hills, by the Thames’ side; not far from Reading in Berkshire ; and near the old chalk- pit, by the paper-mill, at Harefield ; as also at Caversham OXAI.IS ACETOSELEA Common Wood Sorrel. FuMis/id />y Henry Fisher. Ccuetan. LiverpoolJfov. jOjU. r JZarly Spotted Orchis. ORC OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. ORC 207 warren, in Oxfordshire. There is a variety with a stalk a foot, two feet, and sometimes more in height, round, smooth, green below, purple above; flowers numerous, closely imbri- cate, in a long ovate cylindrical spike. Curtis, Ray, Halley, Jacquin, Vaillant, and others, make this a distinct species. The first observes, that in exposed aspects its usual height is about nine inches; in woods and coppices, where it is more sheltered, and where the soil is richer, it will acquire the height of two feet, or more : such specimens must be allowed to surpass every British Orchis. Its flowers vary exceedingly in colour, some being of a light, others of a deep purple colour; now and then, one wholly white occurs ; the lip of the nectary varies also in breadth Dr. Smith remarks, that all the varieties smell like new hay ; and he, as well as Dr. Withering, does not suppose them to be distinct species. 29. Orchis Papilionacea. Bulbs undivided ; lip of the nectary undivided, crenate, emarginate, widened ; horn awi- | shaped; petals converging. This is the same height as the preceding, and has almost the same flower ; but the lip is very large, the full size of the thumb nail wider than its length, retuse, or emarginate, undivided, toOtbietted, blunt; spur con- verging, acute, shorter than the germen and lip. — Native of Spain and Carniola. There is a beautiful variety with a smaller lip, which has been observed flowering near Rome. 30. Orchis Pallens. Bulbs undivided ; lip’ of the nectary trifid, quite entire ; horn blunt, of a middling length ; petals spreading. This is nearly allied to the twenty-sixth species, but the flowers are more insulated, more rounded at the end, and have an ill smell, from which the other is free. — Native of Switzerland, Austria, Dauphiny, and Italy. 31. Orchis Hispidula; Hairy Orchis. Bulbs undivided ; stem leafless; leaf round, hispid; lip five parted ; segments linear; root-leaves two, kidney-form, embracing. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 32. Orchis Speciosa; Handsome Orchis. Bulbs undivi- ded ; stem leafy ; leaves wide, ovate ; lip three-parted ; seg- ments flexuose ; raceme large, many-flowered ; flowers large, pure white. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 33. Orchis Plantaginea; Plantain-leaved Orchis. Bulb single, undivided ; stem leafy ; leaves broad, oval ; lip three- parted ; horn twice the length of the germen ; leaves from four to eight, radical, pressing on the ground, smooth, deep- shining green, somewhat fleshy, many-nerved, about four inches long and three broad ; spike four to six inches long, every where surrounded with flowers, which are solitary, white, and fragrant. It flowers in the rainy season, and is a native of the moist valleys of Coromandel. *** Bulbs palmate. 34. Orchis Latifolia; Broad-leaved or Marsh Orchis. Bulbs subpalmate, straight; horn of the neclary conical; lip three-lobed, the lateral lobes bent back ; bractes longer than the flower; leaves five or six, alternate, sheathing the stein to the spike, acutely lanceolate, keeled, and marked with parallel veins, pale green, rarely spotted, and when so, very obscurely; flowers very numerous, in a close somewhat coni- cal spike, for the most part rose or flesh coloured, and often purple, and sometimes white: there are several varieties. It flowers towards the end of May; and is found in the wet marshes of Europe ; and was observed by Loureiro in Cochin- china. 35. Orchis Incarnata. Bulbs palmate ; horn of the nectary conical; lip obscurely three-lobed, serrate; dorsal petals reflex. This very much resembles the preceding, but the leaves are pale green and unspotted, not dark green and spotted; the stem is shorter by half; the bractes are scarcely longer than the flower or germen; the corolla is pale flesh- coloured, not red ; the two dorsal petals are quite bent back, not merely spreading, nor are they spotted. 36. Orchis Sambacina ; Elder-scented Orchis. Bulbs sub- palmate, erect ; horn of the neclary conical; lip ovate, sub- trilobate; bractes the length of the flowers. This differs from all the other species, in the structure of its fructification, the yellow colour of the flowers varying to purple; it flowers along with the Crown Imperial, and grows in wet places on mountains. The stem is about half a foot high, thick, and solid; the flowers smell like elder flowers, whence its name. — Native of several parts of Europe, but not of Great Britain. 37. Orchis Maculata ; Spotted Orchis. Bulbs palmate, spreading; horn of the nectary shorter than the germen; lip flat; dorsal petals erect; stem solid, from seven or eight to eighteen incues high, the lower part round, the upper some- what angular; flowers numerous, in a close conical spike; corolla usually pale purple; it varies with white flowers, and the leaves are not always spotted. It flowers in June and July. — Native of most parts of Euiope. 38. Orchis Odoratissima ; Sweet-scented Orchis. Bulbs palmate; horn of the nectary recurved, shorter; lip three- lobed; leaves linear; the palmate leaves are elongated in an irregular manner; the spike of pale purple flowers is oblong, pale red mixed with white; the nectary of the same length with the germen ; the lower lip three-lobed, the two side ones truncated, nearly equal, and as long as the middle one. It has a strong, singular, but pleasant smell. — Native of most parts of Europe. 39. Orchis Conopsea ; hong-spurred Orchis. Bulbs pal- mate ; horns of the nectary bristle-shaped, longer than the germina ; lips trifid ; two of the petals spreading very much ; stem twelve to eighteen inches high, smooth and firm, round below, angular upwards; lower leaves sheathing the stem, long, narrow, and acutely lanceolate, bright green, shining, keeled, with a strong midrib, on each side of which are two or three faint veins, anil one strongly marked ; flowers very numerous, flesh-coloured or pale purple, very sweet smelling, and sometimes white. It flowers in June, and is a native of many parts of Europe. Found at Harefield in Middlesex ; Asply in Nottinghamshire ; King's Hedges, Chesterton ; Hin, Triplow, and Devil’s Ditch, Cambridgeshire; on the rough pastures adjoining Cowley common in Oxfordshire; on the Wiltshire downs; on the pastures under Shortwood near Pucklechurch, in Gloucestershire; on Knutsford moor in Cheshire; in a morass near Leeds; near Auchin Devvney, seven miles from Edinburgh ; abundantly on the hilly grounds north of the river Leven in Dumbartonshire; and on the moist heathy ground of Newton park, Ireland. 40. Orchis Flava ; Yellow Orchis. Bulbs palmate ; horn of the nectary filiform, the length of the germen ; lip trifid, quite entire; flowers obsoletely yellow; spike narrow.- — Native of Virginia. **** Bulbs in bundles. 41. Orchis Frutescens. Horn of the nectary the length of the germen; lip ovate, toothed at the base. — Native of Siberia. 42. Orchis Strateumatica. Lip of the nectary two-lobed, quite entire ; horn the length of the germen ; stem a span high. — Nalive of the island of Ceylon. 43. Orchis Hyperborea. Horn of the nectary the length of the germen ; lip linear, quite entire, truncate ; stem a palm high with the spike ; corollas yellowish-green : uppermost petals wider, ovate; the two upper lateral ones lanceolate. 44. Orchis Abortiva ; Purple Bird' s-nest, or Bird’s nest Orchis. Bulbs filiform ; lip of the nectary ovate, quite entire; Stem leafless ; roots composed of thick horizontal fibres, 3 G 208 O R C THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; O R I wrinkled transversely ; flowers in a very long thin spike, violet; fruit the largest of any in the Orchis tribe. The whole plant, as it appears above ground, is of a violet or deep purple colour. — Native of the north of Europe. 45. Orchis Fimbriata ; Fringed Orchis. Horn of the nectary longer than the germina; lip three-parted, ciliary; petals spreading ; leaves oblong ; stem upright, smooth, from ancipital acutely four-cornered ; spike ovate-oblong, many- flowered ; flowers blue purple. — Native of Canada and New- foundland. ***** Bulbs yet unknoivn. 46. Orchis Phychodes. Horn of the nectary bristle- shaped, the length of the germen ; lip three-parted, ciliary; spike long, close. — Native of North America. 47. Orchis Spectabilis. Horn of the nectary the length of thecermen; lip oval, emarginate; stem leafless; leaves oval ; spike of five or six flowers. — Native of Virginia. 48. Orchis Filicornis. Nectary bifid ; horn capillary ; stem half a foot high, and more, somewhat flexuose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 49. Orchis Tipuloides. Lip of the nectary three-parted, linear, almost equal; horn filiform, very long. — Native of Kamtschatka. 50. Orchis Japonica. Horn of the nectary recurved ; lip awl-shaped, entire ; stem somewhat angular, smooth, a span high ; flowers very many, in spikes, snow-white ; corolla three-petalled, the two upper petals lateral. — Native of Japan. 51. Orchis Falcata. Horn filiform, very long; leaves ensiform, channelled, sickle-shaped ; root-leaves several, equidistant, ensiform, convoluted, revolute-sickled, smooth, a finger’s length, the lower ones shorter; flowers in spikes. — Native of Nagasaki, in the mountains, among shrubs. 52. Orchis Orbiculata. Labellum linear, very entire, somewhat obtuse ; petals three, superior, approaching, two lateral, patent, oblique at the base; horn longer than the germen ; scape dipbyllous at the base ; leaves plain, orbicu- late. — Grows in shady beech-woods on the mountains of Pennsylvania and Virginia. Two leaves of a fleshy texture are spread flat on the ground, between which rises the stalk about a foot or eighteen inches high, which bears a loose spike of greenish-white flowers. It is known in the moun- tains by the name of Heal-all. 53. Orchis Dilatata. Labellum linear, very entire, some- what obtuse, subrotundate-dilatate at tbebase; born of the length of the labellum ; germen shorter; bractes of the length of the flowers ; stem leafy. — Grows in Labrador. 54. Orchis Lacera. Labellum tripartite; segments sub- digitate-filiform ; horn nearly equalling the germen ; flowers alternate, greenish white. — Grows in low meadows from Pennsylvania to Virginia. 55. Orchis Quinqueseta. Labellum tripartite; segments setaceous ; horn twice the length of the germen ; flowers in a loose spike, alternate, distant; bractes acuminate ; leaves ovate, acute. — Grows in the sandy low fields of Virginia and Carolina, on the side of swamps. 56. Orchis Discolor. Labellum tripartite, longer than the petals; lateral segments short, acute; horn filiform, and half as long again as the germen; leaf solitary, radical, ovate- eordate. — Grows in pine-barrens from New Jersey to South Carolina. 57. Orchis Obtusata. Labellum linear, very entire, longer than the horn; horn of the length of the germen; leaf soli- tary, radical, subcuneiform-obtuse. — Grows about Hudson’s Bay, near Fort Albany. A small species. 58. Orchis Rotundifolia. Labellum trifid ; horn shorter than the germen ; leaves oval, subrotund. — Native of Hud- son’s Bay. Origanum ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gym- nospermia. — Generic Character. Calix : involucre spiked, composed of imbricate, ovate, coloured bractes ; perianth unequal, various. Corolla: one-petalled, ringent; ■ tube cylindrical, compressed; upper lip erect, flat, blunt, emarginate ; lower trifid, the segments almost equal. Sta- mina : filamenta four, filiform, the length of the corolla, of which two are longer; anther® simple. Pistil: germen four-deft ; style filiform, inclined to the upper lip of the corolla ; stigma very slightly bifid ; pericarp none ; calix con- verging, fostering the seeds at bottom. Seeds: four, ovate. Observe. The involucre of the calix constitutes the essence of the genus. The perianth is in some almost equal, five- toothed ; in others bilabiate; the upper lip large, entire, the lower scarcely any ; in others two-leaved. Essential Character. Strobile: four-cornered, spiked, collecting the calices. The species are, 1. Origanum ^Egyptiacum ; Egypt ian Marjoram. Leaves fleshy, tomentose ; spikes naked. This is a perennial plant, with a low shrubby stalk, seldom rising more than a foot and half high, and dividing into branches. The flowers are pro- duced in roundish spikes, closely joined together at the top of the stalks, and at the end of the small side-branches ; they are of a pale flesh colour, peeping out of their scaly cover- ings. Hasselquist informs us that this plant is cultivated in the gardens at Grand Cairo on account of the smell, which is stronger than that of Dittany of Crete. — Native of Egypt, where it flowers from June to August. It is increased by slips or cuttings planted in a border of good earth in any of the summer months, shaded and duly watered. Plant them in small pots filled with light kitchen-garden mould, when they are well rooted, and place them in the shade till they have taken new root ; then remove them to an open situation till the end of October, when they must be placed under shelter, in a hot-bed frame, where they may be protected from hard frost, and have as much free air as possible in mild weather; they will thrive better than if more tenderly treated. 2. Origanum Dictamnus; Dittany of Crete or Candia. Lower leaves tomentose ; spikes nodding ; stalks hairy, about nine inches high, of a purplish colour, sending out small branches from the sides by pairs. The whole plant has a piercing aromatic scent, and biting taste. The flowers are collected in loose leafy heads of a purple colour, and nod- ding; they are small, and the stamina stand out beyond the corolla. The fabulous qualities attributed to Dictamnus by the ancients, may be seen in Virgil, En. xii. v. 412. and in Cicero de Natura Deorum ; the former is most elegantly translated by Dryden in his version of Virgil, and will not fail to please every English reader of taste. It flowers from June to August, and is a native of the island of Candia. — To propagate this plant, set slips or cuttings in pots, in a shady border, covering them close with a bell or hand glass, and now and then refreshing them with a moderate quan- tity of water. In the following spring some of the plants may be shaken out of the pots, and planted in a warm border in a dry soil, where they will live through common winters; but being liable to be killed by severe frost, it will be pru- dent to reserve a few in pots, to be sheltered during the severity of winter. The leaves are are kept by the drug- gists, and have been greatly celebrated for their efficacy in the cure of wounds. Whejber they possess any particular virtues of that kind, I cannot pretend to determine ; they are however good in nervous disorders, weakness of the stomach, and suppression of the menstrual discharge. ORI OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. O R I 209 3. Origanum Sipyleutn ; Dittany of Mount Sipylus. Leaves all smooth; spikes nodding. This has a perennial root, but an annual stalk. The root is composed of many slender woody fibres. The stalks are slender and smooth, of a purplish colour, terminated by slender oblong spikes of small purplish flowers, peeping out of their scaly covers. — Native of the Levant, and increased in the same way as the first and second species. 4. Origanum Tournefortii ; Dittany of Amorgos. Spikes four-cornered; bractes roundish, very large; stems eight or nine inches high, glaucous, simple, or branched, commonly dividing into two spikes, or terminating in one only; each spike is fifteen or twenty lines long, and five or six wide, formed by four row's of scales, of a pale purple colour, oval, pointed, four or five lines long ; sometimes they are pale green with purple borders ; the flowers expand successively from the axils of these, nine or ten inches in length. — It flowers in August, and is a native of the island of Amorgos. Increased in the same way as the preceding species. 5. Origanum Creticum ; Cretan Marjoram. Spikes aggre- gate, long, prismatic, straight ; bractes membranaceous, twice as long as the calrx ; leaves ovate and hoary, with a strong aromatic scent. The flowers grow on long erect bunched spikes at the top of the stalks, having membranaceous bractes between, twice the length of the calix. The flowers are small and white, but like those of Common Origanum ; they appear in July, but seldom perfect seed in England. This is said to be the true Dittany of Crete; but there has been so much confusion among different authors in distinguishing the species, that it is very difficult to determine. This and the next species are increased by parting the roots in autumn, but must have a dry soil and a warm situation. G . Origanum Smyrnaeum ; Smyrna Marjoram. Leaves ovate, acute, serrate ; spikes heaped, umbellately fastigiate. This is a perennial plant, with several rod like, woody, long stems, putting forth branchlets at intervals ; scaly heads ter- minate the stems and branches. It exhales a very fragrant smell. — Propagated in the same way as the preceding species. 7. Origanum Heracleoticum ; Winter Sweet Marjoram. Spikes long, peduncled, aggregate; bractes the length of the calices; root perennial, from which arise many branching stalks a foot and half high, hairy, and inclining to a purplish colour ; flowers in spikes, about two inches long, several arising together from the divisions of the stalks. It is chiefly cultivated for nosegays, because it eomes sooner to flower than Sweet Marjoram. There is a variety with variegated leaves. — It grows naturally in Greece, and the warm parts of Europe. It is now commonly known by the name of Winter Sweet Marjoram, but was formerly called Pot Mar- joram. It is hardy enough to thrive in the open air in Eng- land, in a dry soil, and is generally propagated by parting the roots in autumn. 8. Origanum Vulgare; Common Marjoram. Spikes round- ish, panicled, conglomerate; bractes longer than the calix, ovate; root perennial, creeping, horizontal, brown, tufted with numerous fibres; stem a foot high, sometimes nearly eighteen inches or two feet, upright, somewhat woody, a little downy, and often tinged with purple ; branches oppo- site, upright, more tender than the stalk, in other respects similar; corolla pale red, hairy, the middle segment rather longer than the rest. The leaves vary in shape from ovate to ovate-lanceolate and ovate-cordate. There is a variety with white flowers, and light green stalks; and another with variegated leaves. It is an aromatic and ornamental plant, growing wild in thickets and hedges, chiefly in a calcareous soil, and flowering from the end of June through August. The dried leaves, used instead of tea, are exceedingly grate- ful; they are also used in fomentations. The essential oil is so acrid that it may be considered as a caustic, and is used for the same purposes by farriers ; a little cotton moistened with it, and put into the hollow of an aching tooth, fre- quently relieves the pain. The country people Use the tops to dye woollen cloth purple; and it also dyes linen of a reddish brown colour: for this purpose the linen is first macerated in alum-water, and dried; it is then soaked for two days in a decoction of the bark of the crab-tree; it is wrung out of this, boiled in a ley of ashes, and then suffered to boil in the decoction. According to the Swedish experi- ments, goats and sheep eat it; horses are not fond of it; and cattle reject it. It is an excellent medicine in nervous cases. The leaves and tops dried, and given in powder, are good in head-aches of that kind. The tops made into a conserve, are good for disorders of the stomach and bowels, such as flatulencies, and indigestion ; and an infusion of the whole plant is serviceable in obstructions of the viscera, and against the jaundice. — Propagated by parting the roots. 9. Origanum Onites ; Pot Marjoram. Spikes oblong, aggregate, hirsute ; leaves cordate, tomentose ; stems per- ennial, woody, a foot and half high, dividing into many small branches; flowers small, white, just emerging out of their scaly covers. — Native of Sicily, about Syracuse. It may be increased by cuttings. 10. Origanum Syriacum ; Syrian Marjoram. Spikes long, ternate, peduncled, villose; leaves ovate, villose; racemes from the axils ; corymb terminating, brachiate, with longer branches. — Place of growth uncertain ; Loureiro says it grows wild in Cochin-china. Increased by cuttings. 11. Origanum Maru. Spikes hirsute ; leaves ovate, tomen- tose, sessile ; stem purple, with a few villose hairs scattered over it. — Native of Crete. 12. Origanum Marjorana; Sweet or Knotted Marjoram . Leaves oval, blunt; spikes roundish, compact, pubescent; root biennial, brown, with many long tough fibres; stems numerous, woody, branched, a foot and half high ; flowers small, white, appearing successively between the bracteal leaves, which are numerous. It begins to flower in July, at which time it is cut for use, and is then called Knotted Mar- joram, from the flowers being collected into roundish close heads like knots. — It is thought to be the Amaracus of the ancients; its native country has not been ascertained. The leaves and tops have a pleasant smell, and a moderately warm, aromatic, bitterish taste. They yield a considerable quantity of essential oil, amounting, according to Beaume, to fifteen ounces from one hundred and fifty pounds of the recent plant. The oil, on being kept long, assumes a solid form. The medicinal qualities of the plant agree with those of Wild Marjoram ; but being much more fragrant, it is deemed more cephalic, and better adapted to diseased nerves, as it may be employed for the same purposes as Lavender. It is directed in the composition of Pulvis Sternutatories, or | Sneezing Powder, in the London and Edinburgh Pharma- copeias, on account of the agreeable odour which it gives to the Asarabacca, rather than to its Srrhine power, which is very inconsiderable. In its recent state, we are told that it has been successfully applied in schirrhous tumors of the breast; and Meyrick recommends a strong infusion of the leaves or young tops, as good for warming and strengthening the sto- mach, and relieving vertigoes, giddiness, head ache, and other | similar disorders. It may likewise be beneficially taken in suppressions of the menses, and other obstructions. This plant is propagated by seeds, which are generally imported from the south of France, or from Italy, for they seldom 5 210 ORN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; ORN ripen in England. Sow them on a warm border towards the end of March; and when the plants are about an inch high, transplant them into beds of rich earth, at six inches’ distance every way, watering them duly till they have taken new root; after which they require only to be kept clean from weeds. Ornithogalum; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Co- rolla: petals six, lanceolate, upright below' the middle, above it spreading, permanent, losing their colour. Stamina: hla- menta six, upright, alternately widening at the base, shorter than the corolla ; antherae simple. Pistil: germen angular ; style awl-shaped, permanent; stigma blunt. Pericarp: cap- side roundish, angular, three-celled, three-valved. Seeds: many, roundish. Observe. The filamenta in some are flat, upright, the alternate ones trifid at top, the middle segment supporting the antherae ; the others alternate, simple. Ess E N- tial Character. Corolla: six-petalled, upright, perma- nent, spreading above the middle. Filamenta: alternate, widening at the base.- The species are, * With all the Stamina awl-shaped. 1. Ornithogalum Uniflorum ; One-flowered Star of Bethle- hem. Scape two-leaved ; peduncle one flowered. — Native of Siberia. This species, with those that are referred to it, are cultivated for ornament in our gardens. They are hardy bulbs, to be propagated by offsets, which their roots generally produce in great plenty. The best time to transplant them is July or August, when their leaves are decayed ; for if they are removed late in autumn, their fibres being shot out, they will be apt to suffer on being disturbed. They should have a light sandy soil, not over-dunged ; and may be mixed w ith other bulbs in the borders of the pleasure-garden. They need not be transplanted oftener than every other year: for if taken up every year, they will not increase much; and if they are suffered to remain much longer unremoved, they will have so many offsets as to weaken the blowing roots. They may also be propagated from seeds; but the plants will not flower under three or four years. 2. Ornithogalum Niveum ; Snowy Star of Bethlehem. Raceme few-flowered ; petals lanceolate ; leaves filiform, chan- nelled ; scape shorter than the leaves; peduncles scarcely half an inch long. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. It flowers here in August, and, with all the species that are referred to it, may be propagated by offsets; but being too tender to thrive in the open air, the roots must be placed in pots filled with light earth, and in autumn placed under a hot-bed frame, where they may be screened from frost, and in mild weather enjoy the free air. In the beginning of July the leaves and stalks generally decay, and then the roots may be taken up, and laid in a dry cool place till the end of Au gust, when they must be planted again. 3. Ornithogalum Umbellatum ; Umbelled Star of Beth- lehem. Corymb few-flowered; peduncles longer than the bractes, the outer taller than the central ones; bulb solid, having smaller bulbs joining to it; scape upright, round, very smooth, a long span or a foot in height ; petals white, with a broad green streak. This species is very improperly termed Umbellatum, as the flowers are in a most evident corymb or spike. — Native of the southern parts of Europe. In England it is found in the closes about Streatham in Surry; near Ilel- ham in Cambridgeshire ; in Christchurch meadows in Oxford- shire ; and in some parts of Yorkshire. This plant will thrive in any shady situation. 4. Ornithogalum Luteum ; Yellow Star of Bethlehem. Scape angular, two-leaved; peduncles umbelled, simple; root- leaves generally single, and longer than the stem. The Swedes eat the roots of this species in times of scarcity ; indeed the roots of ali tiie plants of this genus are nutritious and whole- some. It flowers in April, and is a native of most parts of Europe, in woods, pastures, and moist sandy places. It is found in the meadow s near Godaiming in Surry ; in the woods near Ashford Mill, and i auler, in Oxfordshire; in a meadow adjoining to the copper mills, Derby ; under Mallram cove, near Doncaster in Yorkshire; and in Northumberland. It will grow readily in an open situation. 5. Ornithogalum Minimum ; Small Star of Bethlehem. Scape angular, two-leaved; peduncles umbelled, branched. This very much resembles the preceding species, but the petals are more acute, and is readily known by its growing in a tuft. — Native of Sweden, Norway, Denmark, Germany, Fiance, Switzerland, Hungary, and Italy, on the borders of fields. It requires a shady situation. 6. Ornithogalum Pyrenaicum ; Pyrenean Star of Beth- lehem. Raceme very long; petals linear, blunt; filamenta lanceolate, equal ; style the length of the stamina ; stem naked, a foot and half or two feet high. The flowers have an agree- able scent, and appear in May; when the seed-vessels are formed, the fruit-stalks become erect, and approach to the stalk ; the seeds ripen in August. — Native of pastures in some parts of Europe. In England it is found between Bath and Bradford, near Little Aspley ; also between Bath and War- minster; three miles from Bristol, in the way to Bath; and near Queen Charlton in Somersetshire. 7. Ornithogalum Stachyodes; Close-spiked Star of Beth- lehem. Raceme very long ; petals lanceolate, oblong ; fila- menta broad lanceolate, alternate ones shorter by half; height almost three feet ; flowers from fifty to sixty in number, ap- pearing m April. — Native of the south of Europe. For its culture and propagation, see the first species. 8. Ornitliogalum Narboneuse. Raceme oblong ; filamenta lanceolate, membranaceous; peduncles and flowers spreading. —Native of the south of France, Spain, Italy, Germany, and Siberia. i). Ornithogalum Latifolium ; Broad-leaved Star of Beth- lehem. Raceme very long ; leaves lanceolate, ensiform ; bulb large ; root-leaves several, broad, sword-shaped, spreading on the ground ; stalk thick, strong, between two and three feet high, bearing a long spike of large white flowers upon long pedicels; one hundred flowers are said to have been counted on a single spike: they appear in June. — Native of Egypt and Arabia. For its propagation and culture, see the first species. 10. Ornithogalum Longibracteatum. Raceme very long ; leaves lanceolate, ensiform.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 11. Ornithogalum Comosum. Raceme very short; bractes lanceolate, the length of the flowers; petals blunt; stems assurgent, clothed on the upper part with numerous milk- white flowers, of a medicated odour. 12. Ornithogalum Pyramidale; Pyramidal Star of Beth- lehem. Raceme conical; flowers numerous, ascending; petals elliptical, oblong, flat ; stamina lanceolate, equal ; style very short ; bulb very large, oval, from which arise several long keeled leaves, of a dark green colour; in the middle of these spring up a naked stalk, nearly three feet high, terminated by a long conical spike of white flowers, on pretty long pedi- cels. It flowers in June, and the seeds ripen in August. — It grows naturally upon the hills in Spain and Portugal, but has been long cultivated in the English gardens by the name of the Star of Belhlehem. See the first species. 13. Ornithogalum Unifolium; One-leafed Star of Beth- lehem. Leaf radical, solitary, fleshy, oblong, ciliate ; scape I naked ; raceme short. O R N OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. O R N 211 ** With the alternate Stamina emarginate. 14. Ornithogalum Arabicum ; Great-flowered Star of Bethlehem. Corymb many-flowered ; . filarnenla awl-shaped ; corollijp broad, bell shaped; outer petals obsoletely three- toothed; bulb large; stem eighteen inches high, smooth, naked, slender; flowers the size of those of Narcissus, on long pedicels; petals white, smelling like those of Corian- der seed. It flowers here in March and April.— Native of Arabia. For its propagation and culture, see the first species. 15. Ornithogalum Thyrsoides ; Spear-leaved Star of Beth- lehem. Corymbs many-flowered, raceme-form, alternate; fila- menta forked; leaves langeolate; stem a foot high, of the thickness of a goose quill, aud glaucous; raceme erect, nearly six inches long, thick, and elegantly thyrsiform; flowers snow-white, with a spot of brownish yellow at the base of each petal. They are slightly odorous. There are several varieties of this species, which is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. For its propagation and culture, see the second species. 16. Ornithogalum Caudatum ; Long-spiked Star of Beth- lehem. Raceme very long ; leaves lanceolate-linear; corollas spreading; stamina widened, the alternate ones w'edge-form. The whole plant is smooth. It flowers from February to August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 17. Ornithogalum Nutans; Neapolitan Star of Bethlehem. Flowers directed one way, pendulous; nectary staminerous, bell-shaped; root rather large, compressed, bulbous; stalk thick, succulent, a foot high, sustaining ten or twelve flowers in a loose spike, each hanging on a foot-stalk an inch long. It grows in abundance in the kingdom of Naples, and is now become very common in England. The roots propagate so fast by offsets and seeds, as to become troublesome in gar- dens, and grow plentifully when thrown out upon dunghills and waste places. It is treated in the same way as the first species. 18. Ornithogalum Capense. Leaves cordated, petioled; root irregular, tuberous, varying greatly in form and size; flower-stalks slender, naked, about a foot high, sustaining several small greenish white flowers, formed in a loose spike, standing upon long slender pedicels. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species, for its culture and propagation. 19. Ornithogalum Crenulatum. Leaves oblong, blunt, ciliate; raceme upright. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 20. Ornithogalum Rupestre. Leaves filiform, fleshy; flow- ers reflex.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 21. Ornithogalum Ciliatum. Leaves ovate, acute, ciliate; raceme upright.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 22. Ornithogalum Altissimum. Leaves oblong-elliptic; raceme very long; bractes bristle-shaped. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 23. Ornithogalum Pilosum. Leaves linear-ensiform, cili- ate; flowers racemed ; peduncles curved inwards. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 24. Ornithogalum Bulbiferum. Bulbs axillary ; stem many-leaved, one-flowered. — Native of Siberia. 25. Ornithogalum Circinatum, Hoary with hairs : leaves linear, recurved, channelled ; root-leaf solitary ; stem-leaves three; stem three or four flowered ; flowers larger and hand- somer than those of the fourth species. — Native of dry spots near Astracan. 26. Ornithogalum Japonicum. 83. Raceme spiked, cylindric, very long; scape striated; bulb conical, fleshy, white, a little larger than an hazel nut ; flowers upright, opening one after another, in a raceme of a finger’s length or upwards. It flowers in August and September. — Native of Japan. 27. Ornithogalum Sinense. Scape round, grooved ; spike simple, long, upright; bulb ovate, truncated, an inch and half long; flowers small, violet-coloured, on short petioles. It is nearly allied to the preceding species, but the flowers are by no means in a branched or racemed spike. The petals are neither distinct, nor very spreading. — Native of China, about Canton. 28. Ornithogalum Graminifolium. Leaves linear, entire, smooth ; raceme spiked, erect. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 29. Ornithogalum Alhucoides. Leaves linear, channelled, smooth ; raceme upright. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 30. Ornithogalum Maculatum. Leaves lanceolate ; flow'ers directed one way; the three outer petals shorter, dusky, spotted. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 31. Ornithogalum Ovatum. Leaves ovate, entire, smooth ; raceme ovate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. / 32. Ornithogalum Nanum. Leaves obovate ; scape club- shaped ; flowers spiked, aggregate, fleshy. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 33. Ornithogalum Undulatum. Leaves ensiform, waved ; scape subcylindrical ; raceme comose, short. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Seethe second species. 34. Ornithogalum Punctatum. Leaves ensiform, chan- nelled; scape cylindrical; raceme very long, comose; flowers remote. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Sec the second species. 35. Ornithogalum Aureum; Golden Star of Bethlehem. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, edged with white flowers, racemed, clustered ; filarnenla placed on an emarginate nectary ; stalk naked, from eight to twelve inches high, supporting many flowers, which spring from the axils of large, hollow, pointed bractes, and opening one after the other, keep the plant a considerable lime in flower: the flowers are usually of a bright orange or gold colour, but sometimes paler ; they appear in January and February. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Ornithopus ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order De- candria. — Gen eric Character. Calix: umbel simple; perianth one-leafed, tubular; mouth five-toothed, almost equal, permanent. Corolla: papilionaceous; standard obcor- date, entire ; wings ovate, straight, scarcely the size of the standard; keel compressed, very small. Stamina: filarnenla diadelpbous, (simple and nine-cleft;) antherae simple. Pis- til: germen linear; style bristle-shaped, ascending; stigma a terminating dot. Pericarp: legume awl-shaped, round, bowed, jointed, intercepted by isthmuses, separating by joints. Seeds: solitary, roundish. Essential Charac- ter. Legume: jointed, round, bowed. — The plants of this genus are annual, and perish soon after the seeds are ripe. They are propagated by sow'ing the seeds in the spring, upon a bed of light fresh earth, w here they are to remain. When the plants come up, clear them from weeds, and thin them to about ten inches’ distance. In June they will flo#er, and ripen seed in August. The species are, 1. Ornithopus Perpusillas ; Common Bird’s-foot. Leaves pinnate ; legumes bowed inwards ; root annual, slender, nearly as long as long as the stem, with few, long, whitish, lateral fibres; stems several, trailing* from one to six inches 3 H 212 O R O THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; O R O in length, simple, round, pubescent; flowers small, one to five in a bunch, commortly two or three, terminating opposite to a leaf, on peduncles nearly of the same length with the leaf; corolla variegated with white, red, and yellow. It is an elegant little plant, deriving its name from the singular form of its seed-vesselsj which resemble the claws of a bird. It varies much in size, and sometimes has little knobs adher- ing to the roots, a circumstance common to leguminous plants. The flowers appear from May to September. — It is not uncommon on dry heaths, commons, and downs, on banks, and by road sides, especially in a gravelly or sandy soil. 2. Ornithopus Compressus; Hairy Bird's foot. Leaves pinnate; legumes bowed back, compressed, wrinkled ; bracte pinnate. The roots run deeply in the ground, sending out a few small fibres on the side; stalks about six inches long ; flowers yellow, generally succeeded by two flat pods, not much more than an inch long, turned inwards like a bird’s claws. It flowers in June and July. — Native of the south of Europe. 3. Ornithopus Durus. Stem suffruticose ; leaves pinnate, glaucous, somewhat fleshy, shorter than the peduncle; root whitish, round, gradually sharper, fibrous, an inch and half in length; flowers in a sort of umbel; corolla deep yellow'. It flowers in June. — Native of the hills of Spain. 4. Ornithopus Scorpioides; Purslane-leaved Bird’s-foot. Leaves ternate, subsessile, the end leaflet very large. This has many smooth branching stalks, which rise nearly two feet high. The flowers stand upon slender peduncles; they are yellow, and succeeded by taper pods two inches long. — Native of the south of Europe; among corn, and on the borders of fields. 5. Ornithopus Tetraphyllus. Leaves in fours ; flowers solitary. This plant rises to a foot high, erect, branched, and having twigs set with leaves alternately, on petioles three quarters of an inch long. — Native of Jamaica. Orobanche ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, two or five cleft, erect, coloured, permanent. Co- rolla: one-petalled, ringent; tube inclined, wide, ventricose; border spreading ; upper lip concave, open, emarginate ; lower lip reflex, trifid, with an unequal margin; all the seg- ments nearly equal. Stamina: filamenta four, awl shaped, concealed beneath the upper lip, two of theifi longer; antlierae erect, converging, shorter than the border; nectary a gland at the base of the germen. Pistil: germen oblong; style simple, length and situation of the stamina ; stigma semibifid, blunt, thickish, nodding. Pericarp: capsule ovate-oblong, acuminate, one-celled, two-valved. Seeds: numerous, very small; receptacles four, linear, lateral, adnate. Observe. each segment of the stigma is emarginate. Essential Character. Calix: bifid. Corolla: ringent. Capsule: one-celled, two-valved, many seededi Gland: under the base of the germen. — The plants of thfs genus are iiOt strictly parasites, for they derive sustenance and stability not only from the foster plants to which they are attached, but also in a great degree from the soils into which they send forth radical fibres. The want of leaves gives them a very ungrace- ful appearance, and their surface is in a greater or less degree beset with minute pellucid glanduliferous hairs, which pro- ject perpendicularly from the stems, and are occasionally found even upon the stamina and pistilla within the flowers. The stamina and pistilla have each an articulation at the distance of about two-thirds from their base, and are tipped with a globular sort of cup bearing a viscid gland, which seem intended to carry off secretions, and to answer the purposes of leaves in the offices of respiration. ; These plants are acotyledonous ; for when a seed has attached itself to the roots of any living plant, to which it is suited by its nature to adhere, it swells into a pellucid scaly germen or bulb; and after throwing out around the point. of adhesion several tender fibres, it pushes out at once into a perfect plant, with- out any lateral lobes or cotyledons; developing first the scales and then the stalk, with a head of flowers concealed by bractes, in form resembling a young head of Asparagus: the flowers afterwards expand in succession upwards, and the head becomes a spike. It is singular that these plants should attach themselves to shrubs and herbs of the class Diadclphia chiefly ; but though commonly deemed baneful, there has yet been no decisive proof adduced. They have an acid astringent taste, and are rejected by all animals except the minuter tribes of cimices and thripses. The species are, 1. Orobanche Major; Common Broom Rape. Stem quite simple; corollas quadrifid, inflated; stamina naked below; stigma with two distant lobes; style pubescent above ; root oval, large, thick and fleshy, sometimes bulbous, adhering to the woody roots of Broom and Furze, “ which (as Turner quaintly expresses it) it claspeth about with certain lyttel rootes on everye side lyke a dogge holdinge a bone in his mouthe.” Stems several, upright, fleshy, hollow, channelled or angular, hairy, the thickness of a finger, from eight inches or a foot to eighteen inches in height, of a dusky yellow or rust colour tinged with purple, clothed with lanceolate scat- tered scales, which are much closer under the ground ; flow- ers in spikes, sessile, appearing in June.-f-M.ey rick says, that a strong infusion of the plant is good against obstructions of the liver, and other viscera. It operates powerfully by urine, and is therefore efficacious in the jaundice, dropsies, gravel, &c. The powdered herb is an almost instantaneous remedy for the colic. Candied, or made into a syrup, it is recommended by some against hypochondriacal affections. Made into an ointment, it resolves and disperses hard tumors in any part of the body. 2. Orobanche Elatior; Tall Broom Rape. Stem quite simple; corolla quadrifid; stamina with glandular hairs below', stigma obcordate; style smooth above ; flowers in a long spike, hairy, of a pale russet or fuillemort colour, with darker veins, and pale yellow stigmas. — It is found among clover, but not in the first year; also on the borders of corn- fields, by Centaurea Scubiosa, and Nigra, and Scabiosa Arvensis, &c. It flowers in July, and is not an uncommon plant, but has been confounded with the preceding; although, notwithstanding they are similar in general appearance, the difference is very discernible on a closer inspection. It has been found on Gandingay heath, and between Cambridge and Granchester. 3. Orobanche Caryophyllaeea ; Clove Broom Rape. Stem simple; corolla inflated, fringed, and curled; segments of the lower lip blunt and equal; stamina hirsute at the base within; root bulbous, covered with scales; flowers solitary, alternate, sessile, erect, forming a loose spike, closer at top; sometimes there are tw o or three flowers together from a bracte, and about twenty-two in the whole spike. The whole plant has a strong smell of cloves, from which it derives its specific name.— Native of pastures and hills, in various parts of Europe. 4. Orobanche Gracilis; Slender Broom Rape. Stem simple; corolla inflated; lower lip very short, with the seg- ments obcordate, unequal, fringed, and curled; stamina and style with hairs standing out ; corolla as large as that of the first species, but the upper lip is of a dark or purplish colour, and less fimbricated or crisped. — Native of hilly pastured near Genoa in Italy. ORO OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. ORO 213 6. Orobanche Minor; Small Broom Rape. Stem quite simple; corollas quadrifid; stamina with glandular hairs below ; stigma refuse ; style smooth above ; flowers in spikes, whitish yellow, with purple veins, hairy, varying, of a full yellow, finally becoming rigid and ferruginous; the lower flower is often peduncled. This plant is the only one of the species which grows in such situations, or in such abundance, as to be deemed a weed. — It is found in clover, and flowers in July and August. <>. Orobanche Americana ; American Broom Rape. Stem quite simple, imbricate with leaves ; corollas recurved ; sta- mina standing out. The w hole of this plant, with its fructi- fication, is yellow. — It is said to be a native of Carolina, at the roots of trees and shrubs. Linneus received one very like it from Siberia, which could scarcely be distinguished, except by the blunt leaves. 7. Orobanche Cernua ; Drooping Broom Rape. Stem quite simple; corollas recurved ; bractes ovate, shorter than the corolla ; stem almost naked. — Native of Spain and Siberia. 8. Orobanche Purpurea; Purple Broom Rape. Stem simple and branched; corollas quadrifid; stamina spurred. The flowers are large, and the plant itself of a red purple when fresh, but turning black in drying. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Orobanche Ccerulea; Blue Broom Rape. Stem com- monly simple ; corollas quinquefid ; bractes by threes; calices tubular, half quadrifid ; root as in the other species, with fibres embracing the roots of different herbs ; flowers in loose bluntish spikes, violet, with deeper coloured veins. This species is not always unbranched : it grows among grass in pastures, on the borders of fields, in Switzerland, Austria, Germany, and the south of France. 10. Orobanche Ramosa ; Branched Broom Rape. Stem branched; corollas quinquefid; bractes by threes; calices short, deeply quadrifid ; root a solid bulb, elliptical ; branches either immediately from the root, or alternate on the stem ; stem and branches terminated by a thick sharp spike of ses- sile flowers, each having an ovate, lanceolate, somewhat carinated, bracteal scale. — Native of the south of France, Switzerland, Germany, and England, where it is found near Beetles and Bungay in Suffolk ; in the isle of Sheppey and near Feversham and Rochester in Kent ; about Glastonbury ; and in Devonshire and Hampshire; in hempfields near Wis- beacli ; and at Outwell in Norfolk. 11. Orobanche Tinctoria. Stem quite simple, imbricate; calices quinquefid, blunt; corollas quinquefid; lobes quite entire; spikes three inches long, thick; flowers alternate, contiguous, imbricated. It varies with blue and yellow corol- las.— Native of Arabia and Barbary. 12. Orobanche Virginiana ; Virginian Broom Rape. Stem branched; corollas four-toothed ; flowers oblong, of an obso- lete colour, covering the stem from the very root. — Native of Virginia. 13. Orobanche Uniflora; One-flowered Broom Rape. Stem one-flowered ; calices naked ; flowers small, consisting of six petals, five of which are red, and the sixth white, without any spots — Native of Virginia. This plant does not attain to above the height of two or three inches. 11. Orobanche Aiginelia. Stem one-flowered; flowers subspat haceous. — Native of Malabar. Orobus ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decandria. —Generic Character. Calix : perianth one leafed, tubular, blunt at the base; mouth oblique, five-toothed, very short ; the three lower toothlets sharper ; the two upper shorter, more deeply and bluntly divided, shrivelling. Co rolla: papilionaceous; banner obcordate, reflex at "the tip and sides, longer ; wings two, oblong, almost the length of the banner, rising, converging; keel manifestly bifid below, acumi- nate, rising, with the edges converging, parallel, compressed ; the bottom ventricose. Stamina: filamenta diadelphous, (simple and nine-cleft,) ascending ; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen cylindrical, compressed ; style filiform, bent upwards, erect ; stigma linear, pubescent on the inner side from the middle to the top. Pericarp : legume round, long, acumi- nate, and ascending at the end, one celled, two-valved. Seeds: very many, roundish. Essential Character. Calix: blunt at the base; the upper teeth deeper and shorter; style linear. — All the species, except the four last, are hardy perennials, and several of them may be increased by parting their roots. The best time for doing this is in the autumn, that the plants may be well established before the spring; for as several of them begin to put out their stalks very early in the spring, so if they be then disturbed, it will either prevent their flowering, or cause their flowers to be very weak. They are also propagated by seeds, which should be sown in autumn, for if they be kept out of the ground till spring, many of the sorts will never grow, and those which do, seldom vegetate the same year. When the plants come up, they must be kept clean from weeds ; and where they are too close together, they should be thinned, so as they may have room to grow till the autumn, when they should be transplanted into the places where they are designed to remain. If the roots be strong, they will flower very well the following spring; but those which are weak, will not flower till the following year. Such therefore may be planted in a shady border at four or five inches’ distance, where they may grow one year to get strength, and then may be removed to the places where they are to remain. They will then only need to have the ground digged between them in winter, and in summer to keep them clean from weeds. The species are, 1. Orobus Lathyroides; Upright Bitter Vetch. Leaves conjugate, subsessile ; stipule toothed ; root perennial ; stalks three or four, branching about a foot high; flowers in close spikes, on short peduncles. — Native of Siberia. 2. Orobus Hirsutus; Hairy Bitter Vetch. Leaves con- jugate, petioled ; stipules entire. — Native of Thrace. 3. Orobus Luteus ; Yellow Bitter Vetch, Leaves pinnate, ovate-oblong; stipules rounded, crescent-shaped, toothed; root thick, often transverse, hard, with the fibres widely diffused ; stem a foot high and more, straight, angular, striated, smooth ; flowers in loose spikes, all directed one way, twelve or more in number; corolla pale yellow. — Native of Siberia, Switzerland, France, and Italy. 4. Orobus Vernus; Spring Bitter Vetch. Leaves pin- nate, ovate; stipules semi-sagittate, quite entire; stem simple; root perennial, creeping, not tuberous, woody, black, with many strong fibres ; stem about a foot high, upright, un- branched, smooth, angular, twisted or elbowed at each inser- tion of the leaves'; peduncles axillary, an inch and half long, terminated by a one-sided loose raceme of from six to eight or ten flowers ; corolla large and handsome, singular in the dif- ferent shades of colour ; the standard is w ide and emarginate, the upper part of it is red, or purple with blood-red veins ; the wings are blue, the keel is blue tinged with green; the colours change as the corolla advances, and become sky blue when the corolla is ready to fall. Miller mentions a variety with pale flowers. — Native of woods in many parts of Europe. 5. Orobus Tuberosus; Tuberous Bitter Vetch. Leaves pinnate, lanceolate; stipules semi-sagittate, quite entire ; stem simple; root perennial, consisting of tough fibres, swelling here and there into irregular tubercles ; flowers from two to 214 ORO THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; ORO four or five in a thin spike, on naked, slender, axillary pedun- cles; corolla beautiful reddish purple, turning blue as it goes off. The Highlanders of Scotland have great esteem for the tubercles of the root; they dry and chew them in general, to give a bitter relish to their liquor; and believe them to be good for most disorders of the thorax, and that the use of them enables to repel hunger and thirst for a long time. In Brcadalbane and Ross-shire, they sometimes bruise and steep them in water, and make an agreeable fermented liquor with them. They have a sweet taste, something like the roots of liquorice, and when boiled are well flavoured and nutritive, having served in times of scarcity as a substitute for bread. The Erse name for it is Cor-mei/le ; the English call it Wood- Pea, Heath Pea, and Heath Peaseling. The root is large, deep in the earlh, and difficult to take up ; the flowers appear in May and June, and sometimes in April: the seed ripens in July. — Native of woods in most parts of Europe, and grow- ing principally in a strong clayey soil. G. Orobus Angustifolius ; Narrow-leaved Bitter Vetch. Leaves two paired, ensiform, subsessile; stipules subulate; stem simple. This has the habit of the preceding species, but the leaves are ensiform, lanceolate, with two or three pairs of opposite leaflets without any tendril; flowers few, yellow, in racemes. — Native of Siberia. 7. Orobus Albus; White Bitter Vetch. Leaves two-paired, ensiform, petioled ; stipules simple; stem simple ; roots tube- rous, sessile. —Native of Austria. 8. Orobus Canescens ; Hoary Bitter Vetch. Stem branch- ed ; leaves two-paired, linear; stipules semi-sagittate, awl- shaped; flowers white with a tinge of blue. — Native of barren pastures in the south of France, and the Levant. 9. Orobus Niger; Black Bitter Vetch. Stem branched ; leaves six-paired, ovate, oblong; root perennial, strong, woody; stems many, branching, two feet high, having one pinnate leaf at each joint, composed of five or six small, oblong, oval, leaflets ; flowers on very long axillary peduncles, having four, five, or six purple flowers at the top. It turns black in drying; and hence the trivial name. It flowers from May to July, and is found in the woods and among the bushes in most parts of Europe, but notin Great Britain. 10. Orobus Pyrenaicus; Pyrenean Bitter Vetch. Stem branched; leaves two-paired, lanceolate, nerved; stipules somewhat thorny ; flowers directed one way, pendulous. — Native of the south of Europe. 11. Orobus Sylvaticus; Wood Bitter Vetch. Stems decum bent, hirsute, branched; from the roots arise numerous pro- cumbent stems, much branched, and even, the younger shoots but slightly hairy; roots thick, woody, perennial, with a leguminous taste ; flowers six, seven, or more, on the same common peduncle, pendulous, on slender pedicels, reddish on the outside, white with purple veins within. It flowers from May to July. — Native of France and England. It has been found in abundance about six miles from Penrith, on the way to Newcastle; and in Wales below Brecknock-hills, in the way to Caerdiff; and in Merionethshire, not far from Bala; and also in Denbighshire. In Scotland it has been met with on the Tweed, half a mile below the Buld, in the woods about Airly Castle; on the banks of the Clyde, near Lanark, and in the isle of Rum ; it has also been seen near Ross-Trevor in Ireland. 12. Orobus Venetus ; Venetian Bitter Vetch. Leaves pin- nate, ovate, acute, four-paired ; stem simple; root perennial. The flowers appear in March or April, and the seeds some- times ripen in May. — Native of Italy. 13. Orobus Ainericanus; American Bitter Vetch. Leaves pinnate, linear lanceolate, lomentose underneath ; stem very much branched, frutescent. The flowers grow in loose spikes at the end of the branches; they are of a pale purple colour, 1 and are succeeded by smooth compressed pods, an inch and half long, each containing five or six roundish seeds. This, ! and the three following species, being natives of hot countries, are tender, and must be preserved in stoves, otherwise they will not live in England. They are propagated by seeds, which should be sown early in the spring in small pots filled with light rich earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s * bark ; observing frequently to moisten the earth, otherwise the seeds will not grow. When the plants come up, they should be carefully taken out of the pots, and each transplanted into separate small pots filled with rich earth, and then plunged again into the tan bed, observing to shade them until they have taken root; after which they should have fresh air ad- j mitled to them every day in w-arm weather, and must be fre- quently watered : with this management the plants will make a great progress. When any of the plants are grown too tall to remain in the hot-bed, they should be taken out and plunged into the bark-bed in the stove, where they may have room to grow', especially the thirteenth and fourteenth sorts; but the other two being of humbler growth, may be kept in the hot-bed until Michaelmas, when the nights begin to be cold; at which time they should be removed into the stove, aud plunged into the bark-bed, where they must be treated as other tender exotic plants: by which method they may be preserved through the winter, and the following summer they will produce flowers. These plants are perennial, so that if they should not perfect their seeds, they may be maintained for several years. — Native of Jamaica. 14. Orobus Argenteus ; Silvery Bitter Vetch. Leaves pin- nate, oblong-ovate, silky underneath; stem erect, touientose; flowers in terminating spikes; they are of a deep purple colour, aud are succeeded by long woolly compressed pods, each containing four or five seeds. For its propagation, &c. > see the preceding.— Native of La Vera Cruz. lf>. Orobus Procumbens; Procumbent Bitter Vetch. * Leaves pinnate ; outer leaflets larger, tomentose ; stem pro- cumbent. This is a low plant; the flowers come out in small bunches, standing upon short axillary peduncles; they are small, and of a bright purple colour, and succeeded by com- ' pressed pods nearly two inches long, each having six or seven 1 roundish compressed seeds.— Native of La Vera Cruz. For ( its propagation and culture, see the thirteenth species. 16. Orobus Coccineus ; Scarlet Bitter Vetch. Leaves / pinnate; leaflets linear, villose; stem procumbent; flowers axillary and terminating; root woody, thick, sending out many slender stalks a foot and half long, trailing upon the r ground: the flowers come out from the side and at the end of the stalks, three or four standing upon a short foot stalk ; J they are small, and of a scarlet colour, and are succeeded by short taper pods, each containing three or four small roundish seeds.— Native of La Vera Cruz. See the thirteenth species, for its propagation and culture. Orontium ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Mono- ii gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: spadix cylindrical, quite simple, covered with florets; spathe none; perianth none, (unless the corolla be so called.) Corolla: petals six, 1 peltate, roundish, angular, permanent. Stamina: filamenta six, very short, ensiform within each petal; anther* twin, i oblong. Pistil: germen roundish, depressed; style none; stigma roundish, bifid. Pericarp ; follicle slender, immersed with the corolla in the spadix. Seed: single, round, fungose. Essential Character. Spadix: cylindrical, covered with florets. Corolla: six-petalled, naked. Style: none. Follicles : one-seeded. The species are, 6 ORY OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. ORY 215 1. Orontium Aquaticum. Leaves lanceolate, ovate. These leaves are like those of the Lily of the Valley, green on the upper side, and covered with very minute hairs, so that they look like line velvet. Cattle, hogs, and deer, are very fond pf them in the spring, and they come out among the earliest. The Indians gather the seeds, and eat them when dried like peas, boiling them repeatedly in water before they are fit for use: they also boil them in milk or butter, and use them instead of bread ; they call the plant, Taw-kee. It flowers in June, and grows plentifully in the marshes near moist and low grounds, in Virginia, Canada, and other provinces of North America. 2. Orontium Japonicum. Leaves ensiform, veined ; scape round, smooth, upright, from a finger to a palm in height ; flowers at the top of the scape distinct, in an oblong spike, an inch in length. It differs from the preceding in having much longer leaves, attenuated below, and marked with several raised veins, and a shorter scape. It flowers in January. — Native of Japan. Orpine. See Sedum and Telephium. Ortegia ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogvnia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved, erect, with oval leaflets, membranaceous at the edge, per- manent. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta three, awl- shaped, shorter than the calix ; antherae linear, compressed, shorter than the filamenta. Pistil: germen ovate, three-sided at the top; style filiform, almost the length of the calix; stigma blunt-headed. Pericarp: capsule ovate, three-cor- nered above, one celled, three-valved at the top. Seeds: very many, extremely small, oblong, sharp at both ends. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved. Corolla: none. Capsule : one-celled ; seeds very many. The spe- cies are, 1. Ortegia Hispanica; Spanish Ortegia. Stem branched ; peduncles many-flowered ; root round, knobbed, descending, with branched fibres in the lower part; stems several, a foot high, thickened at the joints, which are red and distant; branches from bottom to top, decussately opposite, erect, subdivided ; flowers herbaceous, small from each axil, and frequently a third from the forking of the branches, so close as to appear to be. glomerate on very short peduncles. It flowers in July, and is a low, trailing, annual plant. — Native of Spain. 2. Ortegia Dichotoma ; Forked Ortegia. Stem dichoto- mous; peduncles one-flowered; root perennial. — Native of Italy. Oryza ; a genus of the class Hexundria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: glume one-flowered, two- valved, very small, acuminate, almost equal. Corolla: two- valved ; valves boat-shaped, concave, compressed, the larger five-angled, awned; nectary two-leaved, flat on one side of the germen, very small; leaflets narrow at the base, truncate at the top, caducous. Stamina: filamenta six, capillary, the length of the corolla; anthera; bifid at the base. Pistil: germen turbinate; styles two, capillary, reflex ; stigmas club- shaped, leathered. Pericarp: none; corolla growing to the seed, oval-oblong, compressed ; margins thin, two streaks on each side, at the side. Seed: single, large, oblong, blunt, compressed, with two streaks on each side. Observe, whether the flower be composed of two florets. Calix: glume two- valved, one-flowered. Corolla: Iwo-valved, almost equal, growing to the seed. The only known species is, 1. Oryza Sativa ; Rice. This plant has the culm from one to six feet in height, ami it is annual, erect, simple, round, jointed; leaves subulate, linear, reflex, embracing, not fleshy; flowers in a terminating panicle ; calicine leaflets lanceolate; 84. valves of the corolla equal in length ; the inner valve even, awnless ; the outer twice as wide, four-grooved, hispid, awned ; style single, two-parted. — The Common Rice has a culm four feet high ; panicle spiked, the spikes commonly simple ; fruit oblong, pale, with long awns. It is late, and is cut from six to eight months after planting: it is cultivated in marshes, and withers with drought, or in a small degree of saltness. The Dry, or Mountain Rice, has a culm three feet high ; panicle spiked ; spikes branching ; friiit turgid, brownish-red, with shorter awns: it ripens and is cut in the fourth month from planting. It is cultivated in the hilly parts of Java, and in many of the Eastern islands, where no water but rain can come: it is planted in the beginning of the rainy season, and reaped in the beginning of the dry season. The natives call it Paddy Gunung, which signifies Mountain Rice. It is wholly unknown in the western parts of India, but is culti- vated in Cochin-china, where it thrives in dry light soils, on i be sides of bills, not requiring more moisture than the usual rains and dews (which are not plentiful at the season of its vegetation) supply. — The varieties of Rice, like those of other cultivated grain, are innumerable: they differ in the time of springing, growth, and maturity, in the sort of soil that they require, in the form and colour of the seed, and probably in other characters, if they were carefully examined. It is culti- vated in great abundance all over India, where the country will admit of being flooded, in the southern provinces of China, in Cochin-china, Cambodia, Siam, and Japan; in which last country it is very white, and of the best quality. In Caro- lina it has long been a staple commodity; owing, it is said, to a small bag of Paddy given as a present by a treasurer of the East India Company’s to a Carolina trader. A Dutch vessel, from Madagascar, is also said to have imported Rice into the same province; and to this, the two different sorts are attri- buted. It has also been introduced into cultivation in the south- ern kingdoms of Europe, as Italy, Spain, the south of France, and within a few years into Hungary. Its native country is unknown. — Propagation and Culture. Much of the low grounds in the middle and southern provinces of China is ap- propriated to the culture of Rice; which constitutes the princi- pal pail of the food of all those who are not so indigent as to be forced to subsist on cheaper kinds of grain. A great proportion of the surface of the country is well adapted to the production of Rice. Many and great rivers run through the several pro- vinces of China; the low grounds bordering on these rivers are annually inundated, by which means a rich mud or muci- lage is brought upon their surface, that fertilizes the soil in the same manner as Egypt is by the overflowing of the Nile. After the mud has lain some days, preparations are made for planting Rice, by inclosing a small spot of ground by a bank of clay : the earth is ploughed up, and an upright harrow, vviih a row of wooden pins in the lower end, is drawn slightly over it by a buffalo. Tiie grain, previously steeped in dung diluted with animal water, is then very thickly sown upon it. A thin sheet of water is immediately brought over it, either by channels for drawing water from a higher ground, or from lower by means of a chain-pump, the use of which is as familiar as that of a hoe to every Chinese husbandman; In a few days the shoots appear above the water; and in that interval the remainder of the ground intended for cul- tivation, if stiff, is ploughed, the lumps broken by hoes, and the surface levelled by the harrow. As soon as the shoots have attained the height of six or seven inches, they are plucked up by the roots, the tops of the blades cut off, and each root is planted separately, sometimes in small furrows turned with the plough, and sometimes in holes made in rows by a drilling-stick made for that purpose. The roots' are 216 O S B THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; O S M about a foot asunder. Water is brought over them a second time, for the convenience of irrigation ; and to regulate its proportion, the Rice-fields are subdivided by narrow ridges of clay into small inclosures. Through a channel in each ridge, the water is conveyed at will to every subdivision. As the Rice approaches to maturity, the water by evaporation and absorption disappears entirely ; and the crop, when ripe, covers dry ground. The first harvest in the southern pro- vinces is towards the end of May or beginning of June. The instrument for reaping is a small-toothed sickle ; the sheaves are placed regularly in frames, two of which, sus- pended at the extremities of a bamboo pole, are carried across the shoulders of a man to the place where it is to be threshed. This operation is performed not only by a flail, or by the treading of cattle, but sometimes also by striking it against a plank set upon its edge, or by beating it against the side of a large tub scolloped for that purpose, the back and sides being much higher than the front, to prevent the grain from being dispersed. After being winnowed, it is carried to the granary. To remove the skin or husk of Rice, a large strong earthen vessel, or hollow stone, in form somewhat like that which is used elsewhere for filtering water, is fixed firmly in the ground, and the grain placed upon it is struck with a conical stone fixed to the extremity of a lever, and cleared (sometimes indeed imperfectly) from the husk. The same object is attained by passing the grain between two flat stones of a circular form, the upper of which turns round upon the other, but at such a distance from it as not to break the grain. The operation is performed on a larger scale in mills turned by water; the axis of the wheel carrying several arms, which raise levers by striking upon the end of them. Some- times twenty of these levers are worked at once. The straw is cut chiefly into chaff, to serve as provender for the very few cattle employed in Chinese husbandry. The labour of the first crop being finished, the ground is immediately pre- pared for the reception of the fresh seeds. The first opera- tion is to pull up the stubble, collect it in small heaps, burn it, and scatter the ashes upon the field. The former pro- cesses are afterwards renewed. The second crop is generally ripe late in October, or early in November. The grain is treated as before; but the stubble is no longer burnt, it is turned underneath the plough, and left to putrefy in the earth. This, with the slime brought upon the ground by inundation, are the only manures employed in the foreign cultivation of Rice: lands thus fertilized by the overflowing of the tide in the proximity of the sea, of rivers, or of canals, are not appropriated solely to the production of Rice ; they are found equally suitable for raising an excellent crop of Sugar-canes, with the precaution of keeping off the water after the young canes appear above the surface. Satisfied with two crops of Rice or one of Sugar in the year, the Chinese husbandman generally suffers the land to remain at rest till the following spring, when the same process is repeated. And thus, from generation to generation, succes- sive crops are raised from the same soil, without the least idea of any necessity to let the earth lie fallow or idle for a year. — Culture in England. Sow the seeds on a hot-bed, and when the plants are come up, transplant them into pots filled with rich light earth, and placed in pans of water, which should be plunged into a hot-bed, renewing the water in pr portion to the waste. Keep them in the stove all the summer, and towards the end of August they will produce the grain, which will ripen tolerably well, provided the autumn be favourable. Osbeckia ; a genus of the class Octandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth oue- leafed, bell-shaped, permanent ; border four-parted, deci- duous ; lobes oblong, acute, with a ciliate scalelet interposed between the lobes. Corolla: petals four, roundish, sessile, longer than the calix. Stamina : filamenta eight, filiform, short ; antherae oblong, erect, terminated by a filiform beak, the length of the antherae itself. Pistil: germen inferior, ovate, fastened to the calix below, terminated at top by four ciliate scales; style awl-shaped, the length of the stamina; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule clothed with the trun- cated tube of the calix, subovate, four-celled, the cells gaping longitudinally at the top. Seeds: very many, roundish ; receptacle crescent-shaped ; according to Gaertner, wide, com- pressed. Essential Character. Calix: four-cleft, with the lobe separated by a ciliary scale; corolla four- petalled ; stamina eight ; antherae beaked ; capsule inferior, four-celled, surrounded by the truncated tube of the calix. Gaertuer says, the calix five-cleft, without interculated scales. Corolla: five-petalled. Stamina: ten. Capsule: five-celled. The species are, 1. Osbeckia Chinensis. Leaves sessile; peduncles axil- lary, three flowered, bracted ; root perennial, woody, some- times consisting of a little knob with branches; stems qua- drangular, the thickness of a packthread, seldom exceeding half a yard in length, generally branched, and sometimes like a little bush. The branches, which are quadrangular and somewhat hairy, are commonly opposite and single, if not divided. On the top are commonly two flowers sur- rounded with four leaves, two of which are short, but longer than the flowers ; the leaves are opposite, each couple is an inch or more from the other, and the nearer to the flower the farther they are asunder; seeds small, in a microscope looking like little worms lying in a circular form. The Chi- li- se call this plant Komm Heyong-loaa, or Feather of Gold Roses. The whole plant is sold in the apothecaries’ shops : they boil it with old Kuli Tea, aud drink the decoction in colics; they bathe strains and swellings with the same decoc- tion.— Native of the East Indies and China. 2. Osbeckia Zeylauica. Leaves petioled ; peduncles axil- lary, one-flowered, naked. It greatly resembles the preced- ing.— Native of Ceylon. Osier. See Salix. Osmites ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polyga- mia Frustranea. — Generic Character. Calix: com- mon, imbricate, gibbous, with the inmost leaflets augmented at the tip. Corolla: compound, radiate; corollets hermaph- rodite, several in the disk; female in the ray: proper of the hermaphrodite tubular, five-cleft ; of the female ligulate, entire. Stamina : in the hermaphrodites ; filamenta five, very short ; antherae cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: in the her- maphrodites; germen oblong; style filiform, the length of thecorollet; stigma bifid: in the females, germen smaller; style filiform, the length of the corollet; stigma obsolete. Pericarp: none. Calix: unchanged; seeds in the herma- phrodites solitary, oblong, with scarcely any pappus, or only margined ; the pappus obsolete, and somewhat chaffy : in the females, rudimenta commonly abortive. Receptacle: chaffy. Essential Character. Calix: imbricate, sca- riose. Corolla: of the ray ligulate. Down: obsolete. Recep- tacle: chaffy.- The species are, 1. Osmites Bellidiastrum. Leaves linear, fleshy ; stems scariose; branches woody, and thickish; flowers several in number, at the ends of the stem and branches; their disk is yellow, and the rays white. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Osmites Camphorina. Leaves lanceolate, subserrate, toothed at the base; stems quite simple, with one peduncled OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. OSM 217 flower; ray of the corolla white; disk yellow; seeds small, ovate, attenuated each way to ail obsolete edge, convex on one side, and grooved or striated flat on the other, pale. It has a very strong smell of camphor, and from that peculiarity derives both its names. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Osmites Asteriscoides. Leaves lanceolate, dotted ; stems leafy, thick, warted ; flowers terminating, sessile. Gaertner is of opiuion that this species differs so much from the preceding, that it might form a distinct genus. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Osmites Calycina. Leaves lanceolate, naked ; calices scariose ; stem erect, proliferous, not thickened ; branches a little pubesceut; flowers terminating, solitary, sessile; corolla yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Osmunda; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Filices. —Generic Character. Capsules distinct, dispersed in a raceme in such a manner as to look the same way, or else heaped on the back of the pinna or division of the frond, sessile, subglobular, opening transversely, without any ring. Seeds : very many, extremely minute. Observe. The species with capsules surrounded by an elastic ring, ought to be removed from this genus. — The Osmund Royal, and other European sorts, Moonwort excepted, will grow in a moist shady situation in gardens, but will not thrive well without bog earth. The species are, 1. Osmunda Zeylanica. Scape cauline, solitary; fronds verticillate, lanceolate, undivided ; plant a foot high, with a naked stem, terminated commonly by seven pelioled, undi- vided, lanceolate leaves, placed in a ring, and erect ; among them rises a cylindrical peduncled spike. — Native of Ceylon and Amboy na. 2. Osmunda Lunaria; Moonwort. Scape cauline, soli- tary ; frond pinnate, solitary ; root fibrous ; plant three, four, or five inches high, sometimes a little higher ; the stem divides in the middle into two branches, one of which imme- diately puts forth leaflets on each side, the other supports a . naked flowering raceme. The difficulty of meeting with this plant, which is not common, and lies concealed among grass, the singularity of its leaves, and its medical qualities, all conspire to make it sought after. The leaves dried, and given in powder, stop purgings and uterine haemorrhages ; and if they are bruised and applied to a cut, they will stop the bleeding, and heal it in a day or two. A decoction of the plant in red wine stops vomiting, inward bleeding, the whites, and most kinds of fluxes. It is also excellent for bruises, sprains, and ruptures; but it is mostly esteemed and made use of in liniments, oils, balsams, and salves, for green wounds, &c. This plant will not grow in any but a dry situation. — It is a native of most parts of Europe, found in dry pastures, flowering from May to July. In England it may be obtained near Linton and Chippenham in Cam- bridgeshire ; Colchester in Essex ; Bury in Suffolk ; Stratton heath in Norfolk; Shotover hill, and North Leigh heath, in Oxfordshire; Scadbury park; Maidstone, Blackheath, and Chesselhurst common, in Kent ; on the north side of Bredon hill ; and near Stourbridge in Worcestershire ; near Bath in Somersetshire; in various parts of Nottinghamshire and Lan- cashire; near Settle and Ingleton in Yorkshire ; in the moun- tainous pastures of Westmoreland: in Scotland, on Ardgath hill to the north of Linlithgow ; near Dundonald’s, two miles from Little Loch Broom ; on the western coast of Ross-sliire ; in the Isle of Skye : in Ireland, on the rising ground of a mea- dow two hundred yards north of the second lock of Lagan canal. — There are several varieties of this curious little plant, with several leaves and spikes, and with several leaves cloven. | 3. Osmunda Virginica. Scape cauliue, solitary ; frond superdecompound. — Native of North America. 4. Osmunda Ternata. Scape cauline, solitary ; frond three parted, subdecompound ; root composed of numerous filiform fibres in bundles, with few fibrils. — It flowers in October and November, and is a native of Japan. 5. Osmunda Phyllitides. Scapes cauline, in pairs ; frond pinnate; stem even. — Native of South America. 6. Osmunda Hirta. Scapes cauline, in pairs ; frond pin- nate ; stem rough-haired ; root a bundle of small fibres. — Found in the island of Martinico. 7. Osmunda Hirsuta. Scapes cauline, in pairs ; frond pin- nate, hirsute. — Native of Jamaica. 8. Osinuoda Odianthifolia. Scapes cauline, in pairs ; frond superdecompound. — Native of Jamaica. 9. Osmunda Verticillata. Scapes radicate ; racemes verti- cillate; frond superdecompound. — Native of South America. 10. Osmunda Cervina. Scape radicate; frond pinnate; pinnas quite entire. — Native of South America. 11. Osmunda Bipinnata. Scape radicate; frond pinnate; pinnas pinnatifid. — Native of South America. 12. Osmunda Peltata. Shoot creeping; fructifications pedate, distinct, roundish-halved, entire; fronds dichoto- mous, with linear segments.— Native of Jamaica. 13. Osmunda Aurita. Scapes radicate ; fronds bipinnate at bottom, pinnate at top ; pinnas at the base, eared upwards, serrate, convex, shining. — Native of Jamaica. 14. Osmunda Filiculifolia. Scape radicate, panicled ; frond superdecompound. — Found in South America. 15. Osmunda Regalis; Osmund Royal, or Flowering Fern. Fronds bipinnate, racemiferous at the top ; root thick, externally fibrous, and covered with thin brown scales; plant from two to four feet high, of a pleasant and transpa- rent green. A strong decoction of the roots is said to increase the urinary discharge, and is good in most obstructions of the viscera. It is not much regarded at present, but instances are not wanting in which it has cured the jaundice when taken at the beginning of the complaint. It is the largest and handsomest of our British Ferns; and is found near Yarmouth and St. Kitt’s, and in Newton bogs, near Norwich ; in the New Forest ; in Cornw all ; in the isle of Anglesea; in several parts of Scotland; and iu Kirkislowu bog in Ireland, where it is called Bog Onion. 16. Osmunda Ciaytoniana ; Virginian Osmunda. Fronds pinnate ; pinnas pinnatifid, closely fructifying at top. It flowers in August, and is a native of North America. 17. Osmunda Capensis. Fronds pinnate ; pinnas cordate- lanceolate, crenulate; scape formed of the fructify ing frond. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 18. Osmunda Cinnamomea ; Woolly Osmunda. Frond pinnate ; pinnas pinnatifid ; scapes hirsute ; racemes oppo- site, compound. It flowers in June. — Native of North America. 19. Osmunda Strulhiopteris ; Bird’s-nest Or Russian Os- munda. Fronds pinnate; pinnas pinnatifid, fructifying; scape distich. The fronds grow in a ring forming a hollow disk, affording an asylum for some of the amphibia, and the nests of birds, whence its name. — Native of the north of Europe. 20. Osmunda Lineata. Fronds pinnate, lanceolate, ob- liquely cordate at the base, entire at the edge ; the fructify- ing pinnas crenulate, scaly in the middle. — Native of Jamaica. 21. Osmunda Polypodioides. Fronds lanceolate, pinua- tifid ; segments confluent, entire, ascending, with raised dots on the edge; scape lanceolate; pinnas remote. — Native ©f Jamaica, “•v 218 O S T THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; O ST 22. Osmunda Spicans; Rough Spleenivort. Fronds lan- ceolate, pinnatifid; segments confluent, quite entire, parallel. Botanists are much divided concerning the genus of this plant: Dr. Withering and Hedwig determined it to belong to the genus Acrostichum ; Dr. Smith refers it to the Blechnum ; and Mr. Robson, to the Pteris genus; but wherever it may .finally be fixed, it clearly cannot be an Osmunda. — Native of woods, and on moist heaths in several parts of Europe; and not uncommon in Great Britain. It produces its fructifications from July to September. 23. Osmunda Crispa ; Curled Osmunda , or Stone Fern. Fructifications in lines along the under margin of the leaflets, which is rolled back upon them; after the discharge of the seeds, increasing in breadth, so as to cover the wlpde disk except the midrib. The fructifications are ripe in Septem- ber.— Native of several parts of Europe, as Switzerland, Denmark, the south of France, Italy, and Britain, where it is found in the county of Rutland ; on Cader Idris in Wales; at Shap near Kendal ; and is common upon rocks, heaths, and old walls, in the northern counties, and in Scotland. 24. Osmunda Japonica. Frond bipinnate; pinnas cor- date, lanceolate, serrate; stipe of the frond round, yellow, smooth. — Native of Japan, flowering in April and May. 25. Osmunda Lancea. Frond bipinnate; pinnas lanceolate, serrate. — Native of Japan, flowering in April and May. 26. Osmunda Discolor. Fronds pinnate ; pinnas oblong, sharpish, entire, sessile, alternate, approximating. — Native of New Zealand. 27. Osmunda Procera. Fronds pinnate; pinnas remote, ovate-oblong, acuminate, serrate, sessile. — Native of New Zealand. Osteospermum ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polygamia Necesaria. — Generic Character. Calix : common simple, hemispherical, many-leaved ; leaflets awl- shaped, small. Corolla : compound rayed ; corollets herma- phrodite, very many in the disk; females about ten in the ray; proper of the hermaphrodite tubular, five-toothed, the length of the calix; of the female ligulate, linear, three- toothed, very long. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites ; filamenta five, capillary, very short ; anthera cylindrical, tuberous. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites; germen very small; stvle filiform, scarcely the length of the stamina; stigma obsolete: in the females, germen globular; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stigma emarginate. Pericarp: none; calix un- changed. Seeds: in the hermaphrodites none: in the females solitary, subglobular, coloured, at length hardened, inclosing a kernel of the same shape; pappus none. Receptacle: naked, flat. Essential Character. Calix: simple,. or in two row's, many-leaved, almost equal. Seeds: globular, coloured, bony : Gaertner says, berried, or nucamentaceous. Down : none ; receptacle naked. — These plants being too fender to live in the open air in England, are placed in the green house in October, and may be treated in the same manner as Myrtles, and other hardy green-house plants, which require a large share of air in mild weather; and in the begin- ning of May, the plants may be removed into the open air, and placed in a sheltered situation during the summer season. They are propagated by cuttings, which may be planted in any of the summer months, upon a bed of light earth, and should be watered and shaded until they have taken root, which they will in five or six weeks, when they must be taken up and planted in pots : for if they be suffered to stand loug, they will make strong vigorous shoots, and will be difficult to transplant afterwards, especially the second and third sorts; but there is not so much danger of the first, which is not so vigorous, nor so easy in taking root, as the other. During the summer season the pots should be fre- quently removed, to prevent the plants from rooting through the holes in the bottom of the pots into the ground, which they are very liable to, after continuing undisturbed. This causes them to shoot very luxuriantly; and on their being re- moved, these shoots, and sometimes the whole plants, will decay. — The species are, 1. Osteospermum Spinosum ; Prickly Osteospermum. Spines branched. This is a low shrubby plant, which seldom rises above three feet high, and divides into many branches. The flowers are produced singly at the end of the shoots, they are yellow, and appear in July and August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Osteospermum Fisiferum ; Smooth Osteospermum. Leaves lanceolate, mucronate, subpetioled, smooth, serrate; brancldets angular, toothletfed ; stem four or five feet high, dividing into many branches towards the top, which spread out flat on every side, and have a purplish bark. The flowers stand single upon long axillary peduncles, which have a very few small leaves growing alternately their whole length. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Osteospermum Moniliferum ; Poplar -leaved Osteosper- mum. Leaves obovate, serrate, petioled, subdecurrent ; stalk shrubby, seven or eight feet high, covered with a smooth gray bark, and dividing into several branches, at the ends of which the yellow flowers come forth in clusters. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Osteospermum Ilicifolium ; Holm-leaved Osteospermum. Leaves oblong; tooth angulate, rugged, half-embracing; branches grooved. — Native of the Cape. 5. Osteospermum Ciliatum ; Fringe-leaved Osteospermum. Leaves elliptic, lanceolate, crenate, ciliate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Osteospermum Junceum ; Reedy Osteospermum. Leaves linear, acute, keeled, distant ; panicle terminating ; stem five feet high, upright, stiff and straight, even. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Osteospermum Triquetrum. Leaves linear, three-sided; stem suffruticose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Osteospermum Corymbosum. Leaves lanceolate, smooth; flowers panieled; stem upright, determinately branched, even; the thickness of a finger ; flowers yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Osteospermum Imbricatum. Leaves ovate, blunt, imbri- cate ; stem determinately branched, two feet high, scarred. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Osteospermum Herbaceum. Leaves ovate, subsessile, spatulate, serrate; stem herbaceous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 11. Osteospermum Niveum. Leaves ovate, petioled, tooth- ed, woolly. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 12. Osteospermum Perfoliatum. Leaves ovate, petioled, angular, toothed, tomentose underneath; petioles perfoliate, embracing. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Osteospermum Polygaloides. Leaves lanceolate, scat- tered, decurrent, smooth, quite entire ; axils woolly ; stalk about four feet high, dividing into many small branches, at the ends of which the flowers come out, standing singly on peduncles about an inch long. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 14. Osteospermum Calendulaceum. Leaves lanceolate, sessile, toothed, rugged; stem fleshy, lax. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 15. Osteospermum Arctotoides. Leaves ly rate, petioled ; petioles eared at the base, half-embracing, tomentose. — Na- tive of the Cape of Good Hope. 5 OTH OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. O T H 219 16. Osteospermum Rigidum; Rigid Osteospermum. Leaves tooth pinnatifid, hairy; branches unarmed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Osteospermum Coeruleum ; Blue-flowered Osteosper- mum. Leaves pinnate ; pinnas toothed. This is an under- shrub, three feet high, with a strong smell ; root woody, branching, fibrous ; stem somewhat woody, erect, round, regularly branched, gray ; flowers terminating, very loosely corymbed, peduncled, erect, blue, an inch wide. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Oswego Tea. See Monarda Didyma. Osyris ; a genus of the class Diacia, order Triandria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth one-leafed, trifid, turbinate; segments equal, ovate, acute. Corolla: none, except a little nectariferous rim. Stamina : filamenta three, very short; anther* roundish, small. Female. Calix: perianth as in the male, superior, permanent, very small. Corolla: none, as in the male. Pistil: germen turbinate, inferior ; style the length of the stamina ; stigma three parted, spreading. Pericarp : berry globular, one-celled, umbili- cated. Seeds: bony, globular, filling the pericarp. Essen- tial Character. Calix: trifid. Corolla: none. Female: stigma roundish ; drupe one-celled. The species are, 1. Osyris Alba; Poet’s Cassia. Leaves linear. This is a very low shrub, seldom rising above two feet high, having woody branches; flowers of a yellowish colour, succeeded by berries, which at first are green, and afterwards turn to a bright red colour like those of Asparagus. — Native of France, Spain, Italy, Carniola, and Mount Libanus. It grows by the side of roads, and between rocks, and is with great difficulty transplanted into gardens, nor does it thrive after being re- moved; so that the only method to obtain this plant, is to sow the berries where they are to remain. These berries generally remain a year in the ground before the plants appear, and sometimes they will lie two or three years; so that the ground should not be disturbed under three years, if the plants do not come up sooner. The seeds must be procured from the places where the plants naturally grow, for those which have been brought into gardens never produce any, and it is with great difficulty they are preserved alive. 2. Osyris Japonica. Leaves ovate, floriferous ; stem shrub- by, tubercled, a fathom high. — The leaves are said to be eaten in Japan, where it is a native. Othera ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, per- manent, four-parted, with ovate segments. Corolla: petals four, ovate, blunt. Stamina: filamenta four, inserted at the very bottom of the petals, shorter by half than the corolla ; anther* twin, four-grooved. Pistil: germen superior, smooth ; style none ; stigma sessile. Pericarp : capsule. Essen- tial Character. Calix: four-parted ; petals four, ovate, flat; stigma sessile. The only known species is, 1. Othgra Japonica. Stem shrubby; branches round, striated, purple; leaves alternate, ovate, blunt, entire, smooth, coriaceous, spreading, an inch and half long; petioles semi- cylindric, smooth, a line in length; flowers axillary, aggre- gate, peduncled ; peduncles half a line in length. — Native of Japan. Othonna ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polygamia N ecessaria G en eric Character. Calix: common, quite simple, one-leafed, blunt at the base, sharp at the end, equal, divided into eight or twelve segments. Corolla: com- pound, rayed; conflicts hermaphrodite, many in the disk; females in the ray, the same number with the segments of the calix, often eight, some say about ten. Proper: of the hermaphrodite, tubular, five-toothed, scarcely longer than the calix; of the female, ligulate, lanceolate, longer than the calix, three-toothed, reflex. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites, fila- menta five, capillary, very short ; anthera cylindric, tubular, the length of the corollet. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites, germen oblong; style filiform, commonly longer than the stamina ; stigma bifid, simple : in the females, germen oblong ; style filiform, the same length as in the others ; stigma reflex, larger. Pericarp : none ; calix unchanged, permanent. Seeds: in the hermaphrodites none ; in the females solitary, oblong, naked, or downy. Receptacle: naked, dotted: according to Gaertner, somewhat villose in the middle, exca- vated about the edge. Observe. In some species, the seeds are crowned with a down ; in some the calix is divided beyond the middle, in others only toothed ; but the figure is the same in all. Essential Character. Calix: one- leafed, multifid, subcylindrical. Down : almpst none. Recep- tacle: naked. The plants of this genus are preserved in the dry-stove, or even in the green house, without any artificial warmth ; it is sufficient to protect them well from frost ; and in mild weather they must have a large portion of air, but be placed during the summer in a sheltered situation. They may be increased during the summer months by cuttings, planted upon an old hot-bed, and covered with glasses, shading them from the sun in the heat of the day ; when they have taken root, plant each into a separate pot filled with soft loamy earth, and place them in the shade till they have taken new root; then remove them to a sheltered situation, where they may remain till autumn, treating them in the same way as the old plants. The species are, 1. Othonna Cacalioides; Tuberous Othonna , or African Ragwort. Tuber denudated, finger-lobed, plant-bearing; scapes one-flowered ; leaves obovate, toothletted. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Othonna Bulbosa; Bulbous African Ragwort. Leaves oblong, naked, petioled ; stem herbaceous ; peduncles one- flowered, very long: from the centre of the leaves arise the foot-stalks of the flowers, which are five or six inches long, branching out into several smaller, each sustaining one yellow radiated flower shaped like the former. There are nine or ten varieties. — It flowers in May and June, and is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Othonna Denticulata; Dentated African Ragivort. Leaves oblong, toothletted, smooth, attenuated at the base, embracing; flowers panicled. It flowers in April and July. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Othonna Tagetes. Leaves linear, pinnate, somewhat toothed ; root annual ; stem filiform, flexuose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. b. Othonna Trifida. Leaves trifid, linear ; flowers lateral, peduncled ; stem shrubby, proliferous, spreading, dusky. — - Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Othonna Pectinata; Wormwood-leaved African Rag- wort. Leaves pinnatifid ; segments linear, parallel. This rises with a shrubby stalk, about the thickness of a man’s thumb, two or three feet high, dividing into many branches, co- vered with a hoary down. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Othonna Abrotanifolia ; Southernwood-leaved African Ragwort. Leaves multifid, pinnate, linear, the joints of the stem villose. This has a low, shrubby, branching stalk: the leaves are thick, like those of Samphire, and are cut into many narrow segments ; the flowers are produced on short peduncles at the ends of the branches ; they are yellow, and the seeds are brown. It flowers from January to March.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Othonna Athanasi*. Leaves pinnate, filiform; calix hemispherical, twelve-toothed; stem shrubby; (lower rather 3 K 220 O T H THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; O X A large, terminating from the dichotomy, on a one-flowered peduncle, twice as long as the leaves, and round ; corolla yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Othonna Ciliata. Leaves pinnatifld, sessile; piunas ovate, ciliate; peduncles terminating, elongated, one-flowered. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Othonna Pinnata. Leaves pinnatifld ; pinnas lanceo- late, quite entire, decurrent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 11. Othonna Trifurcafa. Leaves trifid, pinnatifld ; pinnas linear; peduncles lateral, fastigiate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 12. Othonna Munita. Leaves pinnatifld, imbricated, curv- ed inwards ; pinnas three-sided, awl-shaped ; stem dichoto- mous; peduncles from the divarications. This resembles the twenty-third species. — Native of the Cape. 13. Dthonna Coronopifolia ; Buckthorn-leaved African Ragwort. Lower leaves lanceolate, quite entire, upper sinu- ate, toothed. This rises with a shrubby stalk four or five feet high, dividing into several branches; the flowers are produced in loose umbels at the ends of the branches, and are yellow. It flowers from July to September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 14. Othonna Cheirifolia; Stoclc-lcaved African Ragivort. Leaves lanceolate, three nerved, quite entire; stem suft'ru- ticose, creeping. This has a strong fibrous root, which shoots deep in the ground, and sends out many woody stems, which spread on every side. Although it is a native of Africa, it will live in the open air, in a warm situation and a dry soil. 15. Othonna Crassifolia; Thick-leaved African Ragwort. Leaves lanceolate quite entire, somewhat fleshy; stem up- right. The flowers are produced towards the end of the branches, upon succulent peduncles about four inches long, each sustaining one yellow flower, which appears in August, and there is a succession till winter. Linueus remarks, that it resembles the preceding species. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 16. Othonna Parvifolia; Small-flowered African Ragwort. Leaves lanceolate, glaucous, embracing ; flowers panicled ; stem shrubby, two feet high, even; peduncles very long, even, stiff, straight. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Othonna Tenuissima ; Fine-leaved African Ragivort. Leaves filiform, fleshy ; stem from a foot to two feet high and more, even. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 18. Othonna Linifolia; Flax-leaved African Ragwort. Herbaceous: leaves linear, margined, grassy; stem a span high, filiform, even, with one or two-flowered branches. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 19. Othonna Digitata ; Digitate-leaved African Ragwort. Leaves oblong, undivided, or digitate toothed ; peduncles one-flowered ; root bulbous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 20. Othonna Lingua. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, half-embra- cing; root bulbous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 21. Othonna Lateriflora; Side-flowering African Ragivort. Leaves lanceolate ; flowers lateral; peduncles the length of the leaves. This is an upright shrub, with the stem the size of a swan’s quill. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 22. Othonna Heterophylla. Root-leaves ovate, angular- toothed ; stem-leaves lanceolate, almost entire ; root bulbous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 23. Othonna Ericoides ; Deathlike African Ragwort. Stem dichotomous, imbricated; leaflets acerose; peduncle very long, solitary from the- divarications ; flower roundish, not large. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 24. - Othonna Capillaris ; Capillary -branched African Rag- wort. Leaves lyrate ; branches capillary ; root fibrous, very slender; stems upright, a palm high, filiform, with the branches finally setaceous and capillaceous, even; flowers terminating, the size of hemp-seed, yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 25. Othonna Virginia. Leaves wedged, gashed ; stem shrubby, compound, erect, round. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 26. Othonna Frutescens ; Shrubby African Ragwort. Leaves oval, somewhat toothed ; stem frutescent. This is allied to the next species, from which it differs in having re- mote toothed leaves, not clustered, and quite entire, as in that; the stem without any hairy scars of the leaves ; the ray eight- petalled, not five-petalled ; the stem round, with smooth branches; the peduncles somewhat branched. — Native of. the Cape of Good Hope. 27. Othonna Arborescens; Tree African Ragwort. Leaves oblong, quite entire ; stem arborescent, fleshy, with w oolly scars. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This plant makes very slow' progress here: in August it puts out young leaves, which it keeps all the winter; the heads of flowers appear about the end of November, and do not ripen till the middle or end of January; in spring the leaves gradually dropoff, and the plant appears as if dead, till the succeeding autumn. Ovieda; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- ieafed, five-cleft, bell-shaped, acute, erect, broadisb, short, permanent. Corolla: one petalled, ringent, funnel-form, (trifid, according to Gaertuer;) tube very long, narrow, sub- cyliudric; border short, three-lobed, almost equal. Stamina: filamenta four, longer than the corolla ; antiieree roundish. Pistil: germen inferior, globular; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stigma bifid, acute. Pericarp: berry glo- bular, one-celled, quadripartile, placed upon the calix, enlar- ged, bell-shaped, erect. Seeds: four, gibbous on one side, angular on the other, one-celled. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft. Corolla: tube subcyliudric, superior, very long ; border three-lobed, or three-cleft ; berry globular, one- celled, quadripartile, four seeded. The species are, 1. Ovieda Spiuosa. Leaves oval-toothed. This is a shrub, with the flowers terminating, corymbed, subsessile among the terminating leaves; berries black : they ripen in May. — Na- tive of South America and Hispaniola. 2. Ovieda Mitis. Leaves lanceolate, subrepand. This is also a shrub. — Native country unknown. Oxalis ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Pentagynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five parted, acute, very short, permanent. Corolla : five-parted, often cohering by the claws, erect, obtuse, emarginate ; border spreading. Stamina: filamenta ten, capillary, (Jacquin says awl-shaped,) erect, the outer ones shorter; antherae roundish, grooved. Pistil: germen five-cornered, superior; styles five, filiform, the length of the stamina ; stigma blunt. Peri- carp: capsule five-cornered, five-celled, teu-valved, (accord- ing to Jacquin, five-valved,) gaping at the corners longitu- dinally. Seeds: roundish, flying out, covered with a fleshy elastic aril. Observe. Capsule in some short, with solitary seeds ; in others long, with many seeds : the filamenta of most coalesce at the base. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Petals: five, often connected at the base. Cap- sule: five-celled, five-cornered, opening at the corners. Seeds: arilled. — The European and North American sorts require no particular culture: the numerous species from the Cape of Good Hope must be planted in pots, which may be shel- tered in the dry-stove or under a hot-bed frame in winter, where they may have as much free air as possible in mild O X A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. O X A 221 weather. Most of them may be easily increased by offsets, from the roots Or bulbs which come out from the side of the stalks in great abundance. Those from the East and West Indies, being more tender, require to be placed iu a stove, kept to a moderate degree of warmth in winter; they are propagated by seeds sown in pots, plunged into a moderate hot-bed. When the plants come up, set them singly in pots filled with light sandy earth, and plunged into a fresh hot- bed, shading them from the sun until they have taken new root ; after which, they must be treated in the same manner as other tender plants from the same countries. The spe- cies are, I. Division. — With many-jloivered Peduncles. * Caulescent. 1. Oxalis Pentantha. Stem upright; leaflets obovate; styles very short ; root branched ; corolla three times as long as the calix, bell-shaped, spreading very much at top, round- ed, yellow. — Native of the Caraccas in South America. 2. Oxalis Rhombifolia. Stem upright; leaflets rhombed ; styles very long ; root branched. — Native of the Caraccas in South America. 3. Oxalis Plumieri. Stem upright; leaflets oblong; pedun- cles umbeiled ; root branched ; leaves alternate, ternate ; peduncles axillary, solitary, spreading, about the length of the leaves. — Native of Guiana and the Caribbees. 4. Oxalis Barrelieri. Stem upright; leaflets oblong; pedun- cles bifid, racemed ; styles equal; root branched, annual; leaves alternate, ternate ; corolla twice as long as the calix, spreading very much at top, rounded, smooth, flesh-coloured. — Native of the Caraccas and Guiana. Jacquin observes, that when sown early in the spring, it grew luxuriantly in the stoves, produced seed abundantly, which from the elasticity of the capsule could not be collected but with great difficulty, and always perished in the winter; but that when it was sown later in the season it sometimes outlived the -winter, and flowered in the following spring, yet was nevertheless in a very languid and feeble state. 5. Oxalis Rosea; Rose-Jlowered Wood Sorrel. Stem up- right; leaflets obcordate; peduncles divided, racemed ; root branched, annual; corolla twice as long as the calix, spread ing very much at top, rounded, smooth, flesh-coloured. It flowers in the stove from May to October. — Native of the Caraccas and Guiana. (*. Oxalis Conorrhiza; Conic-rooted Wood Sorrel. Stem upright; leaflets obcordate; peduncles subbiflorous; root perennial, turbinate, putting forth capillary fibrils from the side, nearly an inch thick at top, ending in a sharp point at bottom, fleshy, dusky ash-coloured; corolla many times longer than the calix, very wide, rounded, yellow. — Native of Paraguay, iu the vast plains to the northward of the river De La Plata. 7. Oxalis Crenata ; Notch-pet ailed Wood Sorrel. Stem up- right; leaflets obcordate; peduncles umbelliferous; petals crenate ; root annual, fusiform, putting forth many fibrils, half an inch thick at top, pale green ; corolla three times as long as the calix, bell-shaped, ten lines in diameter, yellow, with purple streaks on the inside. It seems to be wholllv smooth. — Native of Peru, near Lima ; it is cultivated in gardens, and used as Sorrel. 8. Oxalis Dillenii. Stem upright; leaflets obcordate; peduncles subumbelliferous ; petals emarginate ; root annual, branched, fibrous; corolla three times as long as the calix, yellow. — Native of Carolina. 9. Oxalis Stricta ; Upright Wood Sorrel. Stem upright ; leaflets obcordate; peduncles umbelliferous; petals quite entire; root perennial, creeping, round, putting out capillary fibres at the knots, branched; corolla twice or thrice as long as the calix, subcampanulate, yellow; claws upright ; borders obovate, very obscurely emarginate, and very spread- ing. Swartz observes, that it varies with a stifler and weaker stem, upright or declining, so that it is little more than a variety of the tenth species. Browne recommends it as a pleasant cooler and diuretic, and says that it was formerly administered in inflammatory cases, but has been little used since the more agreeable acid fruit-trees have been so gene- rally cultivated in the West Indies. Mr. Miller remarks, that wherever this plant has been suffered to ripen its seeds, it has become a common weed. It flowers from June to October. — Native of North America, Jamaica, and Pied- mont. 10. Oxalis Corniculata ; Yellow Wood Sorrel. Stem prostrate, rooting; peduncles two-flowered ; styles almost equal; root branched, fibrous, brownish, annual; leaves alternate, collected in a small number at the rooting part ; corolla twice as long as the calix, subcampanulate, yellow ; claws erect. It has been found near Dawlish in Devonshire, and is a native of Spain, Italy, Sicily, Greece, Austria, Switzerland, Japan, China, and Cochin-china. It flowers from May until October. 11. Oxalis Repens ; Creeping Wood Sorrel. Stem pros- trate, rooting; peduncles subbiflorous; styles nearly mid- dling; root fibrous, slender, branched; leaves alternate, ternate; petiole jointed, and widening at the base, half round, villose, green, almost upright, half an inch or more; corolla three times as long as the calix, bell-shaped; claws upright, pale; borders obovate, rounded, spreading very much, yellow.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope, Mada- gascar, and Ceylon. ** Stipitated. 12. Oxalis Megalorrhiza ; Great-rooted Wood Sorrel. Leaves ternate, many-stumped ; root perennial, round, an inch in diameter, about eight inches long, having several heads, divided below into branching legs full of clefts, covered with a double bark, the outer very thin, brownish ash-coloured ; the inner two lines in thickness, red, watery, acrid ; the substance of it is white, watery, acrid, having red fibres in it running from the centre to the circumference ; corolla three times as long as the calix, bell-shaped, yellow, marked below with three red lines on each petal. 'Phis species is singular for the great size of the root, whence its trivial name. The heads of it resemble so many fruticose stems. 13. Oxalis Sericea ; Silky Wood Sorrel. Leaves ternate, tomentose; styles of middling length; bulb deep in the ground ; stipe standing out, villose, having one or two scales about an inch in length, terminating in an umbel of leaves and scapes ; peduncles from two to five, one-flowered, the middle ones shorter, drooping, each supported at the origin with two ovate rough-haired little bractes ; corolla twice as large as the calix, yellow. — Native of the Cape. 14. Oxalis Violacea ; Violet-coloured Wood Sorrel. Leaves ternate, obsoletely villose ; styles very short, interior ; fila- menta equal ; flowers when closed drooping, when expanded upright ; bulb roundish, ovate, covered with a black coat, the size of a hazel nut, or less, very prolific, consisting of white fleshy scales, and having one or two red lines running through them ; corolla three times as long as the calix, bell- shaped ; claws yellowish ; borders obovate, rounded, violet, purple, striated, spreading very much. The bulb sometimes produces fleshy roots, the thickness of a finger. It flowers in April and May: Jacquin says, throughout the summer. — Native of Virginia. 15. Oxalis Caprina; Goat’s-foot Wood Sorrel. Leaves 222 O X A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; O X A ternate, smooth, half-lobed ; styles very short; interior fila- menta unequal ; flowers upright ; bulb ovate, triangular, even. The next species is considered as the Caprina, in the generality of European gardens, and is probably the Caprina of Linneus, but this the Caprina of Thunberg and Jacquin. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 16. Oxalis Cernua ; Nodding Wood Sorrel. Leaves ter- nate, smooth ; styles very short ; interior filamenta equal ; flowers when closed drooping, when expanded upright ; bulb acuminate-ovate, smooth, covered with a brown coat, the largest nine lines in length ; corolla five times as long as the calix, bell-shaped; claws upright, pale yellow; borders very wide, obovate, rounded, spreading very much, yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Oxalis Dentata. Leaves ternate ; petioles round ; styles very long ; bulb oblong, half an inch long, covered with a brown striated coat ; stipe under ground from an inch in length, theu rising above ground from one to four inches, round, smoothish, brownish purple, more slender than a pigeon’s quill, having a few scales, commonly leafless, except that it has now and then a single leaf at top, almost upright, or declining, terminated by an umbel of leaves and flowers ; corolla four times as long as the calix, of a violet purple colour, more pale on the outside, bell-shaped, spreading very much, and wide at the top. It flowers here in Novem- ber.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 18. Oxalis Livida ; Livid Wood Sorrel. Leaves ternate, smoothish; scapes tw'o-flowcred ; styles middling; bulb ovate, half an inch long, covered with a brown striated coat ; stipe partly subterraneous, and from one to three inches long, partly standing out two or three inches, round, nearly the thickness of a pigeon’s quill, smooth, leafless, upright, ter- minating in an umbel of many leaves and fewer scapes, then elongated above this, and ending in another leafy umbel ; corolla four times as long as tho calix ; claws erect, yellow’- ish ; borders rounded, wedge-shaped, spreading very much, flesh-coloured, with the back on one side somewhat villose. It flowers with us in October and November. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 19. Oxalis Compressa. Leaves ternate, hirsute under- neath; petioles compressed; styles very long; stipes sub- terraneous, terminating in an umbel of leaves and scapes ; corolla four times as long as the calix, bell-shaped, yellow ; antherae oblong, incumbent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 20. Oxalis Burmanni ; Digitate leaved Wood Sorrel. Leaves digitate ; bulb oblong ; stipe subterraneous, termi- nating in an umbel of leaves and scapes ; peduncles several, drooping till the flowers open, and then upright ; calicine leaflets lanceolate, acute, erect; corolla five times as long as the calix, bell-shaped, yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 21. Oxalis Sensitiva; Sensitive Wood Sorrel. Leaves pin- nate; root fibrous, brown ; stipe standing out, round, about the thickness of a pigeon’s quill, from half an inch to six inches in height, obscurely jointed below, variegated with red, or brown, or green, filled w'ith a white pith, terminating in a close umbel of leaves and flowers; corolla yellow. It is a very beautiful plant. — Native of Malabar, Ceylon, the Molucca Islands, and other parts of the East Indies, also of China and Cochin-china. II. Division. With one-flowered Peduncles. A. Caulescent. 22. Oxalis Macrostylis ; Long-styled Wood Sorrel. Co- rollas caryophylleous ; styles very long ; bulb covered with a ferruginous shining coat, the size of a hazel nut; stem round, hirsute, purple, slender, somewhat branched, from six to nine inches high, almost upright ; leaves subsessile, scattered, approximating, spreading very much, ternate. It flowers in Europe in October. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 23. Oxalis Tubiflora; Tube-flowered Wood Sorrel. Co- rollas caryophylleous ; styles very short ; filamenta unequal; i bulb roundish, covered with a brownish coat, the size of a hazel nut, or larger; stem round, very hirsute, almost -all leafy, sometimes, but seldom, having a single branchlet, half I a foot high, almost upright, weak, about half the thickness of a pigeon’s quill; leaves alternate, subsessile, spreading very much, ternate ; peduncles not jointed at the base, axil- lary, solitary, round, hirsute, almost of the same thickness with the stem, two inches long, almost upright, alternate, pale, with little bractes approximately alternate below the i calix ; styles smooth. It flowers in Europe in October and November. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 24. Oxalis Canescens ; Hoary Wood Sorrel. Corollas I caryophylleous; styles very short; filamenta equal; bulb roundish or ovate, from the size of a pea to that of a hazel nut, with the scales a little loose, the outer ones brown, the inner whitish dotted with red ; stem round, villose, half the thickness of a pigeon’s quill, upright, half a foot, scaly at the base, either quite simple or branched from the axils of the leaves; peduncles not jointed at the base, axillary, soli- tary, erect, alternate, villose, pale green, half an inch long, with alternate approximating bractes below the calix ; styles i somewhat villose. It flowers in Europe in September and October. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 25. Oxalis Secunda. Corollas caryophylleous ; styles of a middling length; bulb roundish, covered with a brown coat, larger than a hazel nut ; stem round, the thickness of a pigeon’s quill, extremely villose, brownish, only at bottom ! scaly and leafless, weak, about a foot bight, upright for some inches, and then more or less reclining, from most of the leaves below the flowers increased by axillary erect j branchlets, that grow half a foot in length, but scarcely ever bear flowers; leaves alternate, approximating on very short petioles, ternate. It flowers in Europe in October and November. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 26. Oxalis Hirta; Hairy Wood Sorrel. Corollas bell- shaped ; styles very long ; filamenta toothless, equal ; bulb roundish, covered with a brown coat, the size of a hazel j nut ; stem round, slender, smooth at bottom, the rest villose, i about eight inches in length, purplish brown, weak, flaccid, hence it is sometimes almost upright, sometimes decumbent or ascending, putting forth from the axils branchlets that seldom flower. — This species is remarkably rough in its wild state, but puts off much of its roughness when cultivated. It flowers in Europe in September and October. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 27. Oxalis Hirtella. Corollas bell-shaped; styles very long ; filamenta toothletted, unequal ; bulb roundish, with a brown skin, the size of a hazel nut; stem round, hirsute, commonly undivided, almost upright, weak, slender, green- ish, about eight inches long, scaly at the base ; leaves alter- nate, on very short petioles, ternate; peduncles not jointed at the base, axillary, solitary, alternate, roundish, villose, pale, flaccid, four inches long, having alternate bractes at ; top ; styles hirsute, with simple hairs. In Europe it flowers in October and November. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 28. Oxalis Multiflora ; Many-flowered Wood Sorrel. 1 Corollas bell-shaped; styles very short; leaflets wedge- ; shaped ; bulb roundish, larger than a hazel nut, with a O X A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. O X A 223 brownish skin, composed of fleshy, very thick ovate-acumi- nate loose scales, forming as it were so many bulbs, hence lobed; stem round, almost upright, weak, somewhat villose, brownish-purple, from the thickness of a pigeon’s quill to only half the size, from six inches to a foot in height, branch- ed ; leaves alternate, ternate, spreading very much, numerous, subsessile. It flowers in Europe in October and November. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 29. Oxalis Rubella. Corollas bell-shaped ; styles mid- dling; filamenta toothless; bulb ovate, acute, the size of a hazel nut, with a ferruginous skin, loose ; stem round, slender, somewhat hirsute, fleshy, weak, so that it is seldom really up- right, scaly at the base, brownish-purple, about half a foot high. In Europe it flowers from October to December. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 30. Oxalis Rosacea. Corollas bell-shaped ; styles mid- dling : filamenta gibbosely toothletted ; bulb roundish, or ovate, with a brown skin, less than a hazel-nut ; stem round, slender, very hirsute, leafless to the middle, with minute wandering scales, sometimes, but very seldom, having an axil- lary flowering branchlet at top, weak, prostrate, rising up towards the top, from six inches to nearly a foot in height. This species is easily distinguished from all the rest, by having its leaves at the ends of the stern, and branches very closely collected into a form like a double rose, spreading, and very hoary. In Europe, it flowers from September to November. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 31. Oxalis Disticha. Corollas bell-shaped ; styles mid- dling ; petioles wingedly stipuled ; bulb elongated, ovate, half an inch long or more, covered with a brow n skin, putting forth a long thick fibre from the base ; stem round, the thick- ness of a pigeon’s quill, smooth, pale green, or dirty purple, half a foot long or more, almost upright at the base, then re- clining and ascending, branched at the base, having distant scales at bottom, in other parts leafy, at all the scales and leaves jointed; peduncles jointed at the base, axillary, soli- tary, alternate, round, smooth, spreading, about the same length with the leaves, with opposite bractes directly under the calix. In Europe it flowers in December and January. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 32. Oxalis Tenella. Subcaulescent : corollas bell-shaped ; filamenta toothless ; leaflets obcordate ; bulb ovate, acute, the size of a pea, often several inclosed in one brown skin ; stem filiform, weak, an inch or a little more in length, round, appearing villose when magnified ; peduncles axillary, soli tary, jointed at the base, round, somewhat villose, upright, longer than the leaves, with bractes alternate at top. This, and the following species, connect the caulescent with the stemless Oxalides. In Europe it flowers in November and December. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 33. Oxalis lleptatrix. Subcaulescent: corollas bell-shaped ; filamenta toothletted ; leaflets roundish ; bulb roundish, about the size of a hazel-nut, with a black hard skin, and commonly a double nucleus, putting forth a slander white jointed root, with a scale at each joint, having fibres on every side, here and there bulbiferous, creeping horizontally, from one to six inches in length ; stem round, the thickness of a pigeon’s quill, somewhat villose, upright, below the leaves scaly, and about an inch long, and then two or three inches more in length. In Europe it flowers in November and December. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This plant, Jacquin informs, as it runs along, puts forth bulbs in such abundance, as in a short time to fill the pots with plants; but that in four years, during which lie had cultivated it, he had only a single flower ; which is common in plants that are suffered to run at the roots. B. Stipitated. * With simple Leaves. 34. Oxalis Lepida. Styles very long ; bulb roundish, twice as large as a pea, half loose, with a soft compressile skin, lanuginose as it were, and of a brownish straw colour ; stipe subterraneous, from a line to an inch in length, having a few scales at top, terminating in an umbel of a few leaves and flowers. This, and the next two species are so alike in habit, leaves, bulbs, and flowers, that they can scarcely be distinguished. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 35. Oxalis Monophylla; Simple-leaved Wood Sorrel. Styles of middling length ; bulb roundish ; stipe short.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 36. Oxalis Rostrata; Beaked Wood Sorrel. Styles very short. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. ** With binate Leaves. 37. Oxalis Crispa ; Curled Wood Sorrel. Leaflets obovate, curled ; bulb roundish, the size of a hazel-nut, with a brown skin ; stipe partly subterraneous, about an inch long, and then standing out, shorter, scaly, leafless, brownish, the thick- ness of a pigeon’s quill, upright, terminated by a thin umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 38. Oxalis Asmina ; Donkey’s Wood Sorrel. Leaflets lan- ceolate; styles middling; bulb ovate, the size of a hazel-nut, with a brown skin ; stipe partly subterraneous, about an inch long, scaly, then standing out, shorter, scaly, leafless, almost upright, terminated by an umbel of leaves and flowers ; co- rolla four times as long as the calix; claws erect, yellow. — • Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 39. Oxalis Leporina. Leaflets lanceolate; styles very long; filamenta toothletted ; bulb roundish, pale flesh colour, with a brown skin the size of a hazel-nut; stipe, the part under ground about an inch, above shorter, scaly, leafless, brownish, almost upright, terminated by a thin umbel of leaves and flowers. It derives its trivial name from the binate leaves resembling a hare’s ear. — Native of the Cape. 40. Oxalis Lancesefolia. Leaves binate and ternate ; styles very long; filamenta toothless; bulb ovate, smaller than a hazel-nut, covered with a brown skin; stipe subterra- neous, one or two inches long, almost the thickness of a pigeon’s quill, having a few scales at top, and being bulb- bearing at bottom, terminating in an umbel of leaves and a few flowers. — Native of the Cape. *** With ternate Leaves. 41. Oxalis Fabaefolia ; Bean leaved Wood Sorrel. Leaves obovate, flat; petioles winged ; bulb roundish, with a brown skin, the size of a hazel-nut, often loose ; stipe about an inch, partly under ground, partly above, scaly, leafless, nearly as thick as a reed at top, almost upright, terminated by a thick umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 42. Oxalis Laburnifolia ; Laburnum-leaved Wood Sorrel. The middle leaflet sublanceolate, the side ones obliquely ob- long; styles very long; filamenta toothletted; bulb ovate, the size of a hazel-nut, with a blackish brown skin ; stipe subterraneous, round, white, almost as thick as a pigeon’s quill, about an inch in length, terminated by a thin umbel of leaves and flowers; leaves few, spreading. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 43. Oxalis Sauguinea ; Bloody-leaved Wood Sorrel. The middle leaflet sublanceolate, the side ones obliquely oblong; styles middling; bulb ovate, minute, with a blackish brown skin, loose; stipe subterraneous, an inch long, of a dirty whitish colour, nearly as thick as a pigeon’s quill, terminated by a thin umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2*24 O X A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; O X A 44. Oxalis Minuta; Small Wood Sorrel. Leaflets lanceo- late, acute; styles very long ; filamenta toothless ; stipe sub- terraneous, terminating in a poor umbel of leaves and flowers. — -Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 45. Oxalis Lilian's ; Ciliale-leaved Wood Sorrel. Leaflets obldng, blunt; styles very long; filamenta toothless; bulb ovate, the size of a hazel-nut, with a black skin ; stipe out of the ground, having a few scales, and one or two leaves, round, villose, often smooth at bottom, slender, weak, almost upright, terminated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 46. Oxalis Arcuata ; Bending Wood Sorrel. Leaflets linear, oblong, emarginate; styles very short; bulb ovate, slender, with a blackish brown skin, almost an inch in length; stipe out of ground, round, almost half the thickness of a pigeon’s quill, having a few scales, but no leaves, hirsute, brownish green, three or four inches long, procumbent, termi- nated by an umbel of leaves and flowers — Native of the Cape of Good Hope, 47. Oxalis Linearis; Linear-leaved Wood Sorrel. Fila- menta toothless ; styles very long ; corollas caryophylleous ; leaflets linear; bulb ovate, with a blackish brown skin, smaller than a hazel-nut; stipe out of the ground, round, slender, having a few scales, but seldom any leaves; some- times a single leaflet at top, hirsute, brown, from four to seven inches long, at first upright, but by age becoming wholly procumbent, terminaled by a closish umbel of leaves and flowers : and sometimes, but rarely, lengthened out into another umbel; leaves several, almost upright. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 48. Oxalis Gracilis ; Slender Wood Sorrel. Filamenta toothless ; styles very long ; corollas bell shaped ; leaflets linear; bulb roundish, the size of a hazel-nut, covered with a brown skiu, sbmetimes loose; stipe standing out, filiform, brownish, smooth, about half a foot long, very weak, and wholly prostrate, at bottom leafless, with a few scales; above having solitary leaves, and frequently an umbel, terminating in a thin umbel of flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 49. Oxalis Reclinata ; Reclining Wood Sorrel. Filamenta toothless; styles middling; leaflets linear; bulb roundish, often an inch in diameter, covered with a brown skin, loose ; stipe standing out, a foot or eighteen inches long, round, .smaller than a pigeon’s quill, minutely and densely villose, brown, below the middle having a few scales, but no leaves; above the middle leafy, and sometimes having a branchlet ; when young totally upright, but afterwards more or less reclin- ing, and even entirely procumbent on account of its weak- ness, and the weight of the umbel, terminated by a denser loose umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape. 50. Oxalis Mimata; Vermilion Wood Sorrel. Filamenta toothless; styles very short; leaflets linear ; bulb roundish, the size of a hazel-nut, covered with a brown skin, sometimes loose ; stipe above ground, filiform, brownish, smooth, from one to four inches long, very weak, and always prostrate from its extreme slenderness, mostly leafless, and having only a few minute scales, except at top, where there is a leaf, or one or two umbels ; it is terminated only by a denser loose umbel of leaves and flow'ers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 51. Oxalis Versicolor; Striped-flowered Wood Sorrel. Filamenta toothletted; styles very long; stem upright, hairy, generally simple; leaflets linear, callous on the under side at the tip ; bulb ovate, half an inch long, covered wilh a black skin, within which are frequently several bulbs, hence when cultivated it has almost always many stipes ; these are out of the ground, have a few scales on them, are round, slender, with a very few hairs scattered over them, are six inches long, sometimes leafless, sometimes having a single leaf at top; when young almost upright, but afterwards wholly procum- bent, terminated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers. Dr. Smith remarks, that the flowers are expanded in the sudshine only, have no scent, but are beautiful, and extremely elegant even when closed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 52. Oxalis Elongata. Filamenta toothletted; styles very short; petals emarginate ; leaflets linear ; bulb ovate, covered with a sooty skin, smaller than a hazel-nut ; stipe appearing somewhat hirsute when covered with a glass, having a few scales, and often one or two leaves, extremely weak, so as to be wholly procumbent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 53. Oxalis Tenuifolia ; Fine-leaved Wood Sorrel. Fila- menta toothletted; styles very short; petals quite entire; leaflets linear; bulb ovate, half the size of a hazel-nut, with a black skin ; stipe almost upright, smooth, or somewhat villose, purple at bottom, from two to four inches long, scaly at the base, sometimes leafless, sometimes leafy all over, and even having barren branchlets; the umbel of leaves and flowers that terminates it, being elongated, but barren. — Na- tive of the Cape of Good Hope. 54. Oxalis Polyphylla ; Many-leaved Wood Sorrel. Fila- menta gibbosely toothletted ; styles middling; leaflets linear; bulb roundish, the size of a hazel-nut, or even of a walnut, covered with a brown skin, having ovate, acuminate, loose scales, flesh-coloured, or pale fleshy; stipe from half an inch to six inches in height; leaves very many. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 55. Oxalis Cuneata. Filamenta toothless; styles very long; leaflets wedge-shaped ; bulb ovate, almost the size of a hazel nut, with a blackish-brown skin, often loose at top; stipe standing out, round, scaly, brown, villose, procumbent, leafless, slender, two or three inches long, terminated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers ; leaves very many, spread- ing a little. —Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 56. Oxalis Cuneifolia. Filamenta toothless ; styles very short ; leaflets wedge-shaped ; stipe about three inches long, frequently with a leaf or two on it; corolla five times as long as the calix, yellowish at bottom, the rest white ; claws twice as long as the calix. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 57. Oxalis Glabra; Smooth Wood Sorrel. Filamenta toothletted ; styles very long ; stipe upright, smooth ; leaflets oblong, or wedge-shaped, smooth ; leaves several ; scapes few, obscurely villose in the microscope, erect, an inch and half long, with alternate, lanceolate, acute, erect bractes at top. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 58. Oxalis Pusilla; D war/ Wood Sorrel. Filamenta tooth- lelted; style middling; leaflets wedge-shaped; bulb ovate, with a brown skin, less than a pea; stipe partly under, and partly above ground, from half an inch to two inches in length, filiform, smooth, the shorter upright, the larger pro- cumbent, sometimes leafless, sometimes having a few' leaves at the base, or at top, terminated by a denser umbel of leaves ; corolla three times as long as the calix, bell-shaped. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 59. Oxalis Ambigua; Doubtful Wood Sorrel. Styles very long ; leaflets unspotted, flat, the middle ones wedge-shaped, the side ones oblong, calicine leaflets equal ; bulb oval, an inch long, covered with a black hard skin; stipes standing out, one or two inches in length, scaly, round, the thickness of a pigeon’s quill, purplish, somewhat villose, erect, termi- nated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape. 60. Oxalis Undulata; Ware-leaved Wood Sorrel. Styles very long ; leaflets unspotted, waved, middle wedge-shaped, O X A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. O X A lateral, oblong, one leaflet of the calix spatulate; bulb equal, an inch long, with a blackish browu skin; stipe from one lo three inches long, almost upright, green or brownish, slightly pubescent, leafless, but having lanceolate, acuminate, ferru- ginous, ciliate scales, terminated by an umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 61. Oxalis Fuscata. Styles very long; leaflets spotted on both sides; middle wedge-shaped, lateral, oblong; bulb oval, covered with a black hard skin, an inch long; stipe subter- raneous, scaly above, an inch and more in length, termi- nated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers, under which is another umbel or two which is less dense; corolla large; claws erect, twice as long as the calix, yellow within; bor- ders white, with one side of the back flesh-coloured, rounded, wide, spreading very much ; antherae incumbent, yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope, 62. Oxalis Glandulosa; Glandular Wood Sorrel. Styles middling; leaves and calices capitately ciliate; middle leaflet wedge diaped ; lateral ones oblong; bulb ovate, covered with a black hard skin, twice as large as a hazel-nut ; stipe one or two, standing out, round, the thickness of a pigeon’s quill, from one to three inches long, erect or procumbent, villo'e, scaly, leafless, purplish, weak, terminated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 63. Oxalis Tricolor ; Three-coloured Wood Sorrel. Styles middling; cilias simple; middle leaflet wedge-shaped, lateral ones oblong; bull) ovate, roundish, covered with a black skin, larger than a hazel-nut; stipe commonly wholly sub- terraneous, having one or two scales at top, short, leafless, round, almost as thick as a pigeon’s quill, terminated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers ; leaves &veral, erect, or spreading- — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 64. Oxalis Exaltata. Styles very short ; leaflets dusky, spotted; middle wedge-shaped, lateral, oblong; scapes up- right ; bulb oval, an inch and half long, covered with a black hard skin ; stipe partly under, partly above ground, scaly, round, about an inch high, upright, leafless, terminated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 66. Oxalis Rubroflava. Styles very short; leaflets unspot- ted ; middle wedge-shaped, lateral, oblong; scapes upright; bulbs subovate, with a blackish brown skin, less than an inch in length ; stipe standing out, scaly, leafless, round, the thickness of a pigeon’s quill, villose, almost upright, about an inch in length, terminated by a denser umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 66. Oxalis Flaccida. Styles very short ; leaflets unspotted; middle wedge-shaped, lateral oblong ; scapes flaccid ; bulb ovate-acuminate, with a blackish brown skin, about an inch in length; stipe partly under, partly above' ground, round, villose, the thickness of a pigeon’s quill, green, procumbent, somewhat scaly, an inch and- half long, leafless, terminated by a dense umbel of leaves and flow'ers.— -Native of the Cape. 67. Oxalis Variabilis ; Variable Wood Sorrel. Styles very short; leaflets roundish, unspotted, very slightly emarginate; bulb ovate, with a blackish skin, half the size of a hazel- nut ; stipe subterraneous, ail inch long, terminated by an umbel of leaves and flowers; leaves several. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 68. Oxalis Grandiflora; Great -flowered Wood Sorrel. Styles very short; leaflets roundish, frequently blood-red underneath, scarcely emarginate ; bulb ovate, acute, small, loose; stipe subterraneous, an inch and half long. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 69. Oxalis Convexula; Convex-leaved Wood Sorrel. Styles 2 (middling; filamenta toothless; leaflets roundish, convex; bulb ovate, with a blackish brown skin, from the size of a hazel-nut to twice that size; stipe shortly subterraneous, then standing out, from three to five inches long, round, purple, smooth, without scales, the thickness of a pigeon’s quill, or thicker, wholly procumbent, branched, brittle, with a central tough fibril, thickened at the tip, and from this terminated by a very close and elegant umbel of leaves and flowers, and finally dense, bulb-bearing from the same. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 70. Oxalis Purpurea ; Purple Wood Sorrel. Styles mid- dling; filamenta toothletted ; petioles round ; leaflets round- ish, unspotted, ciliate; bulb ovate, loose, small, loosely in- closed in a skin, from three to six times the size of the bulb ; stipe subterraneous, from one to three inches long, round, slender, often bulbiferous, terminated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope.- 71. Oxalis Laxula. Styles middling ; filamenta toothletted ; petioles round ; leaflets roundish, often purple underneath ; bulb less than a hazel-nut, with a blackish brown skin; stipe about an inch long, terminated by a loose umbel ; leaves several. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 72. Oxalis Breviscapa. Styles middling ; filamenta tooth- letted ; petioles thick, compressed ; leaflets roundish ; bulb oval, with a black hard skin, an inch long; stipe subterra- neous, an inch in height, thick, terminated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 73. Oxalis Rigiduia. Styles very long ; leaflets roundish, unspotted ; bulb ovate, an inch long, covered with a blackish skin ; stipe subterraneous, an inch in height, terminated by a stiffish umbel of leaves and scapes ; leaves very many, spreading in a ring. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 74. Oxalis Speciosa ; Handsome Wood Sorrel. Styles very long; leaflets roundish, unspotted above, underneath blood- red, and dotted with gold ; bulb oval, with a blackish skin, less than an inch in length ; spike subterraneous, an inch long, scaly at top, terminated by an umbel of leaves and flowers; leaves very many, spreading in a ring. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 75. Oxalis Saggillata. Styles very long ; leaflets roundish, when adult livid underneath, all over, and above at the edges; bulb oval, with a blackish skin, less than an inch in length ; stipe subterraneous, about an inch and half in height, terminated by an umbel of leaves and flowers; leaves several, in a ring. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 76. Oxalis Truncatula ; Truncate-leaved Wood Sorrel. Styles very long ; leaflets roundish, truncated ; bulb ovate- roundish, with a black hard skin, almost the size of a walnut; stipe standing out, extremely short, terminated by an umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 77. Oxalis Sulphurea ; Sulphur-coloured Wood Sorrel. Styles very short; filamenta toothless ; calix ciliate; leaflets obcordate ; bulb oval, covered with a blackish hard skin, an inch and more in length ; stipe subterraneous, about an inch long, terminated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers ; leaves very many, in a ring. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 78. Oxalis Natans; Floating Wood Sorrel. Styles very short ; filamenta toothless; calix smooth at the edges; leaves floating; leaflets obcordate ; stipe filiform, submersed, of an indeterminate length, leafless, but having a few scales, ter- minated by an umbel of leaves and flowers floating on the surface of the water ; leaves several. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 79. Oxalis Strumosa. Styles very short ; filamenta tooth- letted, equal; leaflets spotted on both sides; middle one 226 O X A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; O X A obcordate ; lateral ones roundish; bulb oval, or obovate, with a black hard skin, almost an inch in length ; stipe sub- terraneous, one or two inches long, terminated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers ; leaves numerous, villose on both sides, and at the edges; anther* incumbent, yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 80. Oxalis Luteola. Styles very short ; filamenta tooth- letted, equal; leaflets obcordate, unspotted, and somewhat villose on both sides; bulb ovate, or oval, with a blackish skin, half the size of a hazel-nut; stipe subterraneous, about an inch long, terminated by a loose umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 81. Oxalis Lanata; Woolly Wood Sorrel. Styles very short; filamenta gibbously toothletted, equal ; leaflets obcor- date, very hirsute on both sides ; bulb deep in the ground ; stipe standing out, closely woolly, with one or two woolly scales, about half an inch in length, terminating in an umbel of flowers and leaves ; leaves several, small. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 82. Oxalis Punctata ; Dotted Wood Sorrel. Styles very short; filamenta toothletted, unequal; leaflets underneath coloured and dotted with gold ; middle one obcordate ; lateral ones roundish ; bulb deep in the ground ; stipe standing out, closely woolly, with one or two woolly scales, about half an inch in length, terminating in an umbel of flowers and leaves ; leaves several, small; germen hirsute. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 83. Oxalis Obtusa. Styles middling; filamenta toothlet- ted, unequal; calicine leaflets rounded, blunt; leaflets ob- cordate ; bulb deep in the ground ; stipe standing out, villose, half an inch long, terminating in an umbel of leaves and flowers ; leaves several ; corolla four times as long as the calix, bell-shaped ; claws erect, yellow ; borders obovate, rounded, spreading very much, smooth, purple or variegated. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 84. Oxalis Fallax. Styles middling; filamenta toothlet- ted, equal; leaflets obcordate; bulb ovate, or oval, with a blackish brow n skin, half the size of a hazel-nut ; stipe subter- raneous, about an inch in length, terminated by a loose umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 85. Oxalis Marginata. Style middling ; filamenta tooth- less, equal; leaflets obcordate; bulb oval, with a blackish- brown hard skin, an inch long; stipe subterraneous, scarcely an inch in length, terminated by a dense umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 86. Oxalis Pulchella; Pretty Wood Sorrel. Styles very long; filamenta toothless ; leaflets obcordate; bulb oval or ovate, with a blackish-brown hard skin, about an inch in length ; stipe subterraneous, very short, terminated by an umbel of leaves and flowers ; leaves several, spreading in a ring ; petiole jointed at the base, roundish, very hirsute, purpie, one or two inches long; styles very hirsute, with most minutely capitate hairs. — Native of the Cape. 87. Oxalis Macrogonya. Styles very long ; filamenta toothletted ; stipe subterraneous ; leaflets obcordate ; bulb oval or ovate, with a blackish skin, half the 6ize of a hazel- nut ; stipe subterraneous, about an inch in length, terminated by a loose umbel of leaves and flowers.— -Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 88. Oxalis Incarnata ; Flesh-coloured Wood Sorrel. Styles very long; filamenta toothletted; stipe standing out very long, branched ; leaflets obcordate ; bulb in the young plant ovate, covered with a brown skin, twice the size of a pea. The root in the mature plant consists of several legs, slen- derly fusiform, terminating in a long fibre, round, the thick- ness of a reed, and more, some inches in length, fleshy, brittle, pale, somewhat pellucid, and sweet. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 89. Oxalis Bifida; Clover-leaved Wood Sorrel. Styles very long ; filamenta toothletted ; stipe standing out, commonly branched ; leaflets semibifid ; corolla bell-shaped ; leaves several, smooth ; branches alternate, directed one way, stri- ated, upright. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 90. Oxalis Longiflora ; Long-Jlowered Wood Sorrel. Stipe standing out; leaflets semibifid; corolla caryophylleous ; flower long. — Native of Virginia. 91. Oxalis Acetosella; Common Wood Sorrel. Styles equal ; leaflets obcordate, hairy ; root perennial, branched, round, knobbed, creeping, with very fine fibrils on every side, partly white, partly red, having an ovate, acute, thick, rigid scale, like a tooth, at the knobs; stipe partly subterra- j neous, partly standing out, sometimes very little, sometimes 1 several inches, then procumbent, and striking roots into the ground, toothletted at the knobs, like the root ; round, some- 1 what hirsute, red, closely toothletted above with the perma- nent joints of decayed leaves : perennial, putting forth from its top several aggregate leaves and scapes. — The London College directs a conserve of the leaves and petals of this plant to be made by beating them with thrice their weight of fine sugar and orange peel : this is called Conserva Lujulee. — This plant is totally inodorous, but has a grateful 1 taste, so that it is useful in salads, by supplying the place of vinegar. It is more agreeable than the common Sorrel, and tastes nearly like the juice of lemon, or the acid of tartar, and produces in a great measure the same medical effects, being esteemed refrigerant, antiscorbutic, and diuretic. It is recommended by Bergius in inflammatory, bilious, and 1 putrid fevers. Its principal use however is to allay inordi- nate heat, and to quench thirst ; for this purpose a pleasant whey may be obtained by boiling the plant in milk, which under certain circumstances may be preferable to the conserve directed by the London College, though an extremely grate- ful and useful medicine. Many have employed the root of Lujula, probably on account of its beautiful red colour, rather j than for its superior efficacy. An essential salt is prepared from this plant, known by the name of “ Essential Salt of Lemons,” and commonly used for taking iron moulds and 1 ink-stains out of linen. This salt is made from the expressed I juice. Thunberg found that the Oxalis Cornua of the Cape of Good Hope yields the salt in greater quantity than the Acetosella. This salt, when genuine, is composed of the vegetable alkali and a peculiar acid, which seems more allied ii to the acid of sugar than that of tar. It is very rarely found genuine. What is sold under the name of “ Essential Salt of Lemons," in this country, appears sometimes to consist of cream of tartar, with the addition of a small quantity of j vitriolic acid. The active principle of the expressed juice, which reddens vegetable blues, coagulates milk, and instantly precipitates lime from its solutions, is superoxalat of potass, which is obtained crystallized from the juice, and sold in the shops under the name of “ Essential Salt of Lemons.” The same salt may be formed by cautiously dropping a solution of potass into a saturated solution of oxalic acid, i obtained from sugar by the action of the nitric acid; the i! superoxalat precipitates as soon as the proper quantity of alkali is added. On the continent, this salt is prepared by the following process: the juice is allowed to subside after being slightly heated, and then clarified by adding to it water in which a small portion of fine clay is suspended. This clarified juice is next boiled till a particle forms on its surface, and put aside for a month to crystallize : the opera- tion being repeated until the whole of the salt is obtained, O X A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. O Z O 227 when it is purified by a second crystallization. For taking out spots in linen, the stained part is dipped in water, sprinkled with a little of the salt powdered, then rubbed on a pewter plate, after which the spot is washed out with warm water. Dr. Beddoes informs us, that the leaves and stalks wrapped up in a cabbage-leaf, and macerated in warm ashes until reduced to a pulp, have been successfully applied to scrophulous ulcers. This poultice should remain on the sore for twenty-four hours, and be repeated four times. Afterwards the ulcer is to be dressed with a poultice made of the roots of the Spiraea Ulmaria, (which see,) bruised and mixed up with the scum of sour buttermilk. There is no doubt that some of the foreign species may be superior to this in the same way. Tlmnberg says, that Oxalis Cernua grows to the greatest size, and in the greatest abundance, of any species at the Cape of Good Hope, and that a good salt was prepared from it ; but he has omitted to state in what proportion. Twenty pounds of our Wood Sorrel leaves fresh, yield six pounds of juice, from which two ounces, two drachms, and one scruple, of salt, have been obtained. — A variety is found, distinguished by being a less plant, flowering later, and having purple flowers. It occurs between Owram and Halifax in Yorkshire. Linneus observes, that the leaflets of the Common Wood Sorrel are erect in wet, aud hang down in dry weather; and Viliars remarks, that it has the leaves of Trefoil, the taste of Sorrel, and the flower of Geranium; from which last genus Jussieu distinguishes it, by the number of the styles, the form of the capsule, and manner of its opening, its straight cnrcle or heart, without any perisperm or albumen. This plant is common in the woods of Europe; also among bushes, in hedges, and on heaths. It is called Wood Sour, Sour Trefoil, Stubwort, Sorrel du Bois, and Pain d’Coucou. If the roots be planted in a moist shady border, they will thrive and multiply, and if kept clean from weeds, will require no other care. If the seeds of the other sorts are sown in an open border, the plants w ill rise freely; and if they are permitted to scatter, there will be a plentiful supply of plants. **** With digitated Leaves. 92. Oxalis Lupinifolia ; Lupin-leaved Wood Sorrel. Style very short; calix smooth; leaflets flat; bulb ovate, acute, often loose, covered with a brownish skin; stipe subterra- neous, two inches or more in length, terminated by an umbel of leaves and flowers; leaves several, quite smooth, digitated, spreading out wide in a ring. —Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 93. Oxalis Flava ; Narrow-leaved Wood Sorrel. Styles very short, calix capitately ciliate ; leaflets channelled, con- verging; bulb roundish, the size of a hazel nut, covered with a brown skin; stipe standing out, scaly, smooth, the size of a pigeon’s quill, thickened above, purple, leafless, almost upright, but through weakness frequently prostrate, from half an inch to three inches in length, terminating in an umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 94. Oxalis Flabellifolia ; Fan-leaved Wood Sorrel. Styles of middling length ; leaflets linear ; bulb ovate-roundish, covered with a brown skin, the size of a hazel nut, commonly loose ; stipe subterraneous, standing out above, and furnished there with large imbricate scales, about an inch in length, the thickness of a reed, smooth, round, terminated by an umbel of leaves and flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 95. Oxalis Pectinata. Styles very long ; leaflets smooth ; bulb ovate, less than a hazel nut, covered with a brown skin, loose, putting forth a long thick fibre from its base; stipe partly under, partly above ground, about an inch and half in length, scaly at top, almost upright, round, thicker than a pigeon’s quill, smooth, purple, terminated by an umbel of leaves aud flowers ; leaves several, almost upright. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 96. Oxalis Tomentosa. Styles very long; leaflets very hirsute underneath ; bulb oval, with a brown skin, less than a hazel nut, growing very deep in the ground ; stipe subter- raneous, two or three inches long, terminated by an umbel of flowers and leaves. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 97. Oxalis Lyoni. Plant of a silken hairy appearance ; stem branchy, decumbent; peduncles biflorous, longer than the petioles ; leaves ternate, bilobe-obcordate ; segments rounded, divaricate ; petals cuneated ; siliques tomentose, as long again as the Ianceolated calix ; flowers yellow. — Native of Cumberland island, Georgia. Ox-Eye. See Buphlhalmum. Ox-Slip. See Primula. Ox-Tongue. See Picris. Oxybaphus ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: five-cleft, bell- shaped. Corolla: funnel-shaped. Nut : five-cornered, one- seeded, surrounded by the unfolded permanent calix. The only known species is, 1. Oxybaphus Viscosus, This plant, which is a native of Peru, and is very nearly allied to Mirabilis, under which genus it is ranged by Cavanilles, is made a distinct genus by L'Heritier, on account of its having only three stamina, and the calix enlarged and peltate, attending the fruit. Ozophyllum ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Pentandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five-toothed, acute, very small. Corolla: petals five, with long claws converging in form of a tube ; borders oblong, blunt, spreading. Stamina: filamenta cylindrical, sheathing the style, five-toothed at top ; anthene five, oblong, erect. Pistil: gerinen five-lobed, surrounded by a gland; style filiform, higher than the corolla ; stigma capitate. Periearp: five celled. Essential Character, One- styled. Calix: five-toothed. Petals: five, long. Fila- menta: sheathing the style, five-toothed at top; teeth anthc- riferous. Stigma : one. Capsule: five-celled. The only known species is, 1. Ozophyllum Foetidum. This is a shrub of ten feet high or more, and often four or six inches in diameter. The hark is green and smooth, the wood white, tender, and fra- gile ; the branches twiggy, and garnished with alternate leaves; each leaf is digitated, having three large lobes, and growing on a foot-stalk of five or six inches long. When bruised, they emit a disagreeable smell, much resembling that of the Stramonium, — Native of the forests of Guiana* 228 P M O THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; O PADDOCK Pipe. See Equisetum Palustre. Pcederia; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one- leafed, turbinate, five-toothed, permanent. Corolla : one- petalled, funnel-form, hirsute within ; border five-parted, small. Stamina : filamenta five, awl-shaped, very short, from the middle of the tube; antherx oblong, shorter than the corolla. Pistil: germen roundish ; style capillary, bifid, the length of the corolla ; stigmas simple. Pericarp: berry brittle, ovate, inflated. Seeds: two, ovate. Essential Character. Contorted: berry void, brittle, two-seeded ; style bifid. The species are, 1. Paederia Foetida. Stamina included ; slern twining, filiform, smooth, and even ; leaves opposite, petioled, cordate, acuminate, quite entire, nerved, spreading a little,, paler underneath, an inch long, very smooth, and even ; flowers axillary, in brachiate panicles, coming out successively ; the calix is often seven-leaved, and the corolla seven-cleft : some- times the calix is six-leaved ; it is now and then found with seven stamina. The plant turns black in drying, and when fresh has a very unpleasant smell. It varies with wider shorter leaves, and with narrower longer leaves. — Native of the East Indies and Japan. 2. Pmderia Fragrans. Stamina standing out. This differs from the preceding, chiefly in having wider, ovate, acuminate leaves, many-flowered cymes, and the segments of the corolla narrower and sharper, besides the distinction pointed out in the specific character.- — Native of the island of Mauritius. Peederota; a genus of the class Diandria, order Mono- gyuia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-part- ed ; leaflets linear, equal, spreading, permanent. Corolla : one-petalled, somewhat wheel-shaped, four-cleft, blunt, upper lobe wider, generally emarginate. Stamina: filamenta two, filiform, ascending, shorter than the corolla; anther® con- verging, ovate, acute, two-valved. Pistil: germen ovate; style awl-shaped, bent down, the length of the stamina, per- manent. Pericarp: capsule ovate, longer than the calix, two-celled, opening at top. Seeds: very many, roundish. Observe. It is allied to Veronica, but differs in having a five- parted calix. Essential Character. Corolla: four- cleft. Calix : five parted. Capsule: two-celled. The spe- cies are, 1. P®derota Ageria. Leaves ovate-acuminate; helmet of the corollas bifid. This differs from the next species, in having simple stems, the lower leaves alternate, drier, more wrinkled, and not at all shining ; the helmet bifid and entire, ascending. — Native of Italy and Carniola. 2. Paederota Bonarota. Leaves roundish, ovate ; helmet of the corollas entire; root branched, fibrous, perennial; stems round, simple, villose, erect. Scopoli has given eight varieties. — Native of Austria, Carniola, and Italy. 3. Paederota Minima. Leaves oblong, entire, opposite ; flowersaxillary, opposite; teeth of the calices hirsute within ; stems an inch and half high, seldom branched, rooting at the base. — Native of the East Indies. Peeonia; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved, small, permanent; leaflets roundish, concave, reflex, unequal in size and situation. Corolla: petals five, roundish, con- cave, narrower at the base, spreading, very large. Stamina: filamenta numerous, (about three hundred,) capillary, short; anther® oblong, quadrangular, erect, four-celled, large. Pistil: germina two, ovate, eiect, tomentose ; styles none; stigmas compressed, oblong, blunt, coloured. Pericarp: capsules as many, ovate-oblong, spreading and reflex, tomen- tose, one-celled, one-valved, opening longitudinally inwards. Seeds: several, oval, shining, coloured, fastened to the open- ing suture. Observe. The most natural number of the ger- men seems to be two, but it varies much in the species, and seldom amounts to five. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved. Petals: five; styles none. Capsule: many- seeded. — The plants of this genus are all extremely hardy, and will grow in almost any soil and situation, on which ac- count they are more valuable ; for they will thrive under the shade of trees, and will retain their beauty longer there. They are propagated by parting their roots, which multiply very fast: the best season for transplanting them, is toward the end of August, or the beginning of September; for if they be removed after their shoots have shot out new fibres, they seldom flower strong in the succeeding summer. In parting these roots, always take care to preserve a bud upon the crown of each offset, otherwise they will come to nothing; nor should you divide the roots two small, especially if you have regard to their blowing the following year ; for when their offsets are weak, they frequently do not flower in the succeeding summer, or at least produce but one flower upon each root : however, you may divide them as small as you please, wherever you would multiply them in quantities, pro- vided there be a bud to each offset ; but then they should be planted in a uursery-bed for a season or two, to acquire strength, before they are placed in the flower-garden. The single sorts may be generally propagated from seeds, which they generally produce in large quantities, wherever the flowers are allowed to remain. The seeds should be sown in the autumn, soon after they are ripe, upon a bed of light fresh earth, covering them over about half an inch thick with the same light earth. In the following spring the plants will come up, when they should be carefully cleared from weeds, and in very dry weather refreshed with water, which will greatly forward their growth : in this bed they should 1 remain two years, before they are transplanted ; observing in autumn, when the leaves are decayed, to spread some fresh rich earth over the beds, about an inch thick, and constantly to keep them clear from weeds. When you transplant them, which should be done in September, dig some beds of fresh light earth, removing all the roots of the weeds; then set the plants therein, six inches asunder, and about three inches deep. In these beds they may remain until they flower, after which they may be transplanted where you design they i should grow'. It is very probable there may be some varieties obtained from the seeds of these plauts, as is common in most other flowers: so that those which produce beautiful flowers may be placed in the flower-garden ; but such as continue single, or ill-coloured, may be planted in beds, to propagate for medicinal use. All the sorts with double flowers are pre- served in gardens, for their beauty, and add greatly to the variety, when intermixed with other large-growing plants in ■ the borders; they are also highly ornamental in flower-pots placed in rooms. -The species are, 1. P®onia Albiflora ; White-Jiowered Pceony. Leaves ter- nate; leaflets lobed, shining; germina in threes, smooth; root brown, composed of a few cylindrical or fusiform tubers, a span in length, united at top, the flesh white, with little taste ; stem from a radical leafless sheath, two feet high, the thickness of a reed, slender, round, with scarcely conspicuous grooves, descending from each petiole down both sides, green tinged with red, naked at bottom. The whole plant is very smooth, aud shiuing. It differs remarkably from the Common Paiony : 1. in having the stem more slender, rounder, scarcely grooved, more rigid ; 2. in having the leaves larger, biternate, with broader smoother leaflets, shining very much on both surfaces, undivided, with the P O OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PAL reins scarcely prominent underneath; whereas in that the leaves are subtriquinate, or triternate, with the primary leaflets bifid, the lateral ones frequently accompanied by a smaller accessary leaflet ; 3. in having the floral leaf more remote ; 4r. in the colour of the flower, and especially the pleasant smell, like that of Narcissus ; 5. in the smoothness of the germina; and, 6. in having both root and herb more insipid; it also flowers later. This plant is well known among the Daurians and Mongols, on account of the root, which they boil in their broth, and the seeds, which they grind and put into their tea : they call the plant, Dachinu ; the Russians call it, Margin koren bjelyi. — Native of Siberia. 2. Pseonia Officinalis ; Common Paeony. Leaves doubly pinnate, sublobed ;' leaflets oblong, veined underneath. The roots of the Common, or Female Poeony, are composed of several roundish thick knobs, or tubers, which hang below each other, fastened with strings; the stalks are green, about two feet and a half high ; the leaves are composed of several unequal lobes, which are variously cut into many segments : they are of a paler green than those of the Male Pasony, and are hairy on their under side ; the flowers are smaller, and of a deeper purple colour. The roots of the Male Paeony are composed of several oblong knobs, hanging by strings fastened to the main head ; stems the same height with the preceding, they are terminated by large single flowers, composed of five or six large roundish red petals : the flowers of both sorts appear in May, and the seeds ripen in autumn. It is scarcely necessary to observe, that the old names of male and female have no reference to the sexes of the flowers, which in both are hermaphrodites. That called the Male Poeony, is chiefly cultivated for the roots, which are justly celebrated for their beneficial effects as a medicine, in disorders of the head and nerves. The best method of administering them is in powder, of which twelve grains is a sufficient dose : this, if persevered in for some time, will greatly alleviate nervous complaints, head-achs, and convulsions. It soon cures that disagreeable complaint, the night-mare, and is recommended for obstruc- tions of the liver, and for complaints arising from such obstruction : an infusion of the root is also prescribed for obstructed menstruation, and for hysteric and nervous com- plaints, particularly the falling sickness. The Male Paeony varies with pale, and white flowers, and with larger lobes to the leaves. There are also several varieties of the Female Paeony, with double flowers, differing in size and colour. — The following varieties are worth noticing, 1. Foreign Paeony, with a deep red flower : tlve roots are composed of roundish knobs, like those of the Female Paeony; the leaves also are the same, but of a thicker substance; the stalks do not rise so high; and the flowers, which appear later, have a greater number of petals. Native of the Levant. The large double Purple Paeony, is probably a variety of this. 2. Hairy Paeony, or Female Paeony, with a larger double red flower, has also roots like the common Female Pmony ; but the stalks are taller, and of a purplish colour ; the leaves are much longer, with spear-shaped entire lobes ; the flowers are large, and of a deep red colour. 3. Pasony of Portugal, it bears a single sweet flower: the roots are not composed of roundish tubers, but consist of two or three long, tapered, forked fangs, like fingers; the stalk rises little more than a foot high, and is terminated by a single flower, which is of a bright red colour, smaller than the preceding, and of an agreeable sweet scent. — It is a native of Portugal, and requires a lighter soil, and warmer situation, than the others. The flowers, though single, are very sweet, and that renders it deserving of a place in every good garden. 3. Paeonia Laciniata ; Jagged-leaved Paeony. Leaves biternale; leaflets acutely laciniate; germina smooth; root tuberous, difform, very large, descending by cylindrical pro- cesses, a span in length, yellowish without, white within, ! both fresh and dry having a very strong smell and taste of \ bitter almonds or peach kernels ; root-leaves none, but red awniess sheaths ; flower nodding a little ; the calix has three lanceolate leaflets, equal to the corolla in length, purple at the base, leafless and reflex at the end, and the three inner leaflets ovate-acuminate and concave ; corolla handsome, spreading a little, deep rose-coloured, with a slightly virose smell, six-petalled, in gardens frequently seven-petalled ; petals oblong, oval, waved, tender, the outer larger, the inner narrower. — Native of Siberia. In the . gardens at Petersburg it flowers sooner than the other species, namely, about the end of May. The root dried is used by the Mon gols and some Tartars, as sauceTor their meat; and Boetdier, an army surgeon, found it to be useful in intermittent fevers. It grows principally in mountainous woods. 4. Pseonia Hybrida ; Mule Paeony. Leaves ternate, mul- tifid ; segments linear; germina three, pubescent. This has nearly the stature of the last, and is much taller than the next; stem about a finger’s thickness, obscurely channelled. This plant is supposed to have originated in the botanic garden at Petersburg from the seeds of the fifth species, sown in the same bed with that of the third species : it is conjectured to be a mule between them, since it has never produced ripe seeds. It occurs of a much smaller size in some parts of Siberia. 5. Pieonia Tenuifolia; Slender-leaved Paeony. Leaflets linear, many-parted ; germina two, tomentose; root creeping, putting forth tuberous fibres, with tubercles tire size of a hazel-nut, white, fleshy, of a bitterish taste ; stems scarcely a foot high, and commonly single, but in the garden eighteen inches high, and producing several from the same root; root-leaves none; the upper leaves simply multifid; flower sessile at the uppermost leaf, subglobular, accompanied by two leaflets, one multifid, the other simple, both dilated at the base. — Native of the Ukraine. Painted Lady Pea. See Lathyrus. Palavia; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Poly- andria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, half five-cleft, permanent; corolla petals five, round- ish, inserted into the base of the tube of the stamina. Sta- mina: filamenta very many, united below into a tube, in the top of the tube free; antherae roundish. Pistil: gernren globular ; style nrany-cleft at lop, short ; stigmas capitate. Pericarp: capsule roundish, many-celled ; cells not opening, placed in a ball on the elevated central receptacle. Seeds: solitary, roundish, angular. Essential Character. Calix: half five-cleft; style many-cleft; capsule many-celled; cells in a ball on the raised central receptacle. — — The spe- cies are, 1. Palavia Malvifolia. With smooth cordate leaves, either obtusely and deeply crenated, or lobed. This is an annual plant, with red, declinate, very branchy stems, scarcely a palm long ; leaves sublobate, smooth, alternate, with foot- stalks almost their own length ; stipules small, blackish, lanceolate, and hispid ; flowers on long simple peduncles, which are red, aud shorter than the leaves; corolla rose- coloured. — It is a native of sandy places near Lima in Peru, where Dombey found it flowering in July, August, and Sep- tember. 2. Palavia Moschata. With tomentose, cordate, and ovate-erenated leaves ; stem upright, branchy, and two feet high ; leaves somewhat wrinkled, cordate-ovate, sublobate, or obtusely and widely crenated ; they stand alternate ; flow- ers large, and of a yellowish purple. The whole plant is 230 PAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PAN downy, and has a musky smell. — Observed near Lima in Peru. Pallasia ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polygamia Frustranea. — Gen eric Character. Calix: common, im- bricate, many-leaved, permanent; leaflets lanceolate, rather acute, flatfish, spreading; the interior ones longer. Corolla: compound, radiate; corollules hermaphrodite, in the elon- gated disk numerous; females about ten in the ray; proper in the hermaplnodites long, funnel form ; border five-cleft; divisions lanced, revolute; female strap-shaped, unequally bifid, trifid or quadrifid ; divisions wide, reflex. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites, filamenta five, capillary, very short; anthers cylindric, tubular, five-toothed. Pistil: germen inferior, compressed, wedge-shaped, ciliated at the tip and sides; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stigma bifid, thickish. In the females, germen as in the hermaphrodites ; style none; stigma none. Pericarp: none. Calix: un- changed. Seeds: in the hermaphrodites solitary, wedge- shaped, flat, compressed, two-horned, silky. In the females none. Receptacle: convex, punctate, tuberculated, chaffy ; chaffs concave, acute, shorter than the flower. Essential Character. Receptacle: chaffy. Doicn : none. Seeds: vertical, flat ; margin ciliated. Calix : imbricate. The only known species is, 1. Pallasia Halimifolia. This is a shrubby plant of about two feet high; the stem is round, downy, of the thickness of a quill, or more, and branchy; the leaves are alternate, footstalked, obtuse, or a little acute, widely ovate, subtri- nervate, very entire, or else obscurely denticulated, downy on both sides, and whitish; footstalks terminal, elongated, upright, round, villose, and subdivided. The ray of the corolla is of a deep yellow ; the corollules of the disk yellow, and the anlherae red. — Native of Lima in Peru. Palm-Tree. See Phoenix. Panax ; a genus of the class Polygamia, order Dioecia; or, according to Swartz, of the class Pentandria, order Digy- nia. — Generic Character. Hermaphrodite Flowers: Calix: umbel simple, equal, clustered; involucre many- leaved, awl-shaped, very small, permanent ; perianth proper, very small, five-toothed, permanent. Corolla: universal, uniform ; proper of five oblong, equal, recurved petals. Stamina: filamenta five, very short, caducous; anthene simple. Pistil: germen roundish, inferior; styles two, small, upright; stigmas simple. Pericarp: berry cordate, umbilicatc, two-celled. Seeds: solitary, cordate, acute, plano-convex. Male flowers on a distinct plant. Calix : umbel simple, globular, with very many equal coloured rays; involucre composed of lanceolate sessile leaflets, the same number with the external rays; perianth turbinate, quite entire, coloured. Corolla: petals five, oblong, blunt, nar- row, reflex, placed on the perianth. Stamina: filamenta five, filiform, longer, inserted in the perianth; antherm sim- ple. Essential Character. Umbel. Corolla: five- petalled. Stamina: five. Hermaphrodite. Calix: five tooth- ed, superior; styles two. Berry: two-seeded. Male. Calix: entire. -The species are, 1. Panax Quinquefolia ; Ginseng. Leaves tern quinate ; root fleshy, taper, as large as a man’s finger, jointed, and frequently divided into two branches, sending off many short slender fibres. The stalk rises nearly a foot and half high, and is naked at the top, where it generally divides into three smaller footstalks, each sustaining a leaf composed of five spear-shaped leaflets, serrate, pale green, and a little hairy. The flowers grow on a slender peduncle just at the division of the petioles, and are formed into a small umbel at top; they are of an herbaceous yellow colour, and appear at the beginning of June. The berries are first green, but afterwards turn red, and inclose two bard seeds, which ripen in the beginning of August. — This plant is a native of Chi- nese Tartary, and also of North America. It is very abun- dant in Canada in plain parts of the woods ; is fond of shade, of a deep rich mould, aud of land which is neither wet nor high. It flowers in May and June, and the berries are ripe at the end of August. It 'is not common every where, for in some parts it is not to be foutul for several miles, but in those spots where it grows it is always in great abundance. When the French possessed Canada, they gathered great quantities and sent it to France, whence it was exported to China, and sold there to great advantage at the first outset; but its price afterwards fell considerably, probably by over- stocking the Chinese, or because that shrewd race of notori- ous knaves could not fail to discover that the American Gin- seng was inferior to their own. The Canadian Indians collect the roots in the woods, and sell them to the merchants, who spread them on the floor to drv for two months, or more, according to the season, turning them once or twice every- day. Osbeck informs us, that the Chinese bang the Ame- rican roots over a boiling pot, that they may sweat, and dry them afterwards.. They are said to dip their own roots iii a decoction of the leaves of the plant. Others say, that the Chinese, after having washed the roots, soak them in a decoction of rice or millet seed, and then expose them to the steam of the liquor, by which they acquire their firmness and clearness. The Chinese and Tartars agree in ascribing extraordinary virtues to this root, and have long considered it as a sovereign remedy in almost all diseases to which they are liable, having no confidence in any medicine except in combination with Ginseng. Osbeck says, that he never looked into the apothecaries’ shops, but they were always selling Ginseng; that both poor people, and those of the highest rank, use it ; and that they boil half an ounce in their tea or soup every morning, as a remedy lor a consumption and other diseases. Jartoux relates, that the most eminent physicians in China have written volumes on the medicinal powers of this plant, asserting that it gives immediate relief in extreme fatigue either of body or mind, that it dissolves pituitous humours, and renders respiration easy, strengthens the stomach, promotes appetite, stops vomitings, removes I hysterical, hypochondriacal, and all nervous affections, giving a vigorous tone of body even in extreme old age. Jartoux himself was so biassed by Eastern prejudice in favour of Ginseng, that be seems to give their extravagant accounts of its effects full credit, and confirms them in some measure from bis own experience. The French in Canada use this root for curing the asthma, as a stomachic, and to promote fertility in women. European physicians assert, that we have no proofs of the efficacy of Ginseng, and that from its sen- sible qualities it seems to possess very little power as a medi- cine. Dr. Cullen says, “ We are told that the Chinese con- sider Ginseng as a powerful aphrodisiac ; but I have long neglected the authority of popular opinions, and this is one instance that has confirmed my judgment. I have known a gentleman a little advanced in life, who chewed a quantity of this root every day for several years, but who acknow- ledged that lie never found that it in any way improved his faculties." These observations of the above celebrated phy- sician arc however no proof that, after all due allowances are made for popular prejudices, Ginseng may not be a good medicine for many disorders in the country where it naturally grows. It is commonly used in decoction, a drachm of the root being long boiled in a sufficient quantity of water for one dose. Lewis tells us, that a drachm of the Ginseng FAN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PAN *2:5 1 root may be sliced and boiled in a quarter of a pint of water to about two ounces ; then a little sugar being added, it may be drank as soon as it becomes sufficiently cool. The dose must be repeated morning and evening; but the second dose may be prepared from the same portion of root as was used at first, for it will always admit of being twice boiled. The dried root of Ginseng imported into England, is scarcely the thickness of the little finger, about three or four inches long, frequently forked, transversely wrinkled, of a horny texture, both within and without of a yellowish white colour. To the taste it discovers a mucilaginous sweetness, approaching to that of liquorice, accompanied with some degree of bitter- ness, and a slight aromatic warmth, with little or no smell. It is far sweeter, and of a more grateful smell, than the leaves of Fennel, to which some have compared it; and it also dif- fers remarkably from those roots, in the nature and pharma- ceutic properties of its active principles ; the sweet matter of the Ginseng being preserved entire in the watery as well as the spirituous extract, whereas that of Fennel roots is de- stroyed or dissipated in the inspissation of the watery tincture. The slight aromatic impregnation of the Ginseng is likewise in good measure retained in the watery extract, and perfectly in the spirituous. Father Loureiro doubts whether the Ame- rican Ginseng be the same with the precious Ginsem of the Chinese, the latter being the dearest in China itself; so that if our physicians have only used the sort that is imported from Canada, they have not yet made a fair trial of the Gin- seng to which the eastern nations attribute so many virtues. The American species has been introduced into the English gardens, where it has been planted in a shady situation and a light soil, and the plants have thriven and produced flow- ers, and ripened their seeds annually, but not one of these seeds have grown. They have been sown several years soon after they were ripe, without any success; the seed obtained from America has also been sown in various situations, but still without producing a single plant; and by the accounts sent from China, it appears that the same results have fol- lowed the planting of them there: all which tends to prove that there is a necessity for the hermaphrodite plants to have some male plants near them, to render the seeds prolific ; for all those plants from which seeds have been saved, had hermaphrodite flowers; and though the seeds seemed to ripen perfectly, yet as they did not grow after lying undis- turbed in the ground for three years, proves the absence of male flowers to have been the cause of their infertility. Kalm says, that the American Ginseng bears transplanting very well, and will soon thrive in its new ground; and adds, that he was informed that the seeds lie one or two years in the ground before they appear. 2. Panax Attenuata. Leaves ternate, or quinate ; leaflets ovate, attenuated, crenate; trunk arborescent. This is a small tree, with round, smooth, unarmed branches ; common petioles round, smooth, longer than the leaves,- a foot long, sheathing at the base; sheaths half-embracing, within the base of the petiole, above free and acuminate ; flowers her- maphrodite, all fertile; seeds solitary.— Native of the West Indies, in Guadaloupe and St. Christopher’s. 3. Panax Trifolia ; Three-leaved Panax. Leaves ternate ; stem single, not more than five inches high, dividing into three footstalks, each sustaining a trifoliate leaf, with the leaflets longer, narrower, and more deeply indented on their edges, than in the first species. — Native of North Ame- rica. 4. Panax Aculeata; Prickly Panax. Leaves ternate, the uppermost next the flowers crowded and simple ; petioles and branchlets prickly; stem sbrubbv. This is a shrub, 85. with a recurved prickle at the base, and at the tip of the petioles. — Native of China. 5. Panax Spinosa \ Thorny Panax. Leaves quinate, alter- nate; spines solitary, below the branches; umbels lateral. The shoots consist of three or four leaves without a branchlet, and among these leaves is a filiform peduncle, with a simple umbel, and small white flowers — -Native iof Japan. (I. Panax Arborea ; Tree Panax. Leaves septenate, (ac- cording to Forster, quinate-obovate, serrate, toothed;) umbels compound ; umbel large, with elongated rays ; leaflets seven, of different sizes, oblong, serrate, very smooth, shining. — Native of New Zealand. 7. Panax Chrysophylla; Golden-leaved Panax. Leaves in sevens and nines ; leaflets lanceolate, quite entire, tomentose underneath ; umbels panicled. This is a lofty tree, with branches the thickness of a thumb at top; which, together with the leaves underneath, the younger petioles, the branches of the panicle, the calices, and petals, on the outside, are all covered with a fine golden cottony down ; flowers small. — Found in Guiana, and the island of Trinidad. 8. Panax Fruticosa; Shrubby Panax. Leaves superde- compound; tooth ciliate ; stem shrubby; This is an upright shrub, six feet high, with a thick, juicy, unarmed stem, and oblique branches; flowers red and green, terminating in a diffused panicle, ending in umbels, on along, purple, striated peduncle. This plant is cultivated in China and Cochin- china, where the root and leaves are used in medicine. The plant has a strong smell, and penetrating taste. It is reputed to be diuretic, and to be beneficial in the dropsy, dysury, and gonorrhoea. 9. Panax Simplex ; Simple-leaved Panax. Leaves alter- nate, lanceolate, serrate; umbels compound. — Native of New Zealand. Pancratium ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Mo- nogynia. — Generic Character. Calix : spathe oblong, obtuse, compressed, opening on the flat side, shrivelling. Corolla: petals six, lanceolate, flat, inserted into the tube of the nectary on the outside above the base ; nectary one- leafed, cylindric, funnel-form, coloured at top, with the mouth spreading and twelve-cleft. Stamina: filameuta six, awl-shaped, inserted into the tips of the nectary, and longer than them; antherae oblong, incumbent. Pistil: gerrnen bluntly three-cornered, inferior; style filiform, longer than the stamina; stigma blunt. Pericarp: capsule roundish, three-sided, three-celled, three- valved. Seeds: several, glo- bular. Essential Character. Petals: six. Nectary: twelve cleft. Stamina: placed on the nectary. The spe- cies are, 1. Pancratium Zeylanicum ; Ceylonese Pancratium. Spathe one-flowered; petals reflex; root rather larger, bulbous; leaves long and narrow, of a grayish colour, and pretty thick, standing upright. The stalk rises among them a foot and half high, naked, sustaining one flower at the top. The flower has a very agreeable scent, but is only of short duration. Native of Ceylon. — This, together with the other Fast and West Indian sorts, are too tender to thrive in England, except in a good stove. If the pots be plunged into the bark-bed, they will thrive and flower well. In the dry-stove their flowers will not be so strong, nor will they appear oftener than once a year ; whereas in the tau-hed they will often flower two or three times. They are propagated by offsets from the roots, or by the bulbs which succeed lire flowers. If the latter be planted in small pots filled with light eattb from a kitchen garden, and plunges' into a mode- rate hot-bed, they will soon put out roots and leaves, and with care will become blowing roots in one year : if these 3 N 232 PAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PAN are kept constantly in the tan- bed, they will put out offsets from the roots, and thrive as well as in their native countries. 2. Pancratium Mexicana; Mexican Pancratium. Spathe two flowered ; stem or scape a long span in height, round, forked towards the top, or dividing into two peduncles, with two oblong, tender, membranaceous, greenish leaflets, and terminated each with a white flower, divided to the very base into six narrow segments. — Native of Mexico. 3. Pancratium Caribaeum ; Caribbean Pancratium. Spathe many-flowered; leaves lanceolate; segments of the corolla linear, and longer than the tube. The stalk rises about a foot high, then divides like a fork into small footstalks or rather tubes, which are narrow, green, and at first encompassed by a thin spathe, which withers, and opens to give way to the flowers, which are white and scentless. Dr. Browne says, it grows wild in most parts of Jamaica, and the other sugar islands, witli large leaves and numerous flowers, seldom rising above sixteen or eighteen inches in height. Dr. Hous- toun imported some of the roots from Vera Cruz. — Native of the West Indies. 4. Pancratium Maritimum; Sea Pancratium. Spathe many-flowered; petals flat; leaves tongue-shaped ; root large, bulbous, coated, of an oblong form, covered with a dark skin; the leaves are shaped like a tongue; they are more than a foot long, and one inch broad, of a deep green, six or seven of them rising together from the same root, encom- passed at bo! tom with a sheath; between these arises the stalk, whic h is a foot and half long, naked, sustaining at the top six or eight white flowers, inclosed in a sheath, which withers, and opens on the side to make way for the flowers to come out. — Native of the south of Europe, on the sea-coasts of Spain and Sicily. It must be planted in a very warm border, and screened from severe frost, otherwise it will not live through the winter in England. 5 Pancratium Declinatum. Spathe many flowered ; scape compressed, ancipital ; segments of the corollas a little longer than the tube; leaves tongue-shaped; flowers sweet, white, sessile, almost half a foot in diameter. — It is cultivated in the gardens at Martinico : probably a native of Cayenne. 6. Pancratium Carolinianum ; Carolina Pancratium. Spathe many-flowered ; leaves linear; stamina the length of the nectary. This has a roundish bulbous root, covered with a light brown skin, from which arise several dark green leaves about a foot long ; among these comes out a thick stalk about nine inches high, sustaining six or seven white flowers, with Aery narrow petals, having large bell-shaped nectaria or cups deeply indented on their brims ; the sta- mina do not rise far above the nectarium. — Native of Jamaica and Carolina. 7. Pancratium Illyricum. Spathe many-flowered ; leaves eusiform; stamina longer than the nectary. This has a large bulb, covered with a dark skin, sending out many thick strong fibres, striking deep in the ground ; flowers white, six or seven in number. — Native of the south of Europe. It grows wild on the sandy coast of the isle of Ree near Rochelle, according to Morison. This sort is hardy, and will thrive through the winter in the full ground: in very severe seasons the surface should be covered with •tanner’s bark, sea-coal ashes, straw, or pease-haulm. It is propa- gated either by offsets from the roots, or from seeds. The offsets will flower very strong the second year, whereas those which are raised from seeds seldom flower in less than five years. The roots should not be removed ofteuer than every third year if they are expected to flower strong. The best time to transplant them is in the beginning of October, soon I after their leaves decay. They should not be kept long out I of the ground, for, as they do not lose their fibres every year, if they be dried it greatly weakens the roots. It loves a light sandy soil, and a sheltered situation ; the roots should be planted nine inches or a foot asunder every way, and five inches deep in the ground. If the plants be propagated by seeds, they should be sown in pots filled with light earth, soon after they are ripe: these pots should be placed under a hot-bed frame in winter, but the glasses must be taken off every day in mild weather. The young roots will require a little protection in the winter, till they have obtained strength. See Narcissus, for further particulars of their management. 8. Pancratium Littorale ; Tall Pancratium. Spathe many- flowered ; leaves lanceolate, linear, bifarious ; segments of the corolla linear, shorter than the tube; nectary almost entire ; scape two feet high, very much compressed* an inch wide on one side, ancipital, shining, green with a glaucous bloom, axillary, erect, or sometimes declining; flowers hand- some, spreading, sessile at the top of the scape, having an agreeable aromatic odour; bulb the same size as the first species. — It is fouud in abundance on the sandy coast of the island Tierra Bomba near Carthagena. 9. Pancratium Verecundum ; Narcissus-leaved Pancra- tium. Spathe many-flowered ; leaves linear ; segments of the corolla lanceolate, shorter than the tube; the sinuses of the segments of the nectary staminiferous ; scape erect, com- pressed, a foot high ; flowers fragrant, on three-cornered pedicels, scarcely half an inch long. They appear from June to August. — Native of the East Indies. 10. PaucratiurnAmboinen.se; Broad-leaved Pancratium. Spathe many-flowered ; leaves ovate, nerved, petioled ; bulb oblong, white, sending out several thick fleshy fibres, which strike downward; stalk thick, round, succulent, rising nearly two feet high, sustaining at the top several white flowers, shaped like those of the other sorts, but the petals are broader, the tube is shorter, and the stamina are not so long as the petals. There is a thin sheath, which splits open longitudi- nally.— Native of Amboyna. 11. Pancratium Americanum ; White Lilt/. Leaves nearly a foot and half long, and little more than an inch broad, dark green, and hollowed in the middle, like the keel of a boat; stalks nearly two feet high, thick, succulent, sustaining at the top eight or ten white flowers, shaped like those of Maritimum, but of a purer white, and having a strong sweet odour, like that of Balsam of Peru ; the flowers seldom continue longer than three or four days, and in very hot weather not so long. — Native of the West India Islands. 12. Pancratium Latifolium. This is not often distinguished from the preceding, though it differs from it in the leaves being much larger and broader, for they are nearly two feet long, and more than three inches broad, and hollowed like the keel of a boat, as in the other ; the flowers also are larger, the petals longer, and the scent, weaker. It flowers through- out the year. — Native of the West Indies. 13. Pancratium Rolatum. Spathes multiflorous; leaves linear-lanceolate ; nectaries hypocrateriform, tubulose be- neath ; teeth six, staminiferous; intermediate ones inciso- dentate; stamina as long again as the nectary. — Found on the sea-coast, from Virginia to Florida ; and flowers in July. Pandanus ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Monandria. —Generic Character. Male. Calix : spatiies alternate, sessile, serrate, spiny ; spadix decompound, naked ; perianth proper, none. Corolla: none. Stamina: tilamenta very many, solitary, placed scatteringly on the outer ramifications of the spadix, very short; ant h eras oblong, acute, erect. Female. Calix: spaihes four, terminating, converging; spadix globu- I lar, covered with numerous fructifications, scarcely included; PAN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PAN 233 perianth none. Corolla: none. Pistil: germina numerous, aggregate, sessile, five-cornered, convex at lop, smooth ; style none; stigmas two, cordate, margined. Pericarp: fruit subglobular, large, consisting of numerous wedge- shaped drupes, convex at top, augular, farinaceous, one- seeded. Seed: solitary, oval, even in the centre of the drupe. Essential Character. Calix, and Corolla : none. Mule. Antherce: sessile, inserted into the ramifications of the spadix. Female. Stigmas: two. Fruit: compound. The only known species is, 1. Pandanus Odoratissiinus ; Sweet-scented Pandanus, or Screw Pine. Trunk generally in the form of a very large spreading bush, though it may sometimes be found with a single and pretty erect trunk of ten feet in height, and a round branching head. From the stems, or larger branches, issue large carrot-shaped blunt roots, descending till they come to the ground, and then dividing: the substance of the most solid is something like that of a cabbage stalk, and by age acquires a woody hardness on the outside; leaves con- fluent, stem-clasping, closely imbricated in three spiral rows round the extremities of the branches, bowing, from three to five feet long, tapering to a very fine long triangular point, very smooth and glossy ; margins and back armed with very fine sharp spines; those on the margins point forward, those of the back point sometimes one way and sometimes the other. The male flowers are in a large, pendulous, com pound, leafy raceme, the leaves of which are white, linear, oblong, pointed, and concave; in the axil of each there is a single tbyrse of simple small racemes, of long-pointed depend ing antherae. Female flowers on different plants, terminating and solitary, having no other calix or corolla than the termi nation of the three rows of leaves, forming three imbricated fascicles of white floral leaves, like those of the male raceme, which stand at equal distances round the base of the young fruit; fruit compound, oval, from five to eight inches in diameter, and from six to ten in length, weighing from four to eight pounds, rough, of a rich orange colour, composed of numerous wedge-shaped angular drupes ; when ripe, their large or exterior ends are detached from one another, and covered with a firm deeper orange-coloured skin; apices flat, consisting of as many angular, somewhat convex tubercles, as there are cells in the drupe, each crowned with the withered stigma internally; the exterior half of these drupes, next the apex, consist of dry spongy cavities, their lower part next the core, or common receptacle, is yellow, consisting of a rich looking yellow pulp, intermixed with strong fibres; here the nut is lodged. This is compound, top-shaped, exceed- ingly hard, angular, containing as many cells as there are divisions on the apex of the drupe; each cell is perforated above and below. Native of the warmer parts of Asia: ail soils and situations seem to suit it equally well, and it flowers chiefly during the rainy season. It is cultivated for hedges, and answers well, except that it takes too much room; as ii grows readily from branches, it is rare to find the full grown ripe fruit. The lower pulpy part of the drupe is sometimes eaten by the natives, in times of scarcity and famine; the tender white base of the leaves is also eaten raw or boiled, at such melancholy times; the taste of the pulpy part of the drupe is very disagreeable. The tender white leaves of the flowers, principally those of the male, yield that most delight- ful fragrance for which they are so generally esteemed ; and of all the perfumes, it is by far the richest and most powerful. The roots are composed of tough fibres, which basket-makers use to tie their work with; they are so soft and spongy, a- to serve the natives for corks; ihe leaves also are composed of longitudinal, tough, useful fibres. In the South Sea Islands, either this, or some other species or variety, is used for making mats. In the Sandwich Islands these mats are hand- somely worked in a variety of patterns, and stained of dif- ferent colours. The branches being of a soft, spongy, juicy nature, cattle will eat them when cut into small pieces. Forster says, that in Otaheite the fruit is called E-Vara, or Wharra , and the male flowers Hinanno ; that it is fond of sandy coasts, and is found on almost all the islands of : the Southern Ocean, within the tropics, even on those which are occasionally inundated ; that it resembles the Ananas in the fruit and leaves, and may be connected with the Palms with more propriety than Stratiotes and Valioneria; that it is cultivated in Arabia and Ceylon, on account of the fragrancy of the male flowers; that the women in Indict, especially on the islands, powder their hair with the dust of the antherae, which is very fragrant, and that they lay up the floral leaves and bunches of flowers among their clothes; that in Ternate they dress the flowers before they open, as sauce for flesh and fish ; that in Banda, they lay the leaves on wounds; that in India the fruit is eaten by elephants, in Otaheite and the neighbouring islands by children, and when bread-fruit is scarce even by grown persons; and that it has a fine aromatic scent like the Strawberry or the Pine Apple, a taste at first sw eetish, but afterwards astringent and austere. Mugalie, is the Telinga name of the male plaut ; and Ghazangee, that of the female. Caldera, is the name they are known by, among Europeans, on the coast of Coromandel. It is found also in China and Cochin china. Panicum ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: glume two-flowered, Iw o-valved; valves subovate, nerved ; the outer valve a little lower, very small ; one floret hermaphrodite, the otiier neuter, or male. Corolla: hermaphrodite; glume twp-valved; the outer valve (in the bosom of the smaller calieine valve,) flat- fish, nerved ; the inner membranaceous, flat, with the edges bent in, often small, or very small ; nectary two-leaved, very small, gibbous: in the neuter florets none. Stamina: fila- menta three, capillary; antherae oblong: the neuter florets have no stamina. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites; germen roundish; styles two, capillary; stigmas feathered: in the neuters none. Pericarp: none: corolla adheres to the seed without opening. Seed: one, covered, roundish, flatfish on one side. Observe. Neglecting the inner valve of the neuter floret, the outer seems to belong to the calix ; hence, three calieine valves are commonly reckoned by botanists, among which the third is very small. Essential Character. Calix: two-valved, the third valve very small. — Most of these are natives of warm climates, where some are used by the inhabitants to make bread. These grow very large, and require a good summer, otherwise they will not ripen in this country. The seeds should be sown at the latter end of March or the beginning of April, on a moderate hot-bed; and the plants should be planted out, when grown to a proper size, upon a bed of light rich earth, in a warm situation. They should be planted in rows, about three feet asunder, and the plants must be kept clean from weeds. When the plants are grown pretty tall, they should be supported by stakes, otherwise the winds will break them down; and when the corn begins to ripen, the birds must be kept from it, other- wise they will soon destroy it. The species are, * Spiked. 1. Panicum Polystachyou ; Many spiked Panic Grass. Spikes round ; involucrets one-flowered, in bundles, and bristly; culms erect, branched at top; leaves hairy at top, almost opposite: biennial. — Native of the East Indies, and Cochin-china, 234 P A N PAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; 2. Panicum Sericenm ; Silky Panic Grass. Spike round ; involucres bristle-shaped, villose, one flowered, the length of the flowers; leaves flat.— This is an annual grass, native of the West Indies. It flowers from June to September. 3. Panicum Verticillatuin ; Rough Punic Grass . Spike whorled ; racemelets in fours; involucrets one-flowered, two- bristled ; culms diffused. — Native of Europe, the Levant, and Japan. In England, Mr. Ray describes it as having been found between Putney and Rochampton, and beyond the neat houses by the Thames’ side. Mr. Curtis found it sparingly in the gardeners’ ground in Battersea field, with the sixth species, and flowering at the same time. Scheuch- zer remarks, that it is a troublesome weed in the gardens near Paris. There are two varieties, one larger and one smaller. 4. Panicum Helvorum; Pale-red Panic Grass. Spike round; involucrets one-flowered, in bundles, and bristly; seeds nerved. This is an annual grass, bearing a great resemblance to the next species, but in reality different ; culm six feet high, branched ; barren branches shorter; peduncles scarcely streaked at the tip. — Native of the East Indies. 5. Panicum Glaucum; Glaucous Panic Grass. Spike round ; involucrets two-flowered, in bundles, and hairy; seeds waved and wrinkled; root fibrous, annual; culms a foot high, erect, leafy, having four knots, grooved at the top, even. It flowers in June and July. — Native of the East Indies, America, and several parts of Europe, as Italy, the soutli of France, Germany, and Switzerland. ()’. Panicum Viride; Green Panic Grass. Spike round; involucrets two-flowered, in bundles, and hairy ; seeds nerved. Mr. Curtis remarks, that this species, to correspond with its trivial name, should he always green, but that its foliage is often red, and its spikes reddish-brown ; and that the third species is the contrary, but the spike will always distinguish them ; root annual ; culms from a foot to eighteen inches in height, oblique, leafy, having three knots, streaked at top, ru«ged. Sparrows are very fond of the seeds of this plant, and indeed of the seeds of all the genus; so that when cultivated in a garden, they require to be protected from them. It flowers in July and August, and is an annual grass of no use in cultivation. — Naiive of Germany, Carniola, and England. With us it is not common, though the most so of all the genus. It has been found in Battersea fields, near London ; by Martha’s Chapel near Guildford, in Surry ; and in the gravel pits by Chippenham park, Cambridgeshire, and in the corn-fields adjoining. 7. Panicum Gennanicum ; German Panic Grass. Spike compound, close; spikelets glomerate; involucrets bristle- shaped, longer than the flower ; rachis hirsute. This has been confounded with the next species; from which it is distinct, in having the spike not interrupted at the base, smaller, and ovate, in the height of ttie culm, in the shortness of the involucrets, and in having the rachis hirsute. It is annual, and perishes soon after the seeds are ripe. There are three varieties of it, with yellow, white, and purple grains. It has been formerly cultivated for bread in some of the northern countries, but is not so much esteemed as the next species ; but nevertheless as it w'ill ripen better in a cold climate, it is generally cul- tivated where a better sort of grain will not succeed : yet neither of them are reckoned to afford so good nourishment as Millet. — Native of the southern parts of Europe. The seeds of this and of the following species may be sown in the spring, at the same time as Barley is sown, and may be managed exactly in the same way ; but they should not be sown too thick, for the seeds are very small, and the plants grow stronger, and therefore require more room. This spe- cies does not grow above three feet high, unless it be sown ou very rich land, in which it will rise to four feet; but the leaves and stems are very large, and require to stand four or five inches apait, otherwise they will grow up weak, and come to little. These large-growing corns should be sown in drills, at about eighteen inches apart, so that the ground may be hoed between the rows, to keep them clear from weeds; and the stirring of the ground will greatly improve the corn, which will ripen in August, wbeu it may be cut down and dried, and should be housed. 8. Panicum Italicum; Italian Panic Grass. Spike com- pound, with the base interrupted, nodding; spikelets glo- merate; involucrets bristle-shaped, much longer than the flower; rachis tomentose ; culm annual, a foot and half high, rouud, thickish, upright, quite simple. It derives its trivial name from being frequently cultivated in Italy and other warm countries. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the East and West Indies and Cochin-china. This grows to a much larger size than the preceding species, and produces much larger spikes; so that it should be allowed more room to grow, otherwise it will come to little. See the preceding species. 9. Panicum Setosum ; Bristly Panic Grass. Spike com- pound ; spikelets panicle-fascicled ; bristles mixed with the florets, and very long; peduncles almost smooth; height from two to four feet ; culm simple, erect, round, smooth, leafy ; leaves half a foot long, lanceolate, flat, entire, pubes- cent; sheaths embracing the culm, villose at the neck; pedi- cels very short, smooth ; rachis flexuose, bristly. 10. Panicum Lanceolatum ; Spear-leaved Panic Grass. Spikes alternate ; outer valve of the calices ciliate and awued; leaves lanceolate ; culms simple, decumbeut, leafy, rooting, long. — Native of the East Indies. 11. Panicum Stagni ; Pond Panic Grass. Spikes alternate, directed one way ; calices two-flowered, awned, hispid; culms erect, three feet high, leafy; leaves linear, flat, even, rough at the edge, with the mouths of the sheaths hairy; gernien roundish-ovate, compressed. — Native of ponds in the East Indies. 12. Panicum Crus Corvi ; Croic-foot Panic Grass. Spikes alternate, directed one way; spikelets subdivided; glumes sometimes awued, hispid ; rachis three-cornered ; culm an- nual, two feet high, suberect, manifold, jointed, leafy. Though Loureiro describes it under the name of Crus Corvi, he observes that it is intermediate between that and Crus Galli, and different from both. It flowers in July and August. —Native of the East Indies, Cochin-china, and Japan. 13. Panicum Crus Galli ; Thick-spiked Cock’s-foot Panic Grass. Spikes alternate and conjugate; spikelets subdi- vided; glumes awned, hispid; rachis five-cornered; root annual ; culms several, from one to two feet in height, thick, at first procumbent or oblique, but fiually almost upright; flowering branches leafy, naked at top, even; joints thick- ened, cylindrical, dusky. The third petal of the corolla mem- branaceous, flat, acuminate, between the flat valve of the calix and the inner valve of the corolla. The seeds being large, and produced in plenty, are much esteemed by the small birds.— Native of Virginia, the Cape of Good Hope, and several parts of Europe, as Sweden, Germany, Switzer- land, the south of France, and England. It was found in a garden between Deptford and Greeuwich; with a smooth spike, in a lane near the neat house [gardens ; with an awned spike, by the rivulet side near Petersfield, Hampshire ; also near Martha’s Chapel in the neighbourhood of Guildford, Surry; in a coppice near Purfleef ; and in Battersea field. 14. Panicum Setigerum; Bristle bearing Panic Grass. Spikes remote; florets directed one way; teeth of the rachis PAN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PAN 235 bristle-bearing; culms filiform, branched, leafy; leaves two inches long, subcordate at the base, with the edges of the sheaths ciliate. — Native of China. 15. Panicum Colonum ; Purple Panic Grass. Spikes alternate, directed one way, awnless, ovate, rugged ; rachis roundish; root annual ; culms a span high, round, ascending; leaves even, often ferruginous-spotted, purple at the throat, without a ligule. It flowers iu July and August. — Native of the East Indies. 16. Panicum Fluitans; Floating Panic Grass. Spikes alternate, sessile, directed one way, the third calicine valve minute; culm compressed, leafy; leaves linear. It is a very beautiful, smooth, even grass; flowers directed one way, alternate, sessile, imbricate. — Native of the East Indies, Arabia, and Madagascar. 17. Panicum Brizoides ; Briza-like Panic Grass. Spikes alternate, sessile, directed one way ; two of the calicine valves much shorter than the corolla, and refuse, the third the same length with the corolla; culms decumbent at the base, compressed, with purple joints ; leaves at the joints of the culm, first single, but afterwards several within the same sheath, linear, even; corolla cartilaginous, with the valves flat and very smooth, one margin embracing ; stigmas pale rose colour. — Native of the East Indies. 18. Panicum Flavidum; Yellowish Panic Grass. Culm leafy; spikelets remote, sessile, pressed close, directed one way, few-flowered. This is an upright grass, from two inches to half a foot in height; root fibrous, the fibres undivided ; flowers globular, alternate, directed one way, yellow, with green nerves. All the glumes of the calix violet-coloured at the tip. — Native of Ceylon. 19. Panicum Dimidiatum ; Half-spiked Panic Grass. Spike halved, and directed one way ; spikelets five flowered, alternately pressed to the hollowed rachis ; culm ten feet high, very finely striated, ascending. — Native of the East Indies. 20. Panicum Burmanni; Wave-leaved Panic Grass. Spikes mostly four, remote, directed one way, simple, the two outer glumes of the flowers awned ; culm decumbent, branched, villose, and rooting at the base; leaves lanceolate, with hairs thinly scattered over them ; the sheaths villose at the edge; florets alternate, commonly abortive; corolla snow' white, very smooth. — Native of the East Indies, and of Italy. 21. Panicum Hirtellum; Rough-haired Panic Grass, or Scotch Grass. Spike compound ; spikelets pressed close, alternate; calices doubled, all the valves awned, outer long- est; culm creeping, ascending, three inches to a foot. — Native of the West Indies. This grass is cultivated, and thrives very luxuriantly, in all the low and marshy lands of Jamaica, where it is almost universally used as fodder for all their stabled cattle : it is planted near the towns with great care, and found to be one of the most beneficial productions of the island, where its general growth is from two to four feet. It is propagated by the joints or root, and set in small drilled holes about two feet and a half asunder. The young shoots begin to appear in a few days, and as they grow they spread and creep along the ground, casting a few roots, and throwing out fresh roots from every joint, as they run; these soon supply the land, and fill the field with standing plants, which alone are generally cut. It is fit to cut in six months from the first planting, and every month or six weeks after, if the season fall in kindly, and due care be taken to keep the ground free from weeds. An acre of good ground well stocked with this grass, near Kingston or Spanish Town, is computed to bring in above an hundred and twenty pounds a year; and when once planted, holds many years; but when the main stalk or root grows hard or woody, the, younger shoots do not push so luxuriantly, and they are then obliged to plant anew; this however is easy, being done gradually, for the pieces are generally supplied as they clean them, by throwing up every stubbed or falling root they find, planting a few joints in the place. 22. Panicum Pilosum ; Hairy Panic Grass. Spikes pani- cled, alternate, directed one way ; spikelets in pairs, one smaller, acuminate, even ; rachis compressed, hairy ; culm divaricate, jointed ; leaves lanceolate, acute, even, rugged at the edge; sheaths approximating, compressed, villose at the base; peduncles from the sheathing internodes, compressed, short ; anther® purplish ; filamenta none. — Native of Jamaica and other West India Islands, in woody mountainous pas- tures. 23. Panicum Molle ; Soft Panic Grass. Spikes panicled, alternate, directed one way, spreading; spikelets approxi- mating, pedicelled, directed one way, awnless; culm from two to three feet high, decumbent at the base, ascending, subdivided at bottom, jointed, round, thick, pubescent. This is immediately known from the other species by its softness ; and as the culm is thick and succulent, it is very grateful to cattle. — Swartz says it is a native of Surinam, and is commonly called Dutch Grass in Jamaica, where it grows in moistisli fertile pastures. 24. Panicum Fasciculatum; Fascicled Panic Grass. Spikes fascicled, alternate, erect, subfastigiate ; spikelets directed oneway, roundish; height two or three feet; culm jointed, erect, round, leafy, smooth. — Native of low grassy places in Jamaica. 25. Panicum Carthaginense; Carthagena Panic Grass. Spikes panicled; leaves shorter; spikelets directed one way; leaves roundish ; roots long, filiform, stiff, perennial; culm a foot high, very much branched, jointed, prostrate, com- pressed a little, grooved, stiff, smooth. — Native of grassy places near Carthagena in South America. 26. Panicum Coriglomeralum ; Conglomerate Panic Grass. Spike directed one way, subovate; florets blunt; culms fili- form, prostrate, very much branched, rooting; leaves lan- ceolate, even, with the- sheaths shorter than half the inter- nodes.— Native of the East Indies, near towns, and even in the streets. 27. Panicum Interruptum; Broken-spiked Panic Grass. Spike simple, interrupted ; spikelets two-flowered, pedicel- led, naked. This grass is three feet high, and smooth; knots of the culm black. — Native of stagnant waters in the East Indies. 28. Panicum Sanguinale; Slender -spiked Cock' s-fool Panic Grass. Spikes digitate, knobbed at the inner base; florets in pairs, awnless; sheaths of the leaves dotted ; root annual ; culms leafy, even, with three joints, at the two lower, pro- cumbent, the upper oblique, very long ; flowering branches from the joints; leaves broadish, short, sublanceolate, even. All the stems which lie near the ground take root, and by this means, though an annual and short-lived plant, it increases and spreads very wide. The trivial name Sangui- nale is not derived from its colour, but from an idle trick which the boys in Germany have of pricking one another’s nostrils with the spikelets of this grass until they draw blood. This species is very universal, being found not only in Europe, but in Asia and America; and the Society Isles in the Southern Ocean. It is not common in England, but grows at Elden in Suffolk ; Witchingbam in Norfolk; near Martha’s Chapel; by Guildford in Surry; Wandsworth field ; and in the gardeners’ grounds near Battersea: flowering from July to September. 3 O 236 PAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PAN 29. Panicum Dactylon ; Fingered Panic Grass. Spikes digitate, spreading, villose at the base on the inside; dowers solitary; runnerscreeping; culm creeping at the base, and above shat upright, nine inches or a foot in height, glaucous, smooth, frequently branched from the lower joints; joints purple, smooth, sometimes eight or nine ; root creeping widely through the loose saud. It flowers in July and August, until late in the autumn. — Native of Europe, the Levant, and the Cape of Good Hope. It has been found between Pen zance and Market Jew' in Cornwall. 30. Panicum Umbrosum; Shady Panic Grass. Spikes about four, remote ; florets in pairs, unequally pedicelled ; culm creeping, flaccid ; leaves linear, lanceolate, short, naked. — Native of shady grass spots in the East Indies. 31. Panicum Filiforme; Filiform Spiked Panic Grass. Spikes subdigitate, approximating, erect, filiform ; rachis flexu- ose; teeth two-flowered, one sessile ; inner valve very small ; culm and leaves smooth. It is an annual grass, flowering from July to September. — Native of North America, Japan, the Cape of Good Hope, and of the Society and Easter Islands. 32. Panicum iEgyptiacum ; Egyptian Panic Grass. Spike subdigitate, approximating, erect, filiform; rachis flexuose; teeth two flowered, one sessile; inner valve very small ; culm and leaves smooth ; culms from one to two feet high , covered with sheaths that have long hairs closely set. This very much resembles the preceding species, but its native place is not ascertained, notwithstanding its trivial name. 33. Panicum Ciliare ; Ciliated Panic Grass. Spikes sub- digitate, approximating, erect, filiform; rachis flexuose; teeth two-flowered; flowers pedicelled; outer valve ciliate ; culm and leaves hairy ; height a foot and half, branched at the base; corolla quite smooth; flowers lanceolate, acute, one of them sessile. It varies with the leaves more or less hairy, and with the sheaths and joints hairy and naked. It resem- bles the thirty- first species so much that they may be easily mistaken for each other. — Native of Java and China. 34. Panicum Lineare ; Linear-spiked Panic Grass. Spikes digitate, in fours, or thereabouts, linear; florets solitary, directed one way, awnless; culms prostrate, even, branched. — Native of both Indies. 35. Panicum Cimicinum; Bug Panic Grass. Panicle umbelled ; racemes in fours, one of the calicine glumes ciliate; leaves lanceolate, even, ciliate; root annual; culms a foot high, upright or ascending, even. — Native of the East Indies. 36. Panicum Distachyon ; Distich- spiked Panic Grass. Spikes in pairs, directed one way, even; culms somewhat branched, a foot high, narrower; leaves short, rugged at the edge; antherae yellow. — Native of the East Indies. 87. Panicum Squarrosum ; Scaly Panic Grass. Spikes in pairs, horizontal; involucres of the flowers squarrose; culms decumbent ; leaves short, clustered, tomentose, as are also the sheaths ; peduncle elongated, erect, naked, termi- nated by two spikes, diverging horizontally, directed one way, squarrose. A bundle of barren flowers terminates the spike. The appearance and structure are so singular, that it seems to constitute a distinct genus. Annual. — Native of the East Indies, found commonly in the sands of Malabar during the rainy season. 38. Panicum Hispidulum; Hispid Panic Grass. Spikes binateand ternate, erect; calices hispid, two-awned. — Native of the East Indies. 39. Panicum Compositum ; Compound Spiked Panic Grass. Spike compound; spikelets linear, directed one way; florets in pairs, remote; calices awned ; culm creeping, leafy, rising, filiform, tender, simple; leaves lanceolate, wider than the rest. — Native of Ceylon and the Society Isles in the Southern Ocean. 40. Panicum Elatius; Tall Panic Grass. Spike com- pound; spikelets oblong, scattered, pressed close; florets crowded; calices mucronate, awned; culm upright, stiff, six feet high ; leaves long. It very much resembles the preceding species. — Native of Malabar. ** Panicled. 41. Panicum Dichotomum ; Dichotomous Punic Grass. Panicles simple ; culm branched, dichotomous. In stature this grass emulates a small tree; simple below, and fascicled above. — Native of Virgiuia. 42. Panicum Ramosum ; Branched Panic Grass. Panicle with simple branches ; flowers in threes or thereabouts, lower, subsessile; culm branched ; leaves with even sheaths, striated, ciliate at the edge and throat.— Native of the Indies. 43. Panicum Deustum ; Burnt Panic Grass. Panicle spreading ; flowers solitary ; glumes smooth, purple at the tip. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 44. Panicum Coloratum ; Coloured Panic Grass. Panicle spreading; stamina and pistilla coloured; culm branched; according to Jacquin, quite simple ; glumes one-flow’ered, awuless, ovate, green and purple, eight-grooved ; root peren- nial. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Egypt. 45. Panicum Iiepens ; Creeping Panic Grass. Panicle rod-like; leaves divaricating; culms creeping, a foot high, ascending : annual. — Native of the East Indies. 46. Panicum Ischcemoides; White Panic Grass. Panicle erect, contracted; calices two-flowered, polygamous, acute; culm simple; leaves distich, rigid; branches of the panicle few, naked, stiff, straight half way, but the flowering part flexuose ; flowers for the most part in pairs, one of them pedicelled ; seed ovate, flatfish. — Very common in Malabar on the borders of ponds. 47. Panicum Remotum ; Distant Panic Grass. Branches of the panicle three sided ; florets subgeminate, one-pedicel- led ; culm branched, four-cornered, compressed ; leaves linear, from four to six inches long, narrow, naked ; branches of the panicle capillary, remote, solitary, about eight in number; seed white, ovate, flatfish. — Native of Tranquebar. 48. Panicum Aristatum ; Awned Panic Grass. Culm creeping, rooting ; branches of the panicle undivided ; florets in pairs, sessile, awned ; leaves lanceolate, naked, short ; co- rolla lanceolate, white, with equal valves. — Native of China. 49. Panicum Miliaceum; Millet Panic Grass. Panicle loose, flaccid ; sheaths of the leaves rough-haired ; glumes mucronate, nerved. It rises with a reed-like channelled stalk, from three to four feet high: af every joint there is one reed- like leaf, joined on the top of the sheath, which embraces and covers that joint of the stalk below the leaf, and is clothed with soft hairs; the leaf has none, but has several small longitudinal furrows, running parallel to the midrib ; the stalk is terminated by a large loose panicle, hanging on one side. Mr Miller mentions two varieties, one with white seeds, the other with black seeds, but not differing in any other particular. He also mentions another species, which has a more slender stalk, about three feet high; the sheaths have no hairj but. are channelled ; the leaves are shorter; the panicle stands erect, and the chaff has shorter awns or beards. Loureiro mentions a variety with brownish or dusky-red seeds. — Native of the East Indies and China, where, as well as in the south of Europe, it is cultivated as an esculent grain. The seeds, which vary in their colour, are sometimes used in the manner of barley, to make a drink which is good in fevers, and against heat of urine; it is also slightly astringent. This grain is seldom cultivated in any considerable quantity in PAN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PAN 237 England, though the seeds ripen very well, and are well adapted for feeding poultry. They must be sown in the beginning of April upon a warm dry soil, but not too thick, because these plants divide into several branches, and should have much room; and when they come up they should be cleared from weeds, after which they will in a short time get the better of them, and prevent their future growth. In Au- gust the seeds will ripen, when it must be cut down, and beaten out, as is practised for other grain : but the birds will devour it as soon as it begins to ripen, unless it be protected from them by very effectual precautions. 50. Panicura Antidotale ; Medicinal Panic Grass. Pani- cle nodding; calices two flowered, polygamous, acute ; culm erect, very much branched; root perennial, stoloniferous ; leaves rough at the edge, and on the larger nerves, but less so.-— It is cultivated in Malabar, where it never produced seed, but is increased by offsets or runners. The natives there use it, particularly in ulcers of the nose, and as a dis- cutient in other cases, either simply bruised, or made into a cataplasm, as Koenig reports. 51. Panicutn Notatum ; Black spotted Panic Grass. Panicle spreading; axils marked; leaves lanceolate, ciliate. This is a tall grass, with a slender culm, and black dots.— Native of Sumatra. 52. Panicum Muricatum ; Muricated Panic Grass. Pani- cle spreading; flowers solitary, muricated; culm rooting, ascending: it is a foot and half high; leaves short, perfectly lanceolate, with white scattered hairs. — Native of the East Indies. 53. Panicum Capillare ; Capillary Panic Grass. Panicle capillary, erect, spreading; peduncles strict ; calices acumi- nate, even ; Sheaths of the leaves very hirsute. This grass resembles the Pda Capillaris, but it is entirely hirsute : an- nual, flowering from July to August. — Native of Virginia and Jamaica. 54. Panicum Flexuosum ; Flexuose Panic Grass. Panicle capillary, spreading ; peduncles flexuose; calices ovate ; beard of the joints reflex ; culms decumbent, branched, slightly hairy. Retzius mentions a variety that is wholly smooth, found every where in the rice fields. — Native of the East Indies. 55. Panicum Grossarium. Branches of the panicle simple; flowers in pairs, with one of the pedicels very short, the other the length of the flower; culm simple or branched, two feet high and more. — Native of Jamaica and Japan. 50. Panicum Maximum; Large Panic Grass, or Guinea Grass. Panicle compound, capillary, spreading; branches racemed ; knots of the joints and sheaths hirsute at the base; root creeping, perennial; culms from five to ten feet high, upright, simple, even ; leaves lanceolate, towards the top con- volute and sharp, smooth, except at the edge which is rug- ged, and at the base which is rough-haired. — Native of the West Indies; said to have been originally brought from the coast of Africa. It is much esteemed in Jamaica both for sheep and cattle, and flowers chiefly in October. — This is increased in the same manner as the twenty-first species, but does not require near so much moisture, and is reckoned a more hearty fodder. It is not so much cultivated as it ought to be. The lands about the towns afe too subject to drought, to produce it in any perfection; and in the other parts of the country they are too indolent to be at the trouble of planting it ; not considering how much time and labour is lost in seeking for other fodder, which is not so good, and cannot so easily be obtained ; nor do they consider the losses they sustain in stock, for the want of abundance of wholesome food. For farther particulars, see Holcus Pertusus, 57. Panicum Nemorosum ; Wood Panic Grass. Panicle simple; branches distant, erect; florets remote, scattered, ovate acuminate ; culm decumbent, jointed; sheaths and neck hairy ; roots and radicles very long, filiform ; leaves distich, obliquely elliptic at the base, unequal on the sides, terminated by a lanceolate point, quite entire, somewhat waved, very thin and very finely streaked, smooth under- neath, hairy above; antherae purple. — Native of Jamaica and Hispaniola. 58. Panicum Acuminatum; Sharp-leaved Panic Grass. Panicles simple, shorter than the leaves; branches capillary, diffused ; spikelets remote, obovate ; culm decumbent, jointed, branched ; leaves lanceolate-subulate, erect; sheaths villose. This grass is a span in height. — Native of sandy fields on the mountains of Jamaica. 59. Panicum Rigens; Slff-panicled Panic Grass. Pani- cle simple, rigid, spreading; culm branched, decumbent; leaves horizontal, rugged. This grass is distinguished by its rigidity. — Native of the high mountains of Jamaica. 60. Panicum Fuscum ; Brown Panic Grass. Panicle simple; branches erect; florets directed one way, in pairs, on a shorter pedicel ; culm erect, subdivided ; leaves broad- lanceolate ; height from one to two feet ; sheaths long, with a contracted ligule, appearing somewhat hirsute when mag- nified ; pedicels now and then two-flowered. — Native of the boggy pastures of Jamaica. 61. Panicum Laxum ; Loose Panic Grass. Panicle simple, nodding; branches capillary ; spikelets approximating, alter- nate, pressed close; culms simple, filiform, flaccid; leaves linear-lanceolate ; height from two to four feet. — Native of Jamaica, in dry woods ; flowering at the end of the year. 62. Panicum Latifolium ; Broad-leaved Panic Grass. Panicle with racemes, lateral, simple; leaves ovate-lanceo- late, hairy at the neck. — Native of North America. 63. Panicum Flavescens ; Yellow Panic Grass. Panicle simple, erect, stiff; branches subfastigiate, the lowest opposite; spikelets approximating, directed one way; pedicels two- flowered; height three or four feet; culm simple, erect, round at top, compressed, and pubescent. This species is singular in the colour, being constantly yellow, which is not the case with the rest. — Native of Jamaica. 64. Panicum Diffusum ; Diffused Panic Grass. Panicle somewhat simple, capillary, spreading; spikelets distant; culm decumbent, simple; leaves linear, hairy at the neck; sheaths striated, villose at the neck and throat ; knots purple ; branches of the panicle alternate. — Common in dry places in the West Indies. 65. Panicum Oryzoides; Rice-like Panic Grass. Panicle almost simple; branches erect; florets somewhat remote, ovate-acute ; culm erect, undivided ; leaves broad-lanceolate, rounded at the base ; sheaths even. This is distinguished by the spikelets being much larger than in any of the other species. — Native of mountain woods in the southern part of Jamaica. 66. Panicum Clandestinum ; Hidden Panic Grass. Ra- cemes hidden within the sheaths of the leaves ; culms dicho- tomous, branched. — Native of Pennsylvania. 67. Panicum Arborescens ; Tree Panic Grass. Panicle very much branched ; leaves ovate-oblong, acuminate. This grass contends for height with the loftiest trees in the East Indies, though the culm is scarcely wider than a goose-quill. It flowers here in March and April.— Native of the East i I tidies. 68. Panicum Curvatuni ; Crook-chaffed Panic Grass. Panicle racemed; glumes curved, obtuse, nerved; culms fili- form, even. — Native of the East Indies. PAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PAP G9. Panicum Virgatum; Long-panicltd Panic Grass. Panicle rod-like; glumes acuminate, even, outmost gaping. This is a very tall grass, with a very large diffused panicle. — Native of Virginia, and other parts of North America. 70. Panicum Patens ; Spreading Panic Grass. Panicle oblong, flexuose, capillary, spreading; calices two -flowered ; leaves linear-lanceolate. — Native of the East Indies. — This, or one like it, is also found in Portugal. 71. Panicum Trigonum ; Triangular-seeded Panic Grass. Panicle erect ; peduncles two-flowered; calices obtuse, his- pid, one-flowered ; seeds three-cornered ; culms a span high, prostrate, leafy, rooting. — Native of the East Indies. 72. Panicum Fallens ; Pale Panic Grass. Panicle com- pound, ovate; branches clustered, erect; spikelets ovate, subulate; culm subdivided, jointed ; leaves ovate, lanceolate; sheaths ciliate on the neck and at the edge. — Native of Jamaica. 73. Panicum Lanatum ; Woolly Panic Grass. Panicle compound, erect, smooth; spikelets ovate ; culm branched; leaves ovate-lanceolate, pubescent; sheaths lanugiuose, hir- sute.— Native of Jamaica, 74. Panicum Arundinaceum ; Reedy Panic Grass. Pani- cle compound, spreading; branches and branchlets stiff, capillary; spikelets roundish; culm subdivided, jointed; leaves broad-lanceolate, acuminate, rigid. — Native of Jamaica, in the high mountains near cold springs in St. Andrew’s Parish. 75. Panicum Glutiuosum ; Glutinous Panic Grass. Pani- cle compound, spreading; branches flexuose; spikelets pedi- celled, distant, glutinous ; culm erect, simple ; leaves broader. The great clamminess of the spikelets, whence its trivial name, is peculiar to this species. — Native of Jamaica, in the southern parts, in the woods of the highest mountains. 76. Panicum Radicans ; Rooting Panic Grass. Panicled : culm branching, rooting; the base of the leaves and the sheaths longitudinally ciliate. This grass is a foot high, slen der, smooth. — Found by Wennerberg near Canton in China. 77. Panicum Trichoides ; Hair -like Panic Grass. Pani- cle very much branched, spreading; branches and branchlets subdivided, capillary ; culm declined, jointed ; leaves ovate, lanceolate, very smooth. Dr. Patrick Browne calls this the Smaller Wood Grass, and says it is very common in the woods of Jamaica, agreeing for the most part with the Guinea Grass, both in the arrangement and formation of its flowers. The stalks and leaves are excellent fodder for all sorts of cattle, and the seeds serve to feed small birds. 78. Panicum Divaricatum ; Straddling Panic Grass. Panicles short, awnless; culm very much branched, and extremely divaricating; pedicels two-flowered, one shorter. — Native of Jamaica. 79. Panicum Hirsutum; Shaggy Panic Grass. Panicle compound, capillary, spreading; culms and sheaths bristly, hirsute; leaves lanceolate, acuminate, nerved, strict ; valves of the caiix ovate, acuminate, concave, striated; outer less by half; stigmas feathered, whitish. — Native of Jamaica. 80. Panicum Elongatum. Plant smooth ; panicles in pairs, pyramidal, lateral, elongate-pedunculate, terminal ; little branches alternate, divaricate; glumes alternate, oblong, acute, pedicellated, coloured; leaves long; neck somewhat bearded; stem compressed. — Grows in ditches, and near ponds, from New Jersey to Virginia. It is a very handsome grass, sometimes live feet high; the colour of the panicle is dark purple mixed with green. 81. Panicum Strictum. Panicles solitary, shorter than the terminal leaf; branches simple, flexuose; glumes alternate, pedunculated, obovate, turgid ; little valves with many striae. acute; leaves linear; sheaths very hairy. — Grows on the banks of the Delaware, and also in Pennsylvania. 82. Panicum Fusco-rubens. Racemes linear, virgate ; glumes clavate, coloured. — Grows in the rice-fields of Georgia, and flowers in August. 83. Panicum Striatum. Panicles oblong; glumes some- what large, glabrous, green, beautifully striated.— Grows in Carolina. 84. Panicum Nitidum. Panicles capillaceous, ramose ; glumes striated, pubescent ; seeds shining ; leaves remote, lanceolate linear, bearded at the neck; stalk glabrous. — A common North American species. 85. Panicum Scoparimn. Panicles erect, composite, seta- ceous, very branchy ; glumes obovate, pubescent ; leaves lan- ceolate, villose. — Grows in the dry swamps of Carolina. 86. Panicum Nodiflorum. Panicles very small, lateral, and terminal ; glumes ovale, pubescent ; leaves narrow, some- what short, bearded at the neck. — Grows in dry fields from Pennsylvania to Carolina, and flowers in July. 87. Panicum Proliferum. Plant very glabrous; panicles oblong, erect, lateral, and terminal; glumes oblong, acute, striated ; stalk branchy, dichotomous. — Grows in rich soil, in woods, and on edges of ditches, from Pennsylvania to Carolina, and flowers in July and August. 88. Panicum Pubescens. Plant erect, very branchy, pubes- cent; panicles small, with few flowers, lax, sessile; glumes globose-ovate, subpedicellated, pubescent. — Grows in shady rich woods from Virginia to Carolina, and flowers in July. 89. Panicum Laxiflorura. Panicles open, lax, pilose; glumes rare, obtuse, pubescent. — A North American plant. 90. Panicum Anceps. Plant erect ; branches of the panicle simple, interruptedly racemulose ; leaves long; sheaths com- pressed, pilose. — Grows in the shady wet woods of Carolina. 91. Panicum Melicarium. Plant feeble, very glabrous; panicle slender, long ; branchlets rare ; glumes membranace- ous, with subequal lanceolate valves; leaves narrow, long. — Grows in Carolina and Georgia, flowering in July and August. Pansies. See Viola. Paparer ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Mono- gynia— Generic Character. Caiix: perianth two- leaved, ovate, einarginate ; leaflets subovate, concave, obtuse, caducous. Corolla: petals four, roundish, flat, spreading, large, narrower at the base, alternately less. Stamina: fila- menta numerous, capillary, much shorter than the corolla; autherae oblong, compressed, erect, obtuse. Pistil: germen roundish, large; style none; stigma peltate, flat, radiate. Pericarp: capsule crowned with the large stigma, one-celled, half many-celled, opening by many holes at the top under the crown. Seeds: numerous, very small; receptacles lon- gitudinal plaits, the same number with the rays of the stigma, fastened to the wall of the pericarp. Observe. The pericarp is either globular or oblong, and differs in the rays of the stigma. The primary division of the species is to be taken from the smoothness and roughness of the pericarp. Essen- tial Character. Caiix: two-leaved. Corolla: four- petalled. Capsule: one-celled, opening by holes under the permanent stigma. — All the plants of this genus are propa- gated by seeds ; but those which have perennial roots may be also propagated by offsets. The best time for sowing the seeds is in September, when they will more certainly grow; and those sorts which are annual will make larger plants, and flower better, than when they are sown in the spring. The best way is to sow the seeds of the annual kinds in the places where they are to remain, and to thin the plants where they are too close: those of the large kinds should not be left nearer to each other than a foot and a half, and the PAP OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PAP smaller sorts may be allowed, above half that space. The culture they will require after this, is only to keep them clean from weeds.— — -The species are, * With hybrid Capsules, or Bastard. 1. Papaver Hybrid urn ; Round Prickly headed Poppy. Capsules subglobular, torose, hispid ; stem leafy, many flow- ered. The leaves are much smaller than those of the com mon Corn Poppy, and are cut into much finer segments. The stalks are slender, little more than a foot high, and not so branching as in the fifth species. The flowers are not so large, and of a deep purple colour, seldom lasting more than a whole day ; petals small, dark dirty scarlet; fiiamenta deep purple ; anther® pleasant blue. It flowers in June and July. — Native of some of the southern parts of Europe, and of England, among coi n : it is found near Norwich ; near Wells in Norfolk in (he parks at Oxford and Eynsham, in Oxford- shire; and in the neighbourhood of Durham. 2. Papaver A rgemone; Long-headed Poppy. Capsules' club-shaped, hispid ; stem leafy, many-flowered ; leaves finer cut and smaller than those of the common sort, but not so fine as those of the preceding; stalks not so high as either, seldom having many branches ; flowers not half so large, of a copper colour, and falling away in a few hours. They appear in May, and are succeeded by long slender channelled cap- sules, filled with small black shrivelled seeds. The divi- sions of the leaves are finer in this than in any of the other Poppies; the petals in general grow more upright, and! instead of having the edges falling over each other, are usually a little distant; the fiiamenta are uncommonly dilated at top, not at the base, as Halier asserts ; and the anther® stand on a very slender pedicel, placed on the top of each filamentum. It is annual, and, like most of the other Poppies, usually grows in corn-fields, and is not uncommon about London. It flowers at the beginning of June, and is often overlooked from the extreme fugaeity of its petals. — It is a native not only of most parts of Europe, but also of the Levant. 3. Papaver Aipinum ; Alpine Prickly headed Poppy. Capsule hispid ; scape one flowered, naked, hispid; leaves foipinnate. The whole plant when fresh has a strong smell of musk. Stems naked, simple, with a bundle of leaves at the base. It is a small perennial plant, hairy all over, and grows in high rocky places, which are exposed to the wind and hare of grass. Scopoli remarks, that the variety with a yellow flower is not so hairy. Dillenius describes the variety with a white flower to be larger and more hairy, and with paler leaves. — Native of Switzerland, Austria, Caruiola, Dauphiny, Piedmont, and Silesia. 4 Papaver Nudicaule ; Naked-si alked Prickly-headed Poppy Capsules hispid; scape one-flowered, naked, his- pid ; leaves simple, pinnate-sinuate ; roots slender, whitish, fibrous, annual or biennial; root-leaves many, hispid, the lowest broiider and shorter, less deeply divided into fewer and broader segments ; the leaves next above are divided into many narrower and longer segments, glaucous, green, especially underneath. From among these leaves rises a single naked stalk, sometimes two, a long span or a foot in height, somewhat glaucous, hispid, sustaining one flower of a middling size The flower has a fine sweet smell like the Jonquil, especially # morning and evening. It varies with white and vellow flowers, which appear from June to August. ■ — Native of Siberia. st With smooth Capsules. •5 Papaver lllicpas; Corn or Red Poppy. Capsules urn shaped,, smooth : Stem hairy, many-flowered; leaves pinna- tifid, gashed ; stem from one to two feet high, upright, round, branched, purplish at bottom, with spreading hairs, bulbose at the base; peduncles long, round, upright, one- flowered, the hairs on it spreading horizontally; petals bright full scarlet; stigma convex, with ten or tw elve rays of a purple colour; seeds dark purple. There is a variety with an oval black shinfng spot at the base of each petal, from which many beautiful garden varieties originate; some have double flowers, some white, others red bordered with white, and variegated. The petals give out a fine colour when infused, and a syrup prepared from this infusion is kept in the shops more for the sake of the colour, than of any active principle the flowers possess, although this species partakes in a small degree of the soporific quality of the seventh species. The capsules, as in that, contain a milky juice of a narcotic quality, but the quantity is inconsiderable. An extract from them has been successfully employed as a sedative; and some foreign practitioners even prefer this extract to opium. It is said to be very excellent in pleurisies, quinsies, and all dis- orders of the breast. A strong tincture may be drawn from the flowers with wine; and this is much better than the syrup, for that is too much loaded with sugar to be given in suffi- cient doses. — Native of every part of Europe, the Levant, Japan, &c. It is the commonest of all the. species in Eng- land, especially in corn-fields, also on dry banks, and on walls, varying its foliage in such situations, but still retaining the urn shaped capsule and spreading hairs. It flowers from June to August. Being so common a weed, it has many provincial names in English, besides its more classical ones of Corn Poppy, and Red or Scarlet Poppy ; such as Corn Rose, Cop Rose, or Cup Rose, in, Yorkshire ; and Canker or Canker Rose, or Redweed, and also Headivark, in the eastern counties. The quantities of this Weed visible on some lands is a disgrace to the farmer, which the brilliancy of the flowers proclaims to the country round. Being an annual, it is easily destroyed by good husbandry; but, like other oily seeds, it will lie long in the ground without corrupting, and is even said to have vegetated after, having been twenty-four years buried. In Norfolk, hogs are frequently turned upon it, and will eat it out with little or no damage to the wheat. Others first feed with sheep, then with cattle, till April, taking them off when it rains much, if the land is not very light. Upon dry soils, which are most subject to Poppy, it is the method with some to plough tare and rape laud for wheat, in the beginning or middle of September, in order to sow in the middle of October, as the harr-wing kills the Poppy; and in putting in the seed they like to tread much with oxen or sheep. Another way is to tread with oxen in March, which is thought better against the Poppy than doing it at sowing. This treading may destroy the present crop of Poppy, but the hoard of seed remains In the ground to come up on every ploughing. Tire only way to destroy such w'eeds effectually, is to make them germinate by bringing them near the surface, and then to cut and tear them with the pldusih, scuffier, or harrow, according to circumstances. G Papaver Dubinin ; Long Smoot h-headed Poppy. Cap- sules oblong, smooth; stem many flowered, the bristles pressed close; leaves piunatifid, gashed. This so closely resembles the preceding species, that it is often mistaken for it. But the capsules of this are long and slender; the hairs on the peduncle are finer, and pressed upwards close to it; on the voting peduncles they assume a shining silvery white appearance, which is very beautiful; on the other parts of l ue plant the hairs spread out, the stalks and leaves are much paler, and the flowers much smaller, and less intensely red. Dr. Withering also remarks, that a strict attention to the proportionate length and breadth of the capsule, and to* 24A PAP THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PAP the hairs of the peduncle, being laid close or spreading, will always distinguish this species from the fifth. He also men- tions a variety, which, if it be not indeed a distinct species, seems to be an intermediate plant between them both. It is found about Shankliue Chine, and in pastures in various parts of the Isle of Wight. — This species is an annual, and a native of several parts of Europe. It is the commonest species in North Britain ; and in Battersea field, where the soil is light, Mr. Curtis found it nearly as common as the preceding species. It is not unfrequently found on walls; and about Cambridge, Oxford, Stockwell in Surry, aud Bocking in Essex. 7. Papaver Somniferum ; Common White Poppy. Calices and capsules smooth ; leaves embracing, gashed ; stalks large, five or six feet high, branching ; flowers terminating, whilst enclosed in the calix hanging down, but before the corolla expands becoming erect. The calix is composed of two large, oval, grayish leaves, that separate and soon drop oft’. The corolla is composed of four large, roundish, white petals, of short duratiou, and succeeded by large roundish heads as big as oranges, flatted at top and bottom, and having an indented crown or stigma. The seeds are white. There are several varieties, differing in the colour and multiplicity of their petals, which are preserved in gardens for ornament ; but that with single flowers only is cultivated for use. The Com- mon Black Poppy has stalks about three feet high, smooth, and dividing into several branches ; leaves large, smooth, deeply cut or jagged on their edges, and embracing ; petals purple, with dark bottoms, succeeded by oval smooth cap- sules filled with black seeds, which are sold under the name of Maw Seed. There are many varieties of this with large double flowers, variegated of several colours, red and white, purple and white, and some finely spotted like Carnations: there are few plants, the flowers of which are so handsome; but having an offensive scent, and being of short duration, they are not much regarded. — This is the plant from which Opium is obtained. It is also called Opium Thebaicum from being anciently prepared chiefly at Thebes, and has been a celebrated medicine from the remotest times. It dif- fers from Meconium, which was made by the ancients of the expressed juice or decoction of the Poppies. Opium is imported into Europe in flat cakes, covered with leaves to prevent their sticking together; it has a reddish brown colour, and a strong peculiar smell : its taste at first is nau- seous and bitter, but soon becomes acrid, and produces a slight warmth in the mouth : a watery tincture of it forms an ink with a chalybeate solution. According to the experi- ments of Alston, it appears to consist of about five parts in twelve of gummy matter, four of resinous matter, and three of earthy or other indissoluble impurities. The use of this famous medicine, though not known to Hippocrates, can be clearly traced back to Diogorus, who was nearly his con- temporary, and its importance has ever since been gradually advanced. Its extensive practical utility has however not long been well understood ; and in this country perhaps may be dated from the time of Sydenham. It is the chief narcotic now employed ; it acts directly upon the nervous power, diminishing the sensibility, irritability, and mobility of the system; suspending, according to the idea of an ingenious author, the motion of the nervous fluid to and from the brain, and thereby inducing sleep, one of its principal effects. From this sedative power of Opium, by which it allays pains, inordinate action, and restlessness, it naturally follows that it may be employed with great advantage in a variety of diseases. Indeed there is scarcely any disorder in which, under some circumstances, its use is not found proper ; and though in many cases it fails to procure sleep, yet if taken in a full dose, it occasions a pleasant tranquillity of mind, amj a drowsiness, approaching to sleep, which always refreshes the patient. But, besides the sedative power, it is also know n to act more or less as a stimulant, exciting the motion of the blood ; and this increased action has been ingeniously and rationally ascribed to that general law of the animal economy by which any noxious influence is resisted by a consequent reaction of the system. By a certain conjoined effort of this sedative and stimulant effect, Opium has been thought to produce intoxication ; a quality for which it is much used in the Eastern countries. In the most continued fevers of this climate, though originating from contagion, or from whatever cause, there is generally at the beginning more or less of inflammatory diathesis ; and this, while it continues, would forbid the use of Opium, which might prove daugerous. Its use is also forbidden in the more advanced state of this fever, whenever topical inflammation of the brain is ascertained, which sometimes exists, and pro- i duces delirium, though other symptoms of the nervous and putrid kind prevail. But when irritation of the brain is not j of the inflammatory kind, and debility has made much pro- gress, or where delirium is accompanied with spasmodic affections, Opium is a sovereign remedy, and may be em- ployed in large doses every eight hours, unless a remission of the symptoms and sleep take place. In intermittent fevers, Opium in combination with other medicines was much used by the ancients; but since the introduction of Peruvian bark it is seldom trusted to for the cure of these disorders: it has however been strongly recommended as an effectual means of preventing the recurrence of the febrile paroxysms; and has been given before the fit, in the cold stage, in the hot stage, and during the interval, with the best effects, pro- ducing immediate relief, and, in short, curing the patient without leaving those abdominal obstructions which have been ascribed to the bark; but in these fevers the best! practice seems to be that of uniting Opium with the bark, |;. which enables the stomach to bear the latter in larger doses, 8 and adds considerably to its efficacy. When Opium is so managed as to produce sweat, it will tend to remove an inflammatory state of the system, and may generally prove * useful : a notable instance of this we observe in the cure of 1 acute rheumatism by meaus of Dover’s powder. In the ! small-pox, Opium, since the time of Sydenham, has been S' very generally and successfully prescribed, especially after 1 the fifth day of the disease ; but during the first stage of the eruptive fever we are told that it always does harm; an opinion, says Dr. Woodville, which our experience at the small-pox hospital warrants us to contradict. In haemor- rhages, the use of Opium is inferred from its known effects ' in restraining all excretions except that of sweat; but unless 'i the haemorrhages be of the passive kind, or unattended by ! inflammation, it may produce considerable mischief. In dysentery. Opium may be occasionally employed to moderate the violence of the symptoms. In diarrhoea, when the acri-l mony has been carried oft' by a continuance of the disease, | it is a certain and efficacious remedy. In colic, it is em- ployed with laxatives, aud no doubt often prevents inflam- mation by removing the spasm. Opium has been lately recommended in venereal cases; and instances have been adduced in which it has succeeded when mercury has failed: but few practitioners would venture trusting to Opium alone in these complaints. Opium is successfully employed in tetanus, and in other spasmodic and convulsive cases. Re- specting the external use of Opium, authors are not agreed ; some contending that when applied to the skin it allays pain PAP OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 241 PAP and spasm, and procures sleep; while others affirm, that when thus applied it has no effect whatsoever. Applied to the naked nerves of animals, it produces torpor and loss of power in all the muscles with which the nerves communicate. The officinal preparations of this drug are Opium Purificatum, Piiula Exopio, Pulvis Op.iatus, Tinctura Opii, and Tinctura Opii Camphorata. It also enters into the Pulvis Sudorilicus, Balsamum Anodynum, Electuarium Japonicum, Pulvis Ecreta fomposita, &?c. The requisite dose of Opium varies in different persons, as well as in different states of the same persons. A quarter of a grain in one adult will produce effects which ten times the quantity will not do in another; and a dose that might prove fatal in cholera or colic, would not be perceptible in many cases of mania or tetanus. The lowest fatal dose to those unaccustomed to it, seems to be about foujr grains ; but a dangerous dose is so apt to occasion vomiting, that it has seldom time to cause death. When given in too small a dose, it often produces disturbed sleep, and other unpleasant consequences ; and on the other hand a small dose will sometimes produce sound sleep and alle- viation of symptom.s, when a larger one would not have suc- ceeded. Its general operation is supposed to last about eight hours. It is well known that by continued habit Opium may be taken in large quantities ; indeed an instance is recorded, in which it was increased to ten drachms a day. About twenty drops of the Tinctura Thebaica, or Laudanum, are considered as nearly equivalent to a grain of Opium. Natives of the eastern countries, who are addicted to the use of it, will sometimes take incredible quantities. — The heads or capsules of this plant are also powerfully anodyne; and when boiled in water, they impart their narcotic juice. The liquor, w'hen strongly pressed out, suffered to settle. Clarified with whites of eggs, and evaporated to a due con- sistence, yields an extract possessing the virtues of Opium, but requiring to be given in double the dose. It is said not to occasion that nausea and giddiness which are the usual effects of Opium. It is convenient to prepare the syrup from this extract, by dissolving one .drachm in two pounds and a half of simple syrup. The Syrupies Papaveris Albi, as directed by both colleges, is an useful anodyne, and often succeeds in procuring sleep when Opium fails; it is also more especially adapted to children. White Poppy heads are also used externally in fomentations, either alone or more frequently added to the Decoctum Profomento. The seeds possess not any narcotic power; they consist of a simple farinaceous matter, united with a bland oil, and are eaten as food in some countries. — In addition to the above, the remarks of other medical gentlemen are subjoined, to afford the reader every possible information on this important sub- ject. Meyrick observes, that the heads, or seed-vessels, are the parts to be made use of. Syrup of diacodium is a very strong decoction of them, boiled up to a due consistence with sugar. This syrup is a gentle narcotic, easing pain, and causing sleep ; half an ounce is a full dose for a grown person, and for younger subjects the quantity must be dimi- nished accordingly. The seeds, beaten into an emulsion with barley-water, are excellent for the strangury and heat of urine; but they have none of the sleepy virtues of the syrup, nor of the other parts or preparations of the Poppy. Opium is nothing more than the milky juice of this plant concreted into a solid form. It is procured by wounding the heads, when they are almost ripe, with a five-edged instru- ment, which makes as many parallel incisions from top to bottom; and the juice which flows from these wounds is the next day scraped off, and the other side of the head wounded in like manner. When a quantity of this juice is in this manner collected, it is worked together with a little water, till it acquires the consistence and colour of pitch, after which it is fit for use. Opium has a faint disagreeable smell, and a bitterish, hot, biting taste: taken in proper doses, it commonly procures sleep, and a short respite from pain ; but great caution is required in the administration of it, for it is a very powerful, and consequently, in unskilful hands, a dangerous medicine. It relaxes the nerves, abates cramps and spasmodic complaints, even those of the more violent kind ; but it increases paralytic disorders, and all such as proceed from weaknesses of the nervous system. It incras- sates thin serous acrid humours, and thus proves frequently a speedy cure for catarrhs' and tickling coughs, but must never be given in phthisical or inflammatory complaints ; for it dangerously checks expectoration, unless its effects are counteracted by the addition of ammoniac or squills; and by producing a fulness and distention of the whole habit, it exasperates all inflammatory symptoms, whether external or internal. It promotes perspiration and sweat, but checks ail other evacuations; and is good to stop purgings and vomitings, but this is to be effected only by small doses, carefully and judiciously given. With regard to the dose, half a grain, or at most a grain, is in all common cases a suffi- cient quantity; and even in cases which require larger doses, it is generally more advisable to repeat them more frequently, than to give a larger quantity at a time. An over dose of Opium occasions either immoderate mirth or stu- pidity, redness of the face, swelling of the lips, relaxations of the joints, giddiness of the head, deep sleep, accompanied with turbulent dreams and convulsive starting, cold sweats, and frequently death. — Opium is imported into Europe from Persia, Arabia, and other warm regions of Asia ; and six hundred thousand pounds of it are said to be annually exported from the Ganges. The manner in which this drug is there collected may assist the English cultivator ; we there- fore insert the following detail of it. When the capsules are half grown, at sun-set they make two longitudinal double incisions, passing from below' upwards, and taking care not to penetrate the internal cavity. In Persia, Kaempfer informs us that a five-pointed knife is used for this purpose. The incisions are repeated every evening, until each capsule has received six or eight wounds: they are then allowed to ripen their seeds. If the wound w'ere to be made in the heat of the day, a cicatrix would be too soon formed ; while on the other hand the night dews favour the extillation of the juice, which old women, boys, and girls, collect early in the morn- ing, by scraping it off with a smalll iron scoop, and deposit the whole in an earthen pot, where it is worked by the hand in the open sunshine, until it becomes of a considerable thickness. It is then formed into cakes of a globular shape, and about four pounds in weight, and laid into little earthen basins to be farther dried. These cakes are then covered over with Poppy or Tobacco leaves, and thus dried until they are fit for sale. Opium is however frequently adulte- rated with cow-dung, the extract of the plant procured by boiling, and various other preparations, which the rogues who use them of course keep as secret as possible. It appears that the Poppy may be cultivated to great advantage for the purpose of obtaining Opium in Great Britain. Professor Alston of Edinburgh said long since, that the milky juice drawn by incision from Poppy heads, and thickened either in the sun or shade, even in this country, has all the cha- racters of good Opium ; its colour, consistence, taste, smell, properties, plioenomena, are all the same ; oniy, when care- fully collected, it is more pure and free from feculencies. Similar remarks had been made by others ; to which, says 242 PAP THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PAP Dr. Woodville, we may add our own; for during the same summer, we at different times made incisions in the green capsules of the 'White Poppy, and collected the juice, which so. m acquired a due consistence, and was found both by its sensible equalities and effects to be very pure Opium : and the same gentleman adds, that nearly fifty years ago he fre- quently amused himself with slashing the green Poppy heads, and collecting a most pure and well-digested Opium from them. But the merit of first cultivating the Poppy for Opium is due to Mr. John Bull of Williton, who in the year 1 75)0 was rewarded by the Society of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce, for procuring Opium in an unsophisticated state from British Poppies, and communicating the following inode of preparing it for the use of the public. Wlren the leaves die away and drop off’, the capsules or heads being then in a green state, is the proper time for extracting the Opium by making four or five longitudinal incisions with a sharp pointed knife, about an inch long, on one side only of the head, taking care not to cut to the seeds : immediately on the incision being made, a milky fluid will issue out, which being of a glutinous nature, will adhere to the bottom of the incision; but some are so luxuriant that it will drop from the bead. The next day, if the weatlier should be fine, the Opium will be of a grayish substance, and some almost turning black; it is then to be scraped off with the edge of a knife into pans or pots; and in a day or two it will be of a proper consistence to make into a mass, and to be potted. As soon as the Opium is all taken away from one side, make incisions on the opposite side, and proceed in the same manner. The reason of not making the incisions all round at once is, that the Opium cannot so conveniently be taken away ; but every person upon trial will be the best judge. Children may with ease be soon taught to make the incisions, and take off .the Opium ; so that the expense will Be trifling. An instrument might be made of a concave form, with four or five pointed lancets about the twelfth or four- teenth part of an inch, to make the incisions at once. Mr. Ball calculates, that supposing one Poppy to grow in one square foot of earth, and to produce only one grain of Opium, more than fifty pounds will be collected from one statute acre. But since one Poppy produces from three or four to ten (leads, in each of which from six to ten incisions may be made, each incision sometimes producing two or three grains, the produce and profit would be very great. Great abate- ments must however be made upon all such theoretical calcu- lations, as in our moist climate many seasons will occur, and many days in almost every summer, unfavourable to the col- lection of Opium. It is however, with all its disadvantages, a very important object to cultivate tbe Poppy for this pur- pose in Britain ; considering the great price of foreign Opium, i he increasing call for it in medicine, the adulteration of what is imported, and the employment that the collection of it will afford to »i males and to children. Mr. Ball adds, that in I70-r>, 'from a bed bfjself-sown Poppies 570 feet square, be collected four ounces of Opium, though the plants were very 1 hick : and lioin a few plants that stood detached, betook from fifteen t<> tliiity four grains: the ground had, he observes, been well nia.ffured with rotten dung. He remarks, that the semi double "flowers, and 'those of a dark colour, produced the most Opium; that the heads should be about the size of a waliiut. before t lie incisions are made; and that the foreign drii (1 i’oppy-iieads are full three times as big as ours. In this observation Mr. Miller coincides ; adding, that they are also of a different shape, but that the increased size is only dvviiig to the climate, and the difference in shape arising from variety. Mr. Ball collected from one semi-double Poppy, a quantity which lie supposes to be more than thirty-eight grains ; but this plant had twenty-eight heads on it. He pre- fers the double and semi-double flowering plants to those which have single flowers; but the single Poppies, cultivated by our physic gardeners for the seed and the heads, have generally larger heads than the double Poppies cultivated in gardens. But after all, the point of most importance respect- ing the cultivation of the Poppy for Opium in Britain is, whether its quality be equal to that of foreigu Opium. This has been fully ascertained by the testimony of several eminent medical gentlemen in London, who tried it in consequence of the request of the Society for the encouragement of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce. Dr. Latham observes, that in its sensible qualities it does not seem inferior to any; that it possesses the excellence of being perfectly clean,*' which must always be an advantage when given in a crude state; and that probably the purified extract of the foreign would not he superior to the English. Dr. Peaison also reports, that he found the English Opium to be equally powerful, and to produce tbe same effects as the best foreign preparation of this drug. Mr. Wilson not only found tbe English drug equal in point of strength to the best extract from foreign Opium, but far superior in flavour, which in the extract is much injured by the boiling; and free from the impurities which are so abundant in crude foreign Opium. — Propaga- tion and Culture. The culture, as practised in the province of Bahai, is as follows. The field being Well prepared by the plough and harrow, and reduced to an exact level surface, it is then divided into quadrangular areas, seven feet in length, and five in breadth, leaving tw'o feet of interval, which is raised five or six inches, and hollowed out for conveying water t() every area, for which purpose they have a well in each cultivated field. The seeds are sown in October or Novem- ber. The plants are allowed to grow six or eight inches dis- tant from each other, and are plentifully supplied with water. When the young plants arc six or eight fnenes high, they are watered more sparingly ; but a compost of ashes, human ex- crement, cow-dung, and a portion of nitrous earth scraped from the highways and old mud-walls, is strewed all over the beds. When the plants are near flowering, they are wa- tered profusely, to increase the juice; but the capsules being half grow n, and fit to collect Opium from, the plants are no longer watered. Mr. Ball advises the sowing of tlie seed at the end of February, and again in the second week of March, in beds three feet and a half wide, well prepared with good rotten dung, and often turned or ploughed in order to mix it well, and have it fine either in small drills three in each bed, or broad cast ; in both cases thinning out the plants to the distance of a foot from each other when about two inches high: keep them free from weeds, and they will grow well, produce from four to ten heads, and they will show large flowers of different colours. With an instrument something like a rake, but with three teeth, t lie drills may be made at once. Poppies do not bear transplanting1: out of four thou- sand which Mr. Ball transplanted, not one plant caine to perfection. I hose who me curious lo have fine Poppies in their gardens, carefully look over their plants when they begin to flower, and c i up all those plants, the flowers of w hich are not very ciounle and well marked before they open their flowers, to prevent ilieir farina mixing with the fitter flowers, which would cause them to degenerate. The neglect of Ibis precaution causes the flowers in so many places to degenerate, and it is often supposed to arise from the inferti- lity of the ground. 8. Papaver Cambi ieiim : Welsh Poppy. Capsules smooth, oblong; stem many flowered, smooth ; leaves pinnate, gashed. PAP OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P A R 243 The upper part of the stalk is naked, and sustaius one large yellow flower, appearing in June, and filled with small purplish seeds. — It grew in many parts of Wales, in the valleys and fields, at the foot of the hills, and by the water side; about a mile from Abbar, and in the midway from Denbigh to Guider, the house of Sir John Wynne ; as also near a wooden bridge over the Dee to Balam in North Wales; and in going up the hill that leads to Bangor; and in the isle of Anglesea ; on the back of Snowdon, going from Caernarvon to Llanberis; as you ascend the Glyder from Llanberis; also beyond Pont Vaw'r; and commonly by rivulets, or on moist rocks. Dille- nius found it on Chedder rocks in Somersetshire ; and it has since been observed about Kendal, Kirby-Lonsdale, and Winnandermere, in Westmoreland, and at Holker in Lanca- shire. It requires a cool shady situation, where the plants will thrive, and produce plenty of seeds annually. If the seeds be permitted to scatter, they will come up better than when sown by hand; but if they be sown, it should be always in the autumn, for when sown in the spring they rarely succeed. The best time to transplant and part the roots of this sort is in the autumn, that the plants may be well established in their new quarters, before the dry weather comes on in the spring. 9. Papaver Orientale ; Oriental Poppy. Capsules smooth ; stems one-flowered, rugged, leafy; leaves pinnate, serrate; root perennial, composed of two or three strong fibres as thick as a man’s little finger, afoot aud half long, dark brown on the outside, full of a milky juice which is very bitter and acrid. The height of the stem is two feet and a half; it sus- tains at the top a very large flower, of the same colour with the Common Red Poppy. Stigmas sixteen ; bristles on the stem scattered, pressed close, rough, with a prominent base ; capsule globular, smooth, crowned with the large shield of the stigma, having one cavity in the middle, but toward the periphery divided by incomplete partitions into cells, equal in number to the number of rays in the stigma, and opening not by valves, but by as many holes under the shield ; seeds very numerous, kidney-form, beautifully marked with longi- tudinal streaks and little excavations in rows, of a russet bay colour, covering the incomplete partitions on both sides. It flowers here in May : there are two or three varieties differing in the colour of the flowers, and it is said that the flower is sometimes double, though with us it is always single. Tour- nefort says, that the Turks eat the green heads, although they are very bitter and acrid. It will thrive either in the sun or the shade, only in the latter case they flower later in the season. It will propagate very fast by its roots; so that there is no necessity for sowing the seeds, except to procure new varieties. It should be transplanted at the same season as the former; and if the seeds be sown, it should be at the same times as that, for the reasons there given. See the pre- ceding species. Papaw Tree. See Caricn. Pappophorum ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: glume two- flowered, two-valved ; valves long, linear, somewhat compress- ed, very thin, acuminate, awnless, outer a little shorter ; one floret inferior, larger, sessile, bearded at the base, hermaphro- dite; the oilier superior, less, on a short pedicel, pressed close to the back of the lower one, beardless, neuter ; and above this the rudiment of a third. Corolla : glume two- valved, shorter than the calix; outer valve ovate, ventricose, angular, terminated by several awns, thirteen or fourteen, very long, straight, unequal, spreading, with its edges embra- cing the inner valve, which is lanceolate, acute, a little longer and narrower than the outer; nectary two-leaved, very small, with linear leaflets. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary; anfherae oblong. Pistil: germen ovate ; styles two, short ; stigmas villose. Pericarp : none. Corolla : incloses the seed, and lets it drop. Seed : one, ovate, compressed, diapha- nous. Observe. The outer glume of the lower floret is vil- lose at the back and sides; the inner is excavated at the back, to receive the upper floret. Essential Character. Calix: two-valved, two-flowered. Corolla: two-valved, many- awned.— — The only known species is, 1. Pappophorum A lopecuroideum. Culm branched, three or four feet high, smooth, sheathed with leaves which are convoluted, awl-shaped, striated, shorter than the culm, the last spathaceous; panicle erect, subspiked, often a foot and half long ; calix three or four flowered. — Found near Spanish Town in America. Papyrus. See Cyperus Papyrus. Puriana ; a genus of the class Moncecia, order Polyandria. — Generic Character. Male. Floaters: in whorls, di- gested into spikes. Calix : glume one-flowered, two-valved ; valves short, acute. Corolla: two-valved, larger than the calix; valves ovate, acute, one narrower. Stamina: fila- menta about forty, capillary, inserted into the bottom of the corolla; antherae linear. Female. Flowers : solitary in each whorl, fastened to the axis of the spike, Calix : glume two- valved; valves ovate, concave, acute. Corolla: two-valved, less than the calix ; valves acute, hairy at the tip. Pistil: germen three-cornered; style long, hairy ; stigmas two, vil- lose. Pericarp: none. Corolla: investing the seed. Seed: one, three-cornered, inclosed. Essential Character, Male. Flowers: in whorls, forming spikes. Calix: two-valved. Corolla: two-valved, larger than the calix. Filamenta: forty. Female. Flowers: solitary in each whorl. Calix: two-valved. Corolla: two-valved, less than the calix. Stigmas : two. Seed : three-cornered, inclosed. The only known spe- cies is, 1. Pariana Campestris. This plant puts forth several straight shoots or canes, about one or two feet high ; at each joint they are garnished with alternate oval weak leaves, striated throughout their whole length, smooth, glossy, green- ish above, paler beneath : the footstalks are short, and are accompanied by a long split sheath, in opposite directions on each side the stalk. This sheath envelopes the stem from one joint to the other; it is crowned with reddish, long, and roughish hairs; this crown has on each side two appendices, in the form of an ear, bordered on both sides with similar hairs. The stem is terminated by a serrated spike, formed of several ranges of male flow’ers growing above each other. The female flower is single in the middle of each range. The spike of flowers is about two inches and a half in length. — ■ Native of the island of Cayenne. Parietaria; a genus of the class Pol vgamia, order Monoe- cia.— Generic Character. Hermaphrodite. Flowers: two, are contained in a flat six-leaved involucre; the two opposite and outer leaflets larger. Calix: perianth oue-leafed, four-cleft, flat, blunt, the size of the involucre halved. Co- rolla: none, unless the calix be so called. Stamina: fila- menta four, awl-shaped, longer than the flowering perianth, and expanding it, permanent ; anther® twin. Pistil: germen ovate; style filiform, coloured ; stigma penciform, capitate. Pericarp: none; perianth elongated, larger, bell-shaped, the mouth closed by converging segments. Seed: one, ovate. Female. Flower: one, between the two hermaphrodites, within the involucre. Calix: as in the hermaphrodites. Corolla: none. Pistil: as in the hermaphrodites. Pericarp: none; perianth thin, involving the fruit. Seed: as in the herma- phrodites. Essential Character. Two hermaphrodite 3 Q 244 PAR THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; PAR flowers and one female flower in a flat six-leaved involucre. Calix: four-cleft. Corolla: none. Style: one. Seed: one, superior, elongated. Hermaphrodite. Stamina: four. Fe male. Stumina: none. — The common European Pellitories may be propagated in plenty from their seeds ; if permitted to scatter them, they will fill the ground with young plants: they are difficult to collect, being thrown out of their covers as soon as ripe.- The species are, 1. Parietaria Indica ; Indian Pelhtory. Leaves lanceolate; stem erect. This resembles our common Pellitory, but is more naked. The balls of the flowers are smaller, except the bractes which are awl-shaped, not ovate ; styles longer; fruits sessile, grooved. — Native of the East Indies. This, together with the fifth, eighth, and ninth species, must be kept in the stove. 2. Parietaria Officinalis; Common Pellitory, alias Pelli- tory of the Wall. Leaves lanceolate, ovate ; peduncles dicho- tomous ; calices two-leaved ; root perennial, somewhat woody, red, fibrous; (according to Lightfoot, creeping ;) stems several, nearly upright, from nine inches to a foot or more in height, very much branched, round, striated, solid, reddish, pubes- cent; (according to Lightfoot, rough to the touch, and adhe- sive;) flowers small, greenish, rough, sessile, growing in balls or clusters in the axils of the leaves; two hermaphrodites and one female in an involucre of seven leaves, (Linneus says only six,) permanent, the leaves ovate, pointed, flat, hirsute; the hairs glandular at the extremities. The hermaphrodite flowers may be distinguished by the four stamina, which on the shedding of the pollen fly back with elastic force. The female is known by its situation between the two others, and by its want of stamina; the stigma is somewhat larger, and bent a little down. To obtain a perfect idea of the manner in which the fructification is carried on in this plant, the flowers should be examined at a very early period of their expansion ; We shall then find in each involucre three red stigmas, the two outermost of which belong to hermaphrodite flowers, the stamina of which are not yet visible; the middle one, which is largest and most conspicuous, to the female. If a view be taken of the same flowers, at the time that the elastic filamenta by their sudden expansion are scattering the pollen, the styles and stigmas of the hermaphrodite flowers, visible before, will often be found wanting, and the gernten left naked in the centre of the flower; at this period the seg- ments of the calix in the same flowers are nearly of the same length as the filamenta, the style and stigma of the female flower remain perfect, and the germen is closely surrounded by a green hairy calix, which never expands. The manner in which the flowers shed their pollen is curious: the filamenta, on their first appearance, all bend inwards; as soon as the pollen is arrived at a proper state to be discharged, the warmth of the sun, or the least touch from the point of a pin, will make them instantly fly back, and discharge a little cloud of dust. This process is best seen in a morning, when the sun shines on the plant, in July or August: if the plant be large, numbers will be seen exploding at the same instant. This plant promises little from its sensible qualities; it has no smell, and its taste is simply herbaceous. Formerly it was accounted emollient, but not mucilaginous; its character as a diuretic is better known. Matthiolus tells us, that the express- ed juice, sweetened with sugar, had a very powerful effect in this way; and Barbeirac informs us, that a decoction of this plant and Urea Ursi was found of great use in clearing the urinary passages of viscid mucus, and sabulous concretions. A gentleman, who converts the juice into a thin syrup, and gives two table spoonfuls thrice a day, has observed remark- ably good effects from the juice of this herb, in those drop- sical cases where other diuretics had failed ; and Tournefort, in his history of the plants about Paris, says that the syrup gives great relief in hydropic cases. Hill says, a strong infu- sion of the plant works powerfully by urine, and is excellent for the gravel and the yellow jaundice. The leaves are useful in poultices, to lake away hot swellings ; and the expressed juice has been given with advantage in the stone and gravel, and is said to be an excellent medicine in breakings-out arising from foulness of the blood and juices : but the use of it must in these cases be continued for a considerable time, or little if any benefit can be expected. Dr. Stokes says, he has been informed that this herb, as well as Nitraria, contains a considerable quantity of nitre; and that in making an extract from it, the mass had taken fire. It is recommended by Bradley, to be laid on corn in granaries, for the purpose of driving away the weevil. Parietaria, corrupted into Pelli- tory, is absurdly called Pellitory of the Wall, being found on walls or among rubbish. — It is a native of most parts of Europe, except the most northerly ; and thoughjiot found in Sweden, may be met with in Denmark. It is easily propa- gated from the seeds. 3. Parietaria Judaica; Basil-leaved Pellitory. Leaves ovate; stems erect; calices three-flowered; corollas male, elongated, cylindrical. This differs from the preceding in having shorter stalks, and smaller oval leaves ; the flowers are also less, and in smaller clusters. — Native of Switzerland, the south of France, Sicily, Germany, and Palestine. 4. Parietaria Lusitanica ; Chickweed-leaved Pellitory. Leaves.ovate, obtuse; stems filiform, striated, even, procum- bent.— Native of Spain and Portugal. 5. Parietaria Urticoefolia ; Nettle-leaved Pellitory. Leaves ovate, opposite, petioled, serrate, veined, pubescent ; flowers axillary. This is a very branching plant, with small leaves, much resembling those of the Nettle. 6. Parietaria Cretica ; Cretan Pellitory. Leaves subovate; fruiting involucres five-deft, compressed; lateral segments larger. — Native of Candia. 7. Parietaria Capensis ; Cape Pellitory. Leaves opposite, ovate, serrate; branches diffused ; flowers sessile. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Parietaria Debilis. Leaves alternate, ovate, petioled, quite entire, somewhat hairy; peduncles axillary, subtri- florous ; stem almost upright. — Native of New Zealand. t). Parietaria Cochin-chinensis. Leaves ovate, three-nerved, hairy ; stem cespitose, diffused ; flowers moneecous ; seed roundish, inclosed within the converging calix. — Native of China and Cochin-china. It attracts the worms that infest salt fish, or flesh; the natives hang the plant at the mouth of their meat-casks, and the insects get into it of their own ac- cord. They also esteem it to be emollient, refrigerant, and diuretic. 10. Parietaria Arborea ; Tree Pellitory. Leaves elliptic, acuminate, somewhat triple nerved ; stem arboreous. This is an upright soft shrub, about the height of a man; root woody, branched, fibrous, rufescent; flowers commonly three, clustered, from the axil of each bracte sessile, in the male yellovy, in the female red, herbaceous. — Native of the Canary Islands. It may be increased by cutting, but requires the pro- tection of the green-house. Paris; a genus of the class Octandria, order Tetragynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth four-leaved, permanent; leaflets lanceolate, acute, the size of the corolla, spreading. Corolla: petals four, spreading, awl-shaped (ac- cording to Gaertner, linear) like the calix, permanent. Sta- mina : filamenta eight, awl-shaped, below the antherae short; antherae long, fastened on both sides to the middle of the PAR OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PAR 245 filamenta. Pistil: germen superior, round, four-coruered, or subglobular; styles four, spreading, shorter than the sta- mina; stigma simple. Pericarp: berry globular, four-cor- nered, four-celled. Seeds: several, incumbent, in a double row. Essential Character. Calix: four-leaved. Pe- tals: four, narrower; berry four-celled. The only known species is, 1. Paris Quadrifolia; Herb Paris, True Love, or One Berry. Few' plants are more readily distinguished than this, by the proportion and regularity of all the parts. Root per- ennial, fleshy; stalk quite simple, or unbrauched, upright, smooth, round, naked; leaves four, in a cross or a sort of whorl, spreading, sessile, at the top of.the stalk ovate, quite entire, drawn to a point, smooth, nerved underneath, three or four inches long, and two wide; peduncle single, rising from the middle of the four leaves, somewhat angular, about an inch long, supporting one greenish flower an inch in dia meter; calicine leaflets four, linear-lanceolate, acute, reflex. The leaves and berries are said to partake of the properties of Opium. Linneus says, the root dried and reduced to powder will vomit as well as ipecacuanha, but must be taken in twice the quantity. The juice of the berries is useful in inflammations of the eyes. An ointment made of the leaves is cooling, and disperses swellings and tumors in any part of the body. The juice of them has the same effect, and speedily removes inflammations of the eyes, if they are fre quently bathed therewith. It is, after all, a suspicious plant, although it has often been employed in medicine. Bergius recommends the herb for discussing buboes and other inflam matory tumors; also for the hooping or convulsive cough. Gesner found it to be an antidote to the poison of the Nux Vomica. Having given a scruple each, of the poison, to two dogs, he gave one a drachm of the Paris, anti it recovered ; the other died. He also took a drachm of the herb himself, with- out any effect excep dryness of the fauces, and some sweat. Burghard, on the contrary, says, that cardialgia and vomiting ensues from the use of it ; and Kroeber was credibly informed that a child died by eating the berries, and that another was recovered with difficulty. Gesner asserts, that the ber- ries are poisonous to poultry. It ought therefore to be administered with great caution : the dose is one scruple twice a day. — It is a native of most of the countries of Europe, particularly in the northern parts ; and also of Japan. It is not uncommon in Great Britain, especially in thick strong woods on a strong soil. Gerartle says, it grew plen- tifully in Chalkney woods near Wakes Colne in Essex ; in the parsonage orchard at Radwinter, and in Booking park by Braintree, in the same county; in the wood by Robin Hood’s well, near Nottingham; in the Clapper Moor, near Canterbury; in Blackburn wood, at Merton in Lancashire; in Dingley wood, six miles from Preston in Aundernesse; also at Hesset, in the same county. Though Parkinson says that iu his time it was lost in the above places by every one resorting thither for it, there is no small probability of his being mistaken in most instances ; we therefore exhort those diligent herbarists who live in those parts to examine for themselves. Parkinson says, that it was found in his time in Hinbury wood, three miles from Maidstone in Kent; in a wood called Harwarsh, near Pinnenden Heath, by Maid- stone; in Longwood, near Cbiselhurst, and in the next called Iseet’s wood ; and in a wood over against Boxly Abbey near Maidstone. Mr. Newton found it in the long spring by Petses bogs at Cbiselhurst ; and Mr. Hay, in Lampit Grove at Notley in Essex. Mr. Charles Miller discovered it in a little wood not far from Hampstead, though Mr. Curtis has omitted it in his Flora Londinensis. it has also been met with at Hanging wood near Harefield, Middlesex ; at Hawnes, Renhold, and Clapham; Park wood in Bedfordshire; in Kingston, Eversden, and Wood Ditton woods, Cambridge- shire; in Love-lane near Derby; at Selborne in Hampshire; in Ripton wood, Huntingdonshire, and Byseing wood in Kent; in Hollinghall, Stocking, and Okeley woods, in Leicester- shire; in Brampton, Cransley, and Hardwick woods, and Whittleborough forest, in Northamptonshire; in Asply and Colwick woods, Nottinghamshire; in Headington-wick Copse, Oxfordshire; in the wood near the Devil’s Den near Clifton upon Teine; also in the woods on the sides of Breedon Hill, and about Frankly, in Worcestershire ; near Rainsford, and in Raby Park. In Scotland, in a wood a mile to the south of Newbottle near Dalkeith; in the den of Bethaick, four miles from Perth; and also in the wood of Methuen, in Perthshire. This curious little plant flowers in May, and is with great difficulty preserved in gardens. Take up the plants from the places where they grow wild, preserving good balls of earth to their roots, and plant them in a shady moist border, where they may remain undisturbed. Parkinsonia ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mo- nogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, at the base bell shaped, flattish, permanent; border five-parted; segments lanceolate-ovate, acute, coloured, reflex, almost equal, deciduous. Corolla: petals five, with claws almost equal, spreading very much, ovate; the lowest kid- ney-form; claw upright, very long. Stamina: filamenta ten, awl-shaped, villose below, declined; antherae oblong, decum- bent. Pistil: germen round, long, declined; style filiform, rising, the length of the stamina; stigma blunt. Pericarp: legume very long, round, swelling over the seeds, (whence it is necklace-form,) acuminate. Seeds : several, one to each joint of the legume, oblong, subcylindric, blunt. Essen- tial Character. Calix: five-cleft. Petals: five, ovate, the lowest kidney-form. Style: none. Legume: necklace- form. The only species known is, 1. Parkinsonia Aculeata ; Prickly Parkinsonia. Jacquin describes it as a very elegant tree, with the bark both of the trunk and branches remaining a long time green and shining, but when the tree grows old becoming brownish and streaked. The wood is white; the prickles are solitary, awl-shaped, subaxillary, acuminate, slightly recurved, four lines in length, on the older branches frequently by threes, the middle one very strong, and nine lines in length ; leaves shining, three, four, or five from the same axil, on a midrib a foot long, broad, and flatted ; leaflets oblong, numerous ; racemes loose, simple, smooth, containing about ten flowers, which smell very sweet, and are yellow', with the uppermost petal varie- gated at the base with scarlet spots. This seems to be dis- tinguished from Poinciana merely by the equality of the calicine segments. These two trees, sown very thick, make most beautiful hedges. This plant flowers in the first year from seed, and grows very fast. It bears long slender bunches of yellow flowers, banging down like those of Labur- num, and perfuming the air to a considerable distance, on which account the inhabitants of the West Indies plant them about their houses. In Jamaica it is called Jerusalem Thorn. It was introduced there from the Main, but now grows wild in many parts, and in the other islands of the West Indies, where it was originally cultivated for inclosures. It is pro- pagated by seeds, which should be sown in small pots filled with light fresh earth, early in the spring, and the pots must be plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, where in three weeks’ or a month’s time, the plants will come up, when they should be kept clear from weeds, and frequently refreshed with a little water. In a little time these plants 24(5 PAR THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PAR will be fit to transplant, which should be done very care- fully, so as not to injure (he roots. They must .be each planted into a separate halfpenny pot, filled with light fresh earth, and then plunged into the hot-bed again, observing to stir up the tan, and, if it have lost its heat, to add some fresh to renew it again. Then shade the plants from the beat of the sun, until they have taken new root, after which time they should have fresh air admitted to them every day, in proportion to the warmth of the season. With this management the plants will grow so fast as to fill the pots with their roots by the beginning of July, at which time they should be shifted into pots a little larger than the former, and plunged again into the bark-bed to forward their taking new root; after which it will be the best way to inure the plants by degrees to bear the open air, that they may be hardened before winter, for if they are then kept too warm, the plants will decay before the next spring. The only method to keep them through the winter, is to harden them to bear the open air in July and August, and in September to place them at the greatest distance from the fire, to keep them in a very temperate warmth ; but they will seldom sur- vive a second winter. Parnassiu ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Tetra- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth five- parted; segments oblong, spreading, permanent. Corolla: petals five, roundish, striated, concave, spreading ; nectaries five, each a concave cordate scale, with thirteen rays along the edge, gradually higher, on each of which sits a globe, (or three-parted, with equal globuliferous rays.) Stamina: filamenta five, awl shaped ; antherae depressed, incumbent. Pistil: germen ovate, large; style none, but in its place a perforation ; stigmas four, obtuse, permanent, greater in the fruit. Pericarp: capsule ovate, four-cornered, one celled, four waived. Receptacle: fourfold, growing to the valves. Seeds: very numerous, oblong. Observe. The essential character is most easily collected from the nectary. Essen- tial Character. Calix: five-parted. Petals: five. Nectary: five, cordate, ciliate, with globular apices. Cap- sule: four-valved. The only known species is, 1. Pamassia Palustris ; Common Marsh Parnassia, or Grass oj Parnassus. Root perennial, small, whitidi, fibrous, putting forth several stems and leaves in tufts ; stems erect, unbranched, somewhat twisted, having five sharp corners, a span high, slender, smooth, having only a single embracing leaf below the middle, and a single flower at the top ; corolla nearly an inch in diameter; petals a little scalloped at the edges, slightly emarginate, white, with semitransparent gray ish veins. — It is a native of most parts of Europe, by the side of bogs and moors, and in wet meadows. It grows near Harefield in Middlesex; about Ongar in Essex; on Hinton, Feversham, and Trumpington moors, and near Linton, in Cambridgeshire; on Stevington, Turvey, and Ampthili bogs, in Bedfordshire; in peat bogs on Bullington Greeu, and under Headington -wick Copse, in Oxfordshire; near Buddon wood in Leicestershire; about Rowel and Thorp in North- amptonshire; at Basford, Scottuin, and Papplewick, in Not- tinghamshire.—Old Gerarde notices its being found in the moor near Linton in Cambridgeshire ; at Hesset in Suffolk ; at a place named Drinkstone in Butcher’s Mead; plentifully in Lansdal! and Craven in Yorkshire, at Doncaster, and in Thornton fields, in the same county. Mr. Goodyer found it in the boggy ground below the red well of Wellingborough in Northamptonshire; and it has been observed in abundance in the castle fields of Berwick upon Tweed. Parkinson also fiotices its growing at Linton in Cambridgeshire; Hesset and Drinkstone in Suffolk ; in the great field of Headington near Oxford ; on the other side of Oxford in the pasture next to Botley, in the highway ; and at the bottom of Barton hills in Bedfordshire. Merret found it with a double flower in Lancashire; and Mr. Wood about Edinburgh. It flowers in July and August. — This plant may be taken up from the natural place of growth, with balls of earth to the roots, and planted in pots filled with pretty strong, fresh, undunged earth, and placed in a shady situation, where, if they are constantly watered in dry weather, they will thrive very well, and flower every summer: but if the plants are planted in the full ground, it should be in a very moist shady border, otherwise they will not live ; and these should be as duly watered as those in the pots in dry weather, to make them produce strong flowers. They may be propagated by parting their roots, which should be done in March, before they put out new leaves; but the roots should not be divided too small, for that will prevent their flowering the following summer. The roots should always be planted in a pretty strong fresh earth, for they will not thrive in a light rich soil. In the spring they must be constantly watered if the season should prove dry, otherwise they will not flower; nor should they be parted oftener than every third year, to have them strong. The seeds ripen in August. Parsley. See Apium. Parsley, Macedonian. See Bubon. Parsley, Mountain. See Athamanta. Parsley Piert. See Aphanes. Parley, Stone. See Athamanta. Parsley, Wild. See Cardiospermum. Parsnep. See Pastinaca. Parsnep, Cow. See Heracleum. Parthenium ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Pent- andria.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth com- mon, quite simple, five-leaved, spreading ; leaflets roundish, flat, equal. Corolla: compound, convex; corollet herma- phrodite, many in the disk; females five in the ray, scarcely surpassing the others: proper of the hermaphrodites one- petalled, tubular, erect, with the mouth five-cleft, the length of the calix; of the females one-petalled, tubular, ligulate, oblique, blunt, roundish, the same length with the other. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites; filamenta five, capillary, the length of the corollet; antherae as many, thickish, scarcely cohering. Pistil: of the hermaphrodite; germen below the proper receptacle, scarcely observable; style capil- lary, generally shorter than the stamina; stigma none: of the female, germen inferior, turbinate-cordate, compressed, large ; style filiform, the length of the corollet; stigmas two, filiform, the length of the style, spreading a little. Peri- carp: none; calix unchanged. Seeds: in the hermaphro- dites abortive; in the females solitary, turbinate, cordate, compressed, naked. Receptacle : scarcely any, flat; chaff’s separate, the florets so that each female has two hermaphro- dites behind. Essential Character. Male. Calix: common, five leaved ; corolla of the disk one-petalled. Fe- male. Corolla: of the ray five, on each side two males, with one female between, superior. The species are, 1. Parthenium Hysterophorus ; Cut leaved Parthenium, or Bastard Fevei/ew. Leaves compound, multifid. This is an annual plant, growing wild in great plenty in the island of Jamaica, where it is called Wild Wormwood. It thrives very luxuriantly about all the settlements in the low lands, and is observed to have much the same qualities as Feverfew, being used, like that, in resolutive baths and infusions. It flowers here in July and August, and may be propagated by sowing the seeds on a hot-bed early in the spring; and w h o. the plants come up, they should be transplanted on PAS OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PAS 247 another hot bed, at about five or six inches’ distance, observ- ing to water and shade them till they have taken new root ; after which time they must have a pretty large share of fresh air in warm weather, by raising the glasses of the hot-bed every day; and they must be duly watered every other day at least. When the plants have grown so as to meet each other, they should be carefully taken up, preserving a ball of earth to their roots, and each planted into a separate pot, filled with light rich earth; and if they are plunged into a moderate hot-bed, it will greatly facilitate their taking fresh root; but where this conveniency is wanting, the plants should be removed into a warm sheltered situation, where they must be shaded from the sun until they have taken new root ; after which time they may be exposed, with other hardy anunual plants, in a warm situation, where they will flower in July, and ripen seed in September. But if the season should prove cold and wet, it will be proper to have a plant or two in shelter, either in the stove or under tall frames, in order to have good seeds, if those plants which are exposed should fail, so that the species may not be lost. 2. Parthenium Integrifolium ; Entire-leaved Parthenium. Leaves ovate, crenate. This is a perennial plant, which dies in the ground every autumn, and shoots up again in the following spring. Height three feet and more, with thick, round, fleshy stems. The flowers grow in a corymb at the head of the stem and branches; the heads are snow-white above, whitish-green below, and villose at first. — Native of Virginia. It flowers in July, but seldom produces good seeds in England. It may be propagated by parting the roots in autumn, and will bear the general cold of our winters in the full ground. Paspalum; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix : glume one-flowered, two-vahed, membranaceous; valves equal, orbicular, plano- concave; inner flatter, placed outwardly. Corolla: two- valved, the size of the calix ; valves roundish, cartilaginous, outwardly convex, inflex at the base. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary, the length of the glume ; antherae ovate. Pistil: germen roundish; styles two, capillary, the length of the flower; stigmas pencil-form, hairy, coloured. Peri- carp: none; glumes permanent, closed, growing to the seed. Seed: single, roundish, compressed, convex on one side. Observe. The fourth species has the outer valve of the calix very short. Gaertner says, that in his specimens the valves are equal. In the sixth species the corolla is shorter than the calix. Essential Character. Calix: two-valved, orbicular. Corolla: of the same size. Stigmas : pencilled. The species are, 1. Paspalum Dissectum; Cut Paspalum. Spikes alternate; rachis membranaceous ; flowers alternate, hairy at the tip. This is a prostrate annual grass, with the sheaths of the leaves almost spathaceous. — Native of South America and Japan. 2. Paspalum Scrobiculaium ; Dimpled Paspalum. Spikes alternate; rachis membranaceous ; flowers alternate; calices many-nerved, dimpled or pitted on the outside; culms erect, hirsute at the base, a foot high and more. Perennial. — Native of the East Indies. 3. Paspalum Villosum ; Villose Paspalum. Spikes alter- nate, directed one way, with a hirsute rachis ; flowers in a double row, alternately directed one way ; culm smooth, three feet high.— Native of Japan, near Nagasaki. 4. Paspalum Virgalum; Rod-like Paspalum. Spikelets panicled, alternate, villose at the base; flowers in pairs; root thickly fibrose, and perennial, throwing up several annual erect stems, of about four feet high, and thicker than a quill at the base. — Native of Jamaica. 5. Paspalum Paniculatum ; Panicled Paspalum. Spikes panicled, verticillate, aggregate. This is an annual grass, and more erect, with the panicle as it were in whorls. — Native of moist clayey grounds in Jamaica. 6. Paspalum Stoloniferum ; Stoloniferous Paspalum. Spikelets spiked; rachis waved; flowers alternate, directed one wav ; stem knee-jointed, prostrate at the base, and sto- loniferous; root perennial, fibrose, whitish; culm flexuose, smooth, cylindric, two feet high, solid, rooting at the knots ; branches alternate ; leaves lanceolate, smooth, slightly streaked, a little waved at the edge, often three inches long, and eight lines wide. This has been successfully cultivated at Paris. The seeds have been in part abortive; but as it runs at the root, it may be easily increased. The height and abundance of its stems, the size of its leaves, and the suc- culence of all its parts, render it a proper grass for cultiva- tion.— Native of Peru. 7. Paspalum Repens ; Creeping Paspulum. Spikes pani- cled, subverticillate, nodding; culm creeping. This is very like the preceding, differing only in its creeping culm, root- ing at the joints, narrower leaves, and a more slender pani- cle. Perennial. — Native of Surinam. 8. Paspalum Hirsutum ; Shaggy Paspalum. Spikes alter- nate, subbinate ; rachis membranaceous; calices many- nerved, even ; leaves and pedicels hirsute ; culms erect, leafy, hairy above. — Native of China. 9. Paspalum Kora ; Smooth Paspalum. Spikes alternate, subbinate; rachis membranaceous; calices roundish, five- nerved ; culm and leaves smooth. — Native of the East Indies, and of the Society Isles. 10. Paspalum Longifiorum ; Long-flowered Paspalum. Spikes two, sessile, upright; florets oval, oblong; culm ascending, branched ; culms filiform, slender; flowers alter- nate, pedicelled, pressed close. It varies sometimes with three spikes together. — Native of Malabar, on the borders of fields. 11. Paspalum Distichum ; Two-spiked Paspalum. Spikes two, almost erect, one of them sessile; florets oblong, smooth; culm ascending, simple, decumbent towards the root. It is a biennial grass, flowering in July. — Native of moist meadows in Jamaica and other West India Islands. 12. Paspalum Conjugatum; Conjugate-spiked Paspalum. Spikes two, horizontal, conjugate; spikelets ovate; culnt erect; leaves involute ; height from one to two feet; culm simple, compressed a little, smooth. — It is common in the moist meadows of the West Indies, where the English call it Sour-grass ; and cattle refuse it. 13. Paspalum Vaginatum ; Sheathed Paspalum. Spikes two ; spikelets bifarious, acuminate ; culm branched, knee- jointed ; joints sheathed. This is a foot high ; roots numerous, filiform. — Native of Jamaica, in clayey pastures. 14. Paspalum Filiforme ; Filiform Paspalum. Spike sub- solitary, linear, one-ranked; spikelets ovate, compressed; cuhn and leaves filiform. This is a tufted grass, two feet high. — Native of the West Indies, in open hard fields. 15. Paspalum Decumbeus; Prostrate Paspalum. Spike single, directed one way; peduncles very long; spikelets. alternate, orbiculate-acuminate, smooth ; culm procumbent. It is scarcely a foot high. — Native of Jamaica, in a dry sandy soil, upon the mountains on the western side of the island. 16. Paspalum Debile. Spike lor the most part single, slender; glumes contiguously alternate, solitary, pubescent, short obovate ; leaves rough; culm feeble, setaceous. — Grows on the sea shores of Carolina and Georgia. 17. Paspalum Ciliatum. Spikes alternate, as if two toge- ther ; glumes subtriseriate, double, orbiculate-obovate, obtuse* 248 PAS THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PAS glabrous ; leaves lanceolate-linear, serrulate-ciliate ; culm decumbent. — Grows in Virginia and Carolina, in those clay- 'soils where iron-ore abounds. 18. Paspalum L®ve. Spikes many, alternate; glumes biseriate, suborbiculate-ovate, glabrous ; leaves glabrous ; ligules ciliate ; sheaths compressed ; stalk suberect. — Grows in dry meadows and grassy hills from Pennsylvania to Caro- lina. This plant is named Paspalum Lentiferum in the Ency- clopedic Methodique, Botanique, par M. le Chevalier de Lamarck ; and Paspalum Membranaceum, in Waiton’s Flora Caroliniana. Pasque Flower. See Anemone. Passerina ; a genus of the class Octandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Caiioc : none. Corolla: one-petalled, shrivelling; tube cylindrical, slender, ventri- cose below the middle; border four-cleft, spreading; seg- ments concave, ovate, blunt. Stamina : filamenta eight, bristle-shaped, the length of the border, placed upon the point of the tube; antherae subovate, erect. Pistil: germen ovate, within the tube of the corolla ; style filiform, springing from the side of the very point of the germen, the same length with the tube of the corolla; stigma capitate, hispid all over, with villose hairs. Pericarp: coriaceous, ovate, one celled. Seed: single, ovate, acuminate at both ends, with the points oblique. Observe. The fourth species has flowers without a tube, and sixteen stamina, the eight inner ones castrated. The sixth has eight stamina, besides the rudimenta of eight anther® at the bottom of the flower. Essential Character. Calix: none. Corolla: four- cleft. Stamina : placed on the tube. Seed: one, corticate. — The first thirteen species are diandrous, have the smell of Syringa flowers, and are evergreen. They are not separated from their natural genus, though the number of the stamina be less. The Slruthiolce might have been referred to this genus, had it not been for the nectaries. Daphne also agrees with Passerina. The species are, 1. Passerina Filiformis ; Filiform Sparrow-wort. Leaves linear, convex, imbricate, in four rows, (three-cornered, acute;) branches tomentose; flowers racemed. This rises with a shrubby stalk, five or six feet high, sending out branches the whole length, which when young grow erect, but as they advance in length they incline towards a hori- zontal position. The flowers come out at the extremity of the young branches, from between the leaves on every side; they are small and w hite, so that they make no great appear- ance. It flowers from June to August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This, with all the other Cape plants, may be increased by cuttings during the summer months, planted in a bed of loamy earth, or closely covered with a bell or hand glass to exclude the air, shading then; from the sun, and refreshing them now and then with water. They will take root in about two months, when they may be planted each in a small pot filled with loamy earth, placing them in the shade to take new root ; then remove them into a shel- tered situation, there to remain till October, when they must be placed in the green-house, and treated as Myrtles. Those also which produce seeds, or when seeds can be procured, may also be propagated that way. Sow them in autumn soon after they are ripe, in small pots filled with light earth, plunged into an old bark bed, under a common frame in winter. The plants will come up in the spring, and may be treated like the cuttings; but the seedling plants will grow' more erect, and make a handsomer appearance. 2. Passerina Hirsuta ; Shaggy Sparrow-wort. Leaves fleshy, smooth on the outside; stems tomentose. This has shrubby stalks, which rise to a greater height than the for- X mer; the branches are more diffused, and covered with a mealy down ; flowers small and white like those of the for- mer, and appearing about the same time. — £fative of Spain and Portugal, Provence, Italy, and the Levant. It will live abroad in common winters, in a dry soil and warm situation, but in hard frosts the plants are frequently destroyed ; one or two ought therefore to be kept in pots, and sheltered during the winter. 3. Passerina Ericoides; Heath-like Sparrow-wort . Leaves linear, even, subimbricate ; corollas globular. This has so entirely the appearance of an Erica, that at first sight no one would doubt of its being one. It baa the stature of the first species; which see. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope* 4. Passerina Capitata; Headed Sparrow wort. Leaves linear, smooth ; heads peduncled, tomentose, terminating* globular; peduncles tomentose, thickened; flowers many, white, sessile, without a tube; stamina above the throat, six- teen, the eight inner of which are castrated ; stems shrubby, compound, with rod like red branches. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 5. Passerina Ciliat'a ; Ciliated Sparrow-wort. Leaves lan- ceolate, ciliate ; branches naked ; flowers subsolitary ; stalk shrubby, rising five or six feet high, sending out many branches, which are naked to their ends, where they have oblong leaves standing erect, and having hairy points. The flowers are small, white, and come out among the leaves at the end of the branches. It flowers' here in June, but no seeds are produced. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope, Spain, and the Levant. See the first species. 6. Passerina Uniflora ; One flowered Sparrow-wort. Leaves linear, opposite, (lanceolate, even ;) flowers termi- nating, solitary; branches smooth; stalk shrubby, seldom rising more than a foot high, dividing into many branches* which are slender, smooth, and spread out on every side. The flowers are larger than those of the former, and the upper part of the petals is spread open flat; they are of a purple colour, and appear about the same time as the former. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 7. Passerina Anthylloides. Leaves oblong, villose; flow- ers in heads. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 8. Passerina Spicata ; Spiked Sparrow-wort. Leaves ovate, villose ; flowers lateral, sessile. The flowering branches resemble a leafy spike. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 9. Passerina Laxa; Loose-branched Sparrow-wort. Leaves ovate, hairy; flowers in heads; branches loose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 10. Passerina Grandiflora; Great-flowered Sparrow-ivort. Very smooth: leaves oblong, acute, concave, wrinkled on the outside ; flowers terminating, sessile, solitary ; branches one-flowered. It is easily distinguished by the large borders of the flowers, silky on the outside. — Native of Africa. See the first species. 11. Passerina Gnidia. Two-stamined, very smooth: leaves lanceolate, acute. — Native of New Zealand, in the fissures of rocks on the sea-coasts, and on mountain-tops. 12. Passerina Pilosa ; Hairy Sparrow-wort. Two-sta- mined, hairy: leaves linear, blunt. — Native of New Zealand. 13. Passerina Prostrata ; Prostrate Sparrow-wort. Two- stamined, hairy: leaves ovate.* — Native of the dry mountains in New Zealand. 14. Passerina Cephalophora. Leaves three-cornered, in four rows; heads woolly. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 15. Passerina Linoides. Leaves linear-lanceolate, smooth. PAS OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PAS three-ribbed; flowers terminating, solitary. — Native of the Cape "of Good Hope. See the first species. 16. Passerina Nervosa. Leaves lanceolate, smooth, three- ribbed ; flowers in beads. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 17. Passerina Setosa. Leaves lanceolate, smooth, five- nerved ; flowers in heads, bristly on the outside: — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 18. Passerina Stricta. Leaves ovate, hirsute; flowers in heads; branches rigid. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 19. Passerina Pentandra. Leaves ovate, hirsute ; spike ovate, terminating. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. Passiflora ; (altered by Linneus from the old name Flos Passionis, or Passion Flower, which was given at its first discovery, from a fancy that all the instruments of our Savi- our’s passion were exhibited in this flower.) It is placed by Linneus in the class Gynandria, order Pentandria; by Schroeber and Thunberg, in the class Pentandria, order Tri- gynia ; and by Swartz, in the class Monadelphia, order Pent- andria. This beautiful genus is composed of climbing her- baceous plants, sometimes woody, especially at bottom ; leaves alternate, stipulaceous, simple, in a few undivided, in a few others multifid or palmate, but in the greater part lobed ; lobes in some two, but in more three. The petiole in some species is naked, in others glandular on each side. The tendrils or claspers, by which the slender weak stems sustain themselves, are axillary. The peduncles are also axil- lary, from one to three together, each sustaining a single flbwer, except in Passiflora Holosericea, in which they are many-flowered ; below the ealix they are commonly jointed, and have an involucre at the joint, which is frequently three- leaved or three-parted, the divisions entire, or sometimes, but rarely, cut or jagged; sometimes, however, this involucre h very small, or consists only of one leaf, or is entirely : wanting. The crown, which Linneus calls the nectarium, Constitutes great part of the beauty of the flower in many of the species. In these it consists of an inner crown, springing from the base of the petals, or Inner calicine seg- ments, and beneath them coloured, many-parted, consisting j of numerous filiform segments, radiating or erect; within this is another double crown, of the same shape, but shorter and more flatted, inserted into the pitcher; the inmost frequently converges round the central column. Mr. Sowerby, who has bestowed much attention on this genus, remarks, that the larger species, as far as he has seen, have constantly two rows of principal radiated nectaries ; the smaller commonly but one, and but half the number of divisions in the corolla, namely, only five; whereas the others have from ten to twelve: that the repository for honey also differs much in different species, and is a part very distinct from the crown, which perhaps may serve as a conductor, or help to screen or secure the nectareous juice : and lastly, that there is another sort, j which serves as an operculum under various forms, some- times plaited, or plaited and fringed, besides a kind of imperfect rays in different situations and shapes.- The species are, * With undivided Leaves. 1. Passiflora Serratifolia ; Notch-leaved Passion Flower. Leaves ovate, serrate ; stems round, the younger ones verj slightly villose, and climbing very high; the stipules are linear and acuminate ; peduncles one-flowered and solitary ; the calix is outwardly green, inwardly whitish; the petals pale purple ; the filamenta of the nectary are deep purple at the base, from thence bluish, and at length pale ; the anther® 24S» ! are yellow ; the stigmas greenish. The flowers have an | extremely agreeable odour. It is perennial, flowers from May to October, and is a native of tire West Indies. — This, j and all the perennial sorts which are natives of the hot parts | of America, require a stove to preserve them here, without | which they will not thrive; for although some of the sorts will live in the open air during the warm months of summer, J yet they make but little progress ; nor will the plants produce many flowers, unless the pots in which they are planted be plunged into the tan-bed of the stove, and their branches are trained against an espalier. The best way to have them | in perfection is to make a border of earth at the back of the j tan-bed, which may he separated by planks, to prevent the earth from mixing with the tan ; and when the plants are strong enough, they should be turned out of the pots, atfcf planted on this border; adjoining to which should be a trellis erected at the top of the stove, and their leaves con- tinuing green all the year, together with the flowers, which will be plentifully intermixed in summer, will have a very agreeable effect. As there will be only a plank partition between the earth and the tan, the earth wili be kept warm by the tan-bed, which will be of great service to the roots of the plants. The border should not be less than two feet broad and three deep, which is the usual depth of the pit for tan; so that where these borders are intended, the pits should not be less than eight feet and a half, or nine feet and a half, broad, that the bark-bed, exclusive of the border, may be six and a half or seven feet wide. If the border be' fenced off with strong ship planks, they will last some years, J especially if they are painted over with a composition of melted pitch, brick-dtlst, and oil, which will preserve them sound a long time; and the earth should he taken out care- fully from between the roots of the plants, at least once a year, putting in fresli. They are propagated by seeds^ Which should be sown upon a good hot-bed in the spring, and when the plants are fit to remove, they should be each planted in a small pot, filled with good kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a bed of tanner’s bark, observing to shade them from the sun until they have taken new root; then they must he treated like other tender plants from the saute j countries: When they are too high to remain under the glasses of the hot-bed, they should he turned out of the pots and planted in the stove, in the manner before mentioned. As they do ndt perfect their seeds here, they may be pro- pagated by laying down their branches ; which if done in April^, they will put out roots by the middle of August, when they may he separated from the old plants, and either planted in pots to get strength, or into the border of the i stove where they are to remain. Some of them may be pro- pagated by cuttings ; these should be planted into pots about the middle or latter end of March, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, observing to screen them from the sun, and refresh them with water gently, as often as the earth may require it; and in about two months or ten weeks they will put out roots, and may then he treated as the seedling plants. 2. Passiflora Pallida; Pale Passion Flower. Leaves ovate, quite- entire ; petioles biglandular; stem perennial, long, round, branching, climbing, solitary tendrils ; flowers pale, large, axillary, two together; corolla five petal led, flat, with a crown. — Native of Brazil, the island of Dominica, and Cochin-china: See the preceding species. 3. Passiflora Cuprea; Copper-coloured Passion Flower. Leaves ovate, commonly quite entire; petioles equal. This has slender three-cornered stalks, which send out tendrils at each joint, fastening themselves to any neighbouring support 250 PAS THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL $ PAS by them, and climbing to the height of twelve or fourteen feet; flowers axillary, on slender peduncles an inch long; fruit oval, about the size of a sparrow’s egg, changing to a purple colour when ripe, and filled with oblong seeds in- closed in a soft pulp, — Native of the Bahama islands. See the first species. 4. Passiflora Tiliaefolia ; Lime-leaved Passion Flower. Leaves cordate, quite entire; petioles equal; root perennial; stem climbing, about the thickness of a finger; flowers red ; fruit globose, and variegated with red and yellow, having a sweet pulp. — Native of South America, near Lima. See the first species. 5. Passiflora Maliformis; Apple-fruited Passion Flower. Leaves cordate, oblong, quite entire; petioles biglandular; involucres quite entire; stem thick, triangular, by slender tendrils thrown out at every joint rising to the height of fifteen or twenty feet. The cover of the flowers is composed of three soft velvety leaves of a pale red, with some stripes of a lively red colour ; the petals are white, and the rays blue. The flowers being large, make a fine appearance, but they are of short duration ; there is however a succession of them for some time. — It grows naturally in the West Indies, where the inhabitants call it Granadilla ; and the fruit is served up in desserts. See the first species. G. Passiflora Quadrangularis ; Square-stalked Passion Flower. Leaves oval, subcordate, smooth, many-nerved ; petioles glandular; stem membranaceous, four-cornered; sti- pules oval, oblong ; flowers very large, encompassed by a three-leaved involucre, the leaves of which are roundish, con- cave, entire, smooth, and pale. Mr. Miller observes, that it has much the appearance of the preceding, both in stalk and leaves; but the stalk has four angles, the leaves also of that are not hollowed at the base; the flower is much larger, though very like the other in colour; the fruit is nearly twice as large, and of a very agreeable flavour. Jacquin remarks, that the flowers are very sweet, as well as beautiful, resem- bling the eighth species in colour and structure, but a little larger ; that the fruit is shaped like an egg, shining, greenish- yellow, larger than a goose’s egg, having a soft spongy rind, a finger in thickness, brittle, whitish, insipid ; the pulp suc- culent, of a waterish colour, and sweetish smell, and a very pleasant taste, sweet and gently acid, contained in a mem- brane or bag, which may be easily separated from the rind. Mr. Sowerby distinguishes this from the next species, with which it has been confounded. They are very much alike as to appearance before they flower, excepting that the leaves in this have generally twice as many side veins. The flowering even at a distance will distinguish them pretty easily, this being rather compressed, and never oblong, as that of the. seventh always is, while the sixth is also destitute of awns ; and the glands on the petioles are said to be six, but they are not constant, and there are likewise six some- times in the other. The peduncle affords a most certain dis- tinction. Jacquin has a variety, which he names Passiflora Sulcata. It perfectly resembles this species, except in the size and form of the fruit, which is roundish, frequently larger than a child’s head, and marked with a circular transverse groove, deep enough to lay a finger in. Native of Terra Firma. — The fruit of this species is brought to table whole, and is much esteemed ; and the pulp, taken out of the rind, with or without the Seeds, is first put into wine. The French call it Granadille ; and Brow ne, the Granadilla Vine. — Na- tive of the woods of Jamaica, and of other West India islands. Jacquin however says, he did not find it wild any where, but in gardens every where; to the ornament of which it very much contributes, by forming large and very close arbours in a few' months. It is attended however with this inconve- nience, that these arbours serve to shelter venomous serpents, which lurk there to seize on little animals that come for the fruit, of which they are very fond. See the first species. 7. Passiflora Alata ; Wing-stalked Passion Flower. Leaves ovate, subcordate, even, few-nerved ; petioles glandular ; stem membranaceous, four-cornered ; stipules lanceolate, serrate. : This very much resembles the preceding at first sight; the open flower also presents a general resemblance, but the j peduncle is cylindrical ; the three divisions of the involucre small, lanceolate, with glandular serratures; the pedicel thick- [ est at the insertion into the convex base of the flower. If this species does not equal the Common Passion Flower in elegance, it exceeds it in magnificence, in brilliancy of colours, and in fragrance, the flowers being highly odoriferous. — • Native of the West Indies. See the first species. 8. Passiflora Laurifolia; Laurel-leaved Passion Flower , or Water Lemon. Leaves ovate, quite entire ; petioles biglan- dular; involucres toothed; stem suffrutescent, with very divaricating filiform branches. Jacquin describes it as a woody plant, smooth all over ; the younger branches round and green. Peduncles solitary ; flowers very handsome and odoriferous ; petals rose-coloured within, pale without ; crown , elegantly variegated transversely with white, purple, and violet; fruit three inches long, with a coriaceous, yellow, soft, rough rind, containing a watery, sweet, tasteful juice, having a peculiarly fine smell. In the West Indies they suck this pleasant juice through a hole in the fruit. The French call it, Pommes de Hiane; and the English, Honeysuckle ! Browne says, it is cultivated in many parts of America for the sake of its fruit, which is very delicate, and much esteem- ed by most palates ; it is about the size of a hen’s egg, and full of a very agreeable gelatinous pulp. It flowers in June and July. See the first species. 9. Passiflora Multiflora; Many-flowered Passion Flower. Leaves oblong, quite entire; flowers in clusters; stalks slen- der, sending out many small branches, and climbing to the height of twenty-five or thirty feet; by age they become woody towards the bottom, and their joints are not far asun- der; flowers axillary, on long peduncles; petals oblong, white; rays blueish-purple, inclining to red at bottom. The flowers have an agreeable odour, but seldom continue twenty hours open ; there is a succession of them from June to Sep- tember, and sometimes the fruit w'ill ripen here. — Native of Vera Cruz. See the first species. 10. Passiflora A ngustifolia; Narrow-leaved Passion Flower. Leaves subcordate, lanceolate, entire; petioles biglandular ; flowers solitary. — Native of Jamaica. 11. Passiflora Adulieriua. Leaves oblong, oval, entire; flowers tubular ; calices three-leaved; stem angular, lanugi- nose all over; flowers solitary, peduncled, pendulous, purple. — Native of New Granada. See the first species. ** With two-lohed Leaves. 12. Passiflora Perfoliata ; Perfoliate Passion Flower. Leaves oblong, transverse, embracing, petioled, dotted under- neath ; crown simple, many-parted ; stem herbaceous, climb- ing and twining, three-cornered, subdivided, striated, pubes- cent; flowers middle-sized, scarlet. — Native of Jamaica, in dry hedges near the coast, on the southern side of the island, flowering in the middle of summer. See the first species. 13. Passiflora Ilubra ; Red-fruited Passion Flower . Leaves cordate ; lobes acuminate, subtomentose underneath ; stem villose; flowers alternate, nodding, on solitary one- flowered peduncles; petals whitish, or pale flesh colour. It flowers in April and May. — Native of the West Indies. See the first species. PAS OR, BOTANIC \L DICTIONARY. P A S 25 i 14. Passiflora Normalis. Leaves emarginate at the base; lobes linear, blunt, divaricate, the middle one obsolete, tnucronate : this has slender angular stalks, w hich rise twenty feet high, sending out many branches ; the flowers and ten- drils come out from the same joints : the former are of a pale colour, and small; fruit egg-shaped, ovate, purple, the size of small grapes. The root of this plant is much extolled by Hernandes, as a counter-poison and diuretic, for easing pain and creating appetite. — Native of South America. See the first species. 15. Passiflora Murucuja. Leaves ovate, undivided at the base, dotted underneath ; nectary one-leafed ; stem herba- ceous,' grooved, smooth ; flowers in pairs, axillary, scarlet, large. The fruit, according to Browne, is of an oblong oval form, about the size of a large Olive, and flesh coloured when ripe. Both the syrup and decoction of the plant, is much used in the leeward parts of Jamaica, where it is fre- quent; and it is said to answer effectually all the purposes for which syrup of poppies, and liquid laudanum, are gene- rally administered. The flowers are most in use: they are commonly infused in, or pounded and mixed immediately with wine or spirits ; and the composition is generally thought a very easy and effectual narcotic. Browne calls it Bull- hoof, or Dutchman’s Laudanum, which are probably the vulgar names of the country. — Native of the West Indies. See the first species. 16. Passiflora Vespertilio ; Bat-winged Passion Flower. Leaves rounded at the base, and glandular; lobes acute, divaricate, dotted underneath. This has slender, striated, roundish stalks, less than a straw, and of the same thickness from top to bottom, of a brownish-red colour, dividing into many branches ; flowers on short round peduncles, from the axils of the middle and upper leaves, W'hite, and of a middle size, about three inches in diameter when expanded. They are scentless, opening in the evening or during the night, in the month of July, and finally close about eight or nine o’clock in the morning. — Native of the West Indies, and near Carthagena in New Spain. See the first species. 17. Passiflora Lunata; Crescent-leaved Passion Flower. Leaves dotted at the base, slightly cordate, and having two glands; outer rays of the nectary club shaped, compressed, obtuse; stems several, above thirty feet high in a cultivated state, roundish and woody at the base: in the upper part acutely angular, striated, almost herbaceous, nearly smooth, alternately branched ; flowers axillary, two together, droop- ing, opening early in the day, and smelling like honey ; peduncles twice as long as the petioles, round, swelling at the top, slightly downy, each bearing a single flower. — Native of Vera Cruz. See the first species. 18. Passiflora Capsularis. Leaves cordate, oblong, peti- oled ; stalks slender, rising to twenty feet high when support- ed, and divided into many weak branches ; peduncles very slender, an inch and half long, purplish ; flowers when expand- ed not more than an inch and half in diameter, of a soft red colour, with little scent; fruit small, oval when ripe, purple. —•Native of Jamaica. See the first species. '*'** With three-lobed Leaves. 19. Passiflora Rotundifolia; Round-leaved Passion Flower. Leaves roundish, three-lobed only at top, dotted underneath; nectary simple; stem suft’rutescent at bottom, subdivided, angular, grooved ; flowers nodding, pale green, rather large. Jacquin observes, that the glandular dots on the under side of the leaf are six or seven in a longitudinal row, along the inner side of the two lateral nerves ; that the stipules are acuminate, shining, embracing, and resembling bull’s horns ; that the peduncles are the same length with the leaves ; that 87. the flowers are middle-sized, and void of scent ; that there is a three leaved involucre; the leaflets ovate, concave, small, firm, shining, smooth, yellowish with a tinge of green; that the petals are white, and twice as long as the calix ; the nec- tary inultifid and yellow ; that the berry is roundish, small, and juiceless ; and that in most of the leaves the middle lobe is scarcely to be observed. He says it is very commou iu the woods about Carthagena in New Spain; while Swartz found it in the coppices on the southern side of Jamaica. See the first species. 20. Passiflora Oblongata. Leaves elliptic, subtrilobate in front, dotted underneath; lobes sharpish, the middle one shorter. — Native of the island of Jamaica. See the first species. 21. Passiflora Punctata ; Dotted-leaved Passion Flower. Leaves oblong, doited underneath, the middle one smaller. — Native of Peru. See the first species. 22. Passiflora Lutea ; Yellow Passion Flower. Leaves cordate, smooth ; lobes ovate ; petioles without glands ; root creeping, sending up many weak stalks three or four feet high ; peduncle slender, an inch and half long; flowers greenish- yellow, not larger than a sixpence when expanded. It flowers from June to August. — Native of Virginia and Jamaica. This may be propagated by its creeping roots, parted in April, and planted where they are to remain. See the first and thirty-second species : it requires the same treatment as the latter. 23. Passiflora Parviflora ; Small-flowered Passion Flower. Leaves smooth ; lobes ovate, entire, the middle one more produced; petioles biglandular; stem herbaceous. — Native of Jamaica. See the first species. 24. Passiflora Glauca; Glaucous leaved Passioti Flower. Leaves cordate, smooth ; lobes ovate, equal ; petioles glan- dular; stipules semi ovate. The whole plant is very smooth and even; nectary shorter by half than the petals; rays violet, white at the tip; flowers sweet. — Native of Cayenne. See the first species. 25. Passiflora Minima; Dwarf Passion Flower. Leaves smooth ; lobes lanceolate, quite entire, the middle one more produced; petioles biglandular; stem even, suberose at bottom; flowers small, whitish ; berry small, blue, egg-shaped. Mr. Sowerby remarks, that though this has its name from its smallness, there are others nearly, if not quite, as small, and not well distinguished; that several of them have no invo- lucre, though there is a joint on the peduncle, or, as he has it, between the peduncle and pedicel; and that they have but five petals, consequently nothing that serves as a calix. It flowers in July. — Native of Curafao and Jamaica. See the first species. 26. Passiflora Heterophylla ; Narrow-leaved Passion Flower. Leaves undivided, linear, oblong, and three-lobed, smooth, quite entire; petioles biglandular. — Native of the West Indies, and flowering from June to September. See the first species. 27. Passiflora Suberosa ; Cork-barked Passion Flower. Leaves subpeltate ; lobes ovate, entire; petioles biglandular; stem suberose. As the stalks grow old, they have a thick fungous bark, like that of the Cork-tree, which cracks and splits. The smaller branches are covered with a smooth bark; the flowers are small, of a greenish yellow colour; fruit egg-shaped, dark purple when ripe. — Native of the West Indies, flowering from June to September. See the first species. 28. Passiflora Holosericea ; Silky-leaved Passion Flower. Leaves with a reflex toothlet on each side at the base : the stalks rise tweutv feet high, dividing into litany slender 3 S PAS THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PAS branches, covered with a soft hairy down ; flowers not half so large as those of the Common or Blue Passion Flower ; petals white; rays purple, with a mixture of yellow; fruit small, roundish, yellow when ripe. It flowers most part of the summer. — Native of La Vera Cruz. See the first species. 29. Passiflora Hirsuta; Hairy Passion Flower. Leaves villose, the lower smooth above ; lobes oblong, quite entire, the middle one more produced; petioles biglandular. It flowers in September. — Native of the West Indies. See the first species. 30. Passiflora Fcetida ; Stinking Passion Flower. Leaves cordate, hairy; involucres capillary, multifid; root annual, or rather biennial; the stalks rise five or six feet high when supported, they are channelled or hairy ; flowers on strong hairy peduncles, two inches long, they are white, and of a short duration; calix composed of slender hairy filamenta, wrought like a net, longer than the petals, and turning up round them ; fruit rouudish, ovate, about the size of a Golden Pippin, of a yellowish-green colour, enclosed in the netted calix. The whole plant has a disagreeable scent when touch- ed. It grows naturally in most of the islands of the British West Indies, where the inhabitants call it Love in a Mist, because it resembles Nigella Damascena in the involucre. It is propagated by seeds sown upon a hot-bed early iu the spring. When the plants are fit to be removed, transplant each into a small pot filled with light kitchen-garden earth ; plunge them into a hot-bed again, and shade them from the sun till they have taken new root. Shift them into larger pots as the roots increase ; and when the plants are too tall to remain in the hot-bed, remove them into an airy glass-case, admitting air in warm weather, but screening them from cold. In this situation the plants will flower in July, and the seeds ripen in autumn. 3L. Passiflora Ciliata ; Ciliated Passion Flower. Leaves smooth, ciliate-serraie, the middle one very long; petioles not glandular. The leaves of this species vary occasionally ; they are dark-green and glossy: the involucrum is composed of three leaves divided into capillary segments, each terminat- ing in a viscid globule; the pillar supporting the germen is bright purple, with darker spots ; the petals are greenish on the outside, and red within. — Native of Jamaica. 32. Passiflora Fcetida ; Stinking Passion Flower. Leaves cordate, hairy; involucres capillary, multifid ; root perennial; stalks annual, slender, rising four or five feet high ; the flowers are produced at the joints of the stalk, at the foot- stalks of the leaves, on long slender peduncles, in succession, as the stalks advance in height during the summer months; petals white, with a double circle of purple rays, the rays ol the lower circle longest ; the flowers have an agreeable scent, but are of short duration, opening in the morning, and fading away in the evening ; fruit as large as a middling apple, chang- ing to a pale orange colour when ripe, inclosing many oblong •rough seeds, lying in a sweetish pulp. — It grows naturally in Virginia, and other parts of. North America, and was the first known in Europe of all the species. It is usually pro- pagated in England by seeds, which are brought from North America, for the seeds do not often ripen in England, though they have been known to ripen perfectly on plants which were plunged in a tan bed, under a deep frame; but those plants which are exposed to the open air, do not produce fruit here. The seeds should be sown upon a moderate hot- bed, which will bring up the plants much sooner than when they are sown in the open air, so that they will have more time to acquire strength before winter. When the plants are come up two or three inches high, they should be carefully taken up, and each planted in a separate small pot filled with good kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, to forward their taking new root: after which they should be gradually inured to bear the open air, to which they should be exposed in summer, but in the autumn they must be placed under a garden-frame to screen them from the frost ; but they should have the free air at all times in mild weather. The spring following, some of these plants may be turned out of the pots, and planted in a warm border, where, if they be covered with tanner’s bark every winter to keep out the frost, they will live several years, their stalks decaying in the autumn, and new ones arising in the spring, which in warm seasons will flower very well. If those plants which are continued in pots are plunged into a tan bed, some of them may produce fruit; and if the stalks of these are laid down in the beginning of June, into pots of earth plung- ed near them, they will take root by the end of August. See also the first species. 33. Passiflora Aurantia ; Orange Passion Flower. Leaves three-lobed; lobes parabolical, distant, the middle one more produced. — Native of New Caledonia. 34. Passiflora Mixta. Leaves trifid, serrate ; flowers tubu- lar; calices one-leafed ; stem angular, smooth; flowers soli- tary, peduncled, nodding, red, on round pubescent peduncles. — Native of New Granada. See the first species. **** With mullifid Leaves. 35. Passiflora Ccerulea; Common or Blue Passion Flower. Leaves palmate, quite entire. This, in a few years, with proper support, rises to a great height ; it may be trained to upwards of forty feet. The stalks will grow almost as large as a man’s arm, and are covered with a purplish bark, but do not become very woody. The shoots often grow to the length of twelve or fifteen feet in one summer, and being very slender, must be supported, otherwise they will hang to the ground, intermix with each other, and appear very un- sightly. The flowers have a faint scent, and continue but one day; fruit egg-shaped, the size and form of the Mogul Plum, and when ripe of the same yellow colour, inclosing a sweetish disagreeable pulp, in which oblong seeds are lodged. There is a variety with much narrower lobes, divided almost to the bottom; the flowers come later in the summer; the petals are narrower, and of a purer white. — The Blue Passion Flower grows naturally in Brazil, and, being hardy enough to thrive in the open air, is now become the most common species in England. It may be propagated by seeds, which should be sown in the same manner as those of the thirty- second sort, and the plants treated in the same way till the following spring, when they should be turned out of the pots, and planted against a go<;d-aspected wall, where they may have height for their shoots to extend, otherwise they will hang about and entangle each other, so as to make but an indifferent appearance; but where buildings are to be cover- ed, this plant is very proper for the purpose. After they have taken good root iu their new quarters, the only care they will require is to train their shoots up against the wall, as they extend in length, to prevent their hanging about; and if the winter prove severe, the surface of the ground about their roots should be covered with mulch, to keep the frost from penetrating the ground ; and if the stalks and branches are covered with mats, pease-haulm, straw, or any such light covering, it will protect them in winter against severe frosts; but this covering must be removed in mild weather, or it will produce mouldiness in the branches, which would be more injurious than the cold. In the spring the plants should be trimmed, when all the small weak shoots should be entirely cut off, and the strong ones shortened to about four or five feet long, which will enable them to put out strong shoots PAS OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PAS 253 for flowering the following year. This plant is also propa- gated by laying down the branches, which in one year will be well rooted, may he taken off from the old plants, and transplanted where they are designed to remain. The cut- tings of this will also take root, if they are planted in a loamy soil not too stiff, in the spring, before they begin to shoot. If these be covered with bell or hand glasses to exclude the air, they will succeed much better than when they are otherwise treated ; but when the cuttings put out shoots, the air should be admitted to them, or they will draw up weak, and spoil, and they must be afterwards treated as the layers. Those plants which are propagated by layers, or cuttings, do not produce fruit so plentifully as the seed- ling plants ; and this plant, as well as many others, seldom produces fruit after having been twice or thrice propagated by layers or cuttings. If in very severe winters the stalks be killed to the ground, the roots often put out new stalks the following summer, therefore they should-not be disturbed ; and where there is mulch laid on the ground about their roots, there will be little danger of their being killed, although all the stalks should be destroyed. 36. Passiflora Serrata ; Serrate-leaved. Passion Flower. Leaves palmate, serrate; stems woody; at each knot a leaf, a tendril, and a flower, come out from the same point; peduncle two inches long. The flower is inclosed in an involucre, and both together are larger than a hen’s egg. The lower half of the flower when expanded resembles a cup with a pentagon rim, white on the inside, hairy at bot- tom. The corolla is composed of ten violet-coloured petals in two rows, five in each, the inner much narrower than the outer, all an inch and half long, with a small point at the end verging outwards ; fruit the size of an orange, round, polished, like that of Coloquintida, except that next the pe- duncle it is drawn out like a pear. It is filled with a white mucilaginous pulp, containing many seeds, a little larger than grains of wheat, oval, a little compressed, pointed at one end, hardish, shining, hairy. — Native of the island of Mar- tinique. See the first species. 37. Passiflora Pedata; Carl-flowered Passion Flower. Leaves pedate, serrate; stems angular; the flowers rather larger than those of the preceding; the rays of the crown are very close, deep red, with two or three white rings, very slender at the end, and violet; they are twisted so as to resemble the serpents about Medusa’s head. The five inner parts of the corolla are entirely blue ; the five outer pale green within, with abundance'of little red dots, on the out- side clear green ; fruit the size and form of a middling apple ; rind regular and smooth, of a shining green colour, with still brighter dots. — Native of the island of Dominica. Passion Flower. See Passiflora. Pastinaca ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digy- nia— Generic Character. Calix : umbel universal manifold, flat ; partial manifold ; involucre universal none ; partial none; perianth proper obsolete. Corolla: universal uniform ; florets all fertile ; proper of five lanceolate, involute, entire petals. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary; antherce roundish. Pistil: germen inferior; styles two, reflex; stig- mas blunt. Pericarp: none; fruit compressed, flat, elliptic, bipartile. Seeds: two, elliptic, girt round the edge, almost flat on both sides. Essential Character. Fruit ellip- tic, compressed, flat; petals involute, entire. The spe- cies are, 1. Pastinaca Lucida ; Shining-leaved Parsnep. Root- leaves simple, cordate, lobate, shining, acutely crenate ; stem-leaves ternate and pinnate ; branch-leaves simple, wedge-shaped ; root biennial, thick, milky ; stem stiff, rug- ged, grooved, and angular, branched from the bottom, almost the height of a man, when cut yielding a fetid rue-like, whitish, tenacious gum ; branches numerous, panicled. — Native of the south of Europe. 2. Pastinaca Sativa; Common Parsnep. Leaves simply pinnate; root biennial, simple, whitish, putting forth some large fibres from the side-; stem single, three or four feet high, erect, rigid, angular, pubescent, hollow, branched ; flowering branches come out from the axils of the leaves from top to bottom, supporting umbels which are smaller than that which terminates the stem ; flowers small, yellow, with iufiex regular petals. — Wild Parsnep is a native of most parts of Europe, on the borders of ploughed fields and on the banks of hedges, chiefly in a calcareous or marly soil. It flou'ers from the end of June through August. Garden Parsnep has smooth leaves of a light or yellowish green colour, in which it differs from the wild plant ; the stalks also rise higher, and are deeper channelled ; the peduncles are much longer, and the flowers of a deeper yellow colour. The wild plant is sometimes smooth, but more often hairy ; and the garden plant sometimes hairy, but generally smooth. The roots are sweeter than Carrots, and are much eaten by those who abstain from animal food in Lent, or eat salt fish on fast days. They are highly nutritious, and in the north of Ireland are brewed with malt, instead of hops, and fer- mented with yeast. The liquor thus obtained is agreeable. Hogs are fond of these roots, upon which they soon grow fat. Allione observes, that although the old roots of the Wild Parsnep be hot and acrimonious, yet we are not to attribute to them the bad effects which some affirm them to have. The seeds contain an essential oil, and will often cure intermittent fevers. The seeds, used in medicine, should be Ihose of the wild plant; but the druggists commonly sell the seed of the garden kind for it, which they inay purchase at an easy price when it is too old to grow. A strong decoction of the root is a pretty strong diuretic, and assists in removing obstructions of the viscera. It is good against the jaundice and gravel, and moderately promotes the menses. Villars remarks, that in Dauphiny there are two remarkable varieties of the Wild Parsnep: one with an angular branched stem, approaching very nearly to the Garden Parsnep ; the other with a simple round stem, very slightly striated, and receding so far from the cultivated plant that it seems to be a distinct species. This root being large and sweet, and accounted very nourishing, is universally cultivated in kitchen-gardens. The seeds should be sown in February or March, in a rich mellow soil, well dug, that their roots may run downwards, the greatest excellency being the length and size of the roots. They may be sown alone, or with Carrots, as is practised by the kitchen-gardeners near London, some of whom also mix Leeks, Onions, and Lettuce, with their Parsneps ; but this is injudicious, for it is not possible that so many different sorts can thrive well together, except they are allowed a considerable distance; and if so, it will be equally the same to sow the different sorts separate. However, Carrots and Parsneps may be sown together very well, especially where the Carrots are designed to be drawn off very young ; because the Parsneps generally spread most towards the end of the summer, when the early carrots are gone. When the plants are come up, hoe them out to ten or twelve inches asunder, cutting up all the weeds. This must be repeated three or four times, according as you find the weeds grow'; but in the latter part of summer, when the plants cover the ground, they will prevent the growth of weeds. When the leaves begin to decay, the roots may be dug up for use. Before this, they are seldom well-tasted ; nor are they good for much in the spring, after they are shot 254 PAS THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PAS out again. To preserve them for this season, dig them up in the beginning of February, and bury them in the sand in a dry place, where they will remain good until the middle of April, or later. To save seeds, make choice of some of the longest, straightest, and largest roots, and plant them two feet asunder, where they are defended from strong south and south-west winds, for the stems grow to a great height; keep them clear from weeds, and, if the season should prove dry, water them twice a week. At the end of August, or the beginning of September, the seeds will be ripe; then carefully cut the umbels, and spread them upon a coarse cloth for two or three days to dry ; after which, beat off the seeds, and put them up for use. Never trust to the seeds that are more than a year old, for they will seldom grow beyond that age. The leaves are dangerous to handle, especially in a morning, while the dew remains upon them. Gardeners, who have been drawing up Carrots from among Parsneps while their leaves are wet with dew, with the sleeves of their shirts turned up to their shoulders, often have their arms covered with large blisters, full of a scalding liquor, which' have proved very troublesome for several days. To cultivate Parsneps for the farmer, sow the seed in autumn, soon after it is ripe ; by which means the plants will come on early the following spring, and can get strong before the weeds can grow so as to injure them. The young plants never suffer materially through the severity of the seasons. The best soil for them is a rich deep loam ; next to this is a sand ; or they will thrive well in a black gritty soil, but will never pay for cultivating in stone brash, gravel, or clay soils; and they are always the largest where the staple is the deepest. If the soil be proper, they do not require much manure. A very good crop has been obtained, for three successive years, without any. Forty cart-loads of sand laid on an acre of very stiff loam, and ploughed in, has answered very well. Sow the seed in drills eighteen inches distant, that the plants may be horse or hand hoed : they will be more luxuriant if they have a second hoeing, and are care- fully earthed, so as not to cover the leaves. If land cannot be got in proper condition to receive the seed in autumn, sow a plat in the garden, or the corner of a field, and trans- plant thence at the end of April, or early in May. The plants must be carefully drawn, and the land that is to receive them wrell pulverized by harrowing and rolling. When it is thus in order, open a furrow six or eight inches deep, and lay the plants in it regularly at the distance of ten inches or a foot, taking care not to let the root be bent, and that the plant standing upright after the earth is closed about it, which should be done immediately by persons following the planter with a hoe, and who must be attentive not to cover the leaves. Open another furrow eighteen inches distant from the last, plant it as before, and so proceed till the field is completely cropped. When any weeds appear, hoe the ground, and earth the plants. Dibbling, in Parsneps, is a bad method, as the ground thereby becomes so bound as not easily to admit the lateral fibres, with which the root of this plant abounds, to fix or work in the earth, on which account the roots never attain their proper size. With attention to the soil, the season for sowing, cleaning, and earthing the plants, and raising the seeds from the largest and best Parsneps, there is no doubt that the crop would answer much better than a crop of Carrots. They are equal to them, if not superior, in fatting pigs ; for they make the flesh white, and the animals eat them with more satisfaction. Clean washed, and sliced among bran, horses eat them greedily, and thrive with them; nor do they heat horses, or, like corn, fill them with disorders. In France, and in our islands adjoining to it, Parsneps are held in high esteem both for cattle and swine. In Brittany this crop is said to be little inferior in value to wheat. Milch cows, fed with it in winter, give as much and as good milk, and yield butter as well-flavoured, with Parsneps, as with grass in May or June. 3. Pastinaca Opoponax ; Rough Parsnep. Leaves pinnate and bipinnate; leaflets gashed at the base in front; root perennial, as thick as the human arm, yellow, branched; the branches an inch or an inch and half in thickness, a foot and half in length, tubercled, with a corky bark; stem from three feet to the height of a man, the thickness of a finger, striated, covered at the base, like the Ferns, with scariose membranous scales, in other parts very smooth and shining, angular at top, especially the branches. The umbelliferous branches are very smooth. The universal umbels have usu- ally seven or eight rays, an inch long, of a yellowish green colour; fruits flat, with the rim thicker, three or four lines in diameter, and a little longer; juice yellow, bearing no marks of a resinous or aromatic principle. It flows out where the leaf or stalks are broken. In the warmer regions of the East, of which this plant is a native, the juice concretes into a guin-resin called Opoponax. It is obtained by means of incisions made at the bottom of the stalk; and is imported from Turkey and the East Indies, sometimes in little round drops or tears, but more commonly in irregular lumps, of a reddish yellow colour, specked with white on the outside, internally paler, and frequently variegated with large white pieces. This gum-resin has a strong disagreeable smell, and a bitter, acrid, somewhat nauseous taste. It readily forms a milky liquor with water by rubbing; and this on standing deposits a portion of resinous matter, and becomes yellowish: to rectified spirit it yields a gold-coloured tincture, which tastes and smells strongly of the drug. Water distilled from it is impregnated with its smell, but no essential oil is obtained on committing moderate quantities to the operation. Opoponax has been long esteemed for its attenuating, deob- struent, and aperient virtues ; but as it is commonly pre- scribed in combination with other medicines, these qualities are by no means ascertained, nor do its sensible qualities indicate it to be a medicine of much power. Dr. Cullen classes it with the antispasmodics ; it is however less fetid than Galbanum, though more so than Ammoniacum. It has been commonly given in hypochondriacal affections, visceral obstructions, menstrual suppressions, and asthmas, especi- ally when connected with a phlegmatic habit of body. Pasture Ground, —is of two sorts: the one is low meadow land, which is often overflowed ; and the other is upland, which lies high and dry. The former will produce a much greater quantity of hay than the latter, and will not require manuring or dressing so often; but then the hay produced on the upland is much preferable to the other, as is also the meat which is fed in the upland more valued than that which is fatted in rich meadows, though the latter will make the fatter and larger cattle, as is seen in those brought from the low rich lands in Lincolnshire. But where people are nice in their meat, they will give a much larger price for such as has been fed on the downs, or iu short upland pastures, than for the other, which is much larger. Besides this, dry pas- tures have this superiority over the meadows, that they may be fed on all the winter, and are not so subject to poach in wet weather, nor will there be so many bad weeds produced; which are great advantages, and do in a great measure recompense for the smallness of the crop. The first improve- ment of upland pasture, is by fencing it, and dividing it into small fields of four, five, six, eight, or ten acres each, 2 PAS OK, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PAS planting timber-trees in the hedge rows, which will screen the grass from the drying pinching winds of March, which prevent the growth of the grass in large open lands; so that if April turn out a cold dry month, the land produces very little hay; whereas in the sheltered fields the grass will begin to grow early in March, and will soon after cover the ground, and prevent the sun from parching the roots of the grass, whereby it will keep growing so as to afford a tolerable crop, if the spring should prove dry, But in fencing land, it must be observed not to make the inclosure too small, especially where the hedge-rows are planted with trees; because when the trees are advanced to a considerable height, they will spread over the land ; and where they are close, will render the grass sour; so that instead of being an advantage, it will greatly injure the pasture. — The next improvement of upland pasture is to make the turf good, where, either from the bald- ness of the soil, or want of proper care, the grass has been destroyed by rushes, bushes, or mole-hills. Where the sur- face of the land is clayey and cold, it may be improved by paring it off and burning it; but if it be a hot sandy land, then chalk, lime, marl, or clay, are very proper manures to lay upon it ; but this should be laid on in pretty good quan- tities, otherwise it will be of little service to the land. If the ground be overrun with bushes or rushes, it will be of great advantage to grub them up towards the latter part of the summer, and, after they are dried, to burn them, and spread the ashes over the ground just before the autumnal rains ; at which time the surface of the lands should be levelled, and sown with grass-seed, which, if done early in the autumn, will come up in a short time, and make good grass in the following spring. So also where the land is full of mole- hills, these should be pared off, and either burnt for the ashes, or spread immediately on the ground where they are pared off, observing to sow the bare patches with grass-seed just as the autumnal rains begin. There are some pasture lands which are full of ant-hills, which are not only disagree- able to the sight, but, when they are in any quantity, the grass cannot be mowed ; therefore tiie turf which grows over them should be divided with an instrument into three parts, and pared off each way ; then the middle or core of the hills should be dug out, and spread over the ground, leaving the holes green all the winter to destroy the ants, and in the spring the turf may be laid down again ; and after the roots of grass are settled again in the ground, it should be rolled to settle the surface, and make it even. If this be properly managed, it will be a great improvement to such land. Where the land has been thus managed, it will be of great service to roll the turfs in the months of February and March with a heavy wood roller, always observing to do it in moist weather, that the roller may make an impression : this will render the surface level, and make it much easier to mow the grass, than when the ground lies in hills ; and will also cause the turf to thicken, so as to have what the people usually term a good bottom. The grass likewise will be the sweeter for this husbandry, and it will he a great help to destroy bad weeds. — Another improvement of upland pas- ture, is the feeding them every, other year; for where this is not practised, the land must be manured at least every third year; and where a farmer has much arable land, he will not care to part with his manure to the pasture. Therefore every farmer should endeavour to proportion his pasture to his arable land, especially where manure is scarce, otherwise he will soon find his error; for the pasture is the foundation of all the profit, which may arise from the arable land. Whenever the upland pastures are mended by manure, there should be a regard had to the nature of the soil, and a proper 87. sort of manure applied : as, for instance, all hot sandy lands should have a cool manure; cow’s dung and swine’s dung are very proper for such lands, as also marl and clay ; but for cold land, horse dung, ashes, or sand, and oilier warm manures, are proper. And when these are applied, it should be done in autumn, before the rains have soaked the ground, and rendered it too soft to carton ; and it should be carefully spread, breaking- all the clods as small as possible, and early in the spring harrowed with bushes, to let it down to the roots of the grass. When the manure is laid on at this season, the rains in winter will wash down the salts, so that the grass will derive the advantage in the following spring. There should he great care taken to destroy weeds in the pasture every spring and autumn ; for where this is not practised, the weeds will ripen their seeds, which will spread over the ground, and fill it with such a crop of weeds as will soon overhear the grass, and render it very weak, if not destroy it ; and it will be very difficult to root them out after they have got possession ; especially Ragwort, Hawk- weed, Dandelion, and such others as have down adhering to their seeds. The upland pastures seldom degenerate the grass which is sown on them, if the land be tolerably good ; whereas the low meadows which are overflowed in winter, in a few years turn to a harsh rushy grass ; but the upland will continue a fine and sweet grass for many years without renewing. There is no part of husbandry of which the far- mers are in general more ignorant, than that of the pasture; most of them suppose that when the old pasture is ploughed up, it can never be brought to have a good sward again ; so their common method of managing their land after ploughing, and getting two or three crops of corn, is, to sow with their crop of barley some grass seeds, as they call them; that is, either the Red Clover, which they intend to stand two years after the [corn is taken off the ground, or Ray-grass mixed with Trefoil; but as all these are at most but biennial plants, the roots of which decay soon after their seeds are perfected, so the ground having no crop upon it, is again ploughed for corn : and this is the constant round which the lands are employed in, by the better sort of farmers, who seldom have the least notion of laying down their land to grass for any longer continuance ; therefore the seeds which they usually sow are the best adapted for this purpose. But whatever may have been the practice, it is possible to lay down land which has been in tillage with grass in such a manner as that the sward shall be as good, if not better, than any natural grass, and of as long duration. But this is never to be expected in the common method of sowing a crop of corn with the grass-seeds ; for wherever this has been practised, if the corn has succeeded well, the grass has been very poor and weak ; so that if the land has not been very good, the grass has scarcely been worth standing; for the following year it has produced but little hay, and the year after the crop is worth little either to mow or feed. It cannot indeed be expected to be otherwise, for the ground cannot nourish two crops ; and if there were no deficiency in the land, yet the corn being the first, and most vigorous of growth, will pre- vent the grass from making auy considerable progress; so that the plants will be extremely weak and very thin, many of them which came up in the spring being destroyed by the corn; for wherever there are roots of corn, it cannot be expected there should be any grass. Therefore the grass must be thin, and if the land is not in good heart to supply the grass with nourishment, that roots nray branch out after the corn is gone, there cannot be any considerable crop of Clover; and as the roots are biennial, rnauy of the strongest plants wall perish soon after they are cut. 25« PAS THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PAS and the weak plants, which had made but little progress before, will be the principal part of the crop for the succeed- ing year, which is many times not worth standing. Hence, when ground is laid down for grass, there should be no crop of any kind sown with the seeds, and the land should be well ploughed, and cleaned from weeds; otherwise, the weeds will come up at first, and grow so strong as to over- bear the grass, which, if they be not pulled up, must be en- tirely destroyed. The best season to sow the grass-seeds upon dry land is about the middle of August, if there be an appearance of rain ; for the ground being then warm, if there happen some good showers of rain after the seed is sown, the grass will soon make its appearance, and get sufficient root- ing in the ground before winter; so will not be in danger of having the roots turned out of the ground by frost, especially if the grouud is well rolled before the frost comes on, which will press it down, and fix the earth close to the roots. Where this has not been practised, the frost has often loosen- ed the ground so much, as to let in the air to the roots of the grass, and done it great damage ; and this has been brought as an objection to the autumnal sowing of grass; but it will be found to have no weight, if the above direction be practised : nor is there any hazard in sowing the grass at this season, but that of dry weather after the seeds are sown; for if the grass comes up well, and the ground is well rolled in the middle or end of October, and repeated in the begin- ning of March, the sward will be closely joined at bottom, and a good crop of hay may be expected in the same summer. In very open exposed cold lands, it is proper to sow the seeds earlier than is here mentioned, that the grass may have time to get good rooting, before the cold season comes on to stop its growth; for in such situations vegetation is over early in the autumn, so the grass being weak may be destroy- ed by frost ; but if the seeds be sown in the beginning of August, and a few showers follow soon after to bring up the grass, it will succeed much better than any that is sown in the spring. But where the ground cannot be prepared for sowing at that season, it may be performed in the middle or latter end of March, according to the season’s being early or late; for in backward springs, and in cold land, the grass has been sown in April with success: but in sowing late there is danger of dry weather, especially if the land be light and dry, so that whenever the seeds are sown late in the spring, it will be proper to roll the ground well soon after the seeds are sown, to settle the surface, and prevent its being removed by the strong winds which at that time prevail. The sorts of seeds which are the best for this purpose, are the best sort of upland hay-seeds, taken from the cleanest pastures, where there are no bad weeds; if this seed be sifted to clean it from rubbish, three, or at most four bushels, will be sufficient to sow an acre of land : the other sort is the Trifolium Pratense, eight pounds of which will be enough for one acre of land. The grass-seed should be sown first, and then the Dutch Clover-seed may be afterwards sown ; but they should not be mixed together, because the Clover- seed being the heaviest, will fall to the bottom, and conse- quently the ground will be unequally sown with them. After the seeds are sown, the ground should be lightly harrowed, to bury them; which operation ought to be performed with a sliovt-loothed barrow, otherwise the seeds wiil be buried too deep. Two or three days after sowing, if the surface of the ground be dry, it should be rolled with a barley roller, to break the clods and smooth the ground, which will settle it, and prevent the seeds from being removed by the wind. When they are come up, if the land should produce many weeds, these should be drawn out before they grow so tall as to overbear the grass; for where this has been neglected, the weeds have taken such possession of the ground, as to keep down the grass and starve it ; and w hen these weeds have been suffered to remain until they have shed their seeds, the land has been so plentifully stocked with them as wholly to destroy the grass ; hence it is one of the principal parts of husbandry, never to suffer weeds to grow on land. If the ground be rolled up two or three times at proper distances after the grass is up, it will press it down, and cause it to make a thicker bottom ; for as the Dutch Clover will put out roots from every joint of the branches which are near the ground, so by pressing down the stalks, the roots will mat so closely together, as to form a sward thick enough to cover the whole surface of the ground, and form a green carpet, which will better resist tiie drought. For if we examine the common pastures in summer, in most of which there are patches of the Trifolium Pratense growing naturally, we shall find these patches to be the only verdure remaining in the fields. And this, the farmers in general acknowledge, is the sweetest food for all sorts of cattle; yet never had any notion of propagating it by seeds tiil of late years. Nor has this been long practised in England, for till within a few years there were not any of the seeds sowed in England ; though now there are many persons who save the seeds produced upon their own lands, which are found to succeed full as well as any of the foreign seeds which are imported; as this White Clover is an abiding plant, and certainly the very best sort to sow', where pastures are laid down to remain: for as the hay-seeds which are taken from the best pastures will be composed of various sorts of grass, some of which may be but annual, and others biennial; so when those go off, there will be many and large patches of ground left bare and naked, if there be not a sufficient quantity of White Clover to spread over and cover the land. Hence, a good sward can never be expected where this is not sown ; for in most of the natural pastures, we find this plant makes no small share of the sward ; and it is equally good for wet and dry land, growing naturally upon gravel and clay, in most parts of England ; which is a plain indication, how easily this plant may be cultivated to great advantage in most sorts of land throughout this king- dom. The true cause which the land that is in tillage is not brought to a good turf again, in the usual method of hus- bandry, is from the farmers not distinguishing which grasses are annual, from those which are perennial : if annual or biennial grasses be sown, they will of course soon decay ; so that, unless where some of their seeds may have ripened and fallen, nothing can be expected on the land but what will naturally come up. This, together with the covetous method of laying down the ground with a crop of corn, has occa- sioned the general want of increasing the pasture in many parts of England, where it is now much more valuable than any arable land. After the ground has been sown in the manner before directed, and brought to a good sward, the way to preserve it good is, bv constantly rolling the ground with a heavy roller, every spring and autumn, as has been before directed. This piece of husbandry is rarely practised by farmers ; but those who do, find their account in it, for it is of great beuefit to the grass. Another thing should also be carefully performed, which is to cut up Docks, Dande- lion, Knapweed, and all such bad weeds, by their roots every spring and autumn ; this will increase the quantity of good grass, and preserve the pastures in beauty. Dressing these pastures every third year, is also a good piece of husbandry, for without it no one can reasonably expect to obtain good crops. Besides this, it w ill be proper to mow one season, | and feed the next ; but where the ground is every year mown. PAS OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PAS 257 it must be constantly dressed, or the ground will be soon exhausted. — Of late years there has been an emulation, espe- cially among gentlemen, to improve their pastures, by sowing several sorts of grass-seeds ; and there have been some persons, of little skill in these matters, who have imposed on many ignorant people, by selling them seeds of some foreign grass, recommending them for some particular quality ; by trying which, they have found them to be of little value, and, after losing a season or two, have had their work to begin again. On this account, it is dangerous to trust those who, upon slight experiments, have ventured to recommend without judgment;, for of all the sorts of grass-seeds which have been brought from America, none have been found equal to the Common Poa Grass, either for duration or verdure. It grows naturally in England, and, with about six or seven other sorts, is the best worth cultivating, although the trouble of collect- ing the seeds in any quantity is so great, as to deter most persons from attempting it ; while those who purchase hay- seeds, find them so mixed with the seeds of weeds, that they have been compelled to adopt the plan Mr. Miller recommends, that of sowing only the White Dutch Clover seeds, and wait- ing for the natural grass coming up amongst it; which me- thod has generally succeeded better than by sowing hay-seed with it; for if the pasture be duly weeded, rolled, and dress- ed, all bad weeds may be destroyed, and a fine durable turf obtained : whereas, the Burnet, and many other plants which have been extolled as good winter food, being of short dura- tion, are very improper for improving land ; nor are there two better plants yet known for the purpose of fodder, than the Lucern and Sainfoin ; for where these are sown upon proper soils, and duly cultivated, they will produce a much greater quantity of food, than can be procured from the same quantity of land, sown with any other abiding plant. The following are the directions of Mr. Stillingfleet, for laying down land to grass : Plough the land in March as deep as the nature of the soil will admit; harrow when the weeds are about flowering, namely, some time in May, or sooner, if it be a forward spring; plough ten days after harrowing; harrow when the weeds come up again ; if any dung or com- post be prepared for the land, let it be laid on ; plough at this time, and plough it in a moderate depth immediately, so that the teeth of the harrow after rolling may reach it; roll the land down every day as it is ploughed with a light roller, and observe not to spread the dung long before it is ploughed in; barrow well when the weeds produced by the dung ap- pear, so as to bring the dung up, and mix it with the soil; observing not to harrow more at once than can be ploughed in one day; plough it up after the harrows the same depth as before, and follow the plough with a roller. The land will now lie under the proper preparation for the seeds, which may be sown after the first soaking rain, from the end of Au- gust to the end of September, in the following manner. Plough the land about the same depth as before ; harrow it once in a place, and sow the seeds after the barrow; then, with a hurdle bushed with black thorn bushes, harrow the seeds in; when the plants appear, roll the land with a light roller and not before, except the weather prove very dry, in which case it will be necessary to roll it with a very light roller after the bush-harrow; a light dressing of good ma- nure laid on with the first frost, will be of great use in preserv- ing the grass the first season, and encouraging its growth afterwards; and a light roller used after every frost will be of great service in the first winter. In Yorkshire, there are three modes of sowing grass-seeds: the first in August; the second and most common, with barley ; and the third upon wheat in March. The first is the best, and I he last the w orst. I They sow ten bushels to the acre, four pounds of Hop Tre- foil, ( Medieago Lupulina, Black Nonesuch,) or White Clover, and some persons add two pounds of Ray-grass. After the crop is cut, suffer no cattle to enter till next hay-harvest, when the grass may be either cut or fed ; but there is danger from the cattle in the last way. The farmers generally mow the first crop for the sake of seeds, because that affords more than the succeeding ones. If sown with barley, roll as soon as the barley is off 1 he ground, and lay on dung after the first crop of grass is mowed. — The decided superiority of the Middlesex farmers in the art of hay-making, has been acknow- ledged by all who make any pretensions to agricultural skill. They reduce it to a regular system, unknown in other parts of the kingdom. When the grass is about to be mown, the farmer engages a certain number of persons for that work, according to the extent of his lands. At the same time he provides five hay makers to each mower, who are paid by the day. On the first day all the grass mown before nine o’clock is tedded ; in which operation great care is taken to shake it out well, and strew it evenly over the ground. After this, it is turned once or twice with similar care; and in the course of the afternoon, is raked into what are called single wind- rows, and towards the evening is put into grass cocks. On the second day, the business commences by tedding all the grass mown on the first day after nine o’clock, and on this day before nine o’clock. Next, the grass-cocks are well shaken out into separate plats, called staddles, of five or six yards diameter; the staddles are next turned, and after that is done, tire grass tedded in the morning is turned once or twice in the manner above described, for the first day. After dinner the staddles are formed into double wind-rows; the grass is next raked into single wind-rows ; then the double wind rows are put into bastard-cocks ; and lastly, the single wind-rows are put into grass-cocks. On- the third day, the grass mown and not spread on the second day, and that also mown in the early part of this day, is first tedded in the morning, and the grass-cocks are spread isito staddles, as before, and then the bastard-cocks into staddles of less extent. These lesser staddles, though last spread are first turned, then those that were in the grass-cocks, and lastly the grass once or twice ; after which, the people go to dinner. Should the weather prove fine, the hay which was in bastard cocks the pre- ceding night, will this afternoon be in a proper state to be carried, but not if the weather has been cloudy and cool. In the latter case, the first operation after dinner is to rake the grass-cocks of the last night into double wind-rows, and the grass which was this morning spread from swaths into single wind-rows. Afterwards, the bastard-cocks of the last night are made up into full-sized cocks, and care taken to rake the hay up clean, and also to put the rakings upon the top of each cock. Next, the double wind-rows are put into bastard- cocks, and the single wind-rows into grass-tocks, as on the preceding days. On the fourth day the great cocks are usually carried before dinner. The other operations of the day are conducted in the same routine as those already de- scribed, and so on daily till the harvest is finished. — The manner and period of applying the manure, are studied by the Middlesex farmers with the greatest attention. They ob- serve the state of the atmosphere, and should it indicate rain after the hay is removed from the ground, they put the dung of neat cattle upon it. Should the barometer however not promise rain in considerable quantities, the decomposed ma- nure is allowed to remain on the dunghills till the end of September, at which time it is put on while the ground is dry enough to bear the loaded carts without injury. Mea- dow land, in the occupation of cow-keepers, is usually mown 258 PAS THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PAS two or three times during summer; the great number of cows kept by them enabling them to dress it every year. As their chief object is to obtain their hay of a soft grassy nature, they cut it young, conceiving it to be better pro- vender for milk cows in that state than after the seedling stems have risen. The following very useful list of herbs of pasture, and of such plants as are commonly found growing among grass, whether useful or hurtful, is here inserted for the accommo- dation of the farmer, agriculturist, and florist. It is arranged alphabetically under the common English names, with a reference to their Botanical Names, to which they can readily refer in the other parts of this work ; and where they may find a full description, with interesting particulars. Adder' s-Tongue , Common. See Ophioglossum Vnlgatum. Agrimony , Common. See Agrimonia Eupatoria , Anemone Wood. See Anemone Nemorosa. Archangel, White. 1 See Lamium Album, and Lamiurn Archangel, Purple, j Purpureum. Arse-smart. See Polygonum Hydropiper. Basil. See Clinopodium. Bedstraw. See Galium. Bellflower. See Campanula. Betony Wood. See Betonica Officinalis. Bluebottle. See Centaurea. Brakes. See Pteris. Bugle, Common. See Ajuga Reptans. Burnet. See Poterium and Sanguisorba. Butterbur. See Tussilago. Buttercups. See Ranunculus. Cammock. See Ononis. Camomile. See Anthemis. Campion. See Cucubalus and Lychnis. Caraways. See Carum, Carrot. See Daucus. Catmint. See Nepeta. Cheese Renning. See Galium. Chickweed. See Alsine. Cinquefoil. See Potentilla. Clary. See Salvia. Clover. See Trifolium. Cock’s-comb. See Rhinanthus. Coltsfoot. See Tussilago. Corn Salad. See Valeriana. Cow Parsnep. See Heracleum. Cow Weed. See Chcerophyllum. Cow Wheat. See Melampyrum. Cowslip. See Primula Vulgaris. Crane’s Bill. See Geranium. Crowfoot. See Ranunculus. Cuckow Flower. See Cardamine. Cudweed. See Gnaphalium. Daisy. See Beilis. Dandelion. See Leontodon. Devil’s Bit. See Scabiosa. Dock. See Rumex. Dropwort. See Spireea. Elecampane. See Inula. Fern. See Pteris. Flag. See Iris. Fleabane. See Inula. Foxglove. See Digitalis. Garliclc. See Allium. Goat’s Beard. See Tragopogon. Harebells. See Hyacinthus. Hawkweed. See Hieracium. 5 Heath. See Erica. Hemlock. See Conium. Kidney Vetch. See Anthyllis. Knapweed. See Centaurea Nigra. Knot-Grass. See Polygonum. Ladies’ Bedstraw. See Galium. Ladies’ Finger. See Anthyllis. Ladies’ Mantle. See Alchemilla. Ladies’ Smock. See Cardamine. Lamb's Lettuce. See Valeriana. Lucern. See Medicago. Meadow Rue. See Thalictrum. Meadow Saffron. See Co/chicum. Meadow Saxifrage. See Peucedanum. Meadow Sweet. See Spireea. Milfoil. See Achillea. Milkwort. See Polygala. Mint. See Mentha. Mouse-ear Scorpion-grass. See Myosotis. Nettle, Dead. See Lamium. Nonesuch. See Medicago. Nut, Earth or Pig. See Bunium. Oxe-eye Daisy. See Chrysanthemum. Pugils. See Primula. Parsnep. See Pastinaca. Pasque Flower. See Anemone. Penny-Grass. See Rhinanthus. Pilewort. See Ranunculus. Plantain, Great. See Plantago Major. Plantain Ribwort. See Plantago Lanceolata. Poppy, Spalling. See Cucubalus. Primrose. See Primula. Ragwort. See Senecio. Ramsons. See Allium. Rattle, Red. See Pedicularis. Rattle, Yellow. See Rhinanthus. Rest-harrow. See Ononis. Rush. See Juncus. Sage. See Salvia. Sainfoin. See Hedysarum. Saint John's Wort. See Hypericum. Satyrion. See Sutyrium. Saw-wort. See Serratula. Scabioiis, Sheep’s. See Jasione. Scorpion Grass. See Myosotis. Self-heal. See Prunella. Silver Weed. See Potentilla. Sorrel. See Rumex. Succory. See Cichorium. Tare. See Vicia. Thistle. See Carduus and Serratula. Thyme. See Thymus. Toad-flax. See Antirrhinum. Toadflax, Bastard. See Thesium. Tormentil. See Tormentilla Erecta. Trefoil. See Medicago and Trifolium. Trefoil, Bird’s-foot. See Lotus. Valerian. See Valeriana Officinalis. Vetch. See Vicia. Wild Williams. See Lychnis. Wild Wood. See Roseda. Yarrow. See Achillea. Most of the plants of the above list are beneficial in some respect or other, though not always in regard to cattle. PAS OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P A U 259 Their qualities and uses are pointed out under their botanical names, as they occur in the regular arrangement of the genera to which they belong. It may save much trouble to inform the reader, that the following plants are useful, either as medicine, or good for quadrupeds. Cardimine Pratensis, Rumex, Acetosa, Tragopogon; most of the leguminous plants, as Lotus, the Vetches in general, the Medicago, and especially the Trefoils, Milfoil, Succory, and Ribwort, which are weeds in their wild state, are so much improved by cultivation as to become useful plants. The principal pasture herbs that are injurious are the following: Allium Vineale and Ursinum; Anemone Nemorosa; Beilis Perennis, occupying so much room; Caltha Palustris; the various species of Thistle, and of Carexor Sedge; Centaurea Nigra, Calcitrapa ; Chaeiophvllum ; Chrysanthemum Leueanthemum ; Colchicum, Erica, Hera- cleum, Sphondylium, Inula Dysenterica, Rushes, Mercuriaiis Perennis, Pedicularis, Pteris, several sorts of Ranunculus; and Rhinanthus Crista Galli, which is almost the only annual plant which keeps its ground in pastures to any "teat extent, owing to its seeding early. It can only be kept down by pasturing the ground two years successively. Other annuals, such as Purging Flax, the Eye-brights, Hawkweeds, and Sheep’s Scabious, being of little consequence. Rumex and Senecio Jacobsea are also injurious. In order to extirpate these weeds from pastures, the docking iron, the spud, and the hand, should be unremittingly employed on fit occasions. The biennial thistles may be cut off within the ground, and, if not suffered to seed, may be easily destroyed, unless renewed from their nurseries in hedge rows, way-sides, &c. The Carduus Acaulis ought to be diligently cut up with t he spud; but it infests only dry upland pastures. The Serratula Arvensis is a true perennial, and runs dreadfully at the root ; thus increasing two ways, by root and seed. It is rather an arable weed, and cannot be extirpated by ploughing three inches deep. This is common in rich pastures in the neighbourhood of arable lands, headlands, and way-sides, where it is suffered to seed without control. In mowing- grounds, it is seldom suffered to seed; but mowing certainly tends to spread it, if it be cnt down while in flower, though some think it destroys it. The only radical cure for tins evil in pastures is, to extirpate the plants by the docking iron and the hand after rain, when alone they will pull out, and even then seldom completely. The ground therefore must be. carefully looked over a second time, to take out those thistles which have sprung up from pieces of roots left in on the first operation. The Carices or Sedges, the Junci or Rushes, Caltha or Marsh Marigold, Iris or Flag, Pedi- cularis or Red Rattle, the whole tribe of water plants, and such as require a soil tenacious of wet, can only be effec tually destroyed by judicious draining and dressing with coal-ashes, and other warm manures. Fern or Brakes must be extirpated by paring and burning. The Docks, Ragwort, and Knobweed, will yield only to the docking iron and the hand ; and should never be suffered to seed, notwithstand- ing the notion that prevails in the inland counties, that the best way to get rid of Docks on grass-land, is to let them spend themselves by seeding. If the old plant be thus spent, it leaves an innumerable progeny to represent it. The following four things are necessary in order to improve pas- ture-land: 1. Draining and watering, for each of which see Meadows. 2. Weeding and top dressing. 3. Laying the' land so as to clear itself of surface water, levelling ant-hills and olher inequalities, and running a heavy roller over it in the spring. 4. Putting on different stock at proper seasons, so that the herbage may be kept fine by being closely bitten, and the surface regular bv not being poached in wet times 87. by heavy cattle. Not a weed should be suffered to seed, nor a tuft of stale grass to stand in a pasture ground, which should not at least once during the summer be levelled with the scythe ; thus at a small expense weeds will be converted into nutriment, and waste ground into after-grass. See Grass and Meadows. Paveita ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth bell shaped, very small, obsoletely four-toothed, surrounding the germen. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel form; tube long, slender, cylin- dric; border five parted, spreading, shorter by half than the tube; segments lanceolate. Stamina: fi lament’d four, very short, above the throat of the corolla ; antherae awl-shaped, spreading, the length of I he border. Pistil: germen inferior, turbinate; style filiform, twice as long as the corolla; stigma thickish, oblong, oblique. Pericarp: berry roundish, one- eeiled. Seeds: two, convex on one side, cartilaginous. Observe. Berry two-celled. Seeds: solitary, one often abor- tive, so that the fruit seems to be one-seeded. There are frequently two coadunale berries, crowned wilh a double eahx. — To avoid confusion, Loureiro would place such of these plants as have a .one-seeded berry in this genus ; such as have a two-seeded berry, in that of Ixora; and those which have a one-celled two-seeded berry, in a new genus. Essential Character. Corolla : one-petalled, funnel- form, superior. Stigma: curved. Berry: two-seeded, one G4 and frequently half a foot in width, within purple, on the outside covered with a brownish bark, and perennial ; flow- ers scentless, appearing in April. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. ** Almost stem/ ess, root tuberous. 4. Pelargonium Lobatum; Vine leaved Crane’s Bill. Stem- less : umbel compound ; leaves iernate or quinate, lobed, tomentose; roots tuberous, from which come out three or four broad leaves, divided into several lobes, like a vine-leaf, spreading flat on the ground, cremated, on short footstalks; peduncles immediately from the root, about a foot high, naked, terminated by a bunch of dark purple flowers, having long tubes, sessile, and emitting a very agreeable odour in the evening. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 5. Pelargonium Triste ; Night-smelling Crane’s Bill. Sub- caulescent : umbel simple; leaves multifid, laciniate, villose; segments lanceolate ; root thick, roundish, tuberous, with several hairy leaves springing from it, which are finely divided almost like those of the Garden Carrot; they spread near the ground, and among them come out the stalks about a foot high, having two or three leaves of the same sort, but smaller, and sitting close; from the stalks arise two or three naked peduncles, terminated by a bunch of yellowish flowers, marked with dark purple spots, which smell very sweet alter the sun has left them. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species, for its propagation and culture. G. Pelargonium Flavum ; Carrot-leaved Crane’s Bill. Sub- caulescent : umbels simple ; leaves decompoundediy laciniate, hirsute ; segments linear ; root tuberous ; stems several ; corolla straw-white; petals wedge-shaped. It is a rough- haired plant. The two upper petals are ascending ; the middle ones concave, converging, inclosing the fifth petal. It flowers from July to September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. *** Herbaceous, or suffrulicose. 7. Pelargonium Tabulare; Rough-stalked Crane’s Bill. Peduncles few-flowered ; leaves roundish, cordate, five-lobed, blunt; stems decumbent, hairy; corolla papilionaceous, yel- low', twice as long as the calix, with the upper petals wider, reflex, emarginate, the rest linear. It flowers during the greater part of the summer.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope- See the first species. 8. Pelargonium Alchemilloides ; Lady’s- Mantle-leaved Crane’s Bill. Peduncles four-flowered or thereabouts ; leaves orbiculale, palmate, gashed, very hairy ; stem herbaceous, decumbent; stigmas sessile. This sends out several herba- ceous stalks, about a foot and half in length; flowers blush- colour, several together upon very long peduncles; there is a succession of them during all the summer months, and the seeds ripen about a month after the flowers are fallen. There is a variety of it with a dark circle in the middle of the leaves. — This, having herbaceous stalks, is best propagated by seeds; the cuttings indeed will take root, but the seed- ling plants are preferable. Where the seeds of this and many other sorts are permitted to scatter, there will be a supply of voung plants in the spring following, provided the seeds kre not buried too deep in the ground. 9. Pelargonium Odoratissimum ; Sweet-scented Crane’s Bill. Peduncles five -flowered or thereabouts; leaves roundish- cordate, very soft. This has a very short fleshy stalk, divid- ing near the ground into several heads; from these heads come out several slender stalks, nearly a foot in length, prostrate, with rounder leaves than those near the root, but of the same texture and odour. The flowers are produced from the side of these stalks, three, four, or five standing together upon slender peduncles ; they are white, and, being small, make little appearance. It flowers during most part i of the summer. — It may be propagated by seeds, or from ! heads slipped off fropi the short fleshy stalks ; these heads should have their lower leaves stripped off, and then be planted single in a small pot; or if the heads are small, two or three may he put into one pot. Plunge them into a very moderate hot-bed, shade them, and refresh them gently with water; they will take root in a month or five weeks; then harden them gradually to the open air, where they may remain till autumn, when they must be removed into shelter for the winter. — Native of the Cape. See the first species. 10. Pelargonium Grossularioides; Gooseberry-leaved Crane’s Bill. Peduncles subbiflorous, filiform ; leaves cordate, roundish, gashed, toothed ; stems very smooth. This is a biennia! plant, sending out a great number of very slender trailing stalks, extending a foot and half in length; flowers on short slender peduncles, coming out at every joint from the side of the stalks ; they are very small, and of a reddish colour, single, or sometimes two or three together. They continue in succession all the summer, and the seeds ripen in about, five weeks after the flowers decay. — Sow' the seeds on a moderate hot-bed, or on an open bed of light earth in the spring ; the latter will require only to be kept clean from weeds, and to be I binned where they are too close : they will flower in July and August, and, if the autumn prove favour- able, the seeds will ripen in September. Those which were raised on the hot bed will come earlier to flower, and more certainly perfect seeds. Some of these plants, if put into pots, plunged into an old tan-bed under a frame, and treated as directed for the tuberous-rooted sorts, may be preserved during the winter. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 11. Pelargonium Anceps; Angular-stalked Crane’s Bill. Umbels many-flowered ; flowers in a sort of head ; leaves cordate, roundish, obsoletely lobed ; stem three-sided, anci- pital. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 12. Pelargonium AItha?oides; Altheea-leaved Crane’s Bill. Peduncles many-flowered ; leaves cordate, ovate, sinuate, toothed, the uppermost pinnatifid ; petals equal to the calix ; plant depressed, wholly subtomentose ; petals the length of the calix, dark purple on the outside, with a white edge, red within, the two upper ones with blood-red dotted streaks at the base; calices. hirsute; beaks very short. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 13. Pelargonium Senecioides; Small White -flowered Crane’s Bill. Peduncles three-flowered ; involucres and calices blunt ; leaves bipinnatifid, laciniate ; stem herbaceous. Annual ; flowering in July. — Native of the Cape. See the first species. 14. Pelargonium Coriandrifolium; Coriander leaved Crane’s Bill. Peduncles subtriflorous ; corollas subtetrapetalous ; leaves bipinnate, linear; stem herbaceous, smoothish. This is an annual, or rather biennnial plant, with branching stalks nearly a foot high. The flowers stand upon naked peduncles, which proceed from the side of the stalks, on the side oppo- site to the leaves. They are of a pale flesh-colour, appear in July, and the seeds ripen in September, soon after which the plants decay. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Being an annual plant, it is propagated by seeds sown on a gentle hot-bed in the spring. When the plants are strong enough to remove, plant each in a separate small pot, plunged into a moderate hot-bed, shaded, and gradually hardened to the open air, into which they may be removed in June: when the plants have filled the pots with their roots, shake tffein out, preserving a ball of earth to the roots, and put them PEL OR BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PEL into pots a size larger: in these they will flower and ripen seeds, soon after which they will decay. See the first species. 15. Pelargonium Myrrhifolium ; Myrrh leaved Crane’s Bill. Peduncles subtriflorous ; corollas subtetrapetalous ; leaves bipinnatifid, the lower ones cordate-lobed ; stem some- what strigose; root knobbed, tuberous, from which come out several pretty large leaves. The peduncles rise imme- diately from the root, and sometimes have one or two small leaves towards the bottom, where they often divide into two naked peduncles, each terminated by a bunch of paie red- dish flowers, which smell sweet at night. It flowers from May to August, and is somewhat shrubby. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. ***** Shrubby, with a fleshy or thick Stem. 16. Pelargonium Tenuifolium ; Fine-leaved Cranes Bill. Umbels many-flow'ered ; leaves decompoundiy pinnate, multi- fid, linear, hirsute; stem fleshy; flowering branches slender. —Native of the Cape. See the first species. 17. Pelargonium Carnosum ; Fleshy stalked Crane’s Bill. Umbels many-flowered ; leaves pinnatifid, laciniate ; petals linear; joints fleshy, gibbous. This has a thick fleshy knotty stalk, rising about two feet high, sending out a few slender fleshy branches, at the ends of which the flowers are produced in small clusters ; the petals are narrow and white, making no great appearance, they continue in succession a great part of the summer.— This, with the nineteenth, twen tieth, and thirty-fourth species, has more succulent stalks than the others; hence their cuttings should be planted in pots filled with light kitchen garden earth, and plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, where they should be shaded from the sun in the heat of the day, and have but little water, for they are very apt to rot with much moisture. When well rooted, they may be separated, and planted in pots filled with the same sort of earth, placed in the shade till they have taken new root; then they may be removed into a sheltered situation, where they may remain till autumn. These four sorts should be sparingly watered, but especially in the winter, or when the air is damp, as they are liable to contract a mouldiness from the moisture, or in a damp air: they will thrive much bettei in an airy glass-case than in a green- house, because in the former they will have more sun and air than in the latter. See the first species. 18. Pelargonium Ceratophyllum ; Horn-leaved Crane’s Bill. Umbels many flowered ; leaves remotely pinnate, fleshy, round ; segments channelled, obsoletely trifid. It flowers in May, and continues flowering during most of the summer mouths. The seeds ripen here. — Native of the south- west coast of Africa. It may be increased both by seeds and cuttings, but is found to be more tender than many other sorts, and more liable to be injured by damps. See the . first species. • 19. Pelargonium Crithmifolium ; Samphire-leaved Crane’s Bill. Umbels many-flowered, panicled ; leaves bipinnate, fleshy, dilated and jagged at the tips ; petals obtuse, the upper ones crisped at the base; root perennial; stem a foot or two in height, nearly erect, simple, swelled, round, glau cous, smooth, leafy, flowering at the top ; flowers very nume- rous, inodorous, rather elegant than splendid ; petals all of an equal length, white; the two upper ones crisped on each side at their base, and spotted with purple. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first and seventh species. 20. Pelargonium Gibbosum ; Gouty Crane's Bill. Umbels many flowered ; leaves pinnate, pinnatifid, confluent at the tip; joints fleshy, gibbose ; stalk round, fleshy, with swelling knots at the joints, rising about three feet high, and sending out several irregular smooth branches; flowers four or five on a peduncle; petals dark purple, broader than in the seventeenth species, and having a very agreeable scent in the evening. It flowers most part of the summer. — Native of the Cape ’of Good Hope. See the first and seventeenth species. 21. Pelargonium Fulgidum; Celandine-leaved Crane’s Bill. Umbel twin; leaves three-parted, pinnatifid-gashed ; middle segment very large. This has a fleshy stalk, which seldom rises a foot high, and puts out a very few' branches ; pedun- cles short, having at the top two or three flowers with unequal petals, of a deep scarlet colour. It flowers during most part of the summer. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 22. Pelargonium Quercifolium ; Great Oak-leaved Crane’s Bill. Umbels submultiflorous ; leaves cordate, pinnatifid, crenate; sinuses rounded; filamenta ascending at the tip; stem shrubby, twisted, branched, more than four feet high. There are two varieties, larger and smaller. It flowers from March to August.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 23. Pelargonium lladula ; Multifid leaved Crane’s Bill. Umbels few-flowered; leaves pinnatifid, laciniate, rugged, revolute; segments linear; stem shrubby, covered with an ash coloured bark, branched, two feet high; corolla papilio- naceous, rose-coloured, with red lines ; the claws white ; the two upper petals reflex and wider. The whole plant has a strong smell of turpentine. It takes the name Radula, from the rough rasp-like surface of its leaves. There are two varieties, a larger and a smaller; indeed, as it is readily raised from seeds, it affords many seminal varieties. It may also be increased by cuttings. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 24. Pelargonium Graveolens ; Strong-scented Crane's Bill. Umbels many-flowered, subcapitate ; leaves palmate, seven-lobed ; segments oblong, blunt, revolute at the edge; stem arborescent, a fathom in height, branched, the tender branches pubescent ; corolla papilionaceous, pale purple, with deeper lines on the upper petals, which are wider and reflex. This plant has a strong smell, which varies, and resembles turpentine, lemon, or roses". It flowers from March to July. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 25. Pelargonium Papilionaceum ; Butterfly Cravte’s Bill. Umbels many-flowered ; leaves roundish, cordate, angular ; corollas papilionaceous ; wings and keel minute. This rises with an upright shrubby stalk seven or eight feet high, sending out several side branches, with large, angular, rougli leaves, on short footstalks. The flowers are produced in large panicles at the end of the branches; the two upper petals, which are pretty large, turn upwards, and are finely variegated; but: the three under ones are very small, and being bent back are screened from the sight, unless the flower be viewed near. It flowers from April to July. — Native of the Cape. See the first species. 26. Pelargonium Inquinans; Scarlet floivered Crane's Bill. Umbels many-flowered ; leaves orbiculate-reniform, scarcely divided, crenate, tomentose, and clammy. This rises with a soft shrubby stem to the height of eight or ten feet, sending out several branches, which are generally erect ; flowers in loose bunches, on long, stiff, axillary peduncles; corolla bright scarlet. The flowers make a fine appearance, and there is a succession of them during all the summer months. The leaves, when bruised, stained the fingers of a ferrugi- nous colour ; hence Linneus’s trivial name. — Native of the Cape. See the first species. 260 PEL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PEL 27. Pelargonium Hybridum ; Bastard Crane's Bill. Um- bels many-flowered; leaves obovate, crenate, smooth, fleshy; petals linear. In the flower this species perfectly resembles the preceding, but the. herb is smaller. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 28. Pelargonium Zonale ; Common Horse-shoe Crane’s Bill. Umbels many-flowered; leaves cordate, orbiculate, scarcely lobed, toothed, zoned. This rises with a shrubby, stalk, four or five feet high, and divides into a great number of irregular branches, so as to form a large bush, frequently eight or ten feet in height ; the flowers are produced in pretty close bunches, on axillary peduncles five or six inches in length, coming out towards the ends of the branches; they are of a reddish purple colour, and continue in succession during the greatest part of the summer. There is a variety with fine variegated leaves, and the flowers vary much in colour, from purple, through the different shades of ted, up to high scarlet. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 29. Pelargonium Heterogamum ; Red-jlowercd Crane’s Bill. Umbels many flowered ; leaves suborbiculate, gash* lobed, toothed ; stem erect, shrubby.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 30. Pelargonium Monstrum ; Cluster-leaved Crane’s Bill. Leaves orbiculate, reniform, obsoletely lobed, complicated, curled. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 31. Pelargonium Bicolor ; Two-coloured Crane’s Bill. Um- bels many-flowered; leaves ternatifid, lobed, toothed, waved, villose ; stem shrubby, twisted, covered with an ash-coloured bark ; branches round, villose, subherbaceous, a foot long ; corolla almost regular, papilionaceous, wheel-shaped. Jac- quin observes, that the whole plant has a very strong smell; and Curtis adds, that it obviously differs from all the other species in the particular shape of its leaves, and the colour of the flowers, w hich are usually of a rich and very dark purple, edged with white : they appear from June to August. It is not disposed to ripen its seeds, neither can it be very readily increased by cuttings. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 32. Pelargonium Vitifolium ; Balm-scented Crane’s Bill. P’lowers in heads; leaves cordate, three-lobed, somewhat rugged ; stems upright, seven or eight feet high. The flowers grow in compact clusters, on the top of long, naked, axillary peduncles, rising much higher than the branches; being small, and of a pale blue colour, they make no great figure, but there is a succession of them during most part of the summer.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 33. Pelargonium Capitatum ; Rose-scented Crane's Bill. Flowers in heads; leaves cordate, lobed, waved, soft; stems diffused, four or five feet high ; the flowers grow in close roundish heads, forming a sort of corymb, they are of a pur- plish blue colour, and continue in succession great part of the summer; the leaves, when rubbed, have an odour like dried Roses. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 34. Pelargonium Glutinosum ; Clammy Crane’s Bill. Um- bels few-flowered ; leaves cordate, hastate, quinquangular, clammy ; stem shrubby, covered with a gray bark, three feet high and more; branches declining and decumbent, green and clammy, as is the whole of the plant; corolla much larger than the calix, papilionaceous, pale purple, variegated with red streaks; the two upper petals wider, reflex; the middle of the leaf is generally stained w ith purple. Several varieties have been produced from seed, from w hich it is some- times propagated ; it is also readily increased by cuttings. See the first and seventeenth species. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 35. Pelargonium Cucullatum ; Hooded Crane's Bill. Um- bels submultiflorous; leaves kidney-form, cowled, toothed. This rises with a.shrubby stalk, eight or ten feet high, send- ing out several irregular branches ; the petals are large, entire, and of a blue purple colour ; the seeds have short hairy beaks. It flowers from June to September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 36. Pelargonium Angulosum; Marshmallow-leaved Crane’s Bill. . Umbels many flowered ; leaves rounded, cowled, angu- lar, toothed. This bears much resemblance to the preceding, and has been confounded with it ; but the leaves are of a thicker substance, divided into many acute angles, having purple edges, which are acutely indented ; the stalks and leaves are very hairy; the branches are not so irregular as those of the former, nor are the bunches of flowers near so large. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hojie. See the first species. 37. Pelargonium Acerifolium ; Maple-leaved Crane’s Bill. Umbels five-flowered, or thereabouts; leaves palmate, five- lobed, serrate, wedge-shaped at bottom, undivided. It flowers in April and May.— Native of the Cape. See the first species. 38. Pelargonium Cordatum ; Heart-leaved Crane’s Bill. Umbels many-flowered ; leaves cordate, acute, toothed ; lower petals linear, acute ; stem shrubby, branched ; flowers at the ends of the stem and branches ; corolla papilionaceous, large, pale purple. There are several varieties of this species which strikes readily from cuttings. — Native of the Cape. See the first species. 39. Pelargonium Echinatum ; Prickly-stalked Cranes Bill. Stem fleshy; stipules spinescent; leaves cordate, roundish, from three to five lobed ; flowers umbelled ; umbels seven or eight flowered. This plant somewhat resembles the preceding in its habit. The three lowermost petals of the flower are pure white, with a little gibbosity at the base of each; the tw o uppermost are marked with three irregular spots, of a rich purple colour, inclining to carmine; the two lower spots narrowest, and of the deepest colour. It varies with petals of a rich purple colour, ia which the spots are similar, but not so conspicuous. It produces its seed in favourable seasons, but is generally propagated by cuttings. — Native of the Cape. See the first species. 40. Pelargonium Tetragonum; Square-stalked Crane’s Bill. Peduncles tw o-flowered ; branches four-cornered, fleshy ; co- rollas four-petalled ; stem angular; angles four, sometimes three, succulent, as is the whole plant ; corolla very hand- some, papilionaceous ; the two upper petals an inch and half in diameter, semitubular at the base; upright, reflex at the tip, purple on the outside, white within, having two oblong feathered spots, of a deep purple colour. A degree of singu- larity runs through the whole of this plant; its stalks are un- equally and obtusely quadrangular, sometimes more evidently triangular ; its leaves few, and remarkably small ; its flowers on the contrary are uncommonly large, and, which is most extraordinary, have only four petals ; previous to their expan- sion, the body of filamenta is bent so as to form a kind of bow. There is a variety with beautifully coloured leaves. It flowers from June to August. It is easily propagated by cuttings. See the first species. 41. Pelargonium Peltatum ; Peltated Crane's Bill. Um- bels few-flowered ; leaves five lobed, quite entire, fleshy, peltated ; branches angular. This has many weak fleshy stalks, which require support, and extend to the length of two or three feet; the flowers are on pretty long axillary 1 PEL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PEL 267 peduncles, each sustaining four or five, of a purple colour, coming out in succession, during most of the summer months. The seeds frequently ripen here. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 42. Pelargonium Lateripes ; Ivy-leaved Crane’s Bill. Um- bels many-flowered; leaves cordate, five lobed, somewhat toothed, fleshy ; branches round. It flowers during the greatest part of the summer. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 43. Pelargonium Cortusiefolium ; Cortusa-leaved Crane’sBill. Umbels many-flowered ; leaves cordate, gash-lobed, waved, bluntly toothed ; stipules awl-shaped ; stem shrubby, woody, branched, almost upright, round, the thickness of a finger, three feet high and more, brown ; flow ers handsome ; the two upper petals large, widely wedge-shaped, purple, with several branched streaks' of a darker purple arising from the base, and above these a transverse band, of the same colour. — Native of the Cape. See the first species. 44. Pelargonium Crassicaule ; Thick stalked Crane’s Bill. Umbels many-flowered; leaves kidney-form, obacuminate ; stem fleshy, branched, even. It flowers in July. — Native of the south-west coast of Africa. See the first species. 45. Pelargonium Cotyledonis ; Hollyhock-leaved Crane's Bill. Umbels compound ; leaves cordate, peltate, wrinkled ; stem fleshy. It flowers from May to July.— Native of the island of St. Helena. See the first species. ***** Shrubby, with a woody Stem. 46. Pelargonium Ovale; Oval-leaved Crane’s Bill. Um- bels few-flowered ; pedicels elongated ; leaves elliptic, tooth- ed ; stems hirsute ; root leaves numerous; corolla papiliona- ceous, twice as large as the calix, red ; the upper petals longer, wider, reflex. It flowers from May to July* — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 47. Pelargonium Betulinum; Birch leaved Crane’s Bill. Umbels few-flowered ; leaves ovate, unequally serrate, levi- gated; stem shrubby, four or five feet high, sending out several branches; corolla large, red, with the two upper petals bigger than the three others. The flowers vary con- siderably both in size and colour; its foliage is different from that of the other species, and, as its name imports, like that of the Birch Tree. It flowers during most part of the sum- mer, and is readily propagated by cuttings. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 48. Pelargonium Glaucum ; Spear leaved Crane's Bill. Peduncles two-flowered ; leaves lanceolate, quite entire, acuminate, glaucous; stem shrubby, with round, rod like, declining blanches, two feet high ; corolla papilionaceous, white; the upper petals wider, reflex; claws purple. It flowers from June to August. It rarely ripens its seed with us, and is therefore usually raised from cuttings, which are not r »ee Parietaria. Pellitory, Common, j Peltaria ; a genus of the class Tetradynamia, order Silieu- losa.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth four- leaved ; leaflets ovate, concave, erect, coloured, deciduous. Corolla : four-petalled, cruciform ; petals obovate, entire, flat, with claws shorter than the calix. Stamina: filamenta six, awl-shaped, of these two opposite, shorter, the length of the calix; anther® simple. Pistil: germen roundish, com- pressed; style short; stigma simple, blunt. Pericarp: silicle entire, suborbiculate, compressed, flat, one-celled, not open- ing. Seed: single, (one to three, according to Ganlner,) roundish, compressed, flat, emarginate. Essential Cha- racter. Silicle entire, suborbiculate, compressed, flat, not opening. The species are, 1. Peltaria Ailiacea; Garlic-scented Peltaria. Leaves embracing, oblong, undivided ; stalk upright, branching, about two feet high : white flowers terminate the stalk in the form of umbels. It flowers in May, and is a native of Austria. It is easily propagated by seeds, which ripen in July, and may be sown in small patches in the borders of the flower- garden, at the beginning of April. When the plants are come up, leave four or five in each patch, pulling the others out to give these room to grow, and keeping them free from weeds. 2. Peltaria Capensis ; Cape Peltaria. Stem-leaves quinate- pinnate, linear, somewhat fleshy; petals white, subemarginate, four times as big as the calix, spreading, sessile. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 270 PEN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PEN Pencea ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth two- leaved ; leaflets opposite, lanceolate, concave, equal, coloured, shorter by half than the corolla, loose, deciduous. Corolla: one-petalied, bell-shaped ; border four-cleft, spreading a little, much shorter than the tube; segments sharp. Stamina: filamenta four, awl-shaped, extremely short, placed on the tube of the corolla, between the divisions of it, upright, naked ; antherae upright, flat tish, emarginate both ways. Pistil: germen ovate, fourrcornered ; style four cornered, by four membranaceous longitudinal wings ; stigma cruciform, blunt, permanent. Pericarp: capsule four-cornered, furnished with the style, four-celled, four-valved. Seeds: two, somewhat oblong, blunt. Essential Character. Calix: two-leaved. Corolla: bell-shaped. Style : quadrangular. Capsule: i our- cornered, four-celled, eight-seeded. — The plants of this genus are shrubs, rugged below, with the vestiges of fallen leaves, leafy above. They have been little examined, except in dried specimens. The species are, 1. Penaea Sarcocolla ; Ovate leaved Pencea. Leaves ovate, flat; calices ciliate, larger than the leaf; corollas blunt. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Penaea Mucronata ; Heart-leaved Pencea. Flowers terminating; leaves acuminate, smooth; style four-cornered. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Penaea Marginata ; Margined Pencea. Leaves cor date, margined ; flowers lateral. This is a stiff shrub, with the branches commonly in threes. — Native of the Cape. 4. Penaea Lateriflora ; Side flowering Pencea. Leaves ovate; flowers lateral, sessile; stems red, with elongated branches. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Penaea Tomentosa; Downy-leaved Pencea. Leaves ovate, tomentose; flowers lateral. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Penaea Fucata ; Painted Pencea. Leaves rhomb ovate; braetes wedge-shaped, acute, coloured ; flowers purple. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Penaea Squamosa ; Scaly Pencea. Leaves rhomb- wedge- shaped, fleshy; corollas rather large. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Penaea Fruticulosa; Shrubby Pencea. Leaves some- what oblong, blunt; braetes orbiculate, acute. This is a small shrub, with round branches, at the end of which are the flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Penaea Myrloides ; Myrtle-leaved Pencea. Leaves lan- ceolate ; branches upright, round, red; flowers terminating, subsolitary. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Pennantia; a genus of the class Polvgamia, order Dicecia. — Generic Character. Hermaphrodite Flower. Calix: none. Corolla : petals five, lanceolate, acute, spreading very much. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, the length of the petals; antherm oblong, incumbent. Pistil: germen supe- rior, bluntly three-cornered ; style none ; stigma flat, peltated, subtrilobate. Pericarp: three-sided, two celled. Seed: soli- tary, subtriquetrous. Male Flower. Calix and Corolla: as above. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, twice as long as the petals ; autherar ovate, incumbent. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: none; corolla five-petalled. Stamina: five; pericarp three-sided, two-celled, with solitary subtri- quetrous seeds. The only known species is, 1. Pennantia Corvmbosa. — Native of New Zealand. Penny Grass. See Rhinanthus. Pennyroyal.- See Mentha Pulcgium. Pennywort. See Hydrocotyle. Pentapeles ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Dodecandria.— Generic Character. Calix : perianth double; outer three-leaved, one-sided, caducous; leaflets linear, acuminate ; inner one-leafed, five-parted, permanent; segments lanceolate, acuminate, spreading, longer than the corolla. Corolla : petals five, roundish, spreading, fastened to the pitcher of the stamina. Stamina: filamenta fifteen, fili- form, upright, shorter than the corolla, united into a pentagon pitcher, but free above; antheraj sagittate, upright; ligules five, linear, lanceolate, petal-shaped, upright, each between every three stamina, springing from the pitcher. Pistil: germeu ovate; style filiform, thickened above, striated, longer than the stamina, permanent ; stigma obsoletelv five- toothed. Pericarp : capsule membranaceous, subglobular, acuminate, five-celled, five-valved ; partitions contrary. Seeds: eight, ovate, acute, four on each side, fastened withinside to the partition. Essential Character. Calix : double ; outer three-leaved ; inner five-parted. Sta- mina: fifteen, with five ligules, petal-shaped. Capsule: fiver celled, many-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Pentapetes Phoenicea; Scarlet flowered Pentapetes. Leaves hastate, lanceolate, serrate : stalk upright, two or three feet high, sending out side-branches the whole length; those from the lower part of the stalks are the longest, the others gradually diminish so as to form a sort of pyramid. Flower monopetalous, cut into five obtuse segments almost to the bottom; of a fine scarlet colour, appearing in July,, and ripening into seed in autumn. — Native of India, Japan, China, and Cochin-china. The seeds must be sown upon a good hot-bed early in March, and when the plants are fit to remove, there should be a new hot-bed prepared to receive them, into which should be plunged some small pots, filled with good kitchen-garden earth ; in each of these one plant should be placed, giving them a little water to settle the earth to their roots ; they must also be shaded from the sun till they have taken new root ; then they should be treated in the same way as other tender exotic plants, admitting the free air to them every day in proportion to the warmth of the season, and covering the glasses with mats every evening to keep them warm. When the plants are advanced in their growth so as to fill the pots with their roots, they should be shifted into larger pots, filled with the same sort of earth as before, and plunged into another hot-bed, where they may- remain as long as they can stand under the glasses of the beds without being injured; and afterwards they must be removed either into a stove or a glass case, where they may be screened from the cold, and in warm weather have plenty of fresh air admitted to them. With this management the plants will begin to flower early in July, and there will be a succession of flowers continued to the end of September, during which time they will make a good appearance. The seeds ripen gradually after each other in the same succession as the flowers were produced, so that they should be gathered as soon as their capsules begiu to open at the top. These plants are sometimes turned out of the pots when they are strong, and planted in warm borders, where, if the season prove very warm, the plants will flow'er pretty well, but in that case they seldom perfect their seeds. Penthorum ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Penta- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, five or ten cleft, acute, permanent. Corolla: petals often five, (seldom more,) linear, very small, between the segments of the calix. Stamina: filamenta ten, bristle-shaped, equal, twice as long as the calix, permanent; antherae roundish, deciduous. Pistil: germen coloured, ending in five conical upright styles, the same length with the stamiua, and distant stigmas blunt. Pericarp: capsule simple, five- cleft, with conical distant angles, five-celled. Seeds: nurae- 2 PEP OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PER 271 rous, very small, a little compressed. Observe. It differs I from Sedvm in having no nectaries. Essential Charac- ter. Cali. v: five or ten cleft. Petals: none, or five. Capsule: five-cusped, five-celled; according to Gaertner, compound, five-beaked. The species are, 1. Penthorum Sedoides; American Penthorum. Leaves oblong, alternate; stalks about a foot high; flowers alter- nate, pedicelled, ascending. Biennial. — Native of Virginia. It flowers at the end of July, and ripens seed in autumn. 2. Penthorum Chinense. Stem simple, cylindrical ; leaves elougate-linear-lanceolate, subpetiolate, unequally serrated ; spikes cymose, terminal ; seeds ovate, like horn. — This plant was brought into England from China by Sir George Staun- ton ; and described, as above, by Frederick Pursh, author of Florce America: Seplentrionalis. Pentstemon ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, five-parted, permanent; segments lanceolate, almost equal. Corolla: one-petalled, two-lipped ; tube longer than the calix, gibbous above at the base, wider at top, and ventricose underneath ; upper lip upright, bifid ; segments ovate, blunt, shorter than the lower lip; lower lip three- parted ; segments ovate, blunt, bent down, shorter than the tube. Stamina : filamenta four, filiform, diverging at the tip, inserted into the base of the tube, and shorter than it, the two lower longer; antherae roundish, distant, included, bifid, with the lobes divaricating. The rudiment of a fifth filamentum, between the upper ones inserted into the tube, the same length with the stamina, filiform, straight, bearded above at the tip. Pistil: germen ovate; style filiform, the length of the tube, bent down at the tip; stigma truncate. Pericarp: capsule ovate, acute, compressed, two celled, two-valved. Seeds: numerous, subglobular. Receptacle: large. Essen- tial Character. Calix: five- leaved. Corolla : bilabiate, ventricose. Rudiment of a fifth stamen, bearded above. Capsule: tw'o-celied. The species are, 1. Pentstemon Laevigata; Smooth Pentstemon. Stem smooth; barren filamentum bearded above ; root perennial, creeping, fibrous, white ; flowering branches in a manner dichotomous, with the flowers two together; Corolla pale purple, somewhat hirsute on the outside. For its propagation and culture, see Chelone. 2. Pentstemon Pubescens ; Hairy Pentstemon. Stems pubescent; barren filamentum bearded from the tip below the middle. See Chelone. 3. Pentstemon Frutescens. Stem fruticose ; branches an- gled, pubescent; leaves lanceolate, sessile, slightly glabrous; racemes terminal, subcorymbose ; filament sterile, longitudi- nally bearded ; flowers purple. — This small shrub was found by Lewis on the north-west coast of America, and sometimes attains to more than a foot in height. Peony. See Pceonia. Peplis; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: bell-shaped, perma- nent, very large, with the mouth twelve-cleft ; toothlets alter- nate, reflex. Corolla : petals six, ovate, very small, inserted into the throat of the calix. Stamina: filamenta six, awl- shaped, short; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen oval; style very short ; stigma orbiculate. Pericarp : capsule superior, cordate, two-celled; partition opposite. Seeds: very many, three-sided, very small. Observe. In many florets on the same plant the corolla is entirely wanting. In the second species the parts of fructification are less by one third. Essential Character. Calix: bell-shaped, with a twelve-cleft mouth. Petals : six, inserted into the calix, or none. Capsule: two-celled. The species are, 83. I 1. Peplis Pirtula; Water Purslane. Flowers apetalous. This is an annual creeping plant ; stems numerous, branched, dichotomous, from half a foot or a span to a foot in length, angular, jointed, of a reddish colour; flowers very small, solitary, opposite, sessile. It flowers from July to Septem- ber.— Native of many parts of Europe, in bogs, marshes, ditches, and especially where water has stagnated in winter and becomes dry in summer. 2, Peplis Tetrandra. Flowers one-petalled, four stamined. Annual. — Native of the West Indies, in dry shady places at the foot of mountains and trees. 3. Peplis Americana. Flowers axillary, solitary; leaves thick, spathulate-obovate ; flowers without petals. This plant is inundated during its flowering time in slow-flowing places of rivers, in Pennsylvania. The flowers are so dimi- nutive that to examine them it requires a strong microscope. Pepper. See Piper. Pepper Grass. See Pilularia. Pepper, Guinea. See Capsicum. Pepper Mint. See Mentha. Pepperwort. See Lepidium. Perdicium ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia Superflua.— Generic Character. Calix: com- mon, oblong, imbricate, rayed; conflicts hermaphrodite in the disk, female in the ray; proper of the hermaphrodite tubular, semibifid ; inner lip two parted, acuminate, equal, outer semitrifid, linear, equal ; of the female linear, ligulate, three-toothed, two-toothed within at the base. Stamina : in the hermaphrodites ; filamenta five, short; antherae cylin- dric, tubular, five-toothed. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites ; germen small ; style simple ; stigma bifid, blunt : in the females, style semibifid ; stigmas blunt. Pericarp : none. Calix: unchanged. Seeds: solitary, obovate; down capil- lary, sessile, very copious, the length of the calix, fas- tigiate. Receptacle: naked. Observe. The flower resem- bles a semifloscular corolla, though it is really rayed. The character is taken from the first species, which is very distinct in the genus. The second species agrees with the genus in its bilabiate capsules, but differs in the whole habit. The third species has subradiate flowers, and hermaphrodite bilabiate florets in the disk and ray. Essential Charac- ter. Corollets : bilabiate. Down: simple; receptacle naked The species are, 1. Perdicium Semiflosculare. Flower semifloscular ; scape one flowered; naked; root fibrous; down simple.— -Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Perdicium Magellanicum. Flowers subradiate; outer calix four-leaved ; stem shrubby. Browne, who calls it the Shrubby Trixis, says, that this little shrub is very common in the savannas about Kingston in Jamaica, and seldom rises above four or five feet in height. The common recep- tacles are disposed at the extremities of the branches, and the outer divisions of the flowers grow gradually smaller, and curl more downwards as they approach the centre ; which gives the whole at first sight something the appearance of a radiated flower. 3. Perdicium Brasiliense. Flowers subradiate; calices simple ; stem herbaceous ; root-leaves lanceolate, ovate, repand-toothed, subpubescent, viscid; flowers at the top of the stem naked, several ; corolla yellow. — Native of Brazil. 4. Perdicium Magellanicum. Leaves runcinate; stem two-leaved, simple, one-flowered ; flower white, rayed,— This pretty little plant is a native of Terra del Fuego. 5. Perdicium Tomentosum. Leaves lyrate, tomentose underneath. This is a small, stemless, herbaceous plant. It flowers in April and May. — Native of Japan. 3 Z 2,7-2 PER THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PER 6. Perdicium Laevigatum. Flowers subradiate; stem suf- fruticose ; leaves lanceolate, acute, quite entire. Pergularia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digy- nia, or rather Gynandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five cleft, upright, acute, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, salver-shaped; tube cylindrical, longer than the calix ; border five-parted, flat, with oblong segments ; nectaries five, semisagittate, erect, compressed, attenuated into a dagger point, curved inwards, with a nodding tooth at the outer ba$e. Stamina : filamenta not ascertained ; antherae two to each gland, curved upwards, divaricating, obovate, pellucid, yellow, with scarcely any discernible pollen ; tubercles (glands) five, immersed in the stigma. Pistil: germina two, ovate, acuminate; styles none, (two, very short, united, villose; stigmas obsolete, according to Smith.) Pericarp: follicles two. Seed: not ascertained. Essential Character. Contorted. Nectary: surround- ing the genitals with five sagittated cups. Corolla: salver- shaped. Observe. The character of this genus wants cor- rection. The species are, 1. Pergularia Glabra ; Smooth Pergularia. Leaves ovate, acute, smooth; stem shrubby; peduncles axillary, subdi- vided, alternate. — Native of the East Indies. 2. Pergularia Edulis ; Eatable Pergularia. Leaves ovate, acuminate, smooth ; stem herbaceous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Pergularia Odoratissima ; Sweet-scented Pergularia, or Creeper. Leaves heart-shaped, nearly smooth ; nectary and genitals shorter than the tube of the corolla; stigma conical, obtuse; root branching, much spreading, whitish; stem shrubby, twining, branched, round ; flowers the size of the Primrose, yellowish green, with a sweet lemon-like smell, especially in the evening. There is a variety of this with somewhat rounder leaves, and more tawny flowers ; it is cultivated for its agreeable fragrance in the gardens of the East Indies, where it is commonly called the West Coast Creeper. — Its native place is uncertain. 4. Pergularia Purpurea ; Purple Pergularia. Leaves heart-shaped, smooth ; segments of the corolla linear, oblong, smooth; umbels proliferous; branches twining, slender, ash- coloured, appearing villose when examined by a glass. — Native of the East Indies and of China. 5. Pergularia Japonica. Leaves heart-shaped, smooth ; segments of the corolla ovate, villose within; umbels simple; stem twining, round, smooth, simple ; flowers axillary, pedun- cles erect. — Native of Japan, where it flowers in August. Perilla ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, upright, half five-cleft; segments equal, the upper- most very short, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, irregu- lar, four-cleft; upper segment emarginate ; lateral ones spreading; low'est longer, blunt. Stamina: filamenta four, simple, distant, shorter than the corolla; antherae bifid. Pistil: germina four; styles two, filiform, connected, the length of the stamina; stigmas simple. Pericarp: calix unchanged. Seeds : four. Essential Character. Calix: uppermost segment very short. Stamina: distant. Styles: two, connected. The species are, 1. Perilla Ocymoides, Leaves ovate, almost naked, ser- rate, on petioles the length of the leaves ; racemes lateral, and terminating, rough-haired, upright; flowers small, white, solitary, or by threes, rough-haired in the calix, with leafy bractes longer than the flower. — Annual, and a native of the East Indies. Periploca ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digy- nia. — Generic Character, Calix: perianth five-cleft, very small; segments ovate, permanent. Corolla: one-petal- led, wheel-shaped, five-parted ; segments oblong, linear, trun- cated, emarginate ; nectary very small, five-cleft, surround- ing the genitals, putting out five threads, curved inwards, shorter than the corolla, and alternate with it. Stamina: filamenta short, curved inwards, converging, villose ; anthene twin, acuminate, converging over the stigma, with lateral cells ; pollen bags five at the notches of the stigma, each common to two antherae. Pistil : germiua two, ovate, approximating; styles uniting at top; stigma capitate, con- vex, five-cornered, with the corners notched. Pericarp : follicles two, large, oblong, ventricose, one-celled, one- valved, glued together at the tip. Seeds : very many, imbri- cated, crowned with a down. Receptacle : longitudinal, fili- form. Observe. The character is taken from the first species. Essential Character. Nectary: encircling the genitals, and putting forth five threads. The species are, 1. Periploca Graeca; Common Virginian Silk, or Peri- ploca. Flowers internally hirsute, terminating ; stems shrubby, twining round any support, more than forty feet in height, covered with a dark bark, and sending out slender branches, which twine round each other. The flowers come out towards the ends of the small branches in bunches, and are of a purple colour. It flowers in July and August, but rarely ripens seed in England. — This is easily propagated by laying down the branches, which will put out roots in one year, and may then be cut from the old plant, and planted where they are to remain. These may be transplanted either in autumn, when the leaves begin to fall, or in the spring before they begin to shoot, and must be planted where they may have support; otherwise they will trail on the ground, and fasten themselves about whatever plants are near them. 2. Periploca Secamone ; Green Periploca. Flowers inter- nally hirsute, panicled ; leaves lanceolate, elliptic; flowers small. — Said to be a native of Egypt, but it is uncertain. 3. Periploca Laevigata ; Smooth Periploca. Corollas smooth, with blunt segments ; cymes tricbotomous ; leaves oblong, lanceolate, veined, even; stem smooth; corolla green- ish yellow within. — Native of the Canary Islands. 4. Periploca Angustitolia ; Narrow-leaved Periploca. Co- rollas smooth; segments emarginate; cymes trichotomous ; leaves lanceolate, veinless, even ; stem smooth ; segments of the corolla more produced on one side, purple, within the edges pale yellow, with a whitish subtomentose dot toward the middle.— Native of various parts near the Mediterranean, as on Mount Shibel Ischel in the territories of Tunis. 5. Periploca Esculenta; Esculent Periploca. Corollas smooth, wheel-shaped ; racemes axillary ; leaves linear-lan- ceolate, veined ; root filiform, fibrous ; stems and branches numerous, twining, round, smooth, running over bushes of considerable size; flowers large, beautiful white, with a small tinge of the Rose, and striated with purple veins, ino- dorous.—Native of the East Indies, where it grows in hedges and among bushes, on the banks of water-courses, pools, &c. casts its leaves during the dry season, and is in flower and foliage during the rainy season. Cattle eat it: and its elegant flowers deserve to be introduced into the flower- garden. 6. Periploca Emetica; Emetic Periploca. Corollas smooth; corymbs few flowered, axillary; leaves linear-lanceolate, veinless ; stem shrubby, with diffused rod-like even branches. — Thunberg says, the root is used as an emetic in the East Indies, where it is found growing at the foot of mountains. 7. Periploca Indica; Indian Periploca. Spikesaxillary, imbricated ; leaves elliptic, obtuse, mucronate; stem smooth. — Native of Ceylon. PER OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PET 273 8. Periploca Capsularis; New Zealand Periploca. Leaves lanceolate, quite entire, opposite ; cymes axillary, diffused. —Native of New Zealand. 9. Periploca Africana; African Periploca. Leaves ovate, acute ; flowers corymbed ; stem hirsute. This has many slender stalks which twine about each other, and by a shrub or other support will rise nearly three feet high, putting out several small side-branches ; these are hairy, as are also the leaves. The flowers come out in small bunches from the side of the stalks ; they are small, of a dull purple colour, and have a sweet scent. It flowers in the summer, but does not produce seeds here; yet will in this country, if protected during winter. If sheltered under a common frame or a green house during winter, and removed abroad with other hardy exotic plants in summer, they will thrive, and flower very well ; but as all the plants of this genus have a milky juice, so they should not have much wet, especially in cold weather, lest it rot them. They are easily propagated by laying down their branches, which in one year will have roots enough to transplant; these should be planted in a light sandy loam, not rich ; and the pots must not be too large, for they will never thrive when overpotted. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Periploca Tunicata. Leaves oblong-heart-shaped, acuminate; flowers umbelled; stem twining, even. — Imported from Tranquebar. 11. Periploca Sylvestris. Leaves roundish-ovate, netted- veined, pubescent underneath ; flowers umbelled ; stems shrubby, tomentose. — Native of the East Indies. 12. Periploca Cochin-chinensis. Stem arboreous; leaves fleshy ; racemes terminating ; flowers blueish white, on short racemes. It is a middling-sized tree, with spreading branches. —Native of Cochin-china and Bengal, but of a small size in the latter. 13. Periploca Fruticosa. Leaves oblong-cordate, pubes- cent ; flowers axillary ; stem shrubby, climbing. Tlie flowers come out in small bunches from the wings of the leaves, they are small, white, and of an open bell-shape, and are suc- ceeded by swelling taper pods, filled with seeds crowned with long feathery dowm.— Native of Vera Cruz. It is tender, and will not thrive in England, unless the plants are placed in a warm stove. They may be propagated by laying down their branches in the same manner as the ninth species ; or from seeds, when they can be procured from the places where they naturally grow. These should be sown upon a good hot-bed, and when the plants come up they must be treated like other tender exotic plants. Periwinkle. See Vinca. Perotis ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: glume two-valved ; valves oblong, acute, almost equal, awned at the tip. Stamina: filamenla three, capillary; antherae oblong. Pistil: germen superior, oblong; styles two, capillary, shorter than the corolla ; stigmas feathered, divaricating. Pericarp: none. Corolla: inclosing the seed. Seed: one, linear-oblong. Essential Character. Calix: none. Corolla: two-valved ; valves equal, awned. The species are, 1. Perotis Latifoiia. Culm simple ; leaves waved ; joints smooth; sheath half an inch or more in length, whitish, especially towards its origin, ending in a scarcely visible Vvhitish ligule ; spike a hand or half a foot in length, very thin. It flowers in August and September. — Native of the East Indies. 2. Perotis Polystachya. Culm branching; leaves flat; joints bearded. — Native of the East Indies. Persian Lily. See Fritillaria. Persoonia ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia. Essential Character. Calix: none. Petals: four, staminiferous towards the base; glands four at the base of the germen. Stigma: blunt. Drupe: one-seeded. Observe. This genus differs from Loranthus, to which it is nearly allied, in the number of parts, and in the w'ant of a calix. It consists of subvimineous shrubs ; leaves commonly alternate, without stipules ; corolla smooth within; antherae linear, finally bent back; style permanent, smooth; drupe eatable in most ; flowers yellow. — Native of the islands in the Southern Ocean. Perula; a genus of the class' Dioecia, order Polyandria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth two- leaved, very small ; leaflets opposite, oblong, somewhat con- cave, spreading, the upper ones twice as big as the other. Corolla : petal one, semiglobular-concave, hanging down, heart-shaped at the base, scarcely emarginate at the tip; nectary membranes multifid, somewhat plaited, erect, in- serted into the receptacle between the row of the stamina. Stamina: filamenta very many, (twenty-four to thirty,) set transversely in a double row, thick, upright, the height of the nectary ; antherae tbickish, four-cornered, oblong, blunt, upright, raised above the nectary. Pistil: germina four, barren, very small, subglobular, very shortly pedicelled, placed at the angles of the receptacle above the nectary ; style very short, upright ; stigmas three, with segments pel- tate, standing out at the tips. Female on a distinct tree. Calix: as in the male, deciduous. Corollas: as in the male; nectary as in the male, with the membranes approximating, somewhat inflated, filling the disk of the receptacle. Pistil : germina four, ferlille, inserted into the receptacle, as in the male, a little larger, shortly pedicelled ; style to each, upright, short, three-cornered; stigmas as in the male. Pericarp: capsule obovate, subtrigonal, hanging down from the elon- gated pedicel, three-celled, three-valved ; valves bifid, at length two-parted. Seeds: solitary, obovate, truncated, smooth, small. Observe. Is n'ot the calix rather a double bracte? Corolla before it infolds gldbular, with a longitudinal suture; when that opens, the surface of the petal becomes transverse, the receptacle is almost prominent beyond the corolla, and the flower hangs down from the nodding apex of the incurvated peduncle. The only known species is, 1. Perula Arborea. — Native of New Granada, about Mari- quita. Peruvian Mastick Tree. See Schinus. Petaloma ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, goblet-shaped, five-toothed, superior, permanent; teeth sharp, almost upright. Corolla: petals five, oblong, spreading, each inserted by the claw between the teeth of the calix, deciduous. Stamina: filamenta ten, placed on the margin of the calix, longer than the corolla ; antherae oblong, incumbent. Pistil: germen ovate, in the bottom of the calix; style long, awl shaped; stigma simple, acute. Pericarp: berry globular, fleshy, crowned with the calix, one-celled. Seeds: solitary, or in fours, angular on one side, convex on the other. Observe. It should be separated from Myrtus on account of the form of the calix, and the insertion of the stamina. Essential Character. Calix: goblet shaped, five-toothed. Petals: five, inserted between the teeth of the calix. Stamina: on the margin of the calix. Berry : one-celled. Seeds: one or four. The species are, 1. Petaloma Myrtilloides. Peduncles solitary, one-flow- ered; leaves subsessile, ovate, attenuated, oblique at the base; trunk straight, twenty feet high, no thicker than the human leg ; bark almost smooth, gray, with some very white 274 PET THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PET spots, whence its name of Silver Wood. The wood is hard, tough, heavy, and good for looms, handles, staves for oars, or scouring rods for guns. — Native of Jamaica, and other parts of the West Indies. 2. Petaloma Mouriri. Peduncles corymbed, axillary; leaves petioled, ovate, acuminate; berries seeded. This is a tree, from thirty to forty feet in height, and a foot and half in diameter, with a grayish bark, and a whitish, hard, com- pact wood. — Native of Guiana, in the forests bordering on the river Sinemaris, flowering in November, and fruiting in. January. Named by the natives, Mouririchira. Petisia; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth oue-leafed, bell-shaped, superior, with the mouth toothed. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel-form; tube cylindrical, longer than the calix; border four-parted ; lobes rounded, blunt. Stamina: filamenta four, awl-shaped, the length of the 'tube ; antherae somewhat oblong. Pistil: germen inferior; style filiform ; stigma bifid, acute. — Pericarp: berry globular, crowned, two-celled. Seeds: very many, roundish. Essential Character. Corolla: one petailed, funnel-form; stigma bifid. Berry: many-seeded. The species are, 1. Petesia Stipularis. Leaves lanceolate-ovate, tomentose underneath; flowers in lateral thyrses. — This shrub is a native of Jamaica. 2. Petesia Carnea ; Leaves oblong, lanceolate, even ; flow- ers in terminating trifid cymes. — Native of the island of Nantoka in the Great Southern Ocean. 3. Petesia Tomentosa. Leaves oblong, tomentose on both sides. — Native of the woods of New Spain. Petitia; a genus of the class Triaudria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, small, upright, four-toothed, inferior, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled; tube cylindrical, upright, long; border four- cleft ; segments ovate, acute, flat, reflex, half the length of the tube. Stamina: filamenta four, awl-shaped, very short, in the upper part of the tube; antherae upright. Pistil: germen roundish, superior: style awl-shaped, upright, the length of the stamina ; stigma simple. Pericarp : drupe roundish. Seed: nut ovate, blunt, two-ceiled ; kernels soli- tary, oblong. Observe. Flowers often three-starnined, with the calix and corolla trifid. Essential Character. Calix: four toothed, inferior. Corolla: four-parted. Drupe: with a two-celled nut. The only known species is, 1. Petitia Domingensis. This is a small tree, w ith four-cor- nered striated branches. — Native of the woods of the island of St. Domingo. Petiveria ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Mono- gynia; or, according to Swartz, of the class Heptandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: peri- anth four-leaved ; leaflets linear, Ldunt, equal, spreading, permanent. Corolla: none, except the coloured calix. Sta- mina : filamenta six or eight, unequal, awl-shaped, converg- ing; anthers erect, linear, sagittate, bifid at top. Pistil: ger- men, ovate, compressed, emarginate; style very short, lateral, in the groove of the germen; according to Gaertner, styles four, permanent, finally bent outwards, spinescent ; stigma pencil-shaped. Pericarp: none, except the crust of the seed. Seed: single, oblong, narrower below, roundish, com pressed, emarginate, with four barbed hooks, bent back out- wards, rigid, acute, the middle ones longer; Gaertner says naked, but armed above with reflex spines. Observe. Swartz informs us, that the flowers have mostly seven stamina. Essential Character. Calix: four-leaved. Corolla: none. Seed: one, with reflex awns at top. — These plants may be increased by slips or cuttings as well as seeds ; which must be sown on a hot-bed early in the spring. When they appear, transplant each into a separate pot, and plunge the pots into a moderate hot-bed. When the plants have obtained a good share of strength, inure them by degrees to the open air, into which remove them towards the end of June, placing them in a warm situation, where they may remain till autumn, when they should be placed in the stove during winter, and have a moderate degree of warmth. They will produce flowers and seeds every summer, and will continue several years constantly remaining green throughout the year. The species are, 1. Petiveria Alliacea ; Common Guinea-hen Weed. Flow'- ers six-stamined ; root strong, striking deep into the ground ; stems from two to three feet high, jointed, and becoming woody at the bottom. It is a common plant in most of the islands of the Wegt Indies, .where it grows in shady woods, and all the savannas, in such plenty as to become a trouble- some weed. As this plant will endure much drought, it remains green when others are burnt up; the cattle then feed on it, and it gives their milk the taste of garlic, to which the specific name alludes; their flesh also becomes intolerably rank. Browne informs us, that it is very common in all the lower lands of Jamaica, and is so remarkably acrid as to render the smell and taste hardly tolerable. On chewing a little of the plant, it burns in the mouth, and leaves the tongue black, dry, and rough, as it appears in a malignant fever. It is however thought to be liked by Guinea-hens, and hence its name of Guinea-hen Weed. — It thrives most in a dry soil and a gravelly situation, and flowers here in June. 2. Petiveria Octandra ; Dwarf Guivea-hen Weed. Flow- ers eight-stamined. This is very like the first, but differs in having a shorter and narrower stalk, and in the flowers hav- ing eight stamina. Jacquin describes it as a shrubby plant, smelling strong of garlic. — Native of the West Indies. Petrea ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, bell-shaped ; border five-parted, spreading, very large, coloured, permanent ; segments oblong, blunt, closed at the throat by five doubled truncated scales. Corolla: one- petalled, wheel shaped, unequal, less than the calix; tube very short ; border flat, live-cleft ; segments rounded, almost equal, spreading very much ; the middle one larger, and of a different colour. Stamina: filamenta four, concealed within the tube of the corolla, ascending, two shorter; antherae oval, erect. Pistil: germen ovate; style simple, the length of the stamina; stigma blunt. Pericarp: capsule obovate, flat at top, two-celled, concealed at the bottom of the calix. Seed: single, fleshy. Essential Character. Calix: five- parted, very large, coloured. Corolla: wheel-shaped. Cap- sule: two celled at the bottom of the calix. Seeds: solitary. The only known species is, 1. Petrea Volubilis. It rises with a woody stalk, to the height of fifteen or sixteen feet, covered with a light gray bark, and sending out several long branches, having a whiter bark than the stem; the flowers are produced at the ends of the branches in loose bunches, nine or ten inches long; each flower upon a slender pedicel, about an inch in length. Dr. Houston found a variety of this with blue petals, of the same bright colour with the calix, and making a fine appearance, each branch being terminated by a long string of these flowers, whence he has ranked it in the first class of beautiful Ame- rican Trees. — It is propagated by seeds, which must be ob- tained from the places where the trees grow naturally, and very few of them are good. They must be sown in a good hot-bed ; and when the plants come up, they should be each planted in a separate small pot, filled with light loamy earth, 5 ? E U OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P E U and plunged into a hot bed of tanner’s bark, and afterwards placed in the bark-bed in the stove, where they should con- stantly remain, and be treated like other plants from the same country. Petrocarya ; a genus of the class Heptandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one leafed, turbinate, five-cleft; segments ovate, acute, rigid, spreading, (the two upper ones more erect;) leaflets two, oblong, con- cave at the base of the perianth. Corolla: petals five, ovate, acute, unequal, less than the calix, and inserted into it be- tween the segments. Stamina: filamenta fourteen, capillary, longer than the calix, inserted into the edge of it below the petals ; seven antheriferous, the other seven in the opposite part of the calix, barren; anther® roundish, gaping inwardly. Pistil: germen ovate, villose; style cylindrical, curved in, villose, longer than the stamina; stigma capitate. Pericarp ; drupe large, ovate, compressed, fleshy, fibrous, one-celled. Seed: nut ovate, compressed, sinuous wrinkled, longitudinally tubercled ; shell thick, very hard, two-celled ; kernels oblong. Essential Character. Calix: turbinate, five-cleft, with two bractes at the base. Corolla: five-petalled, less than the calix; filamenta fourteen, seven of which are barren ; drupe inclosing a two-celled nut with a stony cell. The spe- cies are, 1. Petrocarya Montana. Leaves ovate. This is a very lofty tree, with a trunk eighty feet high, dividing at the top into very thick, wide, spreading branches; the ramulets, or smaller branches being villose, or reddish. The flowers are white; the drupe smooth, and fulvous, it has a thick acid bark; and the nut or kernel, in each loculament of the putamen, is sweet and edible. — Native of the woods of Guiana. 2. Petrocarya Campestris. Leaves cordate. This tree has a trunk from thirty to forty feet high, branching at top; flowers racemose, axillary, terminal, and resembling those of the preceding species. — Native of the woods of Guiana. Petty-Whin. See Genista. Peucedanum ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Di- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: umbel universal, manifold, very long, slender; partial, spreading; involucres universal, many-leaved, linear, small, reflex; partial less; perianth proper, five-toothed, very small. Corolla: universal, uniform; florets of the disk abortive; proper of five, equal, oblong, incurved, entire petals. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary; anther® simple. Pistil: germen oblong, inferior; styles two, small; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp none; fruit ovate, girt with a wing, striated on both sides, bipartile. Seeds: two, ovate, oblong, compressed, more convex on one side, with three raised streaks, girt with a wide entire mem- brane, emarginate at top. Essential Character. Fruit ovate, striated on both sides, girt with a membrane; involucres very short. — These plants are propagated by seeds sown in the autumn, soon after they are ripe, those which are sown in the spring seldom succeeding, or at best not coming up till the spring following. Keep the plants clean from weeds, and in the autumn transplant them where they are to remain. They love a moist soil, and a shady situation, but will not thrive under the drip of trees. The species are, 1. Peucedanum Officinale; Common Sulphurwort. Leaves five times three-parted, filiform, linear; root perennial, divid- ing into many strong fibres which run deep into the ground ; stem upright, from two to four feet high, slightly striated, bright green, jointed, smooth; umbel large, the water rays longest; fruit middle-sized, compressed into the shape of a thin lens; seeds subfoliaceous, surrounded by a very narrow attenuated rim, having on the flat sides two dark ferruginous 2 75 fillets, as in the Parsnep ; the root has a strong foetid smell, and an acrid bitterish unctuous taste. Wounded in the spring, it yields a considerable quantity of yellow juice, which dries into a gummy resin, and retains the strong scent of the root. Its virtues have not been properly ascertained. There is a variety called Italian Sulphurwort, which is a much larger plant ; the leaflets are also much longer, and the flowers and seeds bigger. It grows on the mountains, and also in the low vallies, by the side of rivers in Italy. The Common Sulphur- wort is a native of the most southern parts of Europe, in moist meadows. Gerarde found it growing very plentifully, on the south side of a wood belonging to Waltham, at the Nase, in Essex ; also at Whitstable and Feversham, in Kent. Ray observed it near Shoreham, in Sussex ; and adds, that it was said to grow abundantly on the banks of the Thames, and in the marsh-ditches near Walton, not far from Harwich. It has been more recently observed near Feversham, and near Yarmouth and Clay, in Norfolk. 2. Peucedanum Alpestre ; Alpine Sulphurwort. Leaflets linear, branched ; roots perennial ; stems round, not so deeply channelled as in the preceding, sustaining a large umbel of yellow flowers. It flowers in June, and the seeds ripen in September. — Native of the forest of Fontainbleau, and some other parts of France. 3. Peucedanum Capillaceum ; Hairy-leaved Sulphurwort . Leaves bipinnate ; segments capillaceous, grooved. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Peucedanum Tenuifolium ; Fine-leaved Sulphurwort. Leaves bipinnatifid ; segments lanceolate, opposite and alter- nate, margined. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Peucedanum Sibiricum ; Siberian Sulphurwort. Leaf- lets linear, acute; primordial umbels sessile. It has no uni- versal involucre. — Native of Siberia. 6. Peucedanum Japonicum ; Japanese Sulphurwort. Leaves five times three-parted ; leaflets wedge-form, trifid ; stem round, flexible, upright, branched, the thickness of a goose- quill, scarcely a foot high. — Native of the coast of Japan. 7. Peucedanum Silaus ; Meadow Sulphurwort, or Saxi- frage. Leaflets pinnatifid ; segments opposite; universal involucre two leaved ; root perennial, long, wrinkled, black on the outside, white within, having a sweet aromatic flavpur, with some sharpness ; stems several, from two to three feet in height, almost as thick as the little finger at bottom, round, striated, full of pith, red near the ground, branched from the bottom, the branchlets coming out at long intervals from the axils of the leaves; the flowers are generally all fertile, but some of the central ones are sometimes barren. The whole plant has a strong, but not unpleasant smell, approaching to that of Parsneps. — Native of many parts of Europe, as Swit- zerland, France, Germany, England, &c. in moist meadows. It flowers in August. 8. Peucedanum Alsaticum ; Small-headed Sulphurwort. Leaflets pinnatifid ; the little segments trifid, biuntish ; stem upright, three or four feet in height, and sometimes as high as a man, round, slightly striated, grooved only towards the top, very smooth, tinged with red, and wholly red at the base, jointed, dichotomous. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Germany, Switzerland, and Italy. 9. Peucedanum Aureum ; Golden Sulphurwort. Leaves bipinnate; leaflets of the stem-leaves linear lanceolate, of the root-leaves oblong and multifid. It is a biennial plant, flower- ing in June. — Native of the Canaries. 10. Peucedanum Nodosum ; Knobbed Sulphurwort. Leaf- lets alternately multifid. The stalks rise a foot and half high, having pretty large knots at the joints, from each of which springs a leaf, cut into many divisions; the flowers terminate 276 P H A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P H A the stalks in umbels, and appear in the beginning of July. — Native of Candia. 11. Pencedanuin Geniculatum ; Jointed Sulphurivorl. Leaves roundish, kidney-fonn, crenate. — Native of New Zealand. Peziza ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Fungi. — Generic Character. Fungus bell-shaped, sessile, con- cealing lens-shaped seed-bearing bodies; plant concave; seeds on the upper surface only discharged by jerks. Dr. Withering has given a great number of British species of this Fungus in bis arrangement, to which the reader is referred. Phaca-, a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decandria. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one-leafed, tubular, five-toothed. Corolla: papilionaceous; standard obovate, straight, larger; wings oblong, blunt, shorter; keel short, compressed, blunt. Stamina: filamenta diadelphous, (simple and nine-cleft ;) antherte roundish, ascending. Pistil: germen oblong ; style awl-shaped, ascending ; stigma' simple. Pericarp: legume oblong, inflated, half two-celled, with the upper suture depressed towards the lower. Seeds: several, kidney-form. Observe. The legume is straight in some, in others recurved, so that the tip almost touches the base. In some species of Astragalus, the partition of the legume not being fastened to the lower suture, though it approximates to it, the great affinity between that genus and this is appa- rent. Essential Character. Legume: two celled. — The plants of this genus are propagated by seeds, sown where they are intended to remain; for as the roots strike deep, it is difficult to transplant them safely, especially when they have remained long in the seed-bed. They should be left about six feet asunder, that there may be room to dig between them every spring, which is all the culture they require, except keeping them clean from weeds. The species are, 1. Phaca Boetica; Hairy Phaca, or Bastard Vetch. Caulescent, erect, hairy : legumes round, boat-shaped ; roots perennial, running very deep into the ground ; stems com- monly near four feet high, becoming woody, but decaying every autumn ; flowers in short axillary spikes, seldom open- ing in England, unless the season proves very warm, and never producing seeds here. — Native of Spain. 2. Piiaca Alpina; Smooth Phaca, or Bastard Vetch. Caulescent, erect, hairy : legumes round, boat-shaped. This lias smooth stalks, which do not rise so high as those of the preceding ; the flowers are smaller, the pods shorter, and hanging down. It flowers in two years from the seeds, and the roots rarely live longer than three or four years. It flowers in July. — Native of Siberia, Lapland, Austria, &c. 3. Phaca Salsula. Caulescent, erect, canescent : leaves pinnate; legumes peduncled, globular, drooping. This greatly resembles Astragalus Chinensis in its legumes. — Native of Siberia. 4. Phaca Sibirica. Caulescent; leaflets in fours, lanceo late, blunt, silky; calix villose; teeth bristle-shaped.- — Native of Siberia, in very dry sand. 5. Phaca Australis ; Trailing Phaca, or Bastard Vetch. Stem branched, prostrate; leaflets lanceolate; wings of the flowers semibifid. When young it is hirsute, but as it advances it becomes smooth, and appears like a different plant. It flowers in May and June. — Native of the south of Europe. 6. Phaca Trifoliata; Three-leaved Bastard Vetch. Leaves ternate, oval, blunt; legumes semiorbiculate ; stems filiform, branched.-— Native of China. 7. Phaca Vesicaria; Smooth Bladdery Bastard Vetch. Stemless, smooth : fruiting calices ovate, inflated ; leaflets lanceolate; root-leaves pinnate, twelve paired, and more; scapes upright, terminated by a raceme. — Native of the Levant. 8. Phaca Incana ; Hoary Bladdery Bastard Vetch. Stem- less, hoary : fruiting calices ovate, inflated, villose ; leaflets oblong, blunt; scape a span long, round, upright. It differs from the preceding in its hoariness, the villoseness of the . fruiting calices, and in having oblong, blunt, approximating leaflets ; flowers sessile, the lower ones more remote, spread- ing.— Native of Armenia. ff. Phaca Prostrata ; Procumbent Bastard Vetch. Stem- less : leaflets binate, linear, silky ; scape procumbent ; calix villose; teeth lanceolate, short; a radical tuft, composed of very white scales. — Found in the salt-sands, about the lakes of Siberia. 10. Phaca Microphylia ; Small-leaved Bustard Vetch , Stemless : leaflets binate, ovate, obtuse, villose ; calix muri- cate and hairy; teeth hispid every way; corolla large, pur- ple.— Found by Pallas in the sandy islands of Siberia. 11. Phaca Muricata. Stemless : leaflets in threes or fours, , linear, awl-shaped, muricate underneath ; calix smooth; teeth ciliate; root-leaves several, from a villose tuft, longer; corollas yellow. Found by Pallas in the mountainous fields of Siberia. Phcethusa ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia Superflua. — Generic Character. Calix: com- mon, many-leaved ; leaflets in a double row, oblong, gaping I at the tip, blunt. Corollas: compound, half-radiate; corollets hermaphrodite, several in the disk ; females one to three in the ray, only on one side of the flower; proper of the hermaphrodites funnel-form, five-toothed, pubescent; female ligulate, oblong, toothed, very long. Stamina: in the hermaph- rodites; filamenta five, very short; anthera cylindrical, tubu- lar, a little longer than the corolla. Pistil: in the hermaph- rodites; germen oblong, villose; style filiform, longer than the stamina; stigmas two, reflex: in the females; germen oblong, a little bigger; style filiform, the length of the hermaphrodites; stigmas two, reflex. Pericarp: none; calix unchanged. Seeds: in the hermaphrodites, solitary, ob!on», compressed, villose; down of two awns: in tiie females, very like the others. Receptacle: chaffy; chaffs linear, acute, longer than the calix. Essential Character. Calix: subcylindric, many leaved, with unequal recurved scales; florets hermaphrodite, several in the disk; females, one or two in the ray. Receptacle: chaffy. Seeds: hispid, without any proper down. The only known species is, 1. Phaethusa Americana. Stem gigantic, eighteen feet high, narrowly four-winged by the deem rent petioles; leaves large, opposite, ovate, acuminate, triple-nerved, obsoletelv serrate, subpubescent. Pursh strongly suspects this plant to be the same with Verbesina Siegesbeckia ; although Michaux considers it to be different. — Native of Virginia. Phalaris ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. —Generic Character. Calix : double, one-flowered; outer glume two-valved, compressed ; valves boat-shaped, compressed, keeled, acute, almost equal, with the edges straight, converging parallelly ; inner two-valved ; valves lan- ceolate, acute, pubescent, small, incumbent on the back of the corolla at the base. Corolla: two-\:alved, less than the calix; valves oblong, concave, acute, the inner smaller; nec- tary two-leaved ; leaflets lanceolate, acuminate, hyaline, gib- bous at the base. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary ; an- therae oblong, forked. Pistil: germen ovate; styles two, capillary, connate at the base ; stigmas villose. Pericarp: none: the corolla grows round the seed like a crust, and does not open, Seed: single, ovate, oblong, acuminate, smooth. Observe. The seventh and eleventh species do not seem to have nectaries. Essential Character. Calix: two- P H A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P H A 277 valved, keeled, the valves equal in length, inclosing the co- rolla. The species are, 1. Phalaris Canariensis; Cultivated Canary Grass. Pani- cle awnless, subovale, spike-shaped ; calicine glumes boat- shaped, entire ; corolla four-valved, outer valves lanceolate, smooth, inner villose ; root annual ; culm from a foot to eighteen inches in height, upright, round, striated, swelling a little at the joints, and at the lower ones often branching ; leaves almost half an inch in breadth, of a lively green, with something of a glaucous hue. The lower part of the upper leaf swells out like a spathe, completely involving and protect- ing the head of the flowers while young. It is a native of the Canary Islands; but is now found in a wild state in Britain, Flanders, Hesse, Silesia, France, Italy, and Spain. It has been observed in New’s wood, adjoining to Malvern in Worcestershire ; behind the observatory at Oxford ; near New-Cross, on the Maidstone road; by Deptford creek; and in Charlton w'ood. It flowers from June to August ; and is cultivated for the sake of the seeds, which are the best food for the Canary, and other small birds. — The cultivation of this grass is chiefly confined to the isle of Thanet, where it is esteemed a profitable crop; and may be so, where there is water carriage to London, for there is the principal demand for it. Sow the seeds thin, on drills made a foot asunder; when the plants come up, thin them where they are too close, so as to leave them at nearly two inches’ distance in the rows. Hoe the ground three times in the intervals, to destroy the weeds. Two gallons of seed is sufficient to sow an acre; and if the seed be sown by a hopper, the spring of which is properly set, to let it out at equal distances, this will be the best method of cultivating Canary Grass. As this seed is a slow grower, it is liable to be overrun with weeds, for which reason it should be sown after clover, on a gentle clay ; hut on strong soils, a fallow is the best tilth. It is in general a valuable crop; and the chaff produces better, and a greater quantity of horse meat, than any other. The seed should be sown at the end of February, or beginning of March, in fur- rows, twenty to the rod, and six gallons of seed to the acre. The land must be dunged with fifty or sixty cart loads on an acre. 2. Phalaris Aquatica ; Water Canary Grass. Panicle awn- less, cylindrical, spike-shaped ; calicine glumes boat-shaped, somewhat toothletted ; corolla three-valved, inner valves vil- lose, outer minute, awl-shaped : root annual according to Linneus; perennial and bulbous, according to Desfontaines. Culm reedy : from the swelling sheath of the upper leaf issues one smooth, thick, spike-shaped panicle, of an oblong-ovate iorm. Flowers in June and July. — Native of Egypt. 3. Phalaris Capeusis ; Cape Canary Grass. Panicle spiked, ovate; glumes entire ; culm jointed, decumbent: annual. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Phalaris Bulbosa ; Bulbous Canary Grass. Panicle awnless, cylindrical, spike-shaped ; calicine glumes boat- shaped, toothed ; corolla two- valved, smooth, root bulbous; culm a foot high, swelling out at the base, commonly into three round bulbs, one above another, the lower having fili- form fibres at the bottom. — Native of Spain, the Levant, and Barbary, in which latter country the roots are not bulbous; but that, in Grasses, does not make a specific distinction. 5. Phalaris Nodosa ; Knobbed-rooted Canary Grass. Pani- cle oblong; leaves rigid. — Native of the south of Europe. 6. Phalaris Dentata ; Tooth-keeled Canary Grass. Spike siibpanicled, cylindric; glumes serrate; culm jointed. This is a handsome grass, and very distinct from the other species at first sight. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Phalaris Phleoides ; Cat’ s-tail Canary Grass. Panicle nearly cylindrical, spike-form ; glumes linear-lanceolate, smoothish, their inner margin abrupt; stem simple; root fibrous, perennial, crowned with tufts of spreading glaucous leaves, which endure the whole winter; culrn simple, generally solitary, mostly leafy below, round, smooth, purple and shining above, from ten to eighteen inches in height. Native of several parts of Europe, and Siberia. In England, it was first observed in Cambridgeshire ; and afterwards on Chippenham Park wall, in the same county. It flowers in June and July. 8. Phalaris Arenaria ; Sea Canary Grass. Panicle awn- less, cylindrical, spike-form ; calicine glumes keeled, quite entire, ciliate ; culm branched; root annual, fibrous, downy; stems several, dividing from the crown of the root, or a little higher, as in wheat, sometimes bent in at the joints, clothed with leaves, the edge of which is a little rough ; their sheaths long, inflated, striated, and smooth. — Native of several parts of Europe. In England, it is common on sandy coasts, and in the adjoining fields : as at Yarmouth ; on New' borough sands; in the isle of Anglesea; on Swaffham and Newmarket heaths; and near Preston Pans, in Scotland. 9. Phalaris Aspera ; Rough Canary Grass. Panicle awn- less, cylindrical, spike-form ; calicine glumes keeled, gibbous at top; corolla two-valved, smooth; root annual, fibrous; culms a span high, upright, branched, and sheathing at the base. — Native of several parts of Europe, as France, Italy, and Sicily. In England, it occurs on Gogmagog-hilis, New- market heath, and near Bourn Bridge in Cambridgeshire; and in the meadows below King’s Weston, near Bristol. 10. Phalaris Utriculata; Bladdery Canary Grass. Pani- cle ovate, spike-form ; calicine glumes boat-shaped, dilated at the back ; awn longer than the glumes ; root annual, fibrous; culms afoot high, several, upright, decumbent before flowering time. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Italy. 11. Phalaris Paradoxa ; Bristly-spiked Canary Grass. Panicle awnless, oblong, spike-form ; calicine glumes boat- shaped, cne-toothed ; corolla two-valved, smooth ; lowest florets end bitten ; root annual, fibrous.— Native of the Le- vant, and Barbary. 12. Phalaris Hispida; Hairy-caliced Canary Grass. Spikes digitate; glumes rugged ; leaves ovate ; culms capillary, de- cumbent, erect at top, jointed, smooth, branched, a foot high ; spikes from three to six.— Native of Japan. 13. Phalaris Yillosa. Panicles many-flowered ; flow’ers ovate, villose. — Grows in the woods of Carolina. Phallus; a genus of Fungus. — Generic Character. Fungus even on the under surface ; a net work of cells on the upper surface ; seeds in the cells. The species are, 1. Phallus Esculentus ; Esculent Morel. Pileus or cap ovate, cellular; stipe or stem naked, wrinkled. This stem is hollow, naked, and white, one or two inches high, and from half an inch to an inch in diameter. The cap is entirely united to the stem, from the size of a pigeon’s to that of a swan’s egg ; with very large cells, angular like a honey comb: the colour of the cap is pale yeliow, or buff when young, but becomes brown when old. There is a variety which is small, and black, found on the sandy heaths of Norfolk. Mr. Sowerby gathered plenty of the blackish Morels at Newington in Surry, on an old garden ground, among sugar-baker’s rubbish. It is commonly found in woods, under hedges, and among bushes, in a loamy soil, and springs up in April and May: it has an agreeable smell. We are informed, that Morels are observed to grow in the woods of .Germany, in the greatest plenty where charcoal has been made. Hence, the people who collected them to sell, made fires in the woods with heath, broom, &c. to obtain a more plentiful crop; until so much mischief had arisen from this practice. 278 PHA THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PHA that it was found necessary to forbid it by law. According to Mr. Sowerby, in his elaborate work on English Fungi, the Morel belongs much more properly to the genus Helvetia, if we consider its texture, duration, and qualities, it is well known, and much esteemed as an ingredient in gravies and ragouts, both recent and dried; for this purpose, it may be kept many months, or even years. In Great Britain, it has been observed at Moor Barns, Trumpington, Triplow, &c. ; in Magdalen College walks, Headihgton Wick Coppice, and Shotover plantations ; at Stone, and Swanscomb, in Kent ; at Boughton, Walcot, Weekly, &c, in Northamptonshire; near Asply and Onthorp, in Nottinghamshire; in Scotland, at Blair in Athol; in the woods at Langholm in Eskdale; and in Logton wood, near Dalkeith, &c. 2. Phallus Impudicus; Obscene or Stinking Morel. Pi- leus or cap cellular above, even underneath, not united to the stem ; stem perforating the pileus, and open at the end ; roots fibrous; fibres large, round, white, creeping a little under the surface, with white globules or tubercles growing to them here and there, which when full-grown project above ground, and appear in the form of eggs, a little flattened at the base, smooth, ihe size of a tenuis ball, white, and heavy. On the bursting of this, the stalk rises up, and is about the thickness of the thumb, four inches and more in height, a little crooked, round, white, spongy, hollow, very light, and pointed at both ends. Cap somewhat conical, sitting loosely on the stalk, at first smooth, solid, olive-coloured, slippery, soon becoming highly fetid ; the cells being as yet filled with the matter containing the seed, which flowing out, or being eaten by the flies, the outer surface appears cellular, the inner a little wrinkled, the top as if cut off, very white, oblong, and open. Though this Fungus is so intolerably fetid, yet in its egg state it has no otfehsive smell; the odour resides in the green matter which fills the cells of the cap, and is commonly very soon devoured by flies, particularly the large blue flesh- fly. It remains many days in the egg-state, before it bursts through its wrapper; but this being done, the stem pushes up with amazing rapidity, attaining the height of four or five inches in a few hours. According to Rauhin, the stem in this state “ imaginem penis referens,” which certainly is a very striking and delicate botanical description. The offensive green matter, already noticed, contains the seeds, which may- be seen by the assistance of a good microscope. Such as have courage to smell this matter closely, will find it much less disagreeable than at a distance, for it then seems to have a slight pungency, like that of volatile salts. The wrapper is filled with a clear jelly, like the white of an egg, but stiffer; within this is found the green matter, and within that the young plant: when it shoots up, the wrapper and the clear jelly remain at the root. The disagreeable carrion-like smell of this Fungus has occasioned it to be called Stinkhorns in some counties. It nourishes not only several species of flies, but also snails and slugs, which are extremely fond of the stem. In August, September, and October, it appears in woods and hedge-rows in some places-abundantly, in others but sparingly. It has been found near London, about Hack- ney; in Coomb wood at Norwood ; in the closes about Strea- tham ; but more plentifully in a small fir wood on Hampstead heath. It has been noticed in sandy places near Bungay in Suffolk ; in Kingstone woods, Oxfordshire ; at Silsoe and Market Street in Bedfordshire ; at Middleton in Nottingham- shire; in the woods of Blair, at Athol; and in the sands by the sea side, on both sides of the Forth, and at Carubber bank, in Scotland. 3. Phallus Caninus ; Red headed Morel. Pileus or cap wrinkled, red, covered with a greenish matter, conical, closed 2 at the end; stem yellow, tapering at the bottom; volva the size of a nutmeg, of an oblong ovate shape, white, smooth, gelatinous within, the inner coat cut off at top; stalk beyond the volva, an inch and half or two inches in length, the size of a large goose-quill, round, filiform, terminating in a point at bottom, cellular, somewhat transparent, of a pale orange colour, hollow within, soon becoming flaccid ; head sitting on the stem, sessile, about half an inch in length, and of the same diameter with the stem, oblong, a little pointed, imper- vious, and whitish at top, at first of a livid colour, and covered with a very thin shining membrane, under which is a small quantity of a greenish liquid almost without scent; which being removed, the surface of the head appears of a red colour, and transversely wrinkled, but by no means cel- lular, as in the Stinking Morel. This Fungus was first dis- covered in this country in the woods and shady places near Shrewsbury ; it has also been found about Caen wood, and about Silsoe in Bedfordshire. Curtis observes, that the structure of the head by no means agrees with Linneus's generic character. It differs from the preceding species, in having no pileus properly speaking, but the part, on the out- side of which the seminal matter is lodged, forms a head, which is only a continuation of the stalk, differing in its structure and colour; this head has a wrinkled, not articu- lated surface; within these wrinkles, which are not very deep, the seminal matter is contained, and covered by a very thin membrane. Pharnaceum ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Tri- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth five- leaved ; leaflets subovate, concave, spreading, equal, perma- nent, coloured within, having a thin edge. Corolla: none; hence the edge of the calix is thin, and the inside of it is coloured. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, the length of-the calix; antherae bifid at the base. Pistil: germ ovate, three-cornered ; styles three, filiform, the length of the stami- na ; stigmas blunt. Pericarp: capsule ovate, obsoletely three- cornered, covered, three-celled, three-vaived. Seeds: nume- rous, shining, orbicular, depressed, surrounded by a sharp rim. Observe. The parts of fructification differ in the sixth species. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved. Corolla: none. Capsule: three-celled, many-headed. The species are, 1. Pharnaceum Cerviana; Umbelled Pharnaceum. Pedun- cles subumbelled, lateral, equalling the linear leaves. — Annual, flow'ering in June. — Native of Russia and Spain. 2. Pharnaceum Lineare ; Linear-leaved Pharnaceum. Umbels uuequal ; leaves linear, in remote opposition; stem even, prostrate, jointed, with knobbed knots, dichotomously branched.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Pharnaceum Teretifolium ; Round-leaved Pharnaceum. Leaves filiform, mucronate; umbels lateral; stem erect, fru- tescent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Pharnaceum Microphyllum. Tomentose: peduncles umbelled ; leaves ovate, roundish, obtuse, interwoven with woole — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Pharnaceum Marginatum. Leaves ovate, margined, blunt ; flowers axillary, sessile. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Pharnaceum Mollugo. Peduncles one-flowered, lateral ; flowers the length of the leaves ; stem depressed ; root annual ; peduncles at the whorls, not at the forkings of the stem, four or five, the length of the leaf, one-flowered. The wdiole plant in its appearance greatly resembles Illecebrum Ficoideuin.— Native of the East Indies and Cochin-china. 7. Pharnaceum Glomeratum. Flowers glomerate; stem flexuose; leaves linear; root annual. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. P H A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P H A 279 8. Pharnaeeum Serpyliifolium. Peduncles one-flowered, axillary; leaves ovate, blunt; stems branched, dichotomous, filiform, jointed, smooth ; peduncles lateral, capillary, the length of the leaves. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Pharnaeeum Quadrangulare. Subfruticose : leaves linear, imbricate, in four rows. The stems are rather shrubby, having the appearance of heath; flowers white, green on the outside. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Pharnaeeum Incanum; Hoary Pharnaeeum. Com- mon peduncles Very long; leaves linear; stipules hairy; shrubby, with an upright proliferous stem ; branches whitish, with tunicated stipules ; flowers white. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope and Cochin-china. 11. Pharnaeeum Albens. Common peduncles very long ; leaves linear, without stipules. This is a little shrub with white stems. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 12. Pharnaeeum Dichotomum ; Forked Pharnaeeum. Pedunclesaxillary, elongated, dichotomous; leaves in whorls, linear. Annual. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Pharnaeeum Distichuin. Racemes two-parted, flexu- ose; leaves subiinear, pubescent; pistil one; capsule one- celled. — Native of the East Indies. 14. Pharnaeeum Cordifoliuin. Racemes two-parted, ter- minating ; leaves obcordate ; root fibrous ; stems herbaceous, a foot high, prostrate, even, knobbed at the joints; branches alternate ; flowers white. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Phams; a genus of the class Moncecia, order Hexandria. —Generic Character. Male Flowers: peduncled. Calix: glume two-valved, one-flowered; valves ovate, mem- branaceous, coloured ; outer short, sharpish ; inner twice as long, rounded at the tip. Corolla: glume two-valved, longer; valves equal, oblong, membranaceous, coloured; outer sharp- ish, keeled below the tip; inner emarginate. Stamina: fiia- menta six, very short, upright ; antherze linear, cloven at both ends, the length of the corolla. Females: larger, ses- sile, in the same panicle. Calix: glume two-valved, one- flowered; valves lanceolate, membranaceous, sharpish, nerved, almost equal. Corolla: glume two-valved, a little longer; outer valve subeylindrie, rigid, closely pubescent ; end three- sided, sharp ; hack keeled, bent back, and shaved at the base; inner valve linear, very narrow, membranaceous, with the margins folded together, the edge thickened on both sides, pubescent, with the lip cloven, the same length with the outer. Pistil: gerrnen linear; style simple; stigmas three, capillary, pubescent, prominent from the outer corol- line glume. Pericarp: none. The outer glume of the corolla invests the seed, now larger, mnricated ali round with soft adhering little hooks. Seed: oblong, grooved on one side, large. Observe. Schrceher could not perceive any nectary. Essential Character. Calix: glume two- valved, one-flowered. Mate Corolla: glume two-valved. Female Corolla : glume one-valved, long, involving. Seed: one. The species are, 1. Pharos Latifolius. Panicle branched; calices apeta- lous, naked, awnless. This grass has many filamenta, three or four inches long, with lateral fibrils uniting in a roundish root; root leaves several, encompassing the stalk, and one another by their footstalks, which are striated, of a light brown colour, and about nine inches long; stalk about a foot and half high, having below two very short joints divid- ing at a foot from the ground into several branches, on which are naked flowers half an inch in length, sessile, alternate. The male flowers are smaller than the females, and stand on pretty long peduncles at the back of Ihe others. — Native of the woody hills of Jamaica, where it is called Wild Oats, and is reckoned wholesome food for cattle. 89. 2. Pharus Ciiiatus. Panicle somewhat branched ; calices apetalous, ciliate, awnless; culms very leafy, two feet high; leaves linear, narrow, rugged. — Native of the East Indies. 3. Pharus Aristatus. Panicle nmbelled ; caliees apetalous, awned, naked ; culm above the water, scarcely two feet in height. — Native of the East Indies. Phascum ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Musci. — Generic Character. Capsule: ovate, veiled, subses- sile, or on a short bristle, closed bu every side, sometimes with the rudiment of a lid, never opening. Males: subdis- Coid, terminating, or gemmaceous, axillary. — For the species, the reader is referred to Withering's Arrangement. Phaseolus ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decan- dria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth onc-leafed, two-lipped ; upper lip emarginate ; lower three-toothed. Co- rolla: papilionaceous; banner heart-shaped, blunt, emargi- nate, reclined, the side bent back; wings ovate, the length of the banner, placed on long claws, keeled, narrow, rolled spirally contrary to the sun. Stamina : filamenta diadel- phous, (simple and nine-cleft,) within the keel, spiral ; antherae ten, simple. Pistil: gerrnen oblong, compressed, villose; style filiform, bent in spirally, pubescent above; stigma blunt, thickish, villose. Pericarp: legume long, straight, coriaceous, blunt, with a point. Seeds : kidney-form, oblong- compressed. Observe. Many species have an outer two- leaved roundish calix. Essential Character. Keel: wilh the stamina and styles spirally twisted. — The seeds of the tenderest species, which are cultivated either for curiosity or ornament, should be sown in a moderate hot -bed in the spring; and when the plants come up, they must be care- fully transplanted into pots, filled with light fresh earth, and plunged into a hot-bed to facilitate their taking root; after which they should be inured to bear the open air by degrees, and may be removed into it at the end of June or beginning of July, in a sheltered situation. As they advance in growth, the perennial sorts must be removed into larger pots. Some that are less tender may be sown on a warm border at the end of April; and when the plauts run up, they must be supported. The species are, * Climbing. 1. Phaseolus Vulgaris; Common Kidney Bean. Stem twining; flowers racenied, in pairs; bractes smaller than the calix; legumes pendulous; leaves ternale, acuminate, rounded at the base, rough, on long petioles ; corolla white, yellow, purple, or red ; legume oblong, swelling a little at the seeds, when ripe ope celled ; seeds several, ovate or oblong, kidney- shaped, smooth, and shining: they vary exceedingly in shape and size, but particularly in colour, being white, black, blue, red, and variously spotted. The varieties of this species are very numerous: the principal are the small White Dwarf, the Black Dwarf or Negro, and the Liver coloured Bean for early crops. There is also the Battersea and Canterbury, and the large Dutch, which last grows very tall ; also the Scarlet Bean, the twining stalks of which, if properly sup- ported, will rise to the lieght of twelve or fourteen feet. Its leaves are smaller than those of the Common Garden Bean. The flowers grow in large spikes, are much bigger, and of a deep scarlet colour. The pods are large and rough; and Ihe seeds are purple, marked with black, though sometimes pure white.- — It is a native of the East Indies, but is much cultivated in our gaidens for the use of the table; it is tlfe young shells, or pods, that are eaten, and these are very wholesome, hut when they grow old they are apt to occasion flatulencies and indigestion. They are reported to be of a diuretic nature, and to cleanse the kidneys and ureters of gravel and sabulous concretions; but they are little regarded 4 B 280 PHA THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PHA except for food. — Propagation and Culture. The following are 1 lie best methods of raising Kidney Beans for the table. The three sorts which are usually cultivated for early crops, are the Small White Dwarf, the Dwarf Black, which is called the Negro Bean, and the Liver-coloured Bean. The stalks of these never being very long, may be planted much nearer together than the larger-growing kinds, and they require but little support. They are planted on hot-beds under frames, or in pots which are placed in stoves, to come early in the spring, for which purpose they are better adapted than any of the others; but they are inferior to several of the others in point of goodness; though, as they may be had at a time when the others cannot be so well obtained, they are generally cultivated in gardens ; and where there are not the conveniences of stoves or frames for raising them very early, they are planted in warm borders, near hedges, walls, or pales, where they will be tit for use a fortnight earlier than the other sorts. The next to these are the Battersea and Canterbury Kidney Beans, which do not ramble far, and, producing their flowers near the root, bear plentifully for some time: the Battersea Bean is the forwarder of the two, but the other will continue bearing much longer; they are both better flavoured than any of the three former sorts, but when they begin to be large, are very stringy and tough. There are two or three sorts of Kidney Beans with erect stalks cul- tivated. These want no support, as they do not put out any twining stalks; hence they are much cultivated by the gar- deners, as also because they produce a great plenty of pods; but they are inferior in goodness to all the other, especially that sort with black and white seeds, the pods of which have a rank flavour, and, w hen boiled, become soft and mealiy ; so that it should never be cultivated for the table. The best sorts for culinary purposes are the Scarlet Blossom Bean already noticed, and a white Bean of the same size and shape, which appears to be only a variety of the scarlet, as it differs in no other respect but the colour of the flowers and seeds, being equal in size and flavour. And next to these is the Large Dutch Kidney Bean, which grows as tall as either of these, so must be supported by stakes, other- wise the stalks will trail on the ground and spoil. That with scarlet flowers is of a better quality than this, as well as hardier; and although it will not come up so early as some of the dwarf kinds, yet as it will continue bearing tiil the frost puts a stop to it in autumn, it is much preferable to either of them ; for the pods of this sort when old are seldom stringy, and have a better flavour than the young pods of those sorts, and will boil greener; and where this is sown in the same situation and soil as the Battersea Bean, it will not be a fortnight later. All the sorts are propagated by seeds, which are too tender to be sown in tbe open air before the middle of April; for if the weather should be cold and wet after they are in the ground, they will soon rot; or if the morning frosts should happen after the plants come up, they w ill be destroyed ; therefore the best way to have early Kidney Beans, where there is no conveniency of frames for raising them, is to sow the seeds in rows pretty close upon a moderate hot- bed, the latter end of March or the beginning of April. If the heat of the bed be sufficient to bring up the plants, it will be enough; this bed should be arched over with hoops, that it may be covered with mats every night, orin bad weather. In this bed the plants may stand till they have put out their trifoliate leaves, then they should be carefully taken up, and transplanted in warm borders near hedges, pales, or walls. If the season proves dry at. the time of removing them, the plants should be gently watered to forward their taking root, and after- wards they must be managed in the same way as those which are sown in the full ground. These transplanted Beans will not grow so strong as those which are not removed, nor will they continue so long in bearing, but they will come at least a fortnight earlier than those which are in the full ground. Tbe first crop intended for the fuli ground, should be put in about the middle of April ; but these should have a warm situation and a dry soil, otherwise die seeds will rot in the ground ; or if the weather should prove so favourable as to bring up the plants, yet there will be danger of their being killed by morning frosts, which frequently happen in the beginning of May. The second crop, which should be one of the three large sorts last mentioned, should be sown about the middle of May. These will come into bearing before the early kinds are over, and if they be of the scarlet sort, will continue fruitful till tbe frost destroys the plants in the autumn, and these will be good as long as they last. The manner of planting them is, to draw shallow' furrows with a hoe, at about three feet and a half distance from each other, into which you should drop tbe seeds about two inches asunder; then with the head of a rake draw the earth over them, so as to cover them about an inch deep. If the season be favourable, the plants will begin to appear in about a week’s time after sowing, and soon after will raise their heads upright ; w hen the stems are advanced above the ground, you should gently draw a little earth to them, observing to do it when the ground is dry, which will preserve them from being injured by sharp winds; but care must be taken not to draw any of the earth over their seed-leaves, as it w'ould rot them, or at least greatly retard their growth. After this they will require no farther care, but to stick them when the plants begin to run, and to keep them clear from weeds until they produce fruit, when they should be carefully gathered two or three times a week; for if permitted to remain upon ; the plants a little too long, the plants will be weakened, and the beans spoiled for eating. The large sorts of Kidney Beans must be planted at a greater distance, row from row; for as these grow very tall, if the rows are not at a greater distance, the sun and air will be excluded from the middle rows; therefore they should not be less than four feet dis- tance row from row; and when the plants are about four inches high, the stakes should be thrust into the ground by the side of the plants, to which they will fasten themselves, and climb to the height of eight or ten feet, and bear plenty of fruit from the ground upward. The Dutch and French < preserve great quantities of the Large Dutch Beans for win- ter use, which they stew and make good with gravies and sauces. — There are some persons who raise these Beans in hot-beds, in order to have them early. The only care to be taken in the management of these plants when thus raised, is to allow them room, and give them as much air as con- ii venient when the weather is mild; as also to let them have a moderate heat; for if the bed be over-hot they will either burn or be drawn up so weak as seldom to come to good. ! The manner of making the hot-bed being the same as for ! making Cucumbers, (which see,) need not be repeated here ; t but observe, when the dung is equally levelled, to lay the t ripen seeds here, and is propagated by offsets from the root, which it sends out very sparingly. Very sharp winters sometimes kill it, and the next species, in open borders. 7. l’hlomis Samis. Leaves ovate, tomentose underneath ; involucres awl-shaped, strict, three-parted; stem upright, hirsute, four-cornered, herbaceous ; root perennial. — Native of the Isle of Samos, and found also in Barbary. See the preceding species. 8. Phlomis HerbaVenti; Rough-leaved Phlomis. Invo- lucres bristle-shaped, hispid; leaves ovate-oblong, nigged; stem herbaceous ; root perennial ; when large, it sends up a great number of square stalks, covered with a hairy down, and having sessile leaves on them ; corolla bright purple. It flowers from July to September.— Native of the south of France, Italy, Persia, and Tartary. It may be increased by parting the roots in autumn, when the stalks begin to decay, that t he plants may get root before the frost comes on; but it should not be parted oftener than every third or fourth year, if it be expected to have many flowers. It is hardy, and may be planted in exposed places, but never in moist ground. 9. Phlomis Tuberosa; Tuberous Phlomis. Involucres hispid, awl-shaped ; leaves cordate, rugged; stem herbaceous; root tuberous ; stalks purple, four-cornered, five or six feet high ; flowers of a pale purple colour, and hairy : they ap- pear in June and July, and the seeds ripen in September; soon after which the staiks decay, but the roots will abide many years. Native of Siberia.— Sow the seeds upon an eastern border in the spring, and keep the plant clean from weeds, and in the autumn transplant them where they are to remain : in the following summer it will produce flowers and seeds. It is very hardy, and will thrive in almost any soil or situation. 10. Phlomis Zeylanica ; White Phlomis. Leaves lanceolate, snbserrate ; heads terminating; caliees eight-toothed; stem of the same height as in the nineteenth species, upright, her- baceous, four-cornered, blunt ; corolla w hite, upper lip hir- sute, very short, vaulted close, entire. It is biennial, flower- ing from June to October. — Native of the East Indies. This, and the eight following species being natives of hot countries, must be kept in the bark-stove. Several of them are annuals, and can only be propagated by seeds procured from the coun- try where they grow. 11. Phlomis Caribaea ; West Indian Phlomis. Leaves 0 ■ lanceolate, villose; whorls roundish, very close; invo- lucres bristle shaped, hirsute; stem herbaceous ; root branch- r It ts an annual plant, two feet high, upright, and with- 1 any tit. ir flowers from July to September.— Native the VVest Indies. See the preceding species. 12. Phlomis Urticifolia; Nettle-leaved Phlomis. Leaves ovate, serrate, canescent ; involucres awl-shaped ; calices obliquely truncate, membranaceous, nine-toothed; stem her- baceous, upright, branched, villose when magnified, canescent; whorls many flowered ; flowers small. — Found in the East Indies, and Arabia. See the tenth species. 13. Phlomis Indica; East Indian Phlomis. Involucres linear; calices one-lipped, oblique; leaves ovate, hairy; whorls towards the top, two or three, thick, surrounded with erect, linear, keeled, villose involucres. — Native of the East Indies. See the tenth species. 14. Phlomis Moluccoides. Leaves ovate; involucres bristle-shaped ; the lower lip of the calix rounded, large, membranaceous. This is a shrub with villose branches: whorls remote, fourteen-flowered. — Native of Arabia. See the tenth species. 4 15. Phlomis Glabrata. Leaves ovate, serrate; lower lip of the calix produced, three-toothed ; brandies reversely hairy; stem herbaceous, upright, acutely angular; corolla under the upper segment of the calix, and twice as long; fila- menta the same length as the corolla. — Native of Arabia. See the tenth species. 16. Phlomis Alba. Leaves ovate, serrate, villose; calices five-toothed, oblique ; stem herbaceous, smooth, bluntly angu^ lar ; branches hairy at top ; corolla twice as long as the calix. — Native of Arabia. See the tenth species. 17. Phlomis Biflora. Leaves ovate, serrate ; calices soli- tary, opposite, ten-toothed ; stem herbaceous, branched, slen- der, weak, slightly villose ; peduncles very short, solitary, opposite, one-flowered. — -Native of the East Indies. See the tenth species. 18. Phlomis Nepetifolia ; Catmint-leaved Phlomis. Leaves cordate, acute, serrate, subtomentose ; calices six or eight toothed, upper and lower tooth larger; stem herbaceous; whorls few, towards the top, globular, many-flowered, annual. It flowers here in September and October. — Native of the East Indies. See the tenth species. 19. Phlomis Leonurus; Narrow-leaved Phlomis, or Lion's Tail. Leaves lanceolate, serrate ; calices ten-cornered, ten- toothed, pointless; stem shrubby. This is a very handsome plant when in flower ; the corolla is of a tawny or golden colour, and shining like silk. It rises with a shrubby stalk seveu or eight feet high, sending out several branches, which are four-cornered ; the brandies have each two or three ses- sile whorls of flowers towards the end. There is a variety of it with variegated leaves. It flowers from October to Decem- ber. Native of the Cape of Good Hope. — This and the following species are increased by cuttings planted in July: after the plants have been so long exposed to the open air as to harden the shoots, they will take root very freely. Plant them in a loamy border with an eastern aspect; and if they are covered closely with a bell or hand glass to exclude the air, and are shaded from the sun, it will forward their putting out roots; but when they begin to shoot, raise the glasses to prevent their drawing up weak, and by degrees expose them to the open air. As soon as they have taken good root, take them up, and plant each in a separate pot filled with soft loamy earth, and placed in the shade till the plants have taken new root; then remove them to a sheltered situation, where they may remain till October, when they must be re- moved into the green house, and afterwards treated as the Myrtle, and other green house plants, taking care to water this species plentifully. 20. Phlomis Leonitis; Dwarf Shrubby Phlomis. Leaves ovate, blunt, subtomentose, crenate; calices seven-toothed, awned; stem shrubby; branches four-cornered, in pairs; co- 9 0 PHL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P H L 287 rolla neither so long nor'so deep-coloured as in the preceding. It flowers in June and July. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the preceding species. 21. Phlomis Chinensis. Leaves ovate-serrate, tomentose, silky ; calices in whorls, ten-toothed ; stem shrubby, with four-cornered hispid branches ; corolla w hite, with the upper lip compressed, hirsute on the outside. — Native of China. 22. Phlomis Biloba. Leaves ovate-oblong, tomentose, from four to six flowers in a whorl; calices half five-cleft, villose, wool-bearing; upper lip of the corollas two-parted; stems herbaceous, upright, branched, villose, woolly, with blunt corners; flow'ers sessile, or on very short pedicels; co- rolla the size of that in the eighth species, purple, villose, tomentose on the outside. It is a very beautiful species, and quite distinct from the rest. — Native of the kingdom of Algiers. Phlox; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one leafed, cylindrical, ten-cornered, five-toothed, acute, permanent; co- rolla one petalled, salver-shaped ; tube cylindrical, longer than the calix, narrower below, curved in ; border flat, five- parted ; segments equal, blunt, shorter than the tube. Sta- mina: filamenta five, within the tube of the corolla, two longer, one shorter; antherae in the throat of the corolla. Pistil: germen conical ; style filiform, the length of the sta mina ; stigma trifid, acute. Pericarp: capsule ovate, three- cornered, three-celled, three- valved. Seeds: solitary, ovate. Essential Character. Corolla: salver-shaped. Fila- menta: unequal. Stigma: trifid. Calix: prismatical. Cap- sule: three-celled, one-seeded. — The plants of this genus delight in a moist rich soil, not too stiff, in which they will grow tall, and produce much larger bunches of flowers than in dry ground ; for when the soil is poor and dry, they fre- quently die in summer, unless frequently watered. They are generally propagated by parting their roots, because they do not often produce seeds in England. The best time for this is in autumn, when their stalks begin to decay; these roots should not be divided into small heads, if they are expected to flower well the following summer, nor should they be parted oftener than every other year, because when they are often removed and parted, it will greatly weaken the roots, so that they will send out but few' stalks, and those will be so weak as not to rise their usual height, and the bunches of flowers will be much smaller. When the roots are trans- planted and parted, it will be a good way to lay some old tan or other mulch upon the surface of the ground about their roots, to prevent the frost from penetrating the ground ; lor as they will have put out new fibres before winter, the frost when severe often kills the fibres, whereby the plants suffer greatly, and are sometimes destroyed. The first, sixth, and seventh species, propagate pretty fast by their spreading roots, but the otheYs increase but slowly this way, therefore the best method to propagate them is by cuttings, and these, as well as the fourth sort, may be obtained in abundance in that manner. The best lime to plant the cuttings, is about the end of April or the beginning of May, when the shoots from the roots are about two inches high; these should be cut off close to the ground, and their tops should be short- ened, then they must be planted on a border of light loamy earth, and shaded from the sun until they have taken root; or, if they be planted pretty close together, and covered with bell or hand glasses, shading them every day from the sun, they will put out roots in five or six weeks; but when they begin to shoot, the glasses should be gradually raised to admit the free air to them, otherwise they will draw up Meak, and soon spoil: as soon as they are well rooted, the 90. (glasses should be taken off, and the plants inured to the open air; then they should be soon after removed into a bed of good soil; planting them about six inches’ distance every- way, observing to shade them from the sun, and water them duly till they have taken new root; after which, if they are kept clean from weeds, they will require no other care till autumn, when they should be transplanted into the borders of the flower-garden, where they are designed to remain. If some of the plants be put into pots, and sheltered under a hot-bed frame in winter, they will flower strong the following summer, and these may be placed in court-yards, or other places near the habitation, when they are in beauty, and being mixed with other flowers will be very ornamental. The species are, 1. Phlox Paniculata; Panicled Lychnidea. Leaves lanceo- late, flat, rugged at the edge; stem even; corymbs panicled; segments of the corolla rounded ; flowers in a terminating co- rymb, composed of many smaller bunches, which have each a distinct foot-stalk, and support a great number of flowers, which stand on short slender pedicels. It is a large lofty plant. It flowers in August and September. — Native of North America. 2. Phlox Undulata ; Waved-leaved Lychnidea. Leaves oblong, lanceolate, somewhat waved, rugged on the edge; stem even ; corymbs panicled ; segments of the corolla some- what retuse; flowers blue, appearing in July and August. — Native of North America. 3. Phlox Suaveolens ; White flowered Lychnidea. Leaves lanceolate all over; stem very smooth; raceme panicled; flowers white, moderately sweet-scented. It flowers in July and August. — Native of North America. 4. Phlox Maculata ; Spotted-stalked Lychnidea. Leaves oblong, lanceolate, smooth ; stem somewhat rugged ; racemes corymbed. Towards the upper part of the stalks are small branches opposite, each terminated by a small bunch of flowers ; but on the top of the principal stalk is a long loose spike of flowers, composed of small bunches from the axils at each joint; each cluster having one common peduncle, near an inch long, but the pedicels are short. The flowers are of a bright purple colour, and appear late in July ; if the season be temperate, or the soil moist, they will continue in beauty a great part of August, but rarely perfect seeds in England. — Native of North America. 5. Phlox Pilosa ; Hairy-leaved Lychnidea. Leaves lan- ceolate, villose; stem upright; corymb terminating; flowers light purple, appearing at the end of June, but seldom are followed by seeds in England. — Native of North America. 6. Phlox Carolina; Carolina Lychnidea. Leaves lan- ceolate, even; stem rugged; corymbs subfastigiate. This resembles the next species, but the stem is three times as high, and somewhat rugged. — Native of Carolina. 7. Phlox Glaberrima; Smooth Lychnidea. Leaves linear- lanceolate, smooth; stem upright; corymb terminating; tube of the corolla twice the length of the calix ; segments of the border roundish, spreading, of a light purple colour. The flowers appear in June, but, unless the season prove warm, are not succeeded by seeds in England. — Native of North America. 8. Phlox Divaricata; Early-flowering Lychnidea. Leaves broad-lanceoiate, the upper ones alternate ; stem bifid ; peduncles in pairs; corollas pale blue, with a crooked tube. Mr. Curtis says it flowers in May with the Yellow Alyssum, but that it is neither of so long duration, nor so ornamental as some of the other species : and as it seldom exceeds a loot in height, it may on this account be regarded as a suitable rock-plant. It flowers from April to June. — Native of North America. 4 D P H L THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P H (E 9. Phlox Ovata; Ovate-leaved Lychnidea. Leaves ovate; flowers solitary ; stalks two or three, slender, about nine inches high. The flowers come out singly at the top of the stalk, and have very slender tubes, with a border of five round- ish spreading segments ; they are of a light purple colour, and appear in July, but are not followed by seeds in England. — Native of Maryland, and other parts of North America. 10. Phlox Subulata ; Awl leaved Lychnidea. Leaves awl- shaped, hirsute ; flowers opposite. If this plant be left to itself, the stems trail on the ground : the young shoots are of a reddish white, and slightly villose; flowers from one to three or four in an umbel, drooping before they expand ; calices villose ; corolla pale purple or flesh-colour, with an eye of dark but brilliant purple, disposed in a starlike form. The flowers appear at the beginning of May, and are extremely pretty, but delicate, requiring shelter during the period of their flowering, which is shorter than in most of the other species. It should be frequently renewed by cut- tings, which strike readily, and may be suffered to grow either in its natural procumbent way, or be made to appear to more advantage by training it to a stick. — Native of Vir- ginia. 11. Phlox Sibirica ; Siberian Lychnidea. Leaves linear, villose; peduncles in threes; stem from two inches to a hand in height. From the uppermost axils peduncles from two to four, about an inch long, hirsute, each bearing one purple flower, varying to white, with purple streaks. — Native of Siberia. 12. Phlox Setacea ; Bristle-leaved Lychnidea. Leaves bristle-shaped, smooth ; flowers solitary. The stalks rise to the height of afoot, when supported; but if left to them- selves, trail on the ground. The whole of this plant forms a highly ornamental bush of flowers. — It is a native of Caro- lina, and, like most of the others, is easily raised from cuttings, which should be struck early in the spring, to make them become flowering plants the next season. To obtain this plant in perfection, it is necessary to renew it yearly ; old plants being less productive of flowers, and less perfect in their foliage. In mild winters this species, like many other plants from Carolina, will live abroad, but requires the shelter of a frame, rather than more tender treatment, in severe frosts. 13. Phlox Aristata. Plant feeble, erect, viscidulo-pubes- cent; leaves linear-lauceolate ; panicles loose, fastigiated ; pedicels subgeminate; segments of the corolla oboval ; tube curvated, pubescent; teeth of the calix very long, subulate; flowers red, or sometimes white. — Grows in sandy fields from Pennsylvania to Carolina. 14. Phlox Stolonifera. Plant creeping-stoloniferous, pu- bescent; radical leaves spathulate-obovate ; little stems oval- lanceolate; corymb with few flowers, straggling; segments of the corolla obovate ; teeth of the calix linear, reflex; flowers blue, with a purple centre, very handsome. — Grows in the high mountains of Virginia and Carolina. 15. Phlox Pyramidalis. Plant erect, glabrous; stem sca- brous ; leaves cordate-ovate, acute ; segments of the corolla cuneate-truncate ; teeth of the calix somewhat erect, lanceo- late, acute; flowers beautiful purple. — Grows in mountain meadows from Pennsylvania to Carolina. This plant is named by Walton, Phlox Carolina. 16. Phlox Latifolia. Plant erect, glabrous ; stem smooth; leaves cordate-ovate; segments of the corolla suborbicu- late ; teeth of the calix lanceolate, slightly acuminated. Pursh is inclined to thiuk this plant merely a variety of Phlox Pyramidalis. J7. Phlox Speciosa. Plant erect, glabrous, fruteseent, very branchy ; leaves linear, superior, alternate, dilatated at the base; racemes paniculate-corymbose; segments of the corolla cuneate-oblong, emarginate ; teeth of the calix subu- late, equal to the tube ; flowers white, with a red or purple centre, similar to the white variety of Vinca Rosea, the fructifications appearing in such abundance that they cover the whole shrub. — Grows on the plains of Columbia. Phoenix; a genus of the class Dicecia, order Triandria. — Generic Character. Male Flowers. Calix : spathe universal, one-valved ; spadix branched ; perianth three- parted, very small, permanent. Corolla: petals three, con- cave, ovate, somewhat oblong. Stamina: filamenta three, very short ; antherae linear, four-cornered, the length of the corolla. Female Flowers : on a different plant, or on the same spadix. Calix: as in the male. Pistil: germen round- ish ; style awl-shaped, short; stigma acute. Pericarp: drupe ovate, one-celled ; seed single, bony, subovate, with a longitudinal groove. Essential Character. Calix: tlnee-parted. Corolla: three petalled. Male. Stamina: three. Female. Pistil: one. Drupe: ovate. — The plants of this genus may be easily produced from the seeds taken out of the fruit, provided they be fresh, sown in pots filled with light rich earth, and plunged into a moderate hot- bed of tanner’s bark, which should be kept in a moderate temperature of heat, and the earth frequently refreshed with water. When the plants come up, they should be each planted into a separate small pot filled with the same light rich earth, and plunged into a hot-bed again, observing to refresh them with water, and also to admit air to them in proportion to the warmth of the season, and of the bed in which they are placed. During the summer they should remain in the same hot-bed, but in the beginning of August let them have a great share of air, to harden them against the approach of winter; for if they be too much forced, they will be so tender as not to be preserved through the winter without much difficulty, especially if you have not the con- veniency of a bark-stove to keep them in. The beginning of October remove the plants into the stove, placing them where they may have a moderate share of heat, these being somewhat tenderer while young, than after they have acquired some strength ; though indeed they may sometimes be pre- served alive in a cooler situation, yet their progress would be so much retarded as not to recover their vigour in the succeeding summer. Nor is it worth the trouble of raising these plants from seeds, where a person has not the conve- niency of a stove to forward their growth ; for where a stove is wanting, they will not grow to any tolerable size in twenty years. When the plants are removed, which should be done once a year, be very careful not to bruise or injure their large roots, but clear off all the small fibres which are inclin- able to mouldiness; for if these are left on they will in time decay, and hinder the fresh fibres from coming out, which must greatly retard the growth of the plants. The soil in which they should be placed must be compounded in the following manner : Half of fresh earth taken from a pasture ground, the other half sea-sand and rotten dung or tanner's bark, in equal proportion ; these should be carefully mixed, and laid in a heap three or four months at least before it is used, but should be often turned over, to prevent the growth of weeds, and to sweeten the earth. Observe also to allow pots proportioned to the size of the plants; but never let them be too large, which is more injurious than their being too small. During summer let them be frequently refreshed with water, but not in large quantities ; in winter also they must be now and then watered, especially if placed in a warm stove, but if not, they will require less water. These P H CE OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PHO plants are very slow growers even in their native countries, notwithstanding they arrive to a great magnitude ; for it has been often observed by the old inhabitants of those countries, that the plants of some of these kinds have not advanced two feet in height in ten years ; so that when they are brought into these countries, it cannot be expected they should advance very fast, especially where there is not due care taken to preserve them warm in winter. But however slow of growth these plants are in their native countries, they may be greatly forwarded here by placing the pots in a hot- bed of tanner’s bark, which should be renewed as often as necessary, and the plants always preserved therein both winter and summer, observing to shift them into larger pots as they advance in growth. The species are, 1. Phoenix Daetylifera ; Date Palm Tree. Fronds pin- nate; leaves folded together, ensiform. This rises to a great height in the warm countries : the stalks are generally full of rugged knots, which are the vestiges of the decayed leaves, for the trunks of the trees are not solid like other trees, the centre is filled with pith, round which is a tough bark full of strong fibres while young, but as the trees grow old the bark hardens and becomes woody. The leaves of these trees, when grown to a size for bearing fruit, are six or eight feet long, and may be termed branches, for the trees have no other ; these have narrow long leaves, or pinnae, set on alternately their whole length. These trees have male flowers on different plants from those which produce the fruit, and there is a necessity for some of the male trees to render them fruitful, or at least to impregnate the germen, without which the stones which are taken out of the fruit will not grow. Most of the old authors, w ho have mentioned these trees, affirm, that unless the female or fruit-bearing Palm Trees have the assistance of the male, they are barren: hence in those places where there are no male trees near the female, the inhabitants cut off the bunches of male flowers when they are just opened, and carry them to the female trees, placing them on the branches near the female flowers to impregnate them ; which, they all agree, has the desired effect, rendering the trees fruitful, which would otherwise have been barren. Padre Labat, in his account of America, mentions a single tree of this kind, growing near a convent in the island of Martinico, which produced a great quantity of fruit, which came to maturity enough for eating; but as there was no other tree of this kind in the island, they were desirous to propagate it, and accordingly planted great numbers of the stones for several years, but not one of them grew; therefore, after having made several trials without success, they were obliged to send to Africa, where these plants grew in plenty, for some of the fruit, the stones of which they planted, and raised many of the plants. He then conjectures, that the single tree, before mentioned, might be probably so far impregnated by some neighbouring Palm Trees of other species, as to render it capable of ripening the fruit, but not sufficient to make the seeds prolific. The flowers of both sexes come out in very long bunches from the trunk between the leaves, and are covered with a spatha or sheath, which opens and withers; those of the male have six short stamina, with narrow four-cornered antherae filled with farina. The female flowers have no stamina, but have a roundish germen, which afterwards becomes an oval berry, with a thick pulp inclosing a hard oblong stone, with a deep furrow running longitudinally. The bunches of fruit are sometimes very large. The fruit of this tree makes a great part of the diet of the inhabitants of Arabia and part of Persia. In Upper Egypt many families subsist entirely upon it. They make a conserve of it with sugar, and even grind 1 the hard stones in their hand-mills for their camels. In Bar- bary they turn handsome beads, for the use of the Roman Catholics, of these stones. The Date is said to strengthen the stomach and intestines, to stop looseness, and promote expectoration, for which purpose it is given in pectoral decoctions. It is also recommended in the piles, given in red wine. The juice of the Date Tree is procured by cutting off the head or crown of the more vigorous plant, and scoop- ing the top of the trunk into the shape of a basin, where the sap in ascending lodges itself, at the rate of three or four quarts a day, during the first week or fortnight; after which the quantity daily diminishes, and at the end of six weeks or two months the tree becomes dry, and serves for timber or fire-wood. This liquor, which has a more luscious sweet- ness than honey, is of the consistence of a thin syrup, but quickly becomes tart and ropy, acquiring an intoxicating quality, and giving upon distillation an agreeable spirit or araky, which is the general name for all hot liquors extracted by the alembic. From the leaves of the tree they make baskets, or bags, in Barbary. In Egypt they make fly-flaps of them, and brushes to cleanse their sofas or cloths. The hard boughs are used as fences to their gardens, and cages to carry their fowls to market. The trunk is split for the same purposes, and is even used in small buildings. It serves likewise for firing. The threads of the web-like inte- gument between the boughs, make ropes, and the rigging of smaller vessels. 2. Phoenix Farinifera. Fronds pinnate; leaves narrower, more pointed. The small trunk this has is only about one, or at most two feet high, and so entirely enveloped in the leaves that it is never seen, the whole appearing like a large round bush. — Native of Coromandel, in dry barren ground, chiefly on sandy lands at a small distance from the sea. It flowers in January and February, and the fruit is ripe in May. This the natives eat as gathered from the bush, with- out any preparation. The leaflets are wrought into mats; the common petioles are split into three or four, and used for making ordinary baskets of various kinds : but these are not so proper for this purpose as the Bamboo. The small trunk, when divested of its leaves, and the strong brown fibrous web that surrounds the trunk at their insertions, is generally fifteen or eighteen inches long, and six in diameter at the thickest part ; its exterior or woody part consists of white fibres matted together, which envelope a large quantity of a farinaceous substance, used as food by the natives in times of scarcity ; but to separate this from the fibres, the trunk is split into six or eight pieces, then dried, beaten in wooden mortars, and afterwards sifted ; the rest of the pre- paration Consists in boiling the meal into a thick gruel, or, as it is called in India, congee. It seems to be much less nutritive than Sago, and is less palatable, being considerably bitter when boiled; but probably, by more care in the pre- paration, or by varying the mode, it might be improved. Loureirohas described a dwarf Phoenix or Date Palm, which he characterizes by its having six stamina, and a dwarf trunk. It seems in most respects not to differ from that described above from Coromandel. — Native of Cochin-china, on moun- tains six leagues from Huaea, the capital of Cochin-china, in rocky places near streams. Phormium ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calxx ; none. Corolla: petals six, ascending obliquely, converging into a tube, oblong, connate at the base, unequal; three outer acute, more raised on the back; three inner longer, rounded at the top, concave. Stamina: filamenta six, filiform, ascend- ing, longer than the corolla; antherae erect, subtriquetrous, 290 R H R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PH V Pistil: germen bluntly three-sided; style filiform, ascending, a little shorter than the stamina ; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule oblong, three-sided, the angles grooved, acuminate, three-celled, three-valved. Seeds: very many, oblong, com- pressed. Essential Character. Calix : none. Corolla: six-petalled, the three inner petals longer. Capsule: oblong, thr e-sided. Seeds : oblong, compressed. The only known species is, 1. Phormium Tenax ; Neiv Zealand Flax Plant. Leaves many ; inflorescence branched ; flowers like those of the Hya- cinth.— Native of New Zealand, Norfolk island, and other islands in the Southern Ocean. The new inhabitants of New Zealand make a thread of the leaves, with which the women weave a variety of fine matting for clothing and other uses. Many other plants of the Liliaceous tribes might be applied to the same purposes; and this is now manufactured in Nor- folk Island, where canvass and other coarse linen cloth have been made with the thread. Phryma ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, cylindric, gibbous above at the base, striated, with a two-lipped mouth ; upper lip narrow, longer, with three awl- shaped converging teeth ; lower lip blunt, bifid. Corolla : one-petalled, ringent ; tube the length of the calix; upper lip shorter, subovate, emarginate, straight ; lower lip larger, * more spreading, trifid, the middle segment more produced. Stamina: filamenta four, two on each side the upper ones, shorter; antherae roundish, converging in the throat of the corolla. Pistil: germen oblong; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stigma blunt. Pericarp: none; calix un- changed, grooved, converging. Seed : single, oblong, round- ish, grooved on one side: Gaertner says, ovate, drawn to a point at top, obscurely five-cornered. Essential Charac- ter. Seed: one. The species are, 1. Phryma Leptostachya. Leaves ovate, serrate, petioled ; calix one leafed, five-cleft; stem a foot high, obtusely quadran- gular, smoothish, bracbiate; flowers opposite, remote. — Na- tive of North America. 2. Phryma Dehiscens. Calices finally opening longifndi- nally; stems suffruticose at the base; branches opposite, few% upright ; corolla like that of Vervain ; border five-cleft, small, almost equal, with rounded segments. This plant is •associated with the preceding, till it is better known, though it has a different appearance. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Phrynium; a genus of the class Monandria, order Mono- gvnia. — Generic Character. Calix: spathes many, acute, imbricate, many-flowered ; perianth three-leaved ; leaf- lets awl-shaped, erect, equal. Corolla: tubular; border seven cleft; the three outer segments acute, almost equal, reflex; the four inner obtuse, erect, unequal; nectary long, channelled, erect. The four inner segments belong properly to this. Stamina: filamentum one, awl-shaped, short, grow ing to the side of the nectary at bottom ; authera oblong, irregular, emitting little balls of pollen, distinguishable by the naked eye. Pistil: germen ovate, three-cornered, inferior; style thick, short, rather longer than the stamen; stigma concave, inclined towards the anthera. Pericarp: capsule obtusely triangular, three-celled. Seed: nuts three, ovate, or smooth. Essential Char acter. Calix: three-leaved. Petals: three, equal, growing to the long channelled tube of the nectary.1 Nectary: tube filiform; border four parted. Capsule: three-celled. Nuts: three. The only known species is, 1. Phrynium Capitatum. Perennial; stemless, five feet high : on four-fifths of it are very straight, round, regular, shining petioles ; leaves a foot long, ovate-oblong, sharp, quite entire, flat, obliquely grooved, smooth, coriaceous; flowers white, collected into a large, sessile, hemispherical cyme, bursting out below the middle of the gaping petiole. The germen is commonly abortive. — Native of Malabar, China, and Cochin-china, in shady wet places. The leaves are used for wrapping up cakes, &c. in the oven; whence Lou- reiro’s trivial name of Placentaria: when tender, and not yet unfolded, they infuse them in spirit of rice, or sugar diluted with three times its quantity of water, to make vinegar. Phylica: a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: common recep- tacle of the fructifications collecting the flowers into a disk; perianth proper, one leafed, five-cleft, turbinate ; mouth vil- lose, permanent. Corolla: none; scalelets five, acuminate, one at the base of each division of the calix, converging. Stamina : filamenta five, very small, inserted under the scale- let ; antherae simple. Pistil: germen at the bottom of the corolla; style simple; stigma obtuse. Pericarp: capsule roundish, three-grained, three-celled, three-valved, crowned. Seeds: solitary, roundish, gibbous on one side, angular on theother. Essential Character. Perianth: five-parted, turbinate. Petals: none, but five scales defending the sta- mina. Capsule: tricoecous, inferior. — As these shrubs do not produce seeds in England, they are propagated by cut- tings. There are two seasons for planting these; the end of March, before the plants begin to shoot, and the beginning of August. In the first season plant them in pots, and plunge them into a very moderate hot-bed, covering them close with bell or hand glasses, shading them in the middle of the day, and refreshing them gently with water: they will put out roots in two months, then inure them to the open air, and when they have obtained strength, take them carefully out of those pots, , and plant each in a separate small pot, filled with soft loamy earth, placing them in a shady situation until they have taken new root ; when they may be removed to a more sheltered place, there to remain till autumn. In the second season, plant the cuttings in pots, which may be either plunged into an old hot- bed or in the ground, covering them close as be- fore, and treating them in the same way: when they put out f roots, it will be too late to transplant them, and they must i; remain in the same pots until spring. If these are placed under a hot bed frame in autumn, where they may be pro- 1 tected from frost, and exposed to the open air in mild weather, they will succeed better than when they are more tenderly f; treated. As these shrubs are too tender to thrive in the open r air in England, they must be kept in pots, and housed in winter, but they require no artificial heat. In summer they t| may be placed abroad in a sheltered situation. As they i flower in winter, they make a good appearance in the green- i house or dry-stove at that season. The first sort will live | through the winter, when mild, in a warm sheltered situation, but always dies in severe frost. The species are, 1. Phylica Ericoides; Heath leaved Phylica. Leaves'! linear, in whorls. This is a low bushy plant, seldom rising si more than three feet high ; the stalks are shrubby and irregu- ;i lar, dividing into many spreading branches, subdividing into smaller ones. At the end of every shoot, the flowers are produced in small clusters, sitting close to the leaves; they I are of a pure white, begin to appear in the autumn, continue i in beauty all the winter, and decay in spring. Idle flowers' i are slightly odoriferous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Phylica Lanceolata ; Imnce leaved Phylica. Leaves > scattered, lanceolate, tomentose underneath ; heads terminat- ing, hirsute. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. PHY OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PHY 291 3. Phylica Bicolor; Two-coloured Phylica. Leaves linear, pubescent; common calices shorter than the corolla ; stem determinate^ branched ; branches rod like, rufescent, white, pubescent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Phylica Capitata; Downy Phylica. Leaves linear- lanceolate, villose; bractes woolly; heads terminating. It flowers from February to April. — Native of the Cape. 5. Phylica Eriophoros; Pale-flowered Phylica. Leaves linear, somewhat hairy, tornentose underneath, rolled hack at the edge; beads terminating; flowers tornentose. It flowers in November. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Phylica Plumosa; Woolly- leaved Phylica. Leaves linear, awl shaped ; the uppermost hirsute. This has an erect shrubby stalk, which rises near three feet high, covered with a purplish bark, and here and there some white down upon it; flowers collected in small heads at the ends of the branches, white, woolly, fringed on their borders, cut into six acute segments at top. It flowers from March to May. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Phylica Villosa; Villose-leaved Phylica. Leaves linear, the upper cues villose ; flowers in racemes. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Phylica lmberbis ; Beardless Phylica. Leaves linear, obtuse, rugged ; fit wers terminating, pubescent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Phylica Stipuiaris ; Stipuled Phylica. Leaves linear, stipuled ; flowers five-horned ; stem proliferous, naked, or somewhat rugged from the fallen leaves ; heads of flowers with a many leaved calix of naked, obovate, tw o-parted scales, interwoven w ith wool. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. .10. Phylica Pinifolia ; Pine-leaved Phylica. Leaves acerose, flat on both sides, very smooth ; flowers panicle ra- cemed. It is a fathom high. — Native of the Cape. 11. Phylica Cordata; Heart-leaved Phylica. Leaves cor- date, ovate, spreading; stem proliferous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 12. Phylica Dioica ; Dicecous Phylica. Leaves cordate ; flowers dioecous; corolla with white hair. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Phylica Buxifolia ; Box leaved Phylica. Leaves ovate, scattered, and by threes, tornentose underneath. This rises with a shrubby erect stalk five or six feet high, when old covered with a rough purplish bark, but the younger brauches have a woolly down. The flowers are collected in small heads at the ends of the branches ; they are of an herba ceous colour, and make no great appearance. It flowers during a great part of the year. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 14. Phylica Spicata ; Spiked Phylica. Leaves oblong, cordate, acuminate, tornentose underneath ; spikes cylindrical; flowers the length of the bractes. This species differs from all the rest by its inflorescence, or head of flowers, elongated into a villose spike. It flowers in November and December. —Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 15. Phylica Callosa ; Callous-leaved Phylica. Leaves oblong, cordate, acuminate, hairy, tornentose underneath ; flowers in a sort of head. This is very distinct from the eleventh species, with which it agrees in the form of the leaved. It flowers in March and April. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 16. Phylica Paniculata ; Patricled Phylica. Leaves ovate, mucronate, smooth above, shining, tornentose underneath ; racemes leafy, panicbd. This approaches to the eleventh species, but differs from it in not having the leaves rugged above, and the flowers racemed and panic-led. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 90. 17 Phylica Imbricata ; Imbricate Phylica. Leaves cor- date, ovate, smooth ; flowers in racemes. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 18. Phylica Racemosa ; Racemed Pkylica. Leaves ovate, smooth; flowers simple; panicle racemed; stem five feet high, shrubby, with determinate branches. It is doubtful whether this plant does not form a distinct genus. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 19. Phylica Parvifiora; Small-flowered Phylica. Leaves awl shaped, acute, rugged, somewhat hairy ; brauches panicle many -flowered. This shrub grows to the height of two feet, and is very like the first species ; but the branches are many- flowered, and the flowers smaller. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 20. Phylica Secunda. Leaves linear, mucronate, smooth ; heads terminating, hirsute. — Native of the Cape. Phyllachne ; a genus of the class Dioscia, order Monandria. — Generic Character. Male Flowers. Calix: perianth three-leaved, superior; leaflets very small, awl-shaped. Co- rolla: one-petalled ; tube gradually widening, and spreading; border five-cleft, spreading; segments oblong, blunt, the length of the tube. Stamina: filamentura single, capillary, erect, the length of the corolla, with a gland on each side at the base; antherm globular, three-grooved. Pistil: rudi- ment of a germen ; style and stigma none. Female Flowers, on a different plant. Calix and Corolla : as in the male. Pistil: germen turbinate, inferior; style filiform, straight, the length of the corolla, with a gland on each side of the base ; stigma capitate, four-cornered, with four tubercles, the two upper ones larger. Pericarp: berry inferior, one- celled, many -seeded. Seeds : numerous, ovale oblong, very small, fastened to the receptacle. Essential Character. Calix: three-leaved, superior. Corolla: funnel form. Fe- male Stigma: four-cornered ; capsule inferior, many-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Phyllachne Uliginosa. Leaves small, awl-shaped, cre- nulate, with a cartilaginous margin ; stems closely approximat- ing, covered with imbricate leaves, proliferous into two or three branehlets ; flowers terminating, sessile, white. It is a pretty plant, having the structure of a Moss all over, but adorned with flowers of a very different kind. — Native of Terra del Fuego. Phyllanthus ; a genus of the class Moncecia, order Tri- andria. — Generic Character. Males. Calix : perianth one-leafed, six-parted, bell-shaped, coloured ; segments ovate, spreading, blunt, permanent. Corolla: none, except the calix be called so. Stamina: filarnenta three, shorter than the calix, approximating at the base, distant at the tips; anthene twin. Females. Calix: perianth as in the males. Corolla: none; nectary a rim of twelve angles, surrounding the germen. Pistil: germen roundish, obtusely three- cornered ; styles three, spreading, bifid ; stigmas blunt. Peri- carp : capsule roundish, three-grooved, three-celled ; cells bivalve. Seeds: solitary, roundish. Essential Charac- ter. Male. Calix: six- parted, bell-shaped. Corolla: none. Female. Calix: six-parted. Corolla: none. Styles: three, bifid. Capsule: three-celled. Seeds: solitary. — These plants may be propagated by seeds, when they can be procured from the countries where they grow naturally. They must he sown on a hot-bed, and when the plants are sufficiently grown up, each should be planted in a small pot filled with light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark; shading and watering them until they have taken good root: after this, they must remain constantly in the bark-stove, and be treated in the same manner w ith plants from hot countries. The species are, 4 E 292 PHY THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P II Y 1. Phyllanthus Grandifolia ; Great leaved Phyllanthus. Leaves ovate, blunt, quite entire ; stem arboreous. — Native of America. 2. Phyllanthus Nutans; Pendulous-flowered Phyllanthus. Shrubby : leaves alternate, oval, glaucous underneath ; ra- cemes terminating, leafy, nodding ; branches slender, covered with a light-coloured reddish-brown smooth bark, divided into twigs set with leaves.— Native of Jamaica. 3. Phyllanthus Mimosoides ; Mimosa like Phyllanthus. Stem shrubby; branches rod-like; leaves pinnate, floriferous. — Native of Antigua. 4. Phyllanthus Conaini. Stem shrubby, very much branched ; branches diffused ; leaves petioled, roundish, attenuated, but bluntisb at the tip; peduncles fascicled, axillary. — Native of the West Indies. 5. Phyllanthus Niruri; Annual Phyllanthus. Leaves pinnate, floriferous; flowers peduncled; stem herbaceous, erect; root filiform, long, white; stem about a foot high, branched, erect, roundish, even ; flowers on very short pedun- cles, axillary, nodding, under the leaves. The seeds ripen in succession, and are cast out of the capsules when ripe, with so much force as to be thrown to a considerable dis- tance.— It is very common inBarbadoes; in the mountainous swamps, of Jamaica; on the banks of rivers in Hispaniola; and in the East Indies. 6. Phyllanthus Urinaria. Leaves pinnate, floriferous ; flowers sessile; stem herbaceous, procumbent. It has its trivial name from its diuretic quality. The whole herb is milky. — It is a native of the East Indies, China about Canton, Cochin-china, and the eastern coast of Africa. 7. Phyllanthus Bacciformis. Leaves pinnate, with six leaf- lets; female flower terminating ; stem half a foot high, quite simple, ascending, angular, even, annual. — Native of Tran quebar. 8. Phyllanthus Racemosus. Leaves pinnate, flowering in a raceme at the tip ; fruit berried, juiceless ; stem suffruticose. — Native of Ceylon. 9. Phyllanthus Emblica ; Shrubby Phyllanthus. Leaves pinnate, floriferous; stem arboreous; fruit berried. This rises in Malabar with a tree-like stem, to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, but in England to not more than half that height, sending out from the side many patulous branches. — Native of the East Indies, Cochin-china, and China, in the last of which the berry is js iceless. 10. Phyllanthus Maderaspatensis. Leaves alternate, wedge- shaped, mucronate. The cocculi are papery, not separating from the epidermis, two-valved, opening with a spring. — Na- tive of the East Indies. 11. Phyllanthus Virgata. Leaves simple, alternate, linear, mucronate; pedunclesaxillary, solitary, one-flowered ; stem shrubby. — Native of the Society Islands. Phyllis; a genus of the class Pentandria,, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix : umbel none, but a pani- cle ; perianth very small, superior, two-leaved, obsolete. Co- rolla: petals five, lanceolate, obtuse, revolute, scarcely con- nected at the base. Stamina: filamenta five, shorter than the corolla, capillary, flaccid ; antheiae simple, oblong. Pistil: germen inferior; style none; stigmas two, awl shaped, pubes- cent, reflex. Pericarp : none ; fruit turbinate, oblong, blunt, angular. Seeds: two, parallel, convex and angular on one side, flat on the other, wider at top. Observe. Stigmas as in the Grasses Elm and Tetragonia. Essential Charac- ter. Stigmas : hispid. Fructifications: scattered. Calix: two-leaved, obsolete. Corolla: rive-petalled. Seeds: two. — — The only known species is, 1. Phyllis Nobla; Bastard Hare’s Ear. Stipules toothed. This plant rises with a soft shrubby stalk about two or three feet high, and is seldom thicker than a man’s finger, of an herbaceous colour, and full of joints. These send out several ! small side-branches towards the top, garnished with spear- j shaped leaves nearly four inches long, and almost two broad in the middle, draw'ing to a point at each end. The flowers are produced at the ends of the branches in loose panicles; they are small, of an herbaceous colour at their first appear- ance, but, before they fade, change to a brown, or worn-out purple. Native of the Canary Islands. — It is propagated by seeds, which must be sown on a bed of fresh light earth towards the end of March, and the plants will come up by the beginning of May; when they are fit to transplant, they should be put into separate pots, and placed in a shadv situation until they have taken root ; after which they should be removed into a sheltered situation, where they may have ; the morning sun: in summer they require frequent watering; in winter they must be sheltered from the frost, but require to have as much free air as possible in mild weather: the i second year the plants will flower; if therefore in the spring some of the plants are shaken out of the pots, and put into j the full ground, they will perfect their seeds much better ! than those which remain in the pots. As these plants seldom continue in health above four or five years, it will be proper to raise a supply of young plants to succeed them. The plants retain their leaves' all the year, w hich being large, and of a shining green, make a handsome appearance in winter ; which is its chief use, as the flowers are of no value. Physalis ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one-leafed,* ventricose, half five-cleft, small, five-cornered, with acuminate segments, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, wheel-shaped; tube very short; borders half live-cleft, large, plaited; seg- ments wide, acute. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, very small, converging; antherse erect, converging. Pistil: ger- rnen roundish ; style filiform, generally longer than the sta- mina ; stigma blunt. Pericarp: berry subglobular, two- celled, small, within a very large, inflated, closed, five- cornered, coloured calix; receptacle kidney-form, doubled. Seeds: very many, kidney-form, comprest. Essential Character. Corolla: wheel-shaped. Stamina: converg- ing. Berry: within an inflated calix, two-celled. The species are, * Perennial. 1. Physalis Somnifera; Clustered Winter Cherry. Stem shrubby ; branches straight ; flowers clustered ; leaves ovate- lanceolate, almost three inches long, and an inch and half broad in the middle, downy, and on short petioles; flowers small, of an herbaceous w hite colour, sitting very close to the branches, and succeeded by small berries, nearly of the same size as the Common Winter Cherry, and red when ripe. It flowers in July and August. Native of Spain, Sicily, Candia, Barbarv, and Zanguebar on the coast of A frica, and of Mexico in America. — Sow' the seeds on a bed of light earth in the beginning of April: when the plants are two or three inches high, take them up carefully, and plant each in a small pot filled with kitchen garden mould, placing them in the shade till they have taken new root ; then remove them to a sheltered situation till the beginning of October, at which time remove them into the green-house, watering them sparingly in win- ter. They will continue several years, if not too tenderly treated. 2. Physalis Aristata; Bearded Winter Cherry. Stem shrubby; leaves oblong, entire, smooth ; branches, petioles, and peduncles, lanuginose; calicine toothlets awued. — Na- tive of the Canary Islands. PHYTOLACCA 1COSAJVHRA _ Jlert Phytelctc PHY OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PHY 293 3. Physalis Flexuosa. Stem shrubby; branches flexuose; flowers clustered. This has the habit and stature of the first species ; flowers in like manner scattered at the axils of the leaves; the calices also grow out and involve the berry ; but it differs manifestly in having the flowers smaller, the branches very flexuose, and hence the leaves, disposed as it were in a double row, are inserted into the outer angle of the flexure. Native of the East Indies. — Sow the seeds on a moderate hot-bed, and when the plants have four leaves, transplant them on a fresh hot-bed, shading them] till they have taken new root ; then admit fresh air to them every day- in warm weather. When they are three or four inches high, take them up carefully, and plant each in a small pot, filled with light loamy earth, placing them in a frame upon an old hot-bed, and shading them until they have taken new root; then gradually inure them to the open air, into which they may be removed in July ; and being placed in a warm situa- tion, they may remain there till the end of September. The first winter, place them in a moderate stove ; but after that, a green-house will afford sufficient protection. 4. Physalis Arborescens. Stem shrubby ; leaves ovate, hairy ; flowers solitary ; corollas revolnte ; berries small, spherical, red, inclosed in an oval dark purple bladder. It flowers in June and July, but does not perfect its berries except in warm seasons. Native of Campeaehy. — Sow the seeds in the same manner, and treat the plants as directed for the preceding ; except that not being so hardy, they must be kept in a moderate stove in winter; but in the middle of summer they should be placed in the open air, in a sheltered situation, for about three months ; for if constantly kept in the stove, they will draw up weak, and not flower. It may also be increased by cuttings, planted in pots during the spring and summer months, and plunged into a gentle hot-bed. 5. Physalis Curassavica ; Curassavian Winter Cherry. Stem shrubby; leaves ovate, tomentose ; root perennial, creeping. Native of Curasao in the West Indies. — Part the roots of this and the seventh species in the spring: place. the plants under a hot-bed frame, or other moderate warmth, in winter; and during the months of July, August, and Sep- tember, in a warm situation in the open air. G. Physalis Tomentosa ; Downy Winter Cherry. Stem shrubby, tomentose; leaves elliptic, oblong, tomentose; flowers lateral, aggregate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Physalis Viscosa; Clammy Winter Cherry. Leaves in pairs, repand, blunt, subtomentose ; stem herbaceous, pani- cled at top; root creeping, sending up a great number of smooth stalks, about a foot high, dividing towards tiie top into small spreading branches ; flowers towards the top axil- lary, on long slender peduncles, of a dirty yellow colour with purple bottoms. They appear in June and July, and are succeeded by viscous berries, of an herbaceous yellow colour, inclosed in a light green swelling bladder. — Native of America. See the fifth species. 8. Physalis Pennsylvanica ; Pennsylvanian Winter Cherry. Leaves ovate, subrepand, blunt, almost naked; flowers in pairs; stem herbaceous ; root not creeping. It flowers from July to September. Native of North America. — Sow the seeds upon a warm border at the end of March; when the plants come up, thin them where they are too close, and keep them clean from weeds till autumn, when they should be transplanted to the places where they are to remain, which ought to be in a warm situation, where they will sur- vive the winter in mild seasons. 9. Physalis A lkekengi ; Common Winter Cherry. Leaves in pairs, entire, acute ; stem herbaceous, somewhat branched at bottom ; roots perennial, and creeping to a great distance. They shoot up many stalks in the spring, which are a foot high, or more; flowers axillary, on slender peduncles, white, appearing in July. Native of the south of Europe, Germany, China, Cochin-china.-— The berries of this plant, were known to the ancients ; they have an acidulous and not unpleasant taste, followed by a slight bitterness, which they are said to derive from the investing calix. Though esteemed detergent and aperient, their fruit is chiefly recommended as a diuretic in suppression of urine, and for removing obstructions arising from gravel or mucus. From six to twelve cherries, or an ounce of the expressed juice, is given as a dose : there seems however to be no danger from a much larger quantity ; for in some parts of Germany the country people eat them by- handfuls, and in Spain and Switzerland they frequently sup- ply the place of other eatable fruits. Ray says, that a gouty person prevented the returns of the disorder by taking eight of these berries at each change of the moon. Instances of their good effects in dropsical and calculous complaints are on record, but they are very little regarded. — This plant is easily propagated either by seeds or by parting the roots; the latter being the most expeditious method, is generally practised, any time after the stalks decay, till they begin to shoot in the spring: it loves a shady situation, ami should be confined, otherwise the roots will ramble to a great dis- tance. Its only beauty is in autumn, when the plants are ripe. 10. Physalis Peruviana; Peruvian Winter Cherry. Pu- bescent: leaves cordate, quite entire; stem in the stove perennial, lofty, divaricating, very finely pubescent, and extremely soft, as are also the leaves; flow'ers solitary, pen- dulous, yellow', with five dusky spots at bottom, visible at both sides, and the throat hirsute. It flowers from April to October. — Native of South America. 11. Physalis Lanceolata. Leaves tw'O together, oval-lan- ceolate, somewhat entire; stem herbaceous, dichotomous; calix villose. Perennial. — Grows in Low'er Carolina. 12. Physalis Philadelphica. Leaves ovate, repand-dentate, glabrous; stem herbaceous, very branchy; peduncles soli- tary, much shorter than the petiole; flowers yellow, with brown stripes. Perennial. — Grows in dry places on river- sides from New England to Virginia. ** Annual. 13. Physalis Angulata : Tooth-leaved Winter Cherry. Very much branched : branches angular, smooth ; leaves ovate, toothed. This seldom rises to a foot in height; flowers small, on short peduncles. Native of both Indies, Cochin-china, and Japan.— This, like the other annual sorts, is propagated by seeds sown on a moderate hot-bed, and when the plants come up and are a little advanced, they should be planted on a fresh hot-bed to bring them forward, and treated in the same way as Capsicum. When they are grown strong, and are hardened to bear the open air, they may be transplanted with balls of earth to their roots into a warm border, observing to shade and water them till they have taken root, after which they will require no other care but to keep them clean from weeds. 14. Physalis Pubescens; Woolly Winter Cherry. Very much branched : leaves villose-viscid, cordate; flowers pen- dulous ; fruiting calices roundish-globular, angular. This branches out very wide close to the ground, and the branches frequently lie upon it; they are angular, and full of joints, dividing again into smaller branches; flowers produced on the side of the branches, upon short slender nodding pedun- cles ; they are of an herbaceous yellow colour, with dark 294 PHY THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PHY bottoms, and are succeeded by large swelling bladders, of a light green, inclosing berries as large as common cherries, which are yellowish when ripe. It flowers in July, and the berries ripen in autumn. Native of America, especially Vir- ginia ; and also of Cochin-china. — If the seeds be permitted to scatter, the plants will come up in the spring, and require no other care but to thin them, and keep them clean from weeds : or, if the seeds be sown in the spring on a common border, the plants will rise very well, and need no further care. 15. Physalis Prostrata; Trailing Blue-flowered, Winter Cherry. Very much branched : stem procumbent, round, hirsute ; leaves somewhat fleshy ; flowers axillary, solitary, or in pairs, peduncled, fragrant, fugacious, an inch in width; corollas violet, with a whitish eye, and radiating lines of a darker violet. — Native of Peru. 16. Physalis Barbadensis ; Barladoes Winter Cherry. Very much branched: leaves ovate-cordate, pubescent; flowers pendulous ; fruiting calices ovate, acuminate, angu- lar; corolla yellow, with purple spots and anthers. Its purple anther*, unclammy leaves, want of hoariness, flower- ing peduncles, nodding, and not very long, distinguish this from the seventeenth species. — Native of Barbadoes. 17. Physalis Chenopodifolia ; Goosefoot-leaved Winter Cherry. Very much branched : leaves smooth, ovate, acu- minate, angular, toolhed ; calices even, the size of the fruit, globular. This is is sufficiently distinguished from the other species by the berries being of the same size as the calix. — Native place unknown. 18. Physalis Minima ; Small Winter Cherry. Very much branched ; fruiting peduncles longer than the villose leaf. This is a small spreading plant, with oblong hairs at the axils of the branches. — Native of the East Indies, flowering in July and August. 19. Physalis Pruinosa ; Hairy Annual Winter Cherry. Very much branched : leaves villose ; peduncles strict. This has the appearance of the ninth, tenth, and eleventh species; but the anther* are yellow, not blue. It flowers in July and August. — Native of America. 20. Physalis Virginiana. Stem herbaceous ; leaves ovate- lanceolate, acutely toothed; root perennial, composed of strong fibres, from which arise two or three hairy stalks nine or ten inches high, dividing into several branches. The flowers come out at the side of the branches, at the base of the petioles, which are long and slender. — Native of Vera Cruz. 21. Physalis Patula. Very much branched, patulous ; branches angular, smooth; leaves lanceolate, pinnate-toothed. This is a low annual plant; flowers small, white; fruit small, yellowish when ripe. — Native of Vera Cruz. 22. Physalis Villosa. Very much branched: branches villose ; leaves ovate, acuminate, serrate-toothed. This is an annual plant; flowers small, of a pale yellow colour; fruit round, as large as a cherry, and of a yellowish green when ripe. — Native of Vera Cruz. 23. Physalis Cordata. Stem erect, branched ; leaves ovate, serrate, toothed ; petioles and peduncles very long. This is an annual plant, nearly two feet high. The leaves change to a purplish colour in the autumn ; flowers small and white; berries almost as large as Heart Cherries, and of that shape, yellowish green, with some purple stripes. — Native of Vera Cruz. 24. Physalis Maxima. Stem erect, branched ; leaves ovate- lanceolate, viscid ; fruit very large, heart-shaped. Annual ; flowers small, pale yellow; fruit pale yellow when ripe.— Native of Vera Cruz. 25. Physalis Peruviana. This is the same with Atrojm Physaloides ; which see. 26. Physalis Obscura. Leaves as if cordate-suborbicu- j late, acuminate, unequally dentated ; stem herbaceous, diva- ; ricate, very branchy; branches angulated ; flowers yellow, with brown spots and bluish anthers. — Grows in the sandy i fields of Lower Carolina. Physic Nut. See Jatropa. Physiology of Plants. — In addition to what has been said upon this interesting subject in the Introduction to this Work, we have the pleasure here to subjoin, for the satisfaction of , our intelligent readers, the entirely new system of Vegetable ! Physiology, lately translated from the German of the cele- : brated Willdenow. — “Besides the division into the three j kingdoms of nature, natural bodies may be conveniently arranged into two great classes, viz. organic and inorganic [ bodies. Inorganic bodies are those which are composed of heterogeneous particles, chemically or mechanically com- bined, and which, even when somewhat regular in their figure, are formed by external apposition. Organic bodies, on the contrary, are those which are regularly composed of many differently formed organs, which, in the natural and healthy state, have the same structure with all the indivi- duals of the same species. They grow larger in outward appearance by the action of an internal power, have a cir- culation of juices, and propagate their kind, so that they are continually reappearing in the same form that has been once prescribed to them. Under organic bodies are com- prehended animals and plants. The formation of organic bodies depends upon the diversity of matter and form. In every investigation, these are the last points which occur to ■ us, until we resolve them into their first principles. Vital power or irritability is a property of organized bodies, which is connected with their composition and form ; but we are still unable precisely to determine, whether it is merely the result of form and composition, or whether it constitutes an ! independent power: experience, at least, in the vegetable world, seems to favour the former supposition. The ele- ments, aud the matter compounded from them, act upon organized bodies, and afford a stimulus, by which activity or excitation is produced. By the increase and continuance of the stimulus, the irritability diminishes, and at last alto- gether subsides. Thus the same stimulus, that roused the irritable principle to action, promotes the decay of the orga- nized body : consequently life is an exertion of vital power, by which a supply and combination of the matter belonging to the composition of the organized body, is constantly pro- duced. By life, organized bodies are formed, increased, and supported, and by it the parts which have been injured I by accident are restored. The faculty of assiraulation, of ' the power of locomotion, and of reproduction, are therefore I only consequences of life ; just as elasticity and contractility are properties of matter alone. Combinations of matter in i organized bodies, in consequence of the irritable principle, i are regulated by other laws than those of chemical affinity; and when the vital power ceases, they are destroyed ; i. e. when the vital power ceases, the matter, of which organic bodies are composed, is combined according to the laws to which inorganic bodies are subject. Elasticity, which is peculiar to the matter of organized bodies, -appears both in the living and decayed state of vegetables. It is perceptible in the ligneous fibre, in resins, and other parts and produc- tions of plants. Contractility, is chiefly peculiar to wood. t In economical use, the expansion and contraction of wood | are very troublesome properties, which can be destroyed only by a particular mode of treatment. The dry stalks of Anasta- PHY OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PHY 295 tica Hierochuntica, commonly called the Rose of Jericho, the seed-vessels of the genus Mesembryanthemum, many species of which are known to gardeners by the name of the Candian Flower, the dry calix of Carlina vulgaris, are in this respect the same as wood. They expand in wet weather, and con- tract when dry. The same observation applies to Liver- worts and Mosses, which during summer appear to be withered, but in cool moist weather, and in autumn, again begin to grow and expand. The contractility of ligneous fibres fits them for being Hygrometers. Formerly it was thought that plants could grow in breadth, only by the expansion of the interstices between the fibres of the wood when moisture pervades them. Mr. De Luc, however, has shown, that the fibres themselves may be elongated, though in a small degree, and may again contract. And he has made the singular remark, that box-wood contracts its fibres longitudinally when moist, but elongates them in a dry atmosphere. It however undergoes the chauges in breadth in the same manner as other wood. He examined a great number of different sorts of w'ood ; but not one showed the phenomenon of box-wood. That vegetables as organized bodies are possessed also of vital powers, admits of no doubt, as is sufficiently demonstrated by their growth, formation, and decay. On a few different parts only, the operation of the applied stimulus becomes visible. The leaves of Mimosa pudica, sensitiva, casta, of Oxalis sensitiva, Dionaea musci- pula, and other plants which grow only within the tropics and under the equator, contract when touched. Less con spicuous, but easily demonstrable, is the contractility in the indigenous species of Sun-dew, Drosera rotundifolia and longifolia. The filaments of Urtica, Parietaria, Berberis, and others, show great irritability, and likewise the pistils of some plants, especially the stigma of Martynia. According to some experiments, light acts as a particular stimulus upon plants. Vegetables appear to be little susceptible of the power of Galvanism. The result of the experiments hitherto made, is so very dubious that we cannot venture to advance any opinion upon this subject. . Electricity acts powerfully upon plants as w-ell as upon animals, and the effects which it produ- ces in both are exactly the same : viz. Electricity, w hen faintly applied, is beneficial to their growth, but becomes hurtful to them when exerted with any degree of violence. Van Marum destroyed plants by violent electric shocks, and I myself made a similar experiment on the Drosera rotundi- folia. This plant remained quite uninjured in the electrical bath, but when I began to extract sparks from its leaves, it soon withered away. The power of reproduction, w hich is one of the consequences of life, is common to animals and plants. It is less perceptible in plants than in animals and worms. Slight wounds in the cortex heal very easily ; and Duhamel, after he had, with the greatest care, completely removed the bark of a tree, observed it again beginning to appear. With regard to plants of many stamina, it has been alleged by some, that, immediately after the removal of the stamina, similar bodies, though void of pollen, are repro- duced. But this is not properly reproduction, because the parts thus procreated are not of the same structure as for- merly. The leaf of a plant, which has been at all mutilated, will never be renewed, neither will the leaves of flowers, which have been injured, either in a perfect or imperfect state, ever be fully reproduced. If we divest a willow, or any other tree, of its branches, and the tree produce new ones, we cannot look upon this as a reproduction, because the tree is a compound plant, and every branch, or rather every bud, can be considered only as a particular plant. Thus, then, the growth of the pruned branches is a produc tion, but not a reproduction, for in the greater part of leaf- bearing wood, the whole surface is capable of producing buds and branches. Philosophers have constantly endea- voured to discover resemblances between animals and plants. Aristotle called vegetables reversed animals. Linneus pur- sued this idea still farther; but his lively imagination carried him too far, w hen he denominated heat, the heart, and ( earth, the stomach of plants, and even when he, with more justice, compared the leaves of plants to the lungs of animals. Comparisons of this kind must always fail, as animals and plants differ very materially in the form of the organs of which they are composed. “ But the most successful on this head was the immortal Bonnet, who, in a very ingenious manner, has compared the egg, the embryo, the nourishment, and the generative organs of animals, to those of vegetables. This likeness, which phi- losophers observed between animals and plants, chiefly con- sisted in properties, which organized bodies possess without respect to their structure. It is, therefore, certainly worth while, to consider more accurately, in what respects plants differ from animals. Animals take food by a certain aperture, anti have a particular canal by which they propel their excre- mentitious matter. Plants, on the other hand, take in nou- rishment with their whole surface, and except transpiration, which they possess in common with animals, have no pecu- liar canal to expel their excrements, unless we consider the drops which are found on the roots of some luxuriant plants as a proof of the contrary. Plants have a structure altoge- ther different from that of animals. They consist of vari- ously combined vessels, which are surrounded by a cellular membrane. The existence of muscles in plants has not yet been clearly evinced, nor have nerves hitherto been per- ceived in them. The wood, which some have compared to bones, has certainly not the least resemblance to them. Plants consist of a cuticle, which appears in woody plants to be converted into the outer bark. It covers the inner bark, which is solely composed of vessels. This is followed by the soft wood, as it is called. The wood is inclosed by the last, and surrounds the pith. The inner bark, alburnum, and wood, are one and the same substance at different periods of growth. The inner bark is converted into albur- num, and this into wood. They are all three compressed vessels, which are more or less hard, or still soft. The pith almost entirely disappears in very thick large trunks, by the increasing solidity of the wood, and only in a few plants remains uniformly throughout all parts of the trunk. We find it in herbaceous plants, but most aquatic plants want it entirely. The stems of herbaceous plants have neither alburnum nor wood. The epidermis, which rarely in them is converted into bark, incloses a ring of vessels, correspond- ing with what in woody plants is called the inner bark. Immediately beneath this we have a more or less dense cel- lular membrane, which is often very succulent; and next to it, a fleshy substance. This incloses the pith, which in fact is a cellular texture of a different nature, at times dry or juicy, at other times consisting of close and narrow cells. “ Animals, with the exception of some of the vermes, are simple beings, but most plants not so; for only some annuals and Palms are simple plants, the rest are all of a compound structure. If we put the seeds of an annual plant in the ground, plants grow from it, which soon flower, produce seeds, and then die. The buds of trees and shrubs are to be considered as annual plants, for as soon as they have blossomed and shed their seeds, they entirely decay. The trunks of trees and shrubs, as well as the roots of perennial 4 F P H Y THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P FI Y plants, have a great many buds, which are all of the same nature, and may be considered as repositories of many other annual plants. They are, therefore, not simple, but, like the polypes in the animal kingdom, compound bodies. Below the bark in these plants, there are, according to the species, the rudiments of a number of buds, which, by due supply of sap, may be finally involved. New-formed branches of clipped willows, are therefore not to be considered as repro- duced parts. We learn from chemical analysis, that the con- stituent parts of vegetables are very different from those of animals. Carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, are the simple substances of which plants are principally composed. Azote is perceptible in all the parts of animals, excepting in the fat. It is found in few plants, and that only in particular- parts. Carbon is the chief constituent of vegetables. It is from this that plants in dry distillation emit so great a quantity of carbonic acid gas, and leave behind them many pieces of coal. Sulphur and phosphorus, both of which abound in animals, are but rarely observed in the vegetable world. Sulphur becomes perceptible in the roots of the Rumex Patientia, after they have been rubbed and immersed in water. Sulphur and phosphorus are both visible in plants of the fifteenth class, (Tetradynamia) which also contain azote. They are found also in the seeds of fhe different species of grain. The seeds of Sinapis alba, and Triticum c estivum , when distilled, emit phosphorus; and the ashes of all plants of the Tetradynamia class contain phosphate of lime. Potash, or vegetable alkali, exists in almost all plants, though in very small proportions. The Filices, the Erigeron Canadense, the fruits of the Syringa vulgaris and iEsculus Hippocastanum, are alone particularly supplied with it. It is found most frequently in combination with vegetable acids. Soda is peculiar to marine plants. Lime is a resi- duum found in the ashes of plants, and was formerly com- bined with vegetable acids. It is most plentiful in the Chara tomentosa, a pound of which yields six ounces of carbonate of lime. In the Fungi, at least in the Peziza and Byssus, not a particle of lime can be discovered. Alumina, silica, and magnesia, are not nearly so general. The first occurs very seldom. Silica exists in the ashes of most vegetables, but is found chiefly in the Grasses. In the Bambusa arun- dinacea, it produces a peculiar concretion. It also forms a constituent part of the fibres of plants. It appears to exist in the wood of the Alnus glutinosa and Betula alba, as the wood when turned upon the lathe frequently appears to glitter. Magnesia is much less frequent than lime. Some plants, however, possess it in as great a degree. Thus, the Salsola Soda has in one pound nearly five drachms of pure magnesia. Barytes is alleged by some to exist in the Grasses. Iron, but still more frequently manganese, is perceptible in the ashes of almost every plant. The following salts, com- pounded from neutrals, are the most abundant in the vege- table kingdom. Sulphate and muriate of potash, sulphate of lime, sulphate of soda is not common. It is found in the Tamarix gallica. Muriate of soda exists in several marine plants, and is found in a crystallized form on the leaves of a South American plant. Nitrate of potash is seen in the Borrago officinalis, Helianthus annuus, Mesembryan- themum crystallinum and edule, Achillea millefolium, Fu ma- ria officinalis, Sonchus arvensis, &c. &c. Nitrate of Mag- nesia, in Zea Mays. “ From the chemical principles now premised, various sub- stances are formed, according to the diversity of proportion, and the particular kind of combination. These are called the more immediate constituents of vegetables. The follow- ing axe all that have hitherto been discovered : 1. Mucilage, a tasteless friable substance, destitute of smell, and soluble in cold or warm water, to which it communicates a viscidity. It is found in almost all plants, and in some forms the consti- tuent part ; for example, in the roots of the Althaea officinalis, in the stalks of the Astragalus creticus and gummifer, in the leaves of the Malva rotundifolia, in the seeds of the Pyrus Cydonia and Plantago Cynops, in the flowers of the Ver- bascurn T/iapsus, &c. It exudes from the bark of some trees like gum; for example, Mimosa nilotica, Prunus domes- tica and avium. 2. Sugar possesses a peculiarly sweet taste, dissolves in cold or warm water, and in spirit of wine. It is found in a great many plauts, but seldom pure, as it is generally combined with mucilage, extractive acids, or neutrals which have an excess of acid, neutral salts. Pure sugar is obtained from Saccharum officinarum, Acer saccha- rinum and dasycarpum. A mixture of honey and manna differ very little from sugar. 3. Vegetable acids consist of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen, and their diversity originates in the variable proportion of these constituents. We are at present acquainted with six kinds of vegetable acids, namely: i. Tartaric acid, is found as supertartrate of potash in the fruits of the Vitis vinifera, Tamarindus indica, Berberis vulgaris, and Rhus typhinum, in the herb Melissa offici- nalis, and Centaurea benedicta, in the roots of the Ononis, &c. : II. Oxalic acid, which, like the former, is frequently combined with potash, occurs as superoxalate of potash in different species of the Oxalis and Rumex. It is found per- fectly neutralized in a great many barks and roots, and in this state is particularly plentiful in Rhubarb: in. Citric acid, is discovered combined with a little mucilage, in the fruits of Citrus medica, Vaccinium Oxycoccus, Vitis idcea, and Prunus Padus. It is found almost equally mixed with muci- lage and malic acid, in Ribes Grossularia, Rubus Idceus, Ribes rubrum, Vaccinium Myrtillus, Pyrus Aria, Prunus Cerasus, Fragaria vesca, &c. : iv. Malic acid, differs from the preceding in this respect, that it never appears in a crystallized form. It is found as pure acid, and never com- bined with potash. It is contained almost pure, at least combined only with sugar and mucilage, in sour apples, in the fruits of the Sambucus nigra, Prunus spinosa, Sorbus aucuparia, and Prunus domestica. The juice of several species of Sedum, Sempervivum, Crassula, and Meserabry- anlbemmn, contains a great quantity of supermalate of lime: v. Benzoic acid, may be sublimed without being destroyed. It is discovered in the resin of the Styrax Benzoin, in the balsam of the Myroxylon peruiferum, and Toluifera Balsa- mum, and the last of all in the fruit of the Vanilla aromatica: vi. Gallic acid, possesses the property of precipitating iron black, and is found combined with tannin in all plants of an astringent taste. 4. Starch does not combine with cold water, but, combines with boiling water, and forms a well- known paste. It is a constituent of the different species of corn, of bulbous roots, and others; such as. Orchis, Arum, Jatropha Manihot, Solanum tuberosum, Bryonia alba and dioica, Poeonia officinalis, &c. The pulp of some Palms is pure starch;. for example, the well-known sago of Carota urens. It is found in the seeds of some plants, as in iEscu- lus Hippocrastanum, Amygdalus communis, Lichen islandi- cus, rangiferinus, &.c. and in many Liverworts. 5. Gluten seldom occurs in the vegetable kingdom. It does not dis- solve in water of any temperature. Before being dried it is very viscous, tenacious, and elastic ; when dried, it resembles horn, and burns with precisely the same smell. Upon the whole, as it contains azote, it approaches nearer to animal substances. It is separated from the flour of wheat by wash- ing in cold water. It is found also in the juices of Beech PHY OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PHY 297 and Birch trees, and in the woody fibres of several plants. split cor- cles ; earth corcles ; and globular corcles ; viz. Dermoblast(Sy I call such as have the cotyledon in form of a membrane, which bursts in an irregular manner. This membrane is found in the Fungi, where, in general, it disappears imme- PHY OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 301 diately after their evolution. We would require still further observations on this point, especially in the small Fungi, and even in these, different modifications may possibly appear ; but this is merely a supposition about which nothing certain is known. Most of the plants which have this peculiarity are so very small, that their existence and characteristic varieties can be perceived with difficulty, much less is an accurate knowledge of such very minute plants to be expected. — Nemoblastee. These appear in Mosses aud Filices, and may perhaps be found also in Algae. To prove their existence in the last, however, we stiil need more accurate observa- tions. The substance of the cotyledon in them divides into two halves, and bursts into an irregular shape, resembling threads. — Piece e oblast eight years the Larches would be out of all danger from sheep, so that the loss of rent ought only to be estimated for eight years ; but £4. 3s. 4 d. a year, though improved after the same rate of compound interest, would not amount to £40 in eight years; say, how'ever, it would amount to £81, which is allowing more than two-pence an acre rent; then would the whole expense in sixty years be £10,600. If the amount of £81 for fifty-two years be taken into consideration, the ex- pense Will be £11,222. The sheep are here supposed to be shut out of the plantation for eight years; but if it should be found that sheep will not crop the Larch, and I, says Dr. Watson, have reason to believe they will not, they need not be shut out at all ; nor on districts where nothing but sheep are depastured, need any fence be made. The advocates for close planting, instead of five hundred, would require five thousand Larches for each acre: I am not convinced of the utility of such close planting, except where it is intended to nurse up Oaks, or other kinds of wood ; but if that mode should be adopted, the thinnings after twenty years’ growth would pay the expense of it. At the expiration of sixty years, suppose that only 250 Larches remained on each acre, or that one-half had perished, the probable value of them may be thus estimated. From many experiments made by myself, and collected from others, I find the annual increase in the circumference of the Larch, atsix feet from the ground, to be one inch and a half, on an average of several years ; and this inference has been drawn from the actual admeasurement of Larches in different parts of England and Scotland, and of different ages, from ten years old to fifty. On this supposition 332 P I N THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P I N the Larch would measure, one with another, ninety inches in circumference, at six feet from the ground. Such a Larch would measure above seventy at twenty feet from the ground, supposing the length of the tree to be forty feet, neglecting the top; then will its solid contents be eightv-five cubit feet, and its value, at 9 d. a foot, above three guineas. But as the trees are supposed to be planted in a high, bleak, barren situation, their annual increase may not be so great as was here supposed : instead of being worth, at sixty years after planting, three guineas apiece, admit that they are only worth ten shillings, then would the value of the whole plan- tation be £126,000; and deducting the whole expense, there would remain a profit of £114,400. The present value of this, to be received sixty years hence, is above £10,000, interest of money at £4 per cent, and will purchase an income of £400 a year. By planting then, a barren estate of 1000 acres is improved from £4. 3s. 4 d. to £400 a-year, reckoning the value of a reversion as a present certainty : sixty years, it is true, is a great part of the life of man, but it ought to be considered as nothing in the existence of a nation, or even of a family, which is a little nation. All waste lands, that will not do for converting into arable or pas- ture, ought to be covered with wood ; the high parts, and especially the sheltered hills in the high parts, with Larch; and the lower with Oak, Ash, &c. Their present applica- tion to the summer maintenance of a few miserable sheep, ought not to be persevered in, if any better use can be made of them. Notwithstanding the opinion expressed by the learned prelate, it is certain that cattle and sheep will attack these trees, and therefore ought not to be admitted, even after the trees have attained to a considerable size. An effi- cient fence is absolutely necessary for a plantation of Larch, because it is extremely impatient of wounds in its bark. The nature of the fence must be determined by circumstances. A stone wall will be the most common, as the trees should be chiefly planted on mountainous tracts, and it is the most effectual, except against light-bodied sheep, which will easily overleap it, unless there be some defence of bushes, or a rail on the top of it. A ditch and bank is by no means an effec- tual fence against sheep, or even against cattle after some time, unless furze be thrown upon the top of the bank ; or in three rows, two of which should be on the slope of the bank, cutting one of the rows close every year, to keep it from becoming open at bottom. When this fence decays, as it will in ten or twelve years, the outer line of Larches being left, will make a fence of themselves, or at least with the assistance of the Sweet Briar or Bramble planted between the trees, and interwoven with their branches, and a rail from tree to tree where it is wanted. To conclude this interesting subject : when we consider the many excellencies of this useful and elegant tree, it must be allowed that it was a great misfortune to this country that it was not sooner introduced and accurately known, for it is a positive fact, that this alpine plant was about half a century ago treated as a tender exotic, and planted out with the most assiduous care and diligence in our hot-beds and hot houses ! 15. Pinus Variabilis; or Yellow Pine. Leaves elon- gated, two and three together, canaliculate; strobiles ovate- conical, subsolitary ; aculei of the squames incurved. — It is found in most Pine-forests from New England to Georgia. 16. Pinus Rigida ; the Common Black or Pitch Pine. Leaves in threes ; sheaths abbreviated ; male aments erect- incumbent; strobiles ovate; spines of the squames reflex. Vast quantities of the timber of this kind are imported into Great Britain, where it is chiefly used for flooring, being very heavy and durable, but extremely brittle.— Grows on the plains from New England to Virginia. 17. Pinus Serotina. Leaves elongate, in threes; male aments erect-incumbent ; strobiles ovate ; aculei of the squames very fine and straight. — Found on the edges of ponds and swamps. This and the preceding species ripen their seeds only after the second year. Pursh strongly sus- pects this plant to be merely a variety of the preceding. It is from the authority of Miehaux that it is here inserted as a distinct species. 18. Pinus Pungens. Leaves in pairs, short, acute; stro- biles ovate-conical; aculei of the squames elongate, subulate, incurved ; inferior ones reflexed. — Grows on the Grandfather and Table mountains, Carolina. Fir. Leaves solitary, and distinct at the Base. 19. Pinus Picea; Silver Fir Tree. Leaves solitary, flat, emargiuate, pectinate; scales of the cone very blunt, pressed close. This is a noble upright tree. The branches are not very numerous, but the bark is smooth and delicate. The upper surface of the leaves is of a fine strong green, and their under has two white lines running lengthwise on « each side of the midrib, giving the leaves a siivery look, from which it takes its name. It has been observed in Ire- land, that no tree grows speedily to so large a size as the Silver Fir ; some at forty years’ growth, in a wet clay on a rock, measuring twelve feet in circumference at the ground, and seven feet and a half at five feet high ; and one containing seventy-six feet of solid timber. It is found to be excellent for boat-building. A gentleman in Hampshire floored his library with this w'ood when fresh cut down, and the boards did not contract in the least. Native of Switzerland and Germany, Dauphiny, Austria, Siberia, Mount Caucasus, &c. — The Firs are propagated by seeds in the same manner as the Pines. A gentle heat will serve to extract the seeds of these; because their cones open much easier than those of the Pines, I especially the Silver and Balm of Gilead Firs, which, if per- mitted to hang late in the autumn, fall to pieces and scatter their seeds. It is best, however, to preserve the seed in the i cones tili the time of sowing, which is the end of March or beginning of April, according to the season, in a north or j north-east border; covering the seeds about half ail inch deep with the same light mould in which they were sown, and netting the beds to keep off the birds. In these beds the plants should remain until the following spring, when there should be a number of beds prepared in the nursery to receive the seedlings. In the beginning of April they should be transplanted into the beds, at the distance of six inches row from row, and in the rows at three inches asunder, set- ting them in a quincunx order. In removing these plants they should be very carefully raised up with a trowel, so as i not to break off the fibres of the roots, nor should they be ; kept long out of the ground. During the time they are out i their roots should be covered, to prevent the wind from dry- ing their fibres ; and in planting, the earth should be pressed close to their roots to prevent the air from penetrating to i them. If the season prove dry, it will be proper to water the plants every week once or twice, according to the warmth of the weather; the beds should also be covered with mats to screen the plants from the sun and drying winds, until they have taken good root ; after which time they will require » little farther care than to keep them clean from weeds. In ? these beds the plants may remain two years, at the end of 1 which they should be transplanted into an open spot of ground, for their roots will in that time meet quite over the beds. This ground to which they are to he removed, should j be well trenched, and cleared from all noxious' weeds, and P I N OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P I N 333 made level. At the beginning of April, just before the plants begin to shoot, will be a good time to remove them. In taking them up be especially careful not to tear off nor wound the roots: and do not take up too many of them at one time, but rather plant them as fast as they are taken up, that they may be as little time out of the ground as possible. The distance at which they ought to be placed in tbe nursery, should be four feet row from row, and in the rows two feet asunder. This distance may by some be thought too great; but let it be considered how much their roots spread in the ground, as also that when they are planted nearer together, it will be very difficult to take up the plants again without cutting and tearing off their roots, especially if they are not all taken up clean at the same time: these considerations must have greater weight than that of the loss of a little ground, w'ith all who have any regard for the future welfare of the plants. In planting them, it will be advisable to draw a line across the ground, and to dig out a trench of a foot wide, into which the plants may be placed at tbe distance of two feet asundei. Then fill the earth into the trench, cover- ing the roots of the plants with the finest parts of if, scat- tering it carefully between the roots ; and when the whole trench is filled in, press the earth gently down with your feet; but by no means tread it too hard, especially if the ground be strong, or apt to bind too close. If the season should now prove dry, the plants should be watered to settle the earth to their roots ; and if it should be repeated three or four times during tbe continuance of a dry season, it will greatly promote their taking new root, and secure them from the injuries of the drying Winds. ,In this nursery the plants may remain two or three years, according to their progress, and should be well weeded during that time, and have the ground between the rows dug every spring; in the doing of which care must be taken not to cut nor injure the roqts of the plants: this is all the culture they will require during their continuance in the nursery. When they are trans- planted into the places where they are to remain, the neces- sary care to be taken is, in taking them up not to injure or cut off their roots, and to let them be as little time out of the ground as possible, and while they are out to guard their roots from the drying winds. The surest time for removing these trees is about the beginning of April ; for though they may be, and often are, removed with success at Michaelmas, yet the spring is the best season, especially in moist land. Most of the kinds of Firs will bear removing at the height of six or seven feet ; but those of two feet high are much better to transplant, and will in a few years gain the ascendant of taller trees. It is not therefore advisable to transplant these trees when they are much above two feet high, especially if they have stood in the nursery unremoved; for then their roots will have extended themselves to a dis- tance, and must be cut in taking them out of the ground : and where great amputation is used, either to the roots or branches of these trees, the quantity of turpentine which com- monly issues from the wounds will greatly weaken the trees. There is another advantage also in planting them when small, which is, that they will not require staking to secure them from being blown down by strong winds, which in tall trees is a great trouble and expense: and whoever will give them- selves the trouble to observe how much the trees planted at two feet high exceed those planted at a greater height, will he convinced of the truth of what is here advanced. The Silver Fir requires a stronger land than the Spruce; for in dry ground they seldom make any great progress ; and many times, even after they have arrived to a considerable size, are destroyed by very dry seasons, where the soil is shallow or too dry : hut when they are planted in a proper soil, they grow to a very large size, and are extremely beautiful, having tiie under surface of their leaves white, and the upper of a dark green colour. It is, however, frequently injured by frosts that happen late in the spring, especially while young : for when they are planted in a warm situation, they are apt to shoot pretty early, and if any sharp frosts happen after they have pushed, the young shoots are killed; so that they lose a year’s growth, and are rendered so very unsightly that many times they are pulled up and thrown away. In cold situations, however, where they do not begin to shoot so early, they are not subject to this disaster ; and in many such places they grow to a large size, and exhibit great beaulv. Some fine trees of this species of Fir, grew upon natural bogs, where, by extending their roots, they had drained the ground to a considerable distance round them. It is in vain to plant the Silver Fir in hot, dry, or rocky situations, where it commonly loses the top shoots, and the under branches soon become ragged. The largest and most flourishing trees are seen on sour, heavy, obstinate clay, and though for ten or twelve years they do not advance so fast as other Firs and Pines, yet they will outgrow them all in twenty years. In sowing all sorts of Firs, neglect not to clap over the bed with the back of a spade. In the autumn, after sowing, pick off ail mossy hard particles from the beds, replacing them with some good soil, and then sifting over some chaff, or rather saw-dust, lhat has lain some time. In the succeeding spring, and during May and June, water them frequently, and in autumn treat the beds as before. At two years old, when the buds begin to swell, remove them from the seed-bed. For the other sorts of Firs, about the latter end of March or the beginning of April, according to the forwardness of the season, prepare a very moderate bed, in length proportioned to the quantity of seeds to be sown, and, where there are frames which can be spared for this purpose, they may be placed upon the bed ; but where these are wanting, the bed should be cradled over with hoops, that they may be covered with mats or canvass; then plunge the beds full of small pots, such as are commonly sold about London for four shillings and two-pence per hundred. These pots should be filled with light undunged earth, and the interstices between the pots may be filled up with any other earth which is nearest to the place; then sow the seeds in these pots, covering them about half an inch with the same light earth. In drying winds the earth ought to be covered, to prevent the moisture from being drawn off too fast, which would prove hurtful to the seeds ; nor should the seeds have too much wet, which would be equally injurious ; hence they should be seldom watered, and never in large quantities. When there is any appearance of frost at night, the bed should be covered. With this management the plants will appear in five or six weeks’ time, when they must be care- fully guarded from birds, as was before directed for the common sorts, and also screened from the sun in the mid- dle of the day; but they must now have fresh air admitted to them whenever the weather is favourable. They may also he allowed to receive any gentle showers of rain, hut must not have much moisture, which rots and causes them to drop. Upon the judicious care in this point depends the whole success. It may seem strange to many, says Mr. Mil- ler, that 1 should direct the sowing of the seeds of these trees, which are so very hardy, upon a hot-bed ; but from many trials I have always found they have succeeded much better this way than any other, for the gentle warmth of the bed will not only cause the seeds to vegetate much sooner than they would naturally have done in the cold ground. 334 P I N THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P I N but the plants will also rise much stronger, and consequently be in less danger of rotting in their shanks. And as the warmth of the bed is only to bring up the plants, so there should be but little dung employed in making it; for after the plants are up they must be inured to the open air, and treated as hardily as the common sorts. There may be others, perhaps, who will object to the directions given for sowing the seeds in such small pots, because where there is any quantity of the seeds, it is usual to sow them in boxes, or large pots : but most sorts succeed better when sown in small pots, and therefore this practice is recommended. 20. Pinus Balsumea ; Balm of Gilead Fir Tree. Leaves solitary, flat, emarginate, subpectinate, almost upright above; scales of the cone when in flower acuminate, reflex. This beautiful tree rises with an upright stem, and has very much the habit of the preceding, but the leaves are wider and blunter, disposed on each side along the branches like the teeth of the comb, but in a double row, the upper one shorter than the under; underneath they are marked with a double glaucous line, and each has eight rows of white dots ; they are often cloven at top. From wounds made in this tree a very flue turpentine is obtained, which is sometimes sold for the true Balm of Gilead. This, and the Hemlock Spruce tree, should have the beds hooped over, to be covered with mats, for five or six weeks after the plants appear above ground ; when the sun is hot, or the air cold or frosty, they should be watered every second evening, when it does not rain. This tree requires a good deep soil, and a sheltered situation. See the preceding species. 21. Pinus Canadensis ; Hemlock Spruce Fir Tree. Leaves solitary, flat, submembranaceous, sharpish, pectinate; cones ovate, scarcely shorter than the leaf. The seeds of this will frequently remain in the ground four or five months, and the pots in which they are sown should not be disturbed, if the plants come not up so soon as may be expected, for unless upon stirring the ground the seeds are found to be decayed, there may be hopes of their growing in the second spring. The seeds have sometimes remained a whole year in the ground, and then come up very well; this caution, therefore, may prevent the pots from being too hastily turned out. The plants of this, and of the preceding species, must be after- wards treated iu the same way as the common sorts, with this difference only, that they ought to be transplanted into a more shady situation, and moister soil. For while the plants are young, they will not thrive if much exposed to the sun, or in a dry soil, but when they have obtained strength they will bear the open sun very well, and in a moist soil will make great progress; whereas in dry ground they frequently stint, and produce plenty of male flowers and cones, by the time they get to the height of four or five feet. When the branches of these stems are cut off to trim them up, it should be gradu- ally done, never Gutting more than one tier of branches in one year; for if too many wounds are made at the same time on these resinous trees, the turpentine will issue out in such quantities as to weaken and check their growth. The best time for pruning them is in September, at which time they do not abound so much in turpentine as in the spring, and consequently do not bleed so much after pruning. What flows out at that season is seldom more than is necessary for covering the wounds, and to prevent the wet and cold of the succeeding w inter from penetrating the wounded parts. These branches should be cut close to the trunk. See the nineteenth species for further directions. 22. Pinus Nigra ; Black Spruce Fir Tree. Leaves solitary, four-cornered, scattered all round, straight, strict ; cones ob- long. The appellations of White and Black are given on ac- 4 count of the colour of the bark. There is also a Red Spruce, between which and the Black there seems to be no real dif- ference, except that the Black is the largest. They all exude a fine clear strong-scented resin, which is much used by the North American Indians, to cure wounds and internal dis- orders. Their branches are indiscriminately used in making Spruce Beer. There is a variety cultivated in the gardens near London, called the Long-coned Cornish Fir. — Native of various parts of North America, &c. 23. Pinus Abies ; Norway Spruce Fir Tree. Leaves soli- tary, somewhat four-cornered, sharpish, distich ; branches naked below ; cones cylindrical. This is the loftiest of our European species, attaining to the amazing heightof 125 and 1.50 feet, with a very straight trunk, and throwing out its j spreading branches so as to form an elegant pyramid. The vast woods of Norway, Denmark, and Sweden, &c, are prin- cipally composed of this, and of the first species of this genus. This tree is called Norway Spruce, because we import its timber chiefly from that country. There are two principal varieties of it, the While and Red, but both afford the white deals. The red deals are those cut from the trees of the first species. This species, however, is chiefly used for utensils, instruments, charcoal, &c. by the Swiss. Rosin is collected to the quantity of forty pounds annually from each tree. ! This Fir, and that of Jhe Pinus Sylvestris, was formerly used for building ships, and is still employed for masts, and some other parts, but seldom for the entire vessel, except in small craft. Its great consumption now among us is for the interior work of our houses; beams, joists, rafters, spars, floors, wain- scot, doors ; all of which are generally made of this wood, to | the exclusion of every other; scaffold poles, balks, laths, ;ij boxes, and bellies for musical instruments, are made of Fir. It is exceedingly smooth to polish on, ami therefore does w'ell under gilding work ; it also takes black equal with the Pear Tree. It succeeds well in carving, the grain being easy to work, and taking the tool every way. No wood takes glue so well, or is so easily wrought; cases and barrels for dry goods, shingles, hoops, &c. are made of it; and it yields pitch, si tar, turpentine, and resin ; while from the buds and tops the Spruce beer, accounted so excellent in the scurvy, is made. No tree will yield a greater profit in cold land, nor is any [ more beautiful, standing singly on turf in large plantations, j ii or more useful for shelter in cold soils and situations. An !l incision being made into the bark of this tree, a clear tenacious ii fluid issues, which concretes into a resinous substance, known n by the name of Resina Abietis, which, after being boiled in water, and strained through a linen cloth, is called Burgundy I Pitch, if, however, the boiling of the native resin be con- i tinned till the water is wholly evaporated, and wine vinegar be then added, a substance named Colophouium is formed. Burgundy Pitch, which is chiefly imported from Saxony, is of a soiid consistence, but rather soft, of a reddish-brown colour, and not disagreeable in smell. It is entirely confined to ex- ternal use, and was formerly an ingredient in several ointments and plasters. In inveterate coughs, affections of the lungs, and other internal complaints, plasters of this resin, by acting as a topical stimulus, are often beneficial. This tree grows in the deep strong soils of Norway and Denmark, and will also grow in almost any soil and situation in England, pro- vided it be not within the reach of the smoke of great cities, which is very injurious to all sorts of Firs, which do not even thrive so well in dunged land as in fresh uncultivated soils. They have been brought into disrepute by being brought too close together, or too near other trees, whereby the air has been excluded from their branches, which has occasioned most of their under branches to decay ; so that when viewed PIP OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P I P 335 from the ground under their branches, they have a greater appearance of dead than living trees. But where they have been allowed a good distance, and planted in a strong fresh soil, they have had their branches quite feathered within six or'eight feet of the ground, and that too in trees upwards of sixty^ feet high : hence they ought not to be planted nearer than twelve feet apart, nor should they be so near where the plantation is more than three rows deep; then eighteen or twenty feet asunder will be quite near enough, especially where the trees are designed to have the branches feathered near the ground, in w hich one of their chief beauties consists. 24. Pinus Alba ; White Spruce Fir Tree. Leaves solitary, four-cornered, the lateral ones curved in ; branches almost naked beneath ; cones subcylindrical. See the twenty-second species for farther particulars. 25. Pinus Orientalis ; Oriental Fir Tree. Leaves solitary, four-cornered. — Native of the Levant. 26. Pinus Fraseri ; Double Balsam Fir. Leaves solitary, erect; cones ovate-oblong, erect ; bracteoles elongate, reflex, oblong-cuneate, emarginate, slightly mucronate, inciso denti- culate.— Grows on the high mountains of Carolina, and on the broad mountains of Pennsylvania. 27. Pinus Taxifolia. Leaves solitary; planes subdistich; cones oblong; anthers didymous. — Grows on the banks of the river Columbia, and on the north-west coast of America. This elegant and tall tree has some resemblance to the Pinus Canadensis, but the leaves are more than twice the length. Piper ; a genus of the class Diandria, order Trigynia. — Generic Character. Calix: spathe none, perfect ; spa- dix filiform, quite simple, covered with florets ; perianth none. Corolla: none. Stamina : filamenla none; autherae two, opposite, at the root of the germen roundish. Pistil: germen larger, ovate ; style none; stigma three-fold, hispid. Pericarp: berry roundish, one-celled. Seed: single, globu- lar. Essential Character. Calix: none. Corolla: none. Berry: one-seeded. The species are, 1. Piper Nigrum; Black Pepper. Leaves ovate, com- monly seven-nerved, smooth ; petioles quite simple ; stem shrubby, very long, round, smooth, jointed, swelling towards each joint, slender, branched, seandent or trailing, rooting at the joints ; flowers sessile, lateral, and terminating in simple longish spikes, opposite to the leaves ; berry globular, of a red brown colour. It grows spontaneously in the East Indies and Cochin-china, and is cultivated with such success in Ma- lacca, Java, and especially Sumatra, that it is exported from thence, and from Cochin-china, to every part of the world, wherever a regular commerce has been established. White Pepper was formerly supposed to be of a different species from Black; it is however nothing more than the ripe berries deprived of their skin, by steeping them about a fortnight in water, and afterwards drying them in the sun. The berries also that fall to the ground when over-ripe, lose their outer coat, and are sold as an inferior sort of White Pepper. Black Pepper is the hottest and strongest, and therefore most com- monly used for medicinal as well as culinary purposes. It differs from most of the other spices in this, that its pungency resides not in the volatile parts or essential oil, but in a sub- stance of a more fixed kind, which does not rise in the heat of boiling water. This fixed substance is probably the resin- ous part; the aromatic odorous matter seems to depend upon the essential oil. The distilled oil smells strongly of the Pepper, but has very little acrimony; and the remaining decoction, inspissated, yields an extract of considerable pun- gency. A tincture made in rectified spirit is extremely hot and fiery. Some have supposed Pepper to be less heating to the system than other aromatics. It is generally used as an aromatic and stimulant; and has been successfully employed in some cases of vertigo, in paraly tic and arthritic disorders. Given in large doses, it has been found a remedy for intermit- tents ; but it is said, in some instances, to have produced fatal consequences in this disorder. The berries are excellent against all coldnesses and crudities at the stomach. They give an appetite in such cases, and help digestion ; they are also good for dizziness of the head, in obstructions of the liver, and against the colic. We frequently neglect tilings as medicines that we use for food ; but there are few things of its kind so strong as Pepper, w lien taken alone, and on an empty stomach. The following is a brief account of the method of planting and cultivating the Pepper vines, atTelli- cherry on the Malabar coast. They are planted in low firm ground. In the beginning of June, when the rain falls inces- santly, at the foot of a Jack, Mango, Cajou, Murica, or any other tree, the bark of which is rough and prickly, they dig a hole one foot deep, six inches in length and breadth, and into this hole put a piece taken from the extremity of one of the branches of a Pepper vine. They then fill it up with earth, taking care that no water shall have access to the plant. In the month of July, the roots are found to extend them- selves, and the sprouts appear on the surface, and are tied to a tree, when a circular bank of earth is thrown up round them, that they may enjoy the moistness of the water, w hich remains on the ground, and be thereby kept from being inflamed by the heats, which last till October. When the rains are over, they cover the root of the vine with fresh leaves, it matters not from what tree, if they do but possess a cooling quality. When the ground is too dry, they water it morning and even- ing, but only twice in eight days, when they find it perfectly cool. They plant five or six sprigs at the foot of the same tree, taking particular care that they do not touch oue another. Ten days after the rains are set in, they remove the leaves that cover the root of the vine, pull up the neighbouring grass, and demolish the circular bank of earth made to contain the water, that none may remain at the foot of the tree. This they repeat in the month of August; and cherish the vines in this manner for three years. It must be observed, that the foot of the vines should be covered every year in the manner before mentioned. If the vine should be once overpowered by heat, it will begin to languish, and produce no fruit; so that it is necessary to follow the preceding instructions. The leaves ought likewise to be removed in the month of June, to prevent the white ant from eating the root of the vine, those vermin being much given to eat the leaves, which the rain draws into Ihe ground, and thereby come to the roots of the vine, which they prey upon likewise. Observe also that the Pepper vine in its native countries is not too much affected by the heat of the sun, on account of the proximity of water. It is never planted at the foot of trees with smooth barks, as it would soon fall to the ground. — All the plants of this genus require a warm stove to preserve them in England. They may be propagated by seeds, if seeds can be procured fresh from the countries where they grow naturally. They should be sown upon a good hot-bed in the spring, and when the plants come up, and are fit to transplant, they should be each put into a separate small pot filled with light fresh earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, shading them every day till they have taken fresh root; then they must be treated in the same way as other tender exotic plants, admitting fresh air to them daily, in proportion to the warmth of the season, to prevent them from drawing up weak; and when the nights are cold, the glasses of the hot- bed should be covered with mats to keep them warm. As the stalks of most of these plants are tender when young 4 Q 330 P I P THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P I P they should not have much wet, which would rot them; and when water is given to them, it must he with caution not to heat down the plants ; for when that is done, they sel- dom rise again. In autumn they must be plunged into the tan-hcd of the bark stove, and during the winter they must be sparingly watered. They require the same warmth as the Coffee Tree; and in summer should have a large share of air in hot weather, but must be constantly kept in the stove, for t hey are too tender to bear the variableness of our climate even at that season of the year. 2. Piper Betle ; J Betel. Leaves somewhat oblong, acu- minate, seven nerved; petioles two toothed; stem shrubbv, manifold, very long, trailing, and rooting at the joints ; spikes slender, solid. Native of the East Indies. — It is the leaf ...is species of Pepper plant which is called Betle or Betel, and serves to inclose a few slices or bits of the Areca, (thence erroneously called the Betel-nut ;) these, together with a little chunam or shell-lime, are what the southern Asiatics so universally chew to sweeten the breath, and strengthen the stomach : the lower class of people there use it, as the Euro- pean rabble do tobacco, to keep off the calls of hunger. The consumption of it, like that of tobacco in Europe, is so great as to form a considerable branch of commerce ; the Asiatics deem it the height of ill breeding to address a supe- rior without having some of it in their mouth; and this, as it does not poison one, nor disgust the oilier, like the filthy weed to which civilized nations resort, is not without a plausible excuse. The worst effects it produces is that of destroying the teeth ; to which chewing and smoking tobacco also essentially contribute, though they are more speedily ruined by the Betel, or rather by the lime that is always used with it. The women of Canara, on the Malabar coast, stain their teeth black with antimony, which preserves them good to old age; while the men, who are great Betel-chewers, seldom retain theirs till they have reached their prime. See the preceding species for its propagation, &c. 3. Piper Cubeba ; Cubebs. Leaves obliquely ovate, or oblong, veined, acute ; spike solitary; peduncles opposite to the leaf ; fruits pedicelled. This is a very smooth shrub, with a jointed flexuose stem. — Native of the woods in the island of Java. 4. Piper Clusiaefolium. Leaves obovate, blunt, veined ; spike solitary, terminating ; stem perennial, thicker than a quill, branched, a foot high, at first upright, but afterwards becoming decumbent from the weight of leaves and branches, and throwing out roots from the joints; by which perhaps in its native soil it fastens itself to trees. The whole plant is smooth. — Native of the West Indies. 5. Piper Capense ; Cape Pepper. Leaves ovate, nerved, acuminate; nerves villose. It is distinguished from the other larger species of the genus, which it resembles very much, by having the veins of the leaves villose on the lower surface, — Native of the Cape. 6. Piper Malamiris. Leaves ovate, sharpish, rugged un- derneath; nerves five, raised underneath; stems round, stri- ated, twining. — Native of both Indies. 7. Piper Discolor. Lea' es broad, ovate, five-nerved, very smooth, discoloured on the hinder part; spikes more lax ; florets more remote. This is a shrub a fathom in height, with alternate, erect, subdivided, jointed, round, smooth branches. — Native of the high mountains of Jamaica, where it is found flowering in autumn. It varies with leaves atte- nuated at the base, and blunt ovate oblique. 8. Piper Medium. Leaves ovate, acuminate, oblique, sub- cordate at the base, five-nerved ; spikes axillary, nodding. It has several trunks eight feet high, two inches in dia- ; meter at the base, upright, jointed, knobbed, ash-coloured; branches numerous, round, swelling at the joints. — Native country unknown. 9. Piper Amalago; Rough-learetl Pepper. Leaves lan- ceolate-ovate, five nerved, wrinkled. This is a shrub, from three to ten feet in height; stem eveu ; branches dichoto- mous, jointed, subdivided, round, brownish green ; flowers clustered. Browne calls it Small-grained Black Pepper, and says that it grows very common in most of the hilly parts of Jamaica, looking very bushy, and spreading on accouut of its tender flexile brauches; it begins to divide very near the root, and rises in tufts, frequently to the height of six or eight feet or more. He used it for many months, and could not perceive any sensible difference between it, and that of the East, either in cookery or seasoning. The berries differ from the Black Pepper of the East Indies only in size, being sel- dom bigger than a large Mustard seed ; but the taste and flavour is in every respect the same. It should be picked when full grown before it ripens; for, like the Pimento and other spicy grains, it grows soft and succulent by maturity, and loses its pungent flavour: it may then be dried in the sun, like the Pimento, and left adhering to the spikes, which seem to have the same flavour and pungency with the grain itself, and are as easily ground in the mill. The leaves and tender shoots are used in discutieut baths and fomentations, and sometimes are pounded and applied to foul ulcers; the root is warm, and may be successfully administered as a reso- lutive, sudorific, or diaphoretic; but it answers best in infu- sions or light decoctions, which may be varied in strength as occasion requires. There is no deobstruent of this nature that answers better in dropsies, or lighter obstructions from clammy toughness or inertion. — Native of Jamaica, Hispa- niola, and Barbadoes. See the first species for its propa- gation, &c. 10. Piper Siriboa. Leaves cordate, commonly seven- nerved, veined ; stems hollow, shrubby, about four feet high, dividing into many small branches. The spikes come out from the side of the branches. — Native of the East Indies and New Caledonia. 11. Piper Excelsum. Leaves orbicular-cordate, commonly seven-nerved ; peduncles terminating, solitary, bifid ; stem arboreous.— Native of New Zealand. 12. Piper Longum ; Long Pepper. Leaves cordate, peti- oled, and sessile; stems shrubby, round, smooth, branched, slender, climbing, but not to any considerable height ; flow- ers small, in short dense terminating spikes, which are nearly cylindrical. The berries are very small, and lodged iu a pulpy matter: like those of Black Pepper, they are first green, and heeome red when ripe: they are hottest to the taste in the immature state, and are therefore gathered whilst green, and dried in the sun, where they change to a blackish or dark grey colour. Dr. Cullen observes, that Long Pepper has the same qualities with the Black, but in a weaker degree. — Native of the East Indies, especially of Java, Malabar, and Bengal. 13. Piper Methysticum; Intoxicating Pepper, or Ava, or Kava. Leaves cordate, acuminate, many-nerved ; spikes axillary, solitary, very short, peduncled, spreading very much; stem dichotomous, spotted, attaining the height of a fathom. The root of this plant bruised, or more frequently chewed in the mouth and mixed with the saliva, yields that nauseous, hot, intoxicating juice, which is so acceptable to the natives of the South Sea Islands, and is spoken of with such just detestation by our voyagers. They pour the liquor of the Cocoa-nut, or pure water, into it; but the less it is diluted, the more this acrid, poisonous, and nauseous beverage p I p OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P I P 337 - is esteemed among the chiefs, to whom the use of it is mostly confined, because they become intoxicated, and then fall asleep the sooner. The consequences of a free use of this most disgusting liquor are described as dreadful. The eyes and the whole body are inflamed, the skin becomes parched up, exfoliates in scales, and throws out leprous ulcers, till at length decay and consumption ensue: and yet even those who are accustomed to it cannot take the nauseous draught without making wry faces, and their limbs quaking witli horror. Iii Otaheite it is called Am; in the Friendly and Sandwich Islands Kava, with a strong aspiration. It is dili- gently cultivated in all the islands of the South Sea, except the New Hebrides and New Caledonia. The ground is dug over several times, and well-cleared from weeds, and then manured with shell or coral lime. 14. Piper Latifolium ; Broad-leaved Pepper. Leaves orbicular, cordate, nine-nerved ; spikes axillary, aggregate, peduncled. This has none of the intoxicating qualities of the preceding, though it is a native of the Society and Friendly Islands, of the New Hebrides, and in short of almost all the islands of the South Sea within the tropics. 15. Piper Decuinanum; Plantain-leaved Pepper. Leaves cordate, nine-nerved, netted ; stems several, shrubby, up- right, branched* smooth, a little knobbed, the height of a man or more, an inch and upwards in thickness at the base ; when old, brown ; when young, green. When adult, it throws out roots from the joints. It has an aromatic smell, but an unpleasant taste. — Native of the Caraccas. 1G. Piper Reticulatuin : Netted-leaved Pepper. Leaves cordate, seven-nerved, netted ; stem round, upright, smooth, a fathom high. The spikes come out from the side of the branches opposite to the leaves ; they are slender, and about five inches long, a little bending in the middle, and are closely set with very small herbaceous flowers. — Native of Jamaica, Martinico, Hispaniola, and Brazil. 17. Piper Aduneum; Hooked spiked Pepper. Leaves oblong-ovate, acuminate, unequal at the base, veined ; spikes solitary, axillary, uncinate ; stems several, shrubby, round, knobbed at the joints, smooth, an inch and more in thickness, branched, ash-coloured, upright, eight feet high. The spikes of flowers come out from the side of the branches, opposite the leaves ; they are slender, five inches long, and incurved, closely set with flowers their whole length. It is called Spanish Alder in Jamaica, where it is a native, as also of Barbadoes, St. Domingo, and the Caraccas. 18. Piper Macrophyllum. Leaves elliptic ovate, acumi- nate, smooth, unequal at the base, veined ; petioles appen- dicled; spikes axillary, solitary; stem round, striated. It is a large shrub, two fathoms high. — Native of the West Indies. 19. Piper Geniculatum ; Jointed Pepper. Leaves oblong, acuminate, oblique, many-nerved, smooth; stem and branches jointed; stem subdivided towards the top, round, smooth, about twelve feet high. — Native of the stony woods of Jamaica. 20. Piper Verrucosum; Waited Pepper. Arborescent: leaves oblong, acuminate, obliquely many-nerved, veined, smooth, coriaceous; stem and branches warted. This tree is from fifteen to twenty feet high, distinguished from its congeners by its habit, its warted stem and branches, and its large coriaceous leaves. — Native of the Ulterior of Jamaica, where it is found on calcareous rocks. 21. Piper Hispidum ; Hairy-leaved Pepper. Leaves ovate, acuminate, oblique, hirsute, wrinkled, nerved, alternate, veined ; spikes erect ; stem six feet high, upright, round, hirsute, hispid. — Native of the cooler mountains of Jamaica. 22. Piper Nitidum ; Shining-leaved Pepper. Leaves lan- ceolate ovate, oblique at the base, smooth, shining. This also is a shrub, the height of a man, very much branched, with a smooth round trunk; flowers very much crowded. It flowers in spring. — Native of the mountain woods of Jamaica. 23. Piper Pellucidum ; Pellucid-leaved Pepper. Leaves cordate, petioled ; stem herbaceous ; stalks'succulent, seven or eight inches high. The spikes of flowers come out at the end of the stalks ; they are slender, about an inch long, and straight ; the flowers are very small and sessile, appear in July, and are succeeded by very small berries, each con- taining a small seed like' dust. — It is annual, and a native of South America and the West India islands, where it is found on the gravelly banks of torrents and rivers, being fond of moisture. In Martinico they eat the leaves as salad, with lettuce alone, with oil and vinegar, and call it Cresson, but its smell and taste are too powerful for most Europeans.— It flow'ers from April to September, and, if the seeds are per- mitted to scatter, the plants will come up without trouble ; or, if the seeds be saved, and sown upon a hot-bed in the spring, the plants will rise easily. Transplant them after- wards into separate pots, and plunge them into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, treating them as other tender plants ; but they should not have much water. 24. Piper Alpinum. Herbaceous: stem erect, nearly simple; leaves ovate, roundish, acute, veinless underneath; spikes axillary. — Native of the highest mountains of Jamaica, w here it flowers in February and March. 25. Piper Hispidulum. Herbaceous, almost upright: leaves rouudish, petioled, very thin, rough-haired above; roots small, capillary, divided, whitish ; stem two or three inches high, jointed, diffused, round, striated, smooth, pel- lucid, succulent, brittle. The taste is bitter, not aromatic. It is an annual plant, and flowers early in spring. — Native of Jamaica, in moist woods on the Blue mountains. -26. Piper Tenellum. Herbaceous, simple, decumbent: leaves distich, ovate, veinless, ciliate at the edge; spike ascending; root small, annual, simple, filamentose ; stem three or four inches high ; flowers very minute ; berry on a pedicel, three times as long as the germen, containing one seed; when ripe it is the size of a small pin’s head, of a blackish colour, and of an aromatic flavour. — Native of Ja- maica on the cooler mountains, on trunks of frees especially such as are rotten, hanging down among the moss, and flowering in summer. 27. Piper Acuminatum. Herbaceous: leaves lanceolate- ovate, nerved, fleshy ; stem almost upright. — Native of South America, in moist woods, commonly on the trunks of rotten trees. 28. Piper Blanduru. Leaves in threes, lanceolate, acu- minate, three-nerved, ciliate, dotted underneath ; stem a foot and half high. — Native of t he Caraccas. 29. Piper Amplexicaule. Subherbaceous : leaves lanceo- late-ovate, embracing, nerved, fleshy ; stem simple. This species is easily distinguished by the leaves embracing the stem. — Native of Jamaica and other West India islands, on rotten trees,. and among the remains of those which have fallen. 30. Piper Pallidum. Leaves alternate, obovate, commonly three-nerved ; spikes solitary, subterminating. — Native of the Society Isles. 31. Piper Obtusifolium ; Blunt-leaved Pepper. Leaves obovate, nerveless. This sends out from the roots many succulent herbaceous stalks, almost as large as a man’s little finger. The spike is straight, erect, and about the size of a goose-quill, closely covered with small flowers, which 838 P I P THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P I P require a glass to be discerned : the whole spike much resem- bles the tail of a lizard, which led Plumier to call it Sau- rurus. — It flowers from April to September; and is a native of South America and the West Indies. It rarely produces seeds in England, but increases very fast by the stalks, which put out roots, as do many other species : it should have little water, especially in winter. If the plants be plunged into the tan-beds in the stove, the stalks will strike new roots into the tan, and may be cut off to produce new plants. 32. Piper Retusum. Leaves obovate, retuse. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 33. Piper Glabellum. Herbaceous ; leaves ovate, acu- minate ; stem declined, rooting, very much branched. It is nearly allied to the twenty-seventh species, but diflfers in having a weak stem, very much branched, somewhat creep- ing and rooting; the leaves ovate-acuminate, less, and not so thick ; spikes smaller and shorter. It flowers in spring. —Native of the West Indies. 34. Piper Serpens. Herbaceous : leaves roundish, acute, flat, discoloured; stem creeping. — Native of Jamaica, in rocky woods, among moss. 35. Piper Cordifolium. Herbaceous : leaves obcordate, petioled, plano-convex, fleshy ; stem creeping; flowers very minute, whitish. The whole plant has a sharp taste. It is very distinct from the others in the leaves. — Native of Jamaica in old woods, and upon decaying trees. 36. Piper Nummularifoiium. Herbaceous: leaves orbi- cular, concavo-convex ; stem filiform, creeping, rooting. — Native of the interior of Jamaica, on old trees. 37- Piper Rotundifolium. Herbaceous: leaves roundish, flat, fleshy ; stem filiform, creeping ; spikes terminating, shortly peduncled, round, solitary, small. Jacquin observes that the leaves are greasy to the touch, of a bright green, with a peculiarly fragrant reviving odour, entitling them to be ranked among the aromatics and cephaiics, and which they retain for several years when dried; lie has seen a distil- led water from them, yielding the pleasant scent of the plant. — Native of Jamaica and Martinico, in close moist woods, covering the entire mossy trunks of old trees, and on stones covered with moss. 38. Piper Maculosum. Leaves peltate, ovate. — Native of Dominica. 39. Piper Pellatum. Leaves peltate, orbicular, cordate, blunt, repand ; spikes umbelled. It is readily distinguished by its large peltate leaves. — Native of Jamaica and Do- minica. 40. Piper Subpeltatum. Leaves suhpeltate, orbicular-cor- date, acuminate; spikes umbelled. — Native of Amboynaand Baley, in woods among the mountains. 41. Piper Distachyou. Leaves ovate, acuminate; spikes conjugate; stem rooting. — Native of the mountains of Ja- maica, Hispaniola, and Dominica. 42. Piper Umbetlatum ; Umbelled Pepper, or Santa Maria Leaf. Leaves orbicular-cordate, acuminate, veined ; spikes umbelled; stem erect, grooved, pubescent; root annual. — Native of the West Indies. Browne says it is very common in the woods of Jamaica, and is seldom more than three or four feet high ; that the leaves are very large and round, and the foot-stalks embracing the stem at the insertion. Piso affirms the root to be a warm active remedy against poisons; and that a syrup is made of it in many parts of the sugar colonies, which is much used by the inhabitants in colds and catarrhs. 43. Piper Trifolium; Three-leaved Pepper. Leaves in threes, roundish. — Native of South America. 44. Piper Pereskizefoliuin. Leaves in whorls of three or four, elliptic, three-nerved, smooth ; spike terminating, soli- tary; stems spotted. — Native of Venezuela. 45. Piper Polystachvon ; Many-spiked Pepper. Leaves in whorls, rhomb-ovate, quite entire, petioled, three-nerved pubescent; root perennial, creeping. The whole plant has an unpleasant taste, but hardly any smell.— Native of the West ludies. 46. Piper Quadrifolium. Leaves in fours, wedge-form, ovate, emarginate, subsessile; stem erect. — Native of South America and Jamaica, on very lofty woody mountains. 47. Piper Verticillatum ; Whorl-leaved Pepper. Leaves in whorls four together, elliptic, blunt, three-nerved. — Native of Jamaica. 48. Piper Stellatum ; Starry-leaved Pepper. Leaves in whorls, three, four, or five together, oblong, acuminate, three-nerved; root simple, filamentose, whitish ; flowers very minute, green. — Native of the mountain woods in Jamaica. 49. Piper Reflexum ; Reflex-leaved Pepper. Leaves in fours, rhombed, fleshy, reflex, and patulous; stem creeping; roots filiform. — Native of the East Indies, on the trunks of old trees: found also at the Cape of Good Hope, and in the South Sea Islands. 50. Piper Pulchellum ; Small-leaved Pepper. Leaves in fours, subsessile, oblong, nerveless, quite entire; stem round; spikes terminating. It flowers from July to September, and is a- native of Jamaica. 51. Piper Filiforme. Herbaceous: leaves linear, blunt, the uppermost in whorls ; stem filiform, creeping; roots capil- lary. Willdenow observes that it is very nearly related to the preceding species. — Native of Jamaica, among the moss at the roots of trees on high mountains. 52. Piper Ovatum. Leaves ovate, veined, many-nerved, equal at the base; berries pedicelled, distant; branches even. — Native of Trinidad. 53. Piper Caudatum. Leaves cordate, nine-nerved, veined, smooth, attenuated, with a deep sinus at the base ; stem shrubby, round, smooth, even. — Native of Brazil. 54. Piper Rugosuni. Leaves ovate-oblong, veined, smooth, nearly equal at the base, netted underneath; branches even; petioles simple. — Found in Cayenne. 55. Piper JEquale. Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, veined, attenuated, equal at the base, smooth ; branches even, knee- jointed. — Found in the island of Montserrat. 56. Piper Praemorsum. Leaves lanceolate, elliptic, atte- nuated, smooth, shorter on one side at the base; spikes recurv- ed at top. — Native of Surinam. 57. Piper Gbovatum. Leaves in threes, petioled, obovate, emarginate, smooth; stem creeping; branches diffused, root- ing, smooth, the size of a small packthread, alternate, except that sometimes the lowest are opposite, brown. It is sus- pected to be only a variety. — Found in the island of Mont- serrat. 58. Piper Microstachyum. Leaves oblong, acuminate, equal at the base, veined underneath; spikes very short, mucronate; stem branched; branches dichotomous, round, striated above — Found in Cayenne. 59. Piper Grande. Leaves ovate-oblong, acuminate, many- nerved, equal at the base and petioles ; branches striated, smooth, the thickness of a goose-quill ; joints knobbed ; inter- nodes three or four inches long; flowers very minute. 60. Piper Scabrum. Leaves broad, ovate, acuminate, ob- lique, wrinkled, rugged ; spikes erect. This is a shrub, five or six feet high; stem upright, round, somewhat rugged. — Native of the mountains in the most temperate parts of Jamaica. Piperidge Tree. See Berberis. P I s OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P I S Piscidia ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decan- dria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, bell-shaped, five toothed ; the upper teeth nearer. Corolla: papilionaceous ; banner ascending, emarginate ; wings the length of the banner; keel crescbnt-shaped, ascending. Sta- mina: filamenta ten, uniting in a sheath, cloven above; an- theras oblong, incumbent. Pistil: germen pedicelled, com- pressed, linear; style filiform, ascending; stigma acute. Pericarp: legume pedicelled, linear, with four longitudinal membranaceous angles, one-celled, separated by double isth- muses. Seeds: some subcylindric. Essential Charac- ter. Stigma: acute. Legume : winged four ways.' The species are, 1. Piscidia Erythrina ; Jamaica Dogwood Tree. Leaflets ovate. It rises with a stem to the height of twenty-five feet or more, almost as large as a man’s body, covered with a light-coloured smooth bark, and sending out several branches without order at the top. Flowers of a dirty white colour, succeeded by oblong pods, which have four longitudinal wings, and are jointed between the cells. It is a native of Jamaica, where it grows chiefly in the low lands, generally rising to the height of twenty or thirty feet, and sometimes more. It flowers about May or June, and throws out all its blossoms before the appearance of the foliage, but the leaves appear soon afterwards. The bark of the root is used for the same purpose as the leaves and branches of the Surinam poison. It is pounded and mixed with the water in some deep and convenient part of a river or creek, whence it may spread itself; and in a few minutes the fish that lie hid under the rocks or banks, rise to the surface, where they float as if they were dead : most of the larger recover after a time, but the smaller fry are destroyed. The eel is not intoxicated with common doses, though it is affected very sensibly; for the moment the particles spread where it lies, it moves off with great agility. Jacquin observes, that this quality of intoxicating fish is found in many other American plants. This is generally considered at Jamaica as one of the best timber trees in the island ; the wood is very hard and resin- ous, and is of a light brown colour, coarse, cross-grained, and heavy. It makes excellent piles for wharfs, and the stakes soon form a good live fence. The bark of the trunk is very- restringent ; a decoction of it stops the immoderate discharge of ulcers, especially when it is combined with the Mangrove bark ; it cures the mange in dogs; and would probably answer well for tanning leather. Both it and the next species are equally propagated by seeds, when they can be obtained fresh from the countries where they naturally grow', for they rarely flower in Europe. The seeds must be sown upon a good hot-bed in the spring, and when the plants come up, and are fit to transplant, they should be each planted in a small pot, filled with light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, and afterwards treated in the same way as has been directed for Erythrina. 2. Piscidia Carthaginensis. Leaflets obovate. It differs from the preceding, in being double the size in all its parts. — Native of the West Indies. Pisonia ; a genus of the class Polygamia, order Dioecia ; or, according to Swartz, of the class Heptandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Male. Calix: scarcely any. Corolla: one-petalled, bell-shaped, five-cleft; segments acute, patulous. Stamina: filamenta five, six, or seven, awl- shaped ; antherae roundish, twin. Pistil: germen oblong; style short ; stigma pencil-shaped. Female. Calix and Co- rolla: as in the male. Pistil: germen oblong; style simple, cylindrical, longer than the corolla, erect; stigmas bifid. Pericarp: berry oval, often five-cornered, valveless, one- 04. celled. Seed: single, smooth, oblong. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: scarcely any. Corolla: bell-shaped, or, as Gaertner says, funnel-shaped. Stamina : five or six. Pistil. - one. Capsule: superior, one-celled, valveless; berry one- seeded. Male and Female: on the same, or on different plants. The species are, 1. Pisonia Aculeata ; Prickly Pisonia. Spines axillary, spreading very much. The male plants differ so much in appearance from the female, that those who have not seen them rise from the same seeds, would suppose they were dif- ferent species. Jacquin describes it as an inelegant tree,, with round reclining branches, waiiting sqpport. He ob- served many plants of this species about Kingston in Jamaica, where they are abundant, and always traced the hermaph- rodite and female flowers to different individuals. Browne declares, that the flowers are very various ; being sometimes hermaphrodite on every branch, sometimes male in one branch and female in another, and sometimes male, female, and her- maphrodite, on the different parts of the same plant; but most commonly they are all of one kind. It is a strong withy climber, the main trunk being sometimes no less than five or six inches in diameter; but this is generally in the woods, where it thrives best, and is commonly supported by the help of some of the neighbouring trees. It is frequently cut for hoops, when there is a scarcity of other wood. In Jamaica, they call it Coclcspur, or Fingrigo. It is very com- mon in the savannas, and other low parts of that island, as also in several others, where it is very troublesome to who- ever passes through the places of their growth, fastening itself by its strong crooked thorns to the clothes ; and the seeds being glutinous and burry, also fasten themselves to w hatever touches them ; so that the wings of the ground doves and other birds, are often so loaded with the seeds as to prevent their flying, through which they become an easy prey. — It is preserved for curiosity in European gardens, where it is pro- pagated by seeds, which should be sown in pots filled vvilh light rich earth, and plunged into a hot- bed of tanner’s bark ; and when the plants come up, they should be transplanted into separate pots, and plunged into the hot bed again, where they may remain till Michaelmas, when they should be removed into the stove, plunged into the bark bed, and treated in the same manner as has been directed for tender plants from the same country; observing to give them plenty of water in hot weather, but only a small quantity in winter. They are too tender to thrive in the open air of this country at any season of the year, and should be constantly kept in the bark-stove. They retain their leaves most part of the year in England. 2. Pisonia Subcordata. Unarmed: leaves cordate, round- ish ; fruits dry, subclavate, five-cornered ; angles muricate at the tip. — Native of Antigua. 3. Pisonia Nigricans. Unarmed : leaves ovate-acuminate ; flowers cymed, erect; fruits berried. It is a small tree, with- out thorns, upright, twelve, and sometimes twenty feet in height, with a trunk five inches in diameter; when it grows in thick coppices it acquires an inelegant habit, not much unlike the first species. The berry is soft, black, containing a whitish pulp, which is often wanting, being probably eaten by insects, for it is always found in the unripe fruit. — Native of Jamaica. 4. Pisonia Coccinea. Unarmed : leaves lanceolate-ovate; peduncles terminating, loose; flowers nodding; fruits ber- ried.— Native of Hispaniola. 5. Pisonia Inermis. Stem unarmed. — Native of the So ciety Isles. Pistachio nut Tree. See Pistacia. 4 R 340 P I S THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P I S Pistacia; a genus of the class Dicecia, order Pentandria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: ament loose, scattered, composed of small one-flowered scalelets; perianth proper, five-cleft, very small. Corolla: none. Stamina: fila- menta five, very small; anther® ovate, four-cornered, erect, patulous, large. Female. Calix : ament none; perianth trifid, very small. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen ovate, larger than the calix; styles three, reflex; stigmas thickish, hispid. Pericarp: drupe dry, ovate. Seed: nut ovate, smooth. Essential Character. Male: an ament. Calix: five- cief’t. Corolla: none. Female: distinct. Calix: trifid. Co- rolla: none. Styles: two; drupe one-seeded. -The spe- cies are, 1. Pistacia Officinalis ; Pistachia Tree, or Pistachia-nut Tree. Leaves simply ternate and pinnate; leaflets oval. In the Levant, where it is a native, it grows to the height of twenty-five or thirty feet: the bark of the stem and old branches is of a dark russet colour, but that of the young branches is of a light brown. The male puts forth its flowers first; and some gardeners pluck them whilst yet shut, dry them, and afterwards sprinkle the pollen over the female tree: but the method usually followed in Sicily, when the trees are far asunder, is to wait till the female buds are open, and then to gather bunches of male blossoms ready to blow ; these are stuck into a pot of moist mould, and hung upon the female tree, till they are quite dry and empty. Native of Persia, Arabia, Syria, and India. — it is propagated by the nuts, which are obtained from abroad, and planted in pots filled with light kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed: when the plants appear, admit a large share of air to them, to prevent their drawing up weak ; and by degrees harden them to bear the open air, to which ex- pose them from the beginning of June till autumn, when they should be placed under a hot-bed frame to screen them from the frost in winter; for while they are young they are too tender to live through the winter in England without protec- tion, but they should always be exposed to the air in mild weather. These plants shed their leaves in autumn, and there- fore should not have much wet in winter; and in the spring, before the plants begin to shoot, they must be transplanted each into a separate small pot; and if they be plunged into a very moderate bot-bed, it will forward their putting out new roots; but as soon as they begin to shoot they must be gradually hardened, and placed abroad again : they may be kept in pots three or four years till they have got strength, during which time they should be sheltered in win- ter ; and afterwards they may be turned out of the pots, and planted in the full ground, some against high walls to a warm aspect, and others in a sheltered situation, where they will bear the cold of our ordinary winters very well, but in severe frosis they are often destroyed. The trees flower and pro- duce fruit in England, but our summers are not sufficiently warm to ripen the nuts. 2. Pistacia Narbonensis. Leaves pinnate and ternate, sub- orbiculate. — Native of Mesopotamia and Armenia. 3. Pistacia Vera. Leaves unequally pinnate ; leaflets sub- ovate, recurved. This, as well as the second species, is pro bably a mere variety of the first, and of course a native of the same countries. 4. Pistacia Terebinthus ; CommonTurpenlineTree. Leaves unequally pinnate; leaflets ovate, lanceolate: it is a low thick shrub. The flowers form brandling catkins at the axils of the leaves, and are reddish; the wood is odorous and balsamic. The Cyprus or Chian turpentine, which this tree furnishes, is procured by wounding the bark of the trunk in several places, during the month of July, leaving a space of about three inches between the wounds ; from these the tur- pentine is received on stones, upon which it becomes so much condensed by the coldness of the night, as to admit of being scraped off with a knife, which is always done before sun-rise. In order to free it from all extraneous admixture, it is again liquified by the sun’s heat, and passed through a strainer, after which it is fit for use. The quantity produced is very inconsiderable; four large trees, sixty years old, only yielding two pounds nine ounces and six drachms: but in the eastern parts of Cyprus and Chio the trees afford somewhat more, though still so little as to render it very costly ; and on this account it is commonly adulterated, especially with other turpentines. The best Chio turpentine is generally about the consistence of thick honey, very tenacious, clear, and almost transparent, white inclining to yellow, and of a fragrant smell, moderately warm to the taste, but free from acrimony and bitterness. For the medicinal qualities of turpentine, see Pinus Larix. This tree is as hardy as the first species, and may be treated in the same manner: it has often survived very severe winters. 5. Pistacia Atlantica. Leaves deciduous, unequally piu- nate ; leaflets lanceolate, somewhat waved, petioled, winged. This is a large tree, with a thick, wide, roundish head. From the bark of the trunk and branches, at different seasons of the year, but especially in summer, there flows a resinous juice which hardens in the air, and is of a pale yellow colour, an aromatic smell, and a taste that is not unpleasant. This is scarcely to be distinguished from the Oriental Mastich, and is known by the same name among the Moors. It is inspis- sated into lamellae round the branchlets, or into irregular globules, differing in thickness and shape, frequently as big as the end of the finger or thumb, some of which drop from the tree, and are found scattered on the ground. The Arabs collect this substance in autumn and winter, and make the same use of it as of the Mastich from Scio, chewing it to give a pleasant smell to the mouth, and brightness to the teeth. At tiie foot of Mount Atlas, this is the largest tree which grows there; but the resinous juice is softer, and of a much less pleasant smell and taste, than that which flows from the trees of the desert, which is probably occasioned by the cli- mate being cooler, and the soil more moist and fertile. The leaves have frequently round red galls on them, resembling berries. The Moors eat the drupes, and bmisethem to mix with their dates. — -Native of Barbary, at the foot of mountains. 6. Pistacia Lentiscus; Mastich Tree. Leaves abruptly pinnate ; leaflets lanceolate. It rises to the height of eighteen or twenty feet, tire trunk being covered with a grey bark. It sends out many branches, which have a reddish brown bark. The male flowers come out in loose clusters from the sides of the branches, are of an herbaceous colour, appear in May, and soon fall : they are generally on different plants from the fruits, which also grow in clusters, and are small berries of a black colour when ripe. It is a native of the south of Europe and the Levant. — Desfontaines informs us that it is very common in Barbary, both wild on the hills and culti- vated in gardens; but that it is little, if at all, resinous, though the branches and trunk were wounded at different seasons of the year ; that the wood, however, yields an aro- matic smell in burning; and that the berries yield an oil fit both for the lamp and the table. In the island of Chio the officinal Mastich is obtained most abundantly by making trans- verse incisions into the bark of the tree, whence the mastich exudes in drops, which are suffered to run down to the ground, and after they are concreted they are collected for use. The incisions ate made at the beginning of August, when the weather is very dry, and are continued till the end P I s P I s OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. of September. Mastich is a resinous substance, imported into England in small, yellowish, transparent, brittle grains or tears; it has a light agreeable smell, especially when rubbed or heated : on being chewed it first crumbles, soon after sticks together, and becomes soft and white like wax, without impressing any considerable taste. It totally dissolves, except the earthy impurities, which are commonly in no great quan- tity, in rectified spirit of wine, and then discovers a degree of warmth and bitterness, and a stronger smell than that of the resin in substance. Boiled in water, it impregnates the liquor with its smell, but gives out little or nothing of its substance: distilled with water, it yields a small quantity of a limpid es- sential oil, in smell very fragrant, in taste moderately pungent. Rectified spirit brings over also in distillation the more vola- tile odorous matter of the mastich. It is a common practice with the Turkish women to chew this resin, especially in the morning, not only to render their breath more agreeable, but to whiten the teeth, and strengthen the gums ; they also mix it with their fragrant waters, and burn it with other odoriferous substances in the way of fumigations. European japanners also employ it in some of their varnishes. As a medicine, it is thought to be a mild corroborant and astrin- gent; and, as possessing a balsamic power, it has been recom- mended in haemoptysis proceeding from ulceration, fluor albus, debility of the stomach, and in diarrhoeas and internal ulcers. Chewing it has been also said to be of use in pains of the teeth and gums, and in some catarrhal complaints. There is a variety called the Narrow-leaved Mastich Tree, ■which rises to the same height, but differs in having a pair or two of leaflets more to each leaf, which is much narrower, and of a paler colour. Native of the country about Mar- seilles, and some other places in the south of France.— The plants of this species are generally propagated by laying down their young branches, which, if properly managed, will put out roots in one year, and may then be cut off from the old plants, and each transplanted into separate small pots. They must be sheltered in winter, and placed abroad in a sheltered situation, and treated in the same way as other hardy green house plants. It may also be propagated by seeds in the same way as the others; but if the seeds be not taken from trees growing in the neighbourhood of the male, they will not grow' ; and if they are kept out of the ground till spring, the plants rarely appear till the spring following. When these plants have obtained strength, some of them may be turned out of the pots, and planted against warm walls, where, if their branches be trained against the walls, they will endure the ordinary winters very well, and may be preserved with a little shelter when the winters are unusually severe. Pistia ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Octan- dria. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: one-petalled, unequal, erect, permanent ; tube short, closely embracing the germen ; border cordate, roundish, w idened, acuminate, entire, contracted in the middle op both sides by a lateral plait bent inwards. Stamina: tilamentum round, thick, blunt, springing almost perpendicularly from the centre of the border of t lie corolla, hanging over the pistil, sur rounded at the base by a membranaceous disk, augmented below on both sides by a fringe hanging down, the width of tile anlbera; anther® six to eight, globular, placed in a ring on the margin of the filamtntum at the top; Swartz says, three to eight, and generally three only. Pistil: germen subovate, twice as long as the tube of the corolla, fastened to tbe back of the petal by a longitudinal thickened line, extending to the very origin of the tilamentum; style thick, erect, shorter than the filamentum; stigma blunt, subpeltuie. Pericarp: capsule ovate, compressed, one-celled. Seeds: very many, oblong, depressed at the top, and there urnbi- iicated with a dot, fastened horizontally to the back of the capsule, where it adheres to the corolla. Observe. This plant was placed by Lin ne us in tbe class Gynandria; but Swartz, after Jacquiu, has placed it better in that of Mon- adelphia. Essential Character. Calix: none. Co- rolla: one-petalled, tongue-shaped, entire; anthene six or eight, placed on the filamenUun ; style one ; capsule one- celled, at the bottom of the corolla. — The species are, 1. Pistia Stratiotes. This is a stemless floating elegant plant; roots many, a foot and half long, putting forth simple fibres from their circumference, an inch and half in length; leaves various in number and size, according to the age of the plant, (while it is in vigour, about twenty,) spreading out in a circle or like a rose, a foot in diameter. They are obo- vate, attenuated at the base, for the most part quite entire, sometimes emarginate, sessile, patulous, lanuginose at the base between the nerves, and on the upper surface villose, thick, spongy, a little succulent, and therefore well adapted for floating; but on tbe back, from a thicker, very large, and subovate area, they push forth ascending, very thick, and extremely prominent nerves ; flowers whitish, inodorous, axil- lary, solitary, and erect, on a short peduncle. Adanson, in his History of Senegal, asserts that the primary root is fixed strongly into the bank. Jacquin did not attend to this cir- cumstance, but remarks, that in taking the plants out of the water, he never found any resistance ; though he does sug- gest that the young plant may be fixed at first, and after- wards break loose. — Native of Asia, Africa, South America, and the West Indian Islands, in stagnant waters and quiet streams ; flowering in April. 2. Pistia Spathulata. Leaves upon the petiole, abruptly angustated, diiatated above, rotund-obtuse ; flowers white, axillary. — Grows in Carolina. Pisum ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five- cleft, acute, permanent; the two upper segments shorter. Corolla: papilionaceous; standard very broad, obcordate, reflex, emarginate with a point ; wings two, roundish, con- verging, shorter than the standard ; keel compressed, semi- lunar, shorter than the wings. Stamina: filamenta diadel- phous; one simple, superior, flat awl-shaped ; and nine awl- shaped, below the middle united into a cylinder, which is cloven at top; anthers roundish. Pistil: germen oblong, compressed ; style ascendiug, triangular, membranaceous, keeled, with the sides bent outwards; stigma growing to the upper angle, oblong, villose. Pericarp : legume large, long, roundish, or compressed downwards, with the top acu- minate upwards, one-celled, two-valved. Seeds: several, globular. Essential Character. Style triangular, above keeled, pubescent. Calix: has the two upper seg- ments shorter, The species are, 1. Pisum Sativum; Common Pea. Petioles round; sti- pules rounded at bottom, and crenate; peduncles many- flowered ; root annual, slender, fibrous ; stems hollow whilst young, brittle, branched, smooth, weak, climbing by termi- nating tendrils ; leaves abruptly pinnate, composed usually, of two pairs of leaflets which are oval and smooth ; corolla white, greenish white, purple, or variegated ; legumes com- monly in pairs, about two inches long, of an oblong form, smooth, swelling at the straight suture where the seeds are fastened, flatted next the other suture, which arches espe- cially towards the end; seeds from five or six to eight or nine, commonly globular, but in some varieties irregular, or approaching to a cubic form, smooth, white, yellow, blue* 342 P I S THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P I S gray, brown, or greenish, with a small oblong umbilicus. The colour of the whole plant is glaucous or hoary green, from a white meal which covers it. — It is said to be a native of the south of Europe. Loureiro informs us that it is found in China and Cochin china, but not frequently, and that it does not appear to be indigenous, though, according to Thun- berg, it is cultivated in most provinces of Japan. The fol lowing are the principal varieties of Garden Peas, arranged in the order of time in which they are gathered for the table: 1. The Golden Hotspur. 2. The Charlton. 3. The Read- ing Hotspur. 4. Master’s Hotspur. 5. Essex Hotspur. 6.~ The Dwarf Pea. 7. The Sugar Pea. 8. Spanish Mo- rotto. if. Nonpareil. 10. Sugar Dwarf. 11. Sickle Pea. 12. Marrowfat. 13. Dwarf Marrowfat. 14. Rose or Crown Pea. 15. Rouncival Pea. 16. Gray Pea. 17. Pig Pea. The Hotspurs, like the Hastings enumerated by Parkinson, have their names from their coming to bear early in the season. The six first varieties are of this nature, and being low- growers require sticks only three or four feet high; and the Dwarf Pea not so much. New varieties of these are raised almost every year, which, because they differ in some slight particular, are sold at an advanced price, and frequently bear the name of the person who raised them, and, if that does not sound well, of the place where they first grew'. These varieties are not permanent, and without the greatest care will soon degenerate. Besides the above, we have the early Charlton Hotspur, the early Golden Hotspur. Nicholson’s earliest Hotspur, &c. Of the larger Peas, from No. 1 to 13 and 15, there are also several varieties ; as, the Large and Dwarf Marrowfat; the Large and Dwarf Sugar Pea; the Green and White Rouncival Pea, &c. They all grow tall, and require sticks from five to six, and even seven or eight feet high. Besides the Common Rose or Crown Pea, there is a variegated one, the Egg Pea ; the Cluster Pea ; the Large Gray Pea; the Crooked Gray Pea; and innumerable others, of those which are used in field culture. Mr. Miller has a perennial Pea, which he calls Pisum Americanum, or Cape Horn Pea, from its having been brought by lord Anson’s cook when he passed that cape, where this Pea was a great relief to the sailors; but it is not so good for eating as the worst sort cultivated in England. It is a low trailing plant; there are two leaflets on each footstalk, those below spear-shaped, and sharply indented on their edges, but the upper ones small and arrow-pointed. The flowers are blue, each peduncle sustaining four or five of them ; legumes taper, nearly three inches long; seeds round, about the size of Tares. — Propagation and Culture. It is a common practice with the gardeners in the neighbourhood of London, to raise Peas upon hot-beds, to have them very early in the spring; in order to which they sow their Peas upon warm borders under walls or hedges, about the middle of October ; and when the plants come up, they draw the earth up gently to their stems with a hoe, the better to protect them from frost. In these places they let them remain till the latter end of January or the beginning of February, if they be preserved from frost, observing to earth them up from time to time as the plants advance in height, as also to cover them in very hard frosts with peas-haulm, straw, or some other light cover- ing, to preserve them from being destroyed. Then, at the time before-mentioned, they make a hot-bed, in proportion to the quantity of Peas intended. This bed must be made of good hot dung, well prepared, and properly mixed together, that the heat may not be too great. The dung should be laid about three feet thick, or somewhat more, according as the beds are made earlier or later in the season; when the dung is equally levelled, then the earth, which should be light and fresh, but not over-rich, must be laid on about six or eight inches thick, laying it equally all over the bed. This being done, the frames, which should be two or two feet and a half high on the back part, and about eighteen inches in front, must be put on, and covered with glasses: after which it should remain three or four days to let the steam of the bed pass off, before you put the plants therein, observing every day to raise the glasses to give vent for the rising steam to pass off ; then, when you find the bed of a moderate temperature for heat, take up the plants with a trowel or some other instrument, as carefully as possible, to preserve the earth to the roots, and plant them into the hot- bed, in rows about two feet asunder; and the plants should be set about an inch distant from each other in the rows, observing to water and shade them until they have taken root ; after which you must be careful to give them air at all times when the season is favourable, otherwise they will draw up very weak, and be subject to grow mouldy, aud decay. You should also draw the earth up to the shanks of the plants as they advance in height, and keep them always clear from weeds. Water should be sparingly given, for if too much watered they grow rank, and sometimes rot off at their shanks just above ground. When the sun shines hot, cover the glasses with mats, otherwise their leaves will flag, and their blossoms fall off, without producing pods; as will also keeping the glasses too close at that season. But when the plants begin to fruit, they should be watered oftener, and in greater plenty than before, for by that time they will have nearly done growing, and the often refreshing them will occa- sion their producing a greater plenty of fruit. The sort of Pea which is generally used for this purpose is the Dwarf, for all the other sorts ramble too much to be kept in frames : the reason for sowing them in the common ground, and after- wards transplanting them.on a hot-bed, is also to check their growth, and cause them to bear in less compass; for if the seeds were sown upon a hot bed, and the plants continued thereon, they would produce such luxuriant plants as are not to be contained in the frames, and would bear but little fruit. Another method is, to sow them under a south wall at the end of September. Put them very near the wall; and when they peep out of the ground, cover them with earth as they advance, about an inch thick : in frost protect them with pease-haulm, wheat-straw, or dry fern. About the end of January, if the winter has been mild, the Peas will be some inches above ground : then make a hot bed in the manner directed for Cucumbers, except that the dung must be only two feet thick. Let the bed be four feet broad, and cover it with ten inches of light virgin earth. The frames should be two feet high in the back, sloping to fifteen inches in front. Having put these on the hot-bed, tilt up the glasses daily, that the steam may pass off, and when the bed is become of a moderate temperature, take up the Peas with a ball of earth to their roots, and plant them fourteen inches row from row, and four inches plant from plant. Water them mode- rately at planting, but aflerwards sparingly, for much water makes them grow to straw, and produce little fruit. Shade the beds from eleven until the sun is nearly off; and at the same time give them air in miid weather. Cover the dung which surrounds the frames with earth, that when the glasses are tilted up to give air, the Peas may not be blighted with the rancid steam of the dung. Dwarf Peas, and some of the early Hotspurs, may also be sown in pots in September, sinking the pots in the common earth; and when frost sets strong in, the pots may be set under cover in a green-house or glass-case. Make a border in front of the green-house, of good fresh earth; and about the beginning of December take P I s OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P I S 843 the Peas out of the pots, and plant them in the borders in rows at three feet distance, and ten inches asunder in the rows, wateriug them gently. Give them air, and draw the earth up to their roots. Let them have a good portion of water while in bloom : and a crop of Peas will be thus obtained as early as the beginning of March. The next sort of Pea which is sown to succeed those on the hot-bed, is the Hotspur, of which there are reckoned three or four sorts ; as the Golden Hotspur, the Charlton Hotspur, the Master’s Hotspur, the Reading Hotspur, and some others, which dif- fer little from each other except in their early bearing, for which the Golden and Charlton Hotspurs are chiefly pre- ferred. If, however, any of these be cultivated in the same place for three or four years, they are apt to degenerate, and to be later in spring fruiting, for which reasons most curious persons procure their seeds annually from some dis- tant place: and in the choice of these seeds, if they could be obtained, from a colder situation and a poorer soil than that in which they are to be sown, it will be much better than on the contrary, and they will come earlier in the spring. These must also be sown on warm borders towards the latter end of October. When the plants appear, draw the earth up to their shanks in the manner before directed, which should be continued as they advance in height, always observing to do it when the ground is dry. This will greatly protect the sterna of the plants against frost; and if the winter should prove very severe, it will be of great service to cover the plants with peas-haulm or SQme other light covering, as before directed. This covering should be taken off in mild weather, and only suffered to remain on during the continuance of the frost ; for if they are kept too close, they will be drawn very weak and tender, and be liable to be destroyed with the least inclemency of the season. In the spring you must carefully clear them from weeds, and draw some fresh earth up to their stems; but do not raise it too high to the plants, lest by burying their leaves yon should rot their stems, as is sometimes the case, especially in wet seasons. Take care to keep them clear from vermin, which, if permitted to remain among the plants, will increase so plentifully as to devour the greatest part of them. The principal vermin that infest them are slugs, which lie all the day in the small hollows of the earth, near the stems of the plants, and in the night time come out, and make great havoc. They chiefly abound in wet soils, or where a garden is neglected, and over-run with weeds. The best way is to make the ground clear all round the Peas; this will destroy their harbours; and after wards in a fine mild morning very early, when these vermin are got abroad from their holes, slack a quantity of lime, which should be sown hot and thick upon the ground, and it will destroy the slugs without .doing any, or very little, injury to t lie Peas, if it be not too thickly scattered. If this crop of Peas succeed, it will immediately follow those on the hot-bed ; but for fear this should miscarry, it will be proper to sow two more crops at about a fortnight’s distance from each other, so that there may be the more chances to suc- ceed. This will be sufficient until the spring of the year, when you may sow three or four more crops of these Peas ; one towards the beginning of January, the other in the mid die, and the last at the end of the same month. These two late sowings will be sufficient to continue the early sort of Peas through the first season, and after this it will be proper to have some of the large sort of Peas to succeed them for the use of the family. On this account it will be well to sow some of the Spanish Morotto, which is a great bearer, and a hardy sort of Pea, about the middle of February, upon a clear open spot of ground. These must be sown in rows about I 04. three feet asunder, and the Peas should be dropped in the drills about an inch distance, covering them about two inches deep with earth ; and taking care that none of them lie uncovered; as that would attract mice, rooks, and pigeons, to plunder the whole spot ; and through this neglect it often happens, that a whole plantation is devoured by these marau- ders, who could not find them out so easily when they are not left in sight. About a fortnight afterwards, sow another spot with any large sort of Pea, to succeed those, and then continue to repeat sowing once a fortnight till the middle or latter end of May, some of these kinds; only observing to allow the Marrowfats, and other very large sorts of Peas, at least three feet and a half, or four feet, between row and row; and the Rose Pea should be allowed at least eight or ten inches’ distance from plant to plant in the rows, for they grow very large; and if they have not room allowed them, they will spoil each other by drawing up very tall, and will produce no fruit. When these plants come up, the earth should be drawn up to their shanks, as before directed; and the ground kept entirely clear from weeds; and when the plants are grown eight or ten inches high, you should stick some rough burrows or brush-wood into the ground, close to the Peas, for them to ramp upon, which will support them from trailing upon the ground, which is very apt to rot the large-growing sorts of Peas, especially in wet seasons; besides, by thus supporting them the air can freely pass between them, which will preserve the blossoms from failing off before their time, and occasion them to bear much better than if permitted to. lie upon the ground, and there will be room to pass between the row's to gather the Peas when they are ripe. The Dwarf sorts of Peas may be sown much closer together than those before-mentioned, for these seldom rise above a foot high, and rarely spread above half a foot in width, so that these need not have more room than two feet row from row, and not above an inch asunder in the rows. These produce a good quantity of Peas, provided the season be not over dry; but they seldom continue long in bearing, so that they are not so proper to sow for the main crop, when a quantity of Peas is expected for the table, their chief excel- lency being for hot-beds, where they will produce a greater quantity of Peas, provided they are well managed, than if exposed to the open air, where the heat of the sun soontlries them up. The Sickle Pea is much more com mon in Holland than in England, it being the sort mostly cultivated in that country; but in England they are only cultivated by curious gentlemen for their own tables, and are rarely brought to market. The birds are very fond of this sort, and, if not prevented, would often destroy the whole crop. It should be planted in rows about two feet and a half asunder, and should be managed as has been directed for the other sorts. Although it has been recommended to sow the large sorts of Peas for the main crop, they certainly are not so sweet as the early Hotspur Peas, a succession of which ought also to be continued through the season, in small quantities, to supply the best tables. This may be done by sowing some every week or ten days; but all those which are sown late in the season should have a strong moist soil, for in hot light land they will run up, and come to nothing. The large- growing sorts may be cultivated for the common use of the family, because they will produce in greater quantities thaq the other, and will also endure the drought better, but the early kinds are by far the sweetest-tasted Peas. The best of all the large kinds is the Marrowfat, which, if gathered young, is a well-tasted Pea; and this will continue good’ through the month of August, if planted on a strong soil. In the open ground it is better to sow two rows of Peas close 4 S 344 P I S THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P I S together, or within ten inches or a foot of each other, leaving between each pair of those close rows an interstice of two feet for the Dwarf Peas, or of three feet for the early climbers, and three feet and a half or four feet for the larger sorts. The reason of this is, that the stakes or bushes being placed between two close rows, will support both ; whereas in the common way of sowing Peas, every row must have a row of bushes. Gardeners, who vie with one another for the earliest Peas, never stake them, alleging that it gives them liberly to grow too much to the hauim, and that the early fruit w ill thereby be prevented from ripening too soon. This may be the case in sandy soils ; but in strong lands, if the Peas, especially the larger sorts, are not supported, they will infallibly rot before they can be fit for the table. — Field Culture. Peas are cultivated by the farmer either alone or with Beans. In strong lands the Bean is the predominant crop; in lighter lands, the Pea. In such lands the Pea is more frequently sown alone. The sorts commonly sown in fields are the Gray, the Blue, and the White. Of these there are innumerable transient varieties in our different counties. In Suffolk, where the culture of the Pea is well understood, they reckon, 1. The Common White. 2. The Forty-day. 3. The Charlton. 4. The Blue. 5. The Large Gray. (>. The Small Gray. 7. The Speckled. 8. The Large Dutch. 9. The Dun. The Gray, and other large winter Peas, are seldom cultivated in gardens, because they require a great deal of room, but are usually sown in fields in most parts of England. The best time for sowing these is about the beginning of March, when the weather is pretty dry, for if they be put inlo the ground in a very wet season, they are apt to rot, especially if the ground be cold ; these should be at least allowed three or four feet from row' to row, and must be sown very thin in the rows ; for if they are sown too thick, the haulm will spread so as to fall to the ground, and ramble over each other, which will cause the plants to rot, and prevent their bearing. They will bear being sown in autumn ; and it is a common practice in Herefordshire to begin Pea-sowing as soon as the wheat-seed is over. The Peas which are sown in autumn, or before Christmas, are late sorts, and therefore are not proper where the crop is to be harvested time enough for turnips. The best method to sow these Peas is, to draw a drill with a hoe two inches deep by a line. Having scattered the seeds in it, to draw the earth over them with a rake. This is a quick method for gardens; but where they are sown in fields, they com- monly make a shallow furrow with the plough, and harrow in the seeds. Where labour is dear, it is a great expense to weed and earth up the plants by hand-hoeing: but it may be easily effected by a horse-hoe, which will not only kill the weeds, but by stirring the soil render it mellow, greatly promote the growth of the plants, and render the ground fitter to receive another crop the following season. The Gray Peas thrive best on a strong clayey land: these are commonly sown under-furrow; but by this method they are always too thick, and do not come up regularly; they there- fore should also be sown in drills. Being much hardier than the former sorts, these may be sown towards the end of February. The Common YVhite Pea will do best on light sandy land, or on a loose rich soil. The usual method of sowing these Peas, is with a broad-cast, and to harrow them in; but it is a much better way to sow them in drills about three feet asunder; for less than half the quantity of seed will do for an acre, and the ground may be Imed, both to destroy the weeds, and earth op the Peas. The usual time for sowing these Peas is the middle of March or the begin ning of April, on warm land ; but on cold ground they should be sown a fortnight or three weeks later. In the common way of sowing they allow three bushels or more to an acre; but if they be drilled, a bushel and half will be sufficient. The Green and Maple Rouncivals require a stronger soil than the White, and should be sown a little later in the spring; the drills also should be at a greater distance, as two feet and a half or three feet, for this sort is apt to grow rank, especially in a wet season. The ground between the rows should be hoed two or three times. The Forty-day, or Ihe Charlton Pea, should be sown early in March; and if Turnips are intended, not later than that month : late-sown crops are subject to the green fly or dolphin; and to avoid that, it is recommended to sow in February. If Peas are not intended as a preparation for Turnips, many sow before Christmas, but this must be on dry land, and in a dry time; for if they are sow n after rain or snow', the crop will suffer. By sowing the Charlton Pea early in March, the crop will be cleared in June, or the first w eek in July, which is a good season for Turnips, and on all dry soils ought never to be neglected. If the harvest happens to be later, the wads should be laid in rows, and the plough sent in, by which a week, or perhaps ten days, may be gained. The advantages of this practice must be obvious, when it is considered that a thick smothering crop of Peas not only chokes weeds, but improves the soil, particularly in leaving the surface loose and friable, from the putrefactive fermentation carried on under the crop, by retaining the moisture, and exclud- ing the sun ; and if the land be ploughed directly, which is a great point, though much neglected, proves a fine prepa- ration for Turnips. The Peas are not the only gain, but the saving in tillage; for by this means the latter crop is put in upon one ploughing only, which can be effected no other way. Less than three bushels to an acre ought not to be sown broad-cast. One great object, perhaps the greatest, in this crop is, to procure a thick cover over the soil, to destroy, weeds, and breed a moist fermentation on the surface, which a thin crop cannot produce. If the produce only be regarded, and the hoes are designed to be perpetually at work, two bushels, and even less, are enough : some sow four, but that is evidently too much. A common method in Suffolk is to put Peas on a lay with only one ploughing; the seed to be pricked in with iron dibbles. This method succeeds well, but it should be practised only on loams and good sand : very poor sand will not do for Peas; and on clay, Beans answer far better. When the crop is put on a stubble, the land should be ploughed in autumn, and, if the season requires it, twice in the spring; but one ploughing, judiciously timed, may do better than two. The seed may be either ploughed or harrowed in; if the former, it must be above three inches deep, but harrowing in is safer, if the harrows let them in two inches; but in this case they must be watched against rooks and pigeons. When Peas are planted by hand, on a. turf once ploughed, it is called dibbling. A man walking backwards, that he may not tread on the holes, strikes a dibble that makes two holes, sometimes three, on a nine inch» furrow, and is followed by boys, who drop a pea in every hole. These operations are both performed in Suffolk, for eight shillings an acre. They are covered by a bush-harrow; and the peas come up about four inches every way, and, being so close, neither want nor admit of hoeing. Seven pecks, or two bushels, of seed, sow an acre. Drilling is used on land in tilth. The row's should be double, at eighteen inches asunder, and then an interval of two feet: in the hoe- ing, attention should be given to make the two rows clasp together. ’’Drilled peas should be hand-bced well while the crop is young, and afterwards in the intervals, taking care P I s OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P I S 346 not to tread on the plants. If weeds get up afterwards, they ought not to be meddled with ; for the crop will be pulled about, and spoiled in getting them out. Even horse- hoe- ing should not be ventured on after the plants are near maturity. Some hand-hoe once, and horse-hoe twice or thrice afterwards, as there may be occasion. If broad cast peas be hoed, it must be whilst they are very young: when they cling together, the hoe does more harm than good ; beside, if the land was id good order, and the seed sown thick enough, they would need no hoeing. Peas when nearly ripe are apt to be devoured by rooks, pigeons, &c. they should therefore be well watched. They are generally cut with a tool called a peas-make, which is half an old scythe fixed in a handle, with which they are rolled, as they are cut, into small bundles called wads, in other places wisps. These should be small, to dry well, and should lie out some days to wither. In some countries they are reaped with a hook, and sometimes mown, but that. is an injudicious practice. Of all crops this is the most uncertain, and it is rarely considerable; two quarters and a half an acre, are about the average pro- duce; now and then four, four and a half, and five quarters, are gained, but probably not once in ten years. The greatest burdens of straw, in crops that perfectly cover the ground, do not yield a very large produce. If a man shades his land well, and gets two and a half, and three quarters, on an acre, he has reason to be satisfied with the produce. When any sorts are intended for seed, there should be as many rows left ungathered, as may be thought necessary to furnish a sufficient quantity ; and when the Peas are in flower, they should be carefully looked over, to draw out all the plants which are not of the right sort; for there will be always some roguish plants, as the gardeners term them, which, if left, will cause the others to degenerate. The rest must remain until their pods are changed brown, and begin to split. The plants should then be pulled up and stacked till winter, or else thrashed out as soon as they are dry, and put up in sacks. Let them not remain too long abroad after they are ripe, for wet will rot them ; and heat after rain will cause the pods to burst, and eject the seeds. By diligently drawing out bad plants, and marking those which come earliest to flower, the gardeners have greatly improved their peas of late years, and they are constantly endeavouring to procure forwarder varie- ties. As it is scarcely any object with gentlemen to save their own seed, except in the case of having a particular sort which they cannot purchase ; so it is not advisable to continue sowing the same seed longer than two years on the same grouud. — The principal use of Peas is to fatten hogs ; no other grain agrees better with those animals, especially when they are harvested dry, and ground into meal. Bread made of this meal was formerly much in use in some parts of Scot- land ; but of late it is said to have been almost wholly given up. It is reported to be mixed with wheat flower by the millers, when Peas are reasonable. The straw, if well har- vested, is a very considerable object for fodder; it is little inferior to ordinary Hay, and all sorts of cattle thrive well on it; but it is apt to gripe some horses, if given too soon. It should not be used before January; and when it is found to gripe the animal, a few Turnips, Cabbages, Carrots, or Potatoes, will correct that tendency. — Culture of Peas in Kent. The following varieties are commonly cultivated by Kentish Farmers. The Reading and Leadman’s Dwarfs, for Splitting Peas, and fattening bogs; the Gray Polt ; Nutmeg Gray; Early Dun, called Sutton’s Gray in East Kent; and Shepherd's Gray, all which are fattening for hogs. Besides these, many others are cultivated for supplying the London Seedsmen. All are drilled in rows, about eighteen inches apart, from the middle of February to the end of March, and sometimes later. They are hand and horse hoed, and are harvested from the middle of July till the end of September. They are reaped with a hook, called a pod ware hook. The produce is from one and a half to five quarters on an acre. Leadman’s Dwarf, and the Early Gray, are thought to he the most prolific. The Early Charlton is frequently off the ground in time to get a good crop of Turnips. — Culture itq Middlesex. About three thousand acres are annually crop- ped with Peas in this county ; they are much on the increase, and are cultivated in the most clean and garden-like manner. On upwards of two thousand acres they succeed a clean crop of Beans ; in which case the bean-stubble is ploughed up with a thin furrow about January, and during every dry time till March, and soon afterwards re-ploughed a full depth. The water furrows are kept open, and the land remains in this state till seed time. Peas sown to be sent green to market, succeed Clover, Corn, or any other crop. In Essex, they frequently follow Potatoes. As long as the land is cleared, and properly prepared, which will generally be accomplished by the middle of November, White Hotspur Peas are planted for podding for the London Market. The land is generally a dry loamy sand, and manure is constantly ploughed in during January and February; after which it is harrowed, and is then fit for the reception of the seed, which is put into drills fifteen inches apart, mostly across, but occa- sionally along the ridges ; and the seed is covered in with the hoe. Some persons bush-harrow the whole. The quan- tity of seed sown is generally three bushels an acre; such as are intended for podding are put into the ground every week or fortnight, during the months of January, February, and March, for a regular succession of crops to supply the market daily. Gray Peas are sown throughout the month of March. Against the podding season, poor persons from every part of London apply to the farmers who have early Peas. Many of the richer persons sell their Peas by the acre, to persons who employ the podders, and who gather by the sack of four bushels. About forty podders are set to ten acres. Carts are loaded, and sent off, so as to be delivered to the salesmen at market, from three to five o’clock in the morning. In Essex, they are usually sold in the field, at five pounds an acre, reserving the hauhn for fodder. The Peas are usually picked twice over, after which, if, from a scarcity of hands, any be left for seed, it is esteemed a loss. When hands are in plenty, the crop is picked clean, the haulm is cut up with hooks, removed on to every fifth ridge, or into a grass field, to dry; it is then put into stacks for horse feed, and the land is prepared as speedily as possible for Turnips. The podders are paid for the Marrowfats and other large Peas about a shilling, and for the smaller sixteen or eighteen pence per sack. The prices in the market are too variable to be specified. 2. Pisum Maritimunr ; Sea Pea. Petioles flatfish above; stem angular ; stipules sagittate; peduncles many-flowered ; root perennial, running far and deep among the stones, or into the sand in every direction ; stems procumbent, quadran- gular, a little compressed, striated, smooth, leafy, mauy- flowered, glaucous, often reddish; flowers rather large, a little drooping; corolla beautifully variegated with red and purple. It is accurately remarked by Dr. Smith, that this species is almost as nearly allied to Lathyrus as to Pisum, both in habit and generic character; and that Pisum Sativum is not more different in external appearance, from the genus of Lathyrus, than Vicia Faba, or the Bean, is from the other Vici®. These, however, he adds, are matters of opinion ; and in so natural a class, it is very difficult to find out certain 34G P I T THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P L A and obvious marks of distinction. We learn from the epistles of the learned Caius, that the Sea Pea was first observed iu the year 1555, when in a great scarcity the poor people on the coast of Suffolk, about Orford and Aldborough, supported themselves with it for some time. This story is retailed by Stow and Camden, with the addition, that they were supposed to spring up opportunely in that year of dearth, from a ship- wrecked vessel laden with Peas ; whereas the Sea Pea differs from all the varieties of the garden or field Pea, in the length and continuance of its roots, the smallness and bitterness of its seed, and in the whole habit and appearance of the plant. It had probably grown a long time unobserved on Orford beach, till extreme want called it into public notice. The seed is so bitter that it would not be eaten, except in a want of belter food, for it is neglected by the very birds : but the legend of its miraculous appearance in a time of scarcity, is still believed by many good people. It may be propagated by seeds or by the roots, and, though a native of the sea- coast, is easily cultivated in gardens. 3. Pisum Oclirus ; Yellow-flowered Pea. Petioles decur- rent, membranaceous, two-leaved; peduncles one-flowered; root annual ; stalk angular, nearly three feet high ; flowers pale yellow, small; pods tw'O inches long, containing five or six roundish seeds, a little compressed on their sides; these may be eaten green, but, unless they are gathered very young, they are coarse, and at best not so good as the Common Pea, like which it is cultivated. Pitcairnia; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: one-leafed, three- parted, half superior, tubular, swelling at the base, perma- nent; segments lanceolate, erect. Corolla: three-petalled ; petals linear, convoluted, with a nectariferous scale at the base. Stamina : filamenta six, inserted into the receptacle; antherae oblong, erect. Pistil: germen half superior, three- cornered ; style three-grooved; stigmas three, contorted. Pericarp: capsules three, opening inwards. LTIeritier says, three cornered, tricoccous, opening inwards three ways : Swartz says, three-celled, with the seeds opening inwards. Seeds: very numerous, winged, or membranaceous-appeu- dicled on both sides, fastened to the receptacle. Observe. The place of this genus, is between Tillandsia and Burman- nia, according to Swartz; between Bromelia and Tillandsia , according to L’Heritier. Essential Character. Calix: three-leaved or three-parted, half superior. Corolla : three- petalled, with a scale at the base of each petal ; stigmas three, contorted; capsule three, opening inwards. Seeds: winged. . — —The species are, 1. Pitcairnia Bromeliaefolia ; Scarlet Pitcairnia. Leaves ciliate-spiny ; peduncles and germina very smooth ; root perennial, with long, filiform, subdivided, fibres; petals and tilamenta blood-red. It flowers in June. — Native of Jamaica, on the shady sides and precipices of the mountains. 2. Pitcairnia Angustifolia ; Narroiv-leaved Pitcairnia. Leaves ciliate, spiny; peduncles and germina tomentose. — Native of the island of Santa Cruz. 3. Pitcairnia Latifolia; Broad-leaved Pitcairnia. Leaves quite entire, somewhat spiny at the base. It flowers iu August. — Native of the West Indies. Pittosporum ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- ieaved, inferior, deciduous. Corolla: petals five; claws con- cave, converging into a pitcher-shaped tube ; borders ovate- oblong, spreading. Stamina: filamenta five. Pistil: ger- men superior, roundish ; style filiform. Pericarp ; capsule subglobular-angular, mucronate, three-celled, three-Taived ; cells flowing with a liquid resin ; partitions contrary to the valves. Seeds: three or four, angular, fastened to the parti- tion. Essential Character. Ca/fz: deciduous. Petals: five, converging into a tube. Capsule: two to five valved, two to five celled. Seeds : covered with a pulp. The spe- cies are, 1. Pittosporum Coriaceum ; Thick-leaved Pittosporum. Leaves obovate, obtuse, very smooth, coriaceous ; capsules two valved. This is a tree, with proliferous branches, three or four to each whorl, round, with an ash-coloured bark, from very short ovate-imbricate buds ; peduncle from a distinct bud, solitary, an inch in length, tomentose, many-flowered ; flowers on umbelled pedicels, the length of the peduncle, tomentose, five; the two middle ones two or five flowered, the lateral one-flowered. It flowers in May. — Native of the Canary Islands. 2. Pittosporum Tenuifolium ; Thin-leaved Pittosporum. Capsules three-valved ; seeds three or four in each cell, variously angular, but commonly like the stones of the grape, marked on the back with a shallow groove, black and shining. 3. Pittosporum Umbellatum; Umbelled Pittosporum. Cap- sules two-valved ; seeds four in each cell, very irregular, wrinkled, black, shining. Plagianthus ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Dodecandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-cleft, short; segments very small. Corolla: petals five, ovate, two closer together, more remote than the rest. Sta- mina: filamenta collected into a cylinder; antherae about twelve, ovate, clustered on the top of the cylinder. Pistil: germen ovate, very small; style filiform, concealed within the cylinder of the stamina; stigma club-shaped. Pericarp: berry. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft. Petals: five, two approximating, remote from the other three. The only known species is, 1. Plagianthus Divaricatus. — Native of New Zealand. Plane Tree. See Platanus. Plantago ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth four-cleft, erect, very short, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, perma- nent, shrivelling; tube cylindric, globular; border four-cleft, reflex ; segments ovate, acute. Stamina : filamenta four, capillary, erect, very long; antherae somewhat oblong, com- pressed, incumbent. Pistil: germen ovate; style filiform, shorter by half than the stamina; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule ovale, two-celled, opening transversely, having a loose partition. Seeds: several or solitary, oblong. Observe. The calix in some species is irregular, iu others regular. Essen- tial Character. Calix: four-cleft. Corolla: four-cleft, with the border reflex. Stamina: very long; capsule two- celled, cut transversely. — Plants of this genus are seldom to be seen, except in Botanic Gardens, as they have little beauty ; the greater number are hardy enough to bear the open air in our climate. They rise easily from seeds, of which they pro- duce great abundance, and require no nicety in the culti- vation. Some of them require the protection of a dry-stove, and several must be screened from frost in our severe winters. The species are, 1. Plantago Major; Great Plantain, ox Way-bread. Leave* ovate, smoothish, shorter than the petiole; scape round; spike having the florets imbricate ; seeds very many. The root when old is the thickness of the thumb, pracmorse, bitten off, or stumped, laying hold of the earth by its fibres, which strike deeply, and are whitish. There are several varieties : the leaves have a weak herbaceous smell, and an austere bitterish subsaiine taste ; their qualities are said to be refri- gerant, attenuating, substypiic, and diuretic. It was formerly reckoned among the most efiicacious vulnerary herbs, and the V L A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P L A 347 common people now apply the leaves to fresh wounds, and cutaneous sores. Inwardly, they have been used in phthisical complaints, spitting of blood, and in various fluxes, both alvine and hasmorrhagic. The seeds, however, seem better adapted to relieve pulmonary diseases than the leaves, being extremely mucilaginous. The roots have also been recom- mended for the cure of tertian intermiltents, and not unde- servedly, from the experience of Bergius. An ounce, or even two, of the expressed juice, or the same quantity of a strong infusion, may be given for a dose: but this quantity should be again doubled in agues, and taken at the commencement of the fit. Plantain is said to be a cure for the bite of the rattlesnake; but probably with little foundation, although it is one of the principal ingredients in the remedy of the negro Caesar, for the discovery of which he received a considerable reward from the Assembly of South Carolina. Remarkable success, says a late writer, has attended its use in the liver complaint, and for spitting of blood. We know a recent case of a person, who was for some years unable to attend his business, by reason of pain in the stomach, &c. who was speedily cured by using it as tea. A mode of preparation recommended, is this: Take the leaves when free from moisture, bruise them in a mortar, wrap them in a cloth put in hot water for a time, and extract the juice; keep it bottled, and to a wine glass full, add one-fourth of wine itself, for a dose. Plantain, says Meyrick, is of a cooling, astringent, healing nature. A decoction of the whole plant is good in disorders of the kidneys and urinary vessels. The roof, dried and reduced to powder, and taken in doses of about half a drachm, is serviceable iu fluxes of the bowels, attended with bloody stools. The expressed juice is good against spitting of blood, immoderate fluxes of the menses, and piles. The seeds reduced to powder, and taken, stop the whites. The leaves bruised, and applied to fresh cuts, soon heal them, and are good to cleanse and heal ulcers. The seeds afford food to many of the small birds, and cattle in general readily eat the leaves. It is a perennial plant, and flowers during the whole summer. — Native of most parts of Europe and Japan, in meadow's and gardens, and particuiarly by w ay sides, from which it derives its common nanje. 2. Plantago Crassa; Thick-leaved Plantain. Leaves ob- Ovate, shining, waved, somewhat fleshy, subsessile ; scape compressed below ; flowers imbricate, remote at the base. This is a stiff roughish plant, very much divided, or many- headed : it bears the open air in summer, but must be taken into the green house in winter. The root is perennial, consist- ing of a heap of thick, branchy, white fibres; the radical leaves are numerous, thick, erect, and either of an ovate or lanceolate form, from a channelled footstalk ; spikes round, dense; seeds ovate, punctated, if viewed with a glass blackish, and not glossy. — It is thought to be a native of the south of Europe. 3. Plantago Asiatica; Asiatic Plantain. Leaves ovate, smooth; scape angular; spike having the florets distinct. This resembles the first species so much, that it might easily be taken for the same ; the spike, however, is longer, the flowers remote, the leaves usually somewhat toothed at the base, and the scape angular. It flowers in July. — Native of China and Siberia. 4. Plantago Maxima ; Greatest Plantain. Leaves ovate, somewhat toothletted, pubescent, nine-nerved ; spikes cylin- drical, imbricate; scape round. The root is fusiform, peren- nial, and the thickness of a finger; producing annually several leaves with long footstalks, which are marked in front with a furrow. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Siberia. Jt will bear the open air. 95. 5. Plantago Media ; Hoary Plantain. Leaves ovate, pubescent, longer than the petiole ; scape round ; spike cylin- drical; seeds solitary. This species has the leaves small, and less blunt than in the Common Great Plantain: they are hoary, commonly five nerved, lying close to the ground, on very short, dilated, petioles; spikes shoot close; root peren- nial, large when fully grown, penetrating deep, and having numerous lateral fibres, by which it supports itself in the most scorching seasons; it is also not destroyed by frequent mowing, as most lawns and grass plats testify. — Native of most parts of Europe, among grass, especially in calcareous and gravelly soils, flowering during the whole summer. 6. Plantago Virginica ; Virginian Plantain. Leaves lan- ceolate-ovate, pubescent, somewhat toothletted ; spikes having the flowers remote; scape round. In America it unfolds its corolla, and puts forth the stamina, which it scarcely ever does in Europe. — Annual, and a native of Virginia. 7. Plantago Altissima ; Tall Plantain. Leaves lanceolate, five-nerved, toothed, smooth; spike oblong, cylindrical; scape angular; root perennial ; spike cylindrical, scarcely an inch and half in length, smooth, short, compact, and close, in proportion to the size of the plant. — Native of Italy and Silesia. 8. Plantago Lanceplata ; Ribwort Plantain. Leaves lan- ceolate ; spike subovate, naked ; scape angular ; root peren- nial, when old appearing as if bitten off at the end. Dr. Withering remarks, that the leaves, which come all from the root and are lanceolate, in maritime situations are toothed all along the edges. A spike will sometimes contain one hundred and thirty small flowers, crowded close together, with an ovate pointed scale or bracte at the base of each. The cap- sule contains two oblong shining seeds, of an amber colour in each cell. The stalks continue to grow after the flowering is over, and sometimes shoot out to the length of two feet or more. When it grovvs in meadows, the leaves are erect, and drawn up ; but in a dry barren soil, they are shorter, broader, and more spread on the ground. It grows spontaneously by the sides of roads in dry pastures, where it is left untouched by cattle, to feed small birds with the copious produce of its seeds. It has been generally considered as a weed, occupying the room of grasses, and other useful herbs ; but it has lately been introduced into culture, under the name of Rib-grass, as a good food for sheep, or to be made into hay for cattle in general. Haller attributes the richness of the milk in the Alpine dairies to this plant and Alchemilla Vulgaris or Ladies’ Mantle. Linneus says it is eaten by horses, sheep, and goats, but refused by cows. Sheep will eat it either green or dried, provided it be well gotten; but it does not answer for pasturage, without a mixture of clover or grasses. The total absence of this plant in marshy lauds is thought to be a certain criterion of their wretched quality ; for in pro- portion as such soils are improved, it will flourish and ahound, Mr. Zappa of Milan, says, that this grass grows spontaneously ; that it vegetates early, flowers at the beginning of May, ripens in five weeks, and is cut with Poa Tiivialis. He describes the length of the leaves as about a foot, and the height of the stalk about a foot and half ; that it multiplies itself much by the seed, and a little by the roots, which it continues for some time to reproduce; that it is eaten heartily by every sort of cattle, and particularly by cow-s in grass, who like it most in May, when it has great influence on their milk ; that the hay is eaten more voraciously by cotvs, and has great influence on their flesh. He adds, that it grows not only along the roads near dunghills, in damp and fat places, but also in the irrigated meadows of every district in Lombardy ; though more near the borders than in the centre of them. 4 T 348 P L A THE, UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P L A Dr Withering, Dr. Smith, and Mr. Curtis, do not esteem this plant as a pasture or meadow herb. Practical men, however, hold it in some esteem. Mr. Young informs us, that he long ago recommended this plant for laying land to grass, and sowed it on his own farm. At the same time he thinks it extravagant to propose Dandelion and Sorrel, as plants proper for a cow-pasture, and conjectures that those plants being found among good ones, have qualities attributed to them which they do not possess. Dr. Anderson observes, that it is very well liked by horses and cattle, and yields a very good crop upon rich ground tending to dampness, if it is at the same time soft and spongy; but that upon any soil which has a tendency to bind, or upon dry ground, it fur- nishes a very scanty crop. Narrow-leaved Plantain, a variety of this species, has been adopted in some parts of Yorkshire as a summer grass. As an article of pasturage for cattle and sheep, it is there in high esteem : it is not however much liked by horses; and as an article of hay is held to be detri- mental to the crop, retaining its sap an unusual length of time, and when fully dry, fails into a small compass, or is broken into fragments, and left behind in the field. One advantage of this plant is, that its’seeds may easily be procured genuine. A small proportion of it may be eligible, as it has stood the test of thirty years’ established practice, and appears to be esteemed even among observant husbandmen. Mr. Marshall tried it in Norfolk, as a substitute for Clover, but gained no credit from the experiment : the fact is, horses dis- like it, and they are the principal consumers of the Clover crop in that county. It varies much in the size of the plant, breadth of the leaves, &c. The narrow leaves have only three ribs. The spike is sometimes surrounded by large leaves instead of the usual small bractes ; it sometimes be- comes an abortive panicle ; and is also found with two or three heads. 9. Plantago Capensis ; Cape Plantain. Leaves elliptic; flowers of the spike distinct. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Plantago Lagopus ; Round-headed Plantain. Leaves lanceolate, somewhat toothletted ; spike ovate, hirsute; scape round; border of the corolla even. It flowers in June and July. — This beautiful little plant, which is said to be a native of the south of Fiance, Spain, Portugal, and Barbary, is very variable in size, and was found by Mr. Thomas Nuttall on the banks of the Missouri. 11. Plantago Lagopodioides. Leaves lanceolate, nerved, ciliate, toothletted; stem leafy; peduncles axillary; spikes ovate ; bractes membranaceous ; segments of the corolla ovate. Probably a mere variety. — Found on the sands near Tozzer in Spain. 12. Plantago Lusitanica; Portugal Plantain. Leaves broad-lanceolate, three-nerved, somewhat toothed, and hairy; scape angular; spike oblong, hirsute. According to Desfon- taines, the leaves are oval-oblong, nerved, toothletted, run- ning down into a short petiole, lomentose at the base, and attenuated both ways ; scape striated, smooth, except at the top, where it is a little villose, with hairs pressed close; spike ovate, cylindrical, covered with a soft down. It flow- ers in July and August.— Native of Spain, and found near La Calle in Barbary. 13. Plantago Patagonica; Patagonian Plantain. Leaves lanceolate, linear, somewhat channelled, quite entire, woolly- haired ; scape round, hirsute; spikes cylindrical ; stamina not exceeding in length the tube of the corolla. This is very nearly allied to the next species, but the leaves are narrower, more linear, and nerveless. Annual. — Native of Champion river in Patagonia. 14. Plantago Albicans; Woolly Plantain. Leaves lauce- olate, oblique, villose; spike cylindrical, erect; scape round; bractes concave, ovate, membranaceous at the edge, the length of the calix; segments of the corolla ovoid, sharpish, rufescent; anther® thick, yellow; style standing out, fili- form, pubescent. Perennial. — It flowers from June to Sep- tember, and is a native of the south of France, Spain, and Barbary. 15. Plantago Argentea ; Silvery Plantain. Leaves narrow- lanceolate, quite entire, silky, hoary; scape not striated; spike round ; flowers very much crowded ; bractes ovate, acute, membranaceous at the edge, shorter than the flower ; corolla pale rufescent, with the segments ovoid and smooth. It is allied to the preceding species, but has a shorter spike, round, with the flowers very much crowded, not interrupted when the fruit is ripe. — Native of Barbarv. 16. Plantago Hirsuta; Hairy Plantain. Leaves linear, ciliate; spike cylindrical; scape hirsute. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Plantago Alpina; Alpine Plantain. Leaves linear, flat ; scape round, hirsute ; spike oblong, erect ; root peren- nial, oblique, branched, creeping a little, often as if it were bitten off. According to Krocker, before the flowers open the spike hangs down ; and after flowering, it becomes long and cylindrical. The bractes are as long again as the calix ; the corollas are blackish ; the capsules are smooth and dis- tinct.— Native of Switzerland, Austria, and Siberia. 18. Plantago Bellardi. Leaves linear-lanceolate, hairy, higher than the round hirsute scape ; spike ovate, erect. This is a small annual plant, often an inch, sometimes an inch and half in height; bractes lanceolate, attenuated, the length of the calix ; segments of the corolla lanceolate. Desfontaines remarks, that it differs from the fourteenth species to which it is allied in having the hair spreading, not pressed close, the spike shorter and denser, the bractes awl shaped, and the segments of the corolla very small. He adds, that the leaves are quite entire, and three or five nerved; the scape round, not striated, a little longer than the leaves; the bractes awl-shaped, the lower ones longer than the flower; and the calix villose. — Native of Spain and Italy. 19. Plantago Cretica ; Cretan Plantain. Leaves linear ; scape round, very short, woolly ; spike roundish, nodding. This is an annual plant, when cultivated having the leaves longer, and not so closely woolly, and upon the whole putting on a very different appearance from the wild plant. — Native of Crete. 20. Plantago Barbata; Bearded-leaved Plantain. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, somewhat toothed, bearded at the base; spike globular, four-flowered. — Native of Terra del Fuego. 23 . Plantago Ciliata ; Fringed Plantain. Leaves hoary, narrow-lanceolate; scape about the same length with the leaves, hirsute; heads of flowers round, leafless; corollas ciliate. This puts up several very short stems from the same head ; bractes ovate, concave, pubescent, membranaceous at the edge, ciliate at the tip, the length of the calix, which is villose, and has elliptic segments ; corolla of a pale rufous colour. — Native of the sandy desert near Cassa and Elhainah in Barbary. It is an annual plant. 22. Plantago Maritima; Sea Plantain. Leaves linear, almost quite entire, channelled, woolly at the base; spike sub- cylindrical; scape round; root perennial, woody, inversely conical at the crown ; stalk five or six inches high. — No plant varies more in size than this : its leaves being some- times scarcely an inch, at other times more than a foot in length. The height of the stalk is more constant, but the P L A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P L A 340 number of flowers in the spike varies extremely. It delights in a muddy soil, and is found on the highest mountains as well as near the sea shore. Dr. Withering notices two vari- eties. One narrow leaved, with filiform leaves, a much smaller plant than the common sort, and flowering earlier: this was found in the Isle of Wight, going out of flower in the beginning of June. The other flat-leaved, with flat- ribbed leaves very sparingly toothed ; stalk about five inches high, and cylindrical : observed near the Bristol Channel, and near Yarmouth in Norfolk. The Sea Plantain may be readily distinguished by its very fleshy and smooth leaves, channelled above, and concave below, with a tuft of wool at their base, and the spike, however short, always cylindri- cal. It is common on sea coasts, and in the salt-marshes of Europe, Barbary, and North America, flowering rather late in summer. 23. Plantago Subulata ; Awl-leaved Plantain. Leaves awl-shaped, three-sided, striated, rugged ; scape round.— Native of the south of Europe, especially on the sandy shores of the Mediterranean, growing in thick tufts; also about Tlemsen in Barbary. 24. Plantago Gracilis ; Slender-spiked Plantain. Leaves lanceolate, toothletted, bluntish ; scape round, not striated ; spike close, very long. — Native of Barbary. 25. Plantago Recurvata ; Recurved-leaved Plantain. Leaves linear, channelled, recurved, naked ; plant stemless. Annual. — Native of the south of Europe, and the Levant. 26. Plantago Macrorhiza ; Thick-rooted Plantain. Leaves spathulate, gash-toothed ; teeth imbricate, mucronate; scape round, hairy ; root thick, twisted, somewhat woody ; spike very close, villose ; bractes awl-shaped, a little longer than the flower, setaceous at the top; corolla rufescent, with small ovate-acute segments. — Native of Sicily and Barbary ; found in the plains of Mazoule, and on the way-sides and rocky coasts of Tunis. 27. Plantago Serraria \ Saw-leaved Plantain. Leaves lan- ceolate, five-nerved, toothserrate ; scape round. This hand- some species grows with some varieties in moist shady places. — Native of Silesia, Apulia, and Barbary. 28. Plantago Coronopus ; Buck’ s-horn Plantain. Leaves linear, toothed ; scape round ; root annual ; spike cylindri- cal, from an inch or an inch and half to two inches in length ; in sandy ground few-flow'ered, and so short as to be almost headless. — Native of most parts of Europe, Barbary, &c. in sandy and gravelly soils, and on the sea-coast ; flowering all the summer. 29. Plantago Lceflingii ; Spanish Plantain. Leaves linear, somewhat toothed ; scape round ; spike ovate; bractes keeled, membranaceous. This differs from the preceding, in being smaller and earlier, in having an ovate spike, with the flow- ers more imbricate; the bractes smooth and boat-shaped, whereas in that they are awl-shaped, very narrow, and pubes- cent.— It is an annual plant ; native of Spain, on hills and the borders of fields. 30. Plantago Cornuti. Leaves pinnate ; pinnas unequal and distant ; scape round ; styles very long ; filamenta very short ; root fusiform, a finger in thickness, w hitish ; corolla whitish ; tube the length of the calix. — Its place of growth is unknown. 31. Plantago Amplexicaulis. Stem erect or simple; leaves lanceolate, somewhat fleshy, quite entire, embracing ; heads subovate ; peduncles in the heads of the axils of the leaves. It exactly resembles the eighth species. Annual. — Native of Spain. 32. Plantago Psyllium ; Clammy Plantain, or Fleawori. Stem branched, herbaceous; leaves somewhat toothed, re- curved ; heads leafless ; root slender, annual, fusiform ; corollas sharply four-cleft, of a whitish bay colour; peduncles axillary, viliose, rigid. — Native of the south of Europe, Bar- bary, and the Canaries. 33. Plantago Squarrosa ; Leafy-spiked Plantain. Herba- ceous : stems branched, diffused, decumbent; leaves linear, quite entire; heads squarrose. From a white annual root proceeds a weak stem, incurvated at the base, and from thence, soon after its origin, oppositely branched, round, vil- lose, and half a foot high; sometimes it grows extremely branchy. It flowers in August and September. — Native of Egypt. 34. Plantago Indica ; Indian Plantain. Stem branched, herbaceous; leaves quite entire, reflex; heads leafy. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Egypt and India. 35. Plantago Pumila ; Dwarf Plantain. Stem branched, herbaceous ; leaves quite entire, fleshy ; branches even ; root small, growing more and more slender as it descends, and fibrillose at the edge. It is an annual, tender, and weak plant, so much like the preceding species, that at first sight it might pass for a small variety of it. Peduncles solitary, filiform, hirsute, terminal, and axillary, rather shorter than the leaves, spreading.— Native place unknown. 30. Plantago Cynops; Shrubby Plantain. Stem branched, suffruticose ; leaves quite entire, filiform, strict; heads some- what leafy ; pedunclesaxillary, the length of the leaves. It flowers from May to August. — Native of the south of Europe, Barbary, and Siberia. 37. Plantago Afra ; Barbary Plantain. Stem branched, shrubby ; leaves lanceolate ; heads leafless ; spikes several, at the ends of the branches. — Native of Sicily and Barbary, in the kingdom of Tunis, along the coast of the island of Talarque. 38. Plantago Parviflora; Small-flowered Plantain. Leaves opposite, linear, ciliate ; peduncles shorter than the leaf; heads round ; bractes pressed close, equalling the calix ; root long, slender, twisted, descending, putting out here and there capillary fibres ; stems herbaceous, several from one tuft, slender, pubescent. — It is an annual plant, native of Barbary, in the great desert. 39. Plantago Data. Leaves ovate, cordate. Very wide, subdentate, glabrous; spikes very long; flowers subimbri- cate, lower ones scattered ; bractes ovate, acute, — Grows on the river sides in Canada, Kentucky, Tennassee, and other western parts. 40. Plantago Caroliniana. Plant glabrous on both sides; leaves lanceolate, very entire, long ; flowers remote ; stem cylindrical. — Grows in sandy grassy woods, from Virginia to Carolina. 41. Plantago Interrupta. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, very entire ; spike long, slender, interrupted ; flowers glabrous. — Grows in shady woods, from Virginia to Carolina. 42. Plantago Pauciflora. Leaves linear-lanceolate, very entire, slightly glabrous ; scape cylindrical, shorter than the leaves ; spike with few flowers, interrupted ; bractes ovate, acute, glabrous.— Grows on the sea-coast of New England and New Jersey. 43. Plantago Aristata. Leaves subsetaceous-linear ; spike oblong-cylindrical; bractes subulate-aristate, longer than the flower. — Grows in the natural meadows of Illinois. Plantago Aquatica. See Alisma Plantago . Plantain. See Plantago. Plantain Tree. See Musa. Plantain, Water. See Alisma . Plantain, Wild. See Heliconia „ Plantations. See Woods . 350 P L A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P L A Planting. — Although the method of planting the various sorts of trees is fully set down under their several articles, where each kind is mentioned, it may be of great use to give a brief general view of that important subject. The first thing in planting trees is obviously to prepare the ground. This should be done according to the different sorts of trees intended to be planted, and before they are taken out of the earth ; for the less time they are out of the ground, he less danger there will be of their failure. In taking up the trees, carefully dig the earth away round their roots, so as to come at their several parts to cut them off ; for if they be carelessly torn out of the ground, the roots will be broken and bruised, and the trees in consequence greatly injured. After they are taken up, the next thing is to prepare them for planting: in doing which there are tw o things to be principally regarded ; the one is to prepare the roots, and the other to prune their heads in such a manner as may most promote the future growth of the trees. And first as it respects the roots: all the small fibres are to be cut off as near as possible to the place from which they are produced, except in those trees which are intended to be replanted the instant they are taken up, other- wise the air will turn all the small roots and fibres black, and then, if they are suffered to be replanted with the tree, they will grow mouldy and decay, and thereby greatly injure the new fibres which are produced, so that the trees often miscarry for want of this precaution. After the fibres are cut off, all the bruised or broken roots should be cut smooth, otherwise they are apt to rot, and distemper the trees; and all irregular roots which cross each other and the downright roots, especially in fruit trees, must be cut off; so that when the roots are regularly pruned, they may in some measure resemble the fingers of a hand when spread open ; then the larger root should be shortened in proportion to the age and strength of the tree. The particular sorts of trees also are to be considered, for the Walnut, Mulberry, and some other tender-rooted kind#? should not be pruned so close as the more hardy sorts of fruit or forest trees, which in young fruit- trees, such as Pears, Apples, Plums, Peaches, &c. that are but one year old from budding or grafting, may be left about eight or nine inches long, but in older trees they must be left of a much greater length ; but this is to be understood of the larger roots only, for the small ones must be quite cut out, or pruned very short. Their extreme parts, which are generally very weak, commonly decay after moving, so that it is better entirely to displace them. The next thing is the pruning of their heads, which must be differently performed in different trees, for the design of the trees must also be considered : if they be fruit-trees, and intended for walls or espaliers, it is the better way to plant them with the greatest part of their heads, which should remain on tiil the spring, just before the trees begin to shoot, when they must be cut down to five or six eyes, the process of which is fully described under the vari- ous kinds of fruit. But if the trees are designed for standards, you should prune off the small branches close to the places where they are produced ; also, irregular branches which cross each other, and by their motion when agitated by the wind rub or bruise their bark, so as to produce great wounds. Besides, it makes a disagreeable appearance, and adds to the closeness of the head, which should always be avoided in fruit-trees, the branches of which should be preserved as far distant from each other as they are usually produced when in a regular way of growth, which in all sorts of trees is proportioned to the size of their leaves and the magnitude of their fruit : for when their heads are very thick, which is often occasioned by the unskilful shortening of their branches, the sun and air cannot pass freely between the leaves ; so that the fruit must be small and ill-tasted. But after having displaced these branches, cut off all such parts of branches as have been accidentally broken or wounded, or they will remain a disagreeable sight, and often occasion a disease in j the tree. By no means, however, ought the leading shoots to be cut off, according to the injudicious practice of many; | for they are necessary to attract the sap from the root, and j thereby promote the growth of the tree, from experiments made by cutting off the branches of several sorts of trees, I and putting them into phials filled with water, the tops being i closely covered to prevent the evaporation of the water, it was found that those shoots, the leading buds of which were preserved, did attract the moisture in much greater quantities than those shoots, the tops of which were cut off: and from several experiments made by the Rev. Dr. Hales, we find that great quantities of moisture are imbibed at wounds where branches are cut oft'; so that by thus shortening the branches, the wet, which generally falls in great plenty during the winter season, is abundantly imbibed, and, for want of leaves to per- spire it off, mixes with the sap of trees, and thereby dis- tending the vessels, destroys their contracting force, which often kills the tree, and generally weakens it so much that some years wiil elapse before it can be recovered. In order to satisfy himself fully on this point, Mr. Miller made the fol- lowing experiment. I made choice, says he, of two standard I Almond trees, of equal strength and age. These I took up1 as carefully as possible, and, having prepared their roots as above directed, 1 pruned their heads in the following manner.1 Of the first, I only cut off' the small branches, and such as; were bruised or broken, but preserved all the strong ones entire ; of the other, I shortened all the strong branches, and I pruned off the weak and broken shoots, as is the common practice. These two trees I planted in the same soil and the j same situation; gave them both equal attendance, and managed them as nearly alike as possible; yet in the spring, when these trees began to shoot, the shoots from that, the branches of which were entirely preserved, came out earlier, continued to shoot stronger, and appeared more healthy than the other. He afterwards made several other experiments which suc- ceeded in the same manner: from which it is reasonable to conclude that the shortening the branches is a great injury to all newly planted trees, but especially to Cherries and Horse Chesnuts, which are frequently killed by shortening the large branches when removed. — Having thus prepared the trees for planting, the next thing is the placing them in the ground : if however the trees have been so long out of it that the roots are become dry, it will be advisable to put them in water for eight or ten hours before they are planted, observing to put them in such a manner that their heads may remain erect, and their roots only immersed therein, which will swell the dried vessels of the roots, and prepare them to imbibe nou- rishment from the earth. In fixing them, great regard should be had to the nature of the soil, in which, if cold and moist, the trees should be planted very shallow ; as also if it be a hard rock or gravel, it will be much better to raise a hill of earth where each tree is to be planted, than to dig into the rock or gravel, as is too often practised, whereby the trees are planted as it were in a tub, there being but little room for their roots to extend ; so that after two or three years’ growth, when their roots have extended to the sides of the hole, they are stopped by the rock or gravel, and can get no further, which causes the tree to decline, and in a few years die; besides, these holes detain the moisture so, that the fibres of the plants are often rotted thereby. But when they are raised above the surface of the ground, their roots, will extend and find nourishment, though the earth upon the rock P L A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P L A 351 or gravel be not three inches thick, as may be frequently observed where trees are growing upon such soils. The next thing is to place the tree in the hole in such a manner, that the roots may be about the same depth in the ground, as they were growing before they were taken up ; then break the earth fine with a spade, and scatter it into the hole, so that it may fall in between every root, that there may be no hollowness in the earth ; but by no means screen or sift the mould. After having filled in the earth, gently tread it close with your feet, but do not make it too hard, which is a very great fault, especially if the ground is strong and inclinable to bind. Having planted the trees, provide a par cel of stakes, one of which should be driven down by the side of each tree, and fastened to it, to support it from being blown downer displaced by the wind : then lay some mulch upon the surface of the ground about their roots, to prevent the earth from' drying. This is to be understood of standard trees, which cast their leaves ; for such as are planted against walls should have their branches fastened to the wall, to prevent the tree from being displaced by the wind ; but there is no difference in their management, only to preserve their heads entire, and to place their roots about five inches from the wall, inclining their heads thereto ; and the spring following, just before they shoot, their heads should be cut down to five or six buds, as is fully directed under the seve- ral articles of the different kinds of fruit. As to the watering of all newly-planted trees, it should be done with great moderation, nothing being more injurious to them than over- watering. Examples enough of this kind may be seen all over England, w here plantations having been over-watered, whereby the greatest part of the trees have failed, or at least those which have survived have made little progress, through the abundance of water given to them having rotted off their fibres as soon as they were produced. And how can any reasonable person imagine that a tree will thrive, when the ground in which it is planted is deluged continually with water] From an experiment made by placing the roots of a Dwarf Pear-tree in water, the quantity of moisture imbibed decreased very much daily, because the sap-vessels of the roots, like those of the cut-off’ boughs in the same experiment, were so saturated and clogged with moisture, by standing in water, that more of it could not be drawn up. This experi- ment, it should be remarked, was tried upon a tree which was full of leaves, and thereby more capable to discharge a larger quantity of moisture than such trees as are entirely destitute of leaves: so that it is impossible such trees can thrive, where the moisture is too great about their roots. The seasons for planting are various, according to the dif- ferent sorts of trees, or the soil in which they are planted ; for those trees the leaves of which fall oft’ in winter, the best time is in the middle or end of October, provided the soil be dry; but for a very wet soil, it is better to defer it until the latter end of February or the beginning of March, and for many kinds of evergreens the beginning of April is by far the best season, though some sorts may be safely removed at Midsummer, provided they are not to be carried very far; but always choose a cloudy time, in that part of the year, when they will take fresh root in a few days. On the contrary, when these trees are removed in winter, during which time they are almost in a state of rest, they do not take root until the spring advances and sets the sap in motion ; so- that many times they die, especially if the winter prove severe. As to the preparation of the soil for planting, that must be adapted to the different sorts of trees, some requiring a light soil and others a strong ne : and all these particulars the reader will find included under their proper heads. In this place it will be sufficient to observe generally, that though for the fruit-trees, a fresh soil from a pasture ground, such as is not remarkably light, dry, strong, or moist, but rather a soft loamy earth, is to be preferred, provided it be exposed some lime. If it be for wall trees, the borders should be filled with this earth to the width of six or eight feet, and about two and a half deep. The depth should not be greater, because in that case the roots are enticed downward, which we have repeatedly remarked is very prejudicial to fruit-trees. The same also must be observed for standard trees, where fresh eartli is brought to the places in which they are planted, not to make the holes too deep, but rather let them have the same quantity of earth in width; which is much to be pre- ferred. There are some persons who direct the placing the same side of the tree to the south, which before removing had that position, as a material circumstance to be strictly regarded. The trials which Mr. Miller made, did not how- ever enable him to discover the least difference in the growth of those trees which were so placed, and others which were reversed; so that he concluded it unnecessary to observe this particular direction. The distance which trees should be planted at, must also be proportioned to their several kinds, and the several purposes for which they are intended, all of which is explained in other parts of this work ; but fruit-trees planted either against walls, or for espaliers, should be' allowed the following distances : for most sorts of vigorous- shooting Pear-trees, from thirty-six to forty feet ; for Apricots, sixteen or eighteen feet; Apples, twenty-five or thirty feet; Peaches and Nectarines, twelve feet; .Cherries and Plums, twenty-five feet, according to the goodness of the soil or the height of the wall. — This article has hitherto treated chiefly on fruit-trees and evergreens for gardens ; but we shall now proceed to the planting of forest and other trees, which are in all large plantations of parks, and in extensive gardens, the most numerous. The modern practice of transplanting these sorts of trees from hedge-rows and woods, of large sizes, and at a great expense, has too generally prevailed in this kingdom, the generality of planters being in too great haste, and by a mistaken notion of saving time, begin by transplant- ing such large trees as they find on their own estates, or that they can procure in their neighbourhood, and please them- selves with the hope of having fine plantations soon; but if, instead of removing these trees, they would begin by making a nursery, and raising their trees from seeds, they would save a great expense and much time, and they would have the constant pleasure of seeing their trees annually advance in their growth, instead of growing worse, as will always be the case where old trees are removed, though many flatter them- selves with the hopes of success, when they find their trees shoot out in the following season ; and as these will often continue to grow for some years after, they continue their expectations ; till, after waiting many years, in which time they might have had seedling trees grown up to a fine size, if they had been sown at the time that the large trees were planted, they find their trees annually decaying, when they most expected their increase; for, says Mr. Miller, of all the plan- tations which I have seen of these large trees of any sort, there is scarce one which has ever succeeded. In some of these plantations all the Elrus which could be procured from the neighbouring hedge-rows have been removed, most of which having been suckers produced from the old stumps, have scarcely any roots; these have at a great expense been planted and watered, and perhaps many of them have made consi- ; derable shoots the whole length of the stem at every knot, and many of them have continued ten or twelve years alive without increasing half an inch in the girth of their stems ; 4 U 352 P L A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P L A and all that time have been growing hollow and decaying at heart, so that when a severe frost in winter or a very dry summer has occurred, they have produced an almost total destruction of these trees. In other places great numbers of tall Oaks have been transplanted, which have appeared to thrive for the first few years ; but in five or six seasons after have begun to decay at the top, and died leisurely down to the ground, which is a most offensive sight to the owner. Indeed the common method of transplanting these invaluable trees is of itself sufficient to destroy them, if it were at all possible for them to survive their removal. The method alluded to is the practice of cutting off all their branches ; for if the same tree were suffered to stand and have all its branches cut off, it would stint the growth so much, that it would not recover for several years, nor indeed could it ever afterwards arrive to the size of those which are suffered to retain their branches. The reason given for this practice is, that if the branches were left upon the trees, they could not be supported, because the winds would blow them out of the ground : another, which is bad philosophy, is, that as the roots have been greatly reduced by transplanting, so the heads of the trees should be reduced in the same pro- portion. As to the first, it must be allowed that trees which are remove'd with great heads, are with great difficulty pre- served in their upright situation; for the winds will have such power against the branches as to overset the trees if they are not very strongly supported with ropes. Therefore this may be brought as an objection to the transplanting of large trees altogether, rather than in support of a practice which is so extremely prejudicial to them. As to the other pretext, it has no foundation ; for if large amputations be made at the root, there ought not to be the same inflicted on the head, because it will imbibe the air at every orifice, to the great injury of the tree. Besides this, if we pay any regard to the doctrine of the circulation of the juices in plants, we must allow that the heads of the trees are equally useful to nourish the roots as the roots are to the heads : so that if there be a waste of sap both at the top and bottom of the trees, it must weaken them in proportion. For whoever will be at the trouble to try the experiment on two trees of equal age and health, and cut off the branches from the one, leav- ing them on the other at the time of transplanting, if the latter be well secured from blowing down, it will be found to succeed much better than the other; or if the same thing be practised on two trees left standing, the tree, the branches of which are cut off, will not make half the progress of the other, nor will the stem increase in its bulk half so fast. Therefore where trees are transplanted young, there will be no necessity for using this unnatural amputation, and the success of such plantations will always afford pleasure to their owner. “ I have seen,” said Mr. Miller, “ some planta- tions of Oak-trees, which were made fifty years ago, and had thriven beyond expectation most part of the time, but are now annually decaying, and seem as if they would not continue many years longer, while trees on the same soil and in the same situation, which were left standing, are in per- fect health and vigour; and some of these transplanted trees which have been cut down, were found to be of little value, being shaken and decayed.” We have often heard persons remarking, that from the spirit of planting which has pre- vailed of late years, great advantage will accrue to the public by the increase of timber; but whoever is skilled in the growth of timber must know, that little can be expected from most of our plantations, because few of our planters have set out right. No valuable timber was ever yet pro- duced from trees transplanted after they attained to any con- siderable size ; nor is any timber, even of the trees which are transplanted young, equal in goodness to that which has groivn from the seeds unremoved. But above all, if we con- sider the sorts of trees usually planted, it will be found that they are not intended to produce useful timber; so that, upon the whole, it is much to be doubted whether the late method of planting has not been rather prejudicial, than productive of the increase of timber. Most people are so much in a hurry about planting, as not to take time to prepare their ground for the reception of trees, but frequently make holes, and stick them in amongst all sorts of rubbish which is growing upon the laud ; and afterwards there has been no care taken to dig the ground, or root out the noxious plants ; but the trees have been left to struggle with these bad neigh- bours, who have had long previous possession of the ground, and established themselves so strongly in it as not to be easily overcome. Now, what can be expected from such planta- tions of deciduous trees? For it is allowed that Pines and Firs, if once well-rooted in'the ground, will soon get the better of the weeds, and in time destroy them. There are some careful individuals who begin better, and will be at all the trouble and expense of preparing the ground and planting the trees, but take very little care of them afterwards : so that in a year after they are planted, it is common to see them overgrown with weeds, that always retard the growth of young trees, and sometimes entirely destroy them. On this account, says Mr. Miller, I would advise every person who proposes to plant, to prepare the ground well before- hand, by trenching or deep ploughing, and clearing it from the roots of all bad weeds ; which will lay a sure foundation for future success and profit. No person should undertake more of this work than he can afterwards keep clean, for all plantations of deciduous trees will require care and atten- tion during the first seven years. All small plantations there- fore should have the ground annually dug between the trees; and between those that are large it should be ploughed: i this will enable the roots of the trees to extend themselves, 1 so that they will find a much greater quantity of nourishment, . for by loosening the ground, the moisture and air will more c easily penetrate to the roots, to the no small advantage of the trees : but, besides this operation, it will be absolutely t necessary to hoe the ground three or four times in the sum- mer, either by hand or with the hoe-plough. This will be objected to by many, on account of the expense; but if the first hoeing be performed early in the spring, before the weeds have gotten strength, a great quantity of ground may be gone over in a short time; and if the season be dry when it is performed, the weeds will presently die after they are cut : and if this be repeated before the weeds are come up again to any size, it will be found the cheapest and very best husbandry ; for if the weeds be suffered to grow till they are large, it will be more expensive to root them out and make the ground clean ; and they will have already rob- < bed the trees of great part of their nourishment. It is some- times said to be necessary to let the weeds grow among trees in summer, in order to shade the roots and keep the ground moist; but this has come from persons of no skill, and the following is an exposure of this fallacy. If the weeds be allowed to grow, they will certainly absorb all the moisture from the roots of the trees for their own nourishment, so that the trees w ill not profit by the kindly dews and gentle showers i of rain which are so beneficial to young plantations. These ! will be entirely imbibed by the weeds; so that great rains I only can descend to the roots of the trees. Whoever has the least doubt on this head should try the experiment by)! keeping one part of the plantation clean, and suffer the P L A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 353 weeds to grow on another, and the truth will be seen in the different growth of the trees: in short, though the weeding and cleaning is attended with an expense, the produce will amply repay it, beside the pleasure that the sight of clean and orderly ground affords. In the disposition of trees in parks, and of shrubs and trees in gardens, there are very few of those who call themselves Designers, who have had much regard to this particular; for in most of the modern plan- tations, it is not uncommon to see an Oak, an Elm, or some other large-growing tree, planted where a Rose-bush, a Honey- suckle, or a Sweetbriar, might with more propriety occupy the space; so that in a few years, if these large trees were left growing, the whole plantation must make a disagreeable appearance. See Nursery, and Woods. Plants, Diseases of. — Very little being satisfactorily known, till lately, upon this subject, which is of the utmost practical importance to Farmers, Gardeners, Agriculturists, and every lover of botanical science ; the following able little treatise, recently translated from the German, of the accurate and indefatigable Willdenow, is here inserted. It not only describes the disease, but the cause, and the best means for restoring diseased plants to health and vigour. Such directions have been long wanted, and the Translator, from whose labours we have extracted it, has certainly rendered a public benefit to his country. “ Plants,” says Willdenow, “are, like all other organized bodies, subject to a great many diseases. The most common causes are, improper soils, preternatural habi- tations, late frosts at night-time, long-continued rain, great drought, violent storms, parasitic plants, insects, and wounds of various kinds. Disease in plants, is that preternatural state by which their functions, or at least some of them, suffer, and the purpose for which they are destined prevented. The diseases of plants are of different kinds; they attack either the whole plant, and are then called general diseases; or they only affect single parts, when they get the name of local diseases. We style those diseases Sporadic, which, out of a great number of the same species of plants, only attack one or two, as consumption; Epidemic, on the contrary, when they attack a great number of plants, such as gangrene, necrosis, rubigo, and others. The diseases of plants are either such as attack them externally, and are occasioned by various causes, or they proceed from internal sources. The former are, upon the whole, much more easily healed than the latter. The diseases, which proceed from internal causes, originate in the increased or diminished irritability of the fibre, and this may be also produced by a variety of causes. The cure of plants is very simple: either the injured part is cut off, or the soil, the situation, and the degree of temperature, altered. To these expedients only, the healing of all plants is restricted. In vegetables, as well as in animals, diseases occur which are incurable, as consumption, canker when it is concealed, mutilation, deformity, &c. Most of them, how- ever, may be remedied. — Vulnus, or a wound, is the separation of the solid parts by external violence. It may be occasioned purposely by cutting off branches, or accidental rubbing off; by friction of cattle ; or by friction against another object, when the wind agitates the stem ; by the bite of animals ; by the falling off’ of the parasitic plants ; or even by very large hailstones. In all these cases, it is necessary to prevent the access of air to it, by some good firm cement, or grafting wax. But if the wound has remained long uncovered, and exposed both to wind and rain, and is of a great size, then the affected part must be cut off down to the sound wood, to prevent greater mischief, and the whole afterwards be covered with wax. The means of preventing wounds are obvious. Branches must be cut off cautiously ; the access of cattle must be ob- 5 P L A sfructed ; trees brought up, so as not to be fastened to stakes ; or, if it cannot be avoided, to place three or four posts or stakes round each, and tie them up very gently. In violent storms, it is indeed better to let them loose, and leave them to themselves. Parasitic plants must be eradicated. Against the bite of smaller animals, and hail, precautions cannot always be taken. — Fractura. Fracture is the separation of the stem and branches into many pieces. This may arise from the violence of the w ind, from too great an abundance of fruit, much snow, or even from lightning. It is remark- able, that lightning runs along every species of trees, almost always in a different manner. The birch (Betula alba ) is, in this respect, different from all other trees, that the lightning never runs along its stem, but only at the top beats off the boughs almost in a circular direction. A fracture, if not complicated, and on branches or young stems only, may be healed without difficulty. But when accompanied with con- tusion, or happening in trunks of old or gummy trees, no way of recovery is known. In young trees and branches, even sometimes in old ones, when instantly discovered, fractures heal easily, especially in spring till the end of June, provided every part be brought into its natural position, firmly tied up, and properly supported. But if there is contusion, or if a thick stem or bough is affected, the bough must be cut off, or the stem cut down, to get new shoots from the stock or from the root. To prevent such an accident, trees with fra- gile boughs must be, as much as possible, sheltered from the wind. Fruit-trees should not, when pruned, have all their gems left; and care should be taken in gardens, that the snow do not overload the boughs. Against the flash of lightning, no means are of any service, except bringing con- ductors, a plan which would be too expensive, and even impracticable.^i^'ssnrfl. Fissure is the separation of the solid parts into an oblong cleft, which ensues spontaneously. It proceeds from two causes ; fulness of juice, or from frost. To heal a split, nothing else is required than to put good grafting wax on the ground, that the rain or other contents of the atmosphere may not destroy the stem. To prevent clefts, the bleeding or scarifying, as it is called, of such trees, the bark of which is very hard, may be of service. A mode- rate incision is made through the bark longitudinally; and a plant that has too rich a soil, by which it becomes too succu- lent, should be transplanted into a poorer soil. To defend them against frost, plants should be covered with straw. A cleft occasioned by frost, sometimes degenerates into a chil- blain, from which afterwards, especially in Oaks, a blackish sharp liquor exudes, which at last produces exulceration. — Defoliatio notha, is when the leaves fall not at the proper period, but much earlier. It is occasioned by men, insects, acrid fumes, dust, and constant dry weather. In whatever way it may happen, all depends on the nature of the plant affected with it, and on the season of the year in which it happens. If it be a fast-growing tree, and the injury happens before August, the tree may, if taken good care of, easily get leaves again, only it will have smaller foliage for the present season. But if the leaves fall after that period, and eool weather comes on earlier than usual, or if it happens at a much later season, the plant may be unwell for several years before a complete recovery takes place. If, on the contrary, it happens late in autumn, just before the natural fall of the leaves, then it has no bad consequences; except the plants be natives of a warmer climate, and the branches, which have appeared already, be not yet hard enough, in which case thev will lose those branches, and perhaps some of the older ones, by the invasion of cold. The defoliation by men, which fs performed sometimes in spring, particularly with the Mulberry-- 354 P L A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P L A tree for bringing up the stlk-worm, should be avoided, or at least done with moderation. Insects which are noxious to plants, should be accurately known, and their way of propa- gation understood, in order to obviate the bad effects which they produce, and to check their too great increase. Change of place is the only means of preventing the noxious influence of acrid fumes, of great manufactures and iron-works, and the like, as well as of dust. In long-continued drought, careful watering is advisable. The falling off of the leaves in autumn is quite consistent with nature, and of no bad consequence whatever; except, perhaps, when the leaves are dropping oft too soon, on account of early night-frosts, and these can affect only delicate foreign plants, of which care should be taken. — tlcemorrhagia, is of two kinds, spontaneous, or occasioned by wounds. The Birch and Maple, when wounded, emit a great quantity of juice, which, when allowed to flew too copiously, may end in the death of the plant, Spontaneous haemorrhagy arises from the great irritability of the plant, and the soil is generally the accidental cause. The soil is either what, in common language, is called too rough, that is, it promotes too rapid a separation of the juices, which, ou account of their large quantity, cannot be received into the vessels, and therefore must be discharged, and then they acquire in the air a corrosive property, by which the parts are destroyed ; or the soil is too rich in general, rendering the plant full of juices, but unable to retain the moisture, which, therefore, without corroding the posterior parts, they discharge, or deposit only externally their gummy constituents. In most cases, spontaneous haemorrhagy is incurable. Spon- taneous haemorrhagy, from superabundance of sap, is either gummous, as in fruit-trees, or of a watery nature, as in the Vine. This last species has been styled lachrymatio. The gummous haemorrhagy proves rarely fatal, but should not be allowed to make too much progress, and the wound should be healed up by wax. The watery haemorrhagy in the Vine, has uo bad consequences whatever; for this plant is the same in winter as all ligneous plants. The radicles of it, which have been formed during the cold season, imbibe a great deal of moisture from the ground, which they convey to the stem. But as the weather is not soon enough favourable for the shooting of it, and as the radicles imbibe more sap than the tender stalks can contain, the superfluous sap exudes from the gems or buds. In warm climates, the Vine does not lachrymate ; for there the leaves can unfold themselves instantly, and the sap of course is properly digested. This watery discharge of the Vine is not, therefore, to be considered as a natural secretion, peculiar to the plant, but as the effect of cold climates. It, however, does not hurt the plant.— Albigo, or mildew, is a whitish mucilaginous coating of the leaves of plants, which oflen^causes their decay. It is produced by small plants, or Jay insects. The first kind appears on the leaves ol Tussiiago Farfara, Humulus Lupulus, Corylus Avel lana, Lamium album , purpureum, and others. It is a small species of fungus, of great minuteness, which covers the leaver : Linneus calls it Mucor Erysipht. The second kind is a whitish slime, which some species of Aphis deposit on the leaves. As soon as there is the least app.-arance of mil- dew', all the leaves stained with it should be plucked off and burned, in scarce and delicate plants, the leaves ought to be washed. But where it is produced by aphides, a weak decoction of the dry leaves of tobacco will be found most serviceable. Bui it ail parts of a plant are attacked, and the plant . uard and of long duration, then the parts must, accord- ing to the nature of the plant, be taken off. If it is an annual plant, and of great delicacy, it will be best to wash it with a brush dipped in the decoction of tobacco, and after- wards to expose it to the open air. — Melligo, or honey-dew, is a sweet and clear juice which, during hot weather, is fre- quently found upon the leaves, rendering them sticky, aud, especially when there is a want of rain, causing them to fall off. This sweet matter is likewise secreted by aphides, from peculiar glands at the anus. In tender plants, washing with water, or with the above decoction, is of great benefit; the fumes of tobacco, likew ise, kill the insects. — Rubigo, or rust, appears on the leaves and stems of many plants. It consists of yellow or brown stains, which, when touched, give out a powder of the same colour which soils. Microscopical examination has shewn, that the rust like matter is a small fungus, which is called iEcidium, and the seed of which form tiiis brownish soiling powder. We find them frequently in the leaves and stems of Euphorbia Cyparissias, Berberis vulga- ris, Rhamnus catharticus, of some Gramiua, of Wheat, Oats, &c. If they are very numerous, especially in the different species of Gramiua and Com, consumption of the whole plant is the consequence. Little can be done against this affection. In grain, some have recommended to moisten the seed, before sown, in salt or lime-water, or to sow grain from countries where this disease does not prevail. Precautions are of no use. — Lepra, is frequently met with on the trunks,, especially of young trees. If trunks are so entirely covered with algae, that the pores of the cutis are obstructed, we call the dis- temper lepra. Old trees have their trunks full of algae, with- out sufiering auy injury, provided the smaller branches be free of them. But if young trees or shrubs grow in two sterile a soil, in too thin a stratum of fertile soil, in gravelly soil, in improper situations, too moist or too dry, if they are, against their nature, too much exposed to wind, then they sicken, their bark cannot perform, with proper vigour, the functions peculiar to it, as the skin of the tree, and they grow at last, even at their young boughs, all over with fungi of all kinds. Vigorous adjacent plants, which are perfectly souud, will have few or no tungi on their stems. The lepra increases sickness iu plants, and they die at last of a consumption, if not cleared of the fungi, if their cutis is not washed, and they are not transplanted to better situations and more proper soils. — Gallce, or galls, are produced by small flying insects, the cynips of Linneus. Gails are round, fleshy, variously shaped bodies, which appear on the stem, petioles, peduncles, and t he leaves. They are formed in the following manner: The little insect pierces with its sting the substance of the plant, aud deposits its eggs in this small aperture. The few air-vessels thus injured "get a different direction, and twist round the egg. The irritation which the sting produces occasions, as always in organized bodies, a greater flow of the sap towards the wounded place; the sap is deposited in greater quantity than it ought to be, and a fleshy excrescence arises. The little larva which leaves the egg is nourished by the sap, grows up, changes into a pupa, and escapes at last as a perfect insect, which propagates itself again in the same way. It is singular, that each particular fly produces a gall of a peculiar form. This, perhaps, may depend on the pecu- liar structure of the eggs of each species; for we find, that the eggs of different insects, when viewed with the microscope, assume peculiar shapes. On the Oak-tree, we find a variety ot gails ; likewise on the Salix, Cistus, Glechoma, Veronica, Hieraciuui, Salvia, and other plants. The galls of Salvia pomijera , which got its name from that circumstance, are said to be of a pleasant taste, and are considered as an excel- lent dish in the Oriental countries. To remedy this affection, we can do nothing, hut cut off the galls as soou as they ap- pear; yet this can be done only in very delicate plants, which we wish to preserve. The disease, however, rarely proceeds P L A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P L A such a length as to hurt the plant materially. — The Folliculus carnosus foliorum, is a gall of a particular kind, which is subulate and acute. It is found in Populus nigra and Tilia Ettropcea, and covers the whole surface of the leaf. It arises in the same way as the former, and by its great number sometimes sickens the plant. Contortions, owe their origin likewise to insects, which produce a swelling and contortion of the leaves ; hence they become contorted, which is the characteristic feature of the disease. It occurs in Cerastium, Veronica, Lotus, Vaccinium. — Verruca, or wart, is a small protuberance, which occurs chiefly in fruits, for instance in apples. Here insects are not the cause* but accidental occurrences. Of the same kind are the moles. They arise from wounds of the cutis. Both diseases are. not hurtful, and, as yet, we know no means to prevent them. — Tuber lignosum, is met with on trunks of trees. It seems to be pro- duced partly by insects, partly by changes of weather. It arises from a disturbance in the active vessels of the inner bark, which by the application of stimuli .several times con- volve, without forming buds or boughs. They form, instead of this, great knobs, which often, in a bad situation, espe- cially through moisture, exulcerate. It not unfrequently grows very large, without the least injury to the tree. — Squamationes, or spongy swellings, are produced like galls. A small insect lays its eggs in the apex of a bud. Thus injured, the branch, which was to be formed from the bud, cannot be properly unfolded, it remains quite short; all its leaves, therefore, expand themselves from one point, but they are of small size. The whole has somewhat the appearance of a rose. This may he often seen in willows. Such spongy swellings are of bad consequence when in great numbers. The only way to extirpate them, is, to cut them off before they are properly formed. — The Bedeguar occurs in roses only, and has the same origin as the former, with this differ- ence, that the insect which gives rise to the bedeguar, depo- sits a number of eggs in one heap, in the middle of the bud. From this a fleshy mass of the size of a fist arises, which is covered all over with hair-like coloured elongations, but never has leaves. — Chlorosis, is that affection of plants, when their green colour entirely disappears, and all their parts grow whitish'. It arises from diminished stimulus, the plants cannot excrete their oxygen, which therefore is accumulated. There are three causes of the disease: want of light; insects; and bad soil. As soon as a plant is deprived of light, it cannot disengage the oxygen, hence it assumes a wdsite colour, which however instantly goes oft' when the rays of the sun are again admitted. This is the reason why plants, in dark rooms, between great masses of stone, in deep clefts of rocks, beneath the dark shade of shrubs and trees, &c. grow pale, and of a whitish colour. Insects which bite off the radicles of plants, or even nestle in them, and consume their food, debilitate their vessels, render them insensible of the stimulus of light, and at last chlorotic. This occurs very frequently in Secale cercale. Here no remedies are of any use. Impro- per soil, from which plants do not get a sufficient quantity of proper food, sometimes renders them chlorotic. In such cases plants may recover by change of soil.- — Icterus, differs from chlorbsis, only in its colour, and by its cause, which is cold coming on early in autumn. It is indeed the natural death of the leaves, and can only hurt the plant itself, when the cold begins in autumn before the due time. — Anasarca, or dropsy, arises in plants from long-continued rain, or too profuse watering. Single parts in this case, are preterna- turally swelled, and commonly putrify. Some of the bulbous and tuberous roots, for instance, are often greatly swelled after rain. Fruit becomes watery, and tasteless. Seeds do 95. not get ripe, or the plant pushes out young shoots unseason- ably from the stem. Most of the succulent plants suffer from too copious a supply of water. Anasarca in plants is gene- rally incurable. — P/ithiriasis, is that disease of plants where the whole is covered with small insects, which suck out ail its sap, suppress the function of transpiration, and of course hinder the farther evolution of its parts. This disease is produced by three different species of insects. By the Aphis, of which each plant has almost a peculiar species. By the Coccus, of which there are various species. That which in our hot-houses is mostly met with, the Coccus Iles- peridum, is the most dangerous; those which are commonly found oil the roots of Sceleranthus, Polygonum, and others, are less noxious. The disease is, lastly, produced by the Acarus tellarius, a small mite, which in hot houses likewise spins a very delicate web ov«r the leaves of the plants, and thus destroys them. Against the Aphis, careful cleaning, or even brushing with suds, or a decoction of tobacco, or strong fumigation with tobacco, or sulphur in close rooms, may be of service. The same means may also be employed against the second species, where it may likewise be very beneficial to place the plant as soon as the temperature is mild in the open air, in a shady but airy place. This last destroys the canker, which in hot-houses chiefly attacks the genera Sida, Hibiscus, Dolichos, and Phaseolus. — Verminatio, or worms, is not, as in the animal kingdom, produced by worms, but by the larva of insects. The stem, leaves, and fruits, are attacked by it. The stem of some trees is very often eaten through, and must sometimes entirely decay on this account. The willow, Salix alba ; horse-chesnut, iEsculus Hippocas- tanum; and Typha latifolia; may, in regard to the stem, serve as very common instances. The leaves are often inhabited by the well-known mining-worm, especially the leaves of cherry-trees. Fruits, as plums, apples, pears, hazel-nuts, and ibe grain of corn, and the like, are inhabited by the larvae of insects, which sometimes destroy them. Except the destruction of the larva, no remedies will resist these ravag- ing enemies. — Tabes, or the consumption of a plant, is fre- quently a consequence of the already mentioned diseases, or those which we have still to explain. It may however also originate from sterile or improper soil, unfavourable climate, awkward transplanting, exhaustion of strength from too fre- quent flowering, insects, ulceration, &c. The whole plant gradually begins to decline, and dries up. As soon as this disease really appears, help is rarely possible. Teredo pino- rum, is a kind of tabes, which attacks principally the albur- num and inner bark of Pines. The disease arises from long- continued dry weather, or violent frost of long duration, especially after preceding mild or warm weather, and violent gales of wind. Its signs are, an unusual discolouring of the acerous leaves, which are more or less of a reddish yellow hue. A great number of small drops of resin appear on the boughs, and, lastly, a putrid turpentine-like odour spreads in their neighbourhood; the bark comes off, and the albur- num presents a blackish-blue appearance. At the same time the well-known beetle appears, with several similar species of insects. The Teredo is an incurable disease, and in large forests nothing more can be done than to permit the removal of the pointed leaves or the moss round the roots of the Pine trees, as the trees are thereby weakened, and so much sooner exposed to this misfortune. — Debilitas, s. deliquium. Plants which suffer from debility have all their parts, stem, leaves, flowers, &c. hanging down quite relaxed. Debility owes its origin to foul air, want of light, of leaves, or of moisture, too strong light, and other causes, which we must endea- vour to remove, in order effectually to remedy this evil. — 4 X 350 P L A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P L A Suffocatio increment i, is a sterile or weak growth, the leaves become pale, and smaller, and at last the whole plant decays. It is different from consumption in this, that the causes of it are only accidental, and may be removed, so that the plants may siiil recover. Bad growth is occasioned by parasitic plants, twining plants, and too glutinous a soil. When those impediments to growth are removed, the plants will soon recover. — Exulcerotio, is a corroded part of a plant, from which proceeds an ichorous filthy water. It takes place after wounds which are not properly taken care of, or which have such an unfavourable situation, that rain or snow may stag- nate in them. Farther, it is produced by insects, or spon- taneously by unknown causes. No ulcer heals of itself in plants; it is more or less destructive, the slower we are in bringing assistance. All ulcerated parts ought to be taken off, and the sound parts covered with a coating of grafting wax, or of Forsyth’s cement. An ulcer often corrodes wood, pith, or other parts of trees, from neglect of the gardener; in this case, all that is affected, must, without loss of time, be ent away, and, as just now mentioned, the access of mois- ture must be prevented bv lire application of some grafting wax or cement. From unknown causes, the bulbs of Hya- cinths and other fleshy roots exulcerate. We must endeavour to effectuate their cure by putting them in a dry place, taking off the diseased part, and covering it with cement. How- ever, we rarely succeed, as the bulhs are mostly destroyed to the very centre. The best remedy for plants is the graft- ing wax, if well prepared; but in many cases, e-pecially for large wounds, Forsyth's cement, for the receipt of which the king of England payed 15,000 dollars, is by far preferable to the former. It consists of sixteen parts of cow-dung, eight parts of dry lime taken from an old building, as much charcoal, and one part of sand out of a river, which are to be mixed together into a t hick salve. In place of cow-dun”, ox’s blood, and instead of lime, dry chalk, may be employed. This cement is to be spread thinly on the affected part, and to be rubbed with a powder, consisting of six parts of char- coal, and one past of the ashes of burnt bones or carbonate of lime, till the surface of the cement is as smooth as if polished. Forsyth did wonders with this preparation, and cured with it all wounds of plants without any further trouble. It does not keep well, and therefore only as much of it must be prepared, as is wanted for the time, or, if it is to be preserved, it must be sprinkled with urine. It should further only be applied during dry weather, by which means it covers the wound with a cortex. Rain asserts, he had experienced the same good effects from a mixture of pounded coal and potatoes, or sonveother soft substance, and even prefers this to Forsyth’s mixture. — Carcinoma arborum, or a cancerous affection, occurs principally in fruit-trees, when they lose too much gum, and this undergoes an acid fermentation. This disease appears frequently in low-lying gardens after deluges. A great spongy excrescence rises, which even in tiie driest weather discharges an acrid ichor, which corrodes every thing. We distinguish two species, the open and the latent cancer. The first species is easily seen, and cured by simply extirpating the affected part. But the second species may have spread far in length, and under tiie cortex, before it is discovered. We must then hasten to save the tree, and, after removing the w'ounded part, apply Forsyth’s cement to it. To obviate this disease, we must improve the station of the plant, anti endeavour lo prevent too much formation of gum in fruit-trees. — Necrosis, or dry gangrene, is that disease which causes the leaves or other parts to grow black and dry. It arises from late night-frosts, severe cold in winter, burning heat, suppuration of the sap in single branches, and by smaller plants. Late night frosts, very frequently kill young shoots of plants, which therefore grow black, and shrink. No other preservative can be used against this than covering young plants as soon as cold nights may be dreaded. Some assert, tiiat they have derived great advantage from conductors of frost, which consist of a com- pactly twisted cord of straw', directed into a vessel with water. From severe winter cold, foreign trees suffer chiefly, and such of our native plants as are very delicate. Their inner bark freezes, becomes black, and it is impossible to save them. All the wounded part must be clipped, and the main trunk with the roots only be allowed to remain, to produce new shoots. Intense heat will produce the same bad effects in gardens, or even in forests, where foresters are permitted to remove the mosses and dry leaves from the roots. Single branches sometimes, by the too rapid growth of others, are deprived of their necessary food, and wither away. This may happen without any injury to the plant. Small fungi occasion this disease in the bulbs of the Saffron; it is a nuredo which destroys them. On the Gold Coast of Africa, a wind blows called Harmattan, which kills the plants, making 1 heir leaves dry and black.— Gangrctna. Plants affected with gangrene become soft and moist in some single parts, which at last dissolve in a foul ichor. It chiefly attacks fruits, flowers, leaves, and roots, rarely the stern. Gangrene arises either from too moist or too fat and luxu- rious ground, from infection and contusion. It scarcely admits of a cure, as it infests ordy single parts; but if the causes which give rise to it are removed, it may be prevented. — U^tilago, appears especially in the species of grandca and grain ; rarely in other plants ; sometimes in Scorzonera, Tragopogon, &c. It arises from a small fungus, which occupies the w hole ear, which therefore cannot evolve. Every part of it, on the contrary, becomes a black soiling mass. Moist seasons are most favourable for its evolution, and its formation is, under such circumstances, very rapid. That corn may not be affected with it, such grain only should be sown which has not been kept in damp places, nor has been got from where the disease prevailed. It is natural to suppose that the infection would by sucli means be propagated. Neither should the grain be placed too deep in the ground, especially where the soil is very fat or moist. When, however, it is once begun, the plants dis- eased cannot be cured. In tender and scarce garden plants, something may be done, by amputating the diseased part before its perfect formation. But, in general, this expedient is not advisable. — Mutilation, happens especially in flowers* and the name ftos mnlilutus is used, when single parts of a flower, particularly the corol, are not come to perfection. The causes of this mutilation are unfavourable climate, and improper soil. Flow'ers, notwithstanding this mutilation, often bear perfect seeds. The species of violet, Viola odo- rata and canina, often produce in our climate, if the wea- ther is not warm enough, flowers wanting the corols. Cam- panula hybrida has here no corols, but is said to have them in France and Italy. In several of the campanulate flowers we see frequently the corol wanting; for instance, in Cam- panula pentngona, perfoliata, media. Some other plants, as ipomcea, Tussilago, Lychnis, are liable to the same acci- dent. Ruellia clandestina is thus called, because it has sometimes flowers without the corols, sometimes with them. The same is said to be the case in its native country, Bar- badoes. Hesperis matronalis, during long-continued rnobtt weather, from superabundance of food, frequently bears blossoms, where the corol becomes a second calix. The Dianthus caryophyllus augments the scales of its calix so P L A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P L A much that the flower becomes somewhat like the ear of wheat, and the corol never appears. Less conspicuous is this disease, when a few stamens only are not so properly formed as the rule requires. — Monslrosilas, is the preternatural form of single parts or a whole plant. In the flower and fruit the monstrosity is often such as to prevent their use entirely. The stem is sometimes writhed, bent, knotty, too much depressed, and in a lying posture. Cold climates in general make plants rough, small, and cripjded. On high mountains the tallest trees are at last reduced to a small size. A mon- strosity is sometimes observed in leaves, by their becoming d eformed either larger or more numerous, thicker, or frizzled. Every person has seen Trefoil with four leaves, or the preter- naturally red coloured leaves of the Beech tree, and other varieties belonging to this class. Fruits likewise are variously deformed ; they are either very large or very small, grown together, distorted, crooked, and the like. These may, how- ever, produce good seeds. But fruits which are doubled, where, w hen one is cut, a second one appears in its interior, as sometimes happens in citron, and fruits which have no seeds, (as, for instance, the Bromelia ananas, Musa paradi siaca, Artocarpus incisa, Berberis vulgaris,) entirely tail us in the end for which they were intended by nature. Mon- strous flowers are of no value for the botanist, as their sexual organs are wanting, and he is unable without these to ascer- tain the genus. They are only of some importance to him, if they elucidate any points in physiology. They are particu- larly agreeable to garden amateurs, who have so vitiated a taste, as to despise simple nature in all its beauty, and with care often transplant these deformities into their gardens. “The deformities in flowers are the following: — Flos mulli- plicutus, a double flower; Flos plenus, a foil flower; Flos difformis, a deformed flower; and lastly, Flos prolifer, a proliferous flower. — Flos multiplicatus, a double flower, is the beginning of a full flower. Flowers are styled double, when their petals exceed the usual number, but stamens and pistil still remain to accomplish impregnation, amt to produce ripe seeds. The first beginning of a double flower is the corolla duplex, or triplex, when the corol becomes double or treble. Monopetalous cords are often double; for instance, Datura and Campanula; but polypelalous corols still more frequently. As long as the pisiil remains perfect in a flower, and it can bear seeds, so long the flower is called double. The cause of this deformity is the same as in the following. Very little care is taken to remedy this evil, as gardeners even like to see full and double flowers. But if botanists wish to see double flowers of herbaceous plants in their natural slate, they ought by all means to give them by degrees worse and worse soil. — Flos plenus. A full flower is that where the petals have become so numerous as to exclude both stamens and style altogether. As such flowers want the .necessary organs for impregnation, they will never be able to produce seeds. The full and double flower both originate from too great richness of soil. A number of vessels, become stuffed with nourishing sap, in such a manner, that the petals and stamens split and are changed into more petals. Some flowers are so full that the calix bursts. Monopetalous flowers are rarely full ; such as. Primula, Hyacintbus, Datura, Polyanthes. Polypetalous plants are oftener full ; as, Py rns, Prunus, Rosa, Fragaria, Ranunculus, Caltha, Anemone, Aqui legia, Papaver or Paeonia, and many others. Diauthus Caryo- phyllus, and Papaver somnijerum, have been brought forward as fair instances to prove that full flowers may produce seeds. But this proceeds from confounding a full flower with a double one. The last may bear seeds, but a full flower never. Flowers which have nectaries in form of, a 3(>7 spur or a cup, usually increase the spur or cup, and lose the petals altogether, or they retain the last in their natural situa- tion. Or they lose sometimes the spur or cup, and enlarge only the petals. Of the first kind, Aquilegia vulgaris and Narcissus Pseudo-narcissus, may serve as instances. In the Aquilegia the petals are dislodged, and the spur only increased in number. In this case, then, many spurs are inclosed in one another like so many cornets. In Narcissus the petals remain natural, but the nectarium is multiplied. The same plants likewise present instances of the second kind; in Aqui- legia, the spuis are in this case entirely wanting, and the petals increase in number; in the same way Narcissus may sometimes want the nectarium, and the peials become full. The Violet and tire Larkspur become full in the same manner. Flowers which have one or a few stamens only, are seldom full. When they are full, and this is exceedingly rare, it is only in such plants as have a monopetalous corol. As an instance of this kind, I shall mention Jasminum Sambac. Some of the natural families never yet produced any double or full flowers. Such are, Palmae, Calmariae, Gramina, Apetalae, (flowers without petals,) Amentacese, Coniferae, Tripetaloidae, Orchideae, Scitaminea?, Oleraceae, Inundatte, Bicornes, Tricoccse, Stellatas, Umbellatae, Asperifolia;, Verli- cillatae. Some of the last, however, afford an exception. In those flowers which are styled Personatae, it has been only observed in the species Antirrhinum. The papilionaceae, have been found full in a few instances only; as in Coronilla, Antliyllis, Clitoria, Spartium. Foil flowers, as we have just now mentioned, occur most frequently in polypetalous corols, but the monopetalous are sometimes seen full, though this was formerly denied ; as instances are, Colchicum, Crocus, Hyacintbus, Polyantbes, Convallaria, and Polygonatum. The polypetalous corol becomes full by its petals, the mono- petalous by its laciniae. Full flowers are somewhat of the appearance of compound flowers, and consequently may be mistaken by the student for such ; but they are easily distin- guished by the following marks: — 1. In the centre of a full flower remnants of the style are still to be seen. 2. Each petal is not furnished with stamens or a style. 3. After they have blossomed, nothing remains, and no fruit whatever can be traced. 4. Lastly, no common receptacle is to be found. Compound, flowers become full in a peculiar manner. Flores semijlosculosi, when they grow mature, have a very long ger- men, and a pappus which is as long again as the gennen. The lingttiform corol, style, and stamens, are natural, but the stigma is divided, and of the same length with the corol. Such deformities occur in Scorzonera, Lapsana, and Trago- pogon. By these characters, and by their never bearing ripe seeds, they may be distinguished from natural semifloscular flowers. — Flores radiati. Radiate flowers grow full in a two- fold manner, either by the disk or centre, or by the rays. If the disk is full, it suppresses the radii altogether, and the tubular corols grow longer, so as to get almost a club-shaped form, and in this case the stamens are entirely lost; for example, Matricaria, Bdlis, Tagetes, &c. In the same man- ner, likewise, compound flowers become full, which naturally consist of tubular florets ; for insance, Carduus. From natural flowers of the same external appearance, full flowers may be easily distinguished by the longer corol, and by the want of seeds. If the radius is full, theu no disk can be seen, and such a flower gets much of the appearance of the flos semi- flosculosus, from which, however, it may be distinguished at once, by there being not the least appearance of stamens. From the simple full flower the full compound flower differs in this point, that there is a style attached to each petal. The radius of a simple radiate flower remains the same in a full 358 P L A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P L A radiate flower. If the radius be beset with prolific female flowers, then the full flower, consisting of mere linguiform flowers, is provided with prolific styles, and may without difficulty, if there be any natural plants in its neighbourhood, come to bear ripe seeds. If the radius, on the contrary, con- sists of barren female flowers, we commonly find them to be the same in the full flower. — Flos difformis, the difformed flower, is not a full, but a barren flower, which in its appear- ance is unlike the natural plant. It occurs most commonly in monopetalous flowers. Some of the labiate and ringent plants especially, belong to this kind; for instance, Ajuga, Mimulus, and Antirrhinum. They grow sometimes longer than usual, assume the form of egg-shaped corols, which are narrower at the top, and divided into four lobes : several long spurs are protruded from their base, which in these flowers are distinguished by the particular name of Peloria. The Antirrhinum Linaria very often affords this variety. Another species of ditformed flower is the Snowball, Vibur- num Opuhis. This shrub has, in its natural state, small cam- panula!^ flowers, which on their margin are surrounded by large, uiifertile, and rotate flowers. In gardens and in rich soil, all the flowers grow into large rotate corols, which are three times the size of the natural corols. All the stamens and styles vanish of course. Another kind of difformed flower has been observed, though extremely rare. In one of the Umbellatae, just beneath the umbella, a compound flower was found, resembling that of Beilis perennis. A flower like tins was found by Gesner on a Ranunculus. It is singular to find on the stem of a flowering Ranunculus and of an Unibella, the flower of the Beilis. Once it was thought, that the stems of both were grown together, and that the stem of the Beilis had grown and unfolded itself in the first like a grafted sprig. But late observations have shew n, that this flower is not the perfect flower of the Beilis perennis, but merely a congeries of many flowers of the Ranunculus or Umbella, imperfectly unfolded, which have retained their small size and yellow colour, and are inclosed in a number of whitish petals. Perhaps the bite of insects produces this deformity. — Flos prolifer. A proliferous flower is one flower contained within another. This mostly occurs in full flowers. They are of a double kind; first, in simple and in compound flowers. In simple flowers, a stem rises from the pistil, which buds and flowers. 'Phis stem is scarcely ever covered with leaves, and seldom more than one flower grows from another. Instances of this kind are, the Pinclove, the Ranunculus, Anemone, Roses, the Geum rivale, and Cardamine pratensis. The deformity, however, is of a different kind in compound flowers ; for in them a number of stems rise from the receptacle, which, all bear flowers. Instances of this deformity are, Sca- biosa, Beilis, Calendula, and liieracium. In the Umbellatae, something similar has likewise been observed, to wit, one umbel growing out of the other, or, what I once myself saw in Heracleum Sphondylium, the tall stem had on its extreme points green leaves and small umbels. Proliferous flowers are a great curiosity, but they never have perfect seeds. I saw it only once in a lemon, on tire apex of which a stem rose with another lenron. I doubt indeed if there be any proliferous fruits, the lemon excepted. In such fruits, how- ever, when the common receptacle grows larger, an appearance like that of proliferous fruits is often met with. I have repeatedly observed, in the Pinus Larix , a proliferous stro- hilus. 1 have even seen a strobilus which produced a sprig, on which other strobili were formed. In the same manner proliferous spikes are formed in rich soil, in Secale cereale, Phleum pratense, Alopecurus pratensis, and the like. “ A very remarkable monstrosity in the germen is, the Cla- vus in grain. The seed becomes swelled three times its usual size and thickness, but has no corcle. The clavus arises in the species of corn and gramina from an unknown cause, by a stagnation of the adducent and air vessels. There are two distinct species of it: 1. The simple clavus, which is of a pale violet colour, in its interior is whitish and mealy, without any smell or taste, and may be ground along with the sound grain, without any bad effects on the last. 2. The malignant clavus, which is dark violet, blue, or blackish, inter- nally has a blueish-gray colour, a foetid smell, and a sharp pungent taste. Its meal is tenacious, imbibes warm water slowly, and has no slimy appearance when kneaded. The bread has a violet blue colour. When eaten, cramps, and especially the raphania of Cullen, are produced by it.— Sterilitas. We call plants sterile or barren, when they pro- duce neither flowers nor fruits. Ali full, deformed, and proliferous flowers, therefore, are sterile, because the stamens and pistil suffer in them. But some plants are sterile only as far as they do not produce blossoms. The cause of this mav be climate, too much sap, improper soils, and ill treatment. Plants, which are transplanted from a warmer climate into a colder, bloom very rarely. An artificial degree of heat, like their natural, is therefore frequently tried, but not always with good effect. The plants from the Cape of Good Hope require more warmth in winter than in summer, and, if they have this, are sure to blossom. Fruit-trees, when they have too much sap, and their outer bark is too thick, have only a thin vascular ring annually formed ; the sap therefore must ascend towards the top and the boughs, and fruit trees of that kind grow often without ever having blossoms. Gar- deners try to remedy this, by lopping some boughs, cutting off part of the root, and by removing the plant to a sterile soil; but they are, notwithstanding all these precautions, often disappointed. The best and easiest method is to bleed or scarify such trees, as it has been called, or to scratch superficially, and in a winding direction, their stem and prin- cipal branches. The vascular rings are then at freedom to expand, and the tree will bloom and bear fruits without delay, as the circulation of the sap does not now go on with equal rapidity as before. Improper soil promotes sterility. If succulent plants, for instance, Cactus, or Mesembryan- themum, be placed in rich garden earth, they may grow in it, but scarcely ever, at least very rarely, bear blossoms. Are they, however, placed in a ground mixed of loam and sand, then they will easily shew their blossoms, if they are rightly treated. Ill treatment indeed suppresses in many a plant the approaching flower. Amaryllis formosissima, if kept con- stantly in pots filled with garden earth, produces many leaves, but no flowers. But, if its bulb be taken out and preserved in a dry place, out of ground, during the winter, a flower will appear every year. Many other bulbous plants, which grow in sandy plains in warm climates, do the same. Many examples might here be adduced, which for the sake of space I am forced to omit.— Abortus. When flowerin'* plants, which are provided with perfect female organs of generation, do not bear fruit. This originates from a want of male organs of generation, their bad structure, want of the impregnating insects, the heat of moisture and soil, still" of insects, and violent storms, various disorders, too great age, and too much sap; or, lastly, when the flower appears at ail unfavourable season. Every botanic garden can shew us numberless instances of abortion. How often do we lose exotic plants, beariug no seeds, because the male organs are either wanting, or in an imperfect state! How often might insects, could we obtain proper species, do this oflice ! In this case, a great deal may be done by the gardener. If there P L A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PLA is not sufficient warmth, which is required, to ripen many foreign fruits, they must necessarily drop off in its immature state. Drought and sterile soil not unfrequently deprive us of the fruit which we expected. Careful watering may assist us here greatly. l^he larvae of various insects, and often these themselves, when perfect, rot and destroy the fruit. Winds, old age, and accidents, often disappoint our hopes of gather- ing fruit. Here no remedies are of avail, except avoiding the occasional causes. From too great a quantity of sap, many a fruit-tree throws off its fruits. This happens front the same cause that plants do not blossom for superabundance of sap ; and the means above recommended in that case may serve us here as well. Most bulbous plants, when the sap accumu- lates, drop their immature fruit: they should therefore be planted in dry ground. Some bulbous plants indeed only then ripen their seeds, if their unripe fruit be cut off with the stent, and kept thus lying for some lime. If a plant which requires particularly fresh air and insects, blossom in the middle of winter, or, to speak more generally, in a cold season, fruit will seldom be produced. In this case, nothing can be done, unless, indeed, by some artificial mode of treatment, the plant be made to blossom again in spring and summer.” — See Blights. Platanus; a genus of the class Moncecia, order Polyan- dria.— Generic Character. Male Flowers: compound, forming a globular ament. Calix : a very few small jags. Corolla: scarcely apparent. Stamina: filamenta oblong, thicker at top, coloured ; anther® four-cornered, growing round the filamentum at the lower part. Female Flowers : forming a globe, numerous, on the same tree. Calix : scales many, very small. Corolla: petals many, concave, oblong, club-shaped. Pistil: germirra many, awl-shaped, ending in awl-shaped styles, with a recurved stigma. Pericarp : none; fruits many, collected into a globe. Seed: roundish, placed on a bristle-shaped peduncle, and terminated by the awl-shaped style; with a capillary pappus adhering to the base of the seed. Observe. The parts of the flowers require a more attentive examination by such as have a sharp sight. Essential Character. Male. Calix: ament globular. Corolla: scarcely apparent ; antherae growing round the fila- mentum. Female. Calix: anient globular. Corolla: many- petalled; stigma recurved. Seeds: roundish, mucronate with the style, pappose at the base. The species are, 1. Platanus Oiientalis; Oriental Plane Tree. Leaves subpalmate; nerves smoothish underneath. This is a native of Asia, where it becomes very large. The stem is tall, erect, and covered with a smooth bark, which annually falls off ; it sends out many side-branches, which are generally a little crooked at their joints. The flow'ers come out upon long peduncles hanging downwards, each sustaining five or six round balls of flowers ; the upper, which are the largest, are more than four inches in circumference; they sit very close to the peduncle. The flowers are so small as to be scarcely distinguished without glasses ; they come out a little before the leaves, which appear at the beginning of June: and in warm summers the seeds will ripen late in autumn, and if left upon the trees will remain till spring, when the balls fall to pieces, and the bristly down which surrounds the seeds helps to transport them to a great distance with the wind. There are several varieties; two of which are, the Maple-leaved Plane, and the Spanish Plane-tree. The Plane-tree has always been much esteemed in the eastern countries, where it grows naturally, for its beauty and grate- ful shade. Pausanius tells us of a Plane tree of extraor- dinary si/e ami beauty in Arcadia, supposed to be planted by Menelaus; bo that the age of the tree when he saw it yo. 359 must have been about thirteen hundred years. That this tree was large and handsome, we can easily believe ; but the age is incredible, especially allowing the tree to be sound when seen by Pausanias. Pliny mentions one in Lycia that had mouldered away into an immense cave, eighty feet in circumference. Licinius Mucianus, governor of that pro- vince, with eighteen others, dined commodiously on the benches of pummice placed round the body of it: Caligula also had a tree of this sort, at his villa near Velitr®. The hollow of the trunk held fifteen persons at dinner, with a proper suite of attendants. Evelyn, Miller, and Gilpin, have related at length from iElian, the adoration that was paid by Xerxes to a tree of this sort in Phrygia. And wherever any sumptuous buildings were erected in that country, the porticoes which opened to the air generally terminated in groves or lines of these trees. It was no less esteemed in Italy, after it was introduced there; and Pliny informs us that it was first brought over the Ionian sea into the island of Diomedes, for a monument to that hero: thence it passed into Sicily, and then into Italy. It was planted near their houses, and in rows for walks, and even irrigated with wine. The same ancient author asserts, that there is no tree whatsoever which so well defends us from the heat of the sun in summer, or that admits it more kindly in win- ter; the branches being produced at a distance proportioned to the largeness of the leaves, (which indeed holds good in every sort of tree yet known ;) so that when the leaves are fallen in winter, the branches easily admit the rays of the sun. Virgil calls this tree sterilis, not because it bears no seed, but no eatable fruit. Lady Craven mentions some Plane-trees which she saw in the Turkish dominions, of a size so gigantic, that the largest trees we have in England would have appeared like besom-sticks in comparison. It is generally supposed that this tree was introduced into England by the great Lord Chancellor Bacon, who planted a good many of them at Verulam, where they were flourishing in 1706, but were destroyed a few years back. The Turks used to build most of their ships with this timber, which is hard, close, takes a fine polish, and is valuable for a variety of useful purposes. In Great Britain it is merely considered as an ornamental tree, and is even less common than the next species in our plantations. Notwithstanding its back- wardness in coming out in the spring, and the sudden decay of its leaves in autumn, yet for its handsome appearance, and the great size to which it will grow, it deserves a place in all large plantations, especially near mansions, or on a moist soil, and near streams of water, in which situations it will arrive at a prodigious magnitude. This species is propagated either from seeds or by layers, the latter of which is generally practised in England ; though the plants thus raised seldom make such straight trees as those which are produced from seeds. It has however been generally thought, that the seeds of this tree were not productive, merely because they have not been sown at a proper season, nor managed rightly. Mr. Miller saw thousands of the young plants spring up from the seeds of a large tree, which were scattered upon the ground in a moist place ; and found that if the seeds are sown soon after they are ripe, in a moist shady situation, they will rise extremely well; and the plants thus obtained will make a considerable progress after the second year, being much hardier, and less liable to lose their tops in winter, than those which are propagated by layers. And as the seeds often ripen in England, they may be propagated in as great abundance as any other forest tree. See the next species. 2. Platanus Occidentals ; Western or American Plane 4 Y 360 P L A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P L A Tree. Leaves lobed, angular; nerves tomentose underneath ; stems straight, and of equal girth in most parts of the length. The bark is smooth, and falls off annually like that of the first species. The branches extend wide on every side. The young ones have a brownish, the old ones a gray bark. The footstalks of the leaves are three inches long. The colour of the leaves is a light green on their upper side, and pale on their under. The flowers grow' in round balls like the former species, but are smaller: the leaves and flowers of both appear at the same time; and the seeds ripen in autumn. Kahn calls it the Virginian Maple, and says that it grows in plenty on the shores of the Delaware. The Anglo-Americans call it Button Wood, from its catkins or aments; though Water Beech is a more common name. It grows mostly in low places, but especially on the edges of rivers and brooks, and is easily transplanted to drier places if the soil be good ; and as the leaves are large, and the foliage thick, it is planted about houses and gardens, to afford shade in the hot season. It grows also in marshes and swampy fields, with the Ash and Red Maple; and is remark- able for its quick growth, being frequently as tall and thick as the best Fir-trees. There are such numbers of them on the low meadows between Philadelphia and the ferry at Gloucester, on both sides of the road, that in summer it is a shady walk all the way: and in Philadelphia itself, near the Swedish church, some large trees of it stand on the shore of the river. In more than a century and half since its importation, it has n&t become very common, although, as Mr. Marshall observes, it is particularly refreshing to the eye, and truly ornamental ; the bright colour giving variety to groves and masses of wood, and in single trees or groups being singularly elegant. Mr. Gilpin remarks, that its stem is very picturesque ; it is smooth, and of a light ash colour; lias the property of throwing off its bark in scales, thus naturally cleansing itself, at least its larger boughs, from moss and other parasitical incumbrances. No tree forms a more pleasing shade : it is full-leafed, and its leaf is large, smooth, of a fine texture, and seldom injured by insects. Its lower branches shooting horizontally, soon take a direc- tion to the ground ; and the sprays, by twisting about in various forms, fill up every little vacuity of shade. At the same time, it must be confessed that the twisting of its branches is a disadvantage, when the tree is stripped of its leaves and reduced to a skeleton. Nor indeed does its foli- age', from the largeness of the leaf, and the mode of its growth, make the most picturesque appearance in summer. The summer leaf, both of this and the preceding species, bears so light a hue as to mix ill with the foliage of the Oak, the Elm, and other trees. On the skirts of a plantation they sometimes form a disagreeable spot during summer; but in autumn their leaves receive a mellow tint, which har- monizes well with the waning colour of the wood. One of the finest occidental Planes, adds Mr. Gilpin, stands in my own garden at Vicar s hill, where its boughs feathering to the ground, form a canopy of above fifty feet in diameter. — This tree w ill grow extremely well from cuttings, if they are planted at the beginning of October upon a moist soil, and if watered in dry weather, will make prodigious progress ; so that in a few years after planting they will afford noble trees for avenues and shady walks. Both this and the preceding species may be easily propagated in March by layers. Every tw'ig will take root, if they be only pegged down, and covered with earth ; and the layers will be well rooted in one year : then they should be cut off from the old trees or stools, and planted in a nursery, where they may remain two or three years to acquire strength, and should then be trans- planted where they are to remain ; for the younger they are when finally planted, the better they will thrive. In the winter, screen the seed-bed with pea-straw, rotten tanner’s bark, or some other light covering, that can easily be removed in mild weather. In the spring, before the seeds vegetate, rake the beds gently over with a short-toothed rake, sifting a little fresh rich mould on them, and water them during dry weather in summer. In the following autumn, the beds having been made quite clean, put a little more good mould about the plants; after which they will require no trouble but keeping them clean till they have had another season’s growth ; when they may be removed into the nursery in spring, in rows one yard asunder, and eighteen inches dis- tance in the rows. Observe, in propagating them by seed, though many will come up in the first spring, the general crop must not be expected till the second. Dr Hunter recommends the cuttings to be taken from strong young wood, and planted early in autumn in a moist good mould. They are generally planted thick, and then removed into the nur- sery ; but if a large piece of moist ground be ready, the cuttings may be placed at such a distance as not to approach too near each other before they are of a sufficient size to plant where they are to remain, which would save the expense and trouble of a removal. Mr. Boutcher recommends the cuttings to be planted at the beginning of March, in shady borders two feet row from row, and eight or ten inches in the rows: if they are torn asunder at the joints, with a knob of the old wood left, they will grow more readily. These cuttings should be a foot or fourteen inches long, and buried about eight inches deep. In two years they may be removed. In short, however these beautiful trees are propagated, after two years they may be planted out, in rows three feet and a half asunder, there to remain, or to be transplanted after three years to another nursery, in rows six feet asunder, and three feet in the rows, where they may stand six or seven years. The season for transplanting them is March, and they delight in a moist ground, particularly the second species; so that where the land is dry, the two varieties mentioned under the first species are to be preferred. Platylobmm ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decandria. — Generic Charactre. Calix: bell-shaped, five-toothed; the three lower teeth acute and spreading; the two upper very large, obovate, obtuse, close pressed to the standard. Corolla: papilionaceous; standard twice as long as the calix, spreading, deeply emarginate; wings shorter than the standard, semi obovate, with a blunt incurved tooth on the upper side at their base; keel of two adhering petals, obtuse, as long as the wings, with a tooth on each side of the base, embraced by the incurved teeth of the wings. Stamina : filamenta in one set separated only on the upper side, and cloven nearly half their length ; divisions equal, and curved upwards; antherae ten, nearly orbicular, equal, versatile. Pistil: germen linear, very hairy; style incurved, smooth; stigma simple, sharp. Pericarp: legume pedi- celled, clothed with scattered hairs, somewhat scimetar- shaped, perfectly compressed, obtuse, with a small point, one-celled, extending into a flat border along the upper edge, considerably beyond the insertion of the seeds. Seeds: seven or eight, compressed, each on a curved white pedicel. Observe. This genus may be inserted near Crotalaria, in the Linnean system. Essential Character. Calix: bell-shaped, five-cleft, the two upper segments very large and obtuse; legume pedicelled, compressed, winged at the back. The only known species is, 1. Platylobium Formosum ; Orange Flat Pea. Stern shrubby, four feet high ; branches opposite, round, rough- P L E OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P L O 301 ish, covered wiffa leaves, and ornamented with numerous flowers; leaves opposite, on very short hairy footstalks, cordate-ovate, entire, revolute, acute, with a minute spine at the end, very veiny, rigid, of a beautiful green glaucous beneath ; stipules in pairs, lanceolate, brown, membranous, striated, smooth; flowers solitary, from the axils of the uppermost leaves, opposite, on short hairy peduncles ; bractes several at the base of the peduncle, ovate, concave, hairy; and two at the top immediately under the flower, somewhat longer ; calix very hairy; standard of the corolla orange-coloured, striated almost half way to the edge, with beautifully radiant crimson lines, from a pale yellow spot at the base; wings deep yellow; keel whitish, tipped with a rich crimson ; pod an inch and half long, and half as broad. — Native of New South Wales, where it blooms all the year through. Plectranthus ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymnospermia. — Generic Character. Calix: peri anth one leafed, subcampanulate, short, bilabiate; upper lip ovate, wider, ascending; lower lip four-cleft, acute; the two lowest segments a little longer. Corolla : mono- petalous, riugent, resupine; tube compressed, longer than I the calix. One lip turned upwards, wide trifid ; the middle segment larger, emarginate ; the lateral ones small : the other lip turned down, narrower, entire, ovate, acute, con- cave. Nectary a spur or bump from the base of the tube of the corolla, produced upwards. Stamina: filamenta four, declined, awl-shaped, of which two are a little shorter; antherae simple. Pistil: germen four-parted ; style filiform, the length and situation of the stamina ; stigma bifid, acute. Pericarp: none; but the calix contains the seeds at bottom. Seeds: four, roundish. Essential Character. Calix: upper segment larger. Corolla : resupine ; gibbous or spur- red at the base ; filamenta simple. The species are, 1. Plectranthus Fruticosus ; Shrubby Plectranthus. Nec- tary spurred; racemes compound; peduncles three-parted; stems shrubby, levigated, several, erect, very much branched, brachiate, pithy, ash-coloured ; branches oppo- site, spreading, obscurely marked with lines the thickness of a reed, brittle; tender shoots four-cornered, pubescent, green; leaves broad, ovate, or shaped like a heart, only they are not emarginate, but produced at the base, acute or acuminate, doubly serrate, with equal, bluntish, waved serratures, wrinkled, nerved, and veined, with the nerves and veins prominent on the lower surface only, villose, appearing dotted underneath when viewed with a magnifying glass, spreading, fragrant, four or five inches long, and three or four wide; flowers pedicelled ; corollas blue, five lines in length. It flowers from June to September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. It perfects seeds in England, and may be propagated by them, or by cuttings, but must have the protection of the dry-stove. 2. Plectranthus Punctatus ; Dotted Plectranthus. Nec- tary gibbous; flowers in spikes; stem herbaceous, rough- haired ; leaves ovate, acute, toothed, nerved, very much wrinkled, villose, commonly spotted with brown in the disk, the spot having stiffish brown hairs scattered oyer it, spread- ing, reclining, from two to three inches long, from eighteen to twenty-four lines wide, stinking; spikes solitary, termi- nating; and besides this, others short and solitary from the upper axils, erect, compact, bracted, hirsute, two inches long; flowers on short pedicels, in a sort of whorl, aggregate under each bracte, two or three lines in length ; corollas very pale blue, marked with purple lines on the disk of the upper lip; on the lower more intensely doited towards the tip; seeds compressed, of an ash-bay colour. It flowers from January to May. — Native of Africa. This generally ripens its seeds, and can be propagated only by them. It may be preserved in the dry-stove or green-house. 3. Plectranthus Galeatus ; Helmet-flowered Plectranthus. Nectary gibbous ; pedicels branched ; leaves cordate-ovate, acuminate, serrate; stem villose, grooved. The leaves ate also petioled, broad, ovate, villose, especially the veins under- neath; peduncle terminating; pedicels opposite, branched; bractes none ; corollas pubescent, with the lower lip gale- ated. — Native of Java. 4. Plectranthus Forskahlaei. Nectary gibbous; racemes leafless; stem equal; leaves ovate, approximating towards the top of the branches, hairy, very blunt, grossly crenate, transverse at the base, quite entire; corolla four times as long as the calix. — Native of. the mountains of Arabia Felix and Madagascar. 5. Plectranthus Crassifolius ; Thick-leaved Plectranthus. Nectary gibbous ; racemes bracted ; leaves ovate, fleshy.— Native of Arabia Felix. Plectronia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — G eneric Character. Calix : perianth one- leafed, turbinate, obsoletely five-toothed, closed with sinuses, or five villose scales, permanent. Corolla: petals five, lan- ceolate, sessile, inserted into the throat of the calix. Sta- mina: filamenta five, very short ; antherae germinate, round- ish, each covered by the calicine scales. Pistil: germen inferior; style filiform, shorter than the calix; stigma ovate. Pericarp: berry oblong, two celled. Seeds: solitary, oblong, compressed. Essential Character Petals: five, inserted into the throat of the calix. Berry: two-seeded, inferior. The only known species is, 1. Plectronia Ventosa. Leaves opposite, petioled, lan- ceolate-ovate, quite entire, even, longer than the -internodes ; corymbs capillary, brachiate, shorter than the leaves. It is a tree, with four-cornered branches. — Native of the Cape. Pliant Mealy Tree. See Viburnum. Plinia; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five or four parted ; segments acute, flat, small. Corolla: four or five petalled ; petals ovate, concave. Stamina: fila- menta numerous, capillary, the length of the corolla ; antherae small. Pistil: germen superior, small ; style awl-shaped, longer than the stamina ; stigma simple. Pericarp: drupe very large, globular, grooved. Seed : single, very large, globular, smooth. Essential Character. Calix: four or five parted. Petals: four or five. Drupe: superior, grooved. The species are, 1. Plinia Crocea ; Saffron-fruited Plinia. Flowers five- petalled; leaves abruptly pinnate ; fruit eatable. — Native of America. 2. Plinia Pedunculata ; Red-fruited Plinia. Flowers four-petalled ; leaves opposite, petioled, simple, even, like those of Myrtle, ovate; berry roundish, the size of a plum : in this species it is inferior. It flowers in January and February : and is commonly cultivated in Madeira and the East Indies. It is the same with Myrtus Brasiliana and Eugenia Uniflora, which see. Plocama ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, very small, five-toothed, permanent. Corolla: one- petalled, bell-shaped, five-parted; segments oblong. Sta- mina: filamenta five, short, inserted into the tube; antherae linear, from incumbent erect. Pistil: germen inferior, glo- bular; style filiform, subclavate, longer than the stamina; stigma simple, obtuse. Pericarp : berry subglobular, three- celled. Seeds: solitary, linear-oblong. Essential Cha- 3 four-leaved. The fifth differs from the rest in having the petals of the rav emarginate, and the pappus of the seeds flat and ten-toothed. Essential Character. Calix: exterior, four or five leaved ; interior, ten leaved, the leaflets concave. Down: none; receptacle chaffy. The species 1. Polymnia Canadensis; Canadian Polymnia. Leaves alternate, hastate-sinuate. This has an abiding root, which sends up many tall stalks, sometimes nearly ten feet in height; flowers of a pale yellow colour, and sessile. It grows naturally in several parts of North America. — This and the next species are both propagated by seeds, procured from the country where they grow. If they arrive from those countries in the spring, and are then sown, the plants seldom come up till the following spring ; whereas if they could be obtained in November, and were immediately sown, the plants would appear in the following spring. Sow the seeds in a bed of light ground in the open air; when the plants come up thin them, and keep them clean till the following autumn; then take the roots up carefully, and transplant them where ihey are to remain, allowing each plant at least three feet. Keep them clean, and dig about them every spring. 2. Polymnia Uvedalia ; Broad-leaved Polymnia. Leaves opposite, hastate-sinuate; root perennial, running deep in the ground, sending up many stalks in proportion to their size in the spring. These stalks in good moist ground rise nearly ten feet high. Stems terminated by a cluster of yellow flowers sitting close, having very short footstalks. The flow- ers appear in October, too late to produce seeds here, and the stalks decay in winter. — Native of Virginia. See the preceding species. 3. Polymnia Tetragonotheca ; Narrow-leaved Polymnia. Leaves opposite, spatulate, subdentated ; root perennial; stems about two feet and a half high, branching towards the top. Each of the branches ha3 one large yellow flower at the end, shaped like a Sun-flower; before it expands, covered with the inflated four-cornered calix. The seeds rarely ripen in England, and the stems perish in autumn. — Native of Carolina. Sow the seeds as directed for the preceding, and manage it in the same manner. The roots will abide through the winter in the open ground, in a warm situation. In very severe weather they should be covered with rotten tan or pease-haulm. They will live three years, but as they do not increase, it will be best to procure seeds annually from abroad. 4. Polymnia Abyssinica ; Upright Polymnia. Leaves opposite, sessile, oblong, lanceolate, subdentated ; calices five-parted; all the florets seminiferous; root annual or bien- nial ; stem herbaceous, from two to six feet high, round, the thickness of a finger, rugged, pressed close, dotted with oval, convex, brownish dots, sparingly branched at top. It flowers here in April and May. — Native of Abyssinia. 5. Polymnia Wedelia. Leaves lanceolate; stem shrubby. This is a shrubby scandent plant, with round, smooth, woody, slender, branched, brachiate stems ; peduncles one-flowered, solitary, subterminating; new branchlets springing out at their base ; flowers yellow, less than an inch in diameter.— Native of Carthagena in New Spain. Polypodium; a genus of the class Crvptogamia, order Filices. — Generic Character. Capsules: distributed in roundish dots, on the back or lower surface of the frond. The investigation of species in this extensive genus is attended i with difficulties, from their general resemblance in habit, the difference of their appearance at different ages, and’ the defect of their specific characters. Authors have not always used accurate terms in describing the fronds; and to remedy this, the plant should not be gathered until they are in a state of full fructification. The attention should "tiieu be most * particularly directed to the lower parts of the fronds or pin- nas, for there the characters are most constant and observ- able, the extreme parts generally running together so as to baffle every attempt at description. We have only eighteen species in England, and very few more are found in Europe; so , that being generally described from dried specimens brought from remote countries, many inaccuracies have unavoidably' crept in. Dr. Smith has removed several into his new genus Cyathea; and many more may perhaps follow, when better known. — The Common Polypody, and all the other sorts which are hardy enough to bear the open air, being perennial plants, may be propagated by parting their roots in the1 spring before they shoot, and should be planted in a poor moist soil under the shade of a wall, for if exposed to the sun they will not thrive. Many of them grow out of the joints of walls and old buildings, and the fissures of rocks, but are commonly found exposed to the north. They arei therefore well adapted for rockwork. The species are, * Frond undivided. 1. Polypodium Lauceolatum ; Lance-leaved Polypody. Fronds lanceolate, quite entire, smooth; fructifications soli- tary; shoots naked.— Native of South America. 2. Polypodium Lycopodioides. Fronds lanceolate, quite entire, smooth; fructifications solitary; shoot scaly, creep- ing : stems very long, slender, and compressed, fixing them- selves to trees like Ivy, and putting out many short and long branches. — Native of the West Indies, found at Jamaica, Martinico, and Domingo. 3. Polypodium Angustifolium ; Narrow leaved Polypody. Fronds linear, lanceolate, very long, acuminate, rigid, with a convex margin ; fructifications scattered, short, creeping.: —Native of Jamaica. 4. Polypodium Gramineum; Grassy Polypody. Fronds acuminate, quite entire, smooth; fructifications solitary;, shoot naked. — Native of Jamaica. ^ 5. Polypodium Marginellum ; Margined Polypody j Fronds rvedge-shaped, linear, blunt, margined, smooth; fructifications solitary, crowded; shoot very short, naked.— Native of Jamaica. 6. Polypodium Repens; Creeping Polypody. Frondsi lanceolate, acuminate, smooth, entire; fructifications scat-! tered ; shoot creeping. — Native of Jamaica. 7. Polypodium Serpens; Rooting Polypody. Fronds lan- ceolate, linear, smooth, somewhat waved ; fructifications solitary; shoot hirsute, rooting. — Native of Hispaniola. 8. Polypodium Acrostichoides. Fronds linear, entire,; smooth ; fructifications crowded. — Native of the Society, Islands. V 9. Polypodium Steliatum ; Starry Polypody. Fronds! lanceolate, linear, blunt, quite entire, hoary underneath ; fructifications solitary; shootscreeping, hirsute. — Native off New Zealand. 10. Polypodium Piloselloides. Fronds lanceolate, quite* entire, rough-haired, the barren ones ovate; fructifications solitary ; root creeping, mossy. Browne says it creeps along, the ground, and casts its small oval leaves on both sides, in, an alternate order ; these seldom exceed au inch and quarter in length, and lie commonly close upon the ground, or on POL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. POL .181 rocks.— Native of South America, and Jamaica, but rare in that island. 11. Polypodium Immersum; Immerse-fruited Polypody. Fronds oblong, lanceolate or oblong, very blunt, acute at the base, quite entire, smooth ; fructifications in rows, im- mersed.— Native of the East Indies. 12. Polypodium Heterophyllum : Various-leaved Polypody. Fronds crenate, smooth, the barren ones roundish, sessile, the fertile ones lanceolate ; fructifications solitary. — Native of South America. 13. Polypodium Crassifolium ; Thick-leaved Polypody. Fronds lanceolate, smooth, quite entire ; fructifications in rows. — Native of South America. 14. Polypodium Phyllitidis. Fronds lanceolate, smooth, quite entire ; fructifications scattered.— This grows in South America and Jamaica, on the trunks of old trees, like our common Polypody. 15. Polypodium Comosum ; Many-cleft Polypody. Fronds lanceolate, smooth, quite entire, multifid at the top; fructi fications scattered. — Native of South America. Thought to be nearly allied to the preceding. 16. Polypodium Trifurcatum ; Three-cleft Polypody. Fronds lanceolate, smooth, repand-sinuate, three-lobed at top. — Native of South America. This, like the preceding, •is suspected to be nearly allied to the fourteenth species. 17. Polypodium Lineare. Fronds linear-lanceolate, entire, smooth: fructifications solitary. — (Native of Japan, flowering there in October. 18. Polypodium Ensatum ; Sword leaved Polypody. Frond elliptic, ensiform, smooth, entire; fructifications scat- tered.— Native of Japan. ** Frond pinnatifid, with the Lobes coadunate. 19. Polypodium Pica. Frond simple, cordate, three- lobed ; lobes lanceolate, subulate, eared at the base, the middle one elongated.— Native of Madagascar. 20. Polypodium Phymatodes. Fronds simple, bifid, or -five-lobed, lanceolate, above the fructifications warted. — 'Native of the East Indies. 21. Polypodium Pendulum; Pendulous Polypody. Fronds pinnatifid, subsessile, smooth, pendulous ; lobes oblong, bluntish. — Native of Jamaica. 22. Polypodium Hastatum ; Hastate-leaved Polypody. Frond trifid, hastate. — Native of Japan, flowering from 'February to June. 23. Polypodium Crispatum ; Curl-leaved Polypody. Fronds pinnatifid, smooth ; lobes semi-orbicular, crenate. — Native of South America. 24- Polypodiutn Incisum ; Gash-leaved Polypody . Fronds lanceolate, pinnatifid ; lobes rounded, the lower cleft and united. — Native of Jamaica. 25. Polypodium Trichomanoides. Fronds pinnatifid, somewhat hairy; lobes semiovate, obtuse. — Native of Jamaica. 26. Polypodium Myosuroides. Fronds pinnatifid, smooth ; lobes united into a lanceolate top, fructiferous, the lower ones remote. — Native of Jamaica. 27. Polypodium Suspension. Fronds pinnatifid, smooth ; lobes semi-acute. — Native of South America: allied probably to the following species. 28. Polypodium Asplenifolium. Fronds pinnatifid, hairy; lobes semi-acute. — Native of South America. Probably allied to the preceding species. 29. Polypodium Vulgare; Common Polypody. Fronds pinnatifid; pinnas oblong, subserrate, blunt; root scaly. The lower pinnas are frequently barren. The root was employed as a purgative by the ancients, and being thought useful in expelling bile and pituitous humours, was recom- mended in insanity and melancholy ; though, to act as a cathartic, the root must be given in its recent state, and in a large dose. As a pectoral, it seems to promise more advan- tage ; and, joined with liquorice, Injs produced good effects in coughs and asthmatic affections. Withering observes, that the root is sweetish to the taste, but by long boiling it becomes bitter. When fresh it is a gentle purgative, and the best way of taking it is in an infusion; six drachms of the root is a sufficient quantity for a pint of boiling water, and that is enough for two doses. Meyriok also asserts, that the root is a safe and gentle purgative, and may be taken either in an infusion or decoction, in which forms it generally operates by urine as well as stool. It is serviceable in the jaundice and dropsy, and is likewise an excellent ingredient in diet-drinks for scorbutic disorders. It is very common in woods and shady lanes on the old stumps of trees, and on rocks and walls; in fructification from June to October. There are several varieties, the smallest of which is hardly deserving of notice. The most remarkable is that which has been long noticed under the name of Welsh Polypody, and which Linneus and some others consider as a distinct species. In it the pinnas are pinnatifid, and the lobes serrate; and there- fore is certainly, says Lightfoot, only a variety of the common sort, as I have had frequent opportunities of determining by observing its different gradations. In this state it is analogous to a double flower among the more perfect plants ; and there- fore never produced fructifications. This is also observed in a variety of Asplenium Scolopendrum, which see. 30. Poiypodium Virginianum; Virginian Polypody. Fronds pinnatifid ; pinnas oblong, subserrate, blunt ; root smooth. — Native of Virginia. 31. Polypodium Otites. Fronds pinnatifid ; lobes lance- olate, alternate, blunt, distant. — Native of America. That this species of Polypodium is a native of Virginia, is doubted both by Willdenow and Pursb. 32. Polypodium Incanum; Hoary Polypody. Fronds pinnatifid; pinnas lanceolate, blunt, distant, spreading, entire underneath, and on the stipe hoary scaleletted. It rises in tufts, and seldom exceeds ten or twelve inches in length. — Native of Jamaica, in low, cool, and shady places. 33. Polypodium Pustulatum. Fronds pinnatifid, even ; pinnas oblong, entire, acuminate. — Native of Jamaica. 34. Poiypodium Scandens; Scandent Polypody. Fronds pimiatifid, even; pinnas linear, blunt, waved, distant; run- ners rooting, scandent. — Native of Jamaica. 35. Poiypodium Pectinatum. Fronds pinnatifid, lanceo- late ; lobes approximating, ensiform, parallel, acute, hori- zontal; root naked. — Native of Jamaica and Egypt. 36. Poiypodium Taxifolium ; Yew-leaved Polypody. Fronds pinnatifid ; lobes approximating, ensiform, parallel, acute, ascending; root rough-haired. — Native of South America. 37. Poiypodium Struthionis ; Ostrich-feathered Polypody. Fronds pinnatifid ; lobes approximating, ensiform, repand, horizontal. — Native of South America. 38. Poiypodium Squamatum; Scaly Polypody. Fronds pinnatifid, rugged ; pinnas lanceolate, distant, horizontal, quite entire. — Native of South America. 39. Poiypodium Loriceum. Fronds pinnatifid, even ; pinnas lanceolate, distant, horizontal, repand. — Native of South America. 40. Poiypodium Alatum ; Winged Polypody. Fronds pinnatifid, even; pinnas oblong, distant, toothed. — Native of South America. 41. Poiypodium Ellipticum ; Elliptic-leaved Polypody. Fronds pinnatifid ; pinnas elliptic, even, entire ; shoot creep- ing.— Native of Japan. 382 POL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; POL 42. Polvpodium Aurcum ; Golden Polypody. Fronds pinnatifid, smooth, and even; pinnas oblong, distant, the lowest patulous, the terminating one very large; fructifi- cations in rows. It flowers in March. — Native of Jamaica and Martinico, on the trunks of large trees. 43. Polypodium Quercifolium ; Oak-leaved Polypody. Barren fronds sessile, shorter, blunt, sinuate, fruiting; fronds alternate ; pinnas lanceolate. The fruiting frond is so like that of the forty-second species, that it might be taken for the same, but the other’s leaves are shorter by half, wider, only sinuated like those of the Oak. — Native of the East Indies. * - Frond trifoliate; Peduncle with three Leaflets. 44. Polypodium Trifoliatum ; Three-leaved Polypody. Fronds ternate, sinuate, lobed, the middle ones larger. — Native of the West Indies. **** Frond pinnate. 45. Polypodium Lonchitis; Rough Polypody, or Spleen- wort. Fronds pinnate; pinnas crescent-shaped, ciliate-ser- rate, declined ; stipes strigose. Dr. Withering observes, that this plant is about four inches long and an inch broad, generally curved, and that the larger serratures of the pinnas end in semi transparent thorns.— Native of Britain, Norway, Switzerland, Dauphiny, Carniola, Monte Baldo, and Virgi- nia. In Wales it is found on the highest mountains of Caer- narvonshire; on Glydar, near Llanberis; and in Scotland at the foot of the rocks among the Highland mountains. 46. Polypodium Muricatum ; Thorny-leaved Polypody. Fronds pinnate ; pinnas falcate-lanceolate, subserrate, eared upwards, at bottom and in front spiny; stipe scaly. — Native of Jamaica. 47. Polypodium Semicordatum ; Half -heart-leaved Poly- pody. Frond pinnate; pinnas parallel, lanceolate, very smooth, obliquely cordate at the base; the lower lobe more gibbous; fructifications in four rows. — Native of Jamaica. 48. Polypodium Sagittatum ; Arrow-leaved Polypody. Frond pinnate; pinnas lanceolate, blunt, entire, having a toothlel on each side at the base, the lower one mutilated, triangular, minute.— Native of Jamaica. 49. Polvpodium Exaltatum ; Lofty Polypody. Fronds pinnate; pinnas ensil’orm, entire, gibbous at the base inwards, at the upper base upwards. — Native of Jamaica, and the continent of South America. 50. Polypodium Rhizophyllum; Rooting-leaved Polypody. Fronds pinnate, decumbent, trailed at the tip, the fruiting ones rooting; pinnas ovate-deltoid. — Native of Jamaica. 51. Polypodium A uriculatum ; Eared Polypody. Fronds pinnate; pinnas falcate-lanceolate, serrate, truncate at the base, eared upwards. — Native of the East Indies. 52. Polypodium Unituin. Fronds pinnate ; pinnas eusi- form, serrate; serratures semi-ovate, nerved. — Native of the East Indies. 53. Polypodium Sophoroides. Fronds pinnate ; pinnas ensiform, gash serrate ; serratures semi-ovate, nerved, the lowest serrature longer above. — Native of Japan. 54. Polypodium Triangulare; Triangular-leaved Polypody. Frond pinnate; pinuas triangular, toothed. — Native of South America. 55. Polypodium Obliteratum. Frond pinnate; pinnas alternate, broad lanceolate, attenuated, crenate, notched at the tip and base, obliterated on both sides. — Native of Jamaica. 56. Polypodium Crenatum ; Notch-leaved Polypody. Frond pinnate; pinnas oblong-lanceolate, crenate, smooth; fructifications in double rows. — Native of Jamaica. 57. Polypodium Cordifolium; Heart-leaved Polypody. Fronds pinnate ; pinnas cordate, blunt, quite entire, repand. — Native of America. 58. Polypodium Simile. Fronds pinnate ; pinnas lanceo- late, quite entire, distant ; the upper ones smaller dots in rows; plant three feet high, upright. — Native of America and China. 59. Polypodium Dissimile. Fronds pinnate ; pinnas lan- ceolate, subpubescent, confluent, the lower ones distinct; dots scattered. — Native of Jamaica. 60. Polypodium Serra; Saw-leaved Polypody. Frond bipinnatifid ; pinnas linear, very long, attenuated, serrate; serratures semiovate, acute, striated. — Native of Jamaica. 61. Polypodium Tetragonum ; Square stalked Polypody. Fronds bipinnatifid ; pinnas lanceolate, acuminate, opposite, distant, horizontal ; segments ovate, bluntisli ; stipe four- cornered. — Native of Jamaica. 62. Polypodium Sanctum. Fronds subbipinnate ; upper pinnas coadunate; lower linear, blunt, entire; lowest biggest, acute, crenate. — Native of Jamaica. See Acrostichum Sanc- tum ; they are the same. 63. Polypodium Reticulatum ; Netted-leaved Polypody. Fronds pinnate ; pinnas oblong, quite entire, anastomosing, rectangular ; dot rectangular, approximating. — Native of America. 64. Polypodium Deltoideum ; Deltoid Polypody. Frond bipinnatifid ; lower pinnas abbreviated, entire, oblong, del- toid, reflex. — Native of Jamaica. 65. Polypodium Cicutarium. Fronds ternate; leaflets bipinnate, laciniate at the base, bluntly gash-serrate, acu- minate, the lowest more gibbous. These little plants rise three or four together from a tufted fibrous root. — Native of Virginia aud Jamaica. 66. Polypodium Fontanum ; Rock Polypody. Fronds pinnate, lanceolate; leaflets roundish, sharply gashed; stipe even. Dr. Smith has removed this species iuto the genus Cyathea. — Native of England, Germany, Switzerland, the south of France, Piedmont, and Siberia, upon moist shady rocks. It is found above Hammersham church, and near Wyburne in Westmoreland, and also in Buckinghamshire. 67. Polypodium Falcatum ; Sickle-leaved Polypody. Fronds pinnate ; pinnas cordate, falcate, acuminate, entire; fructifications approximating, scattered. This resembles the forty-fifth species, but the frond is larger, the leaflets on petioles, though very short ones, more pointed, and very bluntly serrate. — Native of Japan. 68. Polypodium Marginale. Fronds pinnate; upper pin- nas coalescent ; lower ensiform, eared upwards, gashed ; stipe villose. — Native of Japan. 70. Polypodium Hirsutulum. Fronds pinnate; pinnas oblong, bluntly serrate, eared upwards at the base. — Native of the Society Isles. 71. Polypodium Tenellum. Fronds pinnate; leaflets alternate, remote, linear, acuminate, waved. — Native of the islands in the South Sea. 72. Polypodium Dissectum. Fronds pinnate; leaflets piu- natifid ; pinnules oblong, bluntly serrate, the lower ones longer, scarcely coalescent. — Native of the islands in the South Sea. 73. Polypodium Nymphale. Fronds pinnate, pubescent; leaflets linear, very long, pointed, serrate, pinnatifid at the base ; segments oblong, blunt, scarcely falcated forwards. — t Native of the islands in the South Sea. 74. Polypodium Invisum. Fronds pinnate, smooth; leaf- lets linear, very long, pointed, senate, pinnate; pinnas lan- ceolate, falcate, acute, connate at the base. — Native of New Zealand. POL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P O L 383 75. Polypodium Pennigerum. Fronds pinnate, smooth; leaflets linear, very long, pointed, suhpinnate; pinnas ovate, oblong. — Native of New Zealand. 70. Pqlypodium Erectum. Fronds pinnate ; pinnas oppo site, oblong, at the top linear, acuminate, serrate; fructifi- cations in a continued line along the margin. — Native of the Society Isles. ***** Frond, bipinnate, or mbbipinnale. 77. Polypodium Phegopteris; Wood Polypody. Fronds subbipinnate ; lowest leaflets reflex, each pair united at the base by a four-cornered little appendate plant, sometimes nineteen, and stipe twelve inches high, and hairy. — Native of most parts of Europe, and of Virginia in the clefts of rocks, moist and shady places, and woods. With us in Devonshire, Yorkshire, Westmoreland ; as at Barrowfield wood near Kendal, and by the fall of Lodore near Derwent- vvater ; also in the lowlands of Scotland about Langholm, and Panton bridge in Eskdale. 78. Polypodium Retroflexum. Fronds subbipinnate; low- est leaflets reflex ; pinnas jagged. — Native of America. 79. Polypodium Fragrans; Sweet Polypody. Fronds bipinnate; pinnas ovate, sublobed, blunt, naked underneath, bent back at the edge ; fructifications marginal ; stock dark purple, smooth and even, with pale red chaffs towards ihe base. When fresh dried, this species is extremely fragrant. — Native of the south of Europe, known also in the East Indies. 80. Polypodium Parasiticum ; Parasitical Polypody. Fronds semibipinnate, lanceolate; lobes rounded, quite entire, striated. — Native of the E. Indies, on trees. Found also in Java. 81. Polypodium Varium. Fronds lateral, bipinnate; low- est leaflet pinnatifid. — Native of China. 82. Polypodium Cristatum; Crested Polypody. Fronds subbipiunate ; leaflets ovate, oblong; pinnas bluntish, sharply serrate at the tip. — Found in moist woods and shady places in a gravelly soil, in chinks of moist rocks, on old walls, and in marshy places at the foot of decaying oaks, in the north of Europe. 83. Polypodium Patens: Pubescent Polypody. Frond bipinnatifid, somewhat villose underneath; pinnas linear- lanceolate, elongated ; pinnules oblong, acute, entire, the low est longer. — Native of Jamaica, on the banks of the Rio Cobra. 84. Polypodium Filix Mas ; Male Polypody, or Fern. Fronds bipinnate; pinnas obtuse, crenulate ; stipe chaffy. This seems to have the same qualities with the Pteris Aqui- lina, or Common Brake. Both are burnt for their ashes, which are sold to soap and glass makers. The bishop of Drontheim relates, that the curled leaves, at their first appearance, are boiled and eaten like Asparagus ; and that the poorer Norwegians cut off those succulent laminae like the nails of the finger, at the crown of the root, which are the bases of the future stalks, and brew them into beer, adding a third part of malt ; and in times of great scarcity they mix it with > heir bread. The same author adds, that, cut green, and dried in the open air, it affords not only an excellent bitter, but, infused in hot water, becomes no con- temptible fodder to goats, sheep, &c. which will readily eat, and sometimes grow fat upon it. The root has been greatly celebrated for its effects upon the ttenia or tape-worm ; and this quality was known to the ancients, though, notwith- standing its subsequent recommendation by Hoffman, it was generally neglected, till Madame Noufer, a surgeon’s widow in Switzerland, employed a secret remedy as a specific in the cure of the tape- worm. The principal physicians at Paris being deputed to make a complete trial of its efficacv, it was purchased by the king of France, and afterwards pub- lished by his order. — After the patient has been prepared by an emollient clyster, and a supper of panada with butter and salt, he is directed to take in the morning, while in bed, a dose of two or three drachms of the powdered root, one drachm being the dose for infants. The powder must be washed down with a draught of water, and two hours after a strong cathartic of calomel and scanunony is to be given, proportioned to the strength of the patient. If this does not operate in due time, it is to be followed by a dose of purging salts ; and if the worm be not expelled in a few' hours, the process is to be repeated at proper intervals. That this treatment has been successful, there is abundant evidence; but whether the Fern root, or strong cathartic, is the principal agent in destroying the worms, has been doubted, although it does appear from experiments made in Germany, that the tape worm has been expelled by giving the root repeatedly without the addition of any purgative. Meyrick' says, the roots when chewed are at first sweetish, but soon become nauseous and bitter. Some people make use of them to destroy worms in children, others to remove obstructions of the viscera, and a third class to cure the rickets. 85. Polypodium Filix Foemina ; Female Polypody, or Fern. Fronds bipinnate ; pinnules lanceolate, pinnatifid, acute; stalk waved, smooth, sometimes scaly. — Native of the northern and some of the more southern parts of Europe, in moist and shady marshes, woods, and heaths, near rivulets. It is however by no means so common as the preceding. 86. Polypodium Oreopteris; Mountain Polypody. Fronds subbipinnate; pinnas alternate; pinnules qbite entire, lan- ceolate, bluntish; fructifications marginal; root scaly. Some of the most remarkable particulars in which this species dif- fers from the following and from the eighty-third species, with both of which it has been confounded, are these; first, the eighty-sixth species has a small creeping root, but this a large scaly root wrapped and tied together with small strong fibres, which cannot be separated without difficulty. Secondly, when the former grows old, the under side of the leaf is totally covered with the confluent fructifications, and the edges of the pinnules are reflexed or contracted. In the latter the fructifications are always on the margins, both iii a young and old state, and never run into one another. Thirdly, this species is four limes as large as the following one, which grows in boggy places : whereas this is always found in dry woods and on moors, rarely growing near water. It is said to have an agreeable scent, and is more frequent in mountainous situations than any other species. — It is found both in England and Scotland, but most abundantly in the latter: in woods at Castle Howard and Hornby; in moist woods near Darlington, but never on dry hills in that neigh- bourhood; in a wood at Old Footswell near Bromsgrove; and on the north side of Shotover-hill. 87. Polypodium Thelypteris; Marsh Polypody. Frond bipinnate; pinnas pinnatifid, quite entire, covered with pollen underneath. — Native of the northern parts of Europe in bogs. Found near Bungay in Suffolk ; St. Faith’s, Newton bogs, near Norwich ; and at the foot of Snowden near Llanberis. 88. Polypodium Aculeatum ; Prickly Polypody. Fronds bipinnate; pinnas lanceolate, ciliate, toothed ; stipe strigose. — Native of most parts of Europe, of Barbary, Egypt, &c. in woods and shady places. There is a variety, the leaves of which vary from six inches to a foot in height. It is also found in shady places. 89. Polypodium Hirtum. Frond at bottom tripinuatifid, towards the top bipinnatifid, and finally pinnatifid ; segments ovate, blunt, almost entire ; stipe and branches rough-haired. — Native of Jamaica. 90. Polypodium Rlneticum; Stone Polypody. Fronds 384 POL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; POL bipinnate ; leaflets and pinnas remote, lanceolate; serratures acuminate. — Native of Engalnd, France, Germany, Switzer- land, Carniola, and Siberia. With us, it abounds in Derby- shire, Westmoreland, Wales, and Scotland. 91. Polypodium Elongatutn ; Cut-leaved Polypody. Fronds bipinnate, smooth ; pinnas blunt, sharply serrate, the upper ones ovate, the middle oblong, the lower lanceolate, pinnatifid, sharpish, — Native of Madeira and the Azores. 92. Polypodium Noveboracense. Fronds bipinnate ; pinnas oblong, quite entire, parallel; stipe even. — Found in Canada. 93. Polypodium Pubescens. Fronds bipinnate, hairy ; pinnas lanceolate-ovate, somewhat gashed, acute; the out- most confluent.— Native of Jamaica, but not common there. 94. Polypodium Marginale ; Marginal-flowering Poly- pody. Fronds bipinnate; pinnas sinuate, repand at the base; fructifications marginal. — Native of Canada. 95. Polypodium Bulbiferum ; Bulbiferous Polypody. Fronds bipinnate ; leaflets remote ; pinnas oblong, obtuse, serrate, bulbiferous underneath. Among the fructifications are round globules, first green, then black, of a sweetish taste, like the root of the Common Polypody : when ripe, according to Cornutus, they fall to the ground and strike root ; from which circumstance, Linneus calls them bulbs. Bobart rather conceives these globules, bulbs, or tubers, to be the work of insects, because it is unusual to find two sorts of seeds on the same plant, but there are several plants which increase both by seeds and bulbs. — Native of Canada. 96. Polypodium Fragile; Brittle Polypody. Fronds bipinnate ; leaflets remote; pinnas roundish, gashed. Accord- ing to Dr. Smith, who makes this a Cyathea, the frond is bipinnate and pinnatifid, its segments obovate and notched, the stalk winged, the flowers scattered, and the calix torn. Dr. Withering has three varieties, but they have been all gathered from the same root. — Native of Europe, on rocks. In England it is found at Peak’s Hole, and on walls about Buxton in Derbyshire; near Hyde, in Gloucestershire; in the road from Bourn Heath to Worms Ash, near Bromsgrove; and in Wales and Scotland. 97. Polypodium Regium. Fronds bipinnate ; leaflets sub- opposite ; pinnas alternate, laciniate — Native of Carniola, France, and Piedmont. 98. Polypodium Leptophylluni ; Fine leaved Polypody. Fronds bipinnate, the barren ones very short; pinnas cunei- form, lobate. This is a smooth, delicate, and almost diapha- nous plant. Linneus, who doubted whether it were a Poly- podium, says it is a middle species between this genus and those of Acrostichum and Osmunda. Magnol and Barrelier, make it an Adiantium ; and Swartz affirms it to be a genuine Asplenium, with$bipinnate and tripinnatifid fronds; remote pinnas ; cuneiform, gashed, lobed, and solitary fructifications. — Native of Spain, Portugal, Provence, and Algiers, in the fissures of rocks. 99. Polypodium Barometz; Scythian Lamb Polypody. Fronds bipinnate ; pinnas pinnatifid, lanceolate, serrate ; roots woolly. — Many authors have written upon this very singular plant, and most of them fabulously. Some have given a figure of it much resembling a lamb, as the fruit of some plant, on the top of a stalk. It is well known, however, to be the root, which, from the variety of its form, is easily turned into the form of a lamb, which the Tartars call barometz. The root rises above the ground in an oblong form, covered ail over willi hairs; towards one end it frequently becomes narrower, and then thicker, so as to give somewhat of the shape of a head and neck; and it has sometimes two pendu- lous hairy excrescences, resembling ears; at the other end a short shoot extends out into a tail ; four fronds are chosen in a suitable position, and are cut off to a proper length, to represent the legs: and thus a vegetable lamb or dog is pro- duced, which at a due distance it may be easy to mistake for a real animal. It is scarcely necessary to contradict the fables that have been related of this remarkable Fern root; such as, that no grass will grow near it, the ground appearing as if the lamb had fed it bare. Loureiro, who bad an oppor- tunity of examining it in its living state, declares, that the root, when first cut, yields a tenacious juice, very like the blood of animals in colour and substance; but that all the other wonderful stories told about it, are fabulous. He remarks, that the root is astringent, and will stop bleeding. In the account of this plant, contained in our Philosophical Transactions, it is said that the down of the root is commonly taken for spitting of blood, about six grains forming a dose, and three doses pretended to cure such a haemorrhage: and that in China this down is used for stopping of blood in fresh wounds, as cobwebs are with us ; and is so generally esteemed, that few families are ever without it. This down is of a dark yellowish snuff colour, shining like silk, some of it a quarter of an inch long. The celebrated physician and botanist, Dr. Darwin, thus celebrates this peculiar kind of Feru, in his Poem called “The Loves of the Plants.” Cradled in snow, and fann’d by Arctic air, Shines gentle Barometz ! thy golden hair ; Rooted in earth, each cloven hoof descends, And round and round her flexile neck she bends ; Crops the gray coral moss, and hoary thyme, Or laps with rosy tongue the melting rime ; Eyes with mute tenderness her distant dam, Or seems to bleat, a vegetable Lamb. — Native of Tartary, China, and Cochin-china. 100. Polypodium Lacerum. Fronds bipinnate; pinnules' sessile; the outmost confluent, falcate, serrate ; stipe scaly; root creeping, scaly ; scales close, membranaceous, brown, i smooth. — Native of Japan. 101. Polypodium Setosum. Fronds bipinnate; pinnules * lanceolate, gashed, entire ; stipe bristly. — Native of Japan, t 102. Polypodium Glaucum. Frond bipartite, bipinnate, glaucous underneath; pinnules gashed, entire. — Native of Japan; flowering in June. 103. Polypodium Dichotomum. Dichotomous: fronds pinnate ; pinnas linear-lanceolate, quite entire, horizontal, glaucous underneath. The ashes of this, with powdered alum, ( are exhibited in aphthas and excoriations of the mouth, iu Japan. The New Zealanders suck out the sweetish farina- ceous part of the root, having first roasted it, and beat it welb with a stone or club. — Native of Jamaica, Japan, and in the.: dry mountains of New Zealand, and the Society Isles. ****** Prickly , with scattered Spines, or arborescent. 104. Polypodium Arboreum ; Tree Polypody. Fronds bipinnate, serrate ; trunk arboreous, unarmed. This Fern rises to the great height of twenty-five feet; it is, like tbe other Ferns and Palms, furnished only with ribs, which fall off gradually as it rises, while the new shoots spring up (rom the top. It resembles the Palm tribe also, both in the form and structure of its woody trunk, being very hard immediately under the bark, but loose, soft, and fibrous in the middle. It holds for many years, bears all the inclemencies of the weather,* and is often used for posts, where the smaller Palms are notfj at hand. — Native of South America, Jamaica, Amboyna, and> Cochin-china. 105. Polypodium Spinosum. Fronds bipinnate, serrate; trunk arboreous, prickly. It rises to the height of twenty ! feet, as large as the human leg, undivided, covered with the( ends of the fallen petioles, which are dark brown, as big as j POL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. POL 385 the finger, two or three inches long, thick set with short and sharp prickles. — Native of South America, and the islands. 106. Polypodium Horridum. Fronds superdecompound ; pinnas semisagittate, connected at the base, serrate at the tip; trunk prickly.— Native of the West Indies. 107. Polypodium Pyramidale. Fronds superdecompound ; pinnas terminating, lanceolate, very long, serrate ; stipe prickly at bottom. — Native of America. 108. Polypodium Asperum. Fronds superdecompound ; pinnas obtuse, serrate at the tip, the terminating ones acuminate; trunk arboreous, prickly. — Native of America. 109. Polypodium Muricatum. Fronds bipinnate ; pinnas ovate-toothlet, spiny. — Native of America. 110. Polypodium Villosum. Fronds bipinnate, hirsute; pinnas oblong, obtuse, the terminating ones acuminate. — Native of the West Indies. 111. Polypodium Decussatum. Fronds bipinnate ; pinnas horizontal, quite entire, obtuse, the terminating ones lanceo- late.— Native of the East Indies. ******* Frond superdecompound. 112. Polypodium Axillare; Slender Polypody. Frond tripinnate, smooth; pinnas oblong, serrate at.the tip, aduate, few-ficwered. — Native of the island of Madeira. 113. Polypodium Umbrosum ; Madeira Wood Polypody. Frond tripinnate, smooth ; pinnas lanceolate, linear, serrate, adnate, many-flowered. — Native of Madeira. 114. Polypodium Dropteris; Branched Polypody . Fronds superdecompound ; leaflets torn, bipinnate. The plant is from five to eight inches or a foot high. The pinnas do not grow exactly perpendicular, but decline towards the horizon. Fructifications in two rows of round dots upon each lobe. Bolton figures a variety with larger leaves, which he found in White Scars near Ingleton, Yorkshire; and in the Peak of Derbyshire. The species is a native of many parts of Europe, on rocks, and in dry places. With us, chiefly in the northern counties; as at Cornbury quarry in Oxford- shire; in woods ENE of the road up Frocaster Iiill, Glou- cestershire; about North Bierly in Yorkshire; among the rocks at the fall of Lodore on the side of Derwentwater, Cumberland ; in Barrowfield wood, and other rocky woods near Kendal; in Scotland, at Laugholm and Broomholm in Eskdale; about Duukeld in Stormount; and near Tintern Abbey in Monmouthshire, South Wales. 115. Polypodium Speluncae. Fronds superdecompound, hairy; leaflets lanceolate, pinnate; pinnas opposite, pinna- tifid. — Native of both Indies, Cochin-china, and Egypt. 116. Polypodium Capense ; Cape Polypody. Frond super- decompound ; leaves bipinnate ; pinnas one-flowered at the base. — Native of the Cape. 117. Polypodium iEmulum ; Dwarf Madeira Polypody. Frond quadripinnatifid, smooth; pinnas oblong-linear, gashed; pinnules toothletted at the tip. — Native of Madeira. 118. Polypodium Denticulatum ; Toothletted Polypody. Frond quadripartite at bottom, at top tripinnate, smooth ; pinnules wedge-ovate, gashed, toothletted ; fructifications solitary. — Native of Jamaica. 119. Polypodium Armatum; Armed Polypody. Fronds quadripinnate ; pinnules lanceolate, crenulate, smooth above, hirsute at bottom; fructifications crowded, branched; branch- lets rough ; trunk arboreous, prickly. — -Native of Jamaica. 120. Polypodium Glaucum. Fronds quadripinnate; branches and branchlets lanceolate ; pinnas lanceolate, pin- natifid ; segments ovate, acute, glaucous underneath. — Native of Jamaica. 121. Polypodium Dissectum ; Cut Polypody. Frond quadripinnatifid, smootbish ; pinnules ovate, blunt, gash-ser- rate; fructifications solitary ; branches and branchlets pubes- cent.— Native of Jamaica. 122. Polypodium Effusum ; Spreading Polypody. Frond quinquepinnatifid, smoothish, membranaceous ; pinnules acute, finely serrate; rachis of the branches margined. — Native of Jamaica. 123. Polypodium Ilvense. Fronds pinnate; leaflets oppo- site, united, blunt, hairy underneath, very entire at the base ; see Acrostichum license. — Found on Ben Lawers in Scotland, and Clogwyn y Garnedd in Wales. 124. Polypodium Arvonicum. Fronds pinnate; leaflets lanceolate, pinnatifid, hairy underneath ; stipe hairy. — Found in Wales. 125. Polypodium Dentatum. Fronds pinnate ; leaflets opposite, pinnatifid ; lobes sparingly cut at the sides, finely toothed at the ends; stipe very slender. — Found in the highlands of Scotland. 126. Polypodium Spinulosum. Fronds bipinnate ; pinnas lanceolate; pinnules linear, ovate, with sharp-pointed teeth. — Found on bogs on Birmingham heath, and Hoiluways in Devonshire. L27. Polypodium Trifidum. Fronds bipinnate; pinnas lanceolate, blunt; pinnules of the lowermost pinnas mostly trifid ; stipe bordered. — Found near Denbigh in North Wales. 128. Polypodium Vestitum. Fronds subbipinnate ; pinnas rhomb-ovate, gash serrate, the lowest lobed, subbipinnate; stipe covered with scariose scales. — Native of New South Wales. 129. Polypodium Nudum. Fronds bipinnate; leaflets and pinnas rhombed, gashed, crenate; stipe rugged. — Native of New South Wales. 130. Polypodium Setosum. Fronds bipinnate; leaves subbipinnate; pinnas linear, gashed, serrate; serratures seta- ceous; stipe villose. — Native of New South Wales. 131. Polypodium Aristatum. Fronds bipinnate; lower leaflets pinnate ; pinnas rhomb-oblong, gashed ; segments mucronate, serrate; stipe somewhat villose. — Native of New South Wales. 132. Polypodium Adiantiforme. Fronds subbipinnate; leaflets ovate, gashed ; lobes ovate, obtuse, crenate-serrate, the lowest separate; stipe scaleietted, rough. — Native of New South Wales. 133. Polypodium Medullare. Fronds bipinnate; leaflets pinnate, very long, pointed ; pinnas oblong, subfalcate, acute, crenate; stipe rough ; trunk arboreous, hispid. This is fre- quent in the woods of New Zealand, where it is called Mamuga. The natives eat the pith of the root and lower part of the trunk roasted. It has a taste like that of the Turnip, but better, and approaches to the Sago. The pith abounds in a red juice like that of the ninety-eighth species. 134. Polypodium Extensum. Fronds bipinnate ; leaflets pinnate, acuminate, serrate at the tip; pinnas oblong, serrate; stipe rough, with dots ; stem arboreous. — Native of the islands in the South Sea. 135. Polypodium Dealbatum. Fronds bipinnate; leaflets pinnate, acuminate, white underneath ; pinnas oblong, sub- falcate, serrate; stipe rough; trunk arboreous. — Native of New Zealand. 136. Polypodium Affine. Fronds bipinnate ; leaflets pin- nate, acuminate, white underneath; pinnas acuminate, linear- oblong, crenate. — Native of the islands in lire South Seas. 137. Polypodium Lunulatum. Fronds bipinnate ; leaflets pinnate, serrate at the tip, setaceous ; pinnas linear-oblong, falcate, serrulate at the tip; stipe rough. — Native of the islands in the South Seas. 138. Polypodium Latifolium. Fronds subbipinnate; leaf- POM THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PON 330 lets ovate, acuminate, pinnatifid anti lobed ; segments repand , crenate; stipe very smooth, shining. — Native of the islands in the South Seas. Polypody. See Polijpodium. Polypremum ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogynia.— Generic Character. Calix : perianth four-leaved, permanent; leaflets lanceolate, keeled, coloured within. Corolla: one-petalled, wheel-shaped; limb four- cleft; lobes obcordate, t he length of the calix. Stamina: filarnenta four, very short, in the throat of the corolla ; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen obcordate ; style short, permanent: stigma truncate. Pericarp: capsule ovate, com- pressed at the tip, emarginate, two-celled, two-valved ; the partitions contrary; seed numerous, fastened to an oblong ascending receptacle, connected with the partition below. Essential Character. Calix: four-leaved. Corolla: four-cleft, wheel-shaped, with obcordate lobes. Capsule: compressed, emarginate, two celled. The only known species is, 1. Polypremum Procumbens. Root annual; stem pro- cumbent; leaves linear, subulate, in whorls; peduncles one- flowered, solitary, in the whorls of leaves. — Native of Caro- lina and Virginia. Polytrichum ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Musci.— Generic Character. Capsule: oblong, some- times quadrangular, placed on a quadrangular apophysis; peristome double ; outer with thirty-two short teeth, united at the base, incurved ; inner a flat membrane, transverse, glued to the apices of the teeth of the inner one. Calyptre: hairy. Male: flowers discoid, on a circular bud, on a dif- ferent plant, terminating. Essential Character. Cap- sule: lidded, on a very small apophysis or receptacle, some- times villose. The species most worthy of notice is, 1. Polytrichum Commune ; Great Golden Maidenhair, or Goldilocks. — This is fouud abundantly in woods, and on moors in boggy places. When the Laplanders sleep all night in the woods, they make themselves beds of this Moss : the bears collect it for the same purpose; and squirrels and birds also use it in making their nests. There are about twenty other species known, but not worth enumerating. Poma. See Pyrus. Pomegranate. See Punica. Pometia; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Hexandria. — Generic Character. Male Flowers. Calix: peti- antli one-leafed, wheel-shaped, six-cleft, very short ; seg- ments roundish. Corolla: petals six, orbicular, erect, a little longer than the calix ; nectary a raised rim, with six little swell- ings. Stamina: fllamenta six, awl-shaped, erect, three times as long as the corolla, placed on the margin of the nectary; anther® parabolical, bifid at the base. Pistil: rudiment in the centre of the flowers. Female Flowers: in the same raceme with the males. Calix and Corolla: as in the males. Pistil: germen obcordate, twin, two-celled; style filiform, four times as long as the corolla ; stigma compressed. Peri- carp: berry globular, fleshy, superior. Seed: single, ovate, in the centre of the berry. Observe. Sometimes stamina are observed in the female flowers. One cell of the germen is entirely obliterated in the ripe fruit. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: one-leafed, six cleft. Petals: six. Male. Stamina : six. Female. Berry : globular, with one seed in the centre.- The species arc, 1. Pometia Pinnata. Leaves pinnate; raceme superde- compound, terminating. — Native of the islands in the South Seas. 2. Pometia Ternata. Leaves ternate ; racemes almost simple, axillary. The parts of fructification are not six as in the preceding, but two, and multiples of that number. — Native of New Caledonia. Pommereullia ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: glume tur- binate, three or four flowered, two-valved ; valves equal, wedge shaped, divaricate at the base; claw incurved, linear, gradually widening, four-cleft ; segments dilated in a ring, and involving the florets, unequal ; the side ones larger, lan- ceolate, acute ; the inner or middle ones shorter by half, awl- shaped, awned ; awn dorsal, inserted between the inner seg- ments, solitary, straight, upright, larger than the valves. Corolla: glume two-valved ; valves unequal ; the outer verv like the calicine glumes, awned ; the inner very short, quite simple or undivided, ovate, flat, awnless. Stamina: fila-i menta three, very short; anther® linear, the length of the valves. Pistil: germen linear; style simple; stigmas two, villose at the side. Pericarp: none; corolla unchanged, contains the seed till it is ripe, then gapes and lets it drop. Seed: single, oblong, flat on the inner side, on the outer convex, pellucid, very smooth. Observe. The flower resem- bles the figure of the Dianthus, with a narrow tube, and a spreading subradiatc border; for the florets in the centre of the flower converge to a point. Essential Character. Calix: turbinate, two waived, three or four flowered ; valves four-cleft, awned at the back. Corolla: two-valved, awned. i The only species yet known is, 1. Pommereullia Cornucopi®. Root creeping, fibrous, white; leaves equitant, imbricate, in two rows, compressed, scarcely a finger’s length, even ; cidms branched, scarcely longer than the leaves. It is a small and very singular Grass. — Native of the East Indies. Pompion. See Cucurbita. Pomum. See Pyrus. Pomum Amoris. See Solatium. Poneea ; a genus of the class Octandria, order Trigvnia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five-parted ; segments roundish, concave, spreading. Co- rolla: four, lanceolate, acute, with a few piliferous glands at the tip, longer tltau the calix, fastened to a gland, sur- rounding the germen. Stamina : filarnenta eight, capillary, inserted into the gland, surrounding the germen, alternate, (opposite to the petals larger, opposite to the corolla smaller,) the length of the, corolla: anther® ovate. Pistil: qu®re, is the germen pedicelled? long, three-sided, placed on a depressed gland ; styles three, short ; stigmas acute. Peri- carp: capsule three-celled, three-winged, each wing two- valved. Seeds: solitary, ovate. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted, spreading. Petals: four, with piliferous glands at the tip. Germen: three-sided; capsule three- winged, three-celled, with one seed in each cell. The only species known is, 1. Ponaea Guianensis. This is a tree, with a middle- sized trunk of twenty feet high, and branched at the top into three dimensions, each of which is garnished throughout its whole length with leaves growing pretty near each other. The flowers, which are very small and of a whitish colour, are produced at the extremities of the branches on large spreading panicles ; they are sessile, and placed on the pani- cle in little approximating heaps. — This tree is a native of Guiana, growing near the borders of rivers, and flowering in November. Pondweed. See Potamogeton. Pontederia ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: spathe common, oblong, opening on the side. Corolla : one-petalled, two- parted, tubular; upper lip straight, three parted, outwardly 1 POP OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. POP 387 unequal; lower lip reflex, three-parted; segments equal. Stamina : filamenta six, inserted into the corolla, three of them awl-shaped, longer, inserted into the mouth of the tube, the three others into the base of it ; anthers erect, oblong. Pistil: germen oblong, superior; style simple, declined; stigma thickish. Pericarp: capsule fleshy, coni- cal, with the tip wide and bent in, three-celled, triangular, three-grooved. Seeds: roundish, very many. Observe. The fourth has six petals, a club shaped style, and a superior germen. The seventh has also a superior germen, and a lix-parted regular corolla. Essential Character. Co- rolla: one-petalled, six-cleft, two-lipped. Stamina: three inserted into the top, three into the tube of the corolla. Capsule: three-celled. The species are, 1. Pontederia Ovata ; Ovate-leaved Pontederia. Leaves ovate; flowers in heads. Swartz says, that this plant belongs to the class Monandria, and is very nearly allied to Thalia, if it be not a species of that genus. — Native of shady moist places in Malabar and Cochin-china. 2. Pontederia Rotundifolia ; Round-leaved Pontederia. Leaves orbicular, cordate. — Native of Surinam. 3. Pontederia Azurea ; Blue -flowered Pontederia. Leaves roundish, elliptic, thickened at the base and petioles ; flowers in spikes. This is a stemless aquatic plant; root jointed, with long capillary whitish fibres at the joints. — Native of Jamaica, in most of the lagoons and rivers about the Ferry. 4. Pontederia Vaginalis. Leaves cordate ; raceme droop- iug. — Native of the East Indies. 5. Poutederia Limosa ; Blue and Yellow Pontederia. Leaves cordate-ovate; scapes lateral, one -flowered ; flowers triandrous. — Native of Jamaica and Hispaniola, on the banks of rivers. 6. Poutederia Cordata ; Heart-leaved Pontederia. Leaves cordate ; flowers in spikes. Native of marshy places in Vir- ginia, and most parts of North America. — As this plant grows naturally in moist boggy places, it is very difficult to be pre- served in England ; nor does the plant arise from seeds, which have been sown in various situations and differently treated, but never appeared. Three or four plants that were sent to Mr. Miller from New England, were by him planted in pots, covered with moss, and constantly supplied with water. With this management two of them flowered, but, as they were not put under shelter, the following winter destroyed them; so that they probably might be preserved under a hot-bed frame in winter, and safely exposed to the open air in mild weather. 7. Pontederia Hastata ; Hastate-leaved Pontederia. Leaves hastate; flowers umbelled. —Found near Madras, and in Cochin-china. This species is more difficult to preserve in England than the preceding, being a native of hot countries, and always grows in watery places. Poor Man’s Pepper. See Lepidium. Poplar Tree. See Popu/us. Poppy. See Paparer. Poppy, Horned. See Chelidonium. Poppy, Prickly. See Argemone. Poppy, Spat ling. See Cucubalus. Populus ; a genus of the class Diaudria, order Octandria. Generic Character. Male. Calix : ament oblong, loosely imbricate, cylindrical, composed of one flowered, oblong, flat scales, torn at the edge. Corolla: petals none. Nectary: one leafed, turbinate, below tubular, ending at top obliquely in an ovate border. Stamina ; filamenta eight, extremely short; antherze four-cornered, large. Female. Caltx aud Scales as in the male. Corolla: petals none- or r nectary as in the male. Pistil: germen ovate, acuminate; style scarcely manifest ; stigma four-cleft. Pei-icarp : cap- sule ovate, two-celled, two-valved ; valves reflex. Seeds: numerous.ovate, flying with a capillary pappus. Essential Character. Calix: of the ament a flat scale, torn at the edge. Corolla : turbinate, oblique, entire. Female. Stigma four-cleft ; capsule two-celled. Seeds : many, pappose. The species are, 1. Populus Alba; White Poplar. Leaves sublobed, tooth- ed, tomentose, and snow-white underneath; lobes acute, patulous. This tree grows very tall, with a straight trunk, covered with a smooth whitish bark. The flowers exactly resemble those of the second species. The Common White Poplar, and Great White Poplar or Abele, are varieties of this species. The Abele, as Mortimer justly remarks, is a sort of White Poplar, only much finer, bears a larger leaf, and makes a much stronger shoot, being a much quicker grower. He adds, that the best sort comes from Holland and Flanders, from which it is sometimes called Dutch Beech. The Dutch look upon a plantation of these trees as an ample portion for a daughter ; which may well be allowed, if the calculation of Sir Richard Weston hold good. He began to plant them some years ago about Richmond ; and calculated that thirty pounds being laid out in these plants, would render at the least ten thousand pounds in eighteen years, every tree affording thirty plants, each of which would yield thirty plants more, after each seven years improving twelve- pence in growth, till they arrive at their acme. Evelyn remarks, that the wood of the White Poplar is sought for amongst he sculptors; and that both it and the Black Poplar are sawn into boards, which last a long time in dry places. Anciently, shields were made of this wood ; which has since served for wheelbarrows, and the sides of waggons and carts, being considered as a useful substitute for Ash. The Abele Tree is of a quick growth, and bears cropping. The wood is soft, white, and stringy, and makes good wainscotting, being little subject to swell or shrink. It is used in floors, laths, packing-cases, and turner’s ware. In floors it will last many years, and for its exceeding whiteness is often preferred to the Oak; but being soft, it is liable to take the impression of nails, which is the principal objection. It is good for wainscotting, being less subject to swell or shrink ; but for turnery ware it excels all other woods in its white- ness, so that trays, bowls, and many domestic utensils, are made of it. The bellows-makers prefer it, as also do the shoemakers, not only for the heels but the soles of shoes. The poles are very proper to support Viues, Hops, &c. and the lopping will supply good fuel, which is often very scarce. — This species is a native of Europe, in woods and hedges, and near rivers and brooks. It is found from Sweden to Italy, and also in Siberia and Barbary. This, and all the trees of this genus, may be propagated either by layers or cuttings, which will readily take root: also from suckers, which the White Poplars send up in great plenty from their roots ; but they are less valuable when increased by suckers, being liable to send up too many suckers themselves. The best time for transplanting the suckers is in October, when their leaves begin to decay. These may be placed in a nur- sery for two or three years, to get strength before they are planted out where they are designed to remain ; but if you intend to propagate them from cuttings, it is better to defer the doing of that until February, when you may plant trun- cheons of two or three feet long, thrusting them about a foot and half into the ground. These will readily take root ; and if the soil be moist in which they are planted, they will arrive to a considerable bulk in a few years. Spring is the best POP THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; POP season for planting the cuttings; though they will grow if planted in any of the winter months. They should all be vigorous shoots of the last year, or at least not older than two years, a foot and half in length. Plant them ten inches or a foot in the ground, in rows two feet and a half or a yard asunder, and a foot or eighteen inches from each other. Look over the plants in summer, to nip oft' all side-sboots. In two years they may be planted out, if they are for small woods or spinneys, in boggy or watery grounds. If they are for standards, they may remain in the nursery another year; and when planted out will be worth, in twenty or thirty years, as many shillings each. To form a coppice of these trees, if the land be not so boggy but that it may be ploughed, a crop of oats or other grain may be got oft it the year pre- ceding the planting, and in the autumn it should be ploughed again. Let two-year-old plants from the nursery be planted one yard asunder. Hoe down the weeds the first year, after- wards they will require no further trouble till the time of cutting, which may be in seven years ; and every four or five years after they may be cut for poles, firewood, &c. JBy these means boggy and marshy land will often produce more than the best pasture. If the ground will not admit of ploughing and sowing, the plants must be set in holes at the same distance. For timber-trees they may also be planted a yard asunder, and when the heads begin to interfere, every other tree may be taken away, or the weakest and least thriving removed; thus continuing to thin them as often as necessary. After they are finally planted out, never strip them up, nor take off any side branches. 2. Populus Tremula; Trembling Poplar Tree, or Aspen. Leaves roundish, tooth-angular, smooth on both sides. — This tree causes a great litter in the spring, when their catkins and down fall off; and their roots being very apt to produce a large quantity of suckers, especially those trees which came from suckers, they are unfit to be planted near a house or garden ; but when interspersed with other trees iu large plantations, they afford an agreeable variety, the leaves being very white on their under sides, which, when blown with the wind, are turned to sight. This tree derives its name from the German Espe, which is their generic name for Poplars. The trem- bling of the leaves is proverbial; and the Scotch Highlanders account for it by saying, that our blessed Lord’s cross was made of this tree, and therefore the leaves can never rest. This tree is of speedy growth, and will thrive in any situation or soil, but worst in clay. It impoverishes the land : its leaves destroy the grass; and the numerous shoots of the roots spread so near the surface, that they will not permit any thing else to grow. The wood is extremely light, white, smooth, soft, and durable in the air. The bark is the favourite food of beavers. Pannels or packsaddles, canns, milk-pails, clogs, pattens, &c. are made of the wood. The leaves and leaf stalks are sometimes set with red glandular substances, about the size of a pea, which contain an insect called Tipnla Juni- perma. Native of Europe, from Sweden to Italy, in moist woods and in boggy ground. — A considerable advantage may be obtained by planting this, and indeed all the trees of this genus, upon moist boggy soils, where few others would thrive. Many such places there are in England, which do not at present bring in much money to their owners, yet if planted with these trees, would in a very few years overpurchase the ground clear of all expense: but there are many persons who think nothing except corn worth cultivating, or if they plant timber, will have it Oak, Ash, or Elm; and should their land not be proper for any of these, it is deemed of little or no value; whereas if the nature of the soil were ascertained, and proper sorts of plants adapted to it, there might be a very great advantage made of many large tracts of land which now lie wholly neglected. 3. Populus Nigra ; Black Poplar Tree. Leaves smoqth on both sides, acuminate, serrate, deltoid, the iongitudioal diameter longer. The trunk is naked and lofty, covered with an ash-coloured bark. It is a quick-growing tree, and on the banks of rivers, and in moist situations, throwing out numberless suckers from the roots. It loves a moist black soil, and bears cropping well. The bark being light like cork, serves to support the nets of fishermen. The wood is not apt to splinter ; it is light and soft, and sometimes used by turners; it will make useful rafters, poles, and rails, and in a suitable soil brings in a quick return. It is so excellent for flooring boards, that it is much used for the purposes of deal in some of the midland counties. This wood is so slow iu taking fire, that the flames in a building on fire are said to have been stopped where this timber had been used. Hence it is bad wood for fuel; but, like all other Poplar wood, very suitable for packing-cases. In Italy this tree is trimmed for the vines to run on. They poll or head the trees every second year, sparing the middle straight and most thriving shoot, and at the third year cut that oft also. The shade of this tree is very wholesome in summer ; but it does not become walks and avenues, by reason of the suckers, and because it fouls the ground at the fall of the leaf. It should be planted in woods, and to flank places at distance, by its increasing thickness, as well as for the glittering brightness of the foliage. The young leaves are an excellent ingredient iu poultices for hard and painful swellings. The buds of both this and the White Poplar smell very pleasantly in the spring, and, being pressed between the fingers, yield a balsamic resi- nous substance, which, extracted by spirits of w ine, smells like storax. A drachm of this tincture in broth, is administered iu internal ulcers and excoriations, and is said to have removed ob- stinate fluxes proceeding from an excoriation of the intestines. It is a native of Europe, from Sweden to Italy, near rivers, and in moist woods. — In the celebrated district of Wase in Flanders, the whole of which is distributed into small iuclo- sures not more than an acre and half in extent, great quan- tities of White and Black Poplars are planted in the hedge- rows, sixteen or eighteen feet asunder; they are not suffered to grow to any great size, but are cut down every tw'enty or four and-twenty years, and replaced by young plants of the same sort ; the largest trees are always cut down, to prevent the land from being too much shaded. Fifty trees are allowed to an acre, and they are generally sold for seven or eight florins apiece, for making wooden shoes, of which they not only send a prodigious quantity into other provinces, but also supply all Holland with them. This species is not so apt to take root from large truncheons; therefore it is the better method to plaut cuttings about a foot and half in length, thrusting them a foot deep into the ground. These cuttings w'ill take root very freely, and may be afterward transplanted where they are to remain. This sort will grow upon almost any soil, but will thrive best in moist places. 4. Populus Dilatata ; Lombardy or Po Poplar Tret. Leaves smooth on both sides, acuminate, serrate, deltoid, the transverse diameter longer. This differs from the pre- ceding chiefly in its close conical manner of growth. One beauty it possesses is almost peculiar to it, which is, the waving line it forms, when agitated by the wind : in most trees one side is at rest while the other is in motion, but this waves in one simple sweep from the top to the bottom, like an ostrich feather on the head of a coquette. All the branches coincide in the motion ; and the least blast makes an impression on it, when other trees are at rest. Its pecu- POP OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. FOR liar use in this country has hitherto been for mixing with other trees in ornamental plantations, and concealing un- sightly buildings. To this last purpose its upright, close, conical mode of growing, with its feathering down to the ground, proves it to be well adapted. Its timber, though highly prized in Italy, is inferior to that of the Black Poplar, but it may answer tolerably well for floors and other purposes, as a substitute for deal, especially where not exposed to the weather. 5. Populus Balsamifera ; Common Tacamahaca Poplar True. Leaves ovate, serrate, whitish underneath ; stipules resinous. The buds of this tree, from autumn to the leafing season, are covered with abundance of a glutinous yellow balsam, which often collects into drops, and is pressed from the tree as a medicine. It dissolves in spirits of wine; and the inhabitants of Siberia prepare a medicated wine from the bpds. This wine is a diuretic, and, as they think, serviceable in the scurvy. The grouse, and other birds which there feed upon these buds, acquire a flavour which is much esteemed. By the growth of this tree in Europe, it seems not to be of a large size.— It is a native of Canada, and some other parts of North America, whence the balsam is brought over to Europe in shells. It is smooth, of an even texture, and in colour like stained Galbanum, but lighter. This tree sends up a great number of suckers from the roots, by which it multiplies in plenty; and every cutting which is planted will take root, so that when a plant is once obtained, plenty may be raised. Plant the cuttings in (lie middle of February, in rich mellow earth, shaded from the mid-day sun, and watered in dry weather. The succeeding February re- move them, smooth the extremities of their roots, cut off the Strong side-branches, and plant them in rows three feet dis- tant, and eighteen inches asunder in the rows ; here let them pontinue two or three years, when they may be transplanted to the places where they are intended to remain. It will grow on almost any soil; and when there are void places in plantations, occasioned by the death of other trees, this will sooner aua better supply their places than most others. 6. Populus Candicans; Heart-leaved Tacamahaca Pop- lar Tree. Leaves cordate, acuminate, whitish underneath. — Native of Canada. 7. Populus Laevigata ; Smooth Poplar Tree. Leaves cor- date, three-nerved, smooth, glandular at the base, unequally serrate; petioles compressed; branches round. It flowers in March and April. — Native of America. 8. Populus Monilifera ; Canadian Poplar Tree. Leaves subgordate, smooth, glandular at the base; serratures cartila- ginous, hooked, somewhat hairy ; nerves patulous ; petioles, compressed ; branches round. — It flowers in May, and is a native of Canada. 9. Populus Graeca ; Athenian Poplar Tree. Leaves cor- date, smooth, glandular at the base, remotely crenate; petioles compressed ; branches round. This resembles the tenth spe- cies in growth and foliage. It flowers in March and April. — Native of the islands of the Archipelago. 10. Populus Heterophylla ; Various-leaved Poplar Tree. Leaves cordate, the primary ones pubescent, and without any glands at the base; petioles roundish; branches round. This is a large tree; branches numerous, veined, and angular; leaves broad and slightly serrate; flowers in loose aments, making little show. It flowers in April and May. — Native of Virginia and New York. 11. Populus Anguiata; Carolina Poplar Tree. Leaves ;cordate, smooth ; brandies angular, winged ; shoots very .strong, and generally cornered, covered with a light green bark, like some sorts of Willow. It grows naturally ia Caro- 889 lina, where it becomes a very large tree. — It may be propa- gated by cuttings or layers ; the latter is generally practised by the nursery gardeners, being the surest method, and those plants are not so full of moisture as those raised by cuttings, so are less liable to be cut down by the frost when young, as they are very apt to he, to a considerable length. As the trees grow older, the shoots are more woody, and not so liable to this disaster. They should, however, be planted in a shel- tered situation, for their leaves being very large, the wind has great power over them; and the branches being tender, are frequently broken or split down by the winds in summer, where they are much exposed. Parana ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved; leaflets lanceolate, blunt, commonly shorter than the corolla, spreading, permanent; in the fruit larger. Corolla: one- petalled, bell-shaped, half five-cleft, erect, acute. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, spreading, commonly shorter than the corolla; anthers incumbent, oval. Pistil: germen supe- rior, subglobular; style semibilid, longer than the corolla, bristle-shaped, permanent ; stigmas capitate. Pericarp: two- valved. Seed: not ascertained. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft; in the fruit larger. Corolla: bell-shaped; style semibifid, longer, permanent; stigmas globular. Peri- carp: two-valved. The only known species is^ 1. Porana Volubilis. It is a smooth twining shrub, with alternate leaves. — Native of the East Indies. See Borraginea and Ehreiia. Porella ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Miscel- laniae. Capsule: oblong, opening witli many lateral pores. Calyptre: none. This has been ascertained to be a Junger- manhia. — Native of Pennsylvania. Porostema; a genus of the class Polyadelphia, order Poly- andria.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, coloured, permanent, six-parted ; segments ovate, obtuse; the three inner less. Corolla: none; nectary of nine scales oblong, truncate ; six outer inserted at bottom into the segments of the calix, and incumbent on them ; three inner fastened to the receptacle, obverse to the former; each having four pores, the outer ones on the inner side, the inner ones on the outer side; glands six, roundish, fleshy, growing to the boitoni of the calix, between the inneratid outer scales of the nectary. Stamina: filamenta thirty-six, fastened to the scales of the nectary, each proceeding from each pore ; antherae roundish, compressed, peltate. Pistil: germen ovate, angular, immersed in the receptacle; style short; stigma obtuse, concave. Pericarp: drupe turbinate, fastened to the calix; capsule, according to Aublet, roundish, four or six celled, covered with the calix. Seeds : two, according to Rolander; Aublet says, very many, extremely small. Essen- tial Character. Calix: six-parted, unequal. Corolla: none. Filamenta: nine, with four antherae on each ; capsule covered, four or six celled, many-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Porostema Guianensis. This tree rises thirty feet high, branching at top ; the branches are cornered, straight, and horizontal : flowers whitish, small, paniculated, terminal, and axillary, and exhale a very pleasant odour. — It flowers in Guiana in April. Porrum. See Allium. Portlandia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- leaved, superior; leaflets oblong, lanceolate, permanent. Co- rolla: one-petalled ; tube long, funnel-form, ventricose; bor- der shorter than the tube, five parted, acute. Stamina: fila- menta five, awl-shaped, declined, almost the length of the POR THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; POR »!)0 corolla, from the bottom of the tube ; anthenv. linear, erect, the length of the corolla. Pistil: germen five-cornered, roundish, inferior: style simple, the length of the stamina; stigma oblong, obtuse. Pericarp: capsule obovate, five- streaked, five-cornered, retuse, two celled, two-valved, open- ing at the top; partition contrary. Seeds: very many, roundish, compressed, imbricate. Observe. The first and fourth species have four and six stamina. Essential Cha- racter. Corolla: club funnel shaped ; antherae longitu dinal. Capsule: five-cornered, obtuse, two-celled, two-valved, many-seeded, crowned with a five-leaved calix. The spe- cies are, 1. Portlandia Tetrandra. Flowers tetrandrous; leaves oblong, blunt, (obovate, according to Forster;) stipules wide, dilated with a point. — Native of Savage Island, in the South Seas. 2. Portlandia Coccinea. Flowers pentandrous; leaves ovate, coriaceous. This is a shrub, two or three feet high, erect, branched. — Native of Jamaica, in the western parts, on mountainous precipices, where, however, it is not common, but flowers in June and July. 3. Portlandia Grandiflora. Flowers pentandrous. Swartz says, leaves lanceolate, elliptic ; Smith, calicine leaflets ovate. The flowers exhale a very grateful and refreshing odour in the evening. Dr. Browne gathered it plentifully among the rocks at the foot of mountains in Jamaica. — It may be propa- gated either by seeds or cuttings. The seeds, when they can be obtained, may be sown in pots of light earth, and plunged in the tan-pit: the cuttings do not strike very easily. They must be managed in the same way as other woody plants from Jamaica, and require a stove-heat. 4. Portlandia Hexandra. Flowers hexandrous; tube sub- incurved; peduncles ternate; leaves ovate; calicine leaflets lanceolate. This is a shrub, six feet in height; the flowers are handsome, sweet, numerous, nearly three inches in length; the petals flesh-coloured on the outside, white within, marked with lines : the seeds are generally eaten by insects. It flowers in August and September. — Native of woods and coppices about Carthagena, Guiana, and Cayenne. Portulacaria ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Try- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth two- leaved, coloured, permanent ; leaflets roundish, concave, obtuse, spreading very much, opposite. Corolla: petals five, obovate, obtuse, quite entire, concave at top, flat at the base, with the sides mutually incumbent, spreading very much, almost three times as long as the calix, permanent. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, very short, erect, two on each side of the germen, the other solitary ; antherae erect, ovate. Pis- til: germen three-cornered, superior, the length of the, petals; style none ; stigmas three, spreading very much, ascending at the tip, muricated above. Pericarp: none. The calix and corolla, now erect, closely embrace the base of the seed. Seed: single, ovate-oblong, obtuse, winged, three-sided. Es- sential Character. Calix: two-leaved. Petals: five. Seed: one, three-sided, and winged. The only known species is, I. Portulacaria Afra; Purslane Tree. This plant rises with a strong thick succulent stalk, to the height of three feet, sending out branches on every side, so as to form a kind of pyramid. It is very easily propagated by cuttings, planted during any of the summer months, and having been laid to dry for some days before. It must be placed in a warm glass-case in winter, where it may enjoy the full sun, and should have very little water during that season. In summer i the plants should be placed abroad in a sheltered situation, I and, in warm weather, should be refreshed with water twice ; a week; but the stalks being very succulent, too much we1 always injures these plants. Portulacca ; a genus of the class Dodecandria, order Mono- gyuia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth bifid, small, compressed at the lip, permanent. Gaertner says, two^ leaved, superior, caducous. Corolla: petals five, flat, erect, blunt, larger than the calix. Stamina : filamenta manv, some- times twenty, capillary, shorter by half than the corolla; an- thera simple. Pistil: germen roundish, half inferior, accord- ing to Gaertner; style simple, short ; stigmas five, oblong, the length of the style. Pericarp: capsule covered, ovate, one- celled, cut transversely, according to Gaertner. Receptacle: free. Seeds : numerous, small. Obser ve. The first four species have a circumcised capsule ; in the fifth, seventh, eighth, and twelfth, the capsule is three-valved : the last also has a five-leaved calix. The third species has a four-parted corolla, eight stamina, and an inferior germen. Essential Character. Calix: bifid or two-leaved. Corolla: five- petalled. Capsule: one-celled, cut round, or three-valved. Receptacles: according to Gaertner, five, free, distant. The species are, 1. Portulacca Oleracea ; Garden Purslane. Leaves wedge- shaped ; flowers sessile. This is an annual and herbaceous plant, with a round, smooth, procumbent, succulent stem. It differs from the wild sort only in having larger and more suc- culent leaves. If the garden kind be permitted to scatter the seeds, in two years it will become in every respect like the wild plant. There are two other varieties ; one with deep green leaves; and the other with yellow leaves, which is called Golden Purslane: but they are only seminal variations. — Native of both Indies, China, Cochin-china, Japan, and the Island of Ascension, and of many parts of Europe. It is a pleasant salad herb, and so wholesome that it is a pity it is not more used for that purpose, especially as it is excellent for those who are troubled with scorbutic disorders; and the expressed juice, taken while fresh, is good for the strangury and stoppage of urine. — Sow the seeds upon a bed of rich light earth during any of the summer months; but to have it early in the season, it should be sown upon a hot-bed. This seed being very small, little of it will be sufficient for a family. Keep the plants clear from weeds, and in dry weather water two or three times a week ; in warm weather they will be fit for use in six weeks. To continue a succession, sow three or four times, at the interval of a fortnight or three weeks. If the seeds are intended to be saved, leave some of the earliest plants for this purpose, drawing out all such as are weak, or have small leaves. When the seeds are ripe, cut up the plants, and spread them upon cloths to dry; then beat out the seeds and sift them, to clear them from the leaves and seed-vessels. 2. Portulacca Pilosa; Hairy Purslane. Leaves awl-shaped, alternate ; axils hairy ; flowers sessile, terminating. This is an annual herbaceous plant, with very succulent stalks, of a purple colour, and branching out greatly. Native of the West Indies. — Browne says, it is cultivated in many of the gardens in Jamaica, where it has been introduced on account of its constant greenness, and the frequent shooting of its flowers. It. is found on the Quays, or smaller sandy islands beyond Port Royal; and grows in spreading tufts or beds about the root. All parts of the plant are very bitter, and frequently used by the poorer people as a stomachic. This, and all the follow- ing species, being too tender to live in the open air, must b« kept in pots, and placed in the dry-stove or tan-pit, accord- ing to the country whence they come. The herbaceous sort* I are propagated by seeds, and the shrubby ones by cuttings. ; Browne says, that the second species roots from the joints. POT OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. POT 391 and is very easily propagated in Jamaica, but thrives best in a warm rich soil. .3. Portulacca Quadrifida; Creeping Annual Purslane. Bractes in fours; flowers quadrifid; stein with hairy joints; root annual, fibrous; stems annual, fibrous. — Native of Egypt. 4. Portulacca Halimoides ; Halimus-like Purslane. Leaves oblong, fleshy ; stem corymbose ; flowers sessile. This grows in beds, and spreads a little upon the ground. — Annual, and a native of Jamaica. 5. Portulacca Triangularis; Triangular -racemed Purslane. Leaves obovate, flatfish ; raceme simple, three-sided. This is a shrubby plant, two feet high ; flowers pretty, but scent- less— Native of the West Indies, on rocks. 6. Portulacca Crassifolia ; Thick-leaved Purslane. Leaves lanceolate, flat ; racemes three-sided; stem erect. The whole plant is very smooth. 7. Portulacca Anacampseros ; Round-leaved Purslane. Leaves ovate, gibbous ; peduncle many-flowered ; stem shrubby. At the top of the stalk comes forth a slender peduncle, about two inches long, supporting four or five red flowers, appearing in July, but not succeeded by seeds iu England.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This may be propagated iu the same way as the most succulent sort of Aloes. 8. Portulacca Patens ; Panicled Purslane. Leaves lan- ceolate, ovate, flat ; panicle branched ; calices two-leaved ; stems round, woody at bottom, smooth, brittle, suberect.— Native of the West Indies. 9. Portulacca Cuueifolia ; Wedge-leaved Purslane. Leaves wedge-shaped, flat; lower peduncle of the raceme three- flowered ; calices two-leaved. — This is allied to the preceding, and is a native of Egypt. 10. Portulacca Meridiana. Leaves elliptic, fleshy, flat, jointed, hairy ; flowers sessile, terminating: annual. — Native of the East Indies, flowering from twelve at noon through the day. 11. Portulacca Decumbens ; Prostrate Purslane. Leaves obovate, mucronate; calices five-leaved ; stem shrubby, de- cumbent.— Native of Egypt. 12. Portulacca Fruticosa; Shrubby Purslane. Leaves obovate, flatfish ; peduncles racemed ; calices five-leaved ; stem shrubby. — Native of Jamaica, where, Browne says, it is a beautiful plant, and grows iu a gravelly soil, in the road through Cambridge Hill. Potamogeton; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Tetragynia. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Co- rolla : petals four, roundish, obtuse, concave, erect, clawed, deciduous. Stamina: filamenta four, or, as Gtertner says, eight, flat, obtuse, very short; antherae twin, short. Pistil: germina four, ovate-acuminate ; style short, or, according to Gtertner, simple, very short, recurved ; stigmas obtuse. Peri- carp : none; Gtertner says, four, one-celled. Seeds: four, roundish, acuminate, gibbous on one side, compressed on the other, and angular. Seed: hooked, and curved in. Essen- tial Character. Calix: none. Petals: four. Style: none, or very short. Seeds: four. Gaertner says, Drupes : four. The species are, 1. Potamogeton Natans ; Broad-leaved Pondweed. Up- per leaves oblong, ovate, petioled, floating: Withering says, elliptic, acute, rounded, and subcordate at the base. The root consists of long simple fibres. The floatiug leaves afford an agreeable shade to fish, and are the habitation and food of a moth named Phalmna Potamogetonis. The swan also is very partial to the roots of this aquatic plant. Linneus observes, that when it grows in water which is dried up in summer, it surprisiuglv changes its appearance, growing up- 98. right, and resembling a small Plantago. — Native of Europe, iu slow rivers, lakes, ponds, and ditches; flowering in July and August. Pursh discovered a plant very much like this in North America, but he was not able to ascertain whether it was a variety or a distinct species. 2. Potamogeton Fluitans. Leaves lanceolate-ovate, drawn to a point at both ends, on long petioles, floating. — This resembles the preceding, and perhaps is only a variety, arising from places about Berlin ; it is constantly distinct, and is found in the rivers of Europe. 3. Potamogeton Heterophyllum ; Various-leaved Pondweed. Upper leaves elliptic, drawn to a point at both ends, petioled; lower ones clustered, sessile, linear. — Native of Germany. Neither this nor the preceding appear to be a distinct spe- cies. 4. Potamogeton Perfoliatum; Perfoliate Pondweed. Leaves cordate, embracing, all immersed ; stems very long, round, alternately branched, with leaves crowded about the top and branches. Every part of the plant, except the flower-stalks, is under water, so that it is only discovered by the spikes standing a little above the surface, in July and August, and abounding in whitish pollen. It would seem that the respi- ration of such truly aquatic vegetables, must be as different from the respiration of those which inhale atmospheric air, as the breathing of fishes is from that of beasts and birds. — Native of Europe, Siberia, and Barbary, in ditches, ponds, lakes, and slow rivers. 5. Potamogeton Densum ; Close-leaved Pondweed. Leaves ovate, acuminate, opposite, clustered ; stem dichotomous ; spike four-flowered. This propagates itself by runners, which throw out fibrous roots here and there into the mud, and send up round stems, naked and simple below, dichotomous above. It flowers iu the early part of summer, in ditches, ponds, and slow streams, in Britain, Denmark, Flanders, France, Ger- many, Switzerland, Italy, Siberia, and Barbary. 6. Potamogeton Lucens ; Shining Pondweed. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, flat, attenuated into the petioles; spike many-flowered, squeezed close. There are two common varieties of this species, which is frequent in ditches, ponds, lakes, and slow-flowing rivers, chiefly on a clay soil ; growing, like most others of the genus, all immersed in the water, except the spike of flowers, which appears above the surface about midsummer, or a little after. 7. Potamogeton Crispum ; Curled Pondweed. Leaves lanceolate, alternate, waved, serrate. Ducks very readily eat not only the seeds, but the leaves of this plant : hence the introduction of water-fowl probably would prevent its increas- ing too much. — Native of Europe and Siberia, iu ponds and slow rivers; flowering iu June and July. 8. Potamogeton Serratum. Leaves lanceolate, opposite, somewhat waved. In the lakes of Switzerland this plant grows from the amazing length of ten to twenty fathoms, forming whole woods as it were, in the midst of the waters. It is distinguished from the preceding species chiefly, in having the leaves more in clusters, and quite entire. — Native of Europe. 9. Potamogeton Compressum ; Flat-stalked Pondiceed. Leaves linear, obtuse ; stem compressed. Withering remarks, that the leaves are narrower than in the seventh species, and not waved; the spikes shorter than the peduncles, and the flowers greenish. — Native of Europe, in ditches and slow streams ; flowering in June and July, when its small spikes of about four or more brow nish-green flowers, emerge from the water. ! 10. Potamogeton Gramineum ; Grassy Pondweed. Leaves ' linear-lanceolate, alternate, sessile, wider than the stipule; 392 POT THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; POT stem round, subdichotomous. It flowers in July. — Native of Europe, in ditches and slow streams. Found in England near Deptford ; on Binsey common ; in ditches by the road- side going to Port Meadow, Oxford ; on the river Skern, near Darlington. 11. Potamogeton Pusillum ; Small Pondweed. Leaves linear, opposite, and alternate, narrower than the stipule, spreading at the base; stem round; peduncles axillary. — The whole plant is extremely slender, and much branched. It flowers in July ; appears to be perennial; and is found all over Europe, in ditches and ponds in a clayey soil. 12. Potamogeton Pectinatum ; Fennel-leaved Pondweed. Leaves bristle-shaped, parallel, approximating, distich, sheath- ing at the base ; root originating from a tuberous lump, then creeping horizontally, slender, much branched, as also is the stem, which floats under water, extending two or three feet. — Native of Europe, in ponds, and not unfrequently in rivers, in which it seldom flowers if the stream be rapid. There is a variety called Sea Pondweed, but the variation is very slight, hardly sufficient to furnish a distinction. 13. Potamogeton Setaceum ; Setaceous Pondiveed. Leaves bristle-shaped, opposite. — Hudson found it in the peaty ditches of Lancashire. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Europe. 14. Potamogeton Contortum. Stem filiform ; leaves alter- nate, subulate-filiform, contorted. — Found in rivulets in Barbary. Potatoes. See Solanum. Potatoes, Canada. See Helianthus Tuberosus. Potatoes, Spanish. See Convolvulus Batatas. Potentilla; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Poly- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, flattish, ten-cleft; the alternate segments smaller, reflex. Corolla: petals five, roundish, spreading, inserted by their claws into the calix. Stamina: tilamenta twenty, awl-shaped, shorter than the corolla, inserted into the calix ; antherae elougate-lunulate. Pistil: germina numerous, very small, collected into a head ; styles filiform, the length of the stamina, inserted into the side of the germen; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: none. Common receptacle of the seeds roundish, juiceless, very small, permanent, covered with seeds, inclosed within the calix. Seeds: according to Gaert- ner, numerous, acuminate, wrinkled. Observe. If a fifth part of the number be taken away in all parts of the fructifi- cation, Potentilla gives Tormentilla, which genera only differ in number, and might therefore be united. Essential Character. Calix: ten-cleft. Petals: five. Seeds: roundish, naked, fastened to a small juiceless receptacle. The species are, * With pinnate Leaves. 1. Potentilla Fruticosa; Shrubby Cinquefoil. Leaves pinnate ; stem shrubby. The whole plant is set with silvery hairs; flowers terminating, solitary, peduncled, of a bright yellow or gold colour, and very ornamental. — Native of Oeland, England, Siberia, China; and between the rivers Delaware and New York, in North America. The beautiful appearance of its flowers has brought it into gardens. Besoms are made of it. It is singular that swine alone, who eat almost every thing, reject this plant, while all other domestic granivorous animals eat it. Flowers in June and July. — In England this plant was first observed a century ago near Greta Bridge in Yorkshire, on the south bank of the Tees below Thorp, where it still grows ; and below Eggleston Abbey in Yorkshire. Thousands of this species have been observed near Mickle Force, iu Teesdale. The best season for transplanting this species is in October, that it may get new roots before the hard frost sets in; for as it grows naturally upon moist boggy land, when removed in the spring, if due care be not taker, to water it iu dry weather, it is apt to miscarry, it will not live in a dry hot soil, but thrives exceedingly in a cool moist ground in a shady situation. 2. Potentilla Anserina ; Silvery Cinquefoil; Silverweed; Wild Tansey ; Goose, or Moor, Grass. Leaves interruptedly pinnate, serrate, silky underneath ; stem creeping : peduncles one-flowered ; root branched, outwardly dark blown or whitish, furnished with small fibres, and penetrating deep. Few plants render themselvts more conspicuous by the whiteness of their leaves than this : in this particular however it is subject to variation, the leaves being sometimes silvery on both sides, and sometimes entirely green, but it is most commonly fouud with the upper side of the leaves green and the under side silvery ; the more clayey the soil, in general the whiter are the leaves. It thrives in most situations, especially in clay, where the water is apt to stagnate, and is common by way-sides; flowering from June to September. Ray observes, that in his time about Settle in Yorkshire they called the roots Moors, and that dur.ug the winter the boys dug them up and ate them: he adds, that he was a witness to swine devouring them greedily ; and that an apo- thecary in that neighbourhood assured him that ihey had a sweet taste like Parsneps. The common people in Scotland frequently eat them either roasted or boiled. In the islands of Tyrie and Col they are much esteemed, as answering in some measure the purposes of bread, and have been known to support the inhabitants for months together during a scar- city of other provisions. In their barren and impoverished soils, and in seasons wherein their crops succeed the worst, the roots of the Moor Grass never fail to afford a seasonable' relief. The leaves are mildly astringent; dried and pow- dered, they have been successfully administered in agues. The roots are more astringent than the leaves, and may be given in powder, in doses of a scruple or more, in obstinate purgings, attended with bloody stools, and immoderate men- i strual discharges. A strong infusion of the leaves stops the immoderate bleeding of the piles ; and, sweetened with a little honey, it is an excellent gargle for sore throats. The usual dose is a table-spoonful of the powder every three hours between the fit. Cattle, horses, goats, hogs, and geese, { (from which last it appears to have the trivial name Anserina, or Goose Grass,) eat it ; sheep only decline it. The leaves resemble Wild Tansey so much, that it is called Wild Tansey. It is a common weed, and increases fast by roots and runners. 3. Potentilla Sericea; Silky Cinquefoil. Leaves bipin- nate, tomentose on both sides; segments parallel, approxi- 1 mating; stems decumbent. The habit of the leaves is that of the preceding, although they are very small, but it has the stem and fructification of the eighteenth species. Native of Siberia. — This, like most of the following species, is easily increased by seeds, or parting the roots, or both. Autumn is the time for sowing, parting, and transplanting. 4. Potentilla Multifida; Multifid Cinquefoil. Leaves bipinnate ; segments quite entire, distant, tomentose under- i neath ; stem decumbent. The habit show's much affinity with the twelfth species. — Native of Siberia. 5. Potentilla Fragarioides ; Strawberry-leaved Cinquefoil. Leaves pinnate and ternate, the outer larger; runners creep- ing.— Native of Siberia. <5. Potentilla Rupestris ; Rock Cinquefoil. Leaves lyrate, | pinnate, in sevens, fives, and threes ; leaflets ovate, serrate, hairy. — Native of several parts of Europe and Siberia, on POT OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. POT shady alpine rocks. With us it has only been found in Wales, on the sides of Craig Wreidhin mountain in Montgomeryshire. It requires a moist soil and a shady situation. 7. Potenlilla Bifurca; Bifid-leaved Cinquefoil. Leaves pinnate, almost equal ; leaflets oblong, subbifid, the outmost confluent; root fusiform. — Native of Siberia and Silesia. 8. Potentilla Pimpinelloides ; Burnet-leaved Cinquefoil. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets roundish, toothed, equal ; stem erect. It flowers from June to August. — Found in Armenia among rocks, by Tournefort. 9. Potentilla Pennsylvanica ; Agrimony-leaved Cinquefoil. Lower leaves pinnate, upper ternate; leaflets gash-serrate; stem erect, pubescent. It flowers from June to August. — Native of North America. 10. Potentilla Supina ; Trailing Cinquefoil. Leaves pin- nate ; stem dichotomous, decumbent; root small, white within, covered on the outside with brown scales. It flowers in July. — Native of Germany, Austria, and Siberia. 11. Potentilla Floribunda. Shrub erect, very branchy, and rough ; stipules ovate, entire ; leaves quinate-pinnate ; folioles linear-oblong, revolute at the margin ; petioles short; corymbs terminal, dichotomous, multiflorous ; segments of the calix subequal; petals subrotund, of the length of the calix. — Grows in bog-meadows, and on the borders of lakes in Canada, and on the mountains of New York and New Jersey; and flowers in July and August. ** With digitate Leaves. 12. Potentilla Recta; Upright Cinquefoil. Leaves sep- tenate, lanceolate, serrate, somewhat hairy on both sides; stem erect. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Germany and the south of Europe. 13. Potentilla Argentea ; Hoary Cinquefoil. Leaves qui nate, wedge-shaped, gashed, tomentose underneath ; stem erect. The flowers appear in succession, and are numerous; the calix downy, as long as the corolla; the petals small, bright yellow, or golden-coloured, and soon shedding. No other species can be confounded with this. The pure white- ness of its leaves, like those of the White Poplar, render this plant conspicuous whenever it is agitated by the wind. It is said to indicate clay underneath the surface. — -Native of Europe, and most parts of England. It is found among furze near Heldersham, Gamlingay, and White Wood, in Cambridgeshire; on Henley Park Hill, in Oxfordshire; at Ampthill, Aspley, and Rowney warren, in Bedfordshire; near Harefield in Middlesex; on Blackheath in Kent; at Holt Castle, in Worcestershire; among furze, on the heaths, and also on the walls at Purbeck, Dorsetshire; plentifully about Harrowgate, in Yorkshire ; near Snenton in Notting- hamshire ; and in the den of Bethaick, near Perth in Scotland. It flowers from June to September. 14. Potentilla Intermedia. Root-leaves quinate ; stem- leaves ternate; stein almost upright, very much branched. This is a middle plant, as its trivial name intimates, between the preceding species and the thirtieth; and would indeed be the latter species, if the root were not perennial, and the leaves next the root quinate. — Native of Switzerland and Dauphiny. 15. Potentilla Hirta; Hairy Cinquefoil. Leaves septe- uate and quinate, wedge-shaped, gashed, hairy ; stem erect, rough-haired. It flowers from May to September. — Native of the south of France, the Pyrenees, and Silesia. 16. Potentilla Stipularis ; Stipular Cinquefoil. Leaves in sevens, sessile, placed on the dilated stipules.- — Native of Siberia. 17. Potentilla Opaca; Opaque Cinquefoil. Root-leaves quinate, wedge-shaped, serrate; stem-leaves subopposite; branches filiform, decumbent. — Native of Germany, and some parts of the south of Europe. 18. Potentilla Aurea; Golden Cinquefoil. Root-leaves quinate, obovafe, gash-serrate, hairy, submembranaceous ; stem-leaves ternate; stem almost upright, — Native of the mountains of Scotland, Denmark, Switzerland, Austria, Sile- sia, and Dauphiny. It flowers in July. 19. Potentilla Verna; Spring Cinquefoil. Root-leaves quinate, wedge-shaped, serrate, marked with lines, ciliate, subcoriaceous ; stem-leaves ternate ; stem declined. The whole plant is beset with soft shining silky hairs. The stems spread very w idely in a circular direction among the grass. As the season advances, both they and the leaves turn red, which colour, intermixed with the bright yellow of the flowers, makes a striking contrast. — Native of the dry elevated pas- tures in most parts of Europe : it has been long found near Pontefract, and in other parts of Yorkshire; near Preston, Giggleswick, and Carr End, Wensley Dale, in Lancashire ; many years ago at Bury in Suffolk; on Gogmagog hills, near Cambridge; in Glogaeth, Caernarvonshire, North Wales; and in Scotland, uear Arthur’s seat, in the king’s park, Edin- burgh, as well as on Braid Hills, Craig Lochart, and other mountainous elevations. There are so many varieties which approach so closely to many other species, that Haller observes, its character and synonyms are very difficult to make out. 20. Potentilla Astracanica ; Astrachan Cinquefoil. Root- leaves and lowest stem-leaves quinate ; stems villose, decum- bent at the base, dichotomous. — Native of Asia, received by Jacquin from Astracan. 21. Potentilla Canadensis ; Canadian Cinquefoil. Leaves quinate, villose; stem ascending, hirsute. — Native of Canada. 22. Potentilla Alba; White Cinquefoil. Leaves quinate, silky underneath, converging, serrate at the tip ; stems fili- form, procumbent; receptacles very hirsute. — Native of the south of France, Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Carniola, and Hungary. 23. Potentilla Caulescens; Alpine Cinquefoil. Leaves quinate, converging, serrate at the tips ; stems many-flow- ered, decumbent; receptacles hirsute; petals oblong. — Native of Austria, Switzerland, Silesia, Dauphiny, and Piedmont. It may be increased by runners, like Strawberries, in autumn, in a cool soil and shady situation. 24. Potentilla Clusiana ; Clusius’s Cinquefoil. Leaves quinate, converging, serrate at the tip ; stems many-flowered, decumbent; receptacles hirsute; petals roundish. This is an elegant species, growing among the Alpine rocks. — Native of Austria. 25. Potentilla Nitida; Shining Cinquefoil. Leaves sub- ternale, tomentose, converging, three-toothed ; stems one- flowered ; receptacles woolly. — Native of Monte Baldo, Dau- phiny, and Austria. 26. Potentilla Valderia. Leaves septenate, obovate, ser- rate, tomentose; stem erect; petals shorter than the calix ; receptacles woolly. The whole plant is silky hoarv, with the stems and petioles evidently subhirsute. — Native of the mountains of Piedmont and Dauphiny. 27. Potentilla Reptans ; Common Creeping Cinquefoil, or Five-leaved Grass. Leaves quinate, obovate, serrate ; stem creeping; peduncles one-flowered ; root fusiform, with few fibres, penetrating deep, the size of the little finger, or even of the thumb, when old outwardly of a dark chesnut colour. Flowering from June to September. — Native of Europe, gene- rally found in meadows and by way-sides. The roots have a bitterish styptic taste. They were used by Hippocrates and Dioscorides, and by the former particularly recommended 394 POT THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; POT for the cure of intermittents. The medicinal quality is con- fined to the red cortical part of the root, and depends merely upon its astringent effects ; it has therefore chiefly been pre- scribed internally in diarrhoeas and other fluxes, and exter- nally in gargles for loose teeth and spongy gums, and in astringent lotions : but its efficacy, except in large doses, is inferior to many other plants of this class. The bark of the root, says Withering, is a mild astringent, and powerfully resists putrefaction. Reduced to powder, and taken in'doses of about a scruple, it stops purging, and is good in all kinds of haemorrhages, but more particularly in excessive men- strual discharges, and spitting of blood. Taken in larger doses, it will frequently cure intermitting fevers and agues. A strong decoction of it is good for sore mouths. The leaves infused in the manner of tea, are much used by country people to allay the heat in burning fevers. The roots boiled in vinegar, and applied in form of a poultice, disperse swellings or inflammations in any part of the body; and applied to old putrid sores, cleanse and dispose them for healing. The juice is good to bathe inflamed and sore eyes with, and, drank to the amount of four ounces a day for several days together, is said to be almost a certain cure for the jaun- dice. It is likewise serviceable in the whites, and other disorders of the sex. The roots have also been used for tanning leather. As all our domestic quadrupeds will eat the leaves, it is not an unwelcome plant in pastures. It is in fact a u'eed, increasing by roots and runners. 28. Potentilla Pumila. Plant erect, subacaul, pubescent; leaves quinate, cuneiform, cut, lanuginose ; peduncles shorter than the petiole, simple, one-flowered ; petals roundish, scarcely longer than the calix. — Grows in dry fields and pas- tures, kfrom Canada to Virginia, and flowers from May to July. 29. Potentilla Simplex. Plant erect, simple, rough ; sti- pules cut; leaves quinate, oblong-oval, coarsely serrated, superior, sessile; pedunclesaxillary, solitary, elongate, uni- florous; segments of the calix linear-lanceolate ; petals rotund- obcordate, longer than the calix; flowers yellow. — Grow's in fields, meadows, and dry woods, from Canada to Carolina. 30. Potentilla Dissecta. Plant erect, branchy, slightly glabrous ; leaves quinate ; folioles pinnatifid ; segments entire, acute; flowers terminal, subcorymbose. — Grows near Hud- son’s Bay. *** With ternate Leaves. 31. Potentilla Monspeliensis ; Montpelier Cinquefoil. Leaves ternate ; stem branched, erect; peduncles springing out above the joints. The flowers are white and large. Per- ennial.— Native of the south of France. The seeds, if per- mitted to scatter, will produce plenty of plants in the spring. 32. Potentilla Norwegica; Norwegian Cinquefoil. Leaves ternate; stem dichotomous; peduncles axillary. — Native of Norway, Sweden, Prussia, Silesia, Switzerland, Canada, and Siberia. 33. Potentilla Tridentata ; Trifid-leaved Cinquefoil. Leaves ternate, wedge-shaped, trifid at the tip. — Native of New- foundland and Greenland. It flowers in June. 34. Potentilla Nivea; Snow-white Cinquefoil. Leaves ternate, gashed, tomentose underneath; stem ascending. — Native of Siberia. 35. Potentilla Grandiflora ; Great-Jlowered Cinquefoil. Leaves ternate, toothed, somewhat hairy on both sides; stem decumbent, longer than the leaves; root perennial. It flow- ers iu Julv, and the seeds ripen in autumn. — Native of Swit- zerland, Dauphiny, the Pyrenees, and Siberia. 30. Potentilla Subacaulis; Stemless Cinquefoil. Leaves ternate, toothed, tomentose on both sides; scape decumbent. 3 — Native of the south of France, Granada, Siberia, and Japan. 37. Potentilla Hirsuta. Plant erect, simple, very rough; stipules lanceolate, entire ; leaves ternate, oboval, Jaciniate- incise; panicles with few flowers; pedicels short; petals shorter than the calix; flowers white, small. — Grows in Canada, and the western parts of New York. 38. Potentilla Emarginata. Plant rough ; stipules ovate, very entire ; leaves ternate ; folioles sessile, inciso-dentate, rough on both sides; pedicels few, terminal, elongate, with one flower; petals cuneate-oblong, emarginate, as long agaiu as the calix. — Grows in Labrador. A small plant. 39. Potentilla Norwegica. Plant erect, branchy, pubes- cent; stipules oval, dentated ; leaves ternate, rhomb-lance- olate, inciso-dentate; branches dichotomous; pedicels short, axillary, solitary ; petals pale yellow, shorter than the calix. — Grows in the fields of Canada and New York, and flowers in June and July. Poterium ; a genus of the class Moncecia, order Polyau- dria. — Generic Character. Male Flowers: in a spike. Calix: perianth four-leaved; leaflets ovate, concave, spread- ing, permanent. Stamina: filamenta very many, thirty to fifty, capillary, very long, flaccid; antherae roundish, twin. Female Flowers: in the same spike, above the male. Calix: perianth as in the male. Corolla : one-petallcd, wheel-shaped ; lube short, roundish, converging at the mouth; border five- parted ; segments ovate, flat, reflex, permanent. Pistil: germina two, ovate oblong, within the tube of the corolla; styles two, capillary, coloured, flaccid, the length of the corolla; stigmas pencil-form, coloured. Pericarp: berry formed of the tube of the corolla, hardened, thickened, closed. Seeds : two ; according to Gaertner, inverted. Observe. The fifth species has a fleshy globular berry, with oblong cylin- drical seeds. The first species has a juiceless angular berry, with four-cornered seeds, acuminate at both ends, and two weak pistilla inserted into the male flowers. Gaertner, who joins this genus with Pimpinella, calls the fruit a drupe. Essential Character. Male. Calix: four-leaved. Corolla: four-parted. Stamina: thirty to forty. Female. Calix: four-leaved. Corolla: wheel-shaped, five-parted. Pis- tilla: two. Berry: formed of the hardened lube of the corolla. The species are, 1. Poterium Sanguisorba ; Lesser or Upland Burnet. Unarmed, with the stem somewhat angular : root perennial, penetrating deep into the earth. — This plant has the habit of Great Burnet : the leaves when bruised smell like Cucum- ber, and taste something like the paring of that fruit; they are sometimes put into salads and cooi tankards: they are mildly astringent, and used in dysenteries and haemorrhages. There are great authorities for and against the introduction of this plant into our pastures; and Mr. Young thus sums up the result of their conflicting evidence: That it is a good pasture in some places, and a bad one in others, he looks upon as highly improbable; and imputes the diversity of accounts to circumstances unrelated, or, in some instances, perhaps to prejudice. Cattle, the same accurate author remarks, may have been turned into it after it had got a head, and was near seeding, when it is generally agreed they will not eat it. This, however, is not, he observes, peculiar to this plant, but also to others; for what is Ray grass good for as feed after summer? The seed of Burnet having fetched a good price, much has been seeded, and the straw has been often confounded with the hay. The original intention of it was for a winter pasture ; and in that season cattle will i eat and thrive on food, which at other times they will not touch. This important circumstance has been too little POT OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. POT noticed. Cattle may be turned into a Burnet field so hungry that they might feed on it for a time, without proving it to be good food in general. From actual practice, however, the following facts may be deduced. First, the balance of the account is greatly in favour of horses eating it in the common manner of all other food. Secondly, we cannot deny it to be a good food for sheep, as the balance of expe- riment inclines greatly in its favour. Thirdly, in a fc instances cows and oxen dislike it, but in many they eat it freely. Thus, upon the whole, the reports are favourable : but the proper application of Burnet seems to be, to leave it a good head in autumn ready for sheep in the spring, for them to keep it down as close as possible about two months, upon the plan of Ray Grass, and to let it stand afterwards for hay; but the most advantageous method seems to be, to sow it with other Grasses in laying down land to pasture. — Subsequent trials have confirmed Mr. Young’s judgmeut, from which he collects the following advantages, derived by properly cultivating this plant on a suitable soil. The pro- duce of it, both in hay and seed, is considerable ; the pas- turage, not only in autumn and spring, but in winter, main- taining its growth and verdure in drought and frost, render it particularly valuable : in general cattle and sheep are fond of it, and grow fat bv it; t lie milk, cream, and butter of cows fed upon it, are excellent in quality and great in quan- tity: it will flourish and afford large crops on sandy, gravelly, and shaley soils. These are valuable qualities, and yet Burnet is not cultivated to any great extent, because it is not universally admitted that cattle and sheep will always cat it. There are some varieties scarcely worth mentioning: as, one that is much smoother ; a second, that has no smell; and a third, with larger seeds. — It is easily propagated in gardens for salads, by seeds sown in autumn soon after they are ripe. If sown in the spring, the seeds frequently lie in the ground till the spring following. If the seeds be permitted to scatter, the plants will come up in plenty ; and if these be transplanted into a bed of undunged earth, at about a foot distance every way, and kept clean from weeds, they will continue some years without further care, especially if the soil be dry. It may be increased by parting the roots iu autumn ; but as it grows so freely from seeds, this method is seldom adopted. Mr. Rocque directs the ground to be prepared for Buruet in the same manner as for Lucerne : to be ploughed or trenched as deep as the staple will admit, and to be well dunged ; the seed to be sown broad-cast, without corn, twelve pounds to tiie acre, in April or any of the succeeding months, till August : before sowing, barrow and roll ; after sowing, barrow with a light harrow, and roll again ; ten days after, the seed will come up with a round leaf; but it is generally said by others, that the seed takes about twenty-three days to vegetate: keep the crop very clean the first year, and it will keep itself clean afterwards. Unless it be sown early, Burnet must not be grazed the same summer, because when young it bleeds too much; but it should be left till February or March; it may then be fed till the beginning of May, when the cattle should be taken out, aud it may be mowed for seed about the middle of June. The same agriculturist, who directs the ground to be prepared alike for Burnet and Lucerne, says, in order to grow Burnet after Turnips are cleared off, in March plougii the same depth as was ploughed for the Turnips : then about the middle of May to trench plough it, to break the staple aud facilitate the growth of the roots. Iu the middle of June trench-plough again, but no deeper than the first time, not to bring up the dead earth. Harrow and roll well, and then sow; after which run a light harrow over it, not to burv 99. the seed foo deep, and then roll it again: then let it lie till August, when, if there are any weeds, harrow backwards and forwards, and hoe or handvveed it if necessary. A dry soil suits it best. It grows in stony and gravelly lands, but its natural bed is calcareous. The ill success which has some- times attended this crop, may perhaps be principally owing to its having been sown in an improper soil. It will not do where water settles on the surface, or on a wet bottom, nor on newly broken lip land, except after Oats or Potatoes; and the ground should be worked very fine for its reception. It has been sown indifferently in spring and autumn, but most commonly in the former season; either with or without corn, but seemingly to most advantage alone. For hay, it should be mown when in full blossom. When mown for seed, much of it will be lost; for what is full ripe is apt to shed, and, as it ripens successively, some will be quite green when the forwardesl is quite mature. 2. Poterium Ancistroides. Suffruticose : leaflets very smooth, roundish, deeply toothed ; flowering-stem angular, procumbent. — Native of Barbary, near Tlemsen, in the fis- sures of rocks, flowering early in the spring. 3. Poterium Hybriduui ; Sweet Burnet. Unarmed : stems cylindrical, strict. Sow the seeds in autumn, and the plants will come up iu spring: thin dud keep them clean from weeds. The second year they will flower, ripen their seeds, and decay. — Native of the south of France, Italy, and Hungary. 4. Poterium Caudatuni ; Smooth Shrubby Burnet. Un- armed, frutescent : branches round, villose; spikes elongated, loose. — Native of the Canary Islands. This and the next species may be increased by slips or catlings, planted in a bed of light earth during any of the summer months, covering them close with a hand or bell glass, or shading them from the sun. When they have taken root, take them up, and plant them singly in small pots, filled with fresh undunged earth. Place them in the shade till they have struck. root, and then remove them to a sheltered situation. When frosts come on, place them under a hot-bed frame. They require little water, especially in cold weather. Pothos; a genus of the class Telrandria, order Monogynia, formerly of the class Gyuandria,' order Polyandria. — Gene- ric Character. Calix: spalhe globular, one-leafed, gap- ing on one side; spadix quite simple, thickened, covered all over with sessile fructifications; perianth none, unless the corolla be taken for it. Corolla : petals four, wedge-shaped, oblong,, erect. Stamina : filamenla four, widish, erect, narrower than the petals, and of the same length; anlherae very small, twin. Pistil: germen parallelepiped, truncate; style none; stigma simple. Pericarp: berries aggregate, roundish, two-celled. Seed: single, roundish. Essential Character. Spalhe: spadix simple, covered. Calix: none. Petals: four. Stamina: four. Berries: two-seeded. The species are, 1. Pothos Scandens; Climbing Pothos. Petioles tiie breadth of the leaves; stem rooting. This shrub climbs like Ivy, throwing out fibres by which it adheres to walks, and the trunks of trees. — Native. of the East Indies and Cochin- china. 2. Pothos Acatilis ; Slemless Pothos. Leaves lanceolate, quite entire, nerveless. 'Phis species also is parasitical, aud in habit resembles the Aloe. It is called Rat's Tail by the French in Mariinico, from the form of the flowering spadix. — Native of South America, and the islands of the West Indies. 3. Pothos Lanceolata ; Lance-leaved Pothos. Leaves lan- ceolate, quite entire, three-nerved ; scape three-sided at the tip. — Native of South America. 396 P R A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P R E 4. Pothos Crenata ; Nolch-leaved Potkos. Leaves lance- olate, crenate. — Native of the island of St. Thomas, in the West Indies. 5. Pothos Violacea; Violet-fruited Pothos. Leaves ovate- lanceolate, entire-nerved, dotted. This is a subparasitical plant, with thick, long, simple, smooth, whitish roots. — Browne observed it in the island of Jamaica, of which it is a native, in the woods above St. Ann’s Bay; and says that it sticks pretty close to the trunk of whatever tree it grows upon, but seldom runs above two or three feet in length. Aublet found it in Guiana. 6. Pothos Crassinervia; Thick-nerved Pothos. Leaves oblong, acuminate, quite entire, veined, with the midrib of the leaf three-keeled. The whole plant is smooth ; the roots are numerous. — This is a parasitic species, growing on trees in hilly woods in South America. 7. Pothos Cordata ; Heart-leaved Pothos. Leaves cordate; lobes imbricate; spadix nearly equal to the spathe. This very much resembles the next species, although very distinct from it, by having the lobes of the leaves imbricate, the leaves much smaller, and the spadix much shorter. — Native of South America. 8. Pothos Macrophylla; Large-leaved Pothos. Leaves cordate; lobes divaricate; spadix much longer than the spathe. This is a subparasitical stemless plant. Flowers blue. — Native of the West Indies and Guiana. 9. Pothos Pinnata ; Pinnate-leaved Pothos. Leaves pin- uatitid ; plant six feet high, and stemless. — Native of the East Indies and Cochin-china. 10. Pothos Palmata; Palmate-leaved Pothos. Leaves pal- mate ; lobes nine, lanceolate, blunt. It is a parasitic on the barks of trees in South America. 11. Pothos Digitata; Digitate-leaved Pothos. Leaves digitate, about nine, oblong, sharpish. This is a smooth plant. The spathe is finger-shaped, upright, and about two inches long, and very thickly covered with flowers ; the petals are white with green tips. — Native of the hotter parts of South America, where it is parasitic on trees. 12. Pothos Pentaphylla; Five-leaved Pothos. Leaves digitate, quinate, ovate, acuminate. — Native of woods in Cayenne. 13. Pothos Foetida ; Stinking Pothos, or Scunk Weed. Leaves cordate ; spadix subglobular. — Native of North America. Prasium; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gym- nospermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, campanulate-turbinate, erect, bilabiate ; upper lip •wider, semitrifid, acute ; lower lip a little smaller, two-parted. Corolla: one-petalled, ringent; upper lip erect, ovate, obso- letely emarginate, concave; lower lip wider, trifid, reflex; the middle segment larger. Stamina : filamenta four, awl- shaped, pressed to the upper lip, spreading, shorter than the upper lip, two shorter than the two others ; antherae oblong, lateral. Pistil: germen quadrifid; style filiform, length and situation of the stamina ; stigma bifid, acute, with one seg- ment shorter. Pericarp: berries four, at the bottom of the calix, roundish, one-celled. Seeds: solitary, roundish. Observe. The seeds themselves, being clothed with a berried epidermis, have the nature of a berry. Hence we have a tetragymnospermous bacciferous plant, by which mark it is distinguished from all other plants of this order. Essen- tial Character. Berries: four, one-seeded. The species are, 1 . Prasium Ma jus ; Great Spanish Hedge-Nettle. Leaves ovate-oblong, serrate. This rises with a shrubby stalk two feet high, covered with a whitish bark, and divides into many branches. The flowers come out from the bosoms of the leaves in whorls round the stalks; they are white, and have large permanent calices, cut into five points. It flowers here from June to August. Native of Spaiu, Italy, Sicily, Tunis, and Algiers, in hedges. — This and the next specie's may be propagated either by cuttings or from seeds; if by cuttings, they should be planted on a shady border towards the end of April. The cuttings ought not to be taken from such plants as have been drawn weak, but rather from those which have been exposed to the open air, the shoots of which are short and strong; and if a joint of the former year’s wood be cut to each of them, they will more certainly succeed. These cuttings may remain in the same border till they are well rooted, and then transplanted into pots that they may be sheltered in winter under a common frame, where they may have as much free air as possible in dry weather, but only require to be screened from hard frost. If they be propa- gated by the seeds, which the plants produce in abundance annually, the seeds should be sown on a bed of light earth in April, aud in May the plants will come up, when they require no other care but that of keeping them clean from weeds; and in the autumn following they may be trans- planted in the same mauuer as above directed for those raised from cuttings, and may afterwards be less tenderly treated as they acquire strength. A plant or two of each of these species may be allowed to have a place where there are collections of the different sorts of evergreen shrubs, for the sake of variety; especially where the different sorts of Cistus Phlomis, Tree Wormwood, and Medicago, are admitted, because these are equally hardy ; and when a severe winter happens, which destroys the one, the others are sure of the same fate; but in mild winters they will live abroad, espe- cially if planted in a dry rubbishy soil, and have a sheltered situation ; but in rich wet ground, the plants growing vigorous in summer, are liable to injury from the early frosts in autumn. 2. Prasium Minus ; Small Spanish Hedge-Nettle. Leaves ovate, with a double notch on each side. This has a shrubby stalk like the former, but rises a little higher; the bark is whiter. The flowers are somewhat larger, and are frequently marked with a few purple spots. — Native of Sicily. Premna; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, campanulate, subbilobate, with the upper segment emarginate, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, irregular, tubulous ; mouth quadrifid, blunt; the two upper segments erect, shorter, the others spreading. Stamina: filamenta four, erect, middling, the two lower shorter ; anther® round- ish. Pistil : germen roundish; style cylindrical, shorter; stigma bifid. Pericarp: drupe globular, one-celled. Seed: nut nearly four-cornered, four-celled, perforated by the axis. Essential Character. Calix: two-lobed. ' Corolla: four-cleft. Berry : four-celled. Seeds : solitary. The species are, 1. Premna Integrifolia. Leaves quite entire. This is a small tree, much resembling the next species, and perhaps only a variety of it. — Native of the East Indies. 2. Premna Serratifolia. Leaves serrate ; branches round, purplish, with truncated margined scars on them from the fallen leaves. — Native of the East Indies. Prcnanthcs ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia iEqualis. — Generic Character. Calix: common, calicled, cylindrical, smooth; scales of the cylinder the num- ber of the corollets ; scales of the base few, unequal, very short. Corolla : compound, mostly of a single ring of florets; corollets hermaphrodite, five to eight and more, equal; P R E OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P R E 397 proper mouopetalous, ligulate, truncate, four-toothed ; sta- mina, filamenta five, capillary, very short; antherae cylin- drical, tubulous. Pistil: germen subovate ; style filiform, longer than the stamina; stigma bifid, reflex. Pericarp: none ; calix cylindrical, converging very slightly at the mouth. Seeds: solitary, cordate; pappus capillary, sessile. Recep- tacle: naked. Observe. There is a species, in which the pappus is supported by a stipe. Essential Character. Culix: calicled. Florets: in a single row. Pappus : simple, subsessile. Receptacle: naked. — These plants are seldom admitted into gardens, but the seeds may be sown soon after they are ripe, in a sheltered situation ; and when the plants come up, they require no other care but to keep them clean from weeds, The species are, 1. Prenanthes Tenuifolia ; Fine-leaved Prenanthes. Leaves linear, quite entire; root perennial, oblong, twisted, oblique, creeping, and here and there putting forth other straight roots. — Native of the south of Europe, where it is found upon mountains. 2. Prenanthes Chinensis ; Chinese Prenanthes. Leaves linear, ensiform, entire, and toothed. The whole plant is smooth ; flowers panicled, yellow. — Native of China and Japan. 3. Prenanthes Vimiuea ; Rushy-twigged Prenanthes. Fragments of the leaves adhering to the stem ; root biennial or perennial, oblong, pale yellow ; stems decumbent, from a foot or eighteen inches to two feet or even three feet in length, hard, round. — Native of the south of Europe; it flowers in June and July. 4. Prenanthes Purpurea; Purple Prenanthes. Florets five ; leaves lanceolate, toothletted ; root perennial, trans- verse, long, woody, fibrous ; stem erect, three, four, or five feet high, much branched towards the top, terminating by nodding panicles of flowers, placed on naked axillary peduncles, longer than the leaves. — Native of France, Ger- many, Switzerland, Austria, the south of France, and Italy. It flowers from July to September. 5. Prenanthes Muralis; Wall Prenanthes. Florets five; leaves runcinate ; root perennial, somewhat woody, branched, pale brown, milky: the whole plant smooth, tender, brittle, milky. There is a variety of it with the upper leaves undi- vided.— Native of many parts of Europe, in woods, hedges, and shady banks, in a calcareous soil, and on walls ; flower- ing from July to September. Found near Hampstead heath, and near Hornsey, in Middlesex ; on the Willows by the old sluice at Grantchester on Chippenham park wall ; on the top of Staunton, Harcourt-kitchen, and in Stokenchurch woods, Oxfordshire ; at Bishopsgate street in Norfolk ; at Welwyn in Herefordshire; at Croydon in Surry; at Cleif- den in Buckinghamshire; at Weekly in Northamptonshire; at Basford in Nottinghamshire; at Peak’s Hole in Derby- shire. 6. Prenanthes Altissima ; Tall Prenanthes. Florets five ; leaves three-lobed ; stem erect. The flowers come out from the side of the stem in small bunches, they are of a pale yel- low colour, and appear in July. There is a variety with pale purple flowers, arising from the same seeds. — Native of Vir- ginia and Canada, where it is called Dr. Witt’s Rattle-snake Root, the roots being taken for an antidote to the venom of the rattle-snake ; but they confound it with the twenty-third species, which see. 7. Prenanthes Chondrilloides ; Chondrilla-like Prenanthes. Florets ten; calices eight-cleft; leaves lanceolate; root-leaves undivided, somewhat toothed ; stem panicled. — Native of the south of Europe. 8. Prenanthes Japonica; Japonese Prenanthes. Florets fifteen ; root-leaves lyrate ; stem almost naked ; flowers termi- nating, panicled, yellow. — Native of Japan. 9. Prenanthes Alba; White Prenanthes. Florets very many ; flowers nodding, subumbelled ; leaves hastate, angu- lar. It flowers in July and August, and is a native of North America. 10. Prenanthes Repens ; Creeping Prenanthes. Creeping: leaves three-lobed ; stem creeping, rooting. — Native of Kamtschatka. 11. Prenanthes Pinuata ; Pinnate-leaved Prenanthes. Shrubby: leaves unequally pinnate, many-paired; leaflets linear, quite entire; panicle compound. This shrub has roundish resinous branches ; flowers small, yellow. — Found on the rocks at the island of Teneriffe. 12. Prenanthes Integra ; Entire-leaved Prenanthes. Leaves oblong, entire, smooth; panicle contracted; root annual. The whole plant smooth ; stem decumbent at bottom, and creeping, then erect, round, striated, simple or panicled, a span high ; flowers yellow. — Native of Japan. 13. Prenanthes Debilis ; Weak Prenanthes. Leaves ovate, entire ; stem almost naked, erect. The whole plant is tender and smooth ; root annual, fibrous ; flowers yellow. — Native of Japan. 14. Prenanthes Dentata ; Tooth-leaved Prenanthes. Leaves oblong, toothed, smooth ; stem panicled ; flowering branches rod-like, erect, panicled ; root-leaves petioled, oblong, blunt, with a point toothletted. — Native of Japan. 15. Prenanthes Hastata ; Halbert-leaved Prenanthes. Leaves hastate, embracing, toothed; stem branched. The whole plant is smooth ; flowers on the extreme branches and branchlets terminating, panicled, yellow. — Native of Japan. 16. Prenanthes Humilis; Dwarf Prenanthes. Leaves lyrate ; lobes obtuse ; stem almost naked ; flowers terminat- ing in twos or threes ; root annual, fibrous. The whole plant smooth. — Native of Japan. 17. Prenanthes Multiflora ; Many-flowered Prenanthes. Leaves petioled, runcinate ; lobes acute, toothed ; panicle fastigiate, diffused; root fibrous, annual ; stem branched at the bottom, erect, grooved, villose, smooth at top, panicled, two feet high. — Native of Japan. 18. Prenanthes Lyrata ; Lyrate-leaved Prenanthes. Leaves runcinate, lyrate-toothed ; panicle contracted ; root fibrous, annual. — Native of Japan. 19. Prenanthes Squarrosa. Leaves sessile, runcinate ; seg- ments recurved, toothed ; stem fleshy, herbaceous, round, striated, smooth, erect, simple, two feet high ; panicle oblong, thyrsoid. — Native of Japan. 20. Prenanthes Juncea. Stem very branchy, sulcated, glabrous ; leaves cauliue, remote, subulate, very short ; branchlets uniflorous; calices five-cleft, five-flowered ; folioles membranaceous at the margin ; flowers purple. — Grows on the banks of the Missouri. 21. Prenanthes Virgata. Plant glabrous, from three to six feet; stem very simple; all the leaves lyrate-sinuate; branchlets subsecund ; flowers pendulous, pale purple; calices glabrous, eight-cleft, ten-flowered. — Grows in sandy fields, near ditches, from New Jersey to Carolina. 22. Prenanthes Crepidina. Leaves lato-lanceolate, une- qually angulate-dentate ; panicles with terminal fascicles, few- flowered, waving; calices rough, from ten to twelve cleft. — Grows in Illinois, and on the high mountains of Carolina. 23. Prenanthes Serpentaria. Leaves dentate, rough ; radical leaves palmate-sinuate ; stem-leaves petiolate, sinuate- pinnatifid, subtrilobous ; intermediate segments tripartite, the highest lanceolate; branches terminal, subpaniculate, short, waving; calices eight-cleft, twelve-flowered; flowers 398 P R I THE UNIVERSAL IILRBAL P R I pale purple. Grows on the mountains of Virginia and Carolina. — This plant is known by the inhabitants under the name of Lion’s-foot ; and is in high esteem as a specific in j curing the bile of the rattlesnake. Pursh, in his travels i through the mountains of Virginia, had an opportunity of i being a witness of the efficacy of this remedy. “ A man,” says he, “ living in Cove mountains, near the Sweet Springs, ! was bit in the foot by a Mocassin snake, a species considered the most dangerous. An inflammation and swelling of his whole leg took place immediately; but by taking the milky juice of this plant boiled in milk, inwardly, and applying to the wound the steeped leaves, which were very frequently changed, he was cured in a few days.” As this plant deserves the attention of the physician, I have given a figure of it, it being frequently confounded with another species of this genus, which probably may not have quite so strong an effect, as the inhabitants are very careful to have the true Lion’s foot, in case of accidents happening, and usually call the other species of Prenanthes False. Lion’s- foot. Gronovius, in his Flora, mentions Dr. Witt’s Snake- root under Prenanthes Autumnalis, or Wiildenow’s Rubicunda, as a remedy for the bite of the rattlesnake ; which shews that he had information of the use made of this plant, though he did not kuow the genuine species. In the Banksian Herba- rium, is a specimen of Prenanthes Rubicunda, with the fol- lowing note in the hand-writing of Clayton. “ This is the Rattlesnake Root that Dr. Witt supposes to be the best cure for the bite of the snake; a very odd plant, hardly two leaves alike upon a plant, as to shape, or the indentings of the leaves.” Prickly Parsnep. See Echinophora. Prickly Pear. See Cactus. Primrose. See Primula. Primrose, Nightly, or Tree. See CEnolhera. Primrose, Peerless. See Narcissus. Primula ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: involucre many- leaved, many-flowered, very small; perianth oue-leafed, tubu- lar, five-cornered, five toothed, acute, erect, permanent. Corolla: monopetalous ; tube cylindrical, the length of the calix, terminated by a small hemispherical neck ; border spreading, half five-cleft; segments obcordate, emarginate, obtuse; throat pervious. Stamina: filaiuenta five, very short, .within the neck of the corolla; antherae acuminate, erect, converging, included. Pistil: gerrnen globular ; style filiform, the length of the calix; stigma globular. Pericarp: capsule cylindrical, almost the length of the perianth, covered, one-celled, opening with a ten toothed top. Seeds: nume- rous, roundish. Receptacle: ovate-oblong, free. Essential Character. Involucre: of an umbellet. Corolla: tube cylindrical, with a spreading mouth. The species are, 1. Primula Verticillata. Leaves serrate, smooth; flowers in whorls. — Native of Mount Kurma, by rivulets. 2. Primula Vulgaris ; Common Primrose. Leaves toothed, wrinkled; scapes one-flowered; border of the corolla flat ; root perennial, growing obliquely, appearing as if bit off at the end, beset with thick reddish scales which are the remains of past leaves, sending down numerous very long round whitish fibres; it has a singular smell, Somewhat like that of Anise; corolla of a pale sulphur-colour; flowers upright, iarge, sweet-scented. In some parts of the country they are of a purple hue. Its varieties are very numerous, partly wild and partly obtained from culture. They are much esteemed by florists under the name of Polyanthi; on this account we shall dilate on their qualities, and best mode of propagation. The names of the most esteemed are: 1. The Single White. 2. The Paper White. 3. The Red or Purple of various shades. 4. The Hose in Hose. 5. The Double Yellow. 0. The Deep Velvet Red. 7. The Pale or Flesh- coloured. 8. The Dingy Purple, which grows wild in Scot- land. The requisites to constitute a fine Polyauthus are, a graceful elegance of form, a richness of colouring, and a perfect symmetry of parts. Its qualities are much the same as those of the Auricula, as to the stem or scape, peduncles or flower-stalks, and the formation of the umbel bunch or thyrse, corruptly called the truss. The tube of the corolla above the calix should be short, well-filled at the umuth with the antherae, and terminate fluted, rather above the eye. The eye should be round, of a bright clear yellow, and distinct from the ground colour. The ground colour is most admired when shaded with a light and dark rich crim- son, resembling velvet, with one mark or stripe in the centre of each division of the border, bold and distinct from the edging down to the eye, where it should terminate in a tine point. The petals, technically called the pips, should be large, quite flat, and perfectly circular, excepting the small indentures between. each division, which separate it into five and sometimes six heart-like segments. The edging should resemble a bright gold lace, bold, clear, and distinct, and so nearly of the same colour, as that the eye and stripes arc scarcely to be distinguished. — The roots are used as a sternu- tatory for the head ; the best way of using them is to bruise them, and express the juice, which being snuffed up the nose, occasions violent sneezing, and brings away a great deal of water, but without being productive of any bad efi'eet, which is loo often the case with remedies of this class. Dried and reduced to powder, it will produce the same effect, but not so powerfully. In this state it is said to be good for nervous disorders, but the dose must be small. The above prescrip- tion is from Hill; and Gerarde says, that a drachm and a half of the dried roots, which are taken up in autumn, acts as a strong but safe emetic. — The roots of the wild plants of this and the two following species may he taken up and transplanted into gardens at Michaelmas, that they may have strength to produce their flowers early in the spring. They delight in a strong soil, but will grow' in almost any soil of earth in shady situations. The beautiful varieties of Poly- anthus are produced by sowing t lie seed saved from plants with iarge upright stems, producing on each stalk many flowers, which are large, striped, open, flat, and are not pin-eyed. Prom the seeds of such flowers there is room to hope for a great variety of good sorts; but there should be no ordinary flower stand near them, lest by the mixture of the farina their seeds should be degenerated. These seeds should be sown in boxes filled with light rich earth in December, taking great care not to bury the seed too deep, as it will he sufficient to cover it slightly with light earth. These boxes should be placed where they may have the benefit of the morning sun until ten o’clock, but must by no means be exposed to the heat of the day, especially when the plants begin to appear; for at t hat time a single day’s sun will destroy them. If the spring prove dry, refresh them often with water in very moderate quantities, and remove the boxes more into the shade as the heat increases. By the middle of May these plants will be strong enough to plant out, at which lime prepare some shady borders made rich with cow-dung, upon which you must set the plauts about four inches asunder every way, observing to water them until they have taken root; after which they will require no fur- ther care but to keep them clear from weeds, until the latter end of August following, when you should prepare some borders which are exposed to the east, with good light rich P R I OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P It I earth, into which they should be transplanted, placing them six inches asunder, equally in rows; observing, if the season prove dry, to water them until they have taken root. In these borders the plants will flower in the succeeding spring, when such of them as are unusually fine should be marked to be preserved, and the rest may be transplanted into wildernesses and other shady places in the garden, where, although they are not very valuable flowers, they will aft’ord an agreeable variety. Those plants which you intend to preserve, may be removed soon after they have done flowering, provided it be not intended to save seeds from them. They may then be transplanted into a fresh border of the like rich earth, allow- ing them the same distance as before, observing also to water them until they have taken root; after which they will require no further care except to keep them clean from weeds, and as their roots will be in full vigour in the spring, they will then produce strong flowers, or, if the kind be good, they will be little inferior to a show of Auriculas. These roots should be constantly removed and parted every year, and the earth of the border changed ; otherwise they will dege- nerate, and lose the greatest part of their beauty. If you intend to save the seeds, which is the method to obtain a great variety, mark such of them as have good properties. These should be, if possible, separated from all ordinary flowers, for if they stand surrounded by such as are plain- coloured, they will impregnate each other, whereby the seeds of the valuable flowers will not be near so good as if they had been in a border, separated from all ordinary flowers. The best way therefore is to take out the roots of the inferior sorts, and plant them in another place as soon as the flowers open. The flowers of those plants intended for seed, when growing in large bunches, should not be gathered, but those only that are produced singly upon pedicels. In dry seasons the former must be now and then refreshed with water, w hich will increase the size and number of their seeds, which will ripen in June. This will be easily known by the pods changing brown, and opening. At that time the plants should be looked over three or four times a week, gathering each time such of the seed-vessels as are ripe ; laying the seeds upon a paper to dry, and then putting them by until the season for sowing. As the plants which arise from seeds generally flower much better than offsets, those who would have these flowers in perfection should sow the seeds annu- ally. These plants blow at the same time, and require nearly the same treatment, as Auriculas, both with respect to soil and situation ; they are, however, more impatient of heat and drought, and more partial to shade and moisture. They may be set in the same-sized pots and the same com- post as the Auricula, only with the addition of more loam : or, they may be planted on cool shady beds or borders, being very hardy, and seldom perishing in the coldest and wettest seasons, because their parent is a native of this country : but without proper precautions they will be de- stroyed by the heat of the summer. This dislike of heat seems to indicate that the Polyanthus is a variety of the Primrose, which requires shade, aud not of the Cowslip, which adorns our open pastures; though it is generally regarded as a variety of the latter. These plants are very subject to the depredations of snails and slugs iir the spring of the year ; hence the pots ought to be carefully examined every morning. Their worst enemy, how'ever, is a small red spider, or Acarus, which in summer forms its web on the under side of the leaves. These little insects, scarcely visible without a magnifying glass, cause the leaves to become yel- low and spotted, and essentially destroy the plant : they multiply rapidly, and will infest a large collection in a very 99. short time. Such plants as appear infected should be imme- diately taken up, and soaked for two or three hours in a strong infusion of tobacco-water, and afterwards replanted in a fresh soil or compost, at a distance from ( heir former situation, if the whole bed be infected, the plants must all undergo the same process and removal. The old bed should then lie fallow till tiic next season, or be planted with another crop not subject to such disasters. These plants may also be increased by slips or offsets takeu off’ when they are fresh potted. For further particulars, see the thirteenth species. 3. Primula Elatior; Great Coivslip, or Oxlip. Leaves toothed, wrinkled, contracted in the middle; scape many- flowered ; border of the corolla flat. This is distinguished from the Primrose by its many flowered scape ; and from the Cowslip, by the flat border of the corolla. — It is found in woods, thickets, hedges, and sometimes in pastures, but is by no means so common as the Primrose and Cowslip. It has been found in calcareous soils among the thickets and hedges of Cambridgeshire; on clayey pastures in Suffolk; in Headington-wick copse, Stow' wood, and South Leigh, in Oxfordshire; common in some parts of Bedfordshire; near Hilland and Shillingley park-, in Sussex; near Wray-house, adjoining to the river Rhod«n in Essex ; and on high pastures near Little Wenlock in Shropshire. It flowers in April and May. See the second species. 4. Primula Officinalis; Common Cowslip, or Paigte. Leaves toothed, wrinkled, contracted in the middle; scape many-flowered ; border of the corolla concave. The root is like that of the Primrose, but smells more powerfully of Anise. The leaves are sometimes used as a pot-herb, and in salads; they are recommended for feeding silk worms, and may serve the same purpose as seedling Lettuces for the young worms before the Mulberry leaves make their appear- ance, as they only can afford the proper nourishment. The fragrant flowers make a pleasant wine, approaching in fla- vour to the Muscadel wines of the south of France. The flowers, which are commonly supposed to possess a somni- ferous quality, have a roughish bitterish taste, which they impart with their agreeable odour and yellow' tincture both to water and spirit. Vinous liquors impregnated with them, by maceration or fermentation, and strong infusions of them drank as tea, are supposed to be mildly corroborant, anti- spasmodic, and anodyne. An infusion of three pounds of the fresh flowers in five pints of boiling water, is made into a syrup of a fine yellow colour, agreeably impregnated with the flavour of the Cowslips. Hill observes, that the roots boiled in ale, are given by country people in vertigoes or giddiness of the head, with frequent and happy success ; and the juice snuffed up the nose, either alone or mixed with vinegar, will many times give relief in the head-ache. The flowers are much used for making a kind of wine, which is of a gentle narcotic quality, easing pain, promoting sweat, and gently disposing to sleep. Linneus having united the Primrose, Oxlip, and Cowslip, in one species, found no difficulty in naming it Veris ; but for those who have since considered them as three species, it is not so easy. Acaulis may tend to mislead novices, and Veris is too general; hence the epithet Vulgaris is here applied to the Primrose, follow- ing Hudson, Withering, Relhan, and Smith. The name Inodora might have suited the Oxlip, if the flowers really had not their very grateful smell : and Elatior would suit better, compared w ith the Primrose, if the scape of the Cow- slip were not the tallest of the three. This did not escape Shakspeare’s eye, who, in his Midsummer Night’s Dream , makes the Cowslip subservient to the Queen of the Fairies; 400 P R I THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P R I and, in allusion to Queen Elizabeth’s institution of tall mili- tary courtiers called pensioners, says “ The Cowslips all, her pensioners be.” The epithet Veris is improperly applied to the Cowslip, which flowers later than the Primrose. Officinalis is more proper, it having been most used in medicine. See the second species. 5. Primula Farinosa ; Bird’s-eye Primrose. Leaves ob- long, toothletted, waved, mealy underneath ; umbel erect, fastigiate ; border of the. corolla flat ; root perennial, some- what praemorse, sweet-scented, having numerous long per- pendicular fibres. — This elegant plant is a native of many parts of Europe, especially the most northern ; and also of Siberia: with us it is found in Yorkshire and Westmoreland, in wet or boggy pastures, or by the side of rills, flowering in July and August. The flowers vary with shades of purple, and they have been found entirely white. The plant varies also much in its size. It has been found by Mr. Curtis in a bog in Skirrith wood near Ingleton, a foot and half high : and in the cultivated plant he has observed a tendency to be viviparous, to produce one or more tufts of leaves among the flowers of the umbel. In its wild state it seeds readily, and frequently when cultivated. Towards the end of September the outer leaves fade, and the head of the plant forms itself into a knob or button, a kind of hybernacle : in the spring it extends, and the leaves then appear wholly white and mealy ; the corolla continues to envelope the germen till it has almost arrived at maturity, forming a sort of calyptre to it. In habit this species approaches most nearly to Andro- sace and Aretia: in those genera, however, the tube of the corolla is oval, not cylindrical, and its orifice is more or less closed with glands; whereas in all the Primulas that part is open, and only slightly crenated. Nevertheless these three genera, and even Cortusa, might perhaps be united without any great violence to nature. It is scarcely worth the pains to raise this plant from seed, since a strong root may be divided so as to form many plants ; the best time for doing this is in the spring, soon after the leaves are expanded. Place each offset in a separate pot, filled with two parts of stiffish loam, and one part light sandy bog-earth ; water and set them in the shade, under a north wall or paling, but not under trees; keep them there during summer in pans of water, but in the autumn, as the wet season comes on, take them out of the pans, and either lay the pots on their sides, or place them during the winter under a common Cucumber frame, to keep them from immoderate wet, which this plant cannot bear, although it be a native of boggy meadows. The next, if not the same year, these plants will blow strong, and thus they should be treated every year, for Primulas in general require to have their roots frequently parted. 0. Primula Longiflora ; Long leaved Bird’s-eye Primrose. Leaves spatulate, toothletted, naked on both sides, after flow- ering elongated, almost erect; umbel erect, many-flowered. This bears a great affinity to the preceding, but the leaves differ in form, colour, and mode of growth; when fully grown, they are twice the length of those of the other: they are not mealy, the under side being as green as the upper; and they have a greater tendency to grow upright. The scape is shorter and thicker. The flowers form a similar umbel, but are smaller than the preceding, and less brilliant in colour. It flowers in May. — Native country unknown. It is a hardy plant, of ready growth, and will succeed either in the pot or border, by guarding it from the sun in summer, and from severe frost and too much wet in winter. It is increased by parting the roots either in September or at the beginning of March, and is very liable to be infested with aphides or plant-lice. 7. Primula Cortusoides; Cortnsa-leaved Primrose. Leaves wrinkled, lobed ; scape many-flowered. In the wrinkled appearance of its foliage this approaches to the Common Primrose; whilst in its inflorescence, the colour of its flowers, and solitary scape, which rises to an unusual height, it bears an affinity to the fifth species. In the winter it loses the leaves entirely, and forms a sort of bulbous hybernacle above ground, which circumstance should be generallv known, as many are deceived thereby, and throw the plant's away as if dead. It flowers in June and July.— Native of Siberia. This being a rare plant, it must be carefully treated, as was directed for the last species. It may be raised from seeds, or increased by parting the roots ; but is liable to be lost, without careful attendance. 8. Primula Villosa; Mountain Primrose. Leaves flat, serrulate, hirsute, or subvillose. This is a very valuable plant. —Native of the mountains of Carinthia and Switzer- land, and common along the whole chain of the Alps from Monte Vesulo into Savoy, and thence to Switzerland. It may be treated in the same way as the three former sorts, or as directed for the Round-leaved Cyclamen, which see! See the twelfth species. 9. Primula Nivalis ; Snow Primrose. Leaves lanceolate, flat, sharply toothed, very smooth. — Native of the mountains of Dauria. See the twelfth species. 10. Primula Longiflora; Long-flowered Primrose. Leaves serrate, smooth; umbel nodding; tube of the corolla very long. It differs from the fifth species, in having the leaves less mealy, and less deeply toothed, the scapes higher, four flowers in the umbel, with the leaves of the involucre longer, the tube of the corolla three times as long, and the segments of the border narrower, and of a violet purple colour. — Native of the mountains of the Upper Valais, Tyrol, Carinthia, Car- niola, Italy, and Croatia. 11. Piimula Glutinosa ; Glutinous Primrose. Leaves ser- rulate, smooth, glutinous; leaflets of the involucre very large. — Native of the higher Alps, bordering on the ice and snow in Upper Carinthia and the Tyrol. 12. Primula Marginata; Silver-edged Primrose. Leaves obovate, serrate, toothed, white-edged ; scape many-flowered; leaflets of the involucre shorter than the peduncle. In its farinaceous tendency it resembles the next species, but is very unlike it in its wild state, the leaves being narrower, and the flowers larger and of a different colour. It is a delicate pretty plant, with a pleasing musky smell, and flowers in March and April.— To succeed in its cultivation, it will be necessary to place it in a pot of stiffish loam, mixed with one-third rotteu leaves, bog-earth, or dung, and plunged in a north border, taking care that it does not suffer for want of water in dry seasons: when thus treated, it increases by its roots almost as readily as the Auriculae, and may be propagated by parting them in April and September. The other alpine Primulae may be treated in the same manner. 13. Piimula Auricula; Auricula, ox Bear’s Ear. Leaves obovate, smooth, serrate; scape many flowered, about the length of the leaves. The flowers are very sweet, four or five in an upright umbel. The most common colours are yellow or red, but it is found also purple and variegated, with a white eye, powdered with meal. — To enumerate all the diversities of this plant would be endless, for every year produces vast quantities of new flowers, differing continually in shape, size, and colour : in the leaves also there is great variety, so that the skilful florist can often distinguish the varieties by the leaves. It seldom happens, so capricious is p r r OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P R I 401 fancy, that such flowers as are in great esteem one time, con- tinue to be regarded a few years after, still finer or larger flowers being produced from seeds; and as the names convey little, and there are no descriptions of them, it would be use- less to give a list, especially as the modern names are gene- rally taken from some great personage, with the raiser’s or florist’s name prefixed. It will, however, be useful to the young florist to enumerate the indispensable qualities of a fine Auricula. They are these : 1. The stem should be strong, upright, and of such a height as that the umbel of flowers may be above the foliage of the plant. 2. The peduncles or footstalks of the flowers should also be strong, and of a length proportioned to the size and quantity of the flowers, which should not be less than seven in number, that the umbel may be regular and close. 3. The tube, eye, and border, should be well proportioned; which they, will be, if the diameter of the first be one part, of the eye three, and of the whole bor- der about six parts. 4. The circumference of the border should be round, or nearly so, or at least not what is called starry. 5. The anther® ought to be large, bold, and fill the tube well; and the tube should terminate rather above the eye, which should be very white, smooth, and round, without cracks, and distinct from the ground colour. G. The ground colour should be bold and rich, and regular, whether it be in one uniform circle, or in bright patches; it should be distinct as the eye, and only broken at the outer part into the edging: a fine black, purple, or bright coffee-colour, contrast best with the white eve ; a rich blue, or bright pink, is pleasing ; but a glowing scarlet, or deep pink, would be most desirable, if well edged with a bright green ; this, however, can seldom be expected. The green edge is the principal cause of the variegated appearance in this flower ; and it should be in proportion to the ground colour, that is, about one half of each. The darker grounds are generally covered with a white powder, which seems necessary, as well as the white eye, to guard the flower from the scorching heat of the sun’s rays. All flowers that are deficient in any of the above pro- perties, are turned out into the borders of the garden, or rejected wholly, by every good florist, for, as there are varieties every year from seeds, the bad ones must make room for their betters ; but in some persons, the passion for new flowers so much prevails, that supposing the old flower to be greatly preferable to a new one, the latter must take place, because it is of their own raising. — Concerning the names of this plant, Parkinson observes, that we in English call them Bear’s Ears, according to the Latin ; or, as they are named by diverswomen, French Cowslips; they may also be called Mountain Cow- slips. Ray named it Bear’s Ear, Oricola, and French Cow- slip; but all these are now disused, and Auricula has become the general name. — Propagation and Culture. In order' to have good flow'ers from seeds, select the best flowers, which should be exposed to the open air, that they may have the benefit of showers, without which they rarely produce good seed. The time of their ripening, which is in June, may be easily known by the seed-vessel turning to a brown colour, and opening: care therefore must be taken, lest the seeds be scattered out of the vessel, for it will not be all fit to gather at the same time. The time for sowing is commonly in Au- gust, but any time before Christmas will be soon enough. The best soil is good fresh light sandy mould, mixed with very rotten cow-dung, or very rotten dung from the bottom of an old liot-bed. With this fill the pots, boxes, or baskets, in which the seeds are to be sown ; and having levelled the surface very smooth, sow the seeds thereon, sifting over them a little rotten willow mould; then cover them with a net or wire, to prevent cats or birds from scratching out or burying • the seeds, in which case they remain a year in the ground before the plants appear, if they ever appear at all. Many persons never cover the seeds, but leave them on the surface for the rain to wash them into the ground, which is often the best method. Let the boxes, &c. be so placed as to receive half the day’s sun, during the winter season; but in the beginning of March, remove them where they may have only the morning sun till ten o’clock; for the young plants wiii now soon begin to appear, which, exposed to one whole day’s sun only, will be all destroyed. They require water often in dry summer weather, but always in small quantities at each time. In July, the plants will be large enough to remove: a bed or boxes, of the above-mentioned soil, should then be prepared, and the plants set in it in squares of three inches. If a bed be preferred to boxes, they will require shading every day, till thoroughly rooted, and also in very hot dry weather; but if placed in baskets or boxes, they mayr easily be removed into a shady place. When the seedlings are planted in beds, there should be some rotten cow-dung laid about ten inches under the surface, and beaten down close and smooth ; this will prevent the worms from drawing the young plants out of the earth, which they generally accomplish where this precaution is neglected. This dung should be laid about half a foot thick, which will entirely prevent the worms getting through it, until the plants are well established in the beds; and the roots will strike down into the dung by the spring time, which will make their flowers stronger than usual: the beds should be exposed to the eastern, but screened from the southern sun. When all the plants are come up, and are thus removed out of their boxes or pots, level the earth gently again; for it often hap- pens, that some of the seeds will lie in the ground two years before they appear, especially if they were covered too deep when sown, as already observed. In the following spring many of these flowers will show; when such as have good pro- perties may be selected, and each of them removed into a pot of the same prepared earth, and preserved until the next season, when it will be easy to judge more correctly of the quality of the flower. Those that produce plain-coloured or small flowers should be taken out and planted in borders in the out-parts of the garden, to make a show, or serve for nosegays, &c ; the others, which do not produce their flowers in the same year, may be taken up, and transplanted into a fresh bed, till they also can be examined. The manner of propagating these flowers, when obtained, is from offsets or slips, taken from the old roots in April, when the flowers are in bloom : these offsets must be planted info small pots, filled with the same sort of earth as was before directed for the seedlings, and during the summer season should be set in a shady place, and must be often, but very gently, refreshed with water, but in the autumn and winter should be sheltered from violent rains. The spring following, these young plants will produce flowers, though but weak. Soon after they are past flowering, put them into larger pots, and the second year they will blow in perfection. In order to ensure a fine bloom of these flowers, the florist must observe the following directions: First, preserve the plants from too much wet in winter, which often rots and spoils them, but let them have as much free air as possible ; nor should they be too much exposed to the sun, which is apt to forward their budding for flower too soon ; and then the frosty mornings, which often occur in March, destroy their buds when unprotected. To prevent this, those who are very curious in these flowers, place their pots, in autumn, under a common hot-bed frame, where, in good weather, the plants may enjoy the full air, by drawing off the glasses ; and in great rains, snow, or frost, the plants may be 1* It I P R I 402 TI1E UNIVERSAL HERBAL; screened by covering them. Where this method is practised with judgment, t he flowers will be much stronger, and the i plants will increase faster than when they are exposed abroad. Secondly, in the beginning of February, if the weather be mild, take off the upper part of the earth in the pots, as low as can be done without disturbing the roots, and fill them up with fresh rich earth; which will greatly strengthen them for bloom. Prepare the offsets also for transplanting in April, by causing them to push out new roots. Those plants which have strong single heads, always produce the largest cluster of flowers. On this account, therefore, the curious florists pull off the offsets, as soon as it can be done with safety to their growing, to encourage the mother plants to flower the stronger; they also pinch off the flowers in autumn, where they are produced, and suffer them not to open, lest their opening should weaken the plants. Thirdly, the pots must be covered with mats in frosty weather, during the time of their budding for flower, otherwise the sharp mornings would blight them, and prevent their blowing. Fourthly, when the flower-stems begin to advance, and tiie blossom-buds grow turgid, protect them from hasty rains, which would wash off their white mealy farina, and greatly] deface the beauty of their flowers ; at the same time keep them as much uncovered as possible, otherwise their steins will he drawn up too weak to support their flowers, which is often the case when the pots are plaeed near walls. Let them have gentle waterings to strengthen them, but suffer none of it to fall into the centre of the plant among the leaves. Fifthly, when the flowers begin to open, remove their pots upon a stage built with rows of shelves one above another, and covered on the top to preserve them from wet. This stage should be open to the morning sun, but sheltered from bis beams in the middle of the day. In this position they will appear to much greater advantage than when the pots stand upon the ground ; for, their flowers being low', their beauty is bid from us; whereas, when they are advanced upon shelves, we see them in a full view’. In this situation they may remain till the beauty of their flowers is past, when they must be set abroad to receive the rains and imbibe fresh air, that tiiey may produce seeds, which fail when they are kept too long under shelter. When the seed is ripe, gather it as soon as perfectly dry, and expose it to the sun in a window upon papers, to prevent its growing mouldy, suffering it to remain in the pods until the sowing season. — Those who are particularly nice in raising these flowers, direct the compost to be made one-balf of rotten cow-dung, two years old ; one-sixth fresh sound earth, of an open texture; one-eighth earth of rotteu leaves; one-twelfth coarse sea or river sand ; one twenty-fourth soft decayed wil- low wood : the same quantity each, of peaty or moory earth and burnt vegetables, to be spread upon the surface of the other ingredients. This compost is to be exposed to the sun and air, turned once or twice over, and passed as often through a coarse skreen or sieve; then it should belaid in regular heaps from fifteen to eighteen inches thick, and in this state remain a year, turning it over two or three times, and keep- ing it free from weeds. The pots, into which these plants are put, ought to be hard baked : the inner diameter of the top should be six inches and a half, of the bottom four iuclies, and they should he about seven inches deep for common- sized blooming plants. Smaller plants and offsets should have smaller and shallower pots, while very large ones require their pots to be proportionably larger. The bottom of each pot ought to be slightly concave, and the hole half an inch in diameter. The rims should project about half an inch, in order to take up and remove them with greater ease and safety. The pots should he buried in wet earth, or immersed in water, three or four days or a week before they are wauled, to remove their absorbency. Transplant or pot these flowers annually soon after their bloom, curtailing their fibres, . if grown very long ; and cutlinguff the lower part of the main root, if too long or decayed. The offsets at this season strike freely, and become well established before winter. Examine the plant carefully, and wherever any unsoundness appears, cut it entirely out with a sharp penknife; then ex- pose the wounded part to the sun, and, when it is quite drv, apply a cement of bces-wax and pitch in equal quantities, softened in the sun or before a fire. If the lower leaves be yellow or dried up, strip them off in a direction downwards. Having put the hollow shell of an oyster over the bole of the pot, fill three parts of it w ith compost, highest in the middle; place the plant there, with its fibres regularly distributed all rouud, then fill the pot with the compost, adding a link clean coarse sand close roifnd the stem on the surface, and strike the bottom of the pot against the ground or table to settle the earth. The true depth to plant ail Auricula, is within half an inch of the lowest leaves, because the most valuable fibres proceed from that part; and the offsets wih he thereby encouraged to strike root sooner. When these have formed oue or more fibres, of an inch or two in length they may, by means of a piece of hard wood, or by tin fingers, be separated with safety, and planted round the sides of a small pot filled with the same compost, till they an sufficiently grown to occupy each a separate pot: if a smal hand-glass be placed over eaeli pot, it will cause the fibres t( grow more rapidly; but if it be long continued, it will draw up and weaken the plants. In the beginning of May, a: soon as the operation of potting is finished, place them in ai airy and shaded situation, but not under t lie drip of trees Let them remain here till September or October, when the; should be removed into shelter. In the first favourable wca ther in the next February, remove all the decayed leaves, am in the middle of that month earth them up, that is, take awa; the superficial mould of the pots about an inch deep, and pu I in fresh compost, with t lie addition of a little loam, to give i more tenacity. This will contribute greatly to the strengll ( of the plants, and the vigour of their bloom; at the saim time it will afford a favourable opportunity to separate sucij offsets as appear to have sufficient fibre to be taken oft’ a this early season. The pots with these offsets should b< placed in a frame, in a sheltered situation, till their roots an established. Though frost, unless it be very rigorous, wil not destroy the plants, yet it will injure them, and perhap spoil the bloom, especially early in the spring; they sliouli therefore he covered with mats in a severe season. If an; plant has more thau one or two principal stems, it is advis able to pinch off’ the smallest and weakest, in order to rende; the blossoms of that which remains larger and more vigorous' Wfien the flowers, technically called Pips, become turgid and begin to expand, select the plants from the rest ; remove them to a calm shady corner, and suspend small hand-glasses over them. The stage for the pots to stand on, whilst ii bloom, should have a northern aspect, and should consist o four or five rows of shelves, rising one above another. Tin roof ought to be altogether glass frames. The tallest-blowinj plants should be placed behind, and the shortest in front They must be regularly watered two or three times ever; week during the bloom. In raising the Auricula from seed if the boxes in which the seed is sown be placed on the sur face of a hol-bed, in a Cucumber or Melon frame, the seed; will begin to vegetate in three weeks. The earth must b<| kept moderately moist, by sprinkling it with a hard clothes? brush, dipped in water that has been softened and warmer, 2 P R I OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P R I 403 by standing in the sun. At the end of four or five weeks, when the young plants will be all come up, they must have, gradually, more air, and in a fortnight or three weeks the boxes should be taken out of 'the frame, and placed in a warm situation, though not too much exposed to the sun, till towards ihe end of April ; when they may be removed to a cooler aspect, where they can receive the sun only till nine o’clock ; and in May they should be placed in the most cool and airy part of the garden ; still not neglecting to keep the earth moderately moist, and to protect them from violeut rains. As soon as any of the plants show six leaves, transplant them into other boxes, an inch and half or two inches asunder; and when they are grown so as to touch each other, trans- plant them a second time, into larger boxes, at the distance of three or four inches, or into small pots, where they may remain till they blow, when the very good ones should be marked, and the bad destroyed. As soon as the bloom is over, let those that are marked be planted separately in pots, and taken care of till they blow again, when their merits may be more accurately ascertained. A great proportion of these seedlings will be plain-coloured, technically stlf, and of no value but as common border flowers, unless they have good properties in other respects, or are singularly beautiful or brilliant in their colours. 14. Primula Gigantea; Tall Primrose. Leaves rhomb- ovate, serrate, smooth ; stem few-flowered, very tall. — It varies with the stem only eighteen inches high, and is a native of Siberia. 15. Primula Minima ; Dwarf Primrose. Leaves quite smooth and shining, wedge-shaped, sharply serrate at the top only; scape few-flowered, (one or two flowered ;) root round, white within, blackish without, putting out very long whitish fibres horizontally, forming very large thick tufts, loaded with abundauce of flowers ; corolla purple, according to Krocher and Jacquin. Willdenow observes, that it dies of a violet colour. It flowers from June to September. — Native of Mount St. Gothard, Schneeberg, and other mountains of Austria. 16. Primula Integrifolia ; Entire-leaved Primrose. Leaves quite entire, elliptic, suberenate, cartilaginous at the edges ; umbel erect; calices with long tubes and very blunt. This in habit and stature generally resembles the thirteenth species. It is distinguished from the next species, by having the leaves cartilaginous at the edge, scarce apparently crenulate or ciliate when examined with a magnifier, and the calix tubu- lar. In gardens, where it flourishes very well, it flowers in April and May. — Native of the Swiss, Pyrenean, Austrian, Styrian, and Carnioliau mountains, as on Schneeberg, Etscher, Struk near Idria, Grindovitz, Gothard, and Speluga. 17. Primula Carniolica ; Carniolian Primrose. Leaves quite entire, elliptic ; umbel erect ; calices acute, very short. — Native of Carniola. 18. Primula Sinmarchica ; Norwegian Primrose. Leaves quite entire, ovate, on long petioles; umbel few-flowered, erect; corolla funnel-form. — Native of the mountains of Norway. 19. Primula Viscosa ; Viscid Primrose. Leaves ovate, quite entire, villose, viscid; umbel erect; corollas salver- form ; root thick, at first dusky, then white, filiform ; flowers pale blue. — Native of the mountains of Piedmont, on rocks about the baths of Valderia. 20. Primula Sibirica ; Siberian Primrose. Leaves quite entire, ovate, on long petioles ; umbel few-flowered, nodding; corolla salver-form. — Native of Siberia, in moist meadows, from the river Obo to beyond Lake Baikal. 21. Primula Mistassinica. Plant glabrous; leaves oval 99. spalulate, subdentate; scape elongated; umbels with few flowers; limb of the corolla reflex ; segments cuneate-oblong, obtusely bifid; capsules oblong. — Grows on Lake Mistassins, or in Hudson's bay. This is the only North American spe- cies noticed by Pursh. Prince’s Feather. See Amaranthns Ut/pochondriacus. Prince’s Wood. See Cordia Gerascantkus. Prinos ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, half six-cleft, flat, very small, permanent. Corolla: one- petalied, wheel-shaped; tube none; border six-parted, flat; segments ovate. Stamina: filamenta six, awl-shaped, erect, shorter than the corolla; antherae oblong, blunt. Pistil: germen ovate, ending in a style shorter than the stamina, and an obtuse stigma. Pericarp: berry roundish, six-celled, much larger than the calix. Seeds: solitary, bony, obtuse, convex on one side, angular on the other. Observe. It dif- fers from Ilex, chiefly in the number. Sometimes it excludes one-sixth part in the fructification. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: six-cleft. Corolla: one petalled, wheel-shaped. Berry : six-seeded. The species are, 1. Prinos Verticillata ; Deciduous Winter Berry. Leaves lanceolate, ovate, pubescent underneath, serrate on the whole margin; peduncles many-flowered. It rises with a shrubby stalk to the height of eight or ten feet, sending out many branches from the sides the whole length. It flowers in July, and the seeds ripen in the winter. Native of Virginia. — This and the next, are propagated by seeds, sown soon after they are ripe, upon a bed of light earth, covering them about half an inch with the same sort of earth. The seeds which are so soon put into the ground, will, many of them, come up the following spring; whereas, those which are kept longer out of the ground, will remain a wdiole year before the plants will appear, in the same manner as the Holly, Hawthorn, and some others. When the y oung plants come up, they may be treated in the same manner as has been directed for the American Hawthorns, these being full as hardy ; but they delight in a moist soil, and a shady situation. In hot land they make little progress, and rarely produce any fruit. 2. Prinos Glabra; Evergreen Winter Berry. Leaves lan- ceolate, bluntish, smooth on both sides, serrate at the tip. It is not so tall as the preceding; the leaves also are shorter, and serrate at their points only. — Native of Canada. Culti- vated in the same manner as the first species. 3. Prinos Lucida ; Shining Winter Berry. Leaves ellip- tic, acuminate, even, subserrate at the tip. It flowers in July. — Native country unknown. 4. Prinos Dioica ; Dioecous Winter Berry. Leaves oblong, ovate, subserrate, smooth, coriaceous; peduncles axillary, one or three flowered ; flowers dicecous, tetrandrous. — Found in the island of Montserrat. 5. Prinos Nitida. Leaves oblong, ovate, serrate, shining, membranaceous; peduncles axillary, one-flowered; flowers tetrandrous. It is allied to the preceding, but differs in having slenderer flowering branches, brown, not whitish. — Found in the island of Montserrat. 6. Prinos Montana. Leaves ovate, serrate, shining on both sides; trunk twenty or thirty feet high, with an even brow n bark ; branches subdivided, almost upright, round, smooth. — Native of Jamaica, on coppices in the highest mountains. 7. Prinos Sideroxyloides. Leaves roundish, quite entire. The wood of this tree is hard. — Native of the Caribbee Islands, St. Christopher’s and Montserrat. 8. Prinos Ambignus. Leaves deciduous, oval, acuminate on both sides, mucronate-serrulate, pubescent; flowers from 5 K 404 PRO THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PRO four to five cleft, white ; male flowers crowded together at the bottom of the branchlets ; female flowers solitary ; berries red, larger than those of the Prinos Verticillatus. — Grows in sandy wet woods, and on the borders of swamps, from New Jersey to Carolina. 0. Prinos Lasvigatus. Leaves deciduous, lanceolate, ad- presso-serrate, acuminate, glabrous on both sides, shining on the upper side; female flowers axillary, solitary, subses- sile ; male flowers scattered ; both male and female flowers six cleft; berries large, dark red. — Grows on the Allegany Mountains from New York to Virginia. 10. Prinos Lanceolatus. Leaves deciduous, lanceolate, very slightly and remotely serrulate, acute on both sides, glabrous on both sides; female flowers scattered, peduncu- lated, six-cleft; male flowers aggregate, triaudrous; berries small, scarlet.— Grows in the lower countries of Carolina and Georgia. 11. Prinos Coriaceus. Leaves evergreen, cuneate lanceo- late, coriaceous, glabrous, shining, very entire; corymbs axillary, very short, sessile, many-flowered ; flowers six-cleft. There are two varieties, one with obovate-lanceolate and acuminated leaves; the other with lanceolate-acute leaves. This is a handsome tall shrub, of the appearance of Ilex Dahoon ; and grows in the sandy woods of Georgia, near the banks of rivers. Privet. See Ligustrum Vulgare. Privet, Mock. See Phyllyrea Media. Prockia ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth three- leaved; leaflets ovate, seldom two, very small; leaflets at the base. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta numerous, capillary, the length of the calix ; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen roundish, subquinquangular ; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stigma purplish. Pericarp: berry quin- quangular. Seeds: very many. Essential Character. Calix : three-leaved, besides sometimes two leaflets at the base. Corolla: none. Berry: five-cornered, uiany-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Prockia Crucis. A round branched shrub, the whole of which is smooth, and the bark of the branches purplish. — Native of the island of Santa Cruz. Proserpinaca ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Tri- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth three- parted, superior ; leaflets erect, acuminate, permanent. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta three, awl-shaped, spreading, the length of the calix ; antherae twin, oblong, acute. Pistil: germen inferior, three-sided, very large; style none; stigmas three, pubescent, thickisb, the length of the stamiua. Pericarp: drupe small, juiceless, ovate, three-sided, three-winged, crowned with the permanent closed calix. Seed: nut somewhat bony, three-sided, three-celled ; kernels oblong, fastened by a thread. Essential Character. Calix: three-parted, superior. Corolla : none; drupe with a three-celled nut. The species are, 1. Proserpinaca Palustris. Root creeping; stems a foot high, roundish ; leaves alternate, lanceolate, serrate, ending in petioles; the lower, or those that are under water, pinna- tifid, with linear segments ; flowers axillary, solitary. — Native of the marshes of Virginia, North America. 2. Proserpinaca Pectinata. All the leaves pectinate-pin- natifid. This specific description sufficiently distinguishes it from the preceding plant. It is found in overflowed places and ditches from New Jersey to Carolina, and flowers in July and August. Prosopis: a genus of the class Decandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one- leafed, hemispherical, slightly five-toothed. Corolla: petal five, lanceolate, sessile, equal. Stamina: filamenta ten, fili form, equal ; antherx incumbent, grooved, versatile. Pistil germen oblong; style filiform, the length of the petals stigma simple. Pericarp : legume oblong, linear, roimdisl attenuated at both ends, jointed, smooth, pendulous. Seeds many, rounded, oblong, coloured, immersed in a meal substance. Essential Character. Calix: bell-shaper five-toothed; stigma simple. Legume: linear, many-seedet The only species discovered is, 1. Prosopis Spicigera. — This grows to a large tree, wit a tolerably erect trunk; a deeply cracked ash coloured bar! and irregular numerous branches, forming a globular shad head. — It is a native of most parts of the Coromandel coast flowering during the cold and at the beginning of the h< season. The pod of this tree is the only part used ; it i about an inch in circumference, and from six to twelve inch< long : when ripe it is brown, smooth, and contains, besidr the seeds, a large quantity of a brown mealy substanci which has a sweetish agreeable taste like the Spanish AIgs raba or Locust Tree. See Ceratonia Siliqua. Protea; a genus of the class Tetrandia, order Monogvnii — Generic Character. Calix: perianth common, usi ally imbricate ; scales permanent, various in form and pn portion; perianth proper none. Corolla: universal, uniform proper one, two, or four petalled, with the petals differei in figure. Stamina: filamenta four, inserted into the peta below the tip; antherae linear. Pistil: germen superio awl-shaped, or roundish ; style filiform ; stigma simple. Per carp: none. Calix: unchanged. Seeds: solitary, rouudisl Receptacle: commonly naked, or villose, or chaffy. Observ\ The species of this genus differ very much from each oth< in all the parts of fructification, but agree in the essentiiti character of the stamina, inserted below the tip of the coroll: The twenty-first and second species have a one-flowere calix. The forty-fourth has an oblong stigma, bifid at tli top. Essential Character. Corolla: four-cleft, c four-petalled ; antherae linear, inserted into the petals belo the tip. Calix: proper none. Nut: one-seeded, superio — As all the plants of this beautiful genus, except tw o, com from the same country, the following directions are generall sufficient for their propagation and culture. The warm! of a common green-house is generally sufficient for their pn lection ; but many of them are delicate with respect to dam| and are apt to suffer if too much crowded, or over-waterec or placed in a damp part of the house. In summer they mu be placed in the open air in a sheltered situation, for exposed to winds the plants will be torn and rcndere unsightly, nor will they make any progress in tiieir growtl In warm weather they must be frequently but sparingl watered, and have but seldom any in cold weather. Seven of them have not flowrered in this country, and many do tu perfect their seeds. Such therefore can only be increase by cuttings, and some are very difficult to increase in tie way. The cuttings should be taken off in April just befor the plants begin to shoot. Plant them in small pots, fille with light earth, plunge them from the sun, and refresh thei with water gently and sparingly. About Midsummer, b which time they will have put out roots, shake them gentl out of the pots, plant each in a separate small pot fille I with light earth, place them in a frame, and there shad them until they have taken root, aftemards gradually iourin them to the open air, and treating them like the old plants. The species are, * Pinnate : with pinnate filiform Leaves. 1. Protea Decutnbens ; Decumbent Protea. Leaves trific PRO OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PRO 405 filiform ; stem decumbent ; corolla silky.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. •2. Protea Florida. Leaves trifid, filiform; stem erect; heads solitary, encompassed with bractes. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Protea Cyanoides. Leaves trifid- pinnate, filiform ; stem erect; heads solitary, naked. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Protea Patula. Leaves trifid-pinnate,' filiform ; stem erect; heads aggregate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Protea Pulchella. Leaves bipinnate, smooth, filiform; heads terminating, club-shaped, aggregate, leafless, bracted. — Native of New Holland. 6. Protea Sphasrocephala. Leaves bipinnate, filiform ; peduncles shorter than the heads ; calicine scales ovate, vil- lose at the base. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. ■ 7. Protea Serraria ; Cut-leaved Protea. Leaves bipinnate, filiform, rough-haired; peduncles longer than the heads, calicine scales ovate, lanceolate, rough-haired.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Protea Trinernala. Leaves bipinnate, filiform, smooth; peduncles longer than the heads ; calicine scales ovate, lan- ceolate, rough-haired. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Protea Glomerata. Leaves bipinnate, filiform; com- mon peduncle elongated, naked ; pedicels longer than the heads.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Protea Phylicoides. Leaves bipinnate, filiform ; heads terminating, solitary, woolly. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 11. Protea Lagopus. Leaves aggregate, filiform; heads in spikes, aggregate. — Native of the Cape. 12. Protea Spicata; Spiked Protea. Leaves bipinnate, filiform ; heads in spikes, distinct. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Protea Sceptrum. Lower leaves bipinnate; upper trifid and entire. — Native of the Cape. ** Toothed : with toothed callous Leaves. 14. Protea Crinita. Leaves five-toothed, smooth ; stem erect; heads two or three, terminating — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 15. Protea Conocarpa ; Tooth leaved Protea. Leaves five- toothed, smooth ; stem erect ; head terminating. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 16. Protea Elliptica. Leaves elliptic, three-toothed, smooth; stem erect; head terminating. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Protea Hypophylla. Leaves three-toothed, smooth, divided one way ; stem decumbent ; head terminating. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 18. Protea Cucullata. Leaves three-toothed, smooth ; heads lateral. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 19. Protea Toinentosa. Leaves three-toothed, tomentose. * — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 20. Protea Heterophylla. Leaves three-toothed and entire; stem decumbent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. *** Acerose : with filiform awl-shaped Leaves. 21. Protea Pinifolia ; Pine leaved Protea. Leaves filiform; flowers in racemes, not calicled, smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 22. Protea Ilacemosa; Downy flowered Racemosa. Leaves filiform ; flowers in racemes, calicled, tomentose. This is the only plant of the genus liisherto known with a one- flowered calix, which distinguishes it from the two following species, which at first sight it very much resembles. — Native of the Cape. 23. Protea Incurva. Leaves filiform, iitcurved, smooth; heads raceme spiked, tomentose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 24. Protea Caudata. Leaves filiform, rough-haired ; heads subsessile, in spikes. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 25. Protea Bracteata. Leaves filiform, channelled ; head terminating; bractes multifid. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 26. Protea Comosa. Lower leaves filiform, upper lance- olate ; head terminating. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 27. Protea Purpurea. Leaves linear, recurved ; heads terminating, drooping; stem decumbent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 28. Protea Prolifera. Leaves awl shaped, appressed ; stem proliferous. — Native of the Cape. 29. Protea Corymbosa. Leaves linear subulate, appressed ; branchlets in whorls, subfastigiate ; stem proliferous. — Native of the Cape. 30. Protea Nana. Leaves linear, subulate; bead termi- nating ; calix coloured. This is always known by the resem- blace its flowers bear to the Rose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 31. Protea Lanata. Leaves three-sided, appressed ; head terminating, woolly. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. **** Linear ; with linear Leaves. 32. Protea Torta. Leaves linear, oblique, callous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 33. Protea Alba. Leaves linear, silky, tomentose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. ***** Lanceolate : with elliptic and lanceolate Leaves. 34. Protea Aulacea ; Widow-W ail-leaved Protea. Leaves linear, spatulate, smooth ; flowers in racemes, not calicled. — Native of the Cape. 35. Protea Umbellata ; U labelled Protea. Leaves linear- spatulate, smooth ; heads terminating ; bractes multifid. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 36. Protea Linearis ; Linear -leaved Protea. Leaves linear, spatulate, smooth ; head terminating, tomentose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 37. Protea Cinerea ; Gray Protea. Leaves linear, wedge- shaped, silky; head terminating, silky. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 38. Protea Scolymus ; Small Smooth-leaved Protea. Leaves lanceolate, acute, smooth ; head terminating, round, smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 39. Protea Abyssinica. Leaves lanceolate, attenuated at the base, blunt ; head terminating, hemispherical. In the middle of a very hot day, the flowers unbend themselves more, the calix seems to expand, and the whole flower to turn itself towards the sun, in the same manner as the Sun- flower. When the branch is cut, the flower dries almost instantaneously. Bruce saw it in Abyssinia, where it is a native, near Mount Lamalmon. 40. Protea Mellifera ; Honey-bearing Red-barked Protea. Leaves lanceolate, elliptic, smooth ; head terminating, oblong, smooth. — Native of the Cape. 41. Protea Repens ; Creeping Protea. Leaves lanceolate, elliptic, smooth ; head ovate, smooth ; stem decumbent, very short. — Native of the Cape. 42. Protea Pluraosa; Feather-flowered Protea. Leaves lanceolate, wedge-shaped, hoary ; head terminating, oblong; petals smooth beneath, hairy, with very long hairs above. — — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 43. Protea Obliqua ; Oblique-leaved Protea. Leaves linear, lanceolate, smooth, callous, oblique; head cauline, termi- nating.— Native of the Cape. 406 PRO THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P R U 44. Protea Parviflora; Small-flowered Protea. Leaves elliptic, obtuse, callous, oblique; heads smooth at the ends of the branchlets. — Native of the Cape. 45. Protea Fallens ; Pale Protea. Leaves lanceolate, attenuated at the base, smooth, acute, callous; head termi- nating, involucred ; involucre long, pale. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 46. Protea Conifera ; Cone-bearing Protea. Leaves lan- ceolate, attenuated at the base, smooth, acute, callous ; head terminating, involucred ; involucre long, acute, coucolor. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 47. Protea Levisanus; Branching Protea . Leaves obo- vate, bluntly acuminate, imbricate, smooth; stem hairy, the head having a blunt longer involucre. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 48. Protea Strobilina; Obtuse-leaved Protea. Leaves elliptic, oblong, retuse, callous, smooth ; head terminating, smooth. — Native of the Cape. 49. Protea Imbricata; Imbricate-leaved Protea. Leaves lanceolate, smooth, striated, imbricate; head terminating. — Native of the Cape. 50. Protea Sericea; Silky Protea. Leaves lanceolate, silky; branches filiform ; stem decumbent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 51. Protea Saligna ; Willow-leaved Protea. Leaves lan- ceolate, silky; stem shrubby ; heads oblong, involucred.— Native of the Cape. 52. Protea Argentea ; Silvery Protea. Leaves lanceolate, silvery-tomentose, ciliate ; stem arboreous ; heads globular. The shining silvery leaves of this plant make a fine appear- ance, when the plant is intermixed with other exotics. It flowers in August. Native of the Cape of Good Hope. — It should be placed in an airy dry glass case protected from cold, with as much light as possible, and must have little water in winter. It rises easily from seeds, which must be procured from the Cape of Good Hope, where they naturally grow. The seeds will sometimes remain in the ground six or eight months, and at other times the plants will appear in six weeks ; therefore the best way is to sow the seeds in small pots filled with soft sandy loam, and plunge them into a moderate hot-bed ; and if the plants should not come up so soon as expected, the pots should remain in the shelter till the followiug spring, when, if the seeds remain sound, they will appear. The pots in which the seeds are sown should have but little wet, for moisture fequently causes them to rot. When they appear, they ought not to be too tenderly treated, nor on the other hand to have much water, but should during warm weather be exposed to the open air in a warm situation, and protected in winter from frost. ****** Oblong : tvilh oblong ovate Leaves. 53. Protea Acaulis; Stemless Protea. Leaves oblong, smooth ; head globular, smooth ; stem decumbent, very short. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 54. Protea Myrtifolia ; Myrtle leaved Protea. Leaves oblong, smooth; heads terminating, aggregate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 55. Protea Graudiilora; Great-flowered Protea. Leaves oblong, veined, smooth; head hemispherical, smooth; stem arboreous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 50. Protea Glabra ; Smooth Protea. Leaves oblong, vein- less, smooth; head hemispherical, smooth; stem shrubby.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 57. Protea Speciosa ; Handsome Protea. Leaves oblong, smooth; head oblong; calicine scales bearded at the tip.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 58. Protea Totta ; Upright Smooth Protea. Leaves ovate, smooth, callous ; head ovate ; corollas cylindrical, rough- haired.— Native of the Cape. 59. Protea Hirta ; Hairy Protea. Leaves ovate, smooth ; flowers lateral. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 60. Protea Pubera; Downy-leaved Protea. Leaves ovate, tomentose; heads terminating, tomeutose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 61. Protea Divaricata ; Straddling-branched Protea. Leaves ovate, rough-haired ; heads terminating ; branches! divaricating. — Native of the Cape. ******* Rounded : with roundish Leaves. 62. Protea ‘Spatulata ; Sputulate-leaved Protea. Leaves spatulate, somewhat cowled, smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 63. Protea Cynaroides ; Round-leaved Protea. Leaves roundish, petioled, smooth.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 64. Protea Cordata; Heart-leaved Protea. Leaves cor- date.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Prunella; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno- spermia.— Generic Character. * Calix; perianth one- leafed, two-lipped, shorter than the throat, permanent; upper lip flat, wider, truncate, very slightly three-toothed ;! lower lip erect, narrower, acute, semibifid." Corolla: one- petalled, riugent; tube short, cylindrical; throat oblong; upper lip concave, entire, nodding; lower lip reflex, trifid, blunt; middle segment wider, emarginate, serrate. Stamina I filamenta four, awl-shaped, forked at top; two of them a little longer than the others; anther® simple, inserted into the filamenta below the top as it were on another branch,, Pistil: germen four-parted ; style filiform, with the stamina t bending to the upper lip; stigma bifid. Pericarp: none; calix closed, containing the seeds. Seeds: four, subovate, Observe. The essence of this genus consists in the forked filamenta, as in Crambc. Essential Character. Fila- menta forked, with an anthera on one of the forks; stigma bifid.- The species are, 1. Prunella Vulgaris ; Common Self-heal. All the leaves ovate-oblong, petioled. The whole plant is thinly set with; hairs, which are upright and white. It varies much in size, and with laciniate leaves; also sometimes with a white flower The variety called Great-flowered Self-heal differs from the common sort in having the stems lower, the leaves more) tender, and the flowers double the size. They all put fort! large showy blossoms of a fine purple colour. — The juice o: Self-heal is drying and astringent; and while wound herb; were in esteem, this was justly reckoned oueof the principal i Taken inwardly, it is good against purgings with sharj bloody stools, checks overflowings of the menses, and is £ good medicine for the piles. An infusion of the dried herb sweetened with honey, is good for a sore throat, or ulcerated mouth. It flowers from June to August, in pastures and meadow's all over Europe. Linneus says, that cattle, sheep and goats, eat it; but that it is disliked by horses. — Tin seeds of this and of all the other species should be sown in the autumn soon after they are ripe; for when sown it the spring they seldom are seen till twelve months after, i they at all appear. Thin the plants where too close, anc keep them clean from weeds. They thrive best on a moisj soil, and in a shady situation, where they will live three o four years; but in rich land they seldom continue longer that two years. They may also be increased by parting the root in autumn. 2. Prunella Laciniata ; Jagged-leaved Self-heal. Leave ovate, oblong, petioled, the four uppermost lanceolate PR U OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PRU 407 toothed; root perennial; steins liard, small, and branched, from three to six inches in height, but in one variety creep- ing on the ground ; flowers not larger than those of the com- mon sort; but more commonly white or yellow, than blue or purple. — Native of Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Dau- pbiny, Piedmont, in the lower mountains, in dry pastures, and by the side of cultivated grouuds. See the preceding species, for its cultivation. 3. Prunella Hyssopifolia ; Hyssop-leaved Self heal. Leaves lanceolate, quite entire, sessile ; stem erect. The erect stem is that which principally distinguishes it from the first species. H flowers from July to October, and is a native of the south of France, and the county of Nice. Pruning of Trees. — There is no part of gardening of more general use than pruning, and yet it is not common to see fruit trees skilfully managed. Almost every gardener will pretend to be a master of this business, though very few rightly understand it ; because it is not to be learnt by rote, but requires a strict observation of the different manners of growth in the several sorts of fruit trees, which must be dif- ferently treated, according as they are naturally disposed to produce their fruit. Some sorts produce it on the same year’s wood, as Vines; others oftenest upon the former year’s wood, as Peaches, Nectarines, Arc. and others upon cursons or spurs, which are produced upon wood of three, four, or five, to fifteen or twenty years’ old, as Pears, Plums, Cherries, dfec. In order to ensure the right management of fruit-trees, there should always be provision made for a suffi- cient quantity of bearing wood in every part of the tree; and yet there should be no superfluous branches, which would exhaust its strength, and produce decay in a few years. The objects for which fruit-trees are pruned are, first, to preserve them longer in a vigorous bearing state ; se- condly, to render them more beautiful to the eye ; and thirdly, to cause the fruit to be larger and better tasted. 1. Then it preserves a tree longer in a healthy bearing state: for, by pruning off all superfluous branches, the root is not drawn upon by such as are useless, and which must finally be cut out. 2. By skilful pruning, a tree is rendered much more pleasing to the eye. We are no advocates for drawing a regular line along the wall, according to the shape into which the tree is to be reduced, and then cutting all the branches, strong or weak, exactly to the chalked line: the absurdity of that practice will soon appear to any one who observes the difference of the shooting of those branches in the next spring after their mutilation. All, therefore, that is meant by proposing to render a tree more beautiful by pruning is, that the branches should be all cut according to their several strengths, and nailed at equal distances, in proportion to the different sizes of their leaves and fruit, and that no part of the wall, so far as the trees are advanced, be left unfur- nished with bearing wood. A tree well managed, though it does not represent any regular figure, yet will appear very beautiful to the eye, when thus dressed and nailed to the wall. 3. It is of great advantage to the fruit ; for the cutting away all useless branches, and shortening all the bearing roots according to the strength of the tree, will render.it more capable to nourish those fruit and branches which are left remaining, so that the fruit will be much larger and better tasted. And this is the advantage which those trees against walls or espaliers have over such as are standards, and are permitted to grow as they are naturally inclined : for it is not their being trained either to a wall or espalier which renders their fruit so much better than standards, but because the roots have a less quantity of branches and fruit to nourish, and therefore will be larger and better 100. tasted. The reasons for pruning being thus distinctly stated, the next point is the methods of performing it ; for which the reader is referred to the different kinds of operation under the various kinds of fruit-trees and in the articles Grafting and Inoculating. In this place we shall merely add some important directions concerning the right management of fruit-trees. There are many persons who suppose that if their fruit-trees are but kept up to the wall or espalier during the summer season, so as not to hang in very great disorder, and in winter to get a gardener to prune them, it is sufficient: but this is a mistake; for the greatest care ought to be employed about them in the spring, when the trees are in vigorous growth, which is the only proper season to procure a quantity of good wood in the different parts of the tree, and to displace ah useless branches as soon as they are pro- duced, that the vigour of the tree may supply such branches only as are designed to remain, which will render them strong, and more capable of producing good fruit. If all the branches were permitted to remain, the most vigorous would imbibe the greatest share of the sap, while the rest would be starved, and only produce blossoms and leaves: for it is impossible that any person, however well skilled in fruit-trees, can reduce them into any tolerable order by winter pruning only, if they have been wholly neglected in the spring. There are individuals who do not entirely neglect their trees during the summer season, as those before mentioned, but yet do little more good to them, by what they call summer pruning ; for these persons neglect their trees at the proper season, which is in April and May, when their shoots are produced, and only about Midsummer go over them, nailing all their branches, except such as are produced fore-right from the wall, which they cut out, and at the same time often shorten most of the other branches. This is an entirely wrong practice, for those branches which are intended to bear in the succeeding year should not be shortened during the time of their growth, which will cause them to produce one or two lateral shoots from the eyes below the place where they were stopped. These shoots will draw much of the strength from the buds of the first shoot, whereby they are often flat, and do not produce their blossoms; and if those two lateral shoots are not entirely cut away at the winter pruning, they will prove injurious to the tree, as the shoots which they produce will be what the French gardeners call water-shoots, and if suffered to remain upon the tree until Midsummer, will, as already observed, rob the other branches of their support. Besides this, by shading the fruit all the spring season, when they are cut away, and the other branches fastened to the wall, the fruit, by being so suddenly exposed, will receive a very great check, which will cause their skins to become tough, and render their pulp less delicate. This remark applies principally to stoue fruits and Grapes. Pears and Apples being much hardier, suffer not so much, though it is a great disadvantage to those also to be thus managed. It must be observed, that Peaches, Nectarines, Apricots, Cherries, and Plums, are always in the greatest vigour when they are the least maimed by the knife : for where these trees have undergone large amputatious, they are very subject to gum and decay : so that it certainly is the most prudent method carefully to rub off all useless buds when they are first produced, and pinch others, where new shoots are wanted to supply the vacancies of the wall. By these precautions, the trees may be so ordered as to want but little of the knife in winter pruning; and the less of that the better. The management of Pears and Apples is much the same with these trees in summer, but in winter they must be verv differently pruned ; because, as Peaches and Necta- 5 L 408 P R U THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P R U rines generally produce their fruit upon the former year’s I wood, they must have their branches shortened according to their strength, in order to produce new shoots for the succeeding year: so Pears, Apples, Plums, and Cherries, on the contrary, producing their fruit upon cursons or spurs, which come out of the wood of five, six, or seven years old, should not be shortened, because that would cause those buds which were naturally disposed to form these cursons or spurs to produce wood-branches, so that the trees would be filled with wood without producing much fruit : and a? it often happens that the blossom-buds are first produced at the extremity of the last year’s shoot, by shortening their branches the blossoms are cut away, and that should always be carefully avoided. There are several authors who have written upon the subject of pruning in such a prolix manner, that it is impossible for a learner to understand their meaning. They have described the several sorts of branches which are produced on fruit-trees, under the heads of wood branches, fruit-branches, irregular branches, false branches, and luxu- riant branches; all of which they assert every person who pretends to pruning should distinguish well. Now all this consists merely in a parcel of words to amuse the reader; for if in the spring of each year proper care be taken to displace the useless branches, as above directed, there will no such things as are termed irregular, false, or luxuriant branches, remain for winter pruning. The following general hints for the pruning standard fruit trees are far more useful than these artificial distinctions. First, never shorten the branches of these trees, except where they grow irregularly on one side of the tree, while the other side becomes comparatively bare of branches, or those t hat appear are very weak. In this case the branch should be shortened down as low as is neces- sary, in order to obtain more branches to fill up the hollow of the trees. 'I his however is only applicable to Apple and Pear trees, which will produce shoots from wood of three, four, or more years old ; whereas most sorts of stone-fruit will gum and decay after such amputations. I would not be understood, says Mr. Miller, to direct the reducing of these trees into an exact spherical figure, since there is nothing more detestable than to see a tree prevented from growing as it is naturally disposed, with its branches pro- duced at proportionable distances according 1o the size of the fruit, by endeavouring to make it exactly regular at its head, so crowded with small weak branches, as to prevent the air from passing between them. All that I intend by this stopping of luxuriant branches, is only w hen one or two such happen on a young tree, where they entirely draw all their sap from their weaker branches; then it is proper to use this method, before the roots are wholly exhausted. Whenever this occurs to stone-fruit, which suffers much more than the former sorts by cutting, the evil should be remedied by stopping or pinching those shoots in the spring, before they have obtained too much vigour, which would cause them to put out side-branches, and divert the sap from ascending too fast to the leading branch, as has been directed for wall trees; but this must be done with caution. You must also cut out all dead or decayed branches, which cause their heads to look very ragged, especially at the time when the leaves are upon the tree ; these being destitute of them, have but a despicable appearance; besides, these will attract noxious particles from the air, which being injurious to the trees, the sooner they are cut out the better. In doing of this, you should observe to cut them close down to the place where they were produced, otherwise that part of the branch left will decay, and prove equally hurtful to the tree: for it seldom happens when a branch begins to decay, that it does not die quite down to the place where it was produced; and any part being permitted to remain long uncut, does often infect some of the other parts of the tree. If large branches are cut off, it will be very proper, after having smoothed the cut part exactly even with a knife or chisel, to put on a plaster of grafting clay, which will prevent the wet from soaking! into the tree at the wounded part. All such branches as run across each other should also be cut out, for these not only occasion a confusion in the head of the tree, but, by lying over each other, rub off the bark by their motion, and' very often occasion them to canker, to the great injury of the tree: and on old trees, especially Apple, there are often! young vigorous shoots from the old branches near the trunk, which grow upright into the head of the trees. These there- fore should be carefully cut out every year, lest, by being permitted to grow, they fill the tree too full of wood ; which should always be guarded against, since it is impossible for such trees to produce so much good fruit as those, the branches of which grow at a farther distance, whereby the! sun and air freely pass between them in every part of the tree. Prunus ; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Monogy- nia.— Generic Character. Cali v: perianth one-leafed, bell-shaped, five-cleft, deciduous; segments blunt, concave. Corolla: petals five, roundish, concave, large, spreading,! inserted into the calix by their claws. Stamina: filamenta i twenty to thirty, awl shaped, almost the length of the corolla, inserted into the calix: antherae twin, short. Pistil: germenl superior, roundish ; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stigma orbicular. Pericarp : drupe roundish. Seed : nut roundish, compressed, with sutures a little prominent. Essen- tial Character. Calix: five-cleft, inferior. Petals:: five. Drupe: with a nut, having the sutures prominent, The species are, 1. Prunus Padus; Common Bird Cherry Tree. Flowers in pendulous racemes; leaves deciduous, biglandular at the base. — This tree rises to the height of eight or ten feet,; and, if permitted to stand, will have a trunk of nine or ten inches in diameter. The scent of the flowers is very strong, and disagreeable to most persons. This tree is not only- called Bird Cherry, but Fowl Cherry, Wild Cluster Cherry,! and, in Scotland, Hagberry : it is commonly propagated in nurseries as an ornamental shrub; grows well in woods, groves, or fields, but not in a moist soil. It bears lopping, and suffers the grass to grow under it. The fruit is nauseous, I but, br uised and infused in wine or brandy, it gives them an agreeable flavour. A strong decoction of the bark is used; by the poor Finlanders in the venereal disease. Mr. Broer i land, in the Stockholm Acts, directs six ounces of the dry, ! or eight of the fresh bark, to be boiled away in eight pints ol water to four. The dose of this decoction is four ounces, taken four times daily. It cures the slighter infections alone,' and, combined with mercury, facilitates the cure in tliei severer stages of the disease. A decoction of the berries is sometimes given with success in the dysentery. The wood; being smooth and tough, is made into handles for knivesj and whips. Birds are very fond of the nauseous berries, and hence several of its names. — Native of most parts ol Europe, in woods and hedges: also in the northern and tem perale parts of Russia, and throughout Siberia. It is com] mon in the north of England, as about Ingleborough in] Yorkshire; in woods by the river Tees; at Pendeford in Staffordshire; a few miles north of Manchester; in some parts of Norfolk, as about Watton and Dereham; in a lane between Temple mills and Fpping Forest; and frequently in woods in Scotland. — -This and the next, with the twenty- ninth species, are easily propagated either by seeds or layers. PRU OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PRU 409 Sow the seeds in the autumn upon a bed or border of good ground, in the same way as Cherry stones designed for stocks. Treat the plants also in the same manner, planting them out in a nursery, where they may stand two years to get strength ; and then to transplant them to the places where they are to remain. These are usually intermixed with other flowering trees and shrubs in ornamental planta- tions. For layers, the young shoots should be laid down iu the autumn: these will have good roots in twelve months, when they may be separated from the old plants, and trans- planted into a nursery for a year or two to get strength, and may then be removed to the places where they are to grow. 2. Prunus Rubra; Cornish or Red Bird Cherry Tree. Flowers in upright racemes ; leaves deciduous, even, biglan- dular at the base. This has often been confouuded with the preceding, but, when raised from seed, always retains a difference. The leaves are shorter, broader, and not so rough. The flowers grow iu closer shorter spikes, standing more erect. — Its native place is doubtful. It is propagated like the preceding species. 3. Prunus Virginiana; Common American Bird Cherry Tree. Flowers in racemes; leaves deciduous, glandular at the base in front. This tree rises with a thick stem from ten to thirty feet high, dividing into many branches, which have a dark purple bark. The fruit is later than that of the preceding species ; it is black w hen ripe, and is soon devoured by birds. The wood is beautifully veined with black and white, and will polish w ell : hence it is in considerable esteem for cabinet work. Linneus thought this to be the offspring of the Common Bird Cherry, but the warts on the branches are double the size. — Native of North America. 4. Prunus Canadensis; Canadian Bird Cherry Tree. Flow- ers in racemes; leaves deciduous, without glands, wide-lan- ceolate, wrinkled, pubescent on both sides. — Native of North America. 5. Prunus Caroliniana ; Evergreen Carolina Cherry Tree. Flowers in racemes ; leaves evergreen, oblong, lanceolate, ser- rate, without glands. It does not exceed the height of three feet in England. The leaves retain their lucid verdure all the year. — Native of South Caroliua, from whence the seeds were sent by the name of Bastard Mahogany, from the colour of the wood. It flowers in May, and should be planted in a warm situation, sheltered from severe frost whilst young: when it has acquired strength, it will thrive very well in the open ground in sheltered situations. It may be propagated in the same way as the eighth species, and the branches will take root if laid down. 6. Prunus Occidentalis ; West Indian Laurel. Flowers in lateral racemes ; leaves perennial, without glands, oblong, acuminate, entire, smooth on both sides. — Native of the West Indies. 7. Prunus Sphaeroearpa ; Globe-fruited Laurel. Flowers in axillary racemes ; leaves evergreen, without glands, entire, shining; drupes roundish; trunk covered with a gray smooth bark ; wood very hard and white. — Native of Jamaica and Hispaniola. B. Prunus Lusitanica ; Portugal Laurel. Flowers in racemes; leaves evergreen, ovate lanceolate, serrate, without glands. This rises with a strong tree-like stem to the height of twenty feet or more, sending out many branches, covered with a shining purplish bark on every side. It flowers in June, and the berries ripen in October; and will be devoured bytbirds, unless immediately gathered. It is one of the most beautiful evergreen shrubs which we have in our plantations, especially when planted in a loose moist soil. The branches with their purple bark, the shining evergreen leaves, and the long racemes of white flowers, altogether make a fine appearance. It seldom sustains any injury from the severest cold of our winters, although it was originally brought from Portugal, where it is called Azoureiro ; hence there is not any shrub more worthy of propagation. It will grow upon almost any soil, but best in a gentle loam, neither very wet nor remarkably dry ; as in either of those cases the plants never appear in full beauty. It may be propagated and transplanted in the same way and at the same time as the next species. If the cuttings be planted in the way as directed for the latter, they will take root very freely; or the young branches, if laid down in the autumn, will take root in one year, and may then be removed into a nursery, where they may grow a year or two to get strength, and after that may be transplanted to where they are to remain. But although both these methods are very expeditious, it would be better to raise them from the berries, especially where they are designed for tall standards : for the plants w hich are propagated by cuttings and layers, put out more lateral branches and become bushy, but are not so well inclined to grow upright as those which come from seeds : and as there are now numbers of these trees in our gardens producing abundance of these berries every year, if they be only guarded from birds till they are ripe, there will be a sufficient supply for their propagation. For further particulars, see the next species. 9. Prunus Laurocerasus ; Common Laurel. Flowers in racemes; leaves evergreen, biglandular at the back. This differs from the preceding species in having the twigs and petioles green, whereas in that they are of a reddish brown. The leaves of this are of a yellowish green colour, whereas the upper surface of the leaves in the Portugal Laurel is very dark. Laurel leaves have a bitter styptic taste, accompanied with a flavour resembling that of bitter almonds, or other kernels of the drupaceous fruits. The flowers also manifest a similar flavour. The powdered leaves excite sneezing, though not so strongly as tobacco. The kernel-like flavour which the fresh leaves impart being generally esteemed grate- ful, has caused them to be used for culinary purposes, as in custards, puddings, blancmange, &c. and as the proportion of this sapid matter of the leaf is commonly inconsiderable, probably little or no bad effect may be generally produced; but since the poisonous quality of these leaves has been long unquestionably proved, those who prepare viands for the public palate ought not to run the risk of poisoning their unwary customers. Many country people, says Meyrick, make a practice of boiling a few Laurel-leaves in the milk which they make their custards, puddings, &c. of, to which it communicates an agreeable flavour. But this practice, it is hoped, will be laid aside, when it is known they are of a very poisonous nature. A distilled water strongly impreg- nated with their flavour, given in the quantity of four ounces to a very large mastiff dog, in a few minutes brought on the most terrible convulsions, and in less than an hour put an end to his life. Dogs have likewise been killed by much smaller quantities of the distilled water, an infusion of the leaves, or their juice; and there are some instances of liquors flavoured with the leaves of this tree proving fatal to human subjects. Dr. Cullen observes, that the sedative property of this plant acts upon the nervous system, upon a different manner from Opium, and other narcotic substances, the primary action of which attacks the animal functions ; for this poison does not occasion sieep, but produces local inflammation, and seems to act directly upon the vital powers. — This tree may be easily propagated by seeds, or by planting cuttings; the best time for the latter is in September, as soon as the 410 P R U THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P R U autumnal rains fall to moisten the ground ; the cuttings must be the same year’s shoots, and if they have a small part of the former year’s wood to their bottom, they will more certainly succeed, and form better roots. These should be planted in a soft loamy soil, about . six inches deep, pressing the earth close to them. If these are properly planted, and the ground be good, few of the cuttings will fail; and if they are kept clean from weeds the following summer, they will have made good shoots by the following autumn, when they may be trans- planted into a nursery, where they may grow two years, to acquire strength, and should then be removed to the places where they are to remain. These plants were formerly kept in pots and tubs, and preserved in green-houses in winter ; but afterwards they were planted against warm walls, to pre- vent them from being frequently injured by severe frost. After this, a fashion arose of traiuiug the plants into pyramids and globes, keeping them constantly sheared, by which the broad leaves were often cut in the middle, and the plants rendered very unsightly. Of late years they have been more properly disposed in gardens, by planting them to border woods, and the sides of wilderness quarters, for which purpose we have but few plants so well adapted, as it will grow’ under the drip of trees, in shade or sun; and the branches will spread to the ground, so as to form a thicket ; and the leaves being large, and having a fine glossy green colour, they set off the woods and plantations in winter, when the other trees have cast their leaves, besides making a good contrast with the green of other trees in summer. They are sometimes injured in very severe winters, where they stand singly, and are much exposed ; but where they grow in thickets, and are screened by other trees, they are seldom much hurt; for in those places it is only the young tender shoots which are injured, and there will be new shoots produced immediately below these, to supply their place, so that in one year the damage will be repaired. But whenever such severe winters happen, these trees should not be cut or pruned till after the following Midsummer; by which time it will appear what branches are dead, which may then be cut away, to the places where the new shoots are produced ; for by hastily cutting these trees in the spring, the drying winds obtain free ingress to the branches, whereby the shoots suffer as much, if not more, than they have previously done by frost. The best way to obtain good plants certainly is to propagate these trees from their berries. The trees thus raised, have a disposi- tion to an upright grow'th; whereas almost all those which are raised from cuttings or layers incline more to an hori- zontal growth, and produce a greater number of lateral brandies. Whoever wishes to propagate this tree from seed, must guard the berries from the birds, who will otherwise devour them before they are perfectly ripe, which is seldom before the latter end of September or the beginning of Octo- ber, for they should hang until the outer pulp is quite black. They should be sown soon after they are gathered, for they frequently miscarry when kept out of the ground till spring; and there will be no hazard in sowing them in autumn, pro- vided they are put in a dry soil: and if the winter should prove severe, the bed in which they are sown should be covered with rotten tan, straw, pease-haulm, or any light cover- ing, to prevent the frost from penetrating the ground. The best way will be to sow the berries in rows at six inches dis- tance, and one inch asunder in the row's. If drills be made about three inches deep, and the berries scattered in them, and I lie earth draw n over them, it will be a very good method. The following spring the plants will appear, » hen they should be kept clean from weeds: and if the season should prove dry, and they be duly watered, the plants will make sufficient progress to hear removal in the following autumn. They I should at that time be carefully taken up, and planted in a nursery, placing them in rows at three feet asunder, and the plauts at one foot distance in the rows. In this nursery they may remain two years, by which time they will be fit to’ trans- plant where they are designed to remain. Autumn is the best season for transplanting, as soon as the rain has prepared the ground for replanting; for although they often grow when removed in the spring, yet they never take so well, nor make such good progress, as when removed in the autumn, especi- ally if the plauts are taken from a light soil, which generally falls away from their rooots : but if they be taken up with balls of earth to their roots, and removed only to a small distance, there will be no danger of transplanting them in the spring, provided it be done before they begin to shoot; for as they shoot very early, it is on that account the frequent cause of their total failure. There are persons who have grafted the Laurel upon Cherry stocks, with design to enlarge the trees; yet they seldom make much progress, although they take very well upon each other, so that it is a mere matter of curiosity : and to Ihose who delight in such expe- riments, we recommend the trial of the Laurel grafted upon the Cornish Cherry, rather than any other sort of stock, because the graft will unite better with this; besides, it is a regular tree, ami grows large, so that it will be more likely to produce large trees. Hunter says, in propagating the Laurel from cuttings, the under leaves should be stripped off. The cuttings may be set thick. The weather should be rainy, or at least cloudy, when this work is done; and the beds should be under a north wall, or else well shaded. If the weather will permit the cuttiugs to be plained in August, they will then more certainly take root before win- ter ; but they should remain undisturbed till the spring twelvemonth following, when they should be carefully taken out, and planted in the nursery. To raise the Laurel from seeds, says Boutcher, in the beginning of winter soon after they are ripe, sow' them in a shady border of fresh loose mould, in beds three feet and a half broad, with alleys of eighteen inches, covering them an inch and half or tw o inches deep. About the middle of April, if the weather be dry and not frosty, water them frequently in the mornings, and continue it in the evenings of the summer months. In the succeeding spring remove them to the nursery, in rows two feet asunder, and nine or ten inches in the row. In two years, if the ground be good, and they have been properly looked after, they will be tit for a final removal. The seed beds may be hooped over, that they may be covered occa- sionally with mats when the frost is severe. When a large plantation of Laural is intended, the work of transplanting may be done at any time during the winter, when the wea- ther will permit, but October is the best season. The ground must be well worked and cleaned, and the trees planted in holes a yard asunder. Although they begin to touch, still let them remain unthinned two or three years longer, to draw one another up. Thin them sparingly at first, only taking out a weakly plant here and there, to make room for the vigorous shooting of the others; lest the cold entering the plantation too suddenly, should retard its growth, if not destroy it altogether. These trees have a pleasing effect when mixed with other evergreens, in forming of thickets, or to shut out the appearance of disagreeable objects; for the leaves being very large, make a good blind, and are equally useful for screening from winds: hence when planted between flowering shrubs they may he trained so as to fill up the vacancies in the middle of such plantations, and will answer the purpose of screening in the winter, and 6 P R U OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P R U 411 shutting out the view through the shrubs in all seasons; there are also many other purposes to which it may be applied, so as to make it a very useful and highly ornamental tree. 10. Primus Elliptica. Flowers in racemes; leaves elliptic, serrate, smooth ; stem arboreous. — This tree is said to have been introduced into Japan by the Portuguese, instead of the Olive. 11. Prunus Paniculata. Flowers in spreading panicles; leaves elliptic, serrate, smooth ; stem arboreous, wholly smooth. —Native of Japan. 12. Prunus Mahaleb; Perfumed Cherry Tree. Flowers in terminating corymbs ; leaves ovate. This is a low crooked tree; the fruit yields a bitter purple juice; the wood is red, very hard, and greatly esteemed by the French cabinet makers. It is often confounded with that of the first species, under the name of Sain Lucie Wood. The leaves and flowers afford a pleasant distilled water. It flowers in April and May. — Na- tive of Germany, Switzerland, Austria, the south of France, Piedmont, Crim Tartary, and on all parts of Mount Cau- casus. This is often propagated, by being grafted on any sort of Cherry-stock. 13. Prunus Armeniaca ; Apricock or Apricot Tree. Flow- ers sessile; leaves subcordate. ' This fruit-tree is sufficiently distinguished by its broad roundish leaves, drawn to a point at the end, smooth, glandular at the base in front, where they are sometimes slightly cordate, and unequal, that is, one side longer than the other ; the edge is finely serrate ; the petiole is from half an inch to an inch in length, commonly tinged with red. Linneus remarks, that the vernant leaves are convoluted, that is, not folding flat together, like those of the Cherry, but rolling upwards more or less : the leaves of many Apricot-trees have at all times, in fact, a disposition to this convolutiop. The flowers are sessile, white, tinged with the same dusky red that appears on the petioles. The fruit is round, yellow within and without, firmer than Plums and most Peaches, inclosing a smooth compressed stone, resem- bling that of the Plum. This fruit is mentioned by Diosco- rides, but it is not certain of what country it is a native ; there is, however, no doubt that it came into Europe from some part of Asia, and, it is supposed, from Armenia. The following are the most excellent kinds : 1. The Masculine, is the first ripe of all the Apricots; it is a small roundish fruit, of a red colour tow ards the sun ; as it ripens, the colour fades to a greenish-yellow' on the other side ; it has a very quick and high flavour. The tree is very often covered with flowers; but as they come out early in the spring, they are frequently destroyed by the cold, unless the trees be covered to protect them. 2. The Orange, is the next ripe; it is a much larger fruit than the former, and changes, as it ripens, to a deep yel- low colour. The flesh being dry, and not high-flavoured, it is better for tarts and preserving, than for the dessert. 3. The Algiers, is the next in season; it is of an oval shape, a little compressed on the sides, and turns to a pale yellow or straw colour when ripe ; the flesh is high-flavoured, and very full of juice. 4. The Roman, is the next ripe: this is a larger fruit than the former, and not compressed so much on the sides; the colour is deeper, and the flesh not so moist, as the former. 5. The Turkey Apricot, is still larger than any of the former, and of a globular figure. The skin turns to a deeper colour, and the flesh is firmer than either of the two last preceding sorts. 6. The Breda Apricot, so called, by being brought from Holland to England, came originally from Africa ; it is a large roundish fruit, changing to a deep colour when ripe. The flesh is soft, full of juice, and of a deep orange colour inside ; the stone is larger and rounder than in any of the other sorts. This is the best Apricot we 100. have, and, when ripened on a standard, is preferred before all others. 7. The Brussels, is the latest ripe of all the Apricots: for though planted against a wall, it is generally the middle of August before it is ripe, uuless it be planted to a full south aspect; which should not be done, because the fruit which grows in a warm exposure is never well tasted. This fruit is of a middling size, rather inclining to an oval figure, red on the side next the sun, with many dark spots, and of a green- ish-yellow on the other side ; the flesh is firm, and of a high flavour ; the fruit often cracks before it is ripe. Most people prefer this to the former sort, except when that is planted as a standard ; in which case the fruit is fuller of juice, and has a much richer flavour. The industry of modern gardeners, and the love of novelty, occasion new varieties to be continu- ally adding to our collection of fruits. Thus, amoug Apricots, the Masculine is subdivided into the Early White, and the Early Real : we also hear of the Temple Apricot, ripe in the middle of August; the Moor Park, Peach, Duumore, or An- son, a large flat-shaped fruit, of a deep yellow colour, and very high-flavoured ; to which might be added a host of others. There is a great variety of fruiting Apricots in China ; and. from the wild tree, the fruit of which has little pulp but a large kernel, they extract a great quantity of oil, superior to that produced from walnuts. The barren mountains to the west of Pekin are covered with these trees. They have also a variety of double-blossomed Apricot-trees, w hich they plant on little mounts in their gardens, and which have a beautiful effect in the spring. They have also dwarf trees, which are placed for ornament in their apartments, where they flower during the winter. The Chinese not only preserve the fruit both wet and dry, but make lozenges from the clari- fied juice, which, dissolved in water, leaves a cool refreshing beverage. It is worthy of remark, that the young shoots of this fruit-tree will dye wool of a fine golden cinnamon colour. — Propagation and Culture. Most people train these trees up to stems of six or seven feet high, or bud them upon stocks of that height; but this is an injudicious practice, because the higher the heads of these trees are, the more they are exposed to the cutting winds in the spring, which too frequently destroy the blossoms ; the fruit also is more liable to be blown down in summer, especially if there be high winds w hen it is ripe. By falling from a great height, the fruit must be bruised and spoiled : therefore half standards, of about thirty inches or three feet high in the stem, are preferable ; or they may be planted as dwarfs, against an espalier, where, if skilfully mauaged, they will produce a large quantity of good fruit, and the trees in espalier may be more conveniently covered in the spring, when the season proves unfavourable, in which case there will be a greater certainty of fruit every year. Apricots are all propagated by budding them on Plum stocks, and will readily take upon almost any sort of Plum, provided the stock be free and thriving. The Brussels sort, however, is usually budded on a sort of stock commonly called the St. Julian, which suits this tree best, being gene- rally planted for standards. The manner of raising the stocks, and budding these trees, will be found under their respective heads, our present subject being their planting and manage- ment. All of them, except the two last sorts, are planted against walls, and should have an east or west aspect ; for if they are planted full south, the great heat causes them to be meally before they become eatable. The borders near these walls should be at least six or eight feet wide, and if more the better, but a depth of two feet, or at most thirty inches, is quite sufficient. If the ground be a wet cold loam or clav, the border should be raised as much above the level of the surface as it will admit, laying some stones or rubbish in the 5 M 412 PRU THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PRU bottom, to prevent the roots from running downwards; but if you plant upon a chalk or gravel, it will be better to raise the border to a proper thickness with good loamy earth, than to sink them by removing earth or gravel ; for although these are removed the whole length of the border, which may be allowed to be eight feet, and this trench filled with good earth, yet the roots of the trees will in a few years extend this length, and then meeting with the chalk or gravel, they will receive a check, which will cause their leaves to fall off early in the season, and the fruit will be small, dry, and ill- flavoured, and the shoots of the trees will be weak. But where the borders are raised above either, to their full height, the roots will not strike down into the gravel or chalk, but rather extend themselves near the surface, where they will meet with better soil; and as the trees are of long duration, and old trees are not only more fruitful than young, but the fruit is also better flavoured, it is desirable to provide for their continuance. The best soil for these, and all other kinds of fruit-trees, is fresh untried earth, taken about ten inches deep from a pasture-ground with the turf, and laid to rot and mellow at least twelve months before it is used, mix- ing a little rotten dung with it ; this must be often turned, to sweeten and imbibe the nitrous particles of the air. When the former soil of the border is taken away, this fresh earth should be carried into the place; and if the borders be filled with it two months before the trees are planted, the ground will be better settled, and not so liable to sink afterwards ; and in filling the borders, it should be raised four or five inches above the intended level, to allow for the set- tling. The borders being thus prepared, select such trees as are only of one year’s growth from their budding. If the soil be dry, or of a middling temper, October is the best sea- son for planting, especially as there will at that time be a greater choice of trees from the nurseries, before they have been picked and drawn over by other people. The manner of preparing these trees for planting, is fully detailed under the article Peach Tree; see Amygdalus. At the time of plant- ing, no part of the head of the trees should be cut off, unless there be any strong fore-right shoots which will not come to the wall, and therefore these should be taken quite away. The trees being prepared, mark out the distances at which they are to stand, which, in a good strong soil, or against a low wall, should be twenty feet or more, but in a moderate one, eighteen feet is a good reasonable distance ; then make a hole where each tree is to stand, and place its stem about four inches from the wall, inclining the head thereto; and after having fixed the tree in the ground, nail the branches to the wall to prevent their shaking, and cover the surface of the ground round the root with rotten dung, to keep out the frost; in this state let it remain till the end of February or the beginning of March, when, if the weather be fine, you must unnail the branches of your trees, so as not to disturb their roots ; and being provided with a sharp knife, put your foot close to the stem of the tree, and placing your left hand to the bottom of it, to prevent its being raised with your right baud, cut oft’ the head of the tree, if it has but one stem, or where it has two or more shoots, each of them must be shortened to about four or five eyes above the bud, so that the sloping side may be towards the wall. In the spring, if the weather proves dry, it will be necessary to give the trees a gentle refreshing with water ; in the doing of which, if they be watered with a rose to the watering pots all over their beads, it will greatly help them. Lay some turf or other mulch round their roots, to prevent their drying during summer ; and in the spring, as new branches are produced, take care to nail them to the wall in a horizontal position, displacing all the foreright shoots. This must be repeated as often as necessary, to prevent their hanging from the wall; but by no means stop any of the shoots in summer. At Michaelmas, when the trees have done growing, their branches should be unnailed, and shortened in proportion to their strength : a vigorous branch may be left eight or nine inches long, but a weak one not above five or six. Many persons will perhaps be surprised at this direction, after their allow- ing such a distance between the trees that the wall can never be filled; but the reason for it is, that no part of the wall may be left unfurnished with bearing wood, which must be the case if the branches are left to a greater length at first, for it seldom happens that more buds than two or three upon each branch shoot, and these are for the most part such as are at or near the extreme part of the last year’s wood, so that all the lower parts of the shoots become naked, nor will they ever after produce shoots ; and this is the reason why we see so many trees which have their bearing wood situated only in the extreme part of the tree. When you have shortened the shoots, be sure to nail them as horizontally as possible, for upon this it is that the future welfare of the tree chiefly depends. The second summer observe, as in the first, to displace all foreright shoots as they are produced, nailing in the other close to the wall horizontally, so that the middle of the tree may be kept open ; and never shorten any of the shoots in summer, unless to furnish branches to fill vacant places on the wall; and never defer this later than the end of April, for the same reasons as are stated uuder the article Amygdalus. At Michaelmas shorten these shoots as was directed for the first year; the strong ones may be left nine or ten inches, and the weak not more than six or seven. The following year’s management will be nearly the same, only observe that Apricots produce their blossom-buds not only upon the last year’s wood, but also upon the cursons or spurs which are produced from the two years’ wood ; a great care should therefore be had in the summer manage- ment, not to displace or injure these: observe also to shorten the branches at the winter pruning, so as to furnish fresh wood in every part of the tree; and be sure to cut out entirely all luxuriant branches, or displace them as soon as they are produced; which if left to grow, would exhaust the nourishment from the bearing branches, which in my opinion cannot be too strong, provided they are kindly ; for the more vigorous the tree is, the more likely it is to resist the injuries of the weather; though we have often seen trees brought to so weak a condition as only to be able to blow faintly, after which most of the bearing branches have died. This has been often attributed to blight, when it really arose from wrong management. The Brussels and Breda Apricots being for the most part planied for standards, will require very little pruning or management : only observe to take out all dead wood, or such branches as cross each other; this must be done early in autumn, or in the spring after the cold weather is past, that the part where the incision is made may not canker. 14. Prunus Sibirica ; Siberian Apricot Tree. Flowers sessile; leaves ovate-oblong. This differs very little from the preceding species. It only attains the height of six feet, and is probably a mere variety arising from the difference of climate and situation. — Native of Transalpine Dauria in the empire of Russia, where the north side of the mountains are in May covered with the purple flowers of Rhododendron Dauricum ; and the south side with the w'hite and rose- coloured flowers of this dwarf tree. 15. Prunus Pumila ; Dwarf Canadian Cherry Tree. Flowers subumbelled ; leaves narrow, lanceolate. It rarely P RU OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P R U 413 exceeds four feel high, and divides into many slender branches near the ground. The flowers come out two or three toge- ther at each joint, the whole length of the branches, on long slender peduncles. It flowers in May. The fruit, which is red and acid, ripens in July. Native of Canada. — This is easily propagated, by laying down the' branches early in the spring: they will take root by the following autumn, when they may be taken off, and either planted in a nursery to get strength, or to the places where they are designed to remain. It may also be propagated by sowing the stones like the Cherry. 16. Prunus Cerasus ; Common or Cultivated Cherry Tree. Umbels subpeduncled ; leaves ovate, lanceolate, smooth, folded together. The branches are ash-coloured, shining, roundish. — The Cherry differs from the Plum in having the stone nearly globular, with the kernel of the same shape. The gum that exudes from this tree is equal to Gum Arabic, and may be used for the same purposes, as in the strangury, heat of urine, &c. A garrison consisting of more than a hundred men were kept alive during a siege of two months, without any other food than this gum, a little of which they frequently took in their mouths, and suffered it to dissolve gradually. The kernels were formerly supposed to possess very great and singular efficacy in apoplexies, palsies, and nervous disorders in general; and a water distilled from them was long made use of as a remedy for those fits which young children are frequently troubled with. But since the poison- ous qualities of Laurel water (another species of Cherry) have been discovered, it has been found that the water drawn from the kernels of Black Cherries, when made strong, is little less noxious ; and there is every reason to believe that many hundreds of children have lost their lives by this unsuspected medicine. The wood is hard and tough, used by turners and chairrnakers, who stain it to imitate mahogany. This tree is the original stock from which the cultivated sorts of cherries are derived. Ray mentions the Common Wild Cherry with a red fruit; the Least Wild Heart Cherry Tree, in Lancashire, Cheshire, and Westmoreland ; and the Wild Northern Cherry, with small late-ripe fruit, on the banks of the Tees, near Barnard Castle in Durham. The varieties of eatable cherries are innumerable. Mr. Miller enumerates, 1. The Common or Kentish Cherry, from which, he says, it is supposed most of the varieties cultivated in the English gardens have been raised, though of this he confesses himself very doubtful ; the differences in the size and shape of their leaves, and in the shoots of the trees, being very great. 2. The Early May Cherry, which is the first that becomes ripe, and should always be introduced where there is room. 3. The May Duke, the next ripe, a larger and more valuable fruit. 4. The Arch Duke, which succeeds the May Duke. This, if suffered to hang till it is quite ripe, is an excellent cherry. It should not be gathered before Midsummer, and may hang a fortnight longer, even near London, where it ripens a fortnight sooner than in places forty miles dis- tant. This fruit may be continued till August against a north wall. 5. The Flemish. 6. The Red Heart. 7. The White Heart. 8. The Black Heart. 9. The Amber Heart. 10. The Ox Heart. 11. The Lukeward, which is a good bearer. The fruit also is good, of a dark colour, and will do well in standards. 12. The Carnation: this is valuable for its coming late : it is not the best bearer, though the fruit is firm and fleshy, and will ripen very well on espaliers. 13. The Hertfordshire Heart, a firm and well-flavoured fruit, but does not ripen earlier than the end of July or the begin- ning of August. 14. The Morello, which is generally planted against a north wall, and much used for preserving. In a | warmer aspect, if the fruit be suffered to hang till ripe it will be very fit for the table : on a S. W. wall it will be per- fectly ripe by the middle of August. 15. The Bleeding Heart. 16. The Large Spanish Cherry, nearly allied to the Duke, of which it seems to be only a variety, and ripens soon after. 17. The Yellow Spanish Cherry ; of an oval shape and an amber colour: it ripens late, is sweet, but not of a rich flavour, and is but a middling bearer. 18. The Double-flowered, which is propagated solely for ornament. — It is commonly asserted that Cherries were introduced into England in the time of Henry VIII.; but written evidence has been found, that before the middle of the 15tli century the hawkers used to expose cherries for sale in the same manner as is now done early in the season. Lydgate, in the following couplet from his poem called Lickpenny, says, Hotpescode own (one) began to cry, Straberrys rype, and Chei'ries in the ryse. That is, observes Mr. Warton, he cried. Hot, or (as others more probably think) Hotspur Peas, Ripe Strawberries, and Cherries on a bough or twig; ryse, rice, or ris, signifying a long branch, the very same word being to this day used in the west of England. — Propagation and Culture. All kinds of Cherry Trees are propagated by budding or grafting the several kinds into stocks of the Black or Wild Red Cherries, which are strong-shooters, and of longer duration than any of the garden kinds. The stones of the Wild Cherry trees are sown in a bed of light sandy earth in autumn, or are preserved in sand till spring, and then sowed. The young stocks should remain in the nursery beds till the second autumn after sowing; at which time prepare an open spot of good fresh earth well worked. In October, plant out the young stocks at three feet distance row from row, and about a foot asun- der in the rows; being careful, in taking them up from their seed-beds, to loosen their roots well with a spade to prevent their breaking. Prune their roots; and if they are inclinable to root downwards, shorten the tap-root, but do not prune their tops. The second year after planting out, if they take to planting well, they will be fit to bud, if they are intended for dwarfs; but if for standards, they will not be tall enough till the fourth year, for they should be budded or grafted nearly six feet from the ground, otherwise the graft will not advance much in height; so that it will be impossible to obtain a good tree from such as are grafted low, unless the graft be trained upwards. The usual way with the nursery gardeners is to bud their stocks in summer, and such of them as miscarry they graft the succeeding spring. Those trees where the buds have taken, must be headed off about the beginning of March, about six inches above the bud; and when the bud has shot in summer, if there be any appre- hension of its being blown out by the winds, it must be fast- ened with bass or other soft tying, to that part of the stock which was left above the buds. The autumn following these trees will be fit to remove ; but if the ground be not ready to receive them, they may remain two years before they are transplanted ; in doing which, observe not to head them which is often immediate death ; and if they even survive it, they seldom recover in less than five or six years. If these trees are intended for a wall, plant dwarfs between the stan- dards ; but the latter, as the former fill the walls, must be cut away to make room for them. Never plant standard Cherries over other fruits, for nothing will prosper under the drip of Cherry-trees. When they are taken up from the nursery, shorten the roots, and cut off all the bruised parts, as also all small fibres, which would dry, grow mouldy, and retard the growth of the new fibres in their coming forth : cut off likewise the dead part of the stock which was left 414 PRU THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PRU above the bud, close down to the back part of it, that the stock may be covered by the bud. If these trees be designed for a wall, place the bud directly from the wall, that the back part of the stock which is cut may be hidden. The sorts commonly planted against walls arc, the Early May and May Duke, which require a south aspect. The Hearts and Common Duke will thrive, on a west wall ; and in order to continue the Duke later in the season, they are frequently placed against west and north west walls, where they will succeed very well. The Morello is generally placed on a north wall. The Hearts are seldom planted against walls, not being good bearers, though probably that defect might be removed if they were grafted on the Bird Cherry, and properly managed. The Bird Cherry stock is said to render Cherries very fruitful, producing the same effect upon them as the Paradise stock does upon Apples : so that it is worth while to make the experiment. Some persons graft the Duke and other sorts of Cherries upon the Morello, which is but a weak shooter, in order to check the luxuriant growth of their trees, which will succeed for three or four years, but they are not of long duration, nor will they make shoots above six or eight inches long; being closely covered with blossoms, they may produce some fruit in a small compass: but such experiments cannot succeed for general use, and only serve to satisfy curiosity ; and it is much better to allow the tree a greater share of room against the walls, when one tree so planted, and properly managed, will produce more fruit than twenty of these trees, or twice that number, when they are planted too close, though they are grafted upon the Black Cherry or any other free-stock. Cherry-trees standing against the wall should be at least twenty or twenty-four feet asunder, with a standard tree between each dwarf, for they will extend themselves as far or farther than Apricots, and many other sorts of fruit. In the orchards of Kent, the usual distance allowed for them is forty feet square, at which space they are less subject to blight than when they are planted closer; and the ground may be tilled between them almost as well as if it were entirely clear, especially whilst the trees are young; and the often stirring the ground, pro- vided the roots be not disturbed, will greatly help the trees; but when they are grown so large as to overshadow the ground, the drip of their leaves will suffer nothing to live underneath. The best orchard sorts are, the Common Red or Kentish Cherry, the Duke, and the Lukeward ; all of which are plentiful bearers. The Double-flowering Cherry is pro- pagated by budding or grafting on the Black or Wild Cherry stock ; and the trees are very proper to intermix with flower- ing trees of a second growth. The flowers are as large and double as a Cinnamon Rose, and being produced in large bunches on every par.t of the tree, render it one of the most beautiful trees of the spring. Some of the flowers which are less double often produce fruit, which is not the case with the double flowers. In pruning these trees, the shoots should never be shortened, for most of them produce their fruit- buds at their extreme part, which by shortening are cut off, and occasions the death of the shoot: their branches should therefore be trained in at full length horizontally, observing in May, where there is a vacancy in the wall, to stop some strong adjoining branches, which will occasion their putting out two or more shoots; by which means at that season of the year there may always be a supply of wood for covering the wall; at the same time displace all fore-right shoots by the hand, for if suffered to grow till winter they will not only deprive the bearing branches of their proper supply of nourishment, but occasion the tree to gum when cut out : for no sort of fruit-tree bears the knife worse than Cherry. 5 In displacing the fore-right shoots take care not to rub off the sides or spurs which are produced upon the two or three years old wood ; for it is upon these that the greatest part of the fruit is produced, and they will continue fruitful for several years. Ignorance or neglect of this caution renders Cherry trees] especially the Morello, so often unfruitful, for the more they are cut the weaker are their shoots. 'J he soil that these trees thrive best in is a fresh hazel loam ; if it be a drv gravel, they will not live many years, and will be perpetually 'blighted' in the spring. 17. Prunus Avium ; Small-fruited Cherry Tree . Umbels sessile ; leaves ovate, lanceolate, pubescent underneath, folded together.— This grows to be a large tree fit for timber, and is lrequcntlj found in woods. Prom this the only varieties ever raised by seeds are, the Black Coroun and the Small Wild Cherry, of which there are two or three varieties, differing in the size and colour of their fruit. The first sort is much cultivated in the Chiltcrn part of Buckinghamshire, and makes a beautiful appearance in the spring, when the trees are in blossom at the same time that the Beech is leafing In Suffolk it abounds about Polstead, and from that is called the Polstead Cherry: in that county the Wild Cherries are called Merries, from the French Merise. The Corone, Coroun, or Crown Cherry, which is the highest improvement of this sort, is common in Hertfordshire, and about Bergh-Apton in Norfolk. The Black Cherry tree grows to a considerable height ; Evelyn mentions one above eighty-five feet: when it. attains that size, the timber, especially the redder sort, is tit to make stools, chairs, tables, and cabinets, as it will polish well, and is also very fit for pipes and musical instruments. The Garden Cherry rarely exceeds the height of fifteen or twenty feet, whereas this w ild sort attains forty or fifty feet in height, with a more erect and lofty head. In spring when in flower they are very ornamental in parks, the fruit°is also food for birds, and the wood is useful for turners. The\ will thrive in poor land better than most other sorts. The stones are generally sown for raising stocks to graft or bud other Cherries upon, being of quicker growth and of longer duration. It is seldom grafted or budded. Where person: are curious to have the best-flavoured of this sort of fruit they certainly may graft from such as produce the best! They are always trained as standards; the Coroun foi1 the orchard, and the Small Wild Black and Red for park plantations. 18. Prunus I’ennsylvanica ; Pennsylvanian or Upright Cherry Tree. Umbels subsessile, aggregate, and many-flow ered, at length panicle-shaped; leaves oblong, lanceolate, acuminate, smooth, glandular at the base. It flowers in May. — Native of North America. 19. Prunus Nigra; Canadian Black Cherry Tree. Um- bels sessile, solitary, few-flowered ; leaves deciduous, ovate acuminate ; petioles biglandular. It flowers in April and< May. — Native of Canada. 20. Prunus Domestica; Common Plum Tree. Peduncle:! subsolitary; leaves lanceolate-ovate, convoluted; branches without thorns. This is a middling-sized tree, growing gene rally from sixteen to twenty-five feet, and branching into f moderately spreading head. It loves a lofty exposure, and is, not injurious to pasturage. The cultivated garden Plums art! all derived from this species, which is a native of Asia and. Europe, but probably not of Great Britain ; for though it i: not uncommon in our hedges, the plants found there probably originated from some of the cultivated species, which, accord ing to Pliny, came from Syria into Greece, and thence into Italy. The varieties of garden and orchard Plums are very numerous, differing in the form, taste, colour, and substance P RU OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P R U 415 of the fruit. Mr. Miller enumerates thirty, from which we select the following: 1. The White Primordian: this is a small, longish, white Plum, of a clear yellow colour, covered over with a white flew, which easily wipes off. It is a tole- rably good bearer; and as it comes in very early, though it is raeally, and has little flavour, one tree of it should be admitted into a large fruit-garden. It ripens at the middle or latter end of July. 2. The Early Damask, or Morocco Plum: This is round-shaped, divided in the middle with a furrow like a Peach : the outside is of a dark black colour, covered with a light violet bloom ; the flesh is yellow, and parts from the stone, it ripens at the end of July, and is much esteemed for its goodness. 3. The little Black Damask Plum : this is small and black, covered with a light violet bloom; the juice is richly sugared ; the flesh parts from the stone, and it bears well ripening in the beginning of August. 4. The Orleans Plum, is so well known that it is only necessary to say that the only reason for its being so general is, that it bears abundantly, and is on that account preferred by those who supply the fruit-markets, for it certainly is not an excellent Plum. It ripens in August. 5. The Black Pcrdigron Plum: this is a middling-sized and oval-shaped sort ; the outside is of a very dark colour, covered over with a violet bloom ; the flesh is firm, and full of an excellent rich juice. It ripens in August, and is greatly esteemed by the curious. 6. The Vio- let, or Blue Perdigron Plum, is a large, rather round than oval fruit, of a bluish-red colour on the outside ; the flesh is of a yellowish colour, pretty firm, and closely adheres to the stone ; the juice is exquisitely flavoured. It ripens in August. 7. The White Perdigron Plum: this is of an oblong figure; the outside is yellow, covered with a white bloom ; the flesh is firm and well tasted. It is a very good fruit, either to eat raw or for sweetmeats, having an agreeable sweetness, mixed with an acidity. It ripens at the end of August. 8. The Red Imperial, or Bonum Magnum Plum, is a large oval-shaped fruit, of a deep red colour, covered with a fine bloom. It is very dry, but a great bearer, and excellent for sweetmeats. Ripe in September. 9. The White Imperial Bonum Mag- num, White Holland, Mogul, or Egg Plum, is a large, oval- shaped, yellowish-coloured fruit, covered with a white bloom; the flesh is firm, but adheres closely to the stone. Having an acid taste, it is not so fit for eating as for baking, or making into sweetmeats. It is a great bearer, and ripens in September. 10. The Apricot Plum, ripens at the end of September, and is large and round, yellow-coloured on the outside, powdered over with a white bloom; the flesh is •firm and dry, of a sweet taste, and comes clean from the stone. 11. The Dauphiny, or Large Queen Claude Plum, has a num- ber of other fantastical French names, and is one of the best Plums in England ; it is of a middle size, round, and of a yellowish-green colour on the outside; the flesh is of a deep green colour, and parts from the stone. It is a great bearer, and has a very richly-flavoured juice. It ripens in the middle of September, and is confounded by most people in England by the name of Green Gage: but this is the sort that should be chosen, for there are three or four different sorts generally sold for it, one of which is small, round, and dry, but later ripe, and not worth preserving. 12. The Saint Catherine Plum, is a large, oval-shaped, rather flat fruit, amber-coloured on the outside, inside of a bright yellow colour; the flesh adheres firmly to the stone, and has a very agreeable sweet taste. It ripens at the end of September, and is very subject to dry upon the tree, when the autumn proves warm and dry. It makes fine sweetmeats, and is a plentiful bearer. 13. The Brignole Plum, which ripens in the middle of September, and is esteemed the best yet known for sweetmeats, is a large 100. oval-shaped fruit, of a yellowish colour, mixed with red on the outside; the flesh is of a bright yellow colour, dry, and of an excellent rich flavour. 14. The Cherry Plum, so called from the fruit being generally of the size of the Ox-heart Cherry. It is round, red, and resembles a Cherry in the length of its stalk and general appearance, so as not to be distinguished at a distance. The blossoms of this tree come out very early in the spring, and, being tender, are very often destroyed by cold ; but they afford a very agreeable prospect, for, being generally covered with flowers, which open about the same- time as the Almonds, their appearance is most beautiful, though it is to be regretted that this early blossom- ing greatly diminishes the quantity of their fruit. 15. The White Pear Plum, we only notice, to say, that it affords the best of all stocks for budding the tenderer sorts of Peaches. 16. The Muscle Plum, is oblong and flat, of a dark red colour, with a large stone ; the flesh being not well tasted, and very thin, it is chiefly used for stocks, like the White Pear Plum. 17. The Green Gage (see above, No. 11.) is the finest eating Plum we have, especially when it is tinged with purple. It ripens very well on standards or espaliers in Au- gust and September. 18. The Damascene, vulgarly called the Damson, is a small, roundish, dark-blue Plum. This kind has almost universally the reputation of being more wholesome than any other, and, being a great bearer, is largely cultivated in orchards, to supply the continual demand for it while in season. It ripens in September. — The ornamental varieties of this species, are the Double-blossomed, the Gold and the Silver striped, and the Stoneless Plum. Notwith- standing the popular disrepute of Plums as insalubrious, Woodville maintains, that when perfectly ripe, and taken in a moderate quantity, they are not unwholesome; though, when eaten unripe, they are more liable to occasion colics, diarrhoea, or cholera, than any other fruit of this class. In a medicinal point of view, they are emollient, cooling, and laxa- tive, especially the dried French Prunes, imported from Marseilles; for though their opening power diminishes by drying, yet as they retain much of their acid, they are more laxative than the other dried fruits. Hence they are pecu- liarly beneficial to costive habits, and are frequently ordered in decoction with senna and other purgatives. — Propagation and Culture. All the varieties are propagated by budding or grafting upon stocks of the Muscle White Pear, or the Bonum Magnum Plum ; and for the manner of raising these stocks, the reader is referred to the article Nursery. Budding Plum- trees is much preferable to grafting, because they are so very liable to gum wherever large wounds are made. The trees should not be more than one year’s growth from the bud when they are transplanted ; for if older, they are very sub- ject to canker; or if they take well to the ground, commonly produce only two or three luxuriant branches. The manner of preparing the ground, if for vvalls, is the same as for Peaches ; see Amygdalus. The distance between these trees should not be less than twenty-four feet against high walls, and, where the walls are low, thirty feet asunder. They require a middling soil, neither too wet and heavy, nor too light and dry. Those planted against walls should have an east or south-east aspect, which are more kindly to them than full south, on which they are subject to shrivel and become very dry: and many sorts will be extremely mealy, if too much exposed to the heat of the sun ; but most sorts will ripen extremely well on espaliers, if rightly managed. Plums are sometimes planted for standards, and some of the ordinary sorts will in that case bear very well; but their fruit will not be near so fair as that produced on espaliers, besides being in greater danger of being bruised or blown down by 5 N V R U THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P R U 410 strong winds. The distance of placing them for espaliers must be the same as against walls; as must also their pruning and management : so tl at whatever is said concerning each applies to both. As Plums do not only produce their fruit upon the last year’s wood, but also upon cursons or spurs, which come out of wood that is many years old, there is no necessity of shortening the branches, in order to obtain new shoots annually in every part of the tree, as has been directed for Peaches, Nectarines, &c. for the more these trees are pruned, the more they grow, until their strength being thus exhausted, they gum and spoil. On this account, the safest method to manage these trees is, to lay in their shoots hori- zontally, as they are produced at equal distances, in propor- tion to the length of their leaves ; and where there is not a sufficient quantity of branches to fill up the vacancies of the tree, there the shoots, at the beginning of May, must be pinched in the same way as directed for those of the Peach- tree. This pinching will cause them to produce some lateral branches to supply those places ; and during the growing season, all foreright shoots should be displaced, and such as are to remain must be regularly trained to the wall or espalier, which will not only render them beautiful, but also give to each part of the trees an equal advantage of sun and air, which will always keep the fruit in a ductile growing state, which can seldom be when they are over-shaded with shoots for the first part of the season, and then suddenly exposed to the air by the taking off of those branches, or training them in their proper position. With this careful going over the trees in the growing season, they will require little attention in winter; for when the branches are shortened, the fruit is cut away, and the number of shoots increased, because w hen- ever a branch is shortened, there are commonly two or three more shoots produced from the eyes immediately below the cut; so that by thus unskilfully pruning, many persons crowd their trees with branches, and thereby render what little fruit the trees produce very small and ill tasted, which is often the fact in many gardens, although the managers generally think themselves quite masters of their business. Nothing is more usual than to see every branch of a fruit-tree undergo the excisions of the knife, how ever improper it may be for the several sorts of fruit. It is also equally common to see these trees planted at the distance of fourteen or sixteen feet, so that the walls are in a few years covered with branches ; and then ail the shoots are cut and mangled with the knife, so as to appear like a stumped hedge, beside producing very little fruit: the only way therefore, says Mr. Miller, to have Plum- trees in good order, is to give them room, prune them very sparingly, and extend their branches at full length. 21. Prnnus Insititia; Bullace Plum Tree. Peduncles in pairs ; leaves lanceolate-ovate, convoluted, villose underneath; branches terminated by a thorn. This reaches to twelve and fifteen feet high ; the fruit is acid, but so tempered by sweet- ness and roughness, as not to be unpleasant, especially after it is mellowed by frost. A conserve is prepared by mixing the pulp with thrice its weight of sugar. The bark of the root and branches is considerably styptic. An infusion of the flowers sweetened with sugar, is a mild purgative, not impro- per for children. It varies with black and white, or rather wax-coloured, fruit ; and, as some say, with a red bitter un- pleasant fruit, found in the hedges of Essex and Suffolk. It fiowers in April, arid is a native of Germany, Switzerland, France, and England. — This tree is raised from the stones; but the only certain way of continuing its varieties, is by graft- ing them upon any Plum or Bullace stocks. The stones may be sown in autumn in beds, two inches deep; keep them clean, and when they are two years old, plant them in rows, from two to three feet asunder, and train them to a single stem. Graft or bud them, w hen of a proper height, in the same manner as other Plums. When they have formed heads, transplant them where they are to remain, any time from October to March, placing thfem eighteen or twenty feet asunder. 22. Prunus Spinosa ; Sloe Plum Tree, or Blackthorn. Peduncles solitary; leaves lanceolate, smooth; branches thorny; root creeping ; stem shrubby, crooked, six or eight feet high, covered with a dark coloured bark. This is not so well adapted-to hedges as the White Thorn, because it spreads its roots wide, and encroaches upon the pasturage, but it is excellent for dead fences, and to lay in covered drains. The wood being hard and tough, is formed into teeth for rakes, and into walking-sticks. From some effects, says Dr. Wither- ing, which I have repeatedly observed to follow a wound from the thorns, I have reason to believe there is something, poisonous in them, particularly in autumn. The tender leaves dried, are sometimes used as a substitute for tea, and is the best substitute that has yet been tried : had they not been coloured with deleterious materials, and fraudulently sold as real East ludian Tea, no bad consequences would have fol- lowed ; but as these practices have lately been discovered, and justly punished, it is but fair to state, that the crime con- sists in poisoning the Sloe leaves, and then vending them under another name. An infusion of an ounce of the flowers in water or whey, is a safe and easy purge; the bark dried, reduced to powder, and taken in doses of two drachms, will frequently cure some agues. The juice expressed from the unripe fruit is a very good remedy for fluxes of the bowels; it may be reduced by a gentle boiling to a solid consistence, in which state it will keep the year round, without losing any of its virtues. Letters marked upon linen or woollen with the juice of this fruit, w ill not wash out. Bruised, and put into wine, it communicates a beautiful red colour, and a pleasant subacid roughness. There is, in fact, too much rea- son to presume, that this juice enters largely into the British manufacture of Port Wine, in the same way that it has been recently ascertained to form so large a part of what is called Chinese Tea. The Sloe is so harshly sharp and austere, as not to be eatable till it is mellowed by frost: its juice is extremely viscid, so that the fruit requires the addition of a little water, in order to admit of expression. That obtained! from the unripe fruit, and inspissated to dryness by a gentle heat, is the German Acacia, and has been sold in the shops I for the Egyptian Acacia, from which it dift'ers in being harder, heavier, darker coloured, of a sharper taste, and more espe-t daily in giving out its astringency to rectified spirit. This fruit has been employed as a styptic ever since the time ot Dioscorides. It has been recommended in diarrhoeas and haemorrhages, and as gargles in swellings of the tonsils and* uvula. Dr. Cullen considers them as the most powerful of the acerb fruits, and as agreeable and useful astringents; but thinks the conserve, directed by the Medical College, con- tains a larger proportion of sugar than is necessary. This! plant is at once useful and troublesome to the husbandman.' If they be felled to the ground, the stubs intercept the scythe, and prevent the bite of cattle, and the thicket is soon renewed. If grubbed up by the roots, every fibril left in the soil pro- duces a fresh plant; so that unless great care is had to take all these out, the grubbing up will increase instead of lessen-!'- ing the evil. If, however, they be cut off level with the sur- face, the scythe has free sweep, and the young shoots may be) removed with ease and certainty. The same stroke that mows the herbage will take oft’ the shoots. If pastured, cattlef and sheep will gnaw them to the quick, when they have no OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P S I 417 woodland left to brouze. It is, however, advisable always in this case to sweep the ground over with the scythe in the course of summer, to remove whatever the animals may have left. In the second year the shoots will rise, but are weak; and the roots themselves, which seldom survive the third year, will in a few years after be found quite rotten. After a thicket or border, where the sward is nearly lost, has been treated in this manner, rubbish of every kind should be raked off, a few Grass-seeds scattered on, and the surface run over with the roller, as a preparation for the scythe. After headlands or borders are grubbed, they should be planted with potatoes, or some other cleansing crop that is well hoed, till the Blackthorns and other shrubs and hedge- weeds are totally eradicated, before they are laid down to grass. Thus pursued, grubbing more effectually answers the purpose than mowing. These modes of extirpation (for it abundantly propagates itself) apply nof only to the Black- thorn, but to all kinds of shrubs and trees, except the Furze and Bramble. 23. Prunus Aspera. Flowers solitary, terminating ; leaves ovate, serrate, rough. The upper surface of the leaves of this tree is so hard, that in Japan, where it is a native, they are employed in polishing. 24. Prunus Japonica. Peduncles solitary; leaves ovate, acuminate, smooth; branches unarmed. — Native of Japan. , 25. Prunus Glandulosa. Peduncles solitary ; leaves ob- long, glandular-serrate; branches unarmed. — Native of Japan. 26. Prunus Incisa. Peduncles solitary ; leaves ovate, gash serrate, villose; branches unarmed.— Native of Japan. 27. Prunus Tomentosa. Peduncles solitary ; leaves ovate, tomentose underneath. — Native of Japan. 28. Prunus Prostrata. Peduncles in pairs ; leaves ovate, unequally serrate, without glands, tomentose underneath ; stem prostrate. — Native of the mountains, and Mount Liba- nus. It approaches the habit of the Almond. 29. Prunus Serotina. Flowers in loose racemes; leaves deciduous, simply serrate; lowest serratures glandular. — Native of North America. 30. Prunus Dasycarpa. Flowers sessile ; leaves ovate, acuminate, doubly serrate ; petioles glandular. — Native of North America. 31. Prunus Semperflorens ; Ever-flowering Cherry. Flow- ers in racemes; calices serrate; leaves ovate, serrate, glan- dular at the base. — This is suspected to be a mule, preserv- ing its difference in our gardens. 32. Prunus Pigmaea; Pigmy Plum. Umbels sessile, few-flowered ; leaves elliptic, acute, biglandular at the base, smooth. — Native of North America. 33. Prunus Cerasifera ; Myrobalan Plum. Peduncles solitary; leaves elliptic, smooth; fruits pendulous, on branches almost destitute of prickles. This has been generally considered as a variety of the Common Plum. The branches are very smooth, but somewhat thorny. — Native of North America. 34. Prunus Chicasa. Buds aggregate, biflorous ; pedicels very short; calix glabrous; segments obtuse; leaves oblong- oval, acute, or acuminate-serrulate ; fruit subglobose ; branches spinescent, very glabrous. Grows in Virginia and Carolina, and fiow'ers in April and May. — This tree is known by the name of the Chicasaw Plum. The fruit is yellow, and agreeably tasted. It is mentioned in Michaux’s Flora, that it was introduced by the Indians. This probably may be the case, as it generally only occurs where ancient camps of Indians have been. Psidium; a genus of the class Tcosandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, bell-shaped, five-cleft, permanent ; segments ovate. Corolla : petals five, ovate, concave, spreading, inserted into the calix. Stamina: filamenta numerous, shorter than the corol|a, inserted into the calix ; antherae small. Pistil: germen roundish, inferior; style awl-shaped, very long; stigma simple. Pericarp: berry oval, very large, crowned with the calix, one or many celled. Seeds: numerous, very small, nestling. Essential Character. Calix: five- cleft, superior. Petals ; five. Berry: one-celled, many- seeded.- —The species are, 1. Psidium Pyriferum; White Guava. Leaves elliptic, pubescent underneath; peduncles one-flowered. In its wild state this tree grows to the height of seven or eight, some- times of twelve, feet. In the gardens of the West Indies, where the soil is good, it equals a middle-sized Apple-tree, the trunk being six feet high, and a foot aud half in circum- ference. The wood is very hard and tough, used for ox- yokes and similar purposes, and very well adapted for fuel. The fruit is smooth, having a peculiar smell. On the out- side it is yellow, whitish, or sulphureous, roundish, or more oblong, the size of a hen’s egg, or bigger, according to the soil. The rind is a line or two in thickness, brittle, and fleshy: the pulp rather firm, full of bony seeds ; it is flesh- coloured, sweet, aromatic, and pleasant. It is eaten with avidity, not only by the natives, but by Europeans, though it is apt to flux the latter ; yet Jacquin declares, that when he has been thirsty on a journey, he has eaten to satiety of it without any inconvenience. It is eaten raw in the desert places, though the seeds are scarcely separable; and is also pre- served in sugar.— Native of both Indies, Cochin-china, and the southern provinces of China; becoming a large tree when cultivated, but much smaller and of an irregular growth, with distorted branches, in a wild state. In the Caribbee Islands it frequently overruns the pastures ; and one tree in a garden will suffice to fiil the whole, for the seeds pass through the bodies of men and animals without losing their vegetative quality. — This plant, with all its congeners, is propagated by seeds, which must be procured from the country where they naturally growt If they were brought over in the fruit, gathered full ripe and kept entire, they would be more certain of succeeding. They should be sown in pots filled with rich kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, giving them water from time to time as the earth dries. If the seeds are good the plants will appear, and must have free air admitted to them in pro- portion to the warmth of the season. When they have acquired strength enough to bear removal, let them each be transplanted into a small pot filled with the same earth, and plunged into a fresh hot-bed, shading them from the sun until they have taken new root ; then they should have a large share of free air admitted to them every day in warm weather, to prevent their drawing up weak ; they should also be frequently refreshed with water in the summer. When the plants have filled these small pots with their roots, they should be taken out, and their roots -parted, and put into larger pots filled with the same kind of earth, and plunged into the bobbed again, where they should remain till autumn, and then be plunged into the tan-bed in the dry-stove. During the winter they should have a moderate warmth, and not too much water, and in summer they will requireplenty of wet, and in hot weather a great share of air; under this management they will produce Sowers aud fruit in the third year, and may be continued a long time. 2. Psidium Pumilum ; Dwarf Guava. Leaves lanceo- late, acute, tomentose underneath ; peduncles one-flowered. This has exactly the appearance of the preceding species, but; 418 P S O THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P S O is five times smaller in all its parts. — Native of China, in the neighbourhood of Canton. See the first species. 3. Psitlium Aromaticum ; Aromatic Guava. Leaves ovate, acuminate, smooth; peduncles one-flowered, bracted. This is a moderate tree, with a trunk about five feet in height, and branching at the top in a scattered manner. The fruit is aromatic and eatable. The bruised leaves have the smell of Balm. — It is a native of Cayenne and Guiana, growing in woods, aud flowering in the month of October. See the first species. 4. Psidium Grandiflorum ; Great flowered Guava. Leaves ovate, acuminate, smooth ; peduncles one-flowered, bracted. This also is a middling sized tree, branching from the top in an irregular manner. The flowers spring front the young branches : they have a very agreeable odour. — Native of the woods of Cayenne, where it flowers in December, and pro- duces the fruit, the seeds of which are enveloped in a succu- lent pulp, in February. See the first species. 5. Psidium Decaspermum. Leaves ovate, acuminate, pubescent ; peduncles one-flowered, bracted. This is a smooth shrub. It differs from Guajava only in having all the seeds inserted, instead of their being in every position ; in their being straightish, and not kidney-form ; and in having no partition whatever. — Native of Otaheite, and the other Society Islands. See the first species. G. Psidium Pomiferum; Red Guava. Leaves oblong, lanceolate, pubescent underneath; peduncles three-flowered. This has a pretty thick trunk, twenty feet in height, covered with a smooth bark, aud towards the top dividing into many angular branches ; fruit shaped like a pomegranate ; crown when ripe having an agreeable odour.— Native of both Indies, and of the woods of China and Cochin-china. In the latter countries, according to Loureiro, the fruit is eatable, but both the taste and smell of it is bad and unpleasant. The roots and younger leaves are astringent, and esteemed useful in curing fluxes, and strengthening the stomach. 7. Psidium Guianense; African Guava. Leaves ovate, quite entire, tomentose underneath; peduncles three-flow- ered.— Native of Prince’s Island on the coast of Guinea, and cultivated in San Domingo. See the first species. 8. Psidium Montanum ; Mountain Guava. Leaves oblong, acuminate, crenulate, shining; peduncles many-flowered. — This is one of the largest trees in the woods of Jamaica, growing frequently to the height of sixty or seventy feet, with a proportioned thickness : it is an excellent timber wood, of a dark colour and curled grain, works easily, and takes a fine polish. It makes very beautiful walking-sticks. See the first species. Psoralea; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decan- dria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, dotted with tubercles, five-cleft; segments acute, equal, per- manent ; the lowest double the length of the others. Corolla: papilionaceous, five-petalled; standard roundish, emarginate, rising; wings crescent-shaped, blunt, small; keel two-petal- led, crescent-shaped, blunt. Stamina: filamenta diadelphous, one single and bristle shaped, nine united, ascending; anlherae roundish. Pistil: germen linear; style awl shaped, ascend- ing, the length of the stamina; stigma blunt. Pericarp: legume the length of the calix, compressed, ascending, acu- minate. Seed: single, kidney-form. Observe. It is singular in this genus that the calix, and indeed the whole plant, is dotted with tubercles, and the petals marked with coloured veins. Essential Character. Calix : besprinkled with callous dots, the same length with the Legume, which has only one set . I in it. The species are, 1. Psoralea Rotundifolia; Round-leaved Psoralea. Leaves simple, ovate, quite entire; heads and bractes villose. Native of the Cape of Good Hope. It only requires, like all its congeners from the Cape, the protection of a green- house or glass-case. They may also be increased by seeds or cuttings, and treated in the same way as is directed for the second species. 2. Psoralea Pinnata ; Wing-leaved Psoralea. Leaves pin- nate, linear; flowers axillary. It rises with a soft shrubby stalk four or five feet high. It flowers during the greater part of the summer, and the seeds ripen in autumn. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This is easily propagated by seeds sown upon a moderate hot-bed. When the plants come up, they should have much air and little heat; when they are of a size to remove, plant them in separate small pots filled with light earth. Plunge them into the new bed, shading them from the sun till they have taken new root, and gradu- ally inure them to 'the open air, into which they should be removed about the end of May ; and keep them abroad till October, then placing them in the green-house. It may also be increased by cuttings planted, during any of the summer months, on a bed of light earth, covering them close with bell or hand glasses, shading them, and gently refreshing them with water as the ground dries: when they have taken root, harden them gradually, transplant them into small pots, and treat them like the seedling plants. 3. Psoralea Aculeata; Prickly Psoralea. Leaves ternate; leaflets wedge-form, recurved, mucronate ; flowers axillary, solitary, approximating. —Found in ditches at the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 4. Psoralea Bracteata ; Oval-spiked Psoralea. Leaves ternate, obovate, recurved, mucronate ; spikes ovate. It flowers in June and July. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 5. Psoralea Spicata ; Long-spiked Psoralea. Leaves ter- nate, oblong, blunt; spikes cylindric. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 6. Psoralea Angustifolia ; Narrow-leaved Psoralea. Leaves ternate, linear; peduncles axillary, solitary or trine, few- flowered. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 7. Psoralea Axillaris ; Axillary Psoralea. Leaves ternate; leaflets lanceolate ; peduncles axillary, one-flowered. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 8. Psoralea Stachydis. Leaves ternate, petioled ; leaflets oblong, mucronate ; spikes terminating, interrupted ; calices villose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. £>. Psoralea Aphylla ; Leafless Psoralea. Leaves none ; stipules mucronate, very short, subimbricate towards the flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 10. Psoralea Tenuifolia ; Fine-leaved Psoralea. Lower leaves ternate ; upper simple, lanceolate-subsessile. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 11. Psoralea Capitata ; Headed Psoralea. Leaves ternate and simple, linear; head terminating.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 12. Psoralea Hirta; Hairy Psoralea. Leaves ternate; leaflets obovate, recurved, mucronate; flowers tern-spiked ; calices tomentose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 13. Psoralea Decumbens ; Trailing Psoralea. Leaves ternate; leaflets wedge-lanceolate, with a recurved point; flowers axillary. It flow'ers in April and May. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 14. Psoralea Repens ; Creeping Psoralea. Leaves ternate; P s o OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P S O 419 obovate, emarginate; stem creeping; flowers subumbelled, blue. — Native of the Cape. See the first species. 15. Psoralea Bituminosa; Bituminous Psoralen. All the leaves ternate; leaflets lanceolate; petioles even ; flowers in heads; roots perennial, but the stalks seldom last beyond two years. The leaves, if handled, emit a strong scent of bitumen. The corollas are blue. — Native of Italy, Sicily, and the south of France, and also of Barbary. It is propa- gated by seeds, which should be sown on a bed of light earth in April : in May the plants will come up, when they should be kept clean from weeds, and transplanted as soou as they are fil to remove. It will live through a favourable winter in a warm dry border; but it is generally sheltered in a green house or glass-case. 16. Psoralea Glandulosa; Stripe-flowered Psoralea. All the leaves ternate; leaflets lanceolate ; petioles rugged ; flow ers in spikes. It flowers from May to August. — Native of Peru, Spain, and the Balearic Isles. 17. Psoralea Palestiua ; Palestine or Herbaceous Psoralea. All the leaves ternate; leaflets ovate; petioles pubescent; flowers in heads. They are large, and violet-coloured. — Native of the Levant. 18. Psoralea Americana; American Psoralea. Leaves ternate; leaflets ovate, tooth-angular; spikes lateral. — Native of Madeira. 19. Psoralea Tetragonoloba. Leaves ternate, toothed; stem flexuose ; spikes lateral ; legumes strict, quadrangular; flowers alternate, on very short pedicels, a little larger than those of Indigofera, (to which genus it is suspected to belong,) having an acute keel, without the lateral horns of that plant. — Found by Forskahl in Arabia. 20. Psoralea Coriylifolia ; Hazel nut -leaved Psoralea. Leaves simple, ovate, somewhat toothed ; spikes ovate. The flowers are produced on long slender axillary peduncles, and arecollected into small round heads of a pale flesh-colour. It flowers in July, and grows naturally in India. — Sow the seeds upon a hot-bed in the spring; when the plants are fit to remove, plant them in separate small pots tilled with light earth, and plunge them into a moderate hot-bed of tanner’s bark, and shade them until they have taken new root ; after which admit air freely to them in warm weather, and water them gently as often as necessary. When the plants have filled the pots with their roots, remove them into larger, and at the beginning of July place them in an airy glass-case, where they may be defended from cold, but have free air in warm weather; and thus treated, they will flower and ripen their seeds. 21. Psoralea Pentaphylla; Five-leaved Psoralea. Leaves digitate, quinate; leaflets unequal. — Native of Mexico and Malabar. ■ 22. Psoralea Prostrata ; Prostrate Psoralea. Leaves superdecompound, digitate, linear. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 23. Psoralea Dalea ; Annual Psoralea. Leaves pinnate ; spikes cylindrical, terminating. The flowers are collected in close oblong spikes at the ends of the branches ; they are small, and of a bright blue colour. Native of New Spain. — Sow the seeds on a hot-bed; and treat them, when they come up, in the same way as other plants from hot countries. Keep those sorts which are perennial in a moderate warmth in the stove during winter, giving them a good share of free air in summer. 24. Psoralea Enneaphylla ; Nine-leaved Psoralea. Leaves piunate; spikesaxillary. This is an upright slender shrub five feet high, with a few pliant branches. On the back of the leaflets are little dots that appear like bags, as in Hype- ricum Perforatum, containing a gummy juice of an unplea- sant smell : if rubbed, they stain the fingers of a yellow colour, arid tinge water of a very beautiful clear yellow, which can hardly be washed out, and becomes gradually deeper. — Native of New Spain, in the coppices near Carthagena flow- ering in May and the following month. It is propagated like the preceding species. 25. Psoralea Lajvigata; Polished Psoralea. Leaves pin- nate; stipules solid, subacute, very minute ; flowers purple, not striated ; pollen golden and shining. - Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 26. Psoralea Leporina ; Downy-spiked Psoralea. Leaves pinnate, oblong-linear, very numerous; spikes without bractes, villose, lanceolate; root annual ; stem smooth, striated. It flowers in October and November. — Native of Mexico. Propagated as the twenty-third species. 27. Psoralea Foliolosa ; Leafy Psoralea. Leaves pinnate, oblong, numerous; spikes terminating, bracted, globular- ovate; calices compressed ; stem round, smooth, having fer- ruginous glands scattered over it, branched ; corolla purple, pale at the base. It flowers in October and November. — Native country unknown. Treat it like the twenty-third species. 28. Psoralea Reclinata; Reclining Psoralea. Stem pro- cumbent; leaves pinnate; flowers inclose spikes; keel longer than the other petals. — Native of Mexico. Treat it in the same manner as the twenty third species. 29. Psoralea Hirta. Leaves ternate; leaflets ovate; stem shrubby, hairy ; flowers in terminating spikes ; corollas pur- plish.— Native of South America. It requires the same management as the twenty third species. 30. Psoralea Procumbens. Leaves pinnate, silvery ; stems procumbent; flowers axillary. They are small and purple, and in small clusters. — Native of Malabar. Managed like the twenty third species. 31. Psoralea Scandens ; Climbing Psoralea. Leaves pin- nate; stem branched, climbing ; flowers axillary, sessile. They are small, of a bright blue colour, in little clusters. — Found at Campeachy. It requires the same treatment as the twenty third species. 32. Psoralea Capitata ; Headed Psoralea. Leaves ternate; stem very branching, shrubby; flowers in heads, pecluncled, axillary; corollas blue. — Found at Campeachy. Propagated as the twenty-third species. 33. Psoralea Humilis ; Humble Psoralea. Leaves pinnate, with rounder villose leafleis; flowers in axillary and termi- nating heads; stem shrubby. — Found at Vera Cruz. See the tw'enty-third species. 34. Psoralea Argophylla. Plant on every side siiver- tomentose ; leaves ternate; little leaves lanceolate oblong ; spikes terminal, interrupted; bractes ovate, acuminate; flow- ers subopposite, sessile, purple. — Grows on the banks of the Missouri. The silvery tomentum of this plant gives it a par- ticularly handsome appearance. 35. Psoralea Esculenta; Esculent Psoralea. Plant on every side villose ; leaves digitate-quinate ; little leaves lan- ceolate, unequal, plain, very entire; spikes axillary, thick- flowered ; segments of the calix lanceolate, a little shorter than the corolla ; legumes ensifbrm-rostrate ; root fusiform; flowers pale blue. — Grows on the banks of the Missouri. “ This plant,” observes Pursh, “ produces the famous Bread- root of the American Western Indians, on which they partly subsist in winter. They collect them in large quantities; and, if for present use, they roast them in the ashes, when they give a food similar to yams: if intended for winter use, they are carefully dried, and preserved in a dry place in their huts. When wanted for use, they are mashed between 5 O 420 P S Y THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P S Y two stones, mixed with some water, and baked iu cakes over the coals. It is a wholesome and nourishing food, and, according to Mr. Lewis’s observation, agreeable to most constitutions; which, he observed, was not the case with the rest of the roots collected by those Indians for food. This root has been frequently found by travellers in the canoes of the Indians, but the plant which produces it has not been known until lately.” 36. Psoralea Lupinellus. Leaves quinate digitate ; little leaves in very fine lines; spikes with few flowers; legumes ovoideous, unciuate-mucronate, nervose-rugose. — Is found hi the barren fields of Carolina. The leaves of the seven last species of this geuus are covered with resinous dots. 37. Psoralea Cauescens. The whole plant canescent ; leaves shortly petiolate, trifoliate; spikes with loose flowers; flowers pedicelled ; calix very villose. —Grows in the barren sandy fields ot Carolina and Georgia, and flowers in July. 38. Psoralea Melilotoides. Plant slightly pubescent ; leaves ternate; little leaves lanceolate ; spikes oblong ; bractes Into cordate, acuminated at great length ; legumes rotund, very much wrinkled, and nervose; flowers blue. — Grows in pine-barrens from Carolina to Florida, and flowers from June to August. 39. Psoralea Tenuiflora. Plant pubescent, very branchy; leaves ternate; little leaves elliptical, rugose punctated on both sides; peduncles axillary, longer than the leaf, somewhat trifiorous ; flowers very small, pale blue. — Grows on the banks of the Missouri. 40. Psoralea Lanceolata. Plant pubescent; leaves ternate; little leaves elongate-lanceolate; petioles thick; spikesaxil- lary, scaicely longer than the leaf, thick flowered ; flowers pedicellated, small, bright blue; bractes scarcely longer than the pedicel; teeth of the calix coloured. — Grows on the banks of the Missouri, and flowers in July and August. Psychotria ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth very small, five toothed, superior, permanent. Corolla: mono- petalous, salver-shaped or funnel-shaped; tube long; border short, five-cleft; segments obovate, acute. Stamina: fila- menta five, capillary ; antherae linear, not exceeding the tube. Pistil: germen inferior; style filiform; stigma bifid, with the segments thickish, blunt. Pericarp: berry roundish, ovate, or oblong, one-celled, or, according to Gaertner, crowned with the calix. Seeds: two, hemispherical or obloug, on one side convex and five-grooved, on the other flat. Essential Character. Calix: five-toothed, crowning. Corolla: tubular. Berry: globular. Seeds: two, hemispherical, grooved. The species are, 1. Psychotria Asiatica. Stipules emarginate ; leaves lan- ceolate, ovate. — Native of the East and West Indies. 2. Psychotria Glabrata. Stipules acute, undivided, deci- duous; leaves ovate, very smooth, shining; flowers pauicled, erect. — Native of Jamaica, in the interior of the island, upon rocky places. 3. Psychotria Axillaris. Stipules acute, undivided; leaves ovate acute; flowers axillary. — Native of the woods of Guiana. 4. Psychotria Laurifolia. Stipules ovate, acuminate, deci- duous; leaves lanceolate, ovate, acute, thickish, smooth; panicles erect; berries roundish. — Native of Hispaniola in dry coppices, also of Jamaica. 5. Psychotria Parviflora. Stipules ovate, cuspidate, deci- duous ; leaves elliptic, ovate, acuminate, parallel, veined ; panicles erect; berries oval. The trunk of this species is ten or twelve feet high, with many branches at the top, and the bark reddish brown on the outside, and red within; flowers in terminating racemes ; corolla white. The bark dyes silk and cotton of a fine red. — Native of the great forest* of Guiana, especially in wet places. 6. Psychotria Hirsuta. Stipules lanceolate, entire, deci- duous; leaves lanceolate, ovate, acute, rough haired ; stem extremely hirsute; panicle spreading. This differ* from ihe rest of the genus in its very remarkable shaggiuess and extremely spreading habit. — Native of old woods in the southern parts of Jamaica. 7. Psychotria Foetens. Stipules acuminate, entire, deci- duous ; leaves lanceolate, ovate, acute, smooth ; panicle spreading very much ; branches reflex, filiform. This differs from the preceding iu its smoothness, and in having the branches of the panicle reflex. A peculiar and very foetid subacid odour proceeds from the bruised leaves or broken branches, like that iu Comocladia Dentata and Schradera Capitata. — Native of Jamaica, in the mountainous woods of the southern parts. 8. Psychotria Citrifolia. Stipules ovate, permanent; leaves elliptic, acuminate, subcoriaceous ; panicles short; berries oblong, ribbed. The leaves are very like those of the Lemon in colour and consistence. — Native of the West Indies. 9. Psychotria Nitida. Stipules roundish, deciduous; leaves roundish, ovate, acuminate; panicle terminating; bor- der of the corolla longer than the tube. — It flowers in Sep- tember, on the banks of the river Sinemari in Guinea, where it is a native. 10. Psychotria Marginata. Stipules entire, acuminate, deciduous; leaves lanceolate, ovate, acute, cartilaginous- bristly at the end ; panicle loose. — Found in the woods of Jamaica, flowering in spring. 11. Psychotria Tenuifolia. Stipules ovate, emarginate, deciduous; leaves oblong, acute, very thin, smooth; panicles erect, subsessile. — Native of Hispaniola, where it is found in coppices. 12. Psychotria Nervosa. Stipules oblong, emarginate, deciduous; leaves ovate, acuminate at both ends, nerved, somewhat waved ; panicles sessile, almost erect. Willdenow observes, that the leaves are not properly nerved, but have prominent veins. — Native of Jamaica, in coppices. 13. Psychotria Carthagiuensis. Stipules emarginate ; leaves obovate, acuminate; panicle terminating. It is a suberect branched shrub, the height of a man. It flowers in August at Carthagena in New Spain, where it is a native; very com- mon in coppices and hedges, and among bushes. 14. Psychotria Myristiphyllum. Stipules ovate, deciduous; leaves lanceolate-ovate, nerveless, shining, rigid ; brauches directed one way; racemes compound, terminating. — Native of dry coppices, among Logwood, in the northern parts of Jamaica. Browne says it is common about the ferry, and in (lie savannas, near Hunt’s Bay. 15. Psychotria Laxa. Stipules ovate, acute, deciduous; leaves ovate, acuminate ; racemes in threes, terminating, tri- chotomous; branches and pedicels subcapillary, loose. — Native of Jamaica, on mountainous coppices. 16. Psychotria Parasitica. Stipules embracing, retuse ; leaves ovate, acuminate, veinless, somewhat succulent : ra- cemes terminating or axillary, compound. — Native of the West Indies. 17. Psychotria Horizontalis. Stipules ovate; leaves lan- ceolate, ovate, acute; branches, leaves, and branchlets of the panicles horizontal. It may be distinguished from all the rest at first sight by the disposition of the branchlets. — Native of Hispaniola, on open spots, in a cretaceous soil. 18. Psychotria Nutans. Stipules two-toothed; leaves lan- ceolate, acute, nerved ; racemes three-parted, erect, in their P S Y OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P S Y 421 fruiting state nodding. — Native of Hispaniola, in open spots, in a cretaceous soil. 19. Psychotria Speciosa. Arboreous: leaves oblong, lan- ceolate; involucre terminating, subtriflorous.— Native of the island of Otaheite. 20. Psychotria Involucrata. Stipules two-toothed ; leaves lanceolate, ovate, shining; racemes terminating, corymbed; pedicels three-flowered ; flowers involuered. — Native of Ja- maica and Guiana. 21. Psychotria Flexuosa. Stipules two-toothed; leaves ovate, attenuated to both ends ; panicle divaricating, flex- uose. 22. Psychotria Racemosa. Stipules two-lobed ; leaves oblong, acuminate; raceme terminating, simple; flowers invo- lucred. — Native of Guiana in the woods of Orapu, flowering and fruiting in August. 23. Psychotria Violacea. Stipules oblong, blunt, deci- duous; leaves oblong, acuminate; flowers, panicle corymbed, involuered. — Native of Guiana in woods, flowering in July. 24. Psychotria Brachiata. Stipules ovate, bifid ; raceme terminating, compound ; branches brachiate; flowers aggre- gate, sessile. It flowers in May and June, on high moun- tains in the southern parts of Jamaica. 25. Psychotria Grandis. Stipules deltoid, revolute at the edge, awl shaped at the tip; leaves cuneiform, obovate ; stem angular. — Native of mountain coppices in the interior of Jamaica, flowering in April. 26. Psychotria Patens. Stipules two-toothed ; leaves dis- tich, lanceolate-ovate, membranaceous; branches spreading; panicles directed oneway. This is a singular species, the branches of the panicle divaricating, and being all directed one way. — Native of Jamaica, on the Blue Mountains. 27. Psychotria Uliginosa. Stipules connate, acute, con- vex; leaves lanceolate-oblong; seeds compressed, crested; stem subherbaceous, simple, erect. — It flowers in spring, and is a native of Jamaica, in wet places upon the mountains. 28. Psychotria Serpens. Stem subherbaceous, creeping; leaves ovate-acute at both ends. — Native of the East Indies. 29. Psychotria Herbacea. Stem herbaceous, creeping; leaves cordate, petioled. It produces flowers and ripe fruits in December. — Native of Jamaica, and various parts of the East and West Indies. 30. Psychotria Emetica; Ipecacuanha Plant. Herbaceous, .procumbent: leaves lanceolate, smooth; stipules extrafolia- eeous, subulate ; heads axillary, peduncled, few-flowered ; root perpendicular, roundish, somewhat branched. Native of the warmest parts of North America. — This plant is sup- posed to be the genuine Ipecacuanha: there are three sorts of the root in our shops ; the ash-coloured or gray, the brown, and the white. The ash-coloured is brought from Peru, and is a small wrinkled root, bent into a great variety of figures, brought over in short pieces full of wrinkles, and deep circular fissures, down to a small white woody fibre that runs in the middle of each piece ; the cortical part is compact and brittle, and looks smooth and resinous on breaking: it has very little smell; the taste is bitterish and subacrid, covering the tongue as it were with a kind of muci- lage. The brown is small, somewhat more wrinkled than the above, of a brown- blackish colour without, and white within ; this was brought from Brazil. The white sort is woody, has no wrinkles, and no perceptible bitterness. The ash-coloured is that usually preferred for medicinal use. The brown, even in a smali dose, has been sometimes observed to produce violent effects; but the white, though taken in large quan- tities, has scaicely any effect at all. Dr. Irving has ascer- tained by experiments, that this root contains a gummy and resinous matter, and that the gum is in much greater propor- tion, and is more powerfully emetic, than the resin; that the cortical is more active than the woody part; and that the whole root possesses an antiseptic and astringent quality. The same physician observes, that its emetic property is most effectually counteracted by means of the acetous acid, inso- much, that thirty grains of the powder, taken in two ounces ' of vinegar, produced only some loose stools. This medicine was first publicly noticed in the middle of the seventeenth century, but did not enter into the general practice till Hel- vetius employed it in the Hotel de Dieu, at Paris. Expe- rience has proved it to be the mildest and safest emetic with which we are acquainted-; having this peculiar advantage, that if it does not operate by vomit, it discharges itself by the usual evacuations. It was at first introduced with the character of an almost infallible remedy in dysenteries and other inveterate fluxes, and also in disorders proceeding from obstructions of long standing; nor has it since lost much of its reputation. In the spasmodic asthma. Dr. Akenside re- marks, that, where nothing contraindicates repeated vomiting, he knows no medicine so effectual. In violent paroxysms a scruple procures immediate relief; where the complaint is habitual, from three to five grains every other morning, may be given for a month or six weeks. It has also been em- ployed with success in haemorrhages. Several cases of menorrhagia are mentioned by Dahlberg, in which one third or half a grain was given every four hours till it effected a cure. These small doses are likewise found of great use in catarrhal and even consumptive cases, as well as in various states of fever. Cullen informs us, that he knew a practitioner who cured intermittents by giving five grains of Ipecacuanha, or enough to excite nausea, an hour before the accession of the fit was expected ; and, that another proposed to cure agues by emetics given at the time of accession, or at the end of the cold stage, and was also successful : this may, indeed, be effected by tartar emetic, but ipecacuanha is more manage- able, and least distressing to the patient. In short, Pringle, Lewis, Motherby, and Akenside, agree that this vomit may be ventured on in almost every case where the stomach re- quires to be unloaded of its contents. The common dose, when it is intended to vomit, is from ten grains to a scruple for a grown person, and in proportion for others. As a spe- cific in the bloody flux, repeated experiments have established its reputation, and confirmed its efficacy, not only when given as an emetic, but in such small doses as scarcely pro- duce any visible effect. In the slighter kinds of the disease it commonly performs a cure in a very short time, not by act- ing as an astringent, but apparently by promoting a gentle perspiration, which is here for the most part obstructed. Most of the common sudorifics, or sweating medicines, in these cases pass off without producing any effect. But if after taking a puke of Ipecacuanha the patient is covered up warm in bed, a gentle sweating soon succeeds, by which the disease is often terminated at once. But though in the putrid or malignant kinds of this disease it is not so speedily effica- cious, it should by no means be omitted, either in small doses by itself, or joined with such other medicines as the case may require. This root, in its powdered state, is now', in fact, advantageously employed in every disease where vomiting is indicated, and, combined with opium, under the form of Pulvis Sudorificus, it furnishes us with the most useful and active sweating medicine which we possess. It is also given with good effects in those very small doses which produce no sensible operation. The full dose in substance is one scruple. The officinal preparation, sold by the druggists, is Vinum Ipecacuanhae, or Ipecacuanha Wine, 422 PTE THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PTE 31. Psychotria Corymbosa. Stipules tyvo-toothed ; leaves lanceolate, ovate, acute, subrigid, shining; flowers in corymbs ; peduncles and pedicels coloured. — Native of the high moun- tains of Jamaica. 32. Psychotria Pubescens. Stipules two-toothed ; leaves lanceolate, ovate, acuminate, pubescent; panicles cymed, spreading.— Common in Jamaica, and other West India islands. 33. Psychotria Pedunculata. Stipules two-toothed ; leaves ovate-lanceolate, somewhat wrinkled ; flowers in a sort of cyme; common peduncle elongated. — Native of mountain woods, in the interior of Jamaica. 34. Psychotria Crocea. Stipules two-toothed ; leaves ovate, acute, nerved; panicles erect, and peduncles saffron-coloured. — Native of the West Indies, in mountainous coppices. 35. Psychotria Alpina. Stipules two-toothed ; leaves lan ceolate, ovate, membranaceous, netted-veined ; panicles erect; corollas elongated, diaphanous. — Found on the Blue Moun- tains in Jamaica. 36. Psychotria Paniculata. Stipules two-toothed ; leaves ovate; panicle erect; stem arboreous. — Found at Surinam and in South America. 37. Psychotria Palicurea. Stipules two-lobed ; leaves broad, ovate, acuminate at both ends; panicles erect; co- rollas cylindrical, ventricose, somewhat curved, mealy on the outside. — Native of the West Indies and Guiana. 38. Psychotria Lutea. Stipules two-lobed ; leaves broad ovate, acuminate; panicle erect; tube of the corolla uarrowed at the base; segments of the border acute. — It flowers in September, on Mount Courose in Guiana, where it is a native. 39. Psychotria Longiflora. Stipules two-lobed; leaves ovate-lanceolate, acuminate; raceme terminating, almost situ pie ; tube of the corolla curved in ; segments of the border bluntish. — Native of barren places in Cayenne and Guiana, where it flowers in July and August. Ptelea; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogynia, or class Dicecia, order Tetrandria. — Generic Charac- ter. Male. Calix: perianth four-parted, acute, small, deci- duous. Corolla: petals four, oblong, concave, spreading, larger than the calix, coriaceous. Stamina: filainenta four, awl-shaped, erect, curved in at the top, flattish, and villose at the base, almost the length of the corolla; antherae round- ish. Pistil: germen ovate, small, abortive; style very short, bifid at the top ; stigmas obsolete. Female. Calix and Co- rolla: as in the male. Stamina: filainenta as in the maie, much shorter than the corolla ; anther* roundish, barren. Pistil: germen ovate, compressed, biggish; style short, compressed; stigmas two, bluntish, diverging. Pericarp: drupe roundish, large, juiceless, compressed, membranaceous, winged, two-celled. Seeds : solitary, oblong, attenuated upwards. Observe. Some of the flowers have a five-cleft calix, and a five-petailed corolla : in these, and even in the flowers that are four-cleft, there are often five, six, and seven stamina. Each of the germina contains two seeds, but only one of them, and sometimes only one in the whole drupe, comes to perfection. In the female flowers, the anther* are sometimes polliniferous, and hence this genus might be refer- red to the class Poiygamia, though Willdenow still places it in the class Tetrandria, where it was left by Linneus. Essen tial Character. Calix: four parted, inferior. Corolla: four petalied. Stigmas: two; fruit with a roundish mem brane, having one seed in the middle. The only known species is, l. Ptelea Trifoliata ; Three-leaved Ptelea, or Shrubby Tre fail. It rises with an upright woody stem, ten or twelve feet high, dividing upwaids into many branches, covered with a smooth grayish bark, garnished with trifoliate leaves standing upon long footstalks. The flowers are produced in large bunches at the ends of the branches; they are of an herba- ceous white colour. — This shrub may be propagated by cut- tings, planted in pots of fresh rich earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed. The best time for this is in the begin- ning of March ; but they must be carefully managed, so as not to have too much heat, and shaded from the sun in the middle of the day, otherwise they will not succeed. It may also be propagated by layers, but these are often two years before they take root ; and, if good seeds can be procured either at home or from abroad, the plants raised from them will be much stronger. The seeds may be sown in the begin- ning of April, on a bed of light earth, in a warm sheltered situation, where, if the ground be moistened in dry weather, the plants will come up in six weeks; but if the seeds are sown in pots, and placed on a very moderate hot-bed, they will come up much sooner, and make greater progress in the first year : but they must not be forced or drawn, for that would make them very tender; therefore in June the plants should be exposed to the open air in a sheltered situation, where they may remain till the frost comes on, when those in the pots should be either placed under a common frame to shelter them from severe frosts, or the pots plunged into the ground near a hedge, that (he frost may be prevented from penetrating through the sides of the pots to the roots of the plants. In the following spring they may be planted into a nursery-bed, at about one foot distance, where they may grow two years, by which time they will be fit to transplant whither they are designed to remain. These plants are rather tender while youug, and will, on that account, require some protec- tion in the first and second year, but particularly from the early frosts in autumn, which frequently kills the tops of the tender shoots before they are hardened ; and, the more vigorous the plauts have grown the preceding summer, the greater is their danger of the frost killing them; but after- wards, as they advance in strength, the covering, which should be of mats, may be removed without risk. Pteris ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Filices. —Generic Character. Fructifications : in an uninter- rupted marginal line. Involucre: from the margin of the frond turned in, uninterrupted, separating on the inner side. The species are, * With simple Fronds. 1. Pteris Piloselloides. Barren fronds obovate, fertile, lanceolate, longer; shoots creeping. — Native of the East Indies, Japan, and Cochin-china, on rocks and trees. 2. Pteris Lanceolata. Fronds lanceolate, subangular, smooth, fruiting at the tip. — Native of San Domingo. 3. Pteris Angustifolia. Fronds lanceolate, linear, entire, erect, fruiting along the whole edge. — Native of the West Indies. 4. Pteris Lineala. Fronds linear, quite entire, fruiting longitudinally — Native of St. Domingo. 5 Pteris Tricuspidata. Fronds linear, trifid at the top. — Native of the West Indies. 6. Pteris Furcata. Fronds dichotomous, hispid underneath, fruiting at the tips. — Native of the West Indies. 7. Pteris Quadrifolia. Frond quaternate, roundish, quite entire; shoots creeping. — Native of the East Indies. ** With pinnate leaves. 8. Pteris Arborea. Leaflets pinuatifid ; trunk arboreous, prickly. — Native country unknown. 9. Pteris Grandifolia. Pinuas opposite, ovate-linear, acumi- nate, quite entire. — Native of the bogs of Dominica and Martinico. PTE OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P T E 10. Pteris Nervosa. Pinnas lanceolate, parallel-nerved, entire, the lowest binate. — Native of Japan. 11. Pteris Longifolia. Pinnas linear, repand, cordate at the base. — Native of Jamaica and Dominica, in cool moist places near rivulets. 12. Pteris Denticulata. Lower pinnas semipinnate, lan- ceolate ; the barren ones toothlet-ciliate ; the fertile ones quite entire.— Native of Hispaniola. 13. Pteris Vittata. Pinnas linear, straight, rounded at the kase. — Native of China, Cochin-china, arid Jamaica. 14. Pteris Stipularis. Pinnas linear, sessile ; stipules lan- ceolate.— Native of South America. 15. Pteris Trichomanoides. Pinnas subovate, blunt, re- pand, hirsute underneath. — Native of rocks in Dominica and Jamaica, where it is said to be common in the mountains of Liguanee. 16. Pteris Cretica. Pinnas opposite, lanceolate, serrulate, narrowed at the base; the lowest subtripartite. — Native of the islands of Candia and Elba. *** With subbipinnate or branched Fronds. 17. Pteris Pedata. Fronds five-angled, trifoliate; pinnas pinnalifid, the lateral ones two-parted. This little plant seldom rises above four or six. inches from' the ground; it is beautifully dissected, and of a very singular form, but varies much in its division and appearance. — Native of Jamaica, Dominica, and the Society Isles. 18. Pteris Sinuate. Fronds bipinnalifid; pinnules and sinuses rounded. — Native of Japan. 19. Pteris Aquilina; Female Fern, or Brakes. Fronds superdecompound ; leaflets pinnate; pinnas lanceolate; lower pinnatifid, upper less. This is called Broken in the north of England. The roots are creeping, aud when cut obliquely, present a kind of representation of the imperial eagle ; hence Linneus called it Aquilina : stem upright, eighteen inches, and in woods three or four feet, high. Native of most parts of Europe, on heaths and in woods. An alkali, which is tolerably pure, may be obtained from the ashes of this plant. The root dried, reduced to a fine powder, and given in doses of half an ounce, is a secret remedy for the tape-worm, and is supposed to be equally efficacious in the destruction of all other w'orms. The common people, in many parts of Eng land, mix these ashes with water and form them into balls ; these balls are afterwards made hot in the fire, and used to make lye for scouring of linen. This plant certainly forms a very durable thatch, and affords an excellent litter for horses and cows. Where fuel is scarce, it is used to heat ovens, and burn limestone, for it will afford a very intense heat. In the most inhospitable northern climates, bread is actually made from the roots; and even in Japan, the young fronds, before their leaves are displayed, are exposed in the shop windows during the month of May, at which time they are eaten by the natives. The woody root is there also, bruised, soaked in water, boiled, and then, though quite black, eaten by the poorer sort. — This plant may sometimes be eradicated by repeated mowings in summer; but where it is troublesome, burning it is most effectual. 20. Pteris Caudaia. Fronds superdecompound; pinnas linear; the lowest pinnate, toothed at the base; the terminat- ing ones very long. — Native of Jamaica and Dominica ; in the former of which, according to Browne, it is very common upon open spots in the mountains, where it thrives best in a stiff clay. 21. Pteris Mufilata. Fronds decompound; leaflets pin- nate; the lowest semipinnatifid ; the terminating ones, and those of the base, very long. — Native of the same islands, and growing like the preceding, only never rising so high : it 101. 423 delights in an open gravelly soil, and is very common on the lower hills of Jamaica. 22. Pteris A tropurpurea. Fronds decompound, pinnate ; pinnas lanceolate; the terminating ones longer. — Native of Virginia. 23. Pteris Nigra. Frond tripinnate; leaflets ovate; the terminating one subtrilobate. — Native of China, near Canton. 24. Pteris Arguta. Frond subbipinnate ; lower leaflets twice two-parted ; pinnas lanceolate, serrate. This is pro- bably a variety of the next species, the difference is so small. — Native of Madeira and Arabia. 25. Pteris Biaurita. Fronds pinnate; pinnas pinnatifid; the lowest two-parted. According to Browne, it rises gene- rally to the height of two feet and a half, or more, and is easily distinguished by the regular division of its lower ribs. — Native of the West Indies and of Cochin-china. 26. Pteris Quadriaurita. Fronds pinnate; pinnas pinna- tifid, toothed at the top; the four lower pairs bifid. It is very distinct from the preceding in size, in the serratures and number of the bifid pinnas. — Native of Ceylon. 27- Pteris Semipinnata. Fronds subbipinnate ; the lateral leaflets and lowest lobe semipinnatifid. — Native of China and Japan. 28. Pteris Serrulata. Fronds semipinnate, linear, serrulate. — Native of Jamaica. 29. Pteris Heterophylla. Fronds bipinnate ; pinnas ovate, oblong, serrate, blunt ; the fertile ones quite entire. This is a small, but very elegant species, rising to the height of six- teen or eighteen inches. — Native of Jamaica, in moist shady places. 30. Pteris Lunulata. Frond pinnate; pinnules alternate, petioled, crescent-shaped, striated. — This beautiful Fern ap- pears to have been sent from Bengal. 31. Pteris Esculenta. Fronds superdecompound, grooved ; leaflets pinnate; pinnas linear, decurrent; the uppermost shorter. — Native of the Society Isles, where the poorer sort of people eat the roots when better food is scarce, though they afford little nourishment, being woody and insipid. 32. Pteris Comans. Fronds pinnate; leaflets pinnatifid ; pinnas elongated, lanceolate, at the top attenuated, serrate. — Native of New Zealand. 33. Pteris Rotundifolia. Fronds pinnate, hispid ; pinnas subopposite, roundish, obsoletely crenate. — Native of New Zealand. 34. Pteris Humilis. Fronds subbipinnate ; leaflets oblong, gashed, subpinnate ; the outmost obsoletely crenate, confluent. — Native of New Zealand. Pterocarpus ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order De- candria.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, tubular, bell-shaped, five-toothed ; teeth acute. Co- rolla : papilionaceous ; standard with an oblong claw, round- ish, cordate, spreading, convex; wings lanceolate, shorter than the standard; keel short. Stamina: filamenta ten, united; anther® rounded. Pistil: germen pedicelied, ob- long, compressed ; style awl-shaped ; stigma simple. Peri- carp : legume roundish, sickle-shaped, leafy, compressed, varicose, with veiny sides, woody within, not opening; the cells longitudinal. Seed: solitary, kidney-shaped, thicker at the base, appendicled at the top. Essential Character. Calix: five toothed. Capsule: sickle-shaped, leafy, varicose. Seeds : few’, solitary. The species are, 1. Pterocarpus Draco. Leaves pinnate. This is a tree thirty feet high, the wood of which is white and solid without any resin. The bark is thick, outwardly of a ferruginous gray colour. If cut transversely while fresh, it betrays no marks of redness at first, but in a short time is variegated 5 P 424 PTE THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PTE with many blood-red dots, that collect into little globules or tears. The tree itself, when cut in different parts, in a short time becomes full of the same bloody drops, which are shin- ing and very clear, and harden in the space of some minutes, especially if the sun shines hot ; and are then collected under the name of Sanguis Draconis, or Dragons Blood. The bark, wood, and leaves, have an astringent taste; the bark of the trunk and root is cut into pieces, and used by the inhabitants of the West Indies for cleaning their teeth. The resin was formerly sent from Carthageua into Spain, but hav- ing fallen into disuse, is no longer gathered for exportation. — -Native of the West Indies, and probably also of the East Indies. 2. Pterocarpus Lunatus. Leaves pinnate ; spines stipular; fruits crescent-shaped. — Native of South America. 3. Pterocarpus Santalinus. Leaves ternate, roundish, re- tuse, very smooth ; petals crenate, waved. This is a very lofty tree, having a bark like the Alder, and alternate branches. It is the true Santalum Rubrum, which Koenig first detected in the East Indies. The wood is dark-red with black veins, heavy, close, capable of a good polish, and sinking in water. The sap of this tree, like that of the first species, yields one sort of Dragon’s blood. Many of the red Indian woods tran- sude a blood-red juice through the clefts of the bark, which also hardens into resin, not differing from that called Dragon’s Blood, which is therefore to be collected from several trees, and from this among others; see Calamus, Rotang, Dal- bergia, and Dracaena. It is, however, chiefly obtained from the first of these trees ; the fruit of which is exposed to the steam of boiling water, or boiled ; and the strained decoction inspissated, drying in with it the leaves of some reed. The best kind breaks smooth, is of a dark red colour, and, when powdered, changes to crimson : it readily melts and inflames, totally dissolves in pure spirit, and is soluble in expressed oils, but not in water. It has no smell, but a warm and pun- gent taste, and was formerly employed in haemorrhages and alvine fluxes, but is now rarely used internally. 4. Pterocarpus Ecastaphyllum. Leaves simple, ovate, acuminate, silky underneath. This is a shrub or small tree, with a branched even stem, and spreading even branches ; branches flexuose, round, pubescent, villose. — Native of the West Indies; found in swampy places about Kingston in Jamaica. 5. Pterocarpus Buxifolius. Leaves simple, aggregate, obovate, veinless. See Amerimmim Ebenus. — Native of the West Indies, flowering in July and August. 6. Pterocarpus Rohrii. Leaves pinnate ; stipules none ; fruits roundish. This is a tree with smooth round branches, covered with a dusky ash-coloured bark. — Native of South America. Pteronia ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia iEqualis. — Generic Character. Calix: common, imbricate; scales lanceolate, keeled, acuminate. Corolla: compound, uniform; corollets hermaphrodite, tubular, nume rous, equal; proper one-petalled, funnel-form; border five- cleft, acute. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, very short, antherm cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: germen oblong ; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stigma bifid. Pericarp: none; calix unchanged. Seeds: solitary, oblong, compress- ed ; down sessile, subplumose, with subpilose rays. Re- ceptacle: chaffy, flatfish; chaffs many, parted into bristles, shorter than the seeds. Essential Character. Recep- tacle: with many-parted bristles; down subplumose; calix imbricate. — The habit of these plants is singular and peculiar, but some of the species having a naked receptacle, ought rather to be placed in the genus Chrysocoma: it follows at least that a new Generic Character should be constructed for Pteronia, or the natural genus torn asunder. The species are, 1. Pteronia Camphorata; Aromatic Pteronia. Leaves scattered, ciliate at the base. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Pteronia Oppositifolia ; Forked Pteronia. Leaves opposite; branches dichotomous, divaricating. This is a small naked shrub with a flower, which is one of the largest of this order and genus. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Pteronia Stricta ; Cluster -flowered Pteronia. Leaves scattered and in bundles, filiform, subciliate at the base; calicine leaflets entire; hollows of the receptacle many-parted, setaceous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Pteronia Flexicanlis. Leaves filiform, smooth ; calices commonly four-cornered ; branches short, rigid. — Native of | the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Pteronia Retorta. Leaves ovate, reflex, smooth, ciliate at the edge, and rugged; stem ereet; calicine scales entire. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Pteronia Hirsuta ; Hairy Pteronia. Leaves lanceolate, spreading, hairy; stem procumbent; calicine scales entire. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Pteronia Glabrata; Smooth Pteronia. Leaves lanceo- late, smooth ; calicine scales ovate, membranaceous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Pteronia luflexa. Leaves ovate, hairy; calicine scales subarticulate, membtanaceous ; peduncle bent in. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Pteronia Scariosa. Branches spiny ; calices scariose ; leaves oval. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Pteronia Glomerata. Leaves ovate, three-sided, smooth; stem four-cornered. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 11. Pteronia Cinerea. Leaves oblong, tomentose ; calicine scales ovate, membranaceous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 12. Pteronia Villosa. Leaves lanceolate, blunt, hairy; calicine scales ovate, membranaceous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Pteronia Membranacea. Leaves ovate, rnealv, tomen- tose; calicine scales awl-shaped, scariose at the edge* — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 14. Pteronia Spinosa. Leaves awl-shaped, spinescent, pungent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 15. Pteronia Cephalotes. Leaves awl-shaped, folded toge- ther, keeled, serrulate; calices oblong, terminating, very minutely lacerated. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10, Pteronia Pallens. Leaves filiform, smooth ; calices round, ovate; stem and branches curved in, round. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Pteronia Minuta. Leaves linear, wandering; flowers axillary. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 18. Pteronia Fasciculata. Flowers in bundles, each of one floret only. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Pterospermum ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Dodecandria.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-parted; leaflets coriaceous, oblong, reflex. Corolla: petals five, oblong, spreading. Stamina: filamenta fifteen, linear, united at the base into a tube; antherae oblong, erect; ligules five, longer, coloured, almost upright, the length of the corolla, each between every three stamina. Pistil: ger- men roundish, pedicelled ; style cylindrical, the length of the stamina; stigma thickish. Pericarp: capsule pedicelled, woody, ovate, five-celled, the cells two-valved. Seeds: seve- ral, oblong, compressed, with a membranaceous wing. Es- PUL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PUL 425 sential Character. Calix: single, live-parted. Corolla: five-petalled ; filamenta fifteen, with five ligules, oiie between every three filamenta; capsule five-celled, with the cells two valved. Seeds: mauy-wiDged. The species are, 1. Pterospermum Suberifolium. Leaves ovate, repand. The substance of the leaves of this tree is the same with that of the Ilex or Holm Oak. — Native of the East Indies. 2. Pterospermum Acerifolium. Leaves cordate, repand. — Native of the East Indies. Pudding Grass. See Mentha Pulegium. Pulmonaria ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mo- nogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, five-toothed, prismatic, pentagonal, permanent. Co- rolla: one-petalled, funnel-form; tube cylindrical, the length of the calix; border half five-cleft, blunt, from upright spreading; throat pervious. Stamina: filamenta five in the throat, very short; antherae erect, converging. Pistil: ger- mina four ; style filiform, shorter than the calix ; stigma blunt, emarginate. Pericarp : none ; calix unchanged, fostering the seeds at bottom. Seeds: four, roundish, blunt. Essen- tial Character. Calix: prismatic, five-cornered. Co- rolla: funnel-form, with an open throat. The species are, 1. Pulmonaria Angustifolia ; JSarrow-leaved Lungwort. Leaves hirsute ; stem-leaves oblong, lanceolate, embracing; root-leaves elliptic. The stalks rise a foot high, and have narrow leaves on them, of the same shape as those below, but smaller and almost embracing. The flowers are produced in bunches on the top of the stalks, like the others ; the corollas are red before they expand, but when they are fully blown are of a most beautiful blue colour. It varies with a white flower : there is also a variety, the leaves of which are so much spotted with white, that they appear as if they were incrusted with sugarcandy. This variety occurs on the mountains of Switzerland. — The species is found in Sweden, Denmark, Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Hungary, France, and Italy. See the second species. 2. Pulmonaria Officinalis ; Common Lungwort. Leaves hirsute; stem-leaves ovate, oblong; root-leaves subcordate; root perennial, fibrous ; corolla blue, before it expands red ; varying as the preceding with white flowers. The leaves of this plant, which are the part recommended in medicine, have no peculiar smell, but in their recent state manifest a slightly astringent and mucilaginous taste ; hence they are supposed to be demulcent and pectoral, and have been used in hemoptoes, tickling coughs, and catarrhal defluxions upon the lungs. Most plants in this natural class of Asperifoliae are far more mucilaginous than this, which, when burnt, fre- quently affords one-seventh of its weight in ashes. The name Pulmonaria, seems to have arisen from the speckled appear- ance of the leaves, resembling that of the lungs, than from any quality whieh experience has discovered in them suitable to pulmonary complaints. Native of woods and shady places all over Europe, flowering from March to May. In England, though common in all gardens, it is often found also in its wild state, as at Thurleigh and Milton Ernys in Bedfordshire; in Cliff wood, six miles west of Darlington ; in the New Forest; in several woods in Kent; and between Croydon and Godston in Surry. — These plants having perennial roots, may be culti- vated by parting their roots either in the spring or autumn ; but if the ground into which they are planted be moist, it should be done in the spring, but otherwise the autumn is preferable, that the plants may be well rooted before the dry weather returns; and also that they may flower stronger. The soil in which they are planted should not be rich, but rather a fresh, light, sandy ground, in which they will thrive much better than in a richer soil, as in that they often rot during winter. They should have a shady situation, and will thrive best in a moist soil; for in a hot dry soil they burn and decay in summer, unless plentifully watered in dry wea- ther. All the early sorts are better transplanted and parted in autumn, that they may flower strong in the following spring. They may also be propagated by seeds sown in autumn soon alter they are ripe, where they are to remain; for the seedling plants do not succeed so well when they are transplanted. The common sorts will come up from scattered seeds. 3. Pulmonaria Suffruticosa; Shrubby Lungwort. Leaves linear, rugged ; calices awl-shaped, five-parted ; stems woody at bottom, perennial with the leaves.— Found on the moun- tains of Italy. See the preceding species. 4. Pulmonaria Paniculata ; Panicled Lungwort. Calices abbreviated, five-parted, hispid ; leaves ovate, oblong, acu- minate, somewhat hairy. It flowers in June, and varies from blue to white flowers. — Native of Hudson’s Bay. 5. Pulmonaria Virginica; Virginian Lungwort. Calices abbreviated, very smooth ; leaves lanceolate, bluntish ; root perennial, thick, fleshy, sending out many small fibres; stalks a foot and half high, dividing at the top into several short branches. Every small branch, at the top of the stalk is terminated by a cluster of flowers, each standing upon a separate short peduncle. The most common colour of the flowers is blue, but there are some purple, others red, and some white : they appear in April, and, if they have a shady situation, will continue in beauty great part of May, and are sometimes followed by seeds in England. The leaves and stalks entirely decay in August, and the roots remain naked till the following spring. It grows upon the mountainous parts of North America. Mr. Curtis remarks, that the leaves are glaucous ; that the flowers before they expand are of a reddish purple colour, but when fully blown become of a light bright blue ; and that it varies with white and flesh- coloured flowers. In favourable seasons the flower-garden owes much of its gaiety to this elegant plant, and at a lime when ornament is most desirable. It should not be placed in a very moist soil, for the roots run deep in the ground, and would rot with much moisture. It requires a pure air, and to be sheltered from the cold easterly April winds, which are very injurious to it while in flower. 6. Pulmonaria Sibirica; Siberian Lungwort. Calices abbreviated; root-leaves cordate ; root perennial. This is a middle species between the preceding and following species. — Native of Siberia. 7. Pulmonaria Maritima ; Sea Lungwort. Calix abbre- viated; leaves ovate, glaucous; stem branched, procum- bent; root perennial or biennial, woody, blackish. The whole plant turns black in drying, unless it be first im- mersed in fresh water for twenty-four hours. Dr. Blair relates, that he was credibly informed by a gentleman, that a farmer in a time of scarcity, being straitened for bread, taking this plant for Colewort, to which it is not unlike in colour, ordered a dish of it to be boiled, and gave it to his wife and children, with the servants in his family ; all of them became very sick, some vomited excessively, others slept two or three days without intermission, and one or two of them died. It is possible however that the farmer was mistaken in the plant, though it is prudent to state the circumstance, that it may be examined if poisonous. — It is a native of Nor- way, Iceland, and Great Britain ; being a very great ornament to the sandy sea coasts in Scotland and the north of England, where it flowers in July. The roots strike deeply into the sand, or among pebbles: it has been noticed at the following places, at Scrammerston Mill, between the Salt Pans and Berwick ; near Whitehaven and Maryport, in Cumberland ; 426 PUN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PUN against Bigger in the isle of Waluey, Lancashire; near Tre- farlhen in Anglesea; and by the river Uyfni in the way from Dinardindle to Clynog in Caernarvonshire; in several places along the Frith of Forth ; on the coast of Fife, near St. An- drews; in the isle of Bute ; in Arran, at Loch Ransa ; at Lam- lash, at Icolm Hill, and at Glen Elgin, Inverness shire; also at the ferry on the sea shore at Inverness; about Aberdeen; and on the western shore of the isle of Walney. — Gather the seeds as they ripen, for by staying for the last blown dowers, the seeds from the first will have (alien out. Sow them early in September or the ensuing February, in a pot of earth composed of three parts sea sand or common sand, and one part rotten cow dung finely sifted. In about six weeks or two months from the February sowing, these seeds will vege- tate, and in the autumn the plants will be fit to transplant into separate pots, and most of them will flower the next year. Snails and slugs are uncommonly fond of this plant, w hich they will soon destroy if it be placed in the open bor- der. Set them therefore with the green-house plants, and treat them in the same manner. Let as little water as pos- sible drop upon the leaves, for every drop leaves a mark, which injures the appearance of the plant. Pulteruea; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mono gynia. — Generic Character. Calm: five-toothed, with an appendage on each side. Corolla: papilionaceous; the wings shorter than the standard. Legume: of one cell, with two seeds. — > — The species are, 1. Pultenaea Stipularis. With linear, mucronated, sub- ciliated leaves, and solitary, two nerved, lacerated stipules ; stem shrubby, variously branched, and round. The wood is hard and whitish, the bark brown. The flowers are about twenty or more, in a round head among spreading leaves; corolla five petalled. — Native of New Holland. 2. Pultenasa Paleacea. With linear, mucronated, smooth leaves, terminal head, and oblong, acuminate, toothed bractes, longer than the flower. — Native of New Holland. 3. Pultenaja Linophylla. With linear, obtuse, mucronated, strigose leaves, few-flowered terminal heads, and scariose bifid bractes much shorter than the calix. This is a shrub six feet high, upright; stem branching; flowers of a pale orange colour. — Native of New' Holland. 4. Pultenaea Juncea. With filiform leaves, with cartila- ginous trifid tips, terminal raceme, unappendiculated cup, and exstipulated stem. This bears the open air of our cli- mate very well in summer, but should be housed in winter. — Native of New Holland. 5. Pultenaea Villosa. With oblong hairy leaves, solitary axillary flow'ers, and villose stem. — Native of New Holland. G. Pultenaea Daphnoides. With smooth, obovated, mu- cronated leaves, and terminal headed flowers. — Native of New Holland. Pumpion. \^Cucurbita. Pumpkin. J Punica ; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Mouogv- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one leafed, bell-shaped, five-cleft, acute, coloured, permanent. Corolla: petals five, roundish, from upright spreading inserted into the calix. Stamina: fllamenta numerous, capillary, shorter than the calix, and inserted into it ; antherae somewhat oblong. Pistil: gerinen inferior; style simple, the length of the stamina; stigma headed. Pericarp: pome subglo- bular, large, crowned with the calix, divided into two chambers bv a transverse partition; the upper having about nine, the lower about three cells; partitions membranaceous. Seeds: very many, angular, succulent; receptacle fleshy, scrubicular, dividing each cell of the pericarp tw'o ways. Observe. Botanists paint and describe five pistilla, though Mr. Miller says he never met with more than one. Essen- tial Character. Calix: five-cleft, superior. Petals: five. Pome: inany-ceiled, many seeded. The species are, 1. Punica Granatum; Common Pomegranate Tree. Leaves lanceolate; stem arboreous. This tree rises with a woodv •stem eighteen or twenty feet high, sending out branches the whole length, which likewise put out many slender twigs, rendering it very thick and bushy. Some of them are armed with sharp thorns. The flowers come out at the ends of the branches, singly cr three or four together; frequently one of the largest terminates the branch ; and immediately under that, are two or three smaller buds, which continue a suc- cession of flowers for some months. The calix is very thick and fleshy, and of a fine red colour. The petals are scarlet. The varieties are, 1. The Wild Pomegranate, with single and double flowers. 2. The Sweet Pomegranate. 3. The Small- flowering Pomegranate, with single and double flowers. 4. The Pomegranate with striped flowers. The rind of the fruit is powerfully astringent, and has long been success- fully employed externally and internally for gargles and in diarrhoea. The dose in substance is from half a drachm to a drachm; in infusion or decoction, half an ounce. Both are strongly astringent : a decoction of them stops bleedings and purgings of all kinds, and is good in the whites. The pulp of the fruit, when in perfection, is very grateful, and has the same general qualities with the other acid fruits. The flowers of the Pomegranate-tree are kept in the shops, under the title of Balustines; and are given in powder or decoction, to check purgings, bloody stools, and immoderate menses. A strong infusion of them cures ulcers in the mouth and throat, and fastens loose teeth. This tree is supposed to have been introduced into the West Indies from Europe: the fruit there is larger and better flavoured. Native of Spain, Portugal, Italy, Barbary, Persia, Japan, China, and Cochin-china. — The single Pomegranate is now rather com- mon in the English gardens, where it was formerly nursed up in cases, and preserved with great care in green houses along with the double flowering kind, though they are eacl) hardy enough to withstand the severest cold of our climate in the open air ; and if planted against warm walls in a good situation, the first will often produce fruit, which in the warm seasons will ripen tolerably well: but as these fruits do not ripen till late in the autumn, they are seldom well-tasted in England, and on this account the double-flowered sort is usually preferred. The sweet-fruited and wild kinds are not so often found in our gardens. All these plants may be easily propagated by laying down their branches in' the spring, which in one year’s time will take good root, and may then be transplanted where they are intended to remain. The best season for tiansplantiug these trees is spring, just before they begin to shoot; they should have a strong rich soil, in which they flower much better, and produce more fruit, than if planted on a dry poor ground ; hut in order to obtain those in plenty, there should be care taken in the pruning of these trees, for the want of which they are often crowded with small shoots. To prevent this evil, observe, that as the flowers of this tree always proceed from the extre- mity of the branches, which are produced in the same year, that circumstance itself points out the necessity of cutting out all weak branches of the former year, and that the stronger shoots should be shortened in proportion to their strength, in order to obtain new shoots in every part of the tree. The branches may be laid in against the wall about four or five inches asunder; for as their leaves are small, there is no necessity to allow them a greater distance. The best P Y R OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P Y R 427 time for this work is about Michaelmas, or a little later, according to the mildness of the season ; for if they are left until the spring before they are pruned, they seldom put out their shoots so early, and the earlier they come out the sooner the flowers will appear, which is of great consequence where the fruit is desired. Iu summer they will require no other dressing, but to cut off all vigorous shoots which grow from the wall, and never produce flowers, for it is the middling shoots only that are fruitful. When the fruit is formed, the branches on which they grow should be fastened to the wall to support them ; otherwise the weight of the fruit, when grown large, will be apt to break them down. Though after al! possible care and precaution the fruit of this tree seldom arrives to any perfection in this country, so as to render it valuable, yet for the beauty of its scarlet coloured flowers, together with the variety of its fruit, there should be one good tree planted in every good garden, since the culture they require is chiefly this, to plant them in a rich strong soil and warm situation. Upon some trees, favoured with these two advantages, great quantities of full-sized fruit have rewarded the gardener’s toils ; but they are seldom well- flavoured, though they make a very handsome appearance upon the trees. The double flowering kind is the most esteemed in this country, for the sake of its large fine double flowers, which are of a most beautiful scarlet colour; and if the trees are supplied with nourishment, will continue to pro- duce flowers for two months successively, which render it one of the most valuable flowering trees yet known. It must be pruned and managed in the same manner as has been already directed for the fruit-bearing kind : but it will pro- duce a greater abundance of its beautiful flowers by grafting it upon stocks of the single kind, which will check the luxu- riancy of the trees, and cause them to produce flowers upon almost every shoot; so that a low tree planted in the open air, being full of flowers, has made a most elegant appearance. 2. Punica Nana; Dwarf Pomegranate Tree. Leaves linear; stem shrubby. It seldom rises above five or six feet high. The flowers are much smaller than those of the com- mon sort; the leaves are shorter and narrower; and the fruit is not larger than a nutmeg, and has little flavour. In the West Indies, where it is a native, and is planted for hedges, it continues flowering great part of the year. It may be propagated by layers like the former, but must be planted in pots filled with rich earth, and preserved in a green-house. In the summer, when the flowers begin to appear, if the plants are exposed to the open air, the buds will fall off without opening; they should be placed therefore in an airy glass-case, and a large share of air should be given them every day in warm weather. By this treatment they may be continued in flower upwards of three months, and will make a fine show. Purging Nut. See Jatropha Gossipifolia. Purple Apple. See Annona. Purple Chickweed. See Arenaria Rubra. Purslane. See Portulacca. Purslane, Sea. See Atriplex Halimus. Purslane Tree. See Portulacaria. Pyrola ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Monogy- ■ia.— Generic Character. Calix : perianth five-parted, very small, permanent. Corolla: petals five, roundish, con- cave, spreading. Stamina : filameuta ten, awl-shaped, shorter than the corolla ; antherae nodding, large, two-horned up- wards. Pistil: germen roundish, angular; style filiform, longer than the stamina, permanent; stigma thickish. Pericarp: capsule roundish, depressed, five-cornered, five-celled, five- valved, opening at the corners ; partitions contracted. Seeds: 101. numerous, chaffy. Observe. Stamina and Style: in some upright, in others declining to one side, in others spreading. The figure of the stigma is different in different species. Essential Character. Calix : five-parted. Petals; five. Capsule: superior, five-celled, opening at the corners, many-seeded ; antherae with two pores. The species are, 1. Pyrola Rotundifolia ; Round-leaved Winter Green. Stamina ascending; pistil declining ; raceme many-flowered ; root creeping; stems angular, short, leafy; seeds very nume- rous and very small, consisting of a globular nucleus, within an arillus shaped like saw dust. The Germans use this plant in all their wound-drinks, and in many of their ointments and plaisters. A decoction of the leaves, with the addition of a little cinnamon and red wine, restrains overflowings of the menses, and cures bloody stools, ulcers of the bladder, and bloody urine, if Hill’s testimony be correct. — Native of the north of Europe, Germany, Switzerland, the south of France, and the north of Italy; in Great Britain it is not common, but flowers in July, and has been found on a com- mon at Bradwell near Gorlestone in Suffolk, and in some woods of Scotland. — The plants of this genus are all very difficult to cultivate iu gardens ; for as they grow on very cold hills, and in mossy moorish soil, they seldom live long when removed to a better soil and a warm situation. The best time to transplant them into gardens is about Michaelmas, when the roots should be taken up with balls of earth to them, and planted in a shady situation and on a moist undunged soil, where they should be frequently watered in dry weather. Or they may be planted in pots filled with the same earth in which they grew, placed in a shady situa- tion in pans of water, or at least constantly watered in dry weather. 2. Pyrola Minor; Lesser Winter Green. Stamina and pisfilla straight; flowers in racemes, dispersed. This has the habit of the preceding, but is smaller. — Native of the north of Europe. Found in Scotland and in the north of York- shire ; in Stokenchurch woods, Oxfordshire ; at Whipsnal, and in woods about Luton, in Bedfordshire ; and near Tring in Hertfordshire. For its propagation, &c. see the preceding species. 3. Pyrola Secunda ; Notch-leaved Winter Green. Raceme one-sided ; roots small and fibrous. — Native of woods in the north of Europe, and even in Switzerland, France, and Italy. It is found in Fir and Beech woods in the Highlands of Scot- land ; in Yorkshire, and in Westmoreland. See the first species, for its propagation and culture. 4. Pyrola Umbellata ; Umbelled Winter Green. Peduncles in a sort of umbel ; root very long ; stem upright or a little decumbeut at the base, naked at bottom, hard and woody, roughened here and there with tubercles. — Native of Europe, Austria, and North America, where it is found with its con- geners in Fir woods, especially those which are old, shady, and deserted. They all love, as Linneus remarks, a deep shade and a rocky barren soil. See the first species. 5. Pyrola Maculata ; Spotted-leaved Winter Green. Pe- duncles two-flowered ; root woody; stems two or three woody, a foot and half high. The flowers are produced at the end of the stalk on slender peduncles about three inches long, each sustaining two small pale-coloured flowers at the top. They appear in June. 6. Pyrola Uniflora ; One-flowered Winter Green. Pedun- cle one-flowered. The long branched roots of this plant run deep among Moss in moist alpine woods. The peduncle is solitary, longer than the leaves, upright, bearing one flower larger than in the other species, of great elegance, possessing all the fragrance of the Lily of the Valley. Both corolla and 5 Q 428 P Y R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P Y R calix are sometimes streaked externally with red. — Native of woods in the northern parts of Europe, in Germany, Carniola, and even the south of France, and the north of Italy. It has been found in Fir woods near Brodic-house in Moray ; and on the islands of Harris and Bernera, among the Hebrides. — This species may be distinguished by the stigma, which in the first species is incrassated, five-toothed, with the teeth upright and acute, which this exactly resembles, except in being larger and peltate. See the first species. 7. Pyrola Asarifolia. Leaves kidney-shaped ; flowers yel- lowish-green.— Grows in Canada, and on the mountains of Pennsylvania, in Beech-woods. This plant was first described by Michaux. Pyrostria; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: very small, four- toothed. Corolla: bell-shaped, five-cleft, tomentose in the throat. Stamina: four. Pistil: one; stigma capitate. Peri- carp: drupe pear-shaped, inferior, small, eight-streaked, not crowned. Seed: nuts eight, one-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Pyrostria Salicifolia. Leaves opposite, petioled, blunt- ish, attenuated at the base, quite entire. It is a small tree. — Native of the Mauritius. Pyrus; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Pentagynia. ■ — Generic Character. Perianth one-leafed, concave, five-cleft, permanent; segments spreading. Corolla: petals five, roundish, concave, large, inserted into the calix. Sta- mina: filamenta twenty, awl-shaped, shorter than the corolla, inserted into the calix; antberm simple. Pistil: germen inferior; styles five, filiform, the length of the stamina; stig- mas simple. Pericarp: pome roundish, umbilicate, fleshy, with five membranaceous cells. Seeds: some, oblong, blunt, acuminate at the base, convex on one side, flat on the other. Note. It is surprising that there has been a general consent to separate this well-known genus into three, by making genera of species, and species of varieties. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft. Petals: five. Pome: in- ferior, five-celled, many-seeded. The species are, 1. Pyrus Communis ; Common Pear Tree. Leaves ovate, serrate, peduncled, corymbed. This grows to a lofty tree, with upright branches, but the twigs or branchlets hanging down; flowers in terminating villose corymbs; corollas snow- white. Its fruit was familiar to the ancients, and has long been a great favourite with our French neighbours. As it is a native of Europe, it was unquestionably known to our re- mote ancestors, who, like most of their descendants, appear to have preferred the Apple. The Wild Pear, supposed to be the mother of all the orchard and garden varieties, is thorny ; the stipules are setaceous, white, or reddish, deci- duous; the peduncles alternate; the calix clothed with a ferruginous wool. The wood of the Pear-tree is light, smooth, aud compact; it is used by turners, and to make joiner’s tools, and for common picture frames, being stained black. The leaves afford a yellow dye, and may be used to give a green to blued cloths. The fermented juice is called Perry, which, when made from the Squash, Oldfield, and Barlaud Pears, is esteemed little inferior to wine. — Mr. Miller has selected eighty varieties, of those Pears which are most esteemed for the various purposes to which this fruit may be applied ; and from his list we shall again select the most ap- proved kinds, in as large a number as our limited space will admit. 1. The Musk, or, as it is commonly called, the Su- preme Pear, is generally produced in large clusters, and has a musky juice. If gathered before it is ripe, about the middle of July, it is a good fruit, but will only keep for a few days. 2. The Red Muscadelle, or, as the French call it, the Fairest, is an excellent large early Pear, the skin of which is of a fine yellow colour, beautifully striped with red when ripe. The flesh is half melted, and has a rich flavour, if not suffered to hang on the tree till it becomes mealy. It generally pro- duces two crops of fruit in a year ; the first ripeuing at the end of July, and the second in September, though the last crop is seldom well-tasted. 3. The Jargonelle, or, as the French call it, the Lady’s Thigh Pear, is a very long fruit; so named, no doubt, by some one well versed in comparative anatomy. It is one of the best early summer Pears yet known ; it has a rich musky flavour ; and is ripe at the beginning of August. 4. The Windsor Pear, is good for nothing if suffered to hang two or three days after it is ripe. 5. That which the French gardeners call the Jargonelle, is apt to become mealy, but being a plentiful bearer, is much propagated for the London markets, that being the grand requisite in the eyes of the growers. 6. The Skinless Pear, is a middle-sized fruit, of a long shape : the flesh is melting, and full of a rich sugary juice. It ripens in the middle of August. 7. The Rose Pear, is a short fruit, shaped like the Onion, but much larger, of a yellowish-green colour. The flesh is breaking, and the juice musky : it ripens at the end of August. 8. The Perfumed Pear, is a middle-sized round fruit. The flesh is melting but dry, and has a perfumed flavour. It ripens at the end of August. 9. The Summer Boncretien, is a large oblong fruit, the skin of which is smooth aud thin ; the side next the sun is of a beautiful red colour, but the other side of a whitish-green. The flesh is betweeu breaking and ten- der, and very full of juice. It ripens in the beginning of September. 10. The Russelet Pear, is large aud oblong : the skin is brown, and of a dark-red colour next the sun ; the flesh is soft and tender, without much cover. Its juice is agreeably perfumed, if gathered before it be over-ripe. It produces larger fruit on an espalier than on standard-trees, and ripens in the middle of September. 11. Prince’s Pear, is a small roundish fruit, of a bright red colour next the sun, but a yellowish colour on the opposite side. The flesh is between breaking and melting, and the juice very highly flavoured. This is a great bearer, ripening its fruit in the middle of September. Its fruit will keep good for a fortnight. 12.. The Great Mouth Water Pear, is a large round fruit, with a smooth green skin ; the stalk is short and thick ; the flesh melting and full of juice: it should be gathered before it is quite ripe, or else it will grow mealy. It ripens in the middle of September. 13. The Summer Bergamot Pear, called by some Hamden’s Bergamot, is a roundish large flat Pear, of a greenish-yellow colour, hollowed a little at both ends like an Apple. The flesh is melting, and the juice highly perfumed : it ripens about the middle of September. , 14. The Autumn Bergamot, is a smaller Pear than the former, but nearly of the same shape; the skin is of a yellowish- green, but changes to a faint red on the side next the sun; the flesh is melting, and its juice richly perfumed. It is a great bearer, ripens at the end of September, and is one of the best Pears of the season. 15. The Swiss Bergamot, is somewhat rounder than either of the two former. The flesh is melting and full of juice, but not so highly perfumed as either of the former. It ripens in September. 1G. The Red Butter Pear, is very melting, and full of a rich sugary juicet 1 It ripens at the beginning of October, and when gathered from the tree is one of the very best sort of Pears we have. It is a large long fruit, generally of a brown colour. There is also the Gray Butter Pear, and the Green Butter Pear, but these different names are occasioned by the different colours of the same sort of Pear, owing either to the difference ( of soil aud situation, or to the stock ; those upon free-stocks ;! P Y R OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PYR 429 generally assuming a browner colour than those upon Quince- stocks, which has led some to suppose them to be different fruits, though in reality they are the same. 17. The White and Gray Monsieur John Pear, are undoubtedly the same fruit varied. This Pear, when grafted on a free-stock and planted on a middling soil, neither too wet nor over dry, is an excellent autumn Pear; but when it is grafted on a Quince- stock, it is apt to be very stony ; or on a very dry soil, will yield only small and worthless fruit. This however, when rightly managed, is one of the best Pears we have. It ripens at the end of October, and will continue good near a month. 18. The Flowered Muscat Pear, is a very excellent kind, having a tender and delicately-flavoured flesh. It ripens at the end of October, at the same time with the (19.) Vine Pear, which ought to be gathered before it is ripe, and has a very melting flesh, full of a very clammy juice. 20. The Rousselme Pear, is very tender and delicate, with an agreeably perfumed sweet juice. 21. The Colmar Pear, has a green skin, with a few yellowish spots, but is sometimes a little coloured on the side next the sun. The flesh is very tender, and the juice is greatly sugared. It is in eating at the latter end of December, but will often keep good till the end of January, and is esteemed one of the best fruits of that season. 22. The Winter Thorn Pear, is a large fine fruit, nearly of a pyramidal figure : the skin is smooth, and of a pale green colour, inclin- ing to yellow as it ripens. The flesh is melting and buttery; the juice is very sweet, and, in a dry season, is highly per- fumed ; but when it is planted on a moist soil, or the season proves wet, it is very insiped, so that it ought never to be planted on a strong soil. It ripens at the end of December, and will continue good two months. 23. The St. Germain Pear, is very sweet, when the tree is planted on a warm dry soil; but when planted on a very moist soil, the juice is apt to be very harsh and austere, which renders it less esteemed by some persons ; though in general it is greatly valued, aud is in eating from December till February. 24. The Pound Pear, or, as it is generally called in England, Parkinson’s Warden, or the Black Pear of Worcester, is a very large fruit, often weighing more than a pound. It is an excellent sort for baking and stewing, and is in season from December to March. 25. The Winter Citron Pear, or, as it is sometimes called, the Musk Orange Pear, is very like an Orange or Citron in shape and colour. It bakes well, and is in season from December to March. 26. The Winter Russelet: the colour of this is a greenish-yellow inclining to brown ; the stalk is long and slender, and the flesh buttery and melting, generally filled with a very sweet juice; but the skin often, contains an austere flavour, so that it requires paring to ren- der it agreeable to most palates. It is in season in January and February. 27. The Pear called by the French the Golden End of Winter, is almost of a globular figure; the skin is yellow spotted with red, and the stalk short; the flesh is rather dry and apt to be stony, but it bakes exceedingly well, and continues good from January till March. 28. The Double-flowering Pear, derives its name from the double range of petals or leaves. It is a large short Pear, the stalk is long and straight, the skin very smooth and yellowish, next the sun generally of a fine red or purple colour. It is the best Pear known for baking or composts, and is good from February to May. 29. The Union Pear, called also Dr. Uvedale’s St. Germain ; is a very long Pear, of a deep green colour, but the side next the sun sometimes changes to a red as it ripens. It is not fit for eating, but bakes very well; and being a great bearer, and a very large fruit, deserves a place in every good collection. It is in season from Christmas to April. — There are innumerable other sorts of Pears, which are still continued in old gardens ; but as those above- mentioned are selected from the best sorts known, it would be needless to enumerate inferior kinds, because every one who intends to plant fruit-trees, would prefer those which are most valued, the expense and trouble of a bad sort being the same as a good one. — Pears are propagated by budding or grafting them upon stocks of their own kind, which are commonly called free-stocks, or upon Quince-stocks or White Thorn, upon all which they will take; though the last sort of stock is seldom used, because they never keep pace in their growth with the fruit grafted or budded upon them ; but principally, because the fruit upon such stocks is com- monly drier, and liable to be more stony, than that from Pear- stocks. Quince-stocks are generally used in the nursery for all sorts of Pears which are designed for dwarfs or walls, in order to check the luxuriancy of their growth, so that they may be kept in compass better than upon free-stocks. But against the general use of these stocks, for all sorts of Pears indifferently, there are very great objections: 1. Because some sorts of Pears will not thrive upon these stocks, but in two or three years decay, or only just remain alive. 2. Most of the sorts of hard- breaking Pears are rendered stony and good for little; so that whenever any of them are thus injudiciously raised, the fruit, although the kind be ever so good, is con- demned as good for nothing, when the fault is entirely owing to the stock on which it was grafted. On the contrary, most melting buttery Pears are greatly improved by being upon Quince-stocks, provided they are planted on a strong soil ; but if the ground be very dry and gravelly, no sort of Pear will do well upon Quince-stocks. For the raising, budding, and grafting of these stocks, see Nursery and Inoculating. The distance at which Pear-trees should be planted, either against walls or espaliers, must not be less than forty feet ; for if they have not room to spread, it will be impossible to keep them in good order, especially free-stocks, which shoot the more they are pruned. — The next thing, after being fur- nished with proper trees, is preparing the ground to receive them : in doing of which, there should be great regard had to the nature of the soil where the trees are to grow ; for if it be a strong stiff land, and subject to wet in the winter, the borders should be raised as much as possible above the level of the ground ; and if under the good soil there be a suffi- cient quantity of lime, rubbish, or stones, laid to prevent the roots from running downwards, it will be very beneficial to the trees. The borders should not be less than eight feet broad; but if twelve feet, all the better. These borders may be planted with such esculent plants as do not grow large, nor meet together on the surface, and the roots of which do not grow deep, as they will do no harm to the Pear-trees, which are not so nice in their culture as Peaches aud Necta- rines. Indeed, the turning the ground, and mending it for these crops, will rather improve than injure the trees, pro- vided they are not suffered to shade them while young, nor to remain too long upon the borders. Cabbages and Beans are very injurious,; and therefore inadmissible. If the soil be shallow, and the bottom be either gravel or chalk, there must be a sufficient depth of good earth laid upon the bor- ders, so as to make them two feet and a half deep; for if the ground be not of that depth, the trees will not thrive well. If the garden is to be new-made from a field, then all the good earth on the surface should be carefully preserved, and if it be taken out where the walks are intended to be made, and laid upon the borders or in the quarters, it will add to the depth of the soil, aud save the bringing in new earth. If the ground can be prepared one year before it is planted, the trees will thrive the better ; for by laying the ground in 430 PYR THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; PYR ridges, and turning it over two or three times, it will loosen the soil and render it much better for planting: but in trenching or ploughing the ground, there should be great care taken not to go deeper than the ground is good. Where there is any necessity of bringing any fresh earth for the borders, it will be proper to do it as soon as possible, and to mix this with the surface of the earth of the borders, that it may be turned over two or three times, that the parts may be well mixed and incorporated before the trees are planted, adding to it some very rotten dung. In chusing the earth which is to be brought into the garden, take care that if the natural soil of the garden be light and dry, the new earth should be loamy and stiff ; but where the natural soil is strong and loamy, then the new earth should be light and sandy. Some persons recommend laying the whole depth of the borders with what they call virgin earth, that is, such as is taken from a pasture where the land has not been ploughed ; but unless it be brought into the garden at least a year before the trees are planted, and turned over to sweeten it, this will not be so good as that which is taken from a kitchen-garden, where the land is good and has been well wrought; for by often turning and breaking the soil, it will be better prepared for receiving the trees. In making the borders on wet ground, covered drains must be formed to carry off the water in winter, otherwise it will greatly injure if not destroy the trees. In building the walls round a kitchen-garden, where the ground is inclinable to be wet, there should be some arches turned in the foundations of those walls, at the lowest part of the garden, to let off the moisture. The manner of preparing these trees for planting, is the same as has been directed for other fruit-trees, viz. to cut off all the small fibres from the roots, and to shorten some of the longest roots, and cut off all the bruised ones, or such as shoot downright; this being done, plant them at the distance already mentioned. The best time to plant them, if upon a middling or dry soil, is in October or Novem- ber, leaving their heads on till spring, which should be fastened either to the walls or stakes, to prevent the wind from disturbing their roots; and in the beginning of March the heads should be cut off in the manner already directed for Peaches and other fruit-trees, observing also to lay some mulch upon the surface of the ground about their roots when they are planted. In wet ground the trees may be planted in February, or at the beginning of March, at any time before the buds are much swelled; but these may be cut down when they are planted. The first summer after planting, the branches should be trained to a wall or espalier, (against whichever they are planted,) without shortening them, in a horizontal position as they are produced ; and at the Michael- mas following, some of these shoots should be shortened down to five or six eyes, in order to obtain a sufficient quantity of branches to furnish the lower part of the wall or espaliers : but the shoots ought not to be shortened unless where there is a want of branches to fill a vacancy ; therefore the less a knife is used to these trees, the better they will succeed ; for when the shoots are stopped, it occasions the buds immediately below the cuts to send forth two or more shoots, whereby there will be a confusion of branches, and fruit is rarely produced under this manage- ment. The distance at which the branches of Pears should be trained, must be proportioned to the size of their fruit ; therefore such sorts, the fruit of which are small, may be allowed five or six inches, but the larger at least require seven or eight. If this be observed, and the branches trained horizontally as they are produced, there will be no occasion for so much cutting as is generally practised on these trees, which, instead of checking their growth, causes them to shoot the stronger.— The following are the directions of Mr. Miller for the pruning and proper management of these trees • by which, he asserts, a learner will be sufficiently instructed in the shortest way possible. Pear-trees generally produce their blossom-buds first at the extremity of the last year’s shoots so that if they are shortened the blossoms are cut off; this occasions the buds immediately below the cut to put ’forth two or more shoots, which will increase the number of branches, and crowd the trees with too much wood. Besides those buds which by this management produce shoots, would’ have only produced cursons or spurs, upon which the blos- som-buds are produced, if the leading branch had not been shortened ; therefore these should never be shortened, unless to furnish wood for a vacancy. It is not necessary ’to pro- vide a new supply of wood in Pear-trees, as must* be done for Peaches, Nectarines, &c. which only produce their fruit upon young wood, for Pears produce theirs upon cursons or spurs emitted from branches of three or four years old During summer, these trees should be often looke'd over to train in the shoots, as they are produced regularly to tiie wall or espalier, and to displace foreright and luxuriant branches as they shoot out, whereby the fruit will be equally exposed to the air and sun, which will render them more beautiful and better tasted than when they are shaded by the branches; and by thus managing the trees in summer, they will always appear beautiful, and will require but little pruning in winter. Where Pear-trees are thus regularly trained without stopping their shoots, and have full room for their branches to extend on each side, there will never be any occasion for disbarking the branches, or cutting off the roots, which methods, however they may answer the intention for the present, will certainly injure the trees, as must all violent amputations, which shouid as much as possible be avoided in the management of fruit-trees. The season for pruning these trees is any time after the fruits are gathered, until the beginning of March ; but the sooner it is done after the fruit is gathered, the better, for the same reasons already given for pruning of Peach-trees ; see Amygdalus. The de- ferring of this indeed till spring, w'here there are large quan- tities of trees to prune, is not so injurious to them as to some tender fruits; but if the branches are regularly trained in summer, and the luxuriant shoots rubbed off, there will be little left to do to them in winter. All the sorts of Summer Pears will ripen very well on standards, dwarfs, or espaliers, and so will Autumn Pears ; but where persons are very curious in their fruit, they should plant them against espaliers, in which method they take up but little room in the garden, and, if well managed, appear very beautiful ; and the fruit is larger and better tasted than those produced on dwarfs, as before observed : but some of the Winter Pears must be planted against east, south-east, or south-west walls, other- wise they will not ripen well in unfavourable seasons. But though this may be the case with some of the late Winter Pears, yet most of them ripen extremely well in all warm situations, when they are planted in espalier, and the fruit will be better flavoured than that which grows against walls, and will keep much longer good ; for as the heat against walls which are exposed to the sun will be very great at some times, and at others there will be little warmth, all fruit which grow near them will be hastened unequally, and there- fore are never so well flavoured as the same sorts are which ripen in the open air; and all the fruit which is thus un- equally ripened, will decay much sooner than those which ripen gradually in the open air; therefore those Winter Pears which grow in espalier may be kept six weeks longer than P Y R OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P Y R 431 those which grew against W'alls, which is a very desirable thing; for to have plenty of this fruit at a season when it is very rare to find any other, except Apples, is very desirable, and may be accomplished by planting many of the late sorts in espalier, where, although the fruit will not be so well coloured as those from the walls, yet they will be found exceedingly good. Wherever a person has a warm situation and a kindly soil, there is no need of building walls for Pear- trees, which will ripen their fruit better upon espaliers, especially if a sufficient quantity of reed mats were made to fix up against the back of the espalier in the spring while the trees are in blossom, which will screen them from cold winds, and preserve the tender fruit until they are past danger. The reeds may then be removed under a shed to preserve them from the weather, and, if the autumn should prove bad, may be fixed up again ; which will forward the ripening of the fruit, and also prevent the winds from blowing down and bruising it. Nevertheless, after it is set and growing, further care will be necessary to ensure its goodness ; for it is not enough to have preserved a good crop of fruit on the trees, and then leave them entirely to nature during the season of their growth, but there will require some skill and attend- ance on the trees, to help nature, or supply the deficiency of seasons; for besides the pruning and training trees in the manner before directed, there will also be wanting some management of their roots, according to the nature of the soil and the difference -of the seasons. In all strong land, where the ground is apt to bind very hard in dry weather, the surface of the border should be now and then forked over to loosen the earth, which will admit the showers and dews to penetrate and moisten the ground, will destroy the weeds, and also forward the growth of the trees and fruit. If the soil he light and dry, in droughty seasons large hollows should be made round the stems of the trees to hold water; and into each of these there should he poured eight or nine pots of water, which should be repeated once in a week or ten days, during the months of June and July, in dry seasons. There should also be some m filch laid over the surface of these hollows, to prevent the sun and air from drying the ground. Where this is done, the fruit will be kept” constantly growing, and prove large and plump; whereas if it be omitted, the fruit will often turn out small, crack, and even fall off from the trees: for if the fruit be once stinted in its growth, and rain should fall plentifully after, it will occasion a great quantity of fruit to fall off the trees; and those which remain to ripen, will not keep so long as those which never received any check in their growth : and it is from this cause that some years the fruit in general decays before the usual time ; for after it has been some time stinted in its growth, if the season prove favourable, it receives a sudden supply of juice, and becomes so distended that the vessels burst, and the fruit loses its firmness, and decays. Some dressing should be Said on the ground near these fruit trees in autumn, after they are pruned. This dressing should be different, according to the nature of the soil. If the land be warm and dry, then the dressing should be of very rotten dung, mixed with loam ; and if this be mixed six or eight months before it is laid upon the borders, and three or four times turned over, it will be the better; and so will the mixture, if it be cow’s or hog’s dung, both which are colder than horse-dung, and therefore more praper for hot land. But in cold stiff land, rotten horse dung, mixed with light saudy earth, or sea coal ashes, will be most proper, as it will loosen the ground and add a warmth to it. These dressings should be repealed every other year, otherwise the trees will not tluive so well, nor the fruit be so good, for the 102. finest fruit in England is produced on land which is most dunged and worked. Wherever the ground in the quarters is well dressed and trenched, the fruit-trees will partake of the benefit; for as they advance in their growth, their roots extend to a greater distance from each stem, and it is chiefly from the distant roots that the trees are supplied with their nourishment ; and hence dressing the borders only will not be sufficient for old fruit-trees. In gathering of Pears, great regard should be had to the bud which is formed at the bottom of the footstalk, for the next year’s blossoms, which, by forcing off the Pear before it be mature, is many times spoiled ; for while the fruit is glowing, there is always a bud formed by the side of the footstalk upon the same spur, for the next year’s fruit ; but when the Pears are ripe, if they be gently turned upward, the footstalk will readily part from the spur, without injuring the bud. The season for gather- ing all summer Pears is just as they are ripe, for none of them will remain good above a day or two after they are taken from the tree ; nor will many of the autumn Pears keep good above ten days or a fortnight after they are gathered. But the winter fruit should hang as long upon the trees as the season will permit; for they must not be exposed to the frost, which will cause them to rot, and ren- der their j uices flat and ill-tasted ; but if the weather continue mild until the end of October, it will then be a good season for gathering them in, which must always be done in dry weather, and when the trees are perfectly dry. In doing this, carefully avoid bruising them ; therefore you should have a broad- flat basket to lay them in as they are gathered ; and when they are carried into the store-room, they should be taken out singly, and each sort laid up in a close heap on a dry place in order to sweat, where they may remain for ten days or a fortnight, leaving the windows open to admit the air, in order to carry off all the moisture perspired from the fruit : after this the Pears should be taken singly, and wiped dry with a woollen cloth, and then packed up in close baskets, observing to put some wheat-straw' in the bottoms and round the sides of the baskets, to prevent their bruising against the baskets. And if some thick soft paper be laid double or treble all round the basket, between the straw and the Pears, it will prevent them from imbibing the musty taste so often communicated to fruit when in contact with straw; which taste often penelrafes so strongly through the skin, that when the fruit is pared the taste will remain. You should also observe to put but one sort of fruit into a basket, lest by their different fermentations they should rot each other ; but if you have enough of one sort to fill a basket which holds two or three bushels, it will be still better. After you have filled the baskets, you must cover them over- with wheat-straw very close, first laying a covering of paper two or three times double over the fruit, and fasten them down ; then place these baskets in a close room, where they may be kept dry, and from frost; but the less air is let into the room, the better the fruit will keep. It will be very necessary to fix a label to each basket, denoting the sort of fruit therein contained, which w ill save the trouble of opening them whenever you want to know the sorts of fruit; for the oftener they are opened before the season for eating, the worse they will keep. Some imagine fruit cannot be laid too thin; for which reason they make shelves to dispose them singly upon, and are fond of admitting fresh air whenever the weather is mild, supposing it necessary to preserve the fruit; but the reverse of this is found true, by those persons who have large stocks of fruit laid up in their store-houses at London, which remain closely shut up for several months, in the manner before related ; and when these are opened, 5 R 432 P Y R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P Y R the fruit is always found plumper and sounder than any of those fruits which are preserved singly upon shelves, the skins of which are generally dry and shrivelled. For, as Mr. Boyle observes, the air is the cause of putrefaction ; and in order to prove this, that celebrated writer put fruits of seve- ral kinds into glasses where the air was exhausted, in which places they remained sound for several mouths, but, upon being exposed to the air, rotted in a very short time after; which plainly shows the absurdity of exposing gathered fruit to the operation of the air. 2. Pyrus Poliucria ; Woolly-leavecl Pear Tree. Leaves serrate, tomentose underneath; flowers corymbed. — Native of Germany. 3. Pyrus Nivalis ; Alpine Pear Tree. Leaves quite entire; flowers corymbed ; fruit globular, extremely acerb, but when ripe melting and very sweet. — Native of the mountains of Austria. 4. Pyrus Malus; Common Apple Tree. Leaves ovate- oblong, acuminate, serrate, smooth; umbels simple, sessile; claws of the corolla shorter than the calices; stem smooth. —This is a spreading tree, with the branches and twigs irre- gular and twisted, more horizontal than in the Pear-tree: flowers in terminating, sessile, villose umbels ; corollas white, but finely tinged with red on the outside. The Apple-tree' in its wild state is called the Crab or Wilding, and, like the Wild Pear, is armed with thorns. Linneus distinguishes two varie- ties of the Wild Apple : the common one, with a very acid fruit, and another with a bitter fruit, which becomes sweetish when ripe. Mr. Miller also mentions two varieties in the fruit of the Crab Apple, one white, the other purple towards the sun : it is, however, commonly yellowish green with a tinge of red. He also mentions a variety with variegated leaves ; but when the trees grow vigorous, the leaves soon become plain. — The following discrimination of the Apple- tree from that of the Pear, will materially assist young bota- nical students; it is the fruit of Haller's observations. The Apple-tree has many things in common with the Pear-tree, but the leaf is more shortly mucronate, less manifestly ser- rate, subhirsute underneath. The flowers tinged with red, and smelling very sweet ; the peduncle shorter; the stamina usually from nineteen to twenty-five, the Pear having only twenty-two. Pollich assigns nineteen as the limit in the Apple, and twenty- one in the Pear. The fruit round, hol- lowed at the peduncle, depressed at top, less astringent, but more acid than the Pear, and of a softer texture. The Apple has woody threads passing through it from the peduncle, ten of which are regularly disposed round the capsules, aud tend to the calix. It is said that the fruit rots when they are broken. The Pear also has them, but they are not so distinct, on account of the calculous or stony congeries. In the Apple they are placed very regularly, one at the point of each cell of the capsule, and one in the middle between the other five. They are very apparent on a transverse section of the fruit. The cells are differently shaped in the two fruits : in the Apple they are narrow and pointed at both ends ; in the Pear they are obovate, broad exteriorly, and drawing to a point at the end next the centre of the fruit. The Pear, however it may vary in shape; size, colour, taste, &c. by cultivation, is generally convex, and lengthened at the base; whereas in the Apple it is always concave there. Besides this* the leaves of the Apple are commonly wider in propor- tion to their length, of a yellower green above, and whitish underneath ; whereas in the Pear they are dark green above, and quite smooth on both sides: their vascular system is very different, being loose in the Apple, and very close in the Pear; hence the leaves of the latter are much stouter and more permanent. Lastly, the growth of these trees is quite different; the Pear being lofty and upright, the Apple low and spreading. The wood of the Wild Apple is tolerably hard ; it turns very clean ; and, when made into cogs for wheels, acquires a polish, and lasts a long time. The bark affords a yellow dye. The acid juice of the fruit is called Verjuice, and is much used in recent sprains, and in other cases, as an astringent or repellent. With a proper addition of sugar, it is probable a very grateful liquor might be made with the juice, little inferior to Rhenish wine. Lightfoot asserts, that the Crab mixed with cultivated Apples, or even alone, if thoroughly ripe, will make a sound masculine cider. Every one knows that cider is made from the juice of a variety of cultivated Apples, pressed and fermented. Poma- tum is so called, because the lard is, or ought to be, beaten up with the pulp of Apples. — This fruit when ripe is laxative; the juice is excellent in the dysentery ; boiled or roasted, it fortifies a weak stomach. Scopoli recovered from a weakness of the stomach and indigestion by using them ; and they are equally efficacious, in putrid or malignant fevers, with juice of lemons or currants. — The following is Miller’s account of the varieties of Apples. After enumerating and briefly de- scribing those Apples which have been introduced from, France into England, Mr. Miller observes, that only two or three of them are much esteemed, viz. 1. The French Ren- net, which is a large fine fruit, of a roundish figure, and of a pale green, changing a little yellowish when ripe, having some small gray spots: the juice is sugary, and it is good for eating or baking, and will keep sound till after Christmas. 2. The Reunette Grise, is a middle-sized fruit, of a deep gray colour on the side next the sun, but on the other side intermixed with yellow : it is a very juicy good Apple, of a quick flavour, and ripens in October, but will not keep long. 3. The Violet Apple, which is a pretty large pale green fruit, striped with deep red in the sun. The juice is sugary, and has a flavour of violets, from which it derived its name. — 1. The first English Apple brought to market is the Codlin, which is so well known that it needs no description. 2. The next is the Margaret Apple: this fruit is not so long as the Codlin, of a middling size ; the side nest the sun changes to a faint red when ripe ; the other side is of a pale green ; the fruit is firm, of a quick pleasant taste, but does not keep long. 3. The Summer Pearmain, is an oblong fruit, striped with red next the sun ; the flesh is soft, and soon becomes mealy, so that it is not greatly esteemed. 4. The Kentish Fill-basket, is a species of Codlin, of a large size, and some- what longer-shaped than the Codlin: it ripens a little later in the season, and is generally used for baking. 5. The Transparent Apple, was brought to England some years since, and was esteemed a curiosity : it came from Petersburgh, where it is asserted to be so trasparent that the kernels may be perfectly seen when the Apple is held to the light ; but in this country it is a mealy insipid fruit not worth cultivation. 6. Loan’s Pearman: this a beautiful fruit, being of a mid- dling size; the side next the sun is of a beautiful red, and striped with the same colour on the other; the flesh is vinous, but as it soon grows meally, it is not greatly esteemed. 7. The Quince Apple, is a small fruit, seldom larger than the Golden Pippin, but is in shape like the Quince, especially towards the stalk; the side next the sun is of a russet colour, on the other side inclining to yellow : it is an excellent Apple for about three weeks in September, but will not keep much longer. 8. The Golden Rennet, needs no description; it ripens about Michaelmas, and for about a month is very good fruit either for eating raw or baking. 9. The Aromatic Pippin, is also a very good Apple: it is about the size of a PYR OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. PYR 433 Nonpareil, but not so flat, and is a little longer; the side next the sun is of a bright russet colour; the flesh is breaking, and has an aromatic flavour. It ripens in October. 10. The Hertfordshire Pearmain, sometimes called the Winter Pear- main, is a good-sized fruit, rather long than round, of a fine red next the sun, and striped with the same colour on the other side; the flesh is juicy, and stews well, but is not estemed for eating by any nice palates. This is fit for use in November and December. 11. The Kentish Pippin, is a large handsome fruit, of an oblong figure; the skin is of a pale green colour; the flesh is breaking, and full of juice, which is of a quick acid flavour. This is a very good kitchen fruit, and will keep till February. 12. The Holland Pippin, is larger than the former ; the fruit is somewhat longer, the skin of a darker green, and the flesh firm and juicy. This is a very good kitchen fruit, and will keep late in the season. 13. The Monstrous Rennet, is a very large Apple, of an ob- long shape, turning red towards the sun, but of a dark-green on the other side; but, as the flesh is apt to be mealy, it is generally preserved solely for the magnitude of the fruit. 14. The Embroidered Apple, is a pretty large fruit, some- what shaped like the Pearmain, but the stripes of red are very broad, from whence the gardeners have given it this title: it is a middling fruit, and is commonly used as a kitchen Apple, though there are many better. 15. The Royal Russet, by some called the Leather Coat Russet, on account of the deep russet colour of the skin, is a large fair fruit, of an oblong figure, broad towards the base, with a flesh inclinable to yellow. This is one of the best kitchen Apples we have, and is a very great bearer : the trees grow large and handsome; and the fruit, which is pleasant eating, is in season from October to April. 16. Wheeler’s Russet, is middling-sized, flat, and round ; the stalk is slender ; the side next the sun of a light russet colour, and the other side inclining to a pale yellow when ripe. The flesh is firm, and the juice has a very quick acid flavour, but is an excellent kitchen fruit, and will keep a loug lime. 17. Pile’s Russet, is not quite so large as the former, but is of an oval figure, of a russet colour to the sun, and of a dark green on the other side; it is a very firm fruit, of a sharp acid flavour, but much esteemed for baking, and will keep sound till April or later, if they are well preserved. 18. The Nonpareil, is a fruit pretty generally known in Eng- land, though there is another Apple frequently sold in the markets for it, which is what the French call Haute-bonne ; this is a larger fairer fruit than the Nonpareil, more inclining to yellow, the russet colour brighter, and it is earlier ripe and decays sooner : this is not so flat as the true Nonpareil, nor is the juice so sharp, though it is a good Apple in its season; but the Nonpareil is seldom ripe before Christmas, and, if well preserved, will keep perfectly sound till May. This therefore is justly esteemed one of the best Apples yet known. 19. The Golden Pippin, is a fruit almost peculiar to England, as there are few other countries where it succeeds well; nor indeed does it, in some parts of England itself, produce siich good fruit as it might; which is in some measure owing to their being grafted on free-slocks, which enlarge the fruit, but render it less valuable, because the flesh is not so firm, nor the flavour so quick ; hence it is apt to be dry and mealy, and should, to prevent that, be always grafted on a Crab- stock, which will not canker like the others ; and though the fruit will be less sightly, it will be better flavoured; and keep longer. — The above are the best sorts of Apples, so that where they can be had, no person will prefer others. — In Mr. Millers time, the Apples in most esteem for cider-making, were the Red Streak, which is still in being, but on the de- cline. The Devonshire Royal Wilding; the Whitsour ; the Herefordshire Under-Leaf; the John Apple; the Everlast- ing Hanger; the Gennet Moyle. These have been since gradually yielding to other varieties, which will be supplanted in their turn by others ; and it is now generally allowed, that Apples, which are the produce of art and cultivation, cannot be continued beyond a certain period. The law of nature, Mr. Marshall observes, though it suffer man to improve the fruits which are presented to him, appears to have set bounds to his art, and to have determined the years of his creations. Artificial propagation cannot preserve the varieties in perpe- tuity ; a time arrives, when they can be no longer propagated with success ; hence all the old Cider fruits are lost, or are so far on the decline as to be deemed irrecoverable. The popular idea among the orchard-men of Herefordshire is, that the decline of the old fruits is owing to a want of fresh grafts from abroad, under a notion that the highest flavoured Apples grow there in a state of nature, as the Crab does in this island. It hardly needs to be observed, that this is a gross error. — Propagation and Culture. All the sorts of Apples are propagated by grafting or budding upon the stocks of the same kind, for they will not take upon any other sort of fruit-tree. In the nurseries there are three sorts of stocks generally used to graft Apples upon; the first are called free-stocks, these are raised from the kernels of all sorts of Apples indiscriminately, and sometimes they are all called Crab-stocks; for all those trees which are produced from the seeds before they are grafted, are termed Crabs, without any distinction: but I, says the judicious Philip Miller, should always prefer such stocks as are raised from the kernels of Crabs, where they are pressed for verjuice, and I find several of the old writers of the same mind. Austen, who wrote above a hundred years ago, says', the stock which he accounts best for Apple-grafts, is the Crab, which is better than sweeter Apple-trees to graft on, because they are usually free from canker, and will become very large trees, and, l conceive, will last longer than stocks of sweeter Apples, and Will make the fruit more strong and hardy to endure frost: it is in fact very certain, that by frequently grafting some sorts of Apples upon free-stocks, the fruits have been rendered less firm and poignant, and of shorter duration. The second sort of stock is the Dutch Paradise Apple, or Creeper; these are designed to stint the growth of the trees, and to keep them in compass for dwarfs or espaliers. The third sort is the Paradise Apple, which is a very low shrub, and the only proper trees which are kept in pots by way of curiosity, for they do not continue long. Some persons have made use of Codlin-stocks for grafting Apples, in order to stint their growth ; but ns these are commonly propagated by suckers, I would by no means, says Mr. Miller, ad vise the using them ; nor wmuld I chuse to raise the Codlin-trees from suckers, but to graft them upon Crab-stocks, which will cause the fruit to be firmer, last longer, and have a sharper flavour ; and such trees will last much longer sound, and never put out suckers, as the Codlins alw ays do, which if not constantly taken ofif, will weaken the trees, causing them to canker. It is not only from the roots, but from the knots of their stems, that there are generally a great number of strong shoots produced, which fill the trees with useless wood, and render them un- sightly, and the fruit small and crumpled. The method of raising stocks from the kernels of Crabs or Apples, is to procure them where they are pressed for verjuice or cider, and after they are cleared of the pulp, they may be sown upon a bed of light earth, covering them over about half an inch thick with the same light earth : these may be sown in November and December, where the ground is dry; but in wet ground, it will be better to defer it till February, but then 434 P Y II THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P Y R the seeds should be preserved in dry sand, and kept out of | the reach of vermin; and mice aud rat traps should be set, to protect them from those destructive animals. In the spring, when the plants begin to appear, they must be carefully weeded, and, if the season should prove dry, it will be of greav service to water them two or three times a week; aud during the summer they must be kept clean from weeds, which, when suffered to grow, will soon overtop the plants, and spoil their growth. If these thrive well, they will be fit to transplant into tire nursery in October following, at which time the ground should be carefully digged, and cleansed from the roots of all bad weeds ; then the stocks should be planted in rows three feet asunder, and the plants one foot distance in the rows, closing the earth pretty fast to their roots; when the stocks are transplanted out of the seed-bed, the first autumn after sowing they need not be headed; but where they are inclined to shoot dow nward, the tap-root must be shortened, in order to force out horizontal roots; if the ground be pretty good in which these stocks are planted, aud the weeds constantly cleared away, the stocks will make great progress, so that those which are intended for dwarfs may be grafted the spring twelve-months after they are planted out of the seed-bed ; but those which are designed for standards, will require two or three years’ more growth before they will be fit to graft, by which time they will be upward of sis feet high. The other necessary rules for the cultivation of these trees, while they remain in the nursery, will be found under the article Nursery. — The manner of planting such of these trees as are designed for espaliers : In the kitchen-garden, if there be an extent of ground, it will be proper to plant, not only such sorts as are for the use of the table, but also a quantity of trees to supply the kitchen ; but where the kitchen-garden is small, the latter must be supplied from standard-trees, either from the orchard, or wherever they are planted; but as many of these kitchen Apples are large, and hang late in the autumn upon the trees, they will be much more exposed to the strong winds on standard trees, than in espaliers. The distance proper for these trees should not he less than thirty feet, for such sorts as are of moderate growth, if upon Crab or free stocks; but the larger growing sorts should not be allowed less than thirty-five or forty feet, w hich will be found full near enough, if the ground be good, and the trees properly trained ; for as the branches of these trees should not be shortened, but trained in their full length, so in a few years they will be found to meet. Indeed, at the tirst planting, the distance will appear so great to those persons who have not observed the vigorous' growth of these trees, that they will suppose they never can extend their branches so far as to cover the espalier; but if those persons will but observe the growth of standard trees of the same kinds, and see how wide their branches are extended on every side, they may be soon con- vinced, that as these espalier trees are allowed to spread but on two sides, they will of course make more progress (as the whole nourishment of the root will be employed in these side- branches) than where there is a greater number of branches on every side of the tree, which are to be supplied with the same nourishment. — The next thing to be observed, is to choose such sorts of fruit as grow nearly alike, to plant in the same espalier. This is of great consequence, because of the distance at which they are to be placed, otherwise those sort* which make the longest shoots may be allowed less room to spread than those of smaller growth ; beside, when all the trees in one espalier are nearly equal in growth, they will have a better appearance than when some are tall aud others short. To avoid this, the different sorts of Apples are here divided into three classes according to their growth. First Class. Largest growing trees. I. All the sorts of Peat mains. 2. Kentish Pippin. 3. Holland Pippin. 4. Monstrous Ren- net. 5. Royal Russet. G. Wheeler’s Russet. 7. Pile’s Rus- set. 3. Nonpareil, i). Violet Apple. — Second Class. Middle growing trees. 1. Margaret Apple. 2. Golden Rennet. 3. Aromatic Pippin. 4. Embroidered Apple. 5. Rennet Grise. G. White Rennet. 7. Codlin. — Third Class. Smallest grow- ing trees. 1. Quince Apple. 2. Transparent Apple. 3. Golden Pippin. 4. Pomme d’ Api. 5. Fenouillet. All these are supposed to be grafted on the same sort of stocks. If these Apples be grafted upon Crab-stocks in a good soil, place the largest-growing trees forty feet asunder, the middle-growing thirty-five feet, and the small-growing at twenty-five feet. When planted at shorter distances, the branches bave almost joined in seven years’ time, so that it is better to place them at first at a proper distance, introducing Dwarf Cherries, Currants, or other sorts of fruit, between, for a few years, and cutting them away as fast as the branches of the Apple-trees require more room. When the trees are grafted upon the Dutch Dwarf-stock, the distance should be for the larger-growing trees thirty feet, for those of middle growth twenty-five, and the smallest twenty feet, which will be found foil near where the trees thrive well. — The next thing is to choose the trees, which should not be more than two years’ growth from the graft, but those of one year should be preferred ; you should also be careful that their stocks are young, sound, and smooth, free from canker, and which have not been cut down once or twice in the nursery ; when they are taken up, all the small fibres should be entirely cut off from their roots* for, if left on, they will moulder and decay, and obstruct the new fibres, which would soon push out in their grow th. The extreme part of the root must also he shortened, and all bruised roots cut off’; aud if there are any misplaced roots which cross each other, they also should be cut away. As to the pruning of the head of these trees, there need be nothing more done than to cut off' any branches which are so situated as that they cannot be trained to the line of the espalier; in the planting, there must be care taken not to place their roots too deep in the ground, especially if the soil is moist, but rather raise them on a little hill, which will be necessary to allow' for the raising of the border after- wards. The best season for planting these trees is at the end of November; after they are planted, it will be proper to place down a stake to each tree, to which the branches should be fastened, to prevent the winds from shaking or loosening their roots, which will destroy the young fibres; for when these trees are planted pretty early in autumn, they will very soon push out a great number of new fibres, which being very tender, are soon broken by the wiud shaking the trees, which is very injurious. If the winter should prove severe, it will be proper to lay some rotten dung, tanner’s- bark, or some other sort of mulch, about their roots, to pre- vent the frost from penetrating the ground, which might kill the tender fibres. This mulch should not be laid down before the frost begins ; for if laid over the surface of the ground about their roots, as is often done, soon after the trees are planted, it will preveut the moisture entering the ground, and do more harm than good to the trees. The following spring, before the trees begin to push, there should be two or three short stakes put dow n on each side every tree, to which the branches should be fastened down as horizontally as possible; never cutting them down, for there will he no danger of their putting out branches enough to furnish the espalier, if the trees are once well established in their new quarters. In the pruning of these trees, the chief point is, P Y 11 OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. P Y R 43-3 never to shorten any of the branches, unless there is an abso- lute want of shoots to fill the spaces of the espalier, so that the best method to manage these trees is, to go over them three or four times in the growing season, and rub off all Such shoots as are irregularly produced, and train the others down to the stakes in the position they are to remain: if this be carefully performed in summer, there will be little left to be done in the winter ; and by bending their shoots from time to time as they are produced, there will be no occasion to use force to bring them down, nor any danger of breaking the branches. The distance which these branches should be trained from each other, for the largest sorts of fruit, should be about seven or eight inches, and for the smaller four or five. If these plain instructions be followed, it will save much unnecessary labour of pruning, and the trees will at all times make a handsomer appearance; whereas when they are suffered to grow rude in summer, there will be much greater difficulty to bring down their shoots, especially if they are grown stubborn, when it may become necessary to slit the branches to make them pliable. The cursons or spurs upon which all the sorts of Apples produce their fruit, will continue fruitful a great number of years, and should not be cut off in pruning, for that very reason. The method of making Espaliers will be found under that article; here it is only necessary to repeat, that it will be best to defer making the espalier till the trees have had three or four years’ growth ; for before that time the branches may be supported by a few upright stakes, so that there will be no necessity to make the espalier until there are sufficient branches to furnish all the lower part. — Otxhards. The fol- lowing are Mr. Miller’s directions for planting an orchard, so as to produce the greatest profit. The best situation for an orchard is on the ascent of gentle hills, facing the south or south-east; but this ascent must not be too steep, lest the earth be washed down by hasty rains. There are many who prefer low situations at the foot of hills, but I am thoroughly convinced that all bottoms, where there are hills on each side, are very improper for this purpose ; for the air is drawn down into these valleys in strong currents, which, being pent in, renders these bottoms much colder than the open situations ; during the winter and spring they are very damp, and un- healthy to all vegetables ; therefore the gentle rise of a hill, fully exposed to the sun and air, is by much the best situa- tion. As to the soil, a gentle hazel-loam which is easy to work, and that does not detain the wet, is the best; if this happens to be three feet deep, it will be better for the growth of the trees ; for although these trees will grow upon very strong land, yet they are seldom so thriving, nor is their fruit so well flavoured, as those which grow in a gentle soil: while, on the other hand, these trees will not do well upon a dry gravel or sand ; so that those soils should never be chosen for orchards. The ground intended to be planted ought to be well prepared the week before, by ploughing it thoroughly; and if some dung be laid upon it the year before, it will be of great service to the trees: if in the preceding spring a crop of Peas or Beans be planted on the ground, provided they are sown or planted in rows at a proper distance, so that the ground between may be horse-hoed, that will destroy the weeds and loosen the ground, and form a good prepa- ration for the trees, as the earth cannot he too much wrought or pulverized for this purpose: these crops will be taken off the ground long before the season for planting these trees, which should he performed instantly when the trees begin to shed their leaves. In chusing orchard trees, I would advise the taking such as are but of two years’ growth from the graft, and never to plant old trees, or such as are grafted upon old stocks, for young trees are not only more certain to grow, but make a much greater progress. The roots must be primed in the same manner as above directed for the espaliers: in pruning their heads, little more is necessary than to cut out such branches as are ill placed, or that cross and chafe each other: heading them down, as it is properly called, never fails to injure and kill many trees. The dis- tance at which these orchard trees should be planted, where the soil is good, must be fifty or sixty feet, and forty feet only in inferior soils. Nothing is worse than crowding trees too closely in orchards ; and it appears to have been the opinion of the most eminent cultivators, that the trees had much better be too far apart than too near, the latter excluding the sunshine and fresh air from the roots, trunks, branches, and blossoms of the tree. When the trees are planted, .they should be staked, to, prevent their being shaken or blown out of the ground by strong winds ; but in doing ibis there, should be particular care taken to put either straw, hay-bands, or woollen cloth, between the trees and the stakes,, to prevent the trees from being rubbed and bruised by the shaking against the stakes; for if their bark should be rubbed off, it will occasion such great wounds that they will take some years to recover. If the first winter should prove very severe, it will be proper to cover the surface of the ground about their roots with some mulch, to defend the fibres of their roots: this mulch ought not to be too soon laid on, lest it should prevent the moisture from soaking down to the roots of the trees; nor should it lie on too long in the spring, for the same reason : but where persons will be at the trouble to lay it on in frosty weather, and remove it again after t lie frost is over, that the wet in February may have free access to the roots of the trees, it will do good ; and if March should prove dry, with sharp north or west winds, which often happens, it will be proper to cover the ground again with the mulch, to prevent the winds from penetrating and drying the ground, and will be of singular service to the trees. Many will object to this on account of the trouble, which may appear to be great; but when it is considered how much of this business may he done by a single person in a short time, it can have little force; and the benefit which the trees will receive by this management, will greatly recompense the trouble and expense. As these trees must be constantly fenced from cattle, it will be the best way to keep the land in tillage for some years, that by constant ploughing or dig- ging the ground, the roots of the trees may be more encou- raged, and they will make the more progress in their growth ; but where this is done, whatever crops are sown or planted should not be brought too near the trees, lest the nourish- ment be drawn away from them : and as in the ploughing of the ground, where it is so tilled, there must be care taken not to go too near the stern of the trees, whereby their roots would be injured, or the bark of the stems rubbed off; so it will be of great service to dig the ground about the trees where the plough does not come, every autumn, for five or six years after planting, by which time their roots will have extended themselves to a greater distance. It is a common practice in many parts of England to lay the ground down for pasture after the orchard-trees are grown pretty large ; but this is injudicious, for horses will destroy trees even of twenty years’ growth, and sheep will constantly rub their bodies against the stems of the trees, aud their grease adher- ing to the bark is very detrimental. In pruning these frees after they are established, nothing more should be done than to cut out all those branches which cross each other, and if left would rub and tear off the bark, as also decayed branches, but never shorten any of their roots. If suckers or shoots 430 P Y R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; P Y R from t heir stems should come out, they must be entirely laken off annually ; and when any branches are broken by the wind they should be cut off, either down to the division of the branch, or close to the stem from whence it was pro- duced; the best time for this work is in November, for it should not be done in frosty weather, nor in the spring, when the sap begins to be in motion. — The best method to keep Apples for winter use is, to let them hang upon the trees till there is danger of frost, and to gather them in dry weather, laying them in large heaps to sweat for three or four w'eeks or a month; afterwards look them over carefully, taking out all such as have appearance of decay, wiping all the sound fruit dry, and pack them up in large oil-jars which have been thoroughly scalded and dried, stopping them down close to exclude the external air : this will preserve the fruit plump and sound for use. 5. Pyrus Dioica. Leaves oval, serrate ; flowers solitary, dicecous ; petals linear, the length of the calix. — -This is sup- posed to be a mere variety of the Common Apple-tree. See Blight. 6. Pyrus Spectabilis ; Chinese Apple Tree. Leaves oval- oblong, serrate, even; umbels sessile; claws of the corolla longer than the calix ; styles woolly at the base. — This answers truly to its trivial name ; a more showy tree can hardly be found to decorate the ornamental plantation. It blossoms about the end of April or beginning of May. The flowers are large, of a pale red when open, and semi-double; the buds are of a much deeper hue. The fruit is of but little account, and sparingly produced. Some trees of this species arrive to the height of twenty, and even thirty feet. Though perfectly hardy, it should be placed in a sheltered situation. It is usually increased by grafting it on a Crab-stock. 7. Pyrus Prunifolia.; Siberian Crab Tree. Leaves ovate, acuminate; umbels sessile; peduncles pubescent; styles woolly at the base. The flowers come out in bunches at the side of the branches, on long slender peduncles ; the petals are white, and shaped like those of the Pear-tree: they appear in April, and are succeeded by roundish fruit, about the size of large Duke Cherries, changing to a yellow colour varie- gated with red, of a very austere taste, decaying like the fruit of the Medlar, and theu more palatable. — It is supposed to be a native of Siberia. 8. Pyrus Baccata ; Small-fruited Crab Tree. Leaves equally serrulate ; peduncles clustered ; pomes berried ; cali- ces deciduous. — The fruit, which is of the size of a small cherry, has a reddish pulp, and an acid juice, used for mak- ing quas and punch in Siberia, where it naturally grows ; as also about the lake Baikal, and in Dauria. 9. Pyrus Coronaria; Sweet-scented Crab Tree. Leaves cordate, gash-serrate, angular, smooth; peduncles corymbed. — This tree was first observed in Virginia, North America, where it is frequently planted near farms, on account of the fine raspberry like smell which the flowers afford: they expand in the beginning of May. The fruit is only fit to make vinegar. It may be increased by grafting or budding on the Common Crab ; but it is somewhat tender whilst young, and should therefore be placed in a warm situation. 10. Pyrus Angustifolia; Narrow-leaved Crab Tree. Leaves lanceolate, oblong, shining; tooth serrate, attenuated at the base, entire; peduncles corymbed. It flowers here in May. — Native of North America. 11. Pyrus Japonica. Leaves wedge-shaped, crenate, smooth ; flowers solitary. — This small shrub is a native of Japan. 1 2. Pyrus Cydonia ; The Quince Tree. Leaves quite entire ; flowers solitary. This is a low, crooked, and distorted tree, covered with a brown bark, and much branched. The variety represented in the accompanying plate is the Pear shaped Quince. The Apple Quince has more ovate leaves and a rounder fruit; and the Portugal Quince, with obovate leaves and an oblong fruit, is more juicy and less harsh than the others, and therefore most valuable. This fruit has a peculiar smell, and an austere taste when raw, but is much esteemed when prepared. The expressed juice, repeatedly taken in small quantities, is said to be cooling, restringent, and stomachic ; useful in nausea, vomitings, nidorous eruc- tations, and some alvine fluxes. Formerly this juice was ordered to be made into a syrup; but the only preparation of the Quince now directed, is a mucilage of the seeds, made bv boiling a drachm of them in eight ounces of water till it acquires a proper consistence. This has been recommended in apthous affections, and excoriations of the mouth and fauces. It may be a more pleasant mucilage, but it certainly is a less efficacious one, than that of the simple gums. The pulp of the Portugal Quince is the best for making marma- lade.— This species, and all its varieties, may be occasionally propagated either by layers, suckers, or cuttings, which must be planted in a moist soil. Those raised from suckers are seldom so well rooted as those which are obtained from cut- tings or layers, and are subject to produce suckers again in greater plenty, w hich is not so proper for fruit-bearing trees. The cuttings should be planted very early in the autumn, and in very dry weather must be often watered to assist their rooting. The second year after they should be removed into a nursery, three feet distance row from row, and one foot asunder in the rows; where they must be managed as was directed for Apples. In two or three years’ time these trees will be fit to transplant where they are to remain, which should be either by the side of a ditch, river, or in a moist place; where they will produce more and larger fruit than in a dry soil, though those in a dry soil will be better tasted and earlier ripe. These trees require very little pruning : the chief thing to be observed is to keep their stems clear from suckers, and to cut off such branches as cross each other; likewise all upright luxuriant shoots from the middle of the tree should be entirely taken out, that the head may not be too much crowded with wood, which is of ill conse- quence to all sorts of fruit-trees. They may also be propa- gated by budding or grafting upon stocks raised by cuttings; so that by this method the best sorts may be cultivated in greater plenty than in any other way, and the trees will bear fruit much sooner, and be more fruitful, than those which come from suckers or layers. These trees are also in great esteem for stocks, to graft or bud summer and autumn Pears upon. These stocks greatly improve the Pear-trees, espe- cially those designed for walls and espaliers ; for the trees upon these stocks do not shoot so vigorously, and are there- fore sooner disposed to bear fruit : but hard winter fruits do not succeed so well upon these stocks, their fruit being very subject to crack, and turning stony, especially all the break- ing Pears ; hence these stocks are only proper for the melting Pears, and for a moist soil ; and the best Quince-stocks are those raised from cuttings or layers. As the Pear will take upon the Quince by grafting or budding, and the Quince upon the Pear, we may conclude there is a near alliance between them; but neither of these will take upon the Apple, nor that upon either of these. See the first and fourth species. 13. Pyrus Salicifolia; Willow-leaved Crab Tree. Leaves linear, lanceolate, hoary, white, tomentose underneath ; flow- ers axillary, solitary, subsessile. This is a low bushy tree, from six to nine feet high, branched very much, and shooting up from the root. — Native of Siberia. QUA OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. Q U E 437 4 QUAKING GRASS. See Briza. Qualea ; a genus of the class Monandtria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, deeply four-parted ; segments ovate, coriaceous, concave, unequal, the two lower larger, gaping. Corolla : petals two, unequal, inserted into the calix ; upper erect, roundish, emarginate, ending at the base in a horn-shaped, short, blunt nectary, prominent between the upper segments of the caiix; lower larger, bending down. Stamina : filamentum one, short, ascending, inserted between the lower petal and the germen ; antherae oblong, grooved, recurved. Pistil: germen globu- lar; style filiform, ascending, the length of the stamina; stigma blunt. Pericarp: berry one-cellcd. Seeds: very many, nestling in the pulp. Observe. The corolla has a bila- biate-form. The genus is allied to Cucullaria. Essential Character. Calix: four-parted. Corolla: two-petalled. Berry ? The species are, 1. Qualea Rosea. Lower petals blunt ; leaves acuminate. This tree attains the height of sixty feet, and of two feet in diameter: the bark is wrinkled, and [the wood reddish and compact : at the top it has large branches, some growing right up, others horizontal, spreading wide in all directions. — It grows in the forests of Guiana. 2. Qualea Ccerulea. Petals emarginate ; leaves acute. This is a tree, from sixty to eighty feet in height, and three feet in diameter, with a bark and wood like the former. The flowers have a sweet pleasant odour. — Native of Guiana. Quassia ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Monogy- nia—Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved, very short; leaflets ovate, permanent. Corolla: petals five, lanceolate, elongated, sessile, equal ; nectary of five ovate villose scales, inserted into the interior base of the filamenta. Stamina: filamenta ten, filiform, equal, the length of the corolla; antherae oblong, incumbent. Pistil: receptacle fleshy, orbicular, elevated, wider than the germen ; germen ovate, composed of five; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stigma simple. Pericarp: five, lateral, distant, inserted into the fleshy orbicular receptacle, ovate, obtuse, two-valved. Seeds: solitary, globular. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: five leaved. Petals: five; nectary five- leaved. Pericarp: five, distant, each having one seed. 1. Quassia Amara; Bitter Quassia. Flowers hermaphro- dite; leaves unequally pinnate; leaflets opposite, sessile; petioles jointed, winged; flowers in racemes. This a lofty tree, with many strong branches; the wood is white and light, the bark thin, and of a gray colour. The root, wood, bark, and indeed all the parts of this tree, are intensely bitter. The wood is thought to be less bitter than the bark, which is now regarded as the most powerful medicine. — Quassia has no sensible odour ; its taste is that of a pure bitter, more intense and durable than that of almost any other known substance : it imparts its virtues more completely to watery than spirituous menstrua, and its infusions are not black- ened by the addition of martial vitriol. Dr. Cullen mentions it as an excellent bitter, and thinks it will do all that a simple bitter can do, but no more : he ascribes the extraordinary commendations which are given it, to the partiality so often shown to new medicines. It may be given in infusion, or in pills made from the watery extract ; the former is generally preferred, in the proportion of three or four drachms of the wood to twelve ounces of water. The Negro Quassi, or Quass, as it was written by Fermin Coissi, who is said to have employed it with uncommon success, was used by him as a secret remedy in malignant endemic fevers, which fre- quently prevailed at Surinam. For a valuable consideration this secret was disclosed to Daniel Rolauder, a Swede, who brought specimens of the wood to Stockholm, in the year 1756; and since that time the effects of this drug have been generally tried in Europe. The medicinal qualities ascribed to Quassia are those of a tonic, stomachic, antiseptic febri- fuge. This drug is one of the most innocent ingredients (notoriously employed as a substitute for hops) in that medi- cated compound, commonly called London Porter. — The tree producing it is a native of South America, particularly of Surinam; and also of some of the West India islands. 2. Quassia Simaruba; Simaruba Quassia. Flowers mo- noecous; leaves abruptly pinnate; leaflets alternate, subpe- tioled ; petiole naked; flowers in panicles. — This tree grows to a considerable height and thickness, w ith alternate spread- ing branches. It is known in Jamaica by the names of Mountain Damson, Bitter Damson, and Stave wood. In the beginning of the last century an epidemic flux, which pre- vailed very generally in France, resisted all the medicines usually employed in such cases; under these circumstances recourse was had to the bark of this plant, which proved remarkably efficacious, and first established its medicinal character in Europe. The drug called Simaruba is the bark of the roots of this tree, which is rough, scaly, and warted; the inside, when fresh, is a full yellow, but when dry paler: it has little smell ; and the taste is bitter, but not disagree- able. Macerated in water, or in rectified spirit, it quickly impregnates them with its bitterness, and with a vellow tincture : the cold infusion in water is rather stronger in taste than the decoction ; which last grows turbid, and of a reddish brown as it cools. Dr. Wright says, most authors who have written on this drug agree, that in fluxes it restores the lost tone of the intestines, allays their spasmodic motions, promotes the secretions by urine and perspiration, removes the lowness of spirits attending dysenteries, and dis- poses the patient to sleep ; the gripes and tenesmus are taken off, and the stools are changed to their natural colour and consistence. In a moderate dose it occasions no disturbance nor uneasiness, but in large doses produces sickness at the stomach and vomiting. He recommends two drachms of the bark to be boiled in twenty-four ounces of water until onlv twelve remain ; the decoction is then to be strained, and divided into three equal parts, the whole of which is to be taken in twenty-four hours ; and when the stomach is recon- ciled to this medicine, the quantity of the bark may be increased to three drachms. To this decoction some join aromatics, others a few drops of laudanum to each dose. Modern physicians have generally found this medicine suc- cessful only in the third stage of a dysentery without fever, where the stomach is uninjured, and where the gripes and tenesmus are only continued by a weakness in the bowels. Dr. Cullen says, he cannot perceive any thing in this bark but that of a simple bitter; and observes, that the virtues ascribed to it in dysentery have not been confirmed by his experience, or that of other practitioners in Scotland : indeed he found an infusion of Chamomile flowers a more useful remedy. — Native of South America, and of most islands in the West Indies. 3. Quassia Excelsa; Lofty Quassia. Flowers hermaphro- dite, five-stamined, panicled ; leaves unequally pinnate ; leaf- lets opposite, petioled ; petiole naked. — Observed by Swartz in Jamaica. Queen’s Gilliflowers. See Hesperis. Queen of the Meadows. See Spireea. Quercus, according to Linneus, belongs to the class Mo- ncecia, order Polyandria. Thunberg, however, classes it iu Enneandria, order Monogynia; and Withering, in Octandria, order Tetragynia. — Generic Character. Male Flowers. 433 Q U E THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; Q U E Calix : ament filiform, long, loose; periauth one-leafed, sub- quinquefid ; segments acute, often bifid. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta five to ten, very short; antherae large, twin. Females: sessile in the bud, on the same plant with the males. Calix: involucre consisting of very many imbricate scales, united at the base into coriaceous, hemispherical, little cups ; the outer ones larger, one-flowered, permanent ; peri- anth very small, superior, six-cleft, permanent ; segments acute, surrounding the base of the style, pressed close. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen very small, ovate, inferior, three-celled; rudiments of the seeds double; style simple, short, thicker at the base ; stigmas three, reflex. Pericarp: none. Seed: a nut, (acorn,) ovate, cylindrical, coriaceous, smooth, filed at the base, one-celled, fixed in a short hemi- spherical cup, which is tubercled on the outside. Essential Chakactkr. Male. Calix: commonly five-cleft. Corolla: none. Stamina: five to ten. Female. Calix: one-leafed, quite entire, rugged; corolla none; styles two to five. Seed: one, ovate. The species are, 1. Quercus Phellos; Willow-leaved Oak-tree. Leaves deciduous, lanceolate, quite entire. — This grows naturally in North America, where they distinguish two sorts; one- of them called the Highland Willow' Oak, and grow's upon poor dry land : the other grows in low moist land, and rises to a much greater height ; the leaves are larger and narrower, but the acorns are of the same size and shape. The difference arises from soil and situation. 2. Quercus Molucca. Leaves lanceolate, ovate, smooth, quite entire.- — It received its trivial name from being found in the Molucca Islands. 3. Quercus Glabra. Leaves lanceolate, oblong, acuminate, smooth ; branches by twos or threes, wrinkled, knobbed, from upright spreading. — Native of Japan. 4. Quercus Acuta. Leaves oblong, cusped, entire; the younger ones tomentose ; branches knobbed, dotted with white, ash-coloured, smooth, tomentose at the end ; spikes of flow ers axillary, ferruginous, tomentose. — Native of Japan. 5. Quercus Glauca. Leaves obovate, acuminate, serrate at the tip, glaucous underneath. This is a very large tree, with axillary flowers. The nest of an insect frequently ad- heres to its branches. — Native of Japan. G. Quercus Cuspidata. Leaves ovate, cuspid, serrate, smooth ; branches striated, smooth, spreading. — The acorns are said to be eaten both raw and dressed in Japan, where it is indigenous. 7. Quercus Serrata. Leaves oblong, parallel, nerved. — Native of Japan. 8. Quercus Dentata. Leaves ovate-oblong, obtuse, gash- toothed, tomentose underneath. — Native of Japan. 9. Quercus Ilex; Evergreen, or Holm Oak-tree. Leaves evergreen, lanceolate or oblong, tomentose underneath; calices ciliate; antherae ovate; bark even. There are several va- rieties of this species, differing greatly in the size and shape of their leaves ; but. they will all arise from acorns of the same tree. Some great authorities praise the timber of this tree. Evelyn describes it as serviceable for stocks of tools, mallet heads, mall-balls, chairs, axle-trees, wedges, beetles, pins, and palisadoes in fortifications : it supplies almost all Spain with the best and most durable charcoal. Mr. Boutcher asserts, that these trees soon form w'arm and lofty hedges, forty or fifty feet high ; but that they should not be planted near the house or in the gardens, because they make a great litter in April and May, when they cast their old leaves. — Native of the south of Europe, Cochin-china, and Barbary. 10. Quercus Gramuntia; Holly-leaved Evergreen Oak-tree. Leaves roundish, ovate, cordate at the base, sinuate, toothlet- led, pungent, waved, tomentose underneath; antherae roundish. This is hardly distinct from the preceding species. It flow- ers in June. — Native of the south of France. 11. Quercus Ballota. Leaves evergreen, elliptic, tooth- letted or entire, tomentose underneath ; acorn very long. The acorns of this tree are eaten both raw and roasted. The wood being compact and very hard, is used for many pur- poses.— Native of Barbary, and probably of Spain. 12. Quercus Cornea. Leaves oblong, ovate, repand, ser- rate glands. This is a large tree, with ascending branches. The wood is very hard, heavy, and brown. — Native of lofty forests in China, and Cochin-china. See the next species. 13. Quercus Concentrica. Leaves lanceolate, ovate, quite entire, incurved ; calices loose, very short, excavated, with concentrical, circles. This is a lofty tree, with ascending branches. This species seems to resemble the second species in the leaves, yet differs in their curvature, and in the cup. Botli it and this, together with the ninth species, afford excel- lent timber for ship-building, and for all domestic and rural purposes ; but the twelfth species is superior to them all for bearing great weights. 14. Quercus Suber; Cork-barked Oak, or Cork-tree. Leaves evergreen, ovate-oblong, tomentose underneath, waved ; bark cloven, fungose. — There are two or three va- rieties of the Cork-tree; the acorns are in all of them very like those of the Common Oak. The exterior bark is the cork, which is taken from the tree every eight or ten years ; but there is an interior bark which nourishes them, so that stripping off the outer bark is so far from injuring the trees, that it is necessary to continue them ; for when this bark is not removed, they seldom last longer than fifty or sixty years in health, whereas trees which are barked every eight or ten years will live a century and a half. The bark of a young tree is porous, and good for little ; however, it is necessary to take it off when the trees are twelve or fifteen years old, for w'ithout this the bark will never be good. After eight or ten years it will be fit to take off again ; but this second peeling is of little use: at the third peeling the bark will be in perfection, and will continue so for a hundred and fifty years, for the best cork is obtained from old trees. The time for stripping the bark is in July, when the second sap flows plentifully; the operation is performed with an instru- ment like that which is used for stripping Oak. The uses of cork are multifarious: fishermen and liquor dealers cannot carry on trade without it ; and probably if persons in the de- cline of life were to expend upon cork-soles to their shoes the money laid out in snuff and tobacco, they would suffer little or nothing from rheumatic attacks, and live many years longer in this variable climate, besides being less disgusting to the cleanlier members of society. The Germans call it Panloff el-holts, or Slipper-wood, from its lightness; but it is its impenetrability by moisture, that makes it so excellent for tlie soles of shoes. Its lightness, only, caused it to be pre- ferred by the Venetian females, for the silly purpose of ele- vating their heels, in order to ape the stature of the men. This, Evelyn seriously calls “ affecting or usurping an arti- ficial eminency, which nature has denied them ;” though it rather deserves to be laughed at, than seriously condemned. Had he lived in our day, he could not have complained of any such usurpation ; for instead of stalking a-tiptoe, like their starched old great-grandmothers, the females of the present generation might be generally mistaken for good round- shouldered housewives continually in search ot lost pins. The poor people in Spain lay broad planks of it by their bed- sides, as carpets to tread upon ; and sometimes they line the walls and insides of their stone houses with this bark, which 1 QU E OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. QUE 439 renders them very warm, and corrects the moisture of the air. They also employ it for bee-hives; for which purpose the bark of young trees, and of the branches, are rolled into a cylinder by the natives of Barbarv, where this tree abounds. 15. Quercus Coccifera ; Kermes Oak-tree. Leaves ovate, cordate at the base, tooth-spiny, smooth on both sides, weaved. — This is a tree of small growth, seldom rising above twelve or fourteen feet high. From this species the Kermes, or Scarlet Grain, a little red gall, occasioned by the puncture of an insect called the Coccus Ilicis. These grains appear on the stems and small branches, some near the bottom, but mostly on the upper branches, yet always protected by the leaves, and fixed to the stem by a glue resembling thin white leather, spread over the stem, and covering, like the cup of the acorn, a segment of the grana. The agglutinating coat may be traced through a small hole into the grana, from whence it proceeds, and where it spreads, like the pla- centa, on the internal surface. These grana are of various sizes, from one-eighth to one-fourth of an inch in diameter, perfectly spherical, and covered with a white powder, which being rubbed off, the surface appears red, smooth, and po, lished. On the same stem they may^be found in several stages, as in tough membranes filled with a red juice resem- bling blood, but on paper leaving a stain as bright and beau- tiful as the best carmine. In the second stage, under the first coat or pellicle, is a thin tough membrane inclosing the eggs, then most minute, and scarcely to be distinguished without the assistance of a glass. Between this membrane and the pellicle is the same red liquor, but less in quantity. The pellicle is evidently separated from the inner membrane by what seems to be the viscera and blood-vessels; but near the hole, these two coats adhere closely together. The interior membrane is thin, white, and tough, with a lunar septum forming the ovary, which at first is very small and scarcely discernible, but progressively enlarges, till in the third stage it occupies the whole space; when the tincturing juice dis- appears, and nothing remains but a great number of eggs. It is clear that the grana, or grains, derive no nourishment from the plant on which it is fixed ; and from its position it would appear, that the little animal chooses the prickly leaf of this tree, which resembles the Holly, only for the sake of shelter and protection from birds. With this insect the an- cients are said to have dyed cloth of a beautiful colour, called coccineus or coccus, being different from the purpura which the Phoenicians obtained from the shell-fish murex. Which was neglected in course of time, and the kermes or grana introduced. This last supported its reputation until the discovery of cochineal; see Cactus. Desfontaines relates, that although this tree abounds in Barbary, and bears great quantities of cocci, yet is it totally neglected by the inhabit- ants, who actually purchase the very drug with which they dye their woollen cloths red, at an exorbitant rate, from the French merchants. — Native of the south of Europe. 16. Quercus Virens; Live Oak-tree. Leaves evergreen, coriaceous, lanceolate-oblong, subtomentose underneath, undi- vided and sinuated. This rises to the height of forty feet. The grain of the wood is hard, tough, and coarse ; the bark is grayish. The acorns are small and oblong, with short cups; they are very sweet, and are eaten by the Indians, who lay them up in store for winter; and draw from them a very sweet oil, little inferior to that of sweet almonds. — It is a native of North America, and very much used there in ship-building. 17. Quercus Prinus ; Chesnut-leaved Oak-tree. Leaves deciduous, ovate-elliptic, pubescent underneath, deeply- toothed; teeth very wide, blunt, almost equal, — There are 102. two varieties of this tree, the largest growing in rich low lands, where they are the largest of all the North American Oaks. The wood is not of a very fine grain, but is very ser- viceable. It flowers in May and June. 18. Quercus Aquatica; Water Oak tree. Leaves annual, somewhat wedge-shaped, attenuated at the base, lobed, smooth. There is great variety in the leaves of this species. — Native of North America. 19. Quercus Nigra; Black Oak-tree. Leaves annual, wedge-form, somewhat cordate at the base, obsoletely lobed; lobes dilated. — This tree grows on poor land in most parts of North America, where it never attains to a large size, and the wood is of little value. 20. Quercus Rubra ; Red Oak-tree. Leaves annual, smooth on both sides, obtusely sinuate ; sinuses divaricating; seg- ments acute, setaceous, mucronate. There are many varieties. — It grows naturally, and to a large size, in North America. 21. Quercus Discolor; Downy-leaved Oak tree. Leaves annual, pubescent underneath, sinuate; sinuses spreading; segments setaceous, mucronate. — Native of North America. 22. Quercus Alba; White Oak-tree. Leaves annual, pin- natifid; sinuses narrowed; segments oblong-linear, awnless.—- The wood of this tree is preferred in America to any of the other sort, especially for building, being the most durable. 23. Quercus Esculus ; Italian or Small Prickly-cupped Oak-tree. Leaves pinnatifid, pubescent, and smooth ; seg- ments lanceolate, acute, rameated, axillary, filiform ; acorns oblong ; calices muricated. They are sweet, and frequently eaten by the poor in the south of France, who in times of scarcity grind them, and make bread with the flour. — It flowers in May, and is a native of the south of Europe. 24. Quercus Robur; Common Oak. Leaves oblong, smooth, sinuate ; lobes rounded ; acorns oblong. This fa- mous tree, which affords that most essential article for the construction of our ships of war, its almost everlasting tim- ber, is noted for the slowness of its growth, as well as for the large size to which it attains. It has been remarked, that in fourscore years the trunk has not exceeded twenty inches in diameter, and sometimes not more than fourteen inches. The age of this tree is generally estimated at three hundred years. Of its bulk, stature, and extent, we have abundant recorded instances. In Worksop park there was a tree spreading almost three thousand yards square, so that nearly a thousand horses might stand commodiously under it at one time. Dr. Plot mentions an Oak at Narbury, which was fifteen yards in girth ; and being felled, two men, one on each side, upon a horse, could not see each other. The same author mentions an Oak between Nuneham, Courtney, and Clifton, spreading eighty-one feet, shading in circumference five hundred and sixty yards of ground. Herme’s Oak, cele- brated by Shakspeare in his licentious play of the Merry Wives of Windsor, when last measured, was about twenty- four feet in circumference : it is still said to exist in the little park at Windsor. The remarkable tree in Hainault forest, Essex, called Fairlop Oak, though preserved with all possi- ble care, has been long dead, and is gradually decaying and falling to pieces. The stem once measured thirty-six feet in girth, and the boughs extended above three hundred in cir- cumference. It is observed by Du Hamel, that Oaks in forests being propagated from the acorn, assume so many varieties, that it is difficult to find two resembling each other in every respect. There are also many varieties of Oak, which dealers in timber, and woodmen, distinguish by their use, qualities, and accidents, and to which they give different names ; but these being merely local, and not founded on permanent cha- racters, it is difficult to ascertain them. The wood of the ’ 5 T 440 QU E THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; Q UE Oak, when of a good sort, is well known to be hard, tough, tolerably flexile, and not easily splintering, strong without being too heavy, and not easily admitting water ; for these qualities it is preferred in ship-building, and is also adapted to almost every purpose of the carpenter; it would be diffi- cult to ennumerate all the uses to which it may be applied. There is a kind, says Evelyn, so tough and compact, that our sharpest tools will not enter it; and though some trees be harder, yet we find them more fragile, and not so well quali- fied to support great weights ; nor is there any kind of timber more lasting. That which is twined and a little wreathed, is forced to support burdens for posts, columns, &c. for all which our English Oak is greatly preferable to the French : and it is found that the rough-grained body of a stubbed Oak, is fittest for the case of a cider mill, and such like engines, as best enduring the action of a ponderous rolling stone. For shingles, pales, laths, cooper’s ware, clapboard for wain- scot, much esteemed in former times for wheel-spokes, pins, and pegs for tiling, Oak is excellent. The knottiest is most proper for water-works, piles, &c. because it will drive best, and last longest: and the crooked makes excellent knee- timber in shipping, and for mill wheels. The particular and most valued qualities of the Oak, says Mr. Gilpin, are hard- ness and toughness. Box and Ebony are harder, Yew and Ash are tougher, than Oak; but no timber is possest of both these requisites together, in so great a degree, as the British Oak. Almost all arts and manufactures are indebted to it, but in ship building its elasticity and strength are applied to most advantage. It is not the erect and stately tree that is the most useful in ship building, but more often the crooked one, forming short turns and elbows, commonly called knee- timber. Nor is it the straight tall stem, with the fibres run- ning in parallel lines, that is the most useful in bearing bur- dens, but what Shakspeare terms “ the unwedgeable and gnarled Oak.” It is one of the most picturesque trees that animates our landscapes. It adds new dignity to the ruined tower, and throws its broad arms with equal effect across the purling brook or above the mantling pool. Coppice Oak makes the best hoops. The smaller truncheons and spray, make billet, bavine, and coals, poles, sedgels, and walking- staffs. Of the roots were formerly made hafts for daggers, hangers, and knives, handles for officers’ staves, boxes, and mathematical instruments. Oak saw-dust is the principal indigenous vegetable used in dying fustian: all the varieties of drabs, and different shades of brown, are made with Oak saw-dust, variously managed and compounded. Oak-apples are also used in dyeing, as a substitute for galls; the black obtained from them, by the addition of copperas, is more beautiful than that from galls, but not so durable. The galls upon the leaves, are occasioned by a small insect, called Cy- nips Quercifolii, which deposits an egg in the substance of the leaf, by making a small perforation on the under surface. The bark is universally used to tan leather; an infusion of it, with a small quantity of copperas, is used by the common people to dye woollen of a purplish blue, and the colour, though not very bright, is durable. The Scotch Highlanders use it to dye their yarn of a brown colour; and a herdsman there, would think himself and his flock unfortunate, if lie had not a staff of this wood. The saw-dust, and even the leaves, may be used for tanning ; but they are much inferior to the bark, for that purpose. The leaves are very subject to be covered with a sweet viscid juice, called honey-dew, which bees and other insects are very fond of; the larvae of many insects feed upon the leaves, which, if they can be obtained in great quantities, may be dried aud used for litter. By some persons they are preferred to dung, for making hot- beds for melons, and may probably be used with success in- stead of the bark in tanning. Acorns were of considerable importance formerly, when a great proportion of this island was forest, for feeding swine. About the end of the seventh century, king Ina, among the few' laws which he made, to regulate the simple economy of our Saxon ancestors, gave particular directions relating to the fattening of swine in woods, since his time called pawnage or pannage. The astringent effects of the Oak were well known to the ancients, by whom different parts of the tree were used ; but it is the bark which is now employed in medicine. To the taste, it manifests a strong astringency, accompanied with a moderate bitterness, qualities which are extracted both by water and spirit. Like other astringents, it has been recommended in agues, and for restraining hemorrhages, alvine fluxes, and other immoderate evacuations. A decoction of it has like- wise been advantageously employed as a gargle and fomenta- tion. Dr. Cullen frequently employed the decoction with success, in slight tumefactions of the mucous membrane of the fauces, and other disorders arising from cold ; which, when it was early applied, were often prevented. Dr. Cullen almost constantly added a portion of alum to these decoctions, but he did not find a solution of alum alone so effectual. Some have supposed that this bark is not less efficacious than that of the Cinchona, especially in the form of extract; but this opinion now obtains few supporters, though there is no doubt that Oak-bark will cure intermittents, both alone and joined with Chamomile flowers. Galls appear to be the most powerful of the vegetable astringents, striking a deep black when mixed with a solution of green vitriol, and therefore preferable to every other substance for the purpose of making ink. As a medicine, they are to be considered as applicable to the same purposes as Oak-bark, and, by possessing a greater degree of astringent and styptic power, seem to have an advantage over it, and to be better suited for external use. Reduced into fine powder, and made into an ointment, they have been found of great service in hemorrhoidal affections. Two sorts of galls are distinguished in the shops; one said to be brought from Aleppo, the other from the southern parts of Europe. The former are generally of a blueish colour, or of a grayish or black, verging to blueness, unequal and warty on the surface, hard to break, and of a close com- pact texture ; the others are of a light brownish or whitish colour, smooth, round, easily broken, less compact, and of a much larger size. The two sorts differ only in strength, two of the blue galls being supposed equivalent in this respect to three of the others. — Propagation and Culture of the Oak. All the sorts of Oak are propagated by sowing their acorns, and I the sooner they are put into the ground after they are ripe, the better they will succeed ; for they are very apt to sprout, if spread thin; and if laid in heaps, will ferment and rot in a little time: the best season therefore for sowing them is in the beginning of November, by which time they will have fallen from the trees. This early sowing seems to be the most natural, but the destruction occasioned by field-mice has induced many to prefer spring-sowing : and seedsmen who adopt that plan preserve the vegetative power of their acorns through the winter, by laying them thinly upon a boarded floor, taking care that they are first fully ripe. Mr. Miller gives the fol- lowing directions for raising the several sorts of Oak in a nursery, when they are intended to be planted out for orna- ment only. The acorns should be sown in beds four feet wide, with paths of two feet broad between them ; iu these beds there may be four rows sown, at about nine inches dis- tance from each other, though some allow only four inches between the rows. Draw straight drills with a hoe, into QU E OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. Q U E 441 which drop the acorns, two or three inches apart, covering them carefully with the earth two inches thick. In the spring, when the plants begin to appear, clear them carefully from weeds ; and if the season prove dry, refresh them now and then with a little water. Let them remain until the following autumn ; at which time have a spot of ground, in size proportioned to the quantity of plants, well trenched and levelled ; at the middle or end of October carefully take up the plants, so as not to injure their roots, and plant them out in rows, three feet asunder, and eighteen inches apart in the rows ; never suffering the plants to abide long out of the ground, that the roots may not become dry. This work may be done in March, if there was not time for it in autumn. Deep-trenching or double digging being very expensive, those who plant on a large scale may take a crop of Oats, Rape, or Turnips, oft' the land, the year before they plant; by which means the sward may be effectually destroyed, and the land cleaned. After the crop is off, let the ground be trench- ploughed, and then harrowed with heavy harrows. About the end of October, let it be again ploughed cross-wise, and harrowed as before, previous to the planting of the sets. In planting these, having taken them carefully out of the seed- bed, Hunter, in his Evelyn, advises to shorten the tap-root, and take off part of the side-shoots. Each line should have a man and boy: the man strikes his spade into the earth, close to the line; he gives another stroke at right angles with it; then the boy, having a parcel of plants under his left arm, takes one with his right hand, and puts it into the crevice made by the spade at the second stroke; after this, the man gently presses the mould to it with his foot. An active man aud boy will thus plant fifteen hundred or two thousand in a day, and while they are planting, others should be employed in taking up fresh sets, sorting them, and pre- paring the roots. There should be a sufficient number of hands, for the ground cannot be too soon planted when it is ready; neither can the plants be put in too soon after they are taken up ; and the weakest may be left a year longer, to regain their strength. When they have taken root in the nursery, they will require little more care than to keep them free from weeds, and dig the ground between the rows every spring; in doing which, you should cut off such roots as extend very far from the trunks of the trees, which will ren- der them better for transplanting again. Prune off also all such side-branches as extend themselves very far, and retard the upright shoot; but on no account cutoff all the small lateral branches, some of which are absolutely necessary to be left on to detain the sap for the augmentation of the trunk. When these trees have remained in the nursery three or four years, they will then be large enough to transplant to the places where they are to remain, for it is hazardous to let them grow very large before they are planted out, especially after they have taken deep root. — The above directions are designed for small plantations for pleasure only, in a garden or park : we shall now subjoin the directions aud observations of the mo,st experienced planters concerning that most im- portant national concern, the cultivation of Oak for timber. Where these trees, says Mr. Miller, are cultivated with a view to profit, the acorns should be planted where the trees are desigued to grow ; for those which are transplanted will never grow to the size of those which are sown, nor yet last so long sound. The first thing is to prepare the ground by fencing it, to keep out cattle, hares, and rabbits, which will soon destroy all the young trees. For though the plants will in a few years grow out of danger from hares and rabbits, as it will be mauy years before they are past injury from cattle, durable fences should be put round the ground. If in the beginning, a pale-fence is made about the land, which may be close at the bottom, and open above, and within the pale a quick-hedge is planted ; this will become a good fence, by the time the pale decays, against all sorts of cattle, by which time the trees will be too hard for hares and rabbits to gnaw. After the ground is well fenced, it should be prepared three or four times, and harrowed well after each ploughing, to break the clods, and to cleanse the grounds from Couch, and the roots of all bad weeds. Indeed, if the ground be green- sward, it will be better to have one crop of Beans, Pease, or Turnips, oft' it, before the acorns are sown, especially if these crops be well hoed, to stir the surface and destroy the weeds. But the ground should be ploughed as soon as possible after the crop is taken off, to prepare it for the acorns, which should be sown as soon as possible after they are ripe. This, with all its risk, Mr. Miller thinks is the best plan. In choos- ing the acorns, all those should be preferred which are taken from the largest and most thriving trees. Those from pollard- trees should always be rejected. The season for sowing the acorns being come, and the ground having been ploughed, and levelled smooth, the next work is to sow the acorns, which must be done by drawing drills across the ground, at about four feet asunder, and two inches’ distance. These drills may be drawn either with a drill-plough, or by hand with a hoe ; but the former is the most expeditious method, and should be preferred in large plantations. In drawing the drills, where the land slopes to one side, they should be made the same way as the ground slopes, that there may be no stoppage of the wet by the rows of plants crossing the hanging of the land. This should be particularly observed in all wet ground, or where the wet is subject to lie in win- ter, but in dry land it is not of much consequence. When the acorns are sown, the drills should be carefully filled in, so as to cover the acorns securely, for if any of them are exposed, they will entice the birds and mice; and if either of these once attack them, they will make great havock. Drills made at this distance will allow of stirring the ground between the rows, and also of weeding, without which it can- not be expected that the young plants can make much pro- gress. Whoever, Mr. Miller insists, hopes to have success in their Oak plantations, should determine to keep them clean for eight or ten years after sowing, by which time the plants will have acquired strength enough to keep down the weeds: and it is nothing but the entire neglect of this which has caused so many plantations to miscarry. About the middle of April the young plants will appear above the ground ; but before this, if the ground should produce many young weeds, it will be good husbandry to scuffle the surface over with Dutch hoes in a dry time, at the latter end of March or the beginning of April, just before the plants come up. In the first summer, while the plants are young, it will be the best way to perform these hoeings by hand, but afterwards it may be done with the hoe-plough; for as the roots are to be placed four feet asunder, there will be room enough for this plough to work ; and as this will stir and loosen the ground, it will be of great service to the plants : but there will require a little hand labour even where the plough is used, in order to destroy the weeds which will come up in the rows between the plants, for these will be out of the reach of the plough ; and if they are not destroyed, they will soon overgrow and bear down the young plants. After they have grown two years, it will be proper to draw out some of them, where they grow too close; but in doing this, especial care must be taken not to injure the roots of those left, for as the plants to be drawn out will afterwards be only fit for pleasure plan- tations, they should be always sacrificed, wherever it will 442 QU E THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; Q U E ensure the safety of those which are to remain. In the thin- ning of these plantations, the plants may at the first time be left about one foot asunder, which will give them room enough to grow two or three years longer, by which time it may be easy to judge which are likely to make the best trees, which may then be marked to remain; and it will be prudent to mark double the desired number, to provide against unex- pected failure. If at this second thinning they be left four feet distant in the rows, they will have room enough to grow three or four years longer ; by which time, if the plants have made good progress, their roots will be spread over the ground, and render it proper to take up every other tree in the rows. The best plants should, however, be allowed to stand, whichever row they may be in, or if they should not stand exactly at the distance here assigned ; all that is designed here being to lay down general rules, which should be as nearly complied with as the plants will permit: hence every one should be guided by the growth and appearance of the young trees. When they have been reduced to the distance of about eight feet, they will not require any more thinning. But in two or three years those which are not finally to remain, will be fit to cut down to make stools for underwood; and those which are to remain, will make such progress as to become a shelter to each other; for this is what should be particularly attended to whenever the trees are thinned. Hence, in all places much exposed to the wind, the trees should be thinned with great caution, and by slow degrees ; for if the air be let too much at once into the plantation, it will give a sudden check to the trees, and greatly retard their growth ; but in sheltered situations there need not be so great caution used as in open places. The proper distance at which trees designed to furnish limber should remain, is from twenty-five to about thirty feet; this will not be too near where they thrive well, in which case their heads will spread so as to meet in about thirty or thirty-five years ; nor will this distance be too great, so as to impede the upright growth of the trees. This distance is intended, that the trees should enjoy the whole benefit of the soil ; therefore, after one crop of the underwood, or at most two crops are cut, the stools should be stubbed up, that the ground may be entirely clear for the advantage of growing timber, which is what should be principally regarded : but in general most people have more regard for the immediate profit of the underwood than the future good of the timber, and by so doing frequently spoil both ; for if the underwood be left after the trees are spread so far as that their heads meet, the underwood will not be of much worth, and yet by their stools being left they will retard the progress of the timber-trees by absorbing their nourishment. The soil in which the Oak makes the greatest progress, is a deep rich loam, in which the trees grow to the largest size ; and the timber of those trees which grow upon this land is generally more pliable than that which grows on a shallower or drier ground, but the wood of the latter is compact and hard. Indeed there are few' soils in England in which the Oak will not grow, provided there be due care taken in their cultiva- tion, though this tree will not thrive equally in all soils : but yet it might be cultivated to a national advantage upon many large wastes in several parts, as well as to the improve- ment of the estates, part of which lie uncultivated, and pro- duce nothing to the owner. The cutting down Oaks in the spring of the year, at the time when the sap is flowing, is very injurious. It is done merely for the sake of the bark, which will then easily peel off. But the timber is not half so durable as that felled in the winter; so that ships built of this spring- cut timber have decayed more in seven or eight, years, than 5 others, built with timber cut in winter, have done in twenty or thirty. In raising Oaks for timber, draining should be well attended to, nothing contributing more to their growth and health than keeping the land dry, if it be in the least degree swampy. The Oak flourishes best, and grows quick- est, in a rich deep loam, and the wood of such trees is of the firmest and best texture. It will also grow exceedingly well on clays and sandy soils ; and on the last kind of°soil the finest-grained timber is produced. There can certainly be no harm in takiug the acorns from flourishing healthy trees, if taken w hen they are fully ripe, and beginning to fall. If the quantity required- be small, those which may be easily shaken from the trees should be preferred. Evelyn says, that six bushels of acorns will plant an acre, at the distance of one foot from each other. Two bushels therefore, which some recommend as sufficient, must be much under the mark, unless sown with the seeds of other trees for a rnixt wood or coppice. One of the most essential things to be observed in the management of Oak-woods, is the judicious thinning of them, as before directed. The striped variety of the Oak is propagated by budding or grafting on the common sort; it is a beautiful variegation, and may be improved by joining it to the Scarlet, Virginian, or Chesnut-leaved. The more tender sorts will become hardier, and the dwarfs improve in size, by grafting or budding on the Common Oak. For further particulars on this interesting and most important subject, see the articles Timber and Woods. 25. Quercus iEgilops; Great Prickly -cupped Oak-tree. Leaves ovate, oblong, tomentose underneath, sinuate, repand; segments acuminate; calices very large, scaly, squarrose. This is one of the handsomest species of Oak ; the branches extend very wide on every side, and are covered with a grayish bark intermixed with brown spots. — Native of the Levant, whence the acorns are annually brought to Europe for dyeing. 26. Quercus Cerris Turkey Oak-tree. Leaves sinuate, pinnatifid, pubescent underneath ; segments sharpish ; raments axillary, filiform ; calices echinate-ramentaceous. — Native of the south of Europe. 27. Quercus Heterophylla. Leaves petiolated at consi- derable length, ovate-lanceolate, oblong or entire, or une- qually large-toothed; acorn-cup hemispherical; gland sub- globose. — Grows on the banks of the Delaware, Pennsylva- nia. Pursh observes, that there is only one individual of this singular species known, which grows on the plantation of the Messrs. Bartrams, near Philadelphia. Michaux con- siders this tree to be a distinct species; but Pursh is inclined to rank it among the hybrid plants. 28. Quercus Ambigua. Leaves sinuate, glabrous, acute at the base; sinuses subacute; acorn-cup subscuteliated ; gland turgidly ovate. — Grows on Hudson's Bay, and in Nova Scotia. This tree is called Gray Oak by Michaux. 29. Quercus Olivaeformis. Leaves oblong, glabrous, glaucous on the under side, deeply and unequally sinuate- i pinnatifid ; fruit elliptic-ovate ; acorn-cup deeply craterated, crinited on the upper side ; gland elliptic-oval. — Grows on the banks of Hudson’s river, and the western parts of New York. It is also found in Pennsylvania and Virginia, on i iron-ore hills. Queria: a genus of the class Triandria, order Trigynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved, erect; ! leaflets oblong, acute, permanent ; the outer ones recurved. j Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary, short; (! antherae roundish. Pistil: germen ovate; styles three, the j: length of the stamina; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsule roundish, one celled, three-valved, (the second species valve- j * £ Q U I vi, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. Q U I less.) Seed : single. Observe. It rnai estly differs from Minuartia in the number of the seeds. Es ential Cha- racter. Calix: five-leaved. Corolla: none. Capsule: one-c ’"d. Seed: one. The species a. e, J. Queria Hispanica. Flowers in clusters; colour of the plant vhitish. — It is an annual, and a tive of Spain. 2. Queria Canadensis. Flowe* ; solitary ; stem dichoto- mous; root fibrous, perennial; seed reniform-globular, very smooth, shining, dark; leaves opposite, lanceolate, ovate, quite entire, with dusky spots scattered over them on each side. It differs little from Arenaria and Paronychia Nitida, except in the number of stamina. 3. Queria Trichotoma. Flowers in racemes; stem tricho- tomous. — Native of Japan. Quick. See Triticum. Quick — generally means a live hedge, of whatever plants composed ; in contradistinction to that which is formed of stakes, &c. and therefore called a dead one. It more particu- larly applies to the Hawthorn or Whitethorn, (see Cratcegus Oxycantha,) young plants, or sets of-which, are sold under this name by the nursery-gardeners, for the purpose of planting to form live hedges. In choosing these sets, prefer those out of the nursery, because such plants as are taken out of the woods seldom have good roots. It would indeed be better still, to sow the seeds or haws in the place where the hedge is wanted, as the plants would form a much stronger and more durable fence than after having undergone transplant- ation. This practice would be generally resorted to, but it is condemned as tedious ; though, if the haws were only buried a year in the ground to prepare them for vegetation before sowing, they would form a good fence much sooner than is imagined. In some trials of this kind, plants that have remained where they came up from seed, have in five or six years overtaken those w.hich were transplanted at two years old, when the former were only just sown. When the hedges are raised from seed, it will not be amiss to mix the Holly berries with the haws, and they also should be one year previously buried to prepare them, so that then both will come up together in the following spring; and this mix- ture, of Holly with the Quick, will not only have a beautiful appearance in the winter, but will also thicken the hedge at the bottom, and make it the better fence. But where the hedge is to be planted, the sets should not be more than three years old from the haws ; for when they are older, their roots will be hard and w'oody: and as they are commonly trimmed off before the sets are planted, so they very often miscarry, and such of them as do live, will not make such good pro- gress as younger plants, nor are they so durable; for these plants will not bear transplanting so well as many others, especially when they have stood long in the seed-bed unre- moved. Quick does well on good strong land ; but on dry, gravelly, or poor soils, it seldom prospers. The reasons of this are : first, that the sets are placed too low or flat on the surface, whence their roots only occupy a little depth of the soil ; secondly, when set higher, they are generally too near the slope of the bank, and do not receive the benefit of the rain. To remedy these inconveniences, two lines may be marked out, twelve feet from each other; from three feet within each line the upper part of the soil is to be taken, and cast iuto the,centre of the space, so as to form a flat bed three feet broad, in the middle of which the Quicks are to be planted; the remaining eighteen inches on each side is to be filled up with earth, gravel, or sand, taken out of the ditches; this extends the bed to five feet, allowing six inches for the slope of the bank: the Quicks planted in this body of soil will find sufficient nourishment before the tap-root j 103. 443 reaches the barren gravel below ; and the earth thus placed, especially if the bed be laid concave, or sloping a little in the middle, will retain sufficient moisture to nourish the plants, and they will soon form a fence. By raising the bank on each side at pleasure, the plants may be defended from sharp winds or the sea air. The space required is no great object on low-priced land, and a good thriving hedge is an ample compensation. On such dry soils. Furze, called also Gorse and Whins, is propagated easily from seed, grows fast, and, when sown in a triple row, makes a very formidable fence; but as it is liable to be completely cut down by a severe winter, no dependence can be placed on it, except as a temporary defence, during the minority of the Whitethorn. The nursing of young Quick hedges, by proper training and weeding, has been greatly neglected. The luxuriant side- shoots should be taken off, which will promote the upright growth of the plant, by training it to a single stem. One advantage of this method is, that of rearing every plant with a degree of certainty, the tops being in this operation attended to as well as the stems ; those of the stronger plants being lessened, to give head-room to the weaker. Another great advantage, especially on a sheep-farm, is that of getting the young plants out of harm’s way. Sheep are great enemies to young Quick, and every expedient should be employed to defend it from them for three or four years ; after which they will, by the above management, rise out of the reach of those animals. The pruning should be performed in win- ter or spring, while the sap is down. Young Quick hedges should be kept constantly free from weeds, and, if foul, should be hoed and weeded by hand twice every year ; otherwise, if the weeds be numerous and strong enough to outgrow the shoots, the latter will be greatly injured. Root or perennial hedge weeds should be carefully eradicated; as, the Common Creeping Thistle, (see Carduus Arvensis,) Docks, Nettles, Bindweeds, (see Convolvulus, Sepium, and Arvensis,) and Fern; in moist situations, the Meadow Sweet and Willow Herbs, but especially the Persicarias, which are almost cer- tain suffocation to weak plants in the first and second years, if not removed by hand. Grasses in general may be destroyed by the hoe, but scarcely any means can entirely free young hedges from Quick-grass or Couch ; which ought therefore at almost any cost to be destoyed before the young hedge is planted. Cleavers, otherwise called Hariff, (see Galium Aparine,) and other climbing plants, are a burden to the taller and more upright shoots. Biennial and annual weeds, such as all the Thistles, (except that above-mentioned,) as Sow- thistles, the Hawkweed, provincially called Gould’s Cow- weed, and several other umbelliferous plants, provincially called Keksies, also Charlock, and several of the Wild Vetches, with a variety of small weeds, which rob the plants of their nourishment, all ought to be cut off with the hoe as often as they rise, or at least before they come to seed. Great care is requisite in weeding young hedge-shoots : they are very brittle, and roughness in handling is very liable to break them off at the stub. They ought not to be pulled aside nor weeded overhand ; but the weeds should be drawn out at the bottom, by putting the hand or fingers gently in between the stubs. For further particulars, see the articles Fences and Hedges. Quicken Tree. See Sorbus Aucuparia. Quillwort. See Isoeles. Quince Tree. See Pyrus Cydonia. Quinchamala ; a genus of the class Penfandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth superior, of one leaf, in four deep, ovate, unequal segments ; one larger than the rest. Corolla : of one petal ; tube funnel- 5 U 444 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; QU I QUI shaped, much longer than the calix, quadrangular, curved ; limb in five lanceolate, acute, spreading segments. Stamina: filamenta five, very short, inserted into the top of the tube ; antherae oblong, the length of the limb. Pistil: germen roundish ; style thread-shaped, the length of the tube ; stigma capitate. Pericarp: berry roundish. Seed: solitary. Es- sential Character. Calix: inferior, five-toothed; co- rolla tubular, superior. Antherae: sessile. Seed: one. The only known species is, 1. Quinchamala Chiliensis. Leaves alternate, linear, acute, quite entire ; flowers corymbed. It has the habit of Thesium. — Native of Chili. Quisqualis ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mono- gyuia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth filiform, very long, tubular, with a five-cleft patulous mouth, deci- R A N RADISH. See Raphanus. Radish, Horse. See Cochlearia. Radish, Water. See Sisymbrium. Ragged Robin . See Lychnis. Ragwort. See Senecio. Rajania ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Hexandria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth six-parted, bell shaped ; leaflets oblong, acuminate, more spreading above. Corolla : none. Stamina : filamenta six, bristle-shaped, shorter than the calix ; antherae simple. Female. Calix: perianth one-leafed, six-parted, bell-shaped, placed on the germen, permanent, shrivelling. Corolla: none. Pistil : germen in- ferior, compressed, one side augmented with a prominent rim, three-celled ; styles three, the length of the calix ; stigmas blunt. Pericarp : capsule membranaceous, three-celled, valveless, crowned with the calix; two of the cells barren, almost obliterated, wingless ; the third fertile, compressed, produced into a very large, half-ovate, membranaceous, wing. Seed: single, subelliptic, compressed. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: six-parted. Corolla: none. Female. Styles three; germen inferior, three-celled, with two of the cells obliterated. Seed: one, with one wing. The spe- cies are, 1. Rajania Hastata. Leaves hastate, cordate. — Native of St. Domingo. 2. Rajania Cordata. Leaves cordate, seven-nerved. — Na- tive of South America. 3. Rajania Angustifolia. Leaves linear-lanceolate, rounded at the base. It flowers in May, and seeds in June. — This is an annual plant, and is found in the driest coppices of His- paniola, on the western coast, climbing up the tall trees. 4. Rajania Ovata. Leaves ovate-acuminate, three-nerved. — Native of Hispaniola. 5. Rajania Quinquefolia. Leaves in fives, ovate-oblong. — Native of America. 6. Rajania Quinata. Leaves quinate ; leaflets emarginate; flowers umbelled, axillary. — Native of Japan. __ 7. Rajania Hexaphylla. Leaves serrate; leaflets oblong, acute ; flowers in racemes. They are snow-white. — Native of Japan. Rampions. See Campanula. Ramsons. See Allium. Ranunculus ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Poly- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- leaved; leaflets ovate, concave, coloured, a little deciduous. duous. Corolla: petals five, inserted into the jaws of the calix, sessile, oblong, blunt, spreading, larger than the border of the calix. Stamina: filamenta ten, bristle-shaped, inserted into the jaws of the calix, five of them lower ; antherae in the jaws of the calix. Pistil: germen ovate; style filiform, longer than the stamina; stigma obtuse, wider. Pericarp: drupe dry, five-cornered. Seed: nut roundish. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft, filiform. Petals: five. Drupe: five-cornered. The single species known is, 1. Quisqualis Indica. Leaves opposite, petioled, cordate or ovate, quite entire ; branches round, pubescent. Loureiro describes it as a large unarmed shrub, with a thick, almost upright stem, and climbing branches ; the flowers w hite, tinged with red, in terminating corymbs. — Native of the East Indies, China, and Cochin-china. RAN Corolla : petals five, blunt, shining, with small claws ; nectary a little cavity just above the claw, in each petal. Stamina: filamenta very many, shorter by half than the corolla; antherae oblong, blunt, twin. Pistil: germina numerous, collected into a head ; styles none ; stigmas reflex, very small. Peri- carp: none; receptacle collecting the seeds by very minute peduncles. Seeds: very many, irregular, varying in figure, naked, with a reflex point. Observe. The essence of this genus consists in the nectary ; the other parts of the fructifi- cation are always inconstant. This nectary is in some species a naked pore ; in others encompassed by a cylindrical border; and in others, again, closed by an emarginate scale. The ninth species has a three-leaved calix, and more than five petals. The sixteenth has an awl-shaped receptacle, and the fruit in a spike. The forty-third has an ensiform tail to the seeds, and the calix appendicled at the base. The forty- fourth has only five stamina. In some species the seeds are roundish, in others depressed; sometimes they are beset with prickles like a hedge hog, and sometimes they are but few in number. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved. Petals: five to eight, with a honied pore at the claw. Seeds: naked. The species are, * With simple Leaves. 1. Ranunculus Flammula; Lesser Spearwort. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, bluntish, petioled ; stem declined ; root perennial, composed of simple, very long, and rather large j fibres. This species varies wonderfully in magnitude, and in gravelly soils degenerates to a trailing dwarfish size, with linear leaves. It is very acrid; and when externally applied, inflames and blisters the skin. Its acrimony rises in distillation. Many years ago, a man travelled in different parts of England, administering vomits, w'hich, like white vitriol, operated the instant they were swallowed. The dis- tilled water of this plant was his medicine ; and Dr. Wither- ing declares, from the experience he himself had of it, that in case of poison being swallowed, or other circumstances occurring in which it is desirable to make the patient iustanffy vomit, that he found it preferable tc any other medicine yet known, as it did not excite those painful contractions which sometimes attend the white vitriol, and defeat the intention I for which it was given. It is used, in many parts of the Highlands of Scotland, to raise blisters; for this purpose, i the leaves are well bruised in a mortar, and applied in one or more limpet shells, to the part where the blisters are to be raised. This is the practice in the Isle of Skye, and other RAN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. RAN 445 places, especially in the wet and boggy parts of heaths and commons, where it flowers from June to September. It is found also in Sweden, Russia, Switzerland, and Germany, en the banks of lakes. 2. Ranunculus Lingua; Great Spearwort. Leaves lan- ceolate, acuminate ; stem erect, many-flowered. This also is an acrid herb, with a perennial root like the preceding ; and likewise varies with serrate leaves. The flowers are large, and of a bright golden colour. It flowers in July, and gene- rally grows in muddy ditches or bogs by the sides of lakes. It is reckoned rather a rare plant in England, but occurs in many places, as between Rotherhithe and Deptford, near London; on Iver heath, near Uxbridge ; in several parts of Norfolk ; on Feversham Moor, near Cambridge, and in the isle of Ely; Goldingtou and Oakley in Bedfordshire; in ditches near a pool of water called Brayford in Lincolnshire ; on the banks of the Cherwell near King’s Mill, in Oxford- shire; in the bogs on Malvern Chase, Worcestershire; in Kiveson Pool, near Stafford ; on the sides of Ancott Pool in Salop; in several parts of the north of England and Scot- land; at Duddington Loch, near Edinburgh ; and about Res- tennet in Angus-shire. 3. Ranunculus Nodiflorus. Leaves ovate, petioied ; flow- ers sessile. — This is found about Paris, and in the marshy places of the island of Sicily. 4. Ranunculus Gramineus; Grassy Crowfoot. Leaves linear, lanceolate, many-nerved, sessile; stem upright, few- flowered, very smooth; root perennial. It is distinguished from the next species by its yellow flowers and tuberous root: in that the flowers are white, and the root bulbous. It flowers in April and May, and is easily propagated by parting the roots in autumn. 5. Ranunculus Pyraeneus; Pyrcenean Crowfoot. Leaves linear, undivided; stem upright, striated, subbiflorous. - Native of the Alps, Pyrenees, and Switzerland, Carinthia, Dauphiny, Provence, aud Piedmont. 6. Ranunculus Parnassifolius ; Parnassia-leaved Crowfoot. Leaves subovate, nerved, marked with lines, quite entire, petioied; flowers umbelled. It varies with a stem scarcely two inches high, with only one, two, or three flowers at most. — Native of the south of Europe. It may be easily propa- gated, by parting the roots in autumn. 7. Ranunculus Amplexicaulis; Embracing leaved Crowfoot. Leaves ovate, acuminate, embracing; stem many-flowered; roots in bundles. The leaves, in part, surround the stalk at the base; whence the trivial name. In colour, they differ from most others of the genus, being of a grayer or more glaucous hue, which, joined to the delicate whiteness of the flowers, renders this species very desirable in a collection of hardy herbaceous plants, more especially as it occupies little space, may be easily propagated by parting its roots in autumn, and has no tendency to injure the growth of others. It flowers in April and May, and is a native of the Appennine and Pyrenean mountains. 8. Ranunculus Bullatus ; Portugal Crowfoot. Leaves ovate, serrate; scape naked, one-flowered. — Native of Por- tugal, the Isle of Candia, and Barbary. 9. Ranunculus Ficaria ; Pilewort, or Lesser Celandine. Leaves cordate, angular, petioied ; petals numerous. — This plant is easily distinguished by its roots formed of many knobs or tubers, shaped like the Fig; hence its trivial name. The tops of these tubers send forth many small fibres. The whole plant is smooth. It differs from the Crowfoots in the number of petals in the corolla, and leaflets in the calix, yet agrees with them in the same general nature and habit, as well as in the nectary or little scale at the base of the petals, so that it seems to be of the same natural genus with them. In the spring, almost every grove, thicket, and hedge- bottom, is enamelled with the glossy golden flowers of this plant; but when they have been exposed a few days to the bright sun, they become white, and fail off soon afterwards. It blows earlier than the Crowfoots, and is therefore liable to have its parts of fructification injured by the inclemency of the weather ; to secure it from which, it has the power of closing its petals in a much greater degree, and in this state it is usually found from five in the evening till nine in the morning, and in wet weather. At its first appearance in the spring, this plant is small, and extends but little ; but in the month of May, particularly by the side of moist ditches, it grows much more luxuriantly, and in this state puts forth small bulbs like grains of wheat from the bosoms of the leaves: these, as the stalks lie on the ground, get into the earth, and become the tuberous roots of young plants. Thus the plant readily propagates itself; and this providential provision is the more necessary, because the seeds usually prove abortive. Linneus says, that the young leaves, boiled as greens in the spring, are eaten by the common people in some parts of Sweden. Though it is milder than most of the genus, it retains something of that acrimony which many of the species possess in a high degree. The particular form of the roots probably recommended this plant as a cure for the piles ; and this fancied quality was the origin of the English name. The roots are sometimes washed bare by the rains, and this in- duced the ignorant and superstitious to imagine that it rained wheat, to which the uncovered tubercles bear a little resem- blance. It choaks the plants which grow near it, and ought to be extirpated, as cattle will not eat it, from our meadows. Nothing discourages its increase more than coal or wood ashes, which are both at the same time excellent dresses for meadow-land. It is sometimes seen in gardens with a double root; and is common in meadows, orchards, and plantations, flowering in February, and continuing through March aud a great part of April. 10. Ranunculus Plantaginifolius; Plantain-leaved Crow- foot. Leaves cordate, ovate, either entire or three-toothed at the tip; root fibrous, with thicker fibres among the more slender ones. — Native of the salt-marshes of Siberia. 11. Ranunculus Thora; Kidney -leaved Crowfoot. Leaves kidney-form, subtrilobate, crenate ; stem-leaf sessile ; flowers laceolate; stem subbiflorous; root round, brownish, from one to two inches loug, perpendicular, the thickness of a straw, and permanent, in its whole length putting forth many fusiform, long, pale, subimbricate fibres. It flowers in May and June. — Native of the Alps of Switzerland and Austria; the Pyrenees, Dauphiny, Piedmont, and Silesia. It is easily propagated by parting the roots in autumn. 12. Ranunculus Pusillus. Plant glabrous; leaves petio- late; inferior leaves ovate, dentate; superior leaves linear- lanceolate, dentated at the tip ; peduncles alternate, solitary, one-flowered ; petals pale yellow. This is a small species, with exceeding small flowers; and flowers from June to August. 13. Ranunculus Filiformis. Plant glabrous, small; stems filiform, creeping, geniculate; joints with one flower each; leaves linear, subulate, obtuse — Grows in inundated places on the river St. Lawrence, Hudson’s Bay, arid Labrador, and flowers in June and July. 14. Ranunculus Cymbalaria. Plant glabrous, very small, filiform, creeping, taking root at the joints ; leaves cordate- reniform, obtusely quinquedentated ; peduncles radical, soli- tary, for the most part two-flowered ; petals linear, pale yel- low, and sometimes white; fruit oblong. — Grows in saline 446 RAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; RAN marshes near the salt-works of Onondago, New York, and flowers in June and July. 15. Ranunculus Muricatus. Plant without hair, diffuse; leaves simple, subrotund, trilobate ; calix of the width of the corolla; flowers yellow. — Grows in the old fields of Virginia and Carolina, and flowers in June and July. 16. Ranunculus Echiriatus. Plant without hair, simple; leaves simple, subrotund, trilobate; petals as long again as the calix ; flowers yellow, more than twice the size of the preceding one. — Grows in Charleston, South Carolina. ** With dissected and divided Leaves. 17. Ranunculus Creticus ; Cretan Crowfoot. Root-leaves kidney-form, crenate, sublobate; stem-leaves three-parted, lanceolate, quite entire ; stem many-flowered. It has an Asphodel root. It flowers at the beginning of June, and is a native of the island of Candia or Crete. 10. Ranunculus Cassabicus. Root-leaves roundish-cordate, crenate; stem-leaves digitate, toothed; stem many-flowered. — Native of Germany and Siberia. 19. Ranunculus Auricomus ; Wood Crowfoot, or Goldi- locks. Root-leaves kidney-form, three-parted, crenate; stem- leaves digitate, linear; stem many-flowered ; calix coloured; root fibrous, perennial; flowers terminating, erect, solitary, of a bright golden hue, on round pubescent peduncles. In cold backward seasons, in gardens in unsheltered situations, and in more northern countries, the real petals are sometimes wanting, the calix being dilated and more coloured than usual, so as to supply their place. It has been called Goldi- locks and Sweet Wood Crowfoot: the epithet Sweet being intended to express that it has none of the acrid or caustic fla- vour usual in this genus; the term Wood expresses ils place of growth. It is easily distinguished from the other Wild Crow- foots, by its yellow patulous calix; the nakedness of its nec- tary, which is a small oblique hole running downwards at the base of each petal ; by the bottom-leaves being less cut, and the upper ones narrower, than in most of the others; by the petals being frequently wanting; and by its place of growth. It sometimes has double flowers, and chiefly affects a clayey soil. 20. Ranunculus Abortivus. Root-leaves cordate, crenate; stem-leaves ternate, angular; stem subtriflorous. — Native of Virginia and Canada. 21. Ranunculus Sceleratus ; Marsh ox Celery-leaved Crow- foot. Lower leaves palmate ; upper digitate ; fruits oblong ; root annual, composed of many whitish fibres; herb various in size and luxuriance, of a pale shining green colour, juicy and very smooth, except the flower-stalks and upper part of the stem, which are occasionally hairy ; flowers numerous, ped uncled, small, of a palish yellow. This species is easily distinguished by its bro'ad shining bottom leaves, thick stalk, small yellow flowers, and smooth oblong seed-heads. It is one of' the most virulent of native plants. Bruised and ap- plied to the skin, it soon raises a blister, and creates a sore by no means easy to heal; hence strolling beggars have been said to wound themselves with it, in order to excite compas- sion. When chewed, it inflames the tongue, and produces very violent effects. It is suspected of having proved poison- v ous to sheep ; and is very common in watery places, where it may be found in flower and seed from July to August. 22. Ranunculus Aconitifolius ; Aconite-leaved Crowfoot. Leaves five-lobed, toothed; lobes acuminate, the interme- diate ones trifid, the upper floral ones digitate, sessile, lan- ceolate. This is a very handsome species, four feet high, and branched ; stem hollow within. Native of the European Alps.— The double-flowering variety has been obtained by seeds, and is preserved in many curious gardens for the beauty of its flowers. Some gardeners call it, Fair Maid of France. The flowers are pure white and very double, each standing upon a short footstalk. It is easily propagated by parting the roots in autumn. 23. Ranunculus Platanifolius ; Plane-leaved Crowfoot. Leaves five-lobed, toothed; lobes blunt, the intermediate ones trifid, the upper floral ones digitate, sessile, linear, subulate. — Native of the mountains of Germany and Italy. 24. Ranunculus lllyricus ; llh/rian Crowfoot. Leaves silky, villose; ternate leaflets trifid, gashed, quite entire; calix reflex ; root tuberous ; stem a foot high, round, upright, divided at top into a few one-flowered peduncles. — It is a native of dry hilly pastures in the south of Europe. 25. Ranunculus Pennsylvanicus; Pennsylvanian Crowfoot. Calices reflex ; stem upright ; leaves ternate, trifid, gashed, hairy underneath. It is an annual or biennial. — Native of Canada and Pennsylvania. 26. Ranunculus Ternatus ; Ternate-leaved Crowfoot. All the leaves ternate ; leaflets trifid ; stem many-flowered ; cali- ces reflex. — Native of Japan. 27. Ranunculus Asiaticus; Persian Crowfoot, or Garden Ranunculus. Leaves ternate and biternate; leaflets trilid, gashed; stem branched at bottom. The flowers are termi- nating with the stem, naked for a considerable length below them. They vary much in size and colour, and the petals are frequently of different colours on the two surfaces. They ij appear in May; and in moderate seasons, or where they | are shaded from the sun in the heat of the day, there ^ will be a succession at least during a month. Mr. Miller ■ thinks this flower came originally from Persia. Since it has I been in Europe, many varieties have been obtained from seed, 1 particularly of semi-double flowers. These are so large, and I of so many beautiful colours, as to exceed most other flowers I of their season, and even to vie with the Carnation itself. 1 Many of them are finely scented, and the strong roots gene- I rally produce from twenty to thirty flowers in succession; j hence it has been highly valued and admired. The varieties l are innumerable, exceeding those of any other flower. All j the very double flowers do not produce seeds, and are only 1 multiplied by offsets from their roots, which they generally 1 produce in great plenty, if planted in a good soil, and duly attended to in winter. The beds in which they should be planted, must be made with fresh, light, sandy earth, at least three feet deep. The best soil for them may be composed as follows: Take a quantity of fresh earth from a rich upland pasture, about six inches deep, together with the green- j sward ; this should be laid in a heap for twelve months to rot before it is mixed, observing to break the clods in turn- <] ing it very often to sweeten it : to this add a fourth part of very rotten cow-dung, and a proportionable quantity of sea or drift sand, according as the earth is lighter or stiftVr; if it be light and inclined to a sand, there should be no sand 1 added; but if it be a hazel loam, one load of sand will be | sufficient for eight loads of earth; but if the earth be strong I and heavy, the sand should be added in a greater propor- tion : this also should be mixed eight months or a yeaf be- fore it is used, and should be often turned over, in order to ! unite the parts well together before it is put into the beds. The depth which this soil should be laid in the beds, is three < feet below the surface, according to the grouud ; for in dry | ground two feet eight inches below the surface will be suffi- cient, and in very moist soils only two feet, the remaining ! one foot being above the surface of the natural earth. In very moist ground it will also be proper to lay some rubbish i and stones in the bottom of each bed, to drain off the mois- Mjrwwirc vrimrs. TuMij-h'd by NuCtall. Tuiur bSixonMverpool. Ju& -**<£ RAN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. RAN 447 hire; and if upon this, at the bottom of the beds, some very rotten cow-dung be laid two or three inches thick, the roots will reach this in the spring, and the flowers will be the fairer in consequence. The earth for the bed need not be screened very fine, for then the great winter rains would bind it in one solid lump, detaining the moisture and rotting the roots. The beds being thus prepared, should lie a fort- night to settle before the roots are planted, that there may be no danger of the earth settling unequally after they are planted; which would prejudice the roots, by leaving hollow places in some parts of the beds, in which the water would always lodge. Having levelled the earth, laying the surface a little rounding, the beds should be marked out in rows by a line, at about six inches’ distance every way, so that the roots may be planted every way in straight lines : open the earth with your fingers at each cross, where the roots are to be planted, at about two inches deep, placing the roots ex- actly in the middle, with their crowns upright ; then with the head of a rake draw the earth upon the surface of the bed level, so that the tops of the roots will be covered about two inches deep, that being sufficient. This work should be done in dry weather, because the earth will then work bet- ter than if it were wet; but the sooner after the planting there happens to be rain, the better it will be for the roots. If no rain should happen in a fortnight’s time, it will be pro- per to water the beds, to prevent the roots from decaying. — When the roots are thus planted, there will no more care be required until toward the end of November, by which time they will begin to heave the ground, and the buds of their leaves will appear ; then lava little of the fresh earth of which the beds are composed, about half an inch thick, over the beds, which will defend the crown of the root from frost; and when you perceive the buds to break through this second covering, if it should prove very hard frost, it it will be proper to arch the beds over with hoops, and cover them with mats, but especially in the spring, when the buds will begin to appear ; for if exposed to severe frost or blighting winds at that season, their flowers seldom open fairly, and many times their roots are destroyed. In the be- ginning of March the flower-stems will begin to rise; then carefully weed the beds, and stir the earth with your fingers between the roots, taking care not to injure them. This will improve the appearance of the beds, and greatly strengthen the flowers in their blowing; and if the nights prove frosty, the beds should be covered with mats every evening, and shaded from the sun in the heat of the day. When the flowers are past, and the leaves withered, take up the roots, and carefully clear them from the earth, then spread them upon a mat to dry in a shady place ; after which they may be put up in bags or boxes in a dry room until the October following, which is the season for planting them again. — These Persian sorts are not only propagated by off- sets from the old roots, but are also multiplied by seeds, which the semi-double kinds produce in plenty. Whoever wishes to have them in perfection, should sow the seeds an- nually, which will every year produce new varieties. All however depends upon the careful selection of the seeds. The flowers left to seed, ought at least to have five or six rows of petals, and to be well coloured ; for as these flowers increase plentifully, it is not worth while to sow indifferent seeds, from which no good flowers can be obtained. Being prepared with seeds about the middle of August, which is the proper season for sowing them, provide some large pots, flat seed-pans, or boxes. These should be filled with light rich earth, levelling the surface very even; then sow the seeds thereon pretty thick, and cover it about a quarter of ail inch 103. thick with the same light earth; after which you should remove these pots, pans, or boxes, into a shady situation, where they may have the morning sun till ten o’clock. In dry seasons refresh them gently with water, taking care not to wash the seeds out of the ground. In this situation the pots should remain until the beginning of October, by which time the plants will begin to come up, though it is sometimes the end of November before they begin to appear; then re- move them into a more open exposure, where they may have the full sun. Towards the middle of November, when you are apprehensive of frost, remove the pots under a common hot-bed frame, where they may be covered with glasses in the night-time, and also in bad weather; but in the day, when the weather is mild, they should be entirely opened, to prevent the plants from being drawn up too weak. The only dangers they are exposed to are violent rains and frosts ; the rain often rotting the tender plants, and the frost turning them out of the ground. In the spring, as the season grows warm, these pots should be exposed to the open air, placing them at first near the shelter of a hedge, to protect them from the cold winds ; but at the beginning of April they should be removed into a more shady situation, according to the warmth of the season. In the latter end of April, place them where they can only have the morning sun, and let them remain there till their leaves decay, when they may be taken out of the earth, and their roots dried in a shady place; after which they may be put up in bags, and preserved in a dry place till the October following, and then they must be treated as above directed for the old plants. When these roots flower in the following spring, carefully mark such of them as are worthy to be preserved. You should not suffer those flowers, which you intend to blow fine the succeeding year, to bear seeds; if they appear inclined to do so, cut off the flowers when they begin to decay, for those roots which have produced seeds seldom flower well till afterwards; nor will the principal old root, which has flowered strong one year, ever blow so fair as the offsets, which is what should be principally observed when a person purchases any of these roots, as the sellers generally palm off the old roots upon their customers, judiciously reserving the offsets for their own use. In planting these roots, particu- larly observe to place the semi-double kinds, from which you intend to reserve seeds, in separate beds by themselves, and not intermix them with the double flowers, because they re- quire different management. When the seed begins to ripen, which may be easily known by its separating from the axils and falling, look over the plants daily, gathering it as it ripens ; for there will be a considerable difference in the seeds of the same bed coming to maturity, at least a fort- night, and sometimes three weeks or a month. The seed when gathered should not be exposed to the sun, but spread to dry in a shady place, and afterwards laid up out of the reach of vermin. This method of sowing seeds every year not only increases the stock of roots, but also raises new va- rieties, which maybe greatly improved by changing the seeds into fresh ground. It will also be necessary to take a way- all the earth out of the beds in which the roots were blown, if you intend to plant these flowers there again ; otherwise they will never thrive half so well, as all the curious florists continually observe. In case of severe weather after plant- ing, it will be proper to cover the beds with straw or pease- haulm, to guard them against frost; but this covering should always be removed in favourable weather. In spring, when the ground is loose, tread or beat it on a fine day, press- ing it close to the plants with the fingers, to keep out the cold parching winds. Some long straw, placed betweeu 440 RAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; RAN the rows, will protect the plants, and keep the ground moist: if the spring showers should fail, water must be applied gently between the rows. When the seed-leaves appear, the young plants will require more air, and must be regularly but gently watered, except wlien there are warm showers of rain. When the sun shines hot, the glasses must be raised to admit fresh air, and the frame also shaded with mats. Such persons as save the seed for raising new varieties, must suf- fer it to continue on the plant till it becomes brown and dry, then cut it off, and spread it upon paper in a dry room, ex- posed la the sun; when quite dry, put it into a bag, and hang it up in a dry place. In January or February these seeds being carefully rubbed out, and cleansed from all ex- traneous matter, they should be sown under a glass-frame so thick as nearly to cover the surface; the glasses should then be put on, and the frame kept closely covered for two or three days till the seed begins to swell, and then a little light earth sho'uld be sifted over, and repeated every week till the seeds are covered ; but if they are covered too deep, they will not vegetate. — To conclude : A fine Ranunculus should have a strong straight stem from eight to twelve inches high. The flower should be of a hemispherical form, at least two inches in diameter, consisting of numerous petals gradually diminishing in size to the centre, lying over each other so as neither to be too close nor too much separated, but having more of a perpendicular than horizontal direction, in order to display the colour with better effect : the petals should be broad, with entire w'ell-rounded edges: their co- lour should be dark or clear, rich or brilliant, either of one colour, or variously diversified on an ash, white, sulphur, or fire-coloured gfound, or else regularly striped, spotted, or mottled in an elegant manner. 28. Ranunculus Rutaefolius; Rue-leaved Crowfoot. Leaves pinnate and ternate; leaflets three-parted, multifid; stem quite simple; corolla many-petalled ; root tuberous. The stalk is terminated by one double flower, of a fine bright yellow' colour, and about the size of the common Butter- flower.— It flowers in May ; and is a native of the mountains of Austria, Dauphiny, Switzerland, and Piedmont. 29. RnminculusGlacialis; Two flowered Crowfoot. Calices hirsute ; stem two-flowered ; leaves multifid ; root large and fleshy, in the form of a bulb, very acrid, and putting forth many long thick fibres. — It flowers in June; and is a native of Lapland, Denmark, Switzerland, Dauphiny, and Piedmont, on. high granite mountains near the continual snows. 30. Ranunculus Nivalis; Alpine Yellow Crowfoot. Calix hirsute; stem one-flowered; root-leaves palmate; stem- leaves many-parted, sessile. — Native of Lapland and Nor- way. 31. Ranunculus Alpestris. Root-leaves subcordate, blunt, three-parted ; lobes three-lobed ; stem-leaf lanceolate, quite entire; stem one or two flowered. — Native of Switzerland, Austria, Carniola, and Dauphiny. 32. Ranunculus Lapponicus? Lapland Crowfoot. Leaves tbree-parted, lobed, blunt; stem almost flaked, one-flowered ; root fibrous ; flower terminating, yellow. — Native of Lapland. 33. Ranunculus Monspeliacns ; Montpelier Crowfoot. Leaves three-parted, cremate; stem simple, villose, almost naked, one flowered. — Native of the south of France, and of Barbary. 34. Ranunculus Bulbosus ; Bulbous Crowfoot. Calices beiif back; peduncles grooved; stem upright, many-flow- erec! ; leaves compound; root a solid white roundish bulb, flatted a little both at top and bottom, somewhat resembling a small turnip. It is distinguished from the thirty first species, with which some others have confounded it, by its roots, by its never throwing out runners, and by its reflexed calix : this last character arises from its particular structure, the lower half being thin and almost transparent, and not having sufficient solidity to support itself upright. It is the second flower which, next to the Dandelion, covers the mea- dows with dazzling yellow. Like most of the Crowfoots, it possesses the property of inflaming and blistering the skin; particularly the roots, which are said to raise blisters with less pain and greater safety than Spanish flies, and have been applied for that purpose, especially to the joints, in the gout. The juice is even more acrid than that of the sixteenth species, and, if applied to the nostrils, provokes sneezing. The roots, on being kept, lose their stimulating quality, and *re even eatable when boiled. Boys often dig them up, and devour them. The herb is too acrid to be eaten alone by cattle; ac- cordingly the flowering-stalks are left to perfect the seeds in pastures, though some of it certainly is consumed ; and it ap- pears probable that this and other pungent plants, mixed with the Grassps, may act with a powerful stimulus to some animals, as salt does to others. It abounds in dry pastures, and flowers in May. Besides the name of Round-rooted or Bulbous Crowfoot, it is called by the common people. But- ter-flower, Butter-cups, King-cups, Gold-cups; and it is the “cuckow-buds of yellow hue,” in Shakspeare. — This species, and the two following, are all confounded by the vulgar un- der one name. 35. Ranunculus Hirsutus ; Pale Hairy Crowfoot. Calices bent back, acuminate ; stem upright, many-flowered, hirsute; leaves ternate; root fibrous. The flowers and seeds are smaller than in the preceding species. — Mr. Curtis observed this species in various places near London ; as, by the road- side between Crydon and Mitcham, near Gravesend, and plentifully by the sea-side; also on the gravelly banks about Southampton. It has also been seen upon new-made banks in the salt-marshes near Yarmouth ; on South Leigh common, in Oxfordshire; and abundantly in the pastures of Bedford- shire. 36. Ranunculus Repens; Creeping Crowfoot. Calices spreading a little; peduncles grooved; racemes creeping; leaves compound ; root perennial, consisting of numerous white fibres; flowering-stem erect, generally supporting two flowers. — This species is sufficiently distinct from the other common Crowfoots, in its creeping stems, and sending forth more roots at every joint : which render it more mischievous than those, as also because it will thrive in almost any soil, and is very sure to become the principal plant of the pas- turage, to the great detriment of the farmer. From the great variety of soil and situation in which this species is found, it assumes many varieties. By a river’s side, or in marshes, it will grow three or four feet high, with a stem nearly as large as a man’s thumb; in barren gravelly fields it is entirely procumbent, with a stem not larger than a small wheat straw; but in all states it retains the character of the creeping stem, and does not lose it in cultivation. Its prin- cipal time of flowering is in June, but it may be found in blossom during most of the ensuing summer months, in meadows and pastures, under hedges, in shady waste places, Church-yards, and gardens. The qualites of this and the twenty-ninth species are nearly alike, both blister the skin, and are very acrid to the taste: like that and the thirty-third species, it is sometimes found double, though not so often as they. 37. Ranunculus Polyanthemos ; Many -flowered Crowfoot. Calices spreading a little ; peduncles grooved ; stem upright; leaves many-parted. This species has no sensible acrimony. — Native of Germany, Switzerland, Sweden, Dauphiny, and RAN OR, BTOANICAL DICTIONARY. RAN 449 Piedmont, in woods; flowering in May and June. It is perennial. 38. Ranunculus Acris; Upright Meadow Crowfoot. Ca- lices spreading a little; peduncles round; leaves three part- ed, multifid, the uppermost linear; root perennial, tuberous, with many long, simple, white fibres. The scale of the nec- tary at once distinguishes this species from the fourteenth ; the spreading calix from the twenty-ninth and thirtieth; and the round even flower-stalks, from both those and the thirty- first species; whilst the smooth seeds prevent our mistaking it for any species which has them rough or muricated. It is indeed known at first sight from all our other wild species, by its tall, thin, genteel, upright growth, from which it has received its English name. Most of the Crowfoots are known to be acrid, and some are thought to be poisonous, but this plant received its trivial name from its supposed superior de- gree of acridity. All its parts are exceedingly acrid : the juice of the leaves takes away warts ; and bruised together with the roots, they will act as a caustic, by inflaming and cor- roding the parts to which they are applied. In violent head- achs, where the pain is confined to one part, a plaister made of them frequently affords almost immediate relief; and they have been used in the gout with great success. Mr. Curtis declares, that even pulling it up and carrying it to some little distance has produced a considerable inflammation in the palm of the hand ; that cattle in general will not eat it, yet that sometimes, when they are turned hungry into a new field of grass, or have but a small spot to range in, they feed on it, and their mouths have become sore and blistered. According to Linneus, sheep and goats eat it, but cattle, horses, and even hogs, refuse it. When made into hay, it loses its acrid quality, but then seems to be too hard and stalky to yield much nourishment; if it be of any use, it must be to correct by its warmth the insipidity of the Grasses. In many pastures the flowering-stems are left standing in abundance, to dissemi- nate their seeds: before they could do that, they might easily be cut down with the scythe, or be pulled up by women and children after a shower, which would more effectually de- stroy the plants ; they should be gathered into heaps, and burnt. It flowers in June and July, and is confounded with the twenty-ninth and thirty-first species under the name of Butter-flower or Butter cups, under a notion that the yel- low colour of butter is owing to these plants. It is the rich- ness and exuberance of the pasture that communicates this colour, and not these flow'ers, which the cattle seldom or ever touch. 39. Ranunculus Lanuginosus; Broad-leaved Crowfoot. Calices spreading a little ; peduncles round ; stem and petioles hirsute ; leaves trifid, iobed, crenate, velvety. This is easily known by its stature, hairiness, and place of growth 'in woods and shade. It differs from the preceding species in flowering earlier, in being very hirsute, large, and with scattered flowers on fistular peduncles. — Native of Denmark, Germany, Switzerland, Austria, the south of France, and Piedniout. Increased by parting the roots in autumn. 40. Ranunculus Chcerophyllus ; Fine-leaved Crowfoot. Calices turned back; peduncles grooved ; stem upright, one- flowered ; leaves linear, multifid ; root perennial ; flower yel- low; plant acrid. — Native of France and Italy. It is not often observed in England, probably owing to its humble growth, the smallness of its flowers, and its want of elegance in form or colour. It occurs in several places about Lon- don; as, near Camberwell, about Lee Bridge, and near Wal- thamstow. Found also on Green-street green, near Dart- ford in Kent; near Worcester, and on Malvern-hill near Norwich ; near Madingley, Trumpington, Shelford, Toft, and Gamlingay, in Cambridgeshire; on Bullington green, Shotover hill, and South-Leigh, in Oxfordshire; on St. Vin- cent's rocks near Bristol ; near Lymington and Lulworth cove in Dorsetshire, where some of the fallow lands in the neighbourhood of Blandford are overrun with it. 41. Ranunculus Millefoliatus. Leaves superdecompound, linear; calices hairy; stem branched, silky villose. It is allied to the preceding species; roots tuberous, oblong, in bundles, narrowing downwards, and ending in a fibre. It flowers in winter. — Native of the kingdom of Tunis. 42. Ranunculus Parvulus; Little Upright Crowfoot. Seeds tubercled ; leaves hirsute, three-lobed, gashed ; stem upright, few-flowered ; root small, annual, with long simple fibres. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the south of France, Italy, and Russia. Found also in abundance near Bristol hot-wells. 43. Ranunculus Arvcnsis ; Corn Crowfoot. Seeds prickly ; leaves trifid, decompound; segments linear; root annual, composed of simple fibres ; stem upright, a foot or more in height. Every part of the plant has a pale appearance, and is easily distinguished from our wild Crowfoots by this cir- cumstance, by its large prickly seeds, its annual root, and its place of growth, which is in corn-fields, where it is very common among crops of all kinds, in most parts of Europe, but more abundantly in some soils than in others; flowering in May and June, and ripening its seeds before harvest, so that it fills (he ground, but, not being a very luxuriant plant, is not a very formidable weed. In some counties it is called Hunger-weed, probably from its indicating a sterile soil. It is said to be as highly acrimonious when fresh, as any of the other species. Mr. Brugnon relates its poisonous effects on sheep, who nevertheless eat it greedily, as also do cattle and horses. It occasions colic, gangrene of the stomach, and death in a few hours. Three ounces of the juice killed a dog in four minutes. The above author thinks vinegar the best antidote. Happily for England, this plant generally grows where it is not accessible to cattle ; which probably is the reason why we have not heard of any mischief done by it in this country ; but the husbandman would do well to guard against it in fallow-fields, and pastures in the neigh- bourhood of corn land. 44. Ranunculus Muricatus. Seeds prickly; leaves simple, lobed, blunt, smooth ; stem diffused ; root-leaves three-lobed, smooth, toothed; teeth blunt, unequal. — Native of ditches and marshes in the south of Europe and in Barbary. 45. Ranunculus Parviflorus ; Small flowered Crowfoot . Seeds prickly ; prickles hooked ; leaves simple, laciniated, acute, hirsute; stem diffused; root annual, fibrous. It flowers in May and June, and the seeds ripen in June and July. — Native of the south of Europe and of Algiers, in dry gravelly soils. 46. Ranunculus Orientalis ; Oriental Crowfoot. Leaves spiny, subulate, recurved; calices reflex; leaves multifid. — Native of the Levant. 47. Ranunculus Grandiflorus; Great-flowered Croiofoot. Stem upright, two-leaved ; leaves multifid ; stem-leaves alter- ternate, sessile.— Native of the Levant. 48. Ranunculus Falcatus; Sickle-seeded Crowfoot. Leaves wedge form, three-parted ; segments multifid, filiform; seeds sickle-shaped ; scape naked, one-flowered ; root annual. — Native of Austria, in corn-fields, and of other parts in the south of Europe and the Levant; flowering early in spring, and soon passing away. 49. Ranunculus Hederaceus; Ivy-leaved Crowfoot. Leaves roundish, kidney-shaped, three or five lobed, entire, even ; stem creeping; roots perennial, fibrous, numerous, simple. '450 RAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; RAP whitish, penetrating deeply into the mud. The leaves some- times have a dark spot in the middle of each, and in some situations the flowers are much larger than in others. It flow'ers from May to August, and is found in slow shallow rivulets, especially where the soil is sandy, in watery places, and shallow muddy ditches. — Native of many parts of Europe, as Denmark, Germany, France, and even of Siberia and Barbary. 50. Ranunculus Aquatilis; Water Crowfoot . Submerged leaves capillaceous ; emerged leaves subpeltate ; root peren- nial, fibrous, throwing up long round stems, clothed with alternate leaves, having broad membranaceous stipules at the base of their foot-stalks. The flowers are sometimes very large, and make a handsome show in pouds and ditches; the curious variety in the floating and immersed leaves, adds to the beauty of this common aquatic plant. The other va- rieties grow floating in the water, and have all the leaves capillary. In one, they form a roundish line; in another, the segments of the leaves are very long, parallel, and take the direction of the current. These varieties are clearly occa- sioned by the depth and velocity of the stream. Dr. Pul- teney has recorded a curious fact, which contradicts the as- sertions of the deleterious qualities of this plant, and proves that it is not merely innoxious, but nutritive to cattle, and capable of being converted to useful purposes in agricultural economy. In the neighbourhood of Ringwopd, on the borders of the Avon, some of the cottagers support their cows, and even horses, almost wholly by this plant. A man collects a quantity every morning, and brings it in a boat to the edge of the water, from which the cows eat it with great avidity; insomuch that they stint them, and allow only about twenty- five or thirty pounds to each cow daily. One man kept five cows and one horse so much on this plant, with the little that the heath afforded, that they had not consumed more than half a ton of hay throughout the whole year; none being used, except when the river was frozen over. Hogs are also fed with this plant, and improve so well on it, that it is not necessary to give them any other sustenance till they are put up to fatten. This property of Water Crowfoot is the more remarkable, because all the species are deemed acri- monious, and some undoubtedly are so in a high degree. It is probable that this species is rendered inert, and even wholesome, by growing in the water; although it must be confessed, that in other instances moisture heightens the dele- terious properties of vegetables, especially in the umbellife- rous tribe. Before the introduction of Cantharides, they were used as vesiccatories, and are said to act with less pain, and without any effect on the urinary passages ; but their action is supposed to be uncertain, and they are accused of frequently leaving ill conditioned ulcers. See the sixteenth and thirty-third species. 51. Ranunculus Ophioglossoides. Stem simple, upright; leaves nerved ; lower leaves ovate, subcordate, petioled ; floral-leaves sessile, lanceolate. — Native of the mountains of Dauphiny. 52. Ranunculus Frigidus. Root-leaves wedge-form, ovate, five-toothed at the tip; stem leaves sessile, palmate. — Native of the mountains of Siberia. 53. Ranunculus Trilobus. Stem upright; leaves smooth; stem-leaves three-lobed ; peduncles striated ; seeds compress- ed, tubercled. — Found in moist fields near Mayane, in the north of Africa. 54. Ranunculus Spicatus. Leaves oblong, toothed ; stem simple; seeds in spikes ; roots consisting of numerous oblong bulbs in bundles. — Native of the marshes in the neighbour- hood of Algiers. 5 55. Ranunculus Flabellatus. Leaves simple, toothed, and ternate; leaflets laciniate; stem simple. — Found in the neighbourhood of Algiers. 56. Ranunculus Japonica. Leaves gash-terminate ; lobes gashed-toothed, hirsute; stem hirsute. — Native of Japan. 57- Ranunculus Seguieri. Leaves three-parted ; lobes multifid, laciniate, acute, all petioled ; stem many-flowered ; calices smooth. — Native of the mountains of Italy, Dauphiny, and Carniola. 58. Ranunculus Montanus. Leaves five-lobed, toothed; stem-leaf sessile, digitate; segments linear, lanceolate, quite entire; stem one-flowered. — Native of the mountains of Swit- zerland, Dauphiny, and Austria. 59. Ranunculus Gouani. Leaves five-lobed, toothed ; stem- leaf sessile, palmate; segments lanceolate, toothed; stem one-flowered. — Native of the Pyrenees and Hungary. 60. Ranunculus Hyperboreus. Leaves deeply three-lobed; lobes oblong, divaricate ; stem filiform, creeping. — Native of Norway and Siberia. 61. Ranunculus Polyrhizos. Root-leaves palmate; stem- leaves sessile, digitate ; stem many flowered ; roots in bundles. — Native of Siberia. 62. Ranunculus Cappadocicus. Calices patulous ; pedun- cle round; stem subbifid ; leaves cordate, three-lobed, tooth- ed— Native of Cappadocia. 63. Ranunculus Oxyspermus. Root leaves oblong, blunt, sinuate-toothed ; stem-leaves sessile, digitate, gashed ; seeds awned. — Native of Siberia. 64. Ranunculus Polyphyllus. Submerged leaves oblong, petioled, capillaceous; floating leaves wedge-shaped, three- lobed ; emerged leaves elliptic ; stem upright ; flowers very small and yellow. — Native of Hungary. 65. Ranunculus Nitidus. Plant very glabrous ; stems fis- tulose; radical leaves rotundate-subreniform, obtusely cre- nate; stem-leaves sessile, digitate; folioles cut; segments obtuse ; seeds subglobose, very smooth ; flowers small ; petals white. — Grows in inundated grounds from New York to Canada. This is evidently closely allied to Ranunculus Abor- tivus; and Mr. Pursh suspects that they are only varieties of the same species, though Walter and Lamarck have dis- tinguished them. See his Flora of North America, Vol. ii. p. 393. 66. Ranunculus Pygmaeus. Plant small, glabrous ; radical leaves subcordate-reniform, inciso-dentate ; stem-leaves ses- sile, digitate; segments linear, very entire; stem with few flowers ; petals oblong, nearly equal to the calix, yellow. — A nativq of Labradore, according to Colmaster. 67. Ranunculus Tomenlosus. Plant very villose, low; stem creeping, one and two flowered ; leaves tomentose, trilobate; calix hispid, subreflex; flowers yellowish white. — Grows in Carolina. 68. Ranunculus Marylandicus. Plant pubescent; stem simple, nearly naked; radical leaves ternate; little leaves trilobate; lobes acute, cut; calix reflex; flowers pale yellow. — Grows in shady woods from Pennsylvania to Virginia, and flowers from June to August. 69. Ranunculus Recurvatus. Plant pubescent ; leaves trilobous ; lobes cuneiform at the base, cut and acute at the lip ; stem multiflorous ; corolla and capsules recurved ; petals linear, almost white. — Grows in shady woods from New York to Carolina, and flowers from June to August. 70. Ranunculus Septentrionalis. Plant slightly glabrous; leaves membranaceous, glabrous, ternate; little leaves sub- trilobate, cut, acute ; stem and petioles rough at the base ; peduncles subbiflorous ; calices reflex; flowers pale yellow. —Grows in North America. ft A P OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. RAP 461 71. Ranunculus Hispidus. Plant very rough, erect; leaves ternate; folioles acutely lobate; stems beneath the first peduncle naked, with few flowers; flowers small, pale yellow'. — Grows in wet fields, and on the banks of ditches, in Vir- ginia and Carolina; and flowers from June to August. 72. Ranunculus Flu viatilis. All the leaves dichotomous- capiiiaceous ; stem floating; flowers white. — Found in tran- quil rivers, from Pennsylvania to Carolina. Rape. See Brassica. Raphanus ; a genus of the class Tetradynamia, order Sili- quosa. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth four- leaved, erect; leaflets oblong, parallel, Converging, decidu- ous, gibbous at the base. Corolla: four-petalled, cruciform ; petals obcordate, spreading ; claws a little longer than the calix; nectariferous glands four, one on each side, one between the short stamen and pistil, and one on each side between the longer stamina and the calix. Stamina: fila- menta six, awl-shaped, erect: of these, two that are opposite are of the same length with the calix ; and the remaining four are the length of the claws of the corolla ; anther® simple. Pistil: germen oblong, ventricose, attenuated, the length of the stamina; style scarcely any; stigma capitate, entire. Pericarp: silique oblong, with a point, ventricose, with little swellings, subarticulate, cylindrical. Seeds: round- ish, smooth. Essential Character. Calix: closed. Silique: torose, subarticulate, cylindrical ; glands four, two between each shorter stamen and the pistil, and two between the longer stamina and the calix.- The species are, 1. Raphanus Sativus ; Common Garden Radish. Siliques cylindrical, torose, two-celled ; root annual, large, fleshy, fusiform or subglobular, white within ; red, white, or black on the outside. Native of China, Cochin-china, and Japan ; in all of which countries it is much cultivated. — Mr. Miller aims at making four sorts of this esculent root, which, he says, he never found to vary in the course of forty years’ experience; and that by sowing the seeds of each carefully, without mixture, the produce will always prove the same as the plant which the seeds were saved from. The first, or Long-rooted Radish, is the sort commonly cultivated in kitchen-gardens for its roots. Of this there are several sub- ordinate variations ; as the Small-topped, the Deep-red, the Pale-red or Salmon, and the Long-topped Striped Radish; which slight differences Mr. Miller allows to have arisen from cultivation. The Small-topped is most commonly pre- ferred by the gardeners near the metropolis, because they require much less room than those with large tops; for as forward Radishes are what produce the greatest profit to tfie gardener; and these are commonly sown upon borders near hedges, walls, or pales, the Large-topped Radish would be apt to grow mostly at top, and not swell so much in the root as the other, especially if the plants should be left pretty close. The second, or Small Round-rooted Radish, is not very common in England, but in many parts of Italy it is the only one cultivated ; the roots are very white, round, small, and very sweet. It has of late years been brought to the London markets in the spring, generally in bunches, and is sometimes mistaken for young Turnips. If eaten young, it is crisp, mild, and pleasant. The third sort, or Large Turnip- rooted White Spanish Radish, has a moderately large, sphe- roidal, white root, and is esteemed chiefly for eating in autumn, and the early part of winter. This and the second sort are confounded together, under the name, of Turnip Radishes. The fourth sort, or Black Turnip-rooted Spanish Radish, has a root like the preceding, white within, but a black skin, and is greatly esteemed by many for autumn and winter eating. Mr. Miller observes, that the third and fourth 103. varieties are generally cultivated for medicinal use, but that some persons are very fond of them for the table. — Propaga- tion and Culture. The season for sowing the seeds of The Common Radish are various, according to the time when they are designed to be used. The earliest season is at the end of October or the beginning of November, for then the gardeners near London sow them to supply the market at the beginning of March. They are commonly sown on warm borders near walls and pales, or hedges, where they may be defended from the cold winds. There are, however, some persons who sow Radish seeds among other crops at the middle of September, which, if not destroyed by frost, are fit for use early in February : but this is sooner than most people care to eat these roots; and this crop, if not used while young, soon grow's strong and sticky. The second general sowing is usually about Christmas, provided the season be mild, and the ground in a fit condition to work. These are also sown in sheltered places, but not so near pales and hedges as the October sowing. Unless destroyed by frost, they will be fit for use at the beginning of April ; but in order to have a succession of these roots for the table, through the season, you should repeat sowing the seeds once a fortnight, from the middle of January till the beginning of April, always observing to sow the latter crops upon a moist soil and in an open situation, otherwise they will run up, and grow sticky, before they are fit’ for use. Many of the gardeners near London sow Carrot-seed with their early Radish, so that when their Radishes are killed, which sometimes happens, the Carrots will remain ; for the seeds of Carrots commonly lie in the ground five or six weeks before they come up, and the Radishes seldom lie above a fortnight under ground at that season, so that they are often up and killed, when the Carrot-seeds remain safe in the ground ; but when both crops succeed, the Radishes must be drawn oft’ very young, or the Carrots will be drawn up so weak as not to be able to support themselves when the Radishes are gone. It is also a constant practice with the kitchen-gardeners, to mix Spinach-seed with their latter crops of Radishes. When these are drawn off, and the ground cleaned, the Spinach will thrive greatly, and in a fortnight’s time will as completely cover the ground as though there had been no other crop. If it be of the broad- leaved kind, the Spinach will be larger and fairer than it commonly is when sown by itself; because, where there is no other crop, the Spinach-seed is commonly sown too thick, and the plants are therefore drawn up weak: but in this management, the roots standing pretty far apart, have room to spread; and if the soil be good, the plants will attain a considerable size before they run up to seed. When the Radishes are come up, and have five or six leaves, pull them up where they are too close, otherwise they will run to top, and the roots will not increase in bulk. In doing this, some only draw them out by hand ; but the best method is to thin them with a small hoe, which will stir the ground, destroy the weeds, and promote the growth of the plants. For dravv- ing small, leave them at three inches’ distance; but at six inches, if they are to stand longer. — For saving Radish-seed : At the beginning of May, prepare a spot of ground, propor- tionable to the quantity of seed intended to be saved. Dig it well, and level it; then draw up some of the straightest and best-coloured Radishes, and plant them in rows three feet distant, and two feet asunder in the rows; observing, if the season be dry, to water them until they have taken root; after which, they will only require to have the weeds hoed down between them, until they have advanced so high as to over- spread the ground. When the seed begins to ripen, guard it carefully against birds. When it is ripe, the pods will 5 Y 452 RAP THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; R A U change brown; it must then be cut, and spread in the sun to I dry, then threshed, and afterward laid by for use. — The Tur- nip Radish must not be sown till the beginning of March, and the plants must be allowed a greater distance than the common spindle-rooted sort. Its seeds are liable to dege- nerate; unless when sown near the latter. The White and Black Spanish Radishes, are commonly sown about t he middle of July, or a little earlier, and are fit for the table by the end of August, or the beginning of September; they will continue good till frost spoils them. They require thinning to a greater distance than the common sort, for their roots grow as large as Turnips, and should not remain nearer than six inches. To have these roots in winter, draw them before the hard frost comes on, and lay them in dry sand, as is directed for Carrots, carefully guarding them from wet and frost; and they will keep good till spring. The ground where any sorts of Radishes are to be sown, ought to be well trenched, the clods broken, and the ground levelled at sow- ing down, that the roots may have full scope to descend. Cos or other Lettuce may be sown with the spring crop of Radishes, along with the Carrots. Sow the seeds all together broadcast pretty thick, in the early sowings; raking them in well with a large rake. The London gardeners cover the early crops with straw, suffering it to remain till the plants are fairly come up, aud then raking it off lightly every mild day, but putting it on every night, at least where there is any appearance of frost. Dry Fern will answer the same purpose ; and it is better still to throw' mats, supported on wooden pegs or on hoops, over the bed at night, and on severe days. If there be no frames to spare, the beds may be covered with mats over hoops, and the sides secured by boards or straw-bands. Or, in want of dung, if the beds be covered with frames, and the lights be put on at night and in rough weather, they may be raised a fortnight sooner than in the open borders. If very dry weather should happen in March or April, the crop must be watered morning and evening. — Radishes are sow'n very thick, like Cresses and Mustard, to cut in the seed-leaf for salads, both in the natural ground and on hot-beds. From Christmas to Candlemas, Radishes are raised on hot-beds for the root. Eighteen inches depth of dung is sufficient to bring them up ; and six or seven inches’ depth of light rich mould. Sow the seeds moderately thick; cover it half an inch thick; put on the lights: the plants will come up in a week, or less ; and when they appear, the lights should be either lifted, or occasionally taken off, according to the weather. In a fortnight afterwards, thin them to the distance of an inch and half or two inches, and in six weeks they will be fit to draw. 2. Raphanus Caudatus. Siliques decumbent, longer than the whole plant. This has the appearance of the Common Radish, but the leaves are sharper and the stem shorter. Annual. — Native of Final. 8. Raphanus Rapbanistrum ; Wild Radish, or Jointed- podded Charlock. Pods jointed, even, one-celled. Gaert- ner calls it, many-celled, moniliform. This abounds in many places among spring corn, flowering from June to August; sometimes mixed with Charlock, from which it is not vulgu- larly distinguished, but not frequently abounding where the other does not occur, or is only in small quantity. Linneus says, that in wet seasons this weed abounds among Barley in Sweden, and that being ground with the corn, the common peo- ple w ho eat barley bread, are afflicted with violent convulsive complaints, or an epidemic spasmodic disease. This, how- ever, has never yet been kuown to occur in England, where it abounds shamefully; and Spielmanno, Beckman, and others, have controverted what Linneus has stated upon this subject: Krocker says, he has proved the plants to be harmless by his own experiments, and even recommends it as a nutritious food for domestic quadrupeds, and as very agreeable to bees. The variety called the Sea Wild Radish has a thick white root like that of the Garden Radish, and has been found under the cliffs by the sea-side, about half a mile from the fisher house at Bourne in Sussex. 4. Raphanus Sibiricus; Siberian Radish. Pods cylindrical, torulose-villose ; leaves linear, pinnatifid. — Native of Siberia. 5. Raphanus Erucoides. Pods ovate, gibbous, with the beak the length of the pod ; root biennial, simple, scarcely thicker than the stem, which is a foot and half high. — Native of Italy. 0. Raphanus Tenellus; Small Radish. Pods awl-shaped, jointed, two-celled, smooth, lanceolate, toothed, the lowest pinnatifid, — This plant flowers here in June and July, is aw annual plant, and a native of Siberia. Raspberry. See Rubus. Rattan. See Calamus. Rattle, Red. See Pedicularis. Rattle, Yellow. See Rhinanthus. Rattlesnake Root. See Poly gala Senega. Rattlesnake Weed. See Eryngium. Rauwolfia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia — Generic Character. Calix : perianth five- toothed, very small, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel-form; tube cylindrical, globular at the base ; border five-parted, flat; segments roundish, emarginate. Stamina: filamenta five, shorter than the tube ; anther* erect, simple, acute. Pistil: germen roundish; style very short; stigma capitate. Pericarp: drupe subglobular, one-celled, with a groove on one side. Seed: nuts two, convex at the base, attenuated at the top, compressed, two-celled. Essential Character. Contorted. Berry: succulent, two seeded. -The species are, 1. Rauwolfia Nitida; Shining Rauwolfia. Leaves in fours, lanceolate, acuminate, very smooth, shining; flowers terminating. This is a small tree, shining all over very much, upright, full of a white glutinous milk, twelve feet high. The fruits are at first yellow ish, but at length become very dark purple, are milky, and three times as large as a pea. Native of South America, of St. Domingo, and other islands in the West Indies. It flowers here from June to September. — This plant, with all the rest of this genus, may be propagated by seeds sown in autumn, soon after they are ripe ; for if they are kept out of the ground till spring they rarely come up the same year. The seeds should be sown in pots filled with fresh earth, aud plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark ; for as they are very hard, they frequently remain a long time in the ground, and, when they are in pots, may be shifted from one bed to another as their heat decays. When the plants appear, they require frequent refreshings with water in small quantities. They should also have a large share of fresh air admitted in warm weather, and, when two inches high, ought to be transplanted each into a separate small pot filled with light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed, observing to shade them from the sun till they have taken new root ; after which time they should have free air admit- ted to them every day, in proportion to the warmth of the season. In this hot-bed the plants may remain till towards Michaelmas, when they should be removed into the stove, plunged into the tanner’s bark, and kept warm, allowing them but little moisture, especially in cold weather. As these plants are natives of very hot countries, they will not live in the open air in England, therefore they should constantly remain in the stove; and if they be continued in the bark- R E L OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. REN 453 bed, they will thrive much faster than when placed on stands in a dry-stove. Let them have a large portion of fresh air in the summer, and wash the leaves of the plants occasion- ally with a sponge, to clear them from the filth they are apt to contract; which, if suffered to remain, will retard the growth of the plants. Where due care is taken of them, they will thrive very fast, and in the second year will pro- duce flowers, and will continue to do so for many years, perfecting their seeds also even in our climate. They may also be propagated by cuttings, which should be laid to dry for two or three years before they are planted, and may then be plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanner’s bark, observ- ing to shade them until they have taken root, after which time they may be treated as the seedling plants. Reaumaria ; a genus of the class Polvandria, order Pen- tagynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth five- leaved, squarrose ; leaflets aw l-shaped, acuminate, perma- nent, the smaller ones imbricate. Corolla : petals five, oblong, equal, sessile, scarcely larger than the calix, curved back at the tip ; nectaries five, at the joinings of the petals, grow- ing from a semi lanceolote fold to the lower side of the petals, opposite to the other ciliate margin. Stamina: filamenta numerous, the length of the calix ; autherae roundish. Pis- til: germen roundish ; styles five, filiform, straight, approx- imating, the length of the stamina ; stigmas simple. Peri- carp: capsule ovate, five celled, five-valved. Seeds: nume- rous, oblong, woolly on every side, the wool erect. Observe. The nectaries are singular, nearly as in Hydrophyllum, but at the sides of the petals. Essential Character. Calix: six-leaved. Petals: five. Capsule: one-celled, five valved, many-seeded. The only species is, 1. Reaumaria Vermiculata. Leaves scattered, linear, fleshy, convex underneath, acute, sessile, spreading, with dewy dots scattered over them; corolla white. Annual. — Native of the coasts of Egypt, Syria, and Sicily. r \ See -dr undo. Reed Crass. ) Reed, Indian Flowering. See Canna. Reed Mace. See Typha. Relhania; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia Superflua. — Generic Character. Calix: com- mon imbricate, oblong ; scales oblong, scariose. Corolla : compound, rayed ; eorollets hermaphrodite, numerous, tubu- lar in the disk ; females ligulate in the ray : proper of the hermaphrodites funnel-form, with a five-cleft border ; of the females ovate, oblong: stamina in the hermaphrodites; fila menta five, very short; anthera tubular. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites ; germen oblong ; style simple ; stigmas two, reflexed : in the females ; germen oblong, curved in a little ; style simple; stigmas two, curved back. Pericarp: none; calix unchanged. Seeds: solitary, angular, crowned with a membranaceous calicle, which is many-cleft and jagged, both in the hermaphrodites and females. Receptacle: chaffy. Observe. This genus differs from Athanasia in having a ray; from Leysera, in not having a feathered pappus; and from Osmites, in the ray being fertile. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: imbricate, scariose; eorollets of the ray very many. Pappus: membranaceous, cylindrical, short. Receptacle: chaffy. — For the propagation and culture of this genus, see Athanasia. The species are, 1. Relhania Squarrosa ; Cross-leaved Relhania. Leaves oblong, acuminate, nerveless, tecurved at the tip. See Athanasia. 2. Relhania Genistifolia; Heath-leaved Relhania. Leaves lanceolate, acuminate, one-nerved, subimbricate. See Atha- nasia. 3. Relhania Microphylla; Linear-leaved Relhania. Leaves linear, nerveless, crowded very much together ; flowers pedicelled. 4. Relhania Passerinoides ; Passer ina-like Relhania. Leaves linear, nerveless ; flowers subsessile. The stems are upright, and not diffused. 5. Relhania Viscosa ; Clammy-leaved Relhania. Leaves linear, three-sided, somewhat fleshy, viscid. Allied to the preceding species. ** With solitary Flowers. G. Relhania Laxa; Loose-flowered Relhania. Leaves linear, villose, remote; flowers on very long peduncles; stem erect. It is annual. 7. Relhania Pedunculata ; Long-peduncled Relhania. Leaves linear, villose ; flowers peduncled ; stem diffused ; root annual. G. Relhania Laterifolia ; Side flowering Relhania. Leaves linear, villose; peduncle lateral, shorter than the leaf. See Athanasia. 9. Relhania Cuneata; Wedge-leaved Relhania. Leaves obovate, smooth ; flowers sessile. See Athanasia. 10. Relhania Virgata ; Twiggy Relhania. Leaves linear, smooth, with a recurved point, shorter than the leaf; flowers sessile. Nearly allied to the preceding. 11. Relhania Paleacea ; Chaffy Relhania. Leaves linear, three-sided underneath, becoming hoary, as do also the ten- der shoots ; ealices sessile, turbinate. See Leysera Paleacea. 12. Relhania Santolinoides ; Santolina-like Relhania. Leaves linear, three sided, hoary underneath, as are also the tender shoots ; calices globular, subpetioled. This seems not sufficiently distinguished from the tenth species. 13. Relhania Pungens ; Prickly Relhania. Leaves linear, somewhat prickly, striated underneath ; flowers sessile. This and the two following species have the calix wider than in the rest, with the inner scales larger. 14. Relhania Decussata ; Cross-leaved Relhania. Leaves three-sided, linear, acute, decussated; flowers' sessile. See the preceding species. 15. Relhania Calicina ; Large-cupped Relhania. Leaves linear, lanceolate, three-nerved, acute ; flowers sessile. See the thirteenth species. 16. Relhania Bellidiastrum; Flax-leaved Relhania. Leaves linear, tomentose ; flowers sessile. It has o pappus. Renealmia ; a genus of the class Monandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth superior, one-leafed, tubular, breaking out at the top into two or three irregular teeth. Corolla: one-pelalled ; tube straight, cylin- drical; border trifid, the two upper segments oblong, rounded, equal, the lower scarcely longer than the upper ones, channelled, oblong; nectary fastened along the tube of the corolla, ascending beneath the upper segments, straight, the length of the corolla, oblong, one-toothed on each side at the base, then with an excavated sinus, widening and bluntly three-lobed at the tip. Stamina: filamenta none; anthera one, inserted into the throat of the tube, in the sinus of the lower segment of the corolla, opposite to the nectary, straight, linear, emarginate, grooved oil the inside, of the same length and breadth with the segment of the corolla. Pistil: germen inferior, oblong, three-grooved, cylindrical, smooth, ending in a navel, fleshy, three-celled in the middle; cells soft, membranaceous. Seeds : very many, oblong, truncate, four-cornered, very smooth. Essential Cha- racter. Corolla: trifid; nectary oblong. Calix: one- leafed, bursting into two or three irregular teeth ; antherse sessile, opposite to the nectary ; berry fleshy. The spe- cies are. 454 II E S THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; RES 1. Renealmia Exaltata. Leaves five or six feet long, lan- ceolate, waved about the edge. The raceme or bunch of flowers springs from the trunk above the root. It is a tree twenty feet high, with a straight trunk. — Native of Surinam, where the inhabitants are fond of the preserved fruit. Reseda: a genus of the class Dodecandria, order Trigynia. —Generic Character. Cali x: perianth one-leafed, parted ; parts narrow, acute, erect, permanent, two of which gape more for the use of the melliferous petal. Corolla : petals three, five* and six in number, some unequal, some of them always half three cleft; the uppermost gibbous at the base, melliferous, the length of the calix ; nectary a flat upright gland, produced from the receptacle, placed on the uppermost side between the stamina and the uppermost petal, converging with the base of the petals. Stamina: filamenta eleven or fifteen, short; antherae erect, obtuse, the length of the corolla. Pistil: germen gibbons, ending in some very short styles ; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsule gibbous, angular, acuminate between the styles, gaping between them, one celled. Seeds: very many, kidney-form, fastened to the angles of the capsules. Observe. There is scarcely any genus, the character of which is so difficult to be determined, for the several species sport both in number and figure. The essential character consists in the trifid petals, one of them melliferous at the base; and in the capsule not being closed, but always gaping. The first species has a four-parted peri- anth, three petals, the uppermost melliferqus and half six- cleft, the sides opposite and trifid ; two very small entire petals are frequently added below the others; styles three; stamina very many. The eighth species has the perianth six-parted; petals six, almost equal, all half three-cleft; styles four; capsule quadrangular; stamina always eleven. The other species have the periauth five parted ; five dissimilar trifid petals; three styles; and very many stamina. Essen- tial Character. Calix: one-leafed, parted. Petals: laciniate. Capsule: gaping at the mouth, one-celled.— — The species are, 1. Reseda Luteola; Dyer’s Weed, Yellow Weed, Woold, Wild Wood, or Weld. Leaves lanceolate, entire, flat ; calix four-cleft; root annual or biennial, fusiform, small; stem from a foot to three feet in height, upright, grooved, hollow, leafy, branched ; spikes terminating, upright, but bending at top, very long, sometimes having three hundred and fifty flowers or more ; each flower stands single on a short pedicel, and has one awl-shaped yellow bracte at the base ; they are of a pale yellow colour, about one sixth of an inch in dia- meter, but have little smell. Linneus observes, that the nodding spike of flowers follows the course of the sun even when the sky is covered, pointing towards the east in a morning, to the south at noon, westward in the afternoon, and north at night. Cattle, sheep excepted, do not eat this plant. Dyers make considerable use of it ; for it yields a most beautiful yellow dye for cotton, woollen, mohair, silk, and linen. Blue cloths are dipped in a decoction of it, in order to become green. The yellow colour of the paint called Dutch Pink is obtained from this plant, the whole of which, when it is about flowering, is pulled up for the use of the dyers, who employ it both fresh and dried. It is often found wild in pastures, fallow fields, waste places, and on dry banks and walls; flowering in June and July. It must be carefnllv distinguished from the true Woad, or IsatisTinctoria. — The best way to cultivate this plant is, to sow it without any other crop ; if the ground be ready by the beginning or middle of August, that will be a good season. It should be ploughed and harrowed fine, but, unless very poor, will not requit e dung : when the ground is well harrowed and made fine, the seed should be sown ; one gallon, as it is small, being sufficient for an acre of land. If rain fall in a little time after the seeds are sown, it will soon bring up the plants, and in two mouths time they will be so far advanced as to be easily distinguished from the weeds, and should then be hoed in the same manner as Turnips. This should be done in dry weather, and, if well performed, the plants will be clean from weeds till the spring; but as young weeds will come up in March, so, if in dry weather the ground be hoed again, it may be performed at a small expense while the weeds are young, and then they will soon decay ; and if after this there should be many more weeds appear, it will be proper to hoe it a third time, about the beginning of May, which will preserve the ground clean till the Weld is fit to pull. The best time to pull it, is as soon as it begins to flower; though most people stay till the seeds are ripe, being unwilling to lose the seeds: but it is much better to sow a small piece of land with this seed, to remain for a produce of new' seeds, than to let the whole stand for seed ; because the plants which are permitted to stand so long will be much less worth for use than the value of the seeds: besides, by drawing off the crop early, the ground may be sown with wheat in the same season ; for the plants will be drawn up in the latter end of June, when they will be in the greatest vigour, and afford a greater quantity of dye. When they are pulled, set them up in small handfuls to dry in the field ; and when dry, tie them up in bundles, and house them in that state; and stack them loosely, that the air may penetrate, and prevent fermen- tation. That which is left for seeds should be pulled as soon as the seeds are ripe, and set up to dry, and then beat out for use ; for if the plants are left too long, the seeds will scatter. The usual price of seed is ten shillings per bushel. 2. Reseda Canescens ; Hoary Reseda. Leaves lanceolate, waved, hairy; root perennial. — Native of the mountains of Spain. 3. Reseda Glauca ; Glaucous Reseda. Leaves linear, toothed at the base; flowers four-stvled. — Native of the South of Europe. 4. Reseda Dipetala ; Flax-leaved Reseda. Leaves linear, quite entire ; flowers four-styled, two-petalled ; petals undi- vided. It flowers in August, and is biennial. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Reseda Purpurascens ; Purplish -flowered Reseda, Leaves linear, obtuse ; flowers five-s tyled ; root thickish white, hard, perennial ; flowers many, crowded, of an herba- ceous purplish colour; seeds small, blackish. — Native of the south of Europe. G. Reseda Sesamoides ; Spear-leaved Reseda. Leaves lan- ceolate, entire ; fruits stellate ; root perennial ; stems several, prostrate, a palm and half in height, striated, somewhat angu- lar; flowers in very long racemes, subsessile. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the south of France. 7. Reseda Fruticulosa ; Shrubby Reseda. Leaves pinnate, recurved at the tip; flowers four-styled; calices spreading, five-parted; stem shrubby at the base. — Native of Spain. 8. Reseda Alba; Upright White Reseda. Leaves pinnate; flowers four-styled ; calices six-parted. It flowers from May to October, and is an annual plant. — Native of the south of France, Spain, and Barbary. 9. Reseda Undulata; Waved-leaved Reseda. Leaves pinnate, waved ; flowers three or four styled ; root perennial.— -Native of Spain and Italy. 10 Reseda Lutea ; Yellow Reseda, Base Rocket, Base Dyer’s Weed, or Wild Mignionelte. All the leaves trifid, lower pinnate ; calix six-cleft ; root annual, somewhat woody. There are several varieties. — Native of most parts of Europe, 455 RES OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. RES in meadows and corn-fields, on calcareous soils, as also on walls. It flowers from June to the end of autumn. 11. Reseda Phyteuma ; Trifid Reseda. Leaves entire, and three-lobed ; calices six-parted, very large. This is an annual plant, which has generally a single fleshy tap-root, running deep in the ground, sending out several trailing stalks, nearly a foot long, and dividing into smaller branches. The ends of the branches are terminated by loose spikes of flowers, standing upon pretty long peduncles. Dalibard hav- ing cultivated this plant, found it, after some generations, to become like Sweet Mignionette. He then sowed the seeds of this, which was become sweet by cultivation, in its natural dry soil, and it lost all its smell, returning to its original state. It flowers from June to September. — Native of the south of Europe and Barbary, in dry sandy soils. 12. Reseda Mediterranea. Leaves entire, and three-lobed ; calices shorter than the flower ; stem a foot high, ascending or upright, branched at top, rugged; corolla six-petalled, white. — Native of Palestine. 13. Reseda Odorata ; Sweet Reseda, or Mignionette. Leaves entire, and three-lobed ; calices equalling the flowers; root composed of many strong fibres, which run deep into the ground ; stems several, about a foot long, dividing into many small branches. The flowers are produced in loose spikes at the ends of the branches, on pretty long stalks, and have large calices ; the corollas are of an herbaceous white colour, and smell very fresh like Raspberries. Mr. Miller observes, that this, and the eleventh species, are so much alike, as by some persons to be taken for the same. The luxury of the pleasure-garden, observes Mr. Curtis, is greatly heightened by the delightful odour which this plant diffuses; and as it grows more readily in pots, its fragrance may be conveyed into the house. The odour, though not so refresh- ing as that of the Sweet Briar, is not apt to offend the most delicate olfactories. Hence the French call it Mignionette, or Little Darling ; to which Cowper alludes, when he terms it “the Frenchman’s favourite.” It flowers from June till the commencement of winter. — The seeds should be sown on a moderate hot-bed in March, and when the plants are strong enough to transplant, they should be pricked out upon another moderate hot-bed, to bring them forward ; but must have a large share of free air in warm weather, to prevent their being drawn up weak. About the end of May they may be removed into pots, and placed in or near dwell- ings ; and some in warm borders, to flower and seed, for those which grow in the full ground often produce more seeds than those in pots : when the seed-vessels begin to swell, the plants are frequently infested with green cater- pillars, which, if not destroyed, will eat off ali the seed- vessels. If the seeds are sow n on a light bed of earth in April, the plants will come up very well, and, when they are not transplanted, will grow larger than those raised in the hot-bed, but will not flower so early, and hardly ripen their seeds in cold seasons. In a warm dry border, however, the seed will come up spontaneously, and grow very luxuriantly: but, to have the flowers early in spring, the seeds should be sown in pots in autumn, kept in frames through the winter, or on a gentle hot-bed in spring. These plants may also be preserved through the winter in a green-house, w here they will continue flowering most part of the year, but in the second year will not be so vigorous as the first. Resta Bovis. ) c. . tt > see Ononis. Rest Harrow. ) Restio; a genus of the class Dicecia, order Triandria. —Generic Character. Male. Calix: ament, ovate, or oblong, many-flowered ; scales coriaceous, keeled ; peri- | 104. anth six-leaved, compressed ; leaflets nearly equal, three outer, of which two are boat-shaped, the third flat ; three in- ner, lanceolate, thinner, one wider than the others. Corolla: none, except the three inner glumes. Stamina: fiiamenta three, flattish ; anthene oblong. Female. Calix and Corolla: as in the male. Pistil: germen three-sided; style single, rarely double, very rarely triple ; stigma seldom simple, very frequently two, very rarely three, feathered. Essential Character. Calix: three-leaved, two of the leaflets boat- shaped. Corolla: three-leaved ; leaflets lanceo- late, one wider. Female. Germen three-sided ; style one, seldom two or three; stigmas one, two, three, feathered.- The species are, 1. Restio Paniculatus. Stem frondose; spikes panicled. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Restio Verticillaris. Branches in w horls, jointed ; panicle compound, contracted ; branches in whorls about the stem. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Restio Dichotomus. Culms dichotomous ; spikes soli- tary.—Native of the Cape of Good Hope, where it is made use of for besoms. 4. Restio Vimineus. Culms simple; spikes corymbed. — Native of the Cape. 5. Restio Triflorus. Culms simple, leafy ; spikes alternate, sessile.— Found at the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Restio Simplex. Culm simple; spike terminating. — Found at New Zealand, as well as at the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Restio Elegia. Culms simple; spike glomerate; spathes partial, vague,- simple. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope, where it has the appearance of a rush. 8. Restio Cernuus. Culm simple, leafless; spikes turbi- nate, pendulous; scales blunt with a point. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Restio Tectorum. Culm simple, leafless; raceme compound, erect. — At the Cape of Good Hope, the houses are commonly thatched with this species, both in town and country, and sometimes whole huts are built with it. A roof thus thatched will last twenty or thirty years ; and would last much longer, if the south-east wind did not blow so much dirt into it as to cause it to rot. 10. Restio Imbricatus. Culm simple, leafless; spike ob- long, compressed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 11. Restio Vaginatus. Culm simple, leafless ; spikes alter- nate, erect; scales acuminate.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 12. Restio Aristatus. Culm simple, leafless ; spikes ter- minating, obovate, erect; scales awned. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Restio Umbellatus. Culm simple, leafless; spikes umbelled, ovate; scales oblong, blunt. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 14. Restio Spicigerus. Culm simple, leafless ; spikes ob- long, hexagonal ; scales lanceolate, patulous at the tip. — Na- tive of the Cape of Good Hope. 15. Restio Acuminatus. Culm simple, leafless; panicle simple, erect; scales awned. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Restio Parviflorus. Culm simple, leafless; panicle erect; scales rounded, membranaceous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Restio Erectus. Culm simple, leafless; panicle erect, involucred ; spathes imbricate-lanceolate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 18. Restio Argentio. Culm simple, leafless; panicle erect; scales lanceolate, scariose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5 Z 456 R H A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; R H A 19. Restio Scariosus. Culm simple, leafy; scales of the spikes lanceolate, scariose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 20. Restio Tbamnochortus. Culm simple, leafy ; panicle spreading; scales lanceolate-scariose at the edge. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 21. Restio Fruticosus. Culm simple, leafy ; panicle com- pound ; scales scariose, jagged. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 22. Restio Tetragonus. Culm and branches four-corner- ed ; spikes alternate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 23. Restio Triticeus. Culm dichotomous, leafless, erect ; branches round; spikes alternate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 24. Restio Glomeratus. Culm dichotomous, leafless, even ; panicle glomerate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 25. Restio Jncurvatns. Culm dichotomous, leafless, stri- ated ; spikes imbricate, aggregate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 26. Restio Digitatus. Culm dichotomous, leafless ; branches round ; spikes in threes, oblong. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 27. Restio Scopa. Culm dichotomous, leafy; branches compressed ; spikes of the panicle conglomerate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 28. Restio Virgatus. Culm dichotomous, leafy ; branches compressed; spikes panicled, pendulous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Retzia; a genus of the class Pentandiia, order Monogynia. —Generic Character. Calix : perianth one-leafed, unguicular, five-parted ; segments unequal, lanceolate, acute. Corolla: one-petalled, tubular, cylindrical, villose within and without’ five-toothed ; segments ovate, blunt, concave, erect, very hirsute at the tip. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, shorter than the corolla; antherae compressed, sagittate. Pistil: germen superior; style filiform, longer than the corolla; stigma bifid. Pericarp: capsule oblong, two-cell- ed, two-valved, acute, two-grooved; seeds several, minute. Observe. It agrees with Convolvulus in habit and character; but differs in its tubular corolla, very hirsute on the outside. Essential Character. Corolla: cylindrical, villose on the outside. Stigma: bifid; capsule two-celled. The only known species is, 1. Retzia Spicata. Leaves by fours, in whorls, crowded, lanceolate-linear, approximating, sessile, blunt, upright, one- grooved above with impressed dots, two-grooved underneath. — -Native of the Cape of Good Hope, on the highest moun- tains. Rhamnus; a genus of the class Pentandiia, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: none, unless the corolla be so called. Corolla: petal imperforate, externally rude, internally coloured, funnel-form; tube turbinate, cy- lindrical; border spreading, divided, acute; scalelets fine, very small, each at the base of each division of the border, converging. Stamina : filamenta as many as there are seg- ments of the corolla, awl-shaped, inserted into the petals un- der the scalelet; anthens small. Pistil: germen roundish ; style filifiorm, the length of the stamina ; stigma blunt, divid- ed into fewer segments than the corolla. Pericarp : berry roundish, naked, divided into fewer parts internally than the corolla. Seeds: solitary, roundish, gibbous on one side, flatted on the other. Observe. That part of the flower which is here called the corolla, is more properly the perianth ; and the scalelets, placed close to the stamina, should be named the petals. The first species has a four-cleft stigma, a four- seeded berry, and a four-cleft corolla. It is dioecous, and four- stamined. The twenty-first has an emarginate stigma, a four- seeded berry, and a five cleft corolla. The thirty-first has a trifid stigma, a three-seeded berry, and a five-cleft corolla. It is polygamous-dioecous, with males and hermaphrodites. The scalelets of the corolla are wanting. The forty-first species has two styles, a two-celled nucleus, and a five-cleft corolla. Drupe. Essential Character. Calix: tubu- lar. Corolla: scales defending the stamina, inserted into the calix. Berry. The species are, * Thorny. 1. Rhamnus Catharticus ; Purging Buckthorn. Spines terminating; flowers quadrifid, dioecous ; leaves ovate; stem erect; berry four-seeded. It rises with a strong woody stem to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, sending out many irregular branches. The flowers come out in clusters from the side of the branches. Berries black, the size of a small pea, four-celled, four-seeded. — The juice of the unripe berries has the colour of saffron, and is used for staining maps or paper: they are sold under the name of French Berries. The juice of the berries when ripe, mixed with alum, is the sap green of the painters; but if the berries he gathered late in the autumn, the juice is purple. The bark also affords a beautiful yellow dye. The inner bark, like that of the Elder, is said to be a strong cathartic, and to excite vomiting. The berries operate briskly by stool, but occasion thirst, and dryness of the mouth and throat, accom- panied frequently with severe griping of the bowels, unless some diluting liquor be plentifully taken with it. The juice made into a syrup is the officinal preparation. About an ounce is a moderate dose; and it was formerly much em- ployed as a hydragogue, from one to two ounces being given at a time. It is now falling into disuse, and is rarely pre- scribed, except in conjunction with other medicines of this class. It is said that the flesh of the birds which feed upon these berries is purgative. — This plant is so common in the hedges of many parts of England, that it is seldom cultivated in gardens. It rises easily from seeds, if they are sown in autumn, soon after the berries are ripe ; for if kept out of the ground till spring, they will not come up till the year after. They may be managed like any other hardy decidu- ous tree or shrub, and can be propagated by cuttings or lay- ers. If the young shoots be layed in autumn, they will put out roots by the following autumn, when they may be taken off, and either planted in a nursery to get strength for a year or two, or where they are designed to remain. It is not so proper for hedges as the Hawthorn or Crab. 2. Rhamnus Infectorius ; Dwarf Yellow-berried Buck- thorn. Spines terminating; flowers quadrifid, dioecous; leaves ovate-lanceolate, repand, serrulate ; stems procumbent. Native of the south of Europe. — This and the seventh species are chiefly preserved in botanic gardens. Lay down the branches in autumn, or plant cuttings in the spring, before the buds begin to swell, and treat them in the same way as the common species. 3. Rhamnus Lycioides. Spines terminating ; leaves linear, quite entire, blunt. This shrub is about three feet high, very much branched, the branches spreading, and terminating by a spine. — Native of some parts of Spain, where it grows plen- tifully upon calcareous mountains. 4. Rhamnus Erythroxylon ; Siberian Redwood. Spines terminating; leaves linear, lanceolate, serrate, sharpish. This shrub is six feet high. Wood very hard, rigid, of an orange red colour, but frequently of a deeper red. There is another sort so nearly resembling this, that it is difficult to determine which is the species, and which the variety. They are both natives of Siberia, on the banks of the Selenga and R H A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 11 H A neighbouring rises of Mongolia, and in the open Pine woods, in warm situations. The berries afford a deep yellow dye ; and the Mongols use the wood to make their images, on ac- count if its colour and hardness. 5. Rhamnus Oleoides; Olive-leaved Buckthorn. Spines terminating; leaves oblong, quite entire. This is an upright shrub, with branches becoming thorny at the end. There are two varieties : one with smaller leaves, ovate, or ovate ob- long, like those of the Box ; the other with linear lanceolate leaves : fruit solitary, resembling those of the first species.— Native of Spain and Barbary. 6. Rhamnus Crenulatus; Tenerijfe Buckthorn. Branch- lets spinescent; flowers quadrifid or trifid, dicecous; leaves oblong, bluntly serrate, evergreen. — Native of the island of Teneriffe. 7. Rhamnus Saxafilis; Rock Buckthorn. Spines termi- nating; flowers quadrifid, hermaphrodite. It is a very low shrub, much branched, forming an impregnable bush by presenting its thorns every way. It very much resembles the first species, and is cultivated in the same manner. The berries are said to be used in dyeing Morocco leather. — Native of Germany, France, and Italy. 8. Rhamnus Theezans ; Tea Buckthorn. Spines termi- nating; leaves ovate, serrulate ; branches divaricating. Os- beck says, this shrub grows a fathom in height, with leaves like those of the Common Tea ; instead of which the poor in China use the leaves of this plant. ** Unarmed. 9. Rhamnus Sarcomphalus ; Bastard Lignum Vitce. Leaves oval, coriaceous, quite entire, emarginate. This tree rises generally to a very considerable height : the trunk is often above two feet and a half in diameter, and covered with a thick scaly bark. The wood is hard, of a dark colour, and close grain ; and is reckoned one of the best sorts of timber in the island of Jamaica. 10. Rhamnus Ferreus. Flowers hermaphrodite, umbelled, axillary ; leaves oblong-ovate, emarginate, quite entire, smoooth, membranaceous. The branches are round and scattered.— Native of the island of Santa Cruz. 11. Rhamnus Levigatus. Flowers hermaphrodite, axil- lary, subgeminate ; leaves oblong, quite entire, coriaceous, smooth. — Native of Santa Cruz. 12. Rhamnus Tetragonus; Square-branched Buckthorn. Leaves ovate, entire, smooth, sessile; branches four-cornered. ? — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Rhamnus Poiifolius. Flowers hermaphrodite, axillary, subsessile ; leaves lanceolate, quite entire, white, tomentose underneath ; branches slender, tomentose above, hoary. — Native of New Zealand. 14. Rhamnus Valentinus ; Valentia Buckthorn. Flowers hermaphrodite, quadrifid, three-styled; capsules three-celled; leaves roundish-ovate, suberenate. — Native of Valencia in Spain. 15. Rhamnus Cubensis ; Cuba Blackthorn. Flowers her- maphrodite ; capsules three-celled ; leaves wrinkled, quite entire, tomentose. This has the same kind of flower and fruit as the next species. — Native of Cuba. 16. Rhamnus Coiubrinus ; Pubescent Rhamnus, or Buck- thorn Redwood. Flowers hermaphrodite, one-styled, erect; capsules tricoccous ; petioles ferruginous-lomentose. This is an upright tree, with most of the branches spreading out horizontally. In high mountain-woods it attains the height of twenty feet, while in coppices on the coast it is rarely seven feet high, with leaves four inches long; whereas in the former they are half a foot in length. The nap in Cuba is silvery, in the other islands always ferruginous. In the islaud of Martinico, the French know it by the name of Bois Cou- leuvre, or Snakewood. Native of several islands of the West Indies, where it flowers in January, June, and November. — Sow the seeds upon a hot bed in the spring; and when the plants are fit to remove, put them separately in small pots filled with light sandy earth: plunge them into the tan- pit, and shade them till they have taken root ; then treat them in the same manner as other tender exotic plants, in the autumn, place them in the bark-stove, and water them sparingly in winter. 17. Rhamnus Volubilis : Twining Buckthorn. Flowers hermaphrodite, one-celled; leaves oblong-ovate, nerved, some- what waved ; stem twining. It flowers here in June and July. — Native of Carolina. 18. Rhamnus Dauricus; Daurian Buckthorn. Flowers dicecous, quadrifid; leaves oblong, ovate, serrate, veined. ^This small tree very much resembles the first species ; but is taller, bushy, with thicker branches, less spreading, and never having any thorns. — Native of Dauria, by the river Argun. 19. Rhamnus Alpinus ; Alpine Buckthorn. Flowers dice - cous; leaves oval, lanceolate, glandular, crenulate. — Native of the mountains of Germany, Switzerland, the south of France, Piedmont, and Italy. 20. Rhamnus Pumilus; Dwarf Buckthorn. Creeping: flowers hermaphrodite; leaves petioled, ovate, creuate. This differs from the next species by its stems adhering to the rocks, to the fissures of which it adheres, covering them like Ivy. — Native of Germany, Carniola, Dauphiny, Monte Baldo, and Spain. 21. Rhamnus Frangula ; Alder Buckthorn, Black Alder, or Berry-bearing Alder. Flowers hermaphrodite, one-styled, leaves quite entire, smooth ; berry two-seeded. This rises with a woody stem to the height of ten or twelve feet, sending out many irregular branches, covered with a dark bark. The flowers appear in June, and the berries ripen in Sep- tember. There are two varieties found on the mountains of Europe. The berries of this species, and also of the Cornel, are said to be brought Jto market for those of the true Buck- thorn. They are, however, easily distinguished, the latter having four seeds, this species two, and the Cortius one nut inclosing two kernels. — Half an ounce of the inner yellow bark boiled in beer, is an effectual purge, and often proves serviceable in the dropsy, constipations in the bowels of cattle, &c. but in the latter case a larger quantity will be necessary. Country people frequently make use of the bark boiled iu ale as a purgative in the jaundice, dropsy, and other similar complaints; but it commonly operates with vio- lence, and, unless corrected by the addition of some warm aromatic substance, frequently occasions severe gripings, sickness, and sometimes vomiting. The unripe berries dye wool green, and the bark affords a ^yellow dye. — Sow the seeds of this plant as soon as they are ripe. Keep the plants clean till autumn, and then plant them in a nursery, in rows two feet asunder, and at one foot distance in the rows. Here let them remain two years, and then plant them where they are to remain. This shrub may also be increased by layers or cuttings, but the seedling plants are the best. 22. Rhamnus Latifolius; Azorian Buckthorn. Flowers hermaphrodite, one-styled; calices villose; leaves elliptic, quite entire.— Native of the Canaries. 23. Rhamnus Glandulosus; Madeira Buckthorn. Flow- ers hermaphrodite, racemed ; leaves ovate, bluntly serrate, smooth, glandular at the base. — Native of Madeira and the Canary Islands. 24. Rhamnus Ellipticus; Oval-leaved Buckthorn. Flowers 458 R H A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; R H A hermaphrodite, subtrigyuous, axillary, subumbelled ; leaves elliptic, acute, quite entire, somewhat villose underneath. — Native of Jamaica and St. Bartholomew. 25. Rhamnus Prinoides ; Prinos-leaved Buckthorn. Flow- ers polygamous ; styles subtriple ; leaves ovate, serrate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2G. Rhamnus Mystacinus; Wiry Buckthorn. Flowers hermaphrodite ; stigma triple ; leaves cordate ; branches ten- dril-bearing; stem shrubby, round, ten feet high. It flowers in November. — Native of Africa. 27. Rhamnus Alnifolius; Alder-leaved Buckthorn. Flowers hermaphrodite; leaves oval, acuminate, serrate, netted un- derneath.— Native of North America. 28. Rhamnus Sphaerospermus ; Round berried Buckthorn. Flowers hermaphrodite, in racemelets ; berries roundish, three-celled, pellucid ; leaves oblong, serrate, smooth ; trunk ten or fifteen feet high, with a smooth bark. — Native of the most temperate parts of Jamaica, in mountain coppices; flowering in August, and ripening the berries in October. 29. Rhamnus Hybridus; Hybrid Buckthorn. Flowers androgynous; leaves oblong, acuminate, scarcely perennial. L’Heritier obtained this spurious plant half a century since from the seeds of the nineteenth species. He observed the mother, which was absolutely a female plant, and separated from males, every year : and he asserts, that the thirty-first species was certainly the father. He adds, that seeds sown abundantly in some provinces of France, constantly produced this spurious plant without ever varying. It has something from both parents ; as, the herb of the mother, the leaves between both, but approaches the father in substance, and is almost perennial. 30. Rhamnus Lineatus. Flowers hermaphrodite ; leaves ovate, marked with lines, repand, netted underneath; pedun cles one-flowered, axillary ; stem erect. Osbeck says, that this species often grows to the height of a man, and is remark- able for its small and beautiful leaves, of a yellow green colour beneath, with red veins. — Native of China, Cochin- china, and Ceylon. 31. RJiamnus Alaternus; Common Alaternus. Flowers dicecous ; stigma triple; leaves serrate. Willieh observes, that this plant is never perfectly dioecous, but that in some shrubs most of the flowers have perfect stamina with a single imperfect style, having however a very few flowers mixed with them, which at the bottom of the calix have an ovate three cornered germen, with a semitrifid style, twice the length of the stamina. In other shrubs most, of the flowers have stamina, and a trifid or very rarely a quadrifid style, with a very few flowers mixed with them, having a single imperfect style. Thus impregna- tion is frequently carried on in plants supposed to be dioe- cous, when one of the sexes is presumed to be absent ; and on this foundation some of the best objections to the sexual system are supported. Mr. Miller reckons four sorts of Alaternus, which was much more in request formerly than it is at present ; having been planted against walls iu court- yards to cover them, as also to form evergreen hedges in gardens ; for which purpose it is very improper, for the branches shoot vigorously, and, being pliant, are frequently displaced by winds in winter; when much snow falls in still weather, the weight of if often breaks the branches: these hedges also require clipping three times in a season, to keep them in order; which is not only expensive, but occasions a great litter in the garden. It is still occasionally used in towns for concealing walls, but chiefly to make a variety in ornamental plantations. Clusius reports, that the Portuguese fishermen dye their nets red with a decoction of the bark; and that dyers there use small pieces of tiie wood to strike a blackish blue colour. The fresh branches or young shoots, with the leaves, will dye wool a fine yellow. The honey- breathing blossoms, says Evelyn, afford an early and marvel- lous relief to the bees. He also informs us, that he first brought this plant into general use and reputation in this kingdom. The flowers appear in April. — It is easily propa- gated by laying the branches down, as is practised for many other trees. The best time for this is in autumn, and, if pro- perly performed, the layers will have made good roots in a year ; they may then be cut off from the old stock, and planted either into the nursery, or into the places where they are intended to remain. When they are planted in a nursery, they should not remain there longer than a year or two ; for as they shoot their roots to a great distance on every side, so they cannot be removed after two or three years’ growth without cutting off great part of them, which is very hurtful to the plants, and will greatly retard their growth, if they survive their removal; but they are frequently killed by transplanting, when they have stood long in a place. They may be transplanted either in the autumn or the spring, but in dry lands the autumn planting is best, whereas in moist ground the spring is to be preferred. The plain sort9 may also be propagated by sowing their berries, which they pro- duce in great plenty; but the birds devour them so gree- dily as soon as they begin to ripen, that they at that time require to be particularly guarded. The plants which arise from seeds always grow more erect than those which are propagated by layers, and are therefore fitter for a large plan- tations, as they may be trained tip to stems, and formed more like trees; whereas the layers are apt to extend their lower branches, which retards their upright growth, and renders them more like shrubs. They will grow to the height of eighteen or twenty feet, if their upright shoots be encouraged; but to keep their heads from being broken by wind or snow, those branches which shoot irregularly should be shortened, which will cause their heads to grow close, and so lessen the danger. The varieties of this species thrive best in a dry, gravelly, or sandy soil, for in rich ground they are often injured by frost when the winters are severe, but in rocky dry land they are seldom injured, and if in very hard frosts their leaves are killed, the branches will remain unhurt, and put out new leaves in the spring. 32. Rhamnus Carpinifolius; Hornbeam leaved Buckthorn. Leaves oblong, lanceolate, equally toothed, acute; fruits ses- sile; trunk straight, very much branched, and forming a kind of bush, with the branches extending frequently to twenty paces, and to a considerable height. The wood is white and brittle, the bark brown and entire, covered with a whitish grey skin. Pallas observes, that the genus of this tree is un- certain, the flowers not having been observed, nor the fruit in a ripe state, by any botanist. — Native of Siberia. 33. Rhammus Carolinianus. Leaves ovate-oblong, some- what eutire, glabrous; umbels peduncled ; flowers hermaph- rodite, tetrandrous, monogyuous; stigma bilobed, fruits glo- bose, black. Found in the woods and swamps of Virginia and Carolina, and flowers from May to July. 34. Rhamnus Lanceolatus. Plant arboresent ; leaves lan- ceolate, serrulate, acute, pubescent; berries black. Grows in Tennasste on the side of liilis. 35. Rhamnus Minutiflorus. Leaves subopposite, oval, serrate; flowers very small, dioecous, alternately sessile; style trifid ; berry with three seeds. — Grows on the sea coast of Carolina aud Florida. «*■ Prickly. 3G. Rhamnus Paliuris ; Common Christ’s Thorn. Prickles in pairs, the lower reflexed ; flowers three-styled ; fruits cori- R H A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. R H A 469 aceous, winged. This tree rises with a pliant shrubby stalk to the height of eight or ten feet, sending out many weak slender branches. From the singular appearance of the fruit, like a head with a broad-brimmed hat on, the French call it Porte Chapeau. Many persons suppose it to be the plant from which the crown of thorns, which was put upon the head of our Saviour, was composed ; the possibility of which is supported by many travellers of credit, who affirm that this is one of the most common shrubs in the country of Judea; and from the pliableness of its branches, which may easily be wrought into any figure, the supposition derives some probability, though Hasselquist alone thinks it was the forty-fifth species. — The seeds of this plant ought to be procured from the southern countries of Europe, and to be sown as soon as possible after they arrive, on a bed of light earth, aud the plants will come up in the following spring : but when the seeds are kept out of the ground till spring, they will not come up till the next year, and very often fail; therefore it is much the best way to sow- them in autumn. The seedlings may be transplanted the following season into a nursery, to get strength before they are planted out for good. It may also be propagated by lay ing down its tender branches in the spring of the year, which, if carefully supplied with water in dry weather, will take root in a year’s time, and may then be taken off from the old plant, and transplanted where they are to remain. The best time for transplanting them is in autumn soon after the leaves decay, or the beginning of April, just before it begins to shoot; observing to lay some mulch upon the ground about their roots, to prevent them from drying, and also to refresh them now' and then with a little water, until they have taken fresh root, after which they will require but little care. They are very hardy, and will grow ten or twelve feet high, in a dry soil and warm situation. 37. Rhamnus Lotas ; The Genuine Lotus. Prickles in pairs, one of them recurved; leaves ovate, crenate; fruit round. This is a very branching shrub. It is the famous Lotus mentioned by Pliny and Polybius: the late Mr. Park describes the fruit as small farinaceous berries, of a yellow colour and delicious taste. The natives of Africa, he says, convert them into bread, by exposing them some days to the sun, and afterwards pounding them gently in a wooden mor- tar until the farinaceous part is separated from the stone. The meal is then mixed with a little water, and formed into cakes, which, when dried in the sun, resemble in colour and flavour the sweetest gingerbread. The stones are afterwards put into a vessel of water, and shaken about so as to sepa- rate the meal which may still adhere to them ; this commu- nicates a sweet and agreeable taste to the water, and, with the addition of a little pounded millet, forms a pleasant gruel called fondi; which is the common breakfast, in many parts of Ludamar, during the months of February and March. The fruit is collected by spreading a cloth upon the ground, and beating the branches with a stick. Mr. Browne informs us, that the Arabic name of the Lotus is Nebbek, and that there are two species of it in Dar-Fur, the largest of which is called Nebbek el-arah. The natives eat the fruit fresh or dry, for it dries on the tree, aud so remains during great part of the winter months; and ill that state is formed into a paste of not unpleasant flavour, and is a portable provision on journeys. This plant is frequent on the banks of the lesser Sy rtis, near Cassa, Tozzer, Kerwan, &c. flowering early in the spring, and ripening the fruit in autumn. It has been found at the eastern as well as the western extremity of the African desert; and it appears that it is disseminated over the edge of the great desert, from the coast of Cyrene 104. round by Tripoly and Africa Proper, to the borders of the Atlantic, the Senegal, and the Niger. Major Rennell saw the same kind of shrub or fruit, or what is exceedingly like it, in Bengal, in dry situations on the banks of the Ganges, where the people eat the fruit as we may eat sloes or wild berries. 38. Rhamnus Napeca. Pricklel often in pairs, recurved ; peduncles corymbed ; flowers semidigynous; leaves ovate, oblique, subcrenate, even on both sides. — Native of the islands of Ceylon and Amboyna. 39. Rhamnus Jujuba; Blunt-leaved Buckthorn. Prickles solitary, recurved ; leaves roundish, ovate, blunt, tomentose underneath; peduncles aggregate; flowers semidigynous. They come out in clusters from the wings of the branches, are small, of a yellowish colour, aud are succeeded by oval fruit about the size of small olives, inclosing a stone of the same shape. — Native of the East Indies, and cultivated in China aud Cochin-china. This plant and the six following species are preserved in gardens for the sake of variety, as they do not produce fruit in England. See the forty-fourth species. 40. Rhamnus Xylopyrus; Sharp-leaved Buckthorn. Prickles solitary, recurved ; leaves subcordate, ovate, sharp- ish, tomentose underneath ; corymbs axillary, clustered. This resembles the preceding very much, but the fruit is the size of a cherry, only a little larger, and insipid ; the prickles also are fewer.— Native of deserts at the feet of mountains in the East Indies. 41. Rhamnus Oenoplia ; Pointed-leaved Buckthorn. Prickles solitary, recurved ; leaves half-cordate, acuminate, tomentose underneath; peduncles aggregate. This is very distinct from its congeners, by the great obliquity of its leaves, which are almost half-cordate, acuminate. — Native of Ceylon. 42. Rhamnus Caperisis ; Cape Buckthorn. Prickles soli- tary; leaves ovate, cut out, entire, smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 43. Rhamnus Circumcissus. Prickly leaves opposite, bifari- ous, obcordate ; prickles opposite to the leaves. — Native of the East Indies. 44. Rhamnus Zizyplus; Shining-leaved Buckthorn, or Common Jujube. Prickles in pairs, one recurved; leaves ovate, retuse, toothed, smooth; flowers two-styled. — Native of the south of Europe, China, Cochin-china, and Japan. It is sold in the market at Canton during the autumn. In Italy and Spain, it is served up at the table in desserts during winter, as a sweetmeat. Ray saw it in Calabria, growing wild in great abundance. This aud the next species will hardly survive an English winter, even when they are planted against south walls. — They may be propagated by putting their stones into pots of fresh light earth soon after their fruits are ripe ; and in winter they should be placed under a com- mon hot-bed frame, where they may be sheltered from severe frost. In the spring, these pots should be plunged into a moderate hot-bed, which will greatly forward the growth of the seed; and when the plants are come up, they should be inured to the open air by degrees, into which they must be removed in June, placing them near the shelter of a hedge, and watering them frequently in very dry weather. In this situation they may remain till the beginning of Octo- ber, when they must be removed into the green-house, or placed under a hot-bed frame, where they may be defended from frost, but should have as much free air as possible in winter during mild weather. In March, just before the plants begin to shoot, they should be transplanted each into a separate small pot, filled with fresh light earth; and if they are plunged into a moderate hot-bed, it will greatly 460 R H E THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; R H E promote their taking root ; but in May they must be inured to the open air by degrees, into which they should be soon after removed. Thus these plants should be managed while young, at a time when they are tender; but when they are three or four years old, some of them may be planted in the full ground against a warm wall or pale, where, if they have a dry soil, they will endure the cold of our ordinary winters pretty well, but must be sheltered in hard frosts ; so that it will be prudent to reserve a few plants housed during winter. 45. Rhamnus Spina Christi ; Syrian Christ’s Thorn. Prickles in pairs, straight; leaves ovate, acute, toothed, smooth ; fruits oblong, pedicelled. It is eatable and pleasant. In all probability, says Hasselquist, this is the tree which afforded the crown of thorns put on our Saviour’s head. It grows commonly in the East, and seems very lit for the pur- pose, for it has many sharp thorns, well adapted to give pain. The crown might be easily made of these round pliant branches ; and as the leaves much resemble those of Ivy, it is probable that our Lord’s enemies would prefer this plant, for resembling that with which emperors and generals used to be crowned. — Native of Palestine, Ethiopia, and Barbary. Rhapis ; a genus, according to Linneus, of the class Poly- gamia, order Dicecia ; Thunberg places it in the class Hex- andria, order Mouogynia. — Generic Character. Her- maphrodite Flowers. Calix: perianth minute, rigid, inferior, one-leafed, trifid. Corolla: one-petalled, trifid. Stamina: filamenta six. Pistil: germen superior. Pericarp: berry roundish, ovate. Seed: solitary, roundish, bony. Male Flowers. Calix, Corolla, and Stamina: as in the hermaph- rodites. Essential Character. Calix: trifid. Corolla: trifid. Stamina : six. Pistil: one. The species are, 1. Rhapis Flabelliformis ; Creeping -rooted Rhapis, or Ground Rattan. Fronds palmate, plaited ; plaits and mar- gins prickly toothletted ; stem arboreous, lofty. Besoms are made of the thin netted-bark of the trunk. It flowers in August. — Native of China and Japan. 2. Rhapis Arundinacea; Simple-leaved Rhapis. Fronds two parted ; lobes acute, plaited; plaits somewhat rugged.— Native of Carolina. Rhapontic. See Rheum. Rheedia ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: petals four, obovate, concave, spreading. Stamina: fila- menta very many, filiform, longer than the corolla; antherae oblong. Pistil: germen globular; style cylindrical, the length of the stamina ; stigma funnel-form. Pericarp : small, ovate, succulent, one-celled ; seeds three, ovate, oblong, marked with characters very large. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: none. Corolla: four-petalled. Berry: three- seeded. The only species is, 1. Rheedia Lateriflora. Leaves opposite, lanceolate, quite entire, smooth. Rheum; a genus of the class Enneandria, order Trigynia. Generic Character. Calix: noue. Corolla: one- petalled, narrowed at the base, impervious, with a six cleft border ; the segments blunt, alternately small, shrivelling. Stamina: filamenta nine, capillary, inserted into the corolla, and of the same length with it; antherae twin, oblong, blunt. Pistil: germen short, three-sided ; styles scarcely any ; stigmas three, reflexed, feathered. Pericarp: none. Seed: single, lar'-e, three-sided, acute, with membranaceous margins. Es- sential Character. Calix: none. Corolla: six-cleft, permanent. Seed: one, three-sided. The species are, 1. Rheum Rhaponticum ; Rhapontic Rhubarb. Leaves blunt, smooth; veins somewhat hairy underneath ; the sinus at the base dilated ; petioles grooved above, and rounded at the edge; root large and thick, dividing into many strong fleshy fangs, running deep in the ground. When the seeds of this plant were first brought to Europe, they were supposed to be those of the true Rhubarb ; but the mistake was soon rectified. Native of Asia. — This species is now commonly cultivated in gardens for the sake of the footstalks of the leaves, which are peeled and made into tarts in the spring. The root is the part made use of in medicine, and is much of the same nature with that of the true Rhubarb, only it is less pur- gative and more astringent : if it is wanted to purge, the dose must be two or three drachms; but though it is weaker in this respect, it is a much better stomachic than the true Rhubarb. All the plants of this genus are propagated by seeds, w hich should be sown in autumn soon after they are ripe, and then the plants will come up in the following spring, but, if not sown till spring, generally remain a whole year in the ground without vegetating. The seeds should be sown where the plants are designed to remain. When the plants appear in , spring, let the ground be hoed over, to cut up the weeds; and if the seedlings themselves be too close, some should be cut up, leaving them at the first hoeing six or eight inches asunder, at the second eighteen inches or more. As soon as any weeds appear, scuffle the ground over with a Dutch hoe in dry weather; and as soon as the plants cover the ground with their broad leaves, they will keep down the weeds of themselves. In autumn, when the leaves decay, clean the ground, and in the spring, before the plants begin to put up their new leaves, dig the ground between, or at least hoe and clean them. In the second year, many of the strongest plants will produce flowers and seeds; but in the third year, most of them will flower and seed ; and the seed ought not to be permitted to scatter, but should be gathered when ripe. The roots will remain many years without decaying. 2. Rheum Undulatum; Wave-leaved Rhubarb. Leaves subvillose, waved; the sinus at the base dilated; petioles flat above, acute at the edge. The root divides into a number of thick fibres, which run deeper into the ground than thos6 of the first species, and are of a deeper yellow colour within. — Native of China and Siberia. See the preceding species. 3. Rheum Palmatum ; Officinal Rhubarb. Leaves palmate, acuminate, somewhat rugged ; the sinus at the base dilated; petioles obscurely grooved above, rounded at the edge; root perennial, thick, of an oval shape, and sends off long tapering branches ; externally it is brown, internally of a deep yellow colour; stem erect, round, hollow, jointed, sheathed, slightly scored, branched towards the top, from six to eight feet high. This species cannot be mistaken, if we attend, to its superior height, the ferruginous or reddish-brown colour of the stem, branches, and petioles, the palmate form of the leaves, and the elegant looseness of the little panicles of flowers. Lin- liens adds: that the vernal bud is not red, but yellow ; that the leaves are somewhat rugged; and that their segments are oblong and sharpish. It was not until the year 1732 that botanists knew any species of Rheum from which the true Rhubarb seemed likely to be obtained. Nor was this species at first very generally received as the genuine plant, until Boerbaave procured from a Tartarian Rhubarb merchant the seeds of the plants which produced the roots which he annu- ally sold, and which were admitted at St. Petersburg to be the real Rhubarb. These seeds, on being sown, produced two distinct species: the first species, above described; and this, or the officinal plant. On this account, some are of opinion that the true drug is obtained from several species. The Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures, R H £ OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. R H E 461 and Commerce, has exerted itself for many years in pro- moting the cultivation of Rhubarb, and with considerable success. The growth of this plant is remarkably quick: a plant six years old grew between the month of April, when the stalk first emerged out of the ground, and the middle of July, when it was at its greatest height, to eleven feet four inches. It grew in one day above three inches, and above four inches in a single night. Many of the leaves were above five feet long. The root, taken up in October, weighed thirty-six pounds, when clean washed and deprived of its small fibres. It appears, however, upon the whole, that English Rhubarb is inferior to the foreign; though it is possible that this inferiority may be owing only to the circumstances which industry and attention might remedy ; and that this might be done in a great measure, by attending to the age of the plant when taken up, to the root being cut transversely, rasped on the outside, having the sappy parts cut out, being also dried quickly, and kept some time before brought into use. The foreign Rhubarb may acquire some advantage from soil, climate, culture, aud the mode of drying, but probably much more from its superior age ; for Bergius asserts, that it is not taken up till it is six years old.— The following are some of the rather contradictory results of comparative experiments upon the Turkey, East Indian, and English Rhubarbs. The tincture from the Turkey sort tasted rather more aromatic than the rest, and seemed to possess a somewhat higher degree of astringency than the East Indian, which also exceeded the tinctures made from English specimens in the same quality. From one experiment, it appears that the East Indian kind is the weakest purgative, although that is the drug generally used in making the tincture sold in the shops. Two experiments prove that the English Rhubarb possesses the purgative power in a superior degree. From another experiment, it appears that forty-five grains of Tur- key Rhubarb contains the purgative quality nearly equal to sixty of the English ; that is, the latter requires to be given to the amount of one-fourth more, to produce the same effect. This account, which may be found in Vol. iii. of the Bath Papers, coincides in effect with the result of former experiments; but later comparisons prove that English Rhu- barb approaches nearer in proportion to its age. On the whole, there seems much reason to believe that by perse- verance we may be enabled not only to supply a sufficient quantity of the genuine drug, properly cured for home con- sumption, but also for foreign markets. It is objected, that we must wait at least four years, or, as some think, six or seven, before the roots become fit for use; but it is important to know the fact, that it may be administered with success when younger, in its fresh state, (that is, nndried,) by bruising half an ounce of the root, and boiling it in half a pint of water till it is reduced to one quarter of a pint. The superseding the present necessity of importing this drug from abroad, is a consideration of no small importance at all times, but especi- ally when we consider the scarcity which we felt whenever the ports of Russia and Turkey were unexpectedly closed against us. The purgative qualities of Rhubarb are extracted more perfectly by water than by spirit : the root remaining after the action of water is almost, if not wholly inactive; whereas, after repeated digestion in spirit, it still proves very considerably purgative. The quality of the watery infusion, on being inspissated by a gentle heat, is so much diminished that a drachm ot the extract is said scarcely to have more effect than a scruple of the root in substance: the spirituous tinc- ture loses less; half a drachm of this extract proving mode- rately purgative. The purgative quality of this root is so gentle, that it is often inconvenient on account of the quan- tity necessary for a dose, which in adults must be from half a drachm to oue drachm. When given in a large dose it will occasion some gripings, as other purgatives do; but it is hardly ever heating to the system, or produces the effects of more drastic purges. Its purgative quality is accompanied by a bitterness, which is often useful in restoring the tone of the stomach ; for the most part, this bitterness makes it sit better on the stomach than many other purgatives. Its ope- ration joins well with neutral laxatives, and both together operate in a less dose than either of them would do singly. Some degree of stypticily is always evident in this medicine; and as this quality acts when that of the purgative has ceased, in cases of diarrhoea, when any evacuation is proper, Rhu- barb has been considered as the most proper means to be employed. The use of it in substance, for keeping the belly regular, is by no means proper, the astringent quality undoing what the purgative had done; unless it be chewed in the mouth, and no more swallowed than what the saliva has dis- solved. Analogous to this, is the use of Rhubarb in a solu- tion; for in that, the astringent quality is not so largely extracted as to operate with a power equal to that employed in substance. The officinal preparations from this drftg are, a w'atery and vinous infusion, and a simple and compound tinc- ture. Rhubarb is a mild purgative, and likewise a mild astrin- gent. It strengthens the intestines, and generally leaves the belly costive ; for which reason it is frequently made use of, in preference to all other purgative substances, in obstinate purgings and the bloody flux. It is often given more with a view to its strengthening than its purgative quality. That which is of a bright or light texture, moist, fragrant, and sound, should be made choice of, as being milder in its operation, more grateful to the stomach, and more likely to answer the purpose of an astringent, a diuretic, or an alter- ative. In acute fevers, when there is danger to be appre- hended from the use of other purging medicines, Rhubarb is safe. In the bloody flux, and those loosenesses which are occasioned by acrid matter lodged in the intestines, this root is doubly useful — first, by evacuating and carrying off the offending matter; and, secondly, by strengthening the parts, aud preventing a further afflux. It likewise possesses the peculiar excellency of evacuating viscid bile, when lodged in the biliary ducts or passages; in which cases it is the best among purging medicines, aloes excepted ; and it has this advantage over them, that it may be given when inflam- mation is attendant, providing bleeding is first premised. The spirituous and vinous tincture of it, kept iu the shops, are generally used as strengthened or purgatives: for the first of these purposes, two or three spoonfuls is a suffi- cient dose at a time ; but for the latter, two or three ounces is frequently necessary. This root may probably be useful, not only as a medicine, but a dye, as may appear from the following trial. Infuse a portion of the root in water; and to the infusion, when strained, add a few grains of salt of tartar: this will produce a very beautiful red tincture, such as would be valuable for the purposes of dyeing a colour, which probably might be amply provided for by the general cultivation of this root. Not only the root, but other parts of the plant, are useful. At Versailles, the recent stem is converted into a marmalade, which is considered as a mild, pleasant, and highly salubrious laxative. They prepare it by stripping off the bark, and boiling the pulp with an equal quantity of honey or sugar. The leaves are also used by the French in their soups, to which they impart an agreeable acidity like that of Sorrel. The seeds possess the same medi- cinal property with the root, in an eminent degree. From the trials of Dr. Fothergill of Bath, it appears that twelve 402 R H E THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; R H E grains of the seeds operate on some persons nearly as much as twenty in others of the same age. On some they act gently, on others roughly ; such is the difference of consti- tution. In general it appears, that twenty grains of the seeds are equal to thirty of the root, as to the purgative power: that the residuum of the seeds is nearly equal in this respect to their powder, according with what has been discovered con- cerning the residuum of the root ; but that the proof spirit extracted less from the seeds than from the root, by way of tincture. The seeds appeared to be more aromatic than the root, but to contain less astringency than even its residuum, when treated in the same manner. A selenetic salt has been discovered to be a constituent principle in Rhubarb, among other astringent vegetables; and it has been pronounced a combination of the acid of Wood-sorrel with a calcareous earth. Some writers affirm, that the distilled water of this plant contains a purgative quality ; but this needs confirmation. The chemical and medicinal properties of the residuum; the elastic fluid extricated by distillation; the essential salt, already mentioned ; and the astringent principle; may all deserve the attention of a curious observer, and may throw new light on the medicinal qualities of this important drug .—Propagation and Culture. It appears to be the general opinion, that the same soil which is tit for Carrots will suit Rhubarb. It may be doubted whether manure should or should not be used : the prevailing notion seems to be, that dung injures the qua- lity of the root, and that it will be best on good sound land well worked. Dr. Mounsey directs the seeds to be sown in April or May, three or four in a pot, which should be plunged in a hot-bed until they vegetate. When the plants are about two months old, transplant them where they are to remain in a fine light soil. Keep some of them in pots until October, and some till the spring following, and then plant them out. When by these precautions you have secured a sufficient number of plants, the seeds may be sown in the opeu air : if they vegetate late in the season, cover them with mulch or moss, to preserve them in winter. When they are trans- planted, set the plants at least four feet asunder; hoe them, keep them clean, and turn up the ground yearly between the rows, taking care not to touch the roots. In the second or third year the plants will begin to bear seeds. The earliest period at which the roots are useful, is at four years’ growth, but even then they will be soft and spongy; so that if they remain eight years or more undisturbed, it will add greatly to their perfection. The seeds, however, do not require a hot bed to make them vegetate; but if sown in the natural ground during the spring, when the weather is open, will soon come up, and thrive very fast. The plant delights in a moist, rich, light, deep soil, and warm exposure, but will thrive in almost any soil or situation. If the roots be covered with litter, or the earth be drawn over them in winter, they will rise the stronger in the following spring. The nursery- bed must be diligently attended to, as the whole difficulty consists in bringing the plants through their first season : if the weather be hot and sultry, they must be shaded, and at all events continually watered. The pains bestowed by con- stant waterings, and protecting the young plants from the ravages of insects, will amply repay the planter. Roots that thrive well here, will in three years overtake others, that have not succeeded so well at the end of five. When a plantation is to be formed, or a vacancy filled up, select the finest and most thrifty plants ; and remember that no plant will come to any thing, if it have lost its principal bud. When a plan- tation does not possess the natural advantage of being on a declivity, narrower beds and deepened trenches are among the best means to be adopted : but most situations will require some care to prevent the bad effects of water remaining on the crowns of the plants; therefore when the seed-stalks are cut off, which-ought always to be done immediately upon the withering of the radical leaves, they should be covered with mould in the form of a hillock. This process will answer two good purposes; that of throwing off the rain, and keeping the trenches open by taking the earth from them. — Till the plants have blown, the medical qualities of the roots scarcely come into existence; and at the same period the danger of delay also commences. When the buds from the roots have grown up and flowered, a cavity is formed in the centre of the plant, in which rain will make a lodgment, to the inevitable destruction of those parts which remain unpro- tected. Those portions of the crow n, out of which the seed- stalks rise, always prove most valuable. Every spring and autumn the plants should undergo a general examination. The young ones will presently discover their real situation; for either their leaves Will wither as fast as they are produced, or their growth will become stunted : but with regard to the older ones, or those that have blown, as in most cases there will be discovered enough sound root to produce a luxuriant foliage, their state can only be discovered by pressing a fin- ger into the centre of the crown; which will soon detect any unsoundness. In both cases the plants should be removed, and the vacancies filled with others ; for in the former case much time will be saved, and the bad situation of the latter by remaining will only be aggravated, whilst it furnishes the cultivator with an opportunity of discovering the cause of such defects, which may possibly lead him to the means of prevention. Rhubarb may be propagated from offsets, as well as from seeds. A gentleman who was disappointed in raising plants from seed, separated some of the eyes or buds which shoot out on the upper part of the root, together with a small part of the root itself, having some of the fibres attach- j ed ; which succeeded. These offsets may be taken from roots of three or four years old, without injuring the plant. By this method a year is saved ; and these offsets are not in such danger | being devoured by vermin as those from seed, nor so uncer- tain in growing ; these are beside not so tender, and do not require transplanting, nor anything but weeding: there is said to be no difference in the size of the roots thus raised, i There is a great difference of opinion among those who have ! written upon this subject, as to the age at which the Rhu- barb roots ought to be taken up for use: some say at four, five, six, seven, and some at eleven or twelve years’ growth. As to the season for taking them up, as the late Dr. Lett- som observes, it may be of little consequence, as to the vigour of the roots, whether they be taken up in summer or autumn, but, as warm weather is the best for drying them, the former seems most elegible. Sir William Fordyce directs, that as t soon as the root is dug up, it should be washed thoroughly i clean, the fibres taken away, and not a particle of bark left ' on the larger roots. Cut these into pieces seven inches square, as nearly as they will admit of, and an inch and a half thick. Make a hole in the middle of each, about half an inch square, and string them on a packthread, with a knot on each, at such a distance as to keep them from rubbing or i entangling. Thus secured, hang them up in festoons in the warm air of a kitchen, laundry, or stove, till the superfluous I moisture is exhaled, to prevent their becoming mouldy or 1 musty. They may be afterwards dried more at leisure, and, II when quite dry, may be wrapped separately in cotton, and kept in wide-mouthed bottles. The tap-roots and pairings H will make excellent tinctures. In Tartary, the mode of dry- I ing is as follows : The root being completely cleansed, and the smaller branches cut off, is cut transversely into pieces of a R H E OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. R H E 463 moderate size; these are placed on long fables or boards, and turned three or four times a day, that the .yellow viscid juice may incorporate with the substance of the root: for if it be suffered to run out, the root becomes light and unser- viceable; and if they be not cut within five or six days after they are dug up, the roots become soft, and speedily decay. Four or five days after they are cut, holes are made through them, and they are exposed to the air and wind, but sheltered from the sun.. Thus in about two months the roots are completely dried, and arrive at their full perfection. The loss of weight in drying is very considerable, seven loads of green roots yielding only one small horse-load of perfectly dry Rhubarb. Dr. Falconer thinks, that if the following circumstances were attended to, British Rhubarb might equal any of the foreign. First, a selection of the best pieces is absolutely necessary. Secondly, the central part of every piece should be cut out; for it is found by experience that this, perhaps from its proximity to the sap, is moistest and most subject to decay ; and when any part comes into this state, the infection soon spreads, and damages the whole piece. Doubtless it is to avoid this, that the pieces of Rus- sian Rhubarb have all holes of a considerable size cut through their centre, which answers this more material purpose, as weil as that of hanging them up to dry; and the English, having only the latter end in view, seldom make the holes large enough to answer the former, at least not sufficiently large to admit of removing the spongy and decaying parts. Thirdly, the outside should be scraped, or rather rasped, as the foreign Rhubarbs are: the neglect of this not only gives it a shrivelled and mean appearance and colour, but is really a great disservice, by obstructing the quickness of drying, from the pores not being laid open for the herbaceous mois- ture to exhale. Though the bark be stripped off, the larger pores, running mostly longitudinally, do not open laterally, and of course the watery fluid, being confined, exudes very slowly. Fourthly, it is probable that a great improvement might be made in the preparation of our Rhubarb, by acce- lerating its drying. It was formerly thought that plants were best dried in a slow and gradual manner, which is now found to be a mistake; and that quick drying equally consists with the safety of the vegetable substance, and the perfection of its efficacious qualities. 4. Rheum Compactum ; Thick-leaved Rhubarb. Leaves sublobed, extremely blunt, very smooth, shining, and tooth- letted; roots large, divided into many fangs, yellow within. They approach nearer to the foreign Rhubarb than any other, both in shape and quality. It is propagated in the same way as the first species, which see. — Native of Tartary. 5. Rheum Ribes ; Warted leaved Rhubarb. Leaves very blunt, somewhat wartletted, with spinulose veins underneath ; petioles fiat above, rounded at the edge ; roots thick, fleshy, running deeply into the ground. — Found on mounts Libanus, Antilibanus, Sinai, and Carmel. 6. Rheum Tataricuin ; Tartarian Rhubarb. Leaves cor- date-ovate, entire, very smooth ; petioles half round, angular; panicle grooved. — Native of Lesser Tartary. 7. Rheum Hybridum ; Bastard Rhubarb. Leaves smooth above, somewhat hairy underneath, sublobed, acute ; sinus narrowed at the base; petioles obscurely grooved above, rounded at the edge. This is considered as a hybrid plant. —Native place unknown. Rhexia ; a genus of the class Octandria, order Monogynia. —Generic Character. Calix : perianth one-leafed, tubular, ventricose at the bottom, oblong, with a four-cleft border, permanent. Corolla: petals four, roundish, inserted into the calix, spreading. Stamina : filamenta eight, filiform, 104 longer than the calix, and inserted into it; antherae declining, grooved, linear, blunt, versatile. Pistil: germen roundish ; style simple, the length of the stamina, declining; stigma thickish, oblong. Pericarp: capsule roundish, four-celled, four-valved, within the belly of the calix. Seed: numerous, roundish. Essential Character. Calix : four-cleft. Petals: four, inserted into the calix; anther® declining ; capsule four-celled, within the belly of the calix. The species are, 1. Rhexia Virginica. Leaves sessile, serrate ; calices smooth. .This rises with an erect stalk nearly a foot and half high, four-cornered, and hairy. The stalk has two peduncles coming out from the side opposite to each other at. the upper joints, and is terminated by two others ; these each sustain two or three red flowers, with heart-shaped petals, spreading open in the form of a cross. They appear in June. It is a native of North America. — This and the next species are propagated by seeds, which must be procured from the places where they naturally grow. If the seeds arrive before the spring, and be sown soon after in pots filled with good fresh earth, and placed under a frame to guard them from frost, the plants will come up in the following spring; but if the seeds are not sown till that time they seldom appear in the first year. When they are fit to remove, plant part of them in an eastern border, and others in pots to be sheltered under a frame in winter. The second year the plants will flower, and may be continued with care for three or four years. 2. Rhexia Mariana. Leaves ciliate. This sends up an erect stalk about ten inches high. The stalk divides at top into two peduncles, spreading from each other, having one or tw'o reddish flowers on each, with a single subsessile flower between them. — Native of Maryland, of Brazil, and of Suri- nam. See the first species. 3. Rhexia Trichotoma. Flowers solitary, axillary, and terminating ; leaves sessile, opposite, lanceolate, hirsute ; stem frutescent. This and all the following species, coming from the hotter parts of America, will require tender treat- ment to be cultivated here. 4. Rhexia Acisanthera. Flow'ers alternate, axillary, pedun- cled, five-cleft; stem firm and square, emitting many square branches towards the top.— Native of Jamaica. See the preceding species. 5. Rhexia Jussioides. Leaves alternate, ribbed, rugged at the margin. — This is a shrub, four feet high, found at Surinam. See the third species. 6. Rhexia Glutinosa. Leaves opposite, three-nerved, even ; flowers thyrsoid. — Found by Mutis in New Granada. See the third species. 7. Rhexia Leucantha. Leaves opposite, cartilaginous- toothletted, coriaceous, shining; branchlets four-cornered; flowers terminating, ten-stamined. — Native of Jamaica. See the third species. 8. Rhexia Purpurea. Leaves opposite, toofhletted, cori- aceous; branchlets round ; flowersaxillary, ten-stamined. — Native of Jamaica. See the third species. 9. Rhexia Uniflora. Leaves petioled, ovate, serrate; flowers axillary, solitary, ten-stamined ; stem dichotomous. — Found at Cayenne. See the third species. 10. Rhexia Inconstans. Leaves ovate, hispid, with close- pressed bristles, hoary, three-nerved; peduncles terminating, one or two flowered. This is a small low shrub, with diffused ascending branches. Ryan remarks, that it varies much in the number of stamina. — He found it in Montserrat, upon lava covered with Moss. See the third species. 11. Rhexia Bivaivis. Smooth, ten-stamined: leaves ob- long, sessile, obscurely crenate, blunt; peduncles terminat- 6 B 464 R H I THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; R H I ing, one-flowered. This is an annual plant, smooth all over, and of an ash-colour. — Native of Guiana. See the third species. 12. Rhexia Trivalvis. Smooth, ten stamined : leaves linear, lanceolate, sessile, dotted above, quite entire ; pedun- cles one-flowered. — Annual, smooth all over, and a native of Guiana. See the third species. 13. Rhexia Longifolia. Hairy, ten-stamined : leaves lan- ceolate, quite entire, five-nerved; peduncles axillary and ter- minating, dichotomous, shorter than the leaves ; steins her- baceous, loose, angular, of a yellowish ash-colour, owing to long dense hairs pressed close to the surface. — Native of South America. See the third species. 14. Rhexia Ciliosa. Stem subquadrangular, glabrous; leaves small, subpetiolate, oval, glabrous underneath, slightly hispid on the upper part, distinctly ciliated at the margin ; flowers subsolitary, involucrate, large, of a beautiful purple colour ; antherae very short. — Grows in the bogs of Lower Carolina, and flowers in July and August. 15. Rhexia Glabella. Plant with a glabrous cylindra- ceous stem ; leaves sessile, erect, lanceolate, smooth, gla- brous, very finely denticulated ; calix glutinous ; flowers the largest of the North American sorts. — Grows in the sandy moist woods of Carolina and Georgia. There is a variety with deep purple flowers, called by Walton, Rhexia A li- fanus. 16. Rhexia Stricta. Stem very straight, alate-tetragonal, partially glabrous; leaves sessile, erect, narrow-lanceolate, attenuate-acuminate, three-nerved, glabrous on both sides; corymb dichotomous; calix slightly glabrous; flowers very handsome, purple. — Grows in the bogs of Lower Carolina and Georgia. 17. Rhexia Lutea. Stem quadrangular, rough; leaves with a few roughnesses;, lower ones cuneate-oblong, obtuse; upper ones lanceolate; antherae very short; flowers small, yellow — .Grows in the Pine woods of Georgia and Florida. 18. Rhexia Linearifolia. Stem cylindrical, subpubescent; leaves alternate, linear, oblong, obtuse, sessile, pubescent on both sides; flowers subsolitary, yellow. A native of Carolina. Rhinanthus; a genus of the class Didynamia, order An- giospermia.— -Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, roundish, inflated, compressed, four-cleft, perma- nent. Corolla: one petalled, ringent; tube subcylindrical, the length of the calix; border gaping, compressed at the base; upper lip galeate, compressed, emarginaie, narrower; lower lip spreading a little, flat, half three-cleft, blunt ; the middle segment widest. Stamina: filamenta four, about the length of the upper lip, under which they lie concealed ; two of them shorter ; antherae incumbent, bifid on one side, hirsute. Pistil: germen ovate, compressed ; style filiform, in the same situation with, but longer than the stamina ; stigma blunt, bent in. Pericarp : capsule blunt, erect, compressed, two-celled, two-valved, opening at the edges; partition con- trary. Seeds: several, compressed. Observe. The second species has the margin of the capsule blunt, the seeds simple, the calix unequal, two-lipped : the margin of the capsule in the third species is augmented; the seeds membranaceous, clothed with wool; the calix equal, four-cleft. Essential Character. Calix: four-cleft, ventricose. Capsule: two- celled, blunt, compressed. — The plants of this genus do not thrive under culture, and are very difficult to keep in gardens. Being annual, they can only be propagated by seeds, which should be sown soon after they are ripe wherever they are intended to remain, as they will not bear removing. They require a moist rich soil, and a shady situation. When the plants come up, thin them, and keep them clear from weeds. If the seeds be permitted to scatter, the plants will come up better than when sown by hand ; but they thrive best among grass. The species are, 1. Rhinanthus Orientalis. The corollas with the upper lip awl-shaped, and curved in; stems a foot and a half high, hollow, four-cornered, hairy. The flowers have an agree- able scent. Tournefort, who found this plant on the con- fines of Persia flowering in July, speaks of it as one of the most beautiful in the East. 2. Rhinanthus Elephas. The corollas with the upper lip awl-shaped, straight. — Native of Italy and Siberia, in shady places. 3. Rhinanthus Crista Galli; Yellow Rattle, or Cock’s Comb. Upper lip of the corolla arched ; calix smooth ; leaves lan- ceolate, serrate ; root annual, small, with few fibres ; flowers not always strictly opposite, on short peduncles. It flowers early in June, and is common in pastures; and is called Yel- low Rattle from the noise made by the ripe seeds in the calix, which has led the Irish to call it Rattle Boxes. It is known in some counties by the name of Penny Grass, and in York- shire by that of Henpenny, from the size and shape of the seed-vessel, like a silver penny. Its other appellation, of Cock’s Comb, is derived from the appearance of the upper leaves or bractes which accompany the flowers. Horses, sheep, and goats, are said to eat it, and cattle to refuse it; though others say, that all quadrupeds reject it except when in the stall or stable, or given dried as hay. The rattling of the seeds informs the Swedish peasant that it is time to cut his hay. In England we have better indications; such as, the flowering heads of Wild Red Clover beginning to fade, and the predominant Grasses of the crop opening their glumes and displaying their antherae. The growth of this plant is remarkably quick, and is supposed in some foreign coun- tries to be very injurious to the crop of Rye. It is a very troublesome weed among grass, insomuch that in many water meadows there is more of this plant than of herbage. The seed ripening by the time these meadows are commonly mowed, the seeds scatter, and fill the ground with young plants in the following spring. In order to destroy it, the grass among which it grows ought to be cut as soon as the flowers appear; and those who purchase Grass seeds should be careful that none of this seed be mixed with that of the Grasses. 4. Rhinanthus Trixago. Calices hirsute, tomentose ; leaves opposite, bluntly serrate; stem quite simple; root annual, throwing out runners ; flowers large and yellow. — Native of Italy, the south of France, and Palestine. 5. Rhinanthus Capensis. Calices tomentose; bractes ovate; leaves lanceolate, toothed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Rhinanthus Trifida. Corollas spreading at the throat; leaves trifid; stem upright, quite simple. — Native of Ceylon. 7. Rhinanthus Indica. Leaves sublanceolate, hairy, quite entire. — Native of Virginia. Rhizobolus ; a genus of the class Polvandria, order Tetra- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, fleshy, tomentose, half five-cleft; segments round- ish, concave. Corolla: petals five, ovate, rounded, con- cave, fleshy, inserted below the divisions of the calix, and much larger than it. Stamina: filamenta very nume- rous, filiform, longer than the corolla, inserted into the recep- tacle; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen four-.cornered, at the bottom of the calix ; styles four, filiform, longer than the corolla; stigmas blunt. Pericarp: drupes four, kidney- shaped, compressed, inserted by the internal wedge-form margin into a conical receptacle, one-celled, with a fleshy rind, and a buttery soft pulp. Seeds : nuts solitary, kid- R H I OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. R H O ney-shaped, with a brittle shell covered with prickles; ker- nels solitary, kidney-shaped. Essential Character. Calix: half live-cleft; petals live. Germen: four-lobed, superior. Nuts: four, one-celled, one-seeded. The species are, 1. Rhizobolus Butyrosus. With lingered leaves, smooth on both sides. This is a tall tree, the trunk of which is three feet in diameter. The bark is grey, and the wood red- dish and compact. The flowers grow in large bunches at the extremities of the branches, and are of a white colour. — They appear in July in its native country Guiana. 2. Rhizobolus Tuberculosus. With lingered leaves, downy beneath. — Native of Guiana. Rhizophora; a genus of the class Dodecandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, four-parted or many-parted, patulous ; segments oblong, acuminate, permanent. Corolla : petals four or more, oblong, rather shorter than the calix. Stamina: liiamenta scarcely any, alternately shorter; antherae four to twelve, small, acuminate. Pistil: germen superior, roundish ; style awl-shaped, semibilid, grooved on each side; stigmas acute. Pericarp: fleshy, subovate, inclosing only the base of the seed. Seed: single, club-oblong, acuminate, fleshy at the base. Observe. The stamina differ in number, as do the calix and corolla. Essential Character. Calix: four- parted. Corolla: four-parted. Seed: one, very long, fleshy at the base. The species are, 1. Rhizophora Conjugata. Leaves ovate-oblong, bluntish, quite entire; calices sessile ; fruits cylindric-subulate. This, like all the rest of this genus, is a maritime tree. — Native of the East Indies. 2. Rhizophora Gymnorhiza. Leaves lanceolate, quite entire; root placed upon the ground. This tree is above the middle size, with a lofty straight trunk: the bark is thick, cloven, of a brown-red colour, with many large bowed roots, spreading upon the cone, Jliat is covered with sea- water. The bark is very useful in dyeing rufous or chesnut colour, which is easily changed into a very line permanent black. There are vast quantities of this tree on the shores of Cambodia and Cochin-china; and our circumnavigators found it in the island of Namoka. 3. Rhizophora Candel. Leaves obtuse; peduncles bi- geminate, longer than the leaf; fruits awl shaped. The flowers have a weak, but not unpleasant smell. — Native of the East Indies, in shallow salt-water. 4. Rhizophora Mangle; The Mangrove Tree. Leaves acute; fruits subulate-clavate. This tree generally rises to the height of fifty feet: the wood is white, but becomes red when macerated in water; the bark is thick, and rust- coloured. It is generally found on the borders of the sea, in the waters of which (alone) it seems to thrive. Its larger branches frequently send out soft and weakly appendicles, that have the appearance of so many slender leafless branches, and bend always downwards ; but as these are softer, and furnished each with a large column of lax spongy pith in the centre, they grow more luxuriantly than the other parts of the tree, and reach the mud in a short time, where they throw out a numberless series of slender fibres, which in time be- come roots to supply the stem more copiously with nourish- ment, whilst they become so many props or limbs to the pa- rent tree. Thus it continues to enlarge its bulk, as its weight increases or its branches spread ; these constantly throw out new appendicles as they multiply their shoots, and form those interwoven groves we so frequently meet with on the sea-shore’in tropical climates; which serve to stop the mould that is constantly washed down by the rapid floods that j 403 come from the inland parts, and thereby in time turn what might have continued useless ponds or open cheeks into rich and fertile fields. The quantity of mosquitoes that frequent these maritime forests make it impossible for an European to live, or even to pass a night near them : they are inhabited also by innumerable sea birds and crabs; and the matted roots enable the savages to walk about the ooze and shallow waters to hunt for them. The trunk seldom grows to any considerable thickness, but the wood is very tough and hard, bears the water well, and is much used for knees and ribs in long-boats, and other small craft, for which the arches and angles of its limbs most naturally adapt it. The bark is most excellent for tanning leather; it performs this operation more perfectly in six weeks, than Oak-bark will do in ten, and the leather tanned with it is the most firm and durable of any for soles. The decoction of the bark is a most powerful astringent. — This tree is a native of both the East and West Indies, of the Society and Friendly Islands, the New Hebrides and New Caledonia, in the South Seas. The Spaniards call it Mangle; and the French, Mangle and Paletuvia. 5. Rhizophora Cylindrica. Fruits cylindrical, blunt. This agrees with the second species, except that it is not above three times the height of a man, and is not divided into so many trunks. Flowers white, axillary : the fruit is eaten when young and tender. — Native of salt marshes in Malabar. 6. Rhizophora Sexangula. Leaves ovate lanceolate, oppo- site ; fruits hexangular; petals ten; stamina twenty. This is a middle-sized tree, with twisted spreading branches; the flowers subterminating, solitary. Rhodiola ; a genus of the class Dicecia, order Octandria. -^Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianths four- parted, concave, erect, obtuse, permanent. Corolla: petals four, oblong, obtuse, from erect spreading, double the length of the calix, deciduous ; nectaries four, erect, emarginate, shorter than the calix. Stamina : filamenta eight, awl-shaped, longer than the corolla; antherae simple. Pistil: germina four, oblong, acuminate; styles and stigmas obsolete. Peri- carp: abortive. Female. Calix: perianth as in the male. Corolla: petals four, rude, erect, obtuse, equal with the calix, permanent; nectaries as in the male. Pistil: germina four, oblong, acuminate, ending in simple straight styles; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: capsules four-horned, opening inwards. Seeds : very many, roundish. — Observe. Dahl observed hermaphrodite flowers, with ten stamina and five styles: this genus may therefore with the greater confidence be associated with the Seda. Essential Character. Mule. Calix: four-parted. Corolla: four-petallcd. Nectary: four. Female. Calix : four-parted. Corolla : four-petalled. Nectary: four. Pistil: four. Capsule: four, many-seeded. The species are, 1. Rdiodiola Rosea ; Common or Yellow Rosewort. Leaves ovate, serrate towards the top; stem upright; root thick and fleshy, sending out, when bruised or cut, an odour Jikq roses ; the flowers are yellowish and herbaceous, appearing early in May. They have a very agreeable scent; but are not of long continuance. The root is sweetest when dried, in which state a fragrant water may be distilled from it; but when cultivated in a garden, it loses most of its sweetness. Goats and sheep are said to eat the plant, but cattle and swine refuse it. The inhabitants of the Faro Islands use it as a remedy for the scurvy; and the Greenlanders eat it a« garden-stuff. A cataplasm of the fresh roots, applied to the forehead, is said to relieve the head-ache; also to cure malig- nant ulcers: there is a variety which flowers later. Native of Lapland, Denmark, and Norway, Great Britain, Austria 4G6 RHO THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; RHO Silesia, Switzerland, Dauphiny, Piedmont, and Siberia, on the mountains of those countries. In England, it occurs only in the northern counties of Westmoreland, Cumberland, and Yorkshire; also in Scotland and Wales. — To propagate it, plant the cuttings in the middle of April, soon after they come out. from the head, in a shady border; covering them close down with a glass, and keeping them dry : they will put out roots in six weeks, but the cuttings should be laid in a dry room at least a week before they are planted, other- wise they are subject to rot. Or, part the roots in the begin- ning of September, when their roots begin to decay ; and if the fleshy parts are cut or broken, lay them to dry a few days before they are planted. They require a shady situa- tion, and a dry undunged soil, in which they will continue many years. 2. Rhodiola Biternata. Leaves biternate, gashed ; stem twining. — Native of Cochin-china, in all ill-cultivated gardens, but not frequent. The female has not been seen. Rhododendrum; a genus of the class Decandria, order Monogyuia. — Generic Character. Culix : perianth five-parted, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled ; wheel funnel- form ; border spreading, with rounded segments. Stamina : filamenta ten, filiform, almost the length of the corolla, declined; antherae oval. Pistil: germen five-cornered, retuse; style filiform, the length of the corolla ; stigma obtuse. Peri- carp : capsule ovate, subangular, five-celled, divisible into five parts. Seeds : numerous, very small. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: somewhat funnel- form. Stamina : declined ; capsule five-celled. The spe- cies are, 1. Rhododendrum Ferrugineum ; Rusty-leaved Rhodo- dendron. Leaves smooth, leprous underneath ; corollas funnel-shaped. It rises with a shrubby stalk nearly three feet high, sending out many irregular branches, covered with a purplish bark. The flowers are produced in round bunches at the ends of the branches ; the corolla is funnel-shaped, with a short tube, and is cut into five obtuse segments at the brim, spreading a little open, and of a pale rose-colour. — Native of high mountains in Switzerland, Austria, Savoy, Piedmont, and Dauphiny, where this and the fourth species terminate the ligneous vegetation as we ascend, and furnish the shepherds with their only fuel. The grouse are said to eat it, and the white hares sometimes gnaw the bark in hard weather; yet animals do not appear to feed on it, except in want of other food, and it is suspected of being in a small degree poisonous. The galls of some small insect are fre- quently upon it. The flowers appear from May to July, but are seldom produced in abundance upon cultivated plants. — All the plants of this genus are propagated by seeds; but they are so very small, that if they are covered deep they will not grow. They should be sown as soon as possible after they are ripe, either in a shady border, or in pots filled with fresh loam, and very lightly covered with a little fine earth. Plunge these pots up to their rims in a shady border, and in hard frost cover them with bell and hand glasses, taking them off in mild weather. If these seeds be sown early in autumn, they will come up in the following spring. They must be kept shaded from the sun, especially the first summer, and duly refreshed with water; in the autumn fol- lowing, transplant them to a shady situation and on a loamy- soil, covering the ground about their roots with moss, to guard them from frost in winter, and keep the ground moist in summer. They may also be increased from suckers or offsets, which they produce plentifully where they naturally grow, though they rarely produce them in England, nor do the seeds often come to maturity in our climate. 2. Rhododendrum Dauricum; Dotted-leaved Rhododen- dron. Leaves smooth, dotted, naked ; corollas wheel-shaped ; root tuberous, knobbed, thick, deeply bound down by rootlets striking into the ground, or into the fissures of rocks ; trunks very short above ground, twisted, and knobbed : the flowers come out before the leaves, at the ends of the branchlets of the former year, from a bud that continues the branch, com- posed of ferruginous, subpubescent, concave scales ; they nod a little, and have some smell. — Native of Siberia: it is peculiar to the subalpine tracts of Eastern Asia. It appears first at the jaws of the river Jenisca; and beyond that, espe- cially from the river Uda, in the Pine woods, it begins to be common ; but about Baikal it is most abundant, and extends through the desert of the Mongols to China and Tibet ; at the Lena it becomes more rare; and beyond that, is much lower, with a more slender flower, and narrower leaves. See the preceding species, for its propagation and culture. 3. Rhododendrum Chrysanthemum. Leaves oblong, un- dotted above, rugged, and very much veined ; corolla wheel- shaped, irregular; flowering-bud ferruginous, tomentose. In alpine situations this shrub is less than a foot high; in lower grounds it grows to a foot and half, sending out abundance of decumbent branches, having, their ends emerging from the moss, subdivided, bearing both leaves and flowers. Native of the highest mountains of Siberia. See the first species for its propagation and culture.— This plant was first noticed for its medicinal qualities by Gmelin and Steller, who men- tion it as used in Siberia for the cure of rheumatism. Little attention, however, was paid to it, till Koelpin recommended it about forty years ago, not only in rheumatism and gout, but even in venereal cases; and it is now' generally employed in chronic rheumatism, in various parts of Europe. The leaves, which are the parts employed, have a bitterish sub- astringent taste, and, as well as the bark and young branches, manifest a degree of acrimony. Taken in large doses, they prove a narcotic poison. Dr. Home, who tried this shrub unsuccessfully in cases of acute rheumatism, says, that it ap- pears to be one of the most powerful sedatives which we have, as in most of the trials it reduced the pulse remarkably low, and in one patient reduced it thirty-eight beats. In other cases, at Edinburgh, it has been productive of such good effects, as to obtain admission into their Pharmacopeia. The method of using the plant by the Siberians is, by putting two drachms of the dried leaves in an earthen pot, with about ten ounces of boiling water, keepiug it near a boiling heat for a night : thus they take it in the morning, and by repeating it three or four times generally effect a cure. It is said to occasion heat, thirst, a degree of delirium, and a peculiar sensation of the parts affected. This medicine should be taken with caution, and the patient should begin with small doses, increasing them gradually: but it is not likely ever to become a favourite medicine in this country, because it is not an indigenous plant. 4. Rhododendrum Hirsutum ; Hairy Rhododendron. Leaves ciliate, naked ; corollas funnel-shaped. This shrub seldom rises two feet high, and sends out many short woody branches, covered with a light brown bark. It greatly resem- bles the first species. It has been tried, and found to possess the same medicinal properties as the preceding species. — Native of the mountains of Switzerland, Austria, Styria, and Dauphiny. See the first species. 5. Rhododendrum Chaemascistus. Leaves ciliate ; corollas wheel-shaped. This is a small shrub, very much branched, f the extreme branches leafy; corolla purple, the segments ovate. — Native of Austria, Carniola, Monte-Baldo, and near Saltzburg. See the first species. RHO OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. R H U 407 6. Rhododendrum Ponticum ; Purple Rhododendron. Leaves lanceolate, shining, smooth on both sides ; racemes terminating; trunk upright, shrubby, commonly the height of a man, but sometimes only half so high, frequently thicker than the human arm, very much branched from the boitom irregularly; the wood white, the bark ash-coloured. Tourne- fort remarks, that the flowers of this plant were reputed to impart a noxious quality to honey. It flowers in May and June. — Native of the Levant and Gibraltar; also of Georgia, and in the southern subalpine tracts of Caucasus, where it affects wet places in Beech and Alder coppices, on rocky mountains, but not on high alps. See the first species. 7. Rhododendrum Caucasicum. Leaves ovate, rugged, bent in at the edge ; umbels terminating ; bractes elongated ; root creeping among Moss, thick, woody ; trunk arborescent, eighteen inches high, diffused and procumbent, scarred, ascending at the end, and there leafy and flowering. — Native of the higher rocks of Caucasus, near the perpetual ice in the highest range of shrubby vegetation, with Myrtilus and Vitis Ideea. 8. Rhododendrum Kamtschalicum. Leaves ciliate, nerved ; corollas wheel-shaped ; calices leafy. This is a very elegant undershrub; root woody, dry, the size of a quill, creeping by prostrate runners of a brown testaceous colour. The par- tial peduncles have one or two lanceolate leaflets and a nodding flower. It was first discovered by Steller, and grows abundantly in the peninsula of Kamtschatka and Behring’s Island, in muddy places on the mountains. It begins to flower at the end of July, and ripens its seeds towards the end of September. See the first species. 0. Rhododendrum Maximum; Broad-leaved Rhododen- dron. Leaves oval, shining, blunt, veined, with an acute reflex margin; peduncles one-flowered. In its native soil it grows fifteen or sixteen feet high, with a shrubby stalk, sending out a few branches towards the top. — Native of North Ame- rica, upon rocks and in barren soils, where it continues flowering great part of the summer, and is a great ornament to the barren rocks. 10. Rhododendrum Catawbiense. Leaves short-oval, rotundate obtuse, glabrous, discoloured; umbels terminal; segments of the calix elongate-oblong; corolla campanulate, scarlet. — Grows on the high mountains of Virginia and Caro- lina, particularly on the head-waters of the Catawba river, and flowers in May and June. Rhododendrum. See Nerium Oleander. Rhodora ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Monogy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five-toothed, permanent. Corolla: petals three, unequal; the two upper ones lanceolate, equal ; the lowest concave, oblong, subtrilobate ; the middle lobes smaller, concave. Stamina: filamenta ten, filiform, declined, the length of the corolla; antherae roundish, twin. Pistil: germen ovate; style filiform, declined, a little longer than the stamina ; stigma five-cleft, thickish. Pericarp: capsule ovate, five- celled. Seeds: very many, minute. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: five-toothed. Petals: three, unequal. Sta- mina: declined. Capsule: five celled. The only species yet known is, 1. Rhodora Canadensis. Stem upright, somewhat branch- ed, round, ash-coloured, two feet high ; flowers in umbels on short pedicels, purple, the upper lip with darker spots. It is chiefly distinguished from the Rhododendrons by its three petalled corolla, and appears to be generally distinct from them, especially in the herb. — Native of Newfoundland. It is difficult to raise it from seeds; but may be propagated by slips or cuttings, and thrives, best in a good sandy loam. Rhubarb. See Rheum. Rhubarb, Monk’s. See Rumex Alpinus. Rhus: a genus of the class Pentandria, order Trigynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-parted, inferior, erect, permanent. Corolla: petals five, ovate, from upright spreading. Stamina : filamenta five, very short ; antherae small, shorter than the corolla. Pistil: germen superior, roundish, the size of the corolla ; styles scarcely any; stigmas three, cordate, small. Pericarp: berry round- ish, one celled. Seed: one, roundish, bony. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Petals: five. Berry: one-seeded. — Observe. This genus consists of trees and shrubs ; the flowers are in panicles or close racemes, in some hermaphrodite, in others male and female on separate plants; in the two last polygamous, having males mixed with the hermaphrodites. From this distinction of the sexes Mr. Miller has divided the genus into Ghus having hermaph- rodite flowers, and Toxicodendron having dioecious flowers. Tournefort had made the same division before, but on different principles : Rhus with unequally pinnate leaves, and villose berry, with a globular nucleus ; Toxicodendron with ternate leaves, a striated berry, and compressed nucleus. The species are, * With pinnate Leaves. 1. Rhus Coriaria; Elm-leaved Sumach. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets elliptic, bluntly toothed, villose underneath; stem woody, strong, dividing into many irregular branches, and rises to the height of eight or ten feet ; the bark is hairy, and of an herbaceous brown colour whilst young. The branches are used instead of Oak-bark for tanning leather; and it is said that all Turkey leather is tanned with this shrub. The leaves and seeds are used in medicine, and are esteemed very restringent and styptic. The Tripoly merchants sell the seeds at Aleppo, where they are in common use at meals to provoke an appetite. Native of the south of France, Spain, Italy, the Levant, and Africa. — Propagation and Culture. The first, second, fourth, fifth, and ninth species, are hardy plants, and will thrive in the open air in England. The first and fifth not being quite so hardy as the others, must have a better situation, otherwise their branches will be injured by severe frost in the winter : they are easily propagated by seeds obtained from the countries where they grow ; if these be sown in autumn, the plants will come up the following sprjng ; but if sown in the spring, they seldom come up till the next spring: they may be either sown in pots, or the full ground. If they are sown in pots in autumn, the pots ought to be placed under a common frame in winter, where the seeds may be protected from hard frost, and if in the spring the pots are plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, the plants will soon rise, and thereby have more time to get strength before winter. When the plants come up, they must have a large share of air, and should be gradually hardened to bear the open air, into which they must be removed as soon as the weather is favourable, placing them where they may have the morning sun, and keeping them clean from w'eeds; in dry weather a good supply of water will promote their growth, which should be stinted towards autumn by keeping them dry, that the extremity of their shoots may harden ; for if they are replete with moisture, the early frosts in autumn will pinch them, and sometimes cause the shoots to decay almost to the bottom, where the plants are fully exposed. If the pots are put uuder a common frame again in autumn, it will secure them from injury, for while they are young, and the upper part of the shoots is soft, they will be in dan- ger of suffering in very severe winters ; but in mild weather must always enjoy the open air, and should therefore never 460 RHU THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; RHU be covered but in frost. The spring following, just before the plants begin to shoot, they should be shaken out of the pots, and carefully separated, so as not to tear the roots, and then transplanted into a nursery, in rows three feet asun der, and about one foot distance in the rows. In this nursery they may stand two years to get strength, and then may be transplanted where they are to remain. The seeds which are sown in the full ground, may be covered the first winter with some old tanner’s bark, to keep out the frost; and in the spring it may be drawn off again after the danger of the hard frost is over; and when the plants come up, they must be kept clean from weeds, which is all the care they will require the first summer: but as the plants in the full ground are apt to grow luxuriant, and continue growing late in autumn, they should be covered, to screen them from the early frost, which will otherwise kill their tops, and this often occasions them to die down a considerable length, and fre- quently almost to the ground in hard winters. In the spring following, the plants may be taken up carefully, and trans- planted into a nursery, at the same distance as before directed. This method of propagating the plants from seeds is seldom practised after the plants are once obtained; for they are very subject to send up a great number of suckers from their roots, whereby they are easily propagated. The suckers of all the sorts may be taken up and planted in the nursery for a year or tw o to get strength, and then may be planted where they are to remain. These shrubs are generally planted in plantations of flowering shrubs in large gardens, where they make a fine variety in autumn, especially the second, fourth, and fifth sorts, with their large purple or red panicles, which have a good effect; but where these are planted, their suckers must be every year taken off, otherwise they will grow up to a thicket, and destroy the neighbouring plants. 2. Rhus Typhinum ; Virginian Sumach. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets lanceolate, acuminate, sharply tomentose underneath. This has a woody stem, from which are sent out many irregu- lar branches, generally crooked and deformed. The flowers are produced in close tufts at the ends of the branches in July, and are followed by seeds inclosed in purple woolly succulent covers, so that the bunches are of a beautiful purple colour in autumn. This shrub, as well as the preceding, is used for tanning leather; and the roots are prescribed in medicine where it grows naturally, that is, in almost every part of North America. See the preceding species, for its propagation and culture. 3. Rhus Javanicum ; Java Sumach. Leaves pinnate, ovate’ acuminate, serrate, tomentose underneath. This is a large tree, with spreading branches. — Native of China and Japan, where it flowers in September. The Chinese extract an oil from the berries, by bruising and boiling them in water ; this they use as a varnish ; but it does not keep its polish like the true sort. 4. Rhus Glabrum ; Scarlet Sumach. Leaves pinnate, lanceolate, serrate, naked on both sides ; flowers hermaph- rodite. This is not so high as the Common Virginian Su- mach ; the branches are much more spreading and smooth. — Native of North America, in woods, high glades, and old corn-fields. It is like a weed in some parts of the country; and if a field be left a few years uncultivated, this shrub overruns it, from berries which are brought by birds ; and when the ground comes again into tillage, the roots stop the plough very much. The fruit remains on the shrub during winter, but the leaves drop very early in the autumn. It selddtn grows above three yards high; and the wood burns well, without much crackling, On cutting the stem, a yel- low juice comes out between the bark and the wood; one or two of the outer circles are white,, but the innermost are of a yellowish green: it contains a pith, half an inch in dia- meter or more, of a brown colour, and so loose that it is easily pushed out by a stick. The branches, boiled with the berries, afford a black ink-like tincture. The berries, though very sour, are eaten by children with impunity; they are red, and are used to dye that colour. — There are many va- rieties of this species in North America, but not worth speci- fying here. See the first species. 5. Rhus Elegans ; Carolina Sumach. Leaves pinnate, lanceolate, serrate, naked on both sides; flowers dicecious. This generally rises to the height of seven or eight feet. Native of South Carolina. See the first species. 6. Rhus Vernix ;- Varnish Sumach. Leaves pinnate, quite entire, annual, opaque; petiole entire, equal; trunk straight. This is undoubtedly Kaempfer’s Sitz, or True Varnish Tree, with a walnut leaf, and a fruit in a raceme-like cicer. The dried specimens also, brought from Japan, agree with the American Poison Tree; and the milky juice of both have the same quality of staining. Where it grows naturally, it rises with a strong woody stalk to the height of twenty feet or more, but seldom exceeds five or six in England. The trunk is covered with a light brow n bark inclining to gray. The milky juice stains linen of a dark brown. The whole shrub is in a high degree poisonous, and the poison is com- municated by touching or smelling any part of it ; in forty- eight hours afterwards, inflammation and large blotches will appear on the skin, principally on the extremities and on the gland ulous parts of the body. Small pustules rise soon after- wards in the inflamed parts, and fiil with watery matter, oc- casioning burning and itching. In two or three davs the eruptions suppurate ; after which the inflammation subsides, and the ulcers heal in a short time. It operates, however, somewhat differently in different constitutions, and some are incapable of being poisoned at all, while irritible persons appear most affected. Kalm gives the same account of his experiment upon one of the trees. An incision being made, a whitish yellow juice, which had a nauseous smell, came out between the bark and the wood ; this, though noxious to some persons, did not in the least affect others. On Kalni it had no effect, except once on a hot day, when, being in some perspiration, he cut a branch, and carried it in his hand for half an hour, smelling at it nowr and then. It produced a violent itching on his eyelids and the adjoining parts : during a week his eyes were very red, and the eyelids stiff', but the disorder went off’ by washing the parts in very cold water. Thunberg asserts, that the very best Japan varnish is made from this tree, which grows in great abundance in many parts of that country, and is likewise cultivated in several places on account of the great advantages derived from it. This varnish, which oozes out of the tree on its being wound- ed, is procured from stems that are three years old, and is received in some proper vessel. When first caught, it is of a lightish colour, and of the consistence of cream, but grows thicker and black on being exposed to the air. It is so transparent, that when laid, pure and unmixed, upon boxes or furniture, every vein of the wood may be clearly seen. For the most part a dark ground is spread under, which causes it to reflect like a mirror; and for this purpose, re- course is frequently had to the fine sludge which is caught in the trough under a grindstone, or to ground charcoal ; occa- sionally a red substance is mixed with the varnish, and sometimes leaf-gold ground very fine. This varnish hardens very much, but will not endure any blows, cracking and fly- ing almost like glass, though it can stand boiling water with- out receiving any damage. With this the Japanese varnish RHU OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY.^ RHU 469 Over the posts of their doors and windows, their drawers, chests, boxes, scymitars, fans, tea cups, soup dishes, their portable stools, and most articles of household furniture which are made of wood. It far exceeds the Chinese and Siamese varnish, and the best sort of it is collected about the town of Jassino. It is cleared from impurities by wringing it through very fine thin paper; then about a hundredth part of an oil called Foi, which is expressed from the fruit of Rignonia Tomentosa, is added to it, and being put into wooden vessels, either alone or mixed with native Cinnabar, or some black substance, it is sold all over Japan. The ex- pressed oil of the seed serves for candles. — Propagation and Culture. This species, and the seventeenth, eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth, propagate in plenty by their creep- ing stalls and roots, or by laying down their branches, which will put out roots in one year, and may then be taken off and transplanted, either in the places where they are to re- main, or in a nursery, to grow two or three years, to get strength before they are planted for good : they are also pro- pagated by seeds, which should be sown on a bed of light earth, and when the plants come up, they must be kept clear from weeds the following summer; and before the frost comes on in autumn, the bed should be hooped, that the plants may be covered with mats, for otherwise the early frosts will kill their tops, which frequently causes their stalks to decay to the ground ; for as the plants are slender, and generally shoot late the first year, they are in much greater danger than when they get more strength. In spring they may be transplanted into the nursery beds to grow a year or two, and after that may be finally transplanted. The juice of the wood is poisonous to animals in confined places. 7. Rhus Succedaneum ; Retl Lac Sumach. Leaves pin- nate, quite entire, perennial, shining; petioles entire, equal. This is allied to the preceding, but is certainly distinct, par- ticularly in the size of the leaves. It flowers in June. Na- tive of Japan and China.— The oil of the seeds, expressed whilst warm, acquires the consistence of suet, and serves for making candles. The trunk yields a varnish, but in so small a quantity as not to be worth collecting. The true Chinese Varnish or Lacker Tree is called Sat Shu, and not UTong Shu. In collecting the varnish, they make an inci- sion in the bark, and insert a tube for the juice to run into a little pot, which is taken every morning before sun rise: the juice blisters the skin. 8. Rhus Semialatum ; Half-winged Sumach. Leaves pin- nate, serrate; petioles on the outmost internodes, membra- naceous.— Native of China, near Macao. 9. Rhus Copallinum ; Lentiscus-leaved Sumach. Leaves pinnate, quite entire; petiole membranaceous, jointed. This seldom rises more than four or five feet high.— Native of North America. See the first species. 10. Rhus Alaturn ; Winged Sumach. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets ovate, serrate at the end ; petioles on all the inter- nodes, winged. Native of the Cape of Good Hope.— This and all the rest of the African species being too tender to live throughout the winter in the open air in England, are planted in pots or tubs, and housed in autumn: and during the winter they must be treated in the same way as other hardy green-house plants. They retain all their leaves through the year, and make a good variety when intermixed with other plants in the green house in winter. They may be propagated by cuttings, which should be planted in pots filled with loamy earth at the beginning of April, and plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, covering them close with hand or bell glasses, and screening them from the sun in the heat of the day. The cuttings should be moderately refreshed with water. With this management they will pul out roots in about two months, and when they begin to shoot they should have air admitted to them, and be gradually hardened to bear the open air, into which, they must be removed, placing them in a sheltered situation ; and when the cuttings have filled the pots with their roots, they should be taken out of the pots and parted carefully, planting each into a separate small pot, placing them in the shade till they have taken new root, when they may be intermixed with other exotic plants in a sheltered situation for the summer, and in autumn removed into the green house. 11. Rhus Pauciflorum ; Few-flowered Sumach. Leaves pinnate; leaflets alternate, decurrent, wedge-shaped, serrate at the end ; panicle sessile, few-flowered. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the preceding species. 12. Rhus Metopium; The Hog Gum Tree. Leaves pin- nate, quinate, quite entire, roundish, smooth. This tree seldom rises to more than twenty-five or thirty-five feet, and is very spreading towards the top. It yields a great quantity of a gummy resin, w hich when pure is of a yellow colour, and after a short time acquires a hard brittle consistence. It is daily , used in strengthening plaisters, for which it is deservedly recommended. It is of a warm discutient nature, and may be used in all swellings arising from colds, &e. both externally and internally. The gum, dissolved in water, is an easy purgative, and thought to be an extraordinary diuretic. In Jamaica it is frequent enough, and the hogs are said to have recourse to it when wounded in the w'oods. — Native of America. 13. Rhus Digitatum ; Finger-leaved Sumach. Scandent : leaves pinnate; leaflets oblong, quite entire, very smooth. — Native«of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tenth species. 14. Rhus Pentaphyllum ; Five-leaved Sumach. Thorny: leaves digitate; leaflets linear-lanceolate, wider upwards, blunt, toothed, or entire at the end. This tree is very much branched, and has stout floriferous thorns: the bark is gray, dyes red, and is fit for tanning leather. — Native of Barbary, on uncultivated hills near Arzeau. 15. Rhus Viridifolium. Plant slightly glabrous; leaves pinnate, multijugous; leaflets lanceolate-oblong, serrate, sub- tomentose; racemes erect, herbaceous; flow'ers yellowish green. — Grows on the edges of woods, in dry sunny situa- tions, in Pennsylvania and Virginia. Pursh thinks it pro- bable that this plant is merely a variety of Rhus Glabrum. 16. Rhus Pumilum. Plant low; branches and petioles pubescent; leaves pinnate, multijugous; folioles oval, inciso- dentate, tomentose underneath; fruits holosericeous. — Grows in Upper Carolina, and is never seen above a foot high. This plant is the most poisonous of the genus, according to Mr. J. Lyon, who, by collecting the seed of this species, got poisoned all over his body, and was lamed for a considerable time. ** With ternate Leaves. 17. Rhus Cirrhifolium. Scandent : leaves ternate ; leaflets quite entire, smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 18. Rhus Tridentatum. Scandent: leaves ternate; leaflets • hoary, serrate; serratures three to five. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tenth species. 19. Rhus Radicans ; Rooting Poison-oak ' or Sumach. Leaves ternate; leaflets petioled, ovate, naked, quite entire : stem rooting. This has a low shrubby stalk, which, seldom rises more than three feet high, sending out -shoots near the bottom, which trail upon the ground, putting out roots from their joints, whereby it multiplies and spreads greatly. *If it be near a wall, the fibres will strike into the joints, and sup- port the stalks when severed from the root. When it is thus II H U THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; R I B 470 supported, the stalks become more woody, and rises much higher than when it trails on the ground. Having, in common with Ivy, the quality of not rising without the support of a wall, tree, or hedge, it is called in some parts of America Creeping ley. 1 1 will climb to the top of high trees in woods, the branches every where throwing out fibres that penetrate the trunk. When the stem is cut, it emits a pale brown sap of a disagreeable scent, and so sharp that letters or marks made upon linen with it cannot be got out again, but grow blacker the more it is washed. Like the sixth species, it is poisonous to some persons, but in a less degree. Kalm relates, that of two sisters, one could manage the tree without being affected by its venom, whilst the other felt its exhala- tions as soon as she came within a yard of it, or even, when she stood to windward of it, at a greater distance; that it had not the least effect upon him, though he had made many experiments upon himself, and once the juice squirted into his eye ; but, that on another person’s hand, which he had covered very thick with it, the skin a few hours after became as hard as a piece of tanned leather, and peeled off after- wards in scales. There are two varieties. See the sixth species. 20. Rhus Toxicodendron ; Trailing Poison-oak or Sumach. Leaves ternate; leaflets petioled, angular, pubescent; stem rooting.— Native of many parts of North America. See the sixth species. 21. Rhus Aromaticum; Aromatic Sumach. Leaves ter- nate; leaflets sessile, ovate-rhombed, gash-serrate, somewhat hairy. It flowers in May. — Native of Carolina. See the sixth species. 22. Rhus Suaveolens; Sweet Sumach. Leaves ternate; leaflets sessile, wedge-rhombed, gash-serrate, smooth. It flowers in May. — Native of North America. See the sixth species. 23. Rhus Dentatum ; Toothed Sumach. Leaves ternate; leaflets obovate, nrucronate-toothed, smooth; stem rugged. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tenth species. 24. Rhus Sinuatum ; Sinuate-leaved Sumach. Leaves ternate ; leaflets ovate, blunt, sinuate, villose underneath. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tenth species. 25. Rhus Cuneifolium ; Wedge-leaved Sumach. Leaves ternate; leaflets sessile, wedge-shaped, very smooth, seven- toothed; teeth mucronate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tent!) species. 26. Rhus Incisum ; Gash leaved Sumach. Leaves ternate ; leaflets sessile, wedge-shaped, gash-pinnatifid underneath, tomentose, veined ; calices tomentose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Seethe tenth species. 27. Rhus Tomentosuin ; Woolly-leaved Sumach. Leaves ternate ; leaflets subpetioled, rhombed, angular, tomentose underneath. This rises with a woody stalk to the height of seven or eight feet, covered with a brown bark, and having many irregular branches ; the flowers come out in slender bunches from the side of the branches; they are of a whitish herbaceous colour, and soon fail away. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tenth species. 28. Rhus Villosum ; Hairy-leaved Sumach. Leaves ter- nate; leaflets obovate, quite entire, sessile, hairy on both sides. This has a strong woody stalk, covered with a gray bark, with many smooth branches on every side. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tenth species. 29. Rhus Pubescens; Hairy -branched Sumach. Leaves ternate; leaflets obovate, mucronate, smooth; branches I villose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 30. Rhus Viminale ; Willow-leaved Sumach. Leaves ter- nate; leaflets linear-lanceolate, quite entire, smooth, atte- 6 nuated at the base, the middle one subpetioled. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tenth species. 31. Rhus Angustifolium ; Narrow-leaved Sumach. Leaves ternate ; leaflets petioled, liuear-lanceolate, quite entire, to- mentose underneath. It rises with a woody stalk seven or eight feet high, dividing into several irregular branches, covered with a dark brown bark. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tenth species. 32. Rhus Rosmarinifolium ; Rosemary -leaved Sumach. Leaves ternate ; leaflets sessile, linear, revolute, ferruginous underneath. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tenth species. 33. Rhus Laivigatum ; Smooth-leaved Sumach. Leaves ternate; leaflets sessile, lanceolate, even. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tenth species. 34. RhusLucidum; Shining-leaved Sumach. Leaves ter- nate; leaflets sessile, wedge-shaped, even. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tenth species. *** With Simple Leaves. 35. Rhus Cotinus; Venice Sumach. Leaves simple, ovate; stalk irregular, shrubby, rising to the height of ten or twelve feet, sending out many spreading branches covered with a smooth brown bark. The root is used for dyeing; the leaves and young branches for black ; and the bark for tanning leather. Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the tenth species.— This is propagated by layers in autumn ; by the autumn following, these will have taken root, when they may be taken off, and transplanted into a nursery, there let them grow a year or two to acquire strength ; and then plant them out where they are to remain. It is so hardy a shrub as not to be injured by the frost of our winters, and is principally cultivated for ornamental plantations. 36. Rhus Atrum. Leaves simple, ovate-oblong; flowers polygamous. — Native of New Caledonia. Ribes ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one-leafed, half five-cleft, ventricose; segments oblong, concave, coloured, reflex, permanent. Corolla: petals five, small, obtuse, erect, growing to the margin of the calix. Stamina: filamenta five, subulate, erect, inserted into the calix ; anther* incumbent, compressed, opening at the margin. Pistil: germen round- ish, inferior; style bifid; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: berry globular, umbilicated, one-celled ; receptacles two, lateral, opposite, longitudinal. Seeds: very many, roundish, some- what compressed. Essential Character. Petals: five, inserted with the stamina into the calix. Style: bifid. Berry: many-seeded, inferior. The species are, * Unarmed: Ribesia or Currants. 1. Ribes Rubrum; Common Currant. Racemes smooth, noddiug; flowers flattish ; petals obcordate; leaves obtusely five-lobed ; stem erect ; branches smooth. — Native of Europe, chiefly in the hedges and woods of the northern parts, flow- ering in May. It grows wild in the northern parts of Eng- land, as in Yorkshire, Durham, and Westmoreland, on the banks of the Tees, also in Scotland, as in the Isle of Isla; but in most parts of Great Britain it occurs only in hedges accidentally. It has been long cultivated in our gardens, and greatly improved. At present we have the following varieties: 1. The common sort with small red fruit: 2. The same W'ith white fruit; another with pale fruit, commonly called the Champaign Currant, differing only in being of a pale red or flesh colour; the taste is the same, but the colour j makes a variety for the table. But since the White and Red . Dutch Currants have been introduced, and become common, j many of the old sorts have been almost banished from our English gardens. A variety with blotched leaves is kept in OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. R I B 471 some plantations ; but as this peculiarity is apt to go off when the plant is vigorous, it scarcely deserves notice. — The fruit is generally acceptable, either as nature presents it, or made into a jelly. If equal weights of picked currants and pure sugar are put over the fire, the liquor that separates sponta- neously, is a most agreeable jelly. The juice is a pleasant acid in punch, and was a common beverage in the coffee-houses at Paris half a century ago. The medicinal qualities appear to be similar to those of other subacid fruits, which are esteemed to be moderately refrigerant, antiseptic, attenuant, and aperient. They may be used with considerable advantage to allay thirst in most febrile complaints, to lessen an increased secretion of bile, and to correct a putrid and scorbutic state of the fluids, especially in sanguine temperaments; but in consti- tutions of a contrary kind, they are apt to occasion flatu- lency and indigestion. — Propagation and Culture. All the species of this well known genus are propagated either by suckers taken from old plants, by layers, or by cuttings; the last of which is the best, because plants produced from suckers are always more disposed to shoot out a great number of suckers from their roots, than such as are raised from cut- tings, which generally form much better roots. The best season for planting these cuttings is in autumn, just before their leaves begin to fall; observing always to take the hand- somest shoots, and from such branches as generally produce the greatest quantity of fruit. If you take those produced from the stem of the old plants, which are commonly very luxuriant, they will not be near so fruitful as those taken from bearing branches. These cuttings should be from six or eight, to ten or twelve inches long, and must be planted in a border of light earth, exposed to the morning sun, about three inches deep ; observing to water them gently when the weather proves dry, to facilitate their taking root. In the summer, when they have put out branches, rub off all the undershoots, leaving only the uppermost or strongest, which should be trained upright, to form a regular stem. In the following October, these plants may be removed ; at which time you should prepare an open spot of fresh earth, which should be well dug, and cleansed from all noxious weeds, roots, &c. and being levelled, proceed to take up your plants, trimming their roots and cutting off all side-branches : then plant them at three feet distance row from row, and one foot asunder in the row's, observing to place some short sticks to the plants, in order to train their stems upright and regular. In this place they may remain one or two years, being careful to keep them clear from weeds, as also to trim off all lateral shoots which are produced below the head of the plant, so that the stem may be clear about a foot in height above the surface of the earth, which will be full enough; and as the branches are produced commonly very irregular on the head, you must cut out such of them as cross each other, or thin them where they are too close, whereby the head of the plant will be open, and capable of admitting the air freely into the middle, which is of great use to all kinds of fruits. After these plants have remained in the nursery one or two years at most, they will be fit to transplant to the places where they are designed to remain ; for it is not so well to let them grow in the nurseries too large, which will occasion their roots to be woody, whereby the removing of them will not only hazard the growth of the plants, but such of them as may take very well will remain stinted for two or three years, before they will be able to recover the check. The soil in which these plants thrive to the greatest advantage is a rich light earth, though they will do very well upon middling soils which are not too strong or moist, and in all situations; but where the fruit is cultivated in order to procure it in the 105. greatest perfection, they should never be planted in the shade of other trees, but in a free open exposure. The distance proper for planting them is eight feet row from row, and six feet asunder in the rows. The best season for transplanting them is in October, when their leaves begin to decay ; observ- ing, as was before directed, to prune their roots, and trim off all lateral shoots, or such as cross each other, shortening all long branches so as to make the head regular. In prun- ing these shrubs, common gardeners are apt to make use of garden shears, observing only to cut the head round, as it is practised in evergreens, &c. whereby the branches become so much crowded, that what fruit is produced never grows to half the size it would do were the branches thinned and pruned according to rule. This should always be done with a pruning-knife, shortening the strong shoots to about ten inches, and cutting out all those which grow irregular, thin- ning the fruit-bearing branches where they are too thick, observing always to cut behind a leaf-bud. With this manage- ment, your fruit will be near twice as large as those which are produced upon such bushes as are not thus pruned, and the shrubs will continue in vigour much longer; but you must observe to keep the ground clear from weeds, and dig it at least once a year, bestowing a little rotten dung upon it once every other year, which will greatly improve the fruit. It is a common practice with the gardeners near London, who have great quantities of these bushes in order to supply the markets, to prune them soon after Michaelmas, and then to dig up the rows, and plant it with Coleworts for spring use, whereby their ground is employed all the winter, without prejudicing the bushes; and in hard winters these Coleworts often escape, when those which are planted in an open expo- sure are ail destroyed ; and these are generally pulled up for use in February or March, so that the ground is clear before the shrubs come out in the spring: wiiich is a piece of hus- bandry well worth practising where ground is dear, or where persons are confined for room. Currants, while they remain in the nursery, must be pruned and trained fox the purposes for which they are designed ; that is, to clear the stems about one foot high, if for standards, but if they are to be set against walls or pales, they must be trained up flat: but the best method is to train them against low espaliers, in which manner they will take up much less room in a garden, and their fruit will be much fairer. For this purpose they should not be planted less than eight or ten feet distant, that their branches may be trained horizontally, which is of the greatest importance to their bearing. If planted against a south-east wall or pale, their fruit will ripen at least a fortnight or three weeks sooner than those in the open ground, and against a north wall or pale it will be still later ; thus the fruit may be continued in use during six months, especially if those to the north be covered with mats. These plants produce their fruit upon the former year’s wood, and also upon small snags which come out of the old wood : in pruning, therefore, these snags should be preserved, and the young shoots shortened in proportion to their strength ; observing not to lay the shoots too close, and never to prune the snags to make them smooth. These shrubs will thrive in almost any soil and situation, and are often planted under the shade of trees; but the fruit is always best when they are planted in the open air, and upon a light loamy soil. 2. Ribes Pelrasum ; Rock Currant. Racemes somewhat hairy, erect, when fruiting pendulous; petals obtuse; bractes shorter than the flower; leaves acuminate, lobed, gash-toothed; stem erect; flowers elegant, relatively large, scattered on short pedicels, which have a still shorter bracte at their base; berries large, very deep red, extremely acid, not a D 472 R I B THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; R I B losing their acidity by culture; and full of juice, but less ! glutinous than the fifth species. It is distinguished from the sixth species by the flowers being in racemes ; though Dr. j Smith doubts whether it be distinct from that species. — Native of Carinthia, Styria, Silesia, Bohemia, and England, where it has been found near Egleston and Conscliff, in the county of Durham. 3. Ribes Procumbens ; Trailing Currant. Racemes erect; flowers flattish ; leaves obtusely lobed ; stem procum- bent ; berries often larger than those of the Black Currant, hanging down from almost erect racemes, yellowish-green, or, when ripe, rufescent, very pleasant to the taste, and therefore in much request in Dauria, where the shrub grows wild. 4. Ribes Glandulosum; Glandulous Currant. Racemes erect, with glandulous hairs; flowers flattish ; leaves acumi- nate, lobed, toothed ; stem ascending, rooting. It differs by its creeping branches and pedicelled glands on all the outer parts of the inflorescence ; and from all the thornless species, in having hispid fruits. The buds, especially when the leaves are fallen, are more divaricate and red, not pubescent, as in the ninth species. — Native of North America. 5. Ribes Alpinum; Tasteless Mountain Currant. Ra- cemes erect; bractes longer than the flower; leaves shining underneath ; berries elliptic, red, mucilaginous, and insipid, or with a flat sweetish taste, agreeable only to children. The wood, being hard and tough, makes good teeth for rakes. It flowers in April and May. — Native of Europe and Asia, in woods, thickets, and hedges. It is found in the northern parts only of England : especially about Bradford, in Yorkshire; about Darlington, in Durham ; and near Edg- baston and 11am, in Staffordshire. — It has been observed to be sometimes dioecious, both here and abroad. 6. Ribes Spicatum ; Acid Mountain Currant. Spikes erect; petals oblong; bractes shorter than the flower; berries like those of the Black Currant in colour and taste. Its upright spikes are sufficient to distinguish it from all its brethren. Found first, in England, in the neighbourhood of Richmond in Yorkshire; and afterwards near the Tees, between Piersbridge and Gainsford in Durham. 7. Ribes Fragrans; Fragrant Currant. Racemes erect ; corollas bell-shaped ; leaves bluntly three-lobed ; stem ascend- ing; the flowers have a very strong smell; fruit, when largest, of the size of the Black Currant, red, and very sweet. — Na- tive of Siberian mountains, bordering on Mongolia, where there is no wood. 8. Ribes Triste. Racemes pendulous; corollas flattish; leaves five-lobed. From a creeping root, this species rises to two or three feet high, with several upright shoots. Ber ries small, black, insipid, full of a blaclush-red juice, very excellent for colouring wines. — Native of Siberia, and the summits of the Jablennoi ridge. 9. Ribes Nigrum ; Common Black. Currant. Racemes loose, hairy, pendulous; peduncle simple at the base; flowers bell-shaped ; bractes shorter than the pedicels ; leaves dotted underneath. This is distinguished by its more humble habit, its strong-smelling leaves, glandular underneath, its hairy racemes, tubular calix, and black fruit, but especially by its solitary one-flowered peduncle at the base of the raceme, and distinct from it: stamina sometimes more than five, and then there are fewer petals, so that when there are ten stamina there are no petals; this change of the petals into stamina, is just the reverse of the process by which single flowers are known to become double ; and this is the only instance in which this curious fact appears to have been observed. The berries have a very peculiar flavour, which many persons dis- like; they are, however, commonly eaten in puddings in some parts of England, and make a tart little inferior to the Cranberry. The juice is frequently boiled down to au extract, with the addition of a small proportion of sugar; in this state it is called Rob, and is much used for the same purpose as gargles, in inflammatory sore throats. The fruit lias been called Squinancy or Quinsy Berries, from their efficacy in this way. The Black Currant jelly, in common domestic use, is rendered less efficacious for this purpose by having too much sugar in its preparation. Some put the berries into brandy, for the same purpose as Black Cherries. The Russians make wine of the berries alone, or fermented with honey, with or without spirits; or, they mix the ex- pressed juice with spirit drawn from wheat. They make a drink also of the leaves, in Siberia. The leaves, when young, tinge common spirits so as to resemble brandy ; an infusion of them is said to have the taste of green Tea, and is pecu- liarly agreeable to some palates. They have also been recom- mended for their medicinal virtues, as cleansing, pellent, and diuretic. An infusion of the young roots is useful in fevers of the eruptive kind, and in the dysenteric fevers of cattle. Goats eat the leaves, and bears are particularly fond of the berries. For its propagation and culture, see the first species. 10. Ribes Floridum ; American Black Currant. Racemes pendulous; flowers cylindrical ; bractes longer than the ger- men, scarcely longer than the flower; leaves dotted on both sides. Pallas says, this agrees exactly with the preceding species in its form and manner of growth, but differs in having the racemes a long span in length, erect, not pen- dulous; and the leaves, bark, and berries, without any smell. The plants do not produce much fruit here, and are therefore only kept as curiosities. — Native of Pennsylvania, flowering in April and May. 11. Ribes Albinervium. Leaves abbreviated, acutely lobated, slightly glabrous ; nerves hoary; racemes recurved ; flowers small, greenish-yellow; berries red. — Grows, accord- ing to Michaux, on Lake Mistassins. It has also been ob- served growing on the Catkill mountains, North America. 12. Ribes Trifiduin. Leaves somewhat lobated, glabrous on the upper surface, pubescent underneath ; racemes lax, pubescent; flowers greenish-yellow ; petals purple ; segments of the calix subtrifid ; berries rough, red. — Grows in Canada, and on the Pennsylvania mountains. 13. Ribes Rigens. Branches straight; leaves acutely lobated and dentated, reticulate-rugose, pubescent on the under side; racemes lax, rigescent-erect ; berries slightly hispid, red, erect as well as the flowers. — Grows on Lake Mistassins, and on the Pennsylvania mountains. 14. Ribes Prostratum. Branches reclinate-prostrate ; leaves lobated, slightly glabrous, the younger leaves pubes- cent; racemes suberect; petals deltoid; bractes minute; flowers yellow', tinged with red ; berries hispid, red. — Grows in the rocky moist places of Newfoundland, Canada, and Pennsylvania. 15. Ribes Viscosissimum. Plant covered over with hairs of a viscous nature ; leaves cordate, obtusely trilobed, ser- rated; racemes erect, short; calix tubulate; petals oblong; bractes linear spathulate, as short again as the pedicel; ger- mina rough; flowers large, yellow. — Grows on the Rocky mountain, in the interior of North America. i 16. Ribes Resinosum. Plant covered over with resinous- glandulous hairs; leaves from three to five lobed, subrotund; racemes erect; petals obtusely lhomboidal ; bractes longer than the pedicel ; berries rough ; flowers green. — A North American plant. 17. Ribes Sanguineum. Leaves cordate, trilobed, serrate, R I B OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. R I C 473 venons-lineate, glabrous on the upper side; racemes lax, pubescent, as long again as the leaves ; calix tubulated ; petals oblong, of the length of the calix ; bractes obovate, spathulate, of the length of the pedicels ; germina rough ; branches purple; .flowers beautiful, of a blood-red or purple. — Grows on the Columbia river. 18. Ribes Aureum. Plant very glabrous ; leaves trilobed; lobes divaricate, inciso-dentate ; racemes lax, densely multi- florous; calix tubulate, longer than the pedicels; tube slen- der; segments oblong, obtuse; petals linear, as short again as the segments of the calix ; bractes linear, of the length of the pedicels; berries glabrous. — It grows on the banks of the river Missouri in Columbia. The flowers are in close racemes of a beautiful golden yellow colour. The berries are red or brown, of an exquisitely tine taste, and considerably larger than any of the garden Currants. The shrub before flower- ing has the appearance of a species of Crataegus. 19. Ribes Recurvatum. Branches recurvate ; leaves widish, acutely lobate, pubescent, glandulous-pinnate ; racemes reflex; calix tubulated, glabrous; berries black. — Grows near Hudson’s Bay. m Prickly : Grossulariae, or Gooseberries. 20. Ribes Diacantha; Two-spined Gooseberry. Prickles in pairs, stipular; flowers in racemes; leaves wedge-form, three-parted, toothed. This is a kind of intermediate spe- cies between the Currants and Gooseberries: it has a pair of prickles only at the buds, in other parts it is unarmed.— Native of Siberia. 21. Ribes Saxatile ; Mountain Gooseberry. Prickles scat- tered ; leaves wedge-form, obtusely three-lobed ; racemes erect. This is an intermediate plant between the preceding and fifth species : it has the habit of a Grossularia, and the fruit of the Ribes. It is nearly upright. — Native of Siberia. 22. Ribes Reclinatum ; Procumbent Gooseberry. Branches somewhat prickly, reclining; bracte of the peduncle three- leaved ; fruit when ripe commonly dark purple, but some- times red, or even yellow. — Native of Germany, common in cold situations all over Switzerland. It flowers in April, and the fruit is ripe in June and July. 23. Ribes Grossularia ; Rough-fruited Gooseberry. Branches prickly; petioles hairy; peduncles one-flowered; bractes two; fruit hairy. This is a branching shrub; the bractes will distinguish it from the next species. — Native of several parts of Europe. Found in woods and hedges about Darlington. 24. Ribes Uva Crispa ; Smooth-fruited Gooseberry. Branches prickly; peduncles one-flowered; bractes connate, tubulous ; fruit smooth. This differs from the preceding only in the smoothness of the berries, in having the bractes united into a tube at the base, and the hairs of the petioles glandular; all of which are, however, fallacious and uncertain marks. — The Gooseberry appears not to be much esteemed in the south of Europe. The name Gooseberry was probably derived from their being eaten as sauce with young, or, as they are commonly called, green geese. From all accounts it is evident that this fruit was at first little valued, but it has received so much improvement by cultivation, that it is become very useful, not only for tarts, pies, and sauces, both fresh and preserved in bottles, but also as an early dessert fruit, for which purpose it is preserved in sugar for winter use. The varieties now best known are : 1 . The Red Goose- berries; or the Hairy, the Smooth, the Deep Red, the Damson or Dark Bluish, the Red Raspberry, and the Early Black Red. 2. The Green Gooseberries; the Hairy, the Smooth, the Gascoigne, Hie Raspberry, &o. 3. Yellow Gooseberries; the Great Oval, the Great Amber, the Hairy Amber, the Early Amber, the Large Tawny, the Great Mogul, and others. 4. The White Gooseberries ; the Common, the White- veined, and the Large Crystal. Besides these, there is, among two hundred others, the Rumbullion, the Large Ironmonger, the Smooth Ironmonger, and the Hairy Globe. Some of these are of very large size, annually raised from seed, weigh- ing from ten to fifteen pennyweights; but the smaller sorts are better tasted. — Native of the northern parts of Europe. It is not thought to be truly indigenous in this country, though it is common in Cambridgeshire, Norfolk, and other counties, in hedges, on walls and old buildings, and in decay- ing trees, where the seeds have been deposited by birds. For its propagation and culture, see the first species. 25. Ribes Oxycanthoides ; Hawthorn-leaved Currant. Branches prickly on every side. This has more frequent and milder prickles than the Common Gooseberry. It flowers in April and May. — Native of Canada. 26. Ribes Cynosbati ; Prickly-fruited Currant. Prickles subaxillary ; fruit prickly, in racemes. This has the appear- ance of its congeners, but the leaves are a little gashed. It flowers in April. —Native of Canada. 27- Ribes Rotundifoliuui. Spine subaxillary ; leaves sub- orbiculate, subpubescent ; lobes subrotund-obtuse; peduncles uniflorous ; limb of the calix tubulous ; berries glabrous. — Grows on the high mountains of Carolina. 28. Ribes Hirtellum. Spinule subaxillary ; branches sub- hispid ; leaves small, semitrifid; lobes subdentated; pedun- cles uniflorous ; berries glabrous, red. — Grows among rocks in the Allegany mountains, from Canada to Virginia. 29. Ribes Gracile. Spinule subaxillary ; leaves with slen- der petioles, pubescent on both sides ; lobes acute, dentate- incise; peduncles capillary, subbiflorous; calix tubulate- campanulate; berries glabrous, purple or blue, of an excel- lent taste. — Grows on rocks and in mountain-meadows from New York to Carolina. 30. Ilibes Lacustris. Spine subaxillary; stem hispid- aculeate on every side; leaves lobated above the middle ; peti- oles villose; berries racemose, hispid, amber-coloured or brown ; flowers small, greenish yellow. — Grows in swamps on the mountains from Canada to Virginia. Riccia; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Hepaticae. — Generic Character. Male Flowers: sessile on the surface of the frond. Calix and Corolla: none. Stamina: antherae conical, truncate, sessile, opening at the top. Fe- male Flowers: on the same, or, according to Mieheli, on a distinct plant. Calix : none, except a vesicular cavity within the substance of the leaf. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen turbinate; style filiform, erect, reaching the surface of the frond, or exceeding it; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule sessile, globular, one-celled, at the apex of the leaves crowned with the style. Seeds: very many, (twenty to thirty,) hemi- spherical. Observe. The little bodies which Mieheli takes for the antherae, seemed to Schreber not to be different from the other papillae on the surface of the frond, except in size. He conjectures, that the tube on the germen is the antherae, and the little granules within it the poilen ; and recommends the examination to be made before the germen becomes spherical. — Linneus has five species natives of Europe, and Dr. Wither- ing the same number natives of Great Britain; but as they are not of sufficient consequence to be detailed here, the reader is referred, for particular descriptions, to their works. Rice. See Cryza. Richardia ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, six-parted, erect, acuminate, shorter by half than the corolla, Corolla: one-petalled, cylindrical, funnel-shaped: 474 R I C THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; R I C border six-cleft, acute, erect. Stamina: filamenta six, very short; antherae roundish, small at the incisures of the corolla. Pistil: germen inferior; style filiform, the length of the stamina, three parted at top; stigmas blunt. Pericarp: none. Seeds: three, round on one side, angular on the other, at top wider, gibbous. Observe. It varies, according to Gaertner, with the calix and corolla eight-cleft, and eight stamina. Essential Character. Calix: six-parted. Corolla: one-petalled, subcylindric. Seeds: three. The only known species is, 1. Richardia Scabra. Leaves lanceolate, ovate, alter- nately nerved, quite entire, subpetioled, rugged; flowers in terminating heads, and also heaped into whorls; the for- mer radiate with four or more leaves, alternately larger and smaller. — Native of Vera Cruz. Richeria ; a genus of the class Dicecia, order Pentandria ; or of the class Polygamia, order Dicecia. — Generic Cha- racter. Male Flower. Calix: perianth one-leafed, per- manent, inferior, four-cleft or five-cleft ; clefts ovate, acute, subtomentose ; according to Ryan three-leaved, very small. Corolla: petals four or five, roundish, the length of the calix: Ryan says, one-petalled, with five concave segments. Nec- tary four or five glands at the base of the germen. Stamina: four or five; according to Ryan six, between the glands of the nectary, erect, longer than the calix, which the same author describes as the length of the corolla ; antherae oblong, erect; Ryan says, twin. Pistil: germen conical, villose; style none; stigma none. Female Flower. Calix and Corolla : as in the male ; nectary a rim round the base of the germen. Stamina: none. Pistil: germen superior, ovate; style very short ; stigmas three, revolute, channelled above. Ryan describes the stigmas as bicapitate. Pericarp: capsule cor- ticate, subovate, smooth and even, three-celled, having six valves opening from the base. Seed: one in each cell, ber- ried, pendulous below the tip of the columella. Observe. Ryan remarks, that the fruit is a capsular berry, or a berried capsule. Essential Character. Capsule: corticate, six-valved, three-celled. Seeds: solitary, pendulous, below the tip of the columella; style trifid. The only known species is, 1. Richeria Grandis. Leaves mostly at the ends of the branlhes, alternate, frequently six or seven inches in length; branches round, the thickness of a goose-quill, rigid, angular at the end, watered, smooth. Ryan discovered this very rare tree in Montserrat, in one place only, w here fifteen or twenty trees altogether filled up a small valley among the high mountains. Ricinus; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Monadel- phia. — Generic Character. Male. Calix : perianth one-leafed, five-parted; segments ovate, concave. Corolla: none. Stamina : filamenta numerous, filiform, branchingly collected below into various bodies; anthers twin, roundish. Females: on the same plant. Calix: perianth one-leafed, three-parted ; segments ovate, concave, deciduous. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen ovate, covered with subidate corpus- cles; styles three, two-parted, from erect spreading, hispid; stigmas simple; capsule roundish, three grooved, prickly all over, three-celled, three-valved. Seeds: solitary, subovate. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: none. Male. Stamina: numerous. Female. Styles: three, bifid. Capsule: three-celled. Seed: one. The species are, 1. Ricinus Inermis ; Smooth-fruited Palma Christi. Leaves peltate, subpalmate, serrate; petioles glandular; fruits un- armed. This can hardly be regarded as a distinct species. — Nitiive of the Spanish West Indies. See the next species. 2. Ricinus Communis; Common Palma Christi. Leaves peltate, subpalmate, serrate; fruits prickly. The root is biennial, thick, long, and whitish, beset with many small fibres. It rises with a strong herbaceous stalk to the height of ten or twelve feet. The joints are at a great distance from each other; the stalks and branches are of a gray colour; the leaves are large, and on long footstalks; they are deeply divided into seven lobes, and are gray on their under sides. The flowers are disposed in long spikes which spring from the division of the branches: the males are placed on the lower part of the spike ; the females, which occupy the upper part, have prickly calices. — This plant, which in our gardens is annual and herbaceous, iu Africa becomes a tree. The several varieties are natives of the East and West Indies, China, Cochin-china, Japan, some parts of Syria, Africa, and the south of Europe. It is called Oil-nut Tree in the West Indies, where the oil is used in the boiling-house lamps by many of the sugar planters. The roots are looked upon as strong diuretics; and the leaves are generally used to dress blisters, of which they make too frequent use in that part of the world. In China the oil is rendered esculent and palatable, but is seldom used iu medicine. In Japan, the seeds pounded with Mouxa and Touche or Japan ink, are put into a little box or case, over w hich a piece of silk is stretched, and that is besmeared with oil, that the powder underneath may be moistened by it. Whenever a Japanese has occasion to put his seal, which is often curiously wrought in horn, to any thing, he first dips the seal into this box, and then impresses it upon the writing. Thus this powder supplies the place of printers’ ink, and it is therefore neeessary that the silk should be moistened afresh with oil as fast as it dries. The well-known Castor-oil, so useful as a speedy hut gentle purgative, is extracted from the seeds of this plant. The London College directed it to be expressed in the same way as that of almonds, and without the assistance of heat, by which method it would seem to be obtained in the purest state; but there is much reason to suppose that this is seldom practised, and that the oil usually employed here is imported from the West Indies, where it is commonly prepared by freeing the seeds from the husks, bruising them in a mortar, tying them up in a linen bag, throwing them into a large pot, with about eight gallons of water to one gallon of seeds, and boiling them till the oil is risen to the surface; when it is carefully skimmed off, strained, and kept for use. Thus prepared, the oil is entirely free from acri- mony, and will stay upon the stomach even when it loathes most other medicines: but its mildness seems to be chiefly owing to the action of the fire, for the expressed oil, as well as the mixed juices of the seed, is, according to Browne, far more violent in its operations. The oil intended for medi- cinal use is more frequently cold-drawn, or extracted front the bruised seeds by means of a hand-press; but this was thought more acrimonious than what is prepared by boiling. It is now well known, however, that oil obtained by boiling becomes much sooner rancid than that by expression. The best sort is linppid, and destitute of taste or smell. Castor oil, observes the celebrated Dr. Cullen, when the stomach can be reconciled to it, is one of the most agreeable purgatives we can employ. It has these advantages, that it commonly ope- rates in two or three hours, Seldom gripes, aud is generally moderate in its operation. It is particularly suited to cases of costiveness, and even of spasmodic colic ; and is one ot the most certain remedies in the dry belly-ache. It has been found efficacious in various febrile complaints, in bilious colics, nephritic cases, worms, and especially the tape-worm. As it does not heat nor irritate the rectum, it is an excellent I EICINUS COMMUNIS, or RUGOSTJS The Wrinkled- Capsuled Palma Christ i Publish'd by Pu tudl. Fisher & Dixon JLi ol.0ct?.d6!u9. R I C OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. R I T 475 purgative for those who are troubled with the piles. The only inconvenience attending this mediciue is, that it is nau- seous to those who dislike oil, and that when the dose is large it occasions sickness at the stomach. The most ready means of obviating these objections is, to take it in as much ardent spirit as will enable the patient to swallow it at once without tasting it, while it floats in the glass entirely sur- rounded by the spirituous liquor. Whenever there is reason to suspect a tendency to inflammation in the bowels, water will serve the same purpose equally as well; and in both cases it will be found the best way to take this medicine. In the West Indies they use their staple rum for this same purpose; but when spirits are to be employed, as in spasmodic colics, tincture of senna is better, being less irritating; and when mixed intimately by being shaken together in a phial, in the proportion of one part of the seuna to three of the oil, the latter will sit more pleasantly on the stomach. The com- mon dose is a table-spoonful, or half an ounce, but many persons require a double quantity. It is remarkable, that if this medicine be frequently repeated, the dose may be gradually diminished; insomuch that persons of a costive habit, who at first required half an ounce or more for a dose, have afterwards found two drachms enough, at least sufficient to keep the body regular. — Propagation and Culture. These plants are generally annuals in England, though in their native places of growth they continue longer, and are often preserved through the winter in this country; though young plants are much preferable to those thus preserved. On this account few persons are at the trouble to keep them, unless when the seasons prove so bad as that their seeds do not ripen, whereby the species might be lost, if the plants were not preserved through the winter. They are propagated by seeds, which must be sown upon a hot bed in the spring, and when the plants are come up they should be each planted into a separate pot filled with light fresh earth, and plunged into a fresh hot-bed, observing to water and shade them until they have taken root ; after which they must have a great share of free air when the season is mild, otherwise they will draw up tall, and be very weak : and as these plants grow very fast, their roots will in a short time fill the pots ; they should then of course be shifted into larger pots filled with the like fresh earth, and towards the end of May, when the season is warm, they may be hardened to endure the open air by degrees; and then, if some of the plants are shaken out of the pots, and planted out into a very rich border, and in dry weather duly watered, they will grow to a very large size, and produce a great quantity of flowers and seeds : but if it be intended to preserve any of the plants through the winter, they must not be planted in the full ground, because after the roots have been widely extended, there will be no transplanting them with safety ; therefore the best way is to shift them into larger pots from time to time, as their roots shall require, placing them in the open air during the summer season in some warm situation, where they may remain until October, when they must be removed into the house with other exotic plants, observing to water them sparingly in winter, and also to admit the free air in mild weather; for they only require to be protected from frost and cold winds, so that they will endure the winter in a warm green-house, without any addition of artificial warmth. These plants de- serve a place in every curious garden, for the singular beauty of their leaves, (although their flowers make no great appear- ance,) especially such sorts as may be annually propagated from seeds; because those persons who have no green house to place them into in winter, may cultivate them as other annual plants, amongst which these being placed either in 105. pots or on borders, afford an agreeable variety ; but it must be observed, as these are large-growing plants, never to place them too near others of less growth, because they will over- bear and destroy them ; and those which are planted in pots should be allowed room for their roots to spread, and must be frequently watered, otherwise they will not grow very large. 3. Ricinus Tanasius. Leaves peltate-repand. This is a middle-sized tree, with twisting spreading branches. — Native of the East Indies. 4. Ricinus Mappa. Leaves peltate, undivided. — Native of Ternate, the Molucca Islands, and Tanna in the South Seas. 5. Ricinus^Apetala. Leaves petioled at the base, conical, quite entire. This is a shrub four feet high, and very much branched. — Native of China. 6. Ricinus Dioicus. Dioecous : leaves cordate, acuminate. — Native of Tanna. Ricotia; a genus of the class Tetradynamia, order Sili- quosa. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth four- leaved; leaflets oblong, parallel, approximating, deciduous. Corolla: four-petalled, cruciform ; petals obcordate, spread- ing. Stamina: filamenta six, the length of the tube, two opposite a little shorter; anther® oblong, acute. Pistil: germen cylindrical, the length of the stamina; style scarcely any ; stigma acute. Pericarp : silique lanceolate, ovate, one-celled, two-valved ; valves flat. Seeds: about four, orbi- cular, compressed. Essential Character. Silique: one celled, oblong, compressed, with flat valves. The only known species is, 1. Ricotia fEgyptiaca; Egyptian Ricotia. See Lunaria lEgypliaca. Rittera ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth four-leaved; leaflets ovate, roundish, concave, deciduous. Corolla: petal oue, wide, roundish, upright, fringed, lateral, with a very short claw. Stamina : filamenta many, longer than the co- rolla, inserted into the receptacle, of which some opposite to the petal are shorter and barren ; anther® oblong, incum- bent. Pistil : germen pedicelled, oblong, compressed, curved inwards; style short; stigma blunt. Pericarp: legume oblong, ventricose, compressed, one-celled, two- valved. Seeds: three or four, compressed, angular. Observe. Aublet refers this genus to the order Moncecia, class Poly- gamia. Essential Character. Calix: four-leaved. Petal: one, lateral. Legume: one-celled, two-valved. The species are, 1. Rittera Simplex. Leaves simple ; petal roundish, obo- vate, larger than the calix, many-stamined. — Native of the Caribbee Islands. 2. Rittera Grandiflora. Leaves simple, oblong, ovate ; peduncles subtriflorous; petal roundish, kidney-form, very large; legumes oblong. This is a middle-sized tree, with round, smooth, subdichotomous branches, of a brown colour, except the younger ones which are green. — Native of the island of Trinidad. 3. Rittera Dodecandra. Leaves simple ; petal oblong, the length of the calix ; flowers twelve-starained. This is tenderer and smaller in all its parts than the first species. — Native of South America. 4. Rittera Triphylla. Leaves ternate; petioles margined. This is a middle-sized tree, with a trunk from seven to eight feet in height, and seven or eight inches in diameter, with a smooth thin gray bark, and a yellowish hard compact wood. The seeds, one to four in number, have a very disagreeable taste, and are very acrid; inflaming and swelling the lips of those who bite them. — Native of the forests of Guiana, near the source of the creek of the Galibis ; flowering and G E 476 R I V THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; ROB fruiting in the month of May. The French call it Bois dard or Bois a Jleche, because the natives arm their arrows at the point with a piece of the wood cut very sharp. 5. Rittera Pinnata. Leaves pinnate ; branches round, smooth. — Native of the island of Trinidad. Rivina ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Motiogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth four-leaved, coloured, permanent ; leaflets oblong-ovate, blunt. Corolla: none, unless the calix be taken for it. Stamina : fil amenta four or eight, shorter than the calix, approaching by pairs, permanent; antheras small. Pistil: germen large, roundish; style very short; stigma simple, blunt. Pericarp: berry globular, placed on the green reflex calix, one celled, with a point curved in. Seed: one, roundish, lens-shaped, rug- ged. Essential Character. Calix: four-leaved; or Corolla: four-petalled, permanent. Berry: containing one lens-shaped seed. The species are, 1. Rivina Humilis; Downy Rivina. Racemes simple; flowers four-stamined ; leaves pubescent. This grows taller than the second species, and the branches are more erect. Native of the West Indies. — This, and all the shrubs of this genus, are propagated by seeds, which remain long in the ground before they vegetate: they never rise the same year they are sown. They must be procured from the countries where they naturally grow, and, when they arrive, should be sown in pots filled with fresh earth, and plunged into a moderate hot bed. If this happens late in the autumn or the winter, the pots must be plunged into the tan-bed of the stove; but if in the spring, they may be plunged into a com- mon hot bed under a frame. The earth must be moistened frequently in summer, to promote the vegetation of the seeds; but as they will not come up the same year, the pots should Be removed into the stove before winter, and plunged into the tan-bed. In winter they may be sometimes, yet but slightly, watered. In the Spring take the pots out of the stove, and plunge them into a fesh hot-bed to bring up the plants ; but if they should not then rise, the earth must not be disturbed, because the plants may come up in the follow- ing season. When they have risen two inches out of the ground, transplant each of them into a separate small pot filled with light loamy earth, and plunge these pots into a hot-bed, shading them from the sun till they have taken new root; after which, they must be treated in the same way as other plants from the same countries. These plants being tender, cannot be preserved in this country unless they are kept in a warm stove, especially while they are young; but when they have obtained strength, they will live in a mode rate warmth during winter, and in summer they may be removed into the open air, placing them in a sheltered situ- ation for about three months of the hottest part of the summer. Water them very cautiously in winter, for as they are natives of a dry soil, much moisture would destroy them in cold weather. 2. Rivina Lcevis; Smooth Rivina. Racemes simple; flowers four-stamined ; leaves ovate, acuminate, smooth, flat ; stem round. This very much resembles the preced- ing, but is wholly smooth. The leaves are purplish about the edge, and the flowers are red on the outside. — Native of the West Indies. See the preceding species. 3. Rivina Brasiliensis ; Wave-leaved Rivina. Racemes simple ; flowers four-stamined ; leaves ovate, waved, and wrinkled; stem grooved. This is distinct from the preced- ing species in size, leaves, colour of the fruit, and time of flowering. See the first species. 4. Rivina Octandra ; Climbing Rivina. Racemes simple ; flowers eight-stamined or twelve-stamiued ; leaves elliptic, smooth. This rises with a climbing woody stalk to the height of twenty feet, covered with a dark gray bark. The berries, which are blue, form, according to Browne, the prin- cipal part of the food of the American Thrush or Nightin- gale. They contain a very oily seed ; and after the bird has swallowed of them, he is frequently observed to perch upon the next Bird Pepper Bush, (see Capsicum,) and pick a few of those warm berries; being taught by natural instinct, that they were necessary to assist the digestion of the former heavy and oleaginous food. The stalk of this plant is so very tough and flexile, that it is often made into hoops in Jamaica, when there is a scarcity of those impoited from Europe or North America, but they are not so strong and durable; hence in Jamaica it is called Hoopwithe. — Native of the West Indies; found also at the Havannah. See the first species. Robergia; a genus of the class Decandria, order Penta- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- ieafed, five-parted, permanent : segments roundish, concave. Corolla: petals five, roundish, the length of the calix. Stamina: filamenta ten, inserted into the receptacle, the length of the corolla; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen round- ish, villose, superior; styles five, capillary; stigmas thickish, grooved. Pericarp: drupe ovate, more convex on one side, very slightly hollowed on the other. Seed: nut the form of the drupe, one-celled, with a two-valved cell. Essential Character. Calix: five parted. Petals: five. Drupe: with one-seeded nut, and a two-valved shell. The only known species is, 1. Robergia Frutescens. Leaves alternate, unequally pin- nate, four-paired ; flowers white, with a smell sweeter than those of the Lilac. — Native of the woods of Guiana, flower- ing and fruiting in the month of August. Robinia; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decan- dria.—Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leaf- ed, small, bell-shaped, four-cleft, the three lower toothlets more slender, the upper fourth toothlet wider, scarcely eniar- ginate to the naked eye, aft equal in length. Corolla: papi- lionaceous; standard roundish, larger, spreading, blunt; wings oblong, ovate, free, with a very short blunt appendix; keel almost semiorbicular, compressed, blunt, the length of the wings. Stamina: filamenta diadelphous, (simple and nine-cleft,) ascending at top; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen cylindrical, oblong; style filiform, bent upwards; stigma viliose in front, at the top of ihe style. Pericarp : le- gume large, compressed, gibbous, oblong. Seeds: few, kid- ney-form. Essential Character. Calix: four-cleft. Legume: gibbous, elongated. The species are, 1. Robinia Pseud-Acacia ; False or Common Acacia. Racemes with pedicels one-flowered; leaves unequally pin- nate ; stipules thorny. This tree grows very fast while young, so that in a few years the plants rise from seeds to eight or ten feet high; and it is not uncommon to see shoots six or eight feet long, produced in one summer. The branches are armed with strong crooked thorns. The flowers come out from the side of the branches in pretty long bunches, hanging down like those of Laburnum ; each flower on a slender pedicel, white, and smelling very sweet : they appear in June, and, when the trees are full of flowers, make a beautiful appearance, beside perfuming the air all round; but they seldom continue more than one week. Even in England it is a very beautiful tree, whether it feathers to the ground, or is adorned with a light foliage; the misfortune however is, that its beauty is so frail, it being most unable of all ttees to bear the blast. — Native of North America, where it grows to a very large size, and the wood is much valued 11 O B OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. ROB 477 for its duration. Most of the houses which were built at Boston in New England, on the first settling of the English convicts there, were constructed of this timber. The wood when green is of a soft texture, but becomes very hard when dry. It is as durable as the best white Oak, and esteemed preferable for axle-trees of carriages, trenails for ships, and many other mechanical purposes. It makes excellent fuel, and its shade is less injurious to grass than that of most other trees. The leaves are said to afford wholesome food for cattle. It has been sucessfully employed for ship-building in Virginia, and proved far superior to American Oak, Elm, Ash, &c. for that purpose; and posts of if, made for rail fencings, stand wet and dry next the ground better than any other in common use; almost as well as posts of the Swamp Cedar. There are several varieties of tins species. — In the English nurseries it is generally propagated by suckers from the roots of old trees ; or by cutting off some of the roots, and planting them upon a gentle hot-bed. But these are not so valuable as plants raised from seeds, because they do not make great progress, and are very subject' to send forth many suckers. Sow the seeds on a bed of light earth, at the end of March or beginning of April. If the bed be well ex- posed to the sun, the plants will appear in five or six weeks, and will require no further care than to keep them clear from weeds. In the following spring, about the end of March transplant them into a nursery, in rows three feet distant, and a foot and half asunder in the rows. After two years more, they will be fit to plant where they are designed to grow ; for as they send forth long tough roots, if they stand long unremoved, the roots will be cut off when they are trans- planted, which sometimes occasions their miscarrying. — This tree will grow well upon almost any soil, but best in such as is light and sandy, where it will shoot six or eight feet in a year. Whilst young and well furnished with leaves, it makes an agreeable appearance; but when old, the branches being frequently broken by winds, it is rendered unsightly, espe- cially in an exposed situation. 2. Robinia Sepium ; Hedge Robinia. -Unarmed: pe- duncles racemed, the partial ones two flowered ; leaves un- equally pinuate; pinnas ovate, acuminate. This is a thorn- less tree, growing to the height of thirty feet, very much resembling the preceding in habit, and dividing into round almost upright very long branches.- — Native of Carthagena in New Spain, where they use it much for hedges to their gardens; but unless it be kept down, it will fill the ground by the great quantity of seeds which it scatters. This, with the third, fifth, tenth, eleventh, and fifteenth species, being tender, cannot be preserved alive in England, without being placed in a stove in winter. — They are propagated by seeds procured from the countries where they grow naturally. Sow them in small pots filled with earth from the kitchen- garden, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark. The plants will appear in six weeks or two months. When they are strong enough to transplant, shake them out of the pots, and put each plant into a small pot filled with the same earth, plunging them into a tan-bed, and shading them till they have taken new root, and then treating them as other tender plants. Whilst the plants are young, they are more tender than afterwards; therefore it will be proper to keep them in the tan-bed for two or three years ; but when they have obtained strength, they maybe kept in a dry-stove of a temperate heat in winter, and in summer they may be ex- posed to the open air in a sheltered situation. Some of them may be propagated by cuttings. 3. Robinia Violaeea; Ash-leaved Robinia. Racemes with pedicels one-flowered ; leaves unequally pinnate ; stem unarmed. This is an upright thornless tree, growing to the height of twelve feet. The flowers have the smell and colour of Violets. For its propagation and culture, see the preceding species. 4. Robinia Hispida; Rose Acacia or Robinia. Racemes axillary; leaves unequally pinnale; stem unarmed, hispid. This tree is of low growth in England, though in its native country, Carolina, it grows twenty feet high : in the former country, tiie branches spread out near Ihe ground, and produce their flowers while very young. The flowers are of a deep rose colour, but have no scent, though they make a fine ap- pearance. It does not produce its seeds in Great Britain. — - This plan is propagated by cutting off part of the roots, and placing them upon a gentle hot-bed, where they will put out fibres and shoots. It requires a sheltered situation and a light moist soil. Though the ordinary winters of this coun- try never injure it, yet it is liable in exposed places to be killed by severe seasons. It may be increased by layers, and by grafting ; is of a ready growth, disposed to flower even while young; and not nice as to soil and situation. Its large beautiful brandies of rose-coloured flowers is one of the most valuable shrubs we have for ornamental planta- tions. 5. Robinia Mitis. Racemes with pedicels in threes ; leaves unequally pinnate; stem unarmed. — Native of the East Indies, China, and Cochin-china. See the second species. G. Robinia Caragena. Peduncles simple, very many ; leaves abruptly pinnate, four or five paired ; petioles un- armed ; legumes cylindrical; trunks arboreous, commonly branched from the bottom, slender, with a smooth shining coriaceous bark. Wood hard, compact, very tough, yel- low on the outside, within waved, and striped with bay and red. The leaves are good fodder for cattle ; and it is sug- gested, that they contain a blue colouring matter like Indigo. The bark is very tough, and fit for tyeing; the twigs may also be used ase-tonientose ; scales about seven, equal, linear, acute. Corolla: compound, imbricate, uniform; corollets hermaphrodite, numerous, equal; proper, one-pelalled, ligu- late, linear, truncate, five-toothed. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, very short ; antherm cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: < germen ovate; style filiform, the length of the stamina; stig- mas two, reflex. Pericarp: none; calix converging. Seeds: solitary; in the disk, cylindric, turbinate, striated, with a capillary down feathered below, and sessile; in the ray, cylindrical, striated, wrapped up in chaffs without any down: receptacle flat, in the disk hairy, in the ray chaffy; chaffs in several rows, linear, channelled, erect, sharpish, tubular at the base; outer the length of the calix, inner gradually shorter. Observe. It is very nearly allied to Andryala. Essential Character. Calix: many leaved i in a single row', equal, woolly; receptacle in the ray chaffy, in the disk villose. Seeds: in the ray bald, in the disk pap- pose. The only species yet found is, l Rothia Andryaloides. See Andryala. Rottbcellia ; a genus of the class Polygamia, order Monos- cia; or of the class Triandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Receptacle: common elongated into the jointed rachis of a cy lindrical spike, the joints alternately hollowed out to receive flowers of a two-fold structure; some 1 (in the calix) one-glumed, placed on a thicker tooth, her- maphrodite; others two-glumed, each inserted (alternately) i; on either side of the former, a little lower down, and a little j smaller than the former: female hermaphrodites? In some species only one of this sort. Hermaphrodite, one glumed. i Calix: glume one-flowered, one-vabed ; valve cartilaginous, | ovate-oblong, truncate at the base, often emarginate, striated, closing the sinus of the joint, which is in place of a second valve- like lid. Corolla: glume two-valved, parallel to and shorter than the calicine glume; valves lanceolate, acute, concave, membranaceous, hyaline; outer longer, inner with the edges r bent in; nectary one-leafed, lanceolate, blunt, memhranace- * ous, hyaline, longer thanthe germen. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary; anlherae oblong, bifid at each end. Pistil: ger- * men oblong; styles two, filiform; stigmas oblong, feathered, spreading, standing out. Pericarp: none. The sinuses of the joints of the spike, closed by the glume of the calix, 6 ROT OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. - R O X 487 contain the seed, until the rachis separates in joints. Seed: single, oblong. Hermaphrodites. Two-glumed. — Calix: glume one-flowered, two-valved, transverse; valves cartilagi- nous, oblong, mucronate, striated ; outer a little shorter, with a short dagger-point. Corolla: glume two valved, trans- verse ; valves lanceolate, membranaceous, shorter than the calix, outer concave, longer, inner with the edges folded together; nectary as in the other, or two-leaved, with the leaflets lanceolate, acuminate. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary; anther® oblong, bifid at each end. Pistil: ger- men oblong or ovate; styles two, capillary. Stigmas: ob- long, feathered, spreading, standing out. Pericarp: none; calix and corolla cherish the seed, fastened to the rachis, which separates in joints. Seed: single, ovate or oblong. Observe. Flowers of both structures are found in the twelfth and other species. In the first species, they are two-glumed only. Where both are present, both seem to be hermaphrodite; except perhaps in these, the two-glumed flowers may have the antherae barren, for there does not seem to be any defect in the styles and stigmas. If flowers of either sort only be present, they are hermaphrodites. This genus, therefore, in other respects is very nearly allied to iEgilops, and might have been put with other Grasses in the second order of the third class, Triandria Digynia. Essen- tial Character. Rachis: jointed, roundish, in most species filiform. Calix: ovate-lanceolate, flat, one or two- valved ; florets alternate, on a flexuose rachis. The species 1. Rottboellia Incurvata. Spike round, awl-shaped, curv- ed inwards ; calicine glume two-valved, awl-shaped, pressed close; root annual, fibrous, very much branched, elongated. It flowers in July and August. — Native of many parts of Europe, on the sea-coast, and in salt-marshes. In England it occurs near Yarmouth and Sheringham in Norfolk, Wis- beach in Cambridgeshire, Seaton in Durham, below King’s Weston near Bristol, and at Exmouth in Devonshire. 2. Rottboellia Filiformis. Spike round, awl-shaped, sub- compressed, erect; calicine glume two-valved, ensiform, spreading. This very much resembles the preceding species. Perennial. — Native of the south of France. 3. Rottboellia Cylindrica. Spike round, awl-shaped, erect; calicine glumes one-valved. Perennial. — Native of the south of Europe, and of Barbary. 4. Rottboellia Thomas. Spike solitary, erect, awl shaped, imbricate two ways ; rachis waved, excavated, but not jointed ; flowers hermaphrodite, disposed alternately on the excavations of the rachis. This is the smallest species- of the genus, the whole Grass being hardly more than an inch in height. — Named from its being found at St. Thomas’s Mount, on old walls, in Tranquebar. 5. Rottboellia Repens. Spike round, awl-shaped ; cali- cine glume one-valved, undivided.— Native of the South Sea islands within the tropics. 6. Rottboellia Laevis. Peduncles very long; spikes with flowers in pairs, lateral ; calices ovate, undotted, even. — Sent by Koenig from Tranquebar. 7. Rottboellia Compressa. Spike compressed, awl-shaped ; calicine glume lanceolate, flat, undivided ; culms compressed, leafy. — Native of both Indies, and China. 8. Rottboellia Hirsuta. Spike awl-shaped, hirsute; her- maphrodite florets spreading, barren florets pedicelled, press- ed close; culm a foot high or more, striated, alternately ex- cavated at top; flowering branches sometimes several from one joint. This beautiful Grass is perennial. — Native of Egvpt- S). Rottboellia Cymbachne. Spikes twin, halved; sheaths lOti. of the leaves ciliate. This is a slender Grass, a foot high. — Native of Bengal. 10. Rottboellia Coelorachis. Spike round, one-sided ; florets twin, one of them pedicelled ; calix two-valved. — Na- tive of the Isle ofTanna in the South Seas. 31. Rottboellia Dimidiata. Spike halved, compressed, linear; outside aggregate, floscular; inner even, naked. — Na- tive of sandy soils in the East Indies; found also at the Cape of Good Hope. 12. Rottboellia Exaltata. Spike round, filiform, floscular every way; glumes ovate-blunt; sheaths dotted and hirsute. — Supposed to be a native of Jamaica. 13. Rottboellia Corymbosa. Spikes aggregate, lateral, filiform ; florets bifarious, spreading ; leaves ciliate at the base. — Native of the coast of Malabar. 14. Rottboellia Muricata. Spikes several, round, on long peduncles; calices ciliate, aculeate, the neuters bifid.— Na- tive of the East Indies. 15. RottbcelliaSanguinea. Spikesof the paniclesawl-shaped, alternate, simple, peduncled; the lateral brae te of the flowers ciliate. — Native of China. 16. Rottboellia Setacea. Spike solitary, awl-shaped, one- ranked, a little curved inwards; rachis excavated, but not jointed; corolla two valved, membranaceous, hairy. — Native of the East Indies, on old walls. 17. Rottboellia Monandra. Culms erect; flowers distich, in spikes. This is an annual Grass, very common about Madrid, flowering in May. At the top of the stem there is always a solitary flow'er, which beyond the calicine glume bears another almost opposite to that, and much shorter. Rough Bindweed. See Smilax. Roussea; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth four-cleft, smooth; segments tongue-shaped, acute, reflex. Corolla: bell-shaped, wrinkled on the outside, subpubescent, half four-cleft; segments acute, revolute. Stamina: twice as long as the revolute corolla, and alternate with its segments; filamenta straight, very wide, a little narrower at the top, smooth; anthene small, sagittate, acute. Pistil: germen superior, quadrangularly pyramidal, smooth ; style the length of the stamina, permanent; stigmas simple, blunt, umbilicate, depressed, smooth. Pericarp: berry quadrangularly pyra- midal, one-celled, with a smooth hard bark. Seeds: very numerous, small, lens-shaped, nestling. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: four-leaved. Corolla: one-petalled, bell- shaped, four-cleft, inferior ; berry quadrangular, many-seed- ed. The oniy species known is, 1. Roussea Simplex. Leaves opposite, petioled, obovate, acute or subacute, toothed, very smooth on both sides, somewhat fleshy; flowers solitary, axillary, on short pedun- cles, nodding, large, of a very fleshy substance. This is a small shrub, climbing over trees or rocks. — Found in the Mountains. Roxburghia; a genus of the class Octandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: inferior, four- leaved; leaflets lanceolate, membranaceous, striated, colour- ed, revolute, immediately below the petals. Corolla: petals four, nearly erect, lanceolate, the lower half rather broader than the upper; along the inside runs a deep, sharp, slightly waved keel, forming on each side a deep groove or hollow; the four keels converge, and in some measure adhere together, thus bringing the side of the petals close, and forming a tube; the upper part of the petals is narrower, bending out a little, and then their points bend in ; nectary composed of four lan- ceolate yellow bodies, each sessile on the apex of the keel of the parts, converging into one conical body. Stamina: fila- 408 ROY THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; RUB menta none; anthers eight, linear, lodged in the grooves formed by the keel of the petals, adhering their whole length, but their chief insertion near the base. Pistil: germen superior, heart-shaped; style none; stigma pointed. Peri- carp: capsule ovate, compressed, one celled, two-valved, opening from the apex, about an inch and half long, and an inch broad. Seeds : from five to eight, inserted by pedicels into the bottom of the capsule, cylindric, striated; the pedi- cels surrounded with numerous small pellucid vesicles. Essential Character. Calix: four-leaved. Corolla: four petalled, inwardly keeled. Nectaries: four, awl-shaped; leaflets on the apex of the keel of the petals, converging; antherae linear, sessile, in the grooves of the keel; capsule one-celled, two valved. Seeds: many, inserted into a spongy receptacle. — The above Essential Character is thus corrected by Withering: Nectaries lanceolate ; leaflets inserted in the middle of the petals; antherae in pairs, hanging down from the base of the leaflets of the nectary. The only known species is, 1. Roxburghia Gloriosoides. Leaves alternate or opposite, nearly depending, heart-shaped, fine pointed, the point recurvate, entire, smooth, shining, in substance soft and delicate, generally eleven-nerved, with beautiful very fine transverse veins running between the nerves, from four to six inches long. Willdenow observes, that this is a singular plant, between the Liliacece and the Asclepiadeee ; that the root is fusiform, the stem grooved, the branches alternate ; that there are two bractes at the division of the peduncle; that the calix is yellow, and larger than the corolla, which is purple. It is the Canipoo-Tiga of the Telingas. — Native of Coromandel, in moist valleys among the mountains. Royena ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, pitcher-shaped, five-cleft, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled ; tube the length of the calix; border spreading, revolute, five-parted ; segments ovate. Stamina: filamenta ten, very short, fastened to the corolla; antherae oblong, acute, twin, erect, the length of the tube. Pistil: germen ovate, ending in two styles, a little longer than the stamina; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsule ovate, four-grooved, one ceiled, four- valved: Gaertner describes this a globular, fleshy, four celled berry, covered by the permanent corolla. Seeds: nuts four, oblong, triangular, wrapped in an aril ; according to Gaert- ner, the seeds are solitary, ail in four or two, oblong or elliptic, subtriquetrous or plano-convex. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: pitcher-shaped. Corolla: one-petalled, with the border revolute. Capsule: one-celled, four- valved ; according to Gaertner, a four-celled berry. The species are, 1. Royena Lucida; Shining-leaved Royena, or African Bladder-nvt. Leaves ovate, somewhat rugged. It is eight or ten feet high, and puts out branches on every side; flowers four, the wings of the leaves along the branches having little beauty. It flowers in May and June. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. All the plants of this genus are too tender to live through the winter in the open air of England ; they must be removed therefore into the green house in autumn, and treated in the same way as Orange-trees. This species, and also the fifth, are difficult to propagate here, for the branches which are laid down seldom put out roots, and those which do are two or three years before they make roots sufficient to transplant; and their cuttings very rarely succeed. The best time to plant the cuttings is early in the spring. Plant them in small pots filled with loam, and plunge them into a very moderate hot bed; cover them down with hand glasses, and refresh them with a little water every eighth or tenth day. If the cuttings shoot, inure them gra- dually to bear the open air; and when they are well rooted, plant each in a separate small pot, and afterwards treat them as the old plants. If they put out any young shoots from the bottom, lay them carefully down whilst young; slitting them, as is practised in laying Carnations. During warm weather, water them frequently, but gently; in cold weather sparingly. When they are rooted, take them off, and treat them in the same manner as the cuttings. 2. Royena Villosa ; Heart-leaved Royena, or African Bladder-nut. Leaves cordate, oblong, tomentose under- neath. This resembles the preceding species, but the branches are villose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Royena Pallens; Pale Royena, or African Bladder- nut. Leaves oblong-ovate, blunt, smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Royena Glabra ; Myrtle-leaved Royena, or African Bladder-nut. Leaves lanceolate, smooth. They are less than those of the Box-tree, entire, of a lucid green, and continuing: all the year. The flowers come out from the wings of leaves round the branches, and are white ; fruit roundish, purple, ripening in the winter. It flowers in Sep- tember.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This species is very apt to send up suckers from the roots, and may be propagated that way. When it does not, the branches may be laid down. The cuttings succeed much more easily than those of the other species. See the first species. 5. Royena Hirsuta; Hairy leaved Royena, or African Bladder-nut. Leaves oblong lanceolate, somewhat villose. This rises with a strong woody stalk seven or eight feet high, covered with a gray bark, sending out many small branches alternately. The flowers come out on short peduncles from the side of the branches; they are small, and of a worn-out purple colour, appearing in July, but are not followed by seeds in England. —Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 6. Royena Polyandra ; Oval-leaved Royena. Leaves ellip- tic; flowers polygamous, many-stamined. This differs from the other species in the disposition of the flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 7. Royena Angustifolia; Narrow-leaved Royena. Leaves lanceolate, acute, somewhat hairy underneath. This is also very different from all the species yet known, in having nar- row lanceolate leaves, sharp at both ends, and somewhat hairy underneath. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. Royoc. See Morinda. Rubia; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth very small, four-toothed, superior. Corolla: one-petalled, bell-shaped, four-parted, without a tube. Stamina: filamenta four, awl- shaped, shorter than the corolla; antherae simple. Pistil: germen twin, inferior; style filiform, bifid at top; stigmas capitate. Pericarp: berries two, united, smooth. Seeds: solitary, roundish, umbilicate. Observe. The corolla is fre- quently five-cleft. Essential Character. Corolla: less forward, which must be determined by the young shoots, which are in the best state for planting when about two inches above the ground. In the taking up of these shoots for planting, the ground should be opened by a spade, that they may be separated from the mother plants with as much root as possible; for if the roots be broken off they will not succeed : these plants should be drawn up no faster than they are planted ; fpr if they lie long above ground they will shrink, and their tops will wither, and then they often miscarry, especially when brought from a distant place. When they are only a little withered by lying out of the ground, their roots should be set upright in water for a few : hours, which will stiffen and recover them again. The ' ground being made smooth for planting, a line is drawn across it to mark out the rows, that they may be straight for the more convenient cleaning, and for the better digging or ploughing the ground between the rows, then holes are made with an iron shod dibble at proper distances. The depth of these holes must be in proportion to the roots of the plants, which must be planted the same depth they had been while they were upon the mother plants; for if any part of the root is left above ground, the sun and winds will dry it, aud retard the growth of the plant : on the other hand, if any of the green stem be buried, it will be prejudicial, though in a less degree. When the plants are put into the holes, the earth should be pressed close to them, to secure them from being drawn out of the ground, which crows and rooks have< strength and sagacity to accomplish, wherever this precaution is not observed. If showers fall a few days after the plants are put in the ground, they will strike out new roots aud become strong; so that if dry weather should afterwards happen, they will not be in so much danger of suffering thereby, as those which are later planted. Mr. Miller1 decidedly condemns the Dutch practice of planting rows of Dwarf Feas, Kidney Beans, &c. between the rows of Madder, as weakening the roots of the latter, which, he asserts, ought! to be kept perfectly free, not only from weeds but from i every other vegetable. In order to keep the ground thus clean, it should be scuffled over with a Dutch hoe as soon! as the young weeds appear, which is all the care required j during the first summer. In autumn, when the shoots or haulm of the plants decay, it should be raked off the ground, and the intervals either dug with a spade, or ploughed with a hoeing plough, laying up the earth over the heads of the plants in a roundish ridge, which will be of great service to : the roots. The Dutch cover the haulm of their Madder with earth, leaving it to rot upon the ground; this perhaps may be necessary in their country to keep the frost out of the ground, but has been found injurious to the Madder roofs ini England. In the following spring, before the Madder begins'! to shoot, the ground should be hoed and raked over smooth, that the young shoots may have no obstruction ; and if there: RUB OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. RUB 491 should be any young weeds appearing on the ground, let it be first scuffled over to destroy the weeds, and then raked over smooth ; after this, the same care must be taken in the following summer to keep the ground clean ; and if it is performed by the hoe-plough, the earth of the intervals should be thrown up against the side of the ridges, which will earth up the roots, and greatly increase their strength ; but before the ground of one interval is so hoed, the haulm of the plants should be turned over to the next adjoining interval ; and if they are per- mitted so to lie for a fortnight or three weeks, and then turned back again on those intervals which were hoed, observing first to scuffle the ground, to destiny any young weeds which may have appeared since the stirring of the ground ; then the alternate intervals should be ploughed in like manner, turning the earth up against the opposite sides of the roots : by this method the intervals will be alternately ploughed, and the plants earthed up, whereby the ground will be kept clean and stirred, which will greatly promote the growth of the roots; -and by this method the superficial shoots will be subdued, and the principal roots greatly strengthened. The following autumn the ground should be cleared of the haulm and weeds, and the earth raised in ridges over the roots, as in the foregoing year. The third spring the roots will fur- nish a great supply of young plants ; but before these appear, the ground should be cleaned and raked smooth, that the shoots may have no obstruction to their coming up; and when the young plants are fit to take off, it should be performed with care, always taking off those which are produced at the greatest distance from the crown of the other plants, because they rob them of most of their nourishment, and the wounds made by separating them from the old roots, are not near so hurtful as those near the crown ; for the stripping off too many of the shoots there, will retard the growth of the plants. The culture of the Madder in the third summer must be the same as in the second ; but as the roots will then be much stronger, the earth should be laid up a little higher to them at the times when the ground is cleaned ; and if all the dis- tant superficial shoots which come up in the intervals are hoed or ploughed off, it will tend to strengthen the larger downright root : and as the haulm will now be very strong and thick, the frequently turning it over from one interval to another will prevent its rotting ; for if it lies long in the same position, the shoots which are near the ground, where there will always be more or less damp, and beiug covered with the upper shoots, the air will be excluded, and rotting will he the consequence, for the shoots of Madder are naturally disposed to climb up any neighbouring support; but as the expense of staking them could not be generally incurred, turning over the haulm from one interval to the other will be found of great use, keep it from decaying, and alternately admitting the sun to eacli side of the roots, which is of vital importance to the growth and perfection of the Madder. — As soon as the haulm begins to decay in the third autumn, the roots may be taken up for use, because, when they have done growing for the season, they will be plumper and less liable to shrink than if dug up sooner, or suffered to remain longer. The digging up should be thus performed ; a deep trench must he dug out at one side of the ground next to the first row of plants, in order to make a sufficient opening to receive the earth, which must be laid therein in digging up the row of roots; in order to that, it should be at least two feet broad, and two spits and two shovellings deep, and should be made as close as possible to the roots, being careful not to break or cut the roots in doing it. The row of roots must then be carefully dug up, turning the earth into the trench before mentioned. In the doing of this, there ought to be, to every person who digs, two or three persons to take out the roots, that none may be lost, and that as much earth as possible may be shaken out. After the principal roots are taken up, there will be many of the long fibres remaining below; there- fore, to extract the roots as completely as possible, the whole spot of ground should be dug of fhe same depth as the first trench, and the pickers should follow the diggers to get them all out to the bottom. As the digging of the land to this depth is necessary in order to taking up the roots with as little loss as possible, so also is it the finest preparation for any succeeding crop, which will amply repay the labour and expense. After the roots are taken up, the sooner they are carried to the place of drying, the finer will be their colour. The first place in which they should be laid to dry, must he open on the sides to admit the air, but covered on the top to keep out the wet. If a building is to be erected new, such as the tanner’s have for drying their skins will be as proper as any, for they have weather boards from top to bottom at equal distances to keep out the driving rain, but the spaces between being open, admit the air freely ; and if, instead of plank-floors or stages above each other, they were furnished with hurdles or basket-work, upon which the roots might be laid, the air being thereby allowed to have a freer passage all round the roots, would be more equally dried.' In this place they may remain four or five days, by which time the earth which adhered to the roots will be so dry as easily to be rubbed off before they are removed into the cold stove ; for the slower the roots are dried, the less they will shrink, and the better will be the colour of the Madder; and the cleaner they are from the earth, the better the commodity will be for use when prepared. After the roots have lain a sufficient time in this place, they should be removed into another building, called the cold stove, in which there should be conveniences of flues passing through different parts of the floor and the side walls; in this the roots should he laid thin upon the floors, and turned from time to time as they dry, taking away those roots which are nearest to the hottest flues, and placing them in a cooler part of the room ; remov- ing such of them as had been in the colder parts, to that warmest situation. Constant care in this particular will im- prove the quality of the root; for the more equally it is dried, the better it will be for use. When the outside of the root has been sufficiently dried in the cold stove4 they should be removed to the threshing floor, which may be the same as in a common barn where corn is threshed. The floor should be swept as clean as possible, and the roots threshed to beat off' the skins or outside coverings, which is the part that is prepared separately from the inner part of the root, and is called Mull, being sold at a very low price, as it is the worst sort of Madder, and cannot be used where the permanency or beauty of the colours are regarded. These husks therefore are separated from the roots, and pounded by themselves, and sold under the above mentioned name of Mull. After this mull is separated from the roots, they must be removed to a warmer stove, and there dried with great care; for if the heat be too great, the roots will dry too fast, whereby they will lose much in their colour and weight. The way to prevent this, is, to turn them frequently, and to keep the fires properly regulated. If a good thermometer be fixed in the room, it will enable the superintendaut to ascertain the degree of heat, which should be greater in some cases than others, according to the dryness or succulence of the roots, and to the state of the weather, whether cold or damp : it may however be observed, that it is safer to fall short of the pro- per temperature than to exceed it, for though the roots may require a longer time to dry with a slow heat, yet the colour 6 I 45)2 RUB THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; RUB will be better. When the roots have been properly dried in this stove, they must be carried to the pounding-house, and reduced to powder in the manner before related. — Mad- der should not be planted in very rich dunged land, where it produces very large haulm, without proportionate roots; and even these roots will be of a darker colour, owing to the dung or sea coal ashes. Mr. Arbuthnot has shown by re- peated experiments, that it may be cultivated on land not of extraordinary natural fertility; that good husbandry, with rich manuring, will be sufficient to ensure a crop ; conse- quently, that the Madder culture may be extended over most parts of the kingdom, except on poor stony or clayey soils: that the profit made by an application of the land during three years, is superior to that of four; that the crop requires the ground to be well cleaned, on account of the great difficulty of extracting root-weeds from among the fibres of the plants, which consequently would get entire possession of the ground in three years ; that the average profit of an acre amounts to about seven guineas, under the disadvantages of first attempts and want of experience; if the soil upon which these experiments were made, had been naturally rich, the pofit would probably have been double: that the culture of this plant ameliorates and cleans the soil by the hand-hoeings, numerous horse-hoeings, and extra- ordinary tillage the ground receives in taking up the roots; that rich manuring is of the greatest importance ; that great mischief is done to the crops by drawing plants from them ; and that the roots bear an exact proportion to the luxuriance of the branches and leaves. Instead of spoiling the planta- tions of Madder by drawing, it is much better to leave such a part of the crop as will be wanted for a supply, taking up the plants in the spring instead of the autumn : one acre of good Madder will yield plants enough for ten acres. The best manure is farm-yard dung, which should not be used in large quantities. Top-dressings are ineffectual, as the best will not last three years. The land, says Mr. Young, should be ploughed fourteeu inches deep. Old ley, or new land, is not fit for this crop, on account of the wire or sod-worm ; such land should be thrown into one round of crops, before planted with Madder. The intervals between the rows of plants should be repeatedly horse-hoed with a shim, and then the plants earthed up by a double mould-board plough, with expanding earth-boards; the rows also must be hand-hoed as often as necessary. The sets may be planted in rows at eighteen inches or two feet distance, and a foot asunder in the rows. The best distance will vary according to the goodness of the land. But in general, the nearer the rows, the greater will the crop be, at least as near as two feet equally distant. Single rows at four feet are not half so advantageous. Two rows on four feet are almost twice as beneficial as single ones ; but though two rows on a four-foot laud amount in the whole to the same, as equally distaut at two feet, yet they do not nearly equal them in product; which seems to indicate that the plants should spread equally over the land. From the above state- ment it is clear, that one great advantage resulting from the cultivation of Madder generally, will be the affording employ- ment to a great number of hands, from the time harvest is over till the spring of the year, besides rendering us indepen- dent of foreign countries for this necessary article of the cot- ton manufacture. 2. Rubia Chilensis; Chili Madder. Leaves annual, in fours; peduncles axillary, solitary, one-flowered ; stem even ; berries roundish, red. — Native of Chili. 3. Rubia Peregrina; Wild Madder. Leaves in fours or fives, elliptic, above shining, even; flowers five-cleft; root perennial, branched, penetrating deeply into the fissures of the rocks; its outer bark red ; stems several, branched, dif- fused, four cornered, the corners set with prickles pointed backwards, not dying in the winter, but some of it remaining alive, and putting forth fresh shoots in the spring. This plant, in climbing up the rocks and through the shrubs, sup- ports itself by means of the prickles on the angles of the stem, and under the margins and midribs of the leaves. It is a native of England, among bushes and upon rocks: it occurs near Biddeford in Devonshire, and is common in the hedges throughout the greater part of that county; found also upon St. Vincent’s rocks near Bristol ; in Dorsetshire in the hedges, in the Isle of Purbeck, and between Whitchurch and Mil- bourn St. Andrew's; also under Hood-hill in the parish of Stour- pain near Bland ford, where Parkinson mentions hav- ing seen it ; found likewise in the Isle of Portland, in Cornwall, near Exmouth in Devonshire, in the Isle of Wight, on Tun- bridge rock, at Chepstow in Monmouthshire, and in a wood opposite St. Vincent’s rocks near Bristol above mentioned. 4. Rubia Lucida; Shining-leaved Madder. Leaves peren- nial, in sixes, elliptic, shining; stem even. It flowers in July. — Native of Majorca. 5. Rubia Fruticosa ; Prickly leaved Madder. Leaves perennial, elliptic, prickly at the edge and keel ; stem frutes- cent, rough; flowers yellowish, axillary, on three-flowered peduncles. It flowers in September. — Native of the Canaries. 6. Rubia Angustifolia ; Narrow-leaved Madder. Leaves perennial, linear, rugged above ; stems diffused, very rugged, four-cornered ; flowers yellow, flat, five-cleft. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Minorca. 7. Rubia Cordifolia ; Heart-leaved Madder. Leaves pe- rennial, in fours, cordate. This is a diffuse scandent plant, quite smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope, Siberia, China, Japan, where it is used in dying; as also in many parts of the East Indies, and of Africa. Rubus ; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Polygynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one-leafed, five-cleft; segments oblong, spreading, permanent. Corolla: petals five, roundish, the length of the calix, from upright spreading. Stamina: filamenta numerous, shorter than the corolla, inserted into the calix ; antherae roundish, com- pressed. Pistil:- germina numerous ; styles small, capillary, springing from the side of the germen ; stigmas simple, per- manent. Pericarp : berry compounded of roundish acini, collected into a convex head, concave below ; each one- celled. Seeds : solitary, oblong; receptacle of the pericarpia conical. Observe. The acini are united into a compound berry, and are not separable without tearing them asunder, except in the thirtieth species which has the acini distinct. The thirty-fifth species is dioecous. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: five-cleft. Petals: five. Berry: composed of one-seeded acini. The species are, * Frutescent. 1. Rubus Rosaefolius ; Rose-leaved Bramble. Leaves quinate-pinnate and ternate, green on both sides; stem and petioles prickly; flowers solitary; fruits globular, composed of very numerous smooth acini, and appearing not to be very- succulent. — Found in the Island of Mauritius. 2. Rubus Piunatus; Pinnate-leaved Bramble. Leaves quinate-pinnate and ternate, wriukled, smooth on both sides; stem, petioles, and peduncles, prickly; raceme terminating. — Native place unknown. 3. Rubus Australis; South Sea Bramble. Shrubby, dioecous: leaves ternate, aud quinate-pinnate; stem and petioles prickly; racemesaxillary, simple. — Native of New Zealand. 4. Rubus Idaeus ; Raspberry. Leaves quinate-pinnate. RUB OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. RUB 493 and ternate, tomeutose underneath ; petioles channelled ; stem prickly; flowers in panicles; fruit red, grateful to the smell and taste, deciduous, bristly, with the permanent styles placed upon a conical receptacle. It flowers in May and June. The varieties are : 1 . The Red-fruited : 2. the White- fruited : and, 3. the Twice-bearing ; the first crop of which ripens in July, and the second in October; but the last seldom have much flavour. The varieties are accidental; and though the size of the fruit has been greatly increased by culture, this appears to have been effected at the expense of the flavour. The fruit, as presented by nature, is grateful to most palates, but sugar improves the flavour, and hence it is much esteemed when made into a sweetmeat. The ripe fruit is fragrant, _ subacid, and cooling; it allays heat and thirst, and promotes .the natural excretions in common with other summer-fruits. A grateful syrup, prepared from the juice, is sold by all the apothecaries. It dissolves the tartar of the teeth; but the Strawberry does the same thing more effectually. The fresh leaves are the favourite food of kids. This fruit was anciently called Raspis, or Raspisberry, whence the common name. — It is a native of many parts of Europe, in rocky mountains, moist situations, woods, and hedges: it abounds in Wales, and in some parts of Scotland. It has been observed at the following places in England : in Grass- wood, near Kilnsay, Yorkshire; near Bishop's Auckland; about Edgbaston Pool, and near Birmingham ; between Nor- wich and Thorpe; near Berkhamstead in Hertfordshire; at Stokenchurch and Mongewell, in Oxfordshire; in the Peak of Derbyshire ; and between BrOckstow and Nuttal, in Not- tinghamshire.— This plant is generally propagated by suckers, though those raised from layers should be preferred, because they will be better rooted, and not so liable to send out suckers as the other, which generally produce such quantities of suckers from their roots, as to fill the ground in a year or two; and where they are not carefully taken off or thinned, it will cause the fruit to be small, and in less quantities, especially when the plants are placed near each other, which too often happens, for few persons allow them sufficient room. In preparing these plants, their fibres should be shortened, but the buds which are placed at a small distance from the stem of the plant, roust not be cut off, because those produce the new shoots the following summer. These plants should be placed about two feet asunder in the row's, and four or five distant row from row; for if they are planted too close, their fruit is never so fair, nor will it ripen so kindly, as when they have room for the air to pass between the rows. The soil in which they thrive best is a fresh strong loam, for in warm light ground they do not produce such a plenty of fruit, for they naturally grow in cold land and in shade ; therefore when they are planted in a warm situation and in a light soil, they do not succeed. The season for dressing them is in October, at which time all the old wood that produced fruit the preceding summer should be cut down below the surface of the ground, and the young shoots of the same year must be shortened to about two feet in length ; and the spaces between the rows should be well dug, to encourage the roots. A very little dung, buried in the soil, will make them shoot vigorously in the summer following, and their fruit will also be much fairer. Weed them during summer; which, if well performed, with the before-mentioned culture, is all the management they will require, except that it will be proper to form new plantations once in three or four years, because, when the plants are suffered to remain long, they will produce few and small fruit. 5. Rubus Occidentalis ; Virginian Raspberry. Leaves tern, tomentose underneath; stem prickly; petioles round. This species may be known at first sight by the blue cloud or bloom on its stem. The fruit is of a deep black when ripe, it has little flavour, and ripens late in the autumn. It flowers in May and June. — Native of North America. 6. Rubus Triphyllus; Three-leaved Bramble. Leaves ternate-tomentose underneath; leaflets ovate, gashed, toothed; branches, petioles, and peduncles, villose and prickly. — Na- tive of Japan. 7. Rubus Tomentosus; Downy Bramble. Leaves ternate, obovate, acute, unequally toothed, tomentose on both sides ; the lateral ones somewhat gashed. This is very different from the Common Bramble, nor does it agree with the fifth species. — Native of Germany and Switzerland. 8. Rubus Hispidus; Bristly Bramble. Leaves ternate, naked ; stems and petioles very hispid, with stiffish prickles. — Native of Canada. 9. Rubus Parvifolius ; Small-leaved Bramble. Leaves ternate, tomentose underneath ; stem rough-haired, with recurved prickles on that and the petioles ; flowers purple, in a loose terminating panicle; berry roundish, red. — Native of the East Indies, China, and Cochin-china. 10. Rubus Sanctus ; Palestine Bramble. Leaves ternate and simple, tomentose underneath ; recurved prickles on the stem and petioles. — Native of Palestine. 11. Rubus Jamaicensis; Jamaica Bramble. Leaves qui- nate or ternate, tomentose underneath ; stem, petioles, and leaves, pubescent, with recurved prickles ; panicles diffused. This differs from the fourteenth species, in having the leaves gash-serrate, and prickly ; the panicles terminating, diffused ; the flowers and berries small. — Native of Jamaica, and the neighbouring islands. 12. Rubus Cossius { Dewberry Bramble. Leaves ternate, hairy underneath ; the lateral ones two-lobed ; stem prickly, prostrate, glaucous. This has weaker trailing stalks than the Common Bramble; the fruit is black, with a bright blue tinge or bloom, composed of few large grains. Its flavour is agreeably acid, without the faint taste of the Common Black- berry.— Native of Europe, in dry shady ditches, woods, and the borders of fields; flowering in June and July, and fruit- ing through August and September, till stopped by frost. 13. Rubus Corylifolius ; Hazel-leaved Bramble. Leaves subquinate, hairy underneath; the lateral ones sessile; prickles straightish ; calices of the fruit bent back ; stems biennial, roundish, red, much more brittle than those of the next species, so that thatchers, who use the latter for binding thatch, reject this species as unfit for that purpose. The fruit of this plant is however earlier, of a brownish black colour, composed of fewer acini or grains, and having a more gratefully acid taste, than the next species. This and the next species are very common in our hedges. 14. Rubus Fruticosus; Common Bramble. Leaves sub- quinate, tomentose underneath ; leaflets petioled ; prickles hooked; stem angular; calix bent back. This plant, so generally reprobated as a very troublesome weed, may be useful in raising live hedges, at the least expense and in the shortest time, whenever the soil is poor and sandy. The Sweet Briar or the Dog Rose will either of them assist in rearing and protecting the White Thorn in making quick hedges. The varieties of the Bramble are, 1. That with white fruit, which has the bark and leaves of a lighter green. 2. The Bramble with a double flower, which is introduced into plantations of shrubs. 3. The smooth and thornless Bramble. 4. That with cut leaves: and, 5. That with varie- gated leaves. In some counties Blackberries are called Bumblelcites, in others Scaldberries, from their supposed quality of giving scald heads to children who have eaten 494 RUB THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; R-.U B them, as most children will where they can obtain them, in immoderate quantities. The whole plant is of an astringent i’/:; but the unripe berries more so than any other part, and may be made use of to good purpose in all manner of fluxes and haemorrhages. A decoction of the leaves, with the addition of a little horn y, is an excellent gargle for the thrush, and all other sorenesses of the mouth and throat. The juice of the fruit, with sugar, makes a pleasant and wholesome wiue. A decoction of the flowers provokes urine, and is good in the stone and gravel. The green twigs are of great use in dyeing woollen, silk, and mohair, black. Silkworms will sometimes feed upon the leaves, for want of those of the Mulberry. — The Bramble is easily increased by laying down its branches, which put out roots at every joint very freely. They may be transplanted at any time from September to March, and will grow in almost any soil or situation. It may assist in making or strengthening a fence ; and the varieties with double flowers and variegated leaves are found to be very ornamental in plantations. 15. Rubus Villosus; Hairy Bramble. Leaves quinate, elliptic, acuminate, sharply serrate, villose on both sides; stems and petioles prickly. — Native of North America. 16. Rubus Canadensis; Canadian Raspberry. Leaves digitate, in tens, fives, and threes; stem unarmed. — Native of Canada. 17. Rubus Odoratus ; Flowering Raspberry. Leaves simple, palmate ; stem unarmed, many-leaved, many-flow- ered ; root perennial, creeping. It rarely produces fruit with us, but in North America, its native country, it is like the Common Raspberry, only not so pleasant. Nurserymen and gardeners have called it the Flowering Raspberry, because it is regarded in Europe merely for its flowers, which are showy, and plentifully produced in succession during the whole summer. — This plant is extremely hardy, and easily propagated by suckers ; the only care required is to keep it within proper bounds. Young plants produce the largest and finest flowers ; on account of w hich, and the largeness and elegant form of the leaves, it has long had a place in our ornamental plantations. 18. Rubus Moluccanus. Leaves simple, cordate, sublobed; stem prickly, decumbent. — Native of Amboyna, Java, Cey- lon, Japan, and Cochin-china. 19. Rubus. Microphyllus. Shrubby, prickly, smooth: leaves simple, cordate, ovate, blunt, sublobate; peduncles solitary, one-flowered ; fruit yellow, esculent, sapid. — Native of Japan, between Miaco and Juana, flowering in April. 20. Rubus Incisus. Leaves simple, cordate, gashed, smooth; stem erect, prickly. — Native of Japan. 21. Rubus Japonicus. Shrubby, unarmed, very smooth : leaves simple, cordate, oblong, acuminate, doubly serrate; peduncles solitary, one-flowered. — Native of Japan. 22. Rubus Corchorifolius. Shrubby, prickly, tomentose: leaves simple, oblong, cordate, serrate ; peduncles solitary, one-flowered. — Native of Japan. 23. Rubus Elongatus. Leaves simple, cordate, acuminate, doubly crenate, tomentose underneath ; stem prickly, calices blunt. — Found in Java. 24. Rubus Pyrifolius. Leaves simple, oval, acuminate, serrate, naked; stem prickly, panicled; petals minute. — Native of Java. 25. Rubus Strigosus. Plant unarmed, very rough : leaflets three, pinnate-quinate, oval, obtuse at the base, acuminate ; calices acuminate ; flowers at the top of the branchlets, axil- lary, solitary; peduncles and calices hispid. — Grows on the mountains from Canada to Virginia. This species of Rubus is an upright shrub, the berries of which are agreeable to eat. 26. Rubus Cuneifolius. Branches, petioles, and peduu- cles tomentose, recurvate-aculeate ; leaves from three to five, digitate; leaflets cuneate-obovate, unequally toothed ; racemes terminal, paniculate; pedicels divaricate, somewhat naked. This is a straggling briar, of a gray aspect, with hard dry berries. —It grows in the sandy fields and woods of New Jersey and Carolina. 27. Rubus Trivialis. Plant sarmentose procumbent ; peti- oles and peduncles recurvate, aculeate-hispid ; stipules subu- late ; leaves ternate or quinate, oblong-oval, acute, unequally serrate, subpubescent ; pedicels solitary, elongated; petals obovate, three times as long as the calix. The flowers of this species are large, and the berries black, and large, witli a very agreeable taste, known by the name of Dewberries. — A common American plant, growing in old fields from New England to Carolina. 28. Rubus Spectabilis. Plant unarmed, glabrous : leaves ternate, ovate, acute, duplicate-unequally-serrate, pubes- cent on the under side ; peduncles terminal, uniflorous, soli- tary; petals ovate, of a fine deep purple colour ; segments of the calix oblong, short acuminate, pubescent. — Grows on the banks of the Columbia. This is a very beautiful plant, of which a drawing is given. ** Subherbaceous. 29. Rubus Pedatus. Leaves pedate, quinate, gashed ; peduncles filiform, bracted in the middle; calices smoothish; roots fibrous, from the joints of the stem. This tender deli- cate plant is distinguished from all the herbaceous species by its leaves. — Found in the western parts of North America. 30. Rubus Saxatilis; Stone Bramble. Leaves ternate, smoothish; runnerscreeping, herbaceous; panicle few-flow- ered ; root fibrose, with very long, prostrate, creeping run- ners, naked or leafy, and barren. The fruit is of a most beautiful pink colour when ripe, of an agreeable acid flavour. It is composed of three or four large acini or grains. The Scotch call them Roebuck-berries, and the Russians foment them with honey, and extract a potent spirit from them. — Native of Europe, especially in the northern parts ; found also in Russia. In Scotland, Wales, and Ireland, it occurs among stones in shady places on the sides of mountains. It is not unfrequent in the northern parts of England, where it has been noticed in the woods about Settle and Ingleton in Yorkr shire; also about Helk’s wood and Mill-bank near Ingleton; not far from the summit of Helsfelnab, near Kendal in West- moreland ; at Dob bottom near Burnley, Lancashire ; upon the hills opposite Matlock baths in Derbyshire. It flowers in June. 31. Rubus Arcticus ; Dwarf Crimson Bramble . Leaves ternate, smoolh; stem unarmed, one-flowered; root creeping, but no runners ; fruit purple, sweet, and fragrant, very plea- sant, and, according to Linneus, almost as large as a mulberry. The same great botanist, in his Lapland journey, when almost sinking under hunger and fatigue, found himself relieved, and his spirits refreshed, by eating these vinous berries. He informs us, that the principal people in the province of Nor- land make a syrup, a jelly, and a wine, from these berries, which they partly consume themselves, and partly send to their friends at Stockholm, as a dainty of the rarest and most delicious kind ; and he adds, that of all the wild Swe- dish berries this holds the first place. It flowers here in June and July. — Native of the north of Europe, Asia, and America. It grows readily, and increases rapidly in bog earth, on a northern border, but rarely ripens its fruit in gardens. 32. Rubus Trifidus. Leaves simple, gash-trifid, smooth; RUD OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. RUD 495 stem unarmed; fruit esculent, and pleasantly tasted. — Native of Jankan, near Guana; flowering in April. 33. Rubus Stellatus. Leaves simple, cordate, three-lobed, wrinkle-veined ; stem unarmed, one-flowered, erect; petals lan- ceolate ; the fruit is purple; root branched, fibrous. — Found in the back settlements of North America. 34. Rubus Geoides. Leaves simple and ternate, blunt, serrate, naked, the end leaf very large. —Found in South America, at the straits of Magellan. 35. Rubus Chemajmorus; Mountain Bramble, ox Cloud- berry. Leaves simple, lobed ; stem unarmed, one-flowered ; calicine segments ovate. This plant has an elegant appear- ance: root creeping; berries of a tawny dull orange colour, composed of many acini, acid, mucilaginous, and not unplea- sant : from the lofty situations in which they grow, they have obtained the name of Cloud-berries, as also Knot and Knout berries. The flowers appear in June soon after the snow is dissolved ; and the fruit is scarcely well ripened in August, before the plant is again overwhelmed with its wintry cover ing. The snow preserves the fruit, and is used by the Lap- landers to keep it through the winter; for they, as well as the Scotch Highlanders, esteem it one of the most grateful and useful fruits, especially on account of its long duration. Its taste is moderately acid and mucilaginous, with something of the flavour of Tamarinds; and it is held to be highly anti- scorbutic. The Norwegians pack them up in wooden vessels and send them to Stockholm, where they are served up in desserts or made into tarts; while the Laplanders bruise and eat them with the milk of their reindeer. — Native of Sweden, Denmark, Norway, Siberia, and Great Britain. It is found on the highest mountains in Scotland, as Ben Lomond, and the mountains about Loch Rannock in Perthshire; and in the peat-bogs and mountains of Caernarvonshire, and other counties of Wales. Irt England, it has been observed about Settle, Irigleton, Ingleborough, and near Egleston, in York- shire; between Patter dale and Keswick in Cumberland; on Axedge near Buxton, Derbyshire ; and in Barrowfield wood and Cald Kail-serogs, near Kendal in Westmoreland. 36. Rubus Dalibarda ; Simple-leaved Bramble. Leaves simple, cordate, undivided, crenate; scape leafless, one- flowered; root creeping, fibrous; runners prostrate, herba- ceous.— Brought from Canada. 37. Rubus Obovalis. Hairs rigid, hispid ; leaves ternate, rotund-oboval, serrate, naked; stipules setaceous; racemes floriferous, subcorymbose, with few flowers ; bractes ovate; pedicels elongate ; berries with only a few large grains black and sweet. — -Grows in swamps among Sphagnum, on the mountains from New York to Carolina. 38. Rubus Pistillatus. Stem unarmed, one-flowered ; leaves ternate, glabrous, finely serrated ; petals oblong, entire; styles approximating. — Grows in the bogs of Canada, and on the north-west coast of America. Rudbeckia ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- garaia Frustranea.— Generic -Character. Calix: com- mon, with a double row of scales ; scales flat, widish, cur tailed, six in each row. Corolla; compound, radiate; corol- lets hermaphrodite, numerous, in a conical disk; females about twelve, very long in the ray : proper of the hermaph- rodite tubular, funnel form, with a five-toothed border ; female ligulate, lanceolate, with two or three teeth, flat, pendulous. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites; filamenta five, capillary, very short ; anthera cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites; gerinen four-cornered ; style filiform, the length of the corollets; stigma two-parted, revolute. In the females; germen very small; style none; stigma none. Pericarp: none. Calix: unchanged. Seeds: in the her- 107. maphrodites solitary, oblong, crowned with a membranaceous four-toothed rim; in the females none. Recepluclei chaffy, conical, longer than the common calix; chaffs the length of the seeds, erect, channelled-concave, deciduous. Essen- tial Character. Calix: with a double row of scales; crown of the seed a four-toothed rim. Receptacle: chaffy, conical. -The species are, 1. Rudbeckia Laciniata; Broad Jagged-leaved Rudbeckia. Leaves compound, laciniate. Mr. Miller makes two species of this, both of which are natives of North America, parti- cularly of Virginia and Canada, and flowers here in July. — Neither this nor the next species produces seeds here, but they are easily propagated by parting the roots ; are hardy, and delight in a moist soil. 2. Rudbeckia Digitata ; Narrow Jagged-leaved Rudbeckia. Lower leaves compound; stem-leaves quinate and ternate; upper ones single. It flowers in August and September. — Native of North America. See the preceding species. 3. Rudbeckia Triloba ; Three-lobed Rudbeckia. Leaves spatulate; the lower three-lobed; the upper undivided. — Native of North America. In warm summers this species perfects its seeds in England, and the plants will live through the winter in the open air in mild seasons, and may be increased by slips or heads; but the best way is to raise them from seeds, and in the second year the seedlings will flower and produce ripe seeds. 4. Rudbeckia Hirta; Hairy Rudbeckia. Leaves undivided, spatulate, ovate, triple-nerved, serrate, rough haired ; recep- tacle conical ; chaffs lanceolate. The peduncle is naked nearly a foot in length, and is terminated by one pretty large yellow flower, shaped like the Sunflower. The succession of flowers lasts six weeks, until the middle of July, when the frost sets in. — Native of Virginia, and several other parts of North America. The root of this species will continue four or five years, but unless care be taken to shelter it in winter, it is sometimes destroyed by cold and too much wet ; but frequently produces good seeds in England, especially in favourable seasons. It is, however, here generally propa- gated by offsets or slips procured from America. The best time to separate the offsets is in the spring. f The plants will live abroad in the open air through the winter, in a dry soil and warm situation ; but it will always be prudent to shelter two or three plants under a common hot-bed frame, to pre- serve the species, especially in very severe winters. The same directions apply to the fifth and sixth species; bn! they rarely produce seeds in England, nor do the plants put out buds whereby they may be increased that way. 5. Rudbeckia Fulgida; Bright Rudbeckia. Leaves ob- long-lanceolate, toothletted, hispid, narrowed, and subcor- date at the base; receptacle hemispherical ; chaffs lanceolate. It flowers in July and August. — Native of North America. See the preceding species. 6. Rudbeckia Purpurea ; Purple Rudbeckia. Leaves lanceolate-ovate, alternate, undivided; petals of the ray bifid. This is easily distinguished from the other species by the long, narrow, purple, pendulous florets of the ray.— It is a native of Carolina and Virginia. See the fourth species. 7. Rudbeckia Angustifolia ; Narroiv Simple-leaved Rud- beckia. Leaves opposite, linear, quite entire ; root peren- nial. It flowers in August and September. Native of Vir- ginia.— This, like the first and second species, may be plen- tifully propagated by parting the roots in October when the stalks begin to decay. They love a moist soil, and should be allowed room; for if they are too near other plants, they will be robbed of their nourishment. They are well adapted for large gardens or plantations. C K * THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; 8. Rudbeckia Laevigata. Plant very glabrous on both sides; stem levigated, paniculate; branches corymbose; peduncles elongate, uniflorous ; leaves ovate-lanceolate, acu- minate on both sides, triplinerve, very entire; little leaves of the calix lanceolate, of the length of the ray; rays pale yellow, short. — Grows in Georgia. 9. Rudbeckia Discolor. Branches corymbose, uniflorous; peduncles naked, elongate ; leaves lanceolate, strigose-pilose, entire ; little leaves of the calix ovate, acute ; petals lance- olate, very entire, discoloured, of the length of the calix; flowers small ; rays yellow, and deep orange or purple under- neath.— Grows in Florida. 10. Rudbeckia Aristata. Stem hispid ; branches elon- gate, corymbose, uniflorous; leaves lanceolate-oblong, ser- rate, hispid; disk subhemispherical ; chaff of the pappus subulate, aristate ; flowers small, deep yellow. — Grows in South Carolina. 11. Rudbeckia Radula. Stem hispid on the lower part, glabrous, and somewhat naked above; peduncles very long, uniflorous ; leaves ovate, attenuate, tuberculate, hispid ; calices imbricate; squames ovate, acuminate, ciliate. — Grows in Georgia. 12. Rudbeckia Subtomentosa. Plant slightly pubescent, subtomentose : stem branchy ; branches erect, multiflorous; leaves oblong-lanceolate, acute, subserrate ; lower leaves trilobed ; leaflets of the calix incumbent, shorter than the ray. — Grows in mountain meadow's in Virginia and Illinois. 13. Rudbeckia Columnaris. Stem strict, simple, with but few flowers on the summit ; peduncles elongate; leaves pin- natifid, cut; segments linear ; calix simple, five-leaved ; rays from five to eight; disk cylindraceous, elongate. — Grows on the Missouri. Rue. See Ruta. Rue, Goat’s. See Galega. Rue, Meadow. See Thalictrum. Rue, Wall. See Asplenium Ruta Muraria. Ruellia ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth oue- leafed, five-parted, permanent ; segments linear, acute, straight, permanent. Corolla : one-petalled, irregular, with a patulous inclined neck ; border five-cleft, spreading, blunt, with the two upper segments more reflexed. Stamina : fila- menta four, placed where the tube widens, approximating by pairs ; antherae scarcely longer than the tube. Pistil: germen roundish ; style filiform, the length of the stamina ; stigma bifid, acute; the lower segments rolled in. Pericarp: capsule round, acuminate both ways, two celled, two-valved, opening elastically by the claws ; partition contrary. Seeds: a few, roundish, compressed. Observe. In some species there is the rudimentum of a fifth stamen. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: subcampanu- late. Stamina : approximating by pairs. Capsule : opening by elastic teeth. The species are, 1. Ruellia Blechum; Hairy-leaved Thick-spiked Ruellia. Leaves ovate, serrate-toothed, somewhat hirsute; spikes ovate; inner bractes in pairs; flowers three together, sessile; seeds black. This annual plant is common in pastures and bushy places in Jamaica. — Like most of the other species, it is pro- pagated by seeds, which must be sown early in the spring in pots filled with light rich earth, and plunged into a mode- rate hot-bed ; and when the plants come up, they must be transplanted each into a separate small pot filled with rich earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, where they must be shaded from the sun until they have taken new' root; after which time they must have free air admitted to them every day in warm weather, and be constantly watered three or four times a week during the summer. If they suc- ceed well, the eighth and eleventh species will produce flowers in the following July, and perfect their seeds in August: but the roots will continue, provided they are plunged into the bark-bed in the stove, and kept in a moderate tempera- ture of heat. If the seeds be permitted to scatter, as their pods discharge them w ith a violent spring into the neighbour- ing pots, the plants will come up without care, and may be transplanted into pots filled with fresh loamy earth, and plunged into the tan-bed. 2. Ruellia Blechioides ; Smooth Thick-spiked Ruellia. Leaves oblong, somewhat toothed, smooth ; spikes ovate ; flowers longer than the bractes; stems prostrate, dichoto- mous, even, slightly four-cornered. Browne says, that this plant is pretty frequent in most dry and shady places, among the lower hills of Jamaica; that it thrives best in a gravelly soil, but seldom rises above two feet and a half in height. See the preceding species. 3. Ruellia A ngustifolia ; Narrow-leaved Ruellia. Leaves linear-lanceolate; spikes oblong; bractes ovate, hirsute. — Native of the West Indies. 4. Ruellia Strepens ; Whorl-jlowered Ruellia. Leaves petioled; peduncles three-flowered, short; root fibrous, per- ennial ; stems about a foot high. It acquired the epithet Strepens from the crashing sound which the leaves make when handled, on account of their very dry nature. Flowers axillary, two or three from the same point, sitting very close to the stalk, small, of a pale purple colour and very fuga- cious, opening early, and gone by ten or eleven in the fore- noon. They appear in July and August. — Native of Virgi- nia and Carolina. It is not a plant of long continuance, seldom lasting longer than two years; but if treated as directed under the first species, it w ill ripen seeds in the second year, and may then be easily propagated. 5. Ruellia Macrophylla ; Long-leaved Ruellia. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, acuminate, quite entire; peduncles axil- lary, elongated, two-flowered ; stem four-cornered, pubes- cent, seemingly herbaceous. — Native of the island of Santa Martha. See the first species. 6. Ruellia Patula; Spreading Ruellia. Shrubby, villose, viscid : leaves ovate, quite entire ; flowers axillary, aggregate. The whole plant is very fetid, insipid, and somew hat villose, as also is the calix. Corolla dirty flesh-colour; it emerges from the calix in the evening, is fully expanded next morning, and falls before the return of night. — Native of the East Indies. See the first species. 7. Ruellia Pallida; Pale-leaved Ruellia. Leaves petioled, ovate, wave-crenate, rugged at the edge; flowers axillary, solitary, sessile, large, and violet-coloured. — Native of the West indies. See the first species. 8. Ruellia Clandestina; Thrce-jiowered Ruellia. Leaves petioled ; peduncles long, subdivided, naked ; root perennial, composed of many fleshy fibres. — Native of Barbadoes, where it is called Snap-dragon, from the bursting of the seed- vessels. It flowers here in July and August. See the first species. 9. Ruellia Paniculata ; Panicled Ruellia. Leaves almost entire; peduncles dichotomous, divaricate, panicled; root perennial ; stems four or five feet high, much diffused ; flowers at the divisions of the stem, small, purple, of short duration. The whole herb is somewhat clammy, with glands, and has an odour approaching to that of camphor. Dr. Patrick Browne says, it is common about Spanish Town in Jamaica, and in many other parts of the low lands, where it generally blows in the months of December and January, making a very beautiful appearance among the bushes in that festive RUE OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. RUE 497 season of the year; and hence the civilized natives call it Christmas Pride. Being a weakly plant, it seldom rises above a foot or two if alone; but when supported, runs fre- quently three or four feet, and bears a great number of flowers. — Native of Jamaica, on dry hills and hedges in the southern parts. See the first species. 10. Ruellia Intrusa. Leaves petioled, ovate, hairy ; flowers in spikes, directed all one way; stem herbaceous; corolla violet-coloured, pubescent on the outside. — Native place not ascertained. 11. Ruellia Tuberosa ; Tuberous-rooted Ruellia. Leaves ovate, crenate; peduncles one flowered ; the roots are com- posed of many swelling tubers, which run deep into the ground, like those of Hemerocallis, but smaller. The flowers are produced on the side and at the end of the stalk ; those on the side have two flowers at each peduncle, which come out opposite at each joint, but those at the top sustain three. They are of a fine blue colour, but seldom last in beauty through the day. This plaut is very common in most parts of Jamaica, where it is called Menow weed. Spirit weed, and Snap-dragon ; the last name makes it probable that it has sometimes been confounded with the eighth species. It seldom exceeds twelve or sixteen inches in height. The roots (which when fresh have a little pungency, and are quite insipid when dry) are frequently used by the negroes in fevers. See the first species. 12. Ruellia Teutaculata. Leaves obovate ; whorls sur- rounded with unarmed two-forked spines. — Native of the East Indies. 13. Ruellia Ciliaris ; Ciliale-leaved Ruellia. Leaves toothed, ciliate ; flowers opposite. — Native of the East Indies, and Cochin-china. 14. Ruellia Biflora ; Two-flowered Ruellia. Flowers twin, subsessile. — Native of Carolina. 15. Ruellia Crispa ; Curl-leaved Ruellia. Leaves subcre- nate, lanceolate, ovate ; heads ovate, leafy, hispid ; stem creeping. This plant is a suffrutex, and has the appearance of Rhinanthus Crista Galli, or Yellow' Cock’s Comb. — Native of both Indies, and of China. See the first and fourth species. 16. Ruellia Fasciculata ; Aggregate-Jiowered Ruellia. Leaves petioled, oblong, toothed ; petioles winged ; flowers aggregate, terminating, and lateral; stems herbaceous, filiform, weak, decumbent, angular, with decurrent lines, alternately branched, jointed; the joints rough-haired. — Found in woody places near the hot-baths of Trincomalee, in Ceylon. 17. Ruellia Mollissiina; Soft Ruellia. Leaves petioled, broad lanceolate, quite entire, very soft; flowers in bundles. — Native of Madagascar. 18. Ruellia Undulata ; Wave-leaved Ruellia. Leaves peti- oled, oblong, waved; heads axillary, sessile; stem erect; flowers clustered in alternate heads. — Found by Koenig in the East Indies. 19. Ruellia Involucrata; Involucred Ruellia. Leaves lan- ceolate, quite entire, smooth ; heads terminating, involucred, hairy; stem upright, obscurely four-cornered by four decur- rent lines, two of the sides wider and more convex, with short branches, some alternate, others opposite; flowers imbricate, in a shortly peduncled head, the size of a hazel-nut ; calicine segments five, unequal, linear, acute. — Native of the East Indies. See the first species. 20. Ruellia Repanda ; Repand-leaved Ruellia. Leaves lanceolate, bluntly toothed, petioled; stem creeping; herb creeping. — Native of Java. 21. Ruellia Ringens ; Ringent-Jlowered Ruellia. Leaves oblong, quite entire ; flowers solitary, sessile ; stem procum- bent.— Native of the East Indies, Ceylon, and China. 22. Ruellia Antipoda. Leaves mucronate, serrate; Stem creeping; flowers subspiked, terminating in fives or threes. This has the appearance of Veronica Officinalis, or of Ver- bena Nodiflora, but is much smaller. — Native of the East Indies, China, and Cochin china. See the first species. 23. Ruellia Repens; Creeping Ruellia. Leaves lanceolate, acuminate, quite entire; flowers sessile; bractes petioled, longer than the calix ; stem creeping. — Native of the East Indies. 24. Ruellia Littoralis ; Maritime Ruellia. Shrubby, hoary : leaves wedge-form, serrate, retuse, smooth ; flowers axillary, solitary, subsessile. — Found near Madras in the East Indies, on the coast ; where it is very common after the lands have been inundated in rainy seasons. 25. Ruellia Longiflora; Tong -flowered Ruellia. Leaves ovate, quite entire; flowersaxillary, solitary, very long; stem shrubby. — Native place unknown. 26. Ruellia Ditformis. Diffused, hirsute: leaves linear; tooth-sinuate, entire; flowers in whorls, axillary. — Native of the East Indies. 27. Ruellia Barbata. Leaves lanceolate, quite entire; flowers in whorls; calices acute; bractes oblong; stem upright. — Native of the East Indies. 28. Ruellia Salicifolia. Leaves lanceolate, quite entire; flowers in whorls; calices awned; bractes lanceolate; stem upright. — Native of the East Indies. 29. Ruellia Balsamica. Erect, smooth : leaves petioled, lanceolate, serrate; whorls sessile. — Native of the East Indies; where it is very common in the rice-fields, especially when the rice-harvest is over. It has a strong smell of turpentine. See the first species. 30. Ruellia Uliginosa. Diffused, hirsute : leaves sessile, oblong, entire; spikes terminating, four-cornered. — This small plant flowers in January and February, and is very common in the rice-fields of Tranquebar. 31. Ruellia Hirta. Rough-haired : leaves oblong, petioled, serrate; spikes terminating, imbricate; stem creeping. — Na- tive of the East Indies. 32. Ruellia Pilosa. Leaves opposite, ovate, entire, ciliate; flowers terminating, solitary. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 33. Ruellia Depressa. Leaves opposite, petioled, obovate, entire; stem closely depressed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 34. Ruellia Cordifolia. Leaves cordate-ovate, sessile, tomentose, hoary beneath ; flowers subspiked ; stem shrubby; branches jointed. — Native of the East Indies. 35. Ruellia Secunda. Leaves subcordate, ovate, quite entire, villose ; racemes axillary, directed one way.— Native of the East Indies. 36. Ruellia Japonica. Leaves elliptic ; flowers in spikes ; bractes oblong, blunt. — Native of Japan. 37. Ruellia Guttata. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, rugged at the edge, and waved; spikes terminating, imbricate. — Native place unknown. 38. Ruellia Imbricata. Leaves petioled, ovate, wave- crenate, the opposite one less; spikes imbricate, directed one way ; stem suffruticose ; the flowers are white and nocturnal. — Native of Arabia Felix, the East Indies, and the Isle of France. 39. Ruellia Aristata. Leaves ovate, hoary beneath ; head terminating; calices and bractes nerved, awned ; stem shrubby. — Native of Arabia. 40. Ruellia Alopecuroidea. Leaves ovate, smooth, ob- scurely repand ; spikes terminating, hairy; stem creeping, herbaceous. — Found in Montserrat. 498 RUM THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; RUM 41. Ruellia Replans. Leaves petioled, ovate, blunt, bluntly serrate; peduncles terminating, subspiked. — Native of the Island ofTanna, in the South Seas. v 42. Ruellia Fragrans* Leaves sessile, oblong, bluntly ser- rate; flowers axillary, solitary, sessile. — Native of Otaheite. 43. Ruellia Rupestris. Stemless: leaves petioled, oblong, crenate waved ; scapes erect, manv-flowered. Doubtful whether of this genus. — Native of Hispaniola. 44. Ruellia Hybrida. Plant erect, very branchy: hairs hoary ; leaves subsessile, oblong, subacute on both sides, very rough ; bractes shorter than the calix ; segments of the calix linear, scarcely shorter than the tube of the corolla.- — Grows in sandy fields near Savannah. 45. Ruellia Ciliosa. Plant erect, branchy: leaves sub- sessile, ovate oblong; the nerves and veins ciliated with white hairs; bractes lanceolate, short; segments of the calix subulate, four times shorter than the tube of the corolla. — Grows near Savannah, Georgia. 4G. Ruellia Hemistrata. Plant somewhat glabrous, diffuse, radicant: leaves oval, obtuse; flowers subsessile; capsules linear. — Grows in Georgia and Florida. Ruizia; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Poly- andria.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth double: outer three-leaved ; leaflets ovate, concave, acute, deciduous; inner one-leafed, five-parted, permanent; segments lanceolate. Corolla: petals five, sickle-shaped towards the right, rounded at the tip, entire, flat, spreading, fastened to the pitcher of the stamina. Stamina : filamenta many, (from thirty to forty,) shorter than the corolla, united below into a pitcher, surround- ing the germen ; antherae oblong, incumbent. Pistil: ger- men globular, ten-grooved ; styles ten, short ; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsules ten, compressed, membranaceous, woody on the back, gibbous, one-celled, united into a globular umbilicate whorl. Seeds: two, roundish, three-sided, acumi- nate. Observe. It is allied to Assonia. Essential Cha RACTER. Calix: double; the exterior three-leaved ; styles ten. Capsules : ten, one-celled, two-seeded, closely cohering. • The species are, 1. Ruizia Cordata; Heart-leaved Ruizia. With cordate, lanceolate, spreading leaves. This is a branching shrub. — Native of the isle of Bourbon, where it flowers in the months of March and April. Flowers sulphur-coloured. 2. Ruizia Lobata ; Lobated Ruizia. With heart-shaped, five-lobed, crenated leaves. This is a handsome shrub, five or six feet high, with spreading and fragile branches, which, when grown very old, almost equal the thickness of a man’s thigh. The bark is grey; the flowers sulphur-coloured, and growing in umbel-like corymbs, like the first species. — Native of the isle of Bourbon, where it is found flowering in January, February, and March. 3. Ruizia Variabilis ; Variable Ruizia. With palmate and digitate leaves. This is a low spreading tree. — Native of the island of Bourbon. Rumex ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Trigynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth three-leaved; leaflets obtuse reflex, permanent. Corolla : petals three, ovate, bigger than the calix, and, like it, converging, perma- nent. Stamina: filamenta six, capillary, very short ; antherie erect, twin. Pistil: germen turbinate, three-sided; styles three, capillary, reflexed, standing out between the clefts of the converging petals; stigmas large, laciniate. Pericarp: none; corolla converging, three sided, inclosing the seed. Seed: single, three sided. Observe. The twenty-fourth spe- cies excludes one-third part of the number in all parts of the fructification except the stamina. The thirty first species, and its varieties, have the male and female flowers on the 4 separate plants. The tw'enty-seventh species has the flowers of both sexes on the same plant, with the female perianths hooked. The twenty-sixth species is polygamous. In some species a callose grain is fastened externally to the valves of the petals. Essential Character. Calix: three-leaved. Petals: three, converging. Seed : one, three-sided. The species are, * Hermaphrodites ; having the Valves marked with a grain. 1. Rumex Patientia ; Patience Dock, or Rhubarb. Flow- ers hermaphrodite ; valves quite entire, one of them grani- ferous ; leaves ovate, lanceolate; root large, dividing into many thick fibres, which run downwards ; stems from four to six feet high, dividing towards the top into several erect branches, having a few narrow leaves on them, and termi- nated by spikes of large flowers which appear in June. Native of Italy ; also of Hesse, and some other parts of Ger- many.— The herb was formerly used iu the kitchen bv the name of Patience; and also in medicine, as the twenty-sixth species. It is now wholly neglected, and very seldom found in any gardens. All the Docks rise easily from seeds, and, if introduced into a garden, will become troublesome weeds if permitted to scatter; therefore few persons care to pro- pagate any of them, except for their use in medicine or the kitchen. The seeds should be sown in autumn soon after they are ripe. When the plants come up, thin them and keep them clean. They all delight in a rich moist soil, but being very injurious to agriculture, render it necessary to ascer- tain how they may be most effectually destroyed. Mr. Curiis asserts it to be a false notion, that whilst any part of a Dock remains the plant, will grow again ; and therefore insists that the use of the docking-iron is unnecessary, but that frequent mowings effectually destroys it, and that frequent spudding would probably have the same effect, though unless it be done carefully, and at stated periods, little good is to be expected. It cannot, be denied that frequent mowing and spudding may in the end destroy Docks ; at least it will prevent one great evil, by keeping them from seeding ; but it appears equally certain that pulling up the young plants by hand after a ground rain, and using the docking-iron for old plants, or those which have been mown or spudded, which will not come up by hand, is a far more effectual remedy. Fallow deer keep down Docks by biting them close to the roots. Mr. Marshall mentions an instance ,pf a bed of Docks being destroyed by swine, or by mowing. The fact was, a large patch of Docks, as thick as they could grow upon the ground, was liable to the swinish bite, (for some hogs will greedily feed on these plants,) and what the swine left was repeatedly mown, perhaps twice or thrice in a summer, for a succes- sion of years, until they wholly vanished, as by a charm, and were succeeded by a thick sward of the finer Grasses. But perhaps the fact is, that neither the swine nor the scythe could be strictly said to have killed these Docks, which evidently died of old age. No vegetable is everlasting, and the age of perennial plants respectively has not. been ascer- tained. We may, however, take it for granted that all plants which propagate their species by seeds alone, may be sub- dued by persevering to prevent their seeding. All that we want to obtain is, their several ages, in order to calculate the difference of expense between heading them from time to time, and destroying them at once by eradication. — Docks mature their seeds rapidly and in great abundance, but having no wings tp scatter them at a distance, they fall at the foot of the plant. This renders a creeping root unnecessary. Nature’s chief care seems to have been to establish the parent plant firmly in the soil, and to guard against its destruction. To this end it is furnished with a very strong tap root; which. RUM OH, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. RUM if divided below the crown, sends forth sapling shoots from the part left in the ground, and this from almost any depth, provided it have head-room and the soil be loose. The upper part too, if cut a few inches deep, will survive the amputa- tion. Even when inverted by the plough, it will recoil, and find its way to the surface again. Hence land much infested with Docks should be gone over with the drawing or docking iron some time before the plough be put to it, that the tops may be removed, and the rootlets left in the ground may have time to rot before the land be ploughed. With this precau- tion, and with a person to follow the plough with a spadelet, to grub up the bottoms, and disengage the tops of such as may have escaped the previous weeding, the roots may be extirpated with great certainty. The seeds are to be de- stroyed by the plough, the harrow, and the roller; but the intervals between the ploughings should be short, for if they once establish themselves in the soil, except in favourable seasons, it is impossible to extirpate them. These weeds are sometimes sown upon the land with corn, and frequently with Clover. From corn and pulse the seed may be separated by the screen, and still more effectually by the sieve ; but from Clover seed, the seed of Docks cannot easily be separated, being nearly of the same size aud weight. Singular caution should therefore be had in purchasing Clover seed; and the growers of Clover should be especially assiduous in clearing their seed Clover from this pernicious weed. To suffer a Dock which has ripened its seed to be thrashed with seed Clover, is an unpardonable neglect, almost amounting to an actual crime. 2. Rumex Sanguinea; Bloody-veined Dock, or Bloodwort. Flowers hermaphrodite; valves quite entire, oblong, one chiefly graniferous; leaves cordate, lanceolate; root fusiform; stem upright, branched, angular, leafy, smooth. The veins and petioles of the leaf abound in a blood-coloured juice. The variety called the Green veined Dock, which is so com- mon in shady places, only differs in the colour of the veins. Hill says, that the roots of this plant are of an astringent nature, and may be given either in decoction or powder, against the bloody and other fluxes ; also in spitting of blood, immoderate menses, and floor albus. — This plant is said to be a native of Virginia. It was first found in England in the woody places about Hampstead, and has been since observed about Maidstone; on Headington Hill near Oxford; at Lowestoft in Suffolk ; about Bristol ; and near Harefidd in Middlesex. See the preceding species. 8. Rumex Spathulatus ; Spatula-leaved Dock. Leaves obovate, obtuse ; valves graniferous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Rumex Verticillatus ; Whorl-flowered Dock. Flowers hermaphrodite; valves quite entire, all graniferous; leaves lanceolate; sheaths cylindrical; — Native of Virginia. See the first species. 5. Rumex Brittanica ; Virginian Dock. Flowers hermaph- rodite; valves quite entire, all graniferous; leaves lanceolate; sheaths obsolete. The root is black or yellow on the outside, and saffron-coloured within. — Native of Virginia. See the first species. (i. Rumex Crispus ; Curled Dock. Flowers hermaphro- dite; valves ovate, entire, all graniferous ; leaves lanceolate, waved, acute ; root fusiform, yellow ; stem angular, grooved, smoothish. This is the pest of the Clover fields in Norfolk, in some of which it has been known to constitute half the crop. It is distinguished by its yellow root, waved leaves, and large seed-coverings. The fresh roots bruised, and made into an ointment or a decoction, cure the itch. The seeds have also been successfully given in dysentery. — Native of ; 107. Europe, Siberia, Cochin-china; found in every soil and situ- ation. See the first species. 7. Rumex Fersicarioides ; Arsesmart-leaved Dock. Flow- ers hermaphrodite; valves toothed, awl-shaped at the tip, all graniferous ; leaves lanceolate. — Native of Virginia. See the first species. 8. Rumex iEgypticus; Egyptian Dock. Flowers her- maphrodite; valves trifid, setaceous, one graniferous; leaves oblong.:— Native of Egypt. 9. Rumex Dentatus ; Dentated Dock. Flowers hermaph- rodite; valves toothed, lanceolate at the tip, all graniferous;- leaves lanceolate. — Native of Egypt. See the first species. 10. Rumex Acutus ; Sharp-leaved Dock. Flowers her- maphrodite ; valves oblong, somewhat toothed, all grani- ferous; leaves cordate, oblong, acuminate; racemes leafy; root perennial ; stem angular, grooved, smooth, rather flex- uose. — Native of Europe, in woods, hedges, by road-sides, in watery places, and marshes. There is a variety which is more twisted, the whorls are more frequent and denser, and the leaflets under the whorls shorter. It is common in moist places. See the first species. 11. Rumex Obtusifolius ; Blunt-leaved Dock. Flowers hermaphrodite;, valves toothed, one chiefly graniferous; root- leaves cordate, blunt; stem somewhat rugged. This is sub- ject to as little variety as any of the species ; its broad root- leaves readily distinguish it, and these, though they may differ somewhat in size, vary little in shape ; in general the younger the plant, the more obtuse are its radical leaves. Of all the English Docks, this is one of the most common ; and may be considered as a very pernicious weed, being very large and spreading, and refused by cattle in general. The leaves were formerly much used for wrapping up butter, from which it obtained the name of Butter Dock. — Native of Europe, in all sorts of cultivated ground ; among rubbish in farm-yards and courts ; by the side of ditches and paths : flowering in July and August. See the first species. 12. Rumex Pulcher; Fiddle Dock. Flowers hermaphro- dite ; valves toothed, one chiefly graniferous ; root-leaves viol-shaped; stem smooth, divaricate; root-leaves blunt, situ- ated in the middle on both sides, so as to resemble the body of a violin, whence its English name. — Native of Italy. 13. Rumex Maritimus ; Golden Dock. Flowers hermaph- rodite; valves deltoid, setaceous-toothed, graniferous; leaves linear ; whorls clustered ; root perennial, consisting of twisted fibres as in winter plants. — Native of the several parts of Europe, in marshes, especially on the sea-coast. See the first species. 14. Rumex Falustris ; Yelloiv Marsh Dock. Flowers hermaphrodite; valves lanceolate, graniferous, toothed at the base; leaves linear*, lanceolate; whorls distant; root taper- ing, reddish brown on the outside, bright red within. The most striking character of this plant, when in flower or seed, is the number and narrowness of the leaves on its branches; when viewed more closely, we are struck with the number and length of the teeth on the edges of the seed-valves, which valves are frequently, though not always, of a yellowish colour, and furnished with remarkably large and long grains: if any doubt remain respecting the species, the root, on being cut across, exhibits a beautiful red colour equal to any car- mine. It flowers in July, August, and September, and is one of the species least noxious to the farmer. Its natural situa- tion is a moist one, as on the edges of wet ditches and rivulets ; but it is not unfrequent in pastures or drier ground. In the former it will grow to the height of three or four feet ; having root-leaves a foot long, and three inches broad ; in the latt’er it ! seldom grows more than a foot high, with root-leaves about 6 L 500 RUM THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; RUM six inches long, and one inch, or somewhat more, broad. This species is common about London, and is found in many parts of England. See the first species. 15. Rumex Crispatulus. Plant hermaphrodite : little valves obtusely heart-shaped, cristated on both sides, trident- ated, one naked, two unequally grauiferous ; spikes aphil- lous ; lower leaves oval ; upper leaves lanceolate ; all the leaves undulated. — A native of Kentucky. ** Hermaphrodites ; having the valves destitute of a grain, or naked. Hi. Rumex Aquaticus ; Water Dock. Flowers hermaph- rodite; valves ovate, entire, naked; according to Smith, obsoletely graminiferous ; leaves cordate-lanceolate, acute ; root large, striking deep in the mud, and sending out leaves three feet long, and four inches broad in the middle. — Native of Europe, in ditches, pools, and on the banks of streams. The leaves, which manifest considerable acidity, are said to possess a laxative quality, and have therefore been used to obviate costiveness. The roots have been much employed both externally and internally for the cure of scurvy, espe- cially when the gums are spongy and bleed. It is also recom- mended in cutaneous irruptions, and in visceral obstructions, though many physicians think it does not peculiarly differ from other astringents. It is, however, admitted by most medical men, that a decoction of the root is of great efficacy, either used externally as a wash for putrid spongy gums, or taken inwardly in that and other scorbutic disorders. It is likewise serviceable in the rheumatism, and in lingering complaints arising from obstructions in the viscera. The powdered root is an excellent thing to clean the teeth with, and may be freely used without endangering the enamel. 17. Rumex Bucephalophorus ; Basil-leaved Dock. Flowers hermaphrodite ; valves toothed, naked ; pedicels fiat, reflexed, incrassated ; root conical, yellow', fibrous. — Found in various parts of Spain; flowering in May and June. This plant grows freely from seeds sow n in a bed of light earth in the spring, and kept perfectly free from weeds. 18. Rumex Lunaria ; Tree Sorrel. Flowers hermaphro- dite; valves even; leaves subcordate ; stem suberous. The flowers come out in loose panicles towards the ends of the branches ; they are of an herbaceous colour, and sometimes succeeded by triangular seeds within smooth covers ; but the seeds rarely ripen in England.— This is easily propagated by cuttings planted during any of the summer months, in a bed of loamy earth, and shaded from the sun until they have taken root. Then take them upaud plant them in pots filled with kitchen-garden earth, placing them in the shade till they have taken new root; after which move them to a sheltered situation with other hardy green-house plants till autumn, when they must be removed into the green house, and treated in the same way as other plants requiring protection from frost. — Native of the Canaries. 19. Rumex Vesicarius ; Bladder Dock, ox Sorrel. Flow- ers hermaphrodite, geminate ; all the valves very large, membranaceous, reflexed; leaves undivided. — Native of the Canary Islands. See the first species. 20. Rumex Roseus ; Rose Dock. Flowers hermaphrodite, distinct; the wing of one of the valves very large, membra- naceous, netted ; leaves gtiawn. Annual. — Native of Egypt and Barbary. 21. Rumex Tingitanus ; Tangier Dock. Flowers her- maphrodite, distinct; valves cordate, blunt, quite entire; leaves hastate, ovate ; root perennial ; flowers in clustered w horls, nodding. — Native of Spain and Barbary. 22. Rumex Scutatus; French Sorrel. Flowers hermaph- rodite; leaves cordate-hastate; stem round; root hard, fibrous, perennial. This has a more grateful acid than Com- mon Sorrel, and is therefore preferred for kitchen use, in soups, especially by the French. Native of Germany, Swit- zerland, Italy, the south of France, and Barbary. This is a great runner at the root, by which it is easily propagated. The roots should be planted at the distance of two square feet at least. It will agree better with an open situation than the common sort. If the flowers, stems, and rambling branches, be cut off in the beginning of July, the roots will soon put out new leaves, which will be tender and much better for kitchen use than the older leaves; so that by cut- ting down the shoots of some plants at different times, there will always be a supply of young leaves. 23. Rumex Nervosus; Nerve-leaved Dock. Flowers her- maphrodite ; valves quite entire, naked ; leaves oblong, three-nerved; stem suffruticose. 24. Rumex Digynus ; Mountain Dock, or Sorrel. Flowers hermaphrodite, tw'o-styled ; valves ovate, entire. — Native of the mountains of Lapland, England, Wales, Scotland, Swit- zerland, Silesia, Dauphiny, Piedmont, and Siberia. Found in Westmoreland and Cumberland; in Yorkshire; also upon Snowden in North Wales ; also upon rocks by the sides of rivulets, which fall down from the highland mountains of Scotland; and in the isles of Rum and Skye. It requires a moist soil in a northern border. 25. Rumex Lanceolatus ; Lance-leaved Dock. Leaves lanceolate, reflex, margined; stem angular. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. *** With declinous, or male and female Flowers, separate. 20. Rumex Alpinus; Alpine Dock, or Monk’s Rhubarb. Flowers barren, hermaphrodite and female ; valves quite entire, naked ; leaves cordate, obtuse, wrinkled. This plant obtains its name from having been formerly used for tire same purposes as the true Rhubarb ; has a very large peren- nial or biennial root, three or four inches in thickness, branched, woody, yellow within, running horizontally. It has the air, stature, and size of Rhubarb, with nearly the same qualities in a less degree, so that a double dose must be taken to produce the same effects. — Native of France, Switzerland, Silesia, Piedmont, and Siberia. This is as hardy as the Common Sorrel, and may be increased either by planting the seeds or parting the roots. The plants ought to be at least a foot distance from each other, especially in good ground. The leaves are large and succulent, and, having a pleasant acid taste, are very suitable for kitchen use. 27. Rumex Spinosus ; Prickly-seeded Dock. Flowers androgynous ; female calices one-leafed ; outer valves reflexed J and hooked. It is an annual plant. — Native of the island of Candia or Crete. 28. Rumex Tuberosus ; Tuberous-rooted Dock. Flowers dicecous ; leaves lanceolate, sagittate ; hooks spreading. — Native of Italy. 29. Rumex Multifidus; Mult ifi d-leaved Dock, or Sorrel, j Flowers dicecous; leaves hastate, with the earlets palmate. — Native of the mountains of Calabria, Tuscany, and the j Levant. 30. Rumex Thyrsoides ; Thyrse-like Dock, or Sorrel. Flowers dicecous ; panicle contracted in manner of a thyrse; ^ leaves hastate. — Native of Barbary. 31. Rumex Acetosa; Common Sorrel. Flowers dicecous; t(- valves graniferous ; leaves oblong, sagittate; root perennial, t running deep into the ground ; stem mostly simple, erect, ij round, deeply striated, leafy, from one to two feet high. The root is astringent; and the whole herb acid, with a con- ; I siderable degree of pleasant and wholesome astringency. R U P OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. R U S 501 Taken in considerable quantity, it is said to be of important advantage where a refrigerant and antiscorbutic regimen is required. The leaves are eaten in sauces and salads. The Laplanders use them to turn their milk sour. In France it is cultivated for the use of the table, being introduced in soups, ragouts, fricassees, &c. In some parts of Ireland they eat the leaves plentifully with milk, also with fish and other alkalescent food. The dried root affords a beautiful red colour when boiled. All domestic cattle will eat the plant. It is common in meadows and pastures in the greater part of Europe, in almost all soils and situations ; flowering early in June. The variety called Great Mountain Sorrel grows larger, but preserves its difference. It is found upon the Alps, and has been seen in Wales. It is commonly cul- tivated in gardens, where, though small in the fields, it will produce fair large flowers. — Sow the seeds early in the spring in a shady moist border; and if the plants be afterwards removed into another shady border at the distance of four or six inches square, they will produce larger leaves, and con- tinue longer. 32. R umex Acetosella ; Sheep’s Sorrel. Flowers dioecous; valves grainless leaves lanceolate, hastate. This is only half the size of the preceding species ; root creeping, peren- nial.— Native of Europe, in dry, gravelly, and sandy pas- tures, banks and fallows, gravel walks, &c. 33. Rumex Aculeatus ; Prickly Dock, or Candia Sorrel. Flowers dioecous ; fruits reflexed ; valves ciliate; leaves lan- ceolate, petioled. — Native of Candia. 34. Rumex Luxurians; Luxuriant Dock, ox Buckwheat- leaved Sorrel . Flowers dioecous; outer valves awl-shaped; inner orbicular; leaves cordate-hastate; stems angular, dif- fused.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 35. Rumex Arifolius; Halbert-leaved Dock. Fhnvers dioecous; all the leaves petioled, hastate, with simple diva- ricate earlets ; stem upright. — Native of Africa. It becomes six feet high when cultivated in the open ground. 36. Rumex Bipinnatus ; Bipinnate-leaved Dock. Flowers dioecous; leaves bipinnate; root perennial. — Native of Mo- rocco. 37. Rumex Hostilis. Flow'ers dioecous; valves naked; stem prickly. — Native of Cochin-china. Rumphia ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, trifid, erect, flat. Corolla: petals three, oblong, obtuse, equal. Stamina: filamenta three, awl-shaped, the length of the corolla; antherae small. Pistil: germen roundish ; style awl-shaped, the length of the stamina ; stigma three-cornered. Pericarp: drupe coriaceous, turbinate, three-grooved. Seed: nut ovate, entire, three-celled. Essential Character. Calix: three-cleft. Petals: three. Drupe: three-celled. The only known species is, 1. Rumphia Amboinensis. Leaves alternate, petioled, cordate, acute, toothletted, rugged ; racemes axillary. This is a lofty tree, with an ash-coloured bark. — Native of the East Indies. Rupala; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: petals four, oblong, narrow at the base, blunt, concave above, convex beneath, deciduous. Stamina : filamenta four, very short, inserted into the petals ; antherae oblong, obtuse ; when the flower is elosed, concealed in the cavity of the petal; when the corolla is expanded, erect. Pistil: germen roundish, surrounded at the base with glands ; style filiform; stigma subovate. Pericarp: one-celled. Seed: one. Essential Character. Calix: none. Petals: four, cohering at the base. Stamina: inserted into the 6 middle of the petals. Pericarp: one-celled, one-seeded. The species are, 1. Rupala Montand. Leaves ovate, petioled; branches rouud, smooth, with a brown bark, scarred from the fall of the leaves and peduncles, tuberded, leafless.— Native of Cayenne. 2. Rupala Sessilifolia. Leaves cuneate-oblong, sessile. — Native of Cayenne. Rtippia ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Tetra- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: spathe besides the sheaths of the leaves, scarcely any; spadix subulate, quite simple, straight, when the fruit ripens curved imvards, fenced in a double row by the fructifications. Perianth : none. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta none; antherae four, sessile, equal, roundish, subdidymous. Pistil: ger- mina four or five, subovate, converging; style none; stigmas blunt. Pericarp: none. The seeds are placed each on its peculiar filiform pedicel, the length of the fruit. Seeds: four or five, ovate, oblique, terminated by a flat orbicular stigma. Observe. According to Micheli and Dillenius, the male parts are far removed from the females, and these are placed in distinct filiform spadices. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: none. Corolla: none. Seeds: four, pedicelled. The species are, 1. Ruppia Maritima ; Sea Ruppia, or Tassel Pondweed. Leaves scarcely distich, rather alternate, very long and slen- der, pointed. The spike emerges from the water, and therefore the peduncle or flower-stalk is of very different lengths, according to the depth of the water. — Native of several parts of Europe, in salt-water ditches. In Great Britain, it has been found between Malden and Goldhanger in Essex; in the isle of Shepey; near Yarmouth ; near the mouth of the Tees; in Cornwall; and in Scotland at Glen- Elgin in Inverness-shire. It flowers in July. Rupture Wort. See Herniaria. Rtiscus; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Syngenesia. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth six- leaved, from erect spreading; leaflets ovate, convex, with the lateral margin reflexed. Corolla: petals none, unless the alternate calix-leaves be called so ; nectary central, ovate, the size of the calix, inflated, erect, coloured, perforated at the top. Stamina: filamenta none; antherm three, spread- ing, placed on the top of the nectary, itself united at the base. Female. Calix: perianth as in the male. Corolla: petals as in the male; nectary as in the male. Pistil: ger- men oblong-ovate, concealed within the nectary ; style cylin- dric, the length of the nectary; stigma obtuse, prominent beyond the mouth of the nectary. Pericarp: berry globular, three-celled. Seeds: two, globular. Observe. There is a species with hermaphrodite flowers, in which the calix is globular, with the mouth six-cleft only. The fifth species has hermaphrodite flowers. This genus has great affinity to Asparagus and Medeola. Essential Character. Calix: six-leaved. Corolla: none. Nectary: central, ovate, per- forated at the top. Female. Style: one. Berry: three- seeded. Seeds: two. The species are, 1. Ruscus Aculeatus; Prickly Butcher's Broom, Knee Holly, Hulm, Holm, or Hulver. Leaves ovate, mucronate, pungent, above floriferous, naked; branches stiff; roots thick, white, twining about each other, putting out frequent fibres like those of Asparagus, oblique, striking deep in the ground ; stem suffruticose, tough, stiff, green, round, striated, from eighteen inches to three feet in height, sending out from the side many short branches. The female flowers are suc- ceeded by berries, which are red, bigger than those of Aspa- ragus, and almost as large as some Cherries, of a sweetish 002 R U S THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL RUT taste, having two large orange-coloured seeds in each, gibbous on one side, flat on the other, and extremely hard. The flowers come out in March and April, and the seeds ripen in winter. — The root has a bitterish taste, and was formerly much recommended as an aperient and diuretic, in dropsies, urinary obstructions, and nephritic cases. Riverius relates a case of dropsy, successfully treated by a decoction of the roofs. Bauhin and others give strong cases of its effects in dropsy. The young shoots, in the spring, are sometimes gathered and eaten by the poor, like those of Asparagus; and the branches, with the ripe fruit on them, were formerly stuck up in sand, with the stalks of Male Peony, and Wild Iris, or Gladwyn, full of their ripe seeds, which altogether made a show in rooms during winter. When planted under trees or shrubs it will spread into large clumps ; and as it retains its leaves all the winter, will have a good effect. The green shoots of this plant are cut, bound into bundles, and sold to the butchers for sweeping their blocks; whence its principal English name. It is very frequently made into besoms in Italy, where the hucksters place the boughs round their bacon and cheese, to defend them from the mice. — Native of Europe, but not so far north as Sweden; also of Asia and Africa. In England, it is not uncommon in Woods, thickets, and hedges; it has been observed at Black Nolley in Essex; in the woods of Berkshire; in Helhel woods, near Norwich; near Lowestoft, in Suffolk ; near Stony Cross in the New Forest, Hampshire; at Anglesey Abbey, in Cambridgeshire ; between Caversham and Maple, Durham ; in Oxfordshire, and in the woods of that county; near Feversham, in Kent; on the heaths about Woolwich; about Harefield, in Middle- sex; on Hampstead Heath; and at Norwood, in Surry. There is a variety with two single leaves, which are larger than in the species. This, with the next species, and also the third and fifth species, being very hardy, and thriving in almost any soil and situation, are very proper for planting round the verges of close woods, or under large trees in wilderness quarters; and as they are always green, make a good appearance in winter after the deciduous trees have cast their leaves. They are easily increased by parting their roots in autumn ; but when this i$ performed, if they are divided into small parts, it will weaken them so, that they will make little figure, until they have had two or three years’ growth. They may also be propagated by the seeds; but that being tedious, is seldom attempted. 2. Ruscus Hypophyllurn; Broad-leaved Butcher s Broom. Leaves floriferous, underneath naked. The roots have large knotty heads, with long thick fibres, like those of the pre- ceding sort. It flowers in May and June. — Native of Italy and Africa. See the preceding species. 3. Ruscus Hypoglossum; Double-leaved Butcher’s Broom. Leaves floriferous underneath, beneath the leaflet; root like the preceding ; stems about ten inches high; the flowers are of a pale yellow colour; the berries are almost as large as those of the first sort; they are red, and ripen in winter. It flowers in April and May.— Native of Italy, Idria, Hungary, and Africa, in the neighbourhood of Algiers. See the first species. 4. Ruscus Androgynous; Climbing Butcher's Broom. Leaves floriferous at the edge. This differs from the other species, in having androgynous flowers divided into six equal segments to the bottom, but falling off in one piece, and arising from the edge, and not the disk of the leaf. Native of the Canaries.— It flowers most part of the summer, and bein" tender, must be planted in pots filled with fresh earth, and in winter removed into the green house, and placed where it may have free air in mild weather, for it only requires to be screened from frost, and in summer must be set abroad with other hardy green-house plants. With this management the plants will send forth stems six or eight feet high, fur- nished with leaves from bottom to top, and in June will be closely set with flowers upon their edges, which make a very beautiful and singular appearance, and entitle it to a place in every good collection of plants. This is also propagated by parting the roots as the former, which should not be done very often ; because if the roots are not permitted to remain some time to get strength, they will produce but weak shoots, and very few flowers; and in the strength of their shoots, and the number of their flowers, their principal beauty con- sists. This species may also be propagated from seeds ; but the seeds commonly lie in the ground a year before the plants come up, so they should be sown in pots filled with fresh earth, and placed under a hot-bed frame in winter, to screen the seeds from the frost, and in the following spring the plants will appear. 5. Ruscus Racemosus; Alexandrian Laurel. Raceme terminating, hermaphrodite; stalks slender and much more pliable, they rise about four feet high. This most elegant shrub should appear in the front of all ornamental plantations. This is one of the plants supposed to have been used by the ancients to crown their conquering generals, and the victors at the public games. The stalks being very pliable, might readily answer the purpose, and the leaves bear some resem- blance to those represented on ancient busts ; but the same story has been told of the second species, before this became so well known ; and the best antiquarians think there is no foundation for the opinion. See Laurus Aobilis; also the first species, for its propagation and culture. Rush. See Juncus. Rush, Flowering. See Butomus. Rush, Sweet. See Acorus and Andropogon. Russelia: a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- sperinia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- leaved, permanent ; leaflets ovate, concave, acuminate, small, erect. Corolla: one-petalled ; tube cylindric, compressed a little, erect, very long, internally under the lower lip hairy; border two-lipped; upper lip roundish, flat, emarginate, spreading, with the tip reflexed ; lower lip trifid ; segments oblong, obtuse, flat, spreading very much, a little longer than the upper. Stamina: filameuta four, filiform, erect, a little shorter than the tube, two of them longer; antherac ovate. Pistil: germen ovate; style filiform, erect, the length of the shorter stamina ; stigma globular. Pericarp: capsule round- ish, pointed by part of the style, which is permanent, one- celled, two-valved, the length of the calix. Seeds: numerous, very small. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved, setaceous at the end. Corolla: tube very long, hairy at the throat; border two-lipped ; lower lip trifid; capsule acumi- nate, one-celled, two-valved, manv-seeded. The only spe- cies discovered is, 1. Russelia Sarmentosa. Leaves ovate, serrate, acute, somewhat hirsute on the upper surface and at the edge, smooth on the under surface, on very short petioles, opposite, an inch long, and placed at two or three inches’ distance from each other; flowers handsome, of a fine red colour, but without scent, almost an inch over.— Found in close coppices and woods at the Havannah. Ruta; a genus of the class Decandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-parted, short, permanent. Corolla: petals five, spreading, subovate, concave, with narrow claws. Stamina: filameuta ten, awl- shaped, spreading, the length of the corolla, widish at the base; antherae erect, very short. Pistil: germen gibbous. RUT OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. R U Y 503 inscribed with a cross, surrounded at the base by ten honey dots, raised on a receptacle, punctured with ten honey pores; style erect, awl-shaped ; stigma simple. Pericarp : capsule gibbous, five-lobed, half five-cleft, five-celled, opening into five parts between the tips. Seeds: very many, rugged, reni- form, angular. Observe. The first species, in all the flowers except the primary one, loses a fifth part of the number in every part of the fructification, and has the petals ciliate at the base. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Petals: concave. Receptacle: surrounded by ten honey dots. Capsule: lobed. The species are, 1. Ruta Graveoiens ; Common Rue. Leaves superdecom- pound ; leaflets oblong, the end one obovate; petals quite entire ; root woody, branched ; stems frutesceut, covered with a rugged, gray, striated bark, eighteen inches high and more; branches, especially the young ones, smooth, and pale green. — Native of the south of Europe, and flowering from June to September. It was much used by the ancients. Hippocrates recommends it as a resolvent and diuretic, and attributes to it the power of resisting contagions and poisons, which is now very little credited, though so highly extolled by Boerhaave. It is unquestionably a powerful stimulant, and may be considered, like other medicines of the fetid kind, as having attenuating, deobstruent, and antispasmodic powers ; and as peculiarly adapted to phlegmatic habits, or weak and hysterical constitutions, suffering from retarded or obstructed secretions. The whole plant has a strong, and rather disagreeable smell ; if the leaves are rubbed on the skin, they inflame the part, aud some people make use of them in this manner to cure the head-ache. The tops of the young shoots contain the greatest virtues of any part of the plant. An infusion of them may be taken in the manner of tea, or they may be beaten into a conserve with three times their weight of sugar, and taken in that form. The infusion is good in feverish complaints; it raises the spirits, promotes perspiration, and expels the matter which occasions the disease. The conserve is good against the head-ache, nervous and hysteric disorders, weakness of the stomach, and pains in the bowels. It is likewise serviceable in suppressions of the menses, and the disorders occasioned thereby, and, taken for a considerable time, has been found beneficial to those troubled with the epilepsy, or falling sickness. The ex- pressed juice, taken in small quantities, is a remedy for that troublesome nervous complaint, the night-mare. It is a good thing to snuff up the nose for such as are obliged to go among putrid and contagious disorders. — All the plants of this genus may be propagated either by sowing their seeds, or by plant- ing slips or cuttings; both of which may be done in the spring. The manner of propagating them from cuttings, being the same as for Lavender, Stoecbas, and other hardy aromatic plants, need not be here repeated ; and if they are propagated by seeds, there needs no further care but to dig a bed of fresh earth in the spring, making it level; then to sow the seed thereon, and rake the ground smooth; after which, keep the beds clear from weeds, until the plants are come up about two inches high, when they should be trans planted out into fresh beds, where they may remain for use. It was formerly used to plant for edgings on the side of borders ; but it was by no means proper for this, for the plants shoot so vigorously, that there is no keeping them within the bounds of an edging: besides, when they are kept closely sheared, they appear to be very ragged and stumpy, and their roots spread so far as to exhaust the goodness of the soil, so that the other plants are deprived of their nourishment ; which has caused it to be wholly neglected for this purpose, so that at present it is cultivated for medicinal 108. use, or to furnish the balconies for the citizens in the spring, especially that with a variegated leaf. All the sorts of Rue will live much longer, and are less liable to be injured by frost in winter, when they grow in a poor dry rubbishy soil, than in good ground ; for in rich moist land the plants grow very vigorously in summer, and are so replete with moisture, that a small frost will kill their tender shoots ; whereas, in a poor dry ground, or when they grow upon old walls, their growth will not be great, but their shoots will be hard and compact, and thus more able to resist the cold. 2. Ruta Montana; Mountain Rue. Leaves superdecom- pound ; all the leaflets linear; petals quite entire; the flowers grow at the ends of the branches in loose spikes, which are generally reflexed. It flowers in August and September. Native of the south of Europe, and Barbary. — This and the next species are tenderer than the common sort, so require shelter in winter; but the next species will endure our ordi- nary winters very well in the open air, especially if it be planted on a dry soil. 3. Ruta Chalepensis ; African Rue. Leaves superdecom- pound, oblong, the end one obovate; petals ciliate-toothed. This is very like the first species ; petals hollowed like the bowl of a spoon, w ith great flatted hairs, like the eye lashes, round them. They smell insupportably strong. — Linneus having observed that the Rue moves one of its stamina every day to the pistil, Dr. Smith examined this species, which differs very little from the Common Rue, and found many of the stamina in the position which he describes, holding their anther® over the stigma ; while those which had not yet come to the stigma were lying back upon the petals, as well as those which, having already performed their ofiice, had returned to their original situation. Trying with a quill to stimulate the stamina, he found them all quite destitute of irritability: they are stout, strong, conical bodies, and cannot without breaking be forced out of their natural posi- tion. The same phenomenon has been observed in several other flowers ; but it is no where more striking, or more easily examined than in the Rue. It flowers from Juue to Septem- ber.— Native of Africa, and of the East Indies. 4. Ruta Pinnata ; Wing-leaved Rue. Leaves pinnate; leaflets lanceolate, attenuated at the base, serrate-crenate ; petals quite entire. It flowers in March. — Native of the Canary Islands. 5. Ruta Patavina; Three-leaved Rue. Leaves ternate, sessile, linear, quite entire, attenuated at the base. The stalk rises singly from the root, is about a foot high, and herbaceous. Discovered in Italy near Padua. — This is pro- pagated by seeds sown in autumn soon after they are ripe. The plants will come up in the following spring. Whereas when the seeds are sown in the spring, the plants seldom rise in the same year. On poor ground, or among rubbish, in a warm situation, it will live in the open air without covering ; but in winter is often killed in rich ground. 6. Ruta I.inifolia ; Flax-leaved Rue. Leaves simple, lan- ceolate, smooth; filamenta ciliate ; stem simple, herbaceous. — Native of Spain and Tunis. This will live through the winter in the open air, on a poor dry soil, and will perfect seeds the second year; but as it is of short duration, young plants should be raised annually to keep up a succession. 7. Ruta Fruticulosa; Shrubby Rue. Leaves simple, linear, spatulate, pubescent ; filamenta woolly ; stem branched, shrubby. The flowers are only half the size of those of the preceding species. — Native of Syria, near Damascus. Ruyschia; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- leaved, permanent; leaflets roundish, concave, blunt, con- G M 504 SAC THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAC verging, imbricate, augmented at the base by a three-leaved | involucre ; one leaflet bent down, difform. Corolla : petals tive, ovate, flatfish, blunt, reflexed, three times as long as the calix. Stamina: filamenta five, awl shaped, flat, patu- lous, shorter than the petals; anther® oblong, incumbent. Pistil: germen ovate, roundish; sty’e none; stigma quad- rangular, cruciform, flat. Pericarp: berry four-celled? Seeds: many. Observe. Aublet remarks, that the stigma is five-rayed, and the pericarp five-celled ; according to Swartz, it is two-celled, many-seeded. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: five-leaved. Corolla: five-petalled, re- flexed ; style none ; berry many-seeded. The species are, 1. Ruyschia Clusirefolia. Leaves obovate, obtuse, veinless. This is a parasitical undershrub; petals purple, deciduous. — Native of Martinico, in the vast moist woods; flowering in April. 2. Ruyschia Surubea. Leaves obovate, obtuse, mucronate, veined ; stem sarmentose, round, with long, divaricate, flex- ile, declining, round, fragile branches; racemes terminating, simple, long, many-flowered.— Native of the woods in Guiana by the river Gallion. Ryania ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, permanent, five-leaved ; leaflets lanceolate, attenuated, spreading very finely, nerved, coloured. Corolla: none; SAC SACCHARUM ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: glume two- valved, one-flowered ; valves oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, erect, concave, equal, awnless, surrounded with a long lanugo at the base. Corolla : two-valved, shorter, sharpish, very slender; nectary two-leaved, very small. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary, the length of the corolla; antherae somewhat oblong. Pistil: germen oblong ; styles two, feathered ; stigmas plumose. Pericarp: none. Corolla: in- vests the seeds. Seed: single, oblong. Observe. In this genus, the wool is without the calix ; in Arundo, it is with it. Essential Character. Calix: two-valved, involucred, with a long lanugo. Corolla: two-valved. The species are, 1. Saccharum Teneriff® ; Teneriffe Sugar Cane. Leaves awl-shaped, flat; flowers panicled, awnless, hairy; involucre none; calix very villose. This Grass is a foot high and more; culm jointed, with the joints approximating, leafed. — Native of the Island of Teneriffe. 2. Saccharum Spontaneum ; Wild Sugar Cane. Leaves convolute; panicle effused ; spikes capillary, simple; flowers remote, involucred, germinate, one of them peduncled ; culm twelve feet high, but not at all arborescent, the thickness of a goose-quill, even, covered by the sheaths of the leaves, hollow. — Native of Malabar, in watery places ; and found in the Society Isles, common in the marshes and wet places : it creeps at the root, and thus diffuses itself far and wide, especially near rocks. 3. Saccharum Japonicum ; Japan Sugar Cane. Racemes in bundles ; petals ciliate, the outer ones awned ; culm six feet high : there is a variety of this, which is only three feet high. — Both are natives of Japan. 4. Saccharum Officinarum ; Common Sugar Cane. Flow- ers panicled ; leaves flat ; root jointed, sending forth four or nectary between the germen and stamina, pitcher-shaped, very' villose, the height of the germen. Stamina : filamenta numerous, (sixty,) in a double row, a little shorter than the calix, awl-shaped, having few hairs scattered at the base, in other parts smooth ; antherae erect, awl-shaped, three times shorter than the filamenta, torulose, mucronate, smooth, after the pollen is discharged waved above the edge. Pistil : germen ovate, very villose; style smooth, the length of the stamina; stigmas four, convex. Pericarp: berry suberous, elliptic, spheroid, brown, scrobicular ; receptacles five, formed out of the sides of the berry, suberous, oblong, attenu- ated both ways, having minute tubercles scattered over them in transverse rows. Seeds: abundant, ovate, subglobular, having a few minute hairs scattered over them, browned, arilled ; aril incomplete, covering the base and belly of the seed, membranaceous, three-winged, and the wings doubled. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved, permanent, coloured. Corolla: none. Stigmas: four; berry suberous, one-celled, many-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Ryania Speciosa. Leaves alternate, a span long, elliptic or oblong, acuminate, smooth on both sides, obliquely nerved, quite entire; the midrib underneath mealy ; the nerves raised, and between these very flue, frequent, simple, transverse veins. — Found in the island of Trinidad. Rye. See Secale. Rye-Grass. See Hordeum, and Lolium. SAC more shoots proportionable to the age or strength of the root, and the goodness of the ground. The height is generally eight or ten feet, and in moist rich soil has been observed nearly twenty feet, but the latter canes were not so good as those of middling growth. The Sugar Cane is jointed, and the joints are more or less distant, in proportion to the qua- lity of the soil. A leaf is placed at each joint, and the base of it embraces the stalk to the next joint above its insertion, before it expands ; from thence to the point it is three or four feet in length, according to the vigour of the plant. There is a deep whitish furrow, or hollowed midrib, which is broad and prominent on the under side ; the edges are thin, and armed with small sharp teeth, which are scarcely to be discerned by the naked eye, but will cut the skin of a tender hand if it be drawn along it. The flowers are pro- duced in panicles at the top of the stalks ; they are from two to three feet long, and are composed of many spikes nine or ten inches in length, which are again subdivided into smaller spikes, which have long down inclosing the flowers, so as to hide them from sight. The seed is oblong and pointed, and ripens in the valves of the flower. It has been asserted, that the Sqgar Cane is not indigenous of America, but that it migrated through the Europeans from Sicily and Spain to Madeira and the Canary Isles: afterwards to the West Indian Islands; and from thence to Mexico, Peru, and Brazil. On the discovery of the western hemisphere, however, the Sugar Cane was found on the continent, and in some of the islands; but the art of making sugar, it is said, never was practised by the native inhabitants of the islands, or of South America. Of this there may be some doubt, as far as the account relates to Mexico: and it is certain that before the discovery of the West Indies in 1492, before the discovery of the East indies by the Portuguese in 1497, and before the discovery of the Brazils by the same nation in 1500, abundance of sugar was SAC OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAC 505 made in the islands of Sicily, Crete, Rhodes, and Cyprus. The Sugar Cane is supposed to have been originally brought to these islands from India by the Saracens, and to have been from thence transplanted into some parts of Italy; while the Moors imported it from Africa into Spain, where it was first planted in Valencia, and afterwards in Granada and Murcia, in which provinces great quantities were formerly produced; and some is still cultivated in the two latter. From Valencia the cultivation and manufacture of sugar were carried by the Spaniards to the Canary Islands, in the 15th century: but prior to this period, the Portuguese, in 1420, carried the Cane and the manufacture from Sicily to Madeira. From Madeira, the culture of the Sugar Cane, and the art of making sugar, were extended to the West India Islands and the Brazils; for it seems certain that the Sugar Cane itself wras found growing in various parts of the American continent, and in some of the West India Islands when they were first disco- vered ; and that in Mexico and Peru the culture of the plant, and the art of manufacturing it into sugar, were well know n. The Portuguese are said to have made sugar in the island of St. Thomas under the line, on the coast of Africa, much earlier than it W'as manufactured in the West Indies. The island of St. Thomas was discovered in 1405, and they had sixty-one sugar works on it before the Dutch destroyed them in the year 16 LO. In the Brazils sugar was first made in the year 1580, and by the English at Barbadoes in the year 1643, but even then, they only manufactured muscovadoes ; which were so moist and full of molasses, and so ill cured, as to be hardly worth sending to England, though they greatly im- proved it in the seven following years. Though the West Indies now chiefly supplies Europe with sugar, that plant was first brought to it from Arabia and the East Indies, or rather from the latter through the former. Dioscorides, Pliny, Galen, and Paulus Elgiueta, all describe it as white like salt, brittle between the teeth, and sweet like honey. This description has been commonly supposed to belong to the Tabaxir noticed under Arnndo Bamboo; but that was not sweet, and there is little doubt that the substance intended was crystallized sugar. Mosely observes, that there has always been two sorts of sugar made in the East, the raw or muscavado sugar, and sugar-candy: the first being ap- propriated for culinary purposes only, and the second for every other purpose of diet, luxury, and exportation. The former is, and we have reason to suppose ever has been, made in Bengal, and other districts of the East Indies : but China and Cochin-china seem to be the only countries in the East where the bright transparent sugar-candy is made in perfection. It is exported from China to every part of India, even where abundance of sugar is made, and Du Halde adds, it constitutes a great trade to Japan. Father Loureiro informs us, that sugar is cultivated to a much greater extent in Cochin-china than iu China, and that crystallized sugar is exported from that country in great quantities. He thus describes the method of making it. The raw sugar being purified by putting it into conical earthen vessels with a thin stratum of moist clay on the top, and discharging the impu- rities through a small hole in the bottom ; this whitened, or as we call it, clayed sugar, is dissolved in water over a fire, and boiled to the consistence of a thick syrup ; it is then exposed in a cool place during the night, with some slender rods cut from the Indian Reed spread over it; the syrup, as it is condensed by the nocturnal cold, adheres to these rods, and is formed into beautiful crystals. None of the eastern nations much esteem any other sugar than this, which pro- bably has its name from two Indian words Shukur and Khand , both which words signify sugar in general, though we have united them in the name Sugarcandy, and applied to sugar prepared in a particular way. The Asiatics use this kind of sugar in tea, coffee, and all other beverages ; and the general preference given to this kind of sugar, may account for the art of refining it into loaves having been little practised in the East ; that art was only discovered at the end of the fifteenth or beginning of the sixteenth cen- tury, and was first practised in England in the year 1544. The sugar in common use is prepared from the expressed juice of the Cane, boiled with quick-lime or common vege- table alkali, to imbibe the superfluous acid. The boiling is repeated in smaller and smaller vessels, during which it is often necessary to scum the impurities, and employ addi- tional alkali ; when the juice acquires a due consistence, it is suffered to cool in a proper vessel, and the saccharine matter concretes into a crystalline mass. This, after being separated from the molasses, is sold under the name of brown or moist sugar. It may be purified in conical moulds, by spreading on the upper broad surface some moist clay, which gradually transfuses its moisture through the mass of sugar, and carries with it a considerable part of the remaining treacly matter: it is then called clayed sugar. Loaf sugar is prepared in this country from the other sugar boiled in water, lime-water, and bullock’s blood or eggs, commonly both being added to it, in order to clarify it, by incorporating with the oily and mucilaginous parts, and forming a scum, which is care- fully taken off ; then, after sufficient clarification, it is strained through a woollen cloth, and boiled again until it becomes of a proper consistence ; it is then poured into a refrigeratory, and when duly cooled, into conical clay moulds, perforated at the apex, which is placed downwards; at first this aper- ture is stopped up, but as the sugar concretes it is opened, in order that the syrup or molasses may drain off. By this draining the cone of sugar shrinks at the base below the edges of the mould, which, to render the loaf still whiter, is filled up with moist clay, closely applied to the base of the sugar cone : lastly, the cone is placed upon its base, taken out of the mould, wrapped in paper, and dried or baked in a close oven. Two centuries have scarcely elapsed since it can be properly said that sugar has become an ingredient in the popular diet of Europe. There are now vegv few persons who do not mix more or less of it in their ‘daily food; excepting the remote and poor population of the interior and northern parts. It is very difficult to ascertain when it was first brought into England, but it was in use here in 1466, though only at feasts and in medicine. The quantity consumed has always continued to increase, until it has become the staple article of our colonial commerce. — Sugar is manifestly a neutral saline substance, consisting of a peculiar acid, united to a small quantity of alkali, and much oily matter. It crys- tallizes in hexedral truncate prisms; and affords by distil- lation an acid phlegm, with a few drops of erapyrheumatie oil ; the residue is a spongy light coal, which contains a small quantity of vegetable alkali. Dissolved in water, it undergoes fermentation, and acquires first a vinous, then an acetous flavour. The vinous liquor distilled, yields a strong ardent spirit, well known under the name of Rum. Bergman sepa- rated the acid of sugar, and exhibited it in a crystalline form. But this acid is found in a variety of other substances, not only vegetable, as gums, resins, galls, starch, salt of sorrel, lemon juice, spirit of wine, &c. but animal; Berthollet hav- ing obtained from wool more than half its weight of this acid. Sugar, or the saccharine matter, may be extracted from most vegetables, particularly the Maple, the Birch, Beet, Par sneps, and from the Grape, which see; but the Sugar Cane affords it in larger quantities, and more readily, 606 SAC THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAC than any other. Sugar, when first introduced, was used I only in medicine. Even in Arabia, in Avicenna’s time, though j sugar was an article of commerce from the East, there is no j record of its having been used for dietetic or culinary pur- poses, for several centuries afterwards. Its principal use was to render unpleasant and nauseating medicines grateful to the sick ; and in pharmacy, in syrups, electuaries, con- | fections, and conserves. As a medicine, sugar itself cannot be considered as possessing much power. Dr. Cullen classes it with the attenuants ; and Bergius states it to be sapona- ceous, edulcorant, relaxing, pectoral, vulnerary, antiseptic, and nutritive. In catarrhal affections both it and honey are frequently employed : it has been advantageously used in calculous complaints ; and from its known power in preserv- ing animal and vegetable substances from putrefaction, it has been given with a view to its antiseptic effects. Sugar- candy, or barley-sugar, by dissolving slowly in the mouth, are well suited to relieve tickling coughs and hoarseness, and the use of sugar in various medicinal compositions, is too obvious to require being particularly pointed out. — Propagation and Culture. The Sugar Cane is preserved by way of curiosity in several gardens in England, but, being too tender to thrive here unless it be preserved in a warm stove, it cannot arrive to great perfection. It is here propa- gated by slips taken from the sides of the older plants ; those which grow near the root, and have fibres to them, will most likely succeed, so that when the shoots are produced at some distance from the ground, the earth should be raised about them, that they may put out fibres before they are separated from the mother plant. These slips should be planted in pots filled with rich kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanner’s bark, being careful to shade them from the sun until they have taken new root, after which they must be treated in the same way as other tender plants from the same countries. They must constantly be kept plunged in the tan-bed in the stove, and, as their roots increase in size, the plants should from time to time be shifted into larger pots; but this must be done with caution, for if overpotted they will not thrive : they will require to have water frequently in warm weather, but it must not be plen- tifully given, especially when the weather is cold. As the leaves of the plants decay, they should be cleared from about the stalks ; for if these are left to dry upon them, it will greatly retard their growth. The stove in which this plant is placed should be kept in winter to the same temperature of heat as for the Pine apple, and they must have plenty of free air admitted in hot weather. — Cultivation in the West Indies: The manner of preparing the stiff soils in the West Indian Islands for sugar, is, to burn the trash and weeds upon it, as soon as the Canes are cut down ; the ashes being a proper manure, as the best compost for such land is ashes, sand, and rotten canes. This land should always be hoe- ploughed, and, after continuing about a month in this state it should be holed. The cane-holes should not he very deep, so as to bring up the stiff clay. It is better to hoe-plough the bottoms of the cane-holes just before throwing in the manure ; and if they are not planted soon after, the manure should be covered with a little mould, taken from the sides of the banks. The plants must be laid dry, and not more than two inches below the surface, unless it be necessary to plant in dry weather, which necessity rarely occurs. In light soils, such as sand, gravel, and all poor dry moulds, with lime- stone or rock of any kind under it, the trash and weeds should be dug into the ground at the time of holing. No ploughing is necessary; but labour is best bestowed in pre- paring and carrying on good rich manure, without which j these light soils will never make a proper return to the planter. The manure must be laid on heaps to ferment and rot, and if it is not arrived at a sufficient state of putrefaction at the time of planting, it may be distributed to the youug plants when they are a foot or eighteen inches above the ground. This should be done in rainy weather, that the salts may the sooner penetrate to the roots of the young Canes. In these soils you must plant either very early or very late. If you plant in May or June, which is termed spring planting, and the weather proves favourable, the plants may be fit to cut in April or May following. But, wherever situation, dry weather, lateness of crop, or a deficiency in the strength of labourers and cattle, prevent this early planting, the month of December may be the best time, or even early in January. In light soils you can hardly make your caue holes too deep, and the business of planting may succeed immediately to that of holing. The land which is most proper for the growth of Sugar Canes, is such as has a sufficient depth of soil, and is not too moist and strong, but rather light, and easy to work; for although strong moist ground will produce much taller and bigger canes than the other, yet the quantity of sugar will be much less, and _of a worse quality, beside requiring a greater quantity of fuel, and a longer time to boil, before the sugar can be made ; which is also the case with all fresh laud, where there has not been anv Canes growing before ; therefore many of the most expert planters burn their land, when it is first cleared for planting of Canes, to abate its fertility; but if when land is first cleared of the wood, and the roots of bad weeds, it is sown with Indigo, which such fresh ground will produce much better than the old, or such as has been long cultivated, there may be two or three crops of this taken, which will prepare the land for the Sugar Canes, without being at the trouble of burning it; but the growing oflndieo has been so little practised in the British Islands of America for many years past, as to be esteemed unworthy the notice of a sugar-planter; whereas if they would sometimes change their crops to other species, they would soon find an advan- tage in the growth, not only of their Canes, but also of their other crops: however, the usual practice is to continue the Canes always upon the same land, as long as it will produce them, without changing the species, or allowing the ground a fallow to rest and recover itself: by this method there are some plantations so much exhausted, as that the crop of sugar will scarcely defray the expense of culture. An- other thing should always be observed in the planting of fresh land with Canes, which is to allow them more room than is generally done; for, in close planting, if the ground be strong, there will a greater number of shoots come out from each plant, and not having room to spread at bottom, they will diaw each other up to a great height, and be full of watery juice, the sun and external air being excluded from the Canes, both of which are absolutely necessary to ripen and prepare the salts during the growth of the Canes. In those warm countries the Canes are propagated by cuttings or joints, of proper lengths; these are from fifteen to twenty inches long, in proportion to the nearness of their joints or eyes. These cuttings are generally taken from the tops of the Canes, just below the leaves; but if they were chosen from the lower part of the Canes, where they are less succulent and better ripened, they would not produce so luxuriant shoots, but their juice would be less crude, and contain a greater quantity of salts, which will he obtained by less boil- ing than that of those Canes in the manner they are commonly planted : and it is by thus carefully propagating all kinds of esculent plants, either in the choice of the best seeds or cuttings, that most of the kinds have been so greatly improved OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAC 507 SAC of late years. The time for planting Canes is always in the rainy seasons, and the sooner they are planted after the rains have begun to fall, the more time they will have to get strength, before the dry weather sets in; for when they have put out good roots, and are well established in the ground, they will not be so liable to suffer by the drought, as those which have but newly taken root. The season being come for planting, the ground should be marked out by a line, that the rows of Canes may be straight and at equal dis- tances ; but first, it will be proper to divide the piece into lands of sixty or seventy feet broad, leaving intervals between each, of about fifteen feet : these intervals, when the Canes are cut, are of great use for roads, in which the carriages may pass, to carry off the Canes to the mill; for where there is not such provision made, the carriages are obliged to pass over the beads of the Canes, to their great injury; besides, by these intervals the sun and air will have freer passage between the Canes, whereby they will be better ripened, and their juice will be fuller of salts; therefore, when the Canes are ground, they will not require so much fuel to boil their juice. The middle of these intervals may be planted will) Yams, Potatoes, or other esculent plants, which may be taken off before the Canes are cut, that the passages may be clear for the carriages; but a path should be left on the sides of each land, for the more convenient riding or walking of the overseer of the plantation, to view and observe bow the labour is performed. The common method of planting Canes is, to make a trench with a hoe, which is performed by hand; into this one person drops the number of cuttings intended for planting, at the distance the hills are designed; these are by other negroes placed in their proper position, then the earth is drawn about the hills with a hoe; all this is performed by hand ; but if the right use of ploughs were well known in these countries, the work might be much better performed, and for less than half the expense; if instead of making a trench with a hoe, a deep furrow were made with a plough, and the cuttings properly laid therein, the ground would be deeper stirred, and there would be more depth for placing the Canes. If the ground is to be afterwards kept clean with the horse-hoe, the rows of Canes should be planted five feet asunder, that there may be room for the horse and plough to pass between them, and the distance of the hills from each other, should be two feet and a half, and but one Cane should be permitted to remaiu in each hill. After the Canes are planted, and have made some shoots, the sooner the horse-plough is used, the better will the Canes thrive, and the ground will be easier kept clean from weeds; for if these are torn up when they are young, they will presently die; whereas, when they are suffered to grow large before they are disturbed, they are with great difficulty destroyed. The distance which is usually allowed in planting Canes, is from three to four feet, row from row, and the hills are about two feet asunder in the rows ; in each of these hills they plant from four to seven or eight cuttings, which is a very great fault, and is the cause of their blight, so much complained of during late years; for if all these grow, which is often the case, they rob each other of their nourishment; and if a dry season happen before they have acquired strength, they are very soon stinted in their growth, and are then attacked by insects, which spread and multiply so greatly, as to cover a whole plantation in a little time; when this happens, the Canes are seldom good after, so that it will be the better way to root them entirely up, when they are so greatly injured, for they very rarely recover this disorder; because though i the insects are not the cause of the disease, they nevertheless confirm it, and cause it to spread. Hence, instead of plant- 108. 1 ing so many, if there were but one good cutting planted in each hill, or, to prevent miscarriage, two at most; and, if both succeeded, the weakest being drawn out soon after they had taken root, it would be found of great service to prevent these blights ; and although the number of Canes will not be near so great from the same space of ground, yet the quantity of sugar will be full as much, and w ill require little more than a fourth part of the fuel usually required for boiling. As the growth of the Canes is promoted according to the cleanness of the ground, so there cannot be too much care taken to keep the Canes perfectly clear of weeds ; and the beginning of this work soon will render it less trouble- some, and it may be performed at a less expense than when it has been neglected for some time. When the plough is used, the earth, in the intervals, should be thrown up to the rows of Canes, first on the one side of the rowr, being careful not to disturb the roots of the Canes, as also not to bury their new shoots; and, in the second operation, the earth should be turned over to the other side of the rows, with the same care as before. By this turning and stirring of the land, it will be rendered looser, and the earthing of the plants will greatly strengthen them ; so that from each hill there will be as many shoots produced as can be well nourished, and the sun and air will have free ingress among the rows, which will be of the greatest service to the Canes. When the Canes are from seven to ten feet high, and of a proportionate size, the skin smooth, dry, and brittle; if they are heavy, their pith gray, or inclinable to brow n, the juice sweet and glutinous; they are esteemed to be in perfection. The time for cutting the Canes, is usually after they have grown six months; but there should not be a fixed period for this, for, in some seasons, and in different soils, there will be more than a month’s difference in their maturity; and those who have made the experiment of cutting their Canes before they were ripe, and letting others stand till after they were ripe, have fouud the sugar made from the latter was much finer than that of the former, though the quantity was not quite so great; however, it will always be best to let them stand till they are in perfection before they are cut, but not longer. It has also been remarked, that those Canes which are cut towards the end of the dry seasons, before the rains begin to fall, have produced better sugar than those which are cut in the rainy seasons, when they are more replete with watery juice, and there has been much less expense of fuel to boil it, which is a material article in large plantations ; there- fore, the better the Canes are nourished in their growth, and the more sun and air is permitted to pass between the rows, the less expense will be incurred in boiling and preparing the sugar. The great pests of the Sugar Cane, are the Cane- ants and the Blast, supposed to be occasioned by minute iusects. Rats are also very destructive to it ; as is also that most pernicious weed, the Knot Grass. It is thought by some, that rich oily manures, or a thick dressing of marl, is the best cure for the ants. But such are the ravages of these insects, that many Sugar plantations have been totally aban- doned; and the best course which can be pursued in that case, is, where the situation is not too wet nor cold, to adopt the culture of Cotton. Blasts that come without the ants, may in the beginning be stopped by burning the parts affected ; by washing the young plants vitfa salt water or weak lime-water ; and a good season, that is, heavy showers, will sometimes put a stop to it. When it returns, the Canes should be planted thinner, to give them a free circulation of air: the quincunx mode of planting may in this case be adopted with advantage. And if the leaves affected are stripped off, and the diseased stems cut down and burnt to 6 N 500 SAG THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAG windward, and the roots covered with good fresh mould; this, with salt or lime water, may prove a cure for the greasy fly and yellow fly, as well as for those destructive worms called the borer and the grub. 5. Saccharum Polystachyon ; Many-spiked Sugar Cane. Flowers panicled ; spikes filiform, very long, fastigiate ; flo- rets remote. This plant is from three to four feet high; culm round, jointed, smooth. — Native of the island of St. Kitts. 6. Saccharum Arundinaceum ; Reedy Sugar Cane. Pani- cles clustered, with the peduncles divided; florets two toge- ther, one sessile, the other pediceiled ; corollas three- valved, polygamous; culms ten feet high, thick, half void, leafy;- leaves wide, in whorls, approximating to the stem. — Native of the East Indies. Koenig says, it is cultivated by hedges, and on the banks of pools near Tranquebar. The Tamools call it Pee-Carumbo, or Devil’s Sugar, by which it would seem, they infer that Lucifer himself has a sweet tooth in his head. The entire culms are often used for the lower covering of roofs, but they are a harbour for serpents, lizards, and other reptiles. 7. Saccharum Benghalense ; Bengal SugarCane. Pani- cles clustered, with the peduncles divided ; florets two toge- ther, one sessile, the other pediceiled ; corollas two-valved, hermaphrodite. This so closely resembles the preceding species, that it might be taken for the same : it differs in having the corollas two-valved, all the florets hermaphrodite, and the stigmas of a yellowish brown colour. — Native of Bengal. 8. Saccharum Repens; Creeping Sugar Cane. Panicle patuious; florets two together, sessile, awaed ; leaves flat; sheaths hairy ; culm a foot high, simple, ascending ; calix smooth. — Native of Guinea. 9. Saccharum Ravennae ; Italian Sugar Cane. Panicle loose, with the rachis woolly; flowers awned ; culm the thickness of the finger or thumb, upright, smooth ; calix- glurnes narrow, nearly equal, villose on the outside, with silvery hairs longer than the flowers. One glume of the corolla is longer than the other, with a short bristle-shaped awn. It is a very beautiful plant, and the Arabs make tobacco pipes of the straw. — Native of Italy, Provence, .and Mount Atlas, on the banks of streams. 10. Saccharum Cylindricum ; Cylindric Sugar Cane. Panicle spiked, cylindric; peduncles one-flowered ; flowers awnless, two-stamined ; leaves flat; joints bearded; roots long, slender, twisted, white ; culm often branched at the base. — Native of the south of France, Italy, Sicily, -Candia, Smyrna, Barbary, the East Indies, and New Holland. 11. Saccharum Thunbergii; T/mnberg’s Sugar Cane. Panicle spiked, cylindric ; peduncles one-flowered ; flowers awnless, two-stamined ; leaves convolute ; joints smooth. This is a very tall grass, with the panicle more contracted, and twice as long as in the preceding, with the wood rather yellowish ; joints of the cuhn quite naked ; flowers twice as big; corolla only half the size of the calix, thin, of a very shining white colour. — Native of the East Indies. Sacred Herb. See Ocimum Sanctum. Safflower. See Carthamus. Saffron. See Crocus. Saffron, Bastard. See Carthamus. Saffron , Meadow. See Colchicum. Sage. See Salvia. Sage of Jerusalem. See Phlomis. Sage, Wood. See Teucrium. Sagina ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Tetragynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth four-leaved; leaflets ovate, concave, spreading very much, permanent. Corolla : petals four, ovate, obtuse, shorter than the calix, spreading. Stamina: filamenta four, capillary; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen subglobular; styles four, awl- shaped, recurved, pubescent; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsule ovate, straight, one-celled, four-valved. Seeds: numerous, very small, fastened to the receptacle. Observe. The second species varies with petalous and apetalous flowers. The third never has any petals. The fourth has the calix- Ieaves lanceolate, acuminate, and the fifth differs in several marks from its congeners. Essential Character. Calix: four-leaved. Petals: four. Capsule: one-celled, four-valved, many-seeded. The species are, 1. Sagina Cerastoides; Tetrandrous Pearlwort. Stem diffused, dichotomous ; leaves spatulate and obovate, re- curved; fruiting peduncles reflexed ; root fibrous, branched, annual; herb bright green, many-stemmed, branched, hir- sute, somewhat viscid. The flowers expand only in clear weather. This plant more properly belongs to the genus Cerastium. —Native of Scotland, where it is found on sandy shores and rocks, on walls and rubbishy places, flowering in May and June. It was first observed by Dr. Smith on walls about Edinburgh, as well as on the Calton Hill and upon Arthur’s Seat: and has since been found on Inch Heath and Inch Combe in the Frith of Forth, and also on the beach below Preston Pans. 2. Sagina Procumbens; Procumbent Pearlwort. Stems procumbent, smooth; petals very short; root fibrous, gene- rally annual, but in shady places often perennial; peduncles axillary, solitary, longer than the leaves, one-flow-ered, nod- ding before the flowers open. Mr. Curtis remarks, that few plants assume greater variety of appearance than this, but that in all situations the singular appearance of the seed- vessels, placed on the calix like a cup on a saucer, will easily distinguish it. Being fond of a sandy and gravelly soil, it is a troublesome little weed in garden walks and paved courts, where it flow'ers and seeds during the whole summer. — Native of most parts of Europe, Siberia, and Japan, where it is found in barren pastures, &c. 3. Sagina Apetala; Annual Small-fiowered Pearlwort. Stems almost upright, pubescent ; petals obsolete ; root con- stantly annual, small, and fibrous. The distinction of an annual and perennial root, though it cannot perhaps be admitted in all cases as a specific character, must be allowed to have considerable weight. This species is as regular an annual as the Draba Verna, which, like the preceding species, continues green through the winter. The preceding is always procumbent; and when it grows, as it commonly does, in moist situations, it mats and spreads on the ground. This is a smaller plant than the Procumbens, and much finer in its stalks ; its leaves are also shorter by one half, and less suc- culent. It is not, as its trivial Latin name infers, perfectly apetalous, being generally with petals, which are so minute as almost to require a magnifier to render them visible. It is found in dry, barren, and open places, on walls, and in gravel walks, where it is a troublesome weed, and flowers in May and June. There is scarcely any plant which is quicker in ripening its seeds. — Native of England, France, Italy, and Germany. 4. Sagina Erecta; Upright Pearlwort. Stem upright, one or two flow'ered ; calix-leaves acute; petals entire; root annual, simple, fibrous. The whole herb is smooth and glaucous. The calix never opens far, so that the corolla is not suffered fully to expand. If the season proves dry, the stalk is generally simple; but if the ground be moist, it throws out many stalks, which first spread on the earth, and SAG OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAL 509 afterwards become upright. The fruit is altogether that of a Cerastium; but its entire petals, and the number of parts of the dower, by no means agree with that genus, nor does- the habit correspond with either Cerastium or the other Saginas. It may probably constitute a distinct genus. This is a little plant, of considerable neatness and elegance in its structure, much stronger than either of the two preceding; growing frequently on dry gravelly pastures and heaths among grass, flowering in April and May. 5. Sagina Virginica ; Virginian Pearlwort. Stem upright; flowers opposite ; one flower terminating, and some opposite, each on its proper peduncle. — Found among moss on the brinks of springs in Virginia, where it is a native. Sagittaria ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Polyan- dria. — Generic Character. Male Flowers: many. Calix: perianth three-leaved; leaflets ovate, concave, per- manent. Corolla: petals three, roundish, blunt, flat, spread- ing, three times as large as the calix. Stamina : filamenta numerous, (often twenty,) awl-shaped, collected into a head ; autherae erect, the length of the calix. Female Floiuers: fewer, below the males. Calix: perianth as in the male. Corolla: petals three, as in the male. Pistil: germina numerous, compressed, collected into a head, gibbous out- wards, ending in very short styles ; stigmas acute, permanent. Pericarp : none ; receptacle globular, collecting the seeds into a globe. Seeds: numerous, oblong, compressed, girt longitudinally with a membranaceous margin, which is wide, gibbous on one side, acuminate at both ends. Essential Character. Male. Calix: three-leaved. Corolla: three- petalled ; filamenta commonly twenty-four. Female. Pistilla many. Seeds: many, naked. The species are, 1. Sagittaria Sagittifolia ; Common Arrowhead. • Leaves arrow-shaped, acute ; root perennial, consisting of a tube fixed deeply in the mud ; stem and petioles triangular, very spongy, by which they are supported in the water in con- sequence of the air generated within them : they discharge a white milky juice, an uncommon circumstance in aquatic plants. The bulb or tuber which fixes itself in the solid earth below the mud, constitutes a considerable part of the food among the Chinese, and upon that account they culti- vate it. The roots are larger there than in the East Indies and America, where they are also eaten ; but are neglected in Europe, probably on account of their acrid and caustic qualities. This plant varies much in size, and has leaves of different forms ; hence several varieties and pretended spe- cies of old authors. Dr. Stokes remarks, that the flowers 4hich are called male, have from one to five pistilla, and that there are none with stamina only. Dr. Smith says, that he has observed three or four pistilla in some of the male flowers; but whether they ever ripen is uncertain; they should therefore rather be called imperfect hermaphrodites. — Native of Europe, Siberia, China, Cochin china, Japan, and Virginia, in pools, ditches, and slow streams ; of which it is one of the most beautiful ornaments throughout Eng- land, flowering in July and August'. 2. Sagittaria Obtusifolia; Blunt-leaved Arrowhead. Leaves arrow-shaped, obtuse; stem branched. This differs from the preceding in having the anterior part of the leaves twice, as wide. — Native of Asia. 3. Sagittaria Lancifolia ; Lance-leaved Arrowhead. Leaves lanceolate-ovate. The stem grows very luxuriant in general, and rises frequently to the height of two or three feet above the foliage. The branches of the lower whorls seldom exceed three in number, and are commonly subdivided in the same manner themselves ; but those of the higher order consist | chiefly of five long simple flower-stalks, and those about the I top of three only; fruit depressed. — Native of Jamaica and Cuba, in stagnant waters. 4. Sagittaria Acutifolia ; Sharp-leaved Arrowhead, Leaves awl-shaped. This is of the same size as the first species.- — Native of Surinam, in water. 5. Sagittaria Trifoiia ; Three-leaved Arrowhead. Leaves ternate. — Native of China. 6. Sagittaria Hastata. Leaves oblong, lanceolate, sensibly acute, sagittate ; lobes patent, lanceolate, very considerably acuminated ; scape simple ; flowers dioecous ; bractes and calices subrotund, obtuse. — Grows i-n the old ditches. of Pennsylvania. 7. Sagittaria Gracilis. Leaves linear, slightly obtuse, three-nerved, sagittate; lobes patent, linear, elongate, very finely acuminate; scape simple, with few flowers; flowers dioecous ; bractes short, suborbiculate. The leaves gf this plant are very slender, and about three inches long, measured from the beginning of the petiole. — -Grows in bogs and ditches, from Pennsylvania to Virginia, particularly on the mountains. 8. Sagittaria Rigida. Leaves narrow-lanceolate, carinated underneath, rigid, very acute; scape branchy; flowers mo- noecous, very numerous ; petioles strong, stiff. — Grows on the still and deep waters of Oswego river, near the great falls. New York. This plant grows in a depth of more than seven feet water. •9. Sagittarius Simplex. Leaves linear-lanceolate, acute, angustated on the low er part ; scape simple, with many flowers ; flowers dioecous, from twelve to eighteen in a scape; bractes and calices rounded, obtuse.— Grows in the small ponds of New Jersey. The leaves of this plant are about six inches long, and half an inch wide. 10. Sagittaria Graminea. Leaves linear, very long, three- nerved ; scape simple, with few flowers ; flowers monoe'cous ; bractes oblong, obtuse. — Grows in Carolina. 11. Sagittaria Natans. Leaves natant, elliptic-lanceolate, obtuse, three-nerved, attenuated at the base, lowest ones subcordate; scape simple, with a few flowers; peduncles inferior, elongate; flowers small, — Grows in the rivulets of Lower Carolina. The leaves of this plant are about an inch and a half long. Sago Tree. See Cycas. Saint Andrew's Cross. See Ascyrum. Saint Barnaby’s Thistle. See Centaurea. Saintfoin. See Hedysarum Onobrychis. Saint John’s Bread. See Cerutonia. Saint John’s Wort. See Hypericum. Saint Peter’s Wort. See Hypericum Quadrangulum. Salacia; a genus of the class Gynandria, order Triandria. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one-leafed, five-parted, very short, spreading; segments ovate, acute, permanent. Corolla: petals five, roundish, sessile. Sta- mina: filamenta none; antherae three, twin, divaricate at the base, placed on the apex of the germen. Pistil: ger- men roundish, larger than the calix ; style very short, between the antherae; stigma simple. Pericarp: berry oue-celied, three-seeded. Seeds: roundish, even. Observe. By the character, this genus is nearly allied to Stilago, but it is of a different habit; and Jussieu thinks it may possibly be dioecous. Essential Character. Monogynous or one-styled. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: five-petalled ; antherae placed on the apex of the germen. The spe- cies are, 1. Salacia Chinensis. Stem shrubby ; leaves quite entire, I alternate; flowers several, axillary; branches angular, even, [ divaricating very much, thickish at the base. — Native of China, &10 SAL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAL 2. Salacia Cochinchinensis. Stem shrubby ; leaves sub- serrate, opposite; flowers heaped, axillary; berry roundish, unequal, reddish, middle-sized, eatable. — Native of Cochin- china, among bushes. Salicornia ; a genus of the class Monandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : four-cornered, truncate, ventricose, permanent. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta one or two, simple, longer than the calix ; anthera one oblong, twin erect. Pistil: germen ovate-oblong; style simple, under the stamen ; stigma bifid. Pericarp: none; calix ventricose, inflated. Seed: single. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: ventricose, entire. Petals : none. Sta- mina: one or two. Seed: one, covered by the calix. The species are, 1. Salicornia Herbacea; Herbaceous Marsh Samphire, or jointed Glasswort. Joints compressed, emarginate ; inter- nodes obconical ; spikes peduucled, attenuated towards the top; root fibrous, small, annual or biennial. There are several varieties. The young plants are herbaceous, the older ones suffrutescent, or somewhat woody at bottom ; and on that sccount have sometimes been mistaken for the next species. They are, however, both very distinct, and both natives of England. This plant is common on the coasts of Europe, Asia, Africa, and America, wherever the shore is flat and oozy. It flowers with us in August and September. The whole plant has a saltish taste, and is greedily devoured by cattle. Steeped in salted vinegar, the tender shoots are made into a pickle, which is taken for the true Samphire, or Crithmum Maritimum, which see : on this account it is called Marsh Samphire. See the third species. 2. Salicornia Perennans ; Perennial Jointed Glasswort. Herbaceous, patulous: joints compressed at the top, emar- ginate, bifid; spikes axillary, in threes, peduucled; scales acute; root perennial.' — Native of Siberia, near the river Jaik, in marshes. 3. Salicornia Fruticosa ; Shrubby Marsh Samphire, or Jointed Glasswort. Joints round, entire; internodes equal; spikes subsessile, cylindrical, obtuse; root woody, perennial; stem suffruticose, ascending, very much branched ; branches and branchlets opposite and less fleshy. This and the first species are burnt, and from their ashes a fossile alkali is obtained, which is in great request for making soap and glass, and hence their names of Glasswort and Saltwort. It is chiefly made on the shores of the Mediterranean, where it is called Soda. The Tunisians collect these and other sea- plants, and, when they are almost dry, burn them in a pit made for the purpose. The French merchants purchase the salt, and send it to Marseilles for making soap. Linneus thought that there was no plant more adapted for making soda; but though the quantity of fossil alkali which it yields is very considerable, a great portion of it is mixed with the muriatic acid, and therefore it contains much common salt. Many other plants, however, are much used for this purpose; see Sutsola. — This plant has been found in England near the isle of Sliepey, but in greater plenty near the isle of Grain, and on the shore all the way from Weymouth Turnpike to Rhodipole,— Native of Europe and Africa. 4. Salicornia Strobilacea. Stem prostrate, shrubby ; joints truncate, alternately spike-bearing; spikes naked, very short, opposite,— Native of the shores of the Caspian Sea. 6. Salicornia Virginica ; Virginian Jointed Glasswort. Herbaceous, erect: branches quite simple. It is distinct from the first species; and is found in Virginia. O. Salicornia Arabica; Arabian Jointed Glasswort. Joints obtuse, thickened at the base ; spikes ovate. This plant is burnt for making soda.— Native of Arabia and Barbary; observed also near Tripoly. 7. Salicornia Foliata ; Leafy Jointed Glasswort. Leaves linear, alternate, embracing, and decurrent; branches alter- nate, almost simple. — Native of Siberia. 8. Salicornia Amplexicaulis ; Clasping-leaved Jointed Glasswort. Leaves cordate, embracing; stem decumbent, frutescent at the base, a hand or little more in height, very- much branched. — Found on the shores of a lake near Bardo, in Tunis. 9. Salicornia Caspica ; Caspian Jointed Glasswort. Joints cylindric ; spikes filiform. — Found in muddy places near the Caspian Sea. 10. Salicornia Ambigua. Plant fruticulose, assurgent, irregularly branchy, pale green. — Grows in sedgy salt mea- dows, from New Jersey to Carolina. This species very much resembles Salicornia Fruticosa. Salisburia ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Polyan- dria. — Generic Character. Male Flowers. Calix: ament naked, filiform. Corolla: none. Stamina : filamenta scarcely any; antherae incumbent, deltoid; cells connected only at the top. Female Floicers : solitary. Calix: perianth four cleft, permanent. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen supe- rior, roundish. Pericarp: drupe superior, globular. Seed: nut triangular; nucleus oval, narrowed at the base. Essen- tial Character. Male. Aments naked. Anthera: in- cumbent, deltoid. Female. Solitary. Calix: four-cleft. Drupe: with a triangular shell. The only know n species is, 1. Salisburia Adiantifolia. This large and not inelegant tree is cultivated in China and Japan. It has been Fong admired for its handsome fan shaped leaves cloven about half way from their summit; but they can by no means be termed two-lobed, that denomination requiring that the seg- ments should be rounded. See Ginfco. Salix : a genus of the class Dioecia, order Diandria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix : ament oblong, im- bricate every way, (constructed of an involucre from the bud,) consisting of scales, one-flowered, oblong, flat, spread- ing. Corolla: petals none. Nectary: a gland, cylindric, very small, truncate, melliferous, in the centre of the flower. Stamina: filamenta two, straight, filiform, longer than the calix; antherae twin, four-celled. Female. Calix: ament and scales as in the male. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen ovate, attenuated into a style, scarcely distinct, a little longer than the scales of the calix ; stigmas two, bifid, erect. Pericarp: capsule ovate-subulate, one-celled, two valved ; valves revo- lute. Seeds: numerous, ovate, very small, crowned with a simple hirsute pappus or down. Observe. In some species the male flowers have three or five stamina of unequal length; three have them monodelphous ; another, as in the class Svn- genesia. The first is the only species known to us which has hermaphrodite two-stamined flowers. The eleventh and twelfth species have only one stamina to the flowers. Essen- tial Character. Male. Calix: ament composed of scales. Corolla : none. Nectary : a melliferous gland. Female. Style: bifid. Capsule: one-celled, two-valved. Seeds: downy. — Linneus remarked, half a century ago, that the spe- cies of this genus are not to be arranged without extreme difficulty; that the soil and situation (marshy, sandy, moun- tainous, hot and cold) produced a considerable change in them, insomuch that botanists frequently hesitated whether they should pronounce many differences to constitute species or varieties only. It may, however, be of importance to remark generally, that this genus consists of trees or shrubs, some few species of which are suffruticose, or even subher- baceous ; that the flowers and fruits are in separate, axillary, SAL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAL 511 or terminating aments, or catkins, which, when young, are covered with a single Scale like a veil. — — ' The species are, * Leaves smooth, serrate. 1. Salix Hermaphroditica; Hermaphrodite Willow. Leaves serrate, smooth; flowers hermaphrodite, two-stamined. This is distinguished from, the Bay-leaved Willow in having the upper surface of the leaves with scored, uot with raised veins. — Native of Sweden, found in the neighbourhood of Upsal. This, like all the Willows, may be easily propagated by cut- tings or sets, either in the spring or autumn, but the spring should be preferred. They are of a quick growth : those which grow to be large trees, and are cultivated for their timber, are generally planted from sets, which are about seven, eight, or nine feet long; these are sharpened at their larger end, and thrust into the ground two feet and a half deep by the sides of ditches and banks, where the ground is moist, in which places they make a considerable progress, and are a great improvement to such estates, because their tops will be fit to lop every six or seventh year. This is the usual method now practised in most parts of England, where the trees are cultivated, as they are generally intended for present profit; but if they are designed for large trees, or are cultivated for their wood, they should be planted in a different manner; for those which are planted from sets of seven or eight feet long, always send out a number of branches towards the top, which spread and form large heads fit for lopping, but their principal stem never advances in height; therefore where regard is paid to that, they should be propagated by short young branches, which should be put almost their whole length in the ground, leaving but two, or at most three, buds uncovered ; which, when they have made one year's shoot, should be all three cut off, except one of the strongest and best situated, which must be trained up to a stem, and treated in the same way as timber-trees. If these are planted with such design, the rows should be eight feet asunder, and the sets four feet distance in the row's; by planting them so close, they will naturally draw each other upward, and, when they are grown so large as to cover the ground and meet, they should be gradually thinned, so as at last to leave the rows twelve feet asunder, and the plants in the rows eight. When thus managed, the trees will grow to a large size, and often exceed the height of forty feet. When these cuttings are planted, it is usual to sharpen those ends to a point which are put into the ground, for the better thrusting of them in; but the best way is to cut them horizontally, just below the bud or eye, and to make the hole in the ground with an iron instrument. When the cuttings are put in the ground, it should be pressed close about them with the heel to setile it, and prevent the air from penetrating deeply into the ground. The after care must be to keep them clear from weeds the two first seasons, by wbich time they will have acquired so much strength, as to overpower and keep down the weeds; they will also require some trimming in winter, to take off any lateral shoot, which if suffered to grow, would retard their upright progress. There are great tracts of land in England fit for this purpose, which at present produce little to the owners, and might by planting of these trees turn to as good account as the best corn land. The larger wood, if sound, is commonly sold for wooden heels for shoes, as also for turners for many kinds of light ware. 2. Salix Triandra; Long-leaved Three-stamined Willow. Three stamined : leaves linear-oblong, serrate, smooth ; ger- mina pedicelled. The bark of the stem and branches, in this species, peels off spontaneously, almost like that of the Plane-tree. The branches are upright, long, slender, pliable, 108. and tough, though somewhat brittle at their insertion, and their bark is brownish and smooth. The colour of the twigs is yellow. It is not usual for Willows to flower both in spring and autumn ; wbich is often done by this species. It is naturally a tree thirty feet or more in height, but being one of the best Osiers for the use oftlie basket-makers, is generally cut and kept low. It may be admitted into ornamental plan- tations, the male calkins being very numerous, of a bright, yellow colour, and of an agreeable scent. For this purpose the male tree should be preferred, because the females quickly shed their catkins, and make a litter. — Withering prescribes the bark for the ague, in doses of one or two drachms. Willows, says Scopoli, support the banks of rivers, supply bands or withs, feed a great variety of insects, rejoice the bees, yield abundance of fire-wood, drain marshy soils, and feed cattle with their leaves, which afford a succedaneum to Jesuits’ bark. The uses of the Willow, including the Sallow and Osier, are thus minutely detailed by the venerable Evelyn. — All kinds of Basket work, for which even our rude fore- fathers were in estimation at Rome: Barbara depictis veni Bascanda Britannis; Sed me jam mavult diccre Roma suam. Martial, lib. XIV. epig. 99. A barbarous Basket, such as Britons frame, To Rome, the mistress of the world, I came: And Rome herself desired, when I was shown, To call the painted Britons’ aft her own! and Juvenal also says, Adde et Bascandas , et mille escarias. Juv. Sat. xxi. v. 46. Bring in also the British Baskets, a thousand dishes. The wood is used for pill-boxes, cart saddle-trees, gun-stocks, and half pikes, harrows, shoemakers’ lasts, heels, clogs for pattens, forks, rakes especially the teeth, perches, rafters for hovels, ladders, poles for hop-vines- and kidney-beans: to make hurdles, sieves, lattices; for the turners in making great platters, small casks and vessels to hold verjuice; for pales, fruit-baskets, cans, hives, trenchers, trays, boards for whet- ting table-knives, particularly for painters’ scriblets, bavin, and excellent sweet firing without smoke. The wood, if peeled, and steeped in water for some months, will last a good while for poles. The ancient Britons made boats of wicker, covered with skins, with which they passed rivers and arms of the sea; and these boats were light enough to be carried by one man. Modern Britons wield Willow bats in their favourite and manly amusement of cricket. It flow- ers in April or May. — Native of many parts of Europe, as Britain, Germany, Switzerland, France, Flanders, Carniola, Piedmont, and Siberia. See the forty-fifth species. 3. Salix Pentrandra; Bay-leaved Willow. Five-stamined : leaves elliptic-lanceolate, crenulate, smooth; germina smooth, subsessile. This species frequently grows to a tree ten or twelve feet high, with a trunk as large as a man’s thigh ; the twigs are of a reddish colour tinged with yellow. It is well known by its broad and odoriferous leaves, the serratures of which exude a copious yellow resin, and its numerous sta- mina, commonly about five to each flower. The catkins are very sweet-scented. It is much used in Yorkshire, for making the larger sort of baskets. They cut the branches : the leaves afford a yellow dye; and the wood makes a crackling fire. The down of the seeds, mixed with a third part of cotton, has proved to be a very good substitute for cotton itself, and has been used for stuffing cushions, wicks for candles, &c. Goldfinches, and some other birds, line their nests with the down of this and other species of Willow. — Native of several parts of Europe : found in Switzerland, Dauphiny, Piedmont, and Siberia. In Great Britain, it frequently occurs about 6 O 512 SAL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAL Kendal in Westmoreland, and Bradford in Yorkshire. About Kilnsey and Carr end, Wensledale, where it is the most common species. Near Stafford, Bungay in Suffolk, Coombe wood, and Wimbledon in Surry. See the first species. 4. Salix Phylicifolia; Tea-leaved Willow. Leaves lanceo- late, wave-crenate, smooth, glaucous underneath ; stipules suhluuate. — Native of Lapland, and the northern parts of Sweden ; found also on the Highlands of Scotland, at Finlarig and Breadalbaue, along with several other species. 5. Salix Nigricans ; Dark Broad-leaved Willow. Leaves elliptic, lanceolate, crenate, smooth, glaucous underneath; germina pedicelled, lanceolate, acuminate, silky. The trunk scarcely rises to the height or form of a tree. It is called Nigricans, from the dark colour of its branches, as well as its black hue when dried, in which last respect it is not singular. — Native of Lapland; and found at Wrongay Fen in Norfolk, flowering in April, before the leaves appear; and not uncommonly in the Osier grounds of other places. 6. Salix Laurina; Shining Dark-green Willow, Leaves elliptic, acute; toothlet serrate, smoothish, glaucous under- neath; germina pedicelled, lanceolate, silky. This is very nearly related to the preceding species, but very distinct, its catkins being but half the size, and the stamina shorter, perfectly smooth, and not hairy at the base. — Found in Osier holts, and marshy grounds, flowering in April and May. 7. Salix Japonica; Japan Willow. Leaves serrate, smooth, lanceolate, glaucous underneath, the younger ones villose. Loureiro suspects that this is not specifically distinct from the Weeping Willow, although the branches are flexuose only, not pendulous. — Native of Japan, where it flowers in March. H. Salix Vitellina ; Yellow Willow. Leaves serrate, ovate- lanceolate, acute, smooth above ; serratures cartilaginous. This is a middle-sized tree, much branched at the top; branches upright. — Native of the most temperate parts of Europe. It is also common all over Russia, and is used for Palms at Easter, in the Greek churches. The shoots are used by basket-makers. The wood is white and very tough. The cotton will make ordinary paper, and may serve some of ihe purposes of genuine cotton. The bark may be used in dyeing, and medicinally in agues. See the second species. 9. Salix Amygdalina ; Broad-leaved Three-stamined Wil- low. Three-staniined : leaves ovate, oblique, serrate, smooth ; germina pedicelled ; stipules very large. This species never rises into a tree. — Native of several parts of Europe, in Osier holts and marshes. Observed on Badley-mere near Dereham in Norfolk. 10. Salix Hastata; Halbert-leaved Willow. Leaves serrate, smooth, subovate, acute, sessile; stipules subcordate. This grows to a tree, but never becomes tall. — Native of Lapland, Westrobothnia, Germany, Switzerland, Russia, and Siberia. 11. Salix jEgyptiaca; Egyptian Willow. Leaves sub- serrate, lanceolate-ovate, veined; petioles simple, without stipules. — Native of Egypt and Barbary. 12. Salix Fragilis ; Crack Willow. Leaves serrate, smooth, ovate-lanceolate; petioles tooth-glandular. This is one of the largest trees of the genus. The branches break off easily at the shoot of the preceeding year. Villars observes, that though the branches are brittle on the tree, yet they are pliant when it is young, or kept down for Osiers ; and that the male flowers have sometimes three stamina. It is a fast- growing tree, and soon forms a shade in w'et places ; the males are fittest for this purpose. Bees are fond of the male flowers. The bark of the branches has a considerable degree of bitterness and astringency, on which account it has been thought a good substitute for the Peruvian Bark, and has been recommended in cases requiring tonic or astringent medicines. See the second and forty-fifth species, which possess the same qualities. 13. Salix Babylonica ; Weeping Willow. Leaves serrate, smooth, linear, lanceolate ; branches pendulous. This tree grows to a considerable size, and is esteemed for its long slender pendulous branches, which give it a peculiar charac- ter, and render it a beautiful object on the margin of streams or pools. The famous aud admired Weeping Willow, planted by Pope, on the lawn bordering on the Thames, in front of his beautiful villa at Twickenham, was barbarously cut down about nineteen years ago. It came from Spain, inclosing a present to the then Lady Suffolk. Mr. Pope was in her ladyship’s company when the covering was taken off, and observed, that the pieces of stick appeared as if they had some vegetation, and added, perhaps they may produce some- thing we have not in England. Under this idea, he planted it, and it became the famous Willow Tree, from which, in honour of the Poet, a great number of slips have been taken, thereby producing so many others. — Native of the Levant, and found by Pursh in North America. 14. Salix Purpurea; Bitter Purple Willow. One-sta- mined ; leaves obovate-lanceolate, serrate, smooth ; stigmas very short, ovate, subsessile. This species is particularly distinguished by the length, as well as delicate slenderness of its twigs, and its subglaucous spurge-like leaves, but especially by their extreme bitterness when chewed. The anthers-, before they open, are of a bright orange-colour. The extreme bitterness of the leaves and twigs, renders it very valuable for many purposes. When used as a band or withe, it is never eaten by vermin, nor when formed into a hedge; it is browsed on by cattle, but even insects seldom attack it so much as the other species. In some parts of Yorkshire its twigs are used for making the finest sorts of basket work, for which purpose Mr. Curtis thinks it might be advantageously cultivated, since having planted cuttings of all the common Willows, one year, by way of experiment, he found that this species yielded the longest one-year’s shoot, exceeding even that of the Osier. Linueus says, the twigs are the toughest of all the species. In bauds for thatching, he says, it lasts above a century in Scania : he recommends it as the best sort for basket-work, and most excellent for hedges. The leaves turn of a blueisli black colour in drying. The bark, from its extreme bitter- ness, may probably prove the most efficacious of any in agues. See the first, second, eighth, and twelfth species. 15. Salix Helix; Rose Willow. One-stamined : leaves lanceolate, acuminate, serrulate, smooth; style elongated, filiform ; stigmas linear. This rises to the height of nine or ten feet, and is a small slender tree. The rose-like excres- cences (caused by the attack of insects) are more common at the ends of the branches in this species ; whence its name of Rose Willow. It flowers in March and April, and is a native of several parts of Europe, Haller says, it is planted about Aigle, to keep up gravelly banks and the shores of rivers. 16. Salix Fissa ; Basket Osier. Monadelphnus : leaves lanceolate, acute, somewhat toothletted, smooth, glaucous underneath. This is a shrub four or five feet high. It is cultivated in the fens of Great Britain, and preferred to all other Willows or Osiers for basket-work. — 'Native of various parts of Europe, on the sandy banks of rivers, flowering in April, and ripening seed in May. 17. Salix Rubra; Green Osier. Monadelphous : leaves linear-lanceolate, elongated, acute, toothletted, smooth, of the same colour on both sides. The branches of this shrub are very long, slender, tough, smooth, gray, or purplich. It appears to be very little known, though among the most SAL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAL 513 valuable plants as an Osier — It flowers in April and May, and is a native of England and France. It occurs in the Osier holts between Maidenhead and Windsor; in the river near Salisbury; in an Osier holt near Ely ; also at Prickwillow near Ely; and in the neighbourhood of Bedford. 18. Salix Croweana ; Broad-leaved Monadelphous Willow. Monadelphous : leaves elliptic, subserrate, very smooth, glaucous underneath. This was discovered by Dr. Smith; and is very distinct from all the other species, being easily known by its united stamina and short broad leaves. — It is of no use as an Osier, as the twigs are short and brittle ; and may be found wild at Cranberry fen in Norfolk, flowering in April and May. 19. Salix Arbuscula. Leaves subserrale, smooth, subdia- phanous, glaucous underneath ; stem suflfruticose. This is scarcelv a foot high, growing in the form of a little tree ; when cultivated, it reaches the height of a man. •20. Salix Retusa; Blunt-leaved Willow. Leaves subser- rate, smooth, obovate, very blunt. This is a very small plant, only a foot high. The branches are not unfrequently all on one side of the stem. — Native of Dauphiny, Switzer- land, and Italy. 21. Salix Decipiens. Leaves serrate, smooth, lanceolate, petioled, the lower ones smaller, obovate, reflex. Hoffman has named this Decipiens, because it resembles another spe- cies so much, that an incurious observer might easily be deceived in taking them for the same. The branches are brittle, snapping off at the joiuts. The capsules ripen in June. It flowers in May, and is a native of Europe growing on the banks of rivers. It has also been found by Pursh in North America. 22. Salix Arbutifolia; Arbutus-leaved Willow. Leaves obovate, acute, serrate, smooth. — This low shrub is found in the eastern parts of Siberia, and in Switzerland and Savoy. 23. Salix Divaricata ; Straddling-branched Willow. Leaves, ovate, lanceolate, wave-serrate, smooth ; branches divaricate. — Found on the mountains of Dauria. 24. Salix Rhamnifolia; Buckthorn-leaved Willow. Leaves ovate, obtuse, serrate, smooth, glaucous underneath. This small shrub is a native of Russia, in watery places throughout the temperate and southern parts of the limits of Caucasus. 25. Salix Berberifolia ; Barberry-leaved Willow. Leaves sessile, ovate, toothserrate, veined, shining. This shrub is a native of the high mountains of many parts of Europe. It is found in the northern counties of Great Britain, flowering in May. ** Leaves smooth, quite entire. 26. Salix Myrtilloides ; Myrtle-leaved Willow. Leaves entire, smooth, ovate, acute. This is a small shrub, scarcely a foot high. — Native of Sweden and Iceland, Switzerland, the south of France, Ingria, and Siberia. It flowers in May. 27. Salix Integra. Leaves entire, smooth, linear, oblong, obtuse. — Native of Japan. 28. Salix Glauca; Glaucous-leaved Willow. Leaves quite entire, very finely villose underneath, ovate-oblong. This is a shrub, from two to three feet in height. According to Villars, it is a creeping and very singular shrub, with a large twisted trunk, of a greenish ash colour; branches short; bark greenish or blackish on the younger branches, and a little villose at the end. — Native of the mountains of Lapland, the Alps, and Pyrenees. 29. Salix Caspica; Caspian Willow. Leaves linear, lan- ceolate, quite entire, smooth. This shrub, which seldom exceeds six feet high, almost emulates the Weeping Willow in the slenderness of its twigs. — Native of Russia, in the sands between the southern Volga and the Rbymnus towards the Caspian Sea, and very abundantly by the rivers ofSarpa and Cuma. *** Leaves quite entire, villose. 30. Salix Aurita; Round-eared Willow. Leaves quite entire, villose on both sides, obovate, appendicled. This small tree grows from a yard to eight feet high. It sometimes flowers a second time in the autumn, after having previously flowered in May. The shoots are slender, and tolerably flexible. It has been observed near Bungay in. Suffolk, and is common in the woods and hedges of Scotland. 31. Salix Lanata; Woolly-leaved Willow. Leaves woolly on both sides, roundish, acute. — Native of Lapland. 32. Salix Lapponum ; Lapland Willow. Leaves quite entire, hirsute, lanceolate. — Native of Lapland, abounding in all the valleys of the high mountains. 33. Salix Arenaria ; Sand Willow. Leaves entire, ovate, acute, subvillose above, tomentose underneath ; stems about the height of a man, upright, little branched, cinereous, or red. — Native of many parts of Europe; found on the sea- shores of Scotland, among blowing sand. 34. Salix Incubacea; Trailing Willow. Leaves quite entire, lanceolate underneath, villose, shining ; stipules ovate, acute. — Native of Sweden. 35. Salix Fusca; Brown Dwarf Willow. Leaves quite entire, ovate, pubescent underneath. This is a low, pro- cumbent, creeping shrub. This species, and Arenaria, Incu- bacea, and Repens, are closely allied. — Native of several parts of Europe. Found in England by Lansdown Castle between Southampton and Winchester; between Kilnsay and Arnclift' in Yorkshire, and various parts of Scotland. 36. Salix Gmelini ; Gmelin’s Willow. Leaves elliptic-lan- ceolate, entire, silky underneath. — Native of Dauria. 37. Salix Serotina ; Late Willow. Leaves oblong, acute, quite entire, silky; stipules lanceolate, deciduous. This shrub grows only six feet high in the water, but in a drier situation it becomes a tree, with a trunk the size of the human arm. — Native of Russia, in the sandy shallows and islands of the southern Volga, between Zarizin and Astracan ; where it does not unfold its buds and put forth its catkins till the beginning of June, when the waters of the river begin to subside. 38. Salix Arctica; Arctic Willow. Leaves quite entire, obovate-rounded, villose underneath. — Found in the Arctic Circle on the shores of the Icy Sea. '****' Leaves subserrate, villose. 39. Salix Sibirica; Siberian Willow. Leaves ovate, lan ceolate, subserrate, tomentose, stiffish ; stipules ovate, some; what toothed. — Native of the farther Siberia, by the subal- pine streams of the Jenisca, and the plains of Dauria. 40. Salix Capraea ; Round-leaved Sallow. Leaves ovate, wrinkled, tomentose underneath, waved, toothletted above. This sometimes becomes a large tree. Linneus says, no species of Salix requires such a dry soil as this does. The bark is used in dyeing leather by the Laplanders ; and the best gloves are prepared with it in Scania. The w ood is soft, light, and flexible, fit for several uses of the turner, the handles of tools, knife-boards, &c. The coal is esteemed good for making gunpowder, and is used in drawing. It is of considerable service to bees, both by its early flowering and abundance of antherae. — The Sallow's are commonly planted in cuttings made from strong shoots of the former year, about three feet long; these are commonly thrust down two feet deep into the ground, and remain one foot above the surface. The cuttings should be placed about five feet row from row, and two feet asunder in rows, observing always to plant the rows the sloping way of the ground, especially 514 SAL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAL if the tides overflow the place, because if placed the con- I trary way, all the filth and weeds will be detained by the | sets, which will clioak them up. The best season for planting is February; not sooner, because hard frosts may occur, and cause them to peel, which greatly injures them. These plants are always cut every year, and the yearly produce of au acre has frequently been sold for fifteen pounds, but ten pounds is a common price, and is more than corn-land will bring: hence it is a pity these plants are not more'cnltivated upon those moist boggy soils where nothing else will thrive. 41. Salix Acuminata ; Long-leaved Sallow. Leaves ovate, oblong, tomentose underneath, the upper ones entire, the lower crenate. This species rises about six feet high, often resembling a small tree. It flowers in March and April, and the capsules ripen in May. It is common about Oxford ; and Dr. Withering noticed it at Kirkstall Abbey in Yorkshire. See the preceding species. 42. Salix Pediceilata ; Stalk capsuled Sallow. Leaves lanceolate, wrinkled, tomentose underneath ;. capsules pedi- celled, smooth. — Found in Barbary. 43. Salix Viminalis; Osier. Not stipuied : leaves lance- olate linear, very long, almost quite entire, flat, silky under- neath. Ray says, this is the true Osier, at least that which is so called in Essex and Cambridgeshire. Varieties of it, and different species, are doubtless cultivated under this name. Innumerable varieties are grown in the Osier grounds for the basket-makers, and the same variety under different names in different places; so that it would be diffi- cult, and of little use, to enumerate them. The Dutch and Wire Osiers are much esteemed about London. Evelyn enumerates many varieties of Osier known among basket- makers in his lime. We have iu England, says he, three vulgar sorts : one of little worth, being brittle, and very much resembling the Sallow, with reddish twigs and more greenish and rounder leaves. A second called Perch, of limber and green twigs, having a very slender leaf. The third totally like the second, only the twigs not altogether so green, but yellowish. This is the very best for use, tough and hardy. The most usual names by which basket-makers call them about London are, the Hard Gelster, the Horse Gelster, Whining or Shrivelled Gelster, and Black Gelster, in which Suffolk abounds. Then follow the Goldstones, the hard and soft, brittle and worst of all the Goldstones ; the sharp and slender-topped yellow Goldstone, and the fine Goldslone. Then there is the Yellow Osier, the Green Osier, the Snake or Speckled Osier, the Swallow Tail, and the Spaniard. To these we may add the Flanders Willow, which will arrive to be a large tree : with these coopers tie their hoops to keep them bent. Lastly, the White Swallow, used for green work; and if of the toughest sort, to make quarter can-hoops, of which our seamen provide great quan- tities.— Cultivation, &c. In order to raise a bed of Osiers, the ground being properly dug over or ploughed, cuttings must he procured of two-years’ wood, though the bottom part of the strongest one year’s shoots may do; they should be two feet and a half long, a foot and half to be thrust into the ground, and the other foot to remain for the stool: put them in at two feet distance every way. The first summer the weeds must be kept under; and the next, the tallest must be hacked down. Iu three years the sets should all be cut down to the first planted heads. They will sell well to the hurdle maker; and there will be a regular quantity of proper stools for an annual crop of twigs, which will be worth five or six pounds more au acre for the basket-maker. If Osier holts are overflowed by the tide, tiie rows should go the same way as the stream, and should be at a greater distance from each other, that the weeds, &c. may have free course; in this case the cuttings may be planted closer in the rows. Plantations designed to be cut every six or seven years for poles, may be raised in the same manner, only that the cuttings must be a yard asunder: but when intended for hurdles, the distance need not be so great. In Osier holts they commouly mix with the true Osier, the Sallow, the Long-shootiug Green Willow, the Crane Willow, the Golden Willow, the Silver Willow, and the Welch Wicker, for the dif- ferent purposes of the basket-maker. For timber, the cuttings planted should be of the last year’s shoot, a foot and a half long, a foot of which should be thrust into the ground: they should be planted at the distance of three feet every way. At the end of May or the beginning of June, the sets that have shot too luxuriantly should have all the branches removed, except the leading shoot. In low moist situations Osiers may be cultivated, at least on a small scale, with great advan- tage to every farm: and the first step is, to throw soil into beds, so as to lay the surface sufficiently dry, the Osier dis- liking an unsound situation. This should be performed iu autumn, and in the March following these beds being firmly established, and their surfaces in good working order, the soil should be thoroughly trenched with the spade, and truncheons inserted. The method of planting an Osier ground is this: the soil being laid perfectly dry, and its surface made clean, cuttings of the second or third year’s growth, and about twelve inches Ions*, are planted in drills, about two feet and a half asunder, in the month of March. The cuttings ought to be thrust in seven or eight inches deep, leaving four or five inches of Head above ground. The intervals should be kept stirred with a small plough; or the first year a crop of potatoes may be taken: the drills in either case must be kept perfectly clean with the hand-hoe; and at the approach of winter, the intervals should be split, and the mould thrown to the roots of the young plants, to lay them dry and warm during winter. The following spring the first year’s shoots may be trimmed off, and the plants which have failed must be replaced. The second summer the intervals must be kept stirred, the drills hoed, and the plants earthed up as before against winter. The ensuing spring the stools may again be cleared, although the twigs as yet will be of little value. But at the third cutting they will produce marketable ware, and will increase in quantity and value, until the profits arising from them will be very great. In situations which the plant affects, and in countries where the twigs are in demand, Osier grounds have been known to pay au annual rent of ten pounds an acre; and ordinarily, if they be well managed, they will pay four or five. 44. Salix Cinerea ; Cinereous or Gray Sallow. Leaves subserrate, oblong ovate, subvillose underneath; stipules half cordate; branches tough, cylindrical, smooth, reddish. In woods it grows more than six, and sometimes nearly twelve, j feet high ; in exposed boggy ground it spreads more, but i does not rise so high. The inhabitants of the Highlands and Hebrides frequently use the bark to tan leather. The wood is smooth, soft, white, and flexible. It is often used to make handles for hatchets, prongs, spades, &c. and furnishes shoe- ( makers with cutting- boards, and whetting- boards to smooth the edges of their knives upon. About Palm Sunday the children in many parts of our_ island gather the flowering- branches, calling them Palms. It flowers in April, and is a . native of Europe, in moist woods and hedges, not iu a dry & soil. See the fortieth species, for its cultivation, &c. 45. Salix Alba; White Willow. Leaves lanceolate, acu- minate, serrate, pubescent on both sides, the lowest serra-' 4 SAL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAL lures glandular. This, when suffered to grow without cul- ture, becomes a large and lofty tree. It is of quick growth, and, when lopped, soon decays. The trunk is straight, with a gray rough bark, full of cracks : branches numerous, upright, but diffused, gray, or brownish green, the upper ones often dusky red. The wood is white, light, and tough. Hanbury says, it is agreeable to burn, because it does not smoke, and gives a regular heat; though it is not generally esteemed as firing. It is used to make poles, stakes, hoops, &c. Cattle will feed on the leaves. The Arabs distil their celebrated calaf water from the catkins of any species in which they are fragrant. They use this water as a coding beverage, or as a febrifuge. In the summer season the leaves have been observed to distil a clear liquor, which Scopoli asserts to be owing to the liquefaction of the spume of the insect Cicada Spumaria, vulgarly called Cuckoo Spittle. The bark will tan leather, and dye yarn of a cinnamon colour: and the inner bark has often afforded a miserable substitute for bread to the necessitous inhabitants of Kamtschatka. Mr. Stone, in the Philosophical Transactions, gives an account of the great efficacy of the bark of this tree in curing intermittent fevers. He gathered the bark in summer when full of sap, dried it by a gentle heat, and gave a drachm of it powdered every four hours between the fits. In a few obstinate cases he mixed it with one-fifth of Peruvian bark. It is remarkable that intermittents are most prevalent in wet countries, and that this tree grows naturally in such situations. While the Peruvian bark remained at its usual moderate price, it was hardly worth while to seek for a substitute ; but since the consumption of that article is become nearly equal to the supply of it from South America, we must expect to find it dearer and more adulterated every year, and consequently the White Willow bark is likely to become an object worthy the attention of the faculty; and should its success, upon a more enlarged scale of practice, prove equal to Mr. Stone’s experiments, the world will be much indebted to that gentle- man for his communication. And as the bark of other species has the same properties, it ought to be determined by expe- rience which species should be preferred. 46. Salix Tetrasperma ; Four-seeded. Willow. Leaves broad-lanceolate, acuminate, serrulate, smooth above, whitish below. — This is the only species of Willow yet found in India. It is a middle-sized tree, growing on the banks of rivulets, and in moist places far among the mountains. It flowers in the cold season. The Indigenous North American species of Salix, arranged according to Frederick Pursh, Author of “ Flora America Septentrionalis.” * Leaves very entire, or obsolete-serrate ; vernation revolute. 1. Salix Candida. Leaves linear-lanceolate, very long, obsolete-denticulate at the apex, pubescent on the upper side, nivose-tomentose beneath, revolute at the margin; sti- pules lanceolate; aments praecocious, cylindrical; squames obovate-lanceolate. — Grows in dry shady woods, from New York to Pennsylvania. 2. Salix Muhlenbergiana. Leaves lanceolate, somewhat acute, almost entire, pubescent-hoary, rugose venous under- neath, revolute at the margin ; stipules deciduous, lanceo- late; aments praecocious, diandrous; squames oblong, villose at the margin; germina ovate-lanceolate, sericeous-villose, pedicellate; style short; stigmata bifid; tree from three to five feet in heght; branches greenish-yellow, with black dots ; the antherae are purple, changing to yellow when burst; scales white with a red tip, which gives the catkins a very pleasing appearance. — Glow's in shady dry woods, from New York to Virginia. 109. 615 3. Salix Tristis. Leaves linear-lanceolate, acute on both sides, very entire, revolute at the margin, somewhat glabrous on the upper side, rugose-venous underneath, tomentose ; stipules none; aments praecocious, oblong. — Grows in dry sandy woods from New Jersey to Carolina. 4. Salix Recurvata. Leaves obovate-lanceolate, acute, very entire, glandulous at the margin, glabrous, glaucous underneath ; younger leaves sericeous ; stipules none ; aments praecocious, recurved; squames black at the tip; hairs of the length of the germen; germina ovate, short-pedicellate, sericeous ; style very short ; stigmata bifid ; branches brown, smooth ; buds yellow'. — Grows in shady woods, in the moun- tains of New Jersey and Pennsylvania. ** Leaves very entire, or obsolete-serrate ; vernation equitant. t Stem creeping, depressed, or diffuse. 5. Salix Repens. Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, very entire, acute, glabrous, subsericeous underneath; stipules none; aments praecocious, ovate, diandrous ; squames obovate, obtuse, hairy, brown at the tip; germina ovate-oblong, pedi- cellate, pubescent ; style very short ; stigmata bilobed ; cap- sules glabrous. — Grows in Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. A very small creeping species, which with numerous vari- eties is found in almost all the moist sandy heaths of Europe, flowering in May, and ripening fruit in June and July. 6. Salix Reticulata. Leaves elliptic-orbiculate, obtuse, very entire, glabrous, reticulate venous, glaucous under- neath; stipules none; aments peduncled, diandrous; squames obovate, obtuse, pubescent ; germina ovate, sessile, villose ; stigmata subsessile, bipartite. — Grows in Labrador, Newr- foundland, and on the north-west coast. This is a very low creeping species, with leaves very handsomely marked with coloured veins. — 7. Salix Vestita. Leaves suborbiculate, very entire, gla- brous on the upper surface, reticulate-venous; aments linear, sericeous; germina ovate, sessile, villose; style deeply bipar- tite; stigmata bifid. — Grows in Labrador. 8. Salix Uva Ursi. Leaves spathulate-obovate, obtuse, glabrous; aments lax; squames oblong, ciliate; germina ovate, pedicellate, glabrous ; stigmata bilobed. — Grows in Labrador. 9. Salix Cordifolia. Leaves oval, subacute, cordated at the base, reticulate-venous ; stipules semicordated. — Grows in Labrador. 10. Salix Obovata. Leaves obovate, obtuse, glabrous above, sericeous-villous beneath ; aments subcoaetaneous, sessile, oblong, diandrous ; squames obovate, black at the -tip, hairy.— Grows in Labrador, and on the North west coast. 11. Salix Planifolia. Branchlets levigate; leaves oblong- lanceolate, acute on both sides, very glabrous, patent, plane, discoloured. This singular species distinguishes itself at first sight by its remarkable plain and patent leaves: it is inclined to rise from the ground on a single low stem, and approaches to the following division. It Stem erect. 12. Salix Pedicellaris. Branchlets levigate ; leaves obo- vate-lanceolate, acute, glabrous; aments coaetaneous, pedun- cled, very glabrous; squames oblong, as short again as the pedicel ; stigmata sessile, bifid. — Grows on the Catskill mountains. New York. 13. Salix Lambertiana. Leaves subopposite, obovate- lanceolate, acute, glabrous, subserrate at the tip, discolour- ed ; squames orbiculate, black ; stigmata ovate, emarginate. — Grows on the banks of rivers, and in Willow-grounds, introduced from Europe. 14. Salix Rosmarinifolia. Leaves linear-lanceolate, acute, 6 P 51G SAL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAL subglandulose at the margin, deciduous-pubescent on the upper surface, sericeous underneath ; stipules few, lanceo- late, erect. — Grows in wet meadows and mountain swamps, from Pennsylvania to Carolina. 15. Salix Fuscata. Leaves obovate-lanceolate, acute, gla- brous, subserrate, glaucous ; the younger leaves pubescent ; stipules few ; stigmata sessile, bilobed. — Grows in low over- flowed grounds, on the banks of rivers, from New York to Pennsylvania. *** Leaves remotely and obtusely serrate. 16. Salix Conifera. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, acute ; style bifid ; stigmata bilobed. — Grows in shady woods on gravelly dry soil, from New York to Carolina. 17. Salix Myricoides. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, acute, biglandulose at the base, glabrous, glaucous underneath ; branches green ; younger ones purple, smooth. — Grows in wet meadows and woods, from New England to Virginia. 18. Salix Prinoides. Leaves oval-oblong, acute, remotely undulate-serrate ; stipules semicordated, inciso-dentated ; Style long. — Grows on the banks of rivers, from Pennsylvania to Virginia. If). Salix Discolor. Leaves oblong, somewhat obtuse, glabrous; stipules deciduous, lauceolate-serrate; germina subsessile, lanceolate, tomentose ; branches dark brown ; filamenta white; antheras red, yelloVv when burst. — Grows in low grounds and on the banks of rivers, from New Eng- land to Carolina. — This is the most common species in use for basket-making. 20. Salix Angustata. Leaves lanceolate, acute, very long; -oipules semicoidate ; stigmata two-lobed. — Grows in shady woods on the banks of rivers, in New York and Pennsyl- vania. 21. Salix Longifolia. Leaves linear, acuminate on both sides, elongate ; stipules few, lanceolate, denticulate ; branches brown; branchlets white. — Grows on the banks of the Sus- quehannah. **** Leaves thickly and acutely serrate. t Triandrous, (filamenta from three to six.) 22. Salix Houstoniana. Leaves linear-lanceolate, acute, very finely serrate, glabrous on both sides, shining; fila- menta from three to five ; branches extremely brittle at their base. — Grows in Virginia and Carolina. 23. Salix Falcata. Leaves very long, linear-lanceolate ; younger leaves sericeous ; stipules lunated, dentated, deflex ; branches very slender and brown. — Grows on the banks of livers, from Pennsylvania to Virginia. 24. Salix Nigra. Leaves lanceolate, acute, serrulate, gla- brous; stipules small, dentated; germina pedicellate, ovate, glabrous ; style very short ; stigmata bifid ; branches smooth, very brittle at the base. This tree rises to the height of twenty feet ; and grows on the banks of rivers, in Pennsyl- vania and Virginia. 25. Salix Lucida. Leaves ovate-oblong, cuspidate-acumi- nate, rounded at the base, serrate, glandulose, glabrous on both sides, shining; stipules oblong, glandulose-serrate; stigmata obtuse; branches yellowish-brown. — Grows in low grounds, about springs, from New York to Virginia. 26. Salix Rigida. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, subcordated at the base, rigid, glabrous; aments subtrian- drous ; branches green, red towards the end ; younger ones pubescent. — Grows in swamps and hedges, from New Eng- land to Virginia. 27. Salix Cordata. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, cordated at the base, serrate, glabrous; stipules ovate-sub- rotund, cartilaginous-serrate. — Grows in low and swampy grounds, on the banks of rivers, from New York to Virginia. ++ Diandrous. 28. Salix Grisea. Leaves lanceolate, acuminate, serrulate, glabrous on the upper surface ; stipules linear, deflex, deci- duous; squames oblong, hairy, black at the tip; germina oblong, pedicellate, sericeous ; branches greenish-purple, very brittle at the base.- — Grows in low overflowed grounds, from Pennsylvania to Virginia. 29. Salix Petiolaris. Leaves lanceolate, serrate, glabrous ; stipules lunated, dentated ; squames obovate, obtuse, black, hairy ; branches slender, smooth, dark brown. — Grows in swamps, and on the banks of river. A common North Ame- rican species. 30. Salix Ambigua. Leaves lanceolate, acuminate, gla- brous, glandulose serrate ; floscules terminal, triandrous. — Grows in the low grounds of New York and New Jersey. • 31. Salix Myrsicites. Leaves elliptic-ovate, serrulate, glabrous, shining; stipules lanceolate, serrate; germina ovate-lanceolate, sessile, sericeous; stigmata subsessile, bifid ; branches purplish-yellow. A small struggling bush, not above a foot high, growing in Labrador. 32. Salix Herhacea. Leaves orbiculate, subretuse, ser- rate, glabrous on both sides, shining; stipules none; aments serotiue, with few flowers; squames obovate, obtuse, villose- germina oblong-ovate, subsessile, glabrous; stigma very short, subsessile. This is the smallest of all the known spe- cies, the stems being not above an inch in height. — A native of the north-west coast of America. Sallow. See Salix. Salmasia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Trigy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix .- perianth one-leafed. five-parted; segments oblong, acute, permanent. Corolla: petals five, oblong, clawed, inserted into the receptacle, the length of the calix. Stamina : filamenta five, capillary, the length of the corolla, inserted into the receptacle ; antherte roundish. Pistil: germen three-cornered, superior; style none; stigmas three. Pericarp: capsule three-cornered, three-celled, three-valved ; partitions contrary to the valves. Seeds: very many, minute. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: five-petalled. Style: none, i Capsule: threc-celled, three-valved, many-seeded. The' only known species is, 1. Salmasia Racemosa. This is a shrub, with round, hir- sute, rufescent branches ; flowers white, in long, axillary, and terminating racemes. — Native of Guiana in woods, where it : flowers and bears fruit in October. Salsola; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia.l — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-parted; i segments ovate, coucave, permanent. Corolla: none, unless I the calix be so called. Stamina : filamenta five, very short, 4 inserted into the segments of the calix. Pistil: germen globular; style three-parted, or two-parted, short; stigmas i recurved. Pericarp: capsule ovate, wrapped in the calix,; one-celled. Seed : single, very large, spiral. Observe. Some species have three styles. Essential Character. Calix: ■ five-leaved. Corolla: none. Capsule: one-seeded. Seed: screw-shaped. — All the annual sorts may be propagated by seed. In those countries where the preparation of soda forms a considerable branch of commerce, the seeds are regularly sown in a proper situation near the sea; where they usually shoot above ground in the course of a fortnight. In Spain they plough the land four or five times, dung it ‘ well, and then having turned the earth twice more, they 1 make it smooth with boards instead of harrows, and sow the seed in January and February, waiting always for wet weather. When the plant is about the bigness of a shilling, they clear off all the weeds. About the time that the seedsl j SAL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAL 517 become ripe, the plants are pulled up by the roots, and exposed in a suitable place to dry, and there the seeds are collected : this being done, the plants are tied up iu bundles, and burned in an oven constructed for that purpose; the ashes, whilst hot, being continually stirred with long poles. The saline matter, on becoming cold, forms a hard solid mass, which is afterwards broken in pieces of a convenient size for exportation. The shrubby sorts may be propagated by layers or cuttings, which should be laid down in the spring, and when well rooted, in the autumn be taken off, and planted where they are to remain, in a warm sheltered situation. The species are, 1. Salsola Kali ; Prickly Saltwort. Herbaceous, decum bent : leaves awl-shaped, spiny, rugged ; calices margined, axillary; root annual, fibrous. This plant, on being burned, yields fossil alkali : it contributes more generally to the manufacture of soda for making glass than Chenopodium Maritimum, but is not esteemed equal to some other species of Salsola. — It flowers with us in July; and is a native of the sandy shores of Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. 2. Salsola Tragus. Herbaceous, erect: leaves awl-shaped, spiny, even ; calices ovate. This plant yields an ordinary kind of soda, with which the French in Languedoc adulterate the better sort. This fraud is also practised by the Sicilians, who call the plant Selvaggia. — Native of the sea-coasts of the south of Europe, and of Africa. 3. Salsola Rosacea; Rose-coloured Saltwort. Herbaceous: leaves awl-shaped, mucronate; calices spread out. The flowers are small, and of a rose-colour, soon fading. — Native of Tartary. 4. Salsola Soda; French Saltwort. Herbaceous, patu- lous : leaves unarmed ; stems procumbent or upright, with spreading branches. — Native of the south of Europe. 5. Salsola Sativa ; Spanish Saltwort. Diffused, herba- ceous: leaves round, smooth; flowers conglomerate. This plant grows abundantly on that part of the Spanish coast which is washed by the Mediterranean Sea, and affords all the best soda consumed in Europe, and called by us Spanish or Alicant Soda, and by the Spanish merchants Barilla de Alicante. Various other marine plants yield soda, but they are principally of this genus or of Salicornia, both deriving their names from this quality. It is to be regretted that the dif- ferent sorts of soda whieh are brought to European markets, have not been sufficiently analysed to enable us to ascertain with tolerable certainty the respective value of each ; indeed whilst the practice of adulterating this salt continues, all attempts at analysation are likely to prove fruitless. Accord- ing to those analyses which have been attempted, soda gene- rally contains a portion of vegetable alkali and neutral salts; as common salt, and sometimes vitriolated tartar or Glauber’s Salt, likewise liver of sulphur; and not unfrequently some portion of iron is contained in the mass: it is therefore to be considered as more or less a compound, and its goodness should be estimated accordingly. The Spanish soda of the best sort is in dark-coloured masses of a blueish tinge, very ponderous, sonorous, dry to the touch, externally abound- ing with small cavities, without any offensive smell, and very- salt to the taste : if longer exposed to the air, it undergoes a degree of spontaneous calcination. The best French soda is also dry, sonorous, and brittle, and of a deep blue colour approaching to black. The soda which is mixed with small stones, gives out a fetid smell on solution, and is white, soft, and deliquescent, and is of the worst sort. The method of purifying this salt for medicine may be found in the London and l.dinburgh Pharmacopoeias, in the former under the article Natron Preeparatum ; and in the Edinburgh, under that of Sal Alkalinus fixus fossilis purificatus. The pure crystals thus formed from Alicant Barilla, are colourless, transparent, lamellated, rhomboidal; and one hundred parts are found to contain twenty of alkali, sixteen of aerial acid, and sixty-four of water; but upon keeping the crystals for a length of time, if the air be admitted, the water evaporates, and they assume the form of a white powder. This salt preserves flesh longer than common salt, but not so long as the vegetable alkali. Natron has been thought useful in scrophulous disorders, but is seldom given in its simple state. In combination with vitriolic acid, this alkali forms Glauber’s Salt or Natron Vitri- olatum ; with nitrous acid, cubic nitre ; with marine acid, common salt; with the sedative salt of Homberg, borax ; and with cream of tartar, Rochelle Salt, or Sel Saignette. Soda or BarilH is in common use in the manufactures of glass and soap. White Spanish soap, being made of the finer kinds of Olive oil, is preferred for internal use. G. Salsola Spicata ; Spiked Saltwort. Herbaceous : leaves oblong, obtuse, semicylindric ; flowers in threes, axillary, subspiked. — Native of Spain. 7. Salsola Altissima; Grass-leaved Saltwort. Herbace- ous, erect, very much branched : leaves filiform, sharpish, pedunculiferous at the base. — Found in Italy, in Saxony, and in Astracan. 8. Salsola Trigyna; Trifid-styled Saltwort. Herbace- ous, erect: leaves filiform, obtuse-fleshy; flow'ers axillary, sessile, in Ihrees ; styles trifid. — Native of Spain. !). Salsola Salsa ; Stripcd-stalked Saltwort. Herbaceous, nearly upright: leaves linear, somewhat fleshy, awnless; calices succulent, diaphanous; stems afoot high, panicled, even, purplish, somewhat striated. — Native of Astracan. 10. Salsola Nudiflora; Naked flowered Saltwort. Some- what w'oody, ascending : leaves filiform, fleshy ; flowers glo- merate; leaves the length of the glomerules. Perennial. — Native of the East Indies, on the coast of Tranquebar. 11. Salsola Flavescens ; Yellow Saltwort. Somewhat woody, erect: leaves round, pubescent; flowers subglome- rate. Perennial. — Native of Spain. 12. Salsola Hirsuta; Hairy Saltwort. Herbaceous, dif- fused : leaves round, obtuse, tomentose. Annual. — Native of France and Denmark, on the sea-coast. 13. Salsola Laniflora ; Woolly-fiowered Saltivort. Herba- ceous: leaves round, pubescent; flowers axillary; autherae coloured. — Native of Siberia. 14. Salsola Hyssopifolia ; Hyssop-leaved Saltwort. Her- baceous: leaves linear, flat; glomerules ot flowers axillary, w'oolly. — Native of the dry salt plains of Siberia. 15. Salsola Polyclonos ; Many-spiked Saltwort. Some- what woody, diffused; leaves oblong ; calices margined, glo- merate, coloured. — Native of the sea-coasts of Spain and Sicily. 16. Salsola Prostrata; Prostrate Saltivort. Frutescent: leaves linear, hairy-unarmed. — Native of Spain, Austria, Swit- zerland, and Siberia. 17. Salsola Monandra; Fleshy-leaved Saltwort. Stem herbaceous, branched, fleshy, almost leafless; leaves round, fleshy; flowers one-stamined.— Native of Siberia, by the lake Altan, and in the steppes of Astracan. 18. Salsola Vermiculata; Narrow-leaved Saltwort. Fru- tescent : leaves in bundles, round, filiform ; floral leaves ovate, acute, fleshy;, stems shrubby, two to four feet high, sending out many side-branches. — Native of Spain. 19. Salsola Arbuscula; Bushy Saltwort. Shrubby: leave? in bundles, round, attenuated at the base, incurved; flowers solitary, scattered. — Native of Tartary. 20. ‘Salsola Aphylla; Leafless Saltwort. Arborescent. 518 SAL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAL jointed : leaves very short, ovate, pressed close, acute, soon falling off. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 21. Salsola Arborescens; Tree Saltwort. Frutescent: leaves semicylindric, the lower conjugate. — Native of Siberia. 22. Salsola Fruticosa; Shrubby Saltwort. Shrubby: leaves fleshy, round, obtuse, imbricate. The leaves have an herbaceous flavour, with a slight degree of salt, and some acrimony. It forms an elegant evergreen shrub, flowering in July and August; not unworthy of a place in gardens. This plant is found on the coasts of Norfolk, Suffolk, and Dorset- shire.— It is a native of France, Spain, Barbary, and Persia, on the sea coasts. 23. Salsola Indica; Indian Saltwort. Shrubby: leaves linear, fleshy, half round ; floral leaves oblong, obtuse. — Na- tive of the East Indies. 24. Salsola Sedioides; Sedum-like Saltwort. Suffruticose: leaves round, filiform, ciliate; flowers glomerate, axillary.— Native of Siberia. 25. Salsola Muricata; Hairy Saltwort. Shrubby, patu- lous : branchlets hirsute ; calices spiny. Annual : flowering in July and August. — Native of Egypt and Barbary. 26. Salsola Didyma; Twin-fruited Saltwort. Stem herba- ceous, decumbent; leaves oblong, unarmed; capsules two- lobed, two-seeded. — Native of Mozambique. 27. Salsola Echinus; Thorny Saltwort. Shrubby, smooth: leaves subulate, awnless; spines divaricate, flowering. — Native of the highest parts of Mount Libauus. 28. Salsola Camphorosmoides ; Camphorosma-leaved Salt- wort. Shrubby, smooth: leaves filiform, in axillary bundles. — Native of Barbary. 29. Salsola Brevifolia ; Short-leaved Saltwort. Shrubby, very much branched : .leaves ovate, clustered, very short, pubescent. — Native of Sicily and Barbary. 30. Salsola Mollis; Soft-leaved Saltwort. Shrubby: branches spreading ; leaves round, fleshy, glaucous, obtuse. — Native of Sicily and Barbary. 31. Salsola Oppositifolia; Opposite-leaved Saltwort. Shrub- by : leaves subulate, unarmed, opposite. This is a very hand- some species, and quite distinct from all its congeners.— -Na- tive of Tunis in Africa, and of Spain and Sicily. 32. Salsola Caroliniana. Plant herbaceous, decumbent, glabrous; leaves dilatate-subulate, spinescent; buds fruitful. Very turgid ; calices fructiferous, explanato-alated. — Grows in Carolina. 33. Salsola Depressa. Plant herbaceous, very branchy ; branchlets distich ; leaves succulent, linear, acute, glabrous ; flowers axillary, sessile ; stamina standing out. This plant was discovered by Mr. Thomas Nuttall, on the volcanic plains of the Missouri. Saltwort. See Glaux, Salicornia, and Salsola. Salvadora; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, four-cleft; lobes revolute. Corolla: one petalled; tube short; border four-cleft; segments oblong, revolute. Stamina : fila- xnenta four, the length of the calix, reflex; anthers round. Pistil: germen roundish; style single, short, or none; stigma simple, blunt, urnbilicate. Pericarp: berry globular, one- celled. Seed: single, spherical, covered with a callous aril. Essential Character. Calix: four-cleft. Corolla: four- cleft. Berry: one-seeded. Seed: covered with an aril. The species are, 1. Salvadora Persica. Leaves oval or oblong; flowers Danicled. This is a middle sized tree, a native of most part of the Circars, though by no means common: it seems to grow equally well in every soil; and flowers and bears fruit all the year round. The berries have a strong aromatic smell, 6 and taste much like Garden Cresses. The bark of the root is remarkably acrid ; bruised, and applied to the skin, it soon raises blisters, for which purpose the natives often use it : as a stimulus, it promises to be a medicine possessed of very considerable powers — Found on the coast of Tranquebar, and in the Persian Gulf. 2. Salvadora Capitulata. Leaves ovate, acuminate ; heads axillary. This is a middle-sized tree, very much branched. — j Native of Cochin-china. 3. Salvadora Biflora. Leaves lanceolate-ovate ; flowers in pairs. Ten feet high, with many twisted spreading branches. — Native of the woods of Cochin-china; where this and the second species are not easily distinguished except in flower. Salvia; a genus of the class Diandria, order Monogynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, tu- bular, striated, gradually widening and compressed at the top; mouth erect, two-lipped; lower lip two toothed. Co- rolla: one-petalled, unequal; tube widening at the top, com- pressed; border ringent; upper lip concave, compressed, curved inwards, emarginate ; lower lip wide, trifid; middle segment larger, roundish, emarginate. Stamina: filamenta two, very short; two threads are fastened transversely to these almost in the middle, on the lower extremity of which is a gland, on the upper an anther. Pistil: germen four-cleft; style filiform, very long, in the same situation with the stamina ; I stigma bifid. Pericarp: none. Calix: very slightly con- | verging, having the seeds in the bottom of it. Seeds: four, roundish. Observe. The singular forking of the filamenta constitutes the essential character; rudiments of two stamina, but barren ones in the opening of the corolla ; glands in most species callous, but in a few' a sort of rudiment of an anther, with little or no pollen, occurs. The gland is one cell of the anther, commonly sterile, connected with the other cell fertile, having an antheraceous membrane length- ! ened out into a thread. Essential Character. Co- rolla: unequal; filamenta fastened transversely to a pedicel. : The species are, 1. Salvia iEgyptiaca ; Egyptian Sage. Leaves lanceolate, toothletted ; flowers peduncled; plant a foot high, stiff, and 1 brachiate. It flowers in June and July. Native of Egypt and the Canary Islands. — All the species of this genus may be propagated by seeds ; but as some of them do not propa- gate their seeds in England, and most of the sorts, but espe- cially the common kinds for use, are easily propagated by slips, it is not worth wdiile to raise them from seeds. The slips of the hardy sorts should be planted in the beginning of April, on a shady border, where, if they are now and then refreshed with water, if the season should prove dry, they t will soon take root. When these slips have made good roots, t they may be taken up with balls of earth, and transplanted where they are to remain, which should always be upon a dry soil, and where they may have the benefit of the sun ; for if they are planted on a moist soil, or in a shady situation, they are very subject to be destroyed in winter; nor will ’ these plants endure the cold so well, when planted upon a rich soil, as those in barren dry rocky ground : and this is l the case with most verticillate plants, which will often grow upon walls exposed to the cold of severe winters, when the plants in the ground are destroyed. The side-shoots and lops of these plants may be gathered in the summer aud I dried, if intended for tea: for most other purposes they are > better when gathered green. Several of the species are so 1 tender that they cannot endure the open air in our winter: I such must be planted in pots filled with fresh light sandy earth, and placed under a hot-bed frame, that they may have a great share of fresh air whenever the season is mild ; for SAL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAL 619 when too much drawn, they seldom flower well, and make but an insignificant appearance. In summer they must be exposed among other plants, in some well-sheltered situation, and should be often refreshed with water in warm weather. They should be new-potted at least twice every summer. The annual plants can only be propagated by seeds, sown in a bed of light earth, where they are to remain. 2. Salvia Dentata : Tooth-leaved Sage. Leaves linear- oblong ; tooth pinnatifid ; w horls two-flowered ; calicine seg- ments blunt. Native of the Cape of Good Hope. — This, and the species referred to this, being natives of a warmer country, require protection in winter. They are easily propagated by cuttings in the spring and summer months. If they are planted early in the spring, it will be the best way to plant them in pots, which should be plunged into a very moderate hot-bed; and if they are shaded from the sun in the heat of the day, and gently refreshed with water as they may require it, they will have put out good roots in about two months, when they should be inured gradually to the open air, into which they must be removed soon after. The cuttings which are raised early in the season, will become strong plants before winter, and will be in a better condition to resist the cold than those which are weak. If the cuttings be planted in summer, they will require no artificial heat ; so that if planted on a bed of fresh loamy earth, and covered close down with a bell or hand glass, and shaded from the sun in the heat of the day, giving them now and then a little water, they will take root freely, and when they begin to shoot, they should have free air admitted to them, by raising the glass on one side, and so gradually exposing them to the open air. When the plants are well rooted, they should be each trans- planted into a separate small pot, filled with fresh light earth, and placed in a shady situation till they have taken new root; then they may be removed to a sheltered situation, where they may remain till the approach of frost, when they must be carried into shelter, and in winter treated in the same manner as other hardy green-house plants, which only require pro- tection from frost, observing not to overwater them during the cold weather, but in summer water will be required often in the open air. 3. Salvia Cretica ; Cretan Sage. Leaves linear-lanceolate; flowers two-styled; calices two-leaved. It is shrubby, and flowers from June to August. — Native of the island of Candia. See the first species. 4. Salvia Lyrata ; Lyre-leaved Sage. Root-leaves lyrate, toothed ; helmet of the corolla very short. — Native of Virginia and Carolina. See the second species. 5. Salvia Leucantha. Leaves linear-lanceolate, crenulate, wrinkled ; flowers whorl-spiked ; calices tomentose. — Native of Mexico. See the second species. 6. Salvia Habligiana. Leaves linear, quite entire, pubes- cent, sessile; flowers whorl-spiked; bractes ovate, acuminate. — Native of Mount Tauris. 7. Salvia Officinalis; Garden Sage. Leaves lanceolate- ovate crenulate; whorls few-flowered; calices mucronate. This is a branching shrub, about two feet in height. — Native of the south of Europe and Barbary. There are numerous varieties of this species ; that with red or blackish leaves is the most common in the English gardens; and the Wormwood Sage is more abundant than the Common Green-leaved Sage. This plant has a strong fragrant smell, and a warm bitterish aromatic taste. In ancient times it was much celebrated as a remedy of great efficacy, but few practitioners at present con- sider it of much importance; and, though frequently employed as a sudorific, it seems to have no superiority over many other plants. Some are said to have employed it success- 109. fully for the purpose of restraining inordinate sweating. Van Swieten found it to be remarkably efficacious in arresting night-sweats, when infused in w’ine or spirit; but Quarin remarks, that a strong infusion in water has been experienced to be equally successful. Van Swieten also found it useful in restraining the improper continuance of a flow of milk from the breasts of women, after they had weaned their children. It is highly serviceable as a tonic, in a debility of the stomach and nervous system ; and for this purpose the Chinese highly value it, and give it the preference to their own Tea. The Italians eat it as a preservative of health; and many of our people follow their example, eating it with bread and butter, than which there is no better way of taking it. The express- ed juice, taken in small doses, increases the urinary discharge, and promotes the menstrual one when suppressed. The power of this plant in resisting the putrefaction of animal substances, has also been adduced in proof of its medicinal efficacy. From the experiments of Etlinger, it has a consider- able share of antiseptic power. Although this plant appears in the catalogue of the materia medica of the Loudon College, it is not directed to be used in any of the preparations. It still keeps its ground in fomentations, among the common people; and in the kitchen, for sauce to luscious and strong meats. — The roots will last several years, if they are planted in a warm dry soil; but where they are often cropped for use, the plants will often become ragged, so there should be a succession of young ones raised every other year. 8. Salvia Grandiflora; Broad-leaved Garden Sage. Leaves cordate, oblong, crenate; whorls many-flowered; calices acute; stalks shorter than those of the preceding species. This is generally called Balsamic Sage, and is preferred to all the others for making tea. Cultivated like the preceding. 9. Salvia Triloba; Three-lobed Sage, or Sage of Virtue. Tomentose: leaves petioled, very much wrinkled, three- lobed ; the middle lobe produced oblong, the lateral ones ovate, blunt. The flowers are smaller and of a deeper blue than those of the Common Sage. — Native of the south of Europe, Crete, and Syria. 10. Salvia Pomifera ; nipple-bearing Sage. Leaves cor- date, elliptic, blunt, tomentose, crenulate, waved at the edge; whorls in clusters ; calices trifid, blunt. The branches are punctured by insects, which produce protuberances as big as small apples, in the same manner as galls upon the Oak, and the rough balls upon the Briar ; and in the Isle of CaDdia, the Common Sage, from the same cause, produces the same excrescences, which are there carried to market under the name of Sage Apples. This plant smells like a mixture of Sage and Lavender. — Found by Tournefort in Candia. 11. Salvia Urticifolia; Nettle-leaved Sage. Leaves ovate, oblong, doubly-serrate; calices three-toothed; upper segment three-toothed ; stem high, upright, and smooth. — Native of Virginia and Florida. 12. Salvia Oecidentalis ; West Indian Sage. Leaves ovate, serrate; spikes loose; bractes cordate, subtriflorous. In Jamaica this little plant is found creeping under every hedge and bush in the lower lands: it runs frequently to the length of two or three feet, but always roots at the lower joints. It has a faint smell of Balm when first pulled. — Native of the West Indies. See the second species. 13. Salvia Tilimfolia; Lime-leaved Sage. Leaves cordate, wrinkled, equally crenate, serrate, acute ; calices sinoothish, awned ; stem herbaceous, upright, stiff, somewhat villose, with the angles blunt. — This is supposed to be a native of Mexico; and is to be treated as the second species. 14. Salvia Serotina; Late-flowering Sage. Leaves cordate, serrate, soft; flowers raceme-spiked; corollas scarcely exceed- G Q 520 SAL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAL ing the calix; root biennial. The odour unpleasant and strong. — Supposed a native of the isle of Chios. 15. Salvia Tenella. Leaves cordate ; stem filiform, creep- ing; spikes ascending. This is an herbaceous annual plant, with long capillary creeping roots. — Native of Jamaica, in the gravelly and grassy parts of the highest mountains. 1G. Salvia Viridis; Green-topped, Sage. Leaves oblong, crenate; helmet of the corolla semiorbicular ; fruiting calices reflex. This plant has a strong smell. — Native of Italy, and of Africa on the hills about Tunis. Sow the seeds of this and of the next species in the spring, where they are designed to remain : keep them clean from weeds, and thin them where they are close. 17. Salvia Horminum ; Red-topped Sage. Leaves obtuse, crenate; upper bractes barren, larger, coloured. The stems have whorls of small flowers, and are terminated by clusters of small leaves, forming two varieties, one with purple and another with red tops. For the sake of this coma, they are preserved in gardens for ornament. They flower in June and July, and ripen their seeds in autumn. — An infusion of the leaves is a good gargle for putrid spongy gums ; and the powder of them snuffed up the nose excites sneezing, and a discharge of watery humours from the head ; the leaves or seed put into the vat with ale while fermenting, greatly increase its inebriating quality. — Native of the south of Europe. 18. Salvia Virgata ; Long-branched Sage. Leaves oblong, cordate, wrinkled, crenate; hairs of the stem and calix glan- dular at the tip. It flowers from July to November. — Native of the Pyrenean mountains. 19. Salvia Sylvestris; Spotted-si alked Bohemian Sage. Leaves cordate, wrinkled, biserrate; bractes coloured, shorter than the flower, acuminate ; hairs of the stem and calix simple. — Native of Austria, Silesia, and the hills about Turin. 20. Salvia Nemorosa; Spear-leaved Sage. Leaves cordate, lanceolate, serrate, flat; bractes coloured; lower lip of the corolla reflex. It flowers from June to October.— Native of Austria and Taitary. 21. Salvia Syriaca; Syrian Sage. Leaves cordate, toothed ; the lower repand ; bractes cordate, short, acute ; calices tomentose; stem hairy. This species lasts twq or three years, and has a sweet smell. — Found in Syria and Palestine. 22. Salvia Viscosa ; Clammy Sage. Leaves oblong, blunt, erose-crenate, viscid ; flowers in whorls ; bractes cordate, acute; root perennial. It flowers in May and June. — Native ' of Italy. 23. Salvia Hcematodes ; Bloody Sage. Leaves cordate- ovate, wrinkled, tomentose; calices hispid; root tuberous. — Native of Italy and Istria. 24. Salvia Pratensis ; Meadow Sage or Clary. Leaves cordate, oblong, crenate ; the upper ones embracing; whorls almost naked ; corollas having a glutinous helmet ; root peren- nial. Dr. Withering remarks, that the floral leaves are about the length of the calix, which is spread open ; that the corolla, of a blueish purple, is four times as large as the calix, with the helmet hooked like the handle of a walking-stick ; and that its gumminess not being constant, ought not to make a part of its specific character. It flowers in July, and is a native of many parts of Europe, in dry pastures and by hedge sides. It is one of the most showy, as well as the most rare plants of British growth. The indefatigable Bay never found it wild in England. It has been noticed near Cobham in Kent; at Wicksclifts in Gloucestershire; between Middleton- Stoney, and Audley, in Oxfordshire; near Ford-End Farm, Bedford ; and often in Sussex and Surry. 25. Salvia Bicolor; Two-coloured Sage. Leaves ovate, erose-toothed ; flowers nodding; the middle segment of the lower lip of the corolla concave.— This handsome plant is a native of Barbary ; found in corn-fields, flowering in spring. 2G. Salvia Indica; Indian Sage or Clary. Leaves cordate, sublobed at the sides, the upper ones sessile ; whorls almost naked, very remote. This magnificent plant is^ rarely seen in our gardens, w hich is perhaps owing to its not being considered as a hardy plant. The flower, which is beautiful, appears from May to July. — It may be increased by seeds, as it is hardy enough to live in the open air in England, and the root will abide several years in a dry soil. As" however the seeds are but sparingly produced in England, it may also he in- creased by parting the roots in the autumn or spring, borne shelter must be afforded to this plant in severe winters. It flowers in great perfection in a large garden-pot, but it will succeed as well or better in the open border, but should be defended from cold winds. 27. Salvia Dominica; Dominica Sage. Leaves cordate, obtuse, crenate, subtomentose ; corollas narrower than the calix. — Common in the fields and coppices of the West Indies. See the first species. 28. Salvia Verbenaca ; Vervain Sage or Clary. Leaves serrate, sinuate, smoothish ; corollas narrower than the calix; root perennial, brown, the thickness of the middle finger, striking deep iuto the earth. This is smaller than the twenty- fourth species, but more aromatic, and of a deeper green. The herb and flowers prove very aromatic when rubbed. The seeds are smooth, and produce a great quantity of soft tasteless mucilage when moistened, whence they become serviceable for removing extraneous matter from the eves. If put under the eyelids for a few moments, the tears dissolve their mucilage, w hich envelopes any sand or dust that may be in the way, and brings it out safely. Hence some old writers have called it Oculus Christi ; and others, of our own country, have ridiculously enough derived our English name Clary from the same circumstance. It flowers through the whole summer, from June to October. — Native of all parts of Eu- rope, and not uncommon in England. This and the thirty- first species propagate themselves in plenty, if the seeds are permitted to scatter, and only require to be kept clean from weeds. 29. Salvia Scabra ; Rugged Sage. Rugged : leaves ly rate, toothed, wrinkled; stem panicle-branched. It is shrubby, and flowers in England during most part of the summer. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 30. Salvia Runcinata; R uncinate-leaved Sage. Rugged: leaves runcinate-pinuatifid, toothed; flow'ers spiked, whorled. — Native of the Cape. 31. Salvia Clandestina ; Cut-leaved Sage. Leaves serrate, pinnatifid, very much wrinkled ; spike obtuse; corollas nar- rower than the calix. Biennial : flowering from May to July. — Native of Italy, of Cyprus, and of Barbary. 32. Salvia Austriaca; Austrian Sage. Leaves ovate and cordate, erose-sinuate; root-leaves petioled; stem almost leaf- less; stamina double the length of the corolla; flowers white, or very pale yellow, and of moderate size. They appear in June and July. — Native of Austria, Hungary, and Maldavia. 33. Salvia Pyrenaica; Pyrenean Sage. Leaves obtuse, erose; stamina double the length of the corolla. — Native of the Pyrenees. 34. Salvia Disermas ; Long spiked Sage. Leaves cordate- oblong, erose; stamina equal to the corolla. It flowers is July. — Native of Syria. 35. Salvia Rugosa; Wrinkled-leaved Sage. Leaves cor- date, obloug, lanceolate, erose, crenate, wrinkled, somewhat hairy; stamina shorter than the corolla. It flowers in July SAL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAL 52l and August.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 36. Salvia Nubia; Nubian Sage. Leaves oblong, subcor- date, unequilateral, wrinkled, crenate, sometimes eared at the base.' It dowers in June and July. — Native of Africa. 37. Salvia Nilotiea ; Nile Sage. Leaves sinuate, angular, crenate-toothed ; teeth of the calices spiny; angles and mar- gin of the aperture ciliate. — Native of Egypt. 38. Salvia Mexicana; Mexican Sage. Leaves ovate, acuminate at both ends, serrate. — Native of Mexico. This makes a pretty variety in the green house, by flowering in the winter season. It must have a dry situation in winter, for the young shoots are very apt to grow mouldy in a damp air. Neither this nor the fifty-second species produces seeds in England ; they are propagated by cuttings, which may be planted at any time in summer. If they are planted in a bed of soft loamy earth, and covered close with a bell or hand glass, observing to shade them from the sun, and refresh them with water as they may require it, they will take root freely; then they must be inured to the open air: after they have put out good roots, they should be carefully taken up, aud each planted in a separate small pot filled with light fresh earth, placing them in the shade till they have taken new root; then they may be placed among other hardy green house plants in a sheltered situation till October, when they should be removecT into shelter before hard frost comes on ; but as they only require protection from severe frost, they should have as much free air as possible in mild weather. 39. Salvia Amethystina ; Amethystine Sage. Leaves cor- date, acute, serrate, woolly beneath ; whorls naked ; calices trifid ; corollas pubescent. There is no srnell nor aromatic taste in the dry plant, but the leaves are almost as bitter as the roots of Gentian. — Native of New Granada. 40. Salvia Fulgens ; Fulgid Sage. Leaves cordate, acute, crenate, wrinkled, tomentose beneath ; whorls naked ; calices trifid; helmet of the corollas villose. It flowers from Octo- ber to February. — Native of Mexico. 41. Salvia Formosa ; Shining -leaved Sage. Leaves sub- cordate; helmet of the corollas bearded ; calices tlnee-lobed; stem frutescent. The flowers in this species are not in a terminating raceme, spike, or panicle, as in the others, but in separate whorls from the axils of the leaves, without any proper bractes, — Native of Peru. This excellent species is now very generally cultivated near London as a green-house plant. It is easily propagated by cuttings. In the winter it requires to be placed in a warm dry green-house, and to be sparingly watered, as it is rather tender. 42. Salvia Tubiflora ; Long-tubed Sage. Leaves cordate, crenate, somewhat hairy ; calices trifid ; corollas very long, tubular; stamina standing out. The dried leaves are scarcely aromatic, and not very bitter. — It is a native of Lima in South America. 43. Salvia Longiflora ; Long flowered Sage. Leaves ovate, acute, serrate, pubescent; calices trifid ; corollas very long, tubular, pubescent; stamina the length of the corolla, which are of a scarlet colour. —Native of Mexico. 44. Salvia Coccinea ; Scarlet-flowered Sage. Leaves cor- date, acute, tomentose, serrate ; corollas narrower than the calix, and twice as long. The corollas are of a very beau- tiful scarlet. — Native of East Florida. 45. Salvia Pseudococcinea. Leaves ovate, acute, serrate, unequal at the base; stem hairy; corollas double the length of the calix. This resembles the preceding. — Native of South America. 46. Salvia Hispanica ; Spanish Sage. Leaves ovate ; peti- oles mucronate each way; spikes imbricate; calices trifid. It flowers in June and July.- Native of Spain and Italy. 47. Salvia Abyssiuica; Abyssinian Sage. Lower leaves lyrate ; upper cordate; flowers in whorls; calices mucronate, ciliate. — Native of Africa. 48. Salvia Vertici I lata ; Whorl flowered Sage. Leaves cordate, crenate, toothed; whorls almost maked ; style of the corolla incumbent on the lower lip —Native of Germany and Austria. There is a variety which flowers from June to November, and is a native of the south of Fiance and Italy. —Sow' the seeds in the spring on an open spot of ground ; keep the plants clean from weeds, and let them not be nearer than two feet, for they grow very large, and will last several years. 49. Salvia Napifolia ; Rape-leaved Sage. Leaves cordate, crenate, toothed ; lower ones hastate and lyrate ; whorls almost naked; upper lip shorter. — Native of the warmest parts of the globe. 50. Salvia Glutinosa; Yellotv Sage, or Clary. Leaves cordate, sagittate, serrate, acute. This has an abiding root, composed of strong woody fibres. The whole plant is very clammy, and has a powerful scent somewhat like common Garden Clary. The flowers are used in Holland to give a flavour to the Rhenish wines. — It may be propagated not only by seeds, but by parting the roots in autumn, and will continue several years. — Native of Germany Austria, Swit- zerland, Italy, and the south of France. 51. Salvia Barrelieri. Leaves unequally toothed, acumi- nate, cordate, angular, hastate at the base; whorls almost naked. — Native of Spain. 52. Salvia Canariensis ; Canary Sage. Leaves hastate- triangular, oblong, crenate, obtuse. It flowers from June to September. — Native of the Canary Islands. 53. Salvia Aurila; Eared Sage. Villose: leaves ovate, toothed, eared; flowers whorl-spiked. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 54. Salvia Africana ; Blue-flowered African Sage. Leaves roundish, serrate, truncate and toothed at the base. The flowers come out in whorls towards the end of the branches; they are of a fine blue colour, larger than those of the Com- mon Sage, appearing in succession during most of the sum- mer months ; and those which come early are often fol- lowed by seeds ripening in autumn. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species, for its propagation and culture. 55. Salvia A urea; Gold-flowered African Sage. Leaves roundish, quite entire, truncate and toothed at the base ; flowers in thick short spikes at the ends of the branches; they are very large, and of a dark gold-colour. It flowers from May to November. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 56. Salvia Colorata; Co/oured-calix African Sage. Leaves elliptic, almost quite entire, tomentose ; border of the calix membranaceous, coloured. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 57. Salvia Panicuiata ; Panicled African Sage. Leaves obovate, wedge-form, toothletted, naked ; stem frutescent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the second species. 58. Salvia Acetabulosa. Leaves obovate, toothed ; calices bell-shaped, spreading, hairy; stem shrubby. — Native of the Levant. 59. Salvia Spinosa; Thorny Calixed Sage. Leaves oblong, repand ; calices spiny ; bractes cordate, mucronate, concave, — Native of Esypt. 60. Salvia Tingitana; Tangier Sage. Leaves cordate. 522 SAL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAL erose, toothed ; calices spiny ; bractes quite entire, cordate, mucronate, concave, ciliate. — Native of Northern Africa. 61. Salvia Sclarea ; Common Clary. Leaves wrinkled, cordate, oblong, villose, serrate; floral bractes longer than the calix, concave, acuminate; flowers in loose terminating spikes, composed of whorls of a pale blue colour. The whole plant has a very strong scent. It was formerly used in medicine, but is now neglected. A wine is made from the herb in flower, boiled with sugar, which has a flavour not unlike Frontiniac. — It is found in the West Indies, where this plant is still much in use as a remedy among the negroes, who con- sider it as cleansing, cooling, and consolidating to ulcers and sore legs, to which they are very subject. It is also used in inflammations of the eyes; and the leaves, boiled with Cocoa- nut oil, are said to cure the sting of scorpions. This, with the Vervain, (see Verbena Jamaicensis ,) are two of the ingre- dients which form the aromatic warm bath, a remedy which deserves to be in more general use. The Garden Sage, a spe- cies of this genus, is there made into a decoction, sweetened and acidulated with lime-juice, and used as a cooling drink in fevers. The virtues of the Sage are stimulant, carminative, tonic, and aromatic. It is biennial, flowering from July to Sep- tember, and a native of Syria, Italy, and Dauphiny. — This plant is propagated by seeds, which should be sown in the spring, and when the plants are tit to remove, they should be either transplanted into beds, or, if a large quantity is required, they may be planted in an open spot of ground, in rows two feet asunder, and one foot distance in the rows. After the plants have taken root, they will require no further care but to keep them clean from weeds. The winter and spring following, the leaves, which are the only part used, will be in perfection, and in the summer they will run up to flower, and, after they have ripened their seeds, decay, so that there should be young plants annually raised for use. It will thrive upon almost any soil that is not wet ; for this plant frequently rots upon moist grounds in the winter. 62. Salvia luvolucrata. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, serrate; flowers in terminating spikes ; bractes very large, coloured. This is a beautiful plant, owing to the number and size of the flowers, the spike of which is terminated by bractes, complicated into a pale rose-coloured strobile. — Native of Mexico. 63. Salvia Ceratophylla ; Horn-leaved Sage. Leaves wrinkled, pinnatifid, woolly ; upper whorls barren. Bien- nial.— Native of Persia, and found in Syria. 64. Salvia Ethiopis; Woolly Sage or Clary. Leaves oblong, erose, woolly; whorls woolly; bractes recurved, somewhat spiny. There are two varieties of this species, one with very broad embracing leaves, the other with leaves nearly the shape of Betony. Biennial. — Native of Europe and Africa. 65. Salvia Phlomoides. Leaves lanceolate, almost entire ; stem woolly and viscid. This differs from the preceding, in having the stem almost always quite simple, in its clammi- ness, in its narrow bractes, with the leaves not bent back at the tip. — Native of Spain, in the mountains about Si- guenza. 66. Salvia Argentea ; Silvery-leaved Sage, or Clary. Leaves oblong, tooth-angular, woolly ; upper whorls barren ; bractes concave. This, according to Mr. Miller, will live several years in a dry soil. It flowers in June, and ripens seed in the beginning of August. — Sow the seeds in the beginning of April, in a dry dr rubbishy soil, where the plants will live through the winter in the open air, and the second year will produce flowers and seeds. 67. Salvia Vulnerariaefolia ; Kidney -vetch-leaved Sage. 3 Leaves pinnate, quite entire; terminating leaflet very large. — Shrubby ; native of the Levant. 68. Salvia Pinnata; Wing-leaved Sage. Leaves pinnate ; pinnas erose. It flowers in July. — Native of the Levant'. See the first species. 69. Salvia Incarnata; Flesh coloured Sage. Leaves pin- nate, serrate ; stem procumbent, hirsute. — Native of the Levant. 70. Salvia Rosaefolia ; Rose-leaved Sage. Leaves pinnate, hoary; leaflets serrate; calices ringent. — Native of Armenia. 71. Salvia Japonica; Japan Sage. Leaves bipinnate, smooth. Annual. — Native of Japan. 72. Salvia Ceratophylloides ; Branchy Sage. Leaves pin- natifid, wrinkled, villose; stem panicled, very much branched. Biennial; flowering from June to September. — Native of Sicily and Egypt. 73. Salvia Forskaelei. Leaves lyrate, eared ; stem almost leafless; helmet of the corolla semibifid. It resembles the next species. — Native of the Levant. 74. Salvia Nutans; Nodding Sage. Leaves cordate, indistinctly five-Iobed, erose ; stem roundish ; racemes nod- ding.— Native of Russia. 75. Salvia Hastata; Halbert-leaved Sage. Leaves hastate- lanceolate, crenate ; stem almost naked ; racemes drooping. — Native of Russia. 76. Salvia Betonicsefolia ; Betony -leaved Sage. Leaves lanceolate, crenate; stem almost naked; racemes drooping. — Native of Russia. 77. Salvia Algeriensis; Algerine Sage. Lower leaves ovate, crenate, decurrent into the petiole; calices tooth-: spiny, nodding; bractes reflex ; stem upright, hirsute, with blunt angles. — Native of Algiers. 78. Salvia Foetida; Fetid Sage. Shrubby : leaves cordate- ovate, very much wrinkled, villose ; flowers whorl-spiked ; fruiting calices compressed. The whole plant has a very strong smell. — -Native of the kingdom of Tunis. 79. Salvia Patula ; Spreading Sage. Root-leaves cordate, woolly, sinuate, erose; stem and calices villose, glutinose; bractes concave, mucronate; upper flowers fading. — Native of Portugal, Syria, and Barbary. 80. Salvia Trichostemoides. Leaves lanceolate, serrate; flowers in terminal racemes, opposite ; corolla nearly equal with the trifid calix; stem brachiate, very branchy ; flowers! small, sky-blue. — Grows in the open plains of the Missouri river. 81. Salvia Azurea. Leaves linear-lanceolate; calix pubes- j cent, very slightly trifid ; flowers beautiful blue, sometimes I white. — Grows in open sandy situations in Carolina and j Georgia. Salvinia ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Mis- cellaniae. — Generic Character. Male Flowers: four I to nine, among whorled roots, heaped into a little ball. | Calix: subgiobular, pubescent, one-celled, consisting of al double membrane; the inner thinner, ten or twelve ribs between them. Corolla: none, unless it be the inner mem-fl brane of the calix. Stamina: an upright pillar, placed on! the base of the calix, the whole length of it, and putting out I from two to three hundred capillary filamenta; antherae glo-I bular, one-celled. Female, in the middle of the ball, solitary.}# Calix and Corolla: as in the males. Pistil: germina aboutj fifteen, obliquely ovate, blunt, rugged with dots, each on' distinct pedicels, fastened to the bottom of the calix; stylel none; stigma doubtful, perhaps a dot on the top of the:' germen. Pericarp: none. Seeds: as many in number asl the gertnina, and of the same form. Observe. The male; and female flowers may be distinguished in the dry plant j SAM OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAM 523 before the calices open, by the size of the protuberant grains. For the species, see Marsilea. Samara; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth very small, four-parted, acute, permanent. Corolla: petals four, ovate, sessile, with a longitudinal pit at the base. Stamina: fila- raenta four, awl-shaped, long, opposite to the petals, immers- ed in the pit; anther® subcordate. Pistil: germen ovate, shorter by half than the corolla, superior, ending in a style that is superior and longer. Stigma: funnel-form. Peri- carp: drupe roundish. Seed: solitary. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: four parted. Corolla: four-parted. Sta- mina: immersed in the base of the petal; drupe one-seeded. — — The species are, 1. Samara Laeta. Flowers clustered, pedicelled ; leaves ovate, obtuse ; branches purplish, even. — This shrub is a native of the East Indies. 2. Samara Coriacea. Flowers sessile, conglomerate ; leaves lanceolate-ovate, acute, subcoriaceous. This is a tree with a trunk from twenty to thirty feet in height, and upright branches. — Native of Jamaica, where it is found on the moun- tains, and in the woods of the southern parts. 3. Samara Pentandra. Flowers pentandrous ; leaves ellip- tic. This is distinct from the first and second species, and agrees with the fourth in having five stamina to the flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Samara Floribunda. Flowers pentandrous; leaves ob- ovate. This is a shrub, with the trunk five feet high, branched at top. It flowers and fruits in December. — Native of Cay- enne and Guiana. Sambucus ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Trigy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, superior, five parted, very small, permanent. Corolla : one- petalled, rotate, concave, five-cleft, blunt ; segments reflex. Stamina: fiiamenta five, awl-shaped, the length of the corolla; anthera roundish. Pistil: germen inferior, ovate, blunt; style none, but instead of it a ventricose gland ; stigmas three, blunt. Pericarp: berry roundish, one-celled. Seeds: three, convex on one side, angular on the other. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: five-cleft. Berry: three-seeded. The species are, 1. Sambucus Ebulus; Dwarf Elder. Cymes three-parted ; stipules leafy ; stem herbaceous ; root creeping. This plant seldom exceeds three feet high ; it was formerly called Wall wort or Walewort, and Danewort, from a notion of its having sprung from the blood of the Danes. It differs from the Common Elder, in being herbaceous, in having a creeping root, and narrower leaflets, more numerous, and sometimes lobed. The whole plant has a faint disagreeable smell, stronger and more unpleasant, yet not unlike that of the Com- mon Elder, in the other properties of which it also partakes ; being generally a more violent medicine. One drachm and a half of the root is a strong purge. The rob made from the berries, though actively cathartic, may be used with tolerable safety, as far as an ounce in a dose; but it has the inconve- niences of Senna, and is not at all preferable to that drug. It can only be used as a medicine by persons of a strong constitution, who are afflicted with dropsies or other watery humours. The leaves being bruised and laid on burns and scalds, take away the pain, and speedily heal them. Boiled in lye, and applied by way of fomentation to any part affected with gouty pains, they frequently procure a remission there- from. The juice of the root is said to turn any light-coloured hair black. No cattle will eat the leaves ; the mole will not even come where the leaves, or those of the Common Elder, are laid ; mice also forsake the granaries where these leaves are introduced, and they are in consequence used to remove those mischievous little animals ; and are strewn by t he Silesians in their hog-sties, under the persuasion that they prevent some of the diseases to which swine are liable. — This plant rapidly propagates itself wherever it is once planted, by its creeping roots, so that it is very difficult to keep it within bounds. 2. Sambucus Canadensis; Canadian Elder. Cymes five- parted ; leaves subbipinnate ; stem frutescent. This is a middle species between the preceding and the following spe- cies. The berries are small, dark red, and sweet. It flowers from June to August, and is a native of North America. — This will put out roots from cuttings almost as easily as the common sort; but, being liable to injury from severe frosts, it should be planted in a sheltered situation. 3. Sambucus Nigra ; Common Elder. Cymes five-parted ; leaflets ovate, serrate ; stem arboreous. This grows to a bushy tree, twelve or sixteen feet in height, much branched, and covered with a smooth gray bark when young, which becomes rougli on the trunk and older branches. The vari- eties are those with white or green berries, and variegated leaves. That called Parsley-leaved Elder, Mr. Miller thought to be a distinct species; but Rhetzius, who was of the same opinion, abandoned the idea when he found that the seeds uniformly produce only the Common Eider. — The whole plant has a narcotic smell, and it is not prudent to sleep under its shade. The wood is commonly made into skewers for butchers, tops for angling rods, and needles for weaving nets. It is not bad wood to turn in the lathe ; and the pith, which is exceedingly light, is cut into balls, and used in electrical experiments. This tree is, as it were, a whole magazine of physic to rustic practitioners, nor is it quite neglected by more regular ones. An emollient ointment is made of the green inner bark ; which bark is also a strong purgative, and may be employed to advantage where acrid stimulating purges are required. In smaller doses it is diuretic, and has done essential service in obstinate glandular obstructions, and in dropsies. Sydenham, who recommends it as an effectual hydragogue, directs three handfuls of it to be boiled in a quart of milk and water, till only a pint remains, of which one half is to be taken night and morning, and repeated several days. Boerhaave gave its expressed juice, in doses from a drachm to half an ounce. It usually operates both upwards and downwards. If sheep that have the rot can get at the bark and young shoots, they will soon cure themselves. The leaves are also purgative, but more nauseous than the bark ; they are an ingredient in several cooling ointments. If turnips, cabbages, fruit trees, or corn, be whipped with the green leaves and branches of Elder, or if a gate stuck with the branches be drawn over the crops, it is said that insects will not attack them. An infusion of the leaves is useful for curious gardeners to sprinkle over the buds of such flowers as they wish to preserve from minute caterpillars, for few insects can bear the Elder. A decoction of the flowers, taken internally, is said to promote expectoration in pleurisies: when fresh gathered, they are gently laxative and aperient; when dry, they are thought chiefly to promote the cuticular excretion, and to be particularly serviceable in erysipetalous and eruptive disorders; externally, they are used in fomenta- tions, to ease pain and abate inflammation. In the London Pharmacopoeia, they are directed in form of an ointment. Many persons use them to give a flavour to vinegar. The berries are boiled into a rob, which is really useful in sore throats and catarrhs, and acts as a gentle laxative in febrile disorders. The officinal preparation of these berries, is the Succus Baccce, Sambuci, Spissatus, of the London Pharma- copoeia. The juice of the berries is used to give a red colour 624 SAM THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAM to raisin or sugar wines, and some country housewives make a wine with this juice chiefly, or only, which may be very w hole- some, but is certainly very nauseous. The flowers are reported to be fatal to turkeys, and the berries to poultry iu general. Linneus observes, that sheep eat the leaves, but that horses and goats refuse it ; others report that cows are fond of it. — This very useful tree may be easily propagated by cuttings, or by sowing their seeds; but the former being the most expeditious method, is generally practised. The season for planting their cuttings is any time from September to March, in the doing of w'hich there needs no more care than to thrust the cuttings about six or eight inches into the ground, and they will take root fast enough, and may be afterwards trans- planted where they are to remain, which may be upon almost any soil or situation ; they are extremely hardy, and if their seeds are permitted to fall upon the ground, they will produce abundance of plants in the following summer. These trees are often planted for making fences, because of their quick growth, but as their bottoms become naked in a few years, they are not properly adapted for that purpose : neither should they be planted near habitations, because in their flowering-season they emit such a strong scent, as will occa- sion violent pains in the heads of those who abide long near them ; for the crude particles which are perspired through their leaves are very unwholesome, though the leaves, bark, and other parts, are greatly esteemed for many uses in medi- cine. It will grow in any soil or situation ; and is frequently seen in old walls, close to ditches, and in very wet places, and even upon hollow trees, for wherever the berries are scattered by birds, the seed will not fail to vegetate. 4. Sambucus Japonica. Cymes three-parted ; stipules none; stem shrubby; corollas white. — Native of Japan. 5. Sambucus Racemosa; Red berried Elder. Racemes compound, ovate; stem arboreous. This species sends up many shrubby stalks from the root, rising ten or twelve feet high, and dividing into many branches, which are covered with a brown bark ; flowers of an herbaceous white colour, appearing in April, and sometimes succeeded by berries, which are red when ripe. The leaves are eaten by the red deer, and the berries by partridges, moor-game, &c. — Native of mountains in the south of Europe, flowering in May. 6. Sambucus Pubescens. Bark verrucose; leaflets diju- gotis, oval-lanceolate, pubescent underneath ; cymes crowded together, racemose; berries red. — Grows on the highest mountains from Canada to Carolina. This plant lias a close affinity to the preceding species. Samolus; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- parted, superior, blunt at the base; segments erect, permanent. Corolla : one-petalled, salver-shaped ; tube very short, the length of the calix, patulous; border flat, five-parted, blunt; scalelels very short, at the base of the sinus of the border, converging. Stamina ; filamenta five, short, fenced bv the scalelets of the corolla; antherae converging, covered. Pis- til: germeu inferior; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma capitate. Pericarp: capsule ovate, girt by the calix, one-celled, half five-valved. Seeds: very numerous, ovate, (according to Gaertner, angular,) small; receptacle globular, large. Observe. The situation of the germen obscures the insertion of the corolla, which is placed at that point where the calix opens from the germen. Hence it may be doubted whether this corolla is not perigynous, and, although only one- petalled, more nearly allied to the genus Portulacca, which see. Essential Character. Corolla: salver-shaped. Stamina : fenced by the sOalelets of the corolla. Capsule : one-celled, inferior. — — 1 The only species known is. 1. Samolus Valerandi ; Brookweed, or Water Pimpernel. Leaves alternate, subsessile, except the root-leaves, obovate, obtuse, perfectly entire, shining, having few veins, and those distant; stem from a span to a foot in height, upright, round, leafy, commonly branched a little at top. It is an inhabitant of every quarter of the globe, in marshes, wet meadows, and in great ditches. It is not very common in England, but by- no means so rare as to make it necessary to enumerate its places of growth. It flowers in July. There is an African variety, with a firmer stem, more branched, and covered with minute white spots. — If the seeds of this plant be sown soon after they are ripe, on a moist spot of ground, they will come up readily, and only require to be kept clean from weeds. Sampire. See Crilhinum. Sampire, Golden. See Inula. Sampire, Marsh. See Salicoi'nia. Sarny da; a genus of the class Decandria, order Monogynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth one leafed, coloured within; tube bell-shaped, ten streaked ; border five- cleft ; segments ovate, flat, spreading very much, blunt, two of them augmented with a point. Corolla: none; nectary one-leafed, conical, truncate, ten streaked, almost the length of the calix, and inserted into the border at its base; mouth bluntly ten-toothed or eight-toothed. Stamina: filamenta none; antherae ten or eight, oblong, erect, small, placed on the teeth of the nectary. Pistil: germen ovate; style awl- shaped, erect, length of the nectary; stigma capitate, obtuse. Pericarp : capsule roundish, four-grooved, coriaceous, thick, one-celled, four-valved. Seeds: very many, subovate, obtuse, marked with a little pore at the base, fastened to the valves, wrapped in a pulpy pellicle. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted, coloured. Corolla: none. Nectary: bell-shaped, staminiferous. Capsule: berried within, four- valved, one-celled. Seeds : nestling. The species are, 1. Samyda Nitida. Flowers eight-stamined ; leaves cor- date, smooth. Browne calls it the Shrubby Samyda, or the Larger Clovenberry Bush. — It is frequent in Jamaica, com- monly growing on the low lands. This, like the rest of the plants of this genus, may be propagated by seeds, procured from the countries where they naturally grow. Sow them upon a hot-bed in the spring; and when the plants come up, set them in small pots, filled with good kitchen-garden earth, plunge them into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, and treat them in the same way as other tender plants from the same coun- tries. Keep them in the bark-bed till they have acquired strength, and then they may be exposed in summer ; but in winter they require a good green-house. 2. Samyda Macrophylla. Flowers eight-stamined ; leaves ovate, acute, smooth; axils of the veins villose beneath; corymb terminating. — Native, it is supposed, of the East Indies. See the preceding species. 3. Samyda Multiflora. Flowers eight-stamined ; leaves oblong, toothed, attenuated to both ends, tomentose beneath; peduncles one-flowered, aggregate, axillary ; branches woody, round. — Native of the West Indies. 4. Samyda Villosa. Flowers ten stamined ; leaves oblong, suhserrate, oblique at the base, silky, villose beneath: pedun- cles solitary, axillary.— Native of the mountains of Jamaica, Where it flowers in spring. See the first species. 6. Samyda Glabrata. Flowers ten-stamined ; leaves ovate- lanceolate, quite entire, shining; peduncles axillary, one- flowered. — Native of iiigh mountains in the northern part of Jamaica, flowering in October and November. 6. Samyda Spinesccns. Flowers teft-slaniined, terminating; leaves lanceolate-ovate, obtuse, erehate, smooth ; branches patulous, spine9cent. — Native of Hispaniola, wdiere it flowers SAN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAN 525 in December and January. See the first species, for its pro- pagation and culture. 7. Sarny da Pubescens. Flowers twelve-stamined ; leaves ovate, tomentose beneath. — Native of America. See the first species. • 8. Samyda Serrulata. Flowers eighteen-stamined ; leaves ovate-oblong, serrulate. — Native of the West Indies. 9. Samyda Poly and ra. Flowers many-stamined. — Native of New Caledonia. Sandal Wood. See Sanlalum. Sand box Tree. See Hura. Sanders, While, i , o , , Sanders, Yellow. \Sec Santalum Sandoricum ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one- leafed, tubular, five-toothed, short. Corolla: petals five, lanceolate, spreading. Nectary: tube cylindrical, length of the petals, with a ten toothed mouth.. Stamina: fiiamenta none; anther® ten, oblong, within the mouth of the nectary. Pistil: germen globular, superior; style filiform, length of the nectary; stigma thiekish, grooved, ten-rayed; the rays recurved. Pericarp : berry or drupe, roundish, depressed, five-lobed, succulent, one-celled. Seeds: five, large, convex on one side, angular on the other. Essential Character. Calix: five-toothed. Petals: five. Nectary: cylindrical, truncate, bearing the antberae at its mouth. Drupe: filled with five nuts.— — The only species, yet discovered, is, 1. Sandoricum Indicum. Leaves alternate, on long petioles, ternate; the fruit is acid. — Native of the Philippine and Molucca Islands, in the former of which the natives call it Haniol. Sandwort. See Arenariu. Sanguinaria ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth two- leaved, ovate, concave, shorter than the corolla, caducous. Corolla: petals eight, oblong, blunt, spreading very much, alternately interior, and narrower. Stamina : fiiamenta very many, simple, shorter than the corolla; antlierae simple. Pistil: germen oblong, compressed; style none; stigma thicjiish, two-grooved, with a streak, height of the stamina, permanent. Pericarp : capsule oblong, ventricose, sharp at both ends, two-valved. Seeds: very many, round, acuminate. Essential Character. Calix: two-leaved. Corolla: eight petalied ; silique ovate, one-celled. The species are, 1. Sanguinaria Canadensis; Canadian Sanguinaria, Blood- woid, or Pucccon. Root tuberous, thick, fleshy. The radical leaf very tenderly embraces and cherishes the infant flower, in the satire way as in Osmunda Lunaria. The root, leaves, and flowers, have no smell. Though this cannot be consi- dered as a showy plant, yet it has few equals in point of delicacy and singularity : there is something to admire in it, from tire time that its leaves emerge from the ground, and embosom the infant blossom, to their full expansion, and the ripening of the seed vessels. It has a fulvous milk like Celandine, with which the Indians are said to paint themselves. — The woods of Canada, and other parts of North America, produce this plant in abundance: in England it flowers in the beginning of April, but its blossoms are fugacious, and fully expand only in fine warm weather. It is a very proper plant to mix with the Dog’s-tooth Violet, Spring Cyclamen, Persian Iris, Bolbocodium, Sisyrindtimn, and some other low-growing bulbous and tuberous rooted flowers, which require the same culture, where the Puecoon will add to the variety while they are in beauty. A soil, haviug a mixture of bog earth or rotten leaves in it, suits this plant best. It is hardy enough to endure the open air in England, but it should be planted in a loose soil and a sheltered situation, not too much exposed to the sun. It is propagated by the roots, which may be taken up and parted every other year: the best time fordoing of this is in September, that the roots may have time to send out fibres before the hard frosts set in. When the roots are strong, and grow in a good soil, they will produce a great number of flowers upon each root; the roots may be planted about four or five inches asunder every way. The flowers appear in April, and, when they decay, the green leaves come out, which will continue till Midsummer; then they decay, and the roots remain inactive till the following autumn; so that unless the roots are marked, it will be difficult to distin- guish them after their leaves decay, for being of a dirty brown colour on the outside, they are not easily found in the earth. 2. Sanguinaria Stenopetala. This plant is considered by Pursh merely a variety of the former. It has white flowers; the number of petals is variable; and, with little care and attention, a fine double variety might be produced. — It is known by the name of Bloodwort ; and grows in dry woods, generally in fertile soils, from Canada to Florida. It is distin- guished from Sanguinaria Canadensis, by its linear petals. Sanguisorba ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth two- leaved ; leaflets opposite, very short, caducous. Corolla: one- petalled, wheel-shaped; tube subglobular; border four-cleft, flat; segments subovate. Stamina : fiiamenta four, almost the length of the corolla; anther® simple. Pistil: germen round- ish, within the tube of the corolla; style filiform, length of the corolla, permanent ; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule glo- bular, onC-celled, cut transversely. Seeds: very many, round- ish, very small. Essential Character. Calix: two- leaved, inferior. Corolla: superior. Germen: between the calix and corolla. The species are, 1. Sanguisorba Officinalis; Great Burnet. Spikes ovate; stem upright, almost naked, branching towards the top. It differs from the next species, in having ovate, not cylindrical, spikes, and smooth caiices, not ciliate at the edge. The varieties called Italian and Spanish Burnet, are considered as distinct species by Mr. Miller. This plant is too bard and sticky for cattle, nor has it any of the Cucumber smell, which is found in the Poterium, or Lesser Burnet ; and it is certainly a defect in the Linnean system, that two plants, so similar in habit, should be so distant from each other. — All the plants of this genus are very hardy perennials; they will thrive in almost any soil and situation. They may be propa- gated either by seeds or parting the roots : if by the former, they should be sown in the autumn, for if sown in the spring they seldom grow in the same year. When the plants come up, they should be kept clean from weeds till they are strong enough to transplant, when they may be planted in a shady border, at about six inches’ distance each way, observing to water them till they have taken new root, after which they will require no other care but to keep them clean from weeds till autumn : they may then be transplanted to the place where they are to remain, and in the following summer will produce flowers and seeds, and their roots will last many years. If the roots are parted, it should be done in autumn, that they may get good hold of the ground before the dry weather returns. — Withering observes, that the whole of this plant is of a binding nature; the leaves are sometimes put into wine, to give it an agreeable flavour; and the young shoots are a good ingredient in salads. The plant is in fact a cordial and sudorific. The root dried and pow-dered stops purgings; and a strong decoction of it, or of the leaves, some- times answers the same purpose. SAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAN 2. Sanguisorba Media ; Short-spilced Burnet. Spikes cylindrical. It flowers from July to September. — Native of Canada. See the first species. 3. Sanguisorba Canadensis; Canadian Burnet. Spikes very long; stalks three feet high. There is a variety with long spikes of red flowers of a higher growth, with thicker spikes, and broader leaflets, white underneath. It flowers from June to September. — Native of North America and Siberia. Sanicle. See Sanicula. Sanicle, American. See Henchera. Sanicle, Yorkshire. See Pinguicula. Sanicula ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: umbel universal, with with very few rays, (often four,) partial, with many clustered, subcapitate. Involucre Universal : halved, placed outwardly ; partial surrounding, shorter than the floscules ; perianth scarcely observable. Corolla Universal: uniform ; floscules of the disk abortive; partial of five compressed indexed petals, closing the flower. Stamina: filamenta five, simple, twice as long as the corollets, erect; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen hispid, inferior; styles two, awl-shaped, reflexed ; stigmas acute. Pericarp : none ; fruit ovate, acute, rugged, bipartile. Seeds: two, convex and muricate on one side, flat on the other. Essential Character. Umbels clustered, subcapitate. Fruit: rugged; flowers of the disk abortive. The species are, 1. Sanicula Europeea ; Common or European Sanicle. Root-leaves simple ; florets all sessile ; root perennial, with long branched fleshy fibres ; stem from twelve to eighteen inches high, upright, round, grooved, almost naked, a little branched, smooth. — Some persons esteem a strong decoction of the leaves of this plant as good against the bleeding piles, and for checking immoderate menses, but it has long been discarded by medical practitioners. It discovers to the taste, says Lewis, some bitterishness and roughness, followed by an impression of acrimony which affects chiefly the throat ; in the fresh leaves the taste is very weak, in the dry leaves considerable, as also in the extract made from them by water or moderately strong spirit. — Part the roots any time from September to March ; but the best time is in autumn. — In a moist soil and a shady situation they will thrive exceedingly. 2. Sanicula Canadensis; Canadian Sanicle. Root-ieaves compound ; leaflets ovate. — Native of Virginia, the Cape of Good Hope, and Japan. 3. Sanicula Marilandica ; Maryland Sanicle. Male flow- ers peduncled ; hermaphrodites sessile; root perennial. The whole plant is smooth. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Virginia and Maryland. Santalum; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth, margin superior, four-toothed. Corolla: petals four, placed on the segments of the calix, straighter; glands four, smaller than the petals, alternate with them. Stamina: filamenta four, growing on the tube of the calix; antherse simple. Pistil: germen inferior ; style length of the stamina ; stigma simple. Pericarp : berry obovate. Seed: one. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: four-toothed. Corolla: four-petalled, with the petals growing on the calix, besides four glands. Berry: inferior, one-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Santalum Album; White and Yellow Sandal Wood. Leaves opposite, on short petioles, spreading, lanceolate, entire, waved, smooth, shining, about two inches long, and three-quarters of an inch broad ; flowers small, red, in a terminating, compound, small, erect thyrse-like, raceme ; berry globular, size of a currant, smooth, juicy, black when ripe, greedily eaten by birds, who evacuate and thereby pro- pagate it extensively. The wood of this tree is the White and Yellow Sanders, or Sandal Wood ; Santalum Album, and Fla- vum, of the Materia Medica, both being the produce of the same tree. Most trees in India, when large and old, become coloured towards tile centre; that part is always much more hard and durable than the exterior or uncoloured part. So it is with the Sandal-tree: the centre, when the tree becomes large, acquires a yellow colour, great fragrance and hardness; while the exterior part of the same tree, that covers the coloured part, is less firm, white, and without fragrance. It is only the yellow part that is of use, and the larger the tree the more valuable is the wood, it having then acquired a greater degree of fragrance, for which alone it is held in such universal estimation. — This valuable tree is a native of 1 many parts of India. In the Circar mountains, where it grows wild, it is small, and the wood of little value. On the coast of Malabar, Jhe largest and best sort is obtained. Santolina ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia iEqualis.— Generic Character. Calix: common, hemispherical, imbricate ; scales ovate-oblong, acute, pressed close. Corolla : compound, uniform, longer than the calix ; corollets hermaphrodite, equal, numerous; proper one-petal- led, funnel-form ; border five-cleft, revolute. Stamina: fila- rnenta five, capillary, very short ; antherae cylindrical, tubu- lous. Pistil: germen four-cornered, oblong; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigmas two, oblong, depressed, trun- cate. Pericarp: none. Calix: unchanged. Seeds: solitary, oblong, four-cornered. Down: none. Receptacle: chaffy, flatfish. Chaffs: concave. Observe. The fourth species differs in having no female florets. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: imbricate, hemispherical. Down: none. Receptacle : chaffy. The species are, 1. Santolina Chamae-cyparissus; Common Lavender Cotton. Peduncles one-flowered; leaves toothed four ways; stalk shrubby, dividing into many woody branches. This plant will rise nearly three feet high in a dry soil and sheltered 1 situation. There are several varieties ; as, the Hoary, the Dark Green, and the Rosemary-leaved, all of which Mr. Miller considered as distinct species. — Lavender Cotton is acrid, bitter, and aromatic, possessing qualities similar to Southernwood. It is reputed resolvent, corroborant, and diaphoretic. The leaves or flowers in powder may be given in the dose of a drachm as a medicine for worms, or double the quantity of the infusion of the leaves for the same purpose. 1 It is an efficacious though a disagreeable medicine, and is reputed to remove obstructions of the viscera, and by many i persons as a cure for the jaundice. — All the plants of this \ genus are hardy, and will thrive in the open air, provided they | be planted in a poor dry soil, for in such ground the plants being stinted, will be better able to resist the cold; and they will have a better appearance than those which are in rich ground, whose branches being long and diffused, are displaced and sometimes broken down by hard rains or strong winds ; whereas in poor land they will grow compact, and the plants will continue much longer. These plants may be cultivated so as to become ornaments to a garden, particularly in small bosquets of evergreen shrubs, where, if they are artfully intermixed with other plants of the same kind, and placed in the front line, they will make an agreeable variety, espe- I daily if care be taken to trim them tw'ice in summer to keep them within bounds, otherwise their branches are liable to 1 straggle, and in wet weather to be borne down and displaced, which renders them unsightly: but when they are kept in order, their hoary and different-coloured leaves will have a pretty effect in such plantations. They may be propagated SAP OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAP 527 by planting slips or cuttings during the spring; they should be put into a border of light fresh earth, and watered and shaded in dry weather until they have taken root, after which they will require no further care, but to keep them clear from weeds till autumn, when they should be carefully taken up, and transplanted whither they are intended to remain. If the ground should not be ready, let them remain in the border until spring; for if they are transplanted late in autumn, they are apt to be destroyed by cold in winter. 2. Santolina Rosmarinifolia ; Rosemary -leaved Lavender Cotton. Peduncles one-flowered; leaves linear, tubercled at the edge ; stalks shrubby, about three feet high, terminated by large, single, globular flowers, of a pale sulphur colour. It flowers from July to September. — Native of Spain. Pro- bably a mere variety of the foregoing, which see. 3. Santolina Fragrantissima ; Sweet-smelling Lavender Cotton. Flowers corymbed ; leaves ovate, crenulate. — See the first species. 4. Santolina A Ipina; Alpine Lavender Cotton. Peduncles one-flowered ; leaves bipinnate ; stems simple. — Native of Tuscany; found among ruins of rocks, flowering in June. See the first species. 5. Santolina Anthemoides ; Chamomile-leaved Lavender Cotton. Peduncles one-flowered ; leaves bipinnate ; stem very much branched, or villose. — Native of Spain, Italy, and Sicily. 6. Santolina Maritima ; Sea Lavender Cotton. Peduncles corymbed ; leaves oblong, blunt, crenate, densely woolly. See Athanasia Maritima. 7. Santolina Suaveolens. Plant glabrous; stem corymbose- branchy; leaves subbipinnatifid ; segments acute, linear; peduncles terminal, uniflorous; flowers yellow. — Grows on the banks of the Kooskoosy. This is a small plant, of an agreeably sweet scent. Sapindus ; a genus of the class Octandria, order Trigynia. —Generic Character. Calix : perianth four-leaved, spreading; leaflets subovate, almost equal, flat, spreading, coloured, deciduous, two of them exterior. Corolla: petals four, ovate, clawed, two of them more approximating ; nectary of four oblong, concave, erect leaflets, inserted into the base of the petals; glands four, roundish, inserted into the base of the petals. Stamina: filamenta eight, length of the flower; antherae cordate, erect. Pistil: germen tri- angular; styles three, short; stigmas simple, obtuse. Peri- carp: capsules three, fleshy, globular, connate, inflated. Seed: nut globular; according to Gaertner, two-celled. Observe. The three capsules seldom all come to maturity. Houstoun remarks, that two are generally abortive. Essen- tial Character. Calix: four leaved. Petals: four. Capsule: fleshy, connate, ventricose. — — The species are, 1. Sapindus Saponaria; Common Soap Berry Tree. Un- armed: leaves pinnate; leaflets lanceolate; rachis winged; stalk woody, from twenty to thirty feet high, sending out many branches towards the top, which are garnished with winged leaves. The flowers are produced in loose spikes at the end of the branches. They are succeeded by oval berries as large as middling cherries, sometimes single, at other times two, three, or four, are jointed together ; these have a saponaceous skin or cover, which incloses a very smooth roundish nut of the same form, and of a shining black when ripe. These nuts were formerly brought to England for buttons to waistcoats ; some were worn tipped with silver, and others with different metals; they were very durable] and they seldom broke. The skin or pulp which surrounds the nuts is used in America to wash linen, and from this the plant obtains its name. Loureiro celebrates it as a verv 110. J 1 excellent soap ; and in reply to the objection, that being of a very acrid nature they burn and destroy the linen when often used, he remarks, that it is only because they are care- lessly used, all abstergents being in some degree corrosive. The seed-vessels, says Dr. Patrick Browne, are very deter- sive and acrid ; they lather freely in water, and will cleanse their linen more than sixty times their weight of soap, but they are observed to corrode or burn the linen in time ; and even the water in which the tops or leaves have been steeped or boiled, is observed to acquire a portion of the same qua- lity. The whole plant, especially the seed-vessels, being pounded and steeped in ponds, rivulets, or creeks, is observed to intoxicate and kill the fish. — The plants of this genus are propagated . by seeds, which must be obtained from the country where they naturally grow. The seeds must be planted in small pots filled with rich fresh earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark. The pots must be frequently watered, otherwise the berries, the outer covers of which are very hard, will not vegetate. In five or six weeks the plants will appear, and then the glasses of the hot-bed should be daily raised to admit fresh air. In a month or six weeks’ time after they appear, they will be fit to transplant, and must be shaken out of the pots, and carefully parted, so as not to injure their roots; each to be replanted in a separate small pot filled with light rich earth, and then plunged into the hot-bed again, observing to shade them from the sun every day until they have taken new root ; after which they will require the admission of free air every day in warm weather, and also to be frequently watered. When well rooted, they will make great progress, so as to fill the pots with their roots in a few weeks’ time, therefore they should be shifted into large pots, and gradually inured, as they advance, to the open air; for they seldom survive the winter, after being much forced in the summer. 2. Sapindus Longifolius; Long leaved Soap Berry Tree. Leaves pinnate; leaflets lanceolate, smooth, one terminating; rachis simple. Unarmed. — Supposed to be a native of the East Indies. See the preceding species. 3. Sapindus Spinosus ; Thorny Soap Berry Tree. Leaves abruptly pinnate ; stem very thorny. This species is very remarkable for the prickliness of its trunk, which seldom exceeds seven or eight feet in height, and two or three inches in diameter. — Native of Jamaica, in the borough of St. James’s, where it is called the Licca Tree. See the first species. 4. Sapindus Laurifolius; Bay-leaved Soap Berry Tree. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets ovate-oblong, pointed, smooth ; rachis simple ; petals tomentose at the edge ; branches round, striated, smooth.— Native of Malabar. 5. Sapindus Emai^iuatus; Notch-leaved Soap Berry Tree. Leaves pinnate; leaflets oblong, emarginate, villose beneath ; rachis simple; petals tomentose at the edge. Unarmed. — Native of the East Indies. 6. Sapindus Rubiginosus ; Rusty Soap Berry Tree. Leaves pinnate; leaflets oblong, lanceolate, acute, villose beneath ; rachis simple ; petals smooth. It differs from the preceding, in the leaflets being five-paired, longer, acute, not three-paired, emarginate. This is a large timber-tree, growing in the mountainous parts of the Circars, and flow- ering about the beginning of the hot season. The Telingas call it Ishyrashy. The wood is very useful for a variety of purposes, being large, straight, strong, and durable: towards the centre it is of a chocolate colour. — Native of the F^st Indies. 7. Sapindus Tetraphyllus ; Four-leaved Soap Berry Tree. Leaves pinnate; leaflets lanceolate-oblong, smooth; rachis 6 S 528 SAP THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S A R simple; racemes almost simple; petals smooth. Unarmed. — Native of the East Indies. 8. Sapindus Rigidus ; Ash leaved Soap Berry Tree. Leaves pinnate; leaflets ovate-oblong; rachis simple; corollas and fruits smooth. Unarmed. — Native of the West Indies. 9. Sapindus Arborescens ; Arborescent Soap Berry Tree. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets ovate, acuminate, smooth ; panicle axillary, simple. This is a tree, seven or eight feet high. — Native of Guiana. 10. Sapindus Frutescens; Frutescent ^oap Berry Tree. Leaves pinnate; leaflets alternate, lanceolate, acuminate, smooth ; panicle axillary, simple ; stem about eight feet high, leafy at the top; bark rough and ash-coloured; wood brittle and whitish; the fruit is borne from the bosoms of the leaves, and is a dry coriaceous capsule, of a beautiful red colour. — Found at Cayenne. 11. Sapindus Edulis ; Esculent Soap Berry Tree, or Chinese Lee-Chee. Unarmed : leaves pinnate ; leaflets lan- ceolate, oblong ; rachis simple ; fruits muricate, or berries cordate-scaly. The berry is of the size of a date. Its stone, which is long and hard, is covered with a soft juicy pulp, of an exquisite taste. This pulp is inclosed in a tough thin brownish warty skin. This delicious fruit is said to be dangerous when eaten to excess, occasioning eruptions over the whole body. The Chinese suffer it to dry till it becomes black and shrivelled like prunes. Thus they preserve it all the year, and use it in their tea, to which it communicates an acidity, which they prefer before the sweetness of sugar. — Native of China, Tonquin, and Cochin-china. 12. Sapindus Mukorossi ; Japan Soap Berry Tree. Leaves alternately unequally pinnate ; leaflets subsessile, ovate, or lanceolate, entire, smooth. — Native of Japan, where the physicians informed Thunberg that the fruit was bitter and juicy. 13. Sapindus Abruptus; Abrupt-leaved Soap Berry Tree. Unarmed ; leaves abruptly pinnate ; leaflets lanceolate, quite entire, smooth. — This large tree is a native of China, near Canton. Saponaria: a genus of the class Decandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one-lcafed, naked, tubular, five-toothed, permanent. Corolla: petals five ; claws narrow, angular, length of the calix ; border flat, with the plates wider outwards, blunt. Stamina: fila- nienta ten, awl-shaped, ldugth of the tube of the corolla, alternately inserted into the claws of the petals, five later; antherae oblong, blunt, incumbent. Pistil: germen subcy- lindrical ; styles two, straight, parallel, length of the sta- mina ; stigmas acute. Pericarp : capsule length of the calix, covered, one-celled, oblong. Seeds: numerous, small. Re- ceptacle: free. Observe. The figure of the calix differs in the different species. Essential Character. Calix: one-leafed, naked. Petals: five, clawed; capsule oblong, one-celled. The species are, 1. Saponaria Officinalis; Common Soapwort. Calices cylindrical ; leaves elliptic-lanceolate ; root perennial, strik- ing deep, and spreading wide, and creeping by runners; stems a foot and half in height, upright, round, rigid, jointed, smooth, often reddish, panicled at top. There is a variety with double flowers preserved in gardens ; but it has the same fault with the single one, of spreading very much at ^he root. Another variety has shorter and thicker stalks, and does not grow so erect, neither do its roots spread so much. The leaves are hollowed like a ladle. They are produced singly on the lower part of the stalks, but towards the top they are often placed by pairs. — This singular vari- ety is easily propagated by parting the roots in autumn, and loves a moist shady situation. The hollow-leaved variety may be increased by slips or cuttings. It is a hardy perennial, loves a pure air and dry situation, grows best among stones or out of a wall, and is one of the best plants for ornamenting rock-work. This species derives its English and Latin names from its quality of forming, like soap, a lather with water, and taking out spots of grease, &c. from cloth, in the same : manner ; whence it has also been called the Fuller’s Herb. The whole plant is bitter : a decoction of it, externally ap- plied, cures the itch. The Germans use it instead of Sarsa- parilla, in venereal complaints; and, M. Andry of Paris, cured violent gonorrhoeas, by giving half an ounce of the inspissated juice daily. By the use of the extract, and a decoction of the leaves and roots, M. Jurine is said even to have cured old venereal complaints, such as ulcers, pains, ' and emaciations, which resisted the use of mercury. This, however, is extremely doubtful, and therefore no dependence should be placed upon such rare and ill-authenticated in- stances; for Dr. Woodville observes, that a fancied resem- blance of the roots of this plant to those of Sarsaparilla, seems to have led medical men to think them similar in their effects. Boerhaave, as Haller informs us, entertained a high opinion of its efficacy in jaundice, and other visceral obstruc- tions.— Most of the plants of this genus are easily propagated by seeds, sown where they are to remain, kept clean from weeds, and thinned when too close. If the seeds are sown in autumn, or are permitted to scatter, the plants will come up of themselves. The double variety will increase fast enough by its roots, and will thrive in any situation. 2. Saponaria Vaccaria; Perfoliate Soapwort. Calices pyramidal, five-cornered ; leaves ovate, acuminate, sessile. Annual. — Native of Germany, Switzerland, France, and Italy. There is a variety found in Spain. 3. Saponaria Cretica; Cretan Soapwort. Calices five- cornered, striated ; stem erect, subdichotomous ; leaves awl- shaped. — Native of Candia. 4. Saponaria Porrigens ; Hairy Soapwort. Calices cylin- drical, pubescent; branches very much divaricate; fruits pendulous. Annual. It flowers in July and August. —Native of the Levant. 5. Saponaria Illyrica; Illyrian Soapwort. Calices sub- cylindrical ; stem erect, viscid, purplish; branches alternate; corollas dotted ; antherae violet-coloured. 6. Saponaria Ocymoides ; Basil-leaved Soapwort. Calices cylindrical, villose ; stems dichotomous, procumbent. This is an elegant plant. Flowers numerous, in terminating co- rymbs.— Native of Italy, Austria, Switzerland, France, and Barbary, on mountains, covering the rocks with beautiful large tufts of rose-coloured flowers. 7. Saponaria Orientalis ; Small Annual Soapwort. Calices cylindrical, villose ; stem dichotomous, erect, patulous. This is a low annual plant, seldom rising above four inches high. — Native of the Levant. 8. Saponaria Lutea. Calices round, both they and the stem rough-haired ; petals obovate, quite entire ; flowers corymbed ; leaves linear-lanceolate, channelled ; root woody, crooked, branched, forming tufts. — Native of the mountains of Switzerland and Savoy. 9. Saponaria Bellidifolia. Calices round, rough-haired; stem smooth ; petals linear, crenate ; leaves spatulate. — This } very rare plant was gathered on the summits of some moun- tains in Italy. Sapota. See Achras. Saraca; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Hexandria. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: one- petalled, funnel-form ; border five-parted ; segments ovate, - Fyramidal Saxifrage. S A It OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAT 529 spreading, the upper one more remote ; throat with an elevated rim. Stamina: filamenta six, setaceous, declined, placed on the throat, three on each side, connate at the base ; antherae furnished with a keel. Pistil: germen pedicelled, oblong, compressed, length of the stamina; style awl-shaped, declined, length of the germen ; stigma obtuse. Pericarp : legume. Essential Character. Calix: none. Corolla: funnel- form, four-cleft. Filamenta : three on each side the throat ; legume pedicelled. The only known species is, 1. Saraca Indica. Leaves alternate, abruptly pinnate; leaflets three or four paired, oblong, petioled; flowers in panicles, composed of alternate racemes or spikes ; with $ubimbricate ovate lanceolate bractes, opposite by two and two. This plant is but little known. — Native of the East Indies. Sarothra ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Trigynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five-parted, erect, permanent; segments linear, acute. Co- rolla: petals five, commonly lanceolate-linear, obtuse, patulous, a little longer than the calix, deciduous. Stamina: filamenta five, filiform, length of the corolla; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen ovate; styles three, filiform, length of the germen ; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsule oblong, acute, one-celled, three-valved, coloured. Seeds: numerous, kidney-form, very small, fastened to the sutures of the capsule. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: five-petalled. Capsule: one-celled, three-valved, coloured. The only known species is, 1. Sarothra Gentianoides. Stem and branches subtricho- tomous ; leaves very small, narrow, and awl-shaped ; flowers axillary, solitary, sessile. This herb is a good vulnerary. It flowers in July. — Native of Virginia, Pennsylvania, and Phila- delphia, growing abundantly in the fields and under the bushes in a dry sandy ground, near the capital of the latter province. Sarracenia ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth double: lower three-leaved; leaflets ovate, very small, deciduous: upper five-leaved ; leaflets subovate, very large, coloured, deciduous. Corolla: petals five, ovate, bent in, covering the stamina; claws ovate-oblong, straight. Stamina: filamenta numerous, small ; antherae simple. Pistil: germen roundish; style cylindrical, very short; stigma clypeate, peltate, five- cornered, covering the stamina, permanent. Pericarp: cap- sule roundish, five-celled. Seeds: numerous, roundish, acumi- nate, small. Essential Character. Calix: double, three-leaved and five-leaved. Corolla: five-petalled. Cap- sule: five-celled, with the style having a clypeate stigma. The species are, 1. Sarracenia Flava; Yellow Side-saddle Flower. Leaves erect, tubular ; valves with a contracted neck ; top flat, erect. The flowers grow on naked pedicels, rising from the root to the height of three feet, and are of a green colour. It flowers in June aud July. Native of Carolina and Virginia, upon bogs and m shallow standing waters. — The plants of this genus are esteemed for the singular structure of their leaves and flowers, which have little resemblance of any yet discovered ; but there is some difficulty in getting them to thrive in England, when they are obtained from abroad ; for as they grow naturally in bogs, or in shallow standing waters, unless con- stantly kept wet they will not live, and though the winters are very sharp in the country where the fourth species natu rally grows, yet being covered with water, and the remains of decayed plants, it is thereby defended from the frost. The best method is to procure the plants from the places of their natural growth, and to have them taken up with large balls of earth to their roots, and planted in tubs of earth. They must be constantly watered during their passage, or they will decay before they arrive. There is little probability of rais- ing these plants from seeds, so as to produce flowers in many years, even if the seeds should grow ; and on this account young plants must be imported, especially as they are more likely to stand here than those which have flowered two or three times. When they arrive, plant them in pretty large pots, filled with soft spongy earth, mixed with rotten wood, moss, and turf, in which they naturally grow. The pots should be put into tubs or large pans which will hold water, to afford them a constant supply of it; place them also in a shady situation in the summer time, but during winter cover them with moss, or shelter them under a frame, without which they will be destroyed by frost. 2. Sarracenia Minor ; Small Side-saddle Flower. Leaves smaller, tubular, erect; valve concave, nodding,. — Native of Carolina, in bogs. — See the first species. 3. Sarracenia Rubra; Red Side-saddle Flower. Leaves erect, tubular; valve flat, erect. — Native of Carolina, in bogs and marshes. — See the first species. 4. Sarracenia Purpurea; Purple Side-saddle Flower. Leaves cowled, bellying, patulous, bowed. The root strikes deep into the soft earth, and from the root arise five, six, or seven leaves, in proportion to the strength of the plant. The hollow parts of the leaves have always water standing in them, and the top or ear is supposed in hot dry weather to shrink, and fall over the mouth of the tube, and serve as a lid, to prevent the exhalation of the water. In great droughts, birds and other animals repair to these plants. In the thirteenth edition of the Systema Vegetabilium, the leaves of this singu- lar plant are described as sessile and corolled, with the tube bellying and widening gradually ; the throat contracted a little, with the margin in front dilated ; the border kidney- shaped, spreading, emarginate; the belly in front with a membranaceous, semi-elliptic, two-nerved keel. Such is the metamorphosis of the leaf of the Nymphcea into that of the Sarracenia, in order that, by receiving and retaining rain water, it may grow out of the water by a wonderful provision of Nature ! — See Nymphcea , and also the first species of this genus, for the mode of propagating and cultivating this very curious aquatic plant. Sarsaparilla. See Smilax. Sassafras. See Laurus. Sattin, White. See Lunaria. Satureia ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, tubular, striated, erect, permanent; mouth five-toothed, almost equal, erect. Corolla : one-petalled, ringent ; tube cylindrical, shorter than the calix; throat simple; upper lip erect, blunt, acutely emarginate, length of the lower lip; lower lip three-parted, spreading ; segments blunt, equal, the middle one a little larger. Stamina : filamenta four, setaceous, distant, scarcely the length of the upper lip; the two lower a little shorter; antherae converging. Pistil: germen four- cleft; style setaceous, length of the corolla; stigmas two, setaceous. Pericarp: none, the calix converging. Seeds: four, roundish. Essential Character. Corolla: with segments nearly equal. Stamina: distant. Calix: almost equally five-cleft. The species are, 1. Satureia Juliana ; Linear -leaved Savory. Whorls fasti- giate ; leaves linear, lanceolate. The whole plant has a very pleasant smell. It flowers from May to September, and is a native of Italy. — This, with the second, third, sixth, seventh, and eighth species, are too tender to live through the winter in the open air of our climate. They are generally propagated 530 SAT THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAT by slips or cuttings, which take root very readily during any of the summer months. If they are planted in a shady bor- der, or screened from the sun by mats, they will be lit to be transplanted in two months, when they should be taken up carefully, and each put into a small pot filled with fresh undunged earth, and placed in the shade until they have taken new root; then place them in a sheltered situation, where they may remain till the end of October, when they should be placed under a common hot-bed frame, where they may be exposed to the open air at all times in mild weather, but must be protected from hard frost. As these plants seldom live above three or four years, there should be a supply of young ones raised to preserve the species. In the winter they should not have much wet, for they are very subject to grow mouldy, especially if the air be excluded from them; or if the branches be drawn up weak, they become mouldy, and soon decay. 2. Satureia Thymbra ; Whorled Savory. Flowers whorled, hispid; leaves oblong, acute. They have, when bruised, a strong aromatic odour. — Native of the island of Candia. See the preceding species. 3. Satureia Graeca ; Greek Savory. Peduncles subtriflo- rous, lateral ; involucrets shorter than the calix. This agrees in appearance with the next species, from which it differs in having the leaves less mucronate, but especially in the corymbs of flowers, which are not single on each side, but double.— Native of the Archipelago, and of the county of Nice. See the first species. 4. Satureia Montana ; Winter Savory. Peduncles lateral, solitary; flowers in bundles, fastigiate; leaves mucronate, linear-lanceolate. Perennial, with a low, shrubby, branching stalk. — This plant appears to be a native of the south of France and Italy ; but there is good reason to suppose that this and the following species, with other potherbs, were cultivated in remote ages, before the East Indian spices were known and in common use. It may be propagated by seeds, in the same way as the next species, or by slips, which will take root very freely if planted in the spring. It is very hardy, and will continue several years, especially on a poor dry soil, or on a wall: but when the plants are old, the shoots are short, and not so well furnished with leaves ; it will be proper therefore to raise a supply of young plants every other year. 5. Satureia Hortensis; Summer Savory. Peduncles two- flowered. Annual, with slender erect stalks about a foot high, sending out branches at each joint by pairs; corolla pale flesh-colour.— Native of the south of France and Italy. It is only cultivated by seeds, sown at the beginning of April, upon a bed of light earth, where they are to remain, or for transplanting: if the plants are to stand unremoved, the seeds should be thinly sown. Keep them clean from weeds, and treat them in the same manner as Marjoram. 6. Satureia Capitata ; Ciliated Savory. Flowers in spikes; leaves keeled, dotted, ciliate. This never seeds in England. It flowers from June to October. — Native of the Levant. See the first species. 7. Satureia Spinosa ; Thorny Savory. Branches thorny ; leaves hispid. This shrubby species is distinguished by its thorny branches and shaggy leaves. — Native of Candia. See the first species. 8. Satureia Viminea; Twiggy Savory. Peduncles axil- lary, three-flowered; involucres linear; leaves lanceolate- ovate, quite entire. This shrub is from two to twelve feet in height, with an upright stem, very much branched and loose. There are two varieties ; one a shrub, smaller and more rigid, with smaller oblong leaves ; the other a little tree, twelve or fifteen feet high, with the branches loose, and rounder leaves. The whole plant is very sweet-scented, even when dry.— Na- tive of the mountains of Jamaica. See the first species. Satyrium ; a genus of the class Gynandria, order Dian- dria. — Generic Character. Calix: spathes wandering; spadix simple; perianth none. Corolla: petals five, ovate- oblong; three exterior, two interior, converging upwards into a helmet. Nectary : one-leafed, annexed to the recep- tacle by its lower side between the division of the petals; upper lip erect, very short; lower flat, pendulous, promi- nent in the base behind in a scrotiform bag. Stamina: fila- menta two, very slender, and very short, placed on the pistil; antherae obovate, covered by the two-celled fold of the upper lip of the nectary. Pistil: germen oblong, twisted, inferior; style fastened to the upper lip of the nectary, very short ; stigma compressed, obtuse. Pericarp : capsule oblong, one- celled, three-keeled, three-valved, opening in three parts under the keels, cohering at the top and bottom. Seeds: numerous, very small, irregular like saw-dust. Essential Character. Nectary: scrotiform, or twin, inflated behind the flower. The species are, 1. Satyrium Hircinum ; Lizard Satirion, or Goaty Orchis. Bulb undivided ; leaves lanceolate; lip of the nectary trifid; middle segment linear, oblique, praemorse. This is the tallest English plant of the tribe, frequently attaining to the height of three feet, and producing from twenty to sixty or more flowers, remarkable for their fetid goat-like smell. The upper part of the lip is downy, and marked with elegant purple spots on a white ground, otherwise the flowers are more singular than beautiful. They are sometimes white, and the plant itself varies in size, and the breadth of the leaves. — Native of Germany, Switzerland, Austria, France, Italy, and England, where it is foitnd about Dartford in Kent, flowering from May to June, and, some say, in July. It pre- fers a chalky soil and shaded situation, among shrubs and tall grass. — These plants are difficult to propagate. The best way to obtain them is, to take up their roots, and transplant them into the garden, with a good ball of earth, putting them into a soil as near to that in which they naturally grow as possible, and to leave the ground undisturbed; for if their roots be injured, the plants seldom thrive afterwards. For the management of this genus of plants, see Orchis. 2. Satyrium Sabulare. Bulbs round ; stem leafy ; lip tri- fid ; middle segment emarginate. — Found on the Table-moun- tain at the Cape, whence its name. 3. Satyrium Triste. Bulbs undivided ; helmet one-spurred; lip entire. Large and panicled. — Found by Thunberg at the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Satyrium Giganteum. Bulbs round; stem naked; lip sagittate ; flowers orange-coloured ; plant six feet high. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Satyrium Aculeatum. Bulbs round; stem leafy; lip entire, unarmed, prickly. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. G. Satyrium Viride ; Frog Satyrion. Bulbs palmate; leaves oblong, blunt ; lip of the nectary linear, trifid ; the middle segment obsolete ; stem from five to eleven inches high, solid, with unequal sharp angles, formed from the edges of the leaves and bractes. — Native of many parts of Europe, especially in the northern counties. It flowers from j the end of May to the beginning of August, and in England is generally found in a gravelly or rocky soil. It has been observed at King’s Hedges near Chesterton, and Cherry Hinton, Cambridgeshire; at Stevington, Thurleigh, Bletsoe, Pertenhall, Luton Hor, Bedfordshire; in the way to Glen- field from Leicester; at Bray brook and Forster’s Booth in SAT OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAX 531 Northamptonshire ; at Shotover hill, South Leigh, Cornbury, and Burford downs, Oxfordshire ; at Thaxted in Essex ; on Hellse-Fellnap, near Kendal in Westmoreland ; also occasi- onally in Dorsetshire, Yorkshire, and Scotlaud. See the first species. 7. Satyrium Nigrum ; Black-flowered Satyrion. Bulbs palmate; leaves linear ; lip of the nectary resupine, undivided; stem about nine inches high. — Native of Dauphiuy. See the first species. 8. Satyrium Albidum ; White Satyrion. Bulbs in bundles; leaves lanceolate; lip of the nectary trifid, acute, the middle segment blunt; stem from nine to fifteen inches high. — It flowers in June and July; and is a native of Scania, Denmark, Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Dauphiuy, Piedmont, Pis- toia, and Great Britain, in all of which it is found upon exposed grassy hills or dry mountainous pastures ; as upon the mountains north of Helmsley in Yorkshire; at the isth- mus ofTarbat, in Cantyre, Argyleshire ; on the isle of Arran near Loch Rausa, in Jura, Isla, Colonsay, and Skye; and at Hafod in Cardiganshire. See the first species. 9. Satyrium Epigogium. Bulbs compressed, toothed ; stem sheathed ; lip of the nectary resupine, undivided ; mot tender, branched like coral, snow-white. — Native of Austria, Dauphiny, and Siberia. See the first species. 10. Satyrium Hirtellum. Bulbs filiform; stem hirsute; leaves ovate, three-nerved, petioled, sheathing; horn of the nectary thickened ; lip two-lobed, middle acuminate. — Native of Jamaica. See the first species. 11. Satyrium Plantagineum. Bulbs filiform; stem very smooth; leaves ovate, petioled, sheathing; horn of the nec Jary thickened ; lip two-lobed, middle acuminate; roots fili- form, long, tomentose. — Native of Jamaica and Martinico, in moist woods and shady places. See the first species. 12. Satyrium Adnatum. Bulbs in bundles; root-leaves oblong, on very long petioles ; scape sheathed ; nectary horned, adnate; lip bent down, two-lobed, emarginate. — Native of Jamaica and Hispaniola. See the first species. 13. Satyrium Orchioides. Bulbs in bundles, oblong ; leaves broad, lanceolate ; scape sheathed ; nectary horned ; lip lanceolate, acuminate; stem twelve or fourteen inches high, without leaves ; flowers flesh-coloured, oblong, and succulent.— Native of Jamaica and Hispaniola. See the first species. 14. Satyrium Spirale. Bulbs in bundles, oblong; leaves linear ; scape sheathed ; flowers spiral, directed one way ; lip three-lobed, middle larger, crenulate. — Native of Jamaica. See the first species. 15. Satyrium Elatum. Bulbs in bundles, thick, tomen- tose ; root-leaves ovate, petioled ; stem almost naked ; nec- tary subtrilobate. — Native of Jamaica and Hispaniola. See the first species. 1G. Satyrium Repens ; Creeping Satyrion. Bulbs fibrous; leaves ovate, radical ; flowers directed one way ; roots per- ennial, truly creeping, not bulbous, very succulent, downy, running among Moss, and attaching themselves to decayed fragments and leaves of Fir, in the manner of Fungi ; stalks erect, terminated with an erect spike of numerous pale, flesh- coloured, fragrant flowers, leaning one way, but turning a little spirally round the stalk. — Native of Lapland, Norway, Denmark, Switzerland, Austria, Siberia, and Scotland, where it occurs in Alpine Fir-forests, and flowers from June to August. 17. Satyrium Capense. Lip of the nectary wider, blunt, emarginate, waved on bolh sides.— -Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 18. Satyrium Hyans. Helmet of the corollas spurred, 110. gaping; nectary ovate; leaves linear, radical. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 19. Satyrium Orobanchoides. Helmet of the corolla behind two-lobed, and in a manner two-horned ; leaves bifa- rious, linear, cauline. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 20. Satyrium Pedicellatum. Scape almost naked ; raceme with filiform loose pedicels. — Native of the Cape. See the first species. 21. Satyrium Maculatum. Flowers in close spikes; seg- ments converging, acute; lip three-lobed ; lobes linear, very narrow, the middle one longer. — Native of Mount Atlas, near Belide. See the first species. Savanna Flower. See Echites. Sauce-Alone. See Erysimum Alliaria. Savine. See Juniperus. Savine, Indian. See Ccesalpinia. Savory. See Satureia. Savoy Cabbage. See Brassica. Saururus; a genus of the class Heptandria, order Tetragy- nia. — Genekil Character. Calix : ament oblong, co- vered with floscules ; perianth, proper one-leafed, oblong, lateral, coloured, permanent. Corolla : none. Stamina ; fiiamenta seven, capillary, long ; antheree oblong, erect. Pistil: germina four, ovate, acuminate; style none; stigmas oblong, fastened to the inner apex of the germen. Pericarp : berries four, ovate, one-celled. Seed: single, ovate. Essen- tial Character. Calix: an ament with one-flowered scales. Corolla : none. Germina : four. Berries : four, one-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Saururus Cernuus; Lizard’s Tail. Leaves heart-shaped and smooth, about three inches long, and two broad at their base, ending in obtuse points, and having several longitudi- nal veins which join at the footstalk, but diverge from the midrib towards the borders in the middle, and join again at the point. They appear in July, but are not followed by seeds in England.- — Part the roots in autumn, soon after the stalks decay, or in the spring, before the roots begin to shoot, in a moist soil and shady situation. — Native of Vir- ginia, and of most parts of North America. Sauvagesia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- parted ; leaflets lanceolate, acute, concave, spreading, per- manent. Corolla: petals five, blunt, equal, rhomb-ovate, length of the calix. Nectary : leaflets five, smaller, alternate with the petals, oblong-erect, surrounded by many short hairs. Stamina : fiiamenta five, awl-shaped, very short ; antherze oblong, acute, short. Pistil: germen ovate; style simple, the length of the stamina; stigma simple, blunt. Pericarp: capsule ovate, acuminate, one-celled, three- valved at the top. Seeds: numerous, very small, fastened to the sutures in a longitudinal row. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved. Corolla: five-petalled, fringed. Nectary: five-leaved, alternate with the petals. Capsule: one celled. The species are, 1. Sauvagesia Erecta. Leaves small, oblong, smooth, on the upper side very lightly crenated, and disposed in an alternate but irregular order ; they are on short footstalks, and adorned with remarkably ciliated ears or stipules on each side at their insertions. — Native of Saint Domingo, Martinico, Jamaica, Surinam, and Guiana. Sawwort. See Serratula. Saxifraga; a genus of the class Decandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafod, five-parted, short, acute, permanent. Corolla: petals five, spreading, narrow at the base. Stamina: fiiamenta ten, awl- 6 T 632 SAX THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAX shaped; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen roundish, acu- minate, ending in two short styles; stigmas blunt. Peri- carp: capsule subovate, two-beaked, two-celled, opening between the points. Seeds: numerous, minute. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: five-petalled ; capsule two-beaked, one-celled, many-seeded. The spe- cies are, * Leaves undivided ; Stem almost naked. 1. Saxifraga Cotyledon ; Pyramidal Saxifrage. Root- leaves aggregate, tongue shaped, cartilaginous, toothed; stem panicled, leafy ; calices glandular, hairy ; panicle very much branched, a little with few flowers ; petals unspotted, or spotted, and that constantly. There are numerous varieties of this species. When the plants are strong, they produce very large pyramids of flowers, which make a fine appear- ance, and being kept in the shade, and screened from wind and rain, will continue in beauty a considerable time. — They all flower in June, and are natives of the Alps and Pyrenees. This species is easily propagated by offsets, which are put out from the side of the old plants in abundance. Plant them in pots filled with fresh light earth, placing them in the shade during summer, but exposed to the sun in winter. Take off all the offsets, leaving the plants single, which will cause them to produce a much stronger stem for flowering. Plant the offsets in separate halfpenny-pots, to succeed the old plants, which generally perish after flowering. They will produce flowers the second year. 2. Saxifraga Aizoon. Root-leaves aggregate, tongue- shaped, cartilaginous-toothed ; stem simple, racemed, leafy ; calices smooth. — Native of the Alps : to be treated in the same manner as the preceding species. 3. Saxifraga Mutata ; Saffron-coloured Saxifrage. Root- leaves aggregate, tongue-shaped, at the edge cartilaginous, repand; stem racemed, leafy; calices glandular, hairy; petals linear, lanceolate. The whole of this plant is covered with viscid hairs. The stalk is about a foot high, and much branched ; but its great peculiarity consists in its flowers, the petals being long, narrow, and pointed, of a deeper colour when they first ripen, but gradually changing from saffron to a pale yellow ; the beauty of the flowers is heightened by a glandular substance in the centre of each, which, when the flower expands, is of a bright purple colour. — Native of the mountains of Switzerland. It must be sheltered from wet, and severe frost. See the first species. 4. Saxifraga Pensylvanica ; Pennsylvanian Saxifrage. Leaves oblong, lanceolate, somewhat hairy, toothletted ; stem naked ; peduncles alternate ; corymb capitate ; root perennial, fibrous. It flowers in May and June. — Native of North America. This may be increased by parting the roots, and planting in a moist soil and shady situation : it is never injured by cold. 5. Saxifraga Hieracifolia. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, smooth, repand-toothed ; stem naked; peduncles one-flow- ered, aggregate. This so much resembles the preceding that it seems at first sight to be the same, but it is really distinct in its manner of flowering. — Native of the Carpathian moun- tains. 6. Saxifraga Androsacea. Leaves lanceolate, blunt, hairy; stem naked, two-flowered. — Native of Switzerland, Austria, Dauphiny, Piedmont, and Siberia. 7. Saxifraga Cassia. Leaves linear, perforate-dotted, ag- gregate, recurved ; stem many-flowered ; root creeping, long, branched, covered with brown scales. There is a variety from the high mountains of Italy, the stem of which is double the size of the other, hirsute, and viscid. — Native of the Alps, Pyrenees, and Austria. 8. Saxifraga Burseriana. Leaves aggregate, imbricate, three-sided, subulate-even; flowers milk-white, with pale lines. Native of Carinthia. 9. Saxifraga Sedoides.- Leaves aggregate, alternate, and opposite, sublanceolate ; flower peduncled. This varies very much in its habit, height, and leaves. — Observed in Carin- thia, and in several parts of Switzerland and the Valais. 10. Saxifraga Tenella. Leaves lanceolate, mucrouate, ciliate at the base, imbricate ; stem almost naked, few-flowered ; calices mucronate. — Native of the mountains of Carinthia. 11. Saxifraga Bryoides ; Bryum Saxifrage. Leaves lan- ceolate, mucronate, cartilaginous at the edge, and ciliate; stem almost naked, and few-flowered ; calices obtuse. — Native of the Alps, Pyrenees, Austria, Carniola, Dauphiny, Piedmont. 12. Saxifraga Bronchialis. Leaves imbricate, subulate, ciliate, spiny ; stem almost naked, many-flowered. — Native of Siberia. 13. Saxifraga Stellaris; Starry or Hairy Saxifrage, or Kidneywort. Leaves serrate ; stem naked, branched ; petals acute; capsule superior; roots perennial, long, fibrous, crowned with flat stellate tufts of cuneiform leaves.— Native nf t lie mountains of Spitzbergen, Lapland, Switzerland, Styria, Dauphiny, Piedmont, Siberia, and Britain. In our northern counties, Westmoreland, Cumberland, Lancashire, Yorkshire; in Wales, Scotland, and Ireland ; where it is found on the black turfy margins of rills, on the north sides of the moun- tains, towards their summits, flowering in June and July. 14. Saxifraga Crassifolia ; Thick-leaved Saxifrage. Leaves oval, refuse, obscurely serrate, petioled ; stem naked ; pani- cle conglomerate ; root superficial, black, scaly, with the relics of dead leaves. After the plant has flowered, the stem puts forth branches from the axils of the leaves, which have the panicle of flowers for the next year included in their gems. When the flowers fade, they turn blue. — The root is white within, and very styptic or astringent when chewed. The stem changes every year into root: that which flowers one year losing its leaves during the winter, turning to the ground, becoming black, and putting forth fibres. — This is readily increased by parting the roots either in spring or autumn. It flowers early; and if cold winds prevail at that time, the plants should be covered with a hand-glass; or if in a pot, it may be removed into the green house. 15. Saxifraga Nivalis ; Snowy or Clustered Alpine Saxi- frage, or Seagreen. Leaves obovate, serrate; stem naked; flowers heaped ; capsule half inferior ; roots perennial, black, sending down long fibres into the black moist ground. Scarcely any plant is subject to more variations in appearance and size than this species. Sometimes it is exceedingly small, t with heart-shaped leaves, flowers collected into a single head, ;i; and a strap-shaped leaf at the base. Sometimes it produces only < a single flower on a stalk ; and sometimes two of these rise from one root. At other times it bears a number of flowers j; at the top of the stalk, on fruitstalks forming an umbel; and sometimes it appears twice as large. — Native of Britain, Spitzbergen, Lapland, Virginia, and Canada. It flowers in August, and is the most alpine of our British Saxifrages, [| being found only on the summits of the highest mountains . in Scotland and Wales. It requires a shady situation, and a loamy soil. 16. Saxifraga Bellardi. Sfemless: leaves roundish, repand;! flower sessile. — Native of the Piedmont Alps, on moist mossy I rocks. 17. Saxifraga Daurica. Leaves cuneiform, rhombed, ! toothed at the end, smooth, petioled; stem naked. — Native! of the highest Alps of Dauria. 18. Saxifraga Sarmentosa ; China Saxifrage. Leaves SAX OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SAX 533 roundish, toothed, hairy ; runners creeping ; two petals elon- gated. Its round variegated leaves, and Strawberry-like runners, with the uncommon magnitude of the two lower pendent petals, joined to the very conspicuous glandular nectary in the centre of the flower, half surrounding the germen, render this species surprisingly distinct. — This ele- gant plant flowers in June and July, and is a native of Japan. This increases so fast by runners as to be even troublesome. It is properly a green house plant : in mild winters indeed it will bear the open air, especially if placed at the foot of a wall, or among rock, though in severe seasons it is often killed in such situations. 19. Saxifraga Punctata. Leaves roundish, toothed, on a long petioled stem, naked.- — Native of Siberia. 20. Saxifraga Umbrosa ; London Pride. Leaves obovate, subretuse, cartilaginous, crenate ; stem naked, panicled ; capsule superior; petals obovate-lanceolate, white or flesh- coloured, most beautifully dotted with yellow and dark red. This was long cultivated in England before it was discovered to be indigenous. It was a favourite for the elegance of its flowers, on which account it was called None-so-Pretty, and derived its other English name from its thriving better than most plants in the air of London. — Native of Ireland and England. Found on the Mangerton Mountain two miles from Killarney; on the mountains near Sligo; on Croagh Patrick in the county of Mayo; in Thorparch woods near Weatherby, Yorkshire; and between Horton in Graven, Yorkshire. It flowers in July. Like many of the other species, these may be propagated by offsets taken off in autumn, and planted in a shady situation. 21. Saxifraga Hirsuta. Leaves cordate-oval, refuse, car- tilaginous-crenate ; stern naked, panicled ; stamina longer than the petals. It flowers in June. — Native of the Pyrenees. Treat it in the same manner as the preceding. 22. Saxifraga Cuneifolia ; Wedge leaved Saxifrage. Leaves wedge-shaped, very blunt, repand ; stem naked, panicled. It flowers here in May. — Native of Switzerland, Styria, and Dauphiny. 23. Saxifraga Geum ; Kidney-leaved Saxifrage. Leaves kidney-shaped, toothed ; stem naked, panicled. This is dis- tinct from the preceding species, in having the leaves erect. — Native of the European Alps. 24. Saxifraga Serpyllifolia. Plant with small leaves, erect; leaves oval, glabrous; stem one-flowered, with few leaves; petals obovate; flowers large. — Grows on the north-west coast of North America. 25. Saxifraga Virginiensis. The whole plant slightly pu- bescent; leaves oval, obtuse ; stem subaphyllous, paniculate; branchlels dichotomous; flowers subsessile, white. — Grows on rocks and dry hills, from New England to Virginia. 26. Saxifraga Leucanthemifolia. Plant very rough; leaves elongate-spathulate, acutely dentated; stems divaricate-dicho- tomous ; panicles capillary, lax ; calix reflex ; petals unequal, white, elegantly red and yellow punctated. — This plant rises to the height of about eight inches, and grows on the high mountains of Carolina. It has also been found on the Peaks of Otter, Virginia. 27. Saxifraga Erosa. Plant somewhat glabrous; leaves oblong-lanceolate, acute, erose-dentated; stem naked; pani- cles oblong; branches divaricate, very branchy, laxiflorous; pedicels filiform. Grows in stony rivulets, on the high moun tains of Virginia and Carolina. — This plant has a close affinity to Saxifraga Pennsylvanica. ** Leaves undivided ; Stem leafy. 28. Saxifraga Oppositifolia ; Purple-flowered Saxifrage. Stem-leaves ovate, opposite, imbricate, the upper ones ciliate; stems very long, trailing, either forming tufts or hanging dowm from the crevices of rocks, branched, leafy ; the flower- ing brancldets erect. There are several varieties of this beau- tiful plant, which insinuates its roots into every crevice, and with its numerous trailing branches clothes the rocks with a rich tapestry during the months of April and May : in gardens it flowers two months earlier. As the flowers go off, they incline to blue, and one variety is said to have white flowers. It is very liable to vary from situation : when it grows exposed, it assumes a more compact appearance ; the stalks are shorter, the leaves more closely imbricate, and the flowers more numerous. In shady situations, the stalks shoot to a greater length, the leaves are placed at longer intervals, assume a greener hue, and somewhat resemble those of Wild Thyme : in such situations few or no flowers are produced. — To culti- vate this plaut, at the end of March divide one which has filled a pot the preceding year, into many small pieces, taking care that each piece has a few fibres to it; plant about six of these in the middle of a small pot, filled with a composition of loam and rotten leaves, or bog earth, in equal parts; water them, and set them by in a shady place for about a week, then plunge them in an open border, exposed not more than half the day to the sun; in dry weather water them once a day ; and in the ensuing spring each pot will be covered with a profusion of bloom. To continue this beautiful plant, treat it thus every year; and, observe, that as it is very hardy, tender management is not only needless, but hurtful. 29 Saxifraga Aspera ; Rough Saxifrage. Stem-leaves lanceolate, alternate, ciliate; stems procumbent. This plant exhibits tufts of leaves, forming dark roses, close to the ground, and younger stalks as it were gems, sessile in the axils of the ciliate leaves; flowers on long, naked, one-flowered branches, three or four in the whole, on the top of the plant. — Native of the mountains of Switzerland, Austria, Provence, Dauphiny, and Piedmont. 30. Saxifraga Hirculus ; Yellow Marsh Saxifrage. Stem- leaves lanceolate, alternate, unarmed ; stem erect ; germen ovate, superior. The almost parallel nerves on the calix and petals, clearly distinguish this from the other species. It dif- fers from the next species, particularly in the superior size and form of the petals, by the beautiful orange spots on the lower half of them, and by the two very singular pointed projections towards the base of each. — Plant this species in a pot of bog earth, and keep the pot in a pan of water, so that the earth shall be constantly moist : in winter set it under a frame to protect it from frost. It will thrive very well in an open bor- der, if moist, and formed chiefly of bog earth, and throw out shoots which will take root. It may also be increased by cut- tings of the shoots, which will strike root under a close glass, towards the close of summer. If kept in a pot, it will require renewing every two or three years. — Native of Lapland, Swe- den, England, Germany, Switzerland, Piedmont, and Siberia, iu bogs, where it flowers in July and August. It was first found on Knutsford moor, Cheshire. 31. Saxifraga Aizoides; Yellow Mountain Saxifrage. Stem-leaves linear, alternate, tooth-ciliale ; stem decumbent at the base; germen depressed, half inferior : the roots creep very far. The flowers often form a small corymb, and are extremely beautiful when closely examined : those which ap- pear first are most deeply coloured. — Native of Lapland, Sweden, Norway, Britain, Switzerland, Carniola, Dauphiny, Silesia, and Piedmont. It is found in bogs, on the mountains in the north of England and Scotland, flowering in July and August.- — It is difficult to propagate this species in gardens, unless it be planted upon loose rotten earth, and kept con- stantly moist. The difficulty has, however, been in a great 534 SAX THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SAX measure removed, by having a shady moist border filled with bog earth. In such a border, many elegant plants, of this and various other genera, thrive tolerably well ; but some of the alpine species of this genus also require a pure air, and will not thrive within the reach of smoke. 32. Saxifraga Rotundifolia ; Round-leaved, Saxifrage. Stem-leaves kidney-shaped, toothed, petioled ; stem panicled ; calix inferior. Of this numerous and beautiful genus, we know of none, says Mr. Curtis, the flowers of which, in point of prettiness, can vie with those of the present species ; they are marked with numerous fine dots, like those of the twen- tieth species, but in a superior style of beauty, and appear to great advantage when viewed with a magnifier. — Part the roots early in autumn, that the plants may be well rooted before the dry weather in spring. It succeeds best in a moist shady situation, and a stiffish loamy soil. — Native of Switzer- land, Austria, Silesia, Dauphiny, and Piedmont. 33. Saxifraga Setigera. Plant pubescent; radical leaves aggregate, spatulate, acute, spinous-ciliate ; stem leafy, sub- biflorous ; calices hispid ; flagella setaceous, very long, upon the axils of the leaves; flowers small, white. — 'Ibis is a very singular species, growing on the north-west coast of America. *** Leaves lobed ; Flowering-stems erect. 34. Saxifraga Granulata; White Saxifraga. Leaves kid- ney-shaped, lobed ; stem panicled ; root granulated ; germeu half inferior. It varies with double flowers, and is cultivated in this state. — This little plant is an excellent diuretic; an infusion of the whole plant operates powerfully and safely by urine, and clears the passages from gravel. The dried roots were used to be kept by the druggists under the title of Saxi- frage seeds; but they are not half so efficacious as when fresh taken out of the ground. — it is increased by offsets, which the old roots put forth in great plenty. Transplant them in July, after the leaves are decayed, into fresh undunged earth, placing them in the shade until autumn, but in w inter exposing them to the sun. They will flower in April, and, if produced in large tufts, will make a handsome appearance. They re- quire a shady place in the full grouud. 35. Saxifraga Bulbifera. Leaves palmate, lobed ; stem- leaves sessile; stem branched, bulbiferous; germen half infe rior. Thought to be only a variety of the preceding. — Native of Italy, in shady rocky pastures, and of Norway. 36. Saxifraga Cernua ; Drooping Bulbous Saxifrage. Leaves palmate, petioled ; stem bulbiferous ; petals retuse ; germen superior; root a small scaly bulb, throwing out branched black fibres. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the mountains of Lapland. 37. Saxifraga Rivnlaris ; Alpine Brook Saxifrage. Leaves palmate, petioled, the upper one spatulate; stein few -flowered ; root fibrous; germen half inferior. — Native of the Lapland mountains. Found also by rills and in the wet fissures of rocks, on Ben Nevis in Scotland, flowering in June and July. 38. Saxifraga Geranioides ; Crane’s-bill-leaved Saxifrage. Root-leaves kidney-shaped, five-lobed, multifid; stem-leaves linear; stem almost naked, branched; root stoloniferous. — It flowers in April and May, and is found upon the Pyrenees, by hills and on shady rocks, and also in Siberia. 39. Saxifraga Ajugifolia ; Bugle-leaved Saxifrage. Root- leaves palmate, five-parted; stem-leaves linear, undivided; stems ascending, many-flowered. — Native of the mountains of Provence. 40. Saxifraga Sibirica; Siberian Saxifrage. Leaves kid- ney-shaped, palmate, hairy ; stem and peduncles filiform. — Native of Siberia. 41. Saxifraga Rupestris; Rock Saxifrage. Stem-leaves wedge-shaped, three-lobed, toothed, glandular, hairy; pedun- cles one-flow ered, very long ; stem ascending, branched at the base. — Native of the mountains of Carinthia. 42. Saxifraga Tridactylites; Rue-leaved Saxifrage. Leaves wedge-shaped, trifid or quinquefid, alternate, the upper ones undivided; stem panicled; germen inferior; root annual, small, entirely fibrous.— A strong infusion of the whole plant’, fresh gathered, is an excellent sweetener of the blood and juices, and good against scorbutic complaints in general; and there are not wanting well-attested accounts of its having cured the king’s-evil, when the use of it has been persevered in. Those who wish to have it for use all the year, should make a syrup of its juice in the spring, or beat the leaves into a conserve with sugar; for the dried plant loses all its virtues, and it is only to be had fresh for a short space of time in the spring. — Common in most parts of Europe, on walls, thatched roofs, and in dry barren places, flowering in April and May. When growiug in shady places, it is green, more slender, and long-lived : and in very dry situations the stem is sometimes unbranched, and all the leaves entire. 43. Saxifraga Petnea; Stone Saxifrage. Leaves wed»e- shaped ; root-leaves entire, and three-toothed; stem-leaves five-toothed, upper ones trifid ; peduncles subtriflorous.- It flowers in April and May, and is a native of the mountains of Lapland, Norway, Switzerland, Savoy, Carinthia, and Dauphiny. It is an annual plant. 44. Saxifraga Adscendens. Leaves palmate, three-parted; segments subtrifid; stem branched, ascending.— Native of the Alps, Pyrenees, Monte Baldo, and the Hartz forest. 45. Saxifraga Moschata; Musky Alpine Saxifrage. Root- leaves aggregate, membranaceous, linear-lanceolate, entire or trifid, triple-nerved ; stem almost naked, subbiflorous. The herb is sweet-smelling and viscid, the roots have a pleasant aromatic flavour, and the leaves are particularly tender like Chinese silk-paper.— Native of Switzerland, the Pyrenees, and Carniola. Dr. Withering found it in the mountains above Ambleside in Westmoreland. 46. Saxifraga Casspitosa ; Tufted Alpine Saxifrage. Root- leaves aggregate, fleshy, linear, entire or trifid, nerved be- neath ; stem almost naked, subbiflorous ; roots in tufts. There are several varieties. — Native of the Pyrenees, Norway, and the Piedmontese Alps. The plant flowers in June, is found in various mountainous parts of Europe, and has been seen on the alpine rocks above lake Idwell in Caernarvon- shire. 47. Saxifraga Palmata; Palmate Saxifrage. Leaves hairy, palmate, quinquefid or trifid ^ stem leafy, panicled; petals roundish; root-leaves numerous, in tufts, from the centre of which the stern arises. — This beautiful plant was found on the rocks of Cwm Idwell, above Llyn Idwell, near Twelldu in North Wales. It flowers from April to June. 48. Saxifraga Tricuspidata. Root leaves aggregate, w'edge- shaped, ciliate, acutely three-toothed ; stem ascending, race- mose; petals lanceolate, three times as long as the calix.— Native of Greenland. 49. Saxifraga Rivularis. Plant erect ; leaves palmated, petiolate; the highest leaf spatulate; stem with few flowers; root fibrous; germen semi-inferior; flowers white, small, — Grows in Labrador. ***** Leaves lobed; Stems procumbent. 50. Saxifraga Cymbalaria. Stem-leaves cordate, three- lobed, and entire ; stems procumbent. — Native of the Levant, found on Mount Ararat. 51. Saxifraga Hederacea; Ivy-leaved Saxifrage. Stem- leaves ovate, lobed ; stem filiform, flaccid. Annual, flower- ing in July. — Native of the Levant. 52. Saxifraga Orientalis. Leaves roundish, five-lobed ; 6 S C A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S C A 535 Stem very much branched, procumbent. — Native of the Levant. 53. Saxifraga Cuneata. Lower leaves petioled, wedge- shaped, five-lobed ; stem-leaves sessile, lanceolate ; stem ascending, panicled ; corolla white. — Native of Spain, in the mountains near Castelforte. 54. Saxifraga Hypnoides ; Mossy Saxifrage, or Ladies’ Cushion. Leaves linear, entire, or trifid ; runners procum- bent ; stem almost naked ; petals elliptic, oblong. — This is a native of Britain, Denmark, Switzerland, Austria, and France. Tufts of it often clothe rocks, where the inequalities are filled with black turfy earth, on Ihe mountains of Wales, Scotland, and the north of England ; as on Snowden, on Ben Lomond, and on Arthur’s seat near Edinburgh; on the mountains of Westmoreland, Yorkshire, and at Malham and Settle; in Dove-dale and Middleton-dale in Derbyshire; and on Chedder rocks, Somersetshire ; flowering in May, and often again sparingly in July and August. — This species propa- gates fast enough by its trailing branches, provided it be planted in a moist soil and a shady situation ; but it will not thrive on dry ground, or where it is much exposed to the sun. The best time to remove it, or any of the species, is in autumn, that they may have the benefit of the winter’s rain, to establish them well before the dry w eather of the spring comes on. 55. Saxifraga Globulifera. Stem bulbiferous ; leaves nerved, the lower ones spathulate, quite entire, the uppei- ones palmate, three or five cleft, in the flowering branch remote, linear. This is hardly distinct from the foregoing species. — Found upon the top of Mount Atlas. It flowers very early in the spring. 56. Saxifraga Spathulata. Leaves spathulate, obtuse, ciliate, undivided; stem prostrate; pedicels axillary, one- flowered. — It flowers very early in the spring, anc! is found on the summit of Mount Atlas near Belide. Saxifrage, Golden. See Chrysosplenium. Scabiosa ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: common; perianth many-flowered, spreading, many-leaved ; leaflets in various rows surrounding the receptacle, and placed upon it, the inner ones gradually less; proper, perianth double, both superior; outer shorter, membranaceous, plaited, permanent ; inner five-parted, with the segments subulate-capillaceous. Corolla: universal equal, often from unequal ones; partial one-petal- led, tubular, four or five cleft, equal or unequal. Stamina: filamenta four, subulate-capillary, weak ; antherae oblong, incumbent. Pistil; germen inferior, involved in a proper sheath as in a calicle ; style filiform, length of the corolla ; stigma obtuse, obliquely emarginate. Pericarp: none. Seeds: solitary, ovate-oblong, involute, crowned variously with partial calices. Receptacle : common, convex, chaffy, or naked. Observe. The exterior corollets are often larger and more unequal. The crowns of the seeds vary in different species. The primary distinction of the species is to be taken from the division of the florets into fonr-cleft and five- cleft. Essential Character. Calix: common many- leaved; properdouble, superior. Receptacle: chaffy, or naked. The species are 43 ; none of them natives of America. * With four-cleft Corollets. 1. Scabiosa Alpina; Alpine Scabious. Corollets four- cleft, equal; calices imbricate; flowers drooping; leaves pinnate ; leaflets lanceolate, serrate ; root perennial, com- posed of many strong fibres, which run deep in the ground ; stems several, strong, channelled, upwards of four feet high. — Native of the Alps of Switzerland, Dauphiny, and Italy. It may be propagated either by seeds or by parting the roots ; and should be planted in a loamy soil, 110. 2. Scabiosa Ustulata. Corollets four-cleft, equal; scales of the calix acute; leaves lyrate, toothed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Scabiosa Rigida ; Rigid-leaved Scabious. Corollets four-deft, subradiant ; calices imbricate, obtuse; leaves lan- ceolate, serrate, eared ; stem sufl'ruticose, rugged. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Scabiosa Attenuata ; Narrow-leaved Scabious. Corol- lets four cleft, equal; calices imbricate; scales oblong, obtuse; leaves linear, smooth, entire and pinnatifid at the base. It flowers from July to September.— Native of the Cape. 5. Scabiosa Scabra; Rugged-leaved Scabious. Corollets four-cleft, equal; scales of the calix obtuse; leaves bipinna- tifid, rugged, rigid. — Native of the Cape. 6. Scabiosa Transylvanica; Transylvanian Scabious. Co- rollets four-cleft, unequal; calices and chaffs awned ; root- leaves lyrate ; stem-leaves pinnatifid ; flowers small, of a pale purple colour. Annual, and a native of Transylvania. — Sow the seeds in a shady moist border; keep the ground clean and allow the plants room to spread. See the next species. 7. Scabiosa. Syriaca; Syrian Scabious. Corollets four- cleft, equal ; calices imbricate, and chaffs awned ; stem dicho- tomous ; leaves lanceolate. This and the preceding are very lofty for annual plants. — Native of Syria, 8. Scabiosa Leucantha ; Snowy Scabious. Corollets four- cleft, almost equal; calicine scales ovate, imbricate; leaves pinnatifid ; root perennial ; stem stiff, two feet high. — Native of the south of France, and Piedmont. f). Scabiosa Succisa ; Devil’s-bit Scabious. Corollets four-cleft, equal; stem-leaves toothed; flowers subglobular; root perennial, oblong, blackish, nearly the thickness of the little finger, often growing obliquely, stumped at the lower end, so as to appear as if bitten off; for in the days of super- stition it was fabled that the devil, envying the good that this herb might do to mankind, bit away part of the root: accord- ing to this ingenious mode of accounting for such appear- ances, the prince of darkness seems to have paid the same compliment to several other useful herbs, when full grown and fit for use, as Plaintain for instance. — A strong decoction of the plant taken internally, and continued for a consider- able length of time, was (and still continues) a favourite nostrum with many for venereal diseases : the decoction of the leaves is good in coughs, and other disorders of the lungs. The root, dried and taken in powder, causes sweat, and is a good medicine in fevers. Linneus observes, that the dry leaves are used to dye wool green. This plant varies much : according to Haller, the flowers are sometimes proliferous" and the leaves are sometimes gashed : the flowers also not only vary in colour, but are also double. In England the plant is commonly hirsute, but it is often described as smooth by foreign authors. — Native of Europe, found principally in pastures, flowering from August to the end of October. 10. Scabiosa Integrifolia ; Red-Jlowered Annual Scabious. Corollets four cleft, radiant; leaves undivided; root-leaves ovate, serrate; branch-leaves lanceolate; stem herbaceous- root annual. It flowers from June to August. — Native of Germany, Switzerland, the south of France, and the County of Nice. J 11. Scabiosa Amplexicaulis ; Blue-flowered Annual Sca- bious. Corollets four-cleft, radiant; leaves embracing, lan- ceolate, quite entire; root-leaves trifid, crenate. — Native country unknown. 12. Scabiosa Humilis; Humble Scabiosa. Corollets four- cleft, unequal; scales of the calix obtuse; leaves linear tooth-pinnatifid. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Scabiosa Decurrens ; Decurrent-leaved Scabious. 6 U 536 S C A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S C A Corollets four cleft, unequal; scales of the calix ovate; leaves pinnatifid, with the pinnas decurrent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 14. Scabiosa Tatarica ; Giant’s Scabious. Corollets four- cleft, radiant; stem hispid; leaves lanceolate, pinnatifid; lobes subimbricate; root biennial; flowers yellow. — Native of Tartary, and perhaps of Italy. It rises from scattered seeds, and requires no care. 15. Scabiosa Arvensis ; Field Scabious. Corollets four- cleft, radiant; leaves pinnatifid, gashed; stem hispid; root perennial, long, spindle-shaped, mostly branched, running deep into the ground. It varies much in the divisions of the leaves, and sometimes they are all entire. The whole plant is sometimes smooth, and occurs with white flowers. — The flowers, if held over the smoke of tobacco, in a few minutes become of the most beautiful green. It is bitter, of a slightly astringent saponaceous quality, aud excellent against disorders of the breast, such as coughs, asthmatic affections, difficulty of breathing, &c. for which purposes an infusion of the leaves is the best preparation. The flowers are said to be of a cordial sudorific nature, and good against feverish complaints; the juice applied externally is good against foulnesses and discolourings of the skin. In corn-fields it is a troublesome weed ; but in grass, being a hardy plant, and producing a large quantity of foliage, which is eaten by cattle, horses, and sheep, it may probably be found useful. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the pastures and corn fields of Europe. 16. Scabiosa Parviflora •, Small-flowered Scabious. Corol- lets four-cleft, almost equal, in ovate heads; interior proper calix very short; lower leaves obovate, crenate; stem dicho- tomous.—Native of Algiers and Sicily. 17. Scabiosa Uralensis ; Uralian Scabious. Corollets four- cleft, radiant; root leaves simple; stem-leaves decussively pinnatie; chaffs dry, reflexed at the tip.— Annual, and a native of Siberia. 18. Scabiosa Sylvatica ; Broad leaved Scabious. Corollets four-cleft, radiant, all the leaves -undivided, ovate, oblong, serrate ; stem hispid ; root perennial. This plant varies much. — It flowers during the greatest part of summer, and is a native of Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Carniola, and Piedmont, in woods, among bushes, and sometimes in fields. ** With Jive deft Corollas. 10. Scabiosa Gramuntia ; Cut-leaved Scabious. Corollets five-cleft; calices very short; stem-leaves bipimrate, filiform. — Native of the south of France, the County of Nice, and Barbary. 20. Scabiosa Columbaria; Small Scabious. Corollets five-cleft, radiant; root-leaves ovate or lyrate, crenate; stem- leaves pinnatifid ; segments linear. This is easily distinguished from the other British species by its five-cleft corollas, and by being also much more radiant than they, that is, having the outer segment of the corollets much larger than the inner ; root perennial, tapering to a point. It flowers from June to September. — Native of Europe, Barbary, and Siberia, on billy pastures in a gravelly or calcareous soil. 21. Scabiosa Pyrenaica; Pyrenean Scabious. Corollets four-cleft, radiant ; leaves tomentose, entire, toothed, and pinnatifid ; stem one-flowered ; flower single, radiate, purple, with the scales of the calix ovate-lanceolate, not longer than the flower. — Native of the Pyrenees, Switzerland, Savoy, Lombardy, and Barbary. 22. Scabiosa Sicula; Sicilian Scabious. Corollets five- cleft, equal, shorter than the calix ; leaves lyrate, pinnatifid ; root annual ; stem herbaceous, a foot high, dichotomous, divaricating, red, weak. — Native of Sicily. 23. Scabiosa Rutaefolia; Rue-leaved Scabious. Corollets five-cleft ; leaves pinnate, the upper ones linear ; calices one- leafed, five-cleft; root perennial, woody, divided at top; stems several, erect, a foot high, stiff. — Found in the kingdom of Tunis, flowering in the middle of July. 24. Scabiosa Maritima ; Sea Scabious. Corollets five- cleft, radiant, shorter than the calix ; leaves pinnate, the upper ones linear, quite entire ; stem upright, branched, round, striated, villose, a foot and half high. Annual. — Native of Italy, France, and Japan. 25. Scabiosa Stellata; Starry Scabious. Corollets five- cleft, radiant; leaves cut; receptacles of the flowers round- ish. There is a variety with the flowers scarcely radiate. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Spain and Barbary. Sow the seeds in a bed of light loamy earth, where the plants are to remain : when they come up, thin them clean from weeds. 26. Scabiosa Prolifera; Prolific Scabious. Corollets five- cleft, radiant; flowers subsessile ; stem proliferous; leaves undivided.— It is an annual plant, found in the corn-fields of Barbary and Egypt. 27. Scabiosa Atro-purpurea ; Sweet Scabious. Corollets five-cleft, radiant ; leaves cut ; receptacles of the flowers subsessile. The flowers are very sweet, aud vary greatly in their colour, some being of a purple approaching to black, others of a pale purple, some red, and others variegated. It also varies in the leaves, some being finer cut than others, and sometimes from the side of the calix come out many slender peduncles sustaining small flowers, like the Prolifer- ous or Hen-and-chicken Daisy. It is a biennial plant ; native country not certainly known. Seeds received first from Italy, under the name of the Indian Scabious: but in all probability it was a native of the south of Europe. — Sow the seeds at the end of May, or the beginning of June, upon a shady border of- fresh earth ; for if they are too much exposed to i the sun, and the season should be dry, few of them will grow. And if they are sown early in the spring, they will j flower in the autumn, and the winter coming on, will prevent the seeds from ripening; besides which, the flowers will be few and weak. Whereas, if they are left to form a strong i root and leaves in the autumn, they will send up their flower- stems early in the next summer, branching out on every side, producing a great number of flowers, continuing in succession from June to September, aud producing good j seeds in plenty. When the plants sown in May come up, ! transplant them into a bed or border of fresh earth, watering and shading them till they have taken root; and having kept them clean from weeds, transplant them at Michaelmas into the middle of the borders in the pleasure-garden. It is very hardy, being rarely injured by cold, unless it shoots up to flower before winter; but it dies after the seeds are ripe. 28. Scabiosa Argentea ; Silvery Scabious. Corollets five- cleft, radiant ; leaves pinnatifid ; segments linear; peduncles very long; stem round. This is a low perennial plant, with a blanching stalk spreading wide on every side: the leaves are of a silvery colour; the flowers are small, pale, and have no scent. It flowers from June to October. — Native of the Levant. 29. Scabiosa Daucoides ; Carrot-like Scabious. Corollets five-cleft, radiant; leaves bipinnate; common calix villose, ' pinnatifid. — Native of Algiers. 30. Scabiosa Indurata. Corollets five-cleft, radiant; leaves * ovate, lanceolate, gnawn-toothed at the base; stem rigid.— Native of Africa, See the next species. 31. Scabiosa Africana ; African Scabious. Corollets five- S C A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SCiE 537 cleft, equal; leaves simple, gashed; stem shrubby ; pedun- cle terminating, sustaining one pale flesh-coloured scentless flower. It varies in the leaves. — Native of Africa, flowering from July to October. This, with the other African species, may be increased by cuttings planted in a shady border during any of the summer months. When these have put out good roots, plant them in pots filled with light loamy earth, and placed in the shade till they have taken new root; then remove them to a sheltered situation till the frosts come on, when they must be put into the dry-stove or a glass- case for the winter, giving them as much free air as possible in dry weather. In the middle or end of April remove them into the open air in a warm situation. 32. Scabiosa Monspeliensis ; Montpellier Scabious. Co- rollets five-cleft, equal, shorter than the calix, all the leaves pinnate, ciliate ; plant a foot and half high. — Native of France, about Montpellier. 33. Scabiosa Pumila ; Dwarf Scabious, Corollets five- cleft, radiant, almost stemless; leaves very hairy; root-leaves lyrate; stem leaves pinnate, gashed. —Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 34. Scabiosa Cretica; Cretan Scabious. Corollets five- cleft, radiant; leaves lanceolate, almost quite entire; stem shrubby. The flowers stand upon very long naked peduncles, at the end of the branches, and are of a fine blue colour. — Native of Candia and Sicily. This also may be increased by cuttings or by slips. When these have taken good root, plant some on a dry border near a south w'all, w here they will live in common winters. But as severe frost frequently destroys them, put some of the plants in pots, placing them under a frame in winter, and giving them air in mild weather. 35. Scabiosa Limonifolia. Corollets five, equal ; leaves wedge-shaped, quite entire, wrinkled and hoary underneath; root divided above ; stems frutescent at the base, erect, sim- ple.;— Native of Sicily. 36. Scabiosa Graminifolia ; Grass-leaved Scabious. Co- rollets five-cleft, radiant ; leaves linear, lanceolate, quite entire; stem herbaceous; root perennial. Stem branching at the base, procumbent, knobbed. It flowers in July. — Native of the mountains of Dauphiny, Carniola, Italy, Switzerland, Silesia, and Barbary. It does not produce seeds in England, but may be propagated by slips, planted on a shady border at the beginning of April. When these have put out good roots, take them up with balls of earth, and transplant them where they are to remain. It loves a soft loamy soil, and a shady situatiori. 37. Scabiosa Lyrata ; Lyrate-leaved Scabious. Corollets five-cleft, radiant ; segments entire ; lower leaves oblong, serrate ; upper pinnatifid at the base ; stem herbaceous, erect, a foot high, simple, striated, somewhat hairy. — Native of the shore of the Dardanelles. 38. Scabiosa Palestina; Palestine Scabious , Corollets five-cleft, radiant, all the segments trifid ; leaves undivided, subserrate; upper pinnatifid at the base; stem a foot high, round. — Native of Palestine. 39. Scabiosa Isetensis. Corollets five-cleft, radiant, longer than the calix ; leaves bipinnate, linear. — Native of Siberia, on rocks. 40. Scabiosa Ucranica ; Ukraine Scabious. Corollets five- cleft, radiant; root-leaves pinnatifid; stem-leaves linear-lan- ceolate at the base. — Native of the Ukraine; and said to be found in Piedmont. 41. Scabiosa Ochroleuca ; Pale Scabious. Corollets five- cleft, radiant ; leaves bipinnate, linear ; root perennial, Whitish brown, the thickness of a finger, and woody. It flowers in July and August, and is a native of Ger- many. 42. Scabiosa Papposa; Downy-headed Scabious. Corol- lets five-cleft, unequal ; stem herbaceous, erect; leaves pin- natifid; seeds awned and feather-downed; root annual. — It flowers in July; and is a native of the island of Crete or Candia, and of the south of Europe. 43. Scabiosa Pterocephala; Wing-headed Scabious. Co- rollets five-cleft; stem procumbent, shrubby; leaves laciniate, hirsute, down-feathered. — Supposed to be a native of Greece. Scabious, Sheep's. See Jasione. Sceevola ; a genus of the class "Penfandria, order Monogy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth superior, very short, five-cleft, permanent. Corolla : one-petalled, unequal; tube long, with a longitudinal fissure ; border five- cleft, ascending; segments directed one way, lanceolate, membranaceous at the edge. Stamina : filamenta five, short, capillary, inserted into the receptacle ; antherae distinct, erect, oblong, obtifse. Pistil: germen inferior, ovate ; style filiform, thicker above, longer than the stamina, issuing from the fissure, curved in towards the border; stigma flatted, obtuse, with the mouth open. Pericarp: drupe roundish, uinbilicate with a dot, one-celled. Seed: nut ovate, wrinkled, acute, two-celled. Essential Character. Corolla: one-petalled, with the tube cloven longitudinally, or the border five-cleft and lateral. Drupe: inferior, con- taining one two-celled nut. The species are, 1. Scmvola Lobelia. Leaves obovate, smooth, quite entire; stem suftrutescent, two feet high, almost single, thick, round, smooth. — Native of both Iudies, and found growing very generally between the tropics. — It is propagated by the seeds, which must be imported from the countries where it natu- rally grows, as the plant will not produce them in Europe. Sow them in pots filled with light sandy earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, where the plants will come up in about a month or five weeks, provided the bed be warm, and the earth often watered. When the plants are up, they should be kept in a temperate hot-bed, and frequently refreshed with water, but it must not be given to them in large quantities, for they are very succulent, and subject to perish with much moisture, especially while' they are young. When the plants are about two inches high, they should be carefully taken out of the pots in which they were sown, and each planted in a separate small pot filled with fresh light sandy earth, and then plunged into the hot-bed again, observ- ing to shade them in the heat of the day until they have taken neiv root. In this hot-bed the plants may remain until the middle or latter end of September, when they must be removed into the stove, and plunged into the tan-bed, in the warmest part of the stove ; for they are very tender plants while young, and must therefore be kept very warm, other- wise they w ill not live through the first winter in this country. In the spring following, the plants may be shifted into some- what larger pots, and then plunged into a fresh hot-bed to forward their growth ; for if they are not pushed on while they are young, they seldom grow to any size, nor will they ever flower; so that in order to have them in any beauty, they must be carefully managed. The leaves of this plant are very subject to contract filth, by being constantly kept in the stove, therefore they should be washed with a sponge frequently, to keep them clean, otherwise they will appear unsightly. 2. Scaivola Kcenigii. Leaves obovate, smooth ; tooth sub- repand at top ; calix five-toothed. — Native of the East Indies. To be treated like the preceding. 3. Scaevola Sericea. Leaves obovate, villose, very soft. 538 S C A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL S C A toothed at top ; branches brown, villose, muricated with the remains of fallen leaves. — Native of Botany Island, New Cale- donia. To be treated as the first species. Scallion. See Allium. Scammony . See Convolvulus. Scandix; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: umbel universal, long, ■with few rays; partial more abundant. Involucre: universal none; partial five-leaved, length of the umbellet; perianth proper, obsolete. Corolla: universal difform, radiate; florets of the disk abortive; partial, petals five, index, emarginate; the inner ones smaller, outmost larger. Stamina : filamenta five, capillary; antherre roundish. Pistil: germen oblong, inferior; styles two, awl-shaped, length of the least petal, distant, permanent; stigmas in the radiant florets obtuse. Pericarp: fruit very long, awl-shaped, bipartite. Seeds: two, awl-shaped, convex and grooved on one side, flat on the other. Observe. The florets of the disk are abortive in some species; the involucres vary in the number of leaves. The first species has angular seeds, and a caducous involucre. The second species has ihe seeds filiform, hiding the nucleus at the base. The fourth species has ovate subulate striated seeds, a green permanent involucre, and all the florets her- maphrodite. Gaertner observes, that in the true Scandix the nucleus is scarcely a fourth part of the length of the seed ; but in the fourth species is three-fourths, and in the first the full length of the seed. Essential Cha racter. Florets: of the disk most commonly male. Corolla: radiate. Petals: emarginate. Fruit: awl shaped. — —The species are, 1. Scandix Odorata; Sweet Cicely, or Great Chervil. Seeds grooved, angular ; root perennial, very thick, branched, of a sweet aromatic taste like Aniseed ; stems three or four feet high, hairy, and fistulous ; leaves large, branching, somewhat like those of Fern, w hence it has been called Swell Fern. Flowers white, with a sweet aromatic scent. — This is one of the old medicinal plants. The young leaves were put into salads; and the roots were boiled, and eaten cold or in tarts, and in a variety of sauces. The Germans still use it in soups, and, in the north of England, the seeds, which have the taste and scent of Aniseed, are employed in polishing and perfum- ing oak floors, and furniture. — Native of Germany, Switzer- land, Austria, the south of France, and the north part of Italy. It is found in England near houses, in Westmoreland, Cumberland, and Lancashire ; growing wild near Leeds, in Yorkshire; on the banks of the Derwent, above Chatsworth; near Shelsleywalsh, Worcestershire; at White Ladies, near Boscobel, Shropshire; at Tixall, near Stafford; in Rose Lane, Oxfordshire ; in Wales, at Llangollen monastery, Den- bighshire; and in the waste places and orchards, but always near houses, in the lowlands of Scotland. This, with the second, fifth, sixth, tenth, and eleventh species, increases fast by seed, which, if permitted to scatter, will produce plenty of plants; these may be left in their place, or transplanted to any part of the gurdeu, for they will grow in any soil or situation, and require no care. 2. Scandix Pecten Veneris ; Needle Chervil, Shepherd’s Needle, or Venus’s Comb. Seeds with very long, and somewhat rugged beaks ; leaflets linear, multifid; root annual, small; stem from six inches to a foot in height, branched. It may be easily known by its fine cut leaves, its singular large cloven involucres, and particularly by the beaks to the seeds, which are two inches in length, and so much resemble those of Crane’s Bill, that it might be mistaken at first sight for one of that genus. These beaks haye given rise to the names Venus’s Comb and Shepherd's Needle; in York- shire it is called Crake Needle. This plant has never been applied to any use. It is of the same genus with Chervil, and, having something of the same smell and taste, might perhaps be put to the same use; but we should be cautious what substitutions we make in this natural order of umbellate plants, in which many species are poisonous ; as even one of this genus, the Scandix Anthriscus, is of a suspicious charac- ter. This species is a very common weed among corn ; and though a small annual plant, it sometimes multiplies in such abundance, as to be injurious to the crop. It flowers in June, and the seeds ripen before harvest. — Native of Europe. 3. Scandix Chilensis; Chili Chervil. Seeds with very iong beaks; leaflets entire, ovate lanceolate. — Native of Chili. 4. Scandix Cerefolium ; Garden Chervil. Seeds shining, ovate, subulate; root annual; leaves of an exceedingly deli- cate texture, smooth, shining, tripinnate. They are frequently used in soup, especially by the Dutch; but whoever uses it, should be cautious not to mistake the next species (the leaves of which are suspected of being poisonous) for this plant. It is grateful to the palate and stomach, slightly aromatic, and gently aperient and diuretic. Geoffrey remarks, that he found it of remarkable service in the dropsy, that it acts mildly and without irritation, and abates inflammatory symptoms. He observes, that it is to be used with caution, where the patient is troubled with a cough or a spitting of blood, as being liable to aggravate those complaints, in consequence of a nitrous salt, by virtue of which he supposes this juice to act. The extract is manifestly saline, but more pungent than nitre, and does not visibly deflagrate in the fire. Of the aromatic flavour, little or nothing accompanies the juice; though water or spirit extracts the greater part of it by infu- siou. The aromatic part is very volatile; in distillation with water, there separates a small portion of essential oil, resem- bling in taste that of Fennel seeds. Haller, who treats copi- ously on the medicinal qualities of this plant, has no opinion of it in the dropsy ; but thinks it may be of service in obstruc- tions of the bowels, in external haemorrhoids, and a stoppage of urine. It was much more cultivated in England formerly than at present : it is, we know' not why, seldom used by regular practitioners, and has almost disappeared from our kitchens and tables. It is found flowering in May, in many parts of Europe. — To propagate it, sow the seeds in autumn, soon after they are cast, either in drills or broad-cast ; sowing in the spring will not answer, for the plants will rarely come up, and then are sure to wither and decay upon the approach of warm weather; while the plants which rise in the autumn continue green all the winter, and flower in the April follow- ing, soon after which they ripen their seeds and decay. This species will continue itself by its scattered seeds. 5. Scandix Anthriscus; Rough or Hemlock Chervil. Seeds ovate, hispid ; corollas uniform ; stem even ; root an- nual; leaves tripinnate, soft, and tender, hairy, especially underneath, and along the midrib of a yellowish green colour; leaflets ovate, lobed. — This dangerous plant may be easily distinguished from the rest of this genus, by its want of that pleasant smell, which all the others afford when rubbed ; and by its having instead, a strong hircine smell like Hemlock. The danger arises from its habit approaching nearly to that of the true Chervil: but not only is the smeil different, but the seeds of the true, are black, smooth, and glossy, longer, and narrower, with two blunt ridges; while those of this suspected plant are dark brown, ovate or lanceolate, with stiff hairs or prickles, curved upwards on the convex side, and with a very short smooth beak. Mr. Miller remarks, that there have been some instances of the ill effects of this plant when taken inwardly; but no other author appears to have confirmed his account, which is nevertheless entitled to S C H OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SCI! 539 gre^t respect, especially when the remarkable difference between its smell and that of its congeners is considered ; and caution at least is necessary, as this plant grows by our way-sides, on banks, in hedges, and under walls, flowering in May and June. 6. Scandix Australis; Radiated Chervil. Seeds awl-shaped, hispid; flowers radiate; stems even; leaves thinly placed, very narrow, and finely cut. — Native of the south of France, Italy, and Candia. 7. Scandix Nodosa; Knobbed Chervil. Seeds subcylin- drical, hispid ; stem hispid ; joints swelling ; root annual. — Native of Sicily. 8. Scandix Trichosperma ; Hairy-seeded Chervil. Seeds extremely hirsute, with hairs double the length of the seed; root annual. — Native of Egypt. 9. Scandix Infesta. Outer seed hispid ; umbellets very much clustered, hemispherical; root annual; stem erect, about a foot high, rugged ; leaves like those of the fourth species. — Native country unknown. 10. Scandix Grandiflora; Great-flowered Chervil. Seeds shorter than the villose peduncle. Annual ; with fine cut leaves. — Native of the Levant. 11. Scandix Proeumbens; Trailing Chervil, Seeds shin- ing, ovate-subulate ; leaves decompound. — This low trailing plant is a native of Virginia. Scarlet Bean. See Phaseolus. Scarlet Cardinal flower. See Lobelia Cardinalis. Scarlet Convolvulus. See Ipomcea. Scarlet Horse Chesnut. See Pavia. Scarlet Jasmin. See Bignonia. Scarlet Lupin. See Lat/iynts. Scarlet Lychnis. See Lychnis. Scarlet Oak. See Quercus. Schafferia ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Tetrandria. ■ — Generic Character. Male. Calix : perianth four or five leaved; leaflets ovate, concave, spreading. Corolla: petals four, lanceolate, ovate, spreading ; or instead of these a four-cornered convex nectary, in the middle of the flower. Stamina: filamenta four, filiform, erect; antherae roundish, erect. Pistil: rudimentum of a germen, without style or stigma. Female. Calix: perianth one-leafed, four or five parted, inferior; segments obtuse, spreading. Corolla: petals four, lanceolate-ovate, concave, wider at the end, spreading, deciduous; or, in place of these, a nectary, which is a fleshy rim about the germen. Pistil: germen roundish; styles two, very short, reflexed ; stigmas bifid or entire, compressed, headed. Pericarp: berry roundish, two-celled. Seeds: solitary, hemispherical. Essential Character. Male. Calix: four or five leaved. Corolla: four-petalled or none. Female. Calix: four or five parted. Corolla: four-parted or none; berry two-celled; seeds solitary. — — The species are, 1. SchaefFeria Completa. Flowers four-petalled, axillary ; leaves on short petioles, alternately smaller, ovate, acute, almost entire, or very slightly crenate, veined, rigid, with the end recurved a little, green, shining ; trunk upright, with a smooth ash-coloured bark ; berries the size of a small pea, yellowish-red. — This shrub is a native of the West Indies. 2. SchaefFeria Lateriflora. Flowers lateral, apetalous. This small tree has a trunk six feet high. — Native of Hispaniola. Schejfflera ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Decagy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth very small, five-toothed, superior, permanent ; segments awl-shaped. Corolla: petals five, oblong. Stamina: filamenta five, fili- form, scarcely longer than the petals ; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen globular, depressed, inferior; styles eight or ten, round, short, permanent; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsule globular, depressed, eight or ten celled. Seeds: solitary, semicircular, compressed. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: five-toothed; corolla five-petalled ; capsule eight or ten celled. Seeds: solitary, semicircular. The only know n species is, 2. Schefflera Digitata. — Native of New Zealand. Scheuchzeria ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Tri- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth six-parted ; leaflets oblong, acute, reflex, spreading, rude, permanent. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta six, capillary, very short, flaccid ; antherae erect, obtuse, very long, compressed. Pis- til: germina three, ovate, compressed, size of the calix ; styles none ; stigmas oblong, blunt at top, fastened outwardly to the germen. Pericarp: capsules as many as there are ger- mina, roundish, compressed, inflated, reflex, distant, two- valved. Seeds: solitary, oblong. Observe. Number of the germina and capsules varying from three to six; but three is the most natural number. Essential Character. Calix: six-parted. Corolla: none. Styles: none. Capsule: three, inflated, one-seeded. The only species yet discovered is, 1. Scheuchzeria Palustris. Root-leaves few ; stem-leaves two, one involving the base of the stem with its sheath, the other a little higher, each shorter than the stem ; flowers from each axil of the floral leaves solitary, on upright peduncles of a yellowish green colour; root perennial, creeping, jointed ; stem upright, simple, a span high, round. — -Native of Lapland, Sweden, Denmark, Germany, Switzerland, Prussia, Dauphiny, and Siberia, in marshes. Schinus; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Decandria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five-parted, spreading, acute. Corolla : petals five, oval, spreading, petioled. Stamina: filamenta ten, filiform, length of the corolla, spreading; antherae roundish. Pistil: rudi- mentum without a stamina. Female. Calix : perianth one- leafed, five-parted, acute, permanent. Corolla: petals five, oblong, spreading, petioled. Pistil: germen roundish ; style none; stigmas three, ovate. Pericarp: berry globular, three- celled. Seeds : solitary, globular. Essential Character. Male. Calix: five parted. Petals: five. Female. Berry: three-celled. The species are, 1. Schinus Molle; Peruvian Mastick Tree. Leaves pin- nate; leaflets serrate, with the end one very long; petioles equal; stem woody, eight or ten feet high, dividing into many branches, covered with a brown rough bark. The flowers |are produced in loose bunches, at the end of the branches; they are very small and white, and have no odour. — This | plant is propagated best by seeds, which must be procured from its native country. Sow these seeds in pots, filled with fresh earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed. If the seeds are good, the plants will appear in about five or six weeks, and if air be admitted to them daily, according to the warmth of the season, and water be duly given, they will be fit to transplant in about five or six weeks ; and should then be carefully turned out of the pots, and their roots separated, in order to replant them each in a small pot, filled with soft ! loamy earth, and plunged again into a moderate hot-bed, ! shading them from the sun till they have taken fresh root. They must then be gradually inured to the open air, into which they ought to be removed soon after, placing them in a sheltered situation, where they may remain till autumn, but must be removed into shelter before the first frosts, otherwise their tops will be all killed, and the plants themselves often destroyed. When young, they require a little warmth in winter ; but after two or three years’ growth, they will live in a good green-house ; where they will form a good variety, G X 8CH THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S C H 5 40 retaining their leaves all the year. They may also be increased by layers and cuttings: the layers should be put down in the spring, and by the following spring they will be rooted ; the cuttings should be planted in April, which will put out roots in about two months, and may afterwards be treated as the seedling plants. — Nalive of Peru. 2. Schinus Areira; Brasilian Mastick Tree. Leaves pinnate; leaflets quite entire, equal, petioles equal. Nalive of Brazil and Peru. — This may be propagated in the same manner as the first species, but the young plants being much more tender, will require to be placed in a moderate stove for four or five winters, after which they may be placed iri a good green-house, and sparingly watered. Schmidelia ; a genus of the class Octandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth two-leaved; leaflets roundish, coloured, permanent. Corolla: petals four, roundish, sessile, erect. Stamina: filamenta eight, simple, length of the flower; antherae roundish. Pistil: germina tw'o, pedicelled, compressed, longer than the flower; styles filiform, bifid at the top; stigmas simple. Pericarp: berries two, subglobular. Seeds: solitary. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: two-leaved. Corolla: four-petalled. Germina: pedicelled, longer than the flower. The only known spe- cies is, 1. Schmidelia Racemosa. Leaves alternate, ternate; leaf- lets petioled, obovate, oblong, acuminate, subserrate, naked. — Native of the East Indies. Schcenus ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: glumes chaffy, one-valved, heaped. Corolla: none. Stamina : filamenta three, capillary ; antherae oblong, erect. Pistil: germen ovate, three-sided, obtuse; style bristle-shaped, length of the glume; stigma bifid or trifid, slender. Pericarp: none. Seed: single, round- ish, among t he glumes. Observe. There are some species in which a very few small bristles, springing from the proper receptacle, surround the seed. Essential Character. Glumes: chaffy, one-valved, heaped, the outer ones barren. Corolla: none. Seed : one, roundish, among the glumes. The species are, * With a roimd Culm. 1 . Schoenus Mariscus ; Prickly or Long-rooted Bog Rush. Culm round; leaves prickly along the edge and back ; root perennial. This species is so common in the Isle of Ely, that it is brought up to Cambridge for lighting fires and heating ovens. In the Fen towns, it is frequently used instead of straw, for thatching; and in pools often grows in such quantities, as to form floating islands. It is found in bogs all over England, and in the fens and ditches of Europe anil Africa. 2. Schoenus Junceus; Rushy Bog Rush. Culm round, almost naked ; umbel sessile, lateral. — Native of Guinea. 3. Schcenus Mueronatus; Dagger pointed or Clustered Bog Rush. Culm round, naked ; spikelets ovate, in bundles; involucre six leaved; leaves channelled; root perennial, creep- ing.— Native of the south of France, Spain, Italy, Barbary, and the Levant, on sandy sea-coasts. 4. Schcenus Pilosus; U airy Bog Rush. Culm round; sheaths of the leaves hairy; flowers in bundles. — Native of Guinea. 5. Schoenus Filiformis; Slender-stalked Bog Rush. Culm round, capillary; head oblong; involucre three-leaved. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Schcenus Striatus ; Striated Bog Rush. Culm round; head ovate; involucre three-leaved. — Nalive of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Schoenus Capitellum. Culm round ; head ovate ; invo- lucre two-leaved.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Schcenus Scariosus. Culm round ; head oblong; invo- lucre one-leafed ; glumes scariose at the edge. — Native of the East Indies and the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Schcenus Nigricans ; Black Bog Rush. Culm round, naked; head ovate; involucre two-leaved, with one of the valves awl-shaped and longer; root perennial. It flowers in June. — Native of Europe and Barbatv, in bogs and marshes; not uncommon in England. 10. Schoenus Compressus ; Compressed Bog Rush. Culm roundish, nakdd ; spike distich, shorter than the one-leafed involucre; spikelets many-flowered ; leaves flat; root peren- nial, fibrous, a little creeping. — Native of the bogs of Europe. Found on Hinton Moor, between Little Shelford and Whit- tlesford in Cambridgeshire; near Darsingham Bath, Norfolk; at Basford Scottum in Nottinghamshire. . It flowers in July, and is not uncommon in many other parts of England. 1 1 . Schcenus Ferrugineus ; Rust-coloured Bog Rush. Culm round, naked; spike double ; larger valve of the involucre equal to the spike. — Native of Gothland. 12. Schoenus Rufus; Brown Bog Rush. Culm round, naked ; spike distich, longer than the one-leafed blunt invo- lucre; spikelets few-flow'ered ; leaflets channelled; root per- ennial, creeping, horizontal. — Said to have been found in Westmoreland. It flowers in July, and has been observed in the marshes of Scotland, as in the isles of Mull and Skye, and at Douglas Castle. 13. Schoenus Fuscus; Dusky Bog Rush. Culm round, leafy; spikelets subfascicled ; leaves filiform, channelled. This is a mere variety of the thirty-seventh species. 14. Schcenus Trystachios; Three-spiked Bog Rush. Culm round, jointed, even; heads three, terminating. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 15. Schoenus Cuspidatus ; Cuspecl Bog Rush. Culm round ; spikes panicled, shorter than the involucres. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 16. Schoenus Aristatus; yawned Bog Rush. Culm round, leafless; spikes aggregate; involucre one-leafed; glumes cusped. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Schoenus Compar; Equal-spiked Bog Rush. Culm round, leafless ; spikes aggregate ; involucres one-leafed, shorter; glumes acute. — Native of the Cape. 18. Schcenus Flexuosus ; Flexuose Bog Rush. Culm round, leafy ; spikes panicled ; glumes mucronate. — Native of l he Cape of Good Hope. 19. Schcenus Capillaceus ; Hairy-leaved Bog Rush. Culm round, leafy: spikes subracemed ; glumes cusped; leaves capillary. — Native of the Cape. 20. Schcenus Ustulatus; Burnt Bog Rush. Culm round, leafy ; spikes peduncled, pendulous, oblong, awned. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 21. Schcenus Spicatus ; Spiked Bog Rush. Culm round, capillary; heads spiked, involucred. — Native of the Cape of Good. 22. Schoenus Bobartias ; Hop-spiked Bog Rush. Culm compressed; head termi-nating ; involucre five-leaved. — Sup- posed to be a native of Ceylon. 23. Schoenus Stellatus ; Starry Bog Rush. Culm subtri- quetrous; spikelets conglomerate, with a leafy involucre, coloured at the base; root perennial; plant almost a foot high. — Native of the West Indies. 24. Schoenus Bulbosus; Bulbous Bog Rush. Culm round, filiform ; spikes racemed, directed one way ; involucres soli- tary.— Nalive of the Cape. 25. Schcenus Inanis. Culm round, leafless; spikes pa- nicled; glumes acute. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. S C H OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S C H 541 ** With a three-sided Culm. 26. Schoenus Cephalotes. Culm leafy, three-sided ; invo- lucre four-leaved, bent down; head oblong, terminating. — Native of Surinam. 27. Schoenus Cyperoides. Culm three-sided, leafy ; umbel terminating; spikelets glomerate. — Native of Jamaica. 28. Schoenus Cymosus. Culm three-sided, leafy; umbel terminating, compound ; spikelets ovate, striated, glomerate. — Native of North America. 29. Schoenus Glomeratus. Culm three-sided, leafy ; flowers in bundles; leaves flat; peduncles lateral, in pairs. — Native of Jamaica and North America. 30. Schoenus Cladium. Culm bluntly three-sided, leafy, even; leaves prickly in front; panicles diffused ; spikelets one-flowered, sessile, two-stamined. — Native of the sea- marshes in Jamaica. 31. Schoenus Eft'usus. Culm leafy, bluntly three-sided, even; leaves prickly in front; panicles more erect; spikelets one-flowered, sessile, two-stamined. — Native of Jamaica, and found also in the sea-marshes of Vera Cruz. 32. Schoenus Restioides. Culms at the bottom compressed, ancipital, and very smooth ; flowers panicled ; sheath lance- olate at the top. This approaches very near to this genus, but still is so singular, and so different in habit, that it might make a distinct genus if sufficient characters could be found. — Native of the West Indies. 33. Schoenus Surinamensis ; Surinam Bog Rush. Culm leafy, three sided; peduncles corvmbed, the lower ones alter- nate, distant, the upper ones crowded. — Native of Jamaica, Surinam, the East Indies, and China. 34. Schoenus Thermalis^ Warm-bath Bog Rush. Culm three-sided, leafy; heads lateral, compound, subsessile; leaves ensiform, keeled. — Native of the Cape. 35. Schoenus Ltevis. Culm three-cornered, leafy; heads lateral; glumes mucronate ; spikes ovate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 36. Schoenus Lanceus. Culm three-cornered, leafy; spikes panicled, lateral ; glumes and spikelets lanceolate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 37. Schoenus Albus; White-headed Bog Rush. Culm three-sided, leafy, very long, filiform ; spikes lateral, pedun- cled ; root perennial, creeping. — Native of the bogs of Europe. Found in England near Gamlingay park in Cam- bridgeshire; on Ampthill moor, and at Potion and Aspley, in Bedfordshire; in the Felthorpe bogs, and near Haydon in Norfolk; upon Birmingham heath, in the New Forest; upon Bagshot heath ; between Wickham and Croydon in Surry; nearTunbridgein Kent; in Cornwall, Lancashire, Cumberland, Westmoreland, and Scotland. 38. Schoenus Gracilis ; Slender Bog Rush. Culm three- sided, leafy, very long, filiform; spikes lateral, peduncled. — Native of woods on the highest mountain of Jamaica. 39. Schoenus Setaceus ; Brittle-stalked Bog Rush. Culm three-sided, almost naked ; leaves bristle-shaped ; spikelets aggregate; flowers two-stamined. —Native of the dry pastures in the West Indies. 40. Schoenus Pusillus; Dwarf Bog Rush. Culm three- sided, naked, filiform ; spikelets terminating, subfascicled, sessile, with a leaflet beneath equalling the spike. — Found in the southern parts of Jamaica. 41. Schoenus Capillaris. Culm three-sided, naked, capil- lary; leaves capillary ; spikelets fascicled, reflex, involucred ; involucre! two-leaved. It flowers in spring. — Native of Hispaniola. Schoepfia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth incrust- ing the germen at bottom, turbinate, angular, indistinctly five-toothed. Corolla: one-petalled, bell-shaped, ten-grooved at the base, five-cleft; segments triangular, acute, reflexed. Stamina: filamenta five, very short; antheras twin, erect, in the mouth of the corolla. Pistil: germen turbinate, half inferior, within the corolla crowned with a semiglobular porous gland ; style shorter than the corolla, cylindrical, erect ; stigma capitate, trifid. Pericarp: drupe with three eells, but only one nut. Essential Character. Calix: dou- ble; outer bifid, inferior; inner superior, quite entire. Co- rolla: bell-shaped; stigma capitate ; drupe one-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Schoepfia Americana. Leaves petioled, alternate, ovate* very smooth, attenuated, blunt, quite entire; peduncles axil- lary, often in pairs, one-flowered, but sometimes two or three flowered. This is a small tree, eight or ten feet in height, with round smooth branches. — Native of Santa Cruz and Montserrat. Scholia ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Monogynia. —Generic 'Character. Calix: perianth one-Ieafed, coloured; tube turbinate, subcompressed, fleshy, permanent; border half five cleft; segments ovate, concave, blunt, erect, equal. Corolla: petals five, placed on the tube of the calix, oblong, concave, blunt, erect, equal, lying over each other at the sides, sessile, twice as long as the segments of the/calix. Stamina: filamenta ten, awl-shaped, erect, a little longer than the petals, inserted in a ring into the tube of the calix ; antherae oblong, incumbent. Pistil : germen oblong, com- pressed, pedicelled ; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma simple, blunt. Pericarp: legume, pedicelled. Seeds: two. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft. Petals: five, inserted into the calix, closed by the sides lying over each other. Legume: pedicelled. The only known spe- cies is, 1. Schotia Speciosa; Lentiscus-leaved Scholia. For the description and culture of this plant, see Guaiacum Afrum. —It is found to be a native of Senegal, as well as of the Cape of Good Hope. Schradera ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Mono- gynia.—Generic Character. Calix: a superior rim, quite entire, closely surrounding the base of the corolla. Corolla: thick, one-petalled; tube half an inch long, gradu- ally widening upwards, within smooth below, hairy above; border five or six parted ; segments fleshy, lanceolate, a little reflexed, above towards the throat fiat; in front triangular, on the compressed sides keeled, at the base of the keel a triangular fleshy toothlet, beneath flat. Stamina: filamenta scarcely any ; antherae five or six, linear, between the seg- ments of the border, three times shorter than the border. Pistil: germen inferior, four cornered at the base, the sides a little pressed in the corners, acute; style one, shorter than the tube of the corolla; stigriias two, thick, oblong. Peri- carp: berry four-ceiled. Seeds: very many, minute. Essen- tial Character. Calix: a superior rim, quite entire. Corolla: five or six cleft. Stigmas: two. Berry: four- celled, many-seeded ;— or, according to Willdenow, Involucre Universal : many-flowered. Calix: superior, pitcher-shaped. Corolla: five or six cleft, bell shaped, hairy at the throat ; berry many-seeded. — —The species are, 1. Schradera Capitata. Involucre toothed ; calix quite entire; leaves blunt; flowers in heads. This is a climbing parasitical shrub, with square branches covered with an ash-coloured bark.— Discovered by Ryan on the high moun- tains of Montserrat. 2. Schradera Cephalotes. Involucre quite entire; cafix toothed ; leaves acuminate. — Native of Jamaica. S C H THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S C I Schrebera : a genus of the class Diandria, order Mono- 1 gynia.— Generic Character. Calix : inferior, tubular, somewhat two-lipped, with the lips nearly equal, emarginate, often two lateral toothlets, one on each side, in the divisions of the lips. Corolla: one-petalled, salver-form; tube cylin- dric, three times longer than the calix ; border spreading, divided into five, six, or seven, wedge-form truncate segments. Stamina: filamenta two, short, inserted below the middle of the tube ; anther® oblong, hid within the tube of the corolla. Pistil: germen superior, oval; style a little longer than the tube; stigma bifid. Pericarp: capsule pear-shaped, sca- brous, two-celled, two-valved. Seeds: four in each cell, irregularly oval, compressed, with a long membranaceous wing. Essential Character. Calix : two-lipped. Co- rolla: from five to seven cleft. Capsule: pear-shaped, two- celled, two-valved. Seeds: from eight to ten, membrana- ceous, winged. The only species yet found is, 1. Schrebera Swietenioides. Leaves nearly opposite, on round smooth petioles, pinnate, with an odd leaflet, about a foot long; flowers white and vaiiegated, very fragrant during the night ; capsule the size of a pullet’s egg. This is a large timber-tree, with an erect trunk, scabious bark, and nume- rous branches spreading in every direction, so as to form a large, beautiful, shady head. The wood is of a gray colour, very close-grained, heavy, and durable. It is reckoned less subject to crack or warp than any other; on which account it is employed by weavers in many parts of their looms, particu- larly for” the beam : it serves also for a great variety of other uses, and would probably answ'er well for scales to mathe- matical instruments, being less subject to warp than Box, though not so handsome. — Native of Hindoostan, in the valleys of the Rajahmundry circar, flowering in the beginning of the hot season. Schwalbea ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, tubular, ventricose, striated ; mouth four-cleft, oblique; upper segment very short, lateral ones longer, lowest still longer, wider, emarginate. Corolla: one-petalled, ringent; tube length of the calix ; border erect ; upper lip erect, con- cave, quite entire; lower lip of the same length, trifid, blunt, the little segments equal. Stamina: filamenta four, filiform, length of the corolla, of which two are a little shorter ; anther® incumbent. Pistil: germen roundish; style in the same situation, and of the same form and length with the stamina; stigma thickish, recurved. Pericarp: capsule ovate, com- pressed, two-celled, two-valved; partitions folded. Seeds: very many, chaffy, lanceolate, small. Essential Cha- racter.” Calix: four-cleft; the upper lobe very small; the lowest large and emarginate. The only species at present known is, 1. Schwalbea Americana. Leaves lanceolate, pubescent; flowers alternate, sessile; corolla dark red, inclining. — Native of North America. Schu'enhfeldia ; a genus of the class l’entandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix : involucre foui leaved ; perianth one-leafed, five-parted, superior, per- manent ; segments lanceolate, acute. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel-form; tube long, slender; throat hirsute; border five- parted; segments lanceolate, acute. Stamina: filamenta five, inserted into the tube of the corolla; anther® parallel- opiped, incumbent. Pistil: germen inferior, ovate; style filiform; stigmas five, oblong. Pericarp: berry globular, crowned with the calix, five-celled. Seeds: very many, very small, fastened to semilunar receptacles. Essential Cha- racter. Involucre four-leaved. Corolla : funnel-form. Stigma : five. Berry: five-celled, many-seeded. Willdenow says, corolla salver-form; stigma five-parted. The spe- cies are, * 1. Schwenkfeldia Hirta. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, acu- minate; flowers peduncled. This is a climbing shrub’, with the stem and branches striated and hirsute.— Native of moun- tain-w'oods in Jamaica, flowering in April. 2. Schwenkfeldia Cinerea. Leaves oblong, acute, tomen- tose, hoary beneath ; flowers subsessile. This is also a climb- ing shrub, with the stem and branches round and hispid. Native of Cayenne and Guiana, found in hedges. 3. Schwenkfeldia Aspera. Leaves elliptic, acuminate rough, paler beneath; flowers sessile.— Native of Guiana on the banks of rivers. Schwenkia ; a genus of the class Diandria, order Mono- gynia.—Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, tubular, striated, straight, five-toothed, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled; tube cylindrical, length of the calix; border almost regular, length of the calix, inflated at the throat, five-plaited; plaits closing the orifice in form of a star, with a glandular body growing upon the exterior angles of the plaits, the two upper ones longer than the glands. Stamina: filamenta five, three shorter, bristle-shaped, castrated, two upper longer, fertile; anther® two, ovate,’ acute, two-celled. Pistil: germen globular; style simple’ length of the stamina; stigma obtuse. Pericarp: capsule compressed, like a lens, smooth, longer than the enlarged calix, two-celled, two-valved. Seeds: very many, verv small, somewhat angular. Receptacle: subglobular. 'Observe. Iii a natural order it approaches very near to Browallia. Essen- tial Character. Corolla: almost equal, with the throat plaited and glandular. Stamina: three, barren. Capsule: two-celled, many-seeded.— One species only has been found, 1. Schwenkia Americana ; Guinea Schwenkia. Leaves alternate; flowers axillary, appearing in August and Septem- ber.— Native of Berbice, in Guiana. Sciatica Cress. See Lepidium Iberis. Scilla ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Monogynia. —Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla : petals six, ovate, spreading very much, deciduous. Stamina: fila- menta six, awl-shaped, shorter by half than the corolla; anther® oblong, incumbent. Pistil: germen roundish ; style simple, length of the stamina, deciduous ; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule subovate, smooth, three-grooved, three- celled, three-valved. Seeds: many, roundish. Essential Character. Corolla: six-petalled, spreading, deciduous. Filamenta filiform; stigma simple; capsule superior, three- celled; seeds roundish. The species are, 1. Scilla Maritima; Officinal Squill. Naked-flowered, with refracted bractes ; root very large, sometimes pear- shaped, composed of many coats as in the Onion, and having several fibres coming out from the bottom, and striking deep in the ground. From the middle of the root arise several shining leaves about a foot long, and two inches broad at their base, lessening all the way to the top, where they end in points ; they continue green all the winter, and decay in the spring; then the flower stalk comes out rising two feet high, naked about half way, and terminated by a pyramidal thyrse of white flowers. There are two varieties, one with a red, the other with a white root; but the white is generally preferred for medicinal use; though Dr. Woodville asserts that the red-rooted variety has been supposed to be more efficacious, yet he justly remarks that this red colour is con- fined to the outer coat of the roots. It is very nauseous,) intensely bitter and acrimonious, without any perceptible smell. Alkalines considerably abate the bitterness and acri- mony ; vegetable acids make little alteration in either; but S C I OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S C I 543 the taste of the acid renders that of the squill more support- able. This is one of the few medicines known in the early ages of Greece, which is held in great estimation, and is in frequent use at this time ; though it appears to act as a poison upon several animals. If much handled, it exulcerates the skin; and in large doses, frequently repeated, it not only excites nau- sea, but strangury, bloody urine, and haemorrhoids, with fatal inflammation and gangrene of the stomach and bowels. Under proper management, however, it is a medicine of great prac- tical utility. In dropsy, it has long been esteemed the most certain and effectual diuretic with which we are acquainted ; and in asthma or dyspnoea, occasioned by the lodgment of tenacious phlegm, it has been the expectorant usually cm ployed. In large doses it is apt to prove emetic, and some- times purgative, by which the patient is deprived of its diuretic effects; it is given therefore in small doses, repeated at more distant intervals, or an opiate is joined with it. From a continued repetition, the dose may be gradually increased, and the intervals shortened : when thus the doses come to be tolerably large, the opiate may be most conve- niently employed to direct the operation of the squill more certainly to the kidneys. In dropsy, when, from an effusion of water into the cavities, less water goes to the kidneys, it may be of use to add neutral salt. Dr. Cullen recommends a solution of corrosive sublimate to promote the diuretic effects of squills. When the primce via abound with mucous matter, and the lungs abound with viscid phlegm, squills are in general estimation. As an expectorant, they may be supposed not only to attenuate the mucus, and thus facilitate its ejection, but, by stimulating the secretory organs and mucous follicles, to excite a more copious excretion of it from the lungs, and thereby lessen the congestion, upon which the difficulty of respiration very generally depends. Therefore in all pulmonic affections, excepting those of actual or violent inflammation, ulcer, or spasm, this has proved a useful medi- cine. The officinal preparations are, a conserve, the dried root, a syrup and vinegar, an oxymel, and pills. When this root is intended as a diuretic, it has most commonly been used in powder, with the addition of neutral salts, as nitre or crystals of tartar, especially where the patient complained of thirst. Others recommend calomel, and also add aromatics to accommodate weak stomachs. The dose of dried squill, is from two to four or six grains daily, or half that quantity twice a day. The dose of the other preparations, when fresh should be four times this weight. Meyrick observes, that the root taken internally in doses of a few grains, promotes expectoration and urine ; but in larger doses, vomits, and sometimes purges. It is one of the most certain diuretics in dropsical cases, and expectorants in asthmatic ones, where the lungs or stomach are oppressed by tough viscid phlegm, or injured by the imprudent use of opiates. On account of their very ungrate- ful taste, they are commonly given in the form of pills, made of the dried root reduced to powder, and beaten into a mass, with the addition of syrup, or mucilage of gum arabic. Beside the fresh and dried roots, there are preparations of them kept in the shops, namely, vinegar of squill, and a syrup of oxymel, either of which may be used as expectorants, in doses of two or three drachms, in cinnamon water, or some other cordial liquid ; for in whatever form they are given, unless it is designed for them to act as an emetic, the addition of some warm grateful aromatic is necessary to prevent that nausea, which they are apt to occasion when given alone in ever such small quantities. — This plant grows on sea-shores and in ditches, where the salt water flows in with the tide, in the warm parts of Europe. It cannot be propagated in gardens, the frost always destroying the roots in winter, while 111. in summer they decay for want of salt water. Sometimes the roots put out stems and produce flowers, as they lie in the druggists’ shops ! In England it flowers in April. — Native of the sandy coasts in Spain, Portugal, Italy, and Africa. 2. Scilla Lilio-Hyacinthus ; Lily rooted Squill. Raceme few-flowered; peduncles without bractes; leaves lanceolate, pressed close to the ground ; bulb scaly. The stalk is slen- der, and rises a foot high : it is terminated by the flowers, which appear in June. — Native of Portugal, Spain, and the Pyrenees. — This, and most of the following species, are hardy, and may be propagated by seeds or offsets ; the latter, which is the most expeditious, being oftenest practised. The roots may be transplanted after the leaves are decayed ; hut if they are removed after they have put out new fibres, they rarely succeed, at least they will not flower in the following spring. They may be treated in every respect like the common sorts of Hyacinth. The seeds should be sown in autumn soon after they are ripe, either in shallow' boxes, or pans, as directed for Hyacinths. 3. Scilla Italics; Italian Squill. Raceme conical, oblong; stem seven or eight inches high, terminated by clustered flowers of a pale blue colour, at first disposed in a sort of umbel or depressed spike, but afterwards drawing up to a point, and forming a conical corymb. — Native place uncer- tain. Found in different parts of the south of Europe. 4. Scilla Tetraphylla ; Four leaved Squill. Stemless : flow- ers in bundles ; leaves in fours, ovate, lanceolate; root bul- bous.— Native of Africa. 5. Scilla Peruviana ; Peruvian Squill. Corymb crowned, conical ; root large, solid, raised a little pyramidal in the middle, covered with a brown coat ; from this come out before winter five or seven leaves, six or eight inches long, of a lucid green, keeled, and spreading almost flat on the ground. From the centre of these come out one, two, or three scapes, thick, succulent, six or eight inches high, terminated by a conical corymb of flowers, upon pretty long pedicels. There are two varieties of this, one with a deep blue, and the other with a white flower. It has long been known in the English gardens by the name of Hyacinth of Peru. 6. Scilla Japonica. Umbel terminating, fastigiate; scape erect, simple, smooth, a palm high. — Native of Japan. 7. Scilla Aincena ; Nodding Squill. Scape angular; pedun- cles alternate, shorter than the flower ; bractes obtuse, very short. — Native of the Levant. 8. Scilla Praecox ; Early Squill. Scape angular, racemed, subcorymbed; peduncles twice as long as the flower; bractes obscure. — Native country unknown. 9. Scilla Campanulata; Spanish Squill. Bulb solid ; raceme many-flowered, oblong, subcorneal; corollas bell-shaped, erect; bractes two-parted, longer than the peduncle ; leaves lanceolate; corolla of a deep blue violet-colour. It flowers in May. — Native of Spain and Portugal. 10. Scilla Bifolia; Two-leaved Squill. Root solid; flow- ers corymbed, racemed, without bractes, almost upright ; leaves lanceolate, by rows. It varies with a while flower. — Native of Europe. Found also in the w'estern parts of Great Britain, flowering in March and April. 11 . Scilla Verna; Vernal Squill. Root solid ; corymb hemi- spherical, few-flowered; bractes lanceolate, obtuse; leaves li- near, channelled. The bulb, as well as the whole plant, smaller than any of the foregoing. This is a maritime plant, found among the rocks of Cornwall, on the western coast of Wales, on the isle of Man, and in the Hebrides. It flowers in April. 12. Scilla Lusitanica ; Portuguese Squill. Raceme oblong, conical ; petals marked with lines. It flowers in May. — Native of Portugal. 6 Y .544 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S C I 13. Scilla Orientals ; Oriental Squill. Flowers erect, racemed ; leaves elliptic, ensiform.— Native of Japan, in the island of Niphon. 14. Scilla Hyacinthoides ; Hyacinthine Squill. Raceme cylindrical, many -flowered ; petals half as long again as the germen ; peduncles coloured; leaves lanceolate; flowers numerous, small, blue. It flowers in August. — Native of the island of Madeira. It is remarkable, that unless the offsets be frequently taken away from this species, it will not flower for twenty years together. 15. Scilla Lingulata; Tongue-leaved Squill. Leaves lan- ceolate, flat ; raceme dense, conical ; bractes awl-shaped, equalling the pedicels. — Native of the fields of Barbary, flowering in winter. 10. Scilla Villosa ; Villose-leaved Squill. Leaves lanceo- late, flat, villose; flowers corymbed. — Native of Barbary, flowering in winter. 17. Scilla Obtusifolia ; Blunt-leaved Squill. Scape lateral; leaves tongue-shaped, waved; flowers corymbed. — Native of Barbary. 18. Scilla Parviflora ; Small-flowered Squill. Leaves linear, lanceolate, acute, smooth, shorter than the scape; flowers racemed, crowded ; bractes very short. It flowers in winter in the fields about Algiers. — Native of Barbary. 19. Scilla Undulala; Wave-leaved Squill. Leaves lance- olate, waved ; flowers loosely racemed ; bractes very short. This species is very common in Barbary on barren hills about Tunis, Constantine, and Algiers ; flowering in autumn and at the beginning of winter. 20. Scilla Autumnalis ; Autumnal Squill. Leaves linear ; flowers corymbed, racemed ; peduncles without bractes, ascending, length of the flowers ; bulb ovate-roundish, coated, whitish. — Native of France, Spain, Italy, Barbary, and Eng- land: it is not uncommon in the dry pastures of the southern and western parts of England ; and is found in several places near London, as on Blackheath ; near Ditton ; on Moulsey Hurst over against Hampton Court; on St. Vincent’s rocks, near Bristol; and near Chace-water mine, and upon the Lizard Point in Cornwall. — This may be raised from seeds, which it produces in plenty, and it will flower the third year. It may be increased also, though slowly, by its bulbs, which should be planted in a light loamy soil, and placed in a dry part of the garden. It is best to plant the bulbs in pots, plunged in the border; for they will thus be secured from destruction when the border is dug. This hint is applicable to any other small hardy bulbs. 21. Scilla Anthericoides; Anthericum like Squill. Raceme long; bractes awl-shaped ; pedicels shorter than the corolla. — Native of Barbary. 22. Scilla Unifolia ; One leafed Squill. Leaf subcylindri- cal, subspiked at the side. — Native of Portugal. 23. Scilla Nutans; Harebell Hyacinth. See Hyacinthus Nonscriptus, which is the same plant. Scirpus ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: spike imbricate all round ; scales ovate, from flat, bent in, distinguishing the flowers. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta three, finally becoming longer; antherae oblong. Pistil: germen very small; style filiform, long; stigmas three, capillary. Pericarp: none. Seed: one, three-sided, acuminate, sur- rounded with villose hairs, shorter than the calix, or without any. Observe. Those villose hairs of the seeds, in some species are fastened to the tip, in others to the base of the seed. Essential Character. Glumes: chaffy, imbri- cate every way. Corolla: none. Seed: one, beardless. The species are. S C I * With a single Spike. 1. Scirpus Mutatus. Culm three-sided, naked; spike cylindrical, terminating.— -This is common in all the shallow standing waters of Jamaica, especially those to the east and west of Kingston. 2. Scirpus Spiralis; Spiral Club Rush. Culms aggregate, almost naked, three-sided; spike cylindrical, terminating; florets wedge-form, truncate, disposed spirally. — Native of the East Indies. 3. Scirpus Articulatus; Half-jointed Club Rush. Culm round, almost naked, half jointed ; head glomerate, lateral. —Native of Malabar, Egypt, and Japan. 4. Scirpus Plantagineus. Culms round, jointed, naked ; spike terminating, cylindrical, naked. — Native of the East Indies. 5. Scirpus Nutans. Culm compressed, bluntly four-cor- nered, naked ; spike ovate, solitary, terminating, nodding. — Native of the East Indies. G. Scirpus Multicaulis; Many-stalked Club Rush. Culm round, sheathed at the base ; spike ovate, terminating ; glumes obtuse, equal ; root fibrous, putting out long thicker fibres, but not creeping. — Native of Lapland; and found on a bog at Carrybattachan in the isle of Skye. 7. Scirpus Caespitosus ; Scaly-stalked Club Rush. Culm round, striated, sheathed at the base with numerous scales ; spike terminating; outer glumes very large; root fibrous, tufted. It is the principal food of sheep and cattle in the i Highlands of Scotland. — Native of Europe, flowering in July. : 8. Scirpus Pauciflorus ; Chocolate- headed Club Rush. Culm round, striated, sheathed at the base ; spike terminat- ing, few-flowered, longer than the outer glumes; root tufted, blackish.— Native of Sweden, Germany, Switzerland^ France, and Britain. Found in Elliugham fen, Norfolk ; on Porni- gland heath, near Norwich; Houghton moor, near Newbold; near Beverley in Yorkshire; and on the Highlands of Scotland, flowering in August. 9. Scirpus Campestris. Culm striated, naked ; spike ter- minating, scarcely exceeding the two-valved calix ; calix- glumes oblong, membranaceous at the tip, blunt, almost equal, — Native of the duchies of Oldenburgh and Bremen. 10. Scirpus Atro-purpureus. Culms setaceous, round, in , bundles ; spikes terminating, ovate, solitary ; flowers one- stamined. — Native of the East Indies. 11. Scirpus Polytrichoides. Culms compressed, setaceous; spikes terminating, solitary, somewhat nodding, one-stamined.: — Found in Ceylon and Amboyna. 12. Scirpus Fluitans ; Floating Club Rush. Stem leafy, flaccid, floating; peduncles alternate, naked; spikes solitary, terminating; root small, fibrous. — Native of Germany, France, Flanders, and England, in ditches and little pools, upon grassy commons and heaths, where the water is apt to be dried up in summer, in which case it sometimes grows more! luxuriantly. It has been met with on Wandsworth and Streatham commons in Surry ; in the bogs on Harefield com- mon iu Middlesex; on Putney and Hounslow heaths; on the heath between Farnham and Godaiming; on St. Faith’s bogs near Norwich; on Chorley forest in Leicestershire; abun- dantly in Dorsetshire; in small rills about Newton Cartmel; at Salesmoor near Manchester; upon Stockton common, Terrington car, and many other watery heaths in Yorkshire ; at Badby in Northamptonshire, and at Haverfordwest infi Pembrokeshire, South Wales. ** A round Culm, with several Spikes. 13. Scirpus Lacustris; Tall Club Rush, or Bull Rush.) Culm round, naked ; panicle cymed, decompounded, termi- nating; spikelets ovate; roots creeping under water horizon-! S C I OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S C I tally, thick and strong. — This Rush is very generally used for bottoming chairs : if cut at one year old, it makes the fine bottoms ; coarse bottoms are made of it of two years’ old ; such as are still older, mixed with the leaves of Iris Pseuda- corus, make the coarsest bottoms. Mats are also made either with this Rush alone, or mixed with Log leaves. Cottages are sometimes thatched, and pack-saddles stuffed, with it. It is of a soft pliant texture, totally destitute of the roughness or cutting edges of many grass-like plants. In hard seasons cattle will eat it. — Native of Europe, Siberia, Japan, Jamaica, and of North .America, where it is found in stagnant waters, from Canada to Carolina. It flowers in July and August, and grows abundantly in clear ditches and streams, fens, pools, and lakes. 14. Scirpus Glomeratus. Culm naked, roundish ; umbel glomerate; involucre two-leaved, short; flowers two-stamined. — Native of Ceylon. 15. Scirpus Arvensis. Culm compressed, striated ; umbels simple; involucre one-leafed, short. — Native of Ceylon. 16. Scirpus Truncatus. Culm round ; head glomerate, globular ; involucre two-leaved ; leaves linear. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Scirpus Laciniatus. Culm round; head triangular; glumes ovate, ciliate ; involucre two leaved. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 18. Scirpus Membranaceus. Culm round ; head angular; glumes ovate, membranaceous; involucre three-leaved. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 19. Scirpus Pilosus. Culm compressed ; head ovate ; glumes lanceolate, ciliate; involucre four-leaved. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 20. Scirpus Hystrix. Culm capillary; head commonly two-spiked ; glumes acuminate, squarrose ; involucre one- leafed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 21. Scirpus Holoschcenus ; Round Cluster-headed Club Rush. Culm round, naked ; heads glomerate, peduncled, or sessile ; involucre two-leaved, unequal ; leaves channelled ; root tufted. — Native of England, Germany, and the southern parts of Europe and Barbary : found in this country at Braunton Borough’s, Devonshire ; and in Somersetshire, and Hampshire. There are two varieties common in the south of Europe. 22. Scirpus Nodosus. Culm compressed, knotted ; head glomerate, mucronate — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 23. Scirpus Radiatus. Culm round; head hemispherical; involucre many-leaved. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 24. Scirpus Setaceus; Brit tie-stalked Club Rush. Culm naked, setaceous ; spikes lateral, commonly two, sessile, with- out bractes ; root fibrous, tufted. — Native of most parts of Europe, in wet sandy ground, and on sandy coasts, flower- ing in July. 25. Scirpus Supinus. Culms striated, each with a single sheathing leaf; spikes sessile, glomerate in the middle of the culm. — Native of France near Paris, Brandenburg, and Cochin-china. 26. Scirpus Natans. Culm compressed, leafy, flexuose, erect; spikes two, lateral. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 27. Scirpus Vaginatus. Culm filiform ; heads lateral, alter- nate, shorter than the involucre. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 28. Scirpus Tristachyos. Culm capillary, head three- spiked ; glumes entire ; involucre two-leaved. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 29. Scirpus Uncinatus. Hairy : culm round, leafy ; spikes conglomerated into a head, terminating, and axillary. — Native of the East Indies. 6 30. Scirpus Aristatus. Culm striated, round, leafy ; panicle terminating, two-leaved ; spikelets ovate, squarrose, echinate. -—Native of the East Indies. 31. Scirpus Diphyllus. Culms semicylindrical, striated, two-leaved ; umbel compound, with a two-leaved involucre longer than it. — Native of the East Indies. 32. Scirpus Fastigiatus. Culm filiform ; head convex, compressed; outer glumes mucronate; involucre none. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 33. Scirpus Giobnlosus. Culm compressed, naked ; panicle terminating; spikelet single, sessile, several, peduncled, globu- lar.— Native of the East Indies. 34. Scirpus Globiferus. Cuhn naked, round ; umbel termi- nating, compound ; heads globular, composed of several spike- lets, closely heaped. — Native of Teneriffe. *** Culm three-sided : Panicle naked. 35. Scirpus Trispicatus. Culm angular, naked ; spikes terminating in threes, sessile, naked.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 36. Scirpus Lateralis. Culms three-sided, naked ; spikes sub- tern, lateral; involucre one-leafed, short. — Native of Ceylon. 37. Scirpus Triqueter; Triangular Club Rush, or Bull Rush. Culm three-sided, straight, acuminate ; spikes lateral, sessile, or peduncled ; root fibrous, tufted. A variety is found in the island of Jersey. — Native of Germany, England, and other parts of Europe, and also North America. In England it generally occurs on the sea shore, and on the banks of large rivers, as by the Thames, both above and below London ; observed also in the side of Acle Dam, in Norfolk. 38. Scirpus Mucronatus. Culm triangular, naked, acumi- nate; spikes conglomerate, sessile, lateral. This is easily distinguished from the preceding, by its great stature, its thicker culm with the sides hollowed, its thicker ovate spike- lets, twenty or more collected into a head. — Native of Swit- zerland, the south of France, Carniola, and Italy. 39. Scirpus Dichotomus. Culm three-sided, naked; umbel decompounded ; spikes in the forks sessile. This is an annual. Two varieties have been found in Ceylon. — Native of the East Indies, Arabia, Italy, and Barbary. 40. Scirpus Echinatus. Culm three-sided, naked, umbel simple; spikes ovate; leaves carex-form, length of the culm. — Native of both Indies. 41. Scirpus Retrofractus. Culm three-sided ; umbel simple; floscules of the spikes relrofracted. — Native of Virginia. 42. Scirpus Ferrugineus. Culm three-sided, almost naked; involucres length of the panicle, and ciliate. — Native of Ja- maica, and other islands of the West Indies, both in dry and wet situations. 43. Scirpus Spadiceus. Culm three-sided, naked ; umbel almost naked; spikes oblong, sessile, and terminating. — Native of South America, Virginia, and Jamaica. **** Culm three-sided ; Panicle leafy. 44. Scirpus Anomalus. Culm three-sided, leafy; panicle terminating, short; spikelets ovate; flowers corolled, the lower one-stamined, the upper two-stamined. — Native of the East Indies. 45. Scirpus Miliaceus. Culm three-sided, naked ; umbel superdecompound; intermediate spikes sessile; involucres setaceous. — Native of the East Indies. 46. Scirpus Maritimus; Salt-marsh Club Rush. Culm three-sided; panicle conglobate, leafy, terminating; glumes mucronate, lacerate, trifid ; roots creeping, knotty at the extremities, sometimes they are more evidently and constantly so than in general. There are many varieties of this species, and, Linneus observes, that the anatomy of the parts of fructi- S C I THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S C I Station, shews that all these varieties make but one species. The Bishop of Drontheim observes, that it is very greedily devoured by all sorts of cattle. Mr. Curtis suggests, that swine being extremely fond of the roots of the Scirpus Palus- tris, (see North American species,) which the Swedish pea- sants collect, and fodder them with in the winter, and the roots of this species being much larger, it would probably be preferable to that for similar purposes. Dr. Withering relates, that the roots, dried and ground to powder, have been used for flour in times of scarcity. Villars observes, of the Scirpi iii general, that being mostly natives of bogs, marshes, and watery places, they have a tendency to raise and dry such spots. The roots and base of the stems rot, and become turf, : ::d are thus made useful for firing, and to fertilize grounds ihat have been exhausted by long culture. — Native of Europe, Barbary, and Siberia, on sea-coasts, salt marshes, and estuaries, or the banks of great rivers, exposed to the tide, flowering through July and August. It has been noticed at Sheerness, and at the isle of Dogs; near Yarmouth; at Shirley Wych, near Stafford; between Stockton and Porterach ; and by the river Tees. 47. Scirpus Pubescens. Culm three-sided, leafy, pubescent at top; spikelets few, directed one way, terminating, ovate; glumes mucronate. — It is found on the banks of lakes, near La Calle in Barbary, flowering in summer. 48. Scirpus Grossus. Culm three-sided, naked ; umbel superdecompound ; spikes pedicelled ; involucre three-leaved, lanceolate, subulate, very long; spikelets ovate, ferruginous. — Native of the East Indies. 49. Scirpus Luzulae. Culm three-sided, naked ; umbel leafy, proliferous; spikelets roundish. — Native of the East Indies : flowers here in August. 50. Seirpus Sylvaticus; Wood Club Rush. Culm three- sided, leafy; cyme leafy, terminating; peduncles naked, superdecompound ; spikes clustered. — Native of Europe, Siberia, and Canada, in wet woods and shady places. In England, it has been observed in Essex, Warwickshire, and Pembrokeshire; also close by the river Blackwater, below Bocking: in Charlton wood; in various parts of Norfolk and Oxfordshire; by the Thames side; near Tam worth in Warwick- shire ; between Kettering and Thorp Malsor, in Northamp- tonshire; near Nottingham ; in a brook near Haverfordwest in Pembrokeshire, South Wales; and in Scotland, a little east of Breakin bridge, over the South Esk, on the south side. It flowers in July. 51. Scirpus Corymbosus. Culm three-sided, leafy; co- rymbs lateral, simple ; the terminating one proliferous ; spikes subulate. — Native of India. 52. Scirpus iEstivalis. Culms depressed, three-sided, naked ; umbels compound, involucred ; flowers one-stamined. — Native of Ceylon. 53. Scirpus Squarrosus. Culm three-sided, naked, seta- ceous; spikes in threes, sessile, ovate, squarrose. — Native of tiie East Indies. 54. Scirpus Dipsaceus. Culms setaceous, three-sided; umbel simple; heads oblong, squarrose; floscules subulate, recurved, two-stamined ; germen eehinate. — Native of the East Indies. 55. Scirpus J unciformis. Culm naked, filiform, subtrigonal ; spikelets of the panicle sessile and ped uncled ; involucre two- leaved. — Native of China. 56. Scirpus Michelianus. Culm three-sided ; head globu- lar ; involucre many-leaved, long. This is an annual species. — Native of Germany, Prance, about Montpellier, Italy, Media, and Morocca, by the river Sebou. 57. Scirpus Ciliaris. Culm three sided, leafy ; umbels scattered ; scales of the calix with eiliate awns. — Native of the East Indies. ***** £u]m three-sided ; Head terminating. 58. Scirpus Hottentottus. Culm three-sided, leafy ; head globular; calicine scales lanceolate, rough haired. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 59. Scirpus Antarcticus. Culm three-sided, naked ; head globular ; involucre one-leafed. — Native of Guinea, and of the Cape of Good Hope. 60. Scirpus Argenteus. Culms setaceous, three-sided, involucre four-leaved, very long ; spikes cylindrical, very many, glomerate into a head. — Native of the East Indies. 61. Scirpus Monandrus. Culm setaceous, three-sided ; involucre three-leaved, long; head sessile, glomerate; floscules one-stamined. — Native of the East Indies. 62. Scirpus Cephalotes. Culm three-sided, naked ; head ovate, squarrose; involucre three-leaved, long. — Native of the East Indies. North American species of Scirpus, according to the Arrange- ment given in Pursh’s Flora America Septenlrionalis. * Culm monostachyous. 1. Scirpus Acicularis. Spike ovate; culms tetragonal, setaceous; sheaths beardless. — In shallow ponds and pools under water, common. 2. Scirpus Pu'illus. Spike oblong, acute, with few flowers; squames linear, acute ; culms angular, capillary. In springs and ditches, frequent. — This is the smallest of the genus. 3. Scirpus Palustris. Spike oval; squames lanceolate, acute; culms round; sheaths beardless, lanceolate, acute; root creeping. — In overflowed fields and ditches, frequent. 4. Scirpus Tuberculosus. Spike ovate, acute; squames subrotund; seeds crowned with an ovate tubercle; culms ( cylindrical. — Grows in Lower Carolina. 5. Scirpus Filiformis. Spike cylindrical, oblong, obtuse; squames subrotund; seeds naked at the vertex; culms fili- form, round. — In w'et fields, near ditches, from New Jersey to Carolina. 6. Scirpus Ovatus. Spike ovate ; squames oblong; flowers subdiandrous ; culms subcompressed; sheaths beardless.---! Near ponds and ditches, in Pennsylvania. 7. Scirpus Capitatus. Spike subglobose; culms sulcate- angular, setaceous; sheaths beardless. — In small ponds, very common. 8. Scirpus Geniculatus. Spike ovate-oblong; squames ovate-subrotund ; culms round. — On the sea shore of Virginia and Carolina. 9. Scirpus Quadrangularis. Spike cylindrical; squames? oblong-subrotund ; culms tetragonal. — In Carolina. Culm polystachyous ; Spikes lateral. 10. Scirpus minimus. Spikes ovate, acute, subsolitary;! culms and leaves capillary, curved. — In wet sandy fields, and near ponds, from Virginia to Carolina. 1 l. Scirpus Debilis. Spikes short-ovate, conglomerate- sCssile; squames subrotund, membranaceous; culms striated. — In the wet meadows of Pennsylvania. 12. Scirpus Mucronatus. Plant aphyllous ; spikes oblong;! squames very entire, mucronate-acuminate ; culm triquetrous.! — In swamps and salt marshes, from Canada to Carolina. *** Culm polystachyous ; Spikes terminal. 13. Seirpus Validus. Plant aphyllous; spikes ovate- oblong; squames villose on the hack; styles bifid; umbeljt decompound ; involucre very short, with a round apex. — In lakes and ponds from Canada to Carolina. From four to ten feet high. 14. Scirpus Robustus. Spikes oblong; corymb compound ; involucres polyphyllous, very long ; involucels ovate, aristated j S C L OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S C L 547 at great length; sqirames acute, aristated ; culm trique- trous, leafy. — In salt marshes, and on the banks of rivers, common. 15. Scirpus Americanus. Spikelets sessile, conglomerate, oblong-ovate, shorter than the spine ; culm acutely triquetrous, naked — In salt marshes, frequent. 16. Scirpus Exaltatus. Spikes short ovate, heaped together; corymb compound ; squames rhomboideous; carinated, mucro- nated, coloured ; culm leafy, obtusely three-cornered. — In shady woods, from New York to Carolina. There is a variety named Scirpus Viviparus, with a very tall subscandent culm, and viviparous corymbs, bearing flowers at the base of the branchlets.- — It grows in deep shady swamps, and frequently acquires the height of ten feet or more. 17" Scirpus Nitens. Spikes ovate, pedicellate; corymbs subcompound, axillary, terminal; culm round. — In Virginia and Carolina. 18. Scirpus Lineatus. Spikes oblong-ovate, pedicellate ; corymbs axillary, terminal, supradecompound ; peduncles elongate; culm three-cornered. — In sandy wet woods, from New Jersey to Carolina. 11). Scirpus Poiyphyllus. Spikes and heads subglobose, glomerate; corymb terminal; culm leafy.— In the shady woods of Virginia and Carolina. 20. Scirpus Capillaiis. Spikes ovate; umbel birarliate; culm capillary. — In Virginia. 21. Scirpus Autumnalis. Spikes oblong, acute; involucre diphyllous, shorter than the compound umbel; culm two- edged ; leaves linear.— In sandy wet fields, from New Jersey to Carolina. Sciuris ; a genus of the class Diandria, order Monogvnia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five toothed, short, acute. Corolla: one-petalled, tubular, curved in, two-lipped ; upper lip trifid, with the middle seg- ment a little longer; lower a little shorter, bifid. Stamina: filamenta two, short, inserted into the upper lip, fenced by two scalclets at the base ; there are three longer, inserted into the lower lip, hairy at the base, barren; anther® oblong, bifid at the base. Pistil: germen five cornered, surrounded by a gland ; style length of the corolla, curved in ; stigma flatfish, three-lobed. Pericarp: capsules five, united, out- wardly rounded, depressed, one-celled, two-valved, opening inwardly. Seeds: solitary, oblong. Essential Charac- ter. Corolla: unequal, with the upper lip trifid, the lower bifid and shorter. Stamina : five, but three barren ; capsules five, united, ode-celled, one seeded. The only known species is, 1. Sciuris Aromatica. Leaves opposite, petioled, teruate; leaflets oblong, acuminate, quite entire. The leaves have pellucid dots scattered over them; spikes axillary, nodding. This is a shrub* two feet in height, with opposite divaricate branches. Each flower has a little bracte. — Native of Guiana, in woods. Sclerant/ius ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Digy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, tubular, half five-cleft, acute, permanent, contracted at the neck. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta ten, awl-shaped, erect, very small, placed on the calix ; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen roundish; styles two, erect, capillary, length of the stamina; stigmas simple. Pericarp: none. Seed: single, or two, ovate, inclosed in the cartilaginous tube of the calix. Essential Character. Calix: one-leafed, infe- rior. Corolla : none. Seeds: two, inclosed in the calix. The species are, 1. Scleranthus A minus ; Annual Knawel. Calices of the fruit patulous, acute; stems spreading ; root annual, fibrous, 111. small, but striking deep, little or not at all branched. The Swedes and Germans receive the vapour arising from a decoc- tion of this plant into their mouths, in order to cure the tooth- ache. Hardly any plant is more common than this on a sandy soil, especially in fallow fields. It flowers about the middle of summer, and sows its seed very abundantly in autumn, which produces a crop of young plants that generally survive the winter, or, if destroyed, are replaced by another crop, arising from those seeds which happen not to vegetate till spring. — Native of Europe and Siberia. 2. Scleranthus Perennis; Perennial Knawel. Calices of the fruit closed, obtuse; stems procumbent; root fibrous, perennial. It has the habit of the preceding. The Coccus Ptnlemicus is found upon the roots pi' this plant in the summer months. This species is much more rare in England than the annual : it has been observed on the dryest barren sandy heaths in Norfolk and Suffolk: also -at Elden, and between Newmarket and Thetford, and near Bury and Snetlisham. It flowers in November. — Native of Europe and Siberia. 3. Scleranthus Polycarpus. Calices of the fruit spreading very much, and spiny ; stem subvillose; root anuual. — Native of France and Italy. Scleria ; a genus of the class Moneecia* order Triandria. — Generic Character. Male Flowers: in the same spike- let or panicle, mixed with the females. Male Spikelets: solitary or androgynous. Calix: glume from two to six valved, many-flowered; valves ovate, acute, keeled, concave, awnless, permanent. Corolla: glumes very many, oblong, awnless, longer and more slender than those of the calix, separating the stamina. Stamina: filamenta solitary, or three within each corolline glume ; anther® linear. Female Spike- lets: solitary, axillary, terminating, or inserted between the male caliciue glumes. Calix: glume two to four valved, one- flowered ; valves ovate, acute, awmless, keeled, concave, per- manent. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen roundish, attenuated at the base; style filiform, length of the glumes, undivided or trifid ; stigmas capillary, reflexed. Pericarp: none^ Seed: nut subgiobular or oblong, coloured; kernel roundish, veined. Essential Character. Male. Calix: glume from two to six valved, manv-flowered, awnless. Corolla : glumes awn- less; filamenta one to three. Female. Calix: from tw'o to six valved, one-flowered, awnless; stigmas one to three. Seed: nut subgiobular, somewhat bony, coloured. -The species are, 1. Scleria Flagellum. Culm three-sided, scandent, very rugged ; leaves prickly, backward three ways ; flowers pani- cled; rachis villose. Sloane says, this runs fifteen feet high among bushes, by which it is supported ; and that there is a hollow between the angles of a culm as in a sword-blade; that the culm and leaves are of a dark green ; and that the seed which conies out between two black glumes, is roundish, large, and whitish, like that of Gromwell or Pearl Barley. — Native of Jamaica, Surinam, and Africa. 2. Scleria Mitis. Culm three-sided, scandent, even ; leaves even ; flowers panicled ; rachis rough. — Native of Jamaica and Surinam. 3. Scleria Lithosperma. Culm three-sided, somewhat rug- ged, erect ; leaves strict, linear, rugged at the edge ; flowers panicled ; rachis rough. — Native of the East Indies, Africa, near the Cape of Good Hope, and the Isle of Tanna in the Pacific Ocean. 4. Scleria Filiformis. Culm simple, filiform, even ; leaves subulate; spike almost simple; floscules smooth, having a filiform leaflet under them. — Native of Jamaica and Hispaniola, in very dry rocky places. 5. Scleria Hirtella. Culm simple, filiform, pubescent - 0 Z 548 SCO THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SCO leaves linear; spike simple; floscules rough-haired. Hardly a foot high. — Native of Jamaica. 6. Scleria Latifolia. Culm three-sided, leafy, erect, even; leaves broad, lanceolate, nerved ; flowers panicled. Six feet high. — Native of Jamaica, especially in the western parts, in dry mountain woods. 7. Scleria Pooeformis. Culm leafless ; panicles contracted, with flexuose branches; spikelets sessile ; female spikes axil- lary, males two-flowered. It has almost the appearance of a Poa, as its name intimates. — Native of the East Indies. 8. Scleria Tenuis. Culm leafy; leavesunarmed; panicle capillary ; flowers sessile, outer male, inner female. — Native of Ceylon. 9. Scleria Laevis. Culm leafy ; leaves unarmed ; branches of the panicle divided, involucred ; male spikes sessile, and peduncled. — Native of the East Indies. 10. Scleria Ciliata. Culm erect, somewhat glabrous; leaves ciliate, with the terminal fascicle ciliate ; nuts globose, some- what scabrous. — Grows in the dry woods of Virginia, Caro- lina, &c. 11. Scleria Triglomerata. Culm erect, simple, triquetrous, scabrous; leaves scabrous at the margin; fascicles with few flowers, terminal ; glumes ovate, mucronate, scabrous ; nuts globose, acute, wrinkled. — In dry swamps and old fields, from Pennsylvania to Carolina. Sclerocarpus ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia Frustranea.— Generic Character. Calix: com- mon of six leaflets, of which three are exterior, three interior alternately; exterior biggish, of the same structure and appear- ance with the leaves, spreading, two large, the third less; interior linear, channelled, acute, erect, with a spreading tip, length of the floscules. Corolla: compound, radiate. Corol- lets: hermaphrodite, ten in the disk; female three in the ray, each within one of the interior calieine leaflets. Proper: of the hermaphrodites tubular, five-cleft; of the female ligulate, roundish. Stamina : in the hermaphrodites ; filamenta five, capillary ; antherae five, small, united, each awned at the tip. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites ; germeu oblong, compressed, outwardly gibbous; style filiform, length of the corollet; stigma deeply bifid, revolute: in the females, germen slender; style none; stigma none. Pericarp: none, except the chaffs involving the seeds. Seeds: in the hermaphrodites solitary, oblong, compressed, with the outer margin gibbous, the inner straight; pappus none: the females have no seed. Recep- tacle : convex, small : chaff's of the hermaphrodites cartilagi- nous, compressed, gibbous at the back, striated and tubercled, opening at the inner straight side ; the margins converging inwards, flat and even ; the apex terminated by a short almost upright neck; mouth oblique, acuminate outwards; each inclosing a single seed : chaff's of the females straightish, cylindrical, slender, shorter. Essential Character. Calix: six-leaved, three exterior larger, like the leaves, three internally smaller, like scales, alternate; pappus none. Recep- tacle: chaffy. The only known species is, 1. Sclerocarpus Africanus. Leaves three-nerved ; flowers solitary, terminating; chaffs permanent, hardening, acuminate; — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Scolopia ; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, three or four-parted, permanent; segments ovate, obtuse, concave, spreading. Corolla: petals three or four, oblong, subcoriaceous, obtuse, spreading, permanent, twice the length of the corolla. Stamina : filamenta numerous, filiform, flatfish below, villose at the base, spreading, permanent, length of the corolla, inserted into the calix; anthera? linear. Pistil: germen roundish, superior; style cylindrical, straight, longer than the stamina; stigma thickened, three-lobed, impressed above with three little pits. Pericarp : berry roundish, crowned with the permanent style, one-celled. Seeds: six', rounded, four-sided, arilled. Arils : membranaceous, thin, pulpy, angular, two fastened to the ribs, glued to the inner wall of the berry. Observe. The ribs easily separate from the berry, and are resolved into six unequal threads, from the apex of which the arils hang down. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: inferior, three or four parted. Corolla: three or four petalled. Berry : crowned with the style, one- celled, six-seeded. Seeds : arilled. The only species is, 1. Scolopia Pusilla. Berry elliptic-sphaeroidal, crowned with a short style, fleshy, coriaceous, divided within into three incomplete cells by three prominences; pulp separated every way from the cell by a very thin membrane, and formed into three soft oblong bags, in which the seeds are lodged. There are generally two seeds in each bag, seldom three, placed on each other, obliquely and irregularly truncate at the point of contact, in other parts subovate, convex on one side, angular on the other, black, and somewhat shining. The Ceylonese call this plant the Thorny Cinnamon ; hence it probably resembles the Cinnamon in leaves and outward appearance, but differs from it in having thorns. Scolosanthus ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, superior, small, four-cleft; segments linear, lan- ceolate, four times shorter than the corolla, acute, spreading. Corolla: one-petalled, with claws, tubular before it opens,; exactly four-cornered, the angles acute, a little curved in, gradually widening upwards, when opened bluntly four- cornered; border four-cleft; segments ovate, acute, revolute. Stamina : filamenta four, erect, scarcely placed at the bottom of the corolla, cohering a little at the base in a four-cornered smooth tube, a little hairy below ; antherae linear, erect, the length of the tube. Pistil: germen inferior, roundish ; style capillary, longer than the corolla; stigmas two, smali, obtuse. Pericarp : drupe subglobular, size of black pepper, smooth, succulent, mucronate with the permanent calieine segments. Seed : one, in an oblong, somewhat stony, one-celled shell. Essential Character. Calix: four-cleft. Corolla: tubular, with a revolute border. Drupe: one-seeded. The only species is, 1. Scolosanthus Versicolor. Leaves subsessile, opposite, from two to five on each side, seldom more, solitary, scarcely half an inch long, others a little smaller, obovate, quite entire, subcoriaceous, veinless, nerveless, shining ; fruit snow-white. — Found in the island of Santa Cruz. Scolymus ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia iEqualis. Calix: common, imbricate, ovate; scales" numerous, lanceolate, spiny, loose. Corolla: compound, l! imbricate, uniform; corollets hermaphrodite, numerous, equal; i proper one-petalled, ligulate, linear, truncate, very finely j five-toothed. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, very short ; antherae cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: germen oblong; style | filiform, longer than the stamina; stigmas two, reflexed. Pericarp: none; calix unchanged. Seeds: solitary, some- what oblong, triangular, acuminate at the base ; pappus none. Receptacle: chaffy, convex; chaffs roundish, flat, three- toothed at the tip, longer than the seeds, and separating them. Essential Character. Calix : imbricate, spiny pappus none. Receptacle: chaffy. The species are, I 1. Scolymus Maculatus ; Annual Golden Thistle. Flower? solitary ; leaves cartilaginous at the edge ; involucres pecti ‘ nate-multifid ; stalk branching, four or five feet high, at the top of which the flowers are produced. — Sow the seed? iu March or April, on a bed of fresh undunged earth, in ac SCO OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SCO 549 open situation ; when the plants come up, keep them clear from weeds, and thin them so as to leave them about two feet asunder. As they send forth tap-roots, they will not bear planting well. If the season should be warm and dry, they will perfect their seeds in autumn ; but in wet seasons they rarely perfect their seeds in England. In that case fresh seeds must be procured from abroad ; or, the second and third may be increased by offsets. — Native of the south of Europe, and of Barbarv. •2. Scolymns Hispanicus ; Perennial Golden Thistle. Flowers heaped ; involucres leafy, tooth-spiny ; root peren nial, from which spring up many thick stalks, that rise about three feet high, brandling out on the sides the whole length, and having stiff jagged leaves. Mr. Miller observes, that the leaves, stalks, and root, abound with a milky juice ; that the people of Salamanca eat it in the same manner as Char- don, and that the Spaniards adulterate their Saffron with the flowers. It flowers from July to September. — Native of the south of Europe, and of Barbary. See the preceding species. 3. Scolynius Grandiflorus ; Great-flowered Golden Thistle. Flowers solitary, the upper ones approximating ; involucres coriaceous, nerved, lanceolate, acute ; root perennial, fusi- form, white, the thickness of a finger. The whole plant milky. This is a very beautiful species, flowering early in spring, and now cultivated in the European gardens. The Arabs eat the stalks both raw and boiled. — Native of Egypt, and very common in the fallows of Barbary. See the first species. Scop aria ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one leafed, four-parted, concave ; segment slender, rugged. Corolla: one-petalled, wheel-shaped, spreading, concave, four-parted; segments tongue-shaped, obtuse, equal; throat bearded. Stamina : filamenta four, equal, awl-shaped, shorter than the corolla; anther® simple. Pistil: gerrnen conical ; style awl-shaped, length of the corolla, permanent; stigma acute. Pericarp: capsule oblong, conical, acuminate, one- celled, two-valved. Seeds : very many, oblong. Essen- tial Character. Calix: four-parted. Corolla: four- parted, wheel-shaped. Capsule: one-celled, two-valved, many seeded. The species are, 1. Scoparia Dulcis; Sweet Scoparia. Leaves in threes; flowers peduncled; root annual; stalk hexangular, rising nearly two feet high, and sending out many branches, which have three leaves placed round at each joint. The French call this plant Balaidoux, or Sweet Besom ; the Spaniards Escobilla Menuda, or Little Besom : they both use it in disorders of the breast ; and Browne says, it may be consi- dered as an excellent vulnerary. It flowers from June to September. — Sow the seeds upon a hot-bed in the spring ; and when the plants are fit to remove, plant them upon a fresh hot-bed, shading and watering them until they have taken new root ; after which admit air to them daily, accord- ing to the warmth of the season, and refresh them frequently with water. In June they may be taken up with balls of earth to their roots, and planted into open borders, where they will flower, perfect their seeds in the autumn, and soon after perish. — Native of Jamaica, America, the Caribbee islands, and also of Cochin-china. 2. Scoparia Procumbens. Leaves in fours ; flowers sessile. — Native of New Spain. 3. Scoparia Arborea. Leaves lanceolate, alternate, quite entire ; corymb superdecompound, trichotomous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Scopolia; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth of one leaf, inferior, small, in five deep, ovate, acute, concave, spreading, permanent segments. Corolla: petals five, oblong, sessile, erect, bluntish, concave, keeled at the upper part behind ; nectary none. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, erect, opposite to the petals, and rather longer, dilated and triangular at the base; anther® roundish, incumbent. Pistil: gerrnen superior, roundish, with five furrowed lobes; style scarcely longer than the gerrnen, furrowed lengthwise, swell- ing in the middle ; stigma three-lobed, obtuse. Pericarp : capsule of five cells, nearly globose, dotted, with a succulent coat, some of the cells often abortive. Seeds: solitary, oblong, somewhat kidney-shaped. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: inferior, five-cleft. Petals: five. Nectary: none. Stigma : capitate. Capsule : succulent, of five seeds. Seeds: solitary. The species are, 1. Scopolia Aculeata. Stem prickly ; leaves ovate, acu- minate. See Cranzia Aculeata and Paullinia Asiatica: they are the same plant. 2. Scopolia Inermis. Stem unarmed ; leaflets obovate, obtuse. This has the habit of the preceding species. — Sup- posed to be a native of the isle of Bourbon. Scorpion’s Grass. See Myosotis. Scorpion Senna. See Coronilla Emerus. Scorpiurus ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decan- dria. — Generic Character. Calix: umbel simple; peri- anth one-leafed, erect, inflated, very slightly compressed, half five-cleft, acute ; teeth almost equal, the upper ones less divided. Corolla: papilionaceous; banner roundish, emarginate, reflexed, spreading; wings subovate, loose, with a blunt appendix. Keel : half-mooned, with the belly gibbous, acuminate, erect, two-parted below. Stamina: filamenta diadelphous, (simple and nine-cleft,) ascending ; anther® small. Pistil: gerrnen oblong, cylindrical, a little reflexed ; style bent in upwards ; stigma a terminating point. Pericarp: legume oblong, subcylindrical, coriaceous, striated, rugged, revolute, divided internally into several transverse cells, obscurely knobbed externally by the contraction of the joints. Seeds : solitary, roundish. Essential Charac- ter. Legume divided by isthmuses, or transverse partitions, revolute, cylindrical. The species are, 1. Scorpiurus Vermiculata; Common Caterpillar. Pedun- cles one-flowered ; legumes covered all over with blunt scales; stalks herbaceous, trailing, above a foot long, lying on the ground, and having at each joint a spatulate leaf on a long footstalk. — The plants of this genus are all annuals, and are propagated by sowing their seeds upon a bed of fresh light earth ; and when the plants come up, they should be thinned so as to leave them ten inches or a foot asunder, because their branches trail upon the ground ; and if they have not room they are apt to overbear each other, and thereby are very often rotted, especially in moist seasons. The weeds should also be diligently cleared from them, otherwise they will grow over and destroy them. In June they will produce small yellow flowers, which are succeeded by pods so much like caterpillars, that a person at a small distance would imagine they were real caterpillars feeding on the plants; and it is for this oddness of their pods that these plants are chiefly preserved. They seldom thrive well if transplanted ; there- fore the best method is, to put in three or four good seeds in each place where you would have the plants remain, which may be in the middle of large borders in the pleasure-garden, where, being intermixed with other plants, they will afford a pleasing variety. When their pods are ripe, they should be gathered and preserved in a dry place till the following spring, in order to be sown. The first species is the best worth cultivating, the pods being larger and more visible 550 SCO THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; SCO than the others. These plants are cultivated more on account of their oddness than beauty. — Native of the south of Europe, flowering in June and July. 2. Scorpiurus Muricata; Two-Jlowered Caterpillar. Pe- duncles two flowered ; legumes bluntly prickly outwards. This has the appearance, duration, and stature of the pre- ceding; differing only in having the peduncles two-flowered. — Native of the south of Europe. See the first species. 3. Scorpiurus Sulcata ; Three-flowered Caterpillar. Pedun- cles subtriflorous ; legumes with distinct acute spines on the outside. This has slenderer stalks than either of the above. — Native of the south of Europe. See the first species. 4. Scorpiurus Subvillosa. Peduncles mostly four-flowered; legumes with acute spines in clusters outwardly; stems stri- ated, subvillose, procumbent. — Native of the south of Europe, and Barbary about Algiers. See the first species. Scorzonera ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia iEqualis. Calix: common, imbricate, long, subcylin- drical; scales about fifteen, scariose at the edges. Corolla : compound, imbricate, uniform ; corollets hermaphrodite, numerous, the outer a little longer; proper one petalled, ligulate, linear, truncate, five-toothed. Stamina : filamenta five, capillary, very short; antherae cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: gernien oblong; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigmas two, reflexed. Pericarp: none. Calix: ovate, oblong, converging, and finally spreading and reflexed. Seeds: solitary, oblong, cylindrical, striated, shorter by half than the calix. Pappus: feathered; according to Gaertner sessile, with chaffy and bristly rays mixed. Receptacle : naked. Essential Character. Calix : imbricate, with scales scariose at the edges. Pappus : feathered, sessile. Receptacle : naked. The species are, 1. Scorzonera Tomentosa ; White Viper’s Grass. Leaves ovate, nerved, tomentose, quite entire, sessile. This species is propagated for the use of its roots. — All the species may be propagated by sowing their seeds in the beginning of April upon a spot of light fresh soil. The best method of sowing them is, to draw shallow furrows by a line about a foot asunder, into whicli the seeds should be scattered thinly, covering them over about half an inch thick with the same light earth ; and when the plants come up, they should be thinned where they are too thick in the rows, leaving them at least six inches asunder. The weeds should be hoed down as often as is necessary, or they will cause the plants to grow wp weak. If you wish to save the seeds, let some of the best plants remain in the places where they grew ; and when their Btems are grown to their height, they should be supported with stakes, to prevent their falling to the ground or breaking. In June they will flower, and about the beginning of August their seeds will ripen, when they should be gathered and preserved dry till the spring following for use. 2. Scorzonera Humilis ; Dwarf Viper’s Grass. Stem almost naked, one-flowered ; leaves broad, lanceolate, nerved, flat.— Native of Switzerland. See the first species. 3. Scorzonera Parviflora ; Small flowered Viper’s Grass. Stems branched; leaves linear, ensiform, entire; ray of the corolla very short. — Native of Austria. See the first species. 4. Scorzonera Hispanica ; Garden Viper’s Grass, or Spa- nish Scorzonera. Stem branched ; leaves embracing, entire, serrulate; root carrot-shaped, about the thickness of a finger, and covered with a dark brownish skin ; it is white within, and has a milky juice; flowers bright yellow.— Native of Spain, the south of France, Italy, Carniola, Siberia, and the Levant. See the first species. 5. Scorzonera Undulata; Wavy-leaved Viper’s Grass. Stems linear lanceolate, attenuated, tomentose, waved ; stem some- 3 what branched.— This is common in parched ground in the kingdom of Tunis. See the first species. 6. Scorzonera Graminifolia ; Grass leaved Viper’s Grass. Leaves linear, ensiform, entire, keeled ; root perennial, brown on the outside. — Native of Portugal, Italy, and Siberia. See the first species. 7. Scorzonera Purpurea ; Purple-flowered Viper’s Grass. Leaves linear-subulate, channelled, three-sided; peduncles cylindrical; stalk taper, and branching at the top; flowers pale purple. — Native of the inarch of Brandenburgh, Austria, Carniola, Barbary, and Siberia. See the first species. 8. Scorzonera Angustifolia ; Narrow leaved Viper’s Grass. Leaves subulate, entire; peduncles thickened; stem villose at the base. This grows a foot and half high ; the peduncle immediately under the flower is thicker than it is below', and the lower part of the stalk is hairy. The flower is yellow. — Native of the south of Europe and Siberia. See the first species. 9. Scorzonera Hirsuta ; Hairy Viper’s Grass. Leaves linear, hirsute; stem one flowered, hirsute. — Native of Apulia and Provence. See the first species. 10. Scorzonera Rcsedifolia ; Spreading Viper’s Grass. Leaves whitish, tooth-pinnatifid, smooth; calices cartilagi- nous, with a whitish tip; stem erect. Biennial, flow'ering in June and July. — Native of the south of France. See the first species. 11. Scorzonera Calcitrapifolia. Lower leaves lyrate, with the segments oblong and mucronate, the upper pinnatifid. — Native of the kingdom of Tunis in Africa. 12. Scorzonera Laciniata ; Cut-leaved Viper’s Grass. Leaves linear, toothed, acute; stem erect; scales of the calices from spreading mucronate; root biennial. — Native of Germany, Switzerland, Austria, the south of France, Italy, and Spain. See the first species. 13. Scorzonera Coronopifolia ; Buck's-horn Plantain- leaved Viper’s Grass. Leaves pinnatifid-laciniate, pubescent; stem almost naked, simple, one-flowered ; root perennial, fusiform, in thickness from that of the little finger to the thumb. — Native of the mountains of Barbary. See the first species. 14. Scorzonera Orientalis ; Levant Viper’s Grass. Leaves sinuate, toothletted, acute; stems one or two flowered. — Found in the Levant. See the first species. 15. Scorzonera Taraxacifolia ; Dandelion-leaved Vipers Grass. Leaves runcinate, petioled ; scape branched, leafless; root perennial, fusiform, and white, and scarcely the thick- ness of one’s little finger; flowers deep yellow. — Native of Bohemia, flowering from July to the end of August. See the first species. 1G. Scorzonera Tingitana; Poppy-leaved Viper’s Grass. All the leaves runcinate and embracing; stem upright, smooth, branched. Annual. — Native of Barbary, found at Tangier in the clefts of rocks. See the first species. 17. Scorzonera Dichot#ma ; Dichotomous Viper’s Grass. Root-leaves runcinate ; stem branched, dichotomous, almost leafless; flowers terminating, solitary. — Found in the king- dom of Tunis. See the first species. 18. Scorzonera Picroides; Various leaved Viper’s Grass. Upper leaves embracing, quite entire; lower runcinate; peduncles scaly. Annual. — Native of the south of France and of Barbary. See the first species. 19. Scorzonera Pinnatifida. Leaves pinnatifid, half- embracing; panicle diffused, terminating. — Native of eastern Africa, near Mosambique. See the first species. Scotch Fir. See Pinus. Scotch Grass. See Panicum. tt 65*. \ S C R OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SCR 551 Screw Pine. Sec Pandanus. Screw Tree. See Helicteres. Scrooby Grass. See Cochlearia. Scrophularia ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angiospermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one leafed, five-cleft, permanent; segments shorter than the corolla, rounded. Corolla: one-petalled, unequal; tube globular, large, inflated; border five-parted, very small; the segments, the two upper larger erect; two lateral, spread- ing a°liltle; one lowest, bent back. Stamina: filamenta four, linear, declining, length of the corolla, of which two are later; antheras twin. Pistil: germen ovate; style simple, situation and length of the stamina ; stigma simple. Pericarp : capsule roundish, acuminate, two-celled, tvvo-valved ; par- tition folded, constructed of the margin of the valves, bent in, opening at the top. Seeds: very many, small. Recep- tacle: roundish, insinuating itself into each cell. Observe. In the throat of the corolla, under the upper segment of the border, is found a small segment resembling a little lip, which is not common to all the species. The corolla in this genus should be considered as resupine or turned upside down; the upper lips smaller, recurved, to which the stamina are bent down, rounded; the lateral segmeuts crenate, rounded, equal to the upper one ; lower lip larger, patulous, two-parted ; the middle one very small in front. Gaertner observes, that the capsule, when ripe, has an oval hole through it. Essen TIAL Character. Calix: five-cleft. Corolla: snbglo- bular, resupine. Capsule : superior, two-celled. The species are, 1. Scrophularia Marilandica ; Maryland Figwort. Leaves cordate, serrate, acute, rounded at the base; stem obtuse, angular; root perennial, fibrous; flowers in bunches on the upper part of the stalk. — Native of North America. The plants of this genus are propagated by seeds, which, if sown in spring, the plants seldom rise in the same season. Some of them may come up in autumn, and others in the following spring; but if they are sown in autumn soon after they are ripe, the plants will appear in the spring after. The seeds of most of the species may be sown in the place where the plants are to remain, for they are most of them hardy enough to bear the cold of our ordinary winters in the open air ; and when they come up, they will require no other care but to thin them where they are too close, and keep them clear from weeds. In the second year the plants will flower, and pro- duce ripe seeds, after which the biennials will die, but the others will continue some years. 2. Scrophularia Nodosa; Knobby-rooted Figwort. Leaves cordate, acute, three-nerved at the base; stem acute-angled ; root tuberous, granulate ; flowers dark blood-red. It has the name Figwort, and formerly Kernelwort, from its knobbed roots; Brownwort, from the brown tinge of the leaves. There are several varieties. — The leaves of this plant have a strong rank srnell, and a bitter taste, which seem to indicate consi- derable virtues. Country people cure their swine when troubled with the scab, by washing them with a strong decoc- tion of these leaves. The roots and leaves of this plant are celebrated for their efficacy against inflammations, the piles, scrophubrns swellings, and old ulcers. The juice of the root is an excellent sweetener of the blood; and either that, ora strong decoction of it, taken daily for a considerable length of time, is a good medicine for the evil and the scurvy, also for the itch, and all other eruptions and foulnesses of the skin, for which purposes it is both taken inwardly, and the affected parts frequently washed with a little of it made warm. Wasps resort greatly to the flowers. Goats eat the plant; but cows, horses, sheep, and swine, refuse it. — Native of 112. Europe, in woods and hedges, flowering in July. See the first species. 3. Scrophularia Aquatica; Water Figwort. Leaves cor- date, petioled, decurrent, blunt ; stem winged ; root peren- nial, fibrous. The leaves are recommended medicinally for the same purposes as those of the preceding: in taste and smell they are similar, butw'eaker. The disagreeableness of this plant when bruised, induce cattle generally to reject it; nevertheless both leaves and flowers are much resorted to by different kinds of insects. Bees and wasps collect much honey from the flowers, which continue a long time. There is a variety with variegated leaves. It has obtained the name of Water Betony from the resemblance of its leaves to those of the Wood Betony. Like the preceding species, it was formerly called Brownwort, and in Yorkshire Bishop’s-leaves. — Native of Europe ; found by the sides of rivers, ponds, and wet ditches, flowering from June to September. See the first species, for its propagation and culture. 4. Scrophularia Auriculata; Ear -leaved Figwort. Leaves cordate, tomentose beneath, appendicled at the base; racemes terminating. — Native of Spain, Italy, and Algiers. See the first species. 5. Scrophularia Laevigata ; Smooth Figwort. Smooth : leaves cordate, obtusely tooth-gashed ; raceme terminating, compound, leafless ; stem upright, quite simple, a cubit high, four-cornered, from four decurrent lines. — Native of Barbary, on the mountains near Zowain. See the first species. 6. Scrophularia Seorodonia; Balm-leaved Figwort. Leaves cordate, doubly serrate, tomentose beneath; raceme leafy; stem four-cornered, hairy. — Native of Portugal, Italy, Tunis in Africa, Siberia, and Britain. Found in the island of Jersey; between the Port and St. Hilary ; and near the sea-shore about St. Ives in Cornwall. See the first species. 7. Scrophularia Altaica. Leaves cordate, ovate, doubly tooth-serrate; teeth tending towards the base; raceme com- pound, leafless ; root consisting of thick fibres, about a fin- ger’s length ; stem sometimes single, and sometimes multiple, — Native of the Altaic mountains. See the first species. 8. Scrophularia Glabrata ; Spear-leaved Figwort. Leaves oblong, lanceolate, cordate, doubly serrate, smooth; panicles racemed, terminating, trichotomous ; stem suffrutieose. — It flowers in May; is a biennial plant, and a native of the Canary islands, and of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Scrophularia Betonicifolia ; Betony-leaved Figwort. Leaves cordate, oblong, toothed ; teeth quite entire, those of the base deeper ; stem two feet high, erect, four-cornered, subpubescent, purplish at the base. — Native of Portugal and Spain. See the first species. 10. Scrophularia Meridionalis. Leaves oblong, serrate, smooth; peduncles one-flowered; stein quadrangular, herba- ceous, with opposite branches. — Found in New Granada by Mutis. 11. Scrophularia Orientalis. Leaves lanceolate, serrate, petioled ; stein-leaves in threes ; branch-leaves opposite ; flow- ers drooping; root perennial, creeping. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the Levant. See the first species. 12. Scrophularia Frutescens; Shrubby Figwort. Leaves somewhat fleshy, sessile, even, recurved at the end ; stem perennial; corollas small, very dark purple, with the lateral segments white. — Native of Portugal. See the first species. 13. Scrophularia Vernalis ; Yellow Figivort. Leaves cor- date, doubly serrate, pubescent; peduncles axillary, solitary, dichotomous; capsules acuminate; root fibrous, biennial. Native of Italy, the south of France, Switzerland, Austria, Denmark, England, and Wales. It has been met with about Bury in Suffolk; at Hemsted in Essex; about Newborough SCR THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; s c u in Yorkshire; and at Gloddaeth in Caernarvonshire. See the first species. 14. Scrophularia Arguta; Slender Upright Figwort. Leaves cordate, smooth, doubly serate; panicles axillary, dichotomous ; capsules acuminate. This differs from the preceding, in having the stems and leaves smooth, with the flowers smaller and red. Annual, flowering in May and June. It was found in the islands of Madeira and Teneriffe. See the first species. 15. Scrophularia Trifoliata ; Three-leaved Figwort. Leaves smooth; lower ternate, pinnate, obtuse; upper simple; peduncles subtriflorous, axillary. — Native of Corsica and Africa, on the borders of fields, and on the sea-coast. This and the next species are ornamental plants, and may be allowed a place in the pleasure-garden, where, when they are strong, they will make a good appearance during their continuance in flower, which is generally two months, unless the season prove very hot and dry. Their roots will remain many years, unless destroyed by very severe winters, so that it will be proper to put some of the plants in pots, sheltered under a common frame in winter; but as young plants flower stronger than the old ones, there should be a succession of them annually propagated by seeds. 16. Scrophularia Sainbucifolia ; Elder-leaved Figwort. Leaves interruptedly pinnate, cordate, unequal; raceme ter- minating; peduncles axillary, in pairs, dicholomous; stem erect, four-cornered, from the decurrent petioles. Perennial. It flowers from July to September. — Native of Portugal and Spain. See the preceding species. 17. Scrophularia Canina ; Cut-leaved Figwort. Leaves pinnatifid ; racemes terminating, naked; peduncles bifid; root annual; stem four-cornered. — This, and the nineteenth species, should be planted in a dry soil; for as they naturally grow upon rocks and old walls, if they are in good ground the plants will grow vigorous in summer, and thereby will be so replete with moisture as to be killed by ordinary frosts, or rotted by wet in winter, whereas in a poor soil they are seldom injured by the cold in England. 18. Scrophularia Mellifera ; Barbary Figwort. Smooth: lower leaves pinnate; leaflets ovate, tooth-serrate; flowers axillary; bottom of the corolla nectariferous ; stem*herbaceous, erect, from two to three feet in height, simple, four-cornered, with four decurrent lines, smooth, as is the whole plant. It flowers in July and August. Perennial. — Native of Barbary. See the first species. 19. Scrophularia Lucida; Shining-leaved Figwort. Lower leaves bipinnate, somewhat fleshy, very smooth; racemes two parted ; stem round, straight, green. — Native of the Levant and Barbary. See the seventeenth species. 20. Scrophularia Coccinea ; Scarlet flowered Figwort. Leaves in fours, ovate ; flowers whorled, spiked ; root bien- nial; stalks two feet high. The flowers are produced at the tip of the stalk, in roundish bunches, which are about the same size as those of the second species, but of a fine scarlet colour. — Found at La Vera Cruz in New Spain. This plant will not survive in the open air of our winters ; but the seeds shoidd be sown in pots in autumn, which may be sheltered under a common frame in winter, and in the spring plunged into a moderate hot bed. When they are fit to remove, as many as are required should be planted into separate small pots, and plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, shading them from the sun till they have taken new root ; after which they must be gradually hardened to bear the open air, where- into they may be removed at the end of June, placing them in a sheltered situation, where they may remain till the end *f September, to be then removed into shelter before the coming on of the morning frosts. In the winter, place them in a stove kept moderately warm, where they will thrive and produce flowers during the following summer. 21. Scrophularia Peregrina; Nettle-leaved, Figwort. Leaves cordate, marked with lines, shining; peduncles axillary, two- flowered ; stem hexangular. The flowers are of a dark red or purple colour. They appear in May and June, and the seeds ripen in July and August, after which the plants die; root annual. — Native of Italy. See the first species. 22. Scrophularia Hispida. Stem four-cornered, erect, hispid; leaves pinnate, doubly crenate, terminating; lobe cordate, very large ; raceme compound, leafless. — Native of the clefts of the rocks on Mount Atlas. 23. Scrophularia Lanceolata. Leaves lanceolate, unequally serrate, acuminate, acute at the base ; petioles naked ; fas- cicles of the panicle corymbose ; flowers greenish-yellow.— Grows in the wet meadows and woods of Pennsylvania. Scull Cap. See Scutellaria. Scunkweed. See Dracontium and Pothos. Scurvy Grass. See Cochlearia. Scutellaria ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gym- nospermia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth oue- leafed, very short, tubular; mouth almost entire, after flow- ering closed with a lid. Corolla: one-petalled, ringent; tube very short, bent backwards; throat long, compressed ; upper lip concave, trifid ; middle little segment concave, emargi- nate; side ones flat, sharpish, lying under the middle one ; lower lip wider, emarginate. Stamina : filarm-nta four, con- cealed beneath the upper lip, of which two are longer ; antbera; small. Pistil: germen four parted ; style filiform, situation and length of the stamina ; stigma simple, curved in, acumi- nate. Pericarp: none; calix closed by a lid, helinet-shaped, doing the office of a capsule, three-sided, opening by the lower margin. Seeds: four, roundish. Observe. It is clearly distinguished from all others by the fruit alone ; for the calix resembles a helmet both in the lid and crest. Es- sential Character. Calix: with an entire mouth, after flowering closed by a lid. The species are, 1. Scutellaria Orientalis ; Yellow-flowered Scull Cap. Leaves gashed, tomentose beneath ; spikes rounded, four- cornered ; stems shrubby, spreading on the ground, and dividing into small branches; corolla of a bright yellow colour. It begins to flower at the end of May, and there is commonly a succession of flowers for two months and upwards. — Native of the Levant and Barbary These plants are all propogated by seeds. If the seeds be sown in autumn soon I after they are ripe, they will more certainly succeed than when they are sown in the spring. The seeds may either be sown where the plants are to remain, or in a border, to be ! afterwards removed. But as this species does not bear transplanting well unless removed when young, the seeds had better be sown where the plants are to stand. This should be on a dry warm border of poor earth, where they will live much longer, and make a better appearance, than on a rich , soil, though they seldom continue more than two or three years. When the plants come up, they will require no other care but to thin them, and keep them clean from weeds. When the other sorts come up, and are fit to remove, they may be transplanted into a nursery-bed, at five or six inches’ distance, where they may sjand till autumn, keeping them clean from weeds ; then they may be transplanted into the borders of the flower-garden, where they are finally to remain. 2. Scutellaria Albida ; Hairy Scull Cap. Leaves subcor- date, senate, wrinkled, opaque; spikes directed one way; bractes ovate; corolla downy. — Native of the Levant, and of Cochin-china. See the first species. s c u OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SEC 553 3. Scutellaria Alpina ; Alpine Scull Cap. Leaves cordate, gash-serrate, crenate ; spikes imbricate, rounded, four-cor- nered.— Native of Switzerland, Silesia, Dauphiuy, Piedmont, and Cochin china. See the first species. 4. Scutellaria Lupulina ; G re. at -flowered Scull Cap. Leaves cordate, gash-serrate, acute, smooth ; spikes imbricate, rounded, four-cornered ; stems shrubby and trailing. — Native of Siberia. See the first species. 5. Scutellaria Lateriflora ; Virginian Scull Cap. Leaves smooth, with a rugged keel ; racemes lateral, leafy. This has very much the appearance of the preceding species, but is higher and larger, with wider leaves more deeply toothed, and smaller flowers. — Native of Virginia and Canada. 6. Scutellaria Galericulata; Common Skull Cap. Leaves cordate-lanceolate, crenate, wrinkled ; flowers axillary ; root slender, jointed, white, and creeping; stems from one to two feet high, upright. The singular construction of the calix deserves minute attention. Dr. Withering remarks in his Arrangements, that when the blossom falls off, the cup closes upon the seeds, which, when ripe, being still smaller than the cup, could not possibly open its mouth, or overcome its elastic force, as the down of the seeds does in the com- pound flowers, and must consequently remain without a possibility of escaping. But Providence has provided a method to discharge them. The cup grows dry, and then is divided into two distinct parts; and thus the seeds, already detached from the receptacle, fall to the ground. This plant has been given for the tertian ague, and is said to have proved beneficial where the fits were more obstinate than violent. The quantity was from one to two ounces of the expressed juice, or an infusion of a handful or two of the herb. In England however it has never been in use. — Native of Britain, and other parts of Europe, by the sides of ditches, ponds, and rivers. See the first species. 7. Scutellaria Hastifolia ; Hastate-leaved Scull Cap. Leaves quite entire, the lower hastate, the upper sagittate; root creeping ; stem quite simple, scarcely the length of the finger, with about seven joints. — Native of Sweden, on the coast, of Austria, Goritia, and Silesia. See the first species. 8. Scutellaria Minor ; Small Scull Cap. Leaves cordate- ovate, almost quite entire ; flowers axillary. This is only one-fourth the size of the preceding species. — Native of England, France, Alsace, and Piedmont, on wet heaths and commons, in boggy ground, and at the edges of ponds in a gravelly soil. It is found on Hampstead heath, but in greater plenty on Putney thirley, Streatham, and other commons in Surry; on Lewesdon hill; in Goldmire near Dalton; on Seaman’s moss, next to Altringham, Cheshire ; and on Ware- ham heath in Purbeck, Dorsetshire. See the first species. ! 9. Scutellaria Integrifolia ; Entire-leaved Scull Cap. Leaves sessile, ovate, lower indistinctly serrate, upper quite entire; stems two feet high, sending out many side-branches. — Native of North America. See the first species. 10. Scutellaria Havanensis. Leaves cordate, ovate, crenate; flowers solitary, axillary; both lips of the corolla trifid. This is a little tender herbaceous branching plant, procumbent, with the branches rising. It flowers in December. — Native of the Havannah, on maritime rocks. See the first species. 11. Scutellaria Hyssopifolia ; Hyssop-leaved Scull Cap. Leaves lanceolate, dotted beneath. — Native of Virginia. 12. Scutellaria Purpurascens ; Purple Scull Cap. Leaves petioled, cordate, ovate, toothed ; racemes naked, terminat- ing ; both lips of the corolla trifid ; stems herbaceous, pros- trate, a span high, simple, obscurely four-cornered, smooth, j — Native, of the West Indies, Guadaloupe, &c. See the first species. 13. Scutellaria Peregrina ; Florentine Scull Cap. Leaves subcordate, serrate; spikes elongated, directed one way; stem hairy, two feet high; flowers purple or white.— Native of Italy and Siberia. 14. Scutellaria Indiea. Leaves subovate, crenate, petioled; racemes almost naked. This species lies on the ground, and has the appearance of Ground Ivy. — Native of China and Japan. 15. Scutellaria Altissima; Tall Scull Cap. Leaves cordate- oblong, acuminate, serrate; spikes almost naked, with nume- rous downy purple flowers. — Native of the Levant. 16. Scutellaria Cretica. Villose: leaves cordate, obtuse, and obtusely serrate; spikes imbricate; bractes setaceous. — Native of Crete or Caudia. 17. Scutellaria Nervosa. Plant glabrous; leaves sessile, ovate, dentated, nervose ; raceme terminal, lax, leafy ; flowers blue. — Grows on the banks of rivulets, in Virginia. 18. Scutellaria Angustifolia. Plant simple, very slightly pubescent; leaves linear; flowersaxillary, opposite. — Grows on the river Kooskoosky. 19. Scutellaria Parvula. Plant simple, dwarfish, very pubescent ; leaves sessile, ovate, very entire ; flowers axillary, solitary, small, pale blue. — This is a small plant, never above two inches high, and grows in Canada and the Illinois country. It has also been seen on the banks of rivers in Virginia. 20. Scutellaria Caroliniana. Plant branchy, very glabrous ; leaves petiolate, linear-lanceolate, acute, very entire ; racemes lax, leafy; calices obtuse. — Grows in Carolina. Scythian Lamb. See Polypodium. Sea Bindweed. See Convolvulus. Sea Buckthorn. See Hippophee. Sea Cabbage. See Brassica and Crambe. Sea Chamomile. See Anthemis. Sea Chichweed. See Glaux. Sea Colewort. See Bunias. Sea Daffodil. See Pancratium. Sea Grape. See Coccoloba. Sea Heath. See Frankenia. Sea Holly. See Eryngium. Sea Lavender. See Statice Lamonium. Sea Laurel. See Phyllanthus, and Xylophylla. Sea Medick. See Medicago. Sea Milkwort. See Glaux. Sea Onion. See Scilla. Sea Pea. See Pisum. Sea Pink. See Cerastium and Statice. Sea Purslane. See Atriplex. Sea side Grape. See Coccoloba. Sea Pigeon Pea. See Sophora. Seal, Solomon’s. See Convallaria. Secale; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. — . Generic Character. Calix: the common receptacle lengthened out into a spike; glume two-flowered, two-valved; leaflets opposite, distant, erect, linear, acuminate, less than the corolla; florets sessile. Corolla: two-valved; outer valve more rigid, ventricose, acuminate, compressed ; keel ciliate, ending in a long awn; inner valve flat, lanceolate. Nectary two-leaved ; leaflets lanceolate, sharpish, ciliate, gibbous on one side at the base. Stamina : filamenta three, capillary, hanging out of the flower ; antherae oblong, forked. Pistil germen turbinate; styles two, reflexed, villose; stigmas simple. Pericarp: none. Corolla: embraces the seed, gapes, and drops it. Seed: one, oblong, semicylindrical, naked, pointed at one end. Observe. There is frequently a third floret, which is pfcduncled between the two larger sessile ones. Es« 554 SEC THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SEC sential Character. Calix: opposite, two-valved, two- flowered, solitary. The species are, 1. Secale Cereale; Rye. Ciliae of the glumes rugged; root annual ; stein higher and weaker than Wheat, sometimes attaining the height of six feet; leaves a quarter or a third of an inch in breadth, rough to the touch, if the finger be drawn from point to base, but not hairy: they are wider, and form a more considerable tuft, than Wheat commonly does. Spike very close, of a gray colour from its pubescence, in a good soil and situation having four rows, containing from sixty to eighty, and sometimes 120 grains, smaller and slen- derer than Wheat. Rye is esteemed the least nourishing of all the common grains : it is more susceptible of fermentation, and in a slight degree laxative. It is used principally for making bread in our northern counties, either alone or mixed with wheat; and also for extracting an ardent spirit. In the Limosin, a province of France, it is used with great success for fattening oxen, after they have had a summer’s grass, and have been put to Turnips, at the end of October or the beginning of November. When the Turnips fail, they mix the flour with water to the consistency of a paste, and leave it three, four, or five days, to ferment and become sour; they then dilute it with water, and add cut hay to the whole. Some mix leaven with the paste, to secure a fermentation ; but it is never used tili quite sour. The cattle have it three times a day ; twenty two pounds for each large ox. Some say that Rye is a native of Crete, and others of Siberia ; but there is no reason to think that there is any country in which it is found wild. It flowers in June, and the grain is ripe in England about the middle of July. — Farmers distinguish the two varieties by the titles of Winter and Spring Rye, but when these are sowu three or four years at the same season, and on the same soil, it will be difficult to know them asunder. Where Rye is sown upon a warm land, it will ripen much earlier than upon cold stiff ground, and by continuing it for two or three years, it will be forwarded so much, as to ripen a month earlier than the seeds w hich have long grown upon a strong cold soil; so those who are obliged to sow Rye toward spring, generally provide themselves with this early seed. The Common or Winter Rye is what most farmers grow : it is usually sown at the same time as Wheat, and mixed with it in many of the northern counties. This mixture however is bad husbandry, as the Rye will always ripen sooner than Wheat; so that if the latter be permitted to be fully ripe, the former will shatter. It is generally sown two bushels and a half to the acre, upon poor dry gravelly or sandy land, where Wheat will not thrive, and may answer very well in such places, but should not be grown where the land will bear Wheat, as the value of Rye is greatly inferior. When it is sown, the ground should not be too wet; and if much rain should fall before it comes up, it will probably rot in the ground, but will not be long in making its appearance, being much sooner out of the ground than Wheat. The small Rye may be sown in the spring, about the same time as Oats, and is usually ripe as soon as the other sort; hut in wet seasons it is apt to run much to straw, and then the grain is generally lighter than the other; so the only use of this sort is to sow upon lands where the autumnal crop may have miscarried It is also sown in v autumn, to afford green feed for ewes and lambs in the spring, before there is plenty of grass. This should be done early in autumn, that it may have strength to furnish early seed. Its great use is to supply the want of Turnips where they have failed, as also after the Turnips are over, and before the grass is enough grown to afford green feed for the ewes : hence, in those cold seasons, w hen the Turnips in general fail, it is very good husbandry to sow the land with Rye, especially where there are flocks of sheep, which cannot well be supported early in the spring when green feed is wanting: therefore those farmers who have large live-stocks, should have several methods of supplying themselves with sufficient feed, lest some should fail, for as Turnips are a very precarious crop, some land should be sown with Cole-seed, which will supply the want of Turnips in winter; and if some of the ground, which was sown late with Turnips that failed, was sown in autumn with Rye, that would be fit to supply the want of Cole-seed afterward. Spring Rye produces a less crop of smaller lighter grain than Winter Rye ; it is also esteemed less nourishing, and the bread made of it is of a darker colour. As a grain, for making bread. Rye is sown to a much greater extent in Germany, Switzer- land, and the northern and Alpine countries, than in England. In cold and moist valleys among the mountains, it is their most useful crop, and in many places the chief resource of the hardy inhabitants. 2. Secale Villosum ; Villose Rye Grass. Ciliaa of the glumes villose; calicine scales wedge-shaped. — This annual Grass is a native of the soutli of Europe, and the Levant. 3. Secale Orientale; Oriental Rye Grass. Glumes hirsute; calicine scales aw l-shaped. — Native of the Archipelago. 4. Secale Creticum ; Cretan Rye Grass. Glumes ciliate on the outside. — Native of Candia or Crete. Sechium; a genus of the class IVhmoecia, order Monadelphia. — Generic Character. Mule Flowers. Calix: perianth one-leafed, half five cleft; tube bell-shaped, spreading; seg- ments of the border lanceolate, flat, acuminate, spreading very much. Corolla: one-petalled ; tube the size and figure of the calix, adhering to it; segments of the limb five-cleft, ovate, fiat, acute, spreading, nearly twice as long as the calix. Nectary: ten hollows in the upper part of the tube of the corolla. Stamina: filamenta five, counectvd into an upright cylinder, five-cleft at top, and spreading very much; antherae on the top of each filament um a line, creeping twice downwards, and once upwards, polliniferous. Females on the same plant. Calix: as in the male, placed on the germen by a pedicel, deciduous. Corolla: as in the male, but the hol- lows or pits bigger. Pistil: germen obovate, tomentose, five-grooved, inferior; style cylindrical, erect, length of the calix ; stigma very large, peltate, reflexed, with the margin five-cleft. Pericarp: apple very large, ovate, turbinate, five- grooved, fleshy, unequally gibbous at the top, muricated 1 with harmless prickles, one-celled above. Seed: one, sub- ovate, piano-compressed, fleshy, bilamellate, blunt at each end. Essential Character. Male. Calix: half five-cleft. Corolla : five-cleft, with ten hollows in the upper part of the tube. Filamenta: five, connected. Female. Stigma: very ' large, peltate, reflexed, five-cleft. Pericarp: large, ovate- [ turbinate, one-seeded. The single species known is, 1, Sechium Edule; The Chocho Vine. Leaves cordate- angular, rugged on the upper surface, with the angles toothed and acute, alternate, on a smooth petiole; flowers small, without scent ; corollas yellow. The fruit is green and shin- ing on the outside, white and fleshy within, differing in size, and singular in structure. Although the moisture of the fruit itself he sufficient to make the seed vegetate, and to afford ii nutriment, until the fibres reach the soil, and imbibe nutriment from thence; yet the people of the country bury 1 it in the ground, probably to accelerate the growth, or to } insure it with greater certainty; it will however grow if it fall on the ground, or even if it be preserved any where. In ihe [ island of Cuba, they eat it in their soup, or puddiug, or boiled ! with their meat constantly. Browne says, that the fruit is sometimes boiled in Jamaica, and served up at table by way S E D OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S E D 555 of greens, in which state it is generally looked upon as whole- some and refreshing; but it is too insipid to be much liked. The apples serve to fatten the hogs in the mountains and inward parts, where the plant is mostly cultivated. There are two varieties found in Cuba. — Native of the West Indies, flowering and fruiting in December. Securidaca ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Octan- dria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth three- leaved, small, deciduous; leaflets ovate, coloured, the upper- most respecting the standard, and two the keel. Corolla: papilionaceous, five-petalled ; wings spreading wide, and very blunt ; standard two-leaved, oblong, straight, connate, with the keel at the base, reflexed at the tip; lseel length of the wings, subcylindrical, with the limb or border wider, aug- mented by a plaited blunt appendicle. Stamina: filamenta eight, connate at bottom; antherae oblong, erect. Pistil: gernien ovate, ending in an aw! shaped style; stigma flat, widening, toothed at the tip. Pericarp : legume ovate, one- celled, ending in a ligulate wing. Seed: one, oblong. Es- sential Character. Calix: three-leaved. Corolla: papilionaceous, with the standard two-leaved, within the wings. Legume: ovate, one-celled, one-seeded, ending in a ligulate wing. The species are, 1. Securidaca Erecta; Upright Securidaca. Stem upright, oblong. This is an upright tree, twelve feet high, with few long slender weak branches; flowers in racemes, purple. — Native of Martinico, flowering there in April. 2. Securidaca Volubilis; Climbing Securidaca. Stem climbing; leaves oblong, ovate. — Native of South America, and the West Indies. 3. Securidaca Virgata. Stem climbing; branches rod-like; leaves roundish. — Native of Jamaica and Hispaniola. Sedge. See Car ex and Schoenus. Sedum ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Pentagynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-cleft, acute, erect, permanent. Corolla: petals five, lanceolate, acuminate, flat, spreading; nectaries five, each at a very small emarginate scale, inserted into each germen at the base, on the outside. Stamina: filamenta ten, awl-shaped, length of the corolla; antherae roundish. Pistil: germina five, oblong, ending in more slenderstyles; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: capsules five, spread- ing, acuminate, compressed, emarginate towards the base, open- ing on the inside longitudinally by a suture. Seeds: nume- rous, very small. Essential Character. Calix: five- cleft. Corolla: five-petalled. Scales : nectariferous, five, at the base of the germen. Capsules : five. -The species are, 1. Sedum Verticillatum ; Whorled Stonecrop. Leaves in fours; stem a foot high, erect, round. Native of the most southern parts of Europe and of Siberia. — All the Stoueerops are easily propagated by planting their trailing stalks, either in spring or summer, which stalks soon put out roots ; but as they thrive much better upon rocks, old walls, or buildings, than in the ground, they may be disposed upon rock-work in such a manner as to have a good effect; and where there are unsightly buildings, their tops may be covered with these plants, so as to hide their deformity; in such places also these plants will appear, to greater advantage, than on the ground. If the cuttings or roots of the perennial sorts be planted in some soft mud, laid upon the walls or buildings, they will soon take root, and then spread into every joint or crevice, and cover the place: or if the seeds of those annual Sorts, which grow naturally in dry places, be sown soon after they are ripe, on the top of walls, the plants will come up and maintain themselves without further care. 2. Sedum Telephium ; Orpine Stonecrop. Leaves flatfish, serrate; corymb leafy; stem erect; root perennial, tuberous. This is the only English species with flat leaves. Being a handsome plant, and easily cultivated, it is met with in most gardens, where it will sometimes grow a yard high. The flowers vary in colour, and the plants in size. —The Common White and Purple are common in most parts of Europe, Japan, and Siberia; on old walls, by the side of woods, in hedges, among bushes in pastures, in fields, in vineyards, chiefly in a chalky or sandy soil, flowering in July and August. The Purple-flowering Orpine is the most common in Britain. The name is from the French: it was also called Live Long, because a branch of it, hung up, will keep its verdure a long time. It is of a styptic astringent nature, and the roots contain the principal virtues. They are excellent in those fluxes and loosenesses which erode the bowels, for which purposes they are best given in powder, a scruple or some- what more of which is a sufficient dose. Bruised and applied externally, they are serviceable to wounds, burns, and bruises. The leaves boiled in milk, and the decoction taken to the amount of a large tea-cupful, three or four times a day, powerfully promotes the urinary discharge, and has been found serviceable for the piles and other haemorrhages. Cows, goats, sheep, and hogs, eat it, but horses will not take it.-— The Orpines may be easily increased by cuttings during the summer months, or by parting their roots, either in spring or autumn. They thrive best in a dry soil, and a shady situa- tion ; but may also be planted for the same purposes as the other species, especially the next species, which is evergreen. See the third species. — This plant occurs near London, about Charlton, Shooter's Hill, Norwood, &c ; at Shelford and Burrough-Green, in Cambridgeshire; at Aspley wood in Bedfordshire; Headington Wick Copse, and Shotover hill, Oxfordshire; frequently in Suffolk; near Ashburne in Derby- shire; Malvern Chace ; about Manchester ; near Shrewsbury; at Tettenhall in Staffordshire; at Castle Dikes, and Preston woods, in Northamptonshire; and two miles to the eastward of Dumbarton, between that place and Glasgow, in Scotland. 3. Sedum Anacampseros ; Evergreen Orpine. Leaves wedge-shaped, attenuated at the base, subsessile ; stems sub- decumbent; flow'ers in corymbs; root fibrous, perennial. Native of Germany, Switzerland, the Valais, the south of France, Italy, China, Cochin-china, and Japan, growing out of the crevices of rocks. — The stalks of this species hang down, and have a very good effect in rock-work ; and the plants require no care; for when they are fixed in the place, they w'ill spread and propagate fast enough. 4. Sedum Divarication ; Spreading Stonecrop . Leaves wedge-rhombed, emarginate, pelioled ; stems branched; pa- nicles terminating, spreading. — This species is shrubby, flowers in June and July, and is a native of Madeira. See the first species. 5. Sedum Aizoon ; Yellow Stonecrop. Leaves lanceolate, serrate, fiat; stern erect; cyme sessile, terminating ; flowers bright yellow'. It flowers from July to September. — Native of Siberia. See the first species. 6. Sedum Hybridum ; Germander-leaved Stonecrop. Leaves wedge-shaped, concave, somewhat toothed, aggregate; branches creeping; cyme terminating.— Native of Tartary at the foot of the Aralian mountains. See the first species. 7. Sedum Populifolium ; Poplar-leaved Stonecrop. Leaves flat, cordate, toothed, pelioled; corymbs terminating. When the plant grows in an open situation, exposed to the sun, the leaves and stalks become of a bright red colour. It is the only hardy plant of this genus, cultivated with us, that has a shrubby stalk ; the leaves are deciduous. It flowers in July aud August, and is proper for a rock plant. — Native of Siberia. See the first species. 7 B 556 SED THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SED 8. Sedum Stellatum; Starry St onecrop. Leaves flatfish, angular; flowers lateral, sessile, solitary. This is a low annual plant. — Native of Germany, France, Switzerland, Italy, and of China. See the first species. 9. Sedum Alsinefolium ; Chickweed-leaved Slonecrop. Leaves flat, ovate ; stem panicled ; petals obtuse. — Native of Pied- mont, in shady stony places. 10. Sedum Cepola; Purslane-leaved Slonecrop. Leaves flat, lanceolate ; stem branched ; flowers panicled ; petals acute, awned; root annual. — Native of Germany, France, Switzerland, and Italy. See the first species. 11. Sedum Libanoticum. Root-leaves in bunches, spatu- late lanceolate; stem almost naked, quite simple. — Native of Palestine. See the first species. 12. Sedum Dasyphyllum ; Thick-leaved Slonecrop. Leaves opposite, ovate, obtuse, fleshy; stem weak ; panicle glutinose; root perennial, composed of small white fibres. This pretty plant, introduced into a garden, propagates itself freely upon walls, in waste places, and about garden-pots. No plant is better adapted for decorating rock-work; upon rocks or walls it grows without any trouble, in any aspect, multiplying very much by young shoots, and looking beautiful through- out the year. Linneus marks it as annual : Dr. Smith has sometimes thought it biennial, but he rests in supposing it to be perennial; frequently, however, disappearing in one spot, and reappearing in another. — Native of many parts of Europe. In Englaud found near London, on walls near Chelsea Hos- pital ; between Kensington gravel pits and Acton ; also at Hammersmith and Kew ; at Fulbourne in Cambridgeshire; Marketstreet, in Bedfordshire; at Bugden, in Huntingdon shire; at Malton in Yorkshire, and at Clifton near Bristol. See the first species. 13. Sedum Reflexum; Rejlexed Stonecrop. Leaves awl- shaped, scattered, loose at the base ; flowers in cymes ; petals half as long again as the lanceolate calix ; root perennial. Haller says it is eaten in salads, in various parts of Europe. — It is common in England on walls and thatched roofs, and on rocks in the northern counties, flowering in July. Seethe first species. 14. Sedum Hispidum; Hispid Stonecrop. Branches fili- form, panicled, villose; leaves half round. Annual. — Native of Barbary. See the first species. 15. Sedum Virens ; Green Stonecrop. Leaves awl-shaped, scattered, loose at the base ; flowers in cymes ; petals half as long again as the lanceolate calix. Perennial. — Native of Portugal. See the first species. 16. Sedum Rupestre; Rock Slonecrop. Leaves thick, awl- shaped, erect, clustered, in five rows, loose at the base ; flowers subcymed. Perennial. This also is cultivated in Holland and Germany, to mix with salads, notwithstanding its acrid taste. — Native of various parts of Europe. Found in England on St. Vincent’s rocks, near Bristol; on the Chedder rocks in Somersetshire ; on some walls about Dar- lington. See the first species. 17. Sedum Saxatile; Mountain Stonecrop. Leaves scat- tered, half round, obtuse, loose at the base ; stem branched, decumbent; root annual. — Found on rocks in Norway, Ger- many, Switzerland, and Dauphiny. See the first species. 18. Sedum Quadrifidum; Four-petalled Slonecrop. Leaves scattered, round, obtuse; stem simple; flowers umbelled, four-petalled, yellow. Perennial. — Native of the northern parts of Asia, on rocks. See the first species. 19. Sedum Hispanicum ; Spanish Stonecrop. Leaves linear, round, depressed, scattered ; cymes patulous ; flowers six-petalled ; root slender, fibrous, perennial. It flowers in July. — Native of Spain and Carinthia. See the first species. 20. Sedum Lineare; Linear Stonecrop. Leaves round linear, opposite; cyme trifid. — Native of Japan. See the first species. 21. Sedum Cceruleum; Blue Stonecrop. Leaves oblong, alternate, obtuse, loose at the base; cyme bifid, smooth. — Found in Africa. See the first species. 22. Sedum Album ; White Stonecrop. Leaves oblong, round, blunt, spreading, smooth; panicle very much branch- ed ; root perennial, fibrous. Haller informs us, that this species possesses all the virtues of the Large Houseleek, and that he has used the juice of it in uterine haemorrhages. By way of cataplasm, it is applied to the piles when in a painful state. Some persons prepare and eat it as a pickle. — Native of Europe, on rocks, walls, and roofs, flowering in July. It occurs in the neighbourhood of London, between Bromley and Bromley Hall in Middlesex ; on walls at Peterborough ; upon the rocks above Great Malvern; at Wick cliffs; at Chatterness in the Isle of Ely; and at Stevington and Sham- brook in Bedfordshire. See the first species. 23. Sedum Acre; Biting Stonecrop, or Wall Pepper. Leaves alternate, subovate, fleshy, gibbous, adnate, sessile; cyme trifid, leafy; root perennial, fibrous. This plant will continue to grow w hen hung up in the open air, or in a room, which has been considered as a proof that it receives its nou- rishment principally from the air; but it is justly observed by Withering, that though the life of the plant be thus retained for some weeks, yet it is at the expense of the juices, which its succulent leaves had previously imbibed. At the end of three weeks, a plant, suspended before a window with a northern aspect, had lost about half its weight, though it had put out some fine fibres from the root, and had yet life enough to enable it to turn to the light, after having been purposely turned from it. After being kept in water for twenty-four hours, it regained more than half of what it had lost. Hence it appears, that the succulent leaves are reservoirs which support the plant in dry weather, and are again replenished in rainy seasons ; but it does not follow that such plants attract nourishment from the air more than others, though it must be allowed that they subsist much upon the humidity of the atmosphere, since their succulent stems and leaves cannot derive much nutriment from the arid soil in which they generally grow. The whole of this plant is acrid, and when chewed in the mouth has a very hot biting taste, whence, and from its common place of growth, it has the name of Wall Pepper. Applied to the skin, it blisters ; and taken inwardly, it excites vomiting. In scorbutic cases, and quartan agues, it is an excellent medicine, under proper management. For the former, a handful of the herb is directed to be boiled in eight pints of beer till they are reduced to four, of which three or four ounces are to be taken every morning. Milk has been found to answer this purpose better than beer. Not only ulcers simply scorbutic, but those of a scrofulous or even cancerous tendency, have been cured by the use of this plant. It is likewise useful as an external application in destroying fungous flesh, and in promoting a discharge in gangrenes and carbuncles. — Native of Europe, in dry sandy and gravelly pastures, on houses, walls, banks, and rocks. It is common in England ; flowers in June; and, if planted in a pot, will hang over the sides and cover the pot completely. 24. Sedum Sexangulare ; Insipid Stonecrop. Leaves sub- tern, roundish, obtuse, fleshy, adnate, sessile, spreading; cyme trifid, leafy. The flowers are of a golden yellow colour. The herb is not acrid. — Native of several parts of Europe, on walls, roofs, and dry pastures, flowering at the end of June. Found in England on Greenwich Park wall; near S E G OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S E L 557 Northfleet, Sheerness, and in the isle of Shepey; near Tri- nity Conduit Head; between Cambridge and Madingley ; and on Ely Minster. See the first species. 25. Sedum Anglicum ; English or Mild- white Stonecrop. Leaves subalternate, ovate, fleshy, gibbous, adnate, sessile; cyme bifid, even ; root annual, fibrous. This has been con- founded with the next species. — Native of Norway and Great Britain, on rocks, sandy coasts, roofs, and walls ; on the sandy downs of the Norfolk and Suffolk coast, plentifully; as well as in Devonshire, Dorsetshire, Cornwall, Wales, and Scotland ; and on the mountains of Westmoreland and Lan- cashire. See the first species. 2G. Sedum Annuum ; Annual Stonecrop. Stem erect, solitary, annual; leaves ovate, sessile, gibbous, alternate; cyme recurved ; root annual, fibrous. — Native of the north of Europe. See the first species. 27. Sedum Pubescens; Pubescent Stonecrop. Pubescent: leaves oblong, obtuse, flattish above ; cyme bifid ; petals lanceolate; root annual. — Found in the clefts of rocks in the kingdom of Tunis. 28. Sedum Villosum ; Hairy Stonecrop. Leaves alternate, linear, flattish, somewhat hairy, as are also the peduncles ; stem erect; root perennial, small, fibrous. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Britain, Germany, France, Italy, Switzer- land, and Denmark: it occurs in the bogs and moist meadows of the northern parts of this island. See the first species. 29. Sedum Atratum; Red Sedum, or Stonecrop. Stem erect; flowers corymbed, fastigiate. — Native place unknown. See the first species. 30. Sedum Nudum; Naked Branched Stonecrop. Leaves scattered, oblong, cylindrical, blunt; stems shrubby, very much branched ; branches twisted ; cymes terminating. — Native of Madeira. See the first species. 31. Sedum Pusillum. Plant erect, glabrous ; leaves alter- nate, somewhat round, oblong; flowers at the summit fewer, alternate, subpedicellate, white, with eight stamina. — Grows in North Carolina and Virginia. 32. Sedum Pulchellum. Plant glabrous; stems assurgent ; leaves scattered, linear, obtuse; cyme polystachyous ; flowers sessile, octandrous, purple. — Grows on rocks near Knox- ville. 33. Sedum Stenopetalum. Plant glabrous ; stems assur- gent; leaves scattered, heaped, adnate-sessile, compressed- subulate, acute; cyme terminal, trichotomous, dichotomous ; spikes recurved ; flowers sessile, decandrous, golden yellow ; petals linear, much longer than the calix. — Grows on rocks on the banks of Clarck’s river and Kooskoosky. 34. Sedum Ternatum. Plant small, creeping ; leaves plain, round spathulate, tern; cyme subtristachyous ; flowers sessile, white, octandrous; centre decandrous. — An elegant little species, growing on rocks in the western parts of Penn- sylvania, Virginia, and Carolina. 35. Sedum Telephioides. Leaves plain, oval, subacute on both sides, dentated ; corymb fasciculate; flowers pale purple. — Grows on rocks on high mountains, in Virginia and Carolina. Seguieria ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Mono- gynia..— Generic Character Calix: perianth five- leaved, spreading; leaflets oblong, concave, coloured, per- manent. Corolla: none, unless the calix be taken for it. Stamina: filamenta very many, capillary, spreading, longer than the calix; antherm oblong, flattish. Pistil: germen oblong, compressed, at top membranaceous, with one side thicker; style very short, at the thicker side of the germen; stigma simple. Pericarp : capsule oblong, augmented by a very large wing, on the straighter side thicker, with three little wings on each side at the base, one-celled, not opening. Seed: one, oblong, smooth. Essential Character. Calix : five-leaved. Corolla: none. Capsule: one-seeded, terminated by a large wing, and having small lateral ones. Seed: solitary. The species are, 1. Seguieria Americana. Stem climbing, prickly; leaves lanceolate, emarginate; racemes branched, leafy. This shrub is about twelve feet high. — Native of South America, in woods and coppices about Carthagena, especially by way- sides, flowering in September. 2. Seguieria Asiatica. Stem scandent, unarmed; leaves ovate, quite entire; racemes long, axillary, and terminating. — Native of Cochin china, in woods. Selago ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, four-cleft or five-cleft, small, permanent; lower seg- ment larger. Corolla : one-petalled ; tube very small, filiform, scarcely perforated; border spreading, five parted, almost equal, the two upper segments smaller, the lowest larger. Stamina: filamenta four, capillary, length of the corolla, into which they are inserted, the two upper ones longer; antherae simple. Pistil: germen roundish ; style simple, length of the stamina; stigma simple, acute. Pericarp: none. Corolla: (according to Gaertner,) involving the seed. Seed: one or two, roundish. Essential Character. Calix: five- cleft. Corolla: tube capillary ; border almost equal. Seed: one or two.' The species are, 1. Selago Cory mbosa ; Fine leaved Selago. Corvmb mani- fold ; flowers disjointed; leaves filiform, fascicled; stems slender, woody. This plant is preserved in gardens more for the sake of variety than beauty ; for the branches grow very irregular and hang down, and both leaves and flowers are small. — Plant cuttings during any of the summer months in a bed of fresh earth, covering them close with a bell or hand glass, shading them from the sun, and refreshing them now and then with water. Harden them gradually, and then transplant them into small pots, placing them in the shade till they have taken root. Place them with other hardy green-house plants, and about the end of October remove them into the dry-stove. They only require protection from frost, and may be treated in the same manner with the hardier green-house plants. These directions apply to all the follow- ing species. 2. Selago Polystachya ; Many-spiked Selago. Corymb with spikes fascicled; leaves filiform, aggregate; stem suf- fruticose, erect. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Selago Rapunculoides ; Rampion-like Selago. Spikes corymbed ; leaves toothed; root long, creeping, fibrous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Selago Spuria ; Linear-leaved Selago. Spike corymbed ; leaves linear, toothletted. Biennial, flowering in June. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Selago Fasciculata ; Cluster-flowered Selago. Corymb manifold; leaves obovate, smooth, serrate; stem quite simple, erect, even, two feet high; corolla purple ; stigma blunt. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Selago Coccinea ; Scarlet Selago. Spikes corymbed ; lower leaves linear, quite entire, upper lanceolate-subulate, somewhat toothed; corollas very deep purple, with the outer segments larger. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Selago Capitata ; Headed Selago. Head terminatin'*; leaves fascicled, linear, fleshy, smooth; stem suffruticose, erect, pubescent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Selago Fruticosa; Shrubby Selago. Heads roundish, terminating; leaves scattered, linear-obtuse, quite entire; stem shrubby. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Selago Divaricata; Spreading Selago. Heads termi- 558 S E L THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SEM liating; leaves filiform, linear, fascicled, smooth.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Selago Canescens ; Hoary Selago. Spikes terminating; leaves filiform, fascicled, smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 11. Selago Genjculata; Jointed Selago. Spikes termi- nating; leaves linear, fascicled, smooth, with the margin bent back. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 12. Selago Triquetra; Three-sided Selago. Spikes ter- minating; leaves three-sided, imbricate, recurve, reflex, smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Selago Hispida ; Hispid Selago. Spikes terminating; leaves linear, scattered, reflex, hispid. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 14. Selago Polygaloides ; Milkivort-like Selago. Spikes terminating; bractes and calices keeled; laminae rugged; leaves linear, smooth, with a reflex margin. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 15. Selago Cinerea; Ash coloured Selago. Corymb com- pound ; leaves linear, fascicled, smooth, reflex at the edge. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 16. Selago Rotundifolia ; Round-leaved Selago. Corymb compound ; leaves ovate, smooth, obtuse.- — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Selago Ciliata , Fringed Selago. Flowers in spikes; leaves ovate, ciliate, acute. — Native of the Cape of Good Mope. 18. Selago Verbenacea ; Vervain Selago. Spikes fascicled; leaves oblong, smooth; stem four-cornered, right-angled. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 19. Selago Hirta; Rough haired Selago. Spikes very long ; leaves obovate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 20. Selago Ovata; Ovate-headed Selago. Spikes strobiliue, ovate, terminating; leaves scattered, linear; stem shrubby; flowers white, with a yellow spot on the two uppermost seg- ments, and sometimes on all of them, and an orange spot at the mouth of the tube. This plant is valuable, not so much on account of its beauty as the curious structure of its spikes, and the fragrancy of its flowers, which appear in June and July. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Self-heal. See Prunella. Selinum; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. Generic Character. Calix: umbel universal, mani- fold, spreading, flat ; partial similar. Involucre universal, many-leaved ; leaflets lanceolate, linear, reflex ; partial simi- lar, spreading, length of the corollet. Perianth proper, scarcely observable. Corolla: universal uniform; florets all fertile; partial of five cordate equal petals. Stamina : filamenta five, capillary; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen inferior; styles two, reflex; stigmas simple. Pericarp: none; fruit com- pressed, flat, oval, oblong, striated in the middle on both sides, bipartite. Seeds: two, oval-oblong, flat on both sides, striated in the middle, with the sides membranaceous. Ob- serve. The seeds vary in form, and the involucres in number of leaflets. Essential Character. Petals: cordate, equal. Involucre: reflex. Fruit: oval-oblong, compressed, flat, striated in the middle.— The plants of this genus are easily propagated by seeds sown in the autumn. They are to be treated in the same way as Angelica, which see. The species are, 1. Selinum Sylvestre; Wild Selinum. Stem even; root fusiform, manifold ; herb milky.— Native of Denmark, Ger- many, Silesia, France, and Piedmont. 2. ' Selinum Palustre; Marsh Selinum. Stem striated; root almost simple; rays of the umbel hispid; root subfusi- form, thick, branching, yellowish without, white within. The whole plaut, when wounded, pours forth a milky, thick. bitter, fetid juice. It flowers in July. — Fouud in swamps and on moors in the north of Europe, Germany, Austria, Dauphiny, and Piedmont; indigenous of England, found plentifully in the low wet moors near Whitgift, Yorkshire, four miles from the confluence of the Ouse and Trent; at Weel carr, and other wet places near Beverley ; in Alder swamps, near Yarmouth; between Norwich and Higham, towards the river; and near Prickwillow bank in the isle of Ely. 3. Selinum Austriacum ; Austrian Selinum. Stem grooved ; universal involucre manv-leaved; leaflets wedge-form, gashed; root perennial, at the beginning of autumn pouring out a moderate quantity of yellowish-white milk. — Native of Austria, Idria, and perhaps of Piedmont. 4. Selinum Sibiricum ; Siberian Selinum. Leaves tripin- nate; universal and partial involucres colourless, nine-leaved; root biennial, fusiform. It has the smell of a fresh carrot- root, and has a singular appearance on account of the white involucrets entirely involving the umbellets before they are completely unfolded ; stem erect, three feet high. — Native of Siberia. 5. Selinum Caruifolia; Caraway-leaved Selinum. Stem grooved, acute, angled; universal involucre none; leaflets lanceolate, gashed, callose, mucronate at the top ; root per- ennial. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Denmark, Germany, Switzerland, Austria, and Siberia. 6. Selinum Chabrmi. Stem round, striated; universal involucre none; sheaths of the leaves loose; leaflets filiform, linear; height from eight inches to a foot. — Native of Ger- many, Austria, France, and Italy. 7. Selinum Seguieri ; Fennel-leaved Selinum. Stem round- ish, striated; universal involucre none ; leaflets trifid, linear, mucronate ; corollas expanded ; petals w hite. It flowers in July.— Native of Italy and Carniola. 8. Selinum Monrtieri ; Annual Selinum. Umbels clus- tered; universal involucre reflex; five membranaceous ribs to the seed. In a garden it often becomes quite smooth. Annual. — Native of the south of France. 9. Selinum Decipiens. Stem woody, naked below ; lower leaves bipinnate; pinnules lanceolate, entire, and gashed- serrate. — Native of Madeira. Semecarpus ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Tri- gynia, or of the class Polygamia, order Dicecia. — Generic Character. Hermaphrodite. Calix: perianth one-leafed, hell-shaped, inferior, half five-cleft; segments cordate, acute. Corolla: petals five, lanceolate, bordered, obtuse, larger than the segments of the calix. Filamenta: five, awl-shaped, shorter than the corolla, inserted into the receptacle ; anther® oblong, small. Pistil: germen superior, globular, depressed; styles three, recurved, incumbent on lhegermen,andshorter than it; stigmas club-shaped, refuse. Pericarp: none. Receptacle: erect, fleshy, pear-shaped or globular, depressed, smooth. Seed: a single nut, resting upon the receptacle, heart shaped; according to Gmrtner ovate, acuminate, flattened on both sides, smooth, and shining. Male Flowers: on a separate tree, smaller than the hermaphrodites. Calix and Corolla: as in the hermaph- rodites. Stamina: filamenta five, length of the petals; anther® much larger. Pistil: none; but in its place a semi- globular, hairy, glandulous body. Essential Character. Calix: inferior, five-cleft. Corolla: five-pelalled. Ant : kidney-form, inserted into a large, fleshy, flattened recep- tacle. The only known species is, 1. Semecarpus Anacardium ; Alar king Nut Tree. Leaves about the extremities of the branchlets alternate, petioled, wedge-form, rounded at the apex, entire, firm, above pretty smooth, below whitish and scabrous, from nine to eighteen inches long, and from four to eight broad. The green fruit. S E M OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S E M 559 pounded well into a pulp, makes good birdlime. The pure black acrid juice of the shell, is employed by the datives externally to remove rheumatic pains, aches, and sprains; in tender constitutions it often produces inflammation and swelling, but where it has not these inconveniencies it is an efficacious remedy. The Telinga physicians employ it in the cure of almost every sort of venereal complaint. It is in general use for making cotton cloths : the colour is improved, and prevented from running, by a little mixture of quick- lime and wafer. This juice is not soluble in water, and only diffusible in spirits of wine ; for it soon falls to the bottom, unless the menstruum be previously alkalized. The solution is then pretty complete, and of a deep black colour. It sinks in expressed oils, but soon unites perfectly with them: alka- line lixivium acts upon it with no better success than plain water. The wood of this tree is reckoned of no use, not only on account of its softness, but also because it contains much acrid juice, which renders it dangerous to cut down and work upon. The fleshy receptacles, on which the seed rests, are roasted in the ashes, and eaten by the natives ; their taste is exceedingly like roasted apples : when raw, they taste astringent and acrid, leaving a painful sensation upon the tongue for some time afterwards. The kernels are rarely eaten. Sempervivum; a genus of the class Dodecandria, order Potygynia, or Dodecagynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth six to twelve parted, concave, acute, permanent. Corolla: petals six to twelve, oblong, lanceolate, acute, con- cave, a little bigger than the calix. Stamina: filamenta six to twelve or more, subulate, slender; antherae roundish. Pistil: germina six to twelve, in a ring, erect, ending in as many spreading styles; stigmas acute. Pericarp: capsules six to twelve, oblong, compressed, short, in a ring, acumi- nate outwards, opening inwards. Seeds: many, roundish, small. Observe. Being very frequently luxuriant, it becomes greater as to the number, especially as to the female parts of the flower. It is allied to Sedum, but differs in having more petals than five. Essential Character. Calix: twelve-parted. Petals: twelve. Capsules: twelve, many- seeded. The species are, 1. Sempervivum Arboreum ; Tree Houseleefc. Stem arbor- escent, even, branched ; leaves wedge-form, smoothish, ciliate; cilias patulous, soft. The flower-stalks rise from the centre of the heads or clusters of leaves, and the numerous bright yellow flowers form a large pyramidal spike or thyrse. — Native of Portugal, the Levant, and Barbary, near Algiers. It flowers through the winter, commonly only from Decem- ber to March. It is easily propagated, by cutting off the branches, which, when planted, soon put out roots. The cuttings should be laid in a dry place for a week before they are planted, that the bottom may be healed over, otherwise they are apt to rot, especially if they have much wet. When the cuttings are in pots, they should be placed in a shady situation, and must have little wet; and if they are planted in a shady border, they will require no water, for the moisture of the ground will be sufficient for them. The variety with striped leaves is the most tender, and least able to endure the wet in winter. 2. Sempervivum Canariense; Canary Houseleek. Stem frutescent ; leaves orbicular-spatulate, villose ; nectaries sub- quadrate, truncate. At the top of the stalk is a very large crown of leaves disposed circularly like a full-blown Rose : they are large, succulent, soft to the touch, and pliable, ending in obtuse points, which are a little incurved. The flower-stalk comes out from the centre, and rises nearly two feet high, branching out from the bottom, so as to form a 112. regular pyramid of flowers of an herbaceous colour. — Native of the Canaries, flowering in May and June. It is propagated by seeds, which should be sown soon after they are ripe, in pots filled with light sandy earth, covering them but very slightly, and placing the pots under a common frame to keep out the frost. They should be exposed to the open air at all times in mild weather. In spring they should be removed to a situation where they may have only the morning sun, and be watered gently in dry weather. This treatment will soon bring up the plants, which must be kept clean from weeds, and when they are fit to remove they should be planted in pots of light loamy earth, and placed in the shade till they have taken new root ; they may then be mixed with other hardy succulents in a sheltered situation for the summer, and in winter must be placed in a frame, where they may be protected from hard frost, and enjoy the free air in mild weather. 3. Sempervivum Glutinosum ; Clammy Houseleek. Stem frutescent ; leaves wedge-form, viscid, ciliate ; cilias cartila- ginous, pressed close. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Madeira. This will succeed with the treatment of a green- house plant in the summer, but does best in a dry-stove during the winter. 4. Sempervivum Glandulosum ; Glandulous-leaved House- leek. Stem frutescent ; leaves orbicular-spatulate, glandular at the edge; glands globular; nectaries wedge-form, trun- cate.— Native of Madeira, flowering there from March to May. To be treated in the same way as the preceding species. 5. Sempervivum Tectorum ; Common Houseleek. Leaves ciliate ; offsets spreading ; root perennial, fibrous ; root- leaves in the form of a full-blown double Rose; flowering- stem upright, from nine inches to a foot in height, round, fleshy, pubescent; flowers numerous, clustered, upright, pubescent, flesh-coloured, all growing one way. — The juice of this plant, either applied by itself, or mixed with cream, gives immediate relief in burns, and other external inflam- mations. With honey, it is a useful application in the thrush. Boerbaave found ten ounces of the juice beneficial in dysen- teries, and others have Successfully prescribed it in gonor- rhoeas; but it is not admitted into modern practice. Linneus informs us, that this plant is a preservative to the coverings of houses in Smoland. It may easily be made to cover the whole roof of a building, whether of tiles, thatch, or wood, by sticking the offsets on with a little earth or cow-dung. — ■ Native of most parts of Europe, flowering in July. This, and the species referred to this, are hardy: they love a dry soil, and are proper to plant on rock-work, where they will thrive better than in the full ground ; and when they are once fixed will spread fast enough, so that the larger sorts require to be reduced annually, to keep them within proper compass. The heads die soon after they flower, but the offsets soon supply their places. 6. Sempervivum Globiferum ; Globular Houseleek. Leaves ciliate ; offsets globular. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Russia, Austria, Germany, and Switzerland. 7. Sempervivum Villosum ; Hairy Houseleek. Leaves spatulate, wedge-form, obtuse, villose; nectaries palmate; segments subulate; petals eight, yellow. Annual. It flowers in June. — Native of Madeira. See the third species. 8. Sempervivum Tortuosum ; Gouty Houseleek. Leaves obovate, beneath gibbous, villose; nectaries two-lobed. This is a shrubby plant, of low growth. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the Canaries. Propagated by cuttings. 9. Sempervivum Stellatum ; Starry Houseleek. Stem her- I baceous, pubescent; leaves spatulate, scattered. This is a SEN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; lax and diffuse miniature of the first species. — Native place unknown. To be treated as the fifth species. 10. Seinpervivum Arachuoidmum ; Cobweb Houseleek. Leaves interwoven with hairs; offsets globular. — Native of the mountains of Switzerland, Dauphiny, and Italy. It flow- ers in June and July, and is commonly known by the name of Cobweb Sedum, though evidently a Seinpervivum in habit as well as in fructification. 11. Seinpervivum Hirtum ; Rough Houseleek. Stem- leaves and ends of the petals rough-haired ; root hard, round, perennial, from which there are many rose-like tufts of leaves, as in the next species. — Native of Germany, Silesia, and Piedmont. 12. Sempervivum Montanum; Mountain Houseleek. Leaves quite entire; offsets spreading. This greatly resembles the Commou Houseleek ; but the leaves are smaller, and have no indentures on their edges. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Germany, Silesia, Austria, Switzerland, the south of France, and Italy. 13. Sempervivum Sediforme; Stonecrop-leaved Houseleek. Leaves scattered ; lower ones cylindrical, upper ones flattened. All the stems are perpetually and constantly very still, and standing upright. It flowers in July.— Native of the south of Europe. Treat it in the same manner as the fifth species. 14. Sempervivum Monanthes; Clustered Houseleek. Leaves round, club-shaped, clustered; peduncles naked, mostly one- flowered; nectaries obcordate. The number of the parts of fructification varies from five to eight. It flowers in July, and during most of the summer months. — Native of the Canary islands. Senecio ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polygamia Superflua.— Generic Character. Calix: common, cali- cled, conical, truncate; scales awl-shaped, very many, paral- lel, in a cylinder contracted above, contiguous, equal, fewer, covering the base, imbricatewise, the tops mortified. Corolla: compound, higher than the calix; corollets hermaphrodite, tubular, numerous in the disk : females ligulate in the ray, if any present: proper in the hermaphrodites funnel-form; border reflex, five-cleft: in the females, if any, oblong, obscurely three-toothed. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites, filamenta five, capillary, very small; antherie cylindric, tubular. Pistil: in both; germen ovate; style filiform, length of the stamina ; stigmas two, oblong, revolute. Peri- carp: none; calix conipal, converging. Seeds: in the her- maphrodites solitary, ovate; pappus capillary, long: in the females very like the hermaphrodites. Receptacle : naked, flat. Essential Character. Calix: cylindrical, cal i- cled, with the scales mortified at the tip. Down: simple. Receptacle : naked. The species are, * With Jlosculous Flowers . 1. Senecio Hieracifolius ; Hieracium-leaved Groundsel. Corollas naked ; leaves embracing, lacerate ; stem herbace- ous, erect. Native of North America. — Sow the seeds upon a hot-bed in the spring; and when the plants are fit to remove, transplant them to another hot-bed to bring them forward ; and afterwards place them in a warm border, where they will flower in July, and their seeds will ripen in autumn. 2. Senecio Purpureus; Purple Groundsel. Corollas naked ; leaves lyrate, rough-haired, the upper ones lanceolate, toothed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Senecio Erubescens ; Blush-coloured Groundsel. Co- rollas naked ; leaves lyrate, on both sides hairy, clammy, the upper ones oblong, lanceolate, toothed ; stems ascending. Annual, flowering from June to October. — Native ot the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Senecio Cernuus ; Drooping Groundsel. Corollas SEN naked; leaves elliptic, tooth-serrate, somewhat hairv ; pedun* cles elongated, one-flowered. Annual; flowering in July and August. — Native of the East Indies aud Madagascar. 5. Senecio Persicifolius ; Peach-leaved Groundsel. Corol- las naked; leaves lanceolate, quite entire, toothed at the base; stem simple, a little villose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Senecio Virgatus ; Twiggy Groundsel. Corollas naked; leaves lyrate, tomentose underneath; peduncles one-flowered; scales awl-shaped. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Senecio Divaricatus ; Straddling Groundsel. Corollas naked ; leaves laneeotate, toothed, rugged; flowering branch- lets divaricating. — Native of China. 8. Senecio Pseudo^China ; Chinese Groundsel. Corollas naked; scape almost naked, very long; root perennial. — Native of the East Indies. Part the roots in spring. Plant the offsets in pots filled with light kitchen-garden earth, and plunge them in the tan-bed in the stove, where they must remain. 9. Senecio Reclinatus ; Grass-leaved Groundsel. Corollas naked;, calices ventricose, subimbricate; leaves filiform, linear, quite entire, smooth ; stem woody, erect, three feet high, shrubby. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Senecio Vulgaris; Common Groundsel. Corollas naked; leaves pinnatifid, sinuate, embracing; flowers scat- tered ; root annual, consisting of numerous white fibres. This species, with a few others, having no ray, belongs to the first order of the class Syngenesia in the artificial system, but naturally it is of this genus. — The flower-buds and young tops are the food of many small birds, and given to canaries and other songsters confiued in cages. A strong infusion of the plant is an emetic, and the bruised leaves are a good application to boils. The fresh roots smelled to, as soon as taken out of the ground, are said to be an immediate cure for the head-ache. Farriers give the juice to horses troubled with the bolts; whence Mr. Ray concludes that it might be successfully given to kill worms in the human body. Accord- ing to Linneus, goats anil swine eat it, cows are not partial to it, aud horses and sheep decline it. In the eastern coun- ties it is called Simson, or, as it is pronounced, Senshon. — Native of Europe and Siberia. No weeil is more common in all kinds of cultivated grounds ; flowering nearly the whole year. 11. Senecio Biflorus ; Tiro jlowered Groundsel. Corollas naked; leaves linear, flat, somewhat toothed, even; pedun- cles subbiflorous; stem shrubby; branches striated; calix untouched. — Native of Egypt. 12. Senecio Arabicus ; Arabian Groundsel. Corollas naked; leaves subbipinnate, pelioled, even; peduncles many- flowered. — Native of Egypt. 13. Senecio Peueedanifolius. Corollas naked ; leaves pin- nate, filiform ; stems herbaceous, a foot and half high. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 14. Senecio Japonicus ; Jugged-leaved Groundsel. Corol- las naked; leaves pinnatifid; segments lanceolate, acute, gashed; stipules leafy, subpalmate. — Native of Japan, where it flowers in July, August, and September. 15. Senecio Elongatus. Plant glabrous; radical leaves spathulate, serrate ; stem-leaves pinnatifid, dentated, very remote; peduncles elongate, umbellate-corymbose. — Grows on rocks, near the banks of rivers, about Easton, Pennsylvania. 1G. Senecio Pauciflorus. Plant glabrous; radical leaves long-petioled, ovate-subrolund, subeordate, dentated; stem- leaves two, remote, pinnatifid, dentated ; peduncles short, subtern, umbellate. — This species does not rise above the height of a span, and grows in Labrador and Carolina. SEN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SEN SGI ** Flowers radiate ; Ray revolute. 17. Senecio Triflorus ; Three flowered Groundsel. Corol- las revolute ; leaves sessile, sinuate ; calices conical ; scales very small, untouched. — Native of Egypt. 18. Senecio ./Egyptus ; Egyptian Groundsel. Corollas revolute; leaves embracing, sinuate ; scales of the calix shorter, entire, mortified. — Native of Egypt. 19. Senecio Cinerasceus ; Gray Groundsel. Corollets revolute ; leaves pinnatifid, tomeutose, rolled back at the edge ; panicle patulous ; outer scales of the calix spreading. It flowers from May to July. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 20. Senecio Livid us ; Livid Groundsel. Corollas revolute ; leaves embracing, lanceolate, toothed ; scales of the calix very short, untouched. Annual. — Native of Spain. 21. Senecio Trilobus ; Three-lobed Groundsel. Corollas revolute; leaves embracing; scales of the calix mortified, lacerated. Annual. — Native of Spain. 22. Seuecio Viscosus ; Stinking Groundsel. Corollas revo- lute; calicles loose, nearly equal to the perianth; leaves pinnatifid, viscid ; stem very much branched, patulous ; root annual. — Native of Europe, in a calcareous or sandy soil; flowering from July to October. Found in the fen-banks of the isle of Ely, as about Megpole and Chatteress; also on the sands of Gamlingay; at Baldon in Oxfordshire; about the chalk-pits at Dartford in Kent ; and in several parts of Scotland. 23. Senecio Sylvaticus; Mountain Groundsel. Corollas revolute; calicle very short; leaves pinnatifid, lobed, tooth- letted ; stem erect, strict, corymbed ; root annual. It flowers in July. — Native of Europe, in a gravelly or sandy soil, in bushy spots upon heaths and commons; where trees or furze have been cut down, especially where Fern or other plants have been burnt in the autumn. 24. Senecio Nebrodensis. Corollas revolute ; leaves lyrate, sinuate, obtuse, petioled ; stem hirsute. — Native of Siberia, Spain, and the Pyrenees. 25. Senecio Glaucus ; Sea-green Groundsel. Corollas revolute; leaves embracing, lanceolate, obtuse, toothed, quite entire. Annual. — Native of Egypt. 26. Senecio Varicosus; Varicose Groundsel. Corollas revolute; leaves ovate, petioled, toothed, with little ventricose dots. — Native of Egypt. 27. Senecio Humilis ; Dwarf Groundsel. Corollas revo- lute; leaves subspatulate, obtuse, doubly toothed; stem pro- cumbent ; root annual ; branches alternate, short, spreading, three or four. — Native of Barbary. 28. Senecio Leucantheuiifolius. Corollas revolute ; leaves elliptic, spatulate, smooth, gashed, toothed ; corymb few- flowered ; roots numerous, capillary, twisted, in bundles. — Native of all Barbary. *** Flowers radiate ; Ray spreading ; Leaves pinnatifid. 29. Senecio Hastatus ; Spleenwort-leaved Groundsel. Co- rollas radiant; petioles embracing; peduncles three times as long as the leaf; leaves pinnate, sinuate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope, where it flowers during most part of the summer. Cut off the side shoots in any of the summer months, and plant them in a shady border, where, in five or six weeks, they will take rodt, and may then be taken up and planted in pots, placing them in the shade tiil they are well rooted; then remove them to an open situation, observing to water them in dry weather. In winter, place them under a frame, or in the drv-stove. This management applies to the numerous species from the Cape of Good Hope. 30. Senecio Pubigerus. Corollas radiant; radical petioles woolly; leaves runcinate; stems quite simple, lateral; flowers j sessile ; root perennial. There is one terminating flower, and frequently lateral ones that are sessile; they are yellow, with a violet-coloured ray.- — Native of the Cape. 31. Senecio Venustus ; Wing-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant; stem, calix, and leaves, smooth ; leaves pinnatifid; segments linear, acute, toothed. Biennial; flowering from July to September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 32. Senecio Elegans; Elegant Groundsel, or Purple Jaco- baa. Corollas radiant; leaves hairy, viscid, pinnatifid, equal, spreading very much ; rachis narrowed below ; calices rough- haired. This is an annual plant, having many herbaceous branching stalks, nearly three feet high. The flowers are produced in bunches on the top of the stalks; they are large, the ray of a beautiful purple colour, and the disk yellow. It flowers from June or July till the autumnal frosts come on. A variety with very double flowers, and another with white equally double, are frequently preferred, especially the for- mer, to the single plant. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. — If the seeds, which ripen in autumn, be permitted to scatter, plenty of plants will rise in the spring following; or if sown upon a bed of common earth in the spring, the plants may be transplanted into the borders of the flower-garden. If some of the plants be put into pots, and housed in winter, they may be preserved till spring. The varieties with double flowers are continued by cuttings. 33. Seuecio Squalidus; Inelegant Ragwort. Corollas radiant, spreading; florets elliptic, quite entire; leaves pinna- tifid, the segments sublinear, distant ; root annual ; stem vari- ous in luxuriance, erect, branched, often a little hairy. The whole habit, and a peculiar smell somewhat like Tansy or Mugmort, sufficiently distifiguish this plant from all the rest. It flowers from June to the end of autumn. — Native of the south of France. Found in abundance on walls near Oxford. 34. Senecio Erucifolius; Rocket-leaved Groundsel. Co- rollas radiant; leaves pinnatifid, toothed, somewhat rough- haired ; stem erect. — Native of Sweden and Germany. 35. Senecio Tenuifolius ; Hoary Groundsel, or Ragwort. Corollas radiant, spreading; leaves pinnatifid, subrevolute, beneath paler and pubescent; stem erect, villose; root per- ennial, moderately creeping. No plant is more variable in the appearance of its foliage. On a calcareous soil the leaves are much rolled back, and quite white beneath, with a thick cottony wreb, of which the stem always more or less partakes: in damp shady places they are almost flat and green, though always paler, and somewhat shaggy on the under side. These are the extremes of the two varieties, but intermediate speci- mens may easily be found. — Native of Austria and England. Found about London, near woods, under hedges, and among bushes, as about the Oak-of-Honour wood, near Peckham ; also at Holm in Norfolk; on the Bath hills; near Bungay iri Suffolk, &c. It flowers in August. 36. Senecio Incanus ; Downy Groundsel. Cprollas radi- ant; leaves tomentose on both sides, subpinnate, obtuse; corymb roundish: perennial; stalks seldom a foot high. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the Alps, Austria, Carniola, Silesia, the south of France, and the Pyrenees. Slip off the heads in spring, and plant them in a bed of loamy earth, in a shady situation: when they have put out roots, transplant them into an east border, for they prefer a situa- tion not much exposed to the sun. Having fine hoary leaves, and gold-coloured flowers, this species makes a pretty diver- sity when mixed with other plants. Requiring little culture, and not taking up much room, it deserves a place in small gardens. 37. Senecio Abrotanifolius ; Southernwood-leared Ground- sel. Corollas radiant; leaves tomentose ou both sides, sub- SEN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SEN 5(52 pinnate, obtuse; corymb roundish ; flowers in bunches at the top of the stalks, yellow: flowering from July to October. — Native of the mountains of Stiria and Carinthia, Switzerland, the south of France, and Piedmont. Sow the seeds upon a bed of loamy earth, exposed to the morning sun only. When the plants are fit to remove, transplant them to a shady border, where they may remain till autumn, observing to keep them clear from weeds all the summer: then transplant them to the places w here they are to remain. In the second summer they wilt flower and produce seeds, and the roots will continue in a shady spot and loamy soil. 38. Senecio Canadensis; Canadian Groundsel. Corollas radiant; all the leaves bipinnate-linear ; peduncles corymbed. — Native of Canada. 39. Senecio Diffusus ; Spreading Groundsel. Corollas radiant; leaves bipinnate, linear; stems diffused. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 40. Senecio Delphinifolius ; Larkspur-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant, spreading; leaves pinnate, multifid; leaflets linear, revolute, villose beneath; stem somewhat woolly. Perennial.— Native of Algiers. 41. Senecio A uriculatus ; Earletted Groundsel. Corollas radiant, with the corollets in the ray scarcely visible ; leaves pinnatifid, embracing; pinnules obtuse, toothed, somewhat remote. Annual. — Native of the deserts of Barbary. 42. Senecio Giganteus ; Giant Groundsel. Corollas radi- ant, revolute; flowers in corymbs, revolute ; peduncles elon- gated, one-flowered ; leaves half round, somewhat fleshy, embracing; pinnules linear-subulate, unequal; stem erect, smooth. — Native of Africa, near Belide in Algiers. 43. Senecio Coronopifolius ; Buckthorn or Plantain leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant, revolute ; peduncles elongated, one-flowered ; leaves half round, somewhat fleshy, embracing; pinnules linear-subulate, unequal.— Native of Barbary, in the wet sands of the desert. 44. Senecio Jacobaea; Ragwort Groundsel, or Common Ragwort, or Ragweed. Corollas radiant, spreading ; leaves lyrate- bipinnatifid, divaricate-toothed, smooth; stem erect; root perennial, fibrous, creeping, truncated. This plant is very common on the sand hills of Holland, without any ray to the coroila; and this has also been observed on the sea- shore near Drogheda in Ireland : perhaps this is caused by the sea air, which is well known to be destructive to the more tender parts of vegetables. In Marazion marsh, Cornwall, it has been observed with rayless flowers, and the whole plant hoary with a dense cottony substance. — If this plant be gathered before the flowers open, and used while fresh, it w ill dye wool of a full green, but the colour is apt to fade. Woollen cloth boiled in alum-water, and then in a decoction of the flowers, takes a beautiful yellow'. A poultice made of the fresh leaves, has a surprising effect in removing pains of the joints, and is said to remove the sciatica, or hip-gout, in two or three applications, when ever so violent. The root is of a healing, astringent nature ; a decoction of it is good for inward w'ounds and bruises ; but it is not so much used as it deserves to be. It is said that horses and cows will eat it when young ; but much of it escaping their bite, it flowers and seeds, and fills the pastures with a large rank weed. It may, however, be gradually destroyed by constant mowing, and most effectually by hand, after rain. Feeding the land with sheep is said to be an infallible cure for it: and it is asserted, that they eat it with so much greediness as very soon to destroy it ; but this can only be where it is very young. It is some- times called St. James-wort, Cankerwort, Seggrum, or Sea- grim ; and in the neighbourhood of Liverpool is known by the name of Fleanart. 3 45. Senecio Aquaticus; Marsh Groundsel or Ragwort. Corollas radiant, spreading ; florets elliptic ; leaves lyrate, serrate, the lower ones obovate, entire ; seeds smooth; root perennial. — Native of Denmark and England, in marshes, ditches, wet meadows, and watery places; flowering in July and August. 46. Senecio Aureus ; Golden Groundsel. Corollas radi- ! ant ; leaves crenate, the lower cordate, petioled, the upper pinnatifid, lyrate; root perennial. It flow'ers in May and June. Native of Virginia and Canada. — Plant the offsets iu i autumn, in an eastern border of loamy earth, allowing each plant two feet room to spread. 47. Senecio Lyratus ; Lyrate-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant; lower leaves lyrate, toothed, upper serrate, embrac- ing; lobes muricate at the edge. This is one of the tallest species. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 48. Senecio Auritus ; Eared Groundsel. Coroilas radi- ant; leaves lanceolate, lyrate, pinnate, toothed, naked; petioles eared ; stem erect. 49. Senecio Alpinus; Alpine Groundsel. Corollas radi- ant; leaves cordate-lyrate, grossly serrate; petioles eared; stem herbaceous.— Native of Germany. 50. Senecio Umbellatus; Umbelled Groundsel. Corollas radiant, linear; leaves pinnate-toothletted ; segments distant, i —Native of the Cape of Good Hope. **** Flowers radiate ; Ray spreading ; Leaves undivided. 51. Senecio Lanceus ; Spear-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant; leaves lanceolate, cordate at the base, embracing,! even, finely serrate; stem frutescent. It flowers from July to October. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 52. Senecio Linifolius ; Flax-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant; leaves linear, quite entire; corymb somewhat scaly; stem herbaceous. The peduncles have small acute scales i scattered over them. It has the calix of a Senecio, although the scales are not mortified at the point.— Native of Spain, Italy, and Russia. 53. Senecio Rosmarinifolius; Rosemary-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant; leaves linear, revolute at the edge; stem shrubby.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. , 54. Senecio Paludosus ; Marsh Groundsel, or Bird’s Tongue. Corollas radiant, spreading ; flowers corymbed ; ) leaves ensiform, acutely serrate, subvillose beneath; stem j strict; root consisting of many long simple fibres, perennial, somewhat creeping.— This and the three following species) are easily propagated by seeds, or by parting their roots : the latter mode is generally practised when the plants are once : obtained, that being the most expeditious method, especially for the fifty-sixth species, the roots of which spread, and increase too fast, where they are not confined. The time:; for dividing and transplanting these roots is in autumn, when the stalks decay. They are too large plants for small gardens,): but, in those which are extensive, will adorn large borders, on the sides of woods and plantations, where they can be allowed room, and, if intermixed with other tall-growing plants, will ' add to the variety.— Native of fens and marshes, in all parts - of Europe generally. 55. Senecio Nemorensis; Branching Groundsel. Corollas radiant, eight-fold ; leaves lanceolate, biserrate, villose under- neath ; stem branched ; root perennial, fibrous, not creeping.. It flowers in July.— Native of Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Piedmont, and Siberia. See the preceding species. k 56. Senecio Saracenicus ; Broad-leaved Groundsel. Co-f rollas radiant, spreading; flowers corymbed; leaves lanceo-: late, serrate, smoothish ; root perennial, creeping; stem erect. —Native of inanv parts of Europe. Found in various parts of Great Britain," as between Wells and Glastonbury; near). SEN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S E R 563 Halifax ; at Salkeld, in Cumberland ; about Clapham and Ingleton, in Surry ; near Longtown, and on the side of the river, below Carlisle; and near Preston Hall, between Kirkby Lonsdale and Kendal, in Westmoreland. See the fifty-fourth species. 57. Senecio Coriaceus ; Thick-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant; scales of the calix pressed close; leaves subdecur- rent, somewhat villose underneath, lanceolate, serrate; root perennial ; stem annual ; flowers terminating, in a compact corymb of a deep yellow colour. It flowers in July and August. — Found in the Levant. See the fifty-fourth species. 58. Senecio Sibiricus; Siberian Groundsel. Corollas radiant, five-rayed; leaves elliptic, even; root perennial; stem erect.— Native of Siberia. 59. Senecio Doria ; Broad-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant; flowers corymbed ; leaves subdecurrent, naked, lan- ceolate, toothletted, the upper ones gradually smaller. This species resembles Caccalia Saracenica. It flowers from July to September. — Native of the Levant, Germany, Austria, (he south of France, and Piedmont. 60. Senecio Doronicum. Corollas radiant; stem undivided, one or two flowered ; leaves undivided, serrate ; root-leaves ovate, villose underneath. — Native of the south of Europe. 61. Senecio Longifolius; Long-leaved Groundsel. Co- rollas radiant; leaves linear, scattered; stem shrubby.— - Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 62. Senecio Cruciatus ; Cross-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant ; leaves linear, tomentose underneath, the lower cru ciate, the upper entire. — Found by Thunberg at the Cape of Good Hope. 63. Senecio Juniperinus; Juniper Groundsel. Corollas radiant; stem shrubby; leaves awl-shaped. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 64. Senecio Byzantinus. Corollas radiant ; leaves oblong, remotely toothed, spiny, toothletted, naked above; stem herbaceous. — Native of Turkey. 65. Senecio Hadiensis. Corollas radiant, five-rayed ; leaves elliptic, petioled, quite entire and toothletted ; stem shrubby. — Native of the Cape. 66. Senecio Halimifolius ; Succulent-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant; leaves obovate, fleshy, toothed; stem shrubby. — This, with the three following species, are too tender to live in the open air of an English winter, yet only require protection from hard frosts: and if kept in pots, and placed either under a frame in winter, or in a common green- house with other hardy kinds of plants, which require a large share of air in mild weather, will survive the winter. They are all easily propagated by seeds or cuttings, but the last method is preferred for the sake of expedition. If the cut- tings are planted in a shady border during summer, they will soon take root, and should be taken up with balls of earth to their roots, and planted in separate pots filled with good kitchen-garden earth, then replaced in the shade to take root, and afterwards removed to an open situation till winter, when they should be sheltered, and treated like other hardy green-house plants. If propagated by seeds, they should be sown on a bed of fresh earth, exposed only to the morning sun, till the beginning of April ; moisten the ground in dry weather, which will forward their vegetation. When the plants appear, weed them till they are fit to remove, aud then treat them in the same manner as those raised from cuttings. 67. Senecio Ilicifolius; Ilex-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant; leaves sagittate, embracing, toothed; stem herba- ceous. This has a very branching stalk, four or five feet high, sending out branches irregularly on every side. It flowers in June and July. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 68. Senecio Asper; Rough-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant; leaves lanceolate, linear, toothed, rigid; calices somewhat lanuginous. — Native of the Cape. 69. Senecio Rigidus ; Hard-leaved Groundsel. Corollas radiant; leaves embracing, spatulate, repand, erose, rugged; stem shrubby. The flowers are produced at the ends of the branches, and are of a bright yellow colour. It flowers from June to September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 70. Senecio Populifolius ; Poplar-leaved Groundsel. Co- rollas radiant ; leaves ovate, spatulate, entire, blunt; the more adult smooth above; stem shrubby. This plant is clothed with white wool. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 71. Senecio Angulatus; Angular-leaved Groundsel. Co- rollas radiant; leaves petioled, ovate, tooth-angular, smooth. This is one of the loftiest species. The leaves are rather fleshy and glaucous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 72. Senecio Marifimus; Sea Groundsel. Corollas radiant; leaves embracing, ovate, toothletted, fleshy ; stem herbaceous, procumbent. The whole of this plant is generally fleshy. It varies with lanceolate leaves. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 73. Senecio Erosus. Corollas radiant; leaves radical, petioled, oblong, sinuate, serrate, villose ; stem one-flowered, almost naked. — Native of the Cape. 74. Senecio Marginatus. Corollas radiant; leaves embrac- ing, lanceolate, smooth, subarticulate, margined ; corymb compound.— Native of the Cape. 75. Senecio Lanatus. Corollas radiant; leaves sessile, woolly on both sides, toothed, the lowest ovate, the upper lanceolate. — Native of the Cape. 76. Senecio Cordifolius. Corollas radiant; leaves cordate, toothed ; calices quite simple. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 77. Senecio Glastifolius. Corollas radiant; leaves embrac- ing, lanceolate, somewhat toothed, even. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Senegal. See Mimosa, Sen Green. See Saxifraga. Senna. See Arachis and Cassia. Senna, Bladder. See Colutea. Senna, Scorpion. See Emerus. Sensitive Fern. See Onoclea. Sensitive Plant. See Mimosa. Septas ; a genus of the class Heptandria, order Heptagynia, — Generic Character. Calix: perianth seven-parted, spreading, acute, permanent. Corolla: petals seven, oblong, equal, twice as long as the calix. Stamina : filamenta seven, awl-shaped, length of the calix ; antherae subovate, erect. Pistil: germina seven, oblong, ending in awl-shaped styles, the length of the stamina; stigmas bluntish. Pericarp: capsules seven, oblong, acute, parallel, one-valved. Seeds: numerous. Essential Character. Calix: seven-parted. Petals: seven. Germina: seven; capsule seven, many-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Septas Capensis; Round-leaved Septas. Leaves radi- cal, four, blunt, naked, erenate; the two lower opposite, larger, subpetiofed, roundish ; the two upper opposite, oval, sessile, narrower. Perennial: flowering in August and Sep- tember.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Sept/oil. See Tormentilla. Serapias ; a genus of the class Gynandria, order Diandria. — Generic Character. Calix: spathes wandering; spadix simple; perianth none. Corolla: petals five, ovate- oblong, from erect, patulous, converging upwards ; nectary 564 S E R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S E R length of the petals, excavated at the base, melliferous, ovate, gibbous below, trifid, acute; the middle segment cordate, obtuse, three-toothed at the base, with a bifid scar. Stamina: filamenla two, very short, placed on the pistil ; antherae erect, under the upper lip of the nectary. Pistil: gerrnen oblong, contorted, inferior; style growing to the upper lip of the nectary; stigma obsolete. Pericarp: capsule obovate, bluntly three-cornered, with three keels adjoined, three-valved, open- ing under the keels, one-celled. Seeds: numerous, saw-dust form ; receptacle linear, adjoined to each valve of the pericarp. Essential Character. Nectary: ovate, gibbous, with an ovate lip. — Plants of this genus being difficult to preserve and propagate, few persons have attempted to keep them in gardens. They may be taken up from the places where they grow naturally, when their leaves begin to decay, and planted in a shady moist place, where they will thrive and flower. The species are, 1. Serapias Latifolia; Broad-leaved Helleborine. Roots creeping; leaves ovate, embracing; flowers drooping; lip entire, pointed, shorter than the petals ; stem simple, erect, nearly two feet high. The colour of the flowers is very vari- able; they have generally a faint aromatic Orchis-like smeli. There is a variety differing only in not being so tall, the leaves less, and the fibres of the roots very long and tough, owing to its situation, which is mountainous ; as, four miles from Settle in Yorkshire; or on Conick Scar, four miles from Kendal, growing at the foot of the Scar itself, among the loose stones and rubbish, in a situation not accessible without difficulty and danger. — This species is a native of the woods, groves, and hedges of Europe; flowering in July and August. It is not unfrequent in the mountainous parts of Britain, as in the North Riding of Yorkshire; about Matlock, in Derby- shire; Buckham wood, in Cumberland; and in the Red Rock plantation, Edgbaston Park: it occurs in Scotland, at Chatel- herault, near Hamilton; and in the woods of Comrie, in Strathcarn; also in Kingston wood, Cambridgeshire ; Thur- leigh and Sheerhatch, in Bedfordshire; Northleigh and Sto- kenchurch woods, in Oxfordshire; about Ospringe in Kent; Buddou wood, and about Loughborough, in Leicestershire; Broadly and Clenton woods, in Dorsetshire; Selborne in Hampshire; and in Ireland, in the plantations of Lord Dun- gannon, at Belvoir. 2. Serapias Palustris; Marsh Helleborine. Boots creep- ing; leaves lanceolate, embracing; flowers drooping; lip crenate, obtuse, equal to the petals; stem erect, simple, from twelve to eighteen inches high. The different lengths of the lips, and the shape of the germina, will always distinguish between this and the preceding species ; and should the woollincss of the peduncle, flower, and germina, be constantin this, and always wanting in the first species, their difference will be obvious at first sight. — Native of Europe, in swampy meadows, watery places, marshes, morasses, and bogs. Not uncommon in England; found on the bogs of Chiselhurst; in Kent, Essex, Norfolk, Cambridgeshire, Bedfordshire, Oxford- shire, Leicestershire; near Leeds, in Yorkshire; on the bor- ders of Malvern Chase, in Worcestershire ; near Sturminster, Newton, and between Wimbourne and Ringwood, Dorset- shire; on Knutsford moor, Cheshire; and near Duntulm castle, in the Isle of Skye, Scotland. 3. Serapias Ensifolia ; Sword-leaved Helleborine. Root fibrous ; leaves sword-shaped; bractes much shorter than the gerrnen ; flowers erect ; lip obtuse, half as long as the petals. — Native of several parts of Europe. Found uuder Brackenbrow or Brackenwray, opposite Helk’s wood, a mile from Ingleton, in Yorkshire; in Lord Lonsdale’s woods at Lowther, in Westmoreland ; on the top of Aberly hill, in Worcestershire ; and also in Wire forest, in the same county ; in some parts of Herefordshire, and in Ireland. 4. Serapias Grandiflora; White Helleborine. Root creep- ing; leaves elliptic, lanceolate ; bractes longer than the ger- men; flowers erect; lip obtuse, rather shorter than the petals; stem about a foot high. — Native of Europe, in woods and thickets: it flowers in June, and is chiefly found in the midland counties of England, viz. at Stokenchurch woods, and Shotover plantations, in Oxfordshire ; about Marlow, in Buckinghamshire ; in the woods at Grange, in the isle of Purbeck; in the grove at the Down house, near Blandford; and at Littlewood and Chettle in Dorsetshire ; at Feversham and Quey in Cambridgeshire, and in the Isle of Ely ; in Lord Lonsdale’s wood, against Alkham Hall, in Westmoreland ; and in Scotland, in a wood at Loch Ramsa, in the Isle of Arran. 5. Serapias Nivea ; Snowy Helleborine. Leaves lanceolate; flowers loosely racemed, erect; bractes very small; lip ob- tuse, twice as short as the petals; roots brown, flexuose, numerous. — Native of Algiers, on hills. 6. Serapias Polystachya ; Many -spiked Helleborine. Roots fibrous; stem subdivided, jointed ; leaves oblong-lanceolate; raceme compound, terminating; lip of the nectary ovate, recurved. — Native of Jamaica and Hispaniola. 7. Serapias Flava; Yellow Helleborine. Roots fibrous; slem subdivided, jointed ; leaves oblong, lanceolate ; racemes compound, axillary; lip of the nectary erect, acuminate. — Native of Jamaica. 8. Serapias Rubra; Purple Helleborine. Root creeping ; leaves lanceolate; bractes longer than the gerrnen; flowers erect; lip acute, marked with wavering lines. — Native of Europe. Found in Gloucestershire, on Hampton Common. 9. Serapias Lingua; Narrow-leaved Helleborine. Bulbs roundish ; lip of the nectary trifid, acuminate, smooth, longer than the petals. It flowers in May. — Native of France, Switzerland, Carniola, Italy, and Africa, near Algiers. 10. Serapias Cordigera; Heart-lipped Helleborine. Bulbs roundish ; lip of the nectary trifid, acuminate, very large, bearded at the base. It flowers early in the spring. — Native of Spain, Italy, the Levant, and near Algiers. 11. Serapias Capensis ; Cape Helleborine. Leaves condu- plicate-ensiform ; stem almost naked above; sheaths spatha- ( ceous. —Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 12. Serapias Erecta; Upright Helleborine. Leaves ovate, I embracing; flowers erect; stem erect, subflexuose, angular, smooth, a span high. — Native of Japan. 13. Serapias Falcata; Sickle-leaved Helleborine. Leaves ensiform, convoluted, sickle form ; flowers erect. It flowers, in April. — Native of Japan. 14. Serapias Regularis. Bulbs ovate, fibrous; leaves 1 sheathing, ensiform, keeled ; scape erect, spiked, corollas six-ij petalled. — Native of New Zealand. Seriola ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order PolygamiaJ jEqualis.— Generic Character. Calix: common, simple; leaflets linear, almost equal, erect. Corolla: compound, im- bricate, uniform; corollets hermaphrodite, equal, numerous; proper one-petalled, ligulate, linear, truncate, five-toothed.: Stamina: five, capillary, very short; antherae cylindrical, tubulous. Pistil: gerrnen ovate; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma two, reflex. Pericarp : none ; calix un-^ changed. Seeds: oblong, length of the calix ; pappus capil- lary, stipitate, with ten rays, hairy at the side. Receptacle: chaffy, length of the calix, deciduous. Essential Charac-1 ter. Calix: simple. Pappus: subplumose. Receptacle : chaffy. The species are, 1. Seriola Laevigata; Smooth Seriola. Smoothish: leaves. S E R OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S E R 5G5 obovate, toothed ; roots perennial, long, twisted, the thick- ness of the little finger, covered at top with brown scales from the withered petioles. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the isle of Candia and of Barbary, in the clefts of rocks. 2. Seriola ALthnensis; Rough Seriola. Hispid: leaves obovate, somewhat toothed ; root annual. — Native of Italy, and of Barbary, near Mascar. 3. Seriola Cretensis; Cretan Seriola. Rough-haired, with runcinate leaves. — Native of the island of Candia or Crete. 4. Seriola Urens ; Stinging Seriola. Stinging : leaves toothed ; stern branched. — Native of Sicily and other parts of the south of Europe. Seriphium ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia Segregata. — Generic Character. Calix: outer perianth of five roundish, imbricate, tomentose leaflets ; inner of five, erect,, acuminate, awl-shaped, very smooth, scariose leaflets, twice as long as the others, one-flowered. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel form, shorter than the inner calix ; bor- der five-toothed. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary; anthera cylindrical. Pistil: germen inferior to the corollet, superior to the calix ; style filiform ; stigma subbifid. Pericarp : none. Calix: unchanged, closed. Seed: solitary, oblong. Essential Character. Calix: double, imbricate. Corolla: one-petalled, regular. Seed: one, oblong, below the corolla. The species are, 1. Seriphium Cinereum ; Heath leaved Seriphium. Flowers whorl-spiked, one flowered ; leaves spreading; branches in whorls; spikes fox-tail-like, pale red, interrupted. It flowers from July to September. — Native of the Cape. 2. Seriphium Plumosum ; Feathered Seriphium. Flowers in spikes, six-flowered ; leaves granulate, ovate.- — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Seriphium Fuscum; Broum Seriphium. Flowers capi- tate, one flowered; leaves imbricate ; stems distorted, branch- ed, flexuose. — Native of the Cape. 4. Seriphium Ambiguum ; Doubtful Seriphium. Flowers in spikes, three-flowered; leaves linear. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Serpicula ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Tetrandria. —Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth minute, four-toothed, erect, acute, permanent. Corolla: petals four, oblong, acute, sessile. Stamina : filamenta four, very short ; antherae oblong, about equal to the petals. Female, on the same plant. Calix: perianth superior, minute, in four deep permanent segments. Corolla: petals three, or none. Pistil: germen inferior, ovate, furrow ed ; style short ; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: nut cylindrical, furrowed, of one cell, deciduous. Seed: one, or more, oblong. Essential Character. Male. Calix: four-toothed. Petals: four. Female. Calix: in four deep segments; nut tomentose. The species are, 1. Serpicula Verticillata. Leaves in whorls, aculeate- serrate. —Native of India. 2. Serpicula Repens. Leaves alternate, linear : stem creep- ing. The herb has the appearance of Veronica Serpyllifolia, but smaller. — Native of the Cape. 3. Serpicula Occidentalis. Flowers triandrous, herma- phrodite, very small and delicate, white ; stigmata ligulate, reflex, bifid ; leaves ternate, linear, acute. This plant is called, by Michaux, Elodea Canadensis. Its leaves, w hen viewed through a microscope, appear very finely serrulate. — It grows in stagnant waters from Canada to Virginia. Serratula ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia iEqualis.— Generic Character. Calix: common, oblong, subcylindrical, imbricate, with lanceolate, acute, or obtuse awnless scales. Corolla : compound, tubulous, uniform ; corollets hermaphrodite, equal; proper one-petalled, funnel- form ; tube bent in; border ventricose, five-cleft. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, very short; antherse cylindrical, tubulous. Pistil: germen ovate; style filiform, length of the stamina ; stigmas two, oblong, reflex. Pericarp: none; calix unchanged. Seeds: solitary, obovate; pappus sessile, feathered. Receptacle: chaffy, flat. Observe. The pappus in some is plumose, in others only subplumose. Carduus is distinguished from this species by its hairy receptacle, ven- tricose calix, prickly scales, stigma less bifid, and feathered pappus. Essential Character. Calix: subcylindrical, imbricate, awnless. The species are, 1. Serratula Tinctoria; Common Sawwort. Leaves serrate, subciliate, lyrate-pinnatifid ; terminating lobe very large; florets uniform; pappus somewhat rugged; root perennial, somewhat woody; stem erect, stiff, and straight. Linneus called this species Tinctoria, because the Swedes use it as a yellowish dye for coarse woollen cloths. — Native of Europe, in woods, thickets, hedges, and bushy pastures, flowering in July and August. — -The Sawworts are hardy perennials, and will thrive in the open air. This species is seldom admitted into gardens as the others are, to be preserved by the curious. 2. Serratula Coronata; Siberian Sawwort. Leaves lyrate, pinnatifid ; terminating pinna very large ; florets of the ray female, longer. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Italy, Silesia, and Siberia. 3. Serratula Japonica ; Japanese Sawwort. Leaves lyrate, pinnatifid, rugged ; calix-scales dilated at the point, and membranaceous. — Native of Japan. 4. Serratula Alpina ; Alpine Sawwort. Calices somewhat hairy, ovate; leaves undivided, woolly beneath; pappus fea- thered ; roots slender, though tough and woody, perennial, black on the outside; stems simple, upright, leafy, round, striated, cottony, various in height. — Native of the high mountains of Lapland, Norway, Austria, Switzerland, Silesia, Siberia, Wales, and Scotland. 5. Serratula Salicifolia; Willow-leaved Sawwort. Leaves linear-lanceolate, alternate, hoary beneath, sessile, quite entire; stem angular. — Native of Siberia. G. Serratula Multiflora •, Many-flowered Sawwort. Leaves lanceolate, villose underneath, subdecurrent, quite entire ; calices cylindrical ; stem angular, corymbed, with the branches agaiu corymbed, so that it is terminated by a prodigious close wood of flowers; flowers rose-coloured. — Found in Siberia, Silesia, and China. 7. Serratula Noveboracensis ; Long-leaved Sawwort. Leaves lanceolate, oblong, serrate, pendulous; root perennial; stalks several. — Native of North America. 8. Serratula Praealta ; Tall Sawwort. Leaves lanceolate- oblong, serrate, spreading, hirsute beneath ; root large, per- ennial, fibrous; stem branching, from four to seven or eight feet high ; flowers pale purple. — Native of North America. 9. Serratula Glauca ; Glaucous-leaved Sawwort. Leaves ovate, oblong, acuminate, serrate ; flowers corymbed ; calices roundish ; root perennial. It flowers in October. — Native of Maryland, Virginia, and Carolina. See the next species. 10. Serratula Squarrosa ; Rough-headed Sawwort. Leaves linear ; calices squarrose, subsessile, acuminate, lateral ; root tuberous, from which comes out a single stalk rising nearly three feet high. — Native of Virginia, and most of the provinces of North America. It flowers in July and August. — This and the eleventh and fourteenth species have large knobbed roots, and are propagated only by seeds, which seldom ripen in England, so that they must be procured from abroad. Sow them on a border with an eastern aspect, where the sun comes only in a morning, for they seldom 566 S E R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S E S succeed well if exposed to the mid-day sun. If sown early in the spring they will often grow in the first summer, but will sometimes remain a year in the ground before the plants appear ; so that if they should not come up in the first season the ground should not be disturbed, and must be kept free from weeds till the following spring, when, if the seeds welre good, the plants will come up, and must be weeded and thinned where too close. Some of them should be drawn out care- fully while they are young, and planted into another border of light loamy earth, four inches asunder; in this place they may remain till autumn, when these, and also those in the seed-beds, should be carefully removed to the places where they are designed to remain : the following summer these plants will flower, and the roots will abide several years, if they are planted in a light loamy soil, not over wet. The other per- ennial sorts may be propagated by parting off the roots ; the best time for doing this is in autumn, when their stalks begin to decay ; for when they are removed in the spring, if the season should prove dry, their roots will not be sufficiently established to flower well the same year. They should not be removed nor parted oftener than every third year, if they are expected to grow strong ; nor should they be parted into small heads, which can make no figure in the first year. As they grow tall, plant them in the middle of large borders, or with other tall plants : they may be planted in large spaces between shrubs, or on the borders of woods, where they will have a good effect during their continuance in flower ; and as they require no other culture than to dig the ground between them every spring, and to keep them clean from weeds, so they are proper for such places. These plants are also propagated by seeds, when they can be obtained good ; these may be sown in the same way as the bulbous-rooted kinds, and, when the plants come up, they must be treated in the same manner, only that they should be allowed more room, for the fibres of their roots spread out on every side to a great distance ; for which reason these plants should not be planted in small gardens, where they will overbear the neighbouring plants. 11. Serralula Scariosa; Ragged-cupped Sawivort. Leaves lanceolate, quite entire; calices squarrose, peduncled, obtuse; root large, tuberous, from which comes out one strong chan- nelled stalk three or four feet high; flowers purple, in a long loose spike. — Native of Virginia. See the preceding species. 12. Serratula Pilosa ; Hairy-leaved Sawwort. Leaves linear, hairy; flowers axillary, on long peduncles. It flowers in September and October. — Native of North America. 13. Serratula Speciosa; Hairy cupped Sawwort. Leaves linear, sickled ; flowers sessile, spiked ; calicine leaflets rough- haired, acute, the inner ones elongated, coloured at the point. It flowers in October. — Native of Carolina and Georgia. 14. Serratula Spicata ; Spiked Sawwort. Leaves linear, ciliate at the base; flowers in spikes, sessile, lateral; stem simple.— Native of North America. 15. Serratula Amara; Bitter Sawivort. Leaves lanceo- late; calicine scales scariose, at the point blunt patulous, coloured; flowers terminating ; stems angular; root perennial, bitter, with a saline flavour. — Native of Siberia. 16. Serratula Centauroides ; Centaury like Sawwort. Leaves pinnatifid, oblique, acute, smooth, unarmed; calicine scales mucronate, the inner ones scariose ; corolla purple, without any marginal florets. — Native of Siberia. 17. Serratula Mucronata ; Pointed cupped Sawwort. Smooth: leaves entire, lanceolate; stem few-flowered; cali cine scales scariose at the point, acuminate, reflex ; plant very smooth — Native of Barbary, near Mascar, flowering early in spring. 18. Serratula Humilis; Dwarf Sawwort. Leaves pinna- tifid, tomentose beneath ; head simple, one-flowered ; calix- leaves subulate, loose. — Native of Spain and of Mount Atlas. It is a very handsome perennial, flowering in the summer. ID. Serratula Scordium. Leaves lanceolate, serrate, half- embracing; flowers fastigiate ; root creeping; stem herba- ceous, perennial. — Native of China and Cochin-china. 20. Serratula Arvensis ; Corn Sawwort, Way Thistle, or Cursed Thistle. Leaves sessile, pinnatifid, spiny ; stem pani- cled ; calices ovate, spinulose. — This species is too well known by its perennial creeping roots, which, striking down to a great depth, constitutes it one of the worst pests of arable lands. The roots also branch out horizontally, so that it is very difficult to get them out where they have once got possession, as the smallest piece of them will grow. Frequent and deep ploughing in dry weather will destroy this Thistle in arable land, but common ploughing is not deep enough to answer the purpose. In pastures it should be pulled or rather forked out, when the ground is well soaked with wet. Frequent mowing or spudding, if they do not destroy, are sometimes found to enfeeble it: they seem however to make it run more at the root ; but even to prevent it from flowering is something, and there is no method so i good as that first above stated. — A variety sometimes occurs with few or no spines on the leaves, which also are not so deeply indented, and are either green on both sides, or whitish underneath. The goat and ass will eat it ; horses i will sometimes crop the heads when young and tender: cattle do not seem to touch it: it is said to yield a very pure vege- table alkali when burnt. This Thistle is known every where : by road-sides, and too frequently in corn-fields, especially in strong lands and in pastures, but not so common there: flow- ering from June to August. Sesamum ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- ; spermia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth oue- leafed, five-parted, erect, equal, very short, permanent;, segments lanceolate, the upper ones shorter. Corolla: one- petalled, bell-shaped; tube roundish, almost the length of; the calix; throat inflated, spreading, bell-shaped, very large, declined; border five-cleft ; segments four, patulous, almost equal, and a fifth, which is the lowest, a little longer, ovate, straight. Stamina: filamenta four, springing from the tube, shorter than the corolla, ascending, setaceous, the two inner shorter, with the rudiment of a fifth filamentum; antherse i oblong, acute, erect. Pistil: germen ovate, hirsute; style! filiform, ascending, a little longer than the stamina; stigma j lanceolate, two parted ; lamellae parallel. Pericarp: capsule J oblong, obscurely four-cornered, compressed, acuminate, four-celled. Seeds: very many, subovate. Observe. It has the flower of Digitalis, but the fruit is very different. EssKN-1 tial Character. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: bell-1 shaped, five-cleft, the lower lobe larger; rudiment of a fifth j filamentum; stigma lanceolate, divided. Capsule: four- celled. The species are, 1. Sesamum Orientale ; Oriental Sesamum, or Oily Grain. Leaves ovate, oblong, entire ; flowers in loose terminating spikes, small, of a dirty white colour, shaped somewhat like those of the Foxglove. This species is frequently cultivated in the Levant, and also in Africa, as a pulse: an oil isk extracted from the seeds, which oil will keep many years* without acquiring any rancid taste or smell, but in two yearsj; becomes quite mild; so that when the warm taste of the seed, which is in the oil when first drawn, is worn off, it is used as a salad oil, aud for all the purposes of sweet oil. The S E S OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S E S 567 seeds are also used by the negroes for food : they parch them over the fire, then mix them with water, and stew other iugredients with them. A pudding is made with them in Carolina, where the seeds have been introduced by the African negroes, in the same manner as with Rice or Millet. In Carolina it is cultivated with great success, and it is com- puted there that nine pounds of the seed yield upwards of tw'o pounds of the neat oil, which they find to grow more mellow and agreeable with age, and to continue without any rancid smell or taste for many years. In Japan, where they have no butter, they use the oil for frying fish, and in dress- ing other dishes ; as a varnish ; and medicinally as a resolvent and emollient: and in China and Cochin-china it is used for the same purposes. — These plants are preserved in gardens as botanic curiosities. Their seeds must be sown in the spring upon a hot bed, and when they come up should be transplanted to another hot-bed, to bring them forward. After they have acquired a tolerable degree of strength, they should be planted into pots filled with a rich light sandy soil, and plunged into a third hot-bed, managing them as directed for Amaranthus : for if they are not thus brought forward in the former part of the summer, they will not produce good seeds in this country; though after they have flowered, if the season is favourable, they may be exposed in a warm situation with other annual plants. When they have perfected their seeds, the plants decay, living only one season. 2. Sesamum Indie urn ; Indian Sesanmm, or Oily Grain. Lower leaves trifid. The stalk is higher than that of the above. Both were introduced into Jamaica by the Jews, and they are now cultivated in piost parts of the island. They are there called Vanglo, or Oil plant : the Europeans use the seeds in broths, but the Jews make them chiefly info cakes. Many of the oriental nations look upon the seeds as a hearty wholesome food, and express an oil from them not unlike nor inferior to the oil of almonds. A decoction of the leaves and buds is esteemed as a good resolutive, and frequently ordered in inflammations of the eyes, where warm fomenta- tions become requisite. There is a variety which is a native of Africa, all the leaves of w hich are cut into three parts. 3. Sesamum Luteum ; Yellow Sesamum. Leaves lanceo- late, on long petioles; corollas hispid on the outside. Seseli ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: umbel universal, rigid; partial very short, manifold, globular; involucre universal none; partial of one or two leaflets, linear, acuminate, length of the umbellet; proper perianth scarcely observable. Co- rolla: universal, uniform ; florets all fertile ; partial of five inflex-cordate petals, flatfish. Stamina : filamenta five, awl- shaped ; antherae simple. Pistil: germen inferior; styles two, distant; stigmas blunt. Pericarp: none; fruit ovate, small, striated, bipartite. Seeds: two, ovate, convex, and striated on one side, flat on the other. Essential Cha- racter. Umbels globular; involucre of one or two leaf- lets; fruit ovate, striated. The species are, 1. Seseli Filifolium; Thread leaved Meadow Saxifrage. Leaves filiform ; stem flexuose, erect. Native of the Cape of Good Hope.— Sow the seeds of these plants in autumn, and. they will rise in the following spring; whereas when they are sown in the spring they frequently lie in the ground till the next year before they grow. Drill them eighteen inches asunder, in a bed of fresh earth, where they are designed to remain: thin the plants to the distance of six inches ; keep them clear from weeds, and in the second season they will produce seeds. The perennial sorts should have the ground gently dug between the roots every spring, taking care not to injure them with the spade. They delight in a moist soil, and will therefore require watering in one that is dry. 2. Seseli Pimpinelloides. Stem declined ; umbels before they flower nodding; root perennial; seeds oval, with three raised streaks. — Native of the south of Europe. 3. Seseli Montanum ; Long-leaved Meadow Saxifrage. Petioles branch-bearing, membranaceous, oblong, entire; stem-leaves very narrow ; stem erect, nearly two feet high; flowers white. — Native of France and Italy, on dry hills. 4. Seseli Striatum. Petioles branchy, membranaceous, emarginate; stem striated; pinnas awl-shaped, grooved. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Seseli Glaucum; Glaucous Meadow Saxifrage. Peti- oles branch-bearing, membranaceous, oblong, entire; leaflets single and in pairs, channelled, even, longer than the petiole; root perennial, running deep in the ground, and sending out slender smooth stalks nearly two feet high. — Native of France, Austria, and Italy. 6. Seseli Aristatum ; Bearded-leaved Meadow Saxifrage. Petioles branchy, submembranaceous, loose, quite entire; leaves superdecompound ; leaflets lanceolate, awned ; fruits ovate; stems strong, a foot and half high, with shining pin- nate leaves, and terminated by pretty large umbels of whitish flowers. — Native of the Pyrenean Mountains. 7. Seseli Annuum ; Annual Meadow Saxifrage. Petioles branchy, membranaceous, ventricose, emarginate ; stem stiff, a span high and more, striated. — Native of France, Germauy, Hungary, Austria, Switzerland, and Piedmont. 8. Seseli Chaerophylloides ; Chervil-leaved Meadow Saxi- frage. Petioles branchy, membranaceous, ventricose, entire ; stem dichotomous, panicled; leaves superdecompound, smooth. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Seseli Ammoides; Milfoil-leaved Meadow Saxifrage. Root-leaves with the leaflets imbricate. The stalks rise four inches high, and sustain a small umbel of flowers, which appear in June and July. — Native of Portugal and Italy. 10. Seseli Tortuosum ; Hard Meadow Saxifrage. Stem lofty, rigid ; leaflets linear, in bundles. Biennial. — Native of the south of France. 11. Seseli Turbith. Universal involucre one leafed ; seeds striated, villose, styled. — Native of the south of Europe. 12. Seseli Hippomarathrum ; Various-leaved Meadow Saxifrage. Involucrets connate, one-leafed. — -Native of Austria, Carniola, Silesia, and Germany. 13. Seseli Pyrenaeum ; Pyrenean Meadow Saxifrage. Leaves doubly pinnate; leaflets gashed, acute ; involucrets bristle-shaped, longer than the umbellet; stem afoot high, round, striated. — Native of the Pyrenees. 14. Seseli Saxifragum. Stem filiform, divaricating ; leaves doubly ternate, linear; umbels subsexfid. — Native of Ger- many, and near the lake of Geneva. 15. Seseli Elatum. Leaves superdecompound, the upper ones only ternate. It is easily distinguished by its cylindrical leaflets, coming out in flirees, and from one to two inches in height.— Native of France, Austria, and Silesia. 16. Seseli Triternatum. Leaves triternate ; leaflets long- linear; umbels hemispherical ; involucels polyphyllous ; leaf- lets linear, of the length of the umbels ; flowers deep yellow. — Grows on the waters of Columbia river. The fusiform root of this species is one of the grateful vegetables of the Indians : they use it baked or roasted. Sesuvinm : a genus of the class Icosandria, order Trigynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed] bell-shaped, five-parted ; segments ovate, acute, coloured within, shrivelling. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta 7 E 56ft SHE THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S I B very many, awl-shaped, inserted into the calix below the segments, and shorter than the calix ; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen oblong, in the bottom of the calix, three- cornered above ; styles often three, capillary, erect, length of the stamina; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsule ovate, three-celled, cut round. Seeds : roundish, flattish, having a beak at the margin. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted, coloured. Petals : none. Capsule : ovate, three-celled, cut round, many-seeded. The species are, 1. Sesuvium Portulacastrum. Leaves wedge-shaped, on very short petioles, opposite, obtuse, fleshy, thick, smooth, bright green ; root perennial ; stems herbaceous, four or five inches long, decumbent, subdivided, round, succulent. — Native of the West Indies ; very common in Jamaica, in all the low lands about the Ferry, growing in thick beds, on every spot of ground that rises above the level of the water. It is very succulent, and full of a neutral alkalescent salt, which may be easily extracted, and would probably answer all the purposes for which the salts of the Kali are now used. 2. Sesuvium Revolutifolium. Stems square; leaves ovate- oblong, reflexed ; flowers sessile. — Native of Cuba. Shaddock. See Citrus. Shallot. See Allium. Shawia ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polygamia Segregatae, or, according to Forster, Monogamia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth imbricate, cylindrical ; scales five or six, oblong, three inner longer, almost equal. Corolla : one-petalled, funnel-form, short ; border five-cleft, linear, spreading. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary; anthera cylin- drical, tubular. Pistil: germen oblong; style filiform, longer than the corolla ; stigma bifid, spreading. Pericarp: none ; calix unchanged, pervious. Seed : solitary, oblong. Down : capillary, pubescent at the base. Receptacle: naked. Es- sential Character. Calix: imbricate, with five or six scales, three interior longer. Corolla: five-cleft. Seed: one, oblong. The only known species is, 1. Shawia Paniculata. — Native of New; Zealand. Sheep’s Scabious. See Jasione. Sheffeldia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-cleft, turbinate, permanent; segments acute, erect. Corolla: one- petalled, bell-shaped, longer than the calix ; border five- cleft; segments obovate, reflex. Stamina: filamenta ten, awl-shaped, inserted into the tube ; of these, five opposite to the segments of the corolla fertile, and five alternate, with them castrated; anther® cordate, acuminate. Pistil: ger- men oblong; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma simple. Pericarp : capsule conical, one-celled, five-valved. Seeds: very many, globular, fastened to a columnar recep- tacle in the middle of the capsule. Essential Charac- ter. Calix : five-cleft. Corolla: bell-shaped. Filamenta: ten, the alternate ones barren. Capsule: one-celled, five- valved, many-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Sheffieldia Repens. This is a little procumbent creep- ing plant, so resembling Peplis Portuca, that without the fructification it would seem to be the same. — Native of New Zealand and Easter Island. Shepherd’s Needle. See Scandix. Shepherd’s Purse or Pouch. See Thlaspi. Shepherd’s Staff. See Dipsacus. Sherardia; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth small, six-toothed, superior, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel-form; tube cylindrical, long; border four-parted, flat, acute. Stamina : filamenta four, placed at the top of the tube; anther® simple. Pistil: germen twin, oblong, infe- rior; style filiform, bifid at top; stigmas headed. Pericarp: none; fruit oblong, crowned, separable longitudinally into two parts. Seeds : two, oblong, marked at the apex with three points, convex on one side, flat on the other. Essen- tial Character. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel-form, superior. Seeds: two, three-toothed. The species are, 1. Sherardia Arvensis; Field or Blue Sherardia, or Little Field Madder. All the leaves in whorls ; flowers terminating; root annual, with many reddish-brown fibres. The whole plant diffused, rough, and hairy, from four to seven inches high; corolla with a long slender tube, the border bright purple. — Native of Europe, among corn and on fallows, flowering during the greater part of summer. 2. -'Sherardia Muralis ; Wall Sherardia. Floral leaves two, opposite to two flowers; root annual; stems decumbent. — Native of Italy and of Turkey. 3. Sherardia Fruticosa; Shrubby Sherardia. Leaves in fours, equal ; stem shrubby. This is a torose, irregular, rugged shrub, with the branches bluntly four-cornered. It is one of the very few plants found on the island of Ascension. Sibbaldia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Penta- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, half ten-cleft, with an erect base ; segments half lan- ceolate, equal, spreading, alternately narrower, permanent. Corolla: petals five, ovate, inserted into the calix. Stamina .- filamenta five, capillary, shorter than the corolla, inserted into the calix ; anther® small, obtuse. Pistil: germina five, ovate, very short; styles from the middle of the side of the germina, length of the stamina ; stigmas headed. Pericarp: none; calix converging, concealing the seeds within its bosom. Seeds: five, somewhat oblong. Observe. It sometimes, but very seldom, becomes luxuriant, by doubling the number of pistiila on the same plant. Essential Character. Calix: ten- cleft. Petals: five, inserted into the calix ; styles from the side of the germen. Seeds : five. The species are, 1. Sibbaldia Procumbens ; Procumbent Sibbaldia. Stem procumbent; leaves three toothed, wedge-form; root woody, branched, black on the outside. — Native of the mountains of Lapland, Siberia, Switzerland, and Scotland : in the last it is found plentifully on the north side of Ben Lomond, three- fourths up the mountains, and sparingly upon Ben Mor. It flowers in July. It grows upon moist ground, and is difficult to preserve in gardens, and rarely produces seed there; the plants therefore must be procured from the places where they grow naturally ; and if planted in a moist soil and a shady situation, they will thrive tolerable well, and produce flowers. It was also found by Mr. Thomas Nuttall on the of the Missouri. 2. Sibbaldia Erecta ; Upright Sibbaldia. Stem upright; leaves linear, multifid ; flowers flesh-coloured. — Native of Siberia, in mountainous places. 3. Sibbaldia Altaica. Stem upright ; leaves linear-filiform, three parted; height of the stem an inch or more. It has only one flower, or else is terminated by a corymb of from three to five flowers. — Native place not ascertained. Sibthorpia ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia.— Generic Character. Calix •• perianth one- leafed, turbinate, five-parted, spreading; leaflets ovate, per- manent. Corolla: one-petalled, five-parted, spreading, equal, length of the calix ; segments rounded. Stamina : filamenta four, capillary, two approximating ; anther® cordate-oblong. Pistil : germen roundish, compressed; style cylindrical, thicker than the filamenta, length of the flower ; stigmas simple, capitate, depressed. Pericarp: capsule compressed, orbi- cular, two-bellied, with the sides acute, two-valved, two- 7 S I D OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S I D 569 ceiled; partition transverse. Seeds: some, roundish-oblong, convex on one side, flat on the other; receptacle globular, fastened to the middle of the partition. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: five-parted, equal. Stamina : in remote pairs. Capsule: compressed, orbicular, two-celled, with the partition transverse. The only known species is, 1. Sibthorpia Europaea; Cornish Moneywort. Leaves kidney-form, subpeltate, crenate ; root fibrous, perennial; stems prostrate, creeping, branched, very long, slender and delicate, interwoven, leafy, hairy. It flowers in July and August, or from June to September. If planted or sown in pots, placed in the shade and kept moist, it will thrive very well in gardens.— Native of Portugal and England, in shady places, and about springs : plentiful in Devonshire and Cornwall, and about Longsledale in Westmoreland. Sicyos ; a genus of the class Moncecia, order Syngeuesia. —Generic Character. Male Flowers. Calix: peri- anth one-leafed, bell-shaped, five-toothed ; toothlets awl- shaped. Corolla: five-parted, bell-shaped, fastened to the calix; segments ovate. Stamina: filamenta three, united; anther® as many, separate. Female Flowers, on the same plant. Calix: perianth as in the male, superior, deciduous. Corolla: as in the male. Pistil: germen ovate, inferior; style cylindrical; stigma thickish, trifid. Pericarp: berry ovate, set with spines, one-celled. Seed : single, subovate. Essential Character. Calix -• five toothed. Corolla: five-parted. Male. Filamenta three. Female. Style trifid. Berry one-seeded. The species are, 1. Sicyos Angulata; Angular-leaved Sicyos, or Single seeded Cucumber. Leaves angular. This is an annual plant, which rises with two large seed-leaves like those of the Cucum- ber. The stalk is trailing, and has tendrils by which it fastens itself to neighbouring plants, and will rise fifteen or sixteen feet high, dividing into many branches, with angular leaves upon them like those of the Cucumber. The flowers come out upon long peduncles from the side of the branches in clusters; the females are small, of a pale sulphur colour, and appear in June and July; they are succeeded by prickly oval fruit, ripeniug in autumn. Native of North America. — If the seeds be permitted to scatter, the plants will come up in the spring better than when sown by hand, and only require weeding. They ramble, and take up too much room in small gardens, and should therefore be placed near hedges, upon which they will climb. They do not bear transplanting well, except when they first come up. 2. Sicyos Laciniata; Jagged-leaved Sicyos. Leaves jagged. This is an annual plant like the former, with trailing stalks. The flowers are larger, and of a deeper colour. The fruit is not quite so large, nor so closely armed with prickly hairs. — Native of the West Indies. Sow the seeds, and treat them as Cucumbers and Melons. 3. Sicyos Garcini ; Garcin's Sicyos. Leaves five-parted, erose, toothed ; fruits ciliate. — Native of Ceylon. 4. Sicyos Parviflora. Leaves five-angled, minutely toothed, smooth, heart-shaped. Annual. — -Native of Mexico. Sida; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Polyandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one leafed, angular, half five-cleft, permanent. Corolla: petals five, wider above, emarginate, fastened below to the tube of the stamina. Stamina: filamenta very many, united below into a tube, in the apex of the tube divided; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen orbicular; styles five or more, or else one mauy-cleft ; stigmas headed. Pericarp : capsule roundish, angular, composed of five or more cells, (corresponding with the number of styles or stigmas,) two-valved, awnless, acu- minate or horned, opening above, or close, and finally sepa- rating. Seeds: solitary, two, three, or five, roundish, mostly acuminate, convex on one side, angular on the other, fastened to the interior suture. Essential Character. Calix: simple, angular. Style: in numerous divisions. Capsule: of several bivalve cells, spreading from a centre. The spe- cies are, * With long, narrow, lanceolate, oblong, and ovate Leaves. 1. Sida Linifolia ; Flax-leaved Sida. Leaves linear, quite entire; racemes terminating; capsules almost awnless. — Native of Peru and the island of Cayenne. Some of the species of this genus will not flower the first year, and must be placed in a warm stove in autumn, and treated during the winter as other tender plants from the East and West Indies. The fol- lowing summer they will flower and produce ripe seeds; but being not of long duration in general, there should be a suc- cession of young plants raised from seed. They are many of them annual in England ; but some are of a longer duration in their native country, and might be so here if they were placed in a warm stove in winter. They are propagated by seeds, which should be sown upon a moderate hot-bed in the beginning of April; and when the plants are fit to remove, they must be placed in another hot-bed, planting them four inches distant every way: they must be shaded from the sun till they have taken new root, and have a large share of free air admitted to them in mild weather, to prevent them from drawing up weak; they will also often require watering. If the plants thrive well, they will have strength enough to be fit to transplant in the open air; for which purpose they should be gradually hardened, and at the beginning of June may be taken up with balls of earth to their roots, and planted in a warm sheltered part of the garden, at about three feet distance, observing to shade and water them until they have taken new root, after which they will only require weeding. In July the plants will begin to flower, and there will be a continual succession of flowers till the frost comes on. In warm seasons they will ripen their seeds very well in autumn ; but lest they should miscarry by the unfavourableness of the season, it may be proper to put one plant of each sort in pots filled with light kitchen-garden earth, placing them in the shade till they are again rooted, and then they may be removed to a warm situation, where they will thrive very well in a good season ; but if the summer proves cold, they should be placed in a dry airy glass-case, where they may be kept warm, to facilitate the ripening of their seeds. 2. Sida A ngustifolia ; Narrow-leaved Sida. Leaves linear- lanceolate, toothed ; peduncles subsolitary, axillary ; capsules two-cusped. This rises with a slender woody stalk, about two feet high, sending out many erect branches. — Native of Brazil and the island of Bourbon. 3. Sida Acuta ; Sharp-leaved Sida. Leaves linear-lance- olate, toothed ; peduncles solitary, axillary ; capsules two- cusped ; stipules lanceolate. — Native of Java. 4. Sida Canariensis ; Canary Sida. Leaves lanceolate, sublinear, toothed, smooth ; peduncles solitary, axillary, length of the leaves; capsules two-beaked. — Native of the Canary Islands. 5. Sida Lanceolata ; Lance-leaved Sida. Leaves oblong- lanceolate, toothed, smoothish ; pedunclesaxillary, solitary; capsules two-beaked ; stipules linear, nerved, longer than the peduncle. — Native of Ceylon and the Mauritius. 6. Sida Spinosa ; Prickly Sida _ Leaves ovate-lanceolate, obsoletely cordate-toothed; peduncles subsolitary, axillary; axils somewhat spiny ; stipules bristle-shaped, longer than the peduncle; capsules two-beaked. — Native of the East Indies, Arabia Felix, Senegal, Guiana, and Jamaica. 570 S I D THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S I D 7. Sida Frutescens; Shrubby Sida. Leaves ovate-oblong, serrate; peduncles one-flowered, axillary; capsules two- beaked. — Native place unknown. 8. Sida Carpinifolia ; Hornbeam-leaved Sida. Leaves ovate-oblong, subduplicate, serrate; peduncles axillary, four- flowered or thereabouts; capsules two-beaked. — Cultivated in the island of Madeira. 9. Sida Jamaicensis; Jamaica Sida. Leaves ovate, ser- rate, tomentose; flowers axillary, subpeduncled ; capsules in fives, two-horned. The leaves and tender buds of this species, contain a great quantity of mucilage, and lather with water like soap : it is frequently used in shaving-washes, by those who dislike the acrimony of soap. The leaves are purgative. — It is called Broom-weed in Jamaica, where it is very coalman in all parts of the island. 10. Sida Orientalis ; Oriental Sida. Leaves ovate, acumi- nate, toothed, smooth; peduncles one-flowered, axillary; capsules awnless. — Native of the East Indies. 11. Sida Glomerata ; Globe-flowered Sida. Leaves ovate- lanceolate, serrate ; flowers about five together, axillary, sub- sessile; capsules two-horned. 12. Sida Maculata; Spotted-flowered Sida. Leaves ovate, obtuse, serrate, tomentose; peduncles axillary, racemed at the top of the stem ; capsules two-horned ; corolla middle- sized, yellow. — Native of the West Indies. 13. Sida Tuberosa ; Corky Sida. Leaves ovate-toothed, hirsute ; peduncles axillary, one-flou’ered, twice as long as the petiole : capsules two-horned ; stem corky at the base. — Native of Hispaniola. 14. Sida Capensis; Cape Sida. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, toothed; peduncles solitary; stipules linear, ciliate, longer than the petiole. — Native of the Cape. 15. Sida Microphylla; Small-leaved Sida. Leaves elliptic, toothed; peduncles solitary, longer the petiole; capsules two-horned.— Native of the East Indies. 16*. Sida Micans ; Glittering Sida. Leaves ovate-obtuse, serrate, tomentose, shining ; peduncles solitary, much longer than the petiole; capsules two-horned. — Native of the West Indies. 17. Sida Pusilla ; Dwarf Sida. Leaves roundish, elliptic, toothed, smooth; peduncles longer than the petiole, solitary; capsules awnless; stem prostrate. — Native of the island of Mahe. ** With wedge-shaped Leaves. 18. Sida Rhombifolia ; Rhomb leaved Sida. Leaves ob- long, lanceolate, toothed, wedge-form at the base, quite entire; peduncles much longer than the petioles; capsules two-horned. — Native of the East Indies and Jamaica. 19. Sida Ga'neseens; Hoary-leaved Sida. Leaves rhomb- ovate, toothed at the top, tomentose beneath; peduncles longer than the leaf. — Native of Senegal. 20. Sida Retusa; Retuse-leaved Sida. Leaves obovate, toothed at the end, and retuse tomentose beneath ; peduncles solitary, longer than the leaf; capsules awnless — Native of Tranquebar, Amboyna, the Philippines, and the island of Mauritius. 21. Sida Alnifolia ; Alder-leaved Sida. Leaves roundish, obovate, toothed, quite entire at the base; peduncles many, axillary, shorter than the leaf; capsules two-horned. — Native of the East Indies. 22. Sida Ciliaris ; Ciliated Sida. Leaves lanceolate, trun- cate, toothed, somewhat wedge shaped at the base; stipules linear, ciliate, longer than the flower; flowers solitary, sub- sessile; capsules awnless, muricate. — Browne says, that this little creeping plant, seldom above seven inches high, is com- mon in Jamaica. *** With cordate quite entire Leaves. 23. Sida Periplocifolia ; Great Bindweed-leaved Sida. Leaves cordate-lanceolate, acuminate, quite entire, tomentose beneath; peduncles subdivided, longer than the petiole; capsules awned. — Native of Peru. It is a lofty shrub. 24. Sida Excelsior; Tall Sida. Leaves cordate, ovate, acuminate, quite entire, tomentose beneath ; racemes panicled; capsules two-toothed. — Native of Hispaniola. 25. Sida Hermandioides ; Hermandia-leaved Sida. Leaves subpeltate, cordate, ovate-acuminate, almost quite entire, pubescent ; peduncles one-flowered ; capsules awnless. — Native of Peru and St. Domingo. 2G. Sida Nudiflora ; Naked-flowered Sida. Leaves round- ish, cordate, acuminate, almost quite entire, tomentose be- neath ; panicle terminating, racemed ; capsules awnless. — Native of the West Indies. **** With cordate toothed Leaves, and one-flowered Peduncles. 27. Sida Triquetra; Triangular-stalked Sida. Leaves cordate, acuminate, serrulate'; peduncles solitary; capsules awnless, truncate; branches three-sided. One seed in each capsule. — Native of Hispaniola. 28. Sida Fragrans; Sweet Sida. Leaves roundish -cordate, acuminate, crenate, hirsute, viscid ; peduncles solitary, shorter than the petiole; capsules two, bristled. — Native of His- paniola. 29. Sida Lignosa ; Woody Sida. Leaves roundish-cordate, acuminate, crenate, tomentose; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole; capsules awnless, seven or eight, very hard, three-seeded. — Native of St Domingo. 30. Sida Refiexa ;. Reflex-flowered Sida. Leaves round- ish-cordate, acuminate, crenate, tomentose ; peduncles soli- tary, longer than the petiole ; petals wedge-form, toothed at the end, and reflexed. — Native of Peru. 31. Sida Humilis; Low Sida. Leaves roundish-cordate, hairy above, serrate; peduncles subsolitary, longer than the petiole; capsules awnless. — Native of the East Indies. 32. Sida Repens; Creeping Sida. Leaves roundish-cordate, toothed, hispid on both sides; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole; stem filiform, prostrate. — Native of Peru, in shady places about Lima. 33. Sida Bivalvis; Two-valved Sida. Leaves ovate-cor- date, acuminate, crenate, tomentose; peduncles solitary, shorter than the petiole; calices awn-acuminate; capsules cohering, two-toothed. — Native of St. Domingo. 34. Sida Ulmifolia; Elm-leaved Sida. Leaves ovate-cor- date, acuminate, crenate; peduncles solitary, almost equal to the petiole ; capsules beaked ; beaks long, hooked, standing far out. — Native of St. Domingo. 35. Sida Multiflora ; Many flowered Sida. Leaves ovate- cordate, bluntisli, toothed, tomentose; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole ; capsules two, beaked ; fruit within the calix. — Native of Brasil. 36. Sida Microsperma; Small-seeded Sida. Leaves round- ish, cordate, acute, subcrenate ; peduncles subsolitary, shorter than the petiole ; capsules two-beaked; seeds small.— Native place not ascertained. 37. Sida Viscosa; Clammy Sida. Leaves ovate-cordate, acuminate, very finely serrate, tomentose, viscid, hairy ; pe- duncles subsolitary, longer than the petiole ; capsules awnless. The whole plant is clammy, and smells strong. It seldom rises above three or four feet in height.— Native of Jamaica and Cochin-china. «| 38. Sida Fcetida ; Stinking Sida. Leaves roundish-cor- date, sharpish, toothed, tomentose; peduncles solitary, shorter than the petiole; capsules awned. — Native of Peru. 39. Sida Calicina; Calicine Sida. Leaves roundish-cor- S I D OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S I D 5? I date, acuminate, repand, toothed; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole ; capsules avvnless, pear-shaped. — Native of the Isle of Bourbon. 40. Sida Crispa ; Curled Sida. Leaves oblong-cordate, acuminate, crenate, the upper ones sessile ; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole, the fruiting ones bent down ; capsules inflated, awnless, waved, and curled. — Native of Carolina and of the Bahama Islands. 41. Sida Persica; Persian Sida. Lower leaves petioled, cordate, acuminate, upper sessile, lanceolate, toothed ; pe- duncles solitary, one-flowered; capsules many, without beaks. —Native of Persia. 42. Sida Sylvatica; Wood Sida. Leaves ovate-cordate, acuminate, crenate; peduncles geminate, much longer than the petiole; capsules awnless, headed. — Native of Peru, in woods, near the river Maragnon. 43. Sida Arborea; Tree Sida. Leaves orbicular cordate, crenate, tomentose; peduncles in pairs, longer than the pe- tiole; capsules awnless, truncate ; stem arboreous. This small tree is remarkable for its large, bell-shaped, sulphur-coloured flowers. — Native of Peru. 44. Sida Mauritiana ; Mauritius Sida. Leaves roundish- cordate, acuminate, toothed, tomentose beneath ; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole; capsules two-beaked, trun- cate, longer than the calix. Annual. — Found in the Mau- ritius. 45. Sida Occidental^ ; Downy Sida. Leaves oblong- cordate, toothed, sublobed ; peduncles solitary, shorter than the petiole; capsules obtuse, globular, nodding; root annual. — Native of America. 46. Sida Americana ; Woolly Sida. Leaves cordate, ob- long, undivided; capsules many-celled, length of the calix ; cells lanceolate. Mr. Miller describes this as the most beau- tiful species yet known, growing to the height of six or seven feet, and having a smooth woody stem, which puts out many lateral branches towards the top. — Native of Jamaica, and La Vera Cruz. 47. Sida Abutilon; Broad-leaved Sida. Leaves roundish- cordate, acuminate, toothed, tomentose ; peduncles solitary, shorter than the petiole ; capsules two, awned, truncate. This is an annual plant, hardy enough to come up in the common ground, and to perfect its seeds without any trouble. It will not bear transplanting, except when very young; the seeds therefore are best sowrn where the plants are intended to remain, and, if permitted to fall, they will appear without any care in the following spring. In some parts of America it is called Marsh Mallow. — Native of both Indies, Virginia, and Siberia. 48. Sida Abutiloides. Leaves cordate, undivided, acumi- nate, crenate; peduncles length of the petioles; capsules ten, three-seeded ; stem firm, straight, round, branched, four feet high. It is an elegant annual plant, thickly covered with a whitish green woolly nap. — Native of Jamaica. 49. Sida Asiatica ; Small flowered Sida, or Indian Mallow. Leaves oblong-cordate, toothed ; peduncles solitary, longer than the petioles; capsules acute, truncate, almost equal to the calix. — Native of the East Indies. 50. Sida Populifolia; Poplar -leaved Sida. Leaves round- ish cordate, acuminate, unequally repand, toothed; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole ; capsules acute, truncate, longer than the calix. — Native of the East Indies. 51. Sida Hirta ; Rough-haired Sida. Leaves roundish- cordate, acuminate, toothed; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole ; capsules truncate, shorter than the calix. The flowers sometimes have a dark purple eye. — Native of the East Indies. 113. 52. Sida Indica; Rough-capsuled Sida. Leaves oblong- cordate, bluntish, unequally toothed ; peduncles longer than the petiole; capsules awnless, globular, aggregate, rugged, linger than the calix. — Native of the East Indies, Tanna, and New Caledonia. 53. Sida Mollissima; Soft -leaved Sida. Leaves roundish- cordate, acuminate, toothed ; peduncles subbiflorous, longer than the petiole, solitary; capsules two-toothed, truncate, equal to the calix. — Native of Peru, in woods, near the river Maragnon. 54. Sida Sonneratiana ; Sonnerat’s Sida. Leaves roundish- cordate, acuminate, toothed ; peduncles solitary, longer than the leaf; capsules truncate, obtuse, larger than the calix. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 55. Sida Pubescens; Pubescent Sida. Leaves roundish- cordate, acuminate.angular-toothed ; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole; capsules two-toothed, truncate, larger than the calix. — Native of St Domingo. 56. Sida Althajfolia ; Marshmallow-leaved Sida. Leaves cordate, somewhat angular, obtuse, serrate, crenate, tomentose on both sides; beaks of the seeds shorter than the calix. — Native of Jamaica and of Hispaniola. 57. Sida Glutinosa ; Glutinous Sida. Leaves roundish- cordate, acuminate, toothed ;• peduncles geminate, subbi- florous, longer than the petiole ; capsules two-awned ; awns longer than the calix. — Native of the island of Mauritius. 58. Sida Exstipularis ; JJnstipuled Sida. Leaves ovate- cordate, acuminate; peduncles solitary, shorter than the petiole ; capsules awnless, shorter than the calix, less than thirty in number, one-seeded. — Native of the Isle of Bourbon. 59. Sida Nutans; Nodding Sida. Leaves oblong-cordate, acute, toothed ; peduncles subgeminate, longer than the petiole, the flowering ones nodding ; capsules obtuse. This species is singular for the internal appendices of the cells.-— Native of Peru. 60. Sida Borbonica ; Bourbon Island Sida. Leaves roundish-cordate, acute, toothed ; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole ; capsules two-awned ; awns longer than the calix. — Native of the Island of Bourbon. 61. Sida Flavescens; Yellow Sida. Leaves ovate, cordate, obtuse, unequally toothed; peduncles geminate, subbiflorous, shorter than the petiole; capsules acute. — Native of Brazil. 62. Sida Radicans ; Rooting Sida. Leaves roundish- cordate, acute, ciliate, toothed ; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole; capsules awnless. — Native of the East Indies, 63. Sida Arguta ; Sharp-leaved Sida. Leaves cordate- serrate, attenuated at the top ; stem wand-like ; peduncles axillary, filiform, one flow'ered. — Native of Jamaica. 64. Sida Multicaulis; Many-stalked Sida. Leaves round- ish-cordate, acute, toothed ; peduncles solitary, double the length of the petiole; capsules awnless, five, much less than the calix. — Native of Malabar. 65. Sida Pilosa ; Hairy Sida. Leaves ovate-cordate, obtuse, toothed ; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole ; capsules two-beaked, shorter than the calix. It varies with hairy or smooth stems. — Native of St. Domingo. 66. Sida Rotundifolia ; Round-leaved Sida. Leaves round- ish-ovate-cordate, obtuse, toothed ; peduncles solitary, much longer than the petiole ; capsules two-awned ; awns longer than the calix. — Native of the island of Bourbon. 67. Sida Supina ; Trailing Sida. Leaves roundish-cordate, bluntish, crenate ; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole ; capsules two-awned ; stein procumbent, filiform, unarmed ; flowers pale yellow. Perennial. — Native of Hispaniola. 68. Sida Truncata; Truncate-leaved Sida. Leaves round- 7 F THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S I D 572 SID ish-cordate, blunt and truncate at the top, and toothed ; peduncles solitary, longer than the petiole; capsules awn- less, nine in number. It is an annual plant. — Native of St. Domingo. 69. Sida Herbacea ; Herbaceous Sida. Leaves oblong- acute, toothed, cordate at the base; peduncles solitary, a little shorter than the petiole; capsules two-awned ; stem upright, hairy, branched. — Native of the East Indies. 70. Sida Emarginata ; Notch-leaved Sida. Leaves ovate- lanceolate, cordate, toothed, truncate, and refuse at the top; peduncles shorter by bail’ than the petiole; capsules two- beaked. Two feet high. Annual. — Native of Hispaniola. 71. Sida Alba ; White-flowered Sida. Leaves oblong- cordate, rounded, obtuse, toothed; peduncles equal to the petiole; capsules two-horned. — Native of Bengal. 72. Sida Cordifolia; Heart -leaved Sida. Leaves ovate- cordate, toothed, somewhat angular, bluntish ; peduncles solitary, a little shorter than the petiole; capsules tw'o-beaked ; root annual. — Native of the East Indies and the Cape. 73. Sida Hederaefolia ; Ivy-leaved Sida. Leaves roundish- cordate, obtuse, repand ; peduncles longer than the petiole; capsules two-awned; stem prostrate creeping; root annual. — Native of St. Domingo. ***** With cordate, toothed ’ Leaves ; and many flowered, or racemed Peduncles. 74. Sida Vertieillata ; Whorled Sida. Leaves ovate-cor- date, acuminate, toothed ; flowers subsessile, aggregate, W'horled ; capsules almost awnless. — Native of Brazil. 75. Sida Ureas ; Stinging Sida. Leaves ovate-cordate, acuminate, toothed ; peduncles axillary, many-flowered, glo- merate ; capsules awnless. — Native of Jamaica. 76. Sida Umbellata; Umbellate Sida. Leaves roundish- cordate, toothed, somewhat angular, acute ; peduncles four- flowered or thereabouts, umbelled, axillary; capsules two- awned, three seeded. Annual. — Native of Jamaica. 77. Sida Pyramidata; Pyramidal Sida. Leaves roundish- cordate, acuminate, serrate; peduncles corymbed, subpani- cled ; capsules two-awned. — Native of Saint Domingo. 78. Sida Paniculata; Panicled Sida. Leaves ovate cor- date, toothed ; racemes panicled; capsules two-beaked ; co- rollas dark purple, with the petals spreading. — Native of the calcareous rocks of Jamaica, Peru, and Brazil. 79. Sida Dumosa ; Bush Sida. Leaves cordate-ovate, acuminate, serrate, smooth on both sides ; flowers panicled. — Found in dry coppices, in Jamaica. 80. Sida Ramosa ; Branched Sida. Leaves ovate-cordate, unequally toothed; racemes axillary; capsules two-awned, six in number. — Native of Senegal. 81. Sida Spicata; Spiked Sida. Leaves ovate-cordate, acute, toothed; raceme terminating, naked ; capsules awnless, in heads, larger than the calix, numerous, one-seeded, squeezed into a ball. — Native of St. Domingo. 82. Sida Terminalis. Leaves ovate- lanceolate, cordate, toothed ; raceme terminating, elongated, bracted ; capsules awnless, in heads, larger than the calix, nine, villose, three- seeded. — Native of Brazil. ****** With cordate Leaves, 1 hree-cusped, or angular at the base. 83. Sida Vesicavia ; Bladder Sida. Leaves ovate-cordate, toothed, three-cusped ; peduncles solitary, axillary, longer than the petiole; capsules truncate, awnless, sharpish, ten, five-seeded; fruit inflated. —Native of Mexico. 84. Sida Crassifolia ; Thick-leaved Sida. Leaves ovate- cordate, toothed, somewhat three-cusped ; peduncles solitary, axillary, length of the petioles ; capsules two-awned, tomen- tose all over, with a strong smell.— Native of Hispaniola. 85. Sida Biflora ; Two-flowered Sida. Leaves ovate- cordate, acuminate, toothed, three-cusped ; peduncles gemi- nate, axillary, equal to the petiole; capsules several. It is a shrubby plant. — Native place not ascertained. 86. Sida Obtusa ; Blunt-leaved Sida. Leaves cordate- ovate, obluse, toothed, three-cusped; peduncles longer than the petiole, bearing about four flowers in an umbel ; capsules acute, eight in number, three-seeded. — Native place un- known. 87. Sida Gigantea; Giant Sida. Leaves roundish-cordate, crenate, acuminate, three-cusped ; flowers panicled ; corollas reflexed. — Native of the Caraccas. 88. Sida Javensis; Javanese Sida. Leaves roundish- cordate, toothed, three-cusped; peduncles solitary, axilla: y, longer than the petiole; capsules two-cusped ; stem re- clined. 89. Sida Hastata ; Halbert-leaved Sida. Lower leaves cordate, acuminate, five-cornered, somewhat toothed, obtuse; upper hastate, acuminate, somewhat toothed at the base; peduncle solitary, axillary, length of the leavesj’root annual ; capsules several, acuminate, connate at the base. — Native of Mexico and Lima. 90. Sida Cristata ; Crested Sida. All the leaves crenate ; lower roundish-cordate, obtuse, somewhat five-cornered ; upper rounded, hastate, acuminate; peduncles solitary, axil- lary, longer than the leaf; root annual. — Native of Mexico. 91. Sida Dilleniana; Dillenius’s Sida. Lower leaves trian- gular, subhastate, crenate; upper ovate, lanceolate, almost quite entire; peduncles solitary, axillary, length of the leaves. Annual. — Native of Mexico. ******* With lobed Leaves, palmate, or compound. 92. Sida Triloba; Three-lobed Sida. Leaves cordate, toothed, three-lobed, with the middle lobe acute and longer; peduncles axillary, solitary; capsules awnless; corolla white. — Native.of the Cape of Good Hope. 93. Sida Ternata ; Three-leaved Sida. Leaves ternate ; leaflets lanceolate, remotely serrate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 94. Sida Pterosperma ; Wing fruited Sida. Leaves three- parted ; segments linear, repand, sinuate; flowers subracemed; capsules winged. — Native of Peru. 95. Sida Ricinoides; Ricinus-leaved Sida. Leaves sub- peltate, five lobed ; lobes ovate, acute, toothed, undivided; peduncles one or two flowered; capsules .two-awned; root annual; seeds one grooved. — Native of Peru. 96. Sida Jatrophoides; Jatropha like Sida. Leaves sub- peltate, seven-lobed, palmate; lobes lanceolate, acuminate, pinnatifid, toothed ; peduncles many-flowered ; capsules two- awned.— Found in the province of Chaucayo in Peru. 97. Sida Napxa. Leaves somewhat five-lobed, smooth; lobes oblong, acuminate, toothed; peduncles manv-flowered; capsules awnless, acuminate. See Napcea. 98. Sida Dioica. Leaves seven-lobed, palmate, rugged; lobes lanceolate, gash-toothed; flowers dicecous, corymbed, bracted. See Napcea. 99. Sida Phyllanthus. Stemless: leaves ternate; leaflets sessile, three parted, wedge-form, quite entire, undivided, obtuse ; flower solitary, inserted into a winged petiole. Per- ennial.— Native of Peru. Sideritis ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gynmo- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, tubular, oblong, about half five-cleft; segments acute, almost equal. Corolla: one-petalled, almost equal; tube cylindrical, oblong; throat oblong, roundish; upper lip erect, bifid, narrow; lower lip trifid ; lateral segments sharper, com- monly smaller than the upper lip; middle segments roundish. S I D OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S I D 573 crenate. Stamina : filamenta four, within the tube of the corolla, shorter than the throat, two of which are smaller; .antherae roundish, two twin. Pistil: germen four-cleft; style filiform, rather longer than the stamina ; stigmas two ; upper cylindrical, concave, truncate; lower membranaceous, shorter, sheathing the upper. Pericarp: ‘none; calix cherishing the seeds in its bosom. Seeds: four. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft. Corolla: ringent; upper lip bifid; lower three-parted. Stamina: within the tube of the corolla; the shorter stigma involving the other. The species are, 1. Sideritis Canariensis; Canary Ironwort. Shrubby, villose: leaves cordate, oblong, acute, petioled ; spikes whorled, before flowering nodding ; branches divaricate, woody, covered with a soft down; stem five or six feet high, The flowers, which grow in thick whorled spikes at the end of the branches, are of a dirty white, and appear early in June. The plants frequently flower in autumn. — Native of the Canaries and of Madeira. This species is generally kept in green-houses, but will live abroad in moderate winters, if Screened from hard frost upon a warm dry border under a common frame. It is propagated by seeds, which should be sown in autumn, for those which are sown in the spring seldom succeed, or, if they do, seldom come up in the first year. Most of the plants of this genus are hardy enough to thrive in the open air in England; and are propagated by seeds, which may be sown in shallow drills upon a dry spot of ground ; and in the spring, when the plants come up, they must be freed from w'eeds, and drawn out when fit to be removed, and transplanted into a bed at about nine or ten inches’ distance, which will give those that are left in the seed-bed room to grow. The plants removed should be shaded and watered until they have taken new root, after which they will require no other care but to keep them clean from weeds til! the following autumn, and then to transplant them where they are to remain. None of the species should be planted in a rich ground, for that will cause them to grow so luxuriantly in summer, that the frost or much wet will destroy them in winter. 2. Sideritis Candicans; Mullein-leaved Ironwort. Shrubby, tomeutose: leaves ovate-lanceolate, cordate, attenuated at top, snow-white beneath; whorls about eight-flowered, remote. It flowers from April to July. — Native of Madeira. 3. Sideritis Cretica ; Cretan Ironwort. Shrubby, tomen- tose; leaves cordate-oblong, obtuse, petioled ; branches diva- ricating; spikes whorled. — Native of Crete. 4. Sideritis Montana; Mountain Ironwort. Herbaceous, without bractes: calices larger than the corolla, spiny; upper lip trifid. In rocky situations it is upright, in meadows decumbent. — Native of Italy, Austria, and Silesia, flowering in July and August. This and the next species being annuals, ought not to be removed, but thinned and weeded, and left in the place where they were sown. 5. Sideritis Elegans ; Dark flowered Ironwort. Herba- ceous without: bractes villose; stem diffused; segments of the calices almost equal, spinulose. It flowers in July. — Native place unknown. See the preceding species. 6. Sideritis Rornana ; Roman Ironwort. Herbaceous, decumbent, without bractes : calices spiny ; upper lip ovate, fhe roots seldom continue above two years in England. — Native of the south of Europe, and of Barbary. This and the next species, though properly green- house plants, will often live through the winter in the open air, especially if their seeds are sown upon dry rubbish; for when they happen to grow in the joints of old walls they will endure the greatest cold of this climate, and therefore their seeds should be sown in such places. ** Bracted, with the Bractes quite entire. 7. Sideritis Syriaca; Sage-leaved Ironwort. Suffruticose, toinenlose, woolly: leaves lanceolate, almost quite entire; flowers whorled, spiked, acute, tomentose. — Native of Italy. This does not produce good seeds in England, and is therefore propagated by slipping off the heads and planting them in a shady border during the spring or summer months. They w ill readily take root, and should be screened in winter. B. Sideritis Taurica; Tartarian Ironwort. Suffruticose, tomentose : leaves lanceolate, crenate ; flowers whorl spiked ; whorls approximating; bractes cordate, acuminate, netted, nerved. — Native of the Chersonese Taurica. 9. Sideritis Distans; Distant-ichor led Ironwort. Suffru- ticose, hoary : leaves lanceolate, quite entire, acute ; flowers whorl-spiked; whorls distant; bractes cordate, acuminate, mucronate, netted, nerved — Native of the Levant. 10. Sideritis Perfoliata; Perfoliate Ironwort. Herbace- ous, hispid, hairy: upper leaves lanceolate, embracing, tooth- letted ; bractes cordate, acuminate, netted, nerved, hairy at the edge; stem upright. — Native of the Levant. 11. Sideritis Ciliata; Ciliated Ironwort. Herbaceous: leaves petioled, ovate, serrate; bractes nerved, ciliate ; stem four cornered, erect. — Native of Japan. *** Bracted, with Bractes toothed. 12. Sideritis Incana ; Lavender-leaved Ironwort. SuftVu- ticose, tomentose: leaves lanceolate-linear, quite entire; bractes toothed; lateral lobes of the upper lip of the corolla acute. It varies with the lower leaves linear-spatubite, and the upper linear; also with the lower linear, and the upper oblong or spatulate; lastly, with the leaves quite entire and subcordate. — Native of Spain. 13. Sideritis Virgata; Rod like Ironwort. Suffruticose, tomentose: leaves linear, quite entire; bractes toothed; lateral lobes of the upper lip of the corolla obtuse. — Native of Barbary, on the sandy hills near Mascar. 14. Sideritis Glauca; Glaucous Ironwort. Herbaceous, perennial, pubescent, hoary: leaves linear, spatulate, quite entire; bractes toothed; lateral lobes of the lower lip of the lower lip of the corolla acute. — Native of Spain, in the king- dom of Valencia. 15. Sideritis Hyssopifolia ; Hyssop-leaved Ironwort. Leaves lanceolate, smooth, quite entire; bractes cordate, tooth-spiny; calices equal; stem short, woody, with branches a foot and half long. — Native of Switzerland, Italy, and the Pyrenees. l(j. Sideritis Scordioides; Crenated Ironwort. Leaves lanceolate, somewhat toothed, smooth above ; bractes ovate, tooth-spiny ; calices equal ; root perennial ; stems a foot lon^. It flowers from August to November. — Native of the south of France. 17. Sideritis Spiuosa ; Thorny Ironwort. Hirsute : leaves lanceolate, with the bractes cordate, tooth-spiny. — Native of Spain, in Castile and Arragon. 18. Sideritis Hirsuta ; Hairy Ironwort. Leaves lanceo- late, obtuse, toothed, hairy; bractes tooth-spiny; stems hirsute, decumbent. — Native of the south of Europe. 19. Sideritis Ovata ; Ovate-leaved Ironwort. Herbaceous, pubescent: leaves petioled, elliptic, obtuse, crenate; spike four-cornered ; bractes ovate, tooth-spiny. Perennial. — Native of Peru. 20. Sideratis Lanata ; Woolly Ironwort. Leaves cordate, obtuse, villose; calices awnless, woolly; spike long; stem erect ; root annual. — Native of Palestine and Egypt. Side-saddle Flower. See Sarracenia. Siderodendrum ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth S I D THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S I G one-leafed, very small, four-toothed, acute, placed on the germen. Corolla: one-petalled ; tube cylindrical, curved in, long; border four-cleft; segments oblong, obtuse, flat, reflexed, shorter by half than theatube. Stamina: filamenta four, very short, arising below the divisions of the border; anther® oblong, erect. Pistil: germen roundish, inferior; style filiform, length of the tube of the corolla ; stigma oblong, obtuse, thickish. Pericarp: berry dicoccous, crowned with the calix, two-celled, with the partition contrary. Seeds: solitary, on one side convex, wrinkled, on the other flat, margined, fastened to the partition. Essential Charac- ter. Corolla: one-petalled, salver-shaped. Calix: four- toothed. Berry: dicoccous, two-celled ; seeds solitary. The only species known is, 1. Siderodendrum Triflorum. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, acute, quite entire, shining, petioled, opposite, half a foot long; flowers small, rose-coloured on the outside, white within ; branches smooth, below round, above slightly four- cornered, compressed at the top. The corolla is often changed, perhaps by some insect, into an oblong bag, half an inch in length, fleshy, hollow within, ending in a poiut at top, and having the appearance of a fruit. — Found in the mountain woods of Martinico, Montserrat, &c. Sideroxylum ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix : perianth five-cleft, small, erect, permanent. Corolla : one-petalled, wheel- shaped; segments five, roundish, concave, erect; toothlet cusped, senate at the base of each division of the petal, tending inwards. Stamina : filamenta five, awl-shaped, length of the corolla, alternate w ith the toothlets; anther® oblong, incumbent. Pistil: germen roundish; style awl-shaped, length of the stamina; stigma simple, obtuse. Pericarp: roundish, one-celled. Seed: five. Observe. The teeth are wanting in the corolla of some species, as in the first and third; and the ninth differs in having ten stamina. ‘Essen- tial Character Corolla: five-cleft. Nectary: in most five-leaved. Stigma: simple. Berry : five-seeded. The species are, 1. Sideroxylum Mite. Unarmed: flower sessile. — Native of Africa. See the next species. *2. Sideroxylum Inerme; Smooth Ironwood. Unarmed: leaves perennial, obovate; peduncles round. The flowers come out in clusters at the sides of the branches, upon short footstalks, which branch out into several smaller, each sus- taining a single flower, which is small and white. The wood is so heavy as to sink in water, and, being very close and hard, has obtained the name of Ironwood. — This tree is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, where it rises to the height of an English Apple-tree. Like all the others of this genus, it cannot be preserved in England, unless placed in a mode- rate stove. They are all propagated from seeds procured from abroad, and sown in pots filled with light rich earth, and plunged into a good hot-bed in the spring, in order to get the plants forward early in the season. When they are fit to transplant, they should be each put into a separate small pot filled with good earth, and plunged into a fresh hot-bed while they are young. In winter they must be plunged into the tan-bed in the stove, and treated in the same manner as has been directed for tender plants from the same countries. As they obtain more strength, they may be treated more hardily, by placing them in a dry-stove in the winter, and giving them a greater share of free air in summer. When they are strogg, they may be placed abroad in summer in a sheltered situation. Mr. Miller pro- pagated them by layers, which were two years before they had made good roots ; and sometimes they will take from 4 cuttings ; but this is a very uncertain method, nor do they when so raised grow so vigorously as those from seeds. 3. Sideroxylum Melanophloeum ; Laurel leaved Ironwood. Unarmed: leaves perennial, lanceolate; peduncles angular. This tree bears a great resemblance to the preceding. There are no teeth between the'stamina. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Sideroxylum Cymosum. Unarmed : leaves opposite, petioled; cymes compound and decompound. A small shrub. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. - 5. Sideroxylum Sericeum ; Silky Ironwood. Unarmed : leaves ovate, tomentose, silky beneath.— Native of New' South Wales. G. Sideroxylum Argenteum ; Silvery Ironwood. Unarmed: leaves ovate, retuse, tomentose ; flowers peduncled. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Sideroxylum Tomentosum. Unarmed: leaves oblong, acuminate, obtuse, the younger ones tomentose ; peduncles aggregate, axillary, length of the petiole.— Native of the East Indies, chiefly on the tops of mountains. 8. Sideroxylum Lycioides; Willoiv-leaved Ironwood. Spiny: leaves deciduous. — Native of Canada. 9. Sideroxylum Decandrum. Spiny: leaves deciduous, elliptic. — Native of South America. Sigesbeckia : a genus of the class Svngenesia, order Polv- gamia Superflua. — Generic Character. Calix: com- mon, exterior, five-leaved ; leaflets linear, round, spreading very much, longer than the flower, permanent; interior sub- quinquangular ; leaflets many, ovate, concave, obtuse, equal. Corolla: compound, half radiate; corollets hermaphrodite, many in the disk ; female five or fewer in the rav, only on one side of the flower; proper of the hermaphrodite funnel- form, exceeding the calix in length, five-toothed or three- toothed ; female ligulate, w ide, three-toothed, very short, or funnel-shaped, trifid, the interior division deeper. Stamina : in the hermaphrodites; filamenta five or three, very short; anther® cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites; germen oblong, curved in, size of the calix ; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma bifid. In the females, germen oblong, curved in, size of the calix ; style filiform, length of the hermaphrodite; stigma bifid. Pericarp: none; calix unchanged. Seeds: in the hermaphrodites, solitary, oblong, obtusely four cornered, thicker above, obtuse, naked; pap- pus none. In the females, very like the others. Receptacles : chafly; chaffs very like the scales of the calix, cojicave, wrapping up the seeds on one side, and deciduous. Essen- tial Character. Calix: exterior, five-leaved; proper, spreading. Ray: halved. Pappus: none. Receptacle: chaffy’. The species are, 1. Sigesbeckia Orientalis; Oriental Sigesbeckia. Petioles sessile ; exterior calices linear, larger, spreading ; plant annual, nearly four feet high, sending out many branches; flowers terminating, small, yellow; stem upright. It is remarkable for having the ray of the flower on one side, as in Milleria. When the ripe seeds are gathered, they move in the hand as if they were alive. It flowers in July and August. — Sow the seeds on a hot-bed, and set out the plants in a warm border at the beginning of June, supplying them with water in. dry weather. — Native of India, China, and Otaheite. 2. Sigesbeckia Occidentalis ; American Sigesbeckia. Pe- tioles decurrent ; calices naked. Perennial, flowering in October and November. See Phcelhusa. 3. Sigesbeckia Flosculosa; Small-Jlowered Sigesbeckia. Flescules three-toothed, the hermaphrodites three-stainined ; stem very much branched, round, slightly striated, somewhat villose, jointed, the thickness of a reed, dusky purple. It is S I L OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S I L 575 at first sight distinguished from the first species, by its floscu- lar-likte flowers, and dichotomous diffused branches. Pro bably it is the only triandrous plant in the Syngenesia class. — Native of Peru, where it is an annual plant, flowering in June and July. It soon ripens its seeds, and may be propa- gated by them or by cuttings. Silene; a genus of the class Decandria, order Trigynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one-leaved, ven- tricose, five toothed, permanent. Corolla: petals five; claws narrow, length of the calix, margined ; border flat, obtuse, often bifid ; nectary composed of two toothlets in the neck of each petal, forming a crown at the throat, Stamina : fila- menta ten, awl-shaped, five alternately inserted into the claws of the petals, and iater than the other five ; a nth era oblong. Pistil: germen cylindrical ; styles three, simple, longer than the stamina ; stigmas bent contrary to the sun’s apparent motion. Pericarp: capsule cylindrical, covered, one or three celled, opening at top into five or six parts. Seeds : very many, kidney-form. Observe. This genus differs from . Cucubalus in the nectarious crown of the corolla. Essen TIAL Character. Calix: ventricose. Petals: five, with claws crowned at the throat. Capsule: three-celled.- The species are, * Flowers solitary, lateral. 1. Silene Anglica; English Catchjly. Hirsute, viscid: petals emarginate; flowers lateral, erect, alternate; lower fruits divaricate, reflexed ; root annual, fibrous; stem branch- ed, spreading, flexuose, round, leafy; branches somewhat spiked, erect. — Native of England and France, found in sandy fields, flowering in Juno and July. Found about Colchester and Booking in Essex; Canterbury in Kent; near Devil’s Ditch in Cambridgeshire; at Lakenham and Cossey near Norwich ; about Coombe wood in Surry ; in the corn- fields near Newport in the Isle of Wight ; and near Dundee, St. Andrew’s, and Perth, in Scotland. — Permit the seeds to scatter, and the plants will come up without further care. 2. Silene Lusitanica ; Portugal Catchjly. Hirsute: petals toothed, undivided; flowers erect; fruits divaricate, reflexed, alternate. — Native of Portugal and Barbary. Sow the seeds upon a warm border in autumn. 3. Silene Quinquevulnera \ Variegated Catchfly. Hirsute: petals roundish, quite entire; flowers lateral, alternate; and fruits erect. The deep red spot in the centre of the petals gave rise to the trivial name. This species has been long cultivated in our English gardens under the name of Dwarf Lychnis, and may frequently be found naturalized on heaps of rubbish. It continues in flower from June to the end of August, and produces great plenty of seeds, which were formerly sown in drills on the edges of borders, with several other low annual plants. It is a pretty plant, and, according to Hudson, has been found growing in sandy fields about Wrotham in Kent.— Native of the south of Europe, Siberia, and Barbary. Sow the seeds thin upon a border of light earth in autumn; and in the spring, thin the plants to the distance of four inches, and keep them clean from weeds. If some seeds be sown in the spring, they will flower in July; otherwise they flower in May and June. 4. Silene Ciliata; Fringed Catchjly. Petals two parted, obtuse; calices club-shaped, pubescent, ciliate at the tip, alternate, erect; root simple, perpendicular, filiform; stems somewhat branched, several, ascending, a finger’s length, round, pubescent. — Native of Candia. Sow the seeds upon a warm border in autumn. 5. Silene Sericea; Silky Silene. Petals bifid; flowers opposite; peduncles erect; leaves oblong, spatulate, silky,, hoary; root white, annual, round, not very fibrous. — Native 114. of Piedmont, on the sandy coast. Sow the seeds upon a warm border in autumn. 6. Silene Nocturna; Spiked Night-flowering Catchfly. Flowers in spikes, alternate, directed one way, sessile; petals bifid. It flowers in July.— Native of France and Spain. Sow the seeds upon a warm border in autumn. 7. Silene Gallica; French Catchfly. Flowers subspiked, alternate, directed one way; petals undivided; fruits erect. Annual. — Native of France and Switzerland. 8. Silene Cerastoides. Hirsute: petals emarginate ; fruc- tifications erect ; calices subsessile, somewhat hairy. — Native of the south of Europe. ** Flowers lateral, in clusters. 9. Silene Mutabilis ; Changeable Catchfly. Petals bifid; calices angular, peduncled ; leaves lanceolate, linear. Annual. — Native of the south of Europe. 10. Silene Chlorantha; Pale flowered Catchfly. Petals linear, bifid; flowers lateral, directed one way, drooping; root-leaves rugged at the edge ; root perennial. It is known by the leaves and stems being smooth, and not viscid ; the petals narrow, and herbaceous. — Native of Germany. 11. Silene Nutans; Nottingham Catchfly Flowers pani- cled, directed one way, drooping; petals two-parted, with linear segments; leaves lanceolate, pubescent; root somewhat woody, perennial. It flowers in June and July. — Native of several parts of Europe, chiefly on limestone rocks ; also of Barbarv, on hills about Algiers. It was first observed at Not- tingham castle, but has been found on rocks in Dovedale, Der- byshire ; about Knaresborough in Yorkshire; near Gloddaeth in Carnarvonshire, and near North Queen’s Ferry, in Scotland. 12. Silene Amoena. Petals bifid; coronet subcoadunate ; flowers directed oneway; peduncles opposite, three-flowered; branches alternate ; stems diifused, smoothish, ascending. Perennial. — Native of Tartary. 13. Silene Paradoxa; Dover Catchfly. Flowers panicled, directed oneway, drooping; petals obcordate, emarginate; leaves linear-lanceolate, smooth. — Native of Italy; and found on Dover cliff’s, whence the name. 14. Silene Maritima ; Sea Catchfly. Flowers mostly soli- tary, terminating; petals bifid, crowned; calices smooth, netted, veined; stems decumbent, leafy, with the extremities only growing upright, and terminating in a handsome white flower. The leaves vary much in breadth. There is a variety with red flowers. — Native of Norway, Gothland, and Britain. Common on many of our coasts; near Southwold in Suffolk; Wells in Norfolk; and upon the shores of Sussex, and greatest part of the western coasts. 15. Silene Fruticosa; Shrubby Catchfly. Petals bifid; stem shrubby; leaves broad-lanceolate ; panicle trichotomous. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Sicily and Germany. This may be increased by slips planted in a shady border; and if the plants be set in a warm dry border, they will live several years without shelter, but in moist ground they fre- quently rot in winter. It also rises easily from seeds. 18. Silene Bupleuroides ; Hare’s-eur-like Catchfly. Petals bifid; flowers peduncled, opposite, shorter than the bracte; leaves lanceolate, acute, smooth; root perennial or biennial. — Native of Persia and Mount Atlas. As the seeds do not ripen here, it is difficult to propagate this species. The only way is to slip off the heads in June, and plant them under a glass; they will take root, if shaded from the sun and duly watered. 17. Silene Longiflora; Long-flowered Catchfly. Petals bifid; flowers panicled, erect; peduncles opposite, longer than the bracte; calices very long, smooth; root perennial; stems panicled, smooth. — Native of Hungary. 18. Silene Gigantea; Gigantic Catchfly. Petals bifid; 7 G 57? S I L THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SIL root-leaves screw-shaped, very blunt; flowers in a sort of whorl. They open only by night.— Native of Africa, Sicily, and Crete. Sow the seeds of this and the two following species upon a warm border in autumn ; and when they are lit to remove, set them on a dry soil in a warm situation, where they will live through the winter, and in the following sum- mer they will flower, ripen seeds, and decay. 19. Silene Crassifolia ; Thick-leaved Catchfly. Petals emar- ginate; leaves suborbiculate, fleshy, hirsute; raceme directed one way; root biennial. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the preceding. 20. Silene Viridiflora; Green flowered Cutchjly. Petals cloven halt way; leaves ovate, somewhat rugged, acute; panicle elongated, almost leafless ; flowers in loose spikes at the top, of a green colour; root biennial; plant a foot high or more. — Native of Spain, Portugal, and Siberia. See the eighteenth species. *** Flowers from the forks of the Stem. 21. Silene Conoidea; Conoid Cutchjly. Calices of the fruit globular, acuminate, with thirty streaks; leaves smooth; petals entire. — Native of France, Spain, and Italy, among corn. It flowers in June, and the seeds ripen in August, 22. Silene Conica ; Conic or Corn Catchfly. Stem dicho- tomous ; petals bifid ; leaves soft ; calices of the fruit conical, with thirty streaks ; root annual, small, somewhat branched; flowers from the divarications of the stem, solitary, pedicel- led, erect, in an evening eshaliug a sweet smell like that of the Honeysuckle, but weaker. — Native of Germany, France, Spain, Italy, the Levant, and Barbary. It flowers in July. — Found on the sand-hills near Sandown castle, and at New Romney in Kent. 23. Silene Bellidifolia ; Daisy-leaved Catchfly. Calices cylindric-conic, pubescent, erect ; petals bifid ; racemes geminate, terminating, directed one way, the middle flower pedunded ; leaves lanceolate, pubescent. Annual. 24. Silene Dichotoma; Forked Catchfly. Calices ovate, viscid, hairy, erect; petals bifid ; racemes geminate, terini nating, directed one way; middle flower peduncled; leaves petioled, ovate-lanceolate, ciliate at the base. This is an annual or biennial plant. — Native of Hungary. 25. Silene Vespertina; Evening Catchfly. Calices club- shaped, pubescent, erect; petals bifid; crown connate; racemes geminate, terminating, directed one way; middle flower peduncled; leaves obovate-lanceolate, ciliate at the base; plant annual, rough-haired all over. The flower is flesh-coloured, and opens in the evening ; stem branched, erect, the branches mostly alternate. — Found on the shores of Sicily, Barbary, Crete, &c. 26. Silene Behen ; Bladder Catchfly. Calices smooth, ovate, netted-veiued ; capsules three-celled. — Native of the island of Candia. 27. Silene Stricta ; Stiff' Catchfly. Petals emarginate ; calices netted, veined, acuminate, longer than the peduncle ; stem dichotomous, stiff : plant annual.. — Native of Spain. 28. Silene Pend ula ; Pendulous Catchfly. Fruiting calices pendulous, inflated ; angles ten, rugged. It flowers in May and June. The flowers come out singly from the axils upon short peduncles; they are large, and of a bright red colour, resembling those of the common wild Red Campion. — Native of Sicily, Crete, ot Candia. Permit the seeds to scatter, and the plants will soon grow. 29. Silene Procumbens; Procumbent Catchfly. Calices inflated, with about ten angles, rugged; petals emarginate ; stem procumbent; leaves sessile, linear, lanceolate. Peren- nial. Weak, tender, and very smooth. 30. Silene Nocliflora; Forked Night flowering Catchfly. Stem dichotomous; petals bifid, obtusely crowned; calices ten angled; teeth nearly equal to the tube; root annual, small in proportion to the herb, which often becomes very luxuriant in a manured soil. It flowers in July. — Native of Sweden, Germany, Switzerland, Dauphiny, Piedmont; audin England, in sandy fields in the middle, eastern, and southern counties. It is not uncommon in Norfolk and Suffolk ; in Cambridgeshire it occurs by the road from New Market to Canvass-hall in Wood Ditlon; near the turnpike on New- market heath; near Catlidge hall, between Snailwell and Chippenham, and between Chippenham park wall and the gravel pit; in Bedfordshire at Oakley Westfield; in Oxford- shire at Headington, Stanton, Harcourt, Cowley, and South Leigh. It flowers in July. —Permit the seeds to scatter, and the plants will come up without further care. 31. Silene Ornata ; Dark-coloured Catchfly. Calices of the fruit oblong, keeled, hairy ; petals hairy, bifid ; leaves lanceolate, pubescent, waved ; stem ascending. This is a biennial plant, with dark red flowers, somewhat like that of the Clove Pink, in which its beauty chiefly consists, for the plant itself is of rude grow th. It grows readily to the height of about two feet, blows freely during most of the sum- mer months, and ripens its seeds. It flowers from May to September. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This and the following species require the protection of the dry-stove, green-house, or glass-case. They may easily be raised from seeds, but are more commonly increased from cuttings, which strike freely. 32. Silene Undulata ; Wave-leaved Catchfly. Calices of the fruit subcylindrical, hairy ; petals bifid ; leaves lanceolate, pubescent, waved ; stem ascending. It flowers in August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the preceding species. 33. Silene Virginica ; Virginian Catchfly. Calices of the flower cylindrical, villose ; panicle dichotomous. — Native of Virginia. Perennial, polymorphous. 34. Silene Antirrhina ; Snapdragon-leaved Catchfly. Leaves lanceolate; peduncles trifid ; petals emarginate; cali- ces ovate ; root annual, slender, fibrous. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Virginia and Carolina. 35. Silene Sedoides; Sedumlike Catchfly. Glandular, hairy; calices club shaped ; petals emarginate; leaves oblong- obovate, somewhat fleshy ; root annual ; stem branching, diffuse. — Native country uncertain. 36. Silene Apetala ; Apetalous Catchfly. Calices ovate, pubescent ; flowers apetalous ; leaves lanceolate, pubescent. This is an annual plant, differing from all the species of Silene in the flowers being clandestine from the defect of petals; stem round, six inches high, with the branches simple and opposite; capsule shortly pedicelled. i 37. Silene Rubella ; Small Red flowered Catchfly . Erect, even : calices subglobular, smooth, veined ; corollas unopened ; root annual, simple, fibrous, descending siraight down. It flowers in May. — Native of Portugal, and Cyprus. 38. Silene Inaperta; Small Unopen flowered Catchfly. Stem dichotomous, panicled ; calices even ; petals very short, emarginate; leaves smooth, lanceolate; root annual, fibrous. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the south ot Europe; as the county of Nice, Scopoli, and Carniola. 39. Silene Clandestina; Clandestine Catchfly. Calices ovate, ten-angled, pubescent; petals bifid, erect, a little longer than the calix ; leaves oblong, lanceolate, ciliate.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 40. Sileue Portensis; Oporto Catchfly. Stem dichoto- mous, panicled ; calices striated ; petals bifid ; leaves linear. It flowers in July and August.— Native of Portugal. S I L OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SI L 577 41. Silene Cretica; Cretan Catchfly. Erect, even: calices erect, ten-angled ; petals bifid ; stem dichotomous-panided, spreading, filiform, with the joints viscid ; flower bright purple, with the petals cloven half way, from upright spread- ing a little. It flowers from June to August. — Native of Crete or Candia. 42. Silene Muscipula; Spanish Catchfly. Petals bifid; stem dichotomous; flowers axillary, sessile; leaves smooth; root annual. The sliminess of this plant is such, says Gerarde, that if you take it in your hands, your fingers will cleave together, as if your hand touched birdlime ; and if flies do light upon the same, they will be so entangled that they cannot fly away. — Native of the south of Fiance, Spain, Siberja, and Algiers. Sow the seeds in autumn. When the plants are fit to remove, transplant them into a bed of fresh earth, at six inches distance, shading and watering them until they have taken new root. Keep them clean from weeds till autumn, and then transplant them to the places where they are designed to remain, for flowering. When the seeds happen to scatter upon a wall, the plants will continue much longer than in the ground. 43. Silene Polyphylla ; Many leaved Catchfly. Leaves in bundles, bristle-shaped, on the flowering branches opposite: root perennial; stems branching, and frequently lying on the ground.— Native of Dauphiny, Hungary, Austria, and Bohemia. **** piowers terminating. 44. Silene Armeria ; Common or Lobel’s Catchfly. Pani- cles dichotomous, fastigiate, many-flowered; petals emargi- nate, acutely crowned ; upper leaves cordate, smooth. There are three varieties, which generally retain their differences; one has a bright purple flower; the second a pale red, and the third a white flower. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Denmark, Germany, France, Switzerland, Carni- ola, and Piedmont. Observed on the banks of the river below the city of Chester. 45. Silene Orcbidea; Orchis-flowered Catchfly. Petals two-lobed, the borders having on each side of the base an awl-shaped process ; leaves even, the lower roundish, spaiu- late; petioles ciliate ; root annual; stem erect, dichotomous. t It flowers in May and June. — Native of the Levant. 46. Silene Egyptiaca; Egyptian Catchfly. Petals ernargi- nate, toothed on both sides; leaves subtomentose ; stem herbaceous, a palm high, brachiate, very slightly tomentose ; flowers terminating. — Native of Egypt. 47. Silene Catesboei ; Catesby’s Catchfly. Calices cylin- drical; petals four-cleft, acute; panicle terminating; leaves lanceolate. — Native of Carolina. 48. Silene Cordifolia . Heart-leaved Catchfly. Calices pubescent, angular, cylindrical; petals bifid; flowers termi- nating; leaves roundish, acute, nerved, hairy; root fibrous, perennial. This plant is viscid all over. — Native of the higher rocks of Piedmont, the county of Nice, and the Col de Ttnde. 49. Silene Chlorsefolia ; Armenian Catchfly. Calices smooth, club-shaped ; petals semibifid ; leaves glaucous, lower oval, upper cordate, embracing; root probably perennial. — Native of Armenia. 50. Silene Alpestris; Austrian Catchfly. Petals four- toothed ; stem dichotomous ; capsules ovate-oblong ; leaves linear-lanceolate, smooth, erect; peduncles viscid; root perennial.— Native of the mountains of Austria. This, and the three following species, may be propagated by seeds or cuttings. They are all hardy. The seeds of the last should be sown in dry rubbish, w here the plants will live many years ; hut in rich moist soil, they rarely live through the winter. 51. Silene Rupestris; Rock Catchfly. Flowers erect; petals emarginate; calices round; leaves lanceolate. It flowers from June to August. — Native of Lapland, Sweden, Germany, Dauphiny, Piedmont, and Siberia. See the pre- ceding species. 52. Silene Saxifraga; Saxifrage Catchfly. Stems one- flowered; peduncles length of the stein; leaves smooth; flowers hermaphrodite and female ; petals bifid ; root woody, branched. It is a creeping plant, with the branches com- monly simple and viscid, it flowers from Juue to August. — Native of France, Italy, Carniola, and Japan. See the fiftieth species. 53. Silene Vallesia ; Woolly-leaved Catchfly. Stems one- flowered, decumbent; leaves lanceolate, tomeniose, length of the calix. The flowers grow erect, are of a pale red colour, and are succeeded by turgid capsules, filled with roundish seeds. It flowers from June to August. — Native of the higher Alps, of the Vaudois, the Valais, and Dauphiny. See the fiftieth species. 54. Silene Pumilio ; Dwarf Mountain Catchfly. Stems one flowered, two-leaved ; petals repand ; leaves linear, lan- ceolate; root perennial.— Native of the mountains of Italy, Moravia, and Carinthia. 55. Silene Acaulis; Stemless Catchfly, or Moss Campion. Stemless : leaves linear, ciliate at the base ; peduncles solilary, one-flowered ; petals emarginate. The root is perennial, forms a thick tuft, and descends far in the earth. It flowers from May to July. — Native of the mountains of Lapland, Denmark, Britain, Germany, Dauphiny, Austria, Piedmont, Switzerland, and the Pyrenees : on the highest mountains of Devonshire, Wales, and Scotland; as, on Ben Lomond, Isles of Mull, Rum, and Skye. 56. Silene Hispida; Hairy Catchfly. Flowers racemed, clustered, directed one way; calices very hirsute; petals bifid. — Native of Mount Atlas. 57. Silene Imbricata ; Imbricate flowered Catchfly. Stem hairy below; leaves lanceolate; flowers sessile, directed one way, stiff, in long racemes, imbricate. Annual. — Native of Barbary, in the fields near Mascar. 58. Silene Tridentata. Hirsute : leaves narrow, lanceolate; flowers racemed, distinct, sessile; teeth of the calix awl- shaped ; capsules acuminate, erect. — Found in Spain, and in the corn-fields near Algiers. 59. Silene Reticulata ; Netted Catchfly. Smooth, viscid : leaves narrow, lanceolate; peduncles two or three flowered; calix club-shaped, netted; petals linear, emarginate; stem erect, smooth, branched, viscid, slender.— Native of Algiers. 60. Silene Bipartila ; Cloven-petalled Catchfly. Lower leaves spatulate ; flowers racemed, directed one way, nodding; petals two-parted ; stem pubescent, jointed, erect, or else decumbent at the base, branched. — This is a very handsome annual species; found in Barbary, flowering during spring. 61. Silene Pseudo-atocion. Lowest leaves obovate ; flowers in bundles, terminating; calices club-shaped; petals linear, quite entire; stems often many, from the same tuft. Annual, — Native of Mount Atlas. 62. Silene Ramosissima ; Branched Catchfly. Pubescent, viscid, very much branched: leaves narrow, lanceolate; pe- duncles from one to three flowered ; calices ovate ; petals bifid ; capsules subsessile, within the calix. Perennial. — Found on the sand, by the coast of Barbary. 63. Silene Arenaria; Sandwort Catchfly. Villose, viscid: leaves linear, lanceolate, bluntish ; flowers loosely racemed ; petals bifid ; capsules within the calix, pedicelled. — Native of the sandy shores of the Mediterranean. 64. Silene Arenarioides ; Sandwort-like Catchfly. Pu- 578 S I P THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S I N bescent: leaves narrow, linear ; peduncles from one to three flowered; calices ten, striated, villose; petals bifid; capsules round, pedicelled. — Native of Barbary. 65. Silene Cinerea ; Ash-coloured Catchjly. Lower leaves ovate; flowers racemed, subsessile, solitary, two or three together; ealix pubescent, ten-streaked; petals bifid. — Native of the fields about Algiers. 66. Silene Patula; Spreading Catchjly. Viscid: branches panic-led, spreading; lower leaves on long petioles, ovate, acuminate; peduncles subtriflorous ; calix elongated ; petals semibifid; stem erect, pubescent below, branched. The flowers open at sunset, and then smell very pleasantly. Peren- nial.— Native of Barbary, in fields. Silk Cotton. See Bombax. Silphium : a genus of the class Svngenesia, order Polyga- mia Necessaria. — Generic Character. Calix: common, ovate, imbricate, squarrose ; scales ovate-oblong, bent back in the middle, prominent every way, permanent. Corolla: compound, radiate; corollets hermaphrodite, in the disk many ; females in the ray fewer ; proper of the hermaphro- dites one petalled, funnel form, five-toothed; the tube scarcely narrower than the border; of the females lanceolate, very long, often three-toothed. Stamina : in the hermaphrodite ; filamenta five, capillary, very short ; anthcra cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites; germen round, very slender; style filiform, very long, villose; stigma simple : in the females, germen obcordate; style simple, short ; stigmas two, bristle-shaped, length of the style. Pericarp: none; calix unchanged. Seeds: in the hermaphrodites none: in the females, solitary, submembranaceous, obcordate, with the edge membranaceous, two-horned, emarginate. Receptacle: chaffy; chaffs linear. Essential Character. Calix: squarrose. Seed: dow'n margined, two-horned. Receptacle : chaffy. The species are, 1. Silphium Laciniatum ; Jagged-leaved Silphium. Leaves alternate, pinnate-sinuate; root perennial; stem twice the height of a man. It flowers from July to September. — ^Na- tive of North America. These plants may be increased by parting the roots in the same manner as is practised for the perennial Sunflower: the best time for this is in autumn, when the stalks begin to decay. Treat them afterwards in the same way as the perennial Sunflower. 2. Silphium Terebintliinaceum ; Broad-leaved Silphium. Leaves alternate, ovate, serrate, rugged; root-leaves cordate; stem five feet high, strong, upright, annual, smooth. The smell of the flower, which is moderately large and yellow, is like that of the Sunflower. It flowers in August and September. — Native of North America. 3. Silphium Perfoliatum ; Square-stalked Silphium. Leaves opposite, deltoid, petioled, perfoliate; stem four-cornered, even; root perennial. It flowers from July to October. — Native of North America. 4. Silphium Counatum ; Round-stalked Silphium. Leaves opposite, sessile, perfoliate ; stem round, rugged ; root per- ennial. Stem the height of a man, as thick as the thumb, erect, quite simple, round at the bottom. It flowers, from July to October. — Native of North America. 5. Silphium Asteriscus ; Hairy-stalked Silphium. Leaves undivided* sessile, opposite, lower alternate; root perennial; stem four or five feet high. It flowers from July to Septem- ber.—Native of North America. 6. Silphium Trifoliatum ; Three-leaved Silphium. Leaves in threes ; root perennial and woody ; stems annual, rising five feet high, or more in good land, of a purplish colour, and branching towards the top. it flowers from July to October. — Native of many parts of North America. 7. Silphium Trilobatum; Three-lobed Silphium. Leaves opposite, sessile, wedge-form. This is a weakly plant, creep- ing far among other vegetables, but more luxuriant and up- right towards the top. — Native of the West Indies. 8. Silphium Arborescens ; Tree Silphium. Leaves lanceo- late, alternate, rugged, slightly serrate ; stem shrubby ; flowers terminating, some singly on slender peduncles, others by two or three upon each peduncle, unequal in height. — Native of La Vera Cruz in New Spain. Slip off the young shoots in July; plant them in a pot filled with light loam; plunge it in a gentle hot-bed, covering the pot closely with a bell or handglass, and shade it from the sun. When the slips are rooted, plant each in a separate pot; place them during the warm months in the open air, in a warm situation ; but in winter keep them in a moderate stove. 9. Siiphium Laevigatum. Stem simple, tetragonal, sulcate, glabrous; leaves opposite, sessile, ovate, acuminate, very finely serrate, subcordate at the base, glabrous on both sides; squames of the calix ovate, ciliate ; flowers in a close corymb. — This plaut grows to the height of two feet, and is a native of Georgia. Siicer Bush. See Anthyllis. Silver Tree. See Protea. Silver Weed. See Pvtentilla. Simpler’s Joy. See Verbena. Sinapis ; a genus of the class Tetradvnamia, order Sili- quosa.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth four- leaved, spreading; leaflets linear, concave, channelled, cru- ciform, spreading, deciduous. Corolla: four-petalled, cruci- form ; petals roundish, flat, spreading, entire; claws erect,, linear, scarcely the length of the calix ; nectareous glands four, ovate; one on each side between the shorter stamina and the pistil, and one on each side between the longer stamina and the calix. Stamina: filamenta six, awl-shaped, erect, two of them opposite, the length of the calix, and four longer; anthene from erect spreading, acuminate. Pis- til: germen cylindrical ; style length of the germen, height of the stamina; stigma capitate, entire. Pericarp: silique oblong, torose below, rugged, two-celled, two-valved ; par- tition for the mobt part twice the length of the valves, large, compressed. Seeds: many, globular. Observe. This spe- cies differs from Brassica in having the calix spreading, aud the claws of the corolla erect. Essential Character. Calix: spreading. Corolla: claws erect. Gland: between the shorter stamina and pistil, and between the longer stamina and calix. The species are, 1. Sinapis Arvensis; Wild Mustard, or Charlock. Siliques multangular, torose, turgid, longer than the ancipital beak ; leaves ovate, sublyrate; root annual, fusiform, small, rigid ; stem from nine inches or a foot, to a foot and half in height, l either wholly green or tinged with red. It is confounded by husbandmen under the name of Charlock, with Raphanus Raphanistrum, which is as common a weed in some fields as this is in others. Its classical English name is Wild Mus- tard ; but it is called Charlock, Garlock, Warlock, Chadlock, i Cadlock, and Kedlock, all of which are the same name, differently pronounced in different counties. In some parts I of Yorkshire it is called Runsh. The seed is commonly sold under the name of Durham Mustard-seed. The >ouug plants, and particularly the tender tops, before they flower, are boiled and eaten as greens by husbandmen, in Scandinavia, Ireland; and many parts of England. This and the other species, when they are weeds among corn, being annuals, may be destroyed, or at least checked, by spring feeding with sheep, or by weeding with the hook, to prevent its flowering. The seed will lie in the ground till turned up within the S I N OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S I P 579 sphere of vegetation ; by which means it may be destroyed on fallows. 2. Sinapis Orientalis ; Oriental Mustard. Siliques hispid backwards, slightly four-cornered, and compressed at the tip. — Native of the Levant. 3. Sinapis Brassicata; Cabbage Mustard. Leaves obovate, toothletted, even ; stem and pod like that of a cabbage. — Native of China and Cochin-china. 4. Sinapis Alba ; White Mustard. Siliques hispid, torose, shorter than the ancipital beak; leaves hispid ; root annual. Ray distinguishes this species from Common Mustard and Charlock, by the leaves being more deeply and frequently cut; the pods hairy, and standing out more from the stalk; the seeds very large, so as to swell out the pod into knots ; and the pod itself finishing in a broad, thin, oblong, sword- shaped point. It is generally cultivated in gardens as a salad herb, for winter and spring use. The seeds have nearly the same properties with those of the next species. — Native of Germany, France, Flanders, Switzerland, and Britain, in corn-fields, on banks, and by road-sides, flowering in June, and ripening its seeds in August. Sow the seeds of this species very thick in drills, upon a warm border, or, in very cold weather, upon a moderate hot-bed. They will be fit for use in ten days or a fortnight, for if they are large, and have rough leaves, they are too strong to put into salads. To save the seeds, a spot of ground must be sown in the spring; and when the plants have four leaves, hoe the ground in dry weather, in the same manner as for Turnips. Repeat this in a month’s time, leaving the plants eight or nine inches asun- der. If this be well performed, and in dry weather, the ground will remain clean till the seeds are ripe. As soon as the pods change brown, cut the plants off, and spread them upon cloths two or three days to dry, and thresh them out for use. 5. Sinapis Nigra; Common or Black Mustard. Siliques smooth, four-cornered, pressed to the raceme ; upper leaves linear-lanceolate, quite entire, smooth; root annual, small ; stem upright, round, streaked, three or four feet high, with many distant spreading branches. The hanging down of the upper leaves, distinguishes this at first sight from its conge- ners.— The seeds reduced to powder make the common Mustard, so much requested at our tables. Taken inwardly, in the quantity of a large table spoonful, they gently move the bowels, and are serviceable in asthmatic complaints, the rheumatism, and palsy. The powdered seeds curdle milk, and impregnate boiling water very strongly. This infusion, when taken in considerable quantity, causes vomiting, but in smaller doses it is a gentle aperient and diuretic. Poultices made with Mustard flower, crumbs of bread, and vinegar, are frequently applied to the soles of the feet in fevers, and may be used to advantage in fixed rheumatic and sciatic pains. In short, whenever a strong stimulating medicine is wanted to act upon the nervous system, without exciting much heat, there is none preferable to Mustard seed. A large spoonful of the unbruised seeds taken every morning, is excellent against rheumatic complaints, and the falling sick- ness. They operate by urine, and moderately promote the menstrual discharge; and while they are producing these good effects, they strengthen the stomach, disperse wind, and create an appetite. Eaten as a salad, it is an excellent anti- scorbutic. The seeds distilled with water, yield an essential oil of great acrimony : when pressed, they afford a consider- able quantity of mild insipid oil, which is as free from acrimony as that of Almonds. Bergius informs us, that he found Mustard of great use in curing vernal intermittents ; for this purpose he directed a spoonful of the whole seeds to 114. be taken three or four times a day, during the hot fit; and when the disease was obstinate, he added flour of Mustard to the bark. The seed may be given either entire or bruised, to the quantity of a spoonful or half an ounce to a dose. — It is cultivated only for the seeds, and should be sown in the same way as those of the preceding species, and treated in the same manner, only allowing the plants twice as much room, or hoeing them out to the distance of eighteen inches. Sometimes this species requires to be hoed three times. The other species may be treated in the same way. 6. Sinapis Pyrenaica; Pyrenean Mustard. Siliques streaked, rugged ; leaves runcinate, even. — Native of the Pyrenees, Mount Cenis, and various Alps. 7. Sinapis Pubescens; Pubescent Mustard. Siliques pubescent, erect; beak compressed; leaves lyrate, villose; stem perennial, shrubby. — Native of Sicily. 8. Sinapis Hispida; Hispid Mustard. Siliques hispid, erect; leaves lyrate, very rugged ; stem hispid; root annual; flowers yellow. — Native of Morocco. 9. Sinapis Chinensis; Chinese Mustard. Siliques even, slightly jointed, patulous; leaves lyrate-runcinate, subhirsute. There are two varieties of this species in Cochin-china, with entire leaves, not lyrate, being more tender, and having more flavour. The seeds also are used in medicine. —Native of China and Cochin-china, and very extensively cultivated in both countries. 10. Sinapis Juncea; Fine-leaved Mustard. Branches in bundles; upper leaves lanceolate, quite entire. — Native of China, whence the seeds are frequemly brought to England, where it is disregarded, though eaten in salads by the Chi- nese. 11. Sinapis Allionii. Siliques ovate oblong, patulous; leaves pinnatifid ; segments gashed ; root fibrous, while, an- nual. The whole plant nearly smooth. 12. Sinapis Erucoides; Dwarf Mustard. Siliques smooth, equal; leaves lyrate, oblong, smooth; stem rugged; root annual. — Native of Italy and Spain. 13. Sinapis Cernua ; Pendulous Mustard. Siliques even, patulous; root-leaf lyrate; end lobe very large, ovate, gash- toothed. — Native of Japan and China. 14. Sinapis Hispanica ; Spanish Mustard. Leaves doubly pinnate; segments linear.- — Native of Spain. 15. Sinapis Japonica ; Japanese Mustard. Siliques even, erect; leaves gasb-pinuatifid, smooth. It flowers in May. — Native of Japan, about Jedo. 16. Sinapis Incana ; Hoary Mustard. Siliques pressed to the raceme, even ; lower leaves lyrate, rugged, upper lanceo- late; stem rugged; root branched, hard, acrid, having the taste and smell of Navew-. It is biennial. — Native of France, Spain, Portugal, and Switzerland. 17. Sinapis Frutescens; Shrubby Mustard. Siliques linear, even ; low-er leaves oblong, toothed, upper lanceolate, entire; stem smooth, shrubby. It flowers from December to June. — Native of the island of Madeira. 18. Sinapis Radicata. Root-leaves deeply lyrate, hispid ; stem-leaves pinnate; branches rod-like, smooth; siliques awl-shaped, torulose, spreading; root perennial, vety long, twisted, having filiform branches; stem hispid at the base, smooth above. — Found in the barren hills near Algiers. 19. Sinapis Laevigata; Smooth Mustard. Siliques even, patulous; leaves lyrate, smooth, upper lanceolate; stem even. — Native place unknown. Single-seeded Cucumber. See Sicyos. Siphonanthus ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five-parted, wide, permanent. Corolla : one- 7 H 580 S I S THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S I S petalled, funnel-form; tube filiform, very narrow, several times as long as the calix ; border four-parted, spreading, less than the calix. Stamina: filamenta four, longer than the border of the corolla ; antherae oblong, triangular. Pis- til: germen four-cleft, very short, superior; style filiform, length of the stamina, recurved at the tip; stigma simple. Pericarp: berries four, with the spreading calix roundish. Seeds: solitary, roundish. Essential Character. Co- rolla : one-petalled, funnel-form, very long, inferior. Perries: four, one-seeded. The species are, 1. Siphonanthus Indica. Border of the corolla spreading; stigma undivided ; stem herbaceous, quite simple ; leaves opposite and alternate, linear-lanceolate ; flowers in axillary corymbs, three or four together. — Native of South America. 2. Siphonanthus Angustifolia. Border of the corolla two- lipped ; stigma bifid. The leaves are like those of the pre- ceding species, but much narrower, and by threes; flowers axillary, in bifid corymbs, six-flowered or three-flowered. Siphonia ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Monadel- phia. — Generic Character. Male Flowers: numerous, in racemes. Calix: perianth one-leafed, globular, bell- shaped, half five-cleft; teeth erect, acute, reflex at the edge. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamentum a column, shorter than the calix; antherae five, growing to the column below the top of it, subovate. Female: terminating, one in each ra- ceme. Calix: perianth one-leafed, turbinate, bell-shaped, five-cleft; teeth acute, from spreading recurved, deciduous, the circular base only remaining. Pistil: germen conical, subglobular, shorter than the calix; style none; stigmas three, thickish, depressed, two-lobed. Pericarp : capsule large, tricoccous, depressed, hollowed at the base, woody, very hard, covered with a fibrose bark, three-celled ; cells two-valved; valves opening elastically. Seeds: solitary, or two or three, subovate, with a brittle spotted shell. Essen- tial Character. Calix: one-leafed. Corolla: none. Male: antherae five, growing below the top of the column. Female: style none. Stigmas : three. Capsule : tricoccous. Seed: one, sometimes two or three. The only species yet discovered is, 1. Siphonia Elastica; Elastic Gum Tree. See Jalropha Elastica. Sison ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: 'umbel universal, with fewer than six rays, unequal; partial with fewer than ten rays, unequal. Involucre universal, mostly four-leaved, un- equal; partial consimilar; perianth scarcely manifest. Co- rolla: universal, uniform; florets all fertile; partial equal; petals five, lanceolate, inflected, flattish. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, length of the corolla ; antherae simple. Pistil: germen subovate, inferior; styles two, reflected; stigmas ob tuse. Pericarp : none ; fruit ovate, striated, bipartite. Seeds: two, ovate, convex, and striated on one side, flat on the other. Essential Character. Involucres: mostly four-leaved. Fruit : ovate, striated. The species are, 1. Sison Amoinum; Hedge Honewort, or Bastard Slone Parsley. Leaves pinnate; umbels erect, mostly four-rayed ; root annual or biennial, spindle-shaped, with lateral branches; stem erect, two or three feet high, except in dry places, where it is shorter; seeds aromatic and pungent when ripe and dry, but in an early state, they, like the whole herb, have a peculiar nauseous smell. — Sow the seeds in autumn, in a moist shady spot of ground, or permit them to scatter, and the plants will rise without care. — Native of England, Germany, the south of France, Carniola, and Piedmont. With us it is not un- common in moistish spots under hedges, in chalky or marly soil, flowering late in the summer. 2. Sison Segetum; Corn Honewort. Leaves pinnate; leaflets roundish, numerous; umbels drooping, irregular; root small but strong, annual in general, but often biennial ; stems very much branched, round, striated, slender, and rush-like, leafy; fruit oblong-ovate, doubly ribbed, pungent and aroma- tic, as is the whole plant in some degree. — Native of Switzer- land and England, in corn-fields, in a chalk and clay soil, but not occurring very frequently. It has been observed in Madingley road, near Cambridge; and about Haddenhain, in the Isle of Ely; about Goldington and Clapham, in Bedford- shire; near Kelmarsh, in Northamptonshire; at South Leigh, in Oxfordshire; at Binham, in Norfolk; and at Walthamstow, in Essex. It flowers in July and August. It is propagated in the same way as the preceding species. 3. Sison Canadense; Three-leaved Honewort. Leaves ternate; root perennial; stem round, upright, smooth, little branched, two feet high and more. Kalm says, that this plant abounds in the woods throughout North America: that the French call it Sei-feuil Sauvage, and make use of it in spring, in green soups, like Chervil, and that it is universally commended in North America, as a wholesome antiscorbutic plant. — Sow the seeds in the same way as directed for the first species, and the plants will only require to be thinned where they grow too close, and to be kept free from weeds. They delight in a moist soil and a shady situation, where the root will continue several years. 4. Sison Ammi. Leaves tripinnate; root-leaves linear; stem-leaves bristle-shaped; stipular-leaves longer; root annual; stem a foot high, simple, erect, very slightly grooved; branches very few at the top of the stem. This plant has a fragrant aromatic smell. — Native of Portugal, Apulia, and Egypt. Propagated like the preceding. 5. Sison Inundatum; Water Honewort. Leaves pinnate, gashed, those under water cut as fine as hairs into many parts; umbels five-flowered, bifid; root annual or biennial; stems creeping, annual, round. It flowers in May, and with us is not uncommon in wet places overflowed in winter, as well as ditches and pools. — Native of the north of Europe, Germany, Britain, and Switzerland. G. Sison Salstim. Root-leaves compound ; leaflets subver- ticillate, bundled, lanceolate; stem leafless; branches umbel- liferous, dichotomous. The leaves flourish in the spring, and after they wither away the stein grows up, and flowers in August. — Native of Siberia, in the salt plains near the Wolga. 7. Sison Crinitum. Root-leaves triplicate-pinnate; stem- leaves bipinnate ; leaflets bristle-shaped ; universal involucre many-leaved, bipinnate. — Native of Siberia. 8. Sison Pusillum. Leaves biternately multipartite; little umbels with from three to five flowers; seeds slightly sca- brous.— Grows on the dry sandy fields of Carolina. 9. Sison Trifoliatum. All the leaves trifoliate; leaflets dentated ; lower leaves oval, two and three lobed ; upper leaves oval-lanceolate; umbel terminal, solitary, peduucled; seeds subrotund. — Grows in upper Carolina. 10. Sison Marginatum. Leaves pinnate; upper leaves quinate; all the leaflets sessile, lanceolate, very enlire, albid- marginate; involucre and involucels none. — Found in wet meadows, from Virginia to Carolina. Sisymbrium ; a genus of the class Tetradynamia, order Siliquosa. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth four- leaved; leaflets lanceolate-linear, spreading, coloured, deci- duous. Corolla: four-petalled, cruciform; petals oblong, spreading, commonly less than the calix, with very small claws. Stamina : filameuta six, longer than the calix ; of these two the opposite a little shorter; antherae simple. Pistil: germen oblong, filiform; style scarcely any; stigma obtuse. S I s OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S I S 581 Pericarp: silique long, incurved, gibbous, round, two-celled, two valved; valves in opening straightish; partition a little longer than the valves. Seeds: very many, small. Essen- tial Character. Silique : opening with straightish valves. Calix and Corolla, spreading. The species are, * Siliques declined, short. 1. Sisymbrium Nasturtium ; Common Water Cress. Siliques declined; leaves pinnate; leaflets cordate, roundish; roots perennial, consisting of long, white fibres, the lowermost fixed in the soil, the rest suspended in the water; stem spreading, declining or floating, angular, branched, leafy. The leaves, when it grows in the shade, are green ; when exposed to the sun, purplish brown; when growing in a rapid current, they are sometimes considerably lengthened out, as is the case with other plants in the same circumstances ; and in this state the leaves may be mistaken for those of Sium Nodiflorum, or Creeping Water Parsnep, which generally grows with it ; but the leaves of the Water Parsnep are not only long and pointed, but serrate, of a much paler colour, and without any of that Cress-like taste which is to be found in Water Cresses. — This plant is reputed to be an excellent antiscor- butic, with less acrimony than Scurvy Grass: it is supposed to purify the blood, and to open visceral obstructions. In the spring it is very frequently eaten as a salad. The juice is prescribed, with that of Scurvy Grass and Seville Oranges; and thus form a popular remedy for scurvy, under the title of spring juices. This plant is generally gathered for a spring salad out of ditches, and standing or slowly flowing waters, and it is also cultivated to supply the London markets. This may be easily done by taking some of the plants from the place of their natural growth early in the spring, being careful to preserve their roots as entire as possible, and plant them in mud, letting in wrnter upon them by degrees. They will soon flourish, and spread over a large compass, yet should not be cut in the first season, but suffered to run to seed, for the seeds will fall into the water, and furnish a sufficient supply of plants. Where the water is so deep that it is not easy to plant it, procure a quantity of plants in July, just as the seeds are ripening, and throw them on the surface of the water, where they are designed to grow : the seeds will ripen, fall to the bottom, and take root there, without any further care. 2. Sisymbrium Sylvestre; Creeping Water Rocket. Siliques declined; leaves pinnate; leaflets lanceolate, gashserrate; root perennial, whitish, slender, remarkably creeping, thickly beset with germina, which give it a knobbed appearance; stems numerous, a foot high, upright, or nearly so, leafy, flexuose, weak; sometimes purplish, smooth, somewhat angu- lar, and finely grooved, branched. — Native of Sweden, Britain, Germany, France, Switzerland, Carniola, Piedmont, and Siberia. In England it abounds upon the watery part of Tothill fields, Westminster, and at several places on the banks of tiie Thames; on Cambridge common, between Ches- terton Sluice and Barnwell Pool, and in the isle of Ely ; on Bungay Common, in Suffolk; frequent in Bedfordshire; on the banks of the canal beyond Highbridge, Port Meadow, Binsey Common, and Atmore, in Oxfordshire ; on the banks of the Severn, near Worcester; and on the banks of the Aire below heeds. — This, and the two following species, may be propagated in the same manner as the preceding, or by seeds sown on the banks of ditches or streams. 3. Sisymbrium Terrestre; Annual Water Rocket. Siliques declined, turgid; leaves pinnatifid, unequally toothed; root simple; petals shorter than the calix ; stem generally upright, branched, a foot high, and smooth. When this plant happens to be overflowed, which is often the case, it becomes more procumbent, and will sometimes take root at the joints. It has a less pungent taste than the other Cresses. — It is common about Loudon, on the edges of wet ditches, and on ground liable to be overflowed; also at Hauxton, and near Ely Bridge, in Cambridgeshire ; at Elstow and Goldington, in Bed- fordshire; and on Bungay Common, in Suffolk. It flowers from June to September. See the preceding species. 4. Sisymbrium Amphibium ; Great Water Rocket. Siliques declined, pedicelled ; leaves oblong, pinnatifid, or serrate; petals longer than the calix; root perennial, fibrous; stems elongated, rooting, somewhat flexuose, leafy, grooved, little branched. — This species is found in rivers and brooks, and sometimes on the banks that are overflowed, in most parts of Europe, flowering from June to August. See the first and second species, for its propagation. 5. Sisymbrium Pyrenaicum ; Pyrenean Wild Rocket. Si- liques subovate ; lower leaves lyrate ; upper bipinnatifid, embracing; styles filiform ; root perennial. It flowers in May and June. — Native of the Pyrenees, Arragon, Datiphiny, and Switzerland. This, with all those species which grow upon dry land, may easily be propagated by sowing the seeds in autumn, or by permitting them to scatter; thinning them and keeping them clean from weeds. Most of them prefer a dry soil, and some flourish best on walls. 6. Sisymbrium Tanacetifolium ; Tansey-leaved Wild Rocket. Leaves pinnate; leaflets lanceolate, gashserrate, the outmost confluent; stalks a foot and half high. If this plant were not destitute of the peculiar smell of Tansey, the leaves are so like those of the latter, that it would be difficult to dis- tinguish them. — Native of Italy, Datiphiny, and Switzerland. 7. Sisymbrium Ceratophyllum ; Horn leaved Wild Rocket. Siliques elliptic; leaves linear-subulate, pinnatifid-toolhed, pubescent; stem ascending ; root annual; corolla yellow. — Found in the sands near Cassa in Barbary. 8. Sisymbrium Coronopifolium ; Buckshorn leaved Wild Rocket. Siliques linear, incurved; leaves lanceolate, pinna- lifid, toothed, pubescent; stem ascending. It flowers m winter. — Native of the sands near Cassa in Barbary. 9. Sisymbrium Tenuifolium ; Fine leaved Wild Rocket. Siliques erect ; leaves smooth, almost quite entire, pinnatifid and bipinnatifid; upper ones entire; root perennial, fusiform, whitish, somewhat woody ; stem very much branched, a foot and half high ; flowers large, lemon or straw coloured, hand- some, but smelling unpleasantly. — It flowers from July to October, and is a native of Germany, France, Piedmont, Switzerland, and England ; where it is found on many old walls and castles, as about the Tower of London, London bridge, Hyde Park; also near Windsor, Chester, Bristol, Yarmouth. Lichfield, Taunton, Exeter, Berwick, Sunderland, and Teign- mouth. 10. Sisymbrium Sagittatum; Arrow-leaved Wild Rocket. Pubescent: siliques cylindrical, declined; leaves obovate- oblong, toothed; root-leaves hastate; stem-leaves sagittate, embracing. It flowers in May and June. — Native of Siberia. 11. Sisymbrium Amplexicause ; Clasping-leaved Wild Rocket. Smooth: siliques compressed, erect ; leaves toothed; root-leaves obovate ; stem-leaves oblong, cordate, embracing; root annual ; stems even, erect, having a few short hairs at the base, smooth above, branched, slightly streaked.--— Native of the hills about Algiers. ** Siliques sessile, axillary. 12. Sisymbrium Supinuin ; Decumbent Wild Rocket. Sili- ques axillary, subsessile, solitary ; leaves tooth-sinuate. An- nual, flowering in June and July. — Native of the south of Europe. 13. Sisymbrium Polyceratium ; Dandelion-leaved Wild 502 S I s THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S I S Rocket. Siliques axillary, sessile, awl-shaped, aggregate ; leaves repand, toothed ; flowers in axillary clusters, small and yellow. — Native of the south of France, and of Italy. 14. Sisymbrium Filifolium ; Three-leaved Wild Rocket. Siliques axillary, subsessile, compressed ; leaves linear. Annual. — Native of Siberia, by the river Kuma. 15. Sisymbrium Bursifolium ; Shepherd’ s-Purse-leaved Wild Rocket. Raceme flexuose ; leaves lyrate ; stem erect, leafy. — Native of Italy, in moist mountainous parts. 16. Sisymbrium Torulosum ; Swoln-podded Wild Rocket. Raceme erect; siliques sessile, pubescent; leaves lanceolate, toothed ; stems branched, rough with short spreading hairs. It flowers early in spring. — Native cf Tunis. *** Stem naked. 17. Sisymbrium Murale; Wall Wild Rocket. Almost stemless: leaves lanceolate, sinuate, serrate, smoothish; scapes somewhat rugged, ascending ; root annual. — Found growing wild in abundance on the pier at Ramsgate, and other places thereabouts, and commonly found throughout the isle of Thanet. 18. Sisymbrium Monense ; Dwarf Sea Rocket. Siliques almost upright ; leaves pinnatifid, somewhat hairy ; stems quite entire, simple, almost naked, smooth; root perennial and strong. — Native of Great Britain ; found in the Isle of Man ; in Sella-fields Seabank, Cumberland ; also between Marsh Grainge and the Isle of Walney; and in various parts of Scotland. 19. Sisymbrium Repand um ; Sinuate-leaved Wild Rocket. Stem simple, naked ; leaves oblong, repand-sinuate, smooth ; scapes smooth ; siliques compressed, four-cornered. Peren- nial.— Native of Provence, Dauphiny, and Piedmont. 20. Sisymbrium Tiliieri. Stem almost naked, panicled ; leaves smooth; root-leaves runcinate, sublyrate ; stem-leaves pinnatifid at the base; flowers yellow. — Native of the Val d’Aost. 21. Sisymbrium Vimineum. Stems widely spreading, leafy at the base ; leaves lyrate, even; scapes ascending ; flowers minute. — Native of the south of France and Italy. 22. Sisymbrium Barrelieri ; Small Wild Rocket. Stem almost naked, branched ; root-leaves runcinate, toothed, his- pid ; root annual. It is allied to the next species, but differs in having yellow flowers. — Native of Spain and Italy. 23. Sisymbrium Arenosum ; Sandy Wild Rocket. Stem somewhat leafy, branched ; leaves lyrate, rectangular, toothed, hispid, with branched hairs ; corollas white, tinged with pale violet, or quite white, or all purple; root annual; calices smooth. — Native of Sweden, Germany, Switzerland, Austria, and Carniola. 24. Sisymbrium Valantinum ; Valentia Wild Rocket. Stem simple, erect, smooth above ; leaves lanceolate, hispid, toothed in front; root annual. — Native of Spain, in the kingdom of Valencia, and about Madrid. **** Leaves pinnate. 25. Sisymbrium Parra ; Brasil Wild Rocket. Caulescent : leaves runcinate, muricate; root annual or biennial; silique round, cylindrical, even, swelling a little at the seeds. Stein- less in the first year. — Native of Brazil. 26. Sisymbrium Asperutn; Rough-podded Wild Rocket. Siliques rugged ; leaves pinnatifid ; pinnas linear-lanceolate, somewhat toothed; corollas longer than the calix. Annual, flowering in May and June. — Native of the south of France and Spain, in the marshes about Estremadura. 27. Sisymbrium Laevigatum ; Smooth-podded Wild Rocket. Siliques smooth; leaves pinnate; pinnules of the lower toothed, of the upper linear, and quite entire; root annual; flowers yellow ; siliques an inch and half long, smooth. 28. Sisymbrium Millefolium ; Milfoil-leaved Wild Rocket. Leaves superdecompound, tomentose; petals bigger than the calix. It flowers from May to September. — Native of the rocks of Teneriffe. It resembles the following species. 29. Sisymbrium Sophia; Flixweed. Leaves pinnate, decom- pounded, somewhat hairy ; petals smaller than the calix ; root annual, small, tapering; stem a foot and half or two feet high, upright, round, much branched, and very leafy. — This plant received its English name from the quality attributed to it of curing immoderate purgings. The plant is useful in hysteric complaints and the bloody flux, and the seeds are given to destroy worms. The juice of the leaves, or a decoc- tion of the seeds, are excellent astringent medicines, and may be given to advantage in the bloody flux, spitting of blood, immoderate menstrual discharges, and all other haemor- rhages. The pods retain the seeds all the winter, and are then the food of small birds. Cattle seldom touch this plant. The force of gunpow der is said to be augmented by mixing a tenth part of the seeds with the other ingredients. It occurs in most parts of Europe, upon walls, among rubbish, about church-yards, waste grounds, hedges, and dunghills, flower- ing in June and July, and sometimes later, ripening its seed in September. 30. Sisymbrium Album; White Wild Rocket. Leaves whitish, pubescent, pinnate; leaflets obtuse, attenuated at the base ; root perennial ; stems a span high, upright, very finely tomentose. — Native of Siberia. 31. Sisymbrium Cinereum; Ash-coloured Wild Rocket. Leaves pubescent, somewhat fleshy, pinnate; pinnas linear, filiform ; flower violet-coloured. Annual.— Native of Barbary, found in the sands at Cassa. 32. Sisymbrium Altissimum ; Tall Wild Rocket. Leaves runcinate, flaccid; leaflets sublinear, quite entire; peduncles loose; flowers scattered at the ends of the branches. It flowers in August. — Native of Siberia, Armenia, and Austria. 33. Sisymbrium Echartsbergense ; Austrian Wild Rocket. Leaves runcinate, flaccid, rugged at the edge, and quite entire; siliques filiform, inflex, patulous.- — Annual; supposed to be a native of Thuringia. 34. Sisymbrium Pannonicum ; Hungarian Wild Rocket. Lower leaves runcinate, toothed ; upper pinnate ; pinnas linear, quite entire; siliques spreading rectangularly; calix and corolla yellow. It is an annual plant, flowering in August. — Native of Hungary. 35. Sisymbrium Erysimoides. Leaves runcinate, lyrate, toothed, smooth; siliques spreading rectangularly, subpe- duncled; flowers small, white; racemes long. — Native of Tunis near Kerwan, in sandy places. 36. Sisymbrium Trio; London Wild Rocket, or Broad- leaved Hedge Mustard. Leaves runcinate, toothed, naked; stem smooth; siliques erect; root annual, fusiform, small. Stem upright, from one to two feet high, round, shining, here and there purplish, somewhat flexuose. The whole plant is perfectly smooth, with the biting taste of mustard; seeds very small, pale yellow, and being a little protuberant, the pods have the appearance of being finely jointed, a cha- racter which readily distinguishes this plant. After the great fire of London in 1666, this plant came up in such abun- dance on the ruins, that in many places it might have been mowed like a field of corn, and thence obtained the name of Wild Rocket. It is still frequent in the neighbourhood of the metropolis. — Native of many parts of Europe, in corn- fields; with us on dry banks, old walls, and among rubbish; flowering from June to July or August. 37. Sisymbrium Columnae ; Columna’s Wild Rocket. Leaves!; runcinate, toothed, with the stem villose and somewhat hoary;p S I s OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S I s 583 "siliques erect. Annual. — Native of Germany, Austria, and Italy, in dry places. 38. Sisymbrium Loeselii; Leesel’s Wild Rocket. Leaves runcinate, acute, rough-haired ; stem hispid backwards ; root annual. — Native of Germany, Italy, and Greece. 39. Sisymbrium Obtusangulum. Leaves pinnatifid, obtuse, toothed, embracing; stem hispid backwards; root annual.— Native of Switzerland. 40. Sisymbrium Orientale ; Oriental Wild Rocket. Leaves runcinate, tomeutose ; stem even. It flowers in July. An- nual.— Native of the Levant. 41. Sisymbrium Barbareae. Leaves simple, spatulate- ovate, embracing, naked; stem angular; root perennial. — Native of the Levant. 42. Sisymbrium Lyratum ; Lyrate-leaved Wild Rocket. Lower leaves lyrate, runcinate, toothed ; upper linear-lance- olate, remotely toothed. It is a perennial plant. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 43. Sisymbrium Catholicum; Portuguese Wild Rocket. Siliques filiform, even; leaves pinnate, toothletted. — Native of Spain and Portugal. 44. Sisymbrium Heterophyllum ; Various-leaved Wild Rocket. Leaves pinnate; leaflets kidney-form, subtrilobate, lowest pinnatifid, hairy. — Native of New Zealand. 45. Sisymbrium Glaciale; Icy Wild Rocket. Siliques filiform, even; leaves pinnate ; leaflets kidneyform, ciliate ; root perennial; flowers white, biggish in proportion to so small a plant. It is allied to the preceding species. — Native of Terra del Fuego, in the mountains, almost under the per- petual snows. ***** Leaves lanceolate, entire. 40. Sisymbrium Strictissimum ; Spear-leaved Wild Rocket. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, toothed, pubescent, petioled ; sili- ques ascending ; flowers in loose terminating spikes, small, yellow, and appearing in June; root perennial. The pods ripen in August. — Native of Germany, Austria, Switzerland, and Italy. 47. Sisymbrium Pendulum ; Pendulous Wild Rocket. Leaves lanceolate, gash toothed, hispid; siliques pendulous. — Native of Barbary. 48. Sisymbrium Hispanicum ; Spanish Wild Rocket. Leaves lanceolate, toothed, sessile, smooth ; siliques pressed close; stem branched, divaricating; flowers yellow; root biennial ; racemes long. — Native of Spain. 49. Sisymbrium Pusillum ; Dwarf Wild Rocket Leaves lanceolate, toothed, sagittate, embracing, pubescent; siliques from erect spreading; root annual ; flowers yellow. — Native of the northern parts of Persia. 50. Sisymbrium Salsuginosum ; Salt Wild Rocket. Leaves lanceolate, quite entire, cordate, embracing, smooth ; siliques spreading. — Native of Siberia. 51. Sisymbrium Integrifolium ; Entire-leaved Wild Rocket. Leaves linear, quite entire; peduncles glutinous-hispid. Annual. — Native of Siberia. 52. Sisymbrium Indicum; Indian Wild Rocket. Leaves lanceolate-ovate, serrate, petioled, even ; siliques slightly bowed; root annual; flowers small, white, with the petals scarcely longer than the calix. — Native of the East Indies. 53. Sisymbrium Hispidum; Dairy Wild Rocket. Cau- lescent; leaves petioled, oblong, toothed, hispid; stem also hispid. — Native of Egypt. Sisyrinchium ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Triandria. — Generic Character. Calix : spathe com- mon, ancipital, two- leaved ; valves compressed, acuminate; partial several, lanceolate, concave, obtuse, one-flowered. Corolla: one-petalled, superior, six-parted; segments obo- 114. vate, with a point, from erect spreading; three outer alternate, a little wider. Stamina: filamenta three, united into a sub- triquetrous tube, shorter than the corolla, distinct at the top; antherae bifid below, fastened by the back. Pistil: germen obovate, inferior; style three-sided, length of the tube; stigmas three, thickish, awl-shaped at the top, erect. Peri- carp : capsule obovate, rounded, three-sided, three-celled, three-valved, with the partitions contrary. Seeds: several, globular. Essential Character. Spathe : two-leaved. Calix: none. Petals: six, almost equal. Style : one. Cap- sule : three-celled, inferior. The species are, 1. Sisyrinchium Elegans. Scape round, one-flowered, simple; leaf radical, linear, acuminate, shorter ; petals oblong, acute ; corolla yellow' on the outside. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the next species. 2. Sisyrinchium Collinum. Scape round, one-flowered, simple; leaf linear-acuminate, shorter; petals oblong, acute. This is very like the preceding species. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope, where it is very abundant. This and the preceding species must be kept in the dry-stove, and the rest in the bark-bed. They may all be increased by the root. 3. Sisyrinchium Grandiflorum ; Great-flowered Sisyrin- chium. Scape round, single; spathe subtriflorous; petals obovate, obtuse; leaves lanceolate, plaited; root bulbous. — Native of Peru. 4. Sisyrinchium Bermudiana; Iris-leaved Sisyrinchium. Scape ancipital, branched, leafy ; spathe subquadriflorous, shorter than the flowers ; petals mucronate ; leaves ensiform ; root fibrous. The stalk is terminated by a cluster of six or seven flowers, on short peduncles, and inclosed in a two-leaved keel shaped sheath before they open ; they are of a deep blue colour with yellow bottoms, and are an inch over when fully expanded. Native of Bermuda. — This is a tender plant, and requires the protection of a glass-case. Both it and the following species are propagated by seeds, and also by parting their roots ; if they are raised from seeds, they should be sown in autumn soon after they are ripe, upon an eastern aspected border, where they may have only the morning sun : the best way will be to sow them in drills, at three or four inches’ distance, covering them about half an inch with light earth. In the spring the plants will appear, when their leaves have greatly the resemblance of grass, and therefore care should be taken that they are not pulled up as weeds by those who till the ground. During the first summer, they will require no other care but to keep them clean from weeds, unless the plants should come up so close as not to have room to grow, in which case part of them should be drawn out to give room to the others, and these may be planted in a shady border at three inches’ distance, where they may remain till autumn ; when they should be transplanted to the places where they are to remain, and in the following sum- mer they will flower. These plants prefer a shady situation, and a soft loamy undunged soil. The time for transplanting and slipping off the old roots is early in autumn, that they may get good roots before winter. 4. Sisyrinchium Anceps; Narrow-leaved Sisyrinchium. Scape ancipital, winged, simple, almost leafless ; spathe sub- quadriflorous, unequal, longer than the flowers; petals mu- cronate ; leaves ensiform ; root perennial, fibrous, from which arise many very narrow spear-shaped leaves. The flowers of this only expand for a short time in the morning, but the others continue open the whole day. — Native of Virginia and other parts of North America. See the preceding. G. Sisyrinchium Micranthum; Small-flowered Sisyrinchium. Scape ancipital, branched, leafv ; spathe subtriflorous, une- 7 I 584 S IU THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S I U qual, nearly equal to the flowers ; petals linear, acuminate ; leaves grassy, channelled. — Native of Peru. 7. Sisyrinchium Palmifolium; Palm-leaved Sisyrinchium. Scape ancipital; flowers in spikes; leaves ensiform, nerved, and plaited.— Native of Brazil. 8. Sisyrinchium Striatum. Scape ancipital, leafy ; flowers in spikes, ancipital; petals roundish, ovate, acute; leaves linear, ensiform; root tuberous ; stem two feet high, erect, smooth, much branched, many-flowered. It thrives and flowers abundantly in the open ground. — Native of Mexico. 9. Sisyriucbium Ixioides. Scape compressed, panicled at top ; petals, the outer ones smaller by half ; leaves ensiform, nerved; root fibrous; flowers on the branchlets, terminating. — Native of New Zealand. 10. Sisyrinchium Narcissoides. Stem erect, round; spathe two-valved, subquadriflorous; flowers drooping ; leaves linear, ensiform ; corolla white. There is a fine variety with the flowers streaked longitudinally within, and without with deep purple. — Native of the straits of Magellan. 11. Sisyrinchium Mucronatum. Leaves and scapes simple, subsetaceous; spathe coloured ; flowers beautiful blue, smaller than those of Sisyrinchium Anceps. — Grows in the wet mea- dows of short grass in Pennsylvania and Virginia. Sium ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix : umbel universal, various in different species; partial spreading, flat: involucre uni- versal, many-leaved, reflex, shorter than the umbel, with lanceolate leaflets; partial many-leaved, linear, small; peri- anth proper, scarcely observable. Corolla : universal, uni- form ; floscules all fertile; partial of five equal heart-shaped petals. Stamina : filamenta five, simple ; anther® simple. Pistil: germen very small, inferior; styles two, reflex; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: none; fruit subovate, striated, small, bipartite. Seeds: two, subovate, convex and striated on one side, flat on the other. Essential Character. Involucre: many leaved. Petals: cordate. Fruit: subovate, striated. The species are, 1. Sium Filifolium ; Thread-leaved Water Parsnep. Leaves filiform ; involucres elongated ; stem herbaceous, erect, a foot high, scarcely branched, slender, round, smooth, slightly streaked. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Sium Latifolium ; Broad-leaved Water Parsnep. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets oblong-lanceolate, equally serrate ; root per- ennial, creeping among mud and gravel, throwing up round, hollow, upright, smooth, deeply furrowed stems, four, five, and sometimes even six feet high. This plant is of an acrid poisonous quality, particularly the roots. It flowers in July and August.— Native of many parts of Europe, and of Siberia: it is often met .»ith in the rivers and fens throughout England, as between Rotherhithe and Deptford ; at Northfleet in Kent; in the Isle of Ely ; not uncommon in Norfolk; in Bedfordshire and Oxfordshire; in various parts of Dorsetshire, &c. This and the four following species being marsh or water plants, if cultivated in gardens, must be placed in tubs filled with water, having earth in the bottoms; or near canals and ponds. 3. Sium Angustifolium ; Narrow-leaved Water Parsnep. Leaves pinnate; leaflets unequally lobed, aud serrate; umbels peduncled, opposite to the leaves; stem erect; root perennial, creeping, so as to occupy much space. Doody considered this species as a specific in the scrofula; and Dr. Withering observes, that it ought to be examined on account of its active qualities. — Native of most parts of Europe. Found in England, in ditches and rivulets: flowering in July and August. See the second species. 4. Sium Nodiflorum; Procumbent Water Parsnep. Leaves pinnate; leaflets ovate, equally serrate; umbels sessile, oppo- site to the leaves ; stem procumbent; root perennial, creeping. This plant is not admitted into any Pharmacopeia except the London, where it is received in the character of an antiscor- butic, or rather as a corrector of acrid humours, especially when manifested by cutaneous eruptions and tumours in the lymphatic system. The best proofs of its efficacy are from Dr. Withering: a child six years old was cured of an obstinate cutaneous disease, by taking three large spoonfuls of the juice twice a day ; aud the doctor adds, “ I have repeatedly given to adults three or four ounces every morning, in similar complaints, with the greatest advantage. It is not nauseous, and children take it readily if mixed with milk. In the dose I have given, it neither affects the head, the stomach, nor the bowels. — Native of many parts of Europe. It flowers in July and August; found in the ditches and rivulets common in Britain. See the second species. 5. Sium Repens; Creeping Water Parsnep. Leaves pin- nate ; leaflets roundish, tooth-gashed ; umbels peduncled, opposite to the leaves ; stem creeping. — Native of Bohemia, in wet meadows ; and of Austria, on the banks of the Danube. In Englaud it has been found in Cambridgeshire, on Coldham CommoD, near Cambridge; on Bullington Green and Cowley Bottom, near Oxford; on Goldington Green and Stevington Bogs, in Bedfordshire ; in wet places in the south of Scotland; at Fiskerrow, five miles from Edinburgh; and in abundance ou the moist parts of Guillon Links, East Lothian. It flow- ers from June to August. G. Sium Verticillatum ; Whorled Water Parsnep. Leaves multifid, capillary, in whorls ; root perennial, consisting of several oblong tubers, tapering to a point ; stem from twelve to eighteen inches high, erect, round, striated, smooth, little branched, and almost naked. — Native of Germany, France, the Pyrenees, and Great Britain, in moist meadows; and plentiful in the western parts of Scotland and Wales. 7. Sium Sisarum ; Skirret. Leaves pinnate ; floral leaves ternate ; root composed of several fleshy tubers, as large as a man’s little finger, and joining together in one head. The roots were formerly used more than at present, being esteemed wholesome and nutritive, but flatulent : their sweet taste is disagreeable to many palates. They were eaten boiied and stewed in butter, pepper, and salt, or rolled in flour and fried, or else eaten cold with oil and vinegar after having been boiled. This plant is cultivated two ways, first by seeds, and afterwards by slips from the roots. The former is the best method, because the roots which are raised from seeds generally grow larger than those raised by slips, and are less subject to be sticky. The seeds should be sown at the latter end of March or the beginning of April, either in t broad-cast or in drills: the ground should be light and moist, for in dryland the roots are generally small, uuless the season proves very moist. If the seeds are good, the plants will appear in five or six weeks after they are sown, and when they have put out their leaves so as to be readily distinguished from the weeds, the grouud should be hoed over to destroy the weeds, in the same manner as is practised for Carrots ; and where the seeds are sown in broad cast, the plants should be cut up, leaving them at the same distance as Carrots, Those sown in drills, should be also thinned to the distance of four inches, and the ground hoed over to destroy the' weeds; this should be repeated three times, as is usually done for Carrots, and which, if well performed in dry weather, will keep the ground sufficiently clean, unless much rain* should fall about Midsummer, for the leaves will spread and cover the ground. In autumn, when the leaves begin to decay, the roots will be fit for use, and will continue so S K I OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S M I 585 till the spring; after which time they will become sticky, as do those which run up to seed the first summer. To propagate this plant by offsets, dig up the old roots in the spring, before they begiu to shoot, and slip off the side-shoots, preserving an eye or bud to each ; plant them in rows one foot asunder, and four inches distant in the rows. 8. Sium Rigidius; Virginian Water Parsnep. Leaves pinnate; leaflets lanceolate, almost quite entire; stem stiffish; flowers small; petioles channelled. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Virginia. 9. Sium Japonicum ; Japanese Water Parsnep. Leaves pinnate; leaflets gashed; umbels terminating; stem erect, flexuose, branched at top. — Native of Japan, in the island of Niphon, flowering in June. 10. Sium Falcaria; Decurrent Water Parsnep. Leaflets linear, decurrent, connate; roots creeping, and spreading very far under ground, thick, fleshy, and tasting like those of Eryngo. The least part of the roots will grow, so that it very soon multiplies itself. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Asia and Africa. 11. Sium Grandiflorum ; Great-flowered. Water Parsnep. Leaves bipinnate; leaflets roundish, gash-toothed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 12. Sium Paniculatum ; Panicled Water Parsnep. Leaves bipinnate; leaflets linear, gash-pinnatifid. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Sium Patulum ; Spreading Water Parsnep. Leaves bipinnate ; leaflets trifid ; branches diffused. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 14. Sium Graecum ; Grecian Water Parsnep. Leaves bipinnate; leaflets lanceolate, serrate, the uppermost con- fluent; flowers yellow. — Native of Greece. 15. Sium Decumbens ; Prostrate Water Parsnep. Leaves bipinnate ; leaflets trifid ; stem decumbent. — Native of Japan, on the island Niphon, where it is called Jingosaku. 16. Sium Siculum ; Sicilian Water Parsnep. Radical leaves ternate; stem-leaves bipinnate; stem two feet high, terminated in July by an umbel of yellow flowers. — Native of Sicily, and the hills near Algiers. Sow the seeds as soon as they ripen. 17. Sium Asperum ; Rough Water Parsnep. Leaves tripinnate; peduncles and pedicels rugged. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 18. Sium Hispidum ; Shaggy Water Parsnep. Leaves tripinnate; petioles and peduncles rugged.- -Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 19. Sium Villosum; Villose-leaved Water Parsnep. Leaves tripinnatifid ; segments ovate, gash-serrate, villose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 20. Sium Lineare. Leaves pinnate ; little leaves long, sublanceolate-linear, somewhat remotely serrate; involucre oligophyllous ; involucels linear, polyphyilous ; umbel short, radiate. — Grows in wet meadows, and along ditches, from Canada to Pennsylvania. 21. Sium Longifolium. Leaves pinnate; leaflets very long, falcate, linear, dentated ; stem oligophyllous, naked on the upper part; umbels somewhat naked. — Grows in the ditches and bogs of New Jersey. Skimmia ; a genus of class Tetrandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, very small, permanent, almost four-parted to the base ; segments ovate, acute. Corolla: petals four, ovate, concave, minute. Stamina: filamenta four, very short. Pistil: germen supe- rior; style single. Pericarp: berry ovate, umbilicate, indis- stinctly grooved, smooth, farinaceous, pulpy within, four- valved. Seeds : four, subtrigonal, or externally convex, ob- long, white. Observe. The perianth is seldom five-parted. Essential Character. Calix: four-parted. Petals: four, concave. Berry: four-seeded. The only species is, 1. Skimmia Japouica. Leaves at the ends of the branches alternate, frequent, oblong, waved, entire ; flowers terminating in panicles; stem shrubby, erect, smooth. The fruit ripens in December. — Native of various parts of Japan. Slipper, Lady's. See Cypripedium. Slipperwort. See Calceolaria. Sloanea ; (so called in honour of the celebrated Physician Sir Hans Sloane :) a genus of the class Polyandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five-parted ; segments ovate, a little uneqal. Co- rolla : none. Stamina: filamenta very numerous, very short, inserted into a villose receptacle; antherae oblong, growing to the side of the filamenta. Pistil: germen oblong, angular; style simple; stigma five-cleft, acute. Pericarp: capsule large, roundish, echinate with deciduous prickles, five-celled, five-valved ; partitions opposite to the valves. Seeds: soli- tary, or in pairs, oblong, involved in a berried aril. Observe. The number of parts varies from three to six. Essential Character. Calix: one-leafed, from five to nine cleft. Corolla: none. Antlieree: growing to the filamenta below the top. Capsule: echinate, from three to six celled, with as many valves. Seeds: two, in a berried aril. The species are, 1. Sloanea Dentata. Leaves ovate; stipules cordate, tri- angular, serrate; calix deeply divided. — Native of South America and the West Indies. 2. Sloanea Grandiflora. Leaves toothed, tapering at the base ; stipules triangular, cordate; flowers very large, indented at the edge, oval, and ending in a point. The trunk of this tree rises to forty or fifty feet high, and is two feet in diameter. — Native of South America : flowering in November, in the province of Guiana. 3. Sloanea Massoni. Leaves cordate, elliptic; stipules linear; calix five-parted; bristles of the capsule very long. — Native of the West Indies, at St. Kitt’s. 4. Sloanea Sinemariensis. Leaves roundish, ovate, quite entire; capsules ovate, bristly, opening from the top. This is a tree forty or fifty feet high, with a cloven ferruginous or cinereous bark. — Native of South America and the West Indies; found in Guiana, and in the island of St. Christopher. Sloe Tree. See Prunus. Smallage. See Apium. Smilax ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Hexandria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth six-leaved, spreading, bell-shaped ; leaflets oblong, approximating at the base, bent back and spreading at the tip. Corolla : none, unless the calix be taken for it. Stamina : filamenta six, simple; antherm oblong. Female. Calix: as in the male, deci- duous. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen ovate; styles three, very small ; stigmas oblong, bent back, pubescent. Pericarp: berry globular, three-celled. Seeds: two, globular. Essen- tial Character. Calix: six-leaved. Corolla : none. Fe- male. Styles: three. Berry: three-celled. Seeds: two. - The species are, * Stem prickly, angular. 1. Smilax Aspera ; Rough Smilax, or Roush Bindweed. Stem prickly, angular ; leaves toothed and prickly, cordate, nine-nerved. It flowers in September: roots perennial, con- sisting of many thick fleshy fibres, spreading wide and striking deep. The knavish druggists in the south of Europe often sell the roots of this species for those of Sarsaparilla. They have the same qualities, but in an inferior degree, and may be distinguighed by being larger, more porous, much less compressed, not so well packed, and fastened by threads or S M I THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S M I osiers. — Native of the south of France, of Italy, Spain, Car- I niola, and of Syria. All the species of this genus grow natu- rally under hedges and in woods, therefore they should be disposed in such a manner as to imitate their places of growth, and not place them in the open sun, where they will not thrive. The hardy species should be placed under the shade of trees, and the tender kinds may stand between the pots containing tall plants, by which they will be shaded from the sun. Such of these plants as are tender, must be frequently watered in hot weather, and should then have a large share of air admitted to them; but in winter they must be sparingly watered, for their roots are apt to rot with too much wet. They are generally preserved in the gardens of the curious, for the sake of variety, but some of them may be so disposed as to become ornamental, because the first and second species, and the natives of North America, are so hardy that they will thrive in the open air in England; and as they retain their verdure all the year, if they be placed on the borders of woods and groves, or in gardens, with their branches properly supported, they will screen the nakedness of the ground under the trees from sight, and in winter, when their leaves are in beauty, they w ill make a pleasing variety, if intermixed with other evergreens, besides serving to exclude any disagreeable objects. — They are all propagated by seeds, which must be procured from the countries where they naturally grow, for there are none of these plants which produce ripe seeds here. Those sorts which have been brought from North America sometimes produce flowers, but our summers are neither warm enough nor sufficiently long to ripen their seeds. On this account, they are here propagated by parting their roots, and the best time for this is in autumn, that the offsets or young plants may have time to get good roots before the frost conies on ; and if, after they are planted, the cold should come on earlier, or prove more severe, than ordinary, if the surface of the ground about their roots be covered with some old tanner’s bark or mulch, to keep the frost out of the ground, it will preserve them : but these roots should not be parted oftener than every third or fourth year, for unless they are large there will be but few stalks to them, and they can then make but little appearance. When the seeds have been obtained from abroad, sow them in pots filled with fresh light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, observing to water the earth frequently to keep it moist, because the seeds, being hard, will not vegetate without a considerable share of moisture; these generally remain in the ground a whole year before they grow, so that if the plants do not come up the first season, the pots should be kept clean from weeds all the summer; and in winter the hardy sorts should be sheltered from frost under a common frame, and the tender ones plunged into the bark-bed in the stove; the following spring they must be again plunged into the hot-bed, which will bring the plants up very soon. They must then be frequently watered in warm w'eatlier, and towards the end of May the hardy sorts should be gradually inured to the open air, and in June may be removed out of the bed and placed abroad in a sheltered situation, where they ought to continue till the frost comes on in autumn, and be then removed into shelter. If the pots be plunged into an old tan-bed under a frame, where they may be protected front the frost, and be exposed to the open air in mild weather, they will thrive much better than with more tender treatment. The tender sorts should be plunged between the other pots in the bark-bed of the stove, where they should remain all the winter; these plants should remain untrjmsplanted in the seed-pots till the follow- ing spring, when they must be turned out of the pots, carefully separated, and planted into pots filled with fresh earth; and G if the hardy sorts be then plunged into a very temperate hot- bed, it will cause them to take new root speedily, and greatly strengthen them; but the tender sorts should be plunged into a good hot-bed of tanner’s bark to bring the plants forward, that they may get strength before winter, when they must be treated as already directed. The hardy species should be kept in pots for two or three years, that they may be sheltered in winter, by which time they will have strength enough to bear the cold in the open air ; so in the spring they may be turned out of the pots, and planted where they are designed to remain, observing, if the spring should prove dry, to re- fresh them now and then with water, as also to lay some mulch about them, to prevent the earth from drying; and while the plants are young, if some mulch is laid about their roots in winter, it will be a sure means of preserving them. 2. Smilax Excelsa; Tall Smilax. Stem prickly, angular; leaves unarmed, cordate, nine-nerved ; roots like those of the preceding; flowers yellowish green ; berries red. — Native of Syria. See the preceding species. 3. Smilax Zeylanica ; Ceylon Smilax. Stem prickly, angu- lar; leaves unarmed; stem-leaves cordate; branch-leaves ovate-oblong. — Native of Ceylon. 4. Smilax Sarsaparilla ; Medicinal Smilax, or Sarsaparilla. Stem prickly, angular ; leaves unarmed, ovate, retuse, mucro- nate, three-nerved ; root perennial, divided into several branches, which are somewhat thicker than a goose-quill, straight, externally brown, internally white, and three or four feet in lengih. The name is derived from the Spanish Zarza, red, and parilla, a little vine. At its first introduction, it was considered as an undoubted specific in siphilitic and some chronic disorders ; but whether owing to a difference of climate, or other causes, European practitioners soon found that it by no means answered the character which it had acquired in the Spanish West Indies, and therefore it became very much neglected. Many physicians, however, still con- sider it as a medicine of much efficacy, and assert that the lues venerea is much sooner subdued by giving Sarsaparilla along with mercury. It is in frequent use at most of the London Hospitals; and Dr. Woodville relates, that he has j known patients, after the use of mercury, much sooner 1 restored to health by this root, than could have been accom- 1 plished by any other medicine with which we are acquainted, especially when in powder. He also recommends the root in rheumatic affections, scrofula, and cutaneous complaints, 1 where an acrimony of the fluids prevails. It may be given in decoction or powder, and should be continued in large doses for a considerable time. Infants who have received the vene- 1 real iufection from their nurses, though covered with pustules and ulcers, may be cured by the use of this root, without the !l help of mercurials ; and the best way of giving it to such, is to mix the powdered root with their food. — Native of America,; Peru, Brazil, Mexico, and Virginia. It flowers in July and August, and was first introduced into Spain as a medi- i cine about the middle of the sixteenth century. For its propagation and culture, see the first species. 5. Smilax Oblongata. Stem prickly, angular ; leaves ob- long, acuminate, smooth, three-nerved; nerves prickly under- neath; branches subdivided, diverging, round, rigid, prickly,, with raised decurrent lines between the prickles, which are stout, remote, thicker at the base, stretched out; flowers in ' ped unc led umbels, many together; peduncles shorter than! the petioles. — Native of the West Indies. 6. Smilax Quadrangularis. Plant aculeated ; stem tetra- gonal, unarmed above; leaves unarmed, ovate, subcordate, acute, five-nerved ; berries black.— Grows in dry woods, on ! the edges of ponds, from Pennsylvania to Georgia. S M I OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S M Y 587 7. Smilax Ovata. Leaves unarmed, ovate, acute, cuspi- date, trinerved ; common peduncle shorter than the petiole ; berries black.— Grows near Savannah in Georgia. The leaves of this plant are very shining on both sides. 8. Smilax Alba. Stem obsolete-angular ; leaves elongate- lanceolate, coriaceous, glabrous, very entire, trinerved ; umbels with few flowers, having very short peduncles ; berries white. — In sandy grounds on the edge of rivulets in Carolina. ** Stem prickly, round. 9. Smilax China; Chinese Smilax. Stem prickly, round- ish; leaves unarmed, ovate-cordate, five-nerved ; root as large as a child’s hand, twisted, full of knots, reddish on the outside, flesh coloured in the heart, and destitute of smell. It must be chosen full, heavy, and compact, of a reddish colour, and free from rottenness; for it is much subject to be gnawed by worms. — It is successfully employed as a medicine in the Chinese province of Ho-Nansi, where it abounds; and is used instead of Rice. Browne says, this plant is common in the cool inland parts of Jamaica, where it rises from a thick porous root, and climbs by a pretty slender rigid stem to the top of the tallest trees. He observes, that the root is com rnonly used in Jamaica, where it is found to answer as well as that from the East Indies ; that it is of a sheathing nature, and a very fit ingredient in all diluting apozems. He also thinks that it might be easily propagated so as to supply the European markets; but what grows wild is more than sufficient to supply the inhabitants, and serves frequently to feed the hogs, which are said to live chiefly upon it when there is a scarcity of wild fruit. 10. Smilax Rotundifolia ; Round-leaved Smilax. Stem prickly, round; leaves unarmed, cordate, acuminate, five or seven nerved. — Native of Canada. 11. Smilax Laurifolia ; Bay-leaved Smilax. Stem prickly, round ; leaves unarmed, ovate-lanceolate, three-nerved. — Native of Virginia and Carolina. 12. Smilax Tamnoides ; Black Briony-leaved Smilax. Stem prickly, round ; leaves unarmed, cordate, oblong, seven- nerved. — Native of North America. 13. Smilax Caduca ; Deciduous Smilax. Stem prickly, round ; leaves unarmed, ovate, three-nerved ; umbels of flow- ers below the leaves.— Native of Canada. 14. Smilax Pubera. Pianl unarmed ; leaves oblong, acute, cordate, sub-five-nerved ; umbels short, peduucled ; pedicels very short; berries oblong, acute, white. — Found in the shady woods of Carolina and Georgia. 15. Smilax Panduratus. Plant aculeate ; leaves pandura- form, acuminate, trinerved; common peduncle as long again as the petiole. The leaves of this plant are smooth and shining on both sides. — Found in sandy woods from New Jersey to Carolina. *** Stem unarmed, angular. 10. Smilax Bona Nox ; Ciliated Smilax. Stem unarmed, angular ; leaves ciliate, prickly. It flowers in June and July. • — Native of North America. 17. Smilax Herbacea ; Herbaceous Smilax. Stem unarmed, angular; leaves unarmed, ovate, seven-nerved. It flowers in July. — Native of North America. 18. Smilax Tetragona; Square-stalked Smilax. Stem un- armed, four cornered ; leaves cordate, five-nerv. d, acuminate, unarmed. — Native place unknown. 19. Smilax Peduneularis, Stem round, climbing; leaves subrotund ovate, cordate, acuminate, nine-nerved ; umbels with very long peduncles.- — Found in old fields on the edges of woods from Canada to Pennsylvania. *m* Stem unarmed, round. 20. Smilax Lanceulata ; Spear-leaved Smilax. Stem un-, 115. armed, round ; leaves unarmed, lanceolate ; root fusiform, long, not tuberous. — Native of North America, in Virginia and Carolina. Found also in Cochin-china. 21. Smilax Pseudo-China; Bastard Chinese Smilax. Stem unarmed, round; leaves unarmed; stem-leaves cordate; branch-leaves ovate-oblong, five-nerved. — The Cochin-chinese use the stem for making baskets and other wicker ware. The Chinese call it Cum Kong Cum, and frequently use it instead of the true China root. A small quantity of it, even in cold water, tinges of a deep red ; whereas the true root yields a light brown colour. Found also in Virginia and Jamaica. 22. Smilax Ripogonum. Stem unarmed, round, rooting; leaves ovate, lanceolate, acuminate, five-nerved ; flowers her- maphrodite.— Native of New' Zealand. 23. Smilax Purpurata. Stem unarmed, round, dichoto- mous; leaves cordate, acute, acuminate, clawed, quite entire, five-nerved ; peduncles axillary, umbelliferous. — Native of New Caledonia. The roots have the taste of Glycyrrhiza. 24. Smilax Aristolochirefolia. Stem prickly, round ; leaves unarmed, sagittate, bluntish, three-nerved. — Found at Vera Cruz in New Spain. 25. Smilax Spinosa. Stem prickly, round; leaves ovate- lanceolate ; nerves of the leaves prickly underneath. — Found also at La Vera Cruz in New' Spain. 26. Smilax Virginiana. Stem prickly, angular ; leaves lan- ceolate, unarmed, acuminate. — Native of Jamaica. 27. Smilax Canellaefolia. Stem unarmed, round; leaves unarmed, ovate, three nerved. — Native of Jamaica, where it climbs upon the trees. 28. Smilax Humilis. Stem unarmed, round ; leaves un- armed, ovate, cordate, three-nerved ; flowers corymbed ; berries red. — Native of Carolina. 29. Smilax Hederaefolia. Stem unarmed, round ; leaves unarmed ; stem-leaves cordate ; racemes ovate, oblong. — Native of Jamaica and Maryland. Smithia ; (so named in honour of James Edw'ard Smith, M. D. F. R. S. &c. now President of the Linnean Society, Possessor of the Linnean Collection, and author of various excellent and splendid works ;) a genus of the class Diadel- phia, order Decandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, two-lipped ; segments ovate-lanceolate, almost equal. Corolla: papilionaceous; standard obcordate; wings oblong, obtuse, a little shorter than the standard ; keel linear-oblong, cloven at the base, length of the wings. Sta- mina: filainenta ten, united into two equal bodies ; antherae oblong. Pistil: germen contracted at the base of the calix ; style capillary, permanent; stigma simple. Pericarp: legume inclosed within the calix, composed of from four to seven joints, distinct, connected by the permanent style, orbicular, muricated, one-seeded. Seeds: kidney-form, compressed, smooth. Essential Character. Legume: wit h distinct one-seeded joints, connected by the style. Stamina: divided into two bodies. The only known species is, 1. Smithia Sensitiva ; Annual Smithia. Leaves alternate, abruptly pinnate, composed of from four to ten obovate- oblong leaflets, bristly on the edge, and along the rib beneath; root annual ; stem decumbent, round, even ; racemes axillary, from three to six flowered ; corolla yellow'. — It flowers in October, and is a native of the East Indies. Smyrnium ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: umbel universal unequal, becoming daily bigger; partial erect: involucre universal none; partial none : perianth proper scarcely apparent. Corolla : universal uniform ; floscules of the disk abortive : partial of five lanceolate petals, slightly bent in, keeled. Stamina : filainenta five, simple, length of the corolla; antheras simple. 7 K 588 S M Y THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SOL Pistil: germen inferior; styles two, simple; stigmas two, simple. Pericarp : none. Fruit : oblong, striated, bipar- tite. Seeds : two, lunulate, on one side convex, marked with three angles, flat on the other. Essential Charac- ter. Petals: acuminate, keeled. Fruit: oblong, striated. The species are, 1. Smyrnium Perfoliatum ; Perfoliate Alexanders. Stem- leaves simple, embracing. Biennial, flowering in May. — Native of Candia and Italy. This, like all its congeners, may be propagated by sowing its seeds upon an open spot of ground in August, as soon as they are ripe ; for if they are preserved till spring they often miscarry, or at least they do not come up until the second year, whereas those sown in autumn rarely fail of coming up in the spring, and will make much stronger plants than the others. 2. Smyrnium iEgyptiacum ; Egyptian Alexanders. Floral leaves two, simple, cordate, quite entire. — Native of Egypt. See the preceding species. 3. Smyrnium Laterale; Side-flowering Alexanders. Stem- leaves ternate, gashed, serrate ; umbels lateral, sessile. — — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 4. Smyrnium Olusatrum; Common Alexanders. Stem- leaves ternate, petioled, serrate ; root biennial, fleshy, branched. — This plant was formerly eaten in various parts of Europe, either as a salad or pot-herb, whence, and from its blackness, it acquired the name of Olusatrum. Ray says, it was called Alexanders, because in Italy and Germany it has long been denominated Herba Alexandriana ; having been supposed to be brought from Alexandria. It flowers in May, and by the middle of July the stalks are dried up, but remain laden with large black seeds. The seeds warm, strengthen, and comfort the stomach, create an appetite, disperse wind, promote urine and the menses, and give relief to the strangury. A decoction of the root may be used for any of the above purposes, when the seeds are not to be procured. The stalks blanched, and eaten plentifully as a salad, are serviceable in scorbutic complaints. — Sow the seeds as directed for the first species; and in the spring, hoe the plants out, so as to leave them ten inches or a foot apart each way; and during the following summer, they must be constantly cleared from weeds, which, if permitted to grow among them, will draw them up slender, and render them good for little. In Febru- ary following, the plants will shoot up vigorously, at which time the earth must be drawn up to each plant, to blanch them, and in three weeks after they will be fit for use, when they may be dug up, and the white part preserved, stewed, and eaten as Celery. — Native of France, Spain, Italy, Belgium, and Britain. It is rather a maritime plant, and is found near our coasts in many places, as about Scarborough Castle, and in the neighbourhood of Dover. Pennant observes, that it almost covers the S. W. end of the island of Anglesea, where it is boiled and greedily eaten by sailors returning from long voyages. It. is very common in all the western counties, and in the flat parts of Gloucestershire ; on the ramparts of Poole going into Wareham, and in many other places in Dorsetshire. It occurs also about many inland towns, as Nottingham, York, Bury, Newmarket, Mackerell’s Tower, Norwich ; Bungay in Suffolk; several places in Cambridgeshire; near Bensington in Oxfordshire; between Great Comberton and Woller’s hill; at Hill Croome and Perton, in Worcestershire; in the neighbourhood of London, about Deptford, Vauxhall, and Battersea; at Cowley in Middlesex; at Cliffe in Kent; and on the coast at Dunglass, Berwickshire, Scotland. 5. Smyrnium Apiifolium ; Smallage-leaved Alexanders. Stem leaves wedge-shaped, obtuse, trifid, toothed. — Native of Crete or Candia. 2 6. Smyrnium Aureum; Golden Alexanders. Leaves pin- nate, serrate, hinder ternate ; all the flowers fertile ; root perennial, black, and thick, with clustered fibres. Each stem and branch is terminated by an umbel of very small yellow flowers. The whole plant is acrid, bitter, and aromatic. — Native of North America. 7. Smyrnium Integerrimum ; Entire-leaved Alexanders. Stem leaves doubly ternate, quite entire; root perennial. — Native of Virginia. 8. Smyrnium Atropurpureum. All the leaves ternate ; leaflets ovate, acute, serrate; flowers dark purple. — Grows on the dry slate-hills of Virginia and Carolina. 8. Smyrnium Nudicaule. Radical leaves trilernate ; leaflets unequally few-dentated ; scape radical ; umbel with elongate rays; involucre and involucels almost none. — Grows on the Columbia river. The natives eat the tops of this plant, and boil it in their soups, the same as we use Celery. Snail Flower. See Phaseolus Caracculla. Snail Trefoil. See Medicago. Snake Gourd. See Tricosanthes. Snake Pipe. See Equisetum. Snake Root. See Actwa, Aristolochia Arborescens, Eryn- gium Aqualicum, and Polygala Senega. Snake Weed. See Polygonum Bistorta. Snap Dragon. See Antirrhinum. Snap Dragon, American. See Barleria. Snap Tree. See Justicia. Sneezeworf. See Achillea. Snowball Tree. See Viburnum. Snow Berry. See Chiococca. Snow Drop. See Galanihus. Snowdrop Tree. See Chionanthus and Halesia. Soap Berry. See Sapindus. Soapwort. See Saponaria. Soda. See Salsola. Soft Grass. See Holcus. Solandra; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, large, angular, permanent, three-cleft or five-cleft; segments lanceolate, erect. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel-form, very large; tube bell-shaped, ventricose, a little shorter than the calix; border five-cleft ; segments roundish, waved, patulous. Stamina: filamenta five, filiform, length'of the tube, ascend- ing at top; anther® oblong, versatile. Pistil ': germen supe- rior, oval; style filiform, longer than the stamina, bent in; stigma obtusely bifid; segments ovate. Pericarp: berry oval, conical at top, smooth, four-celled. Seeds: very nume- rous, oblong, nestling. Essential Character. Calix: tubular, bursting. Corolla: clavate, funnel-form, very large. Berry: four-celled, many-seeded. The only species is, 1. Solandra Grandiflora ; Great-flowered Solandra. Leaves obovate, oblong, . acute, quite entire, smooth, thick ish, and somewhat succulent, from three to seven inches in length, on round smooth petioles five times shorter than the leaves ; flowers terminating, subsessile, subsolitary, very large. They are very handsome and sweet, and appear in the months of January and February. The fruit ripens in August, and is of a sweet subacid flavour. — Native ot Jamaica ; found on very large trees, being scandent and parasitical. It is there called Peach-coloured Trumpet Flower. Solanum ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, half five cleft, erect, acute, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, wheel-shaped ; tube very short ; border large, half five-cleft, from reflex flat, plaited. Stamina : filamenta five, awl-shaped, very small ; anther® oblong, converging, subcoalescent, open- SOL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SOL 589 ing at the top by two pores. Pistil: germen roundish; style filfform, longer than the stamina ; stigma blunt. Pericarp : berry roundish, smooth, dotted at the top, two-celled, with a convex fleshy receptacle on each 9ide. Seeds : very many, roundish, nestling. Essential Character. Corolla: wheel-shaped ; antherae subcoalescent, opening at top by a double pore. Berry two-celled. The species are, * Unarmed. 1. Solanum Laurifolium; Bay-leaved Nightshade. Stem unarmed, arboreous; leaves petioled, ovate, oblong, tomen- tose beneath; panicle terminating, dichotomous, divaricating. This tree produces black berries, the size of a large currant. — Native of South America. 2. Solanum Verbascifolium ; Mullein-leaved Nightshade. Stem unarmed, shrubby ; leaves ovate, tomentose, quite entire ; corymbs bifid, terminating; flowers produced in small umbels from the side of the stalks, standing erect; they are pretty large and white, with the petal cut into five star-pointed segments. — Native of America; found also in the mountain- woods of Martinico, flowering in November. This may be increased by cuttings, planted in a shady border during any of the summer months: when rooted, take them up, plant them in pots, and place the pots in the shade till they have taken new root. This, and all the species from the Cape of Good Hope, require an open airy glass-case, or warm green- house, in winter; but in summer may be placed abroad in a warm sheltered situation. 3. Solanum Auriculatum ; Ear-leaved Nightshade. Stem unarmed, shrubby; leaves ovate, acuminate, tomentose, quite entire ; stipules cordate ; corymbs bifid, terminating. This is very like the preceding species. It flowers here in April. Native of the islands of Mauritius, Madagascar, and Bourbon. 4. Solanum Pubescens ; Pubescent Nightshade. Stem unarmed, tomentose, shrubby; leaves ovate, decreasing at the base, quite entire, pubescent ; racemes subumbel- led : flower large, purple coloured. — Native of the East Indies. 5. Solanum Bombense; Tierra Bomba Nightshade. Stem anarmed, frutescent; leaves oval, attenuated to both ends, quite entire ; racemes cymed. — Native of Tierra Bomba, near Carthagena in America. 6. Solanum Pseudo-Capsicum ; Shrubby Nightshade, or Winter Cherry. Stem unarmed, shrubby ; leaves lanceolate, repand; umbels sessile. The flowers are white, and are succeeded by berries as large as small cherries, which ripen in winter. There are two varieties ; one with red, and the other with a yellowish fruit.— Sow the seeds in a pot of rich earth in the spring, place it in a moderate hot-bed, and w'ater the earth frequently. When the plants are come up, plant them in another moderate hot-bed, covered with rich earth about six inches thick, at six inches’ distance every way : arch the bed over with hoops, cover it occasionally with mats, to shade the young plants from sun and cold, and water them frequently. When the plants have acquired strength, and the season becomes favourable, inure them by degrees to the open air, and expose them fully to it in June, when they should be taken up with a ball of earth to the root of each plant, and placed separately in pots filled with rich earth, in a shadv situation, and frequently watered until they have taken new root ; after which, remove them to a more open exposure among other exotic plants, giving them plenty of water in dry weather, In the winter, remove them into the -green house', placing them in the coldest part, where they may have as much free air as possible in mild weather, for they require only to be sheltered from severe frost, and are so hardy as many times to endure the cold of our ordinary winters abroad. Shift the plants annually about the end of April ; paring the roots round, cutting off" all the mouldy fibres next the pot, and filling up the pots with fresh rich earth, to strengthen the flowers and produce plenty of fruit. 7. Solanum Microcarpum ; Small-fruited Nightshade. Stem unarmed, shrubby; leaves ovate-lanceolate; umbels lateral, peduncled. — Native of Egypt. 8. Solanum Terminale ; Endflowering Nightshade. Un- armed, frutescent : leaves lanceolate-ovate, mostly quite entire, hairy; umbels terminating.— Native of Arabia Felix. 9. Solanum Pauciflorum ; Few-flowered Nightshade. Leaves ovate, quite entire ; branches and calices ten-toothed, tomentose; pedunclesaxillary, in pairs, one-flowered. — Native of the island of Martinique. 10. Solanum Diphyllum ; Two-leaved Nightshade. Stem unarmed, shrubby; leaves in pairs, one smaller than the other; flowers in cymes. This is a stinking evergreeu, two or three feet high ; corolla white. It flowers the whole sum- mer, and the seeds ripen in winter. — Native of tile West Indies. 11. Solanum Fugax; Fugacious Nightshade. Stem un- armed, shrubby, dichotomous, divaricating; leaves lanceolate, quite entire, smooth; peduncles solitary, axillary, one-flow- ered ; calix ten-toothed.— Native of the Caraccas. 12. Solanum Geminatum ; Two-flowered Nightshade. Leaves ovate, quite entire; calices ten-toothed, smooth; peduncles axillary, in pairs, one-flowered; stem scandent. This is an unarmed shrub. — Found at Cayenne. 13. Solanum Retrofractum ; Broken Nightshade. Leaves ovate, smooth ; branches axillary, retrofracted ; umbels axil- lary and terminating, sessile; calices truncate. — Native of South America. 14. Solanum Stellatum: Starry Nightshade. Stem un- armed, shrubby, scandent, flexuose ; leaves ovate, smooth, acuminate; peduncles subgeminate, one-flowered, axillary; calices unequally toothed; flower elegant, but scentless; corolla large, spreading very much, thin, rounded, blue, with a five-rayed star; berry globular, the size of a pea. — Native place uncertain. 15. Solanum Dulcamara; Woody Nightshade, or Bitter Sweet. Stem unarmed, frutescent, flexuose; upper leaves hastate; racemes cymed; root perennial, woody, smelling like the Potato; berries elliptic, scarlet, very juicy, bitter, and poisonous. The roots and stalks, upon being chewed, first cause a sensation of bitterness, which is soon followed by a considerable degree of sweetness, whence the plant obtained the names of Dulcamara or Bitter-Sweet. — The ber- ries excite vomiting and purging. Floyer says, that thirty of them killed a dog in less than three hours, and were found undigested in his stomach. As they are very common in hedges, and may be mistaken by children for red currants, this circumstance is well worthy of notice. Whenever they have unfortunately .been eaten, it is advisable to pour down as much warm water as possible, to dilute and weaken the poison, and to provoke vomiting, until medical assistance can be obtained. The old botanists recommended this plant as a medicine in many diseases. Ray informs us, that the inha- bitants of Westphalia make use of a decoction of the whole plant, as their common drink, with success against the scurvy. Boerhaave says, it is a medicine far superior to China and Sarsaparilla as a sweetener and restorative; he prescribes an infusion of the twigs in boiling water, to be taken to the quantity of a very large tea-cupful three or four times a day, as a sweetener of the blood and juices, for which purpose it is a most excellent medicine. Linneus says, that an infusion 690 SOL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SOL of the young twigs is an admirable medicine in acute rheuma- isms, inflammations, fevers, and suppression of the lochia. Dr. Hallenberg advises it in ischiatic and rheumatic pains, jaundice, scurvy, and lues venerea. They direct a pint of boiling water to be poured upon two drachms of the stalks, sliced and dried ; and, after standing half an hour, to boil it ten or fifteen minutes. The dose is about two teacups-full, morning and evening. Haller observes, that this plant par- takes of the milder qualities of Common or Garden Night- shade, joined to a resolutive and saponaceous quality. Mur- ray and Bergius approve of it as a promoter of all the secre- tions: the latter confines its use to rheumatism, and reten- tion of the menses and lochia. But, according to other good authorities, it has been applied with advantage in some obsti- nate cutaneous affections. Dr. Cullen says, we have employed only the slender twigs; but some parcels of these were very mild and inert, others considerably acrid ; in the latter State we have employed a decoction of them in the cure of rheumatism, sometimes with advantage, but at other times without effect : though inserted in the catalogue of diuretics, it never appeared to us as powerful in this way. The twigs should be gathered either in spring or autumn, but will be found most powerful in the latter season. If it be used dry, a somewhat larger dose must be taken. It is generally given in decoction or infusion ; and, to prevent it from exciting vomit, it should be diluted with milk; small doses also are recommended at the beginning, for large ones have been found to produce convulsions, delirium, and palsy of the tongue. A tincture, made by infusing four ounces of the twigs in a quart of white wine, is, in my opinion, the best preparation of it, and may be taken in doses of four or five ounces, in which quantities it operates by sweat, urine, and stool. It is one of those many neglected plants, which deserve to be better known, and have their virtues more exactly ascertained. Meyrick says, there are several varieties, one with flesh-coloured, and sometimes with w hite flowers ; an- other with hairy leaves ; a third, with larger paler-coloured flowers, opening only about noon, the segments less acuminate, and not reflexed ; and another, with variegated leaves, which is preserved by those who are curious in collecting striped- leaved plants.- — This Very dangerous, and yet very useful, plant is a native of Europe, Africa, and Siberia, growing in moist hedges, shady places, and by the sides of ditches; flowering in June and July, and ripening its poisonous berries in September and October. The varieties of this species, which are very handsome, may be easily propagated by lay- ing down the branches, or by planting cuttings in the spring, upon a moist soil, where they will soon take root, and may afterwards be transplanted where they are intended to remain. The third-mentioned variety being apiative of Africa, and pro- bably a distinct species, must be preserved in the green house in winter, and treated in the same way as the sixth species. 16. Solanum Triquetrum ; Triangular -stalked Nigh tshade. Stem unarmed, frutescent, three-sided ; leaves cordate, acumi- nate, smooth; umbels opposite to the leaves, subpeduncled ; corolla white, very deeply divided into five linear curled segments. — Found flowering in September, at the Royal Gar- den at Madrid. 17. Solanum Scandens; Scandent Nightshade. Unarmed: stem twining; leaves cordate, ovate, hanging down, very soft beneath; peduncles terminating; berry with a short calix, contracted and gibbous under the fruit, with five swellings. — Native of Surinam. 18. Solanum Lyratum ; Lyrate-leaved Nightshade. Un- armed, herbaceous, erect: leaves lyrate, hastate, tomentose. • — Native of Japan, near Nagasaki. 19. Solanum Tegore; Guiana Nightshade. Stem unarmed, shrubby, very hirsute ; leaves petioled, the lower pinnatifid, sinuate, the upper cordate; racemes simple, axillary; berries globular, yellowish, almost the size of a walnut ; seeds flatted and rounded. All parts of the plant exhale a very disagree- able odour. It flowers and fruits in October. — Native of Guiana, by the banks of the river Sinemaria. 20. Solanum Quercifolium ; Oak-leaved Nightshade. Stem unarmed, subherbaceons, angular, flexuose, rugged ; leaves pinnatifid ; j-acemes cymed. It flowers in July; corollas violet-colonred ; berries red, ovate. — Native of Peru. 21. Solanum Laciniatum; Cut-leaved Nightshade. Stem shrubby, unarmed, very smooth; leaves pinnatifid; segments lanceolate, acute; panicles axillary, by twos or threes. It flowers in July and August. — Native of New Zealand. Mr. Curtis, who cultivated this species, observes, that it is a plant of some beauty, and remarkable for receding from the common character of the genus, in having the antherre widely separated from each other; also, that the pulp of the berries is sw'eet, tasting something like a fig. 22. Solanum Radicans; Rooting Nightshade. Stem un- armed, herbaceous, even, roundish, prostrate, rooting; leaves pinnatifid ; racemes cymed. — Native of Peru. 23. Solanum Havanense ; Havannah Nightshade. Stem unarmed, frutescent; leaves oblong-lanceolate, quite entire, shining; racemes axillary. In habit and fructification this species is between Solanum and Capsicum. — Found at the Havanna, flowering in January; and at Jamaica, flowering in June. 24. Solanum Triste; Dull Nightshade. Stem unarmed, frutescent; leaves lanceolate, oblong, subrepand, smooth; racemes subeymed ; flowers small and white ; berries globular, of a dirty yellow colour. — Native of Martinico. 25. Solanum Racemosum ; Wave-leaved Nightshade. Stem unarmed, frutescent ; leaves lanceolate, repand, waved ; ra- cemes long, straight; corolla snow white, cut very deeply into lanceolate-oblong segments; flowers without scent; berries red, the size of a small pea.— Native of the West Indies. 26. Solanum Corymbosum; Ovate-leaved Nightshade, j Stem unarmed, suffruticose ; leaves ovale lanceolate, entire, acuminate at the base; flowers corymbed ; corolla blue; berry size of a pea, orange-coloured ; seeds few and pale. It flowers in July. — Native of Peru. 27. Solanum Quadrangulare ; Square-stalked Nightshade. Stem unarmed, frutescent, four-cornered ; leaves ovate, entire, and angular; flowers panicled. It varies with lanceolate entire leaves. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 28. Solanum Repandum; Repand-leaved Nightshade. Stem unarmed, subherbaceous, flexuose, even ; leaves ovate, repand, tomentose; peduncles axillary, cymed. — Native of / the Marquesas, and Society Isles. 29. Solanum Bonariense ; Tree Nightshade. Stem almost unarmed, shrubby ; leaves ovate, oblong, sinuate, repand, rugged ; flowers w hite, large, nodding, tomentose on the out- side ; antherue yellow : berries yellow, scarcely half an inch broad. — Native of Buenos Ayres. 30. Solanum Macrocarpon ; Smooth Fleshy-leaved Night- shade. Stem unarmed, suffruticose ; leaves wedged, repand, smooth ; flowers large, blue, bell-shaped, erect, on short peduncles, many of them barren; berries the size of an apple, globular, yellow, subsessile. — Native of Peru. 31. Solanum Tuberosum ; Tuberous-rooted Nightshade, or Common Potato. Stem unarmed,' herbaceous ; leaves pin-i; * nate, quite entire; peduncles subdivided; flowers either white, or tinged with purple; or, as old Gerarde describes them, of ) SOL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SOL 591 a light purple, striped down the middle of every fold or welt with a light show of yellowness. The fruit is a round berry, but black when ripe, and containing many small, flat, round- ish seeds. — This root, which at the present moment forms such an important and indispensable article in the diet of the poor, which is cultivated in such immense quantities to meet the incessant demands of every market, was, about two cen- turies ago, only retained as a curiosity in some botanic gar- dens. Gerarde, the celebrated gardener to Queen Elizabeth, so often mentioned in the course of this work, informs us, that in 1597 he received the roots of it from Virginia, which grew and prospered in his garden, as well as in their own native country; but, although the fact be certain, that this root came to us from Virginia, it by no means follows that it is indigenous of that country ; on the contrary, some think it will appear more probable that it was first found by the Spaniards in Peru. The root called Batata by the Spaniards, whence our name Potato, was common in Italy before the sixteenth century, where it is said to have been as generally eaten with mutton as Turneps or Parsneps, and also to have been used for feeding hogs ; but if this had been the Potato now in general use, it is not probable that so much public attention would have been excited by discovering that it was a native of the New- World as well as of the Old. For granting that it were, like the Convolvulus Batata, a native of Peru, it is not less probable that it should also be found in Virginia, from whence there is now strong reason to suppose that Sir Walter Raleigh imported it into Ireland; and it is not a little remarkable, that neither in Italy, Spain, Portugal, nor even in France, has it ever been very generally cultivated or highly esteemed. In Italy the prejudice against it was so great, that not half a century since, when a ship load was sent to Naples, to relieve the wretched inhabitants from a famine, it is said that they chose to perish rather than feed upon them : and although they have since grown wiser, espe- cially in the northern parts of that country, still the Potato is not in general use, and a strong prejudice still exists against them, even in Portugai and Spain. The ludicrous story advanced by Holt in his Characters of the Kings of England, where the great and lamented Walter Raleigh is represented as mistaking the fruit as the edible part, is wholly without foundation. One consideration only will prove it lo be mere fiction ; it is this, that the Spanish Batata, already mentioned, had been long well known to all Europe ; and how then could it happen that Sir Walter Raleigh should overlook their near resemblance, and fall into so gross a mistake? It is generally agreed, that the Potato quickly passed over from Ireland into Lancashire, where it has ever since been cultivated with extraordinary diligence and success, both as to the time in which it is brought to market, and to the superior excellence of new varieties, which they are continually raising from seed. Parkinson, in 1629, remarks, that the Potatoes of Virginia are dressed in the same way as the Spanish kind : that is, being roasted under the embers, peeled, and sliced, they were put into sack with a little sugar; or, they were baked with marrow, sugar, spice, &c. in pies ; or preserved and candied by the comfit-makers. The importance of this root attracted the attention of the Royal Society in the third year after its for- mation, when a letter from Mr. Buckland, a Somersetshire gentleman, was read : in this letter he recommended the planting Potatoes in all parts of the kingdom, to prevent famine; and had not his judicious advice been long since followed, there would have been many dreadful famines; to prove the fact, we need only remind our readers of every deficient harvest which has occurred within his own recol- lection, and particularly of those preceding the years 1797-8, 115. when the poor must have perished in great numbers, had it not been for this wholesome and most nutritious root. The letter above mentioned was referred to a committee of the Royal Society, who thanked Mr. Buckland in their Report, which entreated those gentlemen who had lands, to plant them; and requested the pious and patriotic John Evelyn to mention their proposal at the close of his Sylva. It appears, how'ever, that Evelyn did not think proper to comply with the request; for he seems not to have noticed the Potato any where except in the Appendix to his Acetaria, where he calls it, “ a small green fruit, which being pickled is an excellent salad ;” though in this, as it refers to the most unpalatable part of the plant, we suspect few persons will agree with him in opinion. He adds, that the root being roasted under the embers or otherwise, is opened with a knife, the Potatoe is buttered in the skin, and seasoned with a little salt and pep- per. Some, he continues, eat them with sugar, together in the skin, which has a pleasant crimpness; they are also stewed, and baked in pies. Houghton, in 1699, asserts, that Potatoes were brought from Ireland, where they had sup- ported the people when all their corn was destroyed by the wars, into Lancashire, where they then abounded, and began to spread all over the kingdom : it is amusing to observe how gravely he adds, “ they are a pleasant food roasted or boiled, and eaten with butter and sugar!” From these, and from subsequent testimonies, it is clear that until the middle of last century the Potato, as an esculent root, was still unknown in many parts of the country, and in France at that time was looked upon with contempt, and left wholly to the lower people ; so that though it afterwards became the fashion for a time, it almost immediately fell back again into disrepute. Thirty or forty years ago, says Mr. Billingsley, (the Somersetshire reporter under the Board of Agriculture, in 1798,) it was an extraordinary thing to see an acre of Pota- toes in one spot, and in one man’s possession ; whereas there are now many parishes in that county that can produce fifty acres. In the preceding year, Arthur Young informs us, that in Suffolk this root had not been cultivated till within a few years; and in 1800 it appears that Potatoes had become an universal article of diet in the North Riding of Yorkshire, where they still constitute the most essential article of the sustenance of the lower orders. It has now found its way into every part of Wales and Scotland, and is cultivated to •a very great extent in the Highlands of the latter countrv. When the Virginian Potato became first known in Europe, all the fancied properties of the Spanish were attributed to it by some, whilst others reprobated it as producing the leprosy, in the same manner, and with the same good inten- tions, as one notorious individual has of late years attempted to persuade the good people of this country, that it is a most iloxious roof, and has a great tendency to produce insanity. The general opinion, however, still considers it as a whole- some and a nourishing food. The farinaceous varieties make a good starch, and bread, either mixed with Wheat flour, or even by themselves; though it is admitted that Potatoes are best eaten either boiled or baked, whether by men or animals. — To enumerate all the varieties which have been raised from seed would be impracticable ; the following are the best known, and most esteemed. 1. Apple; one of the kidney variety, cultivated in Ireland and the Isle of Man. 2. Black- amoor; which is a late sort, and keeps well till August. It is very heavy, and yields a good deai of starch : it is fit either for cattle, or for the table. The outer coat is sooty, bur appears, when rubbed, of a dark or bright purple, jt w]:; grow in moist heavy soils. 3. Champion. This has been ! preferred in Essex, because it did not curl ; it is early ana 7 L " 592 SOL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SOL is also called Globewhite. 4. Cluster or Conglomerate, called also the Suffolk or Howard, and in Kent the Hog Potato. It is red, and streaked with red within, having a saccharine taste, for which some persons highly value it. 5. Early Cumberland. This is a large, prolific, and well-flavoured sort, which ripens early enough to produce a second crop. 8. Goldjinders. This is cultivated in the midland counties: it is a good sort, yellow within, kidney-like, with a scurfy rind. 7. Kidneys. There is a great variety of this sort, both whites and reds : as, the Lincolnshire, the large and small Red-nose, which last is subject to curl ; the White, the Flat White or True Spanish ; the Superfine White, said to be the earliest Potato in Lancashire, where four crops in a year are sometimes raised on the same ground ; the Manley White, which is large, white, mealy, and well-tasted ; the Blood- red ; the Irish Red, or Painted Lord, which is late and plentiful ; Old Winter Red, which is peculiarly good in spring, when others have lost their flavour; it never has the curl: Rough Red; Purple; Red French, Irish; Red- snout or Red nob, large, prolific, and well-flavoured, but it becomes rather strong-tasted in the spring: Winter White, and Whiteblossom; good for the table, larger, and producing a more bulky crop than the Champion. 8. Ox Noble, for cattle. This is often confounded with the White Cluster, but is different ; it is sometimes called White Surinam ; large and prolific, but liable to grow hollow. 9. Pink Eye, or Red Streak ; is hardy and strong; is late, and eats best from spring to July. 10. Russet, Red and White, for winter use. 11. Surinam or Hog Potato, is often confounded with the true Cluster : it is white and red, and very prolific. 12. Yam. This is not the West Indian Yam, but a coarse Potato, raised principally for horses ; it grows abundantly even on indifferent land. — A patent has been recently obtained at Paris, and a gold medal bestowed, along with other honorary distinctions, granted for the discovery, and practice on a large scale, of preparing from Potatoes a fine flour, a sago, a flour equal to ground rice, and a semolina or paste, of which one pound is equal to a pound and a half of rice, to a pound and three quarters of vermicelli, and to eight pounds of raw Potatoes. An excellent bread, it is said, can be made of this flour, at half the cost of wheaten bread. These preparations are found valuable to mix with wheaten flour for bread, or to make biscuits, pastry, pie-crusts, and for all soups, gruels, and panada. Simply mixed with cold water, they are in ten minutes fit for food, when fire cannot be obtained ; and twelve ounces are sufficient, in cases of necessity, for a day’s suste- nance. The physicians and surgeons of the French hospitals have successfully employed these preparations of Potato flour in cases of great debility of the stomach. The essence of the discovery is, to produce a cheap preparation from the surplus growth of Potatoes, which are thereby converted into a keep- ing stock in a convenient and salubrious form. Heat being an agent employed in the preparation, these articles will keep unchanged for years, as, for instance, to China and back ; neither will rats and mice destroy, nor insects or worms infest, this newly-fabricated flour. — Propagation and Culture. The Potato is generally propagated by its roots, which multiply immensely if planted in a suitable soil. The common way is, to plant either the small roots or offsets entire, or to cut the larger roots into pieces, preserving a bud or eye to each ; but when the smaller offsets are planted, they produce generally a greater number of roots, which are always small, and the cuttings of the larger roots are apt to rot, especially if wet weather happens soon after they are planted : hence it is best to make choice of the finest roots, and to allow them more ground than usual, both between the rows, and also from plant to plant. The soil in which they thrive best is a light sandy loam, not very dry nor very moist : it should be well ploughed two or three times, in order to break and divide the parts, and the deeper the ploughing the better. In the spring, just before the last ploughing, there should be a good quantity of rotten dung spread on the ground, and ploughed into it in the beginning of March, if the season proves mild ; other- wise it had better be deferred till the middle or latter end of that month ; for if it should prove hard frost after the roots are planted, they may be greatly injured, if not destroyed thereby; but the sooner they are planted in the spring, after the danger of frost is over, the better it will be, especi- ally in dry land. In the last ploughing, the ground should be laid eveu, and then the furrows should be drawn at three feet distance from each other, about seven or eight inches deep. In the bottom of this furrow the root should be laid at about one foot and a half asunder ; then the furrow should be filled with the earth which came out, and the same continued through the whole field or parcel of laud iutended to be planted. After all is finished, the land may remain in the same state till near the time when the shoots are expected to appear above ground, when the ground should be well har- rowed over both ways, which will break the clods, and make the surface very smooth ; and by doing it so late it will destroy the young weeds, which by this time will begin to make their appearance; and this will serve the expense of the first hoeing, and will also stir the upper surface of the ground, which, if much wet has fallen after the plauting, is often bound into a hard crust, and will retard the appearance of the shoots. The row's being placed at three feet asunder, will allow the horse plough to be introduced between them, which will greatly improve them by stirring and twice breaking the ground, which will not only destroy the weeds, but enable every shower to penetrate to the roots, and greatly improve their growth. These operations ought to be performed early in the season, before the stems or branches of the plants begin to fall, and trail upon the ground ; because after that, ( it will be impossible to do it without injuring the shoots. If these ploughings be carefully performed between the rows, and the ground between the plants hand hoed, it will prevent the growth of weeds till the haulm of the plants cover the ground, after which there will be little danger of weeds injur- ing the crop ; but as the plough can only go between the rows, it will be necessary to make use of a hoe to stir the ground, and destroy the weeds in the rows, and, if it be done carefully in dry weather, the ground will be kept clean until | the Potatoes are fit to take up. In places where manure is scarce, many persons scatter dung only in the furrows where the roots are planted; but this is a very poor method, be- cause when the Potatoes begin to push out their roots, they are soon extended beyond the width of these furrows, and the new roots are commonly formed at a distance from the old, out of the reach of this manure, by which they cannot be benefited. And as most of the farmers desire to have a crop of Wheat after the Potatoes are taken off the ground, so the land will not be so thoroughly dressed in every part, nor so proper for this crop, as wheu the manure has beeni; equally spread and ploughed in all over the land. Where j this is done, the land will produce a fine crop of Wheat after-' ward, and very few Potato-shoots will appear among the the Wheat; which is probably owing to the farmer’s planting » only the largest roots; for when they have forked them out* of the ground in the following autumn, there have been six, eight, or ten large roots, produced from each, and often many' more, and scarcely any small roots among them; whereas in such cases where the small roots have beeu planted, there SOL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SOL has been a vast number of very small roots produced, many of which were so minute as not to be discovered when the roots were taken up, and so have grown the following season, to the great injury of the crop then on the ground. The haulm of these Potatoes is generally killed by the first frost in the autumn ; and the roots should be taken up soon after, and laid up in sand in a sheltered place, where they will keep dry, and are secured from frost. The growers near London do uot wait for the decay of the haulm, but begin to. take up part of them as soon as their roots are grown to a proper size for the market, and so keep taking up from time to time, according to the demand. There are also others, who do not take them up so soon as the haulm decays, but let them remain much longer in the ground ; in which there is no hurt done, provided they be taken up before hard frost sets in, which would destroy them ; unless where the ground is wanted for other crops, in which case the sooner they are taken up the better, after the haulm decays. When laid up, they require a good quantity of saud or earth between them, to prevent their heating ; and on that account also they ought not to be laid up in very large heaps. — Diseases. The Potato is subject to a disease commonly called the curl, and in this state is sometimes called frizzled, or rose-headed. These names are given it from the obvious appearance of the leaves in this disease ; but the destructive effect of it falls upon the bulbs of the root, which become worse and diminish in size in proportion to its influence. A variety of causes are assigned for this disease. 1. That the sets are unsound. 2. Forcing the plants from which the sets are taken, by too much fresh dung, and earthing them up too deep, on land too rich and in a southern aspect, and choosing sets from bulbs rendered large by this management. 3. Planting the same sorts too long on the same land. 4. Taking the sets from such bulbs as have been heated or frosted in the heaps. 5. The first shoots being broken off before planting, by which means the sets are weakened. 6. Planting too near the surface, and in old worn out ground. 7. Planting indiscriminately sets of new sorts raised from the seeds. 8. Insects attacking the sets or roots, or young shoots. 9. Unfavourable soils and seasons. One or more of the above causes may operate in producing this disease ; and any or all of them, in different circumstances. He must be a careless cultivator indeed, who. will plant dis- tempered or vitiated sets; and he deserves to have a bad crop, who sells or eats all his best Potatoes, and plants the worst. Forcing Potatoes by setting them late in a rich soil well manured, having a southern aspect, especially if the summer be hot and dry, or covered with green fern or other litter before the plants appear, is found, by a series of expe- riments, to produce the curl. The set will be exhausted in feeding the plant; but should the weather become moist and warm towards the end of summer, the plants, especially if they should be earthed, may then produce a plentiful crop of large Potatoes, which will be fit for eating, but, beirjg pro- duced from the stalk after the set W'as exhausted, will be defective in vegetative power, and the plants from them will be curled. If they were covered, the rain would rot the fern or litter, and penetrate as a manure to the roots : thus the plants are forced to the second growth, and the sets from these bulbs will produce curled plants. Large crops may be raised by earthing and manuring; but these are not fit for planting. A portion of ground should therefore be allotted for raising sets. Planting repeatedly on the same land, or the same sort on similar soils, is very unadvisable, and con- trary to general practice with other crops. Potatoes have been grown for several years together on the same spot of rich land with high manuring ; and labourers frequently do this in their confined gardens. But unless the sort be changed, it is found frequently to produce the curl; and, on a large scale, they are seldom planted two years together on the same land. Whether the curl be occasioned, as some pretend, by being frost-bitten before or after planting — or, as by others, by being heated in the heaps; or not — no prudent person would use such sets in planting ; for they must be weakened, and produce an inferior crop, and will probably suffer bv the curl. When the sets have been suffered to exhaust them- selves by sprouting, they are unfit for planting. If the Potato be planted too near the surface, or where the staple is very shallow, they will be exposed to frost, and by that means to the curl, besides wanting proper nourishment, and therefore be weak: now weakness, from whatever cause it arise, will probably produce disease. For the same reason, old worn- out varieties are unquestionably improper for plants, as no one can reasonably expect a sound crop from such seed. On dry soils, in a very dry season, Potatoes are very subject to the curl. On the contrary, a very wet season in strong reten- tive land, though it has not been ascertained to produce that disease, is nevertheless very unfavourable to the growth of these roots. Mr. Marshall adopts the idea, that the old vari- eties formerly in cultivation, dwindling in produce till they were entirely worn out with disease, new varieties were intro- duced, and that the disease vanished with the old ones. In confirmation of this, he observed in Rutlandshire, in a large piece of Potatoes, two stripes, which were almost wholly curled; whilst the rest of the ground appeared to be free from the disease. Inquiring into the reason of this difference, he was told, that the healthy plants were a new sort, called Manleys; and the diseased ones. Red nosed Kidneys, which were heretofore the prevailing sort. The circumstance of the old sorts being now almost entirely cut off by the curl, renders it probable that the disease is incident to declining varieties of Potatoes, as the canker is to declining varieties of fruit. Not only copious dunging is thought by some to bring on the curl, but manuring well with lime or ashes, either of coal or wood. On a deep loam, limed, nearly three-fourths of the crop were curled ; whilst a few drills adjoining, not limed, and planted with the same sort of Potato, were perfectly free. The experiment was repeated the year after, with the same result; and the curl has been since observed to prevail most in the districts where much lime or ash manure is used. A moderate quantity, however, of lime, made into a compost with earth, will not injure the root, but be useful in destroy- ing the wire-worm, and other insects which attack the sets. The method of cure is pointed out by the causes of the disease. If it be owing to the soil, that should be improved by sufficient manuring and good management; or it should be given up, if found wholly unfit for Potatoes. If the dis- order be occasioned by any defect or weakness in the sets, arising from their having been heated, or frozen, or over- forced, or exhausted by shooting, or from whatever cause, care should be taken to procure proper sets, and to change the sorts occasionally. If the land be rich and warm, the crop ought not to be over-earthed ; if it be dry, poor, and shallow, it should be well earthed up; for the roots must neither be parched with the sun, nor removed beyond its influence. If very rich dung, by forcing them too much, bring on the curl, spread it over the field and plough it in, rather than put it immediately over or under the sets in the furrows, especially as the latter mode is apt to make the Potatoes scabby. In a proper soil, with good management, planting in the best season, and due attention to procure good sorts in a sound healthy condition; changing the land, or bringing this in with other crops in a regular rotation; 594 SOL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SOL changing also the sorts which are intended for sets, or plant- ing some by themselves for that purpose — the crop will not be generally infested with the curl; or, if a few of the plants should be curled, they must be carefully pulled out. In Lancashire, great attention is paid to changing the sets. If any of their favourite sets are infested with it, they send them to the Moss or Moor-lands to be cured. It is held as a gene- ral opinion in Scotland and the northern counties, that Moss or Peat earth prevents the curl. In the North Riding of Yorkshire, in the dales of the Moor-lands, they make use of sets of their own growth, only endeavouring to plant them on a soil different from that on which they grew, as by that means they in a great measure avoid the curl; but in the ..lower parts, the sets of the kinds for the table are procured either from the Moor lands or from Scotland ; and it is found necessary to renew them every year, for in the third year they are found very generally curled. In the West Riding they procure their sets of Red-nose Kidney from the neigh- bourhood of Berwick ; and until they adopted this plan of changing, they were much troubled by the curl. In Argyle- shire, they attribute their freedom from the curl to their changing their sets very often, and planting most of them in new mossy ground; this is a strong inducement to cultivate such waste lands. — Raising from Seed. It is well know n that this is the only way of obtaining new varieties; some of which will be better, and some not so good, as the parent seed. Thus, however, real improvement will be made, as the good will be preferred, and the bad thrown away; and if, as has been already intimated, the old varieties will be found to degenerate in time, which is the case with many vegetables, recourse must be had to the raising from seed, in order to make up for the deficiency. Great attention has been paid to raising their Potatoes of the best quality, from the seeds of the berries, or, as they call it, the Apple or Crab. They are sometimes three years, but always two, in bringing the Pota toes raised from seed to a full size, though it is asserted that, if transplanted in wide distances, they will attain their full size in one season. Every fourteen years it is necessary to bring back the sets from their original seed; and it should not be forgotten, that the increase of Potatoes, when raised from seed, is exceedingly great. The seedlings produce bulbs of all the varieties, and sometimes new ones. There seems to be no real difference, whether the fruit be taken from a round or a kidney Potato. Seed taken from a red Potato, that has flowered in the neighbourhood of a white one, will produce both red and white. To raise these roots from seed, hang a bunch of the berries in a warm room during winter, and in February separate the seeds from the pulp, by washing the berries in water, and pressing them with the fingers. Then dry the seeds upon paper; and in April sow the seeds in drills in a bed well dug, and manured with rotten dung. When the plants are about an inch high, draw a little earth up to them with a hoe, in order to lengthen their main roots. When they are about three inches high, dig them up with a spade, and separate them carefully for planting out in a piece of fresh ground well trenched, sixteen inches apart. As they advance in growth, earth them up once or twice, to lengthen the main roots, and encourage the shoots under ground ; and by this management the bulbs, in the course of one season, will arrive at the size of hen’s eggs, and the haulm also will be as vigorous as if sets had been planted. Another, method is, to sow the seeds in the beginning of March or sooner, on a hot-bed, in lines about nine inches asunder, one- third of an inch deep, and very thin ; to water between the lines frequently; and when the plants are risen a little height, to introduce fine rich earth between the lines, to strengthen them; and to admit air freely, and to water them plentifullv, before they are transplanted, that they may rise with a large ball of earth to their roots. Old rotten horse dung and yellow moss are the usual manures. Plant them in trenches, like Celery, with a space of four feet between the trenches, and twelve or fourteen inches between each plant : as they grow up, draw the earth to their stalks, but do not cover the top. When the ground is brought to a level, dig it, and earth 1 up the plants till pretty deep trenches are formed between the lines. With this treatment, they will in the first season produce from a pound to five pounds weight, on a plant, and many considerably more than a hundred Potatoes each ; the produce of which, for the next ten or twelve years, will be prodigious. — Crops following. There is no doubt that the Potato crop is an excellent preparation for corn, provided the ground was well manured before, and duly hoed after the setting. The frequent stirring of the land by hoeing, and the complete opening of it by taking up the crop, must leave it in a loose and friable state, fit for the reception of seed. If the soil be a strong loam or clay, Wheat may be sown imme- diately with advantage; but on lighter loams, which are most proper for Potatoes, the land is commonly left in too loose and friable a state for Wheat, and on that account it is more judicious to sow Barley or Oats. It also frequently happens, especially in cold exposed situations, and in wet seasons, that the Potato crop cannot be raised and got off the land before November, which protracts the sowing of Wheat beyond the proper time. In a cold climate, and on a light soil, never sow Wheat after Potatoes, but ridge up your land, and leave it for a sparing crop; and perhaps that on any soil is good husbandry. — Domestic Uses. There does not appear to he just ground for the opinion, that the meal of Wheat affords much more nourishment than that of Potatoes ; because the proportion of animal matter, which each contains, is too nearly alike to occasion any great difference. To obtain the meal from Potatoes, they are well washed and grated down to a pulp, by a grater or in a hand-mill. The pulp is then put into a hair sieve, and repeatedly mixed with cold water, till the strainings are clear, and the fibrous part perfect!^ divested of the meal. The former may be set aside for the' use of hogs or cows, and the strained liquor suffered to settle, after which the brown-coloured water is poured off, and fresh! water repeated, mixed with the sediment, and poured ofl after it settles, till the water comes off perfectly clear. The sediment is then dried in the sun or in an oven, as quickly asi possible, that it may not turn sour. It will keep many years if kept dry. The quantity of meal will depend on the kind of Potatoes; but in general, one pound of meal may be ob j taiued from seven or eight pounds of the root. By this pro cess the meal is deprived of the greatest part, or all, of oneoli the ingredients which is the soluble mucilage. This mucilag< by itself is undoubtedly nutritive, and probably may be renl dered more so by being mixed with the other constituen parts of the root. It is however, admitted, that the mosj ready, profitable, and perhaps salutary mode of using thi root as food, is, to prepare it by boiling, and roasting or Irak ing; by the two last methods they . are thought to be th most agreeable and nourishing, but the fact piobably is tha the boiling is very little understood. It really is amazing considering the universality of their use, that so vast majority of those who undertake to boil Potatoes, seldon fait to spoil them; and it is a well-known fact, that in tl) Metropolis they are generally peeled before they are put int the vessel, which is" the first essential step to ensure thei being good for nothing when boiled. The Potatoes shou! be sorted so as to be nearly of the same size; put in th SOL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SOL 595 vessel with their jackets on, and be put on the fire with just sufficient water to keep them from burning, taking -care to add a small quantity of salt. If they happen to be large, cold water may be once or twice poured upon them ; and the moment their skins are perceived to crack, pour off the water, and evaporate the superfluous moisture, by placing the vessel again for a short time upon the fire. Some dress them in an iron pot, over a slow fire, without any water. Boiling by steam, which has lately become so general, is certainly an improvement; but, the boiling them as above directed, in water, has this material advantage, that it carries off some matter, which is detained in the process by steam, and which injures the flavour of the root. The use of Potatoes, as ap- plied to the sustenance of cattle, is too obvious and simple to require any observation. — It is, however, worthy of remark, that both yeast, or, as it is often called, barm, and also an ardent spirit, may be obtained from Potatoes. To obtain the barm, boil a pound of mealy Potatoes for every quart of yeast to be made, till they are quite soft; skin and mash them very smooth ; mix as much in the water in which they were boiled, as will reduce them to the consistency of common yeast, but not thicker: add to every pound of Potatoes two ounces of coarse sugar or treacle ; and, when lukewarm, stir in, for every pound of Potatoes, two table-spoonfuls of good new beer-yeast; keep it stirring and warm for twenty-four hours, or till it has done fermenting, when it will be fit for use; but if older, the better. It will keep three months in bottles. — Many years ago, it was proposed in Sweden to extract spirit from Potatoes, in order to save corn ; and it is said, that they found an acre of land, planted with this root, would yield a greater quantity of spirit than if it were sown with Barley. The practice was tried in Scotland with different degrees of success, supposed to be owing to the different care and attention bestowed in the process. Dr. Anderson obtained from seventy-two pounds of Potatoes, an English gallon of pure spirit, considerably above proof, and about a quart more below proof. He celebrates it as the finest and most agreeable vinous spirit he ever tasted ; some- what like very fine brandy, but milder, with a peculiar cool- ness upon the palate, and a flavour as if it had been impreg- nated with Violets and Raspberries. The Potatoes were boiled to a pulp, bruised, and passed through a sieve, with fresh water to separate the skins. The pulp was then gradu ally mixed with about tw'enty gallons of cold water; yeast was added to this mixture at a proper temperature, and in ten or twelve hours a fermentation began, and ontinued for about that time, and was then renewed by stirring it briskly at the same intervals, for a fortnight ; at the end of which time it could not be renewed by agitation or otherwise, and was found, upon trial, to have acquired a kind of acid slightiy- vinous taste, fit for distillation. It was then cautiously dis- tilled, taking care to stir it till it began to boil, before the still head was applied. The fire was made so strong as to keep it boiling briskly till the whole came over, in order to prevent the thick matter from subsiding and burning to the bottom, which would have given it an intolerably offensive flavour. This experiment has been found to succeed upon a second trial, in every respect, except that the peculiar Rasp- berry flavour was not produced. Vast quanties of common starch are also made from Potatoes, and of late years it has greatly improved in quality. 32. Solanum Pimpinellifolium ; Burnet-leaved Nightshade. Stem unarmed, herbaceous ; leaves pinnate, quite entire ; racemes simple. — Native of Peru. This and the six follow- ing species are all propagated by sowing their seeds on a moderate hot-bed in March ; and when the plants are come 115. up tw'o inches high, they should be transplanted into another moderate hot-bed, at about four inches’ distance from each other, observing to shade them until they have taken root; after w'hich they must have frequent waterings, and a large siiare of fresh air; for if they are too much drawn while young, they seldom do W'ell afterwards. In May they ought to be transplanted either into pots filled with light earth, or into borders near walls, pales, or reed-hedges, to which their branches may be fastened, to support them from trail- ing on the ground, which they are liable to do, and then the fruit will not ripen. Hence, where these plants are culti- vated for the sake of fruit, they should have a warm aspect, with their branches regularly fastened as they extend, that the fruit may have the advantage of the sun’s warmth to forward them, otherwise it will be late in the season before they are ripe, and they are unfit for use before ; but when the plants are brought forward in the spring, and thus regu- larly trained to the south sun, the fruit will ripen by the latter end of July, and there will be a succession until the plants are killed by the frost. Some persons cultivate them for ornament, but the leaves emit so offensive an odour on being touched, as to render them very improper for a pleasure- garden; and their branches extend so widely and irregularly, as to render them very unsightly in such places; for as their branches cannot be kept within bounds, especially when they are planted in good ground, so they will appear very unsightly; therefore the borders in the kitchen-garden’ where the plants are placed for their fruit, must not be too rich, for in a moderate soil they are less luxuriant, and more fruitful. 33. Solanum Lycopersicum; Love-apple, or Tomato. Stem unarmed, herbaceous ; leaves pinnate, gashed ; racemes two- parted, leafless; fruits smooth. It varies in form, size, and colour. One variety is commonly cultivated in the south of Europe, to put into soups and sauces, to which it imparts an agreeable acid flavour. The fruit of this variety is very large, compressed at both top and bottom, and deeply furrowed all over the sides of a red or yellow colour. The other is round, about the size of a large cherry, either yellow or red. — Native of South America. It flowers from July to Septem- ber, or till stopped by the frost; and the fruit ripens from the end of July till the autumnal frosts come on. The Italians and Spaniards eat it, as we do Cucumbers, with pepper, oil, and salt; and they are now' much used in soups in England. For its propagation and culture, see the preceding species. 34. Solanum Pseudo-Lycopersicum ; False Tomato. Stem unarmed, herbaceous ; leaves pinnate, gashed ; racemes simple ; fruits subvillose; berry not grooved, less than in the preceding. — Native of St. Helena. See the thirty-second species. 35. Solanum Peruvianum ; Peruvian Nightshade. Stem unarmed, herbaceous ; leaves pinnate, gashed, tomentose ; racemes two-parted, leafy ; berries somewhat hairy ; root perennial ; corollas bright yellow. — Native of Peru. 3G. Solanum Montanum ; Mountain Nightshade. Stem unarmed, herbaceous; leaves subcordate, repand. — Native of Peru. 37. Solanum Rubrum ; Red Nightshade. Stem unarmed, subperennial; leaves in pairs, ovate, quite entire; peduncles subumbelled. — Native of St. Helena. 38. Solanum Nodiflorum; Knot-Jlowered Nightshade. Stem unarmed, shrubby ; leaves smooth, ovate, acuminate at both ends; umbels peduncled, extrafoliaceous. This is an upright shrub, ten feet high, smooth, weak; branches round, subdichotomous, erect, knobbed at the divisions; flowers small. The Malays call it Bret, and cultivate it as a potherb. — Native of the island of Mauritius. 7 M 596 SOL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SOL 39. Solatium Nigrum ; Common or Garden Nightshade. Stem unarmed, herbaceous; leaves ovate, toothangular; racemes distich, nodding ; root annual, much branched ; umbels lateral, from the interstices of the stem between the leaves, nodding, downy, bearing a few white flowers, smell- ing like musk ; berries globular, black when ripe, sometimes yellow. There are many varieties, in size, and in the hairi- ness of the leaves; but it may be always known at first sight, when it is in perfection, by the bunches of flowers or fruits hanging from the spaces between the joints of the stem and branches. There is little doubt of the herb and berries being both poisonous, though some persons have eaten them w ithout any bad effects following. The whole herb is fetid, narcotic, and promotes perspiration and urine. From one to three grains of the leaves infused in boiling water, and taken at bed-time, occasions a copious perspiration, increases the urinary discharge, and commonly purges more or less the day following. These properties, judiciously applied, render it capable of doing very great service in several disorders ; but at the same time its effects on the nervous system are so uncertain, and frequently so great, as to make the utmost caution necessary in the administration. The leaves, applied externally, ease pain, and abate inflammation. Too large a quantity occasions violent sickness, with head-ache, giddi- ness, drowsiness, and other dangerous symptoms; and indeed its effects upon the system are so uncertain, and often so powerful, that it must always be administered with the greatest caution. It is on this account that it is now so little used ; which is certainly to be lamented, as it might probably be of service in diseases where the medical practitioner could other- wise do little more than sympathize with his distressed pa tients. The Arabians apply the leaves to burns and ulcers. As a ridiculous application of this plant, it may be noticed, that an ointment made of the leaves with hog’s lard was used by Solano de Luque, a famous Spanish physician, to cure consumptions. The patient was to be buried for some time up to the chin in the earth, and afterwards rubbed with this ointment ! It should always be borne in mind, that the genuine properties of this plant, of the fifteenth species, and of the Atropa Belladonna, are all three nearly the same. — This spe- cies is a common weed on dunghills and in gardens. All its varieties, like itself, are annual, and are propagated by sow- ing the seeds in spring, on a bed of rich earth, where the plants are designed to remain. When they come up, thin them to at least two feet distance. In July and August they will flower, and the seeds will ripen in autumn. A plant or two of the tenderer varieties may be set in pots and trained to sticks, to be removed into the green-house in autumn. During the winter, when the fruit is ripe, they will make a pretty appearance. 40. Solanum Ethiopicum ; Ethiopian Nightshade. Stem unarmed, herbaceous; leaves ovate, repand, angular; pedun- cles fertile, one-flowered, drooping; root annual; fruit red, large, depressed, so deeply furrowed as to be in a manner cut iuto lobes, hard. — Native of China, Cochin-china, and Japan, where it is cultivated for the table. This is propa- gated by seeds, which should be sown upon a hot-bed in the spring, and the plants afterwards treated in the same manner as has been directed for the Capsicum ; with which treatment this plant will thrive, and produce plenty of fruit annually. 41. Solanum Melongena ; Large-fruited Nightshade, or Egg-plant. Stem unarmed, herbaceous ; leaves ovate, tomen- tose ; calices armed ; flowers pale violet, or purplish, large, drooping; peduucles axillary, thickened, bent down, one- flowered, most commonly solitary, but not unfrequently two or three together; berry many, large, shining, two-celled, many- seeded, esculent. The varieties are, 1. With an oblong violet-coloured fruit. 2. With an oblong white large fruit. 3. With a globular violet-coloured fruit. 4. With a globular, white, or variegated fruit. Jn the first the fruit is ovate, about the size of a swan’s egg, of a dark purple on one side, and white on the other : sometimes it is white, and from that the species has obtained the name of the Egg-plant ; some- times it is yellow or pale red. In the second, the fruit is commonly eight or nine inches long, taper and straight, purplish or white. In the third it is oblong and incurved, yellowish, and largest at the end. The fourth differs greatly from the others; the stalk and leaves being armed with very strong thorns, the leaves larger and deeply jagged on their sides, the flowers larger, the fruit long, taper, and white. The fruit of the first is commonly eaten by the inhabitants of Asia, Africa, and America. The Spaniards cultivate it in their gardens under the name of Barenkeena; and the Turks, who eat it, call it Badinjan ; the Italians name it Melongana, i. e. Main Insana : and the inhabitants of the British West Indies, Brown John, or Brown Jolly. Browne, however, says, that the Brown Jolly, or Bolangena, of Jamaica, is a rough prickly sort. The plant, he says, lives some years, and sel- dom rises above three or four feet in height. It was first introduced by the Jews, and bears a number of large ber- ries, which being sliced, pickled for a few hours, and then boiled to tenderness, are used instead of greens. In the East Indies the fruit is broiled, and, being peppered and salted, is reckoned very delicious ; but Dr. Russel remarks, that though Melongana is cultivated for eating in the Levant, the Insanum is the kind used in the East Indies. It was cul- tivated by Gerarde in 1597, under the name of Mad or Raging Apple. — The different sorts or varieties are propagated by- seeds sown upon a moderate hot-bed in March. When the plants come up, transplant them into another hot-bed, about four inches asunder, observing to water and shade them until they have taken root; after which give them a great share of air in warm weather. Water them frequently, and when they fill the frame, which will be by the middle or end of May, transplant them into a rich spot of ground, at two feet dis- tance, or into the borders of the pleasure-garden, preserv- ing a good ball of earth to the roots. Water them plentifully till they have taken root. About the middle of July the fruits will appear, and then, if the weather be dry, water the plants often, to increase the number and size of the fruit: in August it will ripen. In hot countries it is esteemed a delicacy, but is a mere curiosity in England. 42. Solanum Sabinerme ; Spear-leaved Nightshade. Stem almost unarmed, shrubby ; leaves lanceolate, elliptic, quite entire, smooth above, tomentose beneath; cymes mealy; flowers collected into umbels, which stand erect, and come out from the side or at the end of the branches ; they are of a bright blue colour, and are succeeded by round berries, which are yellow when ripe, and of the size of small black cherries. — Native of the West Indies. This, and all the following species which are natives of the same climate, or of the East Indies, must be raised from seed on a hot-bed early in the spring. When the plants are fit to remove, put each in a separate small pot filled with fresh rich earth ; plunge them in a moderate hot-bed of tanner’s bark, and shade them from the sun until they have taken new root ; after which admit a large share of fresh air to them in warm weather, and water them frequently. Towards the end of June, harden them gradually; and soon after remove them into the stove, where they must have as much free air as possible in warm weather.; but as the cold approaches in autumn they must be carefully- protected, and in winter require a moderate share of w armth. SOL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SOL 597 Some of them will bear exposure to the open air in a warm situation, and in the height of summer ; but in general it is better to let them remain in the stove, with the glasses open in front, and daily in warm seasons to admit as much air as possible at the top of the stove. 43. Soianum Longiflorum ; Long-flowered Nightshade. Unarmed : leaves elliptic, entire, attenuated, subtomentose beneath; racemes lateral; corollas five-parted. — Found at Cayenne. See the preceding species. 44. Soianum Muricatum ; Warted Nightshade. Stem al- most unarmed, suffruticose, rooting ; shoots warted ; leaves oblong-lanceolate, entire, pubescent.— Native of Peru. ** Prickly. 45. Soianum Insanum ; Round-fruited Prickly Nightshade. Stem prickly, herbaceous; leaves ovate, tomentose; pedun- cles pendulous, incrassated ; calices prickly. This is the species which is cultivated for eating in the East Indies. One much-esteemed variety in some provinces is called Man- dia. Swartz also observes, it has been introduced for culi- nary purposes in the West Indies. See the forty-first and forty-second species. 46. Soianum Torvurn. Stem prickly, shrubby; prickles crooked ; leaves subcordate, ovate, sinuate, tomentose ; rachis prickly; calices unarmed. — Native of Jamaica, Hispaniola, and the Bermudas, in hedges. 47. Soianum Volubile ; Twining Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby, scandent; leaves angular; petiole, rachis, andcalix prickly ; corolla larger, blue ; segments long, tomen- tose beneath. — Found in the woods of Hispaniola and of the West Indies. 48. Soianum Ferox ; Malabar Nightshade. Stem prickly, herbaceous ; leaves cordate, angular, tomentose, prickly ; berries rough-haired, covered with the calix. This is about the same height as the forty-first species. — Native of Malabar. 49. Soianum Campechiense ; Yellow-spined Nightshade. Stem shrubby, prickly, rough-haired ; leaves cordate-oblong, five-lobed, toothed ; calices very prickly ; flowers very large, of a fine blue colour; berries round, as large as in com- mon cherries, marbled with white and green. It flowers in July and August. — Annual; sent by Houstoun from Cam- peachy. 50. Soianum Fuscatum ; Purple-spined Nightshade. Stem herbaceous, prickly; leaves cordate, ovate, sinuate, lobed, with the lobes somewhat angular, the upper prickles coloured ; flowers violet-coloured. — Native of America. 51. Soianum Mammosum ; Batchelor’s Pear. Stem her- baceous; leaves cordate, angular-lobed, villose and prickly on both sides. The flowers are produced in bunches from the side of the stalks ; they are of a pale blue colour, and are succeeded by yellow fruit, of the shape and size of a Catharine Pear inverted. It doth not however appear, \vhy this fruit, which grows commonly all over the West Indies, has there universally obtained the name of Batchelor’s Pear, except it be, as we shrewdly suspect, not edible, and thence so named, to insinuate that it is good for nothing. Merian says, it is very poisonous to men and beasts. 52. Soianum Hirtum ; Rough-haired Nightshade. Shrub- by, prickly : leaves cordate, angular, tomentose, prickly ; peduncles lateral, aggregate, with the calices very hirsute. — Native of the island of Trinidad. 53. Soianum Paniculatum ; Panicled Nightshade. Stem and petioles prickly ; leaves sinuate-angular, smoth above ; flowers panicled. — Native of Brazil. 54. Soianum Aculeatissimum; Prickly Nightshade. Stem shrubby, very prickly ; leaves cordate, five-lobed and sinuate, somewhat hairy ; calices somewhat prickly. This is allied to the forty-ninth species. — Native of America. 55. Soianum Virginianum; Virginian Nightshade. Stem erect, prickly; leaves pinnatifid, prickly all over; segments siuuate, obtuse, ciliate at the edge; calices prickly. Annual. Fruit small, variegated with green and white ; flowers large and blue ; berries the size of black cherries. — Native of America. 56. Soianum Jacquini ; Jacquin’s Nightshade. Stem decumbent, diffused, prickly ; leaves pinnatifid, prickly all over; segments sinuate, obtuse, naked at the edge; calices prickly; fruit globose. It varies with the segments of the leaves scarcely sinuate. Annual. — Native of the East Indies. 57. Soianum Xanthocarpum ; Yellow-fruited Nightshade. Stem decumbent, diffused, prickly ; leaves pinnatifid, prickly, stellate, pubescent ; segments sinuate, acute, naked at the edge ; calices prickly. Annual. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 58. Soianum Coagulans. Stem prickly, shrubby ; leaves oblong, repand-sinuate, tomentose, prickly; lobes rounded, entire.— Native of Arabia Felix. 59. Soianum Jamaicense; Jamaica Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby ; leaves wedged, w ider in the middle, obtuse- angled, tomentose on both sides; rachises and calices prickly; prickles bent back; berry roundish, first green, veined with black, but wholly black when ripe, smooth, having a dot at the top, size of a red currant. — Native of Jamaica and His- paniola, in waste places. 60. Soianum Indium ; Indian Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby ; leaves wedge-shaped, angular, subvillose, quite entire; prickles straight ; berries round, of a gold colour, as large as cherries. — Native of both Indies, and of Cochin-china. 61. Soianum Carolinense; Carolina Nightshade. Stem prickly, annual; leaves hastate, angular; prickles straight; racemes loose. — Native of Carolina. 62. Soianum Sinuatum ; Sinuate-leaved Nightshade. Stem shrubby, round, prickly ; leaves bipinnatifid, sinuate, villose, prickly on both sides; calices villose, prickly; corolla yellow; berry size of a cherry. — Native place not stated. 63. Soianum Sodomeum ; Black-spined Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby, round; leaves pinnatifid-sinuate, sparsedlv prickly, naked ; calices prickly. The flowers come out in small bunches on the side of the branches, they are blue, appear in June and July, and are succeeded by round yellow berries, as large as walnuts. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 64. Soianum Capense; Cape Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby, round ; leaves sinuate, pinnated, prickly, naked ; segments alternate, entire, obtuse. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 65. Soianum Marginatum ; White Nightshade. Prickly : leaves cordate, repand, with a white edge; flowers racemed, bell-shaped, plaited, tomentose, w hite like those of the Com- mon Potato. It flowers most part of the summer. — Native of Abyssinia, where it was found by the celebrated traveller Bruce. 66. Soianum Stramonifolium ; Broad-leaved Nightshade Stem prickly, shrubby ; leaves cordate, angular-lobed, entire, almost unarmed, somewhat tomentose beneath. It flowers from June to September. — Native of both Indies. 67. Soianum Vespertilio; Canary Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby; leaves cordate, entire; corollas somewhat irregular; lower anthera more produced. It flowers here in March and April. — Native of the Canary Islands. 68. Soianum Sanctum ; Palestine Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby ; prickles tomentose, and leaves obliquely 598 SOL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SOL ovate, repand ; corolla like that of Borage, purplish blue. — Native of Palestine ; whence the trivial name Sanctum. 69. Solanum Hybridum; Mule Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby; leaves ovate, almost unarmed, acute, repand, when young having a violet-coloured meal on the back and at the edge; corolla pale blue, wrinkled, with a wide border divi- ded to the middle into five, six, or ten parts. — Native of Guinea. 70. Solanum Tomentosum ; Woolly Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby; prickles acerose; leaves cordate, unarmed, subrepand, when young having a purple meal on them. The flowers are produced in small, loose, axillary bunches; they are blue and large, appearing in June and July, and are suc- ceeded by round berries as large as common cherries, of a gold colour, but turning black when ripe. There is a variety which differs only in having whitish flowers, and smaller fruit of a scarlet colour. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 71. Solanum Polygamum; Polygamous Nightshade. Stem, petioles, and leaves prickly; leaves ovate, oblong, mostly entire, somewhat rugged above, tomentose beneath. — Native of the island of Santa Cruz. 72. Solanum Bahamense; Bahama Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby; leaves lanceolate, repand, obtuse, bent back at the edge; racemes simple; flowers in long bunches from the side of the stalk, of a fine violet colour ; berries saf- fron-coloured, the size of peas. — Native of Jamaica, and of Providence, one of the Bahama Islands. 73. Solanum Obscurum ; Obscure Nightshade. Leaves elliptic, lanceolate, flat, villose beneath ; racemes lateral ; stem and petioles prickly ; branches purple, smooth at bottom ; corollas villose on the outside. — Native of Cayenne. 74. Solanum Giganteum ; Tall Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby ; prickles tomentose ; leaves lanceolate, acute, un- armed, smooth above, tomentose and hoary beneath ; racemes dichotomous, cymed, terminating.— Native of the Cape. 75. Solanum Flexuosum ; Waving-branched Nightshade. Leaves geminate, elliptic-lanceolate, somewhat rugged, entire underneath, with the petioles prickly ; flowers four-stamined. This is very nearly allied to the seventy-third species, which has also geminate leaves; but differs in having the branches more rigid and flexuose, the leaves larger and more attenuated, the prickles more frequent on the petioles, and four stamina; corolla deeply four-cleft. — Native of Cayenne. 76. Solanum Lancerefolium ; Lance-leaved Nightshade. Stem shrubby, scandent, prickly ; leaves geminate, oblong, attenuated to both ends, somewhat rugged, prickly beneath ; flowers five-stamined. — Native of South America. 77. Solanum Lanceolatum ; Lanceolate Nightshade. Stem shrubby, tomentose, prickly ; leaves narrow, lanceolate, quite entire, tomentose beneath, unarmed ; panicle terminating ; flowers blue, large. — Native of Mexico. 78. Solanum Eleagnifoliuni. Stem shrubby; petioles and leaves lanceolate, obtuse, tomentose beneath, subaculeate ; racemes lateral. — Native of South America. 79. Solanum Polyacanthos. Very prickly : leaves linear- lanceolate, subrepand, subsessile, obtuse ; peduncles axillary, one-flowered ; prickles like needles ; berries globular, smooth, shining, the size of a Coriander seed. — Native of Dominica. 80. Solanum Igneum; Red-spined Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby ; leaves lanceolate, acuminate, rolled back at the base on both sides ; racemes simple ; flowers in long bunches from the side of the stalks, white, and succeeded by red berries, almost as large as the small black cherry. It very much resembles the seventy-second species ; but the flowers in that are violet, in this white. The leaves of this also are acuminate, not bluntish; the spines stouter, more 7 abundant, and of a fiery red colour. It flowers from March to November. — Native of South America. 81. Solanum Milleri; Miller’s Nightshade. Stem shrubby, prickly; leaves smooth, pinnatifid, with about five lobes, quite entire, prickly; peduncles one-flowered, subgeminate. This is distinguished from the next species, by its pinnatifid leaves, much smaller white flowers, and other marks. Flowers in long bunches from the side of the stalks; they are small; white, and succeeded by red berries, which ripen in the au- tumn. Perennial. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 82. Solanum Trilobatum ; Three-lobed Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby; leaves wedge-form, angular, subtrilobate, obtuse, smooth ; flowers large, violet-coloured ; berries small like those of Elder. — Probably a native of both Indies. 83. Solanum Heterandrum. Stem aculeate, annual ; leaves bipinnatifid, rough, tomentose and aculeate on both sides; segments somewhat obtuse ; racemes lateral ; anthers patu- lous, coruiform; berry subquadrilocular, included in the echinated calix; flowers large, yellow. This curious plant was discovered by Mr. Thomas Nuttall, on the banks of the Missouri. Pursh observes, that this singular species is very nearly allied to Solanum Cornutum ; and he surmises that these two plants, together with some others, not yet fully examined, will probably be constituted a distinct genus, by some future botanist. 84. Solanum Lycioides. Stem shrubby, thorny; leaves elliptic ; flowers lateral, solitary. — Native of Peru. 85. Solanum Biflorum ; Two-Jlowered Nightshade. Stem unarmed, shrubby ; leaves ovate, villose ; peduncles in pairs, i — Native of China and Cochin-china. 86. Solanum Album ; White Nightshade. Stem unarmed, suffruticose; branches prostrate; leaves oblong, angular;; peduncles many-flowered ; flowers lateral, white ; berries middle-sized, globular, green, spotted with white, esculent. The root is reckoned good in the tooth-ache. — Native of Amboyna and Ciiina. 87. Solanum Dichotomum. Stem unarmed, suffruticose; leaves cordate-lanceolate ; peduncles dichotomous. — Native of China; found near Canton. 88. Solanum Procumbens. Stem prickly, suffruticose, procumbent; flowers heaped, terminating; corolla wheel- shaped, four-parted ; berry very small, round, deep-red, shining, many-seeded. — Native of Cochin-china. 89. Solanum Angustifolium ; Narrow-leaved Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby; leaves pinnate-laciniate, tomentose,; prickly on both sides ; peduncles axillary, two-flowered. — Found at Vera Cruz, in New Spain. 90. Solanum Quercifolium ; Oak-leaved Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby; leaves oblong, sinuate-pinnate, prickly;! umbels sessile: the flowers come out in small loose bunches,; by the side of the branches, to which they sit close ; they are small and white; the berries are about the size of those of Juniper, and are red when ripe. — Found at Vera Cruz. 91. Solanum Scandens; Twining Nightshade. Stem un- armed, frutescent, flexuose; leaves ovate, tomentose beneath; flowers solitary, axillary, they are large, of a fine blue; colour, not divided into segments, but having fine angles, each? ending in a point ; berries round, red when ripe, size of peas.|> — Found at Vera Cruz. 92. Solanum Houstoni ; Houstoun’s Nightshade. Stem prickly, shrubby ; leaves ovate, sinuate-toothed, tomentose beneath ; prickles every way straight ; umbels sessile, termij nating. The flowers are produced in large umbels, at th( ends of the branches, they are large, of a fine blue colour, ir woody calices ; berries round, the size of large peas wber ripe. — Found at La Vera Cruz. I SOL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SOL 590 93. Solatium Umbellatum. Stem fiutescent, unarmed; leaves lanceolate, quite entire, hairy underneath ; umbels erect, terminating; flowers small, star-pointed, and white; berries size of peas, yellow when ripe.— Found at Campeachy. 94. Solanum Racemosum. Stem unarmed, shrubby; leaves ovate, quite entire, tomentose underneath ; umbels erect, terminating; calices obtuse, lanuginous; flowers large and white; berries round, the size of small cherries, turning yel- low when ripe. — Native of Carthagena in New Spain. 95. Solanum Inerme. Leaves smooth on both sides; stalk taper and smooth, from two to three feet high, sending out irregular branches on every side; flowers coming from the wings of the stalks ; they are five, large, blue-coloured, appearing in June, and continuing in succession till winter. By the plate of this species, the student may acquire a ready and correct knowledge of the distinguishing characters of this very dangerous genus. — Native of India; it can only be pre- served in a stove in England. Soldanella; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth five- parted, straight, permanent ; segments lanceolate. Corolla: one-petalled, bell-shaped, widening gradually, straight; mouth torn into many-cleft acute segments. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped; antherae simple, sagittate. Pistil: germen roundish ; style filiform, length of the corolla, permanent ; stigma simple. Pericarp : capsule oblong, round, obliquely striated, one-celled, opening by a many-toothed top. Seeds: numerous, acuminate, very small; receptacle columnar, free. Essential Character. Corolla: bell-shaped, lacero- tifid . Capsule: one-celled, many-toothed at the top. The only known species is, 1. Soldanella Alpina; Alpine Soldanella. Leaves almost kidney-shaped, about three quarters of an inch over each way, of a dark-green colour, on long footstalks; among these arises a naked flower-stalk or scape, about four inches long, sustaining at the top two small, open, bell-shaped flowers, with the brim cut into many fine segments like a fringe. The most common colour is blue, but it is sometimes snow'-white. It flowers in April, and ripens seed in July. — Seeds that ripen in England may be sown in a bos or pot soon after they are ripe, placed in the shade, and frequently watered in dry weather. The plants will sometimes appear in autumn, but generally not till the following spring. When they appear, water them in dry weather, and keep them constantly in the shade. Transplant them in the following autumn, into a shady border, six or eight inches asunder, or rather into small pots. Or, part the roots in September: if they be removed in spring, the plants never flower strong; and if the season should prove dry, they will decay, unless they are constantly supplied with water. The seeds seldom grow, unless they are sown soon after they ripen ; hence, those sent from abroad seldom succeed. It thrives best in a strong cool loam, and must have a shady situation ; as it will not live when exposed to the sun, nor thrive in light soil. Like most other Alpine plants, it requires shade and moisture in* the summer, and thrives best in a pot, set in a northern aspect ; in winter it requires the shelter of a frame, in lieu of snow, its natural covering. Soldier Wood. See Mimosa Purpurea. Solidago; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polyga- mia Superflua. — Generic Character. Calix: common, oblong, imbricate; scales oblong, narrow, acuminate, straight, converging. Corollas compound, raditate; corollets hermaph- rodite, tubular, very many in the disk ; female ligulate, fewer than ten, generally five in the ray : proper of the hermaphrodite funnel form, with a five-cleft patulous border; 116. female ligulate, lanceolate, three-toothed. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites; filamenta five, capillary, very short ; antherie cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites; germen oblong; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma bifid, spreading: in the female; germen oblong; style filiform, length of the hermaphrodite ; stigmas two, revolute. Peri- carp: none. Calix: scarcely changed. Seeds: in the her- maphrodites, solitary, obovate, oblong; down capillary; in the females, very like t he others. Receptacle : flat-fish, naked. Essential Character. Calix: scales imbri- cate, closed. Corollets: of the ray about five. Seed: down simple. Receptacle: naked. The species are, * With Racemes directed one way. 1. Solidago Canadensis; Canadian Golden Rod. Stem villose, erect; leaves lanceolate, serrate, triple-nerved, rug- ged; racemes panicled, directed one way, recurved; ligules abbreviated. There are several varieties. —Many of the plants of this genus are great ornaments to the English gar- dens at the end of summer, when there is a scarcity of other flowers; which renders these more valuable. The European species are seldom adtnited into gardens, as they do not make any great appearance, but those from North America are more esteemed. They may easily be propagated by parting their roots, the best time for doing which, is in autumn, as soon as their flowers are past; but those which do not flower till very late in the year, should be transplanted early in the spring, before they begin to shoot, and the roots may then be parted; but, if the spring should turn out dry, they will require water to establish them well in the ground, otherwise they will not flow'er wrell in the succeeding autumn. Some of the sorts spread their roots, and propagate much faster than others; such may be transplanted and parted every other year; or, if the plants be wanted, they may be every year divided, but in that case they cannot flower so strongly as those which may be suffered to remain longer unremoved ; and those species, the roots of which do not multiply so fast, should be parted only once in three years, if they be expected to fiowrnr strong. Those which are tall plants are not very proper furniture for small gardens, because they require much room ; for these should be allowed four or five feet, otherwise their roots will intermix with those of the neigh- bouring plants, and draw away their nourishment ; therefore these plants are proper ornaments for large extended walks, round fields, or for the borders of wood-walks, where they will make a fine appearance during their season of flowering; and, as they require little culture, they are adapted to such places. They will thrive in almost any soil, but will grow much larger; and make a better appearance, in good ground. They may also be propagated by seeds, but it is only the early flowering kinds which perfect their seeds in Euglaud. The seeds should be sown in autumn, soon after they are ripe, for those which are kept out of the ground till spring seldom succeed, or, at best, do not come up the same year; they may be sown in drills, upon a bed of fresh earth, at about a foot asunder, Jiut the seeds should be scattered pretty thick in the drills, and covered lightly over with fine earth. When the plants come up, they must be kept clean from weeds, and, where they are too close, part of them may be drawn out, and planted in a shady border, to allow room for the others to grow till autumn, when they should be transplanted where they are intended to remain. In the following year they will flower, and their roofs will last for many years. 2. Solidago Procera; Great Golden Rod. Stem villose, upright ; leaves lanceolate, serrate, triple-nerved, rugged, villose underneath ; racemes spike-shaped, erect, before they open nodding; ligules abbreviated; fiow’ers small, brimstone- 7 N 600 SOL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SOL coloured. Appearing iu September, and generally continuing till October. 3. Solidago Serotina; Upright Smooth Golden Rod. Stem upright, round, even; leaves linear-lanceolate, smooth, rough at the edge, serrate, triple-nerved; racemes panicled, directed one way. 4. Solidago Gigantea ; Gigantic Golden Rod. Stem up- right, smooth; leaves lanceolate, smooth, serrate, rugged at the edge; racemes panicled, directed one way; peduncles rough-haired; ligules abbreviated. 5. Solidago Reflexa; Rejlexed Golden Rod. Stem upright, villose ; leaves lanceolate, subserrate, triple-nerved, rugged, reflexed ; racemes panicled, directed mostly one way. 6. Solidago Lateriflora ; Lateral-flowered Golden Rod. Siem upright, somewhat hairy ; leaves lanceolate, subtriple- nerved, smooth, except at the edge, which is rugged, the lower ones subserrate ; racemes panicled, subrecurved, direct- ed one way. The upper part of the stalk branches out into a panicle, and these branches have long spikes of flowers coming out from their wings, which are recurved. The flowers are ranged on one side of the footstalk, and stand erect; they are of a bright yellow, and have from five to seven florets in the ray. They appear in the beginning of August, and, if. the autumn proves favourable, will ripen at the end of September. — Native of New Jersey, 7. Solidago Aspera; Rough-leaved Golden Rod. Stem upright, round, hairy; leaves ovate, subelliptic, very rugged, wrinkled, serrate, nerveless; racemes panicled, directed but one way. At a foot or a foot and half from the top, the stem puts out branches, which are very full of small flowers on spikes, a little reflexed. It flowers here in September. — Native of Virginia and Carolina. 8. Solidago Altissima; Tall Golden Rod. Stem upright, rough-haired; leaves lanceolate, very rugged, wrinkled, ser- rate, nerveless; panicles directed one way ; flowers very- many on the upper branches, in long rod-like spikes, some- what reflexed, having four, five, and six florets jn the ray. They appear in August and September. — There are several varieties, all natives of North America. 0. Solidago Nemoralis ; Woolly-stalked Golden Rod. Stem upright, tomentose; stem-leaves lanceolate, hispid, quite entire; root-leaves subcuneiform, serrate; racemes panicled, directed one way. It flowers in September. — Native of North America. 10. Solidago Argu ta ; Sharp-notched Golden Rod. Stem upright, smooth ; leaves smooth, sharply and unequally ser- rate ; stem-leaves elliptic ; root-leaves ovate-oblong ; racemes panicled, directed one way ; ligules elongated. — Native of North America. 11. Solidago Juncea; Rush-stalked Golden Rod. Stem upright, smooth; leaves lanceolate, smooth, rugged at the ed«e* the lower ones serrate; racemes panicled, directed one way.' It flowers in August and September. — Native of North America. 12. Solidago Elliptica; Oval-leaved Golden Rod. Stem upright, smooth ; leaves elliptic, even, serrate ; racemes pani- cled, directed one way; ligules middling; flowers from the upper axils in short, erect, obtuse spikes, of a pale yellow colour, and appearing in August. — Native of Canada. 13. Solidago Sempervirens; Narrow-leaved Evergreen Golden Rod. Stem upright, smooth ; leaves linear, lanceo- late, somewhat fleshy, even, quite entire, rugged at the edge ; racemes panicled, directed one way; peduncles hairy. It flowers very late in Sweden, so that the frost generally pre- vents the flowers from opening. They are of a bright yellow, disposed in a loose panicle at the top of the stalk, and appear here from October to December. — Native of North America. 14. Solidago Odora ; Sweet-scented Golden Rod. Stem upright, pubescent ; leaves linear, lanceolate, quite entire, smooth, rugged at the edge; racemes panicled, directed one way. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the Allegany mountains; and used by the inhabitants as an agreeable sub- stitute for Tea. 15. Solidago Villosa. Stem erect, villous; leaves lanceo- late, serrate, enerved ; racemes paniculate, fruitful. — Grows from eighteen inches to three feet high, and is frequent in the fields and woods of North America. 16. Solidago Pyramidata. Stem erect, cylindrical, hairy; leaves oblong, acute, subamplexicaul-sessile ; panicles naked, fruitful, pyramidal; branches reflex; peduncles glabrous. Grows to the height of about two feet; the leaves decrease toward the beginning of the panicle, which consists of lively yellow and very small flowers. — It is found in the pine- barrens of Georgia. 17. Solidago Asperata. Stem paniculate-corymbose; ra- cemes suberect; flowers ascending; leaves lanceolate, serrate, scabrous. — Grows in Canada. 18. Solidago Virgata. Stem glabrous, very simple; leaves subcuneate-lanceolate, obtuse, very entire, very glabrous;, peduncles glabrous, fruitful. — An extremely smooth and slen- der plant, about two feet high, growing in the shady wet woods of Lower Carolina and Georgia. 19. Solidago Retrorsa. Stem erect, cylindrical, rough; leaves sessile, reflex, linear-lanceolate, mucronate ; panicles with recurved racemes. — Grows in the open swamps of Vir- ginia and Carolina. ** With upright Racemes. 20. Solidago Lanceolata; Grass-leaved Golden Rod. Stem smooth, very much branched; leaves linear-lanceolate, quite entire, three-nerved, smooth; corymbs terminating; ligules the height of the disk; flowers bright yellow, appearing in August. — Native of New England, and other parts of North America. 21. Solidago Lasvigata; Fleshy -leaved Golden Rod. Stem upright, even ; leaves lanceolate, fleshy, quite entire, even all over; racemes panicled, upright; peduncles scaly, villose; ligules elongated. This seldom shows its flowers till late in October, so that unless the autumn proves favourable, the stalks are pinched by the frost before the flowers blow. The seeds seldom ripen in England unless the plants be sheltered. — Native of North America, imported from Canada. \ 22. Solidago Mexicana; Mexican Golden Rod. Stem oblique, smooth ; leaves lanceolate, somewhat fleshy, quite , entire, even all over ; racemes panicled, upright ; peduncles scaly, smooth; ligules elongated; flowers appearing at the end of August. — Native of North America. 23. Solidago Viminea ; Twiggy Golden Rod. Stem up- right, subpubescent ; leaves linear, lanceolate, membrana- ceous, attenuated at the base, smooth, except at the edge, which is rugged, the lowest subserrate ; racemes upright ; ligules elongated ; flowers large, bright yellow, appearing in September. — Native of North America. 24. Solidago Stricta; Willow-leaved Golden Rod. Stem upright, smooth; stem-leaves lanceolate, quite entire, smooth, rugged at the edge ; root-leaves serrate ; racemes panicled, upright ; peduncles smooth. It flowers in September. — Native of North America. 25. Solidago Petiolaris ; Late-flowering Golden Rod. 1 Stem upright, villose; leaves elliptic, somewhat rugged, peti- < oled ; racemes upright; ligules elongated. — It flowers from October to December, and is a native of North America. SOL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SON G01 26. Solidago Bicolor; Tivo-coloured Golden Rod. Stem and leaves hairy; leaves elliptic, the lower ones serrate; the branches have smaller leaves on them ; racemes upright ; calix-scales blunt. The flowers, which appear in September, are in close racemes, with a white ray and a yellow disk. — Native of North America, 27. Solidago Rigida; Hard-leaved Golden Rod. Stem and leaves ovate, oblong, hairy, rugged ; stem-leaves quite entire, the lowest serrate ; flowering branches panicled ; racemes compact, upright; ligules elongated. The flowers are in short, clustered, roundish spikes, bright yellow, appear- ing in August. — Native of New England. 28. Solidago Caesia; Maryland Golden Rod. Stem even, straight ; leaves lanceolate, serrate, smooth ; racemes upright ; ligules middling ; flowers in a loose terminating panicle, with the spikes thicker and closer towards the top. They appear in September. — Native of Maryland. 29. Solidago Flexicaulis ; Crooked-stalked Golden Rod. Stem flexuose, smooth, angular; leaves ovate, acuminate, serrate, smooth; racemes upright; ligules middling. The flowers are produced in short bunches from the axils almost the whole length ; the lower spikes are an inch long, but the upper ones are almost round. They are brimstone-coloured, and appear late in the season. — Native of Canada,' and other parts of North America. 30. Solidago Ainbigua; Angular-stalked Golden Rod. Stem subflexuose, smooth, angular, branched ; leaves oblong, lanceolate, closely serrate, somewhat hairy underneath ; racemes upright ; ligules elongated ; flowers in long bunches from the axils, disposed loosely, of a pale yellow colour, appearing in August, and continuing part of September. 31. Solidago Virgaurea; Common Golden Rod, Wound wort, or Aaron’s Rod. Stem somewhat flexuose, pubescent, angular ; racemes panicled, erect, clustered ; ligules elongated ; leaves serrate, somewhat hairy ; root perennial, consisting of long simple fibres ; height of the stem very various, from ten inches to three feet ; flowers in terminating, axillary, erect clusters or corymbs, forming a dense, leafy, pubescent pani- cle, which varies extremely as to luxuriance and the number of flowers, in a barren soil and on mountains being shorter, more dense, and less compound ; corolla of a gold colour. This plant has been suspected to be different from that described under the same name by Linneus ; but Dr. Smith, whose authority is decisive, declares, that on a careful com- parison of specimens they are found to be precisely the same. The herb, when bruised, smells tike Wild Carrot. — The root, dried and powdered, is a good medicine for violent purgings, excessive menstrual discharges, bloody stools, and all other fluxes and hemorrhages. An infusion of the whole plant taken inwardly is an excellent medicine for wounds, bruises, spitting of blood, &c. As a tonic, it may strengthen the general habit, and by that means be of use. A case is related in the Gentleman' s Magazine for February 1788, of the efficacy of a decoction of this plant in the stone. A boy, ten or eleven years of age, after taking a decoction or infusion of the Golden Rod for some months at times, voided great quan- tities of gravel, with many small stones; and after that, fifteen large stones, from three-fourths of an ounce to an ounce and a quarter; besides fifty or more, not less than a large pea. It is celebrated in old authors for its lithontriptic qualities ; some modern ones allow them, but it is entirely discarded from our regular practice. — There are many varieties of this species; as, the Narrow-leaved Golden Rod, the Dwarf Gol- den Rod, and the Welsh Golden Rod, which last is a well marked variety, distinguished by its very simple pubescent stem, wedge-lanceolate, serrate, and somewhat hairy leaves, upright racemes, and elongated ligules. This has been found near Llanberys, and on Llyn y Cyn, near Snowden in Wales; also on the mountains of Yorkshire and Westmoreland, and the Highlands of Scotland. This species is a native of various parts of Europe. See the first species. 32. Solidago Multiradiata ; Labrador Golden Rod. Stem somewhat villose ; leaves sessile, lanceolate, smooth, ciliate, the lower ones serrate at the top ; raceme terminating, upright ; ligules elongated, numerous. It flowers in July. — Native of Labrador. 33. Solidago Minuta ; Least Golden Rod. Stem quite simple, hairy ; leaves lanceolate, acute, serrate, smooth ; raceme terminating, simple, upright; ligules elongated. It flowers in July. — Common in the Alps and Pyrenees. 34. Solidago Urticifolia; Nettle-leaved Golden Rod. Stem round, hairy ; leaves ovate-lanceolate, crenate, opposite, rugged ; racemes very short, lateral ; flowers in short bunches from the upper axils, deep yellow, and rather large. — This and the next species being natives of a warm climate, will not thrive here, except assisted by artificial heat in wu’nter, espe- cially the latter, which requires a warmer situation than the other. They should be planted in pots, and then treated in the same way as other tender plants from the same country. This may be propagated by cuttings, which if planted in pots filled with loamy earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, will take root. — Native of La Vera Cruz in New Spain. 3-5. Solidago Fruticosa; Shrubby Golden Rod. Stem shrubby; leaves lanceolate, smooth, quite entire; flowers corymbed, terminating, of a pale yellow colour, upon pretty long peduncles. The common calix is cut almost to the bottom. — This is propagated by parting the roots, in the same manner as the sorts before mentioned under the first species. It will require a moderate stove in winter, and in summer may be placed abroad in a sheltered situation. — Native of La Vera Cruz in New Spain. See the preceding species. 36. Solidago Pauciflosculosa. Plant glabrous, suffruti- eose; leaves lanceolate, obtuse, enerved; panicles compound, many-flowered ; fascicles erect ; calices narrow-oblong, five- flowered ; ray single. — Grows in the sand-barrens of Virginia and Carolina. 37. Solidago Sarothrae. Stem angular, scabrous, the lower part naked, the upper part corymbose ; branches with few flowers at the summits; leaves linear; axils naked; ligules longer than twice the disk. — Found by Mr. Lewis on the plains of the Missouri. 38. Solidago Erecta. Stem subvillose ; leaves lanceolate, venous, glabrous, very entire, subpetiolate. — A North Ame- rican plant. 39. Solidago Macrophylla. Lower leaves ovate, acumi- nate; stem-leaves lanceolate, subsessile, serrate; racemes axillary, peduncied, leafy; calices oblong, turgid, many- flowered; ligules subelongate. — Grows in Canada. 40. Solidago Glomerata. Stem low, very simple; leaves glabrous, oblong-lanceolate, serrate ; raceme simple ; calices turgid, many-flowered. — Grows on the mountains of Carolina. 41. Solidago Axillaris. Stem glabrous, cylindrical, very upright ; leaves lanceolate, serrate, glabrous ; racemes axil- lary, subglobose, erect; ligules elongate. — Grows in shady woods from Canada to Virginia. 42. Solidago Humilis. Stem simple, erect, glabrous; leaves lanceolate, serrate, glabrous, elongate ; raceme erect. — Grows in North America. Solomon’s Seal. See Convallaria. Sonchus ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polvga- mia iEqualis. — Generic Character. Calix: common, imbricate, ventricose; scales very many, linear, unequal. Co- 2 G02 SON THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SON rolla: compound, imbricate, uniform; corollets hermaphro- dite, numerous, equal ; proper one-petalled, ligulate, linear, truncate, five-toothed. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, very short ; anthera cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: germen subovate; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigmas two, reflexed. Pericarp: none; calix converging into a depressed acuminate globe. Seeds: solitary, oblongish. Down: capil- lary, sessile. Receptacle : naked. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: imbricate, ventricose. Down: hairy. Recep facie: naked. The species are, 1. Sonchus Maritimus; Sea Sow Thistle. Peduncle naked; leaves lanceolate, embracing, undivided, sharply toothed backwards. It flowers from July to September. — Native of the south of Europe, and of Barbary, in sandy wet places. Many of these species are weeds, and therefore not to be planted in gardens, but extirpated continually, not only in the garden itself, but in all the parts near it, their winged seeds being wafted to a considerable distance. The foreign sorts may be propagated by seeds, and those which are shrubby by cuttings. 2. Sonchus Coeruleus; Blue Sow Thistle. Peduncles and calices hispid and racemed ; leaves sublyrate, terminating ; lobe deltoid and very large; root perennial, fleshy, branched, in tufts; corolla blue purple, twice as long as the calix. — Native of Canada and the European Alps. Found also on the borders of corn-fields about Willington and Howden Pans in Northumberland. 3. Sonchus Palustris ; Marsh Sow Thistle. Peduncles and calices hispid, subumbelled ; leaves runcinate, sagittate at the base, rugged at the edge ; root perennial, fleshy, rugged at the edge, branched, but not creeping ; panicle composed of several yellow flowers. When old, it forms a large stool, and throws out numerous stems from four to seven feet in height. This is the tallest of our English herbaceous plants. It flow- ers three weeks later than the next species, which it nearly resembles. — Native of Germany, Flanders, France, Italy, Hungary, Denmark, and England. Found on the banks of the Thames, not far from Greenwich ; sparingly in the marshes about Blackwall and Poplar; also between Green- wich and Woolwich ; flowering late in July. 4. Sonchus Arvensis ; Corn Sow Thistle. Peduncles and calices hispid, subumbelled ; leaves runcinate, toothletted, cordate at the base ; root creeping, perennial, milky, com- posed of oblong fleshy branches, which render it very diffi- cult to be extirpated; flowers very large and conspicuous, of a bright gold colour, externally reddish. Mr. Curtis observes, that this is properly named Arvensis, being commonly found in corn-fields, where its large yellow flowers towering above the corn, render it a very conspicuous plant in July and August. Its size, creeping root, and numerous globular hairs on the calices and peduncles, sufficiently distinguish it from the sixth species. Many of the seeds prove abortive, probably owing to its creeping so much at the root. Cows and goats are said to eat the plant, of which horses also are very fond. — The leaves, like those of the Common Sow Thistle, applied outwardly by way of cataplasm, have been found serviceable in inflammatory swellings. 5. Sonchus Agestris. Peduncles tomentose, many-flow- ered ; calices smooth; stem striated; leaves gash-serrate, sessile. — Native of Jamaica. 6. Sonchus Oleraceus; Common Sow Thistle. Peduncles tomentose ; calices even ; leaves runcinate, toothed ; root annual, fusiform, whitish, milky; stem from one to three feet high, upright, branched, especially towards the top, round, except near the top, where it is somewhat angular, smooth, tender, brittle, hollow, leafy, sometimes purplish. This plant is subject to great variations, which are merely owing to soil and situation; eveu the prickly one may be readily traced into the smooth in gardens overrun with these plants. It appears to have nearly the same properties as Dandelion and Succory, but is little regarded as a medi- cine. It is a favourite food with hares and rabbits; and is eaten by goats, hogs, and sheep, but disliked by horses. In some countries the young tender leaves are boiled and eaten as greens ; and it is even asserted that the tender shoots of the smooth variety, boiled like Spinach, are superior to any greens not in common use. It abounds in most gardens, and is often met with on walls, being more injurious to the slo- venly gardener than the husbandman. It flowers chiefly in July, August, and September. 7. Sonchus Tenerrimus; Clammy Sow Thistle. Peduncles tomentose; calices hairy; root aunual ; stem very much branched, with scattered glutinous hairs on it; flowers yel- low, corymbed. It varies greatly, and is distinguished from the other species by the very tender pinnatifid leaflets, and the tomentose base of the calix. It flowers perpetually, and is eaten by the common people as a salad. — Native of Italy and the south of France. Found also in Barbary, both in corn-fields and on the sea-shore. 8. Sonchus Plumieri ; Plumier's Sow Thistle. Peduncles naked ; flowers panicled ; leaves runcinate. This very much resembles the next species, but the corolla has only one row of florets, or are fewer by half than that, but four times as big; stern the height of a man; corollas blue. — Native of the Pyrenees. 9. Sonchus Alpinus; Alpine Sow Thistle. Peduncles scaly; flowers racemed ; leaves runcinate ; root annual ; stem simple, upright, round, striated, glaucous, the height of a man and upwards; corolla blue. This has been much con- founded with the second species, from which it is totally different, as appears from comparison. — Found on the Lap- land side of the Alps, where the natives eat the stalks raw like Angelica, stripping off’ the bark; but Linneus, who there discovered it, found them too bitter for his palate. 10. Sonchus Fruticosus; Shrtibby Sow Thistle. Pedun- cles somewhat scaly ; leaves attenuated at the base, and lyrate; lobes rounded, obtuse; flowering calices squarrose ; stem shrubby, smooth, milky, upright, scarcely branched, round, thick, gray. It flowers in April and July.— Native of Madeira. 11. Sonchus Pinnatus ; Wing-leaved Sow Thistle. Pedun- cles naked ; calices even ; leaves pinnate.; pinnas linear-lan- ceolate, somewhat toothed.— Native of Madeira. 12. Sonchus Radicatus; Long-rooted Sow Thistle, Pedun- cles naked, together with the calices smooth; stem almost naked ; root-leaves lyrate, even on both sides ; lobes trian- gular, ovate. — Native of the Canaries. 13. Sonchus Floridanus ; Small-flowered Soiv Thistle. Peduncles scaly ; leaves lyrate-hastate ; stem annual, four feet high ; flowers yellow, terminating, many, appearing in July.— Native of North America, and China near Canton. 14. Sonchus Sibiricus; Willow-leaved Sow Thistle. Pe- duncles scaly; leaves lanceolate, undivided, sessile; flowers yellow, in a large spreading panicle. They appear in July and August. Perennial. — Native of Sweden and Russia. 15. Sonchus Tatarieus ; Tartarian Sow Thistle. Pedun- cles naked; leaves lanceolate, toothed, runcinate; root per- ennial, creeping; flowers blue; plant very like the preceding species.— Native of Siberia. 1G. Sonchus Tuberosus ; Tuberous-rooted Sow Thistle. Lower leaves runcinate, upper sagittate; corolla blue; all the pistilla in the centre of the flower.— Native place unknown. 17. Sonchus Quercifolius ; Oak-leaved Sow Thistle. Stem SOP OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SOP G03 shrubby ; leaves wedge-form, lobed at the edge ; lobes remote, acute, toothed, the end ones in threes ; flowers yellow ; flos- cules twice as long as the calix. This is quite distinct, and a very handsome and singular species. — Native of the moun- tains of Cafsa in Barbary. 18. Sonchus Angustifolius ; Narrow-leaved, Sow Thistle. Leaves glaucous, smooth, linear; pinnules distant, toothlet- ted ; root long, fusiform, the thickness of a goose-quill, or the little finger, putting forth fibres all over; stem none or short ; corolla yellow. — Found near Cafsa in Barbary. 19. Sonchus Chondrilloides. Root-leaves unequally pin- natifid, toothed, narrow ; branches rod-like, rushy, one- flowered ; plant glaucous and very smooth ; floscules yellow, twice as long as the calix ; seed small, oblong, brown. — Native of sandy fields in the neighbourhood of ancient Carthage. 20. Sonchus Pulchellus. Plant with squamous peduncles; flowers corymbose-racemose; stem-leaves cordate-amplexi- caul, ovate-oblong, acute, very entire, glabrous. The flowers of this plant are large, and of a beautiful blue colour. — It grows on the banks of the Missouri. Sonneratia ; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, bell-shaped, flat, six-cleft, permanent; segments ovate. Corolla : petals six, awl shaped, spreading, inserted into the base of the calix, and scarcely longer than it. Stamina: filamenta very many, filiform, inserted into the base of the calix, long; anther® globular. Pistil: germen superior, globular; style filiform ; stigma simple. Pericarp: berry placed upon the permanent patulous calix, subglobular, acu- minate, smooth, with a bladdery pulp, many-celled. Seeds : some in each cell. Observe. Sonnerat says, the cells are com- monly twenty-six : Gaertner says, twelve or more. Essen- tial Character. Calix : six cleft. Petals: six, lanceo- late. Berry : many-celled, with several seeds in each cell. • The species are, 1. Sonneratia Acida. Leaves opposite, subsessile, oblong, quite entire ; flowers terminating, solitary, large ; petals red. This plant is often cultivated near the houses by the natives, for the sake of the fruit, which smells like rotten cheese, and is, as well as the leaves, eaten with fish and other food. — Native of the Moluccas, the bogs of New Guinea, and of Cochin-china, on the banks of rivers. 2. Sonneratia Apetala. Leaves on the twigs few, oppo- site, oval-lanceolate, one of the margins more gibbous than the other, quite entire, commonly blunt, without nerves or veins, flat, somewhat fleshy ; flowers drooping, greenish, smooth, the size of a nutmeg, axillary, subsolitary, the ter- minating ones mostly in threes ; corolla none ; calix coria- ceous, thick, four-cleft beyond the middle ; segments patu- lous, acute. This is clearly distinguished from the preceding species, by having the calix divided into four parts only, and in the want of a corolla ; but in these distinctions it recedes from the generic character. It is a most beautiful tree, resembling the Weeping Willow, but loftier. The branches are scattered, pendulous, round, and smooth ; the twigs opposite, divaricating, subbrachiate, smooth, filiform ; fruit an orbicular depressed pome or berry, containing very nume- rous seeds, having the appearance of fragments of broken teeth, but for the most part irregularly club-shaped, curved, and resembling ivory ; they lie in the pulp like pebbles in a pavement. — Native of Rangoon, in the kingdom of Ava, upon inundated banks on the sea-coast. Sophora ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, short, bell-shaped, gibbous at the base above ; mouth five- 11G. toothed, oblique, obtuse. Corolla: papilionaceous, five- petalled ; standard oblong, gradually wider, straight, reflexed at the sides ; wings two, oblong, appendicled at the base, length of the standard ; keel two-petalled, with the petals conformable to the wings, the lower margins approximating and boat-shaped. Stamina : filamenta ten, distinct, parallel, awl shaped, length of the corolla, within the keel; anther® very small, rising. Pistil: germen oblong, cylindrical; style size and situation of the stamina ; stigma obtuse. Pericarp : legume very long, slender, one-celled, knobbed at the seeds. Seeds: very many, roundish. Observe. This genus agrees in every thing with the plants of the class Diadelphia, except in having all the filamenta separate. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: five-toothed, gibbous above. Corolla: papi- lionaceous, with the wings of the same length with the standard. Legume: beaded, many-seeded. The species are, 1. Sophora Tetraptera; Wing-podded Sophora. Leaves pinnate; leaflets numerous, (from seventeen to nineteen,) lan- ceolate, oblong, somewhat villose ; legumes quadrangular, membranaceous; stem arboreous. — This magnificent tree is a native of New Zealand, where it displays its pendulous branches of large golden flowers in May and June. Both it and the following species may be raised from seeds, which sometimes ripen in this country : they may also be increased by cuttings and layers; and will endure our climate if planted against a wall, where they may be covered with mats to protect them from severe frost. A finer sight can hardly be imagined than a tree of this sort, extending to a great breadth on a wall with a western aspect. 2. Sophora Microphylla ; Small-leaved Shrubby Sophora. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets very numerous, obovate, somewhat villose ; legumes quadrangular, membranaceous ; stem arbo- reous; flowers large and yellow, appearing in May and June.— -Native of New Zealand. See the preceding species. 3. Sophora Flavescens; Siberian Sophora. Leaves pin- nate; leaflets numerous, oblong, smooth; stem herbaceous, smooth all over. — Native of Siberia. 4. Sophora Alopecuroides ; Fox-tail Sophora. Leaves pinnate; leaflets numerous, oblong, villose ; stem herbaceous; root perennial, creeping, from which arise several stalks from three to four feet high ; flowers pale, greenish-white, in long axillary spikes, standing erect close to the stalk ; they have a sweet smell, and appear in July and August. — This increases fast enough by its creeping root, in the same manner as Liquorice ; and being very hardy, may be planted in some corner of the garden, at a distance from other plants, which it will otherwise soon overbear. It will thrive in almost any soil and situation. — Native of the Levant. 5. Sophora Tomentosa ; Downy Sophora. Leaves pin- nate; leaflets numerous, roundish, tomentose; stem downy, six or seven feet high ; flowers in short loose axillary spikes, large, yellow, scentless, not unlike those of Spanish Broom. — This and the two following species require the protection of a stove; and may be propagated by seeds, when they can be procured from the countries where they grow naturally. Sow the seeds in pots, plunging them in a good hot bed, and they will appear in a month or six weeks. When fit to remove, transplant them into separate pots, filled with soft loamy earth, and plunge them into the bark-pit ; shading them till they have taken new root. They must be kept in the bark-pit, and have little water in winter. — Native of the E. and W. Indies, 6. Sophora Occidentalis ; Occidental Sophora. Leaves pinnate; leaflets numerous, roundish, hoary, subtomentose. This is suspected to be a mere variety of the preceding spe- cies.— Native of the West Indies. In Jamaica it flowers in May and June, and grows chiefly in low-lands near the sea. 7 O 604 SOP THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SOR where it generally rises to the height of six or seven feet. See the preceding species. 7. Sophora Monosperma ; One-seeded Sophora. Leaves unequally pinnate; pinnas five-paired ; legumes one-seeded ; stem arboreous. This is a small tree ten feet high, with a whitish bark, and a hard wood ; corolla large, blue, sweet- smelling.— Native of Jamaica, and other West India Islands. 8. Sophora Japonica ;• Shining-leaved Sophora. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets many, ovate, smooth ; stem arboreous ; branches round, even, purplish ; flowers on panicled racemed branchlets, white, of the same size as in Indigo. — Native of Japan. This and the natives of similar climates require the protection of a dry-stove, or a good glass-case, and may be increased by cuttings. 9. Sophora Heptaphylla; Seven-leaved Sophora. Leaves pinnate; leaflets seven, smooth; raceme terminating, long, naked. — Native of the East Indies. 10. Sophora Capensis ; Vetch-leaved Sophora. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets numerous, lanceolate, hoary beneath, pointed ; legumes tomentose ; stem shrubby ; raceme termi- nating, composed of white flowers resembling those of Cro- ialaria, and recurved ; seeds from three to six, very hard.— Native of the Gape of Good Hope. 11. Sophora Aurea ; Golden-flowered Sophora. Leaves pinnate; leaflets numerous, elliptic, sharpish, very smooth above, almost naked ; legumes smooth ; stem shrubby. This shrub is about the height of a man. The root has the smell and taste of Liquorice. — Found in Africa by Bruce, the cele- brated traveller. 12. Sophora Argentea; Silvery -leaved Sophora. Petioles two-leaved, spine'scent ; leaflets silky, tomentose, oblong, acute at both ends; legumes flat and one-seeded. — Native of Siberia, on sandy hills in the Songarian Desert, near the river Bekun. 13. Sophora Genistoides ; Broom-leaved Sophora. Leaves ternate, sessile ; leaflets linear, mucronate, revolute at the edge. The keel of the corolla is horned on both sides, as in Indigofera. Shrubby. — Native of the Gape of Good Hope. 14. Sophora Ternata ; Ternate-leaved Sophora. Leaves sessile ; leaflets lanceolate, silky. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 15. Sophora Australis; Blue Sophora. Leaves ternate, petioled ; leaflets obovate, lanceolate, obtuse ; stipules lan- ceolate, acute, twice as long as the petiole ; stem herbaceous, commonly decumbent; flowers blue: they appear in June and July. — Native of Carolina. This and the two following species may be propagated by seeds sown on a warm border, in shallow drills, at the beginning of April. When the stalks decay in auturxtn, take the plants up carefully, and set them in a warm border, where they are designed to remain ; for they do not bear transplanting well. The seeds may also be sown, and the young plants raised, in a moderate hot-bed. The first winter they may be placed in a common frame, or covered with mats; and in the following spring turned out of the pots and planted in the full ground, where, if the soil be1 dry, and the situation sheltered, they will live many years, flowering and producing seeds. 16. Sophora Tinctoria ; Dyer’s Sophora. Leaves ternate, petioled; leaflets roundish, obovate, obtuse, mucronate ; sti- pules obsolete, oblong, acute, many, times shorter than the petiole; root perennial, from which arise several stalks about a foot and half high, sending out from the bottom a great number of small branches. The flowers, which are yellow, and appear in July, come out towards the end of the branches in short spikes. The pods are short and swelling, and in warm seasons come to maturity in England. The stalks decay to the root in autumn. A coarse sort of Indigo was formerly made from this plant in America; whence the trivial name. — Native of Barbadoes and Virginia. 17. Sophora Alba; White Sophora. Leaves ternate, peti- led ; leaflets oblong, obtuse ; stipules filiform, shorter than the petiole; root perennial, sending up every spring a number of leaves in proportion to its size: their footstalks are smooth, rising two feet high, and dividing upwards into three or five branches. The corolla is either white or deep blue. — Native of Virginia and Carolina. 18. Sophora Lupinoides ; Lupine-leaved Sophora. Leaves ternate, petioled ; leaflets elliptic, lanceolate, obtuse, pubes- cent; stipules lanceolate, longer than the petiole; flowers subsessile, yellow. — Native of Kamtschatka. 19. Sophora Trifoliata; Three leaved Sophora. Leaves ternate, petioled ; leaflets ovate, silky. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 20. Sophora Calyptrata ; Veiled Sophora. Leaves simple, elliptic, somewhat rugged above, beneath villose and netted, veined ; peduncles one-flowered ; calices villose, having a deciduous veil at the base; stem shrubby; branches stiff, obscurely angular, leafy, tomentose, subdivided ; corolla very large, purple ; flowers axillary, solitary, on tomentose pedun- cles, shorter than the adjoining leaf, having a single joint near the flower, the rudiment of which is covered with a globular villose veil, fastened to the joints of the peduncles. As the flower increases, this veil separates from the joint, and falls oft' when the flower is about half opened : being vil- lose like the calix, and of the same colour, this veil is not easily remarked by an inattentive observer, before it begins to sepa- rate, and, falling off before the flower expands, is seldom found in dried specimens, which have generally been gathered when the plants are in full flower. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 21. Sophora Biflora; Two-flowered Sophora. Leaves simple, ovate, subtomentose ; peduncles two-flowered; calices thrust in at the base, tomentose, coloured ; stem shrubby, round, leafy, even, yellow; branches round, tomentose; flowers at the ends of the branches at the last axils of the leaves ; corolla large, pale yellow, with purple streaks. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 22. Sophora Myrtillifolia ; Round-leaved Sophora. Leaves simple, elliptic-obovate, obtuse, cusped, silky on both sides; peduncles one-flowered ; stem shrubby, round, leafy, even ; branches almost upright, tomentose, somewhat angular towards their tops; flowers towards the ends of the branches; corolla purple, with a paler keel. It flowers from November to January. — Native of the Cape. 23. Sophora Ilirsuta; Hairy Sophora. Leaves simple, hirsute, the upper ones ovate, the lower roundish ; branches round ; segments of the calix lanceolate, and length of the wings. Shrubby ; flowering in July and August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 24. Sophora Buxifolia; Box-leaved Sophora. Leaves sim- ple, oval, smooth above, silky beneath; peduncles one- flowered ; calices thrust in at the base, tomentose, coloured; stem suft'ruticose, loose, round, leafy, tomentose; branches short, spreading, more tomentose ; corolla purple, with paler wings.- — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 25. Sophora Cordata ; Heart-leaved Sophora. Leaves simple, ovate, hirsute. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Sorb Tree. See Sorbus Domestica. Sorbus; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Trigynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, concave, spreading, five-cleft, permanent. Corolla: petals five, roundish, concave, inserted into the calix. Stamina : SOR OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SOR 605 filamenta twenty, awl-shaped, inserted into the caiix; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen inferior; styles three, filiform, erect; stigmas headed. Pericarp: berry soft, glo- bular, umbilicate. Seeds: three, somewhat oblong, distinct, cartilaginous. Essential Character. Caiix: five-cleft. Petals: five. Berry: inferior, three-seeded.- The spe- cies are, 1. Sorbus Aucuparia ; Mountain Service, Mountain Ash, Quicken Tree, or Roan Tree. Leaves pinnate, smooth on both sides ; corollas white, with very concave petals. The flowers are in large terminating pubescent corymbs, very much branched; fruit a pome; seeds three, sometimes four or five._ This is a slow-growing and elegant tree, which, as Mr. Gilpin remarks, arrives to a considerable size in the Highlands of Scotland. There, he adds, on some rocky mountains, covered with dark Pines and waving Birch, a few of these trees intermixing have a fine effect. In summer the light green tint of the foliage, and in autumn the glowing berries which hang clustering upon them, contrast beauti- fully with the deeper green of the Pines : if they are happily blended, and not in too large a proportion, they add some of the most picturesque furniture with which the sides of those rugged mountains are invested. In ancient days, when superstition held that place in society which dissipation and impiety now hold, the Mountain Ash was considered as an object of great veneration. Often at this day, a stump of it is found in some old burying-place, or near the circle of a Druid temple, whose rites it formerly invested with its sacred shade. Another author observes, that even to this day it may be observed to grow more frequently than any other tree iu the neighbourhood of the Bruidical circles of stones so often seen in North Britain ; and superstitious persons still believe that any small part of it, carried about them, will prove a sovereign charm against all the effects of enchant- ment and witchcraft. The dairy-maid will not forget to drive her cattle to the shealings, or summer pastures, with a rod of the Roan Tree, which she carefully lays up over the door of the shealboothy, or summer house, and drives them home again with the same. In Strathspey, they make on the first of May, a hoop with the wood of this tree, and in the evening and morning cause all the sheep and lambs to pass through it. In Wales, says Mr. Evelyn, this tree is reputed so sacred, that there is not a church-yard without one of them planted in it; so, on a certain day in the year every body religiously wears a cross made of the wood, and if is reputed to be a preservative against fascinations and evil spirits, whence perhaps we call it Witchen ; the boughs bein" stuck about the house, or the wood used for walking-staves. It is curious to observe how the same old superstitions have been driven with the ancient inhabitants into the remote corners of our island, so distinct from each other as Scotland and Wales. In the south of England the tree is generally known by the name of the Mountain Ash, from its growing in high situa- tions, and having pinnate leaves like the Ash ; but this name Iras led ignorant persons to suppose that it has an affinity with the Ash; and even Mr. Gilpin speaks of it as a variety of that tree, whereas it is totally different, except a small resemblance in the leaves. Gerarde calls it the Wild Ash, Quickbeam, or Quicken Tree; Evelyn, the Quickbeam, Wild Sorb, or Witchen, which is otherwise written Whicken or Whitten : but all these names, except Ash and Sorb, are evidently the same, and are derived from the supposed efficacy of the tree in repelling witchcraft. In Scotland and the north of England, it is called Roan Tree; and even this name is spelt variously, Rowne, Roddan, and Ranfry. The wood is tough and close-grained, but not hard. It may be used in mill-work, and converted into tables, chairs, spokes for wheels, shafts, screws for presses, &c. If the tree be large, it will saw into planks, boards, or timber, and is preferred by wheelwrights because it is all heart. Besides the use of it in making husbandmen's tools, the roots are formed into handles for knives and spoons. Withering and Lightfoot , say, that the berries dried and reduced to powder make whole- some bread ; and that an ardent spirit of a fine flavour may be distilled from them in small quantities. The Scotch High- landers, as well as the inhabitants of Kamtschatka, make use of the berries for those purposes ; and the poor people in Wales infuse the berries in water, and drink the liquor, which is acid and like perry. In the island of Jura, the juice of the berries is used in making punch. The German fowlers bait springs or nooses of hair with these berries, to entrap the redwings and fieldfares ; whence the trivial name Aucuparia. — Native of the colder parts of Europe, of Mount Libanus, and Siberia. Found in woods and hedges, on mountainous and boggy situations in the north of England, and in Wales, ^Scotland, and Ireland, flowering in May. In the southern counties it is seldom found of any size, but in the northern counties and in Wales there are trees of very large growth. The leaves make a pretty variety, when mixed with other trees in plantations. It is also handsome in flowering and fruiting ; but blackbirds and thrushes are so fond of it, that they devour it before it is properly ripe. — Propagation and Culture. All the species may be propagated by sowing their seeds in pots soon after the fruit is ripe, sheltering them under a common frame in winter, and plunging the pots into a moderate hot-bed in the spring, w'bich will soon bring up the plants, w'hich should be carefully freed from weeds, and watered in dry weather, and then should be exposed to the open air; for the only reason for putting them in a hot-bed is to forward the growth of the seeds; but when the plants are come up, if the bed be kept covered, it will draw the plants and spoil them. Let them remain in this bed till the middle of October, when the leaves will decay, and a warm light spot of ground must be prepared to receive them ; into this they should be planted, in rows two feet asunder, and a foot distant in the rows, observing to take them up care- fully, and to plant them as soon as possible, that their roots may not dry. During the summer, the ground should be kept constantly clear from weeds, and in winter there should be a little mulch laid upon the surface of the ground about their roots, to protect them from being injured by frost; but in the spring the ground between them should be dug, bury- ing the multh therein, in doing of which you must be careful not to cut or injure the roots of the plants. Iu this nursery they may continue three or four years, according to their growth; it will then be proper to transplant them out where they are to remain ; the best season for which is in October, or in the spring, just before they begin to shoot. The soil should be warm in which they are planted, and the situation defended from cold winds, which will cause them to thrive, and produce fruit in a few years. Mr. Boutcher recommends, when the seedling plants have stood a year, to remove them, and let them stand two seasons more ; then cutting away all cross, downright, or superfluous roots, to remove them into another nursery, planting them three feet and a half by eighteen inches asunder, there to remain three years, when they will be of proper size to remove where they are to con- tinue. They may also be raised by layers, but the trees so obtained will neither be so straight nor so handsome as those which are raised from seeds. 2. Sorbus Hybrida; Bastard Service, or Mountain Ash. Leaves semipinnate, tomentose beneath. This is a middle- SPA THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SPA COG sized tree, with white flowers, and fruit as in the preceding species, but a little larger. — It may be propagated in the same way, but requires a moist strong soil, and will grow in the most exposed places, being extremely hardy, which ren- ders them worthy of care, since they will succeed where few other trees can live. If the fruit be sown in the common ground, it will frequently be the second spring before it makes its appearance, as in the Hawthorn. It should there- fore be stripped of its pulp, and put in sand. 3. Sorbus Domestica ; True Service, or Sorb. Leaves pinnate, villose underneath ; flowers in terminating panicles, suhcorymbed, tomentose; petals cream-coloured, concave, with hairy claws; calix very woolly; fruit pear-shaped, red- dish and spotted, extremely austere, and not eatable till it is quite mellowed by frost or time, when it becomes brown and very soft. In the middle are five cells, with one seed in each, as in the Apple and Pear, with which this certainly agrees in the fruit and number of styles ; but if general habit has any weight in the arrangement of plants, this tree ought not to be united to them. There are several varieties, which differ in the number of their seeds; some having three only, others four or five. When it is said, therefore, that one character of the genus is to have three seeds, it must be understood of the wild tree ; but in trees that are cultivated., the number of seeds is as uncertain as in Apples and Pears. — Great numbers of these trees grow wild about Aubigny in France; this species is indeed a native of the warm countries of Europe, where it becomes a large and lofty tree, and the wood is used by the turners, and for making mathematical instruments, and excisemen’s gauging-sticks. The fruit, which is like an inferior Medlar, is there reputed good in the dysentery and fluxes. Ray observed it growing in many mountainous parts of Cornwall. It flowers in May. — Those persons who raise many of these trees from seeds, will obtain some varieties of the fruit, from which the best may be selected, and propa- gated for the table; and the others may be planted for variety in wildernesses or wood-walks, or may be used for stocks to graft the better kinds upon. There is a variety with varie- gated leaves, which is preserved by such as are curious in collecting the several sorts of striped plants, but there is no great beauty in it. It may be propagated by layers, or by being budded on the plain sort, but they become plain on a very rich soil. 4. Sorbus Microcarpa. Leaves pinnate ; little leaves acu- minate, unequally inciso-serrate ; serratures setaceous-mucro- nate; branches covered with a shining dark brown gloss; berries small, scarlet. — A large shrub, growing on the peaks of high mountains from New Jersey to Carolina. Pursh con- siders this species very distinct from the first; though other authors appear to have confounded them. Sorrel. See Rumex. Sorrel Tree. See Andromeda Arborea, and Rumex. Sorrel, Wood. See Oxalis. Sour Gourd. See Adansonia. Sour sop. See Annona. Southermvood. See Artemisia. South Sea Tea. See Ilex. Sowbane. See Chenopodinm Murale. Soy, Soya, or Soye. See Dolichos. Sowbread. See Cyclamen. Sowthistle. See Sonchus. Spanish Broom. See Spartium. Spanish Cress. See Vella. Spanish Elm. See Cordia Gerascanthus. Spanish Hedge Nettle. See Prasium. Spanish Potatoes. See Convolvulus Batatas. Sparganium ; a genus of the class Moncecia, order Trian- dria. — Generic Character. Males: numerous, collected into a head. Calix: ament common, roundish, very closelv imbricate on all sides, consisting of proper perianths, that are three-leaved, linear, deciduous. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary, longer than the calix ; anther® oblong. Females: below the males. Calix: as in the male, according to Gaertner, six-leaved; receptacle common, round- ish. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen ovate, ending in a short awl-shaped style ; stigma one or two, acute, channelled, per- manent. Pericarp: drupe juiceless, turbinate, with a point, angular below. Seed: nut bony, oblong-ovate, angular. Observe. Tournefort remarked, that the seed in some species is one-celled, in others two-celled ; though neither Adanson nor Gtertner could ever find two seeds or a two-celled drupe. Essential Character. Male and Female. Ament: roundish. Calix: three-leaved. Corolla: none. Female. Stigma: bifid. Drupe: juiceless, one-seeded. The spe- cies are, 1. Sparganium Ramosum ; Branched Bur-reed. Leaves triangular at the base, their sides concave ; common flower- stalk branched ; stigma linear ; root perennial, creeping ; stem upright, about three feet high, round, leafy, smooth ; heads of flowers alternate, sessile, many-flowered. The fruit ripens into brown prickly heads of dry deciduous drupes, by which, as well as its spreading roots, the plant increases abundantly. The parts of fructification vary much in num- ber, as is usual in Monoecious and Dioecious plants, and is one of the many reasons for keeping them in distinct classes from the hermaphrodite ones. — It is common in ditches, and along the banks of rivers, flowering in July and August. Having a very strong creeping root, it soon fills up a ditch or pond, if suffered to remain unmolested; the smaller brooks are soon clogged by it, and it forms dams with other aquatic plants, which arrest the descending soil, and accumulate islands or banks of earth.— It is common not in Europe only, but in Barbary, Siberia, and North America. 2. Sparganium Simplex ; Unbranched Bur-reed. Leaves triangular at the base, their sides flat; common flower-stalk simple ; stigma linear. This is seldom found more than one- fourth of the height of the preceding species, but the flower is larger in proportion. The flowers of the former look yellow before they blow, and have none of that blackness about them so conspicuous in the latter, which is more com- mon, though this species is not very rare in ponds and ditches. It is found in general, upon particular spots, especially on heaths and commons, in pools of water made by digging gravel; and flowers in July and August. 3. Sparganium Natans; Floating Bur-reed. Leaves droop- ing, flat; heads of flowers ’in a single spike, most of them accompanied by leaves ; style not longer than the germen ; root perennial, creeping, with long fibres, running deep into the muddy bottoms of ditches or slow streams ; stems ascend- ing, round, leafy; the fruit is a one-seeded drupe. When | the plant flowers, the flowering-stem is very slender, and does not rise above six inches out of the water; it is simple, with few balls of female flowers, not longer than a pea, while the leaves float on the water to a considerable length. — It prefers a muddy or clayey soil, and occurs in Cambridgeshire, near t Lawstou Moor; on Wilbraham Moor, and Burwell Fen; near Norwich ; in Yorkshire and Westmoreland ; in Scotland, and in Wales; flowering in July. It does not seem to vary per- j ceptibly. Sparrmannia ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth four-;' leaved ; leaflets lanceolate, entire, reflexed, villose. Corolla: SPA OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. SPA G07 petals four, equal, wedge-shaped, entire, flat, twice as long as the calix; nectaries proper, difform, filiform, torulose, shorter than the stamina; swellings inflated, turbinate. Stamina: filameuta very many, inserted into the germen, filiform ; outer like the nectaries, but longer, shorter however than the co- rolla ; antherae ovate-cordate, placed on the top of the fila- nieuta. Pistil: germen subglobular, five-cornered, hispid, superior; style filiform, straight, hanging down among, and much longer, than the stamina ; stigma truncate, terminated by elongated papillae. Pericarp: capsule five-cornered, five- celled, echinate, with straight, rigid, hairy bristles; terminated by a pellucid, straight, pungent spine, larger, and more pun- gent at the corners. Seeds: two, oblong, smooth, keeled on one side. Essential Character. Calix: four-leaved. Corolla: of four reflexed petals; nectary several, torulose. Capsule: angular, five-celled, echinate. The only species known is, 1. Spamnanma Africana. This beautiful shrub grows to the height of six feet or more, and is thickly divided into alternate branches, finely clothed with large cordate and lobed pendulous leaves, upon erect footstalks, making a very handsome appearance, even in foliage, in which state it much resembles a Sida. Its fine umbels of flowers are produced plentifully along the branches, opposite to the leaves, in the same manner as in the common species of Pelargonium, which it much resembles in its inflorescence, the flowers nodding before they are expanded, and becoming erect as they ap- proach maturity. The petals, which are of a snowy white, remain but a short time open, being soon reflected with the calix, which is white like the petals, but covered, as is the whole plant, except the petals, with fine hairs. The singular nectaries surround the filamenta, which they so nearly re- semble, that a superficial observer might easily confound them; they are numerous, shorter than the purple filamenta, of a yellow colour, and torulose or knobbed at the upper part: they have no antherae, but purple tips, not unlike them. — It may be readily increased by cuttings, if treated in the same manner as the tenderer species of Pelargonium. — Na- tive of the Cape of Good Hope, growing in Essebosch and Hontinquas woods, and the sides of the mountains at Large Kloof, where it was found by the celebrated traveller Andrew Sparnnann, after whom it was accordingly named. Sparrowwort. See Passerina. Spartium; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decan dria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, cordate-tubular; at the upper edge very short, below towards the tip marked with five toothless, coloured, small. Corolla: papilionaceous, five-petalled ; standard obcordate, the whole reflexed, very large ; wings ovate-oblong, shorter than the standard, annexed to the filamenta ; keel two petalled, lan- ceolate, oblong, longer than the wings, (the carinal margin •connected by hairs,) inserted into the filamenta. Stamina: filamenta ten, connate, adhering to the germen, unequal, gradually longer; the uppermost very short, the lower nine cleft; antherae oblongish. Pistil: germen oblong, hirsute; style awl-shaped, rising; stigma growing to the upper side of the top, oblong, villose. Pericarp: legume cylindric, long, obtuse, one-celled, two-valved. Seeds: many, globe-kidney- form. Essential Character. Calix: produced down- wards; filamenta adhering to the germen ; stigma longitudinal, villose above.; -The species are, 1. Spartium Conlaminatum ; Narrow-leaved Broom. Branches round ; leaves alternate, filiform, stained at the base; stem shrubby, rod-like, branched at the base, round, even ; raceme long, erect, terminating, with the flowers alter- nate, of a lawny colour, with a yellow keel. — Native of the 116. Cape of Good Hope. This, and all the natives of warm climates, require the dry-stove. 2. Spartium Sepiarium ; Hedge Booom. Branches rugged ; upper leaves clustered, filiform; racemes terminating; flowers yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Spartium Junceum ; Spanish Broom. Branches oppo- site, round, flowering at the top ; leaves lanceolate. The flowers are disposed in a loose spike; they are large, \ellow, with an agreeable odour, appearing in July, and in cool sea- sons continuing in succession to September. The bees are very fond of the flowers ; and the same qualities which are attributed to the Common Broom, belong also to this, at least in an inferior degree. In Languedoc they make a thread of it, and use the plant as green food for sheep. There is a variety of it with double flowers, which is very unusual in the natural order to which it belongs. — Native of all the southern countries of Europe; Spain, Portugal, Italy, Sicily, Carniola, the south of France: found also in Judea, between Joppa and Ramah. It is easily propagated by seeds, sown in the spring upon a bed of common earth, in a shady situation, where the plants will rise very freely. They must be kept clear from weeds during the following summer, and in autumn may be taken up and transplanted into a nursery, which should be chosen in a warm sheltered situation. 4. Spartium Monospermum; Whitc-Jlowered Single-seeded Broom. Branches round, striated ; racemes few-flowered ; flowers subaggregate ; leaves lanceolate, silky ; stem upright, very much branched, as thick as the thumb, and sometimes as the arm. This is is a very handsome shrub, remarkable for its numerous snow-white flowers. It is of very great use in stopping the sand, and converts the most barren spot into a fine odoriferous garden, by its flowers, which continue a long time. It serves to shelter hogs and goats against the scorching heat of the sun, and affords to the latter animals a favourite food in its leaves and young branches. The twigs are used for tying bundles; and all kinds of herbs, when brought to market, are found tied with them. It has been found on the sandy coast of Barbary, and in Arabia. The Spaniards call it Retain as, from the Arabic name Rcetarn. — Native of Spain and Portugal; observed about Cadiz, near the coast, flowering in February; also in abundance in Arragon; Gsbeck remarks, that it grows like Willow bushes, along the shores of Spain, as far as the flying sands reach, where hardly any other plant, except Ononis Repens, will grow. To pro- pagate this beautiful plant, sow the seeds about the middle of April, upon a bed of fresh light earth, in drills half an inch deep; the drills not less than a foot asunder, and the seeds three inches apart. Remove them at Michaelmas, for, if suffered to stand longer, they shoot downright roots to a great depth, and if these roots be cut or broken when they are grown large, the plants frequently miscarry. If the sea- son be unfavourable, defer the sowing, for the seeds are liable to perish in the ground by cold or wet. The best rule is to sow them at the same time with Kidney-beans. At Michael- mas some of the plants may be potted, to be sheltered in winter, and the rest planted in a warm soil, where, if the winter should not prove severe, they will stand very well. If some of the plants are left in the seed-bed, they may be shel- tered with mats in severe frosts, and some mulch laid about their roots. In this country it flowers in June and July. 5. Spartium Sphterocarpum ; Yellow-Jlowered Single-seeded Broom. Branches round, striated; racemes many-flowered; flowers remote ; leaves lanceolate, sessile, pubescent beneath ; stem upright. It flowers in June and July. — Native of the south of Europe, and of Barbary. See the preceding species for its culture. 7 P 608 SPA THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SPA 6. Spartium Purgans; Purging Broom. Branches round, striated; leaves lanceolate, subsessile, pubescent; stalks stri- ated, taper, four feet high ; flowers in spikes, terminating, large, and pale yellow. — Treat it in the same manner as the fourth species. — Native of the south of France, the county of Nice, of Arragon in Spain, and of Japan. 7. Spartium Aphyllum; Leafless Broom. Branches round, striated, smooth, rod-like; leaves very short, linear, propped; flowers small, dull violet, pedicelled, forming a raceme on the side of the branchlets. — Found in the driving sands of the Wolga Deserts. For its propagation and culture, see the third species. 8. Spartium Virgatum ; Twiggy Broom. Branches round, striated ; leaves lanceolate, oblong, silky ; calices funnel-form, two-lipped, rough-haired ; standard and keel pubescent. It is a shrub, about three feet high, with a trunk of about a finger’s thickness, divided into numerous branches. The flowers are yellow, and sweet-scented. It flowers from March to June. — Native of the island of Madeira. For the manner of treating it, see the first and third species. 9. Spartium Decumbens; Trailing Broom. Stem decum- bent, branched; leaves solitary, ovafe; flowers on long pe- duncles. Flowers smaller by half than in the Common Broom, and less placed on one side. It flowers here in May and June. — Found in Burgundy and Switzerland. For its culture, see the third species. 10. Spartium Scorpius; Scorpion Broom. Branches spiny, spreading; leaves ovate. The whole shrub is covered with alternate spines, on which the flowers are placed ; these spines render it quite inaccessible. The flowers are yellow, and rather large: they appear in March and April. — Native of the south of Europe and of Barbary. To be cuiivated in the same manner as the third species. 11. Spartium Aspalathoides. Branchlets bowed, smooth, tubercled, flower-bearing; leaves linear-lanceolate; flowers axillary, pedicelled ; calix three-parted ; corollas silky. This is a very branching shrub. — Native of Barbary. For its propagation and culture, see the fourth species. 12. Spartium Multiflorum ; Portuguese White Broom. Leaves ternate and simple, silky; shoots strict, striated, flowering on every side. This shrub is very much branched. Flowers in long lateral racemes, so numerous that it seems wholly covered with them; standard of the corolla erect, not reflex, involute, beautifully marked with purple lines radiating from the base; the rest of the corolla white. — Native of Portugal and Mount Atlas. See the third species. 13. Spartium Angulatum ; Angular-branched Broom. Leaves ternate and solitary ; branches hexangular, flowering at the end ; flowers small, of a pale yellow colour, produced in loose spikes at the end of the branches, which, as well as the stalks, are slender. — Native of the Levant. See the fourth species for its culture. 1 14. Spartium Scoparium ; Common Broom. Leaves ter- nate and solitary; branches unarmed, angular; flowers axillary, solitary ; legumes ciliate. This grows from three to six feet high, and is very much branched ; corolla large, handsome, of a fine gold colour, sometimes tinged with orange or tawny on the outside, and sometimes, but less often, wholly lemon-coloured ; seeds as many as eighteen or twenty, small, of an oblong-elliptic form, compressed, glossy, dingy yellow, beaked above the navel, with a short point. It merits a place among our flowering shrubs, especially the variety with a purple calix, and the flowers strongly tinged with orange. There is another variety much more hoary than usual. But even in its common state, such is the profusion of golden-coloured blossoms with which its branches are loaded in summer, and such the verdure of its twigs in winter, that it may vie with most of the foreign Brooms, and is superior to some of them as an ornamental shrub.— It is used for besoms, which are generally called Brooms on that ac- count, of whatever substance they happen to be made. In the northern parts of Great Britain, it serves for thatching cottages, corn and hay-ricks, and as a substitute for reeds, in making fences or screens. In some parts of Scotland, where coals and wood are scarce, whole fields are said to be sown with it for fuel. The twigs, when bruised, smell dis- agreeably, which, in addition to their nauseous bitter taste, may be the reason why cattle in general will not eat it ; though they show great fondness for Broom fields, probably because they can best brush off the swarms of flies, which torment them in summer, with its tough yielding branches. Bees are fond of the flowers; and the flower-buds are pickled in the same manner as capers just before they become yellow. The branches are said to be capable of tanning leather; but whether that be the fact or not, it is pretty certain that the brewers are very capable of substituting those branches in great abundance, for the sake of sparing themselves the cost of the more pleasant and wholesome Hop. This economical practice is so prevalent among brewers in the Metropolis, that, while the plant can be there obtained, the table-beer (which, being cheap, is most in use among the very poor, who cannot buy porter, and the well-informed, who will not,) never can be procured free from this strong, bitter, and notorious adulteration. The branches are also said to be capable of being manufactured into coarse cloth : when tender, they are sometimes used along with Hops, in private brewing; but the less of them, and the more of the latter, the better. The old wood of this plant furnishes the cabinet-maker with the most beautiful material for veneering. — We have seen that the Broom claims some attention in rural and domestic economy ; we shall now advert to its use in medicine, upou the authorities of Ray, Mead, Cullen, and Withering. A decoction of the young twigs is an excellent medicine in the jaundice and dropsy. It operates by urine, and removes obstructions of the liver, reins, bladder, and other parts. A dropsical patient, who had borne the operation of tapping; three times, and taken all the remedies usually prescribed in such cases, without experiencing the least relief, was perfectly cured by taking, every night and morning, half a pint of a decoction of green Broom tops, with a spoonful of whole Mustard-seed. After taking it a little while, the thirst, which before was excessive, became moderate, the swelling subsided, and the urinary discharge increased to the quantity of a gallon and half, or more, in a day. An infusion of the seedsi drank freely, has been known to produce similar happy effects; but whoever expects that every dropsy will yield to this medicine, will be very much deceived. Out of a great nura-i ber of cases, in which this medicine was allowed a fair trial, only one succeeded. A strong lye, made of the ashes, was used in the Swedish army in the year 1759, to cure dropsies,^ which succeeded a catarrhal epidemic fever, in consequence of which the urine became plentiful, and the dropsies quickly ; disappeared. Cullen ordered half an ounce of fresh Broom|i tops to be boiled in a pound of water, till one half was con- sumed, and gave two table-spoonfuls of the decoction every'] hour, till it operated by stool, or till the whole was takeru It seldom failed to operate both by stool and urine; and by' repeating the medicine every day, or every second day, some dropsies have been cured. The plant, when burnt, affords av tolerably pure alkaline salt; and upon this salt the efficacy ol Broom in dropsies must depend. The ashes were used prin- cipally on the authority of Sydenham, whose account of their SPA OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S P E good effects have been since confirmed by Dr. Monro and other writers. The same qualities with good reason have been attributed to the third species, and to Genista Tinctoria ; which see. — Native of Europe, in dry sandy soils, flowering in May and June. 15. Spartium Umbellatum ; Umbelled Broom. Leaves ternate and simple; branches very numerous, opposite, and alternate; flowers in terminating heads; corollas and legumes silky; branches very numerous, round, slender, smooth. — Native of Barbary, on dry hills on the sea-coast, near Arzau. 16. Spartium Ferox ; Fierce Broom. Leaves ternate and simple, mucronate; flowers in terminating racemes ; branches striated, spinescent; legumes compressed, somewhat toru- lose, elongated, hoary, with a very short lanugo; stem up- right; flowers numerous; corolla yellow. — Native of Barbary. See the fourth species. If. Spartium Horridum; Rough Broom. Leaves ternate, complicate, silky; branchlets round, spiny, opposite; corolla yellow. This is a low shrub, a foot high, very much branched. — Found in Spain. See the fourth species. 18. Spartium Patens ; Woolly-podded. Broom. Leaves ternate; branches rod-like ; flowers lateral, in pairs, droop- ing. The branches being fully furnished with flowers in every part, during the continuance of the flowers this shrub makes a fine appearance. — Native of Portugal. See the third species for its culture. 19. Spartium Arboreum. Leaves ternate, obovate; branches striated; flowers aggregate, axillary, nodding; legumes vil- lose, with the hairs pressed close; trunk often as thick as the human arm ; corolla deep yellow, shining, a little inflated. - - Native of Mount Atlas, and the valleys near Algiers. See the fourth species. 20. Spartium Biflorum ; Two-flowered Broom. Unarmed : branchlets angular; leaves petioled, ternate, linear, sub- villose; flowers in pairs, terminating ; legumes smooth. — Na- tive of Mount Atlas, near Tlemsen. See the fourth species. 21. Spartium Linifolium ; Flax-leaved Broom. Unarmed : branches angular; leaves sessile, ternate ; leaflets linear, hoary beneath ; flowers in terminating racemes ; corolla yellow. — Native of the mountains near Algiers. 22. Spartium Sericeum; Silky Broom. Unarmed, silky: leaves ternate ; leaflets linear; racemes terminating; branches angular. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 23. Spartium Cytisoides ; Cytisus-leaved Broom. Un- armed, silky: leaves ternate; leaflets lanceolate, bluntish ; racemes terminating, branches round. It flow'ers in April. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 24. Spartium Nubigenum; Cluster -flowered White Broom. Leaves ternate, lanceolate, hairy, petioled ; flowers in lateral bundles; legumes smooth ; branches round, striated. This, at first sight, resembles the third species, but the leaves are ternate, and the brauches grooved ; the ends of the branches ire often leafless. It is a valuable shrub, on account of the tbundance of its white flowers. — Native of the Peak of reneriffe. Treat it in the same manner as the first. 25. Spartium Radiatum ; Starry Broom. Leaves ternate, inear, sessile; petioles permanent; branches opposite, angu- lar; s ems low. In its natural state this is a low shrub; when | cultivated, it becomes much larger, though rarely exceeding wo feet and a half in height ; but the branches spread very nuch, and form a large bush. It flowers in June, and the seed ripens in August. — Native of the mountains of Italy and Carniola. Sow the seed in autumn, in a bed of common ?arlh, in rows. The following autumn remove the plants rom the seed-bed to the places where they are to remain, or into a nursery for a year or two, to get strength ; but they will not bear transplanting when large. 2G. Spartium Spinosum ; Prickly Broom. Leaves ternate; branches angular, spiny; flowers numerous, pedicelled, axil- lary, solitary, and aggregate; corolla yellow, smooth, only half the size of the Common Broom. — Native of Italy and Spain, near the sea-coast ; also of Algiers. See the fourth species. 27. Spartium Villosum. Leaves ternate ; branches spiny; calices and legumes villose. This resembles the preceding very much ; but is distinguished from it by its thick legume, covered with a very close wool. — Found in Barbary, and the neighbourhood of Naples. See the fourth species. Spathelia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Trig}'- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved; leaflets oblong, coloured. Corolla: petals five, oblong, equal. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, ascending, marked with a tooth at the base; anther® ovale. Pistil: germen ovate, shorter than the stamina ; styles three ; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsule oblong, three-cornered, three- winged, three celled ; cells accompanied by a lateral resini- ferous canal. Seeds : solitary, oblong, three-sided. Essen- tial Character. Calix: five leaved. Petals: five. Capsule: three-cornered, three-celled. Seeds: solitary. The only known species is, 1. Spathelia Simplex ; Rhus-leaved Spathelia or Spathe. This tree rises by a single slender stem, like the Palms, and bears all its oval leaves in a pinnated order, on moderate ribs, disposed closely together about the top, from the centre of which the flower-spike rises ; this is very spreading, and generally shoots so as to appear a large blooming pyramid maiiy feet above the foliage. The trunk is seldom divided, but is so very like that of the Maiden Plum-tree (see Coma- c/adia) both in size and appearance, that they cannot be dis- tinguished out of flower, and it is not yet known which is the true Timber Tree. This would make a most beautiful flower- ing shrub, for it seldom rises above fourteen or sixteen feet, and its flowering top is generally from four to six feet in height. — Native of Jamaica, where Browne says it is frequent on the rocky hills, and makes a most beautiful appearance in the woods when in bloom. Spalling Poppy. See Cucubalus Behen. Spear, King's. See Asphodelus. Spearmint. See Mentha. Spearwort. See Ranunculus. Speculum Veneris. See Campanula Hybrid a. Speedwell. See Veronica. Spdla.}SnTrilic"m- Sperage. See Asparagus. Spergula ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Pentagy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved ; leaflets ovate, obtuse, concave, spreading, permanent. Co- rolla: petals five, ovate, concave, spreading, bigger than the calix, undivided. Stamina: filamenta ten, awl-shaped, shorter than the corolla ; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen ovate; styles five, from erect reflex, filiform ; stigmas thickish. Pericarp : capsule ovate, straight, one-celled, five-valved. Seeds: very many, depressed, globular, girt with an emar- grnate rim. Observe. It is distinguished from Cerastium by its entire petals : the second species has only five stamina. Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved. Petals: five, entire. Capsule: ovate, one-celled, five-valved. The species are, 1. Spergula Arvensis; Corn Spurrey. Leaves whorled ; fruiting peduncles reflexed ; seeds kidney-shaped ; root 610 S P E THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; S P E annual, small, fibrous; stems numerous, a span or a foot in length; panicle dichotomous, divaricating, many flowered. The chief use made of this plant abroad is for feeding sheep and cattle in winter, when the common grass is eaten bare. The inhabitants of Finland and Norway make bread of the seeds, when their crops fail. Poultry, and birds in general, are very fond of the seeds. Mutton which has been fed upon it is well-tasted, and it is thought to cause cows to yield an extraordinary quantity of milk, and poultry to lay abundance of eggs. Cattle prefer it when green to almost any other plant, and sheep especially are exceedingly fond of it. Though cultivated in Holland as a useful plant, and in some parts of Scotland, where they call it Yarr, it is a very per- nicious weed among corn-crops, particularly in spongy soils. In Norfolk they call it Pickpurse and Sandweed, by way of contempt. — The usual time for sowing the seed of this plant to feed cattle is in July or August, that they may acquire strength before winter. As it will grow on the poorest sand, it may be cultivated in many places to good advantage, where no grass will thrive well ; and by feeding it off the ground, the dung of the cattle or sheep will improve the land. About twelve pounds of seed is sufficient to sow an acre : the ground should be well harrowed before they are sown. In the Low Countries it follows a crop of corn : and the second species is now much cultivated in Flanders ; for though it is a much lower plant, the Flemings think it better than this species. For saving the seeds, sow in April, that they may ripen in August. "The crop must be cut before the heads are quite brown, otherwise the seeds will soon scatter. — Native of corn- fields and waste ground, on a sandy soil, throughout Europe, flowering from July to September. 2. Spergula Pentandra ; Little Corn Spurrey. Leaves wheeled ; flowers five-stamined ; seeds depressed, winged. This has all the habits of the preceding, but is smaller, and has fewer and less fleshy leaves. It is cultivated in the same way as the preceding species* — Native of Germany, France, Spain, and Ireland. 3. Spergula Nodosa ; Knotted Spurrey. Leaves opposite, awl-shaped, even, the upper ones in bundles ; calix nerveless; root perennial, fibrous; stems several, four inches or more in length, procumbent, but sometimes nearly upright. This elegant little plant recommends itself to our notice by the beauty of its verdure, and the largeness of its flowers; the largeness and pure whiteness of which, joined to its place of growth, serve to distinguish it from those plants which have some resemblance to it in the foliage. — It is found in the greatest part of Europe, in moist situations, frequently among herbage, and sometimes growing out. of walls, rocks, or stones. It flowers in July and August, and is a very scarce plant in the neighbourhood of London ; but has been observed growing oi»t of the wall by the Thames’ side in several places betwixt Lambeth and Rutnev ; and on Hounslow and Hamp- stead heath ; also at Harefield Moor in Middlesex. It is very common in the north of England on the borders of rivulets ; found also in plenty on the boggy ground below the Red Well of Wellingborough in Northamptonshire ; on Shotover hill, and near Stow wood in Oxfordshire ; at Ampthill and Stevingfon, in Bedfordshire; on Hinton and Feversham moors, and at Gamlingay in Cambridgeshire ; on the boggy ground in Sutton Park, Warwickshire; on the bogs about Settle, Yorkshire; and Chorley Forest and Beacon Hill in Leicestershire ; not seldom in Dorsetshire ; but in abundance by the river Avon, in the marsh between the town and the liver at Ringwood ; in Wales, by the side of the lake at Llanberis; and in the wet pastures, and on the sides of lakes and marshes in Scotland. 4. Spergula Lariciua; Larch-leaved Spurrey. Leaves opposite, awl-shaped, ciliate, in bundles; root perennial; stems decumbent, branched, leafy, round ; flowers terminat- ing and lateral, solitary. — Native of Siberia. 5. Spergula Saginoides; Smooth Awl-shaped Spurrey. Leaves opposite, awl shaped, awnless, naked ; peduncles solitary, very long, smooth; root perennial, fibrous; herb entirely smooth. — Native of Sweden, Switzerland, France, Siberia, and Scotland, on mountains. 6. Spergula Subulata ; Ciliated Awl-shaped Spurrey. Leaves opposite, awl-shaped, awned, ciliate ; peduncles soli- taiy, very long, somewhat hairy; root perennial, fibrous; stems several, an inch or two in length ; flowers drooping a little; petals white. — Native of Denmark, Sweden, Germauy, and Britain, on sandy commons and dry gravelly pastures. It flowers from June to August. It is often found on Putney Heath; about Coombe Wood; on Bagshot Heath, near Cobham and Esher; on Uxbridge Moor; in Dorsetshire; Devonshire, and Cornwall, in Scotland near Forfar, and between Dundee and St. Andrew’s; also in the Isle of Bute. It flowers from June to August. 7. Spergula Glabra; Smooth Spurrey. Leaves opposite, bundled, filiform, smooth ; flowers ten-stamined ; petals big- ger than the calix; stems procumbent, rouud, knotted, at each knot a pair of linear subulate leaves. Sometimes the flowers have six styles. — Native of Piedmont, in alpine pastures. Spermacoce ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gvnia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth small, four-toothed, superior, permanent. Corolla: one petalled, funnel-shaped ; tube cylindrie, slender, longer than the calix; border four parted, from spreading reflexed, obtuse. Sta- mina: filamenta four, awl shaped, shorter than the corolla, or standing out; antherae simple. Pistil: germen roundish, compressed, inferior; style simple, but cloven above ; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: capsules two, connate, oblong, gibbous on one side, flat on the other, obtuse, each two-horued. Seeds: solitary, roundish. Observe. The fourteenth species has a turbinaie-campanulate erect corolla, and is manifestly one-capsuled and two celled, not two-capsuled. Gaertuler describes the first species as one-capsuled. Swartz says, that the fruit is always two-celled, bipartite when ripe, naked, or covered with a thin crust, like a capsule, aud therefore nearest to Diodia. Essential Character. Corolla : one-petal- led, funnel-shaped. Capsules: two, two-toothed. The species are, 1; Spermacoce Tenuior ; Slender Button-weed. Smooth: leaves lanceolate ; stamina included ; flowers whorled ; seeds rough-haired ; stalks stiff, a little angular, and covered with a brown bark. The flowers grow in slender whorls toward the top of the stalks; they are small, white, and sessile.— -It is an annual plant, native of Carolina and of the West Indies, where it is very common. In Jamaica it is found only in the woods, and is there observed to be sometimes upright and sometimes a climber; when erect, it generally rises to the height of two or three feet; but when assisted by the neigh- bouring shrubs, it grows commonly to twice or three times that length. It is called there Iron-grass. It flowers from June to August. — Sow the seeds on a hot-bed, and when the plants come up, transplant them to a fresh hot-bed to bring them forward, and afterwards treat them in the same way with other tender plants from the East and West Indies. If they are placed in a stove, they will live through the winter, and produce good seeds the following year. 2. Spermacoce Latifolia ; Broad-leaved Button-weed. Smooth: leaves ovate; stamina standing out; flowers in S P E OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S P II 611 whorls; stipules ciliate. This is an herbaceous plant. The flowers are white. — This species is a native of Cayenne, growing by path-ways, and in open plains. 3. Spermacoce Ccerulescens ; Blue-flowered Butloniceed. Leaves ovate, acute, somewhat hairy, even ; stipules equal- ling the whorled flowers; stamina standing out. — Native of Cayenne and Guiana, by way-sides. 4. Spermacoce Alata; Wing-stalked Butt onweed. Smooth: leaves ovate, the uppermost sessile; flowers terminating in heads; stem four-cornered, winged, creeping; corollas blue. — Native of Cayenne and Guiana, on the banks of rivers. 5. Spermacoce Hexagona ; Hexagon-stalked Buttomveed. Smooth: leaves ovate, petioled ; flowers terminating; stem prostrate, six-stamined. This differs from the preceding, in having the stems hexangular, and scattered over the neigh- bouring plants ; the leaves ovate, smaller, and petioled.— Native of Guiana. 6. Spermacoce Prostrata; Prostrate Buttomveed. Smooth: leaves subsessile, elliptic, acute; flowers in whorls; stem prostrate. — Native of Guiana, near rivers. 7. Spermacoce Radicans; Rooting Buttomveed. Smooth: leaves subsessile, lanceolate; flowers in whorls; stem pro- cumbent, rooting; flowers small and blueish. Perennial. — Native of Guiana, growing about the borders of rivers. 8. Spermacoce Longifolia ; Long-leaved Buttomveed. Smooth: leaves lanceolate, acute at both ends, rugged at the edge ; whorls halved ; stem four-cornered, smooth, pur- plish, even, ash-coloured at the top, with very short hairs visible only with the naked eye.— Native of Cayenne and Guiana. 9. Spermacoce Verticillata; Whorl-flowered Buttomveed. Smooth : leaves lanceolate ; whorls globular ; stem rather herbaceous, only a little shrubby at the base, erect, a foot high. Browne says, that this little bushy plant is frequent in the low and hilly lands of Jamaica; that it branches very much, is adorned with many small leaves, and bears all its flowers at the upper joints of the branches. Swartz remarks, that when it is in flower it smells like Melilot. — Seeds brought from near the river Gambia in Africa. 10. Spermacoce Sumatrensis ; Sumatra Buttonweed. Hispid: leaves lanceolate; corymbs terminating, dichoto- mous; stem herbaceous, four-cornered, tomentose, with long joints. — Found in Sumatra by Wennerberg. 11. Spermacoce Aspera; Rough Buttonweed. Leaves elliptic, very rugged, acute, smoothish; flowers axillary, clustered; stamina included; stem herbaceous, erect, four- cornered, with the corners hairy and branched. Flowers several on each side in every axil. — Native of the West Indies. 12. Spermacoce Hirta; Rough-haired Buttonweed. Rug- ged, branched : leaves ovate-lanceolate ; flowers clustered, axillary, stamined, standing out ; stem herbaceous, from one to two feet high, four-cornered, stiff, striated. Flowers sessile, small, white. — Native of Corolla. 13. Spermacoce Villosa ; Villose Buttonweed. Villose, simple: leaves ovate-lanceolate, pubescent, the uppermost in fours ; flowers in whorls ; stamina included. This is dis- tinguished from the preceding species, by its more simple stem, and shorter stamina within the throat of the corolla, and by the whorls of flowers. Annual. — Native of Jamaica. 14. Spermacoce Hispida ; Shaggy Buttonweed. Hispid : leaves obovate, oblique ; root annual ; stem herbaceous, erect, obscurely four-cornered, opposite; lower branches opposite; corolla violet coloured. — Native of Ceylon and the East Indies. 15. Spermacoce Scabra; Rugged Buttonweed. Leaves roundish; with the stem hispid, rugged; flowers in whorls; stamina standing out. — Native of India. 117. 16. Spermacoce Articularis ; Jointed Buttonweed. Leaves elliptic, bluntisb, somewhat rugged ; root annual ; stem her- baceous, red, round, channelled on every side ; flowers white, narrow. — Native of the East Indies. 17. Spermacoce Stricta ; Stiff Buttomveed. Leaves linear- lanceolate, marked with lines; root annual; flowers white, in narrow w horls. — Native of the East Indies. 18. Spermacoce Linifolia; Flax-leaved Buttonweed. Leaves linear, lanceolate, villose, even, the uppermost in fours; flowers in whorls ; stamina standing out ; stem herba- ceous, four-cornered, somewhat villose, especially at the corners, ash-coloured at the tip. — Native of Cayenne. 19. Spermacoce Procumbens; Procumbent Buttonweed. Procumbent: leaves linear; corymbs lateral, peduucled ; stems herbaceous, angular, weak, diffused; flowers in bun- dles, or in a simple umbel.- — Native of the East Indies. 20. Spermacoce Spinosa ; Thorny Buttonweed. Suft'ru- ticose: leaves linear, ciliate, with spinules ; stem herbaceous, almost simple, subdivided at the base, hard, leafy, four-cor- nered, rugged, a foot high; flowers numerous, white, ga- thered into compact axillary heads, that grow gradually larger and more distinct as they draw nearer to the top. — Native of Jamaica. 21. Spermacoce Glabra. Stem procumbent, glabrous; leaves ovate-lanceolate, glabrous; flowers verticillate, white; seeds glabrous. — Grows on the banks of rivers, in most of the western territories of North America. 22. Spermacoce Diodina. Stem diffuse, rough; leaves linear-lanceolate, slightly glabrous ; margin and keel serru- late-scabrous; stipules multisetous at great length; flowers axillary, sessile, solitary, alternate, white, very small ; seeds rough. — Grows in dry barren soil, on iron-ore hills, from Virginia to Carolina. 23. Spermacoce Involucrata. Stem alternate; branches very hispid; leaves ovate lanceolate, acuminate, rough; sti- pules multisetous; capitules terminal, involucrate; stamina standing out; flowers white, with a very long tube. — Grows to about the height of a foot, and is found in Carolina. Spharanthus : a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polygamia Segregata. — Generic Character. Calix: common, globular, imbricate; scales acuminate, permanent, clothing the universal receptacle all round ; perianth partial, many flowered, five-leaved, within each scale of the common calix, solitary, composed of linear, equal, erect leaflets. Corolla: partial, corollets hermaphrodite, few, in the disk ; females in the ray, commonly five : proper of the herma- hprodite one-petalied, funnel-shaped, with a five-cleft patulous border; female, awl-shaped, tubular, with a very small, trifid, closed mouth. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites, fila- menta five, capillary, very short ; antherae cylindric, tubular, longer than the corolla. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites, germen wasting; style longer, thicker; stigma quite simple. In the females ; germen oblong ; style bristle-shaped, length of the stamina ; stigma tw o-parted. Pericarp : none. Calix : unchanged. Seeds : in the hermaphrodites, none ; in the females solitary, oblong, naked. Receptacle: common scaly; partial naked. Essential Character. Calix: eight- flowered. Corolla: tubular, hermaphrodite, and indistinctly female. Receptacle: scaly. Down: none. The species are, 1. Sphaeranthus Indicus ; Indian Spheeranthus. Leaves decurrent, lanceolate, serrate ; peduncles curled ; stem her- baceous, about a foot high. It flowers from August to December. — Native of the East Indies. Sow the seeds in a hot-bed in the spring; and keep the plauts in a stove or 7 Q 612 S P I THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S P I glass-case, giving them as much air as possible in warm weather. 2. Sphaeranthus Africanus ; African Sphceranthus. Leaves decurrent, ovate, serrate ; peduncles round. — Native of India. 3. Sphaeranthus Chinensis. Leaves sessile, pinnatifid. — Native of India. 4. Sphaeranthus Cochin-chinensis. Leaves decurrent, oblong, quite entire; heads cordate-ovate, subsessile, termi- nating; stem herbaceous, a foot and half high, upright, round, smooth, whitish ; flowers whitish, tinged with a little purple, in small solitary heads on short peduncles. — Native of China and Cochin-china, among the corn and in gardens. They use it chiefly in cataplasms, to resolve tumors in the breast; and the expressed juice in ophthalmia; and the decoction internally, as a gargle for inflamed jaws. Spheeria ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Fungi. Essential Character. Capsules roundish, immersed, filled with jelly, which becomes a mass of minute volatile seeds. Persoon enumerates 184 species, distributed in eight sections; and to his work the reader is referred. Sphcerocarpus ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Algae, or more probably Hepaticae. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: inferior, of one leaf, inflated, entire. Seeds: very numerous, collected into a globe at the bottom of the calix. The only known species is, 1. Sphaerocarpus Terrestris ; Recticulated Sphcerocarpus. Fronds simple, ovate or roundish, crowded, wavy, each attached by a fibrous, probably annual root. — Observed in the Turnip and Clover fields of Norfolk, especially in winter. Sphagnum ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Musci. Essential Character. Capsule: sessile, with- out a fringe. Veil : cut round, its base remaining on the base of the capsule. Anther ee : each surrounded with a ring. Observe. Weber and Mohr have justly remarked, that it is the only known genus of Mosses in which the germen and capsule are truly sessile, not at any stage of growth elevated on a pedicellus, or partial stalk, above the base of the flower. The whole flower indeed, and consequently the ripe capsule, is stalked, which being rarely the case of other Mosses, whose pedicels are very long, the two different kinds of stalks have been confounded together. The known species are, 1. Sphagnum Latifolinm ; Broad leaved Bog Moss. Branches tumid, deflexed ; leaves ovate, obtuse, concave. — Found on watery turfy bogs throughout Europe. 2. Sphagnum Squarrosum; Prominent-leaved Bog Moss. Branches deflexed, tapering ; leaves ovate, acute, with recurved prominent keeled points. — Native of Germany, Sweden, and England. Found on bogs in Belton near Yarmouth, flower- ing in June and July. 3. Sphagnum Capillifolium ; Slender Bog Moss. Branches slender, deflexed ; leaves ovate, lanceolate, pointed, flatfish, close-pressed, with straight points. — Abundant on bogs in mountainous places. 4. Sphagnum Cuspidatum; Long-leaved Floating Bog Moss. Branches spreading rather downwards ; leaves lance- olate, long, pointed, wavy, lax. — Found in pools and rivulets among bogs in mountainous situations. Observed near Yar- mouth, bearing fruit in summer. Spicant. See Osmunda. Spider Orchis. See Ophrys. Spiderwort. See Anthericum and Tradescanthia. Spielmannia ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order An- giospermia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, erect, short, permanent; segments linear-subulate, acute, almost equal. Corolla: one-petalled, salver-shaped; tube cylindric, incurved, globular at the base, villose within, the mouth inclosed with hairs ; border five-cleft, almost equal; segments oblong, truncate, flat, spreading very much. Sta- mina: filamenta four, very short, in the tube of the corolla, two a little higher than the others; antherae oval. Pistil: germen roundish ; style short, permanent ; stigma hooked. Pericarp: drupe globular, one-celled, succulent. Seed: nut globular-depressed, wrinkled, striated and tubercled longi- tudinally, two-celled ; kernels solitary, oblong, more gibbous towards the outside; tubercle striated longitudinally, each fastened to a fleshy aril, gibbous on one side, hollow’ed on the other side, adhering to the partition. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: five-cleft. Corolla: bearded at the throat, with a five-cleft almost equal border. Drupe: with a two- celled tuberculated nut. The only known species is, 1. Spielmannia Africana ; Ilex-leaved Spielmannia, or Lan- tana. This rises with a shrubby stalk five or six feet high, send- ing out many irregular branches, closely garnished with thin oval leaves, ending in points, serrate and embracing. From the bosom of each leaf comes out one solitary white flower, which is cut at the top into five parts, and at first sight has the appearance of a Jasmine flow'er. The flowers appear from February to November. They are not succeeded by seeds in England, but the plants are easily propagated by cuttings, which, if planted upon an old hot-bed any time in July, and covered with a bell or hand glass, and shaded from the sun, will put out roots in a month or five weeks; then they may be planted in pots, and placed in the shade until they have taken fresh root; after which they may be removed to a sheltered situation, where they may remain till the frosts come on. It is not very tender, and may be preserved in a good green house in winter ; but during that season it must have a large share of air in mild weather, or it is liable to grow mouldy, and this will cause the tender branches to decay. In the summer season it may be exposed in the open air, with other green-house plants, in a sheltered situation, where it will add to the variety ; and although the flowers are small, and are produced singly from between the leaves, so do not make any great appearance, yet as there is a suc- cession of these flowers most part of the year, and the leaves continue green, it is worthy of a place in every collection of plants. Spigelia; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-Ieafed, five-parted, acuminate, small, permanent. Corolla: one- petalled, funnel-shaped ; tube much longer than the calix, narrowed below ; border spreading, five-cleft ; segments wide, acuminate. Stamina: filamenta five, simple; antherae simple. Pistil: germen composed of two globes, superior; style one, awl-shaped, length of the tube; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule twin, two-celled, four-valved. Seeds: numerous, very small. Essential Character. Corolla: funnel- shaped. Capsule : twin, two-celled, many-seeded. The species are, J. Spigelia Antuelmia; Annual Worm-grass. Stem her- baceous; uppermost leaves in fours. This is an annual plant ; root fibrous. — It has been long in use among the Negroes and Indians, and takes its names from its peculiar efficacy in destroying worms, which Dr. Browne, from a number of suc- cessful experiments, asserts it does in so extraodinarya manner, that no other simple can be of equal efficacy in any other disease, as this is in those that proceed from worms, when attended with fever or convulsions. Take of the plant, roots and all, either fresh or dry, two moderate handfuls, and boil; them over a gentle fire, in two quarts of water, until one half of the liquid is consumed ; then strain off the remainder, and add a little sugar and lemon-juice, to give it a more agreeable OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S P I G13 S P I taste, and to keep it from growing viscid or ropy. To a full- grown person give half a pint at the hour of rest, and a pro- portionate quantity to all weaker and younger subjects. Repeat the dose once in twenty-four hours for two or three days after. But as the largeness of this dose may render its operation too violent, the following method is less hazardous, and as effectual. Give about four ounces to a full-grown person for the first dose, and two or three ounces every six hours after, if its anodyne quality will permit; but to persons of a delicate constitution, it should be repeated only every ten or twelve hours : this is to be continued for thirty-six or forty-eight hours, when the double dose may be again repeated, and after this takes its full effect; it must be worked off with some gentle purgatives. This medicine procures sleep, almost as certainly, and in an equal degree, with opium ; but the eyes seem distended, and appear bright and sparkling, as they generally do before the eruption of the small-pox and measles, after the sleepy effects are over. In a short time after the first dose is administered, the pulse grows regular, and begins to rise ; the fever cools ; the convulsions, if any, abate ; and the worms are generally discharged in great quan- tities, by the use of the subsequent purgatives, if not before, often above a hundred at a time : but w hen a few only are voided, and those alive, which seldom happens, the dose must be repeated, and then hardly ever fails to cure. — To propagate this plant, sow the seeds in pots filled with soft loamy earth in the autumn, and plunge them into the bark- bed, where they should remain till the spring, when they must be plunged into a fresh hot-bed. Afterwards plant them in several pots, shading them till they have taken root, and then treat them in the same way as other tender annual plants from the same countries, keeping them constantly in the hot-bed under cover, to perfect the seeds. They ripen in September, and should be sown soon after; for if kept out of the ground till spring, they frequently fail. 2. Spigelia Marilandica; Perennial Worm-grass. Stem four-cornered ; all the leaves opposite ; root perennial, fibrous. The stalk is terminated by a short spike of flowers, which are outside of a bright red, and the inside of a deep orange colour. It flowers here in July and August. — Native of the warmer parts of North America, as in Virginia, Maryland, and Carolina, where it is called Indian Pink. The accounts of the veimifuge virtues of this genus, given by Doctors Garden and Linnings, refer to this species; and as the efficacy resides principally in the root, which in the preceding is but small, this is by some thought to be preferable. Dr. Garden, in his first letter to Dr. Hope, about the year 17G3, says, “ About forty years ago, the anthelminthic virtues of the root of this plant were discovered by the Indians ; since which time it has been much used by physicians and planters. 1 never found it do much service, except when it proved gently purgative. Previous to the use of it, I have lately given a vomit, when the circumstances of the case permitted it, and have found it to answer so well, that it should never be omit- ted. I have known half a drachm of this root purge as briskly as the same quantity of rhubarb ; but at other times it has produced no such effect in larger quantities. It is in general safer to give it in large doses ; for giddiness, dimness of sight, and convulsions, frequently result from small ones, whereas large ones only prove emetic or violently cathartic. To a child of two years of age, who had been taking ten grains of the root twice a day, without any other effect than making her dull and giddy, I prescribed twenty-two grains morning and evening, which purged her briskly, and brought away five large worms. After some months, an increased dose had the same good effects. Of the root, properly dried. I give from twelve to sixty or seventy grains in substance. In infusion, it may be given to the quantity of two, three, or four drachms twice a day.” In subsequent letters, the same medical gentleman confirms the above statements of the effi- cacy of this root in worm cases. In what he terms continued or remitting low fevers, he found its efficacy promoted by the addition of the root of Serpentaria Virginica. — It is not easily propagated in England, for the seeds do not ripen here, and the roots increase slowly : hence the plant is very uncommon in the English gardens at present. It delights in a moist soil, and must not be often transplanted. Spignel. See AEthusa and Athumanta. Spike, Lavender. See Lavandula. Spikenard. See Andropogon and Nardus. Spikenard, Plowman's. See Baccharis and Conyza. Spilanthus ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gainia iEqualis. — Generic Character. Ca&: common, subhemispherical, imbricate ; scales lanceolate linear, com- pact, in a double row. Corolla: compound, uniform, tubu- lar, conico-convex ; corollets hermaphrodite, numerous, equal; proper one-petalled, funnel-shaped; border four or five cleft, reflexed. Stamina : filamenta four or five, capillary, very short; anthene cylindric, tubular. Pistil: gernten oblong, compressed ; style filiform, length of the stamina ; stigmas two, xecurved. Pericarp : none. Calix: unchanged. Seeds: solitary, oblong, compressed, flat. Down: mem- branaceous-margined, two-awned at the tip, one awn often smaller than the other. Receptacle: chaffy, conical; chaffs compressed, deciduous. Observe. In the second species the ray is three-flowered, and very small. In the seventh, the seeds are awnless. Essential Character. Calix: almost equal. Down : two-awned. Receptacle : conical, chaffy. The species are, 1. Spilanthus Urens; Biting Spilanthus. Leaves lance- olate, quite entire; stem prostrate; root perennial; pedun- cles one-flowered, solitary, suberect, together with their branchlet, long, subterminating, bearing a whitish scentless flower, variegated with black dots, which proceed from the antherae shedding their dark pollen over the corolla. After the flower is perfectly opened, from the side of the peduncle at the base, a new leafy stemlet springs forth, which in time produces its flower. It flowers from May to October. — Native of America, about Carthagena, in sandy fields. Sow the seeds upon a moderate hot-bed in the spring ; and when the plants are fit to remove, transplant them into a fresh hot- bed, shading them till they have taken new root, and then treating them as other tender plants, being careful not to draw them up too weak. In June take them up with balls of earth to their roots, and plant them in a warm border, shading and watering them : several of them may be kept through the winter in a stove. 2. Spilanthus Pseudo-Acmella ; Spear-leaved Spilanthus. Leaves lanceolate, serrate; stem erect; branches opposite; flower, together with the calix, ovate, yellow, without any ray. It flowers in July. Annual. — Native of Ceylon. 3. Spilanthus Albus ; White flowered Spilanthus. Leaves ovate, almost entire, lower alternate, upper opposite ; stem panicled ; root annual, fibrous, whitish, exciting saliva ; flowers terminating, solitary, erect, conical, obtuse, white; they appear in June and July. — Native of Peru. 4. Spilanthus Acmella ; Balm-leaved Spilanthus. Leaves ovate, serrate ; stem erect; flowers radiate. It is difficult to distinguish this from the second species, so great is the resem- blance. The stalks rise two feet high. The peduncles are very long, and support one yellow flower with very short rays. There is a succession of flowers from July till the fi!4 SPI THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SPI frost puts a stop to them. — Native of Ceylon and the East Indies, where it is reputed to be a specific in the stone. 5. Spilanthus Tinctorius; Dyer’s Spilanthus. Leaves lanceolate, serrate, smooth ; peduncles many-flowered, termi- nating ; stem diffused, herbaceous, three feet high, round, with a creeping root; flowers whitish blue ; seeds three-awned. — It is cultivated for dyeing, both in China and Cochin-china. The leaves when bruised yield an excellent blue colour ; aud a green, prepared by a method more easy than from Indigo, and by no means inferior in brightness. 6. Spilanthus Uliginosus; Boggy Spilanthus. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, crenate; stem erect, dichotomous; pe- duncles terminating; flowers radiate. — Native of Jamaica. 7. Spilanthus Atriplicifolius ; Orache-leared Spilanthus. Leaves alternate, deltoid-toothed, petioled, stipuled ; stem panicled. — Native of South America. 8. Spilanthus Insipidus. Leaves obovate, somewhat tooth- ed, sessile; stems shrubby, round, branched, procumbent. It flowers in December and January. — Native of America. 9. Spilanthus Oleraceus; Esculent Spilanthus. Leaves subcordate, serrulate, petioled ; stems procumbent, a foot long, round, somewhat rugged ; flowers solitary, on long peduncles, yellow. It flowers from July to November. — Native of the East Indies. Spina Sancta. See Crateegus. Spinacia ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Pentandria. —Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth five- parted ; segments concave, oblong, obtuse. Corolla : none. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, longer than the calix; antherae oblong twin. Female. Calix : perianth one-leafed, four-cleft, acute, with two opposite segments, very small, permanent. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen round, com- pressed ; styles four, capillary ; stigmas simple. Pericarp : none: calix unites and hardens. Seed: one, roundish, cover- ed by the calix. Observe. Fruit round, or two-horned, or four-horned. Essential Character. Male. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: none. Female. Calix: four-cleft. Corolla : none. Styles: four. Seed: solitary, within the hard- ened calix The species are, 1. Spinacia Oleracea ; Garden Spinach or Spina ge. Fruits peduncled ; root annual ; sheaves sagittate; stem hol- low, branching, herbaceous, about two feet high. The male flowers are herbaceous, in long spikes ; they abound in pollen, which, when ripe flies out, if the* plants be shaken, and spreads all round, after which they soon decay. The female flowers, which are on a separate plant, sit in clusters close to the stalks at every joint; they are succeeded by roundish seeds, which, in one variety, are armed with short acute spines, and in another without spines. The varieties are two or three in number, and differ also in the size and shape of their leaves. — Much stress has been laid, by the opponents of the Sexual System of Plants, upon plants having been produced from the seeds of female Spinage, from which all male plants have been carefully separated. But they ought to have been aware, that it is by no means uncommon in this, and other dioecious vegetables, to have some hermaphrodite flowers mixed among the females. The etymology of this well-known pot-herb is involved in much obscurity. Latin names termi- nating in aca, as Verbenaca, Portulaca; or in acia, as Spina- cia, are deduced from something to which they are supposed to bear a resemblance, as Verbena, Portula, Spina; whence our English names Smallach and Spinach, not commonly spelt Smallage and Spinage. The native place of its growth is unknown : the ancients do not mention it, but it has been long in use among the moderns. The Arabian physicians speak of it, and it has been known from time immemorial in Spain. — The juice of the leaves being diuretic, is sometimes serviceable in the gravel; and the leaves themselves, fre- quently eaten, tend to prevent costiveness. The variety called Prickly Spinach, was formerly more cultivated in the | English Gardens than at present, because it bears cold much better, and was therefore preferred for winter use. — Propa- gation and Culture. Sow the seeds upon an open spot of ground in the beginning of August, observing, if possible, to do it when there is an appearance of rain ; for if the season should prove dry for a long time after the seed is sown, the plants will not come up regularly ; part of them will come up soon, and the greater part not till refreshed by rain, for without rain half the crop will often fail. As soon as the plants show four leaves, the ground ought to be hoed to destroy the weeds, and also to cut up the plants where they are too close, leaving those which remain three or four inches asunder; but this should always be done in dry weather, that the weeds may be destroyed as soon as pulled up. About a month or five weeks after the first hoeing, the ground must be hoed again, also in dry weather; but in wet seasons it | will be proper to hoe and gather all the weeds, in order to carry them off the ground ; for if the plants be not thoroughly weeded before winter, the weeds will stifle and rot them by their numbers. In October the Spinach will be fit for use. Take off only the largest outer leaves, leaving those in the centre of the plants to grow larger; and continue thus to crop it all the winter and spring, until the young Spinach, sown in the spring, becomes large enough for use, which is generally in April, when the winter plants will run up to seed, and should therefore all be cut, except what may be wanted to furnish seeds for sowing. If the ground in which the Winter Spinach is sown, be planted with early Cabbages, it is not proper to let any of the Spinach remain there for seed, and on that account should be cleared off as soon as ever the Spring Spinach is fit for use, that the Cabbages may be earthed up and laid clear, which is of great service to them : hence it will be well to sow a small spot of ground with this sort of seed, where there should be no other plants among it. — Smooth-seeded or Round-leaved Spinach is sown in the spring, upon an open spot of ground, separate, or else mixed with Radish seed, as is the common practice of the Loudon gardeners, who always endeavour to extract as many crops in a season as possible from their land ; but in the country where land is cheap, it will be the best method to sow it alone ; and when the plants are come up, the ground should be hoed, to destroy the weeds, and cut out the plants where too close, leaving them about three inches asunder. When these have grown so large as to meet, cut out a part for use, thinning them where room is wanted, that they may spread. This may be done twice, as the herb is wanted ; and at the last time the roots should be left eight or ten inches asunder, and the ground ought then to be hoed over again to destroy the weeds, which will be of great service to the plants: for if they be sown upon good land, the sort with broad thick leaves, generally called Plantain Spinach, ; will, with this weeding and management, often produce leaves as large as the Broad-leaved Dock, and prove very fine for the table. — In order to have a succession of this pot-herb through the season, sow the seeds at three or four different times in the spring, first in January, on a dry soil ; next in the beginning of February, in a moist soil ; third on a moist soil, at the beginning of March ; and lastly, at the beginning of April. These late sowings should be hoed out thinner at the first time than either of the former, for there will be no necessity for leaving it for cutting out thin for use, because the former sowings will be sufficient to supply the table till 2 OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 615 these are full grown; besides, by leaving it thin at first, it will not be apt to run up to seed, so soon as it would if the plants were close. The sowings here directed, are those practised by the kitchen-gardeners near London ; but as Spinach is much used in soups for great tables, there should be some seeds sown every three weeks during the summer season, to supply the kitchen; but these late sowings should be on moist strong ground, or, if the season turn out hot and dry, it will run to seed before the plants obtain strength, especially if the plants be close together. In order to secure seeds of either of these kinds, you should sow an open rich spot of ground with the sort you intend, in February, after the danger of being injured by frost is over; and when the plants are come up, they should be hoed out to six or eight inches’ distance, observing to cut dow n the weeds at the same time; and when the plants have grown about three weeks or a month longer, they should be hoed a second time, and left at least a foot asunder. Take care to keep them free from weeds, which force them up weak, and greatly injure the plants. When the plants have run up to flower, two sorts tvill be readily distinguished. The male will produce spikes of stamineous flowers, which contain the farina, and are absolutely necessary to impregnate the embryos of the female plants, in order to render the seeds prolific. These male plants are, by the gardeners, commonly called She-Spinach, and are often, by the ignorant, pulled up as soon as they are distinguished from the female, in order, as they pretend, to give room for the seed being spread ; but wherever the male plants are entirely removed before the farina is shed over the female plants, the seeds which the latter produce will not grow, and hence it is absolutely necessary to leave a few of the male plants in every part of the ground ; for a small number, properly selected, will be sufficient to impregnate the females, as the farina, when ripe, spreads to a considerable distance, whenever the plants are shaken by the wind. When the seeds are ripe, which may be known by their changing colour, and beginning to scatter, the plants should be drawn up, and spread abroad for a few days to dry; observing to turn them every other day, to dry the seeds equally on both sides, and also to guard them from birds, which would soon devour them. When the plants are dried, thresh out the seeds, free them from dirt, and lay them up where mice, who are extremely fond of them, cannot penetrate. 2. Spinacia Fera; Wild Spinach or Spinage. Fruits peduncied ; stem higher, smooth, and even ; leaves deltoid, ovate, sometimes sinuate, obtuse, petioledo — Native of Siberia. Spinach , Wild. See Chenopodium. Spindle Tree . See Eaomjmus. Spinifex ; a genus of the class Polygamia, order Dicecia. — Generic Character. Hermaphrodite Flowers. Calix : head terminating, composed of several bundles, involucred ; bundles partial, approximating, involucred, in each a rachis, solitary, awl-shaped, excavated a little above the base, flower- bearing, the rest naked, and others similar without flower; involucre common, two-leaved; leaflets lanceolate, channelled, subulate, mucronate, unequal; proper four-leaved, similar; glume one-flowered, two-valved ; valves lanceolate, awl- shaped at the top, unequal ; outer longer, inner concealed within an excavation of the rachis. Corolla: glume two- valved ; valves lanceolate, convoluted ; inner involving the genitals. Stamina: filamenta three, filiform ; antherae linear, long, cloven at both ends, probably barren. Pistil: germen oblong ; styles tw'o, filiform, longer than the glumes ; stigmas villose, standing out. Pericarp: none. Calix: unchanged, growing to the seed. Seed: one, oblong, smooth. Male Flowers. Calix: head as in the hermaphrodite; bundles 117. involucred, with glumes longer, dagger-pointed, pungent ; rachis, each subtrigonal, flowering almost from top to bottom ; flowers from five to seven, sessile, alternate, bifarious, parallel, ovate, oblong, awnless ; glume two-flowered, two-valved ; valves oblong, obtuse, striated, channelled, shorter than the corolla, unequal, outer shorter; one floscule hermaphrodite, barren. Corolla: glume two-valved ; valves lanceolate, chan- nelled, convolute, inner narrower; nectary of two valves, linear, membranaceous, loose, diaphanous, short. Stamina : filamenta three, filiform ; antherae linear, long, cloven at both ends, standing out. Pistil: (in one floscule;) germen ob- long; style bifid; stigmas none. Observe. This genus dif- fers from Lolium, in having two valves to the calix ; and from Triticum, in their not being transverse. Essential Cha- racter. Hermaphrodite. Calix: glume two-valved, two- flowered ; valves parallel to the rachis. Corolla: two valved, awnless. Stamina: three. Styles: two. Male. Calix: common with the hermaphrodite. Corolla and Stamina: similar. The only known species is, 1. Spinifex Squarrosus. Leaves grassy, convolute, recur- ved, spreading, rigid, spiny at the end; sheaths widened, striated, with a woody ligule ; culms very large, as thick as the finger, glaucous, as is the whole plant, jointed, with heaps of leaves at every joint, even, not hollow but full. Each spike nearly a finger’s length, with a three-sided rachis, end- ing in a spine, and five alternate, lateral, sessile, remote flowers. — Native of the East Indies, China, and Cochin-china, on the sandy coasts. Spircea; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Pentagynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five- cleft, flat at the base; with acute segments, permanent. Co- rolla: petals five, inserted into the calix, oblong, rounded. Stamina: filamenta more than twenty, filiform, shorter than the corolla, inserted into the calix ; antherae roundish. Pis- til: germina five or more ; styles as many, filiform, length of the stamina; stigmas headed. Pericarp: capsules oblong, acuminate, compressed, tw'owalved. Seeds: few, acuminate, small, fastened to the internal suture. Observe. The thir- teenth species is trigynous ; the fifteenth differs from the rest in being dioecious ; the sixteenth has numerous capsules in a ring; and the seventeenth has numerous capsules contorted, as in Helicteres. Essential Character. Calix: five- cleft. Petals: five. Capsule: many-seeded. The spe- cies are, * Shrubby. 1. Spiraea Laevigata ; Smooth-leaved Spircea. Leaves lan- ceolate, quite entire, sessile; racemes compound: shrubby, with round branches ; flowers longer than the pedicel, white, alternate. — Native of Siberia, in valleys, at the foot of the loftier Altaic mountains, which are covered with snow. It flowers there in the spring, ripening its capsules at the begin- ning of August, and then flowering again from the lateral branches. The shoots being tough, straight, and of a pro- per size, are used by the Cossacks for ram-rods. The leaves are gently and pleasantly astringent, and may serve as a succedaneum for Tea. It flowers here from April to June. — The shrubby sorts may all be propagated by suckers, which are plentifully sent forth from the stems of the old plants in general ; also by laying down the tender branches, which, when rooted, should be transplanted out in row's at three feet distance, and two feet asunder. In this nursery they may remain two years, observing to keep the ground free from weeds, and in the spring to dig it up between the rows, that the roots may the more easily extend themselves ; but the suckers, if they put out any, should be taken off. After- wards, Ihey may may be transplanted where they are to 616 S P I THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; remain among other flowering shrubs, observing to place them among the shrubs of equal growth. For layers, the branches must be laid down in autumn, and in one year they will take root. These shrubs require no other pruning, but to cut out all the dead branches and such as grow irre- gularly, and to take oft' the suckers every year, otherwise the suckers will starve the plants. The ground between them should be dug every spring, and every third year rotten dung should be added ; the first will assist their root, and the last will make them flower strong. 2. Spiraea Salicifolia; Willow-leaved Spircea. Leaves ob- long, serrate, smooth; racemes decompounded. Four feet high, with smooth rod-like stems, and yellow' branches ; corollas of a rose-red colour, paler when expanded. On the banks of rivers it is often a fathom high, with longer leaves and large handsome racemes of flowers, as it appears in gar- dens; but on the rocky sides of mountains it is smaller and more branched, with shorter leaves and a very short simple raceme. — It is found in Siberia, beginning from the river Obi, and thence becomes gradually more abundant about the Jenisca, and iu the country beyond lake Baikal : it is sometimes found in the moist hedges of Westmoreland, and in many places on the borders of Winandermere ; and also between Poolbridge and Colthouse, near Hawkshead in Cumberland; and in a wood at Hafod in Cardiganshire. There are several varieties, one with broad leaves, a native of North America. 3. Spinea Callosa; Callous Spircea. Leaves lanceolate, acute, serrate, subvillose ; panicle decompounded, subfasti- giate ; flowers red ; branches and branchlets alternate, round- ish, villose, purplish, erect. — Native of Japan, flowering in June. 4. Spiraea Tomentosa ; Scarlet Spircea. Leaves lanceolate, unequally serrate, tomentose beneath; flowers doubly racemed; they are very small, and of a beautiful red colour, appearing in July, August, and September. — Native of Pennsylvania. 5. Spiraea Argentea; Silvery-leaved, Spircea. Leaves silky, wedge-shaped, marked with lines, serrate at the tip, and somewhat plaited ; racemes compound; stalks slender, branch- ing out near the ground. — Native of New Granada. 6. Spiraea Alpina ; Siberian Alpine Spircea. Leaves linear- lanceolate, toothletted, very smooth ; corymbs lateral ; shoots a yard high. — Native of Siberia. 7. Spiraea Hypericifolia ; Hypericum-leaved Spircea. Leaves obovate, quite entire; umbels sessile. The flowers are white: they appear in May and June, and being produced on almost the whole length of the branches, this shrub makes a good appearance during the time of flowering. — Native of North America. 8. Spiraea Chamaedrifolia ; Germander -leaved Spircea. Leaves obovate, gash-toothed at the tip ; corymbs peduncled ; flowers biggish, white, fugacious, and having a weak virose smell; shoots abundant, seldom two ells high, the thickness of the finger, wand-like, branched ; wood brittle. This species varies very much, especially with larger or smaller leaves, more or less cut, but more commonly quite entire and ovate- acute. — Native of Siberia, Hungary, Japan, and China. In Kamtschatka the leaves are used as a succedaneum for Tea ; and they make tobacco-pipes of the straight shoots. This shrub makes beautiful hedges, being entirely covered with flowers in June. The capsules ripen in autumn; but it does not grow readily from seed ; nor throw out suckers so readily as some of its congeners. 9. Spiraea Ulmifolia ; Elm-leaved Spircea. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, doubly toothed ; corymbs peduncled. Flowers larger, and stem higher, than those of the preceding species. — Supposed to be a native of Carniola. S P I 10. Spiraea Crenata; Hawthorn leaved Spircea. Leaves obovate, acute, toothed at the tip, three-nerved ; corvmbs clustered, peduncled; stems several, scarcely two ells high, very much branched from the bottom; flowers smallish, white, odorous. Pallas says, this is the only plant of its genus that is indigenous of Russia, and that the leaves are so astrin- gent as to tan leather. It flowers about the middle of May, ripening fruit iu August.— Native of Spain, Russia, and Japan. 11. Spiraea Triloba; Three-lobed-leaved Spircea. Leaves roundish, subcordate, obtusely lobed, toothed ; umbels pe- duncled; flowers middle-sized, white; stems numerous, scarcely thicker than a swan’s quill, very much branched. It multiplies very little by the root. — This' elegant shrub is a native of Siberia, but is not found until we arrive at the Altaic chain of mountains ; thence it continues eastward to the Jenisca and the lake Baikal, and seldom exceeds two feet. 12. Spiraea Thalictroides ; Meadow-Rue-leaved Spircea. Leaves obovate, obtuse, subtrilobate ; umbels lateral, sessile; flowers white ; branches straight. — This elegant species is a native of the transalpine parts of Dauria. 13. Spiraea Opulifolia; Currant-leaved Spircea. Leaves ovate, three-lobed, serrate; corymbs peduncled. The flow- ers are produced in roundish bunches at the end of the branches; they are white, with some spots of a pale red. This species rises with many shrubby branching stalks, eight or ten feet high in good ground, but ordinarily live or six feet only. It is commonly known in the nurseries by the name of Virginian Guelder Rose.— Native of Canada and Virginia. 14. Spiraea Sorbifolia ; Service-tree-leaved Spircea. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets uniform, serrate ; stem shrubby ; flowers panicled, small, and white. This rises with shrubby stalks like the second species, but sends out horizontal branches, which are slender, and covered with a brown bark.— Native of Eastern Siberia, in boggy woods, wet valleys, and on the banks of torrents: it is abundant as far as Kamtschatka; and flowers at the beginning of July. This is certainly a very handsome shrub iu plantations, though the hollow' roots are used to supply sots with tobacco-pipes. It flowers in our climate in August. 15. Spiraa Betulifolia. Leaves wide-ovate, inciso-serrate, glabrous ; corymbs terminal, compound, fastigiate, leafy ; flowers tinged with red. — Grows to the height of about a foot, and is found in the mountains of Virginia. 16. Spiraea Capitata. Leaves ovate, sublobate, duplicate- dentate, tomentose ; corymbs terminal, heaped together, sub- capilate, peduncled at great length; calices tomentose. — Found bn the north-west coast of North America. 17. Spiraea Discolor. Leaves ovate, lobed, dentated, subplicate; panicles terminal, peduncled, very branchy. — This shrub grows to the height of about five feet, and is found on the banks of the Kooskoosky. * * Herbaceous. 18. Spiraea A runcus ; Goat's-beard Spircea. Leaves super- decompound ; spikes panicled; flowers dioecious; root per- ennial ; stem annual, from three to four feet high. — Native of Germany, Austria, Carniola, Dauphiny, Switzerland, Pied- mont, Siberia, Japan, and Virginia. It flowers in June and July. 19. Spiraea Filipendula ; Common Dropwort. Leaves interruptedly pinnate; leaflets uniform, serrate, smooth; stem herbaceous ; flowers cymed, many-styled ; root perennial, consisting of oval tubers or solid lumps, hanging from the main body by threads ; whence the common names. The tubers enable it to resist drought, and make it hard to be OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S P O 617 S P I eradicated. — The whole herb is astringent. A decoction of the roots operates by urine, and brings away gravel. A tincture of it made in wine is good in epileptic fits and other disorders ; and given in powder, it has been found serviceable in the whites, and also in the bloody flux. Hogs are fond of the roots. It is an elegant plant. Very common in high pastures, on a calcareous soil, where it is sometimes very small. In gardens it often becomes very luxuriant, produc- ing double flowers, which appear early in July; they are cream-coloured, often tipped with red, or red on the outside. 20. Spiraea Ulmaria ; Meadow-Sweet. Leaves interrupt- edly pinnate, tomentose beneath, the end leaflet larger, lobed ; flowers cymed, many-styled, white; root perennial, fibrous; stems erect, three or four feet high, angular and furrowed, tinged with red, leafy, branched in the upper part. It abounds in moist meadows, about the banks of rivers, brooks, and ditches, perfuming the air with the sweet Hawthorn-like scent .of its plentiful blossoms, from June to August. The green parts of the herb partake of a similar aromatic flavour, when rubbed or chewed, approaching to the taste of Orange- flower water; a flavour possessed in higher perfection by the American Gualtheria. — The flowers infused in boiling water, give a fine flavour, which rises in distillation. Sheep and hogs eat the herb ; goats are fond of it ; and cattle generally refuse it. An infusion of the fresh-gathered tops of this plant promotes sweating* and has a small degree of astringency. It is an excellent medicine in fevers attended with purgings, and may be given to the quantity of a moderate bason-full once in two or three hours. It is likewise a good wound herb, whether taken inwardly, or externally applied. The flowers infused in any kind of liquors, impart a pleasant taste thereto, and, mixed with mead, give it the flavour of the Greek wines. A water distilled from them is good for inflam- mations of the eyes. — There is a variety with double flowers, aud another with variegated leaves; both are to be found in some gardens. 21. Spiraea Digitata ; Finger-leaved Spircea. Leaves pin- nate, tomentose beneath, the end one larger, seven-lobed, the lateral ones five-lobed ; corymb branched, contracted. It has much of the habit, taste, and smell, of the preceding species. — Native of Siberia, in meadows and moist valleys in the subalpine regions beyond the lake Baikal, and especially in Dauria. 22. Spirrea Lobata ; Lobe-leaved Spircea. Leaves pinnate, smooth, the end one larger, seven-lobed, the lateral ones three-lobed ; corymbs proliferous; flowers red; root sweet- smelling.— Native of North America. 23. Spiraea Camtschatica ; Ear-petioled Spircea. Leaves five-lobed ; petioles eared ; stem hirsute ; corymbs proliferous; root thick, white, black on the outside. Stems two or three, a fathom high or more, as thick as the finger or thumb at bottom ; flowers a little larger than those of the Meadow- sweet, with white ovate petals. Wiltdenow remarks, that the petiole is furnished above with roundish leafy appendages, and that it appears to be allied to the next species. — Native of Kamtschatka and Behring’s Island. 24. Spiraea Palmata; Hand-leaved Spircea. Leaves pal- mate, serrate ; panicle superdecompound ; stem herbaceous, striated, erect, wholly smooth ; flowers white or red, the latter with four styles.— Native of Japan. 25. Spiraea Trifoliata ; Three-leaved Spircea. Leaves ter- nate, serrate, almost equal ; flowers subpanicled, on slender peduncles; petals long, lanceolate, spreading; stamina no longer than the tube of the flpwer ; root perennial ; stalks annual, about a foot high, sending out side-branches the Whole length. This is one of the most elegant species, and is a most desirable plant: it is by no means common, but rather scarce, and increases but little, being difficult to pro- pagate, and liable to be wholly lost, except planted in a favourable soil and situation. — Sow the seeds on a shady bor- der soon after they are ripe ; for if they are sown in spring, the plants will either never come up at all, or at best not till the year after. Remove them in autumn, when the leaves begin to decay, either where they are to remain, or into a nursery-bed, where they may grow a year or two to get strength. It delights in a shady situation, and a moist light soil. It is usually increased by parting the roots; which possibly might succeed as cuttings. The best situation, according to Mr. Curtis, is a north border, in a light bog or peat earth, or bog or peat mixed with hazel loam. Splachnurn ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Musci. Essential Character. Capsule: cylindrical, placed on a fleshy receptacle. Fringe: simple, of sixteen teeth, standing in pairs. — This genus is more remarkable than any of its tribe for size, beauty, and singularity. There are between twenty and thirty species, the most remarkable of which are: The Green tapering Gland Moss: receptacle globular, green; leaves ovato-lanceolate, pointed, entire; fruit-stalk capillary : is principally found in moist alpine situ- ations in Wales and Scotland, growing on the dung of badgers and foxes. The Globular Green Gland Moss; found in Germany and Scotland. The Purple Gland Moss ; not very common in Europe. The Crimson Globular Gland Moss ; found in the turfy bogs near Upsal in Sweden. The Red Umbrella Moss; found in Norway, Sweden, Russia, and Siberia: and, the Yellow Umbrella Gland Moss, native of Lapland and Sweden. Spleenwort. See Asplenium, Blechnum, and Osmunda. Spondias ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Pentagy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, subcampanulate, small, five-cleft, coloured, deciduous. Co- rolla: petals five, oblong, flat, spreading. Stamina: fila- menta ten, awl-shaped, erect, shorter than the corollas, alter- nately longer; antherae oblong. Pistil: germen ovate; styles five, short, distant, erect; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: drupe oblong, large, marked with five dots from the failing of the styles, ten-valved. Seed: nut ovate, woody, fibrous, five- cornered, five-celled, covered with a fleshy elastic aril. Es- sential Character. Calix: five-toothed. Corolla: five- petalled. Drupe: with a five-celled nut. The species are, 1. Spondias Mombin ; Purple Hog Plum, or Spanish Plum. Leaves with the common petiole compressed. Browne describes this as a small spreading tree, which seldom rises above ten or twelve feet in height, with dark gloomy green foliage, which generally begins to shoot as the blossoms fall. It is cultivated by many for the sake of the fruit, which is rather pleasant; though not greatly esteemed in Jamaica, where superior fruits are very abundant. There is a variety called the Leathercoat, from the appearance of its skin ; but the variation proceeds from the dry soil in which it is found. — Like the other plants of this genus, it grows easily from cuttings planted in pots filled with rich light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed, covering them down either with bell or hand glasses to exclude the external air, and shading them from the sun. The best time for this is in the spring, before the plants put out their leaves. They may also be propa- gated by the stones, if brought over fresh. Put these into small pots filled with the same rich earth, and plunge them into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, observing duly to water the earth, and in six or seven weeks the plants will appear.— Native of South America, whence it has been transplanted 618 S T A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S T A into the Caribbee islands ; it is very common in St. Domingo, also in Jamaica, Curapao, and St. Martin’s, but scarce in most of the other islands. 2. Spondias Myrobalanus; Yellow Hog Plum, ox. Jamaica Plum. Petioles round; leaflets shining, acuminate. This rises to the height of thirty feet or more, sending out many crooked irregular branches, which are destitute of leaves for some months. The flowers come out before the leaves ap- pear, and are succeeded by yellow plums, an inch or more in length, growing in a sort of raceme ; they have large fibrous stones, with a thin covering of flesh. The fruit is sometimes eaten by children, but makes an excellent food for hogs. As the branches or cuttings grow so readily, it is used by some for hedges ; and a tree or two is frequently planted in pas- tures, to afford shade to the sheep. There is a variety with slightly pinnate leaves, which is much esteemed by some West India planters, and also by the wild hogs, whom it principally supplies with food. — Native of all the Caribbee Islands, and the neighbouring continent. 3. Spondias Mangifera ; Mango Hog Plum. Leaflets oblong, quite entire; panicle racemed; nut five-celled, seeded. — Native of the East Indies. 4. Spondias Dulcis ; Sweet Hog Plum. Petioles round, six-paired; leaflets serrate, ribbed. This is a tall shady tree, with a handsome spreading head ; trunk thicker than a man’s body, upright, fifty feet high, flowering before the time of leafing, in September; branches diffused, spreading, round, with a brown rugged bark; flowers small, of a greenish yel- low colour; drupe oval, obtuse, large, very smooth, of a golden colour, and somewhat nauseous fetid smell ; outer shell very thin, dotted ; pulp fleshy, succulent, sweet, aroma- tic, fragrant; nut hard, woody, ovate, echinate all over with hard pungent fibrils, five-celled, with membranaceous parti- tions ; kernel solitary, ovate, compressed, the greater part abortive. It is easily distinguished from the other species, by its peduncled shell and cells, removed both from each other, and from the axils. — Cultivated in the Society and Friendly Islands of the South Sea, especially in Otaheite. The golden fruit hangs in little nodding bunches, and is esteemed one of the most tasteful and wholesome; it has almost the same flavour with Ananas, and not only assuages thirst, but is given to the sick without distinction. Sponge Tree. See Mimosa Farnesiana. Spoonwort. See Cochlearia. Spring Grass. See Anthoxanthum. Spruce Fir. See Pinus. Spurge. See Euphorbia. Spurge Laurel. See Daphne. Spurge Olive. See Daphne Mezereum. Spurrey. See Spergula. Squash Gourd. See Cucurbita. Squill. See Scilla. Squinancywort. See Asperula. Squirting Cucumber. See Momordica. Stachys ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno- spermia.— Generic Character. Calix : perianth one- leafed, tubular, angular, half five-cleft, acuminate, permanent; toothlets acuminate, awl-shaped, a little unequal. Corolla: one-petalled, ringent; tube very short, opening, oblong at the base, gibbous downwards ; upper lip erect, snbovate, arched, often emarginate; lower lip larger, reflexed on the sides, trifid, the middle segment very large, emarginate, folded back. Stamina: filamenta four, two of them shorter, awl-shaped; when the antherm have shed their pollen, curved back to the sides of the opening ; antherae simple. Pistil: germeu four-parted ; style filiform, situation and length of G the stamina; stigma bifid, acute. Pericarp: none. Calix: scarcely changed. Seeds : four, ovate, angular. Essential Character. Corolla : upper lip arched ; lower reflexed at the sides; the middle segment larger, emarginate. Stamina: finally reflexed towards the sides. The species are, 1. Stachys Sylvatica; Hedge Woundwort, ox Hedge Net- tle. Whorls six-flowered; leaves cordate, petioled; root per- ennial, creeping, but not very extensive ; stems about two feet high, or from one to three feet high, upright, little branched, square, hairy, leafy; corolla of a deep blood- colour, prettily marbled about the orifice with a darker hue intermixed with white. This herb has a pungent fetid smell when rubbed, approaching to that of Black Horehound. Being one of those that powerfully affect the nerves, it might prove no contemptible stimulant, if judiciously used. Toads are thought to be fond of living under its shade. Sheep and goats eat it, but cows and hogs refuse it. The herb will dye yellow. — It is common in hedges, and other shady places; flowering in July and August. Most of the species of this genus are hardy, and may be propagated by seeds sown in March, upon a bed of light fresh earth : when the plants come up, set them out into beds six inches asunder, water- ing them till they have taken root, and keeping them clear from weeds. At Michaelmas transplant them where they are to remain, in an open situation, and upon a dry and light, but not very rich soil. In the following summer these plants will flower, and in August their seeds will ripen; many of them die soon after. Some continue several years, and may be increased by parting the roots. 2. Stachys Circinata ; Blunt-leaved Stachys. Whorls six- flowered ; leaves cordate-rounded, crenate; root perennial; stems several, decumbent at the base, and then ascending, scarcely a foot high, very hairy; corolla purple, with the upper lip pubescent. It flowers here from May to July. — Found in the mountains Zavans of Tunis. See the preceding species. 3. Stachys Palustris ; Marsh Woundwort, or Clown’s All- heal. Whorls six-flowered; leaves linear-lanceolate, half em- bracing ; root perennial, creeping to a great extent, the extremities, at the close of summer, becoming tuberous ; stems two feet high, upright, hollow, four-cornered, the sides flat- fish, the corners rough with hairs, pointing downwards; the joints also are hairy and purple ; corolla pale, reddish purple. If Linneus be accurate in stating that swine are fond of the roots, these animals might be turned into fields, where this plant abounds, with great advantage, after the crop has been removed ; for it is a very noxious plant in many corn-fields, increasing much by its roofs, and also by seed. — Native of Europe, in marshes, on the banks of rivers, in watery places, by road-sides, and particularly in moist situations; flowering in July and August. 4. Stachys Alpina ; Alpine Stachys. Whorls many-flower- ed ; serratures of the leaves cartilaginous at the tip; corollas with a flat lip; root perennial: colour of the plant dusky; colour of the corolla pale purple, with one blood-red line, running. — Native of Germany, Switzerland, Carniola, Italy, and the south of France. It flowers from June to August. 5. Stachys Germanica; Downy Stachys or Woundwort. Whorls many-flowered; leaves crenate; stem woolly; root perennial. The whole herb remarkably invested with a white, soft, silky pubescence; corollas purple within, streaked about the mouth with white, their outside whitish and very downy. It flowers in July.— Native of Denmark, Germany, Switzer- land, France, England, Austria, Carniola, Piedmont, and Siberia. It is found on the lime-stone soil of Oxfordshire, in , corn fields, and by the way-sides; between Blenheim and < ST A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S T M 619 Ditchley; near Witney, and Stonesfield; between Woodstock, Enstone, and at Brizenorton: it has also been found four miles south of Grantham, near the London road, opposite Easton; and on a hill two miles from Bedford. 6. Stachys Intermedia; Oblong-leaved Stachys. Whorls many-flowered; calices subspungent ; leaves oblong, sucor- date, crenate ; stem somewhat woolly : perennial, flowering in June and July. — Native of Carolina. 7. Stachys' Lanata; Woolly Stachys. Whorls many-flow- ered ; leaves woolly ; stems procumbent and rooting at the base ; root perennial. — Native of Siberia. 8. Stachys Cretica; Cretan Stachys. Whorls thirty- flowered; calices pungent; stem rough-haired. It flowers from June to August. Perennial.— -Native of the island of Crete. 9. Stachys Patens; Spreading Stachys. Very much branched ; branches filiform, spreading ; leaves lanceolate, serrate, smooth; flowers subverticillate. — Native of Cuba. 10. Stachys Glutinosa; Clammy Stachys. Branches very much branched ; leaves lanceolate, smooth. This is a little shrub, a foot high, clammy all over, with a strong bituminous scent ; corolla villose on the outside. — Native of the island of Candia. 11. Stachys Spinosa ; Thorny Stachys. Branches termi- nated by a spine ; stem very much branched ; flowers on the extreme branchlets, axillary, solitary, or in threes, small; calices pungent. — Native of the western parts of Candia. 12. Stachys Orientalis ; Levant Stachys. Leaves tomen- tose, ovate, lanceolate ; floral leaves shorter than the whorl ; stem very hairy ; corolla yellow ; with the upper lip very hirsute on the outside ; whorls remote, many-flowered. — Na- tive of the Levant. 13. Stachys Palestina ; Palestine Stachys. Flowers sub- spiked ; leaves lanceolate, sessile, tomentose, wrinkled, quite entire ; calices awnless ; stems shrubby, round, white, tomen- tose ; upper lip of the corolla concave, entire, purple, with a deeper purple line along the edge ; lower lip also purple, spotted with white at the throat ; middle lobe larger, con- cave; calix ten-cornered. — Native of Palestine. 14. Stachys Maritima; Yellow or Sea Stachys. Leaves cordate, obtuse, tomentose, crenate; bractes oblong, quite entire ; root perennial ; stem suffruticose, a span high, erect, pubescent; corollas yellow. It flowers in July. — Native of sea-coasts on the south of Europe. 15. Stachys /Ethiopica ; Cape Stachys. Whorls two- flowered ; root perennial. The whole plant hairy ; corolla incurved, three times as long as the calix ; the upper lip villose on the outside, erect, arched, obovate, entire; stem a palm high, erect, or diffused. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 16. Stachys Hirta; Procumbent Stachys. Whorls six- flowered ; stems prostrate ; upper lip of the corolla bifid, divaricate, reflexed ; root perennial. It flowers from June to August. —Native of Spain, Italy, the Levant, and Barbary. 17. Stachys Canariensis; Canary Stachys. Whorls six- flowered ; leaves cordate, villose, crenate ; stems almost erect ; fruiting calices of a very spreading bell-shape ; root perennial, branched; corolla rose-purple ; upper lip quite entire; disk of the lower lip, above the throat, dotted with purple. — Na- tive of the Canaries. 18. Stachys Lavandulifolia ; Lavender-leaved Stachys. Whorls six-flowered, very hirsute; leaves lanceolate, quite entire, marked with lines ; stem erect, a span high, simple, hirsute ; corolla purple. — Native of the Levant. 19. Stachys Recta; Upright Stachys. Whorls subspiked ; leaves cordate, elliptic, crenate, rugged; stems ascending; root perennial; flowers yellow. — It flowers from June to August, and is a native of the south of Europe. 20. Stachys Arenaria; Sand Stachys. Whorls subspiked, six-flowered, villose ; leaves lanceolate, obtuse, serrate ; stems procumbent at the base ; root perennial ; corolla purple, vil- lose.— Native place not ascertained. 21. Stachys Annua ; White Annual Stachys. Whorls six flowered ; leaves ovate, lanceolate, three-nerved, even, peti- oled ; stem erect ; root annual ; corollas yellow. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Germany, Austria, Carniola, Switzerland, Piedmont, and France. 22. Stachys Rugosa ; Rough Stachys. Whorls six-flow- ered ; leaves lanceolate, attenuated at the base, tomentose, wrinkled, serrate ; calices awnless. Shrubby. — It flowers in July, and is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. 23. Stachys Arvensis ; Corn Stachys, or Woundwort. Whorls six-flowered ; leaves cordate, obtuse, crenate, some- what hairy ; stem weak; root small, annual; corolla small, scarcely exceeding the calix, pale purple, or flesh-coloured. The smallness of its flowers, the form of its leaves, and its place of growth, obviously distinguish this from any other English plant. It flowers from July to August. — Native of Europe, in corn-fields, upon a gravelly or calcareous soil. 24. Stachys Latifolia; Broad-leaved Stachys. Whorls many-flowered, subspiked ; upper lip bifid with the little seg- ments, acute; leaves broad, cordate, wrinkled, hairy. Shrub- by ; flowering in June and July. — Native place of growth unknown. 25. Stachys Fceniculum. Plant erect, pubescent; leaves cordate-ovate, dentated, tomentose ; whorls subsexflorous ; flowers blue. — The whole of this plant has a scent very like that of Fennel, and was found by Pursh on the banks of the Missouri. It flowers in July. Stcehelina ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polyga- mia /Equal is, — GENERIC Character. Calix: common, oblong, cylindric, imbricate ; scales lanceolate, erect, termi- nated by a shorter coloured scalelet. Corolla: compound, uniform, tubular ; corollets hermaphrodite, equal ; proper one-petalled, funnel-form ; border five-cleft, equal, acute, bell-shaped. Stamina : filamenta to each floret five, capillary ; antherae connate, tailed. Pistil: germen very short ; style filiform ; stigma double, oblong, obtuse, erect. Pericarp . none; calix unchanged. Seeds: solitary, oblong, very short, four-cornered ; down branched or cloven, longer than the calix. Receptacle: chaffy, flat; chaffs very short, perma- nent. Essential Character. Antherce: tailed. Down : branched. Receptacle : with very short chaff’s, The spe- cies are, 1. Staehelina Gnaplialodes. Leaves filiform, tomentose; scales of the calix lanceolate, membranaceous at the tip, and reflexed. This rises with a shrubby stalk about three feet high, and divides into several branches ; flowers terminating in single heads, which are pretty large, and have scaly calices ending in recurved spines; florets yellow. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Plant the cuttings in any of the sum- mer months, covering them closely with a bell or hand glass. When they have made good roots, take them up carefully, and plant them in pots filled with fresh and light, but not very rich earth, and place them in the shade till they have taken new root; then remove them into a sheltered situation, and in autumn place them in the house. They do not require any artificial heat in winter, but should have a dry air, their tender shoots being very liable to rot with damp. This spe- cies does not always ripen its seeds in England. 2. Stadielina Dubia. Leaves linear, toothletted ; scales of the calix lanceolate ; seed-down twice as long as the calices 7 S 620 ST A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; STA flowers terminating. It flowers in July. Biennial. — Native of Spain, the south of France, and Italy. Sow the seeds upon a warm border of light ground in the spring, where the plants are designed to stand ; for unless they are carefully transplanted when young, they do not bear removal well. In the second year they will flower, and, if the season proves favourable, the seeds will ripen, and the plant decays soon after. This species will live through the winter in the open air, on a dry poor soil, and in a sheltered situation; but in rich ground it becomes luxuriant in summer, and is therefore more liable to suffer from the cold in winter. 3. Staehelina Arborescens. Leaves oval ; stem arbores- cent; root black, with long black fibres; flower terminating; corollas purple. In alpine situations it varies with a stem two feet high or more. — Native of the south of France, and of Candia. 4. Staehelina Fruticosa. Leaves lanceolate, obtuse; stem shrubby. — Native of the Levant. 5. Staehelina Spinosa. Leaves awl-shaped, spinescent, with a spinule at the base on each side ; stem shrubby ; flower solitary at the end of the branches, with a pair of small leaf- lets at the base. — Native of Egypt. 6. Staehelina Hastata. Leaves hastate, hoary ; stem shrubby. This is a low, stiff, and very branching shrub ; branches round, hoary, blunt. — Native of Egypt. 7. Staehelina Ilicifolia. Leaves opposite, on very short petioles, cordate, toothed, shining above, tomentose beneath; stem arborescent; florets numerous, yellow, funnel-shaped, five-cornered, smooth. — Native of New Grenada. 8. Staehelina Corymbosa. Leaves wedge-shaped, prae- morse ; flowers corymbed ; seed down white, longer than the calix. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Staehelina Chamaepeuce. Leaves linear, clustered very long, revolute. — Native of Candia. 10. Staehelina Imbricata. Leaves awl-shaped, erect, tomen- tose.— Native of the Cape. Staff Tree. See Celastrus. Stug’s-horn Tree. See Rhus. Stapelia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five-cleft, acute, small, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, large, flat, thick, five-cleft beyond the middle ; segments wide, flat, acuminate. Nectary five leaflets, spreading, linear, grooved, emarginate, with a dagger point, opposite to the segments of the corolla; leaflets five others, fastened, alter- nately with these, a little higher to the tube of the filamenta, and running along it, vertical, bifid ; interior segments with the summit bent outwards; outer segments straight, com- pressed. Stamina : filamenta five, united into a short tube. Each anthera fastened internally to the base of each vertical leaflet of the nectary, and wider than it, incumbent on the stigma, short, two-lobed, two-celled, produced below both sides into an earlet, contiguous at the margin to each of the neighbouring antherae as far as the tip, and ascending at the tip; pollen united into ten corpuscles, crescent shaped, flat- fish, ascending obliquely into the cells of the anthera, each on a very short pedicel, (with a transverse base, incumbent on the upper margin of the earlet,) fastened by pairs to five small twin coloured tubercles, placed on the apex of the earlets, and adhering to the angles of the stigma. Pistil: germina two, ovate, flat inwards; styles none; stigma com- mon to both germina, large, placed on the tube of the sta- mina, acutely five-cornered, flat above, obliquely truncate, excavated at the sides for the reception of the antherae. Pericarp: follicles two, long, awl-shaped, one-celled, one- valved. Seeds ; numerous, imbricate, compressed, crowned withadown. Receptacle : free. Essential Character, Contorted. Nectary : a double little star, covering the geni- tals. -The species are, * Corolla five-cleft ; Segments hairy at the edge. 1. Stapelia Ciliata ; Ciliate Stapelia. Stem four-cornered, branched, decumbent, rooting, flowering at top ; peduncles shorter than the corolla, which is papillose at bottom. This is distinguished from all the other species by its procumbent, branched, rooting stem. — Native of southern Africa. The plants of this genus are propagated here very easily during the summer months, by taking off any of the side branches) which, when planted, put out roots very freely. The branches should be slipped off from the plants to the bottom, where being joined by a small ligature, they will not occasion a great wound, the joints at the place where they are connected being almost closed round ; for if they are cut through the branch, the wound will be so great as to occasion their rotting when planted : these should be laid in a dry place under cover for eight or ten days, that the wounded part may dry and heal over, otherwise they will rot ; then they should be planted in pots filled with fresh sandy earth, mixed with lime-rubbish and sea-sand; and if the pots are plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, it will promote their taking root: they should be now and then sprinkled with water, which ought to be sparingly given; and as soon as they take root, should be inured to the open air. If these plants are kept in a very moderate stove in winter, and in summer placed in an airy glass-case, where they may enjoy much free air, but be screened from wet and cold, they will thrive and floiver very well ; for though they will live in the open air in sum- mer, and may be kept through the winter in a good green- house, yet those plants will not flower so well as those managed in the other way. They must have little water in winter. 2. Stapelia llevoluta; Revolute-flowered Stapelia. Stem four-cornered, branched at the base, erect, flowering at top ; peduncles shorter than the corolla, which is smooth, with the segments ovate, hairy at the edge, and revolute. — Native of Southern Africa, in dry fields under shrubs, flowering in September and October. 3. Stapelia Hirsuta; Hairy Stapelia. Branches ascending, four-cornered, flowering at the base; peduncles round, length of the corolla, which is villose at bottom, with the segments ovate, sharpish, and villose at the edge; root composed of many strong fibres. The colour of the corolla is yellow, with transverse streaks of a dark violet colour ; the segments violet at the end and along the edge; the bottom pale red, with red nectaries. It flowers in June and July. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This and the forty-second species were all that were cultivated in Mr. Miller’s time ; he never saw the pods of this produced here. 4. Stapelia Sororia. Branches divaricating, four-cornered, flowering at the base; peduncles round, longer than the corolla, which is very villose at bottom, and wrinkled trans- versely, with the segments oblong, acute, villose at the edge. The colour of the corolla is a dark purple, with transverse yellow wrinkles. Willdenow remarks, that it resembles the next species in colour, but that it is sufficiently distinct in the peduncle and stem.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Stapelia Grandiflora; Great-flowered Stapelia. Branches erect, four-cornered, club-shaped, flowering at the base; peduncles thickened at the base, shorter than the corolla, which is villose, with the segments lanceolate, acuminate,ciliate at the edge. — Native of Southern Africa, in hot places, as at Sonday’s river. 6. Stapelia Ambigua. Brandies erect, four-cornered, club- S T A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. ST A shaped, flowering at the base ; peduncles many-flowered ; corollas hispid, with the segments ovate, lanceolate, acute, villose at the edge. It is sufficiently distinguished from the species most allied to it, by its many-flowered peduncles ; colour of the corolla a dark red purple, variegated with short transverse wrinkles of an almost black purple, and have the edge of the segments of a dark violet colour. — Native of the dry deserts of Southern Africa. 7. Stapelia Pulvinata; Cushioned Stapelia. Stem four- cornered, decumbent; branches ascending, flower-bearing; bottom of the corolla raised and villose ; segments roundish, wrinkled, acuminate, villose at the edge ; colour very dark purple, with whitish wrinkles. — Native of Southern Africa. 8. Stapelia Asterias; Starry Stapelia. Branches erect, four-cornered, attenuated, flowering at the base ; peduncles length of the corolla, the segments of which are ovate, acu- minate, wrinkled, revolute, and villose at the edge. The nectaries or star in the middle are white, the bottom is very dark durple. — Native of Africa. 9. Stapelia Gemmiflora ; Bud-flowering Stapelia. Branches erect, four-cornered, flowering at bottom ; peduncles length of the corolla, which is rugged, with the segments acute, ciliate at the edge, five-nerved above. It is of a dusky pur- ple colour, or almost black, with small transverse stripes of a paler hue; the bottom is very dark, studded with minute yellow dots. It is sufficiently distinct from all the other species, in having the segments of the corolla five-nerved above, and the outside of it yellow dotted with purple; whereas, in the rest it is almost always pale and of one colour. — Native of dry places in Southern Africa. 10. Stapelia Divaricata; Straddling Stapelia. Branches four-cornered, attenuated, divaricate, spreading, flowering in the middle ; peduncles longer than the corolla, which is smooth, with the segments lanceolate, acuminate, rolled back and ciliate at the edge, flesh-coloured. — Native of Southern Africa. 11. Stapelia Rufa. Branches four-cornered, erect, flower- ing at the base; peduncles shorter than the corolla, which is wrinkled and starred at the bottom, with the segments- lance- olate, acuminate, ciliate at the edge, of a dark violet colour, variegated with transverse streaks of a very dark purple, with the bottom stellate and of an uniform rufous colour ; nectaries variegated. — Native of Southern Africa. 12. Stapelia Acuminata. Branches four-cornered, ascend- ing, flowering in the middle; peduncles shorter than the corolla, which is wrinkled, and the segments are ovate-cusp- acuminate, ciliated at the edge. It is a little larger than that of the preceding species, variegated with dark purple transverse waved streaks, very finely fringed with white at the edge. — Native of Southern Africa, in Namaqualand. 13. Stapelia Reclinata. Branches spreading, four-cor- nered, ascending, flowering above the base; peduncles longer than the corolla, which has a raised bottom with lanceolate segments, ciliate at the edge, of a dark purple colour. — Native of Africa. 14. Stapelia Elegans. Branches diffused, oblong, round- ish, four-cornered, flowering in the middle; peduncles longer than the corolla, which is hispid with a pentagon bottom and lanceolate segments, ciliate at the edge. It is less than that of the preceding species, very dark violet, with a rufes- cent bottom and yellow nectaries. — Native of Southern Africa. 15. Stapelia Caespitosa ; Tufted Stapelia. Branches pro- cumbent, four-cornered, flowering above the base; peduncles length of the corolla, the segments of which are lanceolate, acute, revolute, and ciliate at the edge ; corolla five-cornered, recurved in the middle; segments spreading, narrowed, folded C2I back, and ciliate; colour dark purple; size nearly that of the preceding, with the bottom circular, greenish, and the nectaries yellow. — Native of Southern Africa. 16. Stapelia Arida; Dry Stapelia. Branches four-cor- nered, erect, flowering at the top; peduncles longer than the corolla, which has a circular bpttom, and oblong acute seg- ments, ciliate at the top of the margin. — Native of Southern Africa, in Kannaland. 17. Stapelia Parviflora; Small flowered Stapelia. Branches four-cornered, spreading, flowering in the middle on the out- side of the teeth ; peduncles longer than the corolla, the seg- ments of which are lanceolate, bluntish, and ciliate at the edge. The flowers are the smallest of the genus, dotted with purple, very finely ciliate ; nectaries orange-coloured. — Native of Southern Africa, in Namaqualand. 18. Stapelia Subulata; Awl-shaped Stapelia. Branches four-cornered, attenuated, nodding, flowering below the top ; corollas nodding ; segments oblong, acuminate, cusped, with the hairs pointing one way. — Native of Arabia Felix. 19. Stapelia Concinnata ; Neat Stapelia. Stem four-cor- nered, erect, branched at top ; branches spreading, simple, flowering at the base; peduncles length of the corolla; corol- las hispid, with the segments ovate, acute, ciliate. It is ash- coloured, with whitish bristles. — Native of Southern Africa. 20. Stapelia Glauduliflora; Glandular flowered Stapelia. Branches spreading, four-cornered, flowering at the base ; peduncles longer than the corolla, which is covered with hairs, glandular at the tip, with the segments ovate, acute. — Native of Southern Africa. ** Corolla jive-cleft ; Segments smooth at the edge. 21. Stapelia Pedunculata ; Long-peduncled Stapelia. Branches four-cornered, two or three toothed at the tip, flowering in the middle; peduncles twice as long as the branches ; segments of the corolla lanceolate, acuminate at the base, surrounded at the edge by pedicelled glands; colour purplish-brown, varying to yellow. This is very distinct from the rest in the length of the peduncle, and the structure of the flower and branches. — Native of Southern Africa, in Camies Berg. 22. Stapelia Aperta; Open-flowered Stapelia. Branches four-cornered, three or two toothed at the tip, flowering at the base; peduncles twice as long as the branches ; corollas wrinkled ; segments ovate, obtuse, smooth at the edge, of a dirty dusky purple, wrinkled with very short darker stains ; bottom circular, ash-coloured, dotted with black. It resembles the preceding species in the peduncle and branches, but the flower is smaller and very different, — Native of Southern Africa. 23. Stapelia Gordoni ; Gordon's Stapelia. Branches flow- ering at the top, round, tubercled; tubercles spiny ; pedun- cles shorter than the corolla, which is five-toothed, flat, and wheel-shaped ; colour yellowish-brown, with a whitish centre and black nectaries. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope, towards Orange River. 24. Stapelia Pilifera; Hairy-tubercled Stapelia. Branches flowering at the top, round tubercles; tubercles bristled; flowers sessile ; segments ovate, cusp-acuminate, smooth at the edge; corolla dark purple, with a small raised red circle in the middle surrounding the genitals. It is eaten by the Hottentots, who call it Guaap.— Native of Southern Africa, found upon very dry hills. 25. Stapelia Caudata; Tailed Stapelia. Stem rough-haired, leafy; peduncles shorter than the corolla, drooping; segments of the corolla linear, acute. — Native of Southern Africa, where it was found by Thunberg. 26. Stapelia Articulata ; Jointed Stapelia. Branches flow- S T A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S T A 622 ering at the top, round tubercles; tubercles mucronate; flowers subsessile; corollas papillose; segments lanceolate. This is a low ferruginous plant. The Hottentots eat the stalks raw, and the Dutch pickled with vinegar. — Native of Southern Africa. 27. Stapelia Mammillaris ; Prickly Stapelia. Branches flowering in the middle, erect, roundish, tubercled ; tubercles spiny ; peduncles shorter than the corolla, which is smooth, with the segments lanceolate. — Native of Southern Africa. 28. Stapelia Pruinosa ; Frosted Stapelia. Branches erect, four-cornered, flowering in the middle; peduncles shorter than the flower ; corollas pubescent ; segments ovate, acute, covered with very small white hairs as if with a hoar-frost. — Native of Africa. 29. Stapelia Ramosa ; Branched Stapelia. Branches almost upright, four-cornered, flowering in the middle on the outside of the teeth; peduncles shorter than the flower; corollas flat ; segments lanceolate, rolled back at the edge ; colour dark purple; plant a foot high or more. — Native of Southern Africa, beyond Platt Kloof. 30. Stapelia Pulla ; Black-flowered Stapelia. Branches erect, subhexagonal, flowering in the middle on the outside of the teeth ; peduncles shorter than the flowers ; segments of the corolla erect, lanceolate-acuminate, rolled back at the edge. It is distinguished from the preceding species by its hexagonal, acuminate, toothed branches, and flowers a little larger, growing on the outside of the teeth, but not placed on a callus, with the segments erect.— Native of hot sandy deserts in Southern Africa. 31. Stapelia Adscendens. Stems four-cornered, ascend- ing, flowering at the top ; peduncles shorter than the corolla, which is smooth, with the segments linear, reflexed at the edge, and acute ; flowers axillary, about the extremities of the branches, generally single, erect, small, variegated with dark purple and yellow. — Native of the East Indies, where it is not very common : it grows among bushes on high dry barren ground ; flow’ering during tire w et season. The natives eat the most succulent tender branches raw, although they have a salt and bitter taste. 32. Stapelia Quadrangula. Stem four-cornered ; branches divaricating, flowering at the top ; teeth truncate ; flow'ers sessile, yellowish-green. — Native of Arabia Felix. 33. Stapelia Incarnata; Flesh-coloured Stapelia. Branches four-cornered, stiff, flowering at the top, on the outside of the teeth; peduncles shorter than the corolla; the segments of which are lanceolate, and acute ; corolla flat, smooth, flesh- coloured, varying to white. The flowers are small : the ten- der branches are eaten by the Hottentots. — Native of Southern Africa, in dry sandy fields. 34. Stapelia Punctata ; Dotted Stapelia. Branches de- cumbent, oblong, somewhat four-cornered, flowering in the middle; peduncles twice as long as the corolla, which is bell- shaped, with the segments spreading, lanceolate, acute ; co- rolla whitish, with blood-red dots. — Native of Southern Africa, in Namaqua land. 35. Stapelia Geminata. Branches decumbent, round, flowering at the top ; peduncles geminate, length of the co- rolla; the segments of which are lanceolate, rolled back at the edge; corolla orange-coloured, w'ith blood-red dots; divisons narrow, spreading, glandular. — This low plant is found in hot places under shrubs, in Southern Africa. 36. Stapelia Decora. Branches oblong, decumbent, round, obscurely four-cornered, flowering at the base; peduncles longer than the flower; bottom of the corolla five-cornered ; segments ovate-lanceolate, rolled back at the edge ; corolla fellow, mixed with black, narrowed, lanceolate, spreading, rug- ged above, rolled back at the edge. This is thought to be a variety of the preceding species. — Native of Southern Africa. 37. Stapelia Pulchella. Branches four-cornered, decum- bent, flowering above the base; peduncles many-flowered; bottom of the corolla circular ; segments ovate-acute. This is a smooth branching plant. — Native of Southern Africa. 38. Stapelia Vetula. Branches four-cornered, erect, flower- ing at the base ; peduncles shorter than the corolla, which is smooth, with the segments ovate, acuminate, three-nerved above: colour dark purple. — Found in the mountains of Southern Africa. 39. Stapelia Verrucosa. Branches ascending, four-corner- ed, flowering at the base ; peduncles longer than the corolla, which is warted, with the segments ovate and acute, and the bottom five-cornered and rugged. — Native of Southern Africa. 40. Stapelia Irrorata. Branches from erect spreading, four-cornered, flowering at the base; peduncles longer than the corolla, which is wrinkled, with ovate-acuminate segments. It differs from the preceding, in having no warts or pentagon ring to the corolla ; the branches from upright spreading ; and the colour of the corolla sulphureous, with bloody dots, and a blood-red bottom.-— Native of Southern Africa, in dry places, flowering in September and October. 41. Stapelia Mixta. Branches four-cornered, ascending, flowering at the base; peduncles length of the corolla, which is wrinkled, with a circular raised papillose bottom, and ovate-acuminate segments. It is of a dusky violet colour, wrinkled, with transverse yellow streaks, the bottom yellow, with red papilla;. This is so like the next species, that it might be taken for a variety : but it differs in the form of the toothlets on the branches ; in the size of the flower, which is twice as large ; and in the colour, and especially in the form of the nectary. — Native of Southern Africa. 42. Stapelia Variegata; Variegated Stapelia. Branches four-cornered, ascending, flowering at the base; peduncles longer than the corolla, which is wrinkled, with a circular, concave, wrinkled bottom, and ovate-acute segments. It is finely spotted with purple, and resembles the belly of a frog. The flower, when blown, has a very fetid odour, like that of carrion ; hence the common fly deposits its eggs upon it, which are frequently hatched, but, wanting proper food, die soon after. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Southern Africa, on rocks, into the crevices of which it strikes the fibres of its roots. *** Corolla ten-toothed. 43. Stapelia Campanulata ; Bell-shaped Stapelia. Branches erect, four-cornered, flowering at the base ; peduncles three- flowered ; segments of the corolla larger, lanceolate, with a bell-shaped bottom. This is sufficiently distinct from the following species ; the corolla being spotted, not only within, but on the outside also ; the bottom bell-shaped, and the peduncle many-flowered. — Native of Africa. 44. Stapelia Barbata. Branches mostly four-cornered, erect, flowering at the base; peduncles shorter than the corolla, which is bell-shaped, with the segments larger, lan- ceolate, acuminate, rugged, clubbed, and bearded. — Native of Southern Africa. 45. Stapelia Venusta. Stem four or five cornered, erect, branched at top ; branches flowering at the base ; pedunuies longer than the corolla, bent down ; corolla smooth ; seg- ments larger, ovate, acuminate; bottom concave, surrounded by an elevated ring. This differs from the rest, in having the stem erect, branched at top, and the peduncles hanging down. — Native of Southern Africa. 46. Stapelia Guttata. Branches somewhat spreading, and four-cornered, flowering at the base; peduncles length of the ST A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. ST A 623 corolla; the segments of which are larger, ovate, acute ; the bottom concave, rugged, surrounded by an elevated ring. The figure of the corolla as in the preceding, but the bottom rugged, and stem different. — Native of Africa. 47. Stapelia Humilis. Branches four-cornered, spreading, flowering at the base ; peduncles solitary, shorter than the corolla-; the segments of which are larger, lanceolate, acute. It differs from the other ten-toothed species, in the shortness of the stem, the smallness of the flower, and the peduncles being invariably simple. — Native of Africa, 48. Stapelia Reticulata ; Netted Stapelia. Branches five- cornered, spreading, flowering at the base; peduncles in pairs, shorter than the corolla, the segments of which are larger, ovate, acute, the bottom bearded, surrounded by an elevated ring; colour of the corolla dark purple, with white lines like the meshes of a net ; genitals in the bottom of the tube. — Native of Southern Africa, found in hollow of rocks. 49. Stapelia Clavata; Club-shaped Stapelia. Stem simple, thick, club-shaped, nettedly and obscurely warted, fruiting at the top. — Native of Southern Africa. Stapliylea ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Trigynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-parted, concave, roundish, coloured, almost as big as the corolla. Corolla: petals five, oblong, erect, like the calix; nectary from the receptacle of the fructification, in the bottom of the flow'er, concave, pitcher shaped. Stamina: filamenta five, oblong, erect, length of the calix; antherae simple. Pistil: germen thickish, three parted ; styles three, simple, much longer than the stamina ; stigmas obtuse, contiguous. Peri earp : capsules three, inflated, flaccid, united longitudinally by a suture, opening inwards by the acuminate apices. Seeds: two, bony, globular, with an oblique point, and an orbicular excavation by the side of the apex. Observe. In the second species, the ternary number of the pistillum and pericarpium becomes binary. Essential Character. (Jalix: five-parted. Petals: fivS. Capsules: inflated, con- nate. Seeds: two, globular with a wart. The species are, 1. Stapliylea Occidentalis. Leaves doubly pinnate; cap- sules three-cornered ; seeds solitary ; stem arboreous, from twenty to thirty feet high ; flowers white, odorous. — Native of Jamaica ; flowering there in spring and autumn. 2. Stapliylea Pinnata; Five-leaved Bladder Nut. Leaves pinnate ; styles and capsules two. This has several shrubby stalks rising from the same root, and growing ten or twelve feet high, covered with a smooth bark, and divided into seve- ral soft pithy branches; the flowers come out upon long slender pendulous peduncles, from the axils of the stalks near their extremity, in oblong bunches ; the petals are white, and expand in the form of a rose. — Native of the south of Europe, and it is found in the hedges and woods of several parts of England. It is cultivated as a flowering sflirub, and makes a variety when mixed with others, though the flowers are not very beautiful. The nuts, being hard and smooth, are strung for beads by the Roman Catholics in some countries; and the children of the poor inhabitants eat the nuts, though they have a disagreeable taste. — -Both it and the next species are usually propagated by suckers from the root, which this species sends out plentifully. These should be taken from tbe old plants in autumn, and their roots trimmed, then planted in a nursery, in rows, at three feet distance, and one foot asunder in the rows; in this nursery the plants should stand one or two years, according to their strength, and then be transplanted to the places where they are to remain. The plants thus propagated from suckers, are more subject to put out plenty of suckers from their roots, than those which are raisecT from seeds, or propagated by layers or cuttings, so 118. are not to be chosen when the others can be had ; hence those who propagate them for their own use, should prefer the other methods. If they are propagated by layers, the young branches should be laid down in autumn, in the same manner as is practised for other trees and shrubs: these will have put out roots iji the following autumn, when they may be taken from the old plants, and planted in a nursery, where they may grow one or two years to get strength, and then may be removed to the places where they are to stand. When propagated by cuttings, it should be from shoots of the former year; and if they have a small piece of the two years’ wood at the bottom, they will more certainly succeed ; for as the young shoots are soft and pithy, so they are very subject to rot when they have no part of the old wood to them. They should be planted in autumn on a shady border, but must not have too much wet. They may also be propagated by sowing their seeds early in autumn, in beds of light fresh earth, and when the plants are come up, they must be care- fully kept clear from weeds ; and in very dry weather, if they are now and then refreshed with water, it will greatly pro- mote their growth. In these beds they may remain until October following; at which time they should be carefully taken up, and planted in a nursery, placing them in rows three feet asunder, and the plants one foot distant in the rows; and, if the following spring should prove dry, it will be convenient to give them a little water, to encourage their taking root; after which they will require no. farther care but to keep the ground clear from weeds in summer, and every spring to prune off irregular branches, and dig the ground between the rows, to loosen the earth, that the roots may the more easily extend. In this nursery they may remain two years, by which time it will be proper to trans- plant them out where they a^e to remain, either in wilderness- quarters, or in clumps of various trees, where they will add to the diversity. The best season for transplanting these trees is in autumn, with other deciduous trees. When these seeds are sown. in the spring, the plants seldom come up till the following year. 3. Stapliylea Trifolia ; Three-leaved Bladder Nut. Leaves ternate; styles and capsules three. This has a more substan- tia! stem than the preceding species. The flowers are pro- duced from the side of the branches, in longer bunches than those of the former sort, but their peduncles are much shorter ; the flowers are of a clearer white, and their petals are some- what larger; as are also the bladder capsules; the seeds are larger, and ripen better.- — Native of North America. See the preceding species. Star Apple. See Chry sophy llum. Star Flower. See Ornithogalum. Star-headed Chickweed. See Callilriche. Star Hyacinth. See Scilla. Star of Bethlehem. See Ornithogalum. Star of the Earth. See Cucubalus O tiles. Star Thistle. See Centaurea. Starwort. See Aster and Callitriche. Starwort, American. See Tridax. Statice; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Pentagynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth common, of a different structure in the several species; perianth proper, oue-Ieafed, funnel-form ; tube narrowed ; border entire, plaited, scariose. Corolla: funnel-form; petals five, united at the base, narrowed below, above wider, obtuse, spreading. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, shorter than the corolla, inserted into tbe corolla by their claws; antherae incumbent. Pistil: germen very minute; styles five, filiform, distant; stigmas acute. Pericarp: capsule oblong, somewhat cvlia- C24 ST A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; ST A drical, membranaceous, five-cusped, one-celled, valveless. Proper: calix contracted at the neck, expanded at the border, cherishing the capsule when the corolla withers. Seed: single, oblong, hanging from a long cord. Observe. The Statice of authors, with the common calix three-fold, composes a roundish flower; and the Limonium, with the common calix imbricate, exhibits florets in an oblong row. The twenty-seventh species ought not to be distinguished genetically, since in the other species, which are penta- petalous, the filamenta are inserted into the very claws of the petals. Essential Character. Calix: one-petalled, entire, plaited, scariose. Petals: five. Seed: one, superior. The species are, 1. Statice Armeria; Thrift, or Sea Gillyflower. Scape simple, headed; leaves linear, flat, obtuse; root perennial, woody; corolla rose-coloured or pink, varying to deep red, scarlet, and while. The variety with bright red flowers, called Scarlet Thrift, makes the best appearance. It was formerly in great esteem for edgings on the sides of borders, in flower-gardens, but requires to be transplanted every year, to keep it within due bounds; and where a plant fails, which often happens, a large and unsightly vacancy remains. — These may be propagated by parting their roots in autumn, that they may take good root before the frost comes on, and flower stronger than if they had been planted in the spring. If they stand long unremoved, they are subject to rot and decay, especially in good ground. 2. Statice Juniperifolia ; Juniper -leaved Thrift. Scape simple, headed ; leaves linear-lanceolate, acute, flat. — Native of Spain and Portugal. This is suspected to be a variety of the preceding, but retains its habit several years in a garden. 3. Statice Alliacea. Scape simple, headed ; leaves linear- lanceolate, acute, flat. This very much resembles the first species. — Native of Spain. 4. Statice Cephalotes; Large Simple-stalked Thrift. Scape simple, headed ; leaves oblong, flat, acuminate, attenu- ated at the base ; petals rose-coloured, obtuse. This species appears to have been common in England. — Native of Portugal. 5. Statice Graminifolia ; Grass-leaved Thrift. Scape pa- nicled ; branches three-sided ; leaves linear-cbannelled. It flowers in June and July. — Native place unknown. 6. Statice Limonium ; Sea Thrift, or Sea Lavender. Scape panicled, round ; leaves oblong, obtuse, smooth, nerveless, with a sharp point under the tip, waved at the edge; root woody, strong, perennial. This plant, which has none of the strong aromatic quality of Lavender, varies much as to luxuriance, being sometimes found with leaves scarcely an inch long, and not more than six or eight flowers in a panicle; and at other times much larger, with the flowers far more abundant. The bright blue colour distinguishes it at a distance, and that colour is tolerably permanent. Though less magnificent than some of the foreign species, it is a beau- tiful plant. Several varieties are found on the Lancashire coast at Low Furness, and on the west side of Milnthorpe sands in Westmoreland. Woodward observes, that two vari- eties are found on the Suffolk coast. These are much smaller than the common sort, and differ in having no regular foot- stalk, but only a continuation of the leaf: the one has the leaves short arid blunt, the other longer and more pointed. The siiarp point at the end of the leaf marks them as belonging to this species. — This may be tranplanted at almost any time of the year, provided they are carefully taken up, preserving some earth to their roots, and shading them till newly rooted in hot weather. They will after wards only require weeding, and to have the ground stirred between them in the spring. As they do not require much culture, nor take up much room, a few of each sort may be allowed a place for the sake of variety. They do not propagate very fast in gardens, so that the roots need not be removed oftener than every third or fourth year, at which time they may be slipped to increase them. The best time for this is in the autumn, that the plants may be well rooted before the spring ; otherwise they will not flower very strong in the following summer. They should be planted in a loamy soil on an eastern-aspeefed bor- der, where they may enjoy the morning sun, and be screened from the great heat in the middle of the day ; in such a situ- ation they will continue for several years, and flow er as well as in their native soil. They may also be propagated by seeds, which must be procured from abroad for the foreign species. The seeds should be sown upon a border exposed to the morning sun, and on a soft loamy soil, early in the spring, for the seeds lie a considerable time in the ground before the plants come up; therefore the ground must be kept entirely clean from weeds ; and the border watered two or three times a week in dry seasons, without which the plants would lie a whole year before they vegetate. When they appear, weed, and in very dry weather water them, and let them be transplanted in the autumn where they are designed to remain. Mr. Curtis observes, that the common practice is to consider this as a green-house plant, because it appears to greatest advantage in a pot ; and being much disposed to throw up new flowering-stems, by having several pots of it, some will be in flower throughout the summer. On this account, and for the singularity of its large blue calix, it deserves attention. Though in a manner a biennial, he adds, it may often be increased by parting its roots ; aud sometimes, though spar- ingly, produces seed in Englaud. 7. Statice Gmelinii. Scape panicled, angular; leaves oblong-ovate, emarginate, flat, cartilage-edged, mucronate beneath. — Native of Siberia, in salt marshes. 8. Statice Scoparia. Scape panicled, round ; leaves oblong, ovate, coriaceous, mucronate, dotted beneath. This resem- bles the next species. — Native of Siberia. i). Statice Latifolia ; Broad-leaved Sea Lavender. Scape panicled, very much branched, rugged ; leaves pubescent, with hairs in stellated bundles; flowers mostly two together; corolla longer than the calix, blue.— Fouud in Russian Tar- tary. 10. Statice Oleifolia ; Olive-leaved Sea Lavender. Scape panicled ; branches angular, winged ; leaves lanceolate, mu- cronate cusped, cartilaginous at the edge; root perennial, woody; flowers on the extreme branches in close spikes; corolla red, consisting of five petals, but cohering so as to appear one-petalled. It flowers late in August, and never perfects seed in England. — Native of France, Italy, and Spain, on the sea-coasts. 11. Statice Incana ; Hoary Sea Lavender. Scape panicled; leaves lanceolate, three-nerved, somewhat waved, mucronate at tip ; branches of the panicle three-sided ; root perennial ; flowers white. — Native of Egypt and Siberia. 12. Statice Auriculaefolia ; Auricula-leaved Sea Lavender. Scape simple, round; spikes lateral and terminating, directed one way ; leaves spatulate, acute ; flowers very much clus- tered.— Native of the coast of Barbary, and found in Spain. 13. Statice Cordata; Heart-leaved Sea Lavender. Scape panicled; leaves spatulate, retuse; flowers numerous, blue, imbricate, one-ranked. — It grow-s naturally near the sea, about Marseilles and Leghorn, and on the maritime rocks of Piedmont, Spain, and Africa. 14. Statice Scabra ; Rough-branched Sea Lavender. ST A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. ST A Leaves radical, obovate, oblong, obtuse; branches rugged. —Native of the Cape of Good Hope. ] 5. Statice Tetragona ; Square-stalked Sea Lavender . Scape panicled, four-cornered; leaves ovate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 1 G. Statice Reticulata; Matted Sea Lavender. Scape panicled, prostrate, flexuose ; lower branches barren; leaves wedge-shaped, awnless; root strong, woody, and perennial; flowers few together, in simple terminating spikes or bundles, erect, each enveloped in three or four larger blunt bractes. The ribs of the calix and the petals are of a bright purplish blue, which turns white in drying. — Native of the south of France, and of Malta. Found also on the east coast of Eng- land, particularly in Norfolk, especially about Wells, Cley, and Holkham, where it covers many acres of muddy salt marshes in July and August with its blue flowers. There are several varieties. 17. Statice Echioides ; Rough-leaved Sea Lavender. Scape panicled, round, jointed ; leaves rugged. This is an annual or biennial plant; stalks about eight inches high, dividing into two or three small branches, which are terminated by short reflexed spikes of pale blue flowers coming out late in August, and seldom perfecting seeds in England. — Native of the south of Europe, and of rocks near Mascar in Barbary. The seeds of this, with the next and the thirty-fourth species, must be obtained from abroad, and sown in autumn, that the plants may come up in the following spring. They should have a border of loamy earth, not stiff nor moist, and exposed to the south; but when the sun is warm, the border should be shaded with mats, to prevent the earth from drying too fast. When the plants come up, they must be kept clean from weeds; and should they grow too close, some of them must be taken out as soon as they are fit to remove, and planted in small pots, shading them until they have taken new root. Then place them where they can enjoy the morn- ing sun in autumn; when they should be put into a hot-bed frame, where they may be screened from hard frost, but enjoy the free air in mild weather; and those plants which are left in the border where they were sown, must be covered with mats in hard frost, for though they will often live through the winter in mild seasons, yet hard frost always destroys them: in the next summer they will flower, and ripen seed if the season prove warm and dry, soon after which the roots decay. 18. Statice Speciosa ; Plantain leaved Sea Lavender. Scape branched, round ; branches ancipital, w inged ; flowers imbricate; leaves obovate, cusped, mucronate, cartilaginous at the edge. The whole plant has a bitterish salt taste. The root is biennial, and the calices undivided. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Russia. ID. Statice Tatarica ; Tartarian Sea Lavender. Scape branched, divaricating ; branches three-sided ; flowers dis- tant; leaves lanceolale-obovate, mucronate : stalks five or six inches high ; branchlets terminated by spikes of pale blue flowers ranged on one side the footstalk : the whole, when growing, being spread wide, has somewhat the appearance of an umbel of flowers. — Native of Russia. 20. Statice Echinus. Scape panicled; leaves subulate, mucronate; flowers of a bright pink, very beautiful, three or four together, in terminal solitary spikes. — Native of Greece. 21. Statice Flexuosa. Scape dichotomous ; corymb fasti- giate ; spikes headed; flowers imbricate; leaves lanceolate, wedge-shaped, obtuse, mucronate, three-nerved. — Native of Siberia. 22. Statice Purpurata. Stem somewhat leafy ; leaves obovate-cuneate, three-nerved, mucronate; corollas purplish. —Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 625 23. Statice Longifolia. Stem panicled, rugged, erect; leaves obovate-Iinear. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 24. Statice Minuta. Stem suffruticose, leafy ; leaves clus- tered, wedge-shaped, smooth, awnless; scapes few-flowered. — Native of the shores of the Mediterranean. 25. Statice l’ectinata ; Triangular-stalked Sea Lavender. Stem and branches panicled, three sided ; leaves obovate, petioled ; spikes directed one way. It flowers in September and October. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This, and the two following shrubby plants, are too tender to live through the winter in the open air of England ; so that the plants must be removed into shelter in the autumn, but they only require protection from hard frost, and may be placed along with Myrtles, Oleanders, and other hardy green-house plants, wiiere they often continue to flow'er during great part of the winter, and make a pretty variety. They are easily propagated by cuttings, which, if planted in July on a shady border, and duly watered, will take root in six or seven weeks, when they should be taken up, and planted into pots filled with light loamy earth, placing them in the shade tiil they have taken root, then they may be exposed till October, and then removed into shelter. 26. Statice Suffruticosa ; Narroiv-leaved Shrubby Sea Lavender. Stem shrubby, naked, and branched at top; heads sessile; leaves lanceolate, sheathing. — It flowers most part of the summer in Siberia, where it is a native. 27. Statice Monopetala ; Broad-leaved Shrubby Sea Laven- der. Stem shrubby, leafy; flowers solitary; leaves lanceo- late, sheathing: it flowers from June till August, but never produces seeds in England. — Native of Sicily, where there is a variety which bears galls like those upon the Oak ; found also in Barbary, near Kerwan. 28. Statice Axillaris; Axil-flowering Sea Lavender. Stem shrubby, leafy ; panicles spiked, axillary ; leaves lanceolate, sheathing ; flowers minute.— Native of Arabia. 29. Statice Cylindrifolia ; Cylinder-leaved Sea Lavender. Stem shrubby, leafy, dichotomous ; leaves round, sheathing.— Native of Arabia and Northern Africa. 30. Statice Linifolia ; Flax-leaved Sea Lavender. Stem shrubby, prostrate; flowers panicled, directed one way; leaves linear. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 31. Statice Aurea; Golden cupped Sea Lavender. Stem shrubby, leafed, branched; leaves awl-shaped. — Native of Dauria, in mountainous pastures. 32. Statice Ferulacea; Cut-leaved Sep Lavender. Stem shrubby, branched ; branchlets imbricate, with chaffs ter- minated by a hair; flowers subimbricate, ascending, directed one way, yellow. — Native of Spain, Portugal, and Barbary. 33. Statice Pruinosa; Frosty Sea Lavender. Stem flex- uose, branched, scurfy; branches alternate, shorter than the stem. — Native of Palestine. 34. Statice Sinuata ; Scallop-leaved Sea Lavender. Stent herbaceous, ancipital ; root-leaves lyrate ; stem-leaves linear. The stalks are terminated by panicles of flowers, which sit upon winged peduncles, each sustaining three or four flowers of a light blue colour, which continue long without fading; it flowers in July and August; but unless the summer is warm and dry, the seeds do not ripen in England. This is one of those lew plants which have calices of a more beautiful colour than their corollas ; and which colour does not fade in drying: the dried flowers are therefore an ornament in winter.— Native of Sicily and the Levant, Spain, and the sandy sea-shores of Barbary. There are several varieties. 35. Statice Lobata. Leaves sinuate ; stems round, leafless. The bractes are like those of the preceding species; calices white; corolla blue. — Native of Africa. STE THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; STE 626 06. Statice Spicata. Stem round, leafless ; spikes alter- nate, cylindrical; leaves sinuate; root tuberous; calix and petals whitish.— Native of Persia. 37. Statice Mucronata; Curled Sea Lavender. Stem curled ; leaves elliptic, entire; spikes directed the same way; root perennial, branched, fibrous, fragrant; flowers sessile, two from each glume, directed one way, ascending, very close, purple. — Native of Morocco. 38. Statice Globularifolia. Leaves acuminate, horizon- tal; panicle loose; racemes terminating, directed one way ; border of the calix and petals white. The leaves vary in shape. — Native of Barbary, found by the hot springs near Bona. 39. Statice Spathulata. Leaves radical, spalulate, obtuse, glaucous, quite entire, on long petioles; scape round; branches panicled ; flowers racemed, directed one way. — Native of Barbary; on rocks near La Calle. 40. Statice Caroliniana. Scape round; panicles divaricate, very branchy; calices acute ; leaves lanceolate-oblong, slightly obtuse, glabrous ; flowers blue. — Grows in salt marshes along the sea-coast, from New Jersey to Carolina. Slavesacre. See Delphinium Staphisagria. Stellaria; a genus of the class Decandria, order Trigynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five leaved ; leaflets ovate, lanceolate, concave, acute, spreading, perma- nent. Corolla : petals five, two parted, flat, oblong, shrivel- ling. Stamina: filainenta ten, filiform, shorter than the corolla, alternately longer and shorter; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen roundish ; styles three, capillary, spreading; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp : capsule ovate, covered, one- celled,Nsix-valved. Seeds: very many, roundish, compressed. Observe. The third species has the petals five-parted. Es- sential Character. Calix: five-leaved, spreading; petals five, two-parted. Capsule: superior, one-ceiled, many- seeded, six-toothed at top. — For the propagation and culture of the plants of this genus, see Arennria. The species are, 1. Stellaria Neraorum ; Wood Stitchwort. Lower leaves cordate, petioled ; upper ovate, sessile; panicle dichotomous; root perennial, small, creeping ; stems several, weak and lax, three feet high. The numerous star-like flowers are visible at a distance, and are of delicate structure when closely examined. They are white and upright, in a terminating, dichotomous, many-flowered, divaricating, pubescent panicle, having a pair of small leaves at each of the forkings. — Native of'Europe. It is generally confined to moist woods and the borders of clear shaded springs, especially in the northern counties of England, and the low lands of Scotland, where it flowers in May. Found near Casterton Mill, near Kirby Lonsdale; near Kendal; near Darlington; about Broomholm and Langholm in Eskdale; and at Springfield and Hoddam Castle, and abundantly in Annandale, and at Meavis Bank. 2. Stellaria Dicholoma ; Dichotomous Stitchwork. Leaves ovate, sessile; stem dichotomous ; flowers solitary, fruiting; peduncles reflexed ; root annual; corolla white. It flowers in July. — Native of Siberia. 3. Stellaria Radians; Ray-flowered Stitchwort. Leaves lanceolate, serrulate; petals five-parted. — Native of Siberia, in bogs. 4. Stellaria Bulbosa ; Bulbous Stitchwort. Leaves ovate, veinless beneath; stem somewhat branched; peduncle one- flowered; root filiform, creeping, btilbiferous. — Native of the mountains of Carinthia, in moist and shady places. 5. Stellaria Holostea; Greater Stitckuwrt. Leaves lance- dlate, serrulate; petals "bifid ; calix nerveless; root perennial, creeping, weak, slender, jointed, sending down fibres to a con- siderabledista.nce; stems several, growing thick together, about a foot high, decumbent at the base, slender, and very delicate; ! flowers on very long rugged erect peduncles, from the axils of the upper pair of leaves, forming a sort of dichotomous panicle; corolla white. — Native of Europe. It is very com- mon in woods, among bushes, and about dry hedge bottoms in England, flowering in May and June. Its large brilliant white starry blossoms render it very conspicuous in spring. 6. Stellaria Graminea ; Lesser Stitchwort. Leaves linear, lanceolate, quite entire; panicle terminating, divaricating; calix three-nerved, equal, or nearly so, to the petal ; root perennial, creeping; stem and flower-stalks perfectly smooth. The white starry blossoms of this delicate plant prettily bespangle Furze-bushes, Heath, and low Broom, on a gra- velly or sandy soil ; and its herbage being concealed by the bushes or grass, and the stalks of the panicle very slender, the flowers seem suspended in air. They are principally observable in June and July. — Native of Europe. 7. Stellaria Glauca; Glaucous Marsh Stitchwort. Leaves linear-lanceolate, quite entire, glaucous; peduncles erect; calix three-nerved, shorter than the petals; flowers almost twice as large as the preceding. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Germany and England. Found in the Isle of Ely; near Oxford; and in Peckham fields, &c. 8. Stellaria Crassifolia; Thick-leaved Stitchwort. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, thickish, glaucous; peduncles one-flow- ered, solitary, axillary; petals bigger than the calix; stem upright. Annual. — Native of Germany, in moist meadows. 9. Stellaria Uliginosa ; Bog Stitchwort. Leaves elliptic- lanceolate, quite entire, callous at the tip; flowers subpani- cled, lateral ; petals shorter than the calix ; root annual, small, and fibrous ; herb weak and slender, smooth, of a pale and somewhat glaucous green. Mr. Curtis remarks, that the leaves are united at the bottom, above half an inch in length, and two or three lines in breadth, frequently growing to one side of the stalk, and bending towards each other so as almost to touch at the points, and that the tips are conspicuously brown and callous; also that the flowers would be terminating did not a new shoot, rather than a continuation of the stem, proceed from the panicle : seeds numerous, minute, of a red- dish brown colour, flattened, wrinkled. It flowers in June and July, aud is not uncommon in England. — Native of Europe on the sides of springs, rivulets, ditches, and wet meadows. 10. Stellaria Undulata ; Wave-leaved Stitchwort. Leaves oblong, waved ; stem angular ; flowers axillary ; branches angular, erect. — Native of Japan, by the way-sides. 11. Stellaria Cerastoides; Alpine Stitchwort. Leaves elliptic-oblong, obtuse ; stem subbiflorous; calices one-nerved, pubescent; root perennial, creeping; flowers erect, white. They appear in June. — Native of the mountains of Lapland, Norway, Switzerland, France, Piedmont, aud Scotland, where it was found near Invercauld. 12. Stellaria Multicaulis; Many-stalked Stitchwort. Leaves lanceolate, smooth ; branches upright, quite simple ; pedun- cles subsolitary, terminating; petals bigger than the calix; root creeping, filiform ; branches or stems quite simple, erect, numerous, from the root. Very different from the preceding species. — Native of Carinthia. 13. Stellaria Humifusa; Procumbent Stitchwort. Leaves ovate, mostly on one side, sessile ; stems procumbent, four- cornered ; peduncles solitary, abbreviated. This is an annual plant; petals a little larger than the calix. — Native of Sweden and Norway. 14. Stellaria Biflora ; Two-flowered Stitchwort. Leaves awl-shaped ; branches two-parted ; petals ernarginate; calices striated ; stem a finger's length, filiform, for the most part naked. Perennial. — Native of the mountains of Lapland. 15. Stellaria Greenlandica; Greenland Stitchwort. Stents 5 S T E OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. ST£ 627 decumbent, subbiflorous; leaves linear, subciliate at the base; petals emarginate ; fruits globular ; flowers large in proportion to the plant. — Native of Gree'nland. 16. Steliaria Arenaria ; Sandwort Stilchwort. Leaves spatulate ; stem erect, bifid ; branches alternate ; petals emar- ginate; root annual, fibrous; corolla bell-shaped, longer than the calix, white, very blunt. — Native of Spain. 17. Steliaria Scapigera ; Scape-bearing Stitchwort. Stem very short; leaves linear-lanceolate, three nerved; peduncles radical, one-flowered. — Native country unknown. 18. Steliaria Pubera. Plant pubescent; leaves sessile, ovate, ciliate ; pedicels erect; petals longer than the calix; flowers large, white. — Grows in shady woods, on rich soil, from Pennsylvania to Carolina. 18. Steliaria Media. Leaves ovate, glabrous ; stalks pro- cumbent, with a line, lateral, hairy, alternate ; stamina three, five, or ten.— -A common North American species, growing in cultivated grounds, and flowering from April to September. Stel/era ; a genus of the class Octandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: one- petalled, funnel-form, permanent; tube filiform, long; bor- der four or five cleft, with the lobes ovate. Stamina : fiia- menta eight or ten, very short ; anther® oblong, alternately in the middle of the tube, and within the throat. Pistil: gerinen subovate; style very short, permanent; stigma headed. Pericarp: none. Seed: one, shining, beaked nut. Observe. The first species has eight, and the second ten stamina. Essential Character. Calix: none. Corolla: four- cleft. Stamina : vefy short. Nut : one-beaked. The species are, 1. Stellera Passerina ; Flax-leaved Stellera. Leaves linear; flowers axillary, sessile, four cleft ; root slender, fusiform, scarcely branched, yellow on the outside, white within; stem upright, from a hand and half to a foot in height, very much branched from the very bottom. This plant is acrid, bitter, and purgative. Gmelin says, that the Russians require half a drachm or two scruples for a purge, whereas twelve grains are sufficient for other people. This difference he thinks to be occasioned by the free use of spirits among the Russians, which destroys the tone of the stomach. 2. Stellera Chamaejasme ; Siberian Stellera. Leaves lan- ceolate; flowers terminating’ ; racemes naked, five-cleft. Per- ennial.— Native of Siberia. Stemodia ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, five-parted, erect, equal, permanent. Corolla: one- petalled, irregular; tube length of the calix; border s.ubbi- labiate, almost upright ; upper lip ovate, entire ; lower three- parted, with the parts rounded, equal. Stamina: filamenta four, almost equal, length of the tube, all bifid; anther® eight, each placed on an arm of the filamenta. Pistil: ger- men bluntish ; style simple, length of the stamina; stigma bluntish. Pericarp: capsule oblong, ovate, two celled, two-valved ; partition contrary. Seeds: numerous, globular. Receptacle : subcylindrical. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Corolla f two-lipped. Stamina: four, each filamenta bifid, two-anthered. Capsule: two-celled. The species are, 1. Stemodia Maritima. Leaves opposite, half embracing; flowers sessile, solitary ; root long, round, with lateral hori- zontal fibres; stem from one to three feet high, erect, four- cornered, hirsute, sometimes in hedges near the sea-coast in a manner scandent ; corolla blue and soon falling. This plant has a pleasant aromatic smell, with a bitterish taste, and will probably prove an excellent stomachic and aperient. — Native of Jamaica, very common in the southern coasts. 118. 2. Stemodia Durantifolia. Leaves ternate and connate; flowers subtern, subsessile; stem herbaceous, a foot high, erect, branched, leafy, quadrangular at the bottom, but the angles are rounded towards the top, hirsute, viscid ; corollas blue, small; calix almost five-leaved. — Native of Jamaica. 3. Stemodia Viscosa. Leaves opposite; embracing; flowers peduncled, solitary. This is a small, annual, herbaceous plant, with a pleasant aromatic smell ; stem generally bent to one side, with many spreading branches from its base. — Native of Coromandel. 4. Stemodia Ruderalis. Leaves ovale, serrate, petioled. — Native of the East Indies. Sterbeckia; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth three or five leaved; leaflets roundish, concave, acute. Corolla: petals three or five, roundish, crenate, clawed, longer than the calix. Stamina : filamenta very many, capillary, inserted into the receptacle ; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen ovate, superior; style long, curved in at the tip; stigma headed, concave. Pericarp: capsule cylindrical, long, cOrticose, one celled, not opening. Seeds: many, large, angular, in- cumbent on each other, nestling in the pulp. Essential Character. Calix: three or five leaved. Corolla: three or fivepetalled. Capsule: corticose, not opening, legume- shaped, many-seeded. Seeds: imbricate, nestling in pulp. The only known species is, 1. Sterbeckia Lateriflora. Leaves subopposite, petioled, elliptic, acuminate, quite entire, veined, smooth ; peduncles many-flowered, very short, lateral; flowers white, small. It is a scandent shrub. — Native of Guiana, in woods. Sterculia ; a genus of the class Dodecandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, very large, coriaceous, flat, coloured, 'deciduous, five-parted; parts lanceolate, acute. Corolla: none, but a nectary placed on a cylindric column, bell-shaped, small, five-toothed; teeth subtrifid. Stamina: filamenta ten or about fifteen, very short, two or three on each tooth of the nectary ; anther® ovate. Pistil: germen globular, five- grooved, in the bottom of the nectary; style filiform, curved in; stigma club-shaped, bifid, or five-lobed. Pericarp: capsules five, ovate, reniform, from spreading reflexed, onc- celled, opening by the interior angle. Seeds: many, oval, fastened to the suture. Essential Character. Calix: five parted. Corolla: none. Nectary: bell shaped, -five- toothed, staminiferous, fastened to the column of the germen. Germen: pedicelled. Capsules: five, one-ceiled, opening by the inner side, many-seeded. — The plants of this genus aie propagated by seed, and treated in the same way as Sida, which see. The species are, 1. Sterculia Lanceolata; Lance-leaved Sterculia. Leaves/ lanceolate : capsules oblong. This is a moderate-sized tree. — Native of China. 2. Sterculia Balanghas. Leaves ovate, lanceolate; cap- sules obovate. This is a tall tree, with a stem two feet in diameter; branches thick, covered with an ash-coloured bark. — Native of Malabar and Amboyna, where the inhabitants consider the seeds as esculent, and roast them, while the cap- sules are burnt to prepare the pigment called Cassomba. 3. Sterculia Crinita. Leaves ovate or three-lobed ; cap- sules crinite at the base. This is a tree sixty feet high, branching in a spreading manner at the top. — Native of Guiana, in the wmods of Sinemari, and near the river Ga- libien, flowering in October. 4. Sterculia Cordifolia; Heart leaved Sterculia. Leaves cordate, obsoletely three-lobed ; capsules acuminate, tomen- tose; stem arborescent.— Native of Senegal. 7 U 828 ST THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S T 5. Sterculia Colorata ; Coral Sterculia. Leaves five-lobed; lobes acuminate ; calices cylindric-club-shaped ; capsules oblong, smooth, coloured ; trunk erect, growing to a very great size. This tree casts its leaves during the cold season. It dowers in April, and then appears as if entirely covered with tine ramifications of red coral: soon afterwards the leaves make their appearance. — Native of the mountainous partsoftheRajamundryCircar; called Karaka by the Telingas. 6. Sterculia Urens. Leaves five-lobed ; lobes acuminate ; calices bell-shaped; capsules ovate, hispid; trunk erect, very straight, with the top large and shady. — This very large tree is chiefly a native of the mountainous countries of the coast of Coromandel : it casts the leaves about the end of the wet season, and flowers during the cold season; the leaves come out with the fruit about the beginning of the hot season. The wood is soft and spungy ; towards the centre of the large trees it is reddish. It seems to be applied to little use except to make Hindoo guitars. The water in which green branches were kept for examination, became thick like a clear glutinous jelly. The bark is exceedingly astringent, and tinges the saliva reddish. The seeds are roasted to be eaten by the natives, and taste very like parched peas. 7. Sterculia Platanifolia ; Plane leaved Sterculia. Leaves palmate, five-lobed ; calices wheel-shaped, reflexed. In Eng- land this is a hardy green-house plant, flowering iu July ; but in its native soil is said to be a very lofty tree. — Native of Japan and China. 8. Sterculia Fcetida ; Fetid Sterculia. Leaves digitate. This is a middle-sized tree, with spreading unarmed branches; flowers monoecous, fetid, in subterminating racemes. — Native of the East Indies and Cochin china. The wood is pale, lasting, and does not split; it is therefore very proper for the turner, and being well varnished, makes handsome vases. It has nothing of the ill smell which the flowers have. The leaves, and especially the bark, are aperient, repellent, diu- retic, and diaphoretic. The seeds are oily, and are not eaten iu Cochin china, because they cause nausea and vertigo. Slilago ; a genus of the class Gynandria, order Triandria, or Dioecia, Diandria, or Triandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, hemispherical, almost entire, three-lobed. Corolla : none. Stamina : filamenta three, placed on the germen, spreading, longer than the calix. Pistil : germen superior, roundish; style cylindrical, perma- nent, shorter than the stamina; stigma warted. Pericarp: drupe globular. Seed : nut globular. Observe. The male and female are on separate trees. Essential Character. Calix : one-leafed, pitcher-shaped. Corolla: none. Female. Stigmas: sessile. Drupe: with a two-celled nut. The species are, 1. Stilago Bunias. Leaves alternate, petioled, simple, ovate-oblong, quite entire, smooth; flowers small, scattered, sessile; spikes alternate, naked, very long. — It flowers in August, and is a native of the East Indies. 2. Stilago Diandra. Leaves alternate, on short petioles, nearly bifarious, or two-faced, oval, entire, smooth, from two to four inches long, and from one to two broad ; stipules lanceolate ; flowers very small, approximated. The fruit when ripe is eaten by the Hindoos, who also employ the wood for various purposes. — It is a large tree, native of the mountainous parts of the circars, where it flowers in June. Stilbe ; a genus of the class Polygamia, order Dioecia. — Generic Character. Hermaphrodite. Calix: exterior perianth, three-leaved, setting aside the four exterior ones ; leaflets lanceolate, spreading, and mucronate. Interior pe- rianth, one-leafed, five-toothed, cartilaginous, to be hardened. Corolla : one-petalled, funnel form ; tube length of the calix ; border five-parted ; parts linear. Stamina : filamenta four, awl-shaped, placed on the throat, longer; antherae cordate, obtuse. Pistil: germen superior, ovate ; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma acute. Pericarp: none, but the interior calix inclosing, hardening, deciduous. Seed: oue. Male, on a distinct individual. Calix: exterior as in the hermaphrodite; interior none. Corolla: as in the herma- phrodite, but the tube membranaceous. Stamina: as in the hermaphrodite. Pericarp and Seed : none. Hermaphrodite. Calix: exterior, three-leaved; interior, five-toothed, carti- laginous. Corolla: funnel-form, five cleft. Stamina: four. Seed: one, calyptred with the interior calix. Male, similar. Calix: interior none. Fruit: none. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: inferior double, the outer of three leaves; inner five-toothed, cartilaginous. Corolla: funnel-shaped. Capsule: of one cell and one valve, separating entire from the base. Seed: solitary. The species are, 1. Stilbe Pinastra. Spikes hirsute; leaves in sixes, linear; branches alternate, stiff, rugged with the remaining bases of the leaves. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Stilbe Ericoides. Spikes smooth; leaves in fours, lan- ceolate; corollas even. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Stilbe Cernua. Spikes drooping ; leaves in fours. This is very like the first species. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Stillingia ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Mona- delphia. — Generic Character. Male Flowers, digested in an amentaceous spike. Calix: perianth many flowered, coriaceous, hemispherical, pitcher shaped, quite entire, with two goblet-shaped glands. Corolla: one-petalled, tubular, funnel-form, widening gradually, much narrower than the calix; mouth undivided, torn, ciliate. Stamina: filamenta two, filiform, twice as long as the corolla, divaricating at the top, very slightly united at the base; antherae twin, reniform. Female Flowers, few, at the base of the same spike. Calix: perianth one-flowered ; the rest as in the males. Corolla : superior. Pistil: germen roundish, between the calix and corolla; style filiform; stigmas three, distinct, recurved. Pericarp : capsule tricoccous, subturbinate, subtrigonal, three-celled, surrounded at the base by the widened calix. Seeds : solitary, oblong, subtrigonal, with a transverse scar on the inner side. Essential Character. Male. Calix: hemispherical, many-flowered. Corolla: tubular, erose. Fe- male. Calix: one flowered, inferior. Corolla: tubular, superior. Style : trifid. Capsule : tricoccous. The only known species is, 1. Stillingia Sylvatica. Leaves alternate, petioled, remote, elliptic, serrulate, shining, spreading ; spike or ament ter- minating, sessile; flowers small, yellow. It is accounted a specific in siphilis. — Native of Carolina, in Pine woods. Slipa ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: glume one-flowered, two- valved, lax, acuminate. Corolla: two-valved ; outer valve terminated at the tip by a very long twisted awn, jointed at the base, and straight; inner valve length of the outer, awn- less linear. Nectary two-leaved ; leaflets linear-lanceolate, membranaceous, gibbous at the base. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary; antherae linear. Pistil: germen oblong; styles two, hirsute, united at the base ; stigmas pubescent. Pericarp: none; glume adnate. Seed: one, oblong, covered. Essential Character. Calix: two-valved, one-flow- ered. Corolla: outer valve with a terminating awn, jointed at the base. The species are, 1. Stipa Pennata; Soft Feather Grass. Awns woolly; root perennial, fibrous, tufted; culms simple, a foot high. The feathered awns form a beautiful and remarkable feature. ST OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. STO at once distinguishing this from all other Grasses. Johnson, the editor of Gerarde’s Herbal, says it was nourished for the beauty in sundry of our English gardens ; and that it was worn by sundry ladies and gentlewomen instead of a feather, which it exquisitely resembles. — It was first observed by Clusius near Baden, and in several parts of Austria and Hungary ; and has since been observed in several parts of Germany, France, Italy, Spain, Barbary, and Silesia. In England it has been observed upon the limestone rocks hang- in" over a little valley called Long Sleadale, about six miles north of Kendal in Westmoreland ; but it has not been found of late years. 2. Stipa Juncea; Rush-leaved Feather Grass. Awns naked, straight; calices longer than the seed; leaves smooth within ; root perennial, or biennial ; culm erect, slender, jointed at bottom. — Native of France, Switzerland, Silesia, Carniola, and Barbary. 3. Stipa Capillata ; Carpillary Feather Grass. Awns naked, curved; calices longer than the seed; leaves pubes- cent within. This very much resembles the preceding spe- cies, but the leaves are not round with a longitudinal groove; they are stift'er, shorter, less rugged, and more unfolded and somewhat pubescent on the upper side; calix not whitish, but bay-coloured. — Native of France, Germany, Switzerland, and Italy. 4. Stipa Aristella ; Short-awned Feather Grass. Awns naked, straight, scarcely twice as long as the calix; germina woolly; root perennial; culms two feet high; calix length of the seed; leaves narrow. — Native country about Montpellier. 5. Stipa Paleacea; Chaffy Feather Grass. Awns half naked; panicle simple; leaves convoluted, awl-shaped, pu- bescent within ; root-leaves abundant, awl-shaped, rigid, two inches long. — Found in Africa and Egypt. 6. Stipa Tenacissima; Tough Feather Grass. Awns hairy at the base; panicle spiked ; leaves filiform ; flowers panicled, approximating, numerous. — Native of the sand-hills of Spain and Barbary, where the inhabitants convert it into ropes, mats, and baskets. 7. Stipa Capensis; Cape Feather Grass. Awns hairy at the base; panicle spiked; leaves ensiform. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Stipa Spicata; Spiked Feather Grass. Awns hairy at the base ; raceme spiked, directed to one side ; root perennial, creeping, producing many culms; flowers sessile, scarcely pubescent, villose at the base. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Stipa Bicolor; Two-coloured Feather Grass. Awns naked ; seeds obovate, bearded at the base ; culm a foot and half high, erect, striated, sheathed, smooth; ligule or stipule membranaceous. — Native of Brazil, and Monte Video. 10. Stipa Avenacea; Oat Feather Grass. Awns naked; calices equalling the seed ; culms slender; upper leaf ven- tricose. — Native of Virginia. 11. Stipa Membranacea ; Membranaceous Feather Grass. Pedicels dilated, membranaceous. This Grass is scarcely a foot high, with the appearance of an A vena ; culm even, the thickness of a small thread. The last flower but one sessile. — Native of Spain. 12. Stipa Barbata; Bearded Feather Grass. Leaves rigid, striated on one side ; panicle lax, elongated ; awns very long, bearded from the base to the tip. This differs from the first species in having rigid, glaucous, flatfish leaves, striated on one side, wider, serrate, with a very long awn, hirsute on every side from the base to the tip. — Native of Barbary, about Mascar and Tlemsen. 13. Stipa Parviflora ; Small-flowered Feather Grass. Leaves radical, stiffish, filiform ; panicle diffused ; awns naked, capil- laceous; roots perennial, fibrous, flexuose, long. — Native of dry hills near Mascar, and in the kingdom of Tunis. 14. Stipa Tortilis ; Twisted-awned Feather Grass. Panicle spiked, rolled in at the base; inner calix villose; awns twisted, villose at bottom ; culm erect, many from the same head. The flowers are deciduous, and very numerous. They adhere to the clothes of passengers, and incommode them by tickling and pricking them. It is an annpal grass. — Native of Barbary, where it is found in the fields. 15. Stipa Canadensis. Leaves setaceous ; panicle small ; calices glabrous, obtusely ovate; awns thick, short. — Grows in the rocky parts of Canada, Hudson’s Bay, &c. 16. Stipa Expansa. Leaves striate, glabrous; spikes alter- nate, paniculate, expanded ; flowers sessile, remote ; calices longer than the corolla; awn very short, naked. — Grows in Carolina. 17. Stipa Stricta. Leaves arundinaceous ; panicles elon- gate, awned ; peduncles jointed, very upright ; awns naked, subflexuose. — Grows in Carolina. Stitchwort. See Stellar ia. Stock Gillyflower See Cheiranthus. Stoebe; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polygamia- Segregata.— Generic Character. Calix: common, roundish, imbricate ; scales awl-shaped, covering the univer- sal receptacle on every side ; perianth partial, one-flowered, five-leaved, solitary within each scale of the common calix, consisting of linear, acute, equal, erect leaflets. Corolla: proper one-petalled, funnel-form ; border five cleft, patulous. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, short ; antherae cylindri- cal, five-toothed. Pistil: germen oblong; style filiform, length of the stamina ; stigma acute, bifid. Pericarp : none; calix unchanged. Seeds: solitary, oblong; down feathered, long. Receptacle : proper, naked. Essential Charac- ter. Calix: one-flowered, Corolla: tubular, hermaphro- dite. Receptacle : naked. Down : feathered. — — The spe- cies are, 1. Stoebe iEthiopica. Leaves recurve-hooked, naked ; stem two or three feet high, sending out slender branches from the sides. The flowers are produced in single heads at the ends of the branches, and are of a pale yellow colour.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fourth species. 2. Stoebe Ericoides. Leaves recurved, hoary ; corollas two flowered, difform, and hemispherical. This is a dis- torted little shrub, like Heath ; down sessile, feathered ; receptacle tomentose. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fourth species. 3. Stoebe Prostrata. Leaves resupine, tomentose on one side; stems prostrate; heads simple, terminating, sessile, the size of Peas. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fourth species. 4. Stoebe Gnaphaloides. Leaves imbricate, pressed close; stems shrubby, proliferous, rod like, a foot and half high; with filiform branches, covered with pressed-close leaves; flowers sessile, in bundles. Native of the Cape of Good Hope. — This, and all the plants of this genus, may be propa- gated by cuttings or slips, planted in July upon a bed of soft loam, and covered close down with a bell or hand glass, shading them from the sun until they have taken root, then gradually inure them to the open air, and afterwards take them up, and plant them in pots, placing them in the shade till they have taken new root; then place them in a sheltered situation, with other exotic tender plants, and in autumn remove them into the dry-stove. 5. Stoebe Gomphrenoides. Leaves lanceolate, imbricate, pressed close; head terminating, sessile. This very much 630 S T O THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; ST O resembles the preceding, which see. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. (5. Stoebe Scabra. Leaves twisted, pressed close, linear, rugged with tubercles on the outside, tomentose within ; flowers in racemes. This has the habit of a Heath in the herb. —Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fourth species. I7. Stoebe Reflexa. Procumbent: leaves linear; spikes ovate ; branches ascending.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fourth species. 8. Stoebe Rhinocerotis. Leaves three-sided, pressed close ; branchlets tomentose, drooping; racemes proliferous. This forms the principal food of the rhiuoceros, whence its trivial name.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fourth species. t). Stoebe Disticha. Leaves in bundles, recurved ; spikes bifarious. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the fourth species. Stokesia ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polygamia- iEqualis. — Generic Character. Calix : common, leafy, subimbricate. Corolla: floscular, two-formed; corollets hermaphrodite, regular in the disk; in the outer circum- ference irregular, constituting a ray. Stamina : filamenta five, capillary ; antherae cylindric. Pistil: germen in the regular florets four-cornered, in the irregular three-cornered; style filiform; stigma two-parted, awl-shaped. Pericarp: none. Seed: down tilamentose, deciduous, equal to the corollet; four in the regular, three in the irregular florets ; receptacle naked. Essential Character. Corollets: in the ray funnel-form, longer, irregular. Down : four-bristled. Receptacle : naked. The single species known is, 1. Stokesia Cyanea ; Blue-flowered Stokesia. This plant has a corolla resembling that of Centaurea Cvanus, or Com- mon Bluebottle, with almost the calix of Carthamus, to which genus it is allied. It flowers in August. — Native of South Carolina. Stonecrop. See Sedum. Stonecr op-Tree. See Chenopodium. Stone Fern. See Osmunda Crispa. Stonewort. See Chara. St or ax- Tree. See Styrax. Stoves or Hothouses, are principally intended for preserv- ing such tender exotic plants, where they will not live without artificial warmth in winter. Though there is a great variety of these Stoves, yet they are reducible to two, the Dry Stove and the Bark Stove ; both are of comparatively modern inven tion : the first has ouly been about an hundred and twenty years in use, and the latter a still shorter period. Before these were invented, German Stoves were introduced into rooms, to warm them. The use of bell-glasses, for covering Melons, began in the reign of Queen Elizabeth; and one improvement succeeded another, till the adoption of Conser vatories, or Dry Stoves. The Dry Stove may be either built with upright and sloping glasses at the top, or else the front glasses, which should run from the floor to the ceiling, may be laid sloping, at an angle of forty-five, the better to admit the rays of the sun in spring and autumn, when the sun declines. Mr. Miller always built his Dry Stoves after the model of the Bark Stove, with upright glasses in front, and sloping glasses over them, because this will more readily admit the sun at all different seasons : for in summer, when the sun is high, the top glasses will admit the rays to shine almost all over the house ; and the front glasses will answer the same purpose in winter, when the sun is low. Whereas, when the glasses are laid to any declivity in one direction, the rays of the sun will not fall directly on them above a fortnight in autumn, and about the same time in spring, and during the other parts of the year they will fall obliquely; and in summer, when the sun is high, the rays will not reach above five or six feet from the glasses. Besides, the plants placed towards the back part of the house, will not thrive in summer for want of air; whereas, when there are sloping- glasses at the top, which run within four feet of the back of the house, these, by being drawn down in hot weather, will let in air perpendicularly to all the plants: and of how much service this is, every one who has had an opportunity of observing the growth of plants in a stove, will easily judge; for when plants are placed under cover of a ceiling, they always turn themselves toward the air and light, and thereby grow crooked ; and, if in order to preserve them straight, they should be turned every week, they will still be poor and sickly. If the situation be dry, the floor of the stove need not be raised more than four feet above the level of the ground ; but if it be wet, it will be proper to raise it three feet, especially if the flues are to be carried under the floor; for if these be placed upon the surface, they will not draw so well as when they are more raised. The furnace must be placed at one end of the house, and the size of it must be directed by the kind of fuel intended to be burnt; if for coals or wood, it may be made according to the common method for coppers, only much larger, because as the fire is to be continued chiefly during the night, if there be not room to contain a considerable quantity of fuel, it will want fre- quent attendance, and consequently there will be great hazard of its being neglected. But if the fuel intended be turf, then the furnace may be the same as will be directed for the Bark Stove. The flues are either carried under the pavement of the floor, or along the back of the house, over each other, and are returned six or eight times the whole length of the stove, according to its height. If they are under the pavement, they may be carried straight, or in a waving line; which latter, some think, will draw better, and they may be so much turned, as to reach almost from the back to the front of the house. The depth should not be less than eighteen inches, and the width nearly equal, which will prevent their being choked up with soot, as is often the case when the flues are made too small. The spaces between the flues should be filled up, either with dry brick rubbish, lime, or sand, from which little moisture will arise. The flues should be closely plastered with loam both within and without, and the upper part covered with a coarse cloth under the floor, to prevent the smoke from getting into the house. When the flue is carried from the furnace to the end of the house, it may be returned in the back above the floor twice, iu straight lines, which may be contrived to appear like a step or two, by which means the smoke will be continued in the house untii all its heat is spent, which will warm the air of the house better; and the chimneys, through which the smoke is to pass off, may be either at both ends, or in the middle, carried up in the thickness of the brick-work of the flues, so as not to appear in sight in the house. The flues should be first covered with broad tiles, sixteen inches long, and then a bed of sand laid over them, about two inches thick, upon which the other tiles should be laid, to correspond with the rest of the floor. This thickness of cover will be full enough to prevent the too sudden rise of the heat from the flues. But if the furnace be placed under the floor, the thickness of sand between the brick arch which covers it, and the floor, should not be less than four or six inches, so that the bottom of the furnace should be sunk the lower; and if, from the fire-place to the end of the house, the flues be laid a little rising, it will cause them to draw the better; but S T O OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 8 T O this rise must be allowed it) the placing them lower under the door, next the fire; because the floor must be laid perfectly level, otherwise it will appear unsightly. In this stove there should be a stand or scaffold erected, for placing shelves above each other, that the plants may be disposed so as to make a handsome appearance in the house ; but these shelves should be made moveable, so as to be raised or sunk, accord- ing to the various heights of the plants, otherwise it will be very troublesome to raise or sink every particular plant, according to their heights, or every year as they advance in their growth. In placing the feet of this stand, be careful not to set them too near the fire, nor directly upon the top of the flue, especially that end next the fire; lest, by the constant heat of the tiles, the wood should take fire. The stand should be in the middle of the house, leaving a passage about two feet and a half in the front, and another of the same width in the back, the more conveniently to pass round the plants, in order to water them, and that the air may freely circulate about them. In disposing the plants, the tallest should be placed behind, and the shortest in front, so that there will not be occasion for more than five or six shelves in height at most ; but the scaffold should be so contrived, that there may be two shelves in breadth, laid upon every rise, whenever there may be occasion for it, which will save much trouble in disposing the plants. — The Bark Store. These stoves have a large pit, nearly the length of the house, three feet deep, and six or seven feet wide, according to the breadth of the house. This pit is filled with fresh tanners’ bark to make a hot-bed, and in this bed the pots of the most tender exotic trees and herbaceous plants are plunged. The heat being moderate, the roots of the plants are always kept in action, and the moisture, detained by the bark, keeps the fibres of their roots in a ductile state ; while in the Dry Stove, where they are placed on shelves, they are subject to dry too fast, which is very injurious to the plants. The dimensions of these stoves should be proportioned to the number of plants intended to be preserved, or to the particular plan of the owner ; but there should be one fire-place for every forty feet in length. Where there are two fires, it will be proper to make a partition of glass in the middle, and to have two tan-pits, that there may be two different degrees of heat, for plants from different countries. It would be best to build them all in one, only divided by glass partitions, at least the half way towards the front, which will- be of great advantage to the plants, because they may have the air in each division shifted, by sliding the glasses of the partitions, or by open- ing a glass door, which should be made between each division, for the readily passing from one into the other. These stoves should be raised above the level of the ground, in proportion to the dr) ness of the place, for when built in a moist situation, the whole should be placed on the top of the ground ; hence the brick-work in front, must be raised three feet above the surface, which is the depth of the bark-bed, whereby none of the bark will be in danger of lying in water, but if the soil be dry, the brick-work in front need not be more than one foot above ground, and the pit may be sunk two feet below the surface. Upon the top of this brick- work, in front, must be laid the plate of timber, into which the wood-work of the frame is to be mortised. This should be of sound winter felled Oak, one foot wide, six inches deep, and the upright timbers in front must be placed four feet asunder, or somewhat more, which is the proportion of the width of the glass doors or sashes ; these should be about six and a half or seven feet long, and placed upright; their dimensions should be nine inches by six, of yellow Fir; but from the top of these ought to come sloping glasses, reaching 118. 03 1 within three feet of the back of the stove, where a strong crown piece of timber should be placed, into which a groove for the glasses to slide upon should be inserted. The sloping timbers should be ten inches by nine, of yellow Fir; and the crown plate one foot by nine or ten inches of the same tim- ber. The wall in the back part of the stove should be at least thirteen inches thick, but eighteen or twenty-two inches will be better, for the greater thickness there is in the back wall, the more heat will be thrown to the front, whereby the air of the stove will be more thoroughly warmed ; the build- ing will also be the stronger, for to this back wall the flues, through w hich the smoke is to pass, must be joined. This back wall should be carried up about sixteen or twenty feet high, or more, for tall stoves, that they may be of a proper height to support the timbers of the back roof, which covers the shed behind the stove. The roof is fastened into the crown piece before mentioned, which in tall Stoves should be about thirty feet above the surface of the fan-bed ; this will give a sufficient declivity to the sloping glasses to carry off the wet, and be of sufficient height to admit many tall plants. The back roof may be slated, covered with lead, or tiled, according to the fancy of the owner; but the appearance of the outside of the building, is better expressed by the plan, than by any written description. In the front of the house, before the tan-bed, there should be a walk about two feet wide, next to which the bark-pit must be placed. The width of the bark-pit should be eight feet, where the width of the house is fourteen. Behind the pit, a walk of two feet wide should be made, to allow room to pass,- and water the plants. Then there will be two feet left next the back wall, to erect the flues, which must be all raised above the level of the bark-bed. These flues ought to be one foot wide in the clear, that they may not be too soon stopped with the soot, as well as that they may be easily cleaned. The lower flue, into which the smoke first enters from the fire, should be two feet deep in the clear, and covered with broad tiles a foot and half square, or one foot by a foot and half long, that they may be wide enough to extend over the wall in front of the flues, and to take sufficient hold of the back wall: over this the second flue must be returned back again. It may be twenty inches deep, and covered on the top, as before ; and so in like manner the flues may be returned over each other six or eight times, that the heat may be spent before the smoke passes off. The thick- ness of the wall, in front of these flues, need not be more than four inches, or three will do very well, if they be carefully carried up, but it must be well jointed with mortar, and par- geted on the inside, to prevent the smoke from getting into the house. The outside should be faced with mortar, and covered with a coarse cloth, to keep the mortar from cracking, as is practised in setting up coppers. If this be carefully done, there w ill be no danger of the smoke entering the house, which cannot be too carefully guarded against ; for there is nothing more injurious to plants than smoke, which will cause them to drop their leaves, and, if not stop- ped, will soon destroy them. The fire-place must be made at the end when there is only one; but where the length of the stove requires two, place them at each end of the shed, which must be made the length of the stove, that the fires and the back of the flues may not suffer from the outer air ; for it will be impossible to make the fire burn equally, where the wind has full ingress to it, and it will be troublesome to attend it in wet weather, if exposed to rain. The furnace must be adapted to the kind of fuel Ur be used ; but as turf is the best kind of firing, because it lasts longer than anv. other, the furnace here described is that suited for turf only.. 7 X 632 S T O THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S T O The whole of this furnace should be erected within the house, which will be a great addition to the heat; and the front wall, on the outside of the fire-place next the shed, should be three bricks thick, to prevent the heat from escaping in that direc- tion. The door of the furnace, at which fuel is introduced, should be small, and placed near the upper part, shutting as closely as possible. The furnace must be twenty inches deep, and sixteen square at bottom, but may be sloped off on every side, so as to be two feet square at the top ; and under this furnace should be a place for the ashes to fall into, which should be about a foot deep, and as wide at the bottom of the furnace ; this should also have an iron door to shut as close as possible, but just over the ash-hole, above the bars which support the fuel, should be a square hole, about four or six inches wide, to let in air to make the fire burn ; this must also have an iron frame, and a door to shut close when the fire is perfectly lighted ; which will make the fuel last longer, and moderate the heat. The top of this furnace should be nearly equal to the top of the bark-bed, that the lowest flue may be above the fire, to allow a greater draught for the smoke. The furnace should be arched over with bricks. The best are those called Windsor bricks, laid in loam of the same kind as that whereof they have been made, which, when burnt by the fire, will cement the whole together, and become like one brick. Take care that the fire be not placed too near the bark-bed, for then the heat of the fire will by its long continuance dry the bark, and not only destroy its virtue, but render it liable to take fire. Hence it will be the best method to continue a hollow between the brick-work of the fire and that of the pit, about four or five inches wide, which will effectually prevent any damage arising from the heat of the fire; but there ought to be no wood- work near the flues or fire-place, which becoming very dry must be very liable to take fire. The entrance into this stove should be either from a Green-house, the Dry Stove, or else through the shed, where the fire is made, because in cold weather the front glasses must not be opened. The inside of the house should be clean, and white-washed, because the whiter the back part of the house is, the better it will reflect the light, which is of great consequence to plants, especially in winter, when the stove is obliged to be shut up close. Over the top sliding-glasses there should be either wooden shutters, or tarpaulins, fixed in frames, to cover them in bad weather, to prevent the wet from getting through the glasses, and to secure them from being broken by storms of hail ; and these outer coverings will be very serviceable to keep out the frost ; and if in very severe cold there be a tarpaulin hung before the upright glasses in the front, it will be of great service to the stove, for then much less fire will preserve a heat in the house. In the warmest division, the most tender exotic trees and plants must be placed. Being natives of warm countries, they require to be plunged into the bark-bed, and over the flues there may be shelves made to set the Melon Thistle, the tender sorts of Cereus and Euphorbium, with other very tender succulent plants, which require to be kept dry in winter. As in this stove are placed the plants of the hottest parts of the East and West Indies, the heat should be kept up equal to that marked Anana upon the botanical thermometers, and should never be more than eight or ten degrees cooler at most. Nor should the spirit be raised more than ten degrees higher during the winter, as both extremes are equally in jurious. In order to judge more exactly of the temper of the air in the stove, hang the thermometer at a good distance from the fire, and take care that the tube be screened from the sun, for if the sunbeams rest only one hour upon the ball of the thermometer, it will raise the liquor considerably above the real temperature of the stove. — In the management of plants placed in the bark-bed, particular regard must be had to the temper of the bark, and the air of the house, that neither becomes too intensely hot. The plants will require frequent watering, except in cold weather, when it would be very injurious ; but the reader will find particular instructions upon this head under the descriptions of the plants themselves. It has been already observed, that in the erection of these stoves, it will be of great service to join them all together, w ith only one glass partition between them ; and wherever several of these stoves and green-houses are required in one garden, it will be very proper to have the green-house in the middle, and the stoves at each end, either placed obliquely or carried on in one straight front. By this contrivance in the structure of these houses, a person may pass from the one to the other of them without going into the open air; which, beside the pleasure to the owner, is also of great use, because there will be no occasion to make a back way into each of them, which must otherwise be done, because the front glasses of the stove could not be opened in cold weather without greatly injuring the plants. But besides the stoves here described, and the green-house, it will be very necessary to have a glass-case or two, wherever there may be great collections of plants. These may be built exactly in the manner described for the stoves, with upright glasses in front, and sloping glasses over the top of them, which should run within four feet of the back of the house. The height, depth, and other dimensions, should be conform- able to that of the stoves, which will make a regularity in that of the building. These may be placed at the end of the range on each hand beyond the stoves; and if there be a flue carried along round each of these, with an oven to make a fire in very cold weather, it will save a great deal of labour, and keep the frost out in the severest winters. The upper glasses of these houses should either have shutters of wood, or tarpaulins in frames to cover them in frosty weather; and if there be a contrivance to cover the upright glasses in frost, either with mats, shutters, or tarpaulins, it will be of great use in winter; otherwise the flue must be used when the frost comes on, but that should be done only upon extraordinary occasions, because the design of these erections is to defend such plants as do not require additional warmth, but merely a protection from frost, and a larger share of air than can be conveniently admitted into a green-house. In one of these houses, for instance, may be placed all sorts of Aloes, Me- sembryanthemum, African Sedum, Cotyledon, and succulent plants from the Cape of Good Hope. In the other, the dif- ferent kinds of Arctotis, Osteospermum, Royena, Lotus, and woody or herbaceous plants from the same countries or lati- tudes. Thus, by contriving the green house in the middle, and one stove and a glass-case at each end, there will be a conveniency to keep plants from all the different parts of the world, such particularly as will only live in the temperature of their native soil. Whoever desires to have a large collec- tion of plants from different countries, must contrive to have two or three of these stoves, and adapt their heat to the climates from whence the plants placed in them have been brought. — As, however, most of the English stoves are designed for the culture of Ananas only, we shall subjoin Mr. Miller’s description of two sorts of stoves, which are of the least expense erecting ; so that whoever wishes to erect a stove for that purpose, may be able to adapt it to the number of fruit proposed to be annually raised. The first sort of stove, is that which is designed for the plants which pro- duce the fruits the same year; for as they do not generally fruit till the second year, owing to their being taken from S T O OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S T O 633 the old plants, whether they be suckers from the side of the plants, or crowns taken from the fruit, if they fruit the succeeding year, their fruit will be small ; therefore when they are properly managed, they will not produce their fruit till the second year, by which time they will have obtained strength to produce large fruit, in which their greatest value consists: for although there are several varieties of this fruit which differ, like most other fruits, in degrees of goodness, yet they may all be improved in size without injuring their taste. The larger and better-nourished the fruit is, the finer will be its flavour. In order therefore thus to improve and bring it to the greatest perfection, it will be proper to have a small stove, in which the young plants may be placed, to bring them forward for fruiting in the following autumn, after which they ought to be removed into the larger stove for ripening. The length of this larger stove must be propor- tioned to the quantity of fruit desired in one season ; for as to the width, that should not be much varied : the tan-bed should never be narrower than six, nor more than seveu feet wide ; for when it is more there must be difficulty in reach- ing the plants in the middle of the bed, to water or clean them ; and if there be room enough on each side of the bed for a walk a foot and half broad, it will be sufficient for persons to water and do every thing which is necessary for the plants. If the stove be made thirty-six feet long in the clear, then the tan-bed may be thirty-three feet, leaving a walk a foot and* half w'ide at each end, which will be suffi- cient to walk round, attend to, and water the plants. A tan- bed of this size will easily contain eighty fruiting plants, and may be warmed with one fire ; but if the stove be built much larger, there must be two fire-places contrived, one at each end, otherwise the air of the house cannot be sustained at a proper degree of heat. The quantity of fuel required for a stove of thirty-six feet long in the clear, is about three chal- dron and a half of coals, or in such proportion for any other sort of fuel. But coal, especially pit or Scotch coal, is the best, because the Newcastle coal is very subject to melt and run into clinkers when the oven is very hot ; while the Scotch coal burns away with a white ash, and makes but little soot, and will not require the flues to be so often cleaned. The next best fuel is peat, where it can be procured good ; but the scent of it is often disagreeable : there are some persons who burn wood, but this requires greater attendance, besides consuming a much greater quantity thau of any other kind. The stoves intended for ripening the fruit of the Ananas should have upright glasses in their front, and the front must be high enough to admit a person to walk upright under them on the walk in the front of the house; or where this cannot be admitted, the front wall may be sunk one foot lower than that on the back of the tan-bed, so that the surface of the bed will be a foot above the walk, which will be rather an advantage, as the plants will be so much nearer the glass; and a person may with great ease water and attend the plants when they are thus raised above the w'alk ; therefore when a stove is so situated as that the raising of it high above ground might be attended with inconvenience, the walks quite round the tan-bed might be sunk a foot or eighteen inches below the top of the bed, which will admit of the stove being built so much the lower ; for if there is height for a person to walk under the glasses, it will be as much as is required ; but as the flues, when returned four times against the back wall, will rise nearly seven feet, so the bottom of the lower flue should be on the same level with the walk, to admit room enough for the whole under the roof. Over the npright glasses there must be a range of sloping glasses run- ning to join the roof, which should come so far from the back wail as to cover the flues and the walk behind the tan pit ; for if the sloping glasses are of sufficient length to reach nearly over the bed, the plants will require no more light; therefore these glasses should not be longer than is absolutely necessary, that they may be the more manageable. The other stove, or Succession House, which is designed for raising young plants until they are of a proper size to produce fruit, need not be built so high as the former. The frames may be made in one slope, without any upright glasses in front. Many persons have formerly made tan-beds with two flues runnimg through the back wall, and covered with glasses made in the same manner as those for common hot-beds, only larger. But as there is no passage into them, the glasses must be taken off when the plants want water : the damps in winter also often rise when they are closely shut ; and there is also danger of the tan taking fire, if it should lie too near the fires. Hence, although the small stove, or Succession House, here proposed is more expensive in building, yet being greatly preferable in other respects, and the after-expense being the same, it has become more general wherever the Ananas are cultivated. Where there is no danger of wet settling in winter about the tan, the bark-pit maybe sunk two feet deep in the ground, and raised one foot above the sur- face. The only walk which is necessary in these stoves is at the back of the bed, and that may be on a level with the surface of the ground; hence the tan-bed will be more than a foot above the walk ; and the flues beginning from the level of the walk, there will be room to return them three times, which will warm the air much more with the same fire than when they are carried about twice the length of the stove. In wet landT however, the tan-bed should be wholly raised above the level of the ground, in order to preserve the tan from being chilled by moisture; and in such places the walks at the back should be raised nearly two feet above the level of the ground, because the tan-bed itself ought not to rise much more than one foot above the level of the walk, as, if it be higher, that will render it more difficult to reach the plants when they require water. The brick wall of the pit, on the side next the wall, need not be more than four inches thick so far as rises above the walk, but below that it should be nine inches thick. The reason for reducing the wall above, is to obtain more room for the walk, which would otherwise be too much contracted ; and if there be a kirb of Oak laid upon the top of the four-inch wall, it will secure the bricks from being displaced, and sufficiently strengthen the wall, which being but one foot above the walk, will not be in any danger of falling; while upon this kirb there may be two or three upright iron bars fixed with claws, to support the crown-piece of timber, which will secure it from hanging in the middle. There may be more or less of these bars according to the length of the stove, but if they are about ten feet apart, that will be sufficiently near; and an inch square in thickness will be strong enough to answer the design, — Forcing Stoves. These do not differ in the manner of their being heated from those already described, but only in their application. The Bark Forcing Stove has a tan-pit, in which pots of Roses, Pinks, Narcissus, and other bulbs, with various choice flowers, are plunged, in order to have them early in spring. Tender annual flowers may be raised in this pit, and pots of Strawberries, Dwarf Cherries, Kidney Beans, &c. may be set either in the pit or on the sides of it, or on shelves nearer to the glasses. If the stove be big enough, there may be a border of earth next the back wall, and a small one in front in which fruit-trees, such as Cherries, Peaches, Nectarines, and Apricots, may be planted in the full ground. Vines also planted on the outside in front may be trained in along the frames of STO STR 834 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; the upper sashes. This stove has a furnace with flues, and gentle fires must be made in it when the nights are cold, and occasionally during severe weather in the day-time, to keep up an uniform heat. The Dry Forcing Stove has no pit, but furnace and fire-flues only. It is chiefly intended for forcing fruit-trees, as Peaches, Nectarines, Vines, and Figs, early Cherries, and the best sorts of Apricots and Plums, together with Gooseberries, Currants, Raspberries, Strawberries, &c. The whole area is filled with rich earth two feet deep, in which the trees are planted to remain, having been first trained in the open ground till they are in a state for bearing. They are planted in straight or oblique lines from the back to the front, the tallest behind ; and are trained against the back wall and front to a trellis, and in the area as espaliers. Pots of Strawberries and Kidney Beans are placed upon shelves near the glasses, and vines are trained in from without along the frames, or on trellis work over the upper glasses. These stoves begin to be worked in January, or early in February. When the fruiting season is past, the upper glasses are removed, to admit air and showers to strengthen the annual shoots of the trees, and so are continued ojren till winter. It is obvious that in such a stove, crowded with fruit- trees of different kinds, that require different management, and some more warmth to force them than others, all the trees will not succeed equally well: and the vines trained along the upper glasses will be likely too much to overshade the trees in the area below. Curious and opuleut individuals, therefore, have a distinct stove constructed for each sort of fruit, the name of which they give to the stove ; as the Peach- house, the Vinery, &c. But as there is nothing peculiar in their structure, their principles also being the same as the others, there is no necessity here to describe them. Stoves upon various plans, according to the caprice of the owner or builder, have certainly been constructed, but they have rarely equalled, aud perhaps never excelled, those now most in use. — Forcing- Frames, are much used by the nurserymen near London, for bringing forward or forcing early flowers, tender annual plants, dwarf fruit-trees. Strawberries, Kidney Beans, &c. These are from five to fifteen feet wide, from five to ten feet high, and of any convenient length ; a wall of brick behind, and a front of glass, either in one slope, or with upright glasses before, and sloping ones above. Dung, bark, or fire, may be applied to heat these forcing-frames. If the first, it is placed chiefly against the back wall and ends, which are then mostly formed of thick planks. If bark or fire be used, the structure and application are much the same as in the Dry and Bark Stoves. Hot walls are forcing-frames worked by fire, and intended to bring forward choice fruits. If it be proposed to have only a single row of trained trees, a border of from four to six feet in width will be sufficient. The back wall must be eight or ten feet high, with flues run- ning the whole length. In front is to be a wall a foot high with a plate on it, upon which are sloping glass-frames to the top of the back wall ; these are most convenient in two ranges, the upper range made to slide. The trees are trained on a trellis witiiin five or six inches of a wall. Along the bottom in the border may be set Strawberries, Dwarf Kidney Beans, Frame Peas, Roses, or any flowers or fruits that do not grow so high as to shade the trees. Such a frame may be worked with one furnace, if it be not more than forty or fifty feet long. Larger forcing-frames differ in nothing but their size from the forcing-frame here described. — For Forcing- Beds, see Hot-beds, and the article Cucumis. Frames covered with oiled paper instead of glass, are sometimes used for protecting Melons. They may be constructed either like the cover of a waggon, or like the roof of a house. They have a frame of wood at the base, to which in the former, broad hoops- are fastened, circularly bent over. The width of the frame should be from five to six feet. The distance between the hoops should not be more than a foot, and there should be two rows of strong packthread or rope-yarn on each side of the arch, running from hoop to hoop, to keep the oiled paper from sinking down with wet. The length of each frame need not be above ten feet, that being the size of a three-light frame; if longer, they will be heavy, and troublesome to move. The other sorts of frame may be made of pantile laths, or slips of deal of those dimensions, fastened into a ridge at the top, and the base-frame at the bottom. The lights may have hinges alternately on each side, that they may be raised occa- sionally to admit air on the side from the wind, or on all sides in warm weather. When the frames are quite dry, the paper is pasted on. The best paper for this purpose is called Dutch wrapper; for it is strong, and becomes pellucid when oiled all over. After the paste is well dried, the paper should be oiled over on the outside, which if well done with linseed oil, will be sufficient. The oil should be dry before the frames are exposed to the wet, otherwise the paper will tear. In pasting the paper on the frames, care should be taken to stretch it out very smooth, and to paste it to all the ribs of the frames, and also to the packthreads to prevent the wind from raising the paper. If the frames be well painted over with the following composition, they will last a long time. To every six pounds of melted pitch, add half a pint of linseed oil, and a pound of brick-dust ; mix them well together, and use them warm. This is the best pigment for all timber exposed to the weather, for no moisture can pene- trate through it. The covers here described must not be kept too close down over the plants, lest they be drawn up too weak, but air should always be admitted when it can be with safety. These covers of oiled paper are useful not only for Melons, but for covering cuttings of exotic plants, and for many other purposes: the paper will seldom last longer than one season ; but if the frames be well made, and when out of use be carefully laid up in shelter, they will last several years, especially if a band of straw be laid round the bed, for the frames to rest upon during the time they are in use. — Hot houses and Pine stoves are frequently infested with red spiders, and other insects. To destroy these ants, the fumes of burning tobacco are applied by means of bellows adapted for that purpose; and when the house is deeply infected, a hole large enough to admit the pipe of the bellows is made in the door, and the smoke is kept in for several hours. This must be repeated two or three times, according to the condi- tion the plants are in ; but if some few only are infected, they may be removed into a small room, and fumigated there. Matches also, moistened with a tincture of assafeetida, and then rolled in a powder of brimstone and Scotch snuff in equal quantities, have been recommended to be burnt in the houses, closely shut up. The walls also, with the frames, to be well washed with four ounces of sublimate dissolved in tw o gallons of water. This wash may be used on old garden walls ; and may be applied to the roots of trees to destroy ants, but in that case it must be made weaker. Slratiotes; a genus of the class Dicecia, order Dode- candria ; or class Polyandria, order Hexagynia. — Ge- neric Character. Male. Calix: spathe common, two-leaved, three or five flowered ; leaflets boat-shaped, compressed, obtuse, converging, keeled,- almost equal, per- manent; proper of the lateral flowers one-leafed, membrana- ceous, channelled at the back, opposite to the leaflets of the common spathe, and hidden by them. Corolla: petals three, obcordate, from erect spreading, twice as large as the perl- STR OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. STR anth. Nectaries: twenty, anthera-shaped, linear-lanceolate, acute, in a ring, inserted into the receptacle. Stamina : filamenta twelve, filiform, shorter than the nectaries, inserted into the receptacle ; antherae linear, erect. Female. Calix: spathe two-leaved, one-flowered ; leaflets boat-shaped, com- pressed, obtuse, converging, unequal, permanent; perianth as in the male, superior. Corolla: as in the male; nectaries as in the male, a little larger. Pistil: germen inferior, ovate hexangular, compressed ; styles six, two-parted ; stigmas simple, recurved. Pericarp: berry ovate, narrowed to both ends, six-sided, six celled, with a pellucid pulp. Seeds: very many, oblong, cylindrical. Observe. According to Willdenow, the nectaries are commonly twenty-one or twenty- two, the stamina eleven or twelve: according to Roth, the nectaries are thirty-one, and the stamina commonly thirteen. Essential Character. Spathe: two leaved. Perianth: superior, trifid. Petals: three. Berry: six -celled. The Leaves eiisiform-triangular, aculeate, serrate; peduncles seve- ral, shorter than the leaves, each bearing one upright white flower, arising from a two-leaved sheath; berry ovate; seeds from ten to twelve in each cell. The .pulp in its natural state is clear like the vitreous humour of the eye; in spirits of wine it becomes opaque and white, like the white of an egg when boiled, but when plunged into water it becomes clear again. This is a truly stoloniferous and perennial plant, though each root flowers but once. The parent plant, rooted in mud at the bottom of the ditch, after flowering sends out buds of leaves at the ends of long runners, which rise to the surface, form roots, flower, and then sink to the bottom, where they take hold of the mud, sometimes ripen their seeds, and always become in their turn the parents of another race of young offsets. — Native of the north parts of Europe, and of Siberia. In England it abounds in the fen-ditches of the Isle of Ely, and is very common in Lincolnshire, Norfolk, Cheshire, and Yorkshire, flowering in July. In spring the offsets rise and float on the surface, sometimes eight or ten in a circle, and so thick as entirely to fill up the surface of the ditches, and prevent all other plants from growing. A great variety of insects are nourished by this plant, some of whom pursue it down to the bottom of the water, and devour the leaves. — To propagate it, procure the young plants in spring, when they first rise on the surface of the water, and place them in canals, ponds, large tubs, or cisterns, where they will strike down their roots, and thrive without care. 2. Stratoites Acoroides. Leaves ensiform, flat, very smooth; spathe bearded at the point; root creeping, little branched; flowers superior. — Native of Ceylon. 3. Stratoites Alismoides. Leaves cordate. — Native of the East Indies and of Egypt. Strawberry. See Fragaria. Strawberry Elite. ) §ee Bli(um Strawberry Spinach. ) Strawberry Tree. See Arbutus. Strelitzia ; (so called in honour of her late majesty Char- lotte Sophia, Queen of Great Britain, of the family of Meck- lenburg!) Strelitz, and an illustrious patroness of the science of Botany ;) a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: spathe universal, terminating, one-leafed, channelled, acuminate, from spread- ing declining, many-flowered, involving the base of the flow- ers; partial spalhes lanceolate, shorter than the flowers; perianth none. Corolla: irregular; petals three, lanceolate, acute, the lowest boat-shaped, the two upper bluntly keeled ; nectary three-leaved; the two lower leaflets a little shorter 119. 635 than the petals, from a broad base, awl-shaped, waved at the edge, folded together, including the genitals, towards the tip behind augmented with a thick appendix, in form of half an arrow-head ; the lowest leaflet shorter, ovate, compressed, keeled. Stamina: filamenta five, filiform, placed on the receptacle, three in one leaflet of the nectary, two with the style inclosed in the other leaflet; antherae linear, erect, commonly longer than the filamenta, included. Pistil: germen inferior, oblong, obtusely three-cornered ; style fili- form, length of the stamina ; stigmas three, awl-shaped, higher than the nectary, erect, at the beginning of flowering-time glued together. Pericarp ; capsule subcoriaceous, oblong, obtuse, indistinctly three-cornered, three-celled, three-valved. Seeds: numerous, adhering in a double row to the central conceptacle. Essential Character. Spathes: univer- sal and partial. Calix: none. Corolla: three-pelaiied ; nectary three-leaved, involving the genitals. Capsule: three- celled ; cells many-seeded. The species are, i. Strelitzia Reginae; Canna-leared Strelitzia. Leaves parallel-ribbed ; scape the length and thickness of the petioles, erect, round, covered with alternate, remote, acuminate sheaths, green, with a purple margin ; petals yellow, four inches long. The spathe contains six or eight flowers, which becoming vertical as they spring forth, form a kind of crest, which the glowing orange of the corolla, and the fine azure of the nectary, render truly superb.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. It may be propagated by seeds, or by the roots; but seeds do not ripen readily in England, and it increases very slowly here by the roots. It has been usually plunged in the tan-pit in a stove ; but when the roots are thus confined, the plant rarely or never flowers. When the roots have by accident extended into the rotten tan, it has readily thrown up flowering-stems ; the best practice there- fore is to let the roots have plenty of earth to strike into. Being a Cape plant, it may probably be found to succeed best in the dry-stove or conservatory. . 2. Strelitzia Augusta. Leaves ribbed, netted-veined. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Streptium ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- sperinia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, oblong, bellied, five angled, five-grooved, five-toothed, covered with stiff white hairs, permanent, closing, and enlarging with the fruit, which it entirely covers. Corolla: one-petalled ; tube cylindric, rather longer than the calix, twisted near the apex, a little curved; border five parted ; divisions obovate, equal. Stamina: filamenta four, in the upper bent part of the tube, two longer and two shorter; antherae round, two-lobed, approaching by pairs. Pistil: germen superior, four-lobed ; style length of the tube ; stigma large, two-lipped, the upper very short, the under long, broad, recurved. Pericarp: drupe dry, two-lobed, hid in the withered inflated closed calix, nut-like, laterally echinate, each lobe bipartite. Seeds: one in each division of the nut, oblong, tapering towards the end, a little bent. Essential Character. Calix: five-toothed. Stigma: two-lipped. Drupe: two-lobed, each lobe bipartite. The only known species is, 1. Streptium Asperum. Leaves opposite, pelioled, cor- date, serrate, covered with stiff hooked hairs, from one to three inches long, and from one to two broad ; flowers towards the bottom of the raceme, remote above, approxi- mated, small, white. — Found in the vicinity of Samulcottah, on the terraces of old walls of pagodas. The Telingas call it Obeera. Strumpjia; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Mono- gamia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- ST R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; ST R leafed, five-toothed, superior, very small, permanent. Co- rolla: petals five, oblong, obtuse, spreading. Stamina: filamenta none; anther® five, united into an ovate body. Pistil: gertnen inferior, roundish; style awl-shaped, erect, commonly longer than the stamina; stigma simple, obtuse. Pericarp: berry crowned with the calix, roundish, one- celled. Seed: one, roundish. Essential Character. Calix : five toothed, superior. Corolla: five-petalled. Berry: one-seeded. -The only species yet discovered is, 1. Strumpfia Maritima. Leaves in threes, very much resembling those of the Rosemary. It is an upright shrub three feet hiyh ; common peduncles axillary, and only half the length of the leaves, sustaining about five small flowers with white petals, and on short peduncles; berries soft and white, the size of a pea. The whole plant has an unpleasant smell. — Native of Curasao, on rocks by the coast. This plant must be preserved in the bark-stove, and will not bear transplanting; several plants that were raised from seeds thriving very well while they continued in the pot where they were sown, but decayed when transplanted. Struthiola ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: none, unless the corolla be taken for it. Corolla: one-petalled, shrivelling; tube filiform, elongated ; border four-parted, flat, shorter than the tube; segments ovate; nectary eight glands, ovate, placed round the throat, surrounded with their proper pencil. Stamina: filamenta four, very short, concealed within the tube; anthera linear. ' Pistil: germen ovate; style filiform, length of the tube ; stigma capitate. Pericarp: coriaceous, ovate, one-celied. Seed: one, sharpish. Observe. It is allied to Passerina. Essential Character. Corolla: none. Calix: tubular, with eight glands at the mouth. Berry : juiceless, one-seeded.- The species are, 1. Struthiola Virgata. Leaves lanceolate, striated, the upper ones ciliate; branches pubescent. This shrub has long rod-like branches, and four-cornered branchlets; flowers sessile, solitary, long, coriaceous, red, silky, tomentose "without. It varies with yellow flowers in whitish membra- naceous calices, and yellowish anther®, dark yellow at the tips; also with longer and shorter leaves. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Struthiola Nana. Leaves linear, obtuse, hairy ; flowers terminating in bundles, tomentose. The bractes are blue. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. a. Struthiola Juniperina. Leaves linear, acute, spreading; corollas and calices naked ; flowers from the middle of the branchlets almost to the top. This is a small shrub, smooth all over; branches slender, round, with four-cornered branch- lets ; calix smooth, length of the tube of the corolla. — Native of the Cape. 4. Struthiola Erecta. Leaves linear, smooth ; branches smooth, four-cornered ; flowers at the top of the branchlets, lateral, sessile, within bractes, similar to the Laves, but narrower, solitary. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Struthiola Ovata. Leaves ovate, smooth ; branches smooth, wrinkled, stiff, round, naked, with four-cornered branchleis; flowers oppositely heaped at the tops of the branches, each sessile, within a bracte narrower than the leaves; calix pubescent. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Strychnos ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- parted, very small, deciduous. Corolla: one-petalled; Tube cylindric ; border spreading, five-cleft, acute. Stamina : filamenta five, length of the corolla; anther® simple. Pistil: germen roundish ; style simple, longer than the stamina ; stigma thickish. Pericarp: berry brittle, globular, smooth, very large, one-celled, full of pulp. Seeds: orbicular, de- pressed, villose, radiant with villose hairs towards the peri- phery. Essential Character. Corolla: five-parted. Berry : one-celled, with a woody rind. The species are, 1. Strychnos Nux Vomica; Poison Nut. Leaves ovate; stem unarmed. It is a middling-sized tree, with the trunk short and crooked, but pretty thick, and the branches irre- gular; flowers small, greenish-white, collected in small ter- minating umbels; berry the size of a pretty large apple, covered with a smooth somewhat hard shell, of a rich beau- tiful orange colour when ripe, filled with a soft jelly-like pulp. — Native of the East Indies, and common in almost every part of the coast of Coromandel ; flowering in the cold season. The wood is hard and durable, and is used for many purposes by the natives. It is exceedingly bitter, particularly the root, which is used to cure intermittent fevers, and the bites of venomous snakes. The seeds are employed in the distillation of country spirits, to render them more intoxicating. The pulp of the fruit seems perfectly innocent, being greedily eaten by many sorts of birds. The seed of the fruit is the officinal Nux Vomica: it is about an inch broad, and nearly a quarter of an inch thick, gray, covered with a kind of woolly matter, and internally tough and hard like horn, extremely bitter to the taste, but without any remarkable smell. It chiefly consists of a gummy matter, which is moderately bitter ; the resinous part, though very inconsiderable in quantity, is intensely bitter ; hence recti- fied spirit has been considered as its best menstruum It is classed among the most powerful poisons of the narcotic kind, and proves fatal to dogs in a very short time. Loureiro relates, that a horse died within a quarter of an hour after taking an infusion in wine of the half-roasted seeds. It has also been found to poison hares, wolves, foxes, rabbits, cats, rats, and even birds, as crows and ducks. The effects, however, appear to be rather uncertain, and not always in proportion to the quantity given. With some animals it operates almost inslaneously ; with others, not till after several hours, when laborious respirations, followed by torpor, trem- bling, coma, and convulsions, usually precede the fatal spasms or tetanus with which life is usually extinguished. From several detailed cases of its mortal effects upon human subjects, we find that the symptoms corresponded nearly with those already ascribed to brutes; and dissections, both of the human subject and of dogs, not showing any injury done to the stomach or intestines, proves that it acts upon the nervous system, and destroys life by the virulence of its narcotic influence: A single scruple will generally kill a strong dog; a rabbit has been killed by five, and a cat by four grains. Of the four persons before-mentioned, one was a girl ten years old, to whom fifteen grains were given in two doses for the cure of an ague. It was successfully tried in Sweden for the cure of dysentery; but Bergius says, that it suppresed the flux only for twelve hours. A female, who took a scruple of it night and morning on two successive days, is said to have been seized with convulsions and vertigo, notwithstanding which the dysenteric symptoms returned, and the disorder was cured by other medicines; but she suffered by a pain in the stomach for a long time afterwards. On this account, Bergius concluded that it ought to be admi- nistered as a tonic and anodyne only, in doses from five to ten grains, and not till after proper laxatives have been employed. Loureiro recommends it as a valuable internal medicine in fluor albus, and roasted it till it became black and friable, which renders its medicinal use safe, without impairing its efficacy. 2. Strychnos Colubrina. Leaves ovate, acute; tendrils STY OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. STY 637 simple. The Indian botanists contend that there is no dif- ference between this and the preceding species. Many dif- ferent woods are sent to Europe from the East Indies under the name of Lignum Colubrinum. — Native of the East Indies. 3. Stychnos Potatorum. Leaves opposite, ovate, acute, quintuple-nerved, veined ; cymes axillary. This is a tree, with opposite branches; flowers small, nodding; berry the size of a cherry, dark red, one-seeded. The flowers are very white, pleasant, and aromatic; and the fruit first tastes sweet, but afterwards bitter and astringent. This grows to be a larger tree than the first species, and is much scarcer, being only found among mountains, and in woods of great extent. It flowers during t lie hot season. The wood is hard and durable, and used for various economical purposes. The pulp of the fruit when ripe is eaten by the natives, but the taste is rather disagreeable. The ripe seeds are dried and sold in every market to clear muddy water, whence it obtained the English name of Clearing Nut. The natives of Coro- mandel never drink clear well water, if they can get pond or river water, which is always more or less impure. One of the seeds is rubbed very hard for a minute or two round the inside of the vessels containing the water. This vessel is generally an unglazed earthen one, and the water is left to settle: in a very short time the impurities fall to the bottom, leaving the water perfectly clear and wholesome. These nuts are more constantly carried about by the more provident part of our officers and soldiers in time of war, to enable them to purify their water; and they are more easily procured than alum, and are more wholesome. Stuartia; a genus of the class Monodelphia, order Poly- andria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, half five-cleft, spreading; segments ovate, concave, permanent. Corolla: petals five, obovate, equal, spreading, large. Stamina : filamenta numerous, filiform, united into a cylinder below, shorter than the corolla, connecting the petals of the base ; antherae roundish, incumbent. Pistil: germen roundish, hirsute; styles five, simple, filiform, length of the stamina; stigma five cleft. Pericarp: pome juiceless, five-lobed, five celled, soluble into five closed parts. Seeds: solitary, ovate, compressed. Essential Character. Calix: simple. Styles: simple, with a five-cleft stigma. Pome: juiceless, five-lobed, one-seeded, opening five ways. The species are, 1. Stuartia Malachodendron, Flowers lateral, subbinate ; calices ovate, obtuse; styles conjoined. This shrub rises with strong ligneous stalks to the height of five or twelve feet, sending out branches on every side. The flowers are pro- duced from the wings of the stalk : they are white, with one of the segments of a yellowish tinge. It flowers in the latter end of May. Native of Virginia. — Sow the seeds, which frequently fail when brought to England, either from not being properly impregnated, or not fully ripened. When tb.e plants come up, they must not be much exposed to the sun- beams, nor to the open air, for they are very difficult to pre- serve while young. The seeds ought therefore to be sown under glasses; and the surface of the ground, between the plants, should be covered with moss, to keep it moist ; and the glasses should be constantly shaded when the sun is bright. With this management the plants will grow, but not fast. 2. Stuartia Pentagyna. Flowers solitary, axillary ; calices caligulate and lanceolate; styles distinct. — Native of Virginia. Styrax: a genus of the class Decandria, order Monogynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, cylindric, erect, short, five-toothed. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel-form ; tube short, cylindric, length of the calix ; border five-parted, large, spreading; segments lanceolate, obtuse. Stamina: filamenta ten, erect, in a ring, scarcely united at the base, awl-shaped, inserted into the corolla ; antherae oblong, straight. Pistil: germen superior, three-celled, many-seeded; style simple, length of the stamina; stigma truncate. Pericarp: drupe roundish, one-celled. Seeds: nuts one or two, roundish, acuminate, convex on one side, flat on the other. Observe. The number of stamina varies, but the natural number is ten. Essential Character. Ca- lix: inferior. Corolla: funnel-form. Drupe: two-seeded. The species are, 1. Styrax Officinale; Officinal Storax. Leaves ovate, villose beneath ; racemes simple, shorter than the leaf; trunk twelve or fourteen feet high, covered with a smooth grayish bark, and sending out many slender branches on every side. The flowers come out from the side of the branches, upon peduncles sustaining five or six flowers in a bunch; they are white, and appear in June. The fruit is a juiceless drupe, of an ovate-globular form. — Although this tree is indigenous to many parts of the south of Europe, yet the resinous drug which it produces is only to be obtained in perfection from Asiatic Turkey. It issues in a liquid state, from incisions made in the bark of the trunk or branches ; and as it was formerly the custom to collect this gum-resin in reeds, it obtained the name of Styrax Calamita. But the only kinds now to be found in the shops, are the Pure and the Common StOrax: the former is usually in irregular compact masses, free from impurities, of a yellowish or reddish-brown appear- ance, and interspersed with whitish tears, somewhat like Gum Ammoniac or Benzoin; it is extremely fragrant, aud, upon the application of heat, melts readily. This has been called Storax-in-the-lump, or Red Storax; and the separate tears, Storax-in-the-tear. The Common Storax is in large masses, very light, and bears no resemblance whatever to that just described: it seems almost wholly composed of dirty saw- dust, merely caked together by the resinous matter; and though much less esteemed than the purer kind, yet we are told, that when it is freed from the woody part, it possesses more fragrance, and is superior to the other. Rectified spirit, the common menstruum of resins, readily dissolves the Storax, which may be inspissated to a solid consistence. If infused in water, it imparts to the menstruum a yellow gold colour, some portion of its smell, and a slight balsamic taste. It im- pregnates water considerably in distillation, aud strongly diffuses its fragrance when heated, though it scarcely yields any essential oil. The spirituous solution, gently distilled off from the filtered reddish liquor, brings over with it very little of the fragrance, and the resin which remains is more fragrant than the finest Storax-in-the-tear. The pure resin distilled without addition, yields, along with an empyreumatic oil, a portion of saline matter, similar to the flowers of Benzoin, and sometimes a substance of the same nature may be ex- tracted by boiling it in water. With some of the ancients, this drug was a familiar remedy as a resolvent, and particu- larly in catarrhal complaints, coughs, asthmas, and menstrual obstructions. From its affinity to the Balsams, it was also prescribed in ulcerations of the lungs, and other stages of pulmonary consumption; and is by some still prescribed, in disorders of the breast. — This plant may be propagated by sowing the seeds in pots filled with fresh light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed. This should be done as soon after the seeds are procured as possible, for if sown in the latter end of summer, in pots kept in a moderate hot-bed of tanner’s bark all the winter, the plants will come up in the succeeding spring; whereas those sown in the spring, often remain in the ground a whole year before the plants come up. 638 STY THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SUB When the plants are come up, they should be hardened gradu- ally to the open air, into which they ought to be removed in June, placing them in a sheltered situation, and observing to weed and water them in dry weather. In this place they may remain till autumn, when they should be placed under a common hot-bed frame, where they may be screened from hard frost in winter, but in mild weather enjoy the free air as much as possible; for if they are kept too close, their tops are very liable to grow mouldy. Their leaves fall off in autumn, and in the spring, before they begin to shoot, they ought to be taken out of the pots, and their roots carefully parted, and be each replanted in a separate small pot, filled with light fresh earth, and plunged into a very moderate hot bed ; observing to water and shade them, until they have again taken firm hold. Then inure them gradually to the open air till June, when they may be placed abroad, in a warm situation, and remain there till the end of October, when ihey must be removed into shelter for the winter. They are tolerably hardy, and only require to be sheltered from severe frost while young; for in Italy they grow in the open air, and produce abundance of fruit. When they have grown three or four years in the pots, and are become strong, some of them may be turned out, and planted in the full ground, against a south wall, to which their branches should be trained in the same manner as fruit-trees; and in this situation they will bear the cold of our ordinary winters very well; but in severe frost, it will be proper to cover the branches with mats, straw, or other light things. 2. Styrax Grandifolium ; Large-leaved Storax. Leaves obovate, villose beneath; lower peduncles axillary, solitary, one-flowered. — Native of South Carolina. 3. Styrax Benzoin ; Benzoin Storax, or Benjamin Tree. Leaves oblong, acuminate, tomentose beneath; racemes com pound, length of the leaves. This tree rises quickly to a considerable height, and sends off many strong, round, leafy branches, which are covered with a tomentose or whitish downy bark, in Sumatra, where it is a native, this tree is reckoned of a sufficient'age when it has stood six years, or the trunk is about seven or eight inches in diameter, to afford the Benzoin. The bark is then cut through longitu- dinally, or somew hat obliquely, at the origin of the principal lower branches, from which the drug exudes in a liquid state, and by exposure to the sun and air soon concretes, when it is scraped off from the bark with a knife or chisel. The quantity which one tree affords, never exceeds three pounds; nor are the trees found to sustain the effects of these annual incisions longer than ten or twelve years. The Benzoin, which issues first from the wounded bark, is the purest, being soft, extremely fragrant, and very white ; that which is less esteemed, is of a brownish colour, very hard, and mixed with various impurities. In Arabia, Persia, and other parts of the East, the coarsest sort is consumed in fumigating and perfuming the temples, and in destroying insects. The Benzoin sold by the druggists in large brittle masses, is com- posed partly of white, partly of yellowish or light brown, and often also of darker-coloured pieces; that which is clearest, and contains most white matter, is most esteemed. It has very little taste, only impressing upon the palate a slight sw'eetness ; but its smell, especially when rubbed or heated, is extremely fragrant and agreeable. It totally dis- solves in rectified spirit, the impurities excepted, into a deep yellowish-red liquor, and in this state discovers a degree of warmth and pungency, as well as sweetness. It imparts by digestion, to water also, a considerable share of its fragrance, with a slight pungency : the filtered liquor, gently exhaled, leaves not a resinous or mucilaginous extract, but a crystalline matter, seemingly of a saline nature, amounting to one-tenth or one-eighth of the original weight. Exposed to the fire in proper vessels, it yields a quantity of a white saline concrete, called fiores benzoes, of an acidulous taste, and grateful odour, soluble in rectified spirit, and in water by the assist- ance of heat. As the trees which afford Benzoin and Storax are congeners, and as their resinous products are very similar in their external appearances, and not widely differing in their sensible qualities, it is reasonable to suppose that they are analogous in their medicinal effects. Benzoin, however, though rarely employed in a simple state, has been frequently prescribed as a pectoral, and recommended for inveterate coughs, asthmas, obstructions of the lungs, and phthisical com- plaints, where there is not much fever. Dr. Cullen says, that the flowers are manifestly a saline substance of the acid kind, possessing considerable acrimony and stimulant power; and observes, that in asthmas he found it to be hurtful given in doses of half a drachm only. Meyrick, however, observes, that the principal use of Gum Benjamin is in perfumes, and to beautify the skin, and render it agreeably smooth. It is, however, an excellent medicine in the asthma, and other disorders of the breast and lungs, which it relieves by remov- ing obstructions in those parts, and promoting expectoration : for these purposes, the preparation known in the shops by the name of Flowers of Benjamin, is most effectual, and may be taken with safety to the amount of fifteen grains, or a scruple, for a dose. The same preparation snuffed up the nose, provokes sneezing, and a large discharge of mucus from the head. The manner of preparing it for a cosmetic, is to make a tincture of the gum witli rectified spirits of wine, in the proportion of four ounces of the former to a pint of the latter. The ingredients must be set in a warm situation for the space of three or four days, and then strained or filtred through paper. One ounce of this tincture put into twenty times the quantity of water, gives it a milky colour and consistence ; from which circumstance the mixture has acquired the appellation of Virgin’s Milk; a little of which, being rubbed on the face and arms every day with a soft linen rag, makes them agreeably smooth, and removes blotches, spots, and other eruptions, which discolour the skin, and render it unsightly. — For its propagation and culture, see the first species. 4. Styrax Laevigatum ; Smooth Storax. Leaves oblong, smooth on both sides; peduncles axillary, one-flowered, solitary, or two together. It flowers in June and July. — Na- tive of South Carolina. Suber. See Quercus. Subularia ; a genus of the class Tetradynamia, order Siliculosa.— Generic Character. Calix : perianth four- leaved ; leaflets ovate, concave, spreading a little, deciduous. Corolla: four-petal led. cruciform; petals obovate, entire, a little bigger than the calix. Stamina: filamenta six, shorter than the corolla, two of which are opposite arid still shorter; anthers: simple. Pistil: germen ovate: style shorter than the silicle; stigma obtuse. Pericarp: silicle ovate, subcom- pressed, entire, with a very short style, two-celled; partition contrary to the valves; valves ovate, deeply concave. Seeds: very minute; roundish. Essential Character. Silicle: entire, ovate; valves ovate, concave, contrary to the parti- tion. Style: shorter than the silicle. The species are, 1. Subularia Aquatica ; Awlwort. Leaves all radical, smooth, awl-shaped, with a recurved point ; stalk seldom more than two inches high, simple, smooth, bearing a clus- ter of small white flowers, which are always immersed in water, and so closed that the impregnation is accomplished in safety, under the protection of the calix and petals; seeds SWA OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S W E 639 ovate, compressed, about three on each side. By the appear- ance of the flower and seed-vessel, this little plant might be taken for a Draba; but on examination, an essential difference is found, in the partition being contrary to the valves, not parallel with them, and yet those valves are not keeled, as in Lepidium, only concave; neither is the silicle notched, as in that genus. It, is therefore, no less remarkable for the peculiarity of its generic character, than for its situation and mode of flowering under water. It flowers in July. — Native of the northern parts of Europe. First found in Ireland, in the gravelly bottom of Lough Neagh; also in Loch Carran and Loch Tay, Scotland ; and near Llanberys, Llyn y Cwn, and Ffynnonfrech, near Snowden; and Llyn Aid, Denbigh- shire, North Wales. Succory. See Cichorium. Succory Hawkweed. See Crepis. Sugar-Cane. See Saccharum. Sugar Maple. See Acer. Sulphurwort. See Peucedunum. Sultan, Siveet. See Centaurea. Sumach. See Connarus, Coriaria, and Rhus. Summer Cypress. Chenopodium Scoparia. Sun Dew. See Drosera, Sun-flower. See Helianthus. Sun Spurge. See Euphorbia. Supple Jack. See Paullinia. Suriana ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Pentagvnia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved; leaflets lanceolate, acuminate, permanent. Corolla: petals five, obovate, length of the calix, spreading,, Stamina: fila- menta ten, filiform, shorter than the corolla; antherae simple. Pistil: germen five, roundish; styles solitary, filiform, erect, length of the stamina, inserted into the middle and inner side of the germen ; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: none. Seeds: five, roundish. Essential Character. Calix: five- leaved. Petals: five; styles inserted into the inner side of the germina. Seeds: five, naked. The only species known is, 1. Suriana Maritima. Leaves clustered in bundles, towards the ends of the branchlets, erect, wedged, bluntish, short, nerveless, veinless, thickish, villose, ^pubescent, pale-green, on very short petioles ; flowers small and yellow. — Native of the sea-coast of South America, and the islands of the West Indies. Browne says, it is frequent by the sea-side, in the parish of St. James, in Jamaica. Sow the seeds on a hot-bed early in the spring : when the plants come up, weed them, and refresh them frequently with water. In warm weather, raise the glasses to admit fresh air. When the plants are fit to remove, take them up carefully, and set each in a small pot filled with light fresh earth ; plunge them into the tan-pit, shading them until they have taken new root, after which water them every evening in hot weather, and admit fresh air in proportion to the warmth of the season. They must be kept very warm in winter, especially while young. They require also to be frequently refreshed with water, but it must not be given them in large quantities in cold weather. These plants make slow progress the first year, but after- wards will grow pretty freely. Swallowwort . See Asclepias. Swartzia ; a genus of the class Polyadelphia, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, inferior, coriaceous, coloured internally, four or five parted, permanent ; segments ovate, sharpish, reflexed, almost equal. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta numerous, ca- pillary, flexuose, longer than the calix, ascending, united at the base, inserted into a semicircular receptacle, surrounding 119. the base of the pedicel of the germen, and two longer and thicker, by the side of the pedicel on each part, before the other filamenta, adnate, free, and declined; a ntherae round- ish, flat, emarginate above and below, fastened by the back ; on the longer filamenta larger and oval. Pistil: germen ob- long, compressed, villose, placed on a thickish declining pedicel; style none ; stigma oblique, acute. Pericarp: cap- sule coriaceous, obliquely ovate, pedicelled, one-celled, two- valved. Seeds: few, ovate, covered at the base wvith a pulpy pitcher-shaped oblique aril, and pedicelled. Essen- tial Character. Calix: four-leaved. Petal: single, lateral, flat. Legume: one-celled, bivalve. Seeds: arillated. — — The species are, 1. Swartzia Simplicifolia. With simple leaves, and round- ish ovate petals, larger than the calix, and polyandrous flowers. — Native of Trinidad. 2. Swartzia Grandiflora. With simple, oblong, ovate leaves; subtriflorous footstalks ; round, reniform, very large petals ; and oblong legumes. This is so like the preceding, that they can hardly be distinguished: the leaves are rather narrower. — Native of the Island of Trinidad. 3. Swartzia Dodecandra. With simple leaves; dodecan- drous flowers ; and oblong petals, of the length of the cup. —Native of South America. 4. Swartzia Triphylla. With ternate leaves, and margined foot-stalks. This is a middle-sized tree, rising to the height of eight or ten feet or more, and branching towards the top ; leaves alternate and digitated, with three of the leaflets sessile, and annexed to the flat midrib ; flowers corymbose and axil- lary.— Native of the Caribbee islands. 5. Swartzia Pinnata. With pinnate leaves, and round common footstalks, which sufficiently distinguish it from the other species. — Native of Trinidad. 6. Swartzia Alata. With pinnate leaves, and winged com- mon footstalk. This tree is about twenty-five feet high, with a branchy top, and scattered ranunculets; flowers very small. — Native of Guiana. Sweet Apple. See Annona. Sweet Brier. See Rosa. Sweet Fern. See Scandix. Sweet Flag. See Acorus. Sweet Gum. See Liquidamber. Sweet Johns. See Dianthus. Sweet Maudlin. See Achillea. Sweet Pea. See Lathyrus. Sweet Rush. See Acorus. Sweet Sultan. See Centaurea. Sweet Weed. See Capraria. Sweet William. See Dianthus. Sweet Willow. See Myrica. Swertia; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-parted, flat, permanent; segments lanceolate. Corolla: one-petalled, wheel-shaped ; border flat, five-parted ; segments lanceolate, bigger than the calix, with the claws connected ; nectaries ten, as it were two dots in the base of each segment of the corolla, within excavated, girt with small erect bristles. Sta- mina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, from erect spreading, shorter than the corolla; antherae incumbent. Pistil: ger- men ovate-oblong ; style none ; stigmas two, simple. Peri- carp : capsule round, acuminate at both ends, one-celled, two-valved. Seeds: numerous, small, fastened to the suture of the capsule. Observe. In the fourth species the nectaries project beneath the horns; and in it, and the fifth and sixth species, the flowers are four-cleft. Essential Charac- ter. Corolla: wheel-shaped; nectariferous pores at the 640 S W I THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; S W I base of the segments of the corolla. Capsule: one-celled, two-valved. The species are, 1. Swertia Perennis ; Marsh Swertia, or Felwort. Corollas five-cleft; peduncles four cornered, awl-shaped ; stem undi- vided ; root-leaves oval ; flowers of a cinereous purple, of a dull colour, and void of scent. This is a handsome plant, with a perennial root, composed of long whitish fibres. — Na- tive of Germany, Austria, Switzerland, France, and Siberia, in alpine bogs. It flowers in August; and though found in Wales, is a doubtful native of Britain. Like all its congeners, it grows in swamps. They seldom seed in this country, and are propagated by parting the roots; the best time for doing which is in September, that they may have time to root and acquire strength before the frosts come on. They require a loose moist soil, and shady situation. 2. Swertia Difformis. Corollas five-cleft, the terminating one six-cleft; peduncles very long; leaves linear: the flowers are white. — Native of Virginia. 3. Swertia Decumbeus. Corollas five-parted ; leaves linear, lanceolate ; nectaries ten, bristly ; stems filiform, branched at the top, obscurely angular, very smooth, as is the whole plant. — Native of Arabia Felix. See the first species. 4. Swertia Corniculata. Corollas four-cleft, four-horned; root annual, short, attenuated, cruciate, with four lateral fibres ; stem erect, round, slightly angular, leafy; leaves ovate lance- olate. It varies in size from a long span, and almost simple, to two feet, many-stemined, and more branched. — Native of Siberia, where, for its grateful bitterness, it is received among the domestic remedies of the inhabitants: it is common on both sides of the river Jenisca, in sandy moistish Pine-woods; and in some parts occurs of a lower stature, with larger seeds and more turgid flowers. In Kamptschatka, it is hardly above two inches high, with a simple one-flowered stem, and only two or three pairs of leaves. It is also found in Canada; and flowers in July. See the first species. 5. Swertia Dichotoma. Corollas four-cleft, hornless; pe- duncles nodding; leaves elliptic ; stem branched; root simple, drawing to a point, stouter than in the preceding species, and apparently biennial : it is slightly bitter. This flowers in August, and is a native of eastern Siberia. See the first species. 6. Swertia Tetrapetala. Corollas four-cleft, hornless ; pe- duncles erect; leaves lanceolate; stem simple; flowers small, all four-cleft; root simple, slender, attenuated. — Native of Kamptschatka. See the first species. 7. Swertia Fastigiata. Corollas campanulate-rotate, of the length of the calix ; flowers fastigiate-aggregate, axillary, ter- minal, sky-blue; pedicels two together; leaves spathulate- obovate, nervose ; stem branchy. — Grows on the Missouri flats, near the Rocky Mountain. 0. Swertia Pusilla. Corollas rotated, as long again as the calix ; stem very simple, one-flowered ; leaves oblong. — Grows on the alpine regions of the White hills of New Hampshire. The whole plant, Pursh observes, is scarcely an inch high, with one or two pair of small leaves, and a considerably-sized blue flower. Divisions of the corolla oblong and acuminate, and-, those of the calix obtuse. In the Banksian Museum are specimens from Labrador, agreeing in every respect with the New Hampshire plant. Swietenia; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leaf- ed, five-cleft, obtuse, very small, deciduous. Corolla: petals five, obovate, obtuse, concave, spreading ; nectary one-leafed, cyiindric, length of the petals ; mouth ten-toothed. Stamina: filamenta ten, very small, inserted below the teeth of the nectary; anther® oblong, erect. Pistil: germen ovate; style awl-shaped, erect, length of the nectary ; stigma headed, flat. Pericarp: capsule ovate, large, woody, one-celled, at the top five-celled, five-valved ; valves opening at the base. Seeds: very many, imbricate, compressed, oblong, obtuse, having a leafy wing. Receptacle: large, five-cor- nered. Observe. It is allied to Cedrela by the fruit. Es- sential Character. Calix: five-cleft. Petals: five. Nectary: cyiindric, bearing the stamens at the mouth. Cap - sule: five-celled, woody, opening at the base. Seeds: imbri- cate, winged. The species are, 1. Swietenia Mahagoni ; Mahogany Tree. Leaves pin- nate, about four-paired ; leaflets ovate, lanceolate, equal at the base; panicles axillary. This is a lofty and very branch- ing tree, with a wide handsome head ; flowers small and whitish; capsules large, sometimes the size of a child’s head. Linneus remarks, that this tree has a great affinity with the Barbadoes Cedar. — It is a native of the warmest parts of America, and grows plentifully in the islands of Cuba, Ja- maica, Hispaniola, and the Bahamas. Cuba and Jamaica formerly produced trees of a very large size, which could be cut into planks of six feet breadth. Those on the Bahama islands are not so large, though they are often four feet in diameter, and rise to a great height, although they are gene- rally found on the solid road, where there appears to be scarcely any earth for their nourishment. The wood supplied by the Bahamas has generally passed under the name of Madeira Wood. The Spaniards use it for ship building, for which purpose it is better adapted than most woods yet known, being very durable, resisting gun-shots, which it buries without splintering, and is not so readily attacked by the worm as Oak. Browne informs us, that Mahogany was formerly very common in Jamaica, and while it could be had in the low-lands, and brought to market at an easy rate, furnished a considerable branch of the exports from that island. He observes, that it thrives in moist soils, and varies with different lands both in grain and texture : that which grows upon rocks being smaller, but very hard and weighty, of a close grain, and beautifully shaded ; while the produce of the low and richer lands is observed to be more light and porous, of a paler colour, and open grain. The tree, he adds, grows very tall and straight, and generally bears a great number of capsules with reddish or saffron-coloured flowers, and fruit about the size of a turkey’s egg. The wood is a very strong timber, and answers very well in beams, joists, planks, boards, and shingles ; for all of which it has been anciently used in Jamaica. In England the excellency of this wood for all domestic purposes has been long well known ; it is universally in use, and forms a principal article of our foreign timber trade. — In the Bahamas this valuable tree is suffered to propagate in the following manner. When the fruit is ripe, the outer hard shell separates next the footstalk, and thereby exposes the seeds, which being broad and light, are soon dispersed on the surface of the rocks. Such of them as fall into the fissures, very soon send forth roots ; and if these tender fibres meet with resistance from the hardness of the rocks, they creep along the surface, and seek another fissure, into which they pierce, and swell so as to break the rock, and thereby make way for the root to penetrate deeper. In England it is propagated by seeds procured from the Bahama islands ; those imported from Jamaica being seldom successful. Sow the seeds in small pots filled with light sandy earth, and plunge them into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, giving them a gentle watering once a week ; if the seeds be good, the plants will appear in a month or five weeks, and when they are two inches high, fill a sufficient number of S Y M OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. S Y M 641 small pots with light earth, and plunge them into the tan-bed a day or two, that the earth may be warmed before the plants are put into the pots; then shake out the young plants, carefully separating them so as not to tear their roots, and plant each singly in the pots, shading them till they have taken fresh root; after which treat them in the same manner as directed for other West India plants, takiug care to water them, but sparingly, especially in winter, and also, when they are shifted, to preserve the earth about their roots. 2. Swietenia Febrifuga. Leaves pinnate, about four-paired; leaflets elliptic, roundish, emarginate, unequal at the base; panicle terminating, divaricate. The bark is internally of a light red colour : a decoction of it dyes brown of various shades, according as the cloth has been prepared. Its taste is a bitter and astringent united, and very strong, particu- larly the bitter, at the same time not in any way nauseous or offensive. The wood is of a dull red colour, remarkably hard and heavy. The Telingas reckon it the most durable wood they know, and on that account is used for all the wood-work in their temples; it is also very serviceable for various other purposes. — Native of India. 3. Swietenia Chloroxylon. Leaves pinnate, many-paired ; leaflets halved, cordate, obtuse; panicle terminating, spread- ing. This is a middling-sized tree, with the trunk tolerably erect; flowers numerous, small, yellow. The wood is of a deep yellow colour, remarkably close-grained, heavy and durable : it is used for various economical purposes, aud comes nearer to Box-wood than any other. — Native of the mountainous part of the Circars, flowering at the beginning of the hot season. It is the Billoo of the Telingas. Swine’s Cress. See Cochlearia Coronopus. Sycamore. See Acer and Ficus. Syena ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth three-leaved ; leaflets linear-lanceolate, acute, spreading, permanent. Co- rolla: petals three, roundish, concave, spreading, length of the calix. Stamina : filamenta three, capillary ; antherae oblong. Pistil: gerinen superior, roundish; style filiform; stigma trifid. Pericarp: capsule globular, crowned with the style, one-celled, three-valved. Seeds: six, globular, striated, two fastened to each valve, one above the other. Observe. Allied to Commelina. Essential Character. Calix: three-leaved. Petals: three. Anther ce : oblong. Capsule: one-celled, three-valved. The only species is, 1. Syena Fluviatilis. Leaves capillaceous, in whorls; flowers axillary, white, peduncled, solitary; stem somewhat branched, decumbent. — This minute mossy plant is a native of Guiana, where it is found in rivulets. Symphonia ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Pentandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved, permanent; leaflets roundish, very small, spread- ing. Corolla : petals five, roundish, subcoriaceous, concave, converging into a depressed globe. Stamina: filamenta cylin- dric, sheathing the style ; antherae five, ovate, acute, spread- ing, alternate with the stigmas. Pistil: gerinen ovate; style cylindric, a little longer than the corolla; stigmas five, oblong, acute, spreading. Pericarp : berry five-celled, glo- bular. Seeds: solitary, subglobular, smooth, flatter inter- nally. Essential Character. One styled. Corolla: globular. Berry: five-celled. The only discovered spe- cies is, 1. Symphonia Globulifera. Leaves at the end of the branchlets, approximating, oblong-lanceolate, quite entire, very smooth, keeled underneath, with a blunt rachis. This is a tree, with a thick lofty trunk; the seeds of which are very grateful to the parrots. — Native of Surinam. Symphytum ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mo- nogynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- parted, erect, five-cornered, acute, permanent. Corolla : one-petalled, bell-shaped; tube very short; border tubular, bellying, a little thicker than the tube; mouth five-toothed, obtuse, reflexed ; throat fenced by five lanceolate rays, spi- nulose at the edge, shorter than the border, converging into a cone. Stamina: filamenta five, awl-shaped, alternate with the rays of the throat ; antherae acute, erect, covered. Pistil: germina four; style filiform, length of the corolla; stigma simple. Pericarp: none; calix larger, widened. Seeds: four, gibbous, acuminate, converging at the tips. Essen- tial Character. Corolla: border tubular, ventricose ; throat closed by lanceolate rays. The species are, 1. Symphytum Officinale; Common Comfrey. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, decurrent; root perennial, fleshy, exter- nally black ; stem two or three feet high, upright ; clusters of flowers in pairs on a common stalk, with an odd flower between them, recurved, dense, hairy; corolla yellowish- white, sometimes purple, the rays down at each edge. Com- frey is a plant which possesses considerable medical proper- ties, though they are but little regarded. A conserve of the roots cures the whites, and a decoction of them is excellent in coughs and soreness of the breast. Dried and powdered, they are good against fluxes of the belly, attended with griping pains and bloody stools. It is also serviceable in defluxions on the lungs, spitting of blood, and other disorders of the breast. Bruised and applied to foul ulcers, it cleanses aud disposes them to heal. It removes the inflammation, eases the pain, and stops the bleeding of the piles, and is of considerable efficacy in ulcerations of the kidneys and urinary passage, particularly if occasioned by the use of cantharides, or Spanish flies. The leaves are frequently employed to give a grateful flavour to cakes and panada, and when boiled are esteemed by many a very great delicacy. The variety with a red or purple flower is more common in many parts of the continent than in England. Mr. Miller asserts, that the difference in colour is permanent in the plants raised from seeds; and that the purple and whitish-yellow' flowers are never found mixed, where the plants grow wild. — It is a native of Europe, and also of Siberia: common in watery places on the banks of rivers and ditches, flowering from the end of May to September. This and the following spe- cies may be cultivated by sowing the seeds in the spring, or by parting their roots in the autumn, when almost every piece of a root will grow. They should be planted about two feet and a half asunder, that they may have room to spread, and will require no further care but to keep them clear from weeds ; for they are hardy enough for any soil or situation. 2. Symphytum Tuberosum ; Tuberous-rooted Comfrey. Leaves ovate, semi-decurrent, the uppermost opposite. This is suspected to be a variety of the preceding species. It is a lower plant, with the root white ou the outside : flowering- time from May to October. — Native of Germany, Austria, France, Spain, and Italy, and observed in various parts of Scotland. See the preceding species. 3. Symphytum Orientale. Leaves ovate, subpetioled ; root perennial ; stalks two feet high ; flowers in bunches like the first species, but blue. They appear in March, but seldom produce seeds in England. — Found growing by the sides of rivulets near Constantinople. See the first species. Symplucos ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Poly- andria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, bell-shaped, five-cleft, small; segments roundish, erect. Corolla: petals five to ten, oblong, obtuse, erect, 042 SYR THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; SYR spreading very much above. Stamina: filamenta very many, awl-shaped, flat, shorter than the petals, growing in four rows to the tube of the corolla, the lower ones shorter ; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen superior, roundish ; style filiform, length of the stamina ; stigma headed, subtrifid. Pericarp: drupe five-celled. Seeds: several. Essential Character. Calix: five cleft. Corolla: five-petalled, or from five to ten, erect at the base. Stamina: in four rows, growing to the tube of the corolla. Fruit: five-celled. The species are, 1. Symplocos Martinicensis. Peduncles subracemed; leaves very smooth, crenulate. This is a branching tree twenty-five feet high; flowers white, smelling like those of Hawthorn. — Native of the woods of MartiniGO, where it flowers in November. 2. Symplocos Ciponima. Peduncles many-flowered ; leaves entire, villose beneath. The shoots of this species are very villose. — Native of Guiana. 3. Symplocos Arechea. Peduncles about five-flowered ; leaves serrate, almost naked. This is intermediate .between the two former. — Native of the woods of Peru. 4. Symplocos Octopetala. Flowers eight-petalled. — Native of Jamaica. Syrian Rue. See Peganum. Syringa ; a genus of the class Diandria, order Monogynia. —Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, tubular, small; mouth four-toothed, erect, permanent. Co- rolla: one-petalled, funnel-form; tube cylindric, very long ; border four-parted, spreading, and rolled back ; segments linear, obtuse. Stamina: filamenta two, very short ; antherae small, obtuse, within the tube of the corolla. Pistil: germen oblong; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma bifid, thickish. Pericarp : capsule oblong, compressed, acuminate, two-celled, two-valved ; valves contrary to the partition. Seeds: solitary, oblong, compressed, acuminate at both ends, with a membranaceous edge. Essential Character. Corolla: four-cleft. Capsule: two-celled, two-valved. The species are, 1. Syringa Vulgaris; Common Lilac. Leaves ovate, cor- date. This universally admired shrub grows to the height of eighteeu or twenty feet in good ground. It divides into many branches, and the flowers are always produced at the ends of the shoots of the former year, and below the flowers other shoots come out to succeed them, for that part upon which the flowers stand, decays down to the shoots below, every winter. The panicles of flowers grow erect, and beiug intermixed with the green leaves have a fine effect ; and if their fragrancy be also considered, this may be ranked among the most beautiful decorations of our gardens, where it has been long cultivated. The flowers appear early in May, or towards the end of April, and will continue three weeks when the season is cool; but soon fade in hot seasons. There are three varieties, which not only differ in the colour of their flowers, but also in that of their shoots and leaves : one has | white, another blue, and the Scotch Lilac (the most beautiful of the three,) purple flowers. — This shrub is supposed to grow naturally in some parts of Persia, but is so hardy as to resist the greatest cold of this country. It may be propagated by seeds or by suckers. If the seeds be sown soon after they are ripe, the plants will come up in the following spring; but as the roots send out great plenty of suckers annually* few persons take the trouble of raising it from seeds, though the plants raised from seed are less liable to send out suckers, and generally flower in the third year. It thrives best upon a light rich soil, such as the gardens near London are for the most part composed of; and there they grow to a much larger size, when they are permitted to stand unremoved, than in in any other part of England. In strong loam, or chalk, they make no progress. 1 f the suckers be small when taken from the old plants, they should be planted in a nursery in rows three feet asunder, and one foot distance in the rows, where they may stand a year or two to get strength, and then they should be removed to the places where they are to remain. The best time to transplant them is in autumn. There is a variety or two with blotched leaves; but these variations being the effect of weakness, whenever the shrubs become healthv their verdure returns again. 2. Syringa Chinensis ; Chinese Lilac. Leaves ovate-lan- ceolate; stem shrubby. — Supposed to be a native of China. 3. Syringa Persica ; Persian Lilac. Leaves lanceolate. This shrub is lower than the first species. The stems are covered with a smooth brown bark; the branches are slender, pliable, extend wide on every side, and frequently bend down where they are not supported ; flowers in large panicles at the end of the former year’s shoots, of a pale blue colour, and having a very agreeable odour; they appear at the end of May, soon after those of the common sort, but do not perfect their seeds in England. There are two varieties, one with i almost white flowers, the other with flowers of a bright purple colour. This shrub was formerly known among the nursery- \ men by the name of Persian Jasmin.— It is usually propa- gated by suckers, which the roots send out in great plenty. | They should be carefully taken off from the old plant in > autumn, and planted in a nursery, in the same manner as i directed for the first ; where they may grow two years to get strength, and then be transplanted whither they are designed to remain. A better way of raising them is, by laying down the young branches, which will be sufficiently < rooted in one year to transplant, and may then be treated in the same way as the suckers. 4. Syringa Suspensa. Leaves ovate, serrate, and fernate; ! stem flexuose, ascending, and then hanging down ; branches I opposite, remote, divaricated, resembling the stem; flowers from opposite buds, solitary, two or three, yellow, on a wrinkled peduncle. It begins to flower in April, and is often cultivated for the elegance of its flowers. — Native of Japan. | TAB TABAXIR. See Arundo Bambos. Tabernezmontana ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, five-cleft, permanent ; segments acute, converging, very small. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel-form ; tube cylin- dric, long ; border five-parted, flat; segments obtuse, oblique; nectary glands five, bifid, standing round the germen. Sta- mina: filamenta five, very small, from the middle of the tube; TAB antherae erect, arrow-shaped, converging, generally inclosed in the tube. Pistil: germina two, simple; style awl-shaped; stigma oblong, headed. Pericarp : follicles two, horizon- tally reflexed, ventricosed, acuminate, one celled, one-valved. Seeds: numerous, ovate-oblong, obtuse, wrinkled, immersed in pulp, imbricate. Essential Character. Contorted. Follicles: two, horizontal. Seeds mmersed in pulp. The species are. TAB OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. TAB 643 1. Tabernaemoutana Citrifolia ; Citron-leaved Tabernee- montana. Leaves opposite, ovate; flowers lateral, glomerate- umbelled. This tree rises to the height of fifteen or sixteen feet, covered with a smooth gray bark, abounding with a milky juice, and sending out several branches from the side. The French call it Bois Laiteux. Native of Jamaica, Mar- tinico, and the island of Namoka in the South Seas. — The plants of this genus, growing generally in warm climates, will not live in this country, unless they are placed in a warm stove. They may be propagated by seed, which must be procured from their native countries, and shotdd be sown early in the spring on a hot-bed. When the plants come up, and are fit to remove, transplant them carefully into small pots filled with light rich earth, and then plunge them into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, shading them in the heat of the day until they have taken new root. In warm weather admit the free air daily, Ibut if the nights prove cold, the glasses should be covered with mats every evening, soon after the sun goes off from the bed. They must be frequently refreshed with water, but not in large quantities, especially while young, for, being full of a milky juice, they are very subject to rot with much moisture. The plants may remain during the summer season in the hot-bed, provided the tan is stirred up to renew the heat when it wants it, and a little new tan added ; but at Michaelmas, when the nights begin to be cold, the plants should be removed, and plunged into the bark-bed in the stove; where during the winter season they must be kept in a moderate degree of warmth, and with very little water- ing in cold weather; they ought to remain in the stove even in warm weather; but may have free air admitted to them by opening the glasses. They may also be propagated by cuttings taken off from the old plant during the summer, and laid to dry in the stove five or six days before they are planted, that the wounded parts may heal, otherwise they will rot. These cuttings should be planted in pots filled with fresh light earth, and plunged into the hot-bed of tan- ner’s bark, and closely covered w ith a hand-glass, observing to shade them fiom the mid-day sun in hot weather, and to refresh them often with a little water. When the cuttings have taken root, they may be transplanted into separate pots, and treated in the same manner as those which are raised from seeds. 2. Tabernaemontana Laurifolia ; Laurel-leaved Tabernce- montana. Leaves opposite, oval, biuntish. This species rises with a shrubby stalk twelve or fourteen feet high, send- ing out a few branches towards the top which grow erect. The flowers are produced in a sort of umbel from the side of the branches ; they are small, yellow', and have an agreeable odour. — Native of Jamaica, St. Domingo, and other islands of the West Indies. For its propagation and culture, see the preceding species. 3. Tabernaemoutana Echinata; Rough-fruited Tabernce- tnoniana. Leaves opposite, ovate, oblong, acuminate; flowers glomerate- unt belled ; fruits echinate; stems woody, branched, five or six feet high. — Native of Guiana. See the first species. 4. Tabernaemontana Ileterophylla ; Various-leaved Taber- ncemontana. Leaves elliptic, lanceolate, and subcordate, somewhat waved, acuminate, smooth on both sides ; branches dichotomous; flowers racemed. — Native of Cayenne. Seethe first species. 5. Tabernaemontana Grandiflora; Great -flowered Taber- ncemontana. Leaves opposite; stem dichotomous; calices unequal, very loose. This shrub is upright, eight feet high. The flower, which appears from July to September, has something in common with Echites and Cerbera, but the 119. fruit is that of a Tabernaemontana. — Native of Carthagena in New Spain. See the first species. 6. Tabernaemontana Cymosa; Cyme-flowered Taber nee- montana. Leaves opposite, ovate, lanceolate; flowers cymed. This is an elegant upright shrub, sometimes one, and at others two fathoms high. It flow'ers in July and August, in the w'oods and coppices about Carthagena in New Spain. See the first species. 7. Tabernaemontana Amvgdalifolia ; Almond-leaved Taber- ncemontana. Stamina extending beyond the tube of the corolla; flowers white, smelling very sweet. They generally appear before the leaves. It is a shrub about six feet high, upright, branched, and milky. — Found near Carthagena, New Spain. See the first species. 8. Tabernaemontana Discolor. Leaves opposite, ovate- lanceolate ; peduncles axillary, two-flowered; flowers whitish or yellowish, small. This shrub is about a fathom in height. — Native of Jamaica: see the first species. 9: Tabernaemontana Undulata; Wave-leaved Tubernee- montana. Leaves lanceolate, elliptic, acuminate, waved ; branches dichotomous; flowers subcymed ; follicles smooth. — Native of tiie island of Trinidad. See the first species. 10. Tabernaeuionfana Persicariaefolia. Leaves opposite, lanceolate, acuminate; flowers racemed. This shrub is ten, feet high, w ith an upright stem of an arm’s thickness. — Found in the island of Maritius. See the first species 11. Taberna?monfana Neriifolia ; Oleander-leaved Taber- neemontana. Leaves lanceolate, opposite; flowers subra- ce med, axillary; branches dichotomous, thickly warted at the top from the fallen leaves, smooth, round ; corolla half an inch in diameter. — Native of Porto Rico. See the first species. 12. Tabernaemontana Eiliptica; Elliptic-leaved Ttibtrnve- montana. Herbaceous: leaves subtern, lanceolate; stem herbaceous, round, gradually attenuated, simple, smooth, a foot high, or a little more; flowers subterminating in racemes; corolla blue, small, — Native of Japan, See the first species. 13. Tabermemontana Alternifolia; Alternate-leaved Taber- neemontana. Leaves alternate; stem arborescent. This shrub is from one to two fathoms high, and flowers most of the year on the coast of Malabar. See the first species. 14. Tabernaemontana Ansonia; Virginian Taberncemon- tana. Leaves alternate, ovate-lanceolate; stems herbaceous, very smooth. This is a perennial, which in the spring sends up two or three herbaceous stalks nearly a foot high. The flowers are produced in small terminating bunches, white, and void of scent. It flowers in May and June. — Native of North America. See the first species. This and the fol- lowing will live in the open air here, provided they are planted in a warm situation. They love a light soil, rather moist than otherwise; but if they be planted in dry ground, they should be frequently watered in dry weather. Not perfecting seeds in England, they are produced by offsets; and as they do not send out many of these, they are at present rather scarce in most gardens. 15. Tabernaemontana Angustifolia ; Narrow-leaved Taber- neemontana. Leaves linear, scattered; stem hairy, herba- ceous. Perennial, flowering in May and June. — Native of North America. See the first species. 10. Tabei naemontana Odorata; Sweet Taberneemontana. Leaves lanceolate, elliptic, acuminate, smooth ; umbels axil- lary, subsessile, three or four flowered ; branches dichoto- mous, round, smooth. — Native of Surinam. See the first species. 17. Tabernaemontana Alba ; White -flowered Tuberncemon- tana. Leaves oblong, ovate, acuminate, opposite; flowers corymbed, terminating, They come out in pretty large ' 8 A TAG THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; TAG f»44 roundish bunches at the ends of the branches, are white, and emit an agreeable odour. — Found growing at Vera Cruz. See the first species. 18. Tabernaemontana Bufalina. Leaves lanceolate, oppo- site; peduncles in pairs, one-flowered, pendulous. This is a shrub five feet high, almost upright, branched.— Native of Cochin-china. See the first species. 19. Tabernaemontana Bovina. Leaves lanceolate, opposite; peduncles solitary, many-flowered. This shrub is upright, four feet high, with reclining branches. — Native of Cochin- china, where it is esteemed emollient; the milky viscid juice is reputed excellent for assisting in the extraction of darts or thorns. See tiie first species. Tacca: a genus of the class Hexandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, superior, permanent, six parted ; segments oblong, converg- ing. Corolla: petals six, inserted into the base of the cali- cine segments; helmet arched, the lip of the helmet emargi- nate, two lobed. Stamina : filamenta scarcely any ; antherae six, oblong, fastened within to the arch of the petals, tending downwards at the tip. Pistil : germen inferior; style short, straight, thick; stigma orbicular, stellate; rays six, bluntish, convex above. Pericarp : berry dry, subglobular, six-ribbed, hexangular, one-celled, crowned with the calix. Seeds: very many, ovate, somewhat angular, striated, fastened all round to the stem of the berry. Observe. Are not the petals rather to be denominated filamenta 1 Solander thought they might. The berry, before it is ripe, is three-celled ; but when ripe, the pulp is so dried up, that theceiis cannot be distinguished. Essential Character. Calix: six-parted. Corolla: six-petalled, inserted into the calix, anther-bearing; stigma stellate; berry dry, hexangular, many-seeded, inferior. The only known species is, 1. Tacca Pinnatifida. Root composed of many tubers heaped together here and there, emitting fibres. — Native of the East Indies, China, Cochin-china, Banda, and the Society Isles. The root is red, the size of a man’s fist, and roundish. In its natural state it is one of the most bitter and acrid, but loses something of these qualities by culture. In its raw state it is rasped, and washed frequently in water, when a white meal-like starch falls to the bottom : this is again washed, until no more acrimony can be perceived in the water. The meal is then dried in the sun. The first infusions are care- fully thrown away, being looked upon as noxious, and even i deadly. In Otaheite, and the other Society islands, they make of this meal a tasteful, nourishing, gelatinous cake, like Salep. In Banda, where Sago-bread is not common, they use this as a suceedaneum, and it is even preferable to the other. They also apply it as a plaster to deep wounds. The petioles and stalk, when boiled a long time, lose their acrimony, and are rendered fit for food, as well as the roots, in China and Cochin-china. Tagetes ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polygamia- Supeiflua. — Generic Character. Calix: common quite simple, one-leafed, tubular, oblong, five cornered, five-toothed. Corolla: compound, radiate; corollets hermaphrodite, tubu- lar, many, on an elevated disk ; females ligular, five in the ray: proper in the hermaphrodites, tubular, half five-cleft, erect, longer than the calix ; segments linear, inwardly villose: in the females, ligular, longer than in the hermaphrodites, almost equal in length and breadth, very blunt, narrower towards the tube, tomentose, permanent. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites, filamenta five, capillary, very short; anther® cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites, germen oblong; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma bifid, slender, reflexed : in the females, germen oblong : style filiform, length of the hermaphrodite; stigma bifid, slender, reflexed. Pericarp : none ; calix unchanged. Seeds : in the hermaphrodites, solitary, linear, compressed, a little shorter than the calix ; down with five erect acuminate unequal chaff’s: in the females, like the others. Receptacle: naked, small, flat. Essential Character. Calix: one-leafed, five-toothed, tubular; florets of the ray five, permanent. Down : with firm erect chaffs. Receptacle: naked. The species are, 1. Tagetes Patula; French Marygold. Stem subdivided, patulous, a foot and half high, almost upright, smooth, dif- fused; flowers solitary, terminating, gold-coloured, on along upright peduncle. There are many varieties of this species, differing in size, and still more in colour, some beautifully variegated, and others quite plain. Dillenius describes one with oblong red spots dividing I he orange; and Curtis, another which is gold-coloured with red stripes. The latter remarks, that the seed of the common small sort has a strong disagree- able smell, and is of more humble growth, with more spreading branches and smaller flowers, that have usually a larger pro- portion of yellow : the larger one, commonly called the Sweet- scented, with the flowers bigger, and having a variety of rich tints, has a less disagreeable smell, though even it can- not be called sweet. From the seeds of both varieties some rise extremely double, and others single. It flowers from the beginning of July till the frost sets in, and is supposed to have been imported from Africa, where it is said to grow spontaneously, into Europe. — This and the following species being annuals, must be propagated from seeds every spring. The seeds may be sown upon a moderate hot-bed in the beginning of April. When the plants appear, admit plenty of fresh air, to prevent their being overdrawn, which destroys their beauty. When they are about three inches high, they should be transplanted on a very moderate hot-bed, which may be arched over with hoops, and covered with mats, for these plants are hardy enough to be reared without glasses : in this bed they should be planted about six inches asunder each way, observing to water and shade them until they have taken root; but as they acquire strength, let them be inured to bear the open air by degrees, and about the beginning of May they should be taken up with a ball of earth to the root of each plant, and planted into the borders of the paterre garden, or into pots for furnishing the courts, shading them j carefully from the sun till they have taken new root, and also supplying them duly with water. When their flowers appear, if any prove single, the plants should be destroyed; and then those in pots may be removed to the court, where the several varieties, being intermixed with other annual plants, afford an agreeable variety. The varieties, especially of the African Marygold, are very subject to vary; hence, unless the seeds be very carefully saved from the finest flow ers, they are very apt to degenerate; nor should their seeds be too long sown in the same ground : but they who are desirous of having these flowers in perfection, should exchange their seeds with some person of integrity, whose soil is of a different nature, at least every other year. Where this is done, the varieties may be continued in perfection. See the next species. 2. Tagetes Erecta; African Marygold. Stem simple, upright ; peduncles naked, one-flowered ; flowers yellow, from brimstone to orange colour. Of this species there are the following varieties : 1. Pale yellow or brimstone colour. 2. Deep yellow. 3. Orange coloured : all these have single, double, or fistulous flowers. 4. Middling African, with orange-coloured flowers. 5. Sweet-scented African. Par- kinson remarks, that the flower “is of the very smell of new TAM OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. TAM 645 wax, or of an honeycomb, and not of that poisonfull scent of the smaller kindes.” — Native of Mexico. See the preced- ing species. 3. Tagetes Minuta. Stem simple, upright; peduncles scaly, many flowered. This grows taller than either of the former. The peduncles stand erect, close to the stem, and sustain three or four white flowers, which appear very late in autumn. This plant has very little .beauty, and is pre- served only for the sake of variety. See the fourth species. —It is supposed to be a native of South America. 4. Tagetes Rotundifolia. Stem simple, upright ; leaves cordate, simple; peduncles naked, one-flowered; flower large and yellow. — Found at Vera Cruz. This and the preceding species being less hardy than the others, their seeds should be sown earlier in the spring, upon a good hot-bed; and when the plants are fit to remove, they should be transplanted to a fresh hot-bed, at about three inches’ distance every way, observing to shade them from the sun till they have taken new root: then they should be treated in the same way as the Amaranthus, and other tender annual plants, being careful not to draw them up weak ; when they have spread so as to meet each other, they should be taker, up with balls of earth to their roots, and planted in pots with rich light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed under a deep frame, where the plants may have room to grow, being careful to shade them from the sun till they have taken new root, after which they must have air and water in proportion to the warmth of the season; and when the plants are grown up too tall to remain in the frame, they should be removed to an airy glass case, where they may stand to flower and ripen their seeds. Tallow Tree. See Croton. Tamarindus ; a genus of the class Monadelphia, order Triandria; formerly of the class Triandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one leafed ; tube turbinate, compressed, attenuated below, permanent ; mouth oblique; border four-parted, deciduous; segments ovate, acute, flatfish, reflexed, coloured ; the upper and lower a little wider. Corolla: petals three, ovate, concave, acute, crenate, waved, reflexed, length of the calix, inserted iuto the mouth of the tube ; the two lateral ones a little larger. Stamina : filamenta three, inserted into the orifice of the calix at the void sinus, length of the corolla, awl-shaped, united below up to the middle, bowed towards the corolla; anther® ovate, incumbent, large; threads five rudimenta of stamina, alternate with the filamenta, and united below, but separate above, bristle-shaped, headed, very short; the two lateral ones lower than the others ; bristles two, springing from the calix below the filamenta, and incumbent on them, very small. Pistil: germeu oblong, compressed, curved in, placed on a pedicel fastened to the bottom of the calix, and growing longitudinally to its tube under the back beyond the tube, with the upper margin villose; style awl-shaped, ascend- ing, pubescent on the lower margin, a little longer than the stamina; stigma thickened, obtuse. Pericarp: legume ob- long, compressed, blunt, with a point, swelling at the seeds, eovered with a double rind, the outer dry and brittle, the inner membranaceous ; a soft pulp between both ; one-celled, not opening. Seeds : few, angular-roundish, piano-com- pressed, shining, hard. Essential Character. Calix: four-parted. Petals: three. Nectary : of two short bristles onder the filamenta. Legume : pulpy.. The only known species is, 1. Tamarindus I ndica ; Tamarind Tree. Leaves pinnate, composed of sixteen or eighteen pairs of leaflets, without a •ingle one at the end ; they are about half an inch long, and the •ixth of an inch broad, of a bright green, a little hairy, and sit close to the midrib. The flowers come from the side of the branches, five, six, or more together, in loose bunches. The stem is very large, covered with a brown bark, and divides into many branches at the top, spreading wide every way. The calix is straw-coloured, and the petals are yellowish, beautifully variegated with red veins. The timber of this tree is heavy, firm, and hard : it is sawn into boards, and applied to many useful purposes in building. The use of the fruit was first taught by the Arabians. It contains a larger proportion of acid, with a saccharine matter, than is usually found in the acid dulcet fruits, and is therefore not only employed as a laxative, but also in abating thirst and heat in various inflammatory complaints, and for correcting putrid disorders, especially those of a bilious kind, in which the cathartic, antiseptic, and refrigerant qualities of this fruit, have been found equally useful. When intended merely as .a laxative, it may be of advantage to join with it manna or purgatives of a sweet kind, by which its use is rendered safer and more effectual. Three drachms of the pulp are usually sufficient to open the body; but to render it moderately cathartic, one or two ounces are required. The leaves are sometimes used in subacid infusions, and a decoction of them is said to destroy worms in children. The fruit is frequently made an ingredient in punch in the West Indies; and, mixed with a decoction of Borage, is reputed excellent in allaying the heat of urine. — Propagation and Culture. Sow the seeds on a hot-bed in the spring, and, when the plants are come up plant each in a separate small pot filled with light rich earth, and plunge them into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, to bring them forward, observing to water and shade them until they have taken root ; and as the earth in the pots appears dry, they must be watered from time to time, and require air in proportion to the warmth of the season, and of the bed in which they are placed. As soon as the pots become filled with their roots, remove them into pots of a larger size, filled with rich light earth. Plunge these again into the hot- bed, giving them air as before, according to the warmth of the season ; but in very hot weather the glasses should be shaded with mats in the heat of the day, otherwise the sun will be too violent for them through the glasses; nor will the plants thrive when exposed to the open air in the warmest season. Hence they must be confined in the bark-stove both summer and winter, treating them as has been directed for the Coffee-tree, with whose culture they will thrive exceed- ingly well. They will grow very fast when properly managed. Tamarisk. See Tamarix. Tamarix; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Trigynia, —Generic Character. Calix: perianth five parted, obtuse, erect, permanent, shorter by half than the corolla! Corolla: petals five, ovate, concave, obtuse, spreading. Sta- mina: filamenta five, capillary; anther® roundish. * ' Pistil : germen acuminate ; style none ; stigmas three, oblong, revo- lute, feathered. Pericarp: capsule oblong, acuminate, three- sided, longer than the calix, one-celled, three-valved. Seeds: very many, very small, pappose. Observe. The fourth spe- cies has ten stamina, of which the alternate outer ones are shorter ; they are all connate at the base. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: five-parted. Petals: five. Capsule: one- celled, three-valved. Seeds: pappose. The species are, 1. Tamarix Gallica; French Tamarisk. Flowers five- stamined; spikes lateral; leaves lanceolate, embracing, im- bricate. This is a very elegant tree, very much branched, and shading the banks of rivers. There are several reputed varieties, which Willdenow thinks wili prove distinct species. The Russians and Tartars use a decoction of the twms iu the gout and rheumatism, and contusions of the limbs, as a G4G TAM THE UNIVERSALHERBAL; fomentation ; they also drink it for internal injuries ; and make handles for whips, &c. ol the wood. This is easily distin- guished from the fourth species, by the fineness of its leaves, and the flowers having only five stamina. The common sort is found in great abundance near Sinigaglia in Italy, all along the hedges near the sea, where the sheep are said to prefer it to every other food. It has been gathered in a wild state, on St. Michael’s Mount, Cornwall; near Hurst Castle in Hampshire, and Hastings in Sussex. — The plants of this genus may easily be increased, either by laying down their tender shoots in autumn, or by planting cuttings in an eastern border, which will take root in a short time, if they are sup- plied with water in the spring before they begin to shoot in dry weather; but they should not be removed until the following autumn, when they may be either placed in a nursery to be trained up two or three years, or else where they are designed to remain, observing to mulch their roots, and water them according as the season may require, until they have taken root; after which, the only culture they will require is to prune off the straggling shoots, and keep the ground clean about them. The increasing by layers is not only unnecessary trouble, since cuttings grow very readily, but it is also a bad method, because they often will not strike at all. The cuttings should be of the last summer’s shoot, and a moist border is most proper for them. In two years they will be good plants for the shrubbery, and may be planted out in almost any soil, though they thrive best, (espe- cially the German sort,) in a moist soil. 2. Tamarix Articulata; Jointed Tamarisk. Flowers five- stamined ; spikes lateral ; leaves very short, sheathed. — Native of the East Indies and Arabia. See the preceding species. 3. Tamarix Songarica ; Songariau Tamarisk. Flowers eight or ten stamined, axillary, subspiked; leaves fleshy, obtuse, three-sided. — Found in Siberia. See the first species. 4. Tamarix Germanica ; German Tamarisk. Flowers ten- stamined ; spikes terminating ; leaves sessile, linear, lanceo- late. This species is particularly used abroad in obstructions of the lower viscera, and especially in diseases of the spleen. By combustion it yields no inconsiderable quantity of a fixed salt, which is diuretic and aperient, and almost approaches to Glauber’s salt. The bark of the root is the most efficacious part of the plant. A decoction of this bark is given in doses of two to six drachms, or even of an ounce: double that quantity of the wood and leaves are prescribed. The variety described by Pallas is remarkable for having its stem herba- ceous. It is found near the shore on the Persian side of the Caspian Sea. — Native of Germany, by the banks of the Rhine aud Danube; found also in Norway, Dauphiuy, and Spain. See the first species. Tamus; a genus of the class Dicecia, order Hexandria.— Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth six-parted ; leaflets ovate, lanceolate, spreading more at top. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta six, simple, shorter than the calix; antheras erect. Female. Calix: perianth one-leafed, six-parted, bell-shaped, spreading ; segments lanceolate, superior, deciduous. Corolla: petals none; nectary an oblong point, fastened internally to each calicine segment at the base. Pistil: germen ovate, oblong, large, smooth, inferior; style cylindrical, length of the calix; stigmas three, reflexed, emarginate, acute. Pericarp: berry ovate, three- celled. Seeds: two in each cell, globular. Essential Character. Calix: six-parted. Corolla: none. Female. Style. : trifid. Berry: three-celled, inferior. Seeds: two in each ceil. The species are, 1. Tamus Communis; Common Black Briony. Leaves cordate, undivided ; root very large, tuberose, blackish TAN externally; stems smoothish, twining about every thing in their way, and thus ascending without the aid of tendrils to the height of ten or twelve feet in hedges or among bushes, which their festoons of taw ny leaves and red berries decorate in autumn. The male flowers soon fall off; but the female are succeeded by ovate smooth berries; these are insipid. The root of this plant is one of the best remedies known against the gravel, and all other obstructions and disorders of the urinary passages. It is a powerful diuretic, and very effi- cacious in removing female obstructions. The best method of giving it for the above purposes, is to bruise the root, and give the expressed juice, with the addition of a little white w ine. The juice made into a syrup with honey, is an admi- rable remedy for asthmatic complaints, and other disorders of the breast and lungs. The bruised root applied to the parts affected in paralytic cases, has been found serviceable in many instances. The young shoots are said to be good eating, when dressed like Asparagus. The Moors eat them boiled, with oil and salt. It is called Wild Vine, and Ladies’ Seal, the iatter from the French name le Sceuu de la Vierge. — Native of Europe, but not of the northern parts: it is found in shady thickets, hedges, and woods: also in the Levant, and about Algiers.— Sow’ the seeds soon after they are ripe, under the shelter of bushes, where, in the spring, the plants will come up, and require no further care. The roots will abide many vears. 2. Tamus Crelica; Cretan Black Briony. Leaves three- lobed. The root of this is rounder than that of the preced- ing species, but the principal difference is between their leaves. It was found by Tournefort in Candia. It is an abiding plant, hardy enough to live in the full ground in England, and may be increased like the first species. Tan. See Tanner’s Bark. Tanacetum ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia-Superflna. — Generic Character. Calix: com- mon, hemispherical, imbricate; scales acute, compact. Co- rolla: compound, tubular, convex; corollets hermaphrodite, numerous, tubular in the disk; females, some in the ray: proper of the hermaphrodite funnel-form, with a five-cleft reflexed border; female trifid, more deeply divided inwardly. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites, filamenta five, capillary, very short; anthera cylindric, tubular. Pistil: in the her- maphrodites, germen oblong, small ; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma bilid, revolute: in . the females, germen oblong; style simple; stigmas two, reflexed. Peri- carp: none; calix unchanged. Seeds: solitary, oblong; down slightly margined. Receptacle : convex, naked. Ob- serve. Sometimes there are no radical corollets, but all are hermaphrodite. Seed in some naked. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: imbricate, hemispherical. Corolla: rays obsolete, trifid , (sometimes none, and all the florets herma- phrodite.) Down: submarginate. Receptacle: naked. The species are, 1. Tanacetum Suffruticosum ; Shrubby Tansy. Leaves pinnate, multifid; segments linear, subdivided, acute; stem suffruticose. The flowers are produced in small roundish bunches at the ends of the branches : they are of a bright yellow colour, and appear in August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This, and all the species from the Cape, must be kept in pots, and removed into shelter before hard frosts come on. They are easily increased by cuttings planted in a bed of loamy earth during any of the summer months. Shade them until they have taken root, aud frequently refresh them with water. When they have good roots, take them up with balls of earth, and plant them in pots, placing them among other hardy exotic plants, where they may remain till 4 TAN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. TAN 647 late in October, when they must be put into shelter. They only require shelter from hard frost; and need fresh air in mild weather. 2. Tanacetum Sibiricum ; Siberian Tansy. Leaves pin- nate ; segments linear, filiform ; corymbs smooth ; stem her- baceous.— Native of Siberia. See the seventh species. 3. Tanacetum Incanum ; Hoary Tansy. Leaves bipinnate, tomentose; corymb ovate, compound ; flowers yellow, turned upwards. — Native of the Levant. 4. Tanacetum Cotuloides; Chamomile-like Tansy. Leaves tooth-pinnate, acuminate ; stem very much branched ; flowers subpanicled. This is an annual plant, which has the appear- ance of Chamomile. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Tanacetum Annuum ; Annual Tansy. Leaves bipinna- tifid, linear, acute; corymbs tomentose; stem stiff but herba- ceous, sending out many side-branches their whole length ; the branches are terminated by clusters of bright yellow flowers. The whole plant has a fine aromatic scent. — Native of Spain and Italy, It is propagated by seeds, and will thrive in the open air. 6. Tanacetum Monanthos ; One-Jlowered Tansy. Stem quite simple, one-flowered, length of the leaves ; corolla yellow. Annual. — Native of the Levant. 7. Tanacetum Vulgare; Common Tansy, or Ale-cost. Leaves bipinnatifid, gash-serrate, naked ; root fibrous, creep- ing to a great distance; stems upright, two or three feet high, and sometimes four feet in a garden. The whole herb is bitter and aromatic: the flowers are in terminating corymbs, of a golden colour, and flattish. According to Bergius this plant is tonic, stomachic, anthelminthic, emmenagogue, and resolvent; qualities usually attributed to bitters of the warm or aromatic kind. Dr. Clark informs us, that in Scotland it was found to be of great service in various cases of gout ; and Dr. Cullen says, I have known several who have taken it without any advantage, and some others who reported that they had been relieved from the frequency of the fits. The whole plant is bitterish ; a strong infusion of the fresh leaves removes obstructions, increases the urinary discharge, and gently promotes the menstrual one. The flowers dried, pow- dered, and mixed with treacle, are a common medicine among country people for the worms, and they visibly destroy them. It may be given in powder to the quantity of a drachm or more, for a dose, but it has been more commonly taken in infusion, or drank as tea. The tender leaves are sometimes used to give a coloDr and flavour to puddings; and the Fin- landers employ it in dyeing green. If meat be rubbed with this plant, the flesh-fly will not attack it. Cows and sheep are reputed to eat, and horses, goats, and hogs, to refuse it. There are three varieties; one with a curled leaf, which is called Double Tansy by gardeners; another with variegated leaves; and a third with larger leaves, which have little scent. — It is easily propagated by the creeping roots, which if per- mitted to remain undisturbed, will in a short time overspread the ground. The slips therefore should be placed at least a foot asunder, and in beds where the paths round them may be often dug, to'keep their roots within bounds. They may be transplanted either in spring or in autumn, and will thrive in almost any soil or situation. If this plant should be wanted early in the spring, a gentle hot-bed should be made in Decem- ber, and the old roots planted thereon, without dividing them ; arching the bed with hoops, and covering it with mats in cold weather. The second species is thus treated. 8. Tanacetum Baisamita ; Costmary. Leaves ovate, entire, serrate; roots hardy, fleshy, creeping; the stems rise two or three feet high ; the flowers are produced at the top of the stems, in a loose corymb, they are naked, of a deep yellow colour, appearing in August, but are not succeeded by seeds in England. The whole of this plant emits a soft pleasant odour; being pleasanter and more aromatic than Common Tansy. Like the preceding species, it was formerly put into ale, and hence both have been called Ale-coast, or Ale-cost. This, however, is the most balsamic, and derives its trivial name from that quality. A strong infusion of the leaves is good in disorders of the stomach and head ; and has been much celebrated for its efficacy in removing obstructions of the menses, and the several complaints to which the sex are liable in consequence thereof. — It is easily propagated by parting the roots in autumn. Where it is planted for use, the slips should be set in beds, at two feet distance every way : in two years the roofs will meet ; every other year, therefore, they should be parted and transplanted to keep them within compass. They will thrive in almost any soil or situation, but will last longest in dry laud. 9. Tanacetum Flabelliforme ; Fan-leaved Tansy. Corymbs simple; leaves deltoid, serrate at the tip. — It flowers from May to August, at the Cape of Good Hope. Tancecium ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix ; perianth one- leafed, tubular, truncate, quite entire. Corolla: one-petalled, long; tube cylindrical, widened above; border from erect spreading, five-cleft, almost equal ; the two upper segments approximating, less divided, nearly upright, the three lower spreading a little, reflexed. Stamina: filamenta four, almost equal, shorter than the corolla, bending in under the back of the tube, with the rudiment of a fifth ; antherae two-lobed. Pistil: germen placed ou a fleshy ring, roundish ; style simple ; stigma two-lobed. Pericarp : berry large, subpedi- celled, globular or oblong, two-celled. Seeds: numerous, oblong, angular, nestling. Essential Character. Calix: cylindrical, truncate. Corolla : tubular, almost equal, five- cleft; rudiment of a fifth filamentura. Berry: corticose, very large. The species are, 1. Tanaecium Jaroba. Lower leaves ternate, upper gemi- nate; tendrils interpetiolary, terminating; stem scandeut. This rises with great ease to the top of the tallest trees in the woods, and then spreads a great way over the limbs of the neighbouring trees, or bends again towards the ground. — Na- tive of Jamaica. 2. Tanaecium Parasiticum. Leaves ovate, coriaceous; stem scandent, shrubby, rooting. This weakly plant generally sus- tains itself by the help of the neighbouring trees, or is found spreading upon the ground, where it does not meet with a support. — It is found in various parts of Jamaica. Tanner’s Bark, is the bark of the Oak reduced into coarse powder, to be used in tanning, or dressing of skins, after which it is of great use in gardening: first by its fermentation, when laid in a proper quantity, the heat being always mode- rate, and of long duration, which renders it very serviceable for hot-beds ; and secondly, after it is well rotted it becomes excellent manure for all sorts of cold still’ land, upon which one load of tan is belter than two of rotten dung, and will continue longer in the ground. The use of this article for hot-beds is not of long standing in England. The first was used at Blackheath, above a century ago, for the raising of Orange-trees. Since that time the use of hot-beds has been more general : they are now common in all gardens contain- ing collections of tender exotics. The following are Mr. Miller's directions concerning this bark, as it is connected with the management of hot-beds. The tanners in some parts of England do not grind the bark to reduce it into small pieces, as is commonly practised by the tanners near London, where there is a great difference in the size of lire 8 B 648 TAN THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; TAN bark, some being ground much smaller than the other, accord- ing to the different purposes for which it is intended ; but in many places the hark is only chopped into large pieces, which renders it very different for the use of hot-beds; for if, the tan be very coarse, it will require a longer time to ferment than tiie small tan; but when it begins to heat, will acquire a much greater degree, and will retain the heat a much longer time than the small ; therefore, where there is choice, the middiing-sized tan should be preferred, for it is very difficult to manage a hot-bed made of the largest tan ; the heat of which is often so great as to injure the roots of plants that are fully plunged into the beds. Therefore, where the per- sons who have the care of these beds do not diligently ob- serve their working, they may in a short time destroy the plants : on the other hand, if the tan be very small, it will not retain the heat above a month or six weeks, and will be rotten, and unfit for a hot-bed, in a short time. The tan should always be such as has been newly taken out of the pits, for if it lies long in the tanner’s yard before it is used, the beds seldom acquire a proper degree of heat, nor do they continue their heat long; so that when it has been more than a fortnight or three weeks out of the pit, it is not so good for use as that which is new'. If the tan be very wet, it will be proper to spread it abroad for two or three days, to drain out the moisture, especially if it be in the autumn or winter season, because then, as there will be little sun to draw a warmth into the tan, the moisture will prevent the fermen- tation, and the beds will remain cold ; but in summer there is no great danger from the moisture of the tan. The heat of the sun through the glasses, will be then so great, as soon to cause a fermentation in the tan. The tan-beds should be always made in pits, having brick-walls round them, and a brick pavement at the bottom, to prevent the earth from mix- ing with the tan, which will prevent the tan from heating. These pits must not be less than three feet deep, and six feet in width, but seven is better: the length must be in propor- tion to the number of plants they are to contain, but if less than ten feet in length, they will not retain their heat long; for where there is not a good body of tan, the outside of the bed will soon lose its heat, and the plants there plunged will have no benefit of the warmth, nor will the middle of these beds retain their heat so long ; hence they will not answer the purpose for which they were intended. When the tan is put into the bed, it must not be beaten or trodden down too close, for that will cause it to adhere, and form one solid lump, so that it will not acquire a proper heat; nor should it be trodden down at the time when the pots are plunged into the beds, to avoid which there should be a board laid across the bed, and supported at each end, to prevent its restiug upon the tan, and upon this board the person who plunges the pots into the tan should stand. When the tan is quite fresh, and has not been out of the pits long enough to acquire a heat, the beds will require a fortnight, or sometimes three weeks, before they will be of a proper temperature of warmth to receive the plants; but, in order to ascertain this, there should be three or four sticks thrust down into the tan, about eighteen inches deep, in different parts of the bed, that by drawing out the sticks, and feeling them at different depths, it will he easy to judge of the temper of the bed ; and it will also be proper to let a few of these sticks remain in after the plants have been plunged, in order to ascertain the warmth of the bed. When the tan is good, one of these beds will retain a proper degree of heat for nearly three months, and when the heat declines, if the tan be forked up and turned over, and some new tan added to it, the heat will renew again, and will continue two months longer ; so that by turn- ing over the contents of the pit, and adding some new tan every time the heat declines, the bed may be continued for a year: but it will still be proper, every autumn, to take out a large quantity of the old tan, and to add as much new in its place, that the heat of the bed may be kept up in winter; for the plants would suffer greatly if it were suffered to de- cline during the cold season. Before any tan is added in winter, it should be laid in a dry place a week or ten days, to dry; otherwise its moisture might chill the old tan-bed, and prevent the fermentation : hence, unless the tan be turned over again, there will be little or no heat in the beds, which frequently proves fatal to the plants. Whoever therefore has the management of these beds, should constantly and carefully observe the warmth of the tan, because upon keeping the beds in a proper temperature, their whole success depends. Where this caution is not observed, it frequently happens that the Ananas run into fruit very small, or with other plants are infested by insects, both which are caused by the growth of the plants being stopped by the decline of the heat of the tan; therefore great regard must be had to that, especially in winter. The great advantages which these tan-beds have over those composed of horse-dung, are the moderate degree of heat which they acquire; for their heat is never so violent as that of horse-dung, and they continue this heat much longer; and when the heat declines, it may be renewed by turning the beds over, and mixing some new tan with the old, which cannot be so well done with horse-dung; and likewise the beds will not produce so great steams, which often injure tender plants. — Tan, we have already observed, is an excel- lent manure for all cold stiff lands, after it can be of no further service in the bark-bed. If it be laid upon grass ground in autumn, that the rains in winter may wash it into the ground, it will greatly improve the grass; but when used fresh, or in the spring of the year, just before dry weather, it is liable to cause the grass to burn. — Those who live near plenty of Oaks, and probably at a great distance from any tan-pits, will be pleased to learn, that Oak-leaves are even preferable to the bark ; for they always heat regularly and constantly, never heating with violence, or turning cold after the furious heat is gone off: there is also a saving in expence, for the decayed fermented leaves make good garden manure, whereas rotten tan is wholly unfit for any horticultural pur- pose. Having found plenty of the Oak-leaves, rake them into heaps, carry them to some place near the hot-house, fence them with hurdles, or whatever will keep them from being blown about, tread them well, and water them if they be brought in dry. Make the heap six or seven feet thick, and cover it with mats. In a few days the heat will come to a strong heat, and in five or six weeks they will be properly prepared for the hot-house. In getting them into the Pine- pits, if they appear dry, water them again, and tread them well, till the pits are quite full. Then cover the whole with tan two inches thick, and tread it till the surface becomes smooth and even. On this place the Pine pots, beginning with the middle row first, and filling up the spaces between the pots with tan, as when tan only is used. The leaves will retain a constant and regular heat for twelve months, without stirring or turning. After this, the Pines will have no occa- sion to be moved, except when their pots are to be shifted, &c. when a little fresh tan should be added. Without a cover- ing of tan, the leaves, by their caking, will be liable to shrink from the sides of the pots, and let the heat escape. Tanner’s Sumach. See Rhus Coriaria. Tansy. See Tanacetum. Tansy, Wild. See Potenlilla. Tapioca. See Jatropha Manihot . TAR OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. TAX 049 Tap Root. That sort of root which shoots directly down- ward to a great depth. In the vegetable kinds of tap-rooted plants, they all require a deeply broken-down and prepared soil, in order to grow them with any success, and to any considerable sizes. And in the tree sorts, they must always rise from the seeds where they are sown, as they cannot be transplanted out with any propriety or advantage. Where the land is not properly prepared to a suitable depth, they are usually short, forked, and of awkward growth ; and when raised by transplanting, very small and stinted : but some of them cannot be at all grown in the last method. Tarchonanthus ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polygamia iEqualis.— Generic Character. Calix: com- mon, turbinate, one-leafed, commonly half seven-cleft, colour- ed internally, shorter than the corolla, sharpish, permanent. Corolla: compound, uniform; florets about twenty; corollets hermaphrodite, numerous, equal; proper one-petalled, funnel- form, five-toothed. Stamina : filamenta five, capillary, very short; antherae cyiindric, tubular, length of tire eorollet, tailed at the base. Pistil: germen superior, oblong ; style twice as long as the flower; stigmas two, gaping. Pericarp: none. Calix: unchanged. Seeds: solitary, oblong; down hairy, investing the seed all round. Receptacle : hairy, very small ; hairs length of the calix. Observe. The down is singular in this, that it does not crown, but invest the seed. Essential Character. Calix: one-leafed, commonly half seven-cleft, turbinate. Seeds : covered with down. Re- ceptacle: villose. The species are, 1. Tarchonanthus Camphoratus; Shabby African Fleabane. Leaves oblong, flat; calix one-leafed, fi ve- cleft ; stem strong. Woody, rising to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, sending out many woody branches at the top, which may be trained to a regular head. The flowers are produced in spikes at the extremity of the shoots, and being of a dull purple colour, do not make any great appearance. Native of the Cape of Good Hope. — The plants of this genus are too tender to live through the winter in the open air of England, but requiring no artificial heat, may be placed with Myrtles, Oleanders, &c. in winter; and may be exposed in summer to the open air in a sheltered situation. They may be increased by cuttings, planted in May, in pots filled with light earth, and if plunged into a moderate hot-bed, that will promote their putting out roots. Screen them from the sun until they have taken root, about the middle of July, and then transplant each into a separate pot, which must be placed in the shade to take root, after which they may stand with other hardy exotic plants, in a sheltered situation, to the middle or end of October, when they should be removed into the green-house, placing them where they may have a large share of air in mild weather. Being very thirsty plants, they must be very often watered. They require shifting into larger pots once a year. 2. Tarchonanthus Glaber; Smooth African Fleabane. Leaves smooth, entire, toothed. This very much resembles the preceding species, but is void of smell, and entirely smooth all over. It varies with wider and narrower, entire and toothed leaves. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species, for its propagation and culture. 3. Tarchonanthus Ericoides; Heath-like African Fleabane. Leaves acerose ; calices four-leaved. This is a stiff branching shrub, seldom attenuated at the top ; corollas few, minute, concealed within the snow-white down of the receptacle, which is much larger than the flower. — Native of the Cape. See the first species, for its propagation and culture. Tare. See Ervum and Vicia. Targionia ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Hepa- tic*.— Generic Character. Calix : perianth a conti- nued membrane, finely reticulated, enveloping the pistil, at length bursting. Stamina: antherae numerous, roundish, sessile, scattered over the inside of the perianth. Pistil: germen oval, nearly sessile, accompanied at the base by the rudimenta of others, with abortive styles; style terminal, awl- shaped, tubular, deciduous; stigma concave. Pericarp: capsule sessile, nearly globose, of two hemispherical valves, bursting vertically, and one cell. Seeds: very numerous, minute, roundish, connected by five threads into a dense glo- bular mass. Essential Character. Capsule : globose, of two concave valves, and one cell. Seeds: numerous, com- bined by fibres into a globe. — ^The only known species is, 1. Targionia Hypophylla; Dotted Targionia. Fronds oblong, inversely heart-shaped, three quarters of an inch in length, growing nearly horizontally, in dense imbricated patches, attached by copious fine fibrous roots ; their upper surface dark-green, marked with a slight longitudinal furrow', and besprinkled with pale prominent points ; the under side black, becoming visible when by drought the margins are curled in. — Very common in heathy and rather moist places, among Mosses, on old walls and rocks in most parts of Italy. It is said also to have been found in Devonshire, and in Scotland. Tartarian Lamb. See Polypodium. Taxus ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Monadelphia. — Generic Character. Male Calix: none, except a bud like a four-leaved perianth. Corolla: none. Stamina: fila- menta numerous, united at bottom into a column, longer than the bud ; antherae depressed, blunt at the edge, eight-cleft, gaping every wav at the base, and when they have discharged their pollen, flat, peltate, and remarkable for their eight-cleft margin. Female. Calix: as in the male. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen ovate-acuminate ; style none; stigma obtuse. Pericarp : berry from the receptacle elongated into a praepu- tium, gjobular, succulent, gaping at the top, coloured, at length wasting from dryness, and evanescent. Seed: one, ovate-oblong, prominent at the top, beyond the berry. Ob- serve. The berry, strictly speaking, ought not to be called a pericarp. This species of berry is remarkable, nor does a similar one occur, except that of Gualtheria. Essential Character. Male. Calix: none. Corolla : none. Sta- mina: many. Anther a: peltate, eight-cleft. Female. Co- rolla: none. Style: none. Seed: one, in an entire berried calix. The species are, 1. Taxus Baccata ; Common Yew Tree. Leaves linear, approximating ; trunk straight, with a smooth deciduous bark ; wood very hard, tough, and of a fine grain : flowers axillary, enveloped with imbricate bractes ; the male on one tree sulphur-coloured, without a calix ; the female on another, with a small green calix, sustaining the oval, flattish seed, which calix at length becomes red, soft, and full of a sweet slimy pulp. The fruit in some degree resembles a small acorn whilst it is young; but as it advances, the scarlet cup becomes more fleshy, and is elongated till it covers the whole seed or nut, except a round hole at the tip. The compara- tive value of a Yew with other trees, in former times, may be seen from the following table, taken from the ancient laws of Wales. A consecrated Yew, its value is a pound; An Oak, its value is sixscore pence; A Misletoe branch, its value is threescore pence ; Thirty pence is the value of every principal branch in the Oak ; Threescore pence is the value of a sweet Apple-tree ; Thirty pence is the value of a sour Apple-tree ; Fifteen pence is the value of a wood Yew-tree; Seven pence half-penny is the value of a Thorn-tree ; Four pence is tire value of every tree after that. 7 650 TAX THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; TAX The great value here set upon the consecrated Yew, says Withering, induces me, among other reasons, to think that it was commonly planted in church-yards, rather from motives of superstition, than on account of its utility in making bows, as many have supposed ; for a single tree would have afforded a very scanty supply for this purpose. Our forefathers were particularly careful in preserving this funeral tree, the branches of which it was usual to carry in solemn procession to the grave, and afterwards to deposit therein under the bodies of their departed friends. The learned Ray says, that our ancestors planted the Yew in church yards, because it, being an evergreen, afforded a symbol of that immortality which they hoped and expected for the persons there depo- sited. For the same reason, this and other evergreen trees are still carried in funerals, and thrown into the grave with the corpse in some parts of England; and are in Wales planted with flowers upon the grave itself. Mr. Gilpin, con- trary to general opinion, is a great admirer of the form and foliage of this tree. The Yew, he insists, is of all other trees the most tonsile ; hence all the indignities it suffers: we every where see it cut and metamorphosed into such a variety of deformities, that we are hardly brought to conceive it has a natural shape, or the power which other trees have of hanging carelessly or negligently: yet it has this power in a very eminent degree; and in a state of nature, except in exposed situations, is perhaps one of the most beautiful ever- greens we have. It has been much debated whether the Yew tree be poisonous or not. Mr. White, in his History of Sel- borne, has given the following authentic information on the subject. In the church yard of this village, he says, is a Yew-tree, the aspect of which bespeaks it to be of great age: the body is squat, short, and thick, and measures twenty- three feet in the girth, supporting a head of extent suitable to its bulk. This is a male tree, which, in the spring, sheds clouds of dust; and fills the atmosphere around with its farina. As far as we have been able to observe, the male trees become much larger than the females; and most of the Yew-trees in the church-yards of this neighbourhood are males: but this must have been matter of mere accident, since men, when they first planted Yews, little dreamed of the sexes of trees. In a yard in the midst of the street, till a few years since, grew a middle sized female tree, which com- monly bore great crops of berries. By the high winds usually prevailing about the autumnal equinox, these berries, when ripe, were blown down into the road, where the hogs ate them. It was remarkable, that though barrow-hogs and young sows found no inconvenience from this food, yet milch sows often died after such a repast; a circumstance that can be accounted for, only by supposing that the latter, being much exhausted and hungry, devoured a larger quantity. The twigs and leaves of Yew, eaten in a very small quantity, are certain death to horses and cows, and that in a few minutes. A horse, tied to a Yew-tree, or a faggot-stack of dead Yew, shall be found dead before the owner can be aware that any danger is at hand. Mr. White has been several times a sorrowful witness to losses of this kind among his friends ; and, in the Isle of Ely, had once the mortification to see nine young steers or bullocks of his own, all lying dead in a heap, from browzing a little on a hedge of Yew, in an old garden into which they had broken in snowy weather. Even the clippings of a Yew hedge have destroyed a whole dairy of cows, when thrown inadvertently into a yard. And yet sheep and turkeys, and, as park-keepers say, deer, will crop these trees with impunity. Some intelligent persons assert, that the green branches are innoxious ; but among the number of cattle" which have fallen victims to this deadly food, not one has been foubd, but had, when it was opened, a lump of green Yew in its paunch. It is true, that Yew-trees stand for twenty years or more in a field, and no bad consequeuces ensue ; but at some time or other, either from wantonness when full, or from hunger when empty, cattle will be med- dling, to their certain destruction. The leaves of this tree are certainly fatal to the human species. Evelyn relates a case of two women who died from drinking an infusion of them. Dr. Percival, of Manchester, mentions another, of three chil- dren, who were killed by a spoonful of green leaves, which was given them for the worms, though they had taken the same quantity of dried leaves the day before, without any effect ; and they died without agony, or any of the usual symptoms of vegetable poisons. A clergyman in Sussex, two of whose parishioners, a lady and her servant, unhappily took a decoction of Yew, instead of Rue, for the ague, gives the following account. They sent to the church-yard, where a large old tree grew', and gathered a quantity of the leaves, of which they made a decoction, and drank it before going to bed. The next morning they were both found dead : this was Sunday, on the Thursday following he was called upon to bury them, and performed his office on the servant, but the young lady had so fine a bloom on her countenance, that hopes were entertained of her being in a state of suspended animation, and accordingly tried the experiments usual in such cases, but without success. They determined, however, not to bury her at that time, but to keep her till the ensuing Saturday, and even then the corpse remained unchanged. What made it most remarkable, was, that this fatal accident happened in November, in that damp murky kind of weather, which renders it necessary to hasten the interment of those who have died natural deaths. In various parts of the united kingdoms there are famous trees of this kind, which our limits will not permit us to particularize. — It is a native of Europe generally, especially of Great Britain, and of North America and Japan. Its proper situation is in mountainous woods, or more particularly in the clefts of high calcareous rocks. This tree was formerly, as the Oak is now, the basis of our strength. Of it the old English Yeoman made his long bow, which he vaunted nobody but an Englishman could bend. In shooting, he did not, as in other nations, keep his left hand steady, and draw his bow with his right; but keep- ing his right at rest upon the nerve, he pressed the whole weight of his body into the horns of his bow. Hence arose the English phrase of bending a bow; and the French, of drawing one. So great was the demand for Yew in the days of archery, that our ow n stock could not supply the bowyers, and they were obliged by statute to import staves of it for making bows, sometimes at an exorbitant expense. — The wood of the Yew is red and veined, very hard and smooth, much used by turners, inlayers, and cabinet-makers. For cogs of mills, handles of tools, posts to be set in moist ground, and everlasting axle-trees, it is incomparable. It is also used for the bodies of flutes, bowls, wheels, pins for pulleys, spoons, cups, and flood-gates for fish-ponds, which hardly ever decay. Mr. Boutcher asserts, upon his own experience, that the wooden parts of a bed, made of Yew, will not be approached by bugs. The only use of this tree in gardens, is to form hedges for the defence of exotic plants; for which purpose, when it is necessary to have hedges, it is the most proper of any ; the leaves being small, and the branches so close together, that if carefully shorn, they break the winds better than any other sort of fence, because they are not reverberated as against walls and pales. The only disadvan- tage is, that they are a harbour for snails and other vermin. In plantations this tree may be so placed as to become an TEA OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. TEL 651 ornament among other evergreen# ; and where a disagreeable object is to be concealed, no tree is more effectual ; and it may be removed even after it has grown to a considerable size. — Propagation and Culture. Sow the berries in autumn as soon as they are ripe, without clearing them from the pulp, upon a shady bed of fresh undunged soil, covering them about half an inch thick with the same earth. In the spring, clear the bed carefully from weeds, and, if the season prove dry, refresh the bed with water occasionally, to pro- mote the growth of the seeds, many of which will come up the same spring, but others will remain in the ground till the autumn or spring following ; but where the seeds are preserved above ground until spring before they are sown, the plants never come up until the year after. In this bed, constantly well cleared from weeds, the plants may remain two years, when they should be removed in autumn into a spot of fresh undunged soil, divided into beds four or five feet wide. Set them in rows a foot asunder, and six inches from each other, observing to lay a little mulch upon the surface of the ground about their roots, as also to water them in dry weather until they have taken root; after which they will require no further care, but to keep them clear from weeds in summer, and to trim them according to the purpose for which they are designed. lu these beds they may remain two or three years, according as they have grown, when they should be removed in autumn into the nursery ; placing them in rows at three feet distance, and the plants eighteen inches asunder in the rows, and trimming them in the summer according to the design for which they are intended. In three or four years more, they may be transplanted where they are to remain, observing always to remove them in autumn where the ground is very dry, but on cold moist land it is better in the spring. Mr. Boutcher advises that the seeds should be divested of their pulp before they are sown. In this case, some will appear in the following spring ; but as these will be much the smaller part, he recommends mixing the seeds with the earth till spring. The Yew may likewise be propagated by cuttings of one or two years’ grow th, planted in a shady border at the beginning of April or the end of August: torn branches are preferable for this purpose. In two years they will be fit for removal to another nursery, where they may remain three years, and so on, according to the size required. It is a very slow-growing tree, but none may be more safely transplanted when old; so that you may at once form with it hedges seven or eight feet high. Never clip them in autumn. 2. Taxus Nucifera ; Acorn-bearing Yew. Leaves linear, distant. The fruit of this species resembles the acorns of the Oak, and is astringent. It is eaten in deserts, and is said to be very wholesome, and even laxative to the bowels, notwith- standing its astringent taste. An oil expressed from it is used in cookery; and the wood is in request among the cabinet-makers. — Native of various parts of Japan. 3. Taxus Macrophylla ; Long-leaved Yew. Leaves soli- tary, lanceolate, remote ; brandies round, knotted from the fallen leaves, flexuose, erect, ash-coloured, smooth ; flowers among the leaves, axillary, dicecous. The wood is used by the cabinet-makers. It flowers in June. — Native of Japan near Nagasaki. 4. Taxus Verticillata ; Whorl-leaved Yew. Leaves whorled, linear, sickle-shaped ; branches round, smooth, ash-coloured. A tree with dense branches, gradually shorter upwards, like a Cypress, three fathoms high. — Native of Japan. Tea Buckthorn. See Rhamnus. Tea Tree. See Then. Tea, New Jersey. See Ceanothus. Tea, New Zealand. See Philadelphus. 120. Tea, Oswego. See Monarda. Tea, West Indian. See Sida. Teak Tree. See Tectona. Teasel. See Dipsacus. Tectona; a genus of the c!uSs Pentandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, bell-shaped, half five-cleft, permanent ; segments ovate, from upright spreading, obtuse. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel- form, length of the calix ; tube short ; border five-cleft ; seg- ments spreading, ovate, externally tomentose. Stamina: filamenta five, inserted into the orifice of the tube of the corolla, very short ; antherae globular, grooved, standing out. Pistil: germen superior, ovate, very villose, girt with a short pitcher-shaped gland ; style filiform, erect, a little longer than the calix; stigma obtuse, two or three toothed ; accord- ing to Thunberg, tw'o, revolute, obtuse. Pericarp: drupe subglobular, depressed, five-lobed, rounded, four-cornered, hirsute, corky-spongy, juiceless, within the calix, now large, inflated, membranaceous, veined, concealed. Seed: nut sub- globular, terminated by a round tubercle, four-ribbed, four- celled ; axils bony, hollow within ; kernels compressed. Ob- serve. The terminal flowers are often six-cleft; hence the genus is referred to the class Hexandria by Thunberg. Es- sential Character. Corolla: five-cleft. Stigma: toothed. Drupe: dry, spongy, within the inflated calix; nut four-celled.— — The only known species is, 1. Tectona Grandis ; Teulc Tree, or Indian Oak. Leaves opposite, spreading, ovate, a little scolloped, above scabrous, beneath covered with soft white down ; flowers small, w hite, very numerous, fragrant ; trunk erect, growung to an immense size ; bark ash-coloured ; branches cross-armed, numerous, spreading ; young shoots four-sided ; sides channelled ; nut exceedingly hard, four-celled. The wood of this tree has by long experieuce been found to be the most useful timber in Asia. It is light, easily worked, and at the same time both strong and durable. That which grows near the banks of the Godavery is beautifully veined, and very closely grained. Pegu produces the largest quantity ; the large rivers there enable the natives to bring it down to the sea ports from the interior mountainous parts of the country where it gl ows, at a cheap rate, which enables them to sell it lower than in any other part of India. The trade between Calcutta, Madras, and Rangoon, is principally for Teak timber, without which a durable vessel cannot be built in Bengal. For ship-building, it is manifestly superior to every other sort of wood, being light, strong, and very durable, either in or out of water. During the last thirty years it has been gradually rising into general esteem for naval architecture, and very recently the finest men-of-war, and Indiamen of the largest class, have been built entirely of this excellent timber-tree, and sent to England as specimens; where the best judges have pronounced both the materials and the workmanship, especially the former, to be equal, if not superior, to any thing which has yet been seen in the river Thames. For meti-of-war it is particularly desi- rable, being wholly free from that fatal liability to splinter, by which English Oak has long been more destructive to our brave naval defenders, than the common balls of their anta- gonists.— Native of the vast forests in Java and Ceylon, Malabar, Coromandel, Pegu, Ava, the coast of Cochin-china, and of Cambodia. On the coast of Coromandel it flowers in the hot season, and the seed is ripe in August and Sep- tember. Telephium ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Trigy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix : perianth five-leave'd ; leaflets oblong, obtuse, concave, keeled, length of the corolla, permanent. Corolla: petals five, oblong, obtuse, narrower 8 C 652 TER THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; TER below, erect, inserted into the receptacle. Stamina: fila- menta five, awl shaped, shorter than the corolla ; antherae incumbent. Pistil: germen three-sided, acute; style none; stigmas three, acute, spreading. Pericarp: capsule short, three-sided, three-valved, one-celled ; receptacle free, shorter by half than the capsule. Seeds: very many, roundish. 'Essential Character. Calix: five-leaved. Petals: five, inserted into the receptacle. Capsule: one celled, three-valved. The species are, 1. Telephium Imperati ; True Orpine. Leaves alternate; roots composed of yellowish woody fibres spreading out wide; stalks and branches slender, trailing, eight or nine inches long; flowers terminating in short thick bunches. — Native of the south of France, Spain, Switzerland, Italy, and Barbary. Sow the seeds in autumn, on a bed of fresh light earth, in an open situation; for if they be sown in the spring, they will not come up till the spring again returns. Leave them six or eight inches asunder, and clear them well from weeds, which will soon overbear such trailing plants. They do not transplant well, and therefore should be sown where they are to remain. The seeds will soon scatter, and, if undisturbed, come up in abundance. See Sedum Telephium. 2. Telephium Oppositifolium. Leaves opposite. This is dis- tinguished by its larger conjugate leaves. — Native of Barbary. Tentuwrt. See Asplenium. Teramnus ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decan- dria.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, two-lipped; upper lip a little larger, bifid; lower three- toothed; teeth acute, erect, approximating. Corolla: papi- lionaceous ; standard obcordate, spreading, erect, bent down a little ; wings length of the standard, erect, approximating, rounded at the tip; keel very small, concealed at the base by the calix between the lower part of the wings, bipartite, covering the stamina. Stamina : filamenta ten, five very small and barren, alternate with the others, which are fertile, longer, and united at the base ; antherae five roundish. Pis- til: germen elongated, pubescent; style none; stigma round, headed. Pericarp: legume linear, compressed, margined. Seeds : many, roundish, compressed, retuse at the end. Es sential Character. Keel: very small, concealed within the calix. Stamina: alternate, five barren. Stigma: sessile, headed. The species are, 1. Teramnus Volubilis. Leaves ovate lanceolate, pubes- cent. The flowers are small, and disposed in slender spikes at the axils of the leaves. The seed-vessels are long, slender, and compressed. See Dolichos Uncinalus. — This creeping or climbing plant is pretty common in the lower hills of Jamaica, and runs generally the length of six or seven feet fr®m the root. 2. Teramnus Uncinatus. Leaves oblong, obtuse, silky beneath. — Native of Jamaica. Terminalia; a genus of the class Polygamia, order Mo- noecia. — Generic Character. Hermaphrodite Flowers, at the lower part of the raceme, flowering first. Calix: perianth one-leafed, superior, five cleft, coloured within; segment ovate, acute, equal. Corolla: none; nectary pitcher- shaped in the bottom of the calix, consisting of five small hispid corpuscles. Stamina: filamenta ten, awl-shaped, from erect spreading, longer than the calix, and inserted into the bottom of it ; antherae roundish, erect. Pistil: germen inferior, ovate, oblong; style filiform, erect, length of the stamina; stigma simple. Pericarp: drupe oval, depressed, two-°Tooved, or compressed, acuminate. Seed: nut oval- oblong, two-valved ; kernel oblong. Males, superior, flow- erin'1 later. Calix i as in the hermaphrodites. Corolla: none; nectary as in the hermaphrodites. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: five parted. Corolla: none. Stamina: ten. Hermaphrodite. Style: one. Drupe : inferior, boat- shaped. The species are, 1. Terminalia Catappa. Leaves obovate, tomentose be- neath. This is a large tall leafy tree, with spreading branches in whorls. At Banda and Batavia it appears in the desert, and is much liked by Europeans. It is commonly planted near the houses, in wide areas ; and seats are placed under it, for the enjoyment of the close extensive shade which it affords. The timber is fit for ship-building, being light, and lasting many years in salt water. The bark and leaves yield a black pigment, with which the Indians dye their teeth, and Indian ink is made. — Native of the East Indies; said to bear fruit three times annually. 2. Terminalia Glabrata. Leaves obovate, smooth on both sides. This is a lofty widely-branching tree, with a straight stem clear of branches to a great height: the branches are mostly opposite, round, spreading, smoothish, with a cine^ reous cloven bark. It differs from the preceding in having the leaves only half the size, and without any pubescence on the lower surface; the nut only one-third of the size, not at all grooved or margined, but as it were appendicled with an acute, compressed, membranaceous apex. — Native of the Society and Friendly Islands in the South Seas. In the for- mer it is cultivated near their huts, and in their burying- places. The wood is used in building boats and making drums, benches, &c. The kernels are often eaten, and have the flavour of almonds. 3. Terminalia Latifolia. Leaves obovate, subserrate ; drupes fleshy. This tree has a very large trunk, and grows to a vast height, covered with a gray or very light brown bark, seeming to be loose, and coming off in long pieces : it has here and there some knobs and eminences on its surface. — Native of the inland woods of Jamaica. 4. Terminalia Arbuscula. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, entire, pubescent; branches dichotomous; racemes erect. — Native of Jamaica. 5. Terminalia Chebula. Leaves ovate, naked ; petioles biglandular above; racemes simple. This tree scarcely exceeds three or four times the height of a man, and is not much diffused. All the flowers are hermaphrodite, but those which are fertile may be easily distinguished from the barren ones, by having the germen thickened at the base. — Native of the Fast Indies. 6. Terminalia Angustifolia. Leaves lanceolate, pubescent; bark smooth, or very minutely cloven, brown. The bark on the wood of the Officinal Benzoin, which Thunberg brought over, resembles that of this tree very much, but that is now ascertained to be a species of Storax. — Native of the East Indies. Ternstrcemia ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Mo- nogynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth one- leafed, five-parted,, upon which two smaller scales are incum- bent ; all the segments are orbicular, concave, and permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, bell-shaped; tube none; border five- parted ; segments orbicular, concave, emarginate, longer than the calix. Stamina: filamenta numerous, filiform, inserted in a double row into the base of the corolla, and shorter than if; antherae linear, erect, length of the filamenta. Pistil: germen superior, roundish; style eylindric, length of the stamina; stigma capitate. Pericarp: berry juiceless, ovate, even, two-celled. Seeds: about eight, convex on one side, flat on the other. Essential Character. Calix: five- parted. Corolla: one-petalled, wheel-shaped, with the bor- der bell-shaped, five or six parted. Antherae: thick at the tip. Berry : juiceless, two-celled.-- -The species are, TET OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. TET 653 1. Ternstroemia Meridionalis. Leaves obovate, emargi- nate, quite entire; peduncles axillary. This is a tree, with determinate branches, and more simple stiffish branchlets, with an ash-coloured bark. — Found by Mutis in New Gra- nada. 2. Ternstroemia Elliptica. Leaves elliptic, quite entire; peduncles lateral. The branches have a smooth wrinkled bark. — Native of the West India Islands. 3. Ternstroemia Punctata. Leaves oblong, quite entire, subemarginate, dotted at the edge; peduncles axillary. This is a tree about twenty-five feet high. — Native of Guiana, in the woods of Serpent Mountain. 4. Ternstroemia Japonica. Leaves ovate lanceolate, serru- late at the tip ; peduncles lateral; stem arboreous, branched, smooth all over. — Native of Japan. 5. Ternstroemia Dentata. Leaves oblong, acuminate, tooth- serrate; peduncles axillary and lateral; stem straight, about twenty feet high ; flowers yellowish, appearing in August and September in the woods of Guiana. Tetracera; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Tetra- gynia; or, according to Scrceber, of the class Icosandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: peri- anth one-leafed, five or six parted, spreading, permanent; segments roundish, a little unequal. Corolla: petals three to five, roundish, concave, inserted into the calix. Stamina: filamenta numerous, capillary, widening at the top, perma- nent, inserted into the calix ; antheras twin, with the cells disjoined. Pistil: germina three or four, sometimes solitary, ovate, oblique, diverging; styles simple, permanent ; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: capsules as many as there are germina, ovate, divaricating, opening by the inner side. Seeds: soli- tary or few, surrounded by a rayed aril. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: five or six leaved. Corolla: four or five petalled. Filamentum: widening above, and antherae-bear- ing on each side. Capsules: four, opening on the side. Seed: arilled at the base. The species are, * Flowers one-styled. 1. Tetracera Sarmentosa. Leaves oblong, serrate, rug- ged ; flowers one-styled. — Native of the East Indies. The seeds of the plants of this genus being procured from the countries where they naturally grow, should be sown in pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanner’s bark, where they must be treated in the same way as other tender exotic seeds from the same countries. As they seldom appear the same year, they should be removed into the stove before winter, and plunged into the tan-bed between the other pots of plants, where they should remain till spring, when they ought to be taken out and plunged into a fresh hot-bed of tanner’s bark, which will bring up the plants, if the seeds were good. When fit to remove, they should be each planted in a separate small pot filled with light earth, and plunged into a good bed of tan, shading them from the sun till they have taken new root; after which their treatment must be the same as for the Annona, and the like tender exotic plants, which require to be kept always in the tan- bed. 2. Tetracera Tomentosa. Leaves ovate, acuminate, toothed, smooth above, tomeutose beneath ; flowers one-styled. — Native, of Cayenne, flowering in Jauuary. 3. Tetracera Aspera. Leaves roundish, subrepand, rug- ged ; flow.ers one-styled. — This grows so plentifully in the woods of Guiana, as sometimes to be extremely inconvenient to those who endeavour to walk in them. 4. Tetracera Doliocarpus. Leaves oblong, acuminate, toothed at the end ; peduncles qxillary, one-flowered; flow- ers one-styled. — Native of Surinam. 5. Tetracera Stricta. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, toothed ; flowers terminating, one-styled; stem strict. — Native of Su- rinam. 6. Tetracera Calinea. Leaves oblong, acuminate, quite entire, smooth; peduncles many-flowered, lateral; flowers one-styled. See Doliocarpus Calinea. ' 7. Tetracera Qbovata. Leaves obovate, quite entire, smooth; peduncles subcorymbose, lateral; flowers one-styled. See Mappia Guiauensis. 8. Tetracera Nitida. Leaves lanceolate-oblong, rugged, quite entire; flowers one-styled ; branches round, smooth. — Said to have been found in Trinidad. ** Flowers mostly jour-styled. t). Tetracera Euryandra. Leaves oblong, obtuse, even, quite entire ; flowers three-styled. See. Euryandra. 10. Tetracera Volubilis. Leaves very rugged, serrate; flowers four-styled. This has a woody stalk rising to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, covered with a grey bark, and sending out several slender wmody branches, which twine about any neighbouring support.— Native of South America. 11. Tetracera Lae vis. Leaves oblong, even, almost quite entire, acuminate ; flowers terminating ; branches flexuose, with an ash-coloured bark, smooth, somewhat angular. — Native of the East Indies. 12. Tetracera Alnifolia. Leaves oblong, acute, almost entire, somewhat rugged beneath ; panicle terminating ; branches round, smooth. — Native of Guiana. Tetragonia ; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Penta- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth four- leaved, superior; leaflets four, ovate, bent down, and flat, rolled back at the edge, coloured, permanent. Corolla: none, unless the calix be called so. Stamina: twenty, capil- lary, shorter than the calix ; antherae oblong, incumbent. Pistil: germen roundish, four-cornered, inferior; styles four, awl-shaped, recurved, length of the stamina ; stigmas longi- tudinal of the styles, pubescent. Pericarp: drupe coriaceous, four-cornered, with four longitudinal wings, the opposite angles narrower, not opening. Seed: one, bony, four-celled; kernels oblong. Observe. The first flower adds a fifth part of the number in every part of the fructification: hence, according to the general rule, it is placed in the order Penta- gynia. Essential Character. Calix: three to five parted. Petals: none. Drupe: inferior, inclosing a nut from three to eight celled. The species are, 1. Tetragonia Fruticosa; Shrubby Tetragonia. Shrubby: leaves linear ; fruits winged ; stems slender, woody, rising three or four feet high if supported, otherwise trailing, covered with a light gray bark, and dividing into a great number of trailing branches, which when young are succulent, of an herbaceous colour, and covered with small pellucid drops, which reflect the light somewhat like the Diamond Ficoides. — It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. This, and the five next following species, may be propagated by cuttings, which should be cut off from the plants a few days before they are planted, that the part where they are cut may be healed, otherwise they will rot, for the leaves and stalks are very fuR of moisture. The best time to plant them is in July, that they may have time to make good roots before winter. They may be planted on a bed of fresh earth, and should be shaded from the sun in the heat of the day: they ought to be fre- quently refreshed with water, but must not have it in too great plenty, for that will rot them. In about six weeks after planting, the cuttings will be sufficiently rooted to transplant ; therefore they should be taken tip, and plant&d into pots filled with light fresh undunged earth, and phased 654 TET THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; T E U in a shady situation till they have taken new root; after which iir«e they may be placed with other hardy exotic plants in a sheltered situation, where they may remain till the middle or latter end of October, and should then be removed into the green-house, and placed where they may enjoy as much free air as possible in mild weather; for they only require to be protected from the frost, being tolerable hardy ; but ought not to be much watered in winter. If planted during sum- mer in the full ground, they will grow prodigiously rank and large; as they also will if permitted to root into the ground through the holes at the bottom of the pots, which should be frequently moved to prevent it. Their flowers have no great beauty, but, as their whole appearance is singular, they may be allowed a place in collections of plants, especially as they need little attention. See the next species. 2. Tetragouia Decumbens; Trailing Tetragonia. Shrub- by, frosty; leaves obovate; fruits winged. This has larger stalks than the preceding species, but they branch out in the same manner, with the branches trailing upon the ground : the flowers also are larger, and appear from July to Septem- ber. Native of the Cape of Good Hope."— This, and the first species may be propagated by seeds, sown on a gentle hot- bed or warm border of light fresh earth, where sometimes they will remain a whole year before the plants come up. When they are about four inches high, take them up, and plant them in pots; treating them in the same manner as has been directed for the cuttings. See the first species. 3. Tetragonia Herbacea; Herbaceous Tetragonia. Her- baceous, even ; leaves ovate, petioled ; fruits winged : this has large fleshy roots. Native of the Cape of Good Hope. — This species never produces seeds in England, but will grow from cuttings planted early in the spring, with the same facility as the others. See the first species. 4. Tetragonia Hirsuta; Hairy Tetragonia. Herbaceous, hirsute, procumbent: leaves ovate, villose; flowers axillary, tern, sessile. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Tetragonia Spicata; Spiked Tetragonia. Smooth, her- baceous, erect; lower leaves ovate, uppermost lanceolate, smooth ; flowers racemed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 0. Tetragonia Echinata ; Hedge-hog Tetragonia. Herba- ceous: leaves rhomb-obvate ; fruits echinate ; root biennial; stem herbaceous near the root, dividing into diffused branches, rendered angular by the petioles running down them, scarcely a foot long. It flowers from May till August: the flowers are pendulous, purple-stalked, appearing as if frosted, clothed with crystalline bladders. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. See the first species. 7. Tetragonia Expansa; Horned Tetragonia. Herbaceous: leaves ovate-rhoin bed ; fruits four-horned. The whole plant is studded with very minute crystalline dots ; flowers yellow. Biennial. — Native of New Zealand, by the sides of woods, in bushy sandy places ; also within the tropics, on the shore of the island Tongataboo, and in Japan : though not used by the inhabitants, it is a very good pot-herb. Captain Cook ordered it to be served up boiled for his sailors every day at breakfast and dinner, while they remained in port. — This is very tender, and must be kept in a stove: it can only be propagated by the seeds. 8. Tetragonia Crystallina ; Diamond Tetragonia. Herba- ceous, frosty: leaves ovate, sessile; fruits unarmed; root annual ; plant a span high, the whole covered with crystalline papillae. — Found in Peru. It will only live here in a stove. Tetranthus ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia Segregata. — Generic Character. Calix: com- mon, five-leaved, four-flowered; leaflets linear, erect, ciliate at the base of the florets; perianth proper, one-leafed, tubu- lous, attenuated at the base, compressed, oblique at the throat, ciliate at the edge, one-flowered, many times longer than the common calix. Corolla : compound, uniform, equal ; corollets four, hermaphrodite : proper one-petalled, funnel-form ; tube gradually widening; border five-cleft, unequal ; the two upper segments smaller, and less divided, the three lower more spreading, oblong, obtuse. Stamina: filamenta five from the base of the corollet, half the length of the tube; anthera tubulous. Pistil: germen from the bottom of the perianth, under the filamenta oblong; style longer than the stamina and corolla, filiform, divided beyond the middle; stigmas reflexed, linear, obtuse. Pericarp: none; perianth proper, unchanged, permanent, including. Seed: oblong, striated, crowned with the membranaceous ciliate margin of the apex. Receptacle: very small, naked. Essential Character. Calix: common, four-flowered ; perianth proper, one-leafed. Seeds: one-crowned.— — The only species is, 1. Tetranthus Littoralis. Annual. — Native of Hispaniola. Tetraphis; a genus of the class Crvptogamia, order Musci. Essential Character. Capsule: oblong. Fringe: sim- ple, of four pyramidal, erect, unconnected teeth. The species are, 1. Tetraphis Pellucida ; Transparent Four-toothed Moss. Capsule cylindrical ; leaves ovate, acute, single-ribbed ; root fibrous, matted ; stems mostly simple. — Found in moist shady places, about the roots of trees, in various parts of Europe. 2. Tetraphis Ovata ; Ovate Four-toothed Moss. Capsule ovate ; radical leaves ligulate, obtuse, without a rib. — Found near Edinburgh, and on sand-stone rocks, near Ripon in Yorkshire. Teucrium ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, half five cleft, acute, almost equal, gibbous at the base, on one side permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, ringent ; tube cylindric, short, ending in an incurvated throat; upper lip erect, acute, deeply two-parted beyond the base, the seg- ments at the sides distant; lower lip spreading, trifid, the lateral segments of the same form with the upper lip, almost erect, the middle one very large, and somewhat rounded. Stamina: filamenta four, awl-shaped, longer than the upper lip of the' corolla, and ascending in the cleft of it, prominent; antherm small. Pistil: germen four-lobed ; style filiform, situation and size of the stamina; stigmas two, slender. Pericarp: none; calix unchanged, fostering the seeds at the bottom. Seeds: four, roundish. Observe. The upper lip of the corolla divided beyond the base, and gaping, resem- bling a corolla, destitute of an upper lip. Essential Cha- racter. Corolla : upper lip two-parted beyond the base, divaricating. Stamina: prominent. The species are, t. Teucrium Campanulatum ; Small-Jloivered Germander. Leaves multifid ; flowers lateral, solitary. This very much resembles the third species, but the plant is smooth ; root perennial. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the Levant and of Apulia, in moist ground. Sow the seeds in the spring, where the plants are intended to remain ; when they come up, thin them where they are too close, and keep them clean from weeds. They ripen their seeds in the first year; but in a warm situation will live through the winter. 2. Teucrium Orientale; Great flowered Germander. Leaves multifid ; flowers racemed. It varies with a bright red corolla. — Native of the Levant. 3. Teucrium Botrys; Cut-leaved Annual Germander. Leaves multifid; flowers lateral, in threes, peduncled ; root annual; stems four-cornered, hairy, about a foot long. This species has a pleasant aromatic odour. In character and qualities, it TEU OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. TEU 655 is a medium between the fourth and thirty-second species ; being less acrid than the former, and more aromatic and bitter than the latter: it may therefore be successfully used in fevers, rheumatism, gout, and other maladies which depend upon the weakness of the stomach and the tenacity of the humours. — This is propagated in the same way as the first species; but if the seeds be sown in autumn, or permitted to scatter when ripe, they will succeed better than if sown in the spring, and the plants will come earlier to flower. 4. Teucrium Chamtepitys ; Ground Pine. Leaves trifid, linear, quite entire; flowers sessile, lateral, solitary; stem diffused ; root small, branched, annual. The whole herb hairy, viscid, aromatic, and bitter; stem much branched, four-cornered, leafy, often red. The whole plant has a highly aromatic odour; and it is an ingredient in the Portland Powder. The young tops, dried and reduced to powder, are much recommended in gouty and rheumatic complaints. It likewise operates powerfully by urine, removes obstructions, and is serviceable in the dropsy, jaundice, and ague; and many accounts are to be met with in creditable authors, of great cures having been performed by its use. It is, however, at present very much neglected, nor indeed do its medicinal virtues appear ever to have been properly ascertained. — Native of many parts of Europe, the Levant, Barbary, and Virginia. In England it abounds in Kent and Surry, but is otherwise a scarce plant. It is found near Purfleet in Essex; about Rochester and Dartford, and at Roehiil ; also on the leys about the borders of Triplow-heath in Cambridge- shire.— If the seeds he permitted to scatter, the plants w ill come up better than if sown, and require no care but to thin them, and keep them free from weeds. 5. Teucrium Nissolianum ; Trifidleaved Germander. Leaves trifid and quinquefid, filiform ; flowers peduncied, solitary, opposite; stem decumbent. Native of Spain and Portugal. — Part the roots in autumn, or sow the seeds at that season. It loves an open situation exposed to the sun, but will thrive in any but a moist soil. 6. Teucrium Pseudo-Chamsepitys ; Bastard Ground Pine. Leaves three-parted, trifid, linear; flowers racemed ; stem rough haired. — Native of Spain, Portugal, the south of France about Marseilles, and Algiers in Barbary. 7. Teucrium Iva ; Musky Germander. Leaves three- eusped, linear; flowers sessile, lateral, solitary. Annual, with a single woody root seuding out a few fibres; corolla large, rose-cofoured, often abortive. The whole plant smells of musk. It has the same qualities with the fourth species, but possesses a more volatile principle, and deserves a place among the sudorifics. — Native of the south of Europe, and of Barbary, in various parts of the kingdom of Tunis. — Sow the seeds in autumn, or permit them to scatter, in which way they succeed best. 8. Teucrium Mauritanum ; Moorish Germander. Leaves pinnate-multifid ; stem quite simple, erect ; bractes subulate- palmate. — Native of Barbary. 9. Teucrium Fruticans ; Narrow leaved Tree Germander. Leaves quite entire, elliptic, tomentose beneath ; flowers lateral, solitary, peduncied; stalk shrubby, branching, rising six or eight feet high, and covered with a hoary bark ; corol- las pale blue. Mr. Milier mentions a variety with variegated leaves. — Native of Spain, Sicily, and Corsica, near the sea- coast; also of Barbary. This and the following species may be increased by cuttings planted in the spring on a bed of fresh light earth ; shading and watering them until they have taken root, and keeping them clear from weeds until the following autumn ; when they may be transplanted into pots, taking them up with balls of earth about their roots, and 120. watering them until they have taken new root. During the winter they may be kept in the green-house with hardy exotics. 10. Teucrium Latifolium; Broad-leaved Tree Germander. Leaves quite entire, rbombed, acute, villose, tomentose beneath. This shrubby plant grows seven or eight feet high. — Native of Spain. See the preceding species. 11. Teucrium Resupinatum; Resupine-fiowered German- der. Villose: leaves lanceolate, deeply serrate; flowers solitary, sessile ; corollas resupine ; roots annual, long, twisted, putting forth capillary branehlets; stem erect, hirsute. — Native of Barbary near Mascar, in clayey fields. 12. Teucrium Ramosissimum ; Branched Germander. Hoary: stem fruticulose, very much branched; branehlets filiform; leaves obovate, crenate ; flowers solitary, axillary. The whole plant exhales a very sweet odour. — Native of Barbary, near Cassa, in the clefts of rocks; also of Spain. 13. Teucrium Creticum ; Cretan Germander. Leaves lan- ceolate, linear, quite entire ; flowers racemed, tern. — Native of Candia, and of Egypt. 14. Teucrium Marum; Common Marum, or Cat-Thyme. Leaves quite entire, ovate, acute, petioled, tomentose be- neath ; flowers racemed, all directed one way. This has a low shrubby stalk, sending out many slender woody branches, in warm countries rising three or four feet high, but in Eng- land rarely half that height. It is of a warm aromatic nature, and good in most nervous disorders. The bark of the old roots is considerably astringent, and is of great efficacy in overflowings of the menses, and other haemorrhages. The leaves dried and reduced to powder, may be taken either alone, or mixed with other ingredients of a like nature, as snuff; and they are, when so used, good in all disorders of the head. The leaves and younger branches, when fresh, on being rubbed between the fingers; emit a volatile aromatic smell, which readily excites sneezing, but to the taste they are bitterish, accompanied with a sensation of heat and acri- mony. Judging from the sensible qualities of this plant, it may be supposed to possess very active powers, and upon this account it is strongly recommended by Wedelius, as an important remedy in many diseases requiring medicines of a stimulant, aromatic, and deobstruent quality; and his opi- nion seems in some measure to have been since confirmed by actual experience of its efficacy. The dose of the powdered leaves, in wine, is from a scruple to half a drachm. At the beginning of this century many of these plants were growing in the royal gardens at Kensington; they W'ere. nearly three three feet high, and clipped into conical forms — Native of Spain. It is easily propagated by slips or cuttings, planted during the summer months on a bed of light loamy earth, covering them down close either with bell or hand glasses, and shading them from the sun. When they have made good roots, transplant them into separate small pots, or on a warm border, at about six inches’ distance every way, shading them from the sun, and watering them until they have taken new root; after which they will only require to be kept free from weeds. These plants will live through the winter in the open air, on a dry soil, and in a warm situation, when the frosts are not very severe; but in hard winters they are frequently killed, if not protected by mats or other covering. 15. Teucrium Multiflorum; Many-flowered Germander. Leaves ovate, smooth above, serrate- toothed ; flowers racemed; whorls six-flowered. — Native of Spain. 16. Teucrium Laxmanni. Leaves ovate, oblong, quite entire, sessile; flowers solitary, sessile; stem half a foot high, villose. —Native of Hungary and Sclavonia. 17. Teucrium Sibiricum; Siberian Germander. Leaves 8 D 656 T E U THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; T E U serrate, ovate; peduncles solitary, ihree-flowered, the middle flower sessile; bractes linear-lanceolate. Perennial. — Native of Siberia. 18. Teucrium Salicifoliuin ; Willow-leaved Germander. Leaves lanfceolate, elliptic, bluntish, quite entire; calices quadrifid, solitary ; stems diffused, roundish, pubescent, perennial at the base. — Native of the Levant. 19. Teucrium Asiaticum ; Asiatic Germander. Leaves lanceolate,' repand, serrate, rectangular at the base; flowers solitary ; stem erect, st raight, a foot high, four cornered, brownish, brachiate, naked, with shorter branches; corolla white, or scarcely flesh-coloured. It flowers from June to October. — Native place unknown. 20. Teucrium Cubense; Cuba Germander. Leaves wedge- shaped, serrate-gashed, smooth, attenuated into the petiole ; flowers solitary, peduncled ; stem four-cornered, erect, a foot and half high, smooth, little branched, annual, or per haps biennial; seeds black. — Native of Cuba, in moist hedges and meadows, flowering in December and the following months. To propagate this and the twenty-fourth species, sow their seeds in small pots in autumn, and plunge them into the tan-bed in the stove between the other pots; in the spring, plunge them into a hot-bed, which will bring up the plants. When these are fit to remove, plant each in a sepa- rate pot, plunge them into a hot bed, and treat them in the same way as directed for tender plants from the West Indies. 21. Teucrium Arduini. Leaves ovate, serrate ; raceme spiked, round, sessile, terminating. The whole plant is obscurely pubescent. — Native of Crete, &c. 22. Teucrium Canadense ; Nettle-leaved Germander. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, serrate; stem erect; raceme round, terminating; whorls six-leaved. This is a perennial plant, very like our Scorodonia, or Wood Sage, but does not creep at the root as that does. The stalks are erect, the under side of the leaves white, and the flowers yellow, in terminat- ing racemes. It flowers in August and September: native of North America. — Sow the seeds of this and of the next spe- cies on a bed of light earth. They may also be increased by- parting the roots, and will bear the open air. 23. Teucrium Virginicum ; Virginian Germander. Leaves ovate, unequally serrate ; racemes terminating. The stalk is annual, rises nearly a foot high, and is terminated by a long spike of red flowers, which appear in July and August. — Native of Virginia. See the preceding species. 24. Teucrium Infiatum ; Thick-spiked Germander. Leaves oblong, acuminate, unequally serrate, pubescent ; spikes sessile, terminating; calices inflated, villose. It flowers from August till October. — It is a native of Jamaica. See the tvfehtieth species. 25. Teucrium Hircanicum; Betony -leaved Germander. Leaves cordate, oblong, obtuse; stem brachiate, dichoto- mous;- spikes very long, terminating, sessile, spiral. It flowers from August to October. — Native of Persia. 20. Teucrium Abutiloides: Mulberry-leaved Germander. Leaves cordate, toothed, acuminate ; racemes lateral, nod- ding.—Native of Madeira, flowering in April and May. 27- Teucrium Scorodonia ; Sage-leaved Germander, or Wood Sage. Leaves cordate, serrate, petioled ; racemes lateral, directed one way; stem erect; root perennial, creep- ing. Mr. Laurents, in his observations on the husbandry of Flanders, remarks, that in smell and taste this species resem- bles Hops. It is called Ambroise in Jersey; and in that island, when cider fails, they malt their barley at home, and, instead of Hops, use to very good purpose the Ambroise of their hedges. Rutty says, that when this herb is boiled in wort, the beer sooner becomes clear than when Hops are made use of; but Dr. Withering relates, upon trial, that it gave too much colour to the liquor.— Native of Europe and Morocco, in woody and hilly situations, among bushes, and under hedges, where the soil is dry and stony; frequent in such places in most parts of Great Britain, flowering from July to September. It may be propagated by seeds, or by parting the roots, and will grow in any soil and situation, but is seldom admitted into gardens. 28. Teucrium Pseudo-Scorodonia ; Bastard Wood Sage. Shrubby: leaves cordate, toothed, petioled, hoary beneath ; racemes directed one way. This has the appearance of the preceding, but differs in having a shrubby and more hairy stem, with the lower leaves tomentose beneath, and hoary. — N’ative of Barbary and Algiers. 29. Teucrium Massiliense ; Sweet-scented Germander. Leaves ovate, wrinkled, gash crenate, hoary; stems erect; racemes straight, directed one way ; flowers opposite, pedun- cled ; corolla purple, with the lower lip very concave. It has the odour of Nepeta or Catmint. — Native of the south of France, Candia, and Cochin-china. This may be propagated by seeds or cuttings in the same manner as the ninth or tenth species, but it requires a dry soil and a warm situation, otherwise they will not live through the winter in the open air of our climate. A plant or two of this and other doubtful species should be housed in winter for security. 30. Teucrium Betonicum; Hoary Germander. Leaves lanceolate, crenate, tomentose, hoary beneath ; racemes ter- minating ; flowering-stem brachiate. This is a handsome undershrub, about three feet high. This species, with Hete- rophyllum and Abutiloides, are intermediate betweenTeucrium and Ajuga. Perhaps on account of the tube of the corolla being very much lengthened out, and the upper lip scarcely emarginate and not cloven, they would more properly range with the Ajugas, unless we were to sink that genus in Teu- crium.— Native of Madeira. This and the thirty-third spe- cies may be increased both by seeds and cuttings, but require the protection of a green house in winter. 31. Teucrium Scordium; Water Germander. Leaves oblong, sessile, tooth-serrate ; flow ers axillary, in pairs, pe- duncled ; stem diffused; root perennial, creeping; corolla pale purple or pink. The whole plant is bitter, and slightly aromatic, and may be used with advantage in weak relaxed constitutions. It is useful in female obstructions, intermitting fevers, scrofulous complaints, the gout, and rheumatism, for all which purposes a strong infusion appears to be the most eligible preparation. A decoction is a good fomentation in gangrenous cases. It has a strong disagreeable scent, some- what approaching to Garlic, w hence the trivial name Scordium from Garlic. It was once in high esteem as an anti- septic and alexipharmic, to which it certainly had no claim. Bergius states it to be anteputredinous, tonic, diaphoretic, and resolvent. Others recommend it to be employed exter- nally in antiseptic cataplasms, and fomentations. Cullen says it has a bitter joined with some volatile parts. Sheep and goats are reputed to eat this plant; horses, cows, and hogs to reject it: when cows eat it through hunger, it gives the flavour of Garlic to their milk. — Grows in marshy places. 32. Teucrium Chamaedrys ; Common or Wall Germander. Leaves subovate, petioled, gash-crenate ; flowers axillary, peduncled, tern; stem round, hairy; root perennial, creeping; corolla reddish-purple, with white globules: there are two varieties, not worth describing. The fresh leaves are bitter and pungent to the taste ; their powder destroys worms, and a deebetiori of them is a good fomentation where the parts have a tendency to mortify. The leaves, when rubbed betwixt the fingers, emit a strongish smell, somewhat resem- TEU OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. TEU 657 bling that of Garlic. They are recommended as being ex- cellent in malignant and pestilential fevers, and in weakness and laxaties of the stomach and intestines. The juice ex- pressed, with the addition of a little white wine of any kind, is good in obstructions of the viscera ; and given alone, is an excellent worm medicine. It has been esteemed chiefly as a mild aperient and corroborant, and was recommended in uterine obstructions, intermitting fevers, rheumatism, and gout. Of the last mentioned complaint, the Emperor Charles V. is said to have been cured by a vinous decoction of it, with some other herbs, taken for sixty successive days. It has been employed in various forms and combinations, of which the Portland Powder is one of the most celebrated instances. Its qualities seem, nearly allied to those of Mar rubium or Horehound, and therefore it may be equally useful in asthmatic affections, coughs, and infarctions of the lungs. — Native of many parts of Europe, the islands of the Archi- pelago, and Palestine, near Jerusalem. In England it is scarcely indigenous, being chiefly found on the ruins of old buildings. 33. Teucrium Heterophyllum ; White-leaved, Tree German- der- Leaves elliptic, crenate; flowers lateral, solitary; lip of the corolla woolly on the outside; branches with dif- ferent leaves ; flowers purple, appearing in June. — Native of Madeira. See the 30th species. 34. Teucrium Lucidum ; Shining Germander. Leaves ovate, acutely gash-serrate, smooth ; flowers axillary, tern ; stem erect, even; root perennial, putting forth runners, whence rise the straight, smooth, blackish stems. — Native of the south of Europe. It may be increased by cuttings, in the same manner as the ninth and tenth species; also by seeds, which are plentifully produced. Sow them on a bed of light earth in April: they will come up in six weeks, and may he transplanted in autumn, to where they are intended tQ remain. 35. Teucrium Elavum ; Yellow-flowered Shrubby German- der. Leaves cordate, bluntly serrate ; bractes quite entire, concave; stern shrubby; flowers racemed, tern; corolla pale yellow. The hairy variety, remarked by Desfontanes, has the whorls clustered, the bractes and calices Very villose. — Native of the south of Europe, and of Barbary. See the preceding species. 36. Teucrium Bracteatum ; Br acted Germander. Stem erect, villose; leaves cordate, crenate; bractes six or more, ovate, acuminate, pelioled ; whorls distinct ; corolla purple. It flowers early in the spring; and is found on the uncultivated hills near Mascar and Tlemsen. 37. Teucrium Mcntanum ; Dwarf Mountain Germander. Corymb terminating ; leaves lanceolate, quite entire, tomen- tose beneath ; root, composed of many woody fibres, which spread, wide; flowers white, appearing in June and July, but seldom succeeded by seeds in England. There is a variety with much smaller leaves, hoary on their under side. Native of, Germany, Fiance, Switzerland, Austria, and Piedmont. — This and the four following species are all abiding plants: they may be propagated by seeds, which must be procured from tlje, countries where they, naturally grow, because they seldom perfect their Seeds in England. They should be sown upon a bed of fresh light earth in the spring, and, when they come up, he carefully . kept clean from weeds. About the middle of July the .plants will befit to remove, when they may be carefully taken up, and part of them planted on a warm border of dry rubbishy soil, observing to shade them from the sun, and water them till they have taken new root, after which they will require no other culture but to keep them clean from weeds. My advising these, says Mr. Miller, and many other aromatic plants, which are natives of the warmer parts of Europe, to be planted in rubbish, is founded upon long experience of their abiding much longer, and resist- ing the cold of our winters much better, than when they are in better ground, where they grow much freer, are fuller of moisture, and therefore more liable to be killed by frost. 38. Teucrium Suprnum ; Procumbent Germander. Corymb terminating; leaves linear, rolled back at the edge ; flowers white. This is allied to the preceding species. — Native of the mountains of Austria. See the preceding species. 39. Teucrium Pyrenaicum; Pyrenean Germander. Corymb terminating; leaves cuneiform, orbicular, crenate. This lias slender shrubby stalks, which trail close upon the ground : corolla large, one half purple, the other half white. It flowers great part of the summer, but seldom produces seed here. —It grows naturally on the Pyrenean mountains. See tlie thirty- seventh species. 40. Teucrium Polium ; Poley. Spikes roundish ; leaves oblong, obtuse, crenate, tomentose, sessile; stem prostrate. The Common Poley has the slalks rather herbaceous and trailing, about six inches long, and hoary: tlie flowers are collected in oblong thick spikes at the end of the branches; they are of a deep yellow colour, and appear in June. It is a native of Spain. The Narrow-leaved Yellow Poley has woody stalks, erect, branching, and covered with a hoary down, rising six or eight inches high : flowers collected in roundish spikes at the ends of the branches; they are bright yellow, have woody calices, and appear in June and July. — Native of Spain and Portugal. There are other varieties. See the thirty -seventh species. 41. Teucrium Capitatum ; Round headed Germander. Heads peduncled; leaves lanceolate, crenate, tomentose; stem erect, shrubby, branched at the base; branches round, tomentose, erect; flowers corymbed, headed, close; corolla small, pale yellow, or white. There is a variety with an erect branching stalk, which rises a foot high. The white flowers collect in a corymb at the end of the branches, in July and August. — Native of France, Spain, Barbary, and Silesia. See the thirty-seventh species. 42. Teucrium Pumilum ; Dwarf Germander. Heads ter- minating, sessile; leaves linear, flat, clustered four ways ; stem procumbent, tomentose. Native of Spain. — This, and all the following species, may be planted in small pots, filled with fresh light undunged earth, and placed in the shade until they have taken new root ; then they may be removed into an open situation, where they may remain till the beginning of November, when they should be placed under a common frame, to secure them from the frost in winter, which some- times destroys these plants : they may also be advantageously mixed with Mariim, and other aromatic plants, upon the sloping sides of banks exposed to the sun, or upon little hillocks in a sheltered situation, where, by the variety of their hoary branches, they will make a pretty appearance, and resist the cold much belter than when planted in a good soil. They may also be increased by cuttings or slips, planted at the beginning of April, just before they shoot, upon a border- exposed to the east; if the season proves dry, they must be watered and shaded until they have taken root; and being kept clear from weeds till Michaelmas, the plants should be removed where they are designed to remain. But it will be proper to put a plant of each sort in a pot, to preserve them in winter. 43. Teucrium Spiuosum ; Thorny Germander. Thorny : upper lip of the calices ovate; corollas resupine; peduncles in pairs. — Annual; native of the hills and fields of Portugal. See the preceding species. 658 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; T H A T E U 44. Teucrium Corymbiferum ; Corymbiferous Germander. Frutescent: leaves oblong, crenate, cinereous; flowers co- rymbed, capitate; peduncles leafy. — Native of Barbary, in the uncultivated fields near Mascar. See the forty-second species. 45. Teucrium Lasvigatum ; Smooth Germander. Lower leaves multifid, upper three-parted ; peduncles solitary, length of the leaves. Herbaceous. The whole plant is very smooth. — Native of Buenos Ayres. See the forty-second Species. 46. Teucrium Trifoliatum ; Three-leaved Poley. Heads roundish, loose; leaves tern, oblong, revolute, crenate in front, tomentose; stems a span high, ascending, hoary, muri- eated from the fallen leaves. — Native of Spain and Barbary. See the forty-second species. 47. Teucrium Gnaphalodes. Flowers solitary, clustered ; leaves linear, revolute, crenate, both they and the calices woolly. — Native of Spain. See the forty-second species. 48. Teucrium Villosum ; Villose Germander. Leaves elliptic, ovate, acuminate, serrate, pelioled, villose; raceme spiked, terminating; calices inflated. — Native of Tongataboo in Australasia. See the forty-second species. 49. Teucrium Undulatum ; Wave leaved Germander. Leaves oblong, waved, subcrenate; corymb terminating; stem shrub- by, upright, round, five feet high. — Native of Cochin-china, in hedges. See the forty-second species. 50. Teucrium Thea ; Tea Germander. Leaves ovate-lan- ceolate ; stem procumbent ; peduncles axillary, three-flow- ered ; flowers white. — Native of Cochin china among bushes, where the natives use it as tea, to promote digestion, and to relieve an overloaded stomach. See the forty-second species. 51. Teucrium Trifidum ; Trifid leaved Germander. Leaves lanceolate, trifid; peduncles axillary, three-flowered; stem four-cornered, rough, hairy, branched, leafy; corolla pur- plish.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 52. Teucrium Parviflorum ; Small-flowered Germander. Leaves multifid, linear; raceme decompounded; pedicels elongated, divaricating. — Native of Armenia. 53. Teucrium Brevifolium ; Short-leaved Germander. Leaves lanceolate, revolute, quite entire, obtuse, hoary; flowers solitary ; calices awnless. — Native of Candia. 54. Teucrium Regium; Royal Germander. Leaves ovate, toothed in fjront ; floral leaves quite entire, sessile ; whorls racemed; stem branched. — Native of Spain. 55. Teucrium Japonicum ; Japanese Germander. Leaves ovate, doubly serrate ; racemes terminating; bractes length of the calix.— Native of Japan. 56. Teucrium Salyiastrum ; Sage-like Germander. Leaves oval, crenulate, wrinkled, tomentose beneath, petioled; raceme directed one way ; root perennial, woody ; stem erect, pubes- cent, somewhat clammy. — Native of Portugal. 57. Teucrium Scordioides ; Scordium-like Germander. Leaves oblong, cordate, embracing, crenate, lanuginose ; flowersaxillary; peduncles in pairs ; root perennial ; flowers larger. — Native of Candia. 58. Teucrium Nitidum ; Glittering Germander. Leaves ovate, crenate; floral-leaves quite entire; whorls halved, racemed ; stem bearded in two rows ; corolla purple, — Native of Barbary. 59. Teucrium Thvmifolium ; Thyme leaved Germander. Heads terminating, few-flowered ; leaves petioled, ovate, obtuse, tomentose beneath ; stem procumbent ; corolla purple. — Native of the kingdom of Valentia in Spain. 60. Teucrium Roiundifolium ; Round-leaved Germander. Corymbs terminating; leaves roundish, crenate, villose; stem shrubby, decumbent, or hanging from the rocks. — Native of mountains in the kingdom of Valencia in Spain. 61. Teucrium Buxifolium; Box-leaved Germander. Co- rymbs terminating ; leaves oval, wrinkled, crenate at the end, villose. — Native of the kingdom of Valencia. 62. Teucrium Flavescens ; Sulphur-coloured Germander. Heads roundish, and leaves linear-lanceolate, crenate in front, tomentose, summits yellow. This is confounded with Yellow Germander, and agrees with it in stature, in the whiteness and delicacy of the wool on the stem and leaves, and in having the leaves crenate, with a narrower entire base, which how- ever is wider on the flowering-branches: but it differs in having the leaves narrower and lanceolate, the heads small and few-flowered ; the calix shorter, clothed not with hairs, but with a close nap, neither angular nor keeled ; and the tops are not of a gold, but of an elegant sulphur colour. — Native of the south of France. 63. Teucrium Valentinum ; Valentia Germander. Heads roundish, shortly peduncled ; leaves linear, crenate; stem erect, hoary. — Native of Valentia. 64. Teucrium Lusitanicum ; Portuguese Germander. Heads loose; leaves linear, obtuse, crenulate, hoary; stem pubescent, corymbiferous; root woody; flowers erect, the lower ones spreading ; corolla white. — Native of Portugal. 65. Teucrium Pycnophyllum ; Thick-leaved Germander. Heads roundish; leaves linear, revolute, crenate, in front clustered, they and the stem densely tomentose. The whole plant is covered with a very thick white nap; corolla white. — Native of Spain. 66. Teucrium Verticillatum ; Whorled Germander. Head roundish, sessile; leaves lanceolate, quite entire, revolute, whorled ; stem erect, both tomentose. — Native of Spain in the kingdom of Valencia. 67. Teucrium Libanitis ; Rosemary-leaved Germander. Spikes roundish; leaves clustered, linear, revolute, quite entire, they and the stem tomentose.— Native of Spain. 68. Teucrium Angustissimum ; Narrotv -leaved Germander . Heads terminating, hairy ; leaves linear, quite entire, almost naked ; stem erect.— Native of Spain. 69. Teucrium Cceleste. Heads terminating, tomentose; leaves linear, quite entire, hoary; stem erect. — Native of Spain, in the kingdom of Valencia. Thalia ; a genus of the class Monandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth, scales three, very small, ovate, ciliate, permanent, crowning the germen. Corolla: petals five, superior, shrivelling, in a double row; three outer longer, oblong, waved, connate at the base, spreading ; the two inner smaller, from erect spreading, oblong, connate with each other and the nectary at the base; nectary petal-shaped, opposite to the smaller petals, lanceolate, acuminate, concave. Stamina: filamentum one, awl-shaped, inserted into the nectary; anthera club-shaped. Pistil: germen turbinate, crowned with the calix; style filiform, bent in ; stigma leafy, bent in. Pericarp: drupe oblong, gibbous, one-celled. Seed: one, awl-shaped, bent in. Nut : bony, two-celled? Essential Character. Calix: three leaved. Corolla: five-petalled, two inner petals less. Nectary: lanceolate, concave. Drupe : with a one- celled nut. The species are, 1. Thalia Genicuiata, Corollas five-petalled: nectary lanceolate ; stem taller than a man, quite simple. The American Indians use it as a dart to kill animals. — Native of South America, and the West Indies. 2. Thalia Cannaeformis. Corollas si'x-petalled ; nectary bifid, erect; culm solid, round, smooth, branched; branches jointed, divaricating.— Native of Mallicollo, one of the New T H A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. T H A 659 Hebrides, and found in the Andaman Isles, and the kingdom of Pegu. 3. Thalia Dealbata. Panicle albid-pulverulent ; spathes two-flowered ; leaves ovate, revolute at the tip; flowers small, purple. — Grows in the impenetrable swamps of South Caro- lina. Pursh observes, that T. Millington, Esq. of South Carolina, was the first discoverer of this elegant plant. It has been introduced into the English gardens by the Messrs. Frasers. Thalictrnm ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Poly- gynia. — Generic Character. Ca/ix: none, unless the corolla be taken for it. Corolla : petals four, roundish, obtuse, concave, deciduous. Stamina: filamenta very many, wider at top, compressed, longer than the corolla ; antherae oblong, erect. Pistil: germina many, commonly pedicelled, round- ish; styles none ; stigmas thickish. Pericarp : none. Seeds: many, grooved, ovate, tailless. Observe. The number of stamina and pistilla are different in the several species. Es- sential Character. Calix : none. Petals: four or five. Seeds : tailless. The species are, 1. Thaliclrum Alpinum ; Alpine Meadow Rue. Stem quite simple, almost naked ; raceme simple, terminating. The root consists of a few simple fibres, and creeps just below the surface by horizontal runners. It is a delicate little plant, scarcely a span high, and truly alpine. Peren- nial, flowering early in the summer. — Native of Lapland, Wales, and Scotland, often found in wet black mould in the clefts of rocks, or on the spongy margins of little rills, upon very high mountains. This, with all its congeners, are propagated by parting their roots in September, when the leaves begin to decay, that they may take fresh root before the frost comes on. They may be planted in almost any soil or situation, provided it be not very hot and dry; but they prefer a fresh light soil and a shady situation. Most of them creep so much as to be troublesome in a garden ; there- fore it is better to confine their roots in pots plunged in the ground. The third, fourth, and eighteenth, are frequently cultivated in gardens; their roots not creeping so much as some of the others, and the flowers having some beauty to recommend them. 2. Thalictrum Fcetidum ; Fetid Meadow Rue. Stem pani- cled, filiform, very branching, leafy. Haller observes, that it has all the habit of the ninth species, and can scarcely be distinguished from it, except by a smell like that of Geranium Robertianuin, which, as he further and very critically observes, approaches to that of cat’s urine. It flowers from May to July. — Native of the south of France, &c. 3. Thalictrum Tuberosum; Tuberous-rooted Meadow Rue. Flowers five pelalled ; root tuberous. The stalks rise a foot and half high, and are naked almost to the top, where they divide into two or three small ones, under each of which is placed one leaf; every division is terminated by a small bunch of pretty large flowers, disposed almost in form of an umbel, each composed of five white petals. It flowers in June. — Native of Spain. 4. Thalictrum Cornuti ; Canadian Meadow Rue. Flowers dioecious; leaflets ovate, trifid ; panicles terminating. Tiiere is a variety of this which is somew hat smaller, and has purple filameuta, which in the other are white. It flowers from May to July. — Native of North America. 5. Thalictrum Dioicum ; Dioecious Meadow Rue. Flow ers dioecious; leaves roundish, cordate, lobed ; lobes obtuse; peduncles axillary, shorter than the leaf. It flowers in June and July. — Native of North America. 6. Thalictrum Elatum ; Tall Meadow Rue. Leaves ovate, subcordate, subtrifid ; panicle terminating ; flowers erect ; 1 stem roundish. A hardy perennial, flowering from June to August. — Native of Hungary. 7. Thalictrum Majus; Great Meadow Rue. Leaflets roundish, subcordate, trifid, glaucous beneath; panicle leafy; flowers drooping; stem purplish, panicled ; the flowering- branches growing two or three together, the partial flower- stalks generally umbellate. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Austria and Hungary, in woody places. It has also been discovered on a bushy hill at Baydales near Darlington, and on the margin of Ullswater in Cumber- land. 8. Thalictrum Medium; Middle Meadow Rue. Leaflets oblong, wedge-shaped, acute, trifid, the uppermost undivided, lanceolate; flowers nearly upright. Willdenow observes, that this differs from the next species, in having the leaflets wedge- shaped, the upper ones undivided and lanceolate, and the flowers almost upright, never truly drooping. — Native of Hungary, where it is found upon the hills. 9. Thalictrum Minus; Small Meadow Rue. Leaves tri- pinnate ; leaflets trifid, glaucous ; flowers panicled, droop- ing; stem almost upright, a foot high, flexuose, grooved, glaucous, with a bluish bloom, leafy, panicled. Linneus’s character of six-parted leaves, has puzzled many persons : Dr. Smith interprets it to mean, that the leaves are com- pounded in a six-fold order, which is generally near the truth ; not as some have understood it, that the leaflets are in six divisions, which can never be the case unless by accident, as they have a central lobe, and consequently an odd number of divisions. It was observed with broad leaves in Wales, which variation ceased when it was transplanted into York- shire: although Pollich remarks, that it varies with bpoader, larger, and smaller leaves. — Native of many parts of Europe, in meadows. In Great Britain it occurs in various parts of the country, in calcareous soils ; but being found only in such, it is by no means a common plant ; though it is met with on some of the sandy shores of Ireland. 10. Thalictrum Rugosum ; Rough Meadow Rue. Stem striated; leaves wrinkled, veined; lobules blunt. It flowers in July. — Native of North America. 11. Thalictrum Sibiricum ; Siberian Meadow Rue. Leaves three parted; leaflets subreflexed, sharply cut; flowers droop- ing.— Native of Siberia and Armenia. 12. Thalictrnm Squarrosum. Leaflets trifid and undivided; petioles embracing, membranaceous, winged ; flowers droop- ing. This differs from all the preceding species, which by its nodding flowers it resembles, in the structure of its petiole, which is much widened at the base, with orbicular membranaceous wings, toothed at the edge. — Native of Si- beria. 13. Thalictrum Purpurascens. Leaves three-parted ; stem twice as high as the leaves; flowers drooping, purple. — Native of Canada. 14. Thalictrum Angustifolium ; Narrow-leaved Meadow Rue. Leaflets lanceolate, linear, quite entire; stems from two to three feet high; flowers small, collected in terminating panicles, and of an herbaceous white colour. It is allied to the next species, and, in Willdenow's opinion, perhaps only a variety, he having frequently observed some wider leaves of the cultivated plant approaching to those of the Flavian. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Germany, Switzer- land, Carniola, and Italy. 15. Thalictrum Flavum ; Common Meadow Rue. Leaves bipinnate; leaflets trifid; stem grooved; panicle branched very much, and contracted ; flowers erect; root yellow. A cataplasm made of the bruised leaves of this plant is a slight 1 blister, and has been known to afford relief in the sciatica* 8 E 060 T H A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; THE the root dyes wool yellow, and has been formerly used to cure the jaundice, probably from its colour. Cows, horses, goats, and sheep, eat it; but hogs are not fond of it. The narrow-leaved variety mentioned by Lightfoot, is neither rare nor important. Mr. Miller describes another variety as a distinct species; both these are natives of Spain. The plant has obtained its English name Meadow Rue, from its place of growth, and a certain vague resemblance to Garden Rue, to which it has no affinity. 10. Thalictrum Simplex ; Simple stalked Meadow Rue. Stem leafy, quite simple, angular. This differs from the preceding species, in having the herb half as small again ; the flowers nodding, not erect ; the petals green, not white; the filamenta fourteen, and purple, not seventeen, and white; the panicle thinner; the leaves narrower. It flowers in May and June. — Native of Sweden, Denmark, Switzerland, and France. 17. Thalictrum Lucidum ; Shining-leaved Meadow Rue. Stem leafy, grooved; leaves linear, fleshy; flowers of a yel- lowish-white colour; they appear in July, and are succeeded by small angular capsules. — Native of France, near Paris, and of Spain. IB. Thalictrum Aquilegifolium ; Columbine-leaved Meadow Rue, or Feathered Columbine. Fruits pendulous, triangular, straight; stem round; root thick, fibrous; flowers in large terminating panicles. It varies with a greeu stalk and white stamina, and with a purple stalk and stamina. It flowers from May to July. — Native of Scania, Switzerland, Austria, Carniola, Ingria, Silesia, France, and Italy. 19. Thalictrum Contortum. Fruits pendulous, triangular, contorted ; stem subancipital. This is very like the preced- ing, but is lower, and has white flowers; petals four; sta- mina sixty ; pistilla eight.— -Native of Siberia. 20. Thalictrum Petaloideum. Scape subumbelled ; fila- menta oblanceolate, coloured, wider than the anthera ; flow- ers heaped into a sort of terminating umbel ; germina sessile. — Native of Dauria. 21. Thalictrum Styloideum. Leaves three-parted, pinnate; styles winged at the base. This is well distinguished by its awl shaped styles, dilated at each side at the base into a vertical semiorbicular wing. — Native of Siberia. 22. Thalictrum Japonicum. Seeds even ; leaves tripinnate; pinnules gash-serrate. The root consists of many capillary bundles. — Native of Japan. 23. Thalictrum Pubescens. Leaves supradecompound ; leaflets ovate, subcordate and cuneate at the tip, three -lobed, subrugose above, subtomentose underneath; panicles termi- nal ; pedicels subumbellate, divaricate ; flowers polygamous, white. — A tall species, growing on the banks of ditches and rivulets in Pennsylvania and Virginia. 24. Thalictrum Ranunculinum. Leaves simple, five-lobed, serrate; flowers corymbose. — Grows in Carolina. Thapsia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: umbel universal, large, of about twenty rays, almost equal in length ; partial of as many rays, almost equal: involucre universal, none; partial none; perianth, proper scarcely to be observed. Corolla: universal, uniform; florets all purple; proper of five petals, lanceolate, curved in. Stamina: filamenta five, capillary, length of the corolla; anther® simple. Pistil: germen oblong, inferior ; styles two, short ; stigmas obtuse. Peri- carp: none; fruit oblong, girt longitudinally by a membrane, bipartite. Seeds: two, very large, oblong, convex, acumi- nate at both ends, girt with a margin, flat on both sides, entire and large, emarginate at top and bottom. Observe. The fifth species has the fruit of Selinum Carnifolia, but no involucres. Essential Character. Fruit: oblong, surrounded by a membrane. The species are, 1. Thapsia Villosa. Leaflets toothed, villose, coadunate at the base; root thick, fleshy, in the shape of a Carrot, blackish on the outside, but white within, bitter, and very acrid, with a little aromatic taste ; stem spongy, rising about two feet high, dividing upwards into two or three small branches, each terminated by a large umbel of yellow flowers. There is a variety with the seed one half smaller. — Native of Spain, Portugal, the south of France, Italy, and Algiers, flowering in June and July. The plants of this genus are alt propagated by seeds, which should be sown in autumn ; for if they are kept out of the ground till spring, they often miscarry, or if they grow, they commonly lie a whole year in the ground before the plants come up; whereas those seeds which are sown in autumn, generally grow in the follow- ing spring. These should be sown in drills in the places where they are designed to remain. The drills should be at least three feet and a half asunder, because the plants spread their leaves very wide. Weed them carefully when they come up in the spring, and draw out some of them wherever they are too close together, to leave room for the rest to grow; but they ought not to be left more than two or three inches apart, for the first year: when the plants arise from seeds, they make but slow progress: the autumn following, the remaining part of the plants may be taken up, leaving those which are designed to remain about eighleen inches asunder, and those plants that are taken up may be transplanted into another bed if wanted. After the first year they will require no further care but to keep them clear from weeds; and every spring, just before the plants begin to push out new leaves, the ground should be carefully dug between the plants to loosen it, but the roots must not be injured, as that would cause them 1o decay. The plants thus managed will continue several years. They delight in a soft loamy soil ; and if exposed to the morning sun only, they will thrive belter than if placed in a warmer situation. 2. Thapsia Fcetida. Leaflets multifid, narrowed at the base. The stalks rise about two feet high, and are terminated by umbels of small yellow flowers, which appear in July, and are succeeded by flat bordered seeds, which ripen in the beginning of September. — Native of Spain and Italy. See the preceding species. 3. Thapsia Asclepium. Leaves digitate ; leaflets bipinuate, setaceous, multifid ; root about the thickness of a man’s thumb; bark yellow and wrinkled, the inside white, and abounds with an acrid milky juice; flowers large, yellow, appearing in July. — Native of Apulia, and the Levant. See the first species. 4. Thapsia Garganica. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets pinnati- fid ; segments lanceolate ; petals pale yellow. The bruised root is good for resolving tumors. — Native of Barbary. 5. Thapsia Trifoliata. Leaves ternate, ovate. This has a slender tap-root, shaped like that of Parsley. The stalk is terminated by a snriall umbel of purple flowers, which appear in July, and are succeeded by compressed channelled seeds, ripening in September. — Native of North America. See the first species. 6. Thapsia Polygama. Leaves decompound; leaflets acute; involucre pinnatifid at the tip; central flowers abortive. — Native of Barbary, near Bona. Thea ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Monogynia, orTrigynia.— Generic Character Calix: perianth five- parted, very small, flat, inferior, permanent; segments roundish, obtuse, equal. Corolla: petals six, or three to nine, round- ish, concave, large, of which two are exterior, and a little 4 THE OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. THE smaller. Stamina: filamenta numerous, more than two hun- dred, filiform, shorter than the corolla, inserted into the receptacle; anther* cordate, fastened by the back. Pistil: gerrnen globular, trigonal ; styles three, united at the base, at bottom erect, closely approximating, and as it were united into one above the stamina, diverging, somewhat recurved at the top, after flowering separating to the very base, reflexed at the top ; stigmas simple. Pericarp : capsule tricoccous, trilocular, gaping at the top in three directions. Seeds ■ solitary, globose, angular on the inward side. Observe. The parts of the flower vary much in number, for sometimes the calix is six-parted ; the corolla has three petals, or more, as far as nine, of which the six inner ones are larger, and equal to the three outer, a little smaller ; stamina as far as two hundred and eighty. Thunberg remarks, that in Thea Japo- nica the calix is five-leaved, ovate, obtuse, concave leaflets ; the corolla six-petalled ; petals ovate, very blunt, three lower ones smaller; germen somewhat scaly; style filiform, erect, very short; stigmas three, filiform, erect, length of the fila- inenta. Essential Character. Corolla: six or nine petalled. Calix: five or six leaved. Capsule: tricoccous. The only known species is, 1. Thea; Tea Tree. Leaves alternate, elliptic, smooth, 'lossy, of a firm texture, bluntly serrate, except near the rase, blunt, and for the most part slightly emarginate at the end, veined on the under side, on very short petioles, round and gibbous beneath, flattish, and slightly channelled above; corolla white, varying in the number and size of the petals; trunk branching and round; the branches alternate or vague, stiffish, inclining to an ash- colour, but reddish towards the end. — Many varieties of this plant are known in China: the distinctions usually regarded n Europe are the following. Green Teas: 1. Bing, Imperial, or Bloom Tea, with a large loose leaf, of a light green colour, and a faint delicate smell. 2. Hy-tiang, or Hyson Tea; the leaves are closely curled and small, of a green colour, verg- ing towards blue. There is also also another sort with narrow short leaves, and a kind of Green Tea with long narrow leaves. 3. Singlo, which, with many others not worth enu- merating, receives its name from the place where it is culti- vated. Bohea Teas. 1. Souchong is a superior kind of Cong- fou Tea. It imparts a yellowish-green colour by infusion, and obtains its name from a province in China. The kind called Padre Souchong has a finer taste and smell. The leaves are large and yellowish, not rolled up, and packed in papers of half a pound each. 2. Carn-ho, or Soum-lo, called after the name of the place where it is gathered. A fragrant Tea, with a violent smell. 3. Congo, which resembles the Common Bohea in the colour of the leaf. It is seldom used alone, but mixed with other kinds. 4. Pekao, is known by having the appearance of small white flowers intermixed with it. 5. Common Bohea, or Black Tea, of which there are various kinds.— Besides these, G,reen and Bohea Teas are sometimes imported in balls, from two ounces to the size of a nutmeg, and of peas. The smallest in this form is well known under the form of Gunpowder Tea. Sometimes the succulent leaves are twisted like packthread, an inch and half or two inches long ; three of these are usually tied toge- ther at the ends by different-coloured silk threads. The Chinese also make an extract from Tea, which they form into small cakes not much broader than a sixpence, or into rolls of a considerable size. They dissolve it in a large quantity of water, and ascribe powerful effects to it as a sudorific. — The manner of procuring and preparing the leaves, sir George Staunton relates at follows. The largest and oldest leaves, which are the least esteemed, and destined 601 for the use of the lowest classes of the people, are often exposed to sale, with a little previous manipulation, while they retain that kind of vegetable taste which is common to most fresh plants, but which vanishes in a little time, while the more essential flavour, characteristic of each particular vegetable, remains long without diminution. But the young leaves undergo no inconsiderable preparation, before they are delivered to the purchaser; every leaf passes through the fingers of a female, who rolls it up almost to the form it had assumed before it became expanded in the progress of its growth. It is afterwards placed upon thin plates of earthen- ware or iron : these plates are much thinner than those made in other countries ; and it is confidently denied that any of copper are employed for the same purpose, for scarcely any Chinese utensil is made of that metal, which they chiefly use for coin. These earthen, or iron, and possibly copper plates, are then placed over a charcoal fire, which draws all remain- ing moisture from the leaves, rendering them dry and crisp; for the colour and astringency of Green Tea, notwithstanding its verdigrease taste, is said to be owing to the early period at which the leaves are plucked, because they are then, like unripe fruit, green and acrid. ‘Chinese drawings, though rudely executed, exhibit a faithful picture of what they are intended to represent. From a set of these, giving the whole process of gathering and manufacturing the Tea, we learn that it grows principally in hilly countries, upon rocky sum- mits and steep declivities. It appears also from the drawings, that the trees in general are not much higher than a man, as the gatherers are always represented on the ground, making use of hooked sticks, which seem intended to draw the branches towards them, when they hang over places difficult of access. They pick the leaves, as soon as gathered, into different sorts; and dry them in a range of stoves, like those in a chemist’s laboratory. It is not known what arts are used in China, to give a variety of colour and flavour to their Teas, which cannot all be satisfactorily accounted for from soil, situation, and the different seasons at which the leaves are gathered. In Japan, the produce is chiefly consumed within the country ; whereas, in China, the exportation, we know', is very considerable, and the temptation great to exercise the arts of sophistication, in which it is notorious that the Chinese are not deficient. In the Chinese drawings, already mentioned, there are figures of several persons, appa- rently separating the different kinds of Tea, and drying it in the sun, with several baskets standing near them with a very white substance, and in considerable quantity. To what use this may be applied is uncertain, as well as what the substance represented is ; yet there is little doubt that it is something used in the manufacturing of Tea, because the Chinese do not introduce any thing into their pieces but what relates in some respect to the subject. We are better acquainted with a vegetable substance which is employed in giving a flavour to Tea ; it is the Qleafragrans, the flowers of which are frequently to be met with in Teas imported from China; and the plant thus used is not now uncommon in our stoves. The flowers of the Arabian Jasmin, and of some other plants, as the Camellia Sasanqua, are used for the same purpose ; on which account the Chinese call the latter Tea-flower, and cultivate it in vast abundance, but principally for its nut, which yields an esculent oil, equal to the best which comes from Florence. — The Tea plant is particularly valuable from the facility of its culture on the sides and upon the very sum- mits of mountains, in places unfit for any thing else. The late Dr. Lettsom, whose authority is of great weight, thinks that some art is used in dyeing Teas, because they yield a mu eh darker and less elegant infusion than they did formerly; and 662 THE THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; THE the quality in general has become inferior, since the demand has been increased. He says: I remember, half a century ago, that lumps of Catechu, which is an extract from a species of Mimosa, and vulgarly called Terra Japonica, were fre- quently found in the chests of Bohea Teas, and that my father, by way of experiment, dried the green Tea that had been used in the family, and, just before it w-as dry, scraped over it some of the Terra Japonica. It curled up very well, and passed with the servants for the same kind of Tea that they were accustomed to drink. From this, Dr. Lettsom infers, that we have at least the satisfaction of knowing, that if the above be the drug employed, it is not pernicious. — -We are not positively informed what motive first induced the natives of China and Japan first to use an infusion of Tea; but it is highly probable that it was in order to correct the water, which is brackish and ill-tasted in many parts of those countries. Sir George Staunton remarks, that persons of rank in China are so careful about the quality of the water intended for their own consumption, that they seldom drink any without its being distilled ; and every Chinese infuses Tea, or some other vegetable supposed to be salubrious, in the water which he uses. Like beer in England, Tea is sold iu public houses in every town; also by the side of public roads, and on the banks of rivers and canals, both in China and Japan: nor is it unusual for the burdened traveller to lay down his load, refresh himself with a cup of warm Tea, and then pursue his journey. These qualities of taking off the ill taste of water, and of refreshing after fatigue, have been often noticed in other countries. Thus Kalm says, If Tea be useful, it must be so in travelling through a desart country, where wine or other liquors cannot be conveniently carried, and where the water is generally unfit for use, being full of insects. In such cases, it is very pleasant when boiled, and Tea is infused. It certainly must be allowed, that Tea proves a grateful diluent, and agreeable sedative, to persons of full habits, after hearty meals, when the stomach is oppress- ed, the head pained, and the pulse beats high ; but to per- sons of consumptive habits, and where there is any taint of scrofula in the constitution, it is exceedingly deleterious. Neither the Chinese nor the Japanese ever use this herb until it has been kept at least a year, because when fresh it is said to prove narcotic, and to disorder the senses. It does not appear whether they are kind enough to keep back their Teas from the European market for the same period, out of equal regard for the health of their customers; and from the effects produced by its consumption, in this country, we really fear, that iu the latter instance they are less considerate. The Chinese pour hot water on the herb, and draw off the infusion, in the same manner as is now practised by Euro- peans; but they drink it without sugar or milk. The Japa- nese reduce it to a fine powder, by grinding the leaves in a hand-mill; tea-cups are filled with hot water, into which they put as much of the powder as might lie on the point of a moderate-sized knife, stirring it about while the liquor foams, and sipping it while warm. The common people, who have a coarser Tea, boil it for some time in water, and use the liquor for common drink. Early in the morning, the kettle, filled with water, is hung over the fire, and the Tea is either put in, inclosed in a bag, or by means of a basket pressed to the bottom of the vessel. The coarsest sort only is used in this manner ; the qualities of which, being more tixed, would probably not be so fully extracted by infusion. Tea indeed is the common beverage of all the labouring people of China, who are hardly ever represented at work of any kind, but the tea-pot and tea cup appear as their accom- paniments: readers, threshers, and all who work out of doors as well as within, have these attendants. — With respect to the qualities of Tea, it appears that an infusion of the Green kind destroys the sensibility of the nerves and the irritability of the muscles; and that it gives out, in distillation, an odorous water, which is powerfully narcotic. That the recent plant contains such an odorous narcotic power, we might presume from the necessity which the Chinese find of drying it with much heat, before it can be brought into use ; and that even after such preparation they must abstain from using it for a year or more, that is, till its volatile parts are still farther dissipated ; and it is said, that unless they use this precaution, the Tea manifestly shows strong narcotic powers. Even in this country the more odorous Teas often display their seda- tive powers, in weakening the nerves of the stomach, and indeed of the whole system. Its effects, however, seem to be very different in different persons; and hence the contra- dictory accounts that are given. But if we consider the difference of constitution, which occasions some variation in the operating of the same medicine, and of which there is a remarkable proof in the operation of opium; if to this we add the fallacy arising from the condition of the Tea employed, which is often so inert as to have little or no effect; and if we still add to this the power of habit, which can destroy the efficacy of the most powerful substances, we shall not allow the various and even contradictory reports of its effects to alter our judgement with respect to its ordinary and more general qualities in affecting the human body ; which quali- ties are, from experiments and observations, clearly ascer- j tained to be narcotic and sedative. It is not at the same time to be denied, that Tea may sometimes have good effects: it is very possible that in certain persons, taken in moderate quantities, it may, like other narcotics, prove exhilarating ; or, like them, have some effect in taking off irritability, or in quieting some irregularities of the nervous system. As its bad effects have been often imputed to the warm water in which it has been infused, so there is no doubt that some of its good effects may also be ascribed to the same cause, and particularly its being so often grateful after a full meal. After all, the infusion of Tea, as it is commonly taken in England, with a competent quantity of cream, or milk and I sugar, cannot be very narcotic or sedative ; especially as, after a long voyage, it is kept some time in the East India Com- pany’s warehouses ; and the finer sorts of it are hardly so much in request as formerly. Nor can it be an unwholesome < beverage for sedentary persons, and such as live freely, pro- vided it be not taken too hot nor in immoderate quantities, I or without solid food. For the lower class of people, who in general procure little animal food. Tea is a bad suecedaneum j for beer; and is besides, with its concomitants, far too expensive. — This now universal article of daily diet, was not drank in Europe before the commencement of the seven- , teenth century. Some Dutch adventurers, seeking about that time for such objects as might fetch a price in China, and hearing of the general usage there of a beverage from the ! plant of the country, bethought themselves of trying how far an European plant, of supposed great virtues, might also be relished by the Chinese, and thereby become a saleable com- modity among them. Accordingly, they introduced to them the herb Sage, once so much extolled by the Salernian School of Physic, as a powerful preservative of health ; the Dutch accepting, in return, the Chinese Tea, which they brought ; to Europe. The European herb did not continue long, at least in use, in China ; but the consumption of Tea has been , gradually increasing in Europe ever since, and is the staple | article of our vast East Indian Commerce. The first intro- ( duction of Tea into England was about 1660, when the first | THE OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. THE 603 mention of it was made in the statute book, and a duty of fourpence a gallon laid on the liquor made and sold in all coffee-houses: the price, six years afterwards, was sixty shillings a pound. — Propagation and Culture. In Japan, this tree is cultivated round the borders of rice and corn fields, without any regard to the soil; Ihe seeds contained in the seed-vessels, from six to twelve or fifteen, are put into one hole, four or five inches deep. The seeds contain a large proportion of oil, which is liable soon to turn rancid ; hence scarcely a fifth part of them germinate ; and this makes it necessary to plant so many together. The seeds vegetate without any further care: but the more industrious annually remove the weeds, and manure the land. The leaves are not fit to be plucked before the third year’s growth ; and in seven or ten years the tree is generally cut down, and abundance of fresh shoots spring up. In China, wherever it is regularly cultivated, it rises from the seed, sown in rows at the distance of about four feet from each other, in land kept free from weeds. It is seldom sown on flat or marshy ground, which is preserved for rice ; but vast tracts of hilly land are planted with it, especially in the province of Fo-kien. Its perpendi- cular growth is impeded, for the convenience of collecting the leaves. Its long and tender branches spring up almost from the root, without any intervening naked trunk. It is cultivated in several other provinces, but seldom more than thirty degrees north of the equator. It thrives best between that parallel and the line that separates the temperate from the torrid zone. The southern countries of Europe, and some provinces of North America, would suit, particularly the latter, the heat there in summer being such, that vege- tables make quicker and more early shoots, and therefore acquire more strength and firmness before the winter com- mences.— To propagate the Tea-tree in Europe, it is necessary to procure seeds from China. Care must be taken that they be fresh, sound, ripe, white, plump, and internally moist. After being well dried in the sun, they may be inclosed in bees-wax, or left in their capsules; and may be put into very close tin canisters. Thouin, in his directions to the unfortunate Perouse, recommends these and other seeds to be placed in alternate layers of earth or sand, in tin boxes closed up exactly, and placed in solid cases, covered with wax-cloth ; the boxes to be placed in a part of the ship least accessible to moisture, and the most sheltered from extreme heat or cold. American seeds are often brought over, by putting them into a box, not made too close, upon alternate layers of Moss, in such a manner as to admit the seeds to vegetate. This might be tried with the seeds of the Tea tree; and, to succeed more certainly, some of the seeds might be sown in pots or boxes, when the vessel arrives at St. Helena, and after passing the tropic of cancer, near the latitude of thirty degrees north. But the best method seems to be, to sow ripe seeds in good light earth, in boxes, upon leaving Canton, covering them with wire, to prevent rats and other vermin coming to them ; and taking care, during the passage, that they are not too freely exposed to the air, nor to the spray of the sea. A little fresh or rain-water should now and then be sprinkled over them ; and when the seed-plants appear, they should be kept moist, and out of the burning sun. If young plants can be procured in China, they may be sent over in a growing state in boxes, forty inches long by twenty broad, and as much in depth, having a lew holes bored through the bottom. When the trees arrive in England, they must be kept in a green-house during the winter, and in the open air during the summer. If they come in bad condition, it may be as well to plunge the pot's into which they are transplanted in a gentle hot-bed, or to i set them in the tan-pit, to make them strike and shoot more freely. Though it will not at present bear the rigour of our winters in the open air, yet it is not impossible but it may gradually become naturalized to our climate, like the Mag- nolia, among several other trees and shrubs ; especially if it were to be brought from the coldest provinces of China, where it grows, or from Ihe parts of Europe a little to the southward of us, when it shall have been naturalized there. This tree may also be freely increased from cuttings, in the same manner with Gardenia ; and will also probably grow from layers laid down in the autumn or spring. Thelygonum ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Poly- andria. — Generic Character. Male Flower. Calix: perianth one leafed, turbinate, semibifid ; segments revolute. Corolla : none. Stamina : filamenta very many, twelve or more, erect, length of the calix; anther® simple. Female Flower: on the same plant. Calix: perianth one-leafed, very small, erect, bifid, permanent at the side of the germen. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen globular; style filiform, long ; stigma simple. Pericarp : capsule coriaceous, globu- lar, one-celled. Seed: one, globular, with a callous appen- dicle. Essential Character. Male. Calix: bifid. Co- rolla: none. Stamina: commonly twelve. Female. Calix: bifid. Corolla: none. Style: one. Capsule : coriaceous, one- celled, one-seeded. The only known species is, 1. Thelygonum Cynocrambe ; Purslain-leaved T/ielygo- num, or Dog’s Mercury. Leaves ovate, bluntish, even, nerv- ed, slightly marked with lines, oleraceous, rugged at the edge ; the lower ones opposite, the upper alternate, ending in the petioles, which are the length of the leaves, and con- nected on each side by a three-toothed, membranaceous, wide, short stipule; stems round, diffused, flexuose, succulent: branches opposite, divaricate, from the axils of the opposite leaves. — Native of the south of France, near Montpellier ; and of Italy, in the island of Caprrea; and the county of Nice, and in Sicily. Sow the seeds in autumn where they are to remain ; for when sown in the spring, the plants rarely come up in the same year. They require no culture, but to be kept clean from weeds, and to be thinned where they are too close. Theobroma ; a genus of the class Polyadelphia, order Decandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- leaved ; leaflets lanceolate, acute, spreading, deciduous. Co- rolla: petals five, longer than the calix ; claws wide, arched, concave like a helmet, emarginate at the tip, scored internally with a thick triple line, inserted into the nectary at the base ; border roundish, acuminate, spreading, each narrowed at the base into a small claw, which is from upright recurved, and fastened into the claw; nectary a short little pitcher, putting forth five little horns, which are awl-shaped, long, erect, acuminate, bent in and converging, decurrent along the pitcher. Stamina: filamenta five, filiform, erect, bent out- wards at top, lying within the claws of the petals, growing externally to the nectary, alternate with and shorter than the horns; anther® on each filamentum two, one on each side at the tip, vertical, one cell superior, the other inferior. Pistil : germen ovate; style filiform, striated, a little longer than the stamina; stigma five-cleft. Pericarp: capsule oblong, coria- ceous, unequal, five-cornered, five-celled, valveless, not open- ing. Seeds: very many, subovate, nestling in a buttery pulp, fastened to a central columnar receptacle. Essential Cha- racter. Calix: five-leaved. Petals: five, arched. Nec- tary : five-horned. Filamenta : five, within the claws of the petals, growing externally to the nectary, having two anther® on each. The only known species is, 1. Theobroma Cacao; Chocolate-nut Tree. Leaves lan- I ceolate-oblong, bright green, quite entire, alternate, from 8 F 604 THE THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; THE nine to sixteen inches long, and three or four inches wide at most, on a petiole an inch in length, and thickened at both ends; peduncles slender, about eight or ten together, chiefly from the scars of the fallen leaves, one of them only for the most part fruitful, the rest abortive; flowers small, reddish, inodorous; fruits smooth, yellow, red, or of both colours, about three inches in diameter ; rind fleshy, nearly half an inch in thickness, flesh-coloured within ; pulp whitish, the consistence of butter, separating from the rind in a state of ripeness, and adhering to it only by filamenta, which penetrate it, and reach to the seeds: hence it is known when the seeds are ripe, by the rattling of the capsule when it is shaken. The pulp has a sweet and not unpleasant taste, with a slight acidity; it is sucked, and eaten raw by the natives, and may easily be separated into as many parts as there are seeds, to which it adheres strongly; and they are wrapped up in it, so that each seed seems to have its own proper pulp. The seeds are about twenty-five in number ; when fresh, they are of a flesh-colour. They are galhered unripe, and preserved in sugar, which makes them very grateful to the palate. According to Browne, this tree seldom exceeds six or seven inches in diameter, or rises above fifteen or sixteen feet in height. It is very beautiful, and in general extremely engag- ing to the sight, when charged with fruit, which grows from all parts of the trunk and larger branches indiscriminately. When the seeds are loose, and rattle in the pods, they are pulled off and opened, and the kernels picked out and exposed daily to the sun, until they are thoroughly cured, and fit for the stove or market. These seeds are remarkably nourishing, and agreeable to most people ; which occasions them to be commonly kept in most houses in America, as a necessary part of the provisions of the family. They are generally ground, or pounded very fine, and made into paste : they are much charged with oil, but mix well with milk or water. It is said to have been in use among the native Indians before the arrival of the Spaniards: it is much esteemed in all the southern colonies of America, and well known to make a principal part of the nourishment of most of the older part of the inhabitants. — There are two principal varieties of the fruit; one long, of an oval-oblong form, obtusely attenuated at the end, ten-grooved, and having the surface irregular with little Lumps, or somewhat warted ; the other not at all warted, scarcely grooved, as thick as the other variety, but shorter: both are commonly found wild in Jamaica. This tree is cultivated in many of the West India islands belonging to the French and Spaniards, and formerly in some of those belonging to the English; but the hurricanes, end the neglect of our planters, have so diminished the number of the trees, that for some years the French and Spaniards have supplied us with the article. — Native of South America, and found in great plenty in several places between the tropics, but particularly at Caracca and Carthagena, on the river of Amazons, the isthmus of Darien, at Honduras, Guatimala, and Nicaragua. — Propagation and Culture. As this tree may be advantageously cultivated in those parts of our West India islands where the Sugar-Cane will not thrive, we shall first state the mode of cultivating there for profit, and then at home for curiosity. Make your plantation of Chocolate- trees in a place where they may be protected from strong winds, by which, if exposed, they will be soon destroyed. In those places where torrents of water have deposited the earth, they will thrive exceedingly, especially where the gullies are broad and deep, because the soil is generally rich and moist, which is what these trees require. Where there are not a sufficient number of these gullies, plant them where they will he well sheltered by large trees; or if there be no trees already grown, surround the spot where you design to plant the Chocolate-trees, with four rows of plants of such trees as are of the quickest growth, and within these rows there should be some Plantain-trees planted at proper dis- tances, which, being very quick of growth, and the leaves very large, will afford a kindly shelter to the Chocolate seedlings planted between them. These trees, when culti- vated, seldom exceed fourteen or fifteen feet in height, nor do they spread their branches very wide; hence if the Plan- tain-trees be placed in rows about twenty-four feet asunder, there will be room enough for two rows of Chocolate-trees between each row of Plantains ; and if they are placed at ten feet distance in the rows, there will be space sufficient. Those trees which are found wild in uncultivated places are generally of much larger growth, which may be occasioned by the other trees among which these are found growing ; for being protected from the winds by those, they are not so much in danger therefrom, as those w hich are cultivated ; and the other trees closely surrounding them, will naturally draw them up to a greater height : however, that is not a desirable quality in these trees ; the lower they are, the better the fruit may be gathered without hurling the trees, and the less they are exposed to the injuries of the weather; so that the inhabitants never desire to have their trees above twelve or fourteen feet high. The soil upon which these trees thrive to most advantage, is a moist rich deep earth, for they gene- rally send forth one tap-root, which runs very deep into the ground; hence, wherever they meet with a rocky bottom near the surface, they seldom thrive, nor are they of long continuance; but in a deep rich moist soil they will produce fruit in pretty good plenty the third year from seed, and will continue fruitful for several years after. Before the plantation is begun, the ground should be well prepared by digging it deep, and clearing it from the roots of the trees and noxious plants, which, if suffered to remain in the ground, will shoot up again after the first rain, and greatly obstruct the growth of the plants, till it will be almost impossible to clear the ground of these roots without greatly injuring the Chocolate plants after they have come up. When the ground is thus prepared, the rows should be marked out by a line, where the nuts are to be planted, so as that they may be placed in a quincunx order, at equal distance every way, or at least that the Plantain-trees between them may form a quincunx with thetworows of Chocolate-trees, which areplaced between each row of them. In making a plantation of Chocolate-nut Trees, the nuts must be planted where the trees are to remain; for if the plants be transplanted they seldom live, and those which survive will never make thriving trees ; for if the tap-root be any way broken or injured, the tree commonly decays. The nuts should always be planted in a rainy season; and as the fruit ripens at two different seasons, at Midsummer and at Christmas, the plantation may be made at. either of those; but the chief care must be to choose such nuts as are perfectly ripe and sound, otherwise the whole trouble and expence will be lost. The manner of planting the nuts is, to make three holes in the ground, within two or three inches of each other, at the place where every tree is to stand ; and into each of these"holes should be one sound nut planted, about two inches deep, covering them gently with earth. Three nuts are planted, because theyseldom all succeed, or if most of them grow, the plants will not be all equally vigorous ; hence it will be easy, even after one year’s growth, to draw up all the weak unpromising plants, and to leave the most vigorous, in doing which great care must be taken not to injure or disturb the roofs of those which are to remain. When these trees appear above the ground, they are very THE OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. THE tender, and liable to great injury from the strong winds, the scorching sun, or great droughts. On these accounts the planters choose a sheltered situation, or plant trees to form a shelter. They also contrive, if possible, to have the planta- tion near a river, for the conveniency of watering the plants during the first season, until they have made strong roots, and are capable of drawing their nourishment from some depth in the earth, where they meet with moisture. In order to shelter the plants from the scorching rays of the sun, they generally plant two rows of Cassada between each row of Chocolate-trees, which will grow about seven or eight feet high, and screen the young plants from the violence of the sun in the first season, after which time they will be in less danger or injury therefrom ; and in the following season, when the Cassada is taken up for use, the ground should be worked between the young plants, taking care not to injure the roots in this operation. This method of planting the Cassada between the young Chocolate-trees, is of great advantage to the planter; for when the roots of the Cassada are taken up for use, it will defray the expense of keeping the ground free from weeds, without which the young plants will come to nothing. The Plantains also, which will be fit to cut in about twelve months after planting, will defray the whole expense of preparing the ground, so that the produce of the Chocolate-trees will be neat profit ; for as the Plantains pro- duce fruit and decay, they will be succeeded by suckers, which will produce fruit in eight months after; whereby there will be a continual supply of food for the negroes, which will more than pay for keeping the ground wrought and clear from weeds, until the Chocolate-trees begin to produce fruit, which is generally in the third year after planting. In about seven or eight days after the Chocolate-nuts are planted, the young plants will begin to appear above ground, and should be carefully examined to see if any of them he attacked by insects, in which ease if the insects are not timely destroyed, they will soon devour all the young plants ; or, if there should be any weeds produced near the plants, they should be care- fully cut down with a hoe; in doing which, great care should be taken that neither the tender shoot, nor the rind of the bark, be injured. About twenty days after the plants have appeared, they will he five or six inches high, and have four or six leaves, according to the strength of the plants. These leaves are always produced by pairs, opposite to each other, as are also the branches, so that they make very regular handsome heads, if they are not injured by winds. In ten or twelve months they will be two feet and a half high, and have fourteen or sixteen leaves. By this time the Cassada, which was planted between the rows of Chocolate plants, will have large roots fit for use, therefore should be taken up ; and the ground being then wrought over again, will greatly encourage the young plants. In two years they will have grown to the height of three feet and a half, or sometimes four feet, many of which will begin to flower; but the careful planters always pull oft' these blossoms, for if they be per- mitted to remain to produce fruit, they will so much weaken the trees that they will never recover. When the plants are two years and a half old, they will produce flowers again, some of which are often left to bear fruit; but the most curious planters pluck off all these, and never leave any to produce fruit until the third year; and then but a few in proportion to the strength of the trees, which causes them to produce larger and better fruit. The fourth year they suffer their trees to bear a moderate crop, hut they generally pull off some flowers from those trees which are weak, that they may recover strength before they are loo old. From the time when the flowers fall off, to the maturity of the fruit, is | about four months. It is easy to know when the fruit is ripe by the colour of the pods, which become yellow on the side next the sun. In gathering the fruit, they generally place a negro to each row of trees; who being furnished with a basket, goes from tree to tree, and cuts off all those which are ripe. When the basket is full, he carries the fruit and lays it in a heap at one end of the plantation, where, after the whole is gathered, they cut the pods lengthways, and take out all the nuts, being careful to divest them of the pulp, which closely adheres to them, and then they carry them to the house, where they lay them in large casks, or other ves- sels of wood raised above ground, and cover them with leaves of the Indian Reed and mats, upon which they lay some boards, putting on them stones to press the whole down close. In these vessels the nuts are kept four or five days; during which time they must be stirred and turned every morning, to prevent too much fermentation. In this short time they change from being white to a dark red or brown colour; and it is said that without a proper degree of fer- mentation they will not keep, but will sprout in damp places, and shrivel and dry too much if exposed to heat. After the nuts have been thus fermented, they should be taken out of the vessels, and spread on coarse cloths, where they may be exposed to the sun and wind ; but at night, or in rainy weather, they must he taken under shelter. In fine weather, if carefully turned from side to side, they will dry in three days’ time, and, wficn perfectly dry, may be put up in boxes or sacks, and preserved in a dry place until they are shipped - off or consumed. These trees, if planted in a good soil, will continue vigorous and fruitful twenty-five or thirty years. The leaves being large, make a. great litter on the ground when they fall. They are more profitable than the Sugar Cane, and the crop is not so uncertain ; but besides the ordinary care of digging, hoeing, and manuring the planta- tions of Chocolate-trees, it is necessary to prune off the decayed branches, and to remove small and ill-placed branches wherever they may he produced. This should be cautiously performed, for no vigorous branches ought to be shortened, nor any large amputation made on these trees; because they abound with a soft glutinous milky juice, which will flow out many days whenever they are wounded, and must greatly weaken the trees. Such branches, however, as have their extreme parts decayed, should he cut off, to pre- vent the infection from spreading further; and those which are much decayed, should be taken off close to the stem of the tree in dry weather, soon after the fruit is gathered. — Cultivation in Europe. Plant tiie nuts in boxes of earth soon after they become ripe. Place the boxes in a shady situation, and water them frequently. In a fortnight the plants will begin to appear, and should he carefully watered in dry wea- ther, and protected from the violent heat of the sun, which is very injurious to these plants* especially while they are young. Keep them perfectly free from weeds. When they are grown strong enough to transport, they may he shipped, and should be placed where they may be screened from strong winds, salt water, and the violent heat of the sun. During their passage they must be frequently refreshed’ with water in small quantities; and should be protected as much as possible from the cold, when they arrive in the northern latitudes. As soon as they, are landed in this country, take them care- fully out of their boxes, and transplant each of them into a separate pot filled with light rich earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanner’s bark, being careful to cover the glasses in the heat of the day, and to screen the plants from the sun. Water them often, hut sparingly. Let them remain till Michaelmas iu the hophed, then plunge them into the tan THE THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; THE GGG in the warmest part of the bark-stove. During winter water them frequently in small quantities, but more plentifully in summer. They are too tender to endure the open air here even in the hottest season, and must therefore always remain in the bark-stove, observing to admit a large share of fresh air in warm weather, and to keep them very warm in winter. As the plants increase in bulk, they should be shifted into larger pots ; and in doing this, particular care is necessary not to tear or bruise their roots, which often kills them. They must never be overpotted, as that causes slow but sure destruction. Their leaves should be often washed to clear them from filth, which they are very subject to contract by remaining constantly in the house. This filth becomes a harbour for small insects, which infect and gradually destroy the plants. When the trees are obtained from abroad, they may be increased by cuttings as Gardenia, which see. Theophrasta ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mo- nogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, five-parted, permanent; segments oblong, ciliate at the edge. Corolla: one-petalled, permanent ; lube length of the calix, bell-shaped ; segments oblong, erect, spreading. Stamina: filamenta five, below the middle of the tube, inserted into a membrane which surrounds the bottom inter- nally, shorter than the corolla; antherae acuminate. Pistil: germen roundish ; style length of the stamina, thick ; stigma blunt, perforated. Pericarp: fruit large, roundish, corti- cose, one-celled, many-seeded. Seeds: oblong, shining, fastened to a fleshy juicy receptacle, which is situated at the base. Essential Character. Corolla: bell-shaped, with oblong, erect, spreading segments. Fruit: one-celled, very large, roundish, many-seeded. The species are, 1. Theophrasta Americana. Leaves repand-toothed, sharpish : they are in very short petioles, opposite, or in- serted into the stem in whorls, erect, elongated, attenuated at the base, blunt at the end, very rigid, serrate, the serra- tures spiny, alternately inflected and reflected ; spines stand- ing out, small, but rigid, black at the outmost tip ; petioles pressed close to the stem, thick, rufous; stem frutescent, one or two feet high, simple, erect, leafy from the middle to the top, like a frondose trunk, (as in the Palms,) tomentose, ferruginous, spiny ; racemes short, terminating from the mid- dle of the terminating leaves, many-flowered ; peduncles numerous, curved, short, one-flowered. Seeds : black, hard, fastened at the base, but free above. The fruit is not pro- perly a berry, nor is it a capsule, for it does not open, but it is corticose, and the greater part of it is often empty; when ripe it is yellow and brittle, with the receptacle of the base juicy. — Native of South America, in the dry coppices of Hispaniola. 2. Theophrasta Longifolia. Leaves mucronate, toothed, acuminate. This much resembles the preceding, but is dis- tinct in having the leaves attenuated at both ends, with the teeth acute and mucronate. — Native of America; found at the Caraccas. Thesium ; a genus of the class Pentaiidria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, turbinate, permanent, half five-cleft ; segments half-lanceo- late, erect, obtuse. Corolla: none, unless the calix inter- nally coloured may be regarded as such. Stamina: fila- menta five, awl-shaped, inserted into the base of the calicine segments, shorter than the calix ; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen inferior, growing upon the base of the calix ; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma thickish, obtuse. Pericarp : none. The calix contains the seed in its bottom, and does not open. Seed: one, roundish, covered. Observe. The second species takes one-fifth from the fructification. Essential Character. Calix: one-leafed, into which the stamina are inserted. Nut: inferior, one-seeded.- The species are, 1. Thesium Linophyllum ; Flax-leaved Thesium, or Bas- tard Toad Flax. Spike branched ; bractes in threes; leaves linear-lanceolate; calix tube very short; root woody, branch- ed, crooked, whitish, perennial; stems ascending, angular, five or six inches high, little branched ; flowers in spikes, mostly branched, and sometimes so compound as to form a panicle, solitary, on alternate erect pedicels, with three lan- ceolate-acute bractes close to each flower. The herb is scarcely bitter, but a little saltish. Willdenow gives three varieties, which are owing to a difference of soil and situa- tion. The panicle, he remarks, in this species is formed of simple-bracted racemes placed in the axils of the upper leaves. It flowers in July. — Native of Europe, Siberia, and Barbary ; chiefly found in a calcareous soil. It has been long observed in several parts of Cambridgeshire, and in Suffolk, Norfolk, Oxfordshire, and Dorsetshire. 2. Thesium Alpinum ; Alpine Thesium. Raceme leafed; leaves linear; root perennial, fibrous, of a dirty white colour; stems many, decumbent in a ring, sometimes, but seldom, a little upright, half a foot long, round, smooth, commonly simple. This species may be distinguished by the following marks. The buds proceed from the old stems; the leaves are more spreading, quite linear, nerveless, more rigid, and fewer; the stems are half a foot long; the panicle equals half the length of the whole stem, aud points one way ; the fruits are oval, striated, and furnished with a sort of neck by the contraction of the calicine segments. It varies accord- ing to Willdenow, with an erect and decumbent stem. The raceme is formed of one-flowered, bracted, axillary peduncles, on the upper part of the stem. — Native of the mountains of Italy, Germany, Austria, Switzerland, the south of France, Mount Atlas, and Siberia. 3. Thesium Humile; Dwarf Thesium. Leaves linear, somewhat fleshy; flowers axillary, sessile, five-cleft; root annual ; stem herbaceous, erect, scarcely a hand in height, branching immediately from the base; branches smooth, some- what subdivided, angular, height of the stem. — Native of the kingdom of Tunis. 4. Thesium Lineatum. Leaves linear ; stem round, angu- lar, leafless below; branches erect, divaricating; flowers axillary, ped uncled. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. {>. Thesium Squarrosum. Leaves linear, subulate, recurved, and reflexed; stem round ; flowersaxillary, sessile. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Thesium Frisea. Flowers subspiked, directed one way, ciliate-woolly ; leaves awl-shaped ; stems simple, a hand high, hardish ; fruit ovate, much wrinkled, the size of a Coriander seed, villose at the tip within with the permanent calix. — Found at the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Thesium Funale ; Flexible Thesium. Flowers in spikes; calices ciliate ; stem suffruticose ; leaves awl-shaped, very short. This is a shrub, having the appearance of Restis Capensis, and almost naked ; branches numerous, alternate, clustered, wand-like, simple, round, filiform.— -Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Thesium Spicatum ; Spike-flowered Thesium. Flowers in spikes, even ; leaves awl-shaped, very short, and very remote ; stem erect, stiff, somewhat angular, proliferous, three feet high, the thickness of a quill. It is very distinct from the preceding, the stem not being flexible like a cord ; the spikes not very narrow ; and the bractes between the flowers not slender like a needle. — Found near the Cape. 9. Thesium Capitatum ; Head-flowered Thesium. Flowers 2 THL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. THL 667 in heads, sessile, terminating ; leaves three-sided, even ; bractes ovate; stem shrubbv, hard; branches alternate, remote, the upper ones gradually longer. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Thesium Strictum ; Straight Thesium. Flowers in umbels; leaves linear, decurrent; stem shrubby, branched, angular as in Broom. — Native of the Cape. 11. Thesium Umbellatum; Umbelled Thesium. Flowers in umbels ; leaves oblong ; root perennial. It flowers here in June. — Native of Virginia and Pennsylvania. 12. Thesium Fragile; Brittle Thesium. Leaves ovate, three-sided, keeled, decurrent; stem angular; flowers axil- lary, sessile. This has the habit of Salsola. It is a very brittle plant, with leaves so short as seeming to have none. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Thesium Scabrum; Rugged Thesium. Heads of flowers peduncled ; leaves three sided, very rugged along the edge and keel. This very much resembles the ninth species, hut the heads arc on a long naked peduncle.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 14. Thesium Paniculatum ; Panicled Thesium. Wholly panicled : leaves lanceolate, remote; branches angular, dif- fused; flowers terminating; stem somewhat woody, a foot high. Many of the flowers are abortive. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 15. Thesium Amplexicaule ; He art-leaved Thesium. Flow- ers subspiked, directed one way, ciliate, woolly ; stem rather woody, erect, slightly angular, four feet high, even; racemes terminating. — Native of the high mountains near the Cape. 16. Thesi.um Triflorum ; Three-flowered Thesium. Leaves lanceolate; stem angular ; peduncles axillary, trichotomous, compound.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Thesium Euphorbioides ; Euphorbium-like Thesium. Peduncles three-flowered, terminating ; leaves subovate, fleshy ; branches dichotomous at top. It has the appearance of an Euphorbium. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 18. Thesium Colpoon ; Tree Thesium. Leaves opposite, peti- oled, obovate, flat, quite entire; corymb terminating, leafless. This tree has compressed ancipital branchlets; racemes from the axils of the branches, erect, compressed, scarcely longer than the leaves. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 19. Thesium Spinosum ; Thorny leaved Thesium. Leaves awl-shaped, mucronate ; flowers axillary, solitary. This is singular in having the leaves spreading, channelled, termi- nating in a spine. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Thistle. Sec Carduus, and Serratula. Thistle, Blessed. See Centaurea. Thistle, Carline. See Atractylis, Carlina, and Carthamus. Thistle, Distaff. See Atractylis, and Carthamus. Thistle, Fish. See Carduus, and Carlina. Thistle, Fuller’s. See Dipsacus. Thistle, Globe. See Echinops. Thistle, Golden. See Scolymus. Thistle, Our Lady's. See Carduus. Thistle, Melon. See Cactus. Thistle, Milk. See Carduus. Thistle, St. Barnabas. See Centaurea. Thistle, Sow. See Sonchus. Thistle, Star. See Centaurea. Thistle, Torch. See Cactus. Thistle, Woolly. See Onopordum. Thistle, Yellow. See Argemone. Thlaspi ; a genus of the class Tetradynamia, order Silicu- losa. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth four-leaved; leaflets ovate, concave, from erect patulous, deciduous. Co- rolla: four-petalled, cruciform; petals obovate, twice as 121. I long as the calix, with narrow claws. Stamina: fiiamenta six, shorter by half than the corolla, of these, two opposite ones are still shorter; anther® acuminate. Pistil: germen roundish, compressed, emarginate ; style simple, length of the stamina; stigma obtuse. Pericarp: silicle compressed, obcordate, emarginate ; with the style the length of the notch, two-celled; partition lanceolate ; valves boat shaped, margined and keeled. Seeds: several, nodding, fastened to the sutures. Essential Character, Silicle: emargi- nate, obcordate, many-seeded ; valves boat-shaped, margined, and keeled. The species are, 1. Thlaspi Peregrinum ; Foreign Bastard Cress. Silicles suborbiculate ; leaves lanceolate, quite entire; stems a span high, hard, branched, by age becoming red ; flowers small, red, with ovate entire petals. They are produced in loose terminating spikes, appearing in June, and seeding in August. — Native of Carniola. Sow the seeds where the plants are to remain, either in spring or in autumn, but the latter season is to be preferred. When they come up, thin them where too close, and keep them clean from weeds. If the seeds of any of the sorts be permitted to scatter, they will come up without further care. If the Campestre and Arvense be cultivated for use, sow them thin upon beds of light ground ; hoe and thin them as directed for carrots, onions, &c. so as to leave them three or four inches apart. 2. Thlaspi Arabicum ; Arabian Bastard Cress. Sili- cles oval, styled ; lower leaves wedge-shaped, upper cordate, oblong, embracing ; stems herbaceous, diffused, branched, very smooth, as is the whole plant; raceme terminating, with a branch growing out beyond it; flowers at first corymbed, afterwards raceined. The petals being scarcely irregular, and the silicle altogether that of a Thlaspi, this plant belongs rather to this genus than to Iberis. — Native of Arabia and Cappadocia. See the preceding species. 3. Thlaspi Arvense ; Field Bastard Cress, Penny Cress, or Smooth Mithridate Mustard. Silicles orbicular, com- pressed, even ; leaves oblong, toothed, smooth ; root annual, small ; herb smooth, about a foot or more in height, upright, round, leafy, with seven or eight membranaceous edges, and having a few branches at top; flowers small, in racemes; peduncles alternate, nearly horizontal, one-flowered ; petals white, entire, twice the length of the calix. This plant is obviously distinguished by its smoothness, and large flat round pods, from whence it has obtained the name of Penny Cress. The seeds are said to produce twice as much oil as those of Linseed ; and have an acrimony approaching to that of Mustard, combined with an unpleasant flavour somewhat like Garlic. The whole plant has the taste of Garlic, so that when cows eat it, their milk acquires an unpleasant taste. It flowers at the beginning of June, and the seeds are ripe by the end of the month ; hence they are not liable to be ground with corn, to which in that case they might commu- nicate their ill flavour. — Native of Europe and Japan, in corn-fields, especially in a strong moist soil, and sometimes in gravel. It has been observed in almost all parts of England. 4. Thlaspi Alliaceum; Garlic Bastard Cress. Silicles subovate, ventricose; leaves oblong, obtuse, toothed, smooth- stems few, upright, round, half a foot high, little branched’ ending in fruiting racemes as long as themselves; flowers corymbed, small; petals white, scarcely bigger than the calix. — Native of Austria and Germany. 5. Thlaspi Psychine; 'Long-styled Bastard Cress. Silicle obovate-deltoid, styled ; leaves lanceolate, cordate, toothed, embracing, pubescent ; flowers racemed, pedicelled. It flow- ers early in the spring. — Native of Barbary, near Mavne, on the borders of fields. 8 G THL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; T H O 0. Thlaspi Saxalile ; Rock Bastard Cress. Silicles round- ish ; leaves lanceolate-linear, obtuse, fleshy ; stems annual, trailing, hard, and woody; flowers small, flesh-coloured. — Native of the south of Europe, Germany, Austria, the south of France, and Italy. 7. Thlaspi Hirturn ; Hairy Bastard Cress. Silicles ellip- tic-oblong, hairy, undotted, margined above; stem-leaves sagittate, villose. This is distinguished from the Campestre, with which it has been confounded, by having the flowers three times as large, the silicles longer and more hairy. — Native of Italy, the south of France, and of Austria. tt. Thlaspi Campestre; Wild Bastard Cress, or Common Mithridate Mustard. Silicles roundish, glandular, dotted, margined above; leaves sagittate, toothed, hoary; root annual, simple ; herb more or less pubescent ; stems a foot or more in height, upright, round, very slightly angular; flowers very small, and white, in long upright racemes. The seed was formerly celebrated for many virtues, but the pre- sent practice pays no attention to it. It is, however, a good attenuant, and operates by urine. The leaves are of a hot, drying, and cleansing nature; the juice of them, externally applied, is a good lotion for old foul ulcers. This, as well as the Arvense, has been used for the same purposes as Mustard seed: it has not so much of the Garlic flavour as the former. There are several varieties, one with smooth broader leaves, not so tapering to a point, and smooth pods. Another variety is soft like velvet to the touch, with the silicles cottony in a slight degree. — This has been observed in Dartmoor. 9. Thlaspi Montanum ; Mountain Bastard Cress. Silicles obcordate; leaves smooth; root leaves somewhat fleshy, obo- vate, quite entire; stem-leaves oblong, embracing, subsagit- tate; corollas larger than the calix ; stem erect, a finger or a hand, seldom a foot, high. The flowers at first form a small umbel, but afterwards are drawn out into a long raceme; calix brownish, with a white margin. — Native of Germany, Austria, the south of France, and Italy. 10. Thlaspi Alpinum; Alpine Bastard Cress. Silicles obcordate; stem-leaves cordate, smooth, quite entire ; petals twice as long as the calix ; stem simple. This small species is hardly more than four or five inches high. It differs from the next species in the size of the petals, and perennial root, which is slender, ramified, and produces several circles or roses of leaves, and afterwards several stems, which are smooth, simple, of a pale green, and sometimes procumbent; the leaves are alternate, ovate, smooth, and slightly pointed ; the flowers are of a moderate size, and milk-white, standing in clusters on the top of each stem. 11. Thlaspi Perfoliatum ; Perfoliate Bastard Cress, or Shepherd's Purse. Silicles obcordate; stem leaves sagittate- cordate, embracing; stem branched; style very short ; root annual, fibrous. It flowers in April and May. — Native of Germany, Switzerland, Austria, the south of France, Italy, and England. Found among the stone-pits between Witney nd Bm ford. 12. Thlapsi Alpestre; Dwarf Bastard Cress, or Shep- herd’s Purse. Silicles obovate, Vet use, many-seeded; stem- leaves sagittate; stem simple; style stretched out; root very long, branched, commonly said to be perennial, but it is probably only a biennial.— Native of Germany, Switzerland, Austria, the south of France, Italy, and England. It has been noticed near Settle in Yorkshire, and Matlock in Der- byshire, growing abundantly on the lime-stone rocks, and about the lead-mines. It flowers in June and July. 13. Thlaspi Bursa Pastoris ; Common Shepherd’s Purse. Hirsute; silicles deltoid-obcordate ; root-leaves pinnatifid ; root annual, fibrous ; stem about a foot high, upright, round, branched, leafy, rough; flowers in corymbs, lengthening out into racemes; petals white, a little longer than the calix, rounded at top. This plant, which grows naturally in most parts of the world, is a strong instance of the influence of soil and situation ; sometimes not being more than two or three inches high when it flowers and perfects its seeds, whilst in other situations it attains the height of as many feet. On walls and in dry situations the root-leaves are more deeply divided, and the segments become much narrower; in culti- vated ground they are broader and less jagged ; in a dry barren dry chalk, the plant becomes very small, with a single undivided stem, and the leaves all entire. It is generally found in flower in March and April, yet, like the Groundsel and Poa Annua, may also be found flowering at almost any time of the year. Dr. Withering observes, that this and other species of this genus begin to flower long before they have attained their full size ; the flowers at first forming a corymb, which after a while shoots out, and assumes the form of a long spike-like raceme. The stem also, which is at first simple, in time becomes branched ; the first branches issuing from its upper part. Small birds are very fond of the seeds. The j uice of the leaves is cooling and binding; two spoonfuls of that, with one of red wine, taken frequently, is an excellent medicine for overflowings of the menses, spitting of blood, or other profuse evacuations of that vital fluid: so useful is this common weed, which we every day trample under foot, as if it was possessed of no good qualities. — It is a common weed in every garden, and increases so fast by seeds, that a garden is not easily cleared when they are permitted to shed. There are generally four crops annually from seed ; it cannot therefore be too diligently rooted out, which is easily accom- plished by hoeing in dry weather. In fallows it is insignifi- cant, and affords food for cattle and sheep. 14. Thlaspi Ceratocarpon ; Siberian Bastard Cress. Very smooth : stem grooved ; leaves sagittate, lanceolate, subser- rale; silicles two-lobed ; corymbs lengthened into racemes; flowers small, white. — Native of the salt-plains of Siberia. Thoa ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Polyandrin. — Generic Character. Male Flowers: in spikes. Calix: none. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta at the top of each joint in the spike, numerous, short; anther® very small. Female Flowers: at the base of the spike, one on each side, sessile. Calix: none. Corolla: none. Pistil: gerrnen ovate ; style scarcely any ; stigma three or four cleft, very small. Pericarp: capsule oblong, brittle, one-celled. Seed: one, oblong, in a brittle shell, covered with very small rigid pungent bristles, weaved into a sort of dry aril. Essential Character. Calix and Corolla : none. Male. Stamina: numerous, at the joints of the spike. Female. Germina: two, at the base of the male spike, one on each side, sessile; stigma three or four cleft. Seed: in a brittle shell, covered with a bristly web. The only known species is, 1. Thoa Urens. Leaves opposite, smooth, green, entire, and oval, terminating in a sharp point; the largest are about five inches and a half long, and about three inches wide. The spikes of male flowers spring from the bosoms of the leaves and the tips of the branches, and on each side of the base of the male flowers is a female one, each of which is suc- ceeded by a smooth reddish capsule, under the bark of which is found a dry substance composed of stiff recumbent bristles, w hich separate easily, and cause a severe itching when rubbed on the skin. It is a shrub, rising with a tortuous stem to about the length of ten feet, and emitting several twisting and climbing branches upon the neighbouring trees. The bark is rough and greyish, and the wood white and spongy. THR OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. THU GG9 Thorn Apple. See Datura. Thorn, Black. See Prunus. Thorn, Box. See Lycium. Thorn, Christ's. See Rhamnus. Thorn, Cockspur. See Cratcegus. Thorn, Egyptian. See Acacia. Thorn, Evergreen. See Mespilus. Thorn, Glastonbury . See Cratcegus. Thorn, Goat’s. See Tragacanlha. Thorn, Haw. See Cratcegus. Thorn, Lily. See Catesbcea. Thorn, White, See Cratcegus. Thorny Trefoil. See Fagonia. Thorough Wax. See Bupleurum. Thouinia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: five-leaved, per- manent; leaflets roundish, three outer thicker, wrinkled, naked, two inner membranaceous at the edge, silky at the back. Corolla: one-petalled, bell-shaped, plaited, twice as long as the calix, five-cleft; the segments very blunt, hispid on the outside, with very frequent rigid fulgid bristles within and along the edge, between the plaits smooth, tomentose, ciliate at the top. Stamina : filamenta five, round, naked, twice as long as the corolla, declining; antherae biggish, cordate, two lobed, smooth. Pistil: germen ovate, very hairy, superior; style length, form, and situation of the sta- mina; stigma simple, obtuse. Pericarp: drupe globular, size of a plum, supported by the permanent calix. Seed: triangular, somewhat ovate. Essential Character. Co- rolla: one petalled, bell shaped, inferior, hispid on the out- side. Style: simple. Drupe : coriaceous, of two cells, each two-seeded.- The only known species is, 1. Thouinia Spectabilis. Leaves scattered, obovate, lan- ceolate, obtuse, very smooth, with a stout midrib, quite entire, often emarginate; petioles short, channelled, when young silky ; stipules none ; flowers axillary, solitary, large, and handsome, nodding a little, on roundish peduncles, thickened at the top, silky towards the base, having in the middle two small acute, silky, opposite bractes. It is a tree, with a hard wrinkled bark : the branches are round, silky towards the top, terminated by leaves and flowers in bundles. Commerson describes the fruit as a drupe ; but Jussieu and Lamarck consider it as a two-celled capsule, with two seeds in each cell. — Native of Madagascar. Three seeded Mercury. See Aca/ypha. Thrift. S eeStatice. Thrinax ; a genus, according to Swartz and Willdenow, of the class Hexandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Cha- racter. Calix : spathe universal, compound ; spadix sim- ply branched, imbricate, with proper spathes in decussated spikes; perianth minute, six toothed. Corolla: none. Sta- mina: filamenta six, short, filiform, inserted into the base of the germen ; antherae large, (larger than the pistil,) erect, bifid at the base and top. Pistil: germen half inferior, ovate, surrounded by the calix ; style thickish, short ; stigma widish, compressed, retuse, emarginate. Pericarp : berry one-celled, naked. Seed: a single kernel covered with a bony shell. Essential Character. Calix : six-toot bed. Corolla : none. Stigma : funnel form, oblique. Berry : one-seeded. — —The only known species is, 1. Thrinax Parviflora; Palmeio Royal, or Palmeto Thatch. Fronds terminating, palmate plaited, from one to two feet long; divisions lanceolate, nerved, and marked with lines, rigid, almost equal ; stipes longer than the leaves, round, flatted, smooth, flexile, unarmed ; spadix terminating, almost up- right, two or three feet long; panicle branched; branches alternate, subdivided, spreading; branchlets or spikes decus- sated, opposite, or in threes; flowers pedicelled, opposite, or in threes, placed on the rachis, small, hermaphrodite; berry roundish, the size of a small pea, almost juiceless; kernel white within, red in the middle ; trunk from ten to twenty feet high, swelling at the base, unarmed. Browne says, that this tree covers whole fields in many parts of Jamaica; that it grows both in the rocky hills, and low moist plains near the sea, but seems to thrive best in the former. It shoots by a simple stalk, and rises generally from four or five to ten or fourteen feet in height. It is always furnished with leaves in the form of fan, sustained by slender compressed foot- stalks, and bears a great abundance of small berries, which serve to feed both the birds and beasts of the wood when they are in season. The trunk seldom exceeds four or five inches in diameter: and the timber is much used for piles in wharfs and other buildings erected on the sea-shores, as it stands the water well, and is never touched by the worms. The footstalks of the leaves split and pared, serve to make baskets, bow-strings, ropes, &c. where strength and tough- ness are required. The leaves are called Thatch, and are used especially to cover out-houses. They resist the wea- ther for many years, but are apt to harbour rats and other vermin. Throatwort. See Campanula. Thryullis; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mouo- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- parted; segments lanceolate, erect, permanent. Corolla: petals five, roundish, spreading. Stamina: filamenta ten, awl-shaped, longer than the calix; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen obtuse; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule three-sided, triangular, obtuse, bipartite; cells opening by the exterior angle. Seeds: soli- tary, very smooth, obovate, obtuse at the base, mucronate, and curved inwards. Essential Character. Calix: five- parted. Petals : five. Capsule : tricoccous. The only known species is, 1. Thryallis Brasiliensis. Leaves opposite, petioled, ovate, quite entire; stipules bristle-shaped; raceme terminating, from the fork of the branches, simple, a foot long, with very short bristle-shaped bractes, and filiform pedicels, longer than the flowers; flow'ers small, yellow; fruits tricoccous or three- grained. It is a little shrub, with round jointed branches. — Native of Brazil. Thuja; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Monadelphia. — Generic Character. Male Flower. Calix: ament, ovate, composed of a common rachis on which opposite flowers are placed in a triple opposition ; each flower has for its base a subovate concave obtuse scale. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta (in each floret) four, scarcely manifest; autherae as many, fastened to the base of the calicine scale. Female Flower on the same plant. Calix: strobile common, subovate, surrounded with opposite florets, composed of two-flowered ovate convex scales, converging longitudinally. Corolla : none. Pistil: germen very small ; style awl-shaped ; stigma simple. Pericarp : strobile ovate-oblong, obtuse, opening longitudinally, with oblong scales, almost equal, convex outwardly, ohtuse. Seeds: oblong, girt longitudi- nally with a membranaceous wing, emarginate. Observe. This genus is very nearly allied to Cupressus. Essential Character. Male. Calix : scale of an ament. Corolla: none. Stamina : four. Female. Calix : of a strobile, witii a two-flowered scale. Corolla: none. Nut: one, girt with a membranaceous wing. The species are, 1. Thuja Occidentalis; American Arbor -Vitce. Strobiles smooth, with blunt scales; branches spreading; trunk strong 5 670 T H U THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; THU and woody, rising to the height of forty feet or more. The bark, while young, is smooth, and of a dark brown colour, but as the tree advances it becomes cracked, and less smooth. The branches are produced irregularly on every side, stand- ing almost horizontal, and the young slender shoots frequently hang down. These branches are not numerous, and the younger ones only have leaves ; hence the large trees make but an indifferent appearance, being so thinly clothed with leaves. The flowers are produced from the side of the young branches, pretty near to the foot-stalk: the males grow in oblong catkins, and between these the females are collected in the form of cones. When the former have shed their farina, they soon drop off; but the latter are succeeded by oblong cones or strobiles, having obtuse smooth scales, con taining one or two oblong seeds. This tree generally answers in grounds where the roots can obtain sufficient moisture, and hence it grows tall in swamps and marshes. Stony hills, and places where many stones lie together, covered with mosses, seem to suit it next to the former situations. It seldom fails to grow on hilly sea shores covered with mossy stones ; and is also found upon hills near rivers, and other high grounds, but such places commonly receive their moisture from the upper countries. In very dry places it never attains to any considerable size, though it is pretty frequent in the clefts of mountains, where it cannot grow to any great height or circum- ference. The tallest of these trees in the woods of Canada, are only from thirty to thirty-six feet high. It is reckoned the most durable of all the timber of Canada, where inclosures of all kinds are seldom made of any other wood, especially the posts which are driven into the ground: the palisades round the forts are made of it, and it furnishes planks or boards for houses. The thin narrow pieces which form the ribs and bottom of the bark-boats, commonly used in Canada, are taken from this tree, because it is pliant enough for the purpose, especially whilst it is fresh, and because it is very light. It is also preferred for the use of the lime kilns, and the branches are used all over Canada for besoms, which the Indians bring to the town for sale. The fresh branches have a peculiar but agreeable scent, which is perceived very plainly wherever such besoms are used. The wood is of great value for bowls, boxes, cups, mortars, pestles, and various works of the turner and cabinet-maker; hence this tree deserves a place in all plantations, especially as it bears our severest winters, and soon arrives at a middling stature. The Canadians apply the leaves, made into a salve with hogs- lard, to parts affected with rheumatic pains. For violent wandering pains, they use the cones, with four-fifths of Poly- pody, both powdered coarsely, made into a poultice, with wafer milk-warm, and wrapped round the body with a cloth between, to prevent its scorching the skin. The Indians employ a decoction of the leaves in coughs and intermitting fevers. This tree flowers early in ihe spring, and the seeds are ripe towards the end of September. Where the trees grow thick they seldom yield seeds, but single trees are always loaded. — They may be propagated by seeds, layers, or cuttings, This species is generally increased by cuttings, which should be planted in September upon a shady border, and in a loamy soil. The cuttings should be chosen from the shoots of the same year, with a small joint of the former year’s wood at the bottom of each. These should be planted three or four inches deep, in proportion to their length, tread- ing the ground close to them, to prevent the admission of air. If the following spring should prove dry, there should be a little mulch laid over the surface of the ground, to prevent its drying: where this is performed in time, it will save the trouble of watering the cuttings, and it will be much better for them, because when they are putting out their young fibres, if they be much watered, that will rot them while they are tender. These cuttings will be rooted enough to trans- plant by the next autumn, when they may be either planted in beds, or trained up in the rows of the nursery. When they are propagated by layers, the young branches only should be laid down in autumn or March, which will also put out roots by the next autumn; when they may be taken up, and trans- planted in the same manner as those raised from cuttings: but although these are very expeditious methods of propagat- ing this valuable tree, those who wish to have large trees should always propagate them by seeds, for the plants so raised will be greatly preferable. There is a variety of this species with variegated leaves, but as the difference proceeds from a weakness in the plants, whenever they become strong and vigorous, the leaves return to their plain colour again ; to prevent which, they are generally planted in very poor ground. The variety can only be propagated either by cut- tings or layers. 2. Thuja Orientalis; Chinese Arbor-Vita. Strobiles squarrose, with sharp scales ; branches erect. These branches grow closer together, and being much more adorned with leaves, which are of a brighter green colour, make a much better appearance than the former: the branches cross each other at right angles. The cones or strobiles are also much larger, of a beautiful gray colour, and their scales end in acute reflexed points. Native of China and Japan. — It is generally propagated by layers in the same way as the former ; but the cuttings of this, if rightly managed, will take root very freely; but most persons have over-nursed them. If these are planted in September, in a border of soft loam, exposed to the east, and before hard frost sets in, and the surface of the ground covered with old tanner’s bark about two inches thick, it will prevent the frost from penetrating the ground very deep; and if this remains in the spring, if will also keep the ground moist; for if these cuttings, or the layers of this sort, are watered in the spring, when they are beginning to put out young fibres, it will certainly rot them. Hence these layers or cuttings ought not to be watered, and should have very little u'ater even when they are transplanted : but as there are many plants now in England which ripen their seeds, so, those who can be supplied with them, should prefer this to both the other methods of propagating the plants ; for after the two first years, the seedling plants will greatly outstrip the others in growth, and the plants, growing with their branches closer, will be much handsomer. These seeds should be sown soon after they are ripe, which is in the spring. They should be sown in pots filled with soft loamy earth, and plunged into the ground in an east border, where they may have only the morning sun, observing always to keep the pots clean from weeds. Sometimes these seeds will come up in the same year, but they often lie in the ground till the next spring; therefore the pots should be put in a common hot-bed frame in winter, and in the spring the plants will come up: these must not be too much exposed to the sun in the first year, and if in the next winter they are shel- tered under a frame, it will be a good way to preserve them, and in the spring following they may be transplanted into beds, and treated in the same way as those propagated by cuttings. If it be propagated by layers, the plants must stand two years to be rooted. At the beginning of April plant them in penny pots, and plunge them in a moderate hot-bed of tanner’s bark, till the beginning of August; after which inure them to the air by degrees, and place them under some protection during the succeeding winter. In these pots let them remain a second year, when they may be THU OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. THY 671 taken out and treated as the first species. They ought not to be planted near, but so as to be protected by other trees. The plants raised either from layers or cuttings, having got sufficient roots, transplant them to a border screened from the mid-day sun, in rows two feet and a half asunder, and one foot in the row ; water them at planting, and repeat it once in five or six days in dry weather, and let them remain two years in the same situation : then remove them again, cut- ting a very little from the ends of the roots. Plant them in rows three feet and a half asunder, and two feet distance in the row, to continue three years, when they will be of a proper size to transplant wherever they are finally to remain. This tree, when large, is as patient of removal as any other ever- green; while young, it is a little more delicate, and slower of growth than the first species, and grows better from seeds than from layers or cuttings. 3. Thuja Articulata ; African Arbor-Vitce. Strobiles four- cornered, four-valved; fronds compressed, jointed, leafless. This is a low shrub, growing only from two to six feet high in a dry soil; branches round, alternate, spreading at a right angle. Broussonet asserts, that the resin, commonly called Sandarac, flows from this tree in the neighbourhood of Morocco. — Native ofMount Atlas, and barren hills in Barbary. 4. Thuja Dolabrata; Japanese Arbor-Vitce. Strobiles squarrose; leaves imbricate three ways, beneath excavated and snow-white; branches and branchlets alternate, com- pressed. It is a very large and lofty tree, and the most elegant of all the evergreens. — Native of Japan, where Thun- berg observed it planted every where by the road-side in Fakonia. He considers it as the handsomest of the evergreen trees, on account of its height, its straight trunk, and the silvery hue of the under part of its leaves. Thunbergia ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Apgio- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth double: outer two-leaved ; leaflets ovate, obtuse, five-nerved, almost the length of the tube : inner one-leafed, many-parted ; seg- ments equal, ovate, very obtuse, three times as short as the tube. Corolla : one-petalled, bell-shaped ; tube dilated up- wards; border of five deep obovate segments, half the length of the tube. Stamina : filamenta four, inserted into the tube above the base, unequal, the two lower shortest, the two upper shorter than the tube; anther® ovate, adnate. Pistil; ger- men superior; style filiform, a little shorter than the tube, erect; stigma two-lobed. Pericarp: capsule globular, beak- ed, smooth, two-celled, opening longitudinally; beak com pressed, grooved, linear, obtuse; partition obovate, emargi- nate, perforated below the top, membranaceous at the sides, permanent. Seeds: in each cell two, reniform, wrinkled, convex on one side, concave on the other, with a longitudinal groove. Observe. It agrees in many circumstances with the Barlerias. The leaflets of the exterior calix are named bractes by Thunberg, from whom this genus has received its name. Essential Character. Calix: double; outer two leaved ; inner twelve-toothed. Corolla: bell-shaped. Capsule: beaked, two-celled. The species are, 1. Thunbergia Capensis. Leaves ovate, obtuse; stem diffused. This is a singular plant, which no one would suppose to be different from the Barlerias, if he did not attend to the double calix. Stem four-cornered, hirsute; peduncles length of the leaves or longer, solitary, one-flower- ed; corolla yellow; capsule smooth, awl-shaped, two-parted. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Thunbergia Fragrans. Leaves cordate, acuminate, somewhat angular-toothed at the base; stem scandent: the roots consists of many thick woody fibres; flowers large, of the purest white. This plant, which, Wiildenow remarks, has 122. the appearance of Convolvulus Sepium, is common in hedges, among bushes, on the banks of water-courses, about Samul- cottah in. the East Indies. It flowers during the wet and cold seasons, and, when cultivated, throughout the year. The herb possesses a peculiar and agreeable fragrance ; and the beauty of its flowers, though they are not fragrant, entitles it to a place in the flower-garden. Thymbra ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, subcylindrical, keeled at the sides, two-lipped at the mouth ; upper lip wider, half three-cleft, equal, converging ; lower narrower, two-parted. Corolla: ringent; tube sub- cylindrical; upper lip flat, straight, half two-cleft, obtuse; lower three-cleft, almost equal, flat. Stamina: filamenta four, filiform, approaching by pairs, the two lower ones shorter; anther® two-lobed; lobes remote, under the upper lip of the corolla. Pistil: germen four-cleft; style filiform, half two-cleft ; stigmas two, acute. Pericarp : none. Calix : unchanged. Seeds: four. Essential Character. Ca- lix: subcylidrical, two-lipped, scored on each side with a villose line; style semibifid. The species are, 1. Thymbra Spicata; Spiked Thymbra. Leaves lauceolate ; stalks terminated by thick close spikes of purple flowers, nearly two inches long; the appear in June and July, and in warm seasons they are sometimes succeeded by seeds which ripen in autumn. Native of Mount Libanus, Mace- donia, Spain, and the county of Nice. — Sow the seeds in the spring on a bed of light earth, and the plants will appear in six or eight weeks. Keep them clean from weeds, and re- move them in July, some into small pots, and others into a warm dry border, shading them from the sun, and supplying them with water till they have taken new root. If the winter should prove very severe, cover the plants in the borders with mats or other covering. The pots should be sheltered under a common frame in winter, where they may enjoy the free air in mild weather, and yet be secured from frost. They will nevertheless endure the winter, unless it be very severe, especially in a poor dry stony soil. 2. Thymbra Verticillata ; Whorled Thymbra. Flowers in whorls : stalk shrubby, seldom rising much more than a foot high, putting out many small woody branches, which have narrow spear-shaped leaves with many punctures ; they stand opposite, and are of an aromatic flavour. The flowers grow in whorled spikes at the end of the branches; they are purple, and sit close to the stalks ; the upper lip is concave, and ends with two obtuse points, the lower ends with three equal points. They appear about the same time with the first species, and in warm seasons the seeds ripen in England. — Native of Spain and Italy. See the first species. 3. Thymbra Ciliata ; Beaded Thymbra. Flowers in heads; leaves linear, ciliate. This is an elegant, upright, and very branching shrub : the younger branches have a very short down upon them ; they are round or scarcely four-cornered, simple or branched, unequal; corolla violet; tube straight, twice as long as the corolla ; upper lip entire, obtuse, flattish, lower three-lobed ; lobes roundish, entire ; stamina scarcely longer than the corolla. — Native of Barbary. Thyme. See Thymus. Thymus; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gymno- spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, tubular, half five-cleft into two lips, permanent, having the throat closed with villose hairs ; upper lip wider, flat", erect, three-toothed; lower lip two-bristled, of equal length. Corolla: one-petalled, ringent; tube length of the calix; throat small ; upper lip shorter, flat, erect, emarginate, ob- tuse ; lower lip longer, spreading, wider, trifid, obtuse ; 8 H 672 THY THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; THY middle segment wider. Stamina: filamenta four, curved in, two of which are longer; antherae small. Pistil: germen four-parted ; style filiform ; stigma bifid, acute. Pericarp : none. Calix: narrowed at the neck, cherishing the seeds in its bosom. Seeds: four, small, roundish. Essential Cha- racter. Throat : of the two-lipped calix closed with vil- lose hairs.- The species are, 1. Thymus Serpyllum ; Wild Thyme. Flowers in heads; stems decumbent; leaves flat, ovate, obtuse; root woody, fibrous, brown, perennial; heads of flowers terminating, round- ish, with little leaves among them; calix striated or ribbed, dotted like the leaves; the two lower teeth deeply gashed, narrower, acute, ciliate; the mouth close, with white converg- ing villose hairs : according to Withering, it is coloured, with a circle of white hairs running round the inside at the base of the segments, which, while the plant is in flower, lie flat to the sides of the calix, but, when the corolla falls off, expand and close up its mouth: corolla purplish-red; the upper lip erect, and turning back a little ; lower divided into three obtuse segments, the middle one longest. — Few plants are subject to more varieties than this species. In its most natural state, on dry exposed downs, it is small and procum- bent; but when it grows among furze or other plauts, it runs up with a slender stalk to a foot or more in height. It differs also very much in the smoothness or hairiness of its leaves: the flowers are sometimes larger than ordinary, and of a paler purple colour, or even white. —The White-flowered, the Large- flowered, and the Broad leaved Wild Thyme, are not uncom- mon. The last, was observed at Okey-hole in Somersetshire ; and is described by Miller, with leaves broader and smoother than those of the common sort; stalks growing much longer; joints farther distant; heads of flowers larger; and corolla of a brighter purple colour. There is a variety of it with varie- gated leaves, which was formerly planted for edgings to borders, and is frequently brought in pots to the London Markets. Lemon Thyme is generally kept in gardens, for the agreeable odour of its leaves ; but when it is propagated by seeds, the plants have not the same scent: it is therefore an accidental variety, which can only be preserved by slips or cuttings. It is found wild in Kent, and at Downton Castle, Shropshire. The Narrow-leaved Smooth Wild Thyme is known by its leaves, which the name itself describes, and which smell like those of the Walnut Tree. The Hoary Wild Thyme only differs from the common sort by its hairi- ness. Ray found it on Gogmagog Hills, and it still occurs there and in other barren places. The small scentless creep- ing Wild Thyme was imported from Ireland. The Shrubby Hairy Mother of Thyme, or Wild Thyme, was found near Llanberys; and by Sherard on Snowden, in North Wales. Lin- neus mentions another variety, with woolly heads, which are the nests of some insect. It is not uncommon in England ; and is not singular in being thus infested by insects, as Veronica, Chamaedrys, GJecoma, Hederacea, Valeriana, Locusta, and other plants, are frequently distorted from a similar cause.— The whole plant of this species, and most of its varieties, is fragrant, and yields an essential oil that is very heating. An infusion of the leaves removes the head-ache occasioned by a debauch ; but abstaining from excess is a far more effectual and salutary prescription. It has the same sensible qualities as Garden Thyme, but the flavour is milder, and rather more grateful ; the essential oil is obtained in smaller quantity, and is less acrid, and its spirituous extract comes greatly short of the penetrating warmth and pungency of the garden kind. The partiality of bees for this and other aromatic plants is well known; and it is a common notion, that the flesh of sheep, feeding upon such plants, becomes superior in flavour to other mutton. The fact, however, is, that sheep do not crop these aromatic plants, except by accident, or when they are turned haff famished upon downs, heaths, or commons; but the soils and situations favourable to aromatic plants produce a short sweet pasturage, best adapted to feeding sheep, whom nature designed for mountains, and not for turnip-grounds or rich meadows. — Propagation and Culture. This plant is propagated either by seeds or by parting the roots ; the season for which is either in March or Octo- ber. If it be propagated by seeds, they should be sown upon a bed of light earth, observing not to bury the seeds too deep, as that w'ould cause them to rot ; nor ought they to be sown too thick, for the seeds are very small. When the plants are come up, they should be carefully cleaned from weeds ; and if the spring should prove dry, and they are watered twice a week, it will greatly promote their growth. In June the plants should be thinned, leaving them about six inches asunder each way, that they may have room to spread ; and those plants which are drawn out may be transplanted into fresh beds at the same distance, observing to water them until they have taken root ; after which they will require no further care but to keep them clear from weeds, and in the winter following they may be drawn up for use. But if the plants be propagated by parting their roots, the old plants should be taken up at the times before mentioned, and slipped into as many parts as can be taken off the root; these should be transplanted into fresh light earth, at six or eight inches’ distance, observing, if the season be dry, to water them until they have taken root, after which they must be duly weeded; and will thus thrive so as to be soon fit for use. In order to save the seeds of these plants, some of the old roots should remain unmoved in the place where they were sown the preceding year; these will flower in June, and in July the seeds will ripen ; it must be taken as soon as ripe, and beat out, or the very first rain will wash it all out of the husks. These plants root greatly in the ground, and soon extract the goodness of the soil; hence whatever is sown or planted upon a spot of ground whereon Thyme grew in the preceding year, will seldom thrive, unless the ground be first trenched deeper than the Thyme was rooted, and well dunged. If Thyme grow upon walls, or on dry poor stony land, it will survive the severest cold of this country. 2. Thymus Lanuginosus; Woolly Wild Thyme. Flowers in heads; stems creeping, hirsute; leaves obtuse, villose. Linneus considered this as a variety of the preceding; but Willdenow observed, that culture does not make any altera- tion. Miller describes it as having trailing slender stalks, with small ovate-lanceolate hoary leaves, and the young shoots of the same year very white and hoary. The leaves are stiffer than those of the other sorts; and the flowers, which are in round terminating heads, of a bright purple colour. — Found on the rocks of Germany, and France. Mil- ler says, it grows naturally in the forest of Fontainbleau. 3. Thymus Lmvigatus; Smooth Thyme. Flowers in heads; stems procumbent; leaves linear, obtuse, sessile, narrowed at the base; corolla somewhat hairy; stamina longer than the corolla. —Native of Arabia Felix, on Mount Chadra. 4. Thymus Vulgaris; Garden Thyme. Flowers whoYl- spiked ; stems erect ; leaves ovate, rolled back. This is dis- tinguished from Wild Thyme, by being more hoary, higher, harder, and more woody; the leaves also are whiter and narrower, and the flowers smaller. There are several varie- ties ; as, the Narrow-leaved, the Broad-leaved, and the Hoary Garden Thyme. Miller treats of the two former, as distinct species. The Narrow-leaved has shorter stalks, longer and narrower leaves, ending in sharper points, with the entire THY OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. THY 673 plaut hoary ; the flowers growing in long whorled spikes, and larger than those of the common sort. Tournefort describes two other varieties; one very hoary, the other with the heads much smaller. — This herb has an agreeable aromatic smell, and a warm pungent taste. Bergius observes, its qualities are resolvent, emmenagogue, diuretic, tonic, and stomachic ; et he mentions no disease in which its use is recommended, ts aromatic qualities indicate, that it may be useful in those complaints in which Lavender, Sage, Rosemary, and other verticillatae, are employed. It yields a species of Camphor in distillation with water, and has been for many ages culti- vated in Great Britain, especially before the introduction of Oriental Spices, when it and other aromatic herbs were much used in cookery: the Spaniards still infuse it in the pickle, with which they preserve their Olives. — It is propagated in the same way as the first species. 5. Thymus Lanceolatus; Lance-leaved Thyme. Flowers whorl-spiked; stem sufl'ruticose, erect; leaves oblong, flat, pubescent; bractes lanceolate, longer than the flower, quite entire; corolla purple, glandular, longer than the calix, the same size as in the preceding species. — Native of Mount Atlas about Tlemsen, flowering in the spring. 6. Thymus Numidicus; Barbary Thyme. Flowers in heads; calices hirsute; bractes ovate, lanceolate, ciliate ; stem fruticulose, erect; leaves linear, patulous, smooth. This is a branching shrub: branches slender, erect, pubescent at the upper part ; corolla small, rose-coloured. This is allied to the next species, but has the leaves very smooth, not ciliate ; and the bractes wider at the base. — Native of Barbary near La Calle. 7. Thymus Zygis ; Linear-leaved Thyme. Flowers whorl- spiked; stem sufl'ruticose, erect; leaves linear, very blunt, nerveless, rolled back at the edge, ciliate at the base ; branches many, recurved before flowering; corolla white. It varies with hairy leaves, and has the appearance of Common Garden Thyme. It flowers in August. Native of Spain. — This, and the 16th, L7th, 19th, and 20th, species may be increased by slips, planted in April on an eastern border, and closely covered with a bell or hand glass, refreshing them moderately twice a week with water. When they have put out good roots, transplant some into pots, to be sheltered under a frame in winter, and plant the rest on a warm border of dry ground, observing to shade and water them until they have taken new root: in severe frost the latter will generally be destroyed. They may also be propagated by seeds, sown on a bed of light earth, in the same way as Common Marjoram. Most of the other species may be increased by slips or parting the roots, or by seed sown in the spring. They delight in dry undunged ground, where some of them will increase by trail- ing their stalks. 8. Thymus Marschallianus ; Marshall’s Thyme. Flowers whorl-spiked ; stem sufl'ruticose, erect ; leaves linear-lanceo- late, bluntish, flat, obscurely triple-nerved, ciliate at the base ; upper floral-leaves like those of the stem, but shorter, and three-nerved ; calices rough-haired, striated ; corollas longer than the calix. It varies with leaves narrower by half, and is not like the preceding even in its habit. — Found in Tauria. 9. Thymus Inodorus; Scentless Thyme. Stem shrubby, very much branched ; leaves needle-form, bundled, shorter than the flower. This is a very branching upright shrub; branches approximating ; bark on the older branches cloven ; flowers in whorls, axillary, pedicelled, longer than the leaf, numerous; corolla purple, longer than the calix, the same sizeas in the first species. — Native of dry barren hills near Algiers. 10. Thymus Acinus; Basil Thyme. Whorls six-flowered; peduncles simple; stem ascending, branched; leaves acute, serrate; calix gibbous; root annual, simple, fibrous; each flower on a pedicel, various in length ; calix swelling at the base, on the lower side deeply grooved, the prominent ribs fringed with bristly hairs ; upper lip erect, with three broad- ish nearly equal segments, lower projecting into two narrow sharp ones; mouth fringed with white hairs, which, pointing inwards, completely close it when the corolla is fallen; co- rolla purple; tube dilated upwards; upper lip shorter, blunt, turned back, slightly notched ; lower of three roundish seg- ments, the middle one longer, obcordate, marked at the base with a raised white semilunar spot, and a spot or two of darker purple. This species has a pleasant aromatic smell, but not so strong as that of the first species, to which indeed it bears little resemblance, being much like the twelfth spe- cies ; the flowers of which are however nearly twice as large, and the swelling at the base of the calix is not so consi- derable. See the seventh species. — Native of Europe, in dry hilly fields, especially in a calcareous soil, flowering in July and August. It occurs about Charlton, Dartford, and other parts of Kent ; not unfrequentlv in Surry and Norfolk ; on Gogmagog hills, and Newmarket heath, in Cambridge- shire; on Barton hill, and near Aspley, in Bedfordshire; at Headington wick, Stonesfield, and South Leigh, in Oxford- shire; on St. Vincent’s rocks; near Bristol, and in York- shire. 11. Thymus Patavinus ; Great-Jloivered Thyme. Flowers in whorls; throat inflated, longer than the calix; leaves ovate, serrate; stems sufl'ruticose, many in number, arising from a perennial fibrous root, from a palm to a foot in height, ascending, pubescent, branched ; corolla pale red. Will- denow observes, that it seems to be very nearly allied to the next species. — It flowers here from June to August, and is supposed to be a native of the south of Europe and Hungary: it was found by Desfontaines near Mascar in Barbary. 12. Thymus Alpinus; Alpine Thyme. Whorls six-flowered; leaves roundish, bluntish, concave, serrate ; corollas inflated. This is nearly allied to the tenth species, but it is a larger plant, and the flowers are three times as big, peduncled, four on each side. Villars says, it differs from the tenth in having larger, greener, and less hard leaves; stems lower and less branched ; flowers twice as large, with the calix coloured, not gibbous. The same author adds, that it has an aromatic odour, with an agreeable acid approaching to that of lemon, in which, as well as in its character, it ap- proaches nearer to the Caltrmints and Melissa than to Serpyl- lum. Accordingly Scopoli has united them, and Dr. Smith has united the Calamints to this genus. It flowers from June to September. — Native of the south of France, Austria, Italy, &c. 13. Thymus Montana ; Mountain Thyme. Flowers in whorls; peduncles one-flowered ; stern erect, branched ; leaves ovate, quite entire; calices smooth. Allioni says, this con- stantly preserved its hairiness, the size of its leaves, and its peculiar habit, for many years under cultivation. — Native of the Carpathian mountains, the Valais, &c. 14. Thymus Piperella. Peduncles many-flowered, lateral; leaves ovate, obtuse, smooth, nerved, quite entire ; stem almost decumbent, round, simple, or little branched, the first branches opposite, the rest alternate. The stems and branchlets begin to flower about the middle. From each axil issues a short peduncle, supporting three or five flowers, the two lower of which flower later, the middle one earlier, without any bractes, and on a longer peduncle ; corolla pur- ple ; tube twice as long as the calix ; upper lip erect, cordate, roundly emargipate ; lower trifid, the lateral segments ovate. 674 T I A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; T I L the middle one wider, emarginate. Vahl remarks, that he i has observed numerous individuals of this species in some places scarcely a finger’s length and decumbent, with the leaves in clusters, and fewer flowers in the axils ; but for the most part half a foot high, with many-flowered peduncles.— Native of Spain, Barbary, and Arabia. 15. Thymus Brownei; Jamaica Thyme. Leaves orbicu- lar, crenate ; flowers peduncled, axillary, many, solitary, acute, on a very short peduncle; upper lip of the corolla slightly bifid, erect; middle segment of the lower larger, cordate. — Native of Jamaica. 16. Thymus Filiformis ; Small-leaved Thyme. Flowers axillary, solitary, peduncled; leaves cordate, acute, quite entire, petioled ; stems filiform, decumbent. It flowers in June and July. — Native of the Balearic Islands, Majorca, Minorca, and Yvica. 17. Thymus Cephalotus; Great-headed Thyme. Heads loosely imbricate ; bractes broad-ovate, coloured, undotted; leaves linear, quite entire; stem low and woody, from which come out many stiff branches five or six inches long. The corolla is white and very small. The whole plant is hoary, with a weak aromatic scent. Tournefort distinguishes three varieties of this species : one with very white bractes ; a second with larger heads ; and a third with smaller. — Native of Spain and Portugal. 18. Thymus Striatus’, Striated Thyme. Heads closely imbricate ; bractes ovate, and the leaves linear-lanceolate, striated, dotted at the edge. This species differs from the preceding in having shorter and stiffer stems, not branched at top ; wider upright leaves, striated beneath, serrate, dotted only at the edge; the heads smaller, closely imbricate ; the bractes striated, smaller, dotted. — Native of the kingdom of Naples. 19. Thymus Villosus ; Hairy Thyme. Heads imbricate, large; bractes toothed; leaves bristle-shaped, hairy: stalks slender, woody, hairy, growing erect about six inches high, terminated by single scaly heads. The leafy scales are indented in acute points, and the purple flowers peep out between them in July; but they do not produce seeds in England. — Native of Portugal. 20. Thymus Mastichina; Mastick Thyme. Flowers in whorls ; calices lanuginose ; tooth of the calix setaceous, villose. This shrub is a foot in height; the leaves are heaped on the stem, linear or even, ovate, the lower hoary beneath, the upper ones smooth ; teeth of the calix hairy, and as it were feathered. — Native of Spain. 21. Thymus Tragoriganum ; Goat’s Thyme. Flowers in whorls; stem suffruticose, erect; leaves hispid, acuminate. This is a sweet-smelling shrub. — Native of Candia. 22. Thymus Virginicus ; Virginian or Savory Thyme. Heads terminating; stem erect; leaves lanceolate ; root per- ennial; stalk annual, rising about a foot and half high, stiff', angular, branching out towards the top ; flowers white, col- lected into globular heads; appearing in July, but seldom ripening seed iB England. — Native of North America. Thyrsine. See Cylinus. Tiarella ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five-parted; segments ovale, acute, permanent. Corolla: petals five, oblong, permanent, entire, inserted info the calix. Stamina : filamenta ten, capillary, longer than the corolla, inserted into the calix ; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen bifid, ending in two very short styles; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsule oblong, one-ceiled, two-valved ; valves flattish, one twice as long as the other. Seeds: numerous, ovate, shining. Essential Character. Calix: five- 6 parted. Corolla : five-petalled, inserted into the calix ; petals entire. Capsule: one-celled, two-valved, with one valve larger. The species are, 1. Tiarella Cordifolia ; Heart leaved Tiarella. Leaves cordate; root perennial, creeping, fibrous; flower-stalks slender, naked, about four inches long, arising also from the root between the leaves, and terminated by a loose spike of small herbaceous white flowers, which appear in May, but are seldom followed by seeds in England. — Native of North America, and of the northern part of Asia. This and the next species are propagated by parting their roots, which spread in the ground and shoot up heads, which may be taken off and transplanted in the autumn. They love a moist soil and a shady situation, and require no other care but to keep them clean from weeds. 2. Tiarella Trifoliata ; Three-leaved Tiarella. Leaves ter- nate; root perennial, fibrous, from which spring up a few trifoliate petioled leaves, like those of the Bilberry, but much smaller. The stalk is slender, and rises five or six inches high; it is rough and hairy, has two leaves at the bottom, and one towards the top, a little below the spike of flowers; they are angular and serrate. The stalk is terminated by a loose spike of white flowers, which appear early in May, but the plants rarely produce any seeds in England. — Native of the northern parts of Asia. 3. Tiarella Menziesii. Leaves ovate, cordate, acute, short- lobate, dentated ; stem-leaves alternate, distant; raceme fili- form, subspicate ; calices tubulose. This plant rises to the height of more than a foot, and has five or six alternate leaves on the stem. — A native of the north-west coast of North America. 4. Tiarella Biternata. Leaves biternate; leaflets ovate- cordate, oblique, inciso-lobate, dentate ; stem leafy ; panicle terminal, divaricate-spiciflorous ; flowers yellowish-white,— Grows on the mountains of South Carolina. The specimens Mr. Flush had the opportunity of examining were destitute of petals, though they are distinctly described by Ventenat. It is, how'ever, probable, Pursh further observes, that some indi- viduals may be petaliferous, while others are apetalous. Tickseed. See Corispermum. Tickseed Sunflower. See Coreopsis. Tigarea; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: very rough on the outside, with acute segments. Stamina: filamenta about thirty, of the length of the petals ; anther® oblong, bilocu- lar. Pistil: germen oblong, rough, of the length of the stamina; style short, oblique; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule follicnliform, with a gaping lateral suture. Seed: single. Essential Character. Calix: beneath cam- panulate, five-parted; petals five ; capsule folliculiform, gap- ing with a lateral suture. There is only one species, viz. 1. Tigarea Tridentata. Leaves at the top of the branches heaped together, obcuneate, tridentate, villose above, cano- tomentose underneath ; flowers yellow', terminal, solitary, with very short peduncles. — Grows in the prairies of the Rocky mountains, and on the Columbia river, flowering in July. Til. See Laurus Fcetens. Tilia ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five- parted, concave, coloured, almost the size of the corolla, deci- duous. Corolla: petals five, oblong, obtuse, crenate at the tip. Stamina: filamenta thirty and more, awl shaped, length of the corolla; anther® simple. Pistil: germen roundish; style fili- form, length of the stamina; stigma blunt, pentagon. Pericarp: capsule coriaceous, globular, five-celled, five-valved, opening T I L OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. T I L 675 at the base. Seeds: solitary, roundish. Observe. One seed commonly comes to maturity, and drives the other abortive ones to one side; hence, to a cursory observer, the capsule appears to be one-celled. The second species has five scales placed round the germen, annexed to the claws of t he corolla. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Corolla: five- petalled. Capsule: coriaceous, globular, five-celled-, five- valved, opening at the base. The species are, 1. Tilia Europaea; European Lime Tree. Flowers desti- tute of a nectary; leaves cordate at the branches of the veins, villose underneath. The flowers are delightfully fragrant, especially at night ; petals yellowish, obtuse, concave. It is remarkable, says Gaertner, that the cotyledons of the Lime-tree are subtrilobate and toothed ; and it is peculiar to it, as far as we know, that these are already toothed whilst they are lying within the coats of the seed.— Mr. Miller makes two species of this tree : the Cordata, which is the small leaved one, wild in England; and the Europcea, to which he gives Ray’s synonym of the Ked-twigged Lime-tree. Ot the first, he observes, there are two or three varieties, which differ in the size and smoothness of the leaves, some having much larger and rougher leaves than others : but they vary from one to the other when raised from seed; and it is even doubtful whether the second be more than a seminal variety. Scopoli also, following Haller, distinguished the large and small leaved varieties. The former, he says, not only has the leaves larger, but softer, and somewhat hairy or villose; in the latter they are harder, and nowhere villose, besides flowering two or three weeks later. The Elm-leaved variety was observed at Whitstable, and near Dorking in Surrv; and the Red-twigged in Stokenchurch wood. In Ray’s Synopsis , three varieties are remarked in St. James’s Park; 1. The Small Smooth- leaved. 2. The Large Smooth-leaved. 3. The Softly Hairy- leaved. Two others have been observed, one with striped leaves ; and the other on Enfield chase, with wrinkled, but not hairy leaves. — This tree was highly esteemed by the Romans for its shade, and for the numerous purposes for which it serves. “ Tiliee ad mi lie usus petendee,” “ The Limes demanded for a thousand uses,” is a phrase very indi- cative of the value in which it was held by that renowned and scientific people; and, as Gough remarks, it certainly is a handsome tree, having a smooth taper straight trunk, and the branches forming a beautiful cone. The foliage also is smooth and elegant. It will grow to a very large size, and was often preferred for its shade while in request. It also makes a fine detached object, planted singly in parks and open lawns. The branches are so tough as to be seldom broken by the winds; and when they are injured no tree heals sooner; and to all this, the fragrancy of the flowers, which are continually haunted by bees, forms an important addition. It will continue growing, and remain sound, for a great num- ber of years, and grows to a considerable bulk in a good loamy soil. One tree, that was measured, was nearly ten yards in girth two feet above the ground, and was then in a thriving condition. Another, at Depeham in Norfolk, was sixteen yards in compass at half a yard from the ground ; almost twelve yards, near the ground ; and in the least part of the trunk, almost eight yards and a half : it was thirty yards in height. In Lincolnshire this tree is called Bast, because they make ropes of the bark. This is done by mace- ration, separating the bark into thin layers, such as are used for making the Russia or Bast mats, so much used by gar- deners. This quality in the bark, and the great degree of visci- dity in the whole tree, evince its acknowledged affinity to the Mallow tribe. Lime-tree wood is turned into light bowls and dishes, and into boxes for the apothecaries. Baskets and 122. cradles are made with the twigs. The bark was formerly used for writing-tablets. Shoemakers make dressers of the plank, whereon to cut their leather. The truncheons make a far better coal for gunpowder than Alder itself, as well as scriblets for painters’ first draughts. The wood is soft, light, and smooth, close-grained, and not subject to the worm. The most elegant use to which it is applied is for carving. Many of Gibbon’s beautiful works in Lime-tree are dispersed about the kingdom, in our churches and palaces; as, in the choir of St. Paul’s cathedral, at Chatworth ; a seat of the duke of Devonshire ; and at Trinity College Library, Cambridge. The inspissated sap of this tree yield a quantity of sugar ; and Mr. Boutcher observes, that the timber is stronger and lighter than any sort of Willow, and makes a proper sort ot lining for rooms, which, when well painted, is very durable. The Small-leaved variety is found really wild in many parts of England, in woods, and upon grassy declivities. The Com- mon Broad-leaved and other varieties are more generally seen cultivated in hedges, avenues, parks, and before houses. — The Lime will bear the smoke of London itself tolerably well; and the trees in St. James’s Park, which were planted in the reign of Charles II. at the suggestion of the excellent Evelyn, in order to improve the air near the royal residence, afford ample proof of the fact. The Dutch plant vast numbers of this tree by the side of their canals; hence, during the months of July and August, when the stagnant waters would be very disagreeable and unwholesome, the air is purified, and the whole country regaled, by the perfume of their fragrant flower?. — Propagation and Culture. This very valuable tree will grow in almost any soil and situation; but in thin soils the leaves are often infested with inseets, and fall early in autumn, especially in dry seasons. It is easily propagated by layers, w hich in one year will take good root, and may then be taken off, and planted in a nursery, at four feet distance row from row, and two feet asunder in the rows. The best time to lay them down, and to remove them, is at Michaelmas, or soon after, when their leaves begin to fall, that they may take root before the frost comes on, though they may be laid and transplanted any time from September to March in open weather; but if the soil be dry, it is much the better way to remove them in autumn, because it will save a great expense in watering them, especially if the spring should prove dry. In this nursery they may remain four or five years, during which the ground should be dug every spring, and constantly kept clean from weeds, and the large side-shoots pruned off, to cause them to advance in height ; but the small twigs must not be pruned off from the stems, because they are absolutely necessary to detain the sap for the augmentation of their trunks, w hich are apt to shoot up too slender when entirely divested of their lateral twigs. If the soil in which they are planted be a fat loam, they will make a prodigious progress in their growth ; so that in three years’ time they will be fit to transplant out where they are to remain. The Lime-tree may be propagated by cuttings, but as that method is not so certain as by layers, the latter is generally preferred. In order to obtain proper shoots for laying down, a tree is cut down close to the ground, from the roots of which a number of strong shoots are produced in the following year. These will be strong enough to lay down in the succeeding autumn, especially if the smallest of them be cut off close early in the summer; for when too many shoots are suffered to grow all the summer, they will be much weaker than if only a sufficient quantity were left. There are some persons who raise these trees from seeds, which, though a slower way, is the best method when the trees are designed to grow large ; and if they be only 8 I 676 T I L THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; T I L once transplanted while young, it will be better still: for all trees that are transplanted when large, are shorter-lived than those which remain in the places where they arose from seeds, and their timber will be sounder, and grow to a much larger size. The seeds should be sown in autumn, soon after they are ripe, upon a shady border of moist light soil, where the plants will come up in the following spring; but when the seeds are kept out of the ground till spring, the plants will not come up till the year after. When they appear, keep them clean from weeds till the following autumn, and then take them up carefully, and transplant them into a nursery, where they may grow two or three years to get strength, and then may be planted where they are intended to remain. Mr. Boutcher recommends the seeds to be gathered at the end of October, when they are ripe, and, after being quite dry, to mix them with sand to protect them from frost and rain, and to sow them at the beginning of March. Dr. Hunter directs the seeds to be sown in beds three feet and a half or four feet wide, about an inch asunder, covering them three quarters of an inch, or an inch deep. They will appear in the spring, must be weeded and slightly watered in very dry weather, and have ashes sifted over them before winter to destroy the moss. In two years they will be fit to plant out in the nursery in rows two feet and a half asunder, and each tree at eighteen inches’ distance, shortening the roots a little, and cutting off any side-branches. They will bear removing at any size, though the younger when transplanted the better. 2. Tilia Americana; Broad leaved American Lime Tree. Flowers furnished with nectaries; leaves deeply cordate, sharply serrate, smooth. This was brought from New Eng- land under the name of Black Lime , the branches being covered with a dark brown bark. The petals are narrower, and have nectaria growing to their base. The flowers do not appear till late in July, a full month after the common sort; and the capsules are smaller, rounder, and less hairy. — Native of Virginia and Canada. 3. Tilia Pubescens; Pubescent Carolina Lime Tree. Flowers furnished with nectaries ; leaves truncate at the base, oblique, toothlet-serrate, pubescent underneath. This seems to be a smaller tree than either of the former; the branches spread more horizontally : the bunches of flowers stand upon long slender footstalks, and the flowers emit a very fragrant odour, and are frequented incessantly by bees while they continue. They come out in July, and ripen seed in favour- able autumns. — Brought from Carolina at the beginning of the seventeenth century. 4. Tilia Alba ; White Lime Tree. Leaves deeply cordate, subsinuate, toothed, tomentose underneath. — Native place uncertain. 5. Tilia Laxiflora. Leaves cordate, sensibly acuminate, membranaceous, glabrous; panicles laxiflorous; petals emar- ginate; style longer than the petals: nut globose. — Grows near the sea-coast from Maryland to Georgia. 6. Tilia Heterophylla. Leaves ovate at the base, obliquely or equally truncated and cordated, finely serrated, snowy, tomentose ; nut globose, subcostate. — A very handsome and desirable ornamental tree, growing on the banks of the Ohio and Misissippi. Tillcea ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Tetragynia. — Generic Character. Culix: perianth four-parted, flat; segments ovate, large. Corolla: petals four, ovate, acute, flat, commonly smaller than the calix. Stamina: fila menta four, simple, shorter than the corolla; anthers small. Pistil: germinafour; styles simple ; stigmas obtuse. Peri- carp: capsules four, oblong, acuminate, reflexed, length of the flower, opening longitudinally upwards. Seeds: in pairs, ovate. Observe. In the eighth species the parts of fructifi- cation are in threes. Essential Character. Calix: three or four parted. Petals: three or four, equal. Capsule: three or four, many-seeded. The species are, 1. Tilkea Aquatica ; Water Tillcea. Stem upright ; leaves linear; flowers sessile, generally four-cleft and four-stamined. Annual. — Native of Lapland, and very abundant near Upsal, where water stagnates upon the mountains. 2. Tillaea Prostrata; Prostrate Tillcea. Slem prostrate; leaves lanceolate ; flowers peduncled ; peduncles shorter than the leaf. — Native of moist places in Germany. 3. Tillaea Vaillantii; Vaillant’s Tillcea. Stem upright, dichotomous; leaves oblong, acute, shorter than the pedun- cled flower. — Native of France, in moist places. 4. Tillaea Capensis ; Cape Tillcea. Leaves somewhat ob- long; flowers four-cleft; roots capillary, abundant; stem an inch in- height, herbaceous, dichotomous; petals four, oval, w hite, twice as long as the calix ; nectaries purple, triangu- lar.— Native of the Cape. 5. Tilla?a Perfoliata ; Perfoliate Tillcea. Leaves perfoliate, ovate; corymbs terminating; flowers four-cleft. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Tillaea Umbellate; Umbelled Tillcea. Leaves subpeti- oled, obtuse, entire; stem capillary, upright; flowers umbel- led. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Tillaea Decutnbens ; Decumbent Tillcea. Decumbent: leaves awl-shaped ; petals shorter than the calix. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Tillaea Museosa: Mossy Tillcea. Stems procumbent; flowers sessile, mostly trifid; root annual, small, fibrous; herb succulent, smooth, generally red ; stems numerous, fili- foim, round, becoming quadrangular when dry, jointed, one or two inches high, but lengthening considerably after flower- ing, at first nearly erect, but after a while procumbent. — The most dreary sands are not always unprofitable to a botanist; their loose and fluctuating surface being often arrested for a while, and destined to afford support to a tribe of plants, the constitution of which is fitted by Providence to thrive on the meagre nourishment which they afford. Thus some of the vast African deserts are turned to account by means of Mesembryanthemum, Cotyledon, and other succulent vege- tables ; and here we have a plant nearly allied to the latter genus, which flourishes on the driest sandy heaths, where few others would live, and at a season when Mosses and Lichens are dried up. Large tracts of such land, as GraytoD, Cawston, and Mousehold heath, in the county of Norfolk, and Brandon heath in Suffolk, are enlivened by the red colour of this remarkable plant. Tillandsia; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Mono- gvnia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, trifid, oblong, erect, permanent; segments oblong, lanceolate, acuminate. Corolla: tubular, one-petalled ; tube long, ventricose; border trifid, obtuse, erect, small. Sta- mina: filamenta six, as long as the tube of the corolto; autherae acute, in the neck of the corolla, incumbent. Pistil: germen oblong, acuminate both ways; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma trifid, obtuse. Pericarp: capsule long, obtusely three cornered, acuminate, one or two celled, three valved. Seeds: many, fastened to a very long capillary pappus. Essential Character. Calix: trifid, per- manent. Corolla: trifid, bell-shaped. Capsule: one-celled. Seeds: comose. The species are, 1. Tillandsia Utriculata ; Bottle Tillandsia, or Wild Pine. Culm panicled. Many brown fibrils encompass the arms, or take firm hold on the bark of the trunk of trees; not like T I L OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. T I L 677 Mistletoe, entering the bark or wood to suck nourishment, but only weaving and matting themselves among one another, and thereby making to the plant a strong and firm foundation, whence rise several leaves on every side, like those of Aloes or Ananas; hence it is called Wild Pine. These leaves are folded or inclosed one within another, each three feet and a half long, and three inches broad at the base, but ending in a point, having a very hollow or concave inward side, and a round or convex outside, forming a basin or cistern c«>n taining about a quart of water, which in the rainy season falls upon the upper parts of the spreading leaves, and, being con- veyed down them by channels, lodges in the bottom as in a bottle ; for the leaves, having swelled out at the base, bend inwards close to the stalk, thus hindering the evaporation of the water by the heat of the sun. From the midst of the leaves rises a smooth, round, straight, green stalk, three or four feet high, having many white branches, and, when wounded, yielding a clear white mucilaginous gum. The flowers come out here and there on the branches : the corolla is of a yellowish-white or herbaceous colour ; and the calix is made up of three green viscid leaves with purple edges: capsule greenish-brown, having under it three short capsular leaves, and within several long pappose seeds, which are oblong, pyramidal, very small, and have a very soft down as long as the capsule itself. By this down the seed is not only carried with the wind, but adheres also to the bark of trees, where, as soon as it sprouts, although it be on the under part of the bough, it rises perpendicularly; for if it had any other position, the cistern could not hold the water which is necessary for the life and nourishment of this very curious plant, into which, Dampier says, he many times stuck his knife, and let out the water into his hat, to his great relief. In the mountainous as well as dry low woods of the Arne rican continent, and its adjacent islands, this singular vege- table reservoir is very useful to men, birds, and insects, par- ticularly the two latter, which frequent these plants in great numbers. — Native of South America; found also every where in the woods of Jamaica, especially upon decaying trees, which it in time dissolves. 2. Tillandsia Serrata ; Serrate-leaved, Tillandsia. Leaves serrate, spiny above ; spikes comose. Browne calls this the Largest Tillandsia, or Wild Pine, with a variegated flower- spike. — Native of Jamaica, known by the same name as the preceding. 3. Tillandsia Lingulata ; Tongue leaved Tillandsia. Leaves lanceolate, tongue-shaped, quite eutire, ventricose at the base; flowers yellow, inodorous, three inches long. It grows on large trees, to which it fastens itself by many long dark brown threads, making altogether an oblong root. — Native of South America, Jamaica, and Martinico, where it is called Wood Pine Apple. 4. Tillandsia Tenuifolia ; Fine-leaved Tillandsia. Spikes alternate, imbricate; flowers distich ; leaves linear, filiform, erect, bristle-shaped at the tip; stem a foot high, simple, sheathed, leafy; petals blue. — Native of South America and the Antilles; found on trees. 5. Tillandsia Flexuosa ; Flexuose-spilced Tillandsia. Spikes loose, flexuose; flowers distich, somewhat remote; leaves lanceolate, linear, reclined ; stem subdivided at the top; roots filiform, long, rigid ; petals three, linear, longer than the calix, turned back at the tip, scarlet or blue. — Found upon the branches of old trees, near the coast of Jamaica, and near Carthagena in New Spain. 6. Tillandsia Setacea ; Bristle-leaved Tillandsia. Spike simple; spathes distich, imbricate; leaves linear, filiform, reclined, smooth ; stem a foot high and more, round, almost upright, covered from the root up to the spike with alternate subimbricate sheaths, broad, ovate at the base, and at the end attenuated into linear setaceous leaves. — Native of Ja- maica; found there upon trees. 7. Tillandsia Panicuiata : Panicled Tillandsia. Leaves radical, veryslmrt; culm almost naked; branches subdivided, ascending. — Native of South America and Jamaica, called the Loose headed Tillandsia, or Wild Pine. 8. Tillandsia Fasciculata; Bundled Tillandsia. Spikes lateral, distich, imbricate; leaves lanceolate, subulate, erect, strict ; roots filiform, rigid ; stem simple, from one to two feet high, leafy; flowers solitary, sessile between the spathes. The tenth species is distinct from this, in having the spikes scattered, not distich, and narrowed; leaves reclined, not erect. — Native of Jamaica, on trees near the coast. 9. Tillandsia Nutans; Nodding Tillandsia. Spikes sub- divided, nodding; flowers distinct, ovate; leaves ovate-lan- ceolate, membranaceous; stem almost naked; plant from one to two feet high; calix three-leaved ; leaflets ovate, lanceo- late ; petals three, ovate-lanceolate, erect, shrivelling, white. — Native of Jamaica, on trees in the mountains. 10. Tillandsia Polystachya ; Many-spiked Tillandsia. Culm with imbricate lateral spikes. — Native of South Ame- rica. 11. Tillandsia Monostachya ; One-spiked Tillandsia. Leaves linear, channelled, reclined ; culm simple, imbricate; spike simple. — Native of South America and Jamaica. 12. Tillandsia Pruinosa ; Frosty Tillandsia. Spike simple; spat he imbricate; leaves lanceolate-linear, reclined, these and the spathes tomentose with little scales; plant a foot or more high; rootlets filiform, simple, rigid, curled; stem simple, leafy. — Native of Jamaica, where it is found on old boughs of trees. 13. Tillandsia Canescens ; Hoary Tillandsia. Spikes sub- tern ; leaves linear, erect, equalling the stem, hoary ; plant about a foot high; petals long, red. — Native of Jamaica, on trees near t he coast. 14. Tillandsia Angustifolia ; Narrow-leaved Tillandsia. Spikes in bundles; leaves linear lanceolate, suberect, smooth, surpassing the stem, which is almost upright, simple, sheathed, leafy. — Native of Jamaica and Hispaniola, on the trunks and branches of trees. 15. Tillandsia Recurvata ; Recurve-leaved Tillandsia. Leaves awl-shaped, rugged, reclined ; culms one-flowered ; glume two-flowered; roots filiform, clustered, whitish; slems aggregate, simple, or leaves constituting the stem sheatiling at the base, whence the plant is in fact stemless. — Native of Jamaica, where it is found on old rotten trees. 16. Tillandsia Usueoides; Mossy Tillandsia. Filiform, branched, intorted, rugged : stem the size of a thread, the skin whitish, as if covered with hoar-frost, within tough and black like horse hair. Many of these stick together on the branches of the Ebony, or other trees, superficially by the middle, and send dow n on each side some of the same stems, very often a yard long, hanging on both sides, curled or turning and winding one within another, and resembling an old man's beard, as it is commonly named in Jamaica, where it is found upon the trees, but does not grow so common nor so luxuriantly as it does in the more northern provinces of the main continent, where it is said to overrun whole forests. It is frequently imported to Jamaica from North America, for the use of sadlers and coach-makers, who use it to stuff their pannels and cushions. In Louisiana and the neighbour- ing settlements, this plant being carefully gathered and strip- ped of the bark, is made into mattresses, cushions, pannels, &c. It is manufactured by tying the stalks up in bundles. 678 T I M THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; T O L and sinking them in water, or burying them under ground in a moist place, until the bark rots; they are then taken up, boiled in water, and washed until the fibres are quite clear of the pulp. They are not only used instead of horse hair, hut are so very like it that a man cannot distinguish them, with- out a strict examination. The Bonana-bird’s nest is always made of the fibres of this plant, and is generally found hang- ing by a few threads from the tops of the most expanded branches of the loftiest trees, especially those that spread over ponds or rivers. Tills. See Ervum. Timber. The uses of Timber are so many, and so great, that the procuring of a sufficient supply of it extremely well deserves the care of every state ; as it must be a great disad- vantage to any nation, to be driven by necessity to purchase of its neighbours at a very considerable and continually renewed expense, what might, by an easy economy, be suffi- ciently supplied at home. This economy, however, must be applied in time; for our natural indolence, our love to reap the advantage of every thing ourselves, and our little care for posterity, give us reasonable cause to fear that in succeeding ages timber will be wanted both for public and private pur- poses. This subject should be considered in two points of view; the one to preserve and cherish our growing timber, and the other to renew the trees which are continually cut down. In order to the preservation of our growing Timber-trees, it would be a very useful law, that all whocmt down any number of Oaks, should also have a number in good condition for after-cutting ; and that no Timber should be cut down, but at a proper age, in regard to the nature of the soil ; because it is certain that trees grow to their perfection at very different periods of time, in proportion to the depth of soil they have to grow in; and that as it is, on the one hand, not for the interest of the state to suffer trees to be cut till they have arrived at their perfection for size and soundness, so, after they are arrived at their perfection, it is equally certain that they gradually decay. The quality of the soil the tree stands in may be necessary to be observed to this purpose, but the quantify or depth of it is the great subject of inquiry ; and a great number of observations has proved, that the proper season for cutting Oaks, in a soil of two feet and a half deep, is at fifty years old ; those which stand in a soil of three feet and a hajf deep, should not be cut down before seventy years; and those which stand in a soil'of four feet and a half deep, and upwards, will increase in goodness and in size till they are a hundred years old : and observation has proved, that after these several periods the trees begin to decay. This seems the best rule to establish with regard to the common soils; but those which grow in a lighter or more sandy soil, may have their periods changed from these to forty, or sixty, and to eighty years at the greatest depth ; and afterwards it is much better to fell the wood meant for public service, whether then wanted or not, since it is much better to keep it in public magazines, than to leave it to be daily decaying. As to the supply of young wood, in the place of what is cut down, there are some circumstances which have not had the attention paid to them which they deserve. The spring frosts, which come on at a time when the shoots, by which nature is to supply what is cut down, are just preparing to grow, are of prodigious injury, and do not less mischief to these than to the young shoots of garden plants, though the distant hope I of the succession of the proprietor, and usually also the dis- tance of" the place, and want of repeated observations, occa- sion its not being perceived. It has, however, been proved, that the mischiefs done by these frosts, affect in a much greater degree those shoots which are exposed to the south, | than those which face the north ; and that it operates more powerfully against such as are wholly exposed to the wind, than against such as are sheltered. These known circum- stances may give the hint to a method of saving, at least, a great part of the wood to be felled, from this destruction; to its renewal, by the making it a rule to begin cutting down on the northern side; and, as the whole felling is a work of some years, the standing wood of every season will defend the young shoots of the newly cut stumps the following spring, not only from the south exposure, but will shelter them also from the winds. — The following list contains those kinds of Timber which are most serviceable, specifying their uses: it is taken from Evelyn’s Sylva: for the particulars of their growth and cultivation see the several genera to which they belong. — Oak. It endures all seasons and weathers; there is no wood like it, especially where it lies exposed to both air and water, or for pales, shingles, posts, and rails. — Elm. This timber, when felled between November and February, is all heart, and has no sap. It is of singular use in places where it either is always wet or always dry; its toughness likewise makes it useful to wheel and mill vvrights. — Beech. This wood is principally used in turnery, joinery, upholstery, and the like, as being of a clean white fine grain, not apt to bend nor slit: it has been sometimes, especially of late, used for building- timber, and, where it lies constantly wet, is said to outlast the Oak. — Ash. Its use is almost universal; it is good for building, or other occasions where it may lie dry ; and is used by carpen- ters, coopers, turners, plough-wrights, wheel-wrights, gar- deners, &c. it is also excellent for oars, handspikes, &c. — Fir. Commonly known by the name of Deal, is now universally used in buildings, especially within doors, for stairs, floors, pannels, and most works of ornament.— Walnut. This timber is of uni- versal use, excepting for the outsides of buildings; none is better for the joiner’s use, because it is less subject to worm than the Beech, and is of a fine brown colour, taking a good polish. — Chestnut. This timber is very lasting. — Service-Tree. This is principally used in joinery, being of a delicate grain, and fit for curiosities : it sometimes is employed in beams of a considerable size for building. — Alder. This is much used for sewers or pipes, to convey water: when kept always wet, it becomes hard like stone; but if exposed to air and water alternately, soon becomes rotten. See Woods. Timmia: a genus distinguished from Bryum merely by the connexion of the points of the inner fringe; of the class Cryp- togamia, order Musci. Essential Character. Capsule: ovate; outer fringe of sixteen pointed teeth ; inner membra- naceous, with jointed teeth combined at the top. Male Flowers: on the same plant, axillary, stalked, bud-shaped. The species are, 1. Timmia Megapolitana. Native of North America; where it occurs in boggy ground, growing among Carices. 2. Timmia Austriaca. Found upon the celebrated moun- tain Schneebergin Austria. Timothy Grass. See Phleum. Toad Flax. Set Antirrhinum. Tobacco. See Nicotiana. Toluifera; a genus of the class Decandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, belt-shaped, five-toothed, almost equal, with one angle more remote. Corolla: petals five, inserted into the receptacle, of which four are equal, linear, a little longer than the calix; the fifth twice as big, obcordate ; claw length of the calix. Stamina : filamenta ten, very short ; antherae longer than the calix. Pistil: germen oblong; style none; stigma acute. Pericarp: berry round, four-celled, four-seeded. Seed: single, ovate- Essential Character. Calix: five-Toothed, bell- 7 TOM OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. TOR 679 shaped. Petals: five, the lowest twice as big, obcordate ; style none. The only known species is, 1. Toluifera Balsamum ; Balsam of Tolu Tree. Leaves alternate, oblong, ovate, four inches long, and two inches broad in the middle, rounded at the base, acuminate at the end, smooth, of a light green colour, on very short strong footstalks; the flowers are produced in small axillary racemes or bunches, each on a slender pedicel; the corolla has four narrow petals of a yellow colour, a little longer than the calix, and a fifth, the claw of which is of the same length as the other petals, and the top ovate-cordate. Balsam of Tolu, which is brought to Europe in little gourd-shells, is obtained by making incisions in the bark of this tree, and is collected into spoons made of black wax, and poured from the spoons into proper vessels. It is of a reddish yellow colour, thick and tenacious in consistence; by age it grows so hard and brittle that it may be rubbed into a powder between the finger and thumb. It has an extremely fragrant smell, some- what resembling that of lemons ; its taste is warm and sweet- ish, and, on being chewed, it adheres to the teeth: thrown into the fire, it immediately liquifies, takes flame, and dis- perses its agreeable odour. Though it does not dissolve in water, still, if boiled in it for two or three hours in a covered vessel, the water acquires its odoriferous smell, and also Suffers a similar impregnation when the Balsam is distilled. With the addition of mucilage, it unites with water so as to form a milky solution. Spirits of wine entirely dissolve it, and it easily mixes with distilled oils, but least freely with those of the expressed kind. Distilled without addition, not only an empyreumatic oil, but sometimes a small portion of a saline matter, similar to that of the flowers of Benzoin, is obtained. It possesses the same general virtues with the Balsam of Gi- lead and Peru, but is less heating and stimulating, and may be more safely taken. It has been chiefly used as a pectoral, •and is reputed to be an excellent corroborant in gleets and seminal weaknesses. It is excellent in consumptions, and other disorders of the breast, and may be given in pills. The balsamic syrup of the apothecaries is made from it, and pos- sesses a great deal of its virtues. — Propagation and Culture. Sow the seeds in pots filled with light earth, as soon as they arrive, and plunge them into the tan-pit. If they have not been taken out of their covers, it will be long before they will vegetate. When the plants are large enough to remove, transplant them carefully, each into a separate pot, and plunge them into a good hot-bed of tanner’s bark, shading them from the sun until they have taken new root: after which treat them in the same way as the Coffee-tree. The seeds should be gathered ripe, and, whilst fresh, should be put up in sand, to protect them effectually from insects. Tomex ; a genus of the class Dodecandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: involucre universal five-leaved, five-flowered, permanent; leaflets ovate, very concave, externally tomentose, very blunt, unequal, imbricate; outer smaller. Perianth: proper five-leaved, permanent; leaflets lanceolate, externally villose, from upright spreading. Corolla : none, unless the proper perianth be considered as such. Nectary: scales five, between the interior stamina, plaited, crenate, smooth, length of the filamenta. Stamina: filamenta twelve, filiform, unequal; exterior five, length of the perianth ; interior seven, shorter ; anther® twin. Pistil: germen three-sided, smooth, superior; style none; stigma awl-shaped. Pericarp: berry. Seed: one. Observe. The involucre is seldom six-leaved, six-flowered. Essential Character. Involucre: four or five leaved. Calix: none. Corolla: five-petalled. Nectary: scales five, between the lower stamina. Berry: one-seeded. The species are, 122. 1. Tomex Japonica ; Japanese Tomex. Floscules corolled ; leaves tomentose beneath ; stem arboreous, lofty, branched, more than a fathom in height ; branches and brauchlets tomen- tose, knobbed, the end ones angular ; flowers axillary, col- lected into a head. — Native of Japan, where it flowers in October and November. 2. Tomex Tetranthera ; Laural-leaved Tomex. Floscules corolled ; leaves smooth ; branches round, yellowish, the younger ones rough haired ; corolla five-petalled, white; berry globular, red, the size of a red currant. — Native of China. 3. Tomex Sebifera; Glutinous Tomex, or Tallow Tree. Floscules apetalous ; leaves smooth ; branches round, knob- bed, covered with a yellow shining bark : the brauchlets are covered with a fine down ; corolla none. The leaves and twigs abound in a viscid juice, and being bruised and mace- rated in water render it glutinous; hence the natives work up their plaister with it, to render it more tenacious and durable. A great quantity of a thick white oil is extracted from the berries, of which common candles are made, resembling sper- maceti or wax candles, but having an unpleasant smell. It is a large tree; the berries are small, smooth, and blackish. — Found in the woods of China and Cochin-china. Tonsella ; a genus of the class Triaudria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, bell-shaped, permanent, five-parted; segments ovate-acute. Corolla: petals five, ovate, thick, permanent, inserted into the receptacle, longer than the calix ; nectary pitcher-shaped, quite entire, surrounding the germen. Stamina: filamenta three, inserted into the inner wall of the nectary, after flowering spreading; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen roundish, sur- rounded by the nectary; style short; stigma simple. Peri- carp : berry spherical, one-celled, accompanied by the calix and corolla. Seeds: four. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Petals: five. Nectary : pitcher-shaped. Berry: one-celled, four-seeded. The species are, 1. Tonsella Scandens; Climbing Tonsella. Leaves quite entire, acuminate; branches round, hairy at top, and covered with a purplish somewhat rugged bark. — This tree has been found in Guiana, and the island of Trinadad. 2. Tonsella Africana; African Tonsella. Leaves obtuse, glandular toothed. It resembles the preceding, but the corollas are larger, and the anther® sessile. — Native of Guinea. Tooth-ache Tree. See Zanthoxylum. Toothpick. See Daucus Visnago. Toothwort. See Dentaria. Torch Thistle. See Cactus. Tordylium; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digy. nia.— Generic Character. Calix: umbel universal, equal, manifold ; partial unequal, manifold, very short, flat : involucre universal, of slender undivided leaflets, commonly the length of the umbel ; partial halved, outwardly longer than the umbellet: perianth proper five-toothed. Corolla: universal di florin, radiate; florets all fertile; proper of the disk of five equal inflex-cordate petals ; proper of the ray similar, but the outmost petals very large and two-parted. Stamina: all with five capillary filamenta; anther® simple. Pistil: all with a roundish inferior germen; styles two, small; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp : fruit suborbicular, compressed, crenulate at the edge, bipartite. Seeds: two, roundish” almost flat, with a raised crenulate margin. Observe. The Tordylium Anthryscus has a subradiate umbel, and the florets of the disk male : it is therefore now removed to the genus Caucalis. Essential Character. Corolla: radiate- flowers all hermaphrodite. Fruit: suborbicular, notched at the ! edge. Involucres : long, undivided. The species are, TOR THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; TOR - 1. Tordylium Syriacum: Syrian Hartwort. Involucres length of the stamina, club-shaped ; stigma circumcised, entire, longer than the umbel; stalks seldom a foot high, branching out into three divisions, terminating by umbels of white flowers. It is annual, flowering in July. — Native of of Syria. 2. Tordylium Officinale ; Officinal Hartwort. Involucrets length of the leaves ; leaflets ovate, gashed, crenate ; stem pubescent; root annual: flowers flesh-coloured, with the outer petals very large and radiant. The seeds dried and reduced to powder, or a strong infusion of them, are good to promote obstructed menses, and the necessary evacuations after delivery ; they likewise operate by urine, and cure the colic ; and being of a warm cordial nature, strengthen the stomach, disperse wind, and procure an appetite. — Native the south of France, Italy, and Sicily: it is very doubtful whether it be indigenous of England, though it is said to have been found at Isleworth, and in the vicinity of London. 3. Tordylium Peregrinum. Seeds grooved, .wrinkled, plaited ; universal involucre one-leafed, subtrifid ; stem smooth, branched.— Native of the Levant. 4. Tordylium Applum ; Apulian or Small Hartwort. Umbeliefs remote; leaves pinnate ; pinnas roundish, laciniate. In a garden it rises a foot and half high : flowers white, with broad lanced petals turning inwards so as to appear cordate. The wild plant is more hairy than the cultivated one. — Native of Italy, and Greece. 5. Tordylium Maximum ; Great Hartwort. Umbels clus- tered, radiate; leaflets lanceolate, gash-serrate; stem rough, with deflexed bristles; root annual, tapering; stems erect, three or four feet high, branched, leafy, flexuose, furrowed, rough, with minute rigid bristles, bent down, close, hollow within.— Native of Germany, Switzerland, Austria, France, Italy, and England; in the last it occurs on the north side of the parks at Oxford. 6. Tordylium Filifolium. Umbels clustered, radiate; leaflets lanceolate, gash-serrate ; stem rough, with deflexed bristles; leaves unequally pinnate; petals red, one of them very large in the outer florets. — Native of Carniola. 7. Tordylium Secacul ; Arabian Hartwort. Umbellets remote; leaves doubly pinnate; pinnas gashed, tomentose; stalks taper, not channelled, rising above two feet and a half high, having a few small hairs scattered over them, with one smaller pinnate leaf at each joint. It flowers in June, and the seeds ripen in August. — Native of Syria, especially about Aleppo, where it is known by the name of Secacul, and is eaten crude by the inhabitants. Torenia ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio- spermia.— Generic Character. Calix : perianth one- leafed, tubular, angular, permanent, bifid ; upper lip three- cusped ; lower narrower, quite entire. Corolla: one-petalled, ringent ; upper lip entire ; lower trifid, the middle’ segment more produced. Stamina: filamenta four; the two upper simple, the two lower two parted, the lower brauchlet shorter and barren ; antherie twin, contiguous by pairs. Pistil: germen oblong; style filiform, thicker above; stigma bifid, acute. Pericarp: capsule oblong, two-celled. Seeds: very many. Essential Character. Calix: two-lipped; upper lip three-cusped. Filamenta: the lower with a sterile brauchlet. Capsule: two-celled.— — The species are, 1. Torenia Asiatica ; Smooth Torenia. Smooth: stem creeping,; leaves ovate, emarginate, on long petioles ; flowers larger than in the next species. — Native of India and China. 2- Torenia Hirsuta ; Hairy Torenia. Hirsute : stem erect; leaves very short, peiioled. The whole of this plant is hir- sute; flowers smaller, on one-flowered, axillary, and termi- nating peduncles. — Native of the East Indies. 3. Torenia Cordifolia ; Heart-leaved Torenia. Somewhat hairy, erect : leaves heart-shaped, on short petioles ; stem from six to eight inches high ; branches cruciate, ascending, purplish, a little hairy ; leaves serrate, paler beneath, an inch long, and three quarters of an inch broad ; flowers axillary, solitary, pedieelled, large in proportion to the plant; corolla bluish purple. — Native of Coromandel, in moist pasture-lands about Samulcotta, flowering during the cold season. Tormentilla ; a genus of the class Icosandria, order Poly. gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, flat, eight-cleft ; the alternate segments smaller, and more acute. Corolla: petals four, obcordate, flat, spread- ing, inserted by their claws into the calix. Stamina: fila- menta sixteen, awl-shaped, shorter by half than the corolla, inserted into the calix; antherae simple. Pistil: germina eight, small, converging into a head ; styles filiform, length of the stamina, inserted into the side of the germen; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: none; receptacle of the seeds very small, loaded with seeds inclosed within the calix. Seeds: eight, roundish, naked. Observe. This genus differs from Poten- tilla in number only : hence the two genera might be com- bined, as in fact they have been by Schreber and others. Essential Character. Calix: eight-cleft, inferior. Petals: four. Seeds: roundish, naked, wrinkled, fastened to a small juiceless receptacle. The species are, 1. Tormentilla Erecta ; Common Tormentil. Stem some- what upright, branched ; leaves sessile; root remarkably large and woody, brown on the outside, red within; flowers on long capillary solitary peduncles, placed opposite to a leaf, or rather in the forks of the branches, supporting one flower. — This is a plant of considerable importance in economy and medicine. The root has been long held in great estimation by physicians, as a very useful astringent; and as the resin it contains is very inconsiderable, it seems more particularly adapted to those cases where the heating and stimulating medicines of this class are less proper; as in phthisical diar- rhoeas, diarrhoea crueuta, &c. Dr. Cullen thinks it has been justly commended for every virtue that is competent to astrin- gents ; and says, 1 myself have had several instances of ^its virtues in this respect; and particularly have found it, both by itself, and joined with Gentian, cure intermittent fevers ; but it must be given in substance, and in large quantities. Rutty also recommends it in old putrid ulcers, in sores of the mouth, throat, and jaws, and in bleeding gums, and to restore the tone of the stomach: he asserts, that no vegetable is of more efficacy in fluxes, fluor albus, &c. The root may be given in powder from half a drachm to one drachm or more in a dose ; but it it is more generally administered in decoction. An ounce and half of the powdered root is boiled in three pints of water to a quart, adding, towards the end of the boiling, a drachm of cinnamon : of the strained liquor, sweetened with an ounce of any agreeable syrup, two ounces or more may be taken four or five times a day. Dr. Wither- ing says, that the roots are among the first rank of vegetable astringents, and as such they have a place in the modern practice of physic. Farmers find them very efficacious in the dysenteries or fluxes of cattle. Hill informs us, that it is an excellent astringent; the roots possess the greatest virtues, and may be given either in powder or decoction: in the first method, twelve grains is a sufficient dose; in the latter, an ounce and half may be pat into three pints of water, and boiled till it comes to a quart, of which a quarter of a pint may be taken three or four times a day. It is likewise a cordial and sudorific, and therefore excellently adapted for feverish complaints attended with purgings. It is at all times a good medicine in the small-pox; but when a purging comes TOR OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. T O U 681 on improperly in that disorder, nothing excels it. The root in powder is good for those that spit blood, also against the bleeding piles, bloody stools, and immoderate menses. The roots of this plant are used in most of the western isles of Scotland, and in the Orkneys, to tan leather, for which they are thought to be superior to Oak-bark. They are first boiled in water, and the leather is then steeped in the Cold liquor. In the islands of Tyrie and Col the inhabitants have destroyed so much ground by digging them up, that the further use of the plant has been prohibited. They are also used for dyeing a red colour, and for rearing swine, upon the mountains of Killarney in Ireland. — Native of Europe in dry pastures, especially on heaths among small shrubs, flowering in June and July. Some flowers are occasionally found with five petals, and ten segments of the calix; but this rarely happens. 2. Tormentilla Ileptans ; Trailing Tormentil. Stem pros- trate; simple ; leaves petioled ; root perennial, small, and slender. The whole herb hairy, and of a light green ; pedun- cles solitary, longer than the leaves, opposite to a leaf, or axillary; corolla bright yellow, twice as large as in the common sort; petals obcordate, roundish; seeds wrinkled. — This plant differs from Potentilla Reptans in having a trailing stem not striking root-at the joints; whilst that has a creeping stem which takes root at every joint. Here then, if we must change, is a better reason for altering the trivial name from Reptans to Procumbens, than in the case of the other species, from Erecta to Officinalis ; for the stem is absolutely not creeping in this, whereas it is often erect in the other, at least the flowering-stems are ascending. The trivial names are therefore left as Linneus gave them. The generic dis- tinctions of Tormentilla from Potentilla is also here retained. Haller joined them both with Fragaria, and we may thus at any time crowd an entire natural order into a single genus — Native of Germany and England ; with us, it occurs about hedges and the borders of fields, in dry places, but is by no means common. It has been observed by Ray on the borders of corn fields between Hockley and Shotover woods, and elsewhere in Oxfordshire. It has been found in the wood under Shotover hill, and at Headington, in the parish of Braintree in Essex ; in Surry ; at Berkhamstead in Hert- fordshire; at Lakenham near Norwich; at Brigfiouse near Halifax, Yorkshire; near Manchester; in Purbeck ; in the closes at New Bridge ; between Ringwood and Winbourne ; under Hod-hill; and not unfrequently in Ireland. Tortula ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Musci. The stems are erect, sometimes short, or nearly wanting; root fibrous, mostly perennial; leaves entire; fruit-stalks termi- nal, or lateral; capsule nearly erect, generally even, rarely fnr- rewed ; lid conical or awl-shaped ; fringe long, brown, or deep red, elegantly twisted, its points rather loose and spreading. Essential Character. Capsule: oblong. Fringe: simple, of numerous capillary teeth, spirally and repeatedly twisted together. It is a most natural genus, of a dwarfish habit. The species are, 1. Tortula Rigida ; Rigid Screw Moss. Stem very short; leaves spreading, rigid, involute, obtuse, ribless ; capsule cylindrical ; lid conical. — Found on rocks, walls, chalky banks, and cliffs, in England, and all over Europe. It has been observed upon the right hand of the road from Norwich to Yarmouth, a little beyond Thorpe. 2. Tortula Convoluta ; Convoluted Screw Moss. Branches short; stem-leaves lanceolate, keeled, those of the sheath obtuse, convoluted, and ribless; lid taper, oblique. — Native of sandy heaths, dry banks, and walls, in England, Ireland, Sweden, and Germany. 3. Tortula Nervosa ; Rib-sheathed Screw Moss. Stem much branched ; leaves all ovate, acute, keeled, with a mid- rib; sheaths between the branches, imbricated. — It bears capsules in March, and is very common in England, Ger- many, and Sweden. 4. Tortula Stellata ; Starry furrowed Screw Moss. Stem none ; leaves ovate, keeled, incurved ; capsule erect, ovate, somewhat cylindrical, furrowed; lid oblique. — Found prin- cipally in Scotland, in the neighbourhood of rivers. 5. Tortula Ruralis; Great Hairy Screw Moss. Stem branched ; leaves obtuse, recurved, hair-pointed, the upper- most stellated ; capsule cylindrical, somewhat ovate. This is much larger than any of the preceding, and bears fruit from January to April. — Found on walls, roofs, and trunks of trees, all over Europe. 6. Tortula Subulata; Awl-shaped Screw Moss. Stem nearly simple, short; leaves ovate-lanceolate, pointed; cap- sule cylindrical ; lid awl-shaped, straight. It forms dense perennial tufts, of a fine deep green, bearing capsules in March and April. — Found in damp shady places in the internal countries of Europe : rare in Sweden and Scotland. 7. Tortula Muralis ; Wall Screw Moss. Stem mostly simple, very short; leaves ovate, acute, hair-pointed; cap- sule cylindrical, slightly elliptical ; lid conical. This is per- haps the most universal of all Mosses throughout Europe. Every wall and bank is covered with it ; and the abundant capsules, produced in winter and spring, remain in a dry and empty state almost throughout the year. 8. Tortula Cuneifolia ; Wedge-shaped Screw Moss. Stem very short, mostly simple; leaves obovate, reticulated, pel- lucid, slightly pointed ; capsule cylindrical ; lid conical. When carefully examined, this cannot be confounded with any variety of the last. — Found on banks and sandy ground at Streatham in Surry; abundantly about Oxford; and on some old banks at Ilopton near Yarmouth. 9. Tortula Tortuosa; Frizzled Mountain Screw Moss. Stem branched, level-topped ; leaves linear, inclining to lan- ceolate, keeled, twisted and undulated when dry; capsule cylindrical, slightly ovate; fringe lax. — Plentiful on the moun- tains of Wales, Scotland, and the north of England, Derby- shire, &c; found also in Sweden, Germany, and Italy. 10. Tortula Barbata ; Bearded Lateral Screw Moss. Stem branched from the base; leaves elliptic-lanceolate, spreading, somewhat revolute; fruit-stalks lateral; capsule ovate. — Found on walls and heaths, during winter and spring; sometimes met with in the neighbourhood of London. 11. Tortula Imberbis; Deciduous Screw Moss. Stem branched; leaves awl shaped, spreading, ovate at their base; stalks about the upper part of their branches ; capsules cylin- drical, somewhat elliptical. It occurs on walls, dry banks, and among grass, perfecting its capsules very early in the spring. 12. Tortula Aristata; Short-pointed Screw Moss. Stern branched, level-topped ; leaves oblong, obtuse, with a minute point, curved inward and twisted when dry ; capsule cylindrical. — Found on walls about Croydon in Surry. Tournefortia ; (so called by Linneus in memory of Joseph Pitton de Tournefort, the author of an elegant arrangement of plants, under the title of Institutiones Rei Herbaria:, &c.) a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogyma. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, five-parted, small; segments awl shaped, permanent. Corolla: one petalied, fun- nel-form ; tube cylindrical, globular at the base; border half five- cleft, spreading; segments acuminate, horizontal, gibbous in the middle. Stamina : fiiamenta five, awl-shaped, at the throat of the corolla ; antherae simple, in the throat, converging, acuminate. Pistil: germen globular, superior; style simple, the length of the stamina, club-shaped ; stigma bare. G82 T O U THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; TO U Pericarp : berry globular, two-celled, perforated by two pores at top. Seeds: four, subovate, separated by pulp. Essential Character. Berry: two-seeded, superior, perforated at top by pores. The species are, 1. Tournefortia Serrata ; Serrate-leaved Tournefortia. Leaves ovate, serrate; petioles spinescent; spikes terminat- ing, recurved.— ^Native of South America. The plants of this genus are propagated by seeds, which must be procured from the countries where they grow naturally. The seeds should be sown in small pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark. They sometimes grow within the first year, but oftener remain in the ground a whole year; therefore if the plants should not come up in the same season, the pots should be plunged in autumn into the tan- bed in the stove, where they should remain all the winter, and in the spring be removed out, and plunged into a fresh tan-bed, which, if the seeds be good, will soon bring up the plants. When they become fit to remove, plant each in a small pot, plunging them into a tan-bed, where they must be shaded from the sun till they have taken new root, and must then be treated in the same way as other tender plants from the same countries, which require to be constantly kept in the bark-stove. They may also be increased by cuttings. 2. Tournefortia Hirsutissima ; Hairy Tournefortia. Leaves ovate, petioled, acuminate; stem hirsute; spikes branched, terminating; berries hirsute; flowers white, directed all one way. Browne says, that in the West India Islands, where this plant is a native, it raises itself generally by the help of the neighbouring trees, and shoots sometimes to a considerable height in the woods. 3. Tournefortia Volubilis ; Climbing Tournefortia. Leaves ovate, acuminate, smooth ; petioles reflexed ; stem twining. The flowers are produced in branching spikes from the side and top of the branches ; they are small and white ; and are succeeded by small, white, succulent berries, having one or two black spots on each; seed one in each cell. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Jamaica. 4. Tournefortia Syringaefolia ; Lilac-leaved Tournefortia. Leaves subcordate, ovate, acuminate, smooth ; spikes branched ; branches petioled ; midrib of the leaves on both sides ; nerves beneath and peduncles villose; flowers alternate, approxi- mating; corollas somew hat villose on the outside.— Found in Cayenne. 5. Tournefortia Fcetidissima ; Fetid Tournefortia. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, rough-haired ; peduncles branched ; spikes pendulous; stems shrubby, ten or twelve feet high, sending out many branches, which are terminated by long branching spikes of flowers, ranged on one side like those of the Helio- trope. The flowers are of a dirty white colour, small, and closely set. — Native of Jamaica, and other islands of the West Indies. G. Tournefortia Huinilis; Dwarf Tournefortia. Leaves lanceolate, sessile; spikes simple, recurved, lateral; stalks low, shrubby, seldom rising more than three feet high, send- ing out a few slender woody branches. The flowers come out in single axillary spikes; they are white, and are suc- ceeded by small succulent berries. — Native of South America. 7. Tournefortia Bicolor; Two-coloured Tournefortia. Leaves ovate, acuminate, smooth, somewhat wrinkled above ; spikes cymed, erect, recurved; trunk round, branched, even; branches hirsute, alternate, almost upright, round, smooth; corollas greenish-white, with an hoary tube. — Native of Ja- maica, in coppices. 8. Tournefortia Cymosa; Broad-leaved Tournefortia. Leaves ovate, quite entire, naked ; spikes cymed ; stem a fathom in height.— Native of Jamaica, w here, Browne informs us, it is sometimes observed in the woods, and remarkable for the thickness of its upper branches, and the length of its pendulous flower-spikes. It flowers in July. 9. Tournefortia A rgentea ; Silvery Tournefortia. Leaves ovate, obtuse, tomentose, silky ; spikes terminating, com- pound; trunk very short, covered with a deeply cloven bark; branches spreading, very much hirsute ; panicle large, divided into spikes, directed one way, and rolled hack ; flowers snow- white ; tube short ; border recurved ; berries not perforated. It is the handsomest species of the genus. — Native of the shores of Ceylon, &c. 10. Tournefortia Sericea; Silky Tournefortia. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, beneath tomentose, silky; spikes lateral and terminating, dichotomous, panicled. This has the appearance of the third species ; flowers small, distinct, alternate. — Found by Ryan in Montserrat. 11. Tournefortia Suffruticosa ; Hoary-leaved Tournefortia. Leaves sublanceolate, hoary; stem suft'ruticose; branches slender woody; flowers terminating and axillary, in slender branching spikes, which are recurved ; and the flowers are ranged on one side of them ; they are white, and are succeed- ed by small succulent berries, which contain two or three seeds. — Native of Jamaica, found by the sea-side. 12. Tournefortia Scandens. Leaves cordate, hirsute; spikes racemed, reflexed ; stem twining, shrubby, branching rising to the height of ten or twelve feet; the flowers come out at the ends of the branches, in very slender branching spikes; they are small, and of a dirty brown colour, ranged along the upper side of the peduncle. — Found in Jamaica. 13. Tournefortia Tomentosa. Leaves cordate, tomentose beneath; spikes racemed, short; stem twining, rising to the height of ten or twelve feet, upon any neighbouring support; flowers of a dirty white colour, small ; succeeded by small succulent berries, inclosing two, three, and sometimes four seeds. — Found near Carthagena, in New Spain. 14. Tournefortia Carnosa. Leaves ovate, wrinkled, petio- led ; spikes racemed, axillary ; stem shrubby, strong, woody, covered with a light brown rough bark ; flowers in branching axillary spikes, small and white ; succeeded by small succu- lent berries; inclosing two or three oblong seeds. — Found near Carthagena, in New Spain. Tourrettia ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angio spermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, tubular before flowering, coloured, two-lipped; upper lip acute, lower indistinctly four-toothed, having a membrane internally, permanent. Corolla : one-petalled ; tube com- pressed, length of the calix ; upper lip galeate, compressed, with the margins converging ; lower lip none, but in place of it a double toothlet. Stamina: filamenta four, filiform, con- cealed under the upper lip, two of them shorter; anther* two-lobed. Pistil: germen oblong, somewhat four-cornered, tubercled ; style filiform, length and situation of the lip ; stigma bifid. Pericarp: capsule oblong, coriaceous, muri- cate with spines, some of which are hooked, four-celled, two- valved. Seeds: four to six in each cell, subtriquetrous, ovate, girt with a membranaceous margin, emarginate, and crenulate at the base, covered with a common membrane. Essential Character. Calix : two-lipped. Corolla: lower lip none, but two toothlets instead of it. Capsule: echinate, four-celled, two-valved. The only known spe- cies is, 1. Tourrettia Lappacea. Leaves opposite, the primordial ones ternate; lateral leaflets two-parted, at the next knot double, ternate, without a tendril, at the upper knots of the stem ternate, decompound or pedate, with the common petiole growing out into a convoluted branched tendril; root annual; T R A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. T R A stems two cubits high, scandent, four-cornered, fistulous, branched ; flowers in a naked terminating raceme, of a dusky violet colour at the base of the peduncles, which are alternate and very short ; there is a bristle-shaped bracte. — Native of Peru. Tower Mustard. See Turritis. Tozzia; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Angiosper- mia. — Gen eric Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, tubular, very short, five-toothed, permanent. Corolla: one- petalled, ringent ; tube cylindrical, longer than the calix; border spreading ; upper lip bifid, lower trifid ; segments all nearly equal, rounded. Stamina: filamenta four, concealed beneath the upper lip; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen ovate; style filiform, situation and length of the stamina; stigma headed. Pericarp: capsule globular, unexcelled, twc- valved. Seed: single, ovate. Essential Character. Calix: five-toothed. Capsule: one-celled, globular, two- seeded. The only species yet discovered is, 1. Tozzia Alpina. Leaves round, bluntly notched, pale; root formed of roundish scales ; stem square, branched. The whole habit tender and succulent : peduncles axillary, short, one-flowered ; flowers yellow, with the three lower segments spotted of a deeper yellow, serrate ; fruit globular, drawn out into a conical point. — Native of the mountains of Switzer- land, Austria, south of France, Italy, and the Pyrenees, in rough moist places. Traces, Ladies’. See Oplirys. Trachelium ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five- parted, very small, superior. Corolla: one-petalled, funnel- form ; tube cylindrical, very long, very slender; border patulous, small, five-parted ; segments ovate, concave. Sta- mina: filamenta five, capillary, length of the corolla ; anther® simple. Pistil: germen three-sided, roundish, inferior; style filiform, twice as long as the corolla ; stigma globular. Peri carp: capsule roundish, obtusely three-lobed, three-celled, opening by three holes at the base. Seeds : numerous, very small. Essential Character. Corolla : funnel-form. Stigma : globular. Capsule : three-celled, inferior. The species are, 1. Trachelium Coeruleum ; Blue Throatwort. Branched, erect: leaves ovate, serrate, flat, about two inches long, and one inch broad in the middle, ending in acute points; root perennial, fleshy, tuberous, sending out many fibres, which spread wide on every side. The stalks rise a foot and half high, with leaves on them, shaped like those at the bottom. The flowers are small, and of an azure blue colour, appear- ing in June and July, and ripening seeds in September. It derives its name from the length of the neck, throat, or tube of the corolla. Biennial. Native of Italy and the Levant. — It is propagated by seeds, which should be sown in autumn when they are ripe; for when they are kept out of the ground till spring, they frequently fail ; or if they do grow, it is not before the following spring. When the plants appear, keep them free from weeds, and as soon as they are big enough to remove, transplant them to a border with an eastern aspect, and light undunged earth, placing them in rows six inches apart, and four inches distant in the rows, shading them from the sun till they have taken new root ; after which they will only require weeding till autumn, when they may be trans- planted into the borders of the flower-garden, where they will flower in the ensuing summer. But as they will thrive better in old walls, when by accident they have arisen from seeds ; *o their seeds, when ripe, may be scattered on such walls as are old, or where there is earth lodged sufficient to receive the seeds; where the plants will come up, and resist the cold 123. much better, and continue longer, than when sown in the full ground ; and w hen a few of the plants are established on the walls, they will shed their seeds, and maintain themselves without any further care. 2. Trachelium Dift’usum ; Spreading Throatwort. Very much branched, diffused: branches divaricating, recurved; leaves aw l-shaped. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Trachelium Tenuifolium ; Fine-leaved Throatwort. Nearly upright : leaves linear, ciliate, hispid. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Tradescantia ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Mo- nogynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth three- leaved ; leaflets ovate, concave, spreading, permanent. Co- rolla: petals three, orbicular, flat, spreading very much, large, equal. Stamina : filamenta six, filiform, length of the calix, erect, villose with jointed hairs; anther® kidney-form. Pistil: germen ovate, obtusely three cornered ; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigma three-cornered, tubulous. Pe- ricarp: capsule ovate, covered by the calix, three-celled, three-valved. Seeds : few', angular. Observe. The form of the style varies. ’ Some of the species have naked filamenta. The tenth has only one stamina, and the twelfth three. Es- sential Character. Calix: three-leaved. Petals: three. Filamenta: erect, with jointed hairs. Capsule: three-celled. The species are, 1. Tradescantia Virginica ; Common Virginia Spiderwort. Erect : leaves lanceolate, smooth ; flowers heaped in an umbel, terminating; root composed of many fleshy fibres; stalks smooth, rising a foot and half high ; flowers in clusters, composed of three large spreading purple petals ; they appear early in June, and though each flower continues but one day, whence this plant acquired the name of Ephemerum, yet such is the profusion, that there is a succession of them through the greater part of the summer. The fine blue of the corolla, with the hairy filamenta of the same colour in the middle, tip- ped with the large yellow anther®, would render this a favourite flower, if it were not so common. Some authors have called it Plialangium, from its supposed property of curing the bite of a spider. — This singular plant is commonly termed the Oyster-plant, from the upper part opening and shutting like the shell of an oyster, receiving in and protecting the small white flowers at night. It is of a purple colour, and seldom exceeds three inches in height, and is a curious plant in a garden. There are two varieties, one with a deep blue, and the other with a white flower, but they vary from one to another when raised from seeds. — This plant multiplies so fast by the roots and seeds, that where the latter are per- mitted to fall, it must be yearly reduced, to be kept within bounds. The best time to remove and part the roots, is in autumn. — Native of Virginia and Maryland. 2. Tradescantia Crassifolia ; Thick-leaved Spiderwort. Erect: leaves ovate, woolly at the edge and beneath; flowers heaped in umbels, terminating; the petals are about half an inch in diameter, orbicular, and curled at the edge ; the fila- menta are blue, bearded, and the anther® very dark blue. The leaves of this species distinguish it from the rest of the genus. — Native of Mexico. This and the twelve next following species, with those from the sixteenth to the nineteenth species, require the heat of a stove, in which some of them may be abundantly increased both by seeds and offsets: the former method is to be prefered. 3. Tradescantia Erecta; Upright Spiderwort. Erect: leaves ovate, narrowed at the base, smooth; peduncles termi- nating, naked, bifid, racemed ; stems herbaceous, thick, round, jointed, three feet high, branched ; branches axillary, and while tender villose; corolla purple-violet, a little bigger 084 T R A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ‘ T R A than the calix ; petals orbicular, with short claws. It varies with violet-coloured corolla' and stamina, in the same umbel. Annual. — Native of Mexico. See the preceding species. 4. Tradescantia Zanonia ; Gentian-leaved Spiderwort. Erect: leaves broad-lanceolate; peduncles lateral, solitary, jointed in the middle, many-flowered; bractes in pairs; plant herbaceous, two feet high ; stem simple, jointed, round, sheathed, almost naked below, smooth, succulent; flowers terminating, from six to eight, on very short pedicels, which are clustered, thickened, and unequal; they gradually erect themselves as they flower, and are again turned back as the flowers go off; petals a little bigger than the calix; leaves ovate, acute, erect, waved at the edge, white, or hyaline. — Native of the southern parts of Jamaica, in mountain-woods ; flowering in spring months: found also in Guiana. 5. Tradescantia Discolor; Purple-leaved Spiderwort. Stemless, even : bractes equitant, compressed ; leaves lance- olate, coloured underneath ; root perennial, vertical, fleshy, knotty; stalks axillary, four times shorter than the leaves, solitary, erect, simple, rarely divided, a little compressed, smooth, whitish ; flowers numerous, between the uppermost external bractes, which they scarcely rise above, separated and enfolded in distinct clusters by the internal ones, pedicelled, white, short-lived, and scentless. — Native of South America, on the Mosquito shore, whence it was brought by a ship to Jamaica, where it was observed, and thence sent to Europe. 6. Tradescantia Malabarica; Grass-leaved Spiderwort. Erect, even: peduncles solitary, very long. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the East Indies. 7. Tradescantia Nervosa ; Nerve-leaved Spiderwort. Scape one-flowered ; stems a hand high, diffused ; flower large. — Supposed to be a native of Suralte. 8. Tradescantia Divaricata; Straddling Spiderwort. Ntem dichotomous; leaves ovate-lanceolate, smooth ; sheaths vil- lose; flowers panicled ; filamenta smooth; branches round, divaricating, broken in at bottom, jointed; joints two inches and more, gradually shorter upwards, smooth below, little villose above, sheathed ; petals equal, ovate, acute, longer than the calix, blue. It differs from both Commelina and Tradescantia in having an aril or loose membranaceous coat adhering to the umbilicus ; and having no nectaries, and no beards to the filamenta, might possibly constitute a genus sepa- rate from them both. — Found on the banks of rivers in Gui- ana and Cayenne, also in Trinidad. 9. Tradescantia Geniculata; Knotted Spiderwoi't. Pro- cumbent, hirsute: plant tender, with herbaceous, round, jointed stems, creeping at bottom, otherwise nearly upright; flowers small, white corollas. — Native of South America and Martiuico, in hedges. 10. Tradescantia Monandra; One-slamined Spiderwort. Diffused : leaves ovate, acuminate ; peduncles axillary, many- flowered ; flowers one-stamined ; root annual; radicles very long, whitish ; stems herbaceous, ascending, jointed, putting out fibres half a foot long, loose, round, pellucid, smooth, spotted; branches nearly upright, loose, round, spotted; petals lanceolate, less by half than the calix ; leaves whitish and diaphanous, caducous. — Native of mountain-woods in the western parts of Hispaniola. 11. Tradescantia Multiflora; M any -flowered Spiderivort. Erect, branched : leaves cordate, ciliate on the edge and sheaths ; peduncles clustered, axillary; flowers three-stamined ; stem herbaceous, somewhat jointed, round, striated, smooth; petals less than the calix, or equal to it, ovate, white, cadu- cous.— Native of Jamaica, in mountainous woods. 12. Tradescantia Cordifolia ; Heart-leaved Spiderwort . Creeping, filiform: leaves cordate; peduncles terminating, solitary, many-flowered. This is a small, herbaceous, annual plant: radicles numerous, whitish; stem tender, sheathed, jointed at the base, round, succulent ; branchlets short, com- ing out below the sheaths of the leaves, depressed, ascending, rooting. — Native of Jamaica, in moist shady grassy parts of high mountains, flowering in autumn. 13. Tradescantia Procuinbens ; Trailing Spiderwort. Stem procumbent, rooting ; leaves ovate, ciliate at the base, sheathing; peduncles cymed, axillary; stamina unequal. Perennial. — Native of the Caraccas. 14. Tradescantia Axillaris; Axillary Spiderwort. Stem branched; flowers sessile, lateral; corolla one-petalled, fun- nel-form, of a deep blue-purple ; tube twice as long as the calix; segments three, shorter, blue; filamenta wi.;h jointed hairs. Annual. — Native of the East Indies, where cattle are very fond of it. 15. Tradescantia Formosa ; Handsome Spiderwort. Leaves opposite, connate; stem a foot high, even, w'oolly under the joints; flowers in several remote whorls; petals six, outer three, lanceolate, more rigid. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. It must be placed in the dry-stove. 10. Tradescantia Cristata; Crested Spiderwort. Creep- ing, even : spathes two-leaved, imbricate ; root annual ; stems round, even, branched, diffused, creeping; petals ovate, sessile, blue. It flowers from July to September. — Native of Ceylon. 17. Tradescantia Papilionacea; Papilionaceous Spiderwort. Creeping, even: spathes three-leaved, imbricate ; root annual, fibrous; stems three inches long, jointed, rooted at the joints; corolla violet coloured. Vahl remarks, that the flow- ers are not only terminating, but axillary. — Native of the East Indies. 18. Tradescantia Tuberosa; Tuberous rooted Spiderwort. Root tuberous; joints of the stem radical; bractes in two rows, falcate, ciliate; leaves on the stem linear-lanceolate, sheathing, striated, under side tinged with purple, downy ; flowers one in the axil of each bracte, small, blue-purple. — Native of moist valleys on the coast of Coromandel. 19. Tradescantia Paniculata ; Panicled Spiderwort. Stems creeping; panicle terminating, many-flowered; root fibrous, annual; flowers small, blue; corolla three-parted, the two upper divisions large and ovate, the third lanceolate. — Native of the coast of Coromaudel. 20. Tradescantia Rosea. Plant erect ; leaves linear-gra- mineous, very long; peduncles elongate, umbelled, with few flowers; flowers rose-coloured, small, but very handsome; calices glabrous. — Grows in the wet sandy fields of Carolina and Georgia. Tragia; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Triandria; but, according to Pursh, in class Diclinia, order Segregatae. — Generic Character. Male Flowers. Calix : perianth three-parted ; segments ovate, acute, flat spreading. Corolla: none. Stamina : filamenta three, length of the calix ; anthene roundish. Females, on the same plant. Calix: perianth five or six parted ; leaflets ovate, concave, acute, permanent. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen roundish, three-grooved; style single, erect, longer than the calix ; stigma trifid, spreading. Pericarp : capsule tricoccous, roundish, three- celled, hispid, each cell marked on the outside at the base with two dots. Seeds: solitary, globular. Observe. Plu- nder calls the calix a funnel-form petal. Essential Cha- racter. Male. Calix: three parted. Corolla: none. Stigma: trifid. Female. Calix : five-parted. Corolla: none. Capsule: tricoccous, three-celled. Seeds: solitary. The species are, 1. Tragia Volubilis ; Twining Tragia. Leaves cordate. TRA OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. TRA 685 ovate, acuminate; stern twining; branches filiform, all di- rected one way, simple ; racemes peduncled, axillary, soli- tary, longer than the leaves, filiform, loose, composed of numerous very small male flowers, on very short pedicels, and females at the base, pedicelled, solitary, larger. Linneus remarks, that the stem twines in a direction contrary to the sun’s apparent motion. — Native of the East and West Indies. It is very common in Jamaica, and is well known there on account of its sharp stinging hairs, with which the whole plant is covered. The root is looked upon as a good ape- rient and diuretic, for which purposes both the expressed juice and the decoction are sometimes used among the natives. — Propagation and Culture. Sow the seeds on a hot-bed early in the spring : when the plants are in a proper state, transplant each into a separate pot, and plunge the pots into a hot-bed of tanner’s bark, treating them in the same way as other tender plants which require the protection of the bark-stove. 2. Tragia Cordifolia ; Heart-leaved Tragia. Leaves cor- date; stem twining; female bractes five-leaved, pinnatifid ; spikes terminating. The preceding species differs from this, this having the leaves grossly serrate, and the bractes entire. — Native place unknown. 3. Tragia Involucrata; Involucred Tragia. Leaves lan ceolate; female bractes five-leaved, pinnatifid. It is distin- guished from the preceding species by the leaves being sharp at both ends ; stem erect, woody, about three feet high, rarely sending out any side-branches ; flow'ers in small axil- lary clusters, standing several together upon the same foot- stalk ; the upper ones all male, the under female. — Native of the East Indies. 4. Tragia Mercurialis ; Ovate-leaved Tragia. Leaves ovate. — Found in America. 5. Tragia Urens ; Stinging Tragia. Leaves lanceolate, obtuse, somewhat toothed. Annual, flowering in August. — Native of Virginia. 6. Tragia Chamaelea; Lance-leaved Tragia. Leaves lan- ceolate, obtuse, quite entire ; stem erect, divided into long erect branches ; root annual, very slender, fibrous, blackish; seeds oblong, ash-coloured. — Native of the East Indies. 7. Tragia Cannabina; Hemp-leaved Tragia. Leaves three- parted ; stem erect, round, hispid ; peduncles lateral, soli- tary, one-flowered, length of the leaves. — Native of Malabar. 8. Tragia Corniculata ; Horn-fruited Tragia. Leaves subcordate-ovate, attenuated, almost quite entire; valves of the capsules two-horned ; root annual, fibrous ; stem herba- ceous, erect, a foot and half high, hairy, round; branches alternate, spreading, simple. — Found in the island of Tri- nidad and Guiana. 9. Tragia Macrocarpa. Plant climbing, hispid ; leaves deeply cordated, ovate, acutely dentate. — Discovered by Michaux in Kentucky, and flowers in July. Tragopogon ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamia fEqualis.— Generic Character. Calix: common, simple, eight-leaved ; leaflets lanceolate, equal, alternately interior, all united at the base. Corolla: compound, imbri- cate, uniform ; corollets hermaphrodite, many, exterior ones a little longer; proper one-petalled, ligulate, truncate, five- toothed. Stamina : filamenta five, capillary, very short ; antherae cylindrical, tubulous. Pistil: gerinen oblong; style filiform, length of the stamina; stigmas two, revolute, Peri- carp: none; calix converging, acuminate, length of the seeds, ventriculose, at length reflexed. Seeds: solitary, oblong, attenuated to both ends, angular, rugged, terminated by a long, awl-shaped, down-bearing stipe. Down : feathered, flat, with about thirty-two rays. Receptacle: naked, flat, rugged. Essential Character. Calix: simple. Down. feathered. Receptacle: naked. The species are, 1. Tragopogon Pratensis ; Common Yellow Goat’s Beard. Calices nearly equal to the ray of the corollas; leaves entire, keeled, acuminate, dilated at the base; peduncle round; root biennial, fusiform, fleshy, tapering, abounding with milk, which is sweet, not acrid ; whole herb smooth and very even; stems several, branched, eighteen inches or two feet high, leafy, round, often tinged with purple ; branches elongated into a simple naked peduncle; flowers large and handsome, opening at day-break, and closing before noon, except in cloudy weather. Gaertner remarks, that the receptacle is at first flat, but becomes a little convex. He describes the seeds as very long, fusiform, club-shaped, striated, smooth or rugged, with acute dots, whitish, ending in the stipe; the seed-down white, and caducous ; the rays chaffy, unequal, the length of the stipe, which is of a subulate setaceous form, solid, and nearly equal to the seed in length. Before the stems shoot up, the roots, boiled like Asparagus, have the same flavour, and are nearly as nutritious. Villars relates, that the children in Dauphiny universally eat the stems and leaves of the young plants before the flowers appear ; and that the fresh juice of these tender herbs is the best dissolvent of the bile ; and that both animals and children invite us to make use of this remedy, which relieves the stomach without danger, and without introducing into the blood an acrid corrosive stimulant, as is frequently done by salts, soaps, and resins, when employed for this purpose. In some parts of England it is called Buck’s Beard , from the German; and Jack Go to-bed-at-noon, from the circumstance of the flowers closing about mid-day. It is also named Joseph’s Flower, from the Dutch, and Star of Jerusalem. It flowers in June; and though a native of Siberia, is not uncommon among the grass in Great Britain. — Propagation and Culture. These plants are propagated by seeds, which should be sown in April upon an open spot of ground, in rows about nine or ten inches’ distance; and when the plants are come up, they should be hoed out, leaving them about six inches asunder in the rows. The weeds should also be carefully boed down as they are produced, otherwise they will soon overbear Ihe plants and spoil them. This is all the culture required ; and if the soil be light, and not too dry, the plants will have large roots before winter ; at which time the Salsafie, the roots of which are then eaten, will be fit for use, and may be taken up any time after their leaves begin to decay, but when they begin to shoot again, they will be sticky and not fit for use, though many persons cultivate this species for the shoots. Some people, in cultivating these plants, sow their seeds in beds pretty close, and, when they come up, transplant them out in rows at the before-mentioned distance ; but as they form a tap-root which abounds with a milky juice, when the extreme part of their roots is broken by transplanting, they seldom thrive W'ell afterwards; hence it is the best way to make shallow drills in the ground, and scatter the seeds therein,, as before directed, whereby the rows will be at a due distance; and there will be nothing more to do than to hoe out the plants when they are too thick in the rows, which will be much less trouble than the other method of transplanting; and the plants will be much larger and fairer. The common yellow sort, the shoots of which are sold in the market, will be fit for use in April or May, according to the forwardness of the season. The best time to cut them is, when their stems are about four inches long; for if they stand too long, they are not so tender. 2. Tragopogon Mutabilis ; Changeable Goal’s Beard. Calices eight-leaved, equalling the ray of the corolla; leaves 686 TAR THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; TAR entire, stiff, lanceolate, acuminate ; root biennial. The whole plant smooth and milky : stem round, upright, branched at all the axils from the very root ; flowers spreading very much, nodding towards the sun ; they open nearly at sun-rise, and close again about ten o’clock, and so continue for three days, during which the florets successively expand ; corollas five- lined, five-toothed, for the most part white on both sides ; but some are rose-coloured, with red streaks, others yellow, with purple streaks, and different shades; hence its trivial name Mutabilis, or Changeable. — Native of Siberia. For its pro- pagation and culture, see the preceding. 3. Tragopogon Undulatus; Wave-leaved Goat's Beard. Calices equalling the ray of the corolla ; leaves entire, sub- linear, those on the stem waving very much ; root fusiform, biennial, the thickness of a finger ; stem erect, from four to seven feet high, clothed with a short wool, which falls off, and it is then smooth; corollets sulphur-coloured on both sides, often paler; antherae brownish; styles yellow. — See the first species for its culture, &c. 4. Tragopogon Qrientalis; Oriental Goat’s Beard. Calices shorter than the ray of the corolla ; leaves entire, somewhat waved. — Native of the Levant. See the first species. 5. Tragopogon Major; Great Yellow Goat’s Beard, or Salsajie. Calices longer than the ray of the corolla; leaves entire, stiff; peduncles thickened at top ; corollets rounded at the end ; root biennial, long, tapering or round, fusiform, that and the whole plant abounding with a sweet milky juice, which soon turns to a brown resin, from the evaporation of its watery particles ; herb smooth, glaucous, about four feet high; stem round, erect, branching, leafy; flowers solitary, terminating ; the stalk, which supports them, tapering from the calix downwards. Mr. Woodward remarks, that the leaves on the stem are shorter than in the Pratensis, being scarcely longer than the internodial spaces. The flowers, as Dr. Smith observes, close early in the day. It is cultivated in gardens; the roots, when boiled or stewed, have a mild, sweetish flavour. Some persons cultivate it for the stalks, which are cut in the spring, when they are four or five inches high, and dressed like Asparagus, in the same way as the first species. — Native of many parts of Europe. Though not very general in England, it is often found in upland pastures. Gerarde says, that it grew only upon the banks of the river Chalder, near Whalley in Lancashire. It has been since observed in Cornwall ; in the fields about Carlisle, and Rose Castle, in Cumberland; in the marshes below Woolwich, and near Edmonton ; also in the meadows below St. Vincent’s rocks, Bristol. See the first species. 6. Tragopogon Porrifolius; Purple Goat's Beard, ov Salsa- jie. Calices half as long again as the ray of the corollas ; leaves entire, stiff; peduncle thickened at top. — Native of meadows in various parts of Europe. 7. Tragopogon Crocifolius; Crocus-leaved Goat’s Beard. Calices longer than the ray of the corolla ; leaves entire ; root-leaves and peduncles villose at the base; flowers violet, of two rows only, but in the middle rather yellow. Biennial. — Native of Italy, and the south of France. 8. Tragopogon Villosus; Hairy Goat’s Beard. Calices half as long again as the ray of the corolla; stem and leaves villose ; root biennial. The w hole plant is pubescent, with white villose hairs, especially the stem and the leaves under- neath more copiously. The flower, when expanded, nods a little.— Native of Spain and Siberia. See the first species. , 9. Tragopogon Dalechampii; Great -jlowered Goat’s Beard. Calices oue-leafed, shorter than the corolla, unarmed ; leaves runcinate ; root perennial, thick, and succulent ; stems about a foot high, sometimes less ; florets large, pale yellow above, 7 red or purple underneath. From the centre of the root- leaves, which spread in a rose, rises a naked thick flower- stalk, villose and thicker in the upper part, where it terminates in a very large flower, of a pale yellow or sulphur-colour. It flowers from June to October. — Native of Spain, the south of : France, and Barbary. 10. Tragopogon Picroides ; Prickly-cupped Goat’s Beard. \ Calices one-leafed, shorter than the corolla, prickly ; leaves runcinate, toothletted ; stems hollow, tender, a little branched; flowers yellow ; seeds joined on one stipe, terminated by another, as in the preceding species. Gouan remarks, that in shady places it varies, like the Sowthistle, with the leaves entire or runcinate, the root-leaves often obovate and entire, the stem scarcely branched, and low, so that it might be easily taken for the Asper; but it differs manifestly in having the stem-leaves always dilated at the base. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the south of Europe. See the first species. 11. Tragopogon Asper; Rough Goat’s Beard. Calices shorter than the corolla, hispid ; leaves entire ; stem-leaves oblong. This varies very much in open exposed situations, so as to assume the appearance of a different species. Annual : flowering in July and August. — Native of Montpellier. See the first species. 12. Tragopogon Dandelion ; Dandelion Goat’s Beard. Leaves etisiform, entire, even ; scapes radical ; seed down hairy. — Native of Virginia. See the first species. 13. Tragopogon Lanatus; Woolly Goat's Beard. Leaves ensiform, waved, villose ; scapes radical. — Native of Palestine. See the first species. 14. Tragopogon Virginicum; Virginia Goat's Beard. Ra- j dical leaves lyrate, rounded; stem leaves undivided; stems almost naked, upright, stiff', with one or two lanceolate embra- cing leaves on them, and few branches; florets deep yellow; calix divided into twelve leaves to the base, equal, shorter than the corolla. — Native of North America. Trailing Arbutus. See Epigcea. Trapa ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, four- parted, acute, permanent, growing to the base of the germen; leaflets two, lateral, and two at the angles of the germen. Corolla: petals four, obovate, larger than the calix. Sta- ij mina: filamenta four, length of the calix; antherae simple. Pistil: germen ovate, two-celled ; style simple, length of the j calix; stigma headed, emarginate. Pericarp: none. Seed: l nut ovate-oblong, one-celled, armed with four spines in the middle of the side, opposite, spreading, (which were the leaves of the calix,) acute, thick. Essential Character. Calix: four-parted. Corolla: four-petalled. Nut: girt with four opposite spines, which were the leaves of the calix. The species are, 1. Trapa Natans; Four-horned Water Caltrops. Nuts four-horned; spines spreading; root round, very long, brown, putting forth opposite round green roots, which have oppo- site round fibrils, closely placed, so as to resemble pinnate leaves, which are the immersed leaves of Linneus : petioles round, long near the leaves, inflated into a tumor, and then again round : the florescence is completed within the con- verging calix: petals white, pellucid, gashed and emarginate, with very short purple claws below the nectary ; which is a permanent, yellowish, then white, finally green membrane, plaited like a star, with eight angles; seed single, fleshy, large, the size and form of the internal cavity of the nut. It has ! two cotyledons; one very large and thick, forming almost the i whole bulk of the embryo ; the other very small, in the shape of a roundish scaielet at the base of the radical, whenee this TR E OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. T It I 687 plant, like the Nelumbo, is a sort of middle station, between the monocotyledones and dicotyledones ; for though there be a second lobe in the embryo, it is very minute, and does not make its appearance in the germination. The immersed leaves are multifid and capillary, like those of Myriophyllum ; the floating leaves are rhomb-shaped, like bladdery petioles; the four leaves of the calix surround the germen, two at the sides, and two at the angles of it, whence the horns of the fruit. The nuts are esteemed to be farinaceous, nourishing, and pectoral ; the skin, with the spines being removed, there is a white sweet kernel within, somewhat like a Chestnut : they are sold in the market at Venice, under the name of Jesuit Nuts. At Vercelli they are called Galarin, and are much eaten by the children and people of the lower orders. Pliny informs us, that the Thracians made them into bread ; and Thunberg, that the Japanese commonly boil the roots in broth, though the taste is by no means pleasant. Annual : flowering from June to August. — Native of ponds and muddy ditches in Europe and Asia. See the first species. 2. Trapa Bicornis ; Two-horned Water Caltrops. Nuts two-horned. They are woody, coriaceous, black, blown, inversely pyramidal, rhombed, below beautifully areolated with ribs and grooves, branched, oceliated and variously con- fluent, terminated at top with a four-cornered head, radiantly striated, having a round hole punched through it; armed on each side with a very thick horn, spreading horizontally, and moderately curved back ; cell one, corresponding in form to the body of the nut. Though the preceding species varies with three, and even two horns, yet this is not a variety of that; for, in that the horns are always acuminate, whereas in this they are obtuse, and have quite a different appearance. — Native of ponds in China. Travellers Joy. See Clematis. Treacle Mustard. See Clypeola. Tree, Celandine. See Bocconia. Tree, Germander. See Teucrium. Tree, Mallow. See Lavatera. Tree, Primrose. See Oenothera. Trefoil. See Trifolium. Trefoil, Stinking Bean. See Anagyris. Trefoil, Bird’s-Foot. See Lotus. Trefoil, Marsh. See Menyanthes. Trefoil, Moon. See Medicago. Trefoil, Shrubby. See Ptelea. Trefoil, Snail. See Medicago. Trefoil, Strawberry. See Trifolium. Trefoil, Thorny. See Fagonia. Tremella; (so called by Diilenius, on account of its gela- tinous, tender, and tremulous substance ;) is a genus of the class Cryplogamia, order Fungi, according to Persoon, but Algee, according to Linneus. This genus appears to be made up of various gelatinous productions, in which no traces of fructifications have been detected. Having no shields, tu- bercles, or warts, they could not be referred to Lichen, or its allies ; neither have they seeds imbedded through their sub- stance, to make them Ulvee; much less any aggregated seeds, with or without a perceptible pericarp, as in Fucus. Essen- tial Character. Fructification: scarcely perceptible, in a membranous, gelatinous, expanded, undulated substance. Although authors of the first authority have collected together upwards of twenty species of this supposed genus, we shall content ourselves by referring the curious reader to Persoon for the specifications, as they really seem to be mere gummy exudations, caused by immoderate wet, accompanied by resi- nous particles insoluble in water, which give them a powdery appearance. 128. Trewia; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Monogynia, or rather of the class Dicecia, order Polyandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth three-leaved ; leaflets ovate, reflexed, coloured, permanent. Corolla: none, unless the calix betaken for it. Stamina: filamenta numerous, capil- lary, length of the calix ; antherm simple. Pistil: germen superior; style simple, length of the stamina; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule turbinate, three-sided, crowned, three- celled, three-valved. Seeds: solitary, convex on one side, angular on the other. Essential Character. Calix: three-leaved, superior. Corolla: none. Capsule: tricoccous. The only known species is, 1. Trewia Nudiflora. Leaves on long round petioles, a span and more in length, and almost two hands wide, oblong, ovate-cordate, attenuated at the point, thin and soft, dusky- green on the upper surface, but brighter on the lower; flowers on round pale-green peduncles, axillary, of an herba- ceous colour, void of smell. This is a lofty tree, with a trunk as thick as a man can embrace, covered with an ash- coloured bark. — Native of the East Indies. Trianthema ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-leaved; leaflets oblong, coloured within, mucronate below the tip, permanent. Corolla: none, unless the calix, formed of a calix and corolla together, be so called. Stamina: filamenta ten, in some five to twelve, capillary, length of the calix ; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen rather superior, oblong- ish, retuse ; style one or two, filiform, length of the stamina, hispid on one side; stigmas simple. Pericarp: capsule oblong, truncate, retuse, cut round; cells, two superior, and two inferior. Seeds: solitary, or two, subovate. Observe. The number of stamina and styles in distinct species is different. Linneus remarks, that there is scarcely any genus more irregular than this : so it is, according to his arrange- ment ; and so it must be, w hile we aim at forming a natural genera in an artificial system. Essential Character. Calix: mucronate below the tip. Corolla: none. Stamina: five or ten. Germen : retuse. Capsule ; cut round. The species are, 1. Trianthema Monogyna. Flowers five-stamined, one- styled. It sends out many trailing branches, which lie flat on the ground, spreading two feet or more each way, and hav- ing much the appearance of Purslain ; with fleshy succulent oval leaves. The flowers come out from the joints of the stalks, and are somewhat of a purple colour, and are succeed- ed by capsules having two horns, with one cell inclosing eight or ten seeds. — It grows naturally in most of the West India islands, and is often a troublesome weed there. Sow the seeds upon a good hot border in the spring; and when the plants are fit to remove, plant them on another hot-bed, to bring them forward, without which they will not ripen! In June they may be transplanted into a warm border, w here they will grow until the frost in autumn kills them. 2. Trianthema Crystallina. Flowers five-stamined, one- styled, heaped; leaves oval; stem herbaceous; flowers alter- nate, small. — Native of Arabia, and the East Indies. 3. Trianthema Pentandra. Flowers five-stamined, two- styled ; stem a foot high, round, erect, somewhat rugged ; calix bell-sl.aped, five-parted, purplish within, permanent; segments lanceolate.— Native of Arabia. See the first species! 4. Trianthema Fruticosa. Shrubby, ten-stanrined, one! styled: filamenta anther-bearing ; branches spreading, jointed ; joints a little thickened at top, dotted with brown, ash-coloured below; flowers terminating; the branchlets four or five sessile, with pellucid bractes interposed between them,-— Found in the kingdom of Tunis, 8 M 688 T R I THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; T R I 5. Trianlhema Humifusa. One-styled : leaves lanceolate ; stem frutescent, round. — Native of the Cape. 6. Trianlhema Anceps. One-styled: leaves lanceolate; stem frutescent, ancipital. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Trianthema Decandra. Flowers ten-stamined, two- styled; stem herbaceous, diffused alternately; leaves oppo- site, petioled, elliptic, quite entire, smooth; petioles mem- branaceous on each side ; flowers axillary, on short peduncles. — Native of the East Indies. Tribulus ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one leafed, five-parted, acute, a little shorter than the corolla. Corolla: petals five, oblong, obtuse, spreading. Stamina: filamenta ten, awl-shaped, very small ; antherae simple. Pistil: germen oblong, length of the stamina; style none; stigma headed. Pericarp: roundish, prickly, of five or ten capsules, gibbous on one side, often armed with three or four dagger-points, angular on the inner edge, converging, with transverse cells. Seeds: many, turbinate, oblong. Observe. The first species has ten wrinkled fruits, without lateral spines. Essential Character. Calix: five-parted. Petals: five, spreading. Style: none. Capsule: five or ten, gibbous, spiny, many- seeded. The species are, 1. Tribulus Maximus; Great Caltrops. Leaves about four-paired ; outer leaflets larger; pericarpia ten-seeded, awn- less ; flowers axillary ; petals large, yellow. They have an agreeable odour, and are succeeded by roundish prickly fruit, ending in a long point. It is an annual plant, with pretty thick, compressed, channelled stalks, which trail upon the ground, and are nearly two feet long. Browne says, this plant grows in all the pastures of Jamaica, and is frequently gathered with other fodder plants, and fed upon indiscrimi- nately, by all sorts of cattle. — This, with the second and fourth species, being natives of hot countries, and very tender, must be propagated by seeds sown upon a hot-bed early in the spring. When the plants come up, transplant each into a separate pot, filled with rich light earth, plunge them into the tan pit, and treat them in the same manner as other ten- der exotic plants, being careful to bring them forward as early as possible in the summer, or they will not perfect their seeds in this climate. 2. Tribulus Lanuginosus; Woolly Caltrops. Leaves about five-paired; leaflets almost equal ; seeds two-horned; stems ascending, long, round, hairy, jointed ; peduncle from the alternate axils, or that of the smaller leaf.— Native of Ceylon. See the preceding. 3. Tribulus Terrestris; Small Caltrops. Leaves six-paired, almost equal; seeds four-horned; root slender, fibrous, an- nual, from which spriug four or five slender stalks, spreading fiat on the ground, they are hairy, and extend two feet and a half in leDgth; flowers axillary, on short peduncles, com- posed of five broad obtuse yellow petals. They appear in June and July, and are succeeded by roundish five-cornered prickly fruit, which, when ripe, divides into five ceils, each containing one or two seeds, which ripen in August and Sep- tember.— Native of most of the hot and temperate parts of the world; as the south of Europe, Barbary, Siberia, the coast of Coromandel, China, Cochin-china, and the West Indies. Browne says, it is common about Kingston in Jamaica; being planted there, in many gardens, for the sake of its flowers, which have an agreeable smell. Poultry are observed to feed much upon this plant, which is thought to fatten them, and to heighten their flavour : it is there called Turkey Blossom. The English name Caltrops, is taken from the form of the fruit, which resembles the machines tiiat are cast in the way to obstruct an enemy’s cavalry.— Sow the seeds in autumn, on an open bed of fresh light earth, where they are designed to remain, for they do not bear transplant- ing very well, except while very young. In the spring, care- fully clear them from weeds, and thin them where they come up too close. In June they will begin to flower, and their seeds will ripen in August and September. If the seeds be permitted to scatter, the plants will come up in the following spring, and maintain their place, unless overpowered by the weeds. 4. Tribulus Cistoides. Leaves eight-paired ; leaflets almost equal ; root perennial, woody, from which spring out many hairy, jointed, trailing stalks, nearly two feet long; pedun- cles axillary, hairy, nearly two inches long, sustaining one pale yellow flower, composed of five large petals with narrow tails, but very broad and roundish at their points; fruit roundish, armed with very acute spines. It will live through the winter, if plunged in the bark-stove: in the fol- lowing summer it will flower earlier, and there will be more time for the seeds to ripen.- — Native of South America. Tricera ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Tetrandria. —Generic Character. Umbel: simple, with the male florets peduncled, and a female in the middle sessile; invo- lucre none. Male. Calix: perianth one-leafed, four-parted to the base; segments lanceolate, acute, erect, permanent, coloured. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta four, erect, longer than the calix, ovate; antherae sitting on the top of the filamenta, lanceolate, acute, channelled in the middle, after flowering recurved. Female. Calix: perianth five- leaved ; leaflets ovate, acute, erect, coloured. Corolla : none. Pistil: germen subtrigonal ; styles three, short, roundish, conical, after flowering bipartite ; stigmas longer than the styles, recurved, patulous, channelled, permanent. Pericarp: capsule oblong, trigonal, three-horned, three-celled, three- vaived. Seeds: in pairs, oblong, obtuse. Essential Cha- racter. Male. Calix: four-parted. Corolla: none. Filamenta: ovate. Female. Calix: five-leaved. Corolla: none. Styles : conical. Capsule: three-horned, three celled. The only species yet found is, 1. Tricera Laevigata. Leaves on sfigrt round petioles, opposite, distich, ovate-lanceolate, acute, convex, quite entire, veined above, marked with lines at the edge, veinless beneath, stiffish, very smooth ; flowers in simple, axillary, opposite umbels; the common peduncle four-cornered, three times shorter than the leaves. This genus should be placed between Cicca and Buxus. It is very nearly allied to the latter; but differs in having no corolla, in the form of the filamenta and stigmas, and in the aril of the seed ; also in its peculiar inflorescence. — Native of Jamaica, in mountain- coppices in the western parts of the island : flowering in the spring. Trichilia ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, tubular, mostly five-toothed, short. Corolla: petals five, lanceolate, spreading ; nectary cylindrical, tubular, with a ten-toothed mouth, shorter than the petals, connate, of ten filamenta. Stamina: filamenta none; antherae ten, erect, rising from the margin of the tube of the nectary, deciduous. Pistil: germen subovate, subtrilobate ; style short; stigma headed, three-toothed. Pericarp: capsule roundish, sub- trigonal, three-celled, three-valved. Seeds: solitary, ber- ried. Essential Character. Calix: mostly five-toothed. Petals: five. Nectary: toothed, cylindrical, bearing the antherae at the top of the teeth. Capsule: three celled, three- valved. Seeds: berried. The species are, 1. Trichilia Hirta. Leaves pinnate; leaflets fewer, ellip- tic, acuminate, smooth ; racemes clustered ; trunk twenty feet TRI OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. T R I 689 high, straight, covered with an almost smooth grayish or light brown bark, with some white spots in it. The ends of the twigs are branched into several green stalks, two inches long, which just at the bottom are branched into others, sustaining several whitish-green flowers with purple-headed stamina. — Native of Jamaica, found in abundance between Passage Fort and St. Jago de la Vega. The trees and shrubs of this genus, being natives of hot countries, cannot be pre- served in England, except in a stove. They may be propa- gated by seeds sown in pots, and plunged into a hot-bed : when the plants are fit to remove, plant each in a separate small pot, and shade them until they have taken new root. They may also be increased by cuttings during any of the summer months. Plant them in a dry gravelly soil. 2. Trichilia Spondioides. Leaves unequally pinnate, sub- hirsute; pinuas numerous, the lower ones larger; racemes axillary ; stem ten feet high, upright, divided into very few branches; flowers inodorous, small, about thirty in a raceme; calix half five-cleft, spreading, flat, very small ; petals whitish, spreading ; fruit round, first green, then purplish, w hen ripe as large as a great garden pea, breaking into three membranes, expanding themselves, each having a crest or rising in the middle, and shewing three almost triangular distinct kernels, covered over with a thin scarlet pulp. — Native of Jamaica, St. Domingo, and Carthagena ; flowering there principally in November. For its propagation and culture, see the preceding species. 3. Trichilia Emetica. Leaves pinnate, villose underneath ; leaflets elliptic ; branches villose, round ; flowers corymb- panicled, twice as large as in the preceding species. — Native of Arabia Felix, where it is found upon the mountains. 4. Trichilia Glabra. Leaves pinnate, smooth ; outmost leaflets larger ; racemes axillary, very short ; capsules globu- lar, green. It is a tall branching tree, with an unpleasant fetid smell. — Native of the Havannah, in mountain woods. 5. Trichilia Pallida. Leaves unequally pinnate, membra- naceous ; racemes axillary and terminating; flowers eight- stamined ; capsules two-valved. This is a tree of about twelve or fifteen feet high, smooth, and branchy ; branches horizontal; petals pale or whitish.— Native of the West Indies, flowering in February or March. 6. Trichilia Moschata. Leaves alternately pinnate; racemes axillary; flowers subdecandrous, one-pelatled ; capsules one- seeded. This is a tree twenty feet high ; branches subdivided, with a smooth striated bark.— Native of Jamaica, where it is called Muskwood, on account of the smell of the plant when rubbed. 7. Trichilia Spectabilis. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets obovate; racemes axillary, compound. —Native of the island of New Zealand. 8. Trichilia Alliacea. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets lanceolate, acute ; racemes axillary, superdecompound. — Native of the* island of Namoka. 9. Trichilia Heterophylla. Leaves pinnate and ternate; leaflets ovate, acuminate; racemes axillary; flowers eight- stamined. This is between a shrub and a tree, or may be called either; bark gray, variegated by fissures.— Native of Madagascar. 10. Trichilia Trifoliata. Leaves ternate; leaflets obovate, shining; branches numerous, round, irregular, spreading, often from the very ground ; flowers small; calix bell-shaped’ erect; petals whitish, erect, three times as long as the calix! In Curasao it is called Kerse-boom or Cherry tree, although it has nothing in common with that. The negresses use a decoction of the roots to procure abortion ; probably because they prefer not becoming mothers, to the giving birth'to slaves. — Native of Curasao in dry pastures, flbwering in April and May. 11. Trichilia Nervosa. Leaves ternate; leaflets ovate; branches villose, tomentose at the end ; flowers in short panicles, clustered, with a lanceolate leaflet at the base of each ; corolla villose, twice as long as the calix. — Native of Java. 12. Trichilia Spinosa. Leaves simple, ovate, emafginate ; branches thorny. — Native of the East Indies. Trichocurpus ; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, four or five parted ; segments ovate, acute, spreading, permanent. Corolla : none. Stamina : filamenta very many, sixty to seventy, capillary, longer than the calix, inserted into the receptacle; antlierae small, roundish. Pistil: ger- men ovate, villose; styles two, long, bifid at the top; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp : capsule ovate, four-cornered, bristly ; bristles long, rigid, deciduous, one celled, four-valved. Seeds: numerous, small, fastened to a free ovate-oblong receptacle involved in a viscid membrane. Essential Character. Calix : four or five parted. Corolla: none. Styles: two, bifid. Capsule: bristly, four-valved, many-seeded. The only species is, 1. Trichocarpus La unfolia. Leaves scattered, coriaceous, oblong, acute, quite entire, veined, smooth, petioled ; corymbs few-flow'ered, subdichotomous, lateral. This tree is about fifty feet in height, and grows in the woods of Guiana. Trichomanes ; a genus of the class Cryplogamia, order Filices. — Generic Character. Fructifications : inserted into the margin of the frond, separate. Involucres: urn- shaped, undivided, opening outwards. Columns: extending beyond the involucres like styles. Observe. Habit mem- branaceous, semitransparent. For the propagation and cul- ture of this genus, which principally consists of stove-plants, see Acrosiichum and Adiantium. The species are, '* With a simple Frond. 1. Trichomanes Membranaceum. Fronds simple, oblong, lacerated ; stalk flat, black, covered with hair, applying itself to rocks, trees, or stones, and rising seven or eight feet high, putting out, at a greater or less distance, small, roundish, membranaceous, yellowish-green leaves. They grow some- times longer, having incisures on their edges. The plant looks somewhat like a Moss. — Native of South America -and Jamaica. 2. Trichomanes Pusillum. Fronds simple, linear, gashed ; shoot creeping. — Native of Jamaica. 3. Trichomanes Crispum. Fronds pinnatifid, lanceolate; pinnas parallel, subsenate. — Native of Martinico. 4. Trichomanes Reptans. Fronds cuneate, ovate, gash- pinnatifid ; shoot creeping.— Native of Jamaica. 5. Trichomanes Aspleuioides. Fronds pendulous, lance- olate, pinnatifid, very smooth; segments tw'o-lobed ; lobes obtuse; fructifications two-valved. — Native of Jamaica. 6. Trichomanes Polypodioides. Fronds lanceolate, pin- natifid, repand ; flowers solitary, terminating. — Native of the East Indies. ** With a compound Frond. 7. Trichomanes Crinitum. Fronds subpinnate, hairy ; pinnas ovate, pinnatifid; segments bifid; subdivisions blunt; fructifications bristle-bearing, on an upright rough-haired stipe. — Native of Jamaica. 8. Trichomanes Lucens. Fronds bipinnatifid, pendulous, lanceolate, hirsute, shining ; pinnas parallel ; segments round- ish, subserrulate ; stipe extremely hirsute. — Native of Ja- maica. I 9. Trichomanes Hirsutum. Fronds pinnate; pinnas alter- 000 T R I THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; nate, pinnatifid, hairy; fructifications solitary in the notches of the pinnules. —Native of America, Japan, and Cochin china. 10. Trichomanes Sericeum. Fronds bipinnatifid, pendu- lous, lanceolate, tomentose ; pinnas alternate ; segments linear, obtuse, entire, the lower ones bifid ; fructifications terminat- ing, hirsute. — Native of Jamaica. 11. Trichomanes Pyxidiferum. Fronds subbipinnate ; pin- nas alternate, clustered, lobed, linear. — Native of America. 12. Trichomanes Tunbrigense ; Hare’s-foot Fern. Fronds pinnate; pinnas oblong, dichotomous, decurrent, toothed; root slender, wiry, spreading very far, throwing out fibres here and there, and producing upright fronds, which, when dried up in summer, curl backwards: their substance is extremely mem- branous and pellucid, appearing finely reticulated under a microscope; their segments linear, obtuse, sharply serrate and having a strong simple central rib. The fructifications, when they occur, take place of the first segment of each pinna, or general division of the frond, each terminating its appropriate nerve, and pointing upwards. The involucre is of two slightly concave valves, arising from the substance of the leaf, irregularly notched, and serrate on the margin. Between these is a short column, beset with small round bivalve cap- sules, each embraced with an elastic ring, as in the more common Ferns. The bivalve involucre and short column, so distinct from the urn-shaped undivided involucre, and long column or style, of the true Trichomanes, induced Dr. Smith to establish a new' genus under the name of Hymenophyllum, or Filmy leaf. Several other species here enumerated belong properly to that genus. — There are two varieties of this species one with the fructifications on naked footstalks: the first, was found under Dolbadon castle near the lake of Llatrberis, and on the rock called Foal Foot, on Ingleborough, Yorkshire ; the other variety was found at Belbank, near half a mile from Bingley. This species was first discovered near Tunbridge, in the moist clefts of rocks and stony places; also upon Buzzard Rough Crag, near Wrenose, Westmorland; near Settle in Yorkshire ; among the pebbles at Cockbush on the coast of Sussex ; and upon Dartmoor in Devonshire ; and various other places. 13. Trichomanes Adiantoides. Fronds pinnate; pinnas ensiform, acuminate, gash-serrate ; serratures bifid ; stem upright, single, firm, smooth, purplish — Native of the East Indies, and of Africa. 14. Trichomanes Fucoides. Fronds bipinnatifid, ovate, smooth; pinnas ovate; segments two-parted; subdivisions serrate, obtuse ; fructifications two-valved, inserted above the base of the pinnas. — Native of Jamaica. 15. Trichomanes Ciliatum. Fronds erect, bipinnatifid, deltoid; piunas ovate; segments linear, obtuse, ciliate ; fruc- tifications terminating, bivalved, rough-haired; stipe mar- gined.—Native of Jamaica. 16. Trichomanes Lineare. Fronds subbipinnate, pendu- lous, lanceolate, smooth; leaflets remote; pinnules linear, two-parted ; fructifications terminating, two-valved ; stipe capillary. — Native of Jamaica. 17. Trichomanes Strigosum. Frond bipinnate ; pinnules rhombed, hairy, serrate; fructifications solitary below the serratures; stipe tomentose, strigose. — Native of Japan. *** With a superdecompound Frond. 18. Trichomanes Undulatum. Fronds tripinnatifid or bipinnatifid, pendulous, lanceolate; leaflets and piunas alter- nate, decurrent; segments linear, refuse, crenulate, waved; fructifications terminating, two-valved. — Native of Jamaica. 19. Trichomanes Scandens. Fronds superdecompound ; leaflets alternate ; pinnas alternate, oblong, serrate ; stalk T R I not quite so large as a goose-quill, roundish, black, covered towards the top with a ferruginous moss, and having very many filamenta or clavicles, by which it takes firm hold of the bark of trees, and rises to fifteen or twenty feet high, turning itself round ; pinnules long, deeply cut in on the edges, very thin, pellucid, of a yellowish-green colour, having some dark opaque ribs running through them, and a woolly hair on them; fructifications at the end of the segments in a little cup. — Native of America, and common in the woods of Jamaica. 20. Trichomanes Chinense. Frond superdecompound; leaves and pinnas alternate, lanceolate ; segments of the pinnas wedge-shaped ; root scarcely villose ; stipe smooth, somewhat channelled in front, but with a blunt edge. — Native of China. 21. Trichomanes Rigidum. Fronds four times pinnatifid, erect, deltoid; leaflets spreading; pinnas lanceolate; seg- ments linear, gashed at the end ; fruit-bearing cups pedi- celled, axillary. — Native of Jamaica. 22. Trichomanes Polyanthos. Fronds four times pinna- tifid, deltoid, erect; pinnas and pinnules decurrent; seg- ments linear, obtuse; fructifications two-valved, numerous; stipe margined. — Native of Jamaica. 23. Trichomanes Clavatuin. Fronds four times pinnatifid, oblong-lanceolate, loose; pinnas and pinnules decurrent; segments linear, emarginate; fructifications terminating, two- valved, roundish; stipe roundish. — Native of Jamaica. 24. Trichomanes Canariense. Fronds superdecompound, three parted; leaflets alternate ; pinnas alternate, pinnatifid. — Found in the Canaries, and in Portugal. 25. Trichomanes Japonicum. Fronds superdecompound; pinnules gash-trifid, acute. — Native of Japan, upon the moun- tains; flowering from September to March. 26. Trichomanes Capillaceum. Fronds superdecompound; pinnas filiform, linear, one-flowered. — Native of South America. 27. Trichomanes Aculeatum. Frond superdecompound, scandent, very much branched: leaflets palmate; segments linear, obtuse; stipe prickly. — Native of Jamaica. Trichosanthes ; a genus of the class Moncecia, order Syn- genesia. — Generic Character. Male Flowers. Calix: perianth one-leafed, club-shaped, very long, smooth; mouth five-toothed, reflexed, small. Corolla: one petalled, five- parted, growing to the calix, flat, spreading; segments ovate- lanceolate, ciliate, with very long branching hairs. Stamina: filamenta three, very short, at the top of the calix ; antherae a cylindrical erect body, covered on all sides with a fariniferous line, creeping up and down. Pistil: styles three, very small, growing to the tube of the calix. Females, on the same plant. Calix: perianth as in the male, superior, deciduous. Corolla: as in the male. Pistil: germen oblong, slender, inferior ; style filiform, the length of the calix; stigmas three, oblong, awl- shaped, gaping. Pericarp: pome oblong, three-celled; cells remote. Seeds: many, compressed, obtuse, coated. Essen- tial Character. Calix: five-toothed. Corolla: five- parted, ciliate. Male. Filamenta three. Female. Style trifid ; pome oblong. The species are, 1. Trichosanthes Anguina ; Snake Gourd. Pomes round, oblong, curved in; stem obtusely five-cornered, rough-haired, climbing by tendrils; petioles thicker than the stem, rough- haired, subhispid ; peduncles axillary, in pairs, beside the trifid teudril; corolla white, with white ciliae, simple at the base, the rest alternately branched, longer than the corolla. This is an annual plant, the stalks of which run to a great length, and, unless supported, trail upon the ground like Cucumbers and Melons. The leaves are angular and rough. The flow- ers come out from the side of the stalk, are white, aud cut TR OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. T R I into many small threads. The fruit is taper, and nearly a foot long. It flowers in May and June. — Native of China and Cochin-china. Sow the seeds on a hot-bed early in the spring, and treat the plants in the same way as Cucumbers and Melous. The other species of Trichosanth.es, are, Scabra, Fcetidis- sima, Nervifolia, Caudata, Cucumerina, Amara, Tricuspi- data, Pilosa, Tuberosa, and Laciniosa. Trichostema ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gyin- nospermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one- leafed, two-lipped; upper lip twice as large, trifid, equal, acute; lower two parted, acute. Corolla: one-petalied, ringent ; tube very short ; upper lip compressed, sickle-shaped, lower three-parted, the middle segments very small, oblong. Stamina: filamenta four, capillary, very long, curved in, two of them a little shorter; antherae simple. Pistil: ger- men four-cleft; style capillary, length and figure of the fila- menta; stigma bifid. Pericarp: none; calix larger, reflexed, so that the upper lip becomes the lower, ventricose, con- verging. Seeds: four, roundish. Essential Character. Corolla: upper lip sickle-shaped. Stamina: very long. The species are, 1. Trichostema Dichotoma. Stamina very long, standing out; leaves small, roundish, not unlike those of Sweet Mar- joram, and covered with small fine downy hairs; flowers axillary, small, purple, appearing late in August, whence, except in warm seasons, the seeds will not ripen in England. It is an annual plant, rising about six or eight inches high, dividing into small branches. Native of Virginia and Penn- sylvania.— Sow the seeds of this and the following species in autumn, in pots filled with light earth : in winter place the pots under a frame, to shelter them from severe frost; but expose them to the open air at all times when the weather is mild. In the spring, transplant them to a bed of light earth ; shading them from the sun till they have taken new root, and keep them clean from weeds. 2. Trichostema Brachiata. Stamina short, included ; stalk herbaceous, branching, nearly a foot high. The leaves are a little hairy, and sessile, shaped like those of the Wild Mar joram. The flowers are produced at the top of the branches; they are small, and of a purple colour, and appear too late to ripen seeds often. — Native of Virginia. 3. Trichostema Spiralis. Stamina very long, spiral; stem herbaceous, four feet high, erect ; flowers pale violet, in long terminating spikes. — Native of Cochin-china. Trichosfomum ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Musci. Essential Character. Capsule oblong ; fringe of thirty-two capillary straightish teeth, approximated or united in pairs. The species are, * All the Teeth of the Fringe distinct at the base. 1. Trichostomum Trifarium ; Three-ranked Fringe Moss. Leaves lanceolate, or awl-shaped, in three rows, keeled, entire; capsule ovate ; stem branched. — Found at Clapham springs near Bedford, and occurring generally on high barren ground. 2. Trichostomum Capillaceum ; Capillary Fringe Moss. Leaves capillary, in two rows, sheathing and dilated at the base; capsule elliptic-cylindrical; lid conical; stems very densely tufted. — Found upon mountain-bogs in the north of Great Britain, also in Switzerland and Sweden. 3. Trichostomum Papillosum ; Papillary Fringe Moss. Leaves awl-shaped, keeled ; capsule elliptical, nearly erect, gibbous on the lower side at the base; lid conical; stem branched.— Native of turfy bogs in the Highlands of Scotland. ** Teeth of the Fringe connected in pairs at the base. 4. Trichostomum Lanuginosum ; Toothed Hoary Fringe Moss. Leaves lanceolate, with a pellucid toothed point; 123. GDI capsule ovate; stem procumbent, branched in a pinnate manner. This species is very frequent in dry mountainous woods, and on exposed rocks, stones, Walls, or heaths, bear- ing capsules, though rarely, in autumn. 6. Trichostomum Ericoides; Heath-like Hairy Fringe Moss. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, recurved, keeled, and deeply channelled, with a pellucid finely serrated point; capsule ovate; stem erect, with very short branches. This is one of the scarcest and most elegant of the genus,- and first found upon Snowden in Wales. f>. Trichostomum Canescens; Common Hoary Fringe Moss. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, with a central channel, but no nerve, and a pellucid rough point ; capsule ovate ; stem erect, with upright branches — This is almost universal in moun- tainous and maritime situations. 7. Trichostomum Fasciculare ; Beardless Hoary Fringe Moss. Leaves lanceolate, pointed, revolute, keeled ; cap- sule, ovate-oblong; stem branched, diffuse. — Found upon dry rocky mountains in the north, bearing plenty of capsules in the spring. 8. Trichostomum Glaucescens ; Glaucous Fringe Moss. Leaves linear-lanceolate, acute, rather glaucous ; capsule ovate, slightly furrowed ; stein erect, somewhat branched.— Native of Sweden and Scotland. 9. Trichostomum Lineare ; Linear-leaved Fringe Moss. Leaves linear lanceolate, imbricated, acute ; capsule ellip- tical ; lid conical, oblique; stem erects — Native of Scotland, Wales, and Northumberland. 10. Trichostomum Fontinalioides ; River Fringe Moss. Leaves lanceolate; capsules ovate, nearly sessile at the ends of the lateral shoots; stem floating, very much branched. — Found in the Ouse at Oakley in Bedfordshire, in the Isis at Oxford, and the Thames near Lambeth. Tridax ; a genus of the class Svngenesia, order Polygamia- Superflua. — Generic Character. Calix : common, cylindrical, imbricate ; scales ovate-oblong, obscurely te, erect. Corolla: compound, radiate; corollets hermaphro- dite, tubular, in the disk; female in the ray: proper in the hermaphrodites funnel-form, five-toothed, erect; in the females ligulate, three-parted ; segments equal, the middle one narrower. Stamina: in the hermaphrodites, filaments five, capillary, very short ; antherce cylindrical, tubular. Pistil: in the hermaphrodites, germen oblong; style bristle- shaped, length of the stamina ; stigma obtuse; in the females, germen oblong; style filiform, length of the corollet; stigma obtuse. Pericarp: none; calix unchanged. Seeds: in the hermaphrodites solitary, oblong; down many-rayed, simple, a little longer than the calix: in the females very like the others. Receptacle: chaffy, flat ; chaffs lanceolate, shorter than the seed. Essential Character. Calix: imbri- cate, cylindrical; corollets of the ray three-parted; down many-rayed, simple. Receptacle: chaffy. The only known species is, 1. Tridax Procumbens. Leaves placed by pairs, rough, hairy, about an inch and half long, and three quarters of an inch broad, ending in acuie points, and acutely jagged on the edges. The flowers are produced upon long naked pedun- cles, which terminate the branches. The florets are of a pale copper colour, inclining to white ; stalks trailing, and emitting roots at the joints, herbaceous and hairy. — Sow the seeds in pots plunged into a hot-bed. When the plants are fit to remove, put each into a small pot filled with light earth ; plunge the pots into the tan-pit ; shading them from the sun till they have taken new root, and then treating them in the same way as other tender plants from the West Indies, placing them in autumn in the bark-stove, where they should T R I THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; TR I constantly remain. As it rarely perfects seeds here, it may be increased by planting pieces of the stalks, which put forth roots at the joints. — Found near Vera Cruz in America. Trientalis ; a genus of the class Heptandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth seven- leaved; leaflets lanceolate, acuminate, spreading, permanent. Corolla: stellate, flat, one-petalled, equal, seven-parted, very slightly cohering at the base; segments ovate-lanceolate. Stamina : filamenta seven, capillary, inserted into the claws of the corolla, patulous, length of the calix ; antherae simple. Pistil: germen globular ; style filiform, length of the sta- mina; stigma headed. Pericarp: berry capsular, juiceless, globular, one-celled, covered with a very thin crust, opening by various sutures. Seeds: some, angular; receptacle very large, hollowed out for the seeds. Observe. Seven is the most common number in this plant, though it sometimes varies. The fruit is a dry berry, not opening by valves as the cap- sule does. Essential Character. Calix: seven-leaved. Corolla: seven parted, equal, flat; berry juiceless. The species are, 1. Trientalis Europasa ; Chickweed Winter-green. Leaves clustered, spreading, lanceolate, quite entire, smooth, veined; peduncles terminating, aggregate, one-flowered, spreading; flowers snow- vi bite, very elegant ; corolla divided almost to the base, permanent. — Native of the northern parts of Europe, of Canada, and Siberia, in w.oods on the side of mountains, and upon turfy heaths. 2. Trientalis Americana. Leaves narrow, lanceolate, acu- minate, oblique; flowers white. — Grows in cedar-swamps and other sphagnous places on high mountains, from Canada to Virginia. This delicate little plant, Pursh observes, dif- fers considerably from the European sort. Michaux and Nuttall consider it to be the same, the latter of whom deno- minates it a variety of Trientalis Europaca, affixing to its trivial name the Greek character 0. Trifolium ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decan- dria. — Generic Character. Calix: umbellet or head with the common receptacle; perianth one-leafed, tubular, five-toothed, permanent.’ Corolla: papilionaceous, com- monly permanent, shrivelling ; banner reflected; wings shorter than the banner; keel shorter than the wings. Stamina: filamenta diadelpbous, simple, and nine-cleft; antherae sim- ple. Pistil: germen subovate; style awl-shaped, ascending; stigma simple. Pericarp: legume scarcely longer than the calix, one-valved, not opening, deciduous. Seeds: very few, roundish. Observe. It is very difficult to give a com- plete character of this genus with its true and essential mark. The appearance and various attributes of this species prove this genus to be natural; nor have they discovered the limits, who have attempted to divide it. Essential Character. Flowers: in ahead. Legume: scarcely longer than the calix, not opening, deciduous. — —The species are, * Meiilots. Legumes naked, many-seeded. 1. Trifolium C.oeruleum ; Blue Melilot Trefoil. Racemes ovate; legumes half naked, mucronate; stem erect; spikes oblon" ; leaves ternate, with ovate leaflets, slightly serrate, standing upon pretty long footstalks ; the flowers are collected in oblong spikes, which stand upon very long stalks, springing from them at every joint of the stalk the whole length of it; they are of a. pale blue colour, and shaped like those of the Com- mon Melilot. Mr. Miller observes, that they appear in June :md July, and that the seeds ripen at the beginning of Septem- ber; that the whole plant lias a very strong scent, like t hat of Fenugreek, and perishes soon after the seed becomes ripe. Native of Germany. If the seeds of this and the seven following species, which arc annual plants, be permitted to scatter, they will rise without care, and require no other culture but to be kept clean from weeds, and to be thinned where they grow too close. 2. Trifolium Indicum; Indian Melilot Trefoil. Legumes racemed, naked, one-seeded ; stem erect. This lias the appearance of the fifth species, but is very tender, only two feet high, and upright; branches from the axils shorter; flowers white or yellow, but so small that their parts can scarcely be distinguished by the naked eye. There are seve- ral varieties, which can hardly be distinguished.— Native of the East Indies, China, Africa, and Italy. See the preccd ing species. 3. Trifolium Massanense; Sicilian Melilot Trefoil. Le- gumes racemed, naked, one-seeded, low, striated, semiovate, acute ; stems decumbent ; peduncles axillary, shorter than the leaf; flowers small, yellow ; raceme headed. — Native of Sicily, Italy, and Barbary. 4. Trifoliuni Polonicum ; Polish Melilot Trefoil. Le- gumes racemed naked, two seeded, lanceolate ; stem erect. This differs from the next species, in having the stalk altoge- ther round ; the leaves smaller, acuminate, acutely serrate at top; the flowers in the raceme remote, and on longer pedi- cels; the peduncles round, not grooved; the banners of the flowers folded back, witli the wings not outwardly and lon- gitudinally converging at their edges, but obliquely divari- cating; the legumes two seeded, little wrinkled, lanceolate, acuminate, longer. The stature and smell are the same; the flowers are of a very pale yellow colour. It flowers here from June to August. — Native of Poland. See the first species. 5. Trifolium Officinale; Common Melilot Trefoil. Le- gumes racemed, naked, two-seeded, wrinkled, acute; stem erect ; root annual, strong, woody ; leaves ternate, petioled, alternate; leaflets smooth, lanceolate, ohovate, or the lower ones oblong, wedge-shaped, the upper elliptical; they vary indeed much in form, and are commonly serrate, but some- times nearly entire : flowers small, drooping, varying in colour, hut with us almost always of a golden colour; they grow in long, peduncled, axillary spikes, very close together, on short capillary pedicels, each having a small awl shaped bracte. There cannot be a worse weed than this among bread-corn, fora few of the seeds ground with it spoil the flour, by communicating their peculiarly strong taste. The first variety differs only in having white flowers, but the last has a bien- nial root, a higher suffrutescent stem, and smaller flowers, with the banner bent down at the sides. Notwithstanding its strong smell and bitter acrid taste, it does not appear to be disagreeable to any cattle, and horses are said to be extremely partial to it. Bees are very fond of the flowers. The whole plant has a peculiar scent, which becomes more fragrant in a dry State, then having some resemblance to that of Anthoxanthum. The flowers are sweet: a water distilled from them possesses little odour in itself, but improves the flavour of other substances. In medicine it was esteemed emollient and digestive, and was used in fomentations and cataplasms, particularly in blister-plasters; but is uow laid aside, as being rather acrid and irritating than emollient. — It grows wild in most parts of Europe, in corn fields, pas- tures, and by way-sides.— The White Siberian Melilot, which Linncus considered as a varieity of this species, has been recommended by some French writers as food for cattle. It grows in Siberia in deep dry light land, and rises from three to nine feet in winter, but shoots again early in spring, and lasts from two or three to six years. It begins to flower about the middle of June, and is in full bloom by the middle of July. The stems and leaves are twice as large as those of the common sort, though the flowers, which are con- T R I OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. TR I 603 stantly white, are but half the size. It has been sown for twenty years by the side of Common Melilot in the Paris garden, without varying. Sown in the field on a light soil, but wet, it grew above eight feet high, and produced a great quantity of feed; it was given to cattle both green and dry, and they preferred it to every other food, especially when fresh cut. In a loose dry soil it will rise to six feet high, and in such land may be sown in autumn upon one earth, but in wet land it is safer to sow' it in spring, at which time the land must have two earths, and be well broken with the barrow. The seed being smaller than that of Clover, and the plant spreading more, half the quan- tity of seed usually sown of Clover will be sufficient. If sown in autumn, it may sometimes be mown in November: the first cuttings may be made into hay, but the last must be given to cattle green. By means of regular cutting, it may be preserved several years ; but if left to ripen its seed, soon becomes weak, and may be considered as a biennial. When cultivated by itself, it seems to be more prod active than Clover, but the produce becomes much more considerable, when cultivated with the Siberian Vetch ; for these plants possess all the qualities which can make’ their union desir- able.; they last the same time; shoot at the same period ; flower and seed together; extend their roots to different depths : one produces a thin and tender food, the other more solid and substantial ; and the warm quality of the one is tem- pered by the aqueousness of the other. 6. Trifolium Italicum ; Italian Melilot Trefoil. Legumes racemed, naked, two-seeded, wrinklerj, obtuse ; stem erect ; leaflets entire ; flowers small, yellow, in racemes. It flowers from June to August. — Native of Italy, 7. Trifolium Creticum ; Cretan Melilot Trefoil. Legumes racemed, naked, two-seeded, membranaceous ; stem nearly upright; flowers in racemes, noddiug. It flowers from June to August. — Native of Candia, and of Algiers. 8. Trifolium Ornithopodioides ; Bird’s-foot Melilot Tre- foil. Legumes naked, eight-seeded, about three together, twice as long as the calix ; stems declined; root fibrous, with small fleshy knobs, which appear to be designed for enabling it to resist accidental drought during summer; peduncles axillary, much shorter than the leaf-stalks, bear- ing usually two, but sometimes one, three, or even four slender pale red flowers, growing parallel to each other. — Native of Denmark, France, and- Britain, on dry gravelly heaths and pastures, found among short grass, flowering in June- and July. Its small size, and prostrate position, have probably caused it to be thought more rare than it really is. It has been found among corn half a mile from Tadcaster towards Sherborn ; also near Oxford; on the sandy banks by the sea-side near Tolesbury in Essex ; in Tothill fields, Westminster, and on Blackhealh; also on Moushold heath near Norwich ; about Mazarion and Penzance in Cornwall ; and at Maitland Bridge, between Musselburgh and Edinburgh. ** Lotoid: Legumes covered, many-seeded. 9. Trifolium Lnpinaster; Bastard Lupine Trefoil. Heads halved; leaves quinare, sessile; legumes many-seeded; root perennial ; stems several, from a foot to eighteen inches in height, round, with seven or eight joints, green or purplish. There are usually several heads at the end of the stem, of a roundish form, with the flowers pretty thickly set ; corolla purple. The circumstance of having more than three leaflets, usually five, is sufficient to distinguish this species. It flow- ers in July and August. — Native of Siberia. 10. Trifolium Reflexum; Reflex-headed Trefoil. Fruit- ing heads bent back; legumes three-seeded; leaves soft; seeds two or three. — Native of Virginia. 11. Trifolium Strictum; Upright Trefoil. Heads globu- lar ; legumes two-seeded ; calices length of the corollas ; leaf- lets serrulate; stipules rhombed ; root annual; stem branched at bottom, patulous, even ; corolla very small. — Native of Italy and Spain, in pastures. 12. Trifolium Hybridum ; Mule Trefoil. Heads umbelled; legumes four-seeded ; stem ascending; root perennial; pedun- cles not very long, but yet jointed as in the species next follow- ing; corollas gaping. — Native of several parts of Europe. 13. Trifolium Repens; Creeping White Trefoil, or Dutch Clover. Heads umbelled ; legumes four-seeded ; stem creep- ing; root perennial, fibrous; leaves on long petioles; flowers many, as far as sixty in a close head, very large in the cul- tivated plant, and of a round shape ; each flower is on a short pedicel, and has a small awl-shaped bracte; corolla white or tinged with purple, permanent. The flowers stand upright till they are withering, and then hang down. It is doubtful at w hat time this plant first came into cultivation in this country. On all our good lands it seems to arise spon- taneously, but is nevertheless much encouraged by the spreading of ashes or other manure. It does not come early, neither is it of a tall growth ; but it forms an excellent bottom in pastures, and produces great abundance of succulent stalks and leaves, affording late feed in dry summers when most of the grasses are burnt up.- It is common in pastures through- out the greatest part of Europe; flowering from the end of May to September. There are many varieties, depending on richness or poverty of soil. Two of them are remarkable; one with leaves of a deep purple colour, cultivated in gar- dens as an ornamental plant ; the other proliferous, or having small heads of leaves growing out of the flowers. In a moist fertile soil it acquires a more upright branching stem, but still remains sufficiently distinct from the preceding species. — Propagation and Culture. The seed of this plant is annually imported from Flanders by way of Holland, from whence it received the name of Dutch Clover; not that it is any more a native of that country than of this, but because there they collect the seeds in larger quantities, which might be done here if the same care were taken with this species as is bestowed upon the Red Clover sort: it would well repay every farmer that would sow an acre or two with the White Clover seeds, by saving the expense of purchasing, and by the sale of any quantity he may have to spare. It is an abiding plant, with branches trailing upon the ground, and sends out many roots from every joint ; which thicken, and make the closest sward of any of the sown Grasses, and is the sweetest feed for all sorts of cattle yet known : therefore when land is designed to be laid down for pasture, with intent to be continued so, there should always be a quantity of the seeds of this plant sown with the Grass-seeds. The usual allowance is eight pounds to one acre of land, but it should never be sown with corn; for if there be a crop of corn, the grass will be so weak under it as to be scarcely u'orth standing; yet such is the covetousness of farmers, that they will not be prevailed on to alter their old custom of laying down their grounds with a crop of corn, though they lose twice. the value of their corn by the poorness'of the grass, which never will come to a good sward, and one whole season is also lost ; for if this seed be sown in the spring without corn, there will be a crop of hay to mow by the middle or latter end of July, and a much better after-feed for cattle in the following autumn of winter, than the stems a foot and half high, with leaves of the same shape, but smaller, and placed opposite ; they are termi- nated by long spikes of blue flowers, which appear in June. — -Native of Germany, Austria, and Russia. See thq first species. 6. Veronica Incana ; Hoary Speedwell. Spikes terminat- ing; leaves opposite, crenate, obtuse; stem erect, tomentose; flowers deep blue, appearing iu June and July.— Native of Russia. See the first species. 7. Veronica Spicata ; Spiked Speedwell. Spike terminat- ing; leaves opposite, bluntisb, crenate, serrulate, quite entire at the tip; stem ascending, simple; root perennial; corolla deep blue, with the orifice of the tube bearded. Dr. Withering remarks, that the leaves are narrower in propor- tion to their length, and more pointed than in the Hybrida; that the stamina are much longer than the corolla; and that the antherae, as well as that, are blue. In gardens it be- comes much more luxuriant: there the stalks rise a foot and half high, but never branch; the lower leaves are an inch and half long, and three quarters of an inch broad. — Native of Europe and Siberia, in dry calcareous pastures, flowering from July to September. Its bright blue flowers agreeably enliven the barren places where it generally grows. It has been observed in several closes, adjoining to Newmarket heath beyond Rottesham ; among the furze near Hare Park, about Horseheath Hall, and on the walls of St. John’s College, Cambridge; on Cavenham Heath; near Bury, in 127. Suffolk; near Penny-bridge, Lancashire; and about Pen- zance, in Cornwall. 8. Veronica Hybrida; Welsh Speedwell. Spikes terminat- ing; leaves opposite, elliptic, obtuse, unequally crenate, ser- rate; stem nearly upright. The difference between this and the preceding is not easily defined, and yet they seem to be distinct, though some have thought otherwise. — Found near Cartmel Fells, Lancashire, and in different parts of North Wales. See the first species. 9. Veronica Pinnata ; Winged-leaved Speedwell. Spikes terminating; leaves pinnatifid, subfascicled ; segments fili- form, divaricating; root perennial; stems diffused, erect; flowers blue, appearing in July. — Native of Siberia. 10. Veronica Laciniata; Jagged-leaved Speedwell. Ra- cemes subspiked, terminating; leaves pinnatifid, laciuiate. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Siberia. 11. Veronica Incisa ; Cat-leaved Speedwell. Spikes termi- nating; leaves lanceolate, gash-pinnatifid, smooth. It flowers in July and August. — Native of Siberia. 12. Veronica Catarractae. Racemes terminating, flexuose; stem suffruticose ; leaves lanceolate, serrate. — Native of New Zealand. 13. Veronica Elliptica; Elliptic-leaved Speedwell. Ra- cemes lateral ; stem shrubby ; leaves elliptic, quite entire. — Native of New Zealand. 14. Veronica Macrocarpa ; Long-fruited Speedwell. Ra- cemes subterminating, erect ; leaves lanceolate, quite entire, smooth, flat; stem shrubby; branches round, smooth, joint- ed, covered with a brown bark ; tube of the corolla twice as long as the calix. — Native of New Zealand. 15. Veronica Salicifolia ; Willow-leaved Speedwell. Ra- cemes lateral, nodding; leaves lanceolate, quite entire; stem shrubby; branches round, smooth, covered with bark, joint- ed, marked with rings after the leaves are fallen, the thick- ness of a goose-quill. — Native of New Zealand. See the first species. 16. Veronica Parviflora; Small-jlowered Speedwell. Ra- cemes subterminating; leaves linear-lanceolate, quite entire, smooth, one to two inches long; stem shrubby ; branches round, smooth. — Native of New Zealand. 17. Veronica Officinalis; Common Speedwell. Spikes lateral, peduncled ; leaves opposite, rugged ; stem procum- bent; root perennial, fibrous; corolla tube half as long as the calix, white; border pale purple, or faint violet, with deeper veins or streaks. It has been much recommended, especially in Germany and Sweden, as a substitute for Tea, than which it is more astringent and less grateful. As a medicine, it has had a considerable share of fame, particu- larly in disorders of the lungs, as coughs, asthmas, consump- tions, &c. in which it was said not only to prove expectorant, but to heal internal ulcers. The leaves have a weak, not disagreeable smell, which is dissipated in drying; they give it over in distillation with water, but without yielding any separable oil : they are bitterish and roughish to the taste, and an extract made from them by rectified spirit, is mode- rately astringent. A decoction of the whole plant is good to remove obstructions. It operates by urine, and consequently is serviceable in the jaundice, and beginning of dropsies. A slight tincture or infusion of it promotes perspiration, and is good in feverish complaints. The juice, boiled into a syrup with honey, is excellent in asthmatic complaints, and other disorders of the lungs; and outwardly applied, is a cure for the itch, and other cutaneous disorders. A strong decoction given as a clyster, with the addition of a little oil, eases those colicky pains which arise from the stone or gravel ; an infusion of the leaves, drank constantly in the manner of tea, is 9 B 740 V E R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; V E R a strengthened and provocative to venery ; and i£, by some, ridiculously supposed to be a cure for barrenness. It varies in the colour of the flowers, pale blue, pale red, and white ; but what is much more remarkable, it has been found abroad with double flowers. — Native of Europe, on dry sandy pastures and heaths: it is not uncommon in England, flowering from May or June to August. 18. Voronica Allionii ; Shining leaved Speedwell. Spikes lateral, peduncled ; leaves opposite, roundish, shining, rigid; stems smooth, creeping; root perennial creeping; flowers very numerous, violet-coloured. — It is plentiful on the Alps of Switzerland, and also upon the Pyrenees. 19. Veronica Decussata; Cross-leaved Speedwell. Ra- cemes axillary, few-flowered ; leaves elliptic, perennial, quite entire ; stem shrubby ; branchlets alternate, spreading, round, or indistinctly quadrangular; corolla milk-white, with the divisions nearly equal, spreading, and the orifice beardless. Dr. Smith remarks, that the flowers, having no scent and little beauty, this shrub would not be worth cultivating, were it not for the amenity, abundance, and singularity of the perennial leaves. Mr. Curtis, on the other hand, says, it is entitled to our admiration, on account of the most delicious fragrance of the blossoms. — Native of the Falkland Islands. This is a hardy green-house plant, and may be placed with the Myrtles. In mild winters it willjeven stand secure in the open air, in a warm soil and sheltered situation. It is usually and readily increased by cuttings. ** Corymb racemed. 20. Veronica Aphylla; Naked-stalked Speedwell. Corymb terminating; scape naked; stems not longer than a finger, very slender, somewhat villose, leafless, few-flowered ; corolla tinged inelegantly with blue. It varies considerably, and commonly appears as a single tuft of villose rounded leaves ; but sometimes with several stems creeping to right and left, forming tufts here and there, and bearing only two or three flowers upon each. There is also a variety differing in the greater size of all the parts.— It flowers in May, and is a native of the southern Alps of Europe. See the first species. 21. Veronica Bellidioides ; Daisy-leaved Speedwell. Co- rymb terminating; stem ascending, two-leaved ; leaves obtuse, crenate ; calices hirsute ; spike of pale grayish-blue flowers terminating the stem. It flowers in June and July. — Native of the Alps of Switzerland, especially about Aigle, Piedmont, Dauphiny, and Silesia. 22. Veronica Gentianoides ; Gentian-leaved Speedwell. Corymb terminating; stem ascending; leaves lanceolate, cartilaginous at the edge, the lower connate, sheathing ; root perennial; corolla large, beautiful, of a deep blue; foot- stalks hairy. — Found by Tournefort in Cappadocia. 23. Veronica Ponae; Pond's Speedwell. Raceme termi- nating; stem quite simple; leaves cordate-ovate, toothed, sessile; root perennial. — Native of the Pyrenees. 24. Veronica Fruticulosa; Flesh-coloured Shrubby Speed- well. Corymb terminating, many-flowered, spiked; leaves elliptic-lanceolate; stems erect; capsule ovate, four-valved. In strong woody roots, and stems branching and intricate at their base, this agrees with the following species; but the flowering-branches are perfectly upright, six inches and more in height, each bearing a spike rather than a corymb, com- posed of a considerable number of flesh-coloured flowers. In both, the flowering branches are merely annuals, though the stem below is woody, and truly perennial, so that the latter ought rather to be esteemed the naked crown of the root. — Native of the mountains of Switzerland, Austria, Piedmont, Dauphiny, and the Pyrenees. 25. Veronica Saxatilis; Blue Rock Speedwell. Corymb terminating, few-flowered ; leaves elliptic ; stems diffused ; capsule ovate, four-valved. The root runs deeply into the fissures of rocks, and the woody, branching, entangled stems form small tufts, whence the simple, leafy, round, downy, flowering branches, three or four inches long, spread in every direction. From three to six large handsome dark blue flowers grow in a short terminating corymb, the pedicels of which are twice or thrice as long as the corresponding bractes. Orifice of the corolla elegantly tinged with red. This beauti- ful little plant has been long known in curious collections by the trivial name of Fruticulosa. — Native of Switzerland, Austria, Denmark, Norway, and Scotland; found, in the last, upon Ben Lawers. 26. Veronica Alpina; Alpine Speedwell. Corymb termi- nating, subspiked ; leaves ovate, smooth, subserrate ; calix ciliate; stem ascending, simple; root perennial, of long simple fibres; flowers small, in a short dense blunt spike or corymb, afterwards lengthened out into a raceme; corolla bright blue. It flowers in July and August. — Native of the mountains of Europe : found in Scotland. 27. Veronica Integrifolia ; Entire-leaved Speedwell. Co- rymb terminating; leaves opposite, elliptic, obtuse, quite entire; calices hairy; corolla small, blue or white. — Na- tive of the Palatinate, Bohemia, and Silesia. See the first species. 28. Veronica Serpyllifolia; Smooth Speedwell, or Paul’s Betony. Raceme terminating, subspiked ; leaves ovate, sub- crenate, three-nerved, smooth ; capsule obcordate, shorter than the style; roots perennial, fibrous, and the prostrate stems throw out numerous radicles, by which the plant is much increased. In wet places the whole herb is very smooth and shining, rather fleshy; when it occurs in very dry spots it becomes all over downy. Mr. Curtis counter! sixty seeds on one of the capsules, which are of a yellowish-brown colour, and of a nearly ovate form. — Native of Europe, Siberia, Barbary, and North America : it is common with us in pastures that are rather moist, sometimes in the shady parts of cultivated grounds, flowering in the early part of summer. 29. Veronica Tenella. Leaves oblong, crenate; stems creeping; calices villose. This is thought to be a variety of the foregoing species. — Native of the Piedmont Alps, and Pyrenees. *30. Veronica Beccabunga ; Broad-leaved Broolclime, or Water Speedwell. Racemes lateral; leaves elliptic, flat; stem creeping; root perennial, of long simple fibres; clusters axillary, opposite, erect, longer than the leaves, composed of numerous blue flowers, in perfection about June or July. The leaves are mild and succulent, and may be eaten with water-cresses, as a salad, in the spring. They have a bitter- ish subaslringent taste, but manifest little or no acrimony, nor any peculiar odour. To derive any advantage from it, the juice must be used in large quantities, or the fresh plants eaten as food. The juice of this plant may either be taken alone, or mixed with the juice of water-cress, or any other plant of similar virtues. An infusion of this plant, in boiling water, is diuretic, and serviceable in the jaundice and dropsy. The leaves, bruised and applied to green wounds, soon heal them; and made into a poultice, and applied to the part, they give ease in the piles. It is generally gathered for medical purposes ; and, together with Scurvy-grass, is an ingredient in that nauseous composition called Spring Juices. — Native of Europe, Siberia, and Barbary. 31. Veronica Anagallis; Long-leaved Brooklime or Water Speedwell. Racemes lateral, opposite; leaves lanceolate, serrate ; stem erect ; root perennial, creeping. The whole V E R OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. V E R 741 herb agrees very much with the preceding in habit, and probably in its general qualities. — Native of Europe, Siberia, Barbary, and North America. See the first species. 32. Veronica Scutellata ; Narrow-leaved Brooklime, or Marsh Speedwell. Racemes lateral, alternate ; pedicels diva- ricating; leaves linear, toothletted ; root perennial, throwing out creeping runners, and a few weak simple spreading stems. — Native of many parts of Europe and Barbary, in bogs and on the edges of ponds upon heaths or moors, dow- ering from June to September. It has been observed on the Hill of Health, at Barnwell; by the road to Histon ; on Feversham moor, and in the pits near Gamlingay bogs, Cambridgeshire; at Fenlake, Stevington, and Ampthiil, Bed- fordshire; in the peat bogs on Bullington Green, and at Otmore in Oxfordshire; in the boggy meadows near Bungay in Suffolk; at Broadmoor near Hales Owen; in the ditches about Tamworth ; on Poole and Canford heaths in Purbeck ; on Streatham common in Surry ; also on Hampstead heath, and in the bogs on Harefield common, Middlesex. See the first species. 33. Veronica Teucrium ; Hungarian Speedwell. Racemes lateral, very long; leaves ovate, wrinkled, toothed, bluntish; stems procumbent. There is a variety with a double flower. The calices seem to be five-cleft. — Native of Germany, &c. 34. Veronica Pilosa ; Hairy Speedwell. Racemes axil- lary ; leaves ovate, obtuse, plaited, deeply toothed ; stem prostrate, hairy, in two rows ; calix four-cleft, with the two outer segments bigger. — Native of Austria and Bohemia. 35. Veronia Prostrata ; Trailing Speedwell. Racemes lateral; leaves oblong, ovate, serrate; stems prostrate; root perennial. — Native of Germany, Italy, and Switzerland. 36. Veronica Pectinata ; Comb-waved Speedwell. Racemes lateral, leafed; leaves oblong, pectinate, serrate; steins prostrate ; root perennial ; flowers lateral, a hand in length. — This species was found in the neighbourhood of Constan- tinople. 37. Veronica Montana; Mountain Speedwell . Racemes lateral, elongated, filiform, few-flowered ; leaves ovate, peti- oled, serrate ; stem hairy all round ; root fibrous, perennial ; flowers pale blue, painted with purple. — Native of Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Italy, and Britain. In the last it is found in shady and rather moist woods, particularly on a chalky soil; flowering in May and June. It is found grow- ing copiously in Charlton wood ; and has been observed in the woody part of the Devil's Ditch on Newmarket heath ; in Hailwood about Linton, and in Gamlingay Park, Cam- bridgeshire; also at Eversholt, Bedfordshire; in Shotover plantations, Stokenchurch, and Nettlebed woods, near Wor- cester; at Shortwood, Pucklechurch, Gloucestershire; by the river side under Hodhill, Dorsetshire; about Kirkstall Abbey, near Leeds, and common in other parts of Yorkshire ; as well as in the woods at Dunglass near the river, Scotland. See the first species. 38. Veronica Chamaedrys; Germander Speedwell. Ra- cemes lateral ; leaves ovate, sessile, wrinkled, gash-serrate ; stem hairy, in two rows ; root perennial, fibrous, a little creeping; flowers as many as twenty in a raceme, on slender pedicels, with a lanceolate bracte at the base of each ; they are large, the corolla bright blue, elegantly veined of a deeper blue, pale and somewhat flesh-coloured on the outside ; the orifice is white, as are also the base and the point of the filamenta, the pollen, and the base of the style. Few of our wild flowers can vie with this in elegance and brilliancy, and many with far less beauty are sedulously cultivated in our gardens. In May and June every hedge, bank, and grassy bottom, is adorned with it: at night, or in damp wea- ther, the corolla closes, but in dry bright weather appears fully expanded; and though each flower is short-lived, there is a copious succession. Dr. Withering thinks the leaves to be a better substitute for Tea than those of the Common Speed- well, because they are more grateful, and less astringent. 39. Veronica Orientalis; Oriental Speedwell. Racemes lateral; leaves pinnatifid, smooth, acute, attenuated at the base; calices unequal; pedicels capillary, longer than the bracte ; stalks declining, with narrow leaves upon them. The flowers are of a pale blue colour, and appear at the end of April. — Native of the Levant. 40. Veronica Multifida; Multifid-leaved Speedwell. Ra- cemes lateral; leaves many-parted; segments pinnatifid; lobes decurrent; peduncles short ; calix very smooth ; stem villose. — Native of Siberia. See the first species. , 41. Veronica Austriaca; Austrian Speedwell. Racemes lateral ; leaves somewhat hairy, linear, pinnatifid, the lowest segments longer, divaricating; calices somewhat hairy; pedun- cles longer than the bracte ; flowers in long loose axillary spikes, of a bright blue colour: they appear from June to August.— Native of Austria, Carniola, and Silesia. Seethe first species. 42. Veronica Taurica; Tauric Speedwell. Racemes late- ral ; leaves somewhat hairy, linear, undivided, and pinna- tifid, toothletted; peduncles longer than the bracte; calix four-cleft, smooth; corolla rose-coloured. — Native of Tauria. 43. Veronica Urticaefolia ; Nettle-leaved Speedwell. Ra- cemes lateral ; leaves cordate, sessile, sharply serrate, acu- minate; stem stiff ; calix-leaves four; root perennial ; corolla fie-h-coloured. It flowers in June and July. — Native of Switzerland, Bithynia, Austria, and Bavaria. See the first species. 44. Veronica Latifolia; Broad-leaved Speedwell. Racemes lateral ; leaves cordate, sessile, wrinkled, bluntly serrate ; stem stiff; calix leaves five. The flowers are large and elegant ; the|tube is white, but the border of an elegant blue, with deeper stripes. — Native of Austria, growing in shrubby places about hedges, and sometimes in meadows. It flowers in June. — Native of Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. See the first species. 45. Veronica Paniculata ; Panicled Speedwell. Racemes lateral, very long; leaves lanceolate, tern-serrate; stem ascend- ing.— Native of Tartary and Bohemia. *** Peduncles one-flowered. 46. Veronica Biloba ; Two-lobed Speedwell. Flowers soli- tary; leaves cordate, lanceolate, toothed; calix-leaves equal, ovate, acuminate, three-nerved; root fibrous, annual; corolla small, white. — Found in the corn-fields of Cappadocia. 47. Veronica Agrestis ; Procumbent Speedwell. Flowers solitary ; leaves ovate, gash-serrate, shorter than the pedun- cle ; stems procumbent ; seeds cupped ; root annual, small fibrous ; flowers on simple axillary peduncles, exceeding their corresponding leaves in length, and finally curved downwards.- — Found throughout Europe. 48. Veronica Arvensis; Wall Speedwell, or Speedwell Chickweed. Flowers solitary; leaves ovate, gash-serrate; floral leaves lanceolate, longer than the peduncle; stem erect* root annual, fibrous. — Native of Europe, Barbary, Japan' and North America. In the neighbourhood of Rome it occurs with white flowers. In England it occurs in dry gravelly fields, waste sandy places, dry pastures, and on walls, flowering in May. See the first species. 49. Veronica Hederifolia ; Ivy-leaved Speedwell, or Small Henbit. Flowers solitary ; leaves cordate, flat, five-lobed ; calicine segments cordate; seeds cupped ; root annual, small, fibrous ; corolla pale blue, shorter than the calix ; mouth 742 V I B THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; V I B villose within. This has the greatest affinity to the Agrestis in its habit and place of growth, and in the peculiar formation of its seed-vessels and seeds; in which both totally differ from the other British species. — Native of Europe and Bar- bary, in gardens and corn-fieids; abundant in light soils, flowering in April and May. 50. Veronica Filiformis; Long -peduncled Speedwell. Flowers solitary ; leaves cordate, crenate, shorter than the peduncle; calix-leaves lanceolate; root annual; stems fili- form, procumbent ; flowers axillary, large. — Found in Syria. 51. Veronica Triphyllos ; Trifid-leaved Speedwell, or Upright Chickweed. Flowers solitary ; upper leaves digitate ; peduncles longer than the calix ; seeds flatted ; root annual, fibrous; stem mostly branched; corolla deep blue; seeds numerous, obovate, flatted. Its divided leaves, the deep rich blue colour of its flowers, and the largeness of its seed- vessels, distinguish this at once from every other British spe- cies. It is common to most parts of Europe, and chiefly found in corn-fields, where the corn is light : it is of very partial growth in this country, being found principally in the sandy tract which connects Norfolk and Suffolk. It flowers in March and April, and the seeds ripen in June. See the first species. 52. Veronica Verna ; Vernal Speedwell. Flowers solitary, subsessile; leaves finger-parted; peduncles shorter than the calix; stem stiff’ and straight; calix much longer than the corolla, and deeply divided into four lanceolate blunt unequal segments ; corolla blue, with a green base. — Native of many parts of Europe. 53. Veronica Digitata; Finger-leaved Speedwell. Flowers solitary, sessile; all the leaves finger-parted; stem stiff and straight; root annual. — Native of the south of France, about Montpellier; and of Spain and Bohemia. 54. Veronica Acinifolia ; Basil-leaved Speedwell. Flowers peduncled, solitary ; leaves ovate, smooth, crenate ; stem erect, somewhat hairy. — Native of Germany, Switzerland, and Piedmont. — It flowers in May. See the first species. 55. Veronica Peregrina ; Knotgrass-leaved Speedwell. Flowers solitary, sessile ; leaves oblong, bluntish, toothed, and entire. — Native of the north of Europe, 'Germany, Da.u- phiny, and Italy. See the first species. 56. Veronica Bellardi ; Linear-leaved Speedwell. Flowers solitary, peduncled; leaves linear, quite entire, rough haired, longer than the flower ; stem quite small, erect. The whole plant is hirsute. — Native of the pastures of Piedmont. 57. Veronica Marilandica; North American Speedwell. FloweTs solitary, sessile; leaves linear; stems diffused. — Native of North America. Vervain. See Verbena. Vervain, Mallow. See Malva. Vespertilis. See Passiflora. Vetch. See Vicia. Vetch, Bitter. See Orobus. Vetch Chickling 1 Lath Vetch, Crimson-Grass.} J Vetch, Hatchet. See Coronilla. Vetch, Horse-shoe. See Hippocrepis. Vetch, Milk. See Astragalus. „ Vetchling . See Lathyrus Aphaca. Viburnum; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Trigy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth five-parted, superior, very small, permanent. Corolla: one-petalled, bell- shaped, five-cleft ; segments blunt, reflexed. Stamina: fila- menta five, awl-shaped, length of the corolla ; antherae roundish. Pistil: germen inferior, roundish; style none, but in its stead a turbinate gland ; stigmas three. Pericarp: berry roundish, one-celled. Seed: bony, roundish. Essen- tial Character. Calix: five-parted, superior. Corolla: five-cleft. Berry; one-seeded. The species are, 1. Viburnum Tinus; Laurustinus, or Laurustine. Leaves quite entire, ovate ; ramifications of the veins villose, glan- dular. There are several varieties of this species ; one has variegated leaves, others gold and silver stripes. The ber- ries of this plant are very hot, and inflame the fauces violently, like those of Mezereon and Spurge-Laurel; though starlings devour them greedily. Native of the south of Europe, and of Barbary. — This with its varieties are propagated by laying down their young branches, which put out roots very freely, so that when they are layed in autumn, they will be well rooted by that time twelvemonth, when they should be taken from the old plants, and may either be planted where they are to remain, or into a nursery for two years to get strength. The best season to transplant them is at Michaelmas, that they may get new root before winter; for as they begin to flower early in winter, it is a plain indication of their grow- ing at that season, and they will more surely succeed then than at any other time of the year: but they may be removed in the spring w ith balls of earth to their roots, provided it is done before they begin to shoot: they may also be removed at the end of July or the beginning of August, if rain should happen at this season ; for after they have done shooting, which is soon after Midsummer, they will be in no danger if not kept too long out of the ground. They may also be increased by seeds, which should be mixed with earth in autumn, soon after they are ripe ; they should then be exposed to the air, and receive the rain in winter, and in the spring they may be sown upon a gentle hot-bed, which will bring up the plants ; they should remain in the bed till autumn, and then may be tranplanted, and treated in the same way as the layers. The Laurustinus is sometimes trained up to round heads with naked stems, but these in the open air will be more exposed to suffer from frost than those which have the branches growing rude from the bottom; for if the frost kills the outer part of the shoots, the stems wiil be protected, and will soon put out new branches, but where the stems are naked the frost frequently kills them to the root. The blossoms of this plant are never destroyed, except in very severe seasons, but smoke is very injurious. The shining-leaved variety is the most ornamental, but at the same time the most tender. It thrives best in sheltered situations and a dry soil. 2. Viburnum Tinoides. Leaves elliptic, smooth, quite entire ; branches and cymes round, hirsute. This resembles the preceding species. — Native of South America. 3. Viburnum Villosum ; Hoary Viburnum. Leaves quite entire, ovate, hoary, and villose beneath ; stem a fathom high, with ash-coloured bark; branches round, hoary; corolla whitish, with roundish spreading segments. It flowers in autumn. — Native of the mountains in the southern parts of Jamaica. 4. Viburnum Scandens ; Climbing Viburnum. Shrubby, scandent: leaves o.blong-serrate ; cymes slender, hairy, of three unequal branches; flowers white; stem frutescent, branched; branches and brancldets alternate, round, ash-coloured, smooth, climbing; styles three, divaricating; filamenta ten. — Native of Japan. 5. Viburnum Nudum; Oval-leaved Viburnum. Leaves oval, somewhat wrinkled, rolled back at the edge, and obscurely crenulate; stem strong, covered with a brown smooth bark, ten or twelve feet high, sending out woody branches on every side in its whole length. The flowers are produced in large umbels at the ends of the branches, and are like those of the first species in shape and colour, but smaller# V I B OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. V I B 743 and the stamina much larger than the corolla. They appear in July, and are succeeded by roundish berries, which when ripe are black, but rarely ripen in England. — Native of North America. C. Viburnum Prunifolium ; Plum-leaved Viburnum. Leaves obovate, roundish and oval, smooth, sharply serrate; peti- oles margined ; stalk woody, ten or twelve feet high, covered with a brown bark, and branching its whole leugth ; flowers white, in small umbels, lateral, and terminating. — Native of North America. 7. Viburnum Dauricum. Leaves ovate, serrate, dotted, hairy ; cymes dichotomous, few-flowered. This is an upright shrub, with slender, jointed, straight, opposite, spreading branches, covered with a whitish-gray bark ; corollas yellow- ish-white; berry globular, large, ovate, depressed. — Native of Russia and Siberia. 8. Viburnum Dentatum ; Tooth-leaved Viburnum. Leaves ovate, tooth-serrate, plaited ; stalks soft and pithy, branching out greatly from the bottom upward, and covered with a gray bark; flowers in terminating corymbs, white. They appear in June, but are not succeeded by berries in England. There are two varieties of this species, one with the leaves smooth on both sides, the other with the leaves downy under- neath, and drawn out to a point. — Native of North America. This is generally propagated by layers. The young shoots take root very freely; as also will the cuttings if planted in autumn. The seeds, when imported, generally remain a year in the earth. 9. Viburnum Plicatum ; Plaited-leaved Viburnum. Leaves ovate, obtuse, tooth-serrate, plaited ; flowers radiate. — Native of Japan, about Fammamato in Fakona. 10. Viburnum Erosum. Leaves ovate, acuminate, erose, serrate, smooth; petioles tomentose ; stem upright, shrubby; branches opposite, angular, ash-coloured, smooth, from spreading upright; flowers in a decompound umbelled panicle, terminating the branchlets, not radiate; peduncles and pedi- cels angular, hairy. — Native of Japan. 11. Viburnum Lanlana ; Way-faring Tree. Leaves cor- date, serrate, veined, tomentose beneath. This is a thickly branched shrub, or small tree, having round, pliant, mealy twigs, with the same kind of tufted stellated pubescence, as is found on the flower stalks, backs, and even upper surfaces, of the leaves; flowers in large, terminating, solitary, many-flow- ered cymes ; corolla white, cloven half way down, spreading. This is generally supposed to have been the Viburnum of Virgil, though he only contrasts it with the Ball Cypress, and says nothing by which it can be distinguished from shrubs in general. There is a variety in North America with much larger leaves, and another in our nurseries with varie- gated leaves ; but they become plain when the shrubs are removed into good ground, and grow vigorously. — Native of Europe, except in the most northerly countries. In England, where the bark of the root is used to make bird-lime, it is chiefly found in a calcareous soil, among woods and hedges, flowering in May. This may be propagated either from seeds or layers, but the former method is seldom practised, because the seeds rarely grow the first year, and the branches easily put out roots. The best time for laying those branches is in autumn, just as the leaves begin to fall. By the suc- ceeding autumn they will be rooted, and may then be removed into a nursery for two or three years, and then planted where they are to remain : this kind is very hardy. The Striped variety may be propagated by inarching or bud- ding upon the plain sort ; but there is no great beauty in it. The American variety is much superior to the European. 12. Viburnum Tomentosum; Downy Viburnum. Leaves 128. ovate, acuminate, serrate, veined, tomentose beneath ; umbels lateral; branches round, smooth, tinged with red, divaricat- ing, subdivided. — Native of Japan, in woods, flowering in April and May. 13. Viburnum Hirtum ; Rough Viburnum. Leaves ovate, serrate, villose; petioles rough-haired; stem flexuose, erect, round, smooth ; stigma two-lobed. — Native of Japan. 14. Viburnum Oxycoccus; Cranberry Guelder Rose. Leaves three-lobed, acute at the base, three-ribbed ; footstalks furnish- ed with glands ; cymes radiant ; berries red, of an agreeable acid. — Grows in shady and swampy woods in North America. 15. Viburnum Orientale; Oriental Viburnum. Leaves three-lobed, acuminate, grossly and bluntly toothed ; petioles smooth, and without glands. This is so nearly allied to the preceding species, that it can only he distinguished by the leaves being grossly toothed, instead of sharply serrate. — Native of the Levant and of Russia. 16. Viburnum Opulus; Water Elder, or Guelder Rose. Leaves three-lobed, acuminate, toothed ; petioles glandular, smooth. This is a small bushy tree, smooth in all its parts, and very much branched ; branches opposite, round ; cymes terminating, solitary, composed of many white flowers, radiant ; the inner perfect, small, resembling those of Elder; those in the margin abortive, consisting merely of a large irregular flat petal, without any organs of fructification. — There are several varieties, viz. The American, distinguished from the Euro- pean by its twigs of a shining red colour. This is a native of South Carolina, and other parts of North America. The beautiful variety so common in plantations, bearing large round bunches of abortive flowers only, and grouping so elegantly with Lilac and Laburnum in the early part of sum- mer, will rise to the height of eighteen or twenty feet, if permitted to stand. The stein becomes large, the branches grow irregular, and are covered with a gray bark. The flowers come out in a large corymb, are very white, and, being all neuters, are barren. From their extreme whiteness, and sw'elling out into a globular form, some persons call it Snow- ball Tree, which, as conformable to the Schueeball of the Germans, is thought to be preferable to the Dutch deriva- tive, Guelder Rose. Native of Europe. It is common in our woods and hedges, and watery places, flowering early in June. The bright red berries ripen about September, and towards the middle of October the leaves assume a beautiful pink colour ; affording another instance, in addition to the Cornel, of a genus mostly American, the leaves of which turn red in autumn. This may be increased in the same way as the first species ; it loves a soft loamy soil, and requires a sheltered situation. The American variety is easily propa- gated by layers or cuttings. — The Guelder Rose sends out plenty of suckers, by which it is frequently increased ; but the plants so raised being subject to put out suckers, they are not so good as those which come from layers or cuttings. It requires a moist soil, in which it will make much greater progress, and produce flowers more plentifully, than upon a dry soil. 17. Viburnum Dilatatum. Leaves obovate, acuminate, unequally toothed, villose ; stem upright, somewhat angular, ash-coloured, villose; flowers in panicles, not radiate ; style simple. — Native of Japan. 18. Viburnum Macrophyllum ; Long leaved Viburnum. Leaves obovate, acuminate, toothed, smooth ; stem and branches round ; flowers in panicles, not radiate ; peduncles and pedicels tomentose ; style simple, very short. — Native of Japan. 19. Viburnum Cuspidatum. Leaves cuspidate, serrate, villose. — Native of Japan. 9 C 744 V I C THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; V I C 20. Viburnum Lentago ; Pear-leaved Viburnum. Leaves broad-ovate, acuminate, sharply serrate ; petioles margined, curled ; branches bent or hanging down. — Native of North America, from Canada to Carolina, flowering in July. 21. Viburnum Cassinoides; Thick-leaved Viburnum. Leaves lanceolate, even, rolled back at the edge, indistinctly crenate. It flowers in June. — Native of North America. 22. Viburnum Nitidum; Shining-leaved Viburnum. Leaves linear, lanceolate, shining, above indistinctly senate, or entire. — Native of North America. 23. Viburnum Laevigatum ; Cassioberry Bush. Leaves lanceolate, even, remotely serrate, quite entire at the base; stein twelve or fourteen feet high, sending out branches from the bottom to the top; peduncles axillary, very short, sup- porting small umbels of white flowers, which appear in July, but are seldom follow'ed by seeds in England. — Native of South Carolina. It is tender while young, and requires to be sheltered under a common frame in winter, till the plants have obtained good strength, when, if they are planted against a warm wall, they will resist the cold of our ordinary winters very well; but as they are liable to be killed by severe cold, it will be prudent to reserve one or two in pots under shelter during winter. This may also be propagated by layiug down the branches, which will take root in one year. 24. Viburnum Pyrifoiium. Plant glabrous; leaves ovate, subacute, subserrate ; petioles smooth; fruits ovate oblong ; cymes subpedunculate ; berries black. — Grows on the banks of rivers in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, &c. 25. Viburnum Obovatum. Plant glabrous; leaves obo- vate, crenate-dentate, or very entire, obtuse; umbels sessile; fruits ovate-subrotuud. — Grows in the shady woods of Caro- lina and Georgia. There is a variety named by Pursli, Vibur- num Obovatum Punicifolium |3, with obovate entire leaves. 26. Viburnum Lantanoides. Petioles and nerves pulve- rulent-tomentose ; leaves large, suborbiculate-cordate, ab- ruptly acuminate, unequally serrate; cymes strictly sessile ; fruits ovate, red, but when ripe black. — Grows in shady woods on high mountains from Canada to Virginia. It is known by the name of Hobble-bush. 27. Viburnum Acerifolium. Branchlets and petioles pilose, eglanduiose; leaves subcordate ovate, or trilobed, acuminate, flnely serrated, pubescent underneath ; cymes peduncled at great length ; berries black. — Grows in rocky mountainous- situations, from New England to Carolina. 28. Viburnum Molle. Leaves suborbiculate-cordate, pli- cate-sulcate, toothed, pubescent underneath; petioles sub- glandulose; cymes radiate; berries oblong-ovate, red. — Grows in the hedges of North America. Vicia ; a genus of the class Diadelphia, order Decandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth one-leafed, tubular, erect, half five-cleft, acute ; upper teeth shorter, converging, all of equal breadth. Corolla: papilionaceous; banner oval, with a broad oblong claw, at the lip emar- ginate, with a point bent back at the sides, with a longitudinal compressed raised line ; wings two, oblong, erect, half-cordate, with an oblong claw, shorter than the banner; keel with an oblong two-parted claw, the belly compressed, semiorbicular, shorter than the wings. Stamina : filamenta diadelphous, single, and nine-cleft ; antherae erect, roundish, four-grooved. A nectareous gland springs from the receptacle between the compound stamen and the germen, short, acuminate. Pistil: germen linear, compressed, long ; style filiform, shorter, ascending at an erect angle ; stigma obtuse, transversely bearded below the tip. Pericarp : legume long, coriaceous, one-celled, tvvo-valved. terminated by a point. Seeds: several, roundish. Essen- tial Character. Stigma: transversely bearded on the lower side. The species are, * With elongated Peduncles. 1. Vicia Pisiformis; Pale flowered Vetch. Peduncles many-flowered ; petioles many leaved ; leaflets ovate, the lower sessile ; root perennial; stem upright, frequently climb- ing to the height of a man among the bushes; flowers small, striated. It is the largest of the European Vetches, flowering here in July and August. — Native of Germany. 2. Vicia Dumetoruin; Great Wood Vetch. Peduncles many-flowered; leaflets bent back, ovate, mucronate; sti- pules somewhat toothed. This differs from the preceding in the flowers not being yellow, in the leaflets being longer, and the lowest not adhering to the stem ; root perennial. It flowers in May. — Native of France, Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Piedmont, and Siberia. This, and the three following species, should be sown in autumn, soon after they are ripe, for if kept out of the ground till spring, the seeds often fail, or at least remain in the ground a year before they vegetate; they should be sown in the places where the plants are designed to remain, for they do not bear trans- planting well. They grow naturally" in woods and thickets of bushes, where their roots are screened from the sun, and their stalks furnished with supports: this points out the places where the seeds should be sown, which should be where they are sheltered by shrubs. If three or foqr seeds be sown upon each patch, it will be sufficient; for if one or two plants appear in each, that will be enough. When they appear, keep them clean from weeds, and permit their stalks to climb upon the neighbouring shrubs; for if they trail upon the ground, they will produce few flowers, and in wet seasons the stalks will rot, and -the plants become unsightly. A few of them in large gardens may be set in the borders of wood- walks, or in thickets of shrubs; where if they be allowed to climb up the branches, they w ill have a good effect during their continuance in flower. 3. Vicia Sylvatica; Common Wood Vetch. Peduncles many-flowered; leaflets elliptic; stipules crescent-shaped, toothed; stems numerous, and so much branched as to choak whatever they grow near; corolla rather large; standard and wings whitish, beautifully streaked with blue; keel pale blue. The perennial root throws out many weak, smooth, grooved, zigzag stems, climbing six or seven feet high. It is the most beautiful climber of this island, both leaves and flowers being extremely elegant. It flowers from the end of June through August. It was for a long time supposed to be peculiar to the mountainous parts of Great Britain, but has been found almost nil over the kingdom, particularly under Salisbury craigs, and at Cartland rocks; near Lanark, in Scot- land; near Caerwent in Monmouthshire; near Hackness; about Greta bridge; and at Malharn near Settle in Yorkshire; about Kirby Lonsdale, and Kendal, in Westmoreland; at Orton in Cumberland ; and in the woods about Newton Cartmel ; also in Urswick woods, climbing up several yards; on the hedges behind Matlock bath, Derbyshire; on the north side of Bredon hill, and in moist places about Clifton- upon-Teme in Worcestershire; on Shelton bank near Salop; in a hedge going down Stoke hill from Bullbarrow, Dorset- shire; in Smokall wood, near Bath; about Devizes in Wilt- shire; in Hullwood and Wood Ditton, near Newmarket ; at Sheerhatch wood and Eversholt, in Bedfordshire; at Medley grove, Oxfordshire ; and at Merley wood near Whiteham, in Berks. See the preceding species. 4. Vicia Cassubica; Cassubian Vetch. Peduncles about six-flowered; leaflets ten, ovate, acute ; stipules entire ; root VIC OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. V I C 745 woody, creeping; stems trailing, three feet long, their lower part becoming more woody towards autumn, but dying to the root in winter; flowers disposed in short axillary spikes, each generally containing six pale blue flowers, which appear in July, and are succeeded by short smooth pods, like those of Lentils, including three or four round seeds, which ripen in autumn. — Native of Denmark, Germany, Austria, and the south of France. 5. Vicia Cracca; Tufted Vetch. Peduncles many-flow- ered; flowers imbricate; leaflets lanceolate, pubescent; sti- pules semisagittate, mostly entire ; root perennial, creeping; stems two, three, or four feet high, and even more when climbing upon bushes; branches numerous, short, alter- nate, from the axils of the upper leaves; the corolla has the standard emarginate, reflexed, without any sharp point in the notch, of a violet or bluish purple colour, striped with veins of a deeper colour; wings closing ; keel whitish, marked on each side at the tip with a deep violet spot. Dr. Plot observes, that this and the third species advance starved or weak cattle above any thing yet known. Mr. Miller also remarks, that this and other perennial Tares have been recommended to be sown in fields, as fodder for cattle; but as their stalks are slender and less suc- culent than the Common Tares or Vetch, it is doubtful whether they will answer the purposes of cultivation. Their stalks trailing to a great length if they have not support, will be liable to rot by lying upon the ground ; and although their roots are perennial, yet as it is late in the spring before they shoot to a height sufficient to cut for use, they do not serve until there is a sufficiency of other green food for cattle. For its propagation and culture, see the second species. 6. Vicia Onobrychioides. Peduncles many-flowered; flow- ers distant; leaflets linear; stipules toothietted at bottom; stem erect, angular, striated, pubescent; corolla blue. — Native of France, Switzerland, Piedmont, and Mount Atlas. 7. Vicia Nissoliana ; Red-flowered Vetch. Peduncles many- flowered ; leaflets oblong; stipules entire; legumes villose, ovate, oblong; root annual; stem grooved; flowers very small, and dark purple. — Native of the Levant. 8. Vicia Biennis ; Biennial Vetch. Peduncles many- flowered ; petioles grooved, having about twelve leaflets, which are lanceolate and smooth ; root biennial ; seeds glo- bular, dirty yellow, spotted with black. This promises to become n useful plant for fodder; tin/ stalks growing to a great length, and being well furnished with leaves, they do not decay in autumn, but continue gr^en through the winter, in defiance of the most severe frost ; hence in February and March, when there is often a scarcity of green feed for ewes and lambs, this plant may be of great service. —Native of Siberia. It is propagated by seeds, which may be sown in the spring or autumn ; and when the plants come up, they will require no other culture but weeding. If supported from trailing upon the ground, they will continue in verdure all the winter, and in the following summer flower and pro- duce ripe seeds. See the thirteenth species. 9. Vicia Aitissima; Tall Vetch. Stipules toothed ; leaflets elliptic, truncate, very smooth; flowers racemed peduncles longer than the petiole; stem scandent, striated; corolla pale blue. — Native of Barbary, in hedges near Arzeau. 10. Vicia Benghalensis. Peduncles many-flowered; leaf- lets quite entire; stipules entire; legumes nearly erect; co- rollas of a very deep red colour1, with the apex of the keel black. — Native of Bengal; and found on the Hieres Islands, off the coast of France. 11. Vicia Atropurpurea. Leaflets linear-lanceolate; ra- cemes many-flowered, directed one way; calices extremely villose, with bristle-shaped teeth; legumes ovate-oblong, drooping, very hirsute; stem four-cornered, striated, villose; flowers nodding; corolla smooth, very dark purple at the tip. —Native of Algiers. 12. Vicia Canescens; Hoary Vetch. Peduncles many- flowered ; upper leaves subcirrhose; stipules semisagittate, entire; leaflets oval-oblong, hoary ; stem herbaceous, erect, a foot high and more, four-cornered, somewhat striated ; flowers in loose spikes, all one way, blue : annual. — Native of Mount Libanus. *'*' Flowers axillary, subsessile. 13. Vicia Sativa; Common Vetch or Tare. Legumes ses- sile, subbinate, nearly erect; lower leaves retuse, stipules toothed, marked; seeds smooth and even; stems various in size, weak and procumbent, if the tendrils meet with nothing to cling to, but supporting one another tolerably well, when sown thick enough. The herb is more or less pubescent ; flowers solitary, or in pairs, subsessile, reddish-purple, of different shades : there are several varieties. In dry soils it has a procumbent stem, sharper leaflets, the flowers mostly solitary, and the stipules spotted but obscurely. It varies also in the colour of the pods; and of the seeds, from black to brown and white. This plant derives its trivial name Sativa from its long cultivation under the names of Tares and Vetches, provincially called Fitches, for the seed, which are an excellent food for pigeons, and also for green feed for horses, cows, and sheep, particularly for soiling horses; and as e for a hundred or more. These Vines should not be forced every year, but with good management they may be forced every other year, though it would be better if it were done only every third year; there- fore, in order to have a supply of fruit annually, there should be a sufficient quantity of walling built to contain as many Vines as will be necessary for two or three years, and by making the frames in front moveable, they may be shifted from one part of the wall to another, as the Vines are alter- nately forced ; therefore forty feet length of walling each year is as much as one fire will heat; and when the Vines are in full bearing, will supply a reasonable quantity of Grapes for a middling family ; but for great families, twice an 764 V 1 T THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; V I T tliis length will not be too much. In most places where these hot-walls have been built, they are commonly planted with early kinds of Grapes, in order to have them early in the season; but this is hardly worth the trouble, for it is but of little consequence to have a few Grapes earlier by a month or six weeks, than those against common walls ; therefore whenever a person is willing to be at the expense of these walls, they should be planted with some of the best kinds of Grapes, which rarely come to any perfection in this country without the assistance of some artificial heat, of which the following sorts are the most valuable. The Red Muscat of Alexandria, the White Muscat of Alexandria, the Red Fron- tinac, the White Frontinac, the Black Frontinac. When the Vines which are planted against the hot-walls are grown to full bearing, they must be pruned and managed after the same manner as hath been directed for those against common walls, with this difference only, viz. that those seasons when they are not forced, the Vines should be carefully managed in tne summer for a supply of good wood, against the time of their being forced, so that it will be the better method to divest the Vines of their fruit, in order to encourage the wood ; for as few of the sorts will ripen without heat, it is not worth while to leave them on the Vines during the season of resting, except it be the Comnion Frontinacs, which in a good season will ripen without artificial heat, but even on these many Grapes should not be left during the years of their. resting ; because as the design of this is to encourage and strengthen them, therefore all possible care should be had that the young wood is not robbed by overbearing ; for those years when the Vines are forced, the joints of the young wood are generally drawn farther asunder than they ordinarily grow in the open air; so that when they are forced two or three years successively, the Vines are so much exhausted, as not to be recovered into a good bearing state for some years, especially if they are forced early in the season ; or, where great care is not taken in the summer to let them have a proper share of free air, to prevent their being drawn too much, and also to ripen their shoots.. Those years when the Vines are forced, the only care should be to encourage the fruit, without having much regard to the wood, so that every shoot should be pruned for fruit, and none of them shortened for a supply of young wood, because they may be so managed by pruning in the years of their resting, as to replenish the Vines with new wood. Those Vines which are designed for forcing in the spring, should be pruned early the autumn before, that the buds which are left on the shoots, may receive all possible nourishment from the root, and at the same time the shoots should be fastened to the trellis in the order they are to lie; but the glasses should not be placed before the Vines till about the middle or end of January, at which time also the fires must be lighted, for if they are forced too early in the year, they will begin to shoot before 'the weather w ill be warm enough to admit air to the Vines, which will cause the young shoots to draw out weak, and thereby their joints will be too far asunder, consequently there will be fewer Grapes on them, and those bunches which are produced will be smaller than when they have a sufficient quantity of air admitted to them every day. If the fires are made at the time before directed, the Vines will begin to shoot the middle or latter end of February, which will be six weeks earlier than they usually come out against the common walls, so that by the time that other Vines are shooting, these will be in flower, which will be early enough to ripen any of these sorts of Grapes perfectly well. The fires should not be made very strong in these walls, for if the air is heated to about ten degrees above the temperate point on the botanical thermometers, it will be sufficiently warm to force out the shoots leisurely, which is much better than to force them violently. These fires should not be continued all the day- time, unless the weather should prove very cold, and the sun does not shine to warm the air, at which times it will be proper to have small fires continued all the day; for where the walls are rightly contrived, a moderate fire made every evening, and continued till ten or eleven of the clock at night, will heat the wall, and warm the inclosed air to a proper temperature; and as these fires need not be continued longer than about the end of April (unless the spring should prove very cold,) the expense of fuel will not be very great, because they may be contrived to burn coal, wood, turf, or almost any other sort of fuel; though where coal is to be had reasonable, it makes the evenest and best fires, and will not require so much attendance. When the Vines begin to shoot, they must be frequently looked over to fasten the new shoots to the trellis, and rub off all dangling shoots ; in doing of which great care must be taken, for the shoots of these forced Vines are very tender, and very subject to break when any violence is offered. The shoots should also be trained very regular, so as to lie as near as possible to the espalier, and at equal distances, that they may equally enjoy the benefit of the air and sun, which is absolutely necessary for the improvement of the fruit. When the Grapes are formed, the shoots should be stopped at the second joint beyond the fruit, that the nourishment may not be drawn away from the fruit in useless shoots, which must be avoided as much as possible in these forced Vines; upon which no useless wood should be left, which will shade the fruit, and exclude the air from it by their leaves. As the season advances and the weather becomes warm, there should be a proportionable share of free air admitted to the Vines every day, which is absolutely necessary to promote the growth of the fruit; but the glasses should be shut close every night, unless in very hot weather, otherwise the cold dews in the night will retard it. The bunches of the White Frontinac should also be carefully looked over, and the small Grapes cut out with very narrow'-pointed scissars, in order to thin them, for these berries grow so close together on the bunches, that tire moisture is detained between them, which often occasions their rotting; and the air being excluded from the middle of the bunches, the Grapes never ripen equally, which by this method may be remedied, if done in time; and as these Grapes are protected by the glasses from the blights which frequently take those which are exposed, there will be no hazard in thinning these Grapes soon after they are set, at which time it will be much easier to perform this operation, than when the Grapes are grown larger, and consequently will be closer together; but in doing this the bunches must not be roughly handled, for if the Grapes are the least bruised, or the bloom which there naturally is upon them, be rubbed off, their skins will harden, and turn of a brown colour, so that the fruit will never thrive after; therefore the scissars which are used for this purpose, should have very narrow points, that they may be more easily put between the Grapes without injuring the remaining ones. The other sorts of Grapes which I have recommended for these hot-walls, not producing their fruit so close together on the bunches, they will not require this operation, unless by any accident they should receive a blight, which often occasions a great inequality in the size of the Grapes; which whenever it thus happens, will require to be reme- died by cutting off the small Grapes, that the bunches may ripen equally, and appear more sightly. By the middle of June these Grapes will be almost full grown, V I T OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. V I T 765 therefore the glasses may be kept off continually in the day- time, unless the season should prove very cold and wet, in which case they must be kept on, and only opened when the weather is favourable; for as the racy vinous flavour of these fruits is increased by a free air, so during the time of their, ripening, they should have as large a share as the season will ' admit to be given them. Before the Grapes begin to ripen, they must be carefully guarded against birds, wasps, and other insects, otherwise they will be destroyed in a short time; to prevent which, the Vines should be carefully covered j with nets so as to exclude the birds, who make great havoc i with the Grapes, by breaking their skins; and if there are a few twigs, covered with birdlime, placed here and there on the outside of the nets, it will be of service, because the birds are often so bold as to attempt to break the nets to get to the Grapes; which, if they attempt, they may be so en- tangled on these twigs, as not to get loose; and whenever that happens, they should not be disengaged, but suffered to remain to keep off their companions; and if they get off themselves, it will have the desired effect, for there wall few other birds come to the same place that season. As to the wasps, the best method is to hang up some phials about half filled with sugared water, and rub the necks of the phials' with a little honey, which will draw all the wasps and flies to them, which, by attempting to get at the liquor, will fail into the phials and be drowned; these phials should be carefully looked over once in three or four days to take out the wasps; and destroy them, and to replenish the phials with Liquor. If this be duly observed, and the phials placed in time, before the Grapes are attacked, it will effectually prevent their being injured ; but where these precautions are not taken, the Grapes will be in danger of being absolutely destroyed ; for as these early Grapes will ripen long before any others against common walls, they will be in much more danger, there being no other fruit for; them at that season in the neighbourhood; whereas when Grapes in general begin to ripen, there is a quantity in almost every garden ; so that if they destroy a part in each garden, yet there will be a greater chance to have some escape, than where there is only one wall for them to attack. These sorts of Grapes being forced in the manner before directed, will begin to ripen early in August, especially the Black and Red Frontinacs, which will be fit for the table a fortnight earlier than the other sorts; but as the design of forcing them is to have them in as great perfection as possible in this climate, they should not be gathered until they are thorough ripe, for which reason some of the later sorts should be left on the Vines till September; but then the glasses should be kept over them in wet and cold weather, to protect the fruit from it, but when- ever the weather is fair, the glasses .must be opened to let in the free air, otherwise the damps, arising from the earth at that season, will cause a mouhliness upon the Grapes, which will rot them ; so that if the season should prove very cold and wet while the fruit is upon the Vines, it will be proper to make a small fire every night to drv off the damps, and prevent this injury. Most people in England gather their Grapes too soon, never suffering them to remain on the Vines to ripen perfectly, even in the warmest seasons, when, if they are left on till after Michaelmas, they will be good. Directions for the management of Vines in the Hot-liouse or Pine-stove.— Having a Hot-house built according to the instructions given under the article Stoves: and having taken the proper precautions to lay it dry by drains, and by a floor of chippings of stone, coarse gravel, broken bricks, or lime rubbish, eight or ten inches thick, over which a thin layer of hue loam may be well puddled to fill up the chinks, if neces- sary, on account of having a retentive clay soil or a barren sand ; and having given file whole a fall of six or eight inches ; unless the soil should happen to Ire a rich sandy loam, fill up the area with a compost-mould composed of one- j fourth strong loam, one-fourth turf from a pasture where the soil is a sandy loam, one-fourth sweepings or scrapings of pavements or hard roads, one-eighth rotten cow and stable- yard dung mixed, and one-eighth of vegetable mould from decayed Oak-leaves ; the grass must be well rotted, and the whole worked together till it is uniformly mixed. Where sandy loam cannot be had, common sand may be used ; and The mould of rotten sticks, or old woods, or from hollow trees, may be substituted for decayed leaves. This border being prepared, if the weather will permit, the Vines may be planted at the end of February or the beginning of March, in front of the hot house; having first taken the precaution to put a little moss round the upper part of each stem, with two or three folds of paper over it, tied with bass-matting; to prevent the eyes from being injured in putting the plants through the holes ih the wall. Opposite to each rafter, and close to the front wall, make a hole two feet over, and one foot deep ; make the mould taken out of the holes fine, and add a little of the compost. Turn the plant carefully out of its pot, and put the upper part through the hole. If the shoot will just reach the bottom of the rafter, when planted, it will be sufficient, but as the earth may settle a little, it is better to allow two of three inches for this circumstance. In closing the mould to the plant, care should be taken to pre- serve the roots, their fibres being exceedingly brittle. Lay a thin coat of rotten dung over the mould, and give the plant a gentle watering; then take off the bandage, and fasten the top of the shoot to the rafter. Only one shoot should remain on each plant. Two may be left for a time, but when one is secure, the other must be taken off, but not close to the old wood, as that would occasion it to bleed. From the time the Vines begin to grow, they will require constant watering, especially in dry weather, and before the roots have penetrated deep into the border. Train a shoot up to each rafter, and if the rafters be not a sufficient depth to keep the leaves of the Vines from touching the glass, fix iron pins of about nine inches in length, at proper distances under each rafter; these should have a small hole or eye at the bottom, through which a small iron rod or strong wire should be thrust, for the support of the branch. The pins and wires must be painted. The Vine-plants will frequently show fruit at one year old, but this should not be suffered to stand, except a single bunch, if wanted to ascertain the sort. During the summer, water the roots constantly; keep them regularly fastened to the rafters; divest them of their wires and lateral shoots ; and above all, guard them against the depredations of the red spider and other insects. The Vines may be permitted to run two-thirds of the length of the rafters, twenty or twenty-five feet, before they are stopped : and those which grow remarkably strong, may be suffered to run the whole length of the rafters, or about thirty feet. After these shoots are stopped, which is done by pinching off their tops, they will, in general, push out laterals, at three or four eyes on the upper part of the shoot ; it will be prudent to permit these to grow twelve or fourteen inches before their tops are pinched off. These, in their turn, will push out secondary laterals, which should be pinched off at the second or third joint; and thus the sap may be diverted till the end of the season. November and the beginning of December, when the leaves begin to fall, is the best season for pruning. The first season, supposing the Vines to have grown with equal vigour, the shoots may be pruned alternately to three, 766 V 1 T THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; V I T four, or five eyes, and to about twenty-one or twenty-two feet. But if they have grown moderately strong, the shoots should be pruned down to about eleven feet. By this alter- nate pruning, the former shoots will make fine wood for the succeeding season, and the latter will produce a crop of fruit; after which, these fruit-bearing shoots must all be cut down nearly to the bottom of the rafters. But when any of the plants appear weak, and have not made shoots more than eight, ten, or twelve feet long, it will be proper to prune every shoot down to two, three, or four eyes. In pruning, take off the shoots, with a clean sloping stroke, about half an inch above the eye. Make choice of a bold eye to terminate the shoot, and fasten it completely to the rafter. Vines in Pine-stoves begin to make weak shoots early in January; the bouse being then kept warm on account of early crops raised in most hot-houses. But when it is kept to a proper degree of heat for Pines during the winter months, the Vines will seldom begin to push till about the middle of February. It is usual to see them push only tow ards the ends of the shoots, the other eyes remaining in a dormant state, and causing a long space of naked wood. To make the eyes push more generally, as soon as the sap is in motion, keep the house, for a short time, a few degrees warmer than usual. In the morn- ing the thermometer should be 5° or 6° above temperate, and iu the day-time the house should be kept as warm as the weather will permit. It will also be necessary to guard the stem of the Vine on the outside against frost ; for one severe night would greatly injure, if not totally destroy, the hopes of a crop. This may be done, by wrapping the part exposed round with moss, fastened thick with bass-matting. Leave this covering on till spring frosts are over, and then wash the stem well to clean it. When Vines break out freely, they push at almost every eye, nearly at the same time. It is easy to distinguish which will make the most promising shoots, even as soon as the eyes begin to break ; and by the time they are three or four inches long, the bunches are very distinguishable. The Vines should be divested of the least promising and supernumerary shoots as soon as possible, as it will greatly contribute to invigorate the remainder. Caution should be observed not to leave too abundant a crop ; for few bunches in a high state of perfection, are preferable to many in a less. Therefore in case the shoots which are pruned to about twenty two feet, should show two or three bunches at almost every eye, as they will frequently do, no more should be permitted to stand than the leading shoot, and four or five on each side; and the remaining shoots should have only one bunch left on each, which should be the best proportioned and most regularly formed. The shoots should be left four or five feet apart on each side, and one shoot as near the bottom as it can be got. Train them regularly on each side of the rafter, and pinch off the top of each, as soon as it begins to interfere with the adjoining shoot above; or, in general let the shoots be stopped at the second or third joint above the bunch. During the time of flowering, should the weather prove hot and dry, with brisk winds, the berries of many kinds of Grapes, particularly the Blue Frontinac, White Sweetwater, and Black Damascus, are liable to fall oft' at the time of their setting, and the remainder are in general small, and w ithout stones. This proceeds from the calix adhering to and drying upon the germ, and thereby preventing its impregnation. It is proper, therefore, at this period to water the roots of the Vines plentifully, to keep the house as close as the weather will permit, and to water the walks and flues in the hot-house constantly, especially late in the eveuing, when the glasses should be immediately closed. The heat of the house will exhale the moisture, and raise a kind of artificial dew, which, by falling upon the calix, will cause it to expand and fall off. But although Grapes set best in a close moist air, yet the house should not be violently hot during the time of their setting. When the weather is serene, transparent drops of dew' will be observable in a morning on the points of the leaves. This is the most favourable indication that can happen at the season of the Vine’s flowering: for the Grapes set well, and the growth of the berries is extremely rapid, when the Vines are in this state. Pull oft' all superfluous shoots, and divest the young shoots of all their laterals, during the summer. Do this without reserve, because every shoot left more than twenty feet long at the last year’s pruning, with intent to produce a crop of fruit, must be cut down nearly to the bottom at the next winter’s pruning. But all the rest of the Vines that w’ere cut down at the last ) ear’s pruning, suppose one at every alternate rafter, must be trained with one shoot each, exactly the same in every respect as in the preceding season. When Grapes are at their last swelling, are becoming transparent, and change from green to red or black, and till they are nearly on the point of being ripe, the Vines will require a plentiful supply of water, especially if the season prove hot and dry. The situation of Vines in a Pine-stove, may be considered as similar to that of very hot climates, where they cannot have Vineyards without a command of water. After the fruit is cut, the Vines will not require any other manage- ment till the pruning season, but taking oft' their lateral shoots in the same manner as in the preceding year. At the next winter’s pruning all the Vines that produced a full crop of fruit, should be cut down nearly to the bottom, that is, to the lowermost summer-shoot, which should also be cut down to the first or second eye. But all those Vines that were cut down nearly to the bottom the preceding season, and which will, in general, have made very strong wood, must be left to the length of twenty-one or twenty-two feet each, with intent to produce a full crop of fruit the following season. The management of the Vines during the next summer, will be nearly the same as in the preceding one: only as they have increased in strength and size, they will be enabled to pro- duce and support a larger burden of fruit. The crop should, at all limes be proportioned to the size and vigour of the Vine: but especially whilst Vines are young, great modera- tion should be used as to the number of bunches that are allowed to ripen. The shoots may now be laid rather closer than in the preceding season, and two bunches may remain on strong and vigorous shoots, especially of those kinds which do not produce large bunches. The bunches should be well thinned when the berries are about the size of a small shot. The main shoulders, as also the less projecting parts of the bunch, should be suspended by small strings to the rafters, and every part raised to an horizontal position. In thinning the berries, great care should be taken to leave all the most projecting ones on every side of the bunch. In very close-growing bunches, it will be necessary to clip out more than two thirds of the berries; in some, one-half; but in the loose-growing kinds, one third is generally sufficient. Thus the remaining berries will swell well, grow to a great size, and not be subject to rot; as they are apt to do in a hot-house, when they are wedged together. Not only the rafters or roof of the hot house, but the back-wall also above the flue, may be furnished with fruit. For this purpose, let every fourth or fifth Vine-plant be trained in one shoot quite to the top of the rafter, and then directed sideways ten or twelve feet along the top of the back wall. At the winter’s pruning, bring down that part of the shoot perpendicularly, and cut it off at one foot above the top of the flue. The V I T OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. V I T 767 next spring, encourage only two shoots from the two extreme or lowermost eyes of each shoot so brought down, and train them in an horizontal direction one foot above the top of the flue. These shoots, however, will grow with greater readi- ness, if they are trained upwards during the summer ; and they may easily be brought to the desired position at the next winter’s pruning. They will then form against the back wall the figure of the letter j, inverted. In the next season the horizontal shoots will produce new wood from almost every eye, provided all the shoots be pinched off from every other part as soon as they appear. Lay in the shoots from one to two feet apart, according to the kind of Vine. Train all the shoots in a perpendicular direction, and, provided they are strong, and vigorous, suffer them to grow to the length of five or six feet before they are stopped ; but all these shoots must be cut down to two or three eyes at the next winter’s prun- ing. Only one shoot should be permitted to rise from each spur the following season; and although they will in general be sufficiently strong, and produce two or three bunches a piece, yet only one bunch should remain on each shoot; these will then be large and fine, and the wood will be greatly benefited by such practice. These shoots must be pruned next winter very differently. One shoot must be left four feet, that next it only a few inches long, and so alternately. The Vines on the rafters will require a management in future seasons nearly similar to that already described for them ; and although it will not be advisable to prune them alter- nately so near to the bottom of the rafters as was directed for the two preceding seasons, yet it will be frequently found necessary to cut an old shoot down to the lowermost summer shoot, as near to the bottom of the rafter as can be. The side shoot, on the other rafter, should not be permitted to ramble over the adjoining lights ; but at the end of every season it will be proper to cut such shoots down to the second or third eye next the old wood, provided the bottom eyes are bold and strong ; this must be done not only to strengthen the Vines, but also to prevent the roof of the house from being too much crowded with old wood. Whilst the Vines are young, one rafter will suffice for a Vine-plant; but when they become older, they will require a larger space; espe- cially the strong growing kinds, which produce large leaves and bunches. It will be proper therefore to train shoots sideways on the wall-plate, from the stem of the plant, imme- diately at its entrance into the house. These shoots should be carried up the adjoining rafters, and the plants growing against such rafters must be taken entirely away ; except it should happen that the plant growing against such rafter is trained forward to furnish the back wall. When a Vine- plant occupies two or more rafters, it will be right to prune occasionally, particularly whilst the Vine is young, one or more of such shoots down nearly to the bottom of the rafter. This will not only contribute to strengthen the plant, but will afford means to furnish the rafters with a succession of young wood. When Vine-shoots are thus conducted to dif- ferent rafters, every shoot may be considered as a separate plant, and must be trained up in one shoot; from that time it will require a management similar to that already laid down. Ora the Propagation of Vines. — Besides the common modes of propagating the Vine by layers and cuttings; they may also be increased by seeds, by grafting, and by inoculation. In raising Vines from seed, it should be sown at the end of February or beginning of March, in pots filled with light fresh mould, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, gently sprinkling the mould from a watering-pot having a fine rose. Six or eight seecjs, jf gathered from ripe Grapes, and care- fully preserved through the winter, will be sufficient for a small pot, for if sown too thick, the plants are apt to be drawn, and weak. In dry weather water the pots gently every day ; but in wet or moist weather give them so much water only as will keep the mould moist till the plants begin to vegetate. Let this be done in the afternoon, when the sun is going off the frame ; which should be shut down immediately, and if the heat be not too great, it may remain shut during the night. As the heat of the bed decays, add a lining of horse-dung, to be shaken up and repaired, as occasion requires, till the plants have got sufficient strength to do without any bottom heat. About the end of August take the lights off, that the plants may be hardened before winter, taking care to shelter them in frames covered with mats, which will prevent the autumnal frosts from injuring the tender shoots. When the plants are about six inches high, transplant them singly into other pots (deep forty- eights,) filled with light fresh mould, taking great care not to hurt the roots, or to break the leaders; then plunge them again into the hot bed ; or if the heat of the old bed be too much decayed, have a new one prepared to receive them. If they grow vigorously, they must be shifted into larger pots (thirty-twos.) If the plants are above six inches high, tie them to small rods, as high as the frames will permit, leaving only one stem for the first year. When the leaves begin to drop, pick them carefully off the pots, to prevent the plants from becoming mouldy. Keep the plants under frames, or in the green-house, in hard winters, to shelter them from severe frost. In March or the beginning of April, if from seed ripened in this country, plant them out w here they are to remain ; but if from foreign seed, plant only one or two, till it has been ascertained that they are worth cultivating. After they are planted, cut them at the third eye, if strong; but at the second, if weakly: at the same time rubbing off the lower bud with the finger and thumb. Mr. Speedily recommends the Grapes designed for seed to remain on the Vine till they are perfectly ripe, when the stones are generally of a very dark-brown colour; to take them from the pulp, and to lay them on a sheet of paper, in some airy, but shady place, to dry, till spring. The intention of raising Vines from seed being to procure new varieties of Grapes, superior to the old ones in the hot- house, where a variety of the best Grapes is trained, the young branches of two different kinds should be so brought together, as soon as they show their fruit, that their bunches, in the same state of maturity, may admit of being entwined. Attention should be paid to the size, the flavour, and the delicacy of the skin and flesh; also to the form of the bunch, and the length of the footstalk. All the Frontinac Grapes are proper to add flavour to other kinds ; the White Mus- cat of Alexandria is a good' one to be joined with many other sorts, on account of its large loose-growing bunches, and large well-flavoured berries; the White Sweetwater may be coupled with various sorts that are small and less delicate; particularly with the Red Frontinac; the Syrian with the White Muscat of Alexandria ; the Black Hamburgh with the White Frontinac or Sweetwater; the Black Damas- cus with the Grizly Frontinac ; Flame coloured Tokay with Red Frontinac; White Muscat of Alexandria with White Sweetwater; Black Frontinac with White Muscadine; St. Peter’s Grape with White Muscat of Alexandria. It is probable that many of the present varieties of Grapes have been obtained from seed, either sown by hand, or acci- dentally let fall by birds, &c. And it is undoubtedly the chief, if not the only way, to obtain new kinds with us. If therefore it be little practised, it is partly on account 768 V I T THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; V I T of the distant prospect of fruit, partly from the hazard of obtaining better kinds than we have already. To this it may be answered, that a seedling Vine, judiciously managed, will produce fruit the third or fourth year; and if proper care and attention be bestowed on the seed sown, the best sorts may very reasonably be expected^, On Grafting of Vines. — At the pruning season, make choice of cuttings for grafts, or scions, from the best bearing branches of the sorts intended to be propagated. In general the bottom part of the last year’s shoot is to be preferred ; but in well-ripened vigorous wood, any part of the shoot will answer, provided it be not too long-joined. These cuttings should be preserved in pots filled with light sandy earth till the grafting season. Vinesln a Pine-stove should be grafted in the beginning of January ; but the middle of March is a proper season to graft Vines growing in the open air. In general, they should be grafted about three weeks before they begin to break into bud. Upon small stocks, not more than an inch in diameter, cleft-grafting is most proper; but upon larger stocks, whip-grafting is to be preferred. In both methods care should be taken in fitting the stock and scion together, and the operation should be performed with great exactness. Fasten them together with bass matting, and cover them with clay in the usual way. Though the scion will sometimes begin to push in a few weeks, yet it will frequently remain dormant two or three mouths: during this period the stock must be stripped of all its shoots, as soon as they appear; and to preserve the scion in a vegetative state, the clay must be kept moderately moist, by wrapping wet moss round it, and by keeping the moss constantly sprinkled with water. When the scion has made shoots five or six inches long, the clay and bandage should be carefully taken off. But the most eligible method with Vines is grafting by approach. In which case it is necessary to have the plant intended to be propagated in a pot. Strong plants, that have been two or three years in pots, are to be preferred; but plants from the nursery may be potted, and grafted in the,same season, if brought into a hot house or vinery. Fine Grapes and good wood may be obtained even the first season by any of these methods, but particularly by the last ; in which it is obvious that the graft has a double support; namely, from the stock, and from the plant in the pot. In grafting by approach, the clay and bandage should remain two or three months after the graft has formed a union ; for if it be taken off sooner, the graft will be very liable to spring from the stock. The pot should be plentifully supplied with water till the month of August, when the graft should be separated from the plant in the pot. Two or three inches of wood below the bottom of the graft may be left, but should be taken clean off at the next winter’s pruning. The Syrian Vine is the most proper for stocks ; and plants raised from seeds of this sort, are greatly preferable to plants raised either from layers or cuttings for this purpose. If the pro- duce of these seeds should even degenerate to a kind of wildness, they will still be the better for stocks, because they will on* that account rise with greater vigour. The most important advantages of grafting are ; first, that if a wall should have been planted with bad kinds of Vines; instead of stubbing them up, and making a new border, by which several years must elapse before the wall can again be completely filled, by grafting, the nature of the Vines may be changed immediately ; for good Grapes may be obtained from the same year’s graft : and in a hot-house the grafts, if permitted, will frequently shoot thirty or forty feet the first summer. Secondly, in small Vineries, or Vine-frames, where any great variety could not be had in the common way ; it may be procured by grafting different kinds upon the same plant. But the principal advantage of grafting, is the improve- ment of the various lunds, and particularly the small ones, which generally make weak wood. This maybe done by grafting the weak and delicate-growing Vines upon the stocks of those which are more robust and vigorous. Thus the Small Blue Frontinac, engrafted on the Syrian Vine, pro- duces well-sized handsome bunches, with berries almost as large as those of the Black Hamburgh. On propagating Vines by Layers. — Vines may be increased by stools in open quarters, in the same manner as nursery- men propagate forest trees and shrubs ; but the best way is to train Shoots that will easily bend, on walls, at full length during the summer, and in February to lay the finest and strongest across the foot-path into pots (twenty-fours or six- teens) filled with fresh mould, and plunged in the ground about two inches below the surface; at the same time making an incision or two in (lie old wood, or giving it a twist just below a joint: they will generally take without notching or twisting, but it is the surer way to do it. Introducing the shoots through the bottom of the pots is now laid aside, be- cause when this method is followed, the layers generally have larger roots below the pots than in them. The layers must be cut, leaving two or three strong eyes upon each. When the shoots begin to run, tie them to long stakes, to prevent their being broken by the wind. Pick off all the runners and side-shoots, leaving only two or three fine strong shoots on each plant, which should be trained at full length during the summer. Cover the shoots with good dung or rotten leaves, to keep the mould moist; and in very dry summers give them a good watering once or twice a week. By this method, there may be two or three rows of layers from one wall; taking care to lay the' branches alternately, and to keep the pots plunged about two inches below the level of the ground. The plants will be well rooted in the pots before autumn, and fit for planting in vineries, hot-houses, &c. When they are to be planted out, cut them carefully from the mother Vine, and carry them in the pots to the place where they are to be planted ; taking care to preserve the ball of earth about their roots as much as possible, when they are turned out of the pots. If the season be warm and fine. Grapes of early kinds ripen very well on these layers before they are taken up; and, if properly managed, they will bear some fruit the first year after planting. One of the strongest shoots must be left nearly at full length, cutting it as high as the uppermost full bud, leaving nothing but round well-ripened wood. If there are three shoots, the remaining two should be cut so as to leave only two full eyes upon each, which should be trained at full length, to produce fine wood for next year. The shoot which was trained the pre- ceding year should then be cut down, leaving only two strong eyes to produce wood for the following year; and so on every year, cutting the branches alternately. By so doing, the walls will be kept always covered with fine healthy bearing wood ; and much time will be saved in furnishing hot-houses and vineries. On propagating Vines by cuttings. — The cuttings should be chosen from those shoots which have the shortest joints, always having one or two joints of the last year’s wood, cutting it perfectly smooth and a little rounding at the lower end, and as near to a joint of the old wood as possible. Cut the upper end smooth and sloping towards the wall ; or if in beds or borders, let the cut always face the north. Against piers or walls, set them at about a foot distance, and so deep as to have the second eye level with the ground ; remembering always to rub off the lower eye. Pick off all V I T OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. V I T runners and side-shoots, leaving only two shoots, which should be trained at. their full length. In January or February they may be pruned, leaving one or two eyes on each, accord- ing to the strength of the shoot. In the first year, especially if the summer be dry, and they have not been duly watered, they will make little progress : but in the second year it will be plainly discerned which is the strongest plant, and that ouly should be left to fill up the vacant space on the wall. The rest should be taken up and planted in other situations where they are wanted. Make choice of the cuttings after a dry warm season. Each should have two inches of the old wood, with one eye of the new. When the Vines are pruned, there will be great choice : select such as are of a middling size, and have the wood round and perfectly ripened. Cut the bottom part perfectly smooth ; and if any of the old dead snags remain, cut them off close to the quick wood, and cut the top sloping towards the back of the hot-house or frame. Put only one cutting in each pot, which should be a deep forty-eight, filled with rich light mould well prepared. The plants will thus grow much stronger and quicker than when many are crowded together, and the sun and air will have a freer admission to ripen the wood. When the plants begin to get strong, and the pots full of roots, shift them into larger pots (thirty-twos.) This mode is best adapted to private gardens. They who raise plants for sale in larger quantities, and cannol conveniently spare so much room, may plant three or more cuttings in each pot. A method frequently practised by nurserymen and gardeners* who wish to have their plants fit for sale the same year, is to set them in pots in the hot house, among the tan, on the flues, or round the curbs of the pit. They may be raised in this manner, either singly in small pots, or several together in larger ones, transplanting them singly when they have taken j root. In this case it will be necessary to have a hot-bed ! ready to plunge the pots in as soon as they are transplanted. J Thus their growth will be forwarded very much, and before autumn they will be fit for sale. The eye or bud should be large, prominent, and bold. The shoots should be mode- rately strong, round, and short-jointed. The texture of the wood should be close, solid, and compact. But the best criterion is its solidity and having very little pith. On the Pruning and Training of Vines. — The wood must be strong, or the bunches will be small. If the latter be the case, cut the plant down to two or three eyes, in order to have strong wood for the next year. If there be much old naked wood on the Vines, with some small weak shoots at the extremities, cut them down as near the ground as pos- sible: you will then have no fruit for that year. Or you may cut every other shoot ; leaving the old ones to produce some small Grapes. The next year, there will be plenty of fine wood, provided the strongest shoots have been nailed in, and all the side-shoots pinched off, or cut out with a sharp penknife close to the eye : but never twist them, for by twisting you hurt the bud that is to produce fruit next year ; always observing to cut as near to a bud as possible, and taking care to lay in the wood very thin in summer, that the sun and air may be freely admitted to ripen it. Keep the shoots nailed to the wall, to prevent their being broken by high winds ; and pick off all the side-shoots every time they are nailed, which ought to be done several times during; the. summer months, according to the quickness of their growth. In fine weather they will require to be looked over once every fortnight or three weeks. Never suffer the Vines to runtogther in a cluster, and to mat; for that will infallibly ruin them for bearing the succeeding year. Top the shoots as soon as the Grapes come' to the size of small peas, a joint or two above the fruit; but never top the leading shoot, nor that which you intend should bear fruit next year. In the second year never prune till the beginning of February, except in very forward seasons, owing to a fine autumn and mild winter, after the wood has been well ripened in the preceding summer; in which case the Vines will be more forward in the middle of January, than in backward seasons at the end of March. It is common to begin pruning soon after the fall of the leaf ; but if a frost sets in before the wood is hard, it will be very much injured. We have often fine weather in October and November, which helps to ripen the wood after wet autumns. When the leaves begin to fall, take a soft broom, and sweep them off upwards gently; which will assist in hardening the wood. In pruning, always make choice of the strongest and longest shoots, leaving them as long as the eyes are good and plump, and the wood round ; but by no means leave them when they become flat, for such seldom bear fruit ; or if they do, it will be very small. Never lay in any that has less than from fifteen to thirty good eyes, according to the strength of the shoot; which will produce two bunches from every good eye. The shoots that have borne fruit in the preceding year should be cut out next year, except when you want to fill the wall, and the shoots are very strong. Never leave any but fine strong wood, always cutting at the second, third, or fourth eye ; rubbing the lowest bud off, and that which comes out at the joint between the new and last year’s wood. By these means you will get as much fruit from these short shoots as you would have by the common way of pruning. Observe to leave two or three of the strongest shoots for next year’s bearing wood, and never top them. If there is not room to train them, you may lead them over the tops of the other trees, if the Vines are planted against piers ; or you may run them behind the standards, and thus cover the whole of the wall. You may also run the shoots at the bottom of the wall behind the dwarf trees; or you may tack them down over the top of the wall, on the other side, provided the walls are low ; you may also train them over the tops of trees on each side; which never does any harm to the trees below, provided they are kept nailed to the wall; they may even be planted on north and east aspects, and trained over the tops of the south and west walls to fill the upper parts, till the Peaches and Nectarines, cover them. Although the foregoing directions are given chiefly for Vines on walls in the open ground, yet the same method may be practised for forced Grapes. On Watering Vines. — The Vine requires a warm dry soil in England, yet in a hot dry summer it should have a plenti- ful supply of wafer, especially in the hot-house. In hot countries the Vine is said to grow most luxuriant near water, and the allusions to this circumstance in Scripture are very frequent. In Madeira, we are told, they do not attempt to plant Vineyards, except where there is a command of water: and in Spain a copious vintage depends upon abundant rains. With respect to Vines on walls in the open air, after the Grapes are set and begin to swell, they may be watered three times a week, if the weather be hot and dry, with the Barrow Engine; sprinkling them all over the leaves and fruit, press- ing your forefinger over the top of the pipe, to throw the water as fine as small rain. This will keep the Vines clear from dust and insects, and promote the swelling of the fruit ; but it must never be done when the nights are cold and frosty. The best time for the operation is about four O’clock, in a south aspect ; for the sun will then be going off the wall, and the leaves will have time to dry before night. In very hot dry rveather, a good bottom watering once a week, will 770 V I T THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; V IT forward the swelling of the fruit ; but when the fruit is fully swelled.it should be left off, particularly when the nights begin to be cold, for it would then hurt the flavour of the fruit. Vines in hot-houses, provision being made by drains, &c. as above directed, to keep the border in a dry state during winter, should have gentle and frequent waterings in spring, when the weather is dry. When the Vines are in flower, even the frequent sprinkling the flues and walks in a hot house ; and the border, &c. in a vinery, will greatly benefit the plants. A good heat, however, should be kept up, because Grapes set best in a vaporous heat of between seventy and seventy-five degrees. In a hot-house, if the walks, &c. are sprinkled when there is a strong sun, the exhaled moisture will instantly form a kind of artificial dew, which is exceedingly nourishing to Grapes in their infant state. When strong fires are kept, if the flues are frequently sprinkled with water, a steam will arise, which has also a good effect. With this view, contrivances have been made to introduce hot steam into stoves. When the Grapes are grown to the size of small peas, the Vines will require a con- stant supply of water, till they are full grown. If the border be kept in a moderate moist state during the above period, the Vines will grow luxuriant, and the Grapes will swell to a large size. But when the Grapes are nearly ripe, the water- ings should be less frequent, as too much water at that sea- son would tend to debase their flavour. When the crop is gathered, the border should be frequently watered, till the leaves of the Vines begin to change. But from that time, and during the winter, the border should be kept in a dry state. It does not seem necessary to water the leaves of Vines growing in the stove, except they should be infected with insects. But during a mild rain, the upper lights may be let down, that the Vines on the back wall may reap the benefit of it. During winter, the Vine-border may be watered with the drainage of dunghills; but this should only be applied when the roots are in a state of inaction. On the Preservation of Vines and Grapes. — Although the Vine is not very liable to be infested with insects, when grow- ing in the open air; yet few plants suffer more from their ravages than when trained under glass, especially in Pine stoves; the constant warmth kept up in these houses during winter serving to keep up the succession of them from one season to another. A species of Acarus, commonly called the Red Spider, is the most pernicious; these insects fre- quently attack the leaves of the Vine early in the summer, and their increase in dry weather being very quick' and great, they will soon greatly damage, and in time totally destroy the foliage. They generally reside and breed on the under side of the leaves; and when they are very numerous they work a fine web all over it, and round the edges. The upper surface appears full of very small dots or spots of a light colour. The red spider, however, does not confine itself to the leaves, but attacks the bunches of Grapes also, especially when they are almost ripe; and as they extract the juice from them, the Grapes soon become soft, flabby, and ill flavoured. The Thrips, an hemipterous insect, sometimes attacks the young shoots of Vines growing in the open air, especially those which are weak or newly planted. If young shoots are injured by late spring-frosts, the tender part of the leaf will curl up, and change to a dark brown colour: in this state the thrips attacks them with great greediness, especially the White Sweetwater and Muscadine. This insect, however, is seldom injurious to Vines growing in the open air, except in the spring: to those in the hot-house they are most hurtful when the Grapes are nearly ripe; they attack the bunches as well as the leaves, and commonly prey upon the extremities of the berries, particularly that next the footstalk. In white Grapes, the part injured changes to a dark colour, the footstalk turns black, and the berry withers. Aphides, or plant-lice, sometimes iufe9t the young shoots of Vines, but as they grow very rapidly, these insects do not often greatly injure them. Two or three species of Cocci sometimes infest the Vine, as Coccus hesperidum and adoni- dum. The latter is sometimes mistaken for the crimson- tinged Pine-bug. These abound in hot-houses and conser- vatories, and breed upon the Coffee-tree, Oleander, &c. but they are not very prejudicial to the Vine. All these insects, the Acarus excepted, may be destroyed by a strong fumiga- tion of tobacco. For the method of doing this, see the article Stoves. It would be improper to fumigate late in the spring, or in the summer, because the smoke would injure the Grapes, by giving them a disagreeable flavour. Where insects have been numerous the preceding season, they must be destroyed effectually before the Vines come into flower; this may be done by fumigating two or three different times, at the distance of three or four days between each operation. Pine-stoves are much more liable to be infested with these insects, than Grape-houses or Vineries, because in these it is usual to take off the glass frames during the winter, by which the insects generally perish ; but the warmth of the Pine- stove protects them through the winter. In these two, the thrips is often greatly encouraged by the vegetables culti- vated there, particularly by kidney-beans. In order there- fore to prevent the increase of these insects, which is very rapid, after the stove has been fumigated, remove all the kidney-bean plants, and then sow a fresh crop of them immediately, placing the pots all over the flues, &c. that in case any insects should have escaped the fumigation, the young kidney-bean plants may attract them : as soon as these plants appear to be infected, take them aw3y and sow a fresh crop. The red spider may be destroyed by a composition of one pound of flowers of sulphur, and two ounces of common Scotch snuff, or very good tobacco dust, well mixed together. Take a small brush, such as is used for common painting, dip it lightly in the composition, then lay one hand on the upper surface of the leaf, and with the other draw the brush very gently backwards and forwards all over the under sur- face. The Acarus being soft and delicate, is hereby de- stroyed with the most gentle touch ; the brush also readily wipes off their web, as well as their globular transparent egcs, which are fastened by a fine membrane to the leaves ; and thus we are secured from the danger of a succeeding brood. This process may seem tedious ; but it is easily per- formed upon Vines trained in a regular manner, and a single operation is generally sufficient for a whole season. This should be performed as soon as the insects make their ap- pearance. Sulphur alone is sufficient for the purpose, but the snuff or tobacco dust renders the mixture equally fatal to the thrips also. Mr. Forsyth asserts, that the best thing to destroy the red spider, and other insects, is moisture. Fre- quent watering of trees with lime-water, and throwing it plentifully on the under side of the leaves, will in a short time extirpate the red spider. In hot-houses, he recom- mends using water only, in the following manner: Between three and four in the afternoon, fill the barrow-engine with soft water, wheel it along the paths of the house, where they are wide enough to admit it, and sprinkle all the plants; play also in a fine shower against the top lights and shelves, till the water stands an inch deep in the paths. If you can- not conveniently get the barrou’-engine into the house, and have not Philip’s small copper engine, or some other of the like sort; open the front lights, and throw water in from V I T OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. V I T 771 thence. When this operation is performed within, every light must be shut ; when from without, keep one light only open at a time; the house must be then kept close shut till next morning: this will cause such an exhalation from the glass, tan, ater will very readily run, to persons unacquainted with watering, it does not at first sight appear necessary to make such a number of intermediate catch- drains ; but it is proved by experience, that however regular the slope of ground may appear to the eye, the water will find a number of irregularities, force itself into gutters or channels, and defeat the purpose of watering, in the hollow places by an excess, and in the higher ones by a want, of water. It is always necessary, before entering upon execu- tion, to consider fully whether the stream of water to be made use of, will admit of a temporary weir or dam to be formed across it, so as to keep the water up to a proper level for covering the laud, without flooding or injuring other adjoining grounds ; or if the water be in its natural state sufficiently high without a weir or dam, or to be made so by taking from the stream higher up, more towards its source, and by the conductor keeping it up nearly to its level, until it comes upon the meadow or other ground. Arid still further, whether the water can be drawn off from the meadow or ground in as rapid a manner as it is introduced. It is essentially necessary to possess a full and complete command of the water ; and therefore the best mode is to construct good works in the first instance. Temporary means of making dams and hatches to divert the water from its usual channel, may serve to try an experiment : but every land- owner greatly mistakes his own interest, who has recourse to such temporary expedients; because it is frequently more difficult to repair than to renew upon large streams, where the foundations are often destroyed, or very much injured. The same principle holds good upon smaller streams, and even in the feeders and drains of watered land. Wherever the channels are so contracted as to make a fall, or much increase the rapidity of the stream, it is constantly disposed to wear away the sides of the channel, or to undermine the dam. The repairing these defects will require land to be dug away, and wasted each time, besides loss of labour. Hence it will be eventually cheaper to make all such works of masonry. The works being thus well constructed, and the water under full command: the next object is to ensure an equal distribution, and prevent wasting. For this purpose no part of the land, either in the bed or catch-work mode, should be so formed as to be floated or watered directly from the main feeder, but all the main feeders should be kept high 132. enough to discharge the water into the small feeders with considerable velocity, and through a narrow' opening. The motion of water is said to be truly mechanical, and requires a great deal of ingenuity, and a perfect knowledge of lines and levels, to make it pass over the grounds in a proper manner. Each meadow or portion of land requires a dif- ferent design, unless the cultivator can incur the heavy ex- pense of paring oft' banks, and filling up such hollows as may be necessary to reduce it to some regular method, the con- struction to be varied according to the nature of the ground. This constitutes the difference between the watered meadows or lands of Berkshire, and those of Devonshire; the latter of which are upon small streams carried round the sides of the hills chiefly in catch-work ; the former are near large rivers and boggy ground, being thrown up into ridges to create a brisk motion in the water; and also for the essential purpose of drawing off the superficial moisture which might prejudice the grasses, when shut up for feeding or mowing. Where there is much floating to be done with little water, or rather where the great fall of a small stream will admit of its being carried over a great quantity of ground, and used several times, it is desirable to employ it in that way, though that is not a | perfect model for watering land ; but if it answer the purpose of a coat of manure, it will amply repay the expense. In all cases, losing fall is wasting water. All the drains of watered meadows or lands require no greater declivity than is neces- sary to carry the water from the surface; therefore the water should be collected and used again at every three feet of the fall, if it be not catch-work. It is sometimes difficult to do this in bed-work lands ; but where the upper part of the laud is catch-work, or in level beds, and the lower part not too much elevated, it may be done. By collecting and using the water again in the same piece of ground before it falls into the brook or other course, a set of hatches is saved, and it is unnecessary to be very particular in getting the upper part into high ridges, since that part of the land near the hatches generally becomes the best, and the lower end of the field being often the wettest or most boggy in its natural state, requires to be thrown up the highest. If the land be of a dry absorbent nature before floating or watering, it will not require to be thrown up into high beds. It has been suggested, that if grass-land, of the heavier kind, could be ploughed in such a manner as to set the two furrow slides or sods in a leaning position against each other, with the grass sides outwards, the roots of the grasses would be per- fectly dry all winter: the shoots would have the full benefit of the sun, and great advantage from mutual shelter. Upon wet land, this ploughing should be performed in the direction in which the water runs. If the ground ploughed in this form before winter, could be watered toward the spring, so as to give it a good soaking, it might be pressed down again to a level surface with a heavy roller. If these narrow ridges also were crossed with level trenches at every forty, fifty, or one hundred yards’ distance, according to the fall of the ground ; and these trenches made to communicate with other main trenches, which should run up or down the slope, and supply or discharge the contents of those which are horizon- tal, such ground might be laid dry or wet at pleasure : and it is supposed land so shaped might be floated or watered all winter with stagnant water, to its great benefit, and probably in the spring too, if the water be changed at frequent and proper periods; for it would only remain in the furrows where there could be little or no vegetation, and the newly loosened soil of the ridges could not fail to absorb such moisture as would promote the growth of the grass Without; any danger of putrefaction. The levels must be taken before 9 Q 796 WAT THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; WAT a piece of ground be ploughed in this shape, and the earth taken out in cutting the cross-drains, be used in stopping the furrows on the lower side. Perhaps upon wet lands it would be necessary to re-plough them every autumn, or the strong lands might become too solid to receive the same benefit from the practice; and it will be necessary to level the ridges every spring, if the ground he mowed, but if summer-fed, it may as well remain in this form as any other. This easy method of getting land up into ridges, which are very nar- row, gives to the surface all that inclination which is neces- sary for drawing off water, which is thus placed under the same command as in any of the best-formed meadows or lands, and a much less quantity will be sufficient than under any other plan of watering. It is supposed that it might probably answer the purpose to float young Wheat, or any other sort of grain, in some cases, by a similar method ; and that flat peaty ground, such as the level fens in Norfolk, which are subject to be covered a few inches deep every winter with stagnant water, would be much benefited by ploughing it in this way before the floods commence. Some parts of it would thereby be raised above the water, and vegetate quicker in the spring; and the sedgy matter, grow- ing up in the furrows, would, in a few years, raise them to the same level. The cross-drains, where on a declivity, would serve to catch and re-distribute the water, and the fall from one to the other must be very little. If this method be found not to do for watering, perhaps four furrow-ridges of turf may answer all the purposes of a more extensive system. There is always good grass by the side of the feeder, whether the water rushes over it or not, and a meadow or land of this nature would be nothing but feeders. It requires so little elevation of ridge, and fall in the feeders, that the water might soon he used again ; therefore a very small quantity W'ould suffice, and if there were a small quantity in the win- ter, the whole discharge might be stopped, and gradually lowered in the spring. This method would answer all the purposes of complete saturation, which seems to he one of the most essential parts of watering, and might be applied more or less, according to the time of the year. When the water is put on, it is supposed no grasses would sustain any injury by exclusion from the air, for a day or two, at the first application. If these ridges could be elevated but four or sis inches above the furrows, it would give the surface nearly the same slope as the wider ridges of common meadows or lands; perhaps it would he better to begin ploughing the furrows wide at the ridge, and very narrow at the furrow, which would leave but narrow spaces for drains. If a piece of turf-ground were ploughed in such ridges by the common way of turning over the furrow, if it were set pretty much on edge, it is thought the grass between would soon cover the whole surface. Perhaps ridges might be made by beginning the two first furrows more apart than the usual width, thus leaving the width of one furrow between the two first, to constitute the channel of the feeder. These ridges should be ploughed up and down, with only three or four inches’ fall between the cross feeders ; and the water may be brought into use again at every other set of beds. If the ground require to be loosened every year, or every other, or two years or more, it will not be attended with much expense, and there w ill be. no very great inconvenience in mowing ground in this shape, if the sides of the ridges be about a swath wide. It is thought that meadows or lands of this sort might be made for twenty-five or thirty shillings the acre, floated or watered with less water than catch- work, and have many advantages over it; namely, the water would lie more above the surface, would be more at command, and therefore changed more readily, and it may be pent up better to get a good soaking when scarce. This may be done more effec- tually in turns, and will run drier when the water may be taken off, but does not require much skill in the making or management. All the water will be let through nicks, in- stead of running over a level edge, which in the first place is seldom made well, and in the next is difficult to keep in repair. This sort of work would, it is thought, have all the advan- tages of drains and feeders, whereas the same channels are obliged to serve for both in the common catch-work : it would require but very few or no stops, and consequently want but little attendance. The whole of the channels and drains for carrying the water on or off the land, in the con- slant course and regular quantity which practice proves to he necessary, have two very distinct uses. The first sort, or feeders, bring a continued supply of water, to make the slopes wet ; and the latter, by carrying it away, prevent the land from becoming too wet in the time of floating or water- ing, serving to render it dry when that is finished, and to remove any superfluous moisture arising from the soil, or falling from the clouds. The large ones, which convey the water to the land, and along the main ridge, to supply the others, are sometimes said to be the main feeders ; and the branches that run along each ridge and distribute the water down the sides, the floating-feeders. The first operation of floating, or watering, begins at the edges of these feeders ; the main feeders being nothing more than channels or courses along which the water must pass from the places where it can he found, to the places where it is to have its effect. The place of its use lies between the floating feeder and the foot of the slope or drains, which are made in every furrow for the purpose of catching the water; and which are said to be catch-drains, and the large ones which collect the water from these, main drains. Some suppose, that all floating or watering in large rivers, may be effected without constructing hatches, which are often attended with heavy expenses and many inconveniences. If the land be far enough up the river, nothing more is necessary than to go thither, and cut a channel out of it, which shall be deeper than the bottom of the stream. The water, which will be taken out in this new channel, may be dammed up by the hatches in it at any place most convenient for bringing it out upon the surface. To turn it into its old course down the river, nothing more is necessary than a hatch at the upper end of the feeder; which, when constructed in this way, will be extremely ser- viceable in time of floods; for by drawing both the hatches an entire new channel will be opened, which generally becomes slraighter than the original. To contrive the shortest way possible to bring the water upon the ground, it is evident that an obtuse angle is the best calculated for that purpose: it shortens the length of the feeders, facilitates the motion of the water, and preserves that natural warmth which prevents it from freezing in the winter, or stagnating in the summer. It also prevents the accumulation of scum, or whatever floats upon the surface, and enables the floater to distribute the water much more equally on every part of the work, than if it circulated in any other direction. The wind has less power to retard the motion of the surface; and the sediment which should. go out upon the beds is less liable to lodge in the bottom of the feeders, and consequently the feeders will he cleared out with much less trouble and expense, especially if there be proper plugs or small hatches to draw up, for the purpose of sending a stream through them. It may appear to some that these hatches are loo expensive; but, as is already stated, the best policy is to construct well at first, because they last the longer. Inclined planes also are absolutely WAT OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. WAT 797 necessary; and to form them between straight and parallel lines, the land must be dug away where too high, and moved to those places where it is too low', to form an even surface. The new-made ground will naturally settle in hollows pro portioned to the depth of the loose matter which has been lately put together, but such settlement will not take place until the new ground has been soaked and dried again: hence these defects cannot be removed before the second or third year of watering ; it will therefore be more difficult, and require more skill and attention, during the first few years, than at any time afterwards. But however simple the system of watering may appear at first sight, those who enter into the practice, will find it no easy task to give an irregular surface that regular yet various form which is necessary. It is therefore requisite that the designer should have just notions of lines, levels, and angles, as the knowledge of superficial forms will not be sufficient. Accurate knowledge of solid geometry is indispensable, to prepare the land for effectual irrigation. Water Leaf. See Hydrophyllum. Water Lemon. See Passiflora. Water Lily. See Nymphcea. Water Melon. See Cucurbita Citrnllus. Water Milfoil. See Myriophyllum. Water Mint. See Mentha. Water Parsnep. See Siam. Water Pepper. See Polygonum Hydropiper. Water Pimpernel. See Samolus. Water Plantain. See Alisma. Water Purslane. See Peplis. Water Radish. See Sisymbrium. Water Rocket. See Sisymbrium Sylvestre. Water Soldier. See Stratiotes. Water Speedwell. See Veronica. Water Tupelo. See Nyssa. Water Violet. See Hottonia. Waterwort. SeeFlatine. Watsonia ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: spalha inferior, shorter than the corolla, of two oblong, close-pressed, per- manent valves. Corolla: of one petal, superior; tube cylin- drical throughout, somewhat enlarged, but not spreading, in the elongated throat, curved ; limb nearly regular, in six deep, flat, spreading, almost equal segments. Stamina : filamenta three, inserted into the tube at the origin of the throat, thread-shaped, ascending, shorter than the corolla ; an therm oblong, somewhat parallel, incumbent. Pistil: ger- men inferior, oblong, furrowed; style thread-shaped, longer than the stamina; stigmas three, slender, deeply cloven, spreading, recurved. Pericarp: capsule oblong, bluntly triangular, cartilaginous, of three cells and three valves. Seeds: numerous, imbricated downwards, angular in their lower part, dilated into more or less of a wing at the upper end. Observe. This genus differs from Gladiolus in having an almost regular corolla, with a cylindrical throat; narrow, divided, not dilated, stigmas; and angular, scarcely winged seeds. Essential Character. Spatha of two valves. Corolla: tubular, with a cylindrical throat; its limb in six deep, nearly equal segments. Stigmas: three, thread-shaped, deeply cloven, the segments recurved. Capsule: cartila»i- nous. Seeds : numerous, angular. The species are, 1. Watsonia Spicata. Leaves cylindrical, hollow; they are alternate, and very remarkable for their cylindrical inflated form, gradually swelling upwards, obtuse, with a small point; their surface very smooth ; their base sheathing. The bulb is small, round, with a fibrous coat; stem. leafy, from eight G to twelve inches high; flowers either of a light blue or pale purple colour, very numerous, closely imbricated in a two- ranked tapering spike, with reddish crenate sheaths; corollas regular, expanding more than half an inch.— Found at the Cape of Good Hope, flowering there in January, but here in May. 2. Watsonia Plantaginea ; Plantain-spiked Watsonia. Upper leaves linear-sword-shaped, many-ribbed, lowermost hollow, compressed ; flowers imbricated in two rows ; they are either blue or white, very numerous, scentless, resembling those of the preceding species, forming a dense two-ranked spike, two or three of which are sometimes found on each stem. It differs essentially from the first species in the sword-shaped form of its foliage. — Found at the Cape of Good Hope, in the high-ways, and often near Cape Town. 3. Watsonia Punctata ; Dotted-flowered Watsonia. Leaves linear-awl-shaped, compressed, few, alternate, very narrow, spreading in two directions; spike about three flowered ; bulb roundish, depressed ; stem leafy, slender, about a foot high; flowers agreeing in size and disposition with those of Ixia Maculata, about three in number, of a fine purple, marked with dotted or bearded veins ; their segments regu- lar, elliptical, longer than the tube, three of them rather smaller than the rest; stigmas six, strap-shaped, obtuse, revolute, downy. — Imported from the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Watsonia Marginata ; Broad-bordered-leaved Watsonia. Leaves sword-shaped, with thick callous edges; spike some- what compound ; mouth of the corolla with six teeth. The great size of the plant, its thick-edged leaves, and the copious rose-coloured flowers, smelling like Hawthorn or Heliotrope, render this one of the most desirable and striking of the Cape bulbs. The corolla is regular, with a tube about equal to its limb, having a short cylindrical throat; stigmas long, each in two divaricated revolute segments. — This abounds about the Cape of Good Hope, on the Table Mountain, and other elevated ground, flowering from October to December, often in such profusion as to cover the hills as it were with a rose coloured carpet. It blossoms freely in our green- houses from June to August, especially when planted in deep pots, and increases readily. 5. Watsonia Rosea ; Pyramidal-spiked Watsonia. Leaves sword-shaped, thickened at the edges; spike compound; mouth of the corolla naked. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. This is one of the largest of its tribe, being some- times four feet high: it has been mistaken for a variety of the last, but it is a larger and more stately plant ; and its flowers are even of a more beautiful rose-colour: the corolla also wants the six marginal teeth round the mouth, which essentially distinguish that of the preceding species. — Native of the Cape. 6. Watsonia Brevifolia ; Short leaved Watsonia. Leaves ovate-sword shaped, equitant, very short; they are about four, almost perfectly radical, remarkable for being only two or three inches long, though near an inch w ide, their edges cartilaginous, though very narrow: tube, throat, and limb of the corolla, equal in length ; mouth naked ; stem twelve or eighteen inches high ; spike long, erect, simple, or some- times branched, but not composed of little spikelets ; flowers of a tawny red, about the size of those of the fourth species ; they are scentless, but more durable than some of their con- geners.— Native of the Cape. 7. Watsonia Iridifolia ; Flax leaved Watsonia. Throat of the corolla curved, longer than the tube, and rather longer than the acute limb; leaves sword-shaped, erect, with a pro- minent midrib ; they are long, both in this and its splendid scarlet-flowered variety, the spathes of which are not much 798 W E A THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; W E A above half the length of the slender tube, which is about two-thirds as long as the greatly-extended, cylindrical, curved, and strongly deflexed throat; stigmas cloven half way down, divaricated. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Watsonia Meriana ; Red Watsonia. Throat of the corolla curved, rather longer than the tube, and longer than the obtuse limb; tube longer than the spathe ; leaves sword- shaped, erect, with a prominent midrib. This large and handsome species is nearly allied to the last, but is distin- guished by the blunt segments of its corolla. The real colour of the flowers is a peculiar salmon red, rather than scarlet; but it varies both in colour and size. It flowers with other Cape bulbs in May and June, increasing plentifully by offsets. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 9. Watsonia Humilis; Crimson Watsonia. Throat of the corolla curved, rather longer than the acute limb; lube the length of the spathe; leaves sword-shaped, erect, with a prominent midrib; they are linear, and the plant is seldom above a foot high. The flowers are of a crimson or rose- coloured hue, and vary in size. — Native of the Cape. 10. Watsonia Rosea-Alba; Long-tubed Watsonia. Tube about twice the length of the throat, with which it makes nearly a right angle: it is one and a half or two inches long, erect ; throat suddenly deflexed, cylindrical, rather slender, an inch long; segments of the limb lanceolate, acute, the length of the throat; antherae but just projecting out of the mouth of the flower, violet-coloured ; stigmas in linear segments. The corolla is either cream coloured, with rose-coloured tints about the mouth and throat, or flesh-coloured, blotched with scarlet, or all over crimson ; leaves sword-shaped, with a midrib.— Native of the Cape. 11. Watsonia Aletroides ; Alelris-flowered Watsonia. Throat deflexed, four times as long as the segments of the limb ; the leaves .are sword-shaped, narrow, with a central rib not very strongly marked, and several small lateral ones. This elegant species bears numerous drooping flowers, of a rich crimson, sometimes speckled with a darker tint, or with white, and remarkable for their small slightly spreading limb, so short in proportion to the long tubular deflexed throat, that they resemble the flowers of an Aletris or Aloe. — Native of the Cape. 12. Watsonia Strictiflora ; Straight-flowered Watsonia. Tube thread-shaped, twice the length of the spathe; throat erect, very short, slightly dilated ; segments of the limb ellip- tical, obtuse, half the length of the tube ; leaves sword- shaped, with a prominent midrib. The stem is about twelve or eighteen inches high, with several shortish taper-pointed ieaves at the bottom, and bears about two handsome crimson flowers. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Way Bread. See Pluntago. Wayfaring Tree. See Viburnum. Way Thistle. See SerratulaArvensis. Weather. — The great but regular alterations which a little change of weather makes in many parts and sorts of inanimate matter, is fully and strikingly shewn by barometers, thermo- meters, hygrometers, and other such instruments ; and it is probably owing to our inattention, and partly to other causes and circumstances, that mankind, like the animals, do not feel these alterations of the atmosphere in the tubes, chords, and dbres, of our bodies. The state of the atmosphere, with respect to heat and cold, drought and moisture, fog, fair or foul, wind, rain, hail, frost, snow, and other changes, is a kind of knowledge that will be found of vast importance to the farmer ; for it is by means of the atmosphere that plants are in some measure nourished, and that animals properly perform their vital functions. In order to form a proper and consistent theory or doctrine of the weather, it would be necessary to have accounts and registers of it regularly and carefully kept, in divers parts of the globe, for a long series of years. Hitherto, however, such accounts have only been very partial, and the general conclusions drawn from them are, that barometers rise and fall together, even at very distant places, and a consequent conformity and similarity of weather ; and that this happens more uniformly, as might be expected, where the places are nearest together. The variations of these instruments are also found to be the greater as the places are nearer to the pole: thus the quick- silver in those at London has a greater range by two or three lines than at Paris, and at Paris than at Zurich ; and that at some places near the equator, there is scarcely any variation at all: that the rain in Switzerland and Italy is much greater in quantity, taking it for the whole year, than in the county of Essex, though the rains are yet more frequent, or there are more rainy days, in that county than in either of the aforesaid countries. That cold contributes greatly to rain, and that apparently by condensing the suspended vapours, and causing them to descend ; thus very cold months or seasons are generally followed by great rains, and cold sum- mers are generally very wet. Again, that high ridges of country or mountains, as the Alps and others, and the snows with which they are covered, not only affect the neighbour- ing places, but even distant countries, which often partake of their effects, and the weather is mostly rainy in their vicinity, both in our own and other countries. The prog- nostics of the weather that are formed from other circum- stances are, that a thick dark sky, lasting for some time, without either sun or rain, always becomes first fair and then foul; that is, it changes to a fair clear sky before it turns to rain. The reason appears to be, that the atmosphere is replete with vapours, which, though sufficient to reflect and intercept the sun’s rays from us, yet want density to descend; and while they continue in the same state, so will the wea- ther, which is on that account commonly attended with moderate warmth, and with little or no wind to disturb the vapours, which have a heavy atmosphere to sustain them, the barometer being generally high : but when the cold approaches, and by condensing the vapours drives them into clouds, or drops, the way is made for the sun beams to operate, until the vapour by further condensation forms into rain, and falls in drops. Hence a change in the warmth of the weather is often followed by a change in the wind. Thus the north- erly and southerly winds, though generally supposed to be the causes of cold and warm weather, are in reality the effects produced by the warmth or coldness of the atmosphere. And it is common to observe a warm southerly wind, suddenly changed to the north, by the fall of snow' or hail ; or to find the wind in a cold frosty morning north, when the sun has well warmed the air, wheel towards the south, and again turn northerly or easterly in the cold of the evening. — The fol- lowing useful deductions or sigus with regard to the weather, are extracted from various sources; and will be found ot great service to every agriculturist. When there are small round clouds of a dapple grey colour, with a north wind, it may be determined that the weather will continue line for two or three days ; but large clouds appearing like rocks, indicate great showers. When small clouds increase, it is a sign of much rain; but the lessening of large clouds foretells fine weather. In summer or harvest, when the wind has been south two or three days, and it grows very hot, and clouds rise with great white tops like towers, as if one were on the top of another, being joined together with black on the lower side, it is a sign that there will be thunder and rain suddenly. W E A OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. W,E B 799 And when two such clouds rise, one on each hand, it is high time to make haste to shelter. When a cloud is seen to rise against the wind, or the side-wind, it is a sure sign that when the cloud comes up near you, the wind will blow the way in which the cloud came. It is the same, too, with the motion of a clear place in the sky, when all the parts of it are thick, except one edge. At all times when the clouds look black in the west, it is sure to rain; or if raining, it is sure to continue, whatever quarter the wind may be in : and that, on the contrary, if it should break in the west, it is sure to be fair; and fair weather for a week with the wind at south, is likely to produce a great drought. The wind usually turns from north to south quietly, but comes back to north strong and with rain. Sudden rain never lasts long; but when the air grows thick by degrees, and the sun or moon and stars shine dimmer, it is likely to rain for some time. When it begins to rain from the south with a high wind for two or three hours, and then the wind falls, but the rain continues, it is likely to rain twelve hours or more, aftd generally rains until a strong north wind clears the atmo- sphere. When it begins to raiu an hour or two before sun-rising, it is likely to be fair before noon, and to continue so all day; but if the rain begin an hour or two after sun- rising it is likely to rain all day, unless the rainbow be seen before it rains. When mists rise in low ground, and soon dis- appear, it is a sign that there will be fair weather; but that when they rise to the hill tops, there will be rain in a day or two. A general mist before the sun rises, when near the time of full moon, is a sign of fair weather. When there are mists in the new moon, there will be raiu in the old ; and if there be mists in the old moon, there will be rain in the new. — With respect to the seasons, as spring and summer; when the last eighteen days of February, and the first ten days of the following month, are for the most part rainy, the spring and summer may be concluded likely to be so too ; and it is also observed, that all the great droughts have begun about that time. With respect to winter, w hen the end of October and the beginning of the following month are mostly warm and rainy, the two beginning months of the new year arejikely to be frosty and cold, except after a very dry summer : but when October and the following mouths are snowy and frosty, the two beginning months of the new year will probably prove mild. — Something may be drawn from the habits, cries, and course of animals, upon the changing of the w'ealher. In summer when sheep rise early in the morning, it indicates as a sure sign, either rain or a very hot day : and in all seasons, when they jump and play much about, it is an indi- cation of rain and wind in summer, and of storms in winter. When the sheep lie under a hedge in winter, and seem loath to go off to pasture, bleating much, it is considered as prog- nosticating a tempest. When sheep are fed with hay in the winter, and leave it in frosty and snowy weather, it is a certain sign of the frost’s departure. When rabbits get out to feed early in the morning, it is a sign of rain in the night in sum- mer, and of either rain or snow in winter. Hogs appear very uneasy before high winds, and run about squeaking as if they were in great pain. When owls screech, it is a certain sign of rain, generally near at hand ; as is also the cry of peacocks and woodpeckers : hence they are sometimes called rain-fowl. When cocks begin to crow while it rains, it is a sign of fair weather. Before a very wet summer, swans and bitterns build their nests very high, and very low before a dry summer. When a raven is observed early in the morning soaring round and round at a great height in the air, it is a sure sign that the day will be fine, and that the weather is likely to set in fair. In summer the bat foretels a fine dav 132. by flitting about in the preceding evening. When the swal- lows fly high, it indicates warm and fair weather; but when low', and dipping the tips of their wings in water, the weather is likely to be rainy; of which the squalling of Guinea-fowl, and quacking of ducks and geese, are certain signs. The missel thrush sings particularly loud before great stotms, and continues to do so until the rain begins; hence it is sometimes called the storm-fowl. In autumn, when flocks of wild, geese are seen flying over in a westerly direction, it foreruns hard weather. The early appearance of the wood- cock and fieldfare also indicates cold hard winters. When in the time of hay-making the black snails are to be seen stretched along the swathe of the grass, it is a sign of rain ; as it also is when frogs look black instead of a golden yellow colour, and croak hoarsely. In autumn, when the dor-beetle is flying about in the evening, the next day generally turns out fine : but when bees keep in their hives, and do not go out as usual, it is a sign of rain. — Conclusions with respect to the weather may also be drawn from vegetables: most plants expand their flowers and down in sunshiny weather, and close them up against rain, and toward the even- ing, especially at the commencement of their flow'ering, when the seeds are delicate and tender. This is exemplified in the dow n of Dandelion, and especially in the flow'ers of Pimper- nel, the opening and shutting of which assists the country people to foretell the weather of the following day. The rule is, when the flowers are close shut up, it betokens rain and foul weather, but the contrary when they are expanded. The stalks of most plants swell, and become more upright, against rain, particularly that of the Trefoil, noticed by Lord Bacon. It is by no means difficult to conceive that vegetables should be effected by the same causes as the wea- ther; they may be considered as so many hygrometers and thermometers, consisting of an infinite number of air-vessels, by which they have an immediate communication with the air or atniosphere, and partake of all its changes. Upon this principle it is, that all wood, even the hardest and most solid, swells in moist weather; the humid vapours easily insinuating themselves into its pores, especially in the lighter and drier kinds, which thereby become applicable to many purposes of art, and may tend in some instances to shew the change of the weather; concerning which the attentive farmer should store up in his mind as many rules as possible, as they will greatly assist him in the performance of his various business. Webera ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Monogy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth superior, of one leaf, divided half way down into five erect, acute, permanent segments. Corolla: of one petal, funnel shaped ; tube cylindrical, longer than the calix ; limb in five ovate- oblong reflexed segments; nectary a fleshy ring surrounding the base of the style. Stamina: filameuta five, very short, inserted into the margin of the tube ; antherae linear, incum- bent, spreading. Pistil: germen roundish, inferior; style simple, longer than the tube of the corolla; stigma club- shaped, with ten furrows. Pericarp: berry nearly globular, of two cells, crowned with the permanent enlarged calix. Seeds: from two to four in each cell, angular. . Essential Character. Calix: superior, in five permanent segments. Corolla : funnel-shaped, five-cleft. Stamina: in the mouth of the tube. Stigma: club-shaped, with ten furrows. Berry : inferior, of two cells. Seeds: several, angular. The species are, 1. Webera Corymbosa ; Corymbose Webera. Leaves ellip- tic, oblong, on short thick stalks, entire^ coriaceous, very smooth, four inches long, rather acute, with a stout rib, and 9 R 800 WEE THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; WEE numerous reticulated veins; their upper side shining, lower paler; corymb terminal, forked, many-flowered; stipules intrafoliaceous, triangular, short, pointed ; flower-stalks hairy; flowers three quarters of an inch long, whitish, agreeably fragrant, turning yellowish as they fade; berries firm, the size of a currant, blackish, sweetish, but not eatable. The stem is shrubby, about the height of a man, with smooth, leafy, somewhat compressed branches. — Found upon sandy ground in the East Indies. 2. Webera Cymosa; Cymose Webera. Leaves ovate, pointed ; cymes axillary, stalked, many-flowered, convex ; flower stalks downy ; corolla half the size of the former; style much longer than the corolla; stigma capitate, cloven ; berry the size of Juniper. — Native of the East Indies. Wedelia ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polyga- mia Necessaria. — Generic Character. Common Calix: simple, of four or five large leaves. Corolla: compound, radiant ; florets of the disk perfect, numerous, funnel-shaped, five cleft ; those of the radius from eight to twelve, roundish- ovate, cloven. Stamina : in the florets of the disk ; filamenta five, capillary, short; antherae united into a tube, as long as the partial corolla. Pistil: in the same florets, germen minute, imperfect; style thread-shaped, the length of the antherae ; stigma simple or divided : in those of the radius, germen ob- long, quadrangular ; style thread-shaped ; stigmas two, revo- lute. Pericarp: none, the calix remaining unaltered. Seed: in the disk, imperfect ; in the florets of the radius solitary, obovate, gibbous, crowned with four, five, or ten teeth. Receptacle: chaffy, slightly convex ; the scales ovate, con- cave, as long as the florets. Essential Character. Receptacle: chaffy. Seed crown: of from five to ten teeth. Calix: simple, of four or five leaves. The species are, 1. Wedelia Frutescens ; Shrubby Wedelia. Stem shrubby, climbing, with round leafy branches ; leaves distinct, stalked, lanceolate, acute, two or three inches long, somewhat ser- rated, bristly on both sides ; the upper rough, with callous points, lower paler ; footstalks linear, rough, hardly half an inch in length, combined at the base by a narrow annular stipule ; flowers terminal, stalked, solitary, yellow, near an inch broad, with a rough calix, the outer scales of their receptacle looking like a coloured inner calix ; seed-crown of ten teeth. — Native of Carthagena in South America, where it flowers in July and August. 2. Wedelia Perfoliata; Perfoliate Wedelia. Stem herba- ceous, four feet high, angular or furrowed, leafy, branched, often purplish; leaves rhomboid, tapering at the base, per- foliate, three or four inches long, including their narrow base, pointed, serrated, triple-ribbed, light green, roughish ; flowers yellow, stalked, much smaller than the foregoing ; calix broad, extending far beyond the rays ; seeds of the marginal florets large, tumid, each crowned with four or five or more irregularly placed tubercles, not exactly agreeing with the crown of the first species. — Native of Mexico. Weeds — may be distinguished into the annual, biennial, and perennial, like all other plants ; for the term weed merely implies that they are useless, and perhaps obnoxious, and require to be destroyed. The first division comprehends all such as die after perfecting their seeds in the first year. This class is very prolific in seeds, and cannot be extirpated without great difficulty. The second class includes all such weeds as live beyond a year, and which perish in the second year after perfecting their seeds. They are exceed- ingly troublesome, and hard to be rooted out. The third division comprises all those weeds which are capable of con- tinuing many years. Some perfect their seeds annually with- out being destroyed ; while others, less prolific in seeds, have the faculty of reproduction in their vivacious roots; and others increase both ways. Such are the worst of all weeds. There is considerable diversity in the nature and vegetation of different sorts : some sprout forth as soon as they receive a sufficient degree of moisture, sending down their roots, though not in exact contact with the earth ; others only begin to germinate when they are deposited and inclosed in a suitable soil, and have the proper influence of the atmo- sphere ; and there are many of these seeds, even of the very small sort, which remain for a considerable length of time in an inactive state, and vegetate on being placed in a favour- able situation. The seeds of some are provided, as is the case with Thistles, &c. with a soft feathery material for wings, which convey them from their native places to other lands at a considerable distance. There is also a difference of some consequence in the vivacious roots of weeds: some being branched, others entire ; some descending directly downwards, others inclining; some fibrous, others tuberous; some creeping, and others knotted or jointed. The plants we term weeds, are not, however, totally useless to mankind; many of them have valuable medicinal, and perhaps other qualities and properties, and some may be applied to uses so as to pay the expense of clearing the ground. Thus Sow- thistles will feed either rabbits or hogs; and the Hog-weed is useful for either pigs or cattle. Horses are fond of young Thistles, when partially dried ; and the seed may be prevented from spreading by gathering the down, which makes good pillows ; however, there is some danger in trusting them till this stage of their growth, as a high wind frequently disperses them over a whole country. Chadlock, it appears, may be made into good hay, and cows are very fond of it. Nettles, Fern, and the more bulky hedge-weeds, may be collected, and annually burnt, to form their ashes into balls, which are valuable to make a ley for scouring cloths and cleansing linen. The seeds of weeds are eaten in vast quantities by many sorts of birds : but it has been observed, that bees have not thriven so well since the extirpation of weeds has been generally attended to in this country. The vegetables termed weeds are more hardy and tenacious of growth than any others: nor is their production inconsistent with the Divine goodness, as displayed in that of the most valuable plants; for myriads of diminutive creatures, enjoying life and animation, are fed and supported by them ; while man has the intelligence to select and cultivate such vegetables as are adapted to his use, and proper for his sustenance, and to destroy and extir- pate others, thereby appropriating to himself what propor- tion he may think proper of the earth’s surface, which if he should neglect to dress and cultivate properly, would in some degree revert to its natural state, and severely punish by its barrenness the indolence of its inhabitants. — Every necessary particular concerning the great variety of weeds will be found under their respective genera ; which the reader will easily find by the following alphabetical arrangement of the principal, under their English names. Anemone. See Anemone Nemorosa. Angelica, Wild. See Angelica. Arsmart. See Polygonum Persicaria. Barberry. See Berberris. Base Rocket. See Reseda Lutea. Bastard Baum. See Melittis. Bear-bind, or Black Bindweed. See Polygonum. Betony. See Betonica. Bilberry. See Vaccinium Myrtillus. Bindweed, Great. See Convolvulus. Bistort. See Polygonum. Black Knapweed. See Centaurea Nigra. WEE OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. WEE 001 Bladder Campion. See Cucubalus. Blue Bottle. See Centaurea. Brambles. See llubus. Broom. See Genista. Bryony. See Bryonia. Boar, or Bur Thistles. See Carduus. Burdock. See Aretium Lappa. Butterfly Orchis. See Orchis. Calve’s Snout. See Antirrhinum. Campion, Red and While. See Cucubalus and Lychnis. Carrot, Wild. See Daucus. Catchweed. See Galitim. Charlocks' } ^ee Brass*ca> Raphanus, Sinapis. Chickweed. See Alsine, Media, and Veronica. Cicely, Wild. See Cheer ophy Hum. Climber, Great Wild. See Clematis Vitalba. Cockle. See Agrostemma and Lychnis. Colt’s-Joot. See Tussilago. Coralwort. See Dentaria. Corn Spiirrey, or Yarr. See Spergula. Corn Poppy. See Papaver. Corn Crowfoot. See Ranunculus. Corn Bindweed. See Convolvulus Arvensis. Corn Marigold. See Chrysanthemum Segetum. Corn Mint. See Mentha. Corn Camomocle. See Anthemis. Corn Horse-tail. See Equisetum. Cotton Grass. See Eriophorum. Couch Grass. See Triticum, Agrostis, Avena, Holcus. Cowbane, Water. See Cicuta Vorosa. Cow-grass. See Melampyrum. Crowfoot. See Ranunculus. Cudweed. See Gnaphalium. Dandelion. See Leontodon. Darnel. See Lolium. Dee or Dead Nettle. See Lamium. Devil’s Bit, Yellow. See Leontodon. Dewberry. See Bulbus. Dig Grass, Couch. See Couch Grass. Docks. See Rumex. Dodder. See Cuscuta. Dog’s Mercury. See Mercurialis Perennis. Dwarf Spurge. See Euphorbia Exigua. Dyer’s Broom. See Genista. Enchanter’s Nightshade. See Circee. Eyebright. See Euphrasia. Fat-hen. See Atriplex. Fern. See Pteris Aquilina. Field Scabious. See Scabiosa. Figwort. See Scrofularia. Fool’s Parsley. See AEthusa. Friary Blade. See Ophrys Ovata. Fumitory. See Fumaria. Furze. See Ulex. Garden Sowthistle. See Sonchus. Garlic Wild. See Allium. Golden Rod. See Solidago. Goose-grass. See Galium Aparine. Goose-foot. See Chenopodium. Goose Tansy. See Potentilla Anscrina. Gorse. See Ulex. Goulans. See Chrysanthemum. Grass. See Couch-grass. Ground Ash. See AEgopodium. Groundsel. See Senecio. Hard Grass. See Carex. Hare-bell, or English Hyacinth. See Hyacinthus. Hawk-weed, Yellow, Bushy, and Smooth. See Hieracium and Crepis. Heaths. See Erica. Hedge Nettle. See Stachys. Hellebore, Stinking. See Helleborus Feetidus. Hemp, Nettle. See Galeopsis. Hemlock, Water. See Thellandrium. Henbit. See Lamium. Hen Gorse. See Ulex. Herb Bennet. See Geum. Hog-weed. See Heracleum. Hop, Wild. See Humulus. Ivy. See Hedera. John's-wort, St. See Hypericum. King’s Pear. See Carex. Knapweed. See Centaurea. Knawell. See Scleranthus. Knot Grass. See Polygonum. Ladys ’ Seal. See Bryonia. Lamb’s Lettuce. See Valeriana. Laurel, Spurge. See Laureola. Lousewort. See Pedicularis. Marygold, Corn. See Chrysanthemum. May-weed. See Anthemis and Matricaria. Meadow Sorrel. See Rumex. Melilot. See Trifolium. Mint, Corn. See Mentha. Misletoe. See Viscum Album. Mosses. See Musci. Mouse-ear. See Cerastium. Nettles. See Urtica and Lamium. Nettle Hemp. See Galeopsis. Nightshade. See Solanum. Orache, Wild. See Atriplex. Ox-eye. See Chrysanthemum. Pansy. See Viola. Parsley Piert. See Aphanes. Parsley, Fool’s. See JEthusa. Parsley, Rest. See Aphanes. Pilewort. See Ficaria. Poppy, Corn. See Papaver. Ragwort. See Senecio. Ramson. See Allium Ursinum. Rape. See Chadlocks. Rattle, Yellow. See Rhinanthus. Red Rattle. See Lousewort. Rest Harrow. See Ononis. Rockets. See Brassica. Rushes. See Juncus. Shepherd’s Purse. See Thlaspi. Sneezewort. See Achillea. Solomon’s Seal. See Convallaria. Sowthistle. See Sonchus Arvensis. Spear Bur. See Carduus. Spurrey, Corn. See Spergula. Strawberry, Wild. See Fragaria. Sun Spurge. See Euphorbia. Suffolk Grass. See Poa. Tansey. See Tanacetum. Tare. See Ervum. Thistles. See Carduus and Serratula. Tormentil. See Tormentilla . Winter-green. See Pyrola. Wood Sorrel. See Oxalis. WE E WEE 802 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; Wood Spurge. See Euphorbia. Wood Sage. See Teucrium. Wood Vetch. See Vicia. Wood-peasling. See Orobus. Yarr. See S pergula. Yarrow. See Achillea. Weeding. — It is needless to state the obvious utility and indispensable necessity of this practice ; the means of effect- ing which are divided into those methods of destroying weeds, while preparing the soil for the seed, and such as are necessary to remove them from among a growing-crop. In the former method, a distinction must be made between root and seedling weeds, which require different modes to remove them : for instance, much labour and expense may be saved by drawing up all the seedling weeds before they have sown their seeds. In gardens, where weeding should be particu- larly well performed, much may be effected by properly ridging up the ground before the winter sets in, and by break- ing it down again early in the spring, laying it level for the crop, for this treatment will greatly diminish the seedling weeds. Their seeds are, however, often brought by the wind, or introduced by using the dung of hogs and horses as manure, which, as well as the stable litter, often contains seeds that vegetate as soon as put into the ground. This shows that raw dung is improper for gardens, where it is generally used to the great expense and trouble of the culti- vator. Some gardeners principally use the spade and three- pronged fork, for bringing out root-weeds. Common hoes are employed for scuffling over the surface, and the triangular kind for cutting up weeds, moulding up and clearing grow- ing plants, and loosening the surface of the ground for pro- moting the sprouting of any seeds that may infest (he soil, and for many other useful purposes. To these the scuffler is sometimes added in large gardens, for working over the surface of the land; but in the small planted broad-cast sown crops, the weedin'* can only be well accomplished by the hand. In order to destroy weeds in tillage lands, espe- cially where the ground is greatly over-run with them, a complete winter and summer fallow will be necessary. Rib- fallowing, before the setting in of winter, is recommended to prepare the soil for parting freely with the vivacious roots; the ploughing and harrowing, requisite to tear them up, when the spring drought commences, will cause the inactive seeds to vegetate after rain, and they may be destroyed as they appear. Repeated turnings during the summer will cause them to rise, while the roots which lie beyond the reach of the plough will be impaired in vigour, not being allowed to exercise their vegetative powers. When winter Wheat, or any crop intended to stand throughout that season, is intended to be sown in such ground, it w'ould be best to sow it in drills, that by stirring the intervals in the ensuing summer, the tendency which most soils have to condense or consolidate too much, when greatly pulverized or reduced in their parts, may be counteracted. If spring seed be in- tended, the last ploughing should be given to the land before the winter’s rain commences, and the held be accurately and fully surface or furrow drained, and laid dry. The influence of the atmosphere, during the winter, will then bring them to that due consistence, on which so much depends; and the soil, as soon as it becomes dry in the early spring, will be in the best order for the reception of the seed at that time, when the weeds will also be effectually destroyed. Where ground has been under any tolerable management, drill cul- ture will for the most part suit all the purposes of a clean fallow, and free the land from weeds. In repeatedly turning the intervals, most of the annual weeds may be attacked in the group, and be expeditiously destroyed as often as they spring up, while the roots of the perennial weeds will be almost, if not altogether extirpated, by turning them up to the heat and drought of summer. The rows should also be hand-weeded, for which purpose the hand-hoe will be found very useful. Drill culture may thus be partially exercised with great advantage. Where alternate courses of tillage and grass crops are adopted, in a course of three years’ tillage the second might always be in the drill manner ; or if there were manure to spare, to keep a field in good condition in tillage crops for four years, both the second and third might be in the drill method. The first on account of the turf or sward; and the last for the sake of sowing the land down with grass- seeds, would be more convenient in the broad-cast state: but the weeding in this case should not be neglected; the larger weeds especially, and all those which are most prevalent, and most productive of seed, should be taken out by hand- labour, or some such means, when they begin to flower. By such strict care and attention to weeding tillage-land and crops, and stocking the ground with proper perennial grasses when laid to rest, weeds would at length be so much sub- dued as to be seldom injurious to the farmer. The seeds of annual weeds being indestructible, there is only one mode of extirpating them, which is to put the ground into such a state as to induce them to sprout or germinate, and then to destroy the young plants by harrowing them up, or plough- ing them under. This is strictly true; but a writer on Agri- culture thinks the ground should be ploughed before winter, and not harrowed, it being better to lie rough through that season, so as to have the greatest extent of surface pos- sible exposed to the action and mellowing effects and iq- flueuce of frosts; that as soon as it becomes dry, in or about March, it should be cross-ploughed and harrowed well down ; many of the seeds and roots will then vegetate, which should be ploughed under in proper time, and the land harrowed again, and this sort of process be repeated as often as necessary : this, it is said, is the true use and man- ner of summer-fallow in this view, which, to have its full and proper effect, should always, it is thought, be attended to early in the season, when the powers of vegetation are the greatest, and the heat of the sun is powerful ; as under such circumstances the greater number of weeds will be brought into a state of growth. It appears that the great defect in the management of summer-fallows, so as to destroy weeds, would be to neglect to work them early in the season, by which omission the vigorous annual seedling weeds are not brought into vegetation in due time ; as tiiey will not grow afterwards, until the following spring, but -then appear in such abundance as to choke the crops; this is the reason why the Field Poppy, the Corn Crowfoot, the Tare, and many other annual weeds, make such havoc among Wheat, when, by a judicious early working of the fallow, they might have been brought to exhaust themselves in the following summer: for if no Wheat were sown, the seeds of these weeds would often occupy the whole ground ; but as seeds can vegetate only once, had this vegetation been brought on in the fallow, and the plants afterwards been ploughed under in due time, none could have appeared in the Wheat-crop. The Turnip cul- ture is also supposed to be peculiarly adapted to the destruc- tion of weeds, because for Turnips the ground must be in early and fine preparation, by which the early weeds are beforehand brought up and destroyed ; and any that remain may be eradicated by hoeing. Wet weather is as necessary as dry to give a summer-fallow its whole effect ; for without a soaking of rain after the land is pretty well pulverized, numbers of the seeds of weeds will not vegetate, but remain WEE OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. WEE 803 and grow amongst the crop: hence the root-weeds are to be destroyed in dry weather, and the seedling ones after rain : and though the land should, after a dry season, be apparently in excellent order for sowing, it will be better to wait the effect of rain, and even give time for the seedling weeds to vegetate, before the seed for the crop be actually sown. From this it is suggested, that the destruction of root-weeds and those of the seedling sort, on corn land, must be effected upon different principles : the former by working them out of the soil in dry weather only ; the latter by pulverizing and reducing the particles of the soil so as to cause the seed to germinate, and appear fully after rain, in order to plough under the young plants : also that frequent ploughings and harrowings are necessary to expose all the seedlings lurking in the soil to the powers of vegetation. It is however con ceived, that the ploughings and harrowings of fallow ground should not immediately succeed each other : time should be given for the consolidation of the soil, which after well har- rowing will undergo a slight fermentation, and settle as it were into a mass, after which it will turn up mellow, and destroy the weeds rapidly. It has always been observed, that when fallow ploughing succeeds each other too rapidly, they have no effect in destroying the weeds. They should be suffered to spread their leaves a little between the plough- ings, taking care not to let them proceed too far, so as to ripen their seeds, or to become too large for the plough to bury them. From this view of the subject, it appears that if a fallow for Turnips be cross-ploughed and harrowed dow n in the month of March, it will generally lie very well till the beginning of May ; and that in general no fallows will want ploughing oflener in such intention than once in six weeks, if sufficient harrowings be given between the plough- ings. The particular time most proper for these operations must, no doubt, be determined not by any general rule, but by local circumstances, experience, and observation. When- ever lands have not been properly improved, weeding will be very expensive : but where they have been well managed for a length of time, the evil will be lessened ; because in such cases, as well as in all others, every course of cropping should render the land cleaner; and that will always follow where the business is properly conducted. The means necessary to be used, are complete and well-managed fallows, as already detailed, when fallows are proper or necessary : the use of such manures only as are free from the quick roots or seeds of weeds : the careful choice of such seed-grain as is clean : the practice of short tillages, or not taking too many crops in rotation : the practice of attentive weeding, and an active use of the hoe; and the plentiful use of clean seeds of the best grasses and trefoils at the end of the tillage: the weeding of the land when in or at grass, so as not to i allow the seeds of any injurious plants to spread themselves; and when the land is again broken up, to pursue such a plan of cropping as will tend most to discourage the grow th of I weeds. Much might be said upon each of these points, but ' our limits will only allow us to submit a few particulars to i the notice and adoption of the intelligent farmer. Of fallows ' we have treated above: and proceed therefore to other topics. 1 Fold-yard manure should always undergo a fermentation i before it is laid upon the land, to destroy the vegetative i powers of any latent seeds which it may contain ; it ought i therefore to be kept as free as possible in the first instance 1 from the seeds of weeds, and seems best adapted to grass- ] land ; applying only lime and other clean manures to fallows: i or if fresh dung must be laid on them, it should be applied so ( early as to allow the seeds to vegetate, and spend themselves i before sowing for the crop. If corn-seed be suspected j t e of containing weeds, they should, whenever it is possible, be : dressed out before the sowing. In some places weeding is y but imperfectly performed, on account of the difficulty of 2 procuring sufficient hands for such a temporary work. ) Thistles are in general cut off, but they should always be . drawn up by tongs or other suitable tools, and the other s weeds by the hand. The hoe has hitherto been generally 1 used in Turnip-crops only, nor is it likely to extend further, t until the drill husbandry becomes more established ; as much 1 however should be done in all these ways as circumstances > will allow. Although the importance of clean seed is well j understood in laying down land to grass* yet the seeds of f Dock are not unfrequeutly sold with Clover, and those of j other pernicious plants with Ray-grass. Docks or Thistles - should never be mown or cut off, but rooted up with what 1 are called docking-irons, consisting simply of a forked or ? defied spike of iron, which is jagged within the cleft, and - fixed to the end of a wooden lever, which being forced down t by the hand or foot so as to inclose the root of a Dock or I large Thistle, these it will easily bring up, especially after , rain. Upon breaking a turf for sward, unless a Wheat fallow , or Turnip crop compose a part of the tillage, the land will be injured, and rendered fouler and more liable to produce weeds : this good practice is too often relinquished for the sake of present profit, under the delusive idea of cleansing the land again next tillage. It is however well ascertained, that land well cleaned by former good management w ill best bear this deviation; for the fewer weeds it has at breaking up, the less will be the increase of them during the tillage or after-culture of the soil. It is not enough to attend to weed- ing in the time of tillage-culture only: it is proper that grass fields and lands should be rid of all noxious or unpro- fitable herbage. The negligence prevailing in some districts with respect to this necessary practice, is disgraceful. Pas- tures and grass-lands are sometimes so closely covered with large weeds, that the animals turned into feed have hardly room to pick up a mouthful ; while the vegetable food, w hich should nourish good pasture, is absorbed by weeds. It is not uncommon even with those who pretend to pay extraor- dinary attention to their pastures and grass-lands, to cut down such plants as Dock, Ragweed, Bur, Corn, and Sow- thistles, while in flower, which, if done in a rainy time, espe- cially as their vivacious roots extend below the reach of the plough when the land is in tillage, the water descending into the fresh-cut wound of the stem, debilitates the roots, and destroys the growth of the plants for a time; though they are seldom wholly destroyed thereby. But when such rains do not occur, fresh leaves immediately arise to support the roots, and the cutting has little or no effect. They should consequently be pulled up by the roots annually, as soon as possible after the flower begins to form and show itself, taking advantage of the first shower which happens to fall to soften the ground, and make them draw up more freely. This practice steadily pursued for a number of years, would cause the deeply fixed perennial roots to weaken and decay. Nor is cutting down the Ragweed of much avail. Some of the plants die, but many survive to branch out more luxu- riantly in the year ensuing; but this plant is easily pulled up when in flower, especially when the ground is soft, as it is not deep-rooted. The Bur-Thistle may be killed at any time by cutting it under the first leaves : but the Common Dock is the most troublesome plant in grass-land, especially in clayey soils, where it is always most frequent. Every piece of its long tap-root left in the ground will grow', and form a new stem and plant. It should be entirely turned out with the dock-iron, in the manner already noticed, as soon as the 0 S 804 WEE THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; WEI flowering-stem is formed ; and as the plants of this kind rise at two seasons, the pasture or grass-fields should be weeded twice in summer, that no seeds may be allowed to ripen. The roots should be fully exposed to the heat and drought ; for if in a moist place, they will continue to vegetate on the surface as they lie, and strike out side-roots into the ground. All other useless herbage in pastures, and all seed-bearing weeds by the sides of roads, ditches, brooks, and other such places, should also be cut down when they begin to flower. Farmers in general suppose that the scythe will be early enough to cut them down, but unfortunately their seeds are generally matured and dispersed before mowing-time ; and if not, they are carried with the hay to the stall, and mixed with the manure, or into the pasture for fodder during the winter; in both which cases they are sure almost of being planted. Besides, the merely cutting off rather improves than diminishes their growth, by forcing them to throw out new shoots from their roots more abundantly than before. Thus a Thistle, which rises at first with a single stem, if cut off above the surface of the ground, spreads with several lateral branches, and covers a large space of ground. We have already stated, that the proper method is to draw them up while the soil is moist, as practised by all who regard their interest or credit. It has been judiciously remarked, that the negligence of a neighbour often operates as a discourage- ment: but it is really marvellous that there should be in some districts an almost unanimous encouragement of weeds. In the highways they are left to grow up to maturity, dis- persing their seeds in immense quantities all round, as carried by the winds or the winged tribes. Under these circum- stances, it is evidently of no use for one, or even all the occupiers of ground, to clear their land of weeds, while this principal source of them is overlooked. One would suppose that the extensive mischief arising from such a cause would create a general combination to remove such nuisances ; but as that is seldom the effect, would it not, it may be fairly asked, be convenient to incorporate with the duty of sur- veyors, or overlookers of the roads, the duty of rooting up and destroying such weeds within their respective dis- tricts? It is worthy of observation, how completely a patch on a common, from which the turf or sward has been pared, will be covered with Thistles in the very next summer, and with its seeds infest the arable fields in the neigbourhood. In some parts of the country, the weeds in the less heavy tillage lands are destroyed, by an entire and perfect summer fallow every third year, which is an effectual but expensive method of proceeding; but on the strong loams and other heavy soils, by good hoeing and hand-weeding the drilled or set crops of Beans, Peas, and some other kinds. On the sandy and other light loams, by well hoeing and weeding by hand the crops of Peas, Potatoes, Turnips, and some others. As soon as the Peas or Tares are off the land, the ground is ploughed and well harrowed, and the root-weeds picked or raked together, and burned or otherwise disposed of, as noticed above; which is generally repeated after the cross- ploughing and harrowing have been performed. The ground being then in a great measure free from root-weeds, the Turnips are sown, and the seed-weeds that may arise are destroyed by repeated hand-hoeing and weeding. This method, when practised once in every three or four years, will keep light land tolerably clear from weeds. But in the event of a hot dry summer, the labour and expense of raking, collecting, picking, and burning the weeds, may not unfre- quently be saved, and the roots destroyed, by only harrow- ing them to the surface after every ploughing ; so as to expose them to the heat of the sun long enough to kill them, which a week’s time will effectually accomplish ; yet care must be taken that they are quite dead, as they are very tenacious of life, and would be very destructive if they should be removed alive so as to recover. Wherever the depth of the staple-mould is deep enough to admit of trench-ploughing, it, with the assistance of heavy rolling, will sometimes entirely destroy root-weeds, and often proves more efficacious than any number of ploughings. It is an excellent plan, where it can be executed without turning up a poor barren subsoil. There is, says a sensible writer, what may be termed a public cause of the increase and propagation of weeds, which it is not in the power of any individual to prevent : and this has been slightly alluded to already. This, a slovenly, neg- lectful, or ill-disposed individual, may promote and increase; and it can only be prevented by a political regulation, for which it appears no provision has yet been made in our political code: thus are the numbers of vigorous and luxu- riant weeds, which are suffered to ripen their seeds in our hedges and pastures, woods, and other lands, and the seeds of which being provided with feathery matters, are dispersed over the whole territory of the kingdom, and propagate themselves far and near, growing in whatever places they alight and settle, and producing a most abundant crop; the most common and pernicious of which are supposed to be different sorts of Thistles, Arc. For as the seeding and scattering of the seeds of these weeds is clearly a public nuisance, and as they are subject to spread to a great dis- tance, injuring all lands indiscriminately, they ought cer- tainly to become the subjects of political regulation. This would be the effectual means of saving much labour and expense to the farmer; and it would eventually be a great benefit to the country. While, how’ever, matters continue as they are, weeding should be begun early in the spring; in the meadows and pasture-lands, as well as in the corn-fields ; and then it may be concluded, that the present immense crops of mischievous plants would be at least greatly dimi- nished, to the incalculable advantage of the agriculturist. Weigelia; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth superior, of five awl-shaped, erect, equal leaves. Corolla: of one petal, funnel-shaped ; tube the length of the calix, inter - nally hairy; limb bell-shaped, cloven half way down into five ovate, obtuse, slightly spreading segments. Stamina: filamenta five, inserted into the lube, thread-shaped, erect, nearly as long as the corolla ; anlherae erect, linear, obtuse, cloven at the base. Pistil: germen superior, quadrangular, abrupt, smooth ; style from the base of the germen, thread- shaped, rather longer than the corolla ; stigma peltate, flat ; fruit not ascertained. Essential Character. Corolla: funnel-shaped ; style from the base of the' germen ; stigma peltate. Calix: superior, of five leaves. The species are, 1. Weigelia Japonica; Sessile-leaved Weigelia. Leaves sessile, ovate-lanceolate ; they are opposite, pointed, copi- ously serrated, rather more than an inch in length, veiny, smooth on both sides, except the veins, which are hairy, paler beneath ; flower-stalks axillary, compressed, three- flowered, longer than the leaves, with two awl-shaped bractes at the base of each partial stalk, and two more half way up. The flowers are about an inch long, and of a reddish purple colour. — Native of Japan. 2. Weigelia Coraeensis ; Large-flowered Weigelia. Leaves opposite, stalked, obovate. It is a trailing shrub, with round branches; flower-stalks axillary and terminal, three- flowered, an inch and half long, with awl-shaped bractes; tube of the corolla slender, above half an inch long, twice the length of the calix ; limb bell-shaped, twice the length W E I OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. W E I 805 of its tube, divided half way down into five broad, obtuse, horizontally spreading segments; stamina projecting beyond the mouth; antheraj incumbent; stigma large, peltate, flat. — Native of Corea. Weinmannia ; a genus of the class Octandria, order Digy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth inferior, of four ovate, spreading, permanent leaves. Corolla: petals four, equal, undivided, larger than the calix ; nectary glan- dular, surrounding the base of the germen. Stamina: fila- menta eight, erect, thread-shaped, longer than the petals; anther® roundish, of two cells. Pistil: germen superior, ovate, acute ; styles two, somewhat spreading, the length of the stamina, permanent; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: cap- sule elliptic-oblong, with two points, two cells, and two valves, whose indexed margins form the double partitions. Seeds: about eight in each cell, - roundish. Essential Character. Calix : of four leaves. Petals : four. Cap- sule: superior, with two beaks, two cells, and two valves, with indexed margins. Seeds: several.' The species are, * Leaves compound. 1. Weinmannia Glabra; Smooth Pinnate Weinmannia. Leaves pinnate; leaflets obovate, crenate, smooth on both sides ; they consist of six pair, more or less, with an odd one, of obovate abrupt leaflets, half an inch at most in length, all nearly equal, furnished with one rib, and several trans- verse veins, entire, and wedge-shaped towards the base: capsule roundish-elliptical, bluntish, about half the size of hemp-seed, brown ; their stalks elongated ; their valves obtuse, tipped with the styles, and, as they ripen, turning their pale narrow edges, which had formed the partitions, outwards : permanent styles mostly recurved, not shorter than the valves. The stem is usually shrubby, sometimes becoming a tree forty feet high, with round rugged branches; when young, angular and coarsely downy; flowers very small, white, on fasciculated, short, thick, hairy, partial stalks. — Native of the VVest Indies. 2. Weinmannia Tinctoria ; Red-tan Weinmannia. Leaves pinnate; leaflets elliptical, crenate, smooth on both sides ; they are twice the size of those in the preceding species, but have similar footstalks; capsule ovato-lanceolate, taper- pointed ; they are of a different shape, and paler red colour than the last. The clusters of ripe capsules are cylindrical, dense, four or five inches in length ; seeds clothed with a few long prominent hairs. The clusters of flowers much more lax, less hairy, and the flowers twice as large, as in the precediug. — Found in the isle of Bourbon, where the French call it Tan-rouge, because the bark is used to dye leather of a red colour. Its flowers are supposed to furnish the bees with most of their honey. 3. Weinmannia Hirta ; Hairy-leaved Weinmannia, or Bastard Brasiletto. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets elliptic-ovate, crenate, hairy at the back. They resemble those of the preceding species iu shape, but are clothed beneath, some- times on both sides, with coarse scattered prominent hairs. The leafy borders of each joint of the common footstalk are narrower, and less angular, than those of the first and second species, and their midrib is very hairy beneath; clusters also very hairy, an inch or two in length, in pairs at the summits of the branches; flowers the size of the last, white; capsules oblong; according to Swartz, small, oblong, rather pointed, with several small roundish seeds. It is either a shrub or a handsome tree, from forty to fifty feet high, crowned at the very top of its smooth trunk with lax, hairy, or rather downy rusty-coloured branches. The flowers appear in September and October. — Native of lofty mountains in the southern parts of Jamaica. 4. Weinmannia Trichosperma ; Hairy-seeded Weinmannia. Leaves pinnate ; leaflets elliptic-oblong, serrated, smooth on both sides; capsule roundish elliptical, not obtuse; seeds densely hairy, roundish-kidney-shaped. — Found at San Carlos in Chili. 5. Weinmannia Tomentosa ; Woolly Weinmannia. Leaves pinnate; leaflets elliptical, revolute, entire, woolly beneath. The former are hardly an inch and half long; the latter about five pair, with an odd one, each one-third of an inch in length, convex. The joints of the common footstalk are rather shorter than the leaflets, obovate, not angular, their edges revolute, and their under side woolly ; stipules large, ovate, reflexed, coloured, hairy externally, deciduous ; flow- ers in very dense clusters, more than an inch long, on thick, short, woolly, axillary stalks ; calix hairy. This is a very distinct and singular species. The branches are woody, round, densely leafy, rough, somewhat warty, of a dark brown. — Native of New' Granada. 6. Weinmannia Trifoliata ; Three-leaved Weinmannia. Leaves ternate ; leaflets obovate, crenate, smooth, equal, about an inch long, being about two-thirds the length of their common footstalk, which is simple and naked ; clusters cylindrical, dense, two or three inches long, on axillary stalks about half their own length. The whole shrub is said to be -very smooth. — Found at the Cape of Good Hope. ** Leaves simple. 7. Weinmannia Racemosa; Smooth-clustered Simple-leaved Weinmannia. Leaves simple, stalked, ovate, with tooth-lik^* serratures; clusters axillary, solitary, nearly smooth, upon the tops of the branches, stalked, longer than the leaves, cylindrical, continuous ; their general and partial stalks either slightly downy or quite smooth; capsules obovate, pointed, somewhat downy ; the inflexed edges of their valves finally expanded. The branches are strong, woody, repeatedly branched in an opposite manner, round and rough ; foot- stalks stout, smooth, half an inch long, articulated at the sum- mit with the leaf, which is two or two-and-a-half inches long, and one broad, pointed, coriaceous, quite smooth, strongly veined, beset with blunt, inflexed, wavy teeth or serratures, paler beneath. — Found in New Zealand. 8. Weinmannia Parviflora ; Small-flowered Weinmannia. Leaves simple, nearly sessile, ovate, pointed, with tooth-like serratures, on short stalks, oblong, smooth on both sides ; clusters terminal, aggregate, hairy, from three to six at the top of each branch ; flowers only one-fourth the size of the preceding. — Native of Otaheite. 9. Weinmannia Ovata; Ovate crenate Weinmannia. Leaves simple, elliptical, crenate, acute at each end, on short stalks; clusters axillary, solitary, opposite, somewhat downy; they are nevertheless at the tops of the branches, each tw'o or three inches long, with their partial stalks aggre- gate, and somewhat villous. This tree is eighteen feet high, with furrowed knotty branches, thickened at the insertion of the leaves. — Native of Peru, found near the town of St. Buena- ventura, flowering in June and July. 10. Weinmannia Paniculata ; Panicled Weinmannia. Leaves simple, elliptic-lanceolate, sharply serrated, resem- bling the Sweet Chestnut-leaf ; they are smooth, and stand out on downy footstalks: panicles axillary, compound. The inflorescence is singular among all the known species ; flowers yellowish red ; capsules elliptical, acute, downy, beaked, with the straight styles, which are as long as the valves ; seeds obovate, smooth, on slender stalks, pendulous. — Found on the sea shore, near Talcahuano in Chili. Weld. See Reseda. Wells.— -The. importance of Wells in rural economy, is too 806 WEL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; WEL great to be overlooked. It would be well, before the sink- ing of Wells is undertaken, to inquire into, and consider minutely the nature and situation of, the springs in the neigh- bourhood ; without which, much fruitless expense and loss of labour are often sustained. All Wells, except those in the solid rock, require lining with stone or brick, that they may preserve their figure. There are two methods of performing this, which is called the steining, within the Well. In one, a frame of timber, of the same diameter as the Well, is con- structed, the lower edge being made sharp, and shod with iron, so that it has a tendency to cut into the ground. This kirb, as it is called, is placed flat upon the ground, and the bricks are built upon it to a considerable height, like a cir- cular wall. The Well-digger enters this circle, and digs away the earth at the bottom, while the weight of the wall forces the kirb and the brick-work, with which it is loaded, to descend as fast as the earth is removed ; and more bricks are added at top as fast as it sinks down: but when it gets very deep, it will sink no longer, particularly in passing through a soft strata: in which case a second kirb, of the same kind, but of a smaller diameter, is introduced within the first. When a kirb will not sink, owing to the softness of the strata, or when it is required to stop out w'ater, the bricks or stones must be laid one by one at the bottom of the work, taking care that the work is not left unsupported in such a manner as to let the bricks fall in ; this is called under-pruning. After Wells are walled round from the bot- ’tom to the top, it is usual to have pumps fixed in them ; the diameter of the Well is also generally proportioned to the strength of the spring. As Wells are supplied by springs, which are formed in the bowels of the earth, by water perco- lating through the upper strata, and descending downwards till it meets with a stratum of clay, or other impervious material which intercepts its course; hence the sinking of wells is intimately connected with the nature of the strata, and of the spring which each strata may contain. In cases where different kinds of sandy strata rest upon beds of clay at a considerable depth, and have a free issue at the lowest ends of them, if Wells were sunk into the sand beds higher up, no water could be found permanently, until the strata of sand was penetrated quite through, and even some depth into the beds of clay beneath. In such cases the water could never rise in the Wells much higher than a certain point ; because when it rose as high as the porous sand, it would flow along through it until it made its escape below; and if the beds of clay should extend backwards under the ground a great way, and at a great depth below the surface, so as to form an abundant and never-ceasing stream under the beds of sand, it will necessarily follow that the Wells will continue exactly at the same height, as in the case of a strong bason at a fountain, into which a pipe of water con- stantly flows, so as to keep it running over. When, however, the streams below the beds of sand are small, and the draught of water from the Wells at times uncommonly large, the surface of the w'ater in the Wells will of course be made to sink; and, as we often see, be even entirely drained, so as to require time to fill again. This evil, however, might be averted by enlarging the reservoir, either by widening the Wells, or sinking them to a greater depth in the clay, or by both those expedients. When quicksand comes in the way of Well-diggers, it presents obstacles which can only be re- moved with great labour and difficulty. Probably the best remedy is to find or form an outlet, by which the water may be entirely discharged. This, when the quicksand lies above the level of the sea, or the adjoining lands, may often be cheaply accomplished by paying proper attention to the position and natural dip of the strata, which may be disco- vered by various means besides boring. But there are cases particularly, where the quicksand is produced by a cavity like a bason, scooped out of the entire bottom, so as to con- tain water to a considerable depth, which in some particular situations may be reckoned irremediable. In springs of this kind, the quantity of water flowing over the lower surface of the clay, will not seem to be diminished by digging Wells in a higher position ; for as the Well, as soon as it is filled, must overflow, that will not intercept one drop more water than what is drawn out of it: were it even possible to pump the water out as fast as it enters the Well, that would not much alter the case, because no more water could be thus intercepted than that which would have flowed into the mouth of the well, in its descent: hence every drop, passing the well mouth on either side, would flow forward to the lower situation. If the bed of sand be of great extent, sup- ported by a bed of clay, or other impervious matter, there water will undoubtedly be found, whatever may be the depth of the bed of sand above it, if a Well be dug through it ; for as the water, that falls in showers upon the earth’s surface, necessarily sinks through that pervious stratum, it soon escapes beyond the sun’s power of evaporation, and sinks downwards till it meets with an impervious stratum. There are many other cases of strata and springs, as concerned in the opening and forming of Wells, that constitute different classes of springs for this use, as those where the water is confined and pent up in retentive beds, so as to be applicable to the supply of Wells, by simple boring down into them, or making slight openings in other ways, by which the water may flow up. The most ingenious method of forming Wells is that proposed by a French philosopher, who has advised to perforate the ground to a sufficient depth with an augur or borer ; a cylindrical wooden pipe then to be placed in the hole, and driven downward with a mallet, and the boring continued, that the pipe may be forced down to a greater depth, so as to reach the water or spring. In proportion as the borer becomes filled with earth, it should be drawn up and cleared, when, by adding fresh portions of pipe, the water may generally be reached and obtained. Wells made in this manner are superior to those constructed in the com- mon method, not only in point of cheapness, but procuring a more certain and abundant supply of water, without at all endangering the workmen employed. When the water near the surface does not appear to be good, the perforation may be continued to a much greater depth, till a purer fluid can be procured : and wdierever Wells have been injured or tainted, they can be emptied and deepened by the borer, so as to reach the lower sheet of water. The greatest obstacle to the general practice of this ingenious and safe method of forming Wells, is the expense of the borer, which, when car- ried to any great depth, would require an apparatus to work it by means of horse-power. Other utensils would also be necessary, in order to work through hard strata of different kinds; and in some instances no doubt it would wholly fail to penetrate hard substances. There would also be much difficulty in driving down the wooden pipes in many cases, especially to any considerable depth ; as well as in fitting the wooden pipes with sufficient exactness to fit the aperture formed by the boring augur. The best mode would pro- bably be, to have metallic pipes cast for the purpose, and so formed as to fit exactly upon each other, to any depth that might be necessary in sinking Wells. Well-diggers are some- times exposed to suffocation by the noxious air ; which is usually removed by means of a large pair of bellows, and a long leathern pipe, which is hung down to the bottom of the WEN OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. WES 807 Well, and fresh air is forced down it by means of the bellows. This, however, is a tedious and uncertain process. Some throw water down, which often has the desired effect, but the cost is that of having to draw it up again, which is very laborious. See Land, Water, and Weather. Welt Root.— A term signifying the dying away or falling off of Wheat crops, in some instances, during the winter or early spring seasons. It has been supposed to infest the corn most frequently where the Wheat crops have been put in on Clover leys. Some incline to think, that it depends upon the want of a sufficient degree of closeness and firmness in the soils on the beds of mould, into which the crops have been put ; as, where they lie too open and in too porous a state, proper nourishment is not supplied to the young Wheat plants from below, so that of course they do not form their roots in a proper manner. Wendia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. —Generic Character. Calix: general involucrum none; partial of a few short, unequal, lanceolate or linear, deciduous leaves. Perianth: of five unequal teeth, two of them, in the radiant florets, twice as large as the rest, ovate, acute. Corolla: universal irregular; flowers of the radius perfect, fertile, except a few males which are interspersed ; partial of five petals, with long claws ; the outer ones in the radius very large, the middle one divided almost half way down into two divaricated, linear-oblong, obtuse, slightly falcate, equal lobes ; lateral ones rather smaller, unequally cloven, falcate, one lobe three or four times the length of the other; inner ones much the smallest, about equal to the petals of the disk, two-lobed from their incurvation ; their point ovate-lanceolate, acute, channelled. Stamina : filamenta five, simple, equal, spreading, the length of the smaller petals, longer than the petals in the flowers of the disk ; antherae nearly ovate, two-lobed. Pistil: germen oval, compressed, striated, hairy ; styles two, erect, at length widely spreading, tapering, their base conical, winged with a membranous crisp- ed border, running down from each style ; stigmas capitate, obtuse, at length somewhat globular. Pericarp : fruit almost perfectly smooth, obovate, nearly orbicular, compressed, bor- dered, striated and striped, entire at the edges. Seeds: two, uniform, emarginate, crowned, in the terminal notch, with the conical, winged, sessile base of the two deflexed permanent styles ; dorsal ribs three, slender, slightly elevated, converg- ing at each end ; marginal ones two, parallel ; stripes four, descending from the top of the seed between the ribs, obtuse, club-shaped, brownish, not half the length of the seed ; bor- der convex, terminating in a thin, flat, sharp edge, which is channelled externally, emarginate at the bottom. Observe. The want of a general involucrum, and the slightness of the partial one, added to the more orbicular form of the seeds, and their smoothness, appear to afford the chief marks of distinction between this genus and Heracleum. Essential Character. General Involucrum: none; partial obso- lete. Flowers: radiant. Calix: unequally toothed. Fruit: nearly orbicular, compressed, notched, with three ribs, and four short intermediate stripes ; crowned with the styles, the base of which is winged. The only species known is, 1. Wendia Chorodanum ; Long-leaved Wendia. Root bien- nial; leaflets two pair, with an odd one; general and par- ticular involucrum scarcely discernible; flowers snow-white, those of the radius remarkably unequal; seeds, when bruised, agreeably fragrant.— It flowers in July, and is a native of the grassy declivities surrounding the Caucasian mineral waters of Nartsana. Wendlandia: a genus of the class Hexandria, order Hexa- gynia. Essential Character. Calix: of six leaves. 133. Petals: six, succulent. Styles: reclining. Capsules: six, of one cell. Seeds: solitary. The only known spe- cies is, 1. Wendlandia Populifolia ; Poplar-leaved Wendlandia. Stem twining, with round branches, striated and downy when young; leaves alternate, heart-shaped, or broadly ovate, entire, tipped with a small point, rarely three-lobed, an inch and half or two inches long, with three or five radiating ribs, downy beneath ; footstalks round, downy, about an inch in length; flower-stalks axillary; those of the male flowers, which are generally distinct from the female, racemose, simple; those of the female three-cleft; berries red. —Found in hedges and woods, from Carolina to Florida ; flowering in , June and July. It is a hardy plant, and flowers in European gardens in the month of August. Westringia ; a genus of the class Didynamia, order Gym- nospermia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth' in ferior, of one leaf, tubular, somewhat bell-shaped, with five sides, and five prominent angles, but no furrows, divided about half way down into five equal, erect, lanceolate, beard- less, permanent segments. Corolla: of one petal, ringent, twice as long as the calix; lube the length of the calix, hairy in the throat ; limb two-lipped ; the upper lip flat, erect, divided, rather the longest; lower in three, oblong, equal, spreading, entire segments. Stamina : filamenta four, shorter than the limb, divaricated, the two upper ones longest; antherae of the two upper stamina roundish, halved, those of the two lower divided, imperfect. Pistil: germen in the bottom of the calix, four-lobed; style thread shaped, the length of the longer stamina; stigma small, cloven, acute. Pericarp : none, except the hardened calix. Seeds: four, obovate, naked. Essential Character. Calix: five-cleft half way down, five-sided ; upper lip of the corolla flat, cloven; lower in three deep equal segments. Stamina : distant, the two upper with halved antherae; two lower with divided abortive ones. The species are, 1. Westringia Rosmariniformis ; Rosemary-leaved Westrin- gia. Leaves four iu a whorl, lanceolote, revolute, shining, and nearly smooth above, silky beneath: they are spreading, an inch or rather less in length, acute, single-ribbed, entire, dark green, and polished above, underneath white with silky hairs ; foot-stalks broad, and very short, silky, without stipules ; calix silky, its teeth longer than the tube ; its segments naked, with revolute margins; flowers about the upper part of the branches shorter than the leaves; their corolla spreading nearly an inch, white, dotted about the mouth with violet spots ; antheree violet : the stem is shrubby, several feet high, very much branched ; branches either opposite or four to- gether, square, silky with white close hairs, densely leafy. The plant is slightly bitter, but not aromatic Native of Ne w South Wales, near Port Jackson. 2. Westringia Dampieri ; Dampier’s Westringia. Leaves four in a whorl, linear, strongly revolute; nearly smooth above, hoary and opaque beneath ; calix hoary and opaque ; its teeth half the length of the tube. It flowers from May to July- in our green-houses, and was found on the southern coast of New Holland. 3. Westringia Rigida; Rigid Westringia. Leaves three in a whorl, linear-lanceolate, divaricated, sharp-pointed, revolute, smoothish above, hoary beneath ; calix hoary, its teeth half the length of the tube. — Native of New Holland. 4. Westringia Cinerea; Grey Westringia. Leaves three in a whorl, linear, spreading, pointed, revolute, hoary on both sides; calix hoary, its teeth scarcely a quarter the length of the tube. — Found in the southern parts of New Holland. 5. Westringia Angustifolia; Narrow-leaved Westrin 9 T 808 W I L THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; W I L Leaves in a whorl, linear, spreading, revolute, roughish on the upper side, hoary beneath ; calix hoary, its teeth half the length of the tube. — Found in Van Diemen’s Land. 6. Westringia Longifoiia; Long-leaved. Westringia. Leaves in a whorl, linear, revolute, rough, with minute points on the upper side, slightly hairy beneath ; calix rather hairy, its teeth equal to the tube. The corolla is externally downy. —Found near Port Jackson in New South Wales. 7. Westringia Glabra ; Smooth Westringia. Leaves three in a whorl, linear-lanceolate, flat, smooth on both sides, as well as the calix. — Native of New Holland. 8. Westringia Rubiaefolia ; Madder-leaved Westringia. Leaves four in a whorl, elliptic-lanceolate, nearly fl^t, very smooth and shining; cali* nearly smooth. — Found in Van Diemen’s Land. Wheat. See Triticum. Wheat, Cow. See Melampyrum. Wheat, Indian. See Zea. Whelera; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth iuferior, of one leaf, in five deep, roundish, erect, permanent seg- ments, shorter than the corolla. Corolla : of one petal, bell- shaped, spreading, in five deep ovate, acute segments. Nec- tary: somewhat pitcher-shaped, in the bottom of the flower. Stamina: fiiamenta five, awl-shaped, rather longer than the corolla; antherae roundish. There are five other fiiamenta, alternate with the former, and similar to them, but shorter, and destitute of antherae. Pistil: germen superior, conical, villous ; style thread-shaped, twice the length of the corolla ; stigma simple. Pericarp: drupe roundish. Seed : nut large, ovate, of one, two, or three cells. This is all that has been accurately ascertained concerning this genus. Whin. See Ulex. Whin, Petty. See Genista. White Bean Tree. See Cr at a gas Ania. White Hellebore. See Veratrum. White Horehound. See Marrubium. White Leaf Tree. See Cratcegus Aria. White Thorn. See Cratcegus Oxycantha. Whitlow Grass. See Draba and Saxifraga. Whortle Berry. See Vaccinium. Widow Wail. See Cneorum. Wild Basil. See Chinopodium . Wild Bugloss. See Lycopsis. Wild Cumin. See Lagcecia. Wild Germander. See Veronica . Wild Liquorice. See Abrus. Wild Plantain. See Heliconia. Wild Rocket. See Brassica Muralis. Wild Rosemary. See Andromeda Pilifolia. Wild Service. See Cratcegus Terminalis. Wild Tansy. See Potentilla Anserina. Wilderness, The — in a garden should always be propor- tioned to its size, and ought never to be situated too near the house, because the trees exhale so large a quantity of watery vapours, as make the air very unwholesome : though it has been ascertained, that, on the whole, vegetables serve to purify the atmosphere. The wilderness should never be placed so as to intercept a good prospect; but where the view naturally ends with the verge of the garden, or little more, nothing terminates it so well as a fine plantation of trees. The size of the trees should be considered, and tall- growing ones should be planted in larger places; smaller, in jess extensive: evergreens also should be kept by themselves, and placed most in sight, not mingled confusedly among the trees, which cast their leaves. The walks should be large, and not numerous ; the largest serpentine, and this should not be entered upon in the grand walks of the garden, but by some private walk. It is too common a method to dispose the trees in wildernesses in form of regular squares, triangles, &c. but this is faulty ; for as nature should be studied in these works of fancy, the most irregular, where the irregu- larity does not appear designed, is the most natural. On the same account walks, (see Walks,) are much more pleasing when they run in wild meanders, than when they intersect one another in studied and regular angles. The winding walks should be made to lead to an open circular piece of grass, with a statue and obelisk, or a fountain ; or if an open- ing large enough for a banqueting-house be contrived in the middle, it will afford a very pleasing scene. The trees should gradually rise from the sides of the walks and open- ings, one above another, to the middle of the quarters, where the largest trees should stand, by which arrangement the heads of all the trees will be displayed, while their stems remain concealed ; for the nakedness of the trees is to be hid, as much as their growth promoted. The larger-growing trees should be planted at a proportionable distance from each other, and the interstices filled up, to conceal their stems, with Roses, Spiraeas, and other low-flowering shrubs, which may also be planted near all the walks and openings ; and at the foot of these, near the walks, may be set rows of Primroses, Violets, and Daffodils, with other the like flowers ; behind the first rank of lower-flowering shrubs should be planted those of a somewhat higher stature, as theCytisuses and Guelder Roses, and behind these, rows of Lilacs and Laburnums ; behind which again the heads only of the lower-growing trees will appear, which should be backed gradually with those of higher growth to the centre of the quarter, from whence the heads of the trees should descend every way to the walks or openings. The grand walks and openings should always be laid with turf, and kept well mowed ; but, besides these, there ought to be smaller serpentine walks through the several quarters, where the earth is left bare, and only weeded, for the purpose of privately walking. These walks should have a few wood-flowers planted along their sides, which will have a very good effect. The evergreens should be allotted a peculiar part of the wilderness, and such as fronts the house; and in the planting of these, the same especial regard should be paid to the rules above laid down. The first row may be Laurustines, Boxes, Spurge, Laurels, Junipers, and Savins: the second. Laurels, Hollies, and Arbutuses : the third, Yews, Alaternusses, Cypresses, and Virginian Cedars : the fourth, Norway and Silver Firs, the True Pine; and to crown all, the Scotch Pine and Pinaster. These will present a very beau- tiful appearance when thus arranged, as they will form an artful admixture of the several shades of green, in the most pleasing gradations. See Plantations. Willdenovia ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Triandria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth infe- rior, of numerous, imbricated, membranous, pointed, perma- nent glumes, longer than the fruit. Corolla : petals six, equal, erect, oval, membranous, permanent. Stamina: fiiamenta three, capillary, shorter than the corolla; antherae ovate, oblong. Female. Calix and Corolla: as in the male. Pis- til: germen superior, roundish ; style very short, two or three cleft; stigmas two or three, downy. Pericarp: drupe dry, roundish, smooth. Seed: nut solitary, of one cell. Observe. This genus differs from Restio chiefly in having a single seeded drupe instead of a capsule, opening by valves, and contain- ing several seeds. Essential Character. Male. Calix: of many imbricated glumes. Corolla : of six petals, perma- nent. Female . Calix and Corolla : as in the male. Style : W I L OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. W I N 809 one. Stigmas: two or three. Drupe: with one seed. The species are, 1. Willdenovia Striata ; Striated Willdenovia. Stem leaf- less, round, striated, two feet high or more, erect, rushy, hard, and rather shrubby, branched, usually simply forked, rarely three-forked, round, jointed, striated, smooth ; the branches also round and striated ; sheaths at each joint and subdivision solitary, ovate, close, brown, smooth; flowers terminal, solitary, erect, the size of a pea ; scales of the calix about ten, rarely fewer, or more, loosely imbricated, equal, oblong, pointed, brown, smooth, the length of the nail, membranous at the edges ; corolla white, much shorter than the drupe, and pressed close to its sides; style in two short, broad, yellow divisions ; stigmas short, obtuse, brown ; drupe ovate, black, dotted. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Wiidenovia Teres ; Smooth Willdenovia. Stem and branches leafless, round, smooth and even. The former is shrubby, much branched, and jointed, simply or triply forked, erect, a foot or more in height, not striated; the latter are somewhat level topped. Flowers terminal, solitary, erect; petals very short, emarginate, shining, surrounding the base of the fruit; style undivided, very short; stigmas feathery, tapering, purplish ; drupe hard, ovate, black, smooth, of one cell. It differs from the preceding, in having fewer calix- scales, a smooth and more branched stem, and a smooth undotted fruit. — Native of the Cape. 3. Willdenovia Compressa ; Compressed Willdenovia. Stem leafy, smooth and even ; branches compressed. The former is two feet high, or more, shrubby, erect, smooth, in every respect simply or triply forked; the latter are compressed or semicylindrical, wand-like : sheaths of the subdivisions ovate, pointed ; leaves on the young branches, and resembling them, thread-shaped, tapering; flowers terminal, solitary, upright, the size of a pea ; petals ovate, acute, as long as the fruit. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. William, Sweet. See Dianthus. Willichia ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of one leaf, in four ovate, acute, spreading, permanent seg- ments. Corolla: of one petal, wheel-shaped, twice the length of the calix; tube scarcely any; limb flat, in four roundish convex segments. Stamina: fllamenta three, inserted into the clefts of the limb, except the lowermost, and shorter than its segments ; anthera; erect, roundish, of two cells. Pistil: germen superior, roundish, compressed ; style thread- shaped, the length of the stamina, declining towards the lower cleft of the corolla ; stigma obtuse. Pericarp : cap- sule roundish, compressed, sharp-edged, of two cells and two valves, with an opposite partition. Seeds: several, roundish, minute. Receptacle : globular, formed of two hemispheres. Essential Character. Calix: four-cleft. Corolla: four-cleft. Stamina: in three of its clefts. Capsule: supe- rior, of two cells with many seeds. The only species known is, 1. Willichia Repens; Creeping Willichia. Leaves alter- nate, stalked, rather distant, orbicular, somewhat peltate, crenate, hairy, an inch in diameter, reddish underneath ; footstalks very long, hairy, thicker than the stem ; flower- stalks axillary, in pairs, single-flowered, thread-shaped, hairy, the length of the footstalks ; flowers small, rose- coloured, with a hairy calix; root fibrous, annual; stem herbaceous, creeping, 'thread-shaped, branched, hairy, about two feet in length. — Native of Mexico. Willow. See Salix. Willow Herb. See Lythrum. i Willughbeia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of one leaf, fleshy, in five deep acute segments, very small. Corolla: of one petal, salver-shaped; tube cylindrical, enlarged at the bottom ; limb horizontal, five deep, oblique, acute, wavy segments, more dilated at one side than the other, lying over each other at the base. Stamina : fllamenta five, very short, inserted into the tube just above the base ; anlherse arrow-shaped. Pistil: germen superior, roundish; style quadrangular; stigma capitate, ovate, thick, striated, double- pointed, subtended by a flat orbicular disk. Pericarp : berry ovate, coated, of one or two cells. Seeds: numerous, angu- lar, compressed, imbedded in pulp. Essential Charac- ter. Corolla: salver-shaped, contorted. Stigma: capi- tate. Berry ; coated, with many angular seeds. The species are, 1. Willughbeia Acida; Acid Willoughbeia. Stem erect; flower-stalks the length of the footstalks. The trunk is seven or eight feet high, and seven or eight inches in diameter, with a greyish bark, and soft white wood. The head con- sists of very uuinerous straight knotty branches, subdivided in an opposite manner; leaves opposite, on short stalks, ellip- tical, somewhat pointed, entire, wavy, smooth, and shining, with one rib, and many iransverse parallel veins, their greatest length seven inches by three in breadth ; flowers axillary, three or four together on one common footstalk; bractes scaly, solitary at the base of each general, as well as partial stalk; corolla whitish; fruit lemon-coloured, oval, corrugated or warty, two inches long, separated by a longi- tudinal fleshy partition into two cells, filled with acid viscid pulp, and containing many rough brown seeds. The fruit is wholesome and agreeably acid, notwithstanding a degree of viscidity by which the pulp adheres to the lips and teeth. After the rind is taken off, the remainder is soaked for a while in water. It is preserved in sugar, either with or without the rind ; and in the latter mode is cooling, though slightly acid ; in the former moderately purgative, and useful in dysenteries. The whole plant when wounded discharges a milky very tenacious juice. — Native of Cayenne and Guiana. 2. Willugbeia Scandens; Climbing Willoughbeia. Stem twining; flower-stalks branched, as long as the leaves; trunk about three inches in diameter, sending off long knotty trail- ing branches, which twine rouud the neghbouring trees to their very summits, from whence the extremities hang down clothed with opposite, oval, smooth, entire leaves, of the same size, and resembling those of the preceding species; they are on short stalks, their rib and lateral veins reddish; flower-stalks axillary, solitary, wavy, alternately branched, resembling tendrils, terminating in several little tufts or umbels of yellow flowers, rather smaller than the first species ; fruit roundish or obovate, the size and colour of a quince, of an agreeable scent when ripe, pulpy, yielding but a small quantity of milky juice when cut. — Native of the woods of Guiana, flowering in May. Wilsonia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. Essential Character. Calix: pitcher-shaped, five-sided, five-toothed. Corolla: funnel-shaped, of one petal, imbricated in the bud. Germen: of two seeds. Style: cloven. Stigmas : capitate. The only known species, and that imperfectly described, is, 1. Wilsonia Humilis ; Humble Wilsonia. Leaves small, sessile, thickish, imbricated in two ranks; flowersaxillary, solitary, sessile, without bractes. — Found in New Holland. Wind-flower . See Anemone. Wintera; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Tetragy- 810 W I N THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; W I T nia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth inferior, of one leaf, splitting into two or three segments. Corolla: petals six, or more, ovate, spreading. Stamina : filamenta numerous, shorter than the corolla, dilated upwards; anther® terminal, of two lateral ovate cells, separate at the base, converging at their points. Pistil: gerinina four to eight, crowded, obovate; styles none; stigmas depressed, flat. Pericarp : berries four to eight, ovate, somewhat triangular. Seeds; several, disposed in two rows. Essentiai, Cha- racter. Calix: splitting unequally. Petals: numerous. Stamina : club-shaped, with terminal two lobed anther®. Styles: none. Berries : superior, aggregate. Seeds: several, in a double row.- The species are, 1. Wintera Aromatica ; Officinal Winter’s Bark. Leaves elliptical, obtuse, coriaceous, alternate, crowded at the ends of the branches, evergreen, two or three inches long, and one and a half wide, thick and rigid, entire, somewhat revolute, with a stout midrib, and scarcely visible veins, very smooth on both sides, somewhat glaucous beneath, but not inva- riably or permanently so ; footstalks broad and thick, smooth, half or three quarters of an inch long ; stipula none ; flowering stalks aggregate, at the ends of the branches, simple, or three-cleft, smooth, not half the length of the leaves, accompanied at their base by several ovate, pale, deci duous bractes; flowers smaller than a Hawthorn blossom, white ; calix reddish, unequally three-lobed ; berries from three to six, each with four triangular seeds. It is a tree of con- siderable size, often fifty feet high, with twisted knotty branches, and a thick rugged bark, with an aromatic smell, and permanent pungent flavour. The bark is little used at present in medicine.— Native of the country on both sides the straits of Magellan. 2. Wintera Granadensis; New Granada Winter’ s-barh. Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, obtuse, four or five inches long, and nearly one and a half broad, scarcely revolute, perfectly smooth, very glaucous beneath ; footstalks smooth, an inch long ; flower-stalks axillary, solitary, sometimes nearly the length of the leaves, always half as long, simple, divided, or three-cleft; flowers with about twelve petals, and a deeply three-cleft calix ; berries six or eight, obovate, sometimes confluent, each with from four to six seeds ; pistilla eight. The bark is aromatic. This tree is eighteen or twenty feet high, with round branches, more straight, and less rugged, than in the preceding species. — Native of New Granada. 3. Wintera Chilensis; Chili Winter’s Bark. Leaves oblong, obovate, glaucous beneath, coriaceous, very smooth, taper- ing at the base, on short stalks; flower-stalks axillary, some- times very short, bearing an umbel of four or five elongated simple stalks ; sometimes four or five simple ones all together, each an inch long at most, single flowered ; calix in two or three ovate blunt divisions, not soon deciduous, and perhaps lasting til! the fruit ripens ; petals six to nine, oblong, bluntish, twice the length of the calix ; pistilla five or six ; stamina very short; germina five or six, ovate, crowded on a small globose receptacle; berries oval, rather compressed. This is a tall shrub, with a very aromatic bark, and round branches. — Found in marshy situations in Chili. 4. Wintera Mexicana ; Mexican Winter’s Bark. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, pointed at each end ; flower-stalks elon- gated, umbellate, four-flowered ; calix divided, permanent, concave ; petals twenty to twenty-four, acute, white, spread- ing, oblong, in a double row; stamina very short; berries four. — This shrub is a native of Mexico. 3. Wintera Axillaris ; Small-jlowered Winter’s Bark. Leaves obovate, pointed, reticulated with veins, on stalks 5 rather above an inch long; they are three or four inches long, and two broad, and are glaucous underneath when young ; flower-stalks simple, aggregate, thread-shaped ; calix orbicular, lobed, reflexed ; petals six, oblong, flat, equal, four times the length of the calix ; stamina about sixteen ; germina four, turbinate, all perfectly distinct ; stigmas dilated, pel- tate, terminal; berries four, globose, black, with a tawmy pulp lodging four ovate, acute, somewhat triangular, gibbous seeds. The flavour of the whole plant, and especially of the bark, is extremely acrid and pungent. — Native of N. Zealand. Winter Aconite. See Helleborus. Winter Berry. See Prinos. Winter Cherry. See Physalis. Winter Cress. See Erysinum. Winter Green. See Pyrola. Witch Hazel. See Ulmus. Witheringia ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mo- nogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth infe- rior, of one leaf, very short, obscurely four-toothed, per- manent. Corolla ; of one petal, wheel-shaped ; tube very short, nearly globular; limb in four deep, lanceolate, acute, recurved segments ; nectary four slightly bordered cavities, in the tube of the petal. Stamina : filamenta four, erect, downy, inserted into the base of the corolla ; anther® con- verging, ovate, two-lobed, bursting at the sides. Pistil: germen superior, ovate ; style thread-shaped, rather longer than the stamina ; stigma capitate. Pericarp: berry round- ish, of two cells. Seeds: numerous, inserted into the divided receptacle. Essential Character. Corolla: deeply four-cleft, reflexed; its tube with four external prominences, internally concave. Calix: obscurely four-toothed. An- therce: converging, bursting laterally. Berry: with two cells and many seeds. The only known species is, 1. Witheringia Solanacea ; Yellow-jlowered Witheringia. Leaves in alternate pairs, stalked, ovate-oblong, acute, wavy, entire, rather downy, four or five inches long ; flowers about the size and shape of Solanum Nigrum, except being only four cleft, pale yellow, drooping, in many-flowered, axillary, sessile umbels, their stalks round, smooth, half an inch or more in length ; stamina whitish, internally hairy. The mode of bursting of the anther® distinguishes this genus from Solanum. Root perennial; stem herbaceous, hardly a foot high, round, downy, reddish, rendered slightly angular by the decurrent footstalks. It flowers in our stoves during most of the year. — Native of South America. Witsenia ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: none, unless the upper pair of bractes receive that name. Corolla: of one petal, tubular, erect; tube cylindrical, slender at the base, gradually dilated at the top ; limb spreading, regular, in six deep, equal, obovate segments. Stamina : fila- menta three, very short, inserted into the mouth of the tube, at the base of three alternate segments of the limb ; anther® oblong, erect. Pistil: germen superior, roundish, small ; style thread-shaped, erect, longer than the tube of the corolla, slightly curved at the extremity ; stigma in three short, equal, rather spreading segments. Peri- carp: capsule membranous, of three cells and thre e valves. Seeds: several, angular. Observe. This is the only genus of its natural order having a shrubby habit. Essen- tial Character. Calix: none. Corolla: with a cylin- drical tube; limb in six deep equal, obtuse segments. Stig- ma: slightly three-cleft. Capsule: of three cells, with several angular seeds. The species are, 1. Witsenia Maura ; Downy -flowered Witsenia. Flowers terminal, in pairs at the extremities of the short branches. woo OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. WOO 811 crowded more or less numerously, into a corymbose tuft; corolla two inches long ; tube yellow at the base, dark blue for a considerable extent in the upper part ; limb yellow, scarcely spreading, full half an inch long, clothed externally with dense shaggy pubescence of a very peculiar kind, con- fined to the tips of the inner segments ; root perennial, woody ; stem shrubby, erect, more or less branched, two feet high, compressed, naked in the lower part, and appearing as if jointed, from the scars of fallen foliage. — It flowers in April and May, on the sides of shady hills at the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Witsenia Corymbosa; Corymbose IVitsenia. Corymb many-flowered ; flowers very numerous, bright blue, in a forked, corymbose, compound panicle, supported by a long stalk, at first terminal, but soon becoming lateral ; corolla ex- ternally smooth ; leaves like those of the first species, but only half its size, rather glaucous ; stem shrubby, from four to six inches high. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Witsenia Iiamosa ; Branching Witsenia. Stem much branched, a span high, remarkably woody, repeatedly branched in a corymbose manner, naked below ; the branches com- pressed, two-edged, knotted or scarred as if jointed, leafy at their extremities; leaves equitant, two-ranked, linear, nar- row, one and a half or two inches long, rather glaucous, reddish at the base ; flowers terminal, very few together, if not quite solitary, blue, remarkable for the length and slen- derness of their tube, which sometimes measures nearly two inches ; corolla externally smooth ; its tube capillary, twice the length of the limb, which is rather less spreading, and more bell-shaped, than that of the preceding species ; bractes membranous, elongated, brownish. — Native of the hills at the Cape of Good Hope; flowering in October, November, and December. 4. Witsenia Pumila; Dwarf Witsenia. Stems simple, single-flowered ; leaves crowded, two-ranked, awl-shaped, compressed, strongly ribbed, about an inch long ; flowers whitish, small, solitary, nearly sessile, among the uppermost leaves, which form a kind of sheath, but each appears to have also a bivalve sheath, or pair of permanent bractes ; capsule brown, with rather rigid emarginate valves; root perennial, long, branched, bearing dense tufts of simple leafy stems, an inch or an inch and half high. — Found at the Straits of Magellan. Woad. See Isatis. Wood, Wild. See Reseda. Wolfsbane. See Aconitum. Woodbine. See Lonicera. Woodroof. See Asperula. Wood Sage. See Teucrium. Woods and Groves — are the greatest ornaments toacountry- seat, without which it must be greatly defective, wood and water being absolutely necessary to render a place agreeable and pleasant. Where there are woods already grown to a large size, so situated as to be taken into the garden or park, or so nearly adjoining as that an easy communication may be made from the garden to the Wood, they may be so contrived by cutting walks through them ; as to render them the most delightful parts of an estate, by procuring an agreeable shade from the scorching heat of the sun in summer. Whoever have grown Woods already near their habitation, lying so that an easy communication may be formed from one to the other, will have little occasion for wildernesses in the garden, because natural Woods may be so contrived as to render them much pleasanter than any new plantation can possibly become for many years, even where the trees make the greatest progress in their growth. In places where their growth is slow, it would take nearly half a century before their shade could equal that of Woods already in perfection. Add to this, the great saving of expense, with other parti- culars, which are fully detailed under the article Wilderness. The culture of Woods, for the profit of the proprietor and the benefit of the nation, is of vast importance. It has been often urged, by persons whose judgment in other affairs might be relied upon, that the great plantations, which, for several years past, have been carried on in several parts of this kingdom, will be of public benefit in the propagation of timber: but in this we fear they will be generally mistaken; shade and shelter, except in a few public-spirited instances, having been more considered than the increase of valuable timber. The two most substantial timbers of this country are the Oak and Chestnut, the latter of which has become very scarce. Next to these, as a profitable wood, comes the Elm, few of which are now cultivated, except the With Elm, in the north-west part of England: see Timber. Wherever there are young Woods, great attention should be paid to the fences ; for if cattle get in among the trees while young, they will soon do infinite damage by browsing on the branches, or barking them. Hares and rabbits are also very destructive in frosty weather, and when the ground is covered with snow, gnawing the bark and branches, and soon inflicting irrepar- able injury. Another care to be taken of young Woods, is the thinning of the trees as they advance in their growth. This should be very cautiously and gradually performed, so as not to open the trees too much, to let in the cold winds among them, which would greatly obstruct their growth; nor ought they to be left so close as to draw each other up like May- poles, but a medium should be observed, cutting down a few each year, as there may be necessity, not suffering those to stand which injure the growth of the neighbouring trees, and always allowing the most promising to remain. The young trees should not be lopped or pruned, for the more they are cut, the slower will their increase in bulk be; every branch that is cut off will rob the tree of its nourishment, in pro- portion to the size of the branch; hence the hachet should never be used by any but skilful persons. Where more re- gard is had to the future produce of the timber than to immediate profit, the under-wood should be grubbed up as the trees advance, that the roots may have the whole benefit of the soil, and their stems enjoy the free air; otherwise they will generally be covered with moss, and their growth greatly stinted. This may be observed in all Woods where there is any quantity of under-wood remaining; in such places the trees seldom grow to a large size : but where timber is expected, the trees must have room to extend their roots and branches, though, from covetousness, many let their under- wood remain as long as it will live. Hence, as the timber gradually increases, the underwood will be gradually decay- ing in the shade and drip of the large trees; by which prac- tice the timber suffers more in a few years than all the under- wood is worth ; for, by endeavouring to obtain both, neither of them can be so good as when they are separately pre- served. If proprietors of estates would be careful to nurse up trees in their hedge-rows, it would, in time, become a fortune to their successors; as the timber growing in the hedges might be worth more than the freehold of the estate, which has in fact been the case with estates, from which their possessors have cut down timber for fortunes to their younger children; besides, as the trouble and expense are not great, and the profit is certain, it is fooiish to neglect such an advantage, especially where the sight of trees, of our own sowing, making yearly advances, must be very grateful to those who have any relish for rural amusement. There 9 U woo THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; WOO 812 are some persons who plant copses for cutting every ten or twelve years, according to their growth. This is usually done in autumn, either with stools or young plants drawn out of the woods; but the latter are to be preferred. These copses are most profitable when they consist of Ash and Chestnut; because where they thrive, the poles are valuable; they also furnish good hoops, and both find a ready sale. Where the copses are intended to remain, there should be no standard trees left for timber, because, as the heads of the trees spread and overtop the underwood, it will cause that to decay, and where the standards are left upon the stumps of the copse-wood, they will never grow to a large size, nor will the timber be so valuable as that produced immediately j from a young root. When, however, copses are planted upon lands free from trees, it will be the better method to ' sow' tiie trees, especially if Chestnut, Oak, or Beech, be in- tended ; for though the prevailing notion is that planting saves time, yet if the seedlings be kept clear from weeds they will in eight or ten years outgrow those which are planted, and will continue much longer in vigour: the ex- pense also is trifling, compared w ith tiiat of planting. When I a large tract of land is designed for Wood, especially if it be of an indifferent quality, it should be managed as follows : Plough it in October and November, and plough and harrow that the turf may be effectually destroyed ; sow it with Turnip-seed, about the third week in June; hoe the crop well, and let it be fed off with sheep, if possible. If another crop of Turnips be taken in the following year, the land will then be in excellent condition for receiving the seeds of forest trees. Some sow them with Oats, and others with a crop of Spring-rye, w ith the acorns ; but it is absolutely certain that trees thus raised from seed, particularly where they are kept well weeded, properly thinned, and very spar- ingly pruned, will afford better timber, and come sooner to maturity, than when they are drawn from a nursery. As much depends on keeping the seedlings clean, drill-sowing is greatly preferable to broad-cast, because they may thus be horse-hoed at a small expense. The usual time of felling is from November to February: see Planting. Woodsia; a genus of the class Crvptogamia, order Filices. — Generic Character. Fructifications: in roundish groups on the back of the leaf. Involucrum : cup-like, open, small, nearly flat, jagged, fringed with awl-shaped, incurved, jointed hairs. Capsules: several, obovate, on short stalks, crowded in the centre of the involucrum, each bound by a vertical, jointed, elastic ring, and bursting irregularly at one side. Seeds: numerous, kidney-shaped, granulated, ex- tremely minute. Essential Character. Groups of capsules scattered, roundish, each seated on a capillary- fringed involucrum. The species are, 1. Woodsia llveusis; Long leaved Woodsia. Frond pin- nate; leaflets lanceolate, deeply pinnatifid, with numerous, nearly uniform, oblong lobes ; stalks nearly three inches high, brown, bearing, like the midrib of each principal leaflet, many strap-shaped, taper-pointed, membranous scales. — Found on rocks in the north of Europe, and in ail parts of North America. 2. Woodsia Hyperborea ; Round leaved Woodsia. Frond pinnate ; leaflets heart-shaped, rounded, pinnatifid ; lobes rounded, waved, unequal. This is a smaller plant than the preceding species, often not above an inch high, but gene- rally about three inches. The leaflets are shorter and more rounded, as well as their lobes, of a thinner texture, much less deeply pinnatifid, except at their base, where the bottom pair of lobes are often so deeply separated, as to form two little leaflets, wavy, or obscurely lobed, and some- times of unequal size. The main stalk is scaly, with hairy leaflets on both sides. — Native of alpine rocks, principally in the north of Europe : sometimes found upon the mountains of Wales and Scotland. Wood-sorrel. See Oxalis. Woodwardia ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Filices. Essential Character. Groups of capsules oblong, distinct, straight, ranged in a simple rowr, in bor- dered cavities, parallel to each side of the rib. Involucrum superficial, vaulted, separating towards the rib. The species are, 1. Woodwardia Angustifolia ; Narrow -leaved Woodwardia. Fronds pinnate; leaflets linear, acute, entire; the barren ones finely serrated. The root is creeping, scaly, and shaggy, bearing several stalked, upright, smooth fronds, of a lanceolate figure, with a long taper point ; the barren ones consisting entirely of lanceolate, acute, finely serrated leaflets, decurrent at their base, and somewhat confluent ; the fertile of rather fewer, more distant, longer and narrower ones, likewise slightly decurrent and confluent at their base, each leaflet being nearly covered at the back, on each side of the rib, with a close series of turgid uearly cylindrical groups, a quarter of an inch long, of numerous capsules, every group closely covered by its own convex involucrum, and encom- passed with a considerably elevated uninterrupted line, bor- dering the hollow in which it lies. It is pereunial, flowers in August, and is about a foot high. Found in the Cedar and Cypress swamps, from New Jersey to Florida. 2. Woodwardia Japonica; Blunt-lobed Japanese Wood- wardia. Frond pinnate, two feel or more in height; leaflets sessile, half pinnatifid, with close obtuse serrated lobes: they are five or six inches long, quite sessile, scaly at the base ; the lobes are above an inch long, and half an inch broad, quite close, and parallel at the sides, paler beneath ; groups oblong, three or four in a continued line, close to the rib on each side. The involucrum, reflexed to one side, after the capsules are fallen, leaves the cavity exposed, and like a box with its lid. The capsules appear to be all inserted into that margin of the cavity to which the involucrum or lid is attached ; stalk roughish and somewhat scaly, not smooth. — Found in Japan, fructifying in June. 3. Woodwardia Orientalis ; Sharp-lobed Japanese Wood- wardia. Frond pinnate, more coriaceous than either the second or seventh species, and rather glaucous ; leaflets stalked, deeply pinnatifid, with spreading acute serrated lobes ; they are of the same size as in the preceding species, but taper at their base into a short stalk ; groups slightly lunate outwards, especially the upper and shorter ones, about seven in each row, crowded, and close to the rib ; rows of fructification close ; involucrum somewhat crescent-shaped. — Found in Japan. 4. Woodwardia Virginica ; Virginian Woodwardia. Frond pinnate, eighteen inches or more in height, with a pale smooth stalk: leaflets sessile, deeply pinnatifid, with spread- ing, obtuse, slightly crenate lobes ; they are alternate, above a finger’s length, and about an inch or more in width, bright green, and smooth ; their numerous segments spreading moderately from each other, forming an acute angle at the base ; their margin is somewhat revolute, and very obscurely crenate: rows of fructification accompanying the midribs of the leaflets as well as the ribs of the iobes. The fructification is most abundant on the leaflets of the upper half of the frond, forming lines along their principal rib, at each side as well as along the rib of each segment; the groups finely confluent. The depressions iu which the groups are seated, are very slight, though not imperceptible ; and the involucrum of each WOR OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. WOR 813 is the narrowest, least vaulted, and soonest turned aside, of any other species. The fructification is perfected in July and August. — Native of Virginia and Carolina. 5. Woodwardia Thelyplerioides ; Small Woodwardia. Frond pinnate ; leaflets sessile, linear-lanceolate, pinnatifld, villous at the base; segments of the barren ones oblong and bluntish; of the fertile ones shortened, triangular, and acute, all entire; stalk downy, angular. This resembles the pre- ceding species, but is not half so large.— Found in the sandy swamps of South Carolina.^ 6. Woodwardia Fimbriata; Fringed Woodwardia. Frond pinnate; leaflets sessile, deeply pinnatifld, with spreading rather acute lobes, fringed with sharp teeth. This, which is larger than the fourth species, is distinguished from it by its more acute segments, the margin of whichkjs very con- spicuously and copiously fringed with prickly teeth, directed towards the point; groups of capsules, large and turgid, ranged a little obliquely along the ribs of the segments, from three to five pair on each segment, none at the midrib of the leaflet itself; invoiucrum strongly and permanently vaulted. — Native of North America. 7. Woodwardia Radicans; Rooting-stalked Woodwardia. Frond pinnate; leaflets nearly sessile, deeply pinnatifld, with parallel taper-pointed sharply serrated lobes. The fronds are two or three feet high, and a foot and half or nearly two feet in breadth, of a fine green, smooth, beautifully reticu- lated with veins; each main stalk producing at the back, near the top, a round scaly bud or bulb, the origin of a young plant. The leaflets are generally alternate, often a span long, somewhat pectinate, with a long very slender point; their numerous segments more or less crowded, slightly- curved, lanceolate, minutely and sharply seriated, each taper- ing to a sharp elongated point; groups of capsules (none at the midrib of the leaflet,) about seven pair on each segment, close, direct, scarcely ever at all divaricated, turgid, pale brown, the cavities in which they lie very nearly and conspi- cuously bordered. This is a hardy green house plant in our climate, and one of the handsomest of the genus.— Native of the deep clayey fissures of rocks in Madeira; and found also in Italy and Portugal. 8. Woodwardia Dispar ; Various-leaved Woodwardia. Fronds pinnate ; leaflets sessile, lanceolate, pointed, pinna- tifid, with elliptic-lanceolate, entire lobes; fructification crowded on the much smaller lobes, of a separate narrower frond. The barren fronds approach the last species in size, but their segments are shorter, entire, rather obtuse, and by no means taper pointed. Those fronds which bear fruit have leaflets similar in shape and lobes to the others, but only one- third the size, bearing a simple row of fructification close to the rib of each segment. — Found in the island of Martinico. Wood Waxen. See Genista. Woody Nightshade. See Solanum. Worm Grass. See Spigelia. Wormia; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Pentagy- nia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of five roundish, concave, very obtuse, coriaceous, perma- nent leaves. Corolla: petals five, roundish, concave, larger than the calix, tapering at the base, deciduous. Stamina : filamenta very numerous, crowded, short, equal ; anther® terminal, linear, longer than the filamenta, shorter than the petals, recurved, bursting by a double orifice at the summit. Pistil: germina five or more, superior, distinct, ovate, com- pressed, crowded ; styles terminal, tapering, recurved, longer than the germina ; stigmas notched. Pericarp: capsules as many as the germina, and of the same form, each of one cell, and one valve, bursting at the inner edge, crowned with one of the permanent styles. Seeds: several, from eight to twelve, roundish, each with a pulpy tunic at the base. Essential Character. Calix: inferior, of five coriaceous permanent leaves. Petals: five. Aniherce: with two terminal pores ; Capsules: five, compressed, distinct, many-seeded. Styles: thread -shaped. Stigmas: notched. The species are, 1. Wormia Madagascariensis ; Madagascar Wormia. Leaves oval, bluntly sinuated ; clusters panicled ; footstalks long, channelled above, and marked with transverse wrinkles ; flow’er-stalks nearly opposite to the leaves, erect ; partial- stalks single flowered, without bractes ; petals undulated, thrice as long as the calix ; seeds roundish ; stipules solitary, large, long, leafy, externally villous, deciduous, each leaving an annular scar on the branch. This elegant tree has thick round branches. — Native of Madagascar. 2. Wormia Deutata ; Toothed Wormia. Leaves ovate, abrupt, coarsely and rather sharply toothed ; they are four inches long, of a broad, elliptic-ovate figure, coriaceous, paler beneath, entire at the base, wavy at the sides, most toothed at the end ; transverse ribs very straight ; footstalks simple, triangular, smooth ; cluster simple, on a long smooth angu- lar stalk, not quite opposite to the uppermost leaf. A tree with round branches. — Native of Ceylon. 3. Wormia Triquetra; Triangular Wormia. Leaves ovate, bluntish, bluntly and slightly sinuated, rather tapering at tiie base; the ribs pinnate, having about eight or ten lateral ribs at each side; footstalks simple, triangular, straight, two inches long; flower-stalks triangular, racemose, simple, nearly opposite to the leaves; two outer calix-leaves rather the largest; petals concave; stamina very short; germina trian- gular, crowded ; styles reflexed ; branches round, brown, and smooth, with an elevated ring round the origin of each leaf. — Native of Ceylon. 4. Wormia Alata; Wing stalked Wormia. Leaves oval, entire, three or four inches long, and above half as broad, syiooth, obtuse, with distant transverse ribs, and copious reticulated veins, their under surface rusty-coloured, but polished ; footstalks smooth, winged, an inch or an inch and half long; flower-stalk opposite to the upper leaf of the branch, solitary, racemose, triangular, smooth, shorter than the leaves, bearing two or three yellow flowers; petals undu- lated ; antherae long, linear, with two pores at the end; styles sometimes nine or ten, recurved; capsules coriaceous, gaping apparently ; real follicles, with a number of round seeds, inserted into the margins ; branches round, smooth, except the annular scars left by the stipules. — Native of New Holland. 5. Wormia Sericea; Silky-stalked Wormia. Leaves oval, bluntly serrated, crowded about the extremity of each branch' apparently deciduous, being found on young shoots only, shaped like those of the last species, and nearly as large, but somewhat serrated, and w hile young downy ;* footstalks depressed, silky as well as the flower-stalks and calix ; they are half an inch long, stout, broad, and depressed, blunt- edged, not bordered, densely clothed with fine, white, silky, permanent down; stalks simple, single-flowered, silky, about the length of the footstalks, each opposite to a leaf'; calix- leaves obovate, concave, an inch long, smooth within, silky at the back; filamenta short; antherae long, compressed, two-edged, each opening by two terminal orifices; geimina' crowded together; styles five, recurved at the extremity; stigmas small, abrupt; branches round, and strongly scarred! — Native of the East Indies. 6. Wormia Retusa; Abrupt Wormia. Leaves obovate, abrupt, distantly toothed, smooth. This tree appear? to be nearly related to the second species, but the flowers 814 W U L THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; W U R arc solitary and rather smaller, each on a simple stalk, opposite to the uppermost leaf; footstalks hairy at the base; stalks single-flowered, smooth ; styles five. — Native of Ceylon. Worm-seed. See Artemisia and Erysinum. Wormwood. See Artemisia. Woundwort. See Solidago Virgaurea and Stachys. Wrightia; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of one leaf, in five small, rounded, bluntish segments, with five or ten internal scales at the outside of the base of the corolla, permanent. Corolla : of one petal, salver-shaped ; tube cylindrical, various in length; limb in five oblong, spreading, oblique segments, as long as the tube, or longer; mouth crowned with ten divided scales, shorter than the limb. Stamina: filamenta five, thread-shaped, short, inserted into the throat of the corolla ; anther® arrow-shaped, pointed, prominent, cohering by their middle part to the stigma. Pis- til: germina two, superior, roundish, cohering; style one, thread-shaped, the length of the tube, dilated at the apex ; stigma contracted. Pericarp : follicles two, almost cylindrical, either distinct or cohering, pointed, erect. Seeds: numerous, inserted into the margins of each follicle, oblong, imbricated downwards, crowned at the lower extremity with silky hairs, directed towards the base of the seed-vessel. Essential Character. Corolla: oblique, salver-shaped; mouth crowned with ten divided scales. Stamina: prominent. Follicles: two, erect. Seeds: imbricated downward, hairy at the lower extremity. The species are, 1. Wrightia Antidysenterica ; Oval-leaved Wrightia. Leaves obovate-oblong, short-pointed, smooth ; corymbs mostly terminal; tube of the corolla six times as long as the calix ; follicles distinct, thrice as long, a little swelling up- wards, their points converging. This is a handsome erect shrub, with numerous branches.— Native of Ceylon. 2. Wrightia Zeylanica ; Lanceolate-leaved Wrightia. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, blunt-pointed, smooth, smaller than in the preceding species, about an inch and half long; corymbs terminal ; flowers like those of the first species, but the tube shorter in proportion, though four times as long as the calix. The branches are long and straight, round, and of a purplish colour. — Native of Ceylon. 3. Wrightia Tinctoria; Dyer’s Wrightia. Leaves elliptic, lanceolate, obovate, pointed, smooth ; branches and corymbs divated ; tube of the corolla twice the length of the calix ; follicles distinct. — Found in the East Indies. 4. Wrightia Pubescens ; Downy Wrightia. Leaves ellip- tic-oblong, pointed, downy as well as the calix ; corymbs erect; tube of the corolla scarcely longer than the calix; follicles combined. — Found between the tropics in New Hol- land, and in Timor. Wulfenia ; a genus of the class Diandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of one leaf, in five deep, linear, awl-shaped, equal, erect, permanent segments. Corolla: of one petal, ringent; tube gibbous, and nearly globose at the base; limb two-lipped; upper lip shortest, undivided, or slightly notched, vaulted, acute; lower longest, deflexed, tbree-lobed. Stamina: filamenta two, thread-shaped, ascending, shorter than the upper lip; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen superior, ovate-oblong, compressed; style thread-shaped, twice as long as the calix; stigma capitate. Pericarp: capsule ovate, compressed, fur- rowed at each side, of two cells and two divided valves, burst- ing at the summit. Seeds : numerous, roundish. The essential difference between this genus and Veronica, to which it is allied, is in the limb of the corolla, which in the latter is w heel-shaped, its lowest segment narrowest : a character of more importance than the proportion of the tube, which in some Veronicas is as long as in this genus. Essential Character. Co- rolla: tubular, ringent; upper lip vaulted, lower three-cleft. Calix: in five deep segments. Capsule: of two cells, and two cloven valves. The species are, 1. Wulfenia Bonarota ; Blue Leafy Wulfenia. The stems are leafy, simple, erect, five or six inches high, downy like the rest of the herbage, each bearing four or five pair of roundish ovate leaves, about an inch long, with broad and rather shallow serratures ; cluster terminal, solitary, ovate-oblong, of several pretty blue flowers, accompanied by lanceolate bractes: calix hairy: upper lip of the corolla entire; it is decidedly ringent, with a concave upper lip, and the valves of the capsule split at the summit, each into two sharp points. The root is creeping. Perennial. — Native of the mountains of Italy and Carniola. 2. Wulfenia Ageria ; Yellow Leafy Wulfenia. Stem leafy; upper lip of the corolla cloven, by which it is distinguished from the first species ; leaves ovate-lanceolate, elongated at the point; corolla pale sulphur-coloured, not blue; calix smooth. — Native of Carinthia, and various parts of Italy. 3. Wulfenia Carinthiaca; Carinthian Wulfenia. Stem naked ; root creeping, perennial, half as thick as the middle finger ; leaves crenate, several together in a tuft, all radical, obovate, obtuse, four or five inches long, smooth, and shin- ing, except the strong midrib, which is hairy at the back, their base tapering into a winged footstalk; flowers large and handsome, of a fine blue colour, crowded numerously into a dense cluster, supported by an upright, round, firm, though somewhat scaly and slightly hairy, solitary, radical stalk, twice or three times the height of the leaves. After flowering the cluster becomes three or four inches long, and the permanent calices turn reddish. The capsules are each one-third of an inch in length, brown, abrupt, scarcely exceeding Ihe calix, soon splitting into four parts at the top. — Found on the highest mountains of Carinthia. Wurmbea ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Trigy- nia.— Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: of one petal, tubular, permanent; tube with six angles, abrupt at the base; limb in six deep lanceolate, acute, equal, erect, or spreading segments, usually about the length of the tube. Stamina: filamenta six, thread-shaped, erect, inserted into the mouth of the tube, and shorter than the limb ; anther® roundish, of two lobes. Pistil: germen superior, triangu- lar, furrowed, smooth; styles three, awl-shaped, triangular, the length of the stamina ; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp : capsule invested with the withered corolla, oblong, with three angles and three furrows, consisting of three cells, separating from the top half way down. Seeds: numerous, round. Essential Character. Calix: none. Corolla: in six deep equal segments, with an hexagonal tube. Stamina: inserted into the mouth of the tube. Capsule: superior. The species are, 1. Wurmbea Pumila; Dwarf Wurmbea. Cluster of three or four flowers, rarely more, erect, white, on longish partial stalks. The margins of the segments of the flower are purple, and there are spots of the same colour just above the mouth of its tube; tube the length of the limb ; stamina white; root a small globular bulb, sunk deep into the earth : the whole herb is only an inch higii, with two or three short, sheathing, lanceolate leaves. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope, m sandy ground at the foot of small hills; flowering in August or September. 2. Wurmbea Campanulata; Bell-flowered Wurmbea. Tube of the corolla bell-shaped, the length of the limb, which is W Y L OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. W Y L 8IJ twice as long as the stamina ; stamina white, spreading, not half the length of the limb, with yellow anther® ; spike dense, cylindrical; bulb ovate; stem solitary, simple, leafy, from three to five inches high, zigzag, tapering, and pale, in the part which is below the surface of the ground ; leaves three or four, alternate, widely spreading or recurved, much longer than the stem, but not elevated above it, tapering, channelled, rather glaucous, smooth, their base dilated and sheathing.— Native of the Cape. 3. Wurmbea Purpurea; Purple Wurmbea. Tube of the corolla much shorter than the widely spreading limb. This resembles the preceding species in its herbage, but the spike is rather more lax, and the flowers all over of a dark violet purple, except the yellow anther®. — Native of the Cape of ©ood Hope. 4. Wurmbea Longiflora ; Long-flowered Wurmbea. Spike taller than the leaves, three or four inches long, rather lax, many-flowered, with a zigzag angular stalk; tube of the corolla twice the length of the limb; flowers entirely white, their tube nearly an inch long; limb about half that length, widely spreading; stamina full half the length of the limb. This is a larger and taller plant Jthan the preceding, and its leaves are much broader at the base. — Found upon the sandy hills in various places about the Cape of Good Hope. Wylia; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. General Involucrum: ofoneovato- lanceoiate, membranous, half-clasping leaf, fringed with hairs; partial of five ovate, nearly entire, concave, two or three ribbed leaves, bordered with a pellucid, fringed membrane; perianth of five minute teeth, permanent. Corolla: universal, irregular; flowers of the disk perfect, fertile, as well as the female ones, which form the radius ; some male flowers are either interspersed in the disk, or disposed in separate um- bels ; partial of five petals, unequal in the flowers of the radius, the outermost very large, either obovate and flattened, or inversely heart-shaped, with a long claw ; equal in those of the disk. Stamina: filamenta five, thread-shaped, at first indexed, and concealed in the hollows of the petals, afterw ards prominent; anther® roundish. Pistil: germen ovate-ob- long, more or less tapering ; styles erect, thread-shaped, nearly equal, standing on a cup-siiaped base; stigmas simple. Pericarp: fruit linear oblong, beaked, somewhat compress- ed, crowned with the erect, permanent styles, and their cup-like slightly notched basis. Seeds: two, linear-oblong, hispid, striated ; the ribs elevated, continued into the beak with intermediate furrows; valves of the beak parallel to the fruit. Observe. The involucral leaves in this genus, though not laciniated, have a notch or two at the end, and precisely agree with those of Scandix in texture. Many of the umbels are simple, or occasionally two or three together, resembling a compound umbel. Essential Character. General and partial involucral leaves ovate. Flowers: polygamous, radiant. Calix: five-toothed. Fruit : oblong, somewhat compressed, beaked ; valves of the beak parallel to the fruit. ■ The species are, 1. Wylia Australis; Southern Wylia. Umbels simple, or in pairs, of few flowers; they are small and dense, on long stalks ; the lower ones opposite to the leaves, solitary ; the upper in pairs, or rarely three together, and even then not constituting a really compound umbel i flowers white, moderately radiant; radiant petals obovate, nearly entire; the largest petals sometimes slight Iy emarginate ; fruits from six to ten, perfected in each umbel, their beaks nearly or quite straight, quadrangular, rough with short erect bristles; root annua!; herb slender; stem round, sometimes quite smooth, sometimes more or less hairy ; leaves triply pinnate, witli linear acute segments, and hairy or rather fringed foot- stalks.— Native of fields in Italy and the Levant, and in Taura: flowering in May. 2. Wylia Radians; Radiating Wylia. Umbels aggregate, from tw'o to five, many-flowered ; radiant petals elongated, wavy ; beak of the fruit incurved. This is supposed to be equally related to the first and third species. — Found in Tau- ria : flowering in May. 3. Wylia Grandiflora ; Large flowered Wylia. General umbels of from three to five very hairy rays ; they are termi- nal, sometimes on short stalks, with a leafy, simple, or divided, linear leaf, in the place of a general involucrum; partial umbels of numerous short smooth rays; their involucrum of several, mostly double-pointed, ovate, white-edged, fringed leaves; flowers remarkably radiant; their largest petals not always emarginate, each furnished with a long daw ; beak of the fruit rather scaly; root annual, tapering; stem about a foot high, round, purplish, slightly branched. — Native of Tartary and Georgia. 4. Wylia Iberica; Georgian Wylia. General umbels of four or five very smooth rays ; radiant petals emarginate, with an indexed point : the rays of both general and partial umbels appear to be always very smooth ; the radiant petals are of a smaller proportion, and essentially distinguished by their sharp indexed points; stem somewhat hairy at one side : annual. Very nearly related to the last species in habit and size; and the stem, as in that, sometimes quite smooth. — Native of Georgia. X AN XANTE E ; a genus of the class Dicecia, order Mona- delphia. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth of one leaf, in five or six small, deep, imbricated, roundish, concave, acute segments, with a pair of minute opposite scales at the base. Corolla: petals five, roundish, spreading, larger than the calix. Stamina : filamentum one, columuar, erect; anther® five, two-lobed, forming a peltate concave disk, full of gluten, their under side bursting and discharging the pollen. Female. Calix : like that of the male, perma- nent, inferior. Corolla: as in the male. Stamina: filamen- tum none; anther® five, prismatic, erect, imperfect. Pistil: germen superior, roundish, with five furrows; style none; stigmas five, roundish, thick, emarginate, seated on the germen. Pericarp : capsule small, globose or oval, with 134. X A N five furrows, five cells, and five valves, bursting at the fur- rows ; their membranous partitions adhering to the central column. Seeds: numerous, oblong, imbedded in the pulp, inserted in a double row upon the five-angled columnar receptacle. Observe. One fifth is frequently added to the parts of fructification, in the male as well as female flow'ers. Essential Character. Male. Calix: in five deep seg- ments. Petals: five. Filamentum : columuar. Anther ce: five, two-lobed, forming a peltate disk. Female. Calix and Co- rolla: as in the male. Stigmas: five, sessile. Capsule: of five cells, with many pulpy seeds. The species are, 1. Xanthe Seandens ; Twining Xanthe. Leaves obovate, fleshy; opposite, on short stalks, simple, entire, thick, and smooth, three or four inches long, with a thick midrib, and a 9 X X A N THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; X A N 310 short blunt point, but no brandling veins; panicles at the ends of the drooping brandies, compound, three-forked, smooth ; flowers small, yellow ; their partial stalks longer than the calix ; petals fleshy ; capsule about the size of a black currant, globose, fleshy, crowned with the black stigmas all meeting in a point ; seeds red ; stem shrubby, with knotty branches, twining round neighbouring trees. Every part of the plant, when wounded, discharges a trans- parent, white, viscid, resinous juice. — Native of the forests of Guiana. 2. Xanthe Parviflora ; Small-flowered Xanthe. Leaves elliptic-oblong; flowers sessile ; capsule elliptical. It differs from the preceding species, in having thinner leaves; smaller flowers, with shorter partial stalks ; and an oblong, thicker, yellowish fruit. The bark and leaves, if cut or broken, dis- charge a yellow glutinous juice, which, when dried, resembles gamboge, and, like it, is soluble in water. — Native of the forests of Guiana. Xanthium ; a genus of the class Monoscia, order Pentan- dria.— Generic Character. Male Flowers: compound. Common Calix: of many imbricated, slender, equal scales, as long as the numerous florets. Corolla: compound, uniform, equal, hemispherical, consisting of numerous, tubular, funnel- shaped, monopetaious, upright, five-cleft florets. Stamina: filamenta in each floret five, united into a cylinder; antherae erect, parallel, distinct ; common receptacle small, with chaffy- scales between the florets. Female Flowers: below the male, on the same plant, doubled. Calix : involucrum tw o- flowered, of two opposite acutely three-lobed leaves, their middle lobe longest, beset with hooked prickles, and closely enfolding, as well as united to the gerinen, except the lobes, which are free. Corolla: none. Pistil: germen oval, his- pid ; styles two pair, capillary ; stigmas simple. Pericarp : drupe dry, ovate-oblong, cloven at the point, clothed all over with hooked prickles. Seed: nut of two cells. Observe. Linneus states, that the fruit of this genus could hardly have been well understood, without a previous knowledge of that of Ambrosia : both genera in fact belong to that ambiguous tribe, whose habit, qualities, and, in part, the structure of their male flowers, all associate them with the syngenesious order; while the disunion of their flowers, and the gene- ra! nature of their female flowers, and fruit, place them in the class Moncecia. Essential Character. Male. Common Calix: imbricated. Florets: of one petal, funnel- shaped, five-cleft. Receptacle: chaffy. Female. Calix: two- leaved, two-flowered. Corolla: none. Drupe: dry, muri- cated, cloven. Nut : of two cells. The species are, 1. Xanthium Strumarium; Common Burrweed, or Small Burdock. Stem thornless; leaves heart-shaped, three-ribbed at the base, alternate, stalked, acutely lobed and serrated; their two lateral ribs marginal for a small space, as in the Great Burdock, and a few other plants ; male flowers globu- lar, green, few together, in axillary or terminal clusters, about the upper part of the branches; female, in axillary sessile tufts; fruit elliptical, double-pointed, hard, nearly an inch long, beset with firm, prominent, awl-shaped, hooked prickles, which attach themselves to the coats of animals, and thus serve to disperse the seeds ; root annual ; herb branched, rough, dark green, rather fetid, of a coarse rank habit, with furrowed, rather hairy branches. Native of dunghills, and jrich moist ground, in Europe and America. — All these plants, except the fifth species, are annual. The first will come up from the seeds which fall in autumn, and requires no other care but to thin the plants, and keep them clear from weeds. The second species will thrive in the same way in favourable autumns; but it often happens, in England, that the seeds will not ripen. The fourth species w ill in some years perfect seeds on self-sown plants; but as they sometimes fail, the sure way is to raise the plants on a gentle hot-bed, and to plant them out on a warm border on a lean soil. 2. Xanthium Orientale; Oriental Burrweed. Stem thorn- less; leaves ovate, slightly three-lobed, somewhat triple- ribbed, wedge-shaped at the base. The difference between this and the preceding species seems to be the taper base of the leaves in the former, and the union of their three ribs at a greater or less distance above the insertion of the footstalk. The fruit is twice as large as that of the first species, with peculiarly strong hooked thorns. — Native of Ceylon, Japan, and China. See the first species. 3. Xanthium Echinatum ; Compound-t horned Burrweed. Stem thornless; fruit oval; its prickles hooked, crowded, compound at the base : annual. — Native place unknown. See the first species. 4. Xanthium Spinosum ; Thorny Burrweed. Stipules thorny, three-cleft; the thorns are in fact stipules, an inch long, very sharp, standing in pairs at the base of each foot- stalk, separating, just above their origin, into three spreading needle-like points; leaves lanceolate, three-lobed, hoary be- neath, not inelegant; their upper surface is of a fine green, nearly smooth, the lower downy and white; flowers small, and inconsiderable; fruit oval, covered with copious, small, hooked prickles. The wild plant makes a conspicuous ap- pearance in winter, in the neighbourhood of Montpellier. It might be raised here as a tender annual, and planted out in a border, if there were sufficient beauty in its copious, long, flame-coloured thorns to place it in the garden. — Native of the south of France, Italy, Spain, and Portugal. See the first species. 5. Xanthium Fruticosum. Leaves pinnatifid; segments gashed ; stem shrubby, the height of a man, perennial, but scarcely woody, erect, roundish, obscure, somewhat hairy ; branches axillary or lateral, short. — Native of Peru. For its propagation and culture, see Ambrosia Arborescens. Xanthochymus ; a genus of the class Polyadelpbia, order Polyandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth in- ferior, of five roundish, unequal, obtuse, flatlish, spreading, slightly imbricated, permanent leaves. Corolla: petals five, orbicular, nearly sessile, opposite to the calix-leaves, and twice as long; nectary of five broad, short, abrupt, porous glands, opposite to the pelals, alternate, with the stamina in- serted into the receptace under the germen. Stamina: fila- menta twenty, united into five oblong, linear, flat bodies, alternate with the nectaries, and above twice as long; antherae stalked, roundish, of two lobes, and two cells. Pistil: ger- men superior, globose; style scarcely any; stigmas five, spreading horizontally, obtuse, deciduous. Pericarp: berry globose, succulent, with five ovate seeds, immersed in the pulp, some of which are generally abortive. Essential Character. Calix: of five leaves. Petals: five. Nec- taries: five, abrupt. Stamina: united into five sets, alternate with the nectaries. Berry : with from one to five seeds. The species are, 1. Xanthochymus Pictorius; Painter's Golden Apple. Leaves opposite, stalked, about, a foot long, and two or three inches broad, elliptic-oblong, acute, entire, coriaceous, smooth, aud shining, with a strong midrib, and many transverse, parallel, tine interbranching veins ; footstalks an inch in length, angular, channelled, corrugated ; stipule* none; flowers an inch in diameter, five or six together, in stalked umbels, each umbel opposite to a leaf, or situated nearly where a last year’s leaf has been ; partial stalks simple, smooth, nearly two inches long; petals white; stamina and X A N OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. X A N 817 pistil green; nectaries and antherae yellow; fruit globular drooping, somewhat pointed, orange-coloured, smooth, two inches or more in diameter; seeds about the size and shape of almonds. This is a large tree, the trunk of which is covered with dark rough bark, while the numerous smooth rather angular branches form an ample evergreen head. — It is a native of moist valleys, among the Circar mountains of Hindoostan, flowering in the hot season, and ripening fruit in November, December, and January. The fruit is very inviting to the eye, and in taste little inferior to our apples. When green, but full grown, it yields a large quantity of gum, •very like gamboge. The best way to obtain it is by cutting the apples across, and to scrape off the juice as it issues. When recent, it is of the consistence of very rich cream, considerably acrid, and somewhat nauseous to the taste: it makes a pretty good water colour, either by itself as a yellow, or mixed with other colours to form green. Xanfhorrhiza ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Polygynia. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Co- rolla: petals five, ovate, acute, spreading, deciduous; nec- taries five, abrupt, two-lobed, spreading, inserted into the receptacle, alternate with the petals, and about half as long. Stamina: filamenta five to ten, awl-shaped, very short; antherae roundish. Pistil: germina several, seven to eleven, superior, oblong; styles awl-shaped, incurved; stigmas acute. Pericarp: capsules as many, inflated, ovate-oblong, bluntish, and compressed at the top, where they burst, terminated obliquely by the styles, each of one cell and two valves. Seeds: solitary, oblong, compressed, small, pendulous from the top of the capsule. Observe. Many of the flowers want either the stamina or pistilla. Essential Character. Calix: none. Petals: five. Nectaries: five, abrupt, stalked. Capsules : five or more. Seeds: solitary, pendulous. The only known species is, 1. Xanthorrhiza Apiifolia; Parsley -leaved Yellow Root. Stem shrubby, bushy, about a yard high, each branch crowned with a tuft of dark green, smooth, shining, long- stalked, pinnated leaves ; the leaflets of which are an inch or an inch and half long, acute, rhomboid-lanceolate, sharply and unequally serrated in their fore-part ; flowers in long panicled clusters, from the same bud as the leaves, of a dark copper-coloured purple, and though not brilliant, not inele- gant, when contrasted with the foliage. The root aud stem are internally of a bright yellow colour. American physi- cians have used this plant successfully as a tonic or stimulant; the root being a pure intense bitter, strengthening the sto- mach and other viscera, and promoting digestion. — Found on the shady banks of rivers, from Virginia to Georgia, flowering in May. Xanthorrhoea ; a genus of the class Hexandria, order Monogynia.— Generic Character. Calix: none. Co- rolla: inferior, of one petal, in six deep, nearly equal, oblong, permanent segments; the three inner ones concave, converg- ing at the base. Stamina: filamenta six, inserted into the lower part of the corolla, linear, flat, smooth, and naked, longer than the segments ; antherae versatile. Pistil: germen superior, ovate, with the rudiments of many seeds in each cell ; style cylindrical, with three furrows; stigmasimple. Pericarp: capsule projecting beyond the closed permanent corolla, ovate, with three blunt angles, woody, almost horny, polished, acute, of three cells and three valves; the partitions from the middle of each valve. Seeds : one or two in each cell, bordered, compressed, with a hard black shell, the scar at the base naked ; embryo transverse ; albumen soft and fleshy. Essen- tial Character. Corolla: inferior, in six deep segments, permanent. Filamenta: flat, linear, naked. Capsule: trian- gular, polished. Seeds: one or two, compressed, bordered. The species are, 1. Xanthorrhoea Arborea ; Arboreous Yellow Gum. Stem arborescent. Each division of the thick stem is crowned with a large tuft of innumerable long slender drooping leaves, in the centre of which the flower-stalks stand solitary; leaves two-edged, triangular beyond the middle, striated in front; stalk scarcely the length of the very long spike; bractes and corolla beardless. — Native of New South Wales. 2. Xanthorrhoea Australis ; Southern Yellow Gum. Stem arborescent; leaves compressed longitudinally; stalk shorter than the elongated spike; bractes subtending the tufts of flowers elongated. — Native of the island of Van Diemen. 3. Xanthorrhoea Hastile ; Spear Yellow Gum. Stem very short; leaves compressed longitudinally; stalk many times longer than the eighteen-inch spike ; bractes and outer seg- ments of the corolla, downy at the point. This tree produces the yellow resin by spontaneous exudation from the trunk. It is at first fluid, hut soon hardens in the sun into a con- crete brittle form, of a dull orange colour. If burnt upon hot coals, it emits a fragrant smoke, like Balsam of Tolu and Benzoin, approaching in some degree to Storax. This resin is perfectly soluble in spirits of wine, but not in water, nor even in essential oil of turpentine, unless digested in a strong heat. The varnish it makes is weak, and of little utility : but it has been found a good pectoral medicine. — Native of New South Wales, 4. Xanthorrhoea Media; Intermediate Yellow Gum. Stem rather short ; leaves compressed ; stalk very long, many times exceeding the eighteen-inch spike; bractes and corolla beard- less. This is suspected to be a variety of the preceding species. — Found near Port Jackson. 5. Xanthorrhoea Minor; Lesser Yellow Gum. Stem none; leaves triangular, flat in front, rather concave beyond the middle; stalk many times longer than the spike; bractes scarcely longer than the tufts of flowers, all, like the corolla, beardless. The spike measures from five to eight inches. — Native of New South Wales. 6. Xanthorrhoea Bracteata ; Long-bract eat ed Yellow Gum. Stem none; leaves triangular, below the middle somewhat elevated in front, beyond it rather concave; stalk many limes longer than the spike, which is only from three to six inches in length ; bractes subtending the tufts twice or thrice the length of the flowers, lanceolate, and divaricated, all, like the corolla, beardless. — Native of New South Wales. 7. Xanthorrhoea Pumilio ; Dwarf Yellow Ginn. Stem none; leaves below the middle, flatfish, with a slightly ele- vated ridge on both sides, beyond it triangular and chan- nelled ; stalk many times longer than the ovate spike ; bractes nearly equal, beardless, as well as the corolla; flower-stalk only a foot high. — Native of New Holland. Xanthosia ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Bigy- nia. Essential Character. Petals: five, ovate. Fruit: ovate, striated, separable into two parts. Involucrum : of two leaves, single-flowered. The only known species is, 1. Xanthosia Pilosa ; Hairy Xanthosia. Leaves alternate, stalked, oblong, obtuse, sinuated, hairy beneath ; flowers axillary, solitary, on short stalks ; bractes two, awl shaped, bristly at the base of each flower-stalk ; involucrum of two obovate ribbed leaves half way up the stalk; stem shrubby, branched, hairy. — Native of Port Jackson, New South Wales. Xanthoxylum ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Pent- andria.—Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth very small, in three or five deep, concave, rather acute seg- ments. Corolla: petals three or five, oval, erect, concave, thrice the length of the calix. Stamina ; filamenta three or five, 818 X A N THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; X A N awl shaped, erect, longer than the petals; antherae roundish, two-lobed, furrowed. Female. Calix: like the male, infe- rior, permanent. Corolla: like the male, deciduous. Pistil: germina from two to tive, roundish, each terminating in an awl-shaped style, longer than the petal; stigma obtuse. Pericarp: capsules from one to five, stalked, each of one cell, and two coriaceous valves, bursting at the inner margin. Seeds: solitary, roundish, polished, pendulous, from an up- right bristle-shaped stalk. Essential Character. Male. Calix: in three or five small deep segments. Petals: three or five. Female. Calix: like the male, inferior, permanent. Petals: three or five. Capsules : from one to five, of two valves, and one cell. Seeds: solitary, pendulous. The species are, * Stem without Prickles. 1. Xanthoxylum Trifolium ; Three-leaved Yellow Wood. Prickles none ; leaves ternate, obovate, slightly emarginate, shining, dotted beneath, on smooth, spreading, channelled footstalks; leaflets on small partial stalks, entire, rigid, veiny, contracted at the base, paler beneath, and minutely dotted with black ; clusters axillary, compound ; flowers small, whitish; germina three, contiguous, like one three-lobed germen; stigmas three, sessile; capsules three, each of two hemispherical valves, with two internal membranous whitish valves; seeds solitary, roundish, polished. This shrub is six feet high, with roundish subdivided branches, angular when young. Native of the island of Dominica. — Propaga- tion and Culture. These plants are generally propagated by seeds, but, as they never ripen in this country, they must be procured from those places where they naturally grow ; or the plants must be propagated by layers. When the seeds arrive in England, they should be sown in pots filled with light earth as soon as possible, for they do not grow the first year, and, when kept out of the ground till spring, fre- quently lie two years before they appear. The pots should be plunged in the ground up to their rims in an eastern- aspected border, where they may remain during the summer. The only care requisite for the seeds is to refresh them now and then with water in dry weather. In autumn the pots should be placed under a common hot-bed frame, where they may be screened from frost, or else plunged into the ground in a warm border, and covered with tan, to keep out the frost, and then plunged into the hot-bed in the suc- ceeding spring. When they appear, water them often, but sparingly, and take out all the weeds. As the summer advances, gradually inure them to the open air; into which they should be removed in June, placing them in a sheltered situation, where they may remain till autumn, when they must return to the hot-bed frame, and remain there for the winter. In the spring following, before the plants begin to shoot, they should be carefully taken up, and each planted into a separate small pot, which may be plunged into a gentle hot-bed to forward them in putting out their roots. The after-care must be to shelter them for a year or two in winter, until they acquire strength : then in the spring, after the danger of frost is over, some of them may be turned out of the pots, and planted in the full ground in a warm sheltered situation. They may be increased by cutting off some of their strong roots, taking care to preserve their fibres; plant- ing them in pots filled with light earth, and plunging the pots into a moderate hot-bed : but those raised from seeds grow largest, and are much healthier. 2. Xanthoxylum Emarginatum ; Emarginate Yellow Wood. Prickles none ; leaves pinnate, ovate, emarginate, veiny; leaflets about three pair, rarely with an odd one, above an inch long, veiny, rather coriaceous, and shining; clusters terminal, somewhat compound, erect ; flowers triandrous, 7 minute, whitish ; calix in five deep, ovate, acute, permanent segments; petals only three, ovate, concave, spreading, twice the size of the calix; stamina three, very short; germen three-lobed, with three sessile stigmas ; capsule seldom more than one perfected, with two internal valves, and one orbi- cular, black, shining seed, — Native of the mountainous inte- rior of Jamaica, where it is vulgulariy called Lignum Rorurn, a corruption of Lignum Rhodium ; the smell of which every part of the shrub resembles, when rubbed or held near the fire. See the first species. 3. Xanthoxylum Acuminatum; Point-leaved Yellow Wood. Prickles none; leaves pinnate, elliptical, pointed, coriaceous; leaflets three or four pair, laurel-like, shining; cymes terminal, subdivided in a forked manner; flowers triandrous, crowded, small, white; calix of three minute oval leaves; petals three, obtuse, concave, one line and a half long; stamina three, shorter than the corolla ; fruit globose, the size of a pepper corn, only one capsule out of three coming to perfection. This is a shrub, with round spreading branches. — Native of the mountainous parts of Jamaica. See the first species. ** Stems prickly. 4. Xanthoxylum Punctatum ; Dotted Yellow Wood. Stem prickly ; leaves ternate or pinnate, oblong, finely crenate, dotted beneath. — Native of the island of Santa Cruz. 5. Xanthoxylum Spinosum ; Prickly Triandrous Yellow Wood. Stem prickly ; leaves pinnate, with many pairs of sessile, ovate, pointed leaflets, prickly beneath, as well as the branches ; there are eight or ten pair in all, ovate, with a short emarginate point, veiny, rigid, smooth, and shining, very minutely crcnate at the edges, their midrib occasionally prickly ; spines scattered, prominent, needle-like, as long as the finger nail, those of the main stem stronger and thicker at the base ; cymes terminal, with minute white crowded flowers. The flowers are triandrous; calix with three ovate- acute segments ; petals three, ovate, larger than the calix; filamenta scarcely any; antherae ovate, converging; germen in three distinct lobes ; stigmas three, sessile, obtuse. This is a shrub, about six feet high, with a round branching upright stem. — Native of dry mountainous situations in Ja- maica. See the first species. 0. Xanthoxylum Clava Herculis; Great Prickly Yellow Wood. Leaflets ovate, pointed, crenate, nearly equal at the base; leaves a foot long; footstalks armed with straight prickles one-third of an inch long; leaflets about seven pair, on short partial stalks, unequally divided bv their smooth midrib, an inch and half or two indies long, bordered with shallow unequal notches, smooth, and rather shining; clusters terminal, compound ; flowers terminal, panicled, polygamous, there being some united ones, though not perfecting seed, oa one tree, and others entirely female, on another ; the former have a minute five-toothed calix; petals five, thrice as long, ovate, erect, ora little incurved; filamenta five, twice the length of the petals, and inserted between them ; anthene oblong, cloven at the base ; germen roundish, abortive, with five awl-shaped erect styles, and simple stigmas. — Native of the woods in the West Indies, and Carolina, flowering in March and April. See the first species. 7. Xanthoxylum Aromaticum ; Aromatic Yellow Wood. Stem with opposite prickles; leaflets ovate-lanceolate, ser- rated, unequal at the base, two, three, or four pair, pointed, one inch and a half long, marked with pellucid dots, rounded near the base, at the upper edge, contracted at the lower; common footstalk beset with strong nearly opposite prickles; panicles terminal. — Native of Ghusan. See the first species. 8. Xanthoxylum Rhoifolium; Stomach leaved Yellow Wood. Stem prickly ; leaves a foot long; leaflets lanceolate, finely XER Oil, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. XER 819 serrated, nearly equal at the base, from nine to eleven pair, with an odd one, each three inches in length, pointed, dotted, slightly downy beneath; leaves a foot long; footstalks some- times without prickles; panicles axillary. — Brought from the Cltusan. See the first species. 9. Xanthoxylum Juglandifolium ; Walnut-leaved Yellow Wood. Stem prickly ; leaves pinnate, with an odd one ; leaf lets obbing, pointed, obscurely serrated, unequal at the base ; common footstalk somewhat prickly ; panicles terminal, much branched, dense, downy ; capsules four or fiv,e, rather downy, pointed ; seeds black. — Native of Hispaniola and Nevis. See the first species. 10. Xanthoxylum Rigidum; Rigid Yellow Wood. Leaf lets elliptical, 'entire, emarginate, pointed, their veins hairy beneath; midribs and footstalks prickly. — Native of South America. See the first species. 11. Xanthoxylum Hermaphrodituin ; Cayenne YellowWood. Stem prickly; leaflets elliptic-oblong, pointed, entire, nearly equal at the base; common footstalk without prickles; pani- cles terminal, repeatedly compound; flowers united; cap stiles three, four, or five from each flower, reddish, each containing a black, shining, oily seed. These capsules have a pungent aromatic flavour, and the Creoles call them Negro’s Pepper. This is a tree, the trunk forty or fifty feet high, and two feet and a half in diameter, with a prickly bark. The wood is white, hard, and compact. — Found in the forests of Cayenne. See the first species. 12. Xanllu'xs luni Fraxineum; Ash leaved Yellow Wood, or Common Toothache Tree. Stem prickly; leaflets ovate, very minutely serrated, equal at the base, four or five pair, with an odcl one, an inch and a half long, on short partial stalks, contracted at each end, more or less distinctly crenate, or bluntly serrated, smooth above, soft, and downy beneath. The mode of infiorese'ence abundantly distinguishes this species from all the rest. ft is a large deciduous shrub; the branches are armed with sharp, conical, compressed, brown prickles, very broad at. the base. A tincture of the bark and capsules is recommended in rheumatism, and the toothache, from which it derives its English name. The ba»k is used in America as a powerful sudorific and diuretic, whence its use, as above-mentioned, in rheumatic disorders. — It is a native of shady woods near rivers, from Canada to Virginia and Kentucky. See the first species. 13. Xanthoxylum Tricarpum ; Three-grained Yellow Wood. Stem prickly ; leaflets stalked, oblong-oval, pointed, very smooth, finely serrated, oblique at the base ; common foot- stalk prickly; capsules time, sessile. — It is a hardy shrub, flowering in July in the woods of Carolina and Florida. See the first species. 14. Xanthoxylum Heterophyllum ; Various-leaved Yellow Wood. Young branches prickly; their leaves with very numerous serrated leaflets, on prickly common stalks; old ones unarmed ; their leaves of seven entire leaflets, on unarmed common stalks; panicles axillary ; capsules solitary. — Found in the isle of Bourbon. See the first species. Xeranthemum ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Poly- gamist Superflua.— G eneric Character. Common Calix: imbricated; scales numerous, elliptic-lanceolate, scariose, permanent, the inner one much longer than the disk, coloured^ forming a radiant crown to the whole compound flower. Corolla: compound, somewhat unequal; florets of the disk very numerous, all perfect, tubular, funnel-shaped, much shorter than the calix, in five equal spreading segments, those ef the circumference fewer, female, tubular, somewhat two- lipped, with five unequal segments. Stamina: (in the per- fect florets) filamenta five, capillary, very short ; antherse forming a cylinder rather longer than the corolla. Pistil: (in the same florets) germen short; style thread-shaped, longer than the stamina; stigma cloven: in the- female florets, stamina none. Pistil: germen and style as in the perfect florets; stigma simple, club-shaped. Pericarp: none, except the calix scarcely at all altered, except being closed; seed in both kinds of florets alike, oblong; down a row of taper- pointed narrow scales; receptacle flatfish, clothed with linear acute scales, rather longer than the florets. Essential Character. Receptacle : scaly. Down : of taper-pointed scales. Calix: imbricated, its inner scales forming a coloured spreading radius. The species are, 1. Xeranthemum Anuuum ; Purple Xerani/iemum, or Everlasting Flower. Outer calix-scales roundish-elliptical, awned, smooth at the keel; inner lanceolate, spreading; crown of the seed lanceolate, spreading, shorter than the calix ; stem erect, branching, bearing linear-lanceolate, while, cottony leaves, and numerous flowers an inch or more in diameter. The outer calix-scales are membranous and shin- ing, pale, quite smooth, each with a red or brownish midrib, most conspicuous upwards, and terminating in a small awn- like point. The variety from the Valais has flowers of a smaller diameter, and a less spreading calix ; but we do not find that its outer scales are more acute, though some- what variable in that respect; the inner are less strikingly purple, and turn browner as they fade. The semidouble kind is especially preferred for cultivation. The flowers, with their stalks dried quickly, preserve their purple colour long, and form a part of the winter decorations for a chimney-piece ; but for this purpose tbe back of every coloured scale of the calix should be draw n, while fresh, over the edge of a blunt knife, to keep I lie flower open after it is dried. This species is hardy, annual, common in our gardens, flowering in July and August. — Native of dry billy ground in Austria, France, Italy, and Greece. — Propagation and Culture. The first species, and its varieties, are increased by sowing their seeds in pots of light fresh mould in the autumn or spring, or in other seasons, for a succession, plunging them in a moderate hot- bed to bring the plants forward. In the spring they may be sown in patches where they are to remain, or in beds, to be afterwards removed. When the plants have a few inches’ growth, they should be pricked out in rows a foot apart on beds, or in the borders, clumps, or other places, where they are to grow. They should aftenvards he kept clean from weeds, and have occasional waterings immediately after pack- ing out, and afterwards in dry weather. The other species are raised by planting cuttings of the young shoots in the summer, in pots filled with light mould, giving them a little water and shade; or, which is belter, plunging them into a hot-bed, and covering them with band-glasses. When they are become firmly established in the autumn, they should be carefully removed into separate pots, being replaced in the hot bed till re-rooted, after which they should have the management of other shrubby green-house plants. 2. Xeranthemum Cyli.ndriaceum ; Cylindrical Xeranthe- mum. Outer calix-scales elliptical, pointless, woolly at the keel; inner lanceolate, erect. This is distinguished from the pre- ceding species by its strong disagreeable smell,—- Native of Germany, also of Asia Minor. See the first species, for its propagation and culture. 3. Xeranthemum Orientale ; Oriental Xerathemum. Outer calix-scales roundish, membtanous; inner ovate, pointed, erect; crown of the seed ovate, awned, longer than the calix. The leaves of this species appear to be broader and more elliptical than either of the foregoing. But its most striking difference is visible in the ovate scales, forming the crown of 9 Y 820 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; X ER X E R the seeds, each of them ending in a long point, for overtop- ping the upright radiant scales of the calix. — Native of Armenia and Svria. 4. Xeranthenium Vestitum ; Upright Xeranthemum. Shrubby, erect: leaves sessile, lanceolate-linear, woolly, tomentose, sharpish, the floral ones appendicled with a mem- brane at the tip; branches one-flowered. — Native of the Cape. f>. Xeranthemum Spirale ; Spiral-leaved Xeranthemum. Shrubby, erect: leaves sessile, lanceolate, tomentose, keeled beneath, and spirally imbricate; branches one-flowered. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Xeranthemum Speciosissimum ; Showy Xeranthemum. Shrubby, erect : leaves sessile, lanceolate-obovate, acute, three-nerved, woolly, tomentose; branches one-flowered. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 7. Xeranthemum Fulgidurn; Great Yellow-flowered Xeran- themum. Suffruticose, erect: leaves embracing, ovate-lan- ceolate, pubescent beneath, tomentose at the edge; branches subtritlorous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 8. Xeranthemum Proliferum. Shrubby, branched, diffused, proliferous: leaves roundish, ovate, smooth, convex, closely imbricate; flowers sessile; branches spreading, rigid; ray of the flowers very shining, blood-red. — Native of the Cape, 9. Xeranthemum Imbrication. Shrubby, branched : leaves oblong, lanceolate, siiky, imbricate; branches one-flowered ; peduncles scaly. — Native of the Cape. 10. Xeranthemum Canescens. Shrubby, erect: leaves oblong, obtuse, imbricate; branches one flowered ; calix- scales ovate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 11. Xeranthemum Bellidioides. Herbaceous: leaves ovate, embracing, snowy, tomentose beneath ; branches one flow- ered ; peduncles naked. — Native of New Zealand. 1*2. Xeranthemum Argenteum. Shrubby, erect; leaves oblong, silky, recurved. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Xeranthemum Recurvatum. Shrubby, erect : leaves lanceolate, tomentose, ciliate, recurved ; branches one-flow- ered.— Native of the Cape. 14. Xeranthemum Ketortum ; Trailing Xeranthemum. Shrubby, branched, decumbent: leaves lanceolate, silky, somewhat recurved; branchlets one flowered; peduncles scaly. — .Native of the Cape, and of Cochin china. 15. Xeranthemum Stolonilerum. Herbaceous, creeping : leaves lanceolate, siiky, recurved, spreading ; branches one- flowered. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Xeranthemum Radicans. Herbaceous, creeping: leaves ovate, obtuse, siiky, reflexed. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 17. Xeranthemum Frigidum. Herbaceous, branched, pro- cumbent: leaves imbricate, in four rows, oblong, blunt, hoary; branches one-flowered; flowers sessile. — Found on Mount Libanus, and in Corsica. 18. Xeranthemum Spinosunr. Shrubby, erect: leaves lanceolate, obtuse, tomentose; branchlets one-flowered ; calix- scales mucronate, spiny. It is distinguished by its spiny head, which is compact and purple. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 19. Xeranthemum Sesamoides. Shrubby, erect: leaves acerose, linear, keeled, smoothed, pressed close; branches one-flowered ; flowers sessile. — Native of the Cape. 20. Xeranthemum Fasciculatum. Shrubby, erect : leaves acerose, lint ar, subcylindrical, tomentose above, lower spread- ing, upper pressed close; branches one-flowered ; peduucles scaly. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 21. Xeranthemum Virgatum. Shrubby, erect: leaves lanceolate, tomentose, remote, spreading; branches one-flow- ered ; flowers peduncled. — Native of the Cape. 22. Xeranthemum Striatum. Leaves linear, nerved, villose; stem erect.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 23. Xeranthemum Paucifolium. Leaves lanceolate, acute, silvery; peduncles scaly.— Native of the Cape of Good’ Hope. 24. Xeranthemum Staepelina. Shrubby, erect: leaves oblong, lanceolate, attenuated at the base, silky; peduncles naked, one-flowered, terminating.— Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 25. Xeranthemum Variegatum. Shrubby, erect, branched : leaves oblong, tomentose, imbricate; branches one-flowered; flowers nodding. 26. Xeranthemum Paniculatum. Shrubby, erect: leaves linear, lanceolate, silky; corymb simple, terminating. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 27. Xeranthemum Chinense. Stem herbaceous, quite simple; leaves lanceolate, serrate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Xerochloa; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digyuia. Essential Character. Calix: two-flowered, of two unequal valves, parallel to the hollow of the receptacle, and half sunk therein, the outer valve smallest. Corolla: of both flowers longer than the calix, of two valves, awl-shaped, membranous, awnless. Stamina: in the outermost flower. Styles: in the inner one, combined at the base. Nectary: none. Seed: inclosed in the inner paper-like valve of the corolla. The species are, 1. Xerochloa Imberbis; Beardless Xerochloa. Spikelets awl-shaped, slightly curved; inner valve of the.male flowers smooth. — Found in New Holland. 2. Xerochloa Barbata ; Bearded Xerochloa. Spikelets lan- ceolate, straight; inner valve of the male flowers bearded. — Native of the same country. Xerophyta ; a genus of the class Ilexandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: of one petal, superior; limb in six deep ovate-oblong, acute, permanent segments; the three outer ones narrowest, spinous- pointed, stoutest, externally glandular. Stamina: filamenta six, inserted into the lower part of each segment, thread- shaped, very short, equal; antherae erect, linear, half as long as the corolla. Pistil: germen inferior, turbinate; style one, short; stigma tumid, oblong, undivided. Pericarp: capsule oval, rough, crowned with the faded corolla, with three cells and many seeds. Essential Character. Corolla: in six deep segments, permanent; three outermost narrowest, spinous, pointed. Stamina: inserted into the base of each segment. Stigma: club-shaped. Capsule: infe- rior, of three cells, with many seeds.— — The only known species is, 1. Xerophyta Pinifolia; Fir-leaved Xerophyta. Leaves alternate, two inches or more in length, linear, rigid, chan- nelled, striated, with thick entire edges, and a pungent spinous point; their base sheathing, fibrous, and rather woolly; flowers terminal, one or two at the end of each branch, on simple stalks, an inch long, rough, like the ger- men, with minute prominent glands, of which some traces are also found on the backs of the three outward segments of the corolla ; the colour, of the inner segments at least, appears reddish. Each flower is about half the size of a Snowdrop. It is a hard rigid shrub; the stem is round, alter- nately branched ; the wood formed of parallel tubes ; branches a quarter of an inch in diameter, thickly clothed with the imbricated, deeply, furrowed, permanent sheaths of the last year’s foliage, each crowned with the reflexed base of a leaf. X E ll OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. X E R 821 by which the whole branch assumes a singular scaly appear- ance.— Native of Madagascar. Xerotes; a genus of the class Dicecia, order Hexandria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth of six regular, ovate, coloured leaves ; the three innermost, or perhaps all the six, connected at the base. Corolla : none, unless the calix be so called. Stamina: filamenta six, very short, inserted into the base of each leaf of the calix ; anther® orbicular, peltate. Some rudiments of a pistil. Female. Calix: perianth of six separate permanent leaves. Corolla: none. Stamina : imperfect. Pistil: germen superior, ovate, with three furrows; styles three, short, combined at the base; stigmas obtuse. Pericarp: capsule cartilaginous, coated, of three cells and three valves, with partitions from the centre of each valve. Seeds: solitary, peltate. Essen- tial Character. Male. Calix: of six leaves, three innermost combined at the base. Corolla: none. Antherce: peltate. Female. Calix: of six separate permanent leaves. Styles: three. Capsule: superior, coated, of three cells; valves with central partitions. Seeds: peltate, solitary. The species are, * Female flowers in solitary heads; Leaves entire at the extremity. 1. Xerotes Flexifolia ; Spiral-leaved Xerotes. Stem some- what branched, woody at the base; leaves shorter than the branches, two-ranked, twisted, their edges rough with minute teeth, their points withering, acute. They are an inch or an inch and half long, spreading in two directions, their sheathing bases imbricated, and bordered with a long, thin, torn, stipulaceous membrane at each side. Male spikes inter- rupted, somewhat branched, longer than the leaves ; male flowers small, whitish, separated into little whorl-like tufts, accompanied by brown scaly bractes ; female flowers rather larger, in round solitary heads, terminating short leafy branches in the forks of the stem.; — Native of New South Wales. 2. Xerotes Mucronata; Pointed Xerotes. Stem somewhat branched ; leaves shorter than the branches, but longer than the male spikes, two-ranked, straight, or slightly twisted; their points withering, araite ; their margins roughish, with very minute teeth, dilated and entire at the base. ^-Native of Port Jackson. 3. Xerotes Collina; Hill Xerotes. Leaves taller than the stem, narrow and straight, rough, with marginal teeth, withering and very acute at the point, dilated and jagged at the base; head of female flowers sessile. — Found on the southern coast of New Holland. 4. Xerotes Glauca ; Glaucous Xerotes. Leaves taller than the stem, narrow' and straight, withering, and bluntish at the point, rough, with marginal teeth, dilated and jagged at the base; tufts of flowers in the male spikes sessile. — Found in New Holland. 5. Xerotes Leucocephala ; White-headed Xerotes. Male as well as female flowers capitate ; receptacle woolly ; leaves narrow, smooth edged, longer than the perfectly simple stalk, bearing one or two heads of flowers; stem short. — Native of New Holland. ** Female flowers racemose or spiked ; male one racemose or panicled; partial stalks scattered ; flowers drooping. G. Xerotes Pauciflora ; Few-flowered Xerotes. Flowers few in the male cluster, in distant whorls ; leaves very nar- row, acute, and smooth, dilated and entire at the base, shorter than the divided stem. — Found near Port Jackson in New South Wales. 7. Xerotes Filiformis; Thread shaped Xerotes. Leaves thread-shaped, semicylindrical, elongated, flattened in front, rough-edged, finely striated at the back, round at the point; they are a span long or more in length, erect, rigid, very slender: male cluster scarcely branched ; flowers scattered, or in pairs, drooping, whitish, small; the outer segments of the calix smaller and more membranous than the inner; bractes awl shaped, acute at the base of the partial stalks ; root woody ; stem short, scarcely any. There are three vari- eties. The first, with the male perianth nearly globular, twice the length of the partial stalk: the second, with the male perianlh nearly globular, and the partial stalk longer than that part of the bractes: the third, male perianth turbinate; partial stalk shorter than it or the bractes. The leaves appear to vary in breadth and flatness. — Found near Port Jackson, New South Wales. 8. Xerotes Tenuifolia ; Fine-leaved Xerotes. Leaves thread-shaped, elongated, channelled in front, deeply striated -at the back; male clusters somewhat divided, their branches alternate; stem short. — Found on the south coast of New Holland. 9. Xerotes Gracilis; Slender Xerotes. Leaves very long and narrow, channelled, striated beneath, flat and entire at the point ; male panicles lax, alternately branched ; partial stalks solitary ; stem short. — Found near Port Jackson, New South Wales. 10. Xerotes Denticulata; Small toothed Xerotes. Leaves elongated, thread shaped, compressed, channelled, with two or three terminal teeth ; male clusters simple or divided ; stem short. — Found at Port Jackson in New South Wales. 11. Xerotes Laxa ; Loose-flowered Xerotes. Leaves elon- gated, linear, flat, entire at the point ; male panicles loose, with whorled branches and distant clusters: partial stalks solitary, shorter than the nearly globular perianth, but longer than their minute bractes. — Found in New South Wales. *** Flowers either spiked or panicled, their branches or tufts opposite or whorled. Male Perianthia sessile, imbricated with bractes. Capsule smooth. Leaves toothed at the end. 12. Xerotes Rigida; Rigid Xerotes. Stem very short; stalks and spikes much shorter than the foliage ; leaves two-ranked, cartilaginous, convex beneath, abrupt, with two marginal teeth at the end, smooth at the edges, dilated and entire at the base; they are a span long, full a quarter of an inch broad, spread- ing in two directions, thick, rigid, smooth, greatly dilated, and bordered with a membrane at the base, singularly abrupt, and three pointed at the end : common flower-stalk terminal, thick, sharply two-edged, sometimes triangular, smooth; tufts of flowers one above another, not numerous, forming an interrupted, branched, upright spike, each accompanied by by several unequal, lanceolate, acute bractes; three alternate stamina longer than the rest, and bear cloven not bordered anther®. — Found in the south part of New Holland. 13. Xerotes Montana ; Mountain Xerotes. Stem none ; leaves elongated, linear, flat, membranous, smooth edged, their sharp point with two very short lateral teeth; female spike undivided, many times shorter than its stalk. — Found at Port Jackson. 14. Xerotes Fluviatilis; River Xerotes. Stem none; leaves elongated, narrow', channelled, smooth-edged, two or three toothed, with an acute sinus at the extremity; female spikes divided or simple : bractes rather rigid, twice as long as the tufts of flowers. — Found on the banks of rivers in New South Wales. 15. Xerotes Longifolia; Long leaved Xerotes. Stein none; leaves elongated, linear, coriaceous, erect, irregularly toothed at the point, rough-edged ; they are a foot and half long, somewhat striated, dilated at the base, and bordered in that part with a membrane, which at length separates, and becomes 822 X E R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; X I P torn : panicles lanceolate, rather dense, with opposite branches; flower-stalk flatfish ; flowers more numerous and crowded than in the twelfth species, with long taper-pointed bractes; capsule ovate, acute, thrice as long as the calix, chestnut-coloured, pale yellow at the base, its coat separating in irregular fragments ; antherfe uniform. — Found at Port Jackson and Cape Diemen. 16. Xerotes Hystrix; Porcupine Xerotes. Stem none; leaves elongated, linear, lax, smooth-edged, somewhat toothed at the extremity, they are a foot and half or two feet long, spreading; stalk rather convex on both sides; flower-stalks of the male plant numerous, erect, two-edged, though convex at each side, from one to one and half feet high, somewhat zigzag occasionally, each bearing a flattish panicle, from six to fourteen inches long, composed of numerous triangular branches, from four to eight in a whorl, beset with numerous tufts or whorls of sessile flowers, accompanied by several chaffy inner bractes, and subtended by about three long, spreading, external ones, with needle-like points; bractes leafy, rigid, spinous, pointed. — Found near Port Jackson. It deserves a place in the green-house for its fragrance and singular appearance. 17. Xerotes Arenaria; Sand Xerotes. Stem none; leaves elongated, linear, smooth-edged, jagged, and toothed at the end; male panicle simple, with opposite branches; tufts of flowers globose; bractes awl-shaped, reflexed; flowers obtuse. — Discovered in the tropical parts of New Hol- land. ***** Male Panicle whorled; Flowers stalked, in drooping tufts; Capsule rugged; Leares entire at the point. 18. Xerotes Distans; Distant-flowered Xerotes. Stem none; leaves very long, channelled, very rough at the edges; male pauicle with undivided branches, and distant tufts of flowers; partial stalks shorter titan the calix: the male panicles are a foot long; calix about a line and half. — Native of New Holland. 19. Xerotes Media; Intermediate Xerotes. Stem none; leaves very long, channelled, smooth-edged ; branches of the male panicle undivided; flowers five or six in each tuft; their partial stalks scarcely so long as their very short calix ; female spike divided in the lower part, each branch bearing one head of flow ers ; calix only one third of a line in length ; male panicle six inches. — Native of New Holland. 29. Xerotes Decomposila; Compound Xerotes. Stem none; leaves very long, channelled, smooth-edged; male panicle repeatedly compound; tufts of few flowers; partial stalks hardly so long as the calix; male panicles a foot long. —Native of New Holland. 21. Xerotes Multiflora: Many flowered Xerotes. Stem none; leaves very long, channelled, smooth at the back and edges; male panicle with undivided branches, each bearing from one to three many flowered tufts; partial stalks longer than the calix. — Found in the tropical parts of New Hol- land. 22. Xerotes *Emu!a ; Rough Long-leaved Xerotes. Stem none; leaves very long, channelled, erect, rough at the back and edges; male panicle with undivided branches, each bear- iag from one to three many-flowered tufts; partial stalks longer than the calix. The roughness of the ieaves distin- guishes this from the preceding species. — Found in the country near Port Jackson, New South Wales. 23. Xerotes Banksii ; Banksian Xerotes. Caulescent : leaves two-ranked, flat, rough-edged ; female panicle dense, about the length of its two-edged stalk ; branches quadran- gular, very short. — Found in the tropical part of New Holland. 5 ***** Flowers of each sex in a cylindrical catkin-like Spike. 24. Xerotes Hastilis; Spear-stalked Xerotes. Stem none; spike very long ; stalk round ; leaves elongated. — Native of the southern coast of New Holland. Ximenia; a genus of the class Octandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of one leaf, very small, in four pointed permanent segments. Corolla: petals four, oblong, hairy internally, their lower halt erect, forming a tube, their upper part revolute. Sta- mina: filainenta eight, erect, short; antherae erect, longer than the filainenta. Pistil: germen superior, oblong ; style thread-shaped, the length of the stamina; stigma obtuse. Pericarp: drupe nearly ovate. Seed: nut solitary, roundish. Essential Character. Calix: four-cleft. Petals: four, hairy internally, revolute at the upper part. Drupe: supe- rior. Nut: solitary. The species are, 1. Ximenia Americana ; Thorny Ximenia. Brandies spi- nous, round, striated; leaves oblong, two or three together, in alternate tufts, from buds of many years’ duration, stalked, obtuse, with a minute point, rarely emarginate, entire, single- ribbed, smooth on both sides, about two inches long ; foot- stalks a quarter of an inch long, smooth ; thorns lateral, erect, longer than the footstalks, awl-shaped, stout, but sparingly produced; flower-stalks axillary, or rather from the same bud as the leaves, not half their length, deflexed, round, divided into from three to five smooth, single-flowered, par- tial stalks; calix spreading, quadrangular; petals four, whit- ish, shaggy from the base almost to the apex on the inside, smooth externally; fruit the size of a small apple, yellow when ripe: the pulp, being sweet, is eaten by negroes and children. The flowers smell like burnt frankincense. It is a native of the island of Hispaniola, and ripens its fruit there in December. — These trees are propagated by seeds, which must be procured from the countries where they naturally grow. They should be sown in pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a good hot-bed of tanner's bark. If the seeds he fresh, the plants will appear in six weeks or two months. When they are about three feet high, they must be each carefully transplanted into a separate small pot, filled with light earth, and plunged into a good hot- bed of tanner’s bark, shaded from the sun, till they have takeu new root. During the first summer they may he kept in the tan-bed, under frames, where they will thrive better than in the stove, but in autumn, when the nights grow cool, they must be plunged into the tan-bed, where they must be always kept, observing to shift them into larger pots when it is required. They require a large share of free air in warm seasons; but do not flower readily in this country. 2. Ximenia Elliptica; Elliptical Ximenia. Thorns none; leaves elliptic-lanceolate; stalks many flowered. — Native of New Caledonia. See tile first species. 3. Ximenia Inermis; Jamaica Ximenia. Thorns none; leaves ovale; stalks single-flowered. It is a bushy tree, not above eight or nine feet high, with a trunk of about four inches and a half in diameter. — Native of Jamaica. See the first species. Xiphidium; a genus of the class Triandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix ; none. Corolla: inferior, of six petals, regular, permanent, the three outer ones largest. Stamina: filainenta three, linear, opposite to the three inner petals; antherae ovate. Pistil : germen superior, globose; style thread-shaped; stigma simple. Pericarp: capsule at first fleshy, then dry, roundish, with three furrows, and three cells. Seeds: numerous, roundish, pointed, insert- ed into a fleshy, central, nearly globular receptacle. Observe. The regularity of the flower at once distinguishes this genus X YL OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. X Y L 823 from Wachendorfia. Essential Character. Corolla: regular, of six petals. Capsule: superior, of three cells, with many seeds. The species are, 1. Xiphidium Album ; White -flowered Xiphidium. Leaves smooth ; petals linear-lanceolate.— Native of the West Indies. 2. Xiphidium Creruieum ; Blue-flowered Xiphidium. Leaves numerous, alternate, sessile, somewhat sheathing, sword-shaped, pointed, entire, or minutely serrated, striated, with numerous longitudinal ribs; cluster compound, terminal, erect, of many spreading, simply racemose branches, more or less hairy ; with a very minute bracle under each partial flower-stalk; flowers not half an inch in diameter; three outer petals green, and often downy at the back, white or blue in front, as are the three inner on both sides; root per- ennial, somewhat creeping, jointed ; stem a foot or more in height, round, simple, as thick as the little finger, leafy in the lower part, more or less minutely hairy. — Native of South America, as well as of the islands Tobago and St. Kitt’s Xylocarpus ; a genus of the class Octandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth inferior, of one leaf, club-shaped, coriaceous, somewhat coloured, with four roundish teeth. Corolla: petals four, ovate-oblong, rather coriaceous, widely spreading, twice the length of the calix ; nectary erect, ovate, inflated, somewhat fleshy, with eight marginal segments. Stamina: filamenta no other than the eight segments of the nectary, linear, obtuse, emarginate, shorter than the petals; antherae eight, attached to the inner side of the filamenta, and of the same length, linear, oblong. Pistil: germeh superior, ovate, smooth, slightly rugged at the base; style very short and thick; stigma abrupt, broad, bordered; its margin furrowed; its disk furrowed crosswise, and perforated. Pericarp: drupe large, globose, dry, with a thick coat, externally smooth, marked with four or five furrows, internally woody and fibrous. Seeds: nuts eight, ten or more, angular, unequal, irregular; their outer skin soft, and rather silky, inner woody and fibrous ; kernel in some degree woody, brittle, with a prominent embryo. Es- sential Character. Calix: oblong, with four teeth. Petals: four. Nectary: inflated, with eight teeth, bearing the antherae. Drupe: superior, dry, woody, with four or five furrows. Nuts: numerous, angular, irregular. The only known species is, 1. Xylocarpus Granatum; Indian Wooden Pomegranate. Leaves opposite, stalked, spreading, oblong, obovale or ellip- tical, acute, entire, rather larger than those of an apple tree, dark green, smooth and shining on the upper side, veiny beneath, with a prominent midrib; footstalks short, roundish, spreading, a little curved, rugged, of a chestnut brown; clusters scattered, or axillary, stalked, rather spreading, shorter than the leaves ; their subdivisions opposite, or three- forked, with round, smooth, red, tough, naked stalks; flowers yellowish, or dirty white, scentless; nectary like that of the Lily of the Valley. The fruit is larger than a Pomegranate, sometimes as big as a small Melon. It contains from eight to twenty angular, unequal nuts, larger than chestnuts. The tree itself varies greatly in size, being sometimes little more than a shrub; the wood is elegantly veined, but so twisty and knotty that no large pieces can be obtained : its trunk is erect, w ith a hard deeply-cracked bark ; the head dense, roundish, or oblong — This tree is a native of the muddy thickets on the sea-shores of Amboyna, Ceylon, and other parts of the East Indies. Xyloma ; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Fungi. Essential Character. Flat, nearly orbicular. Recep- tacle: various, hard, somewhat fleshy internally, either re- 134. maining closed, or bursting unequally. Observe. This genus is distinguished by its internal solidity, being of a woody substance, having nothing of a gelatinous nature. They are good subjects for microscopical observation. The spe- cies are, * Compound. Several Receptacles combined; rather large. 1. Xyloma Salicinum ; Sallow leaf Xyloma. Thick, tu- berculated, internally cartilaginous, and white at the base. Persoon remarks, that this is generally closed, though he has found it, in the spring, breaking in the upper part, like the shell of a tortoise, from the interstices of which the fine powdery seeds fly off like smoke. It is black, and about an inch and half broad.— Common on the leaves of Salix Caprcea. 2. Xyloma Andromedae ; Marsh- Rosemary Xyloma. Ob- long, thickish, with rib-like elevations, polished : it is rather thick for its size; the lower stratum white and firm, as in the preceding: sometimes each fungus is as long as the whole leaf, sometimes only half as long. — It is found, in summer, on the leaves of Andromeda Polifolia, which appear as if spot- ted with pitch in consequence. 3. Xyloma Ac.erintim ; Maple Xyloma. Dilated, some- what orbicular, thin, flat, black, slightly corrugated towards the centre. It consists of numerous, black, opaque, inseparable patches, scattered over the upper side of the leaf, each about a quarter or one third of an inch in diameter; the margin sometimes variously and elegantly notched or fringed, and always circumscribed by a very glaring yellow, or lawny dis- coloration of the leaf. — Found in autumn on the leaves of Acer Platanoides and Campestre. 4. Xyloma Punclatum; Sycamore Xyloma. Dilated, thin, imperfectly orbicular, somewhat convex, black ; receptacles unequal, aggregrate, parallel, oblong, blunt, superficial. It is frequent on the fallen leaves of Acer Pseudoplatanus, which are seldom found free from it in winter. The patches of this parasite, are from half an inch to an inch wide, closely united with the leaf, slightly convex above, and rather con- cave at the under side, which is rather blackened by them, especially at the circumference of each. 5. Xyloma Stellare ; Starry Xyloma. Thin, pitchy, the margin fringed with radiating fibres; about half an inch broad, more or less, of a handsome appearance, with an uniform smooth disk, very black ; the marginal fringe either black or grayish. — Sometimes found on the leaves of Phyleuma Spi- calum. 6. Xyloma Rubrum; Red Xyloma. Aggregate, orbicular, somewhat confluent, red; the patches are each from two to four lines broad, rather thick, with darker coloured super- ficial dots, visible only with a microscope. The genus of this species is doubtful. It generally occurs in autumn on the leaves of Prunus Domestica. ** Simple. Receptacles solitary, scattered, generally cupped or dotted; smaller. 7. Xyloma Fezizoides ; Cup-like Xyloma. Rather crowd- ed, orbicular, black, opening at length with an upright some- what crenate border, and a pale olive or greenish disk. — Found upon fallen leaves of Oak, in December; and upon Beech leaves, but not in such perfection : not larger than a Mustard-seed. 8. Xyloma Sphaerioides ; Dot-like Xyloma. Scattered, dot-like, softisb, with an open disk, and a collapsed indexed, border: the outside is black; the disk, which is rarely all displayed, appears paler. — Found upon the leaves of Salix Caprcea. 9. Xyloma Hysterioides ; Oblong Xyloma. Elliptical, shining, ranged nearly parallel. Each plant is a third of a 824 XYL THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; XYL line long, black, solid within: a longitudinal line seems to mark the place where it finally bursts. — Found upon fallen Hawthorn leaves in spring. 10. Xyloma Salignum ; Willow Xyloma. Aggregate, and rather crowded, orbicular, thin, with a somewhat convex disk. — Found upon the leaves of Salix Caprcea. 11. Xyloma Populinum; Aspen Xyloma. Aggregate, flattened, variously shaped, smooth, opaque, black. This is about a line broad ; the disk is greyish in some places. — Found in the spring on the old leaves of Populus Tremula. 12. Xyloma Concentricum ; Concentric Xyloma. Simple: receptacles small, orbicular, depressed, somewhat conical, concentrical, of a sooty grey: receptacles like small scattered dots, at first black, afterwards sooty or greyish, bursting finally at the summit. — Found on the half decayed leaves of Populus Tremula. 13. Xyloma Fagineum ; Beech Xyloma. Minute, crowded, of a shining black, orbicular, plaited, a little, depressed. — Found like black dots on fallen Beech leaves. 14. Xyloma Alneum ; Alder Xyloma. Minute, scattered, roundish, plaited. This species consists of a few black dis- tinct dots, which are found in summer upon green Alder leaves. Xylomelum ; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: petals four, regular, equal, linear, externally hairy, a little dilated and concave at the tip, revolute soon after expansion; nectary four glands at the base of the germen. Stamina: filamenta four, very short, inserted rather above the middle of each petal, and becomiug prominent by its recurvation ; antherae linear, inflexed, of two lateral parallel lobes, with a membranous edge, imperfect in some of the flowers. Pistil: germen superior, roundish ; style erect, rigid, the length of the petals, deciduous; stigma vertical, club-shaped, obtuse, often small and abortive. Pericarp: follicle woody, very thick, ovate, of one eccentric small cell, and bursting into two divaricated half valves at the point. Seeds: two, round- ish, compressed, each with a terminal, oblong, rather oblique, membranous wing, as long as the follicle. Essential Character. Petals: four, bearing the petals above the mid- dle, regular, revolute. Nectariferous Glands: four. Stigma: club-shaped. Style : deciduous. Follicle: woody, of one eccentric cell, with two winged seeds. The only known species is, 1. Xylomelum Pyriforme; Wooden Pear. Leaves oppo- site, stalked, five inches long, lanceolate, acute at each end, entire, rather coriaceous, smooth, with one rib, and many prominent reticulated veins, pale and yellowish beneath, clothed, when they first come out, with dense, deciduous, rusty down ; footstalks flattish, an inch long, smooth ; stipules none; spikes axillary, opposite, catkin-like, cylindrical, dense, much shorter than the leaves, many-flowered, shaggy with rusty dowu ; flowers sessile, hardly an inch long, in pairs, each pair accompanied with one small downy bracte. It is a tree, with opposite branches, downy and rusty when young; the fruit is ovate, or inversely pear-shaped, very hard, even, downy, two or three inches in length ; seeds and wings brown. — Found on the eastern coast of New Holland, growing on stony hilly ground. Xylophylla ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Mona- delphia. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth in six deep regular segments; the three innermost largest. Corolla: petals none, unless the calix or its inner segments be taken for such; nectary of six globular glands. Stamina: filamenta united into a very short column: antherae three or six, roundish, two-lobed. Female, on the same plant, and in the same situation, as the male. Calix aud Nectary : as in the male. Pistil: germen superior, sessile, roundish; styles three, short, spreading; stigmas three-cleft. Pericarp: cap- sule roundish, with three furrows, three cells, and six elastic valves. Seeds: two in each cell, roundish. Essential Character. Male. Calix: in six deep segments, three of them interior. Petals: none. Nectary: of six globose glands. Female. Calix and Nectary: like the male. Styles: three. Stigmas: three-cleft. Capsule: of three cells, with six elastic valves. Seeds: two in each cell. The spe- cies are, 1 . Xylophylla Longifolia ; Long-leaved Sea-side Laurel. Leaves linear, alternately toothed ; flowers solitary at each tooth ; trunk shrubby, almost as thick as a man’s arm, divid- ing into many round branches, as thick as the finger. The fruit resembles a Bay-berry ; when opened, a small nucleus is found, resembling a grain of rice, fixed on the stalk, and tasting sweet like a filbert. — Found only on the lofty stony cold mountains of the isle of Ceram. The plants of this species are increased by sowing the seeds in pots in the early spring, and plunging them in a hot-bed ; when the plants are come up two or three inches in growth, they should be pricked out in separate pots, replunging them in the bark- bed : they may afterwards be managed as other stove plants, of a similar growth. Some of the species may be raised in a hot-bed by offsets, slips, and cuttings. They require the constant protection of the stove in winter, but in the hot summer months may be set out in their pots, in a sheltered situation, being taken in on the approach of cold nights. They afford variety, and are curiosities in the stove, among other plants of similar growth. 2. Xylophylla Latifolia; Broad-leaved Sea-side Laurel. Leaves rhomboid, crenate; notches crowded, each bearing one or more stalked flowers ; the stem is four or five feet high, with a round bushy head ; leaves a foot long, alternate, stalked, alternately pinnate-; leaflets twelve or more, nearly sessile, one and a half or two inches long, ovate-rhomboid, acute, hard and rigid, erect, striated, smooth, entire towards the base; flowers copious, small, green, on simple crimson stalks ; those of the female flowers much the longest. This elegant plant flowers in a stove copiously in August and September. —Native of the West Indies. See the preceding species. 3. Xylophylla Arbuscula; Lanceolate-leaved Sea-side Law- rel. Leaves pinnate, lanceolate, pointed, crenate ; notches crowded, each bearing one or more stalked flowers. This is suspected lo be the same as the last, though the leaves are narrower. — Native of the sloping sides of lofty mountains, in the southern parts of Jamaica. See the first species. 4. Xylophylla Falcata ; Sickle-leaved Sea-side Laurel. Leaves scattered, linear-lanceolate, somewhat falcate, dis- tantly toothed. They are not pinnate, with a flat stalk, as in the two last species, but scattered irregularly over the branches, each proceeding from a scaly bud, simple, five or six inches long, one third of an inch wide, rigid, striated, tapering at the end, entire towards the base, alternately toothed in the upper part ; the teeth an inch or more asunder. Flowers nearly sessile, many together at each tooth, crimson, on short stalks, some male, and some female, but fewer of the latter in each tuft. — Native of the Bahamas. See the first species. 5. Xylophylla Angustifolia ; Narrow-leaved Sea-side Lau- rel. Leaves pinnate, linear-lanceolate, rather distantly tooth- ed, scarcely curved ; flowers on short stalks, polygamous, one or more from each tooth ; the flowers are red, the males palest; stem only two feet in height. — Native of rocky situa- tions, in the western parts of Jamaica. See the first species. X Y L OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. X Y L 825 6. Xylophylla Linearis ; Linear Seaside Laurel. Leaves pinnate, linear, tapering, pliant, crenate, their common stalk bordered, scattered, depressed ; flowers several from each notch, white, monoecious, from three to six at each notch of the leaves, on capillary stalks, four lines in length ; stem hardly a foot high, erect, with round branches. — Native of the western parts of Jamaica. See the first species. 7. Xylophilla Montana ; Mountain Seaside Laurel. Leaves somewhat two-ranked, elliptic-lanceolate, coriaceous, deeply crenate. They are nearly sessile, either blunt or acute, obliquely striated, rigid, brownish-green, smooth, with deep many-flowered notches. Flowers nearly sessile, many from each notch. They are monoecious; the males eight or ten, pale red ; females solitary, among the males, deep purple. Branches round, two-edged at the extremity. This is easily distinguished from all the species, which it in other respects resembles, by the permanency and texture of the ultimate branches, which are often forked, nearly erect, with annular scars. — It occurs upon limestone rocks in the western parts of Jamaica. See the first species. 8. Xylophylla Ramiflora; Siberian Seaside Laurel. Leaves elliptical, stalked, scattered, thin, hardly an inch in lengtli, blunt, crenate, or somewhat wavy ; flowers axillary, they are six or eight together, accompanied by minute red stipules or biactes; segments of the calix five, concave, white, with a coloured margin; antherae five, thick, obtuse, furrowed at the outside; styles three, thread-shaped, simple, the length of the stamina ; stem bushy, with many straight wand-like leafy branches, each a span long. This is a hardy shrub, flowering in July and August. — Native of the deserts of Siberia. Xylopia; a genus of the class Polyandria, order Polygy- nia — Generic Character. Calix: inferior, of one leaf, in from three to five deep, broad, ovate, coriaceous, rather acute, permanent segments. Corolla: petals six, ses- sile, linear-lanceolate, coriaceous, much longer than the calix ; the three outermost largest. Stamina : filameuta none; antheras numerous, oblong, quadrangular, abrupt, parallel, crowded, seated on the tumid nearly globose receptacle, in several rows. Pistil: germina several, on short stalks, compressed; styles tapering, crowded together; stigmas simple. Pericarp : capsules several, stalked, coria- ceous, compressed, bluntly angular, of one cell and two valves, bursting at the top. Seeds: one or two, obovate, polished, tunicated at the base. Essential Character. Calix: lobed, coriaceous. Petals: six, the three outermost largest. Capsules: stalked, angular, compressed, of two valves. Seeds: one or two, tunicated. The species are, 1. Xylopia Muricata; Rough-fruited Bitter Wood. Leaves ovato-lanceolate, pointed, clothed with close-pressed hairs beneath ; they are alternate, on short thick stalks, spread- ing, with a blunt or emarginate smooth point, two inches or more long; their margin entire, slightly revolute; their upper surface smooth and shining, reticulated with veins, under paler, more opaque, clothed with fine, scattered, close, silky hairs, after a while deciduous; midrib stout, rough with minute tubercles at the back: branches zigzag, nearly smooth ; flower-stalks copious, axillary, solitary, short, knotty, bearing from two to five flowers ; calix three-lobed, scarcely downy ; petals half an inch long, densely silky on both sides, the three innermost very narrow, triangular, awl- shaped ; capsules nearly ovate, but angular and compressed, sometimes as many as fifteen, coriaceous, covered with little points, of one cell and two valves, containing one or two oval seeds, each with a cup-like tunic at the bottom; fruit muricated. — Native of Jamaica. 2. Xylopia Frutescens ; Shrubby Silky Bitter Wood. Leaves lanceolate, pointed, glaucous and silky beneath ; branches silky; stalks with few flowers; capsules smooth. The smoothness of the fruit, the silkiness of the branches, and the narrowness of the leaves, sufficiently distinguish the present plant. The fruit is about the size of a hazel-nut, aromatic and acrid, serving, when powdered, instead of pepper. — Found in Brazil; also in Cayenne and Guiana, bearing flowers and fruit in August. 3. Xylopia Salicifolia ; Willow-leaved Bitter Wood. Leaves oblong, with a bluntisli point, silky beneath ; they are narrow, an inch and half or two inches long, three or four lines broad, on short stalks, single-ribbed, without veins, smooth and green above, villous beneath, with close-pressed silky hairs of a rufous grey: capsules from five to seven, gibbous, slightly pointed, not bursting; seeds one or twm; stalks short, single flowered, with small bractes. It is a tree with blackish branches, marked with white dots. — Found near Espinal in South America. 4. Xylopia Ligustrifolia ; Privet leaved Bitter Wood. Leaves oblong, rather acute, smooth on both sides ; they are an inch and half long, four lines broad, on very short stalks, single-ribbed, veinless, somewhat shining above, paler beneath: stalks short, with few flowers, and small bractes; calix small, three-cleft ; three outer petals longest, spreading at the points; capsules corrugated, not bursting; seeds one or two. — Native of South America. 5. Xylopia Glabra; Smooth Bitter Wood. Leaves ovate- oblong, pointed, quite smooth on both sides; stalks single- flowered, solitary, or in pairs; fruit smooth. Browne says that the wood, bark, and berries, have an agreeable bitter taste, not unlike that of the orange-seed, and w ould probably prove excellent medicines. Wild pigeons feed much upon the berries, and derive their delicate bitterish flavour from this food. The berries are agreeable to the palate, and grateful to the stomach. The bark and wood are agreeable while fresh, but their delicacy diminishes greatly after they are dried. The wood is good timber, but must not be exposed to the weather. — Found in the mountains at the back of Bull Bay in Jamaica, where it grew to a considerable size, being fifty or sixty feet high ; also in Barbadoes. 6*. Xylopia Nitida; Shining-leaved Bitter Wood. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, smooth, polished on the upper side ; they are somewhat elliptical, two or three inches loim, and nine or ten lines broad, green, and very shining above, veiny, pale, and rather silky, with minute close hairs beneath ; the margin a little revolute: stalks branched, many-flowered; clusters small, corymbose, of four or five flowers, whose stalks are embraced by little roundish bractes ; calix nearly entire, coriaceous, brown, pitcher-shaped, scarcely divided ; bud of the petals oblong, triangular, acute. This is a tree of a middling size. — Found on the Oyac mountains of Cay- enne, sloping down to the sea. 7. Xylopia Acuminata ; Long-pointed Bitter Wood. Leaves oblong-elliptical, very long-pointed, perfectly smooth; they are on very short footstalks, four to six inches long, two inches wide, remarkably pointed, revolute, rather coriaceous, a little shining above : capsules on long stalks, single- valved, with two seeds; they are ovate, nine or ten lines in length, pointed, each tapering down into a long stalk, imperfectly bivalve, smooth, and even : seeds obovate, black, fetid convex at the outside, flat at the inner. — Native of Cay- enne. 8. Xylopia Prinoides ; Winter-berry Bitter Wood. Leaves oblong, lanceolate, smooth, membranous, pointed, bluntish at the extremity ; they are on short stalks, smooth on both X Y R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; X Y R sides, three or four inches in length, and from twelve to fifteen lines broad, shining above, rather glaucous beneatli : stalks single-flowered, axillary, very short, each bearing an extremely minute bracte ; flowers solitary; calix deeply tiiree- cleft ; petals ovate, acute, scarcely two lines long, being the smallest of this genus; capsules with two valves, stalked; seeds two, flat at the inner side, convex at the outer ; branches wand-like, slightly rugged. — Native of Cayenne. Xylosma; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Polyandria. —Generic Character. Male. Calix: perianth in four or five deep roundish, minute, spreading segments. Corolla: petals none; nectary minute, annular, finely crenate, sur- rounding the stamina. Stamina: filamenta from twenty to fifty, capillary, twice the length of the calix ; antherae round- ish, small. Female, on a distinct tree. Calix: as in the male. Corolla: petals none; nectary as in the male, sur- rounding the germen. Pistil: germen superior, roundish- ovate; style very short, cylindrical; stigma obtuse, flat, obscurely three-cleft. Pericarp: dry, oblong, imperfectly divided into two cells by a partition from the bottom. Seeds: two in each, triangular, convex at the back, fiat at the sides. Essential Character. Male. Calix: in four or five deep segments. Petals: none. Nectary: annular, crenate. Stamina : from twenty to fifty. Female. Calix and Nectary: as in the male. Style: very short. Stigma: slightly three- cleft. Berry: dry, of two incomplete cells. Seeds: two to each cell. The species are, 1. Xylosma Suaveolens; Serrated Sweet Wood. Leaves ovate, serrated. It appears to be uncertain whether this be the Red Sanders Wood, which is so precious, and the scent of which resembles that of the East Indian Wood of the same name. The Red Sanders Wood Tree was kept as long as possible from the knowledge of the European voyagers to the South Sea islands, where both trees grow; and the inha- bitants employ the wood of this species to give a fragrant scent to Cocoa-nut oil for anointing their hair. 2. Xylosma Orbiculatum; Entire-leaved Sweet Wood. Leaves roundish, entire.— Native of Savage Island. Xylostroma; a genus of the class Cryptogamia, order Fungi. Essential Character. Expanded, coriaceous, two-sided, shapeless, concealed; surface smooth and even ; seminal globules very minute, attached to internal fibres. -The only species is, 1. Xylostroma Giganteum; Oak Leather. The inside is spongy or partly hollow, occupied with branching fibres, bearing numerous little ovate capsules or receptacles. The whole fungus is very durable, remaining for years unchanged. It is generally of an uniform buff or pale tan colour ; though a whitish variety, more compact than the usual sort, and another saffron coloured, have been noticed. This singular production is found in the centre of the trunks of growing Oaks, spreading in the form of a piece of cloth or leather, with numerous ramifications, through some of the largest trees ; but whether it be like the dry rot in wrought tim- ber, the cause or the consequence of decay, is yet unascer- tained. Xyris; a genus of the class Triandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of three concave chaffy leaves ; the outermost hooded, decidu- ous; the two lateral ones keeled, compressed, curved, acute, converging, permanent. Corolla: petals three, large, spread- ing, flat, crenate, with narrow claws, as long as the calix ; nectaries three, feathery, alternate with the petals, suspected to be barren stamina. Stamina: filamenta three, inserted into the claws of the petals, much shorter than the limb, thread-shaped, erect ; antherae oblong, incumbent. Pistil: germen superior, obovate, three-lobed ; style one, thread- shaped, rather longer than the claws of the petals, three- cleft at the summit; stigmas obtuse, entire, or jagged. Peri- carp: capsule roundish, of one cell and three valves, with three more or less prominent receptacles, running down the middle of each valve. Seeds: numerous, minute, roundish, or elliptic, acute. Essential Character. Calix: of three unequal leaves; the two lateral ones permanent. Petals: three, equal. Nectaries: three, feathery. Capsule: superior, of three valves, with central receptacles. Seeds: numerous. The species are, 1. Xyris Indica; East Indian Xyris. Stalk furrowed, with many angles; head ovale; leaves sometimes a foot long, equalling the flower-stalks, lax, acute, almost the breadth of the nail. The flower-stalks are several, rather more slender than a pigeon’s quill, furnished with six or eight furrows, and twisted in the lower part; head rather smaller than a hazel- nut, with roundish scales, which are from twenty-five to thirty in each head, rounded, or nearly orbicular, convex, closely imbricated, obtuse, brown, but a little polished, divided lengthwise into three nearly equal spaces, the central space slightly hoary, the others smooth. — Native of the East Indies. 2. Xyris Pubescens ; Downy -sheathed Xyris. Stalk stri- ated, almost cylindrical, enveloped in a downy sheath ; leaves greatly elongated, a foot and half long, half an inch wide, entire, pointed, dilated at the base ; roots long, as thick as the finger, with soft, rather fleshy, nearly simple fibres, as thick as a raven’s quill, and producing from the crown a great number of soft, flaccid, alternate, somewhat imbricated, very smooth leaves. The stalks ate straight and rather slender, twisted at the lower part, where they are each embraced by a cylin- drical, striated, downy sheath, three or four inches long, ter- minating in a little short acute leaf: heads of flowers oval, obtuse, the size of a large pea, formed of numerous imbri- cated, very close, unequal, whitish scales; the outer ones a little dilated, oval, nearly flat, scarcely pointed ; the inner narrower, obtuse, rather concave. — Native of the West Indies. 3. Xyris Macrocephala ; Great-headed Xyris. Stalk with one acute angle, taller than the foliage, round in the lower part, somewhat two edged further up, with one convex and one acute side: head and scales ovate; the latter grey at the back; the former when in fruit, twice as big as a hazel-nut, ovate, with obtuse scales. This differs from the other spe- cies in the breadth of its leaves, and the size of the head. — Native of Cayenne. 4. Xyris Platycaulis ; Broad stalked Xyris. Stalk com- pressed, dilated, striated, smooth, twisted, with a lax cloven, abrupt sheath at the base. The stalks are a foot high, aud two or three lines broad ; sheath at least three inches long, smooth, striated, rather lax, cloven lengthwise, obliquely truncated at the summit ; heads globose, abrupt at the sum- mit, hardly so large as a pea, with broad obtuse, concave, shining, chestnut-coloured scales, the outer ones keeled towards their poiut. — Native of Madagascar. 5. Xyris Anceps; Small-headed Two-edged Xyris. Stalk two-edged, smooth, a foot or more in height, twisted, smooth, by no means striated; head nearly globose, scarcely so large as a pea, with roundish, convex, hardly emarginate scales ; leaves rather rigid, narrow, but one third or one fourth of the height of the stalks. — Native of Madagascar, Malabar, and probably also of Guiana. 6. Xyris Complanata ; Flat-stalked Xyris. Stalk com- pressed flat, dilated, nearly straight, cartilaginous, rough at the edges, four times as long as the sword-shaped, straight, bor- X Y R OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. X Y R 827 dered, roughish leaves; spike oblong or cylindrical; scales orbicular, tumid. — Native of New Holland. 7. Xyris Scabra; Rough Xyris. Stalk two-edged, twisted, with rather acute and rough angles; leaves linear, roughish; head ovate or oblong. — Native of New Holland. 8. Xyris Laevis ; Smooth Xyris. Stalked two-edged, smooth, as well as the narrow linear leaves ; head nearly ovate; scales imbricated every way ; keels of tire ealix-leaves fringed. — Found in the tropical parts of New Holland. 9. Xyris Americana ; Blue American Xyris. Stalks two- edged in the upper part, round in the lower part, with two prominent lines running down it, compressed in the upper part, and a little dilated under the head, a foot or more in height; head ovate-oblong, rather bigger than a pea; scales polished, emarginate, with a small eallous intermediate point: the corolla is said to be blue; and the leaves grassy, narrow, and acute, half the length of the stalk. — Native of Brasil. 10. Xyris Caroliniana; Carolina Xyris. Stalk, two- edged : head ovate, acutp. This species is extremely vari able; but is said to be distinguished from the last in having more rigid leaves, and large acute heads ; the leaves vary in length, and the flowers are yellow. — Native of Carolina ; and found in low grassy fields, on a sandy soil, from New Jersey to Florida. It is perennial, and flowers from June to August. 11. Xyris Torta; Twisted-leaved Xyris. Leaves linear, spirally twisted, as well as the stalk, which is two-edged below, quadrangular at the upper part; they are from one to ten inches long, aline broad, acute, many-ribbed, roughish at the edges, perfectly grassy ; the outermost degenerating into broad, short, chestnut-coloured, pointed, imbricated scales ; stalks solitary, about two feet high, nearly round, though two-edged and striated at the bottom, as well as more twisted than the leaves, but the upper part least, most dis- tinctly two-edged, having towards the top four, sometimes unequal, angles: head globose, the size of a large white cur- rant, obtuse, of a shining chestnut colour: scales polished, rounded, somewhat emarginate, pointless, with a small silky disk ; they are almost orbicular, convex, dilated and thin at the edges; two or three of the lowermost are smaller, flatter, and slightly keeled.— Found in North America. 12. Xyris Pusilla ; Dwarf Broad-leaved Xyris. Stalk two-edged, smooth, like the short, sword-shaped, two-ranked, equitant leaves; they are from two to six inches high, of a pale green, a little zigzag and twisted, somewhat quadran- gular, sheathed at the base, with one or two leaves, which, like those growing from the root, are about an inch long, and two or three lines broad, slightly incurved at the point, of a pale shining green colour, with several ribs, and, in a dry state, a finely dotted or reticulated surface : head orbi- cular, compressed, of a few shining, somewhat keeled, and pointed scales, which are orbicular, convex, of a shining chestnut brown, pale at the edges; the two lowermost equal, destitute of flowers, which in an early state cover the whole head, and are furnished with a strong green pointed keel. — Native of New Holland. 13. Xyris Denticulata; Tooth-leaved Xyris. Stalk round- ish, smooth, slender, striated or angular towards the top ; leaves short, linear, awl-shaped, rough with minute marginal teeth ; they are from one to two inches long, not a line broad, their fine reticulations seeming to form the teeth at the margin and keel : head globose, twice as large as in the pre- ceding species, consisting of more numerous bright chestnut scales; with thin, pale, often jagged margins, and a small green keel or point, not extending beyond the scale ; the 135. scales orbicular, shining, keeled at the summit, the two lower- most barren. — Found in New Holland. 14. Xyris Paludosa; Bog Xyris. Stalk roundish, smooth, angular at the top; leaves somewhat tubular, that of the stalk longer than the sheath ; head nearly globular ; scales orbicular, shining, imbricated every way. — Found in the tropical parts of New Holland. 15. Xyris Capensis ; Cape Xyris. Stalk solitary, thread- shaped, striated, smooth, a foot high; leaves linear, very short, they are few, radical, and many limes shorter than the stalk; flowers yellow; stigmas three, tumid, revolute, whitish. — Native of the Cape. 1(1. Xyris Brevifolia ; Short-leaved American Xyris. Stalk thread-shaped, a span high, round and slender; leaves awl- shaped, compressed, narrow, an inch and half long ; head globose, the size of a black pepper-corn ; scales broadish, oblong, the outermost narrowest, keeled. — Native of boggy meadows in Lower Carolina and Georgia : perennial. 17. Xyris Pauciflora ; Few -flowered Xyris. Stalk qua- drangular, from one to six or eight inches high, erect, straight, slender, striated, roughish: leaves linear, rough with minute marginal teeth ; they are sometimes nearly as tall as the stalk, grassy, very narrow, taper-pointed, striated, rough- ish, especially at the edges* where they are minutely toothed or crenafe : head nearly globular, the size of a large pea : scales shining, orbicular, spreading at the point, with a short triangular keel; they are chestnut-coloured, with a membra- nous, dilated, shining margin, of a golden yellow, and each tipped with a green, triangular, projecting keel or point, originating- from the brown disk, but not extending beyond the membranous margin, with which it is incorporated; the prominence of this point gives the head a squarrose appear- ance: the root is a small dense tuft of pale fibres. — Native of the East Indies, and the tropical part of New Holland. 18. Xyris Bracteata; Bracteated Xyris. Stalk triangular, a foot and half high, slender and rushv, even, smooth to the touch, though the most acute angle is roughish; leaves linear, their margins, and the base of the keel rough; head round- ish, or rather ovate than perfectly globose, one-third of an inch long; scales with a hoary disk, and brown membranous margin, the lower ones oblong, empty, with a linear disk, which is elliptic, oblong, convex, not keeled, of a hoary or glaucous hue, finely dotted, not downy ; their margin at each side about half as broad, membranous, of a shining brown, paler outwards; there are several more scales at the bottom of each head, w'hich are destitute of flowers, shorter, much narrower, abrupt, oblong, not elliptical, with a peculiarly narrow disk, and have the appearance of bractes ; corolla rather large, yellow, turning white in decay. — Native of Port Jackson, New South Wales. 19. Xyris Juncea; Rushy Xyris. Stalk roundish, slightly compressed, rather zigzag, smooth, as w ell as the awl-shaped leaves, only eight or ten inches high ; head globose ; scales ovate, undivided, imbricated every way, their disk of the same colour as the margin; stigmas many-cleft. — Found near Port Jackson, New South Wales. 20. Xyris Gracilis; Slender Xyris. Stalk thread-shaped, smooth, scarcely twisted, somewhat compressed, seldom above a foot high; head oval, consisting of few flowers, small, obo- vate; scales imbricated every way ; their disk hoary; margin blackish. The disk resembles that of the eighteenth species, but the membranous margin of the scales is of a darker brown, and at the upper part of each quite black, as if burnt. Some of the lowest scales are smaller, linear-oblong, and of a more uniform brown; stigmas undivided, long. -^Native of New Holland. 10 A 828 X Y R THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; X Y $ 21. Xyris Filiformis ; Thread-shaped Xyris. Stalk thread- shaped, compressed, solitary, six or eight inches high, very slender; root small and fibrous; leaves linear-awl shaped, compressed, two-ranked, four or five, seldom more, very nar- row, tapering, rather obtuse at the point; their surface minutely speckled, and more or less evidently reticulated or dotted ; head and scales elliptical; disk and margin uniform, with slight traces of a keel; the head is about the size of hemp-seed, but more oblong, acute at each end, of a copper- brown, not very shining; the two lowermost scales empty, rather palest, most oblong, and strongly keeled, the rest elliptical, bluntly pointed, very smooth and even, without any limited disk, but sometimes marked with beautiful concentric veins; their keel scarcely discernible, except in the form of a short pale elevation near the apex, but not projecting into a point ; corolla yellow, small. — Found in marshy sandy ground, at Sierra Leone. 22. Xyris Flexifolia ; Wavy leaved Xyris. Stalk thread- shaped, twisted, smooth, as well as the zigzag, slender, slightly compressed leaves; the stalk is from six to twelve inches high ; head oval, with few flowers ; stigmas undivided. — Found in New Holland. 23. Xyris Teretifolia; Cylindrical-leaved Xyris. Stalk and leaves round, straight, and roughish, the former eighteen inches high ; head ovate, many-flowered ; scales imbricated everyway, torn into many segments. —Found on the southern coast of New Holland. 24. Xyris Lacera; Jagged-headed Xyris. Stalk round, smooth; head nearly globular, many-flowered ; scales imbri- cated every way, torn into many segments. — Native of New Holland. 25. Xyris Subulata ; Awl-leaved Peruvian Xyris. Stalk thread-shaped, roughish at the top; root perennial; leaves linear, awl shaped, their sheaths woolly at the margin; head oblong, containing two or three yellow flowers : these plants grow close in patches. — Native of marshy cool mountainous parts of Peru, and flowering there in September. 2G. Xyris Vivipara; Viviparous Xyris. Stalk somewhat compressed, roughish at the top, about a foot high, enveloped at the base with a striated, keeled, bluntish, smooth, rough- backed sheath, an inch and half long; head globular, at leugth leafy and viviparous, rather abrupt, the size of a pepper-corn ; scales roundish-ovate, bluntish, brownish, coriaceous, smooth, rather transparent at the margin. After flowering, the centre of the head throws out a leafy crown, which becomes a young plant; but we are not informed whether this leafy tuft originates in the vegetation of one or two of the seeds, or in the germen being supplanted in the flower by a bud, or, which is least likely, in a proliferous elongation of the stalk, wholly independent of the parts of fructification; root fibrous, perennial. — Found on the banks of the Oronoko. 27. Xyris Operculata ; Imbricated Xyris. Capsule partly Y A R Yam. See Dioscorea. Yard Manure. — To prevent the vegetation of weeds in this manure, it should be turned up in the farm-yard in rows when it has become two feet deep, leaving sufficient room between each row, to admit the fresh dung from the stables, cow-houses, and sties. After the manure, thus thrown up, three-celled; stalk round, or slightly angular, about eigh- teen inches high, quite smooth; leaves thread-shaped; head obovaie, full half an inch long, with five rows of very nu- merous obovate scales ; the broad convex disk is of a bronze- like hue; the margin brown or narrow, more or less jagged, with a deciduous tooth-like fringe: the scales are beardless, imbricated, in five rows, with numerous empty ones, gradually smaller at the base ; flowers large, of a bright yellow colour; stigmas obtuse. — Native of New South Wales. 28. Xyris Lanata ; Woolly Xyris. Stalk round, smooth ; leaves linear, narrow; head nearly globular; scales woolly at the extremity, imbricated in five rows, with several empty ones, gradually smaller at the base. — Found in New Holland. Xysmalobium ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix : perianth in- ferior, of one leaf, in five deep, lanceolate, acute, permanent segments. Corolla: of one petal, in five deep ovate, spread- ing, rather oblique segments ; crown of the stamina in a single row of ten deep segments, five of them fleshy, round- ish, opposite to the antherae, simple at the inner side, five intermediate ones smaller. Stamina : filamenta scarcely any; antherse five, each tipped with an ovate bluntish membrane; masses of pollen ten, compressed, smooth, pendulous, with rather broad connecting processes. Pistil: germina two, ovate, pointed ; styles very short ; common stigma pointless. Pericarp : follicles two, inflated, clothed all over with nu- merous, long, slender, tapering, hairy, filamentous processes. Seeds: numerous, imbricated, crowned with silky down. Observe. This is a genus of upright shrubs, with opposite, and sometimes alternate leaves ; umbels lateral, either axillary or between the footstalks; flowers rather large; and the limb of the corolla sometimes bearded. Essential Charac- ter. Masses of pollen ten, smooth, pendulous. Crown: simple, in ten deep segments, the intermediate ones minute. Corolla: spreading. Follicles: shaggy. The species are, 1. Xysmalobium Undulatum ; Wave-leaved Xysmalobium. Leaves undulated, naked ; they are alternate, sessile, three or four inches long, ovato-lanceolate, gradually tapering to a bluntish point, with a thick midrib, and numerous inter- branching veins, nearly smooth on both sides, undulated and roughish at the margin: the thick, white, perennial root, early in the spring, sends out two or three round, green, leafy stems : umbels axillary, stalked, much shorter than the leaves, with hairy stalks, and linear hairy bractes ; flowers green, their segments densely bearded at the extremity, with white shaggy hairs ; follicles covered with spreading hairy filamenta, an inch long. This is a green-house plant, flowering in July, and, when wounded in any part, discharges a copious milky fluid. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 2. Xysmalobium Grandiflorum; Large-Jlowered Xysmalo- bium. Leaves stalked, hairy ; stem simple, erect, hairy ; flowers large, axillary, stalked ; corolla smooth, speckled. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Y A R has attained a fair heat, turning it over again generally destroys, or at least arrests, the growth of weeds, and renders it fit to be laid upon the land. In Norfolk, the prevailing opinion is, that long dung is best for strong land, and short for light soils : but the general practice is, of spreading short in all cases. Many intelligent Essex farmers use long dung. Y E L OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. Y U C or yard-manure, wilh great advantage; though the general custom even there is to clamp and employ that which is in the short state. Some farmers dislike to see their yard manure long in the heaps, on account of the loss in turning. It has been found by long and extensive experience, that in dunging for Wheat, long fresh dung is superior to any other, and the crop where it is applied always certain. A slight incipient fermentation is unquestionably useful in the heaps of this kind of manure, for by it the woody fibres are dis- posed to decay and dissolve when it is carried to the hind, or ploughed into the soil. These woody fibres are also collected in great proportion among the yard dung; yet too great a degree of fermentation is very injurious to mixed yard-manure when heaped, and it is better that there should be no fermentation at all before the manure is used, than that it should be suffered to proceed too far, because too much fermentation dissipates or destroys the most useful part of the manure. During the violent fermentation which is necessary for reducing farm-yard manure to the state in which it is termed short muck or dung, not only a large quantity of fluid, but likewise of gaseous material, is lost, by which the weight of the manure is reduced by one half, and sometimes two-thirds, and the principal elastic matter dis- engaged, as carbonic acid, with some ammonia ; both of which if retained by the moisture in the soil, would supply the plants with effectual nourishment. The dissipation of gaseous matter, when pushed to the extreme, as in the case of short dung, has another disadvantage attending it, in the loss of heat, which if excited in the soil, is useful in pro- moting the germination of the seeds, and assists the plant in those stages when it is most liable to disease. The fermen- tation of the manure in the soil is peculiarly favourable to the Wheat-crop, by preserving a genial temperature beneath the surface late in the autumn, and during winter. It is also a general principle in chemistry, that in all cases of decomposition, substances combine much more readily at the time of their disengagement than after they have been per- fectly formed : and in fermentation beneath the soil the fluid matter produced is applied instantly, even while it is warm, to the organs of the plant, and therefore is more likely to be efficient than short dung, which has passed through the pro- cess, and all the principles of which have entered into new combinations. The application of yard-manure in the long state, is highly advantageous with regard to the quantity and extent of the improvement which may be produced, as nearly four loads of it are generally required to form one of the short manure. Besides, the main objection against the for- mer is, that weeds rise more luxuriantly and in greater num- bers where it is had recourse to ; but though the seeds thus carried out will certainly sprout, it is but seldom that can occur to any extent; and if the land be foul, any kind of manure will accelerate the growth of the weeds. There is another question connected with this subject, which is not of less interest or importance to the farmer to have decided, which is that of the superior advantage of consuming the straw of the farm by animals, or of having it trodden into manure with the dung in the yards. Some are against the former of these practices ; though probably a majority approve it, and have also recourse to buying oil-cake, very often at a loss, in order that their straw may be trodden into dung or manure by fattening beasts, which nevertheless is excellent yard economy. See Manure. Yarrow. See Achillea. Yellow Rattle. See Rhinanthus. Yellow Root. See Hydrastis. Yellow Succory. See Picris. Yellow Weed. See Reseda. Yt-llow Wort. See Chlora. Yew Tree. See Taxus. Yucca; a genus of the class Ilexandria, order Monogynia. — Generic Character. Calix : none. Corolla: bell- shaped, in six deep, ovate, very large, equal, moderately spreading segments, connected by their claws ; nectaries none. Stamina: filamenta six, inserted into the base of the corolla, very short, swelling upwards, reflexed; antherae minute, roundish? Pistil: germen superior, oblong, bluntly triangular, with six furrows, rather longer than the stamina ; style none; stigma obtuse, with three furrows, its lobes cloven, the centre pervious. Pericarp : berry oblong, bluntly hexagonal, fleshy, perforated at the summit, of six cells, three of the partitions thicker than the three intermediate ones. Seeds : very numerous, in a single row, separated from each other by transverse membranes, roundish obovate, flat, depressed, attached by their pointed base to the inner angle of the cell. Observe. This is a handsome perennial genus, more or less caulescent, with numerous long, simple, rigid, or coriaceous, pungent leaves; and copious panicled, white, liliaceous, very elegant, though generally inodorous flowers. Some of the species are tolerably hardy in our gardens, but do not blossom constantly, nor very readily. Essential Character. Corolla: inferior, bell shaped, its segments without nectaries. Stamina : club-shaped. Style: none. Berry: hexagonal, of six cells. Seeds: numerous, flat. The species are, 1. Yucca Gloriosa ; Common Adam’s, Needle. Caules- cent : leaves lanceolate, straight, furrowed, their edges smooth and entire. The stem in our gardens is seldom two feet in height, somewhat branched, thick, tough, crowned at the summit of each branch, if divided, with a profusion of crowded leaves, spreading in every direction, each a foot and half or two feet long, tapering to a hard spinous piont, contracted in the lower part, but dilated at the very base, where they half clasp the stem ; their upper surface is of a fine green, smooth, furrowed longitudinally, especially towards the end; the under paler and more even; the edges quite even and smootli : panicle terminal, compound, erect, composed of perhaps an hundred drooping flowers, not much inferior in size and beauty to those of the White Water Lily, but more cream-coloured, tinged at the base and points with crimson, destitute of scent; partial stalks about an inch long, round, smooth, with a pair of membranous bractes at the base. — Native of Peru and North America. — Propagation and Cul- ture. The plants of this genus may all be raised by offsets or suckers from the roots and heads of the old plants, as well as by seed. The offsets and suckers may be taken off any- time in spring or summer, being laid in some dry place for a few days till the wounded part caused by the separation is dried and healed over, when they may be planted out sepa- rately in pots of light sandy compost, and placed in a shady situation till they have taken root in a perfect manner; but they succeed better when assisted by a hot-bed. To raise them from seed, it should be procured from abroad, and sown in pots of light earth, plunging them into a hot- bed, where they will soon come up. As soon as they are two or three inches high, prick them out separately in small pots of light sandy mould, replunging them in the hot-bed to forward their growth, allowing them moderate waterings and fresh air daily, and gradually hardening them to the full air, so as to be set out in June to remain till October, when they should be removed into the green-house for the winter. It will be prudent to preserve a few of each sort in pots. They are all very ornamental. This, and the next speciesa 830 Y U C THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; Y U C after they have been hardened in the dry borders where the soil is light, and where the situation is warm and sheltered, will make a fine appearance, as also will the others among potted plants in green-house collections. 2. Yucca Reeurvifolia ; Drooping-leaved Adam’s Needle. Caulescent : leaves linear-lanceolate, furrowed, recurved, and drooping, their edges at length somewhat filamentous ; flow- ers of a greenish yellow, with a tinge cf‘purple ; they have a strong smell, with something like a citron flavour. The three inner segments of the corolla are a little- the broadest. — Native Of the sandy shores of Georgia. 3. Yucca Aloifolia ; Aloe-leaved Adam's Needle. Cau- lescent : leaves linear-lanceolate, even, straight, their edges bordered with fine callous notches; stem generally simple, rising even in our green-house to the height of fifteen to eighteen feet; for the most part naked, round, three or four inches in diameter, scarred from fallen leaves. The upper part, for the space of a foot or more, is thickly beset with leaves spreading in every direction; the lower ones pointing downwards, the upper ones nearly upwards, only a few in the centre being horizontal. The leaves are narrower, and stifFer than in the preceding species; they are straight, and distinguished by their erenate edges, as well as even surface. The panicle also is more dense and cylindrical, from two to three feet high. Flowers white, externally tinged with purple; stigma abrupt, of three shorter, less dilated, and spreading lobes. This species will thrive for many years with very little earth, in pots not more than a foot deep. It rarely flowers, and afterwards the head decays at the top, throwing out lateral shoots, and the plant becomes branched ; but its elegant simplicity is destroyed, and no more flowers, at least ZAC ZACINl'HA ; a genus of the class Syhgenesia, order Poly- gamia iEqualis. — Generic Character. Common Calix: double; the outermost short, erect, of several lanceolate leaves, membranous at the edges ; innermost larger, simple, furrowed, of eight permanent, linear, acute, converging leaves, at length swelling and very prominent at the base. Corolla: compound, imbricated, uniform; florets equal, per- fect, of one petal, ligulate, linear, abrupt, with five teeth. Stamina : filamenta five, capillary, very short; antherae united into a cylindrical tube. Pistil: germen ovate-oblong; style thread-shaped, the length of the stamina ; stigma two, reflexed. Pericarp: none, except the interior calix, which becomes Woody, closed, depressed, with a point, having eight rounded protuberant angles, each scale enfolding one of the marginal seeds. Seeds: solitary to each floret; the marginal ones ovate-oblong, incurved, compressed at the sides, gibbous at the back, tapering below, striated, longi- tudally channelled, and villous in front; central ones oblong, slightly incurved, quadrangular, compressed at the back, striated, smooth ; dow n sessile, somewhat feathery ; recep- taclenaked. Essential Character. Receptacle: naked. Seeds: of the circumference incurved, of the centre straight. Down-, very short, finely feathery. Outer Calix: membra- nous, inner with eight protuberances. —The only known species is, 1. intha Verrucosa; Warty Zacintha. Leaves run- cinate, smooth, the radical ones largest and most numerous ; root annual; stems somewhat leafy, round, smooth, branched 3 in our gardens, are produced. — Native of South America. See the first species. 4. Yucca Draconis : Drooping-leaved Adam's Needle. Caulescent: leaves linear-lanceolate, even, refiexed, eremite; segments of the corolla spreading, somewhat recurved. Clu- sius says, the Indians use the fibres of the leaves of this species, obtained by maceration and beating, as a fine kind of thread, like flax or silk; they also make strong cordage of it for tying the rafters of their huts together. — Native of South Carolina. 5. Yucca Filamentosa; Thready Adam's Needle. Stem none: leaves lanceolate, entire, coarsely filamentous at the edges ; they are numerous, a foot long, spreading in the form of a rose from the crown of the root ; their points spinous, but short; their surfaces both striated, a little glau- cous, rough to the touch with minute harsh prickles; their edges beset with long recurved threads : flower-stalks solitary, erect, from four to five feet high, round, smooth, leafless, bearing several scattered, oblong, membranous, reddish- brown bractes, such as also accompany the partial stalks : panicle compound, lax, and spreading, of numerous large and handsome, pendulous, cream-coloured, bell-shaped flowers ; their segments are taper-pointed: filamenta rough or glan- dular, with very small antherae: stigma with spreading, somewhat recurved, and cloven lobes, like the first species. — Found upon the shores of Virginia and Carolina. 6. Yucca Angustifolia ; Narrow-leaved Dwarf Adam’s Needle. Stem none; leaves linear, elongated, rigid, spar- ingly filamentous at the edges; fruit obovato-cylindrical. — Found by Mr. Thomas Nuttali on the banks of the Missouri. Perennial. Z A M and forked, spreading, from a span to eighteen inches high! flowers yellow, small. The swelling part of the calix after flowering assumes a purple colour. — Native of Italy, Crete, Lemnos, Zante, and Mount Atiios. Zamia; a genus of the class Diuecia, order Polyandria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: catkin ovate, tessel- ated scales horizontal, obtuse, thickened towards the end, permanent. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamenta none; antherae numerous, sessile, crowded on the under side of each scale, especially towards the extremity, elliptical, smooth, of two valves and one Cell, splitting lengthwise. Female. Calix: catkin ovate, tesselated ; scales horizontal, obtuse, more or less peltate, permanent. Corolla: none. Pistil: germina two, oval, sessile, horizontal, indexed, on the under side of each scale, near the extremity ; style very short, rather conical; stigma obtuse, undivided, pervious. Pericarp: drupa roundish, somewhat angular, of one cell; nut hard, roundish, or elliptical, of one cell. Observe. This genus, which is not very distinct, is most nearly allied to Cycas, but differs essentially in the female part of the fructification being a catkin, the scales of which bear two germina under- neath ; instead of an assemblage of fronds or leafy receptacles, hearing an indeterminate number upon their margins. The herbage is perennial, generally without astern; leaves abruptly pinnate, singularly hard, rigid, and often spinous, rarely lobed; catkins radical, stalks. Essential Character. Male. Catkin: tesselated; scales abrupt. Anther re: oval, sessile at the under side of each scale. Female. Catkin: tessel- Z A M OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. Z A M 831 ated ; scales peltate. Drupes: two, at the under side of each scale. The species are, 1. Zamia Cycadifolia; Sago Palm-leaved Zamia. Leaflets very numerous, two-ranked, linear, entire, with simple spi- nous points; common stalk semicylindrical, channelled, downy ; leaflets, when full grown, from fifty to eighty in number, rigid, parallel, acute, pungent, each about three inches long, the lowermost gradually shortest, and rather more distant; the thick globular scaly head of the root, which is nearly a foot in diameter, bears numerous spreading pectinate leaves; the stalks of each is in its naked part two feet long, as thick as a swan’s quill, all over downy, as is also its leafy portion, and the young leaflets themselves ; catkin of the fruit elon- gated, somewhat cylindrical. The ripe fruit is ovate-oblong, about fifteen inches in length, and five in diameter, brown, each scale bearing two ovate, angular, orange-coloured drupes, about an inch long, their points directed towards the base of the scale ; nut not much smaller, ovate, angular. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. — Propagation and Cul- ture. These plants may be raised from seeds, and by other means, in pots plunged in the bark-beds of hot-houses and stoves, where they must constantly be kept in light rich earth or mould, having the management of similar exotics. They form a pleasing variety in collections of tender plants. 2. Zamia Pungens ; Needle Zamia. Leaflets awl-shaped, spreading, straight, rigid, pointed, entire, their outer margin rounded at thebase; commonstalk nearly cylindrical, unarmed. Leaflets very thick and coriaceous, much fewer than in the preceding species, mostly opposite, four or five inches long, and one broad, their under surface somewhat striated, their upper smooth and shining ; margin quite entire ; point simple, spinous, stout, and rigid. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Zamia Tridentata; Three-toothed Zamia. Leaflets linear, obscurely furrowed, smooth, with three spinous teeth at the end ; common stalk semicylindrical, channelled. The leaflets are fourteen to sixteen pair, linear, tapering at each end, with two lanceolate pointed, terminal teeth, and a third situated a little lower at the outer edge. — Native of the Cape. 4. Zamia Angustifolia ; Narrow-leaved Zamia. Leaves linear, elongated, entire, obtuse, with two terminal callous points ; common stalk semicylindrical. The root is hardly bigger than a large radish; its ovate crown enveloped in a few pointed very broad scales ; leaves about a yard high, with slender stalks and leaflets, the latter drooping, a span long, and two lines broad ; catkins three inches long, on stalks about the same length ; the male ones most slender, and nearly cylindrical ; fruit ovate, three inches long, of a thick, ovate, or elliptical figure, with a blunt point; drupes concealed, red. — Native of the Bahamas. 5. Zamia Tenuis ; Slender Zamia . Leaflets linear, obtuse, somewhat revolute, tapering at the base, with one or two obsolete teeth near the extremity; common stalk triangular, smooth. This is an intermediate species between the pre^ ceding and following, agreeing with the form of its leaflets, which are broader, and their stalk triangular; and with the latter in its stalks, though the leaflets are narrower, and are not minutely serrated towards the point.— Native of the Bahama Islands. 6. Zamia Media ; Intermediate Zamia. Leaflets linear- lanceolate, obtuse, flat, obscurely serrated towards the point; common stalk triangular, smooth. Leaflets from fourteen to twenty pair in number, five inches long, and one third or half an inch broad, flat, for the most part entire, except a few shallow distant serratures towards the extremity, which is bluntish, and without any spinous termination ; female 135. catkins on short thick stalks, ovate, with a blunt point; fruit oval, brown, rough, three inches long; crown of the root as large as the fist ; leaves two feet long, with their naked stalk three feet. — Native of the West Indies. 7. Zamia Debilis ; Lax-leaved Zamia. Leaflets lanceolate, acute, pointless, serrated towards the point; common stalk triangular, smooth. The leaflets are five or six pair, half an inch broad, though only two-and-a half or three inches long, and are distinguished from all the foregoing by their con- spicuous serratures, all, however, near the end, the greater part of the leaflet being entire; the upper side is smooth and shining, the under furrowed and striated. It flowers in the stove in July and Augusts — Native of the East Indies. 8. Zamia Integrifolia ; Dwarf Zamia. Leaflets smooth, striated, lanceolate, rounded, obtuse, and finely serrated at the end, tapering at the base ; common stalk smooth, some- what quadrangular. The leaflets are from ten to twenty pair, opposite or alternate, each tvvo-and-a-half or three inches long, varying in breadth, from one quarter to three- fourths of an inch, entire, rather shining, strongly striated on both sides, with many parallel ribs, the extremity rounded Snd pointless, with a greater or less number of slight tooth- like serratures in proportion to its width ; catkins on short stalks, ovate, clothed with dark brown pubescence; the males about two inches long ; fruit three inches long, ellip- tical, pointed, downy; its scales finally widely separating, each of them peltate and angular, supported by a rather slender angular stalk, above an inch in length, and remaining after the fruit has fallen. Each drupe is elliptical, about half an inch or more in length, with a small quantity of sweet orange-coloured pulp, and a large slightly-pointed nut. The crown of the root is sometimes as thick as a man’s arm, dividing below into several stout branches and fibres ; leaves usually about eighteen inches, sometimes three feet long. — Native of East Florida, and also of Hispaniola. 9. Zamia Muricata ; Prickly -stalked Zamia. Leaves ob- long, pointed, smooth, striated, serrated from the middle to the extremity ; common stalk spinous. The leaflets are about four pair in number, six inches long, tapering at the base, striated, and ribbed on both sides, sharply serrated in their upper half; footstalk channelled, armed with very short scattered blunt spines. — Found near Porto Cabello in South America. 10. Zamia Furfuracea ; Broad Rusty-leaved Zamia. Leaf- lets elliptic-oblong, pointless, copiously serrated from the middle to the extremity, striated and hairy beneath ; common stalk spinous. The number of the leaflets is usually eight or nine pair, three or four inches long, and one or one-and- a-quarter broad, very rigid and coriaceous, shining, and roughish to the touch on the upper side, furrowed, and clothed with shaggy chaffy pubescence, which gives thenl a rusty or tawny hue, underneath. Their serratures or teeth are numerous, obtuse, very irregular; catkins ovate, hoarv, and downy, about three inches long, on stalks about the same length. The crown of the root is often a foot in dia- meter, and the leaves are from one to two feet long, exclusive of their prickly stalk. — Native of the West Indies. 10. Zamia Spiralis; Spiral Zamia. Leaflets numerous, linear, very smooth, somewhat curved, with a few spinous teeth at the extremity ; catkins smooth, with pointed scales, those of the males wedge-shaped ; the leaves are very smooth, of a fine green, a yard or more long, spreading, each composed of from thirty to forty pair of long narrow leaflets, tipped with from three to five spinous teeth; foot- stalks said to be somewhat spiral. The catkins are stalked, cylindrical, about five inches long, and two in diameter, 10 B 832 Z A M THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; Z A N squarrose, smooth, not downy nor hairy ; scales of the male ones obovate, wedge-shaped, an inch long, with a short, broad, sharp, ascending, polished point; their upper side smooth and naked, under nearly covered with an uninter- rupted heart-shaped assemblage of crowded oval antherm, the size of Poppy-seed ; scales of the female catkins stalked, gibbous, two-edged, and depressed, larger than the male ones, each tipped with an erect, sword-shaped, pungent, smooth point, an inch long, and, as the fruit ripens, extended to three inches, the gibbous fleshy part of the scale being then also much enlarged; germina two, ovate, sessile, close together, at the inner edge of this fleshy part of the scale, and directed horizontally inward ; drupe roundish, gibbous, an inch or an inch and half in diameter, orange-coloured, w ith a rather thin pulp, at least in the dried state, and a large, ovate, hard nut, not bursting, the kernel of which, after keeping twenty-five years, remained as horny, semitransparent, and hard, as the shell. These nuts are about the size of small chestnuts, and the whole cone filled with them is about the size of a man’s head. They were said to be eaten roasted by the natives of New South Wales, but did not agree with English stomachs. 12. Zamia Longifolia ; Tall-leaved Zamia Leaflets nume- rous, elliptic-lanceolate, pointless, entire, clothed with shaggy down ; scales of the male catkins wedge-shaped, with abrupt quadrangular points. The crow n of the root is scaly, smooth, and a foot in diameter; leaves slightly spreading, from five to seven feet high; their stalks are quadrangular, without spines ; leaflets from forty to fifty or sixty pair, two- ranked, three or four inches long, and one broad, coriaceous. — Native of southern Africa. 13. Zamia Lanuginosa; Woolly-scaled Zamia. Leaflets lanceolate, smooth, spinous-pointed, with a few unilateral spinous teeth ; radical scales woolly ; leaves a yard high, or more, dark green, very smooth and shining, with unarmed, quadrangular stalks, and from twenty-five to thirty pair of linear-lanceolate leaflets. The root consists of numerous very thick tap-shaped radicles, its crown being as large as a man’s head, and covered with imbricated deltoid pointed scales two or three inches broad, all clothed with soft dense hoary wool. — Native of southern Africa. 17. Zamia Horrida; Grey Thorny Zamia. Leaflets lan- ceolate, glaucous, acute, spinous-pointed, with a few unila- teral, lanceolate, spinous teeth ; radical scales smooth. The leaves and their stalks are all over finely glaucous, which distinguishes the plant from the rest of its genus. The scaly crown of the root is large, as in the preceding species, but the scales are not woolly. This is distinguished by the smooth crown of the root, and the glaucous colour of the herbage. — Native of southern Africa. 15. Zamia Cycadis; Bread Tree Zamia. Leaflets lan- ceolate, spinous-pointed, smooth, entire, tapering at the base ; scales of the catkins abrupt, obtuse, pointless ; crown of the root large, round, imbricated with scales; leaves from a span to two feet long, of rather numerous and crowded leaflets, each two-and-a-half inches in length, and about a quarter of an inch broad; common stalks smooth; catkins stalked, ovate ; the male a span long, its scales somewhat triangular, very obtuse, rugged, smooth, flat on the upper sides, keeled underneath, land covered with antherae the size of Millet seed : female catkin larger than the male, nearly a foot long, green, and smooth, its scales stalked, with a quadrangular, peltate, thick termination, lodging a pair of ovate angular drupes with a red pulp; nut in each the size of an acorn, not very hard, with a white solid kernel. Thunberg informs us, that the older plants which have acquired a stem, are broken off or cut down by the Caft'res and Hottentots; and the pith, which is of considerable thickness, being tied up in a skin of a sheep or calf, previously well rubbed with grease, is buried in the ground. After remaining there a month or longer, it is taken up in a putrifying state, and being bruised between two stones, and moistened with water, forms a sort of paste, which is made into little round cakes about an inch in thick- ness. These cakes are baked in wood-ashes, and are esteemed a great luxury. — Native of the north-east part of southern Africa, growing on the sides of hills on dry open spots, especially where the ground has been cleared by burning. Zannichellia ; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Mo- nandria. — Generic Character. Male. Calix: none. Corolla: none. Stamina: filamentum one, simple, elongated, erect; antherae ovate-oblong, erect. Female, close to the male. Male. Calix: perianth of one leaf, inferior, hollow, swelling, oblique, with two or three teeth. Corolla: none. Pistil: germina from four to eight, stalked, oblong, con- verging; styles as many, simple, rather spreading; stigmas ovate, peltate, flat, spreading outwards. Pericarp: none. Seeds: as many as the germina, naked, stalked, oblong, compressed, a little incurved, beaked, with the permanent styles, tuberculated at the back, with a simple coriaceous coat. Essential Character. Male. Calix: none. Corolla: none. Filamentum: elongated, erect. Anther ce : erect. Female. Calix: of one leaf. Corolla: none. Ger- mina: four or more. Stigmas: peltate. Seeds: stalked, naked. The species are, 1. Zannichellia Palustris; Marsh Horned Pondweed. Antherae of four cells, tawny; stigmas entire; root annual; stem slender, floating, branched, round, leafy, and smooth, with the habit of a Potamogeton; leaves linear, grassy, sessile, narrow, acute, and entire, twm or three inches long; bractea membranous, tubular, axillary, including a pair of green flowers, one male, the other female; seeds blackish when ripe, rugged or toothed at the back. — Native of ponds, ditches, and rivulets, all over Europe, and said also to be found near the sweet springs in Virginia. 2. Zannichellia Dentata ; Toothed Horned Pondweed. Anthera of tw'o cells; stigmas toothed. This is rather smaller than the preceding species, but differs most essen- tially in having only two cells to the anthera, and remark- ably toothed stigmas. The seeds also are tuberculated all over, not merely toothed at the back or keel. — Found with the first species, in the neighbourhood of Florence, as well as in the mountain-pools of the adjacent country. Zanonia ; a genus of the class Dioecia, order Pentartdria. —Generic Character. Male. Calix : perianth of three ovate spreading leaves, shorter than the corolla. Co- rolla: of one petal, in five deep, spreading, pointed, indexed, equal segments. Stamina: filamenta five, spreading, the length of the calix ; antherae simple. Female, on a separate plant. Calix: perianth as in the male, seated on the ger- men, deciduous. Corolla: as in the male. Pistil: germen oblong, club-shaped, inferior; styles three, spreading, coni- cal, reflexed, permanent; stigmas divided, crisped. Peri- carp: berry large, elongated, abrupt, tapering at the base, encompassed near the top with a crisped suture, of three cells. Seeds : two in each cell, rounded-oblong, flat, in the centre of a lanceolate scale or wing. Essential Character. Male. Calix: superior, of three leaves. Corolla: in five deep segments. Female. Calix: of three leaves. Corolta: in five deep segments. Styles: three. Berry: of three cells, with a lid. Seeds: winged, two in each cell. The only species known is, 1. Zanonia Indica ; Climbing Indian Cucumber. Leaves ZEA OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. ZED 833 alternate, stalked, ovate-oblong, acute, entire, smooth ; flowers in lax drooping clusters, which in the male appear to be somewhat compound. The herbaceous branching stem appears to climb by means of simple spiral axillary tendrils ; fruit oblong, abrupt, obscurely triangular. This evidently belongs to the natural order of Gourds.— Native of Malabar and Ceylon. Zea: a genus of the class Monoecia, order Triandria. — Generic Character. Male Flowers, disposed in dis- tinct lax spikes. Calix: glume two-flowered, of two ovate- obloug, swelling, 'pointed, beardless valves, the outermost rather longest. Corolla: glume of two, oblong, beardless valves, about the length of the calix, the outermost swelling, obtuse, the innermost terminating in two teeth ; nectary of two very short fleshy scales, dilated upwards, abrupt, furrowed at the summit. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary ; antherae some- what prismatic, cloven, bursting at the top. Female Flowers, in a very dense spike, below the male, on the same plant, concealed by the leaves. Calix: glume single-flowered, of two permanent roundish thick valves, membranous and fringed at the margin, the outer one thickest. Corolla : glume of four unequal, membranous, transparent, broad, short, per- manent valves. Pistil: germen very small; style thread- shaped, extremely long, pendulous ; stigma simple, downy towards the summit. Pericarp; none. Common Receptacle: very large and long, with five or more angles, and as many rows of cells, transversely excavated, in each of which are embed- ded the fruits of two flowers, surrounded with their own calix and corolla. Seed: solitary, roundish, stalked, longer than the glumes, angular and compressed at the base. Observe. Two out of the four valves of the female corolla appear to belong to an abortive flower. Essential Character. Male Flowers , in distinct spikes. Calix: a two-flowered beardless glume. Corolla: beardless. Female. Calix: a glume of two valves. Corolla: of four valves. Style: one, thread-shaped, pendulous. Seeds: solitary, imbedded in an oblong receptacle. The species are, 1. Zea Mays; Common Maize, or Indian Corn. Leaves entire ; they are sheathing, lanceolate, concave, acute, rib- bed, two or three feet long, and three or four inches broad : root annual, consisting of innumerable fibres ; stem erect, somewhat branched, round, stout, jointed, leafy, from five to ten feet high ; male flowers in numerous aggregate termi- nal spikes, each three or four inches long, grayish, downy, with purple antherae; female ones below, in a generally simple cylindrical spike, covered by the large sheaths of the upper leaves ; styles six or eight inches long, very numerous, of a shining yellowish or reddish hue, hanging down like a long silken tassel ; seeds white, yellow, red, or purplish, forming a heavy tesselated cone-like naked spike, from six to ten inches long. There are innumerable varieties : in the size, figure, colour, and qualities of the grain, which, though valuable for many purposes, and yielding an abundant crop, is far inferior to Wheat as bread-corn. Pursh mentions a variety recently imported from a place on the Missouri, which promises to be particularly valuable, as ripening earlier than any other sort, and yielding an excellent produce. It is given to horses, cattle, and hogs, without shelling, and only husked in the ear; but when given to fowls, or offered for sale, it is rubbed off by burning a cob in the fire till hard, and then rubbing the corn therewith. It is sometimes given to pigs, but oftener, ground, to fowls ; and is the most nutri- tious grain, except Wheat, either for human sustenauce, or provender for brute animals. — Propagation and Culture. Maize is cultivated in gardens and pleasure-grounds for the sake of its singular tall growth. It may be raised by sowing the seed in the spring, in a dry warm situation, where the plants are intended to remain, in patches of two or three seeds or more in each, about an inch and half deep : when they come up, they should be thinned out to one or two of the strongest. But to have the plants more forward, so as to produce ripe seed-spikes more effectually, some should be sown in a hot-bed at the same time, and when the plants are three or four inches high, be forwarded by pricking them out upon another hot-bed, either under a deep frame or an awn- ing of hoop arches, to be covered with mats occasionally, allowing them plenty of free air; and in May, if they have acquired sufficient growth, they should be transplanted with balls of earth about their roots into the full ground in the borders or shrubbery clumps, in warm sunny situations, being well watered ; and w hen the summer proves warm and dry they often produce perfect heads, and ripen seed well It is necessary to prop their tall stalks with stakes, wherever they are much exposed to wind and rain. A late writer is of opinion, that this crop may be raised to advantage in the field, on some light soils, particularly the poor sands of Norfolk and Suffolk, or on any hot burning lands, because the countries where it grows naturally are light hot soils. He advises the drill method of cultivating it, as the small hillocks in planting the seeds separately, make the land unsightly, and improper for other crops. But to raise the greatest produce in corn, he conceives, the hills are the best way; but when the crop is intended for fodder, then drills are to be preferred. The seed is to be covered an inch deep; when the corn first appears above the surface, the drills must be examined, to see whether it all comes up properly; and if it has not, there must be fresh seeds put into the vacant places, to prevent a loss in the crop. As soon as these fresh plants have taken root in the ground, the crop should be examined again to see whether any have died away, or the birds have taken the seed. The plants must also be thinned to two on a hill, and strong ones substituted for the weak. In the cultivation, while growing in the hill way, the hoe must be often used, and earth frequently given to them, as the land cannot be made too light for this sort of produce: but when it is in drills, hoe it like garden peas. When the corn gets out of the milk, the blades below must be all pulled off while green ; tie them up in small bunches about the sizeot a birch- broom, and hang them on the top of the stalks of the corn ; for at the same time that the blades are pulled, the tops must be cut off, and set up in round bunches to dry, and tied round the topmost part to keep it from falling; and they must be harvested as soon as they are dried. The blades are generally ready in four or five days, but the tops take longer: when these blades and tops are properly harvested, they are excellent food ; and as this crop will be thus matured, and cleared off, by the end of August, the land might afterwards be ploughed and sown with Rye. The writer, already quoted, is of opinion that it would be very proper to sow the seeds at that time on this poor hot land ; as the warm season being over, they would have sufficient time to take root before winter. If only Rye were wanted, it might be eaten with sheep in the spring, or during the winter: but the stalks must stand for the corn to ripen after the rye is sown ; and the corn ought to hang on the stalk till it is hard. In America, it is often December before the white corn can be pulled, or September for the yellow corn: if it is pulled before it is hard, and the cob is perfectly dry, it will mould and spoil, and the corn will be apt to rot ; hence care should be taken not to pull it too soon. Zea. See Triticum Spelia. Zedoary. See Kaimpheria Rotunda . 834 Z I E THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; Z I N Zerumbet. See Amomum. Zeugites; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Common Calix: a glume of two valves; the outer one broadest, concave, abrupt, and jagged, ribbed; membranous at the edges; the inner narrower, sharper, and keeled. Male. Florets: two, smallest, on a common stalk, the length of the solitary female florets, within the common calix. Perianth: none. Corolla: glume of two ovate-oblong, compressed, bluniish, awnless, equal valves. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary, the length of the corolla; anther® oblong, cloven at each end. Female, within the larger glume of the common calix, sessile. Perianth: none. Corolla: glume of one oblong concave valve, twice the size of the calix, bordered towards the top with a dilated mem- brane, awned ; the awn terminal, capillary, straight, half as long again as the glume. Pistil: gerrnen oblong; style divid- ed; stigmas long, shaggy. Pericarp: none. Seed: solitary, oblong. Essential Character. Common Calix : of turn valves, with three flowers ; the female one sessile ; the males stalked. Corollu: of the males, of two beardless valves; of the female, of one awned valve. Style: divided. Seed: oblong. The only knovvu species is, 1. Zeugites Americanos; Jamaica Yoke Grass. Leaves alternate, on slender stalks, each with a long sheathing base, reclinate, or nearly pendulous, ovate, acute, entire, smooth, many-ribbed, from an inch to an inch and a half long, and from half an inch to an inch broad ; panicles terminal, from the sheaths of the uppermost leaves, compound, spreading, with smooth slender branches; glumes green, striated, smooth; root perennial ; stem two feet high, much branched, ascend- ing, round, jointed, polished, brownish, leafy, rather slender. — Native of Jamaica, in a rich soil, arid a shady situation. Zieria; a genus of the class Tetrandria, order Monogyia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of one leaf, in four deep, ovate, rather acute, equal, permanent seg- ments. Corolla: petals four, ovate, pointed, somewhat coria- ceous, downy, equal, longer than the calix, alternate with its segments. Stamina : filamenta four, alternate with the petals, awl-shaped, single, smooth, indexed, much shorter than the corolla, each inserted into a globular gland, projecting above their base at the inside; anther® terminal, roundish, with a minute point. Pistil: germen superior, roundish, four-lobed ; style terminal, erect, columnar, the length of the stamens, deci- duous ; stigmas capitate, four-lobed. Pericarp: capsules four, connected at their inner edge, each compressed, abrupt, of two valves and one cell. Seeds: solitary, oval, compressed, each enclosed in a horny, elastic, tunic of two valves. Observe. This genus is essentially characterized by the insertion of each of its stamina into the outside of one of four large glands, stand- ing on the receptacle, at the base of the germen, as well as by the simplicity of those stamina in the other parts of their structure. All the species abound with resinous dots on their leaves, stalks, and calix, lodging an essential oil, the qualities of which are more or less acrid and aromatic. Essential Character. Calix: in four deep segments. Petals: four. Stamina: smooth, each inserted into a gland. Style: simple. Stigma: four-lobed. Capsules: four, combined. Seeds: with an elastic tunic. The species are, 1. Zieria Lanceolata; Lanceolate Zieria. Clusters axil- lary, repeatedly three-stalked; leaflets lanceolate, flat, acute; branches and stalks warty : when young they are besprinkled with minute, starry, rigid pubescence: the stem is bushy, of humble growth, three feet high ; footstalks warty, channelled, nearly an inch long, destitute of stipules, each bearing three lanceolate, flat, entire, smooth, single-ribbed leaflets, con- ti acted at each end, the middle one rather the largest, being two inches, or two and a half in length ; panicles opposite, axillary, often two together, somewhat leafy, repeatedly forked, many-flowered, various in length, spreading, slightly downy, their stalks quadrangular, purplish ; flow ers white, each about the size of a privet blossom, with yellow anther®; capsules brown, dotted with glands. —Native of Port Jackson, New South Wales. 2. Zieria Lrevigata ; Smooth Zieria. Clusters axillary, three-forked, corymbose ; leaflets linear, revolute ; branches and stalks very smooth; leaves smaller than in the fore- going species, with a somewhat glaucous hue ; footstalks about half a quarter of an inch long; flowers rather larger than in the first species, much fewer, the panicles being always soli- tary, much less compound, and situated chiefly towards the upper part of each branch; stalks acutely quadrangular, and very smooth ; calix brown or reddish, taper-pointed, quite smooth ; petals downy on both sides, like a piece of woollen cloth. This is a handsome plant. — Found in New South Wales. 3. Zieria Pauciflora; Few-Jlowered Zieria. Stalks axil- lary, with one or three flowers ; leaflets linear, obovate, sorne- what revolute; branches and stalks hairy; segments of the calix lanceolate, taper-pointed. The branches of this small shrub are scarcely quadrangular, slender, round, more or less clothed with erect bristly hairs ; the leaves are about half the size of the last species, with their leaflets dilated upwards, and obtuse, a little crenate towards the end, copiously dotted, rarely hairy on the upper side, sometimes very hairy beneath, but occasionally quite smooth ; the flowers are very small, often quite solitary, sometimes three, with a pair of small acute bractes ; segments of the calix broad at the base, but tapering suddenly into a long point; petals minutely dotted with tufts of starry hairs, giving them a warty or granulated aspect ; capsules tuberculated, sometimes hairy, curiously reticulated on the inside ; seeds black, rather opaque, with a shining, white, at length convoluted, tunic, whose edge is minutely fringed. — Native of New South Wales. 4. Zieria Cytisoides; Downy Zieria. Stalks axillary, three-forked, leafy ; leaflets obovate, entire, downy on both sides; branches and stalks downy, the former are round; footstalks half an inch long; calix very downy; its segments broad and ovate; petals about twice as long, and of the same shape, downy. — Native of New South Wales. Zingiber. See Amomum and Costas. Zingiber; a genus of the class Monandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth superior, of one leaf, tubular, sheathing, membranous, splitting at one side. Corolla: of one petal; tube twice the length of the calix, a little swelling upwards; outer limb ringent; the upper lip undivided ; lower in two deep, equal, deflexed segments; inner limb a large spreading three-lobed lip, of which the middle segment is the largest, all of them more or less wavy and crenate. Stamina: filamenta one, erect, ob- long, extended beyond the anther® in an awl-shaped incurved beak, involute at the edges, embracing the style; anther® attached by its back, below the beak of the filamentum, oblong, of two close, parallel, linear lobes, meeting round the style, bursting in front. Pistil: germen inferior, roundish, small, crowned with a pair of glands; style thread-shaped, embraced by the filamentum, and scarcely extending beyond its beak; stigma small, concave, fringed, projecting a little beyond the point of the beak. Pericarp: capsule (uncertain.) Essential Character. Anthera: two-Iobed. Filamen- tum : elongated beyond the anthera, with an awl-shaped, channelled beak, embracing the style; outer limb of the corolla ringent; inner a three-lobed lip. -The species are, 1. Zingiber Officinale; Narrow-leaved Ginger. Bractes 4 Z I N OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. Z I N 8 35 ovate, acute ; segments of the outer limb of the corolla linear, revolute; middle lobe of the lip entire. The whole herb is smooth, and partakes of the flavour of the root ; barren stems several, erect, herbaceous, wand-like, leafy, about three feet high ; leaves alternate, linear-lanceolate, acute, entire, single- ribbed, spreading, with long, close, sheathing, upright foot- stalks; flower-stalks radical, a foot high, clothed with tubular sheathing bractes ; spikes solitary, erect, club-shaped, enve- loped in broader, shorter, less pointed, crowded bractes, each accompanied by a solitary sessile flower, twice its own length, of a delicate texture and short duration; the outer limb of the corolla is of a very pale yellow or straw colour, revolute; the upper segment rather the broadest. — Native of the East Indies: it is grown in Jamaica. 2. Zingiber Zerumbet ; Broad-leaved Ginger. Bractes ovate, obtuse; segments of the outer limb of the corolla straight; middle lobe of the lip cloven, slightly wavy; ribs and sheaths of the lip smooth. This species is frequent in our stoves, where it often flowers at the end of autumn; and many persons who grow it think themselves possessed of the real Ginger. In fact, the habits of the two plants are very similar, but the barren stems of this species are rather the tallest, being four or five feet high, with elliptic-lanceolate leaves, silky beneath when young ; flower-stalks eighteen inches or two feet high, thick, and firm; spike ovate; flowers pale yellow, inodorous, only lasting a few hours : the roots are said to be bitter, without the flavour and pungency of the true Ginger. — Native of the East Indies, where the young foliage is said to be used as a potherb. 3. Zingiber Casumunar ; Casumunar or Hairy Ginger. Brac- tes ovate, rather acute ; segments of the outer lip of the corolla straight; middle lobe of the lip cloven, dilated, crisped, and crenate ; rib and sheaths of the leaves hairy. The roots were anciently used as a powerful stimulant and tonic, in hysteric, paralytic, and other nervous disorders, possessing a warm bitterish flavour, with the smell of Ginger; but they have long been ejected from the Materia Medica : their shape is less elongated and compressed than that of Ginger, and more annulated, tuberous, or knotty ; herbage most like the last species, but distinguished by the hairy sheath and midrib of the leaves ; flower-stalks not above six or eight inches high ; spike ovate, brownish ; corolla pale yellow, distinguished from the preceding species, by the greatly dilated, inversely heart-shaped, crisped, and crenate middle lobe of its lip. This species may be propagated by cuttings of its root. — Native of the East Indies. 4. Zingiber Mioga; Japanese Ginger. Bractes ovate, acute; spikes nearly sessile; segments of the outer limb of the corolla erect, acute; middle lobe of the lip concave, entire; stems one to three feet high, with foliage resembling that of the preceding species; the flower-stalk is radical, remarkably short, or scarcely any; spike ovate, with numerous large, white, pointed, striated, concave bractes, the outer ones largest, concealing many within. The flowers smell faintly like But- terburr, and have a yellow, very concave, undivided lip, and a white limb ; filamentum greenish-white, beaked, embracing the thread-shaped style, according to the Generic Character. — Found in Japan, flowering in September. 5. Zingiber Roseum; Rose-coloured Ginger. Bractes lan- ceolate, coloured ; spike nearly sessile ; segments of the outer limb of the corolla revolute; middle lobe of the lip flat, entirej; root creeping, cylindrical, branched, not knotty; leafy stems two to three feet high ; spikes nearly sessile at the root, ovate, two or three inches long. The Telingas call this plant Buma- catchicay. — Native of the moist valleys of Hindoostan ; flower- ing in the rainy season. 135. 6. Zingiber Purpureum ; Purple Ginger. Bractes ovate, coloured; segments of the outer limb of the corolla erect; middle lobe of the lip undivided. — Native of the East Indies, flowering in September. Zinnia ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polygamia Superflua. — Generic Character. Common Calix: ovato- cylindrical, smooth, imbricated, with numerous, obtuse, erect, permanent scales. Corolla: compound, radiated ; florets of the elevated disk several, all perfect, funnel-shaped, five-cleft, internally villous; those of the radius from five to ten, ligu- late, roundish or oblong, abrupt, larger than the disk, per- manent, Stamina: in the perfect florets; filamentafive, very short ; antherae united into a cylindrical tube. Pistil: in the perfect florets ; germen oblong, with two very unequal awns; style thread-shaped, cloven half way down ; stigmas two, erect, obtuse: in the female florets, germen oblong, triangular, without awns; style capillary, cloven halfway down; stigmas two, recurved. Pericarp: none, except the unchanged calix. Seeds: in the perfect florets solitary, oblong, quadrangular, compressed : down of two points, one of them awned ; in the female florets solitary, pointless, crowned with the permanent petal. Receptacle: chaffy, with tongue-shaped, channelled, deciduous scales, the length of the calix. Essential Cha- racter. Receptacle: chaffy. Seed-down: of two erect, unequal awns. Calix: imbricated, somewhat ovate. Florets of the radius: from five to ten, permanent, undivided. The species are, 1. Zinnia Pauciflora; Yellow Zinnia. Flowers sessile; leaves somewhat heart-shaped, sessile, clasping the stem, which is erect, three or four feet high, branched, angular, leafy ; root annual ; flowers solitary at the ends of the branches, nearly or quite sessile, with the uppermost pair of leaves close to the base of the calix; disk brownish; radius yellow. This is not so handsome as the following species. Native of Peru. — This and the next are cultivated in gardens: their seeds are sown upon a slight hot-bed in March, and when the plants are a few inches high they should be pricked out on another bed, previously prepared to receive them, where they should remain till the advance of summer, when they may be taken up and planted out in the borders of the pleasure-ground, where they blow and com- plete their seeds for the year following. Their leaves and flowers produce a fine effect. 2. Zinnia Multiflora; Common Red Zinnia. Flowers stalked ; leaves opposite, ovato-lanceolate. The rays are some- times yellow, orange, or brick-red, the last colour is most com- mon in Europe, where it is raised on a hot-bed, and planted out to flower in autumn. The flowers stand each on a hollow, deeply-furrowed, terminal stalk, from one to two inches long, much thicker than the stem, and gradually swelling upwards; the disk is conical and acute, composed of reddish or tawny florets, accompanied by the prominent dark green or blackish scales of the receptacle ; the radius consists of ten or more broad, elliptical, usually emarginate florets, of a deep brick- red, and very smooth above, pale greenish and rough beneath, reticulated with veins, and finally becoming rigid or mem- branous.— Native of North America: found on the banks of the Mississippi ; flowering in July and August. See the pre- ceding species. 3. Zinnia Verticillata ; Whorl-leaved Zinnia. Flowers stalked ; leaves whorled, ovato-lanceolate; radiant florets very numerous. This is suspected to be a mere variety of the last. Cultivation, it is supposed, renders the flowers so very splendid by their multiplied radius of a deep scarlet, and the broader, less conical or pointed disk, compared with those of the Multiflora.— Native of Mexico. 10 C Z I z THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; Z I Z 4. Zinnia Elegans ; Purple-flowered Zinnia. Flowers stalked ; leaves opposite, ovate-heart-shaped, sessile, clasping the stem, harsh on both sides ; scales of the receptacle jagged and fringed ; tubular florets with a hairy disk. The herbage of tiiis species is stouter, the leaves broader and harsher to the touch, than any other of the genus. The flowers, in a cultivated state, are at least as large as in the preceding species, with a conical, but rather obtuse, disk ; the promi- nent orange-coloured scales of the receptacle have many finely-fringed segments ; the upper surface of the yellow tubular florets is densely shaggy ; the radius consists of numerous, spreading, obovate florets, of a deep lilac or light purple colour, less harsh or scariose after flowering than in the Multiflora. It is a tender annual, flowering from Mid- summer to the end of autumn. — Native of Mexico. 5. Zinnia Tenuiflora ; Slender flowered Zinnia. Flowers stalked ; leaves opposite, ovate-lanceolate, pointed ; calix cylindrical; radiant florets linear, revolute; leaves narrower, and nearly as smooth, as in the preceding species; the flowers are the smallest of their genus, and distinguished by their bright red, narrow, revoiule, radiant florets, very rough at the edges; the tubular florets are yellow, and roughish in the disk. This is a very distinct species, but requires the same treatment as the rest. They may all perhaps succeed in favourable seasons, as hardy annuals, but are better raised with artificial heat in the spring.— Native of Mexico. Zizania; a genus of the class Monoecia, order Hexandria. — Generic Character. Calix: none. Corolla: glume of two lanceolate, membranous, ribbed, clasping valves, one rather larger than the other, and most pointed ; nectary of two ovate obtuse scales. Stamina : filamenta six, capillary, very short, equal; antherae pendulous, linear, notched at each end, shorter than the corolla. Female, in the same panicle, larger. Calix: none. Corolla: glume of two valves, closed, except a vacancy at each side just above the base; the outer ralve largest, concave, long, straight, rigid, revolute at the edges, embracing the inner at each side, and terminat- ing in a long straight awn ; the inner narrower, lanceolate, involute at the edges; nectary of two acute scales. Stamina: sometimes present, though minute and imperfect, with small incomplete anther®. Pistil: germen superior, oblong; styles two, spreading, capillary, short; stigmas feathery, projecting between the valves of the corolla. Seed: solitary, oblong, even, polished, naked, unconnected with the glumes. Es- sential Character. Male. Calix: none. Corolla: of two valves, the outer one pointed. Female. Calix: none. Corolla : of two unequal closed valves, the outermost largest, revolute at the edges, with a terminal awn. St pies: two, divaricated. Seed: solitary, enclosed in the plaited corolla, but unconnected with it. The species are, I. Zizania Aquatica; Canadian Wild Rice, or Tuscarora. Panicle pyramidal, compound, with numerous male flowers in the lower part, spiked and female above; root annual, con- sisting of long stout hairy fibres ; stems several, two or three feet high, round, jointed, hollow, leafy; leaves grassy, long, narrow, smooth, with long, close, striated, smooth sheaths ; stipula short, somewhat membranous, decurrent, entire.— It is common in all the waters from Canada to Florida: flower- ing in July and August. ‘2. Zizania Effusa; Jamaica Wild Rice. Panicle loose, much branched ; male and female flowers interspersed; the steins are as thick as the little finger, and appear to be several feet high; leaves longer and broader than in the pre- ceding species, with a strong midrib. Sloane calls this the Trumpet Reed. —It is common in all the lagoons of Jamaica. 8. Zizania Miliacea ; Millet-seeded Wild Rice. Panicle loose, much branched; male and female flowers interspersed; glumes with short awns; seed ovate, smooth; stem thick, permanent; corolla tumid, and, like the seed, ovate, with very short awns: perennial, flowering in July and August. — Found in the inundated meadows and ditches of Pennsylvania and Carolina. 4. Zizania Fluitans ; Floating Wild Rice. Spikes solitary, axillary, about four-flowered, the upper ones male; glumes beardless. It of bumble stature, with slender branched float- ing stems ; leaves floating, linear, flat ; spikes bristle-shaped, the lower ones female. All the glumes are destitute of awns. Perennial. — Found upon the banks of lakes Champlain and St. Lawrence, flowering in July. 5. Zizania Terrestris ; Land Wild Rice. Panicle nearly simple ; stems round, leafy, jointed ; leaves long, narrow, green, rigid, sharply pointed ; flower-stalks slender, from the sheaths of the leaves; glumes leafy, bearing round, blackish, glassy seeds, which, when bruised with the juice of Beetle- nut, and applied to tiie tongue, are supposed to cure the thrush to which children are subject — Found in sandy ground upon the coast of Malabar. Ziziphora; a genus of the class Diandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of one leaf, tubular, cylindrical, very long, striated, bristly, with five minute marginal teeth, and bearded in the orifice. Corolla ; of one petal, ringent ; tube cylindrical, the length of the calix; limb minute, its upper lip ovate, flat, reflexed, undivided, lower spreading, broadest, in three round equal segments. Stamina: filamenta two, simple, spreading, about the length of the corolla; anther® oblong, distant. Pistil : germen superior, four-cleft ; style bristle-shaped, the length of the corolla ; stigma cloven-pointed, indexed. Pericarp: none, except the calix remaining unchanged, a little gibbous at the base. Seeds: four, oblong, obtuse, gibbous at one side, angular at the other, very much shorter than the calix. Essential Character. Corolla: ringent, its upper lip reflexed, flat, undivided. Calix: thread-shaped. Seeds: four. The species are, 1. Ziziphora Capitata; Ovalleaved Ziziphora. Flowers fasciculated, terminal ; leaves ovate; root fibrous, branched, and zigzag; stem erect, three or four inches high, when cultivated much taller, square, leafy, usually with two oppo- site spreading branches, besides the central part, clothed all over with fine, short, curved, hoary pubescence; foot- stalks one-eighth as long as the leaves, which are an inch in length ; hractes four at the top of each branch, nearly sessile, like the leaves, hut larger, more pointed and fringed, some- what heart-shaped at the base, about the length of the flowers, which are numerous in each head ; calix half an inch long, furrowed, bristly, a little wavy, with slender, sharp, purple teeth ; corolla with a white downy zigzag tube, and pale purplish limb; stamina prominent, about as long as the lower lip, with bluish anther®. It is a hardy annual, flowering in July and August.— Native of Syria, Tauria, and the isle of Cyprus. 2. Ziziphora Hispanica; Spanish Ziziphora. Flowers axillary; leaves obovate, pointed, many-ribbed; root annual; stem three or four inches high, cross-branched and bushy, downy with minute recurved hairs ; branches leafy ; flowers two or three together, sessile ; calix tapering upwards, strongly furrowed, hispid, about the length of the leaves ; corolla externally downy. The dried leaves retain a powerful smell of Penuyroyal.— Native of Spain. 3. Ziziphora Spicata ; Spiked Ziziphora. Flowers in racemose spikes, imbricated ; hractes ovate, acute, ribbed ; leaves lanceolate, somewhat toothed ; stem from ten to Z l z OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. Z I Z 837 eighteen inches high, throwing out from the base a branch or two as tall as itself; flowers several, on short stalks, standing near together. This is suspected to be a variety of the pre- ceding species, but seems to differ in having the stein-leaves lanceolate, narrower than those that accompany the flowers, which are ovale, not obovate. Annual. — Native of Spain. 4. Ziziphora Tenuior ; Spear-leaved, Ziziphora. Flowers axillary; leaves ovato-lanceolate, taper-pointed, acute, entire; root annua) ; stem a span high, with many square downy leafy branches; calix about half the length of the leaves, hoary, with fine recurved pubescence, more or less inter- mixed with long prominent bristly hairs; its flower part swelling much as the seeds ripen; corolla pale, hairy exter- nally, with a dilated throat. — Native of Syria. 5. Ziziphora Acinoides; Basil leaved Ziziphora. Flowers axillary ; leaves ovate, stalked, many-ribbed, somewhat ser- rated; steins diffuse, branched, bluntly quadrangular, finely downy; calix cylindrical, strongly ribbed, not downy, but beset with numerous prominent horizontal hairs ; corolla hairy, its limb larger than the first and second species, scarcely so long as the third, of a light purple or lilac colour, the lip especially ; anthera; large, ovate, purple. — Native of Siberia. (>. Ziziphora Taurica ; Narrow-leaved Ziziphora. Flowers axillary; leaves linear-lanceolate, striated, obtuse, entire; root annual, long, tapering and zigzag; stems one or more, scarcely divided, except at the bottom, ascending, nearly a span long, not composed of opposite branches crossing each other, as in the fourth species. — Native of Mount Caucasus and its neighbourhood, among limestone rocks, or about the stony banks of torrents, flowering in June and July. 7. Ziziphora Serpyllacea ; Thyme-headed Ziziphora. Clusters terminal, capitate, somewhat leafy ; leaves lanceo- late, naked, even, obtuse; stems rather shrubby, ascending; they are woody, and their branches hoary, with fine recurved dense hairs; flowers stalked, crowded at the summit of each branch into a close tuft, some of the lowermost being axil- lary; flower stalks round, clothed with the finest possible hoary pubescence, as are also the strong ribs of the calix, the teeth of which are fringed with long white hairs. — -Native of the grassy hills of Caucasus, flowering from June to August. 8. Ziziphora Dasyantha ; Hairy-headed Ziziphora. Clus- ters terminal, capitate, somewhat leafy ; calix densely hairy ; leaves ovate, obtuse, notched ; stems procumbent; root per- ennial and rather woody, as is the lower part of the spread- ing, nearly prostrate, hairy, purplish stems ; flowers nume- rous, crowded into very dense oval heads. — Native of moun- tainous parts of Georgia, flowering from July to September. Ziziphus; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Mono- gynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of one-leaf, nearly flat, in five spreading, ovate, equal- coloured, deciduous segments. Corolla: petals five, minute, obovate, between the segments of the calix, but much shorter, opposite to the stamina, spreading horizontally. Stamina: filamenta five, short, lying over the petals, and not half so long; antherae roundish, of two lobes, Pistil; germen superior, orbicular, depressed ; style one, very short; stigmas two or three, obtuse. Pericarp: drupe oval or roundish, pulpy, of one cell. Seed: nut solitary, the shape of the drupe, of one or two cells, with solitary kernels. Essential Character. Calix: flattisb, in five deep segments. Pe- tals: five, opposite to the stamina. Drupe: superior. Nut: of one or two cells. The species are, * Without thorns or prickles. 1. Ziziphus Lineata ; Veiny Jujube. Stem erect, unarmed; leaves roundish-ovate, obtuse, wavy ; clusters terminal, tfceir lower flowers axillary. This is a bushy shrub, often as tall as a man, with copious, alternate, round, leafy, finely downy branches ; flowers about the ends of the branches, stalked, partly axillary, partly collected into terminal smooth clusters; calix a little concave or bell shaped at the base; its segments lanceolate, as also are the petals ; antherae black before they burst; drupe small, oval, seated on the orbicular permanent base of the calix. — Found on the French island in the river of Canton, flowering in September. 2. Ziziphus Volubilis ; Twining Jujube. Stem twining, unarmed; leaves ovate, acute, somewhat wavy ; umbels axil- lary and terminal, stalked; flowers small, greenish yellow ; fiuit oblong, violet-coloured; branches round and smooth; drupe small, blackish, of a long ovql shape. — Found in deep swamps near the sea coast from Virginia to Carolina, flower- ing in June. 3. Ziziphus Peruviana; Peruvian Jujube. Stem unarmed; leaves elliptic-obovate, sparingly and minutely toothed, some- what angular, rather fleshy, smooth ; petals acute, longer than the calix. This is an evergreen, branching, loosely spreading shrub, about three feet high, smooth in every part ; branches a little zigzag, nearly round ; petals oval, pointed, flat, larger than the calix. — Native of Peru. 4. Ziziphus Emarginata; Notched Jujube. Stem erect, unarmed; leaves roundish-ovate, emarginate; umbels axil- lary, stalked; petals none; branches round, erect, rigid, with grey bark and angular extremities; footstalks short; calix concave, with a spreading limb, in five acute segments, divided as it were into two cavities; filamenta very short, inserted below the divisions of the calix ; antherae ovate, embraced at each side by the hollows in the segments of the calix; stigmas two, obtuse. — Found in the island of St. Bartholomew. ** With prickly Branches. 5. Ziziphus Lotus ; Lotus Jujube. Prickles in pairs, one of them booked ; leaves elliptic-oblong, slightly cremate, three-ribbed, smooth on both sides. This has the habit of a Rhammis, and the flowers of the Common Jujube ; but the fruit is rounder, smaller, and sweeter, about the size of sloes, with a large stone. It is produced on every part of the branches, like gooseberries, whereas that of the Common Jujube grows only on the slender annual shoots thrown out from the end of the branches. The latter is twenty feet or more high, with a large furrowed stem, twisted branches, knotty at the extremities, and larger oblong leaves ; while this is only three or four inches high, with numerous shoots from the same root, which are smoother, straighter, and paler or whitish ; the leaves small, round, and more rigid ; the prickles grow in pairs, both of them very straight, slen- der, and sharp, when young, but in process of time one becomes thickened and hooked, the other much elongated, remaining quite straight. The Arabs call this plant Seedra. — Native of Africa, particularly of Tunis, in a tract called Jereed, formerly the country of the Lotophagi. 6. Ziziphus Napeca ; Smooth Indian Jujube. Prickles generally in pairs, hooked; corymbs axillary, many-flowered; leaves ovate, acute, finely serrated, smooth on both sides; fruit elliptical ; branches somewhat zigzag, round, or a little angular, with smooth whitish bark, rough with mealy down when young, like the flower-buds, stalks, and young leaves; prickles stout, recurved, dark brown ; footstalks a quarter of an inch long, a little downy ; flowers very numerous, in dense, compound, downy or mealy, corymbose clusters, on short axillary stalks ; drupe like an olive, elliptical, or some- what ovate, its flavour acid and astringent. — In Ceyloa, 838 Z I Z THE UNIVERSAL HEREAL; Z O R Amboyna, and other islands of the West Indies, of which this fruit is a native, it is seldom eaten, but with salt, or as a sauce, to excite appetite. 7. Ziziphus Jujiiba ; White-leaved Indian Jujube. Prickles solitary, defieXed ; corymbs axillary, many-flowered ; leaves roundish ovate, obtuse, downy, and snow-white beneath. When wild it becomes a moderately-sized tree; the branches, flower-buds, stalks, and backs of the leaves, are all white, with a fine, dense, entangled, rather starry pubescence; flowers white, sometimes six-cleft, and hexandrous ; style divided; drupe globular, or somewhat heart-shaped; nut rugged, with two green kernels. In England it is a stove- plant, flowering in April and May. — Native of the East Indies. The fruit is agreeably acid. 8. Ziziphus Zylopyrus ; Wooden-fruited Indian Jejube. Prickles solitary, recurved; leaves ovate, rather acute, some- what heart-shaped, downy beneath ; flowers corymbose. This tree is seldom higher than a man ; branches hoary ; flowers in axillary stalked corymbs; calix downy; drupe dry, insipid, slightly astringent, larger than a cherry ; nut rugged. — Native of desert places at the bottom of hills in the East Indies. 9. Ziziphus Oenoplia ; Velvet-leaved Jujube. Prickles solitary, conical, recurved ; leaves unequally ovate or half heart-shaped, acute, silky beneath. This is a small tree with downy branches, and short thick hooked prickles ; flowers in little dense silky axillary tufts. — Native of Ceylon. 10. Ziziphus Iguanea; Lizard Jujube. Leaves ovate, pointed, serrated, smooth on both sides; clusters axillary, monoecious ; petals wanting ; fruit roundish. This is an inelegant training shrub, with round, zigzag, scarcely downy branches. The prickles are long and slender, in pairs under each footstalk, one of them always straight, the shortest curved, but not remarkably; flowers small, yellow. — It is found in the West Indies, and on the continent of America, in bushy, rocky, or stony places, frequented by the Lacerta Iguana, which is fond of the fruit, and hence its trivial name. 11. Ziziphus Chinensis ; Chinese Jejube. Young branches prickly, downy, old ones unarmed ; leaves ovate-oblong, sharply serrated ; petals reflexed under the calix. It is a shrub three or four feet high, losing its slender unequal bristle-like priekles as the branches advance ; footstalks short and downy; flowers small, whitish, axillary, solitary, or in pairs, remarkable for their having petals so completely reflexed and concealed by the calix, as not to be visible when viewed vertically, whence this species might have been more appro- priately named Cryptopetala. — Native of China. 12. Ziziphus Rotuudifolia ; Round-leaved Jujube. Prickles in pairs, one of them recurved ; leaves roundish-oval, downy beneath; branches slender, cylindrical; prickles small ; foot- stalks very short. — Native of Ceylon. 13. Ziziphus Angulata ; Angular -branched Jujube. Prickles in pairs, straight; leaves roundish oval, somewhat toothed, smooth on both sides ; branches acutely angular, which strikingly distinguishes this species from all the rest.— Native country unknown. 14. Ziziphus Vulgaris ; Common Jujube. Prickles in pairs, unequal; leaves ovate, abrupt, bluntiy serrated, smooth; flowers in axillary tufts ; fruit elliptical. When wild it attains the size of a small tree, with round smooth glaucous branches, zigzag and leafy when young. The prickles make no appear- ance on the young leafy shoots, but the following year they become strong thorns, one of them an inch long, the other much shorter, and sometimes, but not always, recurved; flowers yellowish, on short stalks, in little axillary tufts, not much longer than the footstalks; petals obtuse, half the length of the calix ; stigmas two or three; drupe the size and shape of an olive, blood-red, sweet, mucilaginous, esteemed good in soreness or inflammation of the mouth and throat, but not received in our present practice. This has been long cultivated in England. — Native of the south of Europe. 15. Ziziphus Spina Christi; Christ’s-thorn Jujube. Prickles in pairs, straight; corymbs axillary, stalked, many-flowered ; leaves ovate, finely crenate, smooth on both sides ; fruit globose, the size and shape of a sloe ; footstalks scarcely an inch long, downy on their upper side ; bractes awl-shaped. — Native of Ethiopia. Zoegea ; a genus of the class Syngenesia, order Polyga- mia Frustranea. — Generic Character. Common Calix: ovate, imbricated, of numerous lanceolate fringed scales, the inner ones linear-lanceolate, chaffy, longest. Corolla: compound, radiant; florets of the disk numerous, perfect, of one petal, with a slender tube, and a limb in five deep lanceolate erect segments, those of the radius fewer, neuter, of one flat, ligulate, abrupt, sharply five-toothed petal. Stamina: in the florets of the disk; filamenta five, short; antherae united into a cylindrical tube. Pistil : in the same florets; germen short; style capillary, very long, erect; stigma short, cloven: in the radiant florets; germina rudiment only, without style or stigma. Pericarp: no other than the unaltered closed calix. Seeds: in the florets of the disk, solitary. Down: bristly; in the radius none. Receptacle : bristly. Observe. This genus differs from Centaurea only in its flat or ligulate, not tubular, florets of the radius. Essential Character. Receptacle: bristly. Seed down: of simple bristles. Florets: of the radius ligulate. Calix: imbricated. The species are, 1. Zoegea Leptaurea; Yellow Zoegea. Leaves alternate, distant, roughish, entire, the lower ones pinnatifid, the rest undivided, obtuse, tapering down into a footstalk ; flowers solitary, on long terminal stalks, large, nearly two inches broad ; scales of the calix delicately fringed with lawny bristles ; corolla of a shining golden yellow ; the stem is much branched, spreading in every direction, leafy, angular, and roughish, twelve or eighteen inches high. It is a hardy annual, flowering in July and August. — Native of Siberia. 2. Zoegea Capensis. See Athanasia Pumila. Zornia ; a genus of the class Diadelpbia, order Decandria. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of one leaf, bell-shaped, two-lipped ; upper lip broad, abrupt, emar- ginate, low-er in three deep segments, the middle one longest. Corolla : pipilionaceous ; standard inversely heart-shaped, reflexed, revolute at the sides; wings ovate, erect, smaller than the standard ; keel divided at the base, bluntly rectan- gular, the length of the wings. Stamina : filamenta in two sets; antherae five of them oblong, five alternate ones globose. Pistil: germen ovate; style awl-shaped, horizontal; stigma simple. Pericarp: legume of several roundish, compressed, single-seeded joints, hispid, with barbed prickles, not burst- ing. Seeds: solitary, kidney-shaped. Observe. To dis- tinguish this genus from Hedysarum : these plants are her- baceous, with one or two pair of conjugate leaves, without an odd one ; flowers small, in axillary spikes, with large leafy bractes. The flowers are yellow, and, w ith the abruptly compounded leaves, afford a decisive distinction. Essen- tial Character. Calix: bell-shaped, two-lipped; the upper lip abrupt. Standard: revolute. Keel: angular; five alternate antherae oblong, five globose. Legume: of several single-seeded close hispid joints. The species are, 1. Zornia Angustifolia ; Narrow-leaved Zornia. Leaflets z o s OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. Z O S two, lanceolate, uniform ; bractes ovate, ribbed, fringed, imperfectly reticulated, shorter than the legume, marked with glandular dots; prickles of the legume rough; root annual, tapering, warty ; stems several, diffuse, from four or five inches to a foot long, round, slender, zigzag, smooth, leafy, with short alternate branches; leaves simply conjugate, alternate ; stipules half arrow-shaped, ribbed, entire, pointed at each end; flowers yellow, in axillary, solitary, stalked, lax, bracteated spikes, longer than the leaves ; each spike of from three to eight alternate flowers. — Native of the East Indies, in a sandy soil. 2. Zornia Reticulata ; Reticulated Zornia. Leaflets two, lanceolate, the lower ones elliptical ; bractes ovate, as long as the legume, strongly reticulated and fringed, without glan- dular dots; legume and its prickles downy: the root, though said to be annual, is somewhat woody ; herb larger than the last, and quite specifically distinct; the stems are straight, a foot long, scarcely branched ; flowers yellow, the standard sometimes purplish : the bractes also afford a clear specific distinction in their strongly marked, elevated, veiny reticula- tions, and the total want of resinous or glandular dots, though their whole surface is minutely granulated, something like those of the preceding species. — Native of the savannas of Jamaica. 3. Zornia Conjugata ; Ovate Zornia. Leaflets two, ovate, uniform ; bractes ovate, ribbed, fringed, imperfectly reticu- lated, shorter than the legume, without glandular dots; legumes fringed; its disk and prickles smooth; flowers yel- low. This is the size of the preceding, but differs essentially. — Native of Ceylon and Tranquebar. 4. Zornia Latifolia; Broad-leaved Zornia. Leaflets two, roundish-ovate, the lower ones orbicular; bractes linear- lanceolate, ribbed, somewhat hairy, longer than the downy legumes ; root woody, annual ; stems several, prostrate, from six inches to a foot long, straight, round, downy; corolla yellow. — Found in Guiana. 5. Zornia Heterophylla ; Various-leaved Zornia. Leaflets three or four, lanceolate ; stipules half arrow-shaped ; base of the bractes elongated and acute; stem herbaceous, decum- bent, thread-shaped, smooth, a foot or more in length; foot- stalks rather longer than the leaflets ; spikes axillary, many times longer than the leaves, at least the lower spikes, and consisting of ten or twelve flowers, concealed by the ovate three-ribbed bractes, each of which is elongated at the base into an ovate-acute appendage, nearly half its own length. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 6. Zornia Tetraphylla; Four-leaved Zornia. Leaflets four, lanceolate; stipules ovate; base of the bractes somewhat elongated, obtuse; flowers yellow: it is about a foot high, much branched: perennial. — Native of the sandy fields of Lower Carolina. Zosima ; a genus of the class Pentandria, order Digynia. —Generic Character. General and partial umbel of many unequal rays. General and partial involucrum of many linear-lanceolate, acute, unequal, villous, permanent leaves ; periantli of five unequal, very short, permanent teeth. Co rolla: universal, nearly regular, and uniform; flowers partly perfect and fertile ; the central and lateral ones, in each umbel, male: partial of five, nearly equal, spreading, inversely heart-shaped, deflexed petals, rather concave on each side at the keel, tapering at the base, obliquely inflexed at the point, which is linear-lanceolate, acute, involute, channelled. Sta- mina: filamenta five, spreading or deflexed, straight, longer than the involute corolla, dilated at the base; antherae versa- tile, roundish, two-lobed. Pistil, in the perfect florets; germen iuferior, ovate, compressed, villous; styles two, thread- shaped, channelled, their tumid base wavy and crenate at the margin, at length reflexed and permanent ; stigmas simple, obtuse. Pericarp: fruit roundish, obovate, compressed, finely downy, bordered; the border externally tumid, and somewhat corrugated, internally striated, emarginate at the summit, crowned with the styles on their short, nearly sessile, crisped base, thickened at the bottom ; the disk elevated and striated. Seeds: two, of a similar shape, convex in the middle, with three elevated narrow central ribs, and two marginal ones ; their interstices in the upper half occupied by four coloured stripes. Essential Character. Gene- ral and Partial Involucrum: of many permanent leaves. Corolla: uniform; some flou'ers male. Calix: tumid, five- toothed. Petals: nearly equal, obovate, inflexed. Fruit: roundish-obovate, compressed, villous, with a corrugated border; the disk ribbed. The only known species is, 1. Zosima Orientalis ; Oriental Zosima. Leaves opposite, stalked, thrice pinnate, hoary with short pubescence ; leaflets small, wedge-shaped, lobed, entire at the edges ; umbels two or three inches in diameter, on long stalks, terminal ; partial ones of from twelve to fifteen milk-white flowers ; stem erect, nearly two feet high, cylindrical, furrowed, somewhat branched and slightly leafy, about the thickness of a swan’s quill. — Native of Persia, Georgia, and other countries about Mount Cau- casus, flowering in the early part of summer. Zostera ; a genus of the class Gynandria, order Polyandria. — Generic Character. Calix: spadix linear, flat, sheathed by the base of a leaf, bearing an indeterminate number of flowers on one side ; perianth none. Corolla : none. Stamina: filamenta none; antherae sessile, erect, closely pressed to the spadix, simple, cylindrical, a little wavy, tapering at the end. Pistil: germen solitary, parallel to the anthera, and of nearly a similar shape ; style one, ob- liquely curved, shorter than thegermina; stigmas two, linear, acute, spreading. Pericarp: capsule pendulous, elliptical, membranous, ot one cell, not bursting. Seed: solitary, ob- long, striated. Essential Character. Spadix: linear, sheathed by the base of a leaf, bearing the flowers on one side. Perianth and Corolla: none. Antherae: sessile. Stigmas: two, linear. Capsule: with one seed. The species are, 1. Zostera Marina; Common Grass Wrack. Leaves entire, obscurely three-ribbed ; stem slightly compressed ; root per- ennial, fibrous. Though the whole herb is flaccid and ten- der, it is said to be used by the Swedes for thatching; but answers better, like other sea-weeds, for manure. — Native of the sea-shore, or salt muddy ditches and creeks throughout Europe, flowering in autumn. There are many varieties, some of which, it is suspected, will prove distiuct species when examined. 2. Zostera Uniuervis; Single-ribbed Grass Wrack. Leaves entire, single-ribbed; stem compressed, swelling at the joints. — Found on the coast of the Red Sea, near Mocha, growing under water, and resembling overflown grass. Zoysia ; a genus of the class Triandria, order Digynia. — Generic Character. Calix: glume of one valve, single- flowered, ovate-oblong, compressed, cartilaginous, smooth, rigid, keeled, incurved, gaping at the apex of one edge, con- vex on the one side, flatfish on the other. Corolla: glume of two thin membranous valves, inclosed within the calix, awnless; nectary none. Stamina: filamenta three, capillary, short; antherae hastate. Pistil: germen superior, linear, minute; styles two, the length of the calix; stigmas promi- nent, feathery. Pericarp: none, except the permanent glumes. Seed: solitary, linear, invested with the calix and corolla. Essential Character. Calix: of one valve, 10 D 840 Z Y G THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL ; Z Y G single-flowered, compressed, cartilaginous. Corolla : of two membranous valves within, the calix. Stigmas: feathery. Seed: invested with the g!umes.-^-^t-The only known species is, 1. Zoysia Pungens; Sharp-pointed Zoysia. Leaves two- ranked, spreading, involute, sharp-pointed, smooth, an inch or an inch and a half long, with pale, furrowed, close sheaths, concealing the joints of the stem; stipula of several spread- ing hairs; clusters terminal, solitary, quite simple, of ten or twelve, nearly sessile, alternate, erect flowers, remarkable for their smooth ivory-like glumes, about two lines in length, out of which project the feathery stigmas. — Found in sandy ground, upon the coast of Malabar; and near Port Jackson in New South Wales. Zuccagnia ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of one leaf, coloured; tube turbinate; limb in five deep, ob long, obtuse, permanent segments, the lower one a little the largest. Corolla: petals five, obovate, inserted into the calix, the uppermost broadest, vaulted. Stamina: filamenta ten, awl-shaped, ascending, hairy in their lower part, about as long as the corolla; anther* roundish, of two lobes, divid- ed by a furrow. Pistil: germen superior, roundish, com- pressed; style capillary, of the length and position of the stamina, smooth ; stigma funnel-shaped. Pericarp: legume ovate, oblique, compressed, hairy, of one cell and two valves. Seed: solitary, ovate, compressed, attached by its stalk to the summit of the legume. Essential Character. Calix: bell shaped, its limb in five permanent segments. Petals: five, obovate, the upper one broadest, vaulted. Legume : of one cell, and two valves. ^The only known species is, I. Zuccagnia Punctata; Dotted Zuccagnia. Leaves alter- nate, abruptly pinnate, of numerous, alternate, sessile, ellip- tical, entire, glutinous leaflets, each one third of an inch tong, marked on both sides with blackish resinous dots; stem shrubby, about four or five feet high, with numerous twisted glutinous branches. — Native of Chili, found on hills, bearing flowers, as well as seed, in January. Zwingera; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mono- gynia.— Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, small, in five deep, ovate, acute segments. Corolla: petals five, oblong, obtuse, spreading. Stamina: filamenta ten, capillary, dilated and hairy at the base, shorter than the corolla; anther* ovate. Pistil : germen superior, seated on a glandular receptacle, roundish, with five deep furrows; style longer than the stamina, thread-shaped, striated; stigmas five, simple. Pericarp: capsules five, coriaceous, ovate, spreading, of one cell. Seeds: solitary, ovate. Essential Character. Calix: in five deep segments. Petals : five. Filamenta: dilated and hairy at the lower part. Capsules: five, coriaceous, seated on a fleshy receptacle. Seeds: soli- tary. The only known species is, J. Zwingera Amara; Bitter Zwingera. Leaves alternate, stalked, either ternate or pinnate, of two or three pair, with an odd one, of elliptic-lanceolate, pointed, emarginate, entire, smooth leaflets, the largest of which is three and a half inches long, and an inch or more in breadth; flowers five or six together, in little axillary clusters. This shrub is not more than seven or eight feet high ; the stem is three or four inches in diameter, with a soft white wood. — Native of Guiana, flowering and fruiting in June. Zygophyllum ; a genus of the class Decandria, order Mo- aogynia. — Generic Character. Calix: perianth inferior, of five ovate, obtuse, concave, erect leaves. Corolla: petals five, dilated upwards, obtuse, emarginate, rather longer than the calix; nectary of ten converging, pointed leaves or scales, sometimes divided, embracing the germen, each of them attached to one of the filamenta, near its base. Stamina: filamenta ten, awl-shaped, attached to the outside of the nectary, shorter than the corolla; antherae oblong, incumbent. Pistil: germen superior, oblong, tapering at the base; style awl-shaped, the length of the stamina; stigma simple. Peri- carp: capsule oblong or roundish, with five angles, and five intermediate furrows, five cells, and five valves; the partitions linear, from the middle of each valve. Seeds: several, round- ish, kidney-shaped, inserted alternately in two rows, into the middle of the valves. Observe. Linneus notices, that the seed-vessel differs in shape in the different species, and in some the flowers are four-cleft and octandrous. Essential Character. Calix: of five leaves. Petals: five. Nec- taiy: of ten scales, embracing the germen, and bearing the stamina. Capsule: of five cells, superior. The spe- 1. Zygophyllum Simplex; Cylindrical-leaved Bean Caper. Leaves simple, sessile, cylindrical. This is the most common of all plants in the driest parts of the deserts of Arabia, where it is known by the name of Garmal, and esteemed very good, by the Arabs, for removing specks in the eyes, for which purpose they apply the bruised leaves, mixed with water. The root is simple, tapering, apparently annual ; stem prostrate, forked, round, smooth; flowers yellow; petals round. It is propagated from seeds, which should be sown in the spring, in pots filled with light sandy mould, or on a hot-bed. When they have grown a few inches, remove them into separate pots, plunging them into a hot-bed, admitting air so as gradually to harden them to the open ground. They should be protected for a winter or two, and then turned out into borders or other parts, where the situation is warm, and the soil dry and rubbishy, as they are of a succulent nature. — The other species are capable of being increased by cuttings and seeds; the cuttings should be planted out in the spring or summer, in pots filled with light sandy mould, and plunged in a hot-bed; being occasionally watered, they will quickly push forth roots, and shoot at top; and when sown in the summer months, may be planted, or have the pots fixed in a shady place, where they require often watering to take root. In each method they must be potted off separately towards autumn, in order to be moved into the green house or glass-case in the begin- ning of autumn. The seeds should be sown in the spring in pots of light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed, where they soon come up: when a littie advanced in growth, prick them out in separate small pots; then water and re-plunge them into the hot bed till they are firmly rooted and gradually hardened to the full air. In June set them out, to remain till the autumn, when they should be placed in the green-house, or wherever they can have adequate protection, during winter. 2. Zygophyllum Cordifolium; Heart-leaved Bean Caper. Leaves simple, sessile, opposite, roundish, somewhat heart- shaped. This is a green house shrub, flowering in October. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 3. Zygophyllum Fabago; Common Bean Caper. Leaves conjugate, stalked; leaflets obovate; calix smooth; petals entire; capsule oblong; stem herbaceous. This is a hardy perennial, flowering in autumn.— -Native of Syria, Persia, Barbary, &c. 4. Zygophyllum Fcetidum; Foetid Bean Caper. Leaves conjugate, stalked; leaflets obovate; calix downy; petals jagged; capsule roundish; stem shrubby. This is a hardy green-house shrub, flowering throughout the summer. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 5. Zigophyllum Maculatum ; Spotted flowered Bean Caper. Leaves conjugate, stalked; leaflets linear-lanceolate. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. Z YG OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. Z Y G 841 G. Zygophyllum Coccineum ; Scarlet-flowered Bean Caper. Leaves conjugate, on a fleshy stalk ; leaflets cylindrical, smooth; capsule oblong. — This plant, which all cattle refuse to eat, abounds in the desert between Cairo and Suez. 7. Zygophyllum Album; White Bean Caper. Leaves conjugate, on a fleshy stalk ; leaflets obovate, downy and hoary; capsule roundish, five-lobed. — Native of Egypt. 8. Zygophyllum Morgsana ; Four-leaved Bean Caper. Leaves conjugate, nearly sessile; leaflets obovate, flat, smooth; stem shrubby; capsule roundish, tumid, five-lobed. This is a green-house shrub, flowering here during most part of the summer. The branches are quadrangular. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. t). Zygophyllum Sessilifolium ; Sessile-leaved Bean Caper. Leaves conjugate, sessile; leaflets obovate, flat, smooth; stem shrubby ; capsule globose, undivided. This green-house shrub flowers in July an August. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 10. Zygophyllum Fulvum; Tawny Bean Caper. Leaves conjugate, sessile; leaflets obovate, flat, smooth; stem shrubby; capsule ovate, five-angled, acute. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 11. Zygophyllum Spinosum ; Spinous Bean Caper. Leaves conjugate, sessile; leaflets linear, fleshy, smooth, flat above; stem shrubby ; permanent stipulas hooked, spinous. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope. 12. Zygophyllum Microphyllum; Small-leaved Bean Caper. Leaves conjugate, somewhat stalked ; leaflets inversely heart- shaped, smooth; stem shrubby, with ascending branches; capsule roundish, abrupt, of five compressed lobes ; style per- manent.— Found at the Cape of Good Hope. 13. Zygophyllum Retrofractum ; Recurved Bean Caper. Leaves conjugate, stalked; leaflets obovate, smooth; stem shrubby, with spreading recurved branches ; flower-stalks shorter than the leaves. — Native of the Cape of Good Hope 14. Zygophyllum iEstuans ; Surinam Bean Caper. Leaves conjugate, sessile ; leaflets obovate, abrupt ; stem herba- ceous, diffuse; stipulas five at each joint. — Found at Surinam. 15. Zygophyllum Lanatum ; Woolly-jointed Bean Caper. Leaves ternate ; leaflets papillary beneath ; styles five ; stem zigzag, woolly at the joints. The genus of this plant is doubtful. — Native of Sierra Leone. 16. Zygophyllum Arboreum; Tree Bean Caper. Leaves abruptly pinnate ; stem arboreous. This is a very handsome tree, forty feet high, the timber of which being hard, is used by the South Americans for cabinet-work. The trunk is said to harden into stone by lying in the earth, being incorrup- tible; which seems to have arisen from its being found in a petrified state, as wood, otherwise perishable, often may be seen in our own country. !t flowers in July. — Native of South America, on the sandy shore about Carthagena. 842 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; A SHORT TREATISE ON GARDENING. Gardening is a branch of agriculture, that combines ornament with utility, and employs the utmost vigilance of cultivation to maintain and improve the excellency of vege- table productions. Gardens are usually considered as of three classes ; the Flower Garden, the Fruit Garden, and the Kitchen Garden. The green-house, hot-house, and nursery, are repositories for productions which belong to all these classes. Of the Situation, Soil, and Plan of a Garden. As a garden usually takes up but a small portion of ground, and as the object of it is often not so much for the profit as the recreation and rational enjoyment which it affords to the proprietor, it will be always desirable to fix it in the most pleasant situation of which the selection is admissible. A site is to be preferred, which is neither very elevated nor very low ; and which forms a gentle declivity, screened, if possible, from north and north-easterly winds. Of the two, a situation is better when too low, than when too high, on account of its greater warmth, unless the vicinity contains much stagnant water or marshy ground. The nature of the exposure of a garden is a matter of considerable importance : the best is that of the south-east; but, in an extensive and complete garden, it is desirable that part of it should have a northern aspect, in order that late crops should be raised with advantage. A plentiful supply of water is of great con- sequence, and running water is better than any other; pond- water will answer equally well for watering plants, but it will not be so wholesome in a garden, if entirely stagnant. Water drawn fresh from a spring is too cold for watering plants ; and if no other can be procured, it should be exposed some time to the atmosphere before it is used. There are various opinions respecting ihe most proper and advantageous forms of a garden; but though much must depend on the nature of the situation, yet the square shape, or that approaching nearest to it, is probably the most con- venient. But where this shape cannot be adopted, some ingenuity will be required to lay the ground out to the best advantage. The annexed Engraving, “ How to make the most of a small irregular Piece of Ground," will convey to the tasteful gardener some ideas on this subject. The size of Kitchen Gardens should always be fully suffi- cient for the extent of the family, varying from half an acre to a larger extent, within the fence. That of half an acre will, where there are wall and espalier trees, furnish sufficient employment for one man, and afford due supplies of vegeta- bles and fruit for a family of more than a dozen persons. Unless the soil of a garden be good, and sufficiently deep for the largest plants it is designed to maintain, the subsequent la- bour it will require will be immense, without being successful ; and its productions will constantly exhibit symptoms of disease, which no attention can eradicate. A mellow loam, which is friable when tolerably dry, and neither clammy nor wholly unadhesive when wet, may be fully approved, as moderate labour and expense will fit it for any purpose, if it be suffi- ciently deep. Its depth should never be less than two feet, where trees and shrubs are required ; even three feet is rather shallow ; and for a really fine garden, even four feet of good soil may be considered necessary. Some think a medium loam the most proper, as being capable of sustaining different degrees of lightness in different parts, by the addition of sand and other similar materials, so as to suit different sorts of vegetables ; and in others, of various degrees of tenacity and heaviness, by the use of clay or other cohesive substances. Where the under soil is of the retentive kind, great care should be taken to have it well drained, since, unless this be effectually accomplished, healthy vegetables or trees can sel- dom be produced. In cases where fruit-trees, especially those of the finer sorts, as well as apple and pear kinds, are to be planted, a greater depth of good soil, as well as a greater degree of dryness, is in general necessary : if these do not exist, the expense of the garden will in the end be the least possible, if it be artificially increased. It is advisable to make the soil uniformly deep in every part, as well where the gravelled walks are to be made, as for the borders. Where Gardens of the Ornamental or Flower kinds are wanted, they should be laid out so as to have open, sunny, sheltered exposures ; forming, if possible, the connections between the pleasure-grounds and the kitchen-gardens, ac- cording to the general nature and situations of such grounds, so as to afford the most striking effect and variety that are possible. The nature of their forms may vary in proportion to the distribution of the lands, and the particular circum- stances of their situation, being made square, circular, ob- long, or in any other manner, according to the taste of the proprietor; the parts approaching the pleasure-grounds being mostly separated by walks, and the introduction of different sorts of the most curious, hardy, flowering, shrubby plants. The interior parts should have a neat ornamental distribu- tion, so as to produce the most striking variety when the flowers are in bloom, and afford the greatest convenience in their cultivation. Gardens of this nature should contain all the different sorts of hardy, curious, ornamental flowering plants, whether of the bulbous, tuberous, or fibrous-rooted kinds, and be constantly kept in the neatest order. The Kitchen Garden should be laid out in different me- thods, according to the differences in the circumstances of the ground. It is sometimes so managed, as to constitute a part of, or communicate with, the pleasure ground ; but where there is a sufficient extent of land, it is better to be distinct, or detached from it ; and, in every case, as much concealed from the house as possible. The most convenient distribu- tion is at some distance behind it ; but on the sides it may answer very well, especially when not too contiguous, or so situated as to interrupt any particular prospect or view of the adjacent country. With regard to the nature of the situation most proper for this purpose, it should, when con- venient, be where there is a gentle declination towards the south or south-east, in order that it may have the full advan- tage of the morning sun. . .r„ ... •' .■ J; . g „ ?d rvn6i •;i!« ga Im»h 8Vjif..:j> *11.1 : >i«i . 3»;I i otobii sat fraa -.-bud J ' -- - ■!-•• «•••>• • > ■ ■••: 1 '■■ ■ ; ■ :; CJ l/ii{ ,•••'. •'! no . ».n :a -■ . j.1.1 ,-;X: . ■ .i.v .'.>i " ’ OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 343 Mr. Miller recommends the following rules to be observed in the disposition of a large garden : There ought always to be a descent of at least three steps from the house to the gar- den; this will render the house more dry and wholesome, and the prospect, on entering the garden, more extensive. The hist thing that ought to present itself to view, should be ,an open lawn of grass; which ought to be considerably broader than the front of the building; and if the depth be one-half more than the width, it will have a better effect : if, on the sides of the lawn, there are trees planted irregu- larly, by way of open groves, the regularity of the lawn will be broken, and the whole rendered more like nature. For the convenience of walking in damp weather, the whole should be surrounded with a gravel walk, on the outside of which should be borders, three or four feet wide, for flowers; and from the back of these, the prospect will be agreeably terminated by a slope of evergreen shrubs ; which, however, should never be suffered to curtail any agreeable prospect. The walks should lead by gentle windings through the different plantations, where shade and seclusion may be enjoyed at pleasure. Running water, where it can be intro- duced, has a much more agreeable effect than stagnant ponds. The several parts of the garden should be diversified ; but wherever the eye takes in the whole at once, the two sides should be similar. Every where the greatest art is required to avoid the appearance of art ; nothing is more offensive to the eye of taste, than trees and shrubs cut to symmetrical figures. — See the annexed Engraving for “ Suggestions for making a regular form of ground picturesque, by giving views into the neighbouring scenery.” In the Kitchen Garden, which is often conjoined with the Fruit Garden, the border should be about eight or ten feet broad ; the borders exposed to the south are fittest for early plants, and those exposed to the north for late ones, taking care not to plant any deep-rooting plants, especially Beans and Peas, very near the fruit-trees. , The divisions of the ground must be determined by its size and shape ; care should be taken not to have very small divisions, as they will require an un- necessary number of walks, and in the areas inclosed by treillages, plants will not thrive for want of a free exposure. A walk six feet broad will be sufficient for a garden of mode- rate size, but in a large one ten feet may be allowed ; on each side of the walk, should be a border of three or four feet, between it and the espaliers. These borders are suitable for salads, and other plants, which neither take deep ,root nor continue long, and the sort should be varied each year. In forming new Kitchen Garden grounds, where the soil is of a strong, stiff, heavy quality, they should be ploughed or trenched over three or four times, being exposed to the effects of frost, in pretty high ridges, for a winter, in order to bring them into a proper condition before the crops are put in. A crop of Potatoes or Beans also assists greatly to bring them into a proper state of pulverization for being planted with culinary vegetables. When the land is become suffi- ciently broken down and reduced, the wall and other trees, as well as different sorts of vegetable crops, may be put in. Some, however, put the fruit-trees in before this has been accomplished ; but it is not a good practice, as they are liable 1o be injured by the digging which afterwards becomes neces- sary in preparing the soil in a proper manner. In planting wall-trees, they should be set at different dis- tances, according to their kinds: those of the Peach, Nec- tarine, Apricot, Plum, and Cherry descriptions, at fifteen, eighteen, or more feet ; and for Figs and Pears, twenty are seldom too much, suitable aspects being chosen, according to their kinds. Between the wall-fruit trees, some at first 136. introduce half or full standards, that the walls may at once be covered, removing them afterwards. Trees of the espa- lier kind are likewise frequently introduced in ranges round the main quarters, at the distance of about six feet from the side of the walk, and from fifteen to twenty in the rows, according to the sorts that are made use of. Within these ranges of espalier trees, good standards of tall growth are occasionally introduced, at the distance of thirty, forty, or more feet, in each direction. Fruit-trees, of the small shrubby kinds, such as Gooseberries, Currants, Raspberries, &c. where there are not outslips, are frequently introduced on the sides of the quarters, and as divisions to them when large, at the distance of eight or nine feet from each other. When plant- ed in this way, they should be trained in the fan-form. But it is better, where it can be done, to have them in separate plantations, especially the first sort. A constant attention to digging and weeding is indispensa- ble to the success of a garden ; as also the use of abundance of manure. For the properties of which, as well as Grafting, Inarching, Inoculation, &c. we refer to the different parts of this work, under their proper heads. Of the Distribution of Crops. This must be regulated by the uature of the situation, their particular kinds, as well as the taste and experience of the proprietor. On the narrow borders under the wall-trees, various sorts of small crops may be raised, both of the early and late kinds, according to the difference of the aspects ; but all the deep- rooting sorts should be avoided, such as Cab- bages, Cauliflowers, Beans, Peas, except those of the frame kind, as being injurious to the trees by the shade which they cause, as well as by depriving them of due nourishment. But the large parts of the borders next the walks are proper for raising all sorts of the more early crops, such as those of the Radish, Spinach, Lettuce, Carrots, French Beans, Salad herbs, and all the Dwarf Pea kinds that are cultivated in wide rows ; those which have a southern aspect for the early crops ; the eastern and western ones for succession crops of the several kinds; and the northern ones, as being more cool, for raising and pricking out many sorts of small plants, slips, and cuttings, in the summer season, when the other parts are apt to be too dry, and too much exposed to the heat of the sun. All such borders as are next to the ranges of espalier trees, are well suited to the different low-growing crops, such as Letting, Spinach, Endive, Strawberries, &c. and for pricking out upon, at different seasons, many sorts of plants, to be afterwards transplanted into different situations, in order to complete their growth. But the quarters, or large divisions, should always be destined for the reception of the large prin- cipal crops, such as those of Onion, Leek, Carrot, Parsnip, Turnip, Beet, Potatoe, Cabbage, Cauliflower, Broccoli, Cole- wort, Kale, Pea, Bean, Scarlet Bean, Celery, Artichoke, As- paragus, and other similar kinds. In every department, the greatest attention should be paid to the keeping of the different parts fully cropped, as well as to neatness and regular order; and as the crops arc removed from the ground in the autumn, it is often of great advantage to have it ridged up for the winter in a regular manner. When the garden has been laid out, planted, and finished, it will be of much advantage to have a plan of it, with the names of the different trees introduced in their proper places. By this means the memory is greatly assisted, especially in extensive grounds, and the various operations performed with more regularity and exactness. 10 E 844 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; Of Planting. The most proper seasons for planting in each year, are spring anrl autumn. The roots of all plants that are taken up should he preserved entire, and not thinned or lopped, unless when diseased. As planting is usually performed in rows, care should be taken that the direction of the rows be north and south : the ground and the plants will then receive the greatest portion of sunshine, and the plants will be more thriving than any other position at similar distances could render them. The modes of planting in ordinary use are the following : 1. Hole Planting. This mode of planting is generally employed for trees or shrubs that have attained a good size. It consists in digging holes sufficiently large to admit the whole of their roots in their natural position, or in the same position, and at the same depth, which they had previous to their removal. The earth at the bottom of the hole should be well loosened ; the roots should be covered with the finest part of the soil, and none of the soil should be returned till it has been broken up and pulverized. If the plant be of the tender kind, the surface of the ground, after planting it, should be covered with long dung or turfs, to prevent its being injured by cold weather before it has properly taken hold of the soil. 2. Trench Planting. In digging a trench, for planting Box edgings, Asparagus, nursery plants, &c. a line is gene- rally used as a guide ; the depth and width of the trench must be proportioned to the roots it has to admit, and that side of the trench next the line is made perpendicular, or nearly so ; the plants are set against the upright side, and the earth being returned, the plants are fixed by treading it down. 3. Trenching-in Planting. This method is adopted on light soils, where the plants are to have considerable spaces between them, and therefore a continued trench is not requi- site. It is performed by two persons; a line being set up, or a mark made as a guide, one person turns out a sufficient quantity of soil to admit one plant, which the other person immediately puts into the hole, and the digger proceeding to make another bole, throws the soil he takes up into the hole last made. When the row is completed, the earth is trodden down, as in the last mode of planting. 4. Slit Planting. This is an expeditious mode of plant- ing, and much used where large quantities of suckers and nursery plants are to be planted. In performing it, one per- son, having a line set up or marked, forms a crevice in the direction of the mark, he then draws his spade out, and forms another, by crossing the former in the middle; a boy follow- ing him, puts the sucker in at the crossing place, and finishes the operation by pressing the earth together with his foot. 5. Drill Planting. The drills or trenches are drawn by a hoe, at the distance and depth the seed requires; the seed is dropped in, and generally covered by manual labour. Bulbous roots, and large seeds, such as Walnuts and Beans, are frequently planted in this manner. 6. Bedding-in Planting. In this mode of planting, the soil having been first prepared by digging and pulverizing it thoroughly, is formed into beds three or four feet wide, with alleys between them. The earth is then raked off the surface of each bed into the alleys, and the planting being performed, jt is again spread over the surface. The depth to which the soil is drawn off, must be determined by what the seed or roots to be planted require. Bulbous roots, and large seeds, are frequently thus planted. ?• Furrow Planting consists in the use of the plough and the harrow, and is only employed when large tracts of ground are employed for one kind of produce. 8. Dibbling. The principal difference between the dib- bling of the gardener and that of the agriculturist, is, that the former does not close the earth by the subsequent use of the harrow, but uses his dibble, or setting-stick, to press it together, and fix the plants as he proceeds. Herbaceous, shrubby, and fibrous-rooted plants, are very commonly set in this manner, as well as a great number of seeds. 9. Trowel Planting. This is easily and expeditiously per- formed with a garden trowel, which serves both to take up the plant, and to make the hole for its reception. A quan- tity of earth is usually taken up along with the plant, and a little water is used to render it less liable to droop. 10. Planting with balls of earth about the roots. This practice consists in the removal of a plant or tree with as much as possible of the soil adhering to its roots. It is employed for all tender plants, and for the most hardy when they are transplanted at a season improper for the ope- ration, as in summer. 11. Planting in pots. Garden pots should be very little larger than what the plants require at. the time they are put into them, and should be changed as the plants increase in size. They should have the hole at the bottom covered by a potsherd, or oyster-shell, and when the plants are first set in them, which is generally done with more or less earth about them, the whole of the vacant space, while the plants are held upright, should be filled up with fine mould, and a watering immediately given. In removing a plant from a small pot to a larger, the whole of the earth is generally taken up entire, and placed in the large pot, upon a bed of earth laid at the bottom of that pot, and which is enough to raise the surface of the old mould very nearly to the level it is to retain. The vacant space round the sides must then be filled up with fine mould : the plant will by this means scarcely receive the slightest interruption in its growth, and the fresh earth will in a short time cause it to be more luxuriant. If a plant appear to be diseased before it is transplanted, the whole of the earth should be shaken from its roots, which should be examined, and any part found to be unsound should be cut off; and as there has probably been some fault in the earth, it will be proper to use none but fresh. The mould of potted plants should be occasionally stirred up, to the depth of an inch or two, and should be watered sufficiently often to prevent its getting dry. Directions for the Flower Garden. Flowers are classed into annuals, biennials, aud perennials. The first, are those that are sown, and flower, and generally die, within the year. The second, are those sown one year, and which flower, and generally die, the next. The third, are those that do not flower the year they are sown, but the next, aud continue to live years after, some fewer, some more. Culture of Annuals. The middle of March is a good time to sow the tender sorts ; of which the following are those usually cultivated in gardens : Amaranths, Balsams, Cocks- combs, Egg-plants, Humble Plant, Ice Plant, Martynia, Scar- let Convolvulus, Sensitive Plant, Snake Melon, and Stramo- niums. In order to succeed well, there should be provided fine, dry, and rich earth, good stable-dung, frames and lights, or hand-glasses, and mats to cover. A moderately-strong hot-bed, for a one-light frame, may be prepared, and, the heat being somewhat abated, the seeds should be sown thinly in drills, two or three inches asunder, on five or six inches of t ■{, , 4 •• . >i ctl • . . ; .-. > ' t}aelq aiil divft «noi. . o ;i,-d h*. '• ■ ■ . . . . ■ . ' . ' ■ ’ s HA .fc ' Published by Nuccall. Fisher & Vixen. Livehpcoi.jgjj. OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 845 mould, or less on a weak bed ; or sow in pots, plunged to the rims in earth. Cover the seeds from a quarter of an inch, or more, according to their size. Some of them will appear in a few days, and others will lie a fortnight or more, according to the circumstances of their nature, age, and the heat or moisture they meet with in the bed. Water, just warm, should be gently given them as they appear to need it; and air, as much as they can be thought to bear, a little at first, and by degrees more, for this is essential to their health and strength. Provide another bed within one month from the sow ing, to set tiie plants out in ; and, having six inches’ depth of mould, place them five or six inches asunder, allotting those to the warmest part of the bed which were longest in coming up, which are of course the weakest; or they may be put out in small pots of five inches’ diameter, the tallest being placed behind. If not sown till the beginning of April, this second bed may possibly do for the whole business, with proper management to keep up its heat by day, and by cover- ing it well at night ; but a third bed is commonly necessary, in order to bring the plants on forward and fine. In this second bed, it being covered over with four or five inches of mould, the plants should be in small pots, one in each, and plunged an inch deep, close to one another. As the beds get cooler, the pots are to be earthed higher, till up to the rims in mould; but, if planted without pots, the distance should be eight or nine inches asunder. As these tender annuals cannot bear the full open air till midsummer, give them as much of it as possible in the frames, by degrees, even taking off the glasses in the middle part of mild days. Keep up a heat in the third bed as long as can be, that the plants may continue in a growing state, and not get stunted by cold at bottom. It is hardly necessary to state, that the beds must be larger, and frames deeper, every time the plants are shifted. From the small pots, let them be transplanted into bigger in time, or into warm borders, where, if covered with hand- glasses set on bricks for a while, it will secure them from unkind weather, till they are got a little hardened. In this changeable climate, it is difficult to know when tender plants may be safely exposed ; yet too much housing and covering is to be avoided as much as possible. Some of the tender flowers in pots may be plunged to the rims in the ground, to keep their roots cool, and for the sake of being conveniently covered ; in which case, it is proper to put a bit of tile underneath to keep out the worms, which are apt to do great mischief. Good seeds from tender annuals cannot be well rocured but from February-sown plants; which should egin to have protection by glass about mid-August, at least during the nights, till they are fully ripened in September. The less lender annuals, viz. African Marigold, Basil, Blue Browalia, Cape Marigold, Capsicum, Chinese Aster, Chinese Hollyhock, Chinese or Indian Pink, Chrysanthemum, Convol- vulus, French Marigold, Gourds, Lennia, Love-apple, Marvel ot Peru, Mignonette, Nolana, Palma Christi, Persicaria, Stocks, Yellow Sultan, Tobacco, Tree Amaranthus, and Zin ilia, require less care. These may have a slighter bed, about two feet thick, made for them at mid-March, or a little after, being sown and managed as directed for the tender sorts. When they are one or two inches high, they must be taken up with a ball of earth about their roots, and either trans- planted on another bed, about one and a half foot thick of dung, or into the borders or ground ; the small kinds at four or five, and the largest at six or eight inches asunder. Let them be watered and kept moist, and shaded from the sun till they are well settled. Spindle-rooted plants, as Stocks, &c. should be moved where they are to blow as young as may be ; but fibrous-rooted ones may be shifted much older. The hardy annuals, y iz. Adonis, Agrosternma, A lysson. Ama- ranth, Amethystea, Moldavian Balm, Belvidere, Candytuft, Carthamus, Lobel’s Catchfly, Caterpillar Trefoil, Red and White Clary, Convolvulus Major, Cornbottle, Spurting Cu- cumber, Yellow Fumitory, Hedghog Trefoil, Honey wort, Indian Corn, Ketmia, Larkspur, Lavatera, Lupine, Mallow, Garden Marigold, Mignonette, Nasturtium, Nigella, Pansey or Heart’s-ease, Sweet-scented Peas, Persicaria, Poppy, Saf- flower, Scarlet Bean, Starry Scabious, Stock July-flower, Strawberry Spinach, Sunflower, Tangier Pea, Venus’s Look- ing-glass, and Xeranthemum, require the following treatment. — These may be sown from the middle to the end of March, as the best average season. But nature seems evidently to direct an autumn-sowing, for many sorts which are then shed come up at spring, and make the finest blow, and produce the best seed for propagation. A number, therefore, might be scattered on the ground at random, after being kept a little while to harden. A second, or even a third sowing of hardy annuals, may be made at two or three weeks apart, to conti- nue the bloom, especially of those that come early, and are soon off. The middle of May is not too late. In short, of every flower that blows in summer, there may be three sow- ings, and two of those that come in autumn, in order to a full succession. But, as hardy annuals do not transplant well, they should be sowii where they are to remain, and they must have a good soil in order to succeed. They require to be frequently watered in dry weather. A few choice sorts should be sown in pots, setting them where they have only the morning sun ; and, when in flower, they will serve to put into any particular place or apartment for ornament. — The annexed Engravings of “ Improved Flower Stands,” will shew how such pots may be placed to the greatest advantage. Biennials, among others, include the following varieties, viz. Canterbury Bell, China Pink, Ethiopian Colutea, Common Pink, French Honeysuckle, Globe Thistle, Hollyhock, Tree Mallow, Yellow Horned Poppy, Rocket, Scabious, Stock July-flower, Sweetwilliam, Tree Primrose, Vervain Mallow', and Wall-flower. — These are to be sown in drills, or in beds, at broadcast, the latter end of March or beginning of April, where they have only the morning sun, and the ground should be cool, or kept so by occasional watering; the beginning of May, however, is not too late. Thin the young plants on the seed-beds soon after they appear, and keep them well weeded. They may either remain till autumn, to be planted out where they are to blow', or, if they grow too strong and crowding, let every other be drawn in summer, and planted out wider into nursery-beds, for use either in autumn or the following spring. The latter season will do for final planting, though the former is best, as the roots get established in the ground ; because, if moved in the spring, they are apt to meet with a check. In severe winters, however, those moved in autumn are sometimes killed, and therefore a few may be reserved to spring; when, being moved with good balls of earth, they will not be much checked. A succession of biennials should be preserved by annual sowing. Perennials. (Those marked thust, are mostly propagated from seed.) Adonis, Alyssont, Anemone, Asphodel, Asters, Auricula, Bachelor’s Button, Bean Caper, Bee Larkspurt, Bugloss, Campanula!, Campion, Carnation!, Cardinal Flower, Cassia, Columbine, Cowslip, Cranesbill, Crowfoot, Daffodil, Daisies, Dogtooth Violet, Dragons, Dropwort, Eternal-flower, Fennel-giant, Feverfew, Flax, Flower-de-luce, Foxglove!, Fraxi- nella. Fumitory, Garlic, Gentianella, Goldy Locks, Golden Rod, Greek Valerian, Flawkweed!, Hepatica, Herb Bennet, Hollyhock!, Houseleek, Lady’s Mantle, Lady’s Slipper, Lady’s 1 846 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; Smock, Lily of the Valley, Lion’s Tail, London Pride, Loose- strife, Lupine, Lychnidea, Madwort, Marsh Marigold, Mea- dow-sweet, Milfoil, Milk-Vetch, Mint, Moth-Mullein, Navel- wort, Oxeye Daisyf, Everlasting Peat, Peony, Pilewort, Pinks, Plantain, Polyanthusf, Primrose, Ragged Robin, Ranunculus, Reed, Rhubarbf, Saxifrage, Skullcap, Snap-dragonf, Sneeze- wort, Sidesaddle Flower, Soapwort, Solomon’s Seal, Spider- wort, Spurge, Stonecrop, Sunflower, Swallow-wort, Thrift, Throatwort, Toadflax, Tradescanthia, True-love, Valerian, Vervain, Veronica, Violet, Viper’s Bugloss, Wakerobin, and Willow-herb. — This class of flowers is propagated, many of them by their roofs, according to their nature, as fibrous, bulbous, &c. ; some by layers, suckers, offsets, slips, cuttings; and a few, such as we have already noticed, by seed. All sorts bearing seed are occasionally propagated this way, for the purpose of producing new varieties, or to raise finer plants, as those from seed generally prove. The principal obstacle against raising from seed, is, that they are several years before they come to blow, as all bulbous and tuberous- rooted flowers are. The offsets, or parting of the roots, are planted in spring or autumn, taking care that each piece sepa- rated has some fibres of the root : this is usually done in September; and the slip of the root will itself flower the ensuing summer: if done in spring, it should precede the shooting of the stalks. Bulbous and Tuberous-rooted Flowers , viz. Aconites, Ama- ryllis, Anemone, Asphodel, Bulbocodium, Colchicum, Corn- flag, Crown Imperial, Cyclamen, Daffodil, Fritillaria, Fumi- tory, Hyacinth, Iris, Jonquil, Narcissus, Pancratiums, Poly- anthus Narcissus, Ranunculus, Saffron, Sisyrinchium, Snow- drop, Squill, Star of Bethlehem, Tuberoses, and Tulips.— To raise these, they should be sown in boxes about three feet long, two wide, and six inches deep, filled with light rich earth, about the middle of August, or September, and setting them in a sunny sheltered place, under cover. Sowings may take place also in March or April, removing the boxes in May to a place where they may have only the morning sun. Thin them a little if they come up thick; and, when the stalks die, put on half an inch of fine fresh mould ; and after the decay of the leaf next summer, they must be planted out in nursery-beds, two or three inches asunder, according to their nature; and some will blow the following year, as the Ane- mone and Ranunculus, &c. though the Hyacinth will be four or five, and the Tulip, seven or eight, first. These must be removed from the nursery-bed to another, as soon as their tops are decayed, and planted at six inches’ distance ; and ever after treated as blowing plants. Keep them very clear of weeds, particularly the seedlings; which protect in severe weather from frost, or heavy rain, by mats and hoops. These flowers are easily multiplied by offsets, which are small, but in other respects like the parent, whether that be bulbous or tuberous: the offsets should be separated from the main root at the time they are taken up, which should be done in dry weather. The general culture, is to take them up annually, soon after they have flowered ; when their leaves and stalks turn yellow and decay, then the root is at rest, and its fibres die. When first taken up, lay them covered in dry earth for a few days, and clean aud harden them in the sun ; after which, they must be stored in a dry place till wanted: damp is apt to rot them. Autumn-flow'ering bulbs are to be taken up in May, if their leaves are decayed. Spring-flowering bulbs should be replanted in September and October; those of the summer in October or November ; and those of autumn in July or August. The scaly bulbs, as Lilies, &c. should not be kept out of the ground above a month or six weeks. Those that flower in summer may be put in the ground at different times, as early and late in autumn, aud early in the new year, but not later than February, to obtain a succession of bloom. If any are put in at the end of February, or begin- ning of March, they should remain two years for increase. The soil that best suits bulbous and tuberous- rooted flowers, is a sandy loam ; but most of the sorts are not very nice. The ground for them should, however, be well dug, that their fibres may shoot freely, and wet be completely drained from them, when much of it falls. This work should be done a week before planting, that the ground may settle. In a light soil, roots of the Ranunculus have been known to strike a yard deep, which may admonish, that in a clay bottom it is proper to lay a body of stones about eighteen inches deep, that too much moisture may not be detained to sicken the roots. The depth at which bulbs should be planted, must be according to their size, three or four inches deep, from their top. Tubers also according to their size ; Anemones and Ranunculuses at two or two and a half inches, &c. Some bulbs will come up at even a foot below the ground, as Crown Imperials, &c. Their proper disposition is either in beds of from three to four feet and a half wide, for the curious sorts ; or in patches, to form clusters of three, four, or five, agreeable to the room they require. There should be only one in a place of the White or Orange Lily, Crown Imperial, and such-like large bulbs. In beds, the fancy sorts of bulbs, and tubers, may be set in rows, eight or nine inches asunder, and from five to seven inches in the rows, according to their size. The distance of four inches apart is, however, by some florists, thought sufficient for Anemones and Ranuncu- luses; but more room is desirable where a strong bloom is required. Hyacinths should be planted at seven or eight, though they are more commonly set at six inches. Tulips should be at eight or nine, though six is often all that is allowed them. When planted, if rain does not come in about four or five days, the beds should be watered, to set them growing, that they may not mould or rot. Of ail flowers or flowering shrubs, the Rose seems to claim precedence. In its varieties it should be planted in all situa- tions; but the Provence more particularly: To encourage them to bear in the latter part of the year, pulling off the first roses as soon as they begin to decay, is a mean ; but to pull off all the buds, at the usual time of bloom, is a more certain method. A more sure way still, is to top the new shoots towards the end of May, or prune down to two or three eyes. Transplanting Roses in the spring, is a mean to effect a middle bioom ; and, if in a north border, and cool ground, this may be done late in April, or even in May, watering, and, at the same time, pruning short. Early Roses are obtained by being trained against a south wall. The Monthly Rose thus planted, and having the light of a Cucum- ber frame put before it, will sometimes come as early as the end of April, or beginning of May. It is a good method to put moss round the roots of these trees in March, to keep the ground warm, and at the same time moist, which helps to produce both forward and large roses; in dry and hot situa- tions they often require water. See the article Rosa. The Kitchen Garden. The following are the proper plants for a Kitchen Garden; directions for the culture of which will be found under their proper heads in the body of the wmrk. — Angelica, Anise ; Artichoke, of the Dutch or Globe, French, and Jerusalem sorts ; Asparagus, Balm, Sweet Basil ; Bean, Dwarf, French, Kidney, Lisbon, Long-podded, Mazagan, Red-blossomed, Sandwich, Spanish, White-blossomed, and Windsor sorts; OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. Green, Red, and While Beet ; Borecole, Borage; Cauliflower; Early-purple and Late purple Brocoli ; Drum headed, Impe- rial, Sea, Sugar-loaf, Scotch, and Turnip rooted Cabbage; Cardoon, Carrot, Capsicum, Cauliflower; Common and Upright Celery ; Chamomile, Chives, Chervil, Clary, Corian- der, Corn-salad, Cress; Cucumber, the short green, early, long green, prickly, Dutch white, Roman, Turkey green, and white sorts; Dill; Elecampane; green curled, white, and Batavian Endive; Eschalot, Fennel, Garlic, Gourd, Horse- radish, Hyssop, Indian Cress, Kale, Lavender, Leek; Let- tuce, the black coss, brown Dutch, early green cabbage, imperial, Silesian, green coss, and white coss sorts; Love-apple; Annual Sweet, and Winter Perennial Sweet Marjoram; Mari- gold; Cantaleupe and Roman Melons; Pepper and Spear Mint; Mushroom; Black and White Mustard; Portugal, Spanish, Strasburgh, and Welsh Onion; Orach; Common, curled, and broad-leaved Parsley ; Parsnip; Pea, the Charl- ton, golden, Reading hotspur, Spanish, green nonpareil, large and dwarf marrowfat, rouncival, egg, and sugar sorts ; Pen- nyroyal ; common and red Potatoe, as well as the common red, common early, kidney, and American sorts ; the long- topped, short-topped, salmon, and white and black Spanish Radish; Rape; Rhubarb; Rocambole; Rosemary; Rue; Saffron ; the common, red, broad-leafed, and narrow-leafed Sage; Salsafy ; summer and winter Savory; Scorzonera ; Skirret ; common arid French Sorrel; Spinach; Tansey ; Tarragon ; Thyme; the early Dutch, oblong, green, red, yel- low, and white-rooted French Turnip; Water Cress, and Wormwood. All the perennial aromatics are easily raised, either by slips, offsets, parting the roots, or by seed, and they may be plant- ed in spring, summer, or autumn, in beds or borders, six to twelve inches asunder; but the annual and biennial kinds must be raised every year or two, from seeds sown in spring, in any compartment of common earth in the open ground, except the very tender sorts, such as Basil, which must be raised on hot-beds, to be transplanted out in May or June. Most of the others generally remain where they are sown in the natural ground, but they maybe occasionally transplanted, the Sweet Marjoram and Summer Savory, in June, &c. and likewise the Angelica, as being of large growth, in summer. As some of these only afford their useful parts at particular seasons, as Mint, Balm, Pennyroyal, Tarragon, Sweet Mar- joram, &c. they should be cut and preserved at such times for winter use, as about July and August; but autumn will be equally suitable for Marigold, Chamomile, Lavender, Sage- tops, Marjoram, and Hyssop, which often stand the winter. Parsley generally supplies green leaves all the winter ; Basil and Dill only in summer. Chervil and Coriander principally in summer and autumn, of the spring and summer sowings. Anise and Angelica continue only in summer. The Fruit Garden. The following is a list of those Scrubs and Trees usually planted in the Fruit Garden ; for the cultivation of which, reference is to be made under the proper heads in the body of the work. — Almond, the common, dwarf, Jordan, and white-flowered sorts; Apple, the common codling, June- eating, Margaret, Kentish, winter pearmain, scarlet summer, golden pippin and russet, redstreak, Kentish pippin, nonpa- reil, kitchen rennette, and quince sorts ; black, stoneless, and white Barberry; Cherry, the common black, red Kentish, white-heart, red-heart, black-heart, Morello, Turkey, and Portugal sorts; common red and white, white grape, and black Currants; Damson; Fig; Gooseberry, the hairy red, smooth red, damson, hairy green, smooth green, oval yellow, great and early amber, and common white sorts; various kinds of Grape ; German, Nottingham, and Italian Medlar ; Black Mulberry; Nectarine; Nut-tree; Peach; Summer Pears, as the musk, green chisel, red muscadel, jargonelle, Windsor, queen, orange, musk, and bergamotte sorts ; Autumn Pears, as the autumn, Swiss, caraway, brown and white buerre, green sugar, and swan-egg sorts ; Winter Pears, as the St. Germain, Chaumontelle, Colmar, Holland's bergamotte, Worcester black, and double-flowered sorts ; Plums, as the damask, damson, green and blue gage, Orleans, perdigron, mogul, imperial, apricot, damascene, and buliace sorts ; the Apple, Pear, and Portugal Quince; the common red, white, double-bearing, and Antwerp Raspberry ; the Alpine, Chili, hautboy, and scarlet Strawberry ; and the thin-shelled, thick- shelled, double, and common oval Walnut. Directions for the pruning of Fruit-trees will be found at page 407 of this Volume. But the manner in which they should be trained, we introduce at this place. Mr. Knight has successfully adopted a method, in which a greater surface of leaf is exposed to the light, than in any of the ordinary modes, and which caused the growth of Peach-trees to be such, that at two years old they were fifteen feet wide. Beginning with plants a year old, he headed them down early in spring, and trained only two shoots from each stem, in opposite directions, and nearly horizontal, for they only rose at an elevation of five degrees; when he observed any differ- ence in the vigour of the shoots, he depressed the strongest, or gave a greater elevation to the weakest, by which the uni- formity of their growth was maintained, and in one summer they attained the length of four feet. The lateral shoots were pinched off at the first or second leaf, and were in the succeeding winter wholly destroyed. In the subsequent pro- gress of this mode of training, the large space which would be inclosed by a semi circle resting upon the extremities of these nearly horizontal shoots, is gradually tilled up by other shoots, which proceed divergently from them, until these new shoots attain an inclination of about thirty degrees, when on the side next the centre of the tree, shoots nearly horizontal are trained from them. This mode of training has a neat appearance, besides being conducive to the health of the tree. In addition to what has been given under Vilis, p. 757 of this Volume, on the cultivation of the Grape, the following, as being of considerable interest, is here introduced as the invention of Mr. Marsh, of Barnstaple. “ The invention (says he) is a simple, cheap, and easy mode of raising Grapes, of a quality superior in flavour and perfection to any I have before met with.” The building in which the Grape is pro duced is only four feet eight inches high in front, six feet and a half wide, and eight feet high at the back. “ The front and end walls are built with brick, two feet high from the ground, and glazed in front two feet eight inches high, at each end, and on the top, like a common green-house. It fronts due south, to receive every advantage of the sun.” At the end is the door. Running lengthways, on each side, are two beds of earth, two feet high, inclosed in a narrow brick wall, with a passage between them. “ The back wall is plastered with mortar made of lime, smiths’ cinders, and scales from the anvil, in equal parts. Those Vines which are set at the end of the Grapery are trained along the wall, and meet in the centre : the Grapery is twenty-two feet long ; in which space, and at the ends, no less than ten Vines of different sorts are introduced through the wood-work on the wall, which pro- jects for that purpose. Before the building was erected, I obtained all the information I could, from gentlemen of my 10 F 848 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; acquaintance who understood the management of Vines in France, Spain, Italy, Portugal, &c. from whom I learned, that the roots of the Vines should not be more than two feet six inches asunder, nor let to run high, and but little wood suffered to grow from each root. Observing these rules, 1 tried several experiments ; and found the following method to be attended with singular success. Fill the two beds with rotten dung and garden earth ; water the same, when the sun appears the whole day, morning and evening, and so in pro- portion. The exhalation will supply every part of the Vine with nourishing warm water, as may be seen by examining the Vine; which appears to be one of the causes of pro- ducing the effect. In the beds, or earth-pits, Pine-apples, or any thing else, may be raised, to remain, or to be trans- planted. In winter, remove the earth in the pits, place bricks on their edge, half way up from the bottom, each row three feet asunder; on the bricks place common plastering-laths on their edge; over which put some long litter taken from horse- dung, and put upon it the earth which was removed. Doors being made in the walls of the earth-pits, at the front of each partition, or six doors in each pit, put into each as much fer- mented horse-dung as it will hold ; stop it up close with a wooden stopper, and let it remain six or eight days ; then take it out, and repeat the same during the winter, or any time you please. The flavour of any fruit raised in beds so managed, is superior to what is raised in a hot-house, and fire is saved. To prevent the heat from being too great in the summer, put five squares of glass, separately framed, with an axis for each to turn on, one in each light. The air, by being rarified, will lift up the squares, and escape; after which, each square will shut again of itself, and maintain a regular heat without farther attention ; but, when the sun is very intense, cold air may be admitted by sliding sashes, one at each end of the Grapery; but this will require attention, lest the Grapery cool too fast. In frosty weather, it is neces- sary that the glass part of the Grapery should be covered with mats ; and, as the buds of the Vines break early in the spring, it is also necessary to train the Vines so as not to touch the glass, lest the buds perish. When the Grapes are set, break off all superfluous shoots every second or third day; by which means you will have ripe Grapes in July, and the following eight months. One year I left some on the Vine to dry, and in March following I found them equal to any jar-raisins imported. If these instructions are attentively observed, wine may be made in this country as rich, and of as good quality, as any imported. It will answer the purpose of every man who has a spot of ground, to build a Grapery, since no profit in horticulture will be superior to it. The whole of the expense of building my Grapery did not exceed 14/. and, when the Vines came into bearing, one year’s pro- duce, if sold, would have more than cleared all expenses ; from which the profits may be easily calculated.” The following singular discovery has been communicated by J. Williams, Esq. — “ It is a fact well known to gardeners, that Vines, when exposed in this climate to the open air, although trained to walls with southern aspects, and having every advantage of judicious culture, yet, in the ordinary course of our seasons, ripen their fruit with difficulty. This remark, however, though true in general, admits of some exceptions, for I have occasionally seen trees of the common White Muscadine and Black-cluster Grapes, that have ma- tured their fruit very well, and earlier by a fortnight or three weeks, than others of the same kinds, apparently possessing similar advantages of soil and aspect. The Vines that ripened their fruit thus early, I have generally remarked were old trees, having trunks eight or ten feet high, before their bearing branches commenced. It occurred to me, that this disposi tion to ripen early, might be occasioned by the dryness and rigidity of the vessels of the old trunk, obstructing the circu- lation of that portion of the sap which is supposed to descend from the leaf. And, to prove whether or not my conjectures were correct, I made incisions through the bark on the trunks of several Vines, removing a circle of bark from each, and thus leaving the naked alburnum above an inch in width completely exposed; this was done in the months of June and July. The following autumn, the fruit growing on those trees came to great perfection, having ripened from a fortnight to three weeks earlier than usual ; but in the succeeding spring the Vines did not shoot with their accustomed vigour, and I found that I had injured them by exposing the albur- num unnecessarily. In 1807 these experiments were repeated. At the end of July and beginning of August, 1 took annular excisions of bark from the trunks of several of my Vines ; and, that the exposed alburnum might be again covered with new bark by the end of autumn, the removed circles were made rather less than a quarter of an inch in width. Two Vines of the White Frontiniac, in similar states of growth, being trained near to each other on a south wall, were selected for trial : on one of these the experiment was made ; the other was left in its natural state, to form a standard of com- parison. When the circle of bark had been removed about a fortnight, the berries on the experimented tree began evi- dently to swell faster than those on the other, and by the beginning of September shewed indications of approaching ripeness, while the fruit on the unexperimented tree remained green and small. In the beginning of October, the fruit on the tree that had the bark removed from it, was quite ripe, the other only beginning to shew a. disposition to ripen, and the bunches were shortly afterwards destroyed by the autum- nal frosts. In every case in which circles of bark were removed, I invariably found that the fruit not only ripened earlier, but the berries were considerably larger than usual, and more highly flavoured. The effect thus produced, I can account for only by adopting Mr. Knight’s theory of the downward circulation of the sap, the truth of which these experiments tend strongly to confirm. I therefore imagine, bv cutting through the cortex and liber, without wounding the alburnum, that the descent of that portion of the sap which has undergone preparation in the leaf, is obstructed, and confined in the branches situated above the incision ; consequently the fruit is better nourished, and its maturation hastened. It is certainly a considerable point gained in the culture of the Vine, to be able to bring the fruit to perfection by a process so simple, and so easily performed. —But, lest there should be any misconception in the foregoing statement, 1 will briefly describe the exact method to be followed by any person who may be desirous of trying this mode of ripening Grapes. The best time for performing the operation on Vines growing in the open air, is towards the end of July or beginning of August; and it is a material point, not to let the removed circle of bark be too wide ; from one to two eighths of an inch will be a space of sufficient width ; the exposed alburnum will then be covered again with new bark before the following winter, so that there will be no danger of injur- ing the future health of the tree. It is not of much conse- quence in what part of the tree the excision is made; but, in case the trunk is very large, I should then recommend, that the circles be made in the smaller branches. It is to be observed, that all shoots which come out from the root of the Vine, or from the front of the trunk situated below the , incision, must be removed as often as they appear, unless j bearing-wood is particularly wanted to fill up the lower part OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 849 of the wall, in which case one or two shoots may be left. Vines growing in hot houses are equally improved in point of size and flavour, as well as made to ripen earlier, by taking away circles of bark ; the time for doing this, is when the fruit is set, and the berries are about the size of small shot. The removed circles may here be made wider than on Vines growing in the open air, as the bark is sooner renewed by the warmth and moisture of the hot-house. Half an inch will not be too great a width to take off in a circle from a vigorous growing Vine; but I do not recommend the opera- tion to be performed at all in weak trees.— I think that this operation may be extended to other fruits, so as to hasten their maturity, especially Figs, in which there is a most abundant flow of returning sap; and it demonstrates to us why old trees are more disposed to bear fruit than young ones. Miller informs us, that the vineyards in Italy are thought to improve every year by age, till they are fifty years old. It therefore appears to me, that nature, in the course of time, produces effects similar to what I have recommended to be done by art. For, as trees become old, the returning vessels do not convey the sap into the roots with the same facility they did when young; thus, by occasionally removing circles of bark, we only anticipate the progress of nature ; in botli cases a stagnation of the true sap is obtained in the fruiting-branches, and the redundant nutriment then passes into the fruit. 1 have sometimes found, that, after the circle of bark has been removed, a small portion of the inner bark has adhered to the alburnum ; it is of the utmost importance to remove this, though ever so small, otherwise, in a very short space of time, the communication is again established with the root, and little or no effect produced. Therefore, in about ten days after the first operation has been perform- ed, I generally look at the part from whence tire bark was removed, and separate any small portion which may have escaped the knife the first time." Flowering Shrubs and Evergreens. To these we are indebted for much of the beauty and ele- gance of our gardens; and hence they justly merit every care, though they produce little or no edible fruits. They assist in forming an agreeable shade, they afford a great variety of flowers, with leaves differently tinged, and are standard ornaments, that give us pleasure without occasion- ing much trouble. — Many shrubs are raised from suckers, others from layers, some from cuttings, and most may be propagated from seeds, which produce the finest plants. Before they are planted out for ornament, they should be trained two or three years in a nursery, to be formed into a full and regular-shaped head. Though deciduous shrubs may be planted almost at any time, yet October is much the best month, especially if a moist season ; the exception being made as to a cold and wet soil, in which all sorts of planting is best done in spring. Evergreens must be cautiously planted, and they should not be ventured upon in winter ; nor even rn autumn and spring, in unfavourable weather. They should be planted immediately after they are taken up, exposing their roots as little as possible to the air, and pre- serving them whole. If the shrubs are small, let them be removed with balls of earth to them, trimming off the pro- jecting ends. As spring is, on the whole, the fittest time for removing evergreen shrubs, and as the deciduous sorts do then also very well, shrubberies and clumps properly enough become the work of March, a little earlier or later, according to the soil and season. Light sandy soils should always be planted in good time, and in fair weather. A good medium way is to plant the deciduous sorts the beginning of March ; and, leaving places for the evergreen kinds, plant them the beginning of April. The distances of the plants must be according to the size they usually attain. Some sorts will not require more than three feet distance, others four, five, or six. The season of shrubs flowering and leafing, is a material point to provide for, by a proper distribution, that there may be a difference of decoration every month, in every part ; and in this business, an equally-diversified mixture of the evergreen and deciduous sorts, is necessary to be observed. A regularity in planting shrubs is ever to be avoided, except just in the front, where there should always be some low ones, and a border of flowers, chiefly of the spring kinds, of the lowest growth, and rather bulbous-rooted. In open shrub- beries an edging of Strawberries is proper, and the hautboy sort preferable, on account of its superior show when in flower; but in these situations the Wood Strawberry is more commonly planted, as it will produce fruit with less sun and. air than any other sort. The copious catalogue of Trees and Shrubs, a little further on in this work, will enable the gardener or planter to select such as may be most proper for particular or general pur- poses. And for a particular description of all known flowers, flowering shrubs, aromatic herbs, &c. with their mode of cultivation, see under their generic names in the first and second volumes. THE GARDENER’S CALENDAR, OR MONTHLY COURSE OF LABOUR. FIRST MONTH. — JANUARY. In the Flower Garden and Shrubbery — Plant Crocuses, Tulips, Snowdrops, and other bulbous roots. Plant flower- ing shrubs, and Box and other edgings; prune flowering shrubs, taking care to remove their suckers. Protect Tulips, Hyacinths, and other delicate flowers, from cold weather and heavy rains, by coverings of litter or mats. Plant hedges and ornamental trees. In open weather, dig over the shrub- bery, and remove moss. In the Kitchen Garden. — Prepare hot-beds for early Melons, Cucumbers, Onions, Cresses, Mustard, and Radishes. Cover Mushroom beds with straw', heath, &c. particularly during frost. Plaut Asparagus in hot-beds, and give it air, except in stormy weather. Sow Peas, Beans, Carrots, Cabbage- lettuces, and curled Parsley. Provide for the succession of Peas and Beans, by sowing at intervals of a fortnight. Sow Spinach ; earth up Celery and Broccoli. Pick the decayed leaves from Cauliflowers standing under glasses, and give them air at mid-day if the sun shines. In frosty weather, when other work is hindered, wheel in dung, examine trees for the nests of caterpillars, and seek out the harbours of snails and other vermin. In the Fruit Garden. — Loosen espalier and wall fruit- trees, and in open weather prune Apple, Pear, and Quince trees; Vines, Gooseberries, Currants, and Raspberries ; re- moving all cankered and decayed branches, and scraping off moss with a blunt iron tool. If the weather be very cold, spread rotten dung or straw, or the refuse of flax, over the roots of the trees, liot immediately at the bottom of the trunk, but principally over the small roots at a distance; for the roots of trees generally extend as far as their branches. Plaut new Strawberry beds; prepare hot-beds for raising the 850 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; early scarlet Strawberry. Cut grafts before the buds become large. In the Green house. — Both in frosty and damp or foggy weather, employ small tires. During the warmest part of every tine day, open the sashes, in order that the air in the house may be kept constantly sweet. Be extremely sparing of the use of water ; Aloes, and other succulent plants, will require none. The water should have acquired the tempera- ture of the house before it is used. Fumigate occasionally with tobacco smoke. In the Hot-house. Carefully regulate the fires, according to the state of the weather. The temperature of the house, during the night, to be kept about 55 degrees of Fahrenheit, and in the middle of the day it should rise to about 70 de- grees. Admit fresh air every day. Remove all insects that can be found, particularly examining for them the blossoms of fruit-trees. Roses and other flowers will frequently require water, but fruit-trees in blossom only seldom, and little at a time. In the Nursery. — Repair the fences, to keep out rabbits, hares, and other animals, which are at this time very destruc- tive, from the scarcity of food. Transplant and prune forest- trees and flowering shrubs. Trench the ground for sowing seeds in spring : make plantations of stocks for budding and grafting upon. Gather and carry away the moss, wherever it appears. SECOND MONTH.-^-FEBRUARY. Flower Garden and Shrubbery. — Finish the planting of Box and other edgings. Lay down turf where it is required, and in order to prevent the grass from becoming rank, if brought from a poor to a rich soil, place under it a layer of sand. Bulbous and tuberous-rooted flowers may still be planted, but will in general be weaker than if planted in the fall of the year. Dig over and manure the soil of the shrub- bery, and Finish the pruning of the shrubs. Transplant per- ennial flowers; sow tender annuals in hot-beds, and prepare the ground for sowing hardy annuals. Continue to cover beds of valuable flowers with mats as in last month, taking off the mats in the middle of the day. Sweep oft' the moss from gravel walks with a stiff broom. Kitchen Garden.- — Sow Melons, Cresses, Mustard, Radishes, and Celery. Put the Cucumbers three days old into small pots, one for each plant, and put the pots up to the rim in a hot-bed. Continue to sow Peas, Beans, Carrots, Cabbages, Savoys, and Lettuces. Examine the Cauliflowers and Let- tuces under glasses. Earth up the Beans and Peas of last month’s sowing. Plant Garlic, Rocambole, Chives, Escha- lots, Scorzonera, Saisafy, Borage, Angelica, Marigold, curled Parsley, Potatoes, and Jerusalem Artichokes. Plant Horse- radish by cuttings ; and at the end of the month, plant the last crop of Asparagus for forcing. If the heat of any of the hot-beds appears to decline too much, remove a part of the dung round the sides, and apply a quantity of fresh. Fruit Garden. — Prune and nail up Vines, Peaches, Nec- tarines, and other stone-fruit trees. Transplant fruit-trees of all sorts. Plant cuttings of Gooseberries and Currants. Give air to Strawberries on hot-beds. Graft Apples, Pears, Plums, and Cherries. If gum or symptoms of canker appear, cut out the infected part. Green-house. — As mild weather occurs or approaches, admit more or less fresh air during the day. Dissipate the damp of foggy weather, and ward off the effects of frost, by small fires. The Aloe will still requiro no water ; plants of a less succulent nature will require a little ; and others, in proportion as they approach to a hard or ligneous texture, will require the quantity of water to be increased. Frequent waterings are better than few and copious ones. Remove all decayed leaves. Remove the earth of pots to the depth of an inch, and supply its place by fresh mould. Hot-house. — Let the temperature be about 55 degrees dur- ing the night, and 75 or 80 degrees during the middle of the day. Thin the bunches of Grapes; eradicate decayed leaves and insects. Take care to keep the air in a wholesome state. Frequently water Pines, stir up the old bark, and mix with it some fresh, if there be a decay of its heat. Fumigate to destroy insects. Nursery. — Plant Acorns, Beech-mast, and other seeds, &c. of shrubs and forest-trees: cut down seedling Chestnuts of one year old to the ground : head down grafted and budded stocks; plant cuttings, suckers, and layers in general. THIRD MONTH. — MARCH. Flower Garden and Shrubbery. — Give a covering of fresh earth to plants in pots, first removing a layer of the old earth. Roll gravel walks : — finish the planting of deciduous shrubs, and perennial flowers, and continue to sow annual flowers, to maintain a succession of them. Tender annuals, sown in pots, will require a gentle hot-bed, to hasten their time of flowering. Sedulously weed the flower borders. Plant ever- greens with balls of earth. Plant Carnation layers in pots. Shelter tender flowers from heavy rain or sleet. Finish the laying of Turf, and at the end of the month mow the Grass. Kitchen Garden. — Sow the general crop of Lettuces, Pars- nips, and Carrots. Continue to sow Peas and Beans at inter- vals. Sow Spinach and Cabbage seed, Celery, and early Turnips. Make fresh plantations of Asparagus, between the rows of which sow Onions. Remove the hand-glasses from Cauliflowers, and earth them up. Sow Salading, Parsley, Horse-radish, Thyme, and aromatic and physical herbs in general. Plant Leeks and Endive for seed. Surround the hot-beds of Melons and Cucumbers with a thick lining of fresh dung, or remove them to fresh beds. Kidney-beans, Jerusalem Artichokes, Tomatoe, Mushrooms, and Capsicums, must not be forgotten. Fruit Garden. —The blossoms of the Peach, Nectarine, and Apricot, must be protected from dry and cold winds in the night, by placing hurdles before them, or spreading old fishing nets over them, or covering them with mats. Plant and prune; graft the various kinds of stocks; shorten the shoots from the grafts of last year, and take ofF the heads of the budded stocks of the same age. Dress Strawberry beds, and water them, especially those on hot-beds ; place wisps of straw on the ground to support the leaves, and remove all runners, unless it is intended to prepare for a new plantation of them in autumn. Hoe the soil where the Currants and Gooseberries are planted. Green-house. — Trim Myrtles, Orange-trees, Lemon-trees, and other shrubs, to the form required. Open the sashes during the warmest part of all fine days. Frequent waterings will be required ; and the washing of the plants with water is beneficial. Exclude the frost; for which purpose, at nights, a small fire w ill be necessary. Sow' the seeds of green-house plants in hot beds. Hot-house. — Thin the leaves and shoots of the Vine. Admit fresh air during the middle of fine days. To main- tain the heat in a regular manner, is of great consequence to the Pines, which will now begin to shew fruit. The temperature in the morning should be GO degrees, and in the course of the day, should rise to 75 or 80 degrees. OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 851 Daily remove weeds, decayed leaves, and insects, and water the plants and hot flues. Nursery. — Plant the layers and cuttings of deciduous trees and shrubs, and sow the seeds of the same kinds. Trench the ground intended to be sown with seeds. Perform the grafting required. Transplant the Poplars raised from cut- tings to moist ground. Seed-beds require watering, if the weather be very dry : or else the earth should be kept moist with branches of Fern, Furze, Yew, or Fir, kept spread over it till rain occurs. FOURTH MONTH. — APRIL. Flower Garden and Shrubbery. — Finish the rolling of gravel walks, as also the repairing, rolling, and mowing, of grass lawns and walks. Finish the planting of perennials and biennials, and still continue the sowing of animals. Weed the flower borders. Stir up and dress the soil of flowers and shrubs in pots. Finish the planting of evergreens and shrubs. Clip Box and other edgings ; support the tall-growing her- baceous or flowering plants with sticks. Protect Auriculas, Tulips, and other delicate flowers, from heavy rain, high winds, and strong sunshine; for this purpose, an arch should be made of hoops, to support the mats, or other covering. Carnations and Polyanthuses may yet be sown, and edgings may yet be planted, but the latter will occasion some trouble in watering, if the weather prove dry. Kitchen Garden. — As soon as the last-sown Peas and Beans appear above ground, sow again to keep up the suc- cession. Continue to sow Radishes, Spinach, Cresses, Mus- tard, Broccoli, and Lettuces, and Cardoons to transplant. Draw the earth up to Cabbages, Cauliflowers, and the Peas and Beans sown early last month. Sow Kidney-beans. Finish the planting of aromatic and medicinal herbs. Sow more Turnips, Scorzonera, Salsafv, Celery, and Parsley. Weed the beds of Onions, Lettuces, Carrots, and Leeks. After rain, look out for snails and slugs, or turn in spine ducks for a short time, and they will perform the business without injuring the vegetables. Pinch oflf the ends of Melons which have two or three joints, to cause them to throw out runners. Take oflf the young shoots of Artichokes, and the tops of Beans in flower. Never suffer Melons and Cucumbers to flower near together, as they are plants of the same genus, and would cause each other to degenerate. Fruit Garden. — Finish planting and pruning. Examine budded and grafted trees, to take off' all the shoots proceed- ing from the stock, and close the fissures observed in the grafting clay. Water frequently, in case the weather be dry. If any trees are blighted, mix hog’s dung with the soil as far as the roots extend, and water freely. Thin the fruit of Apricots. Search diligently for caterpillars, of which num- bers will now be found crowded together, and if the work of destroying them be delayed, they will soon spread over the trees. YVeed the Strawberry beds. Plant cuttings of Vines. Green-house. — Give air, and water freely. Set Geraniums very near the window. Remove Myrtles and the hardiest kinds of green house plants, to warm situations in the open air. Inoculate Orange and Lemon trees. Remove the moss from the mould of plants in pots. Hot house. — Regularly train the Vines, and thin the leaves where they would shade the fruit. Water Pine-apples fre- quently. Admit air every fine day. Have fires during the night, and on damp gloomy days. Plant seeds, cuttings, layers, and suckers, of all the stove-plants to be propa- Nursery. — Sow the seeds of Larches, Firs, and Pines, and transplant seedlings of these kinds. Hoe the Chestnut ground, and water all trees and shrubs, if the weather be dry. Sow the seeds of Roses, Sweet-briar, and tender trees and shrubs in general. FIFTH MONTH.— -MAY. Flower Garden and Shrubbery. — Take up all bulbous roots of which the leaves are withered. Put Auriculas which have flowered into fresh potsy and set them in the shade, but not under the drip of trees. Trim Carnations, and stake them. Remove Balsams, Egg-plants, Sensitive plants, and other ten- der annuals, to a fresh hot-bed. Mignonette, and all the less tender annuals, may now be planted out in patches on the flower borders, and the seeds of hardy annuals and biennials may be sown, to keep up the succession. When there is a probability of rain, transplant perennials from the seed- beds. Carefully attend to Rose-trees, to free them from insects: fumigations of tobacco, or water in which tobacco has been steeped, will destroy all the soft green insects. Plant tuberoses for blowing in autumn: water newly-planted shrubs; and never suffer a weed to flower. Kitchen Garden. — Give air to the hot-beds during the day ; but keep up the heat of those containing Cucumbers and Melons, by fresh linings of litter. Place tiles under the Melons as they set, to prevent the moisture of the bed from staining the fruit. Earth up Peas and Beans, and cut the tops off the latter, when in flower. Prick out Celery, sow the large sorts of Kidney-beans, and continue to sow the common kind, and Peas. Sow Cresses and Mustard, thinly, for seed. Plant out Capsicums for pickling. Transplant Cabbages and Savoys for winter. Transplant Lettuces, and sow more seed. Select some of the finest Radishes for seed. Thin Cardoons ; hoe Onions, Carrots, Parsneps, and Turnips. Sow Beets, and the principal crop of Broccoli. Plant out Cucumbers, which, when trained against a south wall, have a finer flavour than when suffered to creep along the ground. Thin the first crop, and sow the second of Endive. Propa- gate aromatic herbs, by slips or cuttings. In dry weather, frequent watering will be required. Fruit Garden. — Pull off all buds which appear in impro- per places; thin Apricots for the second time, and Necta- rines and Peaches for the first lime. Search for snails and caterpillars, pinch curled leaves, and fumigate where it ap- pears necessary. Take oft' the clay from grafts perfectly united to the stock. Prune Fig-trees, if not done last month. Weed and dress Strawberry beds. A liberal supply of water will be required in dry weather. Greenhouse — Inure the plants to a free circulation of air; water frequently. Finish sowing green-house plants. Pro- pagate by layers and cuttings. Remove to larger pots or tubs, the plants w hich require it, and towards the end of the month, if the season be mild, set in the open air the remainder of the plants which are esteemed moderately hardy. Hot house. — Pines will require much attention ; water them frequently; if the heat of the bark decline, put some fresh into the bins. Make fires in damp weather, and at night, unless in a very mild season. Propagate stove exotics by seeds, cuttings, layers, and suckers. Let the temperature of all the water used be equal to that of the house, and give air occasionally. Nursery.— Dress the seedling beds, and remove weeds, which will now grow rapidly, and prove very injurious, if allowed to remain. Water frequently. Dig over the ground of new hedges. Arch the beds with hoops, to support mats 10 G 852 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; for covering seedlings during the hottest part of the day, when the sun is powerful. SIXTH MONTH. — JUNE. Flower Garden and Shrubbery. — Attend to bulbous roots which require taking up. When taken up, they must not be crowded together in earthen or iron pots, where they will mildew, but after lying a few days on mats or a dry boarded floor, they should be put into drawers, or hung up in paper bags, in a dry apartment. Plant out- annuals from hot beds, in wet weather if possible, to spare the trouble of watering. Transplant seedling perennials. Clip Box and other edgings, and evergreens in general, in moist weather. After trimming the shrubs, hoe the ground. Cut down and remove the stalks of perennials which have done flowering. Weed and roll gravel walks, and mow the grass of lawns. Sow annuals to flower in autumn. Increase Carnations and Pinks by layers or cuttings. Plant bulbous roots, which are to blow in autumn. Stake and tie up flowering plants that spread too widely. Kitchen Garden. — Sow Beans, and hotspur and dwarf marrowfat Peas, in moist ground ; and if the weather be dry, prepare the seed by steeping it in water for six or eight hours. Plant out the Melons raised in pots for hand-glasses; cover with mats those in frames during the hottest part of the day. Nail up the runners of Cucumbers trained against walls. Sow Lettuces and Endive for autumn, and sow purple and Cauliflower Broecoli for winter’s use, four times, at intervals of three weeks or a month. Make the last sowing of Savoys, and prick out Broccoli, Cabbages, Califlowers, and Celery. Hoe and set out to their proper distances, Turnips, Onions, Carrots, and Parsnips. Increase Marjoram, Thyme, and other aromatic and pot-herbs, by slips, and gather before they flower those of which the leaves only are required. Dress the Asparagus beds. Sow Rape and Cole seed. Water freely. Fruit Garden. Cut off all the superfluous shoots of espa- liers and wall-fruit trees, and train the shoots reserved to their proper distances ; taking care that the nails never touch the fruit, or hinder it from swelling. Thin the fruit-branches and leaves of Apricots for the last time. Bud stone-fruit trees. Destroy insects. Rub ofl' the useless buds of the Vine, removing always the weakest. Water the blighted and newly planted trees, and Strawberries in flower; clear the Straw berries from suckers. To have Straw berries in autumn, cut off the heads of those just beginning to flower. Green house. — Admit air very freely, and, if the season be not very backward, leave the sashes open all night. All but the most delicate green-house plants may be set out ; Oranges and Lemons may be inarched; these trees are frequently kept in the green-house the whole year, to screen them better from the effects of changeable weather. Propagate by cut- tings and layers. The cuttings of succulent plants should be allowed a week or two to dry before they are planted. Co- ver the surface of pots with fresh soil every month, removing a layer of the old for that purpose, and stir it up occasionally in the intervals. Hot-house. — Maintain a high temperature, which will in the sunshine at noon generally rise to 95 degrees, if in the morning it is above <10 degrees. To make the liberal admis- sion of fresh air comport with this heat, fires will occasion- ally be necessary. Water frequently, with water at the tem- perature of t he house. Train the shoots of the Vines required for next year’s fruit. Nursery. — Weed the young stocks designed for grafting, and remove from them suckers and moss. Examine and weed the beds of seedlings and quicks. Inoculate Roses, Apricots, Peaches, and Nectarines ; examine last year s grafts ; transplant seedling Pines and Firs. Water frequently, if the weather be dry. SEVENTH MONTH. — JULY. Flower Garden and Shrubbery. — Transplant the seedling Auriculas and Polyanthuses, and the first layers of Pinks and Carnations; transplant seedling perennials into nursery beds, as they become too thick. Plant cuttings of scarlet Lychnis, Sweetwilliams, Pinks, and Rockets, in a shady border, and keep them covered with glasses, till they have grown two or three inches. Remove the glasses over Balsams, Egg-plants, and other tender annuals, and put fresh earth on the top of each pot. Take up Lilies, Crown Imperials, &c. to separate offsets. Transplant seedling bulbs of two years’ old, which have not yet been removed. Gather seeds as they become ripe. Bud Roses, variegated Hollies, and Jasmines. Trans- plant evergreens; water frequently the Myrtles placed against walls. Hoe and dress more or less daily. Kitchen Garden. — Plant the principal crop of Cabbage* and Endive, and the last crop of Kidney-beans; transplant the second crop of Savoys, and the first of Broccoli, and prick out the second crop of Broccoli from the seed beds. Thin the Cauliflowers sown in May, and pricked out the last month, by transplanting about half of them. Take up Gar- lic, Eschalots, Rocambole, and Onions, when their leaves are withered. Sow Lettuces and Carrots for autumn. Earth up Capsicums, the Cucumbers sown last month, and the first crop of Celery. Sow Turnips on a moist bed. Pull off the side shoots of Artichokes. Shelter Melons with glasses from the heat of the sun in the middle of the day, giving them but little water while ripening, but stirring the soil about them, and destroying weeds. Sow Peas for a late crop, also Spinach in small quantities at a time, as it quickly runs up to seed. Gather flowers and leaves for drying and distilling. Fruit Garden. — Peaches, Nectarines, Fig-trees, Pears, Cherries, and Plums, must be inspected once a week, to nail up the shoots for next year’s fruit, and remove whatever is superfluous. Stirring up the soil will refresh these trees, and mixing with it hog’s dung will be serviceable, if blight is observed. Bud stone-fruit trees. Great numbers of ants, wasps, and other insects, may be destroyed by banging up bottles half filled with sugar and water, but this must be done before the fruit is ripe, or it will not be fully effective. Take off the runners of Strawberries, when they are not required for a new plantation. The ripening of Currants may be pro- tracted for two months, by a covering of mats. Search for snails and slugs in the evening, after rain. Green-house. — Weed and dress more or less daily, taking off all shoots that detract from the neat appearance of the plants. Aloes and other succulent plants may be set in the open air. As the green house will now be nearly empty, it may in part be replenished, by bringing from the hot house such flowers and shrubs as will either be benefited or not injured by a fresher and cooler air. Aloes and other succu- lents may be propagated by slips ; Oranges and Lemons may be budded, and the fruit of those which bear may be thinned. Watering will be frequently required, especially by fruit-bear- ing trees. Paint and w hitewash the green house. Hot house. — Admit air freely during the day, and also during the night, unless the weather be gloomy and cold, in which ease the Pines will require the assistance of a little fire. Take care that the heat of the bark be well main- OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 853 tained, but not violent, or it will scorch the roots. If the bark decline in heat, stir it up, sprinkle it with a little water, and let the pots be covered to the rim ; if it become too hot, draw up the pots about one-third of their depth. Water the .whole of the leaves and fruit of the plants, with water at the temperature of the house. Nursery. — In moist weather, clip young hedges, and trans- plant the seedling Firs and evergreens that are too crowded, instantly putting them into the earth again. Clear away weeds in every part, and remove suckers from the various kinds of Stocks. Examine grafts, and bud stone-fruit trees, and dowering shrubs, unless the weather be very dry. EIGHTH MONTH. — AUGUST. Flower Garden and Shrubbery. — Plants in pots require frequent watering, particularly hot-bed annuals, such as Bal- sams, Egg-plants, and Cockscombs, which are about to per- fect their seeds. Plant iMignonette in pots to flower in win- ter, and set the pots in front of a south wall. Put Auriculas into fresh pots, in a light soil mixed with well-rotted dung: prick out seedling Auriculas and Polyanthuses, leaving them at tire distance of three or four inches; sow fresh seeds of these flowers in boxes, and sift a quarter of an inch of earth over them. Early in the month, plant the bulbous roots that flower in autumn. Take up Lilies, Crown Imperials, and other bulbous roots that have done flowering, before they throw out fresh fibres. Increase Carnations by layers, and perennials and shrubs in general, by slips. At the end of the month, sow hardy annuals, and they will produce stronger plants than if sown in spring. Mow grass walks and lawns; weed and roll gravel walks. Continue to gather ripened seeds. Trim evergreens, edgings, and shrubs in general. Kitchen Garden. — Sow Cabbages, Carrots, and Corn salad or Lamb’s-lettuce. Dress the Asparagus beds. Transplant Celery. Plant out Cauliflowers and Turnips. Earth up Cardouns, Celery, Broccoli, and Savoys. Sow Angelica, Chervil, Scurvy grass, Fennel, Radishes, also White Mustard, Cress, Endive, Rapeseed, and Lettuces. Gather Mushroom spawn, and keep it in a dry place till wanted. In wet wea- ther protect Melons with glasses, or frames covered with oiled paper. Gather for pickling the Cucumbers trained against a wall. Sow the prickly Spinach, for winter’s use, in a warm situation. Diligently pick the caterpillars from Cab- bages. Take up Onions of which the tops are withering, and spread them out to dry, turning them occasionally. Sow the second crop of Welsh Onions. Gather seeds, and aromatic and medicinal herbs. Fruit Garden. — Take off superfluous shoots, and leaves that shade the fruit of espaliers and wall-trees. Nail up the shoots to be reserved : destroy insects ; finish budding. Refresh the roots of the trees by raking and dressing the soil. Take off the runners of Strawberries. Cover the Currants, of which the ripening is to be protracted. Green-house. — Remove the plants which require it into larger vessels, and renew the surface soil of all the pots. Propagate Aloes and other succulent plants by offsets, of which each should have a small pot. Bud Orange and Lemon trees, and cut off from the parent stock, the branches of trees inarched in spring. The Myrtles and, other woody kinds of green-house plants will require frequent but gentle waterings. Hot house. — The Pines will now be fast ripening; the heat of the bark must therefore be kept up: watering will be required, but it should be given most sparingly to those which are most nearly ripe. If it be required to keep back for a week or two, the ripening of a part of the Pines, let them be taken out of the hot house into the green house, or even into the open air, where they should be shaded from the sun, and not watered. Shift succession Pines into larger pots where they are to bear. Nursery. — Trench and lay the ground in ridges as a pre- paration for the planting of next month ; it will be benefited by an exposure to the air, sun, and dews. In dry weather, shrubs and seedlings will require watering. Remove weeds as fast as they appear. Examine the state of the grafted and budded trees, keeping the clay free from cracks, where it is still required, and removing it where it is no longer neces- sary. Trim evergreens, and transplant seedlings, watering them if there be no rain. NINTH MONTH.— SEPTEMBER. Flower Garden and Shrubbery. — Prepare beds for Snow- drops, Crocuses, Jonquils, Tulips, Hyacinths, Anemones, and other bulbous roots, and plant them with a trowel in the course of the month, as they are weakened by remaining out longer. Plant out perennials, and finish for the year the sowing of all the hardy annuals. Put Mignonette in pots for the winter. Annuals which are ripening their seeds require frequent watering; Balsams, Egg-plants, and other tender sorts, will perfect their seeds best, if set in an alcove fronting the south, or in the green-house. Protect Auriculas from rain. Cut down the stalks of Carnations and other flowers which have flowered. Weed and roll gravel walks, and roll and mow grass lawns. In moist weather, plant Box for edg- ings, and plant cuttings of Laurels, Jasmines, and all other shrubs. Gather seeds in dry weather ; be particularly atten- tive to the Radish seed, of which birds are very fond. Kitchen Garden. — Plant out Endive, Cabbages, Coleworts, the Lettuces sown last month, and the last crop of Broccoli and Savoys; sow more Lettuce, Cabbage-seed, Chervil, and Corn-salad. If the Cauliflowers are backward, plant them on a slight hot-bed. Earth up the autumnal Cauliflowers; earth up Celery and Cardoons for blanching, first tying up each plant of the latter by itself with bass. Plant the offsets of Eschalots, Garlic, and Rocambole. Prepare Mushroom beds, under a shed open to the south, if convenient, for the sake of dryness; use fresh stable-dung; and cover the spawn with two inches of earth. Fruit Garden.— Plant cuttings of Gooseberries and Cur-- rants, to keep up a succession of young trees, which bear the largest fruit. Plant Raspberries and Strawberries; the former continue in perfection only about four years, and the latter only. two or three years. Nail up Fig-trees and Vines, and thin the leaves. Guard against insects; the branches of Grapes are frequently, for this purpose, put into bags of crape, gauze, or paper; hang nets before valuable fruit, to protect it from birds. Gather ripe fruit in the morning, be- fore the sun becomes hot. Green-house. — If Oranges, Lemons, and other delicate plants, particularly succulents, have been taken into the open air, for the two last hot months, they should be brought back; but the sashes may be left open all night, if the wea- ther is seasonable. Water sparingly, and cease to water the leaves. Hot house. — The gathering of the fruit will be principally finished towards the latter end of this month ; and it will be a convenient time for mixing fresh bark with the old, or wholly renewing the bark in the bins, as its state appears to require; as well as for painting, whitewashing, and in all respects putting the interior into complete order. The flues should also be swept. THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; $&4 Nursery. — Continue to dig and throw into ridges, the ground designed for planting: transplant seedling trees and shrubs, and propagate by cuttings. Preserve Cherry and Plum stones for stocks, and plant the cuttings of Apples and Pears. Hoe and destroy weeds and vermin every where. Cuttings should always be planted in moist weather, to spare frequent watering. TENTH MONTH. — OCTOBER. Flower Garden and Shrubbery. — Tulips, Hyacinths, and other fine bulbous-rooted flowers, designed to blow during the winter, in the hot-house or forcing frames, should now be put into pots; and the bulbous roots designed for the bor- ders, which yet remain out of the ground, would be belter planted now than afterwards. Finish the planting of peren- nials. Put the pots of Carnations into hot-beds, and Roses into pots for forcing. Make cuttings of the best double Chrysanthemums. Prune, transplant, and propagate by cut- tings, all kinds of shrubs. Dress the soil for the winter. Kitchen Garden. — Tie up Endive as it is wanted for blanching; earth up Cardoons, and the last crop of Celery, in dry weather. Weed the Onions, Carrots, and winter Spi- nach. Plant out the early Cabbages, the last crop of Broc- coli, and the Cauliflowers intended to be covered with glasses. Lettuces may be obtained in winter by covering them with glasses. Cut down the stalks of Asparagus, hoe the weeds, throw some earth upon them out of the trench, and cover them with rotten dung. Cut down Artichokes, and preserve them from the frost by covering the roots with straw. Sow early Peas and Beans on a south border; sow Cress, Mustard, anil Radishes, for small salading. Cut down the flowering steins of aromatic and pot herbs ; hoe them, and spread fresh earth upon the beds. Young Mint may be obtained in a month by planting roots of it in a hot-bed. Throw vacant ground into ridges, to be ready for any purpose. Finish the planting of Mushroom spawn, and cover the beds with straw, as Mushrooms grow the most rapidly without light. If the Mushroom beds be not under a shed, the straw must be renewed as often as it becomes wet. Fruit Garden. — Gather all sorts of fruit as it ripens, as soon as the morning dew is gone, if for immediate eating ; but not till the middle of the day, if to be preserved for some time. Examine the Grapes in bags, as they sometimes be- come mouldy. Prune and plant all kinds of fruit trees. The soil of places where fruit-trees are to be placed, should be dug up, and left open for some weeks before the planting is commenced. In wet situations, lay down a cart load of earth, and plant the tree on the top of a hillock formed with it. Green-house. — Having had the whole interior well cleansed, painted, or whitewashed, and put into complete repair for winter, bring in the remainder of the plants, but let the sashes be always open when the weather is fine. Prune shrubs, and remove dead leaves as fast as they appear. Use but little water. Hot-house. — If the weather be dry, and the evenings not frosty, fires will scarcely be yet required ; but in case of damp weather, or when the thermometer is below 55 degrees in the morning, tires will be proper. Admit air during the greater part of every fine day. Water very sparingly. Nursery. — Plant all kinds of forest-trees, evergreens, and shrubs. Sow Cherry and Plum stones, for stocks. ELEVENTH MONTH.— NOVEMBER. Flower Garden and Shrubbery. — Protect the seedling bulbs in borders, by straw or a covering of tanner’s bark. Bulbous roots may still be planted, but unless it be done early in the month, they will be apt to come up weakly. Finish the planting of flowering shrubs of all sorts, and use fern, litter, or straw, to protect them from frost. Provide the materials of composts for spring use, as marl, loam, sand, bark, dung, &c. Roll grass walks. Several times in a week, remove decayed leaves. Kitchen Garden. — Tie and earth op Cardoons and Endive : prick out Lettuces, to stand the winter in frames. In dry weather, earth up Celery for blanching. Plant Beaus and Peas under a south wall. Earth up Broccoli and Cabbages. Dig up Carrots, Parsneps, Beets, Horse-radish, &c. and lay them in sand out of the reach of frost. Dig up Potatoes, Cut down Artichokes, and cover them first with soil, and upon that, litter, fern, or straw, to keep the frost from the roots. Weed Spinach and spring Onions. Fruit Garden. —Prune Gooseberries and Currants, and make new plantations of them ; prune and nail up Plum, Cherry, Peach, and other wall-fruits. Plant stone-fruits in open weather; also Walnuts and Filberts. Gather the re- maining fruits; and protect from frost, the roots of Peaches, Figs, and the delicate kinds of fruit-trees, by litter or straw. Green-house. — Fires will be occasionally required. Admit air as often as the weather will permit, especially if there be much fruit ripening. Clear away decayed leaves, and put fresh earth on the tops of the tops. Water frequently the dry woody plants, and others occasionally. Bring in Migno- nette, China Roses, and other plants which might suffer from the cold. Hot-house. — Keep the bark beds from fermenting violently, by too much heat; yet fires will be necessary in the even- ings, to guard equally against cold and damp. Prune Vines, and tie them up. Gentle waterings will be required. Nursery. — Haws must be gathered and sown in this month at latest. Plant forest-trees and their seeds early in the month. Shelter seedlings and all delicate plants from the frost, by straw, fern, &e. In open weather, vacant ground should be dug and prepared for the spring. TWELFTH MONTH.— DECEMBER. Flower Garden and Shrubbery. — Hyacinths, Tulips, Ane- mones, Ranunculuses, and other valuable roots in open bor- ders, should be covered with a layer of bark two or three .inches deep: bark that has become useless for the hot-house will answer for this purpose. In heavy rains or snow, a covering of mats should be superadded. Auriculas and Car- nations likewise require protection from heavy rains, and falls of snow. The pots of all plants, which it is not thought necessary to carry into the green-house, should be entirely sunk into the earth, as frost will then have the least effect on them. Shrubs in general should be protected by straw, &c. and the more delicate kinds covered with mats, laid over arches formed by hoops. Standing water must be carried off by trenches and drains. Kitchen Garden. — Occasionally take up the straw from Mushroom beds, to prevent mouldiness, and gather the Mushrooms which are ready. Sow Peas and Beans. Earth up Celery and Cardoons. Cover Endive and Parsley with straw. Earth up Broccoli, Borecole, and Cabbages, and pick off their decayed leaves. Cauliflowers and Lettuces under glasses should be weeded, and have fresh air in fine weather. Finish the taking up of Carrots, Parsley, &c. Give air to the Asparagus under frames. OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 855 Fruit Garden. — Stake newly planted standards which might be displaced by the wind, and protect with furze the trunks of all trees which would be injured by hares or rab- bits. Manure the soil where fruit-trees stand. Prune fruit-trees. Examine gathered fruit, and pick out all that is decayed. Green house. — Keep out the frost and damp by gentle fires. Admit air, in clear mild weather. Remove all decayed leaves. Succulent plants will scarcely require any water, and other plants will require very little. Hot-house. — Prune Vines, and train them in such a manner that they may throw the least shade upon the Pines. The heat of the bark should be kept nearly at 90 degrees; the average temperature of the house should be from 65 to 70 degrees. Weed every plant, and remove dead leaves. Fires will generally be required both evening and morning. Water sparingly. Nursery. — Carry oft' stagnant water ; trim hedges, trench vacant ground, and leave it in ridges for spring. Propagate trees and shrubs by layers and cuttings, and transplant the hardy sorts. Manure wherever it is required, and form com- posts for future use. It may not be superfluous to remark, that the preceding calendar is calculated for the south of England, but by an allowance of a week for every degree further north than Lon- don, it will equally answer for any part of the United King- dom. It must, however, be admitted, that in the same lati- tude, the warmth or bleakness of particular situations, will hasten or retard the times of sowing, and render precautions for the preservation of plants more or less necessary. The variableness of seasons is also a circumstance which cannot be provided against by rule, but the continuance of auy par- ticularly unseasonable weather should not be reckoned upon, without the exercise of a considerable share of discretion ; thus if mild weather occur during the greater part of March, the following month is still not far enough advanced, to be out of the reach of frost, and care should therefore be taken that if it occur, which in such a season is very likely, the tender plants and blossoms may take no harm ; but if a frost of some strength and continuance occur late in April, it may safely be considered, when it breaks up, as the last of the season. In autumn, on the contrary, an early frost, or rough weather, is frequently only the precursor of a late and mild, if not a fine season. CATALOGUE OF TREES AND SHRUBS. HARDY DECIDUOUS TREES. ACACIA. See Gleditsia, and Robinia. Acer campestre. Common or small Maple. Hedge-rows and Coppices. 10 to 25 feet. Acer creticum. Cretan Maple. About 20 feet. In shel- tered situations retains its leaves almost all the year. Acer monspessulanum. Montpellier Maple. 20 feet. Acer montanum. Mountain Maple. Small. Acer Negundo. Virginian Ash-leaved Maple. 40 feet and upwards. Acer Opalus. Italian Maple. 40 feet and upwards. Acer pensylvanicum. Pennsylvanian Maple. 15 feet. Acer platanoides. Nonvny Maple. 40 feet and upwards. — Varieties, the Jagged-leaved and Variegated. Acer Pseudoplatanus. Great Maple or Sycamore. 40 feet and upwards. Leafs in April or May. — Varieties, with broader, and with variegated leaves. Acerrubrum. Scarlet-flowering Maple. 20 feet.— Variety, Sir Charles Wager’s Maple, with paler flowers, in larger clusters. Acer saccharinum. American Sugar Maple. 40 feet. Acer tatarieum. Tartarian Maple. Small, 20 feet. Jisculus Hippocastanum. Common Horse Chestnut. 40 feet and upwards. Leafs in April or May. — Varieties, with white striped leaves, and yellow-striped leaves. iEsculus flava. Yellow-flowered Horse-Chestnut. iEsculus Pavia. Scarlet Horse-Chestnut. 15 or 16 to 20 or 25 feet. June. Alnus Alder. See Betula. Amygdalus communis. The Almond tree. 15 to 20 feet. Ornamental, leading and flowering in April or May. — Va- riety with white flowers. 137. Amygdalus orientalis. Eastern or Silver-leaved Almond. Somewhat tender. Amygdalus Persica. The Peach-tree. Ornamental, especially the variety with double flowers. April. Apple. See Pyrus. Annonas cannot properly be called hardy; triloba and glabra will live in a warm situation. Aralias can scarcely be considered as trees. Ash-tree. See Fraxinus. Ash, Mountain, See Sorbus. Bay-tree. See Laurus. Beech tree. See Fagus. Benjamin-tree. See Laurus. Betula Alba. Common Birch-tree. From 20 to 40 feet. — Varieties, Weeping, Dwarf. Betula lenta. Canada Birch. 40 feet to 60. N. Ainer. — Varieties, Dusky, White-paper, Poplar-leaved, Low. Betula nigra. Black Virginia Birch. 60 feet and upwards. N. Arner. — Varieties, Broad leaved. Poplar-leaved, Paper, Brown, &c. — Poplar-leaved and Paper Birch are consi- dered as distinct species in the Kew Catalogue, where there is also a B. excelsa, or Tall Birch, from North America. Pallas has two species from Siberia ; daurica and fruticosa. Betula Alnus. The Alder-tree. 20 to 35 feet.— -Varieties are, the White, Black, Cut-leaved, and Dwarf American. Betula iucana. Hoary or Silver-leaved Alder. Small. — Varie- ties, Cut-leaved, Dwarf, Long-leaved, Rose-flowered. Betula oblongata. Turkey Alder. Commonly known in the Nurseries under the name of Long-leaved Alder. Of this there are several varieties. Betula serrulata. Notch-leaved Alder . N. Amer. Very orna- mental. Betula crispa. Curled-leaved Alder. Newfoundland and Hudson’s Bay. 10 H THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; Bignonia Catalpa. The Catalpa tree. 30 or 40 feet. Caro- lina. Leaves large but late. It flowers in August. Re- quires to be sheltered from wind. Birch. See Betula. Bird-Cherry. See Prunus. Carpinus Betulus. The Hornbeam-tree. 60 or 70 feet, but seldom seen of that height. Leafs in April. — Varieties, Eastern, Cut-leaved, Gold -striped. Carpinus Ostrya. Hop Hornbeam. About 20 feet. Carpinus virginiana. Flowering Hornbeam. 30 feet and upwards. Virginia. Castanea. See Fagus. Catalpa. See Bignonia. Celtis australis. European Nettle-tree. 40 or 50 feet. Celtis occidentalis. American Nettle tree. Height the same. Celtis orientalis. Oriental Nettle-tree. 10 or 12 feet. The fruit of the first is black, of the second purple, and of the third yellow. Cerasus. See Prunus. Cercis canadensis. Canada Judas-tree. 12 feet to 20. Cercis Siliquastrum. Common Judas-tree. 20 feet. Both ornamental. Flower in May. Cherry. See Prunus. Chestnut. See Fagus. Chestnut, Horse. See ^Esculus. Christ’s-thorn. See Rhamnus. Cornus mascula. Cornelian Cherry. 20 feet high. The other species are shrubs. Corylus Avellana. The Hazel-nut-tree is properly a Shrub. Crab. See Pyrus. Crataegus Aria. White Beam-tree. 20 and 30 to 40 feet. Ornamental, particularly from the whiteness of the leaves. It leafs in April, and flowers in May. Crataegus terminalis. Wild Service. 40 or 50 feet. A fruit- tree. — An Alpine variety, 20 feet high. The other species are shrubs. Cupressus disticha. Deciduous Cypress-tree. 30 feet high and more. Native of America, where it is very large, above 70 feet high. Cytisus Laburnum, commonly called Laburnum, may be trained as a tree, and will grow to the height of 15 or 20 feet. — Varieties are, Variegated broad-leaved, Scotch short- flowered, and Long-spiked narrow-leaved Laburnum. It is commonly cultivated as a flowering shrub, and all the other species are shrubs. Diospyros Lotus. European Date-Plum. 20 feet. Diospyros virginiana. American Date-Plum, or Pishamin, or Persimon. 15 or 16 feet. Ebeagnus angustifolia. Narrow leaved Oleaster. Height 18 feet. Leaves and twigs white. South of Europe, the Levant, and Russia. Elder. See Sambucus. Elm. See Ulmus. Euonymus europaeus. Common or narrow-leaved Spindle- tree. 20 feet. Euonymus latifolius. Broad-leaved Spindle-tree. 25 feet.— The first varies with white fruit; and the second with variegated leaves. They commonly appear as shrubs in plantations. Fagus Castauea. Common or Sweet Chestnut- tree. One of the largest timber trees ; but most excellent in coppice. — Variety with gold stripes. Fagus pumila. Dwarf Chestnut, or Chinquapine. 12 or 14 feet. North America. Fagus sylvatica. The Common Beech-tree; attains a great height, size, and spread. — Varieties, with yellow, and with white stripes; and with brown-purple leaves ; when it has a rougher bark, the woodmen call it Hay-Beech. Some trees retain their leaves, others not. Fothergillaalnifoliaobtusa. Br. -leaved Fothergilla. N.Amer. Fraxinus Americana. American Ash-tree. — There are seve- ral varieties of this, White Ash, Red Ash, Black Ash, Arc, Fraxinus excelsior. Common Ash-tree. Lofty. — Varieties, with simple leaves, which, however, sometimes become lobed, and even ternate. — With pendulous branches, the Weeping Ash; gold-striped and silver-striped. Fraxinus Ornus. Flowering Ash-tree. Fraxinus rotundifolia. Manna Ash-tree. 15 or 16 feet. Ginkgo. See Salisburia. Gleditsia triacanthos. Triple-thorned Acacia. In America, Honey-Locust. 30 to 40 feet. Leafs in June: flowers at the end of July. — Variety with fewer thorns, and one seed in a pod. Water Acacia. Another with stronger spines. Guilandina dioica. Hardy Bonduc, or Canada Nickar-tree. 30 feet and more. Judas-tree. See Cercis. Hazel tree. See Corylus. Hornbeam. See Carpinus. Juglans alba. White Walnut-tree or Hickery. N. Amer. Juglans angustifolia. Narrow-leaved Walnut tree. N.Amer. Jugians cinerea. Ash-coloured Walnut-tree. N.Amer. Juglans compressa. Flat fruited Walnut-tree. N. Amer. Juglans nigra. Black Walnut-tree. N. Amer. Juglans oblonga. Oblong fruited Walnut-tree. N.Amer. There are other species in North America. The Black Virginia Walnut grows 50 or 60 feet high, and the others 30 or 40. They have very branching heads. Juglans regia. Common Walnut tree. 50 or 60 feet. Leafs and flowers in May. — Varieties, Large, Thin-shelled, Dou- ble-bearing, Late-ripe, &c. Jujube. See Rhamnus. Laburnum. See Cytisus. Larch. See Pinus. Lalurus aestivalis. Willow-leaved Bay-tree. N. America. South wall. Laurus Benzoin. Common Benjamin-tree. Virginia. Laurus Sassafras. Sassafras-tree. Lime-tree. See Tilia. Liquidambar imberbe. Oriental Liquidambar. Liquidambar styraciflua. Maple-leaved Liquidambar, or Siveet Gum. 40 feet and upwards. N. Amer. Liriodeudron Tulipifera. Common Tulip-tree. 70 or 80 feet. N. Amer. In England about 40 feet. Magnolia acuminata. Blue Magnolia. 30 to 40 feet. N* Amer. Magnolia glauca. Swamp Magnolia. 15 or 16 feet. North Amer. Magnolia tripetala. Umbrella Magnolia, or Umbrella-tree. 16 to 20 feet. N. Amer. Maple. See Acer. Nettle-tree. See Celtis. Nyssa integrifolia. Mountain Tupelo, or Sour Gum. 30 to 40 feet. N. Amer. Nyssa denticulata. Water Tupelo. 80 to 100 feet in Caro- lina and Florida. Oleaster. See Elaeagnus. Oak. See Quercus. Peach-tree. See Amygdalus. Pear. See Pyrus. Pinus Larix. Common White Larch-tree. 50 feet. Leafs in April. Pishamin. See Diospyros. Pistacia officinalis. Pistacia-tree. — Trifolia, narbonensiS, vera. Levant. Pistacia Terebinthus. Turpentine-tree. South of Europe. Platanus occidentalis. American Plane-tree. Height 60 to 70 feet. N. Amer. Platanus orientalis. Oriental Plane tree. Asia. — Varieties, Maple-leaved, Spanish, and Wave-leaved. Pomegranate. See Punica. OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. Populus alba. White Poplar. — Variety, Great White Pop- lar, or Abele. Populus angulata. Carolina Poplar. Populus balsamifera. Common Tacamahaca Poplar-tree. N. America and Siberia. Leafs in April. Populus candicans. Heart-leaved Tacamahaca Poplar-tree. Canada. Populus dilatata. Lombardy or Po Poplar-tree. 40 to 60 feet. Leafs in May. Populus graeca. Athenian Poplar tree. Archipelago. Populus heteropliylla. Various-leaved Poplar-tree. Virginia and New York. Populus laevigata. Smooth Poplar-tree. N. Amer. Populus monilifera. Canadian Poplar-tree. N. Amer. Populus nigra. Black Poplar-tree. Populus tremula. Trembling Poplar-tree ox Asp. Prunus avium. Wild Cherry-tree. — Varieties, with black or red fruit, and with double flowers. Prunus canadensis. Canadian Bird-Cherry tree. Prunus Cerasus. Cultivated Cherry tree, with double flowers. Prunus domestica. Common Plum-tree. — Ornamental varie- ties are. Double-blossomed, Gold-striped, Silver-striped, and Stoneless. Prunus Mahaleb. Perfumed Cherry tree. Low and crooked. The wood has an agreeable odour. Flowers in April and May. Germany and S. of Europe, Crimea, Caucasus. Prunus nigra. Canadian Black Cherry tree. Prunus Padus. Common Bird-Cherry-tree. 10 to 12 feet. Flowers in May. Prunus pensylvanica. Pennsylvanian or Upright Cherry-tree. Flowers in May. Prunus rubra. Cornish or Red Bird-Cherry-tree. Prunus virginiana. Common American Bird-Cherry-tree. Punica Granatum. Pomegranate-tree. 18 or 20 feet. — Va- riety with double flowers. Requires a warm situation, and is commonly planted against a wall. Pyrus angustifolia. Narrow-leaved Crab tree. Flowers in May. N. Amer. Pyrus baccata. Small fruited Crab tree. April. Siberia. Pyrus communis. Common Pear-tree. — Varieties. Double- flowering, and Twice-flowering. Pyrus coronaria. Sweet-scented Crab-tree. N. Amer. May. Pyrus Malus. Common Apple-tree. — Variety with double flowers. Pyrus nivalis. Alpine Pear-tree. Pyrus Pollueria. Woolly-leaved Pear-tree. Germany. Pyrus prunifolia. Siberian Crab-tree. Pyrus salicifolia. Willow-leaved Crab-tree. Siberia, Cauca- sus, Persia. Low and bushy. Pyrus spectabilis. Chinese Apple-tree. 20 to 30 feet. Flowers large and beautiful. Beginning of May. Sheltered situa- tion. Quercus ALgilops. Great prickly-cupped Oak-tree. S. of Europe and the Levant. Quercus alba. White Oak-tree. N. Amer. Quercus aquatica. Water Oak-tree. N. Amer. Quercus Cerris. Turkey Oak-tree. S. of Europe. — Varieties, Rough-leaved, Narrow-leaved, Lucombe or Devonshire. Quercus discolor. Downy-leaved Oak-tree. N. Amer. Quercus Esculus. Italian or small prickly -cupped Oak-tree. S. of Europe. Quercus nigra. Black Oak-tree. N. Amer. Quercus Phellos. Willow-leaved Oak-tree. N. America. — Varieties, Short, Long, and Various-leaved. Quercus Prinus. Chestnut-leaved Oak-tree. — Varieties, Broad- leaved and Long-leaved. 857 Quercus rubra. Red Oak-tree. N. Amer.— Varieties, Cham- pion, Scarlet, and Mountain Red Oak. Quercus Robur. Common Oak. — Varieties, Stalk-fruited, Sessile-fruited, and Dwarf Silver-striped. Rbamnus Paliurus. Common Christ’ s-thorn. S. of Europe, Levant, Caucasus, and Barbary. Rbamnus Spina Christi. Syrian Christ’ s-thorn. Palestine, Barbary, Egypt. Rhamnus Zizyphus. Jujube. S. of Europe, Africa, China, Cochin-china, and Japan. These can scarcely be called hardy, since they will live only against a wall in mild winters. Robinia Pseud-Acacia. Common or False Acacia, ox Locust- tree. Large. Leafs late. N. America. Salisburia adiantifolia. Ginkgo, or Maidenhair -tree. Com- monly planted against a wall. Salix alba. White Willow. Large and lofty. Leaves sil- very. Salix amygdalina. Broad-leaved or Almond-leaved Willow. Scarcely rises to a tree. Salix babylonica. Weeping Willow. Large. Admired for its pendulous branches. Levant. Leafs early. Salix caprea. Round-leaved Sallow. Sometimes becomes a large tree. — There is a striped-leaved variety in the nur- series. Salix cinerea. Cinereous-leaved Sallow, which is the Common Sallow of Britain, is rather a shrub or coppice-plant than a tree. Salix fragilis. Crack Willow. Very large. Salix hastata. Halbert-leaved Willow. A little tree, never tall. Salix Helix. Rose Willow. A small slender tree, TO or 12 feet high. Salix lanata. Woolly-leaved Willow. A dwarf tree. Salix pentandra. Sweet or Bay-leaved Willow. 10 or 12 feet high. Salix triandra. Long-leaved three-stamined Willow. 30 feet, but generally kept low for Osiers. Ornamental. Salix vitellina. Yellow Willow. Middle-sized. Sambucus nigra. Common Elder-tree. 12 to 16 feet. — Va- rieties, Green-berried, White-berried, Parsley-leaved, Silver- striped, Silver-dotted, Gold-striped. Sambucus racemosa. Red-berried or Mountain Elder. 10 or 12 feet. This, with the Canadensis, are rather shrubs ; and the Common Elder appears more frequently in that form than as a tree. Sassafras-tree. See Laurus. Service. See Sorbns. Service, Wild. See Crataegus. Sorbus aucuparia. Mountain Ash. Leafs in April. Sorbus domestica. < Service-tree. Sorbus hybrida. Bastard Service-tree. These are middle-sized trees, of slow growth. Spindle-tree. See Euonymns. Styrax officinale. Officinal Storax. 12 or 14 feet. Italy and the Levant. This, however, with the grandifolium and IcEvigatum, can scarcely be called hardy trees. Sycomore. See Acer. Tacamahaca. See Populus. Tamarix gallica. French Tamarisk. Middle-sized, in England 14 or 16 feet. An elegant tree. S. of Europe, Tar- tary, &c. Tamarix germanica. German Tamarisk, is rather a shrub. Tilia alba. White Lime-tree. Tilia americana. Broad-leaved American Lime-tree. Tilia europea. Common or European Lime or Linden-tree. — Varieties, Large-leaved, Small-leaved, Elm-leaved, Stripe- leaved, Red-twigged. 858 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; Tilia pubescens. Pubescent Carolina Lime-tree. Tooth-ach Tree. See Xanthoxylum. Tulip-tree. See Liriodendron. Tupelo. See Nyssa. Tur- pentine-tree. See Pistacia. Viburnum Lantana. Wayfaring-tree. Viburnum Opulus. Water Elder. These are rather shrubs than trees. — The American variety of the first is much larger — the striped variety is in no great esteem. — Varieties of the second, the American with red shining twigs, and the Guelder-Rose, both plain and striped. Ulmus americana. American Elm. — Varieties, Red, White, Drooping. Ulmus campestris. Common Elm. — Varieties, Narrow-leaved or English Elm, Weeping, Silver-striped, and Gold-striped. Ulmus montana. Broad-leaved Elm, Wych Hazel, Wych or Witch Elm. — Variety, the Smooth-leaved. Ulmus nemoralis. Hornbeam-leaved Elm. N. Amer. Ulmus suberosa. Dutch Elm. Walnut. See Juglans. Willow. See Salix. * Water Elder and Wayfaring-tree. See Viburnum. Xanthoxylum Clava Herculis. Common Toothach tree. HARDY EVERGREEN TREES. Abies. Fir. See Pinus. Adam’s Needle. See Yucca. Alaternus. See Rhamnus. Arbor vitae. See Thuja. Arbutus Andrachne. Oriental Strawberry tree. Middle- sized. Levant. Arbutus laurifolia. Laurel-leaved Strawberry-tree. N. Amer. Arbutus Unedo. Common Strawberry-tree. 20 to 30 feet. Flowers and fruits in October and November. Ireland, S. of Europe, Greece, Palestine, and other parts of Asia. — - Varieties, with white, red, and double flowers, with round and oval fruit, with leaves broad or narrow, smooth or rough, cut or curled. Bay. See Laurus. Buxus semper virens. Box-tree. 12 or 15 feet high. — Varie- ties, Narrow-leaved, Dwarf used for edging, Myrtle-leaved, Gold-striped or edged, Silver-striped or edged, Gold- tipped. Cedar of Lebanon. See Pinus. Cork-tree. See Quercus. Cupressus penduia. Portugal Cypress. Tender. Cupressus sempervirens. Evergreen Cypress. 30 feet. — Varieties, Upright and Spreading. Cupressus thyoides. White Cedar, or Arbor -vitce -leaved Cypress. Fir-tree. See Pinus. Holly. See Ilex. Ilex Aquifoliura. Common Holly. 20 to 30 feet. — Varieties very numerous, Hedge-hog, Yellow-berried, Gold-edged, Silver-edged, &c. &c. mostly too fanciful to name. Ilex Cassine. Dahoon Holly. Tender. Florida and Caro- lina.— Varieties, Broad-leaved and Narrow-leaved. Ilex opaca. Carolina Holly. Ilex vomitoria. South-sea Tea, or Evergreen Cassine. Cas- sine Perugua Mill, and Catesb. 10 or 12 feet. West Flo- rida. These are tender. Ilex or Evergreen Oak. See Quercus. Juniperus bermudiana. Bermudas Juniper. Can scarcely be called hardy. Juniperus communis. Common Juniper, is a shrub; but the variety called Swedish Juniper, rises from 10 or 12 to 15 or 16 feet in height. Juniperus lycia — Oxycedrus, phoenicia, should rather be ranged among shrubs, with Sabina. Juniperus thurifera. Spanish Juniper. 25 or 30 feet. Juniperus virginiana. Virginian Juniper, or Red Cedar. A large tree. Laurus uobilis. Common Sweet Bay. 20 or 30 feet high in the S. of Europe, Asia, &c. In England it appears as a shrub. — Varieties, Broad-leaved, Narrow-leaved, Waved- leaved, Striped-leaved, Double flowered. Magnolia grandiflora. Laurel-leaved Magnolia. 70 or 80 feet in Carolina and Florida. Impatient of cold in England. Oak. See Quercus. Olea europea. Common Olive-tree. It can scarcely be called hardy, and should be planted against a south wall. The Lucca and Box-leaved varieties are the least tender. Philadelphus aromaticus. Sweet-scented New Zealand Tea- tree, may be preserved with care against a S. wall. Pinus Abies. Norway Spruce Fir-tree. Height 125 to 150 feet. Denmark, Norway, Sweden, &c. Pinus alba. White Spruce Fir-tree. N. Amer. Pinus Balsamea. Balm of Gilead Fir-tree. N. Amer. Pinus canadensis. Hemlock Spruce Fir-tree. N. Amer. Pinus Cedrus. Cedar of Lebanon. Lebanon, Amanus, and Taurus. Height from 50 to 70 feet, spread 100 feet. Pinus Cembra. Siberian Stone Pine-tree. Switzerland and Siberia. Pinus halepensis. Aleppo Pine-tree. Pinus inops. Jersey Pine-tree. N. Amer. Pinus nigra. Black Spruce Fir-tree. N. America. — Red Spruce seems not to be different from this ; and the long- coned Cornish Fir of the nurseries, is only a variety of it. Pinus orientalis. Oriental Fir-tree. Levant. Pinus palustris. Swamp Pine-tree. Carolina and Georgia. 25 or 30 feet there. Pinus picea. Silver Fir-tree. Beautiful and lofty. Switzer- land, Germany, Austria, Dauphine, Siberia, Caucasus. Pinus Pinaster. Pinaster or Cluster Pine-tree. S. of Europe. Pinus Pinea. Stone Pine-tree. S. of Europe. Piuus resinosa. American Pitch Pine-tree. Pinus sylvestris. Wild Pine-tree, called in Britain Scotch Fir. 80 feet. N. of Europe. — Varieties, Tartarian, Moun- tain, Mugho, or Torch Pine, Hudson’s Bay Pine, and Sea Pine, which grows on the coast of the S. of France and of Italy. Pinus Strobus. Weymouth Pine-tree, or White Pine in N. America. 100 feet. Pinus Taeda. Frankincense Pine-tree. N. Amer. — Varie- ties, Three-leaved Virginian, Variable, and Foxtail Pine. Quercus coccifera. Ktrmes Oak-tree. 12 or 14 feet. S. of Europe, Levant, &c. Rather a bushy shrub than a tree. Quercus gramuntia. Holly-leaved Evergreen Oak. S. of France. Quercus Ilex. Evergreen or Holm Oak-tree. 40 or 50 feet. S. of Europe. — Varieties, Entire-leaved, Serrate-leaved, Long-leaved. Quercus Suber. Cork-tree. S. of Europe. Killed in England in severe winters. — Varieties, Broad and Narrow-leaved. Quercus virens. Live Oak-tree. 40 feet. N. Amer. Strawberry-tree. See Arbutus. Taxus baccata. Common Yew-tree. Thea viridis et Bohea. Green and Bohea-tree. It commonly appears in China as a shrub, but it is said that it will attain 30 feet or more, if left to its natural growth. Thuya occidentalis. Common Arbor vitce. 30 or 40 feet. N. Amer. — Varieties, Stripe-leaved, and Sweet-scented. Thuya orientalis. Chinese Arbor vitce. Yew-tree. See Taxus. I Yucca filamentosa. Virginian thready-leaved Yucca. Virginia. OR, BOTANICAL DICTIONARY. 859 Yucca gloriosa. Canadian Yucca, or Adam’s Needle. — These must have a warm dry situation. T* RUIT TREES AND SHRUBS. Amygdalus communis. Common Almond. — Varieties, Bitter, Sweet, Jordan, Tender-shelled, Hard-shelled. Amygdalus Persica. The Peach and Nectarine. Annona glabra. Smooth Custard Apple. 16 feet. N. Amer. Annona triloba. Trifid-fruited Custard Apple, or Papaw- iree. 10 or 12 feet. Carolina, Virginia, and the Bahama Islands. — These are tender whilst young, and the fruit is little esteemed, even in America. Apple. See Pyrus. Apricot. See Prunus. Arbutus Unedo. Strawberry-tree. Eaten in the S. of Eu- rope by rustics. Berberis vulgaris. Barberry. — Varieties, Common Red, and without seeds. White, and Black Sweet. Bilberry. See Vaccinium. Blackberry and Bramble. See Rubus. Celtis australis. European Nettle-tree, or Lote-lree. S. of Europe. Berries eaten by children. Cherry. See Prunus. Chestnut. See Fagus. Cornus mascula. Cornelian Cherry. The fruit, which is of a shining scarlet, and the size of a small Olive or Acorn, was used formerly in tarts, and in medicine in form of a rob. Citrus Aurantium. Orange. C. Limon. Lemon. In green- houses. Cloud-berry. See Rubus. Corylus Avellana. Hazel-nut -tree. — Varieties, common Wood- nut, with red-skinned kernels, large Cob-nut, large Long Nut, Barcelona or Spanish Nbt, large Cluster Wood-nut, Filbert with white, and with red kernels. Corylus Colurua. Byzantine Hazel-nut. C. rostrata. Ame- rican Cuckold-nut. Cranberry. See Vaccinium. Crataegus Azarolus. Parsley-leaved Hawthorn, or Azarole. S. of Europe and Levant, and served up there in the dessert. Cratsegus torminalis. Wild Service-tree. Europe. Fruit eaten as Medlars, and sold in the London markets. Currants. See Ribes. Cydonia. See Pyrus. Dewberry. See Rubus. Diospyros Lotus. European Date-plum. S. of Europe, Asia, and E. coast of Africa. Fruit size of a Cherry, yellow, sweet with astringency. Diospyros virginiana. American Date-plum. N. America, where it is called Pishamin, or Persimon. Fruit like a Date, almost as firm and sweet, from the end of September. Elder. See Satnbucus. Fagus Castanea. The Chestnut-tree, commonly called the Spanish Chestnut. Naturalized in Europe, but originally from Asia. Fagus Pumila. Dwarf Chestnut-tree, or Chinquapine. 12 to 14 feet. N. America. Ficus Carica. Common Fig-tree. Mr. Forsyth mentions 27 varieties. Filbert and Hazel-nut. See Corylus. Gooseberry. See Ribes. Juglans alba. White Walnut-tree, or Hickory. N. Amer. Juglans angustifolia. Narrow-leaved Walnut-tree. N.Amer. Juglans ciuerea. Ash-coloured Walnut-tree. N. America. 137. Juglans compressa. Flat-fruited Walnut-tree. N. Amer. Juglans nigra. Black Virginia Walnut-tree. Juglans oblonga. Oblong-fruited Walnut-tree. N. Amer. Juglans regia. Common Walnut-tree. From Asia to Europe. —Varieties, Double, Large, French, Thin-shelled, Late. Juglans baccata. Berried Walnut-tree. Jamaica. Juglans olivasformis. Olive-shaped Walnut-tree. Upper Louisiana. Juglans sulcata. Thick-shell bark Hickory. Allegany moun- tains. Juglans amara. Bitter Walnut-tree. New England to Ma- ryland. Juglans porcina. North America. Juglans aquatica. Water Walnut-tree, or Water Biller Nut Hickory. North America. Juglans Myristicaeformis. Nutmeg Hickory. S. Carolina. Lemon. See Citrus. Medlar. See Mespilus. Mespilus Ameiancbier. Alpine Mespilus. Fruit small, black, sweet like honey. Mespilus germanica. Dutch Medlar. — Varieties, Narrow- leaved, Broad-leaved. Nottingham. Morns nigra. Common Mulberry-tree. Persia. Nectarine. See Amygdalus. Nut. See Corylus. Olca europaea. European Olive , Orange. See Citrus. Peach. See Amygdalus. Pear. See Pyrus. Pinus Pinea, The Stone Pine. Pistacia vera. Pistacia Nut Tree. Plum. See Prunus. Pomegranate Sec Punica. Prunus Armeniaca. The Apricot. Principal varieties are, Algiers, Breda, Brussels, Masculine, Moor Park or An- son’s, Orange, Roman, Turkey. Prunus cerasifera. Myrobalan Plum. N. Amer. Prunus Cerasus. The Cherry. — Principal Varieties are the Dukes, Hearts, Corone, Morello, &c. Prunus domestica. The Plum. — Varieties numerous; the most useful are, The Jaunhative, Early Damask, Orleans, Royal, Green Gage, Drap d’Or, Saint Catharine, Impe- ra trice. The Bon urn Magnum for baking, and the Wine- sour for preserving. Prunus insititia. The Bullace Plum. — Varieties, Black and White, or rather Yellow. Prunus spinosa. The Sloe Plum. Punica Granatum. The Pomegranate. Pyrus communis. The Pear. — Varieties very numerous ; the most useful are, for Summer, Musk, Green Chisel, Jar- gonelle, Summer Bergamot, and Summer Boncretien — for Autumn, Orange Bergamot, Autumn and Gansel’s Ber- gamot, brown Beurr6, Doyen or St. Michael, and Swan’s- egg — for Winter, Crasane, Chaumontelle, St. Germain, Colmar, D’Aucb, L’ Eschasserie, Winter Boncretien, and Bergamot de Pasque. Pyrus Cydonia. The Quince. — Varieties, Oblong, Apple, Portugal, &c. Pyrus Malus. The Apple. — Varieties, very numerous; the following may suffice for a small garden and orchard : — Juneting, Golden Pippin, Nonesuch, Ribstone Pippin, Nonpareil, Queen’s, Golden Rennet, Aromatic Pippin, Lemon Pippin, Scarlet Pearmain, Pomme Gree; with different Russetins and Codlins for baking. Pyrus prunifolia. The Siberian Crab : for baking, Quince. See Pyrus Cydonia. 10 I 860 THE UNIVERSAL HERBAL; Raspberry. See Rubus. Ribes alpinum. Tasteless Mountain Currant. Eaten only by Children. Ribes diacantha. Two-spined Gooseberry. Siberia. Ribes fioridum. American Black Currant. Ribes fragrans. Fragrant Currant. Siberia. Ribes glandulosum. Glandulous Currant. N. Amer. Ribes Grossularia. Rough-fruited — and Uva-crispa, Smooth- fruited Gooseberry. Principal varieties, Green Gascoin, Smooth Green, Early Black, Small Early Red, Large Smooth Dutch Yellow, Hairy and Smooth Red, Large Rough and Smooth Yellow, Common and Large White, Champaigne. Subordinate varieties infinite, some weigh- ing 17 penny-weights and upwards. Ribes nigrum. Black Currant. Ribes oxyacanthoides. Hawthorn-leaved Gooseberry. Ca- nada. Ribes petraeum. Rock Currant. England, &c. Ribes procumbens. Trailing Currant. Dauria. Ribes reclinatum. Procumbent Gooseberry. Germany and Switzerland. Ribes rubrum. Common Currant. — Varieties, Common Red, Champagne Large Pale and Red, Long-bunched Red, Large Pale and Red Dutch, White Dutch, White Crystal. Ribes Saxatile. Mountain Gooseberry. Siberia. Ribes spicatum. Acid Mountain Currant. England. Ribes triste. Dark Currant. Siberia. Ribes Albinervium. Hoary-nerved Rid Currant. Lake Mislassins. Ribes aureunp Golden Red Currant. Banks of the river Missouri. Ribes trifidum. Trifid Red Currant. Canada. • Ribes rigens. Pennsylvania. Ribes prostratum. Prostrate Red Currant. Newfoundland. Ribes viscossissiinum. North America. Ribes resinosum. North America. Ribes sanguineum. Banks of the Columbia river. Ribes recurvatum. Recurred Black Currant. Hudson’s Bay. Ribes rotundifoliuni. Round-leaved Gooseberry. Carolina. Ribes hirtellum. Virginia. Ribes gracile. Slender Gooseberry. New York. Ribes laenstris. Canada. Rubus arcticus. Dwarf Crimson Bramble. N. Europe, Asia, America. Rubus caesius. Dewberry. Rubus canadensis. Canadian Raspberry. Rubus Chaimemorus. Mountain Bramble, or Cloud-berry. Rubus corylifolius. Hazel-leaved Bramble. Rubus fruticosus. Common Bramble. Rubus idaeus. Raspberry. — Varieties, Large Red, Antwerp, Early White, Double-bearing, Large Common, Large White, Smooth Cane Double bearing. Rubus occidentalis. Virginian Raspberry. Black with little flavour. Rubus odoratus. Flowering Raspberry . N. Amer. It bears no fruit here. There are many otiier species natives of S. America, Japan, Imposthumes, See Boils. Indigestion, see Pinus Sylvestris, 322. See Appetite. Infusions, see Milium Villosum, 127. Inflammations, see Laurus Camphora, 22; Lilium Candi- dum, 40; Scrophularia Nodosa, 551. Insanity. See Lunacy. Intermittents, see Paeonia Laciniata, 229; Pastinaca Sativa, 253; Piiellandrium Aquaticum, 282; Polygonum Bistorta 376; Potentilla Reptans, 393; Psychotria Emetica, 421 ; Sali* Alba, 514; Teucrium Scordium, 656; Tormentilla Erecta, 680. See Ague, Fevers, and Tertians. Intestines, see Nicotiaua Tabacum, 178. Itch, see Linnaea Borealis, 45; Myrica Gale, 152; Nerium Oleander, 168; Plumbago Europaea, 362; Rumex Crispus, 499; Scropbularia Nodosa, 561. See Cutaneous Disor- ders and Scabs. J. Jaundice, see Lenina Minor, 33 ; Ligusticum Levisticum, 39 ; Lupinus Albus, 63; Mentha Pulegium, 116; Menyanthes Trifoliata, 117; Morus Nigra, 141; Nigella Damascena, 172 ; Onopordum Acanthi urn, 194 ; Origanum V uigare, 209 ; Orobanche Major, 212; Osmunda Regalis, 217; Parie- taria Officinalis, 244; Pastinaca Sativa, 253; Polygonum Hydropiper, 377; Potentilla Reptans, 393; Rharnnus Fragula, 457; Rubia Tinctcrum, 488; Santoiina Cliamae- cyparissus, 526 ; Spartium Scoparium, 608 ; Veronica Officinalis, 739; Veronica Becabunga, 740; Urtica Dioica, 780. INDEX OF DISEASES.— VOL II. 883 Joints, 'pains of, see Senecio Jacobaea, 562. See Sciatica. Juices, Sweetness of the, see Sasifraga Tridactylites, 534. See Humours. K. Kidneys, Affections of the, see Rubia Tinctorum, 488 ; Sym- phytum Officinale, 641; Vinca Major, 750. See Urinary Passages, Disorders of. King's Evil. See Scrophula. Leprous Eruptions, see Nymphaea Lutea, 180; Veratrum Album, 731 ; Ulmus Campestris, 778. Lethargy, see Urtica Dioica, 780. See Paralysis. Lice, see Pinguicula Vulgaris, 321. Liver Complaint, see Morns Nigra, 141 ; Ononis Spinosa, 191; Orobanche Major, 212; Paeonia Officinalis, 229; Piper Nigrum, 335; Plantago Major, 346; Rubia Tinc- torum, 488. See Obstructions of the Viscera. Loathing, see Pyrus Cydonia, 436. S eeLoss of Appetite. Locked Jaw, see Papaver Somniferum, 240. Loss of Appetite, see Myristica Aromatica, 154. See Ap- petite. Lotions, see Potentilla Reptans, 393. Lunacy. See Madness. Lungs, Obstructions of the, see Linum Usitatissimum, 45 ; Liquidambar Styraciflua, 49; Marrubium Vulgare, 90; Pimpinella Anisurn, 320; Pulmonaria Officinalis, 425; Scabiosa Succisa, 535; Styrax Benzoin, 638; Tanms Communis, 646; Teucrium Chamaedrys, 656; Verbascum Thapsus, 732. Lungs, Ulcerated, see Pistachia Lentiscus, 340. M. Madness, see Veratrum Album, 731. Melancholy, see Polypodium Vulgare, 381. See Hypo- chondria. Alenses, see Lavandula Spicata, 18; Laurus Camphora, 22; Laurus Nobilis, 24; Laurus Myrrba, 26; Leonurus Car-^ diaca, 31 ; Lepidium Latifolium, S3 ; Ligusticum Levis- ticum, 39; Maranta Arundinacea, 88 ; Matricaria Par- thenium, 93; Meutha Pulegium, 116 ; Prunella Vulgaris, 406 ; Salvia Officinalis, 519. Menses, Obstructions or Overflowing of the, see Laserpitium Latifolium, 14; Laurus Cinnamomum, 21 ; Lichen Plicatus, 38; Lupinus Albus, 63; Lysimachia Vulgaris, 67; Lysi- macliia Nummularia, 68; Marrubium Vulgare, 90; Melissa Calamintha, 110; Mentha Pulegium, 116; Mimosa Ca- techu, 131; Morus Nigra, 141; Myrtus Communis, 156; Nepeta Cataria, 166; Ocimum Basilicum, 184; Onopor- dum Acanthium, 194; Origanum Marjorana, 209; Paeonia Officinalis, 229; Pastinaca Sativa, 253; Pastinaca Opo- ponax, 254; Plantago Major, 346; Polygonum Bistorta, 376; Potentilla Anserina, 392; Potentilla Reptans, 393; Punica Granatum, 426; R.umex Sanguinea, 499; Sisym- brium Sophia, 582 ; Tanacetum Vulgare, 647; Teucrium Scordium, 656; Teucrium Ghamasdrys,, 656; Thlaspis Bursa Pas toris, 668. Milk, Curdling of Women’s, see Mentha Viridis, 115. Milk Fever, see Polygala Amara, 373. Milk, Nurses’, see Pimpinella Anisurn, 320 ; Salvia Offici- nalis, 519; Mortification, see Laurus Camphora, 22. See Gangrene. Mouth, sore, see Morus Nigra, 141 ; Polygonum Bistorta, 376; Potentilla Reptans, 393 ; Tormentilla Erecta; 680. N. Narcotics, see Nicotiana Tabacum, 170 ; Papaver Rhaeas, 239 ; Papaver Somniferum, 240 ; Passiflora Murucuja, 251 ; Solanunr Nigrum, 596. 139. Nervous Complaints, see Lavandula Spica, 18; Melissa Offi- cinalis, 110; Myristica Aromatica, 154; Nepeta Cataria, 166; Origanum Marjorana, 209; Panax Quinquefolia, 230; Papaver Somniferum, 240 ; Rosmarinus Officinalis, 485; Ruta Graveolens, 503; Salvia Officinalis, 519; Teu- crium Marum, 655 ; Verbascum Thapsus, 732; Viscum Album, 755. See Hypochondria. Nervous Head Ache, see Lavandula Spica, 18; Origanum Vulgare, 209. See Head Ache. Nephritic Pains, see Olea Europea, 185 ; Ononis Spinosa, 191. See Stone. Night Mare, see Nepeta Cataria, 166 ; Paeonia Officinalis, 209; Ruta Graveolens, 503. O. Obstructions of the Liver, see Lemna Minor, 30 ; Morus Nigra, 141. See Liver Complaints. Obstructions of the Viscera, sete Leontodon Taraxacum, 31; Ligusticum Levisticum, 39; Nicotiana Tabacum, 170; Ocimum Basilicum, 184 ; Ououia Spinosa, 191 ; Origanum Marjorana, 209; Osmunda Regalis, 217; Pastinaca Sativa, 253; Pastinaca Opoponax, 254; Pimpinella Magna, 319; Rubia Tinctorum, 488 ; Ruta Graveolens, 503; Santolina Chainae-cyparissus, 526; Scandix Ceref'olium, 538; Sisym- brium Nasturtium, 581 ; Tanacetum Vulgare, 647 ; Vero- nica Officinalis, 739; Urtica Dioica, 780. See Viscera, Obstructions of. Opiates, see Lactuca Sativa, 4; and Virosa, 6. See Nar- cotics. P. iV>o in the Limbs, see Lam - ■ Camphora, 22. Palpitation of the Heart, set Leonurus Cardiaca, 31. Palsy, see Laurus Camphora, 22; Sinapis Nigra, 579. Paralysis, see Lavandula Spicata, 18 : Laurus Nobilis, 24; Pinus Larix, 327 ; Piper Nigrum, 335 ; Tamus Communis, 646 ; Urtica Dioica, 780. Pectorals. See Disorders of the Breast. Pessary, see Mercurialis Annua, 118. Perspiration, see Ligusticum Levisticum, 39; Papaver Som- niferum, 240; Psychotria Emetica, 421; Salvia Officinalis, 519. See Sudorific. Pestilence, see Ligusticum Levisticum, 39; Tussilago Peta- sites, 722. See Epidemic Fevers. Phlegm, see Leonurus Cardiaca, 31; Saccharum Officinarum, 504. Phthisis. See Consumption. Piles, see Ophrys Ovata, 196; Phoenix Dactylifera, 289; Plantago Major, 346; Potentilla Anserina, 392; Prunella Vulgaris, 406; Ricinus Inermis, 474; Sanicula Europaea, 526; Scandix Cerefolium, 538 ; Scrophularia Nodosa, 551; Sedum Telephium, 555; Symphytum Officinale, 641; Tomentilla Erecta,680; Verbascum Thapsus, 732; Vero- nica Becabunga, 740. Plasters, see Pinus Abies, 334. Pleurisy, see Papaver Rhaeas, 239; Polygala Amara, 373; Polygala Vulgaris, 373; Sambucus Nigra, 520; Viscum Album, 755. See Disorders of the Breast. Poison, see Maranta Arundicea, 88; Marrubium Vulgare, 90; Olea Europaea, 189; Passiflora Normalis, 251 ; Piper Umbellatum, 338; Prenanthes Serpentaria, 397 ; Ranun- culus Flammula, 444; Ranunculus Arvensis, 449; Strych- nos Nux Vomica; 636; Vitis Vinifera, 757. Poultice, see Lilium Candidum, 40; Linnaea Borealis, 45; Malva Sylvestrisj 74; Mentha Viridis, 115; Olea Euro- paea, 189 ; Phellandrium Aquaticum, 282; Verbena Jamai- censis, 735. Pulmonary Complaints, see Phellandrium Aquaticum, 282; 10 P‘ 884 INDEX OF DISEASES.— VOL. II. Plantago Major, 346; Polygala Amara, 373; Verbascum Thapsus, 732. Purges, see Linum Catharticum, 48; Lysimachia Vulgaris, 67 ; Menyanthes Trifoliata, 117 ; Mercurialis Annua, 118; Nicotiana Tabacum, 170; Prunus Insititia, 416 ; Prunus Spinosa, 416; Rliamnus Catharticus, 456; Rheum Rha- ponticum, 460; Rheum Palmatum, 460 ; Sambucus Nigra, 523 ; Verbena Officinalis, 736 ; Vitis Vinifera, 757. Purging, Immoderate, see Laurus Cassia, 22 ; Lysimachia Vulgaris, 68; Morus Nigra, 141; Myristica Aromatica, 154; Osmunda Lunaria, 217; Papaver Somniferum, 240 ; Pimpinella Anisuui, 320; Potentilla Anserina, 392; Poten- tilla Replans, 393; Prunella Vulgaris, 406; Punica Gra- natum, 426 ; Sanguisorba Officinalis, 525 ; Sisymbrium Sophia, 582. Putrid Fevers, see Laurus Camphora, 22 ; Polygala Amara, 373. See Fevers, and Epidemic Fevers, Putrid Sore Throat, see Lanara Camara, 12. Q. Quartan Agues, see Sedum Acre, 556. See Agues. Quinsey, see Papaver Ithaeas, 239; Ilibes Nigrum, 472. See Putrid Sore Throat. R. Refrigerants. See Cooling Herbs. Reins, Disorders of the. See Kidneys. Resolvents. See Aperients and Purges. Retellings, see Mentha Viridis, 115. See Vomitings. Rheumatic Fevers. See Fevers. Rheumatism, see Laurus Camphora, 22 ; Linum Catharticum, 48; Melaleuca Leucadeudron, 102; Menyanthes Trifo- liata, 117; Ocimum Basilicum, 184 ; Papaver Somniferum, 240; Polygala Senega, 375; Rhododendrum Chrysanthe- mum, 466; Rumex Aquaticus, 500; Sinapis Nigra, 579; Solanum Dulcamara, 589; Tamarix Gallica, 645; Teucrium Chamaepitys, 655; Teucrium Scordium, 656; Teucrium Chamaedrys, 657 ; Thuja Occidentalis, 669 ; Ulmus Cam- pestris, 778; Xanthoxylum Fraxineum, 819. Ringworm. See Cutaneous Eruptions. Ruptures, see Osmunda Lunaria, 217 ; Polygonum Bistorta, 376. S. Scabs, see Veratrum Album, 731. See Itch. Scalds, see Lilium Candidum, 40; Morus Nigra, 141. Scald Head, see Viola Tricolor, 753; Ulmus Campestris, 778. See Sore Dead. Sciatica, see Lepidium Iberis, 33; Pinus Larix, 327; Senecio Jacobaea, 562; Sinapis Nigra, 579; Thalictrum Flavum, 659. Scorbutic Complaints, see Laurus Sassafras, 26 ; Menyanthes Trifoliata, 117; Polypodium Vulgare, 381; Portulacca Olearacea, 390; Ribes Rubrum, 470; Rumex Aquaticus, 500; Saxifraga Tradactylites, 534; Sedum Acre, 556. See Antiscorbutic. Scrophula, see Menyanthes Trifoliata, 117 ; Salsola Sativa, 514; Saxifraga Tridactylites, 534; Scrophularia Nodosa, 551; Sium Angustifolium, 584: Smilax Sarsaparilla, 586; Smyrnium Olusatrum, 588; Teucrium Scordium, 656; Tussilago Farfura, 721; Veratrum Album, 731; Ulmus Campestris, 778. Scurvy, see Lysimachia Nummularia, 68 ; Menyanthes Tri- foliata, 117; Pinus Larix, 327; Rhodiola Rosea, 465; Rubus Chamaemorus, 495; Scrophularia Nodosa, 551; Solanum Dulcamara, 589; Ulmus Campestris, 778. See Scorbutic Complaints. Shortness of Breath , see Scabiosa Arvensis, 536. See Asthma . Sight. See Eyes. Siphylitic Cases, see Lobelia Siphilitica, 54; Pinus Sylvestris, 322; Smilax Sarsaparilla, 586. See Venereal Disorders. Skin. See Cutaneous Eruptions. Small Pox, see Papaver Somniferum, 240 ; Tormenlilla Erecta, 680. Sneezing. See Errliines. Solids, Strengthening the. See Tonics. Sores, see Potentilla Reptans, 393; Salvia Sclarea, 522. See Ulcers. Spasms, see Laurus Camphora, 22; Mentha Viridis, 115; Olea Europaea, 189 ; Papaver Somniferum, 240 ; Ricinus Inermis, 474; Valeriana Officinalis, 727. See Colic. Spitting Blood, see Morus Nigra, 141; Musa Paradisiaca, 144; Myrtus Communis, 156; Ophioglossum Vulgatuin, 195; Pistacia Lentiscus, 340 ; Plantago Major, 346; Poly- gonum Bistorta, 376 ; Rosa Gallica, 482 ; Rumex San- guinea, 499 ; Sisymbrium Sophia, 582 ; Solidago Virgaurea, 601 ; Symphytum Officinale, 641 ; Thlaspis Bursa Pas- toris, 668; Verbascum Thapsus, 732; Urtica Dioica, 780. See Styptic. Spleen, see Tamarix Germanica, 646. Sprains, see Laurus Camphora, 22; Osbeckia Chinensis, 216 ; Osmunda Lunaria, 217 ; Pyrus Malus, 432. Stimulants, see Lasertium Latifolium, 14; Nicotiana Taba- cum, 170; Polygala Amara, 373; Ruta Graveolens, 503; Stachys Sylvatica, 618. Stitches, see Viscum Album, 755. See Flatulence. Stomachics, see Lantana Camara, 12; Laserpitum Silex, 14; Laurus Cinnamomum, 21; Laurus Nobilis, 24 ; Matri- caria Parthenium, 93 ; Melissa Calamintha, 110 ; Mentha Viridis, 115; Mentha Piperita, 115; Myristica Aromatica, 154; Myrtus Communis, 156 ; Nicotiana Tabacum, 170; Origanum Marjorana, 209; Phoenix Dactylifera, 289; Pinus Sylvestris, 322 ; Pistacia Lentiscus, 340 ; Plantago Major, 346; Rhewm Rhaponticum,460; Rheum Palmatum, 461; Ruta Graveolens, 503; Salvia Officinalis, 519; Tor- dylium Officinale, 680; Tormentilla Erecta, 680. Stone, see Leontodon Taraxacum, 31 ; Lithospermum Offi- cinale, 52; Ononis Spinosa, 191 ; Polygonum Hvdropiper, 377; Rubus Fruticosus, 493; Solidago Virgaurea, 601; Urtica Dioica, 780. Strains. See Sprains. Strangury, see Linum Usitatissimum, 45 ; Mimosa Nilotica, 132; Papaver Somniferum, 240 ; Portulacca Oleracea, 390; Scandix Cerefolium, 538 ; Smyrnium Olusatrum, 588. See Diuretics. Styptics, see Polygonum Bistorta, 376; Polypodium Baro- metz, 384; Potentilla Reptans, 393 ; Rhus Coriaria, 467; Sedum Telephium, 555. See Astringents. Subastringents, see Lysimachia Nummularia, 68. Sudorifics, see Lasertium Latifolium, 14 ; Laurus Camphora, 22 ; Ligusticum Levisticum, 39. See Perspiration. Swellings, Hard, see Laurus Camphora, 22; Populus Nigra, 388; Potentilla Reptans, 393; Viscum Album, 755. See Tumors. T. Teeth, see Liquidambar Styraciflua, 49 ; Punica Granatum, 426; Rubus Idaea, 492; Rumex Aquaticus, 500. Tendons, Contractions of the, see Lilium Candidum, 40. Tertians, see Plantago Major, 346. See Ague. Tetanus. See Locked Jaw and Spasm. Tetters. See Cutaneous Eruptions. Thorax. See Disorders of the Breast. Throat, Ulcerated Sore, see Potentilla Anserina, 392; Pru- INDEX OF DISEASES.— VOL II. 885 nella Vulgaris, 40G; Punica Granatutn, 426“; Ilibes Ni- grum, 472. See Putrid Sore Throat. Thrush, see Polygonum Hydropiper, 377 ; Rubus Fruticosus, 493 ; Sempervivum Tectorum, 559. Tonics, see Leonurus Cardiaca, 31 ; Melaleuca LeucadendrOn, 102; Salix Fragilis, 512; Salvia Sclarea, 512; Solidago Virgaurea, 601 ; Viscum Album, 755. See Astringents'. Tooth ache, see Lapidium Latifolium, 33 ; Morus Nigra, 141 ; Origanum Vulgare, 209; Plumbago Europeea, 362; Xan- thoxylum Fraxineum, 819. Tumors, see Laurus Camphora, 22; Lilium Caudidum, 41; Liuum Usitatissimum, 45; Olea Europaea, 189; Origanum Marjorana, 209 ; Paris Quadrifolia, 245 ; Trigonella Foenum Graecum, 699. U. Ulcers, see Lantana Camara, 12 ; Lycopsis Arvensis, 66 ; Milium Villosum, 127; Morus Nigra, 141; Nicotiana Tabacum, 170; Panicum Andidotale, 237; Pedicularis Sylvatica, 261; Phellandrium Aquaticum, 282; Piper Amalago, 336; Piscidia Erythrina, 339; Pistacia Lentis- cus, 340; Plantago Major, 346; Populus Nigra, 388; Punica Granatum, 426; Ilhodiola Rosea, 465; Salvia Sclaria, 522; Scrophularia Nodosa, 551; Sedum Acre, 55 6 ; Symphytum Officinale, 641 ; Thlaspi Cainpestris, 668; Tormentilla Erecta, 680; Ulmus Cainpestris, 773. Urine, Heat of, see Linum Usitatissimum, 45 ; Pinus Syl- vestris, 322. Urine, Evacuation by, see Morus Nigra, 141 ; Sedum Tele- phium, 555. See Diuretics. Urinary Passages, Disorders of the, see Malva Sylvestris, 74; Phaseolus Vulgaris, 279; Polygonum Bistorta, 376; Ruscus Aculeatus, 501 ; Tarnus Communis, 646. V. Venereal Disorders, see Laurus Sassafras, 26 ; Liquidambar Styraciflua, 49; Lobelia Siphilitica, 54; Nicotiana Taba- cum, 170; Pinus Sylvestris, 322; Prunus Padus, 408; Srailax Sarsaparilla, 586 ; Solanum Dulcamara, 589. See Siphylitic Cases. Vermifuge, see Myrica Gale, 152. See Worms. Vertigo, see Piper Nigrum, 335; Primula Officinalis, 399. See Giddiness. 3 Viscera, Obstructions of the, see Marrubium Vulgare, 90; Melissa Calamintba, 110; Mentha Pulegium, 116 ; Mimosa Calechu, 131; Origanum Vulgare, 209; Piper Amalago, 336; Polypodium Filix Mas, 383 ; Rumex Aquaticus, 500; Tamarix Gallica, 645. See Purges. Viscid Humours. See Attenuants. Vitus’s Dance, St. see Laurus Camphora, 22. Vomits, see Lepidium Latifolium, 33 ; Paris Quadrifolia, 245 ; Ranunculus Flaramula, 444. See Emetics. Vomitings, see Myristica Aromatica, 154; Papaver Somni- ferum, 240 ; Pyrus Cydonia, 436. Vulneraries, see Lysimacliia Vulgaris, 67 ; Milium Villosum, 127; Prunella Vulgaris, 406. See Styptics and Green Wounds. W. Warts, see Ranunculus Bulbosus, 449. Water on the Chest. • See Dropsy. Watery Humours, see Lepidium Latifolium, 33. Wheezing. See Cough. Whites, see Lamium Album, 9 ; Lichen Plicatus, 37 ; Liquid- ambar Styraciflua, 49; Lysimacliia Vulgaris, 67; Os- munda Lunaria 217 ; Pinus Sylvestris, 322; Pistacia Len- tiscus, 340; Potentilla Reptans, 393; Punica Granatum, 426; Rumex Sanguinea, 499; Spiraea Filipendula, 616; Symphytum Officinale, 641; Ulmus Campestris, 773. See Fluor Albus. Whitlow, see Oenanthe Crocaria, 185. Wind. See Flatulence. Worms, see Leonurus Cardiaca, 31 ; Marrubium Vulgare, 90 ; Matricaria Partlienium, 93 ; Menyanthes Trifoliata’ 117; Morus Nigra, 141; Polypodium Filix Mas, 383; Pteris Aquilina, 423; Ricinus Inermis, 474; Spigelia Anthelmia, 612; Spigelia Marilandica, 613; Tanacetum Vulgare, 647. See Vermifuge. Wounds, Green, see Lamium Purpureum, 91 ; Lantana Ca- mara, 12; Lysimacliia Vulgaris, 67; Momordica Balsa- niina, 136; Ophioglossum Vulgatum, 191; Osmunda Lunaria, 217 ; Pandanus Odoratissimus, 233 ; Phellan- drium Aquaticum, 282; Pinus Nigra, 334; Sedum Tele- phium, 555 ; Veronica Becabunga, 740 ; Viola Tricolor, 753. N. B. Medical Terms. See page 103. LIST OF THE PLATES IN THIS WORK. YOL. I. Frontispiece and Vignette Title, to face each other, page 1 Simple Leaves, Plate I. 11 Compound and Simple Leaves, Plate II. 12 Compound Leaves — Disposition of Leaves, Plate III. 13 Determination of Leaves continued — Trunks, Plate IY. 14 Supports and Armature of Plants, Plate V. 15 Roots, Plate VI. . 16 Roots continued — Parts of Fructification, Plate VII. 17 Fructification continued — Compound Flowers, Plate VIII. 18 Fructification — Corolla — Nectarium, Plate IX. 19 Parts of Fructification — Modes of Flowering, Plate X. 20 Modes of Flowering — Fructification resumed, Plate XL 21 Classes, &c. of the Sexual System, Plate XII. 22 Acanthus, Achillea, 53 Gomphrena, Agrimonia, Aloe, Adonis, 61 Agave Lurida, Vera Cruz Agave, 66 Aloe, — Tongue Aloe and Partridge-breasted Aloe, 80 Anchusa, Amygdalus, Amaryllis, Amaranthus, 85 Anemone, Indigofera, Annona, Ononis, 98 Arctium Lappa, Antholyza Cunonia, 106 Anthemis, Antirrhinum, Arbutus, Aristolochia, 109 Amaryllis Reginae, Arctotis Grandifiora, 1 17 Arum, Asarum, 128 Argemone, Asparagus, Aster, Astragalus, 133 Atropa Belladonna, Atropa Mandragora, 149 Berberis, Bignonia, Borago, Buglos, 172 Bromelia— Pine Stove, 196 Bryonia, Bromelia, Buphthalmum, Bupleurum, 201 Cactus Grandiflorus, Cactus Opuntia, 22C Cannabis, Carduus, 24C Capsicum, Carduus, Cassia, 246 Caucaulis, Ceanothus, Ceres, Chelidonium, 26£ Citrus, Colchicum, Cistus, Coffea, 331 Cnicus, Convallaria, Colutea, 34£ Convolvulus — Syrian, Trailing, and Jalap Bindweeds, 35t Conyza, Coroailla, Colutea, 36£ Crinum, Crocus Officinalis, 38,' Cucurbita, Gypripedium, Cynoglossum, Cyclamen, 411 Daphne Laureola, Datura Stramonium, 431 Dianthus — Pinks and Carnations, 44; Digitalis, Dictamnus, Delphinum, 451 Dracontium Pertusum, Dionasa Muscipula, 451 Erica — Cross-leaved, Common, and Fine-leaved Heaths, 501 Epimedium, Eryngium, Eupatorium, Euphorbia, 52< Euphorbia, Fagus, Ferraria, .541 Fragaria, Chili Strawberry — Fritillaria, Crown Imperial, 58 Galium, Fumaria, Gentiana, Galega, 581 Gardenia, Cape Jasmin — Gentianas, 60 Gossypium, Gladiolus, Gundelia, 61 Grasses, eight species, Conservatory, or Green-house, 64 Hedysarum, Hibiscus, Heliotropium, 66 Hyacinthus, — Hippomane, Manchineel Tree, 69 Hyoscyamus, Hypericums, £2 Ilex, Holly — Impatiens, Garden Balsam, 74 Inula Mariana, Ipomoea Quamoclit, 75 Ixia, Kalmia, Iris, VOL. II. Frontispiece, to face page 1 Lathyrus, Lichen Pyxidatus, Lichen Caninus, 37 Lilium, Martagon Lily— Linum, Perennial Flax, 42 Lonicera, Lupinus, Lychnis, 62 Magnolia Grandiflora, Malva Sylvestris, 74 Mimosa, different species of the Sensitive Plant, 129 Mimulus, Monarda, Mesembryanthemum, 137 Moraea, three species of, 139 Mimosa Houstoni — Myrtus, Myrtles, 156 Nicotiana, Tobacco — Nigella, Fennel Flower, 171 Orchis, Oenothera, Oxalis, 206 Pancratium Maritimum — Paeonia, Levant Paeony, 232 Papaver Somniferum, Passiflora Coerulea, 240 Passiflora Alata, Pelargonium Acetosum, 267 Pentapetes — Phlox, Divaricata and Maculata, 287 Phytolacca, Physalis, Plantago, 293 Pinus, Halepensis and Nigra, 334 Polygonum, Orientale and Bistorta — Polemonium, 376 Pulmonaria, Prunella, Prunus, 406 Prenanthes Serpentaria, Psoralea Esculenta, 419 Punica, Pomegranates, 426 Pyrus, Siberian Crab and Pear-shaped Quince, 436 Quercus yEgilops, Robinia Hispida, 442 Ranunculus, various species, 446 Rhexia Ciciosa and Lutea. — Rheum Compactum, 463 Ricinus, Palma Christi, 474 Rosa, — York, Lancaster, and Provence Roses, 482 Rubus Spectabilis, Rubus Odoratus, 494 Sarracenia Purpurea, Saxifraga, 529 Saxifraga, Mountain Sanicle, London Pride, — Genista, 533 Schinus Molle, Styrax Officinale, 539 Scrophularia, Scolymus, Serratula, Scorpiurus, 550 Solanum Inerme, Solanum Heterandrum, 598 Stapelia Hirsuta, Spiraea Trifoliata, 620 Ornamental Window for a Hot-house, 630 Syringa, — Common and Persian Lilacs, Tamarix and Teucrium, Thalictrum Aquilegifolium — Thea, Tea Tree, Trifolium Cherleri and Rubens,— Tigarea Tridentata, Tulipa, Variegated Tulips, ' Turnera, Viola, Vaccinum, Verbascum, 7M Verbascum Plilomoides, Veratrum Album, 731 Veronica, Vicia, Verbena, Viola Odorata, Vinca Rosea, '51 Double Vinery, Watsonia, Rosea, Meriana, and Humihs, 798 Xeranthemum Annuum, Zygophyllum Fabago, 819 Ornamental Gardening. — How to make the most ot # 842 a small irregular Piece of Ground, Ornamental Gardening.— Suggestions for making a re- ) 843 gular Piece of Ground picturesque, > Designs for Classical Ornaments, } 345 Improved Flower Stands, S 64& 661 694 PRINTED BY HENRY FISHER, LIVERPOOL. #7 lti&- (j